Conference Agenda
Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).
Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 9th Sept 2026, 00:18:45 EET
|
Daily Overview |
| Date: Thursday, 20/Aug/2026 | |
| 9:00 - 10:00 | 00 SES 09 A: Keynote Hannu L. T. Heikkinen: Reclaiming Truth in the Age of Hypernarrativity Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Heli Ruokamo Keynote |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Heikkinen: Reclaiming Truth in the Age of Hypernarrativity University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Over the past fifty years, the concept of narrative has been of increasing scholarly interest across the humanities and social sciences, including educational research. Scholars have described a narrative turn, a narrative boom, even a narrative explosion. Finnish narratologist Matti Hyvärinen has argued that we have had four distinct narrative turns: first in literary theory during the 1960s, then in historiography, later in the social sciences, and finally as a diffuse sociocultural turn. Narrativity has also gained a strong foothold in educational research; it has been applied in a wide range of research areas, from narrative learning to the development of teachers' professional identities. In this keynote, I argue that we are witnessing another narrative turn. My claim is that we are living in the age of hypernarrativity; a social and cultural condition in which the concept of narrative has broken far beyond its conceptual boundaries and thus become increasingly ambiguous. As narrative has evolved into a fashionable catchword, its theoretical clarity and explanatory power has diminished. Narrative has become an empty signifier, used everywhere and meaning very little. This also has direct consequences for educational knowledge. The hypernarrative condition is tightly intertwined with the dynamics of the post-truth era. Compelling narratives function less as ways of understanding the world and more as instruments for affirming identities and solidifying worldviews. Social-epistemic bubbles evolve into narrative echo chambers where people gather around a shared narrative, as if around a symbolic campfire. In most extreme cases, these narrative echo chambers develop into conspiratorial rabbit holes. Yet, as Yuval Noah Harari reminds us, Homo sapiens has always been a post-truth species: large-scale human cooperation has historically relied on collectively upheld fiction like religions, national identities, and economic systems. What distinguishes the 21st-century post-truth condition, however, is the unprecedented technological environment in which narratives now operate. Digital media ecosystems—driven by algorithmic amplification, personalised feeds, and virality—reshape the cultural modes of storytelling. Children and young people are particularly vulnerable to the epistemic vulnerabilities of hypernarrativity. For education and educational research, the rise of hypernarrativity presents a clear challenge. Understanding the conditions in which knowledge is produced and distributed is crucial. The purpose of this keynote is to map the social, cultural, and epistemic landscapes of hypernarrativity and to consider how to reclaim truthfulness by cultivating narrative literacy in education and educational research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
| 9:00 - 10:00 | 00 SES 09 B: Keynote Katja Brøgger: The New Geopolitics of Academic Freedom: Appropriation, Co-optation, and the Reordering of Knowledge in European Higher Education Location: Tampere Hall - Main auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Nelli Piattoeva Keynote |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper Keynote Brøgger: The New Geopolitics of Academic Freedom: Appropriation, Co-optation, and the Reordering of Knowledge in European Higher Education Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Academic freedom has long been a cornerstone of democratic societies – but today, it is under unprecedented pressure. These pressures are not confined to illiberal democracies and authoritarian states; they now permeate liberal democracies and welfare states. This keynote explores how the entanglement of politics, education, and science in Europe is reshaping the governance of knowledge. Political co-optation of educational and scientific domains has triggered state interventions in governance structures that once safeguarded openness in higher education. At the same time, interventions from the margins – through social media and other platforms – further destabilize knowledge authority. The post-Cold War era promised openness through internationalization and cross-border cooperation in higher education across Europe and beyond. Initiatives such as the European Higher Education Area (1999/2010) and the European Research Area (2000) aimed to create a common European space for higher education and research, enabling knowledge and workforce to move freely across borders. Yet, recent geopolitical shocks – including the 2016 and 2024 U.S. elections, Brexit, the Russian invasion of Ukraine, and EU crises, such as the financial crisis – have fueled backlash against globalization and multilateralism, shifting the geopolitics of higher education. This new landscape is marked by illiberal ideologies, democratic backsliding, nationalism, populism, territorial conflicts, and heightened security politics. Consequently, academic freedom and university autonomy have declined across countries with diverse political and democratic systems, unsettling the legitimacy of the post-WWII liberal order. These dynamics set the stage for a decade in which debates over freedom of speech and academic freedom have intensified – across academia, policymaking, and public discourse – revealing how competing interpretations of ‘freedom’ are mobilized to serve divergent political ends. Strikingly, one notion of freedom is often strategically appropriated to undermine another. This keynote conceptualizes this as a politics of appropriation, where values are repurposed across political registers, distorting their original meanings and turning dissimulation into a tool of governance. Why does this matter for education researchers? Because these shifts are reshaping the conditions under which knowledge is produced, circulated, and curated. They intersect with the long-running neoliberalization of the sector, deepening constraints on the freedom to teach and pursue knowledge through political pressures, funding dependencies, and performance metrics that increasingly dictate institutional priorities. This erosion of autonomy ushers us into uncharted territory: a new spatiotemporal era in which policies that previously shaped knowledge economies are morphing into a new geopolitics of academic freedom, marked by struggles over truth and contests over who holds the authority to speak. Empirically, this keynote examines recent policies on academic freedom and open science at both national and EU levels, including infringements on academic freedom and compromises to university openness. Theoretically, it draws on current debates about the shifting geopolitics of higher education and academic freedom. It builds on insights from the World Yearbook of Education 2026: The Shifting Geopolitics of Higher Education: Knowledge, Power, Protest (eds. Katja Brøgger, Hannah Moscovitz, Susan Robertson, and Jenny Lee, Routledge), two international comparative studies funded by the Independent Research Fund Denmark and the EU COST Action ‘OPEN’ under Horizon Europe (grant refs: 0163-00024B, 0163-00025B, CA22121). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
| 10:00 - 10:30 | ECER Break H Paper Session |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 00 SES 10 A: Dreaming of the Future of Sámi Education Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Joni Saijets Session Chair: Máren-Elle Länsman Panel Discussion |
|
|
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion Dreaming of the Future of Sámi Education 1: University of Oulu, Finland; 2: Sámi Parliament, Finland; 3: University of Lapland, Finland; 4: Sámi Giellagáldu, Finland Presenting Author:In this session, the focus will be on dreaming and envisioning the future of Sámi education. The discussion will explore the current state of Sámi languages and the development needs related to their future, as well as good practices that support the development of future-oriented teaching and learning. The session will also invite participants to imagine and reflect on what future Sámi education could look like, considering questions of language vitality, cultural continuity, and innovative pedagogical approaches. The discussion will engage with current research on Sámi education and language revitalization, as well as practical teaching approaches developed within Sámi educational contexts. It will also consider broader societal developments, including reflections related to the work of the Sámi Truth and Reconciliation Commission. In this context, particular attention will be given to the need for decolonial approaches in education that strengthen Sámi languages, knowledge systems, and epistemologies. Furthermore, the session will address questions of sustainable futures in a rapidly changing Arctic region. The Arctic is transforming faster than many other parts of the world due to environmental, social, and cultural changes. These transformations highlight the importance of culturally grounded, resilient, and sustainable educational practices that support Sámi communities and future generations. An equitable approach will be used to engage with the speakers in preparation for the panel, and the discussion will be co-created collaboratively before the session. The aim is to create a space for shared reflection, dialogue, and collective dreaming about sustainable, decolonial, and culturally grounded futures for Sámi education. References Drugge, Anna-Lill. Girjjohallat Girjáivuođa: Embracing Diversity. Brill, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789004714847. Keskitalo, Pigga, Kaarina Määttä, ja Satu Uusiautti. Sámi Education. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang, 2013 Chair Máren-Elle Länsman maren-elle.lansman@oulu.fi |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 01 SES 10 A: Special Call - Session 7 Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Yurgos Politis Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Stories that Teach? Changes Observed on Pre-Service Teachers Following an Initial Training Program About Intervention in Ethnoculturally Diverse Contexts Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Presenting Author:In Quebec, the only French-speaking province in Canada, more than one-third of students are first- or second-generation immigrants (Quebec Ministry of Education, 2025), and initial teacher training in addressing students' ethnocultural diversity varies depending on the university attended (Larochelle-Audet et al., 2013). As in other contexts, taking into account the ethnocultural diversity of students and their families can pose complex challenges, and the level of expertise developed by teachers in this regard varies considerably (Mc Andrew, Audet & Bakhshaei, 2016). Moreover, research had already shown that initial teacher education in this area was uneven, varying not only according to the training program but also according to the university attended (Larochelle-Audet et al., 2013, p. 1). More broadly, the pluralization of French-language schools in Quebec (Canada) is a relatively recent historical phenomenon, and it appears that this reality has not yet fully entered the collective consciousness. As a result, it is often difficult to convince pre-service teachers of the importance and relevance of learning how to intervene in ethnoculturally diverse contexts, especially when they plan to teach in regions considered to be more homogeneous. Yet, the heterogeneity that now characterizes most classrooms requires future teachers to develop a broader approach to diversity, rather than seeking “turnkey” ways to adapt to students and their families based solely on their origins (Mc Andrew & Audet, 2020). Consequently, principals that may appear theoretical and far removed from practical “know-how”, are put into practice must be made clearer to students. Particular attention must therefore be paid to linking these principles to real-life teaching situations, in order to enable them to develop professional know-how (Schön, 1983; Giddens, 1987) in ethnoculturally diverse contexts. From a policy perspective, a directive issued by the Ministry of Education in 1998 stipulates that “school staff must be trained to meet the educational challenges associated with the ethnocultural, linguistic and religious diversity of Quebec society” (Quebec Ministry of Education, 1998, p. 32). This directive remains highly relevant today, given that more than one-third of students in Quebec now come from immigrant backgrounds, whether first or second generation. In the same vein, the Reference Framework for Professional Competencies for Teachers identifies Competency 7, “Taking into account the heterogeneity of students,” as a core component of inclusive teaching and as closely linked to intercultural teaching (Quebec Ministry of Education, 2020, p. 62). Finally, one of the most significant conclusions of the meta-analysis conducted by Mc Andrew et al. (2015) – which drew on 62 research studies carried out over a ten-year period in Quebec on the educational success of students from immigrant backgrounds – was that teacher training in diversity represents a major area requiring sustained and long-term investment. More specifically, Mc Andrew et al. (2015, p. 295) emphasize the need to adapt teaching practices in order to intervene more equitably in diverse contexts, while also preparing all students to live in a pluralistic society. Three key priorities were identified: (A) the construction of complex, non-ethnicizing representation of students from immigrant backgrounds, (B) the development of greater awareness of the role of systemic and school-related dynamics in the success of these students, and (C) the recognition of the contributions of languages and cultures of origin, as well as those of immigrant families to educational success. Taken together, these findings highlight the need to rethink pre-service teacher training, particularly with regard to teaching in ethnoculturally diverse contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a broader research project conducted with university students enrolled in a specific course within a teacher training program, namely pre-service teachers (Audet et al., SSHRC 2022-2026). Within this framework, we tested a training program focused on intervention in ethnocultural diversity contexts, based on stories of practice (Desgagné, 2005) produced by in-service teachers (Audet, 2022). These stories feature students from immigrant backgrounds and illustrate concrete, real-life teaching situations. Pre-service teachers (n=11) were first asked to familiarize themselves with the stories of practice organized around three themes: relationships with immigrant students and their families, supporting the educational success of immigrant students, and the role of teachers in ethnocultural diversity. They then completed out an individual reflection sheet and. Subsequently, during online workshops, participants discussed the stories together, using both a discussion guide and their individual reflection sheets. Inspired by group analysis approaches (Desgagné et al., 2012) and Mucchielli’s case method (1968), the objective of these workshops was to compare two stories at a time in order to move beyond the singularity of the situations described and identify broader underlying issues. In addition, a questionnaire (n=11) that addressed, alongside sociodemographic and socioprofessional information, participants’ sense of comfort in intervening in ethnoculturally diverse contexts, their overall satisfaction with the training program based on stories of practice, and the perceived effects of the training program. Finally, individual interviews (n=5) were conducted in order to document the observed changes resulting from the program on pre-service teachers' acquisition of professional skills related to taking ethnocultural diversity into account. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, the results indicate that group analysis (Desgagné et al., 2012) of stories of practice supported changes in students' representations of immigrant students, their families, as well as in their perceptions of their responsibility towards these students. Changes were also observed in their positions regarding the status and legitimacy of the students' languages and cultures of origin. Indeed, the thematic analysis, using mixed coding (Mucchielli, 2009) allowed us to identify several elements that align with the three priorities identified by Mc Andrew et al. (2015) regarding teacher training aimed at adapting teaching practices to intervene more equitably in diverse contexts, and preparing all students to live in a pluralistic society. The analysis of the questionnaire data further shows that the program contributed to improving pre-service teachers' sense of comfort in working in ethnoculturally diverse contexts. The analysis of individual interviews supports this finding. Finally, the analysis of individual interviews , conducted after the implementation of the training program based on stories of practice had been tested in the classroom, made it possible to identify elements related to participants’ overall assessment of the program, the benefits they perceived and the potential they attributed to it. Overall, the findings show that the program and the stories of practice help pre-service teachers to project themselves into the reality of teaching practice, foster the development of their professional judgement and support their professional integration. Together, these results suggest that such training initiatives can positively influence pre-service teachers’ confidence and readiness to intervene in diverse classrooms. The potential and limitations of this type of training will be discussed. References Audet, G. (2022). Enseigner en contexte de diversité ethnoculturelle : recueil de récits de pratique. Chaire de recherche sur les enjeux de la diversité en éducation et en formation. https://recitsdiversite.uqam.ca/projet-recits-de-pratique-en-contexte-de-diversite-ethnoculturelle/ Desgagné, S. (2005). Récits exemplaires de pratique enseignante : analyse typologique (Vol. 17). Presses de l’Université du Québec. Desgagné, S., Larouche, H., Pepin, M., Dumoulin, M. J., & Audet, G. (2012). Appropriation d’un savoir délibératif en formation à l’enseignement à partir d’une approche d’analyse de récits en groupe. Revue internationale de pédagogie de l’enseignement supérieur, 29(2). https://journals.openedition.org/ripes/753 Giddens, A. (1987). La constitution de la société. Presses Universitaires de France. Larochelle-Audet, J., Borri-Anadon, C., Mc Andrew, M., & Potvin, M. (2013). La formation initiale du personnel scolaire sur la diversité ethnoculturelle, religieuse et linguistique dans les universités québécoises : portrait quantitatif et qualitatif. Centre d'études ethniques des universités montréalaises, Chaire de recherche du Canada sur l’Éducation et les rapports ethniques, Université de Montréal. Mc Andrew, M., & Audet, G. (2020). Les approches de prise en compte de la diversité à l’école. Administration & Éducation, 165(1), 47-53. https://doi.org/10.3917/admed.165.0047 Mc Andrew, M., Audet G., & Bakhshaei, M. (2016). L’immigration et l’éducation interculturelle au Québec : contexte, programmes et débats, bilan. Revue japonaise des études québécoises, (8), 3-25. Mc Andrew, M., Balde, A., Bakhshaei, M., Tardif-Grenier, K., Audet, G., Armand, F., Guyon, S., Ledent, J., Lemieux, G., Potvin, M., Rahm, J., Vatz Laaroussi, M., Carpentier, A., & Rousseau, C. (2015). La réussite éducative des élèves issus de l'immigration : dix ans de recherche et d'intervention au Québec. Presses de l'Université de Montréal. Mucchielli, A. (2009). Dictionnaire des méthodes qualitatives en sciences humaines et sociales. Armand Colin. Mucchielli, R. (1968). La méthode des cas. ESF Éditeur. Quebec Ministry of Education (1998). A School for the Future : Policy Statement on Educational Integration and Intercultural Education. https://www.education.gouv.qc.ca/fileadmin/site_web/documents/dpse/adaptation_serv_compl/PolitiqueMatiereIntegrationScolEducInterculturelle_UneEcoleAvenir_a.pdf Quebec Ministry of Education. (2020). Reference Framework for Professional Competencies for Teachers. https://cdn-contenu.quebec.ca/cdn-contenu/adm/min/education/publications-adm/devenir-enseignant/reference_framework_professional_competencies_teacher.pdf?1611584651 Quebec Ministry of Education. (2025). Tableau de bord – Portrait statistique des élèves issus de l’immigration, année scolaire 2023-2024. https://app.powerbi.com/view?r=eyJrIjoiODMzYTQyYTctNTc5YS00YjJmLWEzMWQtYjhjOGUzYTM1MWFmIiwidCI6IjJjZThmYzE4LWE1YjAtNDhlYy05MjAwLTI4N2E4OTA2ODkwNCJ9 Schön, D. A. (1983). The Reflective Practitioner. Basics Books. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Addressing Racism in Primary Schools by Pre-Service Teacher Training University of Würzburg, Germany Presenting Author:Racism is both a social and an educational problem (Bhopal, 2011; UNESCO, 2023). It is a system of social power relations that has developed historically and that reproduces social inequalities and legitimises exclusion (Miles, 1992). This article addresses the question of how reflective skills can be systematically promoted among students training to become primary school teachers in order to enable them to deal professionally with racism in a school context. The theoretical framework is formed by the combination of primary school research, racism research and professional research, in particular reflective research. The starting point is the empirically proven fact that in Germany racism is a reality in schools (Gomolla & Radtke, 2009; Leiprecht & Steinbach, 2015) and manifests itself in structural, institutional and interactional forms, including in primary schools (Nguyen, 2013; Robert et al., 2022). Racism therefore represents a challenge for primary school education that prospective teachers must address professionally. As 'schools of diversity and commonality' (cf. Schorch, 2007), primary schools have the task of preventing discrimination by valuing the individual learning requirements of all children and promoting their developmental potential. This involves reflecting on experiences of implicit and explicit discrimination, overcoming segregation, and establishing equality (cf. Lange & Pohlmann-Rother, 2025). The complexity of society and the presence of racist discrimination in everyday school life require teachers to have specific professional skills in order to be able to respond appropriately (Scheunpflug, 2021; Taube 2022). Various studies indicate that dealing with racism professionally is not only necessary, but also a central component of professional competence in teacher training (Massumi & Fereidooni 2017; Weis, 2017). The University of Würzburg is responding to this gap in primary school teacher training programmes with a seminar concept that focuses on reflection as a key professional skill for dealing with racism in primary schools. The aim of the presentation is to introduce the seminar concept and present the initial results of the seminar evaluation. The concept aims to specifically initiate and further develop students' reflective skills. Reflective skills are a key resource, as dealing with racism professionally is not based solely on acquiring knowledge, but in particular on the ability to critically reflect on oneself and others (Ohm & Fashtomi, 2024). Sensitivity to racism is a fundamental prerequisite for successful educational relationships and for building an inclusive school culture (Reich, 2020). The systematisation of reflective skills according to Franken and Preisfeld (2019) forms the theoretical basis for the seminar concept. This differentiates reflective competence along two dimensions: breadth of reflection and depth of reflection. The breadth of reflection encompasses the scope of knowledge areas that are included in the reflection. The seminar addresses specialist knowledge on racism, subject-specific didactic knowledge on designing discrimination-sensitive teaching situations, and pedagogical knowledge on dealing with racist interactions in the classroom. The depth of reflection describes the complexity of reflective engagement and ranges from factual description to action-oriented reasoning and analytical reflection to critical discourse. The seminar creates learning opportunities that encourage students to move from the descriptive level to an analytical and critical-discursive discussion. They are enabled to compare options for action, reflect on their consequences and embed them in social, historical and normative contexts. In summary, the article shows how the combination of theoretical foundations and didactic implementation can contribute to initiating and promoting critical reflection skills on racism. The results of the evaluation provide initial indications of the extent to which the seminar concept stimulates students' reflection processes and contributes to professionalisation in dealing with racism in primary schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The seminar concept is based on a methodological and didactic design that aims to systematically initiate and deepen reflection processes at various levels. The starting point is the assumption that anti-racist professionalisation does not occur solely through the transfer of knowledge, but through the targeted linking of cognitive, emotional and action-oriented learning processes. The methodological design is therefore oriented towards the dimensions of breadth and depth of reflection (Franken & Preisfeld, 2019) and opens up structured learning opportunities that enable an expansion of the thematic frame of reference and an increasing complexity of reflection. In keynote speeches and theory-based input phases, fundamental concepts of racism research (specialist knowledge), the importance of racism-sensitive lesson planning (subject-specific didactic knowledge) and pedagogical options for dealing with racist interactions (pedagogical knowledge) are taught. Students then work on these aspects of knowledge in cooperative learning formats, enabling multi-perspective approaches to racism in everyday school life. Case studies using authentic examples from the primary school context are central to initiating in-depth reflection processes. These situations reveal racist attributions, experiences of discrimination and structural exclusion. The methodical use of case vignettes initially supports a factual description and action-related reasoning (reflection levels 1 and 2). In discussion phases, alternative courses of action are then developed and weighed up in terms of their educational consequences, thereby promoting analytical reflection (reflection level 3). In order to encourage students to critically examine social, historical and power-structural conditions, biographical reflection tasks, methods for changing perspectives and structured debate formats are also used. These enable students to question individual patterns of perception and interpretation and to reflect on their own position in the context of anti-racist education. Collective reflection in plenary sessions supports the achievement of the highest level of reflection, critical discourse (level 4), by making different perspectives visible and systematically relating them to one another. This graded methodological structure not only initiates reflection processes, but also anchors them in a sustainable manner. The seminar thus creates a space in which students are introduced to anti-racist professionalism in a theory-based, experience-oriented and practical manner. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In summary, it is clear that the exercise ‘Encouraging self-reflection’ makes a key contribution to raising students' awareness of the significance of names as social markers and their potentially discriminatory potential. Names not only function as individual identifiers, but are also embedded in social attributions of meaning. These reflect affiliations, positions and power relations. The exercise illustrates in a special way how processes of ‘doing difference’ (Walgenbach, 2017) and forms of ‘othering’ (Melter & Mecheril 2011; Eggers [Auma], 2005) can work in everyday educational practice. Questions about origin, supposed cultural affiliation or ‘correct’ names often create subtle markers that question belonging and create difference in the first place. This reproduces social boundaries that often result in implicit unequal treatment. The added value of the exercise lies in the fact that students can develop perspectives on privilege, attributions and structural discrimination based on their own experiences. By linking personal experiences with theoretical concepts, they develop a reflective approach that embeds individual perceptions in larger social and institutional contexts. This creates an awareness of everyday mechanisms of difference production and the role of educational professionals. It is particularly important that the exercise offers affected students a safe space to articulate their experiences with racist attributions. This enables recognition and visibility, while the other students broaden their understanding of the powerful impact of institutional and structural racism. The shared exchange promotes understanding of how discrimination is not only experienced individually, but also reproduced through school routines, expectations and interactions. Overall, it is clear that the exercise makes a valuable contribution to the development of reflective, racism-sensitive skills. It empowers trainee teachers to recognise mechanisms of differentiation, question them critically and develop relevant courses of action for their teaching practice. References Bhopal, K. (2011). This is a school it’s not a site‹: Teacher’s attitudes towards Gypsy, Roma and Traveller pupils in schools in the UK, in: British Educational Research Journal 37.3, S. 465–483. Eggers [Auma], M. (2005). Rassifizierung und kindliches Machtempfinden: Wie schwarze und weiße Kinder rassifizierte Machtdifferenz verhandeln auf der Ebene von Identität. Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel. Gomolla, M. & Radtke, F.-O. (2009). Institutionelle Diskriminierung. Die Herstellung ethnischer Differenz in der Schule, 3. Aufl., Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Franken, N. & Preisfeld, A. (2019). Reflection-for-action im Praxissemester. In M. Degeling, N. Franken, S. Freund, S. Greiten, D. Neuhaus & J. Schellenbach-Zell (Hrsg.), Herausforderung Kohärenz: Praxisphasen in der universitären Lehrerbildung (S. 247-258). Klinkhardt. Lange, S. D. & Pohlmann-Rother, S. (2025). Didaktische Funktionen zum lernförderlichen Nutzen von Familiensprachen im Grundschulunterricht – Perspektivierungen aus grundschultheoretischer Sicht. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 71 (4), 509–529. Leiprecht, R. & Steinbach, A. (Hg.) (2015). Schule in der Migrationsgesellschaft. Ein Handbuch. Schwalbach/Ts. Debus Pädagogik. Massumi, M. & Fereidooni, K. (2017). Die rassismuskritische Professionalisierung von (angehenden) Lehrkräften. – Die Notwendigkeit einer Kompetenzerweiterung. In S. Bartsch, N. Glutsch & M. Massumi (Hrsg.), Diversity in der LehrerInnenbildung. Internationale Dimensionen der Vielfalt in Forschung und Praxis (S. 51-76). Waxmann. Miles, R. (1992). Rassismus. Einführung in die Geschichte und Theorie eines Begriffs. 2. Auflage. Argument-Verlag. Melter, C. & Mecheril, P. (Hrsg.) (2011). Rassismuskritik. Band 1: Rassismustheorie und -forschung. 2. Auflage. Wochenschau Verlag. Nguyen, T. Q. (2013). "Es gibt halt sowas wie einen Marionettentäter." Schulisch-institutionelle Rassismuserfahrungen, kindliche Vulnerabilität und Mikroaggression. ZEP 36 (2), S. 20–24. Ohm, V. & Fashtomi, R. S. (2024). Reflexivität als Anker rassismuskritischer Professionalisierung? SEMINAR 30 (1), S. 62–75. Reich, K. (2020). BNE inklusiv. Ergebnisse und Handlungsempfehlungen des Fachtreffens Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung (BNE) und Inklusion im Rahmen der Umsetzung des Orientierungsrahmens Globale Entwicklung in der Schule. Hg. v. Engagement Global Service für Entwicklungsinitiativen. Scheunpflug, A. (2021). Global learning: Educational research in an emerging field. In: European Educational Research Journal 20 (1), S. 3–13. Schorch, G. (2007). Studienbuch Grundschulpädagogik. 3. überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage. Klinkhardt. Taube, D. (2022). Globalität lehren. Eine empirische Studie zu den handlungsleitenden Orientierungen von Lehrkräften. Waxmann. UNESCO (2023): Recommendation on Education for Peace and Human Rights, International Understanding, Cooperation, Fundamental Freedoms, Global Citizenship and Sustainable Development. Walgenbach, K. (2017). Doing Difference. Zur Herstellung sozialer Differenzen in Lehrer-Schüler-Interaktionen. In Schweer, M. (Hrsg.), Lehrer-Schüler-Interaktion. Schule und Gesellschaft, vol 24. (S. 587-605). Springer. Weis, M. (2017). Rassismuskritische Fortbildung von Lehrerinnen und Lehrern. Würzburg University Press. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teacher Student Reflections on the Professional Role of Teachers in the Light of Recent Political Reforms in Sweden Lund university, Sweden Presenting Author:Reforms of teacher education usually have the underlying question of the role and function of what makes a ‘good’ teacher. Associated with this question is how government policy agendas address whether teachers should be educated and/or trained as ‘technicians’ or as professionals. In Sweden more profound reform programmes of teacher education are introduced every decade. These reforms are driven by the belief that raising standards within the school system depends on improvement of teacher quality and thereby teacher education/training, overlooking the risk of pushing towards reforms that are simplistic and leading to an ‘atomised’ and fragmented education system. Of course, there is a need of improvement but there is a risk that reforms can be a part of the problem and not a solution, or as Åstrand puts it: “Can fragmentation in teacher education be better understood in the light of the reforms as a fragmenting force rather than the opposite?”. A related reform, a national professional merit system for teachers was launched in Sweden 2025. The intensions expressed in the proposition was to strengthen the teacher profession and enhance the professional development and structure for career advancement (Prop. 2022/23:45). The merit system is based on individual university credits and consists of four levels bounding from 15 ECTS on level one to a completed PhD on level four. The merits are intended to correlate with salary raise and possibilities for certain positions within the teacher profession. The regulation was welcomed by the Swedish teacher union due to its possibilities to strengthen individual teachers’ agency regarding their professional development, and the direction towards a more transparent system for salaries (Swedish teachers’ union 2025). However, what constitutes as meriting is strictly regulated by a paragraph (5§) in the regulation (SFS 2025:280) where the government has defined the areas considered valid for the merit system. Included in 5§ is school-subjects, subject teaching methodology, special needs pedagogy, leadership and cognitive science. Pedagogy and educational sciences are two large, intertwined research areas that has been largely excluded as valid areas to study and get credits for in the national merit system. Critique was raised on the narrow focus of the paragraph which exclude research areas so central for the teacher profession (se for example the response on the proposition by the association of Swedish higher education institutions, SUHF 2025 and Swedish teachers’ union 2025). Despite the critique, the paragraph was implemented. This paper presentation takes its point of departure in an earlier study where we analyse teacher students’ reflection on the broad function of educational setting, belonging and motivation (Neuhaus and Berglund 2024). The students in the study wrote about their situation during the pandemic (2020 - 2021) when university studies were on-line only. The students’ voices on digitalisation, isolation, and their future role as teachers illustrate the importance of belonging and motivation in education. We use the analysis of the students’ reflections to consider educational quality and purpose in relation to the above mentioned 5§ and its possible narrowing of areas in professional development for teachers. The aim was to visualize if areas of importance for teacher students, in relation to relational aspects of their future profession, is covered in the definition of what constitutes as meriting professional development for teachers according to 5§. If not, we asked what falls outside of the research areas defined in the paragraph. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The students’ reflections were gathered during course assignments in two groups of teacher students, 2020 there was 75 students in the course and 2021 there was 83 students. The aim of the assignment was to try to ‘catch the moment’ of educational experience in these odd circumstances. The situation accentuated the relational aspects of teaching and learning. In the online forum, the flow of conversation is constantly interrupted by the technique of only one microphone at a time being active. The body language is hidden and therefore the spoken word largely takes a more prominent place, only allowing one voice at the time. The students were asked to choose among a few articles and use that article as a foundation for a written reflection on the educational situation. One of these optional texts was chosen by most of the teacher students. It was an article published on 2 April 2020 by the researcher Jahnke. The article was published in the online newspaper School and Society (S.O.S) centring on school, politics of school and teacher education. In the article, Jahnke points out that the new situation with distance teaching could be considered as a great experiment but also as an opportunity to learn something new. Jahnke suggests three areas where new knowledge can be acquired from the situation. Firstly, knowledge about ´what is going on at the moment´ (for example distance teaching). Secondly, knowledge about what has been going on (ordinary teaching) and thirdly, knowledge about our ability to act with good judgement in the present situation. Based on this article, the students wrote about their view on the role and function of education in light of the experienced isolation. When the physical aspects of education and teaching were absent, aspect otherwise taken for granted became explicit. The conceptual framework used in the original analysis of the students´ reflections consist of Biesta’s (2009) concepts, qualification, socialisation and subjectification, Deci and Ryan’s (2000) Self-Determination Theory, Asplund’s (Aspelin on Asplund, 2015) reasoning around social responsivity and Rosa’s (2021) resonance concept (Neuhaus and Berglund 2022). The themes identified in the students’ reflections was related to what, according to paragraph five in SFS:2025:280, is defined as meriting professional development. We analysed if the aspects identified as important for the teacher students can be included in the narrow definition of the research areas defined by the government as valuable to teachers’ professional development through 5§. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The change of educational setting to a digital forum inspired the students to reason around the role of the educational setting, not only as a place where learning happens but as a place where we build community. The interrelational aspects of teaching emerged. Since it is difficult for a speaker to read signals from listeners, it is also more difficult to adapt to the situation and be responsive, perhaps giving us some insights into how isolating it might be for people who experience difficulties interpreting subtle signals from others, relating to special needs education in 5§. Disruptive elements are reduced in the digital learning space and disrupters made invisible. Hartmut Rosa (2021) argues that resonance from the world around us is essential to avoid alienation and links our strive to order the world to a reduction in resonance. From the students’ reflections, the digital teaching seems to embody just that, more order and less resonance. This reduction in dimensions of belonging or relatedness affects people to different degree since the intrinsic psychological need for relatedness varies (Deci & Ryan, 2000). For those who have difficulty in fulfilling the needs on other arenas, it might be a larger loss than for those which have access to more arenas of relatedness and belonging. The relationship between the innate need for relatedness and motivation become visible in some of the students’ reflections. They describe getting tired, bored and seem to need to remind themselves of the fact that we are ‘in this together’. To create a sense of belonging and motivation in schools is a difficult task that teachers struggle with and which might benefit from a broader definition of what counts as meriting professional development than what is defined in 5§. References Aspelin, J. (2015). The elementary forms of educational life: understanding the meaning of education from the concept of “social responsivity”. Social Psychology of Education, 18:487-501. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-015-9298-6 Asplund, J. (1992). Det sociala livets elementära former. [The elementary forms of social life; in Swedish]. Göteborg: Bokförlaget Korpen. Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: On the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9 Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01 Jahnke, A. (2020). I ett nytt undervisningslandskap gror nya kunskaper [In a new landscape of education, new knowledge grows; in Swedish]. Skola och Samhälle. https://www.skolaochsamhalle.se/ ode/skola/anette-jahnke-i-ett-nytt-undervisningslandskap-gror-nya-kunskaper/. (Downloaded 20221201). Neuhaus, S. & Berglund, H (2024). Ambiguity and vision: first-year teacher student voices on digital teaching during Covid-19. In: Goel, P., Simmons, J., Marwah, S., Andersson, L., Neuhaus, S. and Mahat, M. (Ed.) Building a better normal – Visions of schools of education in a post-pandemic world. Emerald Group Publishing Limited. Leeds. 978-1-80455-413-5. Proposition (2022/23:54) Nationellt professionsprogram för rektorer, lärare och förskollärare. [Proposition for national professional programme for principals, teachers and pre-school teachers; in Swedish]. https://www.regeringen.se/contentassets/6091047960ae4a49b60ec79abc643e92/nationellt-professionsprogram-for-rektorer-larare-och-forskollarare-prop.-20222354. (Downloaded 20260130) Rosa, H. (2021). Resonance. A sociology of our relationship to the world. Polity Press. SFS (2025:280) om nationellt professionsprogram för rektorer, lärare och förskollärare (2025). [Regulation (2025:280) of national professional programme for principals, teachers and pre-school teachers; in Swedish] https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-och-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/forordning-2025280-om-nationellt_sfs-2025-280/ (Downloaded 20260128). SUHF (2025). Yttrande över förordning om nationellt professionsprogram för rektorer, lärare och förskollärare och konsekvensutredning. Dnr SU-850-0004-25. [Comment on regulation of national professional programme for principals, teachers and pre-school teachers and impact assessment; in Swedish]. https://suhf.se/app/uploads/2025/02/SUHFs-yttrande-over-NPP-februari-2025.pdf. (Downloaded 20260130) Swedish teachers’ union (2025). Sveriges lärare. Yttrande över remiss av förordning om nationellt professionsprogram för rektorer, lärare och förskollärare och konsekvensutredning. Dnr U2025/00157. [Comment on regulation of national professional programme for principals, teachers and pre-school teachers and impact assessment; in Swedish]. https://www.sverigeslarare.se/om-oss/opinion-debatt/remissvar/forordning-om-regelverket-for-det-nationella-professionsprogrammet-for-larare/. (Downloaded 20260130) Åstrand, B. (2017). Swedish teacher education and the issue of fragmentation: Conditions for the struggle over academic rigour and professional relevance. In: Hudson, B. (Ed.) Overcoming fragmentation in teacher education policy and practice. Cambridge University Press. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 01 SES 10 B Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Cigdem Sahin Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Video Clubs on Core-Practices in L1, Mathematics and Science: Implications for Teachers’ Professional Meaning-Making and Classroom Practice 1: VIA University College, Denmark; 2: University College Absalon, Denmark; 3: UCL, Denmark Presenting Author:In a longitudinal project (2025–2028), teachers from three Danish lower‑secondary schools collaborate with teacher educators and researchers in subject‑specific video clubs (Sherin & Han, 2024; Sherin & van Es, 2008). The video‑club work centres on core teaching practices (Grossman, 2018; Grossman & Frefel, 2024) within the three largest subject areas—Danish (L1), Mathematics, and Science. Across subjects, the intervention aims to identify, describe, and develop core practices that support meaningful and equitable learning opportunities for all students, drawing on research on student engagement and teacher–student relationships (Cornelius‑White, 2007; Mendez & van Es, 2024). We investigate two research questions: (1) How do teachers make sense of, and act upon, their participation in video‑based collaborative work? and (2) How does their noticing of core practices (van Es et al., 2014, 2017, 2024) unfold within video‑club interactions? We employ a sequential design involving multiple qualitative data sources (Mik‑Meyer, 2020). All video‑club sessions are video‑ or audio‑recorded, followed by semi‑structured focus‑group interviews with pairs of teachers from the same subject. Selected interview prompts are mediated by video clips from the video clubs to elicit stimulated recall. This pattern is repeated across three semesters in the three‑year intervention. In the first semester, participants selected a cross‑cutting core practice: engaging the whole class in investigations. All interview and video‑club audio data are transcribed verbatim. Interview data are analysed inductively using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2022; Braun et al., 2018). Video‑club interactions are analysed deductively using the three components of the noticing framework—Attending, Interpreting, and Shaping (van Es et al., 2024). Analytical processes are iterative: each researcher conducts an initial independent analysis, followed by collaborative cross‑case theme development. This paper presents findings from the first semester, focusing on teacher interviews and the initial video‑club sessions at each school (eight sessions in total). Extended findings from the second semester will be included in the conference presentation. Across the video clubs, teachers report that collaboratively observing and analysing how teacher actions shape students’ opportunities to learn is highly meaningful. This is reflected in two common initial themes emerging across interviews: teachers value watching themselves on video and discussing their instructional decisions, and the clips help them notice student differences, track student progress, and identify ways to support engagement and learning. Several teachers also note that they gain deeper insight into aspects of their pedagogical reasoning that are typically tacit. In addition, the video clubs appear to strengthen trust and depth in collegial discussions. While teachers do not yet describe broader changes in collaboration within their schools, they report drawing on the video‑club focus areas in their everyday teaching. Analyses of the video‑club sessions reveal both challenges and opportunities. Initially, the concept of “core practice” was unfamiliar to most teachers. Accordingly, teacher educators and researchers used the term more frequently in the early sessions. Over time, however, the concept became more meaningful to teachers, who increasingly incorporated it into their own meta‑reflections. Across all video clubs, we identified examples of attending, interpreting, and shaping, with a noticeable progression in the extent to which teachers initiated (intended) shaping. Regarding the core practice of engaging the whole class in investigations, we found discipline‑specific differences. For example, science teachers emphasise the role of disciplinary characteristics in shaping their instructional approaches. Nevertheless, they also experience that insights from other subjects broaden their understanding of what counts as productive investigative work. All teachers refer to a deepened understanding of the core practice. Mathematics teachers, for instance, describe video clubs and core practices as “two sides of the same coin” in their efforts to develop mathematics teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our multi-method qualitative study (Mik-Meyer, 2020) draws on the following data collected in 2025: 1. Video and audio recordings of eight video club sessions (2 hours each): two sessions focused on Danish, while three sessions each addressed science and mathematics. 2. Audio recordings of six semi structured focus group interviews with pairs of teachers from the same subject area (45 minutes each) (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009). Three interviews—conducted before the intervention—explored teachers’ initial understandings of core practices. The remaining three interviews—conducted after the first semester of video clubs—examined teachers’ experiences with the video clubs and their developing understandings of core practices. We used video clips from the video club sessions to prompt stimulated reflections. Over the next two semesters, we will collect additional data using similar methods. Our presentation will include data from spring 2026. Each semester, participants agree on a shared core practice: the first semester focused on engaging the whole class in investigations, while the second will focus on eliciting and responding to students’ thinking. All interview and video club audio data are transcribed verbatim. First, we analyse the interview data inductively using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2022; Braun et al., 2018). Each researcher analyses the interview and develops an initial set of themes. We then compare and discuss these sets and integrate insights from additional qualitative data sources to construct a shared set of themes. This common set is subsequently used as an analytical lens in a re-analysis of the interviews to trace similarities and differences across the three subjects. For example, we developed the theme “Teachers value watching themselves on video and discussing their actions” based on utterances such as: “It was incredibly rewarding for me to see myself on video—and to realize that I speak while I’m thinking” (mathematics teacher). We will apply and refine this shared theme set when analysing the next round of interviews. Second, we analyse the video club data deductively using the three components of the noticing framework—Attending, Interpreting, and Shaping (van Es et al., 2024). While van Es et al. focus on teacher noticing of students’ thinking, our analysis centres on teachers’ noticing of the targeted core practices. Accordingly, we adapted the framework and operationalised, for example, Shaping as teachers’ construction of classroom interactions that enable deeper insights into specific elements of a practice. As before, each author conducts an initial analysis, followed by collaborative refinement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on interview and video club data from the first of three semesters, our preliminary findings indicate that teachers experience substantial value in collaboratively observing and analysing the relationships between teacher actions and students’ learning opportunities. This is reflected in two initial themes that emerged across the post interviews: teachers appreciate watching themselves on video and discussing their instructional decisions, and the video clips help them notice student differences, monitor progress, and identify ways to support students’ engagement and learning. Several teachers also emphasise gaining deeper insight into aspects of their pedagogical reasoning that are typically tacit. Moreover, the video clubs appear to strengthen trust and depth in collegial conversations, and some teachers report drawing actively on insights from the video club in their everyday teaching. Our analyses of the video club sessions reveal both challenges and opportunities. At the outset, the concept of core practice was unfamiliar to most teachers. Consequently, teacher educators and researchers used the term most frequently in the early sessions. Over time, however, the concept became more meaningful to teachers, who increasingly incorporated it into their own meta-reflections. Across all video clubs, we identified instances of attending, interpreting, and shaping, with a clear progression in the extent to which teachers refer to initiating shaping. Regarding the targeted practice of engaging the whole class in investigations, teachers report having developed a more nuanced understanding of what this entails. They note some subject specific differences, yet they also experience that cross disciplinary insights broaden their perspectives on what constitutes productive investigative work. For instance, mathematics teachers describe how the video clubs and the focus on core practices have become “two sides of the same coin” in developing mathematics teaching. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis – a practical guide. Sage Braun, V., Clarke, V., Hayfield, N., & Terry, G. (2018). Thematic analysis. In P. Liamputtong, P. (eds), Handbook of Research Methods in Health Social Sciences (page 1-18). Springer. Cornelius-White, J. (2007). Learner-centered teacher-student relationships are effective: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 113-143. Creswell, J.W. & Clark, V.L.P. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. SAGE publications Grossman, P. (red.) (2018). Teaching core-pratices in teacher education. Harward Education Press. Grossman, P., & Fraefel, U. (red.) (2024). Core practices in teacher education – a global perspective. Harvard Education Press Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2009). InterViews: Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing. SAGE publications Mendez, J.A., & van Es, E.A. (2024). Examining teachers' relational noticing: promoting equity through positive interactions in mathematics education. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, s10857. Mik-Meyer, N. (2020). Multimethod Qualitative Research. In D. Silverman (Ed.), Qualitative Research (pp. 357–374). SAGE. Sherin, M.G. & Han, S.Y. (2004). Teacher learning in the context of a video club. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20, 163-83. Sherin, M.G. & van Es, E.A. (2008). Effects of video club participation on teachers’ professional vision. Journal of Teacher Education, 60(1), 20-37. Stahnke, R. & Blomeke, S. (2021). Novice and expert teachers’ _noticing of classroom management in whole-group and partner work activities: Evidence from teachers’ _gaze and identification of events. Learning and Instruction 74, 101464. Van Es, E.A. & Sherin, M.G. (2002). Learning to Notice: Scaffolding New Teachers’ Interpretations of Classroom Interactions. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 10(4), 571-596. Van Es, E.A. & Sherin, M.G. (2008). Mathematics teachers´ learning to notice in the context of a video-club. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24 (2), 244-276. Van Es, E. A., Cashen, M., Barnhart, T., & Auger, A. (2017). Learning to notice Mathematics instruction: Using video to develop preservice teachers’ vision of ambitious pedagogy. Cognition and Instruction, 35(3), 165–187. Van Es (2014). A framework for the facilitation of teachers’ analysis of video. Journal of Teacher Education 65(4), 340-356. Van Es, E.A. & Sherin, M.G. (2024). Expanding on prior conceptualizations of teacher noticing. ZDM – Mathematics Education 53, 17–27. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teachers’ Professional Learning by use of classroom videos University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:uilding on established research on effective teacher professional development, sustainable professional learning is understood as a continuous, workplace-based process situated within learning communities. Such learning involves deliberate and systematic efforts by teachers and schools to identify learning needs, address areas for improvement, and organize professional learning activities accordingly (Desimone et al., 2015; Dogan & Adams, 2020; Guskey, 2014). Research further suggests that the use of classroom video aligns well with these principles of effective professional learning. The research project Sustainable Professional Learning: Improving the Quality of Classroom Practice through Classroom Videos was therefore deliberately designed to integrate these two strands of research by using systematic video-based inquiry as a core component of teachers’ professional learning. The project aimed to examine how such an approach could be enacted in practice and to explore its potential for enhancing teaching quality within the Icelandic educational context. Video analysis has been shown to foster professional dialogue and to direct attention to instructional practices, particularly in relation to student learning (Klette et al., 2017). Moreover, video analysis can deepen teachers’ understanding of classroom interactions, make otherwise less visible aspects of teaching observable, and support the identification of critical moments in instruction (Jenset et al., 2024). Directing teachers’ attention to specific classroom events in this way is widely recognized as a central component of teacher learning and professional development, often described as learning to notice or purposeful noticing (Barnhart & van Es, 2015). This presentation synthesizes participants’ accounts of their involvement in the project, with a particular focus on how different components of the project contributed to understanding how teachers’ learning processes manifest through participation. Special attention is given to participants’ initial expectations and their experiences of using video recordings to support the development of their own teaching practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants were 16 compulsory school teachers from two different municipalities in Iceland. One lesson from each teacher was recorded in the spring, before intervention, followed by another recording one year later. Teachers were also expected to record shorter video clips of their teaching in the intervening period and analyze them with colleagues or their team. During the project, four workshops were held with all participants, beginning with professional input and gradually shifting towards collaborative video analysis and refinement of instructional focus. The teacher formed three teams with one academic leader of different subject areas, mathematics, science and Icelandic. The teams met between and during the workshops to discuss and analyse. Following the first workshop, which provided an introduction to teaching quality as conceptualized in the PLATO observation framework (Grossman et al., 2013), teachers developed individual development plans. The teachers choose PLATO elements as focal points for professional development, forming the foundation for their work throughout the school year. Interviews were conducted with participants at both the beginning and the end of the project. The initial interviews addressed the development plans, teachers’ perceived strengths and weaknesses, their experiences at the outset of the project, their reactions to viewing the first video recording, and the use of video for professional development. Professional support within the school context was also discussed. The final interviews focused on participants’ experiences of the project and its various components, learning outcomes from participation, perceived impact within their schools, and future plans. Teachers were also expected to submit regular written reflections describing their activities within the project, what they were learning, and their experiences with video recordings. Twelve teachers submitted reflections, in varying numbers, resulting in a total of 42 entries. Each teacher presented the project and their work to colleagues in their respective schools. These presentations constituted valuable data, as they reflected teachers’ own syntheses and reflections on their participation. The present study draws on interview data, written reflections, and teachers’ school-based presentations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants expected the video recordings to have a positive impact on teaching quality, while also anticipating challenges related to organization, time management, and obtaining consent from students for recording. Teachers initially focused on aspects of their teaching that could be improved, paying less attention to elements that were successful. Overall, participants’ experiences were positive, giving them valuable insight into their practice. The data highlight the importance of professional dialogue with peers and professional communities. Participants who did not view the recordings, or did so alone, missed opportunities to assess their professional competence and recognize their strengths. This indicates that teachers are more likely to engage productively with video recordings when working collaboratively, as being part of a learning community enhances professional learning and practice (Dogan and Adams, 2020). The workshops were considered useful, providing teachers with ideas and opportunities for discussion about pedagogy, although some participants noted the challenge of leaving classroom teaching to attend them. The teams consisted of teachers teaching the same subject area and the teams became forums for peer reflection and discussing subject-specific pedagogy beyond the PLATO framework, offering opportunities. It was also evident that strong professional leadership within teams had an impact extending beyond the PLATO focus areas. Writing monthly reflections proved challenging, while others recognized its value. Interviewees noted that although they kept PLATO dimensions in mind during teaching, this differed from systematically articulating their thoughts in writing and allocating space for reflection. Many teachers stated that they intended to support colleagues in using video to enhance teaching quality and to continue analyzing their own practice, while recognizing that meaningful change requires time. We conclude that the professional development initiative can be considered sustainable, as participants developed knowledge and skills that can be transferred to other teachers within their schools to improve teaching quality. References Barnhart, T. & van Es, E.A. (2020). Developing a critical discourse about teaching and learning: The case of a \secondary science video club. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 31(5), 491–514. https://doi.org/10.1080/1046560X.2020.1725724 Desimone, L. M., & Garet, M. S. (2015). Best practices in teachers’ professional development in the United States. Psychology, Society and Education, 7(3), 252–263. Dogan, S. & Adams, A. (2020). Augmenting the effect of professional development on effective instruction through professional communities. Teachers and Teaching, 26 (3–4), 326–349. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2020.1832064 Guskey, T. R. (2014). Planning professional learning. Educational Leadership, 71(8), 10–16. Jenset, I. S., Tengberg, M., Sigurðardóttir, A. K., Sigþórsson, R., Magnusson, C. G. og Brataas, G. (2024). The benefits of using videos for developing teachers' professional vision. In Using Video to Foster Teacher Development (pp. 17-32). Routledge. Klette, K., & Blikstad-Balas, M. (2018). Observation manuals s lenses to classroom teaching: Pitfalls and possibilities. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1) 129–146. DOI: 10.1177/1474904117703228 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Feedback Dialogues to Support Students’ Reflection: Design and Evaluation of a Teachers’ Professional Development Program Eindhoven University of Technology, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Introduction Across Europe, education increasingly aims to prepare students for complex, uncertain, and socially relevant challenges (Barr et al., 2022). In the Netherlands, Research & Design (R&D) education addresses this aim by engaging secondary school students in open-ended, real-world STEM design projects. Students work collaboratively in small teams during project cycles of approximately ten weeks, concluding with the presentation of project outcomes to external clients. Each project incorporates reflection tasks, which teachers use for feedback conversations. To bring learning within R&D to a higher level, students need to develop deeper reflection skills. Reflection supports students in making sense of feedback, connecting experiences to underlying concepts, and regulating their learning over time (Moon, 2013). Feedback and reflection are mutually reinforcing processes: feedback invites students to reconsider their actions, while structured reflection supports interpretation and planning of subsequent steps (Carless & Winstone, 2020; Moon, 2013). Reflection skills do not develop automatically. Their effectiveness depends not only on students’ engagement but also on teachers’ ability to scaffold feedback through dialogue and to create structured opportunities for reflective thinking (Korthagen & Nuijten, 2022). When students learn to reflect, teachers play a key role by facilitating feedback dialogues that prompt students to articulate their thinking, evaluate progress, and plan next steps. Despite its recognised importance, many teachers struggle to enact feedback dialogues and embed reflection meaningfully in everyday R&D classroom practices (Görtzen et al., 2025). Feedback is often reduced to one-way information transmission, while reflective activities remain fragmented or superficial, limiting their educational impact (Korthagen & Nuijten, 2022; van der Kleij et al., 2019). Strengthening teachers’ facilitation of feedback dialogues and student reflection requires targeted professional development (PD) that bridges knowing and acting by supporting practice-embedded, sustained enactment rather than mere knowledge transmission (Antoniou & Kyriakides, 2013; Louws et al., 2017) This study addresses these challenges through the design and evaluation of a two-year Collaborative Teacher Reflection (CTR) program aimed at strengthening R&D teachers’ integration of feedback dialogues and student reflection in secondary education. The overarching research question guiding the study was: What elements constitute a professional development program that supports teachers in integrating feedback dialogues with students’ reflection? This contribution examines both the effects and the feasibility of the PD program designed within the broader study.
The CTR intervention An Educational Design Research (EDR) approach guided the design and evaluation of the CTR program through iterative cycles in authentic educational settings (McKenney & Reeves, 2018). The first stage focused on deriving eight design principles for the PD program grounded in both literature and practice: (1) a psychologically safe learning environment; (2) grounding in teacher practice; (3) experiential and iterative learning; (4) video-supported reflection; (5) collaborative teacher learning; (6) sustained duration; (7) explicit theory–practice integration; and (8) differentiated professional learning. Based on these principles, the CTR program was developed with a phased structure. As teachers reported limited experience facilitating dialogic feedback, and in several schools reflection practices were largely absent, the first year focused on feedback dialogues as a foundational practice. The second year built on this foundation by adding guidance of structured student reflection tasks. In both years, the program consisted of five collaborative group meetings. It began with a kick-off meeting to establish a psychologically safe learning community and introduce relevant research. Teachers discussed literature, visualised current practices using mind maps, and formulated personal learning goals through laddering interviews. Subsequently, teachers participated in structured CTR meetings in small learning communities of 3–4 teachers, combining video-supported reflection, peer feedback dialogues, and iterative classroom experimentation. The program finished with teachers’ reflections on their professional growth and how theory-informed insights were enacted in practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design of the study This paper focuses on the second stage of the study, examining the effects of the CTR program on teachers’ learning and students’ reflection, as well as its feasibility for participating teachers. Insights from both strands informed the refinement of the final design principles, integrating scientific and practitioner knowledge to guide the CTR program. Participants Ten R&D teachers from nine Technasium schools responded to an open invitation distributed via a national newsletter from the Dutch Technasium Foundation. Ethical clearance was obtained prior to implementing the two-year CTR program. Each teacher selected one class in which feedback dialogues and, in the second year, guidance of students’ reflection were conducted during the program. Teachers varied in teaching experience and prior familiarity with feedback dialogues and reflective practices. Their students (N = 303) participated indirectly through classroom enactments of feedback dialogues and structured reflection tasks. Data Collection Multiple data sources were used to capture changes in teachers’ learning and students’ reflection over time. Teachers’ professional learning was documented through audio recordings of all CTR meetings, including collaborative discussions, video-supported reflection, and peer feedback dialogues. Students’ written reflection reports, collected at the beginning and end of the second CTR-year, provided insight into the development of reflective depth. To evaluate the feasibility of the CTR program, teachers first completed individual open-ended evaluative questions focusing on workload, relevance, and applicability. These responses were subsequently discussed in a plenary evaluation session involving both teachers and the facilitator, enabling shared reflection on the program’s design and implementation. Data Analysis Audio recordings of the CTR meetings were analysed and transformed into individual teacher vignettes capturing changes in five key aspects of feedback dialogues. For the second year, analyses were extended to include five categories of teacher actions supporting deeper student reflection. Students’ reflection reports were analysed to identify changes in reflective depth. Feasibility data were analysed using Ter Beek et al.’s (2022) framework, distinguishing professional development characteristics, teacher characteristics, and organisational conditions, allowing for a systematic interpretation of teachers’ experiences with the CTR program. Findings from both the effects and feasibility data were triangulated across sources to identify patterns in teacher learning, student reflection, and program implementation, supporting the refinement and confirmation of the CTR program’s design principles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The effects of the program indicate that nearly all participating teachers, who initially did not employ feedback dialogues, had integrated them into their classroom practice by the program’s conclusion. Teachers’ understanding of feedback evolved, enabling them to interpret students’ responses more effectively and attend to the emotional dynamics occurring in dialogue. This combination of conceptual development and enactment strengthened teacher confidence and teacher–student relationships. Teachers reported increased confidence in facilitating student reflection and greater awareness of their role as facilitators. Student reflections showed increased depth over time. In evaluating the program’s implementation, teachers emphasised the program’s practical relevance, hands-on learning, and strong connection between theory and practice, noting that scientific insights became meaningful when actively translated into classroom activities. They valued collaborative reflection, video-supported exercises, structured personal goal-setting, and iterative enactment over the two-year duration, which allowed concepts and skills to consolidate. Teachers highlighted the essential role of the facilitator, whose guidance and reflective input reinforced constructive dialogue, supported learning, and maintained a psychologically safe, collaborative environment. Teacher and organisational characteristics emerged as key enabling conditions for sustainable implementation (Ter Beek et al., 2022). This study aimed to design for a PD program that supports teachers in facilitating feedback dialogues and guiding student reflection in contextually rich learning environments. The pilot of the CTR program enabled refinement of the design principles and demonstrated that sustained, practice-oriented professional development can foster meaningful changes in teachers’ pedagogical practices and professional understanding. The findings show how theory and practice can be deliberately connected through collaborative professional development, offering evidence-informed insights for teachers, school leaders, and policymakers on developing feedback dialogues that support students’ reflection. Together, these findings highlight the potential of education research to support knowing and acting under changing educational conditions. References Antoniou, P., & Kyriakides, L. (2013). A Dynamic Integrated Approach to teacher professional development: Impact and sustainability of the effects on improving teacher behaviour and student outcomes. Teaching and Teacher Education, 29(1), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2012.08.001 Barr, N., Hartley, K., Lopata, J. A., McFarlane, B., & Mcnamara, M. J. (2022). Learning in an uncertain world: Transforming higher education for the anthropocene. In R. A. Beghetto & G. J. Jaeger (Eds.), Uncertainty: A catalyst for creativity, learning and development (pp. 337–357). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-98729-9_18 Carless, D., & Winstone, N. (2020). Teacher feedback literacy and its interplay with student feedback literacy. Teaching in Higher Education, 28(1), 150–163. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2020.1782372 Görtzen, J. J. H., Stollman, S. H. M., Schellings, G. L. M., Vermunt, J. D., & Nieveen, N. M. (2025). Promoting students’ reflection through process-oriented feedback: Teachers’ conceptions, practices and learning needs. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 86, 101483. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2025.101483 Korthagen, F., & Nuijten, E. (2022). The power of reflection in teacher education and professional development: Strategies for in-depth teacher learning. Routlledge. Louws, M. L., Meirink, J. A., van Veen, K., & van Driel, J. H. (2017). Teachers’ self-directed learning and teaching experience: What, how, and why teachers want to learn. Teaching and Teacher Education, 66, 171–183. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.04.004 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting Educational Design Research. Routledge. Moon, J. A. (2013). A handbook of reflective and experiential learning: Theory and practice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203416150 Ter Beek, M., Wopereis, I., & Schildkamp, K. (2022). Don’t Wait, Innovate! Preparing Students and Lecturers in Higher Education for the Future Labor Market. Education Sciences, 12(9). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12090620 van der Kleij, F., Adie, L. E., & Cumming, J. J. (2019). A meta-review of the student role in feedback. International Journal of Educational Research, 98, 303–323. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2019.09.005 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Bilingual Education: Is What We Have Enough? A Language Needs Analysis of Faculty Members 1: NTNU, Norway; 2: Justus-Liebig-Universität Gießen Presenting Author:Many universities in non-English native countries are under immense pressure to both use English as a lingua franca while maintaining their country’s language as a working language. Yet there are often few language support systems for staff. Mastering the native language can be seen as an implicit goal for international employees, and communicating in English can be challenging for both national and international employees. Understanding language needs in a bilingual academic environment is crucial for fostering inclusive communication, supporting professional development, and ensuring equitable access to institutional resources. This exploratory study investigates the language needs of staff at a Norwegian university, focusing on both Norwegian and English as academic languages.
Research Questions This study investigates how employees at a large European university navigate language demands in an increasingly internationalised higher education sector. While much existing research centres on international staff and English-medium settings, comparatively little is known about the linguistic needs of both majority‑language and international employees within institutions that officially promote parallel or bilingual language use. Addressing this gap, our overarching research question is: How do university employees articulate their language needs in a bilingual academic environment? To examine this question in greater depth, the analysis is guided by three sub‑questions:
These questions enable a nuanced understanding of the multilingual practices and linguistic expectations that shape employees’ everyday work within a university governed by both national linguistic responsibilities and global academic norms. Sociolinguistic Perspectives on Inclusion, Power and Majority–Minority Dynamics Our study applies sociolinguistic perspectives that foreground the power dynamics inherent in multilingual organisations. In universities with high proportions of international staff, national-language speakers often hold structural or social advantages in institutional participation, while international employees may be positioned as linguistic minorities regardless of their academic expertise. Conversely, English-language expectations may place additional demands on majority-language speakers, who are not always conceptualised as having language needs. Concepts such as linguistic capital, gatekeeping, and organisational inclusion help illuminate these dynamics.We explore these concepts and highlight them throughout our analysis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of the Language Practices in Education research group, which investigates language use patterns, attitudes, and needs among employees and students at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU). The present paper focuses specifically on language needs among employees who reported Norwegian or English as an L2. All academic, administrative, and technical staff were invited to complete an online survey in November 2023. The survey included open‑ended and closed‑ended questions and was based on previous Nordic studies (Bukve 2020; Carlshollt Unger 2022; Gujord et al. 2022; Ljosland 2011) Participants A total of 703 employees participated (≈10% response rate). Of these, 493 were academics (70.13%) and 210 administrative/technical staff (29.87%). Participants represented all eight faculties and the University Museum. Slightly more than half were born outside Norway (55.9%). Norwegian was the L1 of 57.18% of participants; English was an L1 for 9.67%. The remainder reported other native languages. Based on the status of Norwegian as L1/L2, participants were categorised as “Norwegian” (57.18%) or “International” (42.67%). Data Analysis Closed questions were analysed through descriptive statistics produced in R (R Core Team 2024). Open‑ended responses were examined using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) six‑step thematic analysis. Coding was inductive and iteratively refined across authors. Themes were developed collaboratively to ensure reflexivity and analytical consistency. Research Credibility and Ethics Because the study relies on self‑reported needs, the findings reflect perceived—not tested—proficiency and may therefore be subject to over‑ or underestimation. Ethical considerations include researching workplace colleagues and managing confidentiality within a single organisation. Participation was voluntary and anonymous, and data collection complied with Norwegian research ethics guidelines. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the qualitative and quantitative data reveals clear differences in how Norwegian and international employees experience and articulate their language needs in a bilingual university setting. While most participants report high proficiency in English—particularly at the C1–C2 level—both groups still express notable needs for improvement. Norwegian employees consistently report higher English L2 needs than international staff, especially in intercultural communication, vocabulary, academic writing, and speaking fluency. Receptive skills such as reading and listening are generally perceived as less challenging. Qualitative responses show a wide spectrum of perceived abilities. Some employees feel fully competent due to extensive exposure to English, whereas others highlight a lack of confidence and difficulties with fluency, pronunciation, academic writing, and expressing nuance. Norwegian participants especially emphasise challenges in conveying humour, emotions, and subtlety in English, as well as needing more opportunities for oral practice. International employees, while often more confident in English, report challenges with intercultural communication in diverse academic environments. In contrast, international staff report significantly higher needs in Norwegian across all domains—speaking, writing, vocabulary, listening, and reading—with receptive skills posing particular difficulties. Many international employees have limited or no proficiency in Norwegian, highlighting barriers to workplace participation and integration. Overall, the findings demonstrate that language needs are widespread, heterogeneous, and shaped by staff background and institutional expectations. They highlight tensions between practical language demands and the ideals of a bilingual university, pointing to the need for more structured and differentiated language support. References Bukve, T. (2020). Students’ perspectives on English medium instruction within higher education. Exploring gender differences in Norway and Finland. Journal of Applied Language Studies, 14(1), 7–24. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.17011/apples/urn.202002272211 Carlshollt Unger, M. (2022). Hvis behov kunne tale! En undersøgelse om narrative konstruktioner af behov i andet- og fremmedsprogsundervisning og behovenes kompleksitet [If needs could speak! An examination of narrative constructions of needs in second and foreign language teaching and the complexity of needs] Globe: A Journal of Language, Culture and Communication, 14, 1-24. https://doi.org/10.54337/ojs.globe.v14i.7331 Gujord, A.-K. H., Molde, E. B., Olsen, A.-M. K., & Wunderlich, I. (2022). Vilkår for læring og bruk av andrespråk i akademia. Internasjonalt tilsette sine erfaringar med språk på norske universitet og høgskular i lys av rådande språkpolitikk [Conditions for learning and using second languages in academia. International employees’ experiences with languages at Norwegian universities and university colleges in light of current language policies]. Bergen Language and Linguistics Studies, 12(1), 113–140. https://doi.org/10.15845/bells.v12i1.3539 Ljosland, R. (2011). English as an academic lingua franca: Language policies and multilingual practices in a Norwegian university. Journal of Pragmatics, 43(4), 991–1004. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pragma.2010.08.007 R Core Team. 2024. R: A language and environment for statistical computing. R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria. https://www.R-project.cog |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 01 SES 10 C: Workshop: Knowing and Acting through Subjectivity: Introducing Q as Research and Didactic Approach in Education Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Ines Kling Research Workshop |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Research Workshop Knowing and Acting through Subjectivity: Introducing Q as Research and Didactic Approach in Education Heidelberg University, Germany Presenting Author:Educational research is increasingly confronted with complex, ambiguous, and value-laden phenomena in which knowing and acting are closely intertwined. In educational contexts, professional judgment, decision-making, and practice are shaped by subjective orientations, beliefs, and interpretations that are deeply connected to professional identity and ongoing professional learning. These dimensions of professional development cannot be adequately captured through standardized survey instruments alone. At the same time, educational research is expected to generate knowledge that is both methodologically robust and practically meaningful for professional learning and development across the career span. This requires methodological approaches that do not consider subjectivity as a source of bias, but as a central epistemic resource and object of inquiry. This workshop introduces Q, which comprises methodology, method and data collection technique. It is designed to explore the extent of participants’ diverging and converging beliefs, points of view, or feelings on a given topic. Q can uncover even marginalized opinions that might be ignored or even overlooked by traditional survey methods. It is used to systematically study subjectivity within a group of people in order to gain insight into their motivations and behavior by integrating both qualitative and quantitative procedures in data generation, analysis and interpretation (Brown, 1993; Stenner and Stainton Rogers, 2004). Further, the workshop highlights Q's potential as a didactic and reflexive approach that fosters professional development. Thus, Q offers a distinctive way of linking ‘knowing’ (beliefs, points of views) and ‘acting’ (judgment, decision-making, professional practice). The workshop addresses methodologically interested scholars in educational sciences, especially teacher educators, practitioners, and researchers interested in (approaches to foster) professional development. Given that many participants are likely to encounter Q for the first time, the workshop is explicitly designed as an introductory yet conceptually grounded format that combines methodological theory with experiential learning. Therefore, it is suitable for both early-career researchers as well as experienced academics. Workshop participants are invited to explore Q both as a research methodology and as a didactic approach that enables reflective work with subjective perspectives in different contexts such as teacher education, induction, and professional development (Kling & Buhl, 2025). The first part of the workshop offers a concise theoretical introduction to Q. It outlines to most important epistemological assumptions, methodological principles, and procedural steps, including the construction of a Q set (statements), selection of a P set (participants), the Q-sorting process, the logic of by-person factor analysis, and interpretation. Particular attention is paid to Q’s understanding of subjectivity and to its relevance for educational research contexts in which professional orientations and beliefs play a central role (Watts & Stenner, 2012; Kling & Lintner, 2022). Q is thus framed not only as a research method, but also as a reflexive approach that deliberately transforms participants from being research objects into subjects who actively participate in the co-construction of meaning within the research process (Kling & Buhl, 2025). In the second part of the workshop, participants take part in a guided online Q sort using a free web-based tool. By engaging in the sorting process themselves, workshop participants experience the logic of Q from the position of research participants. The collected Q sorts are analyzed immediately during the workshop, and preliminary factor solutions are generated and visualized. The final part of the workshop focuses on collaborative reflection, interpretation and discussion. In small groups, workshop participants interpret the emerging factor structures and reflect on their own positioning within these shared patterns of viewpoints. The workshop concludes with a discussion of Q’s potential and limitations as a research and didactic approach in the context of professional development, highlighting its role as a bridge between knowing and acting. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The workshop is designed as an introductory research workshop that combines methodological input, experiential learning, and reflective discussion. Its structure corresponds to the core phases of a Q study, making it suitable for participants with no prior knowledge or experience with Q methodology. The workshop follows a four-phase structure: 1. Theoretical & Procedural Introduction: The workshop begins with a concise overview of the epistemological foundations and methodological principles of Q methodology. Key concepts include subjectivity as a legitimate object of inquiry (Stephenson, 1953), the distinction between Q and R methodologies, and the logic of by-person factor analysis (Brown, 1980, 1993). Further, procedural steps of a Q study are outlined, including concourse development and Q sample construction, data collection, data analysis, and factor interpretation. Applications of Q in educational research, particularly in the study of professional orientations and practice-related beliefs (Kling & Lintner, 2022) as well as how Q findings can be productively used in teaching and reflection-oriented learning settings (Kling & Buhl, 2025), are illustrated. 2. Online Q Sorting: Participants then engage in a guided online Q sort using a free web-based Q tool (Q-Perspectives). They rank a set of statements related to a shared educational topic along a predefined quasi-normal distribution. This phase allows participants to experience Q from the participant perspective and highlights its reflexive and relational nature (Watts & Stenner, 2005). 3. Immediate Data Analysis: Following data collection, the workshop participants’ Q sorts are subjected to a preliminary by-person factor analysis. Resulting factors are presented and briefly explained, emphasizing the interpretation of shared viewpoints rather than individual traits (McKeown & Thomas, 2013). 4. Small-Group Reflection and Discussion: Participants work in small groups to interpret the factor structures and reflect on their own positioning within the identified viewpoints. The workshop concludes with a plenary discussion of Q methodology’s potential and limitations as a research and didactic approach in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This workshop positions Q as a methodological and didactic response to contemporary challenges in educational research, where knowing and acting are closely interconnected. By systematically engaging with subjectivity, Q enables researchers and educators to access interpretative frameworks that underpin professional judgment, decision-making, and educational practice. Through the integration of theoretical input and hands-on experience, workshop participants gain insight into Q not merely as a technical procedure, but as an epistemological stance that redefines the role of research participants. Rather than treating individuals as objects of measurement, Q invites them to become subjects who actively engage with and reflect on shared pattens of meaning (Stephenson, 1953; Brown, 1980). This shift is particularly relevant for educational research and teaching contexts that aim to foster reflexivity and professional agency. The workshop highlights Q’s potential as a bridge between knowing and acting. On the one hand, Q generates empirically grounded knowledge about shared orientations and viewpoints; on the other hand, it creates reflective spaces in which participants can actively work with these insights. This dual function makes Q especially valuable not only for research purposes but also for didactic settings such as teacher education and professional development (Kling & Lintner, 2022; Kling & Buhl, 2025). At the same time, the workshop encourages a critical engagement with Q methodology by addressing its scope, limitations, and appropriate fields of application. Participants are enabled to make informed decisions about the use of Q in their own research and teaching contexts. Overall, the workshop demonstrates how Q methodology can contribute to educational research that takes subjectivity seriously, fosters reflexivity, and productively links knowing and acting under changing conditions of knowledge production. References Brown, S. R. (1980). Political subjectivity: Applications of Q methodology in political science. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. DOI: 10.22488/okstate.80.100561 Brown, S. R. (1993). A primer on Q methodology. Operant Subjectivity 16. DOI: 10.22488/okstate.93.100504 Kling, I., & Lintner, A. (2022). Praxisbezogene Einstellungen von Lehramtsstudierenden – eine Q-Studie. Empirische Pädagogik, 36(1), 80–98. Kling, I. (2025). Vom Subjekt zum Objekt? Subjektivität als Erkenntnisinteresse in der Q-Methodologie. Heidelberg University Publishing. DOI: 10.17885/heiup.ruca.2025.26.25170 Kling, I., & Buhl, M. (2025). Applying Q methodology in higher teacher education for pre-service teachers’ (self-)reflection, learning and professional development. Frontiers in Education, 10. DOI: 10.3389/feduc.2025.1555073 McKeown, B., and Thomas, D. (2013). Q Methodology. DOI: 10.4135/9781483384412 Stenner, P., and Stainton Rogers, R. (2004). “Q methodology and qualiquantology: The example of discriminating between emotions,” in Mixing methods in psychology: The integration of qualitative and quantitative methods in theory and practice, eds. Z. Todd, B. Nerlich, S. McKeown, and D. D. Clarke (New York, NY: Psychology Press), 101–120. Stephenson, W. (1953). The study of behavior: Q-technique and its methodology. University of Chicago Press. Watts, S., & Stenner, P. (2005). Doing Q methodology: Theory, method and interpretation. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 2(1), 67–91. DOI: 10.1191/1478088705qp022oa Watts, S., and Stenner, P. (2012). Doing Q methodological research: Theory, method & interpretation. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc. DOI: 10.4135/9781446251911 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 01 SES 10 D Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Lily Orland-Barak Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper ESP Teachers’ Professional Development in Chinese Universities: A Teacher Identity Perspective UNSW, Australia Presenting Author:In recent years, following the introduction of China’s New Liberal Arts policy, university English education has gradually shifted from general language instruction toward the development of students’ discipline-specific English proficiency. In response to this trend, many universities have adopted English for Specific Purposes (ESP) as part of broader language-teaching reforms, leading to the transition of teachers from General English (GE) to ESP instruction. This transition has placed pressure on Chinese EFL teachers, requiring them to reorient their teaching practices, reconsider their career trajectories, and renegotiate their professional identities. As a result, questions surrounding teachers’ professional development (PD) have become increasingly important. However, limited research has examined the professional experiences and developmental needs of ESP teachers in the Chinese context, leaving a significant gap in the literature. The study explores ESP teachers’ professional development through the lens of identity, with particular attention to their lived experiences, challenges, and professional needs. The study adopts Kaplan and Garner’s (2017) Dynamic Systems Model of Role Identity (DSMRI) as its theoretical framework. The DSMRI conceptualises identity as a complex and dynamic system shaped through the interaction of four interrelated components: (1) ontological and epistemological beliefs associated with a professional role; (2) the goals and purposes underlying that role; (3) self-perceptions and self-definitions within the role; and (4) perceived possibilities for action and decision-making. By applying this framework, the study seeks to better understand the dynamic relationship between identity construction and professional development among Chinese ESP teachers. Accordingly, the study addresses the following research questions: 1. What professional development challenges do Chinese ESP teachers experience during the transition from GE to ESP teaching? 2. How do Chinese ESP teachers perceive and respond to these challenges in relation to their professional identities? To address these questions, the study adopts a qualitative research approach supported by multiple methods of data collection. A case study design was selected to facilitate an in-depth exploration of teachers’ experiences within a specific institutional context. According to Creswell (2014), case study research enables researchers to develop a detailed understanding of a bounded system through extensive data collection over time. The research was conducted at a prestigious university located in an inland city in mainland China, referred to in this study as “University Z.” Thirteen ESP teachers currently employed at the university participated in the study. Data were collected from three main sources: interviews, classroom observations, and institutional documents. Semi-structured interviews served as the primary source of data, while observations and documents were used to supplement and triangulate the interview findings. Data collection was conducted across three stages: the pre-stage, ongoing stage, and post-stage. Following data collection, a biographical approach was employed to develop a comprehensive understanding of each participant’s academic, educational, and teaching experiences. Subsequently, thematic analysis was applied to identify and interpret recurring patterns and themes across the qualitative data. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research approach was adopted to investigate the PD challenges faced by Chinese ESP teachers and the strategies they employ to address these challenges. In the context of this research, qualitative methods are relevant given the intricate and context-specific nature of PD challenges in ESP teaching in China. This study asserts that PD is embedded in the socio-cultural and educational contexts of the participants. The qualitative approach not only enables an exploration of PD but also provides a platform for teachers to voice their concerns, share their experiences, and reflect on their coping strategies. This alignment between the research objectives and the qualitative methodology ensures that the study captures the complexity and depth of the participants’ experiences, contributing valuable insights to the field of ESP teacher development. Furthermore, a case study approach was selected as the primary design. Creswell (2014) defines the case study approach as a research design in which the researcher investigates a program, event, activity, process, or individual by collecting extensive information over an extended period, often using multiple data-gathering methods to ensure a comprehensive understanding. Van Wynsberghe and Khan (2007) describe case study approach as involving empirical inquiries that examine the real-world context of a specific phenomenon, emphasizing that case studies provide narratives that offer valuable insights into the analytical challenges associated with complex issues. These definitions highlight the suitability of the case study approach, making it an ideal choice for studies that require nuanced and detailed analysis. This study has recruited a total of 13 ESP teachers during the participant-recruitment stage. Drawing on the frameworks established by Huberman (1989) and Feiman (2001), teaching experience was categorized into stages: novice teachers (1–3 years), early career teachers (3–5 years), mid-career teachers (5–10 years), experienced teachers (10–20 years), and veteran teachers (more than 20 years). These categories provided a way to assess the PD and identity formation of ESP teachers across different career stages. the study utilized three types of data: interviews, observations, and documents. Among these, interviews served as the primary source of data, providing direct verbal responses from participants. Observations and documents were used as supplementary data to support and validate the interview findings. The documents provided a macro-level perspective, while observations either confirmed or challenged the participants’ statements from the interviews. Together, these methods allowed for a comprehensive understanding of the challenges and individual solutions related to PD in its multilayered nature. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this study, participants demonstrated significant agency in managing their professional development across multiple dimensions. However, it is noteworthy that some expressions of teacher agency also reflected a seemingly helpless “self-protective” mechanism when existing educational systems and environments hindered professional growth or threatened career sustainability. While previous studies on the GE-to-ESP transition frame the dilemma around three core issues—low confidence in subject knowledge (Tsou & Chen, 2014), ambiguity in disciplinary positioning (Meristo & López Arias, 2020), and career uncertainty (Gao & Cui, 2021)—our findings reveal these challenges as symptoms of systemic institutional failure rather than merely individual shortcomings. Despite teachers’ persistent efforts to adapt and improve their situations through various forms of agency, fundamental policy and systemic failures render their individual efforts insufficient to overcome structural barriers. Firstly, this study has revealed the impact of institutional instability on professional identity development in ESP education. The repeated restructuring of ESP programs—transitioning from comprehensive interdisciplinary offerings to peripheral electives—demonstrates a case of homogenization. Secondly, this study illuminates the complex dynamics of disciplinary marginalization across diverse institutional contexts, revealing how power structures and academic hierarchies influence the positioning of ESP programs (Hou & Wilder, 2015; Farah, 2018). This marginalization exhibits distinct patterns depending on the institutional setting, each presenting unique challenges for ESP development and recognition. Thirdly, the top-down mandatory reform model overlooks the circumstances of frontline teachers and lacks necessary transition periods and supporting measures (Serhiienko et al., 2024). Last but not least, the overemphasis on educational instrumentalism and utilitarian tendencies has led to the neglect of teachers’ subjectivity and professional autonomy. The value of teaching work is not fully recognized, and teachers often experience a lack of agency during educational reforms (Klassen & Chiu, 2010). References Anderson, F. (2018). Intercultural (mis)communication in teacher‐student interaction. World Englishes, 37(3), 398–406. https://doi.org/10.1111/weng.12326 Arnó-Macià, E., & Mancho-Barés, G. (2015). The role of content and language in content and language integrated learning (CLIL) at university: Challenges and implications for ESP. English for Specific Purposes, 37, 63–73. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.esp.2014.06.007 Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(2), 107–128. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2003.07.001 Belcher, D. (2006). English for specific purposes: Teaching to perceived needs and imagined futures in worlds of work, study, and everyday life. TESOL Quarterly, 40(1), 133–156. https://doi.org/10.2307/40264514 Cai, J. G. (2015). 中国专门用途英语发展回顾、问题和任务 [Development review, problems, and tasks of ESP in mainland China]. Journal of Xi’an International Studies Universities, 23(1), 68–72. Cai, J. G. (2019). 现代教育范式视域下的公共英语: 从 1.0到 2.0转型 [EGP versus ESP in College English teaching from the perspective of education paradigm shift]. Foreign Language and Literature, 35(5), 138–144. Day, C., Elliot, B., & Kington, A. (2005). Reform, standards and teacher identity: Challenges of sustaining commitment. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(5), 563–577. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.03.001 De Costa, P. I., & Norton, B. (2017). Introduction: Identity, transdisciplinarity, and the good language teacher. The Modern Language Journal, 101(S1), 3–14. https://doi.org/10.1111/modl.12368 Elliott, K. (2015). Teacher performance appraisal: More about performance or development? Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 40(9), 102–116. https://doi.org/10.14221/ajte.2015v40n9.6 Ennerberg, E., & Economou, C. (2020). Migrant teachers and the negotiation of a (new) teaching identity. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(4), 587–600. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1788536 Fahim, M., & Haghani, M. (2012). Sociocultural perspectives on foreign language learning. Journal of Language Teaching and Research, 3(4). https://doi.org/10.4304/jltr.3.4.693-699 Fairclough, N. (1989). Language and power. Longman. Gao, F. (2012). Teacher identity, teaching vision, and Chinese language education for South Asian students in Hong Kong. Teachers and Teaching, 18(1), 89–99. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2011.622558 Gao, X. (2024). Research on innovative practice of college English teaching mode under the background of internet+education. Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference on New Media Development and Modernized Education, NMDME 2023, October 13-15. https://doi.org/10.4108/eai.13-10-2023.2341237 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Migrant Teachers Professional Transition Stockholm university, Sweden Presenting Author:The proposed presentation is about migrant teachers’ professional transition while moving their professional belonging from one national context to another. Professional transition involves a shift in professional belonging to a situation where this belonging is re-contextualised into a new institutional context. For migrant teachers, this involves processes of re-learning institutional structures connected to professional practices in everyday work in school. The study aims at exploring this process by interviews with migrant teachers who have recently re-entered the teaching profession in Sweden. Sweden has, in an international perspective, well established and formally organized pathways for migrant teachers. However, besides being formally accredited, entering into a profession also concerns institutional norms and values about what a professional is or should be. This especially as the teaching profession can be said to be a strongly normatively driven profession (Scott, 2008). Consequently, obtaining legitimacy within the teaching profession requires more than formal accreditation. For migrant teachers, processes of professional transition take place in the space between the previous professional belonging and being recognized in the new. The importance of professional integration of migrants is today emphasised in countries throughout Europe (European Parliament, 2016). Even so, it is well known that migrants face higher barriers for establishing themselves in the labour market than their native-born counterparts, and that they are underemployed to a greater extent (OECD 2018). Even if several European policy incentives encourage professional movements and simplified travel across country borders, some areas of professions, such as in healthcare and schools, are still characterized by a low degree of mobility due to national institutional settings and regulations for professional belonging. The process (and the possibility) of validating former teacher education is often a complex procedure and migrants with a professional background is likely to find themselves in lower positions within their occupational group than their native counterparts, for example, nurses and teachers being validated as assistants in hospitals or schools (Andersson & Osman 2008; Irastorza & Bevelander 2021). As Abbott (ref) amongst others stress, principally, the very idea of professions is in many aspects about inclusion and exclusion – who is accepted as a part of the profession and who is not. Above this, there are also hierarchies within the groups of professions. These are not necessarily based on the same logics as who is included or excluded as part of the profession itself, but construct institutional boundaries for professional recognition. Professionalism is traditionally understood as something you acquire through higher education and its following competences, by which you gain societal trust to make independent decisions and find solutions to problems that arise in your professional practice (Abbott,1988; Evetts 2006). Professionalism is about enacting professional virtues in a specific occupational context where “common experiences, understanding and expertise, shared ways of perceiving problems and their possible solutions” (Evetts, 2006, p. 134) are enacted. In order to be recognised as part of a profession, these decisions and actions need to be consistent with what is institutionally perceived as desirable and appropriate in the specific context (Scott 2008). In this way of reasoning, migrant teachers with a professional background from another country, have to relearn several institutionally defined conditions for professional recognition through occupational and professional socialisation. In this study of migrant teachers’ professional transition, professionalism is used and comprehended as 1) contextually bounded (hence not universal or manifest), 2) something you enact, 3) dependent on formal regulations, trust and legitimacy, 4) re-produced by professional socialisation in workplaces, but also 5) constantly negotiated and changeable over time and place. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study concerns migrant teachers who have or are in the process of establishing themselves as teachers in Sweden. Migrant teachers are interviewed in focus groups where they discussed their experiences of entering the Swedish teaching profession. In the discussions in the focus groups the teachers lived-experiences provides an opportunity to gain knowledge about how they understand and navigate the process of professional transition from one institutional context to another. The interviews were recorded and transcribed in full length. Each focus group consisted of 3-5 teachers, with a duration of the interviews for 60-90 minutes. The teachers have their teacher training from different countries and most of the teachers have also worked as teachers in their countries of origin. All of them have attended the Complementary Teacher Education in Sweden. Focus group interviews aim at identifying trends and patterns about a common issue and can provide an occasion for a group to articulate norms and provide empirical data of group meanings and social behaviours (Bloor et al., 2001). Even if some highlight the disadvantage that critical or sensitive aspects may be silenced by the group (Kamberelis & Dimitriadis 2011) I foremost experienced the group to function as a support for the teachers in the discussions. When more sensitive and difficult experiences were raised, it was more likely that the others confirmed the feeling or showed support towards the person speaking, rather than discouraging or questioning his or her experiences. The interviews were analysed in different steps starting with reading through the transcripts, followed by a process of identification of significant themes that emerged in the discussions in the focus groups. Since I moderated and listened to the focus groups myself I already had an overall familiarity when reading the transcriptions. However, regularities in the discussions and themes that reappeared on several occasions became more visible through the transcripts. In the analysis I searched for how they understand and handle new institutional demands for teacher professionalism and how they navigate the process of professional transition. I was especially interested in their understanding of how to enact teacher professionalism in a new institutional context, and their reasoning about the boundaries of gaining recognition as professional teachers in a Swedish school context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Migrant teachers’ professional transition into the Swedish teaching profession is a complex, multi-layered process that extends beyond formal accreditation. Even if the Swedish educational system offers well-structured institutional pathways for complementing foreign teacher education, professional recognition is deeply embedded in normative, cultural, and relational dimensions of professionalism that migrant teachers must understand and negotiate in practice. Formal inclusion in the profession does not automatically translate into professional legitimacy in everyday school work. The interviews reveal a tension between being formally accredited and being recognized as professional by colleagues, principals and pupils. Language proficiency stands out as a key boundary for professional recognition. Teachers describe how communication in Swedish permeates all aspects of professional practice, from classroom interaction to collegial collaboration. Even when pedagogical competence is high, linguistic insecurity, or the presence of an accent, can undermine professional status. As a result, some teachers strategically position themselves in teacher positions such as mother tongue teachers as the puils (and their parents) share the same first language. The findings further show that professional socialisation in the workplace plays a decisive role. Colleagues have a double function function as both role-models and gatekeepers informally mediating institutional norms, expectations, and boundaries. Consequently, professional transition is primarily enacted in the “doing” of everyday work. The study showed how professional transition may also involve deeply personal adjustments. Teachers described pressures to modify outward markers of identity such as their names or how they dress to avoid misrecognition. This underscores how professional legitimacy is intertwined with broader processes of inclusion, exclusion, and societal belonging. Overall, migrant teachers’ professionalism is not simply validated but negotiated in practice, shaped by institutional conditions, social interactions, and normative ideas of what a teacher should be. References Abbott (1981). Status and Status Strain in the Professions. American Journal of Sociology Vol. 86, No. 4 Andersson, P., & Osman, A. (2008). Recognition of prior learning as a practice for differential inclusion and exclusion of immigrants in Sweden. Adult education quarterly, 59(1), 42-60. Irastorza & Bevelander (2021). Skilled Migrants in the Swedish Labour Market: An Analysis of Employment, Income and Occupational Status. Sustainability, 13, 3428. Bloor M, Frankland J, Thomas M, et al. (eds) (2001) Focus Groups in Social Research. London: SAGE. European Parliament (2016) Labour market integration of refugees: Strategies and good practices. Brussels: European Parliament’s Committee on Employment and Social Affairs. Available at: https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2016/578956IPOL_STU(2016)578956_EN.pdf Evetts, J. (2006). Short note: The sociology of professional groups. Current Sociology, 54(1), 133–143. Kamberelis, G. & Dimitriadis, G. (2011). Focus Groups: Contingent Articulations of Pedagogy, Politics, and Inquiry. In Denzin, N. K. & Lincoln, Y. S. (eds), The Sage handbook of qualitative research. Sage. OECD (2018). Working together for local integration of migrants and refugees. Paris: OECD Publishing. Available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264085350-en Scott, Richard (2008). Lords of the Dance: Professionals as Institutional Agents.Organization Studies 29(02): 219–238. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 02 SES 10 A: 30th Anniversary VETNET Research Workshop: What makes VETNET a special network? Envisaging its Future Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Lázaro Moreno Herrera Session Chair: Elena Quintana-Murci Symposium |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium 30th Anniversary VETNET Research Workshop: What makes VETNET a special network? Envisaging its Future It is the 30th anniversary of VETNET as network 02 at the ECER. Two research workshops are dedicated to this circumstance; one is looking back, one forward. This second workshop is about VET research, theory, and identity. What makes VETNET a special network? It builds on discussion on the VET Research framework (Nägele & Stalder, 2024), based on discussions on a VET research agenda (Gessler et al., 2017), discussed in last year's research workshop on the VET Research Framework (Moreno Herrera, Nägele, Stalder, Lassnigg, Virolainen & Allais) and a comprehensive comment of Virolainen (2025), or a symposium at the ECER on the future of vocational education and training in Europe (Benke et al., 2022). This discussion also evolves before the background of continuous changes and reforms in VET policies and practices, at the best informed by research. Changes are promoted by different actors like national governments, the EU, international institutions, industries or technological changes and challenges, like the green transition (Moso et al., 2025; OECD, 2025). The discussions also evolve before the background of the other 33 ECER networks. Across all networks, except VETNET, the dominant focus lies on learning, and research, with strong emphasis on policy, curriculum, assessment, and quality improvement as core structural concerns. Many networks mention inclusion, equity, participation, leadership, wellbeing, or governance, highlighting education as both a social and institutional practice shaped by communities, families, and collaborative partnerships. Further shared themes address language, interculturality, digital learning, sustainability, citizenship, arts, and diverse methodological approaches, reflecting the field’s broad commitment to understanding educational processes across contexts, identities, and systems. So, why should people submit their papers to VETNET? Why did you submit your paper to VETNET? What is the shared mission and research interest of those committing to VETNET? According to our regulations, VETNET is an open network, focusing on high-quality research and mutual learning. It promotes a multidisciplinary approach and enabling discussion between different stakeholders (policy, governance or practice) https://vetnetsite.org/about/vetnet-regulations/. But, is VET research not primarily educational research (Lassnigg, 2025)? As defined in an OECD report years ago (OECD, 1995): “Educational research and development is a systematic, original investigation or inquiry and associated development activities concerning the social, cultural, economic and political contexts within which educational systems operate and learning takes place; the purposes of education; the processes of teaching, learning and personal development of children, youth and adults; the work of educators; the resources and organisational arrangements to support educational work; the policies and strategies to achieve educational objectives; and the social, cultural, political and economic outcomes of education.” (p. 37). But what about the "vocational" in VET, often understood as something related to a person’s job, occupation, or practical work skills. Occupations or professions can be an organizing principle, especially in countries where there are "Berufe" (Grollmann et al., 2023; Nägele & Stalder, in press), where initial, continues, and higher VET is also an important driver of innovation at the workplace, besides allowing people sound careers in decent work. Furthermore, VET is often seen to allow students with challenging academic records, early school-leaving or other distractions in their career, (Marhuenda-Fluixà et al., 2022), or to allow refugees access education and work (Stalder et al., 2024) But relying on the concept of “Berufe”, occupations or professions comes to it limits in situations where the labour market is structured along jobs and work-opportunities (Allais et al., 2023) or when informal labour markets play a crucial role in a country. So, we invite you to discuss with us: What makes VETNET a special network and what could be its focus for the next thirty years? References The list of references exeeds the allowed limit in conftoool, check here: https://drive.switch.ch/index.php/s/u02ynwgppUdy9hv Presentations of the Symposium VETNET -- Envisaging its Future: A Central European Perspective
Response to the question "What makes VETNET a special network and what could be its focus for the next thirty years?" from a a Central European perspective.
References:
The list of references exeeds the allowed limit in conftoool, check here: https://drive.switch.ch/index.php/s/u02ynwgppUdy9hv
VETNET - Envisaging its Future: A North European Perspective
Response to the question "What makes VETNET a special network and what could be its focus for the next thirty years?" from a North European perspective.
References:
The list of references exeeds the allowed limit in conftoool, check here: https://drive.switch.ch/index.php/s/u02ynwgppUdy9hv
VETNET - Envisaging its Future: A Sub-Sharian Perspective
Response to the question "What makes VETNET a special network and what could be its focus for the next thirty years?" from a Sub-Saharan perspective.
References:
The list of references exeeds the allowed limit in conftoool, check here: https://drive.switch.ch/index.php/s/u02ynwgppUdy9hv
VETNET - Envisaging its Future: A South European Perspective
Response to the question "What makes VETNET a special network and what could be its focus for the next thirty years?" from a South European perspective.
References:
The list of references exeeds the allowed limit in conftoool, check here: https://drive.switch.ch/index.php/s/u02ynwgppUdy9hv
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 02 SES 10 B: VET Pathways I Location: K108 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Georg Tafner Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Leading Applied Learning for Parity of Esteem: Emerging Findings From a Cross-School Intervention in Senior Secondary VET Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:Parity of esteem remains a persistent challenge in vocational education and training (VET), particularly in senior secondary contexts where vocational/applied pathways are frequently positioned as secondary to academic routes (McGlynn, Rawoelle 2025). In Victoria (Australia), recent reforms to senior secondary and VET provision have increased expectations that schools implement coherent applied learning cultures and pathways that respond to young people’s transitions amid intersecting pressures (economic volatility, post-pandemic disruption, and rising living costs). Yet applied learning is still enacted unevenly across schools and commonly sits within organisational arrangements that reproduce vocational-academic hierarchies. This paper reports emerging empirical findings from the Leading Applied Learning Program, a partnership with the Southern Melbourne Department of Education Jobs, Skills and Pathways team, involving leaders from twenty-five secondary schools. The program is designed as an intervention to advance parity of esteem by strengthening leadership capability, building a shared applied learning pedagogy, and reconfiguring whole-school conditions that influence the legitimacy of applied learning (e.g., staffing, timetabling, curriculum planning routines, recognition practices, and community narratives). Rather than treating parity of esteem as an attitudinal problem solvable through promotional messaging, the study conceptualises esteem as a systemic outcome produced through the organisation of everyday practice: what is valued, resourced, assessed, and publicly recognised. Early program data indicate that parity of esteem is disrupted not only by external perceptions, but by internal school contradictions that position applied learning as “additional” or “residual” work, often vulnerable to timetable compression, staffing instability, and accountability logics privileging academic metrics. Research questions.
Conceptual framework and international dimension. Cultural-Historical Activity Theory (CHAT) (Engestrom, 1987, 2001) is used to analyse applied learning as historically formed and collectively organised across interacting systems (schools, policy, regional partners, community and pathway stakeholders). This enables parity of esteem to be examined as a question of material practice, including contradictions across tools, rules, division of labour, and dominant definitions of “success.” Boundary crossing extends the analysis by examining how leaders coordinate across academic/vocational domains within schools and across school, system, community relationships. Status hierarchies between academic and vocational/applied pathways are a shared concern across many European VET contexts; this paper contributes a transferable intervention logic and contradiction map for parity of esteem work under reform conditions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses an intervention-oriented research design embedded within delivery of the Leading Applied Learning Program. The program combines coaching, collaborative inquiry, and co-design to support leaders to implement whole-school applied learning and to address esteem-related contradictions shaping vocational/applied provision. Participants and setting. Participants are applied learning leaders and school leaders from twenty-five Victorian secondary schools in the Southern Melbourne region, in partnership with a Department of Education team focused on Jobs, Skills and Pathways. The program structure creates a cross-school learning network to enable shared problem analysis, exchange of practices, and iterative tool development. Data sources (current phase). Surveys administered across the professional learning series (baseline and follow-up points) capturing shifts in leaders’ clarity about applied learning pedagogy, confidence to lead implementation, perceived legitimacy/status of applied learning within the school, and reported changes to whole-school practices (e.g., time allocation, staffing stability, recognition and communication practices). Case studies of selected schools drawing on program artefacts (implementation plans, co-designed tools and routines, reflective products, partnership strategies) and follow-up interviews to document enacted change, local adaptations, and persistent contradictions. Analysis. Data are analysed using CHAT-informed activity system mapping to identify contradictions shaping parity of esteem (e.g., policy expectations vs local resources; applied learning pedagogies vs assessment/accountability rules; division of labour tensions around ownership and expertise; competing objects such as compliance, retention, or pathway quality). Boundary-crossing analysis examines coordination across school departments and external stakeholders, and the development of boundary objects (shared templates, routines, narratives, indicators of success) that stabilise applied learning legitimacy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Emerging findings suggest that parity of esteem is advanced when applied learning becomes a legitimate whole-school object supported by coherent leadership practices, stabilised tools, and recognition structures, rather than being positioned as an optional pathway for a subset of students. Four preliminary findings are developing across the dataset: Esteem is organisationally produced. Leaders describe parity of esteem as rising when applied learning is embedded in timetable architecture, staffing stability, shared planning routines, and visible leadership ownership. Conversely, esteem is undermined when applied learning is repeatedly reorganised around short-term staffing fixes or treated as “extra” to the core work of schooling. Contradictions reproduce vocational/academic hierarchies. CHAT mapping highlights persistent contradictions that shape status: accountability measures privileging academic outcomes; curriculum/assessment rules that constrain applied pedagogies; and divisions of labour that isolate applied learning expertise, limiting cross-school coherence. Leadership learning requires boundary crossing, not just training. Leaders identify that legitimising applied learning depends on cross-boundary work: aligning academic and applied domains internally; negotiating shared expectations with system actors; and shifting community narratives of “success” through pathway partnerships and recognition practices. Intervention tools function as boundary objects. Co-designed resources (shared language for applied learning, implementation templates, practice indicators, and partnership routines) are emerging as boundary objects that support coordination and stabilise new meanings of applied learning as rigorous and future-facing. The paper concludes with a scalable model for leading applied learning for parity of esteem, showing how a CHAT-informed intervention can support system alignment and durable practice change in senior secondary VET contexts, with implications for international VET debates about status, governance, and equitable transitions. References Akkerman SF, Bakker A. Boundary Crossing and Boundary Objects. Review of Educational Research. 2011;81(2):132–169. Argent, G., & Kelly, P. (2025). On the Problem of Foundation Skills and the Futures of Work. Brill. Engeström Y. Learning by Expanding: An Activity-Theoretical Approach to Developmental Research. 1987. Engeström Y. Expansive Learning at Work: Toward an Activity Theoretical Reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work. 2001;14(1):133–156. Edwards A. Building common knowledge at the boundaries between professional practices: Relational agency and relational expertise in action. International Journal of Educational Research. 2010;50(1):33–39. Goring, J., & Kelly, P. (2025). Young People and Uncertain Futures? Routledge. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003484745 McGlynn, K., & Rawolle, S. (2025). Addressing the ‘parity of esteem’ in Australian vocational education and training: A systems approach to intervention. ECER VETNET. https://doi.org/10.21240/vetcon/2025/ecer/23 Moodie G. From Vocational to Higher Education: An International Perspective. 2008 Wheelahan L. Not Just Skills: What a Focus on Knowledge Means for Vocational Education. Journal of Curriculum Studies. 2015. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Ready or Not! School Practices in three VET Programs in Iceland University of Iceland Presenting Author:Approximately 95% of 16-year-olds enroll in upper secondary school in Iceland, but only about 20% initially choose vocational programs. However, 31% of all upper secondary school students are enrolled in vocational programs (Statistics Iceland, 2025). This is lower than the OECD average of 44% (OECD, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed qualitative methods, including participant observations and interviews, across three upper-secondary VET programs in Iceland. A short-term ethnography (Pink & Morgan, 2013) was conducted within all three programs. Participant observations were conducted for approximately 10 school days over a month-long period, per program. The aim was to document evidence of school practices in action and to write field notes on the environment and field discourse. Field notes also included recorded examples (photos and drawings) of observed workstations and teaching methods. Participant observations involved being present for, preferably, the entire school day each time, following students’ daily schedules, and conversing with as many people as possible in the field. Short-term ethnography maintains the ethnographer's firsthand involvement as a core element of how the researcher comes to know about other people's lives and experiences. However, as Pink and Morgan (2013) suggest, short-term ethnography takes a more deliberate, interventionist approach than long-term participant observation and is more theoretically engaged. For example, in this study, students and teachers were asked to demonstrate how they completed tasks or projects they were not currently working on. This could interrupt the usual workflow during the school day. Interviews were conducted with students, teachers, and administrators across the three programs, for a total of 30. In this paper, however, the focus is only on interviews with teachers and administrators (n = 12) and participant observations. The interviews were analyzed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2013, 2022). In constructing themes, the data were approached from two different directions. On the one hand, from above, through the lens of Morais and Neves’s (2010) pedagogic practice model. On the other hand, bottom up, not shaped by existing theory (Braun & Clarke, 2013, 2022). Students’ readiness at the start of the studies was estimated using interview data, looking for evidence of: (a) Conceptual knowledge (i.e., did the student know the main concepts and the names of common tools used?), (b) procedural knowledge (i.e., had the student painted a room, done some tiling work or repaired a car?), and (c) dispositional capacities (i.e., did the student know what it meant to be a professional in the field of study?). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study's findings are organized into two main themes. The first theme, Feeling safe in the hands of the master, explores how the school's practices aligned with Morais and Neves's (2010) pedagogic practice model. Although the school's practices differed substantially, they aligned well with the model, with some notable exceptions. This main theme is further divided into four sub-themes to examine the specific differences among the three programs. The first sub-theme, Safe space, examines how the different school practices influenced communication between students and teachers. The second sub-theme, Time-bending and second chances, examines how the programs allow for different types of control over the pacing of learning. The third sub-theme, “I’m in the mood for this right now”, examines how the selection and sequencing of subjects are controlled within the programs. Finally, the fourth sub-theme, Dreadful aesthetics, addresses how the aesthetics part of the studies makes the evaluation criteria less clear to students. The second main theme, Schoolmates are key, explores the importance of student collaboration in navigating school practices. The students relied heavily on one another when interpreting what to do and what was going on day to day, whether in terms of individual tasks or overall school organization. Still, different school practices offered varying opportunities for this to happen. This study contributes to our understanding of how various VET school practices affect different student groups. The study's results should inform VET policymaking and highlight the potential benefits and challenges of adopting different school practices. References Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy symbolic control and identity: Theory research critique (Rev.). Rowman & Littlefield. Billett, S. (2015a). Integrating Practice-based Experiences into Higher Education. Springer. Billett, S. (2015b). Readiness and learning in health care education. The Clinical Teacher, 12(6), 367–372. https://doi.org/10.1111/tct.12477 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. SAGE Publications. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Morais, A. M., & Neves, I. P. (2010). Educational texts and contexts that work—Discussing the optimization of a model of pedagogic practice. In Frandji & P. Vitale (Eds.), Knowledge, pedagogy & society: International perspectives on Basil Bernstein’s sociology of education. Routledge. OECD. (2023). Education at a Glance 2023. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/content/publication/e13bef63-en Pink, S., & Morgan, J. (2013). Short-Term Ethnography: Intense Routes to Knowing. Symbolic Interaction, 36(3), 351–361. JSTOR. Statistics Iceland. (2025). Talnaefni: Framhaldsskólastig. https://hagstofa.is/talnaefni/samfelag/menntun/framhaldsskolastig/ 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Knowing and Acting: A Cross-Cultural Learning Concept in Junior Companies. Case Studies from Kenya and Ethiopia in Vocational Education and Training 1: Humboldt Universität zu Berlin, Germany; 2: Jimma University, Jimma, Ethiopia Presenting Author:Contemporary society is marked by ecological, political, and economic challenges at local, regional, and global levels. This so-called new normal is frequently conceptualized through the framework of Volatility, Uncertainty, Complexity, and Ambiguity (VUCA). Its underlying drivers include increasing individualization, unrestrained exercises of power, and forms of egoism that may extend to narcissism. At the same time, human beings are not solely autonomous individuals but are inherently and inseparably social actors. While the acquisition of professional competencies remains an essential educational objective (KMK, 2007), addressing the major challenges of the present era requires a stronger emphasis on social responsibility, solidarity, and cooperative practices. The question is: How can we shape vocational education and training in such a way that learners can acquire the skills they need to meet current and future challenges? In this context, we present our model of learning in Junior Companies (Reich, 2003; Tamm & Gramlinger, 2006), which is based on two scientific foundations: the African philosophy of Ubuntu (Maringe, 2022) and socioeconomic education (Tafner, 2019) with an action-oriented teaching and learning model (Albers, 2001). Ubuntu, often described as a form of African humanism (Biney, 2014), is grounded in the understanding that personhood is constituted through relationships and social interaction. This relational conception is succinctly captured in the oft-cited maxim, “A person is a person through other persons” (Mbiti, 1969, 141). Desmond Tutu (1999) similarly places humanity at the centre of Ubuntu philosophy, emphasizing that humaneness, in the Ubuntu sense, emerges only through mutual recognition and appreciation by others. Accordingly, individuals require community in order to realize their full human potential and, at the same time, bear responsibility toward it. Ramose (1999) further elaborates this perspective by arguing that personhood is not an inherent given but a status that must be attained through social integration. In this process, the community assumes a central role as a mediating force that transmits norms and values, thereby catalysing the ongoing development of personality. In this view, Ubuntu challenges the Western philosophical tradition that often elevates individual autonomy above collective well-being, proposing instead that social interdependence is vital to human dignity and fulfilment (Mtebe & Monchena, 2025, 10).
At the same time, this relational ontology reveals clear parallels with the authors’ socio-economic perspective on education, which likewise conceives of individuals as socially embedded subjects whose development is inseparable from communal contexts. According to Tafner (2019), socio-economic education places the human being—embedded within cultural and societal contexts—at its core. From a socioeconomic perspective, economic activities are not viewed exclusively through the lens of academic economics. Instead, a distinction is made between scientific economics and the lifeworld economy. Consequently, social, political, and ethical dimensions are regarded as integral to economic activity and are critically examined in terms of efficiency, responsibility, and meaning. This educational approach advocates for a 'life-serving economy' (Ulrich, 2008), emphasizing both individual responsibility for shaping one’s work and living environment and active integration into economic and societal structures. The collaborative development of this perspective constitutes a central focus of the project and is outlined in this contribution. In doing so, we follow Matthew (2018, 195), who argues “that approaches which conceive of Ubuntu as an unfinished concept—critically reflecting on external influences while engaging with them and advancing the concept independently—are particularly promising”. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, Ubuntu is operationalized through the “Rule of Five” (Think, Learn, Connect, Serve, Grow), a praxis-oriented framework aimed at systematically developing relational competencies and moral agency. These capacities are integral to the “I & We paradigm” articulated by Etzioni (1988), which constitutes a foundational reference point for contemporary socio-economic education (Tafner, 2019; Casper & Tafner, 2022). This cross-cultural perspective informs the development of an action-oriented teaching and learning model. Accordingly, this contribution examines in greater detail which pedagogical and didactic frameworks support the implementation of social and action-oriented learning within junior companies in Kenya and Ethiopia, as well as the resources required for their effective realization. To this end, we will examine the circle of complete action according to Volpert (1999) and Hacker (1998), which we consider, in a further developed form, to be fundamental to action-oriented teaching and learning. It is argued that education in the sense of Ubuntu (Armbruster & White, 2021) does not emerge solely from the execution and completion of professionally and socially relevant learning tasks. Rather, the development of professional and social competence requires that learners, as active subjects, possess sufficient justification for their actions (Hartmann & Haseloff, 2024). This, in turn, presupposes the ability to draw upon one’s own practical experiences as well as theoretical concepts of learning (Holzkamp, 1993). Both conditions are facilitated through learning processes embedded in junior companies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By applying this framework to the design and implementation of teaching and learning processes in Junior Companies in East Africa, this contribution illustrates how vocational education and training can move beyond a narrow focus on skills acquisition. Instead, vocational training is conceptualized as a holistic educational process that integrates professional expertise with social and ethical dimensions, as also required in Kenya and Ethiopia (SHE, 2020; TVETA, 2023). Within this framework, the aim is to foster the development of Ubuntu-oriented practitioners—that is, professionals whose technical competencies are intrinsically connected to environmental responsibility, community engagement, and collaborative problem-solving. These integrated capacities are regarded as essential for addressing global megatrends and for redefining professional practice in East Africa in the context of the twenty-first century (Solomon, 2016). At the conference, we will present the proposed teaching and learning concept for Junior Companies, along with its underlying educational philosophy, and invite participants to engage in a moderated discussion References Albers, H.-J. (2001). Modelle und didaktische Konzepte in der Berufsbildung. In: BONZ, B. (Ed.). Didaktik der beruflichen Bildung (Berufsbildung konkret, 2). Baltmannsweiler. 31–49 Armbruster, H., & White, L. (2021). Humanistic management education: Ubuntu in the classroom. Journal of Management Development, 40(9), 659–673. https://doi.org/10.1108/JMD-06-2020-0178 Etzioni, A. (1988). The moral dimension: Toward a new economics. Free Press. Hartmann, M., Haseloff, G. (2024). Von der Aufgabenstellung zur vollständigen Handlung, in: Grimm, A., Herkner, V., Karges, T. & Schlausch, R. (Hrsg.): Dekarbonisierung, Digitalisierung, Demographie: Gestaltungsanspruch für gewerblich-technische Facharbeit und Bildung, Berlin. Peter Lang Verlag, 493-505, DOI:10.3726/b21167 Maringe, F. (2022). Toward an Ubuntu pedagogy of higher education in the era of the Fourth Industrial Revolution. The International Journal of Information and Learning Technology, 39(4), 333–345. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJILT-05-2022-0102 Matthews, S. (2018): Afrikanische Entwicklungsalternativen. Ubuntu und die Post-Development-Debatte. In: PERIPHERIE Nr. 150/151 (2018): Jenseits des Entwicklungsdenkens. Verlag Barbara Budrich Mbiti, J. (1969). African Religions and Philosophy. London, Heinemann. p. 9 Metz, T. (2011). Ubuntu as a moral theory and human rights in South Africa. African Human Rights Law Journal, 11(2), 532–559. Ubuntu Pedagogy in Higher & Vocational Education Mtebe, T. K.; Monchena, T. M. (2025). Exploring how African Philosophy Subsumes the Subjective Personhood under Community. Journal of Philosophy and Ethics. Journal of Philosophy and Ethics V7. I2. 2025 8. https://doi.org/10.22259/2642-8415.0702002 Ramose, M. (1999). African Philosophy through Ubuntu. Harare. Mond Books Publishers Reich, K. (2010): Systemisch-konstruktivistische Pädagogik. Einführung in Grundlagen einer interaktionistisch-konstruktivistischen Pädagogik. Weinheim u.a. Beltz SHE (2020). Ethiopean Technical and Vocational Education and Training strategy (2020) https://mahe.kstvet.ac.ke/sites/default/files/202201/Ethiopia%20National%20TVET%20Strategy%202020.pdf Solomon, H. G., (2016). Towards Competence-Based Technical-Vocational Education and Training in Ethiopia. Doctoral Thesis. Education and Competence Studies Group Wageningen University. https://files01.core.ac.uk/download/pdf/79189565.pdf Tafner, G. (2019). Economic education is socio-economic education: Foundations of a reflexive business and economic education. Int. J. Pluralism and Economics Education, 10(4), 318–333. https://doi.org/10.1504/IJPEE.2019.106098 Tafner, G., & Casper, M. (2022). Understanding economics does not equal understanding the economy: Designing teacher education from a socio-economic perspective. Int. J. Plur. Econ. Educ. (IJPEE), 13, 3, 277–296. https://doi.org/10.1504/IJPEE.2022.10054379. TVETA (2023). TVET Standard - Competency-Based Education, Training and Assessment (CBETA) — Requirements and guidelines. TVETS 01:2023. ICS 03.180, Second Edition. https://www.tveta.go.ke/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVETS-01_2023-CBETA-Requirements-and-guidelines-final-Oct-2023-1.pdf Tramm, T. & Gramlinger, F. (2006). Lernfirmenarbeit als Instrument zur Förderung beruflicher und personaler Selbständigkeit. bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik 10, 1–21, https://www.bwpat.de/ausgabe10/tramm_gramlinger_bwpat10.shtml Volpert, W. (1999) Wie wir handeln – was wir können. Ein Disput als Einführung in die Handlungspsychologie. 2. Aufl. Artefact Sottrum |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 02 SES 10 C: Excellence and Inclusion Location: K109 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Claire Bonnard Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Towards an Inclusive VET Ecosystem: A Systematic Review of Pedagogical, Digital, Wellbeing, and Transition Support for Learners with Diverse Needs University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Context: Several United Nations agencies mandate the provision of inclusive vocational education and training (VET) for students with special educational needs (SEN). Nevertheless, despite these robust international commitments, empirical evidence supporting inclusive VET remains dispersed across multiple disciplines, national contexts, and thematic areas, resulting in a lack of cohesive synthesis of policies and practices. Therefore, this systematic review intends to ascertain evidence on inclusive VET across four analytical domains: 1) pedagogy, 2) institutional support, 3) school-to-work transition, and 4) digital tools and mental health.
Research Questions: This systematic review was guided by the following specific research questions: RQ1: Which pedagogical approaches and life skills are implemented in inclusive learning support for SEN learners in VET? RQ2: What are the various institutional support mechanisms for SEN learners in VET programmes? RQ3: What are the various transitional practices for SEN learners in VET? RQ4: What are the various digital tools used and mental health support offered to SEN learners in VET? Theoretical Framework: This review adopts the ecological systems theory framework, primarily based on Bronfenbrenner's (1979) model, to explore the complex factors influencing inclusive VET. This approach facilitates the analysis of how different systems (such as teacher-student interactions and teaching methods), mesosystems (like school-to-work transition programmes and institutional support), exosystems (including VET policies and funding for digital tools), and macrosystems (such as international agreements like CRPD and national disability rights laws) interact to shape the experiences and outcomes of SEN learners in VET. Additionally, the study is guided by critical disability studies, which emphasise the social construction of disability and call for systemic changes rather than focusing on individual deficits. This dual theoretical perspective provides a thorough understanding of both the practical implementation of inclusive VET and the broader societal and policy contexts that either support or hinder true inclusion. The international scope of the review, covering 18 countries, offers a strong empirical foundation for cross-national comparisons and the identification of transferable best practices and systemic obstacles within the European and global VET environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Approach: Adhering to PRISMA guidelines, a search was conducted across five databases (ERIC, Web of Science, PubMed, Google Scholar, and Scopus) and through manual searches of four principal VET journals from January 2008 to April 2026. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings: The review included 40 peer-reviewed empirical studies from 19 countries across four analytical domains: pedagogy and life skills (n = 22), institutional support (n = 22), school-to-work transition (n = 28), and digital tools and mental health (n = 6, all with partial focus). Data across the studies were mainly from 1) SEN students, 2) parents of SEN, 3) teachers/staff of VET, and 4) experts of SEN-VET. Across the studies, four cross-national themes emerged, which are 1) a universal gap between policy and practice, in which inclusive VET is widely mandated but inadequately implemented; 2) the VET teacher serves as the de facto inclusion system, with institutional support fragile because it relies on individual teacher commitment rather than structural design; 3) a pre-VET bottleneck, in which the transition from school to VET is the strongest predictor of long-term Not in Employment, Education, or Training (NEET) risk for learners with SEN; and 4) a critical oversight in digital and mental health, with no primary-focus studies addressing artificial intelligence, assistive technology, or mental health specifically within VET for SEN students. There are different VET systems among countries; however, some countries consistently yield stronger outcomes. Conclusions: Achieving inclusive VET requires a systemic approach rather than relying on individual efforts alone. The evidence points to four priority actions: 1) addressing the universal policy-practice gap with accountability mechanisms, 2) reducing the burden on VET teachers by strengthening institutional support structures, 3) mitigating the pre-VET bottleneck by having early transition planning with employer and VET provider involvement, and 4) closing the critical evidence gap in digital and mental health requires targeted research funding for assistive technology, AI tools, and wellbeing interventions in VET contexts. References Urie Bronfenbrenner. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Cedefop. (2016). Leaving education early: Putting vocational education and training centre stage. Publications Office of the European Union. Hong, Q. N., Pluye, P., Fàbregues, S., Bartlett, G., Boardman, F., Cargo, M., Dagenais, P., Gagnon, M.-P., Griffiths, F., Nicolau, B., O’Cathain, A., Rousseau, M.-C., & Vedel, I. (2018). The Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT) version 2018 for information professionals and researchers. Education for Information, 34(4), 285–291. https://doi.org/10.3233/EFI-180221 OECD. (2018). Equity in education: Breaking down barriers to social mobility. OECD Publishing. Matthew J. Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372, n. 71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Popay, J., Roberts, H., Sowden, A., Petticrew, M., Arai, L., Rodgers, M., Britten, N., Roen, K., & Duffy, S. (2006). Guidance on the conduct of narrative synthesis in systematic reviews. ESRC Methods Programme. Thomas, J., & Harden, A. (2008). Methods for the thematic synthesis of qualitative research in systematic reviews. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 8, 45. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-8-45 UNESCO. (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and Education All Means All. UNESCO Publishing. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Understanding Vocational Excellence and Inclusion in European VET: Insights, Challenges and Limitations from a Cross-Country Documentary Analysis 3s research laboratory, Austria Presenting Author:This paper begins from a basic yet fundamental question: how can the concepts of vocational excellence and inclusion in VET be meaningfully researched? Both concepts have gained substantial prominence in European VET policies over the past 25 years, yet the exploratory analysis underpinning this contribution demonstrates that neither is clearly or consistently defined. Instead, they are multifaceted, interpreted differently across countries and influenced by diverse theoretical perspectives and stakeholder positions. This conceptual ambiguity complicates any systematic analytical attempt - yet it also offers a unique opportunity to reflect on how research can capture evolving, diffuse and politically loaded concepts. Building on this starting question, the paper presents and critically discusses a cross-country research approach used to investigate how excellence and inclusion appear in national VET policy documents from the past 25 years and to what extent these can be considered as contradictory or complimentary objectives (Cedefop, 2025). An exploratory analysis of academic and policy-related international research literature was conducted. It shows that the two concepts are sometimes understood narrowly – for example, focusing only on specific target groups or specific institutional dimensions – while broader interpretations view them as essential, mutually reinforcing components of high-quality VET systems. In such holistic understandings, excellence is linked to quality, diversity and innovation, while inclusion relates to equity, participation and ensuring that all learners can succeed (see also e.g. Mironov et al., 2024; Hazelkorn & Klemencic, 2022; Hornby, 2020). The exploratory analysis resulted in the identification of aspects or attributes that are frequently associated with these concepts and that can be used as ‘signals’ for vocational excellence and/or inclusion when analysing national VET policy documents. To structure these signals, an analytical framework was developed drawing on a refined three-perspective model (socioeconomic/labour-market; epistemological/pedagogical; education system perspectives) that was initially designed to analyse conceptions of VET among different countries and changes in them over time (Cedefop, 2023). For the purposes of this study, it was adapted to focus on selected dimensions and aspects (‘signals’) relating specifically to excellence and inclusion. In addition, the concepts of vocational excellence and inclusion were linked to the ‘orders of justification’ which can be used to understand the different rationales and values that underpin educational practices, policies and stakeholder expectations (see e.g. Berner and Gonon, 2016; Imdorf & Leemann, 2023; Smeplass et al., 2024). The paper presents this research not only for its empirical insights from the analysis of VET policy documents from 30 countries but also as a reflection on and illustration of the possibilities, challenges and methodological limitations of researching excellence and inclusion in VET. The contribution therefore moves beyond describing findings to critically reflect on what the approach chosen can – and cannot – capture when researching complex and evolving VET objectives across diverse national contexts. The paper draws on a recently published study conducted by the authors (Cedefop, 2025). Its aim is to critically reflect on the methodology applied, as well as on the limitations and potentials of researching excellence and inclusion in comparative VET studies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The findings show inclusion is referenced more frequently in the VET policy documents analysed, especially in legislation, while references to excellence have increased notably since around 2014. Over time, inclusion has broadened from a narrow focus on specific vulnerable groups to a wider understanding that emphasises VET for diverse learners and lifelong learning. Excellence-related policy documents tend to focus on high-quality provision, institutional modernisation and responsiveness to labour market needs, while inclusion-oriented documents highlight guidance, support, flexible pathways and removing barriers. Many policy documents address both objectives, but the relationship between them is not always explicit or coherent. Some countries treat excellence and inclusion as complementary; others separate them across different policy spheres. The emerging idea of ‘inclusive excellence’ appears in discourse (see e.g. Majumdar, 2023) but is not yet firmly embedded in national policy frameworks. From a methodological standpoint, the paper concludes that researching excellence and inclusion through document analysis is feasible and informative. The approach taken allows systematic comparison across countries, highlights temporal developments and identifies patterns of emphasis or neglect. It allows to gather informed perspectives on national VET priorities and trends, even though the limited selection of five documents per country may not have captured the full spectrum of policy shifts and reforms over the past 25 years. However, this approach is also constrained by conceptual ambiguity and the absence of shared definitions, variation in whether concepts are explicitly named or implicitly embedded in policy documents and differences in national policy traditions, which shape how excellence and inclusion are understood and promoted (combined or separated). Other challenges refer to the documents selected that vary in scope and legal status and to the limits of policy texts as evidence as many policy documents do not provide explicit information regarding their underlying justifications (i.e. the reasoning behind policy choices). The aim of the paper presentation is to discuss the concepts of inclusion and excellence in VET with research colleagues and to stimulate an exchange on research approaches, with a view to refining these concepts and addressing them more effectively in comparative studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show inclusion is referenced more frequently in the VET policy documents analysed, especially in legislation, while references to excellence have increased notably since around 2014. Over time, inclusion has broadened from a narrow focus on specific vulnerable groups to a wider understanding that emphasises VET for diverse learners and lifelong learning. Excellence-related policy documents tend to focus on high-quality provision, institutional modernisation and responsiveness to labour-market needs, while inclusion-oriented documents highlight guidance, support, flexible pathways and removing barriers. Many policy documents address both objectives, but the relationship between them is not always explicit or coherent. Some countries treat excellence and inclusion as complementary; others separate them across different policy spheres. The emerging idea of ‘inclusive excellence’ appears in discourse (see e.g. Majumdar, 2023) but is not yet firmly embedded in national policy frameworks. From a methodological standpoint, the paper concludes that researching excellence and inclusion through document analysis is feasible and informative. The approach taken allows systematic comparison across countries, highlights temporal developments and identifies patterns of emphasis or neglect. It allows to gather informed perspectives on national VET priorities and trends, even though the limited selection of five documents per country may not have captured the full spectrum of policy shifts and reforms over the past 25 years. However, this approach is also constrained by conceptual ambiguity and the absence of shared definitions, variation in whether concepts are explicitly named or implicitly embedded in policy documents and differences in national policy traditions, which shape how excellence and inclusion are understood and promoted (combined or separated). Other challenges refer to the documents selected that vary in scope and legal status and to the limits of policy texts as evidence as many policy documents do not provide explicit information regarding their underlying justifications (i.e. the reasoning behind policy choices). References Berner, E. & Gonon, P. (2016). The Genesis of Vocational Education in Switzerland from the Perspective of Justification Theory: On the Development of a Dual Vocational Education Model in the Cantons of Geneva and Lucerne. Peter Lang. Cedefop. (2023). The future of vocational education and training in Europe: 50 dimensions of vocational education and training: Cedefop’s analytical framework for comparing VET. Publications Office of the European Union. http://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/57908 Cedefop. (2025). VET excellence and inclusion for 21st century: mapping national VET objectives and priorities. Cedefop research paper. Publications Office of the European Union. http://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/4202080 Hazelkorn, E. and Klemencic, M. (2022). Strategy seeks ‘inclusive excellence’ for European HE. University World News. https://www.universityworldnews.com/post.php?story=20220120133817396 Hornby, G. (2020). The Necessity for Coexistence of Equity and Excellence in Inclusive and Special Education. New York, USA: Oxford University Press. DOI: 10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1231 Imdorf, C. and Leemann, R. J. (2023). Education and conventions. In: Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions. Cham: Springer International Publishing, pp. 1–33. Majumdar, S. (2023). New era of future society based on Resilience, Solidarity & Inclusive Excellence. Mironov, C., Ciolan, L., Iliescu, D., Nedelcu, A., Zanfirescu, S., Serban, M. & Avarvare, D. (2024). An Empirical Investigation into the Utility of Descriptions of Inclusive Vocational Excellence Practices. Journal of Educational Sciences, XXIV(1)(47), 123–124. https://rse.uvt.ro/pdf/2024/Nr1_update/RSE1_2024-7.pdf Smeplass, E., Haugseth, J. F. & Schmees, J. K. (2024). Understanding Plurality, Engagement, and Change in Vocational Education and Training through French Pragmatic Theory. bwp@ Spezial 19: Retrieving and recontextualising VET theory, 1–20. https://www.bwpat.de/spezial19/smeplass_etal_spezial19.pdf 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Inclusive Teaching in Vocational Education and Training (VET) - Academic Discourses and Practical Implementations relating to German VET Preparation Programmes 1: University of Osnabrück, Germany; 2: Catholic University of Applied Sciences Presenting Author:Vocational education and training (VET) is identified by the United Nations as a key instrument for promoting inclusive and equitable quality education within the framework of Sustainable Development Goal 4 (UN, 2026). VET is considered an inclusive education pathway to support vulnerable students across European countries (e.g. Bell et al. 2025; Jørgensen et al. 2021, Aerne & Bonoli, 2023). Since VET teachers are confronted with very heterogenous learning groups with different needs and different educational goals, it is vital to implement inclusive teaching strategies. In the German VET context, discussions surrounding inclusive teaching often reveal contradictory approaches, leading to various requirements and resulting in a didactic dilemma for teachers, e.g. focus on individual needs versus focus on the overarching characteristics of a vulnerable group. This study addresses two relevant key questions: 1. How is inclusive teaching theoretically framed within increasingly heterogeneous learning groups in Germany? 2. To what extent is inclusive teaching being implemented in VET preparation programmes in Germany? There are different German VET preparation programmes, all of them focus on VET schools with the aim of preparing young adults to transfer into an apprenticeship or school-based VET system. The young adults often do not have a general school leaving certificate and are not yet of legal age. The students in VET programme can be described as vulnerable in various diversity dimensions, this is evident from recent figures and statistics like the German Bildungsberichterstattung (“Education Reporting”) (Autor:innengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung, 2024). This study is located in inclusion research and discusses concepts of narrow and broad definitions of inclusion, diversity and heterogeneity (Norwich, 2013). In particular, reflexive inclusion is critically examined regarding the deconstruction of categories of normality and inequality, which argues for a universalist claim to individual support (Budde & Hummrich, 2014). This creates tension between the need to give special attention to certain groups of learners and the need to treat all learners as diverse individuals and offer them appropriate learning opportunities (Norwich, 2013). Both sides of the inclusion debate derive partly different demands on teachers and their lesson planning. This results in a teaching dilemma in the professional practice of teachers. This study addresses both positions as well as the (de)construction discourse, which originates predominantly from general education, and highlights their relevance for VET and in the VET preparation programme. Therefore, the considerations of inclusive teaching are compatible with the international discourse, as the findings can be adapted to different education systems and countries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The examination of the discourses is based on a literature analysis. In order to explore the realities of inclusion teaching approaches in VET schools, guided interviews were conducted with VET teachers (Witzel & Reiter, 2012). They were asked about existing dimensions of diversity and tensions in relation to objectives and diversity. Furthermore, the interviewees were asked to present the teaching concepts they used. The study took place in 2024. The interviews lasted an average of approximately 60 minutes. The sample consists of eight VET teachers from the three federal states of North Rhine-Westphalia (NRW), Lower Saxony (NI) and Rhineland-Palatinate (RP), which sometimes includes different educational programs. Female teachers dominate within the gender category (6/2). In terms of subject combinations, economics is the most frequently represented subject area (n=4). A total of ten different vocational subject areas and general education subjects are included. With an average of 10 years, the participants' professional experience can be considered extensive. The coding is based on the content-structuring qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz and Rädiker (2022). The content analysis and coding of all interviews led to the development of a category system consisting of 7 deductively formed supercategories and 65 inductively-deductively generated subcategories. Three main categories were assigned to the teaching dimensions (categories 3, 4 and 5: “Dimensions of diversity among students”, “Goals of VET preparation programmes” and “Educational approaches and concepts”). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The discourse analysis shows a move towards deconstructive heterogeneity approaches in German VET research, which is linked to individualised support in the classroom (e.g. Euler & Seveing, 2020). At the same time, there are academic debates about specific heterogeneity characteristics of vulnerable groups (e.g. Neumann & Tessmer, 2018). This focus on individual categories of inequality was also found in the interviews with teachers from the VET preparation programmes. They also stress the importance of spontaneous adaptations in teaching while striving to align overall educational goals with the needs of the entire group. The results show that the academic claim of deconstructing “normalities” is also pursued in the practice of VET preparation as analysed here. The composition of learners is often characterised by one specific homogeneity characteristic. Within this unit, individualised support is implemented with regard to the other heterogeneity characteristics. Across Europe, VET systems are increasingly challenged to balance individualised learning support with collective goals of social inclusion and equal opportunities. The teaching approaches in German VET thus resonate with European values of diversity, lifelong learning and participation and reflect wider educational discourses promoted through EU policies such as The Herning Declaration on attractive and inclusive Vocational Education and Training (VET) for increased competitiveness and quality jobs 2026-2030 (EC, 2026). This study raises critical questions about how inclusive teaching strategies for VET schools should be developed to meet the practical needs and challenges faced by teachers. The background and subject of the generated results relating to the design of inclusive teaching in VET are not limited to Germany alone but can be transferred to various education systems. References Autor:innengruppe Bildungsberichterstattung. (2024). Bildung in Deutschland 2024: Ein indikatorengestützter Bericht mit einer Analyse zur beruflichen Bildung. wbv. Aerne, A., & Bonoli, G. (2023). Integration through vocational training: Promoting refugees’ access to apprenticeships in a collective skill formation system. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 75(3), 419–438. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2021.1894219 Bell Sebastián, J., Marhuenda Fluixá, F., & Carmona Rodríguez, C. (2025). Vocational education and training pathways of students with a migrant background in Europe: A systematic review. Educational Review, 77(1), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2025.2514038 Budde, J., & Hummrich, M. (2014). Reflexive Inklusion. Zeitschrift für Inklusion, 4. https://inklusiononline.net/index.php/inklusion-online/article/view/193 Euler, D., Severing, E., & Bertelsmann Stiftung. (2020). Heterogenität in der Berufsbildung – Vielfalt gestalten. Universität St. Gallen. https://doi.org/10.11586/2020016 European Commission. (2026). Vocational education and training (VET). https://employment-social-affairs.ec.europa.eu/policies-and-activities/skills-and-qualifications/skills-jobs/vocational-education-and-training-vet_en Jørgensen, C. H., Hautz, H., & Li, J. (2021). The role of vocational education and training in the integration of refugees in Austria, Denmark and Germany. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 8(3), 276–299. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.8.3.2 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (5. Aufl.). Beltz Juventa. Neumann, A., & Tessmer, E. (2018). Sprachsensibler Unterricht an beruflichen Schulen: Didaktische Überlegungen zu einer integrativen Sprachbildung. In A. Neumann (Hrsg.), Blickpunkt Deutsch als Zweitsprache (Bd. 4, S. 21–34). Hamburg. Norwich, B. (2013). Addressing tensions and dilemmas in inclusive education: A global agenda. Routledge. United Nations. (2026). The SDGs in action. https://sdgs.un.org Witzel, A., & Reiter, H. (2012). The problem-centred interview: Principles and practice. SAGE. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446288030 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper “Excellence” in Vocational Education and Training: A France–Germany Comparison 1: Université Bourgogne Europe, France; 2: Université Aix-Marseille, France; 3: BIBB, Germany Presenting Author:European education systems, and particularly vocational education and training (VET) systems, are under increasing pressure to support national competitiveness, reduce unemployment, and adapt to digital and ecological transitions — challenges that have led the European Union to more frequently invoke the notion of “excellence” as a driver of innovation and attractiveness (Le Mouillour et al., 2021). In this context, Germany is often cited in French political discourse as an example of a successful VET system, reflecting a broader aspiration to enhance the status and perceived excellence of vocational pathways. However, it is important to acknowledge that the imperative of excellence also applies to the German system, albeit with distinct interpretations and a specific internal coherence (Granato & Moreau, 2019). Indeed, the meaning attributed to “excellence” varies significantly across national contexts. Understanding a VET system requires taking into account the socio-historical and institutional contexts in which it has emerged and developed (Maurice, Sellier & Silvestre, 1992; Verdier, 2016). Whereas VET represents a recognized and valued component of the educational system in Germany, the concept of excellence in the French education system has historically been associated with the selection of an academic elite (Olympio et al., 2022), while vocational knowledge has been undervalued. This creates a paradoxical situation: VET continues to be socially devalued (Maillard, 2024) and primarily attended by students from disadvantaged academic and social backgrounds (Bonnard et al., 2022), while simultaneously being expected to embody or reveal talent and excellence. The adoption of the notion of excellence in French secondary vocational education is thus both complex and ambivalent (Albandea et al., 2025; Olympio et al., 2021).
In view of the current lack of empirical research on how this notion is interpreted and coherently implemented across countries, a comparative study is essential to explore its meaning within the French VET system. Drawing on an institutionalist approach grounded in the economics and sociology of conventions (EC/SC), this paper examines the nature of valued and certified skills within the French VET system and explores how the notion of “excellence” is constructed in relation to skills formation, understood as a social convention (Boltanski & Thévenot, 2006; Diaz-Bone & de Larquier, 2022; Imdorf & Leemann, 2023; David, 2023). VET systems can evolve along several possible paths (Marhuenda-Fluixá, 2022). How will the French VET system evolve under the injunction to excellence? We hypothesize that the understanding of excellence is more ambivalent in France than in Germany, and that this concept — still in need of clarification — is being operationalised through local initiatives and discourses. This paper therefore seeks to analyse how the notion of excellence is received within national VET systems and, more specifically, how France and Germany interpret and manage this concept. The reception and understanding of excellence by different VET stakeholders are also explored. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology is mixed and multi-level. First, both the French and German VET systems will be analysed through the lens of excellence. In recent years, little research has explored the characteristics of the French VET system — especially in comparison with Germany — and no study has yet established a link between current challenges and the proclaimed pursuit of excellence in recent reforms. This section will highlight the evolution of educational structures and policies over the past decades, as well as the position and status of excellence within skills formation in both countries. A systematic policy review and analysis will identify how the concept of excellence has evolved in VET policies in France and Germany, retracing its genesis and development in this field. The goal is to determine the institutional and political contexts in which this evolution occurred, to distinguish the various uses of the concept, and to examine proposals for developing and embedding excellence in VET systems — particularly through how supranational political orientations are transposed, translated, and reinterpreted at national and regional levels. Secondly, results from various empirical studies conducted in France and Germany will be mobilised to analyse how the notion of excellence is understood and defined by VET actors themselves — notably vocational students and teachers. Several national datasets, such as the Génération survey conducted by Céreq in France and surveys carried out by BIBB in Germany, will help shed light on vocational students’ relationship to work and their transition into the labour market. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study aims to develop an analytical framework within the EC/SC approach, reviewing possible conventions within VET regimes by reflecting on forms of hybridisation and the complexity of the compromises involved. In the French context, Germany has been repeatedly cited over the past fifteen years as a benchmark of excellence in VET. Our research will demonstrate the importance of understanding the overall coherence of a VET system rather than limiting analysis to a point-by-point comparison. It will also shed light on how European excellence policies have been interpreted within these two national systems. Furthermore, the first empirical results, particularly in France, challenge certain core assumptions of excellence — such as the idea that vocational education should primarily respond to labour market needs through a direct alignment between training specializations and job types. The implications for key actors, including young people and teachers, will also be discussed. References Boltanski, L. & Thévenot, L. (2006). On Justification: Economies of Worth. Princeton University Press. Bonnard, C., Danner, M., & Olympio, N. (2022). Les élèves de CAP: quelles modifications des trajectoires scolaires en 20 ans?. Congrès international d’Actualité de la Recherche en Éducation et en Formation (AREF), Lausanne Diaz-Bone, R., & Larquier, G. de (Eds.). (2020). Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions. Springer Cham. David, P. (2023). Scolarisation de la formation professionnelle initiale: approche conventionnelle de la forme scolaire. Raisons éducatives, (1), 155-172. Granato, M. & Moreau, G. (2019). Introduction. Les défis de l’apprentissage en Allemagne. Formation emploi, 146, 7–28. Imdorf, C., & Leemann, R. J. (2023). Education and Conventions. In R. Diaz-Bone & G. de Larquier (Eds.), Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-52130-1_69-1 Le Mouillour, I., Lippuner, C., Schuster, T., & Gramlinger, F. (2021). Going for attractiveness and excellence: A cross-country review of excellence in apprenticeship in Austria, Denmark, Germany and Switzerland. The next steps for apprenticeship / European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training (Eds.) pp. 123-131. Maillard, F. (2024). L’enseignement professionnel dans le système scolaire : trop peu valorisé et sans arrêt réformé. Après-demain, N ° 69-70(1-2), 69-71 Marhuenda-Fluixá, F. (2022). Conflicting roles of vocational education: Civic, Industrial, Market and Project Conventions to address VET scenarios. Hungarian Educational Research Journal, 12(3), 248-262. Maurice M., Sellier F., & Silvestre J.-J. (1992). Politiques de l’éducation et organisation industrielle en France et en Allemagne : essai d’analyse sociétale. Paris, Presses universitaires de France. Olympio, N., Pavie, A., Richard-Bossez, A., Cornand, R., Hache, C., & Richit, N. (2022). Une sélection au «mérite»? Le choix des bénéficiaires du programme Parcours d’excellence en éducation prioritaire. Formation emploi, 158 (2), 121-139. Olympio, N., Pavie, A., & Richit, N. (2021). La mise en place des «Parcours d’Excellence» en Lycée professionnel: une reconnaissance paradoxale. Les Cahiers d'Education & Devenir. Verdier, E. (2016). How are European lifelong learning systems changing? An approach in terms of public policy regimes. In R. Normand & J-L Derouet (Eds.), A European Politics of Education (pp. 194-215). Routledge. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 03 SES 10 A: Bodily, Active and Experiential Learning in Curriculum Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Elsa Lee Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper The Assembled Body in Science Classrooms: An Empirical Study of How Primary Students Engage in Science Practices East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The materiality of authentic scientific practice is frequently underestimated in science education . Unlike scientists who possess precision instruments, primary students’ scientific practice often relies on highly structured "material kits" or simple daily items. Based on empirical observations in Chinese primary science classrooms, this study employs micro-interaction analysis to demonstrate how the body is "assembled" within material practices. Drawing on Deleuze and Guattari, what a body can do depends on the assemblages it forms (Gatens, 1996). The distinction between human and non-human is less important than how bodies are assembled together, and what relations or capacities this combination constitutes. Pickering’s "mangle" also attempts to show how human powers and material powers intertwine in an interactive and emergent way, revealing the critical role of "non-human actors" (such as experimental kits, light, paperclips) in the Latourian sense in the construction of scientific facts. Just as in authentic scientific practice, in primary science classrooms, we similarly observe: how students' bodies, assembled within specific material contexts, are able to do more scientific things beyond the official script; or are thereby restricted to doing specific things or even unable to do anything; or make students more prone to the risk of data fabrication. In other words, the student's body always dances with and works with material actors. Thus, distinct from bodily essentialism, "what a body can do" and "will do" is understood as a situated, open possibility. Theoretical concepts such as Latour’s Actor-Network Theory, Pickering’s "mangle," and Deleuze and Guattari’s assemblages (Gatens, 1996) all point to the fact that the body is always situated within material practices, being supported or constrained. What a body can do always depends on the specific situation it inhabits, thereby outlining the body's numerous connections, associations, and assemblages. For instance, a Formula One racing car in a competition is actually a heterogeneous network assembled by maintaining a series of material, bodily, and informational connections; it is full of contingency, and a slight accident can instantly dismantle these associations. This prompts us to realize that many instances of a body's inaction or specific actions are not necessarily attributes of the individual itself—whether regarding thinking or personality—but are assembled within specific socio-material contexts. This urges us to focus on how materiality and its action networks support or hinder students' bodily engagement, rather than viewing bodily engagement merely as a subjective choice of "willingness," but focusing on its "capacity" (can or cannot). Research Question: In the material practice of primary science classrooms, how are students' bodies "assembled" by material entities (e.g., experimental equipment, material kits)? Specifically, moving beyond the singular focus on "cognition" and "concept mastery" in traditional science education research, this study turns to examine the material basis of scientific practice. Combining typical cases emerging from the classroom, this study reveals:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is situated within a larger classroom ethnography project conducted in City S, a developed coastal metropolis in Eastern China. The broader project explores primary students' bodily engagement in science learning, comprising 75 video-recorded lessons (Grades 1–5) across three public schools distinguished by their advantageous educational resources and teaching quality. From this extensive corpus, we purposively selected nine core episodes (see Table 1) following the principle of "telling cases" (Mitchell, 1984). These episodes span Grades 1 to 4 and cover diverse science topics, including electromagnets, insect specimen observation, simple circuits, paper bridge testing, and air cannons. These specific cases were chosen because they vividly demonstrate how bodies are "assembled" within material practices, revealing how material entities act as agents that introduce uncertainty, exclusion, and epistemic risks to students' bodily engagement. Additionally, the study integrates data from teacher interviews, textual materials, and science narratives to ensure analytical saturation and depth. Methodologically, we adopted the classic Interaction Analysis approach (Jordan & Henderson, 1995) to focus on how participants create environments for each other during interactions (McDermott & Raley, 2011). We strictly followed the "whole-to-part" analytic logic proposed by Erickson (2006). The analysis proceeded through a recursive cycle: initially reviewing the entire video corpus to immerse in the field and identify key themes; subsequently isolating participation structures with high analytical value; and finally, conducting micro-transcriptions of critical episodes, focusing on both verbal and non-verbal behaviors. Regarding data presentation, this study strives for "ethnographically adequate description" (McDermott, 1987). This approach necessitates not merely recording interactions but revealing—through narrative depth—how participants dynamically construct the immediate context and organize their body postures to activate these contexts. To address the challenge of translating dynamic visual imagery into static text, we drew upon embodied learning research (Goodwin, 2007; Vossoughi et al., 2020), combining written narratives with visual sketches (e.g., key-frame drawings) to preserve the embodied details and situational tension inherent in the interaction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings What a body can do depends on how it is "assembled" within material practices; thus, students' bodies are always engaged in a dance with material actors. First, while material actors facilitate the production of phenomena, overly structured "material kits" often restrict student agency. Such kits can reduce science to mere handicraft, where students create beautiful products without understanding the underlying principles. Furthermore, they deprive students of autonomous exploration, imposing a framework where they need not consider materials beyond the provided package. Consequently, it is not the students doing science, but the students "being done by the materials"; it is not the student who needs the materials to realize an idea, but the kit that needs the student to execute a script. Second, the scarcity of materials and spatial arrangements in collective settings (e.g., a student seated far from the equipment) often physically hinder engagement, leading to inequitable divisions of labor. This exclusion poses significant epistemic risks. Given that producing phenomena is the core of scientific practice, if a student lacks bodily access during group work, they cannot physically generate the phenomena required to validate their ideas. Consequently, they struggle to obtain evidence to persuade others, face skepticism, or are relegated to specific manual tasks, ultimately feeling that science is not a domain open to their exploration. Third, unlike scientists using standardized instruments, students often conduct crude experiments where the body functions as part of the experimental apparatus (e.g., supporting a paper bridge by hand). While this reliance increases the susceptibility to "data fabrication," these moments are often unjustly dismissed as interpersonal conflicts or character flaws. Instead, they should be valued as intrinsic parts of "practicing like scientists"—critical opportunities for understanding measurement uncertainty and scientific ethics. References Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia (B. Massumi, Trans.). University of Minnesota Press. Erickson, F. (2006). Definition and analysis of data from videotape: Some research procedures and their rationales. In J. L. Green, G. Camilli, & P. B. Elmore (Eds.), Handbook of complementary methods in education research (pp. 177–192). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Ford, M. (2008). Disciplinary authority and accountability in scientific practice and learning. Science Education, 92(3), 404–423. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.20263 Gatens, M. (1996). Through a Spinozist lens: Ethology, difference, power. In P. Patton (Ed.), Deleuze: A critical reader (pp. 162–187). Blackwell. Goodwin, C. (2007). Participation, stance and affect in the organization of activities. Discourse & Society, 18(1), 53–73. https://doi.org/10.1177/0957926507069457 Hardahl, L. K., Wickman, P.-O., & Caiman, C. (2019). The body and the production of phenomena in the science laboratory: Taking charge of a tacit science content. Science & Education, 28(8), 865–895. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11191-019-00068-w Jordan, B., & Henderson, A. (1995). Interaction analysis: Foundations and practice. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 4(1), 39–103. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327809jls0401_2 Latour, B. (1987). Science in action: How to follow scientists and engineers through society. Harvard University Press. McDermott, R. P. (1987). The explanation of minority school failure, again. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 18(4), 361–364. McDermott, R., & Raley, J. D. (2011). Looking closely: Toward a natural history of human ingenuity. In E. Margolis & L. Pauwels (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of visual research methods (pp. 372–391). SAGE Publications. Mitchell, J. C. (1984). Case studies. In R. F. Ellen (Ed.), Ethnographic research: A guide to general conduct (pp. 237–241). Academic Press. Pickering, A. (1995). The mangle of practice: Time, agency, and science. University of Chicago Press. Tobin, J. J., Wu, D. Y. H., & Davidson, D. H. (1989). Preschool in three cultures: Japan, China, and the United States. Yale University Press. Vossoughi, S., Jackson, A., Chen, S., Roldan, W., & Escudé, M. (2020). Embodied pathways and ethical trails: Studying learning in and through relational histories. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 29(2), 183–223. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508406.2019.1693380 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper A Methodological Framework for Creating Book Trailers via Biographical Digital Storytelling in Teaching Physics Zonguldak Bulent Ecevit University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Physics education faces challenges in making abstract concepts relatable for students, resulting in decreased interest and high attrition rates in STEM (McDermott, 2001; Singh & Marshman, 2015). The perceived disconnect between physics content and personal relevance often leads competent students to drop out (Aschbacher & Roth, 2010). To combat this alienation, innovative pedagogical approaches that merge abstract ideas with human stories are essential (Barton & Tan, 2010). Research indicates that project-based learning and storytelling enhance student engagement and connection to the material (Kalender & Holmes, 2020; Tuveri, Sideri & Fadda, 2024). Storytelling is a vital pedagogical instrument in physics education, adeptly integrating abstract concepts into significant human contexts (Hansson et al., 2019; Tuveri et al., 2024). It enhances student engagement, curiosity, and self-efficacy, as evidenced by various studies across educational levels. For example, storytelling helps make difficult concepts like light (Maharaj-Sharma, 2024) and gravitational waves (Tuveri et al., 2024) easier to understand. It also promotes cognitive and affective development, with techniques like "story mapping" improving students' perceptions of science (Korkmaz, 2011). Digital technology has enhanced traditional narrative methodologies, creating digital storytelling (DST), a multimedia approach that blends videos, images, music, and interactive aspects into coherent narrative structures (Sadik, 2008). DST fosters interactive learning experiences, highlighting the dual function of storytelling in education as a means for conceptual engagement and communication (Sadik, 2008; Wu & Chen, 2020). Book trailers, an example of DST, originating as marketing tools in the early 2000s, have evolved into significant multimedia presentations for summarizing and promoting books (Underwood, 2010). In educational settings, they function as projects that improve digital literacy and creativity, enabling students to conceptualize themes and emotions from texts (Grøn, 2014). Research indicates that book trailers foster motivation, creativity, and communication skills while promoting critical literacy and digital competence among learners. By engaging in digital media production, students gain agency and improved attitudes towards science, integrating cognitive and emotional learning alongside historical narratives (Ehret et al., 2016; Tang et al., 2021). The study of creating a book trailer for Marie Curie serves as a significant example for exploring the pedagogical aspects of DST (Yılmaz-Senem & Kösem, 2025). This approach may reshape students' perceptions of scientists, boosting their self-efficacy and motivation. The Biographical Book Trailer Production (BBTP) framework is proposed in this study as a method to humanize physics education by combining biographical storytelling and digital video production. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The BBTP framework aims to engage students actively in understanding the lives of physicists, moving them beyond merely receiving scientific facts. It consists of three phases: (1) selecting a physicist, (2) facilitating creative production, and (3) evaluating learning outcomes. In the first phase, the selection of a physicist is crucial, as it sets the foundation for students' conceptual, epistemic, and affective learning experiences, challenging stereotypes and strengthening science identity. Biographies serve as instructional tools rather than mere historical context, humanizing science by emphasizing the socio-cultural dimensions of scientific achievement. This study offers physicists such as Marie Curie, Galilei, Faraday, Einstein, Franklin, Newton, Feynman, Bohr, and Meitner, and related physics topics, proposing educators a structured guide for purposeful and context-sensitive implementation from middle school to university-level physics. The framework in the second phase guides students through a systematic progression of four stages: 1. Biographical Immersion and Thematic Identification: Students engage deeply with the physicist's life, identifying significant moments that resonate personally and distilling these into core themes that inform their creative projects. 2. Scripting and Visual Planning: Students create concise trailers focused on pivotal moments and tensions in the physicist's journey while planning the visuals and narratives that enhance their stories. 3. Digital Production and Editing: They translate their scripts into a draft trailer using digital tools, emphasizing clarity and coherence, with teacher feedback guiding the refinement of their product. 4. Peer Review and Presentation: Finally, students present their trailers, engage in peer feedback, and reflect on their creative decisions, transforming them from mere consumers of scientific narratives to active creators and communicators. In the third phase, evaluation is comprehensive, emphasizing cognitive, affective, and epistemic outcomes. It includes evaluative measures of both the process and the final product, using various data sources to gauge student understanding and emotional engagement with science and its social implications. The first stage focuses on biographical readings, yielding formative data as students reflect on impactful moments in a scientist's life, indicating their developing historical empathy and emotional involvement. The trailers serve as artifacts showcasing students' interpretation of scientific narratives, bolstered by structured presentations that reveal their narrative intentions. Teacher feedback and revisions emphasize clarity and accuracy over personal interpretation. Additionally, various data sources such as reflective writings and classroom discussions help teachers/researchers analyze learners' negotiation of identity and values, establishing biography-based digital storytelling as a rigorous educational practice that deepens students' emotional connections to science. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study presents the Biographical Book Trailer Production (BBTP) framework, which integrates multimodal storytelling with historical scientific narratives to enhance physics education. The BBTP addresses challenges such as abstraction and reduced learner agency in physics classrooms by placing students in the role of active creators and interpreters of scientific stories. The framework promotes three measurable outcomes: 1. Enhanced Nature of Science (NOS) Engagement: Students engage with the social and ethical dimensions of science through historical figures like Franklin and Meitner. 2. Strengthened Agency and Identity: Assuming creative roles fosters a sense of belonging within the scientific community. 3. Multimodal Communication: Students learn to convey complex concepts, such as quantum mechanics, through visually engaging narratives, enhancing their digital literacy. Overall, BBTP provides a model for enriching physics instruction by emphasizing the humanistic aspects of science. However, the study acknowledges limitations, including the lack of empirical evidence from classroom applications and the critical role of teacher facilitation, which may vary based on teachers' familiarity with materials and creative techniques. Future research could assess BBTP's effectiveness across diverse educational contexts and explore strategies to support educators. Additionally, factors influencing student engagement, particularly regarding selected biographies' cultural significance, could be examined, as well as considerations surrounding digital equity affecting students' access and experience with technology. Systematic empirical research is necessary to validate and refine BBTP as an instructional framework for fostering a more inclusive and human-centered approach to physics education. References McDermott, L. (2001). Oersted Medal Lecture 2001: Physics education research: The key to student learning. Am. J. Phys. 69, 1127. Singh, C. and Marshman, E. (2015). Review of student difficulties in upper-level quantum mechanics. Phys. Rev. Phys. Educ. Res., 11, 020117. Aschbacher, P.R., Li, E. and Roth, E.J. (2010). Is science me? High school students’ identities, participation and aspirations in science, engineering, and medicine. JRST, 47(5), 564. Barton, A.C. and Tan, E. (2010) We be burnin'! Agency, identity, and science learning. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 19(2), 187. Brickhouse, N.W. and Potter, J.T. (2001). Young women’s scientific identity formation in an urban context. JRST, 38, 965. Kalender, Z., Stein, M. and Holmes, N. (2020). Sense of agency, gender, and students’ perception in open-ended physics labs. Physics Education Research Conference Held online on July 22-23, 2020. Tuveri, M., Steri, A. and Fadda, D. (2024). Using storytelling to foster the teaching and learning of gravitational waves physics at high-school. Phys. Educ., 59, 045031. Hansson, L. et al., (2019). Rutherford visits middle school: A case study on how teachers direct attention to the nature of science through a storytelling approach. Phys. Edu., 54(4). Maharaj-Sharma, R. (2024). Using storytelling to teach a topic in physics. Edu. Inq., 15(2) 227. Korkmaz, H. (2011). The contribution of science stories accompanied by story mapping to students’ images of biological science and scientists. The Electronic Journal for Research in Science & Mathematics Education, 15(1). Sadik, A. (2008). Digital storytelling: A meaningful technology-integrated approach for engaged student learning. Educational technology research and development, 56(4), 487. Wu, J. and Chen, D.T.V. (2020) A systematic review of educational digital storytelling. Computers & Education, 147, 103786. Underwood, E. (2010). Demystifying the Book Trailer: An Interview with Sheila Clover English. Erin Underwood Presents Movie Reviews, Interviews, & Conversation. Grøn, R. (20149. Literary experience and the book trailer as intermedial paratext. Sound Effects, 4(1), 90. Ehret, C. Hollett, T. Jocius, R. (2016). The matter of new media making: an intra-action analysis of adolescents making a digital book trailer. Journal of Literacy Research, 48(3), 346. Tang, N.T., Nguyen, T.N.T., Ho, T.P., and Nguyen, H. (2021). Students’ perceptions of the effectiveness of film making/ trailers: A literature related extracurricular activity. IJSMS, 4(6), 17. Yılmaz-Senem, B. and Kösem, Ş. (2025). From Narrative to Representation: A Book Trailer Activity on Marie Curie. Journal of Chemical Education, 102(11), 4786-4794. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper From Transmission to Transformation: DTECC - An Innovative Curriculum Enrichment Framework to Boost Students' Critical, Creative and Design Thinking Competencies 1: The University of Pecs, Hungary; 2: Intelligence in Motion, USA and Hungary; 3: Johns Hopkins University, School of Education (Entrepreneurial Leadership in Education), Baltimore, Maryland USA Presenting Author:Undergraduate students internationally struggle with engagement, self-efficacy, and proficiency in academic writing and critical thinking on societal problems impacting people across multicultural contexts. This applied dissertation explores contributing factors to this educational problem using the framework of nested (Neal & Neal, 2013) and networked (Bronfenbrenner, 1994) ecological systems theory. Next, the study examines how the problem of practice manifests in a state university in Hungary. The issue is explored through an empirical needs assessment using a mixed methods approach and convergent parallel design with quantitative and qualitative data sets involving a school-wide survey and focus group interviews with teachers and international students studying in English. Based on the literature review, needs assessment results, and extant data exploring similar constructs, the author develops a holistic theory of learning called DTECC by synthesizing five learning theories into a hybrid holistic model. The framework integrates principles of experiential, transformative, and collaborative learning as well as digital hybrid design and critical theory –– each having positive associations with increasing student engagement, self-efficacy, and proficiency in analytical thinking and writing. For an applied project, the DTECC model is utilized in conjunction with Universal Design for Learning (UDL) and Design Thinking (DT) to develop (1) a curriculum enrichment framework for innovative critical pedagogy in mobile classrooms, (2) a pilot syllabus, and (3) a business plan for an educational consultancy called Intelligence Motion that will implement the curriculum framework across public and private HEIs in the United States and Europe during phase one of a proof-of-concept pilot study. The primary objective of the needs assessment was to explore to what extent undergraduate international students feel proficient, engaged, and confident in writing academically and thinking critically in English. The primary contributing factor targeted in the needs assessment was classroom pedagogical practice in the university’s micro- and mesosystems. There were two sets of research questions guiding the needs assessment at the University of Pecs in Hungary. The first group of questions targeted students: (1) What are the reasons international students provide for not feeling engaged, confident, and proficient in academic writing and critical thinking during university coursework? (2) How do international students describe their experiences with academic writing and critical thinking during university coursework? (3) What are international students’ perceptions on the type of curricula, classroom activities, and pedagogy they are exposed to across the disciplines? (4) How do international students view innovative classroom pedagogy (e.g., integration of inquiry-based experiential learning, transformative educational technology, collaborative student-centered learning, problem-based learning, etc.) and the impact it may have on their engagement, self-efficacy, and proficiency in academic writing and critical thinking? (5) How do international students perceive classroom-based academic writing support for decreasing their vulnerabilities and risk factors, and increasing their coping strategies, adaptivity, and productivity? The second set of research questions targeted educators at the university: (1) What are the reasons teachers provide for international students not feeling engaged, confident, and proficient in academic writing and critical thinking during university coursework? (2) What are teachers’ perceptions of international students’ strengths and weaknesses in academic inquiry and productive skills in English? (3) What are teacher’s perceptions of how they integrate innovative pedagogy (i.e., experiential phenomenon-based learning and problem-based learning, transformative learning, principles of social-cultural constructivism, digital and hybrid design with EdTech integration, and principles of critical pedagogy to connect classroom learning to real-world societal problems) into their courses to engage students and improve their self-efficacy and proficiency in academic writing and critical thinking? (4) How do professors provide classroom-based support for academic writing to decrease students’ vulnerabilities and risk factors, and to increase coping strategies, adaptivity, and productivity in student writing? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The needs assessment utilized a mixed methods approach (Lochmiller & Lester, 2017; Onwuegbuzie & Leech, 2006) combining both quantitative and qualitative research questions. The empirical needs assessment study followed the steps in parallel convergent design (quan + QUAL), with both quantitative and qualitative data collected and analyzed simultaneously over a period of three months (Creswell & Clark, 2011; Johnson et al., 2017; Kerrigan, 2014). Finally, the two datasets were merged using joint display analysis (Creswell & Clark, 2011) to identify areas of convergence and divergence between the quantitative and qualitative findings related to the research questions connected to students’ self-efficacy, engagement, and proficiency in academic writing and critical thinking on societal problems. Quantitative methods involved disseminating separate surveys to university professors and the estimated 5,000 international and Hungarian students on campus studying subjects in English. Qualitative methods included semi-structured focus group interviews with professors and international students about their experiences and perspectives on engagement, self-efficacy, and proficiency in academic writing and critical thinking. The needs assessment focused on student exposure to innovative critical pedagogy in the classroom to increase engagement, self-efficacy, and proficiency in academic writing, highlighting five constructs related to classroom pedagogy that international students experience at the University of Pecs. These constructs include the following, along with validated survey instruments for determining students’ needs related to classroom pedagogy and its potential for increasing engagement, self-efficacy, and proficiency in academic writing and critical thinking: (a) student proficiency in academic writing: the Student Perception of Academic Writing and English for Academic Purposes Scale (Cai, 2013); (b) pedagogy, methodology, and classroom practices: the Teacher Critical Pedagogy (TCP) questionnaire (Roohani et al., 2015); (c) student engagement in academic writing: the University Student Engagement Inventory (USEI) (Assunção et al., 2020; Maroco et. al, 2016); (d) student self-efficacy in academic writing: the Situated Academic Writing Self-Efficacy Scale (SAWSES) for undergraduate students (Mitchell et al., 2021); and (e) effective utilization of educational technology: the Educational Technology Standards Scale (ETSS) (Coklar & Odabasi, 2009). Four semi-structured focus group interviews with students and two semi-structured focus group interviews with teachers were also conducted to collect qualitative data. Participants were identified for the study using convenience sampling coupled with both strategic and purposive strategies to target international students enrolled in English-based programs of study across all academic disciplines as well as professors who teach courses in English (Creswell & Clark, 2011; Miles et al., 2013). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Several trends emerged in the joint display analysis comparing the quantitative data sets with many areas of convergence and divergence. Educators and students at the University of Pecs believe pedagogical practice must be improved by cultivating learning experiences that are more student-centered, open-ended, and applied in real-world environments outside of traditional classrooms. Educators also articulated they require more structured support in moving from a transmission-based model of instruction that is teacher-centered, rigid, and lecture-based to a more transformative model that is exploratory, dynamic, iterative, and formative. Therefore, the applied project and curriculum enrichment framework are designed to meet this need among stakeholders at this institution and other HEIs in the European Union, providing a theoretical framework to systematically enrich existing curricula across academic disciplines with principles of applied experiential learning, transformative learning, radical collaboration, digital hybrid technology, and critical pedagogy. Both educators and students perceive there is not sufficient academic writing support at the institution and across all departments and faculties. Therefore, the curriculum enrichment framework is also designed to fill this void by engaging learners in transformational and meaningful writing experiences on the road in mobile classrooms during problem-based passion projects. These units of enriching expeditionary learning are intended to increase students’ self-efficacy, engagement, and proficiency in academic writing, critical thinking, and civic discourse on societal problems that require urgent solutions. The needs assessment conclusions are also confirmed by recent OECD data on related constructs. Higher educational institutions internationally are limited by curriculum overload, inflexible curriculum design, and prioritization of memorizing lexical knowledge for summative standardized assessments (EduSkills, OECD, 2018; OECD, 2022). The study confirms OECD’s recommendation that school systems in developed and developing countries should reduce the quantity of core content and increase the quality of student-centered, inquiry-based learning and innovative critical pedagogy. References Bradberry, L. A., & de Maio, J. (2019). Learning by doing: The long-term impact of experiential learning programs on student success. Journal of Political Science Education, 15(1), 94–111. https://doi.org/10.1080/15512169.2018.1485571 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1994). Ecology models of human development. In T. N. Postlewaite & T. Husen, (Eds.), International encyclopedia of education (2nd ed., Vol. 3, pp. 1643–1647). Elsevier. Cabrera, D., & Cabrera, L. (2015). Systems thinking made simple: New hope for solving wicked problems (2nd ed.). Plectica Publishing. Camacho, A., Alves, R. A., & Boscolo, P. (2021). Writing motivation in school: A systematic review of empirical research in the early twenty-first century. Educational Psychology Review, 33(1), 213-247. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10648-020-09530-4 Heinrich, W. F., Habron, G. B., Johnson, H. L., & Goralnik, L. (2015). Critical thinking assessment across four sustainability-related experiential learning settings. Journal of Experiential Education, 38(4), 373-393.https://doi.org/10.1177/1053825915592890 Kolb, D. (2014). Experiential Learning: Experience as the Source of Learning and Development, Second Edition. 2nd edition PH Professional Business. Kumar, R., & Refaei, B. (2017). Problem-based learning pedagogy fosters students’ critical thinking about writing. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning, 11(2). https://doi.org/10.7771/1541-5015.1670 Marlink, J., & Wahleithner, J. (2011). Improving students academic writing: Building a bridge to success. Final Report for National Writing Project, 1–103. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/329058265_Improving_Students%27_Academic_Writing_Building_a_Bridge_to_Success Neal, J. W., & Neal, Z. P. (2013). Nested or networked? Future directions for ecological systems theory. Social Development, 22(4), 722–737. https://doi.org/10.1111/sode.12018 Nur, I. R. D., & Firmansyah, D. (2019, October). The use of transformative learning in developing students’ self-efficacy. In Journal of Physics: Conference Series (Vol. 1315, No. 1, p. 012057). IOP Publishing. https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1742-6596/1315/1/012057/pdf Rahimi, A., & Sajed, M. A. (2014). The interplay between critical pedagogy and critical thinking: Theoretical ties and practicalities. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 136, 41-45. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.05.284 Randolph, G. B. (2000). Collaborative learning in the classroom: A writing across the curriculum approach. Journal of Engineering Education, 89(2), 119-122. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.2168-9830.2000.tb00504.x Robinson, A. A., & Levac, L. (2018). Transformative learning in developing as an engaged global citizen. Journal of transformative education, 16(2), 108-129. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/pdf/10.1177/1541344617722634?casa_token=v3DgYjnGbV0AAAAA:Qdbo8xmg0mg2_9CfryWGnNM85tNGuJYRvwshJsbkw57TYZXA5INP2P4qx9tjSvQMHz0gPC-jkMUFfw Shively, K., Stith, K. M., & Rubenstein, L. D. (2018). Measuring what matters: Assessing creativity, critical thinking, and the design process. Gifted Child Today, 41(3), 149. https://doi.org/10.1177/1076217518768361 Smith, M. K., & Vass, V. (2017). The relationship between internationalisation, creativity, and transformation: A case study of higher education in Hungary. Transformation in Higher Education, 2. https://doi.org/10.4102/the.v2i0.22 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 03 SES 10 B: Curriculum, Language, Knowledge-Rich Content and Transitions Location: K110 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Ulku Seher Budak Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper A Language Policy Analysis of Multilingualism and Language Pedagogy as ‘Umbrella Terms’ in the Curriculum of Teacher Induction University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:In reaction to linguistic inequality relating to multilingualism in Germany’s education system, language pedagogy has become a key component of teacher education in some federal states (Berkel-Otto et al. 2021). While scholarly work on multilingualism in education has brought forward numerous pedagogical approaches, studies show that concepts are not equally implemented in teacher education and school practice (Putjata et al. 2022). However, multilingual learners can only benefit from improved teacher education, if teachers apply what they learned in theory to their teaching practice. Thus, teacher induction holds an enormous potential to bridge theory and practice. Teacher induction in Germany is organised by the federal states. To obtain an official teaching certificate, teachers need two academic degrees (undergraduate and postgraduate) as well as a teaching degree after 1.5 years of induction. Throughout the induction phase, pre-service teachers teach at a school part-time and attend several weekly seminars at regional teacher induction centres (IC) (König 2013). They are guided by mentors at the school as well as by teacher educators at the IC. Compared to other countries, ICs as institutions and the overall complex structure of teacher induction in Germany can be described as rather unique (Abs & Anderson-Park 2014). Regrettably, there is hardly any empirical research on language education and multilingual pedagogy as a content area of teacher induction in Germany (Böning 2023). The research project presented in this paper addresses this desideratum in connection to language pedagogy, asking the following research questions:
Employing a “top-down” research strategy, teacher induction’s curriculum in Germany’s federal state North-Rhine-Westphalia (NRW) and the process of implementation were analysed. In academic teacher education as well as in practical induction, learning about (teaching in) linguistically diverse learner groups is part of the mandatory curriculum. Thus, the federal state’s curriculum is regarded as the curricular macro level and the starting point of analysis. On a meso level, IC’s training plans have been analysed. On a meso level also, interviews were conducted with experts from the field, focusing on institutional knowledge, the conceptualization of multilingual learners and language pedagogy. On a micro level, a survey was carried out with teacher educators to gain a representative picture of how the curriculum is interpreted. The “top-down” research approach of the project is supported by curriculum theory of the intended, implemented and achieved curriculum and its interconnectedness on different levels (macro, meso and micro) (van der Akker et al. 2010). In addition, the linguistic perspective is based on theory on language policy in society and education with a critical focus on language norms and linguistic equality (Johnson 2013). The overall data speak for a consistent implementation of language education as a subject area of teacher induction in NRW on all analysed levels. However, didactical approaches and methods are oriented towards educational demands of teaching and supporting academic linguistic register of German (such as linguistically responsive teaching and scaffolding). Even though embracing multilingualism and supporting linguistic diversity as a learning objective is a consistent part of the curriculum, multilingual pedagogy is not considered a common-sense strategy of teaching. The paper will present the results more detailed and discuss them, considering complex curricular dynamics within teacher induction and relating them to academic teacher education as well as international contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project follows different levels of the teacher education induction phase (macro to micro), alongside the curriculum implementation process (intended to implemented) in a mixed-methods design. While the research strategy is “top-down”, the process of curriculum implementation is regarded as a complex process. Research phase one (intended curriculum): The core curriculum for teacher induction in the federal state of NRW (macro level) as well as training plans of 30 out of 33 IC (meso level) which were available open access were collected (814 documents with 1.250.000 words). The corpus includes training plans of all school subjects and school types. They were analysed with the help of summative content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon 2005) and a digital tool for data analysis, MaxQDA (VERBI 2022). Research phase two (intended/ implemented curriculum): 13 semi-structured expert interviews were conducted with senior teacher educators from the ICs that are involved in management and planning of teacher induction but also teach seminars for pre-service teachers (meso level). Two experts that participated in the interviews are in charge of teacher education of middle school teachers, two for vocational schools, six for primary schools and three for high schools. The data was analysed using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker 2022) and a digital tool for data analysis, MaxQDA (VERBI 2022). Research phase three (implemented curriculum): A questionnaire was distributed to all available teacher educators (meso/ micro level) by official gatekeepers. Out of 1250 teacher educators, 217 completed the questionnaire (17.4%). Teacher educators who participated in the survey come from all school types and subjects. The majority of the sample consists of teacher educators who are working with pre-service teachers for high schools (47.5%), 18.0% are working with pre-service teachers for middle schools, 14.7% for primary schools and 10.1% for special education. The data was analysed statistically, using descriptive and regression analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The overall data speak for a consistent implementation of language education as a subject area of teacher induction on all analysed levels. The core curriculum uses wide and open concepts such as ‘multilingualism’ that are ambiguous and leave room for interpretation and elaboration. What is intended in the core curriculum on a federal state level concerning multilingual pedagogy (e.g. considering linguistic development in German and language education in every subject) is implemented in the IC’s training plans and the course design by teacher educators. Alongside the process of implementation, a focus on specific didactical approaches and methods of teaching was revealed. This institutional ‘canon’ of linguistic pedagogy appears rather selective when comparing it to the wide range of options of concepts that are available in scholarly work (García & Flores 2012). While multilingualism as a mainstream characteristic of learning groups is prevalent in the training plans and described as normal by the experts, it is not self-evident as a learning objective of pedagogy. Instead, didactical approaches and methods are oriented towards educational demands of teaching and monolingual norms that go with a specific academic or technical linguistic register of German (such as linguistically responsive teaching and scaffolding). More specifically, selective institutional knowledge about multilingualism, pedagogical approaches and its aims seem to have an effect on how the curriculum is interpreted and put into practice, excluding a way of holistic interpretation of the intended curriculum. Furthermore, the results illustrate the interconnectedness of agency of specific stakeholders within the system that have multiple dependencies and needs. The paper will present complex policy dynamics in more detail and discuss teacher education in multilingual societies at the interface of theory and (school) practice, also considering studies on academic teacher education in this content area as well as teacher education in international contexts. References Abs, H. J. & Anderson-Park, E. (2014). Programme zur Berufseinführung: die zweite Phase der Lehrerbildung. In E. Terhart, H. Bennewitz & R. Martin (Ed.), Handbuch der Forschung zum Lehrerberuf. Waxmann (pp. 489-510). Berkel-Otto, L., Hansen A., Hammer, S., Lemmrich, S., Schroedler T. & Uribe, Á. (2021). Multilingualism in Teacher Education in Germany: Differences in Appraoching Linguistic Diversity in Three Federal States. In M. Wernicke, S. Hammer, A. Hansen & T. Schroedler (Ed.), Preparing teachers to work with multilingual learners. Multilingual Matters (pp. 82–103). Böning, C. (2023). Ein phasenübergreifender Blick auf sprachliche Bildung in der Lehrkräftebildung zwischen Theorie und Praxis: Das Desiderat Vorbereitungsdienst. k:ON. Kölner Journal für Lehrer*innenbildung, 7/2023, 262-281. DOI: 10.18716/ojs/kON/2023.13 García, O. & Flores, N. (2012). Multilingual Pedagogies. In M. Martin-Jones, A. Blackledge & A. Creese (Ed.). The Routledge Handbook of Multilingualism. Routledge (pp. 232-246). Hsieh, H. F. & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis. Qualitative Health Research 15(9). 1277-1288. DOI: 10.1177/1049732305276687. Johnson, D. C. (2013). Language Policy. Palgrave Macmillan. König, J. (2013). First comes the theory, then the practice? On the acquisition of general pedagogical knowledge during initial teacher education. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education 11. 999-1028. Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Content Analysis: Methods, Practice and Software. SAGE. Putjata, G., Brizić, K., Goltsev, E., & Olfert, H. (2022). Introduction: Towards a multilingual turn in teacher professionalization. Language and Education, 36(5), 399–403. DOI: 10.1080/09500782.2022.2114804 MAXQDA, Software für qualitative Datenanalyse (2022). VERBI Software. Consult. Sozialforschung GmbH, Berlin, Deutschland. van der Akker, J., Fasoglio, D. & Mulder, H. (2010). A curriculum perspective on plurilingual education. Council of Europe. https://rm.coe.int/16805a1e57 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Turning the Tide in the Reading Crisis with ‘Rich Texts’. Insights Form a Collaborative Design Research Project in The Netherlands Universiteit van Amsterdam, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:The reading skills of young people across Europe are declining (OECD, 2023). This trend is also evident in the Netherlands, where both reading proficiency and enjoyment of reading among children and adolescents have decreased. (Swart et al., 2023). People who struggle with reading face significant disadvantages in our society. Adults with low literacy tend to earn less, experience poorer health, and have shorter life expectancy than those with proficient reading skills. As reading difficulties increase throughout the education system, society as a whole bears the consequences. One reason cited for the Dutch reading crisis is that language teaching in Dutch schools has become increasingly fragmented into separate components that are disconnected from other subjects (Van Koeven & Smits, 2022). Dutch teaching methods use adapted texts that have been simplified, resulting in an impoverished context and a limited vocabulary (Houtveen et al. 2012). A promising educational approach to turn the tide in the reading crisis is to work with so-called rich texts. Rich texts contain rich language, are authentic, are of high quality, and encourage reflection and interaction (Burki et al., 2023). They stimulate the reader's imagination and curiosity. Rich texts are authentic and unadapted texts from outside the classroom, such as children's books and newspaper articles (Berardo, 2006; May et al., 2023). From previous research, we know that reading (aloud) and discussing rich texts in the classroom can improve students' reading comprehension (May et al., 2023). Previous research has shown that weak readers are often offered simplified and impoverished texts, whereas they would in fact benefit from reading rich texts with appropriate support (Brown et al., 2018). However, Dutch teachers are generally not accustomed to using rich texts in their instruction, and it remains unclear what teachers and schools need in order to effectively design reading instruction based on rich texts. We also know little about how working with rich texts in reading education contributes to the reading skills, reading motivation, and reading enjoyment of students. The research discussed in this article aims to fill this knowledge gap. The first research aim was to asses the experienced benefits for students of a rich-text-based reading approach in terms of reading skills, reading motivation, and reading enjoyment. The second aim of the research was also to gain insight into teachers' sense of competence in working with rich texts, the bottlenecks they experience and what they need in order to use rich texts in their teaching. This contribution discusses a three-year collaborative design research, in which researchers and teachers worked together to develop, implement, and evaluate rich-text reading approaches in five Dutch primary schools. Data were collected through open classroom observations, student interviews, and teacher interviews. The results show that both teachers and students experience positive outcomes in reading skills, reading motivation and reading enjoyment by a rich-text reading approach. Furthermore, the study revealed a number of challenges and enabling conditions at the school level that influence the successful implementation of working with rich texts in reading instruction. One challenge, for example, is that preparing lessons with rich texts is relatively time-consuming, because there is less reliance on teaching methods. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was conducted in the context of ERLA (Educational Research Lab Amsterdam), a partnership between primary school boards and the knowledge institutes University of Amsterdam, Kohnstamm Institute and Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences (www.woa-amsterdam.nl). In this lab, teachers and researchers conduct practice-based research into issues related to equity and diversity that arise directly from educational practice. This contribution is based on a three-year collaborative design research project (McKenny & Reeves, 2018) called ‘Reading with understanding and engagement’ (2023-2026). Within this project researchers and teachers collaborated to develop, implement, evaluate and refine approaches using rich texts in primary schools. Joint meetings were held in which there was room for professionalization of teachers, exchange, development and evaluation of approaches, using the cycle of practical research developed by Van der Donk & Van Lanen (2012). During the project period, primary schools (N=5) implemented the developed reading approaches at their own pace and in line with the contextual conditions of the schools. The current contribution is based on the first round of data collection (spring 2025). Data were collected through open classroom observations in al the participating schools, student interviews (N = 56), and teacher interviews (N = 14). Six lessons on the five schools were observed during the approaches in action. During the observations in six lessons on five schools, both teacher behaviour and student behaviour were examined. Notes were taken using four different indicators: teacher behaviour, student behaviour, teacher words and student words. Directly after the observations students were interviewed in small focus groups. The students were asked about their experiences with the reading approach and the benefits they experienced from working with rich texts. The teachers were also interviewed about their experiences with the reading approach and the benefits and challenges they experienced when working with rich texts. Both the teacher and the student interviews were semi-structured using an interview guide and were conducted in small focus groups. The interviews were transcribed and, together with the observation notes, analyzed using content analysis (Miles & Huberman, 1994). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that both teachers and students experience positive outcomes in reading skills, reading motivation and reading enjoyment when working with rich texts. Teachers note that this approach makes it possible to better support both weak and strong readers. Students particularly mentioned learning new words (pronunciation, spelling and meaning) and an increase in knowledge as important benefits. All schools mention working with rich texts within a thematic approach as the most important mechanism for success. Rich texts are perceived by teachers as particularly effective when they are presented within a thematic context that has been worked on for several weeks. Theme-based education is seen as essential, because knowledge and vocabulary are better retained when concepts recur in multiple contexts. Teachers emphasize that a logical structure of activities and substantive knowledge is a prerequisite for working successfully with rich texts. At the same time, this approach demands a lot from teachers' skills, such as coming up with meaningful questions for texts and scaffolding weak readers. Finding suitable texts and preparing lessons also takes a lot of time, because there is less reliance on teaching methods. Professionalization, collaboration within schools and a clear reading policy with fixed routines and support from school leaders are crucial. In order to share insights from the research with other practitioners, teachers and researchers developed two practical publications. One is a roadmap that can be used at school level to implement working with rich texts school-wide; the other is a guide for teachers that supports them in using rich texts in their reading instruction. References Brown, L. T., Mohr, K. A., Wilcox, B. R., & Barrett, T. S. (2018). The effects of dyad reading and text difficulty on third-graders’ reading achievement. The Journal of Educational Research, 111(5), 541-553. Burki, U., Rijckaert, H., & Pereira, C. (2023). Rijke teksten voor alle leerlingen: rijke teksten in het (lees) onderwijs. Tijdschrift Taal, 22(13). https://www.tijdschrift-taal.nl/art/50-7364_Rijke-teksten-voor-alle-leerlingen Houtveen, A. A. M., Brokamp, S. K., & Smits, A. E. H. (2012). Lezen, lezen, lezen! Achtergrond en evaluatie van het LeesInterventie-project voor scholen met een totaalaanpak (LIST). Hogeschool Utrecht: Kenniscentrum Educatie. May, H., Strong, J. Z., & Walpole, S. (2024). The effects of bookworms literacy curriculum on student achievement in grades 2-5. Scientific Studies of Reading, 28(3), 321-344. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative Data Analysis: An Expanded Sourcebook. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume II): Learning During – and From – Disruption, PISA. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/a97db61c-en Swart, N. M., Gubbels, J., in ’t Zandt, M., Wolbers, M. H. J., & Segers, E. (2023). PIRLS-2021:Trends in leespretaties, leesattitude en leesgedrag van tienjarigen uit Nederland. https://www.expertisecentrumnederlands.nl/pirls-2021-resultaten/download/PIRLS-2021_Rapportage.pdf Van der Donk, C., & Van Lanen, B. (2012). Praktijkonderzoek in de school. Bussum: Coutinho van Koeven, E., & Smits, A. (2020). Rijke taal: taaldidactiek voor het basisonderwijs. Boom. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Knowing and Acting in Educational Transitions: Professional Competence in the Transition of Hospital School Education- Processes 1: Universität Klagenfurt, Austria; 2: University of Education Salzburg, Austria; 3: University of Education Ludwigsburg, Germany; 4: Carl von Ossietzky University Oldenburg, Germany; 5: University of Education Luzern, Switzerland Presenting Author:Children and adolescents with chronic or severe illnesses occupy a particularly vulnerable position within educational systems, as their right to education is repeatedly challenged by prolonged absences, medical treatment, and psychosocial strain. Hospital school education responds to this tension by creating pedagogical spaces at the intersection of schooling, medicine, and care. Within these spaces, teachers are confronted with complex and often uncertain situations in which pedagogical action must be continuously negotiated under conditions of emotional strain, institutional fragmentation, and shifting responsibilities (Fesch & Müller, 2014; Bakels, 2020). In this sense, hospital schools can be understood as socially condensed sites in which broader societal transformations—such as changing conditions of knowledge production, blurred institutional boundaries, and increasing demands for context-sensitive professional action—become particularly visible. In this context, educational transitions—from illness to hospital schooling to reintegration into mainstream schools—emerge as critical situations of professional knowing and acting. The study presented here aims to reconstruct the competence requirements that shape pedagogical action in transitional educational contexts such as hospital schooling and to analyse how different forms of professional knowledge are mobilised, negotiated, and transformed into situated action. To address this aim, the study draws on an integrated theoretical framework that combines a competence-theoretical perspective with German-language curriculum theory. The COACTIV model of professional competence serves as a heuristic structure for systematically analysing professional knowledge, beliefs, motivational orientations, and self-regulatory capacities as interrelated dimensions of pedagogical professionalism (Baumert & Kunter, 2006; 2011). This competence-oriented perspective is complemented by a curriculum-theoretical understanding of professional action as a fundamentally reflexive process in which pedagogical responsibility, judgement, and meaning are continuously negotiated in relation to concrete situations (Hopmann, 2007; Künzli et al., 2013). From this combined perspective, hospital school education emerges as a paradigmatic transitional context in which educational action unfolds under conditions of institutional overlap, uncertainty, and vulnerability, making the reflexive connection between knowing and acting a central requirement of professional competence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A convergent mixed-methods design was employed (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018), integrating qualitative and quantitative data from Germany, Austria, and Switzerland: The empirical basis consists of three interconnected strands: (1) a quantitative online survey of teachers working in hospital school settings, including open-ended responses; (2) semi-structured interviews with hospital school teachers; and (3) expert interviews with school administrators and other key stakeholders involved in transition processes. In addition, a document analysis of university curricula and continuing professional development programmes was conducted to contextualise professional learning opportunities. Quantitative data provide insights into generalisable patterns of perceived competence requirements and transition-related challenges, while qualitative data capture contextualised experiences, interpretative practices, and decision-making processes. Qualitative data were analysed using thematic and qualitative content analysis, supported by multiple coding and consensual validation procedures (Mayring, 2022). Quantitative and qualitative findings were first analysed independently and subsequently integrated to identify convergent and complementary patterns. The COACTIV model served as an analytical frame to relate dispositional professional knowledge and orientations to situational demands of pedagogical action, particularly in moments of transition between hospital schooling and home schools. This perspective is further informed by integrative competence approaches that conceptualise competence as a continuum between dispositions and performance (Blömeke et al., 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a differentiated profile of professional competence requirements in hospital school education, with educational transitions emerging as key sites of knowing and acting, consistent with international research on hospital pedagogy as a distinct and under-theorised professional field (Ávalos & Fernández, 2021; Elbracht et al., 2023). While subject-related and pedagogical knowledge largely correspond to general teacher education, specific emphases become visible in relation to transition-oriented diagnostics, adaptive instructional planning, communication with home schools, and coordination within multi-professional networks. Across data sources, a persistent knowledge–action gap is evident. Although relevant professional knowledge and inclusive orientations are widely articulated, their translation into situational pedagogical decision-making during transitions remains fragile and highly contingent. Teachers act as boundary workers who translate between educational, medical, and organisational logics while negotiating expectations, responsibilities, and notions of belonging with students, families, and home schools. This finding resonates with research highlighting the situated and contingent nature of professional judgement in complex educational settings (Blömeke et al., 2015; Bakels, 2020). Professional competence in hospital school education is fundamentally transitional: it is shaped, tested, and enacted in situations of dire straits and change. By foregrounding transitions as central to professional action, the study contributes to current debates on knowing and acting in education research under changing conditions and highlights the importance of competence-oriented perspectives that acknowledge uncertainty, responsibility, and relational work. References 1.Äärelä, T., Määttä, K., & Uusiautti, S. (2018). The challenges of parent–teacher collaboration in the light of hospital school pedagogy. Early Child Development and Care, 188(6), 709–722. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2016.1230108 2.Ávalos, L., & Fernández, M. B. (2021). Teachers of hospital pedagogy: A systematic review. Paidéia (Ribeirão Preto), 31, e3139. https://doi.org/10.1590/1982-4327e3139 3.Bakels, E. (2020). Klinikschulen der Kinder- und Jugendpsychiatrien: Eine rekonstruktive Studie zum professionellen Habitus von Kliniklehrkräften. Springer VS. 4.Baumert, J., & Kunter, M. (2006). Stichwort: Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 9(4), 469–520. 5.Baumert, J., & Kunter, M. (2011). Das Kompetenzmodell von COACTIV. In M. Kunter et al. (Hrsg.), Professionelle Kompetenzen von Lehrkräften (S. 29–52). Waxmann. 6.Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Shavelson, R. J. (2015). Beyond dichotomies: Competence viewed as a continuum. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 223(1), 3–13. https://doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000194 7.Elbracht, S., et al. (2023). Pädagogik bei Krankheit (PbK) als Handlungsfeld der ESE-Pädagogik? Emotionale und soziale Entwicklung in der Pädagogik der Erziehungshilfe und bei Verhaltensstörungen, 5, 50–69. 8.Elbracht, S., Schroeder, R., Höglinger, K., Willke, M., & Gingelmaier, S. (2025). Lehrkräfte an Klinikschulen: Eine reflexive thematische Analyse professioneller Anforderungen im Licht des COACTIV-Modells. Empirische Pädagogik, 39(3), 282–302. 9.Fesch, K., & Müller, T. (2014). Schule für Kranke in Deutschland. Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, 85(2), 50–59. 10.Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained teaching: The common core of Didaktik. European Educational Research Journal, 6(2), 109–124. 11. Künzli, R., Fries, A.-V., Hürlimann, W., & Rosenmund, M. (2013). Der Lehrplan – Programm der Schule. Beltz Juventa. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 04 SES 10 A: Interrogating Universal Design for Learning 3.0: Inclusion, Agency, and Persistent Barriers in Education Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Margaret Flood Research Workshop |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Research Workshop Interrogating Universal Design for Learning 3.0: Inclusion, Agency, and Persistent Barriers in Education Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Universal Design for Learning (UDL) has become a dominant framework for inclusive education across European and international contexts. With the release of UDL 3.0, the framework signals a significant shift in emphasis—placing stronger focus on learner agency, contextual barriers, and the systemic conditions that enable or constrain participation. While this evolution has been widely welcomed, there remains limited critical interrogation of what UDL 3.0 enables, what it leaves unresolved, and how it is interpreted and enacted within real educational systems. This workshop invites participants to critically engage with UDL 3.0 as a framework for inclusive education, rather than treating it as a neutral or purely technical solution. The workshop is guided by a set of critical questions central to inclusive education debates:
The theoretical framing draws on social models of disability, which locate barriers within educational systems rather than individual learners, and on rights-based perspectives, which position access, participation, and agency as entitlements rather than accommodations. UDL 3.0 is treated not as a finished solution, but as a living framework that must be interrogated, contextualised, and contested in practice. The purpose of the workshop is threefold. First, it aims to support participants to develop a critical and reflective understanding of UDL 3.0, beyond surface-level implementation. Second, it seeks to connect participants’ lived experiences—whether as educators, leaders, policymakers, or researchers—to the updated framework, making visible tensions between inclusive ideals and institutional realities. Third, it aims to foster empowerment and agency, enabling participants to identify meaningful, context-sensitive actions that advance inclusion within their own settings. Although the workshop is practice-facing, it is explicitly grounded in inclusive education theory and research, making it suitable for an ECER audience. Its relevance extends across European contexts, as many education systems face similar challenges: standardisation, performativity, digitalisation, and uneven recognition of learner diversity. By interrogating UDL 3.0 collectively, the workshop contributes to European dialogue on how inclusion can be enacted ethically, critically, and systemically. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This workshop is designed as an interactive, participatory learning space, reflecting UDL principles of engagement, representation, and action & expression. It is suitable for participants with beginner to intermediate familiarity with UDL, while also offering depth for more experienced practitioners. The session begins with a brief, accessible overview of key developments in UDL 3.0, highlighting shifts in structure, language, and emphasis on learner agency. Rather than presenting UDL 3.0 as prescriptive, this introduction positions it as a framework open to critique, interpretation, and contextual adaptation. Participants will then engage in facilitated small-group and whole-group discussions, structured around critical questions aligned with inclusive education and disability studies. These discussions encourage participants to: Reflect on their current engagement with UDL Identify assumptions underpinning their practice or institutional approaches Examine where UDL 3.0 aligns—or conflicts—with lived realities in their contexts Multiple modes of participation will be offered, including spoken discussion, written reflection, and visual mapping of ideas, ensuring accessibility for a diverse audience. Participants are encouraged to draw on their own experiences, institutional roles, and disciplinary perspectives, recognising these as valid forms of knowledge. Throughout the workshop, attention is paid to student experience and participation, particularly where inclusive intentions have not translated into inclusive outcomes. Participants are invited to consider how power, voice, and decision-making operate within their institutions, and how UDL 3.0 might be used to disrupt exclusionary practices rather than reproduce them. The final phase of the workshop focuses on action and agency. Participants will individually identify one realistic, context-specific strategy or shift—pedagogical, organisational, or policy-oriented—that they can take forward. This emphasis on achievable change aligns with ECER criteria for relevance and impact, while avoiding simplistic “quick fixes”. The workshop is deliberately dialogic rather than didactic, modelling inclusive pedagogy while creating space for critical engagement, disagreement, and shared learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By the end of the workshop, participants will have developed a critical, informed, and reflective understanding of UDL 3.0 and its implications for inclusive education. Rather than viewing UDL 3.0 as a neutral framework, participants will be equipped to interrogate how it is shaped by, and operates within, broader educational systems. Key outcomes include: Enhanced understanding of how UDL 3.0 aligns with social models of disability and rights-based inclusion Increased awareness of persistent barriers that remain despite inclusive frameworks Greater confidence in questioning institutional norms and assumptions around teaching, learning, and assessment A personalised, actionable strategy for advancing accessibility, participation, or learner agency in participants’ own contexts The workshop contributes to inclusive education research and practice by modelling how critical engagement with frameworks can coexist with practical action. It reinforces the importance of families, learners, and marginalised voices in shaping inclusive design, aligning with the Inclusive Education Network’s emphasis on empowerment and participation. At a European level, the workshop supports cross-context dialogue about the opportunities and tensions associated with UDL 3.0, offering insights that are transferable across higher education, further education, and policy environments. It positions UDL not as an endpoint, but as a site for ongoing critical inquiry within inclusive education. References CAST (2024). Universal Design for Learning Guidelines, Version 3.0. Wakefield, MA: CAST. 3.0 Florian, L. (2014). What counts as evidence of inclusive education? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 286–294. Gibson, S. (2015). When rights are not enough: What is? Moving towards new pedagogy for inclusive education within UK universities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 19(8), 875–886. Oliver, M. (1996). Understanding Disability: From Theory to Practice. Basingstoke: Macmillan. Slee, R. (2011). The Irregular School: Exclusion, Schooling and Inclusive Education. London: Routledge. UN Committee on the Rights of the Child (2016). General Comment No. 4: The right to inclusive education. Geneva: United Nations. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 04 SES 10 B: Inclusive Teaching and Professionalisation Practices Across Contexts and Educational Levels Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Mariya Davis Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Effectiveness of Inclusive Practices on Student Outcomes: A Systematic Review La Trobe University, Australia Presenting Author:Inclusive education is a central principle of education policy and reform across Europe and internationally, underpinned by commitments to equity, participation, and the rights of learners. International frameworks such as the UNESCO Salamanca Statement (1994), the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD; United Nations, 2006), and UNESCO’s Education 2030 agenda position inclusion as both a rights-based imperative and an indicator of educational quality. Across many education systems, these commitments have driven sustained efforts to increase the participation of students with disability in mainstream settings, alongside growing expectations that inclusive education should contribute to improved academic, social, and wellbeing outcomes for all learners. Previous research indicates that inclusive education is associated with positive outcomes for both students with and without disability (Dalgaard et al., 2022; Holzer & Moser Opitz, 2025; Szumski et al., 2017). Less frequently examined in the literature, however, is a fundamental issue underpinning this evidence base: what is actually being evaluated when the effectiveness of inclusive education is assessed. Much of the existing research infers effectiveness primarily through placement-based comparisons, typically comparing outcomes for students placed in mainstream versus specialist or segregated settings. While such analyses are important for understanding system-level patterns and policy effects, they offer limited insight into the pedagogical and instructional practices that may be responsible for observed outcomes. Scholars have increasingly drawn attention to this gap in the evidence base underpininning inclusive education practices. Koutsouris et al. (2023) argue that inclusive pedagogies are often fragmented and under-theorised, particularly in secondary school contexts, while Norwich (2013) highlights the dominance of “thin” empirical accounts. Similarly, systematic reviews of inclusive education approaches such as Universal Design for Learning (UDL) and co-teaching demonstrate substantial variation in how practices are defined, operationalised, and reported, limiting the interpretability and transferability of outcome findings (Ok et al., 2017; Vembye et al., 2024; Zhang et al., 2024). In response to these concerns, the aim of this systematic review is to synthesise and assess empirical evidence on the effectiveness of inclusive practices in school settings, with a focus on their reported impact on student outcomes.This review examines how inclusive practices are defined, operationalised, supported, and evaluated across studies, and how these practices are linked to learner outcomes.Although much of the empirical literature on inclusive practices continues to focus on students with disability, this review adopts a broader conceptualisation of inclusion concerned with educational practices that support participation, learning, and engagement for all students. Disability status was therefore not used as an inclusion or exclusion criterion. Instead, studies were selected based on their explicit engagement with inclusive practice and their reporting of student outcomes, allowing the review to examine how inclusion is enacted and evaluated across diverse learner groups and school contexts. Drawing on a systematic review and appraisal of empirical studies published since 2015, the review synthesises research conducted in primary and secondary school contexts that explicitly reports learner-related outcomes associated with inclusive practices. By identifying patterns, gaps, and limitations in the existing evidence base, this review contributes to international debates about how inclusive education can be more effectively conceptualised, researched, and enacted, and how evidence on inclusive practices can better inform educational policy, professional learning for educators, and school improvement across diverse educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a systematic literature review methodology (Gough et al., 2012) following PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021). A comprehensive search strategy was developed to identify empirical studies examining inclusive practice and its impact on students in school contexts. Searches were conducted across five major international databases in educational research: ProQuest (Central), Scopus, ERIC (EBSCO), PsycInfo, and Web of Science. A structured search string was developed by combining terms related to inclusion and teaching practice (e.g., “inclus educat*” OR “inclus* practice*” OR “inclus* pedagog*” OR “inclus* teach*”) with terms relating to impact on learners (e.g., “student” OR “learner”; “outcome*” OR “impact*” OR “result*”). Searches were limited to peer-reviewed journal articles published in English since 2015. The search yielded 989 records. All records were imported into Rayyan and duplicates were removed. Screening proceeded in two phases using predefined inclusion and exclusion criteria. In Phase 1, titles and abstracts were independently screened by at least two authors. Studies were included if they reported original empirical research conducted in primary or secondary contexts and engaged explicitly with inclusive practice, with a stated focus on impact on learners. Studies were excluded if they were conducted exclusively in higher education, focused solely on policy analysis or conceptualisations, or on teachers’ perceptions or beliefs without reference to learner impact, or did not report any learner-related outcomes. Where eligibility could not be determined from the abstract alone, full texts were retrieved for further assessment. In Phase 2, 134 full-text articles were reviewed in detail by at least two authors to confirm eligibility; discrepancies were resolved through a third researcher adjudicating and discussion where required. Following full-text screening, 24 studies met the final inclusion criteria. Data extraction and analysis then proceeded using a purpose-built coding matrix capturing publication details, research context, methodological approach, targeted learner groups (e.g., EAL learners; students with disabilities), reported findings and implications, and, critically, how inclusive practice was defined, operationalised, supported, and evaluated (including impact on learners and/or teachers) and space for additional notes. Following data extraction, the review employed thematic synthesis to identify recurring patterns, dominant framings, and under-theorised dimensions of inclusive practice. To enhance transparency and rigour, study quality was appraised using the Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (Hong et al., 2018). Analytic decisions were documented throughout, and the synthesis prioritised conceptual coherence and variation across studies rather than frequency counts alone. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This review aims to provide a nuanced and evidence-informed account of how inclusive practice is enacted and evaluated in contemporary school-based research. Findings indicate that inclusive practice is operationalised through a relatively narrow set of pedagogical approaches, most prominently Universal Design for Learning (UDL), differentiated instruction, peer-assisted learning, co-teaching, technology-assisted practices, and culturally responsive pedagogy. UDL emerged as the most frequently examined framework, particularly in literacy-focused interventions and technology-supported designs, while co-teaching and peer-assisted approaches appear less consistently theorised and more context-dependent. The review also reveals that inclusive practices are predominantly implemented at the classroom level, often as short-term interventions, with limited attention to fidelity, sustainability, or whole-school alignment. Contextual factors such as leadership, school culture, and policy environments are rarely examined systematically. This contributes to a tendency to individualise inclusion as a matter of teacher practice rather than a relational and institutional process. In terms of impact, the synthesis shows that student outcomes are most commonly assessed within three domains: academic achievement (particularly reading and subject-specific attainment), engagement, and social-emotional outcomes. Academic outcomes are typically measured using standardised or curriculum-based assessments, while engagement and social-emotional outcomes rely more heavily on self-report instruments, observational data, or qualitative accounts. While several studies report positive associations between inclusive practices, especially UDL-informed approaches, and student learning or engagement, evidence remains uneven and fragmented. Links between specific practices and outcomes are often implied rather than robustly established, and negative or null findings are under-theorised. This systematic review highlights a persistent gap between conceptualisations of inclusive education and the way inclusive practice is empirically examined. By foregrounding patterns of practice, measurement, and impact, the review contributes a more critical and nuanced understanding of what counts as inclusive practice and how its effectiveness is currently examined in the literature. References Gough, D., Thomas, J. (2016). Systematic reviews of research in education: Aims, myths and multiple methods. Review of Education, 4(1), 84-102. Dalgaard, N. T., Nielsen, K., & Simonsen, B. (2022). The effects of inclusion on academic achievement and socio-emotional outcomes for students with special educational needs: A systematic review. Campbell Systematic Reviews, 18(1), e1219. https://doi.org/10.1002/cl2.1219 Holzer, J., & Moser Opitz, E. (2025). The benefits of inclusive education: A systematic review of student achievement in secondary schools. British Journal of Special Education, 52(1), 5–25. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8578.12463 Hong, Q. N., Fàbregues, S., Bartlett, G., Boardman, F., Cargo, M., Dagenais, P., ... & Pluye, P. (2018). The Mixed Methods Appraisal Tool (MMAT) version 2018 for information professionals and researchers. Education for information, 34(4), 285-291. Koutsouris, G., Norwich, B., & Ball, S. J. (2023). Do we have to rethink inclusive pedagogies for secondary schools? British Educational Research Journal, 49(1), 23–41. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3820 Norwich, B. (2013). Addressing tensions and dilemmas in inclusive education: Living with uncertainty. Routledge. OECD. (2015). Students with special educational needs and disabilities (SEN): Policies and practices. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264237137-en Ok, M. W., Rao, K., Bryant, B. R., & McDougall, D. (2017). Universal Design for Learning in pre-K to grade 12 classrooms: A systematic review of research. Exceptionality, 25(2), 116–138. https://doi.org/10.1080/09362835.2016.1196450 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. bmj, 372. Szumski, G., Smogorzewska, J., & Karwowski, M. (2017). Academic achievement of students with special educational needs in inclusive classrooms: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 21, 33–54. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2017.02.004 United Nations. (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. https://www.un.org/development/desa/disabilities/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities.html UNESCO. (1994). The Salamanca statement and framework for action on special needs education. UNESCO. UNESCO. (2020). Global education monitoring report 2020: Inclusion and education—All means all. UNESCO. Vembye, M., Klinge, K., & Plauborg, H. (2024). The effects of co-teaching and related collaborative models of instruction on student achievement: A meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 94(1), 36–74. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543231198907 Zhang, Y., Basham, J. D., & Yang, S. (2024). Universal Design for Learning and student outcomes: A systematic review. Educational Psychology Review, 36(2), Article 25. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-024-09860-7 04. Inclusive Education
Paper When Inclusion Meets the Curriculum: How Typical and SEN Students in Croatia Perceive Their Teachers’ Inclusive Practices University of Zagreb Faculty of Education and Rehabilitation Sciences, Croatia Presenting Author:Inclusive education in Croatia, as a member of the European Union, has a decades-long history. During this period, Croatia was among the first countries in the world to ratify the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. Nowadays inclusion extends to all children, including, for example, those belonging to cultural minority groups, children at risk of poverty, and children in alternative care systems, among others. In Croatia, the legislative framework ensures that students with special educational needs (SEN) receive curricular and professional support, as well as pedagogical and didactic accommodations. Approximately 85% of students with SEN in primary schools are included in inclusive educational settings in Croatia (School e-Repository, 2025). Today, inclusive education is an indispensable topic in teacher education. The European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (2012) states that the core competencies of teachers in inclusive education include: valuing student diversity, providing support to all learners, collaborating with others, and engaging in professional development. The teaching process should be flexible, through the use of diverse instructional materials, techniques, and teaching strategies that can address the wide range of students’ educational needs. What’s more, teachers are expected to apply Universal Design for Learning, that is, a curriculum design approach that accommodates learners with diverse needs equally well, regardless of SEN status, gender, abilities, cultural or linguistic background. For such a heterogenous population, it is necessary to implement inclusive teaching practices, such as differentiation and personalization (Lindner & Schwab, 2020). Personalized instruction is a teaching approach in which instruction – including content, pace, methods, assessment – is tailored to the unique needs, abilities, and interests of each student (Shemschack & Spector, 2020). Differentiation is, on the other hand, a didactic strategy that enables teachers to respond to the diverse needs of heterogenous student groups (Nusser & Gehrer, 2020). It can be implemented through various approaches, including co-teaching, instructional methods, and provision of individualized feedback and support. Research show that teachers feel more prepared to teach SEN students and differentiate their instruction when they hold positive attitudes toward inclusive education (Savolainen et al., 2020). However, teachers in mainstream inclusive classrooms often work with highly diverse groups of students, meaning that differentiation may become an additional source of stress if they do not feel adequately prepared (Pozas et al., 2023). Nevertheless, when students perceive teaching as more inclusive, their perception of school wellbeing and social inclusion is more positive, as well as academic self-concept (Alnahdi et al., 2022). Yet, studies exploring students’ perceptions of inclusive teaching in mainstream classrooms are lacking (Lindner et al., 2019). There have been found some differences between Maths and German teachers with students’ perception of Maths teachers being that they more frequently use inclusive teaching practices (Schwab et al., 2019). One study found that female students, younger students and SEN students perceive inclusive teaching practices as being more frequent (Durán-Martinez et al., 2024). This study aimed to validate the Croatian ITPS-S and to investigate how SEN and typical students perceive teachers’ inclusive practices across gender, grade level, and subject. We asked: 1. Does the Inclusive Teaching Practices Scale – Students’ version (ITPS-S) retain its two-factor structure in the Croatian context, and does this structure demonstrate measurement invariance across students with and without SEN, across students’ gender, grade and teachers’ subject? 2. Do students’ SEN status, gender, and grade level influence their perceptions of teachers’ inclusive practices? 3. Does the subject taught by the teacher (Croatian vs. Maths) affect students’ rating of inclusive teaching practices? By identifying strengths and gaps in inclusive teaching, the study supports evidence-based improvements in education aligned with European principles. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted between 2024 and 2025 in three regions of Croatia. All schools within these regions were invited to participate, and those that consented were included in the study. Following approval from the Faculty Ethics Committee and authorization from the Ministry of Science, Education and Youth, the research was carried out in collaboration with school principals and professional teams. To ensure ethical compliance, informed consent from parents was obtained prior to students’ participation. Students completed a paper-and-pencil questionnaire during regular school hours, which took approximately 20–25 minutes. Measures were taken to guarantee the anonymity and confidentiality of student responses. The study included 1,317 Croatian students in 6th and 7th grades, with an average age of 12.7 years (SD = 0.7). All students attended inclusive classrooms, with 48% being female and around 13% identified as having SEN. The proportion of SEN students in this study aligns with national data from Croatia, which indicate that approximately 10% of primary school students are identified as having special educational needs (Ministry of Science, Education and Youth, 2025). SEN students in Croatia either receive support through individualized teaching and assessment strategies or partial curriculum adaptations. Some students were additionally supported by teaching assistants, with 20.3% of SEN students in our sample receiving such assistance. A number of SEN students also had more than one disability. Measurement instrument included Inclusive Teaching Practices Scale – Students’ version (ITPS-S; Schwab & Alnahdi, 2020). The scale consists of 14 items evenly divided into two subscales: Personalization (e.g., ‘During the lesson, my teacher takes into account my academic acievement.’) and Differentiation (e.g., ‘During the lesson, my teacher varies learning activites to promote different learning styles.’). Students rate each item on a 4-point Likert scale with ‘1’ meaning ‘not at all true’ and ‘4’ meaning ‘certainly true’. The ITPS has been previously validated in studies with primary and secondary school students, showing satisfactory internal consistency (Cronbach’s alpha ranging from .77 to .87) (Alnahdi et al., 2022; Schwab et al., 2019). For this study, the scale was back-translated by two researchers. Any discrepancies in wording or phrasing were discussed and reconciled to create a single version. The Croatian version was then retranslated into English, and the items were compared with the original to ensure that both meaning and context were preserved. In our sample, the scale demonstrated good internal consistency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin measure and the Bartlett’s test of sphericity demonstrated strong relationships among the items of the Croatian version of the S-ITPS, indicating that CFA could be conducted. The fit indices for the two-factorial model of the S-ITPS indicated a good model fit. To ensure the meaningful interpretation of group mean differences, we examined measurement invariance of the two S-ITPS subscales across relevant groups. The results demonstrated configural, metric, scalar, and strict invariance across all comparisons (students with SEN vs. typically developing students; girls vs. boys; 6th- vs. 7th-graders). These findings indicate that the S-ITPS assesses the underlying constructs equivalently across groups, supporting valid comparisons of latent means. Furthermore, S-ITPS demonstrated configural, metric, scalar, and strict invariance across teaching subject (Croatian language vs. Mathematics), indicating that the instrument measures inclusive teaching practices equivalently in both groups. To explore whether students’ SEN status, gender, and grade level influence their perceptions of teachers’ inclusive practices, independent t-tests were done. There were no significant differences between SEN students and their typically developing peers in their evaluations of teachers’ differentiation and personalization practices in the classroom. Likewise, no gender differences were observed. However, a significant difference emerged between students in the 6th and 7th grades. Specifically, younger students (6th grade) reported more frequent use of inclusive teaching practices by their Croatian and Mathematics teachers compared to 7th-grade students. Regarding differences in students’ assessments of their Croatian versus Mathematics teachers, a significant difference was found in the overall score of inclusive practices and on the differentiation subscale, whereas no significant difference emerged on the personalization subscale. Overall, students reported more frequent use of inclusive teaching practices by their Croatian teachers than their Maths teachers particularly in the area of differentiation, with the effect sizes for these differences in the moderate range. References Alnahdi, G. H., Lindner, K., & Schwab, S. (2022). Teachers’ implementation of inclusive teaching practices as a potential predictor for students’ perception of academic, social and emotional inclusion. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 917676. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.917676 Durán-Martínez, R., González-Ortega, E., Martín-Pastor, E., & Pérez-García, E. (2024). Inclusive teaching practices implemented in primary school bilingual programmes in Spain: Teachers’ views and associated factors. System, 124, 103393. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2024.103393 European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2012). Teacher Education for Inclusion: Profile of inclusive teachers. Retrieved January 30, 2026, from https://www.european-agency.org/sites/default/files/profile_of_inclusive_teachers_en.pdf Lindner, K., Alnahdi, G. H., Wahl, S., & Schwab, S. (2019). Perceived differentiation and personalization Teaching approaches in inclusive classrooms: Perspectives of students and teachers. Frontiers in Education, 4. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2019.00058 Lindner, K., & Schwab, S. (2020). Differentiation and individualisation in inclusive education: a systematic review and narrative synthesis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(12), 2199–2219. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1813450 Nusser, L., & Gehrer, K. (2020). Addressing heterogeneity in secondary education: who benefits from differentiated instruction in German classes? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(12), 2220–2237. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1862407 Pozas, M., Letzel-Alt, V., & Schwab, S. (2023). The effects of differentiated instruction on teachers’ stress and job satisfaction. Teaching and Teacher Education, 122, 103962. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103962 Savolainen, H., Malinen, O., & Schwab, S. (2020). Teacher efficacy predicts teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion – a longitudinal cross-lagged analysis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(9), 958–972. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1752826 School e-Repository. (2025). Retrieved January 30, 2026, from https://app.powerbi.com/view?r=eyJrIjoiZWE3YTE4OWQtOWJmNC00OTJmLWE2MjktYTQ5MWJlNDNlZDQ0IiwidCI6IjJjMTFjYmNjLWI3NjEtNDVkYi1hOWY1LTRhYzc3ZTk0ZTFkNCIsImMiOjh9 Schwab, S., & Alnahdi, G. H. (2020). Teachers’ Judgments of Students’ School-Wellbeing, Social Inclusion, and Academic Self-Concept: A Multi-Trait-Multimethod Analysis using the Perception of Inclusion Questionnaire. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 1498. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.01498 Schwab, S., Sharma, U., & Hoffmann, L. (2019). How inclusive are the teaching practices of my German, Maths and English teachers? – psychometric properties of a newly developed scale to assess personalisation and differentiation in teaching practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(1), 61–76. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1629121 Shemshack, A., & Spector, J. M. (2020). A systematic literature review of personalized learning terms. Smart Learning Environments, 7(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40561-020-00140-9 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Updating the European Profile for Inclusive Education Professionals: Consensus Results from an International e-Delphi Study UHasselt, Belgium Presenting Author:This paper presentation addresses the question of which professional competences are currently considered essential for inclusive education professionals across Europe, based on the results of an international e-Delphi study undertaken to update the European Profile for Inclusive Education Professionals. The presentation focuses on the outcomes of the consensus process and their implications for research, policy, and professional education, rather than on the study protocol itself. The central research question guiding the study is: What core and emerging competences should define the professional profile of inclusive education professionals in contemporary European education systems? This question reflects the need to revisit existing competence frameworks in light of significant changes in European and international educational contexts, including increasing learner diversity, expanded inclusion agendas across educational sectors, digitalisation of teaching and learning, and growing attention to wellbeing and mental health. The paper is situated within a theoretical framework of inclusive education as a rights-based, systemic, and dynamic process. Inclusion is conceptualised as extending beyond individual learner support to encompass institutional cultures, inter-professional collaboration, and policy-level action. The competence concept is understood as an integrated combination of knowledge, skills, attitudes, and professional values, aligned with competence-based approaches to professional learning and teacher education widely adopted across Europe. This framework draws on international human rights instruments, particularly the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, as well as European policy commitments to equity, participation, and lifelong learning. From a methodological perspective, the study employed an international e-Delphi design involving experts from multiple European countries and diverse professional roles, including researchers, teacher educators, policy representatives, and practitioners from different educational sectors. The Delphi process consisted of multiple iterative rounds combining quantitative rating of competence statements with qualitative feedback. Participants evaluated the relevance of proposed competences using a nine-point scale, with consensus determined through predefined statistical criteria based on median scores and interquartile ranges. Levels of agreement across rounds were examined using Kendall’s coefficient of concordance, while qualitative comments were analysed thematically to identify emerging themes and areas of conceptual refinement. The paper presentation foregrounds the results of the Delphi process, presenting the final set of agreed competence domains and highlighting key areas of continuity and change compared to the original European Profile. Particular emphasis is placed on competence areas that gained strong consensus across countries, as well as on newly articulated or substantially strengthened domains. These include working systemically for inclusion, addressing learner and professional wellbeing, responding to digital transformation including the use of AI, and extending the competence profile to contexts such as higher education and lifelong learning. The intended purpose of the presentation is to contribute to international scholarly and professional debates on inclusive education by offering an empirically grounded, consensus-based competence framework with clear European relevance. The paper aims to demonstrate how international expert agreement can support shared reference points for professional development while remaining sensitive to national and local contexts. By presenting results derived from cross-national collaboration, the paper highlights both common priorities and contextual diversity in understandings of inclusive professionalism, thereby supporting future research, policy development, and professional learning initiatives at European and international levels. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed an international e-Delphi methodology to establish expert consensus on the professional competences required for inclusive education professionals in contemporary European contexts. The Delphi method was selected due to its suitability for systematically synthesising expert judgement across countries and professional systems, while allowing iterative refinement of complex constructs such as professional competences. An international expert panel was recruited using purposive sampling to ensure broad representation across European regions, professional roles, and educational sectors. Participants included researchers in inclusive education, teacher educators, policy actors, and experienced practitioners working in primary, secondary, higher, and lifelong learning contexts. Experts were invited based on their demonstrated expertise through professional roles, research, or policy involvement in inclusive education. All rounds were conducted online to facilitate international participation. The e-Delphi process consisted of three iterative rounds. In Round 1, participants reviewed and commented on an initial set of competence domains and statements derived from the original European Profile for Inclusive Education Professionals and a targeted review of recent European and international policy and research literature. Participants provided qualitative feedback and suggestions for additions, modifications, and emerging competence areas. These data were analysed thematically and used to refine and expand the competence framework. In Rounds 2 and 3, participants rated the relevance of the revised competence statements using a nine-point Likert-type scale, where higher scores indicated greater perceived importance for inclusive education professionals. Quantitative consensus was assessed using predefined statistical criteria, with inclusion consensus defined by a median score of seven or higher and an interquartile range of two or less. Items with low median scores were considered for exclusion, while items not meeting consensus criteria were revised and re-rated in subsequent rounds. To examine the degree of agreement among experts, Kendall’s coefficient of concordance was calculated across rating rounds. Qualitative comments from Rounds 2 and 3 were again analysed thematically to support interpretation of quantitative findings and to clarify areas of disagreement or conceptual ambiguity. The primary data sources for the study consisted of expert ratings and open-ended textual responses collected through secure online survey instruments. Together, these quantitative and qualitative data provided a robust basis for identifying consensus-based competence domains and for capturing emerging priorities across European inclusive education contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study demonstrate a high level of international consensus on the core professional competences required for inclusive education professionals across diverse European contexts. The e-Delphi process resulted in a refined and updated competence profile that both confirms the continued relevance of the original European Profile for Inclusive Education Professionals and extends it in response to contemporary educational challenges. Across countries and professional roles, experts showed strong agreement on the importance of competences related to valuing learner diversity, collaborative practice, and professional responsibility for inclusive learning environments. At the same time, the study identified significant shifts in emphasis that reflect current European and international developments in inclusive education. Notably, competences related to working systemically for inclusion, engaging with policy and institutional structures, and contributing to whole-system change achieved strong consensus. This indicates a shared understanding that inclusive education professionals require capabilities that extend beyond classroom-level practice. The updated profile also highlights emerging competence areas that were either absent or less explicit in the original framework. These include addressing learner and professional wellbeing, responding critically and ethically to digitalisation and the use of AI in education, and applying inclusive principles across a wider range of educational contexts, including higher education and lifelong learning. The consensus achieved across multiple European regions suggests that these areas represent common priorities rather than context-specific concerns. Overall, the study provides a robust, empirically grounded competence framework that can serve as a shared European reference point for research, professional education, and policy development. The findings underline the value of international consensus-building approaches for supporting coherence in inclusive education while respecting contextual diversity. The updated competence profile is expected to inform future curriculum design, professional development initiatives, and comparative research, thereby contributing to the sustainable advancement of inclusive education across Europe and beyond. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Ainscow, M., Slee, R., & Best, M. (2019). the Salamanca Statement: 25 years on. Taylor & Francis. Brussino, O. (2021). Building capacity for inclusive teaching: Policies and practices to prepare all teachers for diversity and inclusion. OECD Education Working Papers, 256, 0_1-125. De Vroey, A., Lecheval, A., & Symeonidou, S. (2023). Supporting all educators to take part in teacher professional learning for inclusion. Trends in Higher Education, 2(2), 320-331. Engelbrecht, P. (2013). Teacher education for inclusion, international perspectives. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 28(2), 115-118. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2013.778110 European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education. (2012). Profile of Inclusive Teachers. European Agency for Development in Special Needs Education. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2022). Profile for Inclusive Teacher Professional Learning: Including All Education Professionals in Teacher Professional Learning for Inclusion. EASNIE. UNESCO. (2015). SDG4-Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action. For the Implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4, Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all (ED-2016/WS/28). United Nations Educational, S., & Organization (UNESCO), C. (2020). Global education monitoring report 2020: Inclusion and education: All means all. 92310038. Watkins, A., & Donnelly, V. (2014). Core values as the basis for teacher education for inclusion. Global Education Review, 1(1). https://ger.mercy.edu/index.php/ger/article/view/9 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 04 SES 10 C: Inclusive Learning Materials and Textbook Design for Diverse Learners Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Tú Anh Hà Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Ignite Talk Accessible Textbooks for Inclusive Education: Putting UDL into Practice Universität Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:Access to inclusive and accessible teaching and learning materials is a prerequisite for equitable participation in education for learners with and without disabilities (UN 2008, Art. 24). In parallel with ongoing digitalisation processes, digital textbooks are increasingly used in European school systems and are often associated with enhanced learning opportunities through multimodality, interactivity, and individualization (Totter et al., 2023). However, these benefits can only be realised by all learners - particularly students with disabilities - if digital textbooks are designed to be consistently accessible. In addition, recent legal developments, such as the European Accessibility Act and corresponding national legislation (e. g. Germany: Barrierefreiheitsstärkungsgesetz), mandate the production and use of accessible digital educational materials (Marcus-Quinn, 2022). Beyond technical implementation, the pedagogical and didactic design of accessible digital textbooks is of central importance. Universal Design for Learning (UDL) provides a well-established framework for the inclusive design of educational materials (UNICEF 2019). Originating in the United States and initially developed in the fields of architecture and product design, UDL was transferred to educational contexts in the 1980s. The framework assumes learner diversity as a starting point and aims to reduce learning barriers while maximizing educational participation for all learners (Meyer et al., 2014). UDL promotes the provision of multiple learning options aligned with learners’ individual needs and is structured around three core principles: (1) multiple means of engagement, (2) multiple means of representation, and (3) multiple means of expression (CAST 2024). These principles are directly applicable to the design of teaching and learning materials, including digital textbooks (Lanners, 2020; UNICEF, 2019; Wibowo et al., 2022). To investigate the current state of digital textbooks in Europe, the Erasmus+ project Digital Education Material (DEM) was initiated (DEM 2026). The project consortium combined interdisciplinary expertise from schools and higher education institutions, including partners from Luxembourg (project coordination), Germany, Austria, and Italy, representing inclusive education, subject didactics (mathematics and geography), media education, and accessibility studies. Between 2023 and 2025, DEM conducted the first systematic evaluation of digital mathematics and geography textbooks used in primary and lower secondary education across four European countries. The overarching aim was to assess the quality of accessibility in existing digital textbooks and to generate sustainable impulses for future development. The project pursued three main objectives:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The DEM project employed a mixed-methods approach comprising scientific analysis, a systematic literature review, guideline development, and prototype implementation. 1. Scientific Analysis: A comprehensive criteria catalogue was developed to analyze digital textbooks from Luxembourg, Germany, Austria, and Italy. The catalogue was informed by established frameworks for inclusive and accessible learning materials, including the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) and UDL. It covered four dimensions: didactics, accessibility, design, and technology. Two structured checklists were used to assess both technical accessibility and pedagogical quality (DEM, 2025a, 2025b, 2025c). In total, 77 digital textbooks (44 mathematics, 24 geography) from primary and lower secondary education, published by ten different publishers, were analyzed between June 2024 and February 2025. To ensure comparability in light of evolving EU accessibility legislation, a detailed coding manual was developed. 2. Literature Review: A systematic literature review complemented the textbook analysis, focusing on empirical research on digital textbooks in mathematics and geography. A total of 782 publications were identified, including 62 from mathematics education and five from geography education. Accessibility-related aspects were addressed almost exclusively in mathematics education and typically only marginally. 3. Guideline Development: Based on analytical findings and iterative partner workshops, DEM developed evidence-informed guidelines for the design and production of digital, inclusive, and accessible textbooks. The process integrated transdisciplinary expertise from inclusive education, accessibility research, UX and interaction design, educational technology, and subject didactics. The guidelines address the entire development lifecycle -from inclusive learning objectives to content representation, interaction design, technical implementation, feedback, and quality assurance - explicitly operationalizing a Born Accessible approach aligned with UDL principles (Brnic et al., 2025). 4. Prototype Development: The guidelines were operationalized through four digital textbook prototypes in mathematics and geography for primary and lower secondary education. Each prototype includes an exemplary chapter with student and teacher versions and is openly licensed to enable reuse and adaptation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The systematic analysis indicates that accessibility criteria—and thus UDL principles—are largely not implemented in current digital textbooks. Most analyzed textbooks represent digitized print versions rather than digital-born learning materials. None of the textbooks fully met established accessibility standards such as WCAG or PDF/UA, significantly limiting access for learners with disabilities and users of assistive technologies (e.g. screen readers). The prototype development demonstrates how UDL principles can be realized in accessible digital textbooks by enabling multimodal access to information (visual, auditory, and tactile), integrating feedback mechanisms, and supporting learners through scaffolding and AI-assisted features (Macchia & Torri, 2025). At the same time, the findings highlight challenges, such as increased cognitive demands resulting from expanded choice options and the context-dependent nature of didactic decisions (e.g. alternative text design). While the prototype illustrates the potential of UDL-based digital textbooks, further evaluation with students is required to assess usability and learning effects in authentic classroom settings. References Brnic, M., Degenhardt, S., Edelsbrunner, S., Erdel, T., Greefrath, G., Kargl, B., Lathan, H., Macchia, V., Mönter, L., Schön, S., Schütt, M.‑L., Torri, S., Wetzel, M. & Ebner, M. (2025). A digital textbook for everyone: Accessible and interactive, from concept to use. CDV. https://zenodo.org/records/18313228 https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.18313228 CAST. (2024). CAST Universal Design for Learning Guidelines version 3.0. https://udlguidelines.cast.org/ DEM. (2025a). Analyse von digitalen Schulbüchern auf Barrierefreiheit im Rahmen des Projekts DEM: Rohdaten. https://repository.tugraz.at/oer/s118t-56898 DEM. (2025b). Kodierhandbuch Analysebogen zum digitalen Schulbuch: Technik, Barrierefreiheit, Design Version 02/2025. https://repository.tugraz.at/oer/yzhp8-7ay47 DEM. (2025c). Kriterienkatalog und Rohdaten für die Analyse digitaler Schulbücher auf Barrierefreiheit: Didaktik, Version 07/2025. https://repository.tugraz.at/oer/qzp3g-1m819 DEM. (2026). Digital Education Material. https://www.dem-project.eu/ Lanners, R. (2020). Neue Lehrmittel im Universellen Design. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Heilpädagogik, 26(10), 17–26-17–26. https://ojs.szh.ch/zeitschrift/article/view/895 Macchia, V. & Torri, S. (2025). Enhancing Inclusive Digital Textbooks with Artificial Intelligence: New Frontiers in Accessibility and Personalisation. Italien Journal of Special Education for Inclusion, XIII(1), 139–149. https://doi.org/10.7346/sipes-01-2025-11 Marcus-Quinn, A. (2022). The EU Accessibility Act and Web Accessibility Directive and the implications for Digital Teaching and Learning Materials. Routledge Open Research. Meyer, A., Rose, D. H. & Gordon, D. (2014). Universal design for learning: Theory and practice. CAST Professional Publishing an imprint of CAST Inc. Totter, A., Müller-Kuhn, D., Keller-Lee, M. & Rast, C. (2023). Digitales Schulbuch zwischen Nutzungspotenzial und Nutzungspraxis. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 527–550. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/jb20/2023.09.20.X UNICEF. (2019). Accessible Digital Textbooks using Universal Design for Learning: For Learners with and without disabilities. https://www.accessibletextbooksforall.org/media/1066/file/ UNICEF%2520ADT%2520Emerging%2520Lessons.pdf&ved=2ahUKEwj81OOst8yIAxVPVfEDHcenKyUQFnoECBUQAQ&usg=AOvVaw1T0Bb_rpiTDkWNfruOFE0z Wibowo, J., Schütt, M.‑L. & Bükers, F. (2022). Lernmaterialien im Sportunterricht. German Journal of Exercise and Sport Research, 52(4), 584–595. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12662-022-00839-6 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Beyond ‘Grannies and Granddads’: Ageism in Primary School Textbooks in Spain 1: University of Seville, Spain; 2: University of Seville, Spain; 3: University of Seville, Spain; 4: University of Seville, Spain Presenting Author:Ageism—understood as the set of stereotypes, prejudices, and discriminatory behaviors directed at people on the basis of their age—is one of the most pervasive yet, paradoxically, least questioned forms of exclusion in contemporary society. It is also an intersectional phenomenon that combines with other axes of exclusion such as sexism, homophobia, and classism. The education system, through school textbooks and the hidden curriculum, functions as a powerful agent of socialization that frequently perpetuates reductionist and pathologizing visions of aging, shaping how younger generations perceive older adults and how students envision their own futures. Schools are therefore central to challenging stereotyped images of old age and fostering more inclusive and diverse representations of older people. Ageist stereotypes vary in content and valence depending on the life domain to which they are applied, and they may differ across age groups and genders (de Paula Couto et al., 2022). Traditionally, age stereotypes have been treated as a single, predominantly negative construct; however, research shows that they are multifaceted, complex, and domain‑specific (Kornadt & Rothermund, 2011). From this perspective, it is possible to distinguish between descriptive and prescriptive stereotypes (Rothermund & de Paula Couto, 2024). Descriptive stereotypes refer to attributes used to portray how older people are—whether in relation to their physical characteristics, social status, or behavior. These descriptive stereotypes may be negative, especially with regard to health (Kornadt et al., 2016) or cognitive abilities (Dorgnier et al., 2022; Levy et al., 2022), but they may also be positive, as older adults are often considered “cooperative, considerate, patient, and sociable” (Carlson et al., 2020, p. e351), in the domains of family relationships and life experience (Kornadt et al., 2016). Prescriptive stereotypes, by contrast, encompass social beliefs and expectations concerning how older people should be and how they ought to behave (Rothermund & de Paula Couto, 2024). Likewise, employing a markedly condescending tone, simplified vocabulary, and basic grammatical structures when interacting with older adults—commonly referred to as elderspeak—devalues them by presuming lower competence and increases the likelihood that they will encounter dismissive or disrespectful attitudes. Consequently, old age is frequently stigmatized as a phase of dependency or decline, reinforced through a visual aesthetic that accentuate loneliness, exclusion, and fragility—rather than depicting older adults as integrated into the workforce and acting as fully functional members of society. As a primary agent of socialization, the education system is not age‑neutral. Implicit representations, preconceptions, and stereotypes about aging and older people directly influence students’ education by transmitting cultural values and norms that shape intergenerational interpretations from an early age (Gutiérrez Moret & Mayordomo Rodríguez, 2019). In primary education, the textbook remains a key reference tool in the classroom; auditing the representations and imagery of older people in these materials therefore enables intervention at a crucial stage to prevent ageism and promote positive intergenerational relations. The aim of this paper, in the framework of the Research Project PID2023-150704OB-I00: “Linguistic Ageism in Older Adults' Digital Communication: Towards a New Inclusive Language” funded by the Spanish Ministry of Innovation, Science and University and by ERDF, EU. is to analyze the presence of ageism in Spanish primary‑education textbooks and, on that basis, propose a set of editorial and pedagogical best practices to reduce this form of discrimination in educational contexts. To this end, we identify and quantify the presence of linguistic and visual manifestations of ageism in a representative sample of Spanish primary‑education textbooks, and we analyze the discursive and visual mechanisms that reproduce ageism in these materials, as well as the intersectionality of ageism with other forms of discrimination (sexism, homophobia, ableism, racism, classism) and the documentation of the hidden curriculum. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We employed a mixed methods quantitative–qualitative design based on documentary analysis of school textbooks. The sample comprises a corpus stratified by subject (Spanish Language, Social Sciences, Natural and Environmental Sciences, Mathematics, Arts Education), grade level (1st through 6th), publisher (at least the five most widely used publishers in the Autonomous Community of Andalusia), year of publication (within the last five years), textual segments (readings, exercises, explanations, etc.), paratextual elements (glossaries, boxes, etc.), and visual content (photographs and illustrations). For the analysis of linguistic content, we combined several models within the framework of Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA): semantic macrostructures and dominant themes (Van Dijk, 2003), the Appraisal model (Martin & White, 2005), and the assignment of roles/agency to social actors (Van Leeuwen, 1996), among others. For the analysis of visual content, we drew on Kress and van Leeuwen’s Reading Images: The Grammar of Visual Design (2020), which enabled the analysis of diversity in representations, contexts of appearance, gesturality, attributes, and stereotypes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that the representation of older people in textbooks is marked by pronounced invisibility and the persistence of negative stereotypes that associate old age with decline and passivity. Specifically, four clear dimensions emerge: 1. Invisibility and underrepresentation. Only 7% of the textbooks analyzed contain references to or images of older people, meaning that 93% omit them entirely. When they do appear, they tend to be included incidentally and only when strictly necessary. 2. Visual stereotypes and clichés. The iconography typically relies on extreme physical clichés that reinforce an image of fragility. Men are invariably depicted with white hair, deep wrinkles, and walking sticks, whereas women are frequently shown wearing aprons or head coverings and performing domestic or caregiving tasks. 3. Social roles and personality. Older people are predominantly portrayed in passive, dependent roles and are linked to sedentary activities such as storytelling, fishing, or housework. Within the family sphere, they are relegated almost exclusively to the private domain and represented as “grandfathers” or “grandmothers,” stripped of professional roles or public presence. 4. Gender bias (gendered ageism). A marked imbalance appears in representation by sex: the number of older men depicted is approximately twice that of older women. Older women face a double invisibility; whereas older men may be cast as figures of authority or wisdom, women are penalized more harshly for physical aging and confined to domestic roles. In sum, it is urgent to embed an intergenerational, anti ageist perspective into curricula and textbooks—supported by clear editorial standards, linguistic and visual audit rubrics, and teacher training that promotes diverse and agentic portrayals of older adults—while avoiding elderspeak and gendered clichés, so that schools move from reproducing prejudice to educating for equality across the life course. References Carlson, K. J., Black, D. R., Holley, L. M., & Coster, D. C. (2020). Stereotypes of Older Adults: Development and Evaluation of an Updated Stereotype Content and Strength Survey. The Gerontologist, 60(5), e347–e356. https://doi.org/10.1093/geront/gnz061 de Paula Couto, C., Ostermeier, R., & Rothermund, K. (2022). Age Differences in Age Stereotypes: The Role of Life Domain and Cultural Context. GeroPsych, 35(4), 177–188. http://doi.org/10.1024/1662-9647/a000272 Dorgnier, R., Picard, L., & Mazerolle, M. (2022). Aging and memory distortions: The impact of aging stereotypes. Gériatrie et Psychologie Neuropsychiatrie du Vieillissement, 20(3), 341–348. https://doi.org/10.1684/pnv.2022.1048 Kornadt, A. E., & Rothermund, K. (2011). Contexts of Aging: Assessing Evaluative Age Stereotypes in Different Life Domains. The Journals of Gerontology: Series B, 66B(5), 547–556. https://doi.org/10.1093/geronb/gbr036 Kornadt, A. E., Meissner, F., & Rothermund, K. (2016). Implicit and Explicit Age Stereotypes for Specific Life Domains Across the Life Span: Distinct Patterns and Age Group Differences. Experimental Aging Research, 42(2), 195–211. https://doi.org/10.1080/0361073X.2016.1132899 Kress, G., & van Leeuwen, T. (2020). Reading Images: The Grammar of Visual Design. Routledge. Levy, B. R., Chang, E.-S., Lowe, S. R., Provolo, N., & Slade, M. D. (2022). Impact of media based negative and positive age stereotypes on older individuals’ mental health. The Journals of Gerontology, Series B: Psychological Sciences and Social Sciences, 77(4), e70–e75. https://doi.org/10.1093/geronb/gbab085 Martin, J. R., & White, P. R. R. (2005). The Language of Evaluation: Appraisal in English. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230511910 Organización Panamericana de la Salud. (2021). Informe mundial sobre el edadismo. https://doi.org/10.37774/9789275324455 Rothermund, K., & de Paula Couto, M. C. (2024). Age stereotypes: Dimensions, origins, and consequences. Current Opinion in Psychology, 55, 101747. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.copsyc.2023.101747 Van Dijk, T. A. (2003). Ideología y discurso: Una introducción multidisciplinaria. Ariel. van Leeuwen, T. (1996). The representation of social actors. In C. R. Caldas Coulthard & M. Coulthard (Eds.), Texts and Practices (pp. 32–70). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203431382-4 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teacher Produced Materials – a simplified strategy for all? Inland Norway University, Norway Presenting Author:The practices and processes that practitioners believe will enable access to school can frequently constrain such access (Rix, 2025). It has, for instance, long been realized that even seemingly obvious and widely adopted approaches such as the use of images or simplifying language are problematic (E.g: Crisp & Sweiry, 2006). The contested nature of simplification was seen as an important area for research in the 20th Century. For example, there were those who argued that it does not enhance comprehension, as measured by ability to answer questions, retain information over time, and recall important aspects of content (Chalke 1958; Klare 1963), whilst others claimed that simplified texts can increase comprehensibility (Tweissi 1998). The issue of language simplification has tended to focus upon adults reading a range of simplified texts; young people who are learning to read; people with English as an Additional Language (EAL); and a range of individuals with identifiable learning difficulties. The issue of images has been a separate strand of research. For example, how the use of tables and graphs can affect exploratory learning (Velic & DeCaro, 2025) and how abstract and concrete visual representations can affect science education (Zheng et al, 2022). Both simplified language and images have also been explored in connection with assessment and examinations at all levels of education.
Evidence from the United Kingdom, suggests that teachers working with a diverse and complex learning population, provide simplified language materials to their students (Barnard & Burgess, 2001; Rix, 2004, 2006), using images alongside less-complex language. They use these materials at times across the whole class and at others with a range of pupils, including those with learning difficulties and those who have EAL (Rix, 2006). A more recent study from Finland (Zi, 2021) reported text-modification strategies used by the teacher participants working with students in a second language. The desire to simplify is also encouraged through guidance on plain language and ‘good writing’ in textbooks or on websites. These often recommend writing shorter words in shorter sentences, paragraphs and sections, using only essential technical words, and positive, active, personal language. It is not uncommon for guidance to teachers to advocate readability formulas too (e.g: the Fog index, the Flesch Reading Ease index and the Flesch-Kincaid Grade Level score) which are available within Microsoft Word, and have been recommended for decades in textbooks (eg Lewis, 1990; Ellington & Race, 1993) and more recently on websites (https://readable.com/; https://textinspector.com/).
Despite the evidence of the use of these materials, much of which is anecdotal, there is virtually no research into teacher-produced materials and how they are used in everyday classrooms. The author of this paper is one of the few researchers to have done work in this field and this was in the United Kingdom in the early 2000’s. The importance of such a potentially prevalent approach is underlined by the variability that is evident across classrooms too, with teachers often using seemingly contradictory approaches (Huang, 2021) or not sticking to their own teaching plans (Capel et al, 2019). In this context the author was very interested when he heard anecdotally that the approach and the lack of research was also evident in Norway, where he is teaching.
This paper reports on a pilot study that aims to consider:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This pilot study has been undertaken as slow research (Nørgård et al, 2024). This first phase followed the same procedures as the author had undertaken in their 2006 study. A survey was sent out to 19 primary schools and 17 secondary schools who had a working relationship with Inland Norway University. They were asked to have a brief discussion and fill in a questionnaire at their next staff/department meeting. The surveys were sent to head teachers as at a primary level they would have regular access to whole school staff meetings, and at secondary level would best know which meeting would involve a cross section of teachers and support staff. There survey was in 4 parts The first part asked about support materials people tended to use when teaching a topic to a person identified with special needs. The second part asked about support materials people tended to use when teaching a topic to a person with Norwegian as a second language. The third part asked people what they felt was the best approach to use. The final part gave them a chance to make some general comments. These provided for responses under three headings, Class Teachers, Class Support Staff and Total. This approach prohibits giving a precise breakdown beyond categories of who attended meetings, nor which individuals held which views. The intention was to gain an overview of staff perceptions rather than a detailed insight into individual views. It was recognised, too, that such an approach may place pressure on attendees to conform to the predominant feeling within the meeting. This could result in a slightly unbalanced response, but this would still demonstrate the view around which people cluster to conform. The arrival of COVID stopped this survey in its tracks. There were responses from a small number of schools followed by a hiatus in education generally. The second phase of this pilot study was therefore begun in 2023. This involved a survey based on the same questions with students on a Masters programme and 2 interviews with 2 teachers (in 2024 & 2025) to explore their use of these materials. Interviews were responsive, extended conversations (Rubin and Rubin 2004). Analysis of the closed questions involves descriptive statistics, whilst the open responses and interviews will be thematically analysed using an approach derived from grounded theory (Corbin and Strauss 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first phase received responses from 46 teachers and support staff from partner schools. This showed that over 58% of them use worksheets produced by staff at the school as their primary means of supporting learners identified with special needs and those identified with Norwegian as a second language. Others use them with a similar population, but less often. The analysis of the second and third phases is still to take place. These will be combined with the open responses from the first phase of surveys. We are anticipating some insights into teacher motivations and beliefs about the value of the approach they take. Consideration will also be given to the wider implications of these findings, the reasons why this field of research is relatively unexplored and what further research might be needed. References Barnard, C. and Burgess, J. (2001) Secondary Inset in the Mainstream Education of Bilingual Students in England, Journal Of In-Service Education, 27, 2, 323-352 Chalke, J. 1958. Readability: An appraisal of research and application. Columbus, OH: Bureau of Educational Research, Ohio State University Corbin, J., and A. Strauss. 2008. Basics of Qualitative Research, Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Ellington, H., and P. Race. 1993. Producing teaching materials. London: Kogan Page Klare, G. 1963. The measurement of readability. Ames, IA: Iowa State University Press. Lewis, R. 1990. How to write flexible learning materials. Coventry, UK: National Council for Educational Technology. Nørgård, R.T., Bosanquet, A., Grant, B.M. (2024). The Slow Scholar in the Accelerated University: Slowness as Solidarity. In: Gibbs, P., de Rijke, V., Peterson, A. (eds) The Contemporary Scholar in Higher Education. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. Rix, J. (2009) 'A model of simplification: the ways in which teachers simplify learning materials',Educational Rix, J. (2025). This is What We Should (Not) Be Doing. In Theorising Exclusionary Pressures in Education: Why Inclusion Becomes Exclusion (pp. 113-125). Cham: Springer Nature Switzerland. Rix, J. 2004. Building on similarity – A whole class use for simplified language materials. Westminster Studies in Education 27, no. 1: 57–68. Rix, J. 2006. Simplified language materials – Their usage and value to teachers and support staff in mainstream settings. Teaching and Teacher Education 22, no. 8: 1145–56. Rubin, H., and I. Rubin. 2004. Qualitative Interviewing – The Art of Hearing Data. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Studies,35:2,95 — 106 Tweissi, A. 1998. The effects of the amount and type of simplification on foreign language reading comprehension. Reading in a Foreign Language 11, no. 2: 191–204. Velic, L., & DeCaro, M. S. (2025). Exploring a Problem Before Instruction Using Graphs versus Tables. In Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Cognitive Science Society (Vol. 47). Zheng, R., Cordner, H., & Spears, J. (2022). The impact of annotation on concrete and abstract visual representations in science education: testing the expertise reversal effect. Research and Practice in Technology Enhanced Learning, 17(1), 18. Zi, Y. (2021). An evaluation of the approaches to text modification used by lower secondary CLIL teachers in Finland. Latin American Journal of Content & Language Integrated Learning, 14(2), 235-262. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 04 SES 10 D: Understanding Teachers’ Perspectives on Diversity and Inclusion Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ve Romey Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teacher Educators’ Perceptions of and Approaches to Cultural Diversity in Initial Teacher Education University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Rising international and national migration has led to new challenges within European classrooms. As ongoing challenges remain and students with a migration background persistently score persistently lower in academic testing and well-being surveys, teacher students need to be prepared to teach in, for, and about cultural diversity within their initial teacher education (ITE). Teacher educators (TEs) need to meet this needs, both through the design of ITE curricula but also through its implementation. Intercultural education in ITE can prepare student teachers for culturally diverse environments, e.g. to foster cultural awareness and understanding through knowledge of power-dynamics, promoting intercultural dialogue and inclusion (e.g., Deardorff, 2009; Rapanta & Travão, 2021). Research has shown that student teachers need to be able to employ practical skills, such as communication and relationship building skills (e.g., Deardorff, 2009; Romijn et al., 2020), as well as have knowledge, awareness and the reflectivity to be able to navigate culturally diverse environments successfully when entering teaching profession (e.g., Dervin & Hahl, 2014; Hachfeld et al., 2015; Metsäpelto et al., 2024). However, the understanding of such concepts can differ between TEs (e.g., Hahl & Löfström et al., 2016).This underlines the importance of investigating TE's perspectives of and approaches to the topic of cultural diversity in ITE. Nonetheless, their perceptions and approaches to this topic are often overlooked in research, with studies focusing on student teachers' experiences or the impact of interventions. We aim to fill this research gap in this study by answering the following research question: How do teacher educators perceive and approach the preparation of student teachers for culturally diverse classrooms? By investigating how TEs conceptualise and enact diversity-related teaching, we deepen our understanding of their positionalities within rapidly changing sociocultural and institutional contexts. Importantly, this research highlights that effective preparation of student teachers for cultural diversity cannot be understood as an individual pedagogic endeavour but as situated within institutional structures. As such, this study offers relevant insights for TEs, faculties, and policy makers seeking to develop legislation, curricula, and support structures. Finland, which despite a rich multicultural history has only relatively recently seen international immigration on a larger scale, has long been lauded in Europe for it's education system. However, despite Finland maintaining good results in PISA, it also has the highest disparity in academic outcomes between students with and without an immigration background in Europe (e.g., Pulkkinen et al., 2024). This underlines the importance of preparing student teachers for cultural diversity, positioning our study in a fast-changing educational landscape requiring of TEs to adapt to new needs and situations. This study employs reflective thematic analysis to investigate interview data from 20 TEs working in ITE programmes in Finland. We identified four overarching themes relating to the state and scope of student teachers’ preparation for cultural diversity, TEs’ preparedness to address these topics, and how discomfort can be used to challenge beliefs and initiate development. TEs expressed the need for more institutional support for professional development and peer-collaboration to navigate knowledge gaps and sociopolitical challenges. Furthermore, TEs highlighted the need for more practical teaching experiences in culturally diverse contexts in ITE. As changing demographic and cultural contexts remain an European-wide phenomenon, our findings offer valuable insights into the often overlooked TE perspectives and approaches, as well as the challenges and opportunities when developing ITE to meet the needs of this new educational landscape. It offers insights and suggestions for TEs, faculties, and universities in Europe and beyond. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a qualitative study employing reflexive thematic analysis on data collected from 20 participants working as TEs at Finnish universities (September-October 2025). The semi-structured interviews were conducted in English using video conferencing systems. Data was later analysed using Atlas.ti software, following the suggestions of Braun and Clarke (2006;2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to the international academic discourse on how student teachers can more effectively supported for increasingly diverse and complex teaching environments. While the need to prepare student teachers for culturally diverse teaching environments has become clear in recent years, TE have to facilitate this preparation through their teaching in ITE programmes. However, this task can become challenging when TEs themselves feel un(der)prepared to provide adequate teaching. Recognising that TEs are learners themselves and rely on varying knowledge of and confidence in the topic of intercultural education, the findings of this study underline that student teachers’ preparation for cultural diversity is not only a pedagogical challenge, but an institutional one. Without deliberate institutional structures that foster TEs’ professional development and opens meaningful spaces for collaboration, efforts to prepare student teachers for culturally diverse classrooms remain fragmented and dependent on the individual TE. Furthermore, efforts of including intercultural experiences and structured discussions show that TEs are reflective of current political challenges as well as the shortcomings of their respective ITE programmes. However, they are often limited in their efforts through legislation and institutional barriers. Addressing these constraints is therefore essential to ensure that both TEs and student teachers have the support they need to develop the knowledge and confidence required to teach for, in, and about culturally diverse contexts. (TE = Teacher educators; ITE = Initial teacher education) References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2024). Supporting best practice in reflexive thematic analysis reporting in palliative medicine: A review of published research and introduction to the reflexive thematic analysis reporting guidelines (RTARG). Palliative Medicine, 38(6), https://doi.org/10.1177/02692163241234800 Deardorff, D. K. (2009). Implementing intercultural competence assessment. The SAGE handbook of intercultural competence. D. K. Deardorff (eds.), SAGE Publications, Inc., pp. 477-491. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781071872987.n28 Dervin, F., & Hahl, K. (2014). Developing a Portfolio of Intercultural Competences in Teacher Education: The Case of a Finnish International Programme. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 59(1), 95–109. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2014.904413 Hahl, K., & Löfström, E. (2016). Conceptualizing interculturality in multicultural teacher education. Journal of Multicultural Discourses, 11(3), 300–314. https://doi.org/10.1080/17447143.2015.1134544 Metsäpelto, R.-L., Warinowski, A., Poikkeus, A.-M., & Mikkilä-Erdmann, M. (2024). Fostering Coherence in Finnish Teacher Education: The MAP Model. In G. Doetjes, V. Domovic, M. Mikkilä-Erdmann, & K. Zaki (Eds.), Coherence in European Teacher Education: Theoretical Models, Empirical Studies, Instructional Approaches (pp. 189-210). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-43721-3_11 Pulkkinen, J., Kauppinen, H., Hiltunen, J., Lehtola, P., Nissinen, K., & Rautopuro, J. (2024). Tukea tasa-arvoiselle koulutielle : maahanmuuttajataustaisten nuorten osaaminen PISA 2022 –tutkimuksessa (Support for an equal educational path: The competence of young people with an immigration background in the PISA 2022 survey). Jyväskykän Yliopisto. https://doi.org/10.17011/ktl-t/39 Rapanta, C., Trovão, S. (2021). Intercultural Education for the Twenty-First Century: A Comparative Review of Research. In: Maine, F., Vrikki, M. (eds) Dialogue for Intercultural Understanding. Springer, Cham, pp. 9-26. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-71778-0_2 Romijn, B. R., Slot, P. L., Leseman, P. P.M., & Pagani, V. (2020). Teachers’ self-efficacy and intercultural classroom practices in diverse classroom contexts: A cross-national comparison. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 79, 58-70. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2020.08.001 04. Inclusive Education
Paper What Kinds of Pupils Do Teachers Wish to Teach? University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:One of the aims of inclusive education is to bring diverse groups of pupils together within common learning communities. Although inclusive education is often discussed within the framework of special education, broader ethical and philosophical perspectives highlight that inclusion also concerns social categories such as social class, gender, and ethnic background (Tomlinson, 2017; Huilla et al., 2024). Educating all kinds of pupils under the same roof compels some schools and teachers to adapt their pedagogical practices and may require fundamental changes in how teachers understand their work and professional responsibilities (ibid). Against this backdrop, I ask: how teachers describe their ideal study group? Theoretically, I draw on the Bourdieusian tradition and analyse the classed and normative dimensions that shape Finnish teachers’ preferences. Howard Becker’s (1952) classical study showed that teachers held strong, shared notions of an ideal pupil—one who behaved properly and possessed adequate academic skills. Such pupils were easier to teach and enabled teachers to succeed, whereas pupils from lower social positions posed more challenges. The ideal also carried strong moral judgments regarding both pupils and their parents. In another influential study, Merrilee K. Finley (1984) demonstrated that when ability grouping was introduced, teachers actively competed to teach higher-track groups. Less experienced or part-time teachers were assigned to lower tracks, typically composed of pupils struggling with academic demands. Later large-scale American quantitative studies similarly show an unequal distribution of teachers across schools: more experienced and qualified teachers tend to apply to advantaged schools located in well-off neighbourhoods (Goldhaber et al., 2015). European discussions on inclusive education show similar dynamics (Lindner et al., 2023; Huilla et al., 2024). It is not trivial for teachers who the pupils they teach are. Teachers have preferences. In Finland, subject teachers consider heterogeneous groups the most challenging teaching environments. Diversity in pupils’ backgrounds and academic readiness is perceived as a greater challenge than class size or pupils’ motivation (Kärnä & Rautopuro, 2013). In other words, teachers often prefer homogeneous groups. The Finnish education system carries implicit expectations grounded in a white middle-class norm. While some teachers overlook classed dynamics, others express a willingness to work with more disadvantaged groups (Huilla et al., under review). These preferences shape where teachers choose to work, which neighbourhoods they consider attractive, and what types of classes they want to teach (see also Keane et al., 2023). Teachers’ descriptions and expectations have real life consequences. Studies across various European contexts indicate that teachers perceive and treat pupils differently depending on their backgrounds (Stevens & Vermeersch, 2010; Tarabini et al., 2022; Kneppers, 2023). The characteristics attributed to pupils often contain underlying classed elements, even when framed as psychological. Discourses of ‘ability,’ ‘skills,’ or ‘talent’ obscure the social conditions through which these qualities develop. Social class, ethnic minority status, and gender easily fade from view in school cultures dominated by psychological explanations. From a Bourdieusian perspective (Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990; Bourdieu, 1986), this constitutes symbolic violence: when pupils’ social realities and families’ capitals are not recognised, schools may inadvertently reproduce social positions. Inclusive education can therefore be seen as a way to counter symbolic violence. Its central ideal—seeing all pupils as equally valued and prestigious regardless of background or academic readiness—challenges the white middle-class norm embedded in European education systems (e.g. Tarabini et al., 2022; Kneppers, 2023). To summarize, the aim of this study is to critically analyze how teachers describe their ideal study group and what kinds of normative and classed assumptions these descriptions shape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data of this study consist of 433 written responses from teachers in various positions across Finland to the question: “How would you describe your ideal study group?”. The responses were collected in 2022 as part of two large research projects examining teacher segregation—i.e., the potentially uneven distribution of qualified and long-term teachers across different types of areas (rural–urban; disadvantaged–advantaged) at the university of Eastern Finland. The respondents were working as class, subject and special education teachers with pupils between 6 and 19 years of age. In total, the nationally representative survey was answered by almost 3000 teachers out of which 433 answered the question analyzed for this study. I analyze the open-ended answers to the ideal study group question and critically examine the kinds of pupils teachers wish to teach. Methodologically, I utilize and adapt Foucauldian discourse analysis (Foucault, 2022). My aim is to identify and interpret the normative assumptions embedded in the responses and to examine how the idea of an ideal teaching group (and by extension, the ideal pupil) is constructed. In principle, it is a question of who is imagined as fitting into a classroom, and who is implicitly or explicitly positioned as not fitting. This approach enables me to reveal how teachers’ preferences reflect broader social norms and classed expectations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings An initial reading of the data reveals a strong ideal of middle class parenting in the responses. Teachers frequently describe parents who are able and willing to cooperate and who support their children’s schooling. Through a Bourdieusian lens, teachers express a desire for parents possessing forms of cultural capital that align with school expectations. The ideal teaching group is often constructed as one without pupils with special educational needs or behavioural challenges. Although class size and adequate resources are considered crucial, teachers also describe an ideal pupil as academically capable, respectful, and well behaved - traits aligned with middle class cultural capital. This raises a critical question: Does the school expect something from pupils and parents that it does not itself provide? Some responses were surprisingly conservative, which is important to acknowledge when implementing inclusive principles. The findings suggest that some teachers do not see teaching diverse groups as part of their professional role, which has implications for inequalities in the distribution of educational opportunities, both in Finland and in broader European contexts. References Becker, Howard S. (1952). Social-Class Variations in the Teacher-Pupil Relationship. The Journal of Educational Sociology 25(8), 451–465. Bourdieu, Pierre (1986). The Forms of Capital. Teoksessa Stephen J. Ball (toim.): The RoutledgeFalmer Reader in Sociology of Education. London: Taylor & Francis, 15–29. Bourdieu, Pierre & Passeron, Jean Claude (1990). Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture. London: Sage. Finley, Merrilee K. (1984). Teachers and tracking in a comprehensive high school. Sociology of Education, 233–243. Foucault, Michel (2022). Archaeology of Knowledge. Routledge. Goldhaber, Dan, Lesley Lavery & Roddy Theobald (2019). Uneven Playing Field? Assessing the Teacher Quality Gap Between Advantaged and Disadvantaged Students. Educational Researcher 44(5), 293–307. Huilla, H., Lay, E. & Tzaninis, Y. 2024. Tensions between diverse classrooms and inclusive educational practices: Pedagogues’ perspectives in Iceland, Finland and the Netherlands. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 54(1), 1–17. Huilla, Heidi, Kosunen, Sonja & Juvonen, Sara (under review). Social Class in the Class: Teachers’ Class Ignorance, Awareness and Consciousness. Keane, Elaine, Manuela Heinz & Andrea Lynch (2018). ‘Working-class’ student teachers: Not being encouraged at school and impact on motivation to become a teacher. Education Research and Perspectives 45, 67–92. Kneppers, Anneke M. A. (2023). Pedagogic practices and learner identities in two Norwegian primary school classrooms with contrasting social compositions. British Journal of Sociology of Education 44(1), 60–77. Kärnä, Pirkko & Rautopuro, Juhani (2013). Mitä oppimistulosten taustalla? Teoksessa Räisänen, A. (toim.): Oppimisen arvioinnin kontekstit ja käytännöt. Koulutuksen seurantaraportit 2013:3. Opetushallitus. Lindner, K.-T., Schwab, S., Emara, M. & Avramidis, E. (2023). Do teachers favor the inclusion of all students? A systematic review of primary schoolteachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education 38(6), 766–787. Stevens, Peter A. J. & Vermeersch, Hans (2010). Streaming in Flemish secondary schools: exploring teachers’ perceptions of and adaptations to students in different streams. Oxford Review of Education 36(3), 267–284. Tarabini, Aina, Marta Curran & Alba Castejón (2022). Ability as legitimation of tracking: Teachers' representations of students in vocational and academic tracks. British Educational Research Journal 48, 1049–1064. Tomlinson, S. (2017). A Sociology of Special and Inclusive Education: Exploring the Manufacture of Inability. London: Routledge. Van Houtte, Mieke, Demanet, J. & Stevens, Peter. A. J. (2012). Self-esteem of academic and vocational students: Does within school tracking sharpen the difference? Acta Sociologica 55, 73–89. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teachers’ Perceptions of Underachievement among Academically Gifted Students at one School in Abai Region Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Introduction and Problem Statement Recently, the role of education in the Republic of Kazakhstan has been strengthened due to growing global competition. Consequently, the government has focused on supporting gifted and talented youth through the establishment of Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools and the "Daryn" center (MES RK, 2010). However, despite this focus on giftedness, the specific phenomenon of underachievement among gifted students remains perplexing and has not been widely investigated within the Kazakhstani context (Vostrokolenkova, 2007). Often, students labeled as gifted demonstrate low academic performance and may drop out (Reis & McCoach, 2000). The main problem is grounded in the variety of definitions of underachievement, which complicates identification (Baum, Renzulli & Hebert, 1995). In Kazakhstan, teachers may misunderstand the notion of underachievement due to a lack of specific knowledge, leading to inappropriate educational support. While one school in the East Kazakhstan Region has extensive experience working with gifted students, the issue of underachievement specifically has not been studied there. International research highlights the necessity of considering cultural features and school values when defining underachievement (Gallagher, 2005). Purpose and Research Questions The purpose of this study is to explore teachers’ understanding and perceptions of the phenomenon of underachievement among academically gifted students, and their beliefs regarding how these issues can be improved in one school in the East Kazakhstan Region. The research questions are:
Theoretical Framework This study applies Social Constructivism as the epistemological lens. This paradigm allows for examining participants’ daily experiences, personal viewpoints, and attitudes in the local context (Creswell, 2012). As knowledge is constructed through interaction, the meaning of gifted underachievement in this study is explored based on teachers’ responses and the specific school culture. Literature Review Summary Literature indicates that while there is no universal definition, underachievement is often viewed as a discrepancy between potential and performance (Siegle & McCoach, 2010). Factors influencing this include individual aspects like self-efficacy and motivation (McCoach & Siegle, 2003a), family dynamics, and school-related factors such as curriculum suitability and teacher attitudes (Reis & McCoach, 2000). Strategies for reversal often involve collaboration among stakeholders and curriculum modification (Rimm, 1997; Renzulli & Renzulli, 2010). Significance There is a dearth of studies in Kazakhstan focused on this phenomenon. This research contributes to evaluating teachers’ awareness, which may lead to better identification and support for gifted underachievers (Moltzen, 2004). The findings may assist school administrators and policymakers in developing professional development programs and intervention plans to prevent the loss of student potential. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design A qualitative case study design was selected to investigate teachers' perceptions of underachievement. This methodology allows for a deep exploration of the phenomenon within a real-life context, enabling the researcher to develop a holistic picture of the issue at a specific educational site (Creswell, 2012; Yin, 2009). This approach provides the opportunity to analyze the participants' experiences and beliefs regarding gifted underachievers in depth. Site and Sample The research site is a specialized school for gifted students in the East Kazakhstan Region, selected for its decade-long experience with the target population. Purposeful sampling was utilized to recruit "information-rich" participants (Patton, 1990). The sample consisted of 11 teachers from various subject areas (including Math, English, Science, and Humanities). Eligibility criteria required at least five years of experience teaching gifted students. The participants ranged in age from 30 to 59, with an average of 10 years of experience working with gifted students. Instruments and Data Collection Data was collected using semi-structured one-to-one interviews. The instrument included 11 open-ended questions designed to address the research questions and prompt critical reflection on teaching practices. A pilot interview was conducted to ensure the clarity and accuracy of the questions. Upon receiving ethical approval and permission from the school principal, interviews were arranged in a private setting at the school. All participants signed consent forms and chose to conduct the interviews in Russian. The sessions lasted approximately 25-30 minutes and were audio-recorded to ensure accuracy. Data Analysis Audio recordings were transcribed and checked for accuracy. Thematic analysis was chosen to interpret the perceptions and experiences of the teachers (Saldaña, 2015). The data was coded manually using a three-column organization method (Creswell, 2012), resulting in the identification of categories and themes related to teachers’ understanding, attitudes, and strategies. Transcripts were analyzed in the original language to avoid misinterpretation before findings were translated into English. Ethical Considerations Ethical standards were strictly followed to protect participants' rights (Creswell, 2014). Participation was voluntary, and confidentiality was ensured through the anonymization of names and secure data storage. Participants were assured that the research would not affect their employment and that data would be used solely for the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings The study reveals that while the school lacks a formal, unified definition of underachievement, teachers share a common understanding of the phenomenon as a discrepancy between high intellectual potential and low academic performance. Identification of these students relies predominantly on subjective teacher observation rather than standardized, multidimensional tools. Participants identified three categories of factors contributing to underachievement: Individual: Lack of intrinsic motivation, poor self-regulation, and ineffective goal orientation. School-related: An overloaded curriculum with limited subject choice, inconsistent differentiation in instruction, and challenging peer relationships. Family-related: Inconsistent parental involvement (ranging from pressure to neglect) and family instability. Significantly, the majority of teachers demonstrate positive, sympathetic attitudes toward gifted underachievers, acknowledging the systemic barriers they face. However, a critical gap exists in practical application; while teachers utilize differentiation and individual mentoring, they lack knowledge of comprehensive intervention models or international strategies to reverse underachievement. Expected Outcomes and Implications This research highlights the urgent need for professional development to equip teachers with specific pedagogical strategies for gifted underachievers. The findings suggest that the school must establish a clear policy including a unified definition and objective identification protocols. Furthermore, curriculum modifications allowing for greater student autonomy and subject choice are recommended to enhance motivation. As the first study of its kind in the Kazakhstani context, these results provide a baseline for local policy-makers to improve the educational environment for the gifted population, ensuring their potential is recognized and nurtured rather than lost. References Baum, S. M., Renzulli, J. S., & Hébert, T. P. (1995). Reversing underachievement: Creative productivity as a systematic intervention. Gifted Child Quarterly, 39(4), 224-235. Creswell, J. W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Pearson. Gallagher, J. J. (2005). Teaching the gifted child (4th ed.). Allyn & Bacon. McCoach, D. B., & Siegle, D. (2003a). Factors that differentiate underachieving gifted students from high-achieving gifted students. Gifted Child Quarterly, 47(2), 144-154. MES RK. (2010). State Program for Education Development in the Republic of Kazakhstan for 2011-2020. Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Kazakhstan. Moltzen, R. (2004). Underachievement. In D. McAlpine & R. Moltzen (Eds.), Gifted and talented: New Zealand perspectives. ERDC Press. Reis, S. M., & McCoach, D. B. (2000). The underachievement of gifted students: What do we know and where do we go? Gifted Child Quarterly, 44(3), 152-170. Renzulli, J. S., & Renzulli, S. J. (2010). The schoolwide enrichment model: A focus on student strengths and interests. Gifted Education International, 26(2-3), 140-157. Rimm, S. B. (1997). An underachievement epidemic. Educational Leadership, 54(7), 18-22. Siegle, D., & McCoach, D. B. (2010). Underachievement. In The handbook of gifted education. Vostrokolenkova, O. (2007). Psychological features of underachievement among gifted teenagers. (Unpublished dissertation). 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Assessing the Inclusive Stance of (Prospective) Teachers – Design and Validation of a Measurement Instrument 1: University of Münster, Germany; 2: University of Bielefeld, Germany Presenting Author:According to the OECD (2023), addressing heterogeneity within inclusive education constitutes a central task of schools. Inclusion is a multifaceted concept that extends beyond the joint teaching of students with and without disabilities to encompass further dimensions of heterogeneity, such as gender, migration background, and individual talents (OECD, 2023; UNESCO, 2024). Consequently, a wide range of partly contradictory definitions of school inclusion coexist in the literature (e.g., Göransson & Nilholm, 2014; Grosche, 2015). Across these approaches, three core elements emerge as particularly relevant for the present study: diversity, understood as the appreciation of heterogeneous learning groups; individuality, referring to the consideration and valuation of individual characteristics and needs; and community, defined as unconditional participation and belonging within a social collective. Teachers are frequently attributed a key role in the implementation of inclusive education. However, empirical findings regarding the relevance of teachers’ orientations toward inclusion remain inconsistent. While some studies highlight the importance of teachers’ attitudes toward inclusion (e.g., Heyder et al., 2020; Lenkeit et al., 2024), other studies fail to confirm such associations (e.g., Garrote et al., 2020). Two issues are particularly relevant when interpreting these findings. First, previous research has predominantly focused on attitudes toward inclusive schooling (Lüke et al., 2021), rather than on a broader inclusive stance. Although the terms attitude and stance are often used interchangeably (Collins Dictionary, n.d.), they differ conceptually. Attitudes refer to evaluations of a specific object (Eagly & Chaiken, 1993), whereas a stance denotes a broader, value-based orientation that guides perception and judgment across situations (Kurbacher, 2008). While attitudes are primarily affective, a stance is more cognitive in nature and involves conscious reflection on moral, ethical, and cultural values, which is fundamental to taking responsibility (Kurbacher, 2008). Second, many existing instruments conceptualize inclusion narrowly as the joint teaching of students with and without special educational needs. This approach risks neglecting broader dimensions of heterogeneity emphasized by the OECD (2023) and UNESCO (2024). To address this research gap, the present study aims to develop and validate a new measurement instrument assessing (pre-service) teachers’ inclusive stance based on a broad understanding of inclusion. Building on the discourse on inclusion and Kurbacher’s (2008) conceptualization of stance, an inclusive stance is defined as the conscious recognition of diversity, individuality, and community as values that guide teachers’ role understanding and behavior. Kurbacher (2008) argues that holding certain values does not necessarily result in corresponding behavior. This assumption provides the rationale for analytically distinguishing between value orientation and role understanding (as a prerequisite for action) in the operationalization of inclusive stance. Accordingly, the developed instrument operationalizes inclusive stance along three dimensions (diversity, individuality, community), each assessed from two perspectives: value orientation and role understanding. Against this background, the study addresses the following research questions: 1. Can the theoretically assumed factor structure of the inclusive stance instrument be empirically confirmed? To what extent is inclusive stance expressed in this study? 2. To what extent is there a relationship between a teacher's value orientation and their understanding of their role? Furthermore, a teacher’s inclusive stance can be assumed to be related to their conviction regarding inclusive learning settings. Teachers who value heterogeneous learning groups, individual student characteristics, and unrestricted participation in a community, and who feel responsible for these aspects, are more likely to view inclusive learning settings as desirable. This results in the third research question, which is also used to validate the instrument. 3. Is an inclusive stance positively associated with attitudes toward an inclusive school system? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were collected at German universities in North Rhine-Westphalia using an online questionnaire administered between October and December 2025. Faculty members teaching compulsory courses were asked to distribute the survey during class or to allow the project team to do so. Alternatively, the questionnaire was distributed via email. The final sample comprised 338 pre-service teacher education students. Of these, 27.5% were enrolled in bachelor’s programs, 62.7% in master’s programs, and 9.8% in a second master’s program with a focus on integrated special education. The mean age was 23.87 years (SD = 3.08); 74.6% identified as female and 0.9% as diverse. For the instrument for measuring the inclusive stance 21 Items were newly developed, evenly covering the three content-related facets (diversity, individuality, community) and referring to teachers’ value orientation and role understanding. Accordingly, the newly developed instrument consists of six subscales: the three value orientation subscales each comprise three items, whereas the three role understanding subscales each comprise four items. Responses were recorded on a four-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 4 (strongly agree). Attitudes toward an inclusive school system were assessed using the PREIS short scale (Lüke & Grosche, 2020; α = .86). To examine the factorial structure of the new instrument, a confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was conducted in R (version 4.5.1) using the lavaan package (Rosseel, 2012). Items were specified to load on the three latent factors, while value and role understanding were modeled as bifactors. As Mardia’s test indicated violations of multivariate normality, robust maximum likelihood estimation (MLR) was applied. Convergent validity was examined using Spearman correlations with the PREIS short scale. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the confirmatory factor analysis indicate a good model fit (RMSEA = 0.034; SRMR = 0.040; CFI = 0.975) and satisfactory internal consistencies for all three subscales (αDiversity = .84; αIndividuality = .78; αCommunity = .76). These findings support the theoretically derived three-factor/bifactor structure of the newly developed measurement instrument, confirming its factorial validity. Furthermore, strong and significant correlations were found between pre-service teachers’ value orientations and their role understanding (Diversity: r = .59, p < .01; Individuality: r = .59, p < .01; Community: r = .40, p < .01), highlighting the close interrelation between values and professional role conceptions within an inclusive stance. In addition, inclusive stance was mod-erately to strongly associated with attitudes toward an inclusive school system (Diversity: Spearman’s ρ = .60, p < .001; Individuality: Spearman’s ρ = .30, p < .001; Community: Spearman’s ρ = .34, p < .001). Pre-service teachers reporting a more pronounced inclusive stance also tended to demonstrate more positive attitudes toward inclusive schooling. Overall, the sample exhibited a predominantly positive inclusive stance (M = 3.66; SD = 0.32). This may be partially explained by sample characteristics: most participants reported prior experience with heterogeneous learning groups (90.5%), with more than half describing these experiences as good to very good (58.8%). It could be assumed that contextual factors, such as the educational setting, type of teaching experience, and the quality of prior encounters with heterogeneity, may influence the development of an inclusive stance. Future research should therefore examine contextual factors that foster the development of an inclusive stance. In the long term, the validated measurement instrument may support teacher education by facilitating the systematic reflection on values and role understanding related to inclusive education. The potential applications and limitations of the instrument will be discussed in the presentation. References Collins Dictionary. (n.d.). Synonyms of 'attitude' in British English. Retrieved October 28, 2025, from https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english-thesaurus/attitude#attitude__1 Eagly, A. H., & Chaiken, S. (1993). The psychology of attitudes. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Garrote, A., Felder, F., Krähenmann, H., Schnepel, S., Sermier Dessemontet, R., & Moser Opitz, E. (2020). Social Acceptance in Inclusive Classrooms: The Role of Teacher Attitudes Toward Inclusion and Classroom Management. Frontiers in Education, 5, https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.582873 Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings – a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 265–280. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.933545 Grosche, M. (2015). Was ist Inklusion? Ein Diskussions- und Positionsartikel zur Definition von Inklusion aus Sicht der empirischen Bildungsforschung. In P. Kuhl, P. Stanat, B. Lütje-Klose, C. Gresch, H. Pant & M. Prenzel (Ed.), Inklusion von Schülerinnen und Schülern mit sonderpädagogischem Förderbedarf in Schulleistungserhebungen (pp. 17–39). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-06604-8_1 Heyder, A., Südkamp, A., & Steinmayr, R. (2020). How are teachers' attitudes toward inclusion related to the social-emotional school experiences of students with and without special educational needs? Learning and Individual Differences, 77. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2019.101776 Kurbacher, F. A. (2008). Was ist Haltung? Überlegungen zu einer Theorie von Haltung im Hinblick auf Interindividualität. https://www.dgphil2008.de/fileadmin/download/Sektionsbeitraege/03-2_Kurbacher.pdf Lenkeit, J., Bosse, S., Knigge, M., Hartmann, A., Ehlert, A., & Spörer, N. (2024). Social referencing processes in inclusive classrooms — Relationships between teachers' attitudes, students' attitudes, social integration and classroom climate. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 24(4), 1190–1205. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12703 Lüke, T., & Grosche, M. (2020). Kurzskala zur Messung von Einstellungen zum Inklusiven Schulsystem (PREIS-K). https://doi.org/10.17605/OSF.IO/DNVZT Lüke, T., Przibilla, B., Steiner, T. M., Patzelt, M. & Krämer, P. (2021). Instrumente zur Messung von Einstellungen zu Inklusion. https://doi.org/10.17605/OSF.IO/GKRJS OECD. (2023). Equity and Inclusion in Education: Finding strength through diversity. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2023/01/equity-and-inclusion-in-education_e8cfc768/e9072e21-en.pdf Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v048.i02 UNESCO. (2024). Leadership in education: Lead for learning. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000391406/PDF/391406eng.pdf.multi.page=226 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 04 SES 10 E: Designing and Evaluating Inclusive Teaching Interventions Location: Kahveri | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Selin S. Oeksuez Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Enhancing Lesson Engagement for Newly Arrived Students Through a Co‑Teaching Intervention University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Internationally, many countries continue to face challenges in ensuring inclusive school environments that support the engagement and educational success of newly arrived migrant students (OECD, 2019; Schachner et al., 2018). Early support in learning the language of instruction can improve learning outcomes and well-being; however, teachers feel they lack the necessary professional skills to support migrant students (Alisaari et al., 2022; Volknant & Licandro, 2024), or only seldom utilize co-teaching to develop this expertise (Taajamo et al., 2025; OECD, 2025). In culturally and linguistically diverse classrooms, versatile instruction and collaboration among teachers with varied professional backgrounds can enhance teaching effectiveness (Dooly & Llompart Esbert, 2025; Sing & Jeannin, 2018). Although co-teaching approaches have been commonly applied to teaching students with special needs (see e.g. Friend & Cook, 1993; Barron & Friend, 2024), their potential to support the engagement of newly arrived students remains largely unexplored. As robust experimental designs are still needed to examine co-teaching’s impact (see De Weerdt et al., 2025), in this presentation, a co-teaching intervention is carried out to examine co-teaching's effectiveness in supporting newly arrived students’ lesson engagement. With increasing migration, newly arrived students face additional educational transitions, such as changing school levels or programs, which are critical points for student engagement and well-being (Singh et al., 2022). For migrant students, transitions propose simultaneous challenges with both building new social networks and learning the increasingly complex language of schooling. In Finland, these transition processes are particularly salient as a growing number of migrant students enter the education system through preparatory education (prep-ed) (Vipunen, 2025). In prep-ed, new arrival youth focus on learning the language of instruction during their first academic year, and from there, they gradually transition to lower secondary school (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2015). Supporting this transition requires providing lower secondary level subject teachers with resources for linguistically and culturally inclusive pedagogy. This support is essential for promoting positive engagement as they invite newly arrived students into their classrooms. Students’ engagement at school emerges gradually, from one lesson to the next. Lesson engagement highlights a distinct contextual dimension of student engagement by capturing how engaged students are in specific learning situations (Pöysä, 2020). Similarly to the overall student engagement, lesson engagement can also be seen as a tripartite construct with affective, behavioral and cognitive aspects of engagement (see Appleton et al., 2008; Fredricks et al., 2004). Considering the highly malleable nature of lesson engagement, teacher collaboration has the potential to increase teaching efficacy (Sasson & Malkinson, 2021; Satterlee Vizenor & Matuska, 2018) thereby fostering increased lesson engagement among new arrivals. Previously, the lesson engagement of mainstream students has been connected to the subject being studied (e.g., Vasalampi et al., 2021), time of lesson (e.g. Martin et al., 2015), types of learning activities (Heemskerk & Malmberg, 2020), teachers’ emotions (Pöysä et al., 2025), classroom organization (Pöysä et al., 2019), and emotional support from teachers (Pöysä et al., 2018; Pöysä et al. 2019). Against this backdrop, co-teaching offers a promising instructional structure through which teachers can enhance these dimensions of instruction, yet its potential for supporting newly arrived students’ lesson engagement has remained unexplored. To address this gap, the present study conducts a co‑teaching intervention in which prep‑ed and subject teachers collaborate to deliver high‑quality instruction for newly arrived students. The study is guided by the following research question: How does students’ affective, cognitive, and behavioral lesson engagement vary by teachers’ quality of collaboration during lessons? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study implements a quasi-experimental design, where a co-teaching intervention is carried out for lower-secondary level prep-ed and subject teachers from autumn 2025 to early spring 2026. First, subject teachers participate in a 2-hour research-based (e.g. Teemant, 2018) workshop focusing on co-teaching and providing high-quality instruction for culturally and linguistically diverse students led by the researchers. As the intervention period begins, one group of approximately 20 newly arrived 12–16-year-old students attend both regular (control) and co-taught (treatment) lessons. Students report their lesson engagement immediately after each lesson with the InSitu-instrument (Vasalampi et al., 2016). Answers to the questions are given on a four-point scale from not at all to very much. During the same lessons, researchers observe the teachers’ collaboration. Furthermore, information on students’ demographics, and teacher reports on student school absences and school readiness are gathered with a separate questionnaire. Translations of all the surveys will be provided to ensure participants’ understanding. Co-teaching practices are observed utilizing an adapted version of Rogers’ (2016) Classroom observation instrument for implementation of co-teaching practices (CTOI). The instrument’s conceptualization of co-teaching includes four dimensions: classroom interaction, classroom management, instructional strategies, and instructional roles. These dimensions have been reducted to include five observable items in each sub-category with a rating scale from 0–5. At least 20 percent of the lessons will be rated by two researchers who have been trained in the use of the instrument and who have independently demonstrated an adequate level of inter-rater agreement. These ratings will be applied in the analysis to account for the prep-ed and subject teachers’ quality of collaboration. For the analysis, Multilevel Latent Growth Curve Model (Muthén, 1997) is implemented to examine changes in lesson engagement over time. First, confirmatory factor analysis is applied for assessing the InSitu-survey’s accuracy within this sample. Then, the latent growth components, intercept and slope, are specified at level 2 to represent between-student differences in initial lesson engagement and rates of change. At level 1, between lessons, the quality of collaboration is included as a continuous time-varying predictor to assess experimental effects. Student background variables are incorporated as covariates to control for level 2 individual differences. With covariates of student background information accounted for, initial rates of lesson engagement and change based on the quality of teacher collaboration can be determined. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis of student background information suggests the participants’ mean age of 14.33 years (SD=0.77). The group of students differ highly on their schooling history with the mean of 6.06 years and standard deviation of 3.24 years, but their teacher’s assessment of school readiness mean of 2.33 out of 4 (SD=0.84) indicates relatively satisfactory academic abilities. Regarding transitioning to lower secondary school, this group of students enter lessons taught by subject teachers with varying prior educational opportunities and knowledge. Descriptive analysis of preliminary level 2 data from 21 measure points, from two separate co-taught (but not rated) lessons, suggests relatively high lesson engagement in all three sub-categories. High affective (M=3.76, SD=0.92) and especially behavioural (M=3.90, SD=0.92) lesson engagement indicate students finding the lessons enjoyable and putting effort into fulfilling teachers’ behavioural expectations. Cognitive lesson engagement values (M=3.45, SD=0.89) indicate more difficulties with students being well-prepared for the lessons or working persistently to achieve learning goals. The three level 2 lesson engagement variables showed strong associations with one another (r=.62–.84). These tentative results illustrate the need to focus on individualized instructional support during the co-teaching intervention. The results of this study will allow for determining the effects of co-teaching on newly arrived students’ lesson engagement. These results can be utilized when planning support for the transition phase, as lower cognitive engagement underscores the need for scaffolding to build academic readiness and sustained effort. With the information from lesson observations, best practices for co-teaching new arrivals can be described. Taken together, these results provide emerging evidence on how co-teaching structures can enhance lesson engagement and equity during educational transitions. Analyzing the full dataset will enable us to more accurately trace engagement patterns over time and determine which instructional approaches most effectively promote new arrivals’ lesson engagement. References Appleton, J. J., Christenson, S. L., & Furlong, M. J. (2008). Student engagement with school: Critical conceptual and methodological issues of the construct. Psychology in the Schools, 45(5), 369–386. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.20303 Barron, T., & Friend, M. (2024). Co-Teaching: Are We There Yet? Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 35(2), 193–218. https://doi.org/10.1080/10474412.2024.2422895 De Weerdt, D., Simons, M., Struyf, E., & Tack, H. (2025). Studying the Effectiveness of Team Teaching: A Systematic Review on the Conceptual and Methodological Credibility of Experimental Studies. Review of educational research, 95(5), 1053-1098. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543241262807 Dooly, M., & Llompart Esbert, J. (2025). ‘I have felt happiness’. A detailed look at co-teacher development for plurilingual and inclusive teaching and learning. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2025.2529549 Muthén, B. (1997). 10. Latent variable modeling of longitudinal and multilevel data. Sociological methodology, 27(1), 453–480. OECD (2025). Results from TALIS 2024: The state of teaching. TALIS, OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/90df6235-en Pöysä, S. (2020). Students' lesson engagement in lower secondary school: Association with overall engagement and contextual factors (Doctoral dissertation, University of Jyväskylä). JYX Digital Archive. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-39-8382-6 Rogers, A. (2016). Development and validation of a classroom observation instrument for implementation of co-teaching practices (Doctoral dissertation, Liberty University). Liberty University DigitalCommons. https://digitalcommons.liberty.edu/doctoral/1221 Satterlee Vizenor, A., & Matuska, J. (2018). Actualizing characteristics of successful schools for young adolescents through co-teaching. Middle school journal, 49(3), 17-25. https://doi.org/10.1080/00940771.2018.1439666 Schachner, M. K., Juang, L., Moffitt, U., & van de Vijver, F. J. R. (2018). Schools as Acculturative and Developmental Contexts for Youth of Immigrant and Refugee Background. European psychologist, 23(1), 44–56. https://doi.org/10.1027/1016-9040/a000312 Singh, S. S., Proyer, M. & Jovanović, O. (2022). Perspectives on Transitions in Refugee Education: Ruptures, Passages, and Re-Orientations. Verlag Barbara Budrich. Teemant, A. (2018). Sociocultural Theory as Everyday Practice: The Challenge of K-12 Teacher Preparation for Multilingual and Multicultural Learners. In J. Lantolf, M. Poehner & M. Swain (Eds.), The Routledge Handbook of Sociocultural Theory and Second Language Development (pp. 529−550). New York: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315624747-33 Vasalampi, K., Muotka, J., Pöysä, S., Lerkkanen, M., Poikkeus, A., & Nurmi, J. (2016). Assessment of students' situation-specific classroom engagement by an InSitu Instrument. Learning and Individual Differences, 52, 46–52. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2016.10.009 Volknant, S., & Licandro, U. (2024). Preparing Teachers for Linguistically Diverse Classrooms—A Systematic Review on Interventions and Intersectional Perspectives. Education Sciences, 14(8), 846. 04. Inclusive Education
Ignite Talk Enhancing Motivation and Self-Esteem of Students with Special Educational Needs in Inclusive Physical Education: A Lesson Study Approach NIS Shymkent, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Inclusive education seeks to ensure equitable learning opportunities for all students, regardless of individual abilities or educational needs. Within inclusive school environments, physical education (PE) plays a key role in promoting physical health, psychosocial wellbeing, social interaction, and positive self-perception. For students with special educational needs (SEN), participation in PE lessons is particularly important, as it supports motor development, emotional stability, and self-confidence. Despite its potential, research and school practice indicate that students with SEN often encounter psychological and physical barriers in PE lessons. Limited motor coordination, reduced endurance, fear of failure, and negative comparison with peers may lead to decreased motivation and low self-esteem. These challenges frequently result in passive participation or avoidance of physical activity, undermining both educational and health-related outcomes. From a health education perspective, there is a need for pedagogical approaches that actively support motivation, wellbeing, and positive self-concept among students with SEN. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative pedagogical design based on the Lesson Study cycle, involving PE teachers and specialists in psychological and pedagogical support. Students with SEN were identified as focus learners. At the lesson planning stage, inclusive PE lessons were collaboratively designed to include differentiated motor tasks, variable levels of difficulty, adapted equipment, and flexible pacing. The primary objective was to ensure active participation and experiences of success for all students. During lesson implementation, systematic observations were conducted to document students’ engagement, initiative, emotional responses, peer interaction, and reactions to success or difficulty. In addition, short semi-structured interviews were carried out with focus students to explore their perceptions of participation, confidence, and attitudes toward PE. The analysis and reflection stage involved collective discussion of observational and interview data. Subsequent lessons were refined based on identified student needs and learning behaviors. The study is grounded in the principles of inclusive education and health education, which emphasize learner-centeredness, equity, individual progress, and psychosocial wellbeing. In the European context, inclusive education is viewed as a systemic approach to removing barriers to participation and promoting meaningful engagement of all learners. Health education highlights the role of schools in fostering health literacy, wellbeing, and sustainable health-related behaviors. Motivation is conceptualized as a key determinant of sustained engagement in physical activity. According to self-determination theory, motivation is strengthened when learners experience autonomy, competence, and relatedness. Students with SEN often face challenges in these areas, making supportive pedagogical strategies essential for promoting intrinsic motivation. Self-esteem is understood as a core component of emotional wellbeing and self-efficacy. In inclusive PE, positive self-perception is closely linked to experiences of success, supportive feedback, and meaningful social interaction. Lesson Study is conceptualized as a form of collaborative professional inquiry that shifts the focus from teaching performance to students’ learning experiences, enabling teachers to make evidence-informed pedagogical decisions aimed at improving motivation and wellbeing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Lesson Study process conducted with Grade 8 students revealed several pedagogical approaches that positively influenced motivation and self-esteem among students with SEN. Differentiation of motor tasks was associated with increased engagement, with approximately 78% of students demonstrating higher activity levels and greater willingness to participate. Supportive feedback emphasizing individual effort and progress contributed to improved emotional climate, with around 72% of students reporting increased confidence and reduced fear of making mistakes. Game-based and team activities fostered social inclusion and a sense of belonging, as approximately 75% of students showed improved peer interaction and initiative. Creating situations of success through recognition of small achievements emerged as a critical factor in strengthening self-esteem. No noticeable change was observed in approximately 3% of students, while others showed partial improvement, indicating the need for continued individualized support. The findings demonstrate that Lesson Study is an effective approach for developing inclusive and health-oriented PE practices. By enabling collaborative reflection on students’ learning experiences, Lesson Study supports the creation of motivational, supportive, and psychologically safe learning environments. From a health education perspective, the study contributes to inclusive PE models that promote wellbeing, self-efficacy, and sustainable engagement in physical activity among students with SEN. References Bailey, R. (2006). Physical education and sport in schools: A review of benefits and outcomes. Journal of School Health, 76(8), 397–401. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1746-1561.2006.00132.x Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01 Dudley, P. (2014). Lesson study: Professional learning for our time. Routledge. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2014). Five key messages for inclusive education. Hattie, J. (2009). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Routledge. OECD. (2019). Trends shaping education. OECD Publishing. World Health Organization. (2017). Promoting health through schools in Europe. WHO Regional Office for Europe. 04. Inclusive Education
Ignite Talk Enhancing Interpersonal Communication and Supporting 7th Grade Students’ Adaptation through Cooperative Learning Methods Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This action research study investigates how cooperative learning strategies support interpersonal communication and social adaptation among newly admitted Grade 7 students. Conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Science and Mathematics in Karatau district of Shymkent, Kazakhstan, this research contributes to broader European and international discussions on student-centred pedagogical practices by demonstrating how cooperative learning strategies can support newly admitted students’ social adaptation and the development of interpersonal relationships. In Kazakhstan, students enter Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools from diverse educational, regional, and socio-cultural backgrounds starting from Grade 7. For many learners, this transition is accompanied by social stress, limited peer interaction, and difficulties in building interpersonal relationships. The formation of students’ interpersonal relationships remains a challenge in contemporary education systems. Although learning is often described as a social process, in practice many students struggle to communicate effectively, particularly when they enter unfamiliar school environments. Social isolation, misunderstandings among peers, feelings of insecurity, and a reluctance to engage in collaborative work are common features of classroom life and frequently contribute to a negative psychological climate and declining learning motivation. When these social dynamics are overlooked, the adaptation process can become a source of stress rather than growth. International research on cooperative learning has demonstrated its effectiveness in developing students’ social skills, interpersonal communication, and ability to work collaboratively. In particular, the works of David W. Johnson and Roger T. Johnson (2009) emphasize cooperative learning as an effective approach that enhances not only academic achievement but also social, personal, and communicative skills. Studies by Slavin (1995) highlight that certain modifications of cooperative learning, which incorporate intergroup competition, can increase students’ engagement and motivation. In contrast, Kagan’s (Kagan, n.d.) structural approach to cooperative learning focuses on helping students perceive one another as equal partners rather than rivals, thereby fostering harmonious interpersonal relationships. Additionally, researchers studying Singapore’s (2014) educational practices conclude that cooperative learning positively influences collaboration, critical thinking, and communication skills. This study addresses the following research question: - Which teaching strategies support students’ learning as equal partners within learning environments grounded in trust and cooperation rather than competition? To address these questions, a qualitative research approach was adopted involving 15 students Grade 7 from 1 class. A Peer Relations Questionnaire collected at the beginning of the academic year indicated that 80% of newly admitted Grade 7 students required psychological and pedagogical support in adapting to the new school environment. This study responds to this challenge by examining whether cooperative learning strategies can reduce social isolation and promote meaningful peer interaction.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Based on these theoretical foundations, cooperative learning strategies appropriate to students’ age characteristics were implemented for 3 months during the first term of the 2025–2026 academic year. In Grade 7C (15 learners), Spencer Kagan’s structure-based Mix-Pair-Share strategy was adapted and applied through an activity titled “Connect the Bridge”. Several modifications were made to the given method, as a result cards were distributed so that one student who did not usually interact with others received a card with a question, while another received a card with the corresponding answer. This intervention was intentionally implemented to promote purposeful interaction, encouraging students to find their “matching pair,” engage in dialogue, and collaboratively complete the task. To find the correct answer to their question, each student approached several classmates and exchanged ideas with them. After finding their matching pair, the students were given a shared task to complete together. During the “Connect the Bridge” activity conducted based on the Mix-Pair-Share method, students demonstrated a high level of emotional engagement, which enabled them to quickly establish communication with one another. Through peer teaching, they were able to master the tasks effectively. The “Clock Buddies” method proposed by us contributed to cooperative learning, to students working as equal partners according to a defined structure, and to establishing relationships based on trust rather than competition. This study addresses a gap in the literature by examining cooperative learning as a psychosocial support mechanism during school transition rather than as an instructional strategy for academic outcomes. When applying the “Clock Buddies” method, students worked as equal partners following a structured procedure. They were able to build relationships based on trust rather than competition. Students who rarely interacted with each other were intentionally given cards containing either questions or corresponding answers. This intervention required students to actively communicate with classmates in order to find their matching pair. After finding their partner, students were given a joint task to complete together. Specifically, they were asked to conduct a step-by-step literary analysis of a poem. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To determine the extent to which the implemented methods contributed to strengthening students’ interpersonal communication, a Peer Relations Questionnaire was conducted again. The questionnaire results were compared with the initial data, revealing a positive dynamic in interpersonal relationships among students. The proportion of students requiring additional support in the classroom decreased from 80% to 33%, indicating that most learners had adapted to the new environment and shown improvement in their interpersonal communication with classmates. Qualitative data were gathered through classroom observations, a reflective teacher journal, and student interviews. This triangulation allowed for a comprehensive analysis of changes in students’ interpersonal behaviour, engagement, and confidence in peer interaction. Students demonstrated increased willingness to communicate, collaborate, and support peers during group tasks. While cooperative learning has been widely studied in academic achievement contexts, fewer studies have explored its role in supporting social adaptation and well-being during critical school transitions. This action research contributes to the field by examining cooperative learning as a psychosocial support mechanism for newly admitted students in a selective school context. This study aligns with the European and global agenda for inclusive and equitable quality education, emphasizing student well-being, social inclusion, and supportive learning environments as key conditions for sustainable educational development. The findings suggest that cooperative learning strategies can be beneficial for both public and private schools across European contexts, where students commonly transition to secondary education between Grades 5 and 7, a period often associated with increased social and emotional challenge. Overall, the three-month intervention resulted in increased trust among students and the gradual formation of a warm, supportive classroom atmosphere. The findings suggest that systematic use of cooperative learning strategies significantly contributes to the successful adaptation of newly admitted students, the development of interpersonal communication skills, and effective collaborative learning. References References Johnson, D. W. (2000, January). Cooperative learning methods: A meta-analysis. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/220040324_Cooperative_learning_methods_A_meta-analysis Slavin, R. E. (1995, October). Research on cooperative learning and achievement: What we know, what we need to know. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/240205147_Research_on_Cooperative_Learning_nd_Achievement_What_We_Know_What_We_Need_to_Know Slavin, R. E. (1996). Cooperative learning in middle and secondary schools. The Clearing House, 69(4), 200–204. http://www.jstor.org/stable/30189163 Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2009). A Success Story in Educational Psychology: Social Interdependence Theory and Cooperative Learning. Educational Researcher, 38(5), 365–379. http://www.jstor.org/stable/20532563 Institute of Contemporary Education. (n.d.). Cooperative Learning: How to Organize Student Work in Groups. https://ped.isoedu.ru/about/news/kooperativnoe-obuchenie-kak-organizovat-rabotu-uchenikov-v-gruppakh/ Kagan, S. (n.d.). Kagan, S. (n.d.). The Structural Approach Cooperative Learning https://files.ascd.org/staticfiles/ascd/pdf/journals/ed_lead/el_198912_kagan.pdf?utm_source=chatgpt.com Yalisheva, A. A. (2014). Singaporean Teaching Method. English in School, (4), 7–12. https://www.titul.ru/uploads/journal/52/journal_48_07-12.pdf |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 05 SES 10 A: Empowerment, Agency and Voice Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Stephanie Borg Bugeja Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Under the Shadow of Displacement and Demolition: Homeroom Teachers’ Empowerment Practices 1: Hebrew University of Jerusalem; 2: Hebrew University of Jerusalem Presenting Author:Research has increasingly highlighted the pivotal role of homeroom teachers in school life (Sapir & Mizrahi-Shtelman, 2024). Homeroom teachers hold a central role in leading their class toward change; they contribute to students’ empowerment and success, influence their academic performance, and establish classroom social justice and equal opportunities so that students can control their lives as independent members (Liew et al., 2010) regardless of their background. In countries where homeroom teachers’ role is significant, such as Israel, the homeroom teacher’s role is managerial, educational, and social, with a commitment to fulfill his/her obligations to the students, class teachers, and students’ parents (Oved & Raichel, 2025). However, research on homeroom teachers is scant—particularly on their empowerment practices in the context of students who are under survival threat of home relocation/demolition. Empowerment is understood as “a philosophy that creates an atmosphere in which individual students are supported by the classroom community to take responsibility for their lives in trying to meet their needs within learning settings” (Sullivan, 2002, p. 2). McQuillan (2005) discussed three kinds of student empowerment: academic, i.e., developing the ability, confidence, and motivation to succeed academically; political, whereby students enact formal or informal power and influence in the school context; and social, the dimensions of which include, e.g., dialogues between teachers and students in which everyone feels that they can speak and that all voices will be respected. Psychological empowerment, as conceptualized by Zimmerman (1995), centers on individuals’ internal sense of control, perceived competence, and belief in their capacity to influence their educational trajectories and broader life circumstances. Christens (2012) extended empowerment theory to highlight the relational components in the psychological dimension: collaborative competence (interpersonal relationships to create group membership, solidarity, and collective capacity), bridging social divisions (through trust and mutual relationships among diverse groups or social identities), and facilitating others’ empowerment. Drawing on empowerment theory (e.g., Zimmerman, 2000), this study seeks to understand the empowerment practices aimed at supporting students who live under ongoing threat of displacement and demolition. In the context of the threat of displacement/demolition of homes, as addressed in the present study, research has found that children face a wide range of risks to their development from their physical environment (e.g., lack of electricity and basic living amenities) and lack of supervision and relationships that affect their development, health, and well-being (Marey- Sarwan et al., 2020). This constant threat of home demolition/displacement is found in Palestinian Arab unrecognized villages (UVs) in the Negev of Israel, defined as "Bedouin settlements that are deemed illegal and, as such, are constantly threatened by the state’s efforts to make them disappear" (Hall, 2014, p. 147). The Israeli government does not recognize these villages (Abu-Rass & Yiftachel, 2012). Their specific status in the country—they are citizens—differentiates them from illegal immigrants or refugees, who might otherwise share certain experiences of poverty and marginality. The people in UV live under difficult conditions. The government denies them basic services and infrastructure, such as running water, electricity, health institutions, and access roads (Rotem & Gordon, 2017). Most of these people live in tents and barracks built from cheap materials because the Israeli authorities refuse to grant them permission to construct permanent living structures (Abu-Rass & Yiftachel, 2012). A large number of homes that have been built without government permission are demolished every year by Israeli authorities, some more than once (Al-Said, et al., 2018). Using two case studies of homeroom teachers—one local and one non-local—the study aims to examine the empowerment practices they enact and how their positionalities shape these practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Two case studies of homeroom teachers were conducted. The participants were selected from two Israeli public elementary schools in unrecognized villages. Of the 36 unrecognized villages in Israel, only 15 have elementary schools. Homeroom teachers were selected using criterion sampling. Drawing on a “best-case” approach, we contacted the elementary school principals in the unrecognized villages and asked them to recommend homeroom teachers with three or more years of experience in that role who, in their view, had demonstrated the ability to develop students’ confidence and academic motivation, encourage student influence within classroom and school settings, and promote students’ voice and dialogue with school staff. Based on the literature on empowerment, educators who meet these criteria are more likely to engage in empowering practices and can therefore provide rich insights into specific forms of student empowerment. Data Sources: A triangulation approach was used to strengthen the credibility of the study (Yin, 2009). Three main sources of data were employed: classroom observations (4 hours per week throughout the school year), semi-structured interviews, and documents/visual materials (including videos of classroom and school activities and photographs of class activities). Semi-structured interviews were conducted over the course of the year (1.5–2 hours each) and were audio-recorded. Example questions from the first interview included, “Can you describe your class’s students? What are their daily challenges? What practices have you adopted to address these challenges, and why? How do you engage students in classroom activities?” The local homeroom teacher (responsible for a second-grade class) was observed 30 times in the classroom and interviewed 9 times; documents were collected throughout the year. The non-local homeroom teacher (responsible for a third-grade class) was observed 30 times in the classroom and interviewed 12 times; documents were collected throughout the year. Analysis Procedure: Thematic data analysis was performed in two phases. First, a vertical analysis, in which each participant’s voice was analyzed separately for each case study; second, a comparative horizontal analysis, in which the cases were examined together to identify common themes, contrasting patterns, and differences among participants’ perspectives (Stake, 2005). Thematic analysis followed Marshall and Rossman’s (2011) four stages: organizing the data, generating tentative themes, testing the emergent themes, and searching for alternative explanations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The local homeroom teacher’s practices of empowerment focus on multiple dimensions, including academic, interpersonal and relational, cultural identity, intrapersonal, and gender empowerment. These practices are deeply embedded within the community and its cultural context, fostering students’ sense of belonging, self-confidence, identity affirmation, and equitable participation in classroom activities. The non-local homeroom teacher emphasizes emotional, collaborative, intrapersonal, and academic empowerment. These practices support students’ resilience, social-emotional development, and engagement in decision-making processes. Her strategies help students manage uncertainty and challenges related to displacement and existential threats, highlighting a more skills-oriented and supportive approach. Under conditions of existential threat, heightened risk, and limited access to basic resources, this study extends traditional empowerment frameworks, which have primarily emphasized intrapersonal and academic dimensions and focused on psychological and social aspects (e.g., Christens, 2012). The findings illustrate that empowerment is a multidimensional construct shaped by risk-laden sociopolitical, cultural, and relational realities. Teachers’ practices integrate both culturally grounded and structured strategies that foster belonging, identity affirmation, emotional resilience, collaborative skills, and academic engagement in contexts of ongoing vulnerability and uncertainty. These results highlight relational, cultural, and gendered dimensions of empowerment often overlooked in Western-centric models and demonstrate that empowerment is context-dependent, relationally embedded, and responsive to students’ specific needs and challenges under conditions of risk. The study underscores the critical contribution of empowerment practices in high-risk and vulnerable communities, showing that effective empowerment is not uniform but intentionally adapted to students’ sociocultural, political, and existential realities. These insights carry direct implications for educational practice and teacher education, emphasizing the need to prepare educators to design and implement empowerment strategies that respond to both individual and community needs while bridging academic, emotional, and social development. References Abu-Rass, T., & Yiftachel, O. (2012). Four reasons to reject the “Prawer Plan.” Adalah’s Newsletter, 89. Retrieved from: http://www.adalah.org/uploads/oldfiles/newsletter/eng/jan12/docs/Thabet%20and20%Oren%20Four%20Reasons%20to%20Reject%20Prawer%20English.pdf Al-Said, H., Braun-Lewensohn, O., & Sagy, S. (2018). Sense of coherence, hope, and home demolition are differentially associated with anger and anxiety among Bedouin Arab adolescents in recognized and unrecognized villages. Anxiety, Stress, & Coping, 31(4), 475-485. Christens, B. D. (2012). Toward relational empowerment. American journal of community psychology, 50(1), 114-128. Hall, B. (2014). Bedouins' politics of place and memory: A case of unrecognised villages in the Negev. Nomadic Peoples, 18(2), 147-164. Marey-Sarwan, I., Keller, H., & Otto, H. (2016). Stay close to me: Stranger anxiety and maternal beliefs about Children’s socio-emotional development among Bedouins in the unrecognized villages in the Naqab. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology 47 (3), 319- 332. Marshall, C., & Rossman, G. B. (2011). Designing Qualitative Research. 5th ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. McQuillan, P. J. (2005). Possibilities and pitfalls: A comparative analysis of student empowerment. American Educational Research Journal, 42(4), 639-670. Oved, O., & Raichel, N. (2025). Middle school homeroom teachers: Role perception, challenges, and professional training. Journal of Education. https://doi.org/10.1177/00220574251366909. Rotem, M., & Gordon, N. (2017). Bedouin Sumud and the struggle for education. Journal of Palestine Studies, 46(4), pp.7-21. Stake, R.E. (2005). Qualitative case studies. In N.K. Denzin & Y.S. Lincoln (Eds.), The Sage handbook of qualitative research (pp. 443-433). Sage. Sullivan, A. (2002). The Nature of Student Empowerment. In International Biennial SELF Research Centre Conference. Sydney, NSW. Yin, R. K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Zimmerman, M. A. (1995). Psychological empowerment: Issues and illustrations. American Journal of Community Psychology, 23(5), 581–599. Zimmerman, M. A. (2000). Empowerment theory: Psychological, organizational and community levels of analysis. In Handbook of community psychology (pp. 43-63). Boston, MA: Springer US. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Reflections on Children´s Agency in Education and Research: Findings from a Covid-19-Study 1: Universität Osnabrück, Germany; 2: Pädagogische Hochschule Ludwigsburg, Germany Presenting Author:This participatory mixed-methods study focussed on the learning and coping strategies used by children in a German primary school during the COVID-19 home-schooling period. While educational research has increasingly provided national and international data on the pandemic in general (cf. Helm et al. 2021, Bujard et al. 2021), the perspectives of primary school children have often been overlooked (cf. Budde et al. 2021). Therefore, the aim of our research was to look specifically at the children’s perspectives on home-schooling phases during COVID-19 lockdowns and the related challenges, as well as coping strategies used by the learners themselves during this time of crisis and instability. The main research question asked: How do school beginners (age 6 to 7) navigate the challenges between classroom teaching and home-schooling? A participatory research approach was chosen. According to Von Unger (2014) and Eßer et al. (2020) participatory research approaches are characterised by the involvement of actors as researchers in order to describe and changing social reality as well as measures for the individual and collective empowerment of the partners. As is appropriate to a study involving children, ethical considerations were given priority (Bertram et al. 2015). Theoretically, the study combined social constructivism, where school is viewed as being constructed through local practices ("doing school"), with a relational understanding of agency (cf. Eßer et al. 2020). Children were regarded as competent actors who actively shape their social environment (cf. Hüpping/Büker 2019). The primary aim was to make children's voices heard through a participatory research approach grounded in the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child and New Childhood Studies. Different theoretical frameworks were therefore combined: including the social constructivist perspective, where a setting, in this case a school is continuously constructed in and through local practices, i.e. where activity is produced and adapted by the actors involved in the sense of doing school. The lens of relational understanding of agency was also employed, where specifically, school was understood as a network of relationships, characterised by the diverse interactions of the school community of actors - adults as well as children. The study traces how school beginners in Germany coped with learning demands in times of instability and crisis, when normal schooling was interrupted. It demonstrates the different creative coping strategies owned by the children, but also points to the high relevance of school as a social interaction space (Hummrich, 2015) in addition to being an essential learning and educational space for children. Data from this study suggest that children value the notion of ‘school’ beyond merely a place to learn. This study argues that educators and policy makers should give greater consideration to the school’s role in children’s social development and well-being when planning for alternative education, not only in times of crisis. Besides the presentation of empirical findings of the children`s own perspectives at a specific time of educational instability, the research team take a critical look at their own research approach and their original claim of enabling participatory research and taking children's agency seriously. Against the backdrop of current multiple crises and society's demand to continue strengthening children's (school) well-being in line with children's rights (the three Ps: protection, provision, and participation) in the future and not to lose sight of this, the presentation also draws on empirical findings and reflections to make current references to childhood and learning in times of crisis. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on the paradigm, as suggested by Eßer and Sitter (2018), that children are competent actors and are actively involved in the (re)production of school as a social setting. The theoretical framework of this study merged socio-cultural theories in order to better understand the role of children's agency, and understanding children as active constructors of their self, environment and childhood during a time of upheaval. Furthermore, the study’s key aim was to make children’s voices heard at the level of the study’s methodology underpinned by a children's rights perspective. To position children as experts of their own lives and active constructors of their world, the study utilized a mixed-method design. Following the ethical code for early childhood research (Bertram et al. 2015), voluntary informed consent was obtained from children, parents, and educators. Ethically, it was vital to move beyond parental permission and seek voluntary, informed consent/assent directly from the children themselves. Data collection involved interviews with 21 children, questionnaires, audio statements, and research-induced drawings on themes such as "Me learning during homeschooling". These materials were collected anonymously via a classroom mailbox over two weeks. Analysis followed a circular process based on grounded theory (Glaser/Strauss 1998) and segment analysis (Kruse 2014). A distinctive feature was the participatory analysis, where data were sighted and classified together with the children, ensuring their contributions formed the basis of the researchers' understanding. In addition, the interviews functioned as a communicative validation of the data for the researchers. By including voluntary questionnaires and children's drawings as well as audio statements, an attempt was made to enable the children to take an increasing degree of self-directed action. Whilst the concept of children as co-researchers is contested (Hammersley 2017), the intention of this study was to view and understand the data through the children’s contributions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings highlight the diverse creative coping strategies of young children and emphasize that school serves as an essential social interaction space beyond its educational mandate. The results suggest that policy makers and educators should prioritize the role of school in social development and well-being when planning alternative education models (Hüpping/Kubandt/Thiel 2025). Furthermore, the research team critically reflects on the power dynamics and the "balancing act" required to respect children's rights while meeting research objectives. These reflections lead to specific recommendations for improving participation and agency in future research with young children to avoid common ethical pitfalls. The inclusion of children as co-researchers presented several ethical complexities that required continuous reflection: the adult researchers faced a tension between fulfilling their specific research objectives and methodology while simultaneously upholding children's rights and agency (Velten/Höke 2023). Another critical focus was placed on the power dynamics between adults and children, questioning how these hierarchies influenced the research process. Ensuring the transparency of research aims so that children could fully understand the purpose and process of the study was a significant challenge, too. Finally, the team reflected on the extent to which children fully participated at different stages, noting that the concept of children as co-researchers remains a contested topic in the field. Using the example of critical reflection on our own methodological approaches in the project, this paper presentation explores where typical pitfalls as researchers with children lie and how participatory approaches can be better designed. We focus on key ethical considerations according to a critical reflection of power dynamics, transparency of research aims, and the degree to which children fully participated at different stages of the research process. References Bertram, T. et al. (2015). EECERA Ethical Code for Early Childhood Researchers. www.eecera-ext.tandf.co.uk/documents/pdf/ organisation/EECERA-Ethical-Code.pdf Eßer, F. & Sitter, M. (2018). Ethische Symmetrie in der partizipativen Forschung mit Kindern. Forum: Qualitative Sozialforschung/Qualitative Social Research, 19(3). Eßer, F., et al. (2020). Partizipative Forschung in der Sozialen Arbeit. Zur Gewährleistung demokratischer Teilhabe an Forschungsprozessen. Zeitschrift für Sozialarbeit, Sozialpädagogik und Sozialarbeit 3–23. Hammersley, M. (2017). Childhood studies: a sustainable paradigm? Childhood, 24(1), 113–127. Hüpping, B. & Büker, P. (2019). Kinder als Forscher in eigener und gemeinsamer Sache – ein Weg zur Partizipation? Ein kinderrechtebasierter didaktischer Ansatz und dessen Relevanz aus der Perspektive von Grundschulkindern. In: Pädagogischer Blick, 27(3), S. 159-173. Hüpping, B., Kubandt, M., Thiel, M. (2025). Pandemic-Related Homeschooling from the Perspective of Primary School Children—Between Challenges and Coping. In: Budde, J., et al. School in Distance – Childhood in Crisis. Springer, Wiesbaden. Budde, J., et al (2021). Grundschule in Zeiten der Pandemie – eine Fallstudie zu familialen Ungleichheiten und kindlichem Wohlbefinden. In B. Amrhein und B. Badstieber (Hrsg.), (Un-)mögliche Perspektiven auf Verhalten in der Schule. Weinheim Bujard, M., et al. (2021). Belastungen von Kindern, Jugendlichen und Eltern in der Corona-Pandemie. Wiesbaden Glaser, Barney G./Strauss, Anselm L. (1998): Grounded Theory. Strategien qualitativer Forschung. Bern Helm, C., et al. (2021). Was wissen wir über schulische Lehr-Lern-Prozesse im Distanzunterricht während der Corona-Pandemie? – Evidenz aus Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft: ZfE: 237–311. Hummrich, M. (2015). Schule und Sozialraum. Erziehungswissenschaftliche Perspektiven. In: A. El-Mafaalani, S. Kurtenbach, K. P. Strohmeier (Hrsg.), Auf die Adresse kommt es an: Segregierte Stadtteile als Problem- und Möglichkeitsräume begreifen. Weinheim und Basel: Beltz Juventa. S.168-187 Kruse, J. (2014): Qualitative Interviewforschung. Ein integrativer Ansatz. Beltz Unger, H. von. (2014). Partizipative Forschung. Wiesbaden Velten, K./Höke, J. (2021). Forschung partizipativ und inklusiv gestalten? Ethische Reflexionen zu Interviews mit Kindern unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von Erwachsenheit. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung (2), 421–436. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper When the “Impossible Child” Speaks: Dissensus, Power, and the Limits of Inclusion University of Malta, Malta Presenting Author:This paper examines student voice within educational systems through the experiences of children designated as at risk, particularly those experiencing social, emotional, behavioural, and educational marginalisation, and those living in alternative care. Drawing on doctoral research in Educational Psychology conducted in Maltese nurture centres and residential care settings, and informed by Jacques Rancière’s political philosophy, the paper interrogates how dominant educational practices and rights-based discourses can fail to meaningfully engage the voices of children most vulnerable to exclusion. The paper argues that educational systems often operate through a deficit-oriented logic that categorises children at risk as non-compliant, dysregulated, incompetent, or difficult to teach. Within this framework, student voice is selectively recognised. Children whose communication fits normative expectations are more likely to be heard, while those whose expressions emerge through refusal, withdrawal, anger, silence, or disruption are frequently rendered unintelligible. As a result, children at risk may be positioned less as speaking and rights-bearing subjects, and more as objects of intervention, surveillance, assessment, and remediation. Using Rancière’s concepts of the police order, equality, and dissensus, the paper explores how schooling regulates who is permitted to speak, what forms of expression are considered legitimate, and how educational and psychological assessment practices can contribute to the silencing of marginalised children. Diagnostic and educational categories, while often intended to secure support, may also narrow how children are seen and heard when complex lived experiences are translated primarily into individual deficits. Empirical material is drawn from a qualitative case study with seven boys aged 8 to 15 attending nurture centres in Malta, all of whom were living in residential care. These settings provide alternative educational provision for children experiencing significant relational, emotional, behavioural, and educational risk. Using an adapted Mosaic and Reggio Emilia-informed approach, the research engaged children through photography, drawing, child-led tours, play, informal conversations, and observation, enabling forms of expression beyond conventional verbal participation. The findings show how children at risk often communicate distress, agency, moral reasoning, and resistance through actions that schools may interpret as disruption, failure, or incapacity. The paper reconceptualises student voice not simply as a procedural right granted or facilitated by adults, but as a political act that emerges when children challenge the terms of their own exclusion from educational meaning-making. Through the concept of dissensus, it argues that some behaviours commonly understood as problematic can also be read as claims to equality, recognition, and relational justice, particularly when conventional avenues for participation are unavailable, unsafe, or ineffective. The paper concludes by outlining implications for Educational Psychologists and educational practice more broadly. It calls for a shift away from gatekeeping practices that prioritise categorisation and risk management, towards relational, reflexive, and ethically grounded approaches that recognise children at risk as already capable social actors. By centring lived experience, resisting premature deficit labelling, and remaining open to forms of expression that disrupt normative schooling practices, education systems can move closer to genuinely inclusive and rights-respecting practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative, interpretive case study design grounded in critical educational psychology and informed by Rancière’s philosophy of equality, dissensus, and the distribution of the sensible. The methodology was designed to explore how children designated as at risk experience education, voice, and participation within systems that often position them as objects of assessment, intervention, and risk management rather than as meaning-making subjects. Empirical material was drawn from doctoral research with seven boys aged 8 to 15 attending Maltese nurture centres and living in residential care. Given the vulnerability of the participant group, particular attention was paid to ethical, relational, and power-sensitive research practices. An adapted Mosaic and Reggio Emilia-informed approach was used to create multiple possibilities for expression, including photography, drawing, child-led tours, play, informal conversations, and observation. These methods enabled children to communicate in ways that exceeded conventional verbal participation and allowed the study to attend to forms of voice often misread within educational systems as silence, resistance, or disruption. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study concludes that dominant educational and psychological practices often fail to recognise children designated as at risk as active meaning-making subjects. Instead, educational systems frequently rely on deficit-oriented frameworks that prioritise regulation, categorisation, assessment, and risk management over relational understanding and ethical listening. As a result, the voices of children at risk, including those living in residential or alternative care, are often recognised only when they conform to normative expectations of behaviour, communication, and emotional expression. A key finding of the study is the reconceptualisation of children’s so-called challenging behaviours as meaningful and politically significant forms of communication. Moments of refusal, disruption, withdrawal, silence, or emotional intensity emerged not simply as symptoms of individual difficulty, but as attempts by children to assert agency, equality, and recognition within educational contexts that often render them invisible or unintelligible. Through Rancière’s concept of dissensus, these moments can be understood as disruptions of the institutional order that determines who is allowed to speak, what counts as legitimate expression, and whose voice is heard as meaningful. The study further highlights the ethical and professional tensions faced by Educational Psychologists working with children at risk. While educational psychology practices are often intended to support and protect children, the findings suggest that they may inadvertently reinforce exclusion when psychologists are positioned primarily as gatekeepers to resources through assessment, categorisation, and labelling. The research therefore calls for a shift towards relational, interpretive, and politically attentive practice: one that prioritises children’s lived experiences, recognises multiple forms of expression, and treats children at risk as already capable social actors rather than as subjects awaiting remediation. References Clark, A., & Moss, P. (2011). Listening to young children: The Mosaic approach* (2nd ed.). National Children’s Bureau. Cook-Sather, A. (2002). Authorizing students’ perspectives: Toward trust, dialogue, and change in education. Educational Researcher, 31(4), 3–14. Fielding, M. (2004). Transformative approaches to student voice: Theoretical underpinnings, recalcitrant realities. British Educational Research Journal, 30(2), 295–311. Gallagher, M. (2008). Foucault, power and participation. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 16*(3), 395–406. Gilligan, R. (2009). Promoting resilience in children and young people in long-term care. Child & Family Social Work, 14(4), 369–378. Hart, R. (1992). Children’s participation: From tokenism to citizenship. UNICEF. Lundy, L. (2007). Voice is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927–942. Morin, E., Kern, A. B., Kelly, S. M., & LaPointe, R. (1999). Homeland earth: A manifesto for the new millennium. Hampton Press. Rancière, J. (1991). The ignorant schoolmaster: Five lessons in intellectual emancipation (K. Ross, Trans.). Stanford University Press. (Original work published 1818) Rancière, J. (1999). Disagreement: Politics and philosophy (J. Rose, Trans.). University of Minnesota Press. Rancière, J. (2004). The politics of aesthetics: The distribution of the sensible (G. Rockhill, Trans.). Continuum. Rancière, J. (2009). The emancipated spectator (G. Elliott, Trans.). Verso. Rinaldi, C. (2006). In dialogue with Reggio Emilia: Listening, researching and learning. Routledge. Slee, R. (2011). The irregular school: Exclusion, schooling and inclusive education. Routledge. Spyrou, S. (2011). The limits of children’s voices: From authenticity to critical, reflexive representation. *Childhood, 18*(2), 151–165. United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child*. United Nations General Assembly. Wyness, M. (2018). Children’s participation and intergenerational dialogue: Bringing adults back into the analysis. Childhood, 25(4), 429–442. Youdell, D. (2006). Impossible bodies, impossible selves: Exclusions and student subjectivities*. Springer. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Making Sense of Remedial and Intermediate Trajectories: The Past, Present, and Future According to Disadvantaged Youth Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:Background, objective and conceptual framework Nowadays, young Europeans are expected to complete education at least at the upper secondary level in order to establish themselves in work and society (OECD, 2022). Those who fail to meet such expectations are generally subject to measures aimed at bringing them back into mainstream education (Nouwen, 2016). Research has commonly focused on identifying factors behind, and interventions addressing, school failure (e.g. González-Rodríguez, 2019), while knowledge about how young people themselves perceive their situation remains relatively scarce. However, listening to these young people’s accounts may offer valuable insights into the complex interplay between contextual factors and individuals’ sense-making and agency. Such insights can also contribute to rethinking policies and practices aimed at supporting children and young people at risk of early school leaving and social exclusion. Existing research drawing on narratives from students attending alternative learning provisions indicates that physically, and psychologically safe and supportive environments foster a sense of belonging and promote re-engagement with education (e.g. Byrne & Smyth, 2010; Laundal & Solberg, 2022; O’Gorman, 2016). This article revisits interviews with 57 young Swedes attending the Introductory Programme (IP), either due to incomplete grades from compulsory school or because of recent migration. Our objective is to deepen the understanding of how young people who do not qualify for upper secondary education make sense of and navigate their past, present, and future trajectories. The Swedish context According to Swedish legislation, including all children in regular classes is the main principle. In 2025, 2% of students in the nine-year compulsory school received special support exclusively in separate groups and/or individually. Performance-oriented curriculum reforms during the 2010s introduced earlier grading and more extensive national testing. Requirements for eligibility to national upper secondary programmes were significantly raised. Since then, between 12 and 17 percent of 16-year-olds have lacked eligibility for a vocational or academic upper secondary programme—high in an international comparison (Schmid, 2020). The Introductory Programme (IP) is offered to young people with insufficient grades from compulsory school and/or those who recently migrated to Sweden, with the aim of helping them gain eligibility for upper secondary education. The IP provides more teacher support, smaller groups, and individualised instruction than mainstream education. Transitioning to a national upper secondary programme or adult education is often a long process, particularly for students enrolled in the two tracks on which we focus: Individual Alternative (IA) and Language Introduction (LI). Conceptual framework We understand the relationship between structure and agency in education as a connection between the institutionalised life course and subjective biographies (Evans, 2002; Walther, 2015). Young people’s paths and choices unfold within a field of uneven power relations where interactions and pragmatic considerations take shape (Hodkinson & Sparkes, 1997). We depart from a categorisation of educational trajectories from Walther’s (2015) research on European youth, where the remedial and intermediate trajectory refers to students who have experienced interruptions in schooling and face limited choices. IA students’ trajectories more often fell into the remedial category, whereas LI students’ trajectories more often fell into the intermediate category. Sense-making and agency are central concepts in the analysis of the informants’ narratives. Sense-making focuses on how people interpret events and construct meaning—workable stories that allow them to navigate uncertainty and guide action (Weick, 1995). Young people’s understandings of themselves and their circumstances are not only cognitively and individually grounded, but also relationally and affectively constituted. Emotions form an important basis for agency (Barbalet, 2001; Covington, 1984): they influence whether young people believe they can learn and develop, whether they perceive themselves as agentic subjects, and how they view their future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Between 2018 and 2020, we interviewed LI and IA students in six municipalities that differed significantly in terms of geography, demographics, and socio-economic composition. The first round of interviews included 52 students and was carried out in the schools. Follow-up interviews with 32 of these students took place approximately one year later and were conducted via Zoom due to Covid-19 restrictions. In this phase, we added five additional informants because of difficulties to reach young people from the first round of interviews. Altogether, the study included 57 informants (26 males, 31 females; 24 IA students, 33 LI students). The interviews were semi-structured, audio-recorded, and fully transcribed. The larger research project, including these interviews, followed the general ethical guidelines outlined in Good Research Practice (Swedish Research Council, 2024) and was approved by a Regional Ethical Review Board in northern Sweden. We are aware that the interview sample likely represents a positive selection of IP students. Those who, for various reasons, were absent during our initial school visits or whom our gatekeepers (teachers, counsellors) did not identify as potential informants were not included. Reaching students during the pandemic for follow-up interviews also proved challenging. These limitations have been considered in our interpretation of the findings. Our analysis followed an iterative and abductive process, moving between data and theory. Walther et al.’s (2015) empirically derived categories of remedial and intermediate trajectories—denoting specific configurations of rupture, choice, and destination in student pathways—served as a starting point. The analysis proceeded in two steps: first, a re-reading of all interviews; second, a theory-driven and thematically structured reading focusing on students’ sense-making and agency over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We conclude that it is relevant and productive to distinguish between the categories of remedial and intermediate educational trajectories rather than treating them as a single combined category. While all students had experienced disrupted schooling and limited educational choices due to lacking eligibility for upper secondary education, their sense-making and agency differed markedly between the two trajectories. Remedial trajectories were shaped by students’ long-standing school difficulties and experiences of harm, which constrained their agency, choice opportunities, and future destinations. Intermediate trajectories—common among students with recent migration backgrounds—were instead characterised by hope, strong motivation, and meritocratic beliefs; students often expressed confidence that hard work would open up good future opportunities. Most young people in both groups viewed their time in the Introductory Programme as a positive experience and an important source of support for moving forward. Across both groups, however, meritocratic norms influenced transitions and reinforced feelings of being held back. Thus, there is a need to provide more flexible and inclusive educational pathways—pathways that recognise diverse experiences and challenge narrow norms of participation and success. References Barbalet, J.M. (2001[1998]). Emotion, social theory, and social structure: a macro sociological approach. Cambridge University Press. Byrne, D. & Smyth, E. (2010). No Way Back? The Dynamics of Early School Leaving. Dublin: The Liffey Press and The Economic and Social Research Institute. Covington, M. V. (1984). The self-worth theory of achievement motivation: Findings and implications. The Elementary School Journal, 85(1), s. 5–20. Evans, K. (2002). Taking control of their lives? Agency in young adult transitions in England and the new Germany. Journal of Youth Studies, 5, 245–269. González-Rodríguez, G, Vieira, M-J & Vidal, J (2019) Factors that influence early school leaving: a comprehensive model, Educational Research, 61:2, 214-230 Hodkinson, P., & Sparkes, A. C. (1997). Careership: a sociological theory of career decision making. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 18(1), 29–44. https://doi.org/10.1080/0142569970180102 Laundal, Ø, & Solberg, S. (2022). Reengaging in their future: Students’ experiences of preparedness for education and training after attending a transitional school year. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 6(3), 3–4. Nouwen, W. et al. (2016). School-based prevention and intervention measures and alternative learning approaches to reduce early school leaving. RESL.eu Publication No. 3. Centre for Migration and Intercultural Studies, University of Antwerp. OECD (2022), Education Policy Outlook 2022: Transforming Pathways for Lifelong Learners, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/c77c7a97-en. O’Gorman, E., Salmon, N., & Murphy, C.-A. (2016). Schools as sanctuaries: A systematic review of contextual factors which contribute to student retention in alternative education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 20(5), 536–551. Schmid, E. (2020). Upper secondary education for youth at risk: A comparative analysis of education and training programmes in Austria, Norway, Sweden and Switzerland. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 7(1), 21–44. Swedish Research Council (2024). Good Research Practice. https://www.vr.se/english/mandates/ethics/good-research-practice---new-edition.html Walther, A., Warth, A., Ule, M. & du Bois-Reymond, M. (2015). “Me, my education and I”: Constellations of decision-making in young people’s educational trajectories. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 28(3), 349–371. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2014.987850 Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations (Vol. 3, No. 10.1002). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage publications. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 06 SES 10 A: Multiliteracies, Language Education, and Curriculum Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Sandra Reeder-Langer Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Multiliteracies in Early Foreign Language Education: Interrelations between a Pedagogical Concept, Curriculum and Teacher Beliefs University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The concept of multiliteracies has a prominent position in the Finnish National Core Curriculum for Basic Education (EDUFI, 2016) as a transversal skill covering all subjects taught in basic education grades 1-9. It entered the curriculum in the renewal process in 2014, but there has been very little empirical research to examine in what form this theoretical and pedagogical concept has been adopted in the curriculum or how it is implemented in teaching. In this presentation, we approach the topic from the perspective of early foreign language education, when children enter formal schooling and encounter a new textual world of the familiar first language(s), and the new resources provided by the new language starting upon entry to school in grade 1. The aim of this presentation is to investigate the practical application of the concept of multiliteracies in early foreign language education by examining the curriculum, teacher beliefs, and their interrelations. In the past few decades, research-based understanding of language and language learning has moved from psycholinguistic, formalist, and monolingual views to sociolinguistic, dialogic, and multilingual ones (Block, 2003; May, 2019). This has led to quite radical re-conceptualizations of language as a resource rather than a structure or skill (e.g. Makoni & Pennycook, 2007; Wei, 2011) and literacy as multiliteracies (The New London Group, 1996), which extends the idea of literacy as the ability to read and write written texts to the multiple means and modalities of communication. The Douglas Fir Group’s (2016) framework for second language acquisition emphasizes that additional language learning occurs at the micro (social activity), meso (social institutions), and macro (ideological structures) levels, which interact and permeate each other to form a complex, dynamic, and non-linear context within which language learning is negotiated. In this study, we focus on the macro and micro levels. The macro level in our investigation equals the administrative level in the form of a formal written curriculum. The curriculum forms the basis of education by presenting the aims and contents of education. Furthermore, societal changes, new scientific openings and educational innovations permeate to teaching and learning practices through curricula (Vitikka et al., 2012). The most recent Finnish curriculum reform in 2016 (Halinen et al., 2015) drew on latest research in the field of education in forming seven transversal competencies cutting across all subjects. One of these competencies is multiliteracies, the focus of this study. Research has shown, however, that theoretical thinking does not automatically transfer into curricula (Westbury, 2008) and therefore it is crucial to take a close look at how the concept of multiliteracies in question is visible in the curriculum. Secondly, we focus on the micro level, which in our study is represented by teachers’ understanding of the concept of multiliteracies in their practical work in the classrooms, i.e. we examine teachers’ beliefs. As language teaching and learning is largely dependent on teacher (and learner) beliefs of the means and goals of learning languages (e.g. Basturkmen, 2012; Fillmore & Snow, 2000), it is vital to understand how conceptualizations emerge and how they are connected to and reflected in teaching and learning practices. The research questions the study aims at answering are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is carried out in an ongoing research project that aims to gain critical understanding of language teachers' and learners' conceptualizations of language and multiliteracies and the reflection of these in teaching and learning practices in early language learning. The first data set in this study comprises the parts of the Finnish National Core Curriculum for Basic Education (EDUFI, 2016; 2020) which stipulate foreign language education in grades 1-2. This study concentrates on the curriculum sections where three of the seven transversal areas related to the concept of multiliteracies are addressed and on the subject-specific section for foreign languages in grades 1-2. The second set of data consists of individual interviews with 6 teachers teaching English or German in grades 1 and 2. The interviews were conducted in Spring 2025 either face-to-face or via Teams. They were recorded and transcribed for analysis. Both the curriculum documents and the interviews were analysed separately by thematic content analysis (Krippendorff, 2019). The curriculum analysis was theory-driven and approached elements of the concept of multiliteracies based on Cope and Kalantzis’ conceptualization of the concept: multimodality, multisituational lifeworlds, and multilingualism (Cope & Kalantzis, 2009; Kalantzis & Cope, 2023a; 2023b). The interview analysis was data-driven and proceeded from close reading of the transcripts to the identification of meaning units, which were coded and grouped into categories emerging from the data. In the final stage, the findings of the interview analysis were examined against the findings of the curriculum analysis to identify points of convergence and divergence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the analysis of the curriculum, we found that in terms of multimodality, the focus is predominantly on oral language and bodily engagement. A broad idea of text is promoted, which includes images, motion and sound in addition to written text. When multisituational lifeworlds were examined, we noticed that the focus is on age and cultural identity. Multilingualism is quite strongly present in the curriculum, although not directly connected to multiliteracies. The curriculum focuses on intercultural and language awareness and pays also attention to pupils’ plurilingualism. The data driven analysis of the interviews brought out, first of all, that the teachers teaching early foreign languages were not fully aware of the concept of multiliteracies and the elements included in it. Teachers saw that concepts are often imposed on them through the curriculum without explicit discussion on the meaning of them. Therefore, concepts often remain to be “fancy terms”. Secondly, the teachers thought nevertheless that many elements of the concepts introduced in curricula are unconsciously implemented in their own foreign language teaching practice. When set against the curriculum analysis, we saw that the following elements in teachers’ beliefs were in line with the curriculum. The teachers highlighted multimodality in their teaching with very little focus on written text. They shared, however, the broad understanding of text with the curriculum, but at the same time, they felt that written texts or critical reading have no place in early foreign language education. This view is connected to the curriculum’s emphasis on age: the teachers adapted their teaching according to the age and cognitive abilities of the children. References Basturkmen, H. (2012). Review of research into the correspondence between language teachers’ stated beliefs and practices. System 40, 282-295. Block, D. (2003). The Social Turn in Second Language Acquisition. Edinburgh University Press. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.3366/j.ctvxcrwd8 Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2009). Multiliteracies: New literacies, new learning. Pedagogies 4(3), 164–195. EDUFI (2016). National core curriculum for basic education 2014. National Agency for Education. EDUFI (2020). Amendments and additions to the National Core Curriculum for Basic Education 2014 regarding the instruction of the A1 language in grades 1-2. National Agency for Education. Fillmore, L. W. ,& Snow, C. (2000). What teachers need to know about language? Center for Applied Linguistics, Washington, DC. Garcia, A., Luke, A., & Seglem, R. (2018). Looking at the next twenty years of multiliteracies: A discussion with Allan Luke. Theory into practice 57(1), 72-78. Halinen, I., Harmanen, M., & Mattila, P. (2015). Making sense of complexity of the world today: Why Finland is introducing multiliteracy in teaching and learning. In V. Bozsik (Ed.), Improving literacy skills across learning. CIDREE Yearbook 2015 (pp. 136–153). HIERD. [online] https://www.cidree.org/fileadmin/files/pdf/publications/YB_15_Improving_Literacy_Skills_Across_Learning.pdf Kalantzis, M., & Cope, B. (2023a). Multiliteracies: Life of an Idea. The International Journal of Literacies, 30(2), https://doi.org/10.18848/2327-0136/CGP/v30i02/17-89 Kalantzis, M., & Cope, B. (2023b). Multiliteracies: A Short Update. The International Journal of Literacies, 30(2), https://doi.org/10.18848/2327-0136/CGP/v30i02/1-15 Krippendorff, K. (2019). Content analysis. An introduction to its methodology. 4th edition. SAGE. Makoni, S., & Pennycook, A. (2007). Disinventing and reconstituting languages. In S. Makoni & A. Pennycook (Eds), Disinventing and reconstituting languages. (pp. 1–41). Multilingual Matters. May, S. (2019). Negotiating the multilingual turn in SLA. The Modern Language Journal 103, 122–129. The New London Group (1996). A pedagogy of multiliteracies: Designing social futures. Harvard Educational Review, 66, 60-92. Vitikka, E., Krokfors, L., & Hurmerinta, E. (2012). The Finnish national core curriculum: Structure and development. In H. Niemi, A. Toom & A. Kallioniemi (Eds.), Miracle of education: The principles and practices of teaching and learning in Finnish schools (pp. 83-96). Sense Publishers. Wei, L. (2011). Multilinguality, multimodality, and multicompetence: Code- and modeswitching by minority ethnic children in complementary schools. The Modern Language Journal 95, 370–384. Westbury, I. (2008). Making curricula. The Sage handbook of curriculum and instruction, (pp. 45-65). 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Foreign Language Teachers’ Reflections of Learning Environments – Dreams and Realities University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:This study presents the envisioned ideals and the lived realities of three teachers teaching a foreign language to first graders. In the research context of this study, Finland, the first foreign language can be taught either by a subject teacher (language teacher) or a class teacher. The Finnish National Core Curriculum for Basic Education states that foreign language teaching in the early years should awaken a positive attitude towards language learning by emphasizing the joy of learning, diverse ways of learning, and multimodality (EDUFI, 2016). Interaction, activity-based tasks, games and play, music, drama, and movement are highlighted as some of the key ways of learning. Regarding the learning environment, the curriculum notes that the entire school building and its surrounding areas can be used for learning, and that versatile learning environments can support different ways of learning and encourage students’ curiosity to learn. In addition, the curriculum states that the learning environment supports development of multiliteracy when pictures, movement, sounds, and different didactic tools are incorporated in teaching (EDUFI, 2016). The teachers who are in focus of this study participate in a larger project focusing on multiliteracy in early foreign language learning and teaching. One of the key factors of multiliteracies is multimodality, which includes spatiality as one of the modes for meaning making (Cope & Kalantzis, 2009). In literacy research, there has been a “spatial turn” that has led researchers to describe and analyse literacy practices in specific social spaces such as schools (see Mills & Comber, 2015). Spaces and places are also closely connected to teaching and to the possibilities of using the teaching premises in different, innovative ways (Frelin et al., 2025; Mills & Comber, 2013). As Mills and Comber (2013: 647) note, space and place are relational and dynamic; because they are socially produced, they can also be contested, reimagined, and remade. Therefore, learning can occur in different ways, in different settings, at different times, and with different materials. This study focuses on the physical, material, spatial, and temporal settings, both imagined and realistic, to highlight the possibilities and challenges teachers face when planning and implementing teaching of foreign languages. All teachers participating in this study teach a first foreign language (English or German) to first graders, but they work in three very different contexts. One of the teachers is a class teacher, who teaches their class every day, while the other two are subject teachers, who meet their students only once a week. The three contexts range from a small village to a big city; each located in different regions of Finland. Two of the schools are old, more traditional buildings, whereas one is more recently built. Group sizes also vary, ranging from 12 to 23 students. This study applies a multimethod approach to address the following research questions: 1) What space-related dreams, realities, and challenges emerge in the teachers’ visual and verbal accounts? 2) In what ways does the lived experience of space correspond to teachers’ ideals of teaching a foreign language to first graders and does it enable teaching in multimodal, joyful and versatile way? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data for this study were collected by using a multimethod approach that combined visual materials created by the participating teachers, elicitation interviews, and additional data gathered and produced by the researchers (see more on visual data in Kalaja & Melo-Pfeifer, 2025). The primary data used in the study include 1) a visual task of Ideals, in which teachers were asked to draw a picture or create a mind map of how early language teaching would be carried out in an ideal world, 2) teachers’ multimodal diaries on themes environment, activities, and materials; and 3) elicitation interviews based on the multimodal diaries and the task of Ideals. In addition, photographs of the classrooms and teaching materials taken by the researchers, as well as research diary entries from classroom observations were used as secondary data. The data were collected by several researchers during the spring 2025. The analysis included several phases. First, a portrait of each teacher’s teaching environment was created to provide an understanding of the different physical settings. Next, the task of Ideals was analysed to identify common themes in the teachers’ drawings. These themes – the group size, the teaching environment, the materials, the activities, and the presence of other adults such as assistants, parents, other teachers and principals – were then used as a starting point for a thematic content analysis of the data (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2023). The data were coded using the program Atlas.ti. The data created with and by each teacher were first analysed separately to understand each teacher’s perspective on ideals, realities, and challenges. Finally, the datasets were combined and analysed together to illustrate the different perspectives and possibilities of early foreign language teaching and learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study discusses teachers’ dreams, realities, and challenges related to spaces they use for teaching foreign languages. The analysis highlights the centrality of space and demonstrates how the other themes identified in the task of Ideals – such as group size, activities, teaching environment, and materials – are all connected to the spatial conditions in which the teachers work. The teachers’ different realities have shaped their possibilities to use spaces in the ways they envisioned, influencing, for example, the use of different materials or the possibilities to rearrange the classroom environment or to work outside the classroom. The majority of the challenges identified by the teachers stem from external factors, such as classroom layouts, resources, and large group sizes, which are not always easy to change. Some challenges, however, arise from inside and might therefore be more easily addressed. Despite the variation in teaching contexts and everyday realities, the teachers also shared common wishes, one of them being the possibility to work with an assistant, which would enable working in smaller groups or outside the classroom. Such arrangements would, in turn, support more versatile and joyful learning activities to awake a positive attitude toward language learning. References Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2009). “Multiliteracies”: New Literacies, New Learning. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 4(3), 164–195. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/15544800903076044 EDUFI (Finnish National Board of Education). (2016). National core curriculum for basic education. Finnish National Board of Education Frelin, A., Grannäs, J., & Woolner, P. (2025). Comparing teachers’ experiences of innovative and traditional learning spaces: what’s going on? Learning Environments Research 28, 711–731. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/210984-025-09550-3 Kalaja, P., & Melo-Pfeifer, S. (Eds.) (2025). Visualising Language Students and Teachers as Multilinguals. Advancing Social Justice in Education. Multilingual Matters. Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Content Analysis: Methods, Practice and Software. 2nd Edition. Sage. Mills, K. A., & Comber, B. (2015). Socio-spatial approaches to literacy studies. Rethinking the social constitution and politics of space. In J. Rowsell & K. Pahl (Eds.), The Routledge Handbook of Literacy Studies, S. 91–103. Routledge. Mills, K. A., & Comber, B. (2013). Space, Place, and Power. The Spatial Turn in Literacy Research. In K. Hall, T. Cremin, B. Comber & L. C. Moll (Eds.), International Handbook of Research on Children’s Literacy, Learning, and Culture, S. 647–663. Wiley. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 06 SES 10 B: The “In-Between” of Learning Environments: Translating Spatial Experience into Practice, Inquiry, and Design Location: KH 3 | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Ruth Stevens Session Chair: Ulrike Stadler-Altmann Symposium |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Symposium The “In-Between” of Learning Environments: Translating Spatial Experience into Practice, Inquiry, and Design Educational learning environments across Europe are increasingly shaped by tensions between innovation, wellbeing, and policy-driven implementation. In recent decades, many school systems have invested in innovative open and flexible learning environments intended to support student-centred pedagogies, inclusion, and learner agency (Benade, 2019; Morris & Imms, 2025). Yet current shifts in educational discourse and governance indicate a renewed inclination toward more traditional classroom models, often justified by concerns about structure, attention, classroom management, and learning outcomes (Sasson et al., 2021; Charteris et al., 2025). These developments raise urgent questions about how space, pedagogy, and wellbeing interact in everyday educational practice and how spatial choices implicitly shape educational culture. Against this backdrop, this symposium responds to the shared research question: How can spatial understandings of agency and wellbeing, across teachers and learners, inform the design, use, and evaluation of learning environments? Rather than treating learning environments as static containers or functional infrastructure, the symposium conceptualises them as socio-spatial and pedagogical ecologies that are continuously produced through embodied and affective engagement with space, professional practice, and institutional conditions (Carvalho & Yeoman, 2021; Mulcahy et al., 2015). While innovative learning environments have been widely promoted, research consistently shows that spatial redesign alone does not automatically lead to pedagogical change (Imms & Byers, 2017; Woolner et al., 2018). Moreover, empirical insight into how teachers and learners actually experience, negotiate, and produce learning environments remains fragmented across disciplinary boundaries, limiting both the explanatory power of educational research and the practical usability of design and policy frameworks. As a result, design intentions, pedagogical realities, and wellbeing ambitions may become misaligned. The symposium therefore aims to move beyond binary debates (e.g., closed classroom vs open learning landscape; structured vs flexible; stimulating vs calming) by critically examining what lies in between: the nuanced spatial gradients and micro-practices through which agency and wellbeing are enacted (McPherson & Saltmarsh, 2017). This “in-between” is approached as an interdisciplinary research space, where socio-material and spatially informed perspectives become essential for developing more refined understanding, translation, and professional learning.
Bringing together four complementary papers from Denmark, Australia, Finland, and Belgium, the symposium explores the intersection of teacher and student agency, learner wellbeing, and learning environment design through empirical and methodological lenses. Bøjer examines design-based training and participatory approaches that position teachers as active co-makers of learning environments (Bøjer & Brøns, 2022), while Mahat highlights teacher-led (micro)inquiry as a situated mechanism for developing spatial competency and professional agency during spatial transformation (Lai et al., 2020; Mahat et al., 2024). Niemi offers fine-grained video-based insight into how students enact agency through embodied and spatial practices in open and flexible learning environments (Mondada, 2019; Niemi et al., 2024). Stevens contributes an architectural lens on affective spatial experience, proposing that students’ affective descriptions of teaching spaces can be mobilised as spatial intelligence to enrich learning environment evaluation and professional dialogue (Castilla et al., 2017; Desmet, 2018; Stevens & Balendonck, 2026). The contributions collectively address three interconnected thematic lines: The symposium concludes with a designerly synthesis that connects key concepts (i.e., agency, affect, wellbeing, spatial literacy) and the protagonists involved in learning environment projects into a shared “blueprint”. This artefact captures cross-paper insights, unresolved tensions (e.g. structure vs. openness), and emerging research questions (e.g. integrating affective spatial evidence into evaluation; developing tools for teacher spatial literacy; responding to policy shifts). References Bøjer, B. H., & Brøns, M. G. (2022). How co-design can contribute to the ongoing development of hybrid learning spaces by empowering the users. In Hybrid learning spaces (pp. 45–60). Springer. Mahat, M., Hurn, B., & Bradbeer, C. (2024). Putting teachers’ “spatial competency” on the professional learning map: An environmental scan. The University of Melbourne. https://doi.org/10.26188/25963885.v1 McPherson, A., & Saltmarsh, S. (2017). Bodies and affect in non-traditional learning spaces. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49(8), 832–841. Morris, J. E., & Imms, W. (2025). Flexible furniture to support inclusive education: Developing learner agency and engagement in primary school. Learning Environments Research, 28(2), 223–248. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-024-09522-z Niemi, K., Minkkinen, J., & Poikkeus, A. M. (2024). Opening up learning environments: liking school among students in reformed learning spaces. Educational Review, 76(5), 1191-1208. Presentations of the Symposium Learning to “see” space: How teacher (micro)inquiry enhances spatial competency
As education systems respond to accelerating social transformations, including shifting pedagogical paradigms, increasing learner diversity, and post-pandemic reconfigurations of schooling, educational environments have become a critical yet under-examined dimension of professional practice (OECD, n.d.; UNESCO, 2025). While many schools are transitioning to innovative and flexible learning environments, teachers’ capacity to work productively with spatial change remains uneven (Imms & Mahat, 2021). Spatial competency, that is, the ability to perceive, interpret, and intentionally mobilise the affordances of physical learning environments in support of pedagogical aims (Mahat & Loh, 2024), continues to be marginal within dominant models of professional learning (Mahat, 2025).
This paper argues that teacher-led (micro)inquiry provides a powerful, context-responsive approach to developing spatial competency under changing conditions of education (Mahat & Bradbeer, 2024). Characterised by small-scale, iterative cycles of observation, experimentation, reflection, and adaptation, (micro)inquiry is embedded in teachers’ everyday practice (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009; Timperley et al., 2007). Unlike standardised or externally imposed professional development, spatial (micro)inquiry positions teachers as active agents responding to the socio-material conditions of their classrooms and schools (Biesta et al., 2015; Fenwick et al., 2011).
Empirically, the paper draws on mixed-methods case studies of three schools in Melbourne, Australia undergoing spatial transformation. Using teachers’ reflective accounts and artefacts generated through collaborative inquiry, it illustrates how (micro)inquiries enable teachers to examine how spatial arrangements mediate learning, participation, inclusion, and wellbeing: how layouts shape collaboration, how movement and visibility influence student agency, and how material affordances interact with pedagogical intent. Through repeated cycles of inquiry, teachers develop heightened spatial awareness and adaptive expertise, allowing them to align space-use with evolving learner needs, institutional expectations, and broader social change. Importantly, this process supports professional agency by legitimising teachers’ situated knowledge and capacity to reconfigure space rather than merely adapt to it, and hence contribute to the development of spatial competency, supporting more coherent and intentional responses to new learning environments.
The paper concludes by discussing implications for professional learning frameworks, school leadership, and teacher education. It argues that embedding spatial (micro)inquiry within professional learning infrastructures is essential for enabling teachers to navigate the tensions between innovative educational environments, accountability pressures, and the changing purposes of schooling. In doing so, the paper contributes to Network 06 debates on educational environments by foregrounding teacher agency and practice-based inquiry as key responses to contemporary social and spatial transformations in education.
References:
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 624–640.
Fenwick, T., Edwards, R., & Sawchuk, P. (2011). Emerging approaches to educational research: Tracing the socio-material. Routledge.
Imms W. & Mahat M. (2021) Where to now? Fourteen characteristics of teachers’ transition into innovative learning environments. In W. Imms & T. Kvan (Eds), Teacher Transition into Innovative Learning Environments (pp. 317-334). Springer.
Mahat, M. (2025). Developing teachers’ spatial competency: A tripartite model of professional learning and development. In H. Stokes & McLean Davies, L. (Eds.). Critical Conversations in Teacher Education: Contemporary Perspectives from Australia (pp. 63-79). Emerald.
Mahat, M. & Bradbeer, C. (2024). Teacher-led inquiry in school learning environments: Setting the context. In M. Mahat & C. Bradbeer (Eds.). Teacher-led inquiry in School Learning Environments: Leading by Example (pp. 1-10). Emerald.
Mahat, M. & Loh, C. E (2024). Teachers’ changing perspectives of their spatial competencies: A case study of professional learning in Singapore. Teaching and Teacher Education, 152(2024), 104797. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104797
OECD. (n.d.). Future of education and skills 2030. OECD Publishing.
UNESCO Institute for Statistics Education Data and Statistics Commission. (2025). Education data and statistics. UNESCO Institute for Statistics.
Training Teachers To Become Active Co-Makers Of Learning Environments Using Design-Based Methods
Across the world, schools are increasingly built or retrofitted with flexible, activity-based designs intended to support innovative pedagogies. Research indicates that such environments can promote learning outcomes, inclusion, and student agency by enabling more personalised and collaborative learning (Benade, 2019; Morris & Imms, 2025). However, these spaces also require new teaching and learning strategies (Duthilleul et al., 2021; Lai et al., 2020), a change often assumed to follow automatically from spatial redesign. Yet research and practice consistently show that new spatial layouts and pedagogical visions do not, in themselves, lead to changes in practice (Imms & Byers, 2017; Woolner et al., 2018).
This paper addresses this gap by investigating how teachers’ spatial competences can be developed through design-based and participatory approaches. Drawing on Martin’s (2002) and Lackney’s (2008) concept of environmental competence, spatial competence is understood as the ability to perceive and shape the learning environment as an active and responsive element of teaching practice. Teachers with spatial awareness and competence can act as spatial agents who deliberately use space to support learning. Although the need for such competences is increasingly recognised (Leighton, 2021; Mahat et al., 2024), they remain largely absent from teacher education and school building processes (Bøjer & Brøns, 2022).
Empirically, the paper draws on three Danish case studies:
1) a primary school (2018);
2) a teacher training pilot project (2020–24); and
3) an ongoing diploma course for teacher professionals (2020-).
The paper presents concrete design-based methods and participatory approaches that support collaborative reflection, experimentation, and professional learning, enabling teachers to develop new understandings of the space-practice relationship.
Methodologically, the paper is grounded in socio-spatial perspectives on education (Carvalho & Yeoman, 2021; Mulcahy et al., 2015), viewing learning environments as dynamic constellations shaped by physical design, pedagogical values, school organisation, and student motivation (Gislason, 2018). The case studies combine Research through Design (Frayling, 1994) and Action Research (Wolkenhauer et al., 2017), using design processes and educational practices as means of inquiry.
The paper concludes that teachers should be understood not merely as users but as active co-makers of the learning environment. Supporting teachers in this role requires deliberate training in spatial awareness and competence. Across the case studies, design-based and participatory methods fostered active reflection and exploration of the space-practice relationship, contributing to practice-based knowledge, experiences, and ultimately teacher spatial agency.
References:
Benade, L. (2019). Flexible learning spaces: Inclusive by design? New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 54(1), 53–68.
Bøjer, B. H., & Brøns, M. G. (2022). How co-design can contribute to the ongoing development of hybrid learning spaces by empowering the users. In Hybrid learning spaces (pp. 45–60). Springer.
Lai, C., Huang, Y. X., & Lam, T. (2020). Teachers’ socio-spatial practice in innovative learning environments. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(4), 521–538.
Leighton, V. (2021). Envisaging teacher spatial competency through the lenses of situated cognition and personal imagination to reposition it as a professional classroom practice skill. Teacher Transition into Innovative Learning Environments, 249–275.
Mahat, M., Hurn, B., & Bradbeer, C. (2024). Putting teachers’ “spatial competency” on the professional learning map: An environmental scan. The University of Melbourne.
Morris, J. E., & Imms, W. (2025). Flexible furniture to support inclusive education: Developing learner agency and engagement in primary school. Learning Environments Research, 28(2), 223–248.
Woolner, P., Thomas, U., & Tiplady, L. (2018). Structural change from physical foundations: The role of the environment in enacting school change. Journal of Educational Change, 19(2), 223–242.
Making Space for Learning: How Students Enact Agency in Open and Flexible Learning Spaces
Open and flexible learning spaces are widely promoted as enabling autonomy, collaboration, and engagement (e.g. Benade, 2018; Sassoon et al., 2021; Wiklund-Engblom et al., 2025), yet relatively little is known about how these pedagogical expectations are actually enacted, negotiated, and appropriated by students in situated learning activities. Based on a video-based study of students’ learning interactions in Finnish schools, this study examines how students’ agency is enacted through everyday classroom practices as they unfold within, and in relation to, open and flexible spatial arrangements.
Drawing on multimodal conversation analysis (e.g. Mondada, 2019) of video-recorded classroom situations, the study examines how students use movement, positioning, bodily orientation, and material resources to manage participation, attention, and social relations. The analysis shows that agency is not merely a matter of individual choice or freedom, but is continuously negotiated through interactional work: claiming and reshaping space, creating temporary boundaries, withdrawing or engaging, and adapting to the presence and availability of peers and teachers (McPherson, A. & Saltmarsh 2017).
Empirically, the paper analyses, among other cases, an episode from a fifth-grade mathematics lesson in which a group of students collectively constructs a temporary “math hut” using mattresses and pillows in order to work together on fraction tasks. This case illustrates how pedagogical intentions related to collaboration and concentration become spatially materialised—and transformed—through students’ own spatial actions, and how a learning environment is actively produced in the course of ongoing instructional activity. While not foregrounding wellbeing as a separate analytical category, the study highlights how conditions for comfort, focus, and emotional security emerge as part of these agentive spatial practices, and how open configurations may both enable and constrain students’ possibilities for participation.
By making students’ embodied and interactional spatial practices visible, the paper contributes empirical insight into how agency is lived and produced in open and flexible learning spaces. It argues that video-based methodologies offer a powerful resource between educational research, pedagogical practice, and learning space design by revealing how pedagogical expectations are enacted, negotiated, and reworked in everyday classroom activity, and and how students create opportunities to resist, reshape, and reinterpret these expectations in practice.
References:
Benade. L. (2018). Being a Teacher in the 21st Century. Singapore: Springer.
Leighton, V. (2021). Envisaging teacher spatial competency through the lenses of situated cognition and personal imagination to reposition it as a professional classroom practice skill. Teacher Transition into Innovative Learning Environments, 249–275. 275.
McPherson, A. & Saltmarsh, S. (2017). Bodies and affect in non-traditional learning spaces. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49(8), 832–841.
Mondada, L. (2019). Contemporary issues in conversation analysis: Embodiment and materiality,multimodality and multisensoriality in social interaction. Journal of Pragmatics, 145, 47-62.
Sasson, R., Yehuda, I., & Magen-Nagar, N. (2021). Teachers’ classroom management and student behaviour in innovative learning environments. Teaching and Teacher Education, 103, 103347. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103347
Wiklund-Engblom, A., Bergström, B. & Lindfors, M. (2025). Exploring teaching practices in an innovative learning environment: A pragmatic view on the student-centred ideal in future classrooms. Postdigital Science and Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-025-00570-
From Affective Experience to Spatial Intelligence in Learning Environments
Learning environments are increasingly recognised as central to students’ wellbeing, engagement, and learning (Barrett et al., 2015). Yet in both educational discourse and practice, physical learning environments are still frequently discussed through sharp dualities: classroom versus open learning landscape; stimulating versus calming; structured versus flexible. Such binary framings obscure the actual “in-between” spatial conditions where agency and wellbeing are often negotiated in everyday teaching and learning. This paper argues that these polarised interpretations are partly rooted in limited spatial literacy among educational professionals, leading to reduced vocabulary and restricted capacity to interpret the didactic potential embedded in space (Stevens & Balenonck, 2026).
Positioned at the intersection of educational research and architectural design, this paper proposes that students’ affective descriptions of learning spaces can be mobilised as architectural design intelligence. Rather than treating affective language as subjective impression, the study examines it as experiential spatial evidence that can enrich how learning environments are designed, used, and evaluated (Castilla et al., 2017). The paper addresses the research question: How can students’ affective descriptions of learning spaces be interpreted as architectural knowledge relevant to agency and wellbeing? This question is timely within current European debates on learning environment design, including tendencies to revert to traditional classroom models and critiques of open learning landscapes (Charteris et al., 2025; Page & Anderson, 2024).
Methodologically, the study draws on a qualitative corpus of short written reflections collected from higher education students describing how their teaching spaces (aulas) feel during learning activities. The analysis follows a two-step process. First, affective descriptors (e.g., calm, oppressive, energising, chaotic) are identified and coded, supported by affect-oriented approaches from design research (Desmet, 2018). Second, these affective terms are spatially anchored through references to architectural conditions such as light, scale, enclosure, acoustics, materiality, and spatial organisation. This interpretive approach links affect not to preference, but to spatial qualities and tensions.
Findings reveal recurring affective patterns that transcend typological labels of “traditional” or “innovative” space. Students articulate key tensions—openness versus safety; stimulation versus overload; flexibility versus disorientation—suggesting that the quality of learning environments resides in nuanced spatial gradients rather than in fixed design categories. The paper concludes by proposing affective spatial analysis as a reflective tool to help educators and designers move beyond binaries, strengthen spatial literacy, and develop richer, more actionable discussions on learning environments that support agency and wellbeing.
References:
Barrett, P., Davies, F., Zhang, Y., & Barrett, L. (2015). The impact of classroom design on pupils’ learning: Final results of a holistic, multi-level analysis. Building and Environment, 89, 118–133.
Castilla, N., Llinares, C., Bravo, J. M., & Blanca, V. (2017). Subjective assessment of university classroom environment. Building and Environment, 122, 72–81.
Charteris, J., Frelin, A., & Grannäs, J. (2025). Respatialisation in schools: Redesigning spaces and reimagining pedagogy. Oxford Review of Education.
Desmet, P. M. A. (2018). Measuring emotion: Development and application of an instrument to measure emotional responses to products. In M. Blythe & A. Monk (Eds.), Funology 2: From usability to enjoyment (pp. 391–404). Springer.
Geitz, G., Donker, A., & Parpala, A. (2023). Studying in an innovative teaching–learning environment: Design-based education at a university of applied sciences. Learning Environments Research.
Morris, J., & Imms, W. (2022). Designing and using innovative learning spaces: What teachers have to say. IUL Research, 3(6), 7–25.
Stevens, R. & Balendonck, S. (accepted for publication). The Teacher’s Rider: A Speculative, Identity-Based Method for Integrating Pedagogical Insight into the Architectural Design of Learning Environments. Archnet-IJAR
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 07 SES 10 A: Special Call: Challenging Inequalities: 30 Years of Network 7 ”Social Justice and Intercultural Education – Past Insights and Future Perspectives”: Ethnicity, Culture and School Dropout Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Hanna Tomaszewska-Pękała Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper What Does it Mean to Employ Young People as Co-researchers? University of Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Across educational research, participatory, co-designed and youth-led methodological approaches have gained increasing prominence, with growing efforts to engage young people as collaborators in research that directly impacts their lives (Habib et al., 2024; Cuevas-Parra, 2020). Within these approaches, compensating young people for the time they give to research activities is recognised as ethically necessary (Afkinich et al., 2020), most often through vouchers or symbolic payments. While these practices move away from extractive research models, they also raise less frequently examined questions about how labour, value and benefits are configured within the research process - questions that intersect with wider European debates regarding youth labour, where access to paid work remains uneven and tied to socio-economic disadvantage (ILO, 2024).
This paper addresses two related research questions: What happens when young people’s participation in education research is organised through paid employment? And how do wages enter into knowledge production by reconfiguring research relations? Conceptually, our analysis draws on Gillen’s (2019) Power in the Room to explore how paid work structures educational activities and outcomes. Through his analysis of the Baltimore Algebra Project, a youth-run cooperative in which mathematical learning is organised through paid work, Gillen treats wages as a structuring condition under racialised capitalism that reorganises educational work and gives material weight to young people’s intellectual labour, particularly for those positioned precariously within racial capitalism (Robinson, 2019). In the context of education research, where funds are fiercely surveilled by university systems and structures, paying young people through waged labour raises questions about the nature of work, value and just rewards. Certainly, the payment of wages can be seen as ethically suspect because productive labour under racial capitalism is organised through the exploitation of the worker as they produce commodities that hold surplus value for those in power (the white capitalist). Yet this labour may also operate as a form of collective inquiry that has use-value for young people and their communities (Williams, 2011). Thus, we offer an analysis of paid participation as a condition that intervenes in unequal conditions of participation and recognition, while bringing into view different logics of value within educational research.
The paper draws on the Very Local Maths project (https://verylocalmaths.org.uk/), conducted in collaboration with a community centre in Manchester. Inspired by the Funds of Knowledge approach (Moll et al.,1992), which foregrounds the cultural resources of students from disadvantaged backgrounds, the project explored ‘community mathematics’, understood as mathematics emerging beyond formal schooling and connected to young people’s lives and experiences. Seven young people (13-16) took part in the project, most of whom identified as Black, neurodivergent and struggling with their participation in formal schooling. Over six monthly workshops, they were employed as co-researchers and paid an hourly wage to participate in the research.
The analysis draws on video recordings and written artefacts produced during the workshops, focusing on two episodes from our fourth workshop, where payment shifted from a background condition to an explicit object of negotiation. In the first episode, co-researchers explored how their labour might be valued if the project ran next year, considering factors such as travel costs, changes in minimum wage, or the university’s financial capacities. The second episode centres on a collective discussion about how young people were using their wages, drawing attention to how payment circulated within the group and shaped possibilities and relations within and around the project.
The paper contributes a situated reflection on wages as a research device and their effects within educational research, highlighting payment as more than a practical or ethical arrangement supporting participation. This reflection makes visible how economic arrangements enter into research practices, supporting a more reflexive engagement with the conditions of educational knowledge production. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The reflections presented in this paper emerge from a broader research project conducted over the 2024-2025 academic year in a community centre in Manchester. The project was developed in response to well-documented cultures of exclusion in school mathematics, where exam-driven curricula continue to offer narrow and disconnected experiences of the subject, particularly for young people from structurally marginalised communities (Ladson-Billings, 1997; Observatory for Mathematics Education, 2025). While school mathematics has been widely examined as a key site where inequalities are (re)produced, this project took a different vantage point by directing attention towards how young people encounter and participate in mathematics beyond formal education. The project was organised as a community-based inquiry conducted over seven months. We recruited seven young people aged 13-16 on a voluntary basis through the community centre, with the intention of working together over time rather than through one-off workshops. Most had identified SEND and disrupted educational trajectories including long periods of non-attendance. Workshops were designed as interdisciplinary spaces for exploring and inventing mathematics beyond curricular formats. Sessions combined mathematical exploration with practices drawn from music, photography and poetry, and involved invited artists and university mathematics students. This design intended to open multiple entry points into mathematics and support collaborative and exploratory forms of participation. Participants were engaged as co-researchers and paid an hourly wage of £20/hour for each of the six 2h workshops. This reflected a methodological commitment to recognising participation as work and to treating young people’s time and intellectual contributions as materially significant within the research process. Fieldwork generated a range of materials, including video and audio recordings of workshops and group discussions, as well as written and material artefacts such as notes, sketches, worksheets, and calculation traces. These materials were produced through processes of co-documentation, with young people taking an active role in filming, recording and selecting what counted as relevant traces of the inquiry. In relation to the analyses developed in this paper, our methodological stance aligns with post-qualitative approaches (MacLure, 2013) and directs attention to how specific methodological arrangements take effect within concrete research situations. From this perspective, these arrangements are understood not as neutral tools but as part of the research apparatus, shaping the conditions of knowledge production. This stance supports our reflexive analysis of how payment entered the research, reshaping relations, expectations and forms of participation through which educational knowledge is produced. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper offers a situated reflection on what becomes visible when young people’s involvement in education research is organised through paid work. Drawing on concrete episodes from a community-based mathematics project, it attends to wages as more than a practical or ethical arrangement supporting participation. Wages are approached as a tool for inquiry within the research itself, shaping how inquiry is organised and what forms of educational knowledge can be generated. Conceptually, the paper contributes to debates on participation, labour and value. It demonstrates how wages can simultaneously engender young people’s intellectual labour, function as a way of intervening in unequal conditions of participation, whilst also raising concerns about young people’s exploitation, exchange value, and benefit. The paper offers a framework with examples to think about these tensions, without resolving them or assuming participatory arrangements to be equitable. Methodologically, the paper invites a more reflexive engagement with wages as part of the research apparatus, rather than as a background or technical decision. This has direct implications for those working with participatory, co-designed methodologies, particularly those working with young people in contexts of socio-economic precarity. More broadly, situating the analysis within wider European concerns about youth labour and uneven access to paid work, the paper highlights how research practices intersect with broader conditions of economic insecurities. In this context, paying young people might matter not only as a research decision, but as an intervention within existing inequalities, inviting reflection on how compensation and labour are organised in educational research. References Afkinich, J. L., & Blachman-Demner, D. R. (2020). Providing incentives to youth participants in research: A literature review. Journal of Empirical Research on Human Research Ethics, 15(3), 202-215. Cuevas-Parra, P. (2020). Co-researching with children in the time of COVID-19: Shifting the narrative on methodologies to generate knowledge. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19, 1609406920982135. Gillen, J. (2019). The power in the room: Radical education through youth organizing and employment. Beacon press. Habib, S., Alam, H., Chowdhury, M., Hasan, R., & Mudabbir, S. (2024). ‘Being part of a space made up of people of colour, led by people of colour’: Young people navigating institutional whiteness in the cultural sector. Children & Society, 38(3), 945-961. International Labor Organization (ILO). (2024). Global Employment Trends for Youth 2024: Europe and Central Asia. Geneva: ILO. Ladson-Billings, G. (1997). It Doesn’t Add up: African American Students’ Mathematics Achievement. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 28(6), 697. https://doi.org/10.2307/749638 MacLure, M. (2013). Classification or wonder? Coding as an analytic practice in qualitative research. In R. Coleman & J. Ringrose (Eds.), Deleuze and research methodologies (pp. 164–182). Edinburgh University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780748644124 Moll, L. C., Amanti, C., Neff, D., & Gonzalez, N. (1992). Funds of knowledge for teaching: Using a qualitative approach to connect homes and classrooms. Theory into Practice, 31(2), 132–141. Observatory for Mathematical Education (2025). Review of Mathematical Education 2025. University of Nottingham. Robinson, C. J. (2019). Cedric J. Robinson: On Racial Capitalism, Black Internationalism, and Cultures of Resistance (H. L. T. Quan, Ed.; 1st ed.). Pluto Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvr0qs8p Williams, J. (2011). Toward a political economic theory of education: Use and exchange values of enhanced labor power. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 18(3), 276-292. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper “Hidden Dropout” in Yi Ethnic Townships of Western China: Unraveling Causal Mechanisms and Forging Culturally Responsive Interventions 1: East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of; 2: Southwest University,China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:Research Questions & Objectives This study investigates hidden dropout—a critical yet under-researched phenomenon where students remain physically enrolled but become psychologically and academically disengaged. Focusing on junior high schools within Yi ethnic townships in Western China, the research addresses two pivotal questions: What are the multi-level causal mechanisms that drive hidden dropout within a culturally distinct, marginalized indigenous community? And how can meaningful, culturally responsive interventions be designed to restore educational engagement and dignity, rather than merely enforcing physical attendance? The objectives are threefold: (1) to identify and typologize the manifestations of hidden dropout; (2) to analyze its causal factors across interconnected ecological systems; and (3) to propose and preliminarily evaluate intervention strategies that are grounded in local culture and responsive to systemic inequities.
Theoretical Framework This research employs an integrated theoretical framework to unravel the complexity of hidden dropout. Bronfenbrenner's Bioecological Model serves as the foundational lens, framing student disengagement as the outcome of dynamic interactions across multiple systemic levels: from the microsystem of classroom and family dynamics, through the mesosystem of home-school cultural disconnection, to the exosystem of policy implementation gaps, and ultimately to the macrosystem of broader cultural norms and values. Critically extending this model, Cultural Mismatch Theory interrogates the structural incongruence and conflict between the standardized, state-mandated curriculum and the indigenous Yi value systems, traditions, and worldviews. Together, this combined framework moves beyond conceptualizing dropout merely as an individual deficit, instead positioning it as a process of sociocultural negotiation and a systemic issue of educational justice. Consequently, the study situates itself within broader global debates concerning inclusion, cultural rights, and the purpose of schooling in pluralistic societies.
Methodological Orientation & Contribution To address these questions, the study adopts a critical ethnographic approach grounded in the aforementioned theoretical framework. This methodology is chosen for its strength in uncovering the lived experiences, cultural meanings, and systemic contradictions that underlie phenomena like hidden dropout. Conducted in the Liangshan Yi Autonomous Prefecture—a region emblematic of the intersection between poverty, cultural distinctness, and state-led educational campaigns in China—the research generates nuanced, context-rich insights. This approach has enabled the research not only to identify and typologize expressions of disengagement but, more importantly, to trace their genesis across the bioecological strata and through the lens of cultural mismatch. By mapping these mechanisms, the study proposes and argues for intervention strategies that are genuinely culturally responsive. Therefore, its primary scholarly contribution lies in developing and illustrating a transferable, ecologically-grounded model for understanding and addressing student disengagement in marginalized, cross-cultural settings.
European/International Dimension & Scholarly Significance This research engages directly with pressing European and international educational agendas by advancing theoretical dialogue, informing pedagogical practice, and providing evidence for policy deliberation. Specifically, it contributes to the application and refinement of ecosystem models within indigenous and Global South contexts by integrating the critical lens of cultural mismatch, thereby enriching the analytical tools available for understanding educational equity. In doing so, it informs practical efforts to design inclusive pedagogies that sustain rather than marginalize minority cultures—addressing a key priority for both EU and OECD educational policy aimed at effectively serving diverse learner populations. Consequently, the study provides timely evidence for ongoing policy discussions on balancing universal education goals with cultural integrity, thereby supporting the pursuit of UN Sustainable Development Goal 4 (Quality Education) and aligning with the EU's strategic objectives of promoting equity, social cohesion, and successful integration. By centering the concepts of cultural negotiation and systemic interdependence, the study offers a robust framework with relevance for understanding educational disengagement in diverse intercultural settings globally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology This study employed a critical ethnographic approach, guided by the integrated bioecological and cultural mismatch framework, to investigate hidden dropout in its real-life context. Conducted over three months of immersive fieldwork at Z Middle School in Liangshan Yi Autonomous Prefecture, Sichuan Province, China, the research design centered on methodological triangulation to ensure depth, validity, and a multi-angled understanding of the phenomenon. Data Collection Data were systematically collected through three primary methods in this study. Firstly, participant observation was conducted as the researcher assumed a dual "teacher-researcher" role to immerse into the daily life of the school. Over three months, detailed field notes were recorded through sustained participant observation, documenting classroom interactions, teacher-student dynamics, and cultural practices within the school setting, with the aim of capturing the embodied manifestations and situational logics of student disengagement. Secondly, semi-structured interviews were conducted using purposive sampling. Participants included 8 teachers (homeroom teachers, subject teachers, and one teacher-administrator) with 1 to 10 years of experience, and 7 students (5 of Yi ethnicity and 2 of Han ethnicity) representing a spectrum of engagement levels. Interview protocols focused on dimensions such as personal experiences, interpretations of educational meaning, perceptions of cultural conflict, and attributions of disengagement. All interviews were audio-recorded with informed consent and later transcribed verbatim. In addition, a self-administered structured questionnaire was distributed to junior high school students at Z Middle School, yielding 410 valid responses. The instrument was adapted from established scales to fit the local context and served to quantitatively examine students' learning attitudes, self-perceptions, peer influences, and judgments of educational value, thereby providing a background and points of reference for the qualitative findings. Data Analysis The qualitative data from observations and interviews were analyzed through inductive thematic coding using NVivo 14 software, allowing patterns, typologies, and causal mechanisms to emerge from the data itself. The quantitative survey data were processed using descriptive statistical analysis to identify general trends and distributions within the student population. The iterative analysis integrated findings from all three sources, constructing a evidence-based narrative of hidden dropout that spans individual experiences to systemic structures. Research Ethics The study adhered to established ethical guidelines. Informed consent was obtained from the school administration and all participants. Anonymity and confidentiality were ensured through the use of pseudonyms for all individuals. A posture of cultural sensitivity and respect was maintained throughout, particularly regarding culturally specific practices and potential vulnerabilities within the community. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study provides three core sets of empirical findings and contributions. First, it establishes a nuanced typology of hidden dropout specific to an indigenous school context, identifying three distinct patterns: Academic Avoidance (behavioral withdrawal through skipping and copying), Psychological Detachment (emotional disengagement and a sense of invisibility), and School Resistance (active opposition to school authority). This typology reframes disengagement as a spectrum of strategies, crucial for moving beyond a simple in/out binary. Second, through the integrated lens of bioecological theory and cultural mismatch, the analysis elucidates the multi-level causal mechanisms sustaining these patterns. It demonstrates how macro-systemic factors—particularly the structural clash between a standardized Han-centric curriculum and Yi cultural values, traditions, and epistemologies—interact with exo-systemic policy rigidities and a meso-systemic home-school cultural disconnect. These combined forces manifest in micro-systemic realities of teacher-student conflict, parental indifference, and student apathy, creating a self-reinforcing ecology of disengagement. The primary practical outcome is the development and preliminary evaluation of a culturally responsive intervention framework. The research reveals a critical paradox: standardized, accountability-driven measures can intensify alienation, whereas pedagogical approaches that integrate local Yi knowledge and affirm indigenous identity show tangible potential for re-engagement. Consequently, the findings strongly argue for shifting from coercive retention toward flexible, pluralistic educational pathways that honor both national objectives and local cultural integrity, such as thoughtfully designed academic-vocational streams. In sum, this research makes a significant theoretical contribution by critically extending ecosystem models, foregrounding cultural mismatch as a central mechanism of educational inequality in indigenous settings. Its empirical insights and proposed framework offer direct, transferable value for global efforts toward equitable education (SDG 4), social inclusion, and the development of pedagogies that sustain, rather than erase, minority cultures in diverse international contexts. References References [1]Banks, J. A. . (2001). Cultural Diversity and Education: Foundations, Curriculum, and Teaching. [2]Bourdieu, P. , & Passeron, J. C. . (1979). The inheritors: french students and their relation to culture. american journal of education. [3]Bronfenbrenner, U. , & Morris, P. A. . (2007). The Bioecological Model of Human Development. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [4]Castagno, A. E., & Brayboy, B. M. J. (2010). Culturally responsive schooling for Indigenous youth: A review of the literature.Review of Educational Research, 78(4), 941–993. [5]Chu, Y., & Wang, Y. (2023). Hidden dropout: Manifestations and analysis of a problem affecting rural education revitalization.Contemporary Education Forum, (04), 117–124. (In Chinese) [6]European Commission. (2020).Achieving the European Education Area by 2025. COM(2020) 625 final. [7]Gibson, M. A., & Koyama, J. P. (2011). Immigrants and education. In B. A. U. Levinson & M. Pollock (Eds.),A companion to the anthropology of education(pp. 311–329). Wiley-Blackwell. [8]Gay, G. . (2000). Culturally responsive teaching: theory, research, and practice. Health Behavior, 53(2), 32-34. [9]Ladson-Billings, G. (1995). Toward a theory of culturally relevant pedagogy.American Educational Research Journal, 32(3), 465–491. [10]Liao, M. (2021).A study on hidden dropout of junior high school students in relatively impoverished ethnic areas[Doctoral dissertation, Southwest University]. (In Chinese) [11]Ma, X. , & Willms, J. D. . (1999). Dropping out of advanced mathematics: how much do students and schools contribute to the problem?. Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis,21(4), 365-383. [12]Ogbu, & John, U. . (1992). Adaptation to minority status and impact on school success. Theory Into Practice, 31(4), 287-295. [13]Schweisfurth, M. (2015).Learner-centred education in international perspective: Whose pedagogy for whose development?Routledge. [14]Stephens, N. M., Townsend, S. S. M., & Dittmann, A. G. (2018). Social-class disparities in higher education and professional workplaces: The role of cultural mismatch.Current Directions in Psychological Science, 28(1), 67–73. [15]UNESCO. (2020).Global education monitoring report 2020: Inclusion and education – All means all. UNESCO Publishing. [16]Wang, Y., & He, M. M. (2023). Exploring governance paths for hidden dropout from a justice perspective: Experiences from France, the US, and Japan.Studies in Foreign Education, 50(4), 80–94. (In Chinese) [17]Zhou, X. H. (2023). Boredom: The extraction and reconstruction of meaning.Exploration and Free Views, (6), 17–19. (In Chinese) [18]Zhu, X. Z., & Liu, H. R. (2015). Cultural analysis of hidden dropout in rural junior high school students.Education Science, 31(4), 58–63. (In Chinese) |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 07 SES 10 B: Responsive Qualitative Research in Diverse Contexts Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Carola Mantel Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper A Qualitative Study on Pre-Departure Experiences of Migrant Candidates 1: Eskisehir Osmangazi University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Middle East Technical University Presenting Author:Migration has been a crucial global phenomenon, affecting individuals and societies for many years. According to the most recent report, as of 2020, migrants constituted 3.60% of the world's population, with an estimated 281 million (McAuliffe & Oucho, 2024). In recent years, emigration from Türkiye has also been noticeably rising in parallel with the global trend. Turkish Statistical Institute (2025) reports showed that 151,000 Turkish citizens left the country in 2024. Migration is not only a physical move; it's a process that starts long before the departure. Migrants' experiences in the pre-departure phase are unique. Due to various individual and non-individual factors, each person experiences a different process. And, they may face multiple challenges during the pre-departure phase. They experience pre-departure stress due to some challenges such as quitting jobs, arranging new accommodation, and completing detailed legal processes (Tabor & Milfont, 2011), financial factors such as high costs, recurring payments, and exchange rates (Khanal & Gaulee, 2019), getting accurate information (Khanal & Gaulee, 2019), pre-migration concerns about loneliness, unfamiliar food, accommodation quality, language barriers, and potential (Brown & Aktaş, 2011). Mental health is a critical concern for prospective migrants, as it both influences the decision to migrate and shapes how individuals experience the pre- and post-departure processes. Research indicates that migrant candidates may experience increased levels of depression and anxiety symptoms (Sancak et al., 2023). These symptoms may either precede migration and motivating individuals to leave, or emerge as a result of the psychological demands of preparing for migration. Also, pre-departure emotional states, cognitive styles, and psychological resources are closely linked to post-migration adjustment. Studies demonstrate the role of pre-migration resources as well. Higher levels of pre-migration resources, such as self-esteem, body image, and social and school competence, were associated with lower acculturative stress and homesickness and higher loneliness and emotional or behavioral problems (Tartakovsky, 2007). Also, under-met expectations were found to be related to depression (Rogers & Ward, 1993) and having no clear goals and poorly planned migration was found to be related to mental health issues (Chou, 2009). How individuals interpret the meaning of migration itself also plays a key role in their psychological well-being during settlement (Bürgelt et al., 2008). Together, these findings suggest that psychoeducation and psychological preparation in the pre-departure period may serve a protective function. In line with this, migrant workers have emphasized the need for pre-departure programs that go beyond practical information and include structured mental health support (Regmi et al., 2020). Given the increasing number of migrants, the migration process, which varies according to individual variables and conditions, deserves to be examined multidimensionally. To represent the multifaceted nature of pre-migration experiences, this study incorporates several theoretical stances. Push and pull theory (Lee, 1966) helps interpret participants' fundamental migration decisions, relative deprivation theory (Stark, 1984) facilitates the interpretation of the mechanisms of some factors in migration decisions, and ecological systems theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1977) provides a framework to understand the interaction between the systems they are part of and their migration decisions and processes. Drawing on this multidimensional theoretical framework, this study aims develop an understanding of how Turkish emigrant candidates experience their pre-departure period. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study, phenomenology, which aims to understand a phenomenon by focusing on the experiences of individuals and the phenomenon’s meaning for them, was employed. Interpretative phenomenology is adopted because it is believed that accessing participants' experiences is always possible through the researcher's perspective, and that findings cannot be independent of the researcher's interpretations (Smith & Nizza, 2022). In line with IPA, participants were recruited by using purposive and snowball sampling methods. The inclusion criteria for this study were being over 18 years old, a citizen of the Republic of Türkiye currently residing in Türkiye, having at least a bachelor’s degree or being an undergraduate student, planning to emigrate, having initiated formal migration procedures, and having received at least one official approval related to migration (e.g., a scholarship for study abroad, an acceptance letter from a foreign institution, a green card, or a visa). The sample included 11 participants aged 23 to 50. Data were collected with a semi-structured interview form developed by the researchers based on the migration literature and personal experiences. The form was revised based on three expert opinions and three cognitive interviews with three migrant candidates who evaluated the clarity and comprehensibility of the questions. The research announcement was both shared on social media and communicated to people in the researchers' network who met the criteria. All interviews were conducted online and audio-recorded with participants’ permission. Transcripts were extracted from the audio recordings taken during the interviews. The analysis process recommended for IPA was followed (Smith & Nizza, 2022). MAXQDA 2022 was used to analyze the data. To enhance the trustworthiness of the study, strategies proposed by (Lincoln & Guba, 1985) for addressing credibility, dependability, confirmability, and transferability were systematically employed throughout the research process. The analysis was shared with a research assistant who had previously conducted IPA. Also, prolonged engagement was achieved through in-depth, more than one-hour semi-structured interviews, and iterative engagement with the data was achieved during transcription and analysis, allowing for a familiarity with participants’ narratives. To provide an idea of the transferability of the research, criterion sampling was employed, and information regarding participants was presented. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis yielded four group experiential themes that are motivators for migration, challenges, facilitators, and returning decision. When the motivations of participants to migrate were examined, economic factors, societal and political factors, education and career-related factors, and individual factors seemed to be effective in migration decisions. Participants mentioned that a lack of quality education or the inability to meet the requirements of their jobs were reasons for migration. Also, it was seen that all participants had at least two of these four motivators. Participants also talked about what challenged them during the preparation process. They frequently mentioned how decision-making, uncertainty, and anxiety, to be leaving, and formal procedures challenge them. They have a lot of “what if” questions and scenarios that they do not want to experience. While there were things that challenged the participants, there were also things that helped them. Some individual facilitators, social support, researching and planning, and seeing what others have done facilitated this process for them. These factors helped them by motivating them, helping them overcome difficulties, or making the process easier. The decision to return also emerged as a salient consideration among participants. Most participants established a self-defined "trial period," and identified economic, sociopolitical, educational/career-related factors, and factors related to loved ones, as influential in shaping their decisions regarding whether to return. Participants were found to compare themselves to their parents' circumstances and feel despair due to perceived decline in economic welfare. Interpreted within the framework of relative deprivation theory, individuals engage in intergenerational comparison not only with those in their immediate environment but also across generations. Furthermore, it was observed that while participants generally made migration decisions due to macroeconomic factors, they maintained their well-being during this process through microeconomic factors. This could indicate that initiatives to support migrants need to be increased. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1977). Toward an experimental ecology of human development. American Psychologist, 32(7), 513–531. Brown, L., & Aktas, G. (2011). Fear of the unknown: A pre-departure qualitative study of Turkish international students. British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 39(4), 339–355. https://doi.org/10.1080/03069885.2011.576314 Bürgelt, P. T., Morgan, M., & Pernice, R. (2008). Staying or returning: Pre‐migration influences on the migration process of German migrants to New Zealand. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 18(4), 282–298. https://doi.org/10.1002/casp.924 Chou, K. L. (2009). Pre-migration planning and depression among new migrants to Hong Kong: The moderating role of social support. Journal of Affective Disorders, 114(1-3), 85–93. https://doi.org//10.1016/j.jad.2008.06.005 Khanal, J., & Gaulee, U. (2019). Challenges of international students from pre-departure to post-study: A literature review. Journal of International Students, 9(2), 560-581. https://doi.org/10.32674/jis.v9i2.673 Lee, E. S. (1966). A theory of migration. Demography, 3, 47–57. Lincoln, Y. S. & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic Inquiry. Sage Publications. McAuliffe, M. and L.A. Oucho (eds.), 2024. World Migration Report 2024. International Organization for Migration (IOM), Geneva. Regmi, P. R., Aryal, N., van Teijlingen, E., Simkhada, P., & Adhikary, P. (2020). Nepali migrant workers and the need for pre-departure training on mental health: A qualitative study. Journal of Immigrant and Minority Health, 22, 973–981. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10903-019-00960-z Rogers, J., & Ward, C. (1993). Expectation-experience discrepancies and psychological adjustment during cross-cultural reentry. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 17(2), 185–196. Sancak, B., Selek, S. N., & Sarı, E. (2023). Depression, anxiety, stress levels, and five‐factor personality traits as predictors of clinical medical students' migration intention: A cross‐sectional study of brain drain. The International Journal of Health Planning and Management, 38(4), 1015–1031. https://doi.org/10.1002/hpm.3646 Smith, J. A., & Nizza, I. E. (2022). Essentials of interpretative phenomenological analysis. American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/0000259-000 Stark, O. (1984). Discontinuity and the theory of international migration. Kyklos, 37(2), 206–222. Tabor, A. S., & Milfont, T. L. (2011). Migration change model: Exploring the process of migration on a psychological level. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 35(6), 818–832. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2010.11.013 Tartakovsky, E. (2007). A longitudinal study of acculturative stress and homesickness: High-school adolescents immigrating from Russia and Ukraine to Israel without parents. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 42, 485–494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00127-007-0184-1 Turkish Statistical Institute (2025, June 24). International Migration Statistics, 2024 (54083). https://data.tuik.gov.tr/Bulten/Index?p=Uluslararasi-Goc-Istatistikleri-2024-54083 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Managing Religious Pluralism in Schools: Interpretations on Reasonable Accommodation in Education from a Qualitative Study in Northen Italy 1: University of Turin, Italy; 2: University of Milan-Bicocca, Italy Presenting Author:The growing plurality of religious belongings has become an ordinary condition of contemporary schooling (Knauth, 2008; Vestrucci, 2023). It challenges school systems not only at an organizational level, but also at a deeper one, calling into question education as a practice of coexistence, recognition, and the construction of a shared horizon (Bano et al., 2020; Goodman, 2012). Schools are required to engage with differences that permeate students’ lived experiences, relationships, implicit curricula, and forms of participation in school life (Ahmed & Gaztambide-Fernández, 2015; Haynes, 2023), making reflection on how such differences are acknowledged or silenced unavoidable. Within this framework, the central issue is not the presence of religion in school spaces per se, but institutional responses to its plurality. Strategies based on the neutralization or symbolic removal of the religious dimension, historically associated with secular arrangements of schooling (Farrow, 2004), risk producing institutional indifference that does not eliminate asymmetries but makes them opaque (Benhabib, 2005; Lee, 2017). The absence of overt dialogue may therefore coincide with a failure to engage educationally with difference, leaving tensions unaddressed and shaping students’ experiences and teachers’ practices (Davis, 2010; Zilliacus, 2013). Against this backdrop, the concept of reasonable accommodation offers a useful lens for analysing school practices (Bribosia et al., 2010; Griffiths, 2016). Beyond its legal origins and association with special educational needs (de Asís Roig, 2016), it can be understood as a way for schools to mediate between common rules and concrete situations, avoiding assimilation and fragmentation (Hill KC & Valero-Estarellas, 2024). In educational settings, it takes the form of everyday micro-decisions affecting students’ participation in school life (Beaman, 2012). When such decisions rely primarily on individual initiative, they risk uneven responses and shift the management of pluralism from institutional responsibility to personal sensitivity. School autonomy represents a crucial node within this tension. When reduced to a bureaucratic margin, it remains a largely unquestioned backdrop. When embraced as a space for educational decision-making, it brings to the surface value-laden choices orienting school action (Urgate et al., 2022). Autonomous decisions related to religious pluralism may expose schools to symbolic conflicts and public contestation, particularly when they challenge implicit notions of cultural normality (MacMullen, 2009). In such moments, schools become sites of confrontation between competing conceptions of educational justice, secularism, and civic coexistence. Religious pluralism thus emerges not as an issue for emergency-driven responses, but as a structural challenge exposing the limits of secular frameworks centred on neutrality. Practices of reasonable accommodation and the exercise of school autonomy point to the need for a post-secular understanding of schooling (Fabretti, 2013), in which educational responsibility toward religious difference is institutionally assumed rather than neutralized. Building on these premises, the paper focuses on Italian school system. Over recent decades, Italian schools have experienced growing cultural and religious heterogeneity, while school autonomy, introduced in the early 2000s, has expanded local responsibility for educational decision-making. More recently, the introduction of reasonable accommodation into the Italian legal framework (Law 62/2024) has reshaped how religious difference is recognized and negotiated in public schools. Located in Lombardy, this study aims to answer the following questions:
This empirical focus is not intended as a merely local case, but as a vantage point for engaging with broader European and international debates on how public schools negotiate religious pluralism within non-confessional education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative approach (Atkins & Wallace, 2012) in order to understand how religious pluralism is interpreted, managed, and given meaning in school settings. A qualitative design is suited to examining situated practices, representations, and decision-making processes, with attention to the meanings attributed by educational actors and to the discursive frames through which these meanings are produced. The aim is not statistical generalization, but an in-depth analysis of complex educational dynamics that are often implicit and only loosely formalized. The research design is multi-method and organized around two complementary strands. The first consists of semi-structured interviews with school actors (teachers and school leaders), aimed at reconstructing everyday practices, approaches to manage religious diversity, and perceptions of school autonomy. The second strand focuses on emblematic public cases, analysed through critical examination of journalistic texts and institutional communications, to explore how school practices related to religious pluralism are discursively constructed, legitimized, or contested in the public sphere. Combining these strands makes it possible to connect educational practice with its public representation. Interviews followed a flexible guide designed in order to elicit professional narratives and reflection on educational decisions in concrete situations (religious holidays, symbols, classroom activities, relations with families). The discursive corpus for the case studies was selected through purposive sampling, prioritizing sources that capture a range of interpretive frames in public debate. Interview participants included seven upper-secondary teachers and one school leader from schools in Lombardy. The sample was built through intentional heterogeneity, spanning different subjects, roles, and school types in order to capture diverse professional positions and educational experiences. Data analysis proceeded in two stages. Interviews were analysed through thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) via an iterative process of familiarization, coding, and theme development in dialogue with the theoretical framework. Case-study materials were examined using critical discourse analysis (Weiss & Wodak, 2007), focusing on lexical choices, interpretive frames, and processes of symbolic legitimation. Triangulating methods and sources strengthened interpretive consistency and helped identify tensions between school practices and public discourse. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interviews depict a context in which religious pluralism is widespread in schools but rarely addressed in an explicit or systematic way. They describe everyday school life as largely free of open conflict, managed through informal practices of respect and relational approaches to difference. However, this apparent normality coexists with a lack of shared frameworks. Religious pluralism tends to remain a silent background rather than a pedagogical focus. When accommodation practices occur, they are episodic, reliant on individual sensitivity, and weakly supported institutionally, revealing a tension between attention to concrete situations and the fragility of school responses. By contrast, analysis of public cases shows that when these practices become visible in media and political arenas, they are often reframed in conflictual terms. Decisions grounded in educational or organizational considerations are discursively transformed into identity-based or ideological acts, activating polarized frames centred on threat or loss of neutrality. In this shift to the public sphere, school autonomy and reasonable accommodation lose their pragmatic character and acquire symbolic meanings that hinder nuanced debate on pluralism as a structural condition of contemporary education. Overall, the study contributes to international debates on education in plural societies by advancing a practice-oriented and discursive understanding of religious pluralism. It shows how pluralism is produced at the intersection of everyday educational action, institutional governance, and public discourse, dynamics that resonate across formally non-confessional education systems. Within an education from religions perspective (Fabretti, 2013), this analysis supports a shift from a secular framework centred on neutrality toward a post-secular understanding of schooling, in which religious diversity is recognized as a legitimate dimension of civic and educational experience. In this post-secular horizon, the school emerges as a fragile yet crucial site of civic learning, where religious diversity can foster reflexivity, democratic negotiation, and shared responsibility rather than ideological polarization. References Ahmed, A., & Gaztambide-Fernández, R.A. (2015). Religious pluralism in school curriculum: A dangerous idea or a necessity?. Curriculum Inquiry, 45(2), 147-153. Atkins, L., & Wallace, S. (2012). Qualitative Research in Education. Sage. Bano, N., Ahmad, H., Hassan, J., & Razaq, R. (2022). Principles of religious pluralism. Religions, 14(1), 20. Beaman, L. G. (Ed.) (2012). Reasonable accommodation: Managing religious diversity. ubc Press. Benhabib, S. (2005). Beyond interventionism and indifference: Culture, deliberation and pluralism. Philosophy & Social Criticism, 31(7), 753-771. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage. Bribosia, E., Ringelheim, J., & Rorive, I. (2010). Reasonable accommodation for religious minorities: a promising concept for European antidiscrimination law?. Maastricht Journal of European and Comparative Law, 17(2), 137-161. Davis, A. (2010). Defending religious pluralism for religious education. Ethics and Education, 5(3), 189-202. de Asís Roig, R. (2016). Reasonableness in the concept of reasonable accommodation. The Age of Human Rights Journal, 6, 42-59. Fabretti, V. (2013). Learning from religions. Post-secular Schools and the Challenge of Pluralism. Italian Journal of Sociology of Education, 5(2), 46-66. Farrow, D. (Ed.) (2004). Recognizing religion in a secular society: Essays in pluralism, religion, and public policy. MQUP. Goodman, L. (2012). Religious pluralism. Political Theology, 13(4), 458-485. Griffiths, E. (2016). The ‘reasonable accommodation’ of religion: Is this a better way of advancing equality in cases of religious discrimination?. International Journal of Discrimination and the Law, 16(2-3), 161-176. Haynes, C.C. (2023). Religion, education, and the future of democratic pluralism. Religion & Education, 50(4), 271-275. Hill KC, M., & Valero-Estarellas, M.J. (Eds.) (2024). Human Dignity, Religion and the Law: Pluralism and Reasonable Accommodation of Religious Practices. Routledge. Knauth, T. (2008). Encountering religious pluralism in school and society. Münster: Waxmann Verlag. Lee, L. (2017). Religion, Difference, and Indifference. In J. Quack & C. Schuh (Eds.), Religious Indifference: New Perspectives from Studies on Secularization and Nonreligion (pp. 101-121). Springer. MacMullen, I. (2009). Faith in schools? Autonomy, citizenship, and religious education in the liberal state. Princeton University Press. Ugarte, C., Urpí, C., & Costa-París, A. (2022). The need of autonomy for flexible management in the fostering of school quality. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 25(1), 124-146. Vestrucci, A. (Ed.) (2023). Beyond Babel: Religion and Linguistic Pluralism. Springer. Weiss, G., & Wodak, R. (Eds.) (2007). Critical discourse analysis. Palgrave Macmillan. Zilliacus, H. (2013). Addressing religious plurality–a teacher perspective on minority religion and secular ethics education. Intercultural Education, 24(6), 507-520. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Responsive and Participatory Research in Qualitative Multi-Level Analyses 1: TU Braunschweig, Germany; 2: Goethe-University Frankfurt, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, educational research has increasingly focused on the conditions under which knowledge is produced, thereby encouraging a reflection on knowledge production that is not only methodological but also sensitive to power relations, temporality, and context. In this process, the circle of knowledge producers has expanded considerably. Alongside universities and public institutions, organizations, commercial actors, and data-based technologies are increasingly involved in knowledge generation and decision-making processes. This development entails the privileging of certain forms of knowledge, while others are marginalized or rendered invisible. Against this backdrop, the present contribution positions itself within this discourse by discussing responsive and participatory research approaches in qualitative research from an educational science perspective. The discussion draws on experiences and findings from the collaborative research project MIRASTO. Migrant Self-Organizations and Social Pedagogical Continuing Education. The project is funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research and the European Union through the ESF Plus funding programme and is conducted in close cooperation between several German universities (Frankfurt, Oldenburg, and Braunschweig) and migrant self-organizations (MSOs). The responsive study aims to examine the relationship between organization and biography with regard to social pedagogical continuing education in migrant self-organizations in Germany and, based on the findings, to develop modules and materials for diversity-sensitive training in (social) pedagogical fields of practice. The project focuses on continuing education programmes targeting newly immigrated academics who have acquired pedagogical qualifications and/or professional experience in their countries of origin. MIRASTO does not address MSOs merely as objects of investigation or fields of practice, but as actors who actively co-produce scientific knowledge. In this sense, the project explicitly seeks to explore responsive and participatory research approaches and to critically reflect on their potentials and limitations. Central to this endeavour are the perspectives of those individuals and organizations who shape and participate in the examined processes of continuing education and professionalization, and whose experiences, interpretations, and interests often remain marginalized. This approach not only holds the potential to provide participants with an empowering space within scientific knowledge production, but also to transform the relationship between knowledge production and society and to respond to key challenges of contemporary knowledge regimes in times of multiple, overlapping crises. Engaging with the concept of epistemic violence enables a power-critical reflection on the conditions of knowledge production. Scholars such as Spivak (1988) and Haraway (1988) have pointed to hegemonic knowledge orders and the powerful positioning of knowledge, thereby making visible whose perspectives are systematically marginalized and which power asymmetries are reproduced within knowledge regimes. The disruption of these relations of power and violence, and their translation into power-critical research practice, can be facilitated through participatory research approaches. Such approaches primarily aim to strengthen the participation of social actors in scientific knowledge production, thereby implementing democratic principles within research practice and reflecting on—and potentially reducing—power asymmetries between academia and practice (von Unger 2014; Terhart & Proyer 2023). Participatory research enables the integration of diverse research perspectives across institutional and systemic boundaries, opening up new forms of knowledge production in which scientific, practical, and experiential knowledge are not hierarchically separated but are related to one another in a dialogical manner (von Unger 2014). At the same time, the contribution critically reflects on the limitations and tensions inherent in participatory research approaches. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The collaborative project MIRASTO follows a qualitative, responsive, and participatory research design. Its methodological foundation is the approach of qualitative multi-level analysis (Hummrich & Kramer 2017), which is further developed within the project through responsive and participatory adaptations informed by power-critical reflection. The analysis focuses on the following aggregated levels of the social: (a) social spaces and organizations (migrant self-organizations), (b) interactions (groups within staff) and (c) individuals (participants’ biographies). To address this complexity and to operationalize a responsive research design, three closely interconnected sub-projects are conducted in close cooperation. The first sub-project examines the organizational cultures of migrant self-organizations (MSOs) that, in collaboration with universities, offer continuing education programmes qualifying immigrants for the social work labour market. It combines ethnographic social space analyses with an analysis of organizational-cultural positionings in relation to one another. These positionings are reconstructed through the triangulation of homepage analyses, interviews with MSO leaders, and group discussions with staff members (see Hummrich/Dehmel 2022). Responsiveness is implemented through structured feedback phases: interim findings are presented to the participating MSOs midway through the project, and their perspectives and critiques are systematically incorporated into the subsequent analyses. In this way, three migrant self-organizations are examined in their organizational and socio-spatial complexity. While sub-project 1 is concerned with levels (a) and (b), sub-project 2 focuses on the individual level (c). In close collaboration with MSOs, former participants of continuing education programmes were approached and biographical-narrative interviews were conducted. In some cases, the interviews were linked to social pedagogical conversations and interventions and embedded in comprehensive research-ethical considerations (von Unger 2018). To enable a power-critical analysis of the interview material, a participatory research workshop was established that integrated co-researchers into the interpretation process. The co-researchers are individuals with experiences of forced migration and/or migration who have themselves completed pedagogical training in Germany. In sub-project 3 the transfer of results is realized. In cooperation with actors in continuing education, diversity-sensitive training materials and programmes are developed on the basis of the research findings. Based on the interviews, a film will be collaboratively produced with the participants and subsequently made available to MSOs and universities for educational and public engagement purposes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate that responsive and participatory approaches in qualitative educational research hold significant potential for shaping research topics and objects at the interface between academia and practice in a power-critical manner. A key challenge lies in integrating marginalized voices without reproducing processes of othering. Research-ethical and self-reflexive engagements—continuously discussed together with MSOs and co-researchers—constitute an ongoing process that accompanies both the research itself and the presentation of results. Using concrete empirical examples, the contribution critically illustrates not only the potentials but also the dilemmas associated with such an expansion of qualitative multi-level analyses. These include issues of tokenistic participation, the reproduction or stabilization of power relations, working conditions and recognition, and forms of affective involvement. In doing so, the paper contributes to a differentiated understanding of participatory and responsive research as both a promising and a challenging approach within contemporary qualitative social research. References BMBF (2024): Bericht zum Anerkennungsgesetz 2023. Berlin: BMBF. Haraway, Donna (1988): Situated Knowledge. The Science Question in Feminism and the Priviledge of Partial Perspective. In: Feminist Studies 14, 3, pp. 575– 599. Hummrich, Merle/Kramer, Rolf-Torsten (2017): Schulische Sozialisation. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Hummrich, Merle/Dehmel, Lukas (2022): Bildungspolitische und einzelschulische Entwürfe von Bildung in Differenzverhältnissen. Mediatisierungstheoretische Analysen im Kontext qualitativ vergleichender Forschung. In: Hummrich, Merle/Schwendowius, Dorothee/Terstegen, Saksia (Eds.): Schulkulturen in Migrationsgesellschaften. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, pp. 69-123. Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty (1988): Can the subaltern speak? In: Nelson, Cary/Grossberg, Lawrence (Eds.): Marxism and the Interpretation of Culture. Urbana/Chicago: University of Illinois Press, pp. 66-111. Terhart, Henrike/Proyer, Michelle (2023): Partizipation in der qualitativen Forschung zu Fluchtmigration: Zur Bedeutung von Haltung. In: Engel, Juliane/Fuchs, Thorsten/Demmer, Christine/Wiezorek, Christine (eds.): Haltungen. Opladen: Barbara Budrich, pp. 75-94. Unger, Hella von (2014): Partizipative Forschung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Unger, Hella von (2018): Ethische Reflexivität in der Fluchtforschung: Erfahrungen aus einem soziologischen Lehrforschungsprojekt. In: Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 19, 3, pp. 1-26. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 07 SES 10 C: Politics and Education: Inclusion, Participation and Social Boundaries Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Zulaia Johnston da Cruz Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Inequalities in Deservingness Perceptions and Immigration Attitudes across Political Contexts in Europe: Implications for School Development TU Dortmund University, Germany Presenting Author:In an era of increasing political polarization across Europe, and with 122 million refugees worldwide (UNHCR, 2025) questions of social justice and solidarity have become central to public discourse and educational practice (Reeskens and Van der Meer, 2019). Immigration remains one of the most discussed issues in contemporary European societies, with immigrants consistently identified as among the most "undeserving" groups (Van Oorschot, 2006; Heuer & Zimmermann, 2020). This positioning raises fundamental questions of equity and inclusion that extend into educational settings where teachers and administrators make daily decisions affecting immigrant students and families. While groups like the elderly are widely viewed as deserving of support, immigrants face persistent stigmatization regardless of their contributions (Reeskens & Van der Meer, 2019). According to self-interest theory, individuals with vulnerable socioeconomic positions perceive immigrants as economic competitors and threats to welfare resources, leading to opposition to immigration (Green, 2007; Cooper & Burchardt, 2022). These perceptions influence policy implementation (Knotz et al., 2022), affect social integration (Ratzmann & Sahraoui, 2021), shape boundaries of "social membership" in welfare states (Kymlicka, 2015), and may manifest in educational inequalities through attitudes, assessments, and resource allocation. Political ideology adds complexity to understanding these attitudes and their educational manifestations. Political orientation significantly influences how citizens—including educators—conceptualize social justice, solidarity, and resource distribution (Wulfgramm & Starke, 2017). Right-wing contexts emphasize individual responsibility and conditional solidarity, often framing immigrants as burdens (Attewell, 2021). Left-wing environments promote redistribution and equality, yet support for immigrants' welfare rights remains discussed—the "progressive's dilemma" (Goodhart, 2004; Eger & Kulin, 2022). Understanding these dynamics is essential for developing migration-sensitive pedagogical approaches that challenge rather than reproduce inequalities. This study addresses the research questions of how perceptions of deservingness affect Europeans’ attitudes toward immigration and, in particular, whether this relationship, at the individual level, is conditional on the political orientation at the country level. Our findings reveal important patterns for social justice in diverse societies and schools. First, negative deservingness perceptions strongly predict negative immigration attitudes across Europe, suggesting moral judgments about welfare dependency extend to immigrants—including in schools. Second, country-level political orientation significantly moderates this relationship: the association between deservingness and immigration attitudes is stronger in left-leaning compared to right-leaning countries. This counterintuitive finding suggests that in progressive contexts where welfare support is generally higher (Wulfgramm & Starke, 2017), deservingness considerations play a particularly important role in determining solidarity boundaries. Patterns vary across European regions: left-leaning countries demonstrate moderate deservingness perceptions with relatively positive immigration attitudes, while right-leaning countries show consistently negative attitudes toward deservingness and immigration. In between are the centrist political countries with more positive deservingness perceptions and immigration attitudes. However, within left-leaning contexts, individual variations in deservingness perceptions have particularly strong effects, suggesting that conditional solidarity operates powerfully even in progressive environments—with direct implications for how schools address diversity and inclusion. These patterns reflect a collective factor: individual attitudes are formed within broader social, cultural, and political environments (Bratman, 1999; Anderson, 2006; Bicchieri, 2006). The political context of a country creates conditions that shape how deservingness perceptions translate into immigration attitudes, with significant implications for educational inclusion and equitable migration policies. This research contributes to Network 07's focus on social justice and intercultural education by illuminating mechanisms of marginalization and exclusion in contemporary Europe and translating insights into actionable implications for school development and educational practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Analytical Strategy: To answer our research question (how perceptions of deservingness affect Europeans’ attitudes toward immigration and, whether country-level political orientation moderates this relationship), we conducted multilevel linear regression using the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS) 27 program, accounting for the nested data structure (individuals within countries), modeling both fixed individual-level effects (e.g., deservingness perceptions) and country-level effects (e.g., political orientation), as well as a cross-level interaction between individual deservingness perceptions and country-level political orientation in predicting immigration attitudes. Data Source and Sample: We used the data from Round 8 of the European Social Survey (2016). The European Social Survey employs strict random probability sampling, maintains a minimum 70% target response rate, and uses rigorous translation protocols. Data were collected via face-to-face interviews. Our sample includes 39,400 respondents from 21 countries: Austria, Belgium, Czechia, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Lithuania, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Slovenia, and the United Kingdom. This diverse sample allows examination across varied welfare regimes, immigration histories, and political contexts influencing educational policy. Dependent Variable: Immigration attitudes were measured through three items assessing immigrants' impacts on (1) economy, (2) cultural life, and (3) overall quality of life. Responses on 0-10 scales were recoded so higher values indicate more negative attitudes. Items were combined into a scale (Cronbach's α = 0.873). Main Independent Variable: Deservingness perceptions were operationalized through four items: (1) social benefits make people lazy, (2) benefits reduce caring, (3) unemployed don't seek work, and (4) people obtain benefits to which they are not entitled. Responses on 1-5 scales were recoded so higher values reflect more negative perceptions (Cronbach's α = 0.743). These perceptions are relevant not only as general social attitudes but also as potential influences on educators' professional judgments. Country-Level Moderator: Political orientation was measured at individual and country levels. Respondents positioned themselves on a 0 (left) to 10 (right) scale. For multilevel modeling, we calculated country means and centered individual values around country means following established procedures (Heck et al., 2014). This distinguishes between individual orientations and broader political context. Control Variables: Following previous research (Eger & Breznau, 2017), we included individual-level controls: gender, age, citizenship, nativity (respondent and mother), education years, household income satisfaction, and employment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that immigration attitudes are shaped by individual and contextual factors, with profound implications for social justice and educational equity. Deservingness perceptions predict negative attitudes toward immigrants (Van Oorschot, 2006), potentially manifesting in educational settings through expectations, interactions, and institutional practices. In left-leaning contexts, deservingness perceptions have particularly powerful effects on immigration attitudes, suggesting that even in progressive environments, conditional solidarity limits genuine inclusion (Eger & Kulin, 2022). This has direct implications for schools operating in different political contexts. Central Implications for School Development and Educational Research Addressing Inclusion Barriers in School Development: Negative deservingness perceptions within the broader school community—including parents, peers, and society—can contribute to educational inequality. Students with migration background may face disadvantages through lower expectations, biased interactions, social exclusion, or unequal resource access. School development initiatives should address how these societal attitudes influence educational spaces and create barriers to inclusion, recognizing that schools operate within broader communities where deservingness narratives circulate (Knotz et al., 2022). Promoting Migration-Sensitive School Cultures: Schools should develop comprehensive strategies to counter prejudice and create inclusive environments. This includes fostering intercultural competence across the entire school community, implementing programs that promote solidarity, and creating spaces for critical dialogue about migration and belonging (Banks & Banks, 2019). Institutional measures—diversifying representation, revising curricula to authentically reflect migration experiences, building partnerships with immigrant communities, and implementing anti-discrimination policies (Gay, 2018)—are essential for transforming school cultures beyond individual attitudes. Future Research Directions: Research needs to examine in how far deservingness perceptions influence educational processes and academic outcomes. Research also should consider how political contexts moderate the influence of societal deservingness perceptions on educational environments (Alonso & Fonseca, 2012; Attewell, 2021). References Alonso, S., & Fonseca, S. C. D. (2012). Immigration, left and right. Party Politics, 18(1), 1–20. Anderson, E. (2006). The epistemology of democracy. Episteme 3(1–2), 8–22. Attewell, D. (2021). Deservingness perceptions, welfare state support and vote choice in Western Europe. West European Politics, 44(3), 611–634. Banks, J. A., & Banks, C. A. M. (Eds.). (2019). Multicultural education: Issues and perspectives (10th ed.). Wiley. Bicchieri, C. (2006). The Grammar of Society: The Nature and Dynamics of Social Norms. Cambridge University Press. Bratman, M. (1999). Faces of Intention: Selected Essays on Intention and Agency. Cambridge University Press. Cooper K., & Burchardt T. (2022). How divided is the attitudinal context for policymaking? Changes in public attitudes to the welfare state, inequality and immigration over two decades in Britain. Social Policy & Administration 56(1), 1–18. https://doi. org/10.1111/spol.12739 Eger, M. A., & Breznau, N. (2017). Immigration and the welfare state: A cross-regional analysis of European welfare attitudes. International Journal of Comparative Sociology, 58(5), 440–463. Eger, M. A., & Kulin, J. (2022). The politicization of immigration and welfare. In M. M. L. Crepaz (Ed.), Handbook on Migration and Welfare (pp. 230–254). Edward Elgar. Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching (3rd ed.). Teachers College Press. Green EGT (2007). Guarding the gates of Europe: A typological analysis of immigration attitudes across 21 countries. International Journal of Psychology 42(6), 365–379. https://doi.org/10.1080/00207590600852454 Heck, R. H., Thomas, S. L., & Tabata, L. N. (2014). Multilevel and longitudinal modeling with IBM SPSS (2nd ed.). Routledge. Heuer, J.-O., & Zimmermann, K. (2020). Unravelling deservingness. Journal of European Social Policy, 30(4), 389–403. Knotz, C. M., Gandenberger, M. K., Fossati, F., & Bonoli, G. (2022). A recast framework for welfare deservingness perceptions. Social Indicators Research, 159(3), 927–943. Kymlicka, W. (2015). Solidarity in diverse societies. Comparative Migration Studies, 3(17), 1–19. Reeskens, T., & Van der Meer, T. (2019). The inevitable deservingness gap. Journal of European Social Policy, 29(2), 166–181. Ratzmann, N., & Sahraoui, N. (2021). Conceptualising the role of deservingness in migrants' access to social services. Social Policy and Society, 20(3), 440–451. UNHCR. (2025, 12. Juni). Global trends. United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees. https://www.unhcr.org/global-trends Van Oorschot, W. (2006). Making the difference in social Europe. Journal of European Social Policy, 16(1), 23–42. Wulfgramm, M., & Starke, P. (2017). Divided by the market, divided by the state. Scandinavian Political Studies, 40(1), 1–27. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Title Case PARTICIPATION OR PERFORMANCE? HACKATHONS, EDTECH, AND THE POLITICS OF INCLUSION University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Hackathons have been widely promoted as participatory design spaces fostering innovation, creativity, and collaborative problem-solving across diverse domains, including education. Originally rooted in grassroots, countercultural programming communities, hackathons have since undergone significant professionalisation, increasingly embedded within corporate and governmental frameworks. This paper examines hackathons as instruments of neoliberal governance, questioning their purported inclusivity and democratising potential. Drawing on two case studies – the hackathon organised by the Department for Education (DfE) in 2023 and OakHack, organised by Oak National Academy in 2023, the analysis reveals how hackathons often serve as performative exercises that prioritise technical feasibility, corporate interests, and public relations over genuine participatory engagement and educational transformation. The historical trajectory of hackathons reflects their evolution from informal, community-driven gatherings to highly stylised events aligned with market-oriented objectives. This transformation illustrates the co-optation of grassroots innovation within neoliberal economic structures, where hackathons function as cost-effective mechanisms for extracting creative labour without long-term commitments. Both case studies exemplify how these dynamics unfold. Although framed as a teacher-centric initiative aimed at fostering educator involvement in EdTech innovation, the DfE hackathon was predominantly led by non-educational experts from the FacultyAI (the data analytics company that conducted the data modeling which contributed to Brexit) rather than by the National Institute of Teaching, a secondary co-organiser. The budget allocation and organisational priorities further underscored the marginalisation of educational concerns, privileging technical development over pedagogical relevance. Similarly, the majority of hackathon participants at OakHack were EdTech startups. The analysis identifies several themes. First, the hackathons’ discourse maintained an overwhelmingly positive tone, systematically downplaying negative findings and technical shortcomings. Despite the fact that many use cases failed to meet expectations, the narrative emphasised superficial successes, reflecting a broader tendency toward optimism bias inherent in EdTech discourse. Second, the events were marked by a strong techno-deterministic orientation, with AI positioned as an inevitable and beneficial force in education. Rather than critically engaging with educators' concerns – such as the reliability of AI systems – issues like algorithmic hallucination were reframed as trust deficits to be managed rather than substantive risks to be addressed. This approach translated complex educational and social challenges into narrowly defined technical problems, sidelining critical pedagogical questions in favour of technical efficiency and scalability. Third, while the DfE and Oak National Academy promoted an image of inclusivity, the events exhibited characteristics of “participation washing.” Teacher and student involvement was largely limited to roles resembling focus groups or product testers rather than genuine co-design partners. Efforts to foster diversity were superficial, with little clarity on what constituted meaningful diversity beyond assembling participants from different backgrounds. Moreover, the short duration of the hackathon, often celebrated as a catalyst for innovation, constrained the depth of engagement, reinforcing hierarchical power dynamics between EdTech developers and educational practitioners. This study illustrates how hackathons function less as genuine participatory design spaces and more as performative showcases that align with neoliberal governance logics. Their primary utility often lies in symbolic displays of innovation and inclusivity, serving public relations objectives rather than fostering substantive educational change. This paper interrogates the extent to which government-led hackathons achieve their stated goals of democratising technology development in education. By examining the power dynamics, institutional interests, and techno-solutionist assumptions embedded in hackathon practices, the paper questions whether such formats genuinely promote inclusive participation or merely reproduce existing inequalities under the guise of innovation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative text analysis Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This article contributes to scholarship on participatory design in digital education by examining how participatory ideals are operationalised within government-led innovation formats. Drawing on the case of the DfE’s 2023 AI hackathon, the study shows that participation needs to be understood as a political practice shaped by institutional logics and power relations. The findings speak directly to long-standing critiques in participatory design literature that warn against forms of managed participation that solicit user input without redistributing decision-making authority. The analysis underscores that participation becomes meaningful only when it enables those most affected by digitalisation to influence problem framings, question technological inevitabilities, and articulate alternative educational values. When participation is constrained to improving uptake of technologies, it risks reproducing the very asymmetries it claims to address. The study highlights how teacher scepticism and ethical concerns can be recast as cultural or skills deficits rather than recognised as legitimate critiques rooted in professional judgment and care for educational relationships. Such reframing aligns with broader patterns in data-driven reform, where responsibility for adaptation is displaced onto educators while structural and technological limitations remain unexamined. From a social justice perspective, this shift is consequential: it narrows the space for democratic deliberation and sidelines questions about whose knowledge counts in shaping educational futures. By situating hackathons within these debates, the paper argues that participatory design in digital education must move beyond symbolic inclusion toward practices that actively challenge solutionism, foreground relational and pedagogical values, and treat contestation as a productive dimension of participation. Without such commitments, participatory innovation risks reinforcing existing power hierarchies rather than advancing more just and inclusive forms of educational digitalisation. References Briscoe, Gerard, and Catherine Mulligan. 2014. ‘Digital Innovation: The Hackathon Phenomenon’. https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:31734217. Costanza-Chock, Sasha. 2020. Design Justice: Community-Led Practices to Build the Worlds We Need. The MIT Press. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/12255.001.0001. Davies, Emily. 2023. Unlocking the Future of Education: Key Insights from the AI in Education Hackathon. November 14. https://faculty.ai/blog/key-insights-from-the-ai-in-education-hackathon/. Defence Science and Technology Laboratory. 2023. Dstl and Google Cloud Hackathon: New Era of Defence AI Innovation. November 20. https://www.gov.uk/government/news/dstl-and-google-cloud-hackathon-new-era-of-defence-ai-innovation. Department for Education. 2024. Use Cases for Generative AI in Education User Research Report. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/66cdb078f04c14b05511b322/Use_cases_for_generative_AI_in_education_user_research_report.pdf. Department for Energy Security & Net Zero. 2024. Nuclear Hackathon Pre-Reading Material. https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/alternative-routes-to-market-for-new-nuclear-projects/nuclear-hackathon-pre-reading-material. Department for Science, Innovation & Technology. 2025. AI Opportunities Action Plan. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/ai-opportunities-action-plan/ai-opportunities-action-plan. Department for Science, Innovation and Technology, and Department for Education. 2024. Teachers to Get More Trustworthy AI Tech, Helping Them Mark Homework and Save Time. August 28. https://www.gov.uk/government/news/teachers-to-get-more-trustworthy-ai-tech-as-generative-tools-learn-from-new-bank-of-lesson-plans-and-curriculums-helping-them-mark-homework-and-save. DiSalvo, Carl, Melissa Gregg, and Thomas Lodato. 2014. ‘Building Belonging’. Interactions 21 (4): 58–61. https://doi.org/10.1145/2628685. First Ever Hackathon in Education to Explore AI. 2023. Department for Education. https://www.gov.uk/government/news/first-ever-hackathon-in-education-to-explore-ai. Lodato, Thomas James, and Carl DiSalvo. 2016. ‘Issue-Oriented Hackathons as Material Participation’. New Media & Society 18 (4): 539–57. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444816629467. Manancourt, Vincent, and Laurie Clarke. 2024. ‘How Dominic Cummings’ Favorite AI Firm Captured the British Government’. Politico, May 16. https://www.politico.eu/article/dominic-cummings-faculty-ai-safety-british-government-procurement-contracts/. Modernisation and Reform Unit. Cabinet Office. 2023. ‘A Modern Civil Service’. Delivering Government Innovation with Evidence House, July 19. https://moderncivilservice.blog.gov.uk/2023/07/19/delivering-government-innovation-with-evidence-house/. Rankin, Robert. 2025. AI’s Role in Education: Key Takeaways from Our January Hackathon. February 27. https://faculty.ai/insights/articles/key-takeaways-from-our-january-hackathon. Roberts, John. 2024. You’re Invited to Our Hackathon. September 5. https://www.thenational.academy/blog/you-re-invited-to-our-hackathon. Zukin, Sharon, and Max Papadantonakis. 2017. ‘Hackathons as Co-Optation Ritual: Socializing Workers and Institutionalizing Innovation in the “New” Economy’. In Precarious Work, edited by Arne L. Kalleberg and Steven P. Vallas, vol. 31. Research in the Sociology of Work. Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S0277-283320170000031005. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 08 SES 10 A: Priorities and Trends in Health and Wellbeing Education Research Location: Ounasvaara | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Marta Branda Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper 15 Years of European Health and Wellbeing Education Research: Exploring European Conference of Educational Research Abstracts though Topic Modelling 1: Aarhus University, Denmark; 2: Monash University, Australia; 3: University of Eastern Finland; 4: UNESCO Chair Global Health & Education Presenting Author:The occasion of the 15th anniversary of research network 8 (nw8) of Health and Wellbeing Education at the European Educational Research Association (EERA) raises the question of which topics characterizes this field of education within the embedded space of EERA. Network 8 was established in 2010 and has been functioning as a research network at EERA from 2011 and onwards, first titled Research on Health Education, and from 2019 Health and Wellbeing Education, the change in the title argued as a result of the growing numbers of papers addressing topics such as school wellbeing, mental health and psychological wellbeing. This paper draws on topic modelling analysis of abstracts submitted to nw8 at the European Conference of Education Research (ECER) in the period of 2011-2024, and the results are discussed in light of previous research on health and wellbeing education as well as current debates on issues within the broader field of education research. This includes research related to the scholarship and collaborations in publications authored by nw8 members (Simovska & McNamara 2015; Leahy & Simovska 2017; Leahy & Simovska 2018; Dadaczynski, Carlsson & Gu 2022; McLellan, Faucher & Simovska 2022; Ruge, Torres & Powell 2022; Carlsson, Torres & Mickelsson 2024; Sandmeier & O’Toole 2026; Faucher, Lahournat & Lopez-Cevallos, 2026). One issue concerning the broader field of education research within the EERA context has been raised in a paper by Deleye et al. (2025), discussing the most important research topics that have been addressed in EERA’s three decennia. Wellbeing and Mental-Health is together with a range of other topics described as a supertopic addressing societal challenges, and the authors find a stark growth of such topics in the EERA abstract corpus. At the same time, they note the decline of abstract topics focusing on teaching and learning, finding that the growing focus on societal challenges is having a strong impact on the content and type of educational research, fulfilling demands providing research that is directly useful to policy. An example of this is the growth in health and wellbeing education research drawing on wellbeing measurements, useful in relation to policies such as “OECD’s Wellbeing Framework” emphasising the need for such measurements, as well as research focusing on students developing healthy habits, useful in relation to policies such as “OECD’s Future of Education and Skills 2030/2040” where the description of practical and physical skills is aimed at developing healthy habits. Such habits are thus seen as essential to well-being, which mirrors a general tendency in policy of taking an individualistic view of well-being. The topic modelling analysis of abstracts in nw8 ECER abstracts database offers a window to reflect upon patterns as well as emergences and potential issues in health and wellbeing education research within the European educational research field, hereunder the relation between policy and research. The aim of the paper is to provide a critical appreciation of research developments within the field of health and wellbeing education, exploring which abstract topics have evolved over time in nw8, which topics are increasingly being addressed, and which topics have gradually declined in interest over time. Based on the findings it will discuss what factors might have determined the rise (or decline) of health and wellbeing education research topics, what remains unrepresented and in which ways the analysis can inform future directions of health and wellbeing education research and support central stakeholders in the field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Blei (2012) describes topic models as algorithms for discovering the main themes that pervade a large and otherwise unstructured collection of documents, and probabilistic topic models as algorithms for studying patterns in multiple texts, used with the aim to discover and annotate large archives of documents with thematic information. Topic modelling methodology is based on statistical mehods analyzing the words of the original texts to discover the themes that run through them, how those themes are connected to each other, and how they change over time. The analysis draws on the topic modelling application EduTopics: ECER 2025 (Christ et al. 2025). Each document in the ECER app is assigned a document-topic-probability γ: γ represents the probability from 0 to 1 for a document originating from a specific topic, and contribu-tions with a high γ-value for a single topic are more representative of the content of that topic, than contri-butions with lower γ-values (Christ et al. 2025). A value of 0.05 indicates that there is a probability of 5 % that abstracts are referring to a specific topic. Through the topic modelling approach, we are also able to determine which topics have evolved over time in the research field. The EduTopics app is used for the first part of the analysis of research topics in nw8 in the context of the broader landscape of educational re-search at ECER, containing abstracts from authors from the 33 research networks organized in EERA and all in all 35,172 abstracts. It allows for a distinction between substantive, theoretical and/or methodologi-cal topics, and the first part of our analysis will explore all three categories. Analyses drawing on the EduTopics application are bounded by the parameters set in the application, delimiting the analysis of ECER abstracts to 50 supertopics and 300 subtopics identified across the full corpus of 35,172 abstracts. As a result, topics not having a certain frequency in the full corpus of the ECER database are not included in the application, and topics specific for n8 might thus have been left out. To allow for an analysis of the specific dataset from nw8, which is not bounded by the parameters set up in the EduTopics app, the sec-ond part of the analysis is drawing on the Chat GPT5 application, allowing for a categorisation of nw8 spe-cific research topics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of topic trends in nw8 indicates that among the five supertopics registered there is an increase in topics focusing on Socio-emotional behavior and relationship, Schools and the school system, and En-gagements with/Explorations of new fields, and a decrease of topics categorized as Theories, concepts and knowledge and Wellbeing and Mental-Health. The analysis shows that: 1) mental health promotion over the period of 2011-2024 is the most common topic in nw8 but also shows some fluctuation: while there in 2011 is a 10% probability of topics in abstracts in nw8 can be categorised as a mental health promotion topic, it is in 2024 only a 5% probability; 2) in 2011 - when nw8 was established – there is an increase in the full ECER abstract corpus of topics categorised as Wellbeing and Mental-Health supertopics: 3) the distribution of abstracts on supertopic Wellbeing and Mental-Health overall are placed in nw8 and in nw18 on Sport Pedagogy. The preliminary findings from the ChatGTP5 based analysis of abstract titles in nw8 indicate: 1) a growth in substansive research topics within three thematic categories: ’wellbeing, men-tal health, health promotion’, ‘psychiatric disorders, special needs and inequality’ and ‘health education, teaching and curriculum’; 2) a decline in topics within the following three themes: ‘conceptions, miscon-ceptions, discourses’, ‘participation, empowerment, autonomy’ and ‘implementation, improvement, evi-dence’. These findings indicate that nw8 research topics doesn’t follow the tendency of decline of abstract topics focusing on teaching and learning that was identified in Deleye et al’s analysis of the full corpus of research topics in EERA abstracts. References Blei DM (2012). Probabilistic topic models. Communications of the ACM, 55(4): 77–84. Carlsson, M., Torres, I., Mickelsson, M. (2024). Guest editorial: Social justice, equity and agency: global challenges linking health, well-being and sustainability education. Health Education 30, 124 (3-4): 137–141. https://doi.org/10.1108/HE-07-2024-152 Christ, A., Röschlein, J., & Schindler, C. (2025). EduTopics: ECER 2025. https://dipflis.shinyapps.io/EduTopicsECER Dadaczynski, K., Carlsson, M., & Gu, Q. (2022). Guest editorial: Leadership in school health promotion. The multiple perspectives of a neglected research area. Health Education, 122(3), 261-266. https://doi.org/10.1108/HE-04-2022-138 Deleye, M., Carmona, C., Ciolan, L., Dovigo, F., Figueiredo, M., Grell, P. Schindler, C., Hoveid, MH. (2025). Mapping European Educational Research: Insights from topic modelling of ECER abstracts. Eu-ropean educational research journal EERJ, 2025-09, Vol.24 (5), p.614-638. Faucher, C. Lahournat & Lopez-Cevallos, (2026). Guest Editorial: Health Education in the Context of Global Environmental Vulnerability: Bridging Disciplines and Sectors Towards Sustainable Strategies. Health Education xxx Leahy, D., & Simovska, V. (2017). Guest editorial: Critical perspectives on health and wellbeing education in schools. Health Education, 117(5), 430-433. https://doi.org/10.1108/HE-06-2017-0034 Leahy, D., Simovska, V. (2018). Guest Editorial: School health education and promotion: current ap-proaches and critical perspectives: part 2. Health Education, 2018-02, Vol.118 (2), p.114-116. McLellan, R., Faucher, C. & Simovska, V. (2022). Wellbeing and Schooling: Cross Cultural and Cross Disciplinary Perspectives. McLellan, R., Faucher, C. & Simovska, V. (eds.), Springer. OECD (n.d.) OECD’s Wellbeing Framework. https://www.oecd.org/en/topics/sub-issues/measuring-well-being-and-progress.html (Accessed 15. December 2025). OECD (n.d.), Future of Education and Skills 2030/2040, https://www.oecd.org/en/about/projects/future-of-education-and-skills-2030 (Accessed 15. December 2025). Ruge, D., Torres, I., Powell, D. (2022). School Food, Equity and Social Justice: Critical Reflections and Perspectives. Ruge, D., Torres, I., Powell, D. (eds.), Critical Studies in Health and Education series, Routledge Sandmeier, A. & O’Toole, C. (2026). Guest editorial: Advancing Equity, Voice, and Sustainability in School Wellbeing. Health Education xxx Simovska, V. & McNamara, P. M. (2015). Schools for health and sustainability: theory, research and practice (s. 191-209). Simovska, V. & McNamara, P. M. (eds.), Springer Science+Business Me-dia. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-9171-7_9 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Empowering Students About SDGs in Europe: Psychological and Contextual Dimensions Associated with Teachers' Use of Storytelling 1: Department of Psychology, Health & Sustainability Lab, University of Milano-Bicocca, 20126 Milan, Italy; 2: Institute of Child Health, Department of Social and Developmental Pediatrics, 115-27 Athens, Greece; 3: Haute Ecole de Namur-Liège-Luxembourg (HENALLUX), 4141 Louveigné, Belgium; 4: Fortælletid, 1719 København V, Denmark Presenting Author:Schools are increasingly expected to support students’ well-being as an integral part of their educational mission. The Health Promoting Schools (HPS) approach frames this work as a whole-school endeavour, requiring alignment across curriculum, teacher professional development, school governance, supportive environments and community partnerships (World Health Organization, 1984; IUHPE, 2021). The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) offer a coherent lens for connecting learning with health promotion priorities. Yet, moving from frameworks and ambitions to day-to-day practice depends on how teachers enact them. Active, student-centered methodologies have emerged as essential tools for translating this principles into practice (UNESCO, 2017). Storytelling is one such pedagogy, with potential to combine cognitive and emotional engagement and to nurture more inclusive classroom climates (Dunn & Cherup, 2023). However, while the benefit for stundets are well documented, less is know about the psychological and contextual facilitators or barriers for teachers. This study aims to explore teachers' perception of storytelling and to identify the organizational and individual factors associated with teachers’ use of storytelling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on the Erasmus+ project PLACES (“Playful LeArning and Storytelling that Create Engagement for the SDGs”). We analysed responses from 138 primary and lower-secondary teachers in Italy, Belgium and Greece. Measures captured attitudes toward storytelling, self-efficacy in using storytelling, perceived time-related and didactic barriers, perceived organisational climate for innovation, and use of storytelling. Analyses included Welch’s t-tests, hierarchical regression and moderation models. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results showed that primary teachers reported more frequent storytelling (primary school = 37,3%; middle school = 22,2% more than once a month or every week), higher self-efficacy, and more positive attitudes, alongside lower didactic barriers than lower-secondary teachers. In hierarchical models, self-efficacy emerged as the strongest positive correlate of storytelling use (β = 0.65, p < 0.01), while didactic barriers showed a significant negative association (β = −0.60, p < 0.01); time barriers were not significant. A moderation analysis indicated that the organisational climate for innovation strengthened the association between self-efficacy and storytelling use (β = 0.44, p = 0.018), suggesting that personal agency translates into practice more effectively when teachers perceive their school environment as supportive of innovation. References Dunn, T. M., & Cherup, S. (2023). Storytelling and success: How storytelling can be used to promote diversity, cross-cultural understanding, and confidence in the classroom. Journal of Education, 203(3), 690–699. International Union for Health Promotion and Education (IUHPE). (2021). Strategic plan 2021–2026: Advancing health promotion for sustainable development. UNESCO. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO. World Health Organization. (1984). Health promotion: A discussion document on the concept and principles: Summary report of the Working Group on Concept and Principles of Health Promotion. WHO Regional Office for Europe. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Healthy Schools, Healthier Aging: A 3-Year Longitudinal Multicase Study Applying the Whole-School Approach University of Minho, Portugal Presenting Author:Healthy schools play a critical role in shaping healthier aging by integrating health, well-being, and learning through whole-school approaches (Vilaça et al., 2025). Health Promoting Schools (HPS) are increasingly positioned at the intersection of educational quality, public health, and long-term societal sustainability. Within educational research, the HPS approach can be understood as a whole-school, systems-oriented framework that conceptualises schools as learning organisations capable of shaping not only academic outcomes but also life-course trajectories of health, well-being, and social participation (WHO & UNESCO, 2021a; Dadaczynski et al., 2020). This perspective is particularly relevant in the context of population ageing, as European policy frameworks increasingly emphasise that active and healthy ageing is strongly influenced by conditions and competencies developed early in life (European Commission, 2021). The theoretical framework underpinning this study draws on three complementary strands of literature. First, the whole-school approach conceptualises health promotion as an organisational process rather than a set of discrete interventions (Vilaça et al., 2019). Health is embedded across school culture, leadership, curriculum, professional practices, and partnerships with families and communities (Suwankhong & Liamputtong, 2025; Vilaça et al., 2019). From this standpoint, schools function as complex social systems in which structural conditions, professional learning, and participatory practices interact to support sustainable change (Driessen-Willems, 2023; Elsayed, 2025). Second, the study is informed by life-course and health literacy perspectives, which emphasise that childhood and adolescence are critical periods for developing cognitive, social, and emotional competencies that underpin health, agency, and participation across adulthood and older age (Sawyer et al., 2012; Rueskov, 2025). Health literacy, action competence, and relational skills cultivated in school settings are increasingly recognised as foundational resources for active ageing, influencing individuals’ capacity to manage health, engage socially, and adapt to changing life circumstances over time (Hansen et al. (Eds.), 2025). Third, the framework integrates an educational professionalism lens, highlighting the role of teachers and school staff as key agents in mediating policy, practice, and student experience (Vilaça et al., 2025). Research shows that sustained professional development, collaborative learning, and reflective practice are central to effective implementation of whole-school approaches and to the institutionalisation of health promotion within schools (Dinnen et al., 2024; Schiff et al., 2023). In this sense, HPS contribute not only to student outcomes but also to healthier working environments and professional well-being, reinforcing schools’ capacity to act as sustainable organisations. Conceptualised as learning organisations, HPS aim to embed health promotion across school culture, leadership, curriculum, professional practice, and community partnerships rather than through isolated interventions (Suwankhong & Liamputtong, 2025; Driessen-Willems, 2023). Furthermore, although life-course and health literacy research highlights childhood and adolescence as critical periods for developing competencies that influence well-being, participation, and active ageing in later life (Sawyer et al., 2012; Rueskov, 2025; European Commission, 2021). This contribution of school-based health promotion to active and healthy ageing is rarely explored within educational research designs. There is therefore a need for longitudinal, context-sensitive educational research. Based in this background, this research examines how the systematic application of whole-school approaches within HPS contributes to organisational change, pedagogical practices, and the development of student competencies associated with healthier futures and active ageing. Therefore the main research aims are: 1. To examine how HPS principles and SHE tools are interpreted and operationalised by multidisciplinary school teams over time; 2. To identify changes in school organisation, health education practices, and professional collaboration associated with the implementation of the whole-school approach; 3. To explore teachers’ and school staff’s perceptions of the contribution of health promotion practices to students’ long-term competencies linked to active ageing (e.g., health literacy, agency, participation); 4. To analyse enabling factors and barriers influencing the sustainability of whole-school health promotion processes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was developed within the scope of a partnership representing the Schools for Health in Europe Network created to carry out the three-year School for Health in Europe for Active and Healthy Aging Project (SHE4AHA), an ERASMUS+ Project, involving Denmark, France, Iceland, Portugal and Slovenia. Four Portuguese school contexts (two rural, one urban, and one semi-urban) participated, involving multidisciplinary school health teams: the rural school cluster A includes 700 students aged 6-14 years old (1st to 9th grades) and about 300 children from 3 to 5 years old; the rural preparatory school B, has around 440 students from the 5th to 9th grades, however only one class participated in the project; the urban preparatory school C has around 700 students from the 5th to the 9th grade and the semi-urban preparatory and secondary school D has about 700 students from the 5th to the 12th grade. The SHE4AHA project started with a b-learning in-service teacher training course (25 hours) which included the SHE material, concepts and values. SHE has a set of materials that policy makers, school board and teachers can use to make each school a Health Promoting School. These SHE material includes the SHE School Manual 2.0 (Vilaça et al., 2019), the SHE Rapid Assessment Tool (Safarjan et.al., 2013), which is an assessment of the current situation and priorities of schools regarding health promotion and education, a set of European Standards and Indicators for Health Promoting Schools version 2.0 (Darlington et al., 2021) and a pixie version of the SHE School Manual 2.0 co-created by the SHE4AHA team. The second part of the in-service teacher training course was school context-based (25 hours), where an interdisciplinary team design, implemented and co-assessed a health and well-being co-created project. Data were generated at three time points through focus groups (n=15), document analysis produced by the participants during the SHE4AHA project, and collaborative logbooks, enabling an in-depth exploration of organisational learning processes and perceived outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that engagement with the HPS framework supported schools in progressively aligning health promotion with educational priorities, citizenship education, and community engagement. Over the three-year period, schools reported strengthened attention to mental health, relational school climates, physical education, nutrition education, sexuality nad gender education and student participation, alongside increased coherence between curricular and extracurricular activities. These developments were understood by participants as contributing to students’ long-term capacities for agency, collaboration, and well-being—key dimensions associated with active and healthy ageing. At the organisational level, schools highlighted improved professional collaboration and shared responsibility for health, although challenges related to time constraints and competing curricular demands persisted. By foregrounding a life-course perspective, this study argues that the contribution of Health Promoting Schools to active ageing lies not in direct outcomes in later life, but in the cumulative development of competencies, relationships, and institutional practices established during compulsory education. The paper contributes to European debates by demonstrating how longitudinal, context-sensitive research can show evidences regarding the educational mechanisms through which whole-school approaches support healthier futures across generations. References Dinnen, H. L., Litvitskiy, N. S., & Flaspohler, P. D. (2024). Effective teacher professional development for school-based mental health promotion: A review of the literature. Behavioral Sciences, 14(9), 780. https://doi.org/10.3390/bs14090780 Dadaczynski, K., Jensen, B.B., Viig, N.G., Sormunen, M., von Seelen, J., Kuchma, V., & Vilaça, T. (2020). Health, well-being and education: Building a sustainable future. The Moscow statement on Health Promoting Schools. Health Education, 120(1), 11-19. https://doi.org/10.1108/HE-12-2019-0058 Darlington, E., Bada, E., Masson, J., & Santos, R. (2021). European Standards and Indicators for Health Promoting Schools version 2.0. Schools for Health in Europe Network Foundation (SHE) Ed.. Sawyer, S.M., Afifi, R.A., Bearinger, L.H., Blakemore, S-J, Dick, B., Ezeh, A.C., et al. (2012). Adolescence: a foundation for future health. Lancet, 379(9826), 1630–40. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(12)60072-5. Epub 2012 Apr 25. Driessen-Willems, M. (2023). Exploring the implementation dynamics of the Health Promoting School approach in Europe: a qualitative study among school health representatives. Health Education, 123 (1): 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1108/HE-12-2021-0149 Elsayed, H. (2025). School health promotion: a professional practice in an institutional context. Health Education, 125 (1): 108–125. https://doi.org/10.1108/HE-04-2024-0057 European Commission. (2021). Green Paper on Ageing: Fostering solidarity and responsibility between generations. Publications Office of the European Union. COM (2021) 50, January 27, 2021 https://commission.europa.eu/document/download/2d800530-4408-4291-a229-ebd08729d561_en?filename=1_en_act_part1_v8.pdf Hansen H., Schulz, A., Guðmundsdóttir, I., Karlsdóttir, S., Pucelj, V., Đukić, B., Vilaça, T., Carvalho, G.S., Darlington, E., Masson, J., Carrouel, F., Darlington-Bernard, A. (Eds.) (2025). Escola Promotora de Saúde: Catálogo de Boas Práticas (trad. T. Vilaça). Centro de Investigação em Estudos da Criança-Instituto de Educação-Universidade do Minho. Vilaça, T., Carvalho, G. S. de, Schulz, S., Hansen, H., Guðmundsdóttir, I., Karlsdóttir, S., Pucelj, V., Đukić, B., Darlington, E., Carrouel, F., & Darlington-Bernard, A. (2025). School Health in Europe for Active and Healthy Ageing (SHE4AHA): Policy and Implementation Recommendations. Universidade do Minho, Centro de Investigação em Estudos da Criança – Portugal. https://hdl.handle.net/1822/95358 Rueskov, V. (2025). Health literacy among socioeconomically disadvantaged adolescents: A systematic review of school-based interventions. International Journal of School & Health Promotion, 30, 73–92. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40894-025-00273-3 Schiff, M., Jha, A., Walker, D., & Gonzalez-Pier, E. (2023). Collectively achieving primary health care and educational goals through school-based platforms: financing solutions for intersectoral collaboration. Front. Public Health 11:1241594. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2023.1241594 Suwankhong, D., & Liamputtong, P. (2025). Health promoting schools framework: Strategies for promoting the health of schoolchildren. In P. Liamputtong (Ed.), Handbook of concepts in health, health behavior and environmental health (pp. 1–22). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-97-0821-5_55-2 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 08 SES 10 B: Sexuality, Health and Wellbeing Location: Saariselkä | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Joshua Heyes Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Sexual Health and Well-being in Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy University of East London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:It has been established that young people and adults with disabilities, and particularly those with chronic conditions, receive very little support for sexual health issues, despite there being a strong link between sexual health and well-being (Moller et al 2024). Young people with the chronic muscle-wasting condition Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy (DMD), who are predominantly male, are living longer due to new treatments and advances in multi-disciplinary care (Birnkrant et al 2018) , and they have reported that sexual health is important to them. According to the UN Sustainable Development Goal 3, by 2030 there must be ‘universal access to sexual and reproductive health-care services including for family planning, information and education, and the integration of reproductive health into national strategies and programmes’ (SDG3, UN 2015). Despite this, there is a prevalent misconception that people with disabilities are asexual and therefore do not need to be taught about sexual health (Bonder et al 2021). These ‘false ideologies’ around the lack of sexual needs of people with disabilities reinforce the stigma that people face and increase the likelihood of poor self-esteem and mental health problems (Bonder et al 2021). Furthermore, newly introduced Relationships and Sex Education (RSE) Guidance for Schools in the UK (2025) does not discuss issues affecting disabled pupils nor does it offer them any specific guidance. Young people with DMD have reported that RSE lessons are often not relevant to them (Hoskin et al 2024). Young people with DMD therefore have nobody to discuss their sexual health questions with and are often left to find out information on their own. There is very little published on DMD and sexual health, but a review of literature about people with chronic conditions that encompassed 114 studies found many professionals lack confidence and avoid discussing sexual health with people with chronic conditions and rarely initiate conversastions about it (McGrath et al 2021). A recent Danish study of young adults with neuromuscular conditions reported that both professionals and parents were often reluctant to raise what they believe to be false hopes of relationships or parenthood in the aim of protecting them (Moller et al 2024). These barriers can decrease the self-esteem of young adults with DMD and lead them to internalise the attitudes around them, as well as increasing the risk of STDs where individuals engage in sexual activity without access to sexual health services (Hoskin et al 2024). Despite all of these challenges, young men with DMD have reported both an interest and success in finding a partner and having sexual intercourse (Hoskin et al 2024). This is the first part of a two-part project that will co-create support and information for young people with DMD. In the first part, we will develop a co-created consensus on what good sexual health looks like for people with DMD and identify the key enablers and disablers of this vision. Using this information, Part 2 of the project will co-create a peer-led training programme to be run in schools and the community. The research questions for Part 1 of this project are:
And for Part 2:
We are currently conducting Part 1 of this study and my presentation will talk about emerging findings from Part 1 of the project. I will also share ideas and proposals for Part 2. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We are using a mixed methods approach for our study. Part 1 of this project is using a Delphi Consensus style approach to find out what young people and adults with DMD, parents/ carers and neuromuscular teams view as good sexual health for people with DMD. A Delphi Consensus brings together the views of a range of expert stakeholders in order to reach a shared understanding. This Delphi Consensus approach involves recruiting three panels – one consisting of 10 – 20 young people over the age of 13 years and adults with DMD in the UK and Denmark, one panel consisting of 10-20 parents and or carers in the UK and Denmark, and one panel consisting of 10 – 20 neuro-muscular health professionals in the UK and Denmark. Each panel will engage in 2 rounds of data collection. In Round 1, Panel 1 (young people and adults with DMD) will take part in face to face workshops and focus groups in the UK and Denmark in order to explore what good sexual health looks like for people with DMD and what helps and hinders this. Round 1 for Panels 2 and 3 (parents and professionals) will consist of online qualitative questionnaires. Round 2 for all three panels will consitute a short online questionnaire asking all participants to rank and prioritise challenges and solutions and to choose between definitions of sexual health in DMD. Part 2 will use an emancipatory approach (Barton 2004) to research design where people with DMD will co-design a peer-led sexual health training programme to be used in schools and hospitals. The theoretical framework used in this study is the Biopsychosocial Model of Disability that acknowledges the social and psychological challenges of good sexual health for a person with DMD as well as the biological and medical difficulties (Engel 1977). We are interested to explore the overlap of these different areas, acknowledging the role structural ableism and disableist attitudes play in support for sexual health, as this is often an overlooked area for disabled people, as well as the challenges caused by the progression of DMD. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We anticipate that structural ableism in health and education impacts on the sexual health of young people with DMD. We anticipate that many young people with DMD are not sexually active, or put themselves at risk, because they do not have necessary knowledge about sexual health. We anticipate that professionals will be reticent to talk to young people about sexual health References Birnkrant, D., K. Bushby, C. Bann, S. Apkon, A. Blackwell, M. Colvin, L. Cripe, et al. 2018. “Diagnosis and Management of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy, Part 3: Primary Care, Emergency Management, Psychosocial Care, and Transitions of Care Across the Lifespan.” Lancet Neurology 17 (5): 445–455 Bonder, R., Wincentak, J., Gan, C., Kingsnorth, S., Provvidenza, C.F. and McPherson, A.C., 2021. “They assume that you’re not having sex”: a qualitative exploration of how paediatric healthcare providers can have positive sexuality-related conversations with youth with disabilities. Sexuality and Disability, 39(3), pp.579-594. Engel, G. L. (1981). The clinical application of the biopsychosocial model. The Journal of medicine and philosophy, 6(2), 101-124. Hoskin, J., Cheetham, T. D., Mitchell, R. T., Wong, S. C., & Wood, C. L. (2024). Sexual health and fertility in Duchenne muscular dystrophy—An exploratory study. Muscle & Nerve, 70(3), 402-408. McGrath, M., Low, M.A., Power, E., McCluskey, A. and Lever, S., 2021. Addressing sexuality among people living with chronic disease and disability: a systematic mixed methods review of knowledge, attitudes, and practices of health care professionals. Archives of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 102(5), pp.999-1010. Møller JPK, Hansen KW, Handberg C. (2024) “It doesn't get more normal than that!" - challenges with sexuality experienced by people with neuromuscular diseases and their needs for rehabilitation knowledge and guidance on sexual life. Disabil Rehabil. 2024 Dec 18:1-10. doi: 10.1080/09638288.2024.2440635 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Assembling ‘the Inspired Sexuality Teacher’: a Material-semiotic Exploration of Danish Initiative to Improve “Health, Sexuality and Family Education” in Schools Danish School of Education (DPU), Aarhus universitet, Denmark Presenting Author:The objective of this paper is to explore the configurations of teacher subjects and subjectivities within a national initiative to improve the implementation of “Health, sexuality and family education” in Danish primary and lower secondary schools. In scholarly literature on school-based sexual health education (SE), the teacher’s role and responsibilities are central points of interest. The teacher takes a position of a ‘critical variable’ (Mulcahy, 2011) in terms of implementing successful sexuality education, which is why many initiatives aimed at improving sexual health and wellbeing involve teachers as main facilitators of change (Janssens et al., 2020). The ‘controversial’ nature of curricular topics specific to sexuality education often entails particular attention paid to teachers’ inner experiences or personality traits which are understood to support or impede the implementation. These include factors such as teachers’ personal beliefs (Lockhart et al., 2025), comfortability (Cumper et al., 2024; Walker et al., 2021) and attitudes and willingness to teach (Bruno et al., 2025; Cohen et al., 2012). Thus, the significance of the teacher, including their subjectivities, is well established. However, so far, little attention has been paid to how sexuality education policies and practices are not only facilitated by, but may also be generative of, particular teacher subjectivities. With this paper, I aim to explore this issue by attending analytically to the generative effects of a national initiative to improve the compulsory topic “Health, sexuality and family education” in Danish primary and lower secondary school. My research question is: How are particular teacher subjectivities configured in the initiative, and which implications (and possible tensions) emerge with their embedded logics of ‘teacher responsibility’ and ‘teacher choice’? The paper contributes new knowledge that nuance European scholarly debates on the implementation of health, sexuality and wellbeing curricula, particularly by addressing the challenges of teaching sensitive topics such as gender, sexuality and diversity. Theoretically, the study draws on a material-semiotic framework, inspired by scholars such as Mol (2008), Law (2008) and Mulcahy (2012), allowing for an analysis of the national initiative as “a performative knowledge practice constituted and enacted by people and tools in complex collectives or assemblages” (Mulcahy, 2012, p. 132). Furthermore, it draws on recent material-semiotic and posthumanist analyses of sexuality education which have encouraged a movement away from humanist, individualist and essentialist ideas of the teacher as a detached agent of change (Cardell & Lindgren, 2024). In this line of thought, sexuality education is conceptualised as a situated and contingent practice, produced by heterogenous assemblages involving a multitude of human and non-human actors (Planting-Bergloo et al., 2022). This implies that difficulties with implementation of sexuality education cannot be understood as individual, nor immaterial, but rather as related to fragility or instability of the capacity of the working assemblages. This approach facilitates bottom-up explorations of how practices do not only produce local versions of sexuality education, but also continuously generate the objects, spaces, and subjects involved in them (Alldred & Fox, 2019). In line with Fenwick (2015), Kiær et al. (2024), and Mol (2008) ideas of teacher ‘responsibility’ and ‘choice’ are not understood as inherent individual qualities or capabilities, but rather as situated capacities entangled in practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is based on a multi-site, qualitative study of the project “Initiative to strengthen health, sexuality and family education” (UCL, n.d.) funded by the Danish government. The initiative was launched in 2021 to improve primary and lower secondary schools’ implementation of the compulsory, cross-curricular topic “Health, sexuality and family education” after an evaluation had shown that many schools did not meet the official learning outcomes (Følner et al., 2019). Similarly to other European countries (European Commission, 2020), especially the curricular theme “Gender, body and sexuality” which involves rights-based and critical approaches to sexual health, seemed difficult for schools to address sufficiently compared to the traditional risk-based medical approaches. The initiative incorporates several resources and activities. It includes a digital platform with information about curricular topics and didactic approaches as well as a catalogue of teaching materials (SSF-Kompasset, n.d.). It also provides different course formats and networking activities aimed at relevant professionals such as school leaders, nurses and teachers. One central strategy of the initiative is to appoint and build capacity of in-service teachers to serve as so-called ‘resource persons’ who will act as local school experts in the curriculum and coordinate its implementation. The empirical material was generated during 2025 and consists of: 1. Observations of courses for ‘resource persons’ 2. Qualitative interviews with individuals involved in the national initiative, including course coordinators and participating school staff 3. Key documents and communicative materials related to the initiative, including the digital catalogue of online resources From this heterogeneous archive of empirical materials, I analyse the initiative as a ‘messy’ practice in which sexuality teacher subjects and subjectivities are understood as relational effects continuously configured in socio-material assemblages embedded in the initiative, rather than stable and pre-existing entities (Law, 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper presents an analysis of how the initiative’s practices iteratively configure a particular teacher subject, that I call ‘the inspired sexuality teacher’. This teacher subject emerges as passionate, positive, open-minded, as well as being focused on the wellbeing of students and themselves. The configurations of this particular subject is generated by an array of different involved actors, from which I emphasise the overarching mobilisation of ‘inspiration’ as a recurring subjectivity-strategy to roll out the initiative. I explore this mobilisation which is carried out by and in the digital platform, course pedagogies, learning spaces and by the course participants’ collective discussions. The mobilisation of ‘inspiration’ help generate the teaching experience as positive, pleasant and autonomous and may work as an effective strategy to secure teacher engagement and therefore also the roll out of the curriculum as intended. However, it may at the same time generate boundaries for sexuality teacher subjectivity that limit pedagogical possibilities to facilitate discomfort, disagreement and critical discussions within the classroom. Lastly, I argue that subjectivity of ‘the inspired sexuality teacher’ is entangled with particular versions of ‘teacher responsibility’ (Kiær et al., 2024) and ‘teacher choice’ (Mol, 2008) by which critical pedagogies and controversial topics such as gender and power are easily diminished or omitted from sexuality education by being deemed ‘not appropriate’ or not in the interest of the wellbeing of students. References Alldred, P., & Fox, N. J. (2019). Sexualities education and sexual citizenship: A materialist approach. Bruno, V., Baiocco, R., & Pistella, J. (2025). Teachers’ Attitudes and Opinions Toward Sexuality Education in School: A Systematic Review of Secondary and High School Teachers. American Journal of Sexuality Education, 20(3), 390-428. Cardell, D., & Lindgren, A.-L. (2024). The sex-map as didactic object: Ontonorms in Swedish sex education. Childhood, 31(2), 212-229. Cohen, J. N., Byers, E. S., & Sears, H. A. (2012). Factors affecting Canadian teachers' willingness to teach sexual health education. Sex education, 12(3), 299-316. Cumper, P., Adams, S., Onyejekwe, K., & Michelle, O. R. (2024). Teachers’ perspectives on relationships and sex education lessons in England. Sex education, 24(2), 238-254. European Commission. (2020). Sexuality education across the European Union – An overview. Fenwick, T., Edwards, R., & Sawchuk, P. (2015). Emerging approaches to educational research: Tracing the socio-material. Routledge. Følner, B., Jensen, M. K., & Larsen, T. N. (2019). Evaluering af Sundheds- og seksualundervisning og familiekundskab (SSF). A. Research. Janssens, A., Blake, S., Allwood, M., Ewing, J., & Barlow, A. (2020). Exploring the content and delivery of relationship skills education programmes for adolescents: A systematic review. Sex education, 20(5), 494-516. Kiær, K., Albrechtsen, T. R. S., Knudsen, L. E. D., Wiberg, M., Haastrup, L., & Petersen, K. B. (2024). Enacting professional responsibility in literacy coaching: A sociomaterial perspective Law, J. (2008). Actor Network Theory and Material Semiotics. In The New Blackwell Companion to Social Theory (pp. 141-158). Lockhart, E., Bickmore-Brand, J., & Doecke, P. (2025). Perspectives of Secondary School Educators Teaching Gender and Sexuality in Health Education. Youth, 5(1), 4. Mol, A. (2008). The Logic of Care: Health and the Problem of Patient Choice (1 ed.). Routledge. Mulcahy, D. (2011). Assembling the ‘Accomplished’ Teacher: The performativity and politics of professional teaching standards. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 43(s1), 94-113. Mulcahy, D. (2012). Thinking teacher professional learning performatively: a socio-material account. Journal of Education and Work, 25(1), 121-139. Planting-Bergloo, S., Orlander, A. A., & Jakobson, B. (2022). The Production of Contraceptive Cyborgs in Swedish Upper Secondary Sexuality Education. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 17(2), 541-556. SSF-Kompasset. (n.d.). https://ssfkompas.dk/ UCL. (n.d.). Indsats for styrkelse af SSF i folkeskolen. https://www.ucviden.dk/da/projects/national-indsats-for-styrkelse-af-sundhed-seksualundervisning-og-/ Walker, R., Drakeley, S., Welch, R., Leahy, D., & Boyle, J. (2021). Teachers' perspectives of sexual and reproductive health education in primary and secondary schools: a systematic review of qualitative studies. Sex education, 21(6), 627-644. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Temperament-Sensitive Classroom Seating as a Factor of Learning Effectiveness NIS (Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Taldykorgan), Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study investigates how temperament-sensitive seating of students in the classroom influences learning effectiveness and engagement during classroom activities in the middle school. According to psychoanalytic and psychodynamic approaches to education, learning could be effective only by taking into consideration unconscious dynamics, anxiety regulation, and rational position or their sitting in the classroom (Britzman, 2011; Youell, 2006). Students' seating positions also influence perceived safety and patterns of interactions (McCorskey and McVetta, 1978; Wannarka and Ruhl, 2008). Temperament is known as a biologically grounded and relatively stable disposition that is connected with emotional reactivity, effortful control, and classroom engagement (Rothbart, 2007; Zentner and Bates, 2008). This educational research also takes into consideration associations between temperament and academic behavior (Keogh, 2003; Thomas and Chess, 1977). The research question of this study: How do temperament-sensitive classroom seating arrangements function as mechanisms of effective containment, influencing middle school students' learning effectiveness and engagement during classroom work? General objective of this research was to examine how temperament-sensitive classroom seating arrangements function as mechanisms of effective containment and contribute to middle school students' learning effectiveness, engagement and emotional comfort during classroom work. Specific objectives: - to identify differences in learning effectiveness and on-task behaviour across homogeneous, heterogeneous and random seating arrangements for students with different temperament types. - to explore students' affective and subjective experience of classroom seating in terms of emotional safety, anxiety regulation and comfort with participation. - to analyze psychoanalytical processes (e.g., containment, acting-out and peer co-regulation) emerging in classroom with different seating configurations). - to examine teachers' perception of the role of seating arrangements in managing classroom affect, behavioral dynamics and learning engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Convergent mixed methods were used in this research. There were 30 students (aged 12-14) participated in this research. All of them were from Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Taldykorgan. Their temperament types were sanguine, choleric, phlegmatic and melancholic. It was identified by means of standardized temperament inventory grounded in Eysenck's typological framework (Eysenck 1975). Three seating conditions were implemented over four month or two terms. They are homogeneous seating positions according to temperament, heterogeneous (mixed-temperament) seating positions and the last was random seating position. Learning effectiveness was measured through task performance scores (from 1 to 100) and structured observation of on-task behaviour (5-point engagement scale). The qualitative method of this study included 30 student interviews and 3 teacher interviews. Classroom observation was analyzed with attention to anxiety, containment and defensive participation strategies (Bion, 1962; Youell, 2006). Ethical considerations were obtain before data collecting. Attention was given to emotional safety, confidentially and the non-pathologizing interpretation of temperament differences in accordance to psychoanalytic ethical principles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Quantitative analysis demonstrated that heterogeneous seating showed significantly higher engagement, compared to homogeneous and random seating. Also, it is interesting to analyze on-task behaviour engagement. Students with sanguine temperament type showed the following results: in heterogeneous seating - 83%, in homogeneous seating - 72% and in random seating - 68%. Students with choleric temperament type showed the following results: in heterogeneous seating - 77%, in homogeneous seating - 63% and in random seating - 59%. Students with phlegmatic temperament type showed the following results: in heterogeneous seating - 75%, in homogeneous seating - 78% and in random seating - 69%. Students with melancholic temperament type showed the following results: in heterogeneous seating - 70%, in homogeneous seating - 57% and in random seating - 54%. Qualitative analysis demonstrated that mixed temperament seating reduced performance anxiety among melancholic students, moderated acting out behaviours in choleric students and supported affective containment through peer co-regulation. Seating position was considered as a non-verbal pedagogical intervention which helped to make level of anxiety in the class lower and stabilized classroom emotional climate. It was mentioned by teachers that temperament-sensitive seating improved the classroom emotional climate. The findings of this study highlight a critical distinction between knowing and acting in educational practice. While some teachers may have theoretical knowledge about temperament differences (knowing), this knowledge does not automatically transformed into pedagogical action (acting) within everyday classroom routine. This study demonstrated that temperament-sensitive seating arrangements function as a concrete bridge between knowing and acting, transforming psychological understanding into material pedagogical practice. References Bion, W. R. (1962). Learning from experience. London, UK: Heinemann. Britzman, D. P. (2011). Freud and education. London, UK: Routledge. Eysenck, H. J., & Eysenck, S. B. G. (1975). Manual of the Eysenck Personality Questionnaire. London, UK: Hodder & Stoughton. Keogh, B. K. (2003). Temperament in the classroom: Understanding individual differences. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes. McCorskey, J. C., & McVetta, R. W. (1978). Classroom seating arrangements: Instructional communication theory versus student preferences. Communication Education, 27(2), 99–111. https://doi.org/10.1080/03634527809378281 Rothbart, M. K. (2007). Temperament, development, and personality. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 16(4), 207–212. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8721.2007.00505.x Thomas, A., & Chess, S. (1977). Temperament and development. New York, NY: Brunner/Mazel. Wannarka, R., & Ruhl, K. (2008). Seating arrangements that promote positive academic and behavioural outcomes: A review of empirical research. Support for Learning, 23(2), 89–93. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9604.2008.00375.x Winnicott, D. W. (1965). The maturational processes and the facilitating environment. London, UK: Hogarth Press. Youell, B. (2006). The learning relationship: Psychoanalytic thinking in education. Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 32(1), 79–94. https://doi.org/10.1080/00754170500536346 Zentner, M., & Bates, J. E. (2008). Child temperament: An integrative review of concepts, research programs, and measures. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 5(1), 7–37. https://doi.org/10.1080/17405620701620854 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 09 SES 10 B: Innovations, Challenges, and Insights from International Large-Scale Assessments (Part 5): Examining ILSAs: Measurement and Sampling Location: 5026 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Nurullah Eryilmaz Session Chair: Erika Majoros Symposium |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Innovations, Challenges, and Insights from International Large-Scale Assessments (Part 5): Examining ILSAs: Measurement and Sampling International large-scale assessments (ILSAs) such as TIMSS, ICCS, PIRLS, ICILS, PISA, and TALIS provide critical insights into educational outcomes and inequalities across diverse national contexts. They are widely used to monitor trends, enable international comparisons, and inform educational policy and practice (Johansson, 2016). At the same time, ILSAs function as laboratories for methodological innovation, supporting research that links individual outcomes to institutional and systemic conditions (Strietholt & Scherer, 2018). This symposium brings together recent research drawing on multiple ILSAs and is organized into five interrelated thematic sessions addressing digital transformation, civic education, educational inequality, student engagement and well-being, and methodological challenges in international assessment research. The first thematic area focuses on digital competencies and emerging technologies in education. Drawing on ICILS, TALIS, and TIMSS, papers examine cross-national variation in technology and AI integration, the role of teacher characteristics and professional learning, and how digital provision and pedagogical use relate to achievement and inequality, including disparities linked to socioeconomic background and early tracking. The second thematic area addresses civic attitudes, values, and engagement among young people. Using ICCS data, contributions explore students’ intentions to participate politically, their attitudes toward minorities, immigrants, and gender equality, and how school experiences relate to tolerant dispositions and engagement with social and environmental issues. The third thematic area examines structural inequalities and contextual effects in education systems. Papers investigate how school composition, segregation, and socioeconomic context shape achievement and well-being across countries, including intersectional patterns by gender, immigrant background, and socioeconomic status. The session also addresses systemic resource inequalities through evidence on mathematics and science teacher shortages and their unequal distribution across schools. The fourth thematic area focuses on students’ attitudes, motivation, and psychosocial factors. Contributions examine long-term gender gaps in reading behavior and achievement, the relationship between teacher gender and student outcomes, and trends in test-taking motivation relevant for interpreting achievement changes. The fifth thematic area is explicitly methodological, with papers analyzing item-level features of achievement scales, participation and sampling standards, and the measurement of socioeconomic status, highlighting how technical choices shape conclusions about trends and inequality. References Johansson, S. (2016). International large-scale assessments: what uses, what consequences? Educational Research, 58(2), 139–148. doi:10.1080/00131881.2016.116555 Strietholt, R., & Scherer, R. (2018). The contribution of international large-scale assessments to educational research: Combining individual and institutional data sources. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(3), 368-385. Presentations of the Symposium The Longitudinal Trend in the Number of Books at Home using Data from Countries Participating in PIRLS from 2001 through 2021
Socio-economic disparities in academic achievement have been repeatedly reported in the past (Coleman et al., 1966; Mullis et al., 2023). Accordingly, the continuous monitoring of these disparities is an important objective of international large-scale assessment studies. An established approach to efficiently measure students’ socio-economic background is to ask them about the number of books at home (Hanushek & Woessmann, 2011). Recently, however, doubts have been raised as to whether this variable is still a valid indicator of socio-economic status (Heppt et al., 2022; Schwippert, 2019). As printed books can be replaced by digital alternatives such as e-readers, audiobooks, or tablets, their absence no longer necessarily indicates lower levels of prosperity, education, and appreciation of reading. Conversely, owning books despite numerous digital substitutes could indicate a particular level of affluence and appreciation of reading. Against this background, the present contribution examined if the number of books at home changed in the period from 2001 to 2021. Furthermore, the development of the relationship between the book variable and parental education, as well as academic achievement was investigated. To examine these research questions, data from N = 429,292 students from 18 (predominantly Western) countries that participated continuously in the Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS), conducted every five years from 2001 to 2021, were used. The samples from the participating countries were drawn in such a way as to be representative. In addition to the number of books, which was measured using an ordinal 5-point scale, the highest level of education attained by the parents and the students’ reading literacy were included in the study. The results showed that, across all countries, the proportion of households with more than 100 books declined between PIRLS 2001 and 2021. The difference between 2001 and 2021 was statistically significant. However, country-specific trend patterns emerged: More specifically, twelve countries saw a decrease of the proportion of households with more than 100 books, five countries showed a rather stable development, and one country saw an increase. Regardless of this, both, the correlations with parents’ educational attainment and with academic achievement showed a slight, statistically non-significant increase across all countries, with similar patterns emerging in the different countries, but also some notable differences in terms of the strength and variation of the relationships. Overall, the results suggest that the number of books remains a valid indicator of students’ socio-economic background. Limitations and implications for future research are discussed.
References:
Coleman, J. S., Campbell, E. Q., Hobson, C. J., McPartland, J., Mood, A. M., Weinfeld, F. D., & York, R. L. (1966). Equality of Educational Opportunity. US Government Printing Office.
Hanushek, E. A., & Woessmann, L. (2011). The Economics of International Differences in Educational Achievement. In E. A. Hanushek, S. Machin, and L. Woessmann (Eds.), Handbooks in Economics, Vol. 3 (pp. 89-200). North-Holland.
Heppt, B., Olczyk, M., & Volodina, A. (2022). Number of Books at Home as an Indicator of Socioeconomic Status: Examining its Extensions and their Incremental Validity for Academic Achievement. Social Psychology of Education, 25(4), 903-928. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-022-09704-8
Mullis, I. V. S., von Davier, M., Foy, P., Fishbein, B., Reynolds, K. A., & Wry, E. (2023). PIRLS 2021 International Results in Reading. Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study. https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.tr2103.kb5342
Schwippert, K. (2019). Was wird aus den Büchern? Sozialer Hintergrund von Lernenden und Bildungsungleichheit aus Sicht der international vergleichenden Erziehungswissenschaft. Journal for educational research online, 11(1), 92-117. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:16789
More Than Just Words: The Relationship Between Reading Demand and PISA Science Item Performance in Finland
This study examines the relationship between reading demand and performance in science items in the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) in Finland, focusing on changes between 2012 and 2022. Reading demand was defined as the combined number of words, scientific terms, symbols, and visual elements in each item, following Mullis, Martin, and Foy (2013). The analysis included 38 science items common to both assessment cycles. In addition to reading demand, item characteristics such as content area, response format, competence, and difficulty level were considered (OECD, 2017).
Results show that Finnish students’ science performance declined significantly during the period, with the largest decreases observed in items with medium and high reading demand. Of the 38 tasks analyzed, 30 showed a statistically significant decrease in solution rates. While reading demand was associated with overall item solution rates, items with higher reading demand tended to have lower solution rates. Changes in performance were not clearly linked to reading demand alone. Among the examined other item characteristics, response format emerged as the most influential factor: open-ended tasks and complex multiple-choice items exhibited the largest declines, whereas simple multiple-choice items showed smaller changes.
Performance differences were also examined by reading proficiency and immigrant background. Students with weaker reading skills experienced steeper declines in solution rates compared to those with stronger skills, although changes occurred across all reading demand categories. Immigrant students performed worse overall than their native peers, but their performance changes were smaller, likely because their initial solution rates were lower.
The findings highlight the importance of reading literacy in science education and indicate that item characteristics, including reading demand, have a complex relationship with performance trends. However, the reading demand measure used here does not fully capture the unique linguistic features of Finnish, which may affect the actual cognitive demands of the items. These results have implications for assessment design and curriculum development, particularly in supporting students with lower reading proficiency and diverse linguistic backgrounds.
References:
OECD. (2017). PISA 2015 Assessment and Analytical Framework. OECD Publishing, Paris.
Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., & Foy, P. (2013). The impact of reading ability on TIMSS mathematics and science achievement at the fourth grade. Boston College.
Mathematical Reasoning in PISA and the Finnish Students’ Performance in Reasoning
In PISA 2022, mathematical reasoning was defined for the first time as one of the mathematical processes in addition to the three problem-solving processes assessed in earlier cycles. According to the PISA Mathematics Framework (OECD 2023, 27) “mathematical reasoning (both deductive and inductive) involves evaluating situations, selecting strategies, drawing logical conclusions, developing and describing solutions, and recognizing how those solutions can be applied”. In this presentation, we examine how expected student actions for mathematical reasoning have been operationalized in PISA mathematics items. About half of the reasoning items were new and half were used in earlier PISA cycles, where they were defined as measuring one of the three problem-solving processes. In PISA 2022, these so-called trend items were redefined as reasoning items. Therefore, we investigated if there were differences in how the new and the trend items measured reasoning. We also analysed Finnish students' performance in the reasoning items and how this performance is related to mathematics’ lessons activities in fostering reasoning. A detailed examination of the PISA 2022 framework shows that the definition of reasoning process category emphasizes drawing conclusions, justification, and critical analysis. We found that expected student actions described in the framework could be divided into three main categories: (1) argumentation (including producing justification, producing evaluation of justification, selecting justification), (2) selecting or producing the result of the reasoning (conclusion), (3) explaining the meaning. The new reasoning items developed for the PISA 2022 study emphasized argumentation, especially the production of justifications. In contrast, the trend items emphasized producing or selecting the result of reasoning. Overall, reasoning measured in PISA is implicit rather than explicit. Only in three of the trend items, students were asked to give justification. In two items, students needed to interpret the given situation and explain the meaning. The Finnish students' performance in items requiring justification was lower than in items involving selecting the result of reasoning. In addition, the performance aligned well with the proficiency levels of each trend item, but in the new items the students showed greater variation by proficiency level of the items. The Finnish students' experiences in activities that would foster reasoning in mathematics lessons were clearly fewer than the OECD average and they were not related to students’ performance in reasoning items. Based on the results, it appears that the measurement of reasoning and the activities that promote it should be further developed in the PISA study.
References:
OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 mathematics framework. In PISA 2022 assessment and analytical framework. Paris, France: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/7ea9ee19-en
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 09 SES 10 C: Modelling Student Growth and Assessment Processes in School Contexts Location: 4013 | Linna building | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Victoria Rolfe Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Assessing School Influence on Language Development: Comparing Student Selection Test and External Summative Assessment Data Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:In many education systems, schools are judged primarily by final exam results, with high scores often taken as indicators of quality. Yet this view is limited: some students enter with a strong educational background, while others begin at a lower level. Without distinguishing prior knowledge from progress made during schooling, outcomes may be misinterpreted and the actual contribution of schools overlooked. The theoretical framework draws on value‑added models of school effectiveness (Hanushek & Rivkin, 2010; Koedel & Betts, 2011), which emphasize the importance of separating students’ initial achievement from the contribution of schools to subsequent progress. This approach is widely used in European educational research to promote fairer evaluation of school performance. Rather than focusing only on raw results, it highlights growth indicators, as reflected in policies in the UK, the Netherlands, Belgium, and Ireland (Timmermans & Thomas, 2015; Leckie & Goldstein, 2019; Brown, McNamara & O’Hara, 2016). Research on language acquisition in school contexts (Baker, 2011) further underscores the role of instructional environments and pedagogical practices in shaping outcomes. This is especially relevant in multilingual education systems, where language development depends not only on individual ability but also on teaching quality and the broader learning context. The aim of this study is to evaluate the contribution of Nazarbayev Intellectual schools (NIS) to students’ development in Kazakh and Russian by comparing entry scores obtained in the Grade 7 selection test with exit scores achieved in the Grade 12 external summative assessment. NIS is the flagship of Kazakhstani education. Admission is highly competitive, with on average 10 applicants per place, and only the strongest students succeed (Nazarbayev Intellectual schools, 2024). The schools admit talented, motivated students with the goal of fostering their growth into critical thinkers and independent learners. NIS campuses are located across Kazakhstan (Toybazarova & Nazarova, 2018). This study addresses two research questions:
The first question examines students’ starting point, highlighting how selection test results capture prior knowledge rather than the effect of schooling. The second investigates how Grade 12 external assessments, aligned with international benchmarks, reflect cumulative progress and the added value of schools by distinguishing between initial ability and growth achieved through instruction. Together, these questions allow for a more accurate evaluation of school effectiveness in language development. By comparing entry and exit scores, the study shows why it is important to look beyond raw results. It also connects to wider European discussions about fair assessment, multilingual education, and how schools can be judged not only by final exams but by the progress they help students make. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses a quantitative design to explore how NIS influences students’ language development in Kazakh and Russian. The analysis focuses on one cohort across twenty schools, including 1,754 students studying in Kazakh classes and 889 students in Russian classes. Two main data sources are used. The first is the Selection Test (2019) in Kazakh and Russian, taken at Grade 7 entry, which provides entry scores. The second is the External Summative Assessment (2025), conducted at the end of Grade 12 by an independent organization and aligned with international standards such as Cambridge International A Level, which provides exit scores in both Kazakh and Russian. To examine the relationship between entry and exit scores, the study applies three approaches: 1. Correlation analysis to explore the relationship between entry and exit scores. 2. Comparative analysis to highlight differences between Kazakh and Russian classes, showing how the language of instruction shapes learning trajectories. 3. Value added analysis to estimate the schools’ contribution by comparing entry and exit scores, distinguishing prior knowledge from progress made during schooling. Together, these methods provide a comprehensive picture of how NIS contributes to students’ language development. By integrating correlation, comparative, and value‑added perspectives, the study not only examines the link between entry and exit scores but also reveals important differences across Kazakh and Russian classes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal a clear distinction between entry and exit scores in NIS. Students often enter with high scores, reflecting strong preparation and baseline proficiency. Yet by Grade 12, external assessment results are lower, suggesting that initial success does not guarantee equally strong graduation performance. Differences between Kazakh and Russian classes further illustrate how instructional language and school environment shape learning. Students in Kazakh classes show relatively stable progress with smaller gaps between entry and exit scores, while students in Russian classes display weaker outcomes and larger discrepancies. At entry, motivation is extremely high, which explains strong performance in Grade 7. By Grade 12, however, scores appear weaker in percentage terms. This gap may be explained by the different purposes of assessment, the intensive preparation effect for admission, and changes in motivation and workload over time. The weak correlation between entry and exit scores suggests that selection tests have limited predictive power for long term academic success. Overall, the study argues that schools should be evaluated not only by raw achievement scores but also by the added value they provide in fostering student growth. The observed differences are not signs of weakness but rather reflect the distinct roles of entry and exit assessments: one measures readiness, the other captures comprehensive development within a demanding, trilingual, internationally benchmarked system. References 1.Aknouch, L. (2025). Understanding Summative and Formative Assessment Dynamics. TESOL and Technology Studies, 6(2), 26-37. 2.Bairbayeva, S. (2023, October). Advancing Equity and Diversity: A Comprehensive Case Study of Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools in Secondary Education. In Publisher. agency: Proceedings of the 4th International Scientific Conference «Reviews of Modern Science»(October 19-20, 2023). Zürich, Switzerland, 2023. 256p (p. 13). Universität Luzern. 3.Baker, C. (2011). Foundations of bilingual education and bilingualism. Multilingual matters. 4.Brown, M., McNamara, G., & O’Hara, J. (2016). Quality and the rise of value-added in education: The case of Ireland. Policy Futures in Education, 14(6), 810-829. 5.Center for Pedagogical Measurements (2015). Model of External Summative Assessment: Methodological Guidelines. Retrieved from https://cpi-nis.kz/upload/userfiles/files/%D0%9C%D0%BE%D0%B4%D0%B5%D0%BB%D1%8C%20C%D0%9E%20%20%D0%BE%D1%82%2027_08_2015%20%E2%84%9643(1).pdf 6.Hanushek, E. A., & Rivkin, S. G. (2010). Generalizations about using value-added measures of teacher quality. American economic review, 100(2), 267-271. 7.Koedel, C., & Betts, J. R. (2011). Does student sorting invalidate value-added models of teacher effectiveness? An extended analysis of the Rothstein critique. Education Finance and policy, 6(1), 18-42. 8.Leckie, G., & Goldstein, H. (2019). The importance of adjusting for pupil background in school value‐added models: A study of Progress 8 and school accountability in England. British Educational Research Journal, 45(3), 518-537. 9.Leckie, G., & Prior, L. (2022). A comparison of value-added models for school accountability. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 33(3), 431-455. 10.Levy, J., Brunner, M., Keller, U., & Fischbach, A. (2019). Methodological issues in value-added modeling: an international review from 26 countries. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 31(3), 257-287. 11.Nazarbayev Intellectual schools (2024). Annual report. Retrieved from https://www.nis.edu.kz/storage/files/01JVKVXA97T8Q3TRKPFKWS82C3.pdf 12.Nazarbayev Intellectual schools (2025). Rules of Competitive Selection. Retrieved from https://www.nis.edu.kz/en/page/konkurstyq-irikteu-erezeleri 13.OECD (2013). Synergies for Better Learning: An International Perspective on Evaluation and Assessment. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/synergies-for-better-learning-an-international-perspective-on-evaluation-and-assessment_9789264190658-en.html 14.Timmermans, A. C., & Thomas, S. M. (2015). The impact of student composition on schools’ value-added performance: A comparison of seven empirical studies. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 26(3), 487-498. 15.Toybazarova, N. A., & Nazarova, G. (2018). The modernization of education in Kazakhstan: trends, perspective and problems. Bulletin of National academy of sciences of the Republic of Kazakhstan, 6(376), 104-114. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Socioeconomic Differences in the Development of Inductive Reasoning from Grades 3 to 7: A Longitudinal Study in Hungary 1: Institute of Education, University of Szeged; 2: Doctoral School of Education, University of Szeged; 3: MTA–SZTE Digital Learning Technologies Research Group, University of Szeged; 4: Budapest Institute for Policy Analysis Presenting Author:A large body of international research has consistently documented positive associations between family socioeconomic background and academic achievement. Meta-analytic evidence generally indicates small to moderate effect sizes, suggesting that SES is a meaningful, though not deterministic, contributor to students’ learning outcomes (Harwell et al., 2017; Liu et al., 2022; Korous et al., 2022). At the same time, substantial variation exists in the reported magnitude of SES effects. While some large-scale syntheses report correlations in the moderate range (r ≈ .22–.28; Liu et al., 2022), others identify considerably weaker associations, particularly when controlling for various individual and school-level factors (Kim et al., 2019; Song & Tan, 2025). These findings suggest that SES effects are shaped not only by family-level resources but also by broader institutional, cultural, and policy environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample The analyses were based on data from the Hungarian Educational Longitudinal Program, a nationwide research designed to monitor students’ learning trajectories and development from early primary school through lower secondary education (Csapó, 2014). The program follows students across Grades 1 to 8 and covers a broad range of cognitive and non-cognitive domains. The present study draws on three waves of data collection conducted when students were in Grades 3, 5, and 7. The final sample comprised 6,232 students (50.1% girls), attending 155 schools and 287 classes. The sampling design aimed to approximate representativeness at the regional, county, and settlement-type levels. Approximately 5% of the national student cohort at the target grade level was included. Schools served as the primary sampling units, and all participating institutions were mainstream primary schools. Assessment of inductive reasoning Students’ inductive reasoning was assessed using online tests consisting of figural and numerical series and analogy tasks. Across measurement occasions, different but anchor-linked test forms were employed to enable developmental comparisons over time. Student performance was placed on a common latent ability scale using Rasch model. The resulting scale demonstrated excellent reliability (EAP/PV=.94). The assessments were administered in the ICT labs of the participating schools using the eDia online assessment platform (Csapó & Molnár, 2019). The system relies on individual measurement identifiers to ensure student anonymity, and no personally identifiable information was collected during data collection. Handling of missing data To address missing responses resulting from the longitudinal design, multiple imputation was applied (Wijesuriya et al., 2025). A random forest–based chained equations procedure was used to generate 100 imputed datasets, allowing uncertainty associated with missing values to be appropriately reflected in subsequent analyses. Socioeconomic background measure Students’ socioeconomic background was operationalized using a composite latent construct reflecting multiple dimensions commonly emphasized in the literature. To achieve this, a two-level latent confirmatory factor model was estimated separately for each imputed dataset. The socioeconomic background factor captured shared variance across four domains: parental education, geographical disadvantage, material resources, and parental involvement. Parental education was indicated by the highest qualification levels of both parents. Geographical disadvantage was represented by a set of settlement-level socioeconomic indicators. Material resources were measured through a comprehensive inventory of household assets, while parental involvement was assessed using items capturing academically relevant support behaviours at home. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In line with previous cross-sectional results (Molnár, 2025), we found a consistent and substantial association between students’ socioeconomic background and their level of inductive reasoning across all grade levels. Socioeconomic status showed moderate correlations with inductive reasoning performance (r = 0.32, 0.34, and 0.37, respectively), which are slightly higher than the effect sizes typically reported in recent meta-analyses (Liu et al., 2022; Korous et al., 2022). This pattern aligns with prior evidence and reflects the strong role of socioeconomic background in educational outcomes observed in Hungary (OECD, 2023). Across the full sample, students’ inductive reasoning improved by approximately half a standard deviation between measurement waves. Quartile-based analyses revealed pronounced and persistent socioeconomic differences at each grade level. In particular, the performance gap between students in the lowest and highest SES quartiles approached one standard deviation, corresponding to several years of developmental difference in inductive reasoning within the same grade level. Latent growth curve models further clarified these patterns. Socioeconomic background showed a strong association with the latent intercept (b=32.17, SE=1.20, p<0.01), indicating marked SES-related differences in initial levels of inductive reasoning by Grade 3. Although a small positive association between continuous SES and growth was observed (b=1.40, SE=0.47, p<0.01), quartile-based comparisons revealed no systematic differences in growth rates between socioeconomic groups. Thus, early socioeconomic differences remained stable over time, a finding consistent with prior research suggesting limited SES effects on developmental slopes (Molnár, 2025; Liu et al., 2022). Future research should examine whether these patterns hold when additional individual- and school-level factors are considered and when longer developmental spans are analyzed. The findings highlight the importance of early interventions aimed at reducing SES-related gaps in fundamental cognitive skills. Such efforts may contribute to improving educational equity not only in Hungary, but also in education systems facing similarly strong socioeconomic gradients. References Csapó, B. (2014). A szegedi iskolai longitudinális program [The Hungarian educational longitudinal program]. In J. Pál & Z. Vajda (Eds.), Szegedi Egyetemi Tudástár 7: Bölcsészet- és társadalomtudományok (pp. 117–166). Szegedi Egyetemi Kiadó. Csapó, B., & Molnár, G. (2019). Online diagnostic assessment in support of personalized teaching and learning: The eDia system. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, Article 1522. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.01522 Hanushek, E. A., Woessmann, L. (2008). The role of cognitive skills in economic development. Journal of Economic Literature 46(3), 607–68. https://doi.org/10.1257/jel.46.3.607 Harwell, M., Maeda, Y., Bishop, K., & Xie, A. (2017). The Surprisingly Modest Relationship Between SES and Educational Achievement. The Journal of Experimental Education, 85(2), 197–214. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220973.2015.1123668 Kim, S. W., Cho, H., & Kim, L. Y. (2019). Socioeconomic status and academic outcomes in developing countries: A meta-analysis. Review of educational research, 89(6), 875-916. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319877155 Klauer, K. J., & Phye, G. D. (2008). Inductive reasoning: A training approach. Review of Educational Research, 78(1), 85–123. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654307313402 Korous, K. M., Causadias, J. M., Bradley, R. H., Luthar, S. S., & Levy, R. (2022). A systematic overview of meta-analyses on socioeconomic status, cognitive ability, and achievement: The need to focus on specific pathways. Psychological reports, 125(1), 55-97. https://doi.org/10.1177/0033294120984127 Liu, J., Peng, P., Zhao, B., & Luo, L. (2022). Socioeconomic status and academic achievement in primary and secondary education: A meta-analytic review. Educational Psychology Review, 34(4), 2867-2896. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-022-09689-y Molnár, G. (2025). Development of 6-to 17-year-old students’ inductive reasoning: What is the most sensitive period?. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 56, 101745. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2024.101745 OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en Perret, P. (2015). Children's inductive reasoning: Developmental and educational perspectives. Journal of Cognitive Education and Psychology, 14(3), 389–408. https://doi.org/10.1891/1945-8959.14.3.389 Song, Q., & Tan, C. Y. (2025). The association between family socioeconomic status and academic achievement: new estimates using three-level meta-analysis of PISA 2009–2018 data. Comparative Education, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2025.2545659 Vo, D. V., & Csapó, B. (2022). Measuring inductive reasoning in school contexts: a review of instruments and predictors. International Journal of Innovation and Learning, 31(4), 506-525. https://doi.org/10.1504/IJIL.2022.123179 Wijesuriya, R., Moreno-Betancur, M., Carlin, J. B., White, I. R., Quartagno, M., & Lee, K. J. (2025). Multiple imputation for longitudinal data: A tutorial. Statistics in Medicine, 44(3–4), e10274. https://doi.org/10.1002/sim.10274 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Exploring Students’ Response Strategies on TIMSS 2023 Mathematics Items Using a Response Time-Based Mixture Item Response Theory Model 1: Aydın Adnan Menderes University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Canakkale Onsekiz Mart University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:In the TIMSS (the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study) 2023 computer-based assessment, student process data was provided along with other achievement and context questionnaires data. Process data (e.g., response time) provide empirical evidence about the cognitive states and behaviors that occur while working on a test item and that influence how the measured construct(s) translate into item performance (Goldhammer & Zehner, 2017). By revealing underlying response mechanisms beyond the test score, these processes provide evidence supporting the validity of intended interpretations of test scores. This source of validity evidence is emphasized in the Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing (American Educational Research Association, American Psychological Association, and National Council on Measurement in Education, 2014). Examining response processes in TIMSS, as a large-scale assessment, provides valuable insights into the cognitive processes underlying item responses and contributes to a better understanding of the meaning and interpretation of test scores. There are various approaches to examining response processes, but mixture item response theory (IRT) models have been widely used due to their strengths. Mixture IRT models combine features of traditional IRT models with latent class analysis (LCA) and assume the presence of hidden subpopulations in the data (Sen & Cohen, 2019), which makes them especially useful for examining students’ distinct response strategies. Huang, Luo, and Jeon (2025) reviewed previous models within the mixture IRT framework for studying item-response strategies and proposed a new response time-based mixture IRT model. They grouped existing approaches into two categories: examinee-level mixture models (e.g., Jeon & De Boeck, 2019) and examinee-by-item-level mixture models (e.g., Nagy & Robitzsch, 2021). While examinee-level models assume that test-takers employ the same response strategy throughout the assessment, examinee-by-item-level models allow test-takers to switch between response strategies (Huang et al., 2025). The examinee-by-item-level mixture model proposed by Huang et al. (2025) assumes the presence of multiple latent classes, including one regular ability-based class (modeled using a two-parameter logistic [2PL] IRT model) and one or more non-ability-based secondary classes (e.g., rapid guessing, knowledge retrieval), and incorporates response times to predict examinee-by-item class membership. This modeling approach allows examinees to switch between response strategies across items, which is likely in practice, as they may use different strategies depending on item properties (e.g., difficulty, complexity) or other factors (e.g., fatigue, lack of motivation). In this study, we aim to explore which response strategies eighth-grade students use when responding to TIMSS 2023 mathematics items in Türkiye and Finland, two countries with similar average mathematics achievement. We apply a response time-based mixture IRT model proposed by Huang et al. (2025) to both easy and difficult item groups to examine potential differences in response processes across item difficulty levels. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses a subset of Finland and Türkiye TIMSS 2023 eighth-grade mathematics achievement and process data, which are publicly available from the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) (https://www.iea.nl/data-tools/repository/timss). In TIMSS 2023, each student is randomly assigned to one of 14 test booklets, each consisting of two mathematics and two science item blocks. Each item block appears in two booklets and is paired with different item blocks (Mullis, Martin, & von Davier, 2021). Because each student receives a different set of items, we focus on item blocks to maintain a consistent item sequence and enable clearer interpretation of response processes. The assessment booklets are divided into two levels of difficulty: less difficult and more difficult (Mullis et al., 2021). We select two mathematics item blocks: one from the less difficult set (ME1) and one from the more difficult set (MD3). The ME1 block appears in Booklets 8 and 9, whereas the MD3 block appears in Booklets 2 and 5. The ME1 item block contains 14 items (scored 0/1), while the MD3 block contains 15 items (scored 0/1). TIMSS 2023 provides student process data files that include three types of variables related to students’ on-screen navigation during the assessment: total time on screen, time on first screen visit, and number of screen visits (Fishbein, Taneva, & Kowolik, 2025). To meet the requirements of response time-based modeling, we use total time on screen as the response time variable. For the analysis, we will estimate two models separately for each item block and each country: (1) a 2PL model (DeMars, 2010) as baseline model and (2) a two-class examinee-by-item mixture IRT model proposed by Huang et al. (2025). The mixture IRT model will include two latent classes: an ability-based class and a secondary (i.e., non-ability-based) response class. The latent class variable will be regressed on double-centered, log-transformed response times as suggested. All models will be estimated using maximum likelihood with robust standard errors (MLR). Analyses will be conducted using Mplus Version 9 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998–2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect that the two-class examinee-by-item mixture IRT model will fit the data better than the standard two-parameter logistic (2PL) IRT model, suggesting the presence of a secondary response process in addition to the regular ability-based one. Response time deviations are anticipated to be associated with these response processes. In particular, shorter response times accompanied by a high probability of correct answers may reflect rapid knowledge retrieval strategies, whereas longer response times with a high probability of correct answers may reflect more effortful knowledge retrieval strategies (Huang et al., 2025). Through cross-country and cross-item-block comparisons, the results are expected to offer deeper insights into the underlying cognitive processes employed by students in the TIMSS 2023 mathematics assessment. Overall, the findings are expected to contribute to understanding how students engage with assessment tasks of varying difficulty and how response processes relate to score interpretation. References American Educational Research Association, American Psychological Association, & National Council on Measurement in Education (Eds.) (2014). Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing. American Educational Research Association. DeMars, C. (2010). Item response theory: Understanding statistics measurement. Oxford University. Fishbein, B., Taneva, M., & Kowolik, K. (2025). TIMSS 2023 User Guide for the International Database. Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://timss2023.org/data Goldhammer, F., & Zehner, F. (2017). What to make of and how to interpret process data. Measurement: Interdisciplinary Research and Perspectives, 15(3–4), 128–132. https://doi.org/10.1080/15366367.2017.1411651 Huang, S., Luo, J. & Jeon, M. (2025). A response time-based mixture item response theory model for dynamic item-response strategies. Behavior Research Methods, 57(54). https://doi.org/10.3758/s13428-024-02555-5 Jeon, M., & De Boeck, P. (2019). An analysis of an item-response strategy based on knowledge retrieval. Behavior Research Methods, 51, 697–719 https://doi.org/10.3758/s13428-018-1064-1 Mullis, I. V., Martin, M. O., & von Davier, M. (2021). TIMSS 2023 Assessment Frameworks. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. O. (1998-2017). Mplus user’s guide (8th Edition). Muthén & Muthén. Nagy, G., & Robitzsch, A. (2021). A continuous HYBRID IRT model for modeling changes in guessing behavior in proficiency tests. Psychological Test and Assessment Modeling, 63(3), 361-395. Sen, S., & Cohen, A. S. (2019). Applications of Mixture IRT Models: A Literature Review. Measurement: Interdisciplinary Research and Perspectives, 17(4), 177–191. https://doi.org/10.1080/15366367.2019.1583506 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Understanding the Drivers of Student Literacy Growth in Kazakhstan: A Multilevel Value-Added Study 1: BI Education, Kazakhstan; 2: Y.Altynsarin National Academy of Education, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This paper presents a large-scale institutional research project examining the drivers of student literacy growth in Kazakhstan. The study focuses on students in Grades 3, 4, and 7 across 13 schools within the BI Education network and aims to identify student-, teacher-, and family-level factors associated with literacy development over an academic year. While literacy outcomes are a central concern in international education systems, there remains a need for context-sensitive, data-informed approaches that move beyond cross-sectional achievement measures. The study is guided by a value-added framework and contemporary models of school effectiveness, which emphasise growth-oriented assessment, instructional quality, and the role of home learning environments. Rather than relying solely on end-point achievement scores, the project examines literacy development longitudinally by administering equated initial and final literacy assessments. This approach allows for the estimation of student growth “beyond what might be expected,” accounting for prior achievement and contextual factors. The research addresses three core questions: The conceptual framework integrates multilevel models of learning with value-added analysis to capture the nested structure of educational data (students within classes, classes within schools). Student literacy growth is conceptualised as an outcome influenced by instructional practices, school organisation, and family-level support. The study also incorporates follow-up qualitative querying of selected classrooms to contextualise quantitative findings and explore pedagogical practices associated with higher-than-expected student growth. The international relevance of this research lies in its methodological contribution and its focus on literacy development within a rapidly reforming education system. By combining psychometrically robust literacy assessments, multilevel modelling, and value-added analysis, the study offers an evidence-informed framework applicable to other education systems seeking to strengthen literacy outcomes through growth-oriented evaluation rather than high-stakes accountability alone. Findings are expected to inform both policy and practice by highlighting effective pedagogical and organisational conditions for literacy development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a longitudinal, quantitative research design complemented by targeted qualitative follow-up. Participants include students in Grades 3, 4, and 7 from 13 BI Education schools in Kazakhstan, with students nested within classes and schools. Literacy assessments are administered four times during the academic year, with equated initial and final tests used to estimate student growth in reading literacy. Literacy assessments are developed and validated using both Classical Test Theory and Modern Test Theory, including Rasch modelling. Item response data are analysed using the R programming language, with established psychometric packages used to estimate reliability, item functioning, and student ability. Common-item equating is applied to ensure comparability between initial and final assessments. In addition to student assessments, structured questionnaires are administered to parents and teachers. Parent surveys collect information on educational background, home literacy resources, reading practices, and parenting behaviours. Teacher surveys capture qualifications, pedagogical practices, instructional strategies, and classroom organisation. These instruments allow for the examination of both individual- and class-level predictors of literacy growth. Multilevel regression modelling is employed to analyse predictors of literacy development, accounting for the hierarchical structure of the data (students nested in classes, classes nested in schools). Final literacy ability estimates serve as dependent variables, with student-, teacher-, and school-level characteristics included as predictors. Value-added analysis is subsequently conducted to identify classrooms demonstrating high, moderate, and low contributions to student literacy growth. To contextualise quantitative findings, follow-up qualitative querying is conducted in selected classrooms. This non-invasive approach focuses on classroom culture, instructional practices, and student–teacher interactions, providing interpretive depth to the statistical results. Together, these methods offer a comprehensive and ethically grounded approach to understanding literacy development in school settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to identify key student-, teacher-, and family-level factors associated with literacy growth across primary and lower secondary grades. Anticipated findings include differential effects of pedagogical practices, classroom organisation, and home literacy environments on student growth, even after controlling for prior achievement. Value-added analysis is expected to reveal meaningful variation between classrooms, highlighting instructional contexts in which students demonstrate higher-than-expected literacy gains. These findings will support a shift from deficit-oriented interpretations of achievement toward growth-focused evaluation of teaching and learning. The integration of quantitative and qualitative evidence is expected to provide actionable insights into effective instructional practices and classroom conditions that support literacy development. The findings will be relevant for school leaders, policymakers, and researchers seeking to design professional development, curriculum support, and assessment systems aligned with evidence-informed improvement. More broadly, the study is expected to contribute to international discussions on literacy assessment, value-added modelling, and the ethical use of educational data to support student learning rather than punitive accountability. References OECD. (2013). Synergies for Better Learning: An International Perspective on Evaluation and Assessment. Paris: OECD Publishing. Ainscow, M., Chapman, C., & Hadfield, M. (2020). Changing education systems for equity and excellence. Educational Research, 62(3), 1–17. Costello, R., Elson, P., & Schacter, J. (2008). An introduction to value-added analysis. Journal of Catholic Education, 12(2), 195–212. Rasch, G. (1960). Probabilistic Models for Some Intelligence and Attainment Tests. Copenhagen: Danish Institute for Educational Research. Bates, D., Maechler, M., Bolker, B., & Walker, S. (2015). Fitting linear mixed-effects models using lme4. Journal of Statistical Software, 67(1), 1–48. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 10 SES 10 A: Crusading Teacher Attrition by Supporting Early-career Teachers’ Growth Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Paulien Meijer Session Chair: Äli Leijen Symposium |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Crusading Teacher Attrition by Supporting Early-career Teachers’ Growth During the Induction Period Over the last decades, many countries invested in the development of induction initiatives and programmes, with the aim to support teachers in the early years of their career. Many teachers struggle in these years, resulting in high dropout rates, sometimes up to 30% (OECD, 2025). There is an urgent need for systemic interventions to enhance early-career teachers’ well-being and professional growth. This is a necessary step in battling the high attrition rate during the induction period, and work towards a more sustainable education workforce. This symposium combines insights from a range of studies that report on initiatives and programmes during the induction period in 4 countries: Australia, the Netherlands, Belgium, and Finland The symposium aims to uncover the type of learning of early-career teachers, and distill ingredients for successful induction programmes, in order to support schools, school-university partnerships, and starting teachers’ coaches/supervisors. ‘Successfulness’ in this context is conceptualized as supporting teachers’ professional growth, wellbeing and commitment, and ultimately avoid burnout and dropout during the first years of teaching and beyond. In addition, induction programmes can also go a step further, and are an invaluable part of school improvement and an impulse for the quality of teaching. Early-career teachers not only need to grow professionally, but they also can be seen as resources (e.g. März & Kelchtermans, 2020), since they are a fresh pair of eyes, bring recent academic insights with them, and are often closer in age to students than their experienced colleagues. Recent studies have shown that teachers are more likely to retain when they feel that they are supported in their agentic endeavors, and feel that they can contribute to developments in their schools. Each presentation provides in-depth insights into the nature and content of early-career teachers’ learning and development, and highlights catalysts and barriers to their development. The symposium combines experiences from 4 countries, each presenting data from their own – and thus different – contexts. This discussant addresses underlying patterns throughout the presentations and distills catalysts and barriers
Session Overview: The Chair (5 min) starts by contextualising the objectives of the session and introducing the various studies. Then, presenters from 3 / 4 countries deliver focused 15-minute presentations each, offering headline findings related to early-career teachers’ learning and development during the induction period. These presentations will include a critical analysis of identified gaps and priorities within their respective contexts. The Discussant will take the analysis beyond the borders of the individual countries and actively engage the diverse experiences and perspectives present in the audience. The symposium closes with a dialogue with the audience, in which we reflect on the value and potential of induction programmes, from the perspective of (a) early-career teachers’ growth, and (b) school / educational development.
The following questions are central in the symposium: Descriptive questions:
Analytical questions:
Together, the studies offer insights relevant to international debates on how induction can function as a lever for sustainable teacher retention. References März, V. and Kelchtermans, G., 2020. The networking teacher in action: a qualitative analysis of early career teachers’ induction process. Teaching and Teacher Education, 87 (4), 102933. doi:10.1016/j.tate.2019.102933. OECD (2025). Education at a Glance 2025: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/1c0d9c79-en. Presentations of the Symposium Rethinking Induction for a Diversifying Early-Career Teacher Workforce: Policy, Practice and Equity in the Australian Context
Induction is widely recognised as a critical mechanism for supporting early-career teachers’ professional growth, wellbeing and retention, particularly given persistently high attrition rates in the first years of teaching (e.g. Sullivan, et al., 2022). Traditionally, induction has been conceptualised as a structured transition into full-time, ongoing teaching roles, supported through activities such as mentoring and professional learning (Mansfield & Gu, 2019), and the development of professional and non-professional networks (März & Kelchtermans, 2020). However, contemporary labour markets are increasingly characterised by early career teachers entering the profession through alternative pathways, such as part-time employment, casual relief teaching and short-term contracts (Rowe et al., 2026). Research has yet to adequately examine how induction responds to this growing diversity among early-career teachers (Reupert et al., 2023). Drawing on critical human resource management theory, this study conceptualises induction as a social and organisational process that can support teachers’ professional growth, sense of belonging and long-term commitment to the profession.
This paper reports findings from a large-scale Australian survey examining early-career teachers’ access to and experiences of induction. Data were collected via an online survey of 824 teachers currently working in Australia, administered between September 2024 and June 2025. Participants were recruited through social media and teacher organisations. The survey gathered information on demographic characteristics, employment arrangements, and participation in a range of induction activities, including onboarding, socialisation, professional learning and enabling supports. Descriptive and inferential analyses were conducted to identify patterns of access to induction across different employment types.
The findings reveal significant inequities in induction provision. While 75% of early-career teachers reported receiving some form of induction, one quarter received none. Teachers employed in part-time, casual or short-term roles were significantly less likely to access induction than those in full-time, ongoing positions. Where induction was provided, it most commonly focused on initial onboarding activities. Fewer teachers, particularly those in casual or part time employment reported access to professional learning, sustained mentoring or enabling supports such as mentoring and additional relieftime. Only around 40% of participants experienced an induction that integrated multiple elements associated with effective induction.
These findings suggest that current induction practices risk reinforcing workforce inequities and may inadvertently contribute to early-career teacher attrition, particularly among those in non-standard forms of employment. The paper argues for more inclusive and flexible induction frameworks that recognise workforce diversity, support early-career teachers’ growth and wellbeing, and position them as valuable contributors to school development.
References:
Mansfield, C., & Gu, Q. (2019). “I’m finally getting that help that I needed”: Early career teacher induction and professional learning. The Australian Educational Researcher, 46(4), 639-659. doi:10.1007/s13384-019-00338-y
März, V., & Kelchtermans, G. (2020). The networking teacher in action: A qualitative analysis of early career teachers' induction process. Teaching and Teacher Education, 87, 102933. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102933
Reupert, A., Sullivan, A., Tippett, N., White, S., Woodcock, S., Chen, L., & Simons, M. (2023). An Exploration of the Experiences of Substitute Teachers: A Systematic Review. Review of Educational Research, 00346543221149418. doi:10.3102/00346543221149418
Rowe, E., Sullivan, A., Tippett, N., Simons, M., Grist, E., Reupert, A., . . . White, S. (2026). Precariously employed early career teachers and induction policies: a critical policy study. Journal of Education Policy, 41(1), 45-63. doi:10.1080/02680939.2025.2580975
Sullivan, A., Down, B., & Johnson, B. (2022). Early Career Teachers' Work. In D. Mayer (Ed.), International Encyclopaedia of Education (4th ed.): Elsevier.
Experiences Affecting Early-Career Teachers’ Self-esteem in Secondary Education
This contribution reports on a study that aimed to gain insights into early-career teachers’ self-esteem during their first years of teaching. 91 early-career teachers (ECTs) were included, who were involved in induction programmes, containing elements such as professional coaching and collaborative reflection sessions (Helms-Lorenz, 2020). Burke and Stets (2009) described self-esteem as an evaluation of one’s own professional identity, comprised of self-appreciation on the job and one’s performance as a teacher in general. Self-esteem not only affects the ability of ECTs to survive the first teaching years, but also affects their well-being, professional development, and lifelong learning. One of the major questions is how ECTs develop their self-esteem, and which experiences affect how it is formed.
The ECTs completed semi-structured journals halfway through the first year of their induction in secondary education. Questions included: How would you describe yourself as a teacher at this moment (in general)? Was this image of yourself subject to change in the previous months and what affected this change? Next to self-esteem, we coded positive experiences with pupils, powerful moments in the classroom and meaningful feedback from colleagues or supervisors, and/or perceived professional development opportunities; and negative interactions with, for example, pupils, colleagues, school leaders and/or parents which were not in line with their current self-esteem. Results show that ECTs differed in their self-esteem, ranging from seeing themselves as innovative and ambitious about improving educational practices, to doubting their ability to become ‘good’ teachers.
We found that the latter group was vulnerable to dropping out. More than half of the ECTs reported high self-esteem, while approximately one-tenth low self-esteem. ECTs with high self-esteem often reported positive experiences that boasted their self-esteem (i.e., continuous experiences), while those with low self-esteem frequently reported negative (i.e., discontinuous) experiences, undermining their self-esteem. One-third of the ECTs reported both high and low self-esteem, and they perceived their experiences as both continuous and discontinuous. This means that almost half of the ECTs in our study reported a high/low or low self-esteem, often caused by negative experiences with, for example, pupils and direct colleagues. Considering the predictive value of self-esteem (Crocker & Park, 2004), it is likely that those ECTs are vulnerable to teacher drop-out. Specific coaching and mentoring might help to support early-career teachers to deal with experiences that potentially affect their self-esteem in a negative way, in order to create more continuous experiences.
References:
Burke, P.J., & Stets, J.E. (2009). Identity theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780195388275.001.0001.
Crocker, J., & Park, L.E. (2004). The Costly Pursuit of Self-Esteem. Psychological Bulletin, 130 (3):, 392–414. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.130.3.392.
Helms-Lorenz, M. (2020). Begeleiding Startende Leraren 2014-2019. Eindrapportage. University of Groningen. [Supervising Beginning Teachers 2014-2019. Final report].
Motivation, Induction, and Retention of Second Career Teachers in Secondary Education
The teacher shortage poses a major challenge for education world wide, creating an increasing need for sustainable recruitment and retention of teachers. Second career teachers (i.e. professionals transitioning from another field) are often seen as a potential solution (Troesch & Bauer, 2017), but their specific trajectories and support needs remain underexplored (van Breugel, 2021). This study examines their motivation, induction, and retention in secondary education, aiming to provide insights into how second career teachers can be supported and retained in education.
This qualitative study focuses on twelve second career teachers in secondary education. Eight respondents participated in two semi-structured interviews, and four participated once due to early departure or retirement. The interviews were analysed using thematic coding (Miles & Huberman, 1994).
The thematic analysis highlighted four central themes: motivation, induction, retention, and development over time. Choosing to enter education appeared to be driven by a combination of intrinsic and extrinsic factors, with societal engagement playing the most decisive role. Only four second career teachers assessed the induction as fully positive, while most experienced it as insufficient—although they did find more informal support among colleagues.
Retention was primarily influenced by passion for the subject, connection with students, and a supportive school team. Attrition was most often linked to inadequate support, salary issues, and a mismatch with the education system. The second interview round showed that those who stayed developed increased self-confidence and stronger collegial relationships, despite ongoing workload pressures and new internal school challenges.
The results partially align with existing literature (e.g. Thomas et al., 2019). This study emphasizes that the success of second career teachers depends on a context that supports autonomy, connectedness, and competence. There is a significant need for differentiated induction, a realistic onboarding process, and structural appreciation (Coppe et al., 2021). This research offers valuable insights for policy and practice, but further study into the sustainable potential of second career teachers remains necessary.
References:
Coppe, T., März, V., Coertjens, L., & Raemdonck, I. (2021a). Transitioning into TVET schools: An exploration of second career teachers’ entry profiles. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, 103317. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103317
Miles, M., & Huberman, M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook. (2nd ed.). Sage.
Thomas, L., Tuytens, M., Moolenaar, N., Devos, G., Kelchtermans, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2019). Teachers’ first year in the profession: The power of high-quality support. Teachers and Teaching, 25(2), 160–188. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2018.1562440
Troesch, L. M., & Bauer, C. E. (2017). Second career teachers: Job satisfaction, job stress, and the role of self-efficacy. Teaching and Teacher Education, 67, 389–398. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.07.006
van Breugel, K. (2021). Een succesvolle start in het voortgezet onderwijs met zij-instroom. https://www.voion.nl/media/4187/zo-geef-je-zij-instromers-een-goede-start.pdf
Motivational and Sociocultural Insights into Commitment to Teaching: Finnish Pre-service Vocational Teachers
Recent international trends are alarming: the teaching profession and teacher education are attracting fewer individuals, while an increasing number of teachers are leaving the profession (e.g., Wrona et al., 2025), resulting in teacher shortages also in vocational education (e.g., Stellmacher et al., 2020). In the field of teaching and teacher education, it is therefore essential to better understand what attracts individuals to the teaching profession and what deters them from it in Europe. This multimethod study investigated Finnish vocational pre-service teachers’ commitment to the teaching profession, focusing on motivations for teaching as well as other individual and social factors. The participants (N = 365) were enrolled in vocational teacher education, and most of them were already working as teachers. Around two thirds of the participants were women (64.4%), with an average age of 45.4 years (SD = 7.8), and 2.8 years of teaching experience (SD = 5.0). Datasets were collected through an online questionnaire that included structured questions about teaching motivations according to the FIT-Choice (Factors Influencing Teaching Choice) framework (Goller et al., 2019; Watt et al., 2012), and both structured and open-ended questions related to commitment to teaching (Leijen et al, 2021; Watt & Richardson, 2008). The datasets were analysed using structural equation modelling (PLS-SEM) and qualitative thematic analysis.
The quantitative results show that overall, vocational pre-service teachers are fairly strongly committed to teaching. Notably, self-related values (intrinsic values and perceived teaching abilities), along with job security are positively related to commitment to teaching. Conversely, commitment is lower when the teaching career is perceived as a fallback option. The qualitative findings also highlight the importance of self-related values, such as intrinsic interest in teaching, and further show how sociocultural aspects related to the work environment and the nature of work both promote and hinder commitment to a significant extent. Specifically, commitment to teaching is largely affected by teacher autonomy and supportive relationships within the work community – and their absence as well.
The study provides valuable insights for policy makers, vocational institutions and vocational teacher programs, on how to make teaching careers more attractive and to enhance teachers’ retention in Finland and across Europe. The study highlights that during the induction phase, it is essential to recognise teachers’ key motivations and to support their fulfilment within the sociocultural working environments of VET, which play an important role in retaining motivated and committed vocational teachers.
References:
Goller, M., Ursin, J., Vähäsantanen, K., Festner, D., & Harteis, C. (2019). Finnish and German student teachers’ motivations for choosing teaching as a career. The first application of the FIT-Choice scale in Finland. Teaching and Teacher Education, 85, 235–248. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.06.023
Leijen, Ä., Pedaste, M., & Baucal, A. (2021). Assessing student teachers’ agency and using it for predicting commitment to teaching. European Journal of Teacher Education, 45(5), 600–616. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2021.1889507
Watt, H. M. G., & Richardson, P. W. (2008). Motivations, perceptions, and aspirations concerning teaching as a career for different types of beginning teachers. Learning and Instruction, 18(5), 408–428. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2008.06.002
Watt, H. M. G., Richardson, P. W., Klusmann, U., Kunter, M., Beyer, B., Trautwein, U., & Baumert, J. (2012). Motivations for choosing teaching as a career: An international comparison using the FIT-Choice scale. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28(6), 791–805. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2012.03.003
Wrona, S., Gajderowicz, T., & Jakubowski, M. (2025). How to keep teachers in a profession in times of budget shortages? European Journal of Teacher Education, 48(1), 178–199. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2025.2454635
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 10 SES 10 B: Ethical, Philosophical, and Comparative Perspectives in Teacher Education Location: 120 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Asunción Ríos-Jiménez Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper What is Going On in Philosophy of Education in Initial Teacher Education? Early Findings from an Australian Study 1: Federation University, Australia; 2: Victoria University, Australias Presenting Author:Across many contexts, knowledge-producing actors privilege standardised indicators, large-scale comparative data, and “evidence-based” approaches frequently grounded in cognitive science, behavioural research, and big data analytics (Brooks, 2021; Hordern, 2023; Mayer & Mills, 2021). The growing dominance of measurable competencies and quantifiable outcomes may marginalise more interpretive, theoretical, and philosophical forms of inquiry (Colgan & Maxwell, 2020; Furlong, 2013). Typically, these forms of knowing attend to meaning, value, and ethical judgement. These tensions are particularly evident in initial teacher education (ITE). Advocates argue that ITE does not merely transmit technical skills, it shapes how future professionals understand knowledge, authority, responsibility, and the purposes of education itself (Winch 2012). Teachers are expected to exercise ethical discernment, engage with plural worldviews, and respond thoughtfully and imaginatively to complex social challenges. Theoretical and philosophical foundations have traditionally supported such capacities by fostering critical reflection, normative reasoning, and attentiveness to the social and political conditions of schooling (Brennan & Canny, 2023). Yet these foundations are increasingly reconfigured if not altogether lost within policy environments oriented toward demonstrable impact and “what works” effectiveness (Biesta, 2007; Biesta, 2011; Biesta, 2022). Across Europe, competency-based frameworks are becoming central to teacher education reform. The Common European Principles for Teacher Competences and Qualifications (European Commission, 2005) and the European Skills Agenda (European Commission, 2020) promote outcomes-oriented models. In the Australian context, the TEEP core content framework and associated media articles explicitly claimed less focus on theory and philosophy of education (Teacher Education Expert Panel, 2023). A marginalisation of normative and philosophical inquiry raises concerns about the long-term intellectual resilience of the teaching profession (Colgan & Maxwell, 2020). The concerns, however, are not merely curricular, but also generational loss. If philosophical engagement becomes progressively marginalised in ITE, future teachers may be less equipped to navigate ethically complex terrains such as, sustainability education, culturally plural classrooms, contested histories, artificial intelligence, and democratic disagreement (Biesta, 2022; Morin, 2001). The generational erosion of philosophical foundations may therefore weaken the profession’s capacity to respond thoughtfully to precisely the crises that policy frameworks seek to address. Yet, despite the potential of philosophical foundations for equipping teachers to address complex societal and educational challenges, there remains a notable gap in empirical understanding of how philosophy of education is actually positioned within contemporary initial teacher education (ITE) (Brennan & Canny, 2023; Winch 2012). While competency-based reforms have increasingly shaped ITE globally, prioritising measurable outcomes and technical skills, little is known about whether, and to what extent, philosophical inquiry is being sustained, marginalised, or reconfigured in response to these pressures. This lack of insight represents a critical blind spot. Without examining the current conceptualisation, presence, and valuation of philosophy of education in ITE, we cannot fully assess the risks of generational loss or the profession’s long-term capacity to engage thoughtfully with emerging crises. This presentation contributes to this international conversation by reporting on the findings from a Philosophy of Education Society of Australasia (PESA) funded research project investigating whether and how philosophy of education is conceptualised, present and valued within contemporary ITE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This 12 month funded project takes place in Australia and employs a sequential mixed-methods design with a completion date of April 2026. Data collection comprises the following techniques. An ongoing systematic review of peer-reviewed literature establishes how philosophy of education has been defined, justified, and related to educational practice. An initial set of articles with ‘philosophy OR theory of education’ in the title, from Scopus, Web of Science, and google scholar are screened using the criteria of English language, published after 2000, peer-reviewed, and relevance. Backward and forward bibliometric techniques are used to identify further sources. Following the identification of literature defined core aspects of a definition of philosophy of education, a purposive Delphi study engages 15 experts in philosophy of education and teacher education recruited through conferences, associations and social media. These two groups ensure both disciplinary depth needed to interrogate what philosophy of education is and programmatic insight into its enactment within teacher education. Typically, the purpose of a Delphi study is to reach consensus using cyclical analysis and feedback. As such, two to three iterative Qualtrics rounds elicit and refine expert judgements regarding the nature and role of philosophy in ITE, first identifying core aspects and then ratings of these aspects through Likert scales. Follow-up semi-structured interviews probe reasoning and areas of divergence. Drawing on the results from the literature and Delphi study, a survey is developed and distributed again via conferences, professional associations and social media. It gathers demographic data, indicators of curricular presence, perceived institutional value using sliding scales, and qualitative reflections via open questions. Quantitative data are analysed using descriptive and inferential statistics (SPSS v29) and open responses are examined through thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Data were also collected via a desktop review of publicly available course documentation from ITE providers (approx. 41) to triangulate findings by identifying explicit and implicit representations of philosophy of education across initial teacher education programmes (Bachelor and Master’s Levels) and contrasting results with those from the Delphi and Survey data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This project is anticipated to yield significant empirical, theoretical, and practical outcomes, providing a mapping of philosophy of education within Initial Teacher Education (ITE). By triangulating data from the literature review, expert Delphi study, survey, and desktop review, the study will generate a nuanced evidence base on how philosophy of education is conceptualised, present, and valued in contemporary ITE programmes. Preliminary findings from piloted Delphi questions, initial survey responses, and desktop review already indicate patterns of erosion where philosophy is frequently reduced to fragmented or instrumental integrations within mandated core content, with standalone provision rare and often justified defensively. Full outcomes are expected to confirm these trends while identifying emergent adaptation strategies (e.g., embedding philosophical inquiry within sustainability, ethics or inclusion units). Theoretically, the project will contribute to understandings of epistemic redistribution in teacher education governance. Practically, outcomes will inform ITE providers, accreditation bodies, and policymakers by highlighting risks of generational loss in teachers’ capacity for ethical deliberation amid poly-crises. Recommendations will suggest ways to preserve space for philosophical engagement amid reform. Future research could extend the mapping to include student teacher and novice perspectives, and explore tensions between generic competency frameworks and subject-specific philosophical traditions, issues already emerging in early Delphi responses. In the presentation, we will focus on sharing the empirical findings to discuss their implications for sustaining philosophical foundations in an era of technocratic reform. References Biesta, G. (2007). Why “what works” won’t work: Evidence‐based practice and the democratic deficit in educational research. Educational theory, 57(1), 1-22. Biesta, G. (2011). Disciplines and theory in the academic study of education: A comparative analysis of the Anglo-American and Continental construction of the field. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 19(1), 175–192. Biesta, G. (2022). World-centred education: A view for the present. Routledge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Brennan, A., & Canny, A. (2023). Problematising Irish student-teachers’(dis) engagement with sociology of education in initial teacher education programmes. Teaching and Teacher Education, 130, 104173. Brooks, C. (2021). Initial teacher education at scale: Quality conundrums. Routledge. Colgan, A. D., & Maxwell, B. (Eds.). (2020). The importance of philosophy in teacher education: Mapping the decline and its consequences. Routledge. European Commission. (2005). Common European principles for teacher competences and qualifications. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/news/common-european-principles-teacher-competences-and-qualifications European Commission. (2020). European skills agenda for sustainable competitiveness, social fairness and resilience. https://employment-social-affairs.ec.europa.eu/policies-and-activities/skills-and-qualifications/european-skills-agenda_en Furlong, J. (2013). Education – An anatomy of the discipline: Rescuing the university project? Routledge. Hordern, J. (2023). Educational studies and educational practice: A necessary engagement. British Journal of Educational Studies, 71(6), 567–583. Mayer, D., & Mills, M. (2021). Professionalism and teacher education in Australia and England. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(1), 45–61. Morin, E. (2001). Seven complex lessons in education for the future. UNESCO. Winch, C. (2012). For philosophy of education in teacher education. Oxford Review of Education, 38(3), 305–322. Teacher Education Expert Panel. (2023). Strong beginnings: Report of the Teacher Education Expert Panel. Department of Education, Australian Government. https://www.education.gov.au/quality-initial-teacher-education-review/resources/strong-beginnings-report-teacher-education-expert-panel 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teacher Educators’ Positionings In Mentoring Relations During Teaching Practicum 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:Teaching practicum constitutes a central arena for student teachers’ (STs) professional learning across European teacher education systems, where theoretical preparation intersects with the contingencies of classroom practice. Mentoring plays a decisive role in this process, shaping how STs learn to interpret, negotiate, and respond to teaching realities. While European research increasingly promotes educative, dialogic, and partnership-oriented mentoring, empirical studies continue to report persistent tensions arising from hierarchical relations, institutional accountability, and asymmetries of experience between teacher educators and STs (Hobson & Malderez, 2013; Hobson, 2016). These tensions raise questions about how mentoring is actually enacted in practice, and how teacher educators position themselves while mediating STs’ engagement with teaching reality during practicum. This paper examines mentoring as a relational and discursive practice, focusing on how teacher educators position themselves in relation to STs and teaching reality. The study addresses two research questions: The objective is twofold: first, to make visible the often tacit relational work through which mentoring mediates STs’ learning to teach; second, to contribute a conceptual framework that supports reflective and ethically grounded mentoring practices within European teacher education. The study is theoretically grounded in Positioning Theory (Harré & van Langenhove, 1999), which conceptualises social interaction as dynamically constituted through positions, speech acts, and storylines. Positioning theory foregrounds how rights, duties, and responsibilities are discursively negotiated in situated interactions, offering an analytic alternative to static notions of role (Davies & Harré, 1990; Harré et al., 2009). To capture the substantive focus of mentoring, Positioning Theory is integrated with the teaching (didactic) triangle from the German Didaktik tradition (Kansanen & Meri, 1999; Friesen, 2018). When reconfigured for practicum, the triangle comprises the teacher educator, the student teacher, and teaching reality (Jyrhämä & Syrjäläinen, 2011), enabling analysis of pedagogical relations, content relations, and didactic mediation as interdependent dimensions of mentoring. The study offers important implications for European teacher education. By conceptualising mentoring as situated positioning within a mentoring triangle, the paper provides a transferable analytic framework for examining mentoring across diverse European contexts characterised by varying degrees of professional autonomy, accountability, and partnership models. The findings underscore the need for mentor education that foregrounds relational reflexivity, ethical judgment, and awareness of shifting power dynamics, supporting teacher educators in navigating mentoring positionings self-knowingly to enhance STs’ professional learning across Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirically, the study draws on qualitative interview data from 18 Finnish teacher educators (eight UBTEs and ten SBTEs) working across early childhood, primary, and secondary teacher education programmes. Data were generated through two rounds of semi-structured interviews, complemented by mind map–cued interviews that prompted participants to visualise STs’ challenges in relation to teaching reality and their own mentoring responses. Interviews were conducted in English, audio-recorded, and transcribed verbatim. Analysis followed a hybrid deductive–inductive thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2016), supported by MAXQDA. Deductively, mentoring interactions were coded along two relational dimensions: pedagogical orientation (transmissive–constructive) and content orientation (proactive–reactive). Inductively, teacher educators’ narrated experiences were examined to identify recurrent patterns of self-positioning, with analytic rigour enhanced through constant comparison and collaborative auditing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis identified four mentoring positionings: directive, instructional, supportive, and collegial. These positionings were not fixed attributes of individuals but fluid orientations that teacher educators shifted between in response to situational demands. Directive and instructional positionings were characterised by transmissive pedagogical relations, in which teacher educators asserted authority to structure, intervene, or correct STs’ practice, particularly when managing classroom routines, curricular alignment, or acute challenges. These positionings were more frequently articulated by SBTEs in “in-the-moment” classroom contexts, though UBTEs also adopted them when safeguarding theoretical coherence. In contrast, supportive and collegial positionings reflected constructive pedagogical relations, emphasising shared inquiry, emotional safety, and reciprocal learning. Here, teacher educators positioned STs as emerging professionals and co-thinkers, engaging teaching reality as a shared problem space rather than a fixed standard to be mastered. Collegial positioning, in particular, disrupted traditional hierarchies by framing STs as resources from whom teacher educators themselves could learn. The study demonstrates that mentoring effectiveness lies not in the adoption of a single “ideal” positioning but in teacher educators’ capacity to navigate and reflect on shifting relational demands. By integrating Positioning Theory with the mentoring triangle, the paper offers a conceptual tool for making visible the often tacit didactic work through which teacher educators mediate STs’ relations with teaching reality. The findings carry important implications for teacher education: they highlight the need for mentor preparation that foregrounds relational awareness, discursive reflexivity, and ethical judgment, enabling teacher educators to move self-knowingly among different mentoring positionings in support of STs’ professional growth. References Hobson, A. J., & Malderez, A. (2013). Judgementoring and other threats to realizing the potential of school-based mentoring in teacher education. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 2(2), 89–108. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJMCE-03-2013-0019 Weiss, S., Braun, A., Pacher, M., Schlegel, C. M., & Kiel, E. (2024). Adapting feedback to the demands of teaching in diverse classrooms. Novel feedback concepts for preservice teachers during practicum. European Journal of Teacher Education, 47(2), 285–304. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2024.2338846 Harré, R., & Langenhove, L. van. (1999). Positioning theory : moral contexts of intentional action / edited by Rom Harré and Luk van Langenhove. Blackwell. Davies, B., & Harré, R. (1990). Positioning: The Discursive Production of Selves. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 20(1), 43–63. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-5914.1990.tb00174.x Harré, R., Moghaddam, F. M., Cairnie, T. P., Rothbart, D., & Sabat, S. R. (2009). Recent Advances in Positioning Theory. Theory & Psychology, 19(1), 5–31. https://doi.org/10.1177/0959354308101417 Friesen, N., & Osguthorpe, R. (2018). Tact and the pedagogical triangle: The authenticity of teachers in relation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 70, 255–264. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.11.023 Jyrhämä, R., & Syrjäläinen, E. (2011). “Good Pal, Wise Dad and Nagging Wife” – And Other Views of Teaching Practice Mentors. In R. Rajala, A. Lauriala, H. Ruokamo, & O. Ylitapio-Mäntylä (Eds.), Navigating in Educational Contexts (pp. 137–149). SensePublishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-522-2_10 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2016). (Mis) conceptualising themes, thematic analysis, and other problems with Fugard and Potts’(2015) sample-size tool for thematic analysis. International Journal of social research methodology, 19(6), 739-743. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Meeting Halfway Across Borders: A Comparative analysis and Dialogic inquiry of Visual Arts Teacher Education 1: Umea university, Sweden; 2: University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:From a European perspective, visual arts education in the Nordic countries has many common features and comparable educational systems, although previous research (Lindström, 2009) has pointed to epistemological differences with implications for subject content and research orientations. In the case of Sweden and Finland, these similarities are historically grounded: Finland formed part of Sweden for more than six centuries, resulting in shared linguistic and cultural traditions. Today, Finnish is one of the larger minority languages in Sweden, while Swedish remains an official language in Finland, with approximately five per cent of the population identifying as Finnish Swedes. A further common denominator is that visual arts is a minor school subject in both countries, which presents persistent challenges regarding recruitment to teacher education and access to qualified subject teachers. In Finland, this is particularly evident in Swedish-language teacher education, where a double marginalisation occurs: the programme offered in Swedish is considerably smaller than its Finnish-language counterpart, while the subject itself occupies a limited curricular space. Consequently, some students complete parts of their studies in Finnish, while others pursue education at Swedish universities, even though such qualifications do not automatically confer subject-teacher eligibility in Finland. Against this backdrop, the present study examines educational pathways within Swedish-language visual arts teacher education programmes in Sweden and Finland. The aim is to identify similarities and differences in programme structure, content, and eligibility requirements, and to explore their implications for potential mutual study paths across national borders. The study asks: How are programmes and courses structured in the two contexts? What shared values and priorities emerge, and where do they diverge? In what ways do these similarities and differences enable or constrain mobility and mutual recognition within teacher education? In conclusion, the study situates visual arts teacher education within broader European discussions on lifelong learning and professional mobility. Recent OECD analyses emphasise that mid-career learners are more likely to engage in education when opportunities align with life circumstances and lead to tangible outcomes, supported by flexibility, recognition, and strong engagement mechanisms (OECD, 2025). Read through this lens, visual arts teacher education appears not only as initial preparation, but as part of a wider ecology of continuing professional learning, where institutional structures, language, and disciplinary status shape teachers’ capacity to upskill, reskill, and sustain professional agency over time. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, comparative research design to examine how arts education is discursively constructed within teacher education in Sweden and Finland. The methodological framework is informed by contemporary discourse theory and dialogic qualitative inquiry, aligning with ECER’s emphasis on reflexivity, knowledge production, and educational transformation in changing societies. The design unfolds in two analytically distinct but interrelated phases, enabling both critical distance and reflexive closeness to the phenomenon under investigation. Phase one consists of a comparative document analysis of key institutional texts governing teacher education. The empirical corpus comprises national curricula, policy frameworks, and four programme descriptions from Swedish and Finnish teacher education institutions. These documents are approached as discursive artefacts that actively produce meanings, norms, and power relations rather than merely reflecting educational practice (Fairclough, 2015; Wodak & Meyer, 2016). Drawing on critical discourse studies, the analysis examines how aims, competencies, and pedagogical orientations in arts education are prioritised, legitimised, or marginalised. Analytical attention is directed towards questions of authority and governance, discursive silences, taken-for-granted assumptions, and culturally situated shifts between the two Nordic contexts (Gee, 2023). This phase foregrounds how institutional discourses shape what counts as valuable knowledge in teacher education. Phase two advances interpretation through a dialogic autoethnographic methodology. Two researchers, each professionally situated within one of the national contexts, engage in a recorded research dialogue focused on the findings from the document analysis. Autoethnography is employed as a rigorous qualitative approach that situates personal experience within broader cultural and institutional frameworks (Adams et al., 2015; Ellis et al., 2011). The dialogue is transcribed and presented in dialogic form, drawing on Bakhtinian conceptions of meaning as relational, polyphonic, and co-constructed through interaction (Bakhtin, 1981). Importantly, the dialogue functions both as a reflexive analytic practice and as empirical material subjected to further discourse analysis, examining how interpretations are negotiated, challenged, and re-articulated between voices. Together, the two phases generate what may be described as a distance at close range: a methodological stance that combines comparative structural analysis with dialogic reflexivity. This design supports epistemic transparency, surfaces researcher positionality, and responds to current European debates on teacher education, arts, and the conditions for critical educational research in times of social and cultural change. Such an approach resonates with Nordic traditions of educational democracy, relational knowledge, and critical inquiry, while contributing comparative insights relevant to international discussions on arts education policy and teacher education reform globally today. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study demonstrates the analytical potential of combining comparative document analysis with dialogic autoethnography to examine visual arts teacher education in Sweden and Finland. By attending to both institutional texts and reflexive researcher dialogue, the analysis illuminates how arts education is shaped through intersecting discourses of language, national affiliation, professionalism, and subject status. These discourses regulate not only eligibility and recognition, but also the horizons of possibility within which arts education is imagined and enacted. The findings point to how the marginal position of visual arts as a school subject, together with the minority status of Swedish-language teacher education in Finland, produces a field characterised by both structural vulnerability and adaptive capacity. Rather than framing linguistic and institutional in-betweenness solely as a constraint, the study suggests that it may function as a connective space for collaboration, shared curricular reflection, and renewed professional imaginaries across national borders. Methodologically, the dialogic design enables a critical engagement with researcher positionality and disciplinary attachment, strengthening epistemic transparency and interpretive depth. In doing so, the study contributes to ongoing European discussions about how educational knowledge is produced, negotiated, and legitimised in complex and multilingual contexts. In conclusion, the paper argues that future-oriented development of visual arts teacher education may benefit from moving beyond nationally bounded solutions towards dialogic and relational forms of collaboration. For small and institutionally vulnerable educational fields, such approaches may offer sustainable ways of rethinking teacher professionalism, cross-institutional cooperation, and the role of arts education within evolving European educational landscapes. References Adams, T. E., Holman Jones, S., & Ellis, C. (2015). Autoethnography: Understanding qualitative research. Oxford University Press. Bakhtin, M. M. (1981). The dialogic imagination. University of Texas Press. Ellis, C., Adams, T. E., & Bochner, A. P. (2011). Autoethnography: An overview. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 12(1). Gee, J. P. (2023). Introducing discourse analysis: From grammar to society (4th ed.). Routledge. Lindström, Lars (red.) (2009). Nordic visual arts education in transition: a research review. Stockholm: Vetenskapsrådet. OECD (2025), Education Policy Outlook 2025: Nurturing Engaged and Resilient Lifelong Learners in a World of Digital Transformation, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/c3f402ba-en. Sullivan, P., & McCarthy, J. (2004). Pedagogy, dialogue, and difference. University of Chicago Press. Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (2016). Methods of critical discourse studies (3rd ed.). SAGE. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Knowing and Acting: Training for Ethical Leadership in the Teaching Profession University of Granada, Spain Presenting Author:The knowledge gained from previous investigations and research projects (Darling–Hammond, 2012; De Vicente, 2006; Perrenoud, 2004) yielding the most promising international findings on teacher training (Day, 2018; Helen, 2011; Latorre & Blanco, 2014; Vaello, 2009) forms the basis of this research proposal which focuses on the field of professional teaching ethics. While in recent years the pairing of university training and professional ethics has generated great research interest at the national and international levels, most of the studies undertaken in this regard call for the need to incorporate the teaching of ethics into academic curricula to train fully-fledged and responsible professionals (Torquemada & Loredo, 2021), a basic requirement for achieving a just and inclusive society. Focusing on teaching professionals, UNESCO sets the goal of achieving quality education (SDG 4, which is the framework for this project), and this implies having well-prepared and committed professionals. The training of ethical teachers or committed leaders is thus in the spotlight of the scientific community (Bonifácio et al., 2025; Bolívar & Pérez, 2022). There is a growing awareness of the importance of professional ethics in higher education and the need for a more systematic and in-depth approach to its teaching. Our project aims to contribute to this effort. The project is titled Training for Ethical Leadership in the Teaching Profession: Diagnosis and Analysis and it has been funded by the Vice-Rectorate for Research and Transfer of the University of Granada, Spain. This research project cannot be disconnected from its social context, the Faculty of Education, Economy, and Technology (FEET) of Ceuta, affiliated with the University of Granada, whose instruction includes future teachers responsible for the education of Spain’s next generations, that is, future citizens who should be committed, responsible, creative, innovative, solidary... Thus, this study questions whether faculties of education are fostering generations of teachers capable of acting with integrity and responsibility. We are concerned with the issue of professional teaching ethics. Within ethics, we focus on a cornerstone: the moral authority and leadership as a proactive attitude required by future teachers to carry out their profession. Situated in the sphere of teaching leadership, moral authority or ethical leadership is conceived as the attitude with which future teachers will face their profession, that is, the skill to exercise their future profession from an attitude of service to others and from professional integrity –from a sense of a job well done–. Day (2018) points out that this moral authority “is more than the application and knowledge of techniques and skills, it includes a sense of care and social justice for all members of the community” (p. 52). Our general objective is to assess whether ethical leadership competence can be a factor in the selection of future teachers, in line with the current work of the Conference of Deans of Education of Spain. To this end, we have established the following specific objectives:
This line of study is an innovative proposal in the context of Spanish universities. It is necessary to include parameters of responsibility that guarantee commitment to training and to society, as required by international bodies (Buxarrais, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This work does not violate any of the ethical principles to be respected in research. However, the ethics committee of the University of Granada has been asked to approve it. Participating subjects, through informed consent, will be made aware of the research, as well as the purposes of data collection and their participation. This study will use a mixed methodological approach. Some objectives have different methodological requirements. We present the specific aspects of each. Objective 1 Design: We approach quantitative logic through the descriptive survey-type method (McMillan & Schumacher, 2005), which relies on a questionnaire. Participants: All third-year student teachers without practicum experience from both Education degrees offered at the FEET will participate. Instruments: We will use Torquemada and Loredo's (2021) Teacher Professional Ethics Questionnaire. It is an already standardized instrument, and it meets the reliability and validity parameters required. Analysis: Descriptive analysis, analysis of variance and K-means cluster analysis will be applied. Objective 2 We will follow the same design and apply the same instrument as in objective 1. Participants: All fourth-year student teachers with practicum experience will participate. As with the previous objective, their data will be highly relevant to the study. Objective 3 Design: We will design an intervention program on professional teaching ethics by reviewing the literature and previous training experiences in the subject. Objective 4 Instrument: The intervention program will be developed through working sessions during the practical teaching seminars throughout the Practicum II of both Education degrees. Participants: All student teachers enrolled in the Practicum II will complete the training program. Objective 5 Design: A mixed pre-post repeated measures design will be used. All student teachers will complete the questionnaire on professional teaching ethics at the beginning and end of the intervention plan. According to Asensio and Ruiz de Miguel (2017), the beliefs with which students enter the Education degrees do not change at all if they are not addressed. We will control for biases regarding possible differences in applying the intervention program since the same material will be taught, the same instructors will be present, the same number of sessions will be held, and the students will attend the same number of times. Instruments: In addition to the questionnaire, we will use the intervention program on professional teaching ethics designed ad hoc. Analysis: Descriptive analysis techniques, repeated measures ANOVA using the paired samples T statistic, and Pearson correlation analysis will be used. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This is a recently awarded project that will run from January 2026 to January 2028. By the time of ECER, we will have scientific evidence to present to the academic and research community. For the moment, we highlight that in Spain, for access to teaching careers, we do not even consider a specific academic requirement. Students enter the minimum grade on the university entrance test. Therefore, we do not even select the best students on the basis of their average score. We do not even know if they are the most suitable. Our working hypothesis is that the exercise of ethical leadership would be an element that would contribute to the selection of the 'right' teacher, not at the beginning, when entering the career, but at the end, when obtaining the degree, after the students have gone through a training programme focused on teaching ethics. This is the driving force behind the present project. Buxarrais’s study (2021) shows that student teachers do not receive any training in the implications of professional responsibility and attitudinal commitment throughout their four years at the university. However, ethical competence is a matter of concern. We know that acquiring ethical competence would require 16 working sessions, according to the study by Araujo et al. (2021). In this regard, Palomera et al. (2017) also establish that 40 hours of training would suffice to change complex cognitive skills. Our plan will address these requirements, and its content will incorporate the dimensions proposed by Dolev and Itzkovich (2021), using moral dilemmas, case studies, and problem-solving (Jinnam, 2015). References Araujo, U., Pinheiro, V., & Arantes, V. (2021). A Multidimensional and Complexity Program to Develop Teachers’ and Educational Ethos. In F. Oser, K. Heinrichs, J. Bauer, & T. Lovat (eds), The International Handbook of Teacher Ethos (pp. 377-391). Springer. Asensio, I., & Ruiz de Miguel, C. (2017). Medida y evaluación de las creencias sobre la profesión de los maestros en formación. Revista Electrónica Interuniversitaria de Formación del Profesorado, 20(3), 79-91. Bolívar, A., & Pérez, P. (2022). El compromiso y la ética profesional en el acceso a la docencia. Innovación Educativa, (32). https://doi.org/10.15304/ie.32.8699 Bonifácio, E., Proença, A., & Carvalho, L. (2025). The Presence of Ethics in Initial Teacher Training: Reasons and Implications. Education Sciences, 15(8), 1046. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15081046 Buxarrais, R. (2021). Teacher’s Ethos and Moral and Professional Identity. In F. Oser, K. Heinrichs, J. Bauer, & T. Lovat (Eds), The International Handbook of Teacher Ethos (pp. 125-143). Springer. Darling–Hammond, L. (2012). Educar con calidad y equidad: los dilemas del siglo XXI. Fundación Chile, Centro de Innovación en Educación. Day, C. (2018). Educadores comprometidos. Qué son, qué hacen, por qué lo hacen y lo que verdaderamente importa. Narcea. De Vicente, P. S. (2006). Algunos conceptos clave en el hacer del profesor. Enseñanza & Teaching: Revista interuniversitaria de didáctica, 24, 205-232. Dolev, N., & Itzkovich, Y. (2021). Incorporating the Development of Social-Emotional Skills into the Ethos of Teachers and Schools–Practical and Theoretical Aspects. In F. Oser, K. Heinrichs, J. Bauer, & T. Lovat (Eds), The International Handbook of Teacher Ethos (pp. 261-277). Springer. Helen, B. (2011). Raising the bar: Ethics education for quality teachers. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 36(7), 76-93. Jinnam, Y. (2015). Challenges and Tasks of Philosophical Counseling: Is Ethical Counseling Possible? Philosophia, Journal of Korean Philosophical Society, 135, 53-83. Latorre, M. J., & Blanco, F. J. (2014). Professional Ethics Training in Higher Education. The New Educational Review, 38, 17-28. McMillan, J. H., & Schumacher, S. (2005). Investigación educativa (5ª ed). Pearson. Palomera, R., Briones, E., Gómez-Linares, A., & Vera, J. (2017). Cubriendo el vacío: mejorando las competencias sociales y emocionales del profesorado en formación. Revista de Psicodidáctica, 22(2), 142-149. Perrenoud, (2004). Diez nuevas competencias para enseñar. Graó. Torquemada, A. D., & Loredo, J. (2021). Validación de un cuestionario de evaluación de la ética profesional docente universitaria. Revista Iberoamericana de Evaluación Educativa, 14(1), 101-114. https://doi.org/10.15366/riee2021.14.1.006 Vaello, J. (2009). El profesor emocionalmente competente. Graó. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 10 SES 10 C: Students' and Teachers' Wellbeing Location: 114 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Jessica Fischer Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Start. And Stay: Addressing the Poly-Crisis in Education by Incorporating Wellbeing into Initial Teacher Education University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:
Poor teacher wellbeing is linked to increased stress and absenteeism, higher rates of burnout, higher organisational costs and greater intention to leave the profession, which according to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), is as high as one in three resigning teachers having under five years of experience (OECD, 2025). Early career attrition significantly impacts student achievement, engagement, overall wellbeing and the climate in early childhood education centres and schools and also adds a significant financial burden to education systems (McCuaig et al., 2021).
Considering the interconnected nature of personal, professional, and systemic challenges faced by teachers, understanding and addressing teacher wellbeing is imperative, never more-so than during the current poly-crises confronting education systems globally. Our proposition is that mandating the inclusion of evidence-informed teacher wellbeing content in initial teacher education (ITE) programs will enhance the preparation of pre-service teachers (PSTs) and better equip them for the realities confronting them as they transition to become early career teachers. ITE programs in Australia must meet accreditation standards and address the Australian Professional Standards for Teachers (Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership, 2022a). Because teacher wellbeing is not included as a professional standard that must be addressed, it is therefore left to providers to determine if and how they approach the topic. Consequently, PSTs being introduced to teacher wellbeing knowledge and skills varies around the nation. The development of a lifelong learning mindset, as advanced in the UNESCO and International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030 Global report on teachers (2024), is considered a protective strategy, achieved via a shared definition of professional skills and knowledge to guide teacher education and development (OECD, 2005). Despite these aspirations, there is similarly wide diversity of program content in Europe due to local contexts and institutional controls (Caena, 2014). The research was grounded in a holistic understanding of wellbeing, as defined by the World Health Organisation (WHO), which encompasses not only the absence of disease but also the ability to cope with stress, work productively, and contribute to one's community (WHO, 2021). The framework also draws on Indigenous ways of knowing, being, and doing, ensuring that the integration of wellbeing is culturally appropriate and inclusive (AITSL, 2022b). The aim of this paper is to examine how the integration of teacher wellbeing into initial teacher education (ITE) programs can be done effectively to reduce early career teacher attrition, improve system sustainability and improve educational outcomes for students. We examine and draw upon European policy and practices in wellbeing education in ITE and the ways in which some European countries where they have introduced professional standards for teachers have incorporated wellbeing into ITE programs (for instance, Estonia) (Kutsekoda, 2018; Pedaste et al., 2019). We also consider the situation in Ireland where wellbeing has been embedded within the higher education sector (of which ITE is a subset), with three approaches being utilised: mandatory content, elective content and via curricular infusion (Byrne & Surdey, 2021; Surdey & Byrne, 2024). The European context provides valuable insights and potential strategies for integrating teacher wellbeing into ITE programs in Australia and beyond against a backdrop of poly-crises, such as climate change, societal reactions and responses to terrorism, and shifting global allegiances. Length: up to 600 words (currently 533 Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Conducted in Australia in late 2025, two research questions guided the research: 1. How might the inclusion of social and emotional well-being focused content in ITE programs impact pre-service teachers’ perceived readiness for the classroom? 2. What are some effective principles for embedding well-being education within existing ITE curricula while meeting accreditation requirements? In this research, situated within a pragmatic research paradigm, we undertook a mixed methods approach (Mertens, 2015), consisting of a literature review, stakeholder consultation, comparative analyses, which informed the development of guiding principles and recommendations. An extensive review of existing literature on teacher wellbeing, attrition rates, and the impact of wellbeing on both teachers and students was undertaken. This review established the foundational understanding of the current state and gaps in ITE programs in Australia (Cotton et al., under review). A contextual analysis was undertaken to provide a comprehensive understanding of the current landscape of ITE programs in Australia, including a review of the Australian policy context, workforce challenges, international policy contexts, and pre-service teachers’ experiences (Lemon & McDonough, 2020). Stakeholder consultation was an important feature of this research. After ethics approval was gained, interviews and focus groups were conducted with a range of Australian-based experts (n=14) in student wellbeing, teacher wellbeing, mental health, and initial teacher education. These consultations provided valuable insights into global and national trends, current practices and potential strategies for integrating wellbeing into ITE programs. The consultations informed the development of a set of guiding final principles and recommendations for future work, both for stakeholders and for ongoing research. A comparative analysis of other professions that have successfully integrated wellbeing into their training programs, such as medicine and psychology, was also undertaken. These analyses provide a framework for potential strategies that could be adapted for ITE in Australia, with potential applicability in other systems. The research led to the development of seven guiding principles to inform the creation of wellbeing subjects in ITE programs, and an overarching principle, namely, that all Australian initial teacher education programs should explicitly teach pre-service teachers about teacher wellbeing. Teacher wellbeing should be a common thread throughout ITE programs (including discipline-specific content and during professional experience) and be the explicit focus of at least one mandatory subject. These principles, underpinned by Indigenous ways of knowing, being and doing, are designed to be flexible and adaptable to the diverse contexts of ITE providers (Keamy et al., under review). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our research has identified key challenges, gaps, and opportunities for integrating teacher wellbeing, drawing on both national and international insights. We conclude that whilst teacher shortages are a global issue, understanding specific contexts is crucial. Consequently, integrating teacher wellbeing into ITE programs in Australia is considered essential for reducing early career teacher attrition and improving educational outcomes. However, we are at pains to stress that teacher wellbeing should not be seen solely as a self-management strategy whereby responsibility is placed on the individual to maintain their own wellbeing rather than it being seen as a broader workplace and system. The principles provide a framework for embedding teacher wellbeing into the ITE curriculum through mandatory content, elective content, and curricular infusion. Wellbeing, we argue, should be a common thread throughout ITE programs and the explicit focus of at least one mandatory subject. Expected outcomes include improved teacher retention rates, enhanced teacher preparedness for managing personal and professional wellbeing, and a positive ripple effect on student outcomes. The research also highlights the importance of collaboration between ITE providers, schools, and education departments to create a supportive ecosystem for teacher wellbeing. Future research will focus on evaluating the impact of wellbeing-focused ITE programs on teacher retention rates and student outcomes, as well as exploring the effectiveness of different professional development models for enhancing in-service teachers' wellbeing strategies. This research aims to contribute to a more resilient, effective, and sustainable education system in Australia. References Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership. (2022a). Accreditation of initial teacher education programs in Australia. Standards and procedures. AITSL. https://www.aitsl.edu.au/tools-resources/resource/accreditation-of-initial-teacher-education-programs-in-australia---standards-and-procedures Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership. (2022b). Building a culturally responsive Australian teaching workforce: Final report for Indigenous cultural competency project. Education Services Australia. https://www.aitsl.edu.au/docs/default-source/comms/cultural-competency/aitsl_indigenous-cultural-competency_final-report_.pdf Australian Medical Students’ Association. (2025). Policy document: Mental health and wellbeing. https://amsa.org.au/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/Mental-Health-and-Wellbeing-2025.pdf Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC). (2019). Accreditation standards for psychology programs. https://apac.au/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/APAC-Accreditation-Standards_v1.2_rebranded.pdf Byrne, D., & Surdey, J. (2021). Embedding wellbeing across the curriculum in higher education. Union of Students in Ireland and National Forum for the Enhancement of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education. https://usi.ie/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/Supporting-Wellbeing-in-Practice-October-2021.pdf Caena, F. (2014). Teacher competence frameworks in Europe: Policy-as-discourse and policy-as-practice. European Journal of Education, 49(3), 311–331. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12088 Cotton, W., Smith, L., Aston, R., Clinton, J., White, M., & Karimullah, M. (under review). Wellbeing education for future teachers: A desktop review. Keamy, R. “Kim,” Quach, J., Dawson, G., & Smith, L. (under review). Start. And stay: Incorporating teacher wellbeing into initial teacher education [Industry Report]. Kutsekoda. (2018). Professional standard: Teacher EstQF level 6. www.kutsekoda.ee Lemon, N. S., & McDonough, S. (2020). Building and sustaining a teaching career: Strategies for professional experience, wellbeing and mindful practice. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108642095 McCuaig, L., Enright, E., Rossi, T., & Macdonald, D. (2021). Personal and system costs of teachers’ health work. In Teachers as Health Workers (pp. 164–174). Routledge. http://dx.doi.org/10.4324/9781003247876-14 Mertens, D. (2015). Research and evaluation in education and psychology: Integrating diversity with quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods (4th ed.). Sage. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2005). Teachers matter: Attracting, developing and retaining effective teachers. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264018044-en Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2025). Education at a glance 2025: OECD indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/1c0d9c79-en Pedaste, M., Leijen, Ä., Poom-Valickis, K., & Eisenschmidt, E. (2019). Teacher professional standards to support teacher quality and learning in Estonia. European Journal of Education, 54(3), 389–399. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12346 Surdey, J. F., & Byrne, D. (2024). Wellbeing in the curriculum: Opportunities and challenges for higher education. In M. S. Edwards, A. J. Martin, N. M. Ashkanasy, & L. E. Cox (Eds.), Research Handbook of Academic Mental Health. Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781803925080.00026 UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030. (2024). Global report on teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000388832 World Health Organisation. (2021). Health promotion glossary of terms. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240038349 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Work Engagement Under Fragile Working Conditions? Linking Resources to Well-being and Instructional Quality in Adult Education through the JD–R Model 1: German Institute for Adult Education, Germany; 2: Heidelberg University, Germany Presenting Author:Introduction Across Europe, adult and continuing education (ACE) plays a central role in lifelong learning, labour market integration, and social participation (OECD, 2021; Cedefop, 2025). European policy documents emphasise adult educators’ key role in securing educational quality. Over the past two decades they have been framed as a critical pillar of adult education systems (Ioannou, 2023). At the same time, however, their initial education and continuing professional development have received limited systematic policy attention, resulting in weakly structured career pathways and insufficient professional recognition. Employment structures in ACE remain fragmented in many European contexts. Research points to heterogeneous qualification routes, limited career prospects, and a high prevalence of freelance or part-time work (Milana et al., 2018). In several countries, adult educators combine teaching with other professional activities and lack stable institutional affiliation (Ioannou, 2023). Similar patterns are visible in Germany, where a substantial share of ACE staff work on a free basis (Martin & Schrader, 2021). Despite these structurally insecure conditions, empirical studies—particularly from Germany—indicate that adult education is often a consciously chosen profession. Educators report strong intrinsic motivations, especially the desire to share knowledge and support learners, alongside high job satisfaction as an indicator of high professional well-being (Autorengruppe wb-personalmonitor, 2016). This constellation reflects a paradoxical professional context: precarious employment coexists with strong commitment. Yet, the interplay between working conditions, motivational processes, and instructional practice remains underexplored. The Job Demands–Resources (JD–R) model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007, 2017) provides a suitable framework to analyse such ambivalent contexts. By distinguishing between health-impairment processes and motivational processes, it explains how job and personal resources foster work engagement, which in turn predicts well-being and performance outcomes. Work engagement—usually defined as vigour, dedication, and absorption (Schaufeli et al., 2002)—has been linked to commitment, satisfaction and job performance in schools (Hakanen et al., 2006; Admiraal & Kittelsen Røberg, 2023), but has rarely been examined in adult education or connected to instructional quality (e.g. Reiter & Kuper, 2024). Against this backdrop, this study applies the motivational pathway of the JD–R model to ACE. We examine how work-related resources (e.g., cooperation, feedback, career prospects) and personal resources (e.g., self-efficacy, enthusiasm) are associated with work engagement, and how engagement, in turn, relates to job satisfaction and cognitive activation as a core dimension of instructional quality and an indicator of job performance. Instructional quality is commonly conceptualised as a multidimensional construct comprising classroom management, socio-emotional support, and cognitive activation (Klieme et al., 2009). Given the voluntary and heterogeneous nature of adult learning contexts, we argue that cognitively demanding and reflective learning opportunities are central (Desimone & Garet, 2015). For this proposal, we therefore focus on cognitive activation while acknowledging the broader multidimensional framework of instructional quality. Using data from the German TAEPS study and structural equation modelling, we address two questions: (RQ 1) How are work-related and personal resources associated with work engagement among ACE teaching staff? (RQ 2) To what extent does work engagement mediate the relationship between these resources and (a) job satisfaction and (b) cognitive activation? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sample Analysis is based on data from the second wave of the German TAEPS study (N = 2,831 teachers; 62% female; median age= 57; median teaching experience =15 years). Measures Work resources were operationalised with three items each for cooperation opportunities and career advancement opportunities and one item for feedback. Personal resources comprised self-efficacy (12 items) and enthusiasm for teaching (4 items). Work engagement was operationalised using four AVEM subscales (Schaarschmidt & Fischer, 1997): subjective significance of work, career ambitions, exertion, and perfectionism (four items each). Job satisfaction was measured with four items and cognitive activation with 11 items. Analysis Methods To test our research questions, structural equation modelling (SEM) was conducted using robust maximum likelihood. Latent variables were specified for all multi-item constructs, and measurement models were estimated prior to testing structural relations. We computed separate models for job satisfaction and cognitive activation. Additional models for classroom management and socio-emotional support were estimated to examine whether the motivational pathway generalizes across instructional quality dimensions; these analyses are not reported here. Results Our measurement model shows moderate to predominantly high and significant factor loadings of our items (λ ≥ .6), indicating a reliable operationalization of the latent constructs. Only the items for career advancement opportunities show low factor loadings on the work resources factor (λ < .4). For the model predicting job satisfaction, model fit indices indicate an acceptable fit [RMSEA = .049, CFI = .717; TLI = .700]. In line with RQ 1, work resources positively predict engagement (β=.15,p<.001) and personal resources (β=.12,p<.001). Personal resources are the strongest predictor of work engagement (β=.32,p<.001). Addressing RQ 2, work engagement significantly predicts job satisfaction (β=.28,p<.001) and it acts as a mediator, linking work and personal resources to job satisfaction, with a small indirect effect for work resources (β = .04) and personal resources (β = .09). For the model predicting cognitive activation [RMSEA = .041, CFI = .722, TLI = .709], the effect sizes and direction of the relations of work resources with engagement and with personal resources, as well as between personal resources and engagement are identical to the previous model. Engagement significantly predicts cognitive activation, though the effect size is smaller than for job satisfaction (β=.11, p<.001) and it acts as a mediating mechanism linking work and personal resources to cognitive activation. Yet, indirect effects sizes are modest (work resources, β = .02, personal resources, β = .04). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions The findings provide empirical support for the motivational pathway of the JD–R model in the ACE context. Both work-related and personal resources are positively associated with work engagement, with personal resources emerging as the stronger predictor. Engagement, in turn, is significantly related to both job satisfaction and cognitive activation, confirming its role as a central motivational mechanism linking resources to well-being and performance-related outcomes. Yet, the association between engagement and cognitive activation is weaker than for job satisfaction. This suggests that while motivational processes contribute to instructional quality, the design of cognitively activating learning may depend on additional factors. Particularly in adult education, structural demands, contextual constraints, or pedagogical competences may play an important complementary role (Martin & Schrader, 2021). By transferring the JD–R framework to adult education and linking it to a core dimension of instructional quality, the study contributes to bridging occupational psychology and adult education research. It highlights that even within structurally insecure employment contexts, motivational mechanisms remain relevant for both teachers’ well-being and instructional quality. Several limitations should be acknowledged. Work engagement was operationalised using AVEM subscales rather than the widely applied UWES measure (Schaufeli et al., 2002), which may limit comparability with other JD–R studies. Moreover, the analyses focus exclusively on the motivational pathway; the interplay between job demands and resources cannot yet be examined and will be addressed with future waves of the TAEPS study. In addition, work-related resources were captured at a relatively aggregated level and could be differentiated more precisely. Finally, instructional quality was assessed via self-reports rather than independent classroom observations. Future studies should therefore integrate job demands, refine the measurement of resources, and include additional data sources on instructional quality to more comprehensively understand how working conditions shape professional well-being and teaching quality in adult education. References References Admiraal, W., & Kittelsen Røberg, K.-I. (2023). Teachers' job demands, resources and their job satisfaction: Satisfaction with school, career choice and teaching profession of teachers in different career stages. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, 1–10. Autorengruppe wb-personalmonitor (Ed.) (2016). Das Personal in der Weiterbildung. Arbeits- und Beschäftigungsbedingungen, Qualifikationen, Einstellungen zu Arbeit und Beruf. W. Bertelsmann. Bakker, A. B. & Demerouti, E. (2007). The Job Demands-Resources Model: State of the Art. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22(3), 309–328. Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job demands–resources theory: Taking stock and looking forward. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 273–285. Cedefop. (2025). Shaping learning and skills for Europe: A time for commitment (TI-01-25-054-EN-N). Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/2783450 Desimone, L. M., & Garet, M. S. (2015). Best practices in teachers’ professional development in the United States. Psychology, Society & Education, 7(3), 252–263. Hakanen, J. J., Bakker, A. B., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2006). Burnout and work engagement among teachers. Journal of School Psychology, 43(6), 495–513. Ioannou, N. (2023). Professional development of adult educators in European policy documents: An overview of conceptualisations and challenges. International Review of Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-023-10014-0 Klieme, E., Pauli, C., & Reusser, K. (2009). The Pythagoras study: Investigating effects of teaching and learning in Swiss and German mathematics classrooms. In T. Janík & T. Seidel (Eds.), The power of video studies in investigating teaching and learning in the classroom (pp. 137–160). Waxmann. Milana, M., Webb, S., Holford, J., Waller, R., & Jarvis, P. (Eds.). (2018). The Palgrave international handbook on adult and lifelong education and learning. Palgrave. Martin, A. & Schrader, J. (2021). Das Personal in der Weiterbildung. In S. Widany, E. Reichart, J. Christ & N. Echarti (Eds.), Trends der Weiterbildung. DIE-Trendanalyse 2021 (pp. 179–208). Bertelsmann. https://www.die-bonn.de/id/41438 OECD. (2021). Adult learning and COVID-19: How much informal and non-formal learning are workers missing? OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/56a96569-en Reiter, S. & Kuper, H. (2024). Professional Commitment of Staff in Continuing Education - A Professional Characteristic Compared Across Different Working Conditions. In Internationales Jahrbuch der Erwachsenenbildung 2024. Coordination of Action in Adult Education Organizations (S. 77-90). wbv Publikation. https://doi.org/10.3278/I77017W005 Schaufeli, W. B., Salanova, M., González-Romá, V., & Bakker, A. B. (2002). The measurement of engagement and burnout: A two sample confirmatory factor analytic approach. Journal of Happiness Studies, 3(1), 71–92. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Beyond Pedagogical Interaction: The Organizational Constitution of Quality in Clinical Simulation for Teacher Education 1: Achva Academic College; 2: Mofet Institute Presenting Author:Simulation-based learning has become a prominent pedagogical approach in teacher education, particularly within clinical and practice-based models that emphasize experiential, reflective, and interaction-driven learning (Grossman et al., 2009). Clinical simulation relies on carefully designed scenarios enacted by professional actors and facilitated by trained educators, creating structured opportunities for novice and practicing teachers to engage with complex professional situations in a safe, reflective environment (Dotger & Chandler-Olcott, 2022). Existing research in teacher education has largely focused on the micro-level of simulation practice, examining instructional design, facilitation strategies, emotional engagement, and reflective processes within the simulation workshop itself. While this body of work has substantially advanced understanding of pedagogical interaction in simulation, considerably less attention has been paid to the organizational and leadership conditions through which simulation quality is produced, stabilized, and sustained over time. Drawing on perspectives from practice-based teacher education (Daniels & Varghese, 2020), professional learning (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017), and communities of practice (Patton & Parker, 2017), this study approaches simulation quality not solely as a function of individual pedagogical competence, but as an outcome constituted across interacting levels of professional practice and organizational organization. In this view, quality emerges through the alignment between micro-level professional interactions and macro-level infrastructures, including leadership practices, professional development pathways, shared professional language, and institutional norms. Thus, the study addresses the following research question: How is the quality of clinical simulation-based learning in teacher education constituted through the interplay between micro-level professional practices and macro-level organizational conditions? To examine this question, the paper integrates findings from two complementary empirical phases conducted within a large-scale national simulation program in teacher education (blinded). Phase A focused on the micro-level of simulation practice and explored how facilitators and professional actors enact, negotiate, and reflect upon their roles during simulation workshops. Phase B extended the analytical lens to the macro-level, examining how simulation center directors conceptualize, develop, and support facilitator–actor collaboration within organizational, managerial, and policy frameworks. By integrating these two perspectives, the study contributes to European and international debates on quality in teacher education, practice-based learning, and educational leadership. It positions clinical simulation as a professional practice whose effectiveness is shaped not only by pedagogical interaction, but by the organizational conditions under which such interaction is made possible and sustainable. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative case study design (Yin, 2018), examining clinical simulation in teacher education as a complex, multi-level phenomenon situated within its organizational context. The case is defined as a large-scale simulation program operating across multiple teacher education institutions, allowing for the exploration of shared patterns alongside contextual variation. Phase A involved 45 participants: 23 simulation facilitators and 22 professional actors working across 24 simulation centers. Data were collected using three qualitative data-collection tools: written reflections, semi-structured interviews, and a focus group. These tools were used to examine professional roles, interactional dynamics, emotional regulation, and judgment processes shaping learning within simulation workshops. Phase B included 19 simulation center directors representing diverse institutional and socio-cultural contexts. Data were likewise collected through written reflections, semi-structured interviews, and a focus group, focusing on organizational design, professional development processes, leadership practices, and policy mediation shaping facilitator–actor collaboration. Across both phases, data were analyzed using a thematic-cognitive approach, combining inductive thematic analysis with attention to participants’ meaning-making and professional reasoning. Triangulation across data sources, participant roles, and analytic phases enhanced the credibility and trustworthiness of the findings. The integrated design allows the study to move beyond isolated accounts of simulation practice toward a systemic understanding of how simulation quality is produced and maintained. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that the quality of clinical simulation-based learning in teacher education cannot be fully explained by pedagogical interaction alone. Phase A highlights the centrality of facilitator–actor coordination, authenticity management, emotional containment, and reflective mediation in shaping meaningful learning experiences during simulation workshops. However, Phase B demonstrates that these micro-level practices are deeply dependent on macro-level organizational conditions. Stable professional teams, structured training pathways, shared professional language, managerial mediation of tensions, and active communities of practice emerged as critical infrastructures enabling consistent simulation quality. Taken together, the findings suggest a shift from viewing the quality of clinical simulation as an outcome of localized pedagogical expertise toward understanding it as a relationally and organizationally constituted phenomenon. Simulation quality emerges through the ongoing alignment between professional interaction at the workshop level and the organizational conditions that shape, regulate, and sustain that interaction over time. From this perspective, facilitators’ and actors’ professional judgments are not exercised in isolation, but are embedded within leadership practices, training structures, and institutional arrangements that frame what counts as legitimate action, reflection, and learning. By foregrounding this micro–macro relationship, the study contributes to broader discussions in teacher education and practice-based learning on how professional knowledge is enacted within complex organizational settings, and how educational quality is shaped not only by what educators do, but by the conditions that make such practice possible and sustainable. References Author 1, 2024. Daniels, J. R., & Varghese, M. (2020). Troubling practice: Exploring the relationship between Whiteness and practice-based teacher education in considering a raciolinguicized teacher subjectivity. Educational Researcher, 49(1), 56-63. Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective teacher professional development. Learning policy institute. Dotger, B., & Chandler-Olcott, K. (Eds.). (2022). Clinical simulations as signature pedagogy: Educator preparation across the disciplines. Harvard Education Press. Grossman, P., Hammerness, K., & McDonald, M. (2009). Redefining teaching, re‐imagining teacher education. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 15(2), 273-289. Patton, K., & Parker, M. (2017). Teacher education communities of practice: More than a culture of collaboration. Teaching and Teacher education, 67, 351-360. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications (Vol. 6). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 10 SES 10 D: Pathways into the Profession and the Changing Landscape of Teacher Education Location: 113 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Aimee Quickfall Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Changing Pathways into Teaching: Paid Internships, Preparation and Student Pressures University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:Teacher shortages have persisted in Iceland for several decades. Concurrently, increased emphasis on strengthening education quality led to the 2008 reform, which extended teacher education from a three-year bachelor’s degree to a five-year master’s degree programme. Although this reform aimed to enhance professional preparation, it was followed by a decline in the number of graduates (Jóhannsdóttir & Björnsdóttir, 2018). From 1998 to 2007, an average of 16.8% of teachers lacked formal teacher education. Although this proportion declined in the following decade, it has risen again since 2020, now exceeding 18%. Comparable trends have been observed in other European countries, where teacher shortages and educational reforms often result in fluctuations in the number of qualified graduates. Teacher shortages in Iceland are linked to both a limited supply of qualified graduates and the high number of certified teachers who do not enter or remain in school teaching (Eyjólfsson & Jónsson, 2017). Policy responses have primarily emphasised expanding distance education within teacher education programmes (Jóhannsdóttir & Björnsdóttir, 2020). These alternative pathways tend to attract older students than traditional on-campus programmes. This is reflected in European statistics showing that the average age of teacher education graduates in Iceland is considerably higher than in most other European countries (Hauschildt et al., 2018). Older students are more likely to combine studies with paid employment and family responsibilities, which may limit their ability to fully engage with academic and practicum requirements (Jóhannsdóttir & Björnsdóttir, 2022). In 2019, further measures were introduced to increase enrolment and graduation rates and to strengthen the link between teacher education and professional practice (Sigurðsson et al., 2023). One such measure allows students to undertake a paid internship during the final year of their master’s programme while simultaneously attending on-campus courses designed to ensure coherence and progression in learning (Wiese et al., 2024). Students may earn 30 ECTS credits while working as teachers in a position formally defined as having 50% employment. The internship aims to enhance professional readiness, support the transition into teaching and contribute to teacher retention (Stjórnarráðið, n.d.). While this arrangement aligns with research emphasising the importance of integrating theory and practice in teacher education (Darling-Hammond et al., 2005; Hammerness, 2014), it has coincided with notable changes in student pathways into teaching. The number of students enrolled in the integrated five-year compulsory school teacher education programme has declined. In contrast, the share of students entering teacher education after completing a prior bachelor’s degree increased from 11% to 42% between 2014 and 2020 (Jóhannsdóttir & Björnsdóttir, 2021). As a result, many students entering paid internships have completed relatively little formal teacher education before assuming teaching responsibilities, compared with students in integrated programmes. Recent data further suggest that, despite the internship being designed as part-time employment, many student teachers work full time during their final year of study (Gísladóttir et. al., 2023). This raise concerns that student teachers—particularly older students with family responsibilities—may experience substantial pressure as they combine full-time teaching, academic coursework and caregiving obligations. This study draws on research on work–family balance and competing time demands in higher education. It utilises survey data from Icelandic master’s-level student teachers to examine how work and family responsibilities influence experiences during paid internships. The study investigates whether decisions to undertake full-time teaching are primarily student-driven or shaped by expectations from employing schools facing teacher shortages. It also examines whether experiences differ across student groups based on family responsibilities and programme type, such as enrolment in an integrated five-year programme or entry following a prior bachelor’s degree. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were collected using a structured online questionnaire administered to all master’s-level student teachers in compulsory education at the University of Iceland and the University of Akureyri. The study follows a two-wave design, with the first wave conducted in spring 2025 and the second planned for spring 2026. A total of 268 responses were obtained in the first wave, with a comparable response rate anticipated for the second. The questionnaire captures key background variables, including weekly employment hours, caregiving responsibilities and other personal commitments, as well as perceived negative impacts of paid work and family obligations on students’ studies. Programme-related variables include the enrolment pathway (integrated five-year teacher education programme versus a two-year programme following a baccalaureate degree) and the importance of distance-learning availability in the decision to enrol in teacher education. Internship-related variables were collected from final-year students and included internship type (paid or unpaid) and workload (part time or full time). The 2026 cohort, will further explore whether full-time paid internships were undertaken by personal choice or influenced by expectations from employing schools. The analysis employs descriptive statistics to map patterns of work and family obligations among student teachers and comparative analyses to examine differences in internship experiences across student groups based on programme pathway, family responsibilities and employment intensity. Where appropriate, differences between groups are tested using inferential statistical methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is expected that the current research will demonstrate that paid internships, while intended to strengthen the transition from teacher education to professional practice, are experienced unevenly across student groups. Preliminary analyses indicate that a majority of student teachers work beyond the intended 50% employment level during their paid internship. Additionally, 47% of respondents reported having two or more children, and 40% were aged 35 or older. These findings suggest that a substantial proportion of student teachers combine intensive work demands with significant family responsibilities. For many students the combination of full-time teaching, academic coursework and family obligations is likely to create considerable pressure and limit opportunities for meaningful engagement with teacher education. Such pressures may increase the risk of withdrawal from teacher education and negatively affect the quality of professional preparation, with potential consequences for teaching and learning in compulsory schools. Students enrolled in integrated five-year teacher education programmes are expected to report lower levels of work-related pressure during the paid internship compared to those entering teacher education after a prior bachelor’s degree. Also, that decisions to undertake full-time teaching during the internship are not solely individual choices but are also influenced by expectations from employing schools facing ongoing teacher shortages. These findings are relevant within the European context, where teacher shortages and high attrition rates from both teacher education programmes and the teaching profession have been documented in several countries (Elstad, 2023). Overall, the study underscores tensions between policy efforts to address teacher shortages through paid internships and the conditions necessary for high-quality teacher preparation. While paid internships may facilitate recruitment into teacher education and address short-term staffing needs, they may also impose excessive demands on student teachers and compromise professional learning, resulting in what Darling-Hammond (2006) describes as ‘watered-down preparation’, which ultimately undermines teacher quality. References Darling-Hammond, L. (2006). Constructing 21st-century teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 57(3), 300-314. Darling-Hammond, L., Holtzman, D., Gatlin, S. J., & Heilig, J. V. (2005). Does teacher preparation matter? Evidence about teacher certification, teach for America, and teacher effectiveness. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 13(42), 1–51. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.v13n42.2005 Elstad, E. (2023). The evolution of the extended comprehensive school model and the modern profession-oriented teacher education after World War I. In E. Elstad, E. (ed.), Teacher Education in the Nordic Region, Evaluating Education: Normative Systems and Institutional Practices. Springer. Eyjólfsson, H. E. & Stefán Hrafn Jónsson, S. H. (2017). Skýrsla til starfshóps um nýliðun og bætt starfsumh-verfi grunnskólakennara í Reykjavík: Könnun á meðal útskriftaárganga úr kennaranámi HÍ/KHÍ og HA árin 2000–2012. Rannsóknarsetur í mannfjöldafræðum. Gísladóttir, B., Björnsdóttir, A., Svanbjörnsdóttir, B. M. B., & Engilbertsson, G. (2023). Tengsl fræða og starfs í kennaramenntun: Sjónarhorn nema. Netla – Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. ttps://doi.org/10.24270/netla.2023.5 Hammerness, K. (2014). Visions of good teaching. In S. Feiman-Nemser, E. Tamir, & K. Hammerness (Eds.), Inspiring teaching: Preparing teachers to succeed in mission-driven schools (pp. 103–122). Harvard Education Press. Hauschildt, K.,Vögtle, E. M. & Gwosć, C. (2018). Social and economic conditions of student life in Europe: Eurostudent VI 2016–2018. https://www.eurostudent.eu/download_files/documents/EUROSTUDENT_ VI_Synopsis_of_Indicators.pd Jóhannsdóttir, Þ. J. & Björnsdóttir, A. (2018). Staðnemar og fjarnemar í grunnskólakennaranámi við Menntavísindasvið: Bakgrunnur, viðhorf og áhugi á að starfa við kennslu. Netla – Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. https://doi.org/10.24270/netla.2018.1 Jóhannsdóttir, Þ. J. & Björnsdóttir, A. (2020). Online teacher education: A way to create a more diverse teacher workforce. Í M. Brown, M. N. G. Mhichil, E. Beirne og E. Costello (Eds.), Proceedings of the 2019 ICDE world conference on online learning (1. bindi, bls. 476–484). Dublin City University. doi:10.5281/zenodo.3804014 Jóhannsdóttir, Þ. J. & Björnsdóttir, A. (2021). Grunnskólakennaranámið – hvar stöndum við? Skólaþræðir. Tímarit áhugafólks um skólaþróun. https://skolathraedir.is/tag/amalia-bjornsdottir/ Jóhannsdóttir, Þ. J. & Björnsdóttir, A. (2022). Háskólanemar í grunnnámi við Menntavísindasvið HÍ. Fjarnám, lykill að háskólanámi fyrir stúdenta með fjölbreyttan bakgrunn. Netla – Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. https://doi.org/10.24270/netla.2022.13 Sigurðsson, B., Björnsdóttir, A., Jóhannsdóttir, T.J. (2023). Five-year teacher education for compulsory school in Iceland: Retreat from research-based to practice-oriented teacher education? In Elstad, E. (ed.) Teacher Education in the Nordic Region,Evaluating Education: Normative Systems and Institutional Practices. Springer. Stjórnarráðið (2021) Fyrirkomulag launaðs starfsnáms kennaranema skólaárið 2021-2022. https://www.stjornarradid.is/library/01--Frettatengt---myndir-og-skrar/MRN/Fyrirkomulag%20launa%c3%b0s%20starfsn%c3%a1ms%20kennaranema%20sk%c3%b3la%c3%a1ri%c3%b0%202021-2022_Dags.%2020.09.21.pdf Wiese, E., Hatlevik, I.K.R. & Daza,V. (2014). How can universities ensure quality of practice in initial teacher education? Teaching and Teacher Education, 139, 104462. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Knowing and Acting: The changing landscape of Teacher Education and the role Teacher Educators Need to Play University of WolverhamptonR, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Since 2010, Teacher Educators and Education departments within the English context faced a wide range of challenges, ranging from changes to policy directives, as well as funding cuts and changes to the Teacher Education landscape via market reviews (Department for Education (DfE), 2021), as well as new requirements for accreditation processes, the rise of apprenticeships, and ongoing scrutiny via inspectorates. Teacher Educators often, due to their complex roles within this changing landscape, find that it is difficult to navigate their own career development as well as contributing effectively to the Higher Education (HE) sector, and as a result feels that they become marginalised within the HE sector. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative case study investigated perspectives from both Teacher Educators as well as Senior Leaders within HE to gain a detailed understanding of the perspectives and lived experiences of Teacher Educators as well as how they are perceived by Senior Leaders to gain insights into how Teacher Educators are positioned and how they need to respond to these challenges to contribute to the HE landscape. One of the key objectives was to consider how the study can help as an advocacy piece to make key recommendations on how practices can be refined, to enable Teacher Educators to contribute effectively within this space. The study makes key recommendations based on the rich data generated via semi-structured interviews from Teacher Educators across the different universities in the four nations as well as Senior Leaders across the sector. Qualitative data was thematically analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) 6 phase model, and the key themes were used to draw conclusions and synthesise key points from the rich data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study outlined that teacher educators experience a complex landscape where their complex identity within the space, can become a barrier to their own contributions in a wider sense in HE. Teacher Educators’ Identities are often misunderstood by HE, and Senior Leaders, and they often don’t realise what qualities, skills and contributions Teacher Educators can make. As a result both Teacher Educators and Senior Leaders need to think carefully about how Teacher Educators can contribute and how they can advocate for their skills to contribute more specifically. Furthermore, Senior Leaders, need to actively seek how teacher educators’ expertise can contribute to enrich HE landscapes beyond Teacher Education too. References Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2). pp.77–101. ISSN 1478–088. Department for Education (2021), Initial teacher training (ITT) market review: overview, UK: DfE. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Professional Roles in Teacher Educator Recruitment University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Teacher educators play a crucial role in the educational landscape, serving as key actors in sustaining and advancing high-quality education (Meeus et al., 2018). They are widely regarded as the core of teacher education through their responsibility for designing, implementing, and evaluating curricula, pedagogical approaches, teaching practices, and educational development (Hadar & Brody, 2017). As the quality of teachers depends fundamentally on their education and training, increasing scholarly and policy attention has been directed toward teacher educators’ roles in educational practice, research, and policy since the early 1990s (Flores, 2018). Despite this attention, the profession continues to be described as hidden (Snoek et al., 2011), poorly defined (Ping et al., 2018), or insufficiently understood (Kaasila et al., 2023). Teacher educators’ work is inherently diverse and complex, encompassing a wide range of tasks, responsibilities, and challenges that require specific combinations of knowledge, skills, and professional dispositions (Ping et al., 2018). Such diversity may generate tensions and conflicts, as individuals are required to navigate multiple and sometimes competing expectations and standards (Kelchtermans et al., 2018). One way to conceptualize and structure this complexity is through the notion of professional roles (Meeus et al., 2018). In their influential review, Lunenberg et al. (2014) identified six professional roles of teacher educators. A professional role is defined as a “personal interpretation of a position based on expectations from the environment and on a systematically organized and transferable knowledge base” (p. 6). As teachers of teachers, teacher educators are expected to educate future teachers and support their professional development by modelling exemplary teaching and learning practices. However, their expertise cannot be reduced to practical experience alone. Consequently, teacher educators are also expected to fulfil the role of researcher, generating new knowledge for themselves and others while supporting their own professional learning through research engagement. In addition, teacher educators may act as coaches, guiding and supervising student teachers during teaching practicums; as curriculum developers, constructing coherent teacher education curricula grounded in theoretical and practical insights; as gatekeepers, monitoring access to the teaching profession through assessment and evaluation; and as brokers, mediating between teacher education institutions and schools by fostering collaboration, partnerships, and alignment between theory and practice. This study examines how these professional roles are articulated in teacher educator job advertisements. Job advertisements are formal documents that provide insight into employers’ expectations regarding qualifications, experience, skills, and professional responsibilities (Kim & Angnakoon, 2016). The analysis of job advertisements is a well-established approach for examining professional expectations, labour market dynamics, and recruitment trends (Harper, 2012). The guiding research question is:
This study responds to the call to provide greater insights into what it means to be a teacher educator (Richter, Brunner, Richter 2021). By analysing professional roles in job advertisements, it contributes to a deeper understanding of the profession, illustrates the expectations placed upon it, and provides insight into how it is conceptualized. It serves as a valuable addition to the existing body of literature on teacher educators, which has primarily focused on their self-perceptions as professionals (Richter, Brunner, and Richter 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Job advertisement analysis is grounded in document analysis, a systematic method for examining various pre-existing organisational and institutional documents not initially created for research purposes (Bowen, 2009). Document analysis offers several advantages for qualitative inquiry, including reduced ethical concerns and high data stability; however, ensuring credibility requires a transparent and well-justified sampling framework (Kim & Angnakoon, 2016). To minimize sample bias, job advertisements were collected from the official websites of all seven Finnish universities offering teacher education. Data collection occurred during two separate six-month periods. The final dataset consisted of 74 teacher educator job advertisements. The analysis employed deductive qualitative content analysis, using predetermined categories derived from existing theory (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008), specifically the six professional roles identified by Lunenberg et al. (2014). The analysis was primarily manifest rather than latent, focusing closely on explicit content and observable descriptions within the text. Nevertheless, interpretation was necessary due to the inherent vagueness of professional roles (Lunenberg et al., 2014) and the often concise and formulaic nature of job advertisements. The analytical process began with repeated readings of the advertisements to gain an overall understanding of the data. Meaning units related to professional roles were identified and coded using NVivo software, guided by a structured categorization matrix. In addition, quantification was used to used to illustrate how the professional roles were weighted in the teacher educator job advertisements. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The job advertisements included between one and five professional roles, most commonly four (M = 3.77). The most dominant roles were teacher of teachers, curriculum developer, and researcher. The teacher of teachers role primarily involved teaching in bachelor’s and master’s programs, with teaching quality frequently described as “high-quality” and “research-based.” The researcher role appeared at three levels: familiarity with research (typically at entry-level positions), active engagement in research, and leadership of research initiatives (mainly at the professorial level). The curriculum developer role entailed participation in program development, ranging from general involvement to explicit responsibility for curriculum coordination. Other roles were less prominent. The coach role appeared in approximately two-thirds of the advertisements and typically involved supervising teaching practicums. The gatekeeper role was relatively rare and related to admissions processes and thesis assessment. The broker role focused on building and maintaining connections between teacher education institutions and schools or early childhood education settings, particularly to support practicum arrangements. By clarifying and operationalizing professional roles that have often been described as vague, this study contributes to a more concrete understanding of teacher educators’ work and supports the use of professional roles as a framework for professional development (Lunenberg, Dengerink, & Korthagen, 2014). Notably, the near absence of the term teacher educator in the advertisements mirrors earlier findings (Nuttall et al., 2013). These results may inform teacher education institutions as they reflect on recruitment practices and advocate for clearer recognition of teacher education as a distinct and valued professional field. References Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative research journal, 9(2), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027 Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of advanced nursing, 62(1), 107-115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x Hadar, L. L., & Brody, D. L. (2017). Professional learning and development of teacher educators. In D. J. Clandinin & J. Husu (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Teacher Education (vol. 2, pp. 1049–1064). SAGE Publishers. Harper, R. (2012). The collection and analysis of job advertisements: A review of research methodology. Library and Information Research, 36(112), 29–54. https://doi.org/10.29173/lirg499 Kaasila, R., Lutovac, S., & Uitto, M. (2023). Research on teacher educators’ teacher identities: Critical interpretative synthesis and future directions. European Journal of Teacher Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2023.2181077 Kelchtermans, G., Smith, K., & Vanderlinde, R. (2018). Towards an ‘international forum for teacher educator development’: An agenda for research and action. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(1), 120–134. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1372743 Kim, J., & Angnakoon, P. (2016). Research using job advertisements: A methodological assessment. Library & Information Science Research, 38(4), 327–335. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.lisr.2016.11.006 Lunenberg. M., Dengerink, J., & Korthagen, F. (2014). The professional teacher educator: Roles, behavior and professional development of teacher educators. Springer Science & Business Media. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6209-518-2 Meeus, W., Cools, W., & Placklé, I. (2018). Teacher educators developing professional roles: frictions between current and optimal practices. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(1), 15–31. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1393515 Nuttall, J., Brennan, M., Zipin, L., Tuinamuana, K., & Cameron, L. (2013). Lost in production: The erasure of the teacher educator in Australian university job advertisements. Journal of Education for Teaching, 39(3), 329–343. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2013.799849 Ping, C., Schellings, C., & Beijaard, D. (2018). Teacher educators’ professional learning: A literature review.” Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 93–104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.06.003 Richter, E., Brunner, M. & Richter, D. (2021). Teacher educators’ task perception and its relationship to professional identity and teaching practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, Article 103303. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103303. Snoek, M., Swennen, A., & Van der Klink, M. (2011). The quality of teacher educators in the European policy debate: actions and measures to improve the professionalism of teacher educators. Professional development in education, 37(5), 651–664. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2011.616095 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Perfect Storm for Teacher Education Research in English Universities: The Tensions of Workload, Expectations and Research 1: Durham University, United Kingdom; 2: Nottingham Trent University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In this paper, we report on data from our survey of the university Initial Teacher Education (ITE) sector in England, concerning responses to questions about perceptions of workload and research. Our survey collects responses annually (since 2021) from approximately 12% of the cohort, and includes questions on a variety of topics, with Likert scale and text responses. Here, we report on three interconnected areas with potential impacts on the future of teacher education in England, and with pertinent findings for other nations, including research expectations and opportunities, workload, and the extent to which university leaders understand ITE. This paper focuses on the work of initial teacher educators. Initial Teacher Education (also sometimes known as pre-service teacher education) and those who work within this sector have been identified as being under-researched (Ellis et al., 2013). Research on teacher educators is limited, likely because most studies in Initial Teacher Education are conducted by ITE academics themselves, who predominantly focus on their students and educational settings rather than examining their own professional experiences. Where research does develop, it tends to take the form of ‘insider research’. We consider three tensions in the ITE sector: Workload: there are data to suggest that workloads for individual academics working in this sector are high and, importantly, intense in nature (Clapham et al., 2023; Murray & Kosnik, 2011). The current ITE system in England, like those in other countries, such as Australia and the USA, has high demands in terms of teacher educator workloads and accountability (Cochran-Smith, 2021). Research: Research insights into Initial Teacher Education and the systems and people that support this vital stage in the profession are of particular importance during a decade long recruitment and retention crisis in teaching (McLean et al., 2024). Morris et al. (2023) report distinct challenges for researchers working in ITE, citing particular circumstances affecting their roles and ‘opportunities for engaging with and conducting research’ (Morris et al., 2023, p. 57). Expectations: Ellis et al. (2013) found that teacher educators were driven to focus their time on the quality assurance of school partnerships and pastoral support of students and that workload management was generally unsuitable for taking into account the unique requirements of teacher education. Oancea et al. (2021) also found that universities may be reluctant to invest in teacher education research, perhaps through a lack of understanding of the importance and relevance of such research and possibly through a lack of funding available for this work. To address the gap in our understanding of ITE academic work, we decided it was essential to explore the experiences of those involved in ITE in England through a longitudinal study, taking a pragmatic research approach, that began with an initial survey in the 2021/22 academic year (Wood & Quickfall, 2024) with subsequent surveys each year since. The theoretical framework for this research was based on Spencer's work (2013) on omission, trivialisation and condemnation of teacher educators and their work. From this basis, we developed our own conceptual framework of the current situation in English ITE as a perfect storm, with challenges around time and capacity to undertake research, high workloads and low expectations from some university leaders, making their own research ambitions very difficult to achieve. Issues of omission, trivialisation, and condemnation in the sector and more widely in the government add a further set of challenges to this group in terms of being heard, valued, and included. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We sought to explore the experiences of teacher educators through a longitudinal study, taking a pragmatic research approach, this began with an initial survey in the 2021/22 academic year (Wood & Quickfall, 2024) with subsequent surveys each year since. The surveys collect Likert scale response data and open text questions, so as to allow respondents to share their reflections and experiences. The data presented here includes Likert scale data from the first four years of this five-year longitudinal study, and detailed text-based responses from 2024 and 2025. This pattern of analysis is because, for the 2023/24 survey and onwards, we added a question about research and knowledge exchange activity specifically, following requests from participants. We created a comprehensive questionnaire to gather the perspectives and reflections of teacher educators working in higher education institutions (see Supplementary Materials for the full schedule). The survey focused on the following key themes: ○The ITE environment (workload, leadership roles, relationships). ○Workload challenges. ○Accreditation and Ofsted. ○The future of work in ITE. We designed the questionnaire using our own insider knowledge of the sector in England, drawing upon themes raised through sector networks such as the Universities' Council for the Education of Teachers (UCET). Taking a pragmatic approach, we have adapted the survey over time to reflect requests and feedback from participants. In 2023/24, we added the following question to the workload theme: ‘I have enough time to undertake research, knowledge exchange, and/or scholarship in 2023/24’. Each theme included both Likert scale and open-ended questions, allowing for quantitative data to reflect the whole cohort view, and more detailed subjective insights. The questionnaire included 19 Likert scale questions and eight open text questions. Participants were not required to respond to the open-ended questions, resulting in between 70 and 90 responses to these sections per year, on average, across four years of the survey. The questionnaire was distributed online via a link or QR code, with promotion through social media platforms (X, formerly Twitter) and professional networks, including UCET. The survey is open for four months each year (May to September), with regular reminders posted on social media and in the UCET newsletter, which is circulated among university-based ITE providers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our data show that academics working in ITE face high workloads, and importantly, very little time for research, and in some cases, low expectations from their institutions in terms of their research output. There are grave implications for a sector that has no time, energy, or opportunity to carry out research on their own practice and experience. Our recommendations to the sector and more widely are seemingly obvious but could be effective in dissipating the perfect storm the sector finds itself in. Unfortunately, it is unlikely that teacher education in England will see a period without reforms and policy changes, but there are actions available within the university sector. University leadership teams and the Department for Education should address the omission, trivialisation, and condemnation of ITE that Spencer (2013) first identified over 10 years ago, which contributes to the perfect storm as a lack of understanding of the sector. Academics working in ITE should be actively sought out to contribute to changes and developments in their sector at the university and national level, particularly if they are research active in the sector. As a sector, any activities that support colleagues to undertake further study and research should be promoted to dispel the narrative of teacher educators being teachers rather than researchers. As a sector, teacher education will need research champions who can promote the work of researchers in this field to the wider education discipline and policy makers, again to avoid the omission and trivialisation of ITE expertise. Organisations like UCET are promoting research in ITE, and it would be good to see this supported in individual institutions so that academics can engage with opportunities. Even small actions such as making time for academics to discuss research together would make a positive contribution to growing the research culture. References Clapham, A., Richards, R., Lonsdale, K., & La Velle, L. (2023). Scarcely visible? Analysing initial teacher education research and the research excellence framework. London Review of Education, 21(1), 1–12. Cochran-Smith, M. (2021). Rethinking teacher education: The trouble with accountability. Oxford Review of Education, 47(1), 8–24. Ellis, V., Glackin, M., Heighes, D., Norman, M., Nicol, S., Norris, K., Spencer, I., & McNicholl, J. (2013). A difficult realisation: The proletarianisation of higher education-based teacher educators. Journal of Education for Teaching, 39(3), 266–280. Morris, R., Perry, T., Smith, E., & Pilgrim-Brown, J. (2023). Education: The state of the discipline. A survey of education researchers’ work, experiences and identities. British Educational Research Association. Available online: https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/education-the-state-of-the-discipline-survey-of-education-researchers Murray, J., & Kosnik, C. (2011). Academic work and identities in teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 37(3), 243–246. Oancea, A., Fancourt, N., Robson, J., Thompson, I., Childs, A., & Nuseibeh, N. (2021). Research capacity-building in teacher education. Oxford Review of Education, 47(1), 98–119. Spencer, I. (2013). Doing the ‘Second Shift’: Gendered labour and the symbolic annihilation of teacher educators’ work. Journal of Education for Teaching, 39(3), 301–313. Wood, P., & Quickfall, A. (2024). Was 2021–2022 an Annus Horribilis for teacher educators? Reflections on a survey of teacher educators. British Educational Research Journal, 1–26. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 10 SES 10 E: Classroom Interaction, Student Engagement, and Learning Processes Location: 112 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Haofei Li Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Classroom Discourse Fosters Dialogic Interaction in Secondary English Lessons: Students’ Speaking Engagement and Cognitive Strategies Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS), Turkistan, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study investigates how classroom discourse fosters dialogic interaction in secondary English lessons, focusing on students’ speaking engagement and cognitive strategies. While dialogic teaching is widely recognized as enhancing reasoning, collaboration, and participation, there is limited research on how these interactions naturally occur in everyday English lessons. Alexander (2020) argues that dialogic teaching harnesses classroom talk to engage students’ interest, stimulate thinking, and support argumentation, treating dialogue as an essential learning tool rather than incidental to teaching. Wegerif (in press) frames dialogic education epistemologically and ontologically, emphasizing that knowledge emerges through interaction and dialogue, highlighting the need to examine authentic classroom talk to understand co-construction of ideas and cognitive development. Research on classroom discourse supports the importance of participation in learning. Cazden (2001) shows that patterns of teacher and student talk shape engagement, and Walsh and Li (2016) highlight collaboration and co-construction as central to learning outcomes. Mercer (2004) proposes sociocultural discourse analysis, emphasizing language as a social tool for thinking, problem-solving, and knowledge construction. Applied research, such as Chow et al. (2023), shows that dialogic teaching interventions improve vocabulary and phonological awareness in young ESL learners, demonstrating how structured dialogue impacts learning. Yet there remains a gap in understanding dialogic interaction in routine secondary English lessons, especially in multilingual, non-Western classrooms. This study addresses this gap by examining features of classroom discourse, student participation, and cognitive strategies during everyday lessons. The theoretical framework combines sociocultural theory (Vygotsky, 1978) and dialogic teaching frameworks (Alexander, 2020; Wegerif, in press; Mercer, 2004). Sociocultural theory views learning as socially mediated, where interaction with teachers and peers supports cognitive growth. Dialogic teaching frameworks identify features of productive talk, including exploratory dialogue, reasoning, uptake of peers’ ideas, and co-construction of knowledge. Together, these approaches enable analysis of micro-level discourse while situating findings within broader educational and cognitive theory. To ensure the European and international relevance of this study, the findings and implications are positioned beyond the national classroom context. While the study is conducted in a secondary English classroom in Kazakhstan, the principles of dialogic teaching, patterns of classroom talk, and student cognitive strategies have applicability across European education systems and multilingual classrooms. Insights from this research can inform teacher professional development, classroom interaction practices, and dialogic pedagogy policies in other countries, highlighting strategies to enhance participation, reasoning, and collaboration in diverse cultural and linguistic settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a small-scale, qualitative, classroom-based design to investigate how dialogic interaction unfolds in routine secondary English lessons. The participants consist of one class of 22 students, all aged 15 years old, and their English teacher. The focus is on naturally occurring classroom discourse rather than artificially structured interventions, ensuring that the data reflect authentic teaching and learning practices. A qualitative approach is most appropriate given the study’s aim to explore patterns of student participation, teacher–student and peer interactions, and cognitive strategies within the context of regular lessons. Data collection involves multiple complementary instruments. First, audio recordings of classroom discussions capture the flow of dialogue, including teacher prompts—that is, questions, instructions, or cues intended to stimulate student thinking, elicit responses, or initiate discussion—student responses, peer exchanges, and moments of elaboration or reasoning. Field notes taken by the researcher provide contextual information, including classroom layout, seating arrangements, and non-verbal interactions, which are crucial for understanding the dynamics of participation and engagement. Semi-structured interviews with the teacher explore reflections on pedagogical decisions, lesson planning, and perceived student engagement, offering a complementary perspective to classroom observations. The primary method of analysis is discourse analysis, drawing on sociocultural and dialogic teaching frameworks (Mercer, 2004; Alexander, 2020; Wegerif, in press). This approach examines both micro-level features of classroom talk, such as turn-taking, question types, and reasoning sequences, and broader patterns of interaction, including participation equity, collaborative problem-solving, and dialogic uptake. The analysis focuses on identifying the cognitive strategies students use in dialogue, such as elaboration, justification, and perspective-taking, as well as the ways teachers facilitate or scaffold these processes. Coding of transcripts follows established criteria for dialogic teaching, including exploratory dialogue, uptake, and student–student interaction, ensuring consistency and reliability in identifying patterns of discourse. Ethical considerations are integral to the study. Parental consent and student assent are obtained, and confidentiality and anonymity are maintained throughout. Data are securely stored and accessible only to the research team. By combining audio recordings, field notes, and semi-structured teacher interviews with rigorous discourse analysis, this methodology provides a detailed and multifaceted understanding of dialogic interaction and its role in student engagement and cognitive development in secondary English classrooms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to provide detailed insights into the nature of dialogic interaction in routine secondary English lessons and its impact on student engagement and cognitive strategies. Based on previous research, it is anticipated that classroom discourse will reveal varying levels of student participation, with some students actively contributing to exploratory dialogue while others respond minimally. The analysis will likely show that teacher prompts play a crucial role in guiding discussion, encouraging reasoning, and fostering uptake of peers’ ideas, demonstrating how dialogic teaching strategies scaffold students’ cognitive processes. Expected outcomes include identification of key patterns of classroom talk that support co-construction of knowledge, collaborative problem-solving, and elaboration of ideas. For instance, students are expected to demonstrate cognitive strategies such as justification, perspective-taking, and connecting new concepts to prior knowledge during interactions. Additionally, the study may reveal how classroom layout, seating arrangements, and non-verbal cues influence participation equity, showing that contextual factors significantly shape dialogue dynamics. The findings are anticipated to contribute both practically and theoretically. Practically, they may inform teachers on effective strategies for promoting dialogic interaction, highlighting methods to increase participation, support reasoning, and develop students’ confidence in expressing ideas. Theoretically, the study will extend current knowledge on dialogic teaching by providing evidence from authentic English classroom settings, particularly in a secondary education context where research is limited. The results may also illuminate how sociocultural and epistemological principles of dialogic education manifest in everyday lessons, demonstrating the interplay between dialogue, cognition, and learning outcomes. Overall, the study aims to provide a nuanced understanding of how classroom discourse operates as a vehicle for learning and engagement, offering actionable insights for educators while addressing the existing gap in research on dialogic interaction in secondary English classrooms. References 1.Alexander, R. J. (2006). Towards Dialogic Teaching: Rethinking Classroom Talk (4th ed.). Cambridge: Dialogos. 2.Alexander, R. (2020). A Dialogic Teaching Companion. London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351040143 3.Burns, A. (2010). Doing Action Research in Language Teaching: A Guide for Practitioners. New York, NY: Routledge. 4.Cazden, C. B. (2001). Classroom Discourse: The Language of Teaching and Learning (2nd ed.). Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. 5.Chow, B. W.-Y., Hui, A., Li, Z., & Yang, D. (2023). Dialogic teaching in English-as-a-second-language classroom: Its effects on first graders with different levels of vocabulary knowledge. Language Teaching Research, 27(6), 1408–1430. https://doi.org/10.1177/1362168820981399 6.Cobb, P., Wood, T., & Yackel, E. (1993). Discourse, mathematical thinking, and classroom practice. In E. Forman, N. Minick, & C. A. Stone (Eds.), Contexts for Learning: Sociocultural Dynamics in Children’s Development (pp. 229–274). Oxford: Oxford University Press. 7.Freire, P. (1971). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York, NY: Continuum. 8.Lipman, M. (2003). Thinking in Education (2nd ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 9.Littleton, K., & Mercer, N. (2013). Interthinking: Putting Talk to Work. London: Routledge. 10.Mercer, N. (2004). Sociocultural discourse analysis: Analysing classroom talk as a social mode of thinking. Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1(2), 137–168. 11.Michaels, S., O’Connor, C., & Resnick, L. (2008). Deliberative discourse idealized and realized: Accountable talk in the classroom and in civic life. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 27(4), 283–297. 12.Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 13.Walsh, S., & Li, L. (2016). Classroom talk, interaction and collaboration. In S. Walsh & S. Mann (Eds.), The Routledge Handbook of English Language Teaching (pp. 13–25). London: Routledge. 14.Wegerif, R. (in press). Dialogic education. In Oxford Research Encyclopaedia of Education. Oxford University Press. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper A Theoretical Review and Concept Clarification of Student Engagement and Disengagement Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Over the past decades, research on student engagement has expanded substantially, establishing engagement as a key construct for understanding academic achievement, school completion, and student well-being. Despite this extensive body of work, the field remains characterized by significant conceptual fragmentation. In particular, engagement, disengagement, disaffection, and related constructs are used inconsistently across theoretical traditions, and disengagement is frequently treated as the simple opposite or absence of engagement. This conceptual ambiguity complicates cross-study comparisons and limits the development of coherent theoretical explanations of school dropout. The aim of this paper is to provide a critical theoretical review of how student engagement and disengagement have been conceptualized in the literature and to clarify their role in explanations of school dropout. The guiding research question is: How have engagement and disengagement been theoretically conceptualized in research on schooling, and how can their relationship be better understood in relation to dropout processes? This question is addressed through three interrelated analytical foci: (1) how major theoretical traditions define and frame engagement and disengagement; (2) where conceptual overlaps, tensions, and gaps emerge across these traditions; and (3) what unresolved theoretical issues remain in accounting for diverse trajectories leading to school dropout. The paper examines key theoretical frameworks that have shaped research on engagement and dropout, including multidimensional models of engagement, motivational and self-system theories, person–environment fit perspectives, and dual-process approaches. Rather than reviewing these theories in isolation, the analysis focuses on their underlying assumptions about student participation, withdrawal, agency, and development over time. Within this framework, engagement is conceptualized as a multidimensional pattern of behavioral, emotional, and cognitive participation in school-related activities, while disengagement is treated as a distinct process characterized by withdrawal, negative emotional experiences, and maladaptive forms of participation. Crucially, engagement and disengagement are not assumed to be mutually interconnected; rather, they may co-occur, evolve differently over time, and interact dynamically with individual characteristics and contextual conditions. For this reason, particular attention is paid to the ways in which disengagement is conceptualized-whether as low engagement, as a qualitatively distinct process, or as a negative school-related condition-and to the implications of these choices for understanding dropout. Building on this critical synthesis, the paper argues that much of the existing literature implicitly insufficiently capture the heterogeneity of students’ educational trajectories. The review highlights the potential of dual-process perspectives, especially when combined with multidimensional and developmental approaches, to address some of these limitations by conceptualizing engagement and disengagement as related but not mutually exclusive processes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a purely theoretical and integrative methodology. Rather than collecting or analyzing empirical data, the paper is based on a critical and integrative examination of the theoretical literature on student engagement, disengagement, and school dropout. The analysis proceeds in three main steps. First, key conceptualizations of student engagement and disengagement are identified across major theoretical traditions, with particular attention to multidimensional models of engagement, motivational and self-system theories, person-environment fit perspectives, and dual-process approaches. These frameworks are examined in terms of their core assumptions, conceptual boundaries, and explanatory focus. Second, the selected theories are compared and synthesized to identify converging insights, conceptual overlaps, and unresolved tensions, particularly regarding the distinction between engagement and disengagement and their respective roles in students’ educational trajectories. This comparative analysis allows the paper to clarify inconsistencies in terminology and to highlight gaps in existing theoretical accounts of school dropout. Third, building on this critical synthesis, the paper articulates an integrative conceptual perspective that treats engagement and disengagement as distinct yet interrelated developmental processes. The coherence of this perspective is evaluated in terms of logical consistency, alignment with existing theoretical propositions, and its capacity to illuminate heterogeneous trajectories leading to school dropout. The sources used consist primarily of peer-reviewed theoretical and review literature in the fields of educational psychology and sociology of education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper contributes to the literature by critically examining how student engagement and disengagement have been conceptualized across major theoretical traditions and by identifying persistent ambiguities that limit their explanatory value in relation to school dropout. The analysis highlights that, despite broad consensus on the multidimensional nature of engagement, disengagement is still frequently conceptualized in inconsistent ways, often as the simple absence or opposite of engagement. Building on this critical synthesis, the paper advances a clarified conceptual perspective that treats engagement and disengagement as distinct yet interrelated developmental processes that may co-occur and evolve differently over time. This perspective allows for a more nuanced understanding of school dropout as the outcome of heterogeneous pathways, rather than as the endpoint of a uniform process of declining engagement. While the paper does not propose an empirically tested model, it offers a theoretically grounded framework that can inform future longitudinal and comparative research. Beyond its theoretical contribution, the proposed framework has implications for educational practice. By clarifying the distinction between engagement and disengagement and acknowledging their possible co-occurrence over time, the framework may support educators and school practitioners in interpreting students’ classroom behaviors in a more differentiated manner. A more nuanced understanding of disengagement processes can help design interventions that are better aligned with students’ specific patterns of participation, withdrawal, and emotional or cognitive involvement in school activities. Finally, the contribution of this work is particularly relevant in a European and international context. Early school leaving remains a shared challenge across educational systems, yet research traditions and institutional contexts vary widely. By offering conceptual clarification, this paper may facilitate cross-national dialogue and enhance the comparability of research on student engagement, disengagement, and school dropout across diverse educational settings. References 1.Appleton, J. J., Christenson, S. L., Kim, D., & Reschly, A. L. (2006). Measuring cognitive and psychological engagement: Validation of the Student Engagement Instrument. Journal of School Psychology, 44, 427-445. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2006.04.002 2.Archambault, I., Janosz, M., Olivier, E., Dupéré, V. (2022). Student engagement and school dropout: theories, evidence, and future directions. In Reschly, A. L., Christenson, S.L. (Eds.) Handbook of Research on Student Engagement (pp. 331-355) https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-07853-8_16 3.Bakker, A.B., Mostert, K. (2024). Study Demands–Resources Theory: Understanding Student Well-Being in Higher Education. Educ Psychol Rev 36, 92. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-024-09940-8 4.Eccles, J. S., Midgley, C., Wigfield, A., Buchanan, C. M., Reuman, D., Flanagan, C., & Mac Iver, D. (1993). Development during adolescence: The impact of stage-environment fit on young adolescents' experiences in schools and in families. American Psychologist, 48(2), 90–101. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.48.2.90 5.Finn, J. D. (1989). Withdrawing From School. Review of Educational Research, 59(2), 117-142. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543059002117 6.Fredricks, J. A., Blumenfeld, P. C., & Paris, A. H. (2004). School engagement: Potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Review of Educational Research, 74(1), 59-109. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543074001059 7.Fredricks, J. A., Parr, A. K., Amemiya, J. L., Wang, M.-T., & Brauer, S. (2019c). What matters for urban adolescents’ engagement and disengagement in school: A mixed-methods study. Journal of Adolescent Research, 34(5), 491-527. https://doi.org/10.1177/0743558419830638 8.Gladstone, J.R., Wigfield, A., Eccles, J.S. (2022). Situated Expectancy-Value Theory, Dimensions of Engagement, and Academic Outcomes. In: Reschly, A.L., Christenson, S.L. (eds) Handbook of Research on Student Engagement. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-07853-8_3 9.O’Donnell, K. C., Reschly, A. L., & Appleton, J. J. (2023). Assessment of engagement and disaffection with the student engagement instrument. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 41(8), 934-941. https://doi.org/10.1177/07342829231199314 10.Skinner, E., Furrer, C., Marchand, G., & Kindermann, T. (2008). Engagement and disaffection in the classroom: Part of a larger motivational dynamic? Journal of Educational Psychology, 100(4), 765–781. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0012840 11.Wang, M.-T., Fredricks, J., Ye, F., Hofkens, T., & Schall, J. (2017). Conceptualization and assessment of adolescents’ engagement and disengagement in school. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 35(5), 592-606. https://doi.org/10.1027/1015-5759/a000431 12.Wong, Z. Y., & Liem, G. A. D. (2022). Student engagement: Current state of the construct, conceptual refinement, and future research directions. Educational Psychology Review, 34(1), 107–138. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-021-09628-3 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Theory and Methodology in Research on Undergraduate Thesis Supervision from the Supervisors’ Perspective: A scoping Review Linnaeus University, Sweden Presenting Author:Supervision of undergraduate thesis writing is a core academic practice with substantial consequences for students, supervisors, universities, and society. Agricola, Prins, van der Schaaf, and van Tartwijk (2021) show that supervisors’ pedagogical decisions during thesis meetings are directed toward supporting student understanding, revealing supervision as a dynamic, interactive, context‑specific practice. Bradshaw, O’Sullivan, and Creaven (2025) further describe supervision as a continual negotiation of academic identity shaped by institutional structures, personal values, and relational demands. The significance of supervision is especially clear in research by Mårtensson and Söderström (2024), who demonstrate that different supervisory emphases—such as support, control, content focus, process orientation, and supervisory format—relate distinctly to student outcomes including timely completion, deep learning, scientific curiosity, and thesis quality. From the student perspective, Roberts and Seaman (2018) find that students value supervisors who are supportive, empowering, communicative, and aligned with their research interests, while concerns often center on power dynamics and inconsistent guidance. Yet, the empirical research base—particularly from the supervisor’s perspective—remains comparatively limited and dispersed across disciplines and national contexts. Besides, the fragmentation in theoretical usage is highlighted by Bradshaw et al. (2025) while Agricola et al. (2021) and Freeman et al. (2020) observe that methodological transparency and paradigm articulation are often limited in studies of academic supervision. These perspectives bring out the need for theoretically explicit syntheses that illuminate how supervisors conceptualize and enact their roles. This review therefore asks: Which theoretical and methodological patterns characterize empirical qualitative studies on supervisors’ perspectives on undergraduate thesis supervision, and what gaps and opportunities emerge from a systematic scoping of this literature? Addressing this question involves four objectives: to conduct a systematic search for published, peer‑reviewed empirical literature on supervision of undergraduate thesis from the supervisor perspective; to chart the range of aims, theories, and methodologies used in these studies; to analyze characteristics of theory use via the notion of “theory work” (Hamann & Kosmützky, 2021); and to appraise methodological characteristics using the Approach‑Based Model that distinguishes Big‑Q qualitative from small‑q qualitative research (Nicmanis & Spurrier, 2025). Two conceptual frameworks guide the analysis in this review, each addressing a different dimension of how research on supervisors’ perspectives is constructed and justified. The first is a theory‑work lens, which draws on Hamann and Kosmützky’s (2021) articulation of three core dimensions of theory work in higher education research. This lens enables a systematic examination of how studies position themselves theoretically by considering: (i) the range of theories they mobilize—whether they rely on broad, universal theories or highly contextual, case‑specific conceptual tools; (ii) their mode of engagement with theory, including whether theory is being tested, applied, modified, or built; and (iii) the degree of epistemic autonomy demonstrated, that is, whether studies develop theoretical contributions independently or primarily borrow from adjacent fields. The second framework is an alignment lens, which evaluates the coherence between a study’s stated (or implied) ontological and epistemological commitments and its methodological choices, data collection strategies, analytic procedures, and interpretive claims. This lens is informed by Nicmanis and Spurrier’s (2025) distinction between interpretive Big‑Q qualitative approaches, which are grounded in explicit paradigmatic commitments, and method‑driven small‑q qualitative approaches, which treat qualitative methods primarily as technical tools. The alignment lens is particularly relevant in this field because many studies on undergraduate thesis supervision rely on interviews, thematic analysis, or discourse‑oriented methods while omitting explicit paradigm statements. Such omissions create uncertainty about whether methodological choices are philosophically grounded or merely procedural. Together, these two frameworks allow the review not only to map theoretical and methodological patterns but also to interrogate the conceptual coherence and scholarly positioning of the field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the review follows the scoping framework introduced by Arksey and O’Malley (2005) and later refined by Levac, Colquhoun, and O’Brien (2010), as well as the extraction and reporting recommendations of Pollock et al. (2023). Database searches will include ERIC, PsycInfo, Scopus, and Web of Science, supplemented with reference and citation chaining as recommended by Pollock et al. (2023) and the JBI Manual chapter by Peters, Godfrey, McInerney, Munn, Tricco, and Khalil (2024). Inclusion criteria for this publication focus on empirical qualitative studies representing supervisors’ experiences; exclusions include mixed methods designs and studies blending supervisor and student perspectives without distinguishing between them, consistent with the pragmatic guidance of Levac et al. (2010). The final corpus consists of 12 qualitative studies published between 1998 and November 2024, with nine published after 2015, indicating a recent uptick in supervisor‑focused research on undergraduate thesis supervision. Studies were conducted across nine countries (e.g., UK, Sweden, Norway, Netherlands, Spain, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Indonesia) and span disciplines including health sciences, psychology, education, business, sport studies, and law, with three studies involving multi‑disciplinary samples. This breadth underscores both the growing interest and the cross‑context heterogeneity of supervisory practice. Data extraction covered study demographics (country, discipline, year), stated aims, theory/concepts, methodological stance and methods, analytical approach, and ethical reporting. Analytical work comprised (a) a descriptive synthesis of aims, theories, and methodologies range and (b) a deductive appraisal using the theory‑work lenses (Hamann & Kosmützky, 2021) and the Approach‑Based Model (Nicmanis & Spurrier, 2025). Reporting followed JBI guidance by Pollock et al. (2023) and Peters et al. (2024), using narrative synthesis supported by structured comparison. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the corpus, studies consistently explore supervisors’ experiences of dilemmas, negotiations, and challenges embedded in the daily practice of undergraduate thesis supervision. In terms of theory use, seven of the twelve studies incorporate theories or sensitizing concepts to guide inquiry or deepen interpretation. Much of this theoretical scaffolding is imported from adjacent domains: concepts such as “dilemmatic space,” “teacher noticing,” and “teaching dilemmas” derive from pedagogical research, while “chaos/cosmos” originates in learning theory. Studies also draw on repertoires of supervisory roles and quality dimensions developed in other supervision contexts, and one employs systemic functional linguistics to analyze tenor and relational positioning. The remaining studies rely mainly on case specific interpretations, using theory more as a reflective or comparative tool during the discussion stage than as a primary analytic driver. Methodologically, the studies predominantly align with interpretivist or constructivist paradigms, whether explicitly acknowledged or implicitly conveyed through research questions and analytic choices. Designs span exploratory qualitative studies, case studies, hermeneutic approaches, and grounded theory influenced analyses. Semi structured or unstructured interviews constitute the primary method of data collection, supplemented occasionally by focus groups or qualitative questionnaires. Analytic strategies range from reflexive and latent thematic analysis to discourse analysis, phenomenological accounts of lived experience, and constant comparison coding. Notably, several studies that otherwise align with Big Q qualitative values introduce positivist leaning quality metrics—such as inter rater reliability or coding agreement—suggesting that methodological reporting may at times reflect disciplinary or editorial norms rather than paradigmatic congruence. Analyzed through Hamann and Kosmützky’s theory work lenses and the Approach Based Model, the corpus reveals both conceptual breadth and methodological inconsistency, underscoring the need for clearer theoretical articulation and stronger paradigm method alignment in future research. References Agricola, B. T., Prins, F. J., van der Schaaf, M. F., & van Tartwijk, J. (2021). Supervisor and student perspectives on undergraduate thesis supervision in higher education. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65(5), 877–897. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1775115 Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616 Bradshaw, D., O’Sullivan, Í., & Creaven, A. M. (2025). Negotiated identity: A systematic review of the experiences and perceptions of supervisors of undergraduate academic supervision. International Journal for Academic Development. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360144X.2025.2538626 Freeman, L., Brooks, J., Crowley, C., Elmi Glennan, C., Gordon Finlayson, A., McDermott, H., & Seymour Smith, S. (2020). Beyond the comfort zone: A guide to supervising qualitative undergraduate psychology dissertations for quantitative researchers. Levac, D., Colquhoun, H., & O’Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies: Advancing the methodology. Implementation Science, 5, 69. https://doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-5-69 Mårtensson, M., & Söderström, J. (2024). How does supervision shape student thesis outcomes? Expanding the theory and measurement of supervision and its impact. Journal of Political Science Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/15512169.2024.2446940 Peters, M. D. J., Godfrey, C., McInerney, P., Munn, Z., Tricco, A. C., & Khalil, H. (2024). JBI Manual for Evidence Synthesis: Scoping Reviews (Chapter 10). https://doi.org/10.46658/JBIMES-24-09 Pollock, D., Peters, M. D. J., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Alexander, L., Tricco, A. C., Evans, C., de Moraes, É. B., Godfrey, C. M., Pieper, D., Saran, A., Stern, C., & Munn, Z. (2023). Recommendations for the extraction, analysis, and presentation of results in scoping reviews. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 21(3), 520–532. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-22-00123 Rietig, K. (2023). Supervising dissertations. In Innovative Social Sciences Teaching and Learning (Chapter 8). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-41452-7_8 Roberts, L. D., & Seaman, K. (2018). Students’ experiences of undergraduate dissertation supervision. Frontiers in Education, 3, 109. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2018.00109 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 100 SES 10 A: Budget Audit - tbc Location: C1 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Andreas Hadjar Governance Meeting |
|
|
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Working meeting Budget Université de Fribourg, Switzerland Presenting Author:. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 11 SES 10 A: Quality Teacher Education Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Paula Martínez-Enríquez Paper Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Rethinking the Quality of Teacher Education in the Era of Generative Artificial Intelligence Universidad Nacional de Educación a Distancia-UNED, Spain Presenting Author:The rise of Large Language Models (LLMs) has fundamentally altered knowledge production in higher education, with over 80% of students now integrating AI into academic tasks (Xia et al., 2024; Fundación Ayuda en Acción, 2025). This widespread adoption, often lacking critical algorithmic or ethical awareness, necessitates a total reappraisal of traditional asynchronous written assessments (Vieru & Petrea, 2015; Francis et al. 2025). While some institutions have responded reactively through bans or proctored exams, this catalyst demands a holistic, integrative approach (Chan, 2023). Aligning with the European Higher Education Area’s emphasis on transferable competencies, AI serves as an urgent driver for redesigning pedagogical methodologies and fostering critical AI literacy within the university space. This paper presents the design, theoretical foundations, and methodological approach of an ongoing research project. The study aims to analyze the uses and ethical perceptions of generative AI among Education students to evaluate its impact on assessment processes and propose pedagogical strategies that foster critical literacy and institutional debate. The study is part of a funded project (Rethinking the quality of training for Education students in the era of generative artificial intelligence - IA-EduProf) by the National Distance Education University (UNED, Spain) within the call for Teaching Innovation Projects for Teaching Innovation Groups (GID2016-47). It is explicitly situated within higher education, aligning with formative assessment frameworks and internal quality assurance. It seeks to articulate adapted responses capable of combining digital literacy and ethical reflection through curricular redesign and the continuous improvement of training programs for education professionals. The research is grounded in theoretical frameworks such as Selwyn (2021) and Watters (2021), who advocate for a critical educational technology perspective over technological determinism, allowing AI to be analyzed not as a neutral process but as an opportunity to enhance student agency. The study of uses and ethics is framed by the guidelines of UNESCO (Giannini, 2023) and Tai et al. (2023) regarding algorithmic literacy and educational justice, as well as the theory of assessment as a social practice (Bearman et al., 2020), seeking tasks that transcend the mere generation of automated products. Finally, the project aligns with Luckin’s (2018) vision of adaptive human intelligence, placing critical thinking and pedagogical design at the center of the curricular transformation demanded by the new landscape of quality higher education. Methodologically, the project adopts a mixed-methods research approach, following the principles of Creswell and Creswell (2018). This allows for the integration of the precision of quantitative usage patterns with the depth of qualitative ethical perceptions (Teddlie & Tashakkori, 2009). This design is based on the concept of methodological triangulation and the pursuit of complementarity (Greene, 2007), ensuring a holistic understanding of AI's impact. It is expected that this research facilitates a reconfiguration of evaluative praxis, providing clear criteria for transitioning toward authentic assessment models with high resistance to algorithmic replication. Beyond AI detection, the anticipated impact lies in strengthening student commitment and agency by proposing tasks that connect with their future professional identity and reduce the automated nature of assessment. Ultimately, the integration of critical literacy into the curriculum will enable future educators to develop strategic autonomy and sound ethical judgment, consolidating a pedagogical redesign proposal that rigorously addresses the demands of new digital scenarios. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project is grounded in an action research framework, conceived as a cyclical process of systematic inquiry that links the diagnosis of AI usage with intervention and the improvement of teaching practice (Górriz, 1997; Vidal & Rivera, 2007). To provide this process with a holistic understanding, a mixed-methods research approach is adopted (Creswell & Creswell, 2018). This design allows for the integration of the precision of quantitative usage patterns with the depth of qualitative ethical perceptions, based on the principles of methodological triangulation and complementarity (Greene, 2007; Teddlie & Tashakkori, 2009). In this way, the analysis of the phenomenon serves as a basis for reflection-action, facilitating a pedagogical redesign of Continuous Assessment Tasks (PECs) and the establishment of institutional guidelines that respond in a situated and rigorous manner to the challenges of artificial intelligence. In the first phase, a questionnaire is applied to measure the use of artificial intelligence in university students, designed and validated by Trejo-Trejo & Gordillo-Espinoza (2026). This instrument evaluates dimensions such as information search and management, tutoring and academic assistance, content creation and editing, perceived self-efficacy, ethical use, accessibility and equity, environmental impact, and dependency or addiction. Open-ended questions have been added at the end of the questionnaire to explore ethical and metacognitive dimensions, analyzing the boundary between algorithmic support and personal authorship, the strategic autonomy of students, and their resistance to automation, thereby enhancing critical judgment and professional identity. The instrument is administered to students in Pedagogy, Early Childhood Education, and Social Education degree programs. In the second phase, online focus groups are conducted with students and professionals from the involved areas. A semi-structured guide will be used to delve deeper into aspects related to the participants' responses regarding the aforementioned dimensions. In the third phase, activities and assessment tasks (PECs) are designed in accordance with the results obtained. Quantitative data analysis is performed using descriptive and inferential techniques, while discourse analysis of the focus group transcripts is conducted with the support of Atlas.ti software. Finally, the results will be triangulated to seek complementarity (Greene, 2007), ensuring a holistic understanding of the impact of AI. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the research is currently in progress, its results are expected to provide a substantial contribution to the improvement of quality in higher education. First, the findings aim to inform a profound transformation of assessment processes by identifying tasks vulnerable to automation. Under the premise of assessment as social practice by Bearman et al. (2020), the study seeks to provide more meaningful and authentic evaluative designs that, being resistant to algorithmic replication, ensure training aligned with real professional competencies. Second, the results are intended to favor an increase in student participation and motivation. By leading to tasks that, as Selwyn (2021) and Watters (2021) argue, enhance agency against technological determinism, the research provides solutions that connect the curriculum with the identity challenges of future educators. Third, the study provides key insights to foster autonomous and collaborative learning through critical AI literacy. By integrating Luckin’s (2018) perspective on adaptive human intelligence, the results reinforce students' analytical capacity and ethical judgment, placing pedagogical reflection at the core of curricular transformation. Finally, this research offers a strategic contribution to the international and European debate. By converging with the UNESCO guidelines mentioned by Giannini (2023) and the holistic approach of Chan (2023), the work provides a transferable model for teacher training. In this way, the results contribute to redefining quality and teacher autonomy within the European Higher Education Area, responding rigorously to the demands of the new digital landscape. References Ayuda en Acción. (2025). El impacto de la inteligencia artificial en la educación superior en España. Fundación Ayuda en Acción. Bearman, M., Dawson, P., Ajjawi, R., Tai, J., y Boud, D. (2020). Re-imagining assessment in a digital world: Formative assessment for learning. Springer. Chan, C. K. Y. (2023). A comprehensive framework for AI literacy. Higher Education Research & Development. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2023.2173521 Creswell, J. W., y Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (5.ª ed.). SAGE. Francis N., Jones, M. & Smith D. (2025). Generative AI in Higher Education: Balancing Innovation and Integrity. Br. J. Biomed. Sci., Volume 81. https://doi.org/10.3389/bjbs.2024.14048 Giannini, S. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. UNESCO. Górriz, A. B. (1997). La investigación-acción como estrategia de formación permanente. Revista de Educación. Greene, J. C. (2007). Mixed methods in social inquiry. Jossey-Bass. Luckin, R. (2018). Machine learning and human intelligence: The future of education in the 21st century. UCL Press. Selwyn, N. (2020). ¿Deberían los robots sustituir al profesorado? La IA y el futuro de la educación. Morata. Selwyn, N. (2021). Education and technology: Key issues and debates (3.ª ed.). Bloomsbury Academic. Tai, J., Ajjawi, R., Bearman, M., y Dawson, P. (2023). Algorithmic literacy and the future of evaluative judgement. Higher Education. Teddlie, C., y Tashakkori, A. (2009). Foundations of mixed methods research: Integrating quantitative and qualitative approaches in the social and behavioral sciences. SAGE. Trejo-Trejo, A., y Gordillo-Espinoza, R. (2026). Diseño y validación de una escala para medir el uso de la inteligencia artificial en estudiantes universitarios. RevistaPixel-Bit, 75. Art. 7. https://doi.org/10.12795/pixelbit.1 Vidal, M., y Rivera, N. (2007). Investigación-acción. Educación Médica Superior, 21(4). Vieru, D., y Petrea, E. (2015). Ethical implications of algorithmic processes in academic settings. Journal of Academic Ethics. Watters, A. (2021). Teaching machines: The history of personalized learning. MIT Press. Xia, Q., Weng, X., Ouyang, F., Lin, T. J., & Chiu, T. K. (2024). A scoping review on how generative artificial intelligence transforms assessment in higher education. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21(1), 40. 10.1186/s41239-024-00468-z 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Exploring Pre-Service Teachers’ Experiences with Artificial Intelligence Tools in the Latvian Higher Education Context University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:The rapid expansion of artificial intelligence (AI) in higher education has become a key concern across education systems, particularly in relation to teacher education, quality assurance, and ethical governance. Although AI is increasingly positioned in European policy discourse as a driver of innovation, inclusion, and competitiveness, research continues to demonstrate fragmented and uneven integration of AI into pedagogical practice and teacher preparation (Kalnina et al., 2024; Chan & Hu, 2023; Guan et al., 2025). Despite growing interest in AI-enhanced education, there remains a lack of empirical research examining the factors that shape pre-service teachers’ attitudes, intentions, and actual use of AI in learning and teaching contexts (Bearman et al., 2023). Teachers play a central role in developing learners’ AI literacy through the responsible integration of AI tools into educational practice. However, recent evidence suggests that only a small proportion (15%) of learners acquire knowledge about AI from teachers, while most exposure occurs through informal channels such as social media (OECD, 2025). Teacher educators, therefore, emphasise the importance of fostering AI literacy and promoting critical engagement with AI-generated content to ensure ethically and pedagogically sound implementation (Prilop et al., 2025). At the same time, research indicates that AI tools can enhance learning outcomes and teaching strategies for pre-service teachers, for example, by supporting personalised learning and facilitating the assessment of pedagogical content knowledge (Al-Shammari & Al-Enezi, 2024; Blonder et al., 2025). Alongside these benefits, significant concerns remain regarding ethical issues, data privacy, and the potential for AI to reinforce existing educational inequalities (Mohebi, 2025). Qualitative evidence suggests that pre-service teachers often lack a sufficient understanding of AI fundamentals and ethical principles necessary for the meaningful integration of AI into education (Guan et al., 2025). Moreover, there is a risk that over-reliance on AI tools may undermine the development of essential pedagogical skills, critical thinking, and human relationships in teaching and learning processes (Ziying et al., 2026). These tensions highlight the need for continued, context-sensitive research on the use of AI in teacher education. The proposed study contributes to this debate by examining pre-service teachers’ engagement with AI tools within the Latvian higher education context. Latvia represents a particularly relevant European case, as many pre-service teachers simultaneously study and work in schools—an increasingly common situation across European countries facing teacher shortages and flexible qualification pathways. This dual role places pre-service teachers at the intersection of higher education policy, school practice, and digital innovation, making their experiences especially informative for comparative European analysis. The study aims to explore pre-service teachers’ experiences, habitual practices, and attitudes toward AI use in the study process, with a focus on perceived benefits, academic and ethical risks, and impacts on learning quality and professional skill development. The research is guided by the following questions: RQ1: What AI tools do pre-service teachers use in the study process, and for which habitual learning practices are they most commonly applied? RQ2: What attitudes do pre-service teachers hold toward the use of AI tools in higher education? RQ3: What benefits and academic or ethical risks do pre-service teachers perceive in relation to AI use in their studies? Conceptually, the study draws on European and international AI literacy frameworks (OECD, 2025), research on digital competence in teacher education, and emerging European scholarship on generative AI in pedagogical contexts (Prilop et al., 2025). By situating empirical findings within these shared frameworks, the study contributes to European-level discussions on how teacher education programmes can support ethically grounded, pedagogically meaningful, and socially responsible integration of AI. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a mixed-methods research design, combining quantitative and qualitative approaches to capture both the breadth and depth of pre-service teachers’ engagement with AI tools. This design enables triangulation of data and supports a nuanced understanding of practices, perceptions, and contextual influences. The quantitative component consists of a survey administered to pre-service teachers enrolled in teacher education programmes at the University of Latvia. The survey will be distributed electronically to the participants. The estimated number of respondents is 300. The survey instrument is developed based on an extensive literature review and addresses AI tool usage patterns, purposes of use, perceived benefits and risks, ethical considerations, and self-assessed impacts on learning quality and skill development. A 5-point Likert scale ranging from “strongly disagree” to “strongly agree” will be used. A pilot study was conducted to refine the instrument prior to full-scale data collection. Quantitative data will be analysed using descriptive and inferential statistics in IBM SPSS Statistics (version 28), enabling identification of usage trends, associations between variables, and differences across subgroups. The qualitative data will be gathered through semi-structured interviews. The estimated number of participants is 15. The interviews explore participants’ experiences with AI tools in greater depth, focusing on decision-making processes, ethical reflections, professional identity, and perceived tensions between support and risk. Interview data are transcribed verbatim and analysed thematically using NVivo software. All research procedures adhere to institutional ethical guidelines, including obtaining informed consent, voluntary participation, maintaining confidentiality, and handling data securely. By integrating quantitative patterns with qualitative insights, the methodology provides a robust empirical foundation for addressing the research questions and informing international discussions on AI in teacher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial results indicate that students primarily use AI to search for information (62% report doing so often or very often). Compared with a previous study (Kalniņa et al., 2024), the proportion of students who believe that the use of AI in the study process should be prohibited has decreased significantly (from 35% to 8%). The data analysis will be completed by June 2026. The authors aim to identify and outline empirical evidence showing how pre-service teachers engage with a range of AI tools, primarily for information retrieval, academic writing support, lesson planning, and the development of instructional materials. While AI tools are commonly perceived as enhancing efficiency, flexibility, and learning support, the findings are also expected to highlight significant concerns related to academic integrity, critical thinking, data privacy, and ethical responsibility. The results will provide insight into how pre-service teachers use AI tools in their studies and into the institutional and pedagogical supports needed to strengthen their learning and professional preparation. By supplementing existing empirical research on AI use in higher education and teacher education, the study examines whether AI continues to be used mainly for informational and technical support, while simultaneously identifying associated academic and pedagogical risks. It is anticipated that many pre-service teachers will report limited formal guidance from teacher educators on the pedagogically and ethically responsible use of AI, revealing a gap between institutional expectations and actual support structures. From a broader European and international perspective, the study contributes context-sensitive evidence to ongoing debates on AI integration in education and informs curriculum development, teacher educator professional learning, and policy discussions on the responsible use of AI. References 1. Al-Shammari A., & Al-Enezi S. (2024). Role of Artificial Intelligence in Enhancing Learning Outcomes of Pre-Service Social Studies Teachers. Journal of Social Studies Education Research, 15 (4), pp. 163 – 196. 2. Bearman, M., Ryan, J., & Ajjawi, R. (2023). Discourses of artificial intelligence in higher education: A critical literature review. Higher Education, 86(2), 369–385. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00937-2 3. Blonder, R., Feldman-Maggor, Y. & Rap, S. (2025). Are They Ready to Teach? Generative AI as a Means to Uncover Pre-Service Science Teachers’ PCK and Enhance Their Preparation Program. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 34(6), 1301–1310. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10956-024-10180-2 4. Chan, C.K.Y., & Hu, W. (2023). Students’ voices on generative AI: perceptions, benefits, and challenges in higher education. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 20, 43. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00411-8 5. Guan, L., Zhang, Y., & Gu, M. M. (2025). Pre-service teachers preparedness for AI-integrated education: An investigation from perceptions, capabilities, and teachers’ identity changes. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100341 6. Kalniņa, D. , Nīmante, D., & Baranova, S. (2024). Artificial intelligence for higher education: benefits and challenges for pre-service teachers. Frontiers in Education, Vol. 9 (2024), Article Number 1501819, p.1-15. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1501819 7. Mohebi, L. (2025). A Qualitative Study on the Integration of AI in Education: Perceptions, Challenges, and Opportunities Among Selective In-Service and Pre-service Teachers in the UAE. In: Cheng, E.C.K. (eds) Innovating Education with AI. AETS 2024. Lecture Notes in Educational Technology. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-96-4952-5_8 8. OECD (2025). Empowering learners for the age of AI: An AI literacy framework for primary and secondary education (Review draft). OECD. Paris. https://ailiteracyframework.org 9. Prilop, C. N., Mah, D.-K., Jacobsen, L. J., Hansen, R. R., Weber, K. E., & Hoya, F. (2025). Generative AI in teacher education: Educators’ perceptions of transformative potentials and the triadic nature of AI literacy explored through AI-enhanced methods. Computers and Education. Artificial Intelligence, 9, 100471. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2025.100471 10. Ziying, L., Yongchun, H., & Qiaoping, Z. (2026). Harnessing artificial intelligence for preservice teachers’ development: A scoping review of applications, benefits, and challenges. Computers and Education Open, 10, 100330. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2026.100330 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Transferring Results of Professional Development into Practice and Measuring Effectiveness. University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:Over the past 25 years, scholarly interest in the transfer of professional development (PD) results into practice and the measurement of its effectiveness has increased significantly. Several influential models have been developed, including Kirkpatrick’s evaluation framework (1956/2016), Guskey’s model of PD effectiveness (2000), Baldwin and Ford’s transfer model (1988), and Sims et al. (2023) IMTP model. Baldwin and Ford (1988) conceptualize transfer as the sustained application of learning in the workplace, emphasizing the interaction between individual characteristics, training design, and work environment support as key facilitating factors. Sims et al. (2023) model aims to measure the impact of teacher professional development through student outcomes by identifying testable indicators and focusing on specific PD interventions (insight, motivation, techniques, and practice). Although different models and frameworks are developed and applied to characterize effectiveness of PD programs and practices, consensus related to effective PD have not reached yet, and measuring its impact remains problematic (Nīmante et al, 2025). While these models provide a conceptual foundation, they also highlight that transfer is a multi-level and multi-dimensional process, involving cognitive, behavioral, affective, and technical outcomes (Lai, 2020). For PD to generate long-term added value, organizational conditions and systemic support are essential (Hughes et al., 2020). However, despite extensive theoretical development, the measurement of transfer effectiveness remains fragmented, with limited consensus on indicators, methods, and levels of analysis (Blume et al., 2010). Existing studies demonstrate that PD outcomes are often assessed at the individual level, while organizational and longer-term impacts are less consistently measured. This lack of empirical synthesis and standardized measurement approaches complicates both evaluation and policy-level decision-making. As Boylan et al. (2023) argue, transformative professional learning requires grounding not only in theory but also in systematic evaluation practices. Therefore, further empirical research is needed to explore how PD results are transferred into practice and how transfer effectiveness is understood and measured across different contexts and countries. Research addresses two main questions: RQ1 What have been used in practice to determine transferring results of professional development into practice? RQ2 How is transfer effectiveness measured? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used a qualitative research approach to analyze in-depth adult professional development practices, with special attention to the transfer of learning outcomes to practice and measuring its effectiveness. Data collection took place between November and December 2024, through 14 focus group discussions. A total of 129 participants from three target groups participated in the study: adult professional development service providers (n=33), service recipients (n=68) and experts (n=28). Participants represented all regions of Latvia and three sectors – public, private and non-governmental. The majority of respondents were from the public sector (n=75), while the private sector was represented by 37 participants, and the non-governmental organization sector – by 8. In terms of regional distribution, the largest number of participants was from Riga (n=55), while the other regions were represented relatively evenly. The gender distribution was dominated by women (n=105), which corresponds to the sectors and sectoral structure represented in the study. The recipients of adult professional development services represented eight sectors with the largest proportion of employees in Latvia, including public administration, education, health and social care, transport, agriculture, manufacturing, trade and construction. Enterprises of various sizes – small, medium and large – were represented in six sectors. The service provider group included schools as learning organizations, higher education institutions, training centers and VET institutions. The expert group included representatives of state institutions, social partners and sectoral expert councils. All focus group discussions were recorded on MS Teams or Zoom platforms, with prior informed consent from the participants, and transcribed using digital transcription tools. Data analysis was performed in the NVivo program, based on a theoretically grounded coding system. Transcripts were analyzed in six thematic blocks, of which this abstract examines the block 4 in detail – quality and effectiveness monitoring, with a particular focus on transfer to practice and measuring its effectiveness. The study has been approved by the UL Ethics Committee for Research in Humanities and Social Sciences (24.09.2024., Nr. 71-43/121). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to the coding analysis results, the subcategories “transfer to practice (what is changing)” (87 statements) and “measurement of transfer effectiveness” (35 statements) together represented only 3.26% of the total number of coded statements (3,747) within six thematic blocks. The subcategory “transfer to practice” is dominated by statements concerning changes in employees’ practices and in employees themselves, emphasizing the application of acquired knowledge, skills, and abilities, as well as their impact on employees’ attitudes and behavior. Relatively little attention is paid to the impact of transfer on the organization, clients, or wider society. The analysis shows significant differences between target groups. Schools as learning organizations consistently emphasize the importance of transfer at all levels – individual, organizational, client and state. Representatives of state institutions emphasize more the benefits of the macro level, while in many sectors transfer is not considered a priority or is not measured at all. Participants most accurately identify structural shortcomings, but experts lack a common understanding of goals and indicators at the policy level. In general, it can be concluded that transfer to practice and measuring its effectiveness in Latvia is poorly developed and insufficiently understood. A systemic approach, clearly defined goals, methodology and common tools are needed to ensure the assessment of the importance and impact of transfer at all levels. This research is funded by the Ministry of Education and Science Republic of Latvia, project “Elaboration of evidence-based solutions for effective professional competence development of adults and assessment of the transfer of its results into practice in Latvia”, project No.VPP-IZM-Izglītība-2023/4-0001. References Baldwin, T. T., & Ford, J. K. (1988). Transfer of training: A review and directions for future research. Personnel Psychology, 41(1), 63–105. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1744-6570.1988.tb00632.x Blume, B. D., Ford, J. K., Baldwin, T. T., & Huang, J. L. (2010). Transfer of training: A meta-analytic review. Journal of Management, 36(4), 1065-1105. https://doi-org.datubazes.lanet.lv/10.1177/0149206309352880 Boylan, M., Adams, G., Perry, E., & Booth, J. (2023). Reimagining transformative professional learning for critical teacher professionalism: a conceptual review. Professional Development in Education, 49 (4), 651-669. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2022.2162566 Burke, L. A., & Hutchins, H. M. (2008). A study of best practices in training transfer and proposed model of transfer. Human Resource Development Quarterly, 19(2), 107–128. https://doi.org/10.1002/hrdq.1230 Guskey, T. R. (2000). Evaluating professional development. Corwin Press. Hughes, A. M., Zajac, S., Woods, A. L., & Salas, E. (2020). The Role of Work Environment in Training Sustainment: A Meta-Analysis. Human Factors, 62(1), 166-183. https://doi-org.datubazes.lanet.lv/10.1177/0018720819845988 Kirkpatrick, J.D., & Kirkpatrick, W.K., (2016). Kirkpatrick’s Four Levels of Training Evaluation. ATD Press, Alexandria, VA. Kirkpatrick, D. L. (1959). Techniques for evaluating training programs: Pt.1. Reactions. Journal of the American Society for Training and Development, 13(11), 3–9. Lai, C. L. (2020). Trends of mobile learning: A review of the top 100 highly cited papers. British Journal of Educational Technology, 51(3), 721–742. Nīmante, D., Kokare, M., Baranova, S., & Surikova, S. (2025). Transferring results of professional development into practice: A scoping review. Education Sciences, 15(1), 95. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Imagining the Emancipatory Future of the Expert Teacher Designation: an International History of a Phenomenon? University of Reading, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The concept of the ‘expert teacher’ is an international phenomenon with many advanced systems investing in a formal designation, partly explained by education systems profound need to recruit and retain the best teachers, providing a career structure, maintaining their classroom impact and developing other teachers in the system. This research closely examines the purposes and structures of these evolving models in each national context, especially the history of their impact on teachers’ professional status and significance for the future, it traces global influences and the challenges of governance and political control of such designations. It provides an innovative, international typology, categorising and analysing the phenomenon of the models The concept of the ‘expert teacher’ has a significant history, developing into an increasingly global phenomenon [Goodwyn, 2024]. The USA can celebrate having the longest running and only consistent, model, The Highly Accomplished Teacher, developed in the 1970s, it has an exemplary history. The international nature of the phenomenon is partly explained by the need systems have to recruit and retain the best teachers [Burge, P, Lu, H and Phillips, W., 2021], and to provide them with a meaningful and high status career structure. Such a structure maintains their impact in the classroom and, in some designations, on the development of other teachers in the system, often helping to repair the quality of struggling teachers. {Goodwyn. 2022, 2024] There are many notable examples of the phenomenon, from around the world, with the Advanced Skills Teacher [AST] in Australia [over 30 years] [Ingvarson LC, 1998, 2009, 2013 & 2014) and The Highly Accomplished Teacher [HAT]in the USA [28 years] [Gitomer DH 2007 & 2008] being the most established. However, some models have disappeared – the AST in England 1997-2013, the Chartered Teacher in Scotland only lasted 7 years [McCormac Review 2011]. There are new developments, the Chartered teacher in England and the Highly Accomplished Teacher in Australia, now 6 years in development [Goodwyn, 2024]. Singapore is evolving an elaborate structure of Leading and Master teachers with several career pathways. This research examines the history of the purposes and structures of these evolving models and their successes and challenges in each national context. It traces global influences, for example the adoption of the HAT designation in Australia, being adapted from the USA, the Chartered model beginning in England just as it is abolished in Scotland [Author, 2024]. These changes are part of the challenge of governance and political control of such designations and their relative stability or fragility. The overall findings are synthesised in a typology, which categorises the models and provides an analytical framework. Ontologically, the research adopts a critical realist perspective [Sayer, 1992, 2012, Archer et al 1998] examining the history of the expert teacher concept as fundamentally concerned with structural, systemic improvement, a potentially emancipatory and future oriented project for the agentive teaching profession in each system that can challenge racial inequalities. Epistemologically it adopts a phenomenological stance towards ‘expert teaching’ as a designation, drawing on the emergent field of expertise studies [Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1998, Ericsson et al, 2012]. It is notable that there are always relatively newer models, for example ‘The Extended Teacher’ from Norway, ‘The Chartered Teacher’ in England, the Expert Teacher Network in Chile and the Korean ‘Master Teacher’, all of which show influence from previous models in other jurisdictions and demonstrate global trends and local adaptations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research provides close analysis of the features of each model, its evolution and development and its status in relation to five factors:- [1] status within the profession on a strong/weak continuum, [2] its governance and political status on a continuum of stability/fragility [3] its effectiveness on a continuum of powerful to weak [4] the success of its mission [where relevant] to challenging racial inequalities and social injustice [5] its potential for future impact. On this basis a typology is provided to both capture and analyse the phenomenon. The research involved a systematic review of the literature, close textual analysis of the web sites, documents, and policy statements of each model over the last 10 years [in some cases 30 years]; scrutiny [where relevant] of government web sites statements and policies; empirical research over 40 years, both surveys and interviews, with participants of the models in the USA, UK, Norway, Singapore and Australia. This complex pattern of research is synthesised in the characteristics’ table below. This theoretical framework of ‘levels’ helps understanding of how the history of the models is increasingly complex and sophisticated, depending on purpose and scope. In practical terms they are no more than useful and approximate, in CR terms they are practically adequate. The distinctions at levels Two and Three in practice are not sharp and clear. This is an important point in relation to the future of the global trend to adapt from one national model to another as it allows for a consideration of how purpose/s in developing a new model or refining an existing one, may be evaluated for their sufficiency and/or limitations. The analysis leads to the next consideration which is outlined here as a recognition of levels. This is a speculative analysis, put forward as an interpretive tool with which to examine the characteristics of different models and consider the future. The Levels outline the implicit structure in each and its relation to teacher agency. There is not space for a detailed analysis as all the models at Levels 2 and 3, have highly elaborated descriptors and accompanying documents The levels also raise an interesting question about career structures and intrinsic rewards. It is inescapable that all the models use some resource to operate; that is there is a cost in undertaking the process to achieve the recognition and the recognising body must have resources. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The levels can be categorised:- Characteristics of models of expert teaching Level one Level two Level three • Recognition only • Retention in the classroom • ‘One off’ salary Increase? • Limited assessment criteria, essentially recommendation • Normal ethical dimension • Any experienced teacher • No sharing of expertise • No status for the profession • Recognition [no given responsibilities] • Retention in the classroom • Potential salary increase over time? • Demanding assessment criteria with independent input. • Robustly developed standards/descriptors • Career enhancing [not guaranteed] • Increased ethical dimension • Only some experienced teachers with exemplary status • Potential sharing of expertise • Some status for the profession, some public recognition • Designation [has given responsibilities] • Retention in the classroom • Definite salary increase • Highly demanding assessment criteria with independent input • Robustly developed standards/descriptors • Career structure • Increased ethical dimension • Only a minority of experienced teachers who are also exemplary professionals • Requirement to share expertise • Some status for the profession, some public recognition, some comparability with other professions The expert teacher phenomenon is globally well established and has sufficient history of its significance and potential to be influencing developments in other systems. This intense level of development allows for international comparisons that examine valuable similarities and important local differences, providing evidence of a range of successful models. An important element of difference is to do with structures of control and governance, is the model ‘owned’ by the profession, or by the government, or by an independent body. It may provide an especially important career route for teachers from minority backgrounds. Such teachers can act as advocates for a strong profession with its own voice and professional standards and where teacher autonomy can be a structural part of the designation and can play a special role in challenging inequalities. The history of the expert teacher concept has much to offer how we imagine the future of the teaching profession. References Archer, M., Bhaskar, R., Collier, A., Lawson, T. & Norrie, A. (1998). (Eds.) Critical Realism: Essential Readings. London, Routledge. Berliner.D.C., [2001] ‘Learning about and learning from expert teachers’, International Journal of Educational Research, Vol 5, No 5, 463-482 Burge, P, Lu, H and Phillips, W. [2021] Understanding Teacher Retention Using a discrete choice experiment to measure teacher retention in England, London, DfE Dreyfus, H.L. and Dreyfus, S.E. [1988] Mind Over Machine: The Power of Human Intuition and Expertise in the Era of the Computer, New York, The Free Press. Ericsson, K.A., Charness, N., Feltovich, P.J. and Hoffman, R.R. [2006] The Cambridge Handbook of Expertise and Expert Performance, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Francis-Brophy, E [2016] ‘An Australian View: From Advanced Skills Teacher to national standard, in Author, Expert Teachers: an International perspective, London, Routledge. (pp. 91-107) Gitomer DH (2007) The impact of the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards: A review of the research. Princeto n, NJ: Educational Testing Service. Goodwyn. (2010). The Expert Teacher of English. London, Routledge. Goodwyn. (2016). Expert Teachers: an International Perspective. London, Routledge. Goodwyn. [2024] ‘Reflecting on the identity of the teaching profession: time for some higher status?’ In Reflections on Identity – Narratives from Educators. In Neil Hopkins & Carol Thompson, (Eds)London. Springer. Goodwyn. [2024] The increasingly global phenomenon of the expert teacher designation: a critical realist perspective and analysis, in Global Perspectives on Educational Research, WERA Volume 5. Routledge, London. Ingvarson LC (2014) ‘Standards-based professional learning and certification: By the profession, for the profession’. In Martin L (ed) The Handbook of Professional Development in Education, Successful Models and Practices, PreK-12. New York: Guilford Publishing. Ingvarson LC and Hattie J (eds) (2008) Assessing Teachers for Professional Certification: The First Decade of the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards (Volume 11, Advances in Program Evaluation). Amsterdam: Elsevier Press. NBPTS (2007) A Research Guide on National Board Certification of Teachers. Arlington, VA: NBPTS. OECD (2011) Building a high-quality teaching profession: Lessons from around the world, background report for the International Summit on the Teaching Profession. Paris, France: OECD Publishing. Salvador SK and Baxter A (2010) National Board certification. Impact on teacher effectiveness. Charlotte-Mecklenburg Schools, Center for Research and Evaluation, Office of Accountability. Sayer, A. (1992) Method in Social Science: a Realist Approach. London, Routledge Sayer, A. (2000) Realism and Social Science. London, Sage. Woon Chia, Liu [2022] Singapore’s Approach to Developing Teachers, London, Routledge |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 12 SES 10 A: Open Research Data, Discourse, and Practice in Education Location: Vip room | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Ingeborg Jäger-Dengler-Harles Paper Session |
|
|
12. Open Research in Education
Paper Using Open Research Data for Remembrance Education: Game Development with Holocaust Studies University Koblenz, Germany Presenting Author:In contemporary knowledge societies, access to scientific knowledge and research data is becoming increasingly significant (Stehr, 2023). Science is therefore not only challenged to generate new knowledge, but also to make it accessible, usable and socially meaningful. In this context, the Open Science movement (UNESCO, 2021) promotes transparency, accessibility and participation, principles that are also firmly anchored in European research policy, particularly within Horizon Europe. Open access to publications and research data is understood as a key prerequisite for democratic knowledge production, following the principle “as open as possible, as closed as necessary” (European Commission, 2026). Educational science plays a central role in this debate, as it is fundamentally concerned with the pedagogical mediation, contextualisation and transfer of scientific knowledge (Diederichs & Desoye, 2023). Against this background, the paper explores the potential of games as a form of science communication and knowledge transfer. Games are increasingly discussed as innovative tools for communicating complex scientific issues to broader audiences (Ouariachi et al., 2017; Asplund, 2020). Serious games, in particular, aim to combine learning objectives with playful elements (Schrader, 2022), enabling users to engage cognitively and emotionally with complex topics. However, the use of games becomes especially challenging in the field of Holocaust education. While games may offer new forms of access and engagement, their use in remembrance culture is highly contested (Tillmann, 2023). Critics warn against trivialisation, inappropriate representations and ethically problematic forms of immersion (Frasca, 2000). Research emphasises that serious games addressing the Holocaust must be grounded in scientifically validated sources, clearly distinguish between fiction and historical reality, and follow explicit ethical and educational guidelines (Schwarz, 2023; Zimmermann, 2023). This paper addresses these debates by examining an exploratory teaching project situated at the intersection of Open Science, science communication and adult education. The guiding research questions are: By focusing on adult education, the paper highlights a learning context that is often overlooked in discussions of Holocaust education and serious games, despite its relevance for lifelong learning and democratic remembrance cultures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical basis of the paper is a teaching project conducted with fourth-semester Bachelor students in Education at the University of Koblenz. Within two workshop-based seminars, students developed serious game concepts for remembrance work based on open research data from Holocaust-related projects. In the first workshop (2025), students worked with anonymised quantitative data from the citizen science project BEFEM – Citizen Science Research into Family Histories and National Socialism, funded by the Rhineland-Palatinate state parliament. The dataset provided insights into knowledge levels, attitudes and family references to National Socialism within a regional context. The project was introduced comprehensively to ensure transparency regarding methodology, scope and limitations of the data (Lenzgen, Jansen & Engel 2023). A second workshop (planned for 2026) will complement this approach by using qualitative audiovisual material from the oral history project The Effect of Reparations – A Jewish-German History of Experience, hosted on the Oral-History.Digital platform (Oral-History.Digital 2024). In line with FAIR principles, Oral-History.Digital makes the interviews searchable, accessible, linkable and reusable as audiovisual research data. FAIR stands for: Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Reusable. It ensures that research data is easily discovered, accessed, interpreted and used by humans and machines alike (Wilkinson et al. 2016. In both workshops, students developed game concepts using the Triadic Game Design framework (Harteveld, 2011), which balances the dimensions of reality, meaning and play. The project follows an exploratory qualitative approach, drawing on observations, student artefacts (game prototypes) and reflective questionnaires. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first workshop resulted in four different game prototypes, including a board game, a role-playing game, an escape game and a story-based game. The findings indicate that working with research data in game development posed significant challenges. Some groups largely ignored the data, while others adhered too closely to it. Quantitative data, in particular, proved difficult to integrate meaningfully into game mechanics, as it was context-specific and not suitable for direct factual representation. At the same time, students were required to integrate ethical guidelines inspired by Adorno’s (2012) Erziehung nach Auschwitz, which ruled out purely informational or quiz-based approaches. Designing games for adult education added another layer of complexity, as learning in this field often takes place in non-institutional, voluntary and self-directed contexts. Student feedback highlights ethical considerations as the central challenge. The tension between serious engagement and playful design was perceived as constant, alongside concerns about trivialisation and inappropriate representations. Nevertheless, games were widely regarded as a promising medium for addressing complex and emotionally charged topics of remembrance, provided that ethical boundaries and educational intentions are clearly defined. Overall, the project demonstrates both the potential and the limits of using open research data for serious game development in Holocaust education. It contributes to current debates on Open Science by showing that openness alone does not guarantee pedagogical usability, but requires careful didactic translation, especially in ethically sensitive fields. The presentation is planned to include both results from the first workshop (2025) with quantitative data and the as yet unavailable results with qualitative data (2026) from the second workshop. The workshop is scheduled to take place in spring 2026. References Adorno, T.W. (2012). Erziehung nach Auschwitz. In: Bauer, U., Bittlingmayer, U.H., Scherr, A. (eds) Handbuch Bildungs- und Erziehungssoziologie. Bildung und Gesellschaft. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-18944-4_7 Asplund, T. (2020). Credibility aspects of research-based gaming in science communication: The case of The Maladaptation Game. Journal of Science Communication, 19(1), A01.https://doi.org/10.22323/2.19010201 Diederichs, T., & Desoye, A. (2023). Transfer in Erziehungswissenschaft und Pädagogik. In T. Diederichs & A. Desoye (Eds.), Transfer in Pädagogik und Erziehungswissenschaft: Zwischen Wissenschaft und Praxis. Juventa. European Commission. (2026). Open science in Horizon Europe.https://rea.ec.europa.eu/open-science_en Frasca, G. (2000). Ephemeral games: Is it barbaric to design videogames after Auschwitz? In M. Eskelinen & R. Koskimaa (Eds.), CyberText Yearbook 2000 (pp. 172–180). University of Jyväskylä. Gertrudis-Casado, M. C., Gálvez-de-la-Cuesta, M. C., Romero-Luis, J., & Gertrudix, M. (2022). Serious games as an efficient strategy for science communication in the COVID-19 pandemic. Revista Latina de Comunicación Social, 80, 40–62.https://doi.org/10.4185/RLCS-2022-1788 Glouftsis, T. (2022). Implicated gaming: Choice and complicity in ludic Holocaust memory. History and Theory, 61(4), 134–151.https://doi.org/10.1111/hith.12277 Hammer, J., & Turkington, M. (2021). Designing role-playing games that address the Holocaust. International Journal of Designs for Learning, 12(1), 42–53.https://doi.org/10.14434/ijdl.v12i1.31265 Harteveld, C. (2011). Triadic game design: Balancing reality, meaning and play. Springer. Lenzgen, H., Jansen, P.-E., & Engel, I. (2023). Zwischenergebnisse Projekt BEFEM: Bürgerwissenschaftliche Erforschung der Familiengeschichte von Einheimischen und Migrant:innen und ihr Verhältnis zur NS-Geschichte. Landtag Rheinland-Pfalz.https://landtag-rlp.de/files/pdf1/zwischenergebnis_froschungsprojekt-befem.pdf Majkowski, T. Z., & Suszkiewicz, K. (2021). Cardboard genocide: Board game design as a tool in Holocaust education. GAME: The Italian Journal of Game Studies, 9, 71–90.https://www.gamejournal.it/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/I9_GAME_05_MAJKOWSKISUSZKIEWICZ.pdf Pfister, E., & Zimmermann, F. (2021). “No one is ever ready for something like this”: On the dialectic of the Holocaust in first-person shooters as exemplified by Wolfenstein: The New Order. International Public History, 4(1), 35–46.https://doi.org/10.1515/iph-2021-2020 Oral-History.Digital. (2024). Interviews zur Wirkung der Wiedergutmachung.https://www.oral-history.digital/news/2024-11-22-touro.html Ouariachi, T., Olvera-Lobo, M. D., & Gutiérrez-Pérez, J. (2017). Analyzing climate change communication through online games: Development and application of validated criteria. Science Communication, 39(1), 10–44.https://doi.org/10.1177/1075547016687998 Schrader, C. (2022). Serious games and game-based learning. In O. Zawacki-Richter & I. Jung (Eds.), Handbook of open, distance and digital education (pp. 1–14). Springer. Schwarz, A. (2023). Digitale Spiele aus Perspektive der Geschichtswissenschaft. In Ç. Uzunoğlu, C. Huberts, & M. Brandt (Eds.), Handbuch Erinnern mit Games: Digitale Spiele als Chance für die Erinnerungskultur (pp. 32–35). Stiftung Digitale Spielekultur. Stehr, N. (2023). Understanding society and knowledge. Edward Elgar. Wilkinson, M., Dumontier, M., Aalbersberg, I.et al. (2026)The FAIR Guiding Principles for scientific data management and stewardship.Sci Data3, 160018. https://doi.org/10.1038/sdata.2016.18 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Balancing Privacy and Utility in the Reuse of Administrative Educational Data: Challenges for Open Science and Equity 1: Universidade da Beira Interior, Portugal; 2: Instituto de Telecomunicações; 3: ISEG Research; 4: Universidade Lusófona; 5: INTREPID Lab Presenting Author:Open research has become a central paradigm in contemporary educational research, driven by growing demands for transparency, reproducibility, and societal relevance. These practices include open access to publications, preregistration, open methodologies, and the sharing of data and analytical code throughout the research lifecycle. In education, they support cumulative knowledge building, enable replication and secondary analysis, and strengthen the empirical basis of policy and practice. The adoption of open research principles in education is closely aligned with the FAIR data principles (Wilkinson, 2016), which emphasize that research outputs should be findable, accessible, interoperable, and reusable. In this context, research data—particularly administrative records generated by Educational Management Information Systems (EMIS)—have become a cornerstone for advancing scientific knowledge and informing public policy. EMIS data provide comprehensive population coverage, high temporal granularity, and relatively low costs for secondary research, making them especially valuable for large-scale and longitudinal educational studies. However, the reuse of administrative educational data is often limited by tensions between the public interest in data openness and the ethical and legal obligations imposed by data protection frameworks such as the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) (EU, 2016). Educational research relies heavily on personal and sensitive data, including demographic information, academic records, behavioral traces, and institutional data. These risks are heightened by the involvement of minors and vulnerable populations and by the high-dimensional, linkable nature of contemporary educational datasets (Fazendeiro et al., 2025; Ferrão et al., 2022, 2023). Consequently, unregulated data sharing may lead to re-identification risks and potential harm. Data anonymization plays a critical role in enabling open research in education while mitigating these risks. Anonymization refers to a set of technical and organizational measures designed to irreversibly prevent the identification of data subjects under reasonably foreseeable conditions (Sweeney et al., 2018; Prasser et al. 2020). Unlike pseudonymization, anonymization aims to eliminate both direct and indirect identification risks, and thus constitutes not only a technical safeguard but also a methodological and ethical requirement for responsible data sharing within Open Science frameworks. This article reflects on the practical challenges of preparing, anonymizing, and documenting sensitive educational data for reuse in accordance with Open Science and FAIR principles. Drawing on microdata from the Brazilian National Student Performance Exam (ENADE) and the RAIDES database, provided by the Portuguese Directorate-General for Education and Science Statistics (DGEEC), the study explores the trade-offs between data anonymization and analytical utility in real-world administrative datasets. Special emphasis is placed on the impact of anonymization decisions on the interpretability and inclusiveness of educational data. The findings indicate that widely used anonymization techniques, including advanced methods such as (ε, δ)-Differential Privacy (Dwork & Roth, 2014; Bild et al., 2018) may introduce subtle yet significant biases. Although the overall statistical structure of the data may appear to be preserved, these techniques can disproportionately suppress or distort minority groups and rare categories, particularly across racial, socio-economic, or institutional dimensions. Such distortions pose substantial risks for equity-oriented research, as the omission or misrepresentation of underrepresented populations in anonymized datasets can result in misleading analyses and compromised evidence-based policy decisions. These results indicate that the transition toward FAIR-compliant educational data infrastructures cannot rely solely on technical solutions. Rather, it requires sustained and structured dialogue among researchers, data infrastructure providers, and domain experts to ensure that anonymization practices uphold both scientific validity and social inclusivity. We contend that the active involvement of domain experts in the interpretation of anonymized data is essential to prevent privacy-preserving technologies from inadvertently compromising the educational equity and social justice goals they are intended to advance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The anonymization process began with a structured audit of the dataset to identify direct identifiers, quasi-identifiers, and sensitive attributes. Direct identifiers, including names, unique identification numbers, and contact information, were removed prior to analysis. Quasi-identifiers—such as age, grade level, gender, geographic indicators, and institutional characteristics—were identified based on their potential to enable re-identification when combined. Sensitive attributes, including academic achievement measures and behavioral indicators, were retained subject to appropriate transformation. A combination of anonymization techniques was applied to address different sources of disclosure risk (Mendes & Vilela, 2017; Santos et al., 2020). Generalization and suppression were used to reduce the granularity of quasi-identifiers, for example by grouping continuous variables into ranges and aggregating geographic information. These transformations were guided by k-anonymity principles (Sweeney, 2002), ensuring that each record was indistinguishable from at least k−1 other records with respect to selected quasi-identifiers. Differential Privacy (DP), a probabilistic framework that provides formal, mathematical guarantees, offers a distinct approach to privacy protection. A mechanism satisfies DP if the inclusion or exclusion of a single individual’s data does not substantially influence the output, with the level of protection governed by the privacy parameters ε (and δ). In this study, the (ε, δ)-DP model is applied to the dataset using the SafPub algorithm (Bild et al., 2018). Although most DP algorithms are designed for query-based settings in which the data custodian retains control over the data and does not release it directly (Jain et al., 2018), SafPub enables the application of DP in contexts where the goal is to publish an anonymized version of the dataset. An iterative risk–utility assessment was conducted to balance privacy protection with analytical validity. Disclosure risk was evaluated by examining equivalence class sizes, the presence of outliers, and the plausibility of linkage attacks using external data sources. Data utility was assessed by comparing key descriptive and inferential statistics between the original and anonymized datasets, including means, variances, and correlations relevant to the research questions. Anonymization parameters were adjusted iteratively until an acceptable balance between risk reduction and information loss was achieved. Finally, all anonymization decisions and transformations were systematically documented to support transparency, reproducibility, and responsible reuse. Documentation includes descriptions of removed variables, applied transformations, residual risks, and known limitations of the anonymized dataset. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This article has examined data anonymization as a foundational methodological element of open research in education. While open research practices offer substantial benefits for transparency, reproducibility, and cumulative knowledge generation, their implementation in educational contexts is constrained by the sensitive nature of educational data. Anonymization therefore serves as a critical enabling mechanism that allows data to be shared responsibly without compromising the privacy and rights of research participants. The methods described demonstrate that effective anonymization is not a one-time technical step but an iterative and context-dependent process. By combining identifier removal, generalization, suppression, and sampling-based techniques within a structured risk–utility framework, it is possible to substantially reduce re-identification risk while preserving analytical usefulness. Transparent documentation of anonymization procedures further supports reproducibility and responsible secondary use. However the results shown in (Fazendeiro et al., 2025; Ferrão et al., 2022) suggest that while the risk of reidentification is low in anonymized data, such data may be quite useless for some educational research purposes. Regardless of whether k-anonymity or differential privacy is used, anonymization of low-dimensional datasets can compromise data analysis, inferences, and research conclusions. Even in high-dimensional data, the loss or underrepresentation of minority groups may introduce bias. Therefore, it is imperative to conduct a systematic and comprehensive assessment of the limitations that the use of anonymized data imposes on educational research, and to design and implement public policies and intervention programmes aimed at mitigating these constraints, thereby strengthening quantitative educational research. Regulations governing the accreditation of researchers and access to microdata for research in the public interest should carefully balance data protection requirements with the need to advance scientific knowledge. As educational research increasingly relies on large-scale, longitudinal, and high-dimensional data, traditional de-identification methods may be insufficient, highlighting the need to explore advanced privacy-preserving techniques and secure data access infrastructures. References Bild, R., Kuhn, K.A., Prasser, F. ,SafePub: a truthful data anonymization algorithm with strong privacy guarantees. Proc Priv Enhancing Techno. 2018; 2018(1):67–87. https://doi.org/10.1515/popets-2018-0004. Dwork, C., & Roth, A. (2014). The algorithmic foundations of differential privacy. Foundations and Trends® in Theoretical Computer Science, 9(3–4), 211–407. https://doi.org/10.1561/0400000042. EU Regulation 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) in Official Journal of the European Union, L 119, pp. 1–88, 2016. Fazendeiro, P., Prata, P., & Ferrão, M. E. (2025). Subtle biases introduced in equity studies through data anonymization. PLoS ONE, October 8. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0332441. Ferrão, M. E., Prata, P., & Fazendeiro, P. (2022). Utility-driven assessment of anonymized data via clustering. Scientific Data, 9(1), 456. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41597-022-01561-6. Ferrão, M. E., Prata, P., & Fazendeiro, P. (2023). Anonymized data assessment via analysis of variance: an application to higher education evaluation. In Lecture Notes in Computer Science (pp. 130–141). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-37108-0_9. Jain, P., Gyanchandani, M. & Khare, N. Differential privacy: its technological prescriptive using big data. J Big Data 5, 15 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40537-018-0124-9. Mendes, R., Vilela, J.P., Privacy-Preserving Data Mining: Methods, Metrics, and Applications, in IEEE Access, vol. 5, pp. 10562-10582, 2017, doi: 10.1109/ACCESS.2017.2706947. Prasser, F., Eicher, J., Spengler, H., Bild, R., & Kuhn, K. A. (2020). Flexible data anonymization using ARX—Current status and challenges ahead. Softw Pract Exper. 50, 1277–1304. https://doi.org/10.1002/spe.2812. Santos W., Sousa G., Prata P., Ferrao M.E. Data Anonymization: K-anonymity Sensitivity Analysis. In: 2020 15th Iberian Conference on Information Systems and Technologies (CISTI). Sevilla, Spain: IEEE; 2020. pp. 1–6. Available from: https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/9141044/. Sweeney, L., Loewenfeldt, M. V., Perry, M., “Saying it’s Anonymous Doesn't Make It So: Re-identifications of “anonymized” law school data,” Technology Science. 2018111301. November 13, 2018. https://techscience.org/a/2018111301. Sweeney L. k-Anonymity: a model for protecting privacy. Int J Unc Fuzz Knowl Based Syst. 2002;10(05):557–570. https://dataprivacylab.org/projects/kanonymity/kanonymity.pdf. Wilkinson, M., Dumontier, M., Aalbersberg, I. et al. The FAIR Guiding Principles for scientific data management and stewardship. Sci Data 3, 160018 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1038/sdata.2016.18. 12. Open Research in Education
Paper EduTopics – New Functions, Developments and the Future of the App DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education Presenting Author:Since ECER 2024 in Nicosia, the interactive webapp EduTopics: ECER provides interested users access to information on the contributions to ECER since 1998 (Christ et al., 2025a). In 2025, the webapp EduTopics was updated with additional functions based on feedback from the audience in Nicosia, general users and the national representatives and link convenors of the EERA networks. In 2025, EduTopics provided the basis for several contributions at ECER 2025 in Belgrade, was presented at EARLI 2025 in Graz and was used for various publications as well, we were able to gather additional feedback on its design and functionality. Meanwhile, the presentations beyond ECER with other (inter-)national organizations opened up new collaborations regarding the inclusion of data of other conferences on educational research in EduTopics. The resulting transformation from EduTopics: ECER to a cross-national, cross-conference webapp simply called EduTopics, its new design and functions are the focus of this presentation. EduTopics contains data and manipulable visualisations on the authors, countries of affiliation, EERA-networks and themes for n > 30,000 contributions from ECER (exact number of contributions from other sources are to be determined). The themes of the contributions were identified by applying the computer linguistic machine learning approach topic modelling – more specifically latent Dirichlet allocation (LDA, Blei et al., 2003) – which identifies word and document clusters in large literature corpora (Blei & Lafferty, 2009; Vayansky & Kumar, 2020). A hierarchical approach to topic modelling enables the identification both of broader, overarching supertopics and more detailed smaller subtopics similar to super- and subcategories in qualitative content analysis. By aggregating the resulting (sub- and super-)document-topic-weights in regard to the aforementioned covariates (i.e. authors, countries, networks), the thematic foci and trends of authors, countries and networks can be identified, visualized, interpreted and compared. Additionally, users can upload own singular texts or entire corpora to determine the latent topics of the text(s) based on the topics of ECER, the EERA-network most relevant to the uploaded text and contributions with similar content. The general development process of the webapp is ongoing but each version is uploaded separately to ensure the replicability and reproducibility of the results of research papers utilizing the app (for 2024 see Christ et al., 2024; for 2025 see Christ et al., 2025b). New functions of the 2026 version of EduTopics (see Christ et al., 2026) include: • A new global settings menu to apply consistent filters to the entire conferences and their dataset. Options for filtering include for example years and data source (i.e. conference). Additionally, future developments are discussed such as the development of a community platform to enable a community-led approach to the qualitative aspect of topic labelling or the development of a data and modelling pipeline to include additional data sources. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The central method of EduTopics is LDA topic modelling. The themes in the corpus were identified via a hierarchical, nested topic modelling approach by simultaneously modelling (1) a model with a large number of topics (between k > 300) capturing smaller thematic clusters and (2) a broader model with a smaller number of topics (around k = 50) representing broader central themes within the corpus. The similarities between and within models are determined by aggregating various distance and similarity measures both on the document and word level (Aletras & Stevenson, 2014; Blair & Mulvenna, 2020). This similarity measure can then be utilized to determine the nesting of the subtopics (of model 1) within the supertopics (model 2) as well as the pairwise relationship of topics within one of the two models. The results of both topic models and the results of the frequency analyses of the covariates (i.e. author, country, EERA network, year) were aggregated via their categorical values/mean-topic-weights which in turn resulted in for example author-topic-weights, EERA-network-country distributions and various trend analyses. All results are available as interactive and manipulable figures and tables, allowing for example filtering of the data or downloading relevant documents in tabular formats. Exemplary results to be presented include differences in thematic foci and trends between the different data sources or the integrated mapping functions both for single texts and literature collections. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This contribution provides in-depth information into the current and future development of the app EduTopics. In addition, it presents use-cases of the app specifically and for natural language processing and machine learning in general for educational research purposes. It also highlights how the app and the utilized methods in general open up new ways for researchers to access data, which may not have been possible before with traditional methods such as qualitative content analysis. The discussion will focus on potential future challenges for modelling multilingual literature corpora and for deploying the aforementioned community-platform and the data pipeline. The paper aims to elicit constructive feedback from participants to support the ongoing development and improvement of EduTopics. References Aletras, N., & Stevenson, M. (2014, April). Measuring the similarity between automatically generated topics. In Proceedings of the 14th Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics, volume 2: Short Papers (pp. 22-27). Blair, S. J., Bi, Y., & Mulvenna, M. D. (2020). Aggregated topic models for increasing social media topic coherence. Applied intelligence, 50(1), 138-156. Blei, D. M., Ng, A. Y., & Jordan, M. I. (2003). Latent dirichlet allocation. Journal of machine Learning research, 3(Jan), 993-1022. Blei, D. M., & Lafferty, J. D. (2009). Topic models. In Text mining (pp. 101-124). Chapman and Hall/CRC. Christ, A., Röschlein, J., & Schindler, C. (2026). EduTopics: ECER. https://dipf-lis.shinyapps.io/EduTopics [placeholder url] Christ, A., Röschlein, J., & Schindler, C. (2025a). EduTopics: ECER: A webapp for interactive visualisation and exploration of ECER contributions since 1998. European Educational Research Journal, 14749041251405570. Christ, A., Röschlein, J., & Schindler, C. (2025b). EduTopics: ECER 2025. https://dipf-lis.shinyapps.io/EduTopicsECER Christ, A., Röschlein, J., & Schindler, C. (2024). EduTopics: ECER - An interactive app for visualising and exploring the contributions of ECER-conferences for 1998 to 2024. https://dipf-lis.shinyapps.io/EduTopicsECER2024 Vayansky, I., & Kumar, S. A. (2020). A review of topic modeling methods. Information Systems, 94, 101582. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 13 SES 10 A Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Stefano Oliverio Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Lived Experience in Education: Embodying Knowledge Through Theatrical Pedagogy Haifa University, Israel Presenting Author:Demonstrating knowledge does not indicate that the student actually knows. In educational institutions, students' knowledge is typically assessed through measurable parameters compared to predetermined standards. The question, then, is: how can teachers discern their students' thinking and learning processes, understand them, and respond effectively and accurately in ways that will deepen their thinking? Edmund Husserl (1938-1985) sought to establish phenomenology as a "science of phenomena" - a discipline investigating what presents itself to consciousness. He founded phenomenology as distinct from other sciences, which rely on scientific theoretical assumptions, aiming to redirect focus from factual information about objects to their essence, within the framework of lived experience (Erlebnis). Husserl argued that true seeing occurs only in an immediate and unmediated way and thus, wanted to recognize this primary seeing as knowledge. Following this, he developed the phenomenological reduction, a method that suspends the natural attitude, meaning all scientific, philosophical, cultural, and everyday assumptions, as well as the question of the existence of the object in space and time. One of the central methods of the reduction is 'bracketing' (Einklammerung). It means putting the object in brackets, thereby isolating it and setting aside the usual judgments of consciousness. It also allows us to shift our attention from the object itself to the way it appears in our consciousness in the moment of lived experience. Theatre maintains a special relationship with lived experience and phenomenological reduction. Unlike other art forms, theatre typically works with the physical bodies of live actors on stage. In fact, it is a medium designed to transmit performative knowledge embodied in their bodies. Hence, theatre works with the actor's vitality and material presence - in short, with life itself. Its principal achievement is not merely to represent the world but to participate in it, enacting a negotiation between consciousness and the density of lived existence in the present moment. Additionally, just as Husserl suspends doubt about the world, theatre involves an essential condition known as the "suspension of disbelief," which entails temporarily setting aside skepticism about what is presented on stage and accepting it as real. In both cases, the observed phenomenon is temporarily released from the conditions that usually bind it to the world as a merely existing thing. In other words, theatrical performance is itself a mode of phenomenological inquiry. Theatre, beyond being an artistic form, serves as a distinctive educational medium for learning diverse content. Through this practice, participants represent their inner feelings outwardly in real time, focusing on processes that encourage them to explore, create, experiment, and discover. The fields of knowledge in which theatre is used span from language, history, and literature to less predictable areas like the exact sciences. Role-playing practices, improvisation, and collaborative creation are used to dramatize historical events or bring to life scientific phenomena. These practices are not necessarily aimed at perfecting acting skills but are rather focused on liberating participants from preconceptions, developing creativity, and fostering spontaneous, authentic expression. Hence, students must engage with complete physical and mental presence, incorporating their body, voice, and diverse modes of self-expression. This requires spontaneous, attentive, and uninhibited action and reaction, unrestrained by basic assumptions about their familiar social dynamics or preexisting knowledge. Theatrical pedagogy transforms knowledge into a subject of embodied inquiry that requires students' personal interpretation of the material. Through this embodied process, knowledge becomes integrated into students' lived experience and may motivate them to action. Moreover, the theatrical practice of suspending everyday assumptions, akin to Husserl's phenomenological reduction allows new dimensions of somatic, affective, and intersubjective knowledge to emerge, making students' understanding visible to teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a theoretical methodology grounded in a phenomenological reading of theatrical pedagogy. The paper is based on systematic conceptual analysis and interpretive engagement with foundational phenomenological texts, primarily the work of Edmund Husserl, alongside key theoretical writings on theatrical pedagogy. A central principle of phenomenological methodology is reflection upon the object of inquiry. It requires consciousness to withdraw from the object of inquiry and focus simultaneously on both the act of perception and the object itself. Unlike the natural, direct reflection through which we accept the world as given (for example,: "I see a house") - phenomenological reflection involves detaching from this stance to observe the perceiving consciousness itself. Thus, instead of taking the objective world as its starting point, phenomenology asks how objectivity is constituted and interrogates the framework through which the world reveals itself to us. In this research, therefore, theatre serves as the framework for reflecting on pedagogy. Phenomenology provides the conceptual framework that structures the inquiry. Drawing on central concepts from Husserlian phenomenology, the study conducts a theoretical examination of how knowledge is constituted within pedagogical space. Rather than applying theatrical practices instrumentally, the analysis employs theatre as a heuristic and interpretive lens. Concepts originating in theatrical practice such as role, embodiment, improvisation, and performative action, function as analytical figures through which phenomenological insights are re-articulated. This conceptual translation enables a reflective examination of pedagogical relations, foregrounding the conditions through which knowledge becomes visible in teacher–student interactions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although phenomenology has informed theatre studies and educational philosophy independently, little research has examined theatrical pedagogy as a phenomenologically grounded mode of knowledge formation and processing within educational contexts. This theoretical synthesis enables the study to conceptualize pedagogical encounters beyond outcome-oriented models of education, focusing instead on how teachers creates students’ learning. Additionally, this paper demonstrates how recognizing such encounters as knowledge can inform pedagogical practice and reveal new dimensions of the teacher–student relationship. These considerations invite further reflection on what renders a pedagogical space conducive to learning, and on how the teacher’s presence, actions, and modes of attention participate in the formation of such a space. References Camp, Pannill. “The Stage Struck Out of the World: Theatricality and Husserl’s Phenomenology of Theatre, 1905–1918.” In Performance and Phenomenology, edited by Maaike Bleeker, Adrian Kear, and Joe Kelleher. New York: Routledge, 2015. Coleridge, Samuel Taylor. Biographia Literaria; or Biographical Sketches of My Literary Life and Opinions. Edited by James Engell and W. Jackson Bate. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1983. Golomb, Jacob. Philosophy as a Serious Science in Husserl's Style in Philosophy as a Serious Science. Translation: Weiss M. Schur D. Jerusalem: Magnes. 2008. Husserl, Edmund. The Crisis of European Sciences and Transcendental Phenomenology. Evanston,: Northwestern University Press. 1970. Husserl, Edmund. Cartesian Meditations. Translated by A.Z Bar-Or. Jerusalem: The Hebrew University Magnes Press. 1972. Husserl, Edmund. Ideas : General Introduction to Pure Phenomenology. Taylor & Francis Group.2004. Moran, Dermot. Introduction To Phenomenology. Routledge. 2000. Nicholson, Helen. Theatre, Education and Performance. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2011. Nixon, Jon. "Hans-Georg Gadamer: The Hermeneutical Imagination." In Understanding Curriculum as Phenomenological and Deconstructed Text, edited by William F. Pinar and Madeline Reynolds. New York: Teachers College Press, 1992. O'Toole, John. Stinson, Madonna and Moore, Tiina. Drama and Curriculum: A Giant at the Door . Dordrecht: Springer, 2009. States, Bert O. Great Reckonings in Little Rooms: On the Phenomenology of Theater. Berkeley, University of California Press, 1985. Zahavi, Dan. Husserl's legacy: phenomenology, metaphysics, and transcendental philosophy. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 2018. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper The school as Museum, the Teacher as Curator: Lessons from Groys Tel Aviv University, Israel Presenting Author:School and the museum are commonly perceived as two profoundly different institutions. The former is primarily intended for children, is often noisy and crowded, and presupposes regular attendance; the latter is associated with an adult audience, with quiet contemplation, and with occasional visits. Despite these differences, this paper proposes an analogy between the two. Rather than following the extensive literature on museum education (Falk and Dierking 2012; Hein 1998; Hooper-Greenhill 2007), which tends to emphasize the unique challenges of such education, I turn to the writings of the philosopher and curator Boris Groys (2008) to argue that there are significant structural similarities between school and museum, and that these similarities offer important insights into the relationship between institution and “newness”, as well as into the role of the teacher. Both the school and the museum have long been criticized as outdated, rigid, and irrelevant institutions. Just as the school has been the target of a persistent discourse of “deschooling” (Illich 2000), the museum has faced, at least since the early twentieth century, accusations of being a “graveyard of art” (Groys 2008, 24): an unnecessary gatekeeper separating art from the public, which must be dismantled in order to allow new and free art to emerge (Crimp 1993; Malevich 1971). One influential defense of the school, following Hannah Arendt (1961), maintains that the school is necessary to introduce the new generation to what has value in the world. Schooling is indeed conservative, but this conservatism is precisely what allows novelty to appear as novelty. In a parallel argument, Groys claims that “only the museum gives the observer the opportunity to differentiate between old and new, past and present… only the museum can serve as the site of systematic historical comparison that enables us to see with our own eyes what really is different, new, and contemporary” (2008, 21). While the museum cannot prescribe what the new should look like, it nevertheless provides a negative criterion – a sense of how the new should not look (27). Within this analogy, the teacher does not correspond to the artist but to the curator. Like the curator, the teacher does not create new objects or values, but mediates between artistic artifacts and an audience, placing them within a structured space in ways that provide context and meaning (Groys 2008, 43). The etymology “curation” is linked to care and cure: the curatorial process, Groys writes, “cures the image’s powerlessness, its inability to present itself” (46). Yet this healing is also a pharmakon in Derrida’s (1981) sense – both cure and poison – since curatorial mediation inevitably intervenes in the image, altering it by embedding it within a particular narrative. The importance of the curator, and by analogy the teacher, becomes especially clear in light of the internal logic Groys identifies in modern art: that of “equal aesthetic rights for all artworks” (2008, 14). This logic is expressed in the ongoing expansion of what can count as art, as ever more objects and modes of representation are recognized as legitimate. In practice, however, inequality among images persists, and hierarchical value judgments continue to exclude certain forms of expression from the recognized art world. Good art, therefore, is art that works toward aesthetic equality under conditions of inequality. Correspondingly, the curator’s task is to remind the public of “the egalitarian projects of the past” from which we can “learn to resist the dictatorship of contemporary taste” (Groys 2008, 22). In the “conclusions” section, I draw on these insights to reconsider the school as an institution and to rethink the educational role of the teacher. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a philosophical work based on the analysis and interpretation of texts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Pushing the analogy between the museum and the school one step further makes it possible to think in terms of an autonomous scholastic logic of equal rights for all curricular materials: an unrealizable aspiration to present all aspects of the world – its traditions and its fields of activity – as equally valuable before students, without excluding or devaluing anything. Any curriculum necessarily violates this principle of equality by imposing hierarchies and privileging certain subjects over others. The role of the teacher, therefore, is to insist on the principle of equality among curricular materials by challenging any given curriculum. Much like the museum’s collection and exhibitions, which are always in motion and in flux (Groys 2008, 39), the teacher must continually revise and renew the curriculum by bringing to light aspects of the world that have value but have been pushed out of the curriculum. In other words, the teacher should neither accept the state-mandated curriculum as a given nor give expression to personal preferences or individual taste, but rather work to advance the school’s egalitarian principle by incorporating events, phenomena, or fields of knowledge that have worked toward equal rights among all that exists in the world but have been marginalized within the existing order of power and taste. References Arendt, Hannah. 1961. “The Crisis in Education.” In Between Past and Future: Six Exercies in Political Thought, New York: Viking Press, 173–96. Crimp, Douglas. 1993. On the Museum’s Ruins. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Derrida, Jacques. 1981. Dissemination. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Falk, John H. H., and Lynn D. Dierking. 2012. The Museum Experience Revisited. London: Routledge. Groys, Boris. 2008. Art Power. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Hein, George E. 1998. Learning in the Museum. London: Routledge. Hooper-Greenhill, Eilean. 2007. Museums and Education: Purpose, Pedagogy, Performance. London: Routledge. Illich, Ivan. 2000. Deschooling Society. London: Marion Boyars Publishers. Malevich, Kazimir. 1971. “On the Museum.” In Essays on Art, Vol. 1, ed. Troels Andersen. New York: George Wittenborn, 68–72. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 13 SES 10 B Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Piotr Zamojski Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper The Art of Speculation: From Critique to Situated Engagement KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Philosophy of education occupies an uneasy position within the field of educational studies, as well as (academic) philosophy in general. Unlike empirical educational research, it does not proceed by way of methodological protocols designed to secure verifiable findings, and unlike general philosophy, it cannot rely solely on internal conceptual coherence to justify its claims. Its object—education—is irreducibly practical, situated, and historically contingent. Yet philosophy of education approaches it through conceptual reflection rather than direct intervention. This tension has long accompanied the discipline, often without being thematized explicitly, shaping both how philosophy of education is practiced and how it is received (Biesta, 2014a; 2015). As a result, philosophy of education finds itself confronted with a question that is as persistent as it is difficult to answer: how do (philosophical) concepts in education genuinely relate to educational reality? On the one hand, philosophical inquiry risks appearing detached, producing concepts that remain abstract and insufficiently responsive to the concrete situations of teaching, learning, and institutional life. On the other hand, attempts to secure relevance by aligning philosophical reflection too closely with practice or policy threaten to dissolve the distinctiveness of philosophical inquiry altogether. Between these poles, philosophy of education struggles to articulate what gives its work consistency as a form of conceptual inquiry that is neither arbitrary nor merely expressive or descriptive. This difficulty is not simply a matter of disciplinary insecurity, but points to a deeper problem concerning the nature of philosophical speculation itself. If philosophy of education cannot clarify how its speculative activity is constrained, oriented, and rendered answerable to educational situations, it remains vulnerable to the charge of being “mere speculation” in the narrow sense of the term—free-floating thought lacking determinate consequences. What is at stake, therefore, is not whether philosophy of education should speculate, but how it can do so in a way that establishes a meaningful and responsible relation to educational reality. Building on the speculative philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and Isabelle Stengers, this article reflects on the nature of speculative-educational thinking, both with regards to the way in which its concepts relate to educational reality, as well as what the broader public implications are for its thinking. Isabelle Stengers described speculative philosophy as a disciplined and situated practice of thinking which does not produce abstract systems or universal principles, but treats philosophical concepts as interventions that enter into concrete situations and affect how those situations can be thought. Concepts are thus neither representations of (educational) reality nor norms imposed upon it, but propositions offered to situations in order to open new possibilities of understanding. For philosophy of education, this reconceptualization is decisive. It allows philosophical inquiry to remain speculative without becoming arbitrary, and to relate to educational reality without collapsing into empirical or policy-oriented forms of knowledge. Speculative philosophy grounds philosophical consistency not in foundational claims, but in an obligation to remain answerable to the situations it addresses. In foregrounding responsiveness, hesitation, and revisability, it offers philosophy of education a way of articulating its relevance as a distinct form of conceptual inquiry attuned to the openness and unpredictability of educational practice itself (cf. Biesta, 2014b; cf. Meirieu, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Speculative philosophy, as developed by Whitehead and further elaborated by Stengers, offers a way of addressing this problem by rethinking both the nature of philosophical concepts and the obligations that accompany their use. Rather than understanding speculation as the construction of abstract systems or comprehensive theoretical frameworks, speculative philosophy conceives of thinking as an immanent engagement with experience. Concepts do not stand outside reality as representations or explanatory tools; they participate in reality by selecting, intensifying, and articulating possibilities already present within concrete situations. Speculation, in this sense, is neither free invention nor detached reflection, but a situated practice exposed to what experience demands. Whitehead’s account of speculative reason situates thought within a dynamic and processual reality. Thought is not external to the becoming of the world but one of the ways in which novelty emerges within it. Speculative reason enables the creative reorganization of experience, allowing new forms of order, value, and meaning to arise in response to changing conditions. Yet this creativity is never unbounded. Speculation remains constrained by the situations it addresses and must prove its relevance by transforming how those situations can be felt, understood, and inhabited. For this reason, speculative philosophy is always provisional and revisable, refusing closure in the form of final explanations or definitive foundations. This understanding of speculation carries important ethical implications. Speculative philosophy rejects normativity grounded in universal principles, external standards, or prescriptive moral rules. Instead, normativity emerges from within situations themselves. Speculative concepts function as propositions or “lures” that heighten sensitivity to what matters in a given context and to what may be excluded or rendered invisible by dominant conceptual frameworks. Ethical responsibility thus lies not in determining what ought to be done in advance, but in cultivating attentiveness to the claims, vulnerabilities, and possibilities that insist within practices. Because speculative concepts intervene in situations and actively shape how reality is apprehended, they cannot claim neutrality or innocence. Philosophical abstraction is itself a practice with consequences. Stengers therefore calls for “taking care of our abstractions”: remaining attentive to the effects concepts produce, the possibilities they open, and those they foreclose. This care involves hesitation, responsiveness, and a willingness to let concepts be challenged, displaced, or transformed by the situations they seek to engage. Understood in this way, speculative philosophy articulates an ethics of responsibility grounded in involvement, affirming philosophy of education as a practice that participates in articulating educational reality. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This reconceptualization is relevant to the conference theme insofar as it situates speculative philosophy of education within a research landscape increasingly shaped by technocratic, data-driven, and policy-oriented modes of knowledge production. In many national and transnational contexts, educational research is expected to deliver actionable, standardised, and measurable knowledge for governance, accountability, and optimisation. While such approaches derive authority from their association with evidence-based decision-making and scientific legitimacy, they tend to privilege particular ways of knowing while marginalising others, thereby narrowing what counts as educationally meaningful. Against this backdrop, speculative-educational thinking is developed not as a rejection of empirical inquiry but as a response to the risk that education is treated as a closed causal system whose purposes, values, and normative assumptions remain insufficiently examined. By treating philosophical concepts as situated propositions rather than representational truths or prescriptive norms, speculative philosophy offers a way of engaging educational realities that preserves uncertainty, judgement, and responsiveness—dimensions easily eclipsed within technocratic research regimes. References Biesta, G. (2014). Is philosophy of education a historical mistake? Connecting philosophy and education differently. Theory and Research in Education, 12(1), 65–76. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878513517338 Biesta, G. (2015). On the two cultures of educational research, and how we might move ahead: Reconsidering the ontology, axiology and praxeology of education. European Educational Research Journal, 14(1), 11–22. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904114565162 Biesta, G. (2020). Educational research: An unorthodox introduction. Bloomsbury Academic. Debaise, D. (2017). Nature as event: the lure of the possible (Michael. Halewood, Trans.). Duke University Press. Debaise, D. (2017). Speculative empiricism: Revisiting Whitehead (T. J. Weber, Trans.). Edinburgh University Press. Debaise, D., & Stengers, I. (2016). L’insistance des possibles: Pour un pragmatisme spéculatif. Multitudes, 65(4), 82–89. https://doi.org/10.3917/mult.065.0082 Debaise, Didier, 'An Ethology of Abstractions: Learning How to Cultivate Our Modes of Thought with Stengers', in Melanie Sehgal, and Alex Wilkie (eds), More-Than-Human Aesthetics: Venturing Beyond the Bifurcation of Nature Stengers, I. (2002). Penser avec Whitehead: Une libre et sauvage création de concepts. Seuil. Stengers, I. (2011). Speculative philosophy and the art of dramatization. In The allure of things: Reflections on object-oriented ontology (pp. 185–200). Open Humanities Press. Stengers, I. (2011). The care of the possible (E. Bordeleau, Interviewer; K. Ladd, Trans.). Scapegoat: Architecture, Landscape, Political Economy, 1, 12 Stengers, I. (2015). In catastrophic times : resisting the coming barbarism. Open Humanities Press : meson press. https://doi.org/10.14619/016 Stengers, I. (2019). Putting problematization to the test of our present. Theory, Culture & Society, 36(4), 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276419848061 Savransky, M., & Stengers, I. (2018). Relearning the art of paying attention: A conversation. SubStance, 47(1), 130–145. https://doi.org/10.1353/sub.2018.0008 Stengers, I. (2020). Réactiver le sens commun: lecture de Whitehead en temps de débâcle. La Découverte. Whitehead, A. N. (1967). The aims of education and other essays (4th pr.). Macmillan. Whitehead, A. N. (1979). Process and reality: an essay in cosmology (D. R. Griffin, Ed.; Corrected ed.). Free Press. Whitehead, A. N. (2025). De functie van de rede (R. Desmet & G. Vanheeswijck, Vert.). Gompel&Svacina. 13. Philosophy of Education
Long Paper Ways of Knowing, Temporality, Education University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper explores the relation between temporality, ways of knowing, and education by asking how different modes of knowing are sustained by, and in turn enact, distinct temporal orientations. Drawing on Heidegger, Byung-Chul Han, and recent work in philosophy of education, I contrast dominant forms of knowing—such as knowing-that and knowing-how—with a less foregrounded mode: knowing by acquaintance. Whereas propositional and skill-based knowledge align with punctual or progressive temporalities oriented toward presence, accumulation, and improvement, knowing by acquaintance depends on duration, repetition, and return. It is sustained through lingering with singular things, texts, and persons over time. The paper develops this claim through three educational sites: the school as a space of scholé, post-critical and thing-centred practices, and Derridean deconstruction understood not as negation but as an affirmative practice of repetition. In each case, education is shown to foster forms of knowing that exceed instrumental use and resist closure, inviting direct, singular encounters that transform both the learner and what is learned. By articulating these practices, the paper offers a substantive account of education as autotelic, while opening a path beyond narrow logics of progress without lapsing into anti-critical or anti-progressive positions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper employs a philosophical and conceptual methodology, drawing on close textual analysis of classical and contemporary philosophical sources. Through comparative conceptual work, it examines how different modes of knowing are sustained by distinct temporalities and how these temporalities are enacted within educational practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper concludes that dominant educational discourses remain tacitly governed by narrow temporal assumptions, most notably those of punctual presence and linear progress. By re-examining ways of knowing through their underlying temporalities, the paper shows that these assumptions are neither neutral nor inevitable, but actively shape how learning, subjectivity, and educational value are understood. The paper thereby aims to open conceptual space for rethinking education beyond the prevailing logic of efficiency, acceleration, and outcome-orientation, by attending to overlooked temporalities that continue to operate, often implicitly, within educational life. References Brady, A. M. (2024). Experimental literature and post-critique: Reflections on Italo Calvino’s Invisible Cities. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 58(6), 973–995. https://doi.org/10.1093/jopedu/qhae082 Derrida, J., & Caputo, J. D. (1997). Deconstruction in a nutshell: A conversation with Jacques Derrida. Fordham Univ. Press. Felski, R. (2015). The limits of critique. The University of Chicago Press. Han, B.-C. (2017). The scent of time: A philosophical essay on the art of lingering (D. Steuer, Trans.). Polity. Heidegger, M. (with Gendlin, E. T.). (1967). What is a thing? (W. B. Barton & V. Deutsch, Trans.). Henry Regnery Company. Heidegger, M., Macquarrie, J., & Robinson, E. (1962). Being and time. Blackwell publ. Lum, G. (2017). Making Sense of Knowing-How and Knowing-That: Making Sense of Knowing-How and Knowing-That. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 51(3), 655–672. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12256 Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). In Defence Of The School. Ryle, G. (1949). The concept of mind. Univ. of Chicago Pr. Sedgwick, E. K. (2003). Touching Feeling: Affect, Pedagogy, Performativity. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822384786 Standish, P. (2020). Curiosity and Acquaintance: Ways of Knowing. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(5), 1453–1470. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12522 Wood, D. (Ed.). (1988). Derrida and Différance. Northwestern Univ. Pr. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 14 SES 10 A: Research Highlights from Network 14 Scholars: A Collection of Featured Publications. Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle Meeting |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Research Highlights from Network 14 Scholars: A Collection of Featured Publications 1: University of St Andrews, United Kingdom; 2: Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 3: J.E. Purkyně University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:This special session is dedicated to two major publications by international scholars well known to participants of recent Emerging Researchers Conferences (ERCs) and European Conferences on Educational Research (ECERs): the recently published Handbook on Geographies of Education (Elgar Handbook in Education) and the forthcoming Bloomsbury Handbook of Communities, Families and Organisations in Educational Research (2027). Both Handbooks bring together contributions that are central to EERA Network 14, including research on schooling in rural and urban settings, place-based and place-conscious education, school related transitions within a life course perspective, as well as family education and parenting. Many of the contributing authors are current or former Network 14 convenors or reviewers and have presented their work at recent ERCs and ECERs, including ERC/ECER 2026. Silvie Rita Kučerová, a long-standing Network 14 convenor, Peter Kraft, one of the keynote speakers at ECER 2026, and Laurence Lasselle, Link-convenor of Network 14 will provide an overview of both Handbooks. The session will begin with a presentation of the Handbook on Geographies of Education by Peter Kraft and Silvie Rita Kučerová, who are co-editors of this authoritative and widely acclaimed volume. Their presentation will highlight how the Handbook explores the geographical dimensions of education, offering insights into the dynamic interactions between spatial processes and education. In the second part of the session, Laurence Lasselle, the lead editor of the forthcoming Bloomsbury Handbook of Communities, Families and Organisations in Educational Research will introduce this new volume. Originating from the celebration of EERA Network 14 in 2025, this Handbook explores how various contexts – social, cultural, geographical – both shape and are influenced by the dynamic relationships between communities, families and organisations. It examines the complexities and nuances of these relationships and their impact on educational development. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 14 SES 10 B: Curriculum and Teachers' Practices. Location: E350 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Egle Celiesiene Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Student-Led Projects as a Key to De-Encapsulation of the School 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki Presenting Author:In traditional classrooms, learning materials often become the main focus rather than tools for understanding the world (Engeström, 2015). Engeström (1991) identified the problem of school encapsulation, where education fails to equip students with the skills needed for real-world challenges, leading to alienation from their schoolwork. To address this, he proposed an expansive learning process, suggesting that “the object of school learning should be radically widened to include the context of criticism, discovery, and application of the given contents.” This approach seeks to go beyond institutional boundaries by creating networks of learning from below. It involves educators, students, parents, and stakeholders in transforming practices through conflict analysis rather than top-down reforms. The focus is on confronting contradictions and harnessing collective insights. Yet, a key question remains: can schools be motivated to undertake such transformation? As Artiles (2011) notes, changing the traditional education system is challenging. There has been increasing interest in opening schools, encouraging student influence on societal issues, and expanding learning environments. However, few studies focus on students’ learning processes starting genuinely from their ideas. Often, students are seen merely as information providers, with adults shaping the learning activities and limiting student agency. This adult control risks overlooking something crucial (Kokko, 2025). A recent study by Erstad et al. (2025) highlighted that formal education systems face major challenges in engaging students with urgent issues affecting their future amid rapid change and social problems. Currently, education worldwide struggles with issues like rising absenteeism and a growing sense of irrelevance, indicating that traditional solutions are insufficient (see i.g. McGorry et al., McPherson et al, Salmela-Aro, 2022) Three decades later, it may be time to explore the expansive learning approach and its potential to break down school encapsulation through Change Laboratory (CL) interventions (Virkkunen & Newhamn, 2013) grounded in cultural-historical activity theory (CHAT) and conducted in school settings. The CL intervention method is a participatory analysis and design approach grounded in CHAT and aiming at fostering expansive learning and transformative agency (Sannino & Engeström, 2017). First formulated and implemented in 1995, the CL method was created to tackle complex challenges within activity contexts that demand innovative solutions. Since then, it has been applied in over 30 countries across diverse settings, including education, workplaces, and communities. The key concept in this study is expansive de-encapsulation of the school. Expansive de-encapsulation “seeks to expand the object and motive of school learning and school instruction, not only in terms of geographic and social space but also in terms of substantive contents and ethical-political commitments” (Engeström et al., 2023, p. 128). In prior research, an analysis method for investigating the expansive de-encapsulation of school was developed (Engeström et al., 2023, p. 128). In line with this method, expansive de-encapsulation can be identified with the help of the following criteria: 1) It is based on the students’ own initiatives, concerns and interests, formulated and pursued in dialogue and collaboration with instructors and other stakeholders. 2) It takes shape in longitudinal collective efforts that go beyond short-term individual self-interests and are connected to the advancement of the common good. 3) It seeks critical dialogue with and anchoring in the contents and forms of regular instruction in school subjects. 4) It initiates and maintains durable partnerships between the school and the surrounding communities, including various activity systems that are oriented toward the promotion of human flourishing and the common good. This study investigates the following research question: What types of expansive de-encapsulation actions were taken in students’ projects produced in two CL interventions, and how were these actions generated? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We invited 8th-grade students, school staff, key stakeholders, and external experts to participate in CL interventions at two urban Finnish schools over one school year. The aim was to create a process in which students’ interests could emerge naturally and be developed into meaningful projects. The process began from students’ own ideas, concerns, and interests, without restricting initiatives through predefined topics, curriculum demands, or grading pressures. Students were free to choose topics of personal interest for long-term projects. This study focuses on two of the eleven projects produced during the interventions: the Documentary project and the Recess project. The Documentary project addressed bullying and acceptance through a documentary film, while the Recess project focused on developing recess activities, such as homework recess and afternoon snacks. The data consist of recordings from CL sessions (n=27) related to these two projects. All recordings were professionally transcribed, resulting in a corpus of 193,658 words. The analysis began with an examination of expansive de-encapsulation actions, using the three dimensions of the Engeström et al. (2023a) framework. The first dimension addresses the directionality and scope, which can occur at four levels: expanding from the classroom to the wider school, extending beyond the school, bringing the wider school into the classroom, and introducing the outside world into the school. The second dimension concerns the individuals or groups executing these actions, categorised as individuals, groups, or organisations—such as principals or NGO representatives. The third dimension involves the vehicles of action: movement of people, text/discourse, or imaginaries. The second step of the analysis adopts an abductive approach to identifying the steps in the process of object-formation. Through iterative reading of the transcripts, I identified different phases and turning points (Rantavuori et al., 2016) in the process of object formation. Additionally, I explored the expansion of the object on three dimensions: socio-spatial, temporal and ethical-political (Engeström et al., 2003). In the context of CHAT, the object-formation process is not predetermined and follows a unique set of steps each time. In this analysis process, the following six steps were identified: 1) General level; 2) More precise; 3) Expansion; 4) Attempt at stabilisation; 5) Reaching more than one level; and 6) Enactment into a material product. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings show a rich number of expansive de-encapsulation actions across both projects. Despite differences, one centred on the school, the other on outside settings, the range of actions was substantial. This suggests that when learning begins from students’ initiatives, schools tend to become de-encapsulated. The Documentary project involved more actions (n=44) than the Recess project (n=33). Both projects were outward- and inward-oriented, with the Documentary project showing a stronger outward focus. Actions were fairly evenly distributed between groups and individuals. Organisational actions were more prevalent in the Recess project. Text and talk were the most frequently used vehicles, especially in the Documentary project, while people were more actively engaged in the Recess project. Imagination was utilised in both. A five-step object formation process occurred in both projects, showing that expansive de-encapsulation actions stemmed from the specific project objects and were connected to their material enactment. Expansive de-encapsulation actions extended beyond opening classrooms and schools, driven by a powerful object motivating the process. For these students, the project was about more than opening the school; it involved resolving a key conflict related to a significant object. Both groups sought to improve conditions for themselves and others on a larger scale. Through this process, students learned to influence important issues. Positive feedback revealed adolescents' hidden potential. The process highlighted the importance of student autonomy and ownership, demonstrating how student-led initiatives can influence the school environment and societal change. This links student-led projects to broader educational and social transformations, emphasising the role of expansive de-encapsulation in driving these changes. The expansive learning process can break the school encapsulation. Networks of learning emerge, starting with the students and transcending traditional school boundaries. In these processes, the objects of learning were widened, including the context of criticism, discovery, and application of the given contents. References Artiles, A. J. (2011). Toward an interdisciplinary understanding of educational equity and difference: The case of the racialization of ability. Educational Researcher, 40(9), 431-445. Engeström, Y. (1991). Non scolae sed vitae discimus: Toward overcoming the encapsulation of school learning. Learning and instruction, 1(3), 243-259. Engeström, Y. (2015). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research (2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press. Engeström, Y., Rantavuori, P., Ruutu, P., & Tapola-Haapala, M. (2023a). Finding life beyond the classroom walls: a Change Laboratory supporting expansive de-encapsulation of school. Éducation & didactique, 125—141. 10.4000/ educationdidactique.11773 Erstad, O., Miño-Puigcercós, R., & Rivera-Vargas, P. (2025). Paths towards transformative agency-Creating repertoires for socio-educational change. Acta Psychologica, 255, 104894. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. actpsy.2025.104894 Kokko, A. K. (2025). Micropolitics in school: an ethnographic inquiry of sociomaterial reconfiguration of policies in schools (Doctoral dissertation, Itä-Suomen yliopisto). McGorry, P. D., Mei, C., Dalal, N., Alvarez-Jimenez, M., Blakemore, S. J., Browne, V., ... & Killackey, E. (2024). The Lancet Psychiatry Commission on youth mental health. The Lancet Psychiatry, 11(9), 731-774. McPherson, C., Bayrakdar, S., Gewirtz, S., Laczik, A., Maguire, M., Newton, O., ... & Wolf, A. (2023). Schools for all. Young people’s experiences of alienation in the English secondary system. Young Lives, Young Futures, 2023. Rantavuori, P. Adolescents Gaining Power. [Dissertations]. Tampere University. Rantavuori, J., Engeström, Y., & Lipponen, L. (2016). Learning actions, objects and types of interaction: A methodological analysis of expansive learning among pre-service teachers. Frontline Learning Research, 4(3), 1—27. Salmela-Aro, K. (2022). Current Findings and Policy Concepts Concerning School-Related Health and Well-Being in Finland—School Burnout and Engagement. In A. Heinen, R. Samuel, C. Vögele & H. Willems (Eds.), Wohlbefinden und Gesundheit im Jugendalter: Theoretische Perspektiven, Empirische Befunde und Praxisansätze (pp. 689—702). Wiesbaden: Springer Nature. Sannino, A., & Engeström, Y. (2017). Co-generation of societally impactful knowledge in Change Laboratories. Management Learning, 48(1), 80—96. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350507616671285 Virkkunen, J., and Newnham, D. S. (2013). The Change Laboratory: A tool for collaborative development of work and education. Sense Publishers. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Building Strengths and Well-being: Implementing Positive Pedagogy in Primary School The Maria Grzegorzewska Universty, Poland Presenting Author:Positive pedagogy can be situated within a humanistic and pragmatic-activist perspective. It draws on the achievements of New Education and Critical Pedagogy, as well as insights from other social sciences. At its core lies the assumption that education should foster students’ potential while simultaneously supporting their well-being (Cabanas & Gonzalez-Lamas, 2022). Positive pedagogy links learning and school experiences with positive emotions and the cultivation of students’ strengths. In this approach, school is envisioned as a space for engaging, meaningful activities, alongside the deliberate development of positive interpersonal relationships and social-emotional competencies (Seligman & Csikszentmihalyi, 2000). In international academic discourse, positive pedagogy is increasingly recognized as a framework for building resilience and promoting social engagement. Its interdisciplinary character offers substantial opportunities for research and for designing practical interventions in schools and other educational settings aimed at enhancing adolescent participation and well-being, while also addressing disadvantage and social exclusion. This perspective is particularly important for the growing prevalence of mental health problems among young people. In 2021, mental health difficulties affected 19% of boys and 16% of girls aged 15–19 across Europe, while in Poland mental disorders were reported in 10.8% of children and adolescents aged 10–19 (UNICEF, 2021). These data underscore the urgent need to prioritize mental health support within educational systems. Despite this, positive pedagogy remains marginally represented in Polish educational practice and research. This study aims to provide a preliminary identification and analysis of how the principles of positive pedagogy are implemented in schools among students aged 12–15, with particular emphasis on their impact on student well-being, the development of individual potential, and the enhancement of aspirations and social participation. In addition, the study seeks to contribute to the body of knowledge on positive pedagogy by examining possibilities for its institutional implementation in order to increase the effectiveness of educational practices. Another objective is the development of research tools suitable for investigating positive pedagogy in school settings. The study addresses two research questions:
Data are collected using four questionnaires. The theoretical framework guiding the construction of the research instruments is Martin Seligman’s PERMA model. Although originally developed to examine individual well-being across various life domains, the PERMA model has been widely adapted and applied in educational research. The research was carried out within the framework of the project funded by the Ministry of Science and Higher Education entitled “School on Plus! Elements of Positive Pedagogy in Polish Schools from the Perspectives of Students and Teachers” (MNiSW/2025/DPI/35). The study received positive approval from the University Ethics Committee (39-2024/2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilizes a quantitative approach designed as a pilot study to identify the presence of positive pedagogy elements in the Polish primary schools. The data collection process is currently ongoing, with a target sample of 120 students and 30 teachers, providing a dyadic perspective. The participants in the study are students and teachers from a public primary school in Warsaw, Poland. Data collection follows ethical guidelines: written parental consent is obtained for all minor participants, and students are informed of their right to give or withhold consent verbally. The study employed four questionnaires for students and teachers assessing school well-being and the presence and perception of positive pedagogy elements, based on established international and Polish research instruments: 1. Well-being at school. Questionnaire for students; 2. Well-being at school. Questionnaire for teachers; 3. Positive pedagogy at school. Questionnaire for students; 4. Positive pedagogy at school. Questionnaire for teachers. The instruments developed for students and teachers are fully compatible, allowing for direct comparison of responses between the two groups. The questionnaires were based on tools related to the issues addressed in the study. Their nature made it impossible to achieve the research objectives. With reference to the assumptions of PERMA model authors identified areas that were considered key to diagnosing the implementation of positive pedagogy in the school settings: relationships, cooperation, involvement and satisfaction with the acquisition and transfer of knowledge, positive feedback, support for proposals for change and own initiatives, consideration of needs, opportunities and interests. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is ongoing, with data collection largely completed and statistical analyses forthcoming to examine links between positive pedagogy and students’ well-being, educational potential, academic aspirations, and social participation. In Poland, research on positive pedagogy remains limited, with few standardized instruments and scarce empirical evidence. This project represents an exploratory application of the PERMA model in primary schools, integrating both student and teacher perspectives. It offers an initial insight into how positive pedagogy is implemented and perceived in Polish schools and constitutes a first step toward developing reliable research tools for broader studies and future international replication. Several outcomes are anticipated. First, positive pedagogy elements—such as supportive relationships, engagement, and recognition of individual strengths—are expected to be present to varying degrees in grades 6–8, with possible differences between student and teacher perceptions. Second, higher levels of positive pedagogy are assumed to correlate positively with students’ well-being, educational potential, academic aspirations, and social participation. Third, specific practices, including positive feedback, encouragement of initiative, and supportive teacher–student relationships, are expected to show stronger associations with particular aspects of student development. Finally, contextual factors such as school culture, teaching practices, and resource availability are assumed to influence both the level and effectiveness of implementation. Overall, the study aims to inform future research, support the development of school-based measurement tools for positive pedagogy, and ultimately contribute to practical recommendations for educators and school leaders. In the long term, these findings may help foster learning environments that promote student well-being, positive development, and active participation, especially in times of polycrisis. References Juńczyk, T. (2019). Edukacyjne konteksty psychologii pozytywnej. Poznań: Wydawnictwo Naukowe Uniwersytetu Adama Mickiewicza. Norrish, J. M. (2015). Positive Education: The Geelong Grammar School Journey. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Roffey, S. (2024). ASPIRE to Wellbeing and Learning for All in Early Years and Primary. London: David Fulton Publishers. doi:https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003428237 Seligman, M. (2004). Psychologia pozytywna. W J. (red.) Czapiński, Psychologia pozytywna. Nauka o szczęściu, zdrowiu, cnotach i sile człowieka (strony 18-32). Warszawa: PWN. Seligman, M. E., Ernst, R. M., Gillham, J., Reivich, K. i Linkins, M. (2009). Positive education: Positive psychology and classroom intervention. Oxford Review of Education, 35(3), 293–311. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/03054980902934563 Shoshani, A., Steinmetz, S., Kanat-Maymon, Y (2016) Effects of the Maytiv positive psychology school program on early adolescents' well-being, engagement, and achievement. Journal of School Psychology, 57, 73-92. doi:http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2016.05.003 White, M. A. i Murray, A. S. (2015). Evidence-Based Approaches in Positive Education. Implementing a Strategic Framework for Well-being in Schools. Dordrecht: Springer. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-9667-5 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Teachers as Curriculum Designers: Embedding Technology in Life Skills Education 1: Vilnius Business College; 2: Vytautas Magnus University Presenting Author:This paper examines the early-stage implementation of the newly introduced Life Skills (Gyvenimo įgūdžių) education programme in Lithuania, with a focus on teacher curriculum design, digital participation, and professional preparation. Life Skills education was formally introduced into the national curriculum in 2023 as a transversal and interdisciplinary subject aimed at strengthening learners’ personal, social, civic, and digital competences. The subject integrates previously fragmented areas such as social-emotional learning, health education, prevention programmes, and civic competencies, while granting schools and teachers a high degree of curricular autonomy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research design to examine how teachers enact curriculum design and integrate digital technologies in the context of the newly introduced Life Skills education programme. The methodological approach draws on established qualitative traditions that treat teacher-developed lesson plans as key empirical artefacts reflecting pedagogical reasoning, instructional priorities, and curriculum interpretation (Alicwadey et al., 2024). The primary data source consists of Life Skills lesson plans designed by in-service teachers across three consecutive implementation cycles between May 2024 and May 2025. Lesson plans were analysed as documentary evidence of how teachers operationalise transversal competences and digital participation in practice, particularly in contexts where methodological guidance is limited and teachers are required to exercise professional autonomy (Alicwadey et al., 2024). To complement document analysis, focus group discussions were conducted following each implementation cycle. Focus groups were used to capture teachers’ reflective accounts of their pedagogical decisions, including the selection and purpose of digital tools, perceived challenges, and professional learning needs. This approach aligns with qualitative research that emphasises the importance of teachers’ voices in understanding how educational practices are shaped in situ (Ozturk et al., 2025). Lesson plans were analysed using qualitative content analysis, focusing on the pedagogical purpose of digital technologies rather than specific tools. Coding examined how digital practices supported communication, learner autonomy, collaboration, and access to learning resources. Focus group transcripts were analysed thematically to identify recurring patterns related to curriculum design, professional confidence, and the enactment of transversal skills. The combination of document analysis and reflective discussion enabled a nuanced examination of how curriculum-level intentions are translated into everyday teaching practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that teachers actively assumed the role of curriculum designers when implementing Life Skills education, particularly in relation to digital technology integration. Lesson plan analysis shows that digital tools were selected purposefully to support communication, access to resources, and self-directed learning, rather than being used as an obligatory or decorative component of instruction. Teachers expressed appreciation for curricular flexibility while also highlighting the need for clearer guidance regarding digital strategy, ethical considerations, and assessment approaches. Overall, the study suggests that although autonomy is essential for innovation in newly introduced interdisciplinary subjects, sustained professional support is necessary to ensure coherent and equitable enactment of Life Skills education and its underlying principles of digital participation. References United Nations. Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Available online: https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda (accessed on 1 February 2026). United Nations. The 17 Sustainable Development Goals. Available online: https://sdgs.un.org/goals (accessed on 1 February 2026). European Commission. Europe’s Digital Decade. Available online: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/europes-digital-decade (accessed on 1 February 2026). European Commission. EU Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027. Available online: https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/digital-education-action-plan (accessed on 1 February 2026). OECD. The OECD Learning Compass 2030. Available online: https://www.oecd.org/en/data/tools/oecd-learning-compass-2030.html (accessed on 1 February 2026). Mezzanotte, C.; Calvel, C. Indicators of inclusion in education: A framework for analysis. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 300; OECD Publishing: Paris, 2023. Council of Europe. Digital Citizenship Education Handbook: Being online, Well-being online, Rights online. Available online: https://rm.coe.int/16809382f9 (accessed on 1 February 2026). Cosgrove, J.; Cachia, R. DigComp 3.0: European Digital Competence Framework – Fifth Edition. Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025. https://doi.org/10.2760/0001149. Vuorikari, R.; Kluzer, S.; Punie, Y. DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens. Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2022. European Commission: Joint Research Centre. Sala, A.; Punie, Y.; Garkov, V.; Cabrera, M. LifeComp – The European Framework for Personal, Social and Learning to Learn Key Competence. Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020. European Commission: Joint Research Centre. GreenComp – The European Sustainability Competence Framework. Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2022. Alicwadey, J.A.; Banaken, C.P.; Gawaen, P.E.; et al. Enhancing learning outcomes: Lesson planning, assessment tools development, and higher-order thinking skills integration analysis. IRE Journals 2024, 8(2), 59–75. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 15 SES 10 A Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Amanda Samson Paper Session |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper From Project to Partnership: Exploring Design-Based Research as an Initiation Strategy for Research-Practice Partnerships 1: University of Vechta, Germany; 2: Friedrich-Alexander-University Erlangen-Nuernberg Presenting Author:Research-Practice Partnerships (RPPs) are increasingly discussed as a promising approach to bridging the persistent gap between educational research and practice (Schlicht-Schmälzle et al. 2024). Within the international and European discourse, RPPs are conceptualised as long-term, problem-oriented and capacity-building collaborations characterised by mutuality, shared ownership, and rigorous inquiry (Coburn et al. 2013; Farrell et al. 2021). Recent studies point to a structural tension between these normative aspirations and the realities of contemporary research funding regimes, which are predominantly short-term, project-based, and output-oriented (Henrick et al. 2017; Fischer-Schöneborn & Ehmke 2023; Schlicht-Schmälzle et al. 2024). This tension becomes particularly visible in the initiation phase of partnerships, where roles, expectations, problem definitions, and power relations are still being negotiated. While the evaluation of RPPs has gained increasing attention, empirical insights into how such partnerships are initiated and stabilised under these conditions remain limited. This paper draws on the German BMBFSFJ-funded joint project TOBIS – Transprofessional Organisational Development: Innovative Cooperation between School Authorities on Digital Change and OER/OEP. TOBIS provides a structured network for initiating and accompanying RPPs with school authorities across Germany. Thirty school authorities participate, organised into three governance-related networks (rural, urban, and private school authorities, ten each) and three cross-cutting thematic networks focusing on OER/OEP, governance, and transprofessional collaboration. The project responds to the need for actively shaping digital transformation in education (Giannoutsou et al. 2023) and to the changing role of school authorities in times of datafication and digitalisation of schooling (Jarke & Breiter 2019). While traditionally responsible for “external” school matters such as infrastructure and equipment (Avenarius & Füssel 2010), school authorities in Germany increasingly shape “internal” dimensions of school development, especially in the context of educational technologies and digital transformation (Forum BD 2020, Hermstein 2021; Rau & Geritan 2021). At the same time, they operate within complex constellations of stakeholders and power relations, facing financial constraints, political expectations, and limited pedagogical expertise. While TOBIS conceptualises school authorities, media centres, school leadership, and functional roles in schools as interrelated practice partners within RPPs, the study takes seriously that such roles are not given, but negotiated. Building on role-oriented RPP research (Sjölund et al. 2022) and boundary-crossing perspectives (Hartmann & Decristan 2018), the analysis therefore examines how these actors position themselves—and are positioned by others—during the initiation of collaboration, and how these positionings shape emerging forms of partnership. In TOBIS, the initiation of RPPs is supported through approaches as design-based research (DBR) and traditions of design-oriented educational research (DBRC 2003; McKenney & Reeves 2018). Yet, rather than applying DBR as a classical cycle of intervention and refinement, the project mobilises design-oriented processes as a means of partnership formation (Getenet 2019, Grunau & Gössling 2020). Through participatory workshops, shared problem-framings and project ideas related to digitalisation and OER/OEP (UNESCO 2019) were developed and specified collaboratively with the project partners. This led to the initiation of two OER-focused RPPs: “OER Support”, aiming at the individual support of schools in revising and developing quality-assured OER-compatible materials, and “OER Information”, focusing on the co-development of information materials for school authorities, which evolved into the design of a needs-assessment instrument to explore schools’ engagement with OER. In both cases, DBR-oriented activities functioned as a translational and mediating logic, enabling heterogeneous actors to negotiate shared goals, responsibilities, and time frames, thereby creating initial conditions for sustained research-practice collaboration. Against this background, the contribution addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Focusing on the initiation phase of Research-Practice Partnerships (RPPs), the study adopts an exploratory and reconstructive methodological perspective to examine how partnerships emerge under structurally constrained, project-based conditions and how design-oriented approaches may function as catalysts for collaboration. Methodologically, the contribution combines participatory evaluation with a qualitative, process-oriented design to analyse the initiation and early implementation of RPPs within the TOBIS project. The approach draws on established conceptual frameworks for assessing RPPs — particularly with regard to partnership dynamics and mutuality (Henrick et al. 2017; Farrell et al. 2021) while explicitly adapting them to the early and still fragile phase of partnership formation. Rather than assessing outcomes or impacts, the analysis focuses on how RPPs are constituted through design-oriented activities and how roles, responsibilities, and problem framings are negotiated. Empirically, the study concentrates on two OER-related RPPs (“OER Support” and “OER Information”), which serve as exploratory cases for reconstructing initiation processes. Data collection is primarily based on participant observation. Members of the academic team document RPP meetings, online workshops, and ongoing coordination processes. Observations are recorded in analytic memos that combine detailed descriptions of interactional processes with reflexive notes on emerging partnership dynamics, decision-making practices, and power relations. Continuous self-reflection is integrated to account for researchers’ positionality and their involvement in the partnerships. Also semi-structured guided interviews of both academics and practice partners are being conducted. Data analysis follows an interpretive, qualitative approach, relying on iterative memo analysis and cross-case comparison. This procedure aims to reconstruct patterns of partnership initiation, with particular attention to moments of alignment and tension in collaborative problem definition, responsibility-sharing, and temporal coordination. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The exploratory reconstruction of two OER-related Research-Practice Partnerships offers preliminary insights into the initiation of RPPs under project-based conditions. 1. The findings tentatively suggest that structuring design-oriented processes into phases, such as joint problematisation and experimental practice, provides an important orientation for collaboration. These phases help align heterogeneous interests, find a common language between academics and practice partners, enable communication e. g. about what is meant by “research” in this context, clarify responsibilities, and translate initial ideas into workable partnership arrangements. 2. At the same time, the cases indicate selective participation effects. Although participatory workshops enable a broad articulation of ideas, only some initiatives can be pursued within emerging RPPs due to constraints of time, resources, and organisational positioning. This highlights the relevance of negotiating questions of inclusion, power, and boundary-setting in early partnership phases. 3. Finally, the analysis points to the need for explicit reflexivity regarding researchers’ dual roles in DBR-inspired partnership initiation. Acting simultaneously as facilitators and analysts of collaboration requires careful reflection, particularly in early RPP phases. While such proximity may introduce bias, it can also enable trust, access, and situated understanding that support the emergence of collaboration. Treating this dual role as an object of inquiry rather than a methodological limitation appears to be a productive stance. Overall, the contribution provides exploratory, empirically grounded insights into the potentials and limits of DBR-oriented approaches for initiating Research-Practice Partnerships. In doing so, it connects to ongoing debates on research-practice collaboration (Getenet 2019; Grunau & Gössling 2020; Rau et al. 2022) by empirically illustrating how challenges and negotiation processes unfold in concrete project settings. References DBRC: The Design-Based Research Collective (2003). Design-Based Research: An Emerging Paradigm for Educational Inquiry. Educational Researcher, 32(1), 5-8. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X032001005 Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W.R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. Fischer-Schöneborn, S., & Ehmke, T. (2023). Evaluating boundary-crossing collaboration in research–practice partnerships in teacher education: Empirical insights on co-construction, motivation, satisfaction, trust, and competence enhancement. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 79, Article 101305. ForumBD – Forum Bildung Digitalisierung (2024). Impulspapier zur Zusammenarbeit von inneren und äußeren Schulangelegenheiten. Forum Bildung Digitalisierung e.V. . Verfügbar unter: https://www.forumbd.de/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/240129-FBD-Impulspapier-Bildungsverwaltung-in-Deutschland.pdf Getenet, S. (2019). Using design-based research to bring partnership between researchers and practitioners. Educational Research, 61(4), 482–494. Giannoutsou N. et al. (2023). Empowering schools to drive their digital transformation. Insights from the evaluation of SELFIE. Science for Policy Brief 12/2023 European Commission, JRCSeville, JRC 135407. Grunau, J., & Gössling, B. (2020). Cooperation between research and practice for the development of innovations in an educational design project. EDeR. Educational Design Research, 4(1). Hartmann, U., & Decristan, J. (2018). Brokering activities and learning mechanisms at the boundary of educational research and school practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 74, 114–124. Henrick, E.C., Cobb, P., Penuel, W.R., Jackson, K., & Clark, T. (2017). Assessing Research-Practice Partnerships: Five Dimensions of Effectiveness. New York. Hermstein, B. (2021). Wer spielt warum mit? Schnittstellen in der Schulsystementwicklung und Prozesse ihrer Rationalisierung. Die Deutsche Schule, 113 (1), 14-29. Jarke, J., & Breiter, A. (2019). Editorial: The datafication of education. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2019.1573833 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. (2018). Conducting Educational Design Research (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315105642 Rau, F., Geritan, A. (2021). Auf dem Weg zu Digital souverän agierenden Schulen: Erste Erfahrungen und Erkenntnisse eines entwicklungsorientierten Modellschulprojektes. MedienPädagogik 44,160-84. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/44/2021.11.02.X. Rau, F., L. Gerber, P. Grell. (2022). Kooperation zwischen „Zuarbeit“, „Beratung“ und „Entwicklungspartnerschaft“: Reflexionen aus dem Darmstädter Modellschulprojekt zur Kooperation von Wissenschaft und Praxis in entwicklungsorientierter Bildungsforschung. MedienPädagogik 49, 349-76. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/49/2022.10.12.X Schlicht-Schmälzle, R. et al. (2024), “Bridging the research-practice gap in education: Initiatives from 3 OECD countries”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 319, OECD Publishing, Paris. Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2023). Mapping roles in research-practice partnerships – a systematic literature review. Educational Review, 75(7), 1490–1518. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.2023103 UNESCO. (2019). Guidelines on the Development of Open Educational Resources Policies. UNESCO, and Burnaby, BC, Canada: Commonwealth of Learning. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Positioning in Research-practice Partnerships: Negotiating Roles, Expertise, and Participation in Design-Based Research University of Cologne, Germany Presenting Author:Research-practice partnerships (RPPs) have emerged as a cooperative approach to strengthening connections between educational research and professional practice. By combining practical school experience and scientific insights, RPPs are assumed to contribute to school development and educational advancement. However, partnerships across institutional and professional boundaries carry the risk of entailing tensions regarding roles, authority, and participation (Euler, 2024). While distinguishing features of research-practice partnerships have been widely discussed (e.g. Farrell et al., 2021), the processes through which participants’ roles, authority, and participation are brokered in cooperation remain underexplored. In order to evaluate the workings and quality of RPPs, it is eminently relevant to understand these role arrangements. To conceptualize such negotiations, this study refers to positioning theory (Harré & van Langenhove, 1999) which illustrates that positions can be transformed in the course of interaction and thereby differentiates from the static notions of roles. Therefore, positioning theory provides a useful analytical lens for examining how individuals position themselves and others within collaborative partnerships such as design-based research (DBR). DBR is characterized by iterative and sustained cycles of collaboration aimed at developing practically relevant innovations (Mc Kenney & Reeves, 2019; Euler, 2024). These iterative processes create room for negotiation and transformation over time, shaping how roles, expertise, and participation are positioned throughout the process of a DBR project. Against this background, this study addresses the following research questions:
Based on positioning theory, there are three relevant background conditions affecting interactions and simultaneously constituting one another: positions, storylines, and illocutionary forces (Harré & Moghaddam, 2015). Through practices such as storytelling, sharing competences and knowledge or assigning responsibilities, participants put themselves and others in certain positions, hence legitimizing utterances and actions. In partnerships between university researchers and teachers, positioning processes resulting from interactions are particularly conspicuous as different forms of professional expertise collide. While teachers contribute extensive practical knowledge, researchers bring theoretical and methodological expertise to the project. Additionally, positioning processes are shaped by different working cultures which are reflected in diverging time management, communication styles and approaches. During the collaboration, initial positionings may be challenged and thus re-arranged. The process of repositioning can cause major changes within a partnership concerning participation, engagement, and competences. Consequently, focusing on positioning processes enables a systematic perspective on how cooperations develop within DBR and how repositioning shapes opportunities for learning and capacity building among partners. To demonstrate the interactional dynamics between university and school experts, this study resorts to a jointly developed project (DiPoSa; Schroeder et al., 2025), in which an interdisciplinary university team cooperates with expert teachers from primary schools in inclusive settings. Given the specific structural conditions shaping research-practice partnerships in the German education system, exploring the interplay of different institutional and professional cultures gains special relevance for understanding positioning processes within RPPs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation is based on qualitative group discussions that retrospectively examine the cooperation process between researchers and practitioners within a research–practice partnership (Farrell et al., 2021) in a DBR project (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). Data collection was conducted as part of the BMBF-funded collaborative project DiPoSa (Didactic-Diagnostic Potentials in Inclusive Science Education) (Schroeder et al., 2025). In total, three group discussions were conducted: one with the researchers involved in the project and two with the participating teachers. The aim of the group discussions was to reconstruct collective interpretations, experiences, and perspectives on the collaboration over the course of the project. During data collection, a deliberately narrative mode of facilitation was chosen in order to provide participants with space for coherent retrospective accounts, shared processes of remembering, and the negotiation of shared meanings. The analysis of the group discussions follows a qualitative approach informed by positioning theory. The analytical reference point for positioning is grounded in the analysis of conversations (van Langenhove & Harré, 1999), with a specific focus on group discussions. The analysis centers on negotiation processes enacted through speech acts that unfold within the tension between science and practice. Several analytical levels are taken into account, including the communicative level of interaction and the level of speech acts, at which relevant patterns of interpretation and attribution are reconstructed. The objective is to identify self- and other-positionings of the involved actor groups and to analyze how these are discursively produced, stabilized, or disrupted in interaction (Harré & Moghaddam, 2003). Based on this analysis, central storylines are reconstructed that provide insight into how researchers and teachers narratively frame their roles, responsibilities, and relationships within the cooperation process; how positions are aligned and assigned. The study thus contributes to a deeper understanding of cooperative negotiation processes in research–practice partnerships using positioning theory as an analytic framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of collaborations within design-based research partnerships demonstrates that despite the intended close cooperation between research and school practice, positioning processes become especially evident at the beginning of projects in relation to roles, authority, and participation. Teachers and researchers initially position themselves along institutional and professional demarcations with positionings often being externally formed and characterized by language use, communication styles, and differing working cultures and temporal structures. Over the course of a project, these demarcations gradually diminish as joint storylines evolve, enabling new forms of participation, responsibility, and expertise. The retrospective assessment exemplifies that positionings change over the course of the project. Teachers who incipiently identify themselves as recipients are increasingly addressed as experts throughout the project. These re-positionings open up new scopes of action and are associated with growing identification with the project as well as altering forms of participation (Euler, 2024). However, such developments do not involve all participants equally but depend on individual expectations, the voluntariness of participating in the project, personal engagement, and the extent to which participants can integrate into upcoming storylines. Altogether, the results underline that roles and participation in research-practice partnerships cannot be framed as stable features but develop and change in interaction. Positioning theory provides a useful analytical tool for making interactional dynamics, resources, and barriers in RPPs visible. For the evaluation of RPPs, this approach offers a process-oriented perspective on the quality of partnerships by reflecting how negotiations of roles, expertise, and participation shape the development, sustainability and learning potential of partnerships. References Euler, D. (2024). How to align objectives of practicioners and scientists in DBR projects?. In EDeR – Educational Design Research, 8(1), 1-13. https://doi.org/10.15460/eder.8.1.2131 Farrell, C., Penuel, W., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-Practice Partnerships in Education: The State of the Field. William T. Grant Foundation. Harré, R. & Moghaddam, F. M. (2003). The self and others: Positioning individuals and groups in personal, political, and cultural contexts. Praeger. Harré, R., & Moghaddam, F. (2015). Positioning theory and social representations. In G. Sammut, E. Andreouli, G. Gaskell, & J. Valsiner (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of social representations (pp. 224–233). Cambridge University Press. Schroeder, R., Reh, A., Miller, S., Blumberg, E., Kottmann, B., Franzen, K., & Thevißen, M. (2025). Didaktisch-diagnostische Potentiale des inklusionsorientierten Sachunterrichts (DiPoSa) – Einblicke in ein designbasiertes Entwicklungsprojekt In D. Katzenbach, M. Urban, K. Beck, S. Laux, & S. Katzenbach (Eds.), Förderbezogene Diagnostik in der inklusiven Bildung - Fachdidaktische Diagnostik (pp. 209-229). Waxmann. van Langenhove, L., & Harré, R. (1999). Introducing Positioning Theory. In R. T. Harré, & L. van Langenhove (Eds.), Positioning theory. Moral contexts of intentional action (pp. 14-31). Oxford: Blackwell. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Solidarity as Praxis: Exposing Contradictions in Participatory Action Research Through Expansive Learning University of Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Background and objectives This paper examines contradictions that emerged from Participatory Action Research (PAR) in and around Manchester (UK) examining how to build solidarities across diverse population needs. The Collective Communities Action (CCoAct) project brought together 36 academic and community leads (L) from charities, grassroots movements, and third-sector organisations working with racially, gender, and class diverse non-dominant populations. Building on previous work with Pakistani communities during COVID-19 where PAR activities created spaces for transforming individual experiences of inequalities across education, health and environmental concerns into collective resistance (Christinaki et al., 2025; Choudry et al., 2024), the team designed 3 workshops (W1-W3) to explore how solidarity functions within and between communities and academic researchers working towards social change. However, what emerged were profound tensions within our (the team's) research practice itself. Despite emancipatory intentions (Farrell et al., 2021), our approach reproduced the very power imbalances we sought to challenge. Through reflexive analysis, I examine how the project team's understanding shifted from attempting to build solidarity with communities to recognising that solidarity must be enacted in the research process itself. The project team hypothesised that diverse non-dominant (Choudry, 2024) groups, despite different experiences, might share underlying structural conditions of oppression often unrecognised in their narratives. However, what emerged were conflicts within community approaches to collective action and between the project team and participants. Here, I differentiate between tensions, subjective experiences of impossibilities, and contradictions, systemic tensions within and between activities (Sannino, 2008). I ask: How do contradictions within research-practice partnership activities reveal the need for solidarity to function as both the object of inquiry and the mediating process for equitable community-university partnerships? By analysing tensions that emerged within our practice and between team and community leads, I demonstrate how working through these impossibilities requires enacting the very solidarity we sought to study, contributing methodological insights for global researchers working with non-dominant communities beyond deficit frameworks. Theoretical Framework The analysis synthesises Engeström's expansive learning framework with Bourdieu's field theory and collective perezhivanie. Engeström (2015) identifies contradictions as the driving force of development in activity systems, not simply interpersonal conflicts but historically accumulating structural tensions creating double bind situations where following existing rules makes the object impossible to achieve. Engeström's (2013) expansive learning framework provides seven types of learning actions: questioning, analysing, modelling, examining, implementing, reflecting, and consolidating; plus two recent additions: organising initial ideas and resisting (Hyrkkö & Kajamaa, 2025), revealing how contradictions manifest. However, Cultural Historical Activity Theory (CHAT) alone cannot fully capture how power operates through legitimacy, which knowledge is recognised as valuable in particular social spaces. Bourdieu's field theory (1990) becomes necessary. Within the academic field, university researchers hold dominant positions because their forms of knowledge (theoretical, published, peer-reviewed) are recognised as legitimate. Community organisations operate with what I term non-dominant capital (Choudry, 2024): expertise essential for real-world problems but unrecognised within academic hierarchies. CHAT identifies that contradictions existed; Bourdieu explains why: our research embedded field structures positioning community knowledge as data rather than expertise (Tuck, 2009). I draw on collective perezhivanie (Black & Choudry, under review) to understand how the team experienced and worked through contradictions. Perezhivanie refers to lived emotional experience where current ways of being are inadequate and qualitative change becomes necessary (Vasilyuk, 1988; Vygotsky, 1994). Collective perezhivanie extends this from individual psychotherapy to joint research-practice activity, recognising personal conflicts as subjective experiences of structural contradictions. When our team felt uncomfortable with workshop lead roles, this was experiencing the contradiction between academic knowledge production norms and participatory solidarity, showing how working through impossibilities collectively required enacting the very solidarity we sought to study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods/Methodology The CCoAct project was conceived as PAR with community leads in and around Manchester (UK) working with populations experiencing racialised, gendered, ableist, and classed oppression. Three workshops built on each other: W1 engaged 12 academic researchers with sustained community partnerships. W2 brought together 14 community leads from Manchester representing charities, grassroots movements, and third-sector organisations, plus 1 returning W1 participant. W3 expanded to Greater Manchester with 10 new community leads plus 4 returning participants. In total, 36 participants across W1-3 joined CCoAct. Initially, workshops followed conventional PAR approaches: presenting academic literature on solidarity, facilitating group discussions using prepared questions, and identifying areas for building solidarities. This positioned the research team as facilitators and synthesisers, assuming our role was identifying patterns and generating theoretical insights from participants' experiences. The team audio-recorded all sessions with consent, took field notes, and collected artifacts (flip charts, reflections, visual materials). Crucially, team debriefs followed each workshop, documenting evolving understanding and growing discomfort. These debriefs and changing workshop materials are critical sources for analysing collective working-through of contradictions. Analysis proceeded in two phases. Phase 1 involved initial thematic analysis post-W1, which felt unsatisfying, extracting quotes fitting predetermined categories rather than understanding participants. In phase 2, as presented here, I shift to expansive learning analysis: coding workshop transcripts, team debrief notes, and evolving workshop materials using Engeström's seven categories of learning actions plus Hyrkkö and Kajamaa's additions. This analytical process identifies instances of each learning action type, maps how these reveal contradictions between stated aims and actual practice, and traces how the research motive shifted from building solidarity with communities to developing equitable PAR. The turn toward expansive learning emerged from recognising technical fixes are insufficient, problems are embedded in how academic research structures knowledge extraction rather than solidarity with communities. This meant examining CCoAct as an activity system where: • Subjects: 4 Project team + 36 participants • Object of the activity and/or motive of activities (initial (initial): Building solidarity with, within, and between community leads and academic researchers • Tools: Workshop material, participatory methods • Division of labour: Researchers designed workshops, researcher (W1 to W3) and participants led workshop discussions (W2 and W3), shared experiences as reified in visual artefacts. • Communities: Manchester and surrounding organisations, groups and movements working with non-dominant groups, university researchers, and broader academic field. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysing the conflicts through the expansive learning actions surfaced three interconnected contradictions. First, tools vs. object-motive: using academic definitions of solidarity to study community solidarity positioned academic knowledge as more legitimate than community expertise. Second, division of labour vs. object-motive: researchers designing, facilitating, and analysing while communities participated and shared experiences reproduced university-community hierarchies rather than challenging them. Third, field position vs. object-motive: our position within the academic field where recognition comes through publication contradicted solidarity commitments, incentivizing knowledge extraction over genuine partnership. Chronologically, contradictions (1) emerged through W1 questioning as academics challenged our literature-based approach: "Does the university really deserve our knowledge? Where is our loyalty?" (L5); (2) deepened through W2 analysing as community leads critiqued forced grouping—"what the establishment does, is divide and rule" (L19); (3) reached crisis in W3 resisting as participants named exploitation: "we've been exploited...it's usually an Asian person who's brought us in...what do we get?" (L33); and (4) transformed through W3 organizing initial ideas when participants proposed "everybody has a say on the table" (L35). Post-W3 team debriefs became sites of collective perezhivanie, experiencing impossibilities and collectively negotiating new ways forward, reframing apparent failure as the actual finding: good intentions are insufficient; solidarity must be enacted methodologically. This demonstrates solidarity functioning dually: as object of inquiry and mediating process. Understanding solidarity requires enacting it, what I propose as praxis of solidarity. This contributes methodologically by showing how expansive learning analysis turned on researchers' own practice exposes contradictions in PAR, and theoretically by synthesising CHAT with Bourdieu's field theory to explain why well-intentioned participatory research reproduces power imbalances: field structures position academic knowledge as more legitimate than community expertise. The concept of collective perezhivanie extends theorisation from individual development to collective transformation in RRPs, showing working through contradictions is emotional-practical, not merely cognitive. References Black, L., & Choudry, S. (under review). Collective perezhivanie: From individual impossibility to collective resistance in mathematics education research. In L. Radford, V. Freiman & D. Martinovic (Eds.), Activity Theory in Mathematics Teaching and Learning: Changes and Challenges in the Digital Era. Bourdieu, P. (1990). The logic of practice. Stanford University Press. Choudry, S. (2024). Power relations within division of labor–the key to empowering learners from marginalized backgrounds in mathematics classrooms. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 30(1), 2-18. Choudry, S., Burman, E., & Williams, J. (2024). From Freire to Vygotsky – barriers and dissonance to collective action to overcome racial, gendered and class-based inequalities in local communities in England. Paper presented at American Educational Research Association (AERA) Annual Conference, April 11-16, 2024, Philadelphia, United States. Christinaki, A., Burman, E., Choudry, S., & Williams, J. (2025). Beyond the “Child Mental Health Crisis” and COVID-19: An Intersectional, Transgenerational Analysis of Racism and Oppression. Feminism & Psychology, 0(0). Engeström, Y. (2015). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research (2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press. Engeström, Y., Rantavuori, J., & Kerosuo, H. (2013). Expansive learning in a library: Actions, cycles and deviations from instructional intentions. Vocations and Learning, 6(1), 81–106. Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W.R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation. Hyrkkö, S., & Kajamaa, A. (2025). Expansive learning actions for leadership in a teacher training school's Change Laboratory. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 32(1), 1–18. Sannino, A. (2008). From talk to action: Experiencing interlocution in developmental interventions. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 15(3), 234-257. Tuck, E. (2009). Re-visioning action: Participatory action research and Indigenous theories of change. The Urban Review, 41(1), 47-65. Vasilyuk, F. (1988). The psychology of experiencing: The resolution of life's critical situations. Harvester Wheatsheaf. Vygotsky, L. S. (1994). The problem of the environment. In R. van der Veer & J. Valsiner (Eds.), The Vygotsky reader (pp. 338-354). Blackwell. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 16 SES 10 A Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Julija Melnikova Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper The Methodological Guidelines for the Informed Decisions on Selecting AI Tools for Digital Didactics in School Education Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:The emerging practices of application of artificial intelligence (AI) in education create not only challenges for teachers and teacher trainers, but also a paradoxical situation: the scope of AI tools suggested to schools exceeds the institutional and teacher professional capacity to select tools that would serve the purpose of digital didactics and would enhance teaching and learning practices. Digitally competent schools, teachers and students as foreseen in EU DigCompOrg (Kampylis et al., 2015) and DigCompEdu (Redecker, 2017) frameworks are supposed to be competent to select digital technologies (including AI supported solutions) which enhance digital didactics. However, the advent of AI highlighted new challenges which are not exactly related with the didactics as such. Safety and data protection issues along with the European AI Act risk categories establish new areas of responsibilities that can hardly align with the school or teacher competences. These new areas are interdisciplinary, requesting contributions from collaborative efforts from education, law, media literacy, ethics, informatics and more. This combination of expertise and research experience may be found in research and academic institutions. The aim of this analytic research is to establish methodological guidelines which would facilitate the schools and the teachers in informed decision – making during the process of selecting AI tools for digital didactics. The research focuses on the question which didactical, legal, ethical and technological criteria should be taken into account before selecting the proper AI tools for school education. International research and practice show that AI tools can be used for multiple purposes in education, such as being used as assistants in preparing teaching materials, monitoring learners’ progress, and creating individualised learning (Bagherimajd & Khajedad, 2025). However, the “black box” nature of AI means that traditional criteria for evaluating and selecting digital technologies for learning, teaching and assessment are insufficient and get even more complicated. Research confirms that despite of advances in research of AI in education, there are still significant gaps related to defining clear and well-founded criteria that would go beyond the assessment of technical parameters (Luckin & Cukurova, 2019), include ethical aspect, responsibility for using the obtained data (Pedro et al., 2019) and clear legal regulations regarding data privacy (Holmes et al., 2022). Foster et al. (2023) highlight that school leaders are basing their selection of EdTech solutions (also running on AI) on colleague recommendation, internet searches, and education websites, but the tendency is that a significant number are also turning to research. Thus, researchers (Madanchain & Taherdoost, 2025) suggest a new decision - making criteria for AI tools in digital education which are supposed to leave schools and teachers well-informed about the technical, legal, ethical and didactical characteristics of the AI tools. Along with concerns about educational equity and AI-generated content for tailored learning experiences, transparency in AI operations is found to be essential for acceptability. Moreover, the authors claim that systematic re-evaluation is required for AI tools used in education, which may be a very heavy or unbearable workload for schools and teachers. However, if these decision - making criteria are underestimated, the authors predict the challenges stemming from the lack of standardised criteria for selecting AI tools. Having a set of criteria identified and emphasised by different researchers, this paper introduces research-based guidelines for the AI tool selection that is being introduced by Vytautas Magnus University in Lithuania, serving as an instrument and support system for teachers and school administration when it comes to the critical and targeted tool selection.The paper invites teacher trainers at universities and researchers in education to discuss how schools and teachers should be supported in making informed decisions on the selection of AI tools for digital didactics. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the aim and the research question, this study employs an analytical methodological approach. First, in-depth scientific literature and policy document analysis were conducted, including frameworks and models of AI competences for teachers and students, contributing to the overall knowledge and context of applying AI in school education. Results of the theoretical analysis were then used to identify and systematise didactical, technological, ethical and legal criteria for AI tool selection. For the next step, AI tools were suggested and selected for learning, teaching and assessment, which were classified into the categories of didactical characteristics presented in the “Findings” section. The tools were suggested by the international team of researchers working on a policy experimentation project in digital education for schools, specifically focusing on digital well-being of students and teachers. The tools listed by schools from Lithuania, Estonia, Spain, Finland and Slovenia were selected for the analysis and evaluation following the developed instruments. As a result, 47 AI tools were analysed and categorised as low, medium, or high risk, in line with the EU AI Act risk classification of AI systems. To ensure validity, the instrument and analysis results were introduced to expert groups comprising teacher trainers, school and higher education teachers, and administrative representatives, who provided feedback and recommendations for informed tool improvements. Finally, to support teachers and schools in the decision making and raise their awareness of the informed tool selection, a self-assessment tool was designed to check AI tools’ compliance with the European AI Act. This iterative process resulted in methodological guidelines that facilitate informed decision-making by schools and teachers when selecting AI tools for digital didactics. This study is part of the research project „Questioning Digital Didactics in School Education with the Elements of Artificial Intelligence (DI-daktika)”, No. P-EDU-23-1, which is co-funded by the European Union (the project “Breakthrough in Educational Research” No 10-044-P-0001) under the 1st April 2025 Agreement with the Research Council of Lithuania (RCL) and the 17th April 2025 Joint Activity Agreement with Vytautas Magnus University. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research resulted in methodological guidelines targeted for schools and teachers to make informed decisions on the selection of AI tools for the digital didactics, consisting of: 1) Introduction to the concept of AI with the references to the challenges and the added value of application of AI tools in education 2) The main didactical purposes - when and why AI may support digital didactics at school education: - Design teaching plans - Individualise learning - Design teaching/learning resources - Create assessment tasks - Enhance student engagement - Design assessment strategies - Prepare academic texts - Implement administrative tasks 3) The instrument covering the main groups of AI tool evaluation criteria, namely: - didactical characteristics of each tool - demographic characteristics of the tool - technical characteristics of the tool - ethical and legal characteristics. In order to facilitate the complicated tasks for schools and the teachers, AI tools are labeled with traffic light colours based their transparency in: - data protection policies, - copyright protection, - data storage and retention policy. 4) AI tools are then published in the dedicated area for schools resembling a “real life” situation when AI tools applicability for school digital didactics is assessed. 5) Self-assessment tool to check compliance of the tools with the European AI Act. This way the methodological guidelines facilitate the schools and the teachers in informed decision – making during the process of selecting AI tools for digital didactics and answer the research question of this study describing and illustrating didactical, legal, ethical and technological criteria which need to be taken into account before selecting the proper AI tools for school education. The research contributes to the international policy and practice level discussions, serving as a research-informed tool bridging the needs and requirements of educators, policy makers and EdTech providers. References Bagherimajd, K., & Khajedad, K. (2025). Designing a model of sustainable education based on artificial intelligence in higher education. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 9(100439), 1-14. Foster, D., McLemore, C., Olszewski, B., Chaudhry, A., Cooper, E., Forcier, L., & Luckin, R. (2023). EdTech Quality Frameworks and Standards Review: DfE Quality Characteristics Project (ref: PQFFSR). UK Department for Education. Holmes, W., Porayska-Pomsta, K., Holstein, K., Sutherland, E., Baker, T., Shum, S. B., & Koedinger, K. R. (2022). Ethics of AI in education: Towards a community-wide framework. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education, 32(3), 504-526. Kampylis, P., Punie, Y. & Devine, J. (2015); Promoting Effective Digital-Age Learning - A European Framework for Digitally-Competent Educational Organisations; EUR 27599 EN; doi:10.2791/54070 Luckin, R., & Cukurova, M. (2019). Designing educational technologies in the age of AI: A learning sciences‐driven approach. British Journal of Educational Technology, 50(6), 2824-2838. Madanchian, M., & Taherdoost, H. (2025). Decision-making criteria for AI tools in digital education. Digital Engineering, 100069. Pedro, F., Subosa, M., Rivas, A., & Valverde, P. (2019). Artificial intelligence in education: Challenges and opportunities for sustainable development. Raji, M., & Zualkernan, I. (2016). A decision tool for selecting a sustainable learning technology intervention. Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 19(3), 306-320. Redecker, C. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. Punie, Y. (ed). EUR 28775 EN. Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2017, ISBN 978-92-79-73494-6, doi:10.2760/159770, JRC107466 UNESCO. 2023. Global Education Monitoring Report 2023: Technology in education – A tool on whose terms? Paris, UNESCO 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Investigating In-Service Teachers' Computational Thinking Competence in Chinese Primary Schools from Teacher and School Characteristics 1: Capital Normal University, China, People's Republic of China; 2: Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of China; 3: Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:In the context of artificial intelligence and information technology, computational thinking (CT) has become a core competence necessary for adapting teaching and learning. CT can be seen as a thinking process that is essentially about using knowledge, methods, and attitudes to solve problems in life and find solutions through computer science concepts and digital tools. The development of CT in education shows a shift from its adoption in information technology-related education toward discipline-related education (Kafai & Burke, 2013; Palop et al., 2025). This indicates that CT education in primary schools extends beyond IT teachers and should be undertaken by teachers across disciplines. Moreover, the cognition level of educators’ CT competence has a direct impact on the quality of education and the subject matter they teach (Yadav et al., 2014). Therefore, understanding teachers' CT competence and their ability to teach CT is crucial not only for improving subject teaching effectiveness but also for informing European and international educational reforms aimed at fostering sustainable, future-oriented education systems. Some European teachers are already engaged in classroom activities and have covered several competencies that show high potential for introducing CT components with less burden on teachers (Mannila et al., 2014). Previous research has established that there are few empirical studies with quantitative methods on the cognition level of CT educators’ assessment in this field, while quantitative studies have problems such as small sample size and insufficient reliability and validity of scales (Kong et al., 2020; Tang et al.,2020). However, available research about the assessment of subject teachers’ CT competence from teacher and school characteristics remains limited. Research gaps are related to the operational assessment of the current state and influencing factors of teachers’ CT cognitions and their CT integration into their classrooms when focusing on a wide range of school subjects (STEM, social sciences, and humanities). This research mainly solves the problem of in-service primary school teachers’ CT competence assessment. To address these problems, a reliable and valid scale has been developed and used for the purpose of determining the teachers’ cognition levels of CT competence from life and professional applications. The questionnaire developed in this study is designed to gather statistical information about the characteristics of schools and in-service primary teachers’ cognitions about CT aspects in China. Our main hypothesis is that teacher and school characteristics variables affect teachers’ CT competence. Specifically, the following questions need to be solved: (1) What is the level of cognitive CT competence among Chinese in-service teachers in primary education? (2) To what extent are teachers’ CT competence related to teacher characteristics variables (i.e., gender, age, job title, final degree, teaching subjects, teaching experience, interdisciplinary cooperation teaching experience)? (3) To what extent are teachers’ CT competence related to school characteristics variables (i.e., location and socioeconomic status of schools, school type, instructional materials and resources, professional development training)? By doing so, this study expects to help understand teachers' cognitive CT competence from teacher and school characteristics. The theory in this research is mainly based on the new taxonomy of educational objectives to assess teachers’ CT competence from life and professional application in the Chinese context. This study incorporated the definition of CT from previous studies (Brennan & Resnick, 2012; CSTA & ISTE, 2011) and built a conceptual framework for its evaluation based on the categorization framework of Marzano’s educational goals (Marzano & Kendall, 2007). Finally, the key dimensions to assess in-service primary school teachers’ CT competence include cognitive knowledge of CT, practices and skills of CT, attitudes and perspectives of CT, CT teaching design, and CT teaching implementation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample of this study consists of 442 in-service teachers for online questionnaire surveys in different primary schools in China. In order to ensure the coverage and representativeness of the sample, the sampling method of the study was based on quota and stratified sampling. The sample was selected randomly from voluntary teachers. The in-service teachers comprised 64 male (14.48%) and 378 female teachers (85.52%) with most of the respondents within the 31–50 age range (66.29%). Most of the teaching experience is concentrated in the range of 4–30 years (78.51%), which shows that most of the respondents are more experienced in teaching. Most respondents (95.02%) have undergraduate and master’s degrees. In terms of school type, over 90% of the sample comes from public schools, which is in line with the current trend in the proportion of primary school types in China. The teachers’ teaching subjects are Chinese, English, mathematics, science, information technology, arts, music, ethics and law, sport and health. In this study, we used the Assessment Scale for Computational Thinking Competence of In-Service Primary School Teachers developed by Li et al. (2024) as an evaluation tool, which consists of two parts: the introduction and the item questions. The introduction is a definition of CT for in-service teachers, supplemented by a brief explanation to ensure that the respondents can understand the concept of CT after reading it. The questions consisted of 31 items on a six-point Likert scale covering the dimensions of cognitive knowledge of CT (CKCT), practices and skills of CT (PSCT), attitudes and perspectives of CT (APCT), design for contents and activities integration (DCAI), and implementation for processes and strategies integration (IPSI). The data analysis in this study is conducted which including: (1) analysis of descriptive statistics; (2) reliability and validity analysis; (3) independent samples t-test to analyze differences in primary school teachers’ CT competences considering teacher and school characteristics variables; and (4) one-way ANOVA to analyze differences in primary school teachers’ CT competences considering teacher and school characteristics variables. This study used SPSS and Amos software for data analysis and model fit analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It was found that primary school teachers’ CT competences were impacted by teacher and school characteristics variables. The model analysis indicated that teacher and school characteristics variables had a direct impact on CT competences. CT competences were highly impacted by variables of “job title, teaching subjects, teaching experience, interdisciplinary cooperation teaching experience, location and socioeconomic status of schools, teaching resources, and teachers’ professional development training”. According to these findings, interdisciplinary cooperation teaching experience was shown to be the most effective variable in predicting CT competences. Overall, primary school teachers have positive perceptions of CT competences. Primary school teachers are highly competent in practices and skills of CT and its teaching implementation process and strategies for curriculum integration. However, teachers have difficulties with their cognitive knowledge of CT. It is important to further improve teachers’ competences to design content and activities for curriculum integration, and to support appropriate attitudes and perspectives toward CT integration in subject teaching. Importantly, CT should be understood as a higher-order competence that cannot be explained by a single factor. It concludes that there is an uneven development of CT competences among primary school teachers, which is influenced by a combination of social environment, school characteristics, teacher characteristics, the education system, and interdisciplinary curriculum reform. Although this study is situated in the Chinese context, the identified influencing factors are not culturally specific. Similar patterns are evident in European research, where interdisciplinary collaboration, teacher professional development, and school resources are also recognized as key conditions for CT development. Accordingly, this study provides comparative empirical evidence that lays a foundation for future implementation of teachers’ CT education and highlights its relevance for European educational research and policy debates. Future studies should further examine student learning outcomes to clarify the impact and necessity of teachers’ CT competences for student learning. References Brennan, K., & Resnick, M. (2012). New frameworks for studying and assessing the development of computational thinking. Proceedings of the 2012 Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association,Vancouver, BC, Canada. CSTA & ISTE. (2011). Operational definition of computational thinking for K-12 education. Retrieved from https://cdn.iste.org/www-root/Computational_Thinking_Operational_Definition_ISTE.pdf Kafai, Y. B., & Burke, Q. (2013). The social turn in K-12 programming: Moving from computational thinking to computational participation. Proceeding of the 44th ACM Technical Symposium on Computer Science Education, 603–608. Kong, S. C., Lai, M., & Sun, D. (2020). Teacher development in computational thinking: Design and learning outcomes of programming concepts, practices and pedagogy. Computers & Education, 151, 1–19. Li, X., Sang, G., Valcke, M., & van Braak, J. (2024). The development of an assessment scale for computational thinking competence of in-service primary school teachers. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 62(6), 1318-1347. Mannila, L., Dagiene, V., Demo, B., Grgurina, N., Mirolo, C., Rolandsson, L., & Settle, A. (2014). Computational thinking in K-9 education. Proceedings of the Working Group Reports of the 2014 on Innovation and Technology in Computer Science Education Conference, 1–29. Marzano, R. J., & Kendall, J. S. (2007). The new taxonomy of educational objectives. Corwin Press. Palop, B., Díaz, I., Rodriguez-Muniz, L. J., & Santaengracia, J. J. (2025). Redefining computational thinking: A holistic framework and its implications for K-12 education. Education and Information Technologies, 1-26. Tang, X., Yin, Y., Lin, Q., Hadad, R., & Zhai, X. (2020). Assessing computational thinking: A systematic review of empirical studies. Computers & Education, 148, 103798. Yadav, A., Mayfield, C., Zhou, N., Hambrusch, S., & Korb, J. T. (2014). Computational thinking in elementary and secondary teacher education. ACM Transactions on Computing Education, 14(1), 1–16. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper How Students’ ICT Use for Learning Relates to Academic Emotional Patterns: A Multilevel Latent Profile Analysis Using Experience Sampling Data 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: Finnish Institute for Educational Research; 3: University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:The purpose of this study is to identify both situational (within-lesson) and student-level profiles of academic emotions, and to examine how these emotion profiles vary across different ICT related-practices (or technology-enhanced classroom situations) characterised by ICT device use and purposes of ICT use. Emotions are not peripheral to learning, rather they dynamically influence the regulatory processes that underpin knowledge construction and understanding (Ketonen, 2017; Pekrun, 2006). Within the control–value theory of academic emotions (Pekrun, 2006, 2024), such emotions are understood to arise from students’ appraisals of their control in a learning situation and the subjective value they attribute to it. Recent theoretical developments (Pekrun, 2024) extend this framework to encompass epistemic emotions, which arise during cognitive activities, such as when learners confront uncertainty, identify knowledge gaps, reconcile conflictinginformation or evaluate explanations, rather than solely from judgements of success or failure. Epistemic emotions, such as curiosity, confusion, frustration, boredom, and surprise, are directed toward the epistemic aspects of learning, including how students process, evaluate, and make sense of information.These emotions play a central role in regulating cognitive and motivational processes. Curiosity, for example, typically arises when learners detect a knowledge gap or identify an intellectually meaningful target that they value and feel capable of mastering (high perceived control) (Pekrun, 2019; Peterson & Cohen, 2019). In contrast, confusion and frustration arise when learners appraise a situation as involving substantial cognitive incongruity, such as contradictory information, combined with low perceived control over resolving it, despite high task importance. Surprise is elicited when incoming information violates prior expectations (Pekrun, 2024). Pekrun (2024) argues that classroom instruction plays a central role in explaining students’ emotions. In contemporary education, the use of ICT has become inevitable. However, there is little consensus on how it can be used effectively to support learning, particularly given substantial variability among students in prior knowledge, motivation, and self-regulation skills (Alvarez-Garcia et al., 2024; Borgonovi & Pokropek, 2021; Chen et al., 2024; Consoli et al., 2025). Teachers’ instructional practices inherently involve decisions about whether and how ICT is integrated, and ICT-based learning activities interact with students’ varying levels of ICT proficiency (Blundell et al., 2022; Consoli et al., 2025). These interactions can influence students’ cognitive load and may introduce cognitive incongruity during learning. Such cognitively demanding learning situations are particularly relevant for the emergence of epistemic emotions—such as confusion, surprise, and curiosity—which are directly tied to knowledge construction and meaning-making processes (D’Mello & Graesser, 2012).Since epistemic emotions often co-occur and fluctuate dynamically during learning processes, adopting a profile-based approach that captures patterns of co-existing emotions provides a richer understanding of students’emotional experiences than single-variable approaches, especially in ICT-supported learning environments. Therefore, the present study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participants of this study were 7th grade students (N = 190, aged 13-14) in three secondary schools in a central region of Finland in spring 2025. Their guardians agreed to participate by providing a written consent. The students were provided with mobile phones to answer the experience sampling method (ESM) questions during a 10-school-day data collection period (excluding weekends). The ESM prompts were programmed to beep once per lesson at random time. After screening the data, the final dataset included 5163 responses (M = 27.61 response per student). ESM questions include items related to epistemic emotions, ICT device (e.g., PC-tablet, smartphone) and purposes of ICT use (e.g., getting information, producing outputs). Epistemic emotions were assessed using five items: confusion, surprise, anxiety, frustration, and curiosity (e.g., “I am confused right now.”) rated on a 7‑point Likert scale ranging from 1 (not at all) to 7 (very much). As a preliminary analysis, intraclass correlation coefficients (ICCs) were calculated to assess the data’s hierarchical nature. The ICCs for academic emotions indicated 31–51% variances, which underscores using a multilevel model at the student level. Data were analysed using Mplus 9. First, a single-level latent profile analysis was conducted to determine the optimal number of latent profiles at the situational level (within-level). Some models were tested, ranging from one to six profiles. Profiles were evaluated using the Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC), the Akaike Information Criterion (AIC), entropy, and the Lo-Mendell-Rubin adjusted likelihood ratio test (LMR-LRT). In addition, the classification probabilities for the most likely latent class membership were assessed. The criterion of the probabilities should be more than .80 between all identical latent class memberships and latent profiles. Finally, the model with the lowest BIC and AIC, the entropy (acceptable values above .70; Jung & Wickrama, 2008), and a significant LMR-LRT was selected as the best-fitting model. The relationships between the profiles and the covariates were analysed with multinomial logistic regression. After identifying the latent profiles, we extended the model by inputting the covariates that may predict the students’ class membership. we employed the R3STEP method, an indirect auxiliary-variables approach, to calculate the regression and odds ratio coefficients (Asparouhov & Muthén, 2014). Next, multi-level latent profile analysis (MLPA) was conducted to examine the between-level model based on the number of the within-level latent profiles. The same indicators used at the situational level were used to assess the number of the profiles except LMR-LRT. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The model identified four distinct situational-level emotion profiles: Neutral-low activation (WP1; n = 3511, 68.00%) were characterised by uniformly low levels of all measured emotions. Negative-activation (WP2; n = 622, 12.05%) showed relatively higher anxiety and frustration alongside low confusion, surprise, curiosity. High-activation (WP3; n = 206, 3.99%) were characterised by relatively high confusion, surprise, anxiety and frustration, and moderate curiosity. Moderate activation (WP4; n = 824, 15.96%) represented moderate levels of confusion, surprise, and curiosity, and low levels of anxiety and frustration. Associations between these within-level profiles and ICT use were also examined. Regarding ICT devices, the results indicated that students in WP2 exhibited higher odds of using PC or tablet than those in WP1. With respect to smartphone use, WP3 was significantly more likely to use smartphones than WP1, WP2, and WP4. In addition, WP2 showed significantly higher smartphone use compared to WP1. Regarding the purposes of ICT use, WP3 showed significantly higher odds of using ICT to obtain information compared with WP1, WP2, and WP4. In terms of producing outputs, WP2 was significantly more likely to use ICT for producing outputs than WP1 and WP4, while WP3 also showed higher odds compared with WP1. With respect to information sharing, WP4 showed higher odds of ICT use for sharing information than WP3. For task completion, WP3 was significantly more likely to involve ICT use for this purpose than WP1, WP2, and WP4. Regarding the student level profiles, the model identified three profiles: Fluctuating negative-activation students (BP1; n = 43, 22.99%) characterised by WP1 and WP2, Mixed-activation students (BP2; n = 39, 20.86%) characterized by WP2 and WP3, and Low activation students (BP3; n = 105, 56.15%) characterised by WP1. References Alvarez-Garcia, M., Arenas-Parra, M., & Ibar-Alonso, R. (2024). Uncovering student profiles. An explainable cluster analysis approach to PISA 2022. Computers & Education, 223(105166), 105166. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2024.105166 Asparouhov, T., & Muthén, B. (2014). Auxiliary variables in mixture modeling: 3-step approaches using mplus. Mplus Web Notes, 15(version 8). https://www.statmodel.com/download/webnotes/webnote15.pdf Blundell, C. N., Mukherjee, M., & Nykvist, S. (2022). A scoping review of the application of the SAMR model in research. Computers and Education Open, 3(100093), 100093. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2022.100093 Borgonovi, F., & Pokropek, M. (2021). The evolution of the association between ICT use and reading achievement in 28 countries. Computers and Education Open, 2(100047), 100047. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2021.100047 Chen, J., Lin, C.-H., & Chen, G. (2024). Extramural ICT factors impact adolescents’ academic performance and well-being differently: Types of self-regulated learners also matter. Education and Information Technologies, 29(15), 20459–20491. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-12642-x Consoli, T., Schmitz, M.-L., Antonietti, C., Gonon, P., Cattaneo, A., & Petko, D. (2025). Quality of technology integration matters: Positive associations with students’ behavioral engagement and digital competencies for learning. Education and Information Technologies, 30(6), 7719–7752. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-13118-8 D’Mello, S., & Graesser, A. (2012). Dynamics of affective states during complex learning. Learning and Instruction, 22(2), 145–157. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2011.10.001 Järvinen, J., Ketonen, E. E., Hietajärvi, L., & Salmela-Aro, K. (2022). From high peaks to deep valleys: Using a situation- and person-oriented approach to assess within- and between-student variation in momentary engagement and disengagement. Learning and Instruction, 82(101685), 101685. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2022.101685 Ketonen, E. (2017). The role of motivation and academic emotions in university studies (K. Lonka, Ed.). University of Helsinki. Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 315–341. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-006-9029-9 Pekrun, R. (2019). The murky distinction between curiosity and interest: State of the art and future prospects. Educational Psychology Review, 31(4), 905–914. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-019-09512-1 Pekrun, R. (2024). Control-value theory: From achievement emotion to a general theory of human emotions. Educational Psychology Review, 36(3). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-024-09909-7 Peterson, E. G., & Cohen, J. (2019). A case for domain-specific curiosity in mathematics. Educational Psychology Review, 31(4), 807–832. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-019-09501-4 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Designing Project-Based Learning in Digital Platforms: A Theoretical Model for Primary Education Klaipeda university, Lithuania Presenting Author:Topic and Rationale Across Europe and internationally, primary education systems are undergoing profound transformation driven by curriculum reforms, competence-based education, and digitalisation. Project-Based Learning (PBL) has gained strong policy and research support as a pedagogical approach capable of fostering deeper learning, learner agency, interdisciplinary integration, and key 21st-century competences. At the same time, digital learning platforms are increasingly embedded in everyday school practice. However, despite their growing prevalence, the pedagogical integration of digital platforms into PBL, particularly in primary education, remains theoretically fragmented and unevenly supported by research-based models. This proposal addresses a critical gap in European and international educational research: the lack of coherent, theoretically grounded models that support teachers in designing, implementing, and sustaining project-based learning through digital platforms in primary education. The study responds to growing concerns that digital platforms are often used instrumentally rather than pedagogically, without sufficient alignment to learning design principles, learner development, and sustainability of educational practice. Research Questions and Objectives The contribution is guided by the following overarching research question: How can project-based learning in primary education be systematically designed and implemented through digital learning platforms in a pedagogically meaningful and sustainable way? This question is addressed through three interrelated objectives:
Theoretical and Conceptual Framework The study is grounded in a multi-layered theoretical framework integrating:
Within this framework, digital platforms are conceptualised not merely as tools, but as pedagogical ecosystems that can scaffold planning, inquiry, collaboration, formative assessment, and reflection throughout the PBL cycle. Methodological Approach The theoretical model presented in this contribution was developed through a mixed-method, design-oriented research approach. It integrates:
This methodological triangulation strengthens the validity, transferability, and practical relevance of the proposed model. Intended Purpose and European/International Dimension The purpose of the proposed ECER contribution is to stimulate theoretically informed and practice-relevant discussion on how PBL can be sustainably designed within digital learning environments across different European and international contexts. While empirically grounded in one national context, the model addresses challenges common across education systems: curriculum integration, teacher competence development, platform selection, and pedagogical coherence. The discussion is particularly relevant for European debates on digital education, competence-based curricula, teacher education, and the responsible use of educational technologies. By framing PBL as a learning design process supported—but not driven—by digital platforms, the contribution offers transferable insights for researchers, teacher educators, policymakers, and practitioners working across diverse educational systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a design-oriented, mixed-method research methodology aimed at developing and theoretically grounding a model for designing project-based learning (PBL) in digital learning platforms for primary education. The methodological approach combines systematic analysis of international research with empirical data from multiple stakeholder groups, ensuring both conceptual rigour and practical relevance. Research Design The research was structured in four interrelated phases: Systematic Literature Review A structured review of international peer-reviewed literature was conducted to analyse theoretical foundations and empirical evidence related to project-based learning, learning design, digital pedagogy, and the use of digital learning platforms in primary education. Sources included international journals, policy reports, and meta-analyses. The review informed the conceptual framework and identified gaps in existing PBL design approaches in digital environments. Needs Analysis of Stakeholder Groups Empirical data were collected from key stakeholder groups involved in primary education: in-service primary teachers, pre-service teachers, teacher educators, educational experts, and educational technology developers. Data collection methods included structured questionnaires and semi-structured interviews focusing on perceived challenges, pedagogical needs, and expectations related to designing and implementing PBL using digital platforms. This phase ensured that the model responds to authentic educational needs across different professional perspectives. Delphi Study on Digital Learning Platforms A multi-stage Delphi study was conducted to evaluate the pedagogical and technological affordances of digital learning platforms used in primary education. An expert panel assessed platform characteristics in relation to PBL principles, including support for inquiry, collaboration, scaffolding, formative assessment, feedback, and learning analytics. Iterative rounds of expert evaluation were used to reach consensus on key design-relevant features and limitations of existing platforms. Model Development and Synthesis Findings from the literature review, needs analysis, and Delphi study were iteratively synthesised to develop a theoretically grounded and empirically informed design model for PBL in digital platforms. The synthesis process followed learning design principles and emphasised alignment between pedagogical goals, learner characteristics, platform affordances, and sustainability considerations. Research Instruments and Data Sources Research instruments included literature analysis protocols, structured survey questionnaires, semi-structured interview guides, and expert evaluation matrices used in the Delphi study. Data sources comprised international research literature, empirical data from educational stakeholders, and expert judgments on digital platform affordances. This methodological triangulation strengthens the validity, transparency, and transferability of the proposed model, supporting its relevance across diverse European and international primary education contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to contribute both theoretically and empirically to international research on project-based learning (PBL), learning design, and digital pedagogy in primary education. Its central outcome is a theoretically grounded and empirically informed model for designing project-based learning in digital learning platforms, tailored to the specific developmental, pedagogical, and curricular characteristics of primary education. At the theoretical level, the study advances current PBL research by conceptualising digital platforms not merely as technological tools, but as pedagogical ecosystems that can support the full PBL cycle—from planning and inquiry to collaboration, formative assessment, reflection, and presentation of learning outcomes. By integrating learning design theory with constructivist and socio-constructivist perspectives, the model strengthens the alignment between pedagogical intentions, learner agency, and digital affordances. At the empirical level, the findings highlight key conditions for the sustainable implementation of PBL in digital environments, including the importance of teachers’ learning design competences, clarity of pedagogical goals, and purposeful selection of platform features. The study also identifies common mismatches between platform functionalities and PBL principles, providing evidence-based criteria for evaluating and selecting digital learning platforms in primary education. In terms of practical outcomes, the proposed model offers a transferable design framework that can support teachers, teacher educators, and school leaders in planning, implementing, and reflecting on PBL supported by digital platforms. It also provides guidance for educational technology developers seeking to align platform design with pedagogical needs in primary education. From a European and international perspective, the findings respond to shared challenges related to curriculum reform, digitalisation, and competence-based education. Although grounded in a specific national context, the model addresses cross-national concerns and is adaptable to diverse educational systems, thereby contributing to broader discussions on sustainable, learner-centred digital pedagogy in primary education. References 1.Erstad, Ola Andres; Sefton-Green, Julian; Hillman, Thomas; Araos Moya, Andres Arturo & Richter, Christoph [Vis alle 12 forfattere av denne artikkelen] (2022). Platformization in and of education ̶Exploring a new research agenda . Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning Series (CSCL). ISSN 1573-4552. 2.From, J. (2017). Pedagogical digital competence-between values. Knowledge and Skills. Higher Education Studies, 7(2), 43–50. 3.Darling-Hammond, L., & Oakes, J. (2021). Preparing teachers for deeper learning. Harvard Education Press. 4.Pranckūnienė, E., & Girdzijauskienė, R. (2023). Personalised and deeper learning opportunities using learning experience platforms. In INTED2023 Proceedings (pp. 7734-7741). IATED. 5.Girdzijauskienė, R., Bubnys, R., Rupšienė, L., & Pranckūnienė, E. (2021). Rethinking the relationships between teacher educators and their students from the new normality perspective. In EDULEARN21 Proceedings (pp. 1472-1481). IATED. 6.Greenhow, C., Graham, C. R., & Koehler, M. J. (2022). Foundations of online learning: Challenges and opportunities. Educational Psychologist, 57(3), 131-147. 7.Krajcik, J. S., & Czerniak, C. M. (2018). Teaching science in elementary and middle school: A project-based learning approach. Routledge. 8.Krajcik, J., Schneider, B., Miller, E. A., Chen, I. C., Bradford, L., Baker, Q., ... & Peek-Brown, D. (2023). Assessing the effect of project-based learning on science learning in elementary schools. American Educational Research Journal, 60(1), 70-102. 9.Lim, C., Han, H., Jung, D., Ozturk, Y. E., Hong, J. H., Kim, K., & Kwon, H. (2017). Exploring an e-learning platform prototype for supporting learning design. Journal of educational technology, 33(4), 799-837. 10.McTighe, J., & Silver, H. F. (2020). Teaching for deeper learning: Tools to engage students in meaning making. ASCD. 11.Meng, N., Dong, Y., Roehrs, D., & Luan, L. (2023). Tackle implementation challenges in project-based learning: a survey study of PBL e-learning platforms. Educational technology research and development, 1-29. 12.Miller, E. C., & Krajcik, J. S. (2019). Promoting deep learning through project-based learning: A design problem. Disciplinary and Interdisciplinary Science Education Research, 1(1), 1-10. 13.Ouchen, L., Tifroute, L., & El Hariri, K. (2022). Soft Skills through the Prism of Primary School Teachers. European Journal of Educational Research, 11(4), 2303-2313. 14.Phungsuk, R., Viriyavejakul, C., & Ratanaolarn, T. (2017). Development of a problem-based learning model via a virtual learning environment. Kasetsart Journal of Social Sciences, 38(3), 297-306. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 16 SES 10 B Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Jen Scott Curwood Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Digital Pedagogical Intentionality and Design Thinking in Initial Teacher Education: Teaching Profiles and Levels of Digital Technology Integration 1: Universidad de La Frontera, Chile; 2: Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain Presenting Author:Over the last decade, and with intensity following the transition to emergency remote teaching, the use of digital technologies in higher education has expanded significantly (Syahrin et al., 2023; Tang, 2022). This scenario has increased research interest in the field; however, available evidence shows that a large share of this academic production remains focused on access to resources and technical mastery of technologies, reinforcing a predominantly instrumental orientation of professional digital competence, to the detriment of approaches that critically and reflectively address its pedagogical and epistemological implications (Aagaard et al., 2025). In this context, various studies warn that the educational effectiveness of digital technologies does not depend on their mere availability or frequency of use, but rather on how teachers mobilize pedagogical skills to integrate them into the design of active learning activities and on the degree of participation assumed by students in these processes (Lohr et al., 2024). Nevertheless, a gap persists in the literature, characterized by descriptions of technological advances without sufficient analysis of the pedagogical principles that guide their use toward high-quality learning, which limits understanding of how these tools effectively contribute to the teaching–learning process (Almithqal & John, 2024; Ansari & Waheed, 2024). Within this scenario, design thinking emerges as a critical framework for understanding educational innovation. It is defined as an analytical and creative process that enables experimentation, prototyping, and redesigning solutions to complex problems (Razzouk & Shute, 2012). Its relevance is such that Tsai and Chai (2012), expanding on Ertmer’s (1999) original proposal, position it as a third-order barrier. From this perspective, design thinking functions as an approach that enables teachers to reinterpret and negotiate infrastructural constraints and professional beliefs within specific contexts, rather than addressing them as isolated barriers. This perspective helps explain why, even under similar institutional conditions, profoundly different pedagogical practices emerge (Blundell, 2025). Alongside this design capacity, digital pedagogical intentionality plays a decisive role. It is understood as the deliberate orientation that guides decisions regarding instructional design, defining the educational purposes that structure the use of methods and resources. However, there is a scarcity of studies that explicitly articulate teachers’ digital pedagogical intentionality with design thinking. This absence hinders understanding of the mechanisms that enable the transformation of the learning experience rather than the mere reproduction of traditional models. Addressing this gap is critical in initial teacher education, where university practices shape future school teaching. Based on the above, the purpose of this study was to analyse the relationship between three forms of digital pedagogical intentionality (teaching-focused, learning-focused, and didactic modelling-focused) and three levels of design thinking (initial, intermediate, and advanced) among academics involved in initial teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted an interpretive qualitative approach, aimed at understanding the meanings participants attribute to their experiences within a specific context (Merriam & Tisdell, 2015). This design involves data collection through interviews and inductive analysis oriented toward identifying patterns, categories, and emerging themes, prioritizing an in-depth understanding of the phenomenon. The study involved 54 academics (36 Chilean and 18 Spanish) from 10 universities (five in Chile and five in Spain) who use digital technologies in courses related to initial teacher education. Among Spanish academics, specialists in digital technologies predominate, whereas in the Chilean case, faculty members are characterized by using digital technologies primarily as a support resource in their teaching. This sample composition made it possible to capture a wide diversity of digital profiles. For data collection, a semi-structured interview guide was used, organized around five thematic dimensions: (i) professional trajectory; (ii) academic characteristics; (iii) conditions for implementing teaching; (iv) use of digital technologies in the classroom; and (v) experience with emergency remote teaching. Interviews were conducted both remotely and in person, reaching a total duration of 2,485 minutes, with an average of 43.5 minutes per session. Prior to participation, faculty members read and signed an informed consent form validated by the institutional ethics committee. After recording each interview, the information was transcribed using Microsoft 365 software, followed by manual review by two researchers. Subsequently, technical adjustments were applied to the transcripts to optimize AI-assisted analysis and incorporate the data into the MaxQDA software for organization and processing. Data analysis was conducted using principles from the structuring qualitative content analysis model proposed by Kuckartz and Rädiker (2023). In the first phase, deductive codes were established to identify digital pedagogical intentionality (with focuses on teaching, learning, and modelling of practices) and levels of design thinking with technologies (initial, intermediate, and advanced). In the subsequent stage, MaxQDA’s AI chat was used as an analytical support tool to classify teachers and explore regularities, contrasts, and distinctive elements among profiles. AI use was employed as a complementary resource under researcher supervision. All system-generated responses were validated through review of the hyperlinks provided by the system. The construction of conclusions and the final interpretation of the study were developed by the research team. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results revealed six teaching profiles, structured according to the combination of one dominant and one secondary pedagogical intentionality: Learning–Teaching (n = 22), Learning–Modeling (n = 8), Teaching–Learning (n = 12), Teaching–Modeling (n = 7), Modeling–Learning (n = 3), and Modeling–Teaching (n = 2). Data analysis showed that digital pedagogical intentionality prioritizing learning and didactic modelling mostly converge with advanced levels of design thinking. In contrast, teaching-centred orientations are predominantly associated with intermediate levels. These findings suggest that design thinking develops progressively as the emphasis of digital pedagogical intentionality shifts from teaching toward student learning. The findings indicate that the academic use of digital technologies transcends the limitations of restrictive institutional contexts. Resource availability does not directly determine digital pedagogical intentionality; instead, teacher agency—articulating intentional decision-making, self-directed learning, and creativity—constitutes a central explanatory factor in the transformative use of digital technologies. Didactic modelling intentionality acquires relevance in initial teacher education, as it positions technology as a second-order formative device that projects future professional practice and strengthens critical digital competencies with high transfer potential. Despite the diversity of profiles, a transversal core of design thinking is identified. This core integrates reflective attitude, pedagogical valuation of technology, self-directed learning, and peer learning. Taken together, the results demonstrate that the quality of pedagogical uses of digital technologies is best explained through a logic of intentional pedagogical design, rather than through approaches based on isolated digital competencies or external infrastructural conditions. This consolidates digital pedagogical intentionality as a key analytical construct. References Aagaard, T., Amdam, S. H., Nagel, I., Vika, K. S., Andreasen, J. K., Pedersen, C., & Røkenes, F. M. (2025). Teacher preparation for the digital age: Is it still an instrumental endeavor? Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 69(3), 651–665. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2024.2330927 Almithqal, E. A., & John, T. (2024). Exploring barriers and facilitators of ICT in English pronunciation instruction: Perspectives from Jordanian tertiary education. Pedagogical Research, 9(4). https://doi.org/10.29333/pr/15028 Alvarado, L. F. (2025). Design thinking as an active teaching methodology in higher education: A systematic review. Frontiers in Education, 10. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1462938 Ansari, S., & Waheed, A. (2024). Investigating the barriers to sustainable higher education in the post pandemic environment. Education and Information Technologies, 29(18), 24677–24713. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-12728-6 Blundell, C. N. (2024). Using design thinking to embrace the complexities of teacher learning-practice with digital technologies. Professional Development in Education, 51(3), 386–404. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2024.2422063 Ertmer, P. A. (1999). Addressing first- and second-order barriers to change: Strategies for technology integration. Educational Technology Research and Development, 47(4), 47–61. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02299597 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative content analysis: Methods, practice and software (Second. ed.). SAGE Publications. Lohr, A., Sailer, M., Stadler, M., & Fischer, F. (2024). Digital learning in schools: Which skills do teachers need, and who should bring their own devices? Teaching and Teacher Education, 152. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104788 Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2015). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation. Jossey-Bass. Razzouk, R., & Shute, V. (2012). What is design thinking and why is it important? Review of Educational Research, 82(3), 330–348. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654312459091 Syahrin, S., Almashiki, K., & Alzaanin, E. (2023). The impact of COVID-19 on digital competence. International Journal of Advanced Computer Science and Applications, 14(1). https://doi.org/10.14569/ijacsa.2023.0140156 Tang, K. H. D. (2022). Impacts of COVID-19 on primary, secondary and tertiary education: A comprehensive review and recommendations for educational practices. Educational Research for Policy and Practice, 22(1), 23–61. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10671-022-09319-y Tsai, C.-C., & Chai, C. (2012). The "third"-order barrier for technology-integration instruction: Implications for teacher education. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 28(6), 1057–1060. https://doi.org/10.14742/ajet.810 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Exploring student views on using Student Response Systems for real-time Feedback in Classes University of Prishtina, Kosovo Presenting Author:Background The growing use of tools like Kahoot!, Mentimeter, and Padlet has fostered greater participation and real-time feedback, which enhances student engagement and promotes interest in theoretical concepts (Kloos et al., 2022). SRS are recognized for their pedagogical benefits, as they align with several educational theories, including Kolb’s Experiential Learning Theory, Constructivism, Cognitive Multimedia Learning, Just-in-Time Teaching, and Game-Based Learning. These theories support active student engagement and motivation (Kolb et al., 2014; Chaiyo & Nokham, 2017). Kolb’s model, for instance, emphasizes the interplay between perception and processing, where learning emerges from students' concrete experiences and reflective observations. Studies investigating Student Response Systems highlight key factors influencing their adoption, such as ease of use, usefulness, and social influence. Research on tools like Padlet has shown that these factors positively influence tool acceptance among students. Similarly, tools such as Mentimeter, Wooclap, Microsoft whiteboard, and Miro have been explored for their ability to enhance learning orchestration and facilitate collaboration among students (Kloos et al., 2022; Avila & Castillo, 2021; Juhary, 2021; Karsen et al., 2022). Research highlights the positive impact of SRS on student outcomes, including improved motivation, retention of content, and critical thinking skills (Chien et al., 2016; Roschelle et al., 2004). The adoption of digital and web-based systems has further expanded the capabilities of SRS, allowing integration with mobile devices, laptops, and other platforms. This evolution has made SRS accessible and scalable for a wide range of learning environments, from large lecture halls to small group discussions (Beatty, 2004). However, despite the benefits, challenges such as technical difficulties and internet connectivity issues, as well as teachers' limited pedagogical expertise, have been identified as barriers to the effective integration of these tools in classrooms (Qurbani, 2022).
Aim and Research Questions The aim of this research paper is to explore the integration of Student Response Systems (SRS) into classroom settings, focusing on how these tools enhance the teaching and learning experience. This study examines the practical implementation of SRS in real-life classroom scenarios, analyzing their effectiveness in fostering student engagement, participation, and interaction. Additionally, it investigates the extent to which the use of SRS impacts class dynamics. By evaluating both the benefits and challenges associated with SRS, this research seeks to provide actionable insights into their role in transforming traditional teaching methods into more interactive and student-centered learning environments. The research is driven by the following research questions: RQ1: What are students' perspectives on the use of Student Response Systems (SRS) in classroom settings? RQ2: What specific Student Response Systems (SRS) are currently available for facilitating real-time feedback in classroom settings? RQ3: What is the overall sentiment of students toward the integration of SRS in their learning experience?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research methodology was employed to address the research questions, using techniques such as focus groups and sentiment analysis of students' opinions. These methods provided in-depth insights into students’ experiences and practical perspectives on the use of Student Response Systems (SRS) in classroom settings. Data were collected by gathering input from 103 students from the Faculty of Education during the winter semester of 2024. The students were divided into four focus groups, each designed to encourage open dialogue and rich discussion about their experiences with Students Response Systems. These tools included popular platforms like Kahoot, Slido, Plickers, Padlet, and Mentimeter – to name a few, which are commonly used for real-time student feedback in educational settings. The focus group discussions explored various dimensions of SRS integration in the classroom. Participants shared their perspectives on the benefits of these systems, such as increased engagement, improved interactivity, and opportunities for immediate feedback. They also discussed the challenges they encountered, including technical issues, accessibility concerns, and potential overuse of such systems. Open-ended questions encouraged students to reflect on their familiarity with specific SRS platforms, their perceptions of ease of use, and the practicality of implementing these tools in diverse educational contexts. In addition to the qualitative insights gathered from focus groups, sentiment analysis was employed to assess the tone and emotional responses reflected in students’ opinions. Using Natural Language Processing (NLP) and Machine Learning techniques, the focus group transcripts were analyzed to identify positive, negative, and neutral sentiments (Kastrati et al., 2021). This analysis provided a deeper understanding of students’ emotional reactions to SRS, revealing patterns in their attitudes toward the technology. For example, positive sentiments often highlighted the fun and interactive aspects of SRS, while negative sentiments pointed to frustrations with technical glitches or limited applicability in certain subjects. The combination of focus groups discussions and sentiment analysis offers a comprehensive approach to understanding the integration of SRS in classroom settings. While the focus groups captured nuanced, qualitative insights directly from students, sentiment analysis added an additional layer of data by quantifying and categorizing sentiment of students responses. Together, these methods provide a holistic view of how SRS tools are perceived by students, the benefits they bring, and the challenges that need to be addressed to maximize their effectiveness in educational environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper explores students' opinions on the use of Student Response Systems (SRS) to enhance classroom dynamics through real-time feedback. Tools such as Kahoot!, Slido, Plicker, Padlet, and Mentimeter have transformed classroom environments by promoting active participation, addressing misconceptions, and enabling adaptive teaching strategies. These platforms facilitate anonymous input, cater to diverse learning styles, and create more engaging learning experiences. The study collected qualitative data from 103 students in the Faculty of Education, examining their perceptions, preferences, and usage patterns of these SRS tools. The findings provide substantial insights into students' preferences regarding Student Response Systems, their usage patterns, and the preferred methods for delivering feedback. Students response systems such as Kahoot!, Socrative, Mentimeter, Plickers, Wooclap, Padlet, Edpuzzle, Slido, and Microsoft and Google Forms emerged as significant examples in this context. Notably, a considerable proportion of students expressed a preference for providing feedback using platforms like Kahoot!, Padlet, and Plickers, underscoring the importance of anonymity, privacy and gamification features in the feedback process. Furthermore, the shared opinions offered a nuanced understanding of how these tools impacted student experiences in classroom engagment, and how the SRS tools contribute to the overall learning experience in in classrooms. The findings highlight the positive impact of SRS on student participation, classroom engagement, and learning outcomes, with particular emphasis on the benefits of anonymity and gamification features. Challenges in integrating these tools were emphasized, including technical difficulties, internet infrastructure, teacher and students' digital competencies, and variations in teachers' readiness to incorporate SRS effectively. In conclusion, the results provide critical insights into the feasibility of adopting SRS in contemporary educational settings. Despite the challenges, the findings suggest that SRS can significantly contribute to creating more interactive and responsive learning environments, ultimately enhancing student participation and learning outcomes. References Avila, S. R., & Castillo, E. V. (2021). Model to support the learning process and generation of knowledge using collaborative tools. In 2021 IEEE 1st International Conference on Advanced Learning Technologies on Education & Research (ICALTER) (pp. 1-4). IEEE. Caldwell, J. E. (2007). Clickers in the large classroom: Current research and best-practice tips. CBE—Life Sciences Education, 6(1), 9-20. Chaiyo, Y., & Nokham, R. (2017). The effect of Kahoot, Quizizz and Google Forms on the student's perception in the classrooms response system. In 2017 International conference on digital arts, media and technology (ICDAMT) (pp. 178-182). IEEE. Chien, Y. T., Chang, Y. H., & Chang, C. Y. (2016). Do we click in the right way? A meta-analytic review of clicker-integrated instruction. Educational Research Review, 17, 1-18. Juhary, J. (2021). Padlet for remote learning: Lessons learned. In 2021 Universitas Riau International Conference on Education Technology (URICET) (pp. 291-296). IEEE. Karsen, M., Pangestu, H., & Kristin, D. M. (2022). Acceptance of Miro and Padlet as Collaboration Tools on Hybrid Flipped Learning & Case-Based Learning in Education 4.0 (a case study approach). In 2022 International Conference on Information Management and Technology (ICIMTech) (pp. 577-582). IEEE. Kastrati, Z., Dalipi, F., Imran, A. S., Pireva Nuci, K., & Wani, M. A. (2021). Sentiment analysis of students’ feedback with NLP and deep learning: A systematic mapping study. Applied Sciences, 11(9), 3986. Kay, R. H., & LeSage, A. (2009). Examining the benefits and challenges of using audience response systems: A review of the literature. Computers & Education, 53(3), 819-827. Kloos, C. D., Fernández-Panadero, C., Alario-Hoyos, C., Moreno-Marcos, P. M., Ibáñez, M. B., Muñoz-Merino, P. J., ... & Estévez-Ayres, I. (2022). Programming Teaching Interaction. In 2022 IEEE Global Engineering Education Conference (EDUCON) (pp. 1965-1969). IEEE. Kolb, D. A., Boyatzis, R. E., & Mainemelis, C. (2014). Experiential learning theory: Previous research and new directions. In Perspectives on thinking, learning, and cognitive styles (pp. 227-247). Routledge. Nuci, K. P., Tahir, R., Wang, A. I., & Imran, A. S. (2021). Game-based digital quiz as a tool for improving students’ engagement and learning in online lectures. Ieee Access, 9, 91220-91234. Owen, H. E., & Licorish, S. A. (2020). Game-based student response system: The effectiveness of Kahoot! On junior and senior information science students’ learning. Journal of Information Technology Education: Research, 19, 511-553. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Making Videogames Lendable: Designing Infrastructures to Advance Game-Based Pedagogy The University of Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:Digital games offer powerful opportunities for learning, meaning making, and engagement across educational contexts (Gee, 2003; Ehret et al., 2022). Narrative-driven and exploratory games, in particular, have been shown to support critical literacy, systems thinking, ethical reasoning, and identity development (Burn, 2021; Theodoulou & Curwood, 2023). Educational research is increasingly called upon not only to understand learning but also to intervene in the conditions that shape educational practice. The ECER 2026 theme, Knowing and Acting, foregrounds the dynamic relationship between research, institutional infrastructures, and pedagogical action, asking how educational research can respond to changing technological, cultural, and material conditions. This presentation addresses these concerns by examining a critical infrastructural gap that limits the educational use of digital games: the absence of scalable, sustainable models for libraries to purchase, license, and lend digital-only games to students. Unlike eBooks, films, or journals, games sit outside existing institutional procurement and distribution models, leaving educators to rely on ad hoc solutions that are costly, inequitable, and pedagogically limiting. This is a significant problem in secondary schools where games can support immersive and interactive learning as well as in higher education contexts where games are increasingly used in disciplines such as game design, digital humanities, media studies, and teacher education. Without a library-based solution, students may be excluded due to cost or platform restrictions, and educators have limited scope to leverage game-based pedagogy. These constraints undermine the educational potential of games and restrict their integration into formal curricula. As researchers working across education, human-computer interaction, and game studies, we have developed Ludolio, a digital platform designed to enable school and university libraries to make games accessible to students and educators. By positioning games as lendable, playable texts within library systems, Ludolio seeks to address a critical infrastructural barrier to game-based learning. In this presentation, we share key findings from interviews with teachers, co-design workshops with game developers and educators, and surveys, interviews, and observations with university students that informed the development of learning analytics, dashboard features, and curriculum materials that support teaching with games. Our aim is to contribute empirical evidence and design principles for integrating games into higher education teaching and learning infrastructures. Our research is informed by sociocultural theories of learning and game-based pedagogy, particularly theories that position learning as situated, participatory, and mediated by cultural tools (Lave & Wenger, 1991). From this perspective, games are understood as designed learning environments that invite players to engage in problem solving, narrative exploration, and identity experimentation (Burn, 2021). The study also draws on digital literacy and multiliteracies frameworks, which emphasise the importance of engaging learners with multimodal, interactive, and digitally mediated texts (Cope & Kalantzis, 2024; Ehret et al., 2022). Games are treated as complex cultural texts that combine narrative, mechanics, visuals, sound, and player agency, requiring new forms of literacy instruction and assessment. In addition, the research is shaped by participatory design and co-design theories, which positions educators as co-creators rather than end-users of educational technologies (DiSalvo et al., 2017). By involving educators in iterative design workshops, the project seeks to align technological affordances, such as dashboards and analytics, with pedagogical values rather than surveillance-oriented metrics (Selwyn, 2019). Finally, the study engages with emerging critiques of learning analytics, foregrounding ethical considerations related to transparency, agency, and meaningful interpretation of student data. Ludolio’s analytics are conceptualised not as measures of compliance, but as pedagogical supports that help educators understand how students engage with games as learning texts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is guided by the following research questions: 1. How can a digital game lending platform support equitable access, pedagogical integration, and sustainable licensing models for games in schools and universities? And 2. How do educators conceptualise and co-design learning analytics and dashboard tools to support meaningful game-based pedagogy? This research adopts a design-based research methodology, combining iterative design, empirical investigation, and theory building (Design-Based Research Collective, 2003). DBR is particularly suited to examining complex educational innovations situated in real-world contexts, such as libraries and classrooms. The first phase involved a review of existing library acquisition models, digital rights management (DRM) practices, and educational game use. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with librarians and educators to identify current barriers to accessing and teaching with digital games. The second phase consisted of co-design workshops with school university educators across disciplines including education, media studies, and game design. Participants engaged in collaborative activities to prototype dashboard features, analytics visualisations, and pedagogical workflows. These workshops informed the iterative design of Ludolio’s teacher dashboard, including features for tracking engagement, supporting assessment design, and enabling reflective discussion around gameplay. Insights from the co-design process were integrated into successive iterations of the Ludolio platform. Key features include email-domain based authentication for simple institutional integration, flexible DRM that balances access with developer rights, and the ability for students to play both on campus and at home. Workshop artefacts, transcripts, and educator reflections were analysed using thematic analysis to identify recurring pedagogical priorities, concerns, and design principles. This analysis contributes to an emerging framework for library-based digital game lending and analytics-informed game-based pedagogy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research makes several key contributions. First, it addresses a critical infrastructural gap by proposing and empirically examining a scalable model for digital game lending in school and university libraries. Second, it advances understanding of how co-designed learning analytics can support game-based pedagogy without reducing learning to reductive metrics. Third, it positions libraries as central actors in expanding equitable access to games as educational resources. Across interviews and co-design workshops, educators consistently emphasised that ease of access was foundational to pedagogical adoption. Privacy preserving, email-domain authentication and the ability for students to play across institutional and home contexts were identified as essential conditions for embedding games meaningfully into curricula. Educators also highlighted the importance of analytics that foreground pedagogical interpretation rather than performance surveillance. They valued indicators such as time spent exploring narrative spaces, progression patterns, and points of player decision-making, which supported reflective discussion and assessment design without prescribing learning outcomes. Importantly, findings suggest that positioning games within familiar library infrastructures reframes them as legitimate academic texts rather than extracurricular or optional resources. This shift enabled educators to articulate new assessment practices, support diverse learner participation, and advocate for the sustained inclusion of games within formal educational programs. By reimagining games as lendable, playable texts, our work contributes to broader conversations about digital literacies, educational technology design, and the future of libraries in higher education. It offers practical insights for educators, librarians, and researchers seeking to integrate games meaningfully into teaching and learning. References Burn, A. (2021). Literature, videogames and learning: Playing the text. Routledge. Cope, B., & M. Kalantzis. (2024). Multiliteracies: A literature review. In G. C. Zapata, M. Kalantzis, and B. Cope (Eds.), Multiliteracies in international education contexts (pp. 34–75). Routledge. Design-Based Research Collective. (2003). Design-based research: An emerging paradigm for educational inquiry. Educational Researcher, 32(1), 5–8. DiSalvo, B., Yip, J., Bonsignore, E., & DiSalvo, C. (Eds.). (2017). Participatory design for learning: perspectives from practice and research. Routledge. Ehret, C., Mannard, E., & Curwood, J.S. (2022). How young adult video games materialize senses of self through ludonarrative affects: Understanding identity and embodiment through sociomaterial analysis. Learning, Media, and Technology, 47(3), 341-354. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2022.2066125 Gee, J.P. (2003). What videogames have to teach us about learning and literacy. Palgrave Macmillan. Lave, J. & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press. Selwyn, N. (2019). What's the problem with learning analytics? Journal of Learning Analytics, 6, 11–19. http://dx.doi.org/10.18608/jla.2019.63.3 Theodoulou, J., & Curwood, J.S. (2023). Play the game, live the story: Pushing narrative boundaries with young adult videogames. English Teaching: Practice and Critique, 22(2), 234-246. https://doi.org/10.1108/ETPC-08-2022-0105 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 17 SES 10 A: Promises of Educational Science: Equity, Authority, and the Historical Production of Difference Location: 6017 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Elin Sundström Sjödin Session Chair: Julie McLeod Symposium |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Symposium Promises of Educational Science: Equity, Authority, and the Historical Production of Difference Modern education research is animated by a powerful and persistent hope: that science can provide the knowledge necessary to realise a just, equitable, and “good” society. This hope has a history. It has travelled across educational policy, curricula, pedagogy, teacher education, and systems of assessment and evaluation, taking different forms over time while retaining a recurring faith in science as a vehicle for progress. In the contemporary moment, this faith is often articulated through a seemingly non-polemical language of “evidence-based” reforms, competences, and literacies, promising solutions to educational and social problems through neutral and objective means. International large-scale assessments exemplify this logic, translating students’ knowledge, skills, and well-being into indexes, graphs, and comparative models that propose “pathways” and “highways” toward social improvement and identify “what works” to unlock human potential. This symposium takes these promises as its object of historical inquiry and examines continuity and change in how educational knowledge is produced, authorised, and put to use. Drawing on historical and empirically grounded studies, the symposium asks whether the orthodoxies of science that claim to enable educational change can, historically and practically, sustain that promise. What if scientific evidence in education is not only about facts or effectiveness, but also about ordering conduct, shaping expectations, and producing distinctions among kinds of people? What if the authority of science, when viewed historically, appears contingent, situated, and dependent on specific actors, technologies, and institutional arrangements? Bringing together four papers and a discussant, the symposium assembles research that traces how educational knowledge has been supported, challenged, and transformed through shifting configurations of expertise, governance, and technology. While grounded in specific historical and empirical cases, the symposium situates educational science within European and transnational knowledge infrastructures, highlighting how ideas, metrics, and forms of expertise circulate across national contexts. The contributions examine how practices of classification, comparison, and measurement have emerged and stabilised over time, and how such practices have been mobilised to frame crises, legitimise reforms, and guide policy responses in different historical and geographical settings. The symposium highlights a central paradox in the history of educational research: knowledge produced in the name of equity and improvement has often simultaneously contributed to differentiation, hierarchy, and exclusion. By foregrounding the historical conditions under which educational knowledge gains authority, the symposium also reflects on the responsibilities and limits of educational research itself. In doing so, it contributes to ongoing debates within the history of education about how research practices can recognise complexity and help us better understand and navigate contemporary global challenges. References Daston, L. (1995). The Moral Economy of Science, Osiris, 10, Constructing Knowledge in the History of Science (1995), pp. 2–24. Foucault, M., 1971/1977. Orders of discourse: Inaugural lecture delivered at the College de France. Social Science Information, 10(2), 7–30 Hacking, I. (1994). Styles of Scientific Thinking or Reasoning: A New Analytical Tool for Historians and Philosophers of the Sciences, in , Gavroglu, K. Christianidis, J. & Nicolaidis, E. eds.Trends in the Historiography of Science. Springer Netherlands, Dordrecht, pp. 31-48. Latour, B. (1986). Visualization and cognition: Thinking with eyes and hands. Knowledge and society: Studies in the sociology of culture past and present, 6(1), 1-40. Latour, B. (2012). We have never been modern. Harvard university press. Thévenot, L. (2022). A new calculable global world in the making: governing through transnational certification standards. The new politics of numbers: Utopia, evidence and democracy, 197-252. Presentations of the Symposium Science that Creates and Loses Sight: Ideals, Exclusion, and Governance in Modernity
There is an alluring, daunting, and haunting desire of modernity that science provides the elixir for enabling the good life in a just and equitable society. The desire of activating the good life and people haunts the 19th century emergence of the social sciences as they intersected with the formations of the welfare. The allure of the science in governing life is articulated in the Norwegian film, Kitchen Stories (Salmer fra kjøkkenet, 2003). The movie beautifully (and with some humor) explores the affective allure of the social sciences as it follows a caravan of researchers as it leaves Stockholm in the 1950s and travels to rural Norway to study men in the kitchen. The knowledge had been amassed about women in the kitchen. Observing men would complete that knowledge for designing domestic living in visions of the potentialities of good life.
The utopic allure of science is instantiated today with the international educational assessments that calculates students’ knowledges, skills and well-being are indexed, graphed, and charted as “pathways” and “highways” placed in management models for all nations whose development of students (and teachers) anticipate the utopic visions of the kinds of people who embody the good life.
The allure of the human sciences produces a particular kind of activism in modernity. Since the disciplinary formations in the 19th century, the human sciences have produced projections about the potentialities and differences of kinds of people as spaces of action.
In this paper I explore the activism as moves through time and place in our project of science studies of education.
One is to explore the human sciences as creating patterns of recognition for “seeing”, thinking, and acting. The sciences “act” as projection machines about the kinds of people that are talked indifferent ways – social kinds of people as the citizen, the professional, literate; and as a subjectivity that is mode of living such as the problem solver, the learner, and empowered.
Second, the generation of patterns of recognition produce phenomena that embody desires - - ideals as expectations of experiences in the “will-to-know”. If I use the concept of motivation important to modern psychology, motivation is doubly descriptive and anticipatory of the potentialities of an ideal kind of person – a potential that also embodies its “other”, the teacher or child who “lacks” motivation to be excluded.
References:
Daston, L. and Vidal, F. (Eds) (2004). The Moral Authority of Nature. University of Chicago.
Daston, L. (1995). The Moral Economy of Science, Osiris, 10, Constructing Knowledge in the History of Science (1995), pp. 2–24.
Deleuze, G., and F. Guattari. (1980/1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press
Deleuze & Guattari, 1991/1994. What is Philosophy?, Columbia Press, New York
Foucault, M., 1971/1977. Orders of discourse: Inaugural lecture delivered at the College de France. Social Science Information, 10(2), 7–30
Hacking, I. (1994). Styles of Scientific Thinking or Reasoning: A New Analytical Tool for Historians and Philosophers of the Sciences, in , Gavroglu, K. Christianidis, J. & Nicolaidis, E. eds.Trends in the Historiography of Science. Springer Netherlands, Dordrecht, pp. 31-48.
Hall, G. S. (1904/1928). Adolescence: Its psychology and its relation to physiology, anthropology, sociology, sex, crime, religion, and education. New York, Appleton and Co.
Latour, B. (2012). We have never been modern. Harvard university press.
(Re)Situating Problem-Solving: Performative Phantasmagrams of Crisis in US STEM Education Reform
This study intervenes in contemporary STEM and competence-based curriculum reforms (U.S. Department of Education, 2016) by shifting the analytic focus from how learners solve problems (Dewey, 1933; Schoenfeld, 2007) to how “problems” and “real-world situations” are historically fabricated as knowable, governable, and pedagogically actionable. Working at the intersection of Science and Technology Studies (STS) and curriculum history (Popkewitz, 2004; Baker, 2017), the chapter develops a performative historiography that treats “situations,” “problems,” and “problem-solvers” as material–discursive entanglements rather than pre-given entities.
The conceptual core is Michelle Murphy’s notion of the phantasmagram—epistemic infrastructures that animate facts with affect and erase their own conditions of production—read through posthumanist STS theories of performativity. From this standpoint, curriculum history becomes an inquiry into how infrastructures of knowing (simulation, modelling, diagrams, laboratory “situations,” and thought/physical experiments) make certain crises feel urgent and certain solutions appear necessary.
Empirically, the study follows a translation pathway from Cold War experimental social science to contemporary problem-solving pedagogies. It examines (1) coding practices that rendered “group behavior” legible for managerial intervention (Bales, 1954), (2) micro-scale simulations such as Alexander Mintz’s “bottle” experiment, which materially scripted panic, cooperation, and survival as solvable order problems (Mintz, 1951), and (3) the scaling of these logics into planetary imaginaries through Spaceship Earth, where finite life is staged as a pedagogical situation demanding anticipatory control and systems reasoning (Fuller, 1969). Read together, these cases show how “real-life situations” become curricular common sense: learners are positioned as preemptive problem-solvers operating in environments where crisis is assumed, risk is productive, and futures are governed through simulation.
This presentation uses this genealogy to open a next-stage research program on policy mobility and crisis pedagogy. Three forward directions are proposed: (a) a comparative mapping of how “future competency" travel across international education policy circuits and national curricula; (b) an STS “phantasmagram audit” method for analyzing curricular materials and edtech platforms that operationalize crisis through modelling, gamification, and scenario-based assessment; and (c) design-oriented research with teachers to develop alternative situation-making practices that cultivate accountability and collective inquiry without defaulting to preemption and survival rationalities. In doing so, the project positions STS not as an external critique of education, but as a methodological resource for rethinking what counts as “the real world” in teaching, learning, and curriculum governance.
References:
Baker, B. (2017). To show is to know? The conceptualization of evidence and discourses of vision in social science and education research. Curriculum Inquiry, 47(2), 151–174.
Bales, R., & Flanders, N. (1954). Planning an Observation Room and Group Laboratory. American Sociological Review, 19(6), 771-81.
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway. Duke University Press.
Dewey, J. (1933). How We Think. Chicago: HENRY REGNERY COMPANY.
Murphy, M. (2017). The Economization of Life. Durham: Duke University Press.
Popkewitz, T. (2004). The Alchemy of the Mathematics Curriculum: Inscriptions and the Fabrication of the Child. American Educational Research Journal, 41(1), 3-34.
Fuller, R. B. (1969). Operating Manual for Spaceship Earth. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press.
Schoenfeld, Alan. (2007). Problem solving in the United States, 1970-2008: Research and theory, practice and politics. ZDM: the international journal on mathematics education 39(5), 537-51
U.S. Department of Education, Office of Innovation and Improvement. (2016). STEM 2026: A Vision for Innovation in STEM Education. Washington, DC: Author.
The Double Bind of Science and Art: Techno-Pedagogical Assemblage of Creativity and the Desire for Aesthetic Life
This paper explores two effects of science at the intersection of two realms – art and education – which emerged and gained traction in the early decades of the twentieth century. Both effects stem from the isomorphism of artistic discourse after the scientific, what we term the double bind of science and art, instilling in the modern individual both the desire and the ethos to transform themself into a new social actor: the creative individual. To examine the coupling of art education with scientific regimes of truth, we approach science as a historical phenomenon, presuming that (i) its notions are products of social and political conditioning, and (ii) it ‘acts’ in the sense that the reason of science simultaneously validates certain beliefs while excluding others, classifying and defining what is desirable and what is abject (Popkewitz, 2013; 2020).
The first effect we set out to discuss concerns how scientific research created new regimes of visibility, which found legitimacy in the development of the modern human sciences and reformulated the previous paradigms of the copying apprentice (Szawiel, 2025) and the artist-as-genius (Author 2, 2014) into the creative individual as a new kind of person (Hacking, 2006). Drawing on Foucault (2003; 2008), we understand these regimes not as natural or given, but as constructed through the validating power of scientific knowledge, which made certain forms of creativity observable and categorizable. Human sciences codified talent and inventiveness into measurable capacities, thereby producing the very conditions under which an individual could be declared ‘creative.’
Secondly, we examine how science aided the redistribution of participation in aesthetic experience. Building on the theoretical background provided by Rancière (2004; 2010; 2013), we trace how scientific rationality infiltrated avant-garde art pedagogy to form new ways of life. Science, we argue, was the factor that legitimised the modernist quest to grant everyday experience and the most prosaic tasks of life the status of aesthetic practice. As such, the question of which activities are recognised as art, and which social groups are afforded visibility as participants in aesthetic practices, can be examined historically in relation to the social conditions that produced these categories.
The analysis focuses on two modernist art schools: Moscow’s Vkhutemas (1920–1930) and Chicago’s School of Design (1937–1944). It demonstrates how specific teaching and learning proposals, grounded in scientific rationality, emerged and gave rise to a techno-pedagogical sublime centred on the creation of a modern individuality.
References:
Foucault, M. (2003). Society must be defended: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1975–1976. Palgrave Macmillan.
Foucault, M. (2008). The birth of biopolitics: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1978–1979. Palgrave Macmillan.
Hacking, I. (2006). Making Up People. Available online at: https://www.lrb.co.uk/v28/n16/ian-hacking/making-up-people (accessed November 07, 2025).
Author 2 (2014)
Popkewitz, T.S. (2013). The sociology of education as the history of the present: fabrication, difference and abjection. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 34(3), 439-456. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2012.717195
Popkewitz, T. S. (2020). The impracticality of practical research: A history of contemporary sciences of change that conserve. University of Michigan Press.
Rancière, J. (2004). The politics of aesthetics: The distribution of the sensible. Continuum.
Rancière, J. (2010). Dissensus: On politics and aesthetics. Continuum.
Rancière, J. (2013). Aisthesis: Scenes from the aesthetic regime of art. Verso.
Author, 2026
Counting on Reading: Numberfication and the Historical Politics of Literacy in Sweden
This paper examines how a Swedish “reading crisis” has been constructed, stabilized, and acted upon through numerical claims about children’s vocabulary, particularly the 15,000 vs 50,000-word statement (Reimers et al. 2025; Author, 2019). While focused on contemporary debates, the study situates these developments within a historical perspective, showing continuities with long-standing educational and social anxieties about literacy, moral development, and civic competence in Sweden. It highlights how numbers are not neutral measures, but instruments that organize conduct, shape expectations, and guide policy in ways that resonate with earlier patterns of educational reform (Grek et al., 2024).
Drawing on STS and Latour’s concepts of immutable mobiles, chains of reference, and the procession of angels (Latour 1987, 2001), the chapter traces how numerical claims circulate across contexts, acquiring authority and shaping practice. Empirically, the analysis proceeds in three steps. First, it maps public circulation, showing how numbers align politicians, teachers, parents, and commercial interests, depoliticize debate, and stabilize the belief that reading is inherently valuable. Second, it traces numbers back through research references, revealing uncertain origins and how tentative findings from reading research are transformed into precise, morally charged claims presented as objective and universal. Third, it examines how these numbers shape Swedish reading policy, influencing teaching practices and curriculum reforms while marginalizing alternative perspectives on literacy.
The paper introduces numberfication as a concept to capture this process, extending Latour by showing how numerical form itself produces authority, mobilizes actors, and moralizes knowledge. Unlike standard chains of reference, numberfications are often irreversible: their origins cannot easily be reconstructed, yet they are accepted as true because they resonate with entrenched normative beliefs about reading. They operate as hybrid tools – both scientific and moral – that stabilize complex phenomena, coordinate diverse actors, and communicate actionable guidance across contexts. Numberfication also clarifies the role of faith in science, showing how trust in literacy’s civic and social value allows numbers to circulate persuasively even when empirical foundations are weak or absent.
By conceptualizing numberfication, the chapter contributes to the history of education, STS, and literacy studies, demonstrating how numbers function as sociotechnical instruments that transform research into politically effective and socially consequential facts. The Swedish reading crisis illustrates how contemporary evidence-based reforms are historically situated, and how numerical authority often emerges from its capacity to align moral, civic, and technical logics across heterogeneous networks, rather than solely from empirical rigor.
References:
Grek, S., Tichenor, M., & Bandola-Gill, J. (2024). Numbers as Utopia: Sustainable Development Goals and the making of quantified futures. The British Journal of Politics and International Relations, 26(3), 742-758.
Latour, B. (1987). Science in action: How to follow scientists and engineers through society. Cambridge, Mass., Harvard University Press.
Latour, B. (1999). Pandora's Hope: Essays on the reality of science studies. Cambridge, Mass, Harvard University Press.
Latour, B. (2001). ""Thou shall not take the Lord's name in vain" - being a sort of sermon on the hesitations of religious speech." Res 79(39): 215-234.
Reimers, E., Martin Bylund, A., & Stenliden, L. (2025). Constructions of a reading crisis–representation of PIRLS 2021 in public discourses. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 1-9. DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2025.2546889.
Author, 2019
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 18 SES 10 A: Physical Education Teacher Education Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Rod Philpot Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Beyond the Physical Education Classroom - The Societal Mission of Physical Education: Perspectives from Teacher Educators in Norway University of Inland Norway Presenting Author:Introduction This presentation explores the overarching societal mission of physical education (PE) as expressed by Norwegian PE teacher educators. PE scholars have over the last decades debated the aims and purposes of PE (Fernandez-Balboa, 2009; Jess et al., 2024; Tinning, 1994), and the discussion remains ongoing (Quennerstedt et al., 2025). In 1994, Richard Tinning provocatively asked, “If physical education is the answer, what is the question?” (Tinning, 1994). Fernandez-Balboa (2009) followed up, stating: “I am not sure that physical education is the answer to anything. It may very well be. I prefer […] to think of it as a means toward a worthy end: Universal dignity” (p. 160). These reflections highlight the search for PE’s legitimate place in schools and society and raise concerns about ideologies, discourses, and practices shaping the subject (Tinning, 1994; Fernandez-Balboa, 2009). Discourses significantly influence PE’s content, teaching practices, and aims (Tinning, 1994). The dominant discourses have been centered around sports (Hastie & Mesquita, 2017), health and fitness (Webb et al., 2008), and activity (Larsson & Nyberg, 2017), as well as a movement discourse (Moen & Westlie, 2025). PE has also often been criticized for lacking academic rigor, being perceived as a break from academic subjects, and not fostering broader knowledge and competencies (Quennerstedt et al., 2025). Landi (2025) even describes PE as “a subject with an identity crisis” (p. 2). Teacher educators play a pivotal role in shaping the ideologies and discourses of PE by educating future teachers and citizens. Hence, interviews with key teacher will gain a deeper understanding of PE’s overarching societal mission. Teacher educators in our sample are significant contributors, having worked in PETE for decades and influenced policy and knowledge development in Norway and beyond. Recent studies have explored teacher educators’ views on PE’s purpose, but lack representation from Scandinavia (Jess et al., 2024). To address this gap, we include perspectives from Norwegian PETEs to enrich the debate about PE’s societal mission. Context matters when exploring PE’s role in society (Gerdin et al., 2022). Norway, like other Scandinavian countries, has historically been a stable social democracy (Moene & Barth, 2004) but has shifted toward neo-liberal, market-oriented policies in recent decades (Tvedt, 2017). This shift is also evident in education, where curricula now emphasize individual learning outcomes over collective democratic values (Engelsen, 2008). Research question This presentation addresses the following research question: How do key teacher educators in PETE in Norway perceive the overarching societal mission of PE? Theoretical perspective To better understand PE’s societal mission in shifting times, we employ the theoretical lenses of communitarianism and liberalism (Briseid, 2012). Communitarianism emphasizes the role of the community in fostering individual well-being. Rooted in Durkheim’s social theory, it highlights how a strong community creates the foundation for individual freedom and dignity (Snyder, 2024). Communitarian values include cultural heritage, shared norms, consensus, and local belonging, with schools seen as spaces to foster unity and responsibility (Briseid, 2012). In contrast, liberalism places the individual at the center, emphasizing personal freedom, independence, and individual development. This perspective, influenced by thinkers such as Kant’s categorical imperative, prioritizes education tailored to the individual’s needs, aiming to provide knowledge and skills for personal growth and independent choices (Briseid, 2012). The current Norwegian curriculum reflects this with its focus on ‘Health and Life Skills’ rooted in liberalist ideals. Historically, Norwegian education has balanced both perspectives, emphasizing equal opportunities for individuals within a communal framework (Dokka, 1987), but has been contested over the last decades (Engelsen, 2008; Education and Research, 2017). The two theoretical perspectives employed are complementary, yet sometimes contradictory, perspectives, and will guide the discussion on PE’s societal mission.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation is part of a larger study investigating how key teacher educators within PETE in Norway perceive the past, present, and future of the PE subject. Semi-structured interviews with eight key teacher educators were conducted to gather qualitative insights, as this approach allows for exploring participants’ perspectives and interpretations (Kvale, 2004). The interview guide covered four main themes: 1) background, 2) development and societal mission of PE, 3) influencing factors, and 4) key terms and concepts. The selection of participants was strategic. Eight key teacher educators were included in the sample and are defined as key as they possess long-standing experience in higher education, contributions to policymaking, research, and professional debates, as well as involvement in developing a PE research network in Norway. The sample consisted of four female and four male academics, aged from 48 to 72 years, including four professors and four associate professors. Interviews lasted between 90 and 120 minutes. The analysis began with an initial review of all interviews, followed by a collaborative two-day workshop to sort the data (Phase 0). After sorting the data we then applied Eggebø's (2020) collaborative analysis approach to address the research question for this paper. First (phase 1), memos summarizing each interview were written, focusing on the research question. These memos informed thematic mapping (phase 2), resulting in 29 categories, later grouped into six themes (phase 3): 1) The student in the center, 2) Contextualization, 3) Bodily learning, 4) Bildung, 5) Social development, and 6) Health. After further analysis, the themes were narrowed to four: 1) Movement experiences/competence, 2) Social development, 3) Bildung, and 4) Health. In the final phase (phase 4), we developed two overarching themes linked to PE’s societal mission: Enculturing students to movement and Equipping students for a good life. The analysis remained close to the data (inductive approach), however, was further, in the discussion, contextualized using liberal and communitarian perspectives, as well as previous research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results 1. Enculturing Students to Movement The teacher educators emphasize that movement is the core of PE, serving as a cultural bearer of the subject. They stress the importance of developing students’ movement competence, offering experiences across diverse movement cultures. Fostering an intrinsic value of movement beyond skill acquisition, PE is seen as a subject rooted in broader educational principles, including bildung. This challenges students both physically and personally, and movement and holistic development can enhance their ability to navigate life outside the classroom. 2. Equipping Students for a Good Life: The teacher educators highlight PE’s role in preparing students for a good life by addressing physical, social, and emotional aspects of well-being. PE is viewed as a space for fostering relational competence, social interaction, and democratic participation through movement activities. While health and sports are acknowledged as prominent themes, the educators stress that PE’s mission extends beyond these, emphasizing reflection on the body and its role in lifelong well-being. Ultimately, movement in PE is viewed as the subject’s unique contribution to equipping for a good life. Hence our study does to some extent contest earlier discourses on sport, health, fitness and activity. Discussion Theorizing, our study reflects both liberal (individual learning and development) and communitarian perspectives (social and relational aspects), emphasizing their interrelation. The (neo)-liberalist perspectives that have influenced Norwegian curricula and educational policy over the last decades (Engelsen, 2008: Ministry og Education and Research, 2017) seems not to have led our teacher educators taking a solely neo-liberalistic position on the PE subject. Thus, contrary to earlier studies suggesting a neoliberal focus on PE, our findings indicate a broader understanding of PE’s role beyond the classroom. The take-home message from this study is therefore the need for widening the perspectives and understandings of PE ‘s societal mission. References Briseid, L. G. (2012). Demokratiforståelse og intensjoner i demokratioppdragelsen – Norske læreplaner mellom 1974 og 2010. Nordic studies in education, 32(1), 50–66. https://doi.org/10.18261/ISSN1891-5949-2012-01-04 Dokka, H. J. (1988). En skole gjennom 250 år : den norske allmueskole, folkeskole, grunnskole 1739-1989. NKS-forlaget. Eggebø, H. (2021). Kollektiv kvalitativ analyse. Norsk sosiologisk tidsskrift. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.2535-2512-2020-02-03 Engelsen, B.U. (2008). Kunnskapsløftet: sentrale styringssignaler og lokale strategidokumenter. (Rapport nr. 1 fra forskningsprosjektet Analyse av reformen kunnskapsløftet ARK). Oslo: Universitetet i Oslo, Pedagogisk forskningsinstitutt. Fernández-Balboa, J.-M. (2009). Bio-pedagogical self-reflection in PETE: reawakening the ethical conscience and purpose in pedagogy and research. Sport, Education and Society, 14(2), 147–163. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573320902808981 Gerdin, G., Smith, W., Philpot, R., Schenker, K., Moen, K. M., Linnér, S., Westlie, K. & Larsson (2022). Social Justice Pedagogies in Health and Physical Education. New York: Routledge Hastie, P.A. &Mesquita, I. (2017). Sport-based physical education. I C. Ennis (Red), Routledge handbook of PE pedagogies (s. 68-84). Routledge. Jess, M., Parker, M., Carse, N., et al. (2024). The purpose of primary physical education: The views of teacher educators. European Physical Education Review 30(4), 1-19. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X241237081 Kvale, S. (2004). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju. Gyldendal Akademisk. Landi, D. (2025). All physical and no education? – Gender, sexuality and the ‘affective atmosphere’ in physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2025.2517649 Larsson, H. & Nyberg, G. (2017). ‘It doesn’'t matter how they move really, as long as they move.’ PE teachers on developing their students’ movement capabilities. PEand Sport Pedagogy, 22(2),137-149. Ministry of Education and Research (2017). Core curriculum – values and principles for primary and secondary education. https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/?lang=nob Moen, K. M. & Westlie, K. (2025). Bevegelse som kompetanse i kroppsøving – en empirisk undersøkelse av hvordan sentrale premissleverandører tenker og snakker om faget. Journal for Research in Arts and Sports Education, 9(1), 1–21 https://doi.org/10.23865/jased.v9.6732 Moene, K., & Barth, E. (2004). Den skandinaviske likhetsmodellen. Plan, 36(3), 30–35. https://doi.org/10.18261/ISSN1504-3045-2004-03-06 Quennerstedt, M., Landi, D. & Casey, A. (2025). Busier, happier, and Good(er) – 40 Years on from ‘Busy, happy and Good’ a Success in Teaching Physical Education. Quest. https://doi.org/10.1080/00336297.2024.2393624 Snyder, T. (2024). On freedom (First edition.). Crown. Tinning, R. (1994). If PE is The Answer, What Is The Question. Journal of PE New Zealand, 27, 15–23. Tvedt, T. (2017). Det internasjonale gjennombruddet: fra “ettpartistat” til flerkulturell stat Dreyers forlag. Webb, L., Quennerstedt, M. & Öhman, M. (2008). Healthy bodies: Construction of the body and health in physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 13(4), 353-372. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Understanding Physical Education Curriculum in Initial Teacher Education: Exploring the Perspectives of Teacher Educators Across the Four UK Nations 1: University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2: Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 3: Strathclyde University, United Kingdom; 4: Cardiff Metropolitan University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Understanding how physical education (PE) teachers work with their national PE curriculum is important (Alfrey & O’Connor, 2024). It helps us to identify the rules, norms and discourses that (re)produce the ‘inner logic’ of PE - a logic that shapes what is taught and assessed, and thus what is valued, or what counts as legitimate knowledge in the subject (Bernstein, 1996; Penney, 2013). In PE, this ‘legitimate knowledge’ is often aligned strongly with sport performance and physical health, which can operate to marginalise many learners by limiting access to more diverse forms of (embodied) knowledge. However, while research has shown that some PE teachers can challenge these dominant forms of PE (Alfrey & O’Connor, 2024), less is known about how PE teacher educators within Initial Teacher Education (ITE) understand and work with curriculum (Lorusso et al., 2022). This is a significant gap, given teacher educators’ central role in supporting pre-service teachers to think critically about curriculum (Lambert & Penney, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted semi-structured interviews with 20 teacher educators (10 male and 10 female) from all four UK nations. The sample included nine participants from England (n=9), two from Northern Ireland (n=2), four from Scotland (n=4) and five from Wales (n=5). The interviews allowed participants to share their knowledge and perceptions of their national PE curriculum, its value for their pre-service teachers, how it shapes their work with these teachers, and the challenges and opportunities that emerge through this work. All the interviews were recorded and transcribed using Microsoft Teams, with accuracy checked. Interviews were carried out at a time that was convenient for the participant. The length of each interview ranged between 45 minutes and 100 minutes with the average length being 62 minutes. While data analysis has not yet commenced, this will be completed before the conference in August 2026. This process will firstly involve engaging in thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2019) to identify key themes emerging from participants’ responses, and then these themes will be explored through the lens of Bernstein’s (1996) concept of boundaries. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Once data analysis is complete, the presentation will report on how teacher educators understand the national PE curriculum in their context and the boundary work (Bernstein, 1996) they engage in that both enables and constrains the opportunities they have for critical engagement and innovation. This may, in turn, provide some insight into the ‘inner logic’ of PE in ITE. By exploring perspectives across different national contexts, the study has the potential to generate learning opportunities for teacher educators. Cross-national perspectives may initiate dialogue that can support teacher educators' critical engagement with PE curriculum with implications for their practice and the development of critically engaged pre-service PE teachers. References Alfrey, L. and O’Connor, J. (2024) Transforming physical education: An analysis of context and resources that support curriculum transformation and enactment, Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 29(1): 1–17. Bernstein, B. (1996) Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: Theory, research, critique. London: Taylor & Francis. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2019) Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4): 589-597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Lambert, K. and Penney, D. (2020) Curriculum interpretation and policy enactment in health and physical education: Researching teacher educators as policy actors, Sport, Education and Society 25(4): 378–394. Lorusso, J. R., Scanlon, D., MacPhail, A., Hargreaves, S., Storey, M. and Dabbagh, L. (2022) Shifting policy perspectives: Revelatory incident narratives from physical education stakeholders, Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education 13(3): 284–297. Penney, D. (2013) Points of tension and possibility: Boundaries in and of physical education, Sport, Education and Society 18(1): 6–20. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper The Knowing Involved in Moving - a Study on Subject Content Knowledge in Movement in PETE 1: Malmö University, Sweden, 202100-4920; 2: Örebro University, 202100-2924; 3: The Swedish School of Health and Sport Sciences, 202100-4334 Presenting Author:Why is it so challenging to answer the question of what knowledge the subject physical education (PE) should contribute? Physical education teachers often do not conceptualize their work in terms of knowledge, but rather in terms of activities (Larsson & Nyberg, 2017). The lack of a sustained discussion regarding the underlying purpose of a school subject - and consequently what students are expected to learn - appears particularly pronounced within PE, including Physical Education Teacher Education (PETE) (Herold & Waring, 2017; Kirk, 2010). What to teach and learn in PE and PETE is especially blurred regarding movement (Herold & Waring, 2017; Kirk, 2010; Nyberg & Larsson, 2014). This raises questions such as: What kinds of knowledge can, for instance, playing football or participating in gymnastics provide? One answer to the question, ’what do you know when you know how to move in specific ways’, could be ‘you can perform a handstand or a cartwheel’, but this answer reflects what a person can do. Instead, we need to seek an answer to what a person needs to know in order ‘to do a handstand or a cartwheel’, that is, the knowing involved in the doings (Carlgren, 2020, p. 5). The answer must take into account the agent and the kind of knowing this agent must develop to master specific ways of moving when participating in different movement cultures. Verbalizing what knowing could be involved in the doings requires thus a widened view on the concept of knowledge as embracing also the subjective aspect of knowledge. In line with Polanyi’s (1969) theory of knowledge, we conceive knowledge as personal and developed in practice. When we “dwell” in our experiences, we develop our knowing, which to a large extent involves tacit components, difficult to articulate in lucid propositions. (Polanyi 1962, p. 1) In the case of knowing how to move in a movement culture, these tacit aspects constitute a substantial part of one’s knowing and is “massively embodied” (Polanyi 1954, p. 382) in the knowledgeable act of moving in specific ways. As is apparent, Polanyi’s perspective on knowledge embraces the agent’s (the knower’s) relation to a content to be known. This relation can be described as the knower’s knowing. In this paper, we present examples of how the knowing in the doings of athletics and ballgames can be articulated. To do this, we used a phenomenographic approach (Marton & Pong, 2005) and will show how it is possible to analyze qualitatively different ways in which pre-service teachers (PSTs) experience, or in other words, know, movements included in exercises within the activities of athletics and ball games. By further analyzing these different ways of ‘knowing ways of moving’ we can also identify and describe aspects of moving that learners need to be able to experience in order to develop a more complex way of knowing in moving. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a larger project of which the aim is to explore and reconceptualize the meaning of knowledge in movement in Swedish PETE. Courses involving movement at four higher education institutions were chosen. The courses involved acrobatics, athletics, ball games, dance, and gymnastics/parkour. To get insight into the PSTs’ tacit knowing (Nyberg, 2015; Polanyi, 1969) involved in the doings (Carlgren, 2020), we needed to study verbal as well as non-verbal actions and interactions. Consequently, data was generated through video recordings along with active participation in the courses, short interviews, and field notes written by one or two observing researchers. A chest mounted camera was used by one researcher who could at the same time participate in the activities along with conducting short interviews with the participants. Another researcher, or two, were observing and writing field notes. Before the project started, ethical approval was granted by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority, and informed consent was obtained prior to data collection The data used for this sub study are video recordings of two courses. One course involved ball games and the participants were PSTs. The other course was a CPD-course (Continuing Professional Development), and the participants were PE teacher educators and PE teachers. Movement tasks from these courses were chosen to be phenomenographically analysed to understand what there is to know to master these movements and movement activities. Through the phenomenographic analysis, parts of what is implicit and tacit were formulated, and the interpreted implicit meaning of what was said or done formed the basis for the outcome. The phenomenographic analysis resulted in a set of descriptive categories for the unarticulated ways of knowing the movement and movement activities that can explain also the differences in how the course participants moved. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our epistemological elaboration shows possible reasons for the difficulties of describing what knowledge movement in PETE is supposed to develop in PETE students. This described view on the concept of knowledge offers a way to talk about knowledge in movement. Additionally, the phenomenographic analysis shows examples of ways of knowing in moving and thereby how it is possible to verbalise these ways of knowing. We will discuss how the outlined broad perspective on knowledge, along with the ways of verbalizing the knowing involved in movement, can provide a means of answering the question of what knowledge in movement PETE should contribute. References Carlgren, I. (2020) Powerful knowns and powerful knowings, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52, (3), 323–336. Herold, F. & Waring, M. (2017) Is practical subject matter knowledge still important? Examining the Siedentopian perspective on the role of content knowledge in physical education teacher education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 22(3): 231–245. Kirk, D. (2010) Physical Education Futures. London: Routledge. Larsson, H. & Nyberg, G. (2017) “It doesn’t matter how they move really, as long as they move.” Physical education teachers on developing their students’ movement capabilities. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 22 (2), 137-149 . Marton, F., & Pong, W. Y. (2005) “On the Unit of Description in Phenomenography.” Higher Education Research & Development 24 (5), 335–338. Nyberg, G. & Larsson, H. (2014) Exploring 'what' to learn in physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 19 (2), 123-135. Polanyi, M. (1969) Knowing and Being. Essays by Michael Polanyi. M. Grene, ed. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Polanyi, M. (1954) Skills and Connoisseurship. Atti del congresso di studi metodologici (pp. 381-394). Promosso dal Centro die Studi Metodologici. Torino: Edizioni Ramella. Polanyi, M. (1962) Tacit knowing: Its Bearing on Some Problems of Philosophy. Reviews of Modern Physics, 34 (4), 601-616. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Practising in Physical Education Teacher Education 1: Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 2: Norwegian School of Sport Sciences, Norway Presenting Author:In this presentation, we aim to present and discuss preliminary findings from an ongoing study investigating the Practising Model in Physical Education Teacher Education (PETE). In school-based physical education (PE), the use of pedagogical models has been established as a favourable practice to work with the complex and diverse educational potential of the subject (Aggerholm & Hordvik, 2024; Fernandez-Rio & Iglesias, 2022). One of the most recent additions to the field of pedagogical models is the Practising Model (Aggerholm et al., 2018). This model concerns practising as an activity in which pupils in PE seek to improve their capabilities through repeated efforts. It emphasises agency, personal goals, high effort, active repetition, uncertainty of the outcome, and qualitative improvement. Also, like all pedagogical models, the practising model presents critical elements relating to teacher and pupil interactions. These are elements that challenge teachers to 1) acknowledge subjectivity and work to provide meaningful challenges for all pupils, 2) provide sufficient time for practising, 3) help pupils focus on their aims, and 4) help pupils specify and negotiate their own standards of excellence. Adhering to these hallmarks of practising should challenge the domination of a one-size-fits-all approach to PE (Kirk, 2013), where pupils are rarely given the chance to experience real progress and reach new and meaningful learning plateaus (Kretchmar, 2006). The last few years have seen an increase in empirical research investigating pupils’ and teachers’ experiences of applying the model in primary and secondary education (Askildsen & Aggerholm, 2023; Askildsen et al., 2024; Askildsen & Løndal, 2024; Fjellner et al., 2024; Lindgren & Barker, 2019). These studies have demonstrated that practising is indeed a valuable approach to teaching and learning in PE. More specifically, practising can provide pupils with meaningful experiences of broadening and refining their movement repertoire and developing their attitudes and strategies towards facing challenges, tensions, and discomfort. In addition, practising can contribute to a broader Bildung process in which character development through persisting and daring is identified as essential. Despite these findings from PE, to our knowledge, the Practising Model has not been examined in Physical Education Teacher Education (PETE). Accordingly, this study aims to contribute to insights into this knowledge gap by asking the following research questions: 1) How do PETE educators experience using the practising model in PETE, and 2) how do they adapt the model to the context of higher education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Two data sources were included to shed light on PETE educators’ experiences with the model. First, we conducted semi-structured qualitative interviews with PETE educators. In the recruitment process, we focused only on the Scandinavian context. This is, first and foremost, because it is the place of origin of the Practising Model, which has received greater attention here than elsewhere in the world, as evidenced by empirical studies of the model in primary and secondary education. As another recruitment criterion, we specified that only PETE teachers who had taught using the Practising Model through practical-pedagogical scenarios were eligible for inclusion. This meant that teaching the model in theoretical classes was insufficient. Using a purposive sampling strategy (Patton, 2002), we recruited 11 PETE educators with experience in implementing the model with preservice PE teachers. Two of the PETE educators were from Denmark, one from Sweden, and eight from Norway. In total, they represented eight different Scandinavian universities. Secondly, we collected course descriptions from each university and the teaching material that the PETE educators relied on during the practising units. Interviews are conducted online through Teams and transcribed verbatim. Both interview transcripts, course descriptions, and teaching materials will be analysed using reflexive thematic analysis, in which we aim to identify patterns and themes in the data that illuminate our research questions (Braun & Clarke, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interview process will finish mid-way through the spring of 2026. Therefore, we here describe the expected outcomes of the analysis. The analysis concerns how practising is applied in the PETE programs. We will therefore analyse both course descriptions and participants’ views on the relevance of the practising model to their courses. We aim to investigate the kinds of learning outcomes that educators expect for their students, and the alignment of curricular descriptions, educational practices and the basic premises of the practising model. The point here is not to assess whether educators’ practices align with the model’s premises as a blueprint for practice. Rather, we would examine potential differences as pathways for exploring adaptations of the practising model to PETE. In other words, how teacher educators are adapting the model to the context (PETE) and participants (student teachers) in comparison to the original model. A core idea of the practising model is that practising as a pedagogical phenomenon is misrecognized, for instance, in physical education as the mechanical drill of decontextualised skills (Aggerholm et al., 2018; Barker et al., 2018). Thus, we hypothesise that the practising model may offer new perspectives on teaching and learning in PETE. We therefore explore which content students are practising and whether and how teacher educators experience the practising model bringing new perspectives to traditional content or introducing untraditional content. The development of models-based practice for physical education necessitates changes in well-established teaching practice both in schools and in PETE (Casey, 2014; Fernandez-Rio & Iglesias, 2022; Fjellner et al., 2022). Therefore, our analysis will explore the extent to which students are allowed time in the course to i) experience practising themselves, ii) gain knowledge and experience in teaching about practising and iii) have the opportunity to try our practising and the practising model during practicum. References Aggerholm, K., & Hordvik, M. M. (2024). A Bildung theoretical framework for Models-based Practice in physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2024.2446787 Aggerholm, K., Standal, Ø. F., Barker, D. M., & Larsson, H. (2018). On practising in physical education: Outline for a pedagogical model. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 23(2), 197-208. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2017.1372408 Askildsen, C.-E. M., & Aggerholm, K. (2023). Practising in physical education: a phenomenologically grounded study of student experiences. Sport, Education and Society, 29(9), 1041-1055. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2023.2265384 Askildsen, C.-E. M., Aggerholm, K., & Løndal, K. (2024). Discontinuity, risk, patience, and appeal: Existential aspects of practising in physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2024.2368045 Askildsen, C.-E. M., & Løndal, K. (2024). Practising in physical education: A study of a teacher's experiences and role enactment. European Physical Education Review, 30(1), 51-68. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336x231183789 Barker, D., Aggerholm, K., Standal, Ø. F., & Larsson, H. (2018). Developing the practising model in physical education: an expository outline focusing on movement capability. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 23(2), 209-221. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2017.1371685 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589-597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Casey, A. (2014). Models-based practice: great white hope or white elephant? Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 19(1), 18-34. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2012.726977 Fernandez-Rio, J., & Iglesias, D. (2022). What do we know about pedagogical models in physical education so far? An umbrella review. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 29(2), 190-205. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2022.2039615 Fjellner, R. L., Larsson, H., & Barker, D. (2024). Exploring the enacted content of the Practising Model: A Bildung theoretical perspective. European Physical Education Review, 31(4), 580-598. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336x241298629 Fjellner, R. L., Varea, V., & Barker, D. (2022). How physical education teachers are positioned in models scholarship: a scoping review. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 29(4), 329-345. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2022.2083098 Kirk, D. (2013). Educational value and models-based practice in physical education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 45(9), 973-986. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2013.785352 Kretchmar, R. S. (2006). Life on Easy Street: The Persistent Need for Embodied Hopes and Down-to-Earth Games. Quest, 58(3), 344-354. https://doi.org/10.1080/00336297.2006.10491888 Lindgren, R., & Barker, D. (2019). Implementing the Movement-Oriented Practising Model (MPM) in physical education: Empirical findings focusing on student learning. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 24(5), 534-547. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2019.1635106 Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative Research and Evaluation Methods (3 rd. ed.). Sage Publications. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 19 SES 10 A: Conflict, Control and Educational Regulation in Practice Location: 5014 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Florian Weitkämper Paper Session |
|
|
19. Ethnography
Paper “Something Has to Happen to Make Them Stop”? – Parents‘ Educational Practices in Conflict Situations Between Siblings University of Cologne, Germany Presenting Author:The topic of sibling conflicts and how parents address them in everyday familial education is of considerable cultural relevance across Europe and internationally. This is reflected in contemporary media such as television series (Succession), in social-media discourses (#siblingfights), and in the high demand for parenting guides (Markham 2015). This widespread interest can be explained, first, by the fact that many children in Europe live with at least one sibling[1], and that (violent) conflicts between siblings occur frequently (Hoffman et al. 2005, p. 1103). Second, sibling researchers argue that conflict is inherent to sibling relationships: because they are “involuntary and fateful” (Leitner et al. 2011, p. 12; translated by author[2]), there is “a pressure to come to terms with one another; thus, solutions to conflicts must be found” (ibid.). For these reasons, sibling conflict appears as a socially significant phenomenon. Given the social and cultural significance of sibling relationships and conflicts, it is surprising that research and theoretical development on this topic within educational science is precarious (Bossek 2022). It remains a desideratum in the European and international context – only few qualitative studies exist (in sociology: Edwarts et al. 2006, Punch 2007; Winther et al. 2015). My reconstructive study (Bossek 2025) responds to this research gap and I’d be delighted to present partial findings at ECER 2026. The success of parenting guides suggests that conflict practices between siblings are not simply the result of cognitive development. Humans do not possess an innate “genetic heritage” (Sünkel 2013; tba) containing the ,competencies‘ needed to resolve conflicts ,constructively‘. Steck and Cizek (2001, p. 174; tba) observe that children “are not born with the ability to resolve conflicts verbally”. That means that they have to learn these cultural practices and their corresponding knowledge. This learning process is shaped not only by socialisation (unintentional interaction) among siblings and by observing how parents deal with conflicts themselves, but also by familial education as a form of interaction with the intent to provoke learning processes (in the sense of the German-speaking term (Familien-)Erziehung). My presentation therefore centers family education as an intergenerational practice and asks: How do parents act in conflict situations between their children? What do they teach them and how are they pointing out objects of learning? Answering this question requires a theoretical framework that allows the description of familial educational practice and aligns with the study’s methodological design. In my study, families, sibling conflicts, and family education are examined from the perspective of praxeological sociology of knowledge (Bohnsack 2017). Praxeology distinguishes between communicative knowledge – explicitly articulable, generalised knowledge, such as family rules, ideals and educational goals (what is done or should be done) – and conjunctive knowledge: implicit, non-verbalised knowledge that guides action (how things are done). Conjunctive knowledge provides (indirect) insight into practice and is shaped through socialisation and education. In their practice, subjects strive toward positive horizons (ideals) and distance themselves from negative horizons. Within this framework, a typical modus operandi develops – an action-guiding set of orientations, including specific “forms of conflict management” (Grundmann 2022, pp. 350-351; tba). Building on this theoretical basis, I developed a praxeological definition of education (Erziehung), drawing from Operative Pedagogy (Prange 2012; Biesta 2022, pp. 75-89), and conflict, drawing from sociological conflict theory (Simmel 1908/1964; Tyrell 1976/2008). The resulting heuristic tool I call ,educational configuration‘ (Erziehungsgestalt) guides the analysis of the narrative interviews used in this study, as it allows to reconstruct educational practices. [1] In the EU, 37.6% of children live with one, and 12.6% live with two or more siblings in the same household (https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Household_composition_statistics (12. Nov. 2025)). [2] Hereafter abbreviated as ,tba‘. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research questions raised, 82 problem-centered interviews (Witzel/Reiter 2012) with parents and their children (aged ten to twenty-one) from a total of 22 German families were conducted. Conflict situations were therefore not explored ethnographically in situ but through narratives of experiences with conflict situations. Experiences are “always embedded in the stance of the narrator and thus ,constructed‘” (Nohl 2017, p. 26; tba). Consequenty, interviews do not provide “direct access to factual courses of events” (ibid.). Nonetheless, there is a “relationship between the experience of past events – already cognitively processed and evaluated in selective ways as ,reality‘, and the narration of these events” (Wohlrab-Sahr 2002, p. 8; tba). From a methodological standpoint, the chosen Documentary Method (Nohl 2017; Bohnsack 2024; Przyborski 2024) as a method of analysis allows the argument that narratives of experience offer an (albeit indirect) access to practice and to the habituated ways of acting in different situations. Central to this are the text types of narration (actions in specific conflict situations remembered as singular events) and description (habitual, regular modes of acting in conflict situations). In narratives and descriptions, interviewees recount their “experience of immediate practical action” (Nohl 2017, p. 33; tba). This experience is so “bound to this practical action, to practical knowledge, and to the self-evident assumptions of the informants that it can scarcely be communicated explicitly, but only narrated or described” (ibid.). In this sense, the accounts of the interviewees are interpreted as documents of their practice. The interviews were analysed using the Documentary Method (Bohnsack 2024; Przyborski 2024) and the ,educational configuration‘ as a heuristic. Predominantly applied in German-speaking research contexts, this method focuses on reconstructing the action-guiding orientations reflected in everyday practices. These orientations were inferred from the practical knowledge patterns linguistically articulated in the interviews (Nohl 2017; Przyborski 2024). Drawing on Mannheim (1980), the method distinguishes between two dimensions of knowledge: implicit, practical knowledge and explicit, theoretical knowledge. The analysis primarily targets the implicit, practical knowledge that becomes embodied through socialisation and education processes. This is referred to as practical knowledge because it is methodologically assumed that people’s actions are guided by these unwritten, implicit patterns of thinking and acting. If sufficient comparative material is available, these practical knowledge patterns can also be typified through abduction as an epistemological method. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis resulted in a meaning-genetic typology consisting of three types of conflict education: consensus-forming, differentiating, and autonomy-oriented conflict education. These three types differ in how they address the problem of sibling conflicts across four dimensions, for each of which specific orientations were reconstructed. My presentation focuses on three contrasting interviews with parents and how they handle conflict situations – one of the four dimensions analysed in the study. For all interviews the action-guiding orientations are presented by interview excerpts and how they were analysed. Parents, as I will show, respond in different practical ways to the problem of how to deal with conflict situations between their children. The three reconstructed cases illustrate this variation: while some parents pursue the goal of teaching their children to reach agreements and therefore intervene by instructing them to form a consensus (intervention-oriented), others aim to ensure that conflicts are ended or avoided and enact this goal through trying to investigate the ,true‘ conflict trajectory and punitive sanctions (investigation- and sanction-oriented). Others strive to foster an autonomous conflict practice in their children and act in a mediating manner to support this development – they ,nudge‘ their children to find a resonating conflict practice for themselves (mediation-oriented). My study has both methodological and substantive implications for educational science. Through a research design in which the praxeological theoretical framework, the data collection method, and the analytical method are carefully aligned, it offers an approach for empirically reconstructing educational practices through narrative interviews. In light of the findings the presentation will discuss the extent to which they are transferable to a European and societal context and which additional research questions arise from a European perspective on the phenomenon of conflict education. References Biesta, G. (2022). World-Centred Education. New York: Routledge. Bohnsack, R. (2017): Praxeologische Wissenssoziologie. Opladen/Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Bohnsack, R. (2024): Documentary method and praxeological sociology of knowledge in the interpretation of pictures. Methaodos Revista De Ciencias Sociales, 12(2): Article m241202a02, 1–15. doi: 10.17502/mrcs.v12i2.797 Bossek, J. F. (2022): Geschwister in Familien. In: Ecarius, J./Schierbaum, A. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Familie. Band I: Gesellschaft, Familienbeziehungen und differentielle Felder. 2., überarbeitete und aktualisierte Auflage. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. S. 473-491. Bossek, J. F. (2025): Geschwisterkonflikte und Familienerziehung. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Edwards, R. et al. (2006): Sibling Identity and Relationships. Sisters and brothers. Oxon: Routledge. Grundmann, M. (2022): Sozialisation und Familienbeziehungen. In: Ecarius, J./Schierbaum, A. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Familie. Band 1: Gesellschaft, Familienbeziehungen und differentielle Felder. 2., überarbeitete und aktualisierte Auflage. Wiesbaden. Springer VS. S. 343-359. Hoffman, K. L. et al. (2005): Physical Violence Between Siblings. In: Journal of Family Issues, 26(8), S. 1103-1130. Leitner, S. et al. (2011): Geschwister in der Fremdunterbringung. Fallrekonstruktionen von Geschwisterbeziehungen in SOS-Kinderdörfern aus der Sicht von Kindern und Jugendlichen. Berlin: LIT. Mannheim, K. (1980): Strukturen des Denkens. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Markham, L. (2015): Peaceful Parent, Happy Siblings: How to Stop the Fighting and Raise Friends for Life. New York; NY: Penguin Publishing Group. Nohl, A.-M. (2017): Interview und Dokumentarische Methode. Anleitungen für die Forschungspraxis. 5. Auflage. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Prange, K. (2012): Die Zeigestruktur der Erziehung. Grundriss der Operativen Pädagogik. 2., korrigierte und erweiterte Auflage. Paderborn: Ferdinand Schöningh. Przyborski, A. (2024): Documentary Method. In: U. et al. (Eds.), Cultural Psychology. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, pp. 183–196. doi: 10.1007/978-3-658-45155-4_19 Punch, S. (2007): “I Felt they were Ganging up on me”: Interviewing Siblings at Home, Children’s Geographies, 5(3): 219-234. Simmel, G. (1908/1964): Conflict / The Web of Group-Affiliations. London: The Free Press New York. Steck, M./Cizek, B. (2001): Exkurs: Geschwisterliche Gewalt. In: Bundesministerium für Soziale Sicherheit und Generationen (Hrsg.): Gewalt in der Familie. Gewaltbericht 2001. Von der Enttabuisierung zur Professionalisierung. Wien. S. 173–183. Sünkel, W. (2013): Erziehungsbegriff und Erziehungsverhältnis. Allgemeine Theorie der Erziehung. Band 1. 2. Auflage. Weinheim & Basel: Beltz Juventa. Tyrell, H. (1976/2008): Konflikt als Interaktion. In: Tyrell, H.: Soziale und gesellschaftliche Differenzierung. Aufsätze zur soziologischen Theorie. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. S. 17-38. Winther, Ida Wentzel et al. (2015): Siblings. Practical and Sensitive Relations. Copenhagen: Danish School of Education, Aarhus University. Witzel, A./Reiter, H. (2012): The Problem-centred Interview. Principles and Practice. SAGE Publications. Wohlrab-Sahr, M. (2002): Prozessstrukturen, Lebenskonstruktionen, biographische Diskurse. In: BIOS 15(1), S. 3-23. 19. Ethnography
Paper Education and/as Social Control. A Praxeological Approach and Comparison 1: University Kaiserslautern Landau, Germany; 2: University of Siegen Presenting Author:Social control is currently a relatively broad topic of discussion in educational contexts. In school and social pedagogy, extensive research has examined responses to undesirable behaviour in educational practices. There are studies on coercion, punishment, disciplining, and other means to respond to deviance in educational settings. Jonathan Simon (2007), e.g., identified a new kind of “penal pedagogy” as schools in the US adopted a punitive, police-like form and logic to tackle deviance. This took place despite empirical studies showing that deviant behavior can hardly be prevented with ‘tough’ measures. However, punitive interventions reproduce or even reinforce discrimination: children and young people who were already affected by exclusion and who belong to marginalized groups bear the brunt of punitive educational control (e.g., Kupchik 2016). The presentation takes this development as its starting point. It asks what actually happens when social control is exercised in educational settings. From a praxeological perspective, it can be assumed that abstract rules and guidelines can only provide partial information about how social control is actually implemented. It seems more fruitful to focus on practices, which are only loosely linked to such provisions (Lacey & Zedner 2023). Practices are the medium which not simply implements or reproduces norms and rules, but these are negotiated in and adapted to complex social situations ("indexicality", Garfinkel 1980). Against this backdrop, the presentation draws on empirical examples to portray social control as a kind of practical ’achievement’ in different educational contexts. It reconstructs how students, education professionals and others interactively bring about practices of social control. The exercise of control is a central part of educational practice, but it has specific characteristics that distinguish it from other contexts of action, such as police control. Institutional education is characterized by long-term social relationships, for example in school classes or residential care. In addition, it is usually crucial for educational practice to work interactively and participatively with children and young people, connecting with their interests. Exercising control is ambivalent: it can stigmatize, undermine trust, and have exclusionary effects. It is therefore important to pay close attention to how professionals act as controllers and what kind of relationship they have with children and young people in this context. The higher social status that teachers, for example, enjoy at school is not simply a given; professionals often have considerable leeway to act as controllers—or to refrain from doing so. For research, this means reconstructing “asymmetries-in-action” (Tam & Smith 2025). When they perceive deviance and respond to it, educational professionals must enforce their definitions of a situation and categorize those they are educating as deviant. This creates a double differentiation: professionals position themselves as controllers and distinguish between deviant and non‑deviant young people. Social control and personal differentiation are therefore closely linked and must be considered in analyses of responses to violations of norms in institutional educational contexts. The presentation focuses on how this can be achieved. We understand social control in accordance with Cohen (1985) as the preventive or reactive handling of behaviour that is interpreted as undesirable or deviant. Perceived violations of norms lead to specific practices aimed at restoring a desired state. Social control involves more than sanctions such as expulsion or warnings; it is based on differentiations of situations and individuals, and it inaugurates persons as superordinate agents of control – who are themselves subject to control, as educational staff are permanently monitored by parents, students, supervisors, headteachers etc. The aim of the presentation is to demonstrate this complexity based on a praxeological footing and by drawing on empirical data from different fields of educational practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The examples discussed in the presentation stem from field diaries (Wolfinger, 2002) of participant observations (Spradley, 2016) in a school and extracurricular educational context. In line with the maxim "follow the actors themselves" (Latour, 2005: 12), the method allows us to systematically follow the relevance settings and internal logic of the field (Breidenstein et al., 2013) and to reveal the "silence of the social" (Hirschauer, 2001: 429). Participation also means that the observer acts as a central research instrument and physically experiences what social control feels like (Wacquant, 2014). The analysis is based on the coding paradigm of Corbin & Strauss (2008). First, the field notes were openly divided into specific codes. As part of axial coding, contrasting comparisons and line-by-line analyses were used to identify practices of social control and formulate hypotheses, and the results were summarised into key categories (Kelle 2007). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The practical theoretical analysis of the examples presented illustrates that social control does not exist as a fixed, objective entity, but is produced and negotiated in context-specific practices. Practices of social control do not have a deterministic effect on a single subsequent action, but remain open to various possible follow-ups. The assessment of situations is a process that is influenced by professional routines as well as situational interactions, artefacts and the subjective perspectives of those involved. The role of non-human actors and the performance of those involved show that social control is a complex web of action, interpretation and assessment. Our analysis also shows that researchers themselves are actively involved in the construction and identification of social control through their observation, selection and description of situations. References Cohen, S. (1985). Visions of Social Control. Cambridge: Polity Press. Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2008). Basics of Qualitative Research (3rd ed.): Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Garfinkel, H. (1980). Studies in Ethnomethodology. Cambridge: Polity Press. Hirschauer, S. (2001). Das Schweigen der sozialen Tatsachen. In: Zeitschrift für Soziologie, 30(6), 409–427. Kelle, U. (2007). The development of categories: Different approaches in grounded theory. In: The SAGE Handbook of Grounded Theory, 191–213. Kupchik, A. (2016). The Real School Safety Problem. Oakland, CA: University of California Press. Lacey, N., & Zedner, L. (2023). Criminalization: Historical, Legal, and Criminological Perspectives. In: A. Liebling, S. Maruna & L. McAra (Hg.), The Oxford Handbook of Criminology (7. Aufl.), 53–74. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the Social: An Introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Simon, J. (2007). Governing Through Crime. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Spradley, J. P. (2016). Participant Observation. Long Grove, IL: Waveland Press. Tam, C. L., & Smith, R. J. (2025). The (Re)Production, Negotiation, and Navigation of Social Asymmetries in Action: An Introduction to the Special Issue. Symbolic Interaction, 48. https://doi.org/10.1002/symb.70029 Wacquant, L. (2014). Body & Soul: Notebooks of an Apprentice Boxer (2nd ed.). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Wolfinger, N. (2002). On Writing Fieldnotes: The Problem of Consistency. In: Qualitative Research, 2(1), 85–95. 19. Ethnography
Paper Feeling Right: Affective Self-Work and Lateral Control in a Women’s Prison Rehabilitation Unit Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:This paper examines how affective self‑work is governed laterally among prisoners in a newly established women’s community rehabilitation unit in Finland. Rehabilitation in this space is explicitly centred on communal participation, emotional openness, and shared responsibility, creating a dense affective environment in which prisoners become sensitised to one another’s feelings, conduct, and emotional commitments. The paper addresses the question: How is affective self‑work controlled laterally among prisoners, and how do shared feeling rules shape belonging and legitimacy within the community? I argue that the community’s normative and moral order is structured around what Hochschild (1983) terms feeling rules and emotion management: expectations to be emotionally present, to regulate anger and frustration through talk rather than withdrawal, and to “give of oneself” in ways that sustain communal bonds. Emotional labour becomes not only a personal responsibility within rehabilitation but also a collective project, in which prisoners actively shape and enforce these expectations among peers. The theoretical framework brings together three strands:
Analytically, the paper focuses on a single ethnographic vignette — “the drawing incident” — in which a prisoner’s perceived emotional misalignment during a grief‑laden session prompted backstage irritation and direct peer correction. This incident offers a focused lens through which to examine how affective self‑work is regulated and how feeling rules are invoked, negotiated, and restored. By foregrounding emotional labour as both a technology of the self and a technology of social order, the paper contributes to ethnographic discussions on affective governance, peer participation, and informal pedagogies within institutional learning environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on ethnographic fieldwork conducted over ten months in Finland’s only closed women’s prison. The research focused on a newly established 12-person community rehabilitation unit, offering an opportunity to observe the early formation of communal, affective, and behavioural norms. The material comprises: • 36 days of participant observation across communal routines (community meetings, rehabilitation sessions, shared cooking, exercise) and everyday interactions, • nine semi structured interviews with prisoners, • one interview with the unit counsellor, and • a detailed field diary written shortly after each visit. Fieldwork emphasised attentive presence in an environment where emotional expression and social attunement were central to rehabilitation. To support rapport and minimise intrusion, I recorded fieldnotes immediately after each visit, a strategy consistent with ethnographic work in closed and affectively charged settings (Ugelvik 2014; Emerson, Fretz & Shaw 2001). The analysis developed through a close, ongoing dialogue between the field material and the theoretical concepts guiding the study. Rather than using a formal coding scheme, I worked with analytically salient episodes in which emotional norms, participation, or peer regulation became visible. These moments — including backstage sense making, direct feedback, and subtle shifts in atmosphere or alignment — served as windows into the community’s affective and moral order. Guided by Hochschild’s concepts of emotional labour, feeling rules, and emotion management, I examined how prisoners interpreted, enacted, and negotiated communal expectations of emotional conduct. Wetherell’s affective practice informed attention to the embodied, discursive, and relational aspects of emotional life. Scholarship on lateral governance provided a framework for understanding how peer regulation shaped the moral order and contributed to the unit’s rehabilitative ethos. Ethical considerations include anonymisation and careful adjustment of identifying details. As is typical in ethnographic work, the data reflect the voices and actions of the more socially central participants, while more withdrawn individuals are less represented. Even so, the material offers rich insight into how emotional labour and lateral control structure everyday life within this therapeutic carceral environment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1. Feeling rules as the axis of moral belonging. Belonging in the community hinged on the ability to enact appropriate emotional conduct: being present, composed, and willing to “give of oneself”. Withdrawal, distraction, or heightened emotional display was read as a failure of emotion management rather than a simple behavioural lapse. Feeling rules functioned as the central moral coordinates of the unit. 2. Lateral control as emotional pedagogy. Prisoners actively guided one another’s emotional conduct. Correction was enacted through direct feedback, subtle prompts, and backstage talk that consolidated shared interpretations. In the drawing incident, backstage irritation preceded a calm but firm moment of peer correction—illustrating how emotional norms were collectively upheld with minimal involvement from staff. Emotional labour thus became a peer taught and peer enforced practice. 3. Horizontal enactment—and negotiation—of rehabilitative aims. The everyday governance of emotional conduct largely aligned with institutional therapeutic goals. However, authority within the group was stratified: socially central prisoners had more interpretive authority and more leeway to bend norms. Selective resistance to therapeutic vocabulary coexisted with strong participation in emotional labour. Spatial practices—such as retreating to one’s cell—were interpreted as affective refusals, prompting additional peer scrutiny. Taken together, the findings illustrate how emotional labour functions simultaneously as self work and as a mechanism of social control, distributing governance laterally among peers. The community rehabilitation unit emerges as an affect intensive learning environment in which prisoners learn, teach, and enforce feeling rules as part of their participation in rehabilitative self transformation. References Ahmed, S. (2004). The Cultural Politics of Emotion. Edinburgh University Press. Crewe, B. (2011). Depth, weight, tightness: Revisiting the pains of imprisonment. Punishment & Society, 13(5), 509–529. Crewe, B., & Ievins, A. (2021). ‘Tightness’, recognition and penal power. Punishment & Society, 23(1), 47–68. Emerson, R., Fretz, R., & Shaw, L. (2001). Participant Observation and Fieldnotes. In P. Atkinson, A. Coffey, S. Delamont, J. Lofland & L. (eds.) Handbook of Ethnography. SAGE, 352–368. Hochschild, A. R. (1983). The Managed Heart: Commercialization of Human Feeling. University of California Press. Holmberg, L. & Niemi, A.-M. (2024) ”Röökilläkin kaikki ensin itkee ja sit alkaa naurattaa kun kaikki vaan parkuu!” Itsen työstämisen affektiiviset käytännöt naisvankilan yhteisökuntoutusosastolla. [”Even during fags everyone’s crying and then we start to laugh ‘cause we’re all just bawling!” Affective practices of self-cultivation in a women's prison community rehabilitation unit.] Aikuiskasvatus [Adult Education] 44(3), 182–195. Ievins, A. (2020). ‘Perfectly individualized and constantly visible’? Lateral tightness in a prison holding men convicted of sex offences. Incarceration, 1(1). Ugelvik, T. (2014). Power and Resistance in Prison: Doing Time, Doing Freedom. Palgrave. Wetherell, M. (2014). Affect and Emotion: A New Social Science Understanding. Sage. 19. Ethnography
Paper Baking Bagels – A Video Ethnographic Analysis of How Students Progress Through a Recipe in Home and Consumer Studies 1: Malmö University, Sweden; 2: Uppsala University Presenting Author:Home and Consumer Studies (HCS) is a school subject in which students must often both produce and consume a finished product—such as a meal or baked goods—within a single lesson. While HCS lessons are formally structured around instructions, recipes, and teacher demonstrations, much of the work that students must carry out involves navigating uncertainty and acting without continuous guidance. As Berg (2024) notes, everyday schoolwork includes many moments where students must independently interpret and advance an activity. This study examines such a moment through a detailed video‑ethnographic analysis of four students preparing bagels, highlighting how learning in practical subjects extends far beyond following explicit recipe steps. A recipe typically provides a procedural frame by specifying ingredients, measurements, and general sequences of action. Yet, as Borghini (2015) argues, this type of instruction can never fully replace the experiential encounter with the activity itself. A recipe is analogous to architectural terminology: it may describe steps or structures, but it cannot reproduce the lived experience of cooking, touching materials, or sensing when something “feels right.” Much of what novices must learn—how dough should feel, how to adjust movements, when to proceed—is rarely articulated by experts. Rather than treating this implicit dimension solely as a question of tacit knowledge, we reframe it as an educational and pedagogical issue: how do students learn what cannot be fully verbalized by instructors or captured by written recipes? (Andersson & Östman, 2015). To explore this, the study draws on a pragmatist account of experience, especially John Dewey’s notions of aesthetic experience and inquiry (Dewey, 1934/1980). Learning is conceptualized as the coordination of sensory, material, emotional, and social aspects of a situation into functional wholes. From this transactional perspective, what appears implicit is not hidden; it emerges dynamically through the interactions between students, materials, tools, and the unfolding demands of the activity (Garrison et al., 2022). The analytical question thus becomes: how do students engage with this implicit dimension and navigate the spaces between different instructional cues? Todd (2014) argues that educational research must shift attention to the liminal, in‑between aspects of schooling—moments where teaching, learning, and subject content are negotiated rather than prescribed. This perspective is particularly relevant for HCS, a subject tradition rich with embodied, material, and value‑laden forms of knowledge, such as judgments about taste, care, effort, and quality. By situating our analysis within this liminal domain, the study contributes to broader educational discussions about how knowledge is produced, distributed, and enacted through a subject’s cultural and material practices. This also relates to current conversations within educational research about recognizing shifting conditions and emerging potentials in school environments. Our video analysis reveals that students’ progress depends on far more than executing the steps listed in the recipe. Their actions are shaped by posing questions, observing peers, negotiating division of labour, improvising when expected outcomes are not achieved, and evaluating the adequacy of their work. They coordinate perception, movement, tools, and materials, while also navigating pacing, sequencing, and decisions about acceptable quality. This combination of cooperation and individual initiative echoes findings from research on creativity and exploratory learning, which emphasize the value of flexible environments, opportunities for self‑direction, varied uses of space and time, and freedom from constant pressure (Davies et al., 2013). Importantly, such creativity often emerges precisely when students work without direct teacher supervision or despite formal structures meant to regulate their activity. Overall, the findings demonstrate that students are often more resourceful, inventive, and context‑responsive than is generally acknowledged in empirical classroom research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological point of departure is that, within an educational context, the meaning of a recipe does not lie merely in its ingredients or step by step procedures. Rather, it lies in how students recognize the recipe as a structure for action and enact it through coordinated, embodied, and social engagement. Learning to cook or bake requires managing the “whole” situation: handling materials, tools, and heat; interpreting instructions; adjusting actions in real time; and responding to the behaviours of peers. It entails motor skills as well as cultural knowledge and values related to taste, care, responsibility, and judgment. This article forms part of a larger project aimed at understanding students’ movements, transitions, and practical engagements in everyday school life. Fieldwork was carried out in a middle sized municipal secondary school in Sweden. The research design relied on a video ethnographic approach (Heath, Hindmarsh & Luff, 2010), which enables close observation of embodied action and classroom interaction. Such methods allow the researcher to replay sequences repeatedly to analyse nuances of timing, gesture, bodily orientation, and material manipulation (Goldman, 2007). This fine grained attention is vital for understanding practical subjects like HCS, where learning unfolds through hands on doing. During the fieldwork, 50 lessons—each 60 minutes—were recorded. Two handheld cameras were used. The first, equipped with a built in microphone, captured student to student interaction, focusing on how students negotiated tasks, coordinated movements, and responded to emerging challenges. The second camera followed the teacher at a dynamic distance of 2–6 metres, providing a complementary perspective that situates student activity within the wider social and material environment of the classroom. Together, these perspectives provided both the observer’s overview and detailed access to micro actions essential for analyzing how students enact the recipe. This multiperspectival video setup allowed the researchers to identify the practical, embodied, and social processes through which students advanced their cooking practice. As students moved between steps in the recipe, the cameras captured how they repositioned their bodies, negotiated space, adapted their rhythm, and engaged with tools and ingredients. These data made visible the subtle, often overlooked dimensions of learning in practical subjects: how students sense readiness, resolve uncertainties, collaboratively troubleshoot, and transition across liminal phases of the activity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study highlights the importance of examining the types of knowledge that a practical lesson demands but that are not specified in a recipe. By attending to how instructions become meaningful in use—and how students fill in what the recipe leaves open—the study provides a richer understanding of how learning unfolds in the practical, material, and social environment of HCS lessons. To participate as a competent member of an HCS classroom, students must handle transitions between different materials, tools, conceptual resources, and value frameworks embedded in the subject’s culture. Our analysis foregrounds the practical, social, and emplaced actions through which students enact their cooking practice and move through recipe steps. Embodied aspects of learning become visible in how students position and adjust their bodies, attune themselves to the rhythm of activity, and negotiate the spatial and temporal constraints of the lesson. Moreover, the findings illustrate how students actively navigate the liminal spaces of the lesson—moments where instructions are underspecified, outcomes uncertain, and decisions must be made through improvisation and negotiation. These liminalities are not obstacles but opportunities where learning becomes visible. They reveal how students craft meaningful actions in-between formal structures, thereby contributing to more complex understandings of school experience and learning environments. The paper thus contributes novel analytical perspectives by recognizing the significance of students’ embodied strategies and their capacity to manage everyday uncertainties in practical subjects. Such insights provide educational research with conceptual tools to better understand the lived realities of classroom practice and to support pedagogical approaches that are contextually rich, creative, and caring—aligning with broader calls to reconsider how educational research is used and produced. References Andersson, J., & Östman, L. (2015). A transactional way of analysing the learning of ‘tacit knowledge’.Interchange,46(3), 271-287. Berg, G. (2024).Beyond the plate: Food and health, aesthetics and meaning-making in Home and consumer studies(Doctoral dissertation, Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis). Borghini, A. (2015). What is a Recipe?.Journal of Agricultural and Environmental Ethics,28(4), 719-738. Davies, D., Jindal-Snape, D., Collier, C., Digby, R., Hay, P., & Howe, A. (2013). Creative learning environments in education—A systematic literature review.Thinking skills and creativity,8, 80-91. Dewey, J. 1934/1980. Art as experience. New York: Perigee. Garrison, J. Öhman, J. and Östman, L. (Eds.) 2022. Deweyan transactionalism in education: Beyond self-action and inter-action (pp. 39-50). London: Bloomsbury. Goldman, D. R. 2007.A framework for video annotation, visualization, and interaction. ProQuest: University of Washington (Doctoral dissertation). Heath, C., Hindmarsh, J., and Luff, P. 2010.Video in qualitative research - analysing social interaction in everyday life. Los Angelse: SAGE. Todd, S. (2014) Between Body and Spirit: The Liminality of Pedagogical Relationships. Journal of Philosophy of Education. Vol. 48: 2, pp. 231-245. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 20 SES 10 A: Innovative Pedagogies for Teacher Education Location: B3109 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Sruti Narra Paper Session |
|
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Primary School Teacher Students as Designers of Instructional Videos in Music Education: A Learner-Centred Approach in Hybrid Learning Environments University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The use of instructional videos has a long tradition in teacher education, dating back to the 1960s, when videos began to be employed as tools for illustrating teaching practices and supporting teachers´ professional reflection (Lok, 2019). In music education research, classroom videos have been used since at least the 1970s, particularly for analysing teaching situations and examining pedagogical practices (Pattier, 2021). From 2005 onward, the use of instructional videos expanded significantly with the emergence of YouTube and other social media platforms (Pattier, 2021), which has resulted in a substantial increase in video-based materials suitable for educational purposes. Previous research on the pedagogical use of digital instructional videos has primarily focused on the use of ready-made video materials to support teaching and on post-lesson reflection based on lessons recorded by teachers or students themselves (Bautista, Tan, Wong & Conway, 2019; Näykki, Laitinen-Väänänen, & Burns, 2022), as well as on principles for designing and producing high-quality instructional videos (Brame, 2016; Buchner, 2018). In addition, studies have examined the role of YouTube channels and other online video environments as tools for supporting learning and disseminating knowledge (e.g., Pattier, 2021; Rahmaturrizki & Sukmayadi, 2021), as well as critical perspectives related to these platforms (O´Leary, 2023). Less attention, however, has been paid to pedagogical approaches in which students themselves act as active content creators who design, produce, and evaluate instructional videos as part of their own professional development (Hwang & Ilari, 2019; Tucholka & Gold, 2025). This study explores Finnish primary teacher students´ experiences of producing and using digital instructional videos in the context of music education. The study is situated within current discussions on the diversification of learning environments, where physical, digital, and hybrid spaces intersect and call for new pedagogical approaches. The research examines what kinds of observations primary teacher students made regarding the functionality and instructional integration of the music instructional videos they produced, and how video production and related reflection supported their professional development and pedagogical competence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was conducted as a qualitative study as part of music studies in primary teacher education. The participants were primary teacher students (N = 91) enrolled in a course in which the design, production, and reflection of instructional videos constituted a central pedagogical task. During the course, students worked in small groups to produce digital instructional videos addressing various content areas on music education for grades 1-6 in basic education. The instructional video assignment comprised stages: defining pedagogical objectives, delimiting instructional content, scripting the teaching situation, technical video production, and presenting and jointly reviewing the finished videos within the student group. Written reflections played a central role in the process as students evaluated their own leaning, pedagogical decisions, and the applicability of the instructional videos to music education practice. The research data consisted of students´ learning journals collected at the end of the course. In these journals, students described their experiences of producing instructional videos, their pedagogical significance, and their impact on professional development. The data were analyzed using data-driven qualitative content analysis, progressing from open coding to the formation of themes and conceptualization. Ethical research practices were followed throughout the study, and participants´ anonymity was ensured. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicated that the key factors influencing the functionality of instructional videos were the nature of video-based tasks, modes of use, flexibility, and support for learners. From the perspective of developing knowledge and skills, using video as a pedagogical tool, and supporting curriculum implementation. Challenges related to the use of instructional videos were also identified, highlighting that videos do not replace the teacher. Learning-related difficulties were likewise reported. In conclusion, the design and production of instructional videos embedded in music studies in teacher education, together with their reflective and collaborative examination, support students´ active participation and creative engagement as a meaningful pedagogical approach. According to students´ experiences, instructional videos deepened their subject-matter knowledge and skills related to guiding music learning objectives and strengthened pedagogical confidence in classroom situations. The use of videos allowed students to view their teaching from a distanced perspective and to reflect comprehensively on both lesson planning and implementation. Furthermore, shared video analysis and collegial reflection supported professional development by providing peer support and opportunities to exchange pedagogical solutions (cf. Christ, Arya & Ming Chiu, 2014; Näykki, Laitinen-Väänänen & Burns 2022). Overall, the findings suggest that the pedagogical use of instructional videos, with students acting as designers of music education, responds to the demands of increasingly diverse learning environments and provides creative tools for learner-centered and participatory pedagogy. References Bautista, A., Tan, C., Wong, J., & Conway, C. (2019). The role of classroom video in music teacher research: A review of the literature. Music Education Research, 21(4), 331–343. https://doi.org/10.1080/14613808.2019.1632278 Brame, C. J. (2016). Effective educational videos: Principles and guidelines for maximizing student learning from video content. CBE—Life Sciences Education, 15(4), es6. https://doi.org/10.1187/cbe.16-03-0125 Buchner, J. (2018). How to create educational videos: From watching passively to learning actively. R&E-Source: Open Online Journal for Research and Education, 12, 1–10. https://journal.ph-noe.ac.at/index.php/resource/article/view/584/585 Christ, T., Arya, P., & Ming Chiu, M. (2014). Teachers’ reports of learning and application to pedagogy based on engagement in collaborative peer video analysis. Teaching Education, 25(4), 349–374. https://doi.org/10.1080/10476210.2014.92000 Hwang, Y., & Ilari, B. (2019). Music teachers’ use of online video platforms in lesson design and instruction. Revista Latinoamericana de Tecnología Educativa, 18(2), 45–55. http://dx.medra.org/10.17398/1695-288X.18.2.45 Lok, A. E. (2019). Using video in teacher education and in professional development activities to stimulate teaching for active learning in Cambodia. [Phd Thesis 1 (Research TU/e / Graduation TU/e), Eindhoven School of Education]. Technische Universiteit Eindhoven. Retrieved January 23, 2026, from https://pure.tue.nl/ws/portalfiles/portal/128662780/20190621_Lok.pdf Näykki, P., Laitinen-Väänänen, S., & Burns, E. (2022). Student teachers’ video-assisted collaborative reflections of socio-emotional experiences during teaching practicum. Frontiers in Education, 7, Article 846567. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.846567 O´Leary, E. J. (2023). Music education on YouTube and the challenges of platformization. Action, Criticism, and Theory for Music Education, 22(4), 14–43. https://doi.org/10.22176/act22.4.14 Pattier, D. (2021). Science on YouTube: Successful educators and strategies. Education in the Knowledge Society, 22, e23877. https://doi.org/10.6092/issn.1970-2221/11584 Rahmaturrizki, A., & Sukmayadi, Y. (2021). YouTube as audio visual media learning in music education. In Proceedings of the International Conference on Art, Design, Education and Cultural Studies (ICADECS 2020). Advances in Social Education and Humanities Research, 519, 297–303. Atlantis Press. https://doi.org/10.2991/assehr.k.210203.064 Tucholka, I., & Gold, B. (2025). Analysing classroom videos in teacher education – How different instructional settings promote student teachers´ professional vision of classroom management. Learning and Instruction, 97(2025), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2025.102084 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Active and Embodied STEAM Learning: An Innovative Methodological Framework for Integrating Physical Activity in Teacher Education 1: Johanes Kepler University, Austria; 2: University of Jyväskyla, Finland; 3: University of Kragujevac, Serbia Presenting Author:This paper explores the integration of physical activity (PA) into STEAM education as the core focus of the Erasmus-funded STE(PA)M project: Teacher Training in Physical Activities and Embodied Learning through STEAM Education. The introduction of physical activity (PA) in classroom settings has gained increasing attention as a means of addressing sedentary behaviour while enhancing learner engagement. A recent systematic review conducted within the STE(PA)M project (Lau et al., 2025) informed the development of the PA-STE(A)M framework, which is grounded in three interconnected theoretical perspectives: (1) embodied cognition theory (Barsalou, 2008; Glenberg, 2010; Li et al., 2023; Wilson, 2002), (2) interdisciplinary learning theory (Fogarty, 1991), and (3) neurobiological research on exercise and cognition (Chaddock-Heyman et al., 2014; Pulvermüller, 2005). The framework is further informed by pedagogical approaches such as Teaching Games for Understanding (TGfU), which exemplifies embodied cognition principles by positioning the body as a cognitive site where understanding emerges through inquiry-based, action-oriented learning rather than traditional demonstration-practice models (Stolz & Pill, 2014). Building on this framework, the present paper examines how it can support the design of innovative, active and learner-centred teaching methodologies in educational practice. Specifically, the paper addresses the following research questions: (i) how do pre-service teachers perceive the integration of physical activity into STEAM teaching; (ii) how can the PA-STE(A)M framework, together with the GeoGebra MOOC and practice-oriented handbook, support teachers in designing and developing integrated PA–STEAM lessons. The study focuses primarily on a teacher education context, examining pre-service teachers’ engagement with the PA-STE(A)M framework during a Blended Intensive Programme (BIP) workshop held at Charles University. As part of the workshop, participants were introduced to a GeoGebra-based MOOC designed to support the planning and development of PA–STEAM integrated activities through curated examples, digital resources and design guidance. Within the four-quadrant PA-STE(A)M framework—which differentiates approaches based on the type of physical activity (Physical Activities vs. Physical Education) and the mode of integration (technology-assisted vs. subject-integrated)—the MOOC focuses on PA-integrated STEAM learning (Quadrant 2). It applies this approach through two complementary pedagogical design logics: a movement activation-first approach, emphasising learning through play and physical engagement, and a concept embodiment-first approach, which guides learners to physically experience and internalise abstract concepts through embodied understanding (Jewitt & Kress, 2003; Varela et al., 1991). To explore the perceptions of pre-service teachers regarding the integration of physical activity into STEAM teaching, an exploratory questionnaire, with both Likert Scale and including a limited number of open-ended questions, was conducted prior to the workshop to capture participants’ insights and willingness to integrate the PA-STE(A)M framework into their teaching. The paper presents examples of learning activities designed by pre-service teachers during the workshop, to demonstrate how the PA-STE(A)M framework can be enacted across different learning environments. In addition, it introduces a practice-oriented handbook developed to support the application of the PA-STE(A)M framework and to facilitate the translation of research into educational practice. Rather than evaluating effectiveness or learning outcomes, the study adopts a design- and methodology-oriented perspective, focusing on pedagogical reasoning, spatial considerations and the practical enactment of an evidence-informed framework. In doing so, the paper contributes to ongoing discussions on innovative pedagogical methodologies in teacher education, examining how embodied and active learning approaches can create inclusive, spatially-responsive STEAM learning environments that support diverse learner needs, wellbeing, creativity and integrative educational practices across formal and non-formal contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design The study adopts an exploratory, qualitative-oriented research design with emphasis on pedagogical design and methodological enactment. Rather than evaluating learning outcomes or intervention effectiveness, it examines how the PA-STE(A)M framework is interpreted and implemented in teaching practice. This design-oriented approach explores how pre-service teachers approach pedagogical reasoning, design choices, and learning environments in PA–STEAM integration. Context and Participants The primary empirical context was a Blended Intensive Programme (BIP) workshop conducted within the STEPAM project, co-funded by the European Union under the Erasmus+ Programme (Grant No. 2023-1-RS01-KA220-HED-000166894) at Charles University, Czech Republic. The workshop involved 26 pre-service teachers (8 males, 18 females) from Finland, Austria, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Philippines, and Indonesia, with backgrounds in mathematics, physics, and chemistry education. Ethical considerations were maintained throughout: participants were informed of the research purpose and voluntary nature of their participation, all identifying information was anonymized, and data was securely stored. Learning, Design and Intervention The workshop focused on introducing participants to embodied and active approaches to STEAM teaching. Participants engaged with the PA-STE(A)M framework through guided design activities supported by a GeoGebra-based MOOC developed within the STE(PA)M project. The MOOC provides 36 exemplar lessons with videos, digital resources, and gamified educational apps, supporting educators in developing PA–STEAM activities that integrate movement with data collection, measurement, and exploration of physical and scientific variables. The workshop focused on Quadrant 2 of the PA-STE(A)M framework—PA-integrated STEAM learning—encouraging participants to design activities following either a movement activation-first or concept embodiment-first pedagogical logic. The design process considered spatial affordances, movement intensity levels, and how physical, digital, and hybrid learning spaces could be blended to support embodied STEAM learning. Data Sources and Analysis Data sources consisted of (a) pre-workshop questionnaire responses containing open-ended questions on participants' perceptions of integrating physical activity into STEAM teaching, and (b) PA–STEAM learning activities designed during the workshop. Data analysis followed inductive thematic content analysis by Braun and Clarke (2006). The thematic analysis framework includes identifying, analyzing, and reporting patterns or themes within the dataset. This approach offers a systematic yet flexible process for examining the underlying meanings and structures embedded in textual or visual data. The PA-STE(A)M framework served as an analytical lens to examine how physical activity, pedagogical intent, and learning environments were represented in the designed activities, with analysis aimed at identifying patterns and design orientations across contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results are exploratory and illustrative, capturing pre-service teachers' perceptions and design approaches when engaging with the PA-STE(A)M framework. Of the 26 participants, response rates varied by question; analysis focuses on recurring ideas, not frequency counts. Responses to the first question (n = 18) revealed positive perceptions of PA–STEAM integration. Four main themes emerged: Perceived cognitive and learning benefits were most prominent: participants associating PA with improved concentration (e.g., "the brain works better with oxygen"). Support for embodied and diverse learning approaches was evident: participants emphasised that some learners "learn better through movement" and that PA adds variety to sedentary practices—addressing diverse cognitive preferences. Engagement and classroom dynamics described PA as motivating, though with conditional usefulness ("for some kids it's useful for motivation"). Finally, uncertainty and conditional acceptance emerged, with some participants reporting difficulty imagining how PA could be meaningfully integrated into STEM lessons. Responses to the second question (n = 13) focused on implementation, revealing three approaches alongside notable uncertainty. Organisational strategies included scheduling and movement breaks; curriculum-based integration proposed aligning STEM content with body or movement topics; open-ended approaches suggested project-based activities. Several participants reported lacking concrete ideas, reinforcing the gap between perceived value and enactment. During the workshop, participants designed PA–STE(A)M activities using movement activation-first or concept embodiment-first approaches. One group designed “States of Matter”, where bodily movement represented solid, liquid and gaseous states through variations in proximity, and freedom of movement, demonstrating how embodied methodologies make abstract concepts accessible while transforming traditional spaces into active learning environments. Overall, the findings suggest openness to PA–STEAM methodologies, highlighting the importance of structured frameworks and exemplars to enact embodied learning across diverse educational contexts. The MOOC and handbook provide such methodological support. A limitation of this study is the small sample size; future research should involve larger numbers and greater diversity. References Barsalou, L. W. (2008). Grounded cognition. Annual Review of Psychology, 59, 617–645. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Chaddock-Heyman, L., Erickson, K. I., Holtrop, J. L., Voss, M. W., Pontifex, M. B., Raine, L. B., Hillman, C. H., & Kramer, A. F. (2014). Aerobic fitness is associated with greater white matter integrity in children. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 8, 584. Fogarty, R. (1991). Ten ways to integrate curriculum. Educational Leadership, 49(2), 61–65. Glenberg, A. M. (2010). Embodiment as a unifying perspective for psychology. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Cognitive Science, 1(4), 586–596. Jewitt, C., & Kress, G. (2003). Multimodal literacy. Peter Lang. Lau, J., Ignjatovic, A., Fenyvesi, K., Cekic-Jovanovic, O., Da Cruz, M., & Lavicza, Z. (2025, September 10–13). A systematic review on integration of physical activities in STEAM education – Trends and best practices [Paper presentation]. European Conference on Educational Research (ECER 2025), Belgrade, Serbia. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/30/contribution/61193 Li, J., Bezerianos, A., Thakor, N.V. (2023). Cognitive State Analysis, Understanding, and Decoding from the Perspective of Brain Connectivity. In: Thakor, N.V. (eds) Handbook of Neuroengineering. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-5540-1_77 Pulvermüller, F. (2005). Brain mechanisms linking language and action. Nat. Rev. Neurosci. 6, 576–582. doi: 10.1038/nrn1706 Stolz, S. A., & Pill, S. (2014). Teaching games and sport for understanding: Exploring and reconsidering its relevance in physical education. European Physical Education Review, 20(1), 36–71. Varela, F. J., Thompson, E., & Rosch, E. (1991). The embodied mind: Cognitive science and human experience. MIT Press. Wilson, M. (2002). Six views of embodied cognition. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 9(4), 625–636. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Cultural STEAM in Teacher Education: Exploring Pre-Service Teachers’ Perceptions of Origami-Based Intercultural Learning 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: Shirayuri University, Japan; 3: Tokyo Gakugei University, Japan Presenting Author:Keywords: Cultural STEAM (C-STEAM); Teacher Education; Cultural Heritage Pedagogy; Intercultural Learning; Hybrid and Online Teaching Teacher education is increasingly challenged to prepare future educators for classrooms characterised by cultural diversity, interdisciplinary learning demands, and international collaboration. At the same time, STEAM (science, technology, engineering, arts and mathematics) education has gained prominence as a framework for fostering creativity, problem-solving, and integrative thinking across disciplinary boundaries. However, STEAM initiatives in teacher education often remain disconnected from cultural heritage and intercultural learning, risking a narrow or decontextualised understanding of interdisciplinary education. This study explores how cultural heritage practices, specifically origami, can function as pedagogical entry points for Cultural STEAM (C-STEAM) learning in pre-service teacher education. Origami, a traditional Japanese art form, offers rich possibilities for interdisciplinary learning across science, technology, engineering, arts and mathematics while simultaneously carrying cultural meanings that can support intercultural reflection and dialogue. The study is situated within an intercultural origami-based workshop module implemented at a Japanese University, developed collaboratively with international students at a University in Finland as part of an emerging international partnership in teacher education. Previous research highlights origami’s pedagogical potential for conceptual understanding, creativity, and interdisciplinary and intercultural learning (Ishizawa et al., 2024). Building on this work, the present study extends these insights to teacher education, examining origami as a resource for Cultural STEAM and intercultural pedagogy. The main objective of the study is not to measure learning outcomes or competence development, but to explore pre-service teachers’ perceptions, interests, and initial pedagogical ideas related to the use of origami and cultural heritage practices in STEAM and intercultural education. By focusing on students’ perspectives, the study seeks to inform the design of scalable, hybrid C-STEAM modules for international and multicultural teacher education contexts. The study is guided by the following research questions:
The theoretical framework draws on three complementary strands. First, interdisciplinary and STEAM education theory emphasises learning that bridges disciplinary boundaries through meaningful, creative, and authentic tasks (Al-Mutawah et al., 2022; Henriksen, 2017). Second, intercultural education theory highlights the role of cultural awareness, dialogue, and reflexivity in preparing teachers for diverse and globalised educational environments (Banks, 2015). Third, perspectives on cultural heritage in education stress the pedagogical value of traditional practices as resources for identity, meaning-making, and inclusive learning (Rieckmann, 2017; Utsi-Gaup et al., 2024). By bringing these perspectives together, the study contributes to ongoing international discussions on how teacher education can integrate interdisciplinarity, cultural heritage, and intercultural competence in accessible and context-sensitive ways. The collaboration between Japanese and Finnish institutions situates the study firmly within an international context and supports dialogue across educational traditions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts an exploratory, design-informed mixed-methods approach suitable for examining pre-service teachers’ perceptions and pedagogical interpretations of origami as a culturally familiar learning practice. The design-informed perspective is applied analytically to explore how participants conceptualise the integration of an established pedagogical activity into STEAM education. The participants comprised 74 Japanese first- to fourth-year pre-service teachers enrolled in university-level education seminars. Of these, 26 students were enrolled in the Elementary School Teacher Training Course, and 48 in the Kindergarten and Nursery School Teacher Training Course. Regarding prior exposure to STEAM education, 55% of participants reported having formally studied STEAM education, while 45% indicated a general understanding of STEAM-related concepts. Within the Japanese educational context, origami constitutes a long-established cultural and pedagogical practice introduced from early childhood education onwards. Although most participants did not take part in the origami workshop organised by the research team, all were assumed to possess extensive prior experience with origami through schooling and everyday cultural practices. This shared experiential background provided a common reference point, enabling participants to reflect on origami not as a novel activity but as a familiar pedagogical resource that could be conceptually reinterpreted within a STEAM-oriented framework. Data were collected using a short Google Forms questionnaire designed to minimise student workload while enabling systematic enquiry. The questionnaire comprised five Likert-scale items examining participants’ interest in using cultural heritage activities in teaching, perceived connections between origami and STEAM subjects, confidence in pedagogical application beyond craft-based activities, perceived intercultural learning potential, and perceived adaptability to diverse or hybrid learning contexts. Accordingly, data collection focused on participants’ reflective and interpretive responses rather than on observed instructional performance. In addition, the questionnaire included one multiple-choice item and two open-ended questions inviting participants to propose a simple teaching idea using origami and to reflect briefly on what they found interesting or surprising about origami as a learning activity. This combination enabled descriptive quantitative analysis and qualitative insight into participants’ pedagogical imagination. Quantitative data from the Likert-scale items were analysed using descriptive statistics to identify general trends in students’ perceptions. Qualitative responses were analysed using inductive thematic analysis, focusing on themes related to STEAM integration, cultural heritage, and online teaching ideas. Participation was voluntary, and informed consent was obtained from all participants. Data were anonymised, and the study adhered to ethical guidelines for educational research, with particular attention to cross-cultural collaboration and student participation Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The quantitative findings address the three research questions by examining pre-service teachers’ perceptions of origami as a pedagogical resource for Cultural STEAM (C-STEAM), intercultural learning, and online teaching contexts. RQ1: Perceived pedagogical value of origami in STEAM education The results indicate strong interest in the educational use of origami. More than 90% of participants reported interest in incorporating origami into their future teaching, and approximately 90% indicated that origami can be connected to one or more STEAM domains. Participants most frequently associated origami with arts and creativity and arithmetic and mathematics, indicating that origami is widely perceived as a meaningful interdisciplinary learning resource rather than merely a craft-based activity. RQ2: Perceived potential of cultural heritage practices for intercultural learning Participants also demonstrated strong recognition of origami’s intercultural learning potential. Around 90% agreed that origami could support learning among children from diverse cultural backgrounds. However, confidence in pedagogical enactment was more moderate, with approximately 65% reporting confidence in teaching origami to children from different cultural backgrounds. This pattern suggests a divergence between perceived educational value and instructional confidence. RQ3: Perceived adaptability of origami-based pedagogy to online contexts Regarding learning modalities, approximately 65% of participants indicated that origami could be taught online, while only about half reported confidence in teaching origami online themselves. These findings suggest that origami is perceived as adaptable beyond face-to-face contexts, although confidence in online instructional practice remains uneven. This study shows that pre-service teachers perceive origami as a valuable, culturally grounded pedagogical resource for C-STEAM education, with strong interdisciplinary and intercultural relevance. The findings reveal more moderate confidence in teaching origami across cultural differences and in online contexts, highlighting an important pedagogical self-efficacy gap within teacher education. The results inform the continued development of an international, online-hybrid C-STEAM module and support future comparative research. References Al-Mutawah, M. A., Thomas, R., Preji, N., Alghazo, Y. M., & Mahmoud, E. Y. (2022). Theoretical and Conceptual Framework for A STEAM-Based Integrated Curriculum. Journal of Positive School Psychology, 6(5). https://journalppw.com/index.php/jpsp/article/view/7468/4872 Banks, J. A. (2015). Cultural diversity and education: Foundations, curriculum, and teaching. Routledge. Henriksen, D. (2017). Creating STEAM with design thinking: Beyond STEM and arts integration. The STEAM Journal, 3(1). https://scholarship.claremont.edu/steam/vol3/iss1/11 Ishizawa, J., Ohnuki, A., Shiihashi, G., Haraguchi, R., & Korte, S. M. (2024). A Case Study of Intercultural STEAM in Higher Education through Origami. Japan Society for Science Education Research Report, 39(1), 1–4. https://www.jstage.jst.go.jp/article/jsser/39/1/39_No_1_240101/_pdf Rieckmann, M. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. UNESCO publishing. Utsi Gaup, E., Keskitalo, P., Korte, S.-M., & Moore, S. (2024). Sami teacher education and land-based approaches for Indigenous rights. In Audrey Osler & Beate Goldschmidt-Gjerløw (Eds.), Nordic Perspectives on Human Rights Education. Research and practice for Social Justice. (pp. 169–181). Routledge. https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/99934 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 22 SES 10 A: Rethinking Educational Knowledge: Interdisciplinary Pathways and Possibilities Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Vesna Holubek Panel Discussion |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Panel Discussion Rethinking Educational Knowledge: Interdisciplinary Pathways and Possibilities 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: Tampere University, Finland; 3: Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:This panel addresses two interrelated questions: What constitutes foundational knowledge in higher education (HE), and what challenges does the concept of educational knowledge face in a time of rapid technological change? Understandings of educational knowledge were largely shaped during the Enlightenment and post-Enlightenment era, and these legacies continue to inform HE today. Traditionally, HE has been imagined as the site in which the most advanced and authoritative forms of knowledge reside. This common perception stands in tension with a major discursive shift that has reshaped educational research, policy, and practice since the 1990s. This shift, known as “learnification” (Biesta, 2016), has succeeded in sidelining knowledge as the primary goal of HE. Together with the development of working‑life‑relevant, competence‑based degree program curricula, this has led to what Maton (2014) calls “knowledge blindness” in HE. The advent of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) tools capable of generating knowledge in just a matter of seconds, accompanied by “the virtual explosion of knowledge” (Rasmussen, 2021) and the facilitation of its access, puts the question of educational knowledge into a new light. GenAI has challenged long‑held assumptions about how knowledge is produced, how students are guided toward knowing, and even the epistemic capacities of the knower (Telakivi et al. 2025). On the one hand, the university appears to be rapidly losing epistemic authority; on the other, higher education can no longer ignore questions of what educational knowledge is, what it does, and why it matters. Redefining educational knowledge has therefore become both urgent and timely, as established assumptions about knowledge selection and epistemic responsibility can no longer be taken for granted. We understand educational knowledge as a distinct category, different from knowledge in general. Besides, we hold that educational knowledge is relational and contingent. This means that it relies on disciplinary boundaries, involves various human and non-human actors, and depends on specific social, material, and institutional environments. It also implies historical contingency, which extends our inquiry beyond contemporary practices to the broader framework of modernity. The presenters also share a premise that interdisciplinary approach to educational knowledge is essential for conceptualising it. Educational knowledge operates across multiple domains — philosophical, sociological, psychological, cultural, pedagogical, historical, and technological — and no single disciplinary lens can account for its complexity. In this panel, we bring forward three theoretical flashlights informed by three distinct disciplinary approaches to educational knowledge: sociology of education, cultural and literary history, and cognitive sciences. Sociology of education provides a perspective that allows us to see how knowledge is structured within the system of HE and how hidden rules and power relations shape what counts as valuable knowledge (e.g., Bernstein, 2000; Maton, 2014). Cultural and literary history highlights how the notions of educational knowledge are historically formed, reproduced, and contested across time as well as sheds light on the cultural imaginaries of education embedded in discourses, narratives, and metaphors, such as those depicted in the novels of Eliot, Dickens, or Brontë. Cognitive sciences, finally, enable us to examine how knowledge is enacted, processed, and transformed through cognitive, embodied, and material practices, including those mediated by contemporary technologies (e.g., Colombo & Piccinini, 2023; Newen et al., 2018). In this panel, we discuss and debate possibilities for developing a new conceptual framework for educational knowledge by building on interdisciplinary approaches. References Biesta, G. (2016). The beautiful risk of education. Routledge. Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity. Theory, Research, Critique. Rowman & Littlefield. Colombo M, & Piccinini G. (2023) The Computational Theory of Mind. Cambridge University Press. Maton, K. (2014). Knowledge and Knowers. Towards a Realist Sociology of Education. Routledge. Newen, A., Bruin L., & Gallagher, S. (2018). The Oxford Handbook of 4E Cognition. Oxford University Press. Rasmussen, J., Rasch-Christensen, A., & Qvortrup, L. (2021). Knowledge or competencies? A controversial question in contemporary curriculum debates. European Educational Research Journal, 21(6), 1009-1022. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211023338 Telakivi, P., Kokkonen,T., Hakli, R., & Mäkelä, P. (2026) AI-Extended Moral Agency?, Social Epistemology, 40(1), 116-128. https://doi.org/10.1080/02691728.2025.2472759 Chair Vesna Holubek, vesna.holubek@tuni.fi, Tampere University |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 22 SES 10 B: Student Experience in HE Location: B1097 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Graca Fernandes Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Impact of First-year Higher Education Students’ Critical Thinking Skills and Well-Being on Academic Achievement 1: Univeristy of Eastern Finland, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki, Finland; 3: University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:This study examines how students’ critical thinking (CT) skills and well-being are associated with their academic achievement during early stages of higher education. Understanding these connections is important because these factors play a central role in studying and learning in higher education. CT is defined as purposeful, self-regulatory, and goal-directed thinking, combining a set of cognitive skills and affective dispositions (Facione, 1990). This study focuses on CT skills such as analysis, evaluation, and interpretation (Facione, 1990). CT is recognized as a key learning outcome in higher education (Arum & Roksa, 2011). The European Union has also emphasized the importance of CT in managing the complexity and constant change of today’s society (European Comission, 2019). Well-being refers to optimal psychological functioning, encompassing both hedonic (happiness) and eudaimonic (personal growth) perspectives (Ryan & Deci, 2001). Well-being includes the feeling of relatedness (Ryan & Deci, 2001), or the sense of belonging, defined as students’ feeling of being accepted, included, and connected to their institutions (Goodenow, 1993). Academic achievement can be defined and measured in multiple ways, but commonly used indicators include grade point average (GPA), the weighted average of course grades, and earned study credits (ECTS), which reflect students’ progress toward degree completion (van Rooij et al., 2018). Although these metrics do not directly assess learning outcomes or competency development, they serve as practical and widely accepted proxies for academic performance (York et al., 2015). The study addresses the following research questions: (1) To what extent do first year students’ CT skills explain their academic achievement in their first year of higher education studies? (2) To what extent is students’ well-being connected to their first-year academic achievement? One of the key skills for successful achievement and progress in studies is CT (e.g. Martín-Raugh et al., 2023). Cognitive strategies such as problem solving, reasoning, analysis, and interpretation - core components of CT (Facione, 1990) - form the foundation of students’ readiness for higher education and enable them to learn content across disciplines (Conley, 2008). However, students enter higher education with widely varying levels of CT skills (Arum & Roksa, 2011). Previous studies have shown that the majority of Finnish first-year higher education students demonstrate CT skills at a basic or lower level (Ursin et al., 2021), and international research indicates that some entering students may lack these skills altogether (Zahner et al., 2022). Given the critical role of the early months in higher education, this study investigates students’ well-being and CT skills upon entry to higher education studies to determine whether these factors are associated with academic achievement and study progress. By exploring these relationships, we can better understand the factors that contribute to early academic performance and identify students who may be in need for support. Academic achievement, as measured by GPA and ECTS, is important already at the beginning of studies as some institutions require minimum credit accumulation or GPA threshold for continued study. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a quantitative study using data collected as a part of a national research project in 2023-2025. The participants of the study are 901 first-year undergraduate students from a Finnish higher education institution, representing multiple fields of study. The participating students’ CT skills were measured with the Collegiate Learning Assessment (CLA+) which is designed to measure higher education students’ CT and written communication skills (Zahner et al., 2022). The CLA+ includes two tasks. The first task is an open-ended performance-based task (PT) in which students write an essay based on provided material. The PT measures analysis and problem-solving, writing effectiveness, and writing mechanics. The second task is a selected-response task (SR) in which students choose the correct answer from given answer options based on provided material. This task is designed to measure scientific and quantitative reasoning, critical reading and evaluation, and critiquing an argument. The well-being of participating students was measured with two sets of questionnaires: a shortened version of The Warwick-Edinburgh Mental Well-being Scale (WEMWBS), referred to as SWEMWBS (Stewart-Brown et al., 2009) and a sense of belonging scale modified from PISA 2018 (OECD, 2020). SWEMWBS consists of seven positively worded items relating to the participants’ mental well-being in the two preceding weeks (Stewart-Brown et al., 2009). The sense of belonging scale includes six items in which students reflect their experiences of belonging to their institution and relationships with other students (OECD, 2020). Academic achievement and study progress were operationalized using students’ GPAs and accumulated ECTS credits, as recorded in an institutional student register between August 2023 and August 2024. Data will be analyzed using exploratory and confirmatory factor analyses, as well as correlations, conducted in IBM SPSS Statistics (Version 29). The main analyses exploring the extent to which students’ CT skills and well-being explain academic achievement will be conducted using linear regression analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of writing this proposal, data of academic achievement is still being collected, consequently, no analyses have yet been conducted. Nonetheless, we expect to expect to find that students with stronger CT skills also perform better in their studies (e.g. Martín-Raugh et al., 2023). We also expect that students who experience better well-being to be more successful in their studies despite previous research suggesting the connection to be relatively modest (Bücker et al., 2018). The results of this study can be used to better support students’ transition from upper secondary to higher education and thereby supporting the upcoming academic journey. As this study is based on cross-sectional design, it includes inherent limitations. To gain a deeper understanding of how well-being, academic achievement, and CT skills development interact among higher education students’ educational paths, more research is needed. A longitudinal study on the development of CT and relevant background variables should therefore be designed and implemented. References Arum, R. & Roksa, J. (2011). Academically Adrift: Limited Learning on College Campuses. Chicago: university of Chicago Press. Bücker, S., Nuraydin, S., Simonsmeier, B. A., Schneider, M., & Luhmann, M. (2018). Subjective well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Journal of Research in Personality, 74, 83-94. Conley, D. T. (2008). Rethinking college readiness. New directions for higher education, 2008(144), 3-13. European Commission. (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Facione, P. (1990). Critical Thinking: A Statement of Expert Consensus for Purposes of Educational Assessment and Instruction. Newark: The American Philosophical Association. Goodenow, C. (1993). Classroom Belonging among Early Adolescent Students. The Journal of Early Adolescence 13 (1): 21– 43. Martín-Raugh, M., Kell, H., Ling, G., Fishtein, D., & Yang, Z. (2023). Noncognitive skills and critical thinking predict undergraduate academic performance. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 48(3), 350-361. OECD. (2020). Sense of belonging at school. In: PISA 2018 Results (Volume III): What School Life Means for Students’ Lives. OECD Publishing, Paris. Ryan, R. M. & Deci, E. L. (2001). On happiness and human potential: a review of research on hedonic and eudaimonic well-being. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 141-166. Stewart-Brown, S., Tennant, A., Tennant, R., Platt, S., Parkinson, J., & Weich, S. (2009). Internal construct validity of the Warwick-Edinburgh mental well-being scale (WEMWBS): a Rasch analysis using data from the Scottish health education population survey. Health and quality of life outcomes, 7, 1-8. Ursin, J., Hyytinen, H., & Silvennoinen, K. (Eds.). (2021). Assessment of undergraduate students' generic skills in Finland: Findings of the Kappas! project. Publications of the Ministry of Education and Culture 2021:31. Van Rooij, E., Brouwer, J., Fokkens-Bruinsma, M., Jansen, E., Donche, V., & Noyens, D. (2018). A systematic review of factors related to first-year students’ success in Dutch and Flemish higher education. Pedagogische studiën, 94(5), 360-404. York, T. Gibson, C., & Rankin, S. (2015). Defining and measuring academic success. Practical Assessment, Research & Evaluation, 20(5), 1–19 Zahner, D., Dawber, T., & Rotholz, K. (2022). The Collegiate Learning Assessment – a performance-based assessment for generic skills. In D. van Damme & D. Zahner (Eds.), Does Higher Education Teach Students to Think Critically?. OECD. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper I Would Always Attend If I’m Getting Points’: A Value-Perspective Study of University Lecture Attendance University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Background, aim and theoretical approaches Physical attendance at university lectures has been declining internationally (Nagappan et al. 2025), despite long‑standing evidence linking attendance to improved learning and achievement (Ancheta et al. 2021). Class attendance is generally not mandatory at Finnish universities, reflecting Finland’s autonomy-based education model (Ursin 2019), which often allows students to choose whether to attend lectures or study independently.Finnish universities are tuition-free which, in theory, reduces financial pressure for students, enabling them to focus on their studying. However, because students do not incur high personal costs for their education, there is less perceived financial ‘loss’ from skipping lectures, which may lower the incentive to attend lectures regularly. Students’ limited engagement with lectures highlights the need to understand what drives their attendance and research has identified motivation as a key predictor of lecture attendance (Fryer et al. 2018). Given this fact, it’s important to understand more clearly the motivations associated with classroom attendance. The aim of this qualitative study is therefore to explore university students’ motivation to attend on-site lectures at two universities in Finland. The theoretical frame chosen for the study is the expectancy–value theory (EVT) (Eccles and Wigfield 2020, Wigfield and Eccles 2020; 2023). The study focuses specifically on the values students associate with certain tasks as well as the costs that come with the choices students make (Wigfield and Eccles 2023). Task value is composed of four main factors: a) utility value, referring to how useful a certain task is for a student, b) attainment value, referring to the perceived personal importance that a student attaches to a given task, c) intrinsic value, referring to the enjoyment or interest derived from performing the task itself and d) extrinsic value, defined as the perceived value of a task based on external rewards (Eccles and Wigfield 2020). Research indicates that value beliefs are strong predictors of interest, persistence, and achievement across educational levels (cf. Wigfield and Cambria 2010). In addition to values, the EVT model incorporates a cost component, reflecting the perceived negative implications of engaging in a task. The three cost dimensions most commonly discussed in research literature are: (a) effort cost, which refers to students' perceptions of the amount of effort or time needed to complete a task; (b) emotional/psychological cost, which relates to students' fear of failure or perceptions of the negative emotional impact of engaging in a task (Wigfield and Eccles 2000), and (c) opportunity cost, which involves students' perceptions of the activities they must forsake in order to focus on a task (Flake et al. 2015). Students’ task values and costs are in turn shaped by beliefs formed through prior educational and sociocultural experiences (Wigfield and Cambria 2010). Socializers—especially teachers and peers—play a central role in shaping these beliefs and behaviours (Wigfield and Eccles 2023). Similarly, teachers’ pedagogical methods matter: interactive methods such as group discussions consistently increase lecture attendance in higher education (Bukoye and Shegunshi 2016). Our research questions are therefore; 1) What are the values and costs the students attribute to their attendance in class? and 2) What is the impact of socialisers and teachers’ pedagogical methods on how students value lectures? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design and approach. We adopted a qualitative, exploratory design using semi‑structured interviews to capture lived experiences of lecture attendance motives across disciplines. EVT served as a sensitising framework, guiding initial deductive codes for task values (utility, intrinsic, extrinsic, attainment), costs (effort, emotional/psychological, opportunity/time), and the (non‑salient) expectancy for success construct. Setting and participants. The study took place at two Finnish universities (one large research-focused; one specialised business school) where attendance is generally voluntary. We recruited 28 students (aged 21–40; 23 female/5 male) from medicine (n=10), economics (n=11), and educational sciences (n=7), reflecting distinct disciplinary cultures and common urban commuting patterns. Convenience sampling was employed due to accessibility and timelines. Ethics. The study followed national ethical principles for human sciences research in Finland; formal institutional review was not required given adherence to informed consent, confidentiality, and anonymisation. Pseudonyms were used, identifying details were removed, and interviews were scheduled outside formal teaching contexts to mitigate power dynamics. Participation was voluntary and without grading implications. Data collection. We conducted 24 semi‑structured interviews (including two small group interviews) in Swedish or Finnish during 2023–2024, lasting 10–30 minutes, either online or face‑to‑face. The interview matrix (developed collaboratively and piloted with five students) covered demographic/context questions and core prompts on attendance behaviour, perceived lecture value, enjoyable aspects, activity levels, and discouraging factors. Transcripts were produced with university‑licensed tools, verified against audio, and anonymised. Analysis. Guided by Braun and Clarke’s six steps, analysis proceeded abductively. We loaded transcripts and theory‑aligned code definitions into Atlas.ti, independently double‑coding ~10% (three interviews) to establish coding reliability (~80% agreement), resolving discrepancies by consensus. Subsequent coding was performed collaboratively by authors ÅM and CB, with iterative discussion to maintain consistency. Triangulation compared thematic convergence/divergence across individual versus group interviews. Inductive refinement addressed data that resisted initial categories: notably, time and opportunity were merged; logistical/financial/safety aspects were nested under effort cost as contextual expressions affecting feasibility. A decision trail documented code evolution, merges/splits, and adjudication of competing interpretations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings This study clarifies how students reason about attending on-site lectures in voluntary‑attendance settings. Utility value emerged as the strongest motivator for students to attend lectures. They preferred lectures that gave them more than they could get from self-study —for example, clear explanations, helpful examples, and guidance on future professional practice. Students were also more likely to show up when they simply found the topic interesting, even if the teaching style varied. External incentives mattered too: when attendance earned points, students often described their decision as a straightforward calculation to avoid losing marks. The main reasons for not attending (costs) were practical and emotional. Students were less likely to attend lectures when attending required extra time or when they felt they could learn the same material faster on their own. Emotional barriers—such as fear of being put on the spot or discomfort in tense classroom environments—further discouraged attendance. Students judged whether the time, energy, or stress involved in attending was justified by the benefits of the lecture. When the drawbacks felt greater than the benefits, skipping the lecture seemed like a reasonable choice. Socialisers influenced students’ motivation in various ways. Teachers who created a safe atmosphere, encouraged participation, and showed how course content connects to real situations made lectures feel more worthwhile. Guest lecturers were especially motivating because they helped students see the relevance of what they were learning. Peers also played a role: having friends in class, hearing about discussions, or not wanting to miss out made attending feel more appealing. In addition, teaching methods mattered mainly because they shaped students’ perception of a lecture as useful or enjoyable. Students preferred lectures where they could participate, work through examples, or discuss in pairs or groups. References Ancheta, R. F., D. Daniel, and R. Ahmad. 2021. “Effect of Class Attendance on Academic Performance.” European Journal of Education Studies 8 (9). https://doi.org/10.46827/ejes.v8i9.3887. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Bukoye, O. T., and A. Shegunshi. 2016. “Impact of Engaging Teaching Model (ETM) on Students’ Attendance.” Cogent Education 3 (1). https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2016.1221191. Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2020). From Expectancy-Value Theory to Situated Expectancy-Value Theory: A developmental, social cognitive, and sociocultural perspective on motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61, 101859. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101859 Flake, J. K., K. E. Barron, C. Hulleman, B. D. McCoach, and M. E. Welsh. 2015. “Measuring Cost: The Forgotten Component of Expectancy-Value Theory.” Contemporary Educational Psychology 41: 232–244. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2015.03.002. Fryer, L. K., P. Ginns, M. Howarth, C. Anderson, and S. Ozono. 2018. “Individual Differences and Course Attendance: Why Do Students Skip Class?” Educational Psychology 38 (4): 470–486. https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2017.1403567. Nagappan, P. G., Tan, S. R. X., Absar, S., Brown, S., Sayers, S., McManus, A., … Tulinius, C. (2025). Changes in medical student attendance at in-person teaching sessions: A systematic review. BMJ Open, 15(5), e091768. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2024-091768 Ursin, J. 2019. “Student Engagement in Finnish Higher Education: Conflicting Realities?” In Student Engagement and Quality Assurance in Higher Education, edited by M. Tanaka, 24–34. Routledge. Wigfield, A. 1994. “Expectancy-Value Theory of Achievement Motivation: A Developmental Perspective.” Educational Psychology Review 6: 49–78. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02209024. Wigfield, A., and J. Cambria. 2010. “Students’ Achievement Values, Goal Orientations, and Interest: Definitions, Development, and Relations to Achievement Outcomes.” Developmental Review 30 (1): 1–35. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dr.2009.12.001. Wigfield, A., and J. S. Eccles. 2020. “35 Years of Research on Students’ Subjective Task Values and Motivation: A Look Back and a Look Forward.” In Advances in Motivation Science, vol. 7, 161–198. Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.adms.2019.05.002. Wigfield, A., and J. S. Eccles. 2023. “The Relevance of Situated Expectancy-Value Theory to Understanding Motivation and Emotion in Different Contexts.” In Motivation and Emotion in Learning and Teaching Across Educational Contexts, 3–18. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003303473-2. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Educational Assessment and the Construction of ‘Ability’ Deakin University, Australia Presenting Author:Higher education is commonly portrayed as a transitional space where students not only learn certain skills but also become someone new. The ‘ontological turn’ in higher education research has shed light on how such processes of being and becoming do not occur in the abstract, but take place in the day-to-day activities of teaching and learning (Barnett & Coate, 2004; Dall’Alba & Barnacle, 2007; Zembylas, 2017). In this study, we explore assessment as a particularly powerful institutional practice in shaping how students are ‘known’ in higher education – and know themselves – as more or less capable future professionals. Assessment is often portrayed as a powerful practice in shaping student learning, yet it also shapes students themselves (Godfrey-Faussett & Baird, 2025). We focus particularly on how assessment constructs the very notion of ‘ability’ it seeks to measure. Our starting point is that assessment serves not only a pedagogical function, whether summative or formative, but also an ontological one. We approach the questions of self and identity through a cultural approach that recognises the role of assessment practices in shaping how students become ‘known’ within institutional frameworks of practice. We draw on the sociology of Ray McDermott and Hervé Varenne (1995, 2006) in conceptualising ‘the self’ as a dynamic relationship that emerges as people become known in culturally and historically constituted discursive frameworks of practice. In our study, we generate knowledge about the self as a cultural product through spoken narratives. Focusing on students’ identity narratives – stories about who they are as more or less capable students – we wish to better understand the role that assessment plays within these narratives. For, “narratives do not merely describe what someone does in the world but what the world does to that someone.” (Mattingly, 1998, p. 8) We are particularly interested in how assessment shapes cultural conceptions of ‘ability’ and ‘able students’: what kinds of institutional frameworks of practice are organised to construct ‘abilities’ and how such ‘abilities’ then become attached to students’ understanding of who they are. What is already known about how assessment shapes students within the higher education institution? Perhaps most notably, assessment and grades are directly related to future prospects and life opportunities, and, in doing so, regulate who students are, are becoming, and can become (Reay & William, 1999). Yet beyond such overt mechanisms, assessment also shapes potential, normal and ideal ideas of ‘being a student’ in more hidden ways. This has been noted by critical scholarship, which has often claimed that assessment and grading systems foster competitive, customer-oriented and neoliberal student bodies (see Raaper, 2016). On the other hand, higher education institutions often wish to harness assessment to shape students into particular kinds of future professionals. For example, much of the work on ‘professional identities’ has explored how assessment can help students become the unique selves they aspire to be (see the review by Nieminen, 2025). Yet, despite emergent interest in how assessment shapes the stories students tell about themselves, what remains undertheorised is the ontological mechanisms by which assessment practices constitute ‘abilities’ and ‘able students’. Clearly, assessment sets the parameters for how we talk and think about ‘success’ and ‘failure’ in higher education; high grades denote success, failing courses denotes failure, and so forth. But how exactly does assessment organise ‘success’ and ‘failure’? To explore this question, we conducted an empirical analysis of nine university students’ identity narratives. We focus on students with learning disabilities and mental health issues, as it is these students whose ways of knowing and being have historically been marked as ‘disabilities’ – the opposite of abilities (Nieminen, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To generate knowledge about students’ stories about who they are in this world with respect to their ‘abilities’, and the role of assessment therein, we analysed nine Finnish university students’ ‘ability narratives’. The origins of the project are in a postdoctoral research project that aimed to understand how assessment marginalises disabled students (Nieminen, 2023). In this project, nine students with various learning disabilities and mental health issues were interviewed about their experiences of assessment and disability-related assessment adjustments (e.g., additional time in examinations). These interviews were narrative in nature, meaning that students were actively asked to generate stories about ‘who they are’ (rather than what they do) with respect to assessment. We analyse these nine interviews using a culturally oriented narrative analysis. We do not see ‘disability’ (and ‘ability’ for that matter) as a stable identity category, but instead as a cultural achievement that requires careful coordination across cultural practices, including disability advisors, assessment designers, medical diagnosis documents, and inclusive higher education policies (following McDermott & Varenne, 1995, 2006). Based on students’ ‘ability narratives’ of who they are and what they can do in assessment, we aimed to understand the narrative boundaries that assessment sets for talking and thinking about these matters. Our analysis does not focus on students’ perspectives on ‘ability’ and ‘success’ as in many earlier studies (notably Godfrey-Faussett & Baird, 2025), but instead sheds light on how ability is organised around assessment as a cultural practice. Typically, such narrative work has focused on the voices of ‘winners’ such as high-achieving students (e.g., Yu & Luo, 2025), yet we argue that it is necessary to generate new theorisations based on the ‘neglected cases’ of those whose abilities and identities have been placed into the margins of higher education, such as indeed students with disabilities (following Krause, 2024). In practice, we analysed each student's individual ability narrative, following the guidelines for cultural analysis by McDermott and Varenne (1995, 2006). We then conducted a synthesis of these nine narratives by asking: What is assessment doing to these students? How does assessment organise these students with respect to ‘ability’? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary analysis has uncovered that assessment shapes students’ ability narratives in three metaphorical ways: - Assessment as a silo: assessment separates students ontologically from each other and produces ‘ability’ as an individualistic attribute - Assessment as a mould: assessment standardised ‘ability’ by organising it around carefully standardised, predetermined notions of success (e.g., test scores) - Assessment as a ladder: assessment positions individuals into hierarchical relationships with each other, organising success and failure around competition Within the cultural framework of ‘being a student’ in assessment, our nine participants organised their identity narratives around notions of individual failure in standardised assessments, particularly examinations. They described being ‘behind’ other students with higher grade point average scores. We conclude that, in higher education, assessment can be seen as a cultural apparatus heavily invested in failure (McDermott & Varenne, 2006, p. 11). We call for further conceptual attention to how assessment sets the boundaries for being an ‘able’, ‘normal’ and ‘ideal’ student within culturally organised frameworks of ‘ability’. We see a political dimension in such ontological work, following Zembylas (2017), as that line of inquiry would encourage higher education scholars to critically ask whether the ‘work that assessment does’ to shape students aligns with the stated purposes of the university. References Barnett, R., & Coate, K. (2004). Engaging the curriculum. McGraw-Hill Education. Dall’Alba, G., & Barnacle, R. (2007). An ontological turn for higher education. Studies in higher education, 32(6), 679-691. Godfrey-Faussett, T., & Baird, J. A. (2025). What does success mean to you? Negotiating individual definitions of educational success within an examination-dominated regime of truth. Oxford Review of Education, 51(2), 178-201. Krause, M. (2024). Theorizing from neglected cases. Distinktion: Journal of Social Theory, 25(2), 250-266. Mattingly, C. (1998). Healing dramas and clinical plots—the narrative structure of experience. Cambridge University Press. McDermott, R., & Varenne, H. (2006). Reconstructing culture in educational research. In G. Spindler & L. Hammond (Eds.), Innovations in educational ethnography: Theory, method, and results (pp. 3–31). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. McDermott, R., & Varenne, H. (1995). Culture as disability. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 26(3), 324-348. Nieminen, J. H. (2025). How does assessment shape student identities? An integrative review. Studies in Higher Education, 50(2), 287-305. Nieminen, J. H. (2023). Unveiling ableism and disablism in assessment: A critical analysis of disabled students’ experiences of assessment and assessment accommodations. Higher Education, 85(3), 613-636. Raaper, R. (2016). Academic perceptions of higher education assessment processes in neoliberal academia. Critical Studies in Education, 57(2), 175-190. Reay, D., & Wiliam, D. (1999). ’I’ll be a nothing’: structure, agency and the construction of identity through assessment [1]. British Educational Research Journal, 25(3), 343-354. Yu, H., & Luo, H. (2025). High-achieving learner identity in the everyday politics of examination in China: a critical narrative inquiry. Educational Review, 77(5), 1545-1563. Zembylas, M. (2017). The contribution of the ontological turn in education: Some methodological and political implications. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49(14), 1401-1414. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 22 SES 10 C: AI and Digitalisation in HE Location: B1096 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Maria Kristina Börebäck Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Disrupted Distinction, Weakened Signals: Generative AI and the Changing Meaning of Academic Performance 1: Tel Hai Academic College, Israel; 2: Vienna University of Economics and Business, Austria Presenting Author:Generative AI is increasingly permeating academic work and enabling the rapid production of “plausible” texts, code, and solutions with limited observable effort. In this European policy context, the European-Union is actively addressing the implications of AI for higher-education across teaching, learning, and research, by promoting labour-market-relevant digital skills among university students and researchers and by issuing ERA-level guidelines for the responsible use of generative AI in research (European-Commission, 2020; Directorate General, 2024). We conceptualize generative AI as an institutional disruption in Christensen’s sense (Christensen, 1997) that unsettles the equilibrium linking higher-education to labor markets by eroding the credibility of degrees and academic outputs as signals under conditions of information asymmetry (Spence, 1973). We interpret this evolving disruption through a Bourdieusian lens (Bourdieu, 1986, 1996; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990), emphasizing AI’s challenge to mechanisms of distinction and the reproduction of the social order, maintained through various forms of capital (cultural, social, economic). Credentials, as a form of state-recognized institutionalized cultural capital, symbolize competence and social status. Academic titles consolidate social hierarchies through symbolic power. Thus, educational credentials help produce the “state nobility”, elites whose authority rests partly on state-sanctioned institutionalized cultural capital (Bourdieu, 1996). The aim of this paper is to develop an integrated framework for understanding how generative AI reshapes higher-education’s signaling and distinction mechanisms. Research questions: How does the integration of generative AI in higher-education reshape the credibility of higher-education degrees as a signal of competence to the labor market? How do higher-education institutions respond to these changes while seeking to maintain institutional prestige? From a Bourdieusian perspective, higher-education functions as a field that monopolizes “legitimate culture” and credentialing, converting institutional recognition into cultural and symbolic capital (Bourdieu, 1986, 1996). Academic success is formally narrated as talent and effort, yet universities systematically reward prior cultural capital and reproduce social hierarchies through forms of symbolic violence (Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990; Nairz-Wirth & Wurzer, 2015). When exclusivity is threatened-through mass expansion or alternative pathways, institutions tend to generate new distinctions and boundary mechanisms to preserve stratification (Bourdieu, 1996). Generative AI disrupts these mechanisms of distinction by allowing high-status performances (e.g., competent academic voice, plausible argumentation) to be simulated without fully internalizing academic modes of inquiry and writing, thereby creating new channels of positioning (e.g., AI tool proficiency, prompt engineering, verification literacy) that may not overlap with traditional cultural capital. Signaling theory clarifies why this matters for the labor market: education serves as a signal of potential productivity only if the effective costs of acquiring credentials are sufficiently differentiated by ability, and if false signals are deterred by verification and penalties (Spence, 1973; Connelly et al., 2025). Generative AI compresses these differential costs by lowering the cost of producing key academic outputs (seminar papers, final assignments, presentations), increasing the risk of false signaling unless institutions develop credible verification or penalty mechanisms (Connelly et al., 2025). When grades and degrees rely on outputs that can be generated at low cost, their signaling power may erode, prompting employers to shift attention toward alternative indicators such as work experience, tests, interviews, or work tasks (Van Belle et al., 2020), and increasing the salience of new credential forms (Tholen, 2023; Kässi & Lehdonvirta, 2024). Inspired by disruptive innovation theory, we further interpret AI as challenging the value model of higher-education and the organizational “DNA” that makes internal change difficult (Christensen, 1997; Christensen & Eyring, 2011). Rather than immediate or linear reform, adaptation is therefore expected to proceed gradually through drift, layering, conversion, and displacement (Streeck & Thelen, 2005), as institutions contend with pressures to re-establish credibility while maintaining hierarchical differentiation within the field (Bourdieu, 1996).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, this paper contributes a theory-driven conceptual model developed through integrative synthesis and analytical reasoning. We conceptualize generative AI not merely as a technological change but as an institutional disruption problem (Christensen, 1997) and further expand this perspective by examining the implications for academic distinction and potential mechanisms of reproduction (Bourdieu, 1986, 1996; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990), which are considered in conjunction with the credibility of credentials as labor-market signals under conditions of information asymmetry (Spence, 1973). This interdisciplinary view is complemented by the integration of gradual institutional change theory, enabling us to derive propositions regarding likely institutional adaptation pathways. These pathways may involve processes of layering, drift, and displacement (Streeck & Thelen, 2005). This suggests that specific fields within higher education must navigate these dynamics to reclaim the credibility of their credentials and maintain their status in a rapidly evolving environment. We focus analytically on humanities and social sciences, which are particularly exposed in this context, since text-based performance constitutes a central mechanism of evaluation and distinction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our model highlights how AI undermines the credibility of academic performance and reshapes the conditions under which credentials function as reliable signals, thereby impacting the strategies of higher-education institutions in maintaining their status and signaling effectiveness. The model yields three propositions about how these institutions are likely to respond: (Streeck & Thelen, 2005).: (a) layering, most pronounced among most pronounces research universities, where AI-aware assessment, verification, and oral/in-situ examination practices are integrated into existing routines to restore credibility while preserving distinction; (b) conversion, whereby institutions seek to strengthen signaling by tightening ties between academia and industry through long-term, structured research collaborations, reorienting existing institutional arrangements toward labor-market validation of competence. (c) displacement, more likely among lower-status institutions. Here, the traditional 'degree-as-signal' model is partially displaced by labor-market-aligned short-cycle programs, certificates, and modular credentials. From a Bourdieuian perspective, these transformations reflect the dynamic interplay between institutional habitus, capital, and field. Layering illustrates how dominant institutions adapt their practices to preserve their cultural capital and social status in the face of disruption. Drift highlights the erosion of symbolic capital as the value of traditional credentials diminishes, challenging the established hierarchies within the field. Displacement signifies a shift in the types of capital valued by lower-status institutions, as they respond to labor market demands and redefine their educational offerings. This paper raises two core questions: how degree-granting institutions maintain legitimacy tied to competence and status, and whether the rapid integration of AI in higher education may transform the social order. While it remains unclear whether AI constitutes a disruption capable of producing fundamental societal change, a Bourdieusian perspective suggests that AI may instead reinforce existing hierarchies, as it operates as a resource embedded in economic capital and the prevailing field of power. References Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–258). Greenwood. Bourdieu, P. (1996) . The state nobility: Elite schools in the field of power (L. C. Clough, Trans.; L. J. D. Wacquant, Foreword). Stanford University Press (Original work published 1989) . Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C .(1990) Reproduction in education, society and culture (R. Nice, Trans.; 2nd ed.). Sage. (Original work published 1970) . Christensen, C. M . (1997). The innovator’s dilemma: When new technologies cause great firms to fail. Harvard Business School Press. Christensen, C. M., & Eyring, H. J. (2011). The innovative university: Changing the DNA of higher education from the inside out. John Wiley & Sons. Connelly, B. L., Certo, S. T., Reutzel, C. R., DesJardine, M. R., & Zhou, Y. S. (2025) . Signaling theory: State of the theory and its future. Journal of Management, 51(1), 24–61. . Directorate-General for Research and Innovation. (2024, March 20). Guidelines on the responsible use of generative AI in research developed by the European Research Area Forum. European Commission. European Commission. (2020, September 30). Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027: Resetting education and training for the digital age (COM(2020) 624 final). EUR-Lex. Kässi, O., & Lehdonvirta, V. (2024). Do microcredentials help new workers enter the market? Evidence from an online labor platform. Journal of Human Resources, 59(4), 1284–1318. . Nairz Wirth, E., & Wurzer, M. (2015). On Positioning of Business, Management and Economics Fields of Study in the University Space. Edukacja Ekonomistów i Menedżerów, 36(2), 113-129. Spence, M. (1973). Job market signaling. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 87(3), 355–374. . Streeck, W., & Thelen, K. (2005). Introduction: Institutional change in advanced political economies. In W. Streeck & K. Thelen (Eds.), Beyond continuity: Institutional change in advanced political economies (pp. 1–39). Oxford University Press. Tholen, G. (2023). The meaning of higher education credentials in graduate occupations: The view of recruitment consultants. Journal of Education and Work, 36(1), 9–21. . Van Belle, E., Di Stasio, V., Caers, R., De Couck, M., & Baert, S. (2020). Why are employers put off by long spells of unemployment? European Sociological Review, 36(5), 694–710. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Concerns of Higher Education Managers Regarding the use of Artificial Intelligence in University Education 1: Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain; 2: Universidade de Vigo, Spain Presenting Author:The emergence of generative artificial intelligence in 2022 has been described by some scholars as the fourth industrial revolution (Serrano & Sánchez-Vera, 2024). This technology has become firmly embedded in personal, professional, and educational contexts, and universities are no exception. Evidence of this can be found in the guidance issued by several international organisations (CRUE, 2024; EUA, 2023; UNESCO, 2023) on the appropriate use of artificial intelligence (AI) within higher education. The implementation, ongoing development, and use of AI in universities pose significant challenges for the entire academic community. These challenges include ensuring pedagogical coherence and aligning institutional strategies and technological policies with the achievement of educational objectives (García-Peñalvo et al., 2024). Furthermore, as noted by CRUE (2024), the adoption of AI in higher education must address four key dimensions: ethics and accessibility; data security and privacy; training and digital literacy across the academic community; and the safeguarding of academic quality. According to Bruner (2011), organisations must adapt their management systems to changes in their environment if they are to maintain their position and achieve their strategic goals. In this regard, higher education institutions need to examine the impact that AI is having on their day-to-day management practices and to propose changes that enable them to adapt to the use of this emerging technology by members of the academic community. Given that university managers play a central role in driving such changes, this contribution seeks to address the following research question: What concerns do university managers have regarding the implementation of AI in university teaching? Based on the results of the EdU-InA project (Ref. PID2023-149069OA-I00), this paper aims to analyse the concerns expressed by university managers in relation to the need to adapt teaching management models in higher education to the use of artificial intelligence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative research design based on focus groups, as this technique is particularly appropriate for exploring participants’ opinions, perceptions, and discourses. As an exploratory study, it sought to identify university managers’ perceptions regarding the use of artificial intelligence in university teaching, as well as the need to ensure that AI is used in an ethical and secure manner and oriented towards academic quality. Fieldwork was conducted during the first semester of 2025 through six focus groups, each lasting between 70 and 90 minutes and involving from 6 to 11 participants (total of 51 university managers). Each focus group was held at a different Spanish university and included participants (55% men and 45% women) holding a range of academic leadership positions: vice-rectors (14%), deputy vice-rectors (14%), deans (6%), vice-deans (26%), programme coordinators (22%), and expert academic staff (18%). Universities were selected to ensure a comprehensive institutional profile, offering degree programmes across multiple areas (sciences, engineering, social sciences, and humanities). Participants selection focused on academic leadership roles with direct responsibility for the organisation and management of university teaching. Accordingly, vice-rectors and their deputies with responsibility for academic affairs, educational innovation, or quality assurance were included, as well as vice-deans and programme coordinators representing different fields of knowledge. The focus group protocol was structured around seven thematic sections: Leadership and Governance Practices; Infrastructure; Professional Development; Teaching and Learning Practices; Assessment Practices; Content and Curriculum; and Collaboration and Networking. All focus group sessions were transcribed literally. Content analysis was conducted using ATLAS.ti software, following a systematic coding process (Miles et al., 2014). The coding framework combined a deductive approach, based on a preliminary set of codes developed by the research team, with an inductive process that incorporated emergent codes arising from the analysis. Six researchers participated in the coding process and held regular meetings to review and agree upon the codes used. Each textual quote was coded by considering the profile of the participant expressing the view and the orientation of the comment (positive, negative, interrogative or neutral). Where possible, references to other members of the academic community (teaching staff, students, administrative staff, or managers) and the emotion expressed by the informant were also coded using the emotion classification proposed by Beaudry and Pinsonneault (2010). Quotes were categorised according to the substantive content of the information provided. Finally, the analysis was made through co-occurrences that shows the relationship between various codes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The initial findings of the research highlight the high prevalence with which institutional leaders express concerns regarding how should be the use of artificial intelligence in higher education. The first area of concern that emerges relates to the ethical use of AI. Participants highlight the risk that the use of AI may undermine the development of students’ values, as this technology is perceived as capable of providing knowledge, but not of offering a humanistic or ethical interpretation of that knowledge. They also express concern about distinguishing between work that has been critically produced by students and work generated by AI, raising questions about the academic integrity of student outputs. Finally, in connection with ethical considerations, participants voice doubts about the ethical implications of using AI as a tool for student assessment. A second area of concern relates to the secure use of AI. In this regard, participants discuss how AI providers handle the data supplied by students and academic staff. This leads to concerns about which platforms should be adopted within the university context, as well as the procedures required to ensure that these platforms comply with European data protection and security regulations. Closely linked to this issue is the concern that both students and academic staff should be able to use AI with confidence. Confidence is understood here as the capacity to use AI with sufficient knowledge to act in an ethical, secure, and lawful manner. For this reason, participants emphasise the need to develop targeted training plans for both groups, ensuring that they acquire the necessary competencies to use AI in ways that do not expose themselves or others to potential risks. References Brunner, J. J. (2011). Gobernanza universitaria: tipología, dinámicas y tendencias. Revista de Educación, (355), 137-159. Beaudry, A. & Pinsonneault, A. (2010). The Other Side of Acceptance: Studying the Direct and Indirect Effects of Emotions on Information Technology Use. MIS Quarterly, 34 (4), 689-710. https://www.jstor.org/stable/25750701 CRUE (2024). La inteligencia artificia generativa en la docencia universitaria. Oportunidades, desafíos y recomendaciones. CRUE. Available in: https://bit.ly/3Qb0Qtg EUA (2023). Artificial intelligence tolos and their responsabile use in higher education learning and teaching. European University Association. Available in: https://bit.ly/3CzPJaj García-Peñalvo, F.J. Alier, M., Pereira, J. & Casany., M.J. (2024). Inteligencia Artificial Segura, Transparente y Ética: Claves para una Educación Sostenible de calidad (ODS4). International Journal of Educational Research and Inovation, 22, 1-21. https://doi.org/10.46661/ijeri.11036 Miles, M., Huberman, M. & Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative Data Analysis. A Methods Sourcebook (3rd Ed.). SAGE Serrano, J.L. & Sánchez-Vera, M.M. (2024). ¿A qué promesas y desafíos me enfrento como docente con la IA? En: A. Arroyo (coord). Inteligencia artificial y educación: construyendo puentes. (pp.57-4070). Graó. ISBN: 978-84-128529-1-2. UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. UNESCO. Available in https://doi.org/10.54675/ewzm9535 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Machine Learning Models for Academic Failure Risk: An Italian Study with Fairness Considerations INVALSI, Italy Presenting Author:In Italian Universities dropout remains a critical issue with relevant social, economic, and institutional implications. Despite recent improvements across all degree types, the phenomenon continues to be significant (ANVUR, 2023), making the understanding of university dropout rates a major concern for higher education institutions. Given the multifaceted problems associated with dropout, a key issue lies in identifying effective strategies to understand, monitor and predict this phenomenon at an early stage. Within this framework, particular attention is devoted to predictive models aimed at detecting and preventing academic failure. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of supervised machine learning approaches for this purpose, particularly when applied to administrative and academic records (Berens et al., 2019; Yağcı, 2022). Moreover, machine learning algorithms have been shown to be powerful predictors of student outcomes, supporting their use as early warning indicators (Delogu et al., 2024), thanks to their ability to capture complex, non-linear relationships among academic, socio-demographic, and other contextual variables. However, predictive accuracy alone is not sufficient when models are intended to support early intervention policies. In this context, ensuring fairness in machine learning models applied to educational data has become relevant (Raftopoulos et al., 2025), especially in settings characterized by heterogeneous populations. Therefore, fairness in early warning systems should focus on ensuring that predictive models do not systematically disadvantage specific groups while preserving data by respecting observed differences across groups. In such settings, calibration metrics are often considered appropriate (Kleinberg et al., 2016). Given the rapid evolution of these models, other contributions proposed innovative models by applying it to Italian university case (Cannistrà et al., 2022; Ragni et al., 2024; Zanellati et al., 2024). Several studies have also highlighted the role of prior educational pathways and early academic performance (Priulla et al., 2024). The availability of a nationwide dataset on higher education, including school information and INVALSI large-scale assessments data, represents a valuable resource for better understanding the key factors associated with university path and dropout. After comparing several machine learning models, that have been shown to perform particularly well with this type of data and for classification problems, the aim of this study is to analyze which model could represent a robust baseline for future research on the risk of academic failure. In particular, the study focuses on examining how information available at enrolment and during the first academic year affects model performance, by combining traditional feature importance measures with SHAP (SHapley Additive exPlanations), and on the use of fairness metrics as a diagnostic tool to assess whether boosting models provide equally reliable and actionable risk estimates across groups with different rates of the outcome of interest. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on a cohort of students derived from a dataset constructed through the integration of multiple data sources including the Italian Ministry of education, National University Register and the National Institute for the Evaluation of the Education System (INVALSI). The cohort, graduated in 2018-2019 school year, is enrolled at university the year after. It was longitudinally followed for five years, allowing the observation of students’ academic progress and graduation outcomes for Italian Bachelor’s degrees collected in the University Register. Different types of information are included such as individual sociodemographic characteristics, upper-secondary school track, INVALSI WLE scores in Italian and Mathematics at grade 13, as well as university-level variables, including the number of credits earned at first academic year, which is a key feature for dropout risk, and changes in field of study. Additionally, student unsuccess is calculated as either failure to graduate on time or withdrawal from university (the latter representing a numerically limited condition in the available data) using information available. A categorical proxy for the distance between the student’s residence and the university is also included in 4 categories. Given that boosting-based models demonstrated superior performance compared to other machine learning approaches, this study focuses on Extreme Gradient Boosting (XGBoost), known for its computational efficiency and predictive accuracy, and CatBoost, which natively and efficiently handles categorical features. These models offer a suitable balance between predictive performance and interpretability, which is particularly relevant in policy-oriented applications. After the preprocessing phase, these models were trained and evaluated to enhance classification performance and improve the overall predictive process. Specifically, a 5-fold cross-validation procedure was adopted, whereby the dataset was split into five folds, with an 80%–20% training–test partition used at each iteration. Hyperparameter tuning was performed using a Random Search strategy (Bergstra & Bengio, 2012), which has been shown to be more efficient approaches in high-dimensional hyperparameter spaces. Model evaluation was conducted not only in terms of overall predictive performance, but also by assessing group-specific metrics in order to examine whether the resulting risk estimates were comparably reliable across student groups (fairness metrics). Finally, model interpretability was addressed by combining model-based feature importance measures with SHAP-based explanations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results indicate that model performance is stable across different hyperparameter configurations, suggesting a robust predictive framework in the examined context of the proposed models. XGBoost and CatBoost showed comparable results, reaching approximately 0.77 accuracy and an AUC of 0.83, indicating a robust predictive approach. School-related variables play a relevant role in shaping students’ academic trajectories from enrollment. In particular, final upper-secondary school grade and INVALSI scores are among the top predictors identified through the features importance analysis for all models. Consistent with previous literature, the number of credits earned during the first academic year emerges as a key predictor of students’ academic outcomes. In addition, career events at first academic year (such as changing of faculty, course, etc.) have strong impact on outcome. The integration of SHAP-based method enhances the interpretability of model outputs. Fairness analysis was conducted on model predictions across gender groups. For both XGBoost and CatBoost, no substantial differences were observed in performance metrics, and no evidence of systematic disadvantage in the early warning setting was detected. The fairness analysis highlights the need to complement overall predictive performance with group-specific evaluation metrics, in order to ensure that risk estimates remain reliable across student groups. The findings support the use of machine learning models, particularly boosting-based approaches, as a possible baseline for predicting student career, providing a neutral setting that can be adopted in supporting first-year intervention strategies, while emphasizing the need for careful and responsible use of predictive tools. The integration of multiple administrative data sources at the national level enhances the ability to analyse key factors related to university academic trajectories. References ALMALAUREA (2024). Rapporto 2024 sul profilo e sulla condizione occupazionale dei laureati, https://www.almalaurea.it ANVUR. (2023). Rapporto biennale sullo stato del sistema universitario e della ricerca. https://www.anvur.it/it/dati-e-pubblicazioni/rapporto-biennale. Atzeni, G., et al. (2022). Drop-Out Decisions in a Cohort of Italian Universities. In: Teaching, Research and Academic Careers: An Analysis of the Interrelations and Impacts. Cham: Springer International Publishing, pp. 71-103. Berens, J., Schneider, K., Gortz, S., Oster, S., & Burghoff, J. (2019). Early Detection of Students at Risk--Predicting Student Dropouts Using Administrative Student Data from German Universities and Machine Learning Methods. Journal of Educational Data Mining, 11(3), 1-41. Bergstra, J., & Bengio, Y. (2012). Random search for hyper-parameter optimization. The journal of machine learning research, 13(1), 281-305. Campodifiori, E., Figura, E., Papini, M., & Ricci, R. (2010). Un indicatore di status socioeconomico-culturale degli allievi della quinta primaria in Italia (Working Paper No. 2). INVALSI. http://www.invalsi.it/download/wp/wp02_Ricci.pdf. Cannistrà, M., Masci, C., Ieva, F., Agasisti, T., & Paganoni, A. M. (2022). Early-predicting dropout of university students: an application of innovative multilevel machine learning and statistical techniques. Studies in Higher Education, 47(9), 1935-1956. Delogu, M., Lagravinese, R., Paolini, D., & Resce, G. (2024). Predicting dropout from higher education: Evidence from Italy. Economic Modelling, 130, 106583. Hastie, T., Tibshirani, R., & Friedman, J. H. (2013). The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction. Springer: Berlin/Heidelberg, Germany. Kleinberg, J., Mullainathan, S., & Raghavan, M. (2016). Inherent trade-offs in the fair determination of risk scores. arXiv preprint arXiv:1609.05807. Kuhn, M., & Johnson, K. (2013). Applied Predictive Modeling. Springer. Priulla,A., Albano, A., D'Angelo, N., & Attanasio, M. (2024). A machine learning approach to predict university enrolment choices through students' high school background in Italy. ArXiv abs/2403.13819. Ragni, A., Masci, C., & Paganoni, A. M. (2024). Analysis of Higher Education Dropouts Dynamics through Multilevel Functional Decomposition of Recurrent Events in Counting Processes. arXiv preprint arXiv:2411.13370. Raftopoulos, G., Davrazos, G., & Kotsiantis, S. (2025). Evaluating fairness strategies in educational data mining: A comparative study of bias mitigation techniques. Electronics, 14(9), 1856. Yağcı, M. Educational data mining: prediction of students' academic performance using machine learning algorithms. Smart Learn. Environ. 9, 11 (2022). Zanellati, A., Zingaro, S. P., & Gabbrielli, M. (2024). Balancing performance and explainability in academic dropout prediction. IEEE Transactions on Learning Technologies, 17, 2086-2099. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 22 SES 10 D: Competition in HE Location: B3110 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Anna-Lena Rose Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper “To Survive, You Must Tell Stories.” Comparing Success Narratives of Local University Alliances and Networks in European Capital Cities Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:While the study of European university alliances is flourishing (Gunn 2020; Lambrechts et al. forthcoming), there is far less academic interest in local university alliances and networks. As the regional scale is always thoroughly investigated in studies of university collaborations, the smallest level of analysis, namely the local scale, is, at best, overlooked and, at worst, disregarded. Nevertheless, this type of alliance or network still exists, particularly in capital cities, with some managing to sustain themselves over time - the University of London, for example, has done so since 1836. Local university alliances and networks deserve greater consideration as they are complex and thought-provoking because they involve superimposing scales and require a fine-grained analysis. In the context of Europeanisation (Irion and Volf 2023) and internationalisation (De Wit and Altbach 2021) of knowledge infrastructures, where exchanges are both more numerous and faster, the existence and sustainability of local university alliances and networks are particularly difficult to explain. In particular, it is difficult to determine whether they have a specific policy agenda through their local anchorage, which would justify stakeholders' attachment to this type of organisation. Therefore, assessing the success of local university alliances and networks means identifying and taking into account their specific characteristics in relation to supranational university alliances and networks, the evaluation of which is already well-documented (EC 2025; Roth et al. 2025). However, there is still a need to systematise how such local organisations conceptualise and operationalise success, particularly in contexts that differ structurally and strategically from supranational initiatives. Grouping these issues, this paper aims to examine the success criteria as narrated by universities joining forces at the local level through a comparative analysis of university alliances and networks, all located in European capital cities. The empirical part of this paper will therefore answer the following questions: What are the stated objectives, and to what extent do local university alliances and networks narrate these as having been achieved (RQ)? Does interest in these alliances and networks persist over time, and if yes, how does it correlate to their perceived success (RQ’)? How does communicating on their structures help these organisations demonstrate legitimacy and accountability (RQ’’)? To answer these questions, we present a three-part analysis: first, we analyse the narratives surrounding shared policy goals and the unique self-promotion of local university alliances and networks; second, we examine their time-resistance through an analysis of their media presence; and third, we explore how they showcase their effective governance and organisational performance. To do so, organisational theory offers us tools to focus on narratives that shape the institutional identities of local university alliances and networks and foster their legitimacy (Kohvakka 2021). Indeed, such collaborations exist in a fluid political environment where many of them are emerging, and some are dissolving. The nature of these organisations varies, and political agendas constantly influence them, making systematic analysis difficult (Vukasovic and Stensaker 2018). Local issues, especially in capital cities, add complexity and create new opportunities for participation: while local university alliances and networks may seem based on similarity, they also raise unique identities and regionalism issues (Moawad and Schendzielorz, forthcoming). Additionally, as posited by organisational theory applied to higher education, meta-organisations serve as a pivotal conduit through which members can attain legitimacy (Zapp et al. 2023). Narratives used by university alliances and networks thus become instrumental tools through which these organisations not only enable (or restrain) the activities of their stakeholders, but also articulate and legitimise their status by making sense of themselves as an institutional order where implicitly legitimating language coexists with explicit normative claims (Berger and Luckmann 1967; Fenton and Langley 2011). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Eight case studies were selected: all university alliances or networks located in EU-28 capitals, conceived to ensure a minimum level of standardisation and increase the likelihood of identifying commonalities. These are: Consórcio da Região de Lisboa do Projeto Universities Portugal – Connecting Knowledge (CRL-CK, Lisbon); Alianza 4 Universidades (A4U, Madrid and Barcelona); University of London (UoL, London); Université PSL (PSL, Paris); Brussels University Alliance (BrUA, Brussels); Accord Project (AP, Bratislava); and University Alliance Stockholm Trio (StTr, Stockholm). Despite their shared dependence on the European agenda, these alliances and networks vary in size (from approximately 40,600 to over 245,500 students and staff), date of creation (from 1836 for UoL to 2020 for CRL-CK) and structures. This increases the external validity of our comparative analysis. Sampling for this study was conducted in 2022, with updates made in 2025 to cover all EU zones: Northern Europe, Eastern Europe, Southern Europe, Western Europe and the British Isles. Notably, one of the alliances is located not only in one capital city, but also in its rival city (A4U in both Madrid and Barcelona). The qualitative content analysis conducted in this article (Mayring 2004) is based on several types of data. For the first and third parts of the analysis, all mission statements and communication outputs published by the eight case studies and accessible on their official websites were considered (N = 31). These were last retrieved on 30 August 2025. We identified the success criteria mentioned by local university alliances and networks and summarised them under a list of twelve comprehensive criteria. In addition to material issued by the alliances and networks themselves, we expanded our analysis to include press articles and releases mentioning the names of the local university alliances and networks from two years before their official creation (except for UoL, for which the analysis began on January 1st 2008, until August 14th 2025). To do so, we used the LexisNexis database to search for the full names of the eight case studies (N = 190,558) and visualised the results in Excel. We acknowledge that LexisNexis does not cover all media databases and favours the English language. Furthermore, we recognise that media coverage of higher education and research (HE&R) topics may vary across different national academic contexts. Nevertheless, we have chosen to use it as a proxy because it indicates whether public relations efforts have been successful at the local and national levels. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We find that the conditions and criteria for the success of university alliances and networks vary widely across Europe, as defined by the organisations themselves. However, these variations are more evident in the extent to which the organisations under review meet the listed criteria than in the criteria themselves. Clearly, success and failure depend on the initial policy goals, the financial resources committed and the support of local stakeholders. However, political expectations regarding the project’s local and national impact are also important, as is the expectation of a financial and symbolic return on investment. This could entail reductions in operating costs resulting from the reorganisation of structures or the pooling of certain budgets to achieve greater reach. It may also involve improved collaboration between local stakeholders within the academic community and with those from civil society or industry. Lastly, the impact may be symbolic if the university alliance or network strengthens the influence of its member universities beyond their borders – an important issue for capital cities (RQ). Organisational theory also enables us to contextualise these local university alliances and networks, and recognise that their media coverage is as much a symptom as a cause of their longevity. We are thus observing a form of the Matthew effect whereby media interest in certain organisations is sustained all the more because they are already the subject of considerable attention (RQ’). Finally, we realise that the actual, imagined or hoped-for success of a university alliance or network lies as much in the degree of organisational formalisation as in the way its structure and governance are presented (RQ’’). Well-formulated success narratives are vital for internal and external legitimacy. Ultimately, 'to survive, you must tell stories' (Eco 1995, 207). References Berger, P., and T. Luckmann. 1967. The Social Construction of Reality: A Treatise in the Sociology of Knowledge. NY: Anchor Books. De Wit, H., and P. G. Altbach. 2021. “Internationalization in higher education: Global trends and recommendations for its future.” Policy reviews in higher education 5 (1): 28-46. doi:10.1080/23322969.2020.1820898. Eco, U. 1995. The Island of the Day Before. Translated by W. Weaver. London: Secker & Warburg. EC (European Commission: Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, PPMI). 2025. “Report on the outcomes and transformational potential of the European Universities initiative.” Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/32313. Fenton, C., and A. Langley. 2011. Strategy as Practice and the Narrative Turn. Organization Studies 32 (9), 1171-1196. doi:10.1177/0170840611410838 Gunn, A. 2020. “The European universities initiative: A study of alliance formation in higher education.” In European higher education area: Challenges for a new decade, edited by A. Curaj, L. Deca, and R. Pricopie, 13-30. Basel: Springer International Publishing. Irion, D., and D. Volf. 2023. “Europeanisation in and through Science: Unveiling the Long-Term Dimensions of European Integration – Introduction.” Journal of European Integration History 30 (2): 205–216. doi:10.5771/0947-9511-2024-2-205. Kohvakka, M. 2021. “Justification Work in a University Merger: The Case of the University of Eastern Finland.” European Journal of Higher Education 11 (2): 197–215. doi:10.1080/21568235.2020.1870517. Lambrechts, A.A., A. Felder, A. Charret, D. Craciun, and N. Manzoni, eds. Forthcoming. Continuities, Changes and Challenges for the European Higher Education Landscape: Five years of the European Universities Initiative. Berlin: Springer. Mayring, P. 2004. “Qualitative content analysis.” In A Companion to Qualitative Research, edited by U. Flick, E. von Kardorff, and I. Steinke, 159–176. SAGE Publications. Moawad, L., and C. Schendzielorz. Forthcoming. “Knowledge Metropolises? A comparative multi-scale analysis of local university alliances in capital cities.” European Educational Research Journal. Roth, S., N. De Keyser, I. Müller-Vogt, and A. A. Canon 2025. “Designing Collaboration: Building Sustainable Communities in University Alliance CHARM-EU.” Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung 20 (4), 195-218. doi:10.21240/zfhe/20-4/09. Vukasovic, M., and B. Stensaker. 2018. “University alliances in the Europe of knowledge: Positions, agendas and practices in policy processes.” European Educational Research Journal 17 (3), 349-364. doi:10.1177/1474904117724572. Zapp, M., Jungblut, J., and F. O. Ramirez 2021. “Legitimacy, stratification, and internationalization in global higher education: the case of the International Association of Universities.” Tertiary Education and Management 27 (1), 1-15. doi:10.1007/s11233-020-09062-0. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Greening Hungary’s Universities: What Impact Can Academic Libraries Have on Sustainability Rankings? Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary Presenting Author:Sustainability has become one of the key dimensions of higher education performance, as reflected in global sustainability rankings such as UI GreenMetric, QS Sustainability Rankings and THE Impact Rankings. These systems influence institutional strategies and governance across Europe, linking institutional performance to sustainability expectations. In Hungary, participation and performance levels vary significantly across universities, raising system-level questions about how sustainability processes operate in the national higher education sector and what organisational factors shape them. The study focuses on three questions: The study is based on document analysis and literature review. It examines institutional development plans, sustainability strategies, ranking-related data reporting and library service portfolios. Two internationally recognised standards provide a background framework for interpreting library contributions: ISO 16439:2019 — Information and documentation — Methods and procedures for assessing the impact of libraries, and ISO 2789:2022 — Information and documentation — International library statistics. These standards support comparability and align with performance measurement perspectives relevant to higher education research. Understanding the international context is essential: Hungary currently does not appear in either the IFLA SDG Stories or the EBLIDA E-PANEMA sustainability showcases. This indicates that Hungarian libraries’ sustainability activities are not yet visible in the international discourse, even though they engage in work—such as open science support, SDG-focused educational activities, research data management and green operations—that is increasingly valued in sustainability rankings. Preliminary findings point to fragmented sustainability governance, inconsistent documentation practices and uneven SDG integration across Hungarian institutions. Although several universities appear in global rankings, their positions are significantly influenced by methodological differences across ranking systems (environmental indicators, governance metrics, SDG performance). The contribution of academic libraries is not yet well recognised, but they hold substantial potential—especially when their activities are documented and communicated through evidence-based, standard-aligned approaches. This study contributes to understanding system-level developments in higher education by analysing organisational and evaluation mechanisms that shape sustainability ranking performance. It also demonstrates how academic libraries, through clearer visibility of their evidence-based contributions, can become measurable actors in strengthening sustainability efforts within both the Hungarian and the broader European higher education landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative, document-based methodological framework to examine how Hungarian universities perform in major international sustainability rankings and how academic libraries may contribute to institutional sustainability outcomes. The research design integrates four complementary components: (1) comparative analysis of ranking positions, (2) document analysis of university-level strategic materials, (3) the construction and categorisation of a combined service portfolio of Hungarian academic libraries, and (4) SDG-based mapping supported by international library standards. First, a comparative analysis of ranking performance was carried out using data from Hungarian universities listed in UI GreenMetric, QS Sustainability Rankings and THE Impact Rankings. Rather than comparing ranking methodologies, the analysis focused on institutional positions, score distribution patterns, ESG- and SDG-related performance dimensions, and recurring strengths and weaknesses across institutions. This step aimed to identify where Hungarian universities tend to perform well or poorly and which performance domains may be influenced by library activities. Second, a document analysis of universities’ strategic materials was undertaken, including institutional development plans, sustainability strategies, SDG commitments, organisational descriptions and governance structures. This analysis was complemented by a content analysis of current academic library strategies to determine how sustainability, SDG-alignment, open science, community engagement or environmentally responsible operations appear within library-level strategic objectives. Together, these materials provided insight into how sustainability is integrated—or not integrated—into institutional governance and how libraries are positioned within institutional sustainability frameworks. Third, the study developed a combined service portfolio of Hungarian academic libraries, synthesising activities identified across institutions. The portfolio included major service categories such as open science and repository support, research data management, SDG-related training and information literacy programmes, green operations, accessibility and inclusion services, and community engagement. The portfolio was subsequently subjected to SDG mapping, aligning each library service category with relevant Sustainable Development Goals to identify areas where library contributions can be made visible and potentially measurable. Fourth, two international standards—ISO 16439:2019 (methods for assessing library impact) and ISO 2789:2022 (international library statistics)—served as conceptual references for classifying and interpreting library activities. While not used as full analytical frameworks, they supported the categorisation and comparability of library contributions. The methodological design was complemented by a review of international sustainability-related library practice repositories (IFLA SDG Stories; EBLIDA E-PANEMA), providing context for the limited international visibility of Hungarian libraries. Together, these methodological elements enable a comprehensive analysis of ranking performance, institutional governance, and the potential influence of academic libraries on sustainability outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study’s findings indicate that Hungarian higher education institutions display considerable variation in sustainability performance, reflecting fragmented governance, uneven strategy implementation and inconsistent SDG integration. At the same time, the analysis highlights a largely underrecognised institutional asset: the potential contribution of academic libraries to sustainability outcomes. This potential becomes especially visible when contrasted with the wider Hungarian library sector, where three public libraries have already received the Green Library Award, and all 17 SDGs are represented through documented good practices. The visibility and maturity of sustainability work in public libraries thus underline the gap—and opportunity—within academic libraries to articulate their impact more clearly. The content analysis of university strategies and current academic library strategies, together with the combined service portfolio compiled from the examined institutions, shows that substantial, sustainability-relevant content already exists within academic libraries. Activities such as open science support, research data management, SDG-focused training, information literacy development, community engagement, green operations and inclusive services all map onto sustainability dimensions valued by rankings. These activities align with core library functions—collecting, organising, describing and providing access—suggesting that what libraries have historically excelled at can directly support sustainability metrics when strategically coordinated. Expected outcomes of the study include recognising the need for academic libraries to align their existing services with institutional strategic goals, and to strengthen their visibility through systematic SDG and ESG mapping, as well as through integration with the Hungarian library quality framework (KMÉR). Although international standards such as ISO 16439 and ISO 2789 serve only as conceptual tools, they provide definitional clarity for demonstrating library impact. Overall, the findings suggest that academic libraries are well positioned to contribute to improved institutional sustainability performance—provided their competencies are embedded into governance, reporting and quality development structures that shape universities’ sustainability trajectories. References 1.1997. évi CXL. Törvény a muzeális intézményekről, a nyilvános könyvtári ellátásról és a közművelődésről. Hozzáférés: https://njt.hu/jogszabaly/1997-140-00-00 2.Az ELTE stratégiai célrendszere a 2025–2030 közötti időszakra. Hozzáférés: https://www.elte.hu/dokumentumok/ift 3.BARÁTNÉ HAJDU Ágnes: A könyvtár társadalmi hasznossága. Magyar tudomány, 2024.10. Hozzáférés: https://doi.org/10.1556/2065.185.2024.10.4 4.BASHEER, Najihath [et.al.]: Sustainability Assessment in Higher Education Institutions: Exploring Indicators, Stakeholder Perceptions, and Implementation Challenges. Discover Sustainability. 2025. Access: https://doi.org/10.1007/s43621-025-01116-w 5.CUESTA, David Mercadal: Inspiring a new generation: Spanish university libraries and sustainability education. In Hauke, Petra et al. (ed.): Libraries Driving Education for Sustainable Development. 2025. Access: https://doi.org/10.1515/9783111336466-009 6.Current World Population. Access: https://www.worldometers.info/world-population/#growthrate 7.DLOUHÁ Jana – GLAVIČ, Peter – BARTON, Andrew: Higher education in Central European countries – Critical factors for sustainability transition. Journal of Cleaner Production, 2017. Access: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2016.08.022 8.KAMIŃSKA, Anna Małgorzata – OPALIŃSKI, Łukasz – WYCIŚLIK, Łukasz: The landscapes of sustainability in the library and information science: Systematic literature review. Sustainability 14.1 2021: 441. Access: https://doi.org/10.3390/su14010441 9.KOCSI Hajnalka: Az egyetemi könyvtárak szervezeti önértékelése a KMÉR és az ESG 2015 követelményei szerint. Central European Library and Information Science Review Közép-európai Könyvtár-és Információtudományi Szemle. 2025. 2. Hozzáférés: https://doi.org/10.3311/celisr.41176 10.KRÜGER, Nicole [et.al.]: Leveraging open educational resources to foster sustainable educational development in Switzerland. In Hauke, Petra et al. (ed.): Libraries Driving Education for Sustainable Development, 2025, Access: https://doi.org/10.1515/9783111336466-009 11.Methodology – UI GreenMetric, https://greenmetric.ui.ac.id/about/methodology 12.MISSINGHAM, Roxanne: Empowering Students for a Sustainable Future: Information Literacy in Academic Libraries. In Hauke, Petra et al. (ed.): Libraries Driving Education for Sustainable Development, 2025, Access: https://doi.org/10.1515/9783111336466-009 13.PATAKI Fruzsina – BARÁTNÉ HAJDU Ágnes: Cultivating Sustainability: Education and Action in Hungarian Public Libraries. In Hauke, Petra et al. (ed.): Libraries Driving Education for Sustainable Development, 2025, Access: https://doi.org/10.1515/9783111336466-009 14.SALVIA, Amanda Lange [et.al.]: Assessing research trends related to Sustainable Development Goals: local and global issues”. Journal of Cleaner Production. 2019. Access: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.09.242 15.SKOU GRINDSTED, Thomas – HOLM, Tove: Thematic development of declarations on Sustainability in Higher Education. Environmental Economics no. 3. 2012. Access: https://forskning.ruc.dk/en/publications/thematic-development-of-declarations-on-sustainability-in-higher-/ 16.SOÓS M. Erika: Fenntartható egyetemek: magyarországi helyzetkép. Gerundium, 2025.1-2. Hozzáférés: https://doi.org/10.29116/gerundium/2025/1-2/7. 17.SOUZA SILVA, João Lucas de [et.al.]: Case study of photovoltaic power plants in a model of sustainable university in Brazil. Renewable Energy 2022. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.renene.2022.06.103 18.Times Higher Education (THE): Impact Ranking. Access: https://www.timeshighereducation.com/impactrankings 19.Top Universities: QS Sustainability University Rankings 2025. Access: https://www.topuniversities.com/sustainability-rankings 20.United Nations: Transforming our World : the 2030 Agenda for sustainable development. United Nations, 2015, Access: https://sdgs.un.org/sites/default/files/publications/21252030%20Agenda%20for%20Sustainable%20Development%20web.pdf 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Graduates and Their Tentative Jobs: Balances of the Supply of and Demand for Qualified Workers on the European Labour Markets ECONOMICA Inst., Austria Presenting Author:The paper examines the rapid expansion of higher education (HE) in Europe since the last decades of the 20th century, which is also fostered by European politics, striving, inter alia, for more social equality by allowing larger parts of the population to obtain HE. The paper analyses the recent development of tertiary education rates across Europe and conducts an international comparative analysis regarding the relation of graduate rates and the demand for graduates in the labour markets. This analysis is done within the theoretical frameworks of a hypothetical dynamic balance (labour market equilibria) between the shares of highly educated workers on the labour markets and related qualification structure of labour forces in respective countries and five generic EHEA regions. Higher education is a complex societal system that has many functions and one of them is the supply of qualified specialists to the labour market; thus, one can speak of more balanced or less balanced situations on national and regional markets of labour forces. As at any market place, the two sides of the supply and demand equation are the dynamic factors. At each given point of time and at each particular location, whether at national or regional levels, these factors constitute a dynamic equilibrium, which is taken as a given reality by all actors on this market. Using the conceptual language of game theorists, these equilibria can be perfect or imperfect ones. In the case of an imaginary perfect equilibrium on the labour market, one has a quantitatively and qualitatively balanced supply of and demand for professionals and specialists. In the case of an imperfect equilibrium, or, to be more precise, of imperfect performance equilibrium, one deals with the situation when the supply of highly educated specialists either exceeds the real needs of the related niche on the labour market, or is below the market demand. In the cases of perfect equilibria, the system is stable or stagnant, while in the case of an imperfect equilibrium the system becomes more dynamic and gains a momentum of change. The study operates with statistical data from UNESCO and ILO databases for a sample of 44 countries of the EHEA, as well as the USA as a reference country. results of the empirical study show the general prevalence of the demand for graduate workers over the supply of tertiary graduates for most European countries, except for several Post-Soviet countries. The authors conclude that ‘universal HE’ – participation rates where at least 50% of the relevant age group enters tertiary education (Marginson, 2016 & Trow 2010) – should be understood as the preferred development only under certain conditions. These conditions are, inter alia, as follows: (a) sufficient demand for graduates on the labour markets and (b) preservation of the overall quality of professional education and training. It should be also remarked that in some countries, the HE enrolment has risen up to 75%, as is the case, for instance, in the USA, Russia and some OECD countries in the southern and northern regions of the European Education Area. In this paper we interpret the term “perfect equilibrium” as a formal statistical feature that stands in a logical opposition to “optimal equilibrium”. A perfect equilibrium could be understood as an ideal (“imaginary”) model and not as an optimal balance. In this sense, the former should be seen as a statistical or theoretical abstract, when supply and demand on the labour market are equal. In case of an optimal equilibrium one should assess whether or not such a balance would enable the most successful social and economic development of a country. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The European Higher Education Area (EHEA) is highly diversified and includes countries with very different national education systems, as well as different levels of socio-economic development. Accordingly, one can expect considerable variability in the overall supply-demand balances across countries and geographical regions. The authors test the hypothesis of “excessive” higher education for each EHEA country based on empirical data. To measure the matching occupations for tertiary graduates, we use an aggregate definition of the theoretically suitable professional occupations. The top-professional occupations are united into a super-cluster of three major occupational groups that unites “managers”, “professionals” and “associate professionals” (ISCO groups 1, 2 and 3). As a matter of methodological assumption, the structure of occupations requiring higher qualifications (per country) is taken as a hypothetical demand side. The other side of the equilibrium is represented by the achieved rates of educational attainment of the population in respective countries, statistically counted as all people with tertiary education (ISCED level 5 and higher). We assume the suggested indicators to be the best possible proxies to measure quantitative parameters of the labour market’s qualification structure. In order to capture the quantitative educational/occupational relation, we constructed the coefficient EDOCAR (“Education/occupation adequacy ratio”) calculated for each country or cluster and time period by dividing the rate of the cumulative HE attainment of the adult population through the share of labour forces in the top-three segments of occupational hierarchy that require the highest education. The coefficient equals 1.0 in the case of the full quantitative correspondence of the labour market “demand” for the qualified work force and the educational “supply” of graduates. In terms of market economics and the game theory, this is a situation of an ideal statistical perfect equilibrium (not to be confused with an “optimal equilibrium”. Coefficient values smaller than 1.0 mean that there is an unsatisfied demand for qualified graduates; in case the value exceeds 1.0, one can speak of a certain “overproduction” of graduates – the labour market cannot absorb all qualified workers for the corresponding advanced positions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The growth in significance of educational certificates takes place in countries where demand for qualified workers exceeds the corresponding supply. Many researchers assess the “educational certificates” as an asset that stands for a specific currency on the labour markets that can be assessed within the frameworks of theories of human capital. In this sense, once can interpret the related educational dynamics using the vectors that would designate inflationary and deflationary vectors on these markets. Counter-posing the statistics on educational attainment with structural data of the labour markets has shown that the rapid expansion of HE in the EHEA since the late 1990s occurs independently of the steady and slower growth of the related structural occupational demands. Thus, one can conclude that the growth of tertiary education enrolments and the resulted cumulative attainment of the population are generally caused by reasons beyond the mere labour market supply-demand model. The grounds for the educational growth have to be sought in the wider societal contests, such as individual or familial aspirations to possess an advantageous social and cultural good in a form of an advanced educational credentials, and/or efforts on inequality reduction with policies aiming at widening access to HE degrees, and/or the growing global economic competition stimulating the strategic development of HE across the world, etc. Thus, if the term inflation as a legitimate label for the declining social or economic value of higher education credentials (alongside with their formally constant nominal values), then the closely nested terms deflation and stagflation can be deployed for the analysis of educational dynamics in the contexts of supply-demand equilibria of labour markets. Besides, one should take into consideration also the opposite phenomena, such as inflation, deflation and stagflation of skills that are required and working places. References Beck, U. (1992). Risk society : towards a new modernity. London, Sage. Beja, A. (1992). "Imperfect equilibrium." Games and Economic Behavior 4(1): 18-36. Chvorostov, A. and N. Waechter (2020). "National and Regional Balances of Qualifications and Occupations in the EHEA." Sociological Studies 2022(3): 78-90. (doi 10.31857/S013216250008805-8) Chvorostov, A. and N. Waechter (2025). "Rapid expansion of tertiary education and regional labour market equilibria in the EHEA and its major European regions: graduates and their tentative jobs (observation of trends 1970s to 2010s)." Journal of Innovation and Entrepreneurship 14(1): 140. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1186/s13731-025-00607-4 Collins, R. (2023). "Credential Inflation Makes College Degree Not Worth The Cost." The Sociological Eye Blog (05 September 2023). Dore, R. (1976). The diploma disease : education, qualification and development. London, Allen and Unwin. Henseke, G. and F. Green (2016). "Graduate Jobs" in OECD countries: Analysis Using a New Indicator Based on High Skills Use. OECD Education Working Paper, OECD Directorate for Aeducation and Skills. No. 144. Husen, T. (1987). Higher education and social stratification : an international comparative study. Paris, UNESCO. Little, A. W. (2006). The Diploma Disease. The Elgar Companion to Development Studies. D. A. Clark, Edward Elgar Publishing. Marginson, S. (2016). "High Participation Systems of Higher Education." The Journal of Higher Education 87(2): 243-271. Trow, M. A. (2010). Twentieth-century higher education : elite to mass to universal. M. Burrage. Baltimore (Md.) :, Johns Hopkins University Press. Verhaest, D. and E. Omey (2006). "Measuring the Incidence of Over- and Undereducation." Quality and Quantity 40(5): 783-803. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper University Rectors as Knots Between the Ministry and Academic Community: Calibrating the Academic Performance in Finnish Universities Tampere university, Finland Presenting Author:Reforms across European HE have enhanced the economic and managerial dimensions of governance (Magalhães et al., 2013). In the Finnish context, this development can be seen for example on the competitiveness discourse associated with globalization and the introduction of NPM. In Finland, the adoption of NPM-related principles has been influenced especially by the OECD, which has played a significant role in disseminating managerial and market-oriented ideas within public administration (Julkunen, 2006). To stimulate universities’ research outputs in global competition, performance-based funding systems have been introduced across different social contexts (Hicks 2012). In Finland this performance steering is conducted by the Ministry of Education and Culture (henceforth MEC). Performance steering and the power dynamics between MEC and universities include fundamental contradictions (Silvén et al. forthcoming). At the legislative level, universities are considered as autonomous organisations with self-governance and academic freedom (Universities Act, Section 3). Parallelly, however, MEC intervenes—through strong political and performance steering—in tasks that fall within the scope of university autonomy (Tomperi 2009), such as research and the student selection. Therefore, this performance calibration from the policy level can be seen as top-down governance toward universities, that should be autonomous institutions (Silvén et al. forthcoming). Universities Act reform of 2009 made universities financially autonomous on paper but in practice still accountable to the state’s objectives through different performance contracts (Kohtamäki 2023). The internal funding model of many universities follows the indicators used by the MEC (Kivistö et al. 2021), which raises the question of how genuine the organisational autonomy of Finnish universities is in practice (cf. Poutanen 2023). Inside universities, these contradictions can be observed, for example, in university management’s communication, where the autonomy of universities and academic freedom are emphasised on the one hand, while on the other hand the universities’ accountability towards MEC is highlighted. This goes both ways as MEC uses considerable political steering towards universities but can always plead to university autonomy when it is suitable for them. In other words, they are able to steer the universities actions but legally do not have any responsibilities on the end results of this financial governance. Universities funding models and performance management in universities have been extensively studied at both international and national levels (e.g. Kivistö et al., 2019; Kallio et al., 2020). Most research, however, has been conducted at the macro level, leaving a clear research gap for micro-level analysis. Especially under studied is how university rectors understand their role in relation to performance management between the MEC and academic community. With this presentation I am diving into the power dynamics between the MEC and universities regarding the university funding model. I am especially focusing on how university rectors describe the power dynamics of this financial steering and negotiations between the ministry and universities. The aims of my study are to: i) recognise the influence of the university funding model set by the MEC has over how research is steered at the universities, ii) explore the agency universities have in relation to MEC funding model and, iii) analyse the role of the university rectors in relation to performance management between the Ministry and academic community. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data set consist of interviews with current and former rectors (n=13) of all the universities in Finland. All the interviews were conducted online and lasted between 45 minutes and 1,5 hours. The themes covered in the interviews were: 1) power dynamics between MEC and universities (especially the negotiations between universities and ministry), 2) universities organisational autonomy in relation to the university funding model, 3) Performance management in the universities now and in the future, and 4) rectors role between the ministry and academic community. The interviews were semi-structured, maintaining consistency to topics covered across interviews, but also allowing the interviewees to move freely between the topics and the interviewer to pursue interesting lines of inquiry. The interviews were transcribed and then encoded with Atlas.ti in two iterative phases by the author (Campbell et al. 2013). In the first phase, data was coded in broader index-coding according to the interview themes, which were then redefined through a second round of closer analytical coding to pursue an answer to a specific research question (Deterding & Waters 2021: 715). All analytical codes were collaged together for thematic content analysis (Clarke & Braun 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis is still an ongoing process but the early findings suggest the following possible conclusions: 1) Rectors act as “performance management translators” between the MEC and academics (the contradictions) 2) There are radical division between the rectors on how they described the universities autonomy in relation to MEC 3) Performative role of the performance agreement negotiations between the universities and the ministry (“these are not real negotiations”) 4) Many rectors emphasised that academics are overestimating the power MEC has over universities. However, some are saying quite the opposite (contradictions) References Campbell, J. L., Quincy, C., Osserman, J., & Pedersen, O. K. (2013). Coding in-depth semistructured interviews: Problems of unitization and intercoder reliability and agreement. Sociological Methods & Research, 42(3), 294–320. Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297–298. Deterding, N. M., & Waters, M. C. (2021). Flexible coding of in-depth interviews: A twenty-first-century approach. Sociological Methods & Research, 50(2), 708–739. Hicks, D. (2012). Performance-based university research funding systems. Research Policy, 41(2), 251–261. Julkunen, R. (2006). Kuka vastaa? Hyvinvointivaltion rajat ja julkinen vastuu. Stakes. Kallio, T. J., Kallio, K.-M., & Blomberg, A. (2020). From professional bureaucracy to competitive bureaucracy: Redefining universities’ organization principles, performance measurement criteria, and reason for being. Qualitative Research in Accounting and Management, 17(1), 82–108. Kauko, J. (2011). Korkeakoulupolitiikan dynamiikat Suomessa. Helsingin yliopisto. Kivistö, J., Pekkola, E., Berg, L. N., Hansen, H. F., Geschwind, L., & Lyytinen, A. (2019). Performance in higher education institutions and its variations in Nordic policy. In Reforms, Organizational Change and Performance in Higher Education (pp. 37–). Kivistö, J., Pekkola, E., & Kujala, E. (2021). Selvitys yliopistojen sisäisistä rahoitusmalleista. Osa 1: Yliopistojen sisäiset rahoitusmallit. Finnish Union of University Professors. Kohtamäki, V. (2023). Performance agreement through the lens of resource dependence theory. Journal of Education Policy, 39(4), 541–563. Magalhães, A. M., Veiga, A., Ribeiro, F. M., Sousa, S., & Santiago, R. (2013). Creating a common grammar for European higher education governance. Higher Education, 65, 95–112. Poutanen, M. (2023). From R&D innovation to academic capitalism in Finland. Scandinavian Journal of Public Administration, 27(1), 29–52. Silvén, P., Poutanen, M., & Tervasmäki, T. (In revision). Academic freedom contingent on funding: Authoritarian potential within performance-based funding models? LATISS. Tomperi, T. (2009). Yliopistolaki taustoineen: Koulutuspoliittinen tarkastelu. Teoksessa T. Tomperi (toim.), Akateeminen kysymys? Yliopistolain kritiikki ja kiista uudesta yliopistosta (s. 145–202). Tampere: Vastapaino. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 22 SES 10 E: Academics, Research and Internationalisation Location: B4114 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Petr Novotny Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Keeping Internationalisation Going: Invisible Work in Academics’ Mobility Narratives Transilvania University of Brasov, Romania Presenting Author:This paper reports on one component of a broader qualitative project on internationalisation in European higher education, focusing on how it is enacted through cooperation infrastructures and mobility-oriented programmes (Altbach & de Wit, 2018; de Wit, 2020). Rather than treating mobility as a neutral instrument of policy, we approach it as a lived and narrated practice through which academics interpret, justify, and sometimes defend internationalisation in everyday institutional life (Ackers, 2005; Kim, 2009). Methodologically, we use narrative analysis to examine how participants sequence events, assign responsibility, and evaluate what happens to them, paying attention to meaning-making and positioning in their accounts (Squire, Andrews & Tamboukou, 2014).
Internationalisation in European higher education can be understood as a heterogeneous assemblage of strategies and practices, strongly shaped by EU policy architectures that promote mobility, cooperation, and skills (Scott, 2015; Morley et al., 2018; Dillabough, 2021). These architectures circulate an imaginary of the flexible, adaptable academic subject and project benefits at institutional and system levels, while the literature also documents persistent ethical and organisational tensions in how internationalisation is pursued and governed (Robson & Wihlborg, 2016). Such tensions become sharper in politically contested environments where transnational cooperation and ‘global’ universities can be publicly framed as culturally suspect or socially divisive (Altbach & de Wit, 2018; van der Wende, 2020; Zembylas, 2025).
We treat Romania as a revealing site for examining this dynamic: internationalisation is institutionally promoted, yet public discourse can periodically problematise mobility and external ties, producing heightened sensitivity around critique and justification (Wodak & Fairclough, 2010, Dobbins, 2017; Kiss & Székely, 2021; Weimer & Barlete, 2020). In this context, participants’ narratives show how mobility becomes morally charged, something to be explained, legitimised, or carefully managed, while also revealing the largely unrecognised work required to keep internationalisation “going” in practice. We conceptualise this work as invisible academic work: translation, mediation, informal mentoring, and affective and relational labour that sustains cooperation but is rarely institutionally legible (Haton, 2017; Gordon, Willink & Hunter, 2024). Research questions How do internationally mobile academics narrate and make sense of internationalisation in politically contested environments? How do their stories represent moments of tension, ambivalence, and moral pressure around mobility (e.g., justification, suspicion, legitimacy)? What forms of invisible academic work emerge in these narratives as ways of coping, mediating, and keeping internationalisation workable, and how are these forms of work valued, normalised, or obscured? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an interpretive narrative design (Schwartz-Shea & Yanow, 2012; Squire, Andrews & Tamboukou, 2014) to examine how internationalisation is experienced and made meaningful in everyday academic life. It draws on an ongoing ethnographic project on internationalisation in European higher education. This paper reports on the mobility-focused component, using internationally mobile academics’ accounts to show how the demands and contradictions of internationalisation are narrated, felt, and navigated in practice. Rather than treating “making internationalisation work” as an individual accomplishment, the analysis attends to how participants story the everyday labour through which mobility becomes workable under institutional expectations, policy demands, and politicised framings. These narratives make visible often unrecognised work, translation and mediation, informal mentoring, and emotional and relational labour, as practical and moral resources for coping with ambivalence and pressure. Participants are internationally mobile academics (Morley et al., 2018), defined as university staff working outside their country of origin and/or engaged in short- or long-term mobility schemes. Purposive, variation-seeking sampling covers diverse positions and degrees of institutional insertion (doctoral/postdoctoral, early career, tenured; varying contract security; teaching/research/administration roles) to capture heterogeneous trajectories. While the broader project includes other internationalisation actors, this paper focuses exclusively on mobile academics’ accounts. Data sources: 1. Semi-structured interviews with internationally mobile academics (approx. 25–30), conducted online in English or Romanian and audio-recorded with informed consent (January–April 2026). Prompts elicit concrete episodes and dilemmas where internationalisation is experienced as demanding, ethically complex, or politically sensitive (e.g., translation/mediation, emotional labour, informal mentoring, navigating contested framings). 2. Document analysis of EU, national, and institutional texts (e.g., Erasmus+ and MSCA guidelines, national strategies, university internationalisation strategies, mobility policies, public communications). Documents are treated as elements of the discursive environment that shapes the expectations and imaginaries participants invoke, contextualising the pressures referenced in their accounts. Transcripts are analysed through narrative interpretive procedures , focusing on meaning-making, positioning, and narrated forms of invisible work. Documents are read comparatively to trace policy framings that participants encounter, appropriate, resist, or repair in their stories (Prior, 2011). Given the political sensitivity of some accounts, the study prioritises informed consent, careful anonymisation, and secure data handling. Trustworthiness is supported through reflexive memoing and opportunities for participants to clarify factual details or respond to interpretive summaries where appropriate (Schwartz-Shea & Yanow, 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Aligned with the paper’s aim, to examine how internationally mobile academics narrate and make sense of internationalisation in politically contested environments, and how invisible work emerges in these accounts, our expected contribution is primarily interpretive. Using narrative analysis, we show not simply what pressures exist, but how participants render internationalisation coherent, legitimate, and livable through stories of concrete episodes, dilemmas, and repairs. The analysis is expected to trace how dominant framings of internationalisation (e.g., mobility, excellence, cooperation, institutional development) circulate through EU-linked programme rationales and institutional discourse, and how these framings are taken up, reworked, or resisted in participants’ narratives. We examine how it appears as an interpretive resource and moral vocabulary in accounts of everyday academic life, shaping what participants present as expected of them (e.g., flexibility, linguistic competence, availability, “being easy to work with”). Second, the paper develops an initial narrative-grounded typology of “invisible work”, derived from recurring ways participants narrate episodes of trouble and repair, allocate responsibility, and position themselves and others when describing what it takes to “make things work.” In this sense, the typology can captures how invisible work becomes narratable and intelligible in accounts (e.g., translation/mediation, informal mentoring, emotional–relational labour, anticipatory adjustment, legitimacy work), rather than offering an external classification of duties. Our study contributes by showing how the lived experieces amd conditions of internationalisation are accessible not only through policy analysis or organisational indicators, but through the narrative accounts by which mobile academics interpret contested contexts and account for the often-unrecognised labour that sustains everyday internationalisation. References Ackers, L. (2005). Moving people and knowledge: Scientific mobility in the European Union. International Migration, 43(5), 99–131. Altbach, P. G., & de Wit, H. (2018). Are we facing a fundamental challenge to higher education internationalization? International Higher Education, (93), 2–4. Dillabough, J. A. (2022). Higher education, violent modernities and the ‘global present’: The paradox of politics and new populist imaginaries in HE. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 20(2), 178–192. Dobbins, M. (2017). Exploring higher education governance in Poland and Romania: Re-convergence after divergence? European Educational Research Journal, 16(5), 684–704. Gordon, H. R., Willink, K., & Hunter, K. (2024). Invisible labor and the associate professor: Identity and workload inequity. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education, 17(3), 285–296. Hatton, E. (2017). Mechanisms of invisibility: Rethinking the concept of invisible work. Work, Employment and Society, 31(2), 336–351. Kim, T. (2009). Shifting patterns of transnational academic mobility: A comparative and historical approach. Comparative Education, 45(3), 387–403. Kiss, T., & Székely, I. G. (2022). Populism on the semi-periphery: Some considerations for understanding the anti-corruption discourse in Romania. Problems of Post-Communism, 69(6), 514–527. Morley, L., Alexiadou, N., Garaz, S., González-Monteagudo, J., & Taba, M. (2018). Internationalisation and migrant academics: The hidden narratives of mobility. Higher Education, 76, 537–554. Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. SAGE. Robson, S., & Wihlborg, M. (2019). Internationalisation of higher education: Impacts, challenges and future possibilities. European Educational Research Journal, 18(2), 127–134. Schwartz-Shea, P., & Yanow, D. (2012). Interpretive research design: Concepts and processes. Routledge. Scott, P. (2015). Dynamics of academic mobility: Hegemonic internationalisation or fluid globalisation. European Review, 23(S1), S55–S69. Squire, C., Andrews, M., & Tamboukou, M. (Eds.). (2014). What is narrative research? Bloomsbury. van der Wende, M. (2020). Internationalisation in higher education: A political and contested process. Weimer, L., & Barlete, A. (2020). The rise of nationalism: The influence of populist discourses on international student mobility and migration in the UK and US. In Universities as political institutions (pp. 33–57). Brill. Wodak, R., & Fairclough, N. (2010). Recontextualizing European higher education policies: The cases of Austria and Romania. Critical Discourse Studies, 7(1), 19–40. Zembylas, M. (2025). Geographies of neo-nationalism in European higher education: Conceptual pathways and research directions. Education Inquiry, 1–14. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Voices at the Margin: Academic Agency and the Hidden Curriculum in Internationalized Higher Education 1: Wireless Research Center, Faculty of Information Technology and Communication Sciences (ITC), Tampere University; 2: Department of Automation and Mechanical Engineering, Faculty of Engineering and Natural Science (ENS), Tampere University Presenting Author:This paper investigates the structural barriers that international staff face in contributing to curriculum development within Finnish higher educational institutions, with a particular focus on Tampere University (TAU), where the authors’ pedagogical development and teaching practices are situated. Despite TAU’s strategic commitments to internationalization, the study demonstrates how institutional practices and power dynamics systematically hinder inclusive curriculum processes. The research addresses the question: How do international staff experience and navigate barriers to academic agency in curriculum development, and what structural changes are necessary to enable fair participation? The objective is to critically examine how hidden curricula, language politics, and hierarchical governance converge to constrain the agency of international academics in curriculum planning and reform. Drawing on the authors' lived experience as international staff across different career stages over the last decade, spanning European and Asian university contexts, as well as a collaborative pedagogical course project, this paper integrates thematic reflections with theoretical insights to propose actionable institutional reforms. The conceptual framework integrates four core elements:
This paper echos to the growing tension between institutional commitments to internationalization and the everyday realities of academic exclusion (Stein, 2017; Curaj, et al., 2020). As English-medium instruction (EMI) expands, particularly across the Nordic region, where countries like Finland are at the forefront of implementing EMI in higher education (Airey et al., 2017), universities are increasingly confronted with the contradictions embedded in their internal governance (Lehtimaja, et al., 2021). While internationalization strategies highlight inclusivity and global competence (Tampere University, 2023), institutional practices remain anchored in local linguistics and cultural norms that systematically exclude non-Finnish staff (Jousilahti, et al., 2022). This contradiction is intensified by the most recent Finnish government’s budget proposal (Finnish Ministry of Education and Culture, 2026), which advances self-financing models for international programmes and further deepens inequality by replying on tuition-based access for non-EU/EEA students. These developments not only challenge the credibility of internationalization discourse but also expose the structural conditions that marginalize those expected to implement its ideals. In addition, one particular condition worhty to mention is the persistent of informal "hyvä veli" networks (Yle, 2016), a historical term referring to elite and circles that hold behind-the-scenes influence over opportunities and decision-making sectors, including business, politics, and education. These unspoken yet powerful norms continue to shape exclusionary practices affecting international staff. As Finnish academic leadership increasingly shifts toward managerial models under ongoing university reforms, it becomes more urgent to examine how such deeply rooted practices endure within restructured governance systems (Kohtamäki, 2019). By uncovering the disconnectedness between policy and practice, this study calls for a more critical examination of how inclusion is materially justified in curriculum processes. It contributes to curriculum research by demonstrating how access, participation, and recognition in higher educational structures are shaped by rooted norms of language, culture, and power. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative and reflexive methodological approach grounded in thematic synthesis. Reflexivity is central to the epistemological orientation of this study. We adopt Francisco et al. (2023)'s framing of reflexivity as a continuous, collaborative, and multifaceted practice through which researchers critically evaluate how their subjectivity and context shape the research. The authors’ personal reflexivity serves as both data and analytic lens, grounded in lived experiences as international academics navigating curriculum structures in Finnish higher education. These reflections enabled a critical examination of assumptions, and the positionality of the authors that shaped the analyses. In parallel, interpersonal reflexivity was integral to the collaborative case study, requiring attention to power dynamics and institutional asymmetries within the team. Differences in academic backgrounds, roles, and linguistic access were surfaced and examined through collective dialogue. This dialogic process not only enhanced analytical depth but also demonstrated how reflexive engagement can support inclusive knowledge production. Methodological decisions including coding strategy, theme generation, and interpretation were made transparently. Themes emerged through recurrent alignment with theoretical constructs and structural concerns, ensuring conceptual coherence and analytical rigor. Two primary sources inform the study: 1. Autoethnographic reflection from a pedagogical curriculum development course (TAU-KAS.PEY.020, Autumn 2025), including structured reflections on meetings, teaching roles, and institutional processes. These serve as first-person accounts of navigating curriculum decisions as international staff educators. 2. Collaborative case study, developed in a multicultural group presentation, which analyzed a case of exclusion in curriculum reform and produced a multi-layered solution framework. This offered both triangulation and a comparative lens across disciplines and institutional roles. Together, these sources underwent thematic synthesis. Four central barriers were identified: (1) language exclusion; (2) lack of transparency; (3) hierarchical decision-making; and (4) reduced agency and engagement. These were interpreted through the theoretical frameworks to build an argument grounded in empirical reflection and conceptual depth. The study’s strength lies in its reflexive methodology and the authors’ diverse international backgrounds, which offer situated insights into curriculum governance. However, as the reflections are contextually bound to Tampere University and shaped by mid-career academic perspectives, broader organizational stages and voices from other cultural or international contexts are not yet captured. Future research aim to incorporate longitudinal and cross-institutional studies to build comparative understanding and support more generalizable reform strategies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings reveal a mismatch between the internationalization discourse and the realities experienced by international staff. The use of Finnish in curriculum meetings, lack of formalized decision pathways, implicit hierarchical norms, and unclear teaching allocations collectively diminish academic agency. These conditions reproduce a hidden curriculum that marginalizes international staff, despite their expertise and commitment. The paper proposes multi-level institutional reforms: • reinforced multilingual practices and language policies (Airey, 2024; Hultgren, et al., 2014; Tieteentekijät, 2024); • transparent curriculum governance processes (Bovill, et al., 2011; Shay, 2015); • structured orientation and mentoring for new staff (Gappa, et al., 2007; Kim, 2017); • fair workload allocation (Kenny and Fluck, 2014; Kenny, 2018); and • inclusive and menaingful co-creation of curricula (Biesta, 2015; Matthews, 2017). These suggested reforms align with European goals for inclusive and globally competent higher education (European Commission, 2017). The study contributes to curriculum theory by demonstrating how institutional culture, not just policy, shapes fairness in higher education. It offers a transferable framework for evaluating and improving academic agency in diverse university contexts. References Airey, J. (2024). Disciplinary literacy and English-medium instruction: Multilingual, multimodal and multifunctional considerations. In Language issues in english medium instruction (pp. 48-59). Routledge. Annala, J., & Mäkinen, M. (2017). Curriculum as an Academic Practice: Developing Academic Agency through Critical Reflection. European Journal of Curriculum Studies, 4(2). Annala, J., Lindén, J., Mäkinen, M., & Henriksson, J. (2023). Change and Stability in Academic Agency in Curriculum Reform. Studies in Higher Education, 48(2), 220–236. Biesta, G. J. (2015). Beautiful risk of education. Routledge. Curaj, A., Deca, L., & Pricopie, R. (2020). European higher education area: Challenges for a new decade (p. 596). Springer Nature. European Commission. (2017). Strengthening European identity through education and culture. In The European Commission’s contribution to the leaders’ meeting in Gothenburg. Francisco, S. G., Haverkamp, B. E., & Heath, M. A. (2023). Conceptualizing reflexivity for qualitative research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 22. Gappa, J. M., Austin, A. E., & Trice, A. G. (2007). Rethinking faculty work: Higher education's strategic imperative. Jossey-Bass. Hultgren, A. K., Thøgersen, J., & Gregersen, F. (2014). English in Nordic universities. Jousilahti, J., Tanhua, I., Paavola, J. M., Alanko, L., Kinnunen, A., Louvrier, J., Husu, L., Levola, M., & Kilpi, J. (2022). Report on the state of equality and diversity in Finnish higher education institutions. Publications of the Ministry of Education and Culture, Finland, 40. Kenny, J. (2018). Re-empowering academics in a corporate culture: An exploration of workload and performativity in a university. Higher Education, 75(2), 365-380. Khan, J. (2022). The Paradox of Internationalisation in Finnish Academia: More Attraction and Less Integration. Doctoral dissertation, University of Helsinki. Kohtamäki, V. (2019). Academic leadership and university reform-guided management changes in Finland. Journal of higher education policy and management, 41(1), 70-85. Ministry of Education and Culture, Finland. (2025, September 22). EUR 8.9 billion budget proposal for the Ministry of Education and Culture for 2026. https://okm.fi/en/-/eur-8.9-billion-budget-proposal-for-the-ministry-of-education-and-culture-for-2026. Quinlan, K. M. (2014). Leadership of Teaching for Student Learning in Higher Education: What is Needed? Higher Education Research & Development, 33(1), 32–45. Shay, S. (2015). Curriculum reform in higher education: a contested space. Teaching in Higher Education, 20(4), 431-441. Tampere University. (2023, January 1). Strategy of Tampere University 2030. https://www.tuni.fi/en/about-us/tampere-university/strategy-and-values. Wrigley, T. (2017). ‘Knowledge’, curriculum and social justice. The Curriculum Journal, 28(1), 4–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2017.1370381 Yle. (2016, December 9). "Good brother" is the most common form of corruption according to Finns - municipal leaders disagree. https://yle.fi/a/3-934248. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Inclusiveness and Leadership in International Research Networks: Insights from COST Actions Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:COST Actions are policy-driven, interdisciplinary research networks aimed at fostering scientific excellence, inclusiveness, and pan-European cooperation across all fields of science. They are designed to facilitate access to international research networks, particularly for scholars affiliated with less research-intensive countries designated as Inclusiveness Target Countries (ITCs) (COST Association, 2026). Despite these formal inclusiveness policies, official statistics published by the COST Association indicate that leadership positions within COST Actions remain unevenly distributed, mirroring enduring asymmetries across the European research space (Alom Bartrolí, 2023; Choquez-Millan et al., 2024). Drawing on Bourdieu’s Theory of Social Practices, this study approaches COST as a field (i.e., a structured social space governed by specific rules, hierarchies, and struggles over valued forms of capital). Within this field, leadership positions may neither be obtained nor exercised and experienced equally by leaders from different countries, as particular dispositions, resources, and forms of recognition may privilege some researchers over others. In other words, leadership opportunities and experiences within COST networks are closely tied to access to different forms of capital, such as symbolic capital (e.g., academic reputation and visibility), social capital (e.g., embeddedness in influential transnational networks), cultural capital (e.g., linguistic competence and familiarity with dominant norms), and institutional capital (e.g., affiliation with prestigious universities or research systems) (Bourdieu, 2011), as these forms of capital are unequally distributed across national contexts. Therefore, COST Actions may exhibit leadership dynamics that reproduce stratification within European science by reinforcing the advantages of actors already in strong positions, despite the COST Association’s inclusivity policies. While prior research has documented disparities in leadership representation, there remains a limited understanding of how such inequalities are experienced by those who occupy leadership roles (Koch et al., 2024), particularly leaders affiliated with higher education institutions in less research-intensive countries. This study addresses this gap by examining the experiences of Turkish-affiliated scholars who have held leadership positions (e.g., Action Chairs, Action Vice-Chairs, Management Committee members) within COST Actions. By foregrounding Turkish COST Action leaders’ narratives, this study examines how inequalities in leadership are experienced, normalized, negotiated, or contested within international research networks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This interpretive phenomenological study explores how scholars affiliated with Turkish higher education institutions experience leadership and power within COST Actions. Accordingly, it focuses on participants’ lived experiences of leadership, inequality, and opportunity within international research networks, and on how these experiences are perceived, interpreted, and given meaning by the researchers themselves. Participants were selected among researchers who have held leadership positions in COST Actions. This focus allows for an in-depth examination of leadership from the perspective of those formally positioned within the network’s decision-making structures. Data were collected through face-to-face and online semi-structured interviews. The interview protocol was designed to elicit participants’ leadership trajectories, perceptions of opportunity and advantage, and experiences of power relations within COST Actions. Questions addressed various forms of capital, including the role of personal and professional networks, academic status, institutional and national reputation, and economic conditions in shaping access to leadership roles. Participants were also invited to reflect on informal norms of leadership, decision-making dynamics, and whether contributions from different actors were valued equally within the network. All interviews were audio-recorded with informed consent and transcribed verbatim. The data were analyzed using thematic analysis, following an iterative process of coding and interpretation. Initial coding focused on identifying recurring themes related to leadership experiences, asymmetries, and network dynamics. In subsequent stages, themes were interpreted through Bourdieusian concepts such as habitus, capital, field, doxa, and hysteresis. This analytical strategy enabled the study to move beyond individual-level explanations and situate leadership experiences within broader networked power relations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This ongoing study is expected to show that leadership inequalities within COST Actions persist despite the COST Association’s inclusivity strategies, largely due to asymmetries in different forms of capital. While individual researchers’ characteristics matter, these inequalities appear to be more strongly related to the institutions and countries with which researchers are affiliated. In Bourdieusian terms, doxa and hysteresis emerge as key concepts for understanding these findings. Doxa refers to the taken-for-granted assumptions within a field that make existing hierarchies appear natural or legitimate. The findings are likely to demonstrate that COST’s inclusive discourse operates as a form of doxa, rendering unequal leadership outcomes as natural, merit-based, or inevitable. At the same time, participants frequently describe moments of dissonance between official commitments to inclusiveness and their lived experiences within the network. The concept of hysteresis (i.e., the lag between changes in formal structures and the persistence of internalized practices) helps explain this tension, as leadership dynamics shaped by unequal capital distribution often persist even when formal strategies are introduced to promote equity. By centering the experiences of Turkish COST Action leaders, the study provides empirical insight into how power operates within international research networks from the perspective of researchers located in an ITC context. The findings highlight the need for policy interventions that go beyond structural access and address the informal practices and evaluative norms through which leadership and legitimacy are constructed. References Alom Bartrolí, M. (2023). North–South research funding dynamics of collaborative projects: researchers’ appropriation strategies of agencies’ project frameworks. Science and Public Policy, 50(5), 935-946. Bourdieu, P. (2011). The forms of capital (1986). In I. Szeman & T. Kaposy (Eds.), Cultural theory: An anthology (pp. 241-258). John Wiley. Choquez-Millan, M. F., Lechtape, C. L., Löhr, K., Schröter, B., & Graef, F. (2024). Uncovering power asymmetries in North-South research collaborations–An example from sustainability research in Tanzania. Futures, 156, 103316. COST. (2026). Excellence and inclusiveness. https://www.cost.eu/about/strategy/excellence-and-inclusiveness/ Koch, S., Tetley, C., Strelnyk, O., Sunagawa, S., Boshoff, N., Uisso, A. J., & Ngwenya, S. (2025). Reproducing Inequality: Collaboration Habitus and its Epistemic Implications in African-European Research Projects on Forests. Minerva, 1-24. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 23 SES 10 A: Network governance Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Trudy Keil Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Who Gives to Whom? Philanthropic Donations in a School System. A Social Network Analysis (2003–2023) 1: Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Chile; 2: Universidad Mayor, Chile; 3: University of Manchester, UK Presenting Author:In the education field, philanthropy is closely related to privatisation through education policy (Ball, 2012), a third form that follows the more widely discussed privatisation of education, such as through the privatisation of supply, and privatisation in education, which consists of bringing managerial practices from the private sector (Ball & Youdell, 2008). While giving, as such, is not novel to most educational systems, what authors have referred to as a ‘new’ philanthropy (Ball & Junemann, 2012; Olmedo, 2014) is the existence of structural and institutional factors that have facilitated the participation of private actors in shaping school policy and practice. To date, research in education has mainly focused on examining the role of ‘big donors’ and large organisations in the policy landscape, their connections, and impact in policymaking (Erfurth & Ridge, 2021; Srivastava & Oh, 2012). However, donations by lesser-known non-state actors and less voluminous, sporadic contributions are comparatively less examined, as noted by (Hogan & Williamson, 2023). Beyond the educational field, recent research in the nonprofit and voluntary sector has emphasised the importance of examining how patterns of giving emerge, stabilise, and change over time (Kallman, 2017). From this perspective, philanthropic donations can be understood as both financial transfers and relational practices that link donors and recipients, shape expectations, and structure access to resources (Gazley & Guo, 2020). In this sense, analysing who gives to whom, under what purposes, and with what degree of continuity, allows researchers to identify forms of selectivity, concentration, and interdependence that are not always visible when focusing exclusively on individual actors or on donors and recipients separately. Considering that, the present study builds on this body of research and addresses less-examined aspects, aiming to contribute to the field by describing the volume and evolution of philanthropic donations made to public and private educational institutions over the past twenty years (2003-2023). In particular, it aims to address the following research questions: What are the primary characteristics and temporal trends in philanthropic donations to the school system? And, what are the main patterns of philanthropic donations (who donates to whom, how much, and under what purposes) to the education system, using the example of Chile? Considering this, our study demonstrates: i) patterns of concentration of donations among some donors and recipients that exert a significant influence on the system; ii) temporary changes in the topics funded, with an increasing emphasis on teachers’ training and consultancy; and iii) temporal shifts in the amounts and number of donations. These findings contribute to understanding the complexities of the interaction between public and private actors, revealing that donations are not neutral but rather follow patterns of preference and tend to concentrate on particular individuals over time. Additionally, examining donation networks in the education system offers insights into broader dynamics of philanthropic involvement in public services, including patterns of donor concentration, regulatory sensitivity, and thematic alignment with shifting policy agendas – issues relevant to nonprofit scholars and practitioners across national contexts and in other fields. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our study seeks to contribute new evidence to the discussion of philanthropy in school systems and philanthropy. Focusing on donation relations instead of actors – as most of the literature above does – opens up the chance of unveiling a wide range of philanthropic actors who may or may not follow the abovementioned patterns. Additionally, this exercise is carried out in a school context that, compared to those where most research on philanthropy in education has been conducted — such as in the US, the UK, and Australia (Bird & Aninat, 2023). Specifically, this study draws on descriptive quantitative techniques grounded in SNA (Prell, 2012; Wasserman & Galaskiewicz, 1994) to examine the link between donors and recipients through donations. Data is sourced from the Central Registry of State Collaborators database, which is publicly available through the Treasury Department, and records public fund transfers to non-profits, corporations, and other entities, including tax-exempt donations. Our analysis focused on private donations to school education institutions, resulting in 1,440 valid observations on donors, recipients, and donation characteristics. This required a series of analytical filters, excluding donations to higher education institutions (N=640), other non-school educational recipients (N=148), and records with incomplete or inconsistent information on donors, recipients, or purposes (N=89). We employ a bipartite network analysis to model relationships between donors and recipients. A bipartite network connects two distinct node sets (donors and recipients), with links occurring only between nodes in different sets. This bipartite network approach is preferable as it preserves the original relational structure between donors and recipients, thereby avoiding the oversimplifications inherent in unimodal (projected) networks (Wang, 2012). Bipartite networks preserve interaction specificity, enabling direct analysis of which donors support which recipients. Unlike unimodal projections, which create artificial connections, bipartite networks prevent data distortions, ensuring that relationships reflect actual dynamics (Prell, 2012; Wasserman & Faust, 1994). Furthermore, the bipartite framework enables detailed analysis by incorporating attributes of both donors and recipients (e.g., region, donation type, amount), which would otherwise be difficult to represent accurately. SNA indicators used in this study include degree centrality, network density, and tie strength. Degree centrality was used to identify the most active participants (donors and recipients) by measuring each node’s number of direct connections. Network density was used to assess the overall connectivity of the network, informing how concentrated or dispersed the relationships are. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Three main conclusions can be highlighted from the study. First, the study shows that donations to schools and intermediate organisations increased consistently until the last quinquennial examined, during which they declined sharply, likely due to legislative changes that have reduced the scope of action for philanthropic organisations. Overall, we observe a concentration of volume and amount of giving and receiving among fewer actors over time, consistent with international evidence from similar studies (Diehl & Marx, 2019). Secondly, although individuals excelled in the latter part of the studied period, philanthropic efforts seem to be primarily led by private organisations – both donors and recipients – connected to the forestry and agriculture sectors. This highlights how philanthropy is institutionalised in the Chilean education system under the influence of a specific industry, potentially conflicting with the notion that civil society engagement is typically linked to innovation and dynamism (Bird & Aninat, 2023). While the concentration in certain industries could indicate a specific ‘elective affinity”. Thirdly, regarding the aims of donations, data suggest that infrastructure and equipment remain the most prevalent categories, both in terms of volume and funding. However, there has also been a tendency to diversify over the years, with funding directed towards school improvement and CPD, and exploring additional ways to support students, such as temporary housing and additional support to their educational trajectories, which have gained increasing relevance. These shifts broadly reflect the changing priorities in school policy during the same period, suggesting that philanthropic activity at this level is not entirely oblivious to the policy landscape References Avelar, M. (2023). New philanthropy's discursive, relational, and institutional labour in networks of governance. International Journal of Educational Research, 118, 102120. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2022.102120 Ball, S. J., & Junemann, C. (2012). Networks, New Governance and Education. Policy Press. Ball, S. J., & Youdell, D. (2008). Hidden Privatisation in Public Education (Education International, Issue. Body, A. (2017). Fundraising for primary schools in England—Moving beyond the school gates. International Journal of Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Marketing, 22(4), e1582. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/nvsm.1582 Diehl, D., & Marx, R. A. (2019). Following the Leader: The Evolving Network of Charter School Giving. Teachers College Record, 121(10), 1-32. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811912101005 Fligstein, N. (2001). Social Skill and the Theory of Fields*. Sociological Theory, 19(2), 105-125. https://doi.org/10.1111/0735-2751.00132 Gazley, B., & Guo, C. (2020). What do we know about nonprofit collaboration? A systematic review of the literature. Nonprofit Management and Leadership, 31(2), 211-232. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/nml.21433 Good, R. M., & Nelson, K. L. (2021). With a little help from our friends: private fundraising and public schools in Philadelphia. Journal of Education Policy, 36(4), 480-503. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2020.1730979 Grimaldi, E., & Serpieri, R. (2013). Privatising education policy-making in Italy: New governance and the reculturing of a welfarist education state. Education Inquiry, 4(3), 22615. Hogan, A., Gerrard, J., & Di Gregorio, E. (2023). Philanthropy, marketing disadvantage and the enterprising public school. The Australian Educational Researcher, 50(3), 763-780. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-022-00524-5 Hogan, A., & Williamson, A. (2023). Mapping categories of philanthropy in Australian public schooling. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 44(5), 651-666. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2022.2071841 Kallman, M. E. (2017). Allocative Failures: Networks and Institutions in International Grantmaking Relationships. VOLUNTAS: International Journal of Voluntary and Nonprofit Organizations, 28(2), 745-772. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11266-017-9827-3 Olmedo, A. (2014). From England with love… ARK, heterarchies and global ‘philanthropic governance’. Journal of Education Policy, 29(5), 575-597. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2013.859302 Powell, D. (2019). The ‘will to give’: corporations, philanthropy and schools. Journal of Education Policy, 34(2), 195-214. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2018.1424940 Rowe, E., & Di Gregorio, E. (2024). Grant chaser and revenue raiser: public school principals and the limitations of philanthropic funding. The Australian Educational Researcher, 1-20. Srivastava, P., & Oh, S.-A. (2012). Private foundations, philanthropy and partnership in education and development: Mapping the terrain. Edward Elgar Publishing. Villalobos, C., Parcerisa, L., Castillo, K., & Olguín, T. (2024). EdTech companies and contemporary digital educational governance. Analyzing the expansion and role of the EdTech sector in the Chilean educational system. International Journal of Educational Development, 110, 103141. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2024.103141 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Governing Roles of Philanthropic Actors in Educational Networks University of Education Freiburg, Germany Presenting Author:Local educational networks have increasingly emerged as a governance response to complex educational and societal challenges such as educational inequality, demographic change, and the diversification of learning opportunities (Ball & Junemann, 2012). They are commonly conceptualized as territorially embedded arrangements that connect formal, non-formal, and informal educational actors in order to coordinate resources, align educational provision, and foster coherent learning trajectories across organizational boundaries (Sørensen & Torfing, 2018). Rather than being governed through hierarchical authority, educational networks rely on cooperation among heterogeneous actors, shared responsibility, and negotiated coordination (Díaz-Gibson et al., 2017). This raises fundamental questions about how steering, accountability, and legitimacy can be organized under conditions of distributed authority and interdependence. From a governance perspective, educational networks can be understood as multi-actor governance arrangements in which coordination is achieved through a combination of formal structures, informal practices, and actor interpretations (Bevir & Rhodes, 2016). Building on a dual analytical perspective that integrates structure-oriented approaches with social-constructivist perspectives, governance is here conceptualized as both institutionally embedded and socially enacted. Structural approaches emphasize rules, resources, and organizational arrangements, whereas constructivist perspectives focus on meaning-making, negotiation processes, and the situational construction of roles and responsibilities (Ungsuchaval, 2016). The deliberate integration of these perspectives constitutes a central innovative contribution of this study by enabling an empirically grounded linkage of structural and interpretative governance analysis rather than privileging a single analytical lens. This theoretical integration has direct methodological implications. If governance is understood as both structurally patterned and socially constructed, it cannot be adequately captured by single-method designs. Instead, a mixed-methods logic becomes necessary in order to link observable structural configurations with actors’ interpretations, practices, and coordination dynamics. Mixed-methods designs therefore function not merely as technical combinations of methods but as a coherent methodological strategy derived from the underlying governance ontology. Within these networked governance settings, philanthropic foundations have gained increasing relevance as educational actors. Across many European contexts, foundations increasingly assume responsibilities that extend into coordination, agenda-setting, and network steering (Salamon & Toepler, 2015). This rise of philanthropic actors challenges traditional understandings of public responsibility and introduces new constellations of influence, legitimacy, and accountability in educational governance (Eyal & Yarm, 2018). While existing research has examined foundations’ roles in innovation and partnership development, their function as steering actors within educational networks remains theoretically underdeveloped and empirically insufficiently explored (Koranyi & Kolleck, 2022). The present study addresses this gap through an in-depth evaluation conducted in cooperation with a German philanthropic foundation that coordinated the development of five local, school-centered educational networks. Evaluation is employed not merely as an instrument of outcome measurement but as a reflexive analytical lens for examining how governance arrangements evolve, stabilize, and are negotiated over time. The empirical case provides a concrete setting in which the proposed governance framework and its mixed-methods implications can be analytically operationalized. Against this background, the contribution pursues the objective of advancing a governance-informed understanding of how philanthropic foundations participate in steering processes under conditions of distributed responsibility and how such steering can be empirically examined through theoretically grounded mixed-methods approaches. The paper is guided by the following research questions: (1) To what extent can a philanthropic foundation influence the structural development of local educational networks? (2) Which enabling and constraining conditions shape the foundation’s steering capacity within these networked governance arrangements? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a participatory mixed-methods design guided by the CIPP framework to examine the steering processes of five local, school-centered educational networks coordinated by a philanthropic foundation. In doing so, the evaluation combined formative and summative perspectives and was implemented in four sequential modules that followed a cyclical logic of diagnosis, goal negotiation, implementation, and progress review embedded in the foundation’s steering practice. In the first module, quantitative egocentric social network analysis (SNA) was used to map existing cooperation patterns within each local network. Participants (n = 61) identified their cooperation partners, frequency of interaction, perceived relevance of collaboration, and thematic multiplexity. Network indicators included network density, tie strength, reciprocity, multiplex relationships, and cross-sectoral connectivity. The resulting network maps provided the foundation and network actors with a shared empirical basis for identifying structural strengths, gaps, and fragmentation relevant to steering decisions. In a second step, group discussions for each network (n = 5) were conducted with representatives of the foundation, schools, and partner organizations to jointly interpret the network data and to negotiate developmental goals for future net-work structures and coordination practices. These discussions translated descriptive network diagnostics into collectively agreed steering objectives regarding cooperation density, role distribution, communication pathways, and strategic priorities. In the third module, semi-structured interviews (n = 15) with teachers, foundation staff, and parents examined how the negotiated steering goals were implemented in everyday practice. Interview guides addressed perceived changes in cooperation quality, coordination mechanisms, role clarity, and the legitimacy of the foundation’s steering interventions, allowing for an assessment of intermediate outcomes and implementation dynamics. In the end, a second SNA measurement (n = 57) enabled a longitudinal analysis of the previously defined network indicators in relation to the foundation’s steering objectives. Data integration followed a convergent mixed-methods logic in which quantitative network trends were triangulated with qualitative interpretations. Participatory elements were operationalized through recurring multi-actor workshops serving as structured steering arenas. In these workshops, network maps and qualitative findings were jointly interpreted, steering goals were reviewed, and implications for subsequent coordination activities were agreed upon. The workshops supported cross-organizational alignment of interpretations and informed the adjustment of coordination strategies for subsequent evaluation cycles, thereby linking data generation directly to the foundation’s steering practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Addressing the first research question, the quantitative findings demonstrate that the foundation contributed to a structural consolidation of the local educational networks. Egocentric network analyses show statistically significant increases in network density, tie strength, multiplex relationships, and cross-sectoral connectivity over time. These patterns indicate a strengthening of structural connectivity and coordination capacity within the networks and suggest that the foundation’s steering activities were associated with measurable structural change. At the same time, qualitative findings provide a critical contextualization of these quantitative effects. They reveal that structural densification did not automatically translate into stable coordination routines or clarified responsibilities. Actors emphasized ongoing negotiation processes, role ambiguities, and differing organizational logics that continued to shape everyday cooperation. The qualitative data therefore highlights that governance capacity cannot be inferred from structural indicators alone but depends on how coordination practices are enacted and stabilized in practice. Regarding the second research question, the qualitative analyses identify both enabling and constraining conditions of steering. Coordination managers emerged as central boundary spanners who translated strategic orientations into operational routines, connected heterogeneous actors, and stabilized communication flows. Trust-based relationships, transparent role definitions, and stable coordination structures supported steering capacity. Conversely, ambiguities in responsibilities between foundation staff and partner organizations, limited formal authority, and institutional path dependencies constrained the scope and speed of collective decision-making. From a governance-theoretical perspective, these findings indicate that steering operated as a form of meta-governance rather than hierarchical control. The foundation structured arenas for coordination, enabled collective sense-making, and supported alignment across normative, strategic, and operational levels while remaining dependent on negotiated agreement. Implications for future research lie in advancing systematic investigation of philanthropic foundations as governance actors and in further developing mixed-methods designs that integrate network-analytic and interpretative approaches to capture both structural dynamics and governance practices. References Ball, S. J., & Junemann, C. (2012). Networks, new governance and education. Policy Press. Bevir, M., & Rhodes, R. A. W. (2016). The “3Rs” in rethinking governance: Ruling, rationalities, and resistance. In M. Bevir & R. A. W. Rhodes (Eds.), Rethinking governance: Ruling, rationali-ties and resistance (pp. 1–21). Routledge. Díaz-Gibson, J., Zaragoza, M. C., Daly, A. J., Mayayo, J. L., & Romaní, J. R. (2017). Networked leadership in educational collaborative networks. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45 (6), 1040–1059. Eyal, O., & Yarm, M. (2018). Schools in cross-sector alliances: What do schools seek in partnerships? Educational Administration Quarterly, 54 (4), 648–688. Koranyi, F., & Kolleck, N. (2022). Governing roles? Integrating philanthropic foundations with governance boards in German educational collaborative networks. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50 (6), 945–962. Salamon, L. M. & Toepler, S. (2015). Government-nonprofit cooperation. Anomaly or necessi-ty? VOLUNTAS: International Journal of Voluntary and Nonprofit Organizations, 26 (6), 2155–2177. Sørensen, E., & Torfing, J. (2018). The democratizing impact of governance networks: From pluralization, via democratic anchorage, to interactive political leadership. Public Administra-tion, 96 (2), 302-317. Ungsuchaval, T. (2016). Transcending the institutionalist-interpretivist binary. Realizing critical realist theory of governance as metagovernance. Journal of Government and Politics, 7 (4), 662–696 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Teacher Activism and Networked Politics in Neoliberal Education Policy Contexts University of Regina, Canada Presenting Author:Globally, neoliberalism has radically shifted educational policies with respect to curriculum, teaching pedagogy, and teachers’ professionalism (Apple, 2006; Ball, 2003; d’Agnese, 2020). According to Sahlberg (2023), the Global Education Reform Movement (GERM) advances market-based values such as increasing competition, privatization, standardization, test-based accountability, and narrowed curricula, despite evidence that investing in teacher professionalism and educational equity yield stronger outcomes. Weiner and Compton (2018) describe these dynamics as a global neoliberal assault on teachers, the teaching profession, and public education. Although teachers are often expected to remain apolitical (Brickner, 2016), frustration with neoliberal reforms has generated new forms of political engagement and resistance (Kramer, 2024; Maton, 2018). This paper represents a subset of data from the author’s dissertation study exploring teacher activism within and beyond the union in a Canadian province (Author, 2025a). Earlier analyses of these data employed a framework of alliances, assemblages, and affect, with particular attention to affective politics and how “emotions do things” in activist contexts (Ahmed, 2015; Author 1 & Author 2, 2022). Building on this work, the present paper shifts analytical emphasis toward alliances, drawing on Diani’s (2000) network theory of (new) social movements to examine how relational networks enable teachers to navigate union and grassroots activism. This paper examines how teacher activists build social networks to contest neoliberal education reforms and promote public education. Focusing on teachers’ political engagement, it asks:
In doing so, the paper explores how teachers engage in political resistance through relational networks. The study is informed by Harding et al.’s (2018) theorization of alliances, assemblages, and affect, extending it to examine teacher resistance and public education advocacy as relational, contextually situated, and emotionally charged. Assemblages are understood as dynamic constellations of people, ideas, institutions, and material conditions that continuously intra-act (DeLanda, 2006; Deleuze & Guattari, 1987). Within assemblages, affect circulates as emotional intensities—such as anger, hope, or solidarity—that bind actors together and generate momentum for collective action (Ahmed, 2004). To conceptualize alliances, the paper draws on Diani’s (2000) network theory, which emphasizes that sustained collective action emerges not from isolated individuals or shared ideology alone, but from actors “linked to each other through complex webs of exchanges” (Diani, 2003, p. 1). In this view, alliances are forged and sustained through social intra-actions—an insight that resonates with both assemblage and affect theory. Drawing on Rokkan’s concept of political cleavages and Simmel’s theory of intersecting social circles, Diani (2000) posited that social movements develop relational systems that can “cut across established social and political cleavages” (p. 387). Political cleavages refer to existing ideological groupings or institutional alignments, in which social circles can be imagined as bounded and concentric. However, shifting and intersecting social circles enable actors to form new, potentially transformative connections that cut across boundaries while still maintaining prior affiliations (Diani, 2003). Applied to teacher activism, political cleavages are conceptualized as established political institutions or governance structures (e.g., teachers unions or governments), within which social circles operate. New alliances may intersect across these boundaries, enabling teachers to sustain activism while moving between union-based and grassroots spaces. When such intersecting networks recur and stabilize, they can reshape political possibilities and contribute to more equitable arragements. This relational approach is particularly useful for analyzing contemporary educational politics, where influence emerges through alliances and affective commitments rather than through formal decision-making structures alone. Although grounded in a specific political context, the analytical framework developed here speaks to broader European and international struggles over teacher professionalism, public education, and democratic participation under neoliberal governance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a comparative case study (CCS) approach (Bartlett & Vavrus, 2017) which examines meanings and actions over time along three interrelated axes: vertically across local, provincial, and national/global levels; horizontally across teachers in different sites; and transversally as social, cultural, and political forces intersect. Data were generated through 10 semi-structured interviews and two focus groups with the same participants. Focus groups functioned as both member checking and collective sense-making, allowing attention to group relationality, shared meaning-making, and networking. Interviews and focus groups were conducted via Zoom, enabling participation across geographically dispersed locations. The study took place in a Canadian province with a population of just over one million across a large and geographically diverse area. Participants were 10 full-time public school teachers who engaged in political advocacy both within their provincial teachers’ union and beyond through grassroots activism. Participants were invited through existing activist relationships, as trust and confidentiality are essential when researching teachers who assume personal and professional risk. My positionality as a public school teacher, union-active educator, and grassroots advocate supported reciprocal, open dialogue. Ethics approval was obtained, and confidentiality was carefully prioritized. Pseudonyms were used, participant attributes are presented in summary form, and specific school divisions and grassroots organizations are excluded to mitigate risk (Allen & Wiles, 2016). Participants identified risks related both to their grassroots activism and to speaking candidly about the provincial education system. Extensive member checking occurred through transcript review, feedback on findings, and follow-up survey. Data were analyzed using Saldaña’s (2021) eclectic coding across four cycles. Initial coding included versus, in vivo, and emotions coding, later expanded to values coding to better capture affective energies. Subsequent cycles involved code mapping and landscaping, resulting in four major moieties represented through X vs. Y contrasts. Drawing on codeweaving and evocative qualitative writing (Richardson & St. Pierre, 2000), narrative vignettes were constructed as assemblages of collective teacher voice. This paper focuses on the finding “We Need a Multifaceted Approach” versus “One Way of Activism” and the following is an excerpt from that narrative vignette: Comparing grassroots activism vs. union activism— the union feels more compartmentalized whereas “grassroots approaches to activism sort of pull in a variety of communities.” “When you work outside of that scope… that’s where the real power comes from, and where the real movement comes from.” This excerpt offers a brief illustration of themes examined more fully in the findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By foregrounding poststructural and grassroots perspectives, this study offers novel and timely insights for educators across Canada, Europe, and other contexts where public education is increasingly subject to ideological and neoliberal pressures. Findings showed that teachers strategically shifted between union and grassroots activism, which functioned symbiotically rather than as oppositional forces. Political context, risk perceptions, and personal or professional concerns shaped both teachers’ capacity to advocate and the perceived effectiveness of different advocacy strategies. Driven by a desire to challenge authoritarian neoliberal policies and promote public school ideals, teacher activists negotiated activist spaces to build broader, sometimes unexpected, networks of support. With its focus on alliances through Diani’s network theory, the paper’s poststructural orientation allows for attention to the processual nature of teachers’ activism. The impermanence central to Diani’s social network theory—in which individuals and groups have the capacity to shift between political cleavages—offers a glimmer of hope for teachers who may perceive societal structures as static. Rather than remaining constrained by existing horizons and perceived boundaries, this perspective encourages teachers to experiment with different forms of activism. Though seemingly incremental, teachers’ actions have the potential to chip away at the global neoliberal assemblage as more equitable social arrangements form. Affective intensities such as care, trust, risk, and empowerment bond collectives in pursuit of shared goals (Author, 2025b). Overall, this study demonstrates that union and grassroots activism function as mutually reinforcing dimensions of contemporary teacher activism. Grassroots activism provided energy, responsiveness, and public engagement, while unions offered institutional stability, authority, and collective voice. Rather than constraining activism, democratic teacher union renewal is strengthened by engaging teachers’ activist capacities to expand alliances and support strategic risk-taking. While grounded in a specific context, insights may inform understandings of teacher activism across diverse political and geographic settings. References Ahmed, S. (2004). Affective economies. Social Text, 22(2), 117-139. https://doi.org/10.1215/01642472-22-2_79-117 Ahmed, S. (2015). The cultural politics of emotion (2nd ed.). Routledge. Allen, R. & Wiles, J. (2016). A rose by any other name: Participants choosing research pseudonyms. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 13(2), 149-165. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2015.1133746 Apple, M. W. (2006). Understanding and interrupting neoliberalism and neoconservatism in education. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 1(1), 21–26. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15544818ped0101_4 Author. (2025a). Author. (2025b). Author 1 & Author 2. (2022). Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215-228. http://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2017). Rethinking case study research. Routledge. Brickner, R. K. (2016). Tweeting care: Educators' dissent through social media in the US and Canada. Labour/Le Travail, 77(2016), 11-36. https://id.erudit.org/iderudit/1036392ar DeLanda, M. (2006). A new philosophy of society: Assemblage theory and social complexity. Continuum. Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia. Bloomsbury Publishing. Diani, M. (2000). Simmel to Rokkan and beyond: Towards a network theory of (new) social movements. European Journal of Social Theory, 3(4), 387–406. https://doi.org/10.1177/13684310022224868 Diani, M. (2003). Social movements and networks: Relational approaches to collective action. In M. Diani & D. McAdam (Eds.). Social movements and networks: Relational approaches to collective action (pp. 1-20). Oxford University Press. d'Agnese, V. (2020). Newness and human disclosure in Dewey and Arendt: Challenging neoliberal educational agenda. Policy Futures in Education, 18(1), 179-192. https://doi.org/10.1177/1478210318760464 Harding, J., Pauszek, J., Pollard, N., & Parks, N. (2018). Alliances, assemblages, and affects: Three moments of building collective working-class literacies. College Composition and Communication, 70(1), 6-29. https://shura.shu.ac.uk/23104/8/pollard_alliances%2C%20assemblages%28VoR%29.pdf Kramer, B. (2024). Activists, advocates, and agitators: 21st-century justice-oriented teachers. Myers Education Press. Maton, R. (2018). From neoliberalism to structural racism: Problem framing in a teacher activist organization. Curriculum Inquiry, 48(3), 293-315. https://doi.org/10.1080/03626784.2018.1474711 Richardson, L., & St. Pierre, E. (2000). Writing: A method of inquiry. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research (2nd ed.), pp. 923-948. Sage. Sahlberg, P. (2023). Trends in global education reform since the 1990s: Looking for the right way. International Journal of Educational Development, 98, Article 102748. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2023.102748 Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (4th ed.). Sage. Weiner, L., & Compton, M. (2018). Teachers’ work and teachers’ unions in the Global Education Reform Movement (GERM). In A. Canestrari and B. Marlowe (eds). The Wiley Handbook of Educational Foundations, pp.175-188. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. http://doi.org/10.1002/9781118931837.ch11 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 23 SES 10 B: Global Shifts in Education Politics: Policy Nationalism and ‘Protecting’ Youth Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Kristiina Brunila Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Global Shifts in Education Politics: Policy Nationalism and ‘Protecting’ Youth The aim of this symposium is to examine various politics, technologies, and affects that are shifting education policymaking, in complex directions, to re-form and ‘protect’ young subjects of education internationally. Drawing on cases from the UK, Ireland and Australia, and a set of critical analytic tools including assemblage (Deleuze and Guattari 1987), discourse (Foucault 1978), affect (Ahmed 2004) and hegemony (Laclau and Mouffe 2001), we argue that (re-)assertions of majority national sovereignty, and of the need to protect certain youth are being worked in diverse ways across territories and political divides. We ask: how can we understand attempts to (re-)frame education policy along these lines, and what are the consequences for the subjects of education, particularly those from marginalised communities? Each country’s modern history has been dominated by centre-right governance, which has made education policy notions of parental choice, school standards and meritocracy hegemonic. Yet within and beyond these countries, unprecedented access to digital forums, and disaffection caused by economic crisis and misinformation have challenged centre-right policy hegemony and influenced centrists’ deployment of nationalist discourses to contain rising right-wing populisms. The latter movements often claim to protect ‘the people’ from elites’ pandering various minorities (Judis 2016) and have helped reframe policy debates in the terms of reinstating what is feared lost: in particular, national sovereignty, childhood innocence and youth opportunity. This framing is evident in all three countries in anti-asylum seeker narratives (Hussain and Yunus 2021; Moffitt and Sengui 2023; Sloane 2025). We argue these dynamics do not indicate a linear global ‘turn’ towards nationalist discourses of loss and protection in education policy. Rather they reflect a set of policy trajectories that (re-)assemble and prioritise familiar discourses and affects (Ball 1993). The figure of the child has always been used across the political spectrum to achieve particular goals (Baird 2008). In each paper, we analyse the diverse ways that deployment of concern over loss of childhood innocence and/or youth opportunity reflects an attempt across policy territories to grapple with perceived internal and external threats, including those of global technology platforms, ethno-religious diversification, and right-wing populism itself. In Paper 1, McGimpsey examines UK parliamentary and committee inquiries which produce notions of troubling and underachieving white working-class boys. McGimpsey argues the figure of the white working-class boy condenses and superficially responds to a variety of challenges to the legitimacy of English education policy, including claims the white working class are the victims of anti-racist policies, and concerns over failures to address digitally-driven misogyny. In Paper 2, Youdell takes up the framing of a policy need to protect youth from global social media corporations through an analysis of Australia’s ban on social media for under-16s. Youdell argues that a key result of the ban, which is entangled with concerns over online hate, is a paradoxical incitement of children and youth in Australia (and beyond) to not speak, or see themselves as having a role in engaging with difference and conflict in and beyond school. In Paper 3, Kitching examines Irish education policy’s relationship, or lack thereof, to right-wing populism, and argues that despite equality policy rhetoric, racialised majoritarianism remains so embedded in school provision policies and imaginings of ‘good’ Irish childhoods, that it is difficult for populists to make convincing claims about a threat to white-Irish communities’ interests. These cases we argue, illustrate that forms of hegemonic reframing and continuity regarding who is a threatened and threatening subject are shaping old and new education policy nationalisms across territories. We contend our analysis can inform contemporary ethico-political debate about the forms of childhood/youth that policy makes available to young people to practice (Burman 2023). References Ahmed, S. (2004) The Cultural Politics of Emotion. Edinburgh University Press. Ball, S.J. (1993) What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education 13(2): 10-17. Baird, B. (2008) Child politics, feminist analyses. Australian Feminist Studies 23(57): 291-305. Burman, E. (2023) Child as method: A device to read the geopolitics of childhood. Teknokultura. Revisita de Cultura Digital y Movimientos Sociales 20(2): 243-250. Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. (1987) A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. University of Minnesota Press. Foucault, M. (1978) The History of Sexuality Vol. 1. New York: Pantheon. Hussain, S. and Yunus, R. (2021) Right-wing populism and education. British Educational Research Journal 47(2): 247-263. Judis, J.B. (2016) Us v them: The birth of populism. The Guardian October 13. https://www.theguardian.com/politics/2016/oct/13/birth-of-populism-donald-trump Accessed 26 January 2026. Laclau, E. and Mouffe, C. (2001) Hegemony and Socialist Strategy. Second Edition. London: Verso. Moffit, B. and Sengui, K. (2023) The populist radical right in Australia: Pauline Hanson’s One Nation. Journal of Language and Politics 22(3): 306-323. Sloane, E. (2025) ‘Victim blaming’: Refugee council criticises O’Callaghan’s asylum seeker comments. The Irish Times December 16. https://www.irishtimes.com/politics/2025/12/16/victim-blaming-refugee-council-criticises-ocallaghans-asylum-seeker-comments/ Accessed 26 January Presentations of the Symposium The ‘White Working-class Pupil’ and the Changing Politics of Education Policy
The recently announced White Working-Class Educational Outcomes inquiry commissioned by Star Academies is the third national-scale inquiry on this topic in the UK since 2014 (see also House of Commons Education Committee 2014, 2021). The paper argues that, while often presented using a rhetoric of equalities and evidence-based reason, the widespread use of the figure of the White working-class pupil functions symbolically to condense themes of white victimhood and troubling masculinity that have been increasingly circulated in public discourse (Gillborn 2024; Horeck 2026). This paper goes on to explore the sustained concern with White working-class outcomes in UK policy-making as symptomatic of a ‘hegemonic crisis’ (Hall, 2013) that has marked a rupture of the relative ideological closure of neoliberalism.
Post-Thatcherism, the political relationship between neoliberal hegemony and educational reform amounted to a ‘passive consent’ (Gilbert & Williams 2022) for programmes of state investment tied to privatizing and managerialist system reform and normative cultures of competitive individualism and instrumentalism. Symbolically, the signifier of the market articulated the purpose and value of education for ostensibly centrist politics as part of a neoliberal ‘global hegemonic hypernarrative’ (Clarke, 2014). Since the financial crisis, however, ‘education, education, education’ has given way to the spectacle of educational controversy often surrounding the cultural dimensions of schooling and university. Central to the production of this dissensus is the reconstitution of Right-wing politics in the UK around an identity and values-based mobilisation of national majoritarianism aligned to i) profound challenges the international economic order of global neoliberalism (Milanovic, 2026), and ii) national social-structural change that is reordering Left/Right cleavages between younger graduates and migrants in diverse urban areas with stronger labour demand and ‘white school leavers’ with low qualifications in more ethnically homogenous former industrial towns and rural areas (Ford, 2020, p. 304).
Moving from its empirical focus on policy and media coverage of the White Working-Class Educational Outcomes inquiry, the paper argues that given the centrality of majoritarian nationalism to political identification and dissensus, not only is the policy representation of White working-class pupils inevitably highly politicised, but it is also indicative of future directions of political reform of education - and therefore of education policy sociological critique - after neoliberalism.
References:
Clarke, M. (2014). The sublime objects of education policy: quality, equity and ideology. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 35(4), 584-598. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2013.871230
Ford, R. J., Will. (2020). The Changing Cleavage Politics of Western Europe. Annual Review of Political Science, 23, 295-314. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-polisci-052217-104957
Gilbert, J., & Williams, A. (2022). Hegemony Now: How Big Tech and Wall Street Won the World (and How We Win it Back). Verso.
Gillborn, D. (2024). White lies: Racism, education and critical race theory. Routledge.
Hall, S., Critcher, C., Jefferson, T., Clarke, J., & Roberts, B. (2013). Policing the Crisis : Mugging, the State and Law and Order. Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/bham/detail.action?docID=4763679
Horeck, T. ‘A Howl of Despair’: The affective politics of Netflix’s Adolescence. European Journal of Cultural Studies, 0(0), 13675494251353570. https://doi.org/10.1177/13675494251353570
House of Commons Education Committee. (2014). Underachievement in Education by White Working Class Children. The Stationery Office Limited. https://publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm201415/cmselect/cmeduc/142/142.pdf
House of Commons Education Committee. (2021). The forgotten: how White working-class pupils have been let down, and how to change it. House of Commons. https://committees.parliament.uk/publications/6364/documents/70802/default/
Milanovic, B. (2026). The Great Global Transformation: The United States, China, and the Remaking of the World Economic Order. In The Great Global Transformation. University of Chicago Press.
The Impact of Shifting Norms of Political Speech on Schools and Children in Australia
This paper considers how curriculum, pedagogic relationships, everyday school practices and children are impacted by shifting local and global norms of political speech; the relative porosities of identities, cultures, religions, and politics; and the extent to which communities/publics are free to speak.
The paper’s focus is Australia, where a world-first ban of social media for under-16s is raises questions of innocence, addiction, exploitation, rights and ‘political communication’ (Beck 2025). In New South Wales, this ban overlays a late-2024 smart-phone ban in public schools. Days after the social media ban began, an attack by two gunmen at a public celebration of the Jewish holiday of Chanukah at Bondi Beach killed 14 people. In the weeks following, the Government sought to introduce legislation to police hate speech and extend gun controls. At the time of writing, the House has voted in the ‘Combatting Antisemitism, Hate and Extremism Bill’ but the Bill has not yet passed the Senate.
In the emerging context of the social media ban and the Bill, and drawing on the conceptual work of Foucault, Spivak, Butler and Laclau, the paper explores evidence from Government, schools, advocacy groups and media to consider: the premises and effects of the ban; the speakability of questions underpinning and resulting from the ban, and the force of the amplification/diminution of these; and the potential/initial impacts of the Bill on hegemonic forms of political speech, on political speech in and between minoritised publics, and on children’s access to, engagement with, and opportunities for political speech inside and outside school.
The paper argues that legislative control, curricula advice, mandated syllabi, shifting social norms and hegemonic forms of ‘good sense’, render the proper place of the political subject to be, paradoxically, to not speak (Butler 1993). This silent(silenced) political subject circulates in and is avowed by schools – the ‘good’ subject of schooling. Such normative silence forecloses schools’ capacities to develop with children understandings of diversity and difference, including the irreconcilability of values and politics, that are needed to stop antagonisms becoming hate and instead be remade through agonistic pluralism (Laclau, Zizek and Butler 2000). The paper concludes that schools and systems can resist the inference that no speech is safe speech, and instead explore, understand, recognise and respect agonisms as part of everyday life in diverse societies and schools (Sutton, Youdell and Kitching 2025).
References:
Beck, L, (2025) ‘Two teens have launched a legal challenge to the under-16s social media ban – will it make a difference?’ Centre for Human Rights Law, Monash University. https://www.monash.edu/law/research/centres/castancentre/public-events/news/2025/under-16-social-media-ban
Butler, J. and Spivak, G.C. (2007) Who Sings The Nation State? Duke.
Butler, J., Laclau, E., Zizek, S. (2000) Contingency, Hegemony Universality, Verso.
Butler, J, (2004) Precarious Life, Polity.
Foucault, M, (1983) Fearless Speech, Polity.
Spivak, G.C. (1988) ‘Can the Subaltern Speak?’, in Maxism and the Interpretation of Culture, Nelson, C. & Grossberg, L. (Eds), Macmillan.
Sutton, J., Youdell, D., & Kitching, K. (2026). School spaces of dissensus: Protecting sexualities education in anti-gender, anti-Muslim and de-democratising times. The Curriculum Journal, 37, 107–123. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.334
Anti-racism, ‘Good’ Childhoods and Irish Education Policy’s Relationship to Right-wing Populism
The politicisation of education is a key tool in contemporary right-wing populist political coalition-building internationally. Often using disinformation, movements and governments in Argentina, the US and Hungary have achieved popularity partly through claims that they will rescue the nation’s youth from alleged liberal or anti-Christian bias of anti-racist and/or LGBTQ+ inclusive education (Neumann and Rudnicki 2025).
With some exceptions relating to gender and sexuality education (Mac an Ghaill et al. 2003; The Journal 2025), the right-wing populist vilifying of support for minorities in education have not been mainstreamed in Irish education policy and politics. Yet, Garner (2007, p. 115) argues, the concept of Irishness is “so intimately racialized” that it forms a core assumption of mainstream politics in Ireland. Focusing particularly on schooling and childhood, this paper argues that the intimate racialisation of Irishness helps absorb and to some degree prevent the popularity of culture war claims on education policy seen elsewhere.
The paper analyses key, mediatised flashpoints regarding primary school choice and segregation in Ireland, and relating anti-racist social and education policy. 88% of Ireland’s state-funded primary schools are run by Catholic patrons, despite significantly declined levels of religious observance in the population. Policies attempting to change this status quo, I argue, have been non-performative (Ahmed 2006), i.e., they do not bring about the action they represent. Rather than address questions of the common good by e.g., forging a secular school system, governments have responsibilised parents to advocate for change (Kitching 2020). This has made minimal difference in the system, increased segregation between minoritised and white Irish communities, and at times fomented culture wars locally, with implied threats that Irish identity and ‘good’ Irish childhoods would be eroded if Catholic schools were lost (O’Kelly 2019).
Wider national policies commit to anti-racism, but are not designed to address these issues, and in-depth anti-racist education in Ireland is marginalised (McGuirk 2026). A narrow concept of racism as bullying is present Ireland’s National Action Plan Against Racism (Department of Children, Equality, Disability, Integration and Youth 2023), and the plan is silent on the majoritarian school sector. I argue that while the majoritarian nature of Irish education policymaking may lessen the strength of right-wing populist claims about schools, alternative approaches that meaningfully support minorities and address myths generated by a growing Irish far-right digital ecosystem (Fattibene et al. 2024) are needed.
References:
Ahmed, S. (2006) The nonperformativity of antiracism. Meridians 7(1): 104-126.
Department of Children, Equality, Disability, Integration and Youth (2023) National Action Plan Against Racism. Dublin: The Stationery Office.
Fattibene, G., Windle, J., Lynch, O., Helm, G., Purvis, J. and Seppa, L. (2024) The far-right ecosystem in Ireland: History and contemporary trends. Perspectives on Terrorism 28: 4.
Garner, S. (2007) Ireland and immigration: explaining the absence of the far right. Patterns of Prejudice 41:2, 109-130.
Kitching, K. (2020) Childhood, Religion and School Injustice. Cork: Cork University Press.
Mac an Ghaill, M., Hanafin, J. and Conway, P.F. (2003) Gender Politics and Exploring Masculinities in Irish Education. Dublin: NCCA.
McGuirk, N. (2026). ‘We were all sticking with the safe ones’: anti-racism education and Educate Together primary schools in Ireland. Irish Educational Studies 1–26.
Neumann, E., & Rudnicki, P. (2025). Populist radical-right governments in Central-Eastern Europe and education policy-making: a comparison of Hungary and Poland. Journal of Contemporary European Studies, 33(1): 90–103.
O’Kelly, E. (2019) Third Dublin school sends letter warning of consequences over changing patronage. RTÉ News https://www.rte.ie/news/2019/0403/1040323-school_patronage/ Accessed 25 January 2026.
The Journal (2025) DCU welcomes decision by the Press Council to uphold complaints about two SPHE articles. The Journal https://www.thejournal.ie/dcu-welcomes-press-ombudsman-decision-to-uphold-complaints-about-gript-articles-6769268-Jul2025/ Accessed 25 January 2026.
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 23 SES 10 C: Teacher policy Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Miramgul Mashtakova Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Intended, Implemented, and Perceived Policies. An Analysis of Initiatives to Address Teacher Shortages. Ghent university, Belgium Presenting Author:Teacher shortages constitute a persistent challenge for education systems across Europe, threatening educational quality, equity, and sustainability. In many countries, shortages are driven not only by insufficient inflow into teacher education, but also by high workload, stress, burnout, and early career attrition (Liu & Onwuegbuzie, 2012; Nguyen & Kremer, 2022; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2018). In response, schools and school networks increasingly turn to human resource management (HRM) as a strategic lever to attract, support, and retain teachers. However, while HRM policies are often carefully designed at system or network level, their effectiveness ultimately depends on how they are implemented in schools and how they are perceived by teachers. This study examines this critical policy trajectory by analysing the intended, implemented and perceived policy (Khilji & Wang, 2006; Piening et al., 2014) in Flemish primary schools participating in a government-supported innovation initiative addressing teacher shortages. The study builds on two complementary theoretical frameworks. First, the Job Demands–Resources (JD–R) model conceptualises teacher wellbeing and retention as the result of an interplay between job demands (e.g., workload, emotional labour) and job resources (e.g., collaboration, professional development, autonomy) (Demerouti et al., 2001). Second, the strategic HRM implementation chain distinguishes between intended policy (policy design), implemented policy (enactment by school leaders), and perceived policy (teachers’ interpretations and experiences). Prior research demonstrates that misalignment between these levels helps explain why well-intended policies often fail to achieve their desired outcomes (Khilji & Wang, 2006; Piening et al., 2014). The study addresses four research questions (1) Which changes at the policy level do school networks intend to implement in order to address teacher shortages and to reduce job demands or enhance resources? (2) What JDR do school networks aim to target? (3) Which HR practices are being implemented in schools to address teacher shortages, and how do these relate to job demands or job resources? (4) How do teachers perceive the implemented HR practices and the related changes in their job demands and resources? Empirically, the study focuses on Flemish primary education, a highly decentralised context characterised by strong school autonomy and network-level governance. Data were collected through a document analysis of policy proposals and an in-depth multiple case study of four school networks. These networks experimented with diverse HRM innovations, including job mobility across schools, the creation of new support roles, mentoring and co-teaching arrangements for second-career teachers, practice-based qualification pathways, and organisational redesigns such as a four-day teaching week. The findings show that intended HR policies predominantly focus on recruitment and selection, assignment, professional development, and organisational redesign, while evaluation and rewards receive comparatively little attention. Networks primarily aim to strengthen job resources, such as collaboration, learning opportunities, and employment stability, rather than directly reducing job demands. At the implementation level, school leaders play a pivotal mediating role, translating network-level intentions into locally adapted practices. This results in considerable variation across schools, even within the same network. At the perception level, teachers’ experiences are mixed: while many value the increased support, flexibility, and professional learning opportunities, others report additional workload, ambiguity, or disappointment when implementation is partial or inconsistent. By systematically analysing alignment and misalignment across intended, implemented, and perceived policy, this study contributes to European debates on teacher shortages and educational governance. It demonstrates that HRM policies only become effective retention strategies when strategic design, implementation capacity, and teacher sensemaking are coherently aligned. The findings highlight the importance of leadership, communication, and participation in translating HR innovations into meaningful improvements in teachers’ working conditions and wellbeing. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research context The study is situated in Flemish primary education (Belgium), a decentralised system in which schools have autonomy regarding staffing, organisation, and pedagogical approaches. Most schools belong to school networks that provide administrative and policy support and play a key role in shaping HRM strategies. This governance structure makes Flanders a particularly relevant context for examining how HR policies are designed at network level and enacted in schools. Research design and data collection The study employed a qualitative multiple case study design combined with document analysis. In a first phase, policy documents and project proposals from four primary school networks participating in a government-supported innovation initiative (2023–2025) were analysed to identify intended policies and the job demands and resources they aimed to address. In a second phase, qualitative data were collected through focus groups. Four focus groups were conducted with school leaders, coordinators, and project initiators (n = 21) to examine how intended policies were implemented at school level. Subsequently, eight focus groups were organised with teachers and mentors across the four cases (n = 43) to capture perceived HR practices and experienced changes in job demands and resources. All participants provided informed consent, and data were anonymised in accordance with GDPR regulations. Data analysis Document and focus group data were analysed using thematic analysis supported by NVivo software. An initial coding framework was developed deductively, based on strategic HRM domains (e.g., recruitment, assignment, professional development, organisation) and the JD–R model (job demands and job resources). Inductive coding was used to refine categories and capture emergent themes. To enhance trustworthiness, interim case reports were produced and discussed with key stakeholders from each school network (member checking). Cross-case comparisons were then conducted to identify patterns of alignment and misalignment between intended, implemented, and perceived HR practices. This multi-layered analytical approach allowed for a nuanced understanding of how HRM policies evolve from design to experience in school contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that addressing teacher shortages through HRM requires more than innovative policy design. While school networks in Flanders clearly recognise the importance of strategic HRM and predominantly invest in strengthening job resources such as collaboration, professional development, and organisational flexibility, the effectiveness of these initiatives depends on implementation and perception. The findings highlight the central role of school leaders as policy mediators. Their capacity to translate network-level intentions into coherent school-level practices largely determines whether HR initiatives reduce job demands or unintentionally add new ones. Moreover, teachers’ perceptions emerge as decisive: even well-designed and partially implemented policies fail to enhance wellbeing and retention when they are experienced as unclear, unevenly applied, or insufficiently supported. From a European perspective, the study contributes to ongoing debates on teacher shortages, decentralisation, and school autonomy. It shows that granting schools flexibility can foster locally responsive solutions, but also increases the risk of fragmentation and inequity if implementation support is weak. The results therefore call for policies that combine autonomy with guidance, professional support for school leaders, and structured opportunities for teacher participation. In conclusion, sustainable responses to teacher shortages require alignment across intended, implemented, and perceived policies. By foregrounding this alignment, the study offers both theoretical and practical insights for educational researchers, policymakers, and school leaders across Europe. References Demerouti, E., Bakker, A. B., Nachreiner, F., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2001). The job demands–resources model of burnout. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86(3), 499–512. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.86.3.499 Khilji, S. E., & Wang, X. (2006). Intended and implemented HRM: The missing linchpin in strategic human resource management research. International Journal of Human Resource Management, 17(7), 1171–1189. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585190600756384 Liu, S., & Onwuegbuzie, A. J. (2012). Chinese teachers’ work stress and their turnover intention. International journal of educational research, 53, 160-170. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2012.03.006 Nguyen, T. D., & Kremer, K. P. (2022). Burned out and dissatisfied? The relationships between teacher dissatisfaction and burnout and their attrition behavior. The Elementary School Journal, 123(2), 203-227. https://doi.org/10.1086/721772 Piening, E. P., Baluch, A. M., & Ridder, H.-G. (2014). Mind the intended–implemented gap: Understanding employees’ perceptions of HRM. Human Resource Management, 53(4), 545–567. https://doi.org/10.1002/hrm.21605 Runhaar, P. (2017). How can schools and teachers benefit from human resources management? Conceptualising HRM from content and process perspectives. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45(4), 639-656. Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2018). Job demands and job resources as predictors of teacher motivation and well-being. Social Psychology of Education, 21(5), 1251–1275. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-018-9464-8 Tuytens, M., Vekeman, E., & Devos, G. (2023). Strategic human resource management in primary and secondary schools: An explorative study in Flanders (Belgium). Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(3). https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143221998706 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper The Transformation of Teacher Policy in England 2010-2024: From Deregulation to the Strong State and the Rise of Cognitive Science Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand Presenting Author:Between 2010 and 2024, teacher policy in England underwent a significant pivot. At the start of this period, the newly-elected Conservative-led government focused on decreasing direct state control of teachers, instead preferring a ‘high autonomy, high accountability’ approach. Accordingly, over the next few years, accountability policies were developed, and formal regulations pertaining to teacher quality were removed or lessened: the Teachers’ Standards were slimmed down, ITE regulations were reduced, and schools were freed to employ unqualified staff (Burn & Childs, 2016; Furlong, 2013). By the late 2010s, however, an apparent volte face had occurred, with the development of much more prescriptive policies – the Early Career Framework (ECF) and the Core Content Framework (CCF) – that mandated a specific vision of ‘evidence-based teaching’ grounded principally in cognitive science and Randomised Control Trials (RCTs) (Hordern & Brooks, 2023). This presentation offers an account of why this significant pivot occurred. Specifically, it addresses the research question: Why did England’s teacher policy change so dramatically between the early 2010s and late 2010s, within the lifetime of one government?
To answer this question, it draws on a critical realist framing (Sayer, 2000) combined with insights from Advocacy Coalition Framework theory (ACF) (Jenkins-Smith et al., 2014). As a theoretical orientation, critical realism (CR) holds that empirical phenomena that we directly observe (in this case, specific teacher policy documents) are caused by particular objects, structures and mechanisms that are activated and have certain effects under certain conditions (Sayer, 2000). It therefore offers a way of thinking about policy that allows us to not just analyse, for instance, the content of a policy document or what its underlying ideological orientation might be, but to attend specifically to the origins of a policy by carefully identifying the processes that lie behind its development.
ACF complements CR by offering a specific conceptual grammar for analysing policy development. In particular, ACF’s understands policy change as being driven by different ‘advocacy coalitions’ – networks of actors across government, academia, civil society and other institutions – who are organised around shared belief systems at deep core, policy core, and secondary levels (Jenkins-Smith et al., 2014). This conceptual framing allows the paper to identify key advocacy coalitions and their belief structures as important drivers of policy change.
This paper offers significant insights for European and global audiences. Calls for ‘evidence-based education’ and for teaching to be understood primarily in relation to the findings of fields like cognitive science are not necessarily new (see for example Hargreaves, 1997). However, it appears that globally, new structures and mechanisms – both coming from within government but also from advocates outside of government – have lead to a particularly strong resurgence of this way of thinking about teaching (see for example Marttila, 2020; Mills et al., 2023; Wood & Hughson, 2025). This paper offers a detailed analysis of how these ideas came to rise to prominence in one particular jurisdiction. In doing so, it provides a possible model for future analysis in other jurisdictions, as well as an important point of comparison which will enable an exploration of what ways (if any) reform paths in this space look similar to those taken in England, and in what ways they may differ. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Within a critical realist framework, methodological decisions must be made that help to identify the key causal structures, objects and mechanisms that lead to the appearance of the phenomena under investigation. In this case, the ECF and CCF were selected as they key polices to explain the origins of. To surface the causal structures, objects and mechanisms behind these policies, the key tool used in this research was elite interviews (n=24). Elite interviews are interviews with those who have “close proximity to power or policymaking” (Lilleker, 2003, p. 207). Interviewees were recruited initially via cold calling (through email) and via my own networks, and then contacts were snowballed from there. Because elite interviews can (like all interviews) present a skewed picture of causation, especially in the way they can see interviewees present themselves in a favourable light or more broadly offer post-facto justifications for decisions (Liu, 2018), interview data was triangulated with key policy documents from the period under investigation (n=26). This data set was further supplemented with two books and two blogs that interviewees identified as being significant drivers of the policy change discussed above. This data was first inductively coded with a focus on identifying key causal objects, structures and mechanisms behind the policy documents (Wiltshire & Ronkainen, 2021). Once key themes were established, the data was put through a process of abduction. Abduction is the critical realist process of describing identified themes in theoretically informed language, to achieve a clearer understanding of them (Fletcher, 2017). This included both applying the language of critical realism, ACF, and also other theoretical language which emerged as relevant to offering meaningful interpretations, such as the language of politicisation and externalisation (see Craft & Howlett, 2013). Once this preliminary analysis was complete, the final stage of CR analysis is retroduction. Retroduction is about “reconstruct[ing] the basic conditions for… phenomena to be what they are” (Danermark et al., 2002, p. 80). In other words, this process was about settling on an account of the major explanatory factors behind the pivot towards a more prescriptivist approach to teacher policy. This involved carefully weighing up the themes from the data and triangulating findings across the different sources. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study identified three main factors that caused the emergence of significantly more prescriptivist teacher policy in England. The first was a change in the dominant problem representation underlying teacher policy. This shifted from ‘there is insufficient competition between different approaches to teaching’ – which supported a more market-based approach to teacher policy – to ‘teachers do not have a scientifically informed knowledge base’ – which supported a more prescriptivist approach grounded in a specific evidence base. The second factor is the development of tight networks between both those advancing this problem representation and between this group and policy makers, which resulted in a powerful ‘advocacy coalition’. In particular, NGOs like Teach First, entities like the low-cost conference movement ResearchED, and links between government advisers and important social media ‘edfluencers’ enabled the aforementioned problem representation to rise in prominence. Finally, the third factor is the increasingly directive role played by Ministers and the externalisation (Craft & Howlett, 2013) of the policy making process itself, such that a small group of closely-aligned actors were able to dramatically reshape policy. The importance of an underlying meritocratic ideology (see Littler, 2017) and a focus on social (im)mobility as the primary problem education policy writ large ought to address (rather than outright inequality) is also found to be a highly significant context that helps to explain why and how these changes occurred. In ACF terms, a belief in meritocracy and the concomitant belief that education’s role is to provide ‘equality of opportunity’ provides a ‘deep core belief’ that delimits policy possibilities throughout this period. Even as the policies shift in this 2010-2024 period, therefore, they are nevertheless continually oriented towards cultivating teachers who can deliver on this ‘equality of opportunity’ goal – conceived always in terms of lifting student attainment and improving job prospects. References Burn, K., & Childs, A. (2016). Responding to poverty through education and teacher education initiatives: A critical evaluation of key trends in government policy in England 1997-2015. Journal of Education for Teaching, 42(4), 387–403. Craft, J., & Howlett, M. (2013). The dual dynamics of policy advisory systems: The impact of externalization and politicization on policy advice. Policy and Society, 32(3), 187–197. Danermark, B., Ekström, M., Jakobsen, L., & Karlsson, J. C. (2002). Explaining society: An introduction to critical realism in the social sciences. Routledge. Fletcher, A. J. (2017). Applying critical realism in qualitative research: Methodology meets method. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 20(2), 181–194. Furlong, J. (2013). Globalisation, Neoliberalism, and the Reform of Teacher Education in England. The Educational Forum, 77(1), 28–50. Hargreaves, D. H. (1997). In Defence of Research for Evidence-Based Teaching: A Rejoinder to Martyn Hammersley. British Educational Research Journal, 23(4), 405–419. Hordern, J., & Brooks, C. (2023). The core content framework and the ‘new science’ of educational research. Oxford Review of Education, 49(6), 800–818. Jenkins-Smith, H. C., Nohrstedt, D., Weible, C. M., & Sabatier, P. A. (2014). The Advocacy Coalition Framework: Foundations, Evolution, and Ongoing Research. In P. A. Sabatier & C. M. Weible (Eds.), Theories of the policy process (pp. 180–214). Westview Press. Lilleker, D. G. (2003). Interviewing the political elite: Navigating a potential minefield. Politics, 23(3), 207–214. Littler, J. (2017). Against Meritocracy: Culture, power and myths of mobility. Routledge. Liu, X. (2018). Interviewing Elites: Methodological Issues Confronting a Novice. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 17(1), 1609406918770323. Marttila, T. (2020). The rise of a European field of evidence-based education. In C. Schmidt-Wellenburg & S. Bernhard (Eds.), Charting Transnational Fields (pp. 196-218). Routledge. Mills, M., Mockler, N., Stacey, M., & Taylor, B. (2023). Teachers’ orientations to educational research and data in England and Australia: Implications for teacher professionalism. Teaching education, 32(1), 77-98. Wiltshire, G., & Ronkainen, N. (2021). A realist approach to thematic analysis: Making sense of qualitative data through experiential, inferential and dispositional themes. Journal of Critical Realism, 20(2), 159–180. Wood, B. E., & Hughson, T. (2025). A framework for analysis of curriculum pendulum swings: Comparing curriculum reform in England, Wales, and New Zealand. The Curriculum Journal. Advance online publication. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Engaging Teachers in Collaborative Assessment of Student Learning. How do Teachers Make Sense of it ? 1: University of Fribourg & University of Geneva, Switzerland; 2: University of Fribourg, Switzerland Presenting Author:In Switzerland, the education system is highly decentralised, with education primarily falling under cantonal responsibility. At secondary II level (students aged 15 to 20), school-leaving certificates grant direct access to universities and higher education institutions throughout the country. In 2008, an evaluation of secondary II education concluded that the overall quality of education was generally good, while also identifying shortcomings in first language and mathematics learning outcomes. In response, the intercantonal coordination body for education (CDIP) issued a series of recommendations in 2016, including the policy known as “Évaluation en Commun” (EeC) (literally translated as common assessment). This policy encourages teachers to collaborate with their colleagues to design common assessments. It is embedded in a “soft” accountability logic (Maroz & Voisin, 2014), in which the prescription is deliberately non-binding, and leaves considerable autonomy to cantons, schools, and teaching teams to interpret and implement the policy in practice. Consequently, no clear institutional guidelines or standardized frameworks are provided to support teachers in its implementation. Our previous research (Ochelen, to be published ; Ochelen & Yerly, to be published) shows that this openness can lead to markedly different interpretations of the policy at the school leadership level. For example, across schools, principals may require teachers to implement common assessments or simply encourage them to do so. Given that assessment is a sensitive domain, closely tied to teachers’ professional identities (Brown et al., 2019), and traditionally practised on an individual basis (Allal & Mottier Lopez, 2014), how do teachers make sense of the EeC policy? Since the 1990s, educational policies and reforms in Western education systems have placed a strong emphasis on teacher collaboration (Dupriez, 2010). More recently, this dynamic has also extended to assessment practices (Yerly, 2021). While collaboration in assessment appears to be an emerging trend, the literature highlights both professional benefits for teachers and less desirable effects, such as interpersonal tensions or power struggles (Ochelen et al., 2024). These contrasting effects raise questions about how meaning is constructed and how educational reforms in assessment are legitimised when implemented in collective contexts. As research on sensemaking shows (Coburn, 2004; Spillane et al., 2002), teachers do not simply apply policies; they actively construct meaning based on their own perceptions and professional context. According to Draelants (2008), the legitimation of a policy is essential for the sustainable institutionalization of change. Examining forms of legitimation is therefore particularly important, as the fact that a reform is legally legitimate does not guarantee that it will be perceived as legitimate by those responsible for implementing it in practice. Suchman (1995) distinguishes three forms of legitimacy: moral, pragmatic, and cognitive. He suggests that the more a reform is supported by multiple forms of legitimacy, the more likely it is to be accepted and sustained over time. From this perspective, the effects of a reform depend not only on its institutional framework, but also on how teachers perceive its usefulness, feasibility, and concrete benefits in their everyday work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The overall aim of this comprehensive study (Miles & Huberman, 2010) is to highlight the ways in which teachers make sense of an injunction to engage in collective work for assessment, and the factors that influence this process. Drawing on Suchman’s (1995) typology, we more specifically seek to identify and explain the types of legitimacy (moral, cognitive, and pragmatic) that teachers attribute (or do not attribute) to such an injunction within the framework of the Swiss “Évaluation en Commun” policy. Suchman’s typology is well established in sociology and in the field of management studies. It has recently been applied in a school context by Yerly and Maroy (2017). We build on and adapt their interpretation to redefine the types of legitimacy proposed by Suchman: - Moral legitimacy refers to principles, values, and conceptions (moral, political, professional). It addresses the question: “Is this the right thing to do for the collective?” - Cognitive legitimacy refers to the theories of action and change that are mobilised (explicitly or implicitly): “Is this a relevant way of proceeding?” - Pragmatic legitimacy refers to the actor’s own interests (material, professional, symbolic): “Does this policy have tangible implications for my work and/or everyday practice (individually or collectively)?” We conducted semi-structured interviews with 28 teachers from three secondary II schools in French-speaking Switzerland. All participants were volunteers, and the principals were not informed of their identities. The interview guide covered the following themes: personal characteristics, descriptions of professional practices, perceptions of the EeC policy, the uses and effects of the EeC on their practices and schools. Our analytical approach was semi-inductive and drew on Suchman’s (1995) framework. The interviews were transcribed and coded using MAXQDA software in order to conduct within case study and global analysis (Miles & Huberman, 2010). We first conducted a descriptive categorical analysis for each teacher to understand their representations of the EeC policy and the factors influencing them. We then analysed each discourse using Suchman’s typology, identifying indicators of pragmatic, moral, and cognitive legitimacy in the discourse, whether expressed explicitly or implicitly. For each teacher, we constructed a matrix crossing these three forms of legitimacy with two columns: elements supporting the policy and elements opposing it. These matrices then served as the basis for a global analysis aimed at identifying recurring patterns, variations, and ambivalences in the forms of legitimation mobilised by teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This contribution aligns with the objectives of Network 23 ‘Policy Studies and Politics of Education’ in that it investigates how a national policy is legitimised, interpreted, contested, and appropriated by teachers at the local level. Our results show that while the “Évaluation en Commun” policy is generally accepted by teachers, it also attracts considerable criticism. Teachers express divergent and sometimes ambivalent attitudes, reflecting tensions inherent in collective work on assessment (harmonisation of practices vs. professional autonomy; equality of treatment vs. differentiation). They mobilise different forms of legitimacy, but rarely simultaneously, depending on their representations and professional values. Our findings confirm observations already established in the literature on assessment reforms (Greany & Brown, 2017; Mons, 2009; Yerly & Maroy, 2017). They also align with research on sensemaking (Coburn, 2004; Spillane et al., 2002), showing that the legitimacy of a reform is a situated process, built within and through contexts, values, and professional beliefs. A central contribution of this research lies in showing that the legitimacy of an educational reform is also constructed within collective work dynamics. Our findings highlight the central role of the collective as a space for negotiation, debate, and the reconfiguration of the meaning attributed to the EeC policy. They also show that this process of sensemaking construction is closely dependent on the degree of autonomy afforded to actors within a context of “soft” governance. Finally, it is also linked to the very object of the reform - student assessment - a domain that is both sensitive and identity-related. To consolidate and extend these findings, further analyses would help to address some of the potential limitations of our study. To better articulate what actors think about reforms and what they actually do, future research could, for example, cross their representations (Suchman, 1995) with their practices (self-reported and/or observed) (Coburn, 2004). References Allal, L. & Mottier Lopez, L. (2014). Teachers’ professional judgment in the context of collaborative assessment practice. In C. Wyatt-Smith, V. Klenowski & P. Colbert (dir.), Designing Assessment for Quality Learning (p. 151-165). Springer. Brown, G. T., Gebril, A., & Michaelides, M. P. (2019). Teachers' conceptions of assessment: A global phenomenon or a global localism. Frontiers in Education, 4(16), 1-13. Frontiers Education. Coburn, C. E. (2004). Beyond Decoupling: Rethinking the Relationship Between the Institutional Environment and the Classroom. Sociology of Education, 77(3), 211-244. Draelants, H. (2008). Changement institutionnel, légitimation et politiques scolaires : le cas de la lutte contre le redoublement en Belgique francophone. Sociologie et sociétés, 40(1), 119-141. Dupriez, V. (2010). Le travail collectif des enseignants : au-delà du mythe. Travail et formation en éducation, 7, 1-12. Greany, T. & Brown, C. (2017). The Evidence Informed School System in England: Where should school leaders be focusing their Efforts? International Journal of Education Policy & Leadership 12(3), 1-22. Miles, M. B. & Huberman, A. M. (2010). Analyse des données qualitatives. De Boeck. Ochelen, J.-P. (to be published). Quelle prise en compte des élèves par des enseignants du secondaire lorsqu’ils construisent collectivement des évaluations sommatives ? Évaluer. Journal international de recherche en éducation et formation. Ochelen, J.-P., & Yerly, G. (to be published). Faire collaborer les enseignant·e·s pour évaluer les apprentissages des élèves. Quel sens aux yeux des enseignant·e·s ? Revue suisse des sciences de l’éducation. Ochelen, J.-P., Yerly, G. & Mottier Lopez, L. (2024). Le travail collectif des enseignants pour l’évaluation des apprentissages comme norme professionnelle ? Une revue de la littérature pour interroger cette tendance émergente. Mesure et évaluation en éducation, 47(1), 27-65. Spillane, J., Reiser, B. J. & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy implementation and cognition: reframing and refocusing implementation research. Review of Educational Research, 72(3), 387-431. Suchman, M. C. (1995). Managing legitimacy: Strategic and institutional approaches. Academy of management review, 20(3), 571-610. Yerly, G. (2021). La collaboration des enseignants autour de l’évaluation des apprentissages comme moyen de piloter le système ? Le cas de la politique « évaluation commune » dans le secondaire supérieur en Suisse. Les dossiers des sciences de l’éducation, 45, 77-97. Yerly, G. & Maroy, C. (2017). La gouvernance par les résultats est-elle un mode de régulation de l’école légitime aux yeux des enseignants ? Une enquête qualitative dans 4 systèmes scolaires. Revue française de pédagogie, 198, 93-108. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper A Critical Examination of Teacher Identity Construction in International Baccalaureate (IB) Schools in Kazakhstan The University of Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In this paper, I critically examine the construction of teacher identity in International Baccalaureate (IB) schools in Kazakhstan, a context in which teachers work at the intersection of national education policies and transnational IB institutional expectations. Multiple institutional actors participate in defining what counts as a “legitimate” teacher, but these discursive constructions are not equally recognised by teachers working in different IB schools within the Kazakhstani schooling field. It remains unclear why certain discursive constructions become legitimised and recognised while others do not, particularly within unequal schooling context. The aim of the study is to critically analyse how discursive constructions of teacher identity are produced, legitimised, and recognised in IB schools in Kazakhstan. The study addresses the following overarching research question: How are discursive constructions of teacher identity produced, legitimised, and recognised in IB schools in Kazakhstan, and why are some discursive constructions of teacher identity recognised by teachers while others are not within an unequal schooling field? The study is grounded in social constructionism and Bourdieu’s theory of practice and conceptualises teacher identity as socially constructed and power-laden knowledge shaped through the dynamic interaction of field, capital, and habitus. Teacher identity is understood as a site of discursive struggle in which symbolic power operates through processes of legitimation and recognition. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on national education policy documents, IB guidelines, interviews with senior leaders (including IB coordinators), and interviews with teachers working in IB schools in Kazakhstan. Fairclough’s Critical Discourse Analysis is used to examine how particular constructions of teacher identity are legitimised through policy and institutional discourses, and how teachers position themselves in relation to these constructions in their narratives. Bourdieu’s thinking tools are mobilised to interpret why some teacher identity constructions gain symbolic recognition among teachers, while others do not. Four dominant discursive themes emerged through the analysis of teachers' interviews: transformation, dual recognition, global opportunities, and values-based professionalism, through which teachers construct and justify their professional identities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study argues that discursive constructions of teacher identity do not become recognised automatically simply because they are institutionally legitimised. Rather, symbolic recognition is shaped by teachers’ position within the schooling field, their access to valued forms of symbolic, cultural, and institutional capital, and their habitus. By analytically distinguishing between legitimation and recognition, the study contributes a critical, relational understanding of teacher identity and demonstrates how symbolic power operates through discourse in IB schools in Kazakhstan. References Bacchi, C. L., & Goodwin, S. (2025). Poststructural policy analysis : a guide to practice / Carol Bacchi, Susan Goodwin (Second edition. ed.). Palgrave Macmillan, an imprint of Springer Nature America. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-349-96134-4 Ball, S. J. (1993). What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. The Australian Journal of Education Studies, 13(2), 10-17. Ball, S. J. (2015). What is policy? 21 years later: reflections on the possibilities of policy research. Discourse (Abingdon, England), 36(3), 306-313. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2015.1015279 Berger, P., & Luckmann, T. (2016). The social construction of reality. In Social theory re-wired (pp. 110-122). Routledge. Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a Theory of Practice (1 ed., Vol. v.Series Number 16). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511812507 Bourdieu, P. (1979). Symbolic Power. Critique of anthropology, 4(13-14), 77-85. https://doi.org/10.1177/0308275X7900401307 Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction : a social critique of the judgement of taste. Routledge & Kegan Paul. Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education (pp. 241-258). CT: Greenwood. Bourdieu, P. (1991). Social space and symbolic space [1994]. Contemporary sociological theory. Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. c. J. D. (1992). An invitation to reflexive sociology. University of Chicago Press. Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods. Oxford university press. Bunnell, T., Fertig, M., & James, C. (2020). The institutionalisation of schools and the implications for identity of experienced teachers: the case of International Baccalaureate World Schools. Cambridge journal of education, 50(2), 241-260. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2019.1661972 Burr, V. (1995). An introduction to social constructionism / Vivien Burr. Routledge. Crotty, M. J. (1998). The foundations of social research: Meaning and perspective in the research process. Fairclough, N. (1992). Discourse and social change. Polity. Fairclough, N. (1993). Critical discourse analysis and the marketization of public discourse: the universities. Discourse & society, 4(2), 133-168. https://doi.org/10.1177/0957926593004002002 Fairclough, N. (1995). Critical discourse analysis: the critical study of. Language. Fairclough, N. (2013). Critical Discourse Analysis : The Critical Study of Language (2 ed.). Taylor and Francis. Gee, J. P. (2000). Identity as an analytic lens for research in education. Review of research in education, 25, 99-125. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732x025001099 Gergen, K. J. (2011). The Self as Social Construction. Psychological studies, 56(1), 108-116. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12646-011-0066-1 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 24 SES 10 A: Digital Tools & Formative Assessment Location: Koski | Hotel Torni Session Chair: Bård Vinje Paper Session |
|
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper Shared Ownership of Mathematics Teaching: Collaborative Development of Teachers’ Professional Digital Competence Norwegian Centre for Mathematics Education, NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:This proposal presents findings from the ongoing project Leadership and Learning for the Development of Teachers’ Professional Digital Competence (LeadDig), which involves five schools over a three-year period. In a review of research on digital technology integration in mathematics education, Dockendorff and Gomez Zaccarelli (2025) demonstrate that successful use of digital tools depends less on access to technology and more on teachers’ collective professional learning, pedagogical coordination, and systemic support. The overall aim of the project is to strengthen teachers’ professional digital and assessment competence in order to improve students’ learning opportunities when digital tools are used in teaching. Cultural-Historical Activity Theory (CHAT) (Engeström, 2001) is employed as a developmental and analytical framework to support the establishment and analysis of a shared object related to the use of digital tools across subjects, with particular emphasis on mathematics. This sub-study follows one lower secondary school participating in the project. At this school, a shared object was collaboratively formulated: How can leadership-supported teacher collaboration contribute to learning through the use of digital tools? While leadership support constitutes an important condition for the collaborative work, the analytical focus of this sub-study is on the mathematics teachers’ collective activity and how the shared object is translated into concrete instructional practices involving digital tools. During the first year of the project, two development questions were identified specifically for the mathematics department: (1) How can teachers facilitate productive student collaboration when digital tools are used? (2) How can teachers ensure equal access for students to engage in substantive mathematical activity using digital tools? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a mixed-method, design-based approach informed by CHAT and practice-based professional learning. During autumn 2024, unstructured classroom observations (Given, 2008) were conducted across subjects with a focus on mathematics and digital tool use. Field notes were written in a narrative style, and the researchers acted as observer-as-participant. To gain insight into students’ reasoning about the use of digital tools in mathematics, a web-based questionnaire was administered. Students responded to open- and closed-ended questions about their experiences with digital tools, and their responses were structured in tables. Some closed-ended items used a four-point Likert scale (Albaum, 1997). In line with methodological recommendations (Cohen et al., 2018), equal distances between categories were used (“disagree”, “partially disagree”, “partially agree”, “agree”), representing ordinal data (Stevens, 1946). As a result of the experience from the first year, the collaboration model was redesigned for year two. First the project in the last year focuses mainly on mathematic teachers. Secondly, the joint observations and analyses of lessons is expanded to included co-planning of the lesson that is being observed, drawing on cycles of enactment and investigation (Lampert et al., 2013) and Norwegian adaptations (Kazemi & Wæge, 2015; Mosvold, Fauskanger & Wæge, 2018). The mathematics team (n=6) now engages in joint planning, enactment by one teacher, structured observation using predefined foci, and joint reflection. Teacher time-outs (Mosvold, Wæge & Fauskanger, 2023) are incorporated to support real-time professional noticing. Three full cycles will be conducted in spring 2026. Data sources include observation notes, planning artefacts, audio recordings, and reflective discussions . The final phase of the study draws on CHAT to analyze how the involved teachers collaboration develops over time. The analysis focuses on how the shared object of improving mathematics teaching with digital tools is negotiated and transformed through joint planning, classroom enactment, and collective reflection. We will look at tensions and contradictions in the collaboration, as well as toward how organizational arrangements, roles, and mediating artefacts shape the teachers’ collective activity. These analyses provide insight into how shared ownership of mathematics teaching and collective professional digital competence are developed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the first project year, joint observations and analyses of lessons across subjects were conducted, but several challenges emerged: teachers felt positioned in a justificatory role and not in a learning situation, colleagues lacked insight into planning of the lesson observed, and not all participants taught the subject the lesson focused on. Classroom observations also revealed that students mainly worked individually with digital tools (also confirmed by the web-based questionnaire), teachers conceptualized adaptation as giving different tasks to different students, and collaboration among mathematics teachers was limited. With the new organization of the project, two categories of expected outcomes are anticipated: 1. Professional learning and shared pedagogical understanding The collaboration cycles are expected to lead to a more coherent and collectively developed understanding of what constitutes high quality use of digital tools in mathematics teaching at the school. Through joint planning, shared enactment, structured observation and collective reflection, teachers are likely to develop a stronger shared language for instruction, a common set of principles for equitable digital tool use, and a deeper, collectively negotiated view of what meaningful mathematical activity looks like for all students. 2. Sustainable organizational structures for mathematics teacher collaboration A further outcome concerns the establishment of long term, leadership supported structures for ongoing collaboration among the mathematics teachers. By involving school leaders directly in analyzing lessons, framing priorities, and supporting the collaboration model, the project aims to institutionalize routines for joint planning, shared enactment, professional dialogue, and coordinated development work. These structures are expected to extend beyond the project period and contribute to lasting capacity building within the mathematics department. Findings from the three planned cycles conducted in spring 2026 will be analyzed before summer 2026 and presented at ECER 2026. References Albaum, G. (1997). The Likert scale revisited. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education. Chrzanowska, J. (2002). Interviewing Groups and Individuals in Qualitative Market Research. Sage. Dockendorff, M., & Zaccarelli, F. G. (2025). Successfully preparing future mathematics teachers for digital technology integration: a literature review. International Journal of Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, 56(5), 948-979. Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive Learning at Work: Toward an Activity-Theoretical Reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14(1), 133–156. Given, L. M. (2008). The Sage Encyclopedia of Qualitative Research Methods. Sage. Kazemi, E., & Wæge, K. (2015). Learning to Teach within Practice-Based Methods Courses. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 18, 243–268. Lampert, M. et al. (2013). Using Designed Instructional Activities to Enable Novices to Manage Ambitious Mathematics Teaching. In Z. Brantlinger (Ed.), International Handbook of Mathematics Teacher Education. Mosvold, R., Fauskanger, J., & Wæge, K. (2018). Teachers’ Collective Professional Knowledge: Using Video to Support Noticing. Nordic Studies in Mathematics Education. Stevens, S. S. (1946). On the theory of scales of measurement. 24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper The Role of Digital Tools in Mathematics Classrooms in Norwegian Primary Schools. Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:In Norway digital competence is defined as one of five basic skills in the National curriculum (The Ministry of Education and research, 2006; The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2019). The basic skills are defined as necessary tools for learning and development across all subjects, as stated in the Framework for basic skills (The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2017). In the subject mathematics digital competence involves using graph plotter, spreadsheets, CAS, dynamic geometry programs and programming to explore and solve mathematical problems. It also involves finding, analyzing, processing and presenting information using digital tools. The background for this study is our work in the project Leadership and Learning for the Development of Teachers Professional Digital Competence (LeadDig). This was a three-year project (2023-2026). The underlying idea for the research project was to develop schools (and teachers) that learn, and we wanted to focus, generally, on the use of iPad and PC in school subjects and, specifically, in mathematics. Digital technologies have the potential to support students’ learning in mathematics by providing multiple representations of mathematical objects and enhancing opportunities for active learning (Hedegus et al., 2017). Despite its potential, technology use in mathematics education remains limited, as its integration into classroom practice is a complex and demanding process (Drijvers, 2019). Based on these findings we wanted to explore how Norwegian teachers have implemented digital tools in the teaching and learning of mathematics. The research question of this study is: How do teachers use iPad and other digital tools in mathematics classrooms in three primary schools in Norway? Theoretical framework To look at the role of digital tools in the mathematics classroom we chose to connect the role to mathematics teaching practices (National Council of Teachers of Mathematics, 2014) and the pedagogical opportunities map (Pierce & Stacey, 2010). The mathematics teaching practices (National Council of Teachers of Mathematics, 2014) provide a research-based framework for enhancing teaching and learning of mathematics, and they have the potential to support and promote a deep learning of mathematics. Using digital tools in mathematics teaching might also contribute to better learning, and we wanted to see how digital tools could influence the practices. In total there are eight mathematical teaching practices:
The Pedagogical Opportunities Map (POM) is originally a theoretical framework associated with a specific type of technology (Pierce and Stacey, 2010), but we feel that many of the opportunities highlighted by the framework are suitable for all kinds of technology. POM illustrates that technology can enhance learning in ten different ways, and these ways are organized in three levels: tasks, classroom and subject. For example, technology might support the social dynamics in the classroom by encouraging student participation. It is important to note that POM focuses on the pedagogical opportunities with technology. The framework also illustrates that the functional opportunities of technology can change curriculum and assessment. We can summarize by saying that technology can change what mathematics is taught, how mathematics is assed and how it is taught and learned. In our study the focus is on pedagogical opportunities and how it is taught and learned. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the Leaddig project, mathematics instruction was observed across multiple classrooms in the five participating schools. The present study focuses on mathematics lessons from two of these schools. Data was collected through unstructured classroom observations (Given, 2008), with attention directed both to mathematics teaching in general and, more specifically, to the use of digital tools in instruction. During the observations, detailed field notes were taken, aiming to document classroom activities and interactions as comprehensively as possible through narrative-style descriptions. The researchers’ role during the observations was neither that of a complete observer nor that of a full participant. Rather, it is best characterized as observer as participant (Given, 2008), as the researchers’ presence in the classroom had some influence on students. Data collection commenced in August 2023 and continued until the time of writing. Our objective was to examine mathematics instruction across multiple educational levels while also observing a diverse set of teachers. This approach was intended to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the practices and conditions present in Norwegian classrooms. The data material was analyzed based on the two frameworks described earlier. First, we tried to connect our observations and field notes to the mathematics teaching practices. For example, we tried to find observations that could help us say something about how the digital tools influenced the practice use and connect representations. Afterwards we analyzed our data material based on the pedagogical opportunities map. What could our observations tell us about how digital tools changed the way mathematics was taught and learned? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary findings: The digital technology was used for tasks instead of the students’ workbooks. It was up to the students to translate and understand the multiple representations provided by the technology. It seemed like the teachers held an optimistic view of digital technology, which seemed to reflect an assumption that technology use alone could lead to students’ learning of the content . The use of digital tools did not utilize the opportunities described by the Pedagogical Opportunities Map. References Drijvers, P. (2019). Head in the clouds, feet on the ground—A realistic view on using digital tools in mathematics education. In A. Buchter, M. Glade, R. Herold-Blasius, M. Klinger, F. Schacht, & P. Scherer (Eds.), Vielfaltige Zugange zum Mathematikunterricht (pp. 163–176). Springer. Given, L. M. (Ed.) (2008). The SAGE encyclopedia of qualitative research methods. (Vols. 1-0). SAGE Publications, Inc., https://doi.org/10.4135/9781412963909 Hegedus, S., Laborde, C., Brady, C., Dalton, S., Siller, H. S., Tabach, M., Trgalova, J., & Moreno-Armella, L. (2017). Uses of technology in upper secondary mathematics education. Springer. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (2014) Principles to Actions: Ensuring Mathematical Success for All. National Council of Teachers of Mathematics, Reston. Pierce, R., & Stacey, K. (2010). Mapping pedagogical opportunities provided by mathematics analysis software. International Journal of Computers for Mathematical Learning, 15(1), 1–20. The Ministry of Education and research. (2006). Læreplanverket for Kunnskapsløftet (Midlertidig utg. juni 2006. ed.). The Ministry of Education and research; The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. (2017). Framework for basics skills. www.udir.no Retrieved from https://www.udir.no/laring-og-trivsel/rammeverk/rammeverk-for-grunnleggende-ferdigheter/ The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training. (2019). Læreplanverket Kunnskapsløftet 2020. Retrieved from https://www.udir.no/laring-og-trivsel/lareplanverket/ |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 25 SES 10 A: Students' Rights, Migration and Inclusion Location: B4113 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Idan Zak-Doron Paper Session |
|
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Integrating Human Rights Education and Social Skills Development: An Educational Program to Foster School Inclusion in Primary Schools 1: University of Lausanne, Switzerland; 2: Universitiy of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:In today's diverse European classrooms, children from different backgrounds often face discrimination and social exclusion, constituting violations of their fundamental rights (Juvonen et al., 2019). The aim of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of an program integrating Human Rights Education (HRE) and Positive Youth Development (PYD) in promoting school inclusion, enhancing social skills, and improving peer acceptance among primary school children. The research evaluates the efficacy of a five-session educational program designed to: (1) promote knowledge and respect for children’s rights from the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989); (2) develop social skills to assertively address discrimination situations; and (3) foster meaningful social relationships among all students, including those with stigmatized attributes or identities (e.g., disabilities, immigrant status, ethnic minorities). This program integrates two complementary theoretical approaches that align with European educational values and policies on inclusion and equity. From a developmental perspective, late primary school (ages 8-10) represents a crucial period for intervention. Children at this stage reach Piaget's concrete operational stage, enabling them to think logically about complex issues like rights violations and analyze situations from multiple perspectives (Babik & Gardner, 2021). However, this age is also associated with increased intergroup biases and stronger negativity toward out-groups (Nesdale & Dalton, 2011), emphasizing the urgent need for effective programs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A quasi-experimental design with repeated measures was implemented. Ten classes from four Italian public primary schools were randomly assigned to an experimental group or a control group. The study involved 167 children (85 boys, 82 girls; Mage = 9.11 years, SD = 0.90) in 4th and 5th grades. The experimental group included 85 children (Mage = 9.08, SD = 0.91) and the control group included 82 children (Mage = 9.13, SD = 0.87). The experimental group participated in five weekly 90-minute sessions conducted in small groups (8-10 students) by a researcher expert in developmental psychology. Each session focused on one human right, presenting hypothetical discrimination situations and teaching social skills to address them. The program focuses on four children’s rights from the CRC (UN, 1989): right to play and recreation (Art. 31), right to cultural participation (Art. 31), right to express opinions and be heard (Arts. 12-13), and right to protection from discrimination (Arts. 19, 37). These rights were selected following consultation with European scholars and Italian primary school teachers, ensuring relevance to contemporary school contexts. Educational strategies included mental simulation, role-play, modeling, and homework assignments for generalization. The protocol of this study was approved by the Ethics Committee of the Department of Philosophy, Sociology, Education and Applied Psychology (University of Padova, Project identification code: 465-b). To evaluate the efficacy of the educational program, multiple assessment methods were administered two weeks before and after the program. Validated self-report questionnaires measured social skills, collaboration, and intention to help peers whose rights are violated. A sociometric procedure was used to evaluate positive and negative peer nominations. Additionally, direct naturalistic observations assessed social interactions of children identified as at risk of social exclusion (n = 10). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results Mixed-effects models revealed significant Time x Condition interactions, demonstrating that children in the experimental group showed significant improvements compared to control group in: Positive nominations received (F(1,164) = 8.53, p = .004), Social skills (F(1,164) = 6.33, p = .013), Collaboration (F(1,164) = 9.99, p = .002), and Intention to help peers whose rights are violated (F(1,164) = 8.53, p = .004). Simple effects analyses showed that only the experimental group’s children demonstrated significant improvements in Positive nominations provided and decreased Negative nominations (both provided and received). Wilcoxon tests showed that at-risk children in the experimental group received significantly more positive social behaviours from classmates after the intervention, while at-risk children in the control group showed no significant changes. Discussion These findings confirm that integrating HRE with PYD promotes inclusive school environments, addressing core values of equity, diversity, and human rights. The intervention program's efficacy demonstrates that teaching human rights alongside social skills can support creating rights-respecting, inclusive school contexts. The study advances European educational research by: (1) providing empirical evidence for combined HRE-PYD approaches; (2) demonstrating measurable inclusion outcomes using multiple assessment methods; (3) showing benefits for vulnerable children at risk of social exclusion. Building on these results, we are developing and implementing an adapted versions for younger children (aged 4-6) and teacher-led implementation models to ensure sustainability across diverse school systems. Extending the educational program to this age adopts a preventive approach: while older children (8-10 years) can analyze complex discrimination situations, younger children benefit from foundational social skills development before low peer acceptance and social excusion patternes become entrenched (Kutnik & Colwell, 2024). This responds to calls for schools to act as agents of change in promoting inclusion and human rights (Losinski et al., 2019), contributing to Europe's commitment to equitable, inclusive education for all children. References Babik, I., & Gardner, E. S. (2021). Factors affecting the perception of disability: A developmental perspective. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, Article 702166. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.702166 Bajaj, M. (2011). Human rights education: Ideology, location, and approaches. Human rights quarterly, 33(2), 481-508. https://doi.org/10.1353/hrq.2011.0019 Blaisdell, C., McNair, L. J., Addison, L., & Davis, J. M. (2022). 'Why am I in all of these pictures?' From learning stories to lived stories: The politics of children's participation rights in documentation practices. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30(4), 572–585. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2021.2007970 Gonzalez, M., Kokozos, M., Byrd, C. M., & McKee, K. E. (2020). Critical positive youth development: A framework for centering critical consciousness. Journal of Youth Development, 15(6), 24–43. https://doi.org/10.5195/jyd.2020.859 Jones, S., & Manion, K. (2023). Critical literacy: An approach to child rights education in Uganda and Canada. Literacy, 57(2), 149–160. https://doi.org/10.1111/lit.12327 Juvonen, J., Lessard, L. M., Rastogi, R., Schacter, H. L., & Smith, D. S. (2019). Promoting social inclusion in educational settings: Challenges and opportunities. Educational Psychologist, 54(4), 250–270. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2019.1655645 Kutnick, P., & Colwell, J. (2024). Promoting social competence and social inclusion in the preschool: a peer-based relational intervention. Early Child Development and Care, 194(11-12), 1212-1229. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2024.2412639 Lerner, R. M. (2005). Promoting positive youth development: Theoretical and empirical bases. White paper prepared for the workshop on the science of adolescent health and development. National Academies of Science. Losinski, M., Ennis, R., Katsiyannis, A., & Rapa, L. J. (2019). Schools as change agents in reducing bias and discrimination: Shaping behaviors and attitudes. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 28, 2718–2726. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10826-019-01452-2 Lundy, L., & O'Lynn, P. (2019). The education rights of children. International Human Rights of Children, 259–276. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-4184-6_11 Taylor, R. D., Oberle, E., Durlak, J. A., & Weissberg, R. P. (2017). Promoting positive youth development through school-based social and emotional learning interventions: A meta-analysis of follow-up effects. Child Development, 88(4), 1156–1171. United Nations. (1989). Convention on the rights of the child. https://www.ohchr.org/sites/default/files/Documents/ProfessionalInterest/crc.pdf Zajda, J. (2020). Current research on human rights education globally. In Human rights education globally (pp. 1–12). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-024-1913-9_1 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Children’s Access to Scientific Knowledge and Understanding: a Study of University-based Programs University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) Article 28 focuses on children's right to education as an equal opportunity (United nations, 1989). Specifically, article 28 (c) urges state parties to “make higher education accessible to all on the basis of capacity by every appropriate means” (ibid). However, as Moody (2020) argues, barriers and enablers such as socioeconomic background tend to affect access to education, leading UNCRC’s mandates of equal education to be idealistic. Empirical research shows that socioeconomic background continues to have an impact on access to higher education in Europe (Palmisano et al., 2022). Nevertheless, various science education initiatives have emerged across Europe with the aim of tackling these barriers (Neher-Asylbekov and Wagner, 2023). As a way to familiarize children at an early age with higher education and thus lower the threshold for participation, universities across Europe introduce children to higher education through programs, courses and activities in science education and children’s universities (European Children’s University network, 2025). Through interactive practices, children explore science and critical thinking in addition to school education, adding to the science capital of children (Archer et al., 2015; European Children’s Universities Network, 2025; Takala, 2020). From this perspective, initiatives such as science education programs and children’s universities can challenge the existing inequalities in education (Aksela et al., 2017; Gary and Dworsky, 2013). Finland, which ratified the UNCRC in 1991, is formally committed to ensuring equal access to education, including higher education (United Nations, 1989). Equity and equality are also central principles of the Finnish National Agency for Education (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2024). Children's universities and science education in Finland have expanded significantly since the late twentieth century (Luma, 2025; Aksela et al., 2017). The Finnish Ministry of Education and Culture published a proposal in 2014 to promote and strengthen Finnish science education in aims to make Finland a world leading country in educational science within 2020 (Ministry of Education and Culture, 2014). Since then, extracurricular science education has been practiced across the country, primarily in higher educational settings, such as University of Helsinki, University of Tampere, Aalto University, and Luma network. Despite these developments, previous research suggests that socioeconomic background continues to shape access to higher education in Finland (Nevala, 1993; Thrupp et al., 2023). Consequently, structural exclusion in education persists even in a country internationally recognized for its commitment to education. (Thrupp et al., 2023). In light of Bourdieu’s (1986) theory of cultural capital, education and scientific knowledge can be understood as a form of capital that is unevenly distributed and reproduced across social groups. As Thrupp et al. (2023) suggest, this implies that education remains not accessible to all in Finland. Grounded in Bourdieu’s understanding, this study analyzes the landscape of science education and children’s universities’ program structures and accessibility models. The aim is to identify key barriers and enablers shaping participation in science education and evaluates the role of science education initiatives in promoting educational equity in the Finnish context. Research for this study draws on a qualitative thematic analysis (TA) of publicly available materials from science education initiatives and children’s universities in Finland. The study asks the following research questions: -How are research-based activities fostering scientific understanding and thinking portrayed and conceptualized in Finland? -How accessible are the research-based activities fostering in Finland? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative thematic analysis (TA) to examine how children’s universities and science education programs foster scientific understanding and thinking in Finland. We explore accessibility to these programs by examining barriers and enablers within science education and children's universities. Following Braun and Clarke’s (2006) six-phase framework, we have conducted a thematic analysis of 17 science education projects and children’s universities in Finland. We have analyzed websites of these 17 institutions that are publicly available materials online. The data consists of program descriptions, institutional websites, publicly available course information, and policy-related texts produced by universities. Data for this study was collected between June and December 2025. The 17 institutions were selected based on systematic searches of publicly available information and prior knowledge of science education programs in Finland. Together, the cases provide an overview of the landscape of science education initiatives in Finland. Braun and Clarke’s (2006) TA approach allows for the identification of patterns across the data, specifically regarding accessibility and equality of outreach in science education in the Finnish context. While themes were allowed to emerge from the data, the analysis was guided by a Bourdieusian understanding of education as cultural capital, particularly in relation to equality, equity, and the reproduction of educational disparities. When analyzing the data, focus was oriented towards scientific variety in programs, participation costs, format of the programs (onsite and online activities), language, geographic location of activities, and target age groups. Following Braun and Clarke’s (2006) six-phase TA approach, the analysis moved from familiarization with the data to systematic coding of the materials. We identified three interrelated themes throughout the data: accessibility, participation, and content of science education activities. These three dimensions were examined as key indicators of how children’s rights to education and equal access are supported or constrained within science education initiatives in Finland. The final phases involved reviewing, defining, and naming themes, and producing the report, linking the findings to broader discussions on children’s rights, educational equity, and access to higher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal three interrelated themes within science education and children’s universities in Finland: Accessibility, participation and content. Together, these themes illuminate how children’s rights to education and equal opportunities are supported and constrained within science education initiatives in Finland. Accessibility emerges as a key structural condition shaping children’s opportunities to science education. Access is influenced by the language of instruction, geographical location, program format (onsite or online), and participation costs (Neher-Asylbekov and Wagner, 2023). While some initiatives offer free or low-cost activities and online options that potentially broaden access, many programs are primarily delivered in Finnish, concentrated in urban areas, and hosted within higher education institutions. These conditions may unintentionally privilege children with proximity to universities and families with greater cultural and economic resources, limiting access for children from diverse linguistic, socioeconomic, and geographic backgrounds (Archer et al., 2015). Participation represents a second central theme. Although children’s universities are commonly framed as inclusive, the analysis indicates limited attention to children’s diverse backgrounds. In line with Moody’s (2020) argument, inclusive education requires not only physical access but also meaningful participation and recognition of children as active rights-holders. From a children’s rights perspective, uneven participation raises concerns about whose educational rights are effectively realized. Finally, content is characterized by a strong emphasis on natural sciences and STEM-oriented activities, which dominate across children’s universities and science education initiatives in Finland (Aksela et al., 2017). Focusing on natural sciences and STEM-oriented activities narrows the representation of scientific knowledge and learning pathways offered to children. This content orientation may influence which forms of knowledge are valued and which children feel addressed or included within science education initiatives. Our conclusion of this study follows Archer et al. (2015) argument; children’s universities have the potential to redistribute science capital, but only if designed inclusively. References Aksela, M., Oikkonen, J. and Halonen, J. (2017). Yhteisöllistä tiedekasvatusta Helsingin yliopistolla vuodesta 2003. Helsinki: University of Helsinki. Archer, L., Dawson, E., DeWitt, J., Seakins, A. and Wong, B. (2015). “Science capital”: a conceptual, methodological, and empirical argument for extending bourdieusian notions of capital beyond the arts. Journal of Research in Science Teaching. 52. 10.1002/tea.21227. Bourdieu, P. (1986). ‘The forms of capital’, in Richardson, J. (ed.) Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education. New York: Greenwood Press, pp. 241–258. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006). ‘Using thematic analysis in psychology’, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), pp. 77–101. doi: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa. European Children’s Universities Network. (2025). The European Children’s Universities Network. Home - The European Children's Universities Network (Accessed: 16.12.2025). Finnish National Agency for Education. (2024). Strategy of the Finnish National Agency for Education 2024–2027. Helsinki: Finnish National Agency for Education. Available at: The Organisation of the Finnish National Agency for Education | Finnish National Agency for Education (Accessed: 26.1.2026). Gary, C. and Dworsky, C. (2013). Children’s universities – A “leading the way” approach to support the engagement of higher education institutions with and for children. Journal of Science Communication, 12(3), JCOM 12(03): C04. Ministry of Education and Culture. (2014). Finland as a world leading country in science education in 2020. Proposal to promote children’s and young people’s science education development (Reports of the Ministry of Education and Culture, Finland 2014:17). http://julkaisut.valtioneuvosto.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/75252/tr17.pdf Moody, Z. (2020). Children’s Rights to, in and through Education: Challenges and Opportunities. Šolsko polje. XXXI. 11-25. 10.32320/1581-6044.31(3-4)11-25. Neher-Asylbekov, S. and Wagner, I. (2023). Effects of Out-of-School STEM Learning Environments on Student Interest: a Critical Systematic Literature Review. Journal for STEM Educ Res 6, 1–44. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41979-022-00080-8 Nevala, A. (1993). Socioeconomic Background of University Students in Finland after World War II. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 37(4), 293–303. https://doi.org/10.1080/0031383930370403 Palmisano, F., Biagi, F. and Peragine, V. (2022). Inequality of Opportunity in Tertiary Education: Evidence from Europe. Res High Educ 63, 514–565. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-021-09658-4 Takala, S. (2020). What is science education? Responsible Research. Available at: What is science education? | Responsible Research (Accessed 10.12.2025). Thrupp, M., Seppänen, P., Kauko, J. and Kosunen, S. (eds.) (2023). Finland’s famous education system: Unvarnished insights into Finnish schooling. Singapore: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-8241-5 United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. New York: United Nations. Available at: Convention on the Rights of the Child | OHCHR (Accessed: 26.1.2026). 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Bridging the Gap: Dissonance Between Legal Rights and Pedagogical Realities in Special Education for Ukrainian Migrant Children in Poland 1: Faculty of Applied Linguistics, University of Warsaw, Poland; 2: Research Laboratory on Diversity, University of Warsaw, Poland; 3: Institute of Sensory Organs, Kajetany, Poland; 4: Faculty of Education, University of Warsaw, Poland; 5: Fundation Kalejdoskop Kultur, Ukraine/Poland Presenting Author:The Polish educational landscape has undergone a transformation over the last decade, shifting from a predominantly monocultural environment to a multicultural setting marked by significant national, linguistic, religious, and social diversity (Górak-Sosnowska & Markowska-Manista, 2022). This evolution has necessitated a robust legal and pedagogical response to ensure that the rights of all students are upheld, grounded in international and national laws that guarantee the right to education and rights within the educational process. The full-scale Russian invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 triggered one of the largest and fastest displacements of children in Europe since World War II, with Poland receiving the highest number of refugees (Bhabha et al., 2025). This influx strained the Polish system, particularly in inclusive education and SEN for war-affected children. Poland’s legal framework - the Constitution, the CRC (United Nations 1989; Journal of Laws, 1991), and the Education Law 2016 (Journal of Laws, 2024a), which recognises migration adaptation as SEN – contrasts with systemic dissonance between de jure rights and de facto realities. Our research question is: How and why does dissonance arise between de jure rights and de facto pedagogical realities in special educational support for war-affected Ukrainian children within the Polish inclusive education framework? The objective is to critically analyse this gap, map its manifestations, and identify systemic barriers to inform policy and practice at national and European levels. The 2016 Education Law (Journal of Laws, 2024a) requires schools to support ethnic and linguistic identities (Piwowarska, 2020). Migrant groups include Vietnamese, returning Poles, 2022 Ukrainians, and others (Szulgan, 2019; Zieliński, 2010; Szydłowska, 2017). Regulation (Journal of Laws, 2017) recognises migration as SEN, allowing preparatory classes and curricula adaptations (Journal of Laws, 2024b). Our analysis employs a multi-layered framework:
This paper critically examines legal-SEN alignment for Ukrainian children aged 6–18, focusing on de jure vs. de facto barriers (Markowska-Manista, Ovcharenko & Zelazowska-Sobczyk, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs multidimensional desk research and a comprehensive literature review of sources since 2022. Since the outbreak of the war in 2022, the educational trajectories of Ukrainian students in Poland have become a focal point of intense academic and social inquiry. Our methodology focuses on analysing the various ways in which Ukrainian children continue their education, which often depends on their families’ future plans and intentions regarding permanent residency (Bobryk & Kochan, 2022). The analysis identifies and examines four primary schooling models currently used by Ukrainian families:s: 1. Exclusive Online Learning: Students who continue their education solely through online Ukrainian schools. 2. Hybrid Education: Students who attend Polish schools during the day while maintaining online studies with Ukrainian institutions in the evenings or at weekends. 3. Full Integration: Children enrolled exclusively in the Polish education system. 4. Non-enrolment: Cases where children are not enrolled in any system, a scenario the Polish government sought to eliminate via the Regulation of the Minister of Education on 26 August 2024, mandating school attendance for Ukrainian children (Journal of Laws, 2024b). Against this backdrop, the study examines international and national regulations against the lived experiences of three key stakeholder groups: students, Polish teachers, and Ukrainian intercultural assistants. The desk research involves a systematic analysis of current legislative acts, educational reports, and qualitative studies conducted between 2022 and 2026. By synthesising these findings, the research highlights discrepancies between de jure rights – the theoretical legal protections for students with SEN – and de facto barriers encountered in the classroom. This comparative approach facilitates a nuanced discussion of whether the Polish system is providing genuine inclusivity or merely formal, administrative access. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis reveals a significant gap between protective legal frameworks and the practical reality of school integration. While the rights of migrant students are formally safeguarded by international and national laws that promote inclusive education, the delivery of Special Educational Needs support faces substantial obstacles. Ukrainian students often face a “dual school” burden, juggling two distinct curricula, calendars, and peer groups. This often leads to significant cognitive fatigue and hampers social integration within the Polish classroom. Furthermore, many students experience a persistent sense of “temporariness” and trauma, leading to loneliness and reluctance to form deep bonds with local peers. From a professional perspective, Polish teachers often lack the specific experience and institutional support needed to work effectively with children who have experienced the trauma of war and displacement. There is a notable shortage of specialised training in trauma-informed pedagogy and intercultural communication. Additionally, while “intercultural assistants” are vital bridges between the school and migrant families, their roles remain precarious and ill-defined. They face uncertainty about their responsibilities and lack a clear professional status within the school hierarchy. In conclusion, while Poland has established the necessary legal foundations for inclusive education, the system requires more robust psychological support services, better training for educators, and a legalised, stable status for intercultural assistants. To truly meet the special educational needs of children with migration backgrounds, the focus must shift from administrative enrolment to meaningful, trauma-informed pedagogical inclusion that upholds children’s rights. References 1.Bhabha J., Digidiki Lucero V., & Markowska-Manista, U. (2025), Solidarity towards distress migrants: how changing frontline communities depend on states to build a new public space, RR. Marín et al.(eds). Handbook on migration and human rights, Edward Elgar Publishing. 2.Bobryk, A., & Kochan, I.(2022), Between integration and assimilation. Ukrainian students in Polish schools. Studia z teorii wychowania XIII: 2022(4/41),291–304. 3.Górak-Sosnowska, K. & Markowska-Manista, U. (2022), Intercultural education in a monocultural context: global and local dimensions of sensitive topics. Society Register, 6(1),7-18. 4.Journal of Laws (1991). Convention on the Rights of the Child, adopted by the United Nations General Assembly on 20 November 1989 (Dz.U.1991 no120 poz. 526). 5.Journal of Laws (2017). Regulation of the Minister of National Education of 9 August 2017 on the principles of organisation and providing psychological and pedagogical assistance in public kindergartens, schools and facilities (Dz.U.2017 poz. 1591). 6.Journal of Laws (2024a). Announcement of the Marshal of the Sejm of the Republic of Poland of 21st March 2024 on the publication of the consolidated text of the Act “Education Law” (Dz.U.2024 poz. 737). 7.Journal of Laws (2024b). Regulation of the Minister of Education of 26 August 2024 amending the Regulation of the Minister of Education and Science on the Organisation of Education, Upbringing and Care of Children and Adolescents who are Citizens of Ukraine (Dz.U.2024, poz. 1302). 8.Markowska-Manista, U., Ovcharenko, O., & Zelazowska-Sobczyk, M.(2025), Students with migration background and special educational needs versus their rights to and in education – the Polish context. Bacakova, M., Veck, V., & Wharton, J. (eds.), Forced Migration, Disability and Education. Routledge. 9.Piwowarska, E. (2020). Discrimination against the Child in Access to Education Based on Ethnic Origin as Examplified by the Roma Minority in Selected Countries. Rocznik Administracji Publicznej 6: 76–94. 10.Szulgan, A. (2019), Working with foreign children in a Polish school: methods of action, own experience. Języki obce w szkole, 3: 79–83. 11.Szydłowska, P., et al. (2017). (Un)even treatment of returning children in Polish school. Edukacja Międzykulturowa 2(7): 200–224. 12.United Nations (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. 13.Zieliński, P.(2010). Vietnamese multicultural education in Poland with the regard of children from Polish-Vietnamese families. Rędziński, K. (ed.), Multicultural education as a challenge for educational science,177–191. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 26 SES 10 A JS: Joint Paper Session - NW 22 and NW 26 Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Elizabeth Reilly Joint Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Does Soft Leadership Matter? Principals’ Soft Leadership and Teachers’ Well-Being Across Public and Private Schools in the United Arab Emirates 1: Amity University Dubai, United Arab Emirates; 2: United Arab Emirates University Presenting Author:Teacher well-being has emerged as a critical concern in education systems worldwide, as increasing job demands, emotional labour, and organizational pressures contribute to stress, burnout, and attrition. Research consistently shows that teachers’ psychological, physical, and social well-being are closely linked to instructional quality, student outcomes, and school sustainability. In fast-developing education systems such as the United Arab Emirates (UAE), these challenges are intensified by rapid reforms, accountability pressures, and culturally diverse school environments. Leadership has been identified as a key organizational factor shaping teachers’ work experiences and well-being. While traditional leadership models emphasize authority, control, and performance outcomes, emerging scholarship highlights the importance of relational, people-centred leadership approaches. One such approach is soft leadership, which emphasizes communication skills, emotional self-regulation, ethical conduct, initiative, training orientation, and team-building capabilities. Despite growing interest in leadership styles and teacher well-being, empirical evidence on soft leadership, particularly within non-Western contexts, remains limited. The UAE public and private school systems offer a unique setting to explore how culturally grounded, relational leadership practices influence teachers’ well-being amid systemic transformation. This study addresses this gap by examining how principals’ soft leadership competencies relate to teachers’ psychological, professional, and organizational well-being. Aligned with the ECER 2026 theme, this research bridges knowing (understanding leadership–wellbeing relationships through empirical analysis) and acting (offering evidence-informed implications for leadership development, policy, and practice). The study is guided by the following research question: Does principals’ gender pose a differentiating factor of their soft leadership practices? Does teachers’ gender pose a differentiating factor of their well-being? What distinct profiles of soft leadership practices can be identified among principals based on their leadership behaviors? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a quantitative, cross-sectional research design to examine the relationship between school principals’ soft leadership practices and teachers’ well-being in UAE public and private schools. A survey-based approach was selected as it allowed for the systematic collection of data from a large number of participants and enabled the examination of patterns, relationships, and group differences across leadership and well-being variables. The study involved principals and teachers working in public and private schools across the United Arab Emirates. Participants were recruited using probability-based sampling procedures to enhance the representativeness of the sample and to ensure that findings could reasonably reflect the broader population of public-school educators. Both principals (n=30) and teachers (n=130) participated voluntarily, and ethical considerations related to informed consent, anonymity, and confidentiality were strictly observed throughout the research process. Data were collected using two structured questionnaires. The first instrument focused on principals’ self-reported soft leadership practices and measured a range of competencies, including communication skills, initiative, ethical conduct, team-building abilities, training orientation, and interpersonal behaviours. These dimensions reflect the core principles of soft leadership, emphasizing relational, ethical, and people-centred leadership practices. The second questionnaire was administered to teachers and assessed multiple aspects of their work experience and well-being. This instrument captured teachers’ perceptions of job characteristics, including both positive and negative conditions, as well as their coping strategies, personality traits, organizational commitment, psychological attachment, and overall well-being. All questionnaire items were measured using Likert-type scales, allowing for the calculation of composite scores for each construct. Prior to analysis, data were screened for completeness, accuracy, and normality. Descriptive statistical analyses were conducted to summarize participants’ responses and to provide an overview of leadership practices and teacher well-being indicators across the sample. To explore relationships between principals’ soft leadership practices and teachers’ well-being, correlational analyses were performed. In addition, cluster analysis was employed to identify distinct profiles of teachers based on patterns of job conditions, coping strategies, personality characteristics, organizational attachment, and well-being outcomes. This person-centred analytical approach enabled the identification of meaningful subgroups within the teacher population, offering deeper insight into how leadership and organizational conditions interact with individual characteristics to shape well-being. Overall, the methodological approach was designed to generate both broad trends and nuanced insights, aligning with the study’s aim of informing evidence-based leadership development and educational policy within the UAE context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Principals’ Soft Leadership Practices Results indicate that principals generally perceive themselves as demonstrating moderate to high levels of soft leadership. High mean scores were reported for ethical conduct, respect for staff, teamwork encouragement, task accomplishment, and appreciation of teachers’ contributions Descriptive and Cluster analysis These findings suggest strong relational orientation and moral leadership. However, lower scores emerged in areas related to negotiation flexibility, creativity, professional development support, incentives, and financial support for training, highlighting areas for leadership development Descriptive and Cluster analysis Communication practices showed variability, indicating inconsistent confidence in verbal and non-verbal communication skills. Teachers’ Well-Being and Work Experiences Teachers reported moderate job demands and moderate levels of organizational support, alongside strong professional identity and adaptive coping strategies Descriptive and Cluster analysis Positive coping strategies were highly prevalent, while passive coping behaviours were largely rejected. Teachers perceived themselves as resilient, professional, and committed, though organizational attachment and wellbeing levels varied. Importantly, while many teachers reported satisfactory wellbeing, a notable proportion experienced stress, anxiety, and emotional strain, indicating uneven wellbeing across the workforce. This study contributes empirically and conceptually to education research by demonstrating that soft leadership matters in shaping teachers’ well-being within the UAE public school context. By identifying leadership strengths and gaps, and by distinguishing between thriving and strained teacher profiles, the research moves beyond descriptive analysis to actionable insights. Aligned with the ECER 2026 theme, the study connects knowing—through robust empirical analysis—with acting—by informing leadership development, professional learning, and policy reforms. The findings support the integration of soft leadership competencies into principal training programs as a pathway toward sustainable teacher well-being and resilient education systems. References Al Attar, F., Al Hammadi, K., & Belbase, S. (2023). Leading during COVID-19 crisis: The influence of principals' leadership styles on teachers' well-being in the United Arab Emirates Public Secondary Schools. European Journal of Educational Research, 12(1), 297-315. https://doi.org/10.12973/eu-jer.12.1.297 Al Kaabi, A. S. (2005). Factors influencing teacher attrition in the United Arab Emirates [Doctoral dissertation]. University of Pittsburgh. Ghamrawi, N., & Jammal, K. (2013). Teacher turnover: Impact of school leadership and other factors. International Journal of Educational Research and Technology, 4(1), 68–78. Ingersoll, R. M., & Smith, T. M. (2003). The wrong solution to the teacher shortage. Educational Lead ership, 60(8), 30–33. Liston, D., Whitcomb, J., & Borko, H. (2006). Too little or too much: Teacher preparation and the first years of teaching. Journal of Teacher Education, 57(4), 351–358. doi:10.1177/0022487106291976 Martin, T. (2011). A study of middle school principal behaviours and their impact on teacher retention. Gardner-Webb University. Nazarian, M., Bahri, H., & Abunamous, M. A. (2023). Sealing the Gap on Teacher Attrition: Unpacking Effective Leadership Practices. In Restructuring Leadership for School Improvement and Reform (pp. 59-80). IGI Global. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Intersectional Factors Among Women in STEMM Educational Leadership in Ireland and the United States 1: North Dakota State University, United States of America; 2: University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:A small body of literature addresses women in PK-20 STEMM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics, and Medicine) leadership (Labov & Olsen, 2014; McKay et al., 2018; Geesa et al., 2020). In addition to the current limitations on the literature, the investigations on STEMM women’s leadership do not address the nuances of the variety of intersections that affect women in these roles. This investigation sought to examine the progress, successes, and challenges of these women through intersections that included, but were not limited to, race and ethnicity, age, gender, religion, socioeconomic background (class), and professional position. The qualitative study’s research question was, What are the intersections that affect the progresses, successes, challenges, and intersectional factors of women in PK-20 STEMM leadership? We examine how now, more than ever, we should address the moral imperative to recognize the multiple factors affecting women in STEMM leadership and seek to pave the way for an equitable future. This study is based on the limited literature regarding STEMM women in educational leadership specifically and the broader international literature of women in educational leadership. We present four themes from that literature: sense of belonging, understanding one’s experiences, the role of gatekeepers, and recognition of achievements, social support, and work-life balance. Second, the study is grounded in the perspectives of intersectionality theory. We summarize with the relationship between educational leadership and intersectionality theory. Those themes and the theory are briefly summarized here. Related Literature Many factors contribute to a sense of belonging in a field- feeling accepted and trusted when executing a role or engaging in work supports a sense of self-worth and builds confidence (McClure and Brown, 2008; Good, Rattan and Dweck, 2012). Having a growth mindset is more critical for women than men when it comes to career choice and progression for “stereotypical classifications of professions and subjects have strong implications for females” (Erti, Luttenberger & Paechter, 2017, p. 703). Role models are important for women in STEMM. The axiom, “you can’t be what you can’t see,” illustrates the importance of visibility and the sharing of experiences so that females are exposed to and learn about the work of women in STEMM for as McCullough (2019, p. 1) notes, “As more women take on STEM leadership roles, understanding what their experiences are can help promote other women’s aspirations to, and success in, leadership.” Montgomery (2020), in exploring who is promoted in the academy and why, offers insight into gatekeeping. She questions if promotion is about box ticking and thereby perpetuating staleness and supporting the status quo or does the academy support individual talent and provide a landscape which encourages thriving? Who gets to lead in this environment and who shines? This has huge implications for women in leadership in STEMM. Women feel most supported when positive work and non-work climates align. Amon (2017) concludes that, for women in STEMM, the impact of being in male dominated careers can be mitigated by organizational cultures which offer a work-life balance where collaboration, collegiality and a commitment to the recognition of achievements regardless of gender. Even as equality of opportunity legislation comes on stream that proports to provide scaffolding for women who wish to engage in careers hitherto considered male dominated arenas, there are frequently insidious agents at work which operate to challenge and make more difficult the opening of roles and career progression in STEMM to women (Amon, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The snowball sample included 15 individuals in positions of PK-20 leadership who serve in Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics, and/or Medicine (STEMM)-related education in Ireland and United States. Participants included individuals such as teacher leaders, curriculum specialists and directors, principals, professors, and other PK-20 leaders. Data gathering included video recordings and transcriptions of each one-hour Zoom interview. The interview questions sought details regarding how various intersections affected the women leaders. To address the research question of women in PK-20 STEMM, we used intersectionality theory (Agosto & Rowland, 2018). This theory’s tenets include the recognition of the intersections as historical and able to transcend geographical spaces. It further recognizes the coexistence of oppression and privilege, or the simultaneous experience of advantages and disadvantages related to the different social class groups (Author, 2018). While gender and race typically dominate the intersections, many other factors may affect women’s leadership trajectories such as age, cultural norms, economic status, education, ethnicity, and religion (Author, 2018). There exists a relationship between educational leadership and intersectionality theory. These intersections and their impact on leading can provide insight for policy and praxis. The experiences of social groups, social structures, and social oppressions challenge methodological individualism with the analysis of individual–organizational relationships and practices (Evers & Lakomski, 2013). Intersectionality supports critique and researcher reflexivity on how education and educational research are transformed by ways of relating, knowing, being, and leading (Author, 2018). We used narrative inquiry as the tool of analysis (Clandinin & Connelly, 1990) and applied intersectionality keywords to the interview questions to derive the themes. Our findings include individual narratives and analysis of each of our participants and a summary and analysis of the major themes across the STEMM leaders in each country. Narratives will be presented if the paper is accepted. We further analyzed the narratives to derive findings and from preliminary analysis of the data: 1. Similarities in Successes. STEMM women leaders in PK-20 education face similar challenges when seeking, retaining, or achieving promotion in leadership roles in the STEMM field. 2. Gender Dominates. Dominated in both countries by men, gender plays a significant role in the progress, successes, and challenges women face in STEMM leadership. 3. Variations on Intersections. While race plays an important intersection with gender in US, in Ireland, religious norms, at primary level and socio-economic disadvantage at both post-primary and tertiary levels, have a larger impact on Irish women leaders. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Progress: What or who has supported you to progress in your career as a STEMM educator? Have your encountered assumptions based on your disability, religion, class, race, etc.? Quotes: “[When I moved to Los Angeles,] I became freer to breathe and to understand my identity.” –Lilian. “I maintain networking is essential for women in academic STEMM if they are to achieve their career goals.” –Niamh. Themes: 1. Professors as Coaches and Mentors; 2. Fellow doctoral students as situational and lifelong support. Successes: What has been your greatest professional achievement to date? Quotes: “Looking at the whole person versus a narrow definition of diversity is what brings about true diversity in education. –Lilian. “I acknowledge and celebrate diversity in my classroom, whether of background or ability.” –Niamh. Themes: Similarities in Successes. Challenges: What experiences of discrimination, did you encounter or witness in the past—in school, outside school, in the family, in wider society? How did these discriminatory practices hinder your taking on the mantle of a STEMM leader? Quotes: “I grew up in Tennessee [the “Bible Belt” South in the United States] and most of the conversations about diversity were first and foremost about race. Race was such a thing that any other level of diversity got less focus.” –Lilian. “A noticeable lack of gender balance, coupled with a reticence among more established faculty to engage in a variety of teaching methods, does not support diversity of student population.”--Niamh. Themes: 1. Gender is Dominant and the addition of even one more intersection compounds the challenges. 2. Other Intersectional Challenges Vary by Country. Our conclusions at this point fall into two, broad categories: How to think about the next steps for women in STEMM leadership and what to consider regarding this methodological approach. References Agosto, V., & Roland, E. (2018). Intersectionality and educational leadership: A critical review. Review of Research in Education, 42(1), 255-285. Amon, M. J. (2017). Looking through the glass ceiling: A qualitative study of STEM women’s career narratives. Frontiers in Psychology 8(236). https:// doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00236 Author. (2018). Blackburn, H. (2017). The status of women in STEM in higher education: A review of the literature 2007–2017. Science & Technology Libraries, 36(3), 235-273. Clandinin, D. J. & Connelly, F. M. (1994). Personal experience methods. In N. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.). Handbook of Qualitative Research, pp. 423–427. SAGE. Ertl, B., Luttenberger, S., & Paechter, M. (2017). The impact of gender stereotypes on the self-concept of female students in STEM subjects with an under-representation of females. Frontiers in Psychology 8(703). https://doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00703 Evers, C. W., & Lakomski, G. (2013). Methodological individualism, educational administration, and leadership. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 45(2), 159-173. Geesa, R. L., Stith, K. M., & Teague, G. M. (2020). Integrative STEM education and leadership for student success. The Palgrave Handbook of Educational Leadership and Management Discourse, 1-20. Good, C., Rattan, A., & Dweck, C. S. (2012). Why do women opt out? Sense of belonging and women's representation in mathematics. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 102(4), 700–717. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0026659 Labov, J., & Olson, S. (Eds.). (2014). Exploring opportunities for STEM teacher leadership: Summary of a convocation. National Academies Press. McCullough, L. (2019). Proportion of women in STEM leadership in the academy in the USA. Education Sciences, 10(1), 1-13. Montgomery, B. L. (2020). "Academic leadership: Gatekeeping or groundskeeping?" The Journal of Values-Based Leadership, 13 (2), 1-17. https://doi.org/10.22543/0733.132.1316 McKay, S. R., Millay, L., Allison, E., Byerssmall, E., Wittmann, M. C., Flores, M., ... & Smith, M. K. (2018). Investing in teachers’ leadership capacity: A model from STEM education. Maine Policy Review, 27(1), 54-63. White, K., & Burkinshaw, P. (2019). Women and leadership in higher education: Special issue editorial. Social Sciences, 8(7), 204. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper School Leaders Under Pressure: A Bourdieusian Analysis of Cross-Field Demands and Well-Being in Denmark and Sweden 1: Aalborg University, Denmark; 2: Umeå University; 3: Mid Sweden University Presenting Author:School leaders across national contexts are increasingly exposed to multiple and often competing forms of pressure. They are expected to deliver high levels of student learning outcomes (OECD, 2016), expectations intensified through national and transnational regimes of comparison and performance measurement (Steiner-Khamsi, 2019). At the same time, school leaders are held responsible for fostering productive work and learning environments for teachers and students (Laursen, 2024), while also managing conflicts and expectations from parents and other stakeholders under conditions of heightened accountability and public scrutiny (Wade, 2025). Taken together, these demands place school leaders in complex and often strained positions. While existing research has documented many of these pressures individually, there is still limited knowledge of how they interact, how they are experienced by school leaders, and how they shape leaders’ well-being and everyday practices. Drawing on Bourdieu’s (1992) concepts of field, habitus, and capital, this paper explores how school leaders experience and navigate pressures from administrators, teachers, and parents, understood as cross-field, and at times contradictory logics. According to Pierre Bourdieu, a field is a structured social space in which agents occupy different positions that are defined relationally through domination and subordination (Bourdieu, 1992). Although fields may display a degree of autonomy, Bourdieu also emphasizes that they are often shaped by logics originating outside their boundaries (Bourdieu, 2004). In the field of education, such cross-field influences are particularly evident, as economic and managerial logics increasingly shape educational practices and challenge the field’s autonomy (Lindgaard & Rawolle, 2008). How such field logics are interpreted and handled depends on school leaders’ positions within the educational field and on the volume and composition of capital available to them. Capital refers to the resources school leaders can mobilize in order to act, be recognized, and exert authority within and across fields (Bourdieu, 1986). Previous research suggests that school leaders’ responses to political and administrative logics are closely tied to the forms of capital they possess—such as professional credibility, institutional authority, and relational resources—and to their capacity to leverage these as legitimate leadership (Bourdieu, 1996; Emirbayer & Johnson, 2008; Hardy, 2015; Rowlands, 2018). Against this theoretical backdrop, the paper explores how the well-being of school leaders in Denmark and Sweden is shaped by cross-field pressures from administrators, teachers, and parents. These actor positions represent different, and at times competing, logics that place distinct and often conflicting demands on school leaders’ work and authority. While the Danish and Swedish education systems slightly differ in terms of governance structures and policy traditions, school leaders in both contexts are subject to comparable forms of pressure from administrators, teachers, and parents. This similarity provides a productive basis for examining both commonalities and differences in how school leaders experience these pressures and how they are navigating them. Based on seven in-depth interviews with school leaders from Denmark and nine from Sweden, this paper addresses the following research question: How do a selected group of school leaders in Denmark and Sweden experience and navigate cross-field pressures from administrators, teachers, and parents, and how do these pressures shape their well-being? By addressing this question, the paper contributes empirically by illustrating how school leaders engage with and respond to cross-field pressures in their everyday work, and analytically by providing a theoretically informed explanation of how such pressures shape leaders’ well-being. In doing so, the paper adds to a growing body of educational research that engages with Bourdieu’s concepts to analyse leadership, governance, and practice (Courtney & Gunter, 2015; Hardy, 2015; Hardy & Lewis, 2017; Thomson, 2010; Rawolle & Lingard, 2008). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The findings are based on an analysis of 6 in-depth, semi-structured interviews (Kvale, 2007),7 interviews with school leaders from Denmark and 9 from Sweden. The interviews lasted approximately one hour on average. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. The study focuses on school leaders who occupy broadly comparable formal positions within the field of schooling practice (Hardy & Lewis, 2017) and are therefore exposed to similar expectations from administrators, teachers, and parents. At the same time, school leaders differ in terms of experience, gender, and career trajectories—factors that may shape their access to and mobilisation of different forms of capital. Previous research suggests that variations in capital influence how leaders respond to external pressure (Hardy, 2015), making such differences analytically relevant from a Bourdieusian perspective. In the Danish and Swedish contexts, school leaders typically hold similar formal qualifications and educational backgrounds, limiting the possibility of differentiating participants based on educational capital alone. Consequently, the study draws on variation in professional experience and gender as proxies for differences in capital composition and positioning within the educational field. The analysis followed a reflexive thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2019). In the first phase, the interview transcripts were subjected to open coding, focusing broadly on how school leaders described experiences of pressure in their everyday work. In the second phase, these codes were organised in relation to three analytically derived categories: pressures from administrators, teachers, and parents. In the final phase, the material was read relationally through a Bourdieusian lens, linking experiences of pressure to leaders’ positions, capital, and habitus. This enabled a theoretically informed analysis of how school leaders navigate cross-field pressures and how these processes shape their well-being. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings point to three interrelated domains of pressure that together structure leaders’ working conditions and everyday experiences of strain. First, the analysis shows that school leaders experience political and administrative pressure related to the translation and enactment of policy initiatives at the school level. This pressure includes demands to remain within tight budgetary constraints and, in some cases, to implement policies that conflict with leaders’ professional values or educational ideals. While such pressure is often perceived as an expected part of the leadership role, it becomes particularly challenging when leaders experience limited room for manoeuvre or fear sanctions related to performance or compliance. In these situations, power asymmetries between administrative authorities and school leaders become especially visible and consequential. Second, tensions at the political–administrative level often generate intensified pressure from teachers. Leaders in the study describe how value conflicts are frequently displaced downward, manifesting as resistance, frustration, or demands from teaching staff. Although many leaders emphasise their role as civil servants with an obligation to enact policy decisions, conflicts arise when teachers question the legitimacy or educational rationale of these decisions, or when they refuse to support their implementation. In addition, leaders report more everyday forms of pressure from teachers, such as demands for preferable teaching assignments or avoidance of particularly challenging classes. These forms of pressure are described as emotionally demanding and contribute significantly to leaders’ experiences of exhaustion. Third, parents constitute an important source of pressure, particularly in relation to students’ rights to support and inclusion. Leaders describe situations in which parents, frustrated by lengthy administrative processes, bypass the school and direct their concerns to municipal administrators or politicians. While such actions are often understood by leaders as legitimate, they nonetheless create additional pressure by accelerating expectations and intensifying scrutiny of leaders’ actions and decisions. References Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–258). Greenwood Press. Bourdieu, P. (1992). An invitation to reflexive sociology. University of Chicago Press. Bourdieu, P. (2004). Science of science and reflexivity. Polity Press. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Courtney, S. J., & Gunter, H. M. (2015). Get off my bus! School leaders, vision work and the elimination of teachers. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 18(4), 395–417. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2014.992476 Emirbayer, M., & Johnson, V. (2008). Bourdieu and organizational analysis. Theory and Society, 37(1), 1–44. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11186-007-9052-y Hardy, I. (2015). Curriculum reform as contested: An analysis of curriculum policy enactment in Queensland, Australia. International Journal of Educational Research, 74, 70–81. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2015.09.010 Hardy, I., & Lewis, S. (2017). The ‘doublethink’ of data: Educational performativity and the field of schooling practices. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(5), 671–685. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1150155 Kvale, S. (2007). Doing interviews. SAGE. Laursen, R. (2025). School leaders navigating student wellbeing: The interplay between academic achievement and economic logics in Danish schools. Educational Review, 77(5), 1403–1421. OECD. (2016). School leadership for learning: Insights from TALIS 2013. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264258341-en Rawolle, S., & Lingard, B. (2008). The sociology of Pierre Bourdieu and researching education policy. Journal of Education Policy, 23(6), 729–741. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930802262700 Rowlands, J. (2018). Deepening understandings of Bourdieu's academic and intellectual capital through a study of academic voice within academic governance. Studies in Higher Education, 43(11), 1823–1836. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2017.1284192 Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2019). Conclusions: What policy-makers do with PISA. In G. Steiner-Khamsi & A. Waldow (Eds.), Understanding PISA’s attractiveness: Critical analyses in comparative policy studies (pp. 233–248). Bloomsbury Academic. Thomson, P. (2010). Headteacher autonomy: A sketch of a Bourdieusian field analysis of position and practice. Critical Studies in Education, 51(1), 5–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508480903450190 Wade, C. (2025). ‘Death by a thousand cuts’: Understanding the experience of school leaders navigating parent engagement. The Australian Educational Researcher, 52(3), 2113–2136. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership, Employability and Return on Public Value in the Mexican University 1: Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco, Mexico; 2: Universidad Autónoma de Yucatán, México; 3: Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco, Mexico; 4: Universidad Juárez Autónoma de Tabasco, Mexico; 5: Instituto de Estudios Universitarios: Puebla City, Puebla, MX Presenting Author:State Public Universities (SPU) in Mexico constitute one of the main mechanisms for public investment in human capital. However, international evidence shows that employability is not a spontaneous consequence of graduation but rather the result of the institutional articulation between education, the labor market, productive structures, and public policies. In this sense, effective labor market integration, measured in terms of employment, job stability, and productivity, constitutes the main empirical indicator of the efficiency of public spending on higher education, reflecting the degree to which educational investment translates into economic activity, a tax base, and fiscal sustainability (OECD, 2025; World Bank, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative design (Denzin, 2012; Flick, 2018) of a single instrumental case study, focusing on an inter-university program of public funding and professional development driven by national banks. This program is conceived as an institutional mechanism that articulates financial resources, university education, and human talent management. This case was selected for its analytical capacity to reveal how the public university operates simultaneously as an economic and cultural infrastructure, mediating the relationship between public investment, employability, and regional development. Based on grounded theory (Strauss and Corbin, 2002), the analysis integrates three complementary perspectives. The Cultural-Historical Activity Theory (CHAT) (Vygotsky, 1978; Leontiev, 1978/2009; Engeström, 1987/2015) allows us to conceptualize the program as a system of activity in which actors, rules, and instruments interact, generating tensions between public responsibility, institutional prestige, and labor market demands. Luhmann's Systems Theory (2013/1984) interprets these interactions as processes of structural coupling between the university, the banking sector, and the state. Finally, the Sustainable Careers Model (De Vos, 2020) introduces a longitudinal perspective that links individual trajectories and institutional conditions, positioning employability as a systemic outcome aligned with SDG 8. Data production is carried out using a methodological triangulation strategy (Denzin, 2012) that combines: (a) in-depth semi-structured interviews with university authorities, partner businesses, and students/graduates participating in the program; (b) documentary analysis of financial reports, inter-institutional agreements, and university policies; and (c) review of labor market insertion and program performance indicators. This triangulation allows for contrasting institutional discourses with organizational practices and observable employment outcomes, generating validity through member checking and feedback of results to informants. Data analysis is developed using axial coding and constant comparison, identifying key categories such as quality, prestige, employability, funding, and public responsibility. From this process, three analytical products are constructed: (1) a systemic map that represents the interdependencies between university, banking and the State; (2) a map of contradictions that identifies the structural tensions in talent management and resource allocation; and (3) a typology of rectoral leadership, which allows evaluating how different leadership styles mediate the translation of public spending into sustainable professional trajectories and regional economic. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The empirical profile of the student body shows that the university does produce graduates, but it does not produce solid career paths. Job placement depends more on socio-technical skills and institutional connections than on the degree itself, confirming that employability is a systemic, not an individual, phenomenon.This requires effective management through governance defined by the leadership of university presidents, faculty, and business leaders who interpret and contest the role of the public university as an economic and cultural infrastructure from different but complementary perspectives: presidents see it as a strategic platform for converting budgets into public value; faculty as a space for the ethical and cognitive legitimization of talent; the banking sector as a system for validating and reducing risks in leadership selection; and students as a real avenue for mobility and professional reputation. These interpretations reconfigure investment decisions, institutional prestige, and university identity, shifting the emphasis from formal accreditation to effective career paths and consolidating the university as a key player in regional development.The banking-university partnership transforms leadership into an observable, evaluable, and governable phenomenon, shifting it from the curriculum to situated performance. The study demonstrates that inter-university programs function as institutional testing grounds, where leadership emerges as an observable and validatable practice. Banks cease to be mere employers and become evaluators of strategic talent by observing student performance in public investment projects, fiscal sustainability, and government innovation. This gives rise to the systemic rectoral leadership model, with four key functions: Institutional Architect, Talent Broker, Fiscal Translator, and Social Legitimizer. Job placement and quality of employment must be incorporated as budget allocation criteria for Mexican public universities. Educational policy must shift the emphasis from the curriculum to validation through situated performance, aligned with SDG 8 (decent work and economic growth). The public university becomes a platform for economic governance. References Cauich-Uicab, M. C., Peniche-Lozano, A. A., Magaña-Valencia, K. G., Moguel-Ruz, D. E., & Pérez Rosado, S. M. (2024). Desarrollo de una metodología para el análisis de trayectoria escolar y seguimiento de egresados de los programas educativos 1999 y 2018. LATAM Revista Latinoamericana De Ciencias Sociales Y Humanidades, 5(4), 282 – 291. https://doi.org/10.56712/latam.v5i4.2249 Cordero-Ferrera, J. M., Sicilia, G., & Simancas, R. (2025). The efficiency of public spending on education: An empirical comparison of EU countries. European Journal of Education, 49(4). https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12098 De Vos, A., Van der Heijden, B., I., J., & Akkermans, J. (2020). Sustainable careers: Towards a conceptual model. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 117, 1-13.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2018.06.011 Denzin, N. K. (2012). Triangulation 2.0*. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 6(2), 80-88. https://doi.org/10.1177/1558689812437186 Engeström, Y. (1987/2015). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research. Cambridge University Press Flick, U. (2018). Designing qualitative research (2nd ed.). SAGE. Jiménez León, R. & Magaña Medina, D., E. (2021). Investigación mexicana en ciencia, tecnología, ingeniería y matemática: Nueva mirada del sur-sureste. Reencuentro. Análisis de problemas universitarios, 33(81), 109–130. https://reencuentro.xoc.uam.mx/index.php/reencuentro/article/view/1107 Lakhno, M., Rageth, L., He, D. & Perich, R. (2026). Institutional and structural barriers to sustainable leadership careers in higher education. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 1-21. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2025.2606660 Leontyev, A.N. (1978/2009). The Development of Mind. Erythrós Press and Media. Luhmann, N. (2013). Introduction to systems theory (D. Baecker, Ed.; P. R. Gilgen, Trans.). Polity Press. (Trabajo original publicado en 1984) Murgatroyd, S., (2025). The Challenge of Leadership in Higher Education in an Age of Disruption. Journal of Ethics in Higher Education, 6(1)163–181. https://doi.org/10.26034/fr.jehe.2025.8348 OECD. (2025). OECD employment outlook 2025: Can we get through the demographic crunch?. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/194a947b-en Pimienta Gallardo, R,B., Mungaray Lagarda, A. & Ocegueda Hernández, M.T. (2022). Eficiencia del gasto público entre las universidades mexicanas y sus determinantes: Análisis Envolvente de Datos (AED) con aplicación de modelos semi-paramétricos en dos etapas. Economía, Teoría y Práctica, 57, 95-120. https://doi.org/10.24275/ETYPUAM/NE/572022/Pimienta Sánchez-Tabernero, A. (2023). Gobierno de universidades: Desafíos, modelos y estrategias. Eunsa Strauss, A. & Corbin, J. (2002). Bases de la Investigación cualitativa: Técnicas y procedimientos para desarrollar la teoría fundamentada. Editorial Universidad de Antoquia. Suriñach, J., Vayá, E., López-Tamayo, J. & Murillo, J. (2025). Impacto económico regional de las Universidades latinoamericanas. Un análisis comparado. Investigaciones Regionales – Journal of Regional Research, 1-22. https://doi.org/10.38191/iirr-jorr.25.003 Vygotsky, L.S. (1978). Mind and Society. Harvard Press World Bank. (2017). Education Public Expenditure Review Guidelines. World Bank. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 26 SES 10 B: Cooperative & Teacher Leadership Location: Lyhty | Main building | Courtyard Session Chair: Aoife Brennan Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Teacher Leadership Manifestations Across Educational Traditions: A Review of Literature University of Prishtina, Faculty of Education, Kosovo Presenting Author:Education systems worldwide are increasingly turning to teacher leadership as an essential strategy for school improvement (Harris & Muijs, 2005; Wenner & Campbell, 2017). Literature has established the importance of utilizing teachers’ potential beyond the classroom borders, to influence colleagues’ professional development, innovative practices, and school development efforts (Katzenmeyer & Moller, 2009; York-Barr & Duke, 2004). Therefore, mobilizing teachers’ professional capital (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012), is no longer a preferred approach, but rather essential for sustainable school transformation. Despite the demonstrated efficacy, teacher leadership remains elusive, appearing in various forms and serving different purposes (York-Barr & Duke, 2004). A recent systematic review conducted by Aliu et al. (2024) supported this conceptual fragmentation by concluding that there is a lack of consistent definition of teacher leadership in the recent literature. The study reviewed articles that were published in the period 2018 – 2023 focusing on teacher leadership. When mapped out against the Snoek et al. (2019) framework of teacher leadership, the study found that the phenomenon is predominantly conceptualized as an informal and individual form of leadership. Moreover, the review synthesized the outcomes of teacher leadership across the school, teacher and student levels, identifying the impact on school development, transformed school culture, innovation and change, teacher professional growth, collegial collaboration, improved teaching practices, and improved student motivation and achievement. While the findings of the review corroborate the positive impact of teacher leadership, they also point to a critical limitation in the current conceptualization and understanding. If teacher leadership produces essential outcomes for school transformation, the question arises then why does it manifest so differently across studies? To better understand this, it is important to move beyond conceptualizing and listing outcomes, to examining the contextual factors at the macro-level structures that influence the nature of leadership behaviours. The forms and behaviours of teacher leadership are deeply entrenched in distinct education traditions that define the level of autonomy attributed to schools and teachers. In this regard, literature distinguishes between the Anglo-Saxon “Curriculum” tradition, and the Continental “Didaktik” tradition. The first philosophy prioritizes standards and accountability (Westbury, 2000), whereas the latter one emphasizes pedagogical autonomy and Bildung (Tahirsylaj & Werler, 2021). Despite that global policy convergence is narrowing these gaps (Tahirsylaj, 2019), recent analyses of assessment practices demonstrate that these systemic distinctions still fundamentally shape teacher autonomy (Tahirsylaj, 2021). In addition, in Hierarchical systems (e.g., Confucian heritage or centralized contexts), the distribution of power is often rigidly stratified (Hofstede, 2011), as opposed to the Western notions of distributed influence where leadership is decoupled from formal authority and enacted as a dispersed practice (Spillane, 2006). Therefore, this review study aims to examine how these macro-level educational traditions shape the nature of teacher leadership. Moving beyond the descriptive analysis of the previous review, this paper focuses on a secondary comparative analysis of the Aliu et al. (2024) dataset. The objective is to determine the different manifestations of teacher leadership by mapping them against educational traditions dominating the countries where the studies were conducted. Against this background, the study attempts to answer the following main question:
To provide a richer understanding of the topic, this study further investigates two guiding sub-questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is a follow-up review utilizing the dataset of the systematic review by Aliu et al. (2024). The sample consists of 33 empirical studies on teacher leadership published between 2018 and 2023, originally selected using a PRISMA approach. The articles represent diverse national contexts, including the USA, China, Turkey, Estonia, the Netherlands, providing a rich basis for cross-cultural comparisons. This study re-examines the existing dataset through a new dynamic theoretical lens positioning the macro-level structures as critical determinants that shape the variability in teacher leadership forms and behaviors. The primary dataset, already coded for teacher leadership forms using Snoek et al. (2019) framework, is subjected to a new layer of analysis conducted in two distinct phases. In the first phase, studies were clustered based on the dominant educational tradition, justified by comparative theory (Westbury, 2000) and cultural leadership dimensions (House et al., 2004). The Anglo-Saxon category represents the “curriculum” tradition, primarily originating in the UK and USA. This tradition prioritizes standards, accountability, and managerial leadership, permeating mainly English-speaking systems. The Continental category reflects the “didaktik” tradition rooted in Northern and Central Europe, emphasizing pedagogical autonomy and professional freedom. Culturally, these nations align with the Globe Nordic and Germanic clusters characterized by high institutional collectivism and lower power distance. The Hierarchical category accounts for countries characterized by the Power Distance dimension (Hofstede, 2011), with a cultural acceptance of unequal power distribution. In the second phase, the existing coding of teacher leadership forms is cross-referenced with the newly established clusters to understand the specific manifestations of teacher leadership across educational traditions. To address the first sub-question, the analysis examines the source of the definition used in each study. This step involves analyzing whether the study utilized their own definition grounded in the local context or adapted the definitions borrowing from established international literature. This distinction enables us to understand the theoretical roots of the concept. To answer the second sub-question regarding the nature and behavioral characteristics of teacher leadership, the analysis focuses on content analysis of specific definitions provided to in each study to extract the reported roles and behaviours. This allows for the study to identify specific actions that characterize enactment of teacher leadership within educational traditions. Finally, to answer the main research question, the findings from these two sub-questions are synthesized to construct a comprehensive profile of how teacher leadership conceptualization diverges across the three educational traditions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this review aim to advance the understanding of teacher leadership manifestation by exploring the systemic dimensions that shape its enactment in various contexts. The initial findings of this ongoing review reveal a fundamental difference in the underlying purpose of teacher leadership across educational traditions. In the Hierarchical tradition, the findings show that studies relied heavily on the adapted definitions to legitimize the practice. Nevertheless, the enactment of leadership remains rooted in vertical manifestation, rendering it as a positional excellence and formal duty. This aligns with the context of restricted school autonomy where decision-making power is centralized and structured at a hierarchical order (Hallinger, 2018). Hence, in these contexts the leadership is unlikely to emerge organically without a formal status to exist within the rigid structure. In the Anglo-Saxon tradition, the findings reveal that the majority of studies here also adapt definitions from other authors. However, the behaviours are characterized by collegial collaboration and culture-building aimed at meeting institutional goals. This reflects the managerial school autonomy (Wermke & Salokangas, 2015), where operational freedom is counterbalanced by strict accountability. Teacher leadership is channelled towards systemic efficiency considering teacher leadership as a collaborative tool used to navigate and satisfy external standards of performance. Finally, the Continental tradition presents a distinct conceptualization rooted in professional agency. Leadership is enacted as a professional responsibility focused on pedagogical development, collective efficacy, and knowledge creation. This aligns with the pedagogical autonomy of the Didaktik tradition (Westbury, 2000), where legal frameworks position schools as the primary settings for curriculum construction and pedagogical decision-making. These initial findings highlight that teacher leadership is a context-dependent practice. Aligning leadership development strategies with educational traditions, enables stakeholders to move beyond general advocacy toward a more effective approach for utilizing teachers’ potential as leaders. References Aliu, J., Kaçaniku, F., & Saqipi, B. (2024). Teacher leadership: A review of literature on the conceptualization and outcomes of teacher leadership. International Journal of Educational Reform, 33(4), 388–408. Hallinger, P. (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5-24. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216670652 Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional capital: Transforming teaching in every school. Teachers College Press. Harris, A., & Muijs, D. (2005). Improving schools through teacher leadership. Open University Press. Hofstede, G. (2011). Dimensionalizing cultures: The Hofstede model in context. Online Readings in Psychology and Culture, 2(1). https://doi.org/10.9707/2307-0919.1014 House, R. J., Hanges, P. J., Javidan, M., Dorfman, P. W., & Gupta, V. (2004). Culture, leadership, and organizations: The GLOBE study of 62 cultures. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Katzenmeyer, M., & Moller, G. (2009). Awakening the sleeping giant: Helping teachers develop as leaders (3rd ed.). Corwin Press. Snoek, M., Hulsbos, F., & Andersen, I. (2019). Teacher leadership: Hoe kan het leiderschap van leraren in scholen versterkt worden? [Teacher leadership: How can the leadership of teachers in schools be strengthened?]. Hogeschool van Amsterdam. Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed Leadership. Jossey-Bass. Tahirsylaj, A. (2021), Placing Kosovo in the didaktik-curriculum continuum: A quantitative, international comparative perspective. Issues in Educational Research, 31(1), 255-273. https://www.iier.org.au/iier31/tahirsylaj.pdf Tahirsylaj, A., & Werler, T. (2021). In search of dimensions of Bildung: A quantitative approach.Nordic Studies in Education, 41(1), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.23865/nse.v41.2130 Tahirsylaj, A. (2019). Teacher autonomy and responsibility variation and association with student performance in Didaktik and curriculum traditions. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(2), 162–184. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2018.1535667. Wenner, J. A., & Campbell, T. (2017). The theoretical and empirical basis of teacher leadership: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 134–171. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654316653478 Wermke, W., & Salokangas, M. (2015). Autonomy in education: Theoretical and empirical approaches to a contested concept. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 1(2), 28841. Westbury, I. (2000). Teaching as a reflective practice: What might Didaktik teach Curriculum? In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a reflective practice: The German Didaktik tradition (pp. 15–39). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. York-Barr, J., & Duke, K. (2004). What do we know about teacher leadership? Findings from two decades of scholarship. Review of Educational Research, 74(3), 255–316. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543074003255 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Fostering Teacher Leadership for Inclusion: The Role of School-University Partnerships and Professional Learning Communities. Dublin City University, Institute of Education, Ireland Presenting Author:Despite the recognition of teachers as central to student achievement within European education policy and research (EASNIE, 2019), a lack of effective professional learning (PL) for inclusion perpetuates a knowledge-practice gap for inclusion among teachers in the Republic of Ireland (RoI) and its European counterparts (Florian & Camedda, 2020). Significantly, the type of PL can vary in quality and impact, from transmissive models that emphasise knowledge acquisition and tend to have a limited impact on practice, to collaborative inquiry-based models, such as professional learning communities (PLCs), which are more likely to foster meaningful professional growth (Kennedy, 2014). PLCs have been identified as both an ideal site for teacher leadership (EASNIE, 2019; Hairon et al., 2015) and an effective form of teacher PL for inclusion (Brennan et al., 2024). However, there is a lack of studies that explore and elucidate how teacher leadership can be enacted and developed. This paper endeavours to bridge gaps in the research by examining how a school-university partnership empowered four teachers to lead PLCs for inclusion within and across four schools. It draws on Harris and Jones (2019), who identify three fundamental features of teacher leadership that support educational change. First, teacher leaders exercise leadership from a place of influence rather than a formal leadership role. Second, they step outside their classroom to instigate change and develop effective pedagogical practices that they share with colleagues (Harris & Jones, 2019). Third, teacher leadership is concerned with influence and relationship building rather than authoritative power dynamics (Poekert, 2012). Teacher leadership for inclusion positions all educators as agents of change, using their personal and collective influence to challenge inequality and advance social justice (King & Logan, 2022). Teachers in special education roles with expertise in inclusive education are well-positioned to exercise teacher leadership for inclusion (York-Barr et al., 2005). However, like many other European countries, there are no qualification requirements for such teaching roles in the RoI, resulting in inconsistent levels of teacher expertise for inclusion across schools (Rose et al., 2015). Furthermore, research in the RoI indicates that while school leaders are generally committed to inclusion, they are likely to hold deficit perspectives of disability (Shevlin & Rose, 2017), particularly about learners with complex learning profiles. This can lead to individualising failure within learners rather than viewing challenges in learning as teaching dilemmas. In this context, teacher leadership for inclusion is even more vital for challenging hegemonic assumptions about learner differences and fostering collaborative cultures that value learner diversity. System leadership is a growing concept that generally involves leaders driving innovation for school improvement within and across the education system (Gorman et al., 2025). While the concept of system leadership initially focused on the role of school leaders, there is increasing interest in empowering teachers as system leaders. However, in the Irish context, it can be difficult for teachers to have an impact beyond their own school, as, unlike its UK counterparts, which operate local education authorities, collaboration across schools in the RoI is challenging due to its centralised system. Notwithstanding the differing challenges to inclusive education across jurisdictions, the absence of a formal middle tier in the RoI education system hinders the potential for inter-school collaboration. This study proposes school-university partnerships as a way forward to support collaboration within and between schools to foster system change for inclusion (Brennan et al., 2024). Such partnerships are premised on a university academic establishing and supporting an inter-school network of teachers to lead PL that develops teachers' beliefs, knowledge and skills to meet all learners' needs (Brennan et al., 2024).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative, multi-site case study design to enable researchers to understand differences and similarities across individual cases and to analyse data both within and across situations (Yin, 2003). Members of staff from two primary schools and two post-primary schools in the RoI participated in this study. Of the 33 participants, 31 were either mainstream class teachers or Special Education Teachers (SETs), and two were Special Needs Assistants (SNAs). In each school, one teacher assumed teacher leadership of PLCs to promote inclusive practice. The teacher leaders each had a postgraduate qualification in inclusive and special education and were selected by the university academic through purposive sampling. Ethical approval from Dublin City University was granted before commencing this study. Permission to participate in this study was then obtained from the four schools and informed consent was obtained from participants. Over a 6-7 month period, the teacher leaders in each school facilitated PLC meetings lasting 60-90 minutes every four to six weeks, approximately. These PLCs were developed in line with design principles for PLCs for inclusive practice (Brennan et al., 2024). The university academic collected data through individual interviews with the four teacher leaders and focus group interviews with the PLC members in each school. Semi-structured observation field notes were recorded from three classroom lessons across two schools. A thematic approach to coding data (Braun & Clarke, 2022) was used to analyse the data set, including transcripts of the teacher leader interviews, the focus groups and the observation field notes, with the support of NVivo 13. Both a deductive and an inductive approach were used. Through a deductive approach to qualitative coding, descriptive labels were assigned to pertinent data features with initial codes informed by the literature review and the research questions that guided this study. An inductive approach to analysis was then employed to capture emerging themes from the data. Finally, the themes were refined by organising similar codes into categories, which were reviewed before the themes were finalised. The final themes include establishing and sustaining a shared focus for teacher learning, cultivating a safe and supportive space to support teacher change and sustaining the PLC over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Given the prominence of inclusive education policy across European countries, this study provided an in-depth exploration of PLCs within four schools that illustrated practical approaches to collaboration for inclusion within and between schools. Many different models of collaborative PL can contribute to the development of inclusive schools, but there is a need for a support structure to scale up such models within and across schools. As demonstrated by the teacher leaders in this study, an emphasis on fostering teacher leadership for inclusion offers a way forward for system-level change, particularly given the untapped expertise within schools (Ainscow, 2016). This study offers a vignette of practice that challenges the stance that system leadership is a formally designed activity, echoing Gorman et al (2025). It shows that teachers can engage in system leadership in ways that are not resource-intensive once the conditions are in place. The findings of this study contribute to the body of research on teacher leadership for inclusion in the context of PLCs and extend it further by presenting a framework that offers a sustainable and cost-effective way to address the challenge of implementing inclusive practice in diverse school contexts. It also highlights the importance of support from school leaders in sustaining this model over time. This paper shows the value of teacher leadership in the context of collaborative PL for inclusion and its potential for school improvement. Finally, while this study did not set out as a system leadership project, it offers a way forward for empowering teacher leaders as system leaders to enhance inclusive schools. The framework offers a clear and sustainable support structure for teacher leadership for inclusion that works towards the goal of inclusive and quality education for all learners within and across diverse school contexts. References Ainscow, M. (2016). Collaboration as a strategy for promoting equity in education: Possibilities and barriers. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 1(2), 159 - 172. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage. Brennan, A., Pennycook, C., & Barr, L. (2024). It didn’t feel like something extra we had to do; it was something we all looked forward to: How school-based professional learning communities can reimagine teacher professional learning for inclusive practice. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2024.2401593 European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE), (2019). Teacher Professional Learning for Inclusion: Literature Review. (A. De Vroey, S. Symeonidou and A. Watkins, eds.). Odense, Denmark Florian, L., & Camedda, D. (2020). Enhancing teacher education for inclusion. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 4–8. https://doi-org.dcu.idm.oclc.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1707579 Gorman, A., King, F., Madrid Miranda, R., Jones, M., & Harris, A. (2025). System leadership: Implications and considerations for school leaders. School Leadership & Management, 1–4. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2025.2464387 Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2019). Teacher leadership and educational change. School Leadership & Management, 39(2), 123–126. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1574964 Hairon, S., Goh, J.W.P., & Chua, C.S.K. (2015). Teacher leadership enactment in professional learning community contexts: Towards a better understanding of the phenomenon. School Leadership & Management, 35(2), 163–182. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2014.992776 King, F., & Logan, A. (2022). Leadership for inclusion and special education: Novice teachers walking the walk. Research in Educational Administration & Leadership, 7(1), 132-160. Kennedy, A. (2014). Understanding continuing professional development: The need for theory to impact on policy and practice. Professional Development in Education, 40(5), 688–697. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2014.955122 Poekert, P.E. (2012). Teacher leadership and professional development: Examining links between two concepts central to school improvement. Professional Development in Education, 38(2), 169–188. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2012.657824 Shevlin, M., & Rose, R. (2017). Leadership approaches to inclusive education: Learning from an Irish longitudinal study. In M. Milton (Ed.), Inclusive Principles and Practices in Literacy Education (pp. 53-67). Emerald Publishing. Yin, R.K. (2009). Case study research: Design and methods (4th ed.). Sage. York-Barr, J., Sommerness, J., Duke, K., & Ghere, G. (2005). Special educators in inclusive education programmes reframing their work as teacher leadership. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 9, 193-215. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Teacher Leadership at the Starting Line: Sensemaking for School Development in a School–University Partnership Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium Presenting Author:Teacher leadership is frequently advanced as a lever for school development because it mobilises teachers’ influence to strengthen professional practice and collective capacity (York-Barr & Duke, 2004; Wenner & Campbell, 2017). However, reviews of the literature show that the field still struggles with conceptual ambiguity (e.g., role-based versus influence-based understandings) and with limited explanatory insight into the organisational conditions under which teacher leadership emerges, remains absent, or becomes fragile in practice (Wenner & Campbell, 2017; Schott et al., 2020). This matters because teacher leadership is not a self-evident, stable “ingredient” that schools can simply install (York-Barr & Duke, 2004; Schott et al., 2020). In fact, empirical work indicates that teachers do not always recognise “leadership” language as describing their activities; rather, teacher leadership becomes meaningful when it is connected to concrete collaborative developmental purposes (York-Barr & Duke, 2004; Muijs & Harris, 2006). This points to a key empirical gap: we need more evidence on how leadership actors interpret and operationalise teacher leadership while planning and initiating school development, not only on how teacher leadership is defined in theory. That gap is particularly urgent when formal teacher leaders (such as coaches) are involved. Teacher leaders’ influence is negotiated in micropolitical school contexts, where legitimacy, role ambiguity, and relational tensions can constrain teacher leadership work (Struyve et al., 2014; Wenner & Campbell, 2017). Yet, research has rarely examined how school leaders and formal teacher leaders jointly diagnose such conditions, recognise leadership potential among teachers, and decide which strengthening strategies are feasible in their specific context (Wenner & Campbell, 2017; Schott et al., 2020). Finally, these issues become even more consequential in school–university partnerships (SUPs), where partnership routines structure priority-setting and the translation of ambitions into developmental pathways, and where teacher leaders are positioned as critical to partnership success (Coburn & Penuel, 2016). Studying partnership intake conversations, where schools articulate a driver, map influence, and select initial actions, therefore offers a high-leverage window into how teacher leadership is envisioned and mobilised for school development (Coburn & Penuel, 2016). This study examines how school leadership teams and formally appointed teacher leaders (coaches) interpret and mobilise teacher leadership as part of their efforts to drive school development within a SUP. The objective is to generate empirically grounded insight into (a) how teacher leadership is envisioned for school development, (b) which conditions are perceived to enable or constrain it (including fragility), (c) how leadership potential is recognised, and (d) which strengthening strategies are considered feasible. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses qualitative analysis of video-recorded intake conversations situated in a school–university partnership focused on school development. The dataset comprises intake meetings from 36 schools, each approximately two hours. In each meeting, a university partner leads a structured conversation with (a) the school leadership team (including the school leader and, where applicable, policy staff) and (b) formally appointed teacher leaders (coaches). Participants collaboratively define a school development focus for the coming year(s), formulate a shared driver to guide the partnership trajectory, discuss influence among colleagues and network dynamics in relation to achieving the development goal, and consider actions to advance the school development process. A qualitative thematic analysis is conducted to identify patterns within and across schools, using an iteratively refined codebook aligned to the research questions (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Time-stamped segments are linked to codes and interpretations to maintain an audit trail and support cross-case comparison across the 36 schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis is expected to yield three tightly connected outcomes that advance teacher leadership scholarship and inform partnership-based school development. First, the study will produce a cross-case typology of how teacher leadership for school development is envisioned in partnership intake conversations, e.g., as primarily a formal role (coaches), as individual capacity, or as a collective culture and mindset. This speaks directly to ongoing conceptual ambiguity highlighted in major reviews (Wenner & Campbell, 2017; Schott et al., 2020). Second, it will deliver an empirically grounded map of conditions associated with limited or fragile teacher leadership, as articulated by school leaders and coaches during planning. Based on the themes emerging from the intake conversations, these include perceived misalignment with school vision, weak collective orientation, limited expertise/know-how, vulnerability to resistance dynamics, low reflexivity regarding practice, weak network positioning, restricted professional self-understandings, and reduced perceived influence following negative experiences. These findings add nuance to relational and micropolitical accounts of teacher leadership (Struyve et al., 2014) and align with network-oriented views of influence in schools (Moolenaar, 2012). Third, the study will compile a practice-oriented repertoire of feasible strengthening strategies (e.g., creating collaborative space and routines, enabling coaches to open room for others to lead, considering influence patterns when selecting/supporting teacher leaders, and investing in expertise development). Together, these outcomes aim to support school-university actors seeking to design school development trajectories that build collective capacity through teacher leadership within partnership infrastructures (Coburn & Penuel, 2016). References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–practice partnerships in education: Outcomes, dynamics, and open questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48–54. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16631750 Moolenaar, N. M. (2012). A social network perspective on teacher collaboration in schools: Theory, methodology, and applications. American Journal of Education, 119(1), 7–39. https://doi.org/10.1086/667715 Muijs, D., & Harris, A. (2006). Teacher led school improvement: Teacher leadership in the UK. Teaching and Teacher Education, 22(8), 961–972. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.04.010 Schott, C., van Roekel, H., & Tummers, L. G. (2020). Teacher leadership: A systematic review, methodological quality assessment and conceptual framework. Educational Research Review, 31, 100352. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2020.100352 Struyve, C., Meredith, C., & Gielen, S. (2014). Who am I and where do I belong? The perception and evaluation of teacher leaders concerning teacher leadership practices and micropolitics in schools. Journal of Educational Change, 15(2), 203–230. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-013-9226-5 Wenner, J. A., & Campbell, T. (2017). The theoretical and empirical basis of teacher leadership: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 134–171. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654316653478 York-Barr, J., & Duke, K. (2004). What do we know about teacher leadership? Findings from two decades of scholarship. Review of Educational Research, 74(3), 255–316. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543074003255 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 26 SES 10 C: System Leadership, Governance & Policy (Part 2) Location: C5 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Paul Campbell Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Unpacking School Board Dynamics and Effects: Perspectives of Board Members and School Leaders 1: KdG University of Applied Sciences; 2: VUB Brussels University; 3: University of Antwerp Presenting Author:Ensuring educational quality is a shared responsibility among multiple actors, yet the formal and legal responsibility ultimately resides with school boards. Within educational governance structures, school boards play a pivotal role. They are accountable for the quality of education, for organizing education, and for defining the responsibilities and autonomy of school leaders (Stevenson et al., 2021). Consequently, they are key players in initiatives aimed at improving educational quality (Hooge & Honingh, 2014). Despite their central role, empirical knowledge about the composition, internal functioning, and performance of school boards remains limited (Honingh et al., 2020; Leechman et al., 2019). Moreover, little is known about the factors that explain variation in how school boards function (Cornforth, 2001).
Conceptually, the study builds on international research suggesting that the quality of school boards can be understood in terms of their effectiveness across multiple policy domains, including educational, financial, and organizational policy (Balarin et al., 2008; Devos et al., 1999; Hess & Meeks, 2010). Prior research indicates that school boards do not adopt a uniform role across these domains. Depending on the domain, boards may act in a policy-making, a supervisory, or a formal approval role (Devos, 2008; Devos et al., 1999; Rekenhof, 2019). For instance, Unda et al. (2023) show that boards are more often expected to take a policy-making role in financial and identity-related matters. In addition, larger boards are more likely to delegate responsibilities to school leaders (Stevenson et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods design to examine the functioning of school boards in Flanders (Belgium). The quantitative component consists of a large-scale survey administered to school board members and school leaders. In total, 96 school boards participated, yielding 602 respondents (270 board members and 332 school leaders). The sample reflects the diversity of the Flemish educational system in terms of educational networks, school levels, and board size. The survey instrument was grounded in the study’s conceptual framework and measured (a) role conceptions of school boards across policy domains, (b) indicators of effective functioning, and (c) organizational characteristics, such as board size and perceived policy-making capacity. The questionnaire was largely based on validated instruments (Devos et al., 1999; Van Elsen et al., 2023), supplemented with newly developed items. Most items were rated on a five-point Likert scale (1 = strongly disagree; 5 = strongly agree), with an additional “don’t know/not applicable” option. A control item was included to assess response attentiveness. Quantitative analyses proceeded in several steps. Descriptive analyses explored role conceptions and perceived board functioning. Subsequently, multilevel analyses were conducted to identify predictors of effective functioning while accounting for the nested structure of the data (individuals within school boards). Separate multilevel models were estimated for different indicators of effective functioning. To examine whether associations differed between board members and school leaders, single-group path models were compared with multi-group models allowing for partial invariance across respondent groups. Qualitative data were collected through 12 purposively selected in-depth case studies, reflecting variation in board size and educational network. Per case, efforts were made to include the school board chair, a school principal, and a general or coordinating director of the same school board. In total, 32 respondents participated: 11 school board chairs, 12 general or coordinating directors, and 10 school principals. Semi-structured interviews focused on role perceptions, decision-making processes, and board–leader interactions. Transcripts were fully pseudonymized and analyzed in NVivo 14 using a combined deductive–inductive coding approach. Within- and cross-case analyses enabled comparison across roles and contexts (Miles et al., 2014). The integration of survey and case study data allowed for triangulation and provided a richer understanding of both general patterns and context-specific dynamics in school board functioning (Cohen et al., 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study show that effective school board functioning cannot be reduced to a single governance model or structural characteristic. In response to the first research question, respondents primarily conceptualize ‘effective functioning’ as an active, involved, and supportive role of the school board, in which the autonomy of school leaders is explicitly respected and reinforced. At the same time, substantial differences emerge in role conceptions, particularly regarding the extent to which school boards should adopt a policy-making versus a supervisory role. Addressing the second research question, evaluations of school board effectiveness vary across policy domains and between respondent groups. School board members consistently assess board functioning more positively than school leaders, resulting in systematic perception gaps. Expectations and perceived realizations differ between educational, financial, and organizational policy domains, indicating that effectiveness is domain-specific rather than uniform. The qualitative case studies help explain these patterns by showing how role ambiguity and informal decision-making processes shape day-to-day interactions between boards and school leaders. Regarding the third research question, organizational characteristics matter, but not always in expected ways. Across policy domains, stronger policy-making capacity consistently emerges as a key explanatory factor for perceived and reported effective functioning. In contrast, board size shows no direct or linear relationship with effectiveness, challenging assumptions that scale enlargement automatically improves governance quality. Taken together, these findings suggest that policy interventions should move beyond structural prescriptions and focus on strengthening school boards’ policy-making capacity while fostering alignment between board members and school leaders. For researchers, the study illustrates the value of multi-actor and mixed-method approaches in capturing both general patterns and context-specific dynamics. For policymakers, it highlights the importance of context-sensitive strategies that support sustainable school board functioning. References Balarin, M., Brammer, S., James, C., & McCormback, M. (2008). The school governance study. Business in the Community. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2017). Research Methods in Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315456539 Cornforth, C. (2001). What makes boards effective? An examination of the relationships between board inputs, structures, processes and effectiveness in non-profit organisations. Corporate Governance: An International Review, 9(3), 217-227. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8683.00249 Devos, G. (2008). Professionalisering van schoolbesturen: Hefbomen voor een sterke bestuurskracht [Professional development of school boards: Levers for strong governance]. In Personeel en Organisatie, Schoolleiding en begeleiding (Vol. 19, pp. 1-22). Devos, G., Verhoeven, J., Beuselinck, I., Van den Broeck, H., & Vandenberghe, R. (1999). De rol van schoolbesturen in het schoolmanagement [The role of school boards in school management]. Garant. Hess, F. M., & Meeks, O. (2010). School boards circa 2010: Governance in the accountability era. Thomas B. Fordham Institute. Honingh, M., Ruiter, M., & Van Thiel, S. (2020). Are school board and educational quality related? Results of an international literature review. Educational review, 72(3), 157-172. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2018.1487387 Hooge, E., & Honingh, M. (2014). Are school boards aware of the educational quality of their schools? Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 42(4), 139-154. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213510509 Leechman, G., McCulla, N., & Field, L. (2019). Local school governance and school leadership: practices, processes and pillars. International Journal of Educational Management, 33(7), 1641-1652. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-12-2018-0401 Miles, B. M., Huberman, A. M., & Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook (3 ed.). SAGE Publications, Inc. Rekenhof. (2019). Schoolbesturen in het leerplichtonderwijs: Verslag van het Rekenhof aan het Vlaams Parlement [School boards in compulsory education: Report of 'Rekenhof' to the Flemish parliament]. Rekenhof. Stevenson, L., Honingh, M., & Neeleman, A. (2021). Dutch boards governing multiple schools: navigating between autonomy and expectations. School Leadership & Management, 41(4-5), 370-386. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2021.1945024 Unda, L. A., Gong, Z., Benati, K., & Loh, C. M. (2023). Role expectations and shared accountability: A framework for school governance. Financial Accountability & Management, 39(4), 790-808. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/faam.12322 Van Elsen, J., Faddar, J., Appels, L., De Maeyer, S., Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2023). Measuring policymaking capacities of schools: validation of the Policy Making Capacities Questionnaire (PMC-Q). School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 34, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2023.2213219 Vanhoof, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2017). Doeltreffend schoolbeleid: Praktijkboek beleidsvoerend vermogen in scholen [Effective school policy: A practical guide to policy-making capacity in schools]. Acco. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leading Collaborative Educational Change: A Critical Policy Analysis of Leadership and Governance in Hong Kong Schools University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Collaboration has been promoted globally as a cornerstone of educational reform, positioned as a driver of professional learning, organizational improvement, and systemic change (Datnow & Park, 2019; Chapman, 2018). Yet its enactment is deeply shaped by local histories, governance structures, and socio-cultural traditions. This study focuses on Hong Kong’s K–12 education system, a context marked by hybridization since the 1997 handover, where colonial legacies, neoliberal reforms, and increasing national integration intersect to produce distinctive challenges for leadership and governance (Lin & Jackson, 2020; Fung & Pun, 2021). Collaboration in Hong Kong is framed not only as a professional mechanism for school improvement but also as a tool for ideological alignment, evident in policies promoting patriotism, Mandarin instruction, and national identity (Tang et al., 2022). These dual imperatives complicate leadership practice, as principals negotiate professional agency within centralized expectations and socio-political sensitivities. The study is guided by two questions: how principals interpret and enact policy expectations around collaboration, and what leadership and governance conditions shape collaborative practices in the pursuit of educational change. By situating Hong Kong’s case within international reform trends of decentralization, accountability, and school-based management (Beck, 2005), the research highlights both commonalities and divergences. While European systems similarly grapple with distributed leadership, participatory governance, and accountability pressures, Hong Kong’s hierarchical traditions and conflict-avoidant culture (Lee & Lee, 2018; Kwan & Li, 2015) reveal how collaboration can be constrained by socio-cultural norms. This comparative lens underscores the importance of contextual sensitivity in understanding how collaboration is mobilized across different systems. The theoretical framework adopts a post-structural orientation, drawing on Foucauldian concepts of power, discourse, and governmentality (Foucault, 2002; Gaventa, 2003). Collaboration is examined as a discursive construct embedded in policy texts and enacted through leadership practices, revealing how reform agendas privilege particular meanings of improvement while marginalizing others (Young & Diem, 2018; Apple, 2024). Critical Policy Analysis operationalizes this lens, interrogating gaps between rhetoric and reality and situating collaboration within broader socio-political ecologies. By integrating analysis of policy texts with narrative interviews from fifteen principals, the study illuminates how collaboration is both imagined and lived. Principals describe navigating tensions between accountability demands and relational leadership, between hierarchical traditions and participatory ideals, and between local autonomy and national integration. These findings resonate internationally, where leaders in diverse systems face similar dilemmas of reconciling policy imperatives with the lived realities of schools. The Hong Kong case thus contributes to comparative scholarship by showing how collaboration is simultaneously a professional practice, a governance mechanism, and a political project, offering insights for European and global debates on distributed leadership, participatory governance, and authentic collaboration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative design that combines Critical Policy Analysis with life-history narrative inquiry. Policy texts shaping Hong Kong’s education reform since the early 2000s were analyzed alongside narrative interviews with fifteen principals from primary and secondary schools. Policy documents included consultation papers, guidelines for school development planning, legislative council reports, external school review protocols, inspection reports, and circulars introducing collaborative initiatives. Principals were purposively sampled to capture diversity in career trajectories, school phases, and years of experience, with interviews exploring professional histories, leadership approaches, and experiences of collaboration. Policy texts were analyzed using inductive coding and the framework method (Thomas, 2006), identifying discursive patterns and thematic segments. Principal narratives were thematically coded, reflecting temporal, experiential, and relational dimensions (Clandinin & Connelly, 1998). Integration was achieved through cross-case matrices juxtaposing policy themes with narrative accounts, enabling identification of convergences and tensions. This abductive process highlights how collaboration is framed in policy and negotiated in practice, revealing the interplay of governance structures, leadership approaches, and socio-cultural dynamics. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal collaboration as a contested construct shaped by participatory, organizational, and socio-cultural dynamics. Policies emphasize stakeholder involvement and accountability, yet principals highlight challenges in aligning parents, teachers, and communities, often describing agency as relational and adaptive rather than positional. Governance structures frame collaboration as compliance, with accountability mechanisms reducing it to procedural transparency, while principals interpret accountability as embedded in dialogue, adaptability, and collective responsibility. Socio-cultural traditions of hierarchy and conflict avoidance complicate distributed leadership, while hybridized identities shaped by colonial legacies and national integration influence how collaboration is understood and enacted. The study contributes to international debates by showing how collaboration is discursively framed and practically negotiated within unique cultural contexts. It underscores the need for reflexive leadership and policy design that move beyond structural arrangements to attend to relational, cultural, and political dimensions. For European systems, the findings highlight the importance of contextual sensitivity in promoting authentic collaboration, distributed leadership, and participatory governance, offering comparative insights into how collaboration can be mobilized as both a professional practice and a political project. References Apple, M. W. (2024). Critical Policy Analysis: Gains and Challenges. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 46(2), 385-390. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737241240434 Beck , U. 2005 . Power in the global age: A new global political economy , London : Polity. Chapman, C. (2018). School-to-school collaboration: building collective capacity through collaborative enquiry. In, Connolly, M., Eddy-Spicer, D. H., James, C. and Kruse, S. D. (Eds.) The SAGE Handbook of School Organization. (pp. 540-561) London: SAGE Publications Ltd. Datnow, A. & Park, V. (2019). Professional Collaboration with Purpose: teacher learning towards equitable and excellent schools. London: Routledge. Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1998). Stories to live by: Narrative understandings of school reform. Curriculum inquiry, 28(2), 149-164. Foucault, M. (2002). The subject and power. In J. D. Faubion (Ed.), Michael Foucault. Power (pp. 326-348). London: Penguin Books. Fung, A., & Pun, B. (2021). The transforming Hong Kong polarized cultural identities: The cultural dynamic and relocation of Hong Kong cultural production. Social Identities, 27, 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504630.2020.1816953 Gaventa, J. (2003). Power after Lukes: An Overview of Theories of Power since Lukes and Their Application to Development. Brighton: Participation Group, Institute of Development Studies. Retrieved from https://www.powercube.net/wp-content/uploads/2009/11/power_after_lukes.pdf Kwan, P., & Li, B. Y. M. (2015). Empowerment or impediment? School governance in the school-based management era in Hong Kong. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 35(3), 319-330. Lee, D. H. L., & Lee, W. O. (2018). Transformational change in instruction with professional learning communities? The influence of teacher cultural disposition in high power distance contexts. Journal of Educational Change, 19, 463-488. Lin, C., & Jackson, L. (2020). Decolonization, Nationalism, and local identity: Rethinking cosmopolitanism in educational practice in Hong Kong. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 40(1), 87-97. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2020.1725431 Tang, J., Bryant, D. A., & Walker, A. D. (2022). School middle leaders as instructional leaders: Building the knowledge base of instruction-oriented middle leadership. Journal of educational administration, 60(5), 511-526. Thomas, D. R. (2006). A general inductive approach for analyzing qualitative evaluation data. American journal of evaluation, 27(2), 237-246. Young, M.D., Diem, S. (2018). Doing Critical Policy Analysis in Education Research: An Emerging Paradigm. In C. Lochmiller (Ed.), Complementary Research Methods for Educational Leadership and Policy Studies. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-93539-3_5 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Multilevel Development of Municipal Educational Leadership Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:Many studies suggest that the task of a school principal has become increasingly complex and challenging (Gunnulfsen, A.E., Ärlestig, H. & Storgaard, M, 2023; OECD, 2008; Tintoré et.al., 2022). One common challenge across national contexts seems to be that the vast amount of routine management hinders principals from focusing on pedagogical leadership (PL) of the school. In a Finnish context, the changing operational environment has created pressures to transform the organisational structures and practices of educational leadership on the municipal level (Risku, Kanervio & Pulkkinen, 2016). Substantial municipal autonomy in Finland creates favorable conditions for creating local responses to the changing operational environment through internally and collegially driven development of the leadership organization. This paper is based on an interview study of one such municipal reform. The organizational reform included a transformation of the school principals´ role as well as an introduction of new levels of middle-leadership. We focus on two research questions. 1) What reasons sparked the development process in the municipality, and how were these reasons related to the domains of management and pedagogical leadership? 2) What were the consequences of the organizational reform for management and pedagogical leadership? In order to theoretically deal with the questions, we make a distinction between PL on the one hand, and management on the other. We conceptually define PL through non-affirmative theory of education (NAT), utilizing a multi-level and multi-actor approach (Elo, 2021; Uljens & Elo, 2024; Uljens & Ylimäki, 2017). In this context, pedagogical leadership refers to the dimension of leadership that aims to influence the development of an organization through influencing the learning of an Other directly or indirectly. Based on NAT, pedagogical influence can be defined as a summons of an already self-active Other to engage in a self-transcending activity that could result in the intended development through a process of learning (Uljens & Elo, 2024). To summon an Other is to invite, provoke or support the Other to engage in activities that are likely to result in learning. It is important to maintain a difference between pedagogical summoning in teaching and in leadership, when defining PL. To use the concepts of cultural historical activity theory an action (summoning to self-activity) derives its meaning from the intentions behind the activity that it is a part of (teaching or leadership) (Engeström, 2000). In order to be able to categorize an action (summons) as either teaching or leadership, we thus have to look at what intentional activity it is a part of. Teaching is focused on supporting the learning and development of individual students in an educational institution. Pedagogical leadership is focused on influencing the development and future direction of an organization through the learning of its members. Whether a summons is to be regarded as teaching or PL thus depends on which overarching activity the summons is a part of. Management is regarded as tasks focused on maintaining the operational status quo of the organization and keeping the organization running smoothly in accordance with its current aims, procedures and regulations (Dimmock, 1999; Northouse, 2022). Tasks such as staffing, controlling budgets, implementing procedures, and maintaining consistency and stability would be considered typical for management. In contrast, pedagogical leadership would be focused on influencing the future direction and development of the organization through bringing about change on an individual or organizational level through learning. Approached in this way, the core difference between management and leadership is management´s focus on maintaining status quo and smooth operations vs. leadership´s focus on influencing change and development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on audio-recorded semi-structured small group- and individual interviews conducted in the spring of 2025 with all 14 principals, as well as the director, in the Swedish speaking education section of our case municipality. The study process began by acquiring written documents describing the development process prior to our engagement with the municipality, including evaluation reports, meeting minutes, steering committee memos, and other. Based on these we were able to form an initial understanding of the process, and it formed the basis for structuring the interview study. The interviews were analyzed and coded digitally directly from the audio files, thus avoiding the reduction of information that is inevitable when transcribing spoken language (Gibbs, 2018). An open coding approach (Brinkmann, 2013; Gibbs, 2018) aimed at identifying categories of the reasons for, and outcomes of, the development process, with the codes inductively emanating from the interview data. In the second step, these categories were conceptually categorized as related mainly to the domains of PL or management, applying a concept-driven approach (Brinkmann, 2013; Gibbs, 2018). The interviews were first analyzed individually by both researchers, then these results were compared and further analyzed together, resulting in one common categorization, thus increasing validity. Finally, the results were presented and discussed during a workshop with the entire group of principals in the municipality in fall of 2025. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary results show that the initial reasons were related both to management and PL. As expected, the amount of management duties was a burden for principals, while PL was experienced as overlooked, scattered, unsystematic and short-sighted. Other management-related challenges included e.g. staffing or differences in resources. The reasons for change also included positive visions of the future by emphasizing wellbeing and an ambition to be “the world´s best school”, visions clearly related to PL. The solution was to develop a new layer of middle-leadership consisting of two thematic principals, focusing on student care/special needs education and pedagogic development/quality. Both positions thus focus on PL, but not primarily on the school level but on a coordinating and strategic municipal level. The increased complexity for the principals was thus handled by creating an overarching level of pedagogical leadership, developing procedures, guidelines and acting as a mediator between societal changes and the school level. PL in the municipality became more organized, strategic and professional than previously, providing support for the principals and reducing their workload. However, the principals´ workload regarding management, although somewhat reduced, ultimately did not diminish to the extent that was originally anticipated. The principals´ tasks thus still include a large amount of management, but the amount and level of support for pedagogical leadership was substantially increased. The two thematic principals also work in the individual schools with pedagogical leadership and support to some extent, increasing the total amount of pedagogical leadership at the school level. The results highlight the importance of a systemic multi-level perspective when developing educational leadership, as the challenges experienced at one level are often related to structural solutions on other levels. The study exemplifies how solutions to challenges at one level span several levels of leadership, requiring a multi-level and multi-actor approach. References Brinkmann, S. (2013) Qualitative interviewing. Oxford University Press Dimmock, C. (1999), Principals and school restructuring: conceptualising challenges as dilemmas, Journal of Educational Administration, 37 (5), 441–62. Elo, J. (2021) Pedagogiskt ledarskap på utbildningssystemets olika nivåer. In M. Uljens & A-S. Smeds-Nylund (Eds.) Pedagogiskt ledarskap och skolutveckling. Studentlitteratur. Engeström, Y. (2000) Activity theory as a framework for analyzing and redesigning work, Ergonomics, 43:7, 960-974, DOI: 10.1080/001401300409143 Gibbs, G. (2018). Analyzing qualitative data. (2nd ed.) London: Sage. Gunnulfsen, A.E:, Ärlestig, H. & Storgaard, M. (Eds.) (2023). Education and Democracy in the Nordic Countries. Making Sense of School Leadership, Policy and Practice. Springer. Nothouse, P. (2022) Leaderhip - Theory & Prectice (9t edition). Sage. OECD. (2008). Improving school leadership: Policy and practice. OECD. Risku, M, & Pulkkinen, S. (2016). Finland: Finnish principal. In H. Ärlestig, C. Day & O. Johansson (Eds.) A decade of research on school principals: Cases from 24 countries, 61-75. Springer. Tintoré, M., Serrão Cunha, R., Cabral, I. & Alves, J. (2022) A scoping review of problems and challenges faced by school leaders (2003–2019), Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(4), 536–573. DOI: 10.1177/1741143220942527 Uljens M. & Elo, J. (2024) Grounding Higher Education Leadership Research in Non-affirmative Education Theory, In J. Elo and M.Uljens (Eds.) Multilevel Pedagogical Leadership in Higher Education. A Non-Affirmative Approach. 1-44. Springer. Uljens, M., & Ylimaki, R. (2017). Non-affirmative theory of education as a foundation for curriculum studies, Didaktik and educational leadership. In M. Uljens & R. Ylimaki (Eds.), Bridging educational leadership, curriculum theory and Didaktik—Non-affirmative theory of education, (pp. 3–145). Springer. DOI: 10.1007/978-3-319-58650-2 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 26 SES 10 D: School Improvement & Organisational Learning (Part 2) Location: KH 1 | Main building B | Ground Floor Session Chair: Katarina Roos Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Exploring School Leaders’ Professional Learning as Organisational Learning: a study of Swedish school leaders Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:There is a widespread knowledge that professional learning communities for teachers, has the potential to improve the learning of students and pupils (see for example Stoll et. al. 2006; Ventista & Brown, 2023). Our ambition is to contribute to the growing body of literature on professional learning for school leaders (see for example Cranston, 2009; Strand & Emstad, 2020). Previous research has shown that principals that are engaged in professional learning develop vital leadership skills, and make use of aquired knowledge and experience when they themselves organise and lead professional learning for teachers (Miller 2012; Gaudioso, 2017). Few studies have examined professional learning communities for principals over time (Strand & Emstad, 2020), which we intend to do. This study is part of a research-development collaboration which will be presented below. The aim of this paper is to explore if and how the theories of action of school leaders change when they are engaged in professional learning with fellows. The ambition of the research-development project is among other things, to explore the professional learning of a group of school leaders over a two-year period, to see whether their leadership practice undergo change (theories in use). In this paper however, we are only focusing on the school leaders’ espoused theories of action which show in verbal and written reflections and statements. The theoretical model that we build the research-development programme on is developed by Timperley et. al. (2020). The model illustrates a complex system of a professional learning culture, and it emphasizes that not only students and teachers, but also school leaders and principals should engage in learning processes, motivated by and directed towards student learning. The model emphasizes that these processes should be inter-linked and supported by both internal and external expertise and knowledge. We as researchers and teachers from a university, are taking on the latter role. Leaders who lead or have the responsibility for the professional development and learning of others, need to be learners themselves. Therefore, both the partaking school leaders and we ourselves, are engaging in reflective practice and inquiry of our respective practices and our common practice, based on relevant data. We understand learning as a permanent change in thinking and practice (Katz & Ain Dack, 2013), more specifically in relation to leaders’ leadership practice. We rely on the work by Argyris and Schön (1974; 1978) on organisational learning as theory of action. According to this, the result of work in organisations can be linked to strategies of action. Strategies are in turn, based on individual and organisational assumptions and values. Single loop learning occurs when strategies and actions are corrected and/or adjusted with no reference to underlying assumptions or values. Double loop learning – which is rare – occurs when deep rooted beliefs and assumptions are disputed. Central to the theory is the difference between the espoused theory – what actors say and think they do – and theory in use – actual behaviour. We anticipate that knowing what and how precedes behavioural change and thus, it is relevant to explore if and how school leaders espoused theory change as result of engaging in professional learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The collaborative project which this research-development programme is part of, is financed by the Swedish National Agency for Education. It is a government initiative to support school organisers whose results are low, and who are not likely to have capacity to improve on their own. Research is not commonly conducted in concert with the ongoing work. However, in this case, the head of the local education administration (LEA) of the municipal organiser, has agreed to make this a joint research-development programme. The study relies on qualitative data collection and analysis. Two groups are taking part in structured professional learning. The first is a group of four school leaders in the local education authority. One of them is the chief executive of the local education authority, one is chief executive of student health, and two are leaders but not executives. We – the two external facilitators – met this group at three separate occasions, from September 2025 to December 2025. The data from those consists of field notes. The second group is a group of 13 school leaders, of which four are the ones already described. The rest of the group are principals in preschools and elementary schools for children aged between six and sixteen years of age. Since this is a small (in terms of number of inhabitants), rural municipality, these principals constitute the total population. The first meeting was conducted in January 2026 when the group met for two subsequent days. This was the first data collection. The participants were asked to write down their reflections at three different points in time; at the very beginning of the programme, in the middle and in the end. The facilitators also made field notes, noting how underlying assumptions and governing variables showed and came to life in the language and communication. So far, we have done preliminary analysis using qualitative, thematic analysis. The material consists of the above-mentioned field notes and the written reflections made by the school leaders. The first phase of data collection will continue during the spring semester of 2026 until mid-June. The research-development programme will, however, continue throughout the next academic year. Data will be collected until June 2027 when the collaboration – under its current conditions – will be terminated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary analysis show that school leaders have an intellectual motivation to understand the theory and its relevance to their own leadership practice. However, when they engage in practical exercises, designed to put theory into practice, their long-term preferred practices and ways of reasoning are challenged. This results in frustration, which we understand as manifestations of cognitive dissonance (see Katz & Ain Dack, 2013). One of the partaking school leaders described this as ‘the single most difficult thing I have ever done in my professional life’. The third occasion one of the participants asked, ‘Why can’t we just do what we have always done?’ The underlying assumption was that the traditional – and thus – proposed right way of conducting professional development is by imitating others who are recognised as successful. Two months later when we met again for the fourth time, the same school leader expressed a very different view after having read a text on professional learning and development. He now realised why imitation is not a viable strategy for professional development but could not identify alternative strategies. Another example is from the large group of 13 school leaders. The participants were introduced to a short case describing a principal facing a dilemma. The case was inspired by an authentic one, but details had been altered to protect the identity of those involved. The participants should then collectively engage in genuine inquiry to explore the underlying norms, beliefs and values that may have informed the behaviour and strategies of action of the principal. Our preliminary analysis show that the participating school leaders explored the theories of action of the principal, but did so without exploring, reflecting on or problematising their own assumptions. This tendency risks turning exploratory questioning into a normative troubleshooting process, rather than fostering genuine inquiry. References Argyris, C. & Schön, D.A. (1974). Theory in practice: increasing professional effectiveness. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Argyris, C. & Schön, D.A. (1978). Organizational learning: A theory of action perspective. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. Cranston, J. (2009). Holding the Reins of the Professional Learning Community: Eight Themes from Research on Principals Perceptions of Professional Learning Communities. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy, Vol. 90. Feb. p. 1-22. Gaudioso, J. A. (2017). Perceptions of school principals on participation in professional learning communities as job-embedded learning (Doctoral dissertation). Retrieved from ProQuest LLC, Ed.D. Miller, D. G. "A study of district leadership practices in the principal professional learning community" (2012). UNLV Theses, Dissertations, Professional Papers, and Capstones. 1758. http://dx.doi.org/10.34917/4332739 Katz, S. & Ain Dack, L. (2013). Intentional Interruption – Breaking Down Learning Barriers to Transform Professional Practice. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin. Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M. & Thomas, S. (2006), Professional Learning Communities: A Review of the Literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7, 221-258. Strand, M. K. & Emstad, A. B. (2020). Developing Leadership by Participating in Principal Professional Learning Communities (PPLCs) and the Added Value of Transnational Collaboration. Research in Educational Administration & Leadership. 5(2), 485-516. DOI: 10.30828/real/2020.2.6. Timperley, H., Ell, F., Le Fevre, D., & Twyford, K. (2020). Leading professional learning: Practical strategies for impact in schools. ACER. Ventista, O.M. & Brown, C. (2023). Teachers’ professional learning and its impact on students’ learning outcomes: Findings from a systematic review. Social Sciences & Humanities Open 8. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper “Walking in Beauty”: A Case Study of a Successful Principal Cultivating Native Ways of Knowing, Being, and Leading Northern Arizona University, United States of America Presenting Author:When asked about leadership ways of knowing, being, and leading in today’s schools amidst contemporary influences and complexities (e.g., political debates about race and history, digitalization, and accountability), “walking in beauty”--Hózhó in Navajo-- may not be the first image that comes to mind. Yet Hózhó, the Navajo philosophy characterized by living and being with balance, equanimity, and self-determination, is at the heart of a Navajo principal’s leadership. We present a Navajo school principal’s way of leading his successful school as part of the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP) with a tribal culturally responsive mindset and pedagogy amidst multiple layers of influences, complexities, and historical traumas. The United States has a history of colonization of Native people and land. Ongoing assimilation through, for example, boarding schools for Indigenous children, has resulted in trauma over centuries through the contemporary situation. Scholars (e.g., Brayboy, 2014) have documented the loss of Indigenous languages and cultures as part of historical trauma. Schools located in reservation communities that serve Indigenous children also face pressures from tribal, state, and national policies for accountability to curriculum standards. In other words, U.S. schools that serve Indigenous students are culturally and historically situated within a complex interplay among federal, state, and tribal policies, schools, and districts, and historical legacies of colonialism. The overall purpose of this paper is to present a Navajo principal’s ways of knowing, being, and leading a school to success amidst multiple layers of complex influence (Bronfenbrenner, 1979), culturally and historically situated and grounded in Hózhó. In Navajo tradition and hence educational philosophy, nothing is static; every aspect of life underlies a basic concept of dynamic change (Benally, 1994). Moreover, the Navajo philosophy is one of balance and sustainability (Benally, 1994; Singh Gill, 2021). Western traditions often emphasize divisions of sacred and profane knowledge, while in the Navajo tradition, no division exists. Holism, as a way of life, as an expression of beauty and interconnection, recognizes that if one part falls out of place, it will affect all the other parts, and therefore the cycle itself becomes dysfunctional (Benally, 1994; Singh Gill, 2021). In the Navajo universe, there is a constant movement inherent in all things. At the core of this view there is a holistic and ordered universe where everything is interrelated, and all the pieces of the universe are enfolded within the whole. At the same time every piece contains the entire universe, creating a network of relationships and processes in constant flux (Begay & Maryboy, 2023). Such perspectives are important to leadership amidst layers of (often conflicting and competing) influences and complexities. Thus, we also consider Bronfenbrenner’s (1979) ecological systems theory from human development psychology as a secondary theoretical framing that explains multiple layers of influence from the closest with families to the broader macro social, political, historical and contemporary influences of time. Bronfenbrenner’s (1979) ecological theory of social development provides us with analytical language to understand multiple layers of influence in systems in the environment as well as with the individual to the environment. In other words, the interaction between person and environment (e.g., school) is considered reciprocal (Bronfenbrenner, 1979). We asked four research questions from ISSPP as described below: (RQ1) How do diverse socioeconomic, cultural, political, and professional contexts influence school operations for valued outcomes, especially in high-need communities? (RQ2) How is school 'success' perceived and measured across countries? (RQ3) What enablers and constraints affect school success in varying contexts? (RQ4) What similarities and differences exist in successful principals' values, beliefs, and behaviors across schools, cultures, and policies? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Researchers/authors of this paper utilized the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP) comparative mixed methods (Authors, 2025; Tashakkori 2007), with data sources including a quantitative survey, qualitative interviews with the principal, teachers, tribal elders/community members, parents and students. We used a purposive sampling strategy to identify a principal with at least three years of experience, improved school academic outcomes since the beginning of the principal’s tenure, and a positive school reputation in the region. Using a mixed methods comparative methodology design, we draw upon different data sources and design elements to gain multiple perspectives (Creswell & Tashakkori, 2007; Patton, 2002). Specifically, data sources include semi structured qualitative interviews, focus groups, and a survey (Creswell & Tashakkori, 2007) to provide a deeper understanding of school success and the principal’s leadership contribution to that success within specific contexts. The principal participated in three semi-structured interviews lasting approximately 45 minutes each using the ISSPP interview protocol. Seven selected teachers also participated in individual interviews lasting about 45 minutes, again using ISSPP pre-prepared protocols. Interview questions focused on the school and community, changes, use of Navajo teachings, policy and accountability requirements and any tensions with culture, systems for improvement, and strategies for self-determination. Teachers were nominated by the principals and represented school staff available to be interviewed. Five selected parents, five selected community leaders, and five students participated in interview focus groups lasting about 45 minutes each and responding to structured interview questions. With participant permission, all interviews and focus groups were digitally recorded and transcribed. During the last interview with the principal, we conducted member checking with regards to our preliminary analysis of his/her leadership as it contributed to the school success. A survey was administered to all twelve teachers at the schools during a staff meeting. The return rate was 87%. Taking approximately 15-20 minutes to complete, the questionnaire has three sections: 1) reflections on the school and school community, 2) personal feelings about their own teaching, and 3) questions about the principal. Teachers responded anonymously, and confidentiality was maintained throughout. Researchers integrated qualitative interview and survey data to support triangulation and trustworthiness or validity (Denzin, 1978). Data analysis featured a constant comparative method with inductive and deductive coding, illuminating the principal’s practices and dispositions that contributed to academic outcome improvements, student wellbeing and quality of life. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In sum, from an Indigenous leadership perspective, findings pointed toward leadership as working in balance, mediating, and negotiating ecological systems in ways that foster compassion and human development. “Walking in beauty”, the principal creates balance, harmony, and respect within the school and community, acting in a proactive, holistic approach that promotes ethical, sustainable decision-making with interconnectedness, mindfulness, and compassion. In other words, leadership is walking in beauty, supporting sustainability, and leading with equanimity. In Navajo philosophy, ecological systems are related to resilience, symbiosis, and the role of small-scale disturbance. Such philosophical thinking does not ignore power and the need to critique but extends these with resilience and disturbance in ecological systems. Through the lens of Bronfenbrenner’s (1979) ecological systems theory of human development, we understand how multiple layers of systems influence children’s education and leadership thereof in schools. Closely related, empirical studies of principal leadership from ISSPP cases demonstrate leadership influence and interactions with these systems of influence in the school context. We see leadership practices as they directly and indirectly influence school practices, including those practices that challenge historical trauma and provide spaces for all teachers and children to grow and thrive. Through the lens of Hózhó Navajo education theory (Benally, 1994; Singh Gill, 2021) related to leadership and complex systems, we gain a language for a way of thinking and leading in balance for beauty and sustainability. Findings have implications for principal leaders in other school settings worldwide, including leaders in Europe mediating contemporary disturbances like war and the needs of increasingly diverse students. We conclude with implications for leadership preparation and practice as well as implications for research. References Authors, 2025 Begay, D., & Maryboy, N. C. (2023). Creating awareness of the challenges of cross-cultural communication in informal science settings through an Indigenous lens. In J. Diamond & S. Rosenfeld (Eds.), Amplifying informal science learning (pp. 267-276). Routledge. Benally, H. J. (1994). Navajo philosophy of learning and pedagogy. Journal of Navajo Education, 12(1), 23-31. Brayboy, B. M. J., Davidson, C., Keene, A., Waterman, S., Wright, E. K., Tachine, A., ... & Youngbull, N. R. (2018). Reclaiming Indigenous research in higher education. Rutgers University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Creswell, J. W., & Tashakkori, A. (2007). Differing perspectives on mixed methods research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1(4), 303-308. Denzin, N. K. (1978). The research act. Routledge Patton, M. Q. (2002). Two decades of developments in qualitative inquiry: A personal, experiential perspective. Qualitative Social Work, 1(3), 261-283. Singh Gill, K. (2021). Right to cultural identity of Indigenous peoples under international human rights law. https://ssrn.comabstract=4637001 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Acting Alongside or Talking Past Each Other? Sense-Making and Participation in School Development Processes University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland Presenting Author:In contemporary school systems, shifting responsibilities and increasing organizational complexity have made change a pervasive and enduring phenomenon. Across Europe and beyond, schools are increasingly expected to engage in continuous development while navigating complex dynamics of accountability, shared responsibilities, and divergent demands. International research has identified a range of factors influencing schools’ capacity to develop, including the distribution of leadership responsibilities, trust, and contextual conditions such as governance arrangements and accountability frameworks (Harris, 2009; Bryk et al., 2010; Feldhoff & Radisch, 2021). While leadership is increasingly understood as a process unfolding in interaction, comparatively little is known about how meaning construction and modes of participation are intertwined in school development processes and how these interrelations are emerging, reproducing or transforming over time. The Swiss school system offers a particularly instructive context for examining these dynamics from a European perspective. It is characterized by federalism, comparatively low-stakes accountability, and a historically gradual institutionalization of formal school leadership roles (Hangartner & Svaton, 2022). While the role of school leadership is widely acknowledged as being of particular importance in the context of school development processes, normative expectations of collaborative school development and shared responsibility between principals and teachers have intensified, as reflected in policy making, practice, and research discourse in Switzerland and beyond. Despite the continuous growth and diversification of the body of literature on distributed leadership, empirical insights into the enactment of leadership-related collaboration in practice, and how actors navigate ambiguity, responsibility, and influence across organizational levels remain limited, particularly in the context of German-speaking educational research. Conceptually, the study draws on a distributed leadership perspective (Spillane & Mertz, 2015), which conceptualizes leadership as process situated at the intersection of leaders, followers, and contextual factors over time. This perspective shifts analytical attention away from formal roles toward patterns of influence, including leadership-related activities carried out by formal as well as informal leaders. Distributed leadership provides a useful framework for analyzing leadership-related collaboration in decentralized systems, where dynamics of school development are shaped by interactions between principals and teachers as well as contextual factors. This perspective is complemented by sense-making theory (Weick, 2010; Gioia & Chittipeddi, 1991), which focuses on how actors interpret ambiguous situations, negotiate shared understandings, and enact these interpretations in practice. Sense-making theory allows for a fine-grained analysis of how knowing and acting are recursively linked: interpretations guide action, while action simultaneously reshapes interpretations. Together, these frameworks enable an integrated analysis of leadership, meaning, and participation in school development processes. The present study aims to deepen the understanding of the preconditions, relational dynamics, and brokering practices that shape collaboration across actors and levels in school development processes. By examining how educational actors construct meaning around school development initiatives and how these constructions could shape modes of participation, the study seeks to elucidate the dynamics of school development processes. Following questions guided the research:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study follows an exploratory ethnographic approach, embedded in an iterative research strategy informed by grounded theory (Corbin & Strauss, 2015). Rather than presupposing linear causal relationships, Utilizing an exploratory, ethnographically oriented approach, the study aims to reconstruct actors' sensemaking and participation patterns within the context of school development. Based on the principles and methods of grounded theory as a research strategy, data-based assumptions were successively developed and iteratively tested using theoretical sampling, continuous comparison operations, and an ethnographic writing process. Initial coding was conducted alongside ongoing fieldwork, allowing developing assumptions to inform subsequent phases of data collection and analysis. Through constant comparison across cases, actor groups, and situations, categories were refined and related to one another. The analytical process was supported by a spiral-shaped procedure, used as a methodological heuristic to trace how interpretations and participation patterns align or vary across organizational levels. Data were collected in three Swiss public schools that differ in size, organizational structure, and development focus. The dataset includes more than 15 weeks of shadowing-type observation of principals and teachers, over 25 semi-structured interviews, and the analysis of more than 50 legal, strategic, and school-related documents. Observations focused on meetings, informal interactions, and development-related activities, allowing insight into leadership practices and collaboration as they occur in situ. Interviews were conducted with principals and teachers to elicit individual perspectives on school development, leadership, and collaboration. Document analysis provided contextual information on formal expectations, governance arrangements, and institutional histories. The combination of ethnographic data and grounded theory analysis enables a reconstructive perspective on leadership-related collaboration, making it possible to identify recurring patterns while remaining sensitive to contextual variation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that leadership-related collaboration in school development can be differentiated into distinct types, based on systematic variation in actors’ sensemaking patterns toward school development and their modes of participation. The findings indicate that school development is interpreted in different ways, ranging from a collective opportunity for shaping practice to an externally imposed burden, and that these interpretations are closely linked to how actors engage, coordinate, or withdraw. Four types of collaboration emerge from the analysis. A visionary–shaping type is characterized by proactive participation, shared sense-making, high perceived autonomy, and trust-based relationships enabling coordinated action. A pragmatic–consensus-oriented type reflects reactive-pragmatic engagement, where development is framed as a necessary adaptation and collaboration is sustained through negotiation and brokering across divergent interpretations. A conserving type is marked by reactive-critical orientations and selective participation aimed at preserving established practices, resulting in cautious and limited coordination. A distanced–resistive type is characterized by fragmented sense-making, low trust, and symbolic compliance or withdrawal. These types are not static categories but represent dominant, dimensional characteristics within collaboration patterns that may shift over time. Across all types, perceived autonomy, relational trust, continuity of prior development experiences, and professional self-images emerge as key moderating conditions shaping transitions between types. Trust in initiators and brokers facilitates the integration of divergent perspectives and supports experimentation under conditions of uncertainty, whereas low trust amplifies fragmentation and constrains collective action. By shedding a light on the intricate dynamics of school development grounded in ethnographic data, the study contributes to international debates on leadership and school development and highlights the value of process-sensitive, practice-based research for understanding educational change in complex governance contexts. References Bryk, A. S., Sebring, P. B., Allensworth, E., Luppescu, S., & Easton, J. Q. (2010). Organizing Schools for Improvement. University of Chicago Press. Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2015). Basics of qualitative research. Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (4th ed.). Sage. Diamond, J. B., & Spillane, J. P. (2016). School leadership and management from a distributed perspective: A 2016 retrospective and prospective. Management in Education, 30(4), 147–154. https://doi.org/10.1177/0892020616665938 Feldhoff, T., & Radisch, F. (2021). Why must everything be so complicated? Demands and Challenges on Methods for Analyzing School Improvement Processes. In A. Oude Groote Beverborg, T. Feldhoff, K. Maag Merki, & F. Radisch (Eds.), Concept and design developments in school improvement research. Longitudinal, multilevel and mixed methods and their relevance for educational accountability (pp. 9–25). Springer Nature Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-69345-9_2 Gioia, D. A., & Chittipeddi, K. (1991). Sensemaking and sensegiving in strategic change initiation. Strategic Management Journal, 12(6), 433–448. https://doi.org/10.1002/smj.4250120604 Hangartner, J., & Svaton, C. J. (2013). From autonomy to quality management: NPM impacts on school governance in Switzerland. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 45(4), 354–369. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2013.822352 Hangartner, J., & Svaton, C. J. (2022). Distributed Leadership, Teacher Autonomy, and Power Relations Between Headteachers and Teachers Under Low-Stakes Accountability Conditions: An Ethnographic Account from Switzerland. Research in Educational Administration and Leadership, 7(2), 247–281. https://doi.org/10.30828/real.1063609 Harris, A. (2009). Distributed Leadership: What We Know. In A. Harris (Ed.), Distributed Leadership: Different Perspectives (pp. 11–21). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-9737-9_2 Spillane, J. P., & Mertz, K. (2015). Distributed leadership. Oxford Bibliographies. Weick, K. E. (2010). Sensemaking in organizations (Nachdr.). Sage Publ. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 27 SES 10 A: Breaches in Classroom Interaction. The Functionality of the Unexpected and Uncertainty in Teaching and Learning Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Tanya Tyagunova Session Chair: Georg Breidenstein Symposium |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium Breaches in Classroom Interaction. The Functionality of the Unexpected and Uncertainty in Teaching and Learning Teaching and learning in classrooms are rarely seamless. Rather, they are characterized by moments of uncertainty, as they are often shaped by interruptions, tensions, shifts in direction, or disturbances in the flow of interaction—what we refer to as breaches in teaching and learning. These moments challenge the established classroom order but can also open new learning opportunities. Their educational significance is contested: some see breaches and the unexpected as disruptions that hinder classroom management and lead to lost learning time (Kraft & Monti-Nussbaum, 2021), while others highlight their potential for learning through productive failure (Kapur, 2016). From a theory of education perspective, uncertainty is a central structural feature of classroom interaction, as learning cannot simply be manufactured and teaching effects remain contingent on learners’ engagement. Luhmann and Schorr (2000) concisely described this as “technology deficit” of education—the lack of causal controllability and the intrinsic contingency of educational processes. The consequence of this is that teaching and learning remain continually re-specifiable. Referring to a different epistemological tradition but with similar implications, the Joint Action Theory in Didactics conceptualizes contingency of educational processes in terms of “breaches of the didactic contract” (Ligozat & Buyck, 2024). These refer to divergences in tacit expectations between teachers and students, especially around content and instructional goals. Breaches emerge within the ongoing accomplishment of classroom interaction and may result in both digressions and a deeper subject-related understanding. In this view, breaches are considered constitutive moments in the contingent, joint progression of knowledge. This symposium foregrounds breaches and the unexpected as an analytical lens for understanding subject-related teaching and learning and raises the question about their functionality for classroom interaction. Florence Ligozat and Yoann Buyck analyze breaches in the didactic contract as subject-specific divergences between teacher and student expectations. Drawing on the Joint Action Theory in Didactics, their study examines how such breaches, observed in primary school mathematics, relate to mesogenesis, topogenesis, and chronogenesis. Rather than treating them as classroom disruptions, the authors conceptualize breaches as indicators of didactic quality, revealing both stagnation in knowledge development and differentiated participation structures in teacher–student interactions. Simay Birce Cirit analyses divergences in classroom talk as interactional feedback to teachers. Drawing on the didactic contract and the Joint Action Theory framework, the study conceptualizes divergences as discrepancies between teachers’ verbal demands and learner contributions. Based on video data from primary school mathematics lessons, the analysis shows how different types of divergence signal learners’ needs or potentials and guide teachers’ contingent interactional adjustments. Patrick Schreyer and Tanya Tyagunova examine breaches in the form of student actions that in one way or another call into question the classroom order. Based on video data from third-grade German and math lessons, their study highlights how students subtly challenge instruction through reinterpretation, delay, or noncompliance. These actions reveal implicit norms and prompt negotiations of social and instructional order. Framed as ‘studenting’, such practices illustrate students’ active role in shaping classroom realities, specifically in creating bifurcation points in classroom interaction. Nikolaj Elf explores breaches as more or less predictable transitional practices shaped by both human and non-human actors. Drawing on sociocultural and sociomaterial theories of writing, the study focuses on school writing across micro-, meso-, and macro-level timescales, ranging from disrupted collaborative writing events to transitions between disciplinary and school levels. These transitions require writers to coordinate changing norms of what counts as writing, leading to different forms of engagement and requiring students to renegotiate their school-related identities. References Kapur, M. (2016). Examining productive failure, productive success, unproductive failure, and unproductive success in learning. Educational Psychologist, 51(2), 289–299. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2016.1155457 Kraft, M. A., & Monti-Nussbaum, M. (2021). The big problem with little interruptions to classroom learning. AERA Open, 7, 23328584211028856. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584211028856 Ligozat, F., & Buyck, Y. (2024). Comparative didactics: Toward a generic model for analyzing content-specific dimensions of teaching quality. European Educational Research Journal, 23(6), 810–838. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041241257282 Luhmann, N., & Schorr, K.-E. (2000). Problems of reflection in the system of education. Waxmann. Presentations of the Symposium From Breaches in Classroom Interactions to the Conceptualization of the Didactic Quality of Teaching
The French-speaking subject didactics have a longstanding tradition of studying how knowledge content develops within classroom interactions. This tradition can be traced back to the notion of didactic contract first conceptualized within the Theory of Didactic Situation in Mathematics (Brousseau, 1997). Stemming from Rousseau’s notion of social contract (Sarrazy, 1995), the didactic contract is subject-specific: it characterises the set of norms, rules, expectations – most often tacit – that the teacher and the students assign to each other about what must be done and how about instructional tasks. The functioning of the didactic contract becomes visible when one participant does not act according to the expectations of the others, thus creating a “breach” (Mercier et al, 2000; Ligozat et al, 2018; Ligozat, 2025). We contend that such breaches, far from being mere behavioural disruptions in the classroom management, can be productive moments for fostering the learning progression of the students. In this paper, we analyse breaches in the didactic contract occurring in a mathematic lesson at primary school. We use the three dimensions of the JAD-MTQ (Joint Action in Didactics, a Model for analysing the Teaching Quality) to document certain issues in the quality of the didactic interactions observed. An analysis towards the understanding of breaches in the didactic contract through the students’ perspective in the teacher-student interactions (D3) will highlight 1) the decline of the didactic interactions related to an episode of stagnation of the knowledge content development and 2) the ‘differentiated didactic contract’ (Schubauer-Leoni 1989) operating in the management of the students’ speech selection by the teacher, generating unequal participations to the knowledge content development.
References:
Brousseau, G. (1997). Theory of Didactical Situations in Mathematics. Didactique Des Mathématiques, 1970–1990. Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Ligozat, F. (2025). From the description of teaching and learning in classroom practices to issues in the formation of school subjects. The Joint Action Framework in Didactics. In J. Leicht, P. Schreyer, G. Breidenstein, & F. Heinzel (Hrsg.), Fachlichkeit und Interaktionspraxis im Unterricht: Ansätze und empirische Perspektiven (S. 27–51). Klinkhardt.
Ligozat, F., & Buyck, Y. (2024). Comparative didactics: Toward a generic model for analyzing content-specific dimensions of teaching quality. European Educational Research Journal, 23(6), 810–838. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041241257282
Ligozat, F., Lundqvist, E., & Amade-Escot, C. (2018). Analysing the continuity of teaching and learning in classroom actions: When the joint action framework in didactics meets the pragmatist approach to classroom discourses. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 147–169. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117701923
Mercier, A., Sensevy, G., & Schubauer-Leoni, M.-L. (2000). How social interactions within a class depend on the teacher’s assessment of the students’ various mathematical capabilities. Zentralblatt Für Didaktik Der Mathematik, 32(5), 126–130. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02655651
Sarrazy, B. (1995). Le contrat didactique—Note de synthèse. Revue française de pédagogie, 112(1), 85–118.
Schubauer-Leoni, M.-L. (1989). Didactic interactions in mathematics. Les Dossiers de Psychologie, 37-Social interactions and transmission of knowledge, 37–46. https://perret-clermont.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/dossiers_de_psychologie_1989_37-1.pdf
Breaches as Interactional Feedback to Teachers in Classroom Talk
This study investigates the functionality of breaches in classroom talk. Drawing on Brousseau’s (1997) didactic contract and the concept of breach in the Joint Action Theory Framework (Ligozat et al., 2018), the study adopts the term divergence to refer to a discrepancy between teachers’ verbal demands and learner contributions in classroom talk. The study examines how divergences function as interactional feedback to teachers by signaling learners’ needs or potentials and prompt them to make interactional adjustments in response. According to Brousseau (1997), divergences can generate ‘learning situations’ in which learners recognize the inadequacy or potential of their answers and work on them further with supportive teacher adjustments.
The current study uses video data from 15 mathematics lessons across six 3rd-grade primary school classrooms. Using qualitative content analysis, a fine-grained coding scheme was developed through inductive and deductive approaches to categorize divergences and subsequent teacher adjustments. To analyze how divergences function as feedback to teachers, a secondary co-occurrence analysis examined which types of adjustments followed which divergences. Based on the coded segments, selected divergence–adjustment co-occurrences were further examined through in-depth qualitative analysis to capture how these relationships unfold within the sequential flow of classroom interaction.
Findings reveal differentiated adjustment tendencies of teachers. For instance, language-related divergences (e.g., linguistic or discursive mismatches) were most frequently followed by direct correction or appropriating, suggesting a preference for immediate teacher-led resolution. In contrast, content-related divergences (e.g., incomplete or incorrect responses) tended to elicit adjustments, such as expanding inquiry, which extended interaction. In line with previous research (e.g., Duran & Jacknick, 2020), divergences caused by learners’ non-responsiveness triggered teachers to clarify or reformulate their own demands. By examining divergence–adjustment trajectories through data examples, the study illustrates how teachers interpret different types of divergence as interactional signals of learners’ needs, difficulties, or potential, and how these interpretations guide their contingent adjustment practices.
References:
Brousseau, G. (1997). Theory of Didactical Situations in Mathematics. Didactique Des Mathématiques, 1970–1990. Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Duran, D., & Jacknick, C. M. (2020). Teacher response pursuits in whole class post-task discussions. Linguistics and Education, 56, Article 100808.
Ligozat, F., Lundqvist, E., & Amade-Escot, C. (2018). Analysing the continuity of teaching and learning in classroom actions: When the joint action framework in didactics meets the pragmatist approach to classroom discourses. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 147–169.
The Unexpected in Studenting: Breaching the Didactic Contract in Primary Classrooms
This paper examines moments of the unexpected in classroom interaction, showing how learners may actively challenge the established classroom order, and task demands. Using video-based data from third-grade German and maths lessons, the analysis focuses on student-initiated acts of reinterpretation, delay and subtle subversion that interrupt the expected flow of instruction. Theoretically, the article combines the concept of the didactic contract and its breaches (Brousseau, 1997; Ligozat & Buyck, 2024) with praxeological and sociology of knowledge perspectives (Martens & Asbrand, 2022). It investigates how such student actions initiate negotiations about social and subject-specific order, rendering implicit norms visible and necessarily creating bifurcation points—moments of choosing how to interpret rules, norms, and expectations, and how to deal with actions that challenge them. These student actions are therefore not considered to be deficient behaviours, but rather contributions to the co-construction of instructional reality. Breaches are relational in nature, emerging from the dynamic interplay of participants and revealing how students understand, appropriate, and reshape the ongoing learning situation. In this sense, the observed practices can be related to research on the “student job”, which conceptualizes students’ participation in classroom interaction as the situated, routinized accomplishment of instructional demands, including pragmatic adjustments, strategic compliance, and selective engagement with subject-matter expectations (Breidenstein, 2006). Preliminary findings suggest that breaches produced in whole-class interaction may explicitly challenge subject-specific demands, but are often re-framed and contained through teachers’ interactional moves. Breaches occurring in student-centered phases tend to be more frequent, yet remain comparatively invisible within the overall instructional flow. These practices can be seen as facets of studenting (Fenstermacher, 1986), highlighting students’ active role in enacting, reframing, and at times contesting their participation in classroom life.
References:
Breidenstein, G. (2006). Teilnahme am Unterricht: Ethnographische Studien zum Schülerjob. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Brousseau, G. (1997). Theory of Didactical Situations in Mathematics. Didactique Des Mathématiques, 1970–1990. Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Fenstermacher, G. D. (1986). Philosophy of research on teaching: Three aspects. In M. C. Wittrock (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching (Vol. 3, pp. 37–49). Collier Macmillan Publishers.
Ligozat, F., & Buyck, Y. (2024). Comparative didactics: Toward a generic model for analyzing content-specific dimensions of teaching quality. European Educational Research Journal, 23(6), 810–838. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041241257282
Martens, M., & Asbrand, B. (2022). Documentary Classroom Research. Theory and Methodology. In M. Martens, B. Asbrand, T. Buchborn, & J. Menthe (Eds.), Dokumentarische Unterrichtsforschung in den Fachdidaktiken: Theoretische Grundlagen und Forschungspraxis (pp. 19–38). Springer VS.
Breaches as Transitional Writing Practices: The Case of Students’ Writing in L1
This paper explores breaches as more or less predictable writing practices amongst students in digitalised L1 classrooms. The presentation draws on data from an ongoing study of ‘Writer Identity and Writing Development in Grades 6 and 7’ (WriDe), which is an explorative study of student writing in Danish L1 funded by the Independent Research Fund Denmark. Theoretically, the study is indebted to sociocultural and sociomaterial/posthuman frameworks (Prior, 2006; Leander & Ehret, 2019) that make more or less strong, and differing, claims as to whether writing development is shaped by both human and non-human actors, and whether writing development could be rationally designed, or should rather be conceptualised as emerging and unpredictable. Some empirical research suggests that students’ writing development in school can be designed, through rational strategic instruction, to meet desired end goals in ‘effective’ ways (Graham & Perin, 2007). However, sociocultural research finds that writing development is shaped by multiple contextual aspects, including fluid student identity (Jeffery & Wilcox, 2013) and changing norms of what counts as disciplinary writing in transitional subject-specific writing practices (Skaftun et al., 2017; Krogh & Jakobsen, 2019). Furthermore, sociomaterial writing research would highlight the affective and emerging nature of student writing that makes writing development rather unpredictable from a teacher perspective, yet meaningful from a student and school subject perspective (Leander & Boldt, 2013). Empirically-analytically, the presentation analyses microevents of collaborative writing from the WriDe project illuminating some of the fascinating, (un)predictable occurrences of students’ writing and ‘non-writing’ activities in L1 teaching and discussing whether such writing should be considered an acknowledgeable and meaningful breach or not.
References:
Bazerman, C., Applebee, A., Berninger, V., Brandt, D., Graham, S., Matsuda, P., Murphy, S., Rowe, D., & Schleppegrell, M. (2017). Taking the long view on writing development. Research in the Teaching of English, 51, 351–360. https://doi.org/10.58680/rte201728980
Jeffery, J. V., & Wilcox, K. (2013). ‘How do I do it if I don’t like writing?’: Adolescents’ stances toward writing across disciplines. Reading and Writing, 25. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-013-9493-9
Graham, S., & Perin, D. (2007). Writing next: Effective strategies to improve writing of adolescents in middle and high school—A report to Carnegie Corporation of New York. Alliance for Excellent Education.
Krogh, E., & Jakobsen, K. S. (Eds.). (2019). Understanding young people’s writing development: Identity, disciplinarity, and education. Routledge.
Leander, K. M., & Ehret, C. (Eds.). (2019). Affect in literacy teaching and learning: pedagogies, politics and coming to know. Routledge.
Prior, P. (2006). A sociocultural theory of writing. In C. A. MacArthur, S. Graham, & J. Fitzgerald (Eds.), Handbook of writing research (pp. 54–66). The Guilford Press.
Skaftun, A., Igland, M.-A., Husebø, D., Nome, S., & Nygard, A. O. (2017). Glimpses of dialogue: Transitional practices in digitalised classrooms. Learning, Media and Technology, 43(1), 1–14.
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 27 SES 10 B: Early Childhood and Primary Education Location: Ukko-Pekka | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Eva Lundqvist Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Meaningful Movement Cultures in Early Primary Physical Education: A Movement Culture Analysis, 1: University of Southern Denmark, Denmark; 2: University College VIA Presenting Author:Physical education (PE) in the early primary years plays a vital role in cultivating children’s long-term motivation for movement. Across Europe and internationally, Meaningful PE has gained increasing attention as a pedagogical approach (Beni et al., 2017; Fletcher et al., 2021; Fletcher & Ni Chroinin, 2021). Yet recent scholarship highlights the need for stronger theoretical grounding and for attending more closely to pupils’ perspectives (Hastie, Alshuraymi & Wang, 2025). Addressing these gaps, this study brings together movement culture theory and pupils’ voices to investigate the following question: What characterizes the movement culture in PE lessons that pupils themselves experience as meaningful? The study builds on the action research project More Meaningful Physical Education, which co-developed six didactic strategies with a group of Danish PE-teachers (Madsen et al., 2025). This follow-up qualitative study examines PE events identified by pupils as meaningful (Svendsen & Madsen, 2026). Data were generated through ethnographic field notes from 6 PE-classes, and focus-group interviews with 20 children based on a draw-and-tell method (Barton, 2015). Field-notes, interviews and drawings were analysed using Henning Eichberg’s Configurational Analysis as a lens (Eichberg, 1998; 2007). Findings reveal that meaningful movement cultures are characterized by teachers acting as storytellers and pupils as co-creators, cyclic time structures enabling exploration and flow, organic spaces responsive to movement, and a creative and carnivalesque energy infused with creativity. By combining movement culture theory with Meaningful PE, this study contributes to international debates on culturally embedded meaning-making in physical education and highlights the importance of listening to children´s lived experience when shaping future PE practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is a follow-up to the More Meaningful Physical Education (MMPE) project, which developed teaching strategies aimed at creating meaningful PE experiences in lower primary school (Madsen et al., 2025). In this phase four Danish schools with diverse demographic backgrounds participated in MMPE, involving 26 teachers and 22 PE classes. Drawing on Kemmis and McTaggart’s (2005) action research model, teachers and researchers met monthly to develop, test, and refine PE strategies. Data comprised 21 workshop summaries, 70 sensory-ethnographic observation notes (Pink, 2015), and informal conversations.The action research resulted in six didactic strategies forming the MMPE pedagogy: (i) broadening the curriculum, (ii) using the body as a teaching resource, (iii) narratives, (iv) experimental approaches, (v) framing the PE lesson, and (vi) providing “just-right” challenges (Madsen et al., 2025). The present study was conducted as a follow-up based on a movement culture study, which examined how these strategies shaped movement cultures. Two schools and four teachers from Phase 1 took part in the movement culture study. Data were collected from two Year 2 classes (7–8 years) and three nursery classes (5–6 years taught together). Each class was observed twice using sensory ethnographic field notes, later rewritten as practice narratives to capture sensory detail (Sparkes, 2002). Following the second lesson, four semi‑structured focus group interviews were conducted with 20 pupils in familiar school settings. A draw‑and‑tell method (Barton, 2015) enabled pupils to depict meaningful moments from their lessons. Pupils drew for three minutes before and during the interview, allowing interviewers to reference drawing details and explore embodied experiences. Interviews were transcribed, and recurring motifs and statements informed the selection of two meaningful events (Events 1 and 2). Data were analysed using Eichberg’s Configurational Analysis, which examines movement culture across three levels: body culture, production culture, and institutional culture (Eichberg, 1998, 2001). Seven search parameters guided the analysis: time, space, energy, relations, objectification, values, and institutions. In line with Eichberg’s approach, movement cultures before and after (the action research were compared, with the body culture level forming the main analytical focus and production and institutional aspects discussed analytically. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Primary school PE has the potential to foster lifelong motivation for movement, yet traditional PE teaching methods do not always provide meaningful experiences. This study examined the movement cultures that pupils themselves identified as meaningful, drawing on observations and interviews analysed through Configurational Analysis. The findings show that meaningful movement cultures were characterised by teachers acting as storytellers and pupils as co-creators within cyclic time structures that supported flow and exploration. Learning spaces were flexible and responsive to pupils’ movements, and the curriculum centred on experimental activities rather than conventional games. These cultures were infused with playful, humorous, and carnivalesque elements, enabling creativity and shared engagement. Although this study was conducted on a relatively small group in Denmark it holds broader international relevance. A key implication is the value of integrating movement culture theory into the Meaningful PE framework to illuminate how meaningfulness is culturally embedded. This theoretical lens deepens understanding of the pedagogy underpinning meaningful experiences and supports critical reflection on existing PE practices. By combining Configurational Analysis with Meaningful PE, the study contributes new insights into how PE both reflects and co-constructs societal values. The results of the examination could expand PE pedagogy and assist teachers in integrating various PE objectives, content, and learning processes. References Barton, G. (2015). Arts-based educational research in the early years. International Research in Early Childhood Education, 6(1), 62. Beni, Stephanie, Tim Fletcher, and Déirdre Ní Chróinín. 2017. “Meaningful Experiences in Physical Education and Youth Sport: A Review of the Literature.” Quest (Grand Rapids, Mich ) 69 (3): 291–312. Eichberg, H. (1998). Body cultures. Essays on sport, space and identity. Routledge. Eichberg, H. (2007). How to Study Body Culture: Observing Human Practice. www.idrottsforum.org/articles/eichberg/eichberg070606.html Fletcher, Tim, Déirdre Ní Chróinín, Douglas Gleddie, and Stephanie Beni. 2021. Meaningful Physical Education: An Approach for Teaching and Learning. New York: Routledge. Fletcher, Tim, and Déirdre Ní Chróinín. 2021. “Pedagogical Principles That Support the Prioritisation of Meaningful Experiences in Physical Education: Conceptual and Practical Considerations.” Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 27 (5): 455–466. Hastie, P. A., Alshuraymi, A. N., & Wang, C. H. (2025). Measuring meaningfulness in physical education: a tool for teachers and researchers. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 1–15. Madsen, K. L., Svendsen, A. M., Volshøj, E. S., Jakobsen, A. W., & Lillelund, K. B. (2025). Six teaching strategies to support meaningful PE experiences in early primary schools – results from an action research project. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 1–13. Svendsen, A. M. & Madsen, K. L. (2026). Lower primary school pupils’ experience of meaningfulness in physical education. Sport, Education and Society. Accepted, in press. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Power-sharing In Early Childhood Discourse In Poland Nicolaus Copernicus University in Torun, Poland Presenting Author:In an era of ubiquitous threats to democracy, such as the war in Ukraine or attempts to force other countries to submit to the United States under Donald Trump's leadership, shaping democratic attitudes from an early age is becoming increasingly important. One of the key spaces for learning democracy is school, including everyday communication practices that are embedded in early childhood education discourse. One of the conditions for creating a democratic educational environment is power-sharing in the teacher-student relationship. In this paper, I will present a picture of power-sharing in early childhood discourse in 5 schools in Poland. Power-sharing in early childhood discourse is sharing power in all matters that occur within the educational relationship in which individuals participate, and which do not necessarily directly concern the individual. It appears in 1-3 grades (7-9 years old). It is realized through the behaviors and communication acts of individuals in areas such as verbal and nonverbal communication, lesson content, materials used, organization of school time and space, rules of conduct, assessment (including response to errors), cooperation, and conflict, and its goal is to increase the democratization of education. The following research questions were formulated: 1. What power-sharing practices can be reconstructed based on the analysis of classroom discourse at the early childhood education stage (grades I-III, attended by children aged 7-9) in the studied classes? 2. What power-sharing techniques can be reconstructed based on the classroom discourse being studied? 3. What factors differentiate power-sharing practices in the classroom discourse being studied? 4. What ways of giving and receiving voice can be identified in the student-teacher relationship in the studied discourse? The study was based, among others, on M. Foucault's concept of power and M. Reisigl's strategies in verbal discrimination. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted using a qualitative approach. Data collection methods included student interviews and audiovisual material collection (recording two days of lessons in each classroom). Data analysis methods included content analysis and Ruth Wodak's critical discourse analysis. The study collected 3.5 hours of interview recordings and 25 hours of lesson recordings, which translated into 750 pages of transcripts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings show that manifestations of power-sharing vary depending on the classroom studied. These include, for example, choosing the manner of greeting and checking other students' work. In some classrooms, manifestations of a lack of shared power predominate. The research material revealed representation of all four techniques of exercising power (Foucault's: repartition, the control of activity, prescribing movements, the composision of forces). In the context of differentiating strategies, the material identified, for example, backgrounding, naming based on health status, and naming based on personality traits. The material identified three groups of techniques for inducing silence in the classroom: verbal-direct, verbal-indirect, and nonverbal. References Foucault, M. (2009). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. Aletheia. Kress, G., & van Leeuwen, T. (2006). Reading images: The grammar of visual design. Taylor&Francis. Reisigl, M. (2010). Dyskryminacja w dyskursach [Discrimination in Discourses]. Tekst i Dyskurs, 3, 27–61. Wodak, R. (2008). Dyskurs populistyczny: retoryka wykluczenia a gatunki języka pisanego [Populist Discourse: The Rhetoric of Exclusion and Genres of Written Language]. In Duszak. A. & N. Fairclugh (Eds.), Krytyczna analiza dyskursu. Interdyscyplinarne podejście do komunikacji społecznej [Critical Discourse Analysis: An Interdisciplinary Approach to Social Communication](pp. 185–213). Towarzystwo Autorów i Wydawców Prac Naukowych UNIVERSITAS. Wodak, R. (2011). Wstęp: Badania nad dyskursem - ważne pojęcia i terminy [Introduction: Discourse Studies – Key Notions and Analytical Categories]. In R. Wodak & M. Krzyżanowski (Eds.), Jakościowa analiza dyskursu w naukach społecznych [Qualitative Discourse Analysis in the Social Sciences]. Lośgraf. Stek-Łopatka, N. (2024). Power-Sharing in Formal and Non-Formal Education. Lubelski Rocznik Pedagogiczny, 43(4), 59–73. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 28 SES 10 A: Researching Digital Natives Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Jennifer Rowsell Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Adolescent Negotiations of Educational Injustices on Digital Platforms 1: Johannes Gutenberg University Mainz, Germany; 2: Goethe University Frankfurt am Main, Germany Presenting Author:Current research on youth and processes of politicization highlights the importance of social media as a key space for the articulation, negotiation, and collectivization of experiences (Literat & Kligler-Vilenchik 2021; Kligler-Vilenchik & Literat 2024), particularly with regard to experiences perceived as unjust (Jalli 2025; Kelly 2018). Digital platforms enable young people to publicly express grievances, connect individual experiences to broader narratives, and potentially transform personal concerns into shared issues. At the same time, these spaces must be understood in relation to their economic logics, algorithmic structuring, and platform-specific affordances, which shape visibility, interaction, and emotional intensity (Brown et al., 2024; Neumayer & Rossi, 2018). These environments are intertwined with other central contexts of youth socialization and everyday life (boyd et al. 2014; Byron 2021); one of these being school and the education system in general. School plays a significant role in young people’s daily experiences and constitutes a social institution in which perceptions of injustice frequently emerge. Experiences of unfair treatment, unequal opportunities, disciplinary practices, or structural exclusion can produce strong emotional responses and shape young people’s understandings of social order and legitimacy (Seider et al. 2023; Wellgraf 2023; Yeh et al. 2024). Despite its recognized impact on young people’s lives, school-related injustice has so far received limited attention in research on digital youth participation and political expression. We thus seek to explore young people's engagement with perceived experiences of injustice within school and the education system and ask to what extent they perceive, discuss, and seek to address the injustices associated with it. Particularly, we focus on expressions of injustice on social media platforms, as they offer low-threshold opportunities to articulate feelings of injustice and at the same time offer a potentially large public to receive and engage with these articulations. The concrete framework for our empiric research is furthermore based on two assumptions: First, experiences of injustice are particularly emotionally charged, and emotions are intertwined within perceptions of injustice through affective responses like anger, frustration or shame (Ahmed 2014, Shklar 1990; Hochschild 2024). Second, social media platforms not only enable but enforce emotionally charged content and contribute to the formation of “affective publics” (Papacharissi 2015). While there is a growing discourse on politics, emotionalization and social media, less attention has been shed on the ways in which these affective dynamics relate to injustices young people personally experience outside of digital spaces, particularly within institutional contexts such as school. In our study, we analyze how young people articulate and negotiate experiences of school-related injustice on social media, focusing on the interplay between emotions, digital affordances, and differing forms of collective and individualized engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution focuses on the qualitative-reconstructive analyses of juvenile articulations on digital platforms which are part of a multisited and ongoing research project regarding negotiations of injustice across multiple contexts. The primary data source thus consists of articulations by young people on digital platforms, collected from Instagram and TikTok in English and German. These platforms were selected due to their popularity and widespread use among young people (mpfs 2024) and their particular affordances for narrating and negotiating lived experiences through audio-visual expression. The sample includes 50 posts. Data collection followed a multi-step sampling strategy: initially, posts were identified through hashtag-based and free-text searches on Instagram and TikTok using platform-specific search functions. In addition, further posts were identified based on references from focus group discussions conducted as part of the broader research project during the same period. This triangulated sampling approach allowed for the inclusion of both highly visible, platform-curated content and posts that are embedded in peer-based interpretive contexts, broadening the empirical scope beyond algorithmically prominent material. With regard to the category of “youth,” no strict selection based on the age of the users was applied, as this was hardly feasible based on the available metadata; instead, we conceptualize social media as a fundamentally youth-relevant context. By focusing on school as a thematic field intrinsically connected to youth, we assume that most posts are authored by adolescents or young adults or, even when this is not the case, relate to experiences that are salient and relevant to them as recipients. Data analysis consists of a two-staged process. After an initial open and iterative coding adapted to identify central categories and interpretive frameworks, selected posts are subjected to an in-depth interpretive analysis using the method of Objective Hermeneutics (Oevermann et al. 1987). These case-oriented analyses focused on the sequential structure of the posts, including textual, visual, and audiovisual elements, to reconstruct latent meaning structures and implicit orientations underlying the explicit articulation of injustice (ibid.). This enables both a systematic comparison across cases and a fine-grained reconstruction of individual contributions. The findings presented will largely be focused on contrasting cases that were subject to in depth reconstruction. All data are anonymized; usernames, images, and identifiable references are removed or altered to protect the privacy of content creators. The study follows established ethical guidelines for qualitative research using social media data (Franzke et al. 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of our research contribute to closing a significant research gap by exploring the impact of unfair treatment, unequal opportunities, disciplinary practices and structural exclusion in school on young people's lives, and how they make sense of educational injustices. The results will therefore provide insights into the emotional responses of adolescents to educational injustices, as well as the extent to which digital media is used by young people to express, negotiate and process experiences of injustice at school. The findings will also shed light on the significance of affordances and algorithmic curation for articulating adolescent experiences. Understanding the dynamics of participation within these digital spaces will reveal opportunities and barriers to accessing educational spaces, contributing to a broader understanding of digital orders. Thus, our research will contribute to the broader discourse on educational and algorithmic injustices by presenting young people's perspectives. The presentation focusses on two contrasting cases of juvenile engagement with the current education system and the injustices associated with it. First, we examine collective and politicized practices of criticizing the school system, which raise fundamental questions about the role of education in times of societal transformation (Biesta 2022). Second, we analyze individualized forms of criticism that are primarily sparked by individual experiences of injustice in school articulated as biographical or situational grievances rather than collective demands. By bringing findings from education and youth research into conversation with perspectives from emotion theory and media theory, we aim to highlight the connections between experiences of injustice, the emotions associated with them, and their articulation and processing on digital platforms. Our qualitative-reconstructive approach, which combines different methods of collecting data, enables a profound analysis of young people's lives as they unfold on digital platforms, as well as deeper structures of meaning that refer to overarching social orders and structures. References Biesta, G. (2021). World-centred education. London/New York: Routledge. Boyd, D., Levy, K., & Marwick, A. (2014). The Networked Nature of Algorithmic Discrimination. In S. P. Gangadharan & V. Eubanks (Eds.), Data & Discrimination: Collectes Essays (pp. 43-57). Open Technology Institute. Brown, Y., Pini, B., & Pavlidis, A. (2024). Affective design and memetic qualities: Generating affect and political engagement through bushfire TikToks. Journal of Sociology, 60(1), 121-137. https://doi.org/10.1177/14407833221110267 Byron, P. (2021). Digital Media, Friendship and Cultures of Care. Routledge. Franzke, A. S., Bechmann, A., Zimmer, M., Ess, C. & the Association of Internet Researchers (2020). Internet Research. Ethical Guidelines, 3.0, 1-82. https://aoir.org/reports/ethics3.pdf Hochschild, A. (2024). Stolen Pride: Loss, Shame, and the Rise of the Right. The New Press. Jalli, N. (2025). Viral Justice: TikTok Activism, Misinformation, and the Fight for Social Change in Southeast Asia. Social Media + Society, 11(1), 1-11. https://doi.org/10.1177/20563051251318122 Kelly, L. L. (2018). A snapchat story: how black girls develop strategies for critical resistance in school. Learning, Media and Technology, 43(4), 374–389. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2018.1498352 Kligler-Vilenchik, N., & Literat, I. (2024). Not your parents’ politics: Understanding young people’s political expression on social media. Oxford University Press. Krogh, Søren Christia, Jensen, Sune Qvotrup, Larsen, M. (2024) Girl Culture, Unspectacular Resistance and Social Media – A Study of How Adolescent Girls Undo Emphasized Femininity through Shitposting, Journal of Youth Studies, DOI: 10.1080/13676261.2024.2392631 Literat, I., & Kligler-Vilenchik, N. (2021). How Popular Culture Prompts Youth Collective Political Expression and Cross-Cutting Political Talk on Social Media: A Cross-Platform Analysis. Social Media + Society, 7(2). https://doi.org/10.1177/20563051211008821 Neumayer, C., & Rossi, L. (2018). Images of protest in social media: Struggle over visibility and visual narratives. New Media & Society, 20(11), 4293–4310. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444818770602 mpfs (2024). JIM-Studie 2024: Jugend, Information, Medien. LFK, Medienanstalt Rheinland-Pfalz. https://mpfs.de/studie/jim-studie-2024/ Oevermann, U., Allert, T., Konau, E., Krambeck, J. (1987): Structures of Meaning and Objective Hermeneutics. In Meja, V., Misgeld, D., Stehr, N. (Eds.), Modern German sociology (pp.436-448). New York, NY: Columbia University Press Seider, S., Graves, D., El-Amin, A., Kelly, L., Soutter, M., Clark, S., Jennett, P. & Tamerat, J. (2023). The development of critical consciousness in adolescents of color attending “opposing” schooling models. Journal of Adolescent Research, 38(1), 3-47. https://doi.org/10.1177/07435584211006466 Shklar, J. N. (1990). The Faces of Injustice. Yale University Press. Wellgraf, S. (2023). That Sinking Feeling: On the Emotional Experience of Inferiority in Germany’s Neoliberal Education System. Berghahn Books. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Spaces for Agency Performed Through Planning the Digitalisation of Education - the NextGenerationEU and the National Recovery Plans´ Varied Positionalities 1: Trnava University, Slovakia; 2: Charles University, Czech Republic (Czechia); 3: UIDEF, IE-ULisboa; 4: School of Philosophy and Education, Aristotele University of Thessaloniki, Greece; 5: Department of Didactics and Educational Organization, University of Barcelona, Spain; 6: Department of Education, University of Cyprus Presenting Author:This conference proposal is based on a comparative analysis of the National Recovery and Resilience Plans (RRP) of six European countries (Spain, Portugal, Greece, Cyprus, Slovakia, and the Czech Republic) to identify therein the agential spaces of education, explicitly or implicitly articulated within their anticipated architecture of digitalisation of education. We thus explore how conceptions of the digitalisation of education, as articulated within the framework of the Next Generation EU (NGEU) strategy, are re-territorialised in the contents and architectures of individual national recovery plans. We conceive the problem of planning digitalisation of education and the possibility of action as a conjoined spatial and imaginational problem. The sociotechnical imaginary (STI) is a term used to describe the connection between technological and material developments and the social arrangements that inspire and sustain their production (Jasanoff & Kim, 2015). These imaginaries are not innocent fantasies that have little effect on reality; even though they are not followed in litera, these imaginaries are highly normative, setting what is “normal” to think about and to do in education and, through this, governing what is actually done (Saari, 2022). Sociotechnical imaginaries are thus situated within the tradition of science and technology studies (STS), aiming to understand techno-futuring as performative, partial, and political (Hendriks et al., 2025). However, social scientific research has also documented the emergence of a “new order of spatio-temporal continuity for forms of economic, political and cultural life today” (Lury et al., 2012, p. 4), characterised by the increasing significance of practices of digital mediation. This trend mobilised technology in a new way and led to the reformulation of processes, ideas, institutions, and cultural objects (Lury et al., 2012, p. 9), including what is made amenable for change or reform, notably education (Hartong, 2018). This implies the enactment of new patterns of relations between people and things (Allen, 2016; Decuypere et al., 2022). This topological perspective considers spaces as not predetermined (i.e. as following the imaginaries of the EU) and as created through the spatial practices of “approaching”, “reaching”, and “folding in” (Allen, 2016). We thus view the EU’s influence on member states through the NG-EU as not merely a top-down seepage of programmes. We rather traced and compared the emergence of different agential spaces in these various settings and sites, as articulated and envisioned in the national RRPs. This is why we approach the latter not as “translations” of the EU’s imaginaries, but as a re-spatialisation of education change processes, containing, among other possible twists, also completely new agential spaces of education (alongside sedimented ones) or the reterritorialization of distorted administrative settings that have evolved from such re-spatialisation in a broader sense. Drawing on this, we aim to compare the ways of anticipation of what education can /must do and what is rendered (in)visible to make these unknown futures known and real. Therefore, to disentangle the social relations that enable such anticipation (futuring) and, hence, the specific realisation of digitalisation in education, we need to know the contents of these sociotechnical imaginaries, as well as the topological relations that sustain the articulation and composition of the founding elements that render these imaginaries reasonable. These are the topological practices of reach, proximity, and distance that shape social relations between the subjects of education (actors) and educational objects within conceived spaces in particular ways. Bringing social topology alongside socio-technical imaginaries as analytical heuristics offers the advantage of capturing a novel way in which influence, through and on education, is performed via programs such as the NG-EU. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Digitalisation imaginaries are communicated in European culture predominantly through normative documents with varying degrees of bindingness, from politically official state documents in the form of law, through “white papers”, national strategies, and so on, to recommendations from non-governmental and interest organisations. These normative documents, be they “authorised” or “non-authorised” set the model of the world worth acting on (Levinson, Winstead, & Sutton 2018). The content and architecture of these documents are consequential for both imagination and action (Turner, 2001). The selection of the NRRPs of Cyprus, Czechia, Greece, Portugal, Slovakia, and Spain was based on three criteria. First, several of these states belong to the solidarity coalition, namely Portugal, Spain, and Greece, whose governments advocated a strengthened EU-level fiscal response during the negotiations of the RRF, in contrast with the sovereignty coalition characterised by a more intergovernmental approach to EU economic governance (Fabbrini, 2023). Second, at the turn of 2020, these countries were not positioned among the EU’s structurally central economies; instead, they represent member states with lower to the EU average GDP per capita and diverse developmental trajectories within the EU’s economic architecture. Thirdly, these countries demonstrated a notable lack of responsiveness in the EU context, particularly in education, during the initial stages of the pandemic (Bohle & Eihmanis, 2022; Rodríguez-Teruel et al., 2025) and their experiences with the digitalisation of distance education during the pandemic often diverged from the technological optimism espoused by the EU in its campaigns and programmes (incl. the NG-EU). The initial phase of research entailed a discursive analysis of each national NRRP, conducted at its three levels as delineated by Humes (2000, p. 48): 1. at the level of ‘text’ identifying central concepts and metaphors; 2. at the level of voice, connecting metaphors with actors; and 3. at the level of ‘narrative’, taking into account legitimization strategies, future promises, and utopias. A comprehensive topology of education digitalisation for each NRRP was constructed through discursive analysis. In constructing social topologies, analytical categories from the spatial approach in the sociology of education (Robertson, 2010) are drawn upon, including categories of ‘territory’, ‘place’, ‘scale’, ‘network’ and ‘positionality’ (Jessop et al., 2008), and intensive and extensive spatial practices (Allen, 2016). In the concluding analytical step, these topologies have been compared with the spatial imaginaries of digitalisation contained in the NG-EU initiative. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Significantly, expansive strategies based on the spread of digitalisation were identified in the social topologies of NRRPs. However, the material and curricular expansion of digitalisation does not concern only existing educational spaces and environments, since new spaces and institutional modalities are also emerging in the representations of digitalisation architecture. Therefore, it is no longer only a process of expansion, but also of a fundamental re-territorialisation of the education. New hierarchies and relationship structures affect not only the reach and scope of schools' agency, but also the permeability of boundaries between institutions and organisations. Findings suggest that the territories of conventional schools are subject to spatial disruption, with boundaries becoming permeable and less clearly defined. In some NRRPs, new patterns of clustering of schools and education professionals are being envisioned following re-territorialisation processes, thereby promoting the architecture of networking. Furthermore, re-territorialisation facilitates alterations in positionality within prevailing structures, whilst concomitantly affecting modifications to the system of power and social relations. Notably, in some national cases, the process leads to the establishment of new positions for old and new actors. However, the NRRPs differ in their internal architecture and the digitalisation spaces they have conceived. This indicates a fundamental and unique shift, despite all documents referring to the same criteria based on the NG-EU initiative and despite an expectation for a shared digitalisation vision for this strategy. Transnationally shared digitalisation imaginaries decompose in space and time into unique educational architectures and landscapes, which, instead of EU utopias, also allow us to consider heterotopias. This problem raises broader questions concerning the form and nature of Europeanisation in education today (Lawn & Grek, 2012): whether or not the common European starting points expressed in the criteria of digitalisation as the main pillar are succeeding in achieving homogeneity in the national architectures of educational change. References Allen, J. (2016). Topologies of Power. Routledge. Bohle, D., & Eihmanis, E. (2022). East Central Europe in the COVID-19 crisis. East European Politics, 38(4), 491–506. https://doi.org/10.1080/21599165.2022.2122051 Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., & van de Oudeweetering, K. (2022). Introduction―Space-and time-making in education: Towards a topological lens. European Educational Research Journal, 21(6), 871–882. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221076306 Fabbrini, S. (2023). Going beyond the pandemic: ‘next generation eu’ and the politics of sub-regional coalitions. Comparative European Politics 21, 64–81, https://doi.org/10.1057/s41295-022-00302-8 Hartong, S. (2018). Towards a topological re-assemblage of education policy? Observing the implementation of performance data infrastructures and ‘centers of calculation’ in Germany. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 16(1), 134–150. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2017.1390665 Hendriks, A., Karhunmaa, K., & Delvenne, P. (2025). Shaping the future: A conceptual review of sociotechnical imaginaries. Futures, 170. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2025.103607 Humes, W. (2000). The Discourses of Educational Management. Journal of Educational Enquiry, 1(1), 35–53. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203463383 Jasanoff, S., & Kim, S.-H. (2015). Dreamscapes of Modernity: Sociotechnical Imaginaries and the Fabrication of Power. The University of Chicago Press. Jessop, B., Brenner, N., & Jones, M. S. (2008). Theorizing sociospatial relations. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 26(3), 389–401. https://doi.org/10.1068/d9107 Lawn, M., Grek, S. (2012). Europeanizing Education: Governing a New Policy Space. Southampton: Symposium Books. Lury, C., Parisi, L., & Terranova, T. (2012). Introduction: The Becoming Topological of Culture. Theory, Culture & Society, 29(4–5), 3–35. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276412454552 Robertson, S. L. (2010). ‘Spatializing’ the sociology of education: Stand-points, entry-points, vantage-points. In M. W. Apple, S. J. Ball, & L. A. Gandin (Eds.), Routledge International Handbook of Sociology of Education (pp. 15–26). Routledge. Rodríguez-Teruel, J., Real-Dato, J., Verney, S. (2025). Southern Europe in The Covid-19 Pandemic. The First Phase. Routledge. Saari, A. (2022). Topologies of desire: Fantasies and their symptoms in educational policy futures. European Educational Research Journal, 21(6), 883–899. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904120988389 Turner, S. M. (2001). Texts and the institutions of municipal government: The power of texts in the public process of land development 1. Studies in Cultures, Organizations and Societies, 5286, 297–325. https://doi.org/10.1080/10245280108523562 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Autonomous Learner in the Age of Generative AI: Rethinking Autonomy and Self-Directed Learning Through Human-AI Agency in East Asian Contexts 1: Xi’an Jiaotong-Liverpool University, Academy of Future Education; 2: University of Liverpool, School of Computer Science and Informatics Presenting Author:Generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) has been increasingly adopted in higher education to enhance learner autonomy and support students’ self-directed and self-regulated learning (SDL/SRL) (Lan & Zhou, 2025; Navas Bonilla et al., 2025). These constructs refer to learners’ capacity to direct their learning, from goal setting and resource management in SDL (Garrison, 1997) to monitoring and strategy use in SRL (Zimmerman, 2002). Recent reviews suggest that AI-enabled tools support SDL/SRL processes by helping students plan activities, seek explanations, and revise work (Achuthan, 2025; Banihashem et al., 2025; Lan & Zhou, 2025). However, these emerging studies also indicate that GenAI does not merely assist learning but actively participates in decision-making, reconfiguring how autonomy unfolds. While European policies, such as the Digital Education Action Plan (European Commission, 2020) and the OECD’s (2025) Education for Human Flourishing, emphasise human-centred AI under human oversight, this framing overlooks how agency is increasingly distributed across human and nonhuman actors in complex sociotechnical configurations.
Existing research on GenAI-supported SDL/SRL largely frames GenAI as a tool or scaffold for enhancing individual cognitive and metacognitive processes, with SDL/SRL operationalised as improvements in planning, monitoring, and strategy use. For example, Nguyen et al.’s (2024) research on academic writing with GenAI highlights how AI complements learners’ planning and executive functions through dynamic interaction, while Pan et al.’s (2026) studies on chatbot-supported reading emphasise personalised scaffolding that progressively strengthens procedural management and SRL strategy use. While these approaches demonstrate positive motivation for learning, they rarely examine how agency and autonomy are redistributed when AI systems actively suggest goals, reframe tasks, or evaluate progress. Conceptually, this leaves limited space to examine whether autonomy remains entirely human or becomes shared and reconfigured through human-AI interaction. Methodologically, the field is dominated by instrumental and psychological models that capture SDL as an individual capacity, typically through self-report or outcome-based designs, rather than as a relational process emerging through engagement with GenAI.
The purpose of this study is to examine how learner autonomy and SDL/SRL are sociotechnically reconfigured in GenAI-related educational research. We introduce a lens from Science and Technology Studies (STS) to complement psychological perspectives on SDL/SRL. By utilising concepts such as sociotechnical configuration (Suchman, 2007), relational agency (Edwards, 2005), and human-nonhuman assemblages (Gourlay & Oliver, 2018), this research shifts the focus from internal cognitive states to the distributed interactions within the learning environment. The value of this approach is to treat GenAI not as a neutral tool but as an active participant that scripts learner behaviour, enabling SDL to be understood as a co-produced outcome of students, GenAI systems, and institutional norms. Learner autonomy is reconfigured as a relational achievement enacted within the unique cultural and digital learning contexts of higher education (Selwyn, 2010).
This study focuses on East Asian Higher Education (EAHE) literature because the intersection of its rapid GenAI adoption with environments frequently stereotyped as low-autonomy and exam-oriented offers a unique vantage point to observe shifts in agency. By investigating how autonomy is negotiated within these strong institutional and cultural structures (Lin et al., 2021; Phan, 2012), the study seeks to critically examine how learner autonomy and SDL/SRL are being reconfigured through human-AI relations in EAHE studies following the rise of GenAI. This approach allows for an open dialogue between East Asian empirical realities and European theoretical frameworks, ultimately contributing to a more globally inclusive understanding of the relational agency between humans and AI in higher education. The guiding research question is therefore: How are learner autonomy and SDL/SRL reconfigured through human-AI agency in East Asian higher education studies following the emergence of GenAI? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study performs a configurative literature review and sets STS as an analytical sensibility. Configurative reviews are particularly suitable for research fields that are conceptually fragmented and theoretically diverse, where the aim is to interpret, organise, and theorise how phenomena are understood (Gough et al., 2012). This approach is especially appropriate for the present study, which sits at the intersection of education research, STS, and artificial intelligence, where multiple epistemic traditions coexist and often operate with different assumptions about learners, technologies, and agency. Because configurative reviews are inherently exploratory and iterative, and attentive to heterogeneity, seeking patterns across differences, they enable the identification of recurring patterns across diverse perspectives (Barnett-Page & Thomas, 2009). This makes the approach well-suited for tracing how learner autonomy and SDL/SRL are variously conceptualised in early GenAI in educational research (2023-2026), a period marked by the widespread application of GenAI technologies in education, and allows us to develop concepts that provide enlightenment through new ways of understanding. The review draws on peer-reviewed literature retrieved from Scopus and Web of Science, ensuring coverage across education and interdisciplinary research. The corpus includes English-language publications, with the selective inclusion of Chinese-language scholarship where relevant, in order to capture perspectives from East Asian higher education contexts. Search terms are organised into three clusters: (1) generative AI and learning; (2) STS-related concepts; and (3) regional context. This strategy supports transparency and ensures systematic yet flexible coverage of relevant debates. Data analysis follows thematic synthesis as outlined by Thomas and Harden (2008), comprising three stages: line-by-line coding of relevant textual material, the development of descriptive themes, and the generation of analytical themes. While descriptive themes remain close to the primary literature, analytical themes involve a higher level of interpretation, enabling the reviewer to move beyond individual studies and generate new conceptual insights. In this study, thematic synthesis focuses on recurring patterns in how agency is articulated, how control and responsibility are configured, and how AI’s role in learning is represented. Analytically, the study adopts an STS-informed interpretive sensibility, attending to how generative AI is positioned in the literature, as a tool, partner, or authority, and how learner autonomy is framed as a distributed sociotechnical configuration rather than an individual possession. The STS analytical lens allows us to critically reflect on how heterogeneous scholarly voices coalesce into particular “figures” of the autonomous, self-regulated learner in the current GenAI era. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to offer a conceptual reframing of SDL/SRL as a relational and sociotechnical process, rather than an individual cognitive capacity. By synthesising early GenAI-in-education scholarship through an STS-informed configurative review, the analysis will develop a typology of human-AI configurations in SDL, distinguishing how agency, responsibility, and decision-making are distributed across learners, AI systems, and institutional arrangements. This typology will clarify emerging tensions between autonomy, delegation, and automation, showing how ideals of learner independence are reworked rather than replaced in AI-mediated learning environments. Empirically, the review is expected to identify dominant narratives and problem framings within EAHE research on GenAI and SDL, highlighting how learner autonomy is variously idealised, constrained, or technologized. The analysis will make visible the cultural, institutional, and policy mediations shaping these framings, including examination regimes, data governance norms, and pedagogical traditions. In doing so, the study offers a nuanced account of how autonomy is configured differently, rather than less fully, in EAHE contexts. For European researchers and policymakers, the findings provide a critical point of comparison. European AI and education policies (European Commission, 2025, Art. 4; Gattupalli, 2025) frequently foreground personalised learning and learner competencies, implicitly relying on liberal-individualist models of autonomy even as they articulate human-centred ethical values. East Asian cases complement these assumptions by revealing alternative configurations of autonomy that emphasise relational responsibility, guided self-regulation, and institutional coordination. The study’s outcomes can therefore inform European AI policy discussions, support culturally responsive educational technology design, and enrich comparative education research by demonstrating why autonomy should be understood as contextually situated and sociotechnically produced, rather than universally defined. References Achuthan, K. (2025). Artificial intelligence and learner autonomy: a meta-analysis of self-regulated and self-directed learning. Frontiers in Education, 10. Banihashem, S. K., et al. (2025). A systematic mapping review at the intersection of artificial intelligence and self-regulated learning. Int J Educ Technol High Educ, 22. Barnett-Page, E., & Thomas, J. (2009). Methods for the synthesis of qualitative research: a critical review. BMC Med Res Methodol, 9. Edwards, A. (2005). Relational agency: Learning to be a resourceful practitioner. Int J Educ Res, 43(3). European Commission. (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021-2027. European Commission. (2025). AI Act: AI talent, skills and literacy. Garrison, D. R. (1997). Self-Directed Learning: Toward a Comprehensive Model. Adult Educ Quart, 48(1). Gattupalli, S. (2025). AI, Education & Society: November 2025 in Review. Society & AI. Gough, D., et al. (2012). Clarifying differences between review designs and methods. Systematic Reviews, 1. Gourlay, L., & Oliver, M. (2018). Student engagement in the digital university: Sociomaterial assemblages. Routledge. Lan, M., & Zhou, X. (2025). A qualitative systematic review on AI empowered self-regulated learning in HE. npj Sci Learn, 10. Lin, L., et al. (2021). Online Self-Regulated Learning Profiles: Chinese as a Foreign Language Learners. Front Psychol, 12. Navas Bonilla, C., et al. (2025). The Future of Education: A Systematic Literature Review of SDL with AI. Future Internet, 17. Nguyen, A., et al. (2024). Human-AI collaboration patterns in AI-assisted academic writing. Stud High Educ, 49. OECD. (2025). Education for human flourishing: A conceptual framework. OECD Publishing. Pan, M., et al. (2026). Self-regulation plus individual interests? A study on a GenAI platform for reading. Comput Educ, 241. Phan, T. T. T. (2012). Teacher autonomy and learner autonomy: An East Asian’s perspective. Int J Soc Sci Humanit, 2. Selwyn, N. (2010). Looking beyond learning: notes towards the critical study of educational technology. J Comput Assist Learn, 26. Suchman, L. A. (2007). Human-machine reconfigurations: Plans and situated actions. Cambridge University Press. Thomas, J., & Harden, A. (2008). Methods for the thematic synthesis of qualitative research. BMC Med Res Methodol, 8. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a Self-Regulated Learner: An Overview. Theory Pract, 41(2). |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 28 SES 10 B: Critical Reflexivity in Education Research Location: Jumbo |HoteI Torni| Session Chair: Anna Kristiina Kokko Symposium |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Criticality, Critical Reflexivity and Disciplinarity in Education Studies 1: University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2: Durham University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The purpose of this paper is to explore the relation between critical reflexivity, especially when it comes to theory application in education, and disciplinarity as it pertains to the field of critical education studies. We argue in the paper that this relationship is a significant one for the field to reflect upon and take seriously, as a way to strengthen criticality in education internationally and foster a heightened form of intellectual accountability. This is an important activity because the field of critical education studies provides an important alternative to positivist and sham ‘value-free’ conceptions of research quality, conceptions that have dogged the education field and often reduced its power and potential to the status of handmaiden. That said, questions can be raised over the ‘strength’ of the critical studies field, and consequently its ability to influence and shape educational narratives around topics such as reform, quality and educational justice. One of these questions relates to what Bourdieu referred to as ‘critical reflexivity’ (Bourdieu, 2025, see also Bourdieu and Wacquant, 1992), the capacity of academics to question their own intellectual positions both conceptually and empirically. It is open to debate the extent to which critical reflexivity applies to the critical education field (Murphy and Costa, 2022) and concerns remain regarding the levels of ‘epistemological vigilance’ (Winzler, 2021: 1117) in evidence in critical educational studies research. This is a concern as criticality by itself is no excuse for unchecked subjectivity and positionality, or what Lynch calls ‘epistemological hubris’ (Lynch, 2000: 47). A related question relates to the issue of disciplinarity and the challenges raised by such a disparate and heterogeneous field. This is evidenced by the sheer quantity of ‘critical’ papers produced every year. Journals have proliferated and opportunities for publishing critical work have soared – not only in journals that are ‘traditionally’ more critical such as Critical Studies in Education and British Journal of Sociology of Education, but also across more specialist journals such as Gender and Education, Race, Ethnicity and Education, and Globalisation, Societies and Education. These journals cover a wide range of educational policies and practices, regions and scopes. The published work also encompasses a vast array of conceptual and theoretical paradigms and positions. While such range and scope can be viewed as positives and reflecting a field that is strongly interdisciplinary and conceptually diverse, it also raises questions about the level of quality control in critical studies, and the extent to which the field is ‘disciplined’ in its approach to research quality and its own criticality. It can be argued that the discipline of critical education studies requires its own form of critical reflexivity to strengthen and enhance the potential of critical education work to develop new approaches and confront hegemonic ideas, including, potentially, our own. Engaging with this issue inevitably raises questions about intellectual ‘gatekeeping’ and what counts as legitimate knowledge. These are important questions and in order to engage with these questions, we aim to deploy the concept of ‘critical disciplinarity’. Used previously by Chandler (2004) as a plural for critical studies disciplines, we use it here as a bridge between Bourdieu’s critical reflexivity and Max Weber’s conception of disciplinarity (Murphy, 2022, Weber, 1949). In particular, we explore how Weber’s politicised take on disciplining as intellectual ‘fortification’ could offer valuable insights into contemporary constructions of criticality, an exploration driven by the core question: how can disciplinarity bolster the potential for criticality, rather than constrict it? The paper addresses the implications of this for the development of intellectual communities of practice within critical education studies while also making connections to broader debates over academic freedom. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is embedded in an intellectual discourse that begins with the works of Bourdieu and Weber, using these as a platform to engage contemporary thinkers such as Judith Butler (2009) on the topic of critical reflexivity and disciplinarity. Sources used include the original work of both Bourdieu (Bourdieu, 2025, Bourdieu, Chamboredon and Passeron, 1991, Bourdieu and Wacquant, 1992) and those of Weber (1908[1973], 1949, 1958, 2008), thereby positioning the argument broadly within a critical sociology of education. Both Weber and Bourdieu treat epistemological vigilance as a methodological tool and defence mechanism against ‘commonsense’ or overly scholastic interpretations of everyday practices. By drawing on Bourdieu and Weber as foundational sources in this debate, a focus on ‘critical disciplinarity’ redirects this analytical lens onto the critical studies research field itself, not merely to consider conceptions of research positionality, but also to serve as a compass for the orientation of critical inquiry and inquirer. The paper also builds on previous work where we have explored critical reflexivity (and the lack of it) in theory-driven methodologies in education research (Murphy and Costa, 2022) and the role of disciplinarity in fostering and defending intellectual freedom, especially the freedom to theorise (Murphy, 2022).We include an analysis of secondary literature that deploys the notion of critical reflexivity as a proxy for understanding the researcher’s situated position and the ways in which these positionalities carry power and become embedded within the research process as viable knowledge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper uses the re-configured conception of critical disciplinarity to asks questions of the critical education studies field and what it represents in a context of journal proliferation and increasing intellectual heterogeneity. The paper addresses the implications of the argument presented in this paper for several key areas: • the future development of intellectual communities of practice within the critical education studies field: we explore the possible parameters and content of these communities of practice and how they can be best positioned to generate critical ideas and debate. • the importance of theory and theory development, and its relation to educational practices: We explore the dynamics of value freedom (in the Weberian sense of the freedom to theorise) and their implications for strong methodological work. • the role of institutions/organisations in fostering debate and the production of ideas – in what ways does critical disciplinarity speak to concerns over the gatekeeping functions of journals and peer review? How does it relate to universities and their capacity to encourage intellectual work? • the practice of academic freedom, the meaning of ‘critique’ and the future of academic work References Bourdieu, P. (2025). Return to reflexivity. Cambridge: Polity Press. Bourdieu, P., J.L. Chamboredon and J.C. Passeron (1991). The craft of sociology. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Bourdieu, P. and L. Wacquant (1992). An invitation to reflexive sociology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Chandler, J. (2004). Critical disciplinarity. Critical Inquiry, 30: 2, 355–60. Lynch, M. (2000). Against reflexivity as an academic virtue and source of privileged knowledge. Theory, Culture & Society, 17:3, 26-54. https://doi.org/10.1177/02632760022051202 Murphy, M. (2022). Publicness and intellectual work: rethinking academic freedom in the age of impact. In M. Olssen, R. Watermeyer and R. Raaper (eds), International handbook on academic freedom. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar press, pp. 37-51. Murphy, M. and C. Costa (2022). Social theory and methodology in education research: From conceptualisation to operationalisation. In Murphy, M (ed.) (2022) Social theory and educational research: Understanding Foucault, Bourdieu, Habermas and Derrida – 2nd edition. Oxon: Routledge, pp. 24-43. Weber, M. (1908 [1973]), ‘Die sogenannte Lehrfreiheití an den deutschen Universitäaten’ (original) Frankfurter Zeitung (20 September 1908). Reprinted in E. Shils (ed.) (1973), The power of the state and the dignity of the academic calling in Imperial Germany: The writings of Max Weber on university problems, pp. 1–49. Minerva. A Review of Science, Learning and Policy, XI (4 October 1973), 585–588. Weber, M. (1949). The meaning of “ethical neutrality” in sociology and economics’. In E. Shils and H. Finch (eds), The Methodology of the Social Sciences, New York: Free Press, pp. 1–49. Weber, M. (1958). Science as a vocation. Daedalus, 87:1, 111–134. Weber, M. (2008). Max Weber’s Complete Writings on Academic and Political Vocations (edited by J. Dreijmanis), New York: Algora Publishing. Winzler, T. (2021). On reductions: Examining a British-Bourdieusian sociology of education, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 42:8, 1107-1122. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2021.1990015 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Rethinking Critical Pedagogy in Times of Polycrisis: Toward a Generative Praxis of Entanglement, Complicity, and Hope La Trobe University, Australia Presenting Author:This presentation asks how critical pedagogy might be rethought under conditions of polycrisis, where overlapping crises (climate change, systemic inequality, political fragmentation, wars, genocide, and ongoing conflicts) appear to be recursively entangled rather than discrete problems amenable to conventional analytical frameworks (Morin & Kern, 1999). Within such contexts, I suggest that critical approaches in education mobilised through clearly demarcated categories (for example, oppressor/oppressed or complicit/resistant) and teleological narratives of progress may prove inadequate for addressing non-linear, recursively entangled complexity. Drawing primarily on Edgar Morin’s paradigm of complexity (Morin, 1992; 2006), supplemented by affect theory, feminist epistemology, psychoanalytic insights, and postcolonial theories of entanglement, I explore what I term a generative praxis: a mode of critique that works from within acknowledged entanglement and implication rather than from imagined positions of exteriority (Rothberg, 2020; Nuttall, 2009). I argue that this reorientation is particularly urgent in out current context where responsibility, agency, and hope are frequently framed either through individualised moralism or paralysing accounts of systemic collapse (Bryan, 2022; Zembylas, 2022a). The presentation develops three interrelated propositions. First, I argue that we are always already entangled in the systems we critique. Under conditions of polycrisis, causes and effects loop back upon one another, making it impossible to isolate singular sources of injustice or to locate responsibility entirely “elsewhere”. Morin’s complexity thinking offers resources for engaging such conditions without reducing them to either/or binaries or linear causal explanations (Morin, 2006). Second, I contend that critique is always an affectively mediated practice. Drawing on psychoanalytic and affect theory, I show how unconscious investments, emotional attachments, and defensive responses shape how critique is taken up or resisted in educational settings, particularly in relation to difficult knowledge (Britzman, 1998; Zembylas, 2022b). This is especially evident in pedagogical encounters involving climate change, racism, and colonial violence, where rational argument alone often intensifies resistance rather than enabling reflection. Third, I argue that hope must be understood as a practice rather than as a precondition for critique or an outcome deferred to the future. Building on work in critical pedagogy and affect theory, I conceptualise hope as something cultivated through collective pedagogical work that remains responsive to uncertainty, contradiction, and complicity (Zembylas, 2022a; Thiele, 2017). Across the presentation, I illustrate these arguments through pedagogical examples drawn from climate education, anti-racist training, educational leadership, and decolonising curriculum work (Bryan, 2022; Dadvand, 2024; Zinga & Styres, 2019). Taken together, these examples show how generative praxis can remain hopeful while refusing both paralysis in the face of complexity and false certainty grounded in simplified narratives of transformation. The presentation speaks to shared European and international challenges in critical education, particularly in relation to climate anxiety, post-truth politics, and institutional constraint. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation adopts a theoretical and conceptual orientation grounded in critical interpretive analysis. Rather than reporting empirical findings, I develop an integrative conceptual framework for rethinking critical pedagogy under conditions of polycrisis, drawing on established traditions in educational philosophy and critical theory (see Harcourt, 2020). My methodological approach centres Edgar Morin’s paradigm of complexity, particularly his accounts of recursive causality, dialogic relations, and complex ethics (Morin, 1992; 2006; Morin & Kern, 1999). I place Morin’s work in conversation with affect theory, psychoanalytic approaches to learning, feminist epistemology, and postcolonial theories of entanglement and implication (Britzman, 1998; Hemmings, 2012; Rothberg, 2020; Nuttall, 2009). This transdisciplinary engagement allows me to trace resonances across bodies of scholarship that converge around shared concerns with uncertainty, implication, and ethical responsibility in education. The analysis proceeds through theoretical exemplification. I draw on selected pedagogical cases from existing literature, such as climate education, anti-racist training, educational leadership, and decolonising curricula, not as empirical data but as illustrative sites through which to think with theory (Bryan, 2022; Zembylas, 2022b; Dadvand, 2024). These examples enable me to show how concepts such as entanglement, complicity, affective solidarity, and hope as practice can be enacted pedagogically within complex institutional and political conditions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation contributes a rethinking of critical pedagogy in times of polycrisis. I propose generative praxis as a mode of critique that remains ethically responsive and pedagogically hopeful while refusing reductive binaries and linear narratives of change. The presentation shows that acknowledging entanglement, affect, and implication does not weaken critique but enables more context-sensitive forms of ethical and political response. By reframing complicity as a shared condition rather than a moral failure, the presentation opens space for collective responsibility without collapsing into paralysis or despair. Attending to the affective life of critique further enables educators to work productively with resistance, discomfort, and uncertainty, particularly in pedagogical encounters involving climate change, racism, and colonial histories. Overall, the presentation offers conceptual resources for teachers, teacher educators and researchers seeking to navigate the ethical, affective, and pedagogical challenges of critical education across European and international contexts marked by overlapping and cascading crises. References Britzman, D. P. (1998). Lost subjects, contested objects: Toward a psychoanalytic inquiry of learning. State University of New York Press. Bryan, A. (2022). Pedagogy of the implicated: Advancing a social ecology of responsibility framework to promote deeper understanding of the climate crisis. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30(3), 329–348. Dadvand, B. (2024). Navigating the paradox of excellence and equity in school leadership. The Australian Educational Researcher, 51(4), 1239–1253. Harcourt, B. E. (2020). Critique & praxis: A critical philosophy of illusions, values, and action. Columbia University Press. Hemmings, C. (2012). Affective solidarity: Feminist reflexivity and political transformation. Feminist Theory, 13(2), 147–161. Morin, E. (1992). From the concept of system to the paradigm of complexity. Journal of Social and Evolutionary Systems, 15(4), 371–385. Morin, E. (2006). Restricted complexity, general complexity. In A. Heath-Carpentier (Ed.), The challenge of complexity: Essays by Edgar Morin (pp. 61–79). Sussex Academic Press. Morin, E., & Kern, A. B. (1999). Homeland Earth: A manifesto for the new millennium. Hampton Press. Nuttall, S. (2009). Entanglement: Literary and cultural reflections on post-apartheid. New York University Press. Rothberg, M. (2020). The implicated subject: Beyond victims and perpetrators. Stanford University Press. Thiele, K. (2017). Affirmation. In M. Bunz, B. M. Kaiser, & K. Thiele (Eds.), Symptoms of the planetary condition: A critical vocabulary (pp. 25–29). Meson Press. Zembylas, M. (2022a). Affective and biopolitical dimensions of hope: From critical hope to anti-colonial hope in pedagogy. Journal of Curriculum and Pedagogy, 19(1), 28–48. Zembylas, M. (2022b). Post-truth as difficult knowledge: Fostering affective solidarity in anti-racist education. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30(3), 295–310. Zinga, D., & Styres, S. (2019). Decolonising curriculum: Student resistances to anti-oppressive pedagogy. Power and Education, 11(1), 30–50. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Critical Qualitative Educational Research: Re-Asserting the Importance of Ontology and Epistemology in Research Practice University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This conceptual paper explores the onto-epistemological commitments of doing critical sociology, particularly in relation to the use of qualitative data. Critical scholarship frequently pushes back positivist epistemologies, including tacit claims of discovery of a singular social reality ‘revealed’ through enquiry. As a result, critical requires scholars work – at least in principle – to make explicit the evidence base of their interpretive claims rather than assuming that research participants’ meaning is given, self-evident or can ‘speak for themselves’ (Mazzei & Jackson 2012). Yet, the ghosts of positivism, brute data, ‘normal science’ and singular objective social realities continue to haunt educational research, even those of the ‘critical’ persuasion (Alvesson 2003; Clegg and Stevenson 2013; St. Pierre & Jackson 2014). The broader field of (critical) qualitative educational research appears to be hesitant to be overly critical or analytical of participants’ voices (Hammersley 2008), granting a ‘special epistemic position’ and authenticity to first person accounts (Potter & Hepburn 2012: 567). This is arguably particularly the case when researching timely and pressing topics with those from the social margins and identity groups across European nations (e.g. refugees from warzones such as Ukraine and Gaza, LGBTQ+ youth, white working class school pupils, black and people of colour in universities) with the apparent assumption being that simply giving voice ‘speaks truth to power’. This paper then asks “what are the onto-epistemological assumptions made about qualitative research and how might these facilitate or stymy criticality?”. I do this by firstly exploring some of the onto-epistemological assumptions invoked by conventional qualitative research methods such as interviews, and interrogating how these assumptions may or may not be ‘critical’ but captured and rule-bound by dominant research ‘imaginaries’. In doing so I assert that critical scholars need to ask themselves what onto-epistemological assumptions might they be invoking by giving voice in unproblematic ways, and which positions might they desire to occupy as critical scholars. Secondly, I argue for the need to look to both the ‘deeper’ workings of scholars we frequently deploy and to the intellectual traditions beyond education – those fields whose main interest lay in non-educational contexts – such as philosophy, political theory, and social theory. For example, Bourdieu – whose work is almost mandatory in some branches of the sociology of education – had much to say about the extent to which researchers should take at face value the utterances of research participants (e.g. Wacquant 1992). Further, when wrestling with what counts as a ‘critical’ approach to data generation, knowledge claims and so on, we may find that such debates have been continuing in other fields for decades. These include issues relating to the consideration of the ‘incorrigibility’ of social actors’ perceptions (Taylor 1985), and the historical conditions that give rise to certain objects of study coming into and out of existence (Hacking 2002) – all of which have bearing on how researcher view the world, and the purpose and function of research. Thirdly, I advocate for the development of sociologically and philosophically informed critical methodology studies as an emergent field that explicitly addresses onto-epistemological assumptions and the ‘research imaginaries’ that dominate our own research practices. Such an approach has potential to transform the field of critical studies in education, in part by being more attentive to matters of ontology and epistemology, but also via interrogation of research orthodoxy. This article attempts to lay some of the groundwork for this emerging arena of enquiry. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a primarily conceptual and argument-based paper. As such it will draw upon a range of texts from authors in sociology and cognate fields including philosophy and political theory. For example, the paper will invoke take up some of the key arguments put forward by Bourdieu in his quest for dissolving the distinctions between structure and agency. These arguments entail a form of sociology that is both attuned to, and critical of agents’ own understanding of the world – to move beyond ‘accounts of accounts’ (Bourdieu 2013: 293). Similarly, I will draw on Taylor’s arguments against ‘incorrigibility’ to elaborate on Bourdieu’s position. I will also invoke White’s (2000) notion of ‘weak ontology’ in my argument for critical scholars being acutely aware of their own ontological and epistemological positions (e.g. how research may presuppose certain ‘entities’, ways of being in the world etc), and how to sustain and defend these in the face of critique. In places, points of argument will be illustrated by selective use of the literature – e.g. to draw out certain assumptions about research, data, and the voice of research participants. In these cases, the focus will be on orthodox research practices rather than specific authors. The arguments will also be fleshed out with reference to works that critique and problematise how interviews and qualitative data are used (e.g. Mazzei, & Jackson, 2012; Clegg & Stevenson 2013). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a theoretical / conceptual piece, the paper will not produce specific outcomes or findings. However, certain arguments and conclusions will be advanced. The first argument / conclusion will be that – consistent with certain branches of literature on research method – critical sociology of education is ruled by dominant and inter-related traditions (or imaginaries) of method (data generation), onto-epistemology (assumptions about the social world and how it might be known), and interpretation (how research contexts are represented in journal articles etc). Here I contend that the seemingly contradictory tensions between positivism and interpretive approaches conspire to produce analytically thin criticality. Secondly I conclude that without conscious and continuous attention to the concerns listed above, critical sociological work runs the real risk of becoming ‘impotent’, speaking only to other scholars, and chronicling the injustices experienced by marginalised groups. The vitality and relevance of critical scholarship requires scholars to be constantly attentive to the assumptions that dominate our research practices, or else the aims of criticality are undermined in a variety of ways (Scheurich 2025). Thirdly, I conclude that such considerations have the potential to lead to new fields of enquiry that turns the tools of critical sociology onto ourselves as researchers. In this approach, ‘reflexivity’ means more than a brief statement of positionality or similar (Macfarlane 2022), but entails research method and practice itself becoming an object of enquiry (Atkinson & Silverman 1997), going far beyond the scope of methodology books and training. References Alvesson, M. (2003). Beyond Neopositivists, Romantics, and Localists: A Reflexive Approach to Interviews in Organizational Research. The Academy of Management Review, 28(1), 13-33. Atkinson, P., & Silverman, D. (1997). Kundera's Immortality: The Interview Society and the Invention of the Self. Qualitative Inquiry, 3(3), 304-325. Bourdieu, P. (2013). Symbolic capital and social classes. Journal of Classical Sociology, 13(2), 292–302. Casey, P. J. (2023). Lived Experience: Defined and Critiqued. Critical Horizons, 24(3), 282-297. Clegg, S., & Stevenson, J. (2013). The interview reconsidered: context, genre, reflexivity and interpretation in sociological approaches to interviews in higher education research. Higher Education Research & Development, 32(1), 5-16. Hacking, I. (2002). Historical Ontology. Harvard University Press. Hammersley, M. (2008). Questioning Qualitative Inquiry: Critical Essays. SAGE. Macfarlane, B. (2022). Methodology, Fake Learning, and Emotional Performativity. ECNU Review of Education, 5(1), 140-155. Mazzei, L. A., & Jackson, A. Y. (2012). Complicating Voice in a Refusal to “Let Participants Speak for Themselves”. Qualitative Inquiry, 18(9), 745-751. Potter, J., & Hepburn, A. (2012). Eight challenges for interview researchers. In J. F. Gubrium, J. A. Holstein, A. B. Marvasti, & K. D. McKinney (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Interview Research: The Complexity of the Craft (2nd ed., pp. 555-570). Sage. Scheurich, J. J. (2025). An Anti-Racist Critique Related to the Ontology and Epistemology of Qualitative Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 31(3-4), 295-304. St. Pierre, E. A., & Jackson, A. Y. (2014). Qualitative Data Analysis After Coding. Qualitative Inquiry, 20(6), 715-719. Taylor, C. (1985). Philosophy and the Human Sciences: Philosophical Papers 2. Cambridge University Press. Wacquant, L. J. D. (1992). Towards a social praxeology: The structure and logic of Bourdieu’s sociology. In P. Bourdieu & L. J. D. Wacquant (Eds.), An invitation to a reflexive sociology (pp. 1–59). Policy Press. White, S.K. (2000). Sustaining Affirmation: The Strengths of Weak Ontology in Political Theory. Princeton University Press. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 28 SES 10 C: Transnational, Digitality-Oriented School Development through ‘Proto-Practices’ Location: Raide 1| Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Mathias Decuypere Symposium |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Transnational, Digitality-Oriented School Development through ‘Proto-Practices’ Digital technologies have become interwoven with the organisational, professional and pedagogical fabric of school education. As they continue to circulate widely across geographical scales and borders, technologies increasingly become a constitutive force that shifts broader social, political, cultural, economic and infrastructural conditions in and through which educational institutions operate (Stalder, 2018; Williamson et al., 2025). To this extent, schools are affected by the spread and continuous development of technologies that, in turn, have come to increasingly transnationally reshape what counts as ‘good educational innovation’ and ‘education quality’ (Tierens et al., 2025). In response, critical education scholarship has intensified efforts to rethink schools’ relationships with digital technologies by redesigning them with education practitioners, attending to issues of in-/exclusion, power asymmetries between commercial organisations and public schools, and the pedagogical and institutional lock-ins that commercial technologies may produce. Exemplary here is co-design research, which engages education practitioners in collective reflection on the (un)intended consequences of technological design and how it shapes everyday educational practice, while enabling participatory re-design of existing or new technologies (Brandau & Hartong, 2024; Macgilchrist et al., 2023). This symposium builds on such work, which shifts attention from design as improving educational technology to design as critically interrogating its performative implications and taking seriously the everyday lives of school actors. Our specific focus in this symposium is to advance a whole-school approach to developing meaningful responses to the current digital condition of school education. More specifically, we develop a notion of school development that (a) unfolds transnationally, (b) enables schools to critically reflect on their relationships with digital technologies, and (c) does so by using digital technology itself (i.e., a platform) to facilitate this work. We conceptualise this as digitality-oriented school development. To develop a transnational, digitality-oriented approach to school development, we present insights from the SMASCH II project, which contributes to such a whole-school approach by designing so-called proto-practices (for the concept of proto-practice, see: Saari & Decuypere, 2024). In SMASCH II, six schools from five European countries (Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Switzerland, and Poland) collaborate in tandems and use proto-practices as a distinctive form of transnational, digitality-oriented school development, mediated through a platform designed by the SMASCH research team. Proto-practices function as ‘good examples of practice’ and thus differ fundamentally from ‘best practices’ (Kelchtermans, 2021): rather than reinforcing a ‘what works’ agenda, they invite education professionals to engage in transnational collaboration and in taking school development into their own hands. Proto-practices introduce prototypical ideas about (future) school practice that necessarily require local adaptation, critique, and re-thinking. For this reason, proto-practice as a mode of transnational, digitality-oriented school development is also a deeply normative endeavour – both for those who design proto-practices (as they give shape to educational futures) and for those who enact them in everyday practice (as they take up, negotiate, and re-make these proposed futures). The symposium conceptually elaborates the possibilities and tensions of proto-practice as a form of transnational, digitality-oriented school development, while exemplifying these dynamics through three proto-practices (on Artificial Intelligence, Technology Design, and Virtual Reality) developed within SMASCH and taken up by schools across Europe. The first presentation lays the conceptual groundwork by specifying what a proto-practice is and how it makes possible a particular form of transnational school development via a platform. The subsequent three presentations address a shared question – how transnational school development, encompassing whole schools, can be enacted through platform-based proto-practices – by examining empirical cases of proto-practices ‘in action’ in transnational tandems across five European countries. Across all contributions, we foreground the implicit and explicit normativities that shape both the research and the practice of school development through platform-based proto-practices. References Brandau, N., & Hartong, S. (2024). Visualising the school: A critical study on co-designing a Moodle-based learning management system. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 0(0), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2024.2400229 Kelchtermans, G. (2021). Keeping educational research close to practice. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1504–1511. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3716 Macgilchrist, F., Allert, H., Cerratto Pargman, T., & Jarke, J. (2023). Designing Postdigital Futures: Which Designs? Whose Futures? Postdigital Science and Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-022-00389-y Saari, A., & Decuypere, M. (2024). Governing by prototype and proto-practice: Topological configurations of future classroom labs. Journal of Education Policy, 39(5), 683–701. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2024.2304567 Stalder, F. (2018). The digital condition. Polity Press. Tierens, T., Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., & Alirezabeigi, S. (2025). Feeling infrastructures: How digital technology matters atmospherically for schools. European Educational Research Journal. Williamson, B., Macgilchrist, F., & Potter, J. (2025). Knowledge infrastructure crisis: Digital democratic deficits and alternative designs for education. Oxford Review of Education, 51(6), 936–952. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2025.2483255 Presentations of the Symposium Proto-Practice: A Framework for Transnational, Digitality-Oriented School Development
In this presentation, we mobilize the concept of proto-practice as a theoretical lens and framework for understanding and giving shape to school development in the(post)digital age. Proto-practices are defined as emergent proposals for future practice that shape how schools evolve in response to pervasive digital entanglements. In line with what was argued above, we adopt the term digitality to capture this cultural transformation. As such, with this presentation, we bring two research fields that are traditionally operating relatively separately – the field of critical edtech studies and the field of school development – together (cf. Brandau and Alirezabeigi 2023; Simon et al. 2025).
While this cultural shift implies shared responsibility in designing schools and educational practices, explicit connections between school development and (post)digitality remain underexplored. Using the transnational example of the Future Classroom Lab as an illustrative case, we develop six theoretical dimensions of proto-practices: design; practice; continuous deformation; horizontal diffusion; distributed ownership; and affectivity. Those interrelated dimensions together form a conceptual framework for understanding how proto-practices operate: design and practice highlight the interplay between initial conception and everyday enactment; continuous deformation underscores their openness to change; horizontal diffusion points to the role of networks and infrastructural embeddedness; distributed ownership emphasizes shared responsibility and adaptation; and affectivity draws attention to the emotional investments that sustain, or hinder, these processes. We argue that these dimensions offer a robust framework for analyzing and guiding school development in practice and as a normative research agenda in the (post)digital age.
In elaborating on the concept of proto-practice and its constituent dimensions, we will argue that proto-practice serves a dual role: it aims to foster digitality-oriented school development and simultaneously provides an analytical lens for understanding the manifold ways in which edtech is transnationally at work in contemporary educational organizations. It should not be seen as consisting of fixed solutions, but rather as hypotheses for promising examples of practice that require inventive recomposition (cf. Hofhues & Müller-Birn, 2025). For proto-practice designers, school developers and educational practitioners the like, this means embracing openness to adaptation, honoring professional autonomy, and resisting interpretations of local modifications as mere reluctance to implement original designs (cf. Kelchtermans, In Press). Taken together, these insights will form the starting point for our exploration of how proto-practice can serve as a fruitful conceptual vantage point for transnational, digitality-oriented school development.
References:
Brandau, N., & Alirezabeigi, S. (2023). Critical and participatory design in-between the tensions of daily schooling: working towards sustainable and reflective digital school development. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(2), 337-349.
Hofhues, S., & Müller-Birn, C. (2025). Informatik als Teil von Gesellschaft. Zur Bedeutung interdisziplinärer und kontextsensitiver Forschung und Entwicklung. In S. Hofhues & J. Schütz (Eds.), Plattformen für Bildung (pp. 315- 322). Berlin: Transcript.
Kelchtermans, G. (In press). Teachers’ sense-making of educational innovations: resistance, commitment and professionalism. In L.A. Goodwin et al. (Eds.), International Handbook of Educational Change. Third Edition. Sage.
Simon, S., Vassaux, C., Guigon, G., Čarapina, M., & Consoli, T. (2025). The Postdigital Classroom: a Guide Toward the Imaginary. Postdigital Science and Education, 1-23.
Critical Edtech (Co)Design as Key Component of Digitality-Oriented School Development: Insights from Two Secondary Schools
Situated within the outlined approach of digitality-oriented school development and the potential role of proto-practices herein (Saari & Decuypere, 2024), this presentation focuses on context-specific and curiosity-driven technology (re)design as an increasingly important practice of school and classroom development. More particularly, it presents the critical co-design approach (Brandau & Hartong, 2025), which during the first phase of the SMASCH project was developed from approaches such as speculative design (Dunne & Raby, 2013), critical design (Richert & Allert, 2017), and participatory design (Cumbo & Selwyn, 2022) and has been specified for application to technology-related school development. Unlike other design thinking approaches, critical co-design focuses less on the development or efficient integration of products or “solutions” (in this case, edtech). Rather, it shifts attention to the numerous moments of opening, closing, and active decision-making that arise in the process of technology (re)design, and seeks to support school actors in the systematic reflection of, and experimentation with, such moments. In the case of the presented project, this particularly refers to the participation and empowerment of students.
The presentation first gives an overview of the critical co-design approach, also in relation to the proto-practice and transnationality concept, before providing insights into its application within the SMASCH project. Through the school year 2025/2026, the developed material was tested within two secondary schools – one in Germany and one in Belgium – who each engaged with the approach very differently, including its specific embedment within school development. Using artifact analyses, digital reflection prompts, regular focus groups, and participatory observations, the study unpacks the dynamics which manifested in both schools, as well as in their interaction with each other, when putting the approach into practice. The findings allow for important conclusions regarding the potentials, but also limits of developing critical co-design as a proto-practice (i.e., as an example of ‘good practice’) into a ‘scalable’ approach of school development.
References:
Brandau, N., & Hartong, S. (2025). Visualising the school: a critical study on co-designing a Moodle-based learning management system. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 46(3), 307-323.
Cumbo, B., & Selwyn, N. (2021). Using participatory design approaches in educational research. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 45(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2021.1902981
Dunne, A., & Raby, F. (2024). Speculative Everything: Design, Fiction, and Social Dreaming. MIT press.
Richter, C., & Allert, H. (2017). Design as critical engagement in and for education. EDeR, 1(1), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.15460/eder.1.1.1023
Saari, A., & Decuypere, M. (2024). Governing by prototype and proto-practice: Topological configurations of future classroom labs. Journal of Education Policy, 39(5), 683–701. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2024.2304567
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
Becoming Obstinate to Artificial Intelligence: Wicked Problems and (Transnational) Futuring as School Development
Proliferating academic, professional and political discourse on the future of schools is increasingly tied to the presumed necessity of AI in education (Selwyn, 2022). Artificial intelligence is no longer seen as being ‘exceptional’, but as (potentially) foundational to a multitude of day-to-day processes and practices in schools related to learning, teaching, administration and school governance (Rahm, 2023). It is for this reason that accelerated artificial intelligence-related change in schools is seen not only as a necessity, but also as that which defines ‘good school development’ today (e.g., professional and pedagogical development of ‘AI proficiency’) (Ng et al., 2025).
This paper explores how schools can navigate these imaginaries of desired technological change and how they can re-imagine their own future beyond what is given today. It does so by providing insight into the ‘AI proto-practice’. The presentation zooms in on two transnational school tandems (Belgium – Denmark; Switzerland – Germany) that engaged with the AI proto-practice and illustrates how this proto-practice enacts possibilities for transnational futuring – where futuring is understood not as the creation of abstract utopias (Oomen et al., 2022), but as emergent practices where alternative futures come into being through different ways of relating to artificial intelligence in the present. To this extent, this contribution scrutinises how the AI proto-practice creates possibilities for professional, organisational and pedagogical life in schools where it becomes collectively felt that alternative futures of school education are possible, and that these are not speculative but rather everyday acts that are (de-)formed (and hence not fully determinable within the design of the proto-practice).
This is inherently normative in that the proto-practice propagates the idea that the existing apparatus of thinking and speaking about artificial intelligence in relation to school education can be disturbed. As this contribution will show, it is partly because of that normativity that the proto-practice enables practices of futuring on the level of a school through the transnational design of ways of feeling, thinking and doing in relation to artificial intelligence, which can be seen as a concrete form of school development. This practice of school development, we argue, makes possible an ‘obstinate’ response to artificial intelligence in school education.This does not refer to an ignorance or stubbornness of school actors, but to the making possible of performances of the future that are particular to specific schools and that emphasise the potentiality for another world beyond our common categories (Savransky, 2025).
References:
Ng, D.T.K., Chan, E.K.C., & Lo, C.K. (2025). Opportunities, challenges and school strategies for integrating generative AI in education. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8, 100373. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2025.100373
Oomen, J., Hoffman, J., & Hajer, M.A. (2022). Techniques of futuring: On how imagined futures become socially performative. European Journal of Social Theory, 25(2), 252-270. DOI: 10.1177/1368431020988826
Rahm, L. (2023). Educational Imaginaries of AI. In S. Lindgren, Handbook of Critical Studies of Artificial Intelligence (pp. 289-300). Edward Elgar Publishing.
Savransky, M. (2025). Interstitial Politics: Thinking in Catastrophic Times. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 50(6), 1115-1139. DOI: 10.1177/01622439251372845
Selwyn, N. (2022). The future of AI and education: Some cautionary notes. European Journal of Education, 57(4), 620-631. DOI: 10.1111/ejed.12532
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 29 SES 10 A: Diffractive and speculative methodologies in arts and education Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Mònica Ruiz Revuelta Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Following Diffractive Patterns as Drama Educational Potential in Norwegian Upper-Secondary Schools: Creating Curiosity, Creativity and Interdisciplinarity through Performative Approaches University of Agder, Norway Presenting Author:Recent curriculum reform in Norway (LK20) emphasizes creativity, exploration, and interdisciplinarity as core educational values (Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2020). The curriculum also embraces complexity and openness within and across subjects. In drama education, these ambitions call for pedagogical approaches that move beyond representational models of teaching and learning, where knowledge and learning outcomes are fully predefined. This paper examines how drama education in upper-secondary schools can be approached as a performative and diffractive educational practice, responding to these curricular invitations by re-imagining what teaching, learning, and researching within drama education can be(come). By engaging diffractive patterns as an educational potential, the paper asks: How can following diffractive patterns in drama education create learning processes that foster curiosity, creativity, and interdisciplinarity in Norwegian upper-secondary schools? This question also invites for further inquiry on drama education on a European and international level, created from the stance within drama education in Norwegian upper-secondary schools. Positioned within performative research (Østern et al., 2021; Østern et al., 2024) and a/r/tography (Irwin, 2004; Irwin & Springgay, 2008), the study challenges conventional distinctions between pedagogy, research, and artistic practice. The paper further explores how a performative orientation disrupts traditional reform pedagogy, drawing on Dewey’s (1916) pragmatist thinking while critically engaging established frameworks in drama education (Heggstad & Heggstad, 2022; Kirk & Krøgholt, 2018; Sæbø, 2016). This opens a space for re-thinking drama education as a relational, aesthetic, and artistic event rather than a representational pedagogical practice. Engaging diffractive theory by following “differences that make a difference,” the paper attends to how differences and entanglements are constantly produced and reconfigured through intra-actions, highlighting new possibilities for knowing and being (Barad, 2007; Juelskjær, 2019). Teaching, learning, and research are understood as entangled practices in which knowledge is not represented but created through intra-action among bodies, materials, space, time, text, and curriculum (Østern et al., 2021; Szatek, 2023). Intra-action emphasizes that entities do not preexist their relations but emerge through ongoing mutual constitution (Barad, 2007). Rather than treating these elements as stable categories, the study approaches them as fluid and entangled, raising questions such as: What can time become when learning unfolds non-linearly? What can bodies do when knowledge emerges through affective and relational engagement? What can text become when it operates as material, action, and event rather than representation? And what can an audience become when actor and spectator are not separate roles but entangled practices within unfolding educational situations? Through a series of performative learning processes, the study examines how diffractive patterns can open educational spaces that invite exploration, creativity, interdisciplinarity, uncertainty, and curiosity. These spaces allow curriculum aims, students, teachers, and the more-than-human to co-create learning, rather than positioning learning as the execution of predefined objectives. Approached in this way, diffractive patterns in drama education invite an ethical responsibility, where knowledge emerges in relation to what unfolds in the moment. By engaging drama education as performative research, the study positions the artist/researcher/teacher not as an external observer but as a participant and co-creator. This de-centered position challenges dominant notions of control, predictability, and efficiency in educational research and practice, offering instead a pedagogical orientation that concerns risk-taking and relational matters (Østern et al., 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the project is informed by performative inquiry (Leavy, 2017; Østern et al., 2021) and a/r/tography (Irwin, 2004; Irwin & Springgay, 2008), where knowing emerges through entangled artistic, pedagogical, and analytical practices. Rather than separating data generation, analysis, and interpretation into distinct phases, the research process unfolded performatively (Barad, 2003), allowing teaching events to be revisited, re-worked, and diffractively read through theory (Barad, 2014). Diffractive analysis was employed not as a technique of comparison, but as a way of reading insights through one another, attending to how theory, practice, bodies, materials, and institutional conditions intra-act in the production of knowledge. Research material was created through a series of performative teaching processes conducted in collaboration with students at two upper-secondary schools. The researcher occupied the position of artist/researcher/teacher, engaging directly in the design, facilitation, and unfolding of the teaching practices. Not as an observer, but as a participant within the activities. The material includes reflective and poetic writings and drawings produced by both students and the artist/researcher/teacher, video and sound recordings from the teaching processes, as well as embodied memories from participation in the events. These materials were not treated as representations of practice, but as active agents within the ongoing research process and were engaged performatively (Østern et al., 2021). Analytical attention was directed toward moments where time, body, space, text, and audience/participant were reconfigured through teaching practice, opening alternative pedagogical possibilities. Ethical considerations were approached through an ethico-onto-epistemological lens (Barad, 2007), attending to how responsibility is continuously distributed across students, teachers, materials, and situations. Within this diffractive and performative orientation, the teacher’s role is de-centered through the positioning of the artist/researcher/teacher, while students participate as co-creators of knowledge and meaning. This requires continuous attentiveness to accountability, care, curiosity, and risk-taking within each classroom context, highlighting ethics as a dynamic and entangled practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper sketches how following diffractive patterns within drama education can function as an educational potential in upper-secondary schools, aligning with curriculum reforms that emphasize creativity, exploration, and interdisciplinary learning. By approaching the core elements of theatre and drama; time, body, space, text, and audience/participant as performative and entangled dimensions rather than fixed pedagogical components, drama education emerges as a site where learning is created through ongoing intra-action. Across the teaching processes, time, body, space, text, and audience/participant became entangled: time became body, and body became time. Text emerged through these intra-actions not as a fixed object, but as something shaped and transformed by bodies and temporal rhythms. Words became gestures, gestures became speech, speech became rhythm, and rhythm created space. Space itself was continually reconfigured through these entanglements, functioning both as a medium and a co-creator of learning possibilities. Audience–participant relations were not separate positions but relational practices within these diffractive patterns; observing, acting, and participating were inseparable. These intra-actions opened a field of questions and pedagogical possibilities: What can bodies become in relation to time? How does text emerge when entangled into movement and space? What forms of attention, curiosity, and creativity are enabled when these elements diffract through one another? In the presentation, a diffractive “map” will be sketched as a visual metaphor for how such practices may be enacted in upper-secondary drama classrooms, illustrating relational processes and educational potential rather than fixed models. The study suggests that following diffractive patterns in drama education can offer a drama educational potential that works with curricular aims through performative exploration rather than predefined outcomes. It also raises broader questions for discussion: How can teachers be supported in taking pedagogical risks within institutional frameworks? What forms of assessment might align with diffractive and performative learning processes? References Barad, K. (2003). Posthumanist performativity: Toward an understanding of how matter comes to matter. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 28(3), 801–831. https://doi.org/10.1086/345321 Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Barad, K. (2014). Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart. Parallax, 20(3), 168–187. https://doi.org/10.1080/13534645.2014.927623 Dewey, J. 1916. Democracy and education. The Macmillan Company. Heggstad, K. M. & Heggstad, K. (2022). 7 veier til drama [7 ways to drama]. Fagbokforlaget. Irwin, R. L. (2004). A/r/tography: A metonymic métissage. In R. L. Irwin & A. de Cosson (Eds.), A/r/tography: Rendering self through arts-based living inquiry (pp. 27–38). Pacific Educational Press. Irwin,R. L. & Springgay,S. (2008). A/r/tography as practice-based research. In Stephanie Springgay, Rita L. Irwin, Carl Leggo & Peter Gouzouasis (Eds.). Being with A/r/tography (pp. xiii–xxvii). Rotterdam, The Netherlands: Sense Publishers. Reprinted with permis- sion of Sense Publishers. Juelskjær, M. (2019). At tænke med agential realisme [Thinking with agential realism]. Nyt fra samfundsvidenskaberne. Kirk, H. & Krøgholt, I. (2018). Fagdidaktik i teater og drama [Educational designs within theatre and drama]. Frydenlund. Leavy, P. (Ed.) (2017). Handbook of Arts-Based Research. Guilford Press. Szatek, E. (2023). De estetiska ämnenas didaktik; att göra ämnesinnehåll med kroppar, affekter, känslor och plats [The educational designs of aesthetic subjects: Doing subject content through bodies, affects, emotions and place]. Journal for Research in Arts and Sports Education, 7(2), 22–38. https://doi.org/10.23865/jased.v7.4160 Sæbø, A. (2016). Drama som læringsform [Drama as a learning approach]. Universitetsforlaget. Østern, T. P., Jusslin, S., Nødtvedt Knudsen, K., Maapalo, A. P., & Bjørkøy, I. (2023). A performative paradigm for post-qualitative inquiry. Qualitative Research, 23(2), 272–289. https://doi.org/10.1177/14687941221102096 Østern, T.-P., Dahl, T., Skjøstad Hovde, S., Golovátina-Mora, P. and Martin, R. (2024). Performativ læring: Skapende og samskapende utdanning [Performative learning: Creating and co-creating education]. Universitetsforlaget. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Speculative Fabulations and Research Creations: pencils, Paper, Fabrics, threads and Prayers 1: University of New England, Australia; 2: University of Adelaide, Australia Presenting Author:In this presentation we will share our post-qualitative new materialist methodological approaches to learning in museums and heritage sites. This approach has been developed over a decade and involves the blending of roles as we embrace practices of researcher/ visitor /makers producing arts-based outcomes alongside scholarly outputs. This work begins with traditional historical inquiry and then enhanced by the embodied encounter in the museum space. Subsequently the arts-based work explores the interconnections of theory, matter, affect and history. Learning in museums and at heritage sites is always mutli-layered and the complex tensions of history require teachers and students to be critically reflective and to be open to different ways for engaging with those histories. Taking this deep dive into post-qualitative and new materialist methodologies in museums, which often deal with difficult histories, creates an opportunity for the learner to be entangled in the affective and relational encounters and in turn be reconfigured by the experience. The outcomes of this work might be thought of as speculative fabulations (Haraway, 2016b); multi-layered creations that evolve from walking, talking, listening, drawing, stitching, drawing, and writing. We are deeply conscious of the way in which this work is shaped by our own ethico-onto-epistemologies (Barad, 2007) and our work demands critical reflection on researcher positionality.
In this presentation we will trace a series of encounters with place, matter and history at museums and heritage sites. At each site we have employed historical inquiry, alongside, walking methodologies (Springgay &Truman, 2019) and arts-based responses. These sites include museums, foundling homes sites, holocaust memorials, exhibitions, ‘old town’ sites tracing signs of vital matter and lingering histories. In each location we have sought representations or traces of the absent child in curated exhibitions, heritage sites but also in historic locales that have been subsumed and used for new purposes. This work has occurred in the UK, Italy, Czech Republic, Germany and Bosnia Herzegovina. At each of these sites we, as researchers, became entangled in the relational encounters of the vitality of matter, affect and an ethico-onto-epistemological unfolding. Often these research encounters include the unanticipated, the obscure, and the serendipitous bringing a new level of richness to the project. The arts-based products include spontaneous drawings done on site, more intricate pencil art works, digital art productions, reproductions of baby dresses and hand stitched brevi with enclosed prayers. Each production reflected the representations of histories of absent, isolated or surrendered children and their mothers. These are often difficult and sad histories thus posing the potential risks as well as opportunities for thinking differently about place, matter and loss. Women’s arts and craft work can create connections across time and generations; as acts of memorialisation (Whitty, 2019) as a witness to the past (Fisk, 2019), as a gift (Clarke, 2016), and as an activity for “embodied and hand(y) knowledge making” (Goggin, 2012, p33-4). We regard such feminist arts-based productions as a means for engaging in an ethics of care across time and place. In each of our encounters at the museums or heritage sites and the subsequent research creations, we found ourselves to be reconfigured by the experience. In this presentation we will seek to trace this reconfiguration by revisiting the sites, showing the products and sharing the ways in which this approach has been personally and professionally enriching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this presentation we generally locate our work in the post qualitative, arts-based and new materialist spaces but we also align our practice with postfoundational research creation (Ruby & Bozalek, 2024), performative paradigm (Østern et al, 2023), speculative fabulations (Haraway 2016, Truman, 2018), onto-ethico-epistemologies (Barad, 2007, Ruby & Bozalek, 2024) and affect theory (Jackson & Mazzei, 2023, Hickey Moody, 2013, Thrift, 2009). Each of these inform our work in different ways. Postfoundational pedagogies for example allow for a breadth of inquiry, as Ruby and Bozalek suggestion this approach has “Both traces of what might be called traditional pedagogies and reconfigurations and opening to newness” (2024,182). We recognise the significance of our own positionality and critical reflection of our ethico-onto-epistemologies. (Barad, 2007). As Ruby and Bozalek further explain through ethico-onto-epistemologies “we come to know through our being and doing in a lively powered world” (2024,182). Similarly, Østern et al assert that “The research material, the process and the researcher perform on one another, constantly in-becoming.” (2023, p284). The notion of a performative paradigm allows for new possibilities for emergent research practices and providing “a space where we can breathe and move, even with unexpected twists” (Østern et al, 2023, p283). In keeping with these ideas of being open to the not yet, the possibilities, and new encounters we find resonance with speculative fabulations. Speculative fabulations allow for a different, and transformative, way for revealing the histories of matter and space. As Truman notes “While rooted in everyday storytelling practices, speculative fabulation defamiliarizes, queers perception, and disrupts habitual ways of knowing …. [it] is a material force that probes, critiques, and lures future-pasts across academic disciplines and in everyday life. Speculative fabulation is not neutral.” (2018, p 1-2). We regard the affective and relational entanglements inherent in research practice. As Jackson and Mazzei suggest we “sense the relations of intensities that signal encounters, motions and flows” (Jackson & Mazzei, 2023, 5). We see encounters as pivotal threshold moments or experiences in the research journey. Using historical inquiry, embodied walking / talking methodologies, and arts-based creations we find ourselves immersed in theory, matter, bodies and place. As a performative process methodology, we create a means for thinking with and plugging into the multiple layers of curation, vital matter, stories, memories, and acts of commemoration and memorialisation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By employing a researcher/ visitor/ maker approach to learning in museums and heritage sites we have engaged in an arts-based methodology that allows for critical reflection but also, very consciously, celebrates the unexpected and the spontaneous. Like most arts-based work we recognise the value of being open to the unanticipated and the risks (Leavy, 2017) and its capacity to illuminate situatedness and relationalities (Onsès-Segarra & Hernández-Hernández, 2023). The transversal and temporal nature of this methodology evokes questions of relationality regarding about the role of the learner amid memories, legacies, threads over time, traces of absent children and vital matter. In our speculative fabulations we see the traces of our own learning, the questions that transfixed us, and the experimental risks we took. They have become a trail of the research practice and memory markers of place. The locations varied from beautiful buildings to grim sites of difficult and painful histories. Some sites were so overwhelming that we still recall in our bodies the affective flows, the shiver up the spine and the urgent desire to retreat into a corner of a museum room to find distance from objects that emanate extreme and dreadful histories. Yet as we undertake this work we are also always reminded of our privilege of living in safety, the capacity to travel and to work as researchers. Even as we stitch, sketch and write we reflect on the way in which our work is infused with debates about onto-ethico-epistemologies, contestations, and the inevitable narrative of love and loss. Through these arts-based approaches we see opportunities for thinking with theory, matter and bodies and for expanding ways for learning in the history discipline, for the roles of the historian and the way in which the past and the present are intimately linked through such embodied historical experiences. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Clarke, K., (2016). Willful knitting? Contemporary Australian Craftivism and Feminist Histories. Continuum 30(3) pp. 298-306. DOI:10.1080/10304312.2016.1166557 Fisk, A. (2019). “Stitch for stitch, you are remembering”: Knitting and crochet as material memorialization. Material Religion: the Journal of Objects, Art and Belief 15(5) pp. 553-576. DOI.10.1080/17432200.2019.1676621 Goggin, M. D., (2012). Suturing a wounded body – wounded mind I red silk on white linen: Embodied and hand(y) knowledge of trauma. Linguaculture 3(1): 27-46. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Haraway, D. (2016b). Speculative fabulation. Youtube Video. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zFGXTQnJETg. Hickey-Moody, A. (2013) Affect as method: Feelings, aesthetics and affective pedagogy. In R. Coleman, & J. Ringrose, (Eds.), Deleuze and Research Methods (pp. 79-95). Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Jackson, A. & Mazzei, L. (2023). Thinking with theory in qualitative research, Routledge. Leavy, P. (Ed.) (2017). Handbook of Arts-Based Research. Guilford Press. Onsès-Segarra, J. & Hernández-Hernández, F. (2023). Exploring Scenarios, Possibilities and Challenges of Cartographies in School and Higher Education. In S. V. Carrasco-Segovia, F. Hernández-Hernández & J. M. Sancho-Gil, J. M. (Eds.), Affective Cartographies (pp. 65-80). Palgrave Macmillan. DOI: 10.1007/978-3-031-42163-1_5 Østern, T. P., Jusslin, S., Nødtvedt Knudsen, K., Maapalo, P. & Bjørkøy, I. (2021). A performative paradigm for post-qualitative inquiry. Qualitative Research, 23(2), 272-289.DOI: 10.1177/14687941211027444 Ruby, C., & Bozalek, V. (2024). Pedagogy in the context of postfoundational inquiry, in Mazzei, L. & Jackson, A. (eds). Postfoundational approaches to qualitative inquiry, Routledge 180 -194. Springgay, S., & Truman, S. (2019). Walking methodologies in a more than human world: WalkingLab. Routledge. Truman, S. (2018). SF! Haraway’s Situated Feminisms and Speculative Fabulations in English Class, Studies in Philosophy and Education, DOI:10.1007/s11217-018-9632-5 Thrift, N. (2009). ‘Understanding the Affective Spaces of Political Performance’, in M. Smith, J. Davidson, L. Cameron & L. Bondi, (eds.), Emotion, Place and Culture, Farnham: Ashgate, pp. 79-95. Whitty, A., (2019). Alison Lowry: (A)dressing our hidden truths: An artistic response to the legacy of mother and baby homes and Magdalene laundries. National Museum of Ireland. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper The Agency of the Arts in Schooling: What Artistic Practices Do in Two Public Schools in Barcelona Universitat de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Research into arts education typically examines the objectives, content, procedures, and assessment of teaching practices, student learning, and organizational initiatives. A bibliometric analysis by Fontan and Martínez-Rodríguez (2024) reveals that publications on arts education fall into two main areas: teaching and learning processes, and therapeutic processes in community and social interventions. Specifically, this analysis identifies, in the first area, the following research issues as predominant during the period 2000-2025: formal education in the school environment and the curriculum; the development of creativity; and higher education and teacher education. This analysis shows that research focuses on “what is done,” but is rare on what these practices do in the lives of schools, students, teachers, and families. Examining what arts education proposals and practices do aligns with the new materialist approach, which focuses on the “agency” of things—or, as Jane Bennett (2010) puts it, on what things do rather than what they mean. As Tota and De Feo (2022) point out, this means attending to the structuring properties of art and its artifacts in educational environments, rather than their structured properties. It requires acknowledging art’s agency and performative nature—its capacity to shape learning processes, relationships, and the subjectification of those involved. This perspective reframes arts practice as agency: the right to act. We pursued this direction in a recent study linked to the European EXPECT_Art project, investigating the epistemic communities associated with arts education practices in two schools (Hernández-Hernández, Espinosa & Ruiz, in press). This research enabled us to catalog the observed artistic practices and organize them according to three frameworks: arts education, education through the arts, and the use of art in education. Building on this framework and research experience, this paper examines how artistic practices operate as forces within the classroom and how they are articulated in subsequent interviews with participants. As lived experiences, the arts can position participants in unexpected ways when they allow themselves to be affected. This study draws on Deleuze’s notion of affects, understood as movements or shifts from one state to another that emerge in encounters between bodies (Deleuze, 1998). These affective movements persist beyond the immediate experience, leaving traces that can be recognized in what participants later recount. The paper therefore focuses on these echoes of experience as they appear in the oral testimonies shared through interviews, of those involved in and reflecting on the artistic practices developed within the research project. Emphasizing this dimension contributes to the field by strengthening the connection between research in arts education and the affects that artistic practices have on people's lives, beyond their planning and implementation. In line with the new materialist concern with what practices do, the paper's focus extends beyond researchers' observations or interpretations. Instead, it seeks to understand arts education through how students and teachers articulate the ways these practices affect them, shape relationships, and reconfigure their positions within the school environment. This approach aligns with perspectives that understand artistic practice as a form of knowledge production enacted through practice itself, as proposed by Barrett (2007). From this standpoint, art functions as an epistemic practice that generates understanding through doing. Similarly, following Hickey-Moody (2016), this paper considers art as having the capacity to reconfigure what participants are able to understand, produce, and connect with in educational contexts. Attention to the affective traces articulated in participants’ narratives allows us to explore how artistic practices operate as agents within educational environments, contributing to processes of learning and subjectification in schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is part of the research carried out from the European EXPECT_Art project (EXPloring and Educating Cultural Literacy Through Art), which tries to identify barriers and possibilities for fostering critical cultural literacy through the arts in formal education across Europe. To account for this purpose, the University of Barcelona team conducted ethnographic case studies (Simons, 2009) in two public schools in Barcelona. Fieldwork was carried out during the 2024–2025 academic year, following an ethnographic case study approach. A first phase (October–December 2024) consisted of participant observation aimed at becoming familiar with each school's institutional ecology and establishing relationships with teachers, students, and community members. This phase focused on understanding how artistic practices were already present in everyday school life. In a second phase (January–May 2025), the research team collaborated with teachers to design and implement a series of artistic proposals integrated into classroom learning projects. During this phase, particular attention was paid to identifying critical incidents (Tripp, 1993; Gremler, 2004): situations in which participants’ engagement with artistic practices generated notable reactions, shifts, or affects relevant to cultural literacy and learning. Participants included 137 students aged 9–15, 10 teachers, and 4 community members involved in the arts-based activities and learning projects. At the end of the fieldwork period, data were complemented through semi-structured interviews and brief surveys with students, teachers, and community participants involved in the second phase. These methods provided space for participants to reflect on their experiences and articulate the perceived affects of the artistic practices beyond the immediate classroom setting. Data analysis was guided by the conceptual framework of the EXPECT_Art project. Field notes, critical incidents, interview records, and survey responses were transcribed and subjected to thematic analysis (O’Reilly & Dogra, 2017). Initial coding was oriented by EXPECT_Art analytical axes related to children’s engagement with art, aesthetic experiences, expressions of critical perspectives, and the role of the school environment in recognizing cultural literacy. Building on this first level of analysis, this paper introduces a second thematic focus centered on the agency of the arts: how artistic practices generate affects in participants’ learning processes, relationships, subjectivities, and ways of understanding reality. This analysis seeks to trace how these affects are articulated and narrated by participants, foregrounding the relational, affective, and material dimensions through which the agency of the arts becomes visible in school life. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Understanding pedagogical practices through the lens of “agency” means examining the affects they generate. This requires attending to the corporeal, cognitive, relational, and aesthetic shifts that students, teachers, and communities experience and articulate when given the opportunity. While research processes rarely allow for extended follow-up—limiting the possibility of fully exploring the agency of the arts—the post-fieldwork interviews provided a crucial space for reflection. This space enabled participants to reconstruct the affects and traces left by artistic experiences and to articulate shifts in practices learned or inherited within the school context. The interviews thus complemented the observations while revealing a dimension of artistic agency that rarely emerges in the immediate moment of practice. In this research, the agency of artistic practices reveals modulations of experience that: a) shift how learning is understood in school, b) generate openness to discuss complex realities beyond homogenous normativity, c) enable verbalization of subjective dimensions, and d) raise questions about relational life in the classroom, school, and family and community contexts. These movements of agency are neither homogeneous nor linear, yet they highlight the arts’ potential to generate situated and unforeseen forms of knowledge and affection. The findings suggest that artistic practices leave traces that persist and reconfigure participants’ educational experiences, making visible their agency within school life and beyond. In the presentation, each type of agency is illustrated with quotes from teachers, students, and community members. These quotes demonstrate how the perspective of agency—understood as movements of affection—can expand arts education research beyond the focus on experientiality discussed in the first part of this paper. References Barrett, E. (2007). The Exegesis as Meme.” In Practice as Research: Approaches to Creative Arts Enquiry, E. Barrett & B. Bolt (eds.), (p.159–164). I.B. Tauris. Bennet, J. (2010). Vibrant matter: a political ecology of things. Combined Academic. Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. (1987). A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. University of Minnesota Press. Gremler, D. D. (2004). The Critical Incident Technique in Service Research. Journal of Service Research, 7(1), 65–89. https://doi.org/10.1177/1094670504266138 Hernández-Hernández, F., Espinosa, G. & Ruiz, M. ( in press). Epistemological communities and tensions in teachers’ arts education practices: putting in relations two case studies. Proceedings of ECER 2025: NW 29. . Fontal, Olaia & Martínez-Rodríguez, Marta (2024). Key themes in art education research: A bibliometric review. Arte, Individuo y Sociedad, 36(3), 745-757. https://dx.doi.org/10.5209/aris.93852 Hickey-Moody, A. (2016). Femifesta for Posthuman Art Education: Visions and Becomings. In C.A. Taylor et al. (eds). Posthuman Research Practices in Education (pp. 258 – 267). New York: Palgrave MacMillan. O’Reilly, M., & Dogra, N. (2017). Interviewing children and young people for research. SAGE Publications Ltd, https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526419439 Tota, A. L. & De Feo, A. (2022). Arts as Agency'. The Potential of the Arts in Educational Settings, in Scuola democratica, Learning for Democracy. (pp. 225-237). Società Editrice Il Mulino. https://dx.doi.org/10.12828/104551 Simons, H. (2009). Case Study Research in Practice. Sage. Tripp, D. (1993). Critical Incidents in Teaching: Developing Professional Judgement. Routledge. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 29 SES 10 B: Hands-on and play in arts education Location: B3108 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Zeynep Temiz Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper “I Draw My Play Experience”: Children’s Drawing as Reflective Narratives in Anji Play Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of,PHD Presenting Author:1. Topic & Research Question Topic: This study investigates the unique intersection of embodied play, artistic expression, and narrative construction within the Chinese early childhood pedagogical model of ‘Anji Play’(Jesse Robert Coffino,2019;Chris Moffett,2021) .Its core inquiry focuses on the post-play reflective session, where children translate their self-directed, outdoor physical experiences into paintings and verbal stories. Research Problem: Research Questions: This is examined through two sub‑questions:
2. Research Objective The primary objective is to provide a nuanced, empirical analysis of children's paintings as reflective narratives rather than mere aesthetic products. It aims to: (1)Theorize the "play-painting-narration" sequence as a holistic meaning-making cycle central to the Anji Play approach. (2)Document and analyze the diversity of children's individual expressive styles and narrative constructions that emerge from shared, low-structure environments. (3)Generate insights that contribute to international dialogues on reconceptualizing art education as a process of cognitive representation and rights-based expression, moving beyond technical instruction.
3. Conceptual & Theoretical Framework The study is framed by a synthesis of sociocultural and rights-based perspectives: Anji Play as an Ecology of Learning: The research is grounded in the defining principles of Anji Play itself: its commitment to love, risk, joy, engagement, and reflection as emergent phenomena in child-led play (Coffino & Bailey, 2019). The provision of open-ended, low-structure materials and the teacher's role as a non-intervening observer and documenter form the essential context (Moffett, 2021). Narrative Thinking & Semiotic Mediation: Drawing from Bruner (1991) and Vygotsky (1978), children's paintings and stories are viewed as culturally mediated tools for organizing experience. The process is analyzed as narrative thinking in action, where children select, sequence, and signify events from their play to construct personal stories. Multimodal Social Semiotics (Kress, 2010): Children's expression is analyzed as a multimodal ensemble. The study examines how visual modes (color, line, composition) and verbal modes (speech) interact, complement, and enrich each other in the construction of a unified narrative. The Right to Play and Cultural Participation: The framework is firmly anchored in the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (Article 31), which recognizes the child's right to play, leisure, and participation in cultural/artistic life (Moffett, 2021). Anji Play is interpreted as a pedagogical enactment of this right, where self-initiated art becomes a legitimate form of cultural participation and documentation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative multi case study design and is conducted in 5-6kindergartens in Anji County. The study focuses on 12-14 children aged 4-6 and collects data through triangulation. (1)Children's artwork (core visual data); (2)Video recording of the narrative process after painting (capturing multimodal expressions such as language and gestures); (3)Natural observation and field notes for outdoor games (providing background for painting content); (4)Semi structured interviews with teachers (to obtain adult perspectives and educational understanding). The data analysis adopts an iterative thematic analysis and multimodal narrative analysis framework. Firstly, encode the visual theme and form of the painting. Secondly, analyze the language structure of the transcribed children's narrative. Finally, integrate visual and linguistic patterns to examine how they collaboratively construct meaning. The analysis will pay special attention to the differences in narrative strategies among individual children and the agency they embody. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 1.Conclusions Aligning with Cox (2005), children’s paintings are powerful reflective narratives (not just aesthetic products).It is a constructive thinking process, not just representation. Anji Play’s cycle is a coherent, child-centered system prioritizing authentic expression over technical skill. Child agency is inherent, with individual narrative differences as valid expressions (Steele, 1999), and its integration of play, art and reflection effectively honors children’s rights, offering insights for global art education reconceptualization. 2.Expected Outcomes Consistent with recent research (e.g., Ring, 2006; Cox, 2005), this study expects to identify children’s personalized visual symbolic strategies (line, color, composition) and narrative structures in paintings reflecting Anji Play experiences—framing drawings as meaning-making rather than mere representation.It will confirm Anji Play’s "play-painting-narration" cycle as a holistic system (Kress, 1997), challenging skill-based paradigms. Stanczak’s (2007) view of images’ interpretive meaning and child agency in narratives (shaped by age, temperament) will be highlighted, supporting Anji Play as an enactment of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (Article 31). References Anning, A. (1999). Learning to draw and drawing to learn. Journal of Art & Design Education, 18(2), 163–172. Coffino, J. R., & Bailey, C. (2019). The Anji Play Ecology of Early Learning. Childhood Education, 95(1), 3–9. Cox, M., Perara, J., & Fan, X. (1999). Children’s drawing in the UK and China. Journal of Art and Design Education, 18(2), 173–181. Cox, S. (2005). Intention and meaning in young children’s drawing. International Journal of Art and Design Education, 24(2), 115–125. Gardner, H. (1973). The arts and human development (1st ed.). Basic Books. Hall, E. (2009). Mixed messages: The role and value of drawing in early education. International Journal of Early Years Education, 17(3), 179–190. Kress, G. (1997). Before writing: Rethinking the paths to literacy. Routledge. Matthews, J. (1996). The young child's early representation and drawing. In G. M. Blenkin & A. V. Kelly (Eds.), Early childhood education and developmental curriculum (pp. 150–183). Paul Chapman Publishing. Matthews, J. (2003). Drawing and painting: Children and visual representation (2nd ed.). Paul Chapman Publishing. Qi, X., & Melhuish, E. C. (2017). Early childhood education and care in China: History, current trends and challenges. Early Years, 37(3), 268–284. Ring, K. (2006). Supporting young children drawing: Developing a role. International Journal of Education through Art, 2(3), 195–209. Stanczak, G. C. (2007). Introduction: Images, methodologies, and generating social knowledge. In G. C. Stanczak (Ed.), Visual research methods: Image, society, and representation (pp. 1–21). Sage Publications. Steele, B. (1999). Notes on the aesthetics of children’s drawings. The Education Network, 15, 16–24. Vygotsky, L. S. (1962). Thought and language. MIT Press. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Integrating Traditional Turkish Play into the STEAM Approach 1: Karamanoğlu Mehmetbey University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Karamanoğlu Mehmetbey University, Turkey (Türkiye); 3: Karamanoğlu Mehmetbey University, Turkey (Türkiye); 4: Kırıkkale University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:STEAM activities have gradually began to gain in importance in recent years, there remains a need to apply and evaluate how such activities remain appropriate to early years’ education and how they can be integrated with the playful nature of such children. This is the starting point of this study that aims to combine the STEAM approach and traditional play to evaluate the productive outcomes for teachers and children alike. Türkiye has its unique heritage of traditional play, which have been, and indeed remain, a source of laughter, joy, dynamism, and enthusiasm. However Turkish traditional plays require their own particular materials, open spaces, a group of children; yet, nowadays, as a results of the extensive and general urbanization, digitalization, and the change in social life the connection between children and traditional play has been broken. This study represents an attempt to help to reconnect children and traditional play via the up-to-date nature of the STEAM approach. The culture surrounding traditional Turkish plays include processes like choosing the group members for the play, deciding which group will start first, where it will be played, and when it will end, which would nominally require problem-solving abilities on the part of children. Also, many of these traditional plays require materials unique to their particular production, which represents a highly useful to learn about many scientific and mathematical concepts, and which are open to redesign with current technologies, engineering design processes, and indeed artistic interpretation. Play is one of the most important activities that children can experience. They acquire skills such as leadership, following rules, sharing, using time efficiently, problem solving, and decision making, and recognizing their own culture. In acquiring of these skills, they also gain the substructure of the skills necessary to adulthood (Barnett, 1990; Cohen, 2018; Smith, 2009). Unfortunately, children today spend increasing amounts of time indoors in front of screens instead of playing outdoors with their peers (Domingues‐Montanari 2017; Guellai et al, 2022; Putnick et al, 2023). Families are looking for new ways to protect their children from excessive screen exposure (Sugiyama, 2023). Traditional plays that have emerged through the hundreds of years of humanity’s diverse experiences are being forgotten (Yuniasih et al., 2023). As such, we plan to bring traditional plays that are on the verge of being forgotten to the forefront and keep them alive by updating them via the STEAM approach and making them more attractive to toady’s youth. In traditional play, adult intervention is limited, with children determining the play environment, participants, and materials themselves, in most cases with the latter even being created by the children themselves. Based on these characteristics, they are very suiru for the application of all STEAM disciplines. Further, this study would enable traditional Turkish plays to be unearthed and actively performed by teachers, children, and families through implementation of the STEAM approach during the pre-school period. In doing so, a degree of structural synergy between the modern world and traditional values will be achieved. Acknowledgement: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 35 pre-service ECE teachers (31 female, four male) taking the “Traditional Turkish Play” course participated in this study. During the theoretical courses, pre-service ECE teachers were encouraged to read, reflect, discuss, and investigate ways to integrate STEAM and traditional play. Over the first four weeks of the course, researchers emphasized the significance of the STEAM approach and its advantages for children. They were asked to find a traditional play and design a play-integrated STEAM activity. They adopted their traditional play to the STEAM approach and prepared an activity plan. During this phase, the pre-service teachers were supervised by the researchers. Pre-service teachers actively work in the STEAM laboratory to produce traditional play material and toys. As the final step, each group implemented their activity in three different ECE class with children between the ages of 52-69 months. There were approximately 15 children in each class and four or five plays were implemented in each. Quantitative and qualitative methods were used together in the study. The quantitative phase was designed according to the one-group pretest-posttest experimental design (Creswell, 2012). In this design, a pretest, then an intervention, and finally a posttest was administered to a single study group; the STEAM attitude scale developed by Kim and Bolger in 2017 and adapted into Turkish by Çevik and Ata used both pretest and posttest (McMillan & Schumacher, 2010). In the qualitative phase of the study, a descriptive qualitative design was embraced and interviews conducted with preservice teachers and rubric were applied to assess child engagement in the plays. The researchers designed a rubric to assess how children engage with and respond to the processes involved in STEAM activities. If the option ‘very good’ (3) is awarded more in the rubric, it can be considered that the children have made the expected gains; if the ‘needs improvement’ (1) option is awarded more, it is recommended that the activity be repeated. Preservice teachers were interviewed following the completion of the STEAM-integrated “Turkish Traditional Play” course. To analyse the data, interview recordings were transcribed verbatim and open coding was employed to assign codes for deriving each meaningful expression from the raw data. These codes were then grouped into categories, which were further synthesized into overarching themes. As a result of this analytical process, two main themes emerged. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The ability to provide STEM-associated teaching is predicted by teachers’ efficacy and confidence with STEM content areas. Research has also shown that if teachers provided more opportunities regarding STEM content areas and practiced teaching these subjects to students, their efficacy and confidence would increase (Nadelsonetal et al., 2013). Our results supported this point of view. Even one semester course enriched with the STEAM approach resulted in higher STEAM knowledge and self-efficacy in the application of STEAM-associated learning activities with young children among the participating preservice early childhood educators. This finding indicates that Turkish early childhood teacher education programs should include a course to enable pre-service teachers to prepare STEAM-associated learning activities for young children. One of the most significant findings of this study is that traditional children’s plays can be seamlessly integrated into the STEAM framework, contingent upon the provision of high-quality guidance for educators. While STEAM is often perceived as an inherently academic endeavor, educators frequently adhere to conventional methodologies aimed at achieving a satisfactory final product. In contrast, early childhood education prioritizes process over product, emphasizing the developmental journey rather than the outcome. When pre-service teachers incorporate STEAM into traditional play activities, they engage more deeply with the various STEAM disciplines, placing less emphasis on the end product and academic performance. Play, as a fundamental right of children, remains an essential component of early childhood development. Consequently, it is inequitable to diminish the playtime of young children in the pursuit of fostering their 21st-century competencies through educational paradigms such as STEAM. Regrettably, traditional play—which serves as a vital cultural pillar—and STEAM are frequently regarded as disparate domains. This study, however, demonstrates that through intentional and expert guidance, it is entirely feasible to merge STEAM principles with traditional play in early childhood education. References Barnett, L. A. (1990). Developmental benefits of play for children. Journal of leisure Research, 22(2), 138-153. Cohen, D. (2018). The development of play. (4th ed.). Routledge. Domingues‐Montanari, S. (2017). Clinical and psychological effects of excessive screen time on children. Journal of paediatrics and child health, 53(4), 333-338. Guellai, B., Somogyi, E., Esseily, R., & Chopin, A. (2022). Effects of screen exposure on young children’s cognitive development: A review. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 923370. Nadelson, L. S., Callahan, J., Pyke, P., Hay, A., Dance, M., & Pfiester, J. (2013). Teacher STEM perception and preparation: inquiry-based STEM professional development for elementary teachers. The Journal of Educational Research, 106(2), 157–168. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2012.667014 Putnick, D. L., Trinh, M. H., Sundaram, R., Bell, E. M., Ghassabian, A., Robinson, S. L., & Yeung, E. (2023). Displacement of peer play by screen time: associations with toddler development. Pediatric Research, 93(5), 1425-1431. Smith, P. K. (2009). Children and play: Understanding children’s worlds. John Wiley & Sons. Sugiyama, M., Tsuchiya, K. J., Okubo, Y., Rahman, M. S., Uchiyama, S., Harada, T., ... & Nishimura, T. (2023). Outdoor play as a mitigating factor in the association between screen time for young children and neurodevelopmental outcomes. JAMA pediatrics, 177(3), 303-310. Yuniasih, R., Bone, J., & Quiñones, G. (2023). Encounters with stones: Diffracting traditional plays. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 24(1), 57-69. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Pedagogical Ideas in the Making: How Students Express Through Sloyd Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper examines how pedagogical ideas become present and recognisable in educational practice through materially grounded forms of representation in sloyd education. In several earlier studies, the relationship between the material and the crafter has often been centered on the practical encounter and the embodied interaction that occurs during the making of craft in pedagogical sloyd (Broman m.fl., 2013; Frohagen, 2016; Jagell & Homlong, 2024; Westerlund m.fl., 2021). This study instead focuses on students’ articulations of expression in relation to the sloyd objects they create and discuss. The specific focus lies on students’ sloyd objects as materializations of sedimented pedagogical discourses on expression, through which such ideas take form and become open to interpretation. The study is guided by the following research question: The objective is to understand how knowledge in sloyd education is shaped through interpretive frameworks that precede students’ expressive acts and filter what appears as possible or meaningful ways of expressing though craft. The study examines how representation is articulated through students’ objects, through their talk about these objects. The theoretical framework combines pedagogical theory Mollenhauer (2014) and discourse theory (Laclau & Mouffe, 1985). From a pedagogical perspective inspired by Mollenhauer (2014), representation is understood as the educational selection and mediation of the world, through which certain aspects of culture are made accessible to learners. Representation is thus seen as a pedagogical construction that organises what can be encountered, practised, and understood within education. Drawing on discourse theory as developed by Laclau and Mouffe (1985) , representation is understood as an articulatory process through which meaning is provisionally stabilised. Through articulation, relations between elements are established in ways that foreground certain interpretations, while rendering others absent. Read together with Mollenhauer’s (2014) pedagogical concept of representation as the mediated selection of the world for educational purposes, this perspective makes it possible to analyse not only what is pedagogically selected, but how such selections become fixed as meaningful. This perspective allows pedagogical representation, in Mollenhauer’s sense, to be analysed as becoming provisionally fixed both in the sloyd object itself and in students’ ways of articulating and relating to it. An important point of departure is a previous study (Author, forthcoming) which has established that in sloyd education, aesthetic expressions are commonly framed pedagogically in relation to individual freedom, imagination, and future orientation, while cultural expressions are framed in relation to shared values, historical continuity, and the common good. This distinction is approached as an established and sedimented pedagogical understanding. The study examines how it is represented and articulated through students’ sloyd objects. By highlighting representation through articulation in materially grounded practices, the study contributes knowledge about how pedagogical meanings are formed and made recognisable over time within sloyd educational practice, linking established pedagogical ideas with future-oriented forms of expression. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material consists of focus group interviews with students aged 7–12. During the interviews, students’ own sloyd objects are used as stimuli for discussion. The focus group format enabled collective meaning-making and allowed the students to relate to each other’s ways of speaking about their sloyd objects. The analysis draws on articulation (Howath &Torfing, 2005), derived from discourse theory, to examine how students’ sloyd objects and their accounts of making take form within particular pedagogical understandings of expression. The analysis attends to what becomes possible for students to express, recognise, and value when a certain pedagogical orientation is at work. In this study, representation is examined as a pedagogical relation in the sense of Mollenhauer(2014), while articulation provides a way of analysing how such representation takes shape in students’ engagement with their sloyd objects, a contingent practice of meaning-making in line with Laclau and Mouffe. The analysis is conducted through close reading of the focus group transcripts, attending to how students position their objects, themselves, and their expressions in relation to pedagogical ideas about expression. The analysis remains open and exploratory, tracing recurring patterns of articulation as they emerge in the material. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to clarify how pedagogical representation shapes the conditions under which meaning is continuously formed in students’ sloyd practices. The results will mediate how aesthetic and cultural expression are articulated in relation to one another, and on what comes to count as expression within a certain pedagogical framework. In addition, how pedagogical ideas shape the forms of expression that become recognisable in practice, will be presented. In relation to the conference theme Knowing and Acting, the study highlights how knowledge takes form through action, material engagement, and articulation, as students engage with established practices while orienting themselves towards future possibilities for expression. References Broman, A., Frohagen, J., & Wemmenhag, J. (2013). Vad är det man kan när man kan tillverka ett uttryck i slöjdföremål? Forskning om undervisning och lärande, (10), 6–28. https://doi.org/10.61998/forskul.v1i10.27601 Frohagen, J. (2016). Att kunna såga rakt. Om manuell bildning i skolämnet slöjd. Techne serien - Forskning i slöjdpedagogik och slöjdvetenskap, 23(2), Article 2. https://journals.oslomet.no/index.php/techneA/article/view/1374 Ekman, C. (u.å.). Forthcoming article on sloyd education. Howarth, D. (2000). Deploying discourse theory. I Discourse. Howarth, D., & Torfing, J. (Red.). (2005). Discourse Theory in European Politics Identity, Policy and Governance. Palgrave McMillan. Jagell, E., & Homlong, S. (2024). Föreställningsförmåga som kommunikativ resurs: Slöjdelevers gemensamma estetiska erfarenheter i idéutveckling. Techne series: Research in sloyd education and crafts science. A, 31(2), 1–21. Laclau, E., & Mouffe, C. (1985). Hegemony and the socialist strategy. Verso. Mollenhauer, K. (2014). Forgotten Connections On culture and uppbringing (N. Friesen, Red.; Norm Friesen, Övers.). Routledge Taylor and Francis. Stewart, D. N., & Shamdasani, P. N. (1990). Focus Groups Theory and practice. SAGE Publications, (20). http://www.upv.es/i.grup/repositorio/Stewart%20Shamdasani%201990%20Focus%20Groups.pdf Westerlund, S., Borg, K., Porko-Hudd, M., & Lindberg, V. (2021). Slöjdkunnande i förändring: Nordisk slöjdforskning. Nordfo, Techne serien. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:su:diva-203525 Winther Jørgenesen, M., & Phillips, L. (2000). Diskursanalys som teori och metod (1:22). Studentlitteratur. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Returning to Nature and Art Authenticity: Anji Play’s Reconstruction of Early Childhood Art Education Practice Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:1.Research Background Globally, early childhood art education faces deep-seated dilemmas alienating it from nature and children’s artistic authenticity, with prominent localized manifestations. Firstly, it is trapped in "skill-oriented indoctrination": adult-dominated teaching simplifies art to mechanical skill training, prioritizes standardized works (Zhang, 2022), and suppresses children’s autonomous expression via adult-centered evaluation, stripping art of its essence as a natural medium for perceiving and expressing emotions (Powell & Somerville, 2020). Secondly, practical dislocations prevail: art education is confined to closed indoor scenes (Zeynep Temiz, 2018), overrelies on standardized artificial materials, and teachers act as dominators/evaluators (Zhang, 2024), whose over-intervention disconnects artistic expression from children’s natural exploration (Tao, 2023). Thirdly, core value is narrowed: art education is reduced to skill acquisition, neglecting its role in fostering natural perception, creative thinking, and aesthetic literacy, and decoupling artistic development from daily play and holistic growth (Welch et al., 2014). Even "return to nature" initiatives often remain superficial, lacking logic to leverage natural play as an intrinsic driver of artistic expression (Bradshaw, 2018). As a localized innovative practice in China, Anji Play—centered on "love, adventure, joy, engagement, reflection"—integrates natural exploration, play, and art, offering a potential solution. However, existing research on Anji Play lacks in-depth exploration of its art education reconstruction mechanism, creating a research gap this study aims to address. 2.Research Questions (1)What are the core connotations of Anji Play’s reconstruction of early childhood art education under "returning to nature" and "art authenticity"? (2)What specific paths does Anji Play adopt to reconstruct early childhood art education in practice (3)What effects does this reconstruction have on children’s artistic development, and what are the key influencing factors? 3. Research Objectives (1)Clarify the core connotation and theoretical essence of Anji Play’s art education reconstruction, revealing differences from traditional models to enrich relevant theoretical systems. 4. Conceptual/Theoretical Framework The study is grounded in three core theories: (1) "Return to Nature" Educational Theory (Rousseau, Pestalozzi) guides the value orientation of reconnecting art education with nature; (2) Child-Centered Educational Theory (Dewey, Piaget) emphasizes children’s autonomy in artistic expression; (3) Embodied Cognition Theory explains how natural play experiences transform into artistic expression. A "connotation analysis - path exploration - effect verification" framework structures the research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research methodology to explore Anji Play’s reconstruction of early childhood art education in depth, focusing on contextualized practices, subjective perceptions, and meaning-making processes. The research is conducted over 4 months in 3 kindergartens with mature Anji Play practice (1 urban, 2 rural) in Anji County, China. 1.Core Research Methods (1)Case Study Method: The 3 kindergartens serve as key cases to capture the contextualized logic and local adaptations of Anji Play’s art education reconstruction, enabling in-depth exploration of implementation details and practical dynamics. (2)Participatory Observation: Researchers embed in daily kindergarten routines to observe children’s natural play-art integration (e.g., natural material use, post-play artistic expression), teacher roles (observation, support, dialogue), and outdoor natural environment design. Non-participatory observation supplements to record unobtrusive interactions. (3)Semi-Structured Interviews: 18 participants are interviewed, including 12 teachers, 3 principals (in charge of Anji Play implementation), and 3 early childhood art education experts. Interviews focus on their perceptions of art education reconstruction, practical experiences, challenges, and support strategies. (4)Document Analysis: Analyzes kindergarten practice plans, children’s artistic works, teacher reflection logs, and relevant academic literature (Zhang, 2022; Welch et al., 2014) to triangulate data and enrich analysis. 2.Research Instruments (1)Observation tools: Custom observation record forms, video cameras, and photo cameras to document on-site practices, children’s artistic expressions, and teacher behaviors. (2)Interview tools: Semi-structured interview outlines (tailored for teachers, principals, experts) and audio recorders, with all interviews transcribed into text for thematic analysis. (3)Document tools: A thematic coding framework aligned with research questions to analyze children’s works, teacher logs, and literature. 3.Data Sources (1)Primary sources: On-site observation records, interview transcripts, and children’s artistic works (drawings, natural-material crafts). (2)Secondary sources: Academic papers, kindergarten internal materials, and relevant theoretical literature to support analysis and triangulation. Qualitative data are analyzed via thematic coding to extract core themes, ensuring in-depth understanding of Anji Play’s art education reconstruction process and meaning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study expects to generate three core conclusions and outcomes by exploring Anji Play’s reconstruction of early childhood art education through qualitative thematic analysis, aligned with its research questions and theoretical framework. Firstly, it is expected to conclude that Anji Play reconstructs early childhood art education around “returning to nature and art authenticity,” fundamentally breaking the skill-oriented indoctrination dilemma (Zhang, 2022) by shifting from adult dominance to child autonomy. Its core connotation lies in positioning natural play as the intrinsic driver of artistic expression, rather than mechanical skill instruction. Secondly, the study will identify specific, contextually adaptable paths for this reconstruction, including utilizing outdoor natural environments and low-structured materials, integrating spontaneous play with artistic expression, and redefining teachers as observers, supporters, and interpreters of children’s artistic authenticity (Powell & Somerville, 2020). Thirdly, expected findings highlight that this reconstruction fosters children’s natural perceptual ability, autonomous artistic expression, and creative thinking, while practical challenges (e.g., teacher professional capacity) may influence implementation depth. Theoretical outcomes enrich Anji Play and early childhood art education research, while practical outcomes provide actionable insights for educators globally. This study also offers a localized, nature-centered model to address the superficial integration of natural and art education (Bradshaw, 2018), promoting art education’s return to child nature. References Addison, N., Burgess, L., Steers, J., & Trowell, J. (2010). Understanding art education. Routledge. Bradshaw, M. (2018). Natural connections: Forest schools, art education, and playful practices. Art Education, 71(4), 30–35. Chen, L. (2024). Current situation and strategy construction of art teachers' ability improvement under the guidance of new curriculum standards. Frontiers in Art Research, 6(5). Chen, C., Wu, J., Wu, Y., et al. (2022). Developing metacognition of 5-to 6-year-old children: Evaluating the effect of a circling curriculum based on Anji Play. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(18), 11803. Coffino, J. R., & Bailey, C. (2019). The Anji Play ecology of early learning. Childhood Education, 95(1), 3–9. Dewey, J. (1974). John Dewey on education: Selected writings. Gardner, H. (1990). Art education and human development (Vol. 3). Getty Publications. Hewes, D. W. (1992). Pestalozzi: Foster father of early childhood education. Kellow, G. C. (2022). Rousseau and the redefinition of nature and education. In The wisdom of the commons: The education of citizens from Plato’s Republic to The Wealth of Nations (pp. 147–186). Springer International Publishing. Li, Y. (2023). The development of children's creativity in Anji game activities. Procedia of Multidisciplinary Research, 1(8), 13–13. Mattil, E. L. (1966). A seminar in art education for research and curriculum development. Moffett, C. (2021). The play of art: Propensity and pedagogy in contemporary Chinese early childhood education. Studies in Art Education, 62(3), 222–235. Piaget, J. (1964). Cognitive development in children: Piaget. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 2(3), 176–186. Tao, J., & Kamarudin, D. (2023). A qualitative study of the current situation of early childhood art education in third-tier cities in China. International Journal of Education & Technology, 1(2). Temiz, Z., & Semiz, G. K. (2018). Combining art activities and nature in pre-school education. Erken Çocukluk Çalışmaları Dergisi, 2(3), 556–570. Welch, G. F., Himonides, E., Saunders, J., Papageorgi, I., & Sarazin, M. (2014). Singing and social inclusion. Frontiers in Psychology, 5, 803. Zhang, X. X. (2022). Analysis of the characteristics and educational paths of preschool children's art education from the perspective of the new era. China National Exhibition, (15), 91–93+100. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 30 SES 10 A: Pedagogies of Justice in Changing Climates: Can we Sustain? Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Michiel van Harskamp Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Evolving Climate Change Education for the Poly-Crisis: Why Net Zero Education for Children and Young People is Essential and Just University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Net Zero has emerged within climate policy globally as a key concept and as a solution to slowing and even stopping global warming and the related socioecological branches of the poly-crisis (Fankhauser et al., 2022). Net Zero can be presented purely as a scientific concept combining the need to urgently and drastically reduce global carbon emissions while also removing existing accumulated emissions from the atmosphere, to produce net zero emissions globally, which will effectively stop global warming (Fankhauser et al., 2022). The science is simple, but the pathways to reach Net Zero will involve global social transformation and thus must involve the global human populace, with a particular need from the populace of the Global North, not just scientists, policy makers, and industry leaders, to hold top emitters, governments, and corporations to account (Sasse et al., 2021). Recognition of Net Zero as a viable and necessary climate solution has been formalised by a commitment to achieving Net Zero is currently supported by 138 countries globally (Net Zero Tracker Data Explorer, 2026) though the efficacy and achievability, of those pledges varies widely, with many commitments simply statements of intent without any substantive action behind them (Hans et al., 2024). Additionally, despite the futures-based nature of Net Zero and thus the inherent impact particularly on youth if it is achieved, and despite international acknowledgement that education will play a vital role in reaching Net Zero, the term Net Zero is absent from school curricula across Europe and indeed globally (DfE, 2023; Learning for the Green Transition and Sustainable Development, 2025; Puttick et al., 2026).
In this way, while Net Zero is discussed in adult circles around children and young people, there are epistemic barriers blocking children and young people from accessing valuable knowledge and awareness of Net Zero. This inequitable blockage and omission of Net Zero from school curricula not only do children and young people a disservice by excluding them from Net Zero conversations and advocacy, they also more basically hinder a just climate transition and endanger the possibility of a Net Zero future, in which the global human community has repaired a core branch of the poly-crisis, thus having positive knock-on effects on other crises.
In this study, we draw on empirical data from interviews with teachers in secondary schools in England as a springboard for engaging with international literature within structured reviews. Through this combination of empirical work and international structured literature reviews, this paper seeks to make substantive impact on the narrative of children and young people’s right to receive particular knowledges through education. Additionally, beyond stating the problem of missing connections between youth and net zero in research and education, it proposes solutions and ideas for how to approach making those connections between youth, Net Zero, and education.
Throughout this paper, we learn from the framework of childism (Wall, 2022) which reminds of the inherent bias of adultcentrism that pervades most research, education, and policy work, and proposes active steps to decentre our adult lens to more equitably and ethically understand and here discuss the rights of and realities for children and young people. Additionally, we adopt the lens of justice to direct and analyse literature and in doing so, we recognise that justice itself is complex, and is intergenerational, distributive, and procedural. We extend work on transformative climate justice (Newell et al., 2021) and empowered inclusion (Josefsson & Wall, 2020) to centre youth, affirm and explore their inclusion within global Net Zero narratives and accountability for (in)action, and to take an active role in their Net Zero future. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Existing research on children and young people’s engagement with the poly-crisis sits primarily within climate change and sustainability education, with a noticeable gap in literature bringing young people directly in conversation with Net Zero, about their knowledge and education on the topic or otherwise. This leaves unanswered questions about the potential of Net Zero as a future-orientated and politically contested framework to shape educational research and practice. To address this gap and to investigate apparent injustices towards children and young people by the omission of Net Zero content from their education globally, we draw on teacher interviews and structured literature reviews. As a jumping off point, we draw on interviews with secondary school teachers in England which discuss teacher perspectives on Net Zero as a term as yet to be introduced through the school curriculum, and their perspectives on barriers or concerns around Net Zero education for children and young people. These interviews were conducted as part of a larger study with a diverse range of secondary schools across England, and with teachers of Key Stage Three subjects (for 11–14-year-old students). Interviews were voluntary and audio-recorded, and resulting transcripts were thematically analysed by our research team and interdisciplinary expert group. Through the lens of justice, these teacher perceptions and responses were used as informative for further literature reviews but not representative of actual lived realities, abilities, and capacities of children and young people. These interviews led to broader inquiries through structured literature reviews to expand the scope of the research and to investigate if and how epistemic barriers for children and young people to Net Zero education exist globally. We reviewed literature in all languages to first determine if Net Zero is being taught within curricula internationally by reviewing policy and curricular documents. Further to this review and drawing upon literature on climate change education research internationally, we use justice as an analytical lens to examine why Net Zero education for children and young people is essential and just. Finally, we scoped literature on the intersection of youth and Net Zero within education spaces or daily life, and literature on children and young people’s understanding and engagement around climate change, through a Net Zero lens. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Literature reviews affirm that globally, education around Net Zero for children and young people is both undertheorised in research and underrepresented in educational spaces broadly. Additionally, we learn that many of the epistemic barriers between children and young people and learning about Net Zero stem from existing epistemic barriers between the general adult global populace and the current Net Zero discussants (climate scientists, industry leaders, policy makers). All data sources confirm that educational practitioners believe in the importance, essentialism, and justice of sharing information about climate change, and climate solutions, with students. We also recognize that there are variations in reasons and justice depending on where children and young people are geographically, and demographically, situated. Through the weaving of interviews and broad, and structured, international literature, we affirm that including Net Zero content in educational settings would evolve climate change education, and would be a solutions-oriented education, with potential to counteract and mitigate eco-anxiety and the often-cited ‘doom and gloom’ of climate change education. We also assert, through support from all data sources, that educating children and young people about Net Zero, instead of just educating them for Net Zero (to help adult institutions check a box towards possibly achieving it) is both equitable and just. Through this paper, we argue that focussing on youth and Net Zero allows us to grapple with how education and society can enable young people to navigate, critique, shape, and hold current adults (and adult structures including governments, industry, education, and society) to account to achieve a Net Zero future. To conclude, we set out implications for the evolution of climate change education, to best serve children and young people in both the Global North and Global South as we aim for, and they grow into, a Net Zero future. References DfE (2023). Sustainability and climate change: A strategy for the education and children’s services systems. Department for Education. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainability-and-climate-change-strategy/sustainability-and-climate-change-a-strategy-for-the-education-and-childrens-services-systems Fankhauser, S., Smith, S. M., Allen, M., Axelsson, K., Hale, T., Hepburn, C., Kendall, J. M., Khosla, R., Lezaun, J., Mitchell-Larson, E., Obersteiner, M., Rajamani, L., Rickaby, R., Seddon, N., & Wetzer, T. (2022). The meaning of net zero and how to get it right. Nature Climate Change, 12(1), 15–21. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-021-01245-w Hans, F., Heck, S., & Mooldijk, S. (2024, May 30). Net zero or real zero? Assessing the carbon dioxide removal in net zero pledges. Climate Action Tracker. https://climateactiontracker.org/blog/net-zero-or-real-zero-assessing-the-carbon-dioxide-removal-in-net-zero-pledges/ Josefsson, J., & Wall, J. (2020). Empowered inclusion: Theorizing global justice for children and youth. Globalizations, 17(6), 1043–1060. https://doi.org/10.1080/14747731.2020.1736853 Learning for the green transition and sustainable development. (2025, February 18). European Commission. https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/green-education/learning-for-the-green-transition Net Zero Tracker Data Explorer. (n.d.). Net Zero Tracker. Retrieved 1 February 2026, from https://zerotracker.net/ Newell, P., Srivastava, S., Naess, L. O., Torres Contreras, G. A., & Price, R. (2021). Toward transformative climate justice: An emerging research agenda. WIREs Climate Change, 12(6), e733. https://doi.org/10.1002/wcc.733 Puttick, S., Talks, I., Farber, A., & Healy, G. (2026, January 28). Five arguments for including Net Zero in the curriculum. British Educational Research Association Blog. https://www.bera.ac.uk/blog/five-arguments-for-including-net-zero-in-the-curriculum Sasse, T., Allan, S., & Rutter, J. (2021). Public engagement and net zero How government should involve citizens in climate policy making. Institute for Government. https://www.instituteforgovernment.org.uk/sites/default/files/publications/public-engagement-net-zero.pdf Wall, J. (2022). From childhood studies to childism: Reconstructing the scholarly and social imaginations. Children’s Geographies, 20(3), 257–270. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2019.1668912 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Geographies of Justice in Climate Change Education Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway Presenting Author:Introduction Climate change is a social problem that involves poverty, social inequality and biodiversity loss, requiring systemic transformation in the practical, political and personal spheres (Leichenko & O’Brien, 2024). Hence, climate change is a matter of justice in time and space: justice related to the responsibility for climate emissions, to the distribution of cuts in climate emissions, and to the effects of climate change on those living today and future generations (Svarstad, 2021). Furthermore, green transitions away from grey economies and towards a more sustainable future will have massive effects on jobs, labour relations and income distribution. Therefore, demands from trade unions for a socially just transition have been recognised as part of the Paris Agreement (Galgózi, 2020). At the same time, phasing in green energy can also reproduce colonial relations of power both within and between countries (Sultana, 2022). Young people living today will experience increasing impacts of climate change, hence they represent a link between current adults and future generations. As a result, social movements for climate justice involves significant youth participation, such as the Fridays for Future movement (Leichenko & O’Brien, 2024). At the same time, several studies show an increased resistance towards climate policies and sustainable development, which can be related to socio-economic background, class, gender and cultural capital (Urberg & Õhman, 2024). These findings call for new didactic approaches to climate change education. A growing body of literature emphasise the role of geographical thinking in climate change education to develop young people’s capabilities to live a life they value without harming others (He, Tani & Puustinen, 2024). Although various and overlapping interpretations exist, key ingredients are abstract and critical thinking about interconnections grounded in the geographical key concepts of place, space and scale (Bendl et al., 2025). These concepts enable students to think about the world in new ways beyond their everyday experiences, and may therefore be regarded as powerful (Maude, 2024). However, detailed analysis of the educational potential of specific places, is rarely elaborated on in this literature. Consequently, geographical thinking risks turning into theoretical abstractions less accessible to young people. In the meantime, there is a rich literature discussing the potential of place-based education as an entry point to sustainability. Although emphasising interconnections between geographical scales, ‘place’ is often conceptualised as the local surroundings of the school (Smith & Pike, 2023; Tannock, 2021). Addressing justice issues in climate change education calls for cultivation of humanity, both towards human and non-human animals, involving critical self-refection, perspective taking, and narrative imagination (Nussbaum, 2025). Similarly, the rhetorical concept of "topoi" refers to the mental place from which we approach an issue. Visiting several topoi enables us to think critically by assessing different perspectives (Kjeldsen, 2015). Thus, this paper asks: How can students' geographical thinking on justice in climate change education be developed through shifting place - both in the mental and material sense? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a theoretical paper and the material consists of literature on justice issues related to climate change in three cases or 'places'. The first case is Norway which has an ambiguous role in sustainability transitions. The economy is petroleum-dependent and at the same time Norway has high ambitions for mitigating greenhouse gas emissions and contributing to international sustainability collaboration. A just green transition therefore requires attention to workers in petroleum related industries (Jordhus-Lier et al., 2024). The second case is Nigeria, a petroleum producing economy in the global south. The petroleum activity provides jobs and revenue but also causes severe pollution in the Niger delta and the majority of the population do not benefit from the incomes due to corruption and lack of value chains. Thus, Nigerian workers are ambivalent towards green transitions (Houeland, 2017). The third case is South Sudan, an oil producing country vulnerable to both conflict and climate change (Salah & Basheir, 2023). Taken together, these cases illustrate the complex geographies of climate related justice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By analysing and discussing the educational potential of the tree cases, the aim of the paper is to develop a didactic model for how geographical thinking on justice related to climate change can be developed. From a capability perspective, the model will highlight cultivation of humanity as a key dimension of geographical thinking. References Bendl, T., Krajňáková, L., Marada, M., & Řezníčková, D. (2025). Geographical thinking in geography education: a systematic review. International Research in Geographical and Environmental Education, 34(4), 326–352. Galgóczi, B. (2022). From a ‘just transition for us’ to a ‘just transition for all’. Transfer: European Review of Labour and Research, 28(3), 349-366. Jordhus-Lier, David; Henriksson, Judith Marguerite; Houeland, Camilla; Quirino, Genver & Holland, Ingrid Andrea Rabben (2024). Anchoring a just transition: The ambivalent roles of Norwegian trade unions. Energy Research & Social Science, 114, 2-9. He, Y., Tani, S., & Puustinen, M. (2024). GeoCapabilities Approach to Climate Change Education: Developing an Epistemic Model for Geographical Thinking. Journal of Geography, 123(2–3), 23–31. Houeland, C. (2017). Punching above their weight - Nigerian trade unions in the political economy of oil (PhD thesis). Department of sociology and human geography, University of Oslo. Kjeldsen, J. E. (2015). Retorikk i vår tid. En innføring i moderne retorisk teori. Forente forlag. Leichenko, R. & O’Brien, K. (2024). Climate and society. Transforming the future. Polity. Maude, A. (2024). Thinking geographically. A guide to the core concepts for teachers. Routledge. Nussbaum, M. (2025). The role of the humanities in education as a cornerstone of democracy, with a special emphasis on environmental issues. Revista de Estudiuos Sciales, 91(01), 177-184. Smith, E. R., & Pike, S. (2023). Encountering Ideas of Place in Education. Routledge. Svarstad, H. (2021). Critical climate education: studying climate justice in time and space. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 30(1-2), 214-232. Sultana, F. (2022). The unbearable heaviness of climate coloniality. Political Geography, 99, 102638. Salah, M., & Basheir, R. (2023). (Un) Just transition in power generation: neoliberal reforms and climate crisis in Sudan. Review of African Political Economy, 50(177-178), 402-420. Tannock, S. (2021). Educating for Radical Social Transformation in the Climate Crisis. Springer International Publishing. Urberg, L. & Õhman, J. (2024). Resisting sustainable development: an analysis of young people’s online discussions. Journal of Youth Studies, 28(7), 1021-1037. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Sustainability as ability-to-sustain: Relational Onto-epistemologies for Environmental Education in Poly-crisis University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In the context of accelerating ecological breakdown, social inequality, and technological transformation, Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) is increasingly positioned as a key site for addressing what has been described as a global poly-crisis (Lawrence et al., 2024; UNESCO, 2017). Yet while terms like ‘sustainability’ or ‘environmental justice’ are often used as aspirational goals of ESE (Rousell & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, 2020), these concepts are often treated as self-evident and universal. This paper argues that sustainability and justice are not neutral terms, but carry onto-epistemic legacies that shape what kinds of futures are imagined, what knowledges are valued, and indeed, what life is sustained.
Against this background, this paper is guided by the following question: How do dominant onto-epistemological constructions of sustainability in ESE shape what forms of ecological/social justice become thinkable/doable?
Drawing on feminist, decolonial, techno-critical, and posthuman scholarship (e.g. Bellacasa, 2017; Lewis et al., 2023; Kumalo, 2017; Stein, 2019), we conceptualise sustainability and justice as relational practices, not simply fixed goals. We propose that what we know, how we are, and how we relate are co-constitutive, and that sustainability should therefore be understood as an ongoing ability-to-sustain relations of care across difference, rather than as a technical problem to be solved or a universal future to be achieved.
The paper is structured around two theoretical movements, both of which take seriously the idea that ‘the environment’ includes ecological, social, and technological spaces. First, we analyse dominant trends in ESE research and policy in the Global North. We show how sustainability is often framed through dualistic, universalist, and extractivist epistemologies that reproduce the colonial and neoliberal logics that limit the political and ethical possibilities of ESE by framing ecological crisis as a problem of individual action, technological innovation, or resource management, rather than as a relational and historical condition.
Next, we turn toward relational and pluriversal onto-epistemologies emerging from Indigenous, Global South, feminist, and new materialist scholarship (e.g. Druker-Ibáñez & Cáceres-Jensen, 2022; Escobar, 2020; Garcia et al., 2023; Le Grange, 2018;). These perspectives reconceptualise sustainability as a relational, situated, and ethical practice grounded in accountability to human and more-than-human worlds. Here, sustainability emerges as a relational practice, of the ability-to-sustain, an ethico-onto-epistemological issue of how things are (or are not) connected.
We argue that this shift has significant implications for how ESE research understands its role in a time of poly-crisis. Rather than primarily producing knowledge for policy implementation or behaviour change, ESE research can be understood as a site of epistemic responsibility: shaping the conditions under which different futures become possible. This involves interrogating not only what knowledge is produced, but whose knowledge is legitimized, and how knowledge is generated. Such a practice informs what kinds of relations educational practices sustain, or have the ability-to-sustain.
The European and international dimension of this contribution lies in its critical engagement with dominant Global North policy frameworks (such as ESD and UNESCO discourses), while centring epistemologies from the Global South and Indigenous traditions as resources for rethinking sustain-ability education in plural and decolonial terms. The paper contributes to current debates on the role of education research in times of poly-crisis by reframing sustainability as an ethico-onto-epistemological question and proposing relationality as a guiding principle for future ESE research and practice.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a theoretical and critical-interpretive research design. The study engages in conceptually driven analysis of existing literature in ESE and critical theory. The methodological approach is grounded in three interconnected strategies. First, the paper builds on a previously conducted decolonial critical hermeneutic review of 79 peer-reviewed journal articles at the intersection of ESE and digital technologies. This review identified dominant epistemic patterns shaping contemporary ESE research, including anthropocentrism, techno-solutionism, universalism, and neoliberal policy alignment. These findings provide the empirical foundation for analysing how sustainability and justice are epistemologically constructed within mainstream ESE discourse. Second, following feminist and new materialist methodologies (Barad, 2007; Bellingham, 2022), the analysis employs a diffractive reading approach. We read across decolonial, posthuman, Indigenous, and techno-critical scholarship to trace how various onto-epistemologies enact different political and relational possibilities. This method allows us to explore how concepts such as sustainability, justice, technology, and education are co-configured across multiple knowledge traditions. Finally, we integrate these concepts from Indigenous and Global South scholarship with critical European theory to develop a pluriversal approach for understanding sustainability education. In doing so, we do aim to situate Western ESE traditions within a broader epistemic ecology. Overall, the methodology is aligned with recent calls from Network 30 for methodological innovation in ESE research that moves beyond positivist or instrumental approaches and instead foregrounds epistemic justice and relational accountability. The paper treats theory itself as a form of educational practice: a site where different worlds are made more (or less) possible through the relations (and knowledges) we choose to sustain. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper contributes to current debates on ESE by offering a reconceptualisation of sustainability as an ongoing ethico-onto-epistemological practice rather than a technical or behavioural goal. It shows that dominant ESE frameworks in the Global North often reproduce the very logics (coloniality, extractivism, anthropocentrism, and techno-capitalism) that underpin ecological crises. As a result, much ESE research remains constrained in its capacity to imagine transformative futures. The key outcome of the paper is a theoretical reframing of sustainability as an ‘ability-to-sustain’ grounded in relational and pluriversal epistemologies. This reframing shifts the role of ESE research from producing solutions toward producing conditions for different ways of knowing, relating, and becoming-with the world. In a time of poly-crisis, this implies that ESE research must bring its attention not only to what is taught or learned, but to the ontological and ethical assumptions that structure educational knowledge itself, and shape teaching and learning. The paper also highlights the political implications of epistemic choices. By centring knowledges from Indigenous and Global South traditions, the study contributes to ongoing efforts to challenge Eurocentric universalism. It suggests that epistemic justice is a foundational condition for any meaningful engagement with ecological futures. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Bellacasa, M. (2017). Matters of care: Speculative ethics in more than human worlds. Minnesota: University of Minnesota Press. Bellingham, R. (2022). A diffractive and decolonising reading methodology for education research. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 38(3-4), 375–387. https://doi.org/10.1017/aee.2022.24 Druker-Ibáñez, S., & Cáceres-Jensen, L. (2022). Integration of Indigenous and local knowledge into sustainability education: A systematic literature review. Environmental Education Research, 28(8), 1209–1236. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2083081 Escobar, A. (2020) Pluriversal politics: the real and the possible. Durham: Duke University Press (Latin America in translation). Garcia-Arias, J., Corbetta, S., & Baronnet, B. (2023). Decolonizing education in Latin America: Critical environmental and intercultural education as an Indigenous pluriversal alternative. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 44(8), 1394–1412. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2023.2234088 Kumalo, S. (2017). Problematising development in sustainability: Epistemic justice through an African ethic. Southern African Journal of Environmental Education, 33(1), 14–24. https://doi.org/10.4314/sajee.v33i1.2 Lawrence, M., Homer-Dixon, T., Janzwood, S., Rockström, J., Renn, O., & Donges, J. F. (2024). Global polycrisis: the causal mechanisms of crisis entanglement. Global Sustainability, 7, e6. doi:10.1017/sus.2024.1 Le Grange, L. (2018) “The notion of Ubuntu and the (post)humanist condition,” in Indigenous philosophies of education around the world. New York, NY: Routledge, pp. 40–60. Lewis, J. E., Arista, N., Pechawis, A., & Kite, S. (2023). Making kin with the machines. In J. Browne, S. Cave, E. Drage, & K. McInerney (Eds.), Feminist AI: Critical perspectives on algorithms, data, and intelligent machines (pp. 19–36). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780192889898.003.0002 Rousell, D., & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A. (2020). A systematic review of climate change education: Giving children and young people a 'voice' and a 'hand' in redressing climate change. Children’s Geographies, 18(2), 191–208. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2019.1614532 Stein, S. (2019). The ethical and ecological limits of sustainability: A decolonial approach to climate change in higher education. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 35(3), 198–212. https://doi.org/10.1017/aee.2019.17 UNESCO. (2017). Education for sustainable development goals: Learning objectives. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 30 SES 10 C: Making a Whole Difference: From the Local, to the Institutional to the Global Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Essi Aarnio-Linnanvuori Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Towards a Policy Framework for Supporting Whole Institutional Approaches to Sustainability 1: Norwegian Life Science University; 2: Masaryk University; 3: Beit Berl Academic College; 4: Freie Universität Berlin; 5: Wageningen University; 6: Frederick University Presenting Author:Across education systems, there is growing recognition that advancing sustainability, global citizenship, inclusion, nature conservation, and related socio-ecological challenges requires more than curricular reform or isolated projects. Increasingly, attention has shifted towards Whole Institution Approaches (WIA), or Whole School Approaches (WSA). in school contexts which seek to consider institutional culture, governance, pedagogy and curriculum operations, and community engagement and relationships (e.g., Holst, 2023; Wals & Mathie, 2022). While the importance and effectiveness of WIA is widely acknowledged in research and practice (e.g., Holst et al., 2024), considerably less attention has been paid to the role of policy in enabling or constraining such approaches. This research focuses on the development of an international policy-framework for supporting WIAs within the UNECE region. The framework is particularly relevant in light of ongoing discussions on a post-2030 global sustainability agenda, where questions of systemic transformation become critical in a context of geopolitical instability, accelerating socio-ecological crises, and increasing polarization that challenges trust, cohesion, and democratic participation Developing a meaningful/effective international policy-framework involves various challenges. First, there is substantial diversity in governance traditions ranging from more prescriptive, top-down systems to more participatory and emancipatory ones, as well as many hybrid forms in between. Second, institutions are embedded in dense and often fragmented policy environments that extend well beyond education policy alone, encompassing domains such as sustainability, labor, health and safety, food, procurement, and infrastructure. Third, to extend to which there is a common understanding of what a WIA means and of how important a WIA is in the big scheme of thing, varies as well, both within countries and in between countries. In this paper presentation we will share the development of a flexible, non-prescriptive policy framework designed to support policy makers and system-level actors in enabling WIA across different levels of education (from early childhood to higher education to more informal lifelong learning) and across varied governance cultures. Rather than offering a model to be implemented, the framework is intended as a dialogue-oriented sense-making tool that helps policy actors recognize starting conditions, reflect on governance choices, and align policies in ways that respect institutional agency and contextual diversity. The central research question guiding the work is: What are the characteristics of a flexible, non-prescriptive policy framework for supporting Whole Institution Approaches within different policy and governance contexts and across different levels of education? The framework is built around two conceptual heuristics or ‘grids’ that emerged from phase one of the research (see the figure below). The first is a ‘Resonance–Policy Conditions’ grid (on the left), which helps policy actors explore how sustainability-related policy intentions resonate (or fail to resonate) with the lived realities of organizational contexts, and how policy and system conditions are experienced as constraining or enabling. The second is a ‘Modes of Governance’ grid (on the right), which supports reflection on how policy steers change under different conditions, particularly with respect to goal-setting, participation, learning, and institutional agency. FIGURE SHOWING THE TWO GRIDS Rather than positioning these heuristics as diagnostic or evaluative tools, the framework emphasizes reflective questions and structured dialogue as a means of supporting learning-oriented policy development. We argue that such an approach is particularly relevant in complex socio-ecological contexts, where alignment often fails if reduced to harmonization and where policy itself can become more effective when understood as a learning system. The contribution of the research lies in articulating a policy-relevant approach to WIA that is sensitive to governance diversity, avoids prescriptive “best practice” solutions, and foregrounds the relational and systemic nature of changes towards sustainability at the levels of policy and practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The policy framework presented in this paper is part of a multi-year, iterative, and design-oriented research process combining conceptual analysis, participatory inquiry, and reflective synthesis (cf. UNECE, 2024). Empirically, the framework draws on insights from: 1. A scan of academic and policy-related work on the support of the WSA/WIA 2. A three round Delphi study: Round 1 an international online survey (n= 172), Round 2 collaborative online ‘Delphinars’ with policy makers, institutional leaders, educators, and researchers across different education sectors (n=50), Round 3 online Delphinars specifically with policy-makers focusing the final architecture of the WIA Policy Framework with the hands-on experience of the policy makers themselves. Round 1 and 2 of the Delphi have been completed and analyzed and form the basis of the current framework that will be validated and adapted in round 3 (to be completed in the Spring of 2026). Methodologically, the development process can be characterized as iterative co-design and reflective abstraction. Rather than starting from predefined policy criteria or indicators, the framework will emerge through repeated cycles of: 1. documenting and analyzing both text and lived experiences of institutions and people seeking to embed sustainability systemically and holistically in their work. 2. identifying recurring tensions between policy intentions, governance arrangements, and institutional realities, 3. developing provisional conceptual tools (such as grids or models) to make these tensions discussable, 4. testing and refining these tools in dialogue with policy- and practice actors. Particular attention is paid to avoiding normative ranking, benchmarking, or maturity-model thinking. Instead, the emphasis is on creating heuristics that can support sense-making across different contexts without implying linear progressions or preferred end states. The two grids presented in the framework were developed as boundary objects: conceptual artefacts that are sufficiently structured to enable shared reflection, yet sufficiently open to allow multiple interpretations. The guiding questions associated with each grid will be more refined through facilitation practice and feedback from policy actors, focusing on whether they enable constructive dialogue rather than compliance-oriented responses. Finally, the framework is subjected to internal critical reflection by the research team, drawing on literature from sustainability education, governance studies, organizational learning, and policy analysis, in order to articulate its underlying assumptions, limitations, and intended use. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper responds to a growing need for policy approaches that can support Whole Institution Approaches to sustainability without undermining institutional agency or ignoring governance diversity. It argues that in complex socio-ecological contexts, policy frameworks are most effective when they function less as blueprints and more as orienting devices for dialogue, learning, and calibration. The proposed framework demonstrates how non-prescriptive policy support can be operationalized through the use of heuristics, reflective questions, and sensitivity to diverse starting conditions and contexts. By foregrounding resonance, policy conditions, and modes of governance, the framework helps policy makers recognize that governance choices are contextual and consequential, rather than neutral or universally transferable. A key implication is that supporting a WIA or WSA requires policy makers to move beyond education policy alone and to develop awareness of how multiple policy domains converge to form the conditions for effective practice. Rather than striving for full harmonization, the framework points towards alignment understood as negotiated coherence, transparency about trade-offs, and space for organizational collaborative decision-making. While the framework does not offer evaluative metrics or implementation guidelines, it provides a structured way of asking better questions and fostering cross-level and cross-sector dialogue. It is thereby relevant also in light of ongoing discussions on a post-2030 global sustainability agenda, where questions of systemic transformation become critical in a context of geopolitical instability, accelerating socio-ecological crises, and increasing polarization that challenges trust, cohesion, and democratic participation. Future work will focus on empirical application of the framework in specific national and regional contexts, and on exploring how it may support policy learning over time. References Holst, J. (2023). Towards Coherence on Sustainability in Education: A Systematic Review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustainability Science, 18(2), 1015–1030. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-022-01226-8 Holst, J., Grund, J., & Brock, A. (2024). Whole Institution Approach: Measurable and highly effective in empowering learners and educators for sustainability. Sustainability Science, 19, 1359–1376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-024-01506-5 UNECE. (2024). Strategic framework on whole institution approach and education for sustainable development – Final proposal for workplan activity on implementing the second priority strand on “Whole institution approach and education for sustainable development”. United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Steering Committee on Education for Sustainable Development, Nineteenth meeting. Wals, A. E. J., & Mathie, R. G. (2022). Whole School Responses to Climate Urgency and Related Sustainability Challenges. In M. A. Peters & R. Heraud (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Educational Innovation (pp. 1–8). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-2262-4_263-2 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Translating Global Citizenship Education into Practice: Institutional Mediation across Global and Local Contexts National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan Presenting Author:This paper examines how Global Citizenship Education (GCED) is translated from global policy frameworks into workable educational practices through institutional mediation. While GCED has been widely discussed in relation to curriculum design, pedagogical strategies, and classroom implementation, less attention has been paid to the institutional actors and processes that operate between international organisations and national education systems. This study addresses this gap by focusing on the role of intermediary institutions in shaping how GCED is understood, adapted, and enacted across diverse contexts. The central research question guiding this study is: How is Global Citizenship Education made workable in practice through institutional mediation under conditions of cultural diversity, political sensitivity, and digital transformation? Rather than asking whether GCED is implemented “successfully” or “faithfully,” this paper shifts attention to the processes through which global educational ideas are interpreted, negotiated, and rendered actionable. The study uses the Asia-Pacific Centre of Education for International Understanding (APCEIU), a UNESCO Category 2 Centre, as an empirical case to explore these processes. APCEIU operates at the intersection of international organisations, national governments, and local educational partners, making it a particularly relevant site for examining how GCED travels across borders and institutional settings. Conceptually, the paper adopts institutional mediation as its analytical framework. Institutional mediation refers to the ways organisations positioned between policy formulation and educational practice actively shape how global ideas are translated into context-sensitive forms. This perspective moves beyond linear models of policy transfer or implementation and instead emphasises interpretation, negotiation, and adjustment as central features of educational governance. GCED is thus approached not as a fixed model or universal template, but as a working concept whose meaning and application emerge through institutional practices. Within this framework, the analysis focuses on three interrelated dimensions of mediation. First, it examines how GCED is treated as a flexible working space that allows for multiple understandings of citizenship to coexist, rather than as a standardised definition imposed from above. Second, it explores how contemporary digital challenges, including misinformation, algorithmic influence, and media environments, reshape institutional priorities and expand the scope of GCED beyond awareness-raising toward critical engagement. Third, it considers how “softer” approaches are strategically employed in politically sensitive contexts to sustain cooperation and enable gradual critical reflection. The international and European relevance of this study lies in its contribution to understanding how global education agendas are enacted across regions characterised by political, cultural, and institutional diversity. Although the empirical case is located in the Asia-Pacific region, the analytical insights are directly applicable to European and international contexts where GCED, Education for Sustainable Development, and related global frameworks are mediated by transnational organisations, national agencies, and intermediary bodies. As European education systems increasingly engage with global policy agendas under conditions of uncertainty and constraint, examining institutional mediation offers a valuable lens for understanding how knowing is translated into acting in practice. By foregrounding institutional mediation, this paper contributes to ECER discussions on educational governance, globalisation, and the relationship between knowledge and action. It invites comparative dialogue on how intermediary institutions across regions enable, constrain, and reshape the practical enactment of global educational ideas. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative case study methodology to examine how Global Citizenship Education (GCED) is translated into practice through institutional mediation. A qualitative approach is appropriate given the study’s focus on processes, meanings, and organisational practices rather than on outcomes or measurement of effectiveness. The empirical case is the Asia-Pacific Centre of Education for International Understanding (APCEIU), a UNESCO Category 2 Centre that operates across multiple national and cultural contexts. APCEIU was selected because of its intermediary position between international policy frameworks and national education systems, which makes it a suitable site for examining how global educational ideas are interpreted and enacted in practice. Data were collected through semi-structured interviews with APCEIU staff members who are directly involved in the design, coordination, and implementation of GCED-related programmes and international partnerships. Participants were selected based on their institutional roles and sustained engagement with GCED initiatives, allowing the study to focus on organisational practices rather than individual attitudes alone. The interviews explored participants’ understandings of GCED, approaches to contextualisation, experiences of cooperation with partner countries, and perceived challenges related to political sensitivity and digital transformation. All interviews were conducted in English, recorded with informed consent, and transcribed verbatim. Interview data were supplemented by institutional documents, including programme descriptions and publicly available materials, to provide contextual background and support analytical interpretation. Data analysis followed a thematic analysis approach. Initial coding identified recurring patterns in how GCED was framed, negotiated, and enacted across interviews. Through iterative comparison and refinement, codes were organised into broader analytical themes that captured key dimensions of institutional mediation. These themes focused on: (1) the treatment of GCED as a flexible working concept rather than a fixed model; (2) the influence of digital challenges, such as misinformation and media environments, on GCED priorities; and (3) the strategic use of softer approaches in politically sensitive contexts. The analysis prioritised institutional logics and practices described across interviews, enabling the study to move beyond descriptive accounts of organisational activities toward analytical interpretation. While the study does not aim for statistical generalisation, it provides analytically transferable insights into how intermediary institutions mediate global education agendas across diverse contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to demonstrate that Global Citizenship Education becomes actionable not through direct policy implementation or shared conceptual consensus, but through institutional practices that mediate between global frameworks and local realities. By examining APCEIU as an intermediary organisation, the paper is expected to shed light on how GCED is translated into workable educational practices under conditions of cultural diversity, political sensitivity, and digital transformation. The findings are anticipated to show that GCED operates less as a fixed educational model and more as a flexible working concept through which different understandings of citizenship can coexist and be negotiated. Rather than enforcing uniform definitions, institutional mediation enables global principles to be connected with locally meaningful ideas, such as community responsibility or social harmony. This highlights the central role of interpretation and negotiation in transforming policy knowledge into educational action. The study is also expected to reveal how contemporary digital challenges reshape GCED priorities. Media and information literacy is likely to emerge as a core component of GCED practice, supporting learners’ capacity to critically engage with misinformation, hate speech, and algorithmic systems that influence how global issues are produced, circulated, and understood. In this sense, GCED extends beyond awareness of global problems toward critical engagement with the conditions under which knowledge is formed and disseminated. Finally, the paper is expected to challenge the assumption that “soft” approaches to GCED necessarily lack critical value. In politically sensitive contexts, softer entry points may function strategically to sustain dialogue, cooperation, and trust. These conditions can enable more critical reflection to emerge over time, suggesting that institutional mediation involves political judgement alongside educational intent. Overall, the study contributes to debates on educational governance by illustrating how the relationship between knowing and acting is shaped through intermediary institutions operating under conditions of uncertainty and constraint. References Andreotti, V. (2006). Soft versus critical global citizenship education. Policy & Practice: A Development Education Review, 3, 40–51. Goren, H., & Yemini, M. (2017). Global citizenship education redefined–A systematic review of empirical studies on global citizenship education. International journal of educational research, 82, 170-183. Parker, R., Chainey, J., Goundar, P., Richardson, S., Dabrowski, A., Berry, A., & Scoular, C. (2023). Being and becoming global citizens: Measuring progress toward SDG 4.7. Phase I: Monitoring teacher and school readiness to enact global citizenship in the Asia-Pacific region. Pashby, K., Da Costa, M., Stein, S., & Andreotti, V. (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education. Comparative education, 56(2), 144-164. Marshall, H. (2009). Educating the European citizen in the global age: engaging with the post‐national and identifying a research agenda. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 41(2), 247-267. UNESCO. (2013). Outcome document of the Technical Consultation on Global Citizenship Education: Global citizenship education – An emerging perspective. Paris: UNESCO. UNESCO. (2015). Global citizenship education: Preparing learners for the challenges of the 21st century. Paris: UNESCO. UNESCO. (2015). Global citizenship education: Topics and learning objectives. Paris: UNESCO. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Climate Change Education on the Ground: Place-responsive Puzzling in the Glocality of the School Campus University of Stirling, Scotland, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Climate Change Education as Place-responsive Puzzling Climate change is a complex global-yet-local phenomenon: on the one hand positioned as global in character by international bodies, yet always locally experienced by humans and other species through processes such as drought, flooding, crop failure or habitat loss. In wider sustainability science, experts acknowledge the importance of place responsivity in solution formation (Devine-Wright 2013). Yet, internationally in climate change education many hold onto a global orientation in curriculum reform and in pedagogical framing (UNESCO 2022). Connecting learners’ local everyday experiences to this ‘global’ phenomenon has led to significant roadblocks especially when the approach is place-ambivalent either theoretically or in practice (Lynch and Mannion 2021, Mannion et al. 2025). Considerable place-ambivalence is apparent in climate change education through the over emphasis on content knowledge, scientific literacy, and decontextualised or depoliticised pedagogies (see Kuawk 2022, Dunlop and Rushton 2022). Ironically, the call to ‘scale up’ entire education systems to address global ecological issues can also discourage place-responsivity. Other roadblocks to progress include lack of vision, short-termism, and failure to value of local knowledge and culture (Kwauk 2022). In schools, teachers face a double imperative: they are called upon to enact top-down curricular imperatives on the one hand, whilst creating local, place- and culturally-sensitive curricular practice on the other. Expectedly, school communities experience tensions and ecoanxieties in the need to enact climate change education at scale (Ojala 2019). In the pressured neoliberal policy context of many school systems, we need a more grounded and supportive approach.
Puzzling Through in the Glocal This research focuses on efforts to develop school grounds for curricular-linked climate change education. Positioning places as porous, unfolding and distinctive through their connectedness to the world (Massey 2005), this project seeks to understand the complexities of practice in climate change education. Alongside ideas of place-responsivity (Mannion et al 2023, Mannion et al 2025), we harness the notion of school spaces as glocalities (Hauerwas 2021): a local campus, curriculum, culture and community is always also global and more than human. This socio-material approach allows us to “unpick the multi-layered and messy barriers which individuals experience, and which structures and systems create” (Rushton and Bird 2024).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the UK, schools are supported by the charity, Learning through Landscapes, through diverse projects to develop their school grounds for curricular-linked learning and play. In 2023 – 2026, their project, Climate School 180, has been working with approximately 150 primary and secondary schools across Scotland, England, Wales and Northern Ireland to address climate change through school grounds adaptations, professional learning, and curricular developments. The research component provided a process-oriented evaluation to help shape ongoing opportunities, identify barriers and derive better understandings of and for practice. We gathered evidence through visits to schools to enable a familiarisation with place and to interview teachers on site. Evidence was also collected through written reflections and focus group discussions with Learning through Landscapes staff. On site visits, walk-along teacher interviews (Lynch and Mannion 2021) allowed us to understand the nature of the issues faced in the ongoing glocal curriculum making practices. In analysis, we have begun to explain and exemplify curriculum making as an emergent, uncertain, eco-social exploration of ‘puzzles’ (Allwright 2005). By this view, the agencies that conspire in curriculum making (as ‘puzzling through’) are more than social (see Cathcart et al. 2026). Rather, curriculum making occurs through our emergent and relational entanglement within places wherein meaning making inheres in relations in the dwelt-in world (Ross and Mannion 2012). School grounds development and curriculum making experiences are on-going processes, an improvisation within a context that creates meanings via the emergent relations among people, places, materials and activities (Ross and Mannion 2012). Puzzle foci included concerns around the time available in school, curriculum constraints, and the role of affect in climate change education. Our approach means the empirical analysis encompasses eco-social aspects of climate change curriculum making including the material, cultural, political and educational aspects. Locally distinctive (glocal) ‘puzzles’ do not have pre-determined outcomes; rather, puzzling together through the research creates new understandings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis (ongoing) shows that there taking an exploratory practice approach to the puzzling through climate change in school can provide a space for emergent action. With system-wide awareness, openness to change, and place-responsivity, teachers can deliberatively begin to work with others, with nature, and communities to advance a climate change education in meaningful ways. We found that teachers benefit from support to create spaces of agency (Rushton and Bird 2024) enabling a navigation of wider policy agendas, community needs, pupils’ concerns and the affordances of place. Analysis suggests that teachers are often isolated in this kind of exploratory practice and need formative support and practice allies. Unilaterally changing an approach to a single subject such as science, enhancing outdoor or nature-based learning, or refining school gardening are unlikely on their own to improve whole-school climate change educational practice (Gienger et al 2024). In our analysis we see that professional learning is important. But we show that the support offered by school support agencies, curricular legitimation, and community linking need to come together to embed climate change education in a whole-school approach. By definition, glocal puzzling and their solutions are not predetermined. To more squarely address system-wide critiques (scaling up), we suggest ontological concerns, and awareness of context and empowerment of actors are needed (scaling down) in open ways. Hence, climate change education requires movement towards new relational ontological framings including eco-social and intergenerational justice, a decolonising of the curriculum, and support for a more “radical relationality” (Nxumalo and Berg 2000) based on reciprocity between species, people, and place. Findings here indicate that the glocality of school grounds provides an excellent context for this kind of place-responsive puzzling ‘on the ground’. References Allwright, D., 2005. From teaching points to learning opportunities and beyond. TESOL Quarterly, 39(1), pp.9-31. Cathcart, S., Priestley, M., Priestley, A., & Rushton, E. A. C. (2026). Unravelling agency: A critical review of conceptualisations of agency for educational research, policy and practice. Review of Education, 14, e70131. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.70131 Devine-Wright, P., 2013. Think global, act local? The relevance of place attachments and place identities in a climate changed world. Global Environmental Change, 23(1), pp.61-69. Dunlop, L. and Rushton, E.A., 2022. Putting climate change at the heart of education: Is England's strategy a placebo for policy?. British Educational Research Journal, 48(6), pp.1083-1101. Gienger, A., Nursey-Bray, M., Rodger, D., Szorenyi, A., Weinstein, P., Hanson-Easey, S., Fordham, D., Lemieux, D., Hill, C. and Yoneyama, S., 2024. Responsible environmental education in the Anthropocene: understanding and responding to young people’s experiences of nature disconnection, eco-anxiety and ontological insecurity. Environmental Education Research, 30(9), pp.1619-1649. Hauerwas, L.B., Kerkhoff, S.N. and Schneider, S.B., 2021. Glocality, reflexivity, interculturality, and worldmaking: A framework for critical global teaching. Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 35(2), pp.185-199. Kwauk, C., 2020. Roadblocks to Quality Education in a Time of Climate Change. Brief. Center for Universal Education at The Brookings Institution. Lynch, J. and Mannion, G., 2021. Place-responsive Pedagogies in the Anthropocene: attuning with the more-than-human. Environmental Education Research, 27(6), pp.864-878. Mannion, G., Fenwick, A. and Lynch, J., 2013. Place-responsive pedagogy: Learning from teachers’ experiences of excursions in nature. Environmental Education Research, 19(6), pp.792-809. Mannion, G., Ramjan, C., McNicol, S., Sowerby, M. and Lambert, P., 2025. Outdoor environmental education: turning back to the environment at a time of climate and nature emergency. Environmental Education Research, 31(9), pp.1916-1938. Massey, D. (2005) For Space. London: Sage. Nxumalo, F., & Berg, L. 2020. Conversations on climate change pedagogies in a Central Texas kindergarten classroom. In J. Henderson & A. Drewes (Eds.), Teaching climate change in the United States. Routledge. Ojala, M. 2019. “Eco-Anxiety.” RSA Journal 146 (4): 10–15. https://doi.org/10.2307/26798430. Rushton, E.A. and Bird, A., 2024. Space as a lens for teacher agency: A case study of three beginning teachers in England, UK. The Curriculum Journal, 35(2), pp.254-270. UNESCO. 2022. Climate Change Education. The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. Accessed May 15, 2020. https://www.unesco.org/en/education/sustainable-development/climate-change(open in a new window) |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 30 SES 10 D: Reflections on Action in ESE Research Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Elin Sæther Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper From Deflection to Action: Reclaiming Complexity Through Critical Realism in Global Citizenship Education University College London, Institute of Education Presenting Author:The aim of Global Citizenship Education (GCE) is to “be transformative, building the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes that learners need to be able to contribute to a more inclusive, just and peaceful world” (UNESCO, 2015, p. 15). Naming GCE as “transformative” makes a direct connection to the work of the critical pedagogue Paulo Freire, whose pedagogy is often referenced as “one of the roots of GCE theoretical framework” (Tarozzi & Inguaggiato, 2018, p. 122). Freire developed problem-posing education, in which students and teachers jointly inquire into real-world issues through dialogue and reflection, with the aim of transformative action (Freire, 2017). The inquiring of real-world issues nowadays demands a kind of approach that engages productively with complexity, to understand a world full of uncertainties, indeterminations, contradictions, paradoxes, conflicts, and challenges (Araujo et al., 2024). As highlighted in this conference call, the world is facing interconnected problems, creating a time of poly-crisis that young people are trying to cope with. GCE therefore needs to help young people engage with this complexity in ways that stir hopeful action (Pashby & Sund, 2020), rather than defeat or deflection. As Palestinian scholars Hajir and Qato (2025) indicate, ‘complexity’ has also been invoked over the last two years to delay judgment on one epitome of crisis, the Western backed Israeli genocide in Gaza. However, embracing complexity is part of the critical pedagogue’s repertoire to work students through the interconnected ways in which they are implicated in the suffering of others, so they can see the leverage points for action and solidarity (Bryan, 2022). Thus, complexity needs to be reclaimed by critical pedagogues to help young people navigate a time of poly-crisis. The research question for this paper is: how can critical realism enable GCE to teach complexity in ways that empower students to take informed and responsible action? This question comes forward from my PhD research into the possibility of GCE as an instigator of transformative learning experiences, grounded in a critical realist ontology. Critical realism is an ontology that explores structures and mechanisms to explain our experiences. Critical realism is an ontology that explores structures and mechanisms to explain our experiences. It distinguishes the empirical (what we observe), the actual (events, observed or not), and the real (underlying, unobservable structures and mechanisms that cause events) (Buch Hansen & Nielsen, 2020). Its focus is uncovering these causal mechanisms to deepen understanding of what we observe (Isaken, 2024). For education, this means that students aim to dig below the surface to understand a phenomenon through underlying forces: structures that impact daily life (Wrigley, 2017). This ontology fits with the “pedagogy of the implicated”, which provokes students “to engage critically with their own complex entanglement [...] in transnational and transgenerational relations of ecological harm” and to recognize “a complex fusion of individual as well as state corporate forms of responsibility” (Bryan, 2022, p. 344).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used My PhD research was an Action Research (AR) in which I, as researcher and teacher, investigated my own practice. This insider’s view in a natural setting is a key feature of AR. The aim is to find practical ways forward for problems experienced in practice, which makes AR contextual since the focus is the practice of the practitioner (Kemmis et al., 2014). The goal of AR is not to generalise, but to theorise the situation of the practitioner (Elliott, 2009). The study took place while I was teaching social studies at a secondary school in the Netherlands between 2019 and 2023, with each academic year representing a separate cycle. Across three cycles, data was collected while teaching a twelve week unit grounded in GCE principles, focused on how students engaged with complexity and how this could be oriented toward informed action. In total, 39 students participated. AR aims to be democratic and participatory, as at its core AR is a pragmatic co-creation of knowledge with, not on or about, people (Bradbury, 2015). However, student voice is often reduced to a data source rather than involving students as co-creators of knowledge (Bradbury et al., 2019). My data collection followed Starkey et al.’s pedagogical research approach, collecting data through meaningful teaching and learning strategies that help students express feelings, attitudes, and opinions (Starkey et al., 2014). Data consisted of interviews, students’ written responses, and peer-to-peer conversations. Learning activities such as connection circles functioned as tools for data collection and aimed to minimize the power relationship, since students oversaw what they were willing to share. To analyze the data, I used Critical Grounded Theory (GT), an emergent methodology in which data, rather than preconceived notions, lead the investigation (Hense & McFerran, 2016). It emphasizes reflexivity and acknowledges that theorization is constructed through the researcher’s interpretations of reality (Charmaz, 2014). Critical GT aligns with a critical realist worldview because it allows for the idea that some interpretations may reflect underlying causal mechanisms more closely than others, and it supports critical engagement with power and unjust systems (Hadley, 2022). Analysis began with in vivo coding (Tarozzi, 2020). Across cycles, codes became narrower and developed into categories, supported by analytical memos that informed each subsequent action cycle. Eventually, a theory could be developed about how critical realism can enable GCE to teach complexity in ways that empower students for informed action. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The application of systems-thinking helped students to dig below the surface by mapping out the deeper structures behind observations of the issue. This didactical practice allowed students to investigate unfair structures such as capitalism and colonialism causing global issues. However, it also resulted in students having a troubled view of where there was potential for change, and their actions remained focused on individuals rather than on the relationships (interconnections) between elements. This tension between structure and agency within critical realism was centralized by Margaret Archer (2003), for which she proposed the causal efficacy of personal reflexivity. Archer (2007) defined reflexivity as “the regular exercise of the mental ability, shared by all normal people, to consider themselves in relation to their (social) context and vice versa” (p.4). For Archer (2007), reflexivity is a mediating force between structural powers and human action, as this reflexive inner dialogue shapes our practices in society (p.16). To avoid a feeling of disempowerment, the practice of reflexivity could provide students with an understanding of how our actions are shaped by structures, hereby identifying enablers or constraints in the pursuit of change. Questions that could guide such a reflection could be: how can we better understand this issue? How do my identity and background shape my views about the issue? What are my biases and assumptions and how do they influence my actions? For Archer (2003) the aim of reflexivity is to ensure that we are active agents; we can take a stance towards something (p. 343). In this way, complexity can be invoked to help students work through the entangled realities of our world in poly-crisis, while avoiding deflection and a lack of responsibility. References Andreotti, V. (2006). Soft versus critical global citizenship education. Policy & Practice: A Development Education Review, (3), 40–51. Araujo, U. F., Silva, M. A., & Arantes, V. (2024). A complexity approach for moral education inspired by Paulo Freire’s pedagogy. In Handbook of moral and character education. Routledge. Archer, M. S. (2003). Structure, agency and the internal conversation (1st ed.). Cambridge University Press. Archer, M. S. (2007). Making our way through the world: Human reflexivity and social mobility. Cambridge University Press. Bourn, D., & Tarozzi, M. (Eds.). (2023). Pedagogy of hope for global social justice: Sustainable futures for people and the planet (1st ed.). Bloomsbury Publishing. Bryan, A. (2022). Pedagogy of the implicated: Advancing a social ecology of responsibility framework to promote deeper understanding of the climate crisis. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30(3), 329–348. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2021.1977979 Buch-Hansen, H., & Nielsen, P. (2020). Critical realism: Basics and beyond. Bloomsbury Academic. Freire, P. (2017). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Penguin Classics. Hadley, G. (2019). Critical grounded theory. In A. Bryant & K. Charmaz (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of current developments in grounded theory (pp. 564–592). SAGE Publications. Hajir, B., & Qato, M. (2025). Academia in a time of genocide: Scholasticidal tendencies and continuities. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 23(5), 1163–1171. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2024.2445855 Heke, I., Rees, D., Swinburn, B., Waititi, T., & Stewart, A. (2019). Systems thinking and Indigenous systems: Native contributions to obesity prevention. AlterNative: An International Journal of Indigenous Peoples, 15(1), 22–30. https://doi.org/10.1177/1177180118806383 Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner. Springer. Lehtonen, A., Salonen, A., Cantell, H., & Riuttanen, L. (2018). A pedagogy of interconnectedness for encountering climate change as a wicked sustainability problem. Journal of Cleaner Production, 199, 860–867. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2018.07.186 Meadows, D. H. (2008). Thinking in systems. Chelsea Green Publishing. Pashby, K., da Costa, M., Stein, S., & Andreotti, V. (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education. Comparative Education, 56(2), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2020.1723352 Pashby, K., & Sund, L. (2020). Decolonial options and foreclosures for global citizenship education and education for sustainable development. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 4(1), 66–83. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.3554 Tarozzi, M. (2020). What is grounded theory? (1st ed.). Bloomsbury Academic. Tarozzi, M., & Torres, C. A. (2016). Global citizenship education and the crises of multiculturalism: Comparative perspectives. Bloomsbury Academic. UNESCO. (2015). Global citizenship education: Topics and learning objectives. UNESCO. http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0023/002329/232993e.pdf Wrigley, T. (2017). “Knowledge”, curriculum and social justice. The Curriculum Journal, 29(1), 4–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2017.1370381 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Implementing Action-oriented Sustainability Education at School Karlstad university, Sweden Presenting Author:Introduction & background This study investigates the effects and challenges of implementing action-oriented sustainability education in formal education. The study uses biodiversity loss exemplified through insect decline as a specific case of a major global sustainability issue that needs to be addressed according to the recent PISA 2025 science and environmental education framework (OECD, 2023). The PISA 2025 framework highlights the necessity to support learners in taking informed decisions to act, which aligns with the demands from the European sustainability competence framework Greencomp (European Commission, 2022). Hence, it is critical that learners develop action competence to tackle sustainability problems, which includes having the knowledge, confidence, and willingness to take action (Sass et al., 2020). To support school students in fostering their action competence for sustainability, education should build on holistic, pluralistic, and action-oriented approaches (Sinakou et al. 2019). Action-oriented approaches can be particularly relevant for developing students’ action competence (Sass et al., 2024). Integrating action-oriented approaches in education aligns with children’s right to know, decide and act when dealing with environmental problems (Mackey, 2012). More specifically, action-oriented approaches in the context of biodiversity loss can provide broad learning opportunities and can motivate students to take real world actions to sustain biodiversity (Christodoulou & Grace, 2024; Lampert et al., 2025). However, implementing action-orientation approaches is perceived as a particular challenge by both in-service and pre-service teachers (Boeve-de Pauw, 2022; Duifhuis et al., 2025), since they often require to leave the safe space of the classroom and to engage instead in real-world actions. There is also a discrepancy and a challenge in teachers’ knowledge of what action competence is, as well as in their ability to plan for and enact it in teaching. Key objectives In summary, research highlights a discrepancy between the relevance of action-oriented approaches for students, and perceived challenges of integrating action-oriented approaches by educators. Therefore, the presented study investigates both on students’ perspectives and teachers’ perspectives in the context of biodiversity education, using insect decline as a specific example for biodiversity loss. The study aims to answer the following research questions: RQ 1: How does the action competence for conservation of school students change during a teaching intervention focusing on insect conservation? RQ 2: Which potentials and challenges do teachers perceive in implementing action-oriented teaching approaches within the context of biodiversity education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods: The study is conducted in a formal school context in Sweden, involving both lower secondary and upper secondary schools, with students aged 12–19 years. Four schools (n=198) have already finished the teaching intervention in spring and autumn 2025, three additional schools will participate in the intervention in spring 2026. The schools volunteered to teach about insects and insect decline in the context of biodiversity loss, by following a teaching program called “Living with insects”. This program highlighted connections to the curriculum, sustainable development goals addressed, and inspirations for taking own actions for insects and biodiversity at school. To support teaching, the program linked to potential online sources for concrete lesson plans (e.g., Actions for Insects, see www.actionsforinsects.com) and instructions on how to take specific actions (e.g., building bee hotels, changing green spaces at school, informing others). The program provided schools freedom on how to implement their teaching interventions, and on which actions they want to engage in. A series of webinars was organized for the participating teachers to highlight different possible action approaches, and to provide relevant content knowledge and about the theoretical framework of action competence. The study adopts a mixed-methods approach, combining quantitative and qualitative data. The quantitative data consists of pre- and post-tests before and after the intervention. The test instrument measures a) attitudes towards insects, and b) students’ self-perceived action competence. In this contribution, we focus mainly on the self-perceived action competence, which was measured using the self-perceived action competence for insect conservation scale (SPACIC-scale) (Lampert et al., 2023), which includes items related to students’ knowledge, their confidence to engage in actions, and their willingness to act. The qualitative data consists of semi-structured group interviews, which were conducted with students and teachers at three of the participating schools several weeks after the intervention. The interviews with both groups focused on insects and biodiversity loss, experiences of working with action-oriented approaches, the teaching materials in general, and finally potential improvements of teaching. The quantitative data is analysed using IBM SPSS to calculate descriptive statistics, conduct repeated-measures ANOVAs. ANOVAs were calculated for students’ attitudes towards insects, as well as for the SPACIC scale including the dimensions of knowledge, confidence, and willingness, with interacting explanatory variables Group and Timing to compare different schools and to measure changes from pre-test to post-test. The qualitative data analysis uses a thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings & Conclusions Preliminary quantitative findings suggest that students’ knowledge increased as a result of the intervention in all groups from pre-test to the post-test. Students’ confidence to take actions remained stable overall. The willingness for taking action decreased from pre- and post-intervention slightly but not significant overall. The quantitative results also show that the school groups perform very differently and that one small school had significant increases for all three dimensions of knowledge, confidence, and willingness. The preliminary qualitative findings from the student interviews indicate that few students experienced the component of action-orientation within their teaching. Instead, the students reported that instructional time was largely devoted to discussions about what could be done rather than to the implementation of concrete activities. The teacher interviews validate this pattern and highlight time restrictions and organizational obstacles as reasons for not engaging in real world conservation actions. In summary, the results show mixed effects of the teaching interventions implemented by the schools. The only overall positive effects are visible for the knowledge dimension, leading to an overall increase of students’ self-perceived action competence. However, no positive changes for confidence and willingness were observable overall. A potential explanation for these developments is the reported focus on theoretical learning about actions instead of actual action-taking at schools, which was reported by both students and teachers. This theoretical approach could have supported knowledge, but not confidence or willingness for action taking. The study underscores that teachers struggle to integrate action-oriented approaches in their teaching, despite having access to concrete action ideas, and receiving support through webinars. Potentially, further support structures are needed to facilitate action-oriented teaching at school to draw on the full potential of these approaches, which aligns with the findings of other international scholars (e.g., Duifhuis et al., 2025; Sass et al., 2024). References References: Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Berglund, T., & Gericke, N. (2022). Teachers’ ESD self-efficacy and practices: A longitudinal study on the impact of teacher professional development. Environmental Education Research, 28(6), 867–885. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2042206 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Toward good practice in thematic analysis: Avoiding common problems and be (com) ing a knowing researcher. International Journal of Transgender Health, 1-6. Duifhuis, P., van Dijk, G., & Savelsbergh, E. Pre-service science teachers’ visions on education for sustainable development – tensions, underlying beliefs, and experiences. International Journal of Science Education, 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2025.2546459 European Commission: Joint Research Centre, GreenComp, the European sustainability competence framework, Publications Office of the European Union, 2022, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/13286 Mackey, G. (2012). To know, to decide, to act: the young child’s right to participate in action for the environment. Environmental Education Research, 18(4), 473-484. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2011.634494 Christodoulou, A., & Grace, M. (2024). Becoming ‘Wild Citizens’: Children’s Articulation of Environmental Citizenship in the Context of Biodiversity Loss. Science & Education, 1-29. Lampert, P., Goulson, D., Olsson, D., Piccolo, J., & Gericke, N. (2023a). Sustaining insect biodiversity through Action Competence—An educational framework for transformational change. Biological Conservation, 283, 110094. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2023.110094 Lampert, P., Olsson, D., & Gericke, N. (2023b). A research instrument to monitor people's competence to sustain insect biodiversity: the Self-Perceived Action Competence for Insect Conservation scale (SPACIC). International Journal of Science Education, Part B, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/21548455.2023.2281931 OECD. (2023). PISA 2025. https://pisa-framework.oecd.org/science-2025/ Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke, N., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining action competence: The case of sustainable development. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 292-305. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2020.1765132 Sass, W., De Maeyer, S., Boeve-de Pauw, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2024). Effectiveness of education for sustainability: the importance of an action-oriented approach. Environmental Education Research, 30(4), 479-498. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2229543 Sinakou, E., Donche, V., Boeve-de Pauw, J., & Van Petegem, P. (2019). Designing Powerful Learning Environments in Education for Sustainable Development: A Conceptual Framework. Sustainability, 11(21), 5994. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11215994 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Young People's Sustainability Agency Profiles from Three Countries: Implications for Environmental Education 1: University of Eastern Finland, Finland; 2: Finnish Environment Institute Presenting Author:The current societal landscape is defined by environmental threats and social turmoil. In this wicked poly-crisis, young people, in particular, are in a difficult position. The effects of climate change and biodiversity loss are expected to increase in the future, piling up on young people. At the same time, young people are encouraged to become future agents of change, but their agency is constrained by various structures and forces (Mustalahti et al., 2023). Despite these constraints, young people have demonstrated their sustainability agency in many ways. Not only have we witnessed the rise of collective youth-led movements, but research has also identified the transformative potential of young people’s everyday activism (Skovdal & Benwell, 2021). Koskela & Paloniemi (2023) defined sustainability agency as the overall desire and associated competencies to undertake actions of different modes to contribute to sustainability at various levels and scales. In young people’s sustainability agency, variability is key. The actions of young people range from behavioural modifications, such as changing one’s diet and cycling instead of driving, to social actions, such as discussing with peers and engaging in prominent collective movements (Oinonen & Paloniemi, 2023). Among young people, the reactions to the sustainability crisis vary from denial (Urberg & Öhman, 2025) to fully engaged activism (Sloam et al., 2022). This study contributes to the growing body of research on young people’s response to sustainability issues by asking: what is young people’s sustainability agency like? The research question is explored using latent profile analysis (LPA) on survey data from three European countries: Finland, England, and Italy. In addition to identifying sustainability agency profiles, the goal is to extrapolate beyond the specific profiles and countries to show the depth and breadth of young people’s sustainability agency. By recognising these overall trends, interventions and educational approaches can be adjusted to better support young people’s agency in a time of poly-crisis. Although similar LPA studies have been conducted before (e.g., Veijonaho et al., 2024), they have not considered young people’s agency profiles in a comprehensive way—including action competence and different modes of action. The agency of young people is more than their competencies, bounded by various structures and forces. Thus, it is crucial to analytically consider qualitatively different action types that reflect one’s stance towards these structures. Furthermore, previous studies have emphasised young people’s perceptions of climate change, which is but one, albeit dominant, issue within the broader poly-crisis discourse. Finally, comparative studies across countries have been rare. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study relies on three sets of cross-sectional survey data that were collected independently. The first sample (n = 939, age = 15–29) was collected via a Finnish online panel in 2021 (Oinonen & Paloniemi, 2023). The second sample (n = 492, age = 15–19) was collected by distributing a survey to a dozen English secondary schools in 2021 (Finnegan, 2021). The third sample (n = 667, age = 12–20) was collected by randomly contacting Italian schools in 2022 (Feraco et al., 2025). These countries form an interesting combination of varying contexts in Europe, representing both Nordic, Anglo-Saxon, and Mediterranean countries. The surveys included the Self-Perceived Action Competence Questionnaire (Olsson et al., 2020) which comprises 12 items that cover the three sub-constructs of action competence: knowledge of action possibilities, confidence in one’s own influence, and willingness to act. In addition, the surveys included items reflecting private sphere sustainability behaviours and collective sustainability actions (Oinonen & Paloniemi, 2023). These constructs were used as a proxy for sustainability agency, considering both latent capacities (action competence) and manifest actions (behaviours and actions), amounting to five latent variables. Latent profile analysis (LPA) is a technique for identifying latent groups within a population. The analysis classifies people into profiles that share a pattern of responses on a set of theoretically meaningful variables (Ferguson et al., 2020). In LPA, covariances are decomposed to highlight relationships among individuals, as opposed to studying relationships among variables, such as in factor analysis. After screening the datasets and assessing measurement invariance, full measurement models were specified for each country. For each latent variable, factor scores were extracted using the “ten Berge” method which preserves the correlation patterns (Logan et al., 2022). Next, LPA models were iteratively evaluated using the MLR estimator in MPlus (version 8.10). To avoid local maxima, the number of starting values was increased until the best log-likelihood value was replicated. Multiple fit criteria were inspected, including information criteria indices, entropy, smallest profile size, bootstrap likelihood ratio test, and Lo, Mendell, and Rubin test. Content, interpretability, and meaningfulness of the profiles were also assessed in relation to theory. Finally, the retained models were interpreted by examining the patterns of the profiles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Between the countries, the number of profiles ranged from four to six. However, some recurring patterns emerged. First, level differences of sustainability agency existed in all the countries (three to four profiles). The emergence of level differences aligns with the action competence literature—individuals who perceive more action competence are also more likely to take action for sustainability (Sass et al., 2020). However, in the English and Finnish models, these major trends were complemented by two additional profiles. Within these samples, 13–16% of the respondents perceived either low or average levels of action competence, but they nevertheless reported engaging in collective sustainability action, such as protest, more often than the average level. The opposite trend was also observed: 14–22% of the respondents had either average or higher-than-average levels of action competence, but they rarely participated in collective action. These findings can be explained by factors such as eco-anxiety, over-confidence bias, and variability in sustainability perceptions. For environmental and sustainability education, the results of this study imply the need to be aware of and sensitive to the different patterns of agency and to adjust educational approaches accordingly. For example, young people who perceived low levels of action competence but already engage in sustainability action may benefit from approaches that support their self-efficacy and highlight dealing with uncertainty and worry. On the other hand, young people who express willingness and confidence but hardly participate in collective action may benefit from action-oriented approaches. References Feraco, T., Carbone, E., Cramarossa, G., & Meneghetti, C. (2025). The role of social, emotional, and behavioral skills for nature connectedness, action competence, and proenvironmental behaviors in adolescence. Environmental Education Research, 31(6), 1224-1239. Ferguson, S. L., G. Moore, E. W., & Hull, D. M. (2020). Finding latent groups in observed data: A primer on latent profile analysis in Mplus for applied researchers. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 44(5), 458–468. Finnegan, W. (2023). Educating for hope and action competence: a study of secondary school students and teachers in England. Environmental Education Research, 29(11), 1617–1636. Koskela, I. M., & Paloniemi, R. (2023). Learning and agency for sustainability transformations: building on Bandura’s theory of human agency. Environmental Education Research, 29(1), 164–178. Logan, J. A., Jiang, H., Helsabeck, N., & Yeomans-Maldonado, G. (2022). Should I allow my confirmatory factors to correlate during factor score extraction? Implications for the applied researcher. Quality & Quantity, 56(4), 2107–2131. Mustalahti, I., Tokola, N., Pakarinen, V., & Siltovuori, V. (2023). Intergenerational learning: from responsibilisation of young people towards sustainable well-being. In Honkatukia P. & Rättilä T. (eds.), Young people as agents of sustainable society: reclaiming the future. London & New York: Routledge, 75–93. Oinonen, I., & Paloniemi, R. (2023). Understanding and measuring young people’s sustainability actions. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 91, 102124. Olsson, D., Gericke, N., Sass, W., & Boeve-de Pauw, J. (2020). Self-perceived action competence for sustainability: The theoretical grounding and empirical validation of a novel research instrument. Environmental Education Research, 26(5), 742–760. Sass, W., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Olsson, D., Gericke, N., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Redefining action competence: The case of sustainable development. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(4), 292–305. Skovdal, M., & Benwell, M. C. (2021). Young people’s everyday climate crisis activism: new terrains for research, analysis, and action. Children's Geographies, 19(3), 259–266. Sloam, J., Pickard, S., & Henn, M. (2022). Young people and environmental activism: The transformation of democratic politics. Journal of Youth Studies, 25(6), 683–691. Urberg, L., & Öhman, J. (2025). Resisting sustainable development: an analysis of young people’s online discussions. Journal of Youth Studies, 28(7), 1021–1037. Veijonaho, S., Ojala, M., Hietajärvi, L., & Salmela-Aro, K. (2024). Profiles of climate change distress and climate denialism during adolescence: A two-cohort longitudinal study. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 48(2), 103–112. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 31 SES 10 A: Literacy & Multilingual contexts Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Johanna Tigert Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Conceptualizing Teachers' and Students' Prompting (L)iteracy in Multilingual Secondary Schools KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Students’ and teachers’ competencies are pivotal for effective use of educational technology, such as generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) (Van der Vlies, 2020; Gisbert Cervera & Caena, 2022). However, the concept of AI literacy (Long & Magerko, 2020; Ng et al., 2021) overlooks three GenAI-specific aspects: 1) GenAI is trained to interpret and generate natural language, and thus also reflects social determinants of language (such as social class, ethnicity and gender) (White et al., 2023). Previous research overlooks that competent and conscious prompting of AI tools should account for that sociolinguistic dimension. 2) Another caveat in previous research concerns the importance of the iterative nature of GenAI prompting, as competence does not lie in the initial optimal prompt, but in the refinement of prompts throughout the iterative process (Bozkurt & Sharma, 2023). 3) Most research has focused on competences of humans using GenAI tools, while the aspect of non-human agency to influence social dynamics in GenAI tools should not be overlooked (Latour, 1996; Akrich, 1992). Competent prompting is therefore also a sociotechnical process. Drawing on qualitative data from teachers and students, this paper introduces prompting (l)iteracy as a novel concept for competent human-GenAI interaction. This paper is part of the Chat Equity project of the European Research Council (funded by the European Commission under grant number 101168540). The research focuses on three questions: 1) Which GenAI tools (Large Language Model)- and which features within that software are used in secondary education in Flanders (Belgium)? 2) What roles do GenAI tools take in education? And 3) What school policies exist in Flemish secondary schools to manage the usage of GenAI in both teachers and students? In all three research questions, special attention is paid to the usage by multilingual learners, and the role schools take to support them through LLMs. This paper qualitatively conceptualizes prompting (l)iteracy in secondary education drawing on 10 focus groups with 25 teachers and 25 students, and 50 individual interviews with teachers and students. During the focus groups, the general usage of LLMs for education is discussed in focus groups with teachers on the one hand and students on the other hand. In these focus groups, people with various levels of familiarity with GenAI tools are included. Which AI tools do they use and for which purposes? The focus groups provided us with a comprehensive view of GenAI usage in and for secondary education. During the individual interviews, teachers and students with experience using GenAI for education were selected. Each of the respondents was invited to bring two conversations they had with GenAI, including their initial prompt and the iterative conversation that might have followed. The conversations are elaborated upon in the interviews to make the cognitive process while using GenAI tangible. The data from focus groups and individual interviews was analyzed using NVivo in the light of Social Practice Theory (Reckwitz, 2002; Shove, Pantzar & Watson, 2012). This paper maps the GenAI tools used for educational purposes by teachers and students in secondary schools. It dives into the roles LLMs play for teachers including the development of learning and evaluative materials, LLMs as a support to provide students with feedback and LLM support for multilingual students in language development and the acquisition of other knowledge and skills in a language that is not their first language. It looks into how GenAI tool features steer interaction and classroom norms. With the data on students, we mapped to what extent LLMs are used as search engines, to reveal answers to assignments or how they can play a role as study buddy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper qualitatively conceptualizes Prompting (L)iteracy in secondary education drawing on on data gathered in five secondary schools in the Flanders and Brussels-capital region of Belgium. In each of the schools, 10 individual interviews and 2 focus groups are organized, resulting in a total of 10 focus groups with 25 teachers and 25 students, and 50 individual interviews with teachers and students. During the focus groups, the general usage of LLMs for education are discussed in separate focus groups with teachers and students. In these focus groups, people with various levels of familiarity with GenAI tools were selected as we want to include perspectives of non-users, non-frequent users and frequent users alike. Which AI tools do they use and for which purposes (developing learning and evaluation materials, providing feedback and support to multilingual students)? The focus groups provide us with a comprehensive view of GenAI usage in and for secondary education. During the individual interviews, teachers and students using GenAI for education were selected. Each of the respondents was invited to bring two conversations they had with GenAI, including their initial prompt and the iterative conversation that might have followed afterwards. The conversations are elaborated upon in the interviews to make their cognitive process while using GenAI tangible: Which decisions did they make, Why did they design their prompts in a specific way, How were they influenced by the AI agent during this conversation,… After transcription, the data from focus groups and individual interviews were analyzed using NVivo in the light of Social Practice Theory (Reckwitz, 2002; Shove, Pantzar & Watson, 2012), distinguishing between competencies, materials and meanings GenAI tools hold for teachers and students in secondary education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper overcomes shortcomings in previous research in the conceptualization of AI competence (White et al., 2023; Bozkurt & Sharma, 2023; Latour, 1996; Akrich, 1992). It conceptualizes the innovative concept of prompting (l)iteracy based on qualitative research in Flemish (Belgium) secondary schools with teachers and students. This paper maps the LLMs used for educational purposes by teachers and students in secondary schools. Preliminary findings show the roles LLMs play for teachers including the development of learning and evaluative materials, LLMs as a support to give feedback to students and LLM support for multilingual students in language development and the acquisition of other knowledge and skills. With students, we map to what extent LLMs are used as search engines, to reveal answers to assignments or how they can play a role as study buddy (For instance, when using the ‘study’ function in LLMs). In future research, the ChatEQUITY project will investigate how students and teachers of different demographics score on prompting (l)iteracy. This opens the possibility to unravel if prompting (l)iteracy is distributed between different groups and how to overcome inequalities in prompting (l)iteracy in order to compensate for educational inequalities (e.g. Agirdag, 2020). References Agirdag, O. (2020) Onderwijs in een gekleurde samenleving, Antwerpen: EPO. Akrich, M. (1992). The de-scription of technical objects. In W. E. Bijker & J. Law (Eds.), Shaping technology/building society: Studies in sociotechnical change (pp. 205-224). Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. Bozkurt, A., & Sharma, R. C. (2023). Generative AI and prompt engineering: The art of whispering to let the genie out of the algorithmic world. Asian Journal of Distance Education. Retrieved from https://asianjde.com/ojs/index.php/AsianJDE/article/view/749 Gisbert Cervera, M. & Caena, F. (2022) Teachers’ digital competence for global teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 45(4), 451-455. Latour, B. (1996). On actor-network theory : A few clarifications. Soziale Welt, 369-381. Long, D., & Magerko, B. (2020). What is AI literacy? Competencies and design considerations. In: Proceedings of the 2020 CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems (pp. 1-16). Ng, D. T. K., Leung, J. K. L., Chu, S. K. W., & Qiao, M. S. (2021). Conceptualizing AI literacy: An exploratory review. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 2, 100041. Reckwitz, A. (2002). Toward a theory of social practices: A development in culturalist theorizing. European Journal of Social Theory, 5(2), 243-263. Shove, E., Pantzar, M., & Watson, M. (2012). The Dynamics of Social Practice: Everyday Life and how it Changes. London: SAGE publications. Van der Vlies, R. (2020). Digital Strategies in education across OECD countries: Exploring education policies on digital technologies. OECD Working Papers, 226. White, J., Fu, Q., Hays, S., Sandborn, M., Olea, C., Gilbert, H., … & Schmidt, D. C. (2023). A prompt pattern catalog to enhance prompt engineering with chatgpt. arXiv preprint arXiv:2302.11382. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Digital Storytelling to promote Multilingual Competence in Preschools in Luxembourg University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:Digitalization has become a key policy focus across Europe, with EU member states increasingly encouraged to implement and regulate digital practices in schools. According to an Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) policy survey in 2022, 50% of participating countries support the use of digital books in ECEC (Liang et al., 2025). While digital literacy materials have been shown to enhance skills in a single language (Fuernes et al., 2021; Hare et al., 2024), they also hold potential for fostering multilingual competence or language awareness, as advocated in plurilingual approaches promoted by EU member states. Furthermore, they may support ECEC practitioners, who are sometimes reported to feel uncertain about which multilingual approaches to adopt (Platzgummer & Thoma, 2023) and who lack appropriate materials. In Sweden, for example, the limited availability of children’s books in languages other than Swedish has led some schools to introduce a picture book app to promote language and literacy development in multiple languages (Nilsen, 2024). In Luxembourg – a small country with Luxembourgish, German and French as its official languages – preschool teachers are required to teach Luxembourgish, offer three weekly activities in French, and develop children’s language awareness. To address the lack of suitable ECEC materials in multiple languages, teams in Luxembourg, Italy, Slovenia and Switzerland produced digital stories in many languages along with activities designed to develop language skills, language awareness, intercultural awareness, and early literacy skills. Their project partners in Germany and Greece created an online platform through which all materials are freely accessible. This qualitative study examines the ways in which six preschool teachers in Luxembourg implemented digital multilingual storytelling activities as well as children’s participation during these activities. Preschool education is compulsory for pupils aged 4-6 and only one third of the enrolled children speak Luxembourgish at home. To accommodate children’s diverse linguistic needs, teachers have been shown to use languages flexibly and engage in translanguaging practices (Kirsch, 2020) throughout the day and during analogue literacy practices. Previous empirical studies have demonstrated that both analogue and digital shared reading can enhance vocabulary and grammatical development in one language (Furenes et al. 2021; Pillinger & Vardy, 2022; Reich et al., 2016). Combined shared reading in school and home languages can support the development of skills in two languages, provided interactions are of high quality (Grøver et al. 2022; Larson et al. 2020). Studies on analogue and digital reading, mainly interventions, have also highlighted the role of the adult and their support in one or, more rarely, two languages (Grøver et al. 2022; Liang et al., 2025; Pico & Woods, 2023; Takacs et al. 2014). Findings from natural settings show that emergent bilinguals and teachers routinely translanguage during analogue or digital literacy activities (Nilsen, 2024; Sembiante et al., 2023), which facilitates communication and language development and supports identity-construction.Overall, however, studies on digital reading have paid comparatively little attention to the role of the adult, interactions in multiple languages, and outcomes beyond language skills. In response to these gaps, the present study investigates in what ways and in which languages preschool teachers in Luxembourg engage children in digital storytelling activities and in what ways children participate. The findings of the current study deepen our understanding of the tensions practitioners experience when engaging emergent multilinguals in digital storytelling activities in languages that are not school languages and unfamiliar to them. They are particularly timely given the reported increase in the use of digital media to promote language and literacy development in schools, alongside teachers’ expressed feelings of insecurity in this area (OECD, 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study draws on interviews and documents. The sample comprises six female teachers, who had previously participated in professional development courses on multilingual approaches led by the researcher. Of these teachers, three had more than 20 years of teaching experience, one had been teaching more than 11 years and two had less than eight and three years of experience, respectively. Four teachers were responsible for a class while two were language support teachers, helping children develop Luxembourgish in small groups. All teachers identified as multilingual and four had a migration background. All of them spoke Luxembourgish and French fluently and four communicated in one or more languages with their own children or parents (i.e., Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Serbian). At preschool, they reported using, apart from Luxembourgish and French, at least two additional languages. Five mentioned English, four German, three Portuguese, two Italian and one Albanian. Teachers reported feeling secure or very secure in most of these languages. The interviews took place in November 2025 after the Ethics Committee and the Ministry of Education had approved the study and after written informed consent had been obtained from the teachers. Some participants brought handwritten notes, photographs, or self-created materials to support their accounts. The aim of the interviews was to elicit detailed descriptions of, firstly, the preschool teachers’ multilingual literacy practices, second, the ways in which they used digital stories and, finally, children’s participation. All interviews were conducted in Luxembourgish, were audio-recorded, and lasted an average of 34 minutes. They were subsequently transcribed verbatim. The first step of the analysis consisted of coding teachers’ attitudes towards languages, understanding of multilingualism and the importance attributed to school and home languages as well as children’s participation during analogue and digital storytelling activities (e.g., focus, interest, engagement). Next, the researcher created tables of the types and aims of the literacy activities (e.g., reading, retelling, vocabulary practice, Art activities). Finally, she compared literacy activities across teachers (e.g., expertise, language use) and by activity type to examine differences in teachers’ and children’s use of languages, teachers’ understanding of the role of home languages and children’s participation. The photographs and notes of the self-created materials were used for triangulation purposes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that all teachers offered a range of literacy activities, including reading, retellings, and children’s independent group retellings during free-play, similar to previous studies (Kirsch, 2020; Sembiante et al., 2023). Consistent with the ECEC curriculum, these activities were carried out in Luxembourgish, French and children’s home languages. The language use, however, varied according to teachers’ expertise and their conceptualization of multilingualism. More experienced teachers adopted an inclusive understanding of multilingualism that encompassed all of children’s languages and linked language practices to development, well-being, and identity. By contrast, less experienced teachers associated multilingualism to Luxembourgish and school languages. Although they accepted children’s use of home languages, they did not plan activities in languages other than Luxembourgish. Teachers reported that multilingual storytelling not only promoted language learning, but also fostered social skills, enhanced peer interactions and nurtured identity-building. Similarly to findings from Sweden (Nilsen, 2024), children in Luxembourg listened attentively to digital stories in home languages and engaged in monolingual or translingual conversations with the teacher and peers. The digital stories captured children’s attention, encouraged participation, and supported vocabulary development, corroborating earlier findings of the impact of digital storytelling (Fuernes et al., 2021; Hare et al., 2024; Liang et al., 2025). However, learning depended not only on the content of the digital stories, but also on teachers’ scaffolding and their ability to extended stories to other topics or activities (Takacs et al. 2014). Although the study was short-term and based solely on interviews, it provides valuable insights into the role of teacher expertise, the tensions associated with implementing digital storytelling in unfamiliar languages, and children’s high participation in their home languages. These findings have implications for teacher education and policymakers, highlighting the potential of well-designed multilingual digital resources to support language learning. References Furenes, M. I., Kucirkova, N., & Bus, A. G. (2021). A comparison of children's reading on paper versus screen: A meta- analysis. Review of Educational Research, 91(4), 483–517. Grøver, V., Rydland, V., Gustafsson, J. E., Snow, C. E. (2022). Do teacher talk features mediate the effects of shared reading on preschool children's second language development?. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 61, 118–131. Hare, C., Johnson, B., Vlahiotis, et al. (2024). Children’s reading outcomes in digital and print mediums: A systematic review. Journal of Research in Reading, 12461, 1467–9817. Kirsch, C. (2020). Opening minds to translanguaging pedagogies. System, 92. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2020.102271 Larson, A. L., Cycyk, L. M., Carta, J. J., et al. (2020). A systematic review of language-focused interventions for young children from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 50(1), 157–178. Liang, C., Zhang, L. & Sun, J. (2025). The Comparative Impact of Digital and Print Storybook Reading on Preschool Children’s Comprehension and Vocabulary Learning: A Two-Decade Meta-Analysis. IJEC, 57, 547–573 Nilsen, M. (2024). Digital childhoods and multilingual identities: Preschool children's interactions with a picture book app. Children & Society, 00, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12902 OECD (2023). Empowering young children in the digital age, Starting Strong, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/50967622-en Pico, D. L., & Woods, C. (2023). Shared book reading for Spanish-speaking emergent bilinguals: A review of experimental studies. Review of Educational Research, 93(1), 103–138. Pillinger, C., and E. H. Vardy. (2022). The story so far: A systematic review of the dialogic reading literature. Journal of Research in Reading, 45(4), 533–548. Platzgummer, V., & Thoma, N. (2023). Language policies and practices in early childhood education: perspectives across European migration societies. International Journal of Multilingualism, 20(4), 1277–1286. Reich, S. M., Yau, J. C., & Warschauer, M. (2016). Tablet-based ebooks for young children: What does the research say? Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 37(7), 585–591. Sembiante, S. F., C. Restrepo-Widney, A. Bengochea, et al. (2023). Sustainable Translanguaging Pedagogy in Support of the Vulnerable Language: Honoring Children’s Ways of ‘Showing’ and ‘Telling’ in an Early Childhood Dual Language Bilingual Education Program. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 26(8), 928–942. Takacs, Z. K., Swart, E. K., & Bus, A. G. (2014). Can the computer replace the adult for storybook reading? A meta-analysis on the effects of multimedia stories as compared to sharing print stories with an adult. Frontiers in Psychology, 5, https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2014.01366 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Metacognitive Strategy Instruction and Reading Behaviour: Eye-Tracking Evidence from L2 University Students Eotvos Lorand University, Hungary Presenting Author:Academic reading is a cornerstone of successful participation in higher education, serving not only as a means of accessing disciplinary knowledge but also as a central academic literacy practice through which students construct meaning, develop disciplinary identities, and engage in academic discourse communities (Afdal et al., 2023; Hyland, 2023; Pecorari & Shaw, 2022). Despite its importance, research across European higher education contexts indicates that academic reading is frequently assumed rather than explicitly taught, leaving many students underprepared for the cognitive, linguistic, and metacognitive demands of university study (Carillo, 2021; Haukås et al., 2023; Murray, 2022). This issue is particularly pronounced in English-medium instruction (EMI) programmes, where students are expected to process complex academic texts in an additional language while adapting to Western academic conventions (Klimovich et al., 2023; Li & Primecz, 2023). Within Central and Eastern Europe, Hungary has emerged as a key destination for international students, especially in medical and science-related EMI programmes (Li & Primecz, 2023; Tempus Public Foundation, 2023). Students entering these programmes often come from diverse educational and linguistic backgrounds and may lack prior exposure to the implicit expectations of academic reading in European higher education. Addressing this gap aligns with broader European priorities concerning equity, inclusion, and the development of transferable academic skills in internationalised university contexts. From a theoretical perspective, academic reading is conceptualised in this study as a cognitively and metacognitively regulated process. Cognitive models of reading comprehension emphasise that understanding results from the active construction and integration of textual information with prior knowledge and task goals (Kintsch, 1998). Building on this view, research has highlighted the crucial role of metacognitive regulation—namely planning, monitoring, and evaluating comprehension—in successful academic reading (Flavell, 1979; Baker, 2008). Skilled readers do not process texts uniformly; rather, they allocate attention selectively, monitor comprehension, and strategically reread text segments in response to task demands (Pressley & Afflerbach, 1995). Metacognitive regulation is particularly salient in EMI contexts, where readers must manage additional linguistic demands alongside disciplinary comprehension (Csíkos, 2022; Haukås et al., 2023). Explicit metacognitive reading instruction aims to support this process by making regulatory strategies visible and teachable, enabling learners to engage in more goal-directed and autonomous reading practices (Pecorari & Shaw, 2022). Although empirical studies consistently report positive effects of such instruction, much of the evidence relies on self-report instruments, which capture learners’ retrospective perceptions rather than real-time reading behaviour (Veenman & van Cleef, 2019). To address this limitation, the present study adopts eye-tracking as a process-oriented method for examining reading behaviour. Eye-tracking is based on the assumption that eye movements reflect underlying cognitive activity and attentional allocation during reading (Rayner, 2009; Hyönä, 2010). Measures such as fixation duration, regressions, and rereading patterns provide behavioural indicators of comprehension difficulty and metacognitive monitoring (Godfroid, 2020; Holmqvist et al., 2011). Because eye-tracking captures reading as it unfolds, it enables direct examination of whether metacognitive instruction leads to observable changes in online reading behaviour (Conklin & Pellicer-Sánchez, 2016). Grounded in this theoretical framework, the study conceptualises academic reading competence as a developmental construct shaped through instruction and practice (Steklács, 2014). Situated within a Hungarian EMI context, the study contributes to European academic literacy research by examining how international students develop metacognitively regulated reading behaviour in multilingual higher education settings. Accordingly, the study addresses the following research question: How does explicit metacognitive reading instruction influence the academic reading behaviour of international university students in Hungary, as measured through eye-tracking? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1 Participants The study initially recruited 36 first-year students enrolled in a preparatory medical programme. The sample comprised 17 males and 19 females, aged between 18 and 20 years. Participants were evenly divided by proficiency level, with 18 intermediate (B1) and 18 upper-intermediate (B2) learners. In terms of nationality, 17 participants were from China, while the remaining students represented Japan, South Korea, and several Arab countries (Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, Jordan, and Egypt). Recruitment was conducted through an in-class announcement, followed by an email invitation sent to all eligible first-year students in the programme. 2 Research Design The study employed a pre-test–post-test within-subjects intervention design to investigate the effects of explicit metacognitive reading strategy instruction on learners’ reading behaviour. The instructional intervention formed the core of the design, with eye-tracking used as the primary assessment tool to capture real-time changes in reading behaviour before and after instruction. The instructional phase consisted of explicit teaching and guided practice in metacognitive reading strategies, delivered over ten 90-minute sessions. Instruction used authentic reading materials and structured tasks aimed at raising learners’ awareness of how and when to apply these strategies. To assess the impact of the intervention, participants completed eye-tracking reading tasks immediately before and after the instructional period. Eye-movement data provided objective behavioural evidence of strategy use, enabling the examination of changes in fixation patterns, regressions, and attentional distribution across text regions. The within-subjects design allowed each participant to serve as their own control. Eye movements were recorded using Tobii Pro Lab at a sampling rate of 60 Hz on a 24-inch monitor. Participants were seated approximately 65 cm from the screen, and a 9-point calibration procedure was conducted prior to data collection. A chinrest was used to minimise head movement and ensure calibration stability. 3 Analysis Procedure Reading texts were segmented into predefined Areas of Interest (AOIs), which were automatically generated to include all text regions. Extracted eye-tracking measures included fixation-based and visit-based metrics such as total fixation duration, fixation count, time to first fixation, and total visit duration. Data analysis was conducted in two stages. Quantitative analysis was performed using SPSS to compare pre- and post-intervention measures. Given the small sample size and non-normal data distribution, the Wilcoxon Signed-Ranks Test was used. Qualitative analysis involved the examination of heat maps and path scans to identify general shifts in reading behaviour and attentional allocation following instruction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study examined the effects of explicit metacognitive reading instruction on the academic reading behaviour of international university students in Hungary. Qualitative analyses of eye-tracking visualisations revealed systematic changes in post-intervention reading behaviour that complement the quantitative findings. Across post-intervention tasks, heat maps demonstrated a selective distribution of visual attention. Fixation density was concentrated on text regions that were semantically central to task completion, while sections not directly relevant to the comprehension questions received reduced attention, suggesting strategic allocation of cognitive resources rather than uniform text processing. This pattern reflects goal-directed attention consistent with metacognitive planning and monitoring during academic reading. Scan path visualisations indicated structured and purposeful reading behaviour. Readers showed clear forward progression through the texts, with regressions occurring selectively and primarily directed toward clause- or sentence-level units. Frequent transitions between the main text and comprehension questions were also observed, indicating active verification of understanding and alignment between textual information and task demands. Importantly, regressions were typically longer-range and conceptually motivated, suggesting that rereading served a strategic function related to meaning construction rather than decoding difficulty. These qualitative patterns converge with quantitative results showing significant reductions in fixation- and visit-based measures, indicating increased processing efficiency without evidence of superficial reading. Together, the findings align with theoretical accounts of metacognitive regulation in reading (Flavell, 1979; Kintsch, 1998; Khalifa & Weir, 2009), highlighting planning, monitoring, and evaluation as central mechanisms underpinning effective academic reading in English-medium instruction contexts. In conclusion, the study provides process-based evidence that explicit metacognitive reading instruction is associated with more efficient and strategically regulated reading behaviour among international university students. By integrating instructional intervention with eye-tracking methodology, the research advances understanding of how metacognitive regulation operates during real-time academic reading and underscores the pedagogical value of explicit strategy instruction in multilingual European higher education contexts. References Csíkos, C. (2022). Metacognitive and non-metacognitive processes in arithmetic performance: Can there be more than one meta-level? Journal of Intelligence, 10(3), 53. Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area of cognitive–developmental inquiry. American Psychologist, 34(10), 906. Garner, R. (1987). Metacognition and Reading Comprehension. Ablex Publishing. Ghimire, N., & Mokhtari, K. (2025). Evaluating the predictive power of metacognitive reading strategies across diverse educational contexts. Large-Scale Assessments in Education, 13(1), 4. Godfroid, A., & Hui, B. (2025). Eye-tracking research in instructed second language acquisition. Language Teaching, 1–31. Grabe, W. (2009). Reading in a Second Language: Moving from Theory to Practice. Cambridge university press. Haukås, Å., Bjørke, C., & Dypedahl, M. (2018). Metacognition in Language Learning and Teaching. Taylor & Francis. Kan, T., Noordin, N., & Ismail, L. (2024). Implementation of metacognitive reading strategies to improve English reading ability: A systematic review. International Journal of Learning, Teaching and Educational Research, 23(7), 368–389. Měkota, T. (2024). Using eye tracking to study reading landscape: A systematic review. AUC GEOGRAPHICA, 59(1), 120–136. Mézière, D. C., Yu, L., Reichle, E. D., Von Der Malsburg, T., & McArthur, G. (2023). Using eye‐tracking measures to predict reading comprehension. Reading Research Quarterly, 58(3), 425–449. Mokhtari, K., Dimitrov, D. M., & Reichard, C. A. (2018). Revising the ‘metacognitive awareness of reading strategies inventory’(MARSI) and testing for factorial invariance. Studies in Second Language Learning and Teaching, 8(2), 219–246. Mokhtari, K., & Reichard, C. A. (2002). Assessing students’ metacognitive awareness of reading strategies. Journal of Educational Psychology, 94(2), 249–259. Urban, M., Urban, K., & Nietfeld, J. L. (2023). The effect of a distributed metacognitive strategy intervention on reading comprehension. Metacognition and Learning, 18(2), 405–424. Veenman, M. V. (2016). Learning to self-monitor and self-regulate. In Handbook of research on learning and instruction (pp. 249–273). Routledge. Veenman, M. V., & van Cleef, D. (2019). Measuring metacognitive skills for mathematics: Students’ self-reports versus on-line assessment methods. ZDM, 51(4), 691–701. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 32 SES 10 A: The Dynamics, Purposes and Values of Professional Learning Communities (PLCs). Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Britta Lykke Möller Symposium |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Symposium The Dynamics, Purposes and Values of Professional Learning Communities (PLCs). Professional Learning Communities (PLCs) are increasingly understood as both collaborative structures and as dynamic sociomaterial practices through which professionals collectively shape, contest and stabilise educational routines (Horn & Little, 2010). Their potential lies in supporting ongoing professional learning, strengthening collective agency and improving teaching, all of which contribute to improved outcomes. Yet, their impact remains uneven and fragile (DuFour & Fullan, 2013; Stoll et al., 2006). Inspired by the ECER 2026 theme of ‘Knowing and Acting’, this symposium argues that the question is not simply whether PLCs ‘work’, but rather, what kinds of knowing-acting relations PLCs enact, for whom, and under what conditions. The organising tension is therefore both epistemic and organisational: PLCs can become infrastructures for inquiry and responsibility, or can drift into routinised performance, compliance, and reductive discussions of ‘data-driven improvement’. We examine this tension by treating PLC activity as constitutive of evolving practice ecologies, not discrete interventions. We focus on teacher development as a challenging ‘test case’ because the pressures are concentrated. However, the logic applies to any organisational field under scrutiny and is therefore pertinent to Organisational Education traditions which treat organisations as sites of professional learning where subjectivities and legitimacy are co-produced through routines, artefacts, and authority relations (Göhlich, Schröer, & Weber, 2018). In such ecologies, learning is reproduced or constrained through the interplay of routines, artefacts, professional identities, and institutional expectations (Horn & Little, 2010). For example, in the Nepal pilot (paper 2) teachers initially experienced uncertainty that became productive, supporting shifts in agency, collegiality, and problem diagnosis. In contrast, in the Danish case (paper 3), the integration of instructional coaching and lesson study foregrounds how new observation routines and systematic pupil-data practices can expand collective reflective dialogue, yet risks performativity. The symposium positions PLCs as material-discursive inquiry practices that can mediate where authority and knowledge production sit. Paper 1 frames this as an orientation in which knowing, being, and acting responsibly are co-constitutive (Barad, 2007), and where professional dialogue becomes a ‘doing that thinks’. This lens reveals what more instrumental PLC framings often miss: that PLCs are not neutral containers for learning, but sites where what counts as evidence, expertise, and legitimate improvement is actively made, and where some professional knowledges can become ‘unthinkable’ under reductive research and accountability discourse (Foucault, 1980; Bernstein, 2000). We synthesise three parallel strands in the PLC literature: i) PLCs as sociomaterial infrastructures, ii) PLCs as travelling and/or translated theory across unequal institutional and cultural logics, and iii) PLC design as a methodological problem of combining forms (e.g. dialogic inquiry, lesson study, coaching) without collapsing inquiry into procedural compliance. Across the symposium we address the question: How can the dynamics, values and purposes of the PLCs be understood theoretically, empirically and methodologically across contrasting partnership and design configurations? Drawing on an example from a pedagogic conceptual innovation (Plant Positivity), paper 1 reframes PLC dialogue as ethico-ontoepistemic professional inquiry in a longitudinal university-school partnership. Paper 2 analyses a pilot project in Nepal - introducing Close-to-Research PLCs - as travelling and transgressive theory, showing how PLCs can become intercultural infrastructures of becoming. Paper 3 examines a Danish cross-school PLC integrating instructional coaching and lesson study, specifying design affordances and identifying limits in relation to evidence-use and reflective routines. Across the papers we aim to develop a sharper account of PLCs as knowing-acting infrastructures whose effectiveness depends not merely on their presence but on how they organise translation, authority, evidence, and responsibility. This has evident implications for how we structure collaborative development in Organisational Education practice both across and beyond Europe. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: Theory, research, critique. Rowman & Littlefield. DuFour, R., & Fullan, M. (2013). Cultures built to last: Systemic PLCs at work. Solution Tree Press. Foucault, M. (1980). Power/knowledge: Selected interviews and other writings, 1972–1977. Pantheon Books. Göhlich, M., Schröer, A., & Weber, S. M. (Eds.). (2018). Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Springer VS. Horn, I. S., & Little, J. W. (2010). Attending to problems of practice: Routines and resources for professional learning in teachers’ workplace interactions. American Educational Research Journal, 47(1), 181–217. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831209345158 Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: A review of the literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7(4), 221–258. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-006-0001-8 Presentations of the Symposium PLCs Through Close-to-Research Partnerships in England: Re-framing Dialogic Professional Development
While we have made significant progress in our understanding of the role of dialogue in student learning and dialogic pedagogy (e.g. Mercer et al., 2020; Asterhan and Schwarz, 2016; Howe, 2023; Marjanovic-Shane, 2023), our understanding of the role of dialogue in relation to professional development is less well understood. This paper reports on an aspect of the Close-to-Research (CtR) Partnership which, now in its fifth year, is a longitudinal university-schools partnership in the East of England. Our purpose is to understand the dynamics, values and purposes of Professional Learning Communities in the context of sustained dialogic organisational partnerships.
We adopt a posthuman, new materialist, and relational approach; framing knowing, being and acting responsibly as co-constitutive. The resulting ethico-ontoepistemic material-discursive practices transform dialogue into a relational being-with, and the inquiry activity within PLCs into a practice-based, interventionist, reflective doing that thinks (Barad, 2007). As a diffractive and respons-able ‘professional dialogic inquiry’, PLCs overcome some of the more reductive aspects of research discourse which make some (professional) knowledges ‘unthinkable’ (Foucault, 1980; Bernstein 2000).
Drawing on this theoretical framing, the name ’close-to-research’ emerged to complement to the ’Close-to-Practice Research’ approach, popularised by the British Educational Research Association (Wyse et al., 2021), which places the locus of research-informed development activity on research. Instead, we shift the centre of gravity so the hidden structure becomes ’professionals enacting research-informed practice’. In this context, practice is not ’applying’ research but is a ’knowing-doing-being’ research: practice–research are intra-actively co-constituted (Barad, 2007). This reversal signals a profound reconfiguration of where activity, authority, and knowledge production are located. In a Close-to-practice research context the locus defaults to research. In contrast, in Close-to-Research practice partnerships, the locus is practice itself: a site of ongoing knowledge production, with research operating as a reflexive mode within that practice. This ontological re-framing of the field dissolves the gap between research and practice avoiding the ’impact theatre’ and ’pseudo co-production’ that we see elsewhere (Bandola-Gill & Smith, 2022).
We exemplify this shift by drawing on a CtR-PLC project that led to the emergence of a new way of knowing–being–doing in A-level Biology teaching which reframes the constructs of Plant Blindness (Wandersee & Schussler, 1999, 2001) and ‘Plant Awareness Disparity’ (Parsley, 2020) as ‘Plant Positivity’: a qualitatively ‘different’, ‘professional’ construct that is more helpful for A-level teachers when promoting plant-based contexts for teaching Biology concepts.
References:
Bandola-Gill, J., & Smith, K. E. (2022). Governing by narratives: REF impact case studies and restrictive storytelling in performance measurement. Studies in Higher Education, 47(9), 1857–1871. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2021.1978965
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: Theory, research, critique. Rowman & Littlefield.
Foucault, M. (1980). Power/knowledge: Selected interviews and other writings, 1972–1977. Pantheon Books.
Howe, C. (2023). Classroom interaction and student learning: Reasoned dialogue versus reasoned opposition. Dialogic Pedagogy: An International Online Journal, 11(3), A26. https://doi.org/10.5195/dpj.2023.549
Marjanovic-Shane, A. (2023). A soul-searching assembly: Vignette. Dialogic Pedagogy: An International Online Journal, 11(2), A165–A197. https://doi.org/10.5195/dpj.2023.360
Mercer, N., Wegerif, R., & Major, L. (2020). The Routledge international handbook of research on dialogic education. Routledge.
Parsley, K. M. (2020). Plant awareness disparity: A case for renaming plant blindness. Plants, People, Planet, 2(6), 598–601. https://doi.org/10.1002/ppp3.10153
Wandersee, J. H., & Schussler, E. E. (1999). Preventing plant blindness. The American Biology Teacher, 61(2), 82–86. https://doi.org/10.2307/4450624
Wyse, D., Oliver, S., Poblete, X., & Brown, C. (2021). Education research and educational practice: The qualities of a close relationship. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1466–1489. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3626
Exploring University-school Development Partnerships in Kathmandu, Nepal as Travelling and Transgressive Theory.
This paper examines the emergence of Close-to-Research Professional Learning Communities (CtR-PLCs) as locally rooted, theoretically agile levers for organisational development in Nepali schools. Building on the CtR project piloted in the East of England, the Kathmandu partnership represents an example of how educational theories, practices, and professional identities travel and transgress the institutional logics they encounter (Said, 1983; Czarniawska & Joerges, 1996). Rather than importing a fully formed model, the Nepal pilot became a site of co-creation in which teachers, university academics, and school leaders collectively re-made CtR-PLC practices through the textures of Nepali classrooms, communities, and educational histories (Coburn, 2005; Ball, Maguire, & Braun, 2012). In this sense, the project enacted the kind of knowing–being–doing that Barad (2007) frames as ‘world-making,’ and the iterative processes of becoming that Deleuze (1994) attributes to relational transformation.
Drawing on work with sixty teachers across four diverse schools in Kathmandu Valley, the paper explores how CtR-PLCs operated as dialogic spaces in which theory travelled not as a fixed package but as a boundary-crossing process (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011). Imported ideas were read through Nepali pedagogical realities: overcrowded classrooms, complex sociologies of students’ home lives, the fragility of school–community relations, and the deep legacies of top-down, cascade training models. Teachers described early uncertainty about a model that refused to provide solutions and instead repeatedly returned them to their own questions, contexts, and evidence. Yet this discomfort became productive. Across the project, teachers reported shifts in agency, collegiality, and professional identity. They began to analyse rather than inherit problems, to explore rather than presume the causes of learning difficulties, and to collaborate in ways that reorganised the relational fabric of their schools (Kirkman et al., 2026).
The pilot also illuminates tensions that can arise when theory travels. CtR-PLCs unsettled dominant assumptions about training, authority, expertise, and ‘best practice.’ In doing so, they opened space for transgressive reinterpretations that were distinctly Nepali: teachers visiting students’ homes to understand complex socio-economic barriers, schools jointly constructing student-profile ‘tissues’ to ground pedagogical decisions, and groups re-centring the primary task of learning over the inherited routines of delivery. Rather than a transplantation of English practice, CtR-PLCs became a relational, intercultural pedagogy of becoming. The paper argues that such travelling theories create new ethical and epistemic possibilities for teacher development - possibilities that emerge only when practice itself is recognised as the locus of knowledge production.
References:
Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132–169. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311404435
Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203153185
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.
Coburn, C. E. (2005). Shaping teacher sensemaking: School leaders and the enactment of reading policy. Educational Policy. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904805276143
Czarniawska, B., & Joerges, B. (1996). Travels of ideas. In B. Czarniawska & G. Sevón (Eds), Translating organizational change (pp. 13–48). Walter de Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110879735.13
Deleuze, G. (1994). Difference and repetition. Columbia University Press.
Kirkman, P., Gnawali, L., Gautam, G., Ho, C., Bhatta, C., Caws, D., Barber, D., & Wall, S. (2026). Nepal close-to-Research professional learning communities (CtR-PLC) pilot evaluation report. Anglia Ruskin University.
Said, E. W. (1983). The world, the text, and the critic. Harvard University Press.
Professional Learning Communities Focusing on the Integration of Instructional Coaching and Lesson Study
Professional Learning Communities (PLCs) are designed to strengthen both pupils’ learning and teachers’ professional learning (Stoll et al., 2006). PLCs can be developed through action research and Lesson Study (LS) represents one well-established form of action research that can support the development of PLCs (Lewis & Hurd, 2011). The role of facilitators or teacher leaders is emphasised as crucial in both PLCs and LS (Harris et al., 2017; Lewis, 2016).
This paper examines how instructional coaching (IC) can be meaningfully integrated with both PLCs and LS. Like PLCs and LS, instructional coaching has been shown to be an effective strategy for supporting school-based teacher learning (Kraft et al., 2018). Our research question is: How can instructional coaching be integrated with Lesson Study within a professional learning community in ways that enhance teachers’ professional learning?
Empirically, the paper draws on a case of a PLC established across four Danish primary schools in the subject of science. The PLC consists of five instructional coaches who are learning how to facilitate Lesson Study cycles in their own schools together with their teacher colleagues. We designed and followed the PLC over a one-year period, collecting qualitative data through observations, audio recordings of meetings, and interviews with the coaches.
Preliminary findings indicate that participation in LS adds new dimensions to the coaches’ instructional coaching practices, particularly with regard to classroom observation and the systematic collection of pupil data to support collective, reflective dialogue. The role of being explicit ‘users of data’ appears to be relatively new to the coaches. Furthermore, participation in a PLC that integrates IC and LS expands their professional learning opportunities, as instructional coaches often have limited access to collegial spaces for knowledge sharing with peers in similar roles.
The paper discusses the strengths and limitations of combining different approaches to teacher professional learning, drawing on recent meta-analyses of factors influencing the effectiveness of professional development initiatives (Sims et al., 2025; Visscher et al., 2025) and a forthcoming integrative review (Kiær & Albrechtsen, forthcoming).
References:
Harris, A., Huffman, J. B., & Jones, M. (2017) (Eds.). Teachers Leading Educational Reform: The Power of Professional Learning Communities. Taylor & Francis.
Kiær, K. & Albrechtsen, T.R.S. (2026, forthcoming). Lesson Study and Instructional Coaching: An integrative review.
Kraft, M. A., Blazar, D., & Hogan, D. (2018). The Effect of Teacher Coaching on Instruction and Achievement: A Meta-Analysis of the Causal Evidence. Review of Educational Research, 88(4), 547–588.
Lewis, C., & Hurd, J. (2011). Lesson Study Step by Step: How Teacher Learning Communities Improve Instruction. Heinemann.
Lewis, J. M. (2016). Learning to lead, leading to learn: How facilitators learn to lead lesson study. ZDM, 48(4), 527–540.
Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O’Mara-Eves, A., Cottingham, S., Stansfield, C., Goodrich, J., Van Herwegen, J., & Anders, J. (2025). Effective Teacher Professional Development: New Theory and a Meta-Analytic Test. Review of Educational Research, 95(2), 213–254.
Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional Learning Communities: A Review of the Literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7(4), 221–258.
Visscher, A. J., Dmoshinskaia, N., Pellegrini, M., & Rey-Naizaque, A. (2025). (When) do teacher professional development interventions improve student Achievement? A meta-analysis of 128 high-quality studies. Educational Research Review, 49, 100742.
|
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 32 SES 10 B: Change Agents in Schooling, School Development and Innovation - Organizational Education Perspectives Location: Heikki |Hotel Torni| Session Chair: Rinat Arviv-Elyashiv Paper Session This session adresses internal change agents as well as cooperations and research-practice partnerships to support school innovation and quality if education for all. |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Paper The Educational Psychological Service as Change Agent – Opportunities and Barriers 1: Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway; 2: Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 3: Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway Presenting Author:Research question Objectives The recently revised Education Act places greater emphasis on the EPS’s responsibility for organisational development (OD) to support inclusive and adaptive education. Our study investigates how the new Act has affected collaboration between the EPS and schools, and what opportunities and barriers have emerged in system‑level work. System‑level work involves developing the combined capacity of the EPS and schools by analysing and improving structures, relationships, and practices; it is a collective endeavour in which all stakeholders actively adhere to the principles of an inclusive school (Sundar, 2018, p. 36). In this study we interviewed leaders and counsellors at three municipal EPS offices. Through data analysis, we highlight the importance of developing organisational culture by identifying both opportunities and barriers. Theoretical framework Making different knowledge bases and value foundations visible can foster a broader understanding of each other’s perspectives (Fasting & Breilid, 2023) within collective competence building. Professional capital (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012) can be strengthened by creating coherence between theory and practice. Intersubjective dialogues between schools and the EPS (Lassen & Breilid, 2010) can facilitate development of holistic competence and high‑quality provision through a shared understanding of the EPS’s mandate. Supportive leadership and safe spaces enable reflection and promote system‑level change to enhance inclusive education (Sønsthagen, 2024). Professional communities that include both EPS staff and school staff can improve practice collaboratively by working systematically towards shared goals to strengthen inclusive learning environments (Kuria & Kelly, 2023). Positive outcomes arise when professionals work together in established groups and engage in discussions that combine research‑based knowledge with lived experience (Hargreaves & O’Connor, 2018). Professional communities also develop a shared understanding of the values and visions underpinning school practices; they are shaped by sequences of events, reform trajectories, and local practices over time (Abbott, 2016). This process includes developing a common understanding of what the new Education Act entails in practice. Collaboration between the EPS and schools can be defined as a partnership in which actors from different institutional contexts cooperate around common goals while bringing different expectations and practices (Nomerstad, 2025). Governance and organisational practices influence how educational leadership is exercised—both as a formal role with set expectations and as a relational process dependent on partnership collaboration (Stokke et al., 2026). Successful change through partnerships requires close cooperation and leadership at all levels (Lillejord & Børte, 2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We chose a qualitative research design to examine individuals’ subjective experiences, perceptions, and social processes (Johannessen et al., 2025) related to recent juridification. The sample comprised six informant groups distributed across two organisational levels in three different municipalities. We conducted semi‑structured individual interviews and focus group interviews (Jordhus Lier, 2023; Barbour, 2018) with managers and advisers at the premises of the respective municipalities; two of the researchers were present at each interview. A total of 360 minutes of audio recordings were transcribed, and the material was read in full by all three researchers. Prior to data collection, we developed tentative categories to inform the interview guide and recruitment; these may have influenced the material to some extent. The empirical material was analysed using a hermeneutic approach (Gadamer, 2003) and the NVivo software for systematic coding to identify patterns and themes in the data. The analysis generated new categories related to collaboration between schools and the EPS. After iterative processing, we finalised the following categories: role understanding, professional development, professional community, and preventive measures. We also employed an abductive strategy in which theory and empirical data reciprocally informed the development of insights and the identification of opportunities and barriers (Timmermans & Tavory, 2022). The study was conducted in accordance with ethical guidelines for social science research, emphasising informed consent, voluntariness, and anonymisation (Staksrud et al., 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By conducting interviews with leaders and counsellors, we examined the EPS as a potential change agent in schools. The analyses have yielded theoretical insights into the nature of collaboration between schools and the EPS at a systemic level and have identified opportunities and barriers for developing innovative and sustainable collaborative practices. The EPS can contribute to creating a climate of openness, reflection, and change in the norms and values that shape organisational culture. However, the EPS may also risk being absorbed into the prevailing culture at the municipal or school level. Our informants emphasise the need to clarify expectations regarding the EPS’s role in order to develop binding and sustainable collaboration with schools in the municipality. This points to the significance of organisational culture as a foundation for cooperation—both in terms of opportunities and barriers. The mandate and discretionary authority of the EPS have been expanded to encompass the school's overall educational provision. This entails expectations that the EPS will participate more actively in the schools’ systemic efforts to provide inclusive education. Consequently, the EPS is expected to play an active role in all phases of the municipality’s development work. Another important task is establishing arenas for constructive disagreement and shared interpretative communities, where differing understandings of legislation and key concepts can be discussed, developed and aligned. References Abbott. A. (2016). Processual sociology. University of Chicago Press. Barbour, R. S. (2018). Doing Focus Groups. SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526441836 Beckhard, R. (1969). Organization Development: Strategies and Models. Wesley Publishing. Fasting, R. B. & Breilid, N. (2023). Cross-professional Collaboration to improve inclusive Education. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 68(4), 661-676. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2023.2175248 Gadamer, H. G. (2003). Om forståelsens sirkel. [Vom Zirkel des Verstehens, 1959]. I H. Jordheim (overs.). Forståelsens filosofi. Utvalgte hermeneutiske skrifter. (s. 33-44). Cappelen akademisk forlag. (Original work published 1959). Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional capital: transforming teaching in every school. Routledge. Hargreaves, A., & O′Connor, M. T. (2018). Collaborative Professionalism: When Teaching Together Means Learning for All. Corwin Press. Johannessen, A., Tufte, P. A. & Christoffersen, L. (2025). Introduksjon til samfunnsvitenskapelig metode (7. utgave). Abstrakt. Jordhus-Lier, D. (2023). Fokusgrupper som metode. [Focus groups as method]. Cappelen Damm akademisk. Kuria, E. K., & Kelly, C. (2023). Exploring social justice principles within an educational psychology service. Educational Psychology in Practice, 39(4), 403–418. https://doi.org/10.1080/02667363.2023.2226857 Lassen, L. M., & Breilid, N. (2010). Den gode elevsamtalen. [The good student–teacher conversation]. Gyldendal akademisk. Lillejord, S. & Børte, K. (2016). Partnership in teacher education – a research mapping. European Journal of Teacher Education, 39(5), 550–563. 10.1080/02619768.2016.1252911 Nomerstad, A-T. (2025). Lederes erfaringer med utviklingsarbeid i partnerskap: Løse koblinger og fast ledelse i lærerutdanningen. Uniped, 48(2–3), 179–192. 10.18261/uniped.48.2-3.9 Staksrud et al. (2021). Guidelines for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences and the Humanities. NESH. Stokke, H. S., Ims Lied, S., Larsen, K. & Wermke, W. (2026). Interprofessional cooperation in inclusive education: perspectives and challenges. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1–12. doi-org.ezproxy.inn.no/10.1080/00313831.2026.2623282 Sundar, P. (2018). PP- rådgiveren- en endringsagent. I R. Fasting (Red.). Pedagogisk systemarbeid: Endringsarbeid og organisasjonsutvikling i skolen og i PPT (s. 103-115). Cappelen Damm akademisk. Sønsthagen, S. (2024). Erfaringer med desentralisert ordning for kompetanseutvikling i ungdomsskolen: «Vi må se meninga med det!». [Experiences with decentralised arrangements for skills development in secondary schools: “We need to see the point of it!”]. Norsk pedagogisk tidsskrift, 108(1), 42–52. https://doi.org/10.18261/npt.108.1.5 The Norwegian Education Act. (2023). Act relating to Primary and Secondary Education (LOV-2024-08-01-1). Lovdata. https://lovdata.no/dokument/NL/lov/2023-06-09-30 Timmermans, S. & Tavory, I. (2022). Data analysis in qualitative research: theorizing with abductive analysis. University of Chicago Press. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Cooperation as Knowledge and Action among School System Leaders: Reconstructions of an Innovation Project in a Multi-Level system FAU, Germany Presenting Author:In current debates surrounding digital transformation and agile governance in public administration (Wirth, 2020), as well as the development of school systems (Azorín & Fullan, 2022) cooperation as knowledge and action appears as a core capacity, replacing individualized, strongly evidence focussed or hierarchical practices. Within the framework of Educational Governance, managing interdependencies and negotiating among actors across system levels (Altrichter, 2015) are fundamental to innovation and development. Educational governance research investigates the coordination of action among different actors and considers their constellations as unit of analysis (Dietrich, 2018). Cooperative professionalism (Hargreaves & O’Connor, 2018) manifests in the ability to perceive and represent both one’s own and others’ perspectives and to integrate them toward a shared goal. Edwards (2017) conceptualizes this two-step process as ‘relational agency’. Such open and self-reflective communication enables cyclical negotiation processes making innovations more concrete (Grosche et al., 2020) or constructive conflict resolution (Decuyper et al., 2010) and contributes to the formation of collective agency (Zumpe, 2024). Considering diverse expectations and demands, cooperation has been widely discussed and examined in the context of instructional development (Gräsel et al., 2006; Grosche et al., 2020). However little empirical evidence exists concerning inter-level cooperation in multi-actor settings. Existing studies typically focus on dyadic relationships, such as between school supervision and school leadership, or between external evaluators and teachers (e.g., Lambrecht, 2018). Brüsemeister (2007) describes cooperation in the multi-level setting as “antagonistic cooperation” referring to different action logics of school policy, administration, and practice. The praxeology of cooperation, as integration of knowledge and action, can be described by reconstruction of practice, which is the aim of our project. To achieve this, we analyze real interactions between multi-level actors during an innovation project. We apply the Documentary Method, which allows us to uncover tensions between knowledge and action. In our research project, actors from different levels of the school system collaborate in a joint innovation process. The project is designed as a participatory and co-creative design thinking process (Brown, 2008), initiated by administrative leaders and designed together with researchers. This project offers a dual perspective on actors’ guiding orientations toward cooperation. On the one hand, cooperation is a necessary practice for jointly generating outcomes within the design thinking process. On the other hand, cooperation becomes the thematic focus of the design challenge itself: participants are tasked with developing a prototype for a new dialogue format among stakeholders responsible for school system development. This new format aims to enable joint interpretation of school quality data and its productive use for development. Within the project, researchers and practitioners from schools as well as administrative representatives collaborate on both the conceptual and practical levels. The resulting Research-Practice-Administration (RPA) Partnerships (Bremm & Manitius, 2019) illustrates how administration and school practitioners – and researchers as well – perform different praxeologies of cooperation. The deliberate inclusion of administrative actors generates new insights into interactions across organizational levels. The central focus of data analysis concerns the “how” of cooperation: how cooperative practices emerge and how bodies of knowledge are discursively introduced (Weber, 2018). Another key perspective revealed through analysis pertains to speaker positions (who?) and the strategies through which actors establish authority. Gaps between knowledge and action become visible—reminiscent of Brunsson’s (1989) concept of organizational hypocrisy. The analyses illustrate how such gaps as inconsistencies within or across organizational levels may inhibit cooperation and development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The workshop format (design thinking) and innovation goal (a new cooperative dialogue format) are both grounded in principles of cooperation. This addresses participants reflexively on two levels: content and practice. By reconstructing guiding orientations through the Documentary Method (Bohnsack, 2014), different collaboration strategies pursued by individuals or groups during negotiation can be examined. Researchers accompany the process both as facilitators and as analysts. In line with the documentary method, they are considered part of the group in data analysis. The data were collected between March and September 2024. A total of three workshops were conducted involving 20 participants from diverse groups: (a) school principals, (b) teachers, (c) staff responsible for extracurricular student supervision in full-day schools, (d) school supervisors, (e) administrative system consultants, and (f) external evaluators. The group met for (1) a three-hour introductory workshop, (2) a two-day design thinking workshop, and (3) a three-hour iteration workshop. All workshop situations (both plenary sessions and group work) were audio-recorded in situ. Five cases were selected, and a total of 19 sequences were interpreted using the Documentary Method. The interpretation of in-situ documentation using the Documentary Method investigates how cooperation is enacted in the workshop situation and how it is constructed as a practice to make sense of evaluation data in a future multistakeholder conversation setting. The Documentary Method is based on the praxeological sociology of knowledge (Mannheim, 1929/2024). This approach reveals the underlying structures and patterns of social actions and orientations beyond participants' explicit perspectives. The method is continuously tested and further developed in order to address the specific characteristics of organizational contexts (Amling & Vogd, 2017). In particular, this concerns group constellations and group membership within organizations, whose shared experiential spaces differ from those of social groups. In this sense, the interpretations emerging from the actor setting within the RPA partnership open potential pathways for further methodological reflection on how to pursue the gap between knowledge and action. Such praxeological governance research (Dietrich, 2018) makes it possible to adequately consider the mechanisms of steering and negotiation in complex multi-level systems. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The data analysis reveals differing attitudes toward cooperation and distinct negotiation practices within the actor constellation. On the knowledge level—that is, how cooperation is conceptualized for the planned conversational setting—three orientations can be reconstructed. Two types embrace cooperation as a positive norm for future collaboration: Type (a) relies on a systemic perspective and task orientation, while Type (b) builds on personal experiences of cooperation within the school community. Type (c), by contrast, centers on actors' own hierarchical positions, prioritizing existing structures; attempts to link these to the new constellation fail. Regarding the shared goal, an unresolved divergence emerges within the group, persisting through negotiation. At the action level in workshop settings, this divergence exerts a clearly inhibiting effect. Type (a) adopts a moderating role, fostering dialogue. Type (c) performatively negates cooperation through external framing (positioning issues outside the group) and pseudo-participation (superficial engagement). Type (b) exhibits resignation, as actors withdraw their positions and experience-based solution proposals. Genuine negotiation as conflict communication does not occur. Instead, substantive divides are reproduced performatively in the absence of negotiation, with conflicting positions coexisting side by side. Comparing types, type (c) predominantly aligns with roles in school administration and external evaluation. These occupy powerful positions—hierarchically above schools or school leadership (supervision) or mandated to assess quality (evaluation)—serving as key reference points even amid cooperation mandates. Their strategies of external framing and pseudo-participation notably hinder the innovation project, limiting realization of inherent potentials like systemic thinking and community cooperation experience. The praxeological approach – through the inclusion of administrative actors in a Research-Practice-Administration (RPA) partnership – illuminates power dynamics at multi-level interfaces and exposes the gap between institutional programs (knowledge) and everyday practice (action), rendering them visible and discussable. References Altrichter, H. (2015). Governance – Steuerung und Handlungskoordination bei der Transformation von Bildungssystemen. In H. J. Abs, T. Brüsemeister, M. Schemmann, & J. Wissinger (Hrsg.), Governance im Bildungssystem Analysen zur Mehrebenenperspektive, Steuerung und Koordination (S. 21–63). Springer. Amling, S., & Vogd, W. (Hrsg.). (2017). Dokumentarische Organisationsforschung: Perspektiven der praxeologischen Wissenssoziologie. Budrich. Azorín, C., & Fullan, M. (2022). Leading new, deeper forms of collaborative cultures: Questions and pathways. Journal of Educational Change, 23(1), 131–143. Bohnsack, R. (2021). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung: Einführung in qualitative Methoden. Budrich. Bremm, N., & Manitius, V. (2019). Knowledge brokerage through research-practice-administration partnerships. In J. Malin & C. Brown (Hrsg.), The Role of Knowledge Brokers in Education (S. 139–153). Routledge. Brunsson, Nils (1989): The organization of Hyprocrisy. Talk, Decisions and Actions in Organizations. Hoboken. Wiley. Brüsemeister, T. (2007). Steuerungsakteure und ihre Handlungslogiken im Mehrebenensystem der Schule. In Governance, Schule und Politik (S. 63–95). VS. Decuyper, S., Dochy, F., & Van Den Bossche, P. (2010). Grasping the dynamic complexity of team learning: An integrative model for effective team learning in organisations. Educational Research Review, 5(2), 111–133. Dietrich, F. (2018). Konturen einer Rekonstruktiven Governanceforschung. In M. Heinrich & A. Wernet (Hrsg.), Rekonstruktive Bildungsforschung (S. 73–94). Springer. Edwards, A. (2017). Revealing Relational Work. In A. Edwards (Hrsg.), Working Relationally in and across Practices (1. Aufl., S. 1–22). Cambridge University Press. Gräsel, C., Fußangel, K., & Pröbstel, C. (2006). Lehrkräfte zur Kooperation anregen—Eine Aufgabe für Sisyphos? Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 52(2), 205–219. Grosche, M., Fussangel, K., & Gräsel, C. (2020). Kokonstruktive Kooperation zwischen Lehrkräften: Aktualisierung und Erweiterung der Kokonstruktionstheorie sowie deren Anwendung am Beispiel schulischer Inklusion. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 66(4), 461–479. Hargreaves, A., & O’Connor, M. T. (2018). Collaborative Professionalism: When Teaching Together Means Learning for All. Corwin Press. Lambrecht, M. (2018). Steuerung als pädagogisches Problem. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Mannheim, K. (2024). Ideologie und Utopie: Neuausgabe der Originalfassung von 1929. Herausgegeben von Klaus Lichtblau (Hrsg.). Springer. Weber, S. M. (2018). Innovationsmanagement als Gegenstand der Organisationspädagogik. In M. Göhlich, A. Schröer, & S. M. Weber (Hrsg.), Handbuch Organisationspädagogik (S. 517–527). Wirth, K. (2020). Verwaltung agiler machen! – Hype oder kalter Kaffee? Verwaltung & Management, 26(4), 161–168. Zumpe, E. (2024). School improvement at the next level of work: The struggle for collective agency in a school facing adversity. Journal of Educational Change, 25(3), 485–529. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Co-creating between Research and Practice: School Development Consulting in Networks – Current Research Perspectives from Austria 1: Johannes Kepler University Linz, Austria; 2: Pädagogische Hochschule Oberösterreich, Austria Presenting Author:Schools, as the central educational organizations, exist against the backdrop of current cultural and social changes. They must respond to new challenges and find a new educational mission in our changing world. From this, the necessity for ‘school development’ arises. Cultural and social changes, new administrative regulations and curricular reforms have had a significant impact on school development policies in many European countries during the last years. This constellation gives rise to new challenges for established routines, practices and identities in schools and surrounding organizations in the local communities (Müller & Fahrenwald, 2023). Studies in German-speaking countries have already identified a complex set of diverse (success) conditions for school education reform projects. However, these studies consistently emphasize the relevance of the socio-spatial context as a condition for success (Rolff, 2016). Regional cooperation within broader educational landscapes thus becomes a central perspective for future-oriented school development, both in theoretical and practical educational considerations (Berkemeyer & Järvinen, 2011; Brühlmann & Rolff, 2015). In the context of the new governance in the Austrian school system, which aims, among other things, to promote greater equity in educational opportunities, concepts such as decentralized governance and the regionalization of educational processes are gaining increasing importance. In this context, networking is attributed significant potential, as it is often more effective in addressing challenges than traditional state governance structures (Emmerich & Maag Merki, 2009). In particular, the ability to directly exchange knowledge, thereby creating and utilizing synergies, professionalizing teachers, fostering cooperation among various stakeholders, and enabling learning based on mutual trust, are highlighted as key advantages (Järvinen et al., 2012; Jungermann et al., 2018; Seitz, 2011). When engaging in school development, it is beneficial to involve external support to gain additional resources. This is where school development consulting (SDC) comes into play – a common form of support in many school systems aimed at fostering the autonomous quality development of individual schools (Altrichter et al., 2021; Berkemeyer, 2021; Dedering, 2014). In Upper Austria, SDC is institutionally anchored within the University of Education Upper Austria (Altrichter et al., 2021; BMBWF, 2024). This institutional positioning creates an interface between practice and research. SDC is expected to make a significant contribution to the success of school development processes. In line with the conference theme “Knowing and Acting: The changing conditions and potentials of education research”, the paper positions school development in networks as a process of learning in, of, and between organizations (Göhlich et al., 2018), fundamentally shaped by co-creation, participation, shared knowing and acting. Drawing on recent empirical findings from a school network in Upper Austria, it shows how SDC frames such co-constructive, participatory processes, translates scientific knowledge into actionable, practice-oriented knowing and acting, and thereby promotes and safeguards the effectiveness of future-oriented school development in networks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The topic of the following presented study is the school network "Shaping society by fostering Democracy in Schools" in Upper Austria. The network aims to promote democratic quality development in individual schools and serves as a support system for the participating schools by providing additional resources, particularly additional support through SDC. The school network was established in 2020 and aims to "contribute to the development of a democratic school culture and the establishment of sustainable regional educational partnerships [...]" (Fahrenwald, 2024). The research question of the qualitative study presented is: Which supportive or hindering conditions can be identified in school development processes within school networks and what specific role SDC plays in these processes? 14 key actors most involved in the school development and consulting process were interviewed. This approach aims to gather detailed information about the school development process of individual schools within the network and about the support elements perceived during this process. The sample included six schools (two primary schools, two secondary schools, and two higher track schools), three teams of two school development consultants each, and the project coordinator of the school network. At each school, either the school leader or the project-leading teacher participated; in one case, both actors participated together. Given the exploratory research design and the limited research to date on SDC within the context of school networks, a qualitative research design was chosen. This study presented here follows a descriptive-exploratory approach, based on guided expert interviews (Helfferich, 2019). The interview guide was based on challenges and success factors for school development in general, as well as for school development within networks, as described in the literature. The survey was designed to allow participants to report as freely as possible. Main questions introduced the thematic areas, while sub-questions served as orientation aids for conducting the interviews. For the data analysis, the structured qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022) was chosen, as it allows for a systematic yet flexible analysis of extensive interview data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis reveals that SDC strengthens development processes within school networks by providing support, creating structures, mediating between the individual school level and the network level, and promoting transfer. At the same time, success factors such as practical relevance and educational expertise as characteristics of the consultants, as well as process design and sense-making as key activities, became evident. The findings identify four professional functions of school development consultants within school networks: Continuity Function, Transfer Function, Coordination Function, as well as Expertise and Legitimacy Function. The functions described are highly compatible with the international Research-Practice Partnership discourse (Coburn & Penuel, 2016; Fishman et al., 2013) for theory-practice interrelationship in school development processes and can be clearly situated within it: SDC operates at the interface between research and practice. At the network level, it deliberately picks up impulses during network meetings (e.g., by inviting experts) and, at the individual school level, adapts these inputs in a context-sensitive manner for the specific school. The potential of the interaction between SDC and school network is realized particularly when SDC has a clearly defined role and is aware of its dual role at both the network level and individual school level. The overall tendency should consequently be toward collaborative, co-constructive school development consulting that initiates organizational transformation processes at the individual school level and at the network level. This offers the opportunity to systematically interconnect “knowledge” and “action” from an organizational education perspective. References Altrichter, H., Krainz, U., Kemethofer, D., Jesacher-Rößler, L., Hautz, H., & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2021). Schulentwicklungsberatung und Schulentwicklungsberatungsforschung. In BMBWF (Ed.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021 (pp. 375–421). Berkemeyer, N. (2021). Unterstützungssysteme des Schulsystems - Bestandsaufnahme und institutionentheoretische Perspektiven. In T. Webs & V. Manitius (Eds.), Unterstützungssysteme für Schulen: Konzepte, Befunde und Perspektiven (pp. 19–38). wbv. Berkemeyer, N., & Järvinen, H. (2011). Lernen in Netzwerken. Journal Für Schulentwicklung(3), 4–7. BMBWF. (2024). Ausrichtung der Schulentwicklungsberatung in Österreich: Weißbuch. Brühlmann, J., & Rolff, H.‑G. (2015). Horizontale Schulentwicklung. Journal Für Schulentwicklung, 4–7. Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–Practice Partnerships in Education: Outcomes, Dynamics and Open Questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48–54. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16631750 Dedering, K. (2014). Das Potenzial von Fallstudien für die Erforschung externer Beratung in der Schulentwicklung. In K. Maag Merki, R. Langer, & H. Altrichter (Eds.), Educational Governance als Forschungsperspektive: Strategien. Methoden. Ansätze (pp. 309–330). Springer VS. Emmerich, M., & Maag Merki, K. (2009). Netzwerke als Koordinationsform Regionaler Bildungslandschaften. Empirische Befunde und governancetheoretische Implikationen. In N. Berkemeyer, H. Kuper, V. Manitius, & K. Müthing (Eds.), Schulische Vernetzung: Eine Übersicht zu aktuellen Netzwerkprojekten (pp. 13–30). Waxmann. Fahrenwald, C. (2024). Lernen durch Engagement. Polis Aktuell(01), 3–23. Fishman, B. J., Penuel, W. R., Allen, A.‑R., Cheng, B. H., & Sabelli, N. (2013). Design-Based Implementation Research: An Emerging Model for Transforming the Relationship of Research and Practice. National Society for the Study of Education, 112(2), 136–156. Helfferich, C. (2019). Leitfaden- und Expertenintervies. In N. Baur & J. Blasius (Eds.), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (pp. 669–686). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Järvinen, H., Manitius, V., & Otto, J. (2012). Arbeiten in schulischen Netzwerken - Das Beispiel "Schulen im Team". In S. G. Huber & F. Ahlgrimm (Eds.), Kooperation: Aktuelle Forschung zur Kooperation in und zwischen Schulen sowie mit anderen Partnern (pp. 263–282). Waxmann. Jungermann, A., Pfänder, H., & Berkemeyer, N. (2018). Schulische Vernetzung in der Praxis. Wie Schulen Unterricht gemeinsam entwickeln können. Waxmann. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:16556 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (Eds.). (2022). Grundlagentexte Methoden. Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (5. Auflage). Beltz Juventa. Müller, N., & Fahrenwald, C. (2023). Demokratische Schulentwicklung zwischen Theorie und Praxis. In A. Mensching, N. Engel, C. Fahrenwald, M. Hunold, & S. M. Weber (Eds.), Organisation zwischen Theorie und Praxis: Jahrbuch der Sektion Organisationspädagogik (pp. 199–214). Springer VS. Rolff, H.‑G. (2016). Schulentwicklung kompakt: Modelle, Instrumente, Perspektiven (3. ed.). Beltz. Seitz, S. (2011). Schulische Netzwerke als Antrieb schulischer Erneuerung. Journal für Schulentwicklung(3), 8–15. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Pattern-Breaking Schools with Radical School Innovation For Increasing the Quality of Education for All JKU University Linz, Austria Presenting Author:Across German-speaking countries, schools are increasingly confronted with unprecedented challenges in responding to societal change, learner diversity, and systemic constraints. While many schools struggle with incremental adjustments, a growing number demonstrate the potential of radically innovative school development—approaches that rethink structures, cultures, and pedagogical practices in profound and sustainable ways. Drawing on the conceptual frame of the Mutmacherand Musterbrecher projects, this proposal introduces a research-based model of innovative school development that emphasizes professionalism, persistency, and strategic coherence. These innovative schools, some recognized as award-winning institutions and others less publicly visible, provide compelling real-world examples of transformative practice aligned with the principles of Next Practice, rather than mere best practice replication. The point of departure for this inquiry lies in understanding why schools embark on developmental journeys. Consistent with the findings from the Mutmacher project, the motivations are highly diverse: threats of closure, internal crises or conflicts, dissatisfaction with learning outcomes, a lack of student autonomy, heterogeneity challenges, impulses from professional learning, and school redesign initiatives. School development is rarely linear; instead, transformation unfolds iteratively, shaped by contextual conditions and a school’s evolving identity. Across cases, a shared pattern emerges: successful innovation pivots on a clear sense of purpose, stepwise implementation, and a willingness to redesign nearly all aspects of school life. Innovation rarely begins from ideal conditions; rather, pressure and opportunity operate together as catalysts when schools interpret them through a lens of agency and purpose. The radical approaches presented here are informed by multi-layered conceptual models seen in the uploaded materials: the BIO+S strategy (Bolster, Innovate, Optimise, and Suspend), the interconnected development of learning culture, school culture, and leadership culture, the emphasis on meaningful cooperation, and the focus on quality of education supported by structured quality management and strategic processes (e.g., vision work, evaluation loops, pilot projects). Innovative schools shift from teaching to learning: they foster self-organized learning, adopt learning coaching roles, expand learning environments, integrate collegial observation, leverage project-based learning, and use agile processes that encourage prototyping, iteration, failure tolerance, and reflection. Across cases, recurring milestones include guided self-organized learning, redesigned learning spaces (“learning space as a third educator”), strengthened coaching and collegial observation, and professionalized project structures. This proposal is grounded in two complementary qualitative research strands: The findings can be synthesized into four interrelated domains: (1) triggers and drivers of innovation, (2) developmental pathways and milestones, (3) cultural and structural enabling conditions, and (4) strategic tools and processes that support sustained transformation. Findings across both strands reveal that radically innovative schools share a strong commitment to cooperation, shared responsibility, purpose-driven leadership, and the courage to rethink established practices. Their developmental pathways emphasize relationship-centered education, systemic coherence, resource-orientation, and values-based decision-making. They exhibit a “forest rather than monoculture” mindset: diversity, collaboration, and mutual learning serve as engines of innovation. Taken together, the analyses show that innovative schools create new professional cultures and future-oriented learning environments by combining strategic clarity with pragmatic iteration. Their radical approaches are not disruptive in the sense of abrupt upheaval, but transformative through persistent, thoughtful, and data-informed action. With these insights, this contribution aims to inspire other schools—“Next Schools”—by showcasing pathways for becoming resilient, student-centered, and future-ready educational organizations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative multi-method design combining in-depth case analysis with a broader cross-case comparative approach. 1. Case Study of One Innovative School The first research component involved an intensive case study of a school recognized for its pioneering transformation initiatives. Data collection included: • Ten semi-structured interviews with school leaders, teachers, internal change agents, and selected stakeholders. These interviews explored developmental motivations, structural changes, cultural shifts, and leadership strategies. • Participatory fieldwork, during which the researcher engaged in on-site activities, team meetings, informal discussions, and classroom observations. This immersive approach enabled a nuanced understanding of everyday school practices and the lived culture of innovation. • A whole-staff survey using the BIO+S Analysis (Bewahren–Innovieren–Optimieren–Sistieren), developed by Huber. Staff members assessed which elements of the school should be preserved, newly introduced, further optimized, or temporarily or permanently discontinued. This resource-oriented inventory provided quantitative and qualitative indicators of perceived strengths, challenges, and priorities. The analysis followed grounded theory principles, combining open coding with iterative comparison. The triangulation of interview data, participatory insights, and BIO+S results generated a rich account of the school’s developmental logic, cultural patterns, and strategic alignment. 2. Interview Study Across 12 Schools (Germany, Austria, Switzerland) The second research component broadened the scope to a comparative analysis involving 12 schools across different types and national contexts. Each participated in a structured interview focused on: • Historical development: How the school’s situation evolved over time. • Current status: Challenges, innovations, and structural characteristics. • School improvement approaches: Strategies, models, and processes used to achieve desired changes. The sample intentionally included schools in urban, rural, and mixed settings and spanned various school types to ensure representativeness. Interviews were analyzed thematically, identifying recurring motifs such as systemic coherence, stepwise development, cooperation structures, leadership practices, and iterative improvement cycles. 3. Cross-Case Synthesis Data from both components were synthesized through pattern analysis, identifying mechanisms that consistently contribute to successful radical school innovation. The combined approach allowed for both depth (case study) and breadth (12-school comparison), producing insights into the conditions, processes, and practices that enable sustainable school transformation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study provides compelling evidence that radically innovative school development is both possible and replicable across diverse educational contexts. While each school’s trajectory is unique, successful innovation rests on several shared foundations: a strong pedagogical purpose, collaborative culture, role clarity, and persistent strategic action. Radical innovation does not emerge from disruptive gestures but through coherent, value-driven, iterative development supported by a professional learning culture. A core contribution of this research is demonstrating the utility of the BIO+S strategy as a structural and cultural compass. Schools that intentionally analyze what to preserve, innovate, optimize, or discontinue are better positioned to allocate resources meaningfully and to maintain developmental balance. At the same time, distributed, participatory leadership—rooted in trust, mutual respect, and clarity—enables the collective ownership necessary for complex organizational change. The findings highlight that innovation thrives where learning culture, school culture, and leadership culture evolve together. Tools such as collegial observation, pilot projects, agile methods, reflective collaboration formats, and shared norms enhance coherence. Schools that embrace experimentation and accept failure as part of learning develop the resilience needed to navigate complex futures. Importantly, the results suggest that innovation is not primarily a technical process but a cultural one. Sustained transformation was observed where purpose-driven cooperation, shared norms, and strong relational cultures shaped everyday practice (“education is relationship work”). In addition, the data highlight affective and motivational factors (shared commitment, perceived relevance, and joy in meaningful collaboration) which strengthened collective efficacy and professional satisfaction and supported long-term change. Ultimately, radically innovative schools demonstrate that educational transformation is not an abstract ideal but a concrete possibility. Their experiences offer inspiration and strategic guidance for schools seeking to redefine learning as a joyful, meaningful, student-centered endeavor. References Burow, O.-A. (2021). School development 2030: Trends and implementation steps. In J. Zylka (Ed.), Flip your school! Impulses for the development and design of hybrid, personalized teaching-learning settings (pp. 98–116). Beltz. Fratton, P. (2017). Instead of “school-ready” children: A child-appropriate school – The learning village of Wutöschingen. In J. Zylka (Ed.), School on the way to a personalized learning environment: Models of new teaching and learning (1st ed., pp. 25–33). Beltz. Fullan, M. (2016). The New Meaning of Educational Change. Teachers College Press. Göhlich, M., Weber, S.M., Schröer, A. u.a. (2014): Forschungsmemorandum Organisationspädagogik. online unter https://www.dgfe.de/sektionen-kommissionen-ag/sektion-14-organisationspaedagogik/forschungsmemorandum-organisationspaedagogik Hargreaves, A., & Shirley, D. (2012). The Global Fourth Way: The Quest for Educational Excellence. Corwin Press. Hopkins, D. (2010). Realising the potential of system Leadership. In S.G. Huber (Hrsg.), School Leadership – International Perspectives (S. 211-224). Dordrecht: Springer. Huber, S. G. (various years). BIO+S: Bewahren, Innovieren, Optimieren, Sistieren – A Resource-Oriented Approach to Strategic School Development. Research Group for Leadership, Quality Management and Innovation, Johannes Kepler University Linz. Huber, S. G., Bentele, A., Schneider, N., & Koch, F. (2025). Mutmacher – Musterbrecher: Strategisch professionell, profund und persistent handeln. Presentation at the DSLK 2025, Düsseldorf. Konrad, Klaus (2014): Lernen lernen - allein und mit anderen. Konzepte, Lösungen, Beispiele. Wiesbaden: Springer VS OECD. (2019). Future of Education and Skills 2030: OECD Learning Compass. Robinson, V. (2011). Student-Centered Leadership. Jossey-Bass. Schröer, Andreas & Freis, Tamara (2025). Sense-Making zwischen Widerstand und Implementierung–Führung als Kopplung differenter Sinnformen im Kontext der digitalen Transformation von Meta-Organisationen. Gruppe. Interaktion. Organisation. Zeitschrift für Angewandte Organisationspsychologie (GIO) 4/25, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11612-025-00840-1 Schröer, A. (2021): Social Innovation in Education and Social Service Organizations. Challenges, Actors and Approaches to Foster Social Innovation. In: Frontiers in Education: https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.555624 Senge, P. (1990). The Fifth Discipline: The Art and Practice of the Learning Organization. Doubleday. Timperley, H. (2011). Realizing the Power of Professional Learning. McGraw-Hill. Weber, S.M. (2017). Strategieentwicklung als Gegenstand der Organisationspädagogik. In M Göhlich, A., Schröer & S.M. Weber (Hrsg.), Handbuch Organisationspädagogik (S. 595-606). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-07746-4_58-1 Wüthrich, H.A., Osmetz, D. & Kaduk, S. (2009). Musterbrecher – Führung neu leben. 3., überarb. u. erw. Auflage. Gabler. Zylka, J. (Ed.). (2021). Flip your school! Impulses for the development and design of hybrid, personalized teaching-learning settings. Beltz. |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 33 SES 10 A: The Discourses of Queer Teachers and Pedagaogical Transformation in Sexualities Education Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Judith Goetz Paper Session |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Discourses of Queer Teachers in Finnish schools: Language Use and Interaction in Professional Settings University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This dissertation examines the lived experiences of Finnish LGBTQ+, or queer, teachers from the particular perspective of language use and interaction in different settings and contexts in the workplace. The presentation is based on a doctoral research project currently in its final stages, set out to produce findings through three interconnected studies that inquire different perspectives of discourses, language use and interactional choices of queer teachers in Finland. The study draws from individual and group interview data of non-heterosexual and nonbinary Finnish teachers. The guiding research question of this project is: How do queer teachers reported language use and interaction construct meanings and discourses to their lived experiences as professional teachers in heteronormative schools? In the dissertation, heteronormativity is viewed through its manifestations in the institutional and localized social context of schools as a desexualized, normalized structure that results in bias against queer people and queer visibility (e.g., Brett 2024; Reimers 2020). This reality is set against the backdrop of Finland as one of the inclusive and progressive Northern European countries, where affirmative, progressive policies and practices are in place (e.g., NCC 2014), but where schools nevertheless often remain as homotolerant sites that are permeated by homo- and transphobic discourses (Lehtonen 2023; Odenbring 2023; Røthing 2008). Further, the role and the position of queer teachers is examined as a juxtaposition, where moral and normative assumptions and expectations regulating teachers that stem from the dominantly heteronormative society clash with queer visibility and authenticity (Llewellyn & Reynolds 2021; Ullman 2020). Language use and interaction of the teachers is viewed as a site of knowledge production, theoretically framed through discourse theoretical and the third-wave sociolinguistic framework (Fairclough 2010; Eckert 2012), particularly within the understanding that social reality, meanings, and discourses are produced, established, and mediated in discourse and through social interaction, and revealed through the variation of indexical meanings of language use in different interactional contexts. In this dissertation, I am examining in particular the heteronormative discourse influencing language and interaction of queer teachers, further proceeding to construct meaning and discourses based on the teachers’ reported language use. In the presentation, I will be discussing the doctoral research project as a whole, with focus on presenting the overarching key findings of the three studies and an overview of the significance of this contribution to the educational research field of sexuality and gender in Europe and particularly in the Nordic countries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The foundational research perspective for the project is discourse analytical, employing a multi-layered perspective through critical (Fairclough 2010) and mediational or nexus analytical (Scollon & Scollon 2004) approaches. This project also utilizes the ethnomethodological membership categorization analysis (Schegloff 2007; Stokoe 2012) as part of the methodology. With these approaches, the project provides an analytical look into the discursive power of heteronormativity, the normative and moral categorization and the embedded, hidden discourses that operate and function within the discursive space of Finnish schools - constructed through queer teachers’ reported language use variation and interactive choices in the interviews. With this plurality of perspectives to the analysis of individual (n=8) and group interview (n=9, separated into 3 groups) data of queer teachers, who teach in Basic Education (primary school and secondary school) and in upper secondary schools, I have sought to provide such interpretation and analysis on language use and interaction that extends mere discourse analysis and offers a layered, multi-perspective collection of findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Overall, this dissertation provides a comprehensive, layered picture and a sociolinguistic snapshot of queer teacher reality and experiences in schools in Finland. This is the first study conducted to this extent in a European school context that maps queer teachers’ lived experiences, language use variation, and queer-relevant interactions and settings. The findings provided by the three studies indicate that queer teachers find their language use varying and changing in different contexts in their workplace, and that this variation is connected to heteronormativity in many ways. Findings of the first study (Niinisalo 2024) illustrate that queer teachers’ primary concerns in schools are related to their own safety as being visibly queer, and their professional teacher identity is constructed through navigating feelings of incompatibility and inadequacy. However, these findings also display that queer teachers have potential and capacity to resist and disrupt cisheteronormative structures. The second study (Niinisalo, upcoming) explores nonbinary teachers’ use of membership categories in their talk as a way to construct visibility as both nonbinary people and as teachers, displaying that nonbinary visibility is constrained by limitations imposed by the binary gender system in everyday language used in schools, and is further complicated with the moral and normative expectations and assumptions associated with teachers. In the third study (Niinisalo 2025), daily interactive situations between students and queer teachers are examined as points of entry for queer-relevant, queer pedagogical learning and teaching. These findings illustrate particular social interactions where various discourses, factors, and social practices intersect and allow for transformative learning and teaching, displaying the complexity of navigating queer themes and subjects. They also display that queer teachers draw from their own queerness as a resource to navigate these interactions.Together, these findings reveal heteronormative structures and practices that are hidden underneath the surface of inclusivity in Finnish schools. References Brett, A. (2024). Under the spotlight: Exploring the challenges and opportunities of being a visible LGBT+ teacher. Sex Education, 24(1), 61–75. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2022.2143344 Eckert, P. 2012. “Three Waves of Variation Study: The Emergence of Meaning in the Study of Sociolinguistic Variation.” Annual Review of Anthropology 41:87–100. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-anthro-092611-145828. Fairclough, N. 2010. Critical Discourse Analysis (2nd ed.). Harlow: Pearson Education Ltd. Lehtonen, J. (2023). Rainbow paradise? Sexualities and gender diversity in Finnish schools. In M. Thrupp, P. Seppänen, J. Kauko, & S. Kosunen (Eds.), Finland’s famous education system (pp. 273–288). Springer. Llewellyn, A., & Reynolds, K. (2021). Within and between heteronormativity and diversity: Narratives of LGB teachers and coming and being out in schools. Sex Education, 21(1), 13–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2020.1749040 NCC. 2014. National Core Curriculum for Basic Education. Helsinki. Niinisalo, T. 2024. “Finnish Queer Teachers' Understanding of Their Language Use in the Workplace.” Gender and Education 36, no. 6: 682–697. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2024.2353771. Niinisalo, T. 2026. “ Mapping Queer Places of Learning in Finnish Schools: Discourses of Teacher–Student Interactions.” European Journal of Education 61, no. 1: e70427. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.70427. Odenbring, Y. (2023). HBTQI-elev, skolkultur och minoritetsstress. Socialmedicinsk tidskrift. 100. 292-299. 10.62607/smt.v100i2.22144. Reimers, E. (2020). Disruptions of desexualized heteronormativity – queer identification(s) as pedagogical resources. Teaching Education, 31(1), 112–125. https://doi.org/10.1080/10476210.2019.1708891 Røthing, Å. (2008). Homotolerance and heteronormativity in Norwegian classrooms. Gender and Education, 20(3), 253–266. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540250802000405 Schegloff, E. A. (2007). A tutorial on membership categorization. Journal of Pragmatics, 39(3), 462–482. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pragma.2006.07.007 Scollon, R., and S. B. K. Scollon. 2004. Nexus Analysis: Discourse and the Emerging Internet. 1st ed. Taylor and Francis. Stokoe, E. (2012). Moving forward with membership categorization analysis: Methods for systematic analysis. Discourse Studies, 14(3), 277–303. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461445612441534 Ullman, J. (2020). Present, yet not welcomed: Gender diverse teachers’ experiences of discrimination. Teaching Education, 31(1), 67–83. https://doi.org/10.1080/10476210.2019.1708315 33. Gender and Education
Paper Beyond the classroom: transformative pedagogies and Comprehensive Sexuality Education in rural contexts 1: Universitat de Barcelona, Spain; 2: Universitat de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:This paper explores Comprehensive Sexual Education (CSE) as a vehicle for transformative pedagogies in rural and socially vulnerable contexts, integrating feminist and queer approaches that place the body, emotions, and active participation at the centre of learning. Drawing on Paulo Freire’s conception of education as a practice of freedom, we understand education as a process that stands in opposition to banking models of education, and conceives learning as a dialogical, situated, and transformative experience (Freire, 1970). Within this framework, CSE emerges as a particularly fertile pedagogical space for the implementation of transformative pedagogies. Rather than constituting a mere set of contents about sexuality(ies), CSE invites to rethink traditional modes of teaching and (un)learning by foregrounding dimensions historically excluded from the school curriculum: bodies, emotions, affects, relationships, and lived experiences. Feminist and queer pedagogies provide a theoretical and political framework for understanding this transformative potential of CSE. Closely linked to social movements, these pedagogies conceptualise education as a situated, embodied, affective, and collective process, capable of challenging the normative frameworks that regulate how knowledge is (re)produced and which bodies and voices are recognised as legitimate (Platero, 2018). From an intersectional perspective, classrooms are shaped by multiple, intersecting axes of inequality that cannot be addressed in isolation (Crenshaw, 1989). Although CSE is often associated primarily with gender and sexuality(ies), its transformative potential lies precisely in its capacity to bring all these dimensions into dialogue and to question the processes of exclusion that operate within educational and social contexts. This theoretical framework not only informs our analysis but also serves as the methodological point of departure for the design of a socio-educational intervention in rural contexts, combining a review of the literature with participatory practices. Drawing on workshops conducted in the rural schools (Centros Rurales Agrupados, CRA) of Alta Ribagorza (Huesca, Spain), the study shows that CSE enables a shift in the locus of knowledge, legitimising experiences, histories, and knowledges often excluded from the curriculum. The results indicate that these practices foster meaningful learning, strengthen educational equity and promote the development of educational projects that care for otherness and challenge the reproduction of norms. Far from reproducing a differential socialisation based on gender stereotypes or adult-centred hierarchies, workshops enhance a more equitable participation, where diversities apply as a resource, instead of as an obstacle. Additionally, the embodied activities developed generate (un)learning practices that apply far beyond cognitive dimension. When CSE is approached from feminist and queer perspectives, it enables an intersectional questioning of the norms that shape schooling –in terms of gender, sexuality(ies), corporeality, age, origin, and ability, among others– and fosters spaces where diversity is not merely abstractly tolerated but actively inhabited, named, and cared for. This is particularly meaningful in rural contexts, which are often assumed to be less open to non-hegemonic approaches. Experience shows, on the contrary, that when spaces of trust and continuity are created, educational communities actively engage in processes of critical reflection and transformation. Moreover, this highlights that implementing such practices in rural scenarios is not only feasible but also challenges prevailing prejudices about the lack of pedagogical innovation outside urban environments, demonstrating that rurality can also be(come) a fertile ground for critical and transformative educational initiatives. The discussion highlights the importance of differentiating between normative and transformative CSE, reflecting on how schools can function as spaces of emancipation or as mechanisms for reproducing inequalities. Finally, the study argues that CSE, when articulated with transformative pedagogies, constitutes a tool for pedagogical innovation and social improvement, with transferable potential to other educational contexts and teacher training, contributing to more equitable and diversity-sensitive systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopts an exploratory design with two complementary components. The first, theoretical-methodological component consisted of a literature review on feminist, queer, and transformative pedagogies, which made it possible to define the guiding principles of the intervention: the problematisation of normativity, the questioning of teacher-student hierarchies, the centrality of the body and emotions, and the collective construction of knowledge (Platero, 2018). These pedagogical approaches understand learning as a situated, relational, and embodied process, challenging neutral or universalist conceptions of education. This review not only contextualizes the study but also serves as a methodological input for designing participatory dynamics and analytical criteria, ensuring coherence between the epistemological framework and the practical intervention. In addition, CSE is examined as a pedagogical framework through which these pedagogies can be operationalised, given its potential to address affectivity, diversity and power relations in school (Morgade 2019). Regarding the practical component, participatory workshops were carried out in the rural schools (CRA Alta Ribagorza), conceived as an educational laboratory for implementing sensory- and body-based methodologies. The workshops (n = 28; duration: 120 minutes each) involved primary school students (aged 8–12) and their families, and focused on artistic activities, role-playing, and guided discussions. These methodologies were selected to foster experiential learning, privileging expression, dialogue, and collective reflection over transmissive teaching models (hooks, 1994). Participation was a central axis of the intervention: activities were designed to adapt to the group’s responses, enabling children and families to co-construct meanings and question normative assumptions collectively. The aim was to promote processes of (un)learning in which students acted as active agents, recognizing their embodied knowledge and lived experiences as valid sources of learning. Data collection and analysis were based on field notes and reflective journals produced by the workshop facilitator, which recorded observations regarding participation, emerging emotions, and group dynamics. This reflexive documentation acknowledges the situated position of the facilitator and aligns with feminist qualitative research approaches that emphasize reflexivity and affect (Haraway, 1995). The data were analysed through thematic coding (Peel, 2020), identifying emergent categories related to participation, corporeality, and the questioning of normative frameworks. This analytical process allowed for the identification of tensions, resistances, and transformative moments arising during the workshops, offering insights into the pedagogical potential of participatory, embodied interventions in rural primary education contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results invite us to focus not so much on CSE as content, but on transformative pedagogies that allow (re)thinking and co-constructing education as a space from which to articulate other possible worlds. In this sense, CSE is revealed as a key tool, but not self-sufficient: its transformative potential will depend on the pedagogical, political, and epistemological framework from which it is implemented. Education is never neutral and can serve both to social transformation and the reproduction of the existing order (Freire, 2001, in Carrera-Fernández et al., 2018). Within this framework, feminist and queer pedagogies problematise the very objective of education by questioning how institutionalised practices regulate sexualities, producing “normal” and “deviant” subjects, thereby unsettling the taken-for-granted regimes of truth that structure what can be known, taught, and desired within schooling. (Britzman, 1995). Applied to CSE, this approach makes it possible to distinguish between proposals that merely transmit information and those that create emancipatory spaces to challenge the regimes of truth that sustain gender binarism, compulsory heterosexuality, and other forms of exclusion. In contrast to normative logics, transformative pedagogies do not seek simply to “include” diversity within a pre-existing framework, but rather to reconfigure the conditions of (un)learning, giving rise to educational projects oriented toward social justice and equity. In this sense, the experience analysed –based on participatory workshops in rural contexts and a theoretical review– allows us to conclude that CSE, when grounded in feminist and queer pedagogies, contributes to more just and equitable educational practices, including in increasingly overlooked rural contexts. Nevertheless, it highlights the need to sustain ongoing critical reflection on which form of CSE is implemented, with what objectives, and from which positionalities, to prevent a potentially emancipatory tool from ultimately reinforcing the very logics of control it seeks to challenge. References Britzman, D. (1995). Is there a Queer Pedagogy? Or, stop reading straight. Educational Theory, 45(2): 151-165. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-5446.1995.00151.x Carrera-Fernández, M.V., Cid-Fernández, X.M. y Lameiras-Fernández, M. (2018). El status queer o la utopía posible: aportaciones de la pedagogía queer para la construcción de nuevos imaginarios identitarios. En A. Ocampo (Coord.) Pedagogías Queer (1ª ed., 26-47). Centro de Estudios Latinoamericanos de Educación Inclusiva (CELEI). https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/libro?codigo=735790 Crenshaw, K. (1989). Demarginalizing the Intersection of Race and Sex: A Black Feminist Critique of Antidiscrimination Doctrine, Feminist Theory and Antiracist Politics. University of Chicago Legal Forum, 1(8): 139-167. https://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1052&context=uclf Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogía del oprimido. Siglo XXI de España Editores, S.A. Haraway, D. (1995). Capítulo 7 – Conocimientos situados: la cuestión científica en el feminismo y el privilegio de la perspectiva parcial. Ciencia, cyborgs y las mujeres. La invención de la naturaleza (313-346). Cátedra. https://perio.unlp.edu.ar/catedras/comyeduc2/wp-content/uploads/sites/197/2021/05/7_haraway_-_conocimientos_situados_compressed_compressed_compressed_1.pdf hooks, b. (1994). Enseñar a transgredir. La educación como práctica de la libertad. Capitán Swing. Morgade, G. (2019). La educación sexual integral como proyecto de justicia social. Descentrada, 3(1). https://doi.org/10.24215/25457284e080 Peel, Karen L. (2020). A Beginner's Guide to Applied Educational Research using Thematic Analysis. Practical Assessment, Research, and Evaluation, 25(2): 1-16. https://doi.org/10.7275/ryr5-k983. Platero, L. (2018). Ideas clave de las pedagogías transformadoras. En A. Ocampo (Coord.) Pedagogías Queer (1ª ed., 26-47). Centro de Estudios Latinoamericanos de Educación Inclusiva (CELEI). https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/libro?codigo=735790 33. Gender and Education
Paper “The Discourse is Like a Strike in the Gut” Parents’ Narratives on Supportive Practices and Boundaries in Their Trans Children’ Lives University of Akureyri, Iceland Presenting Author:Schools as institutions actively contribute to the construction of gender and sexuality, both as institutional agents of the formation processes and as the settings in which these take place (Martino et al., 2022). The lack of LGBTQ+-inclusive school practices is repeatedly reflected in students’ views on gender as a binary construct grounded in stereotypical assumptions that are not contested in the school environment (Renold, 2020). The pressure to conform has been reported in the ways that schools reproduce heterosexuality and cisheteronormative understandings of gender, reinforcing gender categories that marginalise students who do not fit the cisheteronormative gender norms (Woolley 2017; Þrastardóttir & Kjaran, 2023). This can have detrimental effects on LGBTQ+ youth who is trying to figure out their identities especially in times of a current international backlash and lack of support from their environment. International research on LGBTQ+ youth has consistently shown poorer mental health compared to their heterosexual peers (Price-Feeney et al., 2024). They are also more likely to encounter minority stress and stigma following bullying and physical violence. They have difficulty accessing services that meet their needs, which in turn elevates risk of poor mental health (Hill et al., 2021). There has been limited research on LGBTQ+ youth in Iceland, a country recognized as having strong commitment to gender and sexuality equality (ILGA Europe, 2024; World Economic Forum, 2024). Findings from an Icelandic survey conducted among LGBTQ+ youth in 2017 showed that participants reported insecurity related to gender expression, sexuality, body size, and academic ability. Findings from two studies conducted in Iceland in 2010 and 2018 concluded that LGBTQ+ youth exhibited greater levels of depression, anger, and stress than their heterosexual peers and that they were more in a risk of school dropout and suicidal thoughts (Guðmundsdóttir et al., 2018; Sveinbjörnsdóttir et al., 2010). These findings report the experiences of young people but the experiences of their families is lacking. Resarch focus There is a need for research on the experiences and perceptions of parents of LGBTQ+ youth who have an important role in supporting their children, information about how parents support their children in times of mental health difficulties including self-harm , how the current backlash is affecting their children and the role of the school system when it comes to their children’s wellness and security. This support is vital as it is known to work against mental health conditions, stress, isolation, and promote youth wellbeing (Wilson & Cariola, 2020). Research findings have reported that parents of LGBTQ+ youth have experienced personal barriers and challenges when supporting their children, for instance, prejudice from their social environment, minority stress connected to their child being LGBTQ+ and feeling of insecurity in their parenting practices (Hidalgo & Chen, 2019; Matsuno et al., 2022). Due to the importance of parental support when it comes to LGBTQ+ youth a more nuanced understanding of parental experiences is needed to promote better support for LGBTQ+ youth and their families. Research questions: How do Icelandic parents of trans youth experience their children’s lives in and out of school in the ongoing international backlash and how do they support their children when it comes to mental health and school life? Analyzing the data, queer theory (Butler, 1990), particularly the concepts of heteronormativity and cisnormativity, are utilized to interrogate the ideological foundations of school systems. Schools often operate on implicit assumptions that students are heterosexual and cisgender and that families conform to traditional gender and sexual norms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws from interviews with 9 parents of trans youth in rural areas in Iceland. The focus on rural schools is supported by research suggesting that in rural schools´ knowledge on LGBTQ+ issues is less than in urban areas and subsequent support is more predominant in the capital than in their rural areas. Research on rural schools and promotion of affirming spaces and resources for LGBTQ+ youth is lacking in comparison to urban schools (Page, 2017). The interviews were explained to the participants to ensure that the objectives and progress of the research was clear (Creswell, 2015). The handling of data and personal information was explained, including that results would be presented in a way that ensured anonymity in accordance with the EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU, 2016), and that this would guaranty the protection of personal data, respecting the fundamental rights and freedom of the participants. The interviews were conducted on teams and in spaces that the parents preferred. Each interview lasted 50–80 minutes. The interview transcripts were read several times. Notations were written, and texts were coded using an inductive approach. The first coding was open and focused on establishing familiarity with the participants’ ideas and experiences. The codes were assembled to identify repeated patterns of meaning across the data (Braun & Clarke, 2013). Parents’ narratives were continually compared to attain conformation of their accounts and reduce possible limitations of the study in line with social construction of validity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data analysis ongoing but preliminary findings suggest that schools largely maintain cisheteronormative understandings of gender and fail to implement recent societal counteractions supporting LGBTQ+ rights. As a result, traditional gender roles persist, and a lack of transformative school practices may negatively affect the security and wellbeing of trans youth. Parents of trans youth experience will and understanding in schools towards their children but the support in the school environment only goes so far and could be increased with more knowledge among staff, the enactment of LGBTQ+ pedagogies, less prejudice in the school environment and society and more open discussion in schools about gender diversity and LGBTQ+ issues. References Creswell, J. W. (2015). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. Pearson. Einarsdóttir, Þ. (2020). All that glitters is not gold: Shrinking and bending gender equality in rankings and nation branding. NORA-Journal of Feminist and Gender Research, 28(2), 140–152. https://doi.org/10.1080/08038740.2020.1745884 Hidalgo, M. A., & Chen, D. (2019). Experiences of gender minority stress in cisgender parents of transgender/gender-expansive prepubertal children: A qualitative study. Journal of Family Issues, 40(7), 865–886. https://doi.org/10.1177/0192513X19829502 Hill, A. O., Lyons, A., Jones, J., McGowan, I., Carman, M., Parsons, M., Power, J., & Bourne, A. (2021). Writing Themselves In 4: The health and wellbeing of LGBTQA+ young people in Australia. La Trobe University: Australian Research Centre in Sex Health and Society. https://www.latrobe.edu.au/arcshs/publications/writing-themselves-in-publications/writing-themselves-in-4 Martino, W., Kassen, J., & Omercajic, K. (2022). Supporting transgender students in schools: Beyond an individualist approach to trans inclusion in the education system. Educational Review, 74(4), 753–772. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2020.1829559. Matsuno, E., McConnell, E., Dolan, C. V., & Israel, T. (2022). “I am fortunate to have a transgender child”: An investigation into the barriers and facilitators to support among parents of trans and nonbinary youth. LGBTQ+ Family: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 18(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/1550428X.2021.1991541 Page, M. L. (2017). From awareness to action: Teacher attitude and implementation of LGBT-inclusive curriculum in the English language arts classroom. SAGE Open, 7(4). https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244017739949 Price‐Feeney, M.N., Lee, W.Y., Hobbs, J.N., DeChants, J.P., & Davis, C.K. (2024). Middle and high school LGBTQ students report what makes school LGBTQ‐affirming across race/ethnicity and gender identity, a topic modeling method. Journal of School Health, 94(7), 601–609. https://doi.org/10.1111/josh.13460 Renold, E. (2020). “Coming out”. Gender, (hetero)sexuality and the primary school. In. James Dean, & Nancy Fischer (Eds.), Routledge International Handbook of Heterosexualities Studies (pp. 122–138). Routledge. Wilson, C., & Cariola, L. A. (2020). LGBTQI + youth and mental health: A systematic review of qualitative research. Adolescent Research Review, 5(2), 187–211. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40894-019-00118-w Woolley, S., W. (2017). Contesting silence, claiming space: Gender and sexuality in the neo-liberal public high school. Gender and Education, 29(1), 84–99. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2016.1197384 Þrastardóttir, B., & Kjaran, J. I. (2023). Girls claiming discursive space within the hegemonic discourse on gender performativity: A case study from a compulsory school in Iceland. NORA- Nordic Journal of Feminist and Gender Research, 31(4), 335-348. https://doi.org/10.1080/08038740.2023.2224056 |
| 10:30 - 12:00 | 34 SES 10 A: Dialogue and controversy Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Danique Deimel Paper Session |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper To display a Foreign Flag on a Swedish Graduation: Students in Two Different Social Contexts Discuss a Controversial Issue University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Contemporary society is often described as polarized, with numerous issues dividing the population and creating tensions between individuals and groups. Schools are also affected by this polarized social climate, and research shows that family values, migration, discrimination and racism, and sustainable development are examples of issues that may give rise to tensions in the classroom (Flensner, 2020). Controversial issues are often described as “issues which arouse strong feelings and divide opinion in communities and society” (Kerr & Huddleston, 2016, p. 11; cf. Dearden, 1981; Hand, 2008; Journell, 2017; Rawls, 1993). Research indicates, however, that what provokes strong reactions in one classroom may pass largely unnoticed in another (Flensner, 2020; Kerr & Huddleston, 2016). This study aims to contribute to scientific knowledge about the contextual aspects of teaching controversial issues by examining how students reason about the same issue in two Swedish upper secondary schools situated in different social contexts. Sweden has experienced substantial immigration over the past twenty years, and approximately one in four residents has a foreign background (Statistics Sweden, 2024). This has led to intense public debate concerning issues of integration and segregation. One example is a relatively new tradition associated with upper secondary school graduation celebrations: students with a foreign background wrapping themselves in, and waving, the flag of their parents’ country of origin during the graduation parade through the city, rather than the Swedish flag. This practice has elicited strong emotional responses. Is it reasonable to celebrate an education and graduation financed by Swedish taxpayers by displaying the flag of another country? This question was selected by the teachers involved in the study as a case within the broader theme of segregation and integration. The case of foreign flags at graduation celebrations was deemed suitable because it is closely connected to students’ lived experiences; they are about to graduate and will need to take a stance on how they themselves wish to act in relation to flags. Furthermore, the case was considered relevant in relation to the broader societal issue of segregation. The study is underpinned by theories of ethnic identity and the symbolic significance of flags. Research shows that national flags symbolize a nation’s core values and carry strong emotional meanings (Muldoon et al., 2020). A flag can be interpreted as an expression of an individual’s identity and of solidarity with a particular nation, which Callahan and Ledgerwood (2006) argue may become particularly problematic in multinational societies. Ethnic identity refers to the perception of belonging to a specific group characterized by shared ways of thinking, feeling, experiencing, and behaving. The development of ethnic identity is especially salient for individuals belonging to minority groups, who must decide whether to maintain loyalty to their own group, develop an identity in relation to the majority society, or construct a dual ethnic identity. Individuals belonging to the majority society, by contrast, often take their ethnic identity for granted (Phinney, 2003; Almqvist, 2020). The study also draws on theories of deliberative teaching (Hess & McAvoy, 2014), which emphasize the importance of exposing students to the full range of perspectives on an issue and assigning students a position to defend in a debate conducted in a respectful and attentive manner. The study aims to answer the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the study’s interest in context, two schools of different character were selected. They differ in terms of the majority of students’ ethnic background, previous academic achievement, and political orientation, as expressed in a mock school election. A large majority of students at School X have a Swedish background, high grades, and voted to the right in the school election, whereas almost all students at School Z have a foreign background, low grades, and voted largely to the left. (Statistics Sweden, 2024; Swedish National Agency for Education, 2024; Swedish Agency for Youth and Civil Society, 2023). The schools also differ in their traditions regarding flags on graduation day. At School Z, all students carry a flag from their parents’ country of origin, while no students at School X carry any flag at all. The study was conducted within the framework of regular instruction in three classes at each school. The teachers were qualified and experienced and chose the theme and case for the lessons but planned the teaching in detail individually. The lessons followed a shared structure: introduction, collection of facts, gathering of arguments, and assignment of positions. Hess and McAvoy argue that allowing students to express their personal opinions entails a risk that students may be unwilling to consider new arguments and may face reprisals from peers after the lesson. The instruction concluded with a debate on the question: Should foreign flags be allowed on graduation day or not? The researchers observed the lessons, audio-recorded them, and took field notes. The analysis focuses on the arguments presented in the final debates at the two schools. All student utterances from one school were analysed in relation to those from the other, examining which arguments were most prominent, which received limited attention, which were unique to one context, and which were shared across both contexts. A potential limitation of the study is that students argued from assigned positions, rather than expressing their personal views. However, the analysis is based on the assumption that students evaluate, select, and construct arguments drawing on their prior knowledge, lived experiences, and perceived identities. Accordingly, the debates are interpreted as indicative of which arguments students in different school contexts consider important, legitimate, or dismissible. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The major difference between the arguments at the two schools concerns issues of ethnic identity. Students at School X appear to take their ethnic identity for granted, and none express a desire to demonstrate it through the display of flags. In the debate, arguments are made in favour of allowing students to display any flag they choose, since freedom of expression is considered a core Swedish value. Still, flags are described as a sign of ingratitude toward Sweden. At School Z, the debates highlight the importance of expressing one’s background. Participants argue that it is possible to show their ethnic identity, while still being grateful to Sweden, for example by displaying a dual identity through the use of dual flags. Students also point to parental pressure to display their national flag, even though the students’ futures will largely be based in Sweden. Graduation is framed as a form of vindication: despite belonging to a minority group and living in the socioeconomically disadvantaged Z area, students have succeeded in completing their education. Furthermore, many students have the language skills required to follow social media in other countries and argue that Sweden’s international image is harmed when non-Swedish flags are displayed at a Swedish graduation. At both schools, the controversy is linked to racism, as it mainly concerns flags from regions such as the Middle East. As one participant noted, “No one would have been upset if they were Norwegian flags.” Teachers and students alike expressed surprise that a seemingly minor issue could provide insights into societal segregation. Students at School Z contributed more numerous and diverse arguments than those at School X, which may be explained by their personal connection to the issue, as they drew on lived experiences and engagement with international media. References Almqvist, K. (2020). Identitet och etnicitet [Identity and ethnicity] In Frisén & Hwang (Ed.) Ungdomar och identitet, p. 79-108. [Youth and identity] Stockholm: Natur och kultur. Callahan, S. & Ledgerwood, A. (2016). On the psychological Function of Flags and Logos: Group Identity Symbols Increase Perceived Entitativity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 2016, 110(4), 528-550. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/pspi00000047 Dearden, R.F. (1981) Controversial Issues and the Curriculum, Journal of Curriculum studies, 13(1,) 37-44. https://doi.org/10.1080/0022027810130105 Flensner, K. K. (2020). Dealing with and teaching controversial issues—Teachers’ pedagogical approaches to controversial issues in Religious Education and Social Studies. Acta Didactica Norden 14: 1–21 https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.8347 Hand, M. (2008). What should we teach as controversial? A defence of the epistemic criterion. Educational Theory, 58(2), 213–228. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-5446.2008.00285.x Hess, D. & McAvoy, P (2014). The Political Classroom: Evidence and Ethics in Democratic Education. New York: Routledge https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315738871 Journell, W. (2017). Framing Controversial identity issues in schools: The case of HB2, bathroom equity, and transgender students. Equity & Excellence in education 50:4, 339-354. https://doi.org/10.1080/10665684.2017.1393640 Kerr, D. & Huddleston, T. (2016). Living with Controversy: Teaching Controversial Issues through Education for Democratic Citizenship and Human Rights (EDC/HRE). Training Pack for Teachers. London: Council of Europe. https://rm.coe.int/22122020-teaching-controversial-issues-final-web/1680a12735 Muldoon, O.T., Trew, K., Msetfi, R. & Devine, P. (2020). Flagging difference: identification and emotional responses to national flags. Journal of Applied Social Psychology. 50(5), 265-275 https://doi.org/10.1111/jasp.12657 Phinney J.S. (2003). Ethnic identity and acculturation. In: Chun KM, Balls-Organista P, Marin G, (Ed.). Acculturation: Advances in theory, measurement, and applied research. pp. 63–81. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association Rawls, J. (1993). Political liberalism. New York, NY: Columbia University Press Statistics Sweden (2024) Population in Sweden by country/region of birth, citizenship and Swedish/foreign background, 31 December 2024. https://www.scb.se/en/finding-statistics/statistics-by-subject-area/population-and-living-conditions/population-composition-and-development/population-statistics/pong/tables-and-graphs/foreign-born-citizenship-and-foreignswedish-background/population-in-sweden-by-countryregion-of-birth-citizenship-and-swedishforeign-background-31-december-2024/ Swedish Agency for Youth and Civil Society (2023). Skolval 2022 i samband med riksdagsvalet. Slutrapport. [School elections 2022 in relation to the general election. Final report] Swedish National Agency for Education (2024) Gymnasieskola antal elever [Upper secondary school, number of students] https://www.skolverket.se/statistik-och-utvarderingar/statistik-om-forskola-och-skola/sok-statistik-om-forskola-skola-och-vuxenutbildning 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper A Systematic Review on Student Responsibility during Deliberation on Controversial Issues in Primary Education Hasselt University, Belgium Presenting Author:Socio-political issues are ubiquitous. Despite their omnipresence, people are reluctant to deliberate on these issues because inherent disagreements make them uncomfortable, leading them to prefer conversations with like-minded individuals (Hess, 2009). However, deliberative theory holds that deliberation is an essential part of democracy. Deliberative democracy is “grounded in an ideal in which people come together, on the basis of equal status and mutual respect, to discuss the political issues they face and, on the basis of those discussions, decide on the policies that will then affect their lives” (Bächtiger et al., 2018, p. 2). In a deliberative democracy, dialogue becomes a democratic tool that, in an ideal situation, leads to inclusive decisions (Sant, 2019). Education for deliberative democracy implies that schools should teach students the deliberative skills needed to participate actively in society (Sant, 2019). Students learn to be responsible citizens by discussing big questions. In contrast to the epistemic bubble, where like-minded people exchange similar ideas (Nguyen, 2020), class and school contexts are diverse, offering a unique setting (Hess, 2009). Students can engage with disagreement in a structured, constructive, and educative way. Because disagreement is inherent to deliberation, controversies are highly appropriate for teaching students how to talk about differences (McAvoy & Hess, 2013). Controversies are open questions with competing views (McAvoy & Hess, 2013; Schuitema et al., 2018) that examine social or political issues that affect personal beliefs and values (Hand & Levinson, 2012; Niemeyer et al., 2024; Schuitema et al., 2018). Research on deliberation on controversial issues in education is growing (Larsson & Lindström, 2020; Nishiyama, 2021; Samuelsson & Bøyum, 2015), yet research on student responsibility is scarce, and conceptualizations are fragmented. However, shared responsibility and balanced roles between teachers and students are needed for productive deliberation (Alexander, 2018). Given the open-ended nature of deliberation on controversial issues, teachers cannot maintain full control and must make room for students’ substantive perspectives (Schuitema et al., 2018). Although student responsibility is needed to empower them to develop their own views and actively participate, it is also challenging for teachers to keep the deliberation open-ended and to step back (Schuitema et al., 2018). Teacher regulation during deliberation appears to lead to greater content quality, but it also diminishes students’ active role (Schuitema et al., 2018). Thus, there seems to be a paradox between teachers’ aspiration to control the learning situation and their goal of enhancing students’ active participation and responsibility (Bossér et al., 2015). This paradox has been little explored and seems to be a missed opportunity in the light of citizenship education, as students will not have the room to develop their own perspectives and truly engage with disagreements. Understanding student responsibility in deliberation, therefore, becomes a key educational response to contemporary conditions. This systematic review aims to address the current gap in scientific knowledge with the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study reports on an OSF preregistered systematic review examining how student responsibility is conceptualized and fostered during deliberation on controversial issues in primary education. The review follows the PRISMA guidelines (Page et al., 2021) for systematic reviews, along with the extended guidelines for protocols and search reporting using the PRISMA-P (Moher et al., 2015) and PRISMA-S (Rethlefsen et al., 2021) checklists. A comprehensive literature search is conducted in four electronic databases commonly used in educational research: ERIC and SocINDEX (via EBSCOhost), Web of Science Core Collection, and Scopus. The search strategy is iteratively developed, tailored to each database, and peer-reviewed using the PRESS 2015 Evidence-Based Checklist to ensure the quality and rigor of the search process (Rethlefsen et al., 2021). Search strings in each database combine terms related to deliberation, education, and student responsibility. Deduplication, title and abstract screening, and full-text screening are conducted using Rayyan. Searches are limited to peer-reviewed journal articles published in English since 2000. Four predefined content-based inclusion criteria guide the screening process: (1) teacher and/or student participants in primary or secondary education, (2) interventions that include deliberation in class or school context on social topics, (3) studies that report insights into student responsibility during deliberation on social topics, and (4) qualitative, quantitative, mixed-methods, or review study designs. The screening process is independently piloted by three authors to test the eligibility criteria and the accompanying screening questions. Title and abstract screening and full-text screening are conducted in two phases: three reviewers independently screen 10% of the studies using Fleiss’ Kappa to calculate inter-rater reliability, then proceed with single-reviewer screening. Disagreements are resolved through discussion. The methodological quality of each included study is assessed using the Critical Appraisal Skills Programme (CASP) checklist (Critical Appraisal Skills Programme, 2024). Data extraction followed a predefined, piloted form that captured publication characteristics, methodology, participants, and features of deliberative interventions. Outcome data from the included studies are imported into MAXQDA24 for thematic synthesis in six steps (Braun & Clarke, 2021). The synthesis, thoroughly discussed with the entire research team, results in a structured narrative that answers the research questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings After identifying 3,662 articles using the aforementioned search strategy across four databases, 29 articles were included in the review after deduplication, screening, and quality appraisal. An equal number of studies were conducted in primary and secondary education. Only five studies were quantitative, all examining a narrow sense of student responsibility, namely, student participation. The distribution of studies across regions is uneven: more than half of the included studies were conducted in Europe (17), with smaller numbers in North America (5), Asia (5), Africa (1), and Australia (1). The findings indicate that student responsibility in the context of classroom deliberation is conceptualized in diverse ways and constitutes a multi-layered construct. This responsibility encompasses three interrelated dimensions: participation, ownership, and collaborative knowledge building. Thus, classroom deliberation is not only a site of democratic action but also a space for epistemic practice. Furthermore, this study synthesizes strategies to strengthen student responsibility (e.g., activating and providing background knowledge, strategically deploying teacher roles). The analysis of these strategies is ongoing and will be presented in greater depth at the ECER conference. This study contributes to scholarly understanding of how education can address the poly-crisis as an opportunity to teach students the essential deliberative skills for active participation in our European society today. It offers conceptually robust yet practice-relevant knowledge to support teachers’ decision-making. References Alexander, R. (2018). Developing dialogic teaching: Genesis, process, trial. Research Papers in Education, 33(5), 561-598. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2018.1481140 Bächtiger, A., Dryzek, J., Mansbridge, J., & Warren, M. (2018). Deliberative Democracy: an introduction. In A. Bächtiger, J. Dryzek, J. Mansbridge, & M. Warren (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Deliberative Democracy (pp. 1-56). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780198747369.001.0001 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE Publications. Critical Appraisal Skills Programme (2024). CASP Qualitative Studies Checklist. [online] Available at: https://casp-uk.net/. Accessed: 11th of June 2025. Hess, D.E. (2009). Controversy in the classroom. The democratic power of discussion. Routledge. McAvoy, P., & Hess, D. (2013). Classroom Deliberation in an Era of Political Polarization. Curriculum Inquiry, 43(1), 14-47. https://doi.org/10.1111/curi.12000 Moher, D., Shamseer, L., Clarke, M., Ghersi, D., Liberati, A., Petticrew, M., Shekelle, P., Stewart, L. A., & PRISMA-P Group. (2015). Preferred reporting items for systematic review and meta-analysis protocols (PRISMA-P) 2015 statement. Systematic Reviews, 4(1), 9. https://doi.org/10.1186/2046-4053-4-1 Niemeyer, S., Veri, F., Dryzek, J. S., & Bächtiger, A. (2024). How Deliberation Happens: Enabling Deliberative Reason. American Political Science Review, 118(1), 345-362. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0003055423000023 Oyler, J. (2019). Exploring Teacher Contributions to Student Argumentation Quality. Studia Paedagogica, 24(4), 173-198. https://doi.org/10.5817/SP2019-4-8 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Rethlefsen, M. L., Kirtley, S., Waffenschmidt, S., Ayala, A. P., Moher, D., Page, M. J., Koffel, J. B., PRISMA-S Group, Blunt, H., Brigham, T., Chang, S., Clark, J., Conway, A., Couban, R., De Kock, S., Farrah, K., Fehrmann, P., Foster, M., Fowler, S. A., … Young, S. (2021). PRISMA-S: An extension to the PRISMA Statement for Reporting Literature Searches in Systematic Reviews. Systematic Reviews, 10(1), 39. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-020-01542-z Samuelsson, M. (2016). Education for Deliberative Democracy: A Typology of Classroom Discussions. Democracy & Education, 24(1), 1-9. https://democracyeducationjournal.org/home/vol24/iss1/5 Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655-696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493 Schuitema, J., Radstake, H., Van De Pol, J., & Veugelers, W. (2018). Guiding classroom discussions for democratic citizenship education. Educational Studies, 44(4), 377-407. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2017.1373629 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Vocational Students’ Citizenship Formation and Perceptions of Themselves and Society Umeå university, Sweden Presenting Author:Current societal challenges in national, European and global contexts – such as the war in Europe and uncertainty in international economic and political world order – underscore the importance of preparing all students, regardless of age or field of study, for their roles as democratic citizens. In this context, democratic citizenship education is vital, as reflected in Cedefop’s (2025) goal of making citizenship a basic skill. We conceptualise citizenship education here through Bernstein’s (2000, xx–xxi) notion of pedagogic rights, namely: (i) individual enhancement (confidence for critical understanding), (ii) social inclusion, and (iii) participation, including the ability to take part in and act within democratic processes. In the Swedish educational system, upper secondary vocational education and training (VET) is intended to prepare students both for the labour market and for participation in society’s democratic arenas. Within this framework, subject courses in History, Religious Education, Science Studies and Social Studies are ascribed a significant role. The study presented forms part of a larger research project (Swedish Research Council, dnr 2022-03572), which focuses on citizenship education for students in upper secondary VET in relation to knowledge, teaching and learning across these four subjects. Previous research suggests that students in VET programmes are disadvantaged with regard to citizenship education in several respects. These include the proportion and character of the knowledge they encounter in the formal and realised curriculum (e.g. Nylund et al. 2017; Rönnlund et al. 2019), the conditions for and forms of teaching and learning (e.g. Kärnebro et al. 2025), and the expectations placed on them by teachers, school leaders and study counsellors (Panican & Olofsson 2020). Moreover, students’ identity processes and self-perceptions shape their learning and educational formation (e.g. Hedlin & Åberg 2013). At the same time, VET students have been found to value citizenship education, particularly the development of critical thinking (e.g. Asplund 2010) and opportunities for political discussion (Forsberg 2011). However, their expectations of future civic engagement vary considerably depending on the type of activity involved (Knekta et al. 2025). The concept of the “citizen” is understood here as situated and contingent upon other attributed identities, such as gender and sexuality, age, social class and functional ability (Connell 2000; Yuval-Davies 2008). This perspective is particularly relevant to the present study, as VET programmes to a large extent are gender-differentiated contexts. Discourses of citizenship also often become gendered, as different forms of knowledge and abilities are associated with particular identities (Arnot 2009). This sub-study is based on interviews with students (see methodology) and aims to shed light on vocational students’ citizenship identities by examining: (a) their perceptions of their own futures and that of society; (b) which issues or problems they consider important to engage with, and the means through which they believe they can exert influence; and finally, (c) how the results can be understood in relation to differences between various VET programmes, as well as how citizenship identities are interrelated with social positions (gender, class and ethnicity) and professional identities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project (Swedish Research Council, dnr 2022-03572), of which this study forms a part, comprises longitudinal interviews with students conducted throughout their three years of upper secondary education, as well as interviews with teachers, combined with classroom observations and analyses of teaching materials. The sample includes study programmes characterised by both a caring discourse and a production discourse, taking into account the gendered division of labour between production and consumption work (Odih 2007; Connell 2000). The programmes were selected from two large municipal upper secondary schools situated in different local contexts. The results presented in this paper draw on group interviews with students in their first and second year of study. In total, 54 students participated in the interviews. The interviews were designed as targeted open interviews, aimed at capturing the respondents’ perspectives and eliciting their subjective experiences (Lantz 2007). The interview questions focused on which issues or problems the students consider important, as well as how, and to what extent, they feel confident and comfortable in attempting to exert influence. In addition, students were invited to reflect on societal development over time, addressing the past, present and future. The interviews were conducted by the authors, primarily in groups of two to five participants, with a small number of individual interviews. The interviews lasted between 35 minutes and one hour. All interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim and subsequently analysed. In the first stage of analysis, the interview material was analysed thematically (cf. Braun & Clarke 2022) in order to identify recurring themes in the students’ narratives concerning their own futures, society’s trajectory, the societal and personal issues they perceive as important, and their perceived means of influence. In the second stage, a comparative analysis was conducted, focusing on potential differences between programmes and student groups. Gender regimes were used as an analytical framework for examining local power relations (Connell 2009), and by applying an intersectional perspective (Yuval-Davis 2008) , the analysis addresses how citizenship identities can be understood as interrelated with social positions (gender, class and ethnicity) and professional identities. The project has received ethical approval from the Swedish Ethical Review Authority (dnr 2023-01940-01). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The students in our study generally express positive expectations regarding their future prospects in the labour market, particularly those enrolled in production-oriented programmes. However, some students in caring-oriented programmes voice concerns about their ability to complete their upper secondary diploma. Their views of societal development vary depending on the level of analysis they adopt. While developments at the local level, as well as in Sweden more broadly, are expected to be “okay” or positive, students tend to anticipate a negative trajectory at the global level. Students in production-oriented programmes commonly perceive technological development as a positive resource for societal progress, whereas students in caring-oriented programmes are more hesitant and more likely to view technological change as a potential threat. A recurring theme in accounts of positive societal change compared to the past is the strengthened position of human rights and diversity issues. At the same time, students’ express concerns that contemporary society is characterised by heightened sensitivity and a tendency for people being easily provoked. There are diverging results regarding reported knowledge of how influence can be exerted in workplace contexts. Some students express that they speak up for themselves and others if injustices or wrongdoings occur, although the majority are hesitant and do not recall being encouraged to develop critical perspectives on working conditions. Overall, students perceive that they have opportunities to influence issues close to their lifeworld, which are also the issues they are most motivated to engage with, whereas they report low engagement, motivation and and ability as political agents, exerting influence in larger power structures of labour market and in society. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Cedefop. (2025). More than a job: Citizenship education in initial vocational education and training. European Centre for the Development of Vocational Education. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/news/more-job-citizenship-education-initial-vocational-education-and-training#group-details Connell, R. W. (2009). Om genus. Daidalos. Hedlin, M., & Åberg, M. (2013). “Vara med i gänget?”: Yrkessocialisation och genus i två gymnasieprogram (IFAU Rapport 2013:23). Institutet för arbetsmarknads- och utbildningspolitisk utvärdering. Knekta, E., Ottander, C., Kärnebro, K., Ledman, K., & Lindmark, T. (2025). Not willing to participate in society? Vocational students’ perspectives on citizenship education. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 15(3), 55–81. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.2515355 Kärnebro, K., Ledman, K., Lindmark, T., Knekta, E., & Ottander, C. (2025). Vocational students’ citizenship education as a conditioned practice: School leaders’ and teachers’ perspectives of history, religious education, science studies, and social studies. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 14(4), 50–71. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.2414450 Lantz, A. (2007). Intervjumetodik: Den professionellt genomförda intervjun. Studentlitteratur. Ledman, K., Kärnebro, K., & Ottander, C. (2023–2026). Critical thinking, social belonging and democratic participation: Vocational students’ civic Bildung and the enacted curricula (Ongoing research project). Umeå University. https://www.umu.se/en/research/projects/critical-thinking-social-belonging-democratic-participation/ Nylund, M., Rosvall, P.-Å., & Ledman, K. (2017). The vocational–academic divide in neoliberal upper secondary curricula: The Swedish case. Journal of Education Policy, 32(6), 788–808. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1318455 Odih, P. (2007). Gender and work in capitalist economies. Open University Press. Panican, A., & Olofsson, J. (2020). Hur kan den gymnasiala yrkesutbildningens låga attraktionskraft förklaras? In A. Panican (Ed.), Yrkesutbildning på undantag? Att bryta den låga attraktionskraften (pp. 45–76). Studentlitteratur. Rönnlund, M., Ledman, K., Nylund, M., & Rosvall, P.-Å. (2019). Life skills for “real life”: How critical thinking is contextualised across vocational programmes. Educational Research, 61(3), 302–318. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2019.1630195 Yuval-Davis, N. (2008). Intersectionality, citizenship and contemporary politics of belonging. In B. Siim & J. Squires (Eds.), Contesting citizenship (pp. xx–xx). Routledge. |
| 12:00 - 13:30 | ECER Break I Paper Session |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 01 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 01. Professional Learning and Development Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Mihaela Mitescu Manea Network Meeting |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 01. Professional Learning and Development West University of Timisoara, Romania Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 02 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET) Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Christof Nägele Network Meeting |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET) University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland, Switzerland Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 03 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 03. Curriculum Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Majella Dempsey Network Meeting |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 03. Curriculum Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 04 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 04. Inclusive Education Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Michelle Proyer Network Meeting |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 04. Inclusive Education University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 05 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 05.Children and Youth at Risk and Education Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Michael Jopling Network Meeting |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 05.Children and Youth at Risk and Education University of Brighton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 06 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Network Meeting |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures Zurich University of Teacher Education (PH Zürich), Switzerland Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 07 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Session Chair: Sofia Almeida Santos Network Meeting |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education University of Kaiserslautern-Landau (RPTU), Germany Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 08 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 08. Health and Wellbeing Education Location: Ounasvaara | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Catriona O'Toole Network Meeting |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 08. Health and Wellbeing Education Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 09 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement Location: K103 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Erika Majoros Network Meeting |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 10 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 10. Teacher Education Research Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Marita Cronqvist Network Meeting |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 10. Teacher Education Research University of Borås, Sweden Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 11 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Ineta Luka Network Meeting |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance Turiba University, Latvia Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 12 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 12. Open Research in Education Location: Vip room | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Christoph Schindler Network Meeting |
|
|
12. Open Research in Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 12. Open Research in Education DIPF | Leibniz Institute for...Education, Germany Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 13 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 13. Philosophy of Education Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Joris Vlieghe Network Meeting |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 13. Philosophy of Education KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 14 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 14. Communities, Families, and Schooling in Educational Research Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle Network Meeting |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 14. Communities, Families, and Schooling in Educational Research University of St Andrews, United Kingdom Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 15 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 15. Research Partnerships in Education Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Kathrin Otrel-Cass Network Meeting |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 15. Research Partnerships in Education University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 16 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 16. ICT in Education and Training Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Cornelia Connolly Network Meeting |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 16. ICT in Education and Training University of Galway, Ireland Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 17 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 17. Histories of Education Location: 6017 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Geert Thyssen Network Meeting |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 17. Histories of Education Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 18 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Oliver Hooper Network Meeting |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy Loughborough University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 19 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 19. Ethnography Location: 5014 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Gisela Unterweger Network Meeting |
|
|
19. Ethnography
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 19. Ethnography Pädagogische Hochschule Zürich, Switzerland Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 20 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments Location: B3109 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Carmen Carmona Rodriguez Network Meeting |
|
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments University of Valencia, Spain Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 21 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 21. Education and Psychoanalysis Location: 6031 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Arnaud Dubois Network Meeting |
|
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 21. Education and Psychoanalysis Paris Cité University, France Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 22 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 22. Research in Higher Education Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Mariana Gaio Alves Network Meeting |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 22. Research in Higher Education UIDEF - IE - ULisboa, Portugal Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 23 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Xavier Rambla Network Meeting |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona (UAB), Spain Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 24 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 24. Mathematics Education Research Location: Koski | Hotel Torni Session Chair: Vuslat Seker Network Meeting |
|
|
24. Mathematics Education Research
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 24. Mathematics Education Research HU University of Applied Sciences Utrecht, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 26 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 26. Educational Leadership Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Antonios Kafa Network Meeting |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 26. Educational Leadership Open University of Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 27 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Anke Wegner Network Meeting |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching Universität Trier, Germany Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 28 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 28. Sociologies of Education Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Eszter Neumann Network Meeting |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 28. Sociologies of Education HUN-REN CSS, Hungary Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 29 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 29. Research on Arts Education Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Judit Onsès Network Meeting |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 29. Research on Arts Education University of Girona, Spain Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 30 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research, ESER Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Güliz Karaarslan Semiz Session Chair: Ole Andreas Kvamme Network Meeting |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research, ESER University of Vechta, Germany Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 31 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 31. Led - Network on Language and Education Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Jenni Alisaari Network Meeting |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 31. Led - Network on Language and Education University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 32 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 32. Organizational Education Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber Network Meeting |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 32. Organizational Education Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 33 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 33. Gender and Education Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Andrea Abbas Network Meeting |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 33. Gender and Education University of Bath, United Kingdom Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 12:15 - 13:15 | 34 SES 10.5 A: Network Meeting - NW 34. Research on Citizenship Education Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Ralph Carstens Network Meeting |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 34. Research on Citizenship Education LUMSA University, Italy Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 13:00 - 14:00 | 100 SES 11 A: 13:00 - 14: 00 ECER 2028 - tbc Location: C1 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Governance Meeting |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 11 A: Special Call - Symposium Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Tonje Harbek Brokke Session Chair: Mihaela Mitescu Manea Symposium |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Nordic Teacher Induction (NTI) – The Potential to Flourish In and Through Collaborative Research This symposium seeks to explore and discuss research aimed at investigating and comparing the situation of newly qualified teachers (NQTs) across the Nordic countries and Estonia. The discussion draws on a new project, “Flourishing and Becoming”, with a mixed-methods research design that is the current focus of the Nordic Cross-sectoral network Nordic Teacher Induction (NTI). The research network Newly Qualified Teachers in Northern Europe (NQTNE) began in 2004. In 2017, it expanded to include cross-sectoral perspectives through representatives from the main Nordic teachers' unions in Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden. The Faroe Islands joined in 2024. Earlier projects in the network comprise Sustainable Ecosystem of Mentoring for newly qualified teachers (NTI-SEM) and Promoting Professional Development (NTI-PPD). The current project focuses on newly qualified teachers, and aims to reframe induction and mentoring around the principle of human flourishing. The concept ‘flourishing’ is understood from an Aristotelian Eudaimonian perspective as a vital goal of education. It emphasizes that education should not only prepare individuals for work but also foster a meaningful and well-rounded life. Drawing on Gert Biesta’s three domains of education – qualification, socialization and subjectification. The project places particular emphasis on subjectification as a central dimension of teacher development and education highlighting teachers’ growth as unique individuals and active agents of change in their communities. The project investigates NQTs in the light of flourishing and becoming in two different work packages, each with its own methodical approach: questionnaire and narrative interview. The symposium presents the aim and design of the project, followed by the project’s status and main discussions points. Participants are invited to discuss main concepts, design, and status. We aim to facilitate discussion on how NQT's can be understood in the light of flourishing and becoming and to qualify how different methods can capture this understanding. The papers:
References Beijaard, D. et al. (2023). Reframing teacher professional identity and learning. In I. Menter et al. (eds). The Palgrave Handbook of Teacher Education Research, p. 763-785. Palgrave Macmillan Biesta, G. (2020). Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization and subjectification revisited. Educational Theory 70(1), 89-104. Helms-Lorenz, M., Heikkinen, H., Plauborg, H., & Bjerkholt, E. (Eds.). (15 Jan. 2026). Making Sense of European Teacher Induction and Mentoring Practices. Leiden, The Netherlands: Brill. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789004727557 Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early career teachers and their need for support: Thinking again. In A. Sullivan et al. (eds.). Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers, p. 83-98. Springer Kristjansson, K. (2020). Flourishing as the Aim of Education. A neo-Aristotelian view. Routledge. Kristjánsson, K. (2023). The New Flourishing Agenda in Education: A Report on the Current Theoretical State of Play Report commissioned by OECD, Directorate for Education and Skills. Kristjánsson, K. (2025). Flourishing, Education, and the Good Human Life: The Search for a Theoretical and Practical Synthesis. British Journal of Educational Studies, 1-21. Skytterstad, R., Antonsen, Y., Aspfors, J., & Heikkinen, H. 2025. Reframing new teacher induction: Opportunities over deficiencies. Teaching and Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104910 Skytterstad, R., Antonsen, Y., Aspfors, J., & Heikkinen, H. 2025. Reframing new teacher induction: Opportunities over deficiencies. Teaching and Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104910 Presentations of the Symposium NTI-FAB: Cross-sectorial Collaboration: Strengths and Potential.
Founded in 2004, NTI has evolved into a robust cross-sectorial collaboration that bridges research, practice, and policy.
NTI operates on the understanding that, while the Nordic countries share common educational values and historical foundations, they have adopted distinct approaches to governance, policy formation, and the implementation of induction systems for new teachers. These national variations provide a rich basis for comparative analysis, enabling the network to examine how differing policy models influence the structure and quality of induction, the practices and expectations surrounding mentoring, and the overall working conditions of early career teachers.
A core strength of the NTI is the interplay between experience-based knowledge from teachers’ unions and research-based knowledge from academic partners. This exchange creates a dynamic arena for dialogue, enabling the identification of emerging issues and the development of innovative approaches to recruitment, retention, comprehensive induction, and mentoring. Moreover, the network’s dissemination practices through each partner’s national and professional channels extend its influence, enriching public discourse and informing both policy and practice across the region.
By cultivating cross-national learning and promoting a continuum of professional development from teacher education to full professional practice, NTI contributes to a more sustainable and coherent approach to supporting early career teachers. The collaborative model presented here illustrates how regional networks can inspire meaningful change, support the resilience of the teaching workforce, and encourage continued development in induction and mentoring systems across the Nordic and Baltic regions.
References:
None
The Theoretical Basis of the Project: A Paradigm Shift from Deficit-Based Teacher Induction to a Framework of Flourishing and Becoming
The second paper examines the project’s core concepts of flourishing and becoming, providing a framework for recognising the strengths and resources that newly qualified teachers bring as developing professional subjects. Traditionally, research on the induction phase has viewed new teachers from a deficit perspective. It has been assumed that NQT still have a lot to learn before becoming proficient teachers (Kelchtermans, 2019; Skytterstad et al., 2025). This project instead focuses on their potentials. Drawing from Kristján Kristjánsson (2020) and Gert Biesta (2020), the theoretical concepts of “becoming” and “flourishing” refocus attention on the agency of new teachers.
In recent years, international education policy discussions have increasingly framed the purpose of education in terms of human flourishing (e.g. OECD 2025). In this project, we draw on neo-Aristotelian educational theory on flourishing (Kristjánsson, 2020, 2023; 2025). Kristjánsson summarizes the contemporary flourishing theories as (1) eudaimonic (neo-Aristotelian), (2) liberal, (3) self-determination-theory, and (4) positive psychology perspectives. In this project, we focus specifically on the eudaimonic view, based on Aristotle's idea of the good life (eudaimonia) as the goal of life. The aim is to realize the human potentials and strengths of new teachers, striving to become the best versions of themselves.
The concept of ‘becoming’ builds on Biesta‘s (2020) concept of subjectification which is about becoming an autonomous and responsible subject who can take a stance and act in the world – not just follow norms or adapt to established practices. Subjectification invites mentors to create spaces where NQTs can appear as autonomous, responsible, and agentic professional subjects capable of making pedagogical decisions by themselves. The subjectification-based approach does not view new teachers as objects of mentoring but as autonomous subjects with whom experienced teachers act as peer learners and facilitators.
Beijaard et al. (2023), in their empirical review, also refer to becoming in discussing the interrelated processes of professional learning and identity formation. The latter is an ongoing process of validating learning experiences considering one’s “image-of-oneself-as-teacher,” that is, the teacher that one is and wants to become. Hence becoming refers to the dynamic and ongoing process of developing a professional identity involving both personal growth and professional formation – finding one’s voice as a teacher.
However, the pursuit of flourishing and subjectification is not understood as promoting individualism, but rather the opposite: it emphasizes agency as a collective commitment to deliberation, through which the value base underlying education is corroborated.
References:
Beijaard, D. et al. (2023). Reframing teacher professional identity and learning. In I. Menter et al. (eds). The Palgrave Handbook of Teacher Education Research, p. 763-785. Palgrave Macmillan
Biesta, G. (2020). Risking ourselves in education: Qualification, socialization and subjectification revisited. Educational Theory 70(1), 89-104.
Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early career teachers and their need for support: Thinking again. In A. Sullivan et al. (eds.). Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers, p. 83-98. Springer
Kristjansson, K. (2020). Flourishing as the Aim of Education. A neo-Aristotelian view. Routledge.
Kristjánsson, K. (2023). The New Flourishing Agenda in Education: A Report on the Current Theoretical State of Play Report commissioned by OECD, Directorate for Education and Skills.
Kristjánsson, K. (2025). Flourishing, Education, and the Good Human Life: The Search for a Theoretical and Practical Synthesis. British Journal of Educational Studies, 1-21.
OECD (2025). Education for human flourishing: A conceptual framework, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/73d7cb96-en.
Skytterstad, R., Antonsen, Y., Aspfors, J., & Heikkinen, H. 2025. Reframing new teacher induction: Opportunities over deficiencies. Teaching and Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104910
Voices from the Early Years of Teaching. Ongoing Mixed-methods Research
The paper explores the situation of newly qualified teachers (NQTs) and their opportunities to become, thrive and develop as professional teachers in and across the Nordic countries and Estonia. Using a mixed-methods design, it combines qualitative narrative interviews with a quantitative questionnaire to broaden insights beyond a single-method approach (Roberts et al., 2024). Mixed methods provide a deeper understanding of how and why things work for NQTs in complex contexts (Ponce & Pagan-Maldonado, 2014). Previous NTI projects show that conceptions of quality induction and mentoring vary across countries due to differences in funding, policy, research-based knowledge, and priorities (ECER, 2025; Windsor et al., 2025). High-quality induction and mentoring are essential for the well-being, professional development, and retention of NQTs (Olsen et al., 2020; Ingersoll & Strong, 2011). This study examines how NQTs experience and interprets opportunities for professional growth, with or without support, during their first and third year, and how they envision their future. The qualitative component invites NQTs in their first and third years to share their “life story” and experiences, enabling their flourishing and becoming during the induction years across the region. This relates to the time, relationships, and context in which they became teachers, the kind of teacher they aspire to be, and their professional development goals. Interviews, scheduled for spring 2026, are context-sensitive and involve collaborative meaning-making (Clandinin, 2006). The quantitative survey, piloted and refined, captures variables related to induction programs, mentoring, support mechanisms, and teacher background. It will be administered in 2026 to max 3000 early-career teachers per country. This presentation focuses on how the interview guide and questionnaire evolved from initial drafts to final versions through collective analysis and discussion after piloting, and how this process fostered a shared interpretative framework among researchers. The concepts of “flourishing” and “becoming” guided the development of questions. The collected data will undergo both descriptive and inferential statistical analysis to identify trends, national differences, and cross-regional similarities in induction practices. This analysis will explore the relationships between program structures, support experiences, and indicators of professional satisfaction and engagement.
References:
Clandinin, D. J. (2006). Narrative Inquiry: Methodology for Studying Lived Experience. Research Studies in Music Education., 27(1), 44–54. https://doi.org/10.1177/1321103X06027001030 1
Olsen, K.-R., Bjerkholt, E. M. & Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2020). Introduction: Mentoring and Induction in Nordic Countries. In K.-R. Olsen, E. M. Bjerkholt & H. L. T. Heikkinen (Eds.), New teachers in Nordic countries – ecologies of mentoring and induction (pp. 11–26). Oslo: Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105.ch0
Ingersoll, R. M., & Strong, M. (2011). The impact of induction and mentoring programs for beginning teachers: A critical review of the research. Review of educational research, 81(2), 201-233.
Roberts, C.A., Snodgrass, M.R., Love, H.R., Madgett, N.M., Gilson, C.B., Yang, X, & Peterson, J. (2024). Individuals with extensive support needs and mixed methods research: A systematic literature review. Research and Practice for Persons with Severe Disabilities, 49(4), 303–326. DOI: 10.1177/1540796924129147
Ponce, O. A., & Pagán-Maldonado, N. (2015). Mixed Methods Research in Education: Capturing the Complexity of the Profession. International Journal of Educational Excellence, 1(1), 111–135.
Windsor, S., et al. (2026). Mentoring new teachers in the Nordics. In M. Helmz-Lorenz, H. L. T. Heikkinen, H. Plauborg, & Bjerkholt. E (Eds.), Making Sense of European Teacher Induction and Mentoring Practices. (5). The Netherlands: Brill.
Knowledge Building and Collaborative Actions in NTI
This paper explores the collaborative knowledge-building processes and dialogic practices at the core of the Nordic Teacher Induction (NTI) network. While NTI brings together diverse partners (from researchers and teacher educators to union representatives and student teachers ) it is precisely this diversity that enriches the network’s collective learning. The paper examines how NTI has created the conditions for constructive dialogue, shared exploration, and mutual influence across sectors, enabling the emergence of new insights into teacher induction, mentoring, and support for teachers generally.
A central theme to this part of the symposium is how NTI actively invites new and works with multiple perspectives by making visible the often-unexamined assumptions that participants bring into discussions. Drawing on the concept of the “apprenticeship of observation,” the paper shows how the network surfaces implicit beliefs about teaching, learning, mentoring, and professional roles. By acknowledging and critically engaging with these assumptions, NTI opens space for alternative interpretations and new professional possibilities. This dialogic work supports what the network conceptualises as flourishing within the broader ecosystem of teacher induction.
To illustrate this aspect of the NTI’s approach to collaborative knowledge building, we will present two concrete examples of how these dialogic processes evolve in the network. The first example explores how NTI partners jointly re-examined the concept of mentoring by integrating research perspectives with union insights into workload, role clarity, and teacher wellbeing (Windsor et al, 2026). The second example highlights a cross-national discussion on the induction continuum, where participants compared structural models and identified shared challenges, leading to the development of new conceptual tools for understanding early career trajectories. In both instances, dialogue served not only to exchange knowledge but to generate it.
The paper further discusses the potential for deepened collaboration within and beyond NTI, emphasizing the importance of academic generosity (Windsor et al, forthcoming), shared understandings, and the provision of time and space for sustained conversation. By examining how NTI’s dialogic culture supports collective inquiry, this paper demonstrates how such networks can foster meaningful professional growth, cultivate trust across sectors, and nurture innovative thinking about the future of teacher induction.
References:
Windsor, S., Bjerkholt, E. M., Brokke, T. H., Bonde, Å., Båvner, P., Börjesson, M., Frederiksen, L. L., Halse, E., Hauksdottir, J., Havre, S., Heikkinen, H. L. T., Lyhykäinen, P., Poom-Valickis, K., & Svanbjörnsdottir, B. (2026). Mentoring new teachers in the Nordics. In M. Helms-Lorenz, H. L. T. Heikkinen, H. Plauborg, & E. Bjerkholt (Eds.), Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe. BRiLL.
Windsor, S. Antonsen, Y. & MacDonald, K. (accepted for special issue) Researchers’ professional learning shaped by negotiations, opportunities, and tensions in inter(national) Researcher - Practice Partnerships. Higher Education
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 11 B: Symposium: Knowing and Acting at Scale: How National Systems Learn Through Research-Informed Professional Learning Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Aileen Kennedy Session Chair: Ken Jones Symposium |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Knowing and Acting at Scale:How National Systems Learn Through Research-Informed Professional Learning This symposium builds on the Panel Discussion held at ECER 2025: Professional Learning at Scale: Building a Research Agenda. That session highlighted the scarcity of comparative, cross‑national research theorising how professional learning (PL) is organised, governed and enacted at system level – despite renewed international interest in developing teacher learning ecosystems for continuous improvement (Harris & Jones, 2025; Hill et al., 2021). Bringing together cases from Europe and the USA, the panel called for the development of a cumulative knowledge base and more sophisticated conceptual tools for understanding the complex processes through which nations attempt to scale PL. This symposium responds to that call, aiming to deepen and extend the research agenda articulated last year by presenting four empirically rich, theoretically grounded papers from Scotland, the Netherlands, Sweden, and Florida (USA). Each paper examines how research‑informed PL is entangled with system governance, political expectations, evidence infrastructures and evolving roles at the research-practice-policy interface, issues increasingly foregrounded in the literature on system learning and educational improvement (Farrell et al., 2021; Greany & Earley, 2021). Together, these papers ask how PL systems ‘know’ and ‘act’ at scale and what kinds of infrastructures, relationships and evidence make system learning possible. We begin from the shared recognition that PL at scale cannot be understood through isolated case studies. Instead, it requires cross-context investigation of the structures and politics that support or inhibit system-level learning, including: how evidence is gathered and interpreted; how infrastructure shapes collective inquiry; how stakeholders negotiate competing purposes; and how tensions are handled when demands for fast evidence meet the realities of incremental change. The symposium positions PL as both a multilevel social practice and a site of political contestation. Paper 1 (Scotland) examines the boundary‑spanning research and evaluation function within the Scottish Government’s Centre for Teaching Excellence. Drawing on expansive learning theory (Engeström & Sannino, 2021) and critical policy sociology, it explores tensions between ‘fast evidence’ demanded by policymakers and slower developmental processes underpinning teacher learning. It reframes evaluation not as compliance, but as a catalyst for system‑level knowing and acting. Paper 2 (Netherlands) presents a nationwide mixed‑methods study of collective PL, alongside a reflexive analysis of the Dutch Inspectorate’s dual role as evaluator and commissioner. Grounded in complexity theory and ‘steering dynamics’ (Waslander et al., 2020), it illuminates relational tensions across micro, meso, and macro levels, and explores how accountability regimes shape schools’ engagement in collaborative learning. Paper 3 (Sweden) explores a transforming national landscape marked by close‑to‑practice research funders, university‑based PL, and a large R&D institute connecting hundreds of practitioners and researchers. Drawing on improvement science, networked learning and practice architectures, it offers a meta‑reflective account of partnership, knowledge production and constraints imposed by expectations for immediate impact. Paper 4 (Florida) analyses a statutory statewide mandate positioning the Lastinger Center as Florida’s partner for research‑based PL. Using implementation science, it details the creation of a data‑intensive EduData R&D hub integrating longitudinal data, secure analytics and rapid‑cycle evaluation. It highlights tensions between rigour, security, political timelines and the need for timely evidence to inform policy. Collective contribution: Across these diverse settings, this symposium advances the cross‑national research agenda initiated through the 2025 ECER Panel, offering:
References Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2021). From mediated actions to heterogenous coalitions: Four generations of activity theory. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 28(1), 4–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/10749039.2020.1806328 Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Coburn, C., Daniel J. & Steup, L. (2021). Research–practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation. Greany, T., & Earley, P. (2021). School leadership and education system reform: 2nd edition. Bloomsbury. Harris, A., & Jones, M. S. (2025). Professional Learning at Scale-Navigating Complexities and Sustaining Collaboration. Scottish Educational Review, 55(1-2), 128-146. https://doi.org/10.1163/27730840-bja10016 Hill, H., Papay, J., Schwartz, N., Johnson, S., Freitag, E., Donohue, K., Berry, R., III, Loeb, S., Anderson, M., Baker, M., Cato Czupryk, B., Coddington, C., Ehlman, K., Maus, A., Meili, L., Paek, P., Romansky, C., Taylor-Perryman, R., Vu, H., Worthman, S., & Williamson-Zerwic, B. (2021). A learning agenda for improving teacher professional learning at scale. Research Partnership for Professional Learning Waslander, S., Hooge, E., & Drewes, T. (2020). Steering dynamics in education: The interplay between state, market and professionalism. Journal of Educational Change, 21, 227–249. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-019-09361-6 Presentations of the Symposium Fast Evidence, Slow Change: Navigating Competing Demands in researching System Level Professional Learning in Scotland
National ambitions to enhance teaching quality increasingly rely on research-informed professional learning (PL) delivered at scale, yet the relationship between knowledge production, political imperatives, and meaningful change in practice remains complex. This paper explores the emerging research and evaluation function within Scotland’s newly established Centre for Teaching Excellence (CfTE), a national organisation funded by the Scottish Government to support teachers in engaging with and in research as part of a coherent, system-wide PL offer. As members of the Research and Evaluation team for CfTE, we occupy a boundary role shaped by governmental expectations for rapid evidence of impact and by scholarly aspirations to theorise how PL becomes transformative for teachers and the wider system (Kennedy, 2014). This dual positioning offers a unique vantage point on what it means to know and act at scale within a national reform landscape.
Adopting a critical policy sociology approach with an ‘explicit emancipatory political agenda[s]’ (Savage et al., 2021, p. 308), we engaged in collaborative critical reflection to examine epistemic tensions inherent in this work. Government seeks demonstrable impact at pace to justify investment and inform decisions, yet embedding PL in classroom practice is by nature developmental and slow. Early signs of change are often ambiguous, distributed, and context sensitive. Researchers face the challenge of designing evaluative approaches that provide timely, credible insights without collapsing complex learning processes into simplistic indicators. These tensions are intensified by the political nature of evidence: what counts as valid knowledge, how data are interpreted, and which outcomes are privileged, are all shaped by shifting policy priorities (Putansu, 2020; Taylor & Balloch, 2005). Working within this political whirlpool requires methodological integrity, relational skill, and theoretical clarity to balance competing demands for knowledge and action.
Against this backdrop, we argue for a dual orientation in researching PL at scale: meeting policymakers’ immediate informational needs while cultivating a longer-term inquiry capable of contributing to international literature. Drawing on theoretical insights from expansive learning theory (Engeström & Sannino, 2010), we propose that research and evaluation in national PL systems should be conceptualised not simply as accountability mechanisms but as catalysts for system-level knowing and acting, processes through which teachers, organisations, and policymakers co-construct shared understandings and mobilise them toward sustainable improvement. By foregrounding this theoretical commitment, CfTE’s research function seeks to move beyond isolated examples of teacher change to understand conditions under which PL at scale can generate equitable, research-informed system learning.
References:
Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2009.12.002
Kennedy, A. (2014). Understanding continuing professional development: The need for theory to impact on policy and practice. Professional Development in Education, 40(5). https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2014.955122
Putansu, S. (2020). Politics and policy knowledge in federal education: Confronting the evidence-based proverb. Palgrave McMillan https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-38395-4
Savage, G. C., Gerrard, J., Gale, T., & Molla, T. (2021). The politics of critical policy sociology: Mobilities, moorings and elite networks. Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 306–321. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2021.1878467
Taylor, D., & Balloch, S. (Eds). (2005). The Politics of Evaluation: Participation and Policy Implementation. Bristol University Press; Cambridge Core. https://doi.org/10.46692/9781847421210
Exploring Collective Professional Learning in Dutch Schools: Possibilities and Tensions in Research, Practice and Policy
In recent years, a shift has emerged from individual teacher professionalization toward collective professional development—where teachers pursue shared learning goals aimed at improving their joint teaching practice. Research suggests that collective learning fosters innovation, increases teacher efficacy and enjoyment, and strengthens collaboration and student-centered teaching (VanGrieken et al., 2017; Hauge, 2019). Despite its promise, little is known about how collective professional development is organized within schools.
The purpose of this presentation is twofold. The first aim is to provide a representative picture of how collective professional development is currently organized in Dutch primary, secondary, and vocational schools. It explores how teachers and school leaders experience the process of organizing collective learning, the challenges they face in doing so, and the perceived impact on teaching practice. The presentation of these findings is based on a large quantitative survey study and in-depth case studies in all school sectors in which both teachers and school leaders are involved.
This creates the basis for the second aim of the presentation namely, to explore the tension inherent in studying the state of education on behalf of the Inspectorate of Education, an institution that itself plays a formal role in evaluating educational quality. This dual position introduces a reflective layer: while the study seeks to understand how schools organize and experience collective professional learning, it must also remain sensitive to how schools perceive the Inspectorate’s involvement, and how this may shape their responses, practices, or willingness to engage in deeper forms of collaboration. Acknowledging this tension is essential for interpreting findings and understanding the relational dynamics between schools (micro-meso), educational sectors, and the system-level actors (macro) who evaluate them. Insights from studies on the complexity of professional learning in the broader policy landscape (e.g., King et al, 2023) and ‘steeringy dynamics’ (Waslander et al., 2020) will be used for the reflection on these tensions.
References:
Hauge, K. (2019). Teachers’ collective professional development in school: A review study. Cogent Education, 6(1), 1619223.
King, F., Poekert, P., & Pierre, T. (2023). A pragmatic meta-model to navigate complexity in teachers’ professional Learning. Professional Development in Education, 49(6), 958–977. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2248478
Vangrieken, K., Meredith, C., Packer, T., & Kyndt, E. (2017). Teacher communities as a context for professional development: A systematic review. Teaching and teacher education, 61, 47-59.
Waslander, S., Hooge, E. H., Theisens, H. C., & Pater, C. J. (2020). Steering in complex education systems. Why similar aims can have dramatically different results. Journal of Education Policy, 35(2), 168-187.
Academics’ Learning Through Engaging in Practice-Near Research in Sweden
In Sweden, professional learning practices are going through transformative changes. Since the beginning of 2000 there has been a growth of so-called ‘close-to-practice research funders’, supporting practice-based research that also enhances professional learning through collaborative research and development. Another newly introduced change is a national professional development program built on university courses. These changes are supported by policymakers, universities and school owners (municipalities and private school companies) since they predict positive outcomes, although in different ways. Policymakers and school owners strive for research-informed school development and best practice evolvement on large scale. For universities, new areas for expansion open up when existing responsibility for pre-service teacher training expands to in-service education, and close-to-practice research provide new opportunities to fund research in and with schools. These new conditions create tensions in practice when different expectations manifest themselves through actors’ and stakeholders’ actions in the new landscape of professional learning and research (Jarl et al., 2025; McGeown & Sjölund, 2025).
A case study of a new form of research institute will be presented to exemplify and problematize how these conditions are expressed in practice and how they contribute to system learning. School owners’ national organizations fund the institute and decide what knowledge and development areas to organize R&D-programs around. In every program, around 200-400 teachers, principals, development leaders and school directors from different municipalities/private school companies participate. Researchers with relevant research are connected to each program. I have been involved in two programs so far, from which I will use data and experiences in a critical, meta-reflective, action research self-study (Olin et al., 2020).
The programs nurture practice-based research and research-informed school development to happen on a larger scale than both school actors and researchers have previously experienced. Professional learning happens on many levels at the same time in collaboration between researchers and practitioners. These conditions also shape constraints and tensions. The research becomes questioned if it doesn’t immediately lead to practice improvements. The role of researchers as critical friends becomes a challenge. Also, expectations vary in relation to what kind of knowledge production is desirable in relation to both professional learning and research. Hence, even though the new infrastructure for research-practice partnership may seem challenging in many ways, it also opens up new possibilities with promising prospects in sight. An over-arching question concerns what kind of learning comes out of these large-scale initiatives and how that will impact system learning outcomes.
References:
Jarl, M., Liljenberg, M., Andersson, K., & Taube, M. (2025). The importance of organizational capacities for collaborative research: boundary crossings within a Swedish research–practice partnership. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 11(2), 107–120. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2024.2369344
McGeown, S., & Sjölund, S. (2025). Research‐practice partnerships in education: Benefits, challenges, methodological considerations and key enablers for change. British Journal of Educational Psychology. DOI: 10.1111/bjep.12785
Olin A., Francisco S., Salo P., Pörn M., Karlberg-Granlund G. (2020). Collaborative Professional Learning for Changing Educational Practices. In: Mahon K., Edwards-Groves C., Francisco S., Kaukko M., Kemmis S., Petrie K. (eds) Pedagogy, Education, and Praxis in Critical Times (pp.141-162). Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-6926-5_7
From Data to Action: Florida’s EduData R&D Hub for Scaling Research‑Based Professional Learning
This presentation explores how the UF Lastinger Center, under its statutory mandate as Florida’s statewide partner for research‑based professional learning and innovation, is designing an EduData R&D hub. The hub will leverage the state’s longitudinal data warehouse, the Lastinger Center’s secure Data Lagoon, UF’s HiPerGator supercomputer, and faculty researchers to create an engine for continuous improvement.
The presentation outlines the hub’s emerging architecture along three dimensions: (1) data governance and privacy infrastructure, including the GADRRS data‑sharing agreement; (2) integrated data systems that facilitate rapid‑cycle evaluation of professional learning, curriculum, and educational technologies; and (3) cross‑sector partnerships that connect state agencies, school systems, researchers, and ed‑tech providers in a coherent R&D ecosystem.
Framed by the King et al. (2023) meta-model for evaluating and designing professional learning, the presentation will use examples from statewide projects to show how evidence is being mobilised to redesign programs, inform policy, and align investments with demonstrated impact. The tensions inherent in advancing these projects, i.e., between data security and access for analysis and between rigorous research and timely reporting to inform decisions and policy, will also be explored. The presentation will conclude by proposing design principles for state‑ or national‑level R&D infrastructures.
References:
King, F., Poekert, P., & Pierre, T. (2023). A pragmatic meta-model to navigate complexity in teachers’ professional Learning. Professional Development in Education, 49(6), 958–977. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2248478
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 11 C: Workshop: Supporting Teachers in Their Professional Learning to Develop Effective and Efficient Feedback Practices in Physiotherapy Advanced Collaborative Education Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Harry Stokhof Research Workshop |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Research Workshop Supporting Teachers in Their Professional Learning to Develop Effective and Efficient Feedback Practices in Physiotherapy Advanced Collaborative Education HAN University of Applied Sciences, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Across Europe, higher education programmes in the health professions are increasingly challenged to prepare graduates for uncertain, complex and rapidly changing professional contexts, which has led to a strong emphasis on graduate qualities such as adaptability, resilience and the capacity for reflection in and on action (Buchan et al., 2014). These qualities are particularly relevant for contemporary physiotherapy practice, where professionals must continuously navigate uncertainty and translate knowledge flexibly into practice (Biemans et al., 2024). Physiotherapy Advanced Collaborative Education (PACE) was developed as a research-informed educational concept to address these challenges by creating a comprehensive learning environment that supports students’ professional development (Stolwijk et al., 2025) and aligns with the ECER 2026 theme of putting research into action. The PACE curriculum is organised as a flexible, competency-based programme in which students learn within communities of practice and follow individual learning paths across thematic periods. Students collect evidence of their professional development in portfolios and receive feedback to support their learning (Branzetti et al., 2023). The curriculum is organised according to the principles of programmatic assessment, integrating feedback, reflection and coaching as central elements of the curriculum (Schuwirth & Van der Vleuten, 2011). Within PACE, teachers fulfil multiple roles, including subject matter expert, designer of learning environments and facilitator of meaningful interaction, all to avail student learning. Central to these roles is the provision of feedback, which students can use both to guide their development (formative function) and to demonstrate attainment of learning outcomes (summative function). In practice, however, the way feedback is designed and enacted by teachers strongly shapes how students engage with it, positioning teachers as key agents in determining whether feedback functions primarily as a learning resource or as evidence for assessment (Baartman et al., 2022). Research shows that teachers tend to provide mainly task‑level feedback, even though process feedback is far more powerful for developing adaptability, reflection and deep learning (Hattie & Timperley, 2007). Such higher‑level feedback supports a mastery rather than a performance goal orientation, an essential condition for learning in complex professional contexts. At the same time, teachers in the PACE programme feel overwhelmed by the high number of individual feedback requests and by the limited impact their feedback appears to have on students’ deep learning, a pattern mirrored in international research (Molloy et al., 2020). These challenges lead to a multidimensional research objective: how can students be supported to engage more productively with feedback, and how can teachers be enabled to facilitate this effectively. Since teachers play a major role in shaping students’ uptake of feedback (Russell et al., 2022), it is essential that they develop the skills needed to create learning environments in which feedback is also used for learning (Stolwijk et al., 2025). Although knowledge about teacher feedback literacy is increasing (Boud & Dawson, 2023; Carless & Winstone, 2020), teachers still experience difficulties in accessing, interpreting and applying this evidence‑informed knowledge in their own contexts. To address this, teachers need actionable knowledge that helps them identify the causes of feedback challenges and develop a practical repertoire of strategies to address them (Markauskaite & Goodyear, 2015). Professional learning offers a promising way to develop such actionable knowledge. It supports teachers in strengthening their pedagogical expertise by designing and implementing professional experiments in their own classrooms and reflecting collaboratively on their outcomes within communities of practice (Mockler, 2024). Our research aims to promote a European dialogue on the potential of participatory design research as a method for professional learning. Therefore, the central research question of this investigation, is: How to support teachers’ professional learning to optimize the effectiveness and efficiency of teachers’ feedback practices? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A participatory, design-based research approach was chosen to support PACE teachers in developing effective and efficient feedback practices (Wacnik et al., 2025). To foster the teachers professional learning, a conceptual tool was created, which aims to help teachers to develop actionable knowledge and design professional experiments that bridge the gap between evidence-informed theory and urgent real-world challenges (Smith et al., 2013). In a series of design team meetings, we will: a) take stock of the challenges that teachers and students experience in their feedback practices. b) help teachers decide which challenge has the highest priority. c) support teachers to explore, with the support of the conceptual tool, which elements of the feedback learning cycle and factors are most likely to hinder the effectiveness and efficiency of feedback in their specific contexts. d) support teachers to check their assumptions about the most relevant factors in their teaching contexts, in order to identify the most prominent ones. e) support teachers to explore relevant design principles to address the identified factors with the help of the conceptual tool. f) co-design professional experiments with teachers and their students using conjecture maps (Sandoval, 2014). These experiments are based on the design principles identified in the previous step. g) co-design instruments that can capture the intended mediating processes and learning outcomes, in order to measure the impact of the experiments. h) organizing collective sense-making of the data by all teachers and students. Furthermore, online pre- and post-test questionnaires, based on the work of Carless and Winstone (2020), Boud and Dawson (2023), and Markauskaite and Goodyear (2015) , are used alongside semi-structured focus interviews to capture the impact of teachers' professional learning on their development of actionable knowledge and feedback literacy. To measure the impact on the development of student feedback literacy we will use an online questionnaire (Woitt et al., 2025). During the research workshop, we will first give a short presentation on the context, theoretical framework, research question and methodology. Then, the main focus of the workshop will be for participants to explore real-world examples of the teachers feedback challenges using the conceptual tool. Participants will be invited to have a practical experience with the steps c-f (as described above) using these real-world examples. After this practical experience we will discuss and reflect on participants' experiences and discuss the potential for other research projects and different contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As we write this submission, the research project is still ongoing. It is longitudinal in nature, having started in 2025 and is due to finish in 2027. However, we will share our growing insights on the following expected outcomes during the workshop: Expected outcomes for practice: • practical support for teachers in identifying, prioritising and deepening issues regarding the effectiveness and efficiency of feedback practices • support for teachers to reach a deeper understanding of the factors that potentially influence the effectiveness and efficiency of their feedback practices • deepen teachers' actionable knowledge and expand their repertoire of actions to increase the effectiveness and efficiency of feedback practices Expected outcomes for science: • insights into the perception of feedback issues from teachers' and students' perspectives • insights on how a conceptual tool can best support teachers in identifying, analysing and prioritising feedback issues • insights how a conceptual tool can support teachers in designing, conducting and evaluating professional experiments to make feedback practices more effective and efficient • the effects of professional experiments on the development of teacher and student feedback literacy, teacher actionable knowledge • the impact of working with conceptual tools on the professional learning of actionable knowledge and teachers' action repertoire • insight into active factors in participatory design-based research supported by conceptual tool References Baartman, L., Baukema, H., & Prins, F. (2022). Exploring students' feedback seeking behavior in the context of programmatic assessment. Assessment and evaluation in higher education, 1-15. Biemans, B. L. H., Koenders, N., de Bie, R. A., Sieben, J. M., & Hoogeboom, T. J. (2024). The struggle of dealing with uncertainty: a qualitative, phenomenological study about how Dutch novice physical therapists experience their transition from student to professional. Ann Med, 56(1), 2399755. Boud, D., & Dawson, P. (2023). What feedback literate teachers do: an empirically-derived competency framework. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 48(2), 158-171. Branzetti, J., Hopson, L. R., Gisondi, M. A., & Regan, L. (2023). Training for Adaptive Expertise: Why, What, and How. Academic Medicine, 99(1), 121-121. Buchan, J., Wismar, M., Glinos, I. A., & Bremner, J. (2014). Health professional mobility in a changing Europe: new dynamics, mobile individuals and diverse responses. World Health Organization; European Observatory on Health Systems and Policies. Carless, D., & Winstone, N. (2020). Teacher feedback literacy and its interplay with student feedback literacy. Teaching in Higher Education, 28. Hattie, J., & Timperley, H. (2007). The Power of Feedback. Review of Educational Research, 77(1), 81-112. Markauskaite, L., & Goodyear, P. (2015). Epistemic fluency and professional education: innovation, knowledgeable action and actionable knowledge. Mockler, N. (2024). Troubled times and seeds of hope: some reflections on teacher professional learning as praxis development. Professional development in education, 50, 1-8. Molloy, E., Boud, D., & Henderson, M. (2020). Developing a learning-centred framework for feedback literacy [Article]. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 45(4), 527-540. Schuwirth, L. W. T., & Van der Vleuten, C. P. M. (2011). Programmatic assessment: From assessment of learning to assessment for learning. Medical teacher, 33(6), 478-485. Smith, C., Blake, A., Kelly, F., Gray, P., & McKie, M. (2013). Adding pedagogical process knowledge to pedagogical content knowledge [Article]. teachers' professional learning and theories of practice in science education, 2(2), 132-159. Stolwijk, N., van Bergen, A., Jetten, E., & Maas, M. (2025). Preparing physiotherapists for the future: the development and evaluation of an innovative curriculum. BMC Med Educ, 25(1), 83. Wacnik, P., Daly, S. R., & Verma, A. (2025). Participatory design: a systematic review and insights for future practice. Design Science, 11, e21, Article e21. Woitt, S., Weidlich, J., Jivet, I., Orhan Göksün, D., Drachsler, H., & Kalz, M. (2025). Students’ feedback literacy in higher education [Article]. an initial scale validation study, 30(1), 257-276. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 01 SES 11 D Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Jan Georgeson Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Beyond Snapshots: Mapping the Ecological Trajectories of Teacher Agency Amidst Taiwan’s Curriculum Reform National Pingtung University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Globally, curriculum reforms spotlight teacher agency as pivotal to educational change, yet how it is dynamically enacted in everyday practice and over time remains underexplored. A persistent puzzle emerges: within the same reform context, why do some teachers actively innovate and adapt their teaching, while others respond passively or revert to routines? Such divergence points to teacher agency as situated action—achieved through ongoing interactions with resources, constraints, and demands embedded in working environments. Understanding how agency is achieved and evolves is crucial for supporting teachers as transformative agents in curriculum reform. This study addresses this issue by examining how high school teachers in Taiwan exercise their agency amid the implementation of the Twelve-Year Basic Education Curriculum Guidelines, a reform that emphasizes student-centered, holistic education and poses substantial challenges to teachers’ professional practice. Beyond subject knowledge and pedagogical skills, the reform requires teachers to navigate new expectations for inquiry-based learning, interdisciplinary integration, and reflective practice. By adopting a multiple-case study approach to explore agency-in-practice within this major policy shift, the study contributes to implementation-oriented scholarship and offers empirically grounded insights into how teacher agency is differentially enacted under shared structural conditions. Scholars across different disciplines have yet to reach a consensus on the definition and meaning of agency. The concept is frequently conflated with other notions such as motivation, psychological traits, self-direction, resilience, rational choice, selfhood, will, purposiveness, intentionality, initiative, freedom, and creativity—terms that often overlap or even conflict—and is sometimes merely regarded as part of unexplained statistical variation (Hitlin & Johnson, 2015; Emirbayer & Mische, 1998). This conceptual ambiguity has led to a lack of analytical depth, preventing teacher agency from being recognized as an independent analytical category. Consequently, much research offers only static typologies (“snapshots”) to categorize teachers’ behavioral or emotional tendencies in responding to educational change (e.g., Kang et al., 2022; Tinn, 2024; Pan et al., 2020), failing to capture agency’s fluid, processual nature as constructed through reform engagement (Kang et al., 2022; Robinson, 2012). A shift toward longitudinal, process-oriented perspectives is thus needed (Eteläpelto et al., 2013; Tao & Gao, 2017). The ecological approach toward teacher agency (Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2015a) addresses these gaps. It transcends the personal-trait versus structural-dualism debate, conceptualizing agency as an emergent phenomenon “achieved” through the interplay of personal capacities and the resources, affordances, and constraints of the action environment (Priestley et al., 2015a). This approach illuminates the core tension teachers face: between performative policies that constrain autonomy (Ball, 2003; Lasky, 2005) and reform demands for critical, innovative professionalism (Schleicher, 2016). In practice, this tension is often worsened by a various of pressures—from policy mandates and accountability to school culture and managerial issues—that can force teachers into compliance, thereby weakening their professional judgment, creativity, and sense of value (Chen, 2000; Richardson & Placier, 2001). Recent work further emphasizes teachers’ subjective perception and exploitation of their professional space (Oolbekkink-Marchand, 2017) and their responses to "affordances" within teaching environments (Aspbury-Miyanishi, 2022). In a crucial refinement, Aspbury-Miyanishi (2022) argues that the core of teacher agency lies not merely in willful action, but in the recognition of affordances. This shifts the analytical focus from labeling “agentic teachers” to examining “moments of agentic practice” within the flow of situated interactions. Building on this framework, this multiple-case study aims to explore how teacher agency is manifested, developed, enacted, and shaped by ecological conditions. Specifically, this study expected to answer the following questions: (1) How does teacher agency develop and manifest dynamically throughout engagement with curriculum innovation? (2) What ecological conditions (resources, constraints, affordances) enable or constrain its achievement? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To investigate how high school teachers exercise agency amid ongoing curriculum reform, this study adopted a multiple-case study approach with a longitudinal and situated design. Grounded in the ecological approach toward teacher agency, this design enabled examining how teacher agency is dynamically achieved through the interplay of individual capacities and contextual conditions over time. The use of multiple cases further allows cross-case comparison to identify both shared logics and differentiated enactments of teacher agency across educational settings. Six in-service high school teachers were purposefully selected to represent diverse subject backgrounds, school contexts, and professional trajectories. Participants taught across science, humanities, languages, and the arts, with experience ranging from 10 to over 20 years. Three were senior full-time teachers, while the others had been contract teachers, introducing professional uncertainty relevant to the enactment of agency. All participants had completed a teacher education program emphasizing inquiry-based learning, interdisciplinary integration, and reflective practice, and aligning with the new curriculum guidelines implemented in Taiwan and providing a shared reference point for analysis. Data collection occurred between March 2022 and May 2025. Multiple sources were gathered to capture both practices and reflective accounts, including semi-structured interviews, classroom observations, and document analysis. Each teacher participated in three to five interviews, typically lasting one hour, with some extending to two hours; brief interviews conducted before or after lessons were supplementary. Classroom observations were conducted at least once for each teacher, covering two consecutive class periods and focusing on instructional decision-making and teacher–student interactions. Document data included school-level materials (e.g., school profiles, visions, curriculum maps), classroom artifacts (e.g., lesson plans, teaching materials, assessments), and teacher’s biographies or reflective writings. In the later phase, the storyline method (Oolbekkink-Marchand et al., 2017) was incorporated specifically as an essential tool to support retrospective reflection on teachers’ professional experiences and perceived autonomy over time. Teachers mapped their perceived and enacted professional space along a timeline of teaching experiences, using a scaled vertical axis to indicate levels of professional autonomy. This method enabled the visualization of temporal changes and supported analysis of how agency developed across different institutional and career stages. Data analysis involved iterative, inductive thematic analysis by the researcher. Within-case analyses were followed by cross-case comparisons to identify shared dynamics and divergent trajectories of teacher agency. Ethical considerations included obtaining informed consent and protecting participant anonymity through pseudonyms. Trustworthiness was enhanced through data triangulation, prolonged engagement, and member checking. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study reveals teacher agency as a dynamically emergent process shaped through the continuous interaction between individuals and their multi-layered environments. Teachers' professional practices thus involve continual calibration within contexts of coexisting constraints and possibilities, representing agentic choices in response to specific conditions. The key findings generated from this study are: (1) Three distinct developmental trajectories were identified, demonstrating non-linear pathways: “Dynamic adjustment”, characterized by continuous adjustments and efforts in balancing multiple tensions; “Grounded practice”, marked by the accumulation of teaching experience and deep reflection on experiential knowledge; and “Sound expansion”, where teachers proactively broaden their influence through innovation and collegial engagement. This most advanced trajectory reflects what might be termed an “evolving self” (Kegan, 1979), wherein professional agency becomes deeply aligned with and directed by a teacher’s core values and self-expectations. (2) Teacher agency development follows cyclical fluctuations of “struggling in downturns” and “expanding during peaks.” The downturn phase is characterized by teachers navigating four structural pressures that constrict professional space: an exam-oriented culture prioritizing advancement, disparities in students’ foundational competencies, excessive administrative burdens, and socio-emotional expectations from parents and society. Conversely, the peak expansion phase emerges at the convergence of three enabling conditions: meaningful catalysts (e.g., a sense of mission ignited by student needs); structural support (e.g., institutional openness like curriculum deregulation, and professional empowerment resources); and interactive praxis (e.g., collaborative dynamics generated through professional learning communities). In conclusion, the ecological approach effectively captures the dynamic emergence of teacher agency, moving beyond the individual-structure dichotomy. It reconceptualizes agency as a temporally embedded and contextually emergent process, underscoring the need to foster supportive professional ecosystems that enable collaborative experimentation as a lever for sustainable change. References Aspbury-Miyanishi, E. (2022). The affordances beyond what one does: Reconceptualizing teacher agency with Heidegger and Ecological Psychology. Teaching and Teacher Education, 113, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103662. Ball, S. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215-228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Chen, H. S. (2000). Challenges of Curriculum Reform and the Reconstruction of Practical Theories for Curriculum Praxis for the 21st Century. Bulletin of Educational Research, 1(44), 61-90. https://doi.org/10.6910/BER.200001_(44).0003 Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency. American journal of sociology, 103(4), 962-1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294 Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational research review, 10, 45-65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001 Hitlin, S., & Johnson, M. K. (2015). Reconceptualizing Agency within the Life Course: The Power of Looking Ahead. AJS; American journal of sociology, 120(5), 1429-1472. https://doi.org/10.1086/681216 Kang, M., Shen, Q., & Zheng, Y. (2022). LOTE (Languages Other than English) Teachers’ Emotions and Professional Identity in Response to Educational Reforms: A Social-Psychological Perspective. Sustainability, 14(17), 10788. https://doi.org/10.3390/su141710788 Kegan, R. G. (1979). The evolving self: A process conception for ego psychology. The Counseling Psychologist, 8(2), 5-34. Lasky, S. (2005). A sociocultural approach to understanding teacher identity, agency and professional vulnerability in a context of secondary school reform. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(8), 899-916. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.06.003 Oolbekkink-Marchand, H. W., Hadar, L. L., Smith, K., Helleve, I., & Ulvik, M. (2017). Teachers' perceived professional space and their agency. Teaching and teacher education, 62, 37-46. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.11.005 Pan, H. W., Huang, L., Chen, W., & Cheng, S. (2020). Are Schools Ready? School Practitioners' Change Readiness for the Curriculum Guidelines of 12-year Basic Education. Journal of Educational Research and Development, 16(1), 65-100. https://doi.org/10.6925/SCJ.202003_16(1).0003 Priestley, M. R., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015a). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing. Richardson, V., & Placier, P. (2001). Teacher change. In V. Richardson Editor (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching (4th edition., pp. 905-947). American Educational Research Association. Schleicher, A. (2016). Teaching Excellence through Professional Learning and Policy Reform: Lessons from around the World. International Summit on the Teaching Profession, OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264252059-en. Tao, J., & Gao, X. (2017). Teacher agency and identity commitment in curricular reform. Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 346-355. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.01.010 Tinn, M. (2024, August 29). Exploring the Multifaceted Nature of Teacher Agency: Contextual Influences and Manifestations [Paper presentation]. European Conference on Educational Research, Nicosia, Cyprus. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Professional Agency and Social Ties among School Staff Members: A Study of Social Network Analysis 1: Faculty of Education and Psychology, University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: Department of Teacher Education, University of Turku, Finland; 3: Faculty of Education and Culture, Tampere University, Finland; 4: Moray House School of Education and Sport, University of Edinburgh, UK, Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies, University of Helsinki, Finland; 5: Department of Sociology, Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:Professional relationships among school staff are vital for professional learning and school improvement. Social network analysis research confirms that the structure of staff networks — who turns to whom, how reciprocally, and how centrally — shapes outcomes ranging from inclusive teaching practices to professional wellbeing. Yet, most school network studies examine only a single relational type, typically advice or general collaboration, leaving a gap regarding whether the factors that shape tie formation in one relational domain operate similarly in others. This gap is particularly consequential when expressive ties such as emotional support and inspiration are considered alongside instrumental ones such as advice. This study addresses this gap by examining three relational types — advice, emotional support, and inspiration — across seven primary and secondary schools in Finland, Scotland, and Sweden. Drawing on the subject-centered sociocultural approach to professional agency (Eteläpelto et al., 2013) and social capital theory (Lin, 2001), we investigate how these three network types relate to one another, how their structures differ, and whether staff members’ professional agency and seniority predict tie formation differentially across these relational layers. By applying exponential random graph models (ERGMs) with meta-analytic pooling across schools in three national policy contexts, this study provides one of the first cross-national, multiplex analyses of staff network tie formation in schools. The theoretical framework centres on Eteläpelto et al.’s (2013) subject-centered sociocultural approach, which conceptualises professional agency as analytically separable from yet mutually constitutive with the social conditions of work. Building on this framework, Vähäsantanen et al. (2022) operationalised professional agency along three dimensions: Influencing at work (the capacity to participate in decision-making and shape one’s work community), Participation at work (active collaboration and engagement with colleagues), and Negotiating professional identity (the ability to realise professional goals and develop one’s professional self). While this line of work has advanced understanding of what professional agency entails at the individual level, its implications for how staff members interact with one another — that is, for the formation of professional network ties — remain largely unexplored. The concept of relational agency (Edwards, 2005) provides a theoretical bridge between individual professional agency and network tie formation. Edwards (2005) described relational agency as a professional’s capacity to work with others by recognising what they bring to a joint enterprise. Pantić (2015) extended this to teacher agency, arguing that agency is not only an individual enactment but also a relational accomplishment constituted through purposeful interaction with colleagues. Taken together, these accounts suggest that professional agency and network tie formation are mutually implicated: agentic staff may actively seek professional interaction (a sender mechanism) and simultaneously become visible to colleagues as valuable partners, attracting incoming ties (a receiver mechanism). This dual theoretical possibility motivates testing both sender and receiver effects of professional agency dimensions in our network models. The following three research questions guide the study: RQ1: To what extent are ties in staff members’ networks for advice, emotional support and inspiration related to one another in each school? RQ2: How is the structure of staff members’ networks (dis)similar across advice, emotional support and inspiration? RQ3: Do staff members’ professional agency and seniority explain their social tie formation in the networks for advice, emotional support and inspiration respectively? By situating professional agency within a network-analytic framework across three countries, this study extends the agency theory toward more explicit treatment of how agency is perceived and recognised by others in school staff communities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study surveyed 439 staff members across seven schools in Finland (two schools), Scotland (three schools), and Sweden (two schools), encompassing both primary and secondary settings. All staff — teachers, teaching assistants, and other educational professionals — were eligible. Participation was voluntary and anonymous, with response rates ranging from 73% to 80%. The study protocol received ethical approval from the participating universities and relevant education authorities. Data were collected via an online survey comprising sociometric network questions and individual-level measures. Three directed network relations were captured using complete within-school staff rosters: advice on supporting students’ learning or wellbeing, emotional support during difficulties, and inspiration in any aspect of work. Non-respondents were retained as nodes to preserve the full network boundary. Professional agency was measured using the short form of the Professional Agency Measure (PAM, Vähäsantanen et al., 2022), comprising nine items across three subscales: Influencing at work, Participation at work, and Negotiating professional identity. Seniority was measured as years of experience in education across five categorical levels. The analysis proceeded in three stages corresponding to the research questions. For RQ1, pairwise Quadratic Assignment Procedure (QAP) correlations between all three network adjacency matrices were computed for each school. For RQ2, descriptive network statistics — density, degree centralisation, reciprocity, and transitivity — were calculated for each of the 21 networks (three relation types × seven schools). For RQ3, exponential random graph models (ERGMs; Lusher et al., 2013) were fitted to each school–relation combination. Because all individual-level variables contained missing values, 100 imputed datasets were generated using multiple imputation prior to ERGM estimation. The ERGM specification included structural terms (edges, mutual) and attribute-based terms: sender, receiver, and homophily effects for each professional agency dimension, and seniority homophily. Within each school, estimates from the 100 imputed datasets were combined using Rubin’s (1987) rules, and the resulting school-level estimates were then synthesised across the seven schools using random-effects meta-analysis with the Knapp–Hartung adjustment for relatively small samples (i.e., 7 schools). To guard against scaling bias, average marginal effects (Duxbury & Wertsching, 2023) were computed for each fitted ERGM, providing tie-probability estimates comparable across networks of different sizes and densities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The three network types were moderately correlated yet structurally distinct across all seven schools. Advice networks were consistently denser, more centralised, and more reciprocal than emotional support and inspiration networks. Inspiration and emotional support exhibited the strongest pairwise correlation in six of seven schools, suggesting a shared expressive foundation distinct from instrumental advice ties. Results revealed that seniority homophily was a robust predictor of tie formation, significant across all three networks with zero or near-zero between-school heterogeneity. Staff at similar career stages consistently formed ties with one another, independent of national context. This carries direct implications for professional learning policy: structured cross-seniority arrangements may be necessary to bridge experience-based clustering and ensure early-career teachers access resources concentrated among senior colleagues. Professional agency operated exclusively through a receiver-side mechanism. Staff who reported greater capacity to influence workplace decisions were more likely to be sought out for advice, emotional support, and inspiration, yet no corresponding sender effects were found. Being recognised as agentic matters more for attracting professional ties than enacting agency does for seeking them. This extends the subject-centered sociocultural agency framework (Eteläpelto et al., 2013) by demonstrating that agency operates in networks through others’ recognition rather than self-initiated outreach — aligning with Edwards’ (2005) relational agency concept, but adding quantitative specification: it is the attribution of agentic capacity by colleagues that reliably predicts tie formation across relational layers. Participation at work contributed a receiver effect only in emotional support networks, suggesting that collaborative visibility signals approachability for affective rather than instrumental support. Negotiating professional identity showed no significant effects, consistent with its internally oriented nature. These findings suggest that school leaders should identify staff who serve as relational hubs across network layers and design collaborative structures that counteract homophilic clustering to strengthen professional learning. References Duxbury, S. W., & Wertsching, J. (2023). Scaling bias in pooled exponential random graph models. Social Networks, 74, 19-30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socnet.2023.02.003 Edwards, A. (2005). Relational agency: Learning to be a resourceful practitioner. International Journal of Educational Research, 43(3), 168-182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2006.06.010 Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K. Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45–65. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001 Lin, N. (2001). Social capital: A theory of social structure and action. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press. Lusher, D., Koskinen, J., & Robins, G. (Eds.). (2013). Exponential random graph models for social networks: Theory, methods, and applications. Cambridge University Press. Pantić, N. (2015). A model for study of teacher agency for social justice. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 759-778. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044332 Vähäsantanen, K. (2015). Professional agency in the stream of change: Understanding educational change and teachers' professional identities. Teaching and Teacher Education, 47, 1-12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2014.11.006 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Making Sense of Teacher Agency in Action: Insights from Expert Teachers’ Classroom Practice and Self-Transformation Journeys Waseda University, Japan Presenting Author:Teaching is a profession fundamental to a democratic society. In our society, it is essential that teachers develop a strong professional identity and a robust sense of agency to uphold and advance equitable and inclusive educational practice. Yet, across the world, clear and compelling reasons for entering or remaining in the teaching profession are rare, and many teachers may struggle to articulate their own purpose. This lack of a shared sense of purpose can result in teaching practices and reform initiatives that are disconnected from both personal commitment and broader social significance. The growing global challenges of teacher shortages and burnout may, at least in part, reflect this erosion of meaning and purpose within the profession.
To overcome this issue, it would be undeniably essential to improve the socio-economic status of teachers, but this alone would be insufficient. A vital avenue for overcoming the lack of a shared sense of purpose among teachers must lie in collaborative and existential dialogues among teachers aimed at realizing equitable and inclusive practices within the school community (Impedovo, Ferriera-Meyers, & Inoue, 2023). Lesson study, for example, is widely recognized for providing such opportunities for reflective dialogue (Ronda & Danipog, 2022; Stigler & Hiebert, 1999), and numerous efforts have sought to implement and sustain it across the world. However, if lesson study is not anchored in a teacher's personal sense of significance, it can easily devolve into a routine task—a "fossilized" practice lacking both purpose and sustainability. Indeed, in Japan, where lesson study is deeply institutionalized, the stagnation and fossilization of the practice are reported as persistent challenges (Chichibu, 2005). There, teachers could be easily consumed by non-instructional tasks to meet the accountability demands of parents, the local community, and the government.
This study assumes that teacher agency holds the key to overcoming this problem (OECD, 2025). It investigates the nature of teacher agency among expert elementary school teachers in Japan who have taught successfully for many years, aiming to develop a deep understanding of how such agency is activated and sustained.
1) What characterizes the teacher agency of expert teachers, and how do they embody their teacher agency in their teaching? 2) How do they develop and sustain their teacher agency? What enables them to engage in recursive cycles of practice improvement while navigating the inherent complexities of educational practice to actualize their purposes as teachers? 3) What lessons can be learned for structuring teacher education programs—such as lesson study—more purposefully so that teachers develop and maintain a resilient sense of agency?
The study employs action research as an analytical lens, in which the deconstruction of the “I” across iterative cycles of action and reflection constitutes a key dimension of analysis.(Robertson, 2000; Whitehead & McNiff, 2006). This framework allows for an investigation into how teachers can overcome "living contradictions"—the gap between their educational visions and their actual experiences in classrooms and schools (Whitehead, 2012). Using this framework, the study aims to make sense of how teachers’ lessons reflect their professional missions, as well as their long-term developmental histories and the self-transformation journeys grounded in reflective inquiry into their practice.
The ultimate goal of this study is to point toward new directions for empowering teachers and potentially reversing the widespread disempowerment and burnout affecting the profession globally. It aims to suggest ways to address shared educational challenges—such as teacher shortages and the marginalization of the teaching profession—so that truly equitable and inclusive educational practices can be actualized in schools across the world. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This ongoing study employs a case study and cross-case analysis approach (Bartlett, Lesley, & Frances Vavrus, 2018) to examine the development of teacher agency through the teaching practices of expert teachers and how they make sense of their teaching in relation to their life histories. First, 9 expert teachers were identified as teacher leaders by teacher educators and school principals in the greater Tokyo area. These teachers were known not only for their strong subject-matter instruction but also for their ability to foster students’ social-emotional learning. We visited their schools, observed their lessons, and conducted semi-structured interviews centered on the observed lessons—particularly how the teachers made sense of their instructional decision-making and interactions with students in relation to their professional identities, values, and life histories. The semi-structured interview protocol included key questions such as: (1) the kinds of decision-making teachers engaged in to enact the observed lessons; (2) how they made sense of those decisions; and (3) how they developed their expertise and came to teach as they do in relation to their personal histories, among others. These questions were designed to capture the nature of teacher agency as well as how that agency was activated and sustained across teachers’ life histories. Video-recorded lessons and audio-recorded interviews constituted the primary data sources for thematic analysis, and follow-up interviews were conducted with selected teachers when necessary. Interview responses were analyzed in relation to key events and interactions observed in the lessons using iterative cycles of analysis. Emerging themes were cross-referenced and repeatedly checked against the original data to ensure their adequacy and analytic validity. The analysis is currently approaching theoretical saturation in explaining how and why expert teachers enacted and sustained their teacher agency. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary analysis identified several themes that illuminate the nature of teacher agency and the processes through which it is activated and sustained. The key findings are summarized below. 1) Teacher agency development is enacted through a long-term career trajectory. Teacher agency does not develop in a social vacuum; rather, it is nurtured through teachers’ existential journeys with others in the profession, as they continuously examine and co-reflect on their pedagogical choices in everyday teaching. 2) Personal history serves as a key determinant of the agency developed by expert teachers. This includes their motivations for entering the profession, what they value and enjoy in their work, and how they have navigated choices and interactions with diverse students over time. Together, these experiences shape their professional identities. 3) Encounters with visionary leaders serve as critical catalysts for the enactment and transformation of teacher agency. Interactions with principals and teacher educators who demonstrate strong commitments to equitable and inclusive practice often play a pivotal role in teachers’ development. Specifically, engaging in reflective dialogues with such leaders during lesson study can significantly influence how teachers position themselves within the profession and their school communities. 4) Teachers’ perceptions of "what works" in the classroom serve as a driving force for transformation. Teacher agency appears to develop in relation to successful experiences of serving diverse students and actualizing inclusive practices. These moments of success reinforce their sense of efficacy and commitment to change. Through these findings, it appears essential to honor teachers’ deep-seated feelings about their profession and their reflective journeys of self-transformation within teacher education. Flexibly nurturing each teacher’s sense of agency, in collaboration with local leadership, seems to help teachers identify as agents of change and sustain their efforts to actualize equitable and inclusive educational practices with a sense of empowerment. References Bartlett, Lesley & Vavrus, Frances. (2018). What's wrong with case studies? Pitfalls and promises. Teachers College Record. Chichibu, T. (2005). Nihon no kyousi saisei senryaku [Strategies to revitalize teachers in Japan] Tokyo: Kyoiku-syuppan. Impedovo, M., Ferreira-Meyers, K., & Inoue, N. (2023). Creating a teacher collective: Professional development within the group, the community, and the network. Lanham, ME: Rowman & Littlefield. Inoue, N., Asada, T., Maeda, N., & Nakamura, S. (2019). Deconstructing teacher expertise for inquiry-based teaching: Looking into consensus building pedagogy in Japanese classrooms. Teaching and Teacher Education, 77, 366-377. OECD(2025). Future of Education and Skills 2030/2040. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/en/about/projects/future-of-education-and-skills-2030.html. Robertson、J. (2000) The three Rs of action research methodology: reciprocity, reflexivity and reflection-on-reality, Educational Action Research , 8, 307-326 Ronda, E., & Danipog, D. (2022). Examining teacher-academic collaboration in lesson study for its potential in shaping teacher research identity. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 42(1), 28–41. Stigler, J., & Hiebert, J. (1999). The Teaching Gap: Best Ideas from the World’s Teachers for Improving Education in the Classroom. New York: The Free Press. Whitehead, J. (2012). Educational research for social change with living educational theories. Educational Research for Social Change, 1, 5–21. Whitehead, J., & McNiff, J. (2006). Action research: Living theory. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Reflection in the Context of STEM Lessons: Content-analytical Examples of Reflection Processes in Teaching Practice University of Klagenfurt, Austria Presenting Author:Reflexivity is considered a key characteristic of prospective and practicing teachers (Kobl, 2020). It can promote the development of professional skills and is itself an independent learning objective in teacher training (von Aufschnaiter, 2023). Specifically, reflection is used in the context of school teaching to review pedagogical actions (Krautz, 2016), to prepare and follow up on lessons (Jeschke et al., 2021), or to analyze one's own teaching practice (Richter et al., 2022).
The research project, which is designed as a monographic doctoral thesis, examines reflection in the context of STEM teaching (BMBWF, n.d.). In contrast to subject-specific teaching, STEM teaching is interdisciplinary and project-oriented mathematics, computer science, natural sciences, and technology teaching, which is taught in selected Austrian secondary schools as part of a school trial for two to three additional hours per week (ibid.). A particular focus of interest is to explicate reflection, which usually takes place on a mental level (Dewey, 1933; Nguyen et al., 2014; Lenske & Lohse-Bossenz, 2023), by using the method of "Thinking Aloud" (Konrad, 2010) and, based on this, reconstructing their basic rules (Von Aufschnaiter, 2023). To reconstruct reflection, the paradigm of reconstructive social research is applied using the documentary method (Bohnsack, 2013).
A particular potential of the documentary method is that it can provide access to an individual's habitus. Bourdieu defined habitus as "[...] systems of permanent and transferable dispositions" (Bourdieu, 1980/1999, p. 98 f., quoted from Koller, 2020, p. 146). Dispositions are therefore patterns of thought and perception that are internalized not only based on an individual's social background but also because of their professional experience (Helsper, 2018). Habitus is fundamental to subjective action or behavior in that it reveals the boundaries within which this action or behavior can be located (Koller, 2020). In the PhD project, habitus is explored through individual reflective behavior.
Since there is no uniform understanding of reflection (e.g., Arendt et al., 2025; Wyss, 2018), there is a need to develop a working definition of reflection with the scientific background (Beauchamp, 2015; Nguyen et al., 2014; von Aufschnaiter et al., 2019). Reflection is the "conscious consideration of one's own actions in and around the classroom and the mental derivation of consequences for action" (Heinzel, 2022; Nguyen et al., 2014; von Aufschnaiter et al., 2019). This working definition needs to be reformulated and expanded for the documentary perspective. However, the fundamental aspects contained therein remain valid. Accordingly, from a documentary perspective, reflection is defined as "engaging with self-[…] related ways of thinking and acting in contexts of teacher action" (Hinzke et al., 2022, p. 162). This definition implies the influence of prior knowledge and experience on one's own reflection (Kramer & Pallsen, 2019). Prior knowledge and experience shape the individual practice of reflection without necessarily being made explicit (Nohl, 2017). In the paradigm of the documentary method, these kinds of „meanings“ are called documentary meanings, which are distinguished from immanent or communicative meanings (Bohnsack, 2013). In summary, Mannheim (1980, p. 73) refers in this context to "atheoretical knowledge," which is part of an individual's habitual actions and opens up access to habitus (Bohnsack et al., 1995). Habitus is developed at the individual level and located in the collective, as it is understood as "a kind of mediating link [...] between objective social conditions and subjective individual actions or behavior" (Koller, 2020, p. 146). Habitus in the collective always occurs in the context of a specific field (Rieger-Ladich, 2017). Accordingly, the PhD project refers to the reflexive teacher habitus (Helsper, 2018). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Ten so-called "video-stimulated recall interviews" with teachers were conducted as a data collection method. These are interviews that are conducted with the support of a stimulus (Zhai et al., 2024). The „Stimulated recall“, in the form of two to three video sequences from the teachers' own lessons (based on Wyss, 2018), was used to initiate reflection among the teachers (Lo, 2025; Tai & Wai, 2024). For the PhD project, STEM lessons were recorded from three perspectives. Two cameras, the "teacher camera," which focused on the teacher's activities, and the interaction camera, which addressed interactions between the teacher and students or among students, were controlled manually. Another camera was placed statically in the room as a wide-angle camera. For the sound recording, a microphone was attached to the teacher (based on Seidel et al., 2005). During filming, the researcher kept a log (based on Öztay & Boz, 2022). This log was presented to the teacher immediately after the lesson was recorded so that they could select three teaching moments relevant to them for subsequent reflection (Li et al., 2014). The video sequence was then edited. The video editing, taking into account the different perspectives and the soundtrack, were created using the "Da Vinci Resolve" program. This procedure laid the foundation for conducting the "video-stimulated recall interview" within 24 hours after the recorded lesson (e.g., Uibu et al., 2022). The "Video-Stimulated Recall Interview" consisted of three video sequences, including one trial sequence and three runs per sequence, which were based on the method of "Thinking Alout" in accordance with the working definition of reflection. Specifically, teachers watched the video sequence, paused the video at points relevant to them, and spoke their thoughts and memories aloud in a monologue (based on Konrad, 2010). The researcher did not usually intervene. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presentation will address the interfaces between research interests, data collection and data analysis methods, and the data collected using "video-stimulated recall interviews." Two analytical questions were developed for this purpose: 1) How can video-stimulated recall interviews be evaluated by the documentary method? 2) How can the reflexive habitus of teachers be deduced from these reflections using video-stimulated recall interviews? To answer these analytical questions, the four steps of documentary conversation analysis of narrative interviews (formulating interpretation, reflective interpretation, case presentation, and type formation) (Nohl, 2017) are prepared using the interview material as an example (based on Messmer, 2016). Milestones in formulating and reflective interpretation are highlighted. The formulating interpretation begins with the creation of a thematic progression. To this end, audio recordings of the interviews are listened to and filtered for recurring themes or themes relevant to the research question. These interview passages are then transcribed in full. In the next step, the reflective interpretation, the structure of these interview passages is first examined within an interview and then compared with other interviews in order to identify similarities and differences in this structure. This allows access to both individual and collective habitus. Depending on the progress of the data analysis, initial results on the different collective spaces of experience or frames of reference can be presented, which further differentiate the habitus (Bohnsack, 2013). References Bohnsack, Ralf (2013): Dokumentarische Methode und die Logik der Praxis. In: Lenger, Alexander; Schneickert, Christian; Schumacher, Florian (Hg.): Pierre Bourdieus Konzeption des Habitus, Volume 2, Wiesbaden: Springer VS, pp. 175–200. Dewey, John (1933): How we think. Original work published in 1910. Buffelo: Prometheus Books. Helsper, Werner (2018): Lehrerhabitus. Lehrer zwischen Herkunft, Milieu und Profession. In: Paseka, Angelika; Keller-Schneider, Manuela; Combe, Arno (Hg.): Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln. Wiesbaden: Springer VS (SpringerLink Books), pp.105 -140. Jeschke, Colin; Lindmeier, Anke; Heinze, Aiso (2021): Vom Wissen zum Handeln: Vermittelt die Kompetenz zur Unterrichtsreflexion zwischen mathematischem Professionswissen und der Kompetenz zum Handeln im Mathematikunterricht? Eine Mediationsanalyse. In: J Math Didakt 42 (1), pp. 159–186. Koller, Hans-Christoph (2020): Grundbegriffe, Theorien und Methoden der Erziehungswissenschaft. Eine Einführung. 9. Edition, Stuttgart: W. Kohlhammer GmbH. Konrad, Klaus (2010): Lautes Denken, In: Mey, Günter; Mruck, Katja (Hg.): Hand buch Qualitative Forschung in der Psychologie. 1. Edition. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag, pp.476 – 490. Kramer, Rolf-Torsten; Pallesen, Hilke (2019): Der Lehrerhabitus zwischen sozialer Herkunft, Schule als Handlungsfeld und der Idee der Professionalisierung. In: Kramer, Rolf-Torsten; Pallesen, Hilke (Hg.): Lehrerhabitus. Theoretische und empirische Beiträge zu einer Praxeologie des Lehrerberufs. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt, pp.73 – 101. Lo, Alfred (2025): The educational affordances and challenges of generative AI in Global English- oriented materials development and implementation: A critical ecological perspective. In: System, 130 (8), pp.1 – 17. Mannheim, Karl (1980): Strukturen des Denkens. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp Messmer, Roland (2015): Stimulated Recall alsfokussierterZugangzuHandlungs-und Denkprozessenvon Lehrkräften. In: Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 16 (1), pp.1 –20. Nohl, Arnd-Michael (2017): Interview und Dokumentarische Methode. Anleitung für die Forschungspraxis. 5. Auflage, Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Von Aufschnaiter, Claudia (2023): Reflexive Professionalisierung. Zentral - Vielschichtig - Herausfordernd. In: Mientus, Lukas; ´Klempin, Christiane; Nowak, Anna (Hg.): Reflexion in der Lehrkräftebildung. Empirisch – Phasenübergreifend – Interdisziplinär. Potsdam: Universitätsverlag Potsdam, pp. 25–44. Wyss, Corinne (2018): Mündliche, kollegiale Reflexion von videografiertem Unterricht. In: Christof, Eveline; Rosenberger, Katharina; Köhler, Julia; Wyss, Corinne (Hg.): Mündliche, schriftliche und theatrale Wege der Praxisreflexion. Beiträge zur Professionalisierung pädagogischen Handelns, Bern: hep Verlag, pp.15 – 49. Zhai, Xuesong; Chu, Xiaoyan; Wang, Minjuan; Tsai, Chin-Chung; Liang, Jyh-Chong; Spector, Jonathan (2024): A systematic review of Stimulated Recall (SR) in educational research from 2012 to 2022. In: Humanit Soc Sci Commun, 11 (1), pp. 1 – 14. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 02 SES 11 A: Competence & Work Experience Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Rebecca Ye Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Imagining the Future: Narratives of Purpose and Hope among Young People in Vocational Education 1: Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 2: University of Wisconsin-Stout Presenting Author:Vocational education is frequently framed in policy and research as a second-best or risky educational pathway, often associated with limited aspirations, constrained choice, or lower long-term returns. In both European and U.S.-based research, vocational participation has commonly been analyzed through lenses of stratification, labor market outcomes, and differential returns by gender, class, and program type (Jacob & Ricks, 2023; Ames, 2021). While such studies have provided important insights into inequalities in access and outcomes, they tend to privilege economic rationality and structural determinants over young people’s own interpretations of educational choice. Nordic research has similarly documented how vocational education is embedded in broader patterns of social reproduction, gender segregation, and classed educational trajectories (Reegård, 2019; Zahl-Thanem & Blekesaune, 2025). At the same time, recent sociological work has questioned deficit-oriented narratives by showing how vocational students articulate meaningful aspirations, strong professional identities, and future orientations that do not align neatly with dominant academic success norms (Ljunggren & Orupabo, 2020). These studies point to the need for analytical approaches that take young people’s narratives seriously, rather than interpreting vocational choice primarily as a constrained or compensatory decision. This paper seeks to contribute to this shift by focusing on vocational education as a space of future-making. Drawing on a comparative qualitative study of young people enrolled in vocational education and training (VET) in Norway and career and technical education (CTE) in Wisconsin, USA, the paper examines how narratives of hope, motivation, and agency are constructed within different institutional contexts. While U.S.-based CTE research has increasingly emphasized students’ preferences, perceived utility, and intrinsic value of vocational courses (Altermatt et al., 2025), such perspectives are rarely connected to broader sociological discussions of welfare regimes, institutional trust, and the social organization of opportunity. To bridge this gap, the paper builds explicitly on the concept of opportunity structures as developed by Smeplass and Zirkle (2026). Rather than treating opportunity as a fixed set of external conditions or as individual preference, opportunity structures are understood as institutionally organized and socially experienced horizons that shape how young people imagine possible futures. From this perspective, educational choice is not simply a response to labor market signals or program availability (Jacob & Ricks, 2023), but a narrative process through which young people align present engagement with anticipated futures that feel realistic, meaningful, and attainable. The overarching analytical concern of the paper is how young people in vocational education imagine their future, and how narratives of hope and motivation are shaped by institutional contexts and opportunity structures. More specifically, the paper examines how young people construct narratives around educational choice, practical learning, and early labor market attachment, and how these narratives express forms of agency grounded in institutional security, family experiences, and vocational cultures. By comparing Norway and Wisconsin, the analysis highlights how differing welfare arrangements and governance regimes shape perceptions of risk, reversibility, and future possibility—without reducing these differences to individual calculation or economic rationality alone. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper draws on a comparative qualitative interview study conducted in Norway and Wisconsin, USA, with data collected during 2025–2026. The dataset consists of in-depth interviews with 28 young people enrolled in VET in Norway and CTE in Wisconsin. Participants represent a broad range of vocational fields and are all in the early phase of their vocational education. The methodological approach is explicitly youth-centered, placing young people’s own experiences, interpretations, and future imaginaries at the core of the analysis. Data collection was carried out by researchers with extensive expertise in their respective national contexts. This contextual expertise played a crucial role not only in recruitment and interviewing, but also in the analytical process. Throughout the study, the research team worked collaboratively across contexts, sharing interview transcripts, analytical memos, and emerging interpretations. This iterative back-and-forth enabled the researchers to translate institutional arrangements, educational pathways, and labour market structures across contexts, and to assess how young people’s expressed hopes and expectations relate to the opportunity structures surrounding them. An identical semi-structured interview guide was used in both countries. The guide was designed to elicit open-ended and reflective responses, encouraging participants to articulate normative understandings of education, work, and a good life rather than providing instrumental or predefined answers. Interview topics included educational choice, experiences of vocational learning, identity and belonging, economic considerations, and future plans and aspirations. This design allowed young people to construct narratives that link past experiences, present engagement, and imagined futures. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. The analysis followed an abductive approach (Tavory & Timmermans, 2014), moving iteratively between empirical material, emerging analytical patterns, and theoretical concepts. Rather than testing predefined hypotheses, the analysis remained sensitive to surprising or taken-for-granted elements in young people’s accounts, allowing concepts such as hope, agency, and opportunity structures to be refined through engagement with the data. This approach aligns with qualitative traditions that emphasise close, experience-near interpretation as a basis for theoretical development (Smeplass, 2023). Analytically, the study combines thematic and narrative analysis. Interviews were first coded thematically to identify recurring patterns related to motivation, future orientation, and perceptions of risk and opportunity. Narrative analysis was then used to examine how young people constructed coherent stories about their educational trajectories and future possibilities. The comparative dimension is analytical rather than variable-based, focusing on similarities and differences in how futures are imagined within distinct institutional and welfare contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses reveal both similarities and differences among young people in the sample. Initially, the study expected clearer contrasts between Norway and Wisconsin, particularly given differences in welfare arrangements, educational governance, and economic security. Instead, the analyses point to a striking degree of similarity in how young people across both contexts narrate their futures. This convergence suggests that these orientations may reflect broader generational patterns in how young people relate to education, work, and the future. Across both contexts, young people tend to distance their educational choices from the uncertainties that dominate adult public discourse, such as geopolitical instability, economic volatility, or technological change. Rather than framing their futures in terms of risk or threat, participants articulate a pronounced future optimism and focus on the immediate and experiential value of vocational education. Vocational pathways are described as meaningful, motivating, and practically oriented, with strong emphasis on hands-on learning, skill development, and early connection to working life. At the same time, important contextual differences remain. Norwegian participants, in particular, express very limited concern about educational costs, debt, or long-term income prospects, reflecting the broader welfare context in which vocational education is embedded. In Wisconsin, economic considerations are more present in young people’s narratives, yet they do not dominate how vocational education is valued or chosen. In both contexts, young people emphasize work that allows them to create, contribute, and make a difference, and vocational education is experienced as a legitimate and respected pathway within their immediate social environments. Taken together, these findings challenge deficit-oriented and risk-focused accounts of vocational education. They invite further exploration of vocational education as a space of hope and future-making and suggest that vocational pathways may be attractive to contemporary youth precisely because they combine realism, flexibility, and meaning in an uncertain world. References Altermatt, E. R., Rorrer, A. K., Barnett, R. M., & Goetz, T. (2025). Understanding interest in career and technical education course-taking: Exploring the impact of students’ perceptions of intrinsic and utility value. Journal of Career and Technical Education, 40(1), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.21061/jcte.485 Ames, T. (2021). Does career and technical education in high school improve labor market outcomes? Journal of Education and Work, 36(1). Jacob, B. A., & Ricks, J. (2023). Why choose career and technical education? Evidence from U.S. high schools. Jacob, Brian A. and Ricks, Michael, Why Choose Career Technical Education? Disentangling Student Preferences from Program Availability (October 2023). NBER Working Paper No. w31756. https://ssrn.com/abstract=4596056 Ljunggren, J., & Orupabo, J. (2020). Moving beyond: narratives of higher educational aspirations among descendants of immigrants in vocational training. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41(5), 701–716. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2020.1776593 Reegård, K. (2019). Educational time-out between a rock and a hard place. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 9(1), 129–143. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.1991129 Smeplass, E., & Zirkle, C. (2026). Opportunity structures in vocational education and training. Palgrave MacMillan. Tavory, I., & Timmermans, S. (2014). Abductive analysis: Theorizing qualitative research. University of Chicago Press. Smeplass, E. (2023). Investigating adult learners' experiences from using slow reading as a pedagogical approach. International Journal of Educational Research, 122, 102252. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2023.102252 Tønder, A. H., Aspøy, T. M., & Reegård, K. (2015). Å velge et yrke – Intervjuer med elever på Vg1 Helse- og oppvekstfag. Fafo Report. Zahl-Thanem, A., & Blekesaune, A. (2025). Social origin and educational choices: A comparative study of rural and urban students. European Sociological Review, 41(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1177/00016993241305615 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Young Refugees‘ Development of Occupational Aspirations 1: Technical University of Darmstadt, Germany; 2: Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg Presenting Author:In Germany, vocational training plays a crucial role in the successful integration of refugees (Jeon, 2019). In the process of career choice, the formation of vocational aspirations is of particular importance (Rojewski, 2005). Adolescents may need to adapt their vocational aspirations to a largely competitive opportunity structure (Tomasik et al., 2009), as they must make their career decisions within the constraints of a segmented and predominantly market-oriented vocational education and training system (Protsch/Solga, 2016). Young refugees additionally face the challenge of developing occupational goals in a new social context, the existing opportunity structures of which are presumably still largely unfamiliar to them (Bergseng et al., 2019). The aim of this study is to examine the development of vocational aspirations among young refugees who migrated to Germany between 2014 and 2017. We define occupational aspirations as an individual’s goals with regard to their future career (Rojewski, 2005). Occupational aspirations are formed already in childhood but remain relatively vague until early adolescence (Gottfredson, 1981). They become more concrete as educational and career decisions draw closer (Heckhausen/Tomasik, 2002), since adolescents increasingly engage with perceived opportunity structures during this phase (Gottfredson, 1981). The developmental process of occupational aspirations is influenced by various factors. Drawing on status attainment approaches (Sewell et al., 1969), we expect that higher parental occupational expectations lead to higher occupational aspirations among young refugees (H1). Furthermore, we expect young refugees in academic school tracks to develop higher occupational aspirations than those in non-academic tracks (H2) (Basler/Kriesi, 2019). In addition, we assume that anticipated discrimination in the training market negatively affects the development of occupational aspirations (H3) (Busse/Winkler, 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the analyses, we use Refugee Cohort 2 (RC2) of the study Refugees in the German Educational System (ReGES) (Will et al., 2021). At the time of sampling (October 2017), the refugee adolescents were between 14 and 16 years old and were still attending lower secondary education at the first measurement point. Our analyses refer to survey waves 1 (2017/2018, T1) and 4 (2019, T2) and include young refugees who were in grades 7 or 8 in wave 1 (n = 1,050). The dependent variable is the respondents’ realistic occupational aspiration (Rojewski, 2005). For the analyses, we use the International Socio-Economic Index of Occupational Status (ISEI) (Ganzeboom, 2010) corresponding to the aspired occupation. We estimate a cross-lagged structural equation model with imputed data (FIML). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our results show that young refugees in grades 7 or 8 (T1) expect to enter occupations with comparatively high ISEI scores (e.g., Basler/Kriesi, 2019 for data on students without a refugee background) (M = 69.9; SD = 20.2). Over the observed period (on average 10 months), they lower their vocational aspirations by an average of 7 ISEI points (Δ = −7.51). The cross-lagged model (χ² = 3.07, df = 3, RMSEA = 0.02; CFI = 0.96) indicates systematic differences in the occupational aspirations of young refugees between the two measurement points. At T1, there is a significant association between perceived parental occupational expectations and the occupational aspirations of refugee students (β = 0.72, p < 0.001). The influence of perceived parental occupational expectations on students’ occupational aspirations decreases between T1 and T2 and is no longer statistically significant (β = 0.11, p = 0.077). We also find evidence for an effect of school track on the initial level of occupational aspirations at T1 (β = 4.00, p < 0.001). By contrast, there is no evidence for an effect of anticipated discrimination in the training market. Our findings highlight the high plasticity and dynamism of occupational aspirations among young refugees. They may suggest that young refugees’ orientations become decoupled from their own perceptions of parental occupational expectations and instead become more strongly aligned with the opportunity structures of the vocational education and training system. School tracks and the associated opportunities for training pathways substantially channel adolescents’ orientations. References Basler, A., & Kriesi, I. (2019). Adolescents' development of occupational aspirations in a tracked and vocation-oriented educational system. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 115, 103330. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2019.103330 Bergseng, B., Degler, E., & Lüthi, S. (2019). Getting migrants ready for vocational education and training in Germany. In B. Bergseng, E. Degler, S. Lüthi, B. Bergseng, E. Degler, & S. Lüthi (Hrsg.), OECD Reviews of Vocational Education and Training: Unlocking the Potential of Migrants in Germany OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/090e6616-en Busse, R., & Winkler, O. (2024). „Soll ich eine Ausbildung machen?“. Entscheidungskalküle für berufl iche Bildung bei geflüchteten Schüler*innen. In J. Scharfenberg, J. Hufnagl, A. Kroner, & M. Spiekenheuer (Hrsg.), Migration und Bildung in der globalisierten Welt - Migration and Education in a Globalised World. Perspektiven, Herausforderungen und Chancen in der Migrationsgesellschaft - Perspectives, Challenges, and Opportunities in the Migration Society (S. 21–33): Waxmann Verlag GmbH. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830998419_2 Gottfredson, L. S. (1981). Circumscription and compromise: A developmental theory of occupational aspirations. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 28(6), 545–579. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0167.28.6.545 Heckhausen, J., & Tomasik, M. J. (2002). Get an Apprenticeship before School Is Out: How German Adolescents Adjust Vocational Aspirations When Getting Close to a Developmental Deadline. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 60(2), 199–219. https://doi.org/10.1006/jvbe.2001.1864 Jeon, S. (2019). Unlocking the Potential of Migrants. Cross-country Analysis, OECD Reviews of Vocational Education and Training. Paris: OECD Publishing. Protsch, P., & Solga, H. (2016). The social stratification of the German VET system. Journal of Education and Work, 29(6), 637–661. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080.2015.1024643 Rojewski, J. W. (2005). Occupational aspirations: constructs, meanings, and application. In S. D. Brown & R. W. Lent (Hrsg.), Career development and counseling. Putting theory and research to work (S. 131–154). Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Sewell, W. H., Haller, A. O., & Portes, A. (1969). The Educational and Early Occupational Attainment Process. American Sociological Review, 34(1), 82–92. https://doi.org/10.2307/2092789 Schels, B., & Abraham, M. (2023). Adaptation to the market? Status differences between target occupations in the application process and realized training occupation of German adolescents. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 75(4), 722–743. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2021.1955403 Tomasik, M. J., Hardy, S., Haase, C. M., & Heckhausen, J. (2009). Adaptive adjustment of vocational aspirations among German youths during the transition from school to work. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 74(1), 38–46. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2008.10.003 Will, G., Homuth, C., Maurice, J. von, & Roßbach, H.-G. (2021). Integration of Recently Arrived Underage Refugees: Research Potential of the Study ReGES—Refugees in the German Educational System. European Sociological Review, 37(6), 1027–1043. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jcab033 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Exploring Narrative Approaches to Career Guidance in Upper Secondary Education University of Turin, Italy Presenting Author:This paper presents the design and implementation of PNRR OrientaUnito (Ricchiardi & Lattanzi, 2023; Ricchiardi et al. 2023), a large-scale school-based career guidance project developed by the University of Turin in 2022 and implemented in upper secondary schools across the Piedmont region of Italy. The project was conceived in response to growing evidence that adolescents’ capacity to imagine, narrate, and plan their futures is increasingly challenged by economic instability (Deloitte, 2025), rapid transformations of the labor market (Sowa et al., 2025), and pervasive social and environmental uncertainties (Hickman et al., 2021). In such a context, traditional information-oriented guidance approaches, largely focused on educational and occupational choices, may prove insufficient to support young people’s processes of meaning-making, identity development, and self-directed future construction. Grounded in contemporary career development theories that emphasize narrative reflexivity (Savickas et al., 2009) and identity construction as a dynamic and relational process (Guichard, 2009), PNRR OrientaUnito was designed as a comprehensive guidance framework aimed at creating reflective, dialogical, and expressive spaces within school contexts. These spaces are intended to enable students to explore values, aspirations, fears, and representations of both personal and collective futures, integrating cognitive, emotional, and symbolic dimensions of career development. The project is coordinated by a multidisciplinary team of experts in the socio-psycho-pedagogical field responsible for the design, annual experimentation, and iterative redesign of guidance interventions targeting students in the third, fourth, and fifth years of upper secondary education. Within this overarching framework, multiple 15-hour guidance pathways are implemented, differentiated by students’ age, school track (academic, technical, and vocational), intensity and setting of delivery as well as by methodological approach. While some pathways adopt a mixed guidance model combining narrative and informational components, others are explicitly grounded in narrative and expressive methodologies. This paper focuses in particular on two fully narrative-based pathways - Photovoice for career guidance (Smeda, et al., 2014) and Rap for career guidance (McElroy, 2023) - which employ evocative and creative languages to support students in articulating personal meanings related to education, work, and life trajectories. These pathways, aimed only at third year students, use tools such as photography, visual storytelling, and rap music to foster reflexivity and collective dialogue around future imaginaries. To examine the outcomes of these narrative interventions, the paper adopts a mixed approach that integrates quantitative measures of career guidance competencies with qualitative analysis of student-produced materials, including photographs, images, and rap lyrics. The study argues that narrative-based career guidance can play a crucial role in supporting young people’s future planning by addressing not only decision-making skills, but also the emotional, symbolic, and imaginative dimensions of career construction. By combining quantitative and qualitative evidence, the paper contributes to ongoing debates on the role of creative and narrative approaches within school-based guidance systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a mixed research design combining quantitative assessment and qualitative analysis to evaluate the outcomes of the Photovoice and Rap guidance pathways implemented within the PNRR OrientaUnito project. This methodological choice is consistent with the project’s constructivist and narrative theoretical framework (Patton & McMahon, 2006), which conceptualizes career development as a process involving both measurable competencies and subjective meaning-making. In both guidance pathways, activities were designed to stimulate reflection on future scenarios, personal values, perceived constraints, and aspirations through the use of narrative, visual, and musical tools. Particular attention was given to creating a safe and participatory group climate that could support personal expression and collective reflection. The paper adresses three main research questions: 1) Do guidance interventions have a statistically significant impact on the development of students’ career management (or orientation) competencies? 2) What is the effectiveness (Cohen’s d) of the different pathways, differentiated by tools and methodologies, in developing these competencies? 3) How is the future represented in the analyzed rap songs and images? Quantitative data were collected using a self-assessment scale measuring career guidance competencies, developed by the research team in 2024. The instrument assesses multiple dimensions, including self-knowledge, decision-making, perceived agency, and optimism toward the future. The scale (36 items) was administered before and after participation in the workshops, and descriptive statistics as well as inferential analyses were conducted to examine changes over time and to identify areas of statistically significant improvement. Qualitative data were drawn from materials produced by students during the guidance activities, including photographs, visual compositions, written texts, and rap songs. These materials were analysed thematically (Clarke & Brown, 2016) to identifying recurring patterns in students’ representations of the future, perceived challenges, fears, hopes, and orientations toward education and work. The coding process was iterative, moving from initial open coding to the construction of broader thematic categories that captured shared meanings across groups. The integration of quantitative and qualitative data enabled triangulation of findings and offered a more nuanced understanding of the interventions’ impact. Rather than focusing on long-term outcomes, which were beyond the scope of the present study, the analysis concentrates on immediate changes in students’ perceptions, narratives, and expressive representations related to future planning and career construction. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings discussed in this paper suggest that narrative-based career guidance interventions can make a meaningful contribution to supporting adolescents’ future planning in contexts characterized by uncertainty, instability, and rapid social change. The PNRR OrientaUnito project, and in particular its two fully narrative-based pathways, demonstrates that creating reflective and expressive spaces within school-based guidance can enhance students’ self-awareness, helping them to identify, articulate, and critically reflect on the multiple personal, relational, social, and contextual factors that shape and influence their educational and career decision-making processes. Quantitative results indicate measurable improvements in key career guidance competencies, while qualitative analyses reveal the richness and ambivalence of students’ representations of their futures and of the future more broadly. Students’ creative outputs highlight how fears, anxieties, and hopes coexist, underscoring the need for guidance practices capable of engaging with complexity rather than attempting to neutralize uncertainty through purely informational approaches. From a theoretical perspective, the study provides empirical support for career construction and narrative models that conceptualize guidance as a process of identity development and meaning-making. From a practical standpoint, it emphasizes the value of integrating creative and expressive methodologies in school guidance programs, particularly during critical educational transitions. The paper concludes by arguing that the capacity to imagine and narrate the future should be recognized as a central developmental task in adolescence. Investing in narrative-based guidance interventions can strengthen the educational role of career guidance and contribute to more inclusive, human-centered guidance systems capable of responding to contemporary social and educational challenges. References Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2016). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297–298. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613 Deloitte Global. (2025). 2025 Gen Z and Millennial survey. https://www.deloitte.com/content/dam/assets-shared/docs/campaigns/2025/2025-genz-millennial-survey.pdf Guichard, J. (2009). Self-constructing. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 75(3), 251–258. Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., & van Susteren, L. (2021). Young people's voices on climate anxiety, government betrayal and moral injury: A global phenomenon. The Lancet Planetary Health, 5(12), e863–e873. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3918955 McElroy, J. (2023). The power of rap in music education: A study of undergraduate students’ original rap creations. British Journal of Music Education, 40(3), 397–407. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0265051723000086 Patton, W., & McMahon, M. (2006). The Systems Theory Framework of Career Development and Counseling: Connecting Theory and Practice. International Journal for the Advancement of Counselling, 28(2), 153–166. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10447-005-9010-1 Ricchiardi, P., & Lattanzi, T. (2023). Educational, Vocational and Career Orientation Pathways for High School Students. Form@re - Open Journal Per La Formazione in Rete, 23(2), 209–227. https://doi.org/10.36253/form-14643 Ricchiardi, P., Torre, E., & Lattanzi, T. (2023). Choice Education Pathways: Differential Effectiveness Evaluation. Lifelong Lifewide Learning, Vol 20, N. 43, pp. 246-266. https://doi.org/10.19241/lll.v20i43.803 Savickas, M. L., Nota, L., Rossier, J., Dauwalder, J.-P., Duarte, M. E., Guichard, J., Soresi, S., Van Esbroeck, R., & van Vianen, A. E. M. (2009). Life designing: A paradigm for career construction in the 21st century. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 75(3), 239–250. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2009.04.004 Smeda, N., Dakich, E., & Sharda, N. (2014). The Effectiveness of Digital Storytelling in the Classrooms: A Comprehensive Study. Smart Learning Environments, 1, Article 6. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40561-014-0006-3 Sowa, S., Xia, J., Smith, J., & Manches, A. (2025). Supporting children’s career aspirations under changing career conditions: A systematic review of intervention approaches. International Journal for Educational and Vocational Guidance, 25, 23-43. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Multiplicity of Mobilities: Researching How Educational Transitions Are Organized During Societal Transformations Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:Transitions in education have been a wide arena for research; from studies on social stratification, life-course research to the political economy of skills regimes. The scholarship on transitions has shown how despite educational systems compelling movements between educational levels in a linear fashion, the modes in which actors navigate these transitory processes are far from straightforward. In VET studies, transitions from education to working life has been a frequent topic (see e.g., Bakker & Akkerman, 2019; Tuomi-Gröhn & Engeström, 2003; Teräs, 2016; Ye, 2020). Through navigating challenging terrains of education while confronting seemingly irrational devices that judge and evaluate learning, actors have showcased problem-solving, moral and critical capacities in embarking on transitions. The aim of this paper is to explore how two different theoretical approaches address the question of transitions in education in general and in vocational education in specific, namely, cultural historical activity theory (CHAT) and the economics and sociology of conventions approach (EC/SC). We marshal empirical material and research experience from two Swedish research studies with mixed methods research design. While an array of approaches have been used in the study of transitions in education, our focus in this paper is on CHAT (e.g., Leont’ev, 1978; Engeström, 2014; Sannino & Engeström, 2018; Teräs, 2017) and the EC/SC approach (e.g., Imdorf & Leemann, 2023; Schneijderberg et al., 2025; Verdier, 2016; Ye, 2024). In CHAT, transitions can be approached from three dimensions. First, transitions can be seen as movements from one stage to the next; second, as change and transformations; third as dialectical relations between the ‘old and new’ (Teräs, 2012). For example, when a vocational student is moving into a workplace learning period, this is a movement between two organisations – a school and a workplace, but at the same time there is a change and transformation from a student to a workplace trainee. Furthermore, there is a dialectical relationship between the school and the workplace, which is a dynamic interaction between them and transformation can occur through contradictions or conflicts. These three dimensions of transitions can promote expansive learning (Engeström, 2014). Another emerging research approach in educational research is the Economics and Sociology of Conventions (EC/SC). EC/SC is an interdisciplinary, and international movement that has generated analytical approaches for studying processes and challenges in education (Schneijderberg et al., 2025). EC/SC has in recent years been mobilised in research on the persistence of educational inequalities, the organising of education, the conventions of vocational education and training, as well as shining a torch on educational transitions (Zehnder & Gonon, 2017; Verdier 2016; Esposito, 2025; Ye & Nylander, 2025). As proposed by Schneijderberg et al., (2025, p. 32), this approach advances the study of how educational inequality persists during key transition points, by examining the complex dynamics between actors, career trajectories, institutional barriers, and the broader legal and social landscape. When we put CHAT and EC/SC in conversation with each other, we notice similarities and distinctions. Both approaches are theories of action / activity, where the situation or activity system serve as the units of analysis. Researchers working with these approaches shun methodological individualism, and rather, take interest in collectivity, complexity and uncertainty, critical moments where learning takes place. At the same time, the two approaches have distinct features: EC/SC recognises the plurality of conventions as a starting point for actions or non-action, and adopts both inductive and deductive approaches in data analyses. CHAT, on the other hand, focuses on object-oriented and motive-driven activities and expansive learning actions of the subjects in an abducitve analysis.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our paper draws on theoretical and empirical work from two ongoing research projects: Places and Boundaries: Migrant Children’s Educational Transitions in Sweden (henceforth, PLACES) and Coordination & valuation of short-cycle accelerated training for the green transition (henceforth, CYCLE). PLACES sets out to generate long-standing knowledge about how educational transitions are shaped by boundaries and places for first-generation migrant children and youth. The six-year research programme seeks to address several research questions including: what are the patterns and thresholds of educational transitions for first-generation migrant children and youth in different places? How do structural, social and symbolic boundaries shape transitions? The second project, CYCLE, examines the coordination and valuation of short-cycle education and training to deal with “skills shortages” in the labour market and against the backdrop of Sweden’s “green transition”. While the green transition is broadly conceived as a form of sustainability, or socio-technical, transition, that is complex and long-term, comprising multiple actors (Geels, 2011), education-to-work transitions involve acquiring and performing knowledge and skills; learning shaped by pedagogical practices that train, evaluate, and support individuals as they embark on new roles and positions (Walther et al., 2022). Both projects are based on a mixed-methods research design that involves combining interpretative qualitative research with quantitative population-level register data analyses and that takes the geographical variation and the differences in the organization of education across Sweden as a crucial starting point for data collection and analyses. Together, PLACES and CYCLE offer us valuable information and experience around the doing of transitions research in Sweden, dealing with two central societal transformative processes – migration and climate change – and how they manifest themselves in the lives of actors in compulsory, upper secondary and post-secondary educational levels. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The complexity of societal transformations, brought about by potent processes and phenomena like migration and climate change, demand from us novel approaches for exploring how actors (students, families, educators, organisers of education, to decision makers) navigate uncertain and difficult learning and educational situations. At the core of our aim in this paper is formulating research techniques around studying the multiplicity of mobilities in educational transitions, particularly involving vocational education and training. What are the possibilities and limitations for examining simultaneous transitions: educational transitions at the individual level and societal transitions at the collective level? Furthermore, what does plurality and multiplicities in conventions and dynamics of learning processes mean for the work of researchers, and consequently, for policy and practice, in the organization of education? In this paper, we set out to test the prospects of combining CHAT and EC/SC as a discovery process of theorising in the remit of researching educational transitions. Combining these two theoretical approaches enhances our understanding of complexity of transitions at different levels. How individuals face transitions in their life-history, how organisations like schools or workplaces react to challenges of their students’ transitions and how, on the societal and global level, actors navigate through demanding situations of our time. Consolidating useful theoretical insights and tooling from established and emerging research approaches could reveal the potentials and possibilities for research on educational transitions during societal transformative processes. References Bakker, A. & Akkermann, S. (2019). The learning potential of boundary crossing in the vocational curriculum. In D. Guile & L. Unwin (Eds.), Handbook of VET (pp. 349-372). Engeström, Y. (2014). Learning by expanding (2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press. Esposito, R. S. (2025). Hard and soft governance of educational transitions. Historical Social Research 50(3): 309-336. Geels, F. W. (2011). The multi-level perspective on sustainability transitions. Environmental Innovation and Societal Transitions, 1(1), 24–40. Imdorf, C., & Leemann, R. J. (2023). Education and conventions. In R. Diaz-Bone & G. D. Larquier (Eds.), Handbook of economics and sociology of conventions (pp. 1–33). Springer. Leont’ev, A.N. (1978). Activity, consciousness, and personality. Prentice-Hall. Sannino, A., & Engeström, Y. (2018). Cultural-historical activity theory: Founding insights and new challenges. Cultural-Historical Psychology, 14(3), 43-56. Schneijderberg, C., Imdorf, C., Ye, R., Böker, A., & Normand, R. (2025). Education and conventions: An introduction to theoretical potential and empirical findings of convention theory on schools, vocational training, and higher education. Historical Social Research, 50, 739. Teräs, M. (2012). Intercultural space as transitional space: Movements, transformations and dialectical relations. Research in Comparative and International Education, 7(4), 503–513. Teräs, M. (2016). Inter-professional working and learning: Instructional actions and boundary crossing or boundary making in oral healthcare. Journal of Education and Work, 29(5), 614–636. Teräs, M. (2017) Transforming vocational education and training in Finland: Uses of Developmental Work Research. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 7(2), 22-38. Tuomi-Gröhn, T., & Engeström, Y. (Eds.) (2003). Between school and work: New perspectives on transfer and boundary crossing. Pergamon. Verdier, E. (2016). The social conventions of guidance as a major component of lifelong learning systems. In B. Esther & P. Gonon (Eds.), History of VET in Europe (pp. 29–44). Peter Lang. Walther, A., Stauber, B., & Settersten, R. A. (2022). “Doing transitions”: A new research perspective. In B. Stauber, A. Walther, & R. A. Settersten, (Eds.), Doing transitions in the life course (Vol. 16, pp. 3–18). Springer. Ye, R. (2020). Reality tests: Navigating education to work transitions into weak-form occupations. Journal of Education and Work, 33(3), 242–253. Ye, R. (2024). Convention theory and education to work transitions. In R. Diaz-Bone & G. de Larquier (Eds.), Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions. Springer. Zehnder, L., & Gonon, P. (2017). Civic and market convention as driving forces of the development of Swiss VET. In F. Marhuenda-Fluixá (Ed.), Vocational Education beyond Skill Formation (pp. 271–292). Peter Lang. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 02 SES 11 B: Stories & Narratives on VET and VET Actors Location: K108 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Maarit Virolainen Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Metaphors of Vocational School Principals: Navigating the Emergency-Burdened Routine University of Haifa, Israel Presenting Author:The rich array of metaphors offered in the course of interviews with vocational school principals in Israel prompted us to reflect deeply on their implications. As the interviews progressed, we increasingly came to believe that these metaphors were neither poetic embellishments nor incidental expressions. As one principal stated, ‘something different, something unusual is happening here [in the vocational school], compared with regular [academic] schools'. As Sharp (1995) suggested, experiencing reality in terms of otherness or as extraordinary often leads individuals to draw on semantic tropes, such as metaphors, to ease phenomenological and ontological disorientation. This article is guided by two central research questions: (1) What metaphors do vocational school principals use to describe their role? Exploring these questions empirically carries significance due to the scholarly and phenomenological value of studying metaphors in educational leadership (Schechter et al. 2018). This exploration addresses the notable dearth of research focused specifically on the role of vocational school principals (Çolak, Çakir, and Cansoy 2025). Moreover, this examination is crucial in light of the contested distinction between academic and vocational schools, a distinction deeply tied to broader social hierarchies, for example, the opposition between 'theory' and 'practice,' or between 'working with one’s hands' and 'working with one’s head' (Lahelma 2009). Vocational schools also face distinct challenges in today’s high-tech and digital era, including the disappearance of traditional jobs and the ongoing need to adapt to labour market demands (Wuttke et al. 2020). In addition, in various countries, vocational schools are mainly populated by students who experience social exclusion and marginalisation based on class, race, and ethnicity (Avis et al. 2017; Atkins 2009; Ling 2015; Nylund et al. 2017; Woronov 2011). In other words, as in many countries, vocational schools in Israel are closely intertwined with class, inequality, and educational stratification, or as Ling (2015:108) formulates it: 'Vocational schools have thus become a unique site for studying education and class reproduction'. Vocational school students across many contexts are frequently described through the deficit discourse, such as 'youth at risk' (Author 2, 2025), 'left-over students' (Hao et al. 2024), 'difficult' or 'lazy' students (van de Weers 2023). These descriptions indicate that vocational education in Israel can be viewed as 'weak'. These descriptions place Israel alongside other countries, including the United States, France, England, as well as several Asian and African countries (Cedefop 2020), rather than those promoting a 'strong' model of vocational education (the dual system), such as Germany, Switzerland, and Denmark (Stalder and Luthi 2020). To address our research questions empirically, we conducted 26 semi-structured interviews with vocational school principals in Israel. Of the 26 interviews, 40 metaphors were extracted, as some participants provided more than one. Thematic analysis of these metaphors revealed three overarching metaphorical categories, ranked by frequency: These metaphors articulate various understandings of the vocational school principal’s role, portraying the principals’ educational spaces as othered, different, unusual, or abnormal. It is also important to emphasise that these metaphors are mainly negative. The principals in our study did not offer positive metaphors for their role or for vocational schools more broadly. The Discussion section offers several explanations for this striking and consistent finding. Against this backdrop, this article offers unique contributions to three interrelated domains of educational research: the role of the vocational school principal, educational leadership metaphors, and the broader study of vocational schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study is based on 26 semi-structured interviews with principals of vocational schools in Israel. Both volunteer sampling and snowball sampling were employed. Four participants were recruited through the authors’ personal networks, another four through professional colleagues, and twelve through a public call distributed via social media. The remaining six participants were identified through referrals from interviewees. The study sample includes 14 male and 12 female principals. Their management experience ranges from 3 to 18 years. Six principals held a teaching certificate, six had prior experience as principals in academic schools, and 14 entered their positions without formal educational experience but had prior managerial experience in various non-educational organisations. The primary research tool was a semi-structured in-depth interview designed to explore principals’ perceptions of their role. With the participants’ consent, all interviews were recorded using a mobile audio device and later transcribed. Transcriptions included notations of pauses, crying, laughter, and other significant nonverbal cues. Each interview lasted approximately one hour and comprised several sections: professional life trajectory (e.g., ‘What is your professional background?’); role perceptions (e.g., ‘How would you characterise the role of a vocational school principal?’); metaphorical representation of the role; description of the principal’s daily routine; students’ characterisation (e.g., ‘What are the main characteristics of your students?’); parental involvement (e.g., ‘To what extent are parents involved in the school?’); public critique of vocational education (e.g., ‘Are you aware of the social critique regarding vocational schools in Israel? What is your position on this issue?’). Data were analysed using thematic analysis, following the approach outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006). The process included the following steps: an initial reading of the transcripts and notation of descriptive and linguistic features, preliminary conceptualisation of central themes identified by each author, a rereading of the interviews in relation to the emerging themes, an open reading aimed at identifying additional themes not previously recognised, a focused reading based on themes proposed by the authors, and a final reading to identify themes potentially missed in earlier rounds. At each stage, the authors engaged in collaborative discussions to refine and organise the themes. The study received approval from the Ethics Committee of the Faculty of Education at the authors' university. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 'In many ways,' wrote Woronov (2011, 91), based on her ethnographic research in vocational schools in China, 'the culture of vocational students is a kind of culture of failure.' Among these factors are the stigmatised public image of vocational schools in China, the educational and social construction of vocational students as a morally inferior 'moral group' (82), and the deficit-oriented descriptions of public vocational schools and their students by teachers and administrators (e.g., 'students as hopeless,' and 'undisciplined and unruly'). We propose that the notion of a 'culture of failure' may help explain the dramatic prevalence of negative metaphors among the interviewed principals. The principals in the current study characterised their experience as reflecting a 'weak' model of vocational education. They described a school culture characterised by wasted time. Moreover, adopting deficit-oriented language to describe the students and their families, the principals portrayed their schools as spaces of social exclusion for at-risk youth. These metaphors and descriptions of the principal’s role encourage critical readings of vocational schools in the age of digitalism. These critical readings were explicitly presented by about half of the principals in our study. They prompt reflection on a myriad of social aspects: the compatibility of vocational schools with contemporary technological culture, the implications of their institutional features as socially exclusionary spaces (van de Weerd 2023), their influence on students’ future trajectories, and their role in the intergenerational reproduction of educational inequality across social classes and specific ethnic communities. The interviewed principals’ accounts clearly indicated that vocational schools in Israel do not foster academic and cultural capital (Bourdieu 1984), both of which are essential for upward mobility (Crul et al. 2017). These observations are not exclusive to the Israeli context (Atkins 2009; Cerdà-Navarro et al. 2024; Giesinger 2017; Woronov 2011). References Atkins, L. 2009. Invisible Students, Impossible Dreams: Experiencing Vocational Education 14–19. England: Trentham Books. Avis, J., K. Orr and P. Warmington, P. 2017. “Race and Vocational Education and Training in England.” Journal of Vocational Education & Training 69 (3): 292–310. Braun, V., and V. Clarke, V. 2006. “Using Thematic Analysis in Psychology.” Qualitative Research in Psychology 3 (2): 77–101. Cedefop 2020. Vocational Education and Training in Europe 1995–2035. Scenarios for European Vocational Education and Training in the 21st Century. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Cerdà-Navarro, A., E. Quintana-Murci, and F. Salvà-Mut F. 2024. “Reasons for Dropping Out of Intermediate Vocational Education and Training in Spain: The Influence of Sociodemographic Characteristics and Academic Background.” Journal of Vocational Education & Training 76 (3): 619–643. Çolak Çakir, T., and R. Cansoy. 2025. “Challenges of Being a Principal in Vocational High Schools Perceived as ‘A Last Chance’: An Examination in a Centralized Education System.” Leadership and Policy in Schools: 1–28. Giesinger, J. 2017. “Educational Justice, Segregated Schooling and Vocational Education.” Theory and Research in Education 15 (1): 88–102. Lahelma, E. 2009. “Dichotomized Metaphors and Young People’s Educational Routes.” European Educational Research Journal 8 (4): 497–507. Ling, M. 2015. “’Bad Students Go to Vocational Schools!’: Education, Social Reproduction and Migrant Youth in Urban China.” The China Journal, 73: 108–131. Nylund, M., P. Rosvall, and K. Ledman. 2017. “The Vocational–Academic Divide in Neoliberal Upper Secondary Curricula: The Swedish Case.” Journal of Education Policy 32 (6): 788–808. Schechter, C., H. Shaked, S. Ganon-Shilon, and M. Goldratt. 2018. “Leadership Metaphors: School Principals’ Sense-Making of a National Reform.” Leadership and Policy in Schools 17 (1): 1–26. Stalder, B. E., and F. Lüthi. 2020. “Job Resources and Career Success of IVET Graduates in Switzerland: A Different Approach to Exploring the Standing of VET.” Journal of Vocational Education & Training 72(2): 189-208. van de Weerd, P. 2023. “Being ‘the Lowest’: Models of Identity and Deficit Discourse in Vocational Education.” Ethnography and Education 18 (2): 144–158. Woronov, T. E. 2011. “Learning to Serve: Urban Youth, Vocational Schools and New Class Formations in China.” The China Journal 66: 77-99. Wuttke, E., J. Seifried, and H. Niegemann. 2020. Vocational Education and Training in the Age of Digitization: Challenges and Opportunities. Leverkusen-Opladen: Verlag Barbara Budrich. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper In and beyond Structures: How Narratives Shape Belonging in VET University of Southern Denmark, Denmark Presenting Author:Across Europe, VET systems face persistent challenges in recruitment and retention, often tied to the perceived 'low status' of vocational pathways and to frictions across institutional transitions. In Denmark, application rates have stagnated or declined while attrition remains high—despite repeated structural reforms (Clarke et.al., 2021). We contend that two blind spots sustain this problem: (1) contextual (institutional) and individual (biographical) factors are treated separately, and (2) the policy focus on structures underplays how master narratives that frame VET as a 'lesser' pathway shape belonging and participation. Moreover, students’ voices remain under-represented in how knowledge about VET is produced and used. In the three-year research project NarratiVET supported by the Independent Research Fund Denmark (DFF), we investigate following research questions: 1.How do VET students narratively construct themselves at the intersection of personhood and studenthood? 2. How are master narratives about VET internalised, reworked or resisted through counter-narratives, and how do such storylines develop over time? 3. Under which relational and institutional conditions do these narratives enable or constrain voice, belonging and persistence? We mobilise narrative inquiry and narrative ethnography, treating narratives as performative acts situated in social and institutional ecologies (Cain et al., 2013; Clandinin et al., 2016; Schmid et al., 2021; Piekut, 2025). This perspective positions interviews and field encounters as sites where identities are negotiated rather than merely reported, foregrounding the relational and discursive conditions that shape what can be told. Narratives are not neutral representations but identity work embedded in power relations and cultural scripts (De Fina & Georgakopoulou, 2008; Ljunggren et.al., 2020). We integrate three strands: (a) The master/counter-narrative tradition (Bamberg & Andrews, 2004) to analyse dominant storylines, such as VET as a “lesser” pathway, and the emergence of counter-positions that reclaim agency and voice (b) McLean & Syed’s (2016) bidirectional model to trace processes of internalisation and construction of hegemonic and alternative trajectories, highlighting how students both absorb and resist cultural narratives.(c) A linked focus on voice and belonging to capture how recognition, power and participation shape narrative possibilities (Angus et al., 2013; Thomas et.al., 2019; Piekut, 2021). Voice is understood as the capacity to make oneself heard on one’s own terms, while belonging is conceptualised as a relational and spatial position within educational and social structures (Pfaff-Czarnecka, 2013; Lähdesmäki; Angus, 2013). In our adaptation, intersections denote the liminal crossings where personal biographies meet institutional scripts and broader cultural discourses about vocational knowledge and labour. This lens allows us to theorise VET participation not only as a structural phenomenon but as a narrative ecology, where identity, legitimacy and agency are continuously negotiated. European/international dimension: The framework is intentionally portable across European VET contexts for three reasons: (i) It addresses pan-European concerns about the social legitimacy of vocational knowledge and the permeability of pathways, which remain uneven across countries. VET systems differ markedly in structure, prestige and success rates—from dual systems with strong labour-market integration to fragmented models with high attrition. This diversity makes comparative insights crucial for understanding how narratives shape participation under varying institutional conditions. (ii) It speaks directly to ECER 2026’s emphasis on the production and uses of education research under 'poly-crisis' conditions, where labour market volatility, demographic shifts and contested expertise intersect globally, but manifest locally in different ways. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative approach within a mixed-methods design, focusing on narrative interviews as the primary tool for exploring identity work and belonging in VET. Narrative interviewing is particularly suited for capturing how participants construct meaning over time, as it treats stories not as static accounts but as performative acts embedded in social interaction (Gubrium & Holstein, 2008, 2009; Clandinin et al., 2016). This method foregrounds participants’ voices and allows for nuanced insights into how educational trajectories intersect with personal biographies. To trace narrative development and identity negotiation, interviews are conducted in multiple waves over an extended period of two to three years. Longitudinal narrative inquiry enables researchers to observe continuity and change in narratives about VET and, positioning in and between master- and counter narratives, offering a dynamic view of agency and belonging (Pfaff-Czarnecka, 2013; McLean & Syed, 2016; Lähdesmäki et.al., 2016;). This design is critical for understanding how master narratives are internalised or resisted across transitional phases in education. Narrative interviews elicit educational scripts, critical incidents and future orientations, while observational notes provide contextual sensitivity to institutional practices. These qualitative materials are linked to survey constructs on belonging and choice patterns to situate individual stories within broader trends. Analysis combines thematic and structural coding with performative narrative analysis (De Fina & Georgakopoulou, 2008). We map master and counter-narratives (Bamberg & Andrews, 2004) and apply McLean & Syed’s bidirectional model to trace internalisation and reconstruction of dominant storylines. Reflexivity regarding interviewer position and power relations is integral, alongside member checks where feasible. Informed consent, confidentiality and transparent handling of language choices ensure integrity and preserve participants’ voices across dissemination formats. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We expect to show how students reframe low-status narratives into conscious vocational choices, often grounded in family traditions, early occupational encounters and relational recognition in school/workplace settings. We identify narrative mechanisms that scaffold belonging and persistence, as well as conditions that constrain agency (dissonant pedagogical scripts, biographical incidents, transition frictions). We offer an intersectional narrative framework integrating master/counter-narratives with voice and belonging, operationalising McLean & Syed’s logic in VET contexts. Methodologically, we contribute a reflexive account of narrative co-production: what can be told, on whose terms, and with what legitimacy, addressing ECER’s focus on knowledge production and use under poly-crises. Through the implementation of Research–Practitioner Hub and planned hackathons/storytelling events at VET schools, we translate insights into actionable strategies with schools and stakeholders; the model is scalable across European VET systems and connects student voices with decision-makers in comparative dialogues. Findings are transferable to diverse European contexts where VET systems vary in structure, prestige and success rates, making this work relevant beyond Denmark. References Angus, L., et al., Promoting 'learner voice' in VET: developing democratic, transformative possibilities or further entrenching the status quo? Journal of vocational education & training, 2013. 65(4): p. 560-574. Caine, V., Estefan, A., & Clandinin, D. J. (2013). A return to methodological commitment: Reflections on narrative inquiry. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 57(6), 574–586. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2013.798833 Clandinin, J., Caine, V., Lessard, S., & Huber, J. (2016). Engaging in narrative inquiries with children and youth. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315545370 Clarke, L., A. Westerhuis, and C. Winch, Comparative VET European research since the 1980s: accommodating changes in VET systems and labour markets. Journal of vocational education & training, 2021. 73(2): p. 295-315. De Fina, A., & Georgakopoulou, A. (2008). Analysing narratives as practices. Qualitative Research, 8(3), 379-387. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794106093634 (Original work published 2008) Gubrium, J. F., & Holstein, J. A. (2008). Narrative ethnography. In S. Nagy Hesse-Biber, & P. Leavy (Eds.), Handbook of emergent methods (pp. 241–264). Guilford Press. Gubrium, J. F., & Holstein, J. A. (2009). Analyzing narrative reality. Sage. Ljunggren, J. and J. Orupabo, Moving beyond: narratives of higher educational aspirations among descendants of immigrants in vocational training. British journal of sociology of education, 2020. 41(5): p. 701-716. Lähdesmäki, T., Saresma, T., Hiltunen, K., Jäntti, S., Sääskilahti, N., Vallius, A., & Ahvenjärvi, K. (2016). Fluidity and flexibility of “belonging”: Uses of the concept in contemporary research: Uses of the concept in contemporary research. Acta Sociologica, 59(3), 233-247. https://doi.org/10.1177/0001699316633099 McLean, K.C. and M. Syed, Personal, master, and alternative narratives: An integrative framework for understanding identity development in context. Human Development, 2016. 58(6): p. 318 Pfaff-Czarnecka, J., Multiple belonging and the challenges to biographic navigation. isa.e-Forum, Max Planck Institute for the Study of Religious and Ethnic Diversity, 2013. Piekut, A., Othering and belonging in education: Master and counter-narratives of education and ethnicity, in Routledge Handbook of Counter-Narratives, K. Lueg and M.W. Lundholt, Editors. 2021, Routledge. p. 363-374. Piekut, A. (2025). Narratives of participation in diverse classrooms: behind the best intentions. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 69(2), 225–237. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2023.2287439 Schmid, E., Jørstad, B. ., & Stokke Nordlie, G. (2021). How schools contribute to keeping students on track: Narratives from vulnerable students in vocational education and training. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 11(3), 47–65. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.2111347 Thomas C. Pearce & Bronwyn E. Wood (2019) Education for transformation:,an evaluative framework to guide student voice work in schools, Critical Studies in Education, 60:1, 113-130, DOI: 10.1080/17508487.2016.1219959 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Master and Counter Narratives in VET: Hacking the Status Quo University of Southern Denmark, Denmark Presenting Author:In spite of long-term political and policy attention, vocational education and training (VET) continues to face major challenges, among them premature terminations of contract, as seen also in European contexts (Böhn and Deutscher 2022; Vila et al. 2025; Billett 2022), including the Danish context in focus of this paper (EVA 2023; Nielsen 2016; Aarkrog 2020). With the aim to be in conversation with the joint European Union funded research project VET-PREP, ”VET Participation, Retention, and Educational Policies in the Wake of COVID-19: A Cross-Country Exploration” (VET-PREP 2025) , the research project “NarratiVET: Bridging Structures and Voices,” funded by Independent Research Fund Denmark (DFF 2024), aims to explore why application rates are still declining and attrition rates high, despite sustained political efforts to support Danish VET education (Ministry-of-Children-and-Education 2023; Danmarks-Statistik 2022). The working hypothesis of the NarratiVET research project is, 1) that contextual and individual factors behind attrition and dropout rates are addressed separately; and 2) that efforts have addressed educational structures while paying little mind to narrative constructions, including ‘low status’ narratives pertaining to VET education (Höhns 2024; Ljunggren and Orupabo 2020; Schmid, Jørstad, and Stokke Nordlie 2021); and 3) that efforts have generally not included VET student input or voice to a very high degree. We are guided by the following research questions: 1.How do VET students narratively construct themselves at the intersection of personhood and studenthood? 2. How are master narratives about VET internalized, reworked or resisted through counter-narratives, and how do such storylines develop over time? 3. Under which relational and institutional conditions do these narratives enable or constrain agency, belonging and persistence? Theoretically we are applying a lens informed by “belonging” (Lähdesmäki et al. 2016; Yuval-Davis, Kannabiran, and Vieten 2006), and “imaginative horizons” (Crapanzano 2010), as well as “liminality” in temporal transitions (Turner 1982, 1967). Among other approaches, NarratiVET employs ethnographic fieldwork, interviews with students, and creative collaborative methods, seeking to elucidate reasons for attrition and dropout in VET educational trajectories – as seen from a student perspective. In this paper, we also focus on creative methods employed to further student voices in relation to perceptions of their educational choices and trajectories. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing on insights and methodologies of the ongoing NarratiVET research project which gauges attrition in education through student narratives, we present ethnographic findings from narrative interviews with students, as well as ”hackathons” (Jordan 2017; Rosner and Fox 2016), a methodological concept that furthers co-creative critical engagement with themes rising out of educational settings, as seen from both student, teacher, and researcher perspectives. The hackathons introduce textual and visual prompts, as well as arts-based modalities (Leavy 2015) that make room for embodied responses from participants, using for example personal and collaborative storyboarding (Law 2017) to gauge key incidents in relation to educational choices. The three hackathons facilitated in the project were group events in physical spaces, in which students, teachers and researchers engaged with master and counter narratives (Bamberg et al. 2004) to both map out existing narratives that may have structural implications, and to identify counternarratives manifesting in the local educational ecology, while troubling what was found. The hackathons also served as social spaces in which teacher/student-hierarchies could be productively challenged, giving opportunity to tell one’s story of educational choice and trajectory, as both seen from students’ and teachers’ perspectives, making it possible to take inspiration from and learn from each other. In this paper we explore examples of student and teacher produced articulations of dominant master and counter narratives, while discussing the use of researcher facilitated collaborative events in ethnographic fieldwork, such as hackathons. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In relation to educational choices, certain presumptions have been challenged in the course of our study, such as students primarily navigating their choices in relation to parents or close family. A more diverse picture emerged which includes also hybrid informational and social spaces (from word-of-mouth to social media). In relation to student experiences of having their voices heard and feeling a sense of belonging, group work and inclusive collaborative communities came up recurringly as spaces in which feelings of loneliness or isolation could be mitigated. This may indicate that a stronger focus on peer involvement, through institutional facilitation of spaces in which students can find and build community within and around core educational settings and activities, could mitigate attrition and help to preempt some terminations of contract. Generally, in the VET educations studied here, students were able to sift out negative “hear say” about VET education in general society, for example that vocational training and careers would be perceived as low status. Such opinions were generally dismissed as uninformed, and students would give counter narratives for example by pointing to the agency gained through vocational knowledge and by acquiring a useful craft, whereas students in many other educational settings would receive training with no clear outcome or trajectory. As our study is ongoing, we would look forward to discussing these and other findings with the scholarly community at ECER 2026. Hopefully, beginning to unpack also recommendations for countering negative master narratives around VET education and careers at a structural and societal level. References Bamberg, Michael G. W., Molly Andrews, Molly Andrews, and Michael Bamberg. 2004. Considering counter-narratives : narrating, resisting, making sense. 1 ed. Vol. 4.Studies in Narrative. Amsterdam: John. Benjamins. Billett, Stephen. 2022. The Standing of Vocational Education and the Occupations It Serves : Current Concerns and Strategies For Enhancing That Standing. 1st 2022. ed.Professional and Practice-based Learning, 32. Cham: Springer International Publishing. Böhn, Svenja, and Viola Deutscher. 2022. "Dropout from initial vocational training – A meta-synthesis of reasons from the apprentice's point of view." Educational Research Review 35: 100414. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2021.100414. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1747938X21000373. Crapanzano, Vincent. 2010. Imaginative Horizons : An Essay in Literary-Philosophical Anthropology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press,. DFF. 2024. "NarratiVET: Bridging Structures and Voices." https://rb.gy/v0d0w3. Höhns, Gabriela M. 2024. "The social construction of vocational education - possibilities for change towards status improvement." Journal of vocational education & training 76 (5): 1019-1039. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2022.2138956. Jordan, Tim. 2017. "A genealogy of hacking." Convergence 23 (5): 528-544. https://doi.org/10.1177/1354856516640710. Law, Bill. 2017. "Learning for living: the point of narrative." British journal of guidance & counselling 45 (4): 369-375. https://doi.org/10.1080/03069885.2017.1343459. Lähdesmäki, Tuuli, Tuija Saresma, Kaisa Hiltunen, Saara Jäntti, Nina Sääskilahti, Antti Vallius, and Kaisa Ahvenjärvi. 2016. "Fluidity and flexibility of "belonging": Uses of the concept in contemporary research." Acta sociologica 59 (3): 233-247. https://doi.org/10.1177/0001699316633099. Nielsen, Klaus. 2016. "Engagement, conduct of life and dropouts in the Danish vocational education and training (VET) system." Journal of vocational education & training 68 (2): 198-213. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2015.1133694. Schmid, Evi, Beate Jørstad, and Gøril Stokke Nordlie. 2021. "How schools contribute to keeping students on track: Narratives from vulnerable students in vocational education and training." NordYrk 11 (3): 47-65. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.2111347. Turner, Victor. 1967. Betwixt and Between: The Liminal Period in Rites de Passage. In The forest of symbols. Aspects of Ndembu Ritual. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. ---. 1982. Liminal to Liminoid, in Play, Flow, and Ritual. In From Ritual to theatre - the human seriousness of play. New York, NY: PAJ Publications. Vila, Alicia, Laura Calvet, Josep Prieto, and Angel A. Juan. 2025. "Vocational Education and Training in the European Union: A Data-Driven Comparative Analysis." Information 16 (12): 1037. https://www.mdpi.com/2078-2489/16/12/1037. Yuval-Davis, Nira, Kalpana Kannabiran, and Ulrike Vieten. 2006. The situated politics of belonging. 1st ed.Sage studies in international sociology ; 55. London ;: SAGE. Aarkrog, Vibe. 2020. "The standing and status of vocational education and training in Denmark." Journal of vocational education & training 72 (2): 170-188. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1717586. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Finding One’s Community in the Margins: Support Structures, Supervision and Agency of Nordic Doctoral and Early Career Researchers in Vocational Education 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: University of Agder, Norway; 3: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 4: Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper examines the support structures, supervision and agency of doctoral and early career researchers (DECs) in vocational education and training (VET) across the Nordic countries. Doctoral education has been widely researched as a complex process involving academic training, identity development, student-supervisor relations, and socialisation into academic communities (Gardner, 2010). Supervision and mentoring have been seen as key to doctoral success, involving timely feedback, emotional support, regular meetings, and integration into academic life (Anttila et al., 2024; Lee, 2008). However, there is limited knowledge of why individuals pursue a doctorate related to the field of VET, what kind of support and supervision they receive, and how they navigate the challenges related to the marginalisation of VET within the broader educational research field (Teräs & Virolainen, 2018; Zoellner, 2025). The study explores the following research questions:
Theoretically, we draw on two complementary perspectives of agency. The framework of relational agency (Edwards, 2011; Burkitt, 2016) conceptualises agency not as an individual, autonomous capacity, but rather as an interdependent, evolving process enacted through and within relations over time. This lens focuses on the co-constitutive nature of supervisor-supervisee relationships and the importance of collaborative networks for doctoral progress. Additionally, the second framework – the subject-centred socio-cultural approach (Eteläpelto et al., 2013) - highlights individuals’ active role in selecting a specific course of action, adopting positions, and making strategic decisions regarding their doctoral journey and the development of their academic identities. By integrating these complementary perspectives, our framework conceptualises the doctoral journeys of VET researchers as alternating between positions of dependence within academia’s relational networks and active agency, in which DECs influence others in their collaborative communities, make choices, and advocate for particular stances. The European dimension is central to this study, which calls for greater attention to VET in educational research and addresses the implications of disciplinary marginalisation on the support for early career researchers in VET. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a mixed-methods design, combining a semi-qualitative survey with follow-up qualitative interviews. In the spring of 2025, a 20-item online survey (10 closed, 10 open-ended questions) was distributed via professional and academic networks to doctoral and early career researchers in VET across the Nordic countries. The survey collected demographic data (age, gender, country, work experience, funding), motivations for doctoral study, experiences of supervision, peer and collegial support, challenges faced, and suggestions for improvement. A total of 33 respondents participated (Finland: 11; Sweden: 8; Norway: 6; Denmark: 3; Iceland: 1). Survey respondents were invited to participate in follow-up semi-structured interviews focusing on themes emerging from the survey: supervision and support, peer networks, disciplinary belonging, and career trajectories. From November 2025 to January 2026, a total of 11 interviews were conducted in English or in Norwegian/Swedish and translated into English using generative AI tools. All participants gave informed consent at the beginning of the interview. Survey data were analysed using descriptive statistics and qualitative content analysis. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was used for the interview data. After an initial round of manual, researcher-driven open coding, the preliminary codes were entered into university’s internal Microsoft Copilot to explore additional thematic patterns, overlaps, gaps, and possible sub-themes. Only anonymised, unsensitive data was entered into AI tools. Generative AI (Copilot) was used solely as a complementary analytical aid, with all interpretative decisions made by the research team. The final themes reflect the integration of manual analysis and AI-assisted analytical reflection. The study followed ethical regulations of each of the participating countries involved in the research team (Finland, Sweden and Norway), and when necessary, received approval from the necessary national or university bodies. Participation was voluntary and anonymised, and GDPR-compliant procedures were followed. Participants gave their informed consent to participate at the beginning of the survey form and before the start of the interview. The research team is composed of two doctoral researchers from Finland and Norway, and three senior researchers from Sweden, Norway and Finland. Doctoral researchers were mainly involved in the data collection and analysis, while the three senior researchers have focused on the theoretical background and overall design of the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both formal and informal supervision and support structures were recognised as crucial resources for wellbeing, academic socialisation and identity development as VET scholars. According to participants’ experiences, the quality and relevance of doctoral supervision in the field of VET varies across Nordic countries. While general academic supervision is often strong, especially in research methodology or educational theory, VET-specific guidance is frequently lacking, requiring doctoral researchers to manage VET-related aspects of their research independently. The scarcity of supervisory competence in the field of VET can hinder disciplinary, professional socialisation and academic belonging. Some are introduced to and encouraged to join more formal networks such as NordYrk or VETNET through their supervisors; others have proactively found these communities themselves or through their peers. Doctoral researchers frequently compensate for this weak formal support by seeking informal mentoring, building networks and their own VET communities to learn from their peers. Many respondents report that informal peer groups (e.g., WhatsApp groups, workshops, VET conferences) provide emotional and academic support and build a sense of community for the marginalised field of VET research. Supervision, mentoring, and networking are essential for doctoral and early-career researchers. However, the marginalisation of VET research in the Nordic context, with few dedicated research groups or professorships, affects DECs’ access to VET-competent supervision resources and disciplinary communities. Although this position of VET research in the educational research landscape encourages doctoral researchers to be self-reliant, proactive, and network-oriented, some participants express feelings of isolation. The study calls for more attention on developing VET-specific supervisory competence, peer support structures, mentoring and networking opportunities to better support doctoral and early career researchers, and will presumably strengthen the research base of VET now and in the future. References Anttila, H., Pyhältö, K., & Tikkanen, L. (2024). Doctoral supervisors’ and supervisees’ perceptions on supervisory support and frequency of supervision – Do they match? Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 61(2), 288–302. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2023.2238673 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Burkitt, I. (2016). Relational agency: Relational sociology, agency and interaction. European Journal of Social Theory, 19(3), 322–339. https://doi.org/10.1177/1368431015591426 Edwards, A. (2011). Building common knowledge at the boundaries between professional practices: Relational agency and relational expertise in systems of distributed expertise. International Journal of Educational Research, 50(1), 33–39. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2011.04.007 Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001 Gardner, S. K. (2010). Contrasting the Socialization Experiences of Doctoral Students in High- and Low-Completing Departments: A Qualitative Analysis of Disciplinary Contexts at One Institution. The Journal of Higher Education, 81(1), 61–81. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221546.2010.11778970 Lee, A. (2008). How are doctoral students supervised? Concepts of doctoral research supervision. Studies in Higher Education, 33(3), 267–281. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070802049202 Teräs, M., & Virolainen, M. (2018). Ammatillisen koulutuksen tutkimus Suomessa ja Pohjoismaissa. Ammattikasvatuksen Aikakauskirja, 2018(2), 4–12. Zoellner, D. (2025). Theorising the status of VET from the institutional logics perspective. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 77(4), 939–957. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2024.2369846 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 02 SES 11 C: Enriching Learning at Work Through the Inclusive Use of Digital Technologies and Innovation. Location: K109 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Annette Ostendorf Session Chair: Hanna Toiviainen Symposium |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium Enriching Learning at Work Through the Inclusive Use of Digital Technologies and Innovation. The symposium is based on an ongoing international research initiative, the Asia-Europe Lifelong Learning (ASEM) Network project, conducted across 14 countries in Asia, Europe, and beyond. The ASEM Education and Research Hub for Lifelong Learning is an official network of Asian and European higher education institutions working collaboratively to achieve excellence in comparative research on lifelong learning. The aim of the project is to explore the complexities of work-related learning and contemporary approaches to enriching it through innovation, diversification, and the use of digital technologies across different contexts. Both inclusion and the use of digital technologies have become increasingly significant issues in contemporary debates on workplace learning and innovation (Harteis and Billett, S, 2022; Evans, 2023). As the world becomes increasingly digitalised digital literacy has become a central capability for finding and sustaining employment, engaging in workplace learning and VET, and strengthening the links between education and work by enhancing connections between theory and practice, particularly in the context of the rapid emergence of innovative digital practices such as AI, data-driven systems, and platform-based work environments. Digital technologies can also support the inclusion of diverse groups in the workplace in various ways, including through accessible resources and tools, virtual and distance learning, and new forms of social interaction (Gottschalk & Weise, 2023). The ASEM collaboration seeks to investigate these multifaceted issues across diverse national landscapes, highlighting research and developments in workplace learning in both Asia and Europe. It focuses on the contextual and cultural factors that foster inclusivity, sustainability, and resilience in work-related learning, while also examining how innovation, digital technologies, and empowerment are transforming workplace learning environments. The overarching research question connecting the multinational contributions is: How can the inclusive use of digital technologies and innovation enrich workplace learning and empower workers? The symposium approaches this question from the perspective of human-centred technology and innovation, drawing on the concepts of inclusive use- understood as ethical approaches and practices that enable equitable access and active participation for the widest possible range of workers - and socially embedded capability as its key theoretical framework (Boyadjieva and Ilieva-Trichkova, 2023). These concepts are used to examine how working people can be empowered through adult learning across diverse socio-economic, cultural, and institutional contexts. Methodologically, the symposium and the forthcoming edited volume bring together individual research projects from 14 countries, each employing methods appropriate to their specific national, institutional, and workplace context. The contributions reflect a diversity of methodological approaches, ranging from desk-based and policy-oriented research to empirical approaches, including qualitative case studies, interviews, surveys, and mixed-methods designs. This diversity of methods enables rich comparative insights while remaining sensitive to contextual differences across regions. Rather than imposing a single methodological framework, the project values context-specific approaches that illuminate how digital technologies and innovative practices shape inclusive workplace learning in varied settings. Collectively, the contributions offer a comparative, cross-national perspective on workplace learning developments internationally, highlighting how inclusive digital practices can empower individuals and foster more resilient and inclusive learning environments at work and beyond. The symposium presents selected papers emerging from this project. While the forthcoming book brings together contributions from across Asia and Europe, as well as third countries, this symposium focuses on insights from four contributions: two from Europe, one from Australia, and one offering perspectives from Southeast Asia. These papers have been selected to highlight central themes of significance for VET researchers. The overall goal is to showcase international research and analysis of developments in workplace and vocational learning, shedding light on the contextual and cultural factors that foster inclusive workplace learning through digital technologies and empower individuals through innovative workplace practices. References Boyadjieva, P., Ilieva-Trichkova, P. (2023). Adult Education as a Pathway to Empowerment: Challenges and Possibilities. In: Holford, J., Boyadjieva, P., Clancy, S., Hefler, G., Studená, I. (eds) Lifelong Learning, Young Adults and the Challenges of Disadvantage in Europe. Palgrave Studies in Adult Education and Lifelong Learning. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-14109-6_7 Evans, K. (2023). Human Strivings and Social Change: Scenarios for Renewal in Lifelong Learning. In: Evans, K., Lee, W.O., Markowitsch, J., Zukas, M. (eds) Third International Handbook of Lifelong Learning. Springer International Handbooks of Education. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-67930-9_11-2 Gottschalk, F. and C. Weise (2023), “Digital equity and inclusion in education: An overview of practice and policy in OECD countries”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 299, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/7cb15030-en. Harteis, C., Billett, S. (2022). Knowledge and Learning at the Workplace in Times of Digital Transformation. In: Evans, K., Lee, W.O., Markowitsch, J., Zukas, M. (eds) Third International Handbook of Lifelong Learning. Springer International Handbooks of Education. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-67930-9_4-1 Presentations of the Symposium Voices from the 21st Century: Empowerment, Work, Lifetech, and Capability
What is knowledge? What do we know? How do we know? In an age where truth, data informed knowledge, and an ever-increasing reliance on digital technology, are difficult to ascertain, what is the future for knowledge, practice and research? There is a growing trend to look away from the to what is happening in communities, that the smaller scale local developments may provide examples for improved larger scale endeavours (Billett, 2025, Joyce et al, 2023, Meiias & Couldry 2023). This paper considers these issues and challenges from a small scale, qualitative case study into how the inclusive used of digital technologies and innovation can enrich workplace learning and empower workers. The narratives of the experiences and perspectives of the six participants provide insight into their communities – vocational and higher education, professional and geographic. They were from three different sectors: construction, aged care, and tertiary (vocational and higher) education. An instrumental case study, drawing on literature and exploration of the experiences of purposively recruited participants, was employed. Narrative inquiry framed the conducting of semi- structured interviews, and thematic data analysis. Findings: There is gap between the knowledge, skills and capability of the individual workers and the organisations and spheres they operate in. They encountered a range of experiences: encouragements, successes, challenges, barriers, frustrations and disillusions. Their accounts evidenced lifelong, lifewide, lifedeep and lifetech learning. Each had experiences of vocational education and training and/or higher education. Their stories indicate that at an individual, ‘community’ and organisational levels they achieved enriched workplace and lifelong learning for themselves and others, whilst some large institutions and governments lag behind. Conclusion: Each participant had navigated a journey of lifelong learning, formal and informal, individual and workplace based, experiencing the highs and lows of empowerment and disillusionment in the use of digital technology. Their recommendations for improvements are practical, insightful, and relevant for communities of localised workplaces and institutions; governments and multinational big tech corporations should learn from the lived experiences of the people. There is a huge gap between the goodwill and positivity of individuals and the complex, profit driven world of digital technology.
References:
Billett, S., (2025). Digital work, workers and learning: the case of healthcare. In C. Nägele, B. E. Stalder, F. Kaiser, M. Malloch, & N. Kersh (Eds.), Trends in vocational education and training research (Vol. 8, pp. 42–49). VETNET/OA Publishing. https://doi.org/10.21240/vetcon/2025/ecer/12
Clandinin, D. Jean. (2019). Journeys in Narrative Inquiry: The Selected Works of D. Jean Clandinin, Taylor & Francis Group, https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429273896
(ProQuest Ebook Central, https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/monash/detail.action?docID=5899947.)
Joyce, S., Umney, C., Whittaker, X. & Stuart, M. (2023) New social relations of digital technology and the future of work: beyond technological determinism. New Technology, Work and Employment, 38, 145–161. https://doi.org/10.1111/ntwe.12276
Marsh, E., Vallejos, E. P., & Spence, A. (2022). The digital workplace and its dark side: An integrative review. Computers in Human Behavior, 128, 107118. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2021.107118
Mejias, U. A., & Couldry, N., (2024) Data Grab The New Colonialism of Big Tech (and How to Fight Back. Penguin Random House UK ISBN: 9780753560211
Stephenson, J., The Concept of Capability and its Importance in Higher Education in Stephenson, J., in and Yorke, M., Capability & Quality in Higher Education, 1998, Kogan Page
The Digital Condition, Upskilling and Empowerment in the Regulatory Instruments Governing VET in Germany: The Example of Office Occupations
The digital condition, upskilling and empowerment in the regulatory instruments governing vocational education and training in Germany: the example of office occupations. It can be assumed that digitalisation is significantly changing commercial professions and the preparing vocational education and training (Yang et al. 2023, Pennathur et al. 2024, Leiß et al. 2022, Seeber et al. 2019). This contribution highlights the influence of digitalisation on the regulatory bases of dual commercial education in Germany, including training regulations and framework curricula, which are binding for the joint educational mandate of companies and schools, as well as official implementation guidelines. In a systematic document analysis, two newly revised occupations (office manager and industrial clerk) were analysed to determine how characteristics of the 'digital condition' (Stalder 2018) as referentiality, communality and algorithmicity are reflected in them and to what extent qualitative changes in the requirements can be identified. The analysis reveals that the digital condition is well-established within these regulatory frameworks, leading to clear signs of upskilling in the occupational profiles. Taking responsibility, working independently, and participating in decision-making processes are requirements for office jobs in the digitalized world of work.
References:
Leiß, T., Rausch, A., & Seifried, J. (2022). Problem-solving and tool use in office work: The potential of electronic performance support systems to promote employee performance and learning. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 1-19.
Pennathur, P. R., Boksa, V., Pennathur, A., Kusiak, A., & Livingston, B. A. (2024). The future of office and administrative support occupations in the era of artificial intelligence: A state of the art review and future research directions. International Journal of Industrial Ergonomics, 104, Article 103665.
Seeber, S., Weber, S., Geiser, P., Zarnow, S., Hackenberg, T., & Hiller, F. (2019). Effekte der Digitalisierung auf kaufmännische Tätigkeiten und Sichtweisen ausgewählter Akteure [Effects of digitalization on commercial activities and perspectives of selected stakeholders]. Berufsbildung, 73(176), 2–7.
Stalder, F. (2018). The digital condition. John Wiley & Sons.
Yang, C., Kaiser, F., Tang, H., Chen, P., & Diao, J. (2023). Sustaining the quality development of German vocational education and training in the age of digitalization: Challenges and strategies. Sustainability, 15 (3845), 1-21.
Enriching Work-Related Learning In Higher Education Through Innovation and diversification
This paper is based on the project Building Bridges Between Higher Education (HE) and Employment: Learning from Practically-Based HE. The paper explores the complexities of fostering graduate employability, a key concern of HEIs both in the UK and internationally (Kornelakis and Petrakaki, 2020; Koseda et al, 2025). There is increasing emphasis on preparing young people for the workforce by equipping them with the skills needed in the modern labour market to enhance their employability and long-term career prospects (Robson, 2023; Cranmer, 2006; Prokou, 2008). Our research question is: How the inclusive use of innovation and diversification in higher education facilitate work-related learning, employability and sustainability for the HE students? A qualitative methodology was employed, focusing on case studies from two HE institutions in England. Data were collected through twenty semi-structured interviews with a range of stakeholders, including university staff and students. Our findings highlight that key stakeholders - university staff, industry representatives, and students - are actively engaged in the co-creation of unique learning spaces within higher education. These spaces form new environments that bridge academic and practical (work-related) domains. The study reveals that integrating theoretical learning, practical experience, and employer engagement requires continuous boundary-crossing across intermediary spaces where education and work intersect. This process is underpinned by innovation, diversification, and the development of new approaches to new technologies. Although this paper focuses on research conducted in England, it also considers aspects of graduate employability relevant across the broader ASEM countries. It contributes to the multinational research project by highlighting the global implications of the topic.
References:
Cranmer, S. (2006). Enhancing graduate employability: best intentions and mixed outcomes, Studies in Higher Education, 31(2), 169-184
Robson, J. (2023). Graduate employability and employment. In S. Marginson et al. (Eds.), Assessing the contributions of higher education: Knowledge for a disordered world (pp. 177–196). Edward Elgar Publishing.
Kornelakis, A., & Petrakaki, D. (2020). Embedding employability skills in UK higher education: Between digitalization and marketization. Industry and Higher Education, 34(5), 290–297. https://doi.org/10.1177/0950422220902978
Koseda, E.et al (2025). Embedding employability into curriculum design: The impact of education 4.0, Policy Futures in Education. Volume 23, pp. 676-688 Volume 23, Issue 3, https://doi.org/10.1177/14782103241282121
Rethinking digitalisation and inclusive workplace learning in Southeast Asia
Workplace learning has become a central pillar of lifelong learning strategies across Southeast Asia, shaped by national, regional and international policy agendas that increasingly foreground digitalisation as an economic imperative. While lifelong learning was once framed primarily in terms of personal development, contemporary policy discourses now position digital skills, innovation and adaptability as essential to workforce competitiveness. This shift presents a double-edged proposition. On the one hand, digital technologies offer powerful possibilities to enrich learning at work, expand access to knowledge, and enhance worker agency. On the other hand, they risk deepening existing inequalities (Rott & Schmidt‐Hertha, 2024), as access to meaningful workplace learning remains uneven due to disparities in digital literacy, socioeconomic position, intersecting social identities, organisational culture and institutional support.
The framework is developed through a comparative synthesis of two workplace studies conducted in Southeast Asia, Brunei and Thailand, to develop an actionable framework for equitable digital transformation in the workplace. Set within different research methodologies, the studies examine how workers in organisations engage with digital technologies in everyday learning practices. Rather than treating digitalisation as a uniform or technologically deterministic process, the analysis foregrounds how learning opportunities are socially embedded, mediated by organisational norms, power relations and access to resources.
By bringing these two studies into dialogue, the paper identifies shared structural tensions and context-specific dynamics shaping inclusive workplace learning. Key findings reveal that digital technologies alone do not democratise learning. Instead, their capacity to enrich workplace learning depends on intentional organisational practices, including structured mentorship, supportive leadership, recognition of informal learning, and policies that address unequal starting points amongst workers, such as their roles and individual differences (Trauth et al., 2004; 2008). Importantly, the synthesis highlights how workers exercise agency within constraints, adapting, resisting or reinterpreting digital tools in ways that reflect their capabilities and workplace environments.
The resulting framework integrates three interrelated dimensions: individual capabilities, institutional structures and policy alignment. Together, these dimensions offer practical guidance for organisations and policymakers seeking to design inclusive digital learning ecosystems. In conclusion, the paper offers evidence-based insights for developing targeted interventions—such as equitable workplace policies, contextualised professional development (Littlejohn and Margaryan, 2014) and inclusive digital strategies—that leverage digital innovation to empower all segments of the workforce. In doing so, it underscores the imperative of aligning digital transformation with social justice and inclusive learning opportunities in the future of work.
References:
Littlejohn, A., and Margaryan, A. (2014). Technology-enhanced Professional Learning. In: Billet, Stephen; Harteis, Christian and Gruber, Hans (Eds.). International Handbook on Research in Professional and Practice-based Learning. Springer International Handbooks of Education. Dordrecht: Springer, pp. 1187–1212.
Rott, J. and Schmidt-Hertha, B. (2024). Transforming adult learning in the digital age: exploring environmental, content, and technological changes. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 43(4), 319–323. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2024.2367395
Trauth, E. M., Quesenberry, J. L., & Huang, H. (2008). A multicultural analysis of factors influencing women's career choices in the information technology workforce. Journal of Global Information Management (JGIM).
Trauth, E. M., Quesenberry, J. L., & Morgan, A. (2004). Understanding the under representation of women in IT: Toward a theory of individual differences. in Proceedings of the 2004 ACM SIGMIS CPR Conference. New York: ACM.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 03 SES 11 A: Early Childhood and Special Education Curriculum Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Shadi Nosrati Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Outdoor Learning and Transition to Primary School: a Scoping Review University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:The topic of the transition from preschool to primary school has gained increasing attention in recent years and has become more central in the European educational landscape. This growing attention culminated in the report Transitions from Early Childhood Education and Care to Primary Education (OECD, 2017). The report analyses policies and practices adopted in OECD countries to design, manage, and monitor transitions, identifying challenges and strategies to ensure professional and pedagogical continuity. The literature highlights that transitions are not simply a “change of setting” or the event of moving from one school level to another. Rather, transitions are complex processes that involve transformations in educational practices, routines, relationships, and competences (Fabian & Dunlop, 2007). One of the major changes in the transition from preschool to primary school concerns the shift in pedagogical culture. Preschool settings are usually more play-based and child-centred, whereas primary schools tend to be more structured and performance-oriented (Walsh et al., 2008). The transition from play-based learning to a more formal approach can lead to difficulties for children in the first year of primary school and may be considered a potential risk factor. Recent reports also highlight the importance of stronger alignment between preschool and primary school curricula, as well as the integration of play-based and experiential activities, especially in the first years of formal schooling (OECD, 2017). From this perspective, transitions can be understood as crossings between different educational environments, in which changes in spatial organisation and adult–child relationships may disrupt established ways of learning and interacting. The loss or reduction of outdoor and play-based experiences in the first years of primary school has been identified as one of the most visible manifestations of this discontinuity (Oberle et al., 2021). Several studies show that outdoor learning is an integral component of early childhood education contexts but tends to become marginal or reconfigured as non-curricular recreation time in primary school, generating educational discontinuity at the time of transition (Frances et al., 2024). In parallel, a growing body of research documents the educational value of outdoor education and nature-based pedagogies. Experiences in natural environments have a positive impact on children’s health and well-being, support their personal and social development, and positively influence learning processes (Kiviranta, 2024). Studies suggest that outdoor activities should be integrated into curricula, as they promote more positive attitudes towards school, a stronger sense of responsibility, and the development of transversal skills (Meighan & Rubenstein, 2018). Outdoor education can therefore be conceptualised as a structured pedagogical approach with specific characteristics, yet one that can be integrated into more traditional school contexts (Knight, 2013). Despite the growing body of research on outdoor education and the well-established literature on transitions, these two fields have largely developed in parallel. Research evidence on the role of outdoor education in supporting adaptation to formal schooling and continuity between learning environments remains fragmented across different research traditions. As a result, outdoor education is rarely examined explicitly as a practice supporting transition. This lack of systematic integration calls for a focused examination of how existing studies conceptualise and document the role of outdoor learning in school transitions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a scoping review as its research design and aims to map and analyse existing research examining the role of outdoor education in supporting transitions from preschool to primary school. The review follows the main methodological guidelines for scoping reviews in the educational field (Peters et al., 2020). The first phase involved defining the research question, which aimed to explore how outdoor education may contribute to continuity and adaptation in school transitions. Subsequently, keywords related to outdoor education (e.g., outdoor learning) were combined with keywords related to transitions (e.g., school transition) to develop structured search strings. These combinations were used to search major international education databases (e.g., EBSCO, Scopus, ERIC) in order to identify relevant studies. Peer-reviewed articles published in English between 2000 and 2025 were included. Studies were required to focus on preschool education and the first years of primary school and to analyse outdoor learning experiences in relation to school transitions. After an initial screening based on titles and abstracts, the most relevant contributions were analysed in full. The following table presents the titles of the selected articles and summarises the contributions of outdoor education to the transition process. Article Outdoor education: “Beyond Traditional School Readiness: How Nature Preschools Help Prepare Children for Academic Success” supports readiness without disadvantage “Nature Preschool Offers School Readiness Skills Comparable to Those of a Typical Preschool” shows equivalence in readiness outcomes “Supporting School Readiness Naturally: Exploring Executive Function Growth in Nature Preschools” strengthens executive functions relevant to transition “Investigating nature-based preschoolers’ gains in early literacy and select executive function skills” supports cognitive and self-regulatory competences “Exploring the effects of a short-term, nature-based preschool experience” highlights short-term benefits for adaptation “Outdoor learning across the early years in Australia: Inconsistencies, challenges, and recommendations” when reduced, it is a source of discontinuity “Outdoor learning environments: easing the transition from the foundation stage to key stage one” is a support for smoother transitions “Nature Play in Primary School: Supporting Holistic Development Through Outdoor Learning” is a pedagogical bridge between phases “Making the invisible visible: the pedagogical affordances of outdoor learning in a nursery and a primary school” shows pedagogical continuity across settings The implications emerging from the review are presented in the following section. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature review highlighted that transitions and outdoor education are two well-established fields of research that have largely developed in parallel and are rarely integrated within a common framework. Only a limited number of studies explicitly examine how outdoor education can contribute to the transition from preschool to primary school. First, the reviewed studies indicate that outdoor education strengthens individual competences that function as protective factors during school transitions, including autonomy, self-regulation, socio-relational competences, and attentional capacities (Ernst & Burcak, 2020). In this sense, outdoor education can be understood as a preparatory environment that supports children’s adjustment to new learning contexts. Moreover, studies by Savolainen (2024) and Zamzow and Ernst (2020) show that participation in outdoor education does not negatively affect the development of literacy and numeracy skills. Second, outdoor education appears to contribute to continuity in pedagogical practices across educational levels. While outdoor learning is an integral part of preschool education, it is often reduced in primary school, representing a source of discontinuity in the transition process. The reviewed studies suggest that introducing or maintaining outdoor learning in the first years of primary school can make transitions more fluid (Papadopoulou & Vincent, 2025). One study explicitly describes outdoor education as a pedagogical bridge across key transition points, including the transition from preschool to primary school (Harper et al., 2025). In conclusion, the scoping review highlights that outdoor education supports school transitions by fostering both individual readiness and pedagogical continuity. At the same time, it identifies a clear research gap, as only a limited number of studies conceptualise outdoor education explicitly as a practice supporting transition. This finding points to the need for further research exploring how outdoor education can be intentionally designed as a strategy to support school transitions. References Ernst, J., & Burcak, F. (2020). Beyond traditional school readiness: How nature preschools help prepare children for academic success. International Journal of Early Childhood Environmental Education, 7(2), 3–17. Francis, J., & Davis, J. (2015). Outdoor learning across the early years in Australia: Inconsistencies, challenges, and recommendations. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 40(3), 3–11. Kiviranta, L., Lindfors, E., Rönkkö, M.-L., & Luukka, E. (2024). Outdoor learning in early childhood education: Exploring benefits and challenges. Education Sciences, 14(2), 112. Knight, S. (2013). Forest school and outdoor learning in the early years. SAGE Publications. Lester, S., & Russell, W. (2010). Nature play in primary school: Supporting holistic development through outdoor learning. Early Child Development and Care, 180(1–2), 1–15. Maynard, T., & Waters, J. (2007). Outdoor learning environments: Easing the transition from the foundation stage to key stage one. Education 3–13, 35(3), 255–266. McClain, C., & Vandermaas-Peeler, M. (2016). Exploring the effects of a short-term, nature-based preschool experience: A mixed-methods investigation. International Journal of Early Childhood Environmental Education, 4(1), 23–37. OECD (2017). Starting strong V: Transitions from early childhood education and care to primary education. OECD Publishing. Oberle, E., Zeni, M., Munday, F., & Brussoni, M. (2021). Support factors and barriers for outdoor learning in elementary schools: A systemic perspective. American Journal of Health Education, 52(5), 251–265. Peters, M. D. J., Godfrey, C., McInerney, P., Munn, Z., Tricco, A. C., & Khalil, H. (2020). Updated methodological guidance for the conduct of scoping reviews. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 18(10), 2119–2126. Pikus, A. E., et al. (2025). Investigating nature-based preschoolers’ gains in early literacy and select executive function skills. Early Childhood Research Quarterly. Advance online publication. Savolainen, K. (2021). Nature preschool offers school readiness skills comparable to those of a typical preschool. Early Childhood Education Journal, 49, 903–915. Walsh, G., Sproule, L., McGuinness, C., Trew, K., Rafferty, H., & Sheehy, N. (2008). Debating the transition from play-based to formal practice: Implications for early years teachers and policymakers. Early Years, 28(3), 293–310. Waite, S. (2017). Making the invisible visible: The pedagogical affordances of outdoor learning in a nursery and a primary school. Education 3–13, 45(3), 349–361. Zamzow, J., & Ernst, J. (2020). Supporting school readiness naturally: Exploring executive function growth in nature preschools. International Journal of Early Childhood Environmental Education, 7(2), 18–33 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Group-Based Support in Local Curricula and School Academic Year Plans: Document Analysis of Finland’s 2025 Basic Education Support Reform 1: University of Oulu, Finland; 2: University of Tampere, Finland Presenting Author:Many European countries' education policies attempt to strengthen the egalitarian and inclusive structures of education (Hernández-Torrano et al., 2022). This is also the objective of the Finnish curriculum reform concerning support structures for learning in basic education, which we examine in this research. The Finnish basic education system is governed by legislation and a detailed national core curriculum that provides the basis for adaptations to local curricula (Finnish Basic Education Core Curricula, 2014). When implemented effectively, the local curriculum functions as a concrete, practical handbook that guides daily teaching, pedagogical decision-making, and school culture. In addition to the local curricula, the teaching practices are also defined in school-specific academic year plans. In spring and summer 2025, all Finnish municipalities were required to revise their local curricula due to legislative changes in the Basic Education Act and the subsequent update of the National Core Curriculum. The three-tiered support model was replaced with a new structure that distinguishes between group-specific support and pupil-specific support measures. This shift moves attention away from categorized support levels toward the organization of pedagogical arrangements within the mainstream learning environment. In addition to structural changes, the reform emphasizes strengthening learning prerequisites through pedagogical arrangements, developing school culture toward more inclusive practice, and enhancing pupils’ participation in their own learning processes. This is partly a reaction to the vagueness of the normative guidance of basic education in Finland: despite a general commitment to the ideal of inclusion, inclusive arrangements vary extensively depending on the interpretation of inclusion made by municipality officials, principals, and teachers (Honkasilta et al. 2024; Tervasmäki 2022). Thus, the reform intentions align with international expectations placed on inclusive schooling, which highlight early support, universal pedagogical design, and collaborative teaching models. However, the reform has generated concerns within the Finnish educational field. Scholars and practitioners (e.g., Alajoki & Mäkinen, 2025) have voiced apprehension that the new support model might unintentionally redirect resources and attention away from inclusive mainstream arrangements toward increased use of full-time special class placements. Such a shift could signal a re-emergence of the dual system of general and special education that characterized Finnish schooling, particularly during the 1980s–2000s (Kivirauma et al. 2006), but of which still occurred locally at some municipalities and schools in 2010-2020s due to unclear guidance in the curriculum (Lempinen 2018; Tervasmäki 2022). These concerns point to a potential discrepancy between the reform’s stated goals and the risk of unintended consequences during implementation. For the support model to function as intended, a notable transformation in school culture is required. Classroom-level support measures, defined in legislation as general remedial instruction provided by teachers, language support instruction, and special education delivered within mainstream teaching, must genuinely serve as the primary means of supporting pupils’ learning. This implies that general and special education teachers need to collaborate effectively, ensure flexible learning arrangements, and promote preventive support within the everyday routines of mainstream classrooms. This study examines how the revised legislation and national curriculum updates are interpreted, framed, and translated into municipal-level local curricula and school-specific academic year plans. The research questions are: 1) How does the reform appear in local curriculum texts? 2) How is the practical implementation of the support model described in schools' academic year plans? By analyzing the ways municipalities articulate classroom-level support, define pedagogical responsibilities, and describe the practices expected from teachers, the research explores how local curriculum texts may either facilitate or constrain the development of inclusive education. The study highlights differences between policy and practice in the reform of special education and inclusive education, which may be useful in the development of other European school systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Local curricula are a central instrument steering educational practice in Finnish basic education, as they operationalize the objectives, principles, and pedagogical guidelines defined in the National Core Curriculum. Although based on the national framework, local curricula allow municipalities and joint municipal authorities to contextualize and emphasize specific goals, content areas, and school-level practices relevant to their communities. The data was collected by reviewing the Finnish-language basic education curricula of all Finnish municipalities (n=290) on their websites using Google search or the National Board of Education's e-Requirements service. Local special provisions concerning the organization of group-specific forms of support were collected from the curricula. During the collection of data, it was found that 98 municipalities (34%) had outdated curricula on their websites or e-platforms. The curriculum could not be found in 22 municipalities (8%), and no local specifications could be found at all in 30 municipalities (10%). The final data of the study consists of 140 (48%) local or regional curriculum texts in Finnish concerning group-specific forms of support, their objectives, and their organization. The length of the texts varied between 14 and 369 words. Since the local curriculum texts were relatively short, almost direct copies of the curriculum guidelines, and often referred to school-specific academic year plans, 30 academic year plans from schools of different sizes and from different parts of Finland were also collected as data. The collected data will be analyzed using the Essex School of discourse theory (e.g. Howarth et al. 2000), which provides a fine-tuned approach to the social construction of meaning and the practices of inclusion/exclusion in education policies (Tervasmäki 2024; 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on a preliminary analysis of the material, the first stage of the curriculum analysis gave researchers an impression of a school with unlimited support resources. Funding has been allocated for the reform, but municipalities can decide independently how it is distributed. The texts in the curriculum indicated that the forms of support are known in advance and "set in stone." The material only briefly discussed the development of support practices or opportunities to develop them in collaboration with other schools. However, the new support system is not complete without further development, especially since it was introduced on a very tight schedule, and the new law and curriculum might be interpreted on the basis of old practices. By analyzing school-specific plans, we expect to gain a broader picture of the group-specific support practices in schools. References Act Amending the Basic Education Act 1090/2024. https://www.finlex.fi/fi/lainsaadanto/saadoskokoelma/2024/1090 Alajoki, J., & Mäkinen, M. (2025). Inkluusion kehitys suomalaisessa perusopetuksessa: Tutkimus tasa-arvosta ja yhdenvertaisuudesta opetussuunnitelmissa 1970-luvulta nykypäivään [The development of inclusion in Finnish basic education: A study of equality and non-discrimination in curricula from the 1970s to the present day]. Kasvatus & Aika, 19(3), 93–114. https://doi.org/10.33350/ka.144967 Basic Education Act 628/1998. https://www.finlex.fi/fi/lainsaadanto/1998/628 Finnish Basic Education Core Curricula, 2014. https://eperusteet.opintopolku.fi/#/fi/perusopetus/419550/tekstikappale/430064 Hernández-Torrano, D., Somerton, M., & Helmer, J. (2022). Mapping research on inclusive education since Salamanca Statement: a bibliometric review of the literature over 25 years. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(9), 893–912. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1747555 Honkasilta, J., Pihlaja, P. & Pesonen, H. (2024). The state of inclusion in the state of inclusion? Inclusion as principled practice in Finnish basic education. In Hisayo Katsui and Matti T. Laitinen (Eds.) Disability, Happiness and the Welfare State Finland and the Nordic Model. Routledge, 83–110. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781032685519 Howarth, D, Norval, A. J. & Stavrakakis, Y. (Eds.) (2000). Discourse Theory and Political Analysis: Identities, Hegemonies and Social Change. Manchester University Press. Kivirauma, J., Klemelä, K., & Rinne, R. (2006). Segregation, integration, inclusion – the ideology and reality in Finland. European Journal of Special Needs Education 21(2), 117–113. Lempinen, S. (2018). Parental and municipal school choice in the case of children receiving support. Dissertation. Annales Universitatis Turkuensis. Ser. B, tom. 454. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-29-7210-4 Tervasmäki, T. (2022). Osallistavasta kasvatuksesta ulossulkemiseen? Diskurssiteoreettinen luenta Perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteiden 2014 inkluusiokäsityksestä [From Inclusive Education to Exclusion? A Discourse-Theoretical Reading of the Concept of Inclusion in the 2014 Finnish National Core Curriculum for Basic Education]. Oppimisen ja oppimisvaikeuksien erityislehti NMI-bulletin 32(E), 11–32. https://bulletin.nmi.fi/2022/02/03/vammaistutkimuksen-teemanumero-2022/ Tervasmäki, T. (2024). Tracing Ideology in Education – Investigations in Discourse Theory. Tampere University Dissertations 1119. Tampere University. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-03-3662-2 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Policy Reformations Reconstructing Teaching Assignments in Swedish Early Childhood Education and Care Mälardalen University, Sweden Presenting Author:Internationally, policy reforms affect Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) and reshape preschool teachers´ work leading to increased professionalization (Armstrong, 2024; Wingrave & McMahon, 2016). Research shows that such reforms often expand and intensify teachers´ responsibilities. Kangas and Harju-Luukkainen (2021) demonstrated that policy reforms in Finland have affected teachers´ work giving them multiple different roles and thus requiring them to do “more of everything” (p.71). In Sweden, policy reforms have challenged the holistic approach of an integration of care and education, to an increased focus on teaching and professionalisation (Jönsson et al, 2012; Wahlgren & Andersson, 2024). Since preschool became the first step in the Swedish education system in 1996 and was regulated by the Education Act (SFS 2010:800), a shift towards more education than care emerged, affecting preschool teachers work and profession (Alexiadou et al., 2024; Lundström, 2015; Still et al., 2021). With the Education Act (SFS 2010:800) in 2011, preschool was fully incorporated in the Swedish school system and resulted in new concepts, enfolding a teaching assignment for preschool teachers, where only teachers with a teaching certificate are authorised to teach in preschool. The reform was debated and the term teaching, traditionally not used to define the work of preschool teachers, raised resistance due to its strong connotation to direct instruction and school education (Vallberg Roth, 2020). The Swedish national curriculum for preschool education has been revised five times since introduced 1998 with both minor and major revisions leading up the latest version in 2025 (Ministry of Education and Research). This study concerns policy reforms and the shift towards education and teaching in the Swedish ECEC thus gain knowledge about how policy change has contributed to reconstruct preschool teachers´ teaching assignment. Aim and research questions The aim of the study is to examine how Swedish national ECEC policy documents from 1987 – 2025 have been reformed in relation to the teaching assignment. The study addresses the following questions: • How has the concept of teaching been conceptualized in Swedish national ECEC policy documents? • What implications do these conceptualizations have on the preschool teacher profession? Theoretical framework In education systems, teaching is conceptualized and reconstructed in various contexts. The study takes a theoretical point of departure in the social constructionist assumption that people's perceptions of the world are constructed between people in dialogue and in relation to their specific social, historical and cultural context. Furthermore, it is assumed that social constructions and actions go together, which means that people act based on their understandings of the world (Burr, 2015; Gergen, 1985; Linell, 2009). According to Linell (2009) social construction takes place in and through language in different contexts. Social constructions are thus in continuous reconstruction in relation to the social, historical and cultural context. This study directs its attention to the policy context of preschools. The introduction of the concept of teaching in the Swedish national ECEC policy documents is a reform that entailed recontextualization. Recontextualization means that when something, here the concept of teaching, changes context it also changes meaning. Recontextualization thus includes a reconstruction of the concept of teaching in relation to preschools’ social, historical, and cultural context (Linell, 1998, 2009). Recontextualization and reconstruction of the concept of teaching implies a change of practice as changed conceptualizations leads to new interpretations and actions. In order to study this process, contextual social constructionism (Linell, 2009) is used to examine Swedish national ECEC policy documents, thus develop deeper understandings of preschool teachers´ teaching assignments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative approach through text analysis, examining Swedish national ECEC policy documents from 1987 to 2025. The period was limited to 1987–2025 because it is during this period that an increased focus on learning and teaching emerges in the Swedish ECEC (Alexiadou et al., 2024; Vallberg Roth, 2006). The empirical material in this study thus consists of national ECEC policy documents. The data selection has been carried out through searches on websites (The Swedish Government; The Swedish Parliament; the Ministry of Education and Research). Delimitations have been made based on relevance to the research questions and resulted in the following sampling: Pedagogical programme for preschool; four versions of Ordinance on the curriculum for preschool (SKOLFS 1998:16, SKOLFS 2011:69, SKOLFS 2018:50, SKOLFS 2025:354) Qualitative content analysis (Graneheim & Lundman, 2004; Hsieh & Shannon, 2005) was used to analyse and interpret the data. In a summative content analysis, (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005) the analytic focus is directed towards keywords in the texts rather than analysing the material as a whole. Keywords can derive both from the purpose of the study and previous research. Initially, words and concepts related to a specific content are identified and quantified before interpreting their contextual meaning. The summative analysis of each document was conducted following; the texts were initially read several times identifying keywords deriving both from the documents and previous research (Henriksson, 2022; Ohlsson et al., 2022). Additionally, a digital search of the keywords was conducted using the search function. Further, keywords were coded and counted. In the next step, explicit and implicit statements of teaching were identified, and notes were written to gain understanding of the content and meaning. The coded statements, regarded as units of meaning (Graneheim & Lundman, 2004), were then analysed and categories were developed. The next analytic step involved developing themes. Then categories and themes from each document were compared with the aim to identify reconstruction of the concept of teaching and the teaching assignment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Emerging findings indicate that even if the term teaching was not explicitly used in the analyzed national ECEC policy documents before 2018, the same terminology (i.e. stimulate, challenge, promote, support) was used in all documents. Prominent differences regarding the conceptualizations appear to lie in its sematic and contextual framing. As an example, ‘support’, ‘promote’ and ‘stimulate’ were emphasised in the Pedagogical programme for preschool and SKOLFS 1998:16. In 2011 the emphasis was on ‘stimulate’ and ‘challenge’ (SKOLFS 2011:69). From 2018 the terms ‘challenge’ and ‘stimulate’ were emphasised (SKOLFS 2018:50, SKOLFS 2025:354). This changes thus reconstruct the concept of teaching as social construction takes place in and through language (Linell, 2009). In the Pedagogical programme there were explicit descriptions and examples regarding the teaching assignments. The emerging findings indicate an emphasis on ‘plan’, ‘develop’ and ‘evaluate’ pedagogical methods and ‘arrange and lead’ learning activities. In SKOLFS 1998:16 the explicit descriptions and examples regarding the teaching assignment were removed. The teaching assignment emerges as a promotion to create conditions for learning by supporting and guiding children’s learning. In the following revisions, more explicit assignments are formulated, for example, ‘documentation’, ‘evaluation’, ‘teaching’, ‘choosing methods and tools’. This reconstruction of the teaching assignment implicates changes to preschool teachers´ profession since social constructions and actions go together and thus affects preschool teachers’ pedagogical work (Burr, 2015; Gergen, 1985; Linell, 2009). The emerging findings indicates two major shifts. Changing the conceptualisation of teaching implicates changes to preschool teachers´ roles, from a leading role to a guiding role. Further, a more active teacher role emerges in the shift from supporting and guiding to stimulate and challenging learning. With each revision of the Ordinance on the curriculum for preschool additional explicit tasks were formulated, thereby increasing preschool teachers’ assignments and responsibility. References Alexiadou, N., Hjelmér, C, Laiho, A & Pihlaja, P. (2024) Early childhood education and care policy change: comparing goals, governance and ideas in Nordic contexts, Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 54:2, 185-202, DOI:10.1080/03057925.2022.2092451 Armstrong, L (2024) Understanding reform discourses in complex times of change: Positions and practices of early childhood professionals from Victorian kindergarten settings Australasian Journal of Early Childhood 2024, Vol. 49(1) 63–80 DOI: 10.1177/18369391231212686 Graneheim, U. H. & Lundman, B. (2004). Qualitative content analysis in nursing research: concepts, procedures and measures to achieve trustworthiness. Nurse Education Today, 24(2), 105–112. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001 Henriksson, J. (2022). Kontextuella förståelser och sociala konstruktioner i förskollärares tal om undervisning i förskolan [Licentiatuppsats Göteborgs universitet]. https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/74418 Hsieh, H.-F. & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277–1288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687 Jönsson, I., A. Sandell, and I. Tallberg-Broman. 2012. “Change or Paradigm Shift in the Swedish Preschool?” Sociologia, Problemas e Práticas [Online] 69. URL: http://journals.openedition.org/spp/815. Kangas, J. & Harju-Luukkainen, H. (2021). What is the Future of ECE Teacher Profession? Teacher’s Agency in Finland Through the Lenses of Policy Documents. The Moring Watch: Educational and Social Analysis, Spring 2021, 48-75. Linell, P. (2009). Rethinking Language, Mind, and World Dialogically: Interactional and Contextual Theories of Human Sense-making. Information Age Publishing. Lundström, Ulf (2015): Teacher autonomy in the era of New Public Management. Nordic Journal of Studies in Education Policy, 1(2), 73-85. Ohlsson, A., Gericke, N & Borg, F. (2022). Integration of education for sustainability in the preschool curriculum: A comparative study between the two latest Swedish curricula. Journal of Childhood, Education & Society Volume 3, Issue 1, 2022, 12-27 ISSN: 2717-638X DOI: 10.37291/2717638X.202231130 Still, J., Svanbäck-Laaksonen, M., Bäckman, K., & Eriksson, A. (2021). Dokumentation i förskolan – en innehållsanalys av förskolans styrdokument i Finland och Sverige. Forskning om undervisning och lärande, 9(2), 50–74. https://doi.org/10.61998/forskul.v9i2.26893 Wahlgren, C., & Andersson, K. (2024). The child in the Swedish preschool photograph versus the child in the curriculum - a comparison of contemporary notions. International Journal of Early Years Education, 32(2), 374–388. https://doi.org/10.1080/09669760.2022.2061924 Vallberg Roth, A.-C. (2006). Early childhood curricula in Sweden: From the 1850s to the present. International Journal of Early Childhood, 38(1), Article 77. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03165979 Wingrave, M & McMahon, M (2016) Professionalisation through academicisation: valuing and developing the early years sector in Scotland, Professional Development in Education, 42:5, 710-731, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2015.1082075 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 03 SES 11 B: AI in Classroom Practice: Curriculum Innovation Location: K110 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Shuxin Ji Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Emerging Educational Policy in the Era of AI (automated Intensification) of Psycho-politics 1: Maynooth University, Ireland; 2: University of Birmingham, UK Presenting Author:The ostensible coming of artificial intelligence in the post-COVID educational landscape has given rise to significant optimism and critical reflection on the future of education globally. The mainstream techno-optimism of many in the educational community — some scholars included — has been untempered by work in critical scholarship, particularly critical EdTech, which has exposed concerns, such as algorithmic racism (Noble, 2018), the coloniality of datafication (Delahunty, 2024), and its potential to exacerbate the inequities already elided within the neoliberalisation of education (Selwyn, 2024). Despite these concerns the pursuit of acceptable integrations of AI technologies, particularly generative large language models (LLMs) such as ChatGPT, has continued apace within the broad landscape of education. The continued efforts to integrate AI into public education is understandable amidst the motivations of inter-governmental organisations (IGOs) which extol the necessities for school and higher educational curricula to adapt to this sociodigital evolution. For example, the World Bank claims that AI is capable of ‘transforming education at an unprecedented pace, offering game-changing opportunities to personalize learning experiences, support teachers in their daily tasks, and optimize education management’ (Molina et al., 2024, p. 5). These imperatives from IGOs have continued and intensified in the last two years with, for instance, the OECD citing its transformative effect on education so far in ‘raising expectations of more personalised learning, enhanced teaching practices, and more efficient system management’ (OECD, 2026, p. 11). It is understandable that within such contexts, further amplified by the saturation of digital and social media within present day consumer capitalism, that curricular concerns have tended to focus on how best to adapt to the ‘inevitable’ use of generative AI among students. We do not dismiss these concerns or the reality of the continuing evolution and reach of these technologies in educational and social contexts. However, to paraphrase the theorist Langdon Winner, there is a risk within this sociodigital rupture of losing our bearings amidst the phenomenon of technological innovations occluding our vision (Winner, 1978). In this work we aim to focus more so on the politics of AI in education (AIED) and chiefly the emerging impacts this is having and will have on educational policy and practices. Moving beyond a concern with the nano and micro spaces of curriculum we instead focus on the supra and macro levels, and the emerging politics of AIED along with its effects.
Situating the rise of this technology within the sociopolitical conditions of contemporary neoliberal policyscapes of education offers a critical entry to interrogating some of the logics which help to render sense to the techno-optimism of some educational actors. Borrowing from Sheila Jasanoff, the sociotechnical imaginary engendered in an era of AI centres critical gaze upon the ‘institutionally stabilized, and publicly performed visions of desirable futures’ which are structured on ‘shared understandings of forms of social life’ (Jasanoff & Kim, 2015, p.4). This theoretical perspective further signals the social implications of algorithms as well as the politics of algorithmic futuring which always seek, in establishing temporal anxieties about possible futures, to intervene in the present (Kitchin, 2023). For education and curricula within an era of ‘molecular biopolitics’ (Rose, 2007), datafication holds a central role formalising the authoritarian neoliberal restructuring of policy, and as this work will show, rendered intelligible through the pervasiveness of the ‘psychological-complex’ (psy-complex). The psy-complex refers to the assemblage of suppositions of personal and social responsibilities and relations provided by psychology (Gillborn & Delahunty, 2025). In this contribution we analyse the centrality of the psy-complex as a structuring and governing force within the new sociotechnical imaginaries sketched by the dominance of artificial intelligence in current educational discourse. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this work we build upon our ongoing efforts to analyse and excavate the politics of the psy-complex within contemporary educational governance. The psy-complex serves an ontologising function which in colonising frames of understanding through its assemblage of positivistic ideologies, obscures systematic inequalities and oppression (Parker, 1994). As our previous work has shown in relation to educational policy (cf. Gillborn & Delahunty, 2025), the psy-complex renders unproblematic ‘scientific and objective’ data as the solution to educational problems, imputing a positivistic logic within educational policy/curricula concerns. As Henry Giroux has argued, the infusion of positivistic ideology into public education and curricula is fundamentally anti-democratic (Giroux, 2020) and as we will show in this paper, the emerging politics of AIED observable among supra-level policy actors is both supported and intensifies the psy-complex in educational policy. In this work we take a critical psychological perspective, and critical post structural policy analytic approach, to critique current policy guidance on AI from intergovernmental organisations to illustrate the governing mechanisms of the psy-complex and its intensification through datafied technologies, like AI. In particular we analyse recent publication such as the OECD’s AI Capability Indicators and its Digital Education Outlook 2026 (OECD, 2025, 2026) to excavate the workings of the psy-complex that, rather than newly emerging in the policy landscape, have found new means of intensification in education today through AIED. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis demonstrates the continuing evolution of the psy-complex within contemporary educational policy discourses, amplified by the recent surge in AIED across the globe. In addition to the positivistic data-driven educational rationalities that the psy-complex, through algorithmic futuring, engenders within AIED motivations, there is an increasing individualisation of learning and educational responsibilities. These continue to distract from systemic transformational urgencies, eliding the inherent anti-democratic nature of positivistic datafication core to the functioning of these technologies. The pressing dangers for the subject of public democratic education and the potential for intensifying authoritarian neoliberal fascism through the governing logics of IGOs such as the OECD are delineated and considered in relation to concerns for democratic citizenship. We conclude with a discussion centring on the need to affirm a radical democratic response to these politics, which includes engaging politics of refusals, based on ethics relationality and care fundamental to the ethos of contemporary public curricula. References Delahunty, T. (2024). ‘Datafied dividuals and learnified potentials’: The coloniality of datafication in an era of learnification. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2024.2435333 Gillborn, S., & Delahunty, T. (2025). The psychological complex in contemporary education policy. Journal of Education Policy, 1–24. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2025.2478400 Giroux, H. A. (2020). On Critical Pedagogy (Second edition. ed.). Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350145016 Kitchin, R. (2023). Digital timescapes: technology, temporality and society. Polity Press. Molina, E., Cobo, C., Pineda, J., & Rovner, H. (2024). AI Revolution in Education: What you need to know [Report](Digital Innovations in Education, Issue. https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/099734306182493324/pdf/IDU152823b13109c514ebd19c241a289470b6902.pdf Noble, S. U. (2018). Algorithms of oppression: how search engines reinforce racism. New York University Press. https://doi.org/10.18574/9781479833641 OECD. (2025). Introducing the OECD AI Capability Indicators [Report]. https://doi.org/10.1787/be745f04-en OECD. (2026). OECD Digital Education Outlook 2026: Exploring Effective Uses of Generative AI in Education. O. Publishing. Parker, I. (1994). Reflexive research and the grounding of analysis: Social psychology and the psy‐complex. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 4(4), 239–252. Rose, N. (2007). The Politics of Life Itself: Biomedicine, Power, and Subjectivity in the Twenty-First Century. Princeton University Press. Selwyn, N. (2024). On the Limits of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in Education. Nordisk tidsskrift for pedagogikk og kritikk, 10(1). https://doi.org/10.23865/ntpk.v10.6062 Winner, L. (1978). Autonomous technology: Technics-out-of-control as a theme in political thought. Mit Press. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Making Sense of Chemistry Curriculum Reform: Perspectives of 9th- and 10th-Grade Students Marmara University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Reflective thinking has become a central concept across different levels of education, particularly in relation to learning and teaching processes (Lin et al., 2025; Rachmad, 2018; Rodgers, 2002; Sengers et al., 2005). John Dewey (1910, 1933), who played a significant role in the development of the concept of reflective thinking, defined reflective thinking as a “process of careful thinking” and emphasized its importance in educational practices. Taggart and Wilson (1998), who made important contributions to determining the strategies to be developed to encourage the dissemination of reflective thinking in educational settings, suggested that reflection can occur at different levels and that progress between these levels is possible through reflective practices. When examined in the field of education, reflective thinking skills significantly contribute to the development of higher-order thinking skills by supporting individuals' systematic and continuous questioning processes (Bosch, Härkki & Seitamaa-Hakkarainen, 2025; Mann, Gordon & MacLeod, 2009; Osterman & Kottkamp, 1993). Thus, students with reflective thinking skills have the opportunity to be in learning environments where they can freely express their thoughts and evaluate them from a critical perspective. In this context, reflective thinking is considered not only a skill that supports individual cognitive processes but also as a means of revealing the meanings students attach to their learning experiences (Chaffey de Leeuw & Finnigan, 2012; Pineda, Villanueva & Tolentino, 2022). Students' reflective questioning of their past and present learning experiences, particularly in the context of changing curricula, makes the effects of curriculum reforms on learning processes visible (Tsingos, Bosnic-Anticevich & Smith, 2014; Zubizarreta, 2009). The comprehensive curriculum changes implemented in Turkey in recent years have made it even more important to examine students' meaning-making processes. In this regard, the “K12 Skills Framework: Turkey Holistic Model” project, implemented in collaboration between the Ministry of National Education (MoNE) and UNICEF, offers an approach that aims to support not only students' acquisition of knowledge but also their holistic development based on skills, attitudes and values (MoNE, 2023a). The project, carried out in collaboration with teachers, programme specialists and academics in the field, has produced a holistic structure consisting of different conceptual skills, social-emotional learning skills, aptitudes, literacy skills and four areas represented by skills in Turkish, mathematics, science and social sciences (MoNE, 2023a). The resulting skills framework led to the emergence of the The Maarif Model Curriculum [TYMM] (MoNE, 2024a). With the changing curriculum, a holistic structure has been created that focuses not only on knowledge but also on skills. This study examines the meaning-making processes of secondary school students experiencing the changing chemistry curriculum (MoNE, 2024b) in relation to chemistry lessons. The research is a case study conducted with 9th and 10th-grade students (aged 15–16). Data were collected through semi-structured interviews conducted at the end of the term and students’ reflective journals. During the analysis process, the students' meaning-making processes regarding chemistry lessons were examined comparatively, focusing on how these processes reflected on the students' future learning approaches and practices. The research questions guiding this study are: 1) How do your current thoughts and perceptions about chemistry lessons differ from your past experiences? What factors have influenced this change? 2) How have changes in the chemistry curriculum influenced your learning processes? What impact have these changes had on your motivation and participation in chemistry lessons? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study aims to examine changes in students’ perceptions of chemistry lessons during their transition to secondary school (9th-grade) and those who have completed an academic year with the new curriculum (10th-grade) following the implementation of the revised chemistry teaching programme. The research was conducted within the framework of a case study. This method provides more comprehensive and in-depth answers to research questions. According to Creswell (2007), a case study is a qualitative research approach in which the researcher observes a situation or a limited system and examines it in detail through interviews and various documents, revealing themes related to the situation in the process. Yin (1984) defines case study as a research design that aims to examine complex phenomena in depth within their real-life context, focusing on the questions, how’ and ‘why’. In this study, reflective journals were collected from 9th- and 10th-grade students (n=80) at the end of the academic term. These reflective journals are analysed using content analysis to examine students' individual learning experiences and reflective thinking processes in detail (Merriam, 1998). MAXQDA software was used to code the data during the in-depth analysis of the reflective diaries. In this ongoing analysis, the researcher is coding the reflective journals and individual interviews with students using MAXQDA and creating sub-themes based on these codes. In this process, reflective indicators found in the reflective journals and interviews are categorized using a thematic approach (Glaser, 1965; Glaser & Strauss, 1967). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the end of the term, students were asked to write reflective journals. These journals are being examined to explore differences between students’ past feelings, thoughts, and perceptions of chemistry lessons and their current perceptions, as well as to identify the factors underlying this change. All data obtained from the reflective journals have been coded and prepared for analysis. As the analysis is ongoing, frequency and percentage distributions related to the identified codes will be presented in detail. Preliminary findings indicate that students emphasise the role of chemistry lessons in solving daily problems when reflecting on the revised curriculum. The student-centred and competency-based structure of the curriculum appears to have enhanced students’ awareness of the connection between chemistry and daily life, encouraging deeper reflection on this relationship. In particular, students’ reflective journals indicate that scientific knowledge acquired in chemistry lessons is meaningfully contextualized through daily experiences, with clear links established between theoretical understanding and practical application. Consistent with these insights, students perceive scientific knowledge not merely as academic content but as a functional tool for addressing real-life problems. Furthermore, an examination of the reflective journals of 10th-grade students, who are experiencing the second year of the revised curriculum, suggests that the competency-based teaching approach supports a greater orientation towards laboratory practices, aligned with subject structures specific to this grade level. This indicates that the practical dimension of the curriculum becomes more visible at higher grade levels. This study aims to critically examine the perspectives of students experiencing the paradigm shift introduced by the new chemistry curriculum, focusing on their perceptions, attitudes, and meaning-making processes related to chemistry lessons. By analyzing the relationships students establish between their past and current learning experiences, the study aims to make visible how curriculum reform reflected in students’ learning processes, motivation, and engagement. References Bosch, N., Härkki, T., & Seitamaa-Hakkarainen, P. (2025). Teachers as reflective learning experience designers: Bringing design thinking into school-based design and maker education. International Journal of Child-Computer Interaction, 43, 100695. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcci.2024.100695 Chaffey, L. J., de Leeuw, E. J. J., & Finnigan, G. A. (2012). Facilitating students′ reflective practice in a medical course: literature review. Education for Health, 25(3), 198-203. Dewey, J. (1910). How we think. D. C. Heath & Co., Publisher. https://doi.org/10.4103/1357-6283.109787 Dewey, J. (1933). How we think: Re-statement of the relation of reflective thinking in the educative process. Henry Regnery. Lin, C. J., Lee, H. Y., Wang, W. S., Huang, Y. M., & Wu, T. T. (2025). Enhancing reflective thinking in STEM education through experiential learning: The role of generative AI as a learning aid. Education and Information Technologies, 30(5), 6315-6337. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-13072-5 Mann, K., Gordon, J., & MacLeod, A. (2009). Reflection and reflective practice in health professions education: a systematic review. Advances in health sciences education, 14, 595-621. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10459-007-9090-2 Ministry of National Education (MoNE). (2024a). Türkiye Yüzyılı Maarif Modeli: Öğretim programları ortak metni. https://tymm.meb.gov.tr/upload/brosur/ortak_metin.pdf Ministry of National Education (MoNE) (2023a). K12 Skills Framework: Turkey Holistic Model. Ministry of National Education, Board of Education Ministry of National Education (MoNE) (2024b). Chemistry Education Curriculum for Secondary Grades (9, 10, 11, and 12th Grades), Ministry of National Education, Board of Education Osterman, K.F. & Kottkamp, R.B. (1993). Reflective practice for educators: Improving schooling through professional development. Newbury Park, CA: Corwin Press. ISBN-0-8039-6047-6 Pineda, J. L. D. L., Villanueva, R. L. D. D., & Tolentino, J. A. M. (2022). Virtual focus group discussions: The new normal way to promote reflective practice. Reflective Practice, 23(2), 190-202. https://doi.org/10.1080/14623943.2021.2001322 Rachmad, Y. E. (2018). Reflective Progress Theory. https://doi.org/10.17605/osf.io/e2n5k Rodgers, C. R. (2002). Seeing student learning: Teacher change and the role of reflection. Harvard educational review, 72(2), 230-253. Sengers, P., Boehner, K., David, S., & Kaye, J. J. (2005, August). Reflective design. In Proceedings of the 4th decennial conference on Critical computing: between sense and sensibility (pp. 49-58). https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/1094562.1094569 Taggard, G. L. & Wilson, A. P. 1998. Promoting reflective thinking in teachers: 44 action strategies. USA: Corwin Press Inc. Tsingos, C., Bosnic-Anticevich, S., & Smith, L. (2014). Reflective practice and its implications for pharmacy education. American journal of pharmaceutical education, 78(1), 18. https://doi.org/10.5688/ajpe78118 Zubizarreta, J. (2009). The learning portfolio: Reflective practice for improving student learning. John Wiley & Sons. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Ignite Talk The Role of Artificial Intelligence in Human-Centred Pedagogy: Evidence from the NIS Programme 2.0 NIS, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Our network of schools is implementing a large-scale educational project aimed at developing key 21st-century competencies in students. When introducing learning objectives oriented towards studying artificial intelligence within the NIS Programme 2.0 curriculum, the content, methods, and outcomes of school education are transformed. The NIS Programme 2.0 curriculum includes updating educational plans by incorporating learning goals related to generative artificial intelligence for subjects in the natural-mathematical, natural-scientific, and humanities cycles. In an era of rapid digital technology development and the global rise in the importance of AI as a tool for knowledge, creativity, and professional activity, universal learning objectives for generative AI allow for the inclusion of competencies such as model interpretation, critical evaluation of AI content, data visualization, and collaborative problem-solving. Learning goals for generative AI allow for the inclusion of competencies such as model interpretation, critical evaluation of AI content, data visualization, and collaborative problem-solving across various subjects — mathematics, biology, economics, history, and language disciplines. Research shows that AI is becoming an interdisciplinary tool for expanding educational opportunities and strengthening the connection between schools and real technological and social challenges. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A structured coding matrix was used to quantify the presence of generative AI–related learning objectives, competencies, and instructional elements across subject curricula (mathematics, natural sciences, humanities, and language disciplines). Standardized assessment instruments and performance rubrics were developed to measure student competencies, including algorithmic thinking, data interpretation, critical evaluation of AI-generated content, data visualization skills, and collaborative problem-solving. Closed-ended questionnaires were administered to students and teachers to collect numerical data on frequency of AI tool usage, perceived competency development, digital literacy levels, and attitudes toward AI-supported learning. Quantitative analysis of assessment results, project scores, and task completion rates was conducted to identify trends and correlations between AI-integrated instruction and student learning outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The integration of AI is not limited to technical skills but acts as a systemic pedagogical innovation mechanism: from developing algorithmic thinking and digital literacy to fostering critical thinking, data skills, media literacy, and ethical responsibility. References OECD. Artificial Intelligence in Education: Challenges and Opportunities for Sustainable Development. OECD Publishing, 2021, www.oecd.org/education/artificial-intelligence-in-education.htm Vegera, Z. G. 2025. “The Impact of Generative Artificial Intelligence on Pedagogical Strategies and Teaching Methods in Modern Education.” Education Management Review. https://emreview.ru/index.php/emr/article/view/1702. Tadimalla, Sri Yash, and Mary Lou Maher. 2024. AI Literacy for All: Adjustable Interdisciplinary Socio-Technical Curriculum. arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2409.10552. Krause, Stefanie, A. Dalvi, and S. K. Zaidi. 2025. Generative AI in Education: Student Skills and Lecturer Roles. arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2504.19673. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 11 A: Navigating Inclusion in Higher Education and VET Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Evelyn Ansah Karkkulainen Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper “Tell Me What My Job Is”: Autistic Academic Staff Experiences of Belonging and Institutional Support in Irish Higher Education 1: Dublin City University, Ireland; 2: Caerus Education Services; 3: University College Cork; 4: Independent Researcher Presenting Author:While there is a growing body of research exploring the experiences of autistic students in higher education, the perspectives of autistic academic staff remain largely absent from educational research. Existing studies that do address autistic academics are limited in number, geographically concentrated, and often framed through deficit-oriented or individualised lenses (Gormley, Feeney, & McNally, 2023). As a result, little is known about how autistic academics navigate their professional roles, experience belonging, or encounter institutional structures that shape academic work. This absence reflects broader patterns of epistemic exclusion, in which autistic people are underrepresented not only as research participants but also as knowers within education research (Fricker, 2007). This co-produced qualitative study explores the lived experiences of autistic academic staff working in higher education in Ireland. It focuses on how participants describe their work, their sense of belonging within academic environments, and the institutional conditions that support or constrain their participation. Particular attention is given to role clarity, social expectations, workload, disclosure, and the emotional and cognitive labour involved in navigating academic cultures largely structured around neurotypical norms. The study addresses a significant gap in both Irish and international literature (Gormley et al., 2023). While Irish higher education has made advances in disability inclusion for students, institutional policies and supports for disabled and autistic staff remain comparatively underdeveloped, and national data on autistic employment in higher education are notably absent. By centring autistic academics’ accounts, this study contributes to understanding how higher education institutions shape working lives, and how inclusion is enacted within everyday academic practice. The study is informed by the neurodiversity paradigm (Walker, 2021), which understands autism as a natural form of human variation rather than a deficit requiring remediation. From this perspective, challenges experienced by autistic academics are located not within individual neurology but within environments, systems, and institutional norms. This perspective views feelings of belonging and well-being among autistic academics as shaped by the workplace environments in which they work (Wong, 2023). This perspective supports attention to how academic spaces, expectations, and cultures shape autistic academics’ experiences of inclusion, recognition, and agency. The study also draws on the Autistic SPACE framework (Doherty, Cowan, & Shaw, 2023) as an analytic and interpretive lens. While originally developed in healthcare contexts, the Autistic SPACE Framework provides a useful framework for examining how environmental and relational conditions within higher education influence autistic academics’ working lives. Together, these frameworks support an analysis that foregrounds institutional responsibility and examines how knowledge about inclusion is produced, taken up, or resisted within academic systems. The study addressed the following research questions:
By centring autistic academics’ accounts through a co-produced, neurodiversity-affirming approach, this study offers insight into how higher education institutions shape working lives, belonging, and participation. The findings highlight the gap between what institutions know about inclusion and how that knowledge is enacted in practice, drawing attention to the limits of individualised accommodations in the absence of structural change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A co-produced research approach underpinned all stages of the study, with autistic and non-autistic researchers collaborating across research design, data collection, analysis, and dissemination (Kenny, et al., 2024). Co-production was understood not simply as a methodological choice, but as an epistemic stance that shaped what could be known, how knowledge was generated, and whose interpretations carried authority within the research process (Stark, et al., 2021). This approach sought to address power imbalances in knowledge production and ensure that autistic perspectives meaningfully informed the study. Eleven autistic academic staff participated in the study. Participants were employed in Irish higher education institutions in teaching and/or research roles and included individuals with a formal autism diagnosis as well as those who self-identified as autistic, recognising barriers to diagnosis and disclosure. Participants were recruited through academic networks, autistic-led networks, and institutional contacts. Data were generated through flexible semi-structured interviews, conducted online and adapted to participants’ communication preferences. Interviews explored experiences of academic work, role expectations, teaching and research responsibilities, disclosure, social interactions, stress and burnout, and perceived strengths. Flexibility in interview format supported accessibility and allowed participants to engage in ways that reduced participation barriers. Data were analysed using Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Analysis was undertaken collaboratively by a mixed-neurotype research team, with initial coding led by one researcher and subsequent theme development, refinement, and interpretation conducted through collective discussion. Reflexivity was foregrounded throughout, with attention to how researchers’ positionalities and lived experiences shaped analytic decisions. Credibility was supported through peer debriefing, shared analytic memos, and the maintenance of an audit trail documenting analytic development. Ethical approval was granted by the relevant institutional research ethics committee, and all participants provided informed consent. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants’ accounts revealed a complex interplay of strengths, challenges, and institutional constraints, organised around four overarching themes. Discovering Being Autistic. For many participants, recognising their autistic identity was described as a transformative process that reshaped understandings of past and present experiences. Diagnosis or self-recognition enabled participants to reframe difficulties previously attributed to personal failure and to recognise environmental and institutional factors. While this process often reduced internalised stigma, it also illuminated the extent to which academic environments had been navigated through sustained masking. Role Ambiguity and Institutional Invisibility. Academic roles were consistently described as diffuse, poorly defined, and reliant on implicit expectations. Unclear boundaries between teaching, research, administration, and service work were experienced as particularly challenging. Participants described difficulty requesting accommodations for role clarity, captured in the recurring refrain, “tell me what my job is.” Role ambiguity functioned as a form of institutional invisibility, rendering autistic needs difficult to articulate or legitimise. Social Challenges, Stress, and Burnout. Academic cultures characterised by constant availability, informal networking, and unspoken social expectations contributed to significant stress and exhaustion. Participants described cumulative sensory overload and sustained masking, often resulting in burnout and withdrawal. Decisions around disclosure were shaped by fears of stigma and professional repercussions, revealing a gap between inclusion rhetoric and practice. Autistic Strengths and Commitment to Teaching. Alongside challenges, participants articulated strengths associated with autistic ways of working, including hyper-focus, pattern recognition, ethical commitment, and deep engagement with teaching and research. Many described strong alignment with values of fairness and care in teaching, though these strengths were often under-recognised within institutional cultures prioritising speed and social performance. While situated in Irish higher education, the findings resonate across European contexts marked by precarity and performance pressures. Implications for policy and practice related to role clarity, workload design, disclosure, and recognition of autistic contributions. References Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2021) Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage, London. Doherty, M., McCowan, S., & Shaw, S. C. (2023). Autistic SPACE: a novel framework for meeting the needs of autistic people in healthcare settings. British Journal of Hospital Medicine, 84(4), 1-9. Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic Injustice: Power and the Ethics of Knowing. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780198237907.001.0001 Gormley, L., Feeney, A., & McNally, S. (2024). A scoping review of research trends and future directions for research on the experiences of autistic students and staff in post-secondary education. European Journal of Higher Education, 14(4), 554-573. Kenny, N., Neilson, S., O'Kelly, J., Doyle, J.K. and McDonald, J. (2024), "Exploring the Paradigm of Co-Produced Research Within the Context of the COVID-19 Pandemic", Rose, R. and Shevlin, M. (Ed.) Including Voices (International Perspectives on Inclusive Education, Vol. 23), Emerald Publishing Limited, Leeds, pp. 149-161. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-363620240000023012 Walker, N. (2021), Neuroqueer Heresies: Notes on the Neurodiversity Paradigm, Autistic Empowerment, and Postnormal Possibilities; Autonomous Press. Wong, B. (2024). Exploring the spatial belonging of students in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 49(3), 546-558. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Discomfort, Power, and Learning: When Inclusion Feels Unsettling in Higher Education 1: Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Netherlands, The; 2: Amsterdam University of Applied Sciences, Amsterdam, The Netherlands; 3: Universiteit van Amsterdam, Amsterdam, The Netherlands; 4: Amsterdam UMC, Amsterdam, The Netherlands; 5: Inholland University of Applied Sciences, Amsterdam, The Netherlands Presenting Author:Across European higher education, commitments to inclusion have expanded rapidly, yet the everyday enactment of these commitments remains uneven. A recurring dynamic in teaching, supervision, assessment, and collegial interaction is the emergence of diversity discomfort, the felt and often tacit unease that accompanies encounters with difference, contested knowledge, and unequal social positioning. This discomfort is frequently treated as noise to be managed away (through silence, proceduralism, or “neutrality”), or alternatively as evidence of individual intolerance. We propose a different starting point: diversity discomfort is an educational and organizational phenomenon that is patterned by power relations and epistemic norms, and it can either consolidate exclusion or open pathways for inclusive transformation. This conceptual and agenda setting paper asks: Under what conditions does diversity discomfort in higher education operate as an exclusionary mechanism, and under what conditions can it be pedagogically and institutionally mobilised to support inclusion? We pursue three objectives. First, we clarify diversity discomfort as a multi level construct that spans affect (emotion), cognition (meaning making), and relational positioning (recognition and credibility). Second, we map key theoretical traditions that illuminate how discomfort is produced and distributed across institutional life. Third, we develop a forward looking research agenda and set of conceptual propositions to guide empirical work and professional practice. We conceptualise diversity discomfort as exclusionary when it becomes attached to routinised defensive practices, including avoidance of “difficult” content, discrediting of minority testimony, depoliticised appeals to academic objectivity, and the normalization of microaggressions through institutional inaction. These dynamics connect to scholarship on epistemic injustice and willful ignorance (Pohlhaus, 2012), and to accounts of how institutional norms protect historically dominant groups, often through seemingly benign procedures (Ahmed, 2017; DiAngelo, 2018; Wang, 2005). Simultaneously, a distinct body of scholarship suggests that discomfort can function as a productive educational condition when it is accompanied by pedagogical structure, ethical safeguards, and reflective attention. We bring four strands into dialogue. First, feminist and poststructural accounts treat discomfort as a signal that habitual modes of perception are being interrupted, creating an opening for critical self interrogation and responsibility (Foucault, 1994; Haraway, 2016; Chadwick, 2021; Ahmed, 2017). Second, learning theories conceptualise stretch as intrinsic to development, while cautioning that challenge can tip into panic without appropriate scaffolding (Vygotsky, 1978; Senninger, 2000). Third, work on safe and brave spaces reframes the goal as neither comfort nor confrontation, but conditions for engaged disagreement alongside protection of dignity (Arao and Clemens, 2013; Callan, 2020). Fourth, pedagogy of discomfort foregrounds emotions as central to social justice learning, while insisting that educators must navigate the ethical risk of harm, including the possibility of ethical violence in the name of transformation (Boler, 1999; Berlak, 2004; Boler and Zembylas, 2003; Zembylas and McGlynn, 2012; Zembylas, 2015). By reframing diversity discomfort as a site where inclusion is negotiated, not merely a hindrance to be removed, the paper outlines conceptual propositions and a research agenda aimed at understanding how European HEIs can cultivate practices that convert defensive discomfort into reflective engagement, without normalising harm or offloading emotional costs onto minoritised participants. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a conceptual paper that draws on a narrative review and iterative expert sensemaking to develop a differentiated framework for analysing diversity discomfort in European higher education. We conducted a narrative review using search terms spanning diversity and inclusion, discomfort, epistemic injustice, safe and brave spaces, learning zones, and pedagogy of discomfort. Rather than aiming for exhaustive coverage, we focused on identifying conceptual mechanisms, points of tension, and recurring explanatory patterns across literatures. The review was organised in iterative cycles of mapping, clustering, and theorising. First, we mapped how discomfort is defined, located (individual, relational, institutional), and morally evaluated (problem, signal, necessity) across distinct traditions. Second, we clustered insights into four analytic strands (politics of discomfort, learning zone accounts, safe and brave space scholarship, pedagogy of discomfort) and examined how each strand treats power, vulnerability, agency, and pedagogical responsibility. Third, through a series of expert meetings, we tested the coherence and portability of the emerging framework across European institutional contexts, including universities and universities of applied sciences. The outcome of this approach is a set of conceptual propositions and an empirically tractable research agenda. In particular, we specify how discomfort is shaped by institutional norms of neutrality and merit, by epistemic hierarchies concerning whose knowledge is credited, and by pedagogical designs that either contain uncertainty or use it as a resource. These propositions are intended to guide qualitative and mixed method studies on classroom interaction, curriculum choices, staff development, and institutional policy enactment. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper contributes (1) a reframed conceptualisation of diversity discomfort as a multi level phenomenon shaped by power and epistemic norms, (2) a set of propositions to help distinguish exclusionary discomfort (defensive, displacing, silencing) from generative discomfort (structured, dialogic, accountable), and (3) a research agenda for European higher education. The research agenda is organised around four questions: How is diversity discomfort produced and normalised through everyday pedagogical and institutional practices? What conditions enable discomfort to support learning, dialogue, and inclusion rather than avoidance or harm? What forms of scaffolding, facilitation, and institutional accountability are required to prevent the offloading of emotional labour onto minoritised participants? How do these dynamics vary across European contexts, disciplines, and institutional types? We also foreground three dilemmas. First, educators must calibrate challenge so that learners and teachers remain within a viable learning zone. Second, efforts to “stay with discomfort” must address the ethical risk of harm and the possibility of ethical violence (Butler, 2005; Zembylas, 2015). Third, the current organisational climate of efficiency and constraint can push inclusion work toward procedural compliance, undermining the slow practices of reflexivity and relational repair required for meaningful change (Ghorashi, 2014). References Ahmed, S. (2017). Living a Feminist Life. Duke University Press. Arao, B., and Clemens, K. (2013). From safe spaces to brave spaces: A new way to frame dialogue around diversity and social justice. In L. Landreman (Ed.), The art of effective facilitation (pp. 135–150). Routledge. Berlak, A. (2004). Confrontation and pedagogy: cultural secrets and emotion in anti oppressive pedagogies. In M. Boler (Ed.), Democratic dialogue in education: troubling speech, disturbing silence (pp. 123–144). Peter Lang. Boler, M. (1999). Feeling Power: Emotions and Education. Routledge. Boler, M., and Zembylas, M. (2003). Discomforting truths: the emotional terrain of understanding differences. In P. Tryfonas (Ed.), Pedagogies of difference: rethinking education for social justice (pp. 110–136). Routledge. Butler, J. (2005). Giving an Account of Oneself. Fordham University Press. Callan, E. (2020). Education in safe and unsafe spaces. Philosophical Inquiry in Education, 24(1), 64–78. Chadwick, R. (2021). On the politics of discomfort. Feminist Theory, 22(4), 556–574. DiAngelo, R. (2018). White Fragility. Beacon Press. Foucault, M. (1994). For an ethic of discomfort. In J. D. Faubion (Ed.), Essential Works of Foucault, 1954–1984 (Vol. 3, pp. 443–448). The New Press. Ghorashi, H. (2014). Routed connections in late modern times. In U. M. Vieten (Ed.), Revisiting Iris Marion Young on normalisation, inclusion and democracy (pp. 49–67). Palgrave Pivot. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. Keddie, A. (2022). Engaging boys in gender transformative pedagogy: navigating discomfort, vulnerability and empathy. Pedagogy, Culture and Society, 30(3), 401–414. Pohlhaus, G. (2012). Relational knowing and epistemic injustice: towards a theory of willful hermeneutic ignorance. Hypatia, 27(4), 715–735. Senninger, T. (2000). Abenteuer leiten, in Abenteuern lernen. Ökotopia. Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Harvard University Press. Wang, H. (2005). Aporias, responsibility, and the im possibility of teaching multicultural education. Educational Theory, 55, 45–59. Zembylas, M. (2015). Pedagogy of discomfort and its ethical implications: the tensions of ethical violence in social justice education. Ethics and Education, 10(2), 163–174. Zembylas, M., and McGlynn, C. (2012). Discomforting pedagogies: emotional tensions, ethical dilemmas and transformative possibilities. British Educational Research Journal, 38(1), 41–59. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Feedback for Inclusion in VET: A Study of Teacher and Trainer Practices Amidst Finnish Learning Support Reform University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Feedback for Inclusion in VET: A Study of Teacher Practices Amidst Finnish Learning Support Reform Feedback plays a central role in vocational education and training (VET), supporting learning, motivation, competence development, and inclusion. In Finland, students’ right to receive feedback is explicitly stated in the Act on Vocational Education and Training (531/2017), positioning feedback as both a pedagogical and a legal responsibility. At the same time, Finland is undergoing a major reform of learning support, with changes extending to vocational education from 2026. This reform aims to strengthen inclusive practices and early support. Despite these developments, limited empirical research has examined how feedback is enacted in everyday VET practices from the perspective of those primarily responsible for providing it: teachers in educational institutions. This paper addresses this gap by examining how VET teachers experience, interpret, and enact feedback practices in relation to learning support and inclusion, drawing on a complete dataset of 39 teachers across five Finnish colleges. The study is guided by the following research questions: 1. How do VET teachers conceptualise their role in providing feedback, and what challenges and constraints shape their feedback practices in school‑based learning contexts? 2. How do teachers’ experiences of feedback relate to the objectives of the Finnish learning support reform and the statutory right to feedback? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study employed semi-structured interviews, focus groups, and teaching observations with 39 VET teachers purposively sampled from five Finnish colleges representing three institutional types: a general VET college, an inclusive VET college, and a foundation-based specialist provider. Participants came from nine vocational fields (construction, IT, logistics, boat-making, catering, business, healthcare, mathematics, and electrical/automotive). All interviews were transcribed verbatim and analysed using thematic analysis with a hybrid inductive-deductive coding approach (Braun & Clarke, 2021; Laari, 2025), supported by NVivo software. Ethical procedures followed GDPR and TENK (2019) guidelines. Interviews explored experiences of providing feedback, challenges in inclusive practice, and perceptions of the alignment between feedback practice and legal/structural requirements. All interviews were transcribed verbatim and analysed using qualitative content analysis supported by NVivo software, allowing systematic coding, identification of themes, and comparison across teacher and trainer perspectives. The analysis examined both role-specific patterns and shared themes, including practical constraints, ethical and legal considerations, and professional development needs. This approach enabled a nuanced understanding of how teachers and trainers operationalise feedback practices and how these practices relate to students’ learning support rights. All research procedures followed ethical guidelines in accordance with GDPR and national ethical norms (European Union, 2016; Finnish National Board on Research Integrity, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings reveal four interconnected themes. First, written feedback via the Päivä Kirja (daily task book) and platforms (Wilma, Moodle) is largely inaccessible to students with learning difficulties, while oral, face-to-face feedback is universally preferred but time-intensive. Second, teachers face a persistent dilemma between honesty and constructiveness, compounded by a lack of formal training in feedback pedagogy. Third, structural inequalities affect students with specific learning difficulties (dyslexia, ADHD, central auditory processing disorder), immigrant-background (S2) learners (including safety risks in workshop settings), and those in workplace training because a non-disclosure gap prevents supervisors from being informed of students’ needs. Fourth, teachers urgently demand training in feedback for diverse learners, protected time for individualized feedback, multimodal tools (audio, video), and institutional trust that prioritizes support intensity over performance metrics. The study argues that achieving inclusive VET requires coherent support structures that enable teachers to deliver feedback that genuinely supports diverse learners, and that the 2026 learning support reform must address these systemic constraints to uphold students’ statutory right to feedback. References Karkkulainen, E. A., Pihlainen, K., & Kärnä, E. (2025). Students’ perceptions of school-based feedback in vocational education and training in Finland: The case of students with learning difficulties. International Journal of Special Education, 40(1), 78–92. https://doi.org/10.52291/ijse.2025.40.7 Karkkulainen, E. A., Pihlainen, K., & Kärnä, E. (2023). Feedback methods in vocational education and training for supporting students with learning disabilities and/or difficulties in learning: A literature review. European Journal of Special Education Research, 9(3), 160–181. https://doi.org/10.46827/ejse.v9i3.5095 Act on Vocational Education and Training (531/2017). (2017). Finlex. https://www.finlex.fi/en/laki/kaannokset/2017/en20170531_20170531.pdf Florian, L. (2014). What counts as evidence of inclusive education? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 286–294. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.933551 European Commission. (2021). European Pillar of Social Rights. Publications Office of the European Union. https://ec.europa.eu/social/main.jsp?langId=en Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 11 B: Conceptual Perspectives on Inclusion and Difference Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Rune Hausstatter Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Interpreting Inclusive Education in SEND Code of Practice (2015) of England: A Dual-Framework NVivo Analysis University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper reports the first phase of a doctoral study examining how inclusive education is framed within England’s Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) Code of Practice (2015) and how this aligns with the Curriculum Framework for Children and Young People with Vision Impairment (CFVI). While the SEND Code of Practice (2015) provides the statutory foundation for inclusive education, the CFVI represents a practice-oriented framework co-developed by professionals, young people, and families to support equitable provision for learners with vision impairment. This paper investigates how inclusive education is constructed, framed, and operationalised within the Code, and the extent to which its language and structure align with the pedagogical priorities embedded in the CFVI. The study is guided by the central research question: How does the SEND Code of Practice (2015) conceptualise inclusive education, and to what extent does this construction align with the principles and domains outlined in the CFVI? The analysis is informed by two key conceptual frameworks. First, the study adopts an interpretivist perspective, drawing on Yanow (2000), Fischer & Forester (1993), and Schwartz-Shea & Yanow (2013), treating policy texts not simply as technical instructions but as meaning-making artefacts embedded in institutional, political, and social contexts. From this perspective, the Code is understood as a discursive space where inclusion is defined, justified, and translated into practice through language. Second, the analysis incorporates theoretical insights from Brahm Norwich’s work on inclusive pedagogy and the 'dilemmas of difference'. Norwich’s conceptualisation of balancing common curriculum access with individualised responses informs the development of the Seven-Domain Framework used in this study. The Seven-Domain Framework captures key dimensions of inclusive practice—Teaching Strategy, Curriculum, Educational Environment, Support Focus, Assistive Technologies, Indicators of Success, and Educator Knowledge. These domains reflect both classroom-level and system-level features of inclusion and are partially informed by the CFVI, which highlights the importance of environmental accessibility, specialist skill development, and inter-agency collaboration for learners with vision impairment. A second analytical lens, the Universal–Specialist–Dynamic Framework, categorises the types of provision described in the Code. This distinction is well established in inclusive education systems internationally. It reflects the balance between universal strategies intended for all learners, specialist provision tailored to specific needs, and dynamic forms of support that sit between the two. While the Dual Access Model in vision impairment education expresses this logic specifically for VI learners, the framework used here represents a broader conceptual structure applicable across inclusive education contexts. These two complementary frameworks allow a structured analysis of what the Code emphasises, how it describes different types of provision, and where key gaps appear. The study contributes to European and international debates on inclusive education by offering a detailed analysis of how statutory policy communicates its expectations and priorities. It also raises questions about the relationship between policy coherence and practical implementation, particularly for low-incidence disabilities such as vision impairment. Moreover, The analysis highlights a common pattern in national policy, where system-level accountability receives more attention than classroom pedagogy. This imbalance has also been noted in several European education systems. As a part of a cross-cultural doctoral project, the paper also highlights how insights from England’s policy landscape may inform comparative work and broader reflections on the inclusive education. The findings have relevance for policymakers, practitioners, and researchers interested in the interaction between statutory guidance, professional frameworks, and everyday educational practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an interpretivist approach, treating the SEND Code of Practice (2015) as a discursive text which constructed through language. This approach enables an examination of how inclusion is framed, prioritised, and operationalised within national policy. Two analytical frameworks guided the organisation of the data. The Seven-Domain Framework was used as a coding structure to map how different aspects of inclusive education appear across the policy text. The Universal–Specialist–Dynamic Framework was applied as a second coding layer to classify the types of provision described in each domain. These two frameworks enabled the analysis to examine what the policy prioritises and how different forms of support are framed within it. Template Analysis (Brooks et al., 2015) guided the overall analytical process. The process involved full familiarisation with the Code, initial deductive coding using the two frameworks, and iterative refinement of a coding template as new insights emerged. The final template was then systematically applied across the dataset. NVivo 12 supported the analysis by enabling multi-layered coding, memo development, and the generation of frequency counts and cross-tabulated matrices. These tools made it possible to visualise patterns across domains and provision types and to maintain transparency in the analytical trail. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study analysed how England’s SEND Code of Practice (2015) constructs inclusive education, using a dual-framework approach to examine both thematic content and levels of provision. Through NVivo-based Template Analysis, 185 coded references were identified across seven domains, alongside 756 modal expressions signalling different degrees of obligation (e.g., must, should, may). The findings show a clear imbalance in the Code’s emphasis. System-level mechanisms—captured in the Support Focus domain—dominate the discourse, while classroom-facing areas such as Teaching Strategy, Curriculum, and Assistive Technology appear far less frequently. This pattern suggests that the Code frames inclusion primarily through procedures, coordination, and statutory duties rather than pedagogical practice. The modal analysis indicated that the policy language places greater emphasis on flexibility and local autonomy rather than explicit teaching directives. These results highlight a wider challenge in inclusive education policy: the gap between statutory frameworks and everyday classroom realities. For learners with vision impairment, whose inclusion relies heavily on adapted teaching and specialist skills, this gap has tangible consequences. The Curriculum Framework for Children and Young People with Vision Impairment (CFVI) helps bridge this divide. The CFVI provides detailed, practice-oriented guidance that translates broad principles into concrete teaching strategies, independence skills, and technology use. By aligning the Code’s legal foundations with the CFVI’s pedagogical pathways, the study shows how system-level expectations and classroom practice can be connected more effectively References Brooks, J., McCluskey, S., Turley, E., & King, N. (2015). The utility of template analysis in qualitative psychology research. Qualitative research in psychology, 12(2), 202-222. Douglas, G., McLinden, M., Ellis, E., Hewett, R., Wooten, A., Ware,J., & Williams, L. (2019). A rapid evidence assessment of the effectiveness of educational interventions to support children and young people with vision impairment. Welsh Government, GSR report number 39/2019. Fischer, F., & Forester, J. (Eds.). (1993). The Argumentative Turn in Policy Analysis and Planning. Duke University Press. Florian, L., & Black-Hawkins, K. (2011). Exploring inclusive pedagogy. British educational research journal, 37(5), 813-828. Hewett, R., Douglas, G., McLinden, M., & James, L. (2023). Development of a new curriculum framework for children and young people with vision impairment: A United Kingdom consultation using the Delphi approach. British Journal of Visual Impairment, 42(1), 3-19. Limna, P. (2023). The impact of NVivo in qualitative research: Perspectives from graduate students. Journal of Applied Learning and Teaching, 6(2), 271-282. McLinden, M., Douglas, G., Cobb, R., Hewett, R., & Ravenscroft, J. (2016). ‘Access to learning’and ‘learning to access’: Analysing the distinctive role of specialist teachers of children and young people with vision impairments in facilitating curriculum access through an ecological systems theory. British Journal of Visual Impairment, 34(2), 177-195. McLinden, M., Douglas, G., Hewett, R., Cobb, R., Keil, S., Lynch, P., ... & Thistlethwaite, J. S. (2022). Promoting equitable access to education for children and young people with vision impairment: A route-map for a balanced curriculum. Routledge. McLinden, M., Douglas, G., Hewett, R., Cobb, R., Keil, S., Lynch, P., Roe, J., Stewart Thistlethwaite, J. (2022). Promoting Equitable Access to Education for Children and Young People with Vision Impairment: A Route-Map for a Balanced Curriculum. Routledge:UK. Norwich, B. (2013). Addressing tensions and dilemmas in inclusive education: Living with uncertainty. Routledge. Norwich, B. (2022, July). Research about inclusive education: Are the scope, reach and limits empirical and methodological and/or conceptual and evaluative?. In Frontiers in Education(Vol. 7, p. 937929). Frontiers Media SA. Norwich, B., & Koutsouris, G. (2017). Addressing dilemmas and tensions in inclusive education. In Oxford research encyclopedia of education. Schwartz-Shea, P., & Yanow, D. (2013). Interpretive research design: Concepts and processes. Routledge. Yanow, D. (2000). Conducting Interpretive Policy Analysis. Sage. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Developing a Concentric Spatial Turn for Inclusive and Special Education Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Education systems across the world have long grappled with the concepts of inclusion, exclusion, and segregation, which are fundamentally spatially imbued (Downes 2020; Kitchin 1998; Ypinazar and Pagliano 2004). Despite the growing focus on the "spatial turn" in education over the past two decades, spatial understandings remain under-theorised in this domain (Buchner and Köpfer 2022; Köpfer 2025). This paper proposes a novel theoretical framework—the concentric spatial turn—to address the limitations of existing diametric spatial systems that perpetuate exclusion and segregation (Downes et al. 2024, Travers and Downes, 2025).Diametric spatial systems are characterized by oppositional, hierarchical structures that reinforce exclusionary practices, such as the segregation of students with special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) into separate spaces (Foucault and Miskowiec 1986; Kitchin 1998; Soja 1989, 2000). These systems rely on assumed separation, closure, and mirror image inverted symmetry, creating rigid binaries such as "us versus them" and "above versus below" (Lévi-Strauss 1963, 1977). In contrast, concentric spatial systems offer a relational model of assumed connection, where distinctions are made within a framework of connectivity and shared humanity (Bronfenbrenner and Morris 2006; Downes et al. 2024).The proposed concentric spatial turn builds on the initial spatial turn in education, which treated space as socially constructed and malleable (Lefebvre 1991; Soja 2000; Massey 2005). Drawing on interdisciplinary insights from psychology, anthropology, and phenomenology, this framework emphasises the dynamic interplay between physical and relational spaces (Lakoff and Johnson 1999; Ricoeur 1981, 1994; Lévi-Strauss 1963; Zlatev 2005; Vendra and Furia 2021). It challenges the reduction of space to homogenous or undifferentiated structures, advocating instead for a plurality of responsive spaces that foster meaningful engagement and inclusion (Buchner and Köpfer 2022; Nind, Köpfer and Lemmer 2022; Downes 2024). Using Ireland as an illustrative example, this paper examines the evolution of special and inclusive education policies and practices over the past century (Ring 2024; Travers 2023). Despite policy commitments to inclusion, such as the ratification of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD 2007) in 2018, Ireland continues, similar to many European countries, to experience growth in segregated special schools and classes (NCSE 2024). This contradiction between policy intentions and practice highlights the need for a paradigm shift toward concentric spatial systems (Cefai et al. 2021; EU Council Recommendation Pathways to School Success 2022). The paper argues that concentric spaces can address systemic challenges in inclusive education by reconceptualizing schools as multiple, fluid spaces that accommodate diverse needs (Downes et al. 2024). It explores the implications of this framework for governance, pedagogy, curriculum, assessment, and stakeholder engagement, emphasising the importance of breaking down silos between health and education and fostering authentic connections between schools, families, and communities (Downes 2020; Kakos 2022; Ferrare and Apple 2010; Travers and King 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper employs a desk-based conceptual review methodology to develop and apply the proposed concentric spatial framework to inclusive and special education. The interpretative approach synthesises insights from cognitive psychology, linguistics, hermeneutics, and structuralist anthropology to interrogate spatial assumptions and their impact on educational systems. The methodology builds on the work of key thinkers such as Ricoeur, Bronfenbrenner, and Lévi-Strauss. Ricoeur’s hermeneutics provide a spatial lens for understanding relational dynamics, while Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems model offers a foundation for conceptualising concentric spaces as interconnected subsystems. Lévi-Strauss’ structural anthropology introduces the geometric contrasts between diametric and concentric spaces, which serve as the basis for the proposed framework. The paper examines spatial structures as both physical and relational systems, focusing on three key axes: assumed separation versus connection, relative closure versus openness, and mirror image inverted symmetry versus symmetry as unity. These spatial contrasts are used to analyse system-level practices and policies in Irish special and inclusive education. The Irish context is chosen for its illustrative value, given its recent ratification of the UNCRPD and its policy commitment to a fully inclusive education system. However, the country is also experiencing significant growth in segregated provision, such as autism special classes and special schools. This contradiction provides a unique opportunity to apply the concentric spatial framework to scrutinize the interplay between inclusion and exclusion in education. The analysis is structured chronologically and thematically, focusing on major policy shifts, legislative changes, and evolving models of provision in Ireland. Sources are selected based on their direct relevance to inclusive and special education policy, their citation in policy debates, and their representation of critical perspectives. The paper also draws on illustrative theoretical frameworks and examples from international contexts to demonstrate the broader applicability of the concentric spatial framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings highlight the limitations of diametric spatial systems, as these systems perpetuate exclusionary practices through rigid binaries, hierarchical structures, and spatial segregation (Buchner and Köpfer 2022). These diametric systems are underpinned by oppositional logics such as norm/other and above/below, which structure educational spaces and relationships in ways that marginalise learners. The proposed concentric spatial turn offers a transformative alternative to these exclusionary patterns. By treating space as a relational system of assumed connection, concentric spaces challenge the traditional notion of schools as homogenous, closed systems and instead foreground openness, mediation, and connection with the wider environment. Schools are reconceptualised as multiple, fluid spaces that accommodate diverse needs and foster meaningful engagement, moving beyond simple co-location or presence towards more connective micro-spaces such as nurture rooms, parents’ rooms, and multidisciplinary hubs (Downes 2024). Concentric spatial systems promote shared governance and collaboration between health, education, and social sectors, addressing the silos created by diametric spatial splitting and traditional separations of services. This reconfiguration positions the school as a connective site for multidisciplinary support (Cefai et al. 2021). Inclusive pedagogy and curricula can be reimagined within concentric spaces to celebrate difference as a resource and asset rather than a basis for exclusion, thereby resisting deficit-oriented labelling and segregating practices (Nind, Köpfer and Lemmer 2022). Concentric spaces support relational, dialogic, and socio-emotional approaches that recognise learner diversity (Downes et al. 2024). Concentric spaces enable inclusive assessment practices that are accessible, appropriate, and relevant to all learners, challenging performative, high-stakes regimes that reproduce diametric hierarchies of success and failure (Ferrare and Apple 2010). They also foster authentic connections between schools, families, and communities (Downes et al 2024). Inclusive leadership within concentric spatial systems emphasises solidarity, trust, and a shared vision of inclusion, challenging diametric hierarchies and binaries. References Bronfenbrenner, U. and Gary, W.E., 2000. Developmental science in the 21st century: Emerging questions, theoretical models, research designs and empirical findings. Social Development, 9(1), pp.115–125. Buchner, T., 2025. On ‘integration rooms’, tough territories, and ‘places to be’: The ability-space-regimes of three educational settings at Austrian secondary schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(2), pp.192–209. Buchner, T. and Köpfer, A., 2022. Mapping the field: Spatial relations in research on inclusion and exclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(2), pp.129–136. Cefai, C., Downes, P., Cavioni, V., Damberga, I., Cefai, C., Camilleri, L. and Bartolo, P., 2021. Social emotional competence, learning outcomes, emotional and behavioral difficulties of preschool children: Parent and teacher evaluations. Frontiers in Psychology, 12. Downes, P., 2020. Reconstructing agency in developmental and educational psychology: Inclusive systems as concentric space. New York/London/New Delhi: Routledge. Downes, P., 2024. Towards a concentric spatial psychology for social and emotional education beyond the interlocking spatial pillars of modernism. Eighth Monograph in Resilience and Health, Centre for Resilience and Socio-Emotional Health, University of Malta. Downes, P., Li, G., Van Praag, L. and Lamb, S. eds., 2024. The Routledge international handbook of equity and inclusion in education. London: Routledge. Ferrare, J.J. and Apple, M.W., 2010. Spatializing critical education: Progress and cautions. Critical Studies in Education, 51(2), pp.209–221. Kakos, M., 2022. A third space for inclusion: Multilingual teaching assistants reporting on the use of their marginal position, translation and translanguaging to construct inclusive environments. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(2), pp.223–238. Köpfer, A., 2025. Reconstructing students’ appropriation of space in inclusive schools in Austria and Germany using Bourdieu’s theory of social space. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(2), pp.175–191. Lefebvre, H., 1991. The production of space. Translated by D. Nicholson-Smith. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell. Lévi-Strauss, C., 1963. Structural anthropology: Vol. 1. Translated by C. Jacobsen and B. Grundfest Schoepf. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. Nind, M., Köpfer, A. and Lemmer, K., 2022. Children’s spaces of belonging in schools: Bringing theories and stakeholder perspectives into dialogue. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(2), pp.210–222. Soja, E.W., 1985. The spatiality of social life: Towards a transformative retheorisation. In: D. Gregory and J. Urry, eds. Social relations and spatial structures. London: Critical Human Geography. Travers, J., & Downes, P. (2025). Developing a concentric spatial turn for inclusive and special education: key issues for systems development. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 1–26. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Understanding Learner and Teacher Sense-Making of Withdrawal or ‘Pull-out’ as an Educational Practice University of South Wales, United Kingdom Presenting Author:It has been argued that personnel and resources traditionally allocated to special education should be re-directed toward building inclusive schools, partly through working with teachers and systems, and partly through direct work that enables pupil participation (Göransson et al., 2017). Co-teaching is regarded as the best option for this, but is challenged by time constraints and professional inequalities (Mulholland and O’Connor, 2016). In reality, one-to-one support but particularly small group work outside general classrooms are dominant practices, even in countries with well-established inclusive education systems (Paulsrud and Nilholm, 2023). It remains unclear whether such withdrawal, or ‘pull-out’, creates a parallel system of special education within mainstream schooling, or whether it supports inclusion by enabling flexible grouping and a plurality of support practices (Travers and Downes, 2025). Withdrawal carries the risk of marginalising learners (Buchner and Köpfer, 2025) and teachers note much of what is offered in withdrawal spaces can be provided within class (Vlachou et al., 2015). Despite this, research suggests learners can appreciate separate learning spaces, describing them as quieter, calmer, less pressured and more accessible in terms of instruction (Conn et al., 2024). Some learners express a strong sense of belonging in separate spaces and pride in being part of a distinct group (Holt et al. 2012). These findings reflect wider debates on social inclusion which acknowledge the need to remove barriers while recognising the value of segregated, dignified spaces that individuals play an active role in shaping (Norwich and Webster, 2024). Belonging has become a central concept for inclusive education in recent years. Children and young people can experience profound exclusion even while physically present in mainstream settings (Dunne et al., 2019), and inclusive education is increasingly understood as requiring meaningful participation and a genuine sense of belonging (Hernández-Saca et al., 2023). Individual learners attend to different aspects of their environment, leading them to experience belonging in deeply personal ways. However, when consulted, they consistently describe belonging as feeling comfortable and safe enough to engage in learning, which they identify as the core activity of their classrooms and schools (Black-Hawkins et al., 2022). Positive peer relationships are crucial for learners, but also positive relationships with teachers: whether they like their teacher, whether their teacher likes them and whether instruction is understandable (Black-Hawkins et al., 2022). Understanding inclusive pedagogy as a relational process cannot be overstated. Pedagogy does not arise from objects, such as curriculum, learning spaces and tasks, but from interactions between subjects (Gabel, 2002). Teachers must view learners as attentive, capable and agentive, their learning subjectivities emerging out of responsive pedagogical relations. A caring attitude is essential since learning is emotionally situated, but pedagogy is ultimately grounded in knowledge-based relationships (Biesta, 2017). Dialogic practices, such as talking, questioning and thinking together, are central to fostering engagement and learning. This applies to all learners, including those who bring difference. While such learners may experience greater frustration and anxiety, making care relations especially important, the core pedagogical experience remains a knowledge-based encounter between teacher and learner. Learners are supported primarily through rich language-mediated practices, including explanation, questioning, discussion, visualisation, praise and reassurance (Prediger and Buró, 2024). This raises a key question: given the demands placed on classroom teachers, how challenging is this relational and linguistic work, and to what extent might withdrawal practices respond to a wider set of priorities and needs (Naraian, 2019)? Are withdrawal spaces addressing learner deficits or offering a range of meaningful and responsive spaces for diversity (Travers and Downes, 2025)? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The overarching aim of the review is to examine research that sheds light on the practice of withdrawal, specifically how it is made sense of by those involved. Of particular interest is pedagogy within withdrawal spaces and whether it could be said to support inclusion within the wider setting. To this end, the following research questions are addressed: [1] What are learners’ experiences of withdrawal in primary and secondary schools? [2] How do they experience teaching and learning within withdrawal spaces compared to learning in mainstream classrooms? [3] What meanings of withdrawal emerge in research with teachers, particularly regarding the pedagogical opportunities it affords learners and how it supports inclusion? Relevant academic literature was identified through searches of the British Education Index, ERIC, Scopus, Academic Search Complete and PsycINFO. Search terms were informed by preliminary reading and predefined criteria limited results to English-language studies published between 2009 and 2025. The review focused on Europe as, despite cross-national variation in education systems and terminology, learning support practices show notable similarities (Stentiford et al., 2018). Only studies conducted in mainstream primary or secondary schools were included. Those focusing on special schools, self-contained classrooms, preschools, or higher education were therefore excluded. A total of 3588 articles were identified from database searching, but most of these did not meet the selection criteria or were focused on areas other than education. The eligibility of the remaining studies (n= 48) was assessed through a closer reading of each article, after which a further 27 were excluded. Additional articles were identified from other sources and a total of 23 articles were used for data extraction. A narrative synthesis approach was used to integrate findings from the selected studies. In this method, information from multiple studies is interpreted, organised into themes and examined for areas of convergence and divergence, with disagreements resolved through discussion within the research team (Green et al., 2006). After agreeing on an initial set of codes, we conducted a more detailed reading of each study to extract relevant textual units. These units were then sorted into themes aligned with our research questions. As a result, some studies were coded and themed several times. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis is currently ongoing but emergent findings suggest that across European contexts withdrawal practices are widespread and have become a routine organisational response to perceived learner diversity, particularly as learners get older. A key theme emerging is the tension between inclusive ideals and practical constraints. Teachers generally express commitment to ‘all-in’ inclusion, yet simultaneously view withdrawal as necessary under certain conditions. These conditions include curriculum demands but also the perceived need for quieter or more individualised learning spaces. In several studies, pull-out provision is framed as pedagogically effective, allowing slower pacing, explicit instruction, relational support and reduced performance pressure for learners. However, the findings also highlight significant risks. Withdrawal can construct students as ‘not able’ or ‘not normal’, so supporting ability-based teaching and producing stigmatising spaces that intensify divisions between learners. Spatial arrangements play a key role: where separate rooms become fixed ‘integration’ or ‘support’ spaces, they often solidify hierarchies of ability. In contrast, flexible, multifunctional spaces used by a wide range of learners are seen to operate as enabling rather than marginalising environments. Another recurring theme is the limited collaboration between mainstream and learning support teachers. Across contexts, lack of shared planning time, unclear professional roles and organisational structures favouring withdrawal reduce the potential for inclusive, in-class support. Teachers frequently view specialist expertise as located outside the classroom, which can allow mainstream teachers to displace responsibility for learner diversity. Overall, findings suggest that withdrawal is neither inherently inclusive nor exclusive. Its impact depends on duration, purpose, group composition, coordination with classroom learning and attention to student voice. Reflective use of space emerges as crucial to reducing the segregating effects of pull-out practices while addressing genuine learner needs. References Biesta, G. (2017) The Rediscovery of Teaching. Routledge. Black-Hawkins, K. et al. (2022) Developing inclusive classroom communities Education 3-13 50(5): 577-591. Buchner, T. and Köpfer, A. (2025) Mapping the field: Spatial relations in research on inclusion and exclusion in education IJIE 29(2): 129-136. Conn, C. et al. (2024) Learner experiences of low attainment groups in the context of a rights approach to education Pedagogy, Culture and Society 33(3): 983-999. Travers, J. and Downes, P. (2025) Developing a concentric spatial turn for inclusive and special education European Journal of Special Needs Education. Dunne, L. et al. (2019) Spaces of inclusion: Investigating place, positioning and perspective in educational settings through photo-elicitation IJIE 22(1): 21-37. Gabel, S (2002) Some conceptual problems with critical pedagogy Curriculum Inquiry 32(2): 177-201. Göransson, K. et al. (2017) Ideas about occupational roles and inclusive practices among special needs educators in Sweden Educational Review 69(4): 490-505. Green, et al. (2006) Writing narrative literature reviews for peer-reviewed journals Journal of Chiropractic Medicine 5(3): 101–117. Hannes, K. et al. (2012) Don’t pull me out!? Preliminary findings of a systematic review of qualitative evidence on experiences of pupils with special educational needs in inclusive education Social and Behavioural Sciences 69: 1710-1713. Hernández-Saca, D. et al. (2023) A critical systematic literature review of global inclusive education Education Sciences 13(12): 1212. Holt, L. et al. (2012) Special units for young people on the autistic spectrum in mainstream schools Environment and Planning 44(9): 2191-2206. Mulholland, M. and O’Connor, U. (2016) Collaborative classroom practice for inclusion: Perspectives of classroom teachers and learning support/resource teachers IJIE 20(10): 1070-1083. Naraian, S. (2019) Precarious, debilitated and ordinary: rethinking (in)capacity for inclusion Curriculum Inquiry 49(4): 464-484. Norwich, B. and Webster, R. (2024) Enhancing public dialogue about inclusion in school education Frontiers in Education 9. Paulsrud, D. and Nilholm, C. (2023) Teaching for inclusion - a review of research on the cooperation between regular teachers and special educators in the work with students in need of special support IJIE 27(4): 541-555. Prediger, S. and Buró, R. (2024) Fifty ways to work with students’ diverse abilities? IJIE 28(2): 124-143. Stentiford, L. et al. (2018) A systematic literature review of the organisational arrangements of primary school-based reading interventions for struggling readers Journal of Research in Reading 41(S1): 197-225. Vlachou, A. et al. (2015) Roles, duties and challenges of special/support teachers at secondary education European Journal of Special Needs Education 30(4): 551-564. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 11 C: Instructional Adaptations and Assistive Supports for Diverse Learners Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Sylwia Kazmierczak-Murray Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Making Adaptive teaching in Inclusive Classrooms Visible: Developing a Framework of Micro-adaptive Strategies in the AdamS Project 1: University of Cologne, Germany; 2: University Paderborn, Germany Presenting Author:Modern classrooms are characterized by pronounced learner heterogeneity, thereby confronting teachers with the ongoing challenge of responding to diverse learning needs in the immediacy of classroom interaction. While inclusive education research has generated profound knowledge about principles and conditions of inclusion (de Bruin, 2024), the way in which teachers put this knowledge into situational instructional practice is underrepresented. In this context, adaptive teaching strategies, particularly micro-adaptive strategies, represent a necessary condition for participation and learning opportunities for all pupils (Westwood, 2018). Diversity-sensitive teaching features a critical and reflexive engagement with aspects of diversity and categories of difference, appreciation of all students, and the provision of meaningful learning opportunities for the whole class. Accordingly, adaptivity plays a central role in translating diversity-sensitive principles into everyday classroom practice. In research on adaptive teaching, micro-adaptive strategies are conceived as spontaneous, situational adaptions emerging in interaction with learners and requiring flexible reactions to individual learning processes (Hardy et al., 2019; Parsons et al., 2018). In contrast to macro-adaptive planning-related decisions, micro-adaptive strategies refer to moment-to-moment adaptations occurring during teaching. From this perspective, adaptivity can be understood as the dynamic linking of learning conditions and learning opportunities within ongoing classroom interaction. Following the Ada-LIT framework (Bach et al., 2025), adaptivity is captured from multiple, interrelated perspectives that connect teachers’ perception, decision, and realization of adaptive strategies. This theoretical framework lays the foundation for the systematic identification and analytical structuring of micro-adaptive strategies and for relating them to different dimensions of heterogeneity in inclusive teaching contexts. By integrating the Ada-LIT framework with inclusive didactic models, an analytical approach that operationalizes micro-adaptive strategies as observable, comparable units is developed. To operationalize diversity dimensions, the allocation of micro-adaptive strategies is based on inclusive didactic frameworks which model inclusive teaching as a synergy of subject matter, individual learner conditions, and developmental differences (Heimlich & Kahlert, 2014). These frameworks provide a structuring perspective for analysing how adaptive actions address diverse learner needs in classroom practice. Although research consistently highlights adaptivity as a central strategy for high-quality teaching in very diverse classrooms and as a prerequisite for the fit of individual learner conditions and learning opportunities (Dumont, 2018), existing conceptualizations of micro-adaptive classroom practices often remain at a generic or subject-independent level. Consequently, they usually offer only limited insights into teachers’ situational and moment-to-moment acting in class. To date, empirically grounded models that systematically identify, conceptualize, and make micro-adaptive strategies accessible for ecologically valid analysis and further development of inclusive teaching practices are still lacking. Tackling this gap, the AdamS project aims to develop an analytical framework that systematically records micro-adaptive teaching strategies and outlines concrete options for action subject to different dimensions of learner diversity. Hereby, the framework seeks to broaden the scope of adaptive teaching strategies and to facilitate teachers’ decision-making in inclusive classrooms. The AdamS project is funded by the German Ministry of Education (01JV2401A) and carried out by an interdisciplinary research group from three German universities working in collaboration with teachers within a research-practice partnership. The study addresses the following research questions, linking knowledge generation about micro-adaptive teaching strategies to their potential for guiding instructional action in inclusive classrooms:
To bridge the gap between conceptual knowledge on inclusive education and teachers’ situational actions, the study follows a design-based research approach to systematically identify, conceptualize, and empirically verify micro-adaptive teaching strategies in authentic classroom practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The AdamS project follows a Design-Based Research approach and focuses development work within an intensive research-practice partnership to identify micro-adaptive teaching strategies in classroom videos (e.g., McKenney & Reeves, 2019). The empirical foundation for identifying relevant micro-adaptive strategies comprises video data (approximately 235 hours) from the DiPoSa project (Schroeder et al., 2025). The material originates from the school year 2022/2023 and documents primary social and science education in twelve classrooms (grades 1–4) across seven heterogeneous primary schools. The methodological approach enables identification of micro-adaptive strategies not only empirically, but also in terms of their ecological validity. The project realizes this approach through three sequentially building, iterative steps: First, an analytical framework is developed and validated through collaborative piloting (1), followed by systematic video analysis (2), and finally theoretical clustering of the identified micro-adaptive strategies with regard to different dimensions of student diversity (3). (1): Development, Piloting, and Validation of the Analytical Framework In the first step, the video analysis is methodologically prepared. Based on relevant literature reviews in adaptation research (Hardy et al., 2019; Parsons et al., 2018) and supplementary literature searches, established micro-adaptive teaching strategies are identified and systematized. The findings are synthesized using the Ada-LIT framework (Bach et al., 2025) and operationalized from multiple perspectives. In cooperation with practice partners, the analytical framework is piloted on selected teaching sequences to examine its applicability and ecological validity, and iteratively refined. (2): Systematic Video Analysis In the second step, the validated framework is applied to video material until theoretical saturation is achieved (no further relevant micro-adaptive strategies are expected). The analysis follows a mixed-methods design (Creswell, 2015): Initially, systematic rule-based coding of the material according to the developed analytical framework is conducted, documenting which adaptive strategies are realized under specific teaching conditions (instructional phase, learning content, student characteristics). In parallel, another analysis team conducts qualitative video interaction analysis on selected sequences to understand the concrete implementation of these strategies in real classroom interactions (Knoblauch & Tuma, 2022; Tuma & Schnettler, 2022). Results are synthesized, triangulated, and prepared as joint-displays (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022), creating a systematic overview of strategy distribution and interaction patterns. (3): Theoretical Clustering and Practical Operationalization In the third step, the identified micro-adaptive strategies are clustered and structured according to dimensions of student diversity (e.g., "developmental areas"; Heimlich & Kahlert, 2014) to facilitate the development of a practice-oriented adaptation matrix. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The AdamS project targets the identification and systematization of various types of micro-adaptive strategies in inclusive teaching contexts. To achieve this, strategies displaying situational moment-to-moment adaptions of teachers in response to heterogenous learning conditions are identified. The aim is to analytically describe the underlying functional logic of those strategies in inclusive teaching. The micro-adaptive strategies are integrated into a multidimensional analytical framework. Within this framework, different forms of micro-adaptive teaching are differentiated and assigned to several dimensions of learner heterogeneity as addressed in inclusive education contexts. Here, special needs areas such as cognitive, linguistic, or behavioural needs for support are considered. Furthermore, a complementary model is proposed that systematizes the starting points of micro-adaptive strategies as well as their realization in classroom practice. This model distinguishes whether an adaptive adjustment is teacher-, peer- or learning material-delivered. These modes of delivery do not exclude one another and may co-occur within the same instructional situation. Overall, the contribution provides an analytical framework that operationalizes micro-adaptive teaching strategies in inclusive classrooms and makes them analytically observable and systematically comparable. The outcomes are expected to establish a basis for the analysis of inclusive teaching processes and may enhance teacher training by extending the repertoire of describable adaptive possibilities for action. By situating micro-adaptive strategies derived from authentic classroom situations within a structured framework, the project aligns with current debates in inclusive educational research on how diversity is faced in everyday classroom practice. In perspective, the framework and the model are designed for application across subjects and school forms. References Bach, K. M., Hofer, S. I., & Bichler, S. (2025). Adaptive learning, instruction, and teaching in schools: Unraveling context, sources, implementation, and goals in a systematic review. Learning and Individual Differences, 124, 102781. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2025.102781 Creswell, J. W. (2015). A concise introduction to mixed methods research. SAGE. de Bruin, K. (2024). Inclusice Education: A Review of the Evidence. In L. J. Graham (Ed.), Inclusive Education for the 21st Century. Theory, Policy and Practice (2. ed., pp. 95-114). Routledge. Dumont, H. (2018). Adaptive teaching: Student differences and productive learning. In A. Paniagua & D. Istance (Eds.), Teachers as designers of learning environments. The importance of innovative pedagogies (pp. 53-56). OECD. Hardy, I., Decristan, J., & Klieme, E. (2019). Adaptive teaching in research on learning and instruction. Journal for Educational Research Online, 11(2), 169–191. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:18004 Heimlich, U., & Kahlert, J. (2014). Inklusionsdidaktische netze – Konturen eines Unterrichts für alle [Inclusive didactic networks – Contours of teaching for all]. In U. Heimlich & J. Kahlert (Eds.), Inklusion in Schule und Unterricht: Wege zur Bildung für alle [Inclusion in school and instruction: Pathways to education for all] (2nd ed., pp. 153–190). W. Kohlhammer. https://doi.org/10.17433/978-3-17-025726-9 Knoblauch, H., & Tuma, R. (2022). Videoanalyse [Video analysis]. In R. Gugutzer, G. Klein, & M. Meuser (Eds.), Handbuch Körpersoziologie [Handbook of body sociology] (pp. 687–699). Springer. Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung [Qualitative content analysis: Methods, practice, computer support] (5th ed.). Beltz Juventa. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting educational design research (2nd ed.). Routledge. Parsons, S. A., Vaughn, M., Qualls Scales, R., Gallagher, M. A., Ward Parsons, A., Davis, S. G., & Allen, M. (2018). Teachers' instructional adaptations: A research synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 88(2), 205–242. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654317743198 Schroeder, R., Reh, A., Miller, S., Blumberg, E., Kottmann, B., Franzen, K., Thevißen, M. (2025). Didaktisch-diagnostische Potentiale des inklusionsorientierten Sachunterrichts (DiPoSa) – Einblicke in ein designbasiertes Entwicklungsprojekt. In: Katzenbach, D., Urban, M., Beck, K., Laux, S., Katzenbach, S. (eds.), Förderbezogene Diagnostik in der inklusiven Bildung - Fachdidaktische Diagnostik. Münster: Waxmann. Tuma, R., & Schnettler, B. (2022). Videographie [Videography]. In N. Baur & J. Blasius (Eds.), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung [Handbook of methods in empirical social research] (pp. 1599–1611). Springer. Westwood, P. (2018). Inclusive and Adaptive Teaching: Meeting the Challenge of Diversity in the Classroom (2. ed.). Routledge. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Perspectives of Children with Learning Disabilities on Using Graphic Symbols in Mainstream Primary Schools University of Plymouth, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The objective of this study was to explore the perspectives of five children with learning disabilities in two mainstream primary schools who are using graphic symbols as a visual aid. The study examined children’s understandings and feelings towards graphic symbols from the software Widgit Online (WO), a programme based on systematic sets of graphic symbols that can be used to design bespoke visual support through a series of templates and resources. Despite a wide range of different policies and practice worldwide, challenges exist in achieving equitable education, particularly for children with learning disabilities who often work at a different pace to their same-aged peers (Gulliver, 2024). This can lead to them spending more time outside of the classroom, away from peers and a qualified teacher (Radford et al, 2015). Instead, an inclusive pedagogy seeks to enable all children’s participation in learning without marginalisation (Florian and Beaton, 2017). Visual aids such as graphic symbols are one example of such universal support which could aid all pupils in supporting social communication skills and reinforcing inclusion (Abbott et al, 2014; Pampoulou and Detheridge, 2007). Research into Widgit symbols has seen value in its use for children with autism and learning disabilities in increasing access to public and green spaces (Abbott and Detheridge, 2009) and improving children’s understanding and literacy skills (Pampoulou and Detheridge, 2007). However, little is known about the use of Widgit symbols in mainstream primary schools. Whilst research has begun to identify practitioners’ perceptions of the use and value of graphic symbols in supporting inclusive practice (Kjellmer et al, 2024; Kambouri et al, 2016; Pampoulou, 2016), there is a gap in exploring the perspectives of children who are using the symbols themselves. More importantly, this study seeks to understand the perspectives of children with learning disabilities, whose voices have traditionally been excluded from research about them (Gulliver, 2024). Therefore, this study uses a flexible child-centred methodology based on the principles of the Mosaic approach (Clark, 2017), to ask:
Grounded in an interpretivist paradigm, the Mosaic approach (Clark, 2017), is a participatory, child-centered methodology, offering a range of visual, audible and adaptive opportunities for children to communicate their experiences. This design adopts the social-cultural view of children as experts in their own lives; a strength-based approach which positions all children as competent and capable of participating in research, when provided with appropriate tools (Gulliver, 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A complex phenomenon, disability is framed through a critical realist lens, which acknowledges the interplay between sociocultural and historical constructions as well as underlying physical and physiological realities of having a learning disability (Bhaskar and Hartwig, 2010). Therefore, methods must ensure participants contribute towards understandings of their lived experiences. Children with learning disabilities are capable of contributing to research about their lives, through ethically sensitive research which carefully considers their views (Gulliver, 2024). Ethical guidelines were closely followed, including the safe storage of data, relevant permission from gatekeepers and anonymity of all participants (BERA, 2024). Purposeful sampling was used to recruit two mainstream primary schools who had a WO license and were engaging with Kjellmer et al's (2024) suggestions for using WO in different ways to promote accessible learning environments. With permission from the headteacher of both schools, parents/carers were sent information letters and given an opportunity to talk to the researcher. As gatekeepers, they provided informed consent for their children to take part, whilst the researcher ascertained continual assent from the children throughout the school visits. Five children aged 7-9 years with a learning difficulty took part from two primary schools in a city in the Southwest England. Both schools had above average numbers of children identified with special educational needs/disabilities and were in localities that experienced low socioeconomic status. Children were invited to share their experiences using WO through flexible, creative 'interviews' with the researcher four times throughout the school year, and visits lasted around 20 minutes. The Mosaic approach (Clark, 2017) does not rely on verbal communication, so data included photographs taken by the children, audio recordings, drawings and the creation of a photobook which children designed to share their thoughts about the Widgit symbols. Audio recordings were transcribed after each fieldwork visit, and together with the children's visual contributions, data was analysed thematically (Braun and Clark, 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is anticipated that as the children in the study use WO throughout the year, they will increase their knowledge and confidence of the graphic symbol programme. Findings will indicate how children with learning disabilities perceive the benefits and challenges to using graphic symbols. It is hoped that children will share examples of using WO in class, and demonstrate how the graphic symbols can act as visual prompts, clarifying instructions or aiding their memory. Children will offer explanations of what the symbols can ‘do’ in their everyday learning experiences. For example, occasions where symbols assisted them in making sense of instructions, participating in an activity or using new vocabulary. Importantly, it is expected that the children’s perceptions and experience of graphic symbols will highlight the potential of symbol-supported communication to strengthen inclusive pedagogy by embedding accessible visual tools as a routine feature of classroom life, thereby enhancing engagement, agency and learning for children with learning disabilities and their peers. References Abbott, C., Brown, D., Evett, L., & Standen, P. (2014). Emerging issues and current trends in assistive technology use 2007–2010: practising, assisting and enabling learning for all. Disability and Rehabilitation: Assistive Technology, 9(6), 453-462. Abbott, C., & Detheridge, C. (2009). Access all areas: the use of symbols in public spaces. In Understanding and Promoting Access for People with Learning Difficulties (pp. 75-86). Routledge. Bhaskar, R. & Hartwig, M. (2010) The formation of critical realism: A personal perspective. London: Routledge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2023). Toward good practice in thematic analysis: Avoiding common problems and be (com) ing a knowing researcher. International journal of transgender health, 24(1), 1-6. British Educational Research Association. (2024). Ethical guidelines for educational research (5th ed.). https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/ethical-guidelines-for-educational-research-fifth-edition-2024-online Clark, A. (2017). Listening to young children, expanded third edition: A guide to understanding and using the mosaic approach. Jessica Kingsley Publishers. Florian, L. & Beaton, M. (2017) 'Inclusive pedagogy in action: getting it right for every child'. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22 (8), pp. 870-884. Gulliver, K. (2024). Listening to young children with disabilities: Experiences of quality in mainstream primary education. British Educational Research Journal. Kambouri, M. , Salowm Pampoulou, E., Pieridou, M. and Allen, M. (2016) Science learning and graphic symbols: an exploration of early years teachers’ views and use of graphic symbols when teaching science. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Science and Technology Education, 12 (9). pp. 2399-2417. ISSN 1305-8223 Kjellmer, L., Sundqvist, M. and Johansoon S. (2024) “We do it Together!”: An Interview Study on Using Widgit Online Graphic Symbols to Promote Primary School Accessible Learning Environment, Paper presented at European Conference on Educational Research, Nicosia, 27 - 30 August 2024. Nind, M., Flewitt, R. & Payler, J. (2010) 'The social experience of early childhood for children with learning disabilities: inclusion, competence and agency'. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 31 (6), pp. 653-670. Pampoulou, E., & Detheridge, C. (2007). The role of symbols in the mainstream to access literacy. Journal of Assistive Technologies, 1(1), 15-21. Pampoulou E. (2016) Graphic symbol practices as a whole school approach in two inclusive primary schools in England and Cyprus. Technology and Disability.28(1-2):31-45. doi:10.3233/TAD-160442 Radford, J., Bosanquet, P., Webster, R. & Blatchford, P. (2015) 'Scaffolding learning for independence: Clarifying teacher and teaching assistant roles for children with special educational needs'. Learning and Instruction, 36 pp. 1-10. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Teacher Experiences and Inclusive Education Adaptations for Students with Visual Impairment in Regular Schools in Malaysia University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Inclusive education aims to include students with special needs in mainstream classrooms alongside their typical peers, enabling a collaborative learning environment. However, students with visual impairments (SWVI) often face challenges in accessing the curriculum effectively. Despite Malaysia's introduction of the Zero Reject Policy in 2018, which means no students with disabilities are refused enrolment in any school and have equal access to education, the studies examining the experiences of teachers and SWVI are limited. This lack of empirical evidence has resulted in insufficient resources and materials to support effective implementation. In contrast, international research on inclusive practices is increasing, reflecting the global awareness of supporting SWVI in inclusive environments. There is a gap of information and research regarding the experiences and instructional practices of teachers and how two types of teachers – mainstream teachers and special education teachers – work together to ensure SWVI can learn in an inclusive setting. Understanding teachers' perspectives and classroom adaptations in Malaysia is crucial to providing insight into the international educational community. Teachers play a critical role in ensuring the success of inclusive education, as their attitude and practices significantly impact the development of students with disabilities (Hodges, 2004). This research explores the teachers' practices in regular schools and the challenges and opportunities for them to ensure the quality of SWVI learning is in a good position. This research adopted a qualitative research approach by using a multiple-case study design to explore teacher experiences and inclusive classroom adaptations for SWVI in Malaysia. Semi-structured interviews and classroom observations were conducted in three different schools, and a total of 15 teachers who have direct experience teaching SWVI participated in this research. Data were analyzed using Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2022) to identify key challenges, adaptation strategies, hopes, suggestions, and support systems. The findings are also interpreted through the eleven areas of the Curriculum Framework for Children and Youth with Visual Impairment (CFVI). Findings reveal that teachers face multiple challenges, including limited training in pedagogy, inadequate teaching resources, time management, and the complexity of relationships between regular teachers and special education teachers. Despite these limitations, teachers demonstrate creativity and professionalism by modifying instructional materials, employing assistive technology, and collaborating with parents. These adaptive strategies help SWVI to be more independent in a regular school. In conclusion, this research highlights the interplay between teachers and the system supporting inclusive education in Malaysia. By focusing on teacher experiences and practical adaptations, this study provides insights that are crucial for improving inclusive education locally and contributes knowledge to international communities that are seeking information to enhance the quality of inclusive environments for SWVI. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research used a qualitative research approach through a multiple-case study design. The decision to use a qualitative research approach was based on its alignment with the research questions, which aimed to obtain a comprehensive understanding of the educational and lived experiences of students with visual impairment and the experiences of teachers. As stated by Cresswell (2002), qualitative research provide deep understanding through rich and in-depth data. This study operates within an interpretivist paradigm, seeking to understand the spesific context of the case through multiple perspectives. The context of the case means that the 11 areas of the Curriculum Framework for Children and Youth with Visual Impairment (CFVI) were fully utilized in this study and were implemented at three schools. Each school is located in a different geographical area and has its own characteristics. The duration of research in every school was one month. Participants were selected based on spesific inclusion criteria to ensure relevance and depth of data, as follows: i. Principal: Headteacher at School A, School B, and School C. (n=3) ii. Teacher (Group A): Trained in special education training pedagogy, teaching students with visual impairment in inclusive primary schools for more than 5 years. (n=6) iii. Teacher (Group B): No training in special education pedagogy, teaching students with visual impairment in inclusive primary schools for more than 5 years.(n=6) This paper specifically addresses one research purpose and two research questions as a part of this broader research. RP: Explore how the curriculum accommodations and adaptations support students with visual impairment and balance ‘learning to access’ and ‘access to learning’ to strengthen personal agency and independence in their education. RQ1: What accommodations to the school curriculum enable students with visual impairment to achieve personal agency and independence? RQ2: What adaptations do teachers use to ensure students with visual impairment achieve learning objectives in the classroom? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study revealed that teachers play a crucial role in ensuring that students with visual impairments receive a quality education. Teachers are one of the important stakeholders that affect the success of Inclusive education. However, other stakeholders such as the government, parents, and the community also must make proactive efforts to support the goals of inclusive education. The elements of CFVI are also important to ensure that the SWVI will receive better education quality. This research also examined the hope, experiences, barriers and challenges among the teachers in implementing inclusive education in regular schools. Findings indicate the reasons why the teachers agree and disagree about inclusive education and identify the appropriate time to implement inclusion for SVWI. Besides that, these findings suggest an urgent need for professional development for teachers on Braille literacy, orientation and mobility, and understanding the development of SWVI. However, several limitations are identified in this study. First, the limited duration of this study is one month per school across three schools. A short duration of the study may not capture the long-term effects of changes in practices (Creswell, 2018). Secondly, although this is a case study and involves a small sample size, this limits the ability to generalize findings to a broader population. References Atkins, L. (2016). Dis(en)abled: Legitimating discriminatory practice in the name of inclusion? British Journal of Special Education, 43(1), 6–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8578.12123 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage. Brydges, C., & Mkandawire, P. (2017). Perceptions and Concerns about Inclusive Education among Students with Visual Impairments in Lagos, Nigeria. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 64(2), 211–225. https://doi.org/10.1080/1034912X.2016.1183768 Chin, M. (2020). The Zero Reject policy: a way forward for inclusive education in Malaysia? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 0(0), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1846800 Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. Elnour, H. E., & Saad, S. (2020). Inclusive Education: a Case Study on Its Challenges and Long-Term Impact on Visually Impaired Individuals. International Journal of Modern Education, 2(4), 30–42. https://doi.org/10.35631/ijmoe.24003 Giese, M., Greisbach, M., Meier, M., Neusser, T., & Wetekam, N. (2022). ‘I usually never got involved’: understanding reasons for secondary students with visual impairments leaving mainstream schooling in Germany. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 37(2), 264–277. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2021.1872997 Lee, Y., Cheausuwantavee, T., & Roberts, K. (2023). Inclusive Education for Students with Visual Impairments in Lao People’s Democratic Republic: a Qualitative Study. Disability, CBR and Inclusive Development, 34(1), 77–97. https://doi.org/10.20372/dcidj.668 Leko, M. M., Cook, B. G., & Cook, L. (2021). Qualitative Methods in Special Education Research. Learning Disabilities Research and Practice, 36(4), 278–286. https://doi.org/10.1111/ldrp.12268 Malakolunthu, S., Mcbeath, J., & Swaffield, S. (2014). Improving the quality of teaching and learning through leadership for learning:Changing scenarios in basic schools of Ghana. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 42(5), 701–717. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213510510 Musyoka, M. M., Gentry, M. A., & Meek, D. R. (2017). Perceptions of Teachers’ Thomas, G. (2021). How to do your case study (3rd ed.). Sage Publication Ltd. Thomas, G (2022). How to do your research project: a guide for students (fifth edition).Sage 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Inclusion for Nonspeaking Autistic Learners: Access to High-Tech AAC and the Critical Role of Schools in Equitable Implementation Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Communication is a fundamental human right and a prerequisite for meaningful participation in education and society. Yet across Europe, many autistic children who do not rely on spoken language continue to experience systemic barriers to communication access. Spoken language remains positioned as the normative and preferred mode of communication within educational systems, while augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) is frequently misunderstood and undervalued. Combined with limited funding, training, and support, this leaves many children without effective means to participate fully in education and society. International research suggests that approximately 30% of autistic individuals do not develop functional speech (Lorah et al., 2021). This has profound implications for education systems, particularly given the rapid expansion of autism-specific educational provision across Europe. In Ireland, between 2013 and 2023, the number of special classes increased by over 600%, with 89% designated for autistic learners (Travers, 2023), reflecting similar trends across Europe. Given that many learners in these settings are likely to rely on AAC, its effective implementation is no longer a specialist concern but a core educational issue. AAC encompasses a range of approaches that supplement or replace speech, with high-tech AAC (e.g. speech-generating devices) offering particular potential to support autonomy and complex language use (Topia & Hocking, 2012). A strong evidence base indicates that high-tech AAC enhances participation and quality of life for autistic children and young people, without inhibiting speech development (Ganz et al., 2015; Light et al., 2019). However, access to technology alone is insufficient; effective AAC use depends on interaction, modelling, and sustained implementation across everyday contexts (Lorah et al., 2021; Norrie et al., 2021). Against this backdrop, this paper presents an evaluation of the AsIAm AAC Support Programme in Ireland, a national initiative providing high-tech AAC devices alongside information, guidance, and support for autistic children under 18 who are non-speaking or minimally speaking. The study examines how knowledge about AAC is generated, mobilised, and enacted across home and school contexts, and what this means for equitable access to communication in education. Guided by the RE-AIM implementation science framework (Reach, Effectiveness, Adoption, Implementation, and Maintenance), the research enables a systematic examination of how evidence-informed AAC practices are adopted, enacted, and sustained across different programme models and educational contexts. A mixed-methods design captured the perspectives of multiple knowledge actors, including families, educators, and minimally speaking children themselves. Preliminary findings show that access to AAC was largely parent-led, inconsistent, and shaped by systemic barriers. While effectiveness of AAC was reflected in increased agency, participation, and communicative opportunities for children and families, adoption, implementation, and sustainability across contexts were contingent on adult confidence, school engagement, and access to ongoing support. These findings highlight the situated and relational nature of AAC implementation, illustrating how knowledge does not travel seamlessly from research to practice but is mediated by local conditions, institutional priorities, and the diverse expertise of families, educators, allied professionals, and advocacy organisations. In alignment with the ECER 2026 theme “Knowing and Acting", this study foregrounds the gap between what is known about effective AAC practice and how such knowledge is mobilised in real-world settings. By evaluating an initiative that connects families, educators, and an advocacy organisation, the paper highlights how research can be translated into practice while remaining sensitive to local contexts and systemic complexities. The implications are significant for educators, researchers, and policymakers seeking to strengthen inclusive communication practices and uphold children’s rights to participation in increasingly complex educational ecosystems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The evaluation of the AAC Programme was guided by the RE-AIM framework, which provided an overarching structure for examining programme reach, effectiveness, adoption, implementation, and maintenance across multiple socioecological levels (Glasgow et al., 2019). RE-AIM was selected due to its strong alignment with the aims of the evaluation and its capacity to address realist questions concerning what works, for whom, in what contexts, how, and why (Holtrop et al., 2021). Beyond child communication outcomes, the framework supported examination of how AAC access occurred, how supports were delivered, and how AAC use can be sustained across contexts, including classrooms. RE-AIM was used as a flexible organising framework to guide data collection, analysis, and integration, while allowing inductive insights to emerge from participant accounts. The use of this implementation science framework is novel in education research, and offers a useful model for conceptualising implementation processes in future research. A mixed-methods design was employed, combining a cross-sectional parent survey with qualitative interviews and focus groups. An advisory group, comprising stakeholders with expertise in AAC, disability advocacy, and family support, was established to inform study design, recruitment materials, and interpretation of findings. Ethical approval was obtained from the institutional Research Ethics Committee. The survey aimed to provide an overview of programme reach, engagement, satisfaction, and perceived impact across a larger cohort, while qualitative methods enabled in-depth exploration of experiences across different AAC access pathways. Recruitment occurred in two stages, with AsIAm acting as a gatekeeper to distribute study information and the survey link. Quantitative data were collected via an anonymous online survey completed by 49 parents of children participating in AsIAm AAC programmes. Parents were invited to opt into follow-up qualitative participation through a separate consent process to ensure survey anonymity. Following parental consent, children were invited to participate. Children’s interviews were conducted flexibly in recognition that no single method is suitable for all children or circumstances. Interview approaches were adapted to children’s communication profiles and aligned with best practice principles for enabling children's participation (Kazmierczak-Murray, O’Mahony & Carey, 2024). In total, qualitative data were generated from 21 participants, including seven parents, eight speech and language therapists, two AsIAm programme staff, two teachers, and two children. All qualitative data were analysed using Framework Analysis (Ritchie & Spencer, 1994). Quantitative and qualitative findings were integrated at the interpretive stage using RE-AIM as a shared analytic reference point. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In line with the conference theme “Knowing and Acting”, the findings show how AAC knowledge is enacted across families, schools, and other stakeholders, often in response to gaps in statutory provision. Reach: Access to AAC was most often achieved through informal, parent-led routes rather than statutory pathways. Families typically learned about the programme through word of mouth, schools, or professional networks, and almost half of the children had not received speech and language therapy prior to participation. While the programme mitigated statutory delays, access remained uneven, differing by geography, language barriers, and parental advocacy. Effectiveness: Change was described by participants as increased agency, participation, and emotional regulation. Children used AAC to make choices and express preferences, sometimes for the first time. Parents reported less frustration and more confidence, while professionals observed greater engagement across home and school. Social outcomes were less consistently reported and tended to emerge gradually. Adoption: Uptake varied and was influenced by adult confidence, ongoing modelling, and school engagement. Parents often felt overwhelmed early on, while use in schools depended on staff knowledge and attitudes to AAC. Implementation and Maintenance: Implementation depended on the quality of support. Autism-informed, neuro-affirmative input supported shared understanding and competence. Sustained use was strengthened by embedding AAC in home, school, and community contexts. Parent networks also normalised AAC use and reduced isolation. Although grounded in Ireland, the findings reflect wider European patterns of diagnostic gatekeeping, uneven school capacity, and reliance on family advocacy. RE-AIM provides a transferable lens for examining AAC implementation across education systems. Questions for European colleagues: How are learners who are minimally speaking provided access to their right to communicate? What is the role of schools in the realisation of this right? How are learners who use AAC included in education research? What further knowing and acting is needed? References Ganz, J.B. (2015). AAC Interventions for Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders: State of the Science and Future Research Directions. Augmentative and Alternative Communication, 31, 203 - 214. Glasgow, R. E., Harden, S. M., Gaglio, B., Rabin, B., Smith, M. L., Porter, G. C., Ory, M. G., & Estabrooks, P. A. (2019). RE-AIM planning and evaluation framework: Adapting to new science and practice with a 20-year review. Frontiers in Public Health, 7, Article 64. Holtrop, J. S., Estabrooks, P. A., Gaglio, B., Harden, S. M., Kessler, R. S., King, D. K., Kwan, B. M., Ory, M. G., Rabin, B. A., Shelton, R. C., & Glasgow, R. E. (2021). Understanding and applying the RE-AIM framework: Clarifications and resources. Journal of Clinical and Translational Science, 5(1), e126 Kazmierczak-Murray, S., O’Mahony, K., & Carey, A. (2024). Scoping document on the inclusion of disabled children and young people in participation in decision-making. Department of Children, Equality, Disability, Integration and Youth. Light, J., McNaughton, D., Beukelman, D., Fager, S. K., Fried-Oken, M., Jakobs, T., & Jakobs, E. (2019). Challenges and opportunities in augmentative and alternative communication: Research and technology development to enhance communication and participation for individuals with complex communication needs. Augmentative and Alternative Communication, 35(1), 1–12. Lorah, E. R., Holyfield, C., Griffen, B., & Caldwell, N. (2021). A systematic review of evidence-based instruction for individuals with autism using mobile augmentative and alternative communication technology. Review Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 11, 334. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40489-022-00334-6 Norrie, C. S., Waller, A., & Hannah, E. F. (2021). Establishing context: AAC device adoption and support in a special-education setting. ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction (TOCHI), 28(2), 1-30. Topia, M., & Hocking, C. (2012). Enabling development and participation through early provision of augmentative and alternative communication. New Zealand Journal of Occupational Therapy, 59, 24–30. Ritchie, J., & Spencer, L. (1994). Qualitative data analysis for applied policy research. In A. Bryman & R. G. Burgess (Eds.), Analyzing qualitative data (pp. 173–194). Routledge. Travers, J. (2023). Special Class Provision in Ireland: Where We Have Come from and Where We Might Go. Education Sciences, 13(9), 859. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 04 SES 11 D: Accountability and Institutional Frameworks for Inclusion Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Denisa Denglerová Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper The Workings of Accountability in Inclusive Education: An Institutional Study of SEN Inclusion University of Bergen, Norway Presenting Author:This paper applies an institutional approach to accountability (Bovens, 2007, 2008) to illuminate how schools navigate their daily efforts to achieve stated goals of including students with special education needs (SEN). Drawing on an empirical study of interdisciplinary collaboration in upper secondary education in a Norwegian county municipality, we examine the complexity of accountability relations in inclusive practices. Our objective is to explore how this theoretical lens can support a more precise understanding of the mechanisms that enable or hinder SEN inclusion. Accordingly, we ask: How can an institutional approach yield a clearer understanding of the workings of accountability for the inclusion of SEN students in upper secondary schools? The study is based on qualitative interviews with school leaders, counsellors, teachers, and special needs advisors. The findings reveal how ambiguities in the legal framework for SEN education, combined with administrative routines that are difficult to implement in practice, challenge professional collaboration. These insights demonstrate how the institutional perspective helps clarify the accountability dynamics at play.
Inclusive education is increasingly positioned as a foundation of equitable and democratic societies. Despite shared policy goals (OECD, 2023; UNESCO, 2024), students with special educational needs (SEN) continue to underachieve or leave upper secondary education without a diploma, revealing a persistent gap between political aspirations and educational realities (Ferguson, 2008; Haug, 2024; OECD, 2022; Vogt et al., 2020).
Inclusive education for SEN students addresses both how inclusion should be organised and how it should be enacted in teaching practice (Fasting et al., 2024). One widely recommended approach is the inclusion of students with special needs in regular classes, with targeted, tailored support to meet their individual needs (Nada, 2025). However, the meaning of the term 'inclusion' and how it can be realised in practice remain ambiguous in both research and policy documents (e.g., Uthus & Qvortrup, 2024). Consequently, accounting for inclusive education for students with special needs constitutes a complex undertaking.
Against this background, we explore how an institutional perspective on accountability (Bovens, 2007) can offer a theoretical lens for evaluating how inclusive practices are shaped in everyday school life. Accountability is understood as a relational process in which actors are required, or feel obliged, to explain and justify their conduct before a forum that evaluates these accounts and may impose consequences (Bovens, 2007; Bovens et al., 2008). Such accountability arrangements vary in formality, power relations, and timing, and multiple accountability forums may coexist, giving rise to distinct accountability regimes within the same organisational context.
Institutional perspectives on accountability provide frameworks to analyse interactions among key actors within and between institutions and governance systems (Bovens, 2007). We argue for the relevance of such perspectives as research on inclusion of SEN students emphasises the necessity of extensive collaboration and interdisciplinary efforts (Donohue & Bornman, 2014; Patana, 2020; UNESCO, 2020). Effective inclusion requires continuous, multi-level engagement from all stakeholders (Qvortrup & Qvortrup, 2018). Recognising these complex demands, we explore how accountability works – or could work – in these collaborative processes, in dynamic, real-world settings.
In our data, we find that Bovens (2007, 2008) conceptions of legal, administrative, and professional accountability regimes are particularly salient. While legal and administrative accountability are anchored in formal regulations and organisational hierarchies, professional accountability in interdisciplinary SEN work primarily unfolds in everyday interactions, where professionals alternately act as actors and forums for one another (Lipsky, 2010). Following Bovens et al. (2008), we adopt a learning-oriented approach to accountability, focusing on whether accountability processes foster meaningful dialogue, feedback, and institutional learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study draws on qualitative group interviews with school leaders, teachers, and counsellors from the counselling services (CSs) in a Norwegian county municipality. The county municipality comprises 58 upper secondary schools, serving approximately 22,000 students and apprentices and employing around 3,000 teachers. The CSs provide special educational and psychological counselling and are organised into four regional offices, employing 111 counsellors. The study is part of an ongoing professional development project (Tolo, Hagatun & Hesjedal, 2021), in which researchers and practitioners collaborate to improve inclusion practices. Informants were recruited strategically to ensure strong organisational anchoring and to capture perspectives from different professional positions and levels. In an initial step, the first author and representatives from the county municipality jointly decided which informant groups to include, aiming to generate "thick descriptions" of contexts and social practices. Three groups were selected: (1) school leaders, (2) teachers, and (3) counsellors from the CSs. The county municipality administration selected schools and CSs to ensure variation across geography and organisational contexts. School principals and CS leaders then identified potential informants, who were subsequently contacted by the first author and invited to participate. The group interviews were conducted via Zoom in November–December 2021. In total, 43 informants participated across 19 homogeneous groups, each consisting of 2–5 participants holding similar positions. The semi-structured interviews lasted approximately one hour and followed a thematic interview guide. Informants were asked about their professional responsibilities, experiences of collaboration, and how expectations, procedures, standards, and regulations were perceived to support inclusive education for students with special educational needs. The material, consisting of approximately 250 pages of transcripts, was analysed using an abductive approach (Timmermans & Tavory, 2012). Bovens' (2007) and Bovens et al.'s (2008) conceptual frameworks on accountability guided the analysis. NVivo was used to organise the material in a two-step process: first, identifying descriptions of accountability situations across legal, administrative, and professional regimes; second, assessing these situations from a learning perspective. Based on this mapping, one illustrative case was selected for deeper analysis because it demonstrates how multiple accountability regimes operate simultaneously. Throughout the project, preliminary findings have been continuously discussed with practitioners, contributing to ongoing validation and refinement of the analysis. The study followed NESH ethical guidelines, with particular attention to voluntary participation, informed consent, and anonymisation, given the project's organisational context. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By applying Bovens' (2007) and Bovens et al.'s (2008) frameworks to map and assess accountability in a specific case, we identified nuances in the complex, real-life interplay between formal and informal practices. Once identified, these practices can be examined, brought to light, and improved. The findings show that in our case, various accountability regimes – legal, administrative, and professional – function simultaneously in a hybrid form (Benish & Mattei, 2020). In certain accountability situations, we observed informal and inconsistent practices, and the absence of clear accountability mechanisms was particularly evident. However, we also identified a high-trust culture, which fosters opportunities for democratic dialogue and organisational learning (Bovens et al., 2008). While these conditions provide a solid foundation for accountability that enhances institutional learning, there remains potential for a more systematic and consistent application of accountability practices and for the development of relevant instruments. In line with an abductive approach (Timmermans & Tavory, 2012), we critically engaged with Bovens' (2007) theory of accountability. While Bovens' framework is well-suited for analysing existing accountability arrangements, we repurposed it to highlight gaps and shortcomings in accountability practices within a particular field. Our analysis revealed multiple mechanisms through which accountability either does or could operate within institutions and broader governance structures. We refer to these mechanisms as potential accountability workings. This term encompasses the diverse, implicit regimes that shape how responsibility for including SEN students is managed in practice. These workings function independently of formal performance-based accountability (PBA) systems and are frequently overlooked. By describing these dynamics, our approach provides a more nuanced understanding of who is responsible for what, and the prerequisites for how diverse actors handle their responsibilities. Consequently, our approach is also normative, proposing how accountability systems could be improved to better support professional work on the inclusion of SEN students in schools. References Benish, A., & Mattei, P. (2020). Accountability and hybridity in welfare governance. Public Administration, 98(2), 281–290. Bovens, M. (2007). Analyzing and assessing public accountability: A conceptual framework. European Law Journal, 13(4), 447–468. Bovens, M., Schillemans, T., & ’t Hart, P. (2008). Does public accountability work? An assessment tool. Public Administration, 86(1), 225–242. Donohue, D., & Bornman, J. (2014). The challenges of realising inclusive education in South Africa. South African Journal of Education, 34(2), 1–14. Fasting, R., Haug, M., & Hausstätter, R. (2024). Approaches to inclusive education: A review of the literature on inclusive education for children and youth with disabilities in low-income countries in Africa and Asia. NIBR. Ferguson, D. L. (2008). International trends in inclusive education: The continuing challenge to teach each one and everyone. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 23(2), 109–120. Haug, P. (2024). 30 år med inkluderende opplæring i norsk skole. Paideia, 28, 15–24. Lipsky, M. (2010). Street-level bureaucracy: Dilemmas of the individual in public service (30th anniversary ed.). Russell Sage Foundation. Munday, B. (2007). Integrated social services in Europe. Council of Europe Publishing. Nada, C. (2025). Special educational needs – a careful balance between targeted support and inclusion. European School Education Platform. European Union. OECD. (2022). Education at a glance 2022: OECD indicators. OECD Publishing. OECD. (2023). Equity and inclusion in education: Finding strength through diversity. OECD Publishing. Patana, P. (2020). Inclusive education and cross-sectoral collaboration between education and other sectors. UNESCO. Qvortrup, A., & Qvortrup, L. (2018). Inclusion: Dimensions of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(7), 803–817. Timmermans, S., & Tavory, I. (2012). Theory construction in qualitative research: From grounded theory to abductive analysis. Sociological Theory, 30(3), 167–186. Tolo, A., Hagatun, K., & Hesjedal, E. (2021). Kartlegging av samhandling mellom skular, rettleiingsteneste, lærebedrift og anna støtteapparat i Vestland fylkeskommune. Universitetet i Bergen / Vestland fylkeskommune. UNESCO. (2020). Global education monitoring report 2020: Inclusion and education – All means all. UNESCO. UNESCO. (2024). The Salamanca statement anniversary: 30 years of progress? Celebrating inclusion in education. UNESCO. Uthus, M., & Qvortrup, A. (2024). Lessons learned from Norway: A values-based formulation of inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 40(2), 244–258. Vogt, K. C., Lorentzen, T., & Hansen, H.-T. (2020). Are low-skilled young people increasingly useless, and are men the losers among them? Journal of Education and Work, 33(5–6), 392–409. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Structural and Procedural Benefits of the Step by Step Program from the Perspective of Teachers 1: Masaryk University, Czech Republic; 2: Tomas Bata University in Zlín, Czech Republic Presenting Author:The Step by Step (SbS) program was established in the early 1990s as part of a broader effort to reform education systems in post-communist countries. The aim was to support the emergence of open, democratic, and child-centered pedagogy to replace the authoritarian and centralized models of education typical of the previous régime (Klaus, 2004; Krywko, 2010). Step by Step now offers comprehensive education based on constructivist pedagogy, a friendly approach to children, and close cooperation with families. This approach to education inherently includes inclusive values. The program has been operating in the Czech Republic for 32 years. Currently, more than 160 kindergartens and elementary schools are registered in the Start Together program network (the Czech name for Step by Step), and nearly 20,000 teachers have been trained (Šíp & Denglerová, 2025). In previous research surveys (Denglerová et al., 2024), we answered the question of what the Step by Step program brings to students educated within its framework. We used a quantitative survey among students to examine the so-called soft skills that contribute primarily to the formation of knowledge and skills and their long-term use, in which students are developed and supported in the program. This survey focused on measuring students' self-perception, classroom climate, emotional abilities, and creative and metacognitive abilities. Furthermore, within the framework of a qualitative research paradigm, we used ethnographic inputs into the classroom and subsequent situational analysis to try to understand the teaching environment and all its specifics that enable students to develop these soft skills above the standard (which was reflected in higher values in the quantitative part of our research). Looking at the school environment through the benefits for pupils with heterogeneous needs is an important factor (Beronilla & Natividad, 2025). We also recognized that, in order to develop a comprehensive understanding of the phenomena under investigation and, in particular, to capture their underlying dynamics, it was essential to examine the perspectives, attitudes, and motivations of teachers who enter the SbS program and choose to work within its pedagogical framework. Therefore, this paper focuses primarily on the statements of experienced primary school teachers who describe the benefits of the SbS program for their personal and professional growth. The main research question was to find out what motivates teachers to join the SbS program, what benefits the program brings them, and how they assess their overall personal and professional development within the program. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data was collected in 2023 among teachers of the SbS program in three different ways. 1. Focus group interview with SbS program lecturers and experienced teachers – nine informants participated. All of them had many years of experience in education and had started teaching at least ten years ago (including breaks from the profession due to maternity and parental leave). Most of them also work for Step by Step ČR as SbS program lecturers during summer schools and ongoing seminars. The informants were therefore convinced of the program's usefulness and its benefits for them personally and were willing to share this conviction. 2. Free statements from class teachers of classes involved in the quantitative survey among pupils – as part of this survey, we always communicated with the teacher in charge of a specific class in schools. Usually, it was a class teacher, in one case it was a substitute teacher, and in one case it was two paired teachers. We asked these teachers to fill out an unstructured questionnaire in which they freely expressed their opinions on four questions. There was no time limit for completing the questionnaire, and the informants usually sent it to us a few days after we contacted them at their place of work. In this way, we obtained statements from 18 informants. 3. Individual interviews with teachers – in two schools where the qualitative part of the previous research took place, we also collected interviews with teachers. The interviews lasted between 52 and 100 minutes. The presented analysis is based on interviews with three informants. All of the above-mentioned data sources support each other and describe the positive motivation of all participants in the ZaS program. For the data analysis phase, we used situational analysis procedures, which emphasize the systematic capture of relationships that influence the specific forms of the environment under study (in our case, the environment of classrooms and schools). Situational analysis (SA) was essential for us for several reasons. First, the ethnographic approach is included in the very foundations of SA; second, it is consistent with the interactive systemic nature of Bronfenbrenner's model; third, the construction of the so-called elements, it is based on an abductive approach to scientific research, and finally, it emphasizes the participation of the actors themselves in refining the meanings of the processes and events under investigation (Clarke, 2005; Clarke, Friesse, & Washburn, 2015). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis showed that the key elements that motivate teachers to work within the SbS program can be described by the terms STRUCTURE and PROCESS. A solid STRUCTURE is essential; we can view it as a "skeleton" around which the "body" of a functioning learning community grows organically. The skeleton provides stability and predictability. At the same time, it is not rigid. It can change without losing its stabilizing function. For example, the rules are constantly updated, negotiated, and their list changes. The most significant PROCESS reported by the respondents was the transformation of the teacher into a competent professional and their personal growth. For the informants, the term "competent" expressed a situation in which a teacher becomes a professional. It does not matter how many years the person has been teaching, but rather the quality of the processes of personal and professional growth they are undergoing. The ability to reflect is a reference to a key transformation of the teacher. This occurs when they realize that they are "still-on-the-path" and that they cultivate and moderate this path through constant self-reflection. The interviews most emphasized changes in planning, in the organization of teaching, and changes in their own psychological attitude (building self-confidence, accepting mistakes as opportunities for growth, focusing on their own growth). The informants also agreed that DEMOCRACY and the possibility of developing it are central values for them. That is why they remain in the SbS program. According to the respondents, rules play an important role in creating a respectful, democratic environment (referring back to structure). Rules create space for freedom, in which students are guided toward responsibility. Democratic values were repeatedly evident in the interviews in the way teachers want to guide students toward conflict resolution or encourage them to express their different opinions. References Beronilla, J. M., & Natividad, L. (2025). Heterogeneous over homogenous grouping in the classroom: An argument for inclusive education (SSRN Scholarly Paper No. 5085926). http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.5085926 Clarke, A. (2005). Situational analysis: Grounded theory after the postomodern turn. Thousands Oak, London, New Delhi: SAGE Publications. Clarke, A., Friesse, C. & Washburn, R. (2015). Situational analysis in practice: Mapping research with grounded theory. Walnut Creek (CA): Left Coast Press. Denglerová et al. (2024). Benefits of the Start Together program. Research report. Available at: www.zacitspolu.eu/wp/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/vyzkumna-zprava_benefity-zas_2024.pdf Klaus, M. (2004). Stepping into the Future: A History of the Step by Step Program. [online] [2024-07-30]. Available at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/264896027_Stepping_into_the_Future_The_History_of_the_Step_by_Step_Program Krywko, K. K. (2010). Policy Transfer in the Post-Socialist Region: The Open Society Institute and the Step By Step Initiative. Dissertation Thesis, Teachers College, Columbia University. Šíp, R. & Denglerová, D. (2025). Proč vyučující realizují program Začít spolu: Strukturální a procesuální přínosy programu. Pedagogika, 75 (2-3), 219-250. https://doi.org/10.14712/23362189.2025.4954 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Reproduction of Social Inequalities in Schools Through Legal Frameworks? A Comparative Analysis Between Cologne, Hamburg and Calgary University of Siegen, Germany Presenting Author:The results of the first PISA study marked a turning point in the German education debate by highlighting the strong correlation between socioeconomic status and educational achievement, triggering a series of educational policy reforms. Despite numerous reform efforts, the influence of social background on educational opportunities in Germany remains well documented empirically and continues to be prominent (Busemeyer et al., 2023; OECD, 2023; Scharf et al., 2020). While this correlation has been researched extensively, less attention has been paid to the institutional mechanisms through which inequalities are (re)produced in the everyday structures and practices of the school system. Organizationally embedded regulations and procedures in legal and administrative documents can create differentiation processes that systematically disadvantage certain groups of students and perpetuate existing disparities (Böhmer, 2025). One theoretical perspective that has been used only rarely to date but offers great analytical potential for investigating such mechanisms is the concept of space as a product of social action (Kessl et al., 2016; Riveros & Nyereyemhuka, 2023). In a large part of educational research, space is assumed to be a neutral container concept that serves primarily to describe locational conditions (Berkemeyer et al., 2019). However, this view ignores the space-constituting mechanisms through which school systems, schools, and school actors actively, albeit unintentionally, create social orders through administrative requirements, school organizational structures, or practices of differentiation (Stočić, 2015). A relational understanding of space, on the other hand, conceives of space as a product of social actions and structures (Löw, 2016; Löw & Sturm, 2019) and makes it possible to analyse legal and administrative regulations not only as control instruments, but also as active producers of segregated educational spaces. The organization of the school system plays a central role here. International comparative studies show that education systems with early institutional stratification exhibit greater educational inequalities than those that educate students together as far as possible. The multi-tiered German school system contrasts sharply with single-tier systems such as the Canadian (Busemeyer et al., 2023; OECD, 2023). At the same time, both Germany and Canada are federally organized, resulting in a wide variety at the subnational level in terms of governance logics, legal requirements, and administrative structures. This similarity in governance, coupled with differences in the institutional logic of the organization of education, provides a particularly suitable framework for revealing mechanisms of differentiation. Given this, the PhD project looks at how differences based on students' socioeconomic status are created through institutional structures and practices, and how this leads to segregated educational spaces. The project includes three complementary sub-studies, each focusing on the macro, meso, and micro levels of the school system (Altrichter & Maag Merki, 2016; Fend, 2008). The first study, which is scheduled for presentation at the ECER conference, focuses on the macro level and examines the legal and administrative frameworks that structure the conditions under which school actors operate. The following research questionis central to this study: How are differences between students based on their social background created by legal and administrative regulations in Hamburg, Cologne, and Calgary, thereby (re)producing segregated educational spaces? The following two sub-studies of the dissertation then examine how these macrostructural guidelines are taken up, interpreted, and reconstructed in practice by school actors at the meso level of the school and the micro level of teaching, and whether further mechanisms of difference production become apparent in the process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer the research question, the cities of Hamburg and Cologne (Germany) and Calgary (Canada) were selected as case studies based on statistical indicators and the results of national comparative studies. Socio-spatial segregation is particularly pronounced in urban agglomerations with a wide range of schools, which is why it is particularly interesting to compare large cities (Fölker et al., 2015; Stošić, 2012). Despite above-average results in terms of the fairness of the education system, the international comparison with Calgary should not simply serve as a blueprint by compiling existing findings on Canadian education and translating them to the German context. Instead, German and Canadian primary sources are analysed equally. However, the comparison opens up the possibility of overcoming blind spots in a purely national perspective and questioning researchers' views on what is known. In addition to school-related legal and administrative documents, the German Basic Law, the state constitutions of the two German states of Hamburg and North Rhine-Westphalia, the Canadian Constitution, and the Constitution of the Province of Alberta were also included. This resulted in a data corpus of around 1000 documents, which was evaluated using Reflexive Thematic Analysis (RTA). RTA is a variant of thematic analysis whose evaluation process is particularly open and interpretative, and which was further developed and described as a method by Braun & Clarke in particular. Unlike in English-speaking countries, it is not yet widely used in German-speaking countries and aims to develop reflexive themes in a six-step, iterative analysis process (Braun & Clarke, 2022). The necessary familiarity with the data requires restriction to documents relevant to research, which is why, in an initial review based on exclusion criteria (no reference to state-run general education schools, such as private schools or vocational schools), those documents that are not formally relevant to research are currently being sorted out. In a second review, documents that are relevant to the RTA are then selected based on inclusion criteria (reference to space, e.g. structural requirements; to difference, e.g. distinctions between students based on their support needs; to social background, e.g. the financial resources of their parents or guardians). Only then is the actual RTA carried out. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The evaluation process is currently still in its early stages but will be sufficiently advanced by August 2026 to produce initial results. Nevertheless, it is already clear that in all three case studies, the participation of all students is explicitly formulated as a goal in various legal texts. In the operationalization, however, in German legal documents social background is hardly mentioned directly as a dimension that contributes to inequality, in contrast to, for example, migration history, special education needs, or the gender of the students. It is expected that social background is implicitly effective in legal and administrative texts in Cologne and Hamburg but remains systematically underrepresented compared to other categories of difference. It is particularly interesting to compare the findings from Germany with the Canadian documents, as the spaces become visible. It is precisely this gap that proves to be central to understanding institutionally produced educational inequality. Initial findings indicate that social background, as well as other categories of difference among students, is a key category in the formulation of Canadian legal and administrative documents and is repeatedly placed at the centre of laws and administrative regulations. Furthermore, no passages have been found to date that point to the responsibility of schools or teachers in reproducing or combating social inequalities. This makes it clear that not only explicit regulations are relevant for the analysis, but also those aspects that are systematically omitted from legal texts. Especially interesting is comparing the results of Germany with the Canadian documents as the blank spaces become visible. In particular, the question of what differences can be seen between the individual case studies at the macro level and whether the patterns in the interviews can be found at the meso and micro levels forms a central starting point for the subsequent sub-studies. References Altrichter, H., & Maag Merki, K. (2016). Steuerung der Entwicklung des Schulwesens. In H. Altrichter & K. Maag Merki (Hrsg.), Handbuch Neue Steuerung im Schulsystem (S. 1–27). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-18942-0_1 Berkemeyer, Nils, Hermstein, Björn, & Manitius, Veronika. (2016). Auf dem Weg zu einer raumorientierten Schulsystemforschung. Was können raumsensible Sozialtheorien für empirische Analysen regionaler Bildungsdisparitäten leisten? https://doi.org/10.25656/01:16705 Böhmer, A. (2025). Soziale Ungleichheit und Bildung: Eine erziehungswissenschaftliche Einführung (1. Auflage). UTB. https://doi.org/10.36198/9783838562339 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Busemeyer, M., Garritzmann, J., & Garritzmann, S. (2023). Bildungspolitik. In G. Wenzelburger & R. Zohlnhöfer (Hrsg.), Handbuch Policy-Forschung (S. 657–682). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-34560-0 Fend, H. (Hrsg.). (2008). Schule gestalten: Systemsteuerung, Schulentwicklung und Unterrichtsqualität. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-90867-0 Fölker, L., Hertel, T., & Pfaff, N. (2015). Brennpunkt(-)Schule: Zum Verhältnis von Schule, Bildung und urbaner Segregation. B. Budrich. Kessl, F., Reh, Sabine, Glaser, Edith, & Thole, Werner. (2016). Raum und Räumlichkeiten in der erziehungswissenschaftlichen Forschung. Eine Einführung. 62(1), 1–4. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:16701 Löw, M. (2016). The Sociology of Space: Materiality, Social Structures, and Action. Palgrave Macmillan US. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-349-69568-3 Löw, M., & Sturm, G. (2019). Raumsoziologie. Eine disziplinäre Positionierung zum Sozialraum. In F. Kessl & C. Reutlinger (Hrsg.), Handbuch Sozialraum: Grundlagen für den Bildungs- und Sozialbereich (Bd. 14, S. 3–21). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-19983-2 OECD (Hrsg.). (2023). PISA 2022 Ergebnisse: Lernstände und Bildungsgerechtigkeit (1. Aufl.). wbv Media GmbH & Co. KG. https://doi.org/10.3278/6004956w Riveros, A., & Nyereyemhuka, N. (2023). Conceptualizing space in educational administration and leadership research: Towards a spatial justice perspective. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 26(4), 666–679. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2020.1842509 Scharf, J., Becker, M., Stallasch, S. E., Neumann, M., & Maaz, K. (2020). Primäre und sekundäre Herkunftseffekte über den Verlauf der Sekundarstufe: Eine Dekomposition an drei Bildungsübergängen. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 23(6), 1251–1282. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-020-00981-7 Stočić, P. (2015). Horizontale Segregation im deutschen Schulsystem. In L. Fölker, T. Hertel, & N. Pfaff (Hrsg.), Brennpunkt(-)Schule Zum Verhältnis von Schule, Bildung und urbaner Segregation. B. Budrich. Stošić, Patricia. (2012). Lokale Bildungsräume zwischen Struktur und Handlung. 18(1), 12–24. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:24492 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 05 SES 11 A: Education in Time of Emergency and Uncertainty Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Michael Jopling Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Inclusion in Practice: Perspectives of Teachers and Pupils on the School Integration of Ukrainian Students in Czech Lower Secondary Schools Masaryk University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:The Russian invasion of Ukraine in 2022 accelerated war-related migration across Europe and placed host education systems under exceptional pressure to provide equitable schooling for conflict-affected children. By late 2025, millions of Ukrainian citizens had been granted temporary protection within the EU, with the Czech Republic hosting a disproportionately high share (Eurostat, 2025). Ensuring access to education for refugee pupils aligns with international commitments to inclusive schooling (UNESCO, 2020) and with rights-based approaches emphasising availability, accessibility, acceptability, and adaptability. Yet research consistently demonstrates a gap between the declarative ambitions of inclusive policy and its everyday enactment (Ainscow, 2020; Slee, 2018, 2019). To conceptualise this tension, we distinguish analytically between adaptation, integration, and inclusion. Adaptation represents the initial adjustment to a new educational environment across psychological, sociocultural, and academic dimensions (Berry, 1997; Ward, 2022; Cortazzi & Jin, 1997; Zhou et al., 2008). Schools frequently prioritise safety and belonging; however, sidelining academic expectations may reproduce inequalities and institutionalise deficit perspectives (Nilsson & Bunar, 2015; Rubie-Davies & Hattie, 2024; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1977). In the Czech context, adaptation strategies have often foregrounded psychosocial stability while leaving academic integration underdeveloped (Šeďová et al., 2025). Integration refers to the incorporation of pupils with a different mother tongue (DMT) into mainstream schooling through targeted supports, particularly language provision. Its success depends on systemic flexibility and equity-oriented policies (European Commission, 2021). However, language-focused measures alone may address only the surface level of participation while leaving structural inequalities intact (Hassani & Schwab, 2025). Evidence from Czech schools suggests that support remains uneven and frequently reliant on project-based funding rather than systemic entitlement (Mikešová et al., 2024), reinforcing broader European patterns of categorical inequality (Hadjar et al., 2025). Inclusion represents the most demanding approach, requiring the transformation of school culture so that diversity becomes a constitutive feature of the learning community (Booth & Ainscow, 2011; Ainscow et al., 2019). Yet legislative reforms may create an illusion of inclusivity while exclusionary practices persist (Slee, 2018). Inclusion must therefore be understood not merely as placement but as full participation and recognition within the educational process (Göransson & Nilholm, 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative research design to explore how the inclusion of Ukrainian pupils is experienced and negotiated within Czech lower secondary schools from multiple perspectives. By incorporating the voices of teachers alongside those of Czech and Ukrainian pupils, the study captures inclusion as a relational and socially constructed process emerging through everyday classroom interactions. Sampling and participants Sampling was conducted between January and March 2025 using enrolment data provided by the Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports. Schools in the South Moravian Region were eligible if they (a) were complete elementary schools including lower secondary level (ISCED 2), (b) were located in municipalities exceeding 100,000 inhabitants, (c) enrolled at least 30 Ukrainian pupils, and (d) had staff with direct post-2022 experience teaching Ukrainian pupils. Of the 34 schools contacted, four were selected following preliminary communication with school leadership. To ensure confidentiality, pseudonyms are used (Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter). The final research sample comprised 64 participants: • 32 lower secondary teachers, representing diverse subject specialisations and levels of professional experience; • 16 Czech pupils, who shared classroom environments with Ukrainian peers; and • 16 Ukrainian pupils, whose perspectives provided insight into lived experiences of adaptation, peer relations, perceived barriers, and support within the school environment. This multi-perspective sampling strategy enabled a deeper understanding of inclusion as a dynamic process shaped by institutional conditions as well as peer interactions. Data collection Data collection was conducted in two consecutive phases. Teacher data were generated through eight focus groups held between April and May 2025 (60–90 minutes each). Subsequently, semi-structured interviews with Czech and Ukrainian pupils were carried out between November 2025 and February 2026. Interviews were designed to be age-appropriate and explored classroom relationships, communication practices, barriers to participation, support mechanisms, and involvement in extracurricular activities. All sessions were audio-recorded with informed (parental) consent and transcribed verbatim, forming the primary dataset for analysis. Data analysis We conducted thematic analysis following Braun and Clarke’s (2006) six-phase procedure to identify preliminary themes across the dataset. Coding was supported by MAXQDA and performed by four researchers who initially analysed the data independently before consolidating themes through iterative analytical dialogue. Trustworthiness was strengthened through researcher triangulation, peer debriefing, and systematic documentation of analytic decisions. Quotations were translated from Czech and Ukrainian into English with an emphasis on preserving contextual meaning rather than literal equivalence (Temple & Young, 2004). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The following results should be understood as preliminary findings, reflecting an ongoing analysis of data collected from teachers as well as Czech and Ukrainian pupils. The analysis suggests that the inclusion of Ukrainian pupils is shaped by interconnected academic, social, and institutional factors influencing everyday participation in school life. Language emerged as a central condition for participation. Teachers identified Czech language proficiency as essential for academic engagement, noting that limited skills often complicated instruction and assessment. Ukrainian pupils associated language development with increasing confidence and independence, while Czech classmates perceived language differences as the primary barrier to communication. At the same time, maintaining the Ukrainian language appeared to provide emotional security, particularly during the initial period of school attendance. Several barriers to engagement were also identified. Teachers described the difficulty of addressing diverse learning needs within time-constrained classrooms, whereas Ukrainian pupils reported uncertainty about expectations and hesitation to participate actively. Czech pupils recalled initial communication discomfort, although many participants observed that these challenges gradually diminished as familiarity increased. Support structures played an important role in facilitating participation. Adapted materials, teaching assistants, and flexible instructional strategies were perceived as key enabling factors. Ukrainian pupils particularly valued clear guidance and individual encouragement from teachers. Nevertheless, teachers highlighted uneven institutional support and the ongoing challenge of balancing attention across the entire class. Social integration appeared to be a gradual process rather than an automatic outcome of classroom placement. Czech pupils often assumed informal supportive roles, helping peers navigate tasks or school routines, while Ukrainian pupils described friendships as crucial for reducing anxiety and strengthening their sense of belonging. However, some teachers noted a tendency toward linguistic clustering, which occasionally limited broader peer interaction. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Berry, J. W. (1997). Immigration, acculturation, and adaptation. Applied Psychology, 46(1), 5–34. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1464-0597.1997.tb01087.x Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2011). Index for inclusion: Developing learning and participation in schools (3rd ed.). Centre for Studies on Inclusive Education. Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1977). Reproduction in education, society and culture. Sage. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Devine, D. (2013). ‘Value’-ing children differently? Migrant children in education. Children & Society, 27(4), 282–294. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12034 Dryden-Peterson, S. (2024). Refugee education: Aligning access, learning, and opportunity. Daedalus, 153(4), 79–95. https://doi.org/10.1162/daed_a_02105 Eurostat. (2025). Temporary protection for persons fleeing Ukraine. European Commission. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings—A critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 265–280. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.933545 Hadjar, A., de Moll, F., Alieva, A., & Seiler, S. (2025). The prevalence and impact of school segregation on education outcomes in Europe and beyond. International Journal of Comparative Sociology. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/00207152251358854 Hassani, S., & Schwab, S. (2025). Language support and institutional discrimination: Insights into school leaders’ experiences. Journal of Language, Identity & Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2025.2563603 Kaukko, M., Dryden-Peterson, S., Wilkinson, J., & Kemmis, S. (2025). Refugee education for living well in a world worth living in. Teachers and Teaching. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2025.2478151 Mikešová, R., Tollarová, B., Šimon, M., Stachová, J., Kostelecká, Y., Zhmurko, O., Krchová, A., & Leontiyeva, Y. (2024). Výzkum žáků s nedostatečnou znalostí vyučovacího jazyka v základních školách: Průběžná výzkumná zpráva. Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports. Norwich, B. (2008). Dilemmas of difference, inclusion and disability: International perspectives and future directions. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 23(4), 287–304. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856250802387166 Slee, R. (2018). Inclusive education isn’t dead, it just smells funny. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429486869 Šeďová, K., Obrovská, J., Hlaďo, P., Lojdová, K., Machovcová, K., Stupak, O., & Lintner, T. (2025). ‘They usually look happy’: Approaches to the adaptation of Ukrainian refugees in Czech schools. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 33(5), 1553–1574. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2024.2362965 Temple, B., & Young, A. (2004). Qualitative research and translation dilemmas. Qualitative Research, 4(2), 161–178. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794104044430 UNESCO. (2020). Global education monitoring report 2020: Inclusion and education—All means all. UNESCO. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Protecting and Rebuilding Education in Palestine: Evidence, Law, and Policy Options Boğaziçi University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The war on Gaza has produced a humanitarian catastrophe with devastating consequences for education. Schools, universities, students, teachers, and researchers have been systematically targeted or rendered nonfunctional through bombardment, displacement, and siege conditions. International organizations and scholars increasingly describe this pattern as “educide” or “scholasticide”: the destruction of educational infrastructure and intellectual life that undermines cultural continuity and future capacity for recovery (Alousi, 2022; Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights [OHCHR], 2024). United Nations findings suggest these attacks are deliberate and part of a strategy that undermines Gaza’s social, cultural, and institutional life (United Nations Human Rights Council [UNHRC], 2025). Available evidence documents extensive damage across primary, secondary, and higher education, including attacks on school buildings used as civilian shelters and the killing and injury of students and educators (United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs [OCHA oPt], 2025; UNHRC, 2025). Also, in the West Bank, students and teachers have been killed, detained, and subjected to repression, eroding educational access and academic freedom (Ministry of Education and Higher Education [MoEHE], 2025). Educational disruption has further intensified following legislative measures restricting United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees (UNRWA)’s operations in East Jerusalem (UNRWA, 2025). In this context, three research questions are posed: How are attacks on education in Gaza and the West Bank structured? How do these practices relate to international legal and normative frameworks protecting education during armed conflict? What reconstruction and protection strategies can sustain education under prolonged crisis? To address these questions, the paper synthesizes documentary and secondary sources with three objectives. First, it systematically characterizes the scope and forms of attacks on education, including physical destruction, institutional disruption, and impacts on students and educators. Second, it situates these practices within international humanitarian law, international human rights law, and global commitments to safeguarding education (Fourth Geneva Convention, 1949, Art. 50; United Nations, 1989; Global Coalition to Protect Education from Attack [GCPEA], 2015). Third, it proposes a reconstruction and protection agenda organized around five priority domains based on existing literature. The theoretical and normative framework combines the concepts of educide and scholasticide with critical, decolonial perspectives on education under occupation, linking empirical documentation to legal and ethical evaluation (Alousi, 2022; OHCHR, 2024; UNHRC, 2025). Documentary synthesis highlights the epistemic consequences of attack damaged campuses, lost archives, and disrupted research that undermine both immediate learning and long-term professional capacity (Faculty of Education, University of Cambridge, Centre for Lebanese Studies, & UNRWA, 2026; OCHA oPt, 2025; UNHRC, 2025). Building on this analysis, this study outlines practical actions grouped into key areas: (1) operational support through remote teaching and digital systems designed for limited connectivity; (2) institutional solidarity via partnerships, scholarships, and emergency funding; (3) research and advocacy reorientation toward reparative, community-centered knowledge production; (4) political pressure to defend academic freedom and enable accountability; and (5) community-based problem solving grounded in local priorities. The paper argues that preserving education requires simultaneous operational, institutional, political, and community-level action. Violations of obligations requiring occupying powers to facilitate education and protect children’s right to education constitute breaches of international law and severe setbacks to the Sustainable Development Goals (e.g., Hassoun et al., 2025). The paper advances practical interventions, including mobile learning spaces, institutional twinning, collaborative research on reconstruction and trauma, coordinated academic advocacy, and community-led initiatives (e.g., Buheji, 2025; Efendi & Arafeh, 2024; Gordon & Turner, 2024) and emphasizes the centrality of local agency. Sustained international collaboration is essential for effective implementation. Accordingly, education systems are most sustainable when local communities are active decision-makers with meaningful control over priorities, implementation and governance (UN General Assembly, 2015). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs qualitative documentary and normative analysis to synthesize existing evidence on the destruction of education in Gaza and the West Bank and on proposed responses (Bowen, 2009; Creswell & Poth, 2016). The analysis draws exclusively on secondary sources, including reports by United Nations bodies and relevant policy, scholarly, and advocacy literature. This approach is suitable given primary research constraints in active conflict zones. Documents were identified through targeted searches of UN agency repositories (e.g., OCHA, UNRWA), humanitarian coordination platforms, and academic databases. Search terms included combinations of education, schools, universities, students, teachers, higher education, Gaza, West Bank, genocide, occupation, educide, scholasticide, right to education, and international humanitarian law. Sources were included if they directly addressed education in Gaza or the West Bank, documented material damage, human impacts, or institutional disruption, or provided legal, normative, or policy-relevant analysis of attacks on education. Documents were excluded if they lacked explicit educational relevance or institutional verification. First, source compilation focused on materials documenting damage to educational infrastructure, impacts on students and educators, and legal or normative assessments of responsibility. These sources include reports by UN agencies and academic discussions of educide. Priority was given to empirically grounded, education-focused, and policy-relevant sources. Second, thematic content analysis was conducted through iterative reading and coding of the documents collected for this study (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Recurring themes included destruction of educational institutions; loss of life, displacement, and psychological harm; disruption of institutional continuity, research capacity, and academic freedom; and proposed mechanisms for continuity and reconstruction. This process enabled identification of patterns across sources and consolidation of fragmented evidence into a coherent analytical framework. The resulting themes informed both the analytical framing and the organization of recommendations. Third, findings were interpreted within relevant international legal frameworks, including the Fourth Geneva Convention (1949) and the Safe Schools Declaration (2015) to clarify the obligations of occupying powers and the responsibilities of international actors with respect to safeguarding education. Finally, documented impacts informed policy recommendations across five areas: operational support, institutional solidarity, research and advocacy reorientation, political pressure, and community-based problem solving. While anti-fragility scholarship (e.g., Buheji, 2025) informed the orientation, the focus remained on actionable, context-sensitive strategies grounded in documented needs and locally articulated priorities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Evidence confirms Gaza’s education system has been subjected to widespread and systematic destruction, impacting students, educators, and institutional continuity (Faculty of Education, University of Cambridge, Centre for Lebanese Studies, & UNRWA, 2026). Attacks on schools and universities, combined with displacement, loss of life, and prolonged siege conditions, threaten access and the preservation of knowledge, culture, and professional capacity. These patterns align with descriptions of educide and scholasticide noted in recent assessments (e.g., OHCHR, 2024). Reconstruction and protection of education require coordinated action across five interrelated domains. First, operational support is essential to sustain learning during crisis conditions through remote teaching, digital platforms that work with limited internet access, decentralized data storage, and mobile learning spaces. Second, institutional solidarity must be strengthened through international partnerships, emergency funding mechanisms, scholarships, and faculty support schemes to prevent long-term loss of human capital. Third, a reorientation of research and advocacy is needed to prioritize reparative, community-centered knowledge production aligned with reconstruction and social healing. Fourth, political pressure and collective academic action are necessary to defend academic freedom, deter attacks on educational institutions, and support accountability mechanisms. Fifth, community-based problem solving should be foregrounded to ensure educational responses are locally legitimate, culturally grounded, and responsive to lived realities. Together, these domains outline a framework for protecting education during genocide while enabling conditions for recovery. In this study, the core emphasis remains on practical, context-sensitive interventions. Without sustained international commitment and enforceable protections for education, the damage to Gaza’s education system risks producing long-term, intergenerational harm. Safeguarding education is therefore central to humanitarian response, social recovery, and the possibility of a just and durable future. This requires sustained funding, political will, legal accountability, and long-term engagement by academic institutions, humanitarian actors, and policymakers committed to protecting education as a fundamental human right worldwide. References Alousi, R. (2022). Educide: The genocide of education: A case study on the impact of invasion and conflict on education. The Business and Management Review, 13(2). https://cberuk.com/cdn/conference_proceedings/2022-09-16-09-29-05-AM.pdf Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27-40. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Buheji, M. (2025). Reconstruction of anti-fragile universities in Gaza. International Journal of Multidisciplinary Research and Growth Evaluation, 6(2), 1454–1466. Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). SAGE Publications. Efendi, R. H., & Arafeh, A. (2024). The role of higher education institutions in addressing mass atrocities. In What is genocide, and what can universities do about it? (p. 49). Faculty of Education, University of Cambridge, Centre for Lebanese Studies, & UNRWA. (2026). Palestinian education still under attack: Restoration, recovery, rights and responsibilities in and through education. University of Cambridge. Global Coalition to Protect Education from Attack. (2015). Safe Schools Declaration. https://ssd.protectingeducation.org/ Gordon, N., & Turner, L. (2024). Academics have a duty to help stop the ‘educide’in Gaza. University World News. Hassoun, A., Abuzerr, S., Trif, M., Bhat, Z., Iriqat, D., Aadil, R. M., & Arouri, B. (2025). Seeking justice and governance: The path to peace in war-torn Gaza. In War on Gaza: Consequences on sustainability and global security (pp. 131–144). Springer Nature Switzerland. International Committee of the Red Cross. (1949). Geneva Convention relative to the protection of civilian persons in time of war (Fourth Geneva Convention). Ministry of Education and Higher Education [MoEHE]. (2025). Israeli occupation violations against education in Palestine: 7 October 2023–30 September 2025. Palestinian Authority. OCHA oPt. (2025, 2 October). Humanitarian Situation Update #327: Gaza Strip. https://www.ochaopt.org/content/humanitarian-situation-update-327-gaza-strip Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights (2024, April 18). UN experts deeply concerned over “scholasticide” in Gaza [Press release]. https://www.ohchr.org/en/press-releases/2024/04/un-experts-deeply-concerned-over-scholasticide-gaza United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. United Nations Treaty Series, 1577, 3. https://www.ohchr.org/en/instruments-mechanisms/instruments/convention-rights-child United Nations General Assembly. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda United Nations Human Rights Council (2025, 16 September). Legal analysis of the conduct of Israel in Gaza pursuant to the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide (60th Sess.). https://www.ohchr.org/sites/default/files/documents/hrbodies/hrcouncil/sessions-regular/session60/advance-version/a-hrc-60-crp-3.pdf UNRWA. (2025, 1 September). UNRWA statement on return to schools in the occupied West Bank. https://www.unrwa.org/newsroom/official-statements/unrwa-statement-return-schools-occupied-west-bank 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Educational emergencies as pedagogical spaces. Teachers’ perspectives from Italy and Sierra Leone University of Padova, Italy Presenting Author:In the current global landscape, educational systems are increasingly shaped by conditions of crisis and instability. Health emergencies, armed conflicts, environmental disasters, economic precarity, and social inequalities intersect and redefine the daily functioning of schools, challenging traditional assumptions about teaching, learning, and institutional stability. Within European and international policy agendas, education is progressively framed as a key lever for resilience, social cohesion, and democratic continuity, particularly in contexts of emergency. However, educational responses to crisis often remain grounded in short-term, alarmist, and compensatory approaches, focused primarily on damage control rather than on long-term pedagogical transformation. This study addresses the topic of education in emergencies by proposing a conceptual shift from an alarmist to a transformative understanding of emergency. The central research question is: How do primary school teachers interpret and experience educational emergencies, and in what ways can their practices contribute to rethinking emergency as a generative and transformative pedagogical condition? Closely connected to this main question are two subsidiary questions: How do teachers make sense of emergency in their professional lives, emotionally, pedagogically, and institutionally? What similarities and differences emerge across diverse socio-cultural contexts, and what can these differences reveal about the role of teacher education and school systems in responding to crisis? The objective of the study is threefold. First, it aims to explore teachers’ meanings, emotions, and practices related to educational emergencies, foregrounding their lived experiences rather than institutional narratives alone. Second, it seeks to compare these experiences across two contrasting yet interconnected contexts, Italy and Sierra Leone, in order to highlight both context-specific challenges and transnational patterns. Third, the study aims to contribute to the development of a transformative pedagogical framework for education in emergencies, with particular attention to teacher education as a strategic site for systemic change. The conceptual and theoretical framework integrates several complementary perspectives. At its core lies pedagogy of emergency, which conceptualises emergency not as a punctual and exceptional event, but as a multidimensional and processual condition affecting individuals, communities, and institutions over time. This perspective allows emergency to be understood as structurally embedded within educational systems, rather than external to them. This framework is further informed by critical pedagogy, particularly the notions of dialogue, conscientisation, and agency. From this viewpoint, education is not limited to adaptation to crisis but becomes a space in which teachers and learners can critically interpret reality and act upon it. Emergency thus becomes a potential site of pedagogical meaning-making and transformation. A third key component is the transformative model of emergency, which contrasts with alarmist approaches that prioritise immediacy, control, and procedural responses. The transformative model emphasises anticipation, reflexivity, and the generative potential of crisis, highlighting how educational actors can influence not only the effects but also the interpretation and pedagogical use of emergency situations. Adopting a comparative and intercultural perspective, the study situates Italian and Sierra Leonean primary schools within broader European and global educational dynamics. While these contexts differ significantly in terms of resources, institutional structures, and policy frameworks, they are both shaped by global inequalities and shared vulnerabilities. This comparison enables a deeper understanding of emergency as a transnational educational condition and opens space for mutual learning between European and non-European contexts. By foregrounding teachers’ voices and practices, the study contributes to European and international debates on education in emergencies, resilience, and teacher education. It argues that sustainable and just responses to crisis require moving beyond emergency management toward pedagogical transformation, supported by coherent policies, professional recognition, and long-term investment in teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, ethnographic, and comparative research design, situated within the field of comparative education. This methodological approach was selected to capture the complexity of educational emergencies as lived, relational, and context-dependent phenomena, rather than as purely technical or managerial issues. By foregrounding teachers’ perspectives, the study seeks to understand how emergency is interpreted, experienced, and enacted within everyday school practices. The research was conducted in two urban contexts, Rome (Italy) and Freetown (Sierra Leone). These sites were intentionally selected to reflect contrasting socio-economic, cultural, and institutional conditions, while at the same time being embedded in shared global dynamics of inequality, vulnerability, and crisis. This comparative design allows emergency to be examined as a structural and transnational condition of schooling, rather than as a context-specific anomaly. The research sample consisted of 40 primary school teachers (20 in Italy and 20 in Sierra Leone) working in eight public primary schools. Schools were selected to represent diverse socio-cultural and economic areas within each city. The sample included both female and male teachers, reflecting the gender distribution within each context. All participants voluntarily took part in the study and provided informed consent; data were anonymised and handled in accordance with European data protection regulations. Data collection was carried out through two main qualitative instruments. First, participant observations were conducted within classrooms and school environments to document daily practices, relational dynamics, and contextual features of schooling in emergency conditions. Second, semi-structured interviews lasting between 45 and 60 minutes were conducted with each participant. The interview guide was structured around four thematic areas derived from the transformative model of emergency: (1) meanings attributed to emergency, (2) emotions and feelings associated with emergency situations, (3) educational practices enacted in response to emergency, and (4) perceptions of the role of the school system. Data analysis followed an interpretative phenomenological approach, aimed at exploring how teachers make sense of their professional experiences within emergency contexts. Transcripts and field notes were analysed using qualitative data analysis software (Atlas.ti), allowing for systematic coding, categorisation, and the identification of thematic nuclei, as well as the exploration of co-occurrences and patterns across contexts. The comparative analysis focused on identifying convergences and divergences between the two contexts, highlighting how different structural conditions shape teachers’ responses while also revealing shared pedagogical resources. This methodological strategy supports a nuanced understanding of education in emergencies as a dynamic, relational, and transformative process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study indicate that educational emergency is experienced by teachers not as an exceptional or temporary disruption, but as a structural and ongoing condition of contemporary schooling. Across both contexts, emergency permeates pedagogical, relational, emotional, and institutional dimensions of teachers’ professional lives, shaping daily practices and educational meanings. In the Italian context, emergency is predominantly articulated in affective and relational terms, linked to institutional fragmentation, bureaucratic pressures, and professional exhaustion. In the Sierra Leonean context, emergency is more visibly rooted in material and infrastructural scarcity, economic precarity, and limited institutional support. However, in both settings teachers emerge as key agents of resilience, activating adaptive, relational, and creative pedagogical practices that extend beyond short-term crisis management. A central outcome of the study is the identification of a shift from alarmist responses to transformative practices. Teachers’ actions reframe emergency as a pedagogical space for dialogue, care, flexibility, and innovation, generating learning opportunities and reinforcing the school’s role as a site of civic responsibility. These practices highlight the generative potential of emergency when supported by professional agency and reflective capacity. The findings also underscore the critical role of teacher education. Both initial and in-service training emerge as decisive factors in enabling teachers to interpret emergency not merely as an external threat, but as a condition requiring pedagogical intentionality, emotional competence, and critical awareness. Without structured support, resilience risks remaining an individual burden rather than a systemic resource. At an international level, the study suggests that sustainable responses to educational emergencies require long-term, structural policies that recognise teachers’ professional expertise, promote participatory governance, and invest in relational and pedagogical dimensions of schooling. By integrating insights from diverse contexts, the study contributes to international debates on education in emergencies, advocating for a transformative approach grounded in social justice, inclusion, and democratic values. References Biesta G. (2012). The future of teacher education: Evidence, competence or wisdom? Research on Steiner Education, 3(1): 8–21. Biesta G. (2016). The beautiful risk of education. Boulder, CO: Paradigm Publishers. Bray M., Adamson B., Mason M. (eds.) (2009). Comparative education research: Approaches and methods. Hong Kong: University of Hong Kong Press. Calhoun L. G., Tedeschi R. G. (1999). Facilitating posttraumatic growth: A clinician’s guide. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Çetiner Z., Levent A. F. (2024). Teachers’ opinions on teacher resilience during the COVID-19 pandemic. International e-Journal of Educational Studies, 8(18): 267–282. Doi: 10.31458/iejes.1511677 European Commission (2020). Education in Emergencies: Project Mapping Report. Brussels: European Commission. Isidori M. V., Vaccarelli A. (2013). Pedagogia dell’emergenza, didattica nell’emergenza. I processi formativi nelle situazioni di criticità individuali e collettive. Milano: Pensa MultiMedia. Meirieu P. (2019). Une école pour l'émancipation: Libérée des nostalgies des vieux pédagogies et des séductions des modes. Paris: ESF Éditeur Paiano A. P. (2023). Pedagogia in emergenza. Interdisciplinarietà ed epistemologia. Roma: Anicia. Pole C., Morrison M. (2003). Ethnography for education. Maidenhead, UK: Open University Press. Smith J. A., Flowers P., Larkin M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. London: SAGE. Traverso A. (2018). Emergenza e progettualità educativa. Da un modello allarmista al modello trasformativo. Milano: FrancoAngeli. UNESCO (2014). Shaping the future we want: UN Decade of Education for Sustainable Development (2005– 2014) final report. Paris: UNESCO. UNICEF (2011). Education in Emergencies and Post-Crisis Transition: Programme guidance. New York: UNICEF. Vexliard A. (1967). Sociologie de l'éducation. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Children's behavioral ‘problems’ through greek teachers’ and greek parents’ narratives: Reshaping the Understanding of Challenging Behaviors. European University of Cyprus Presenting Author:This paper aims in contributing to the improvement of the ways behavioral difficulties may be interpreted, by highlighting the complexity of the social context relating to them, including the family context, the school context and the wider educational context. Incidents of behavioral difficulties have increased in recent decades and are often linked to a lack of school readiness or to deficiencies in children’s self-regulatory skills (Rimm-Kaufman, Pianta & Cox, 2001). The result is the formation of a school and family daily life dominated by conflicts. Children with behavioral difficulties are often targeted and marginalized (Butler, 2023). Researching adult beliefs about children's behavioral difficulties is crucial because these beliefs can shape adult attitudes and behavior, influencing both their relationship with children, as well as children's behavior. In the interpretation of behavioral difficulties, emphasis is often placed on the behavior itself and its modification to conform to social expectations (Butler, 2022). According to Greene (2023) behavioral difficulty is nothing more than a child's communication code when they lack the basic skills needed to meet social expectations. This explanation is an interpretation that calls on adults to look beyond their behavior, by asking them to decode it. Beliefs surrounding behavioral difficulties view behavior as an inherent characteristic of the child and overlook the broader social context within which the child develops. Ecosystemic theory, by placing behavior within the broader system where it occurs, interprets it in relation to it (Vygotsky, 1978). In this sense, behavioral difficulty is a reflection of the dysfunction of these systems. Related to the aforementioned is Polyvagal Theory, which interprets behavioral difficulties as a reaction to unconscious motivations stemming from either a school or family environment (Butler, 2023). In addition, chaos theory in education enriches the interpretations of behavioral difficulties by emphasizing the complexity of these systems (Akamas & Kantal, 2019). Finally, feminist theory highlights the position of both mothers, who are considered primarily responsible for raising children in the Greek setting, and teachers, who are predominantly women (Vogt, 2008).
The selection of the above theories is an attempt to interpret behaviors from angles beyond the medical model of disability, with the ambition that the change in their interpretive paradigm may alter how we relate to them and how we can meaningfully act.
In this context, the purpose of this qualitative research was to investigate teachers' and parents’ attitudes/opinions/beliefs regarding children with behavioral difficulties in the Greek setting. The main research tool was semi-structured interviews with twelve participants. Thematic analysis of research data revealed that new beliefs, related to efforts to understand children, seem to coexist with parochial views, which denote a form of inadequacy within the child.
However, it is argued that behavioral ‘problems’ may be seen not as problems but as an opportunity for further reflection and taking core action through our understanding of their root cause. More specifically, behavior is often understood by participants as intentional and impenetrable and based on their descriptions, causes conflicts, during which adults end up defending themselves through survival mechanisms (e.g. yelling), just like children themselves. Therefore, through the adults’ narratives, we see the mirroring of the very concept of behavioral difficulties, in their own behaviors. Beneath the conflictual relationship with the child, their yelling is a call for help - as is often for children themselves - but behind the mask of anger, they often describe a feeling of fear as the root cause.
It is suggested that the utilization of this mirroring mechanism in teachers’ and parents’ training courses is a powerful tool for looking beyond certain child behaviors, leading to benefits for both teachers/parents and children in terms of their mutual understanding.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative methodology was unreservedly our choice for this research because "when two people do the same thing, what they [actually] do is not the same" (Prekop, 1992, p. 130). Qualitative methods have the unique flexibility to skillfully delve into these subtle differences and into the roots of personal narratives. This uncharted territory seems particularly suitable for attempting a deeper understanding of behavioral difficulties, as dominant or common perceptions or stereotypes often not only fail to adequately interpret the issue at hand, but also often become part of the issue themselves, if not adequately deconstructed (Lindquist & Molnar, 1990). This type of research relies heavily on case studies, in which individuals become subjects of their own history, which they often need to freely narrate having the researcher nearby them. Parents and teachers in the Greek setting often have this need, living in environments where they fulfill the needs of others, while at the same time feeling that they are ignoring their own. Through their narratives, their personal contradictions are highlighted, which are utilized in the data interpretation phase, by enriching them (ibid). The research questions which guided this study were: (1) How do parents and teachers perceive children's behavioral difficulties?, and (2) How do parents and teachers experience, describe and make sense of their relationship with children with behavioral difficulties? Through semi-structured interviews, which were used as the main research tool, the eleven participants expressed their experiences and beliefs freely and openly. Semi-structured interviews were chosen because they combine the flexible and open questions of the unstructured interview with the predetermined questions of the structured interview (Pourkos & Dafermos, 2010). In this context, the main topics were covered, while at the same time allowing a non-oppressive setting for the voices of participants to be actively listened to. The participants comprised of six teachers, four mothers, and one uncle of children with behavioral difficulties. Regarding the parents, they were selected based on a child's diagnosed disorder, which was accompanied by behavioral difficulties, as parents of children with a specific diagnosis for behavioral difficulties were not found. The research was approved by two University Ethics Committees, and all participants were informed about the anonymity and confidentiality of the data. Following the completion of the interviews, these were transcribed and reviewed, before proceeding with the analysis. The three steps of data condensation, data display and conclusion drawing/verification were followed (Miles, Huberman & Saldaña, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both chaos and ecosystemic theories can enrich the interpretations of behavioral difficulties, by emphasizing the complexity of interpersonal interactions in a given system. More specifically, study results highlight the complexity of relationships within the school and family environment, in which children’s behavioral difficulties are perceived and interpreted. New beliefs related to inclusion and efforts to understand with compassion children seem to coexist with parochial views, a noted example being the participants’ frequent use of the phrase behavioral ‘problems’, which denotes a form of inadequacy within the child. However, it is argued that behavioral ‘problems’ may be seen not as problems but as an opportunity for further reflection and taking core action through our understanding of their root cause. Results indicate that behavior is often understood by adults as intentional. Based on participants’ descriptions, children with behavioral difficulties seem to be made of tough material with impenetrable properties as a means of self-defense Adults often come up against this hard shell and push against it in vain. During this vicious conflict, they end up defending themselves through survival mechanisms, just like children themselves. Therefore, through the adults’ narratives, we see the mirroring of the very concept of behavioral difficulties in their own behaviors. Teachers, most of whom are females, and mothers, who are the primal caregivers, have a lot in common: beneath the conflictual relationship with the child, their yelling is a call for help - as is often for children themselves -, but behind the mask of anger, they often describe a feeling of fear as the root cause.. It is suggested that the utilization of this mirroring mechanism in teachers’ and parents’ training courses, is a powerful tool for looking beyond certain child behaviors and decoding them, leading to benefits for both teachers/parents and children in terms of their mutual understanding. References Akmansoy, V. & Kartal, S. (2014). Chaos Theory and its Application to Education: Mehmet Akif Ersoy University Case. Educational Sciences: Theory & Practice, 14(2), 510-518. DOI: 10.12738/estp.2014.2.192 Butler, S...(2023). Polyvagal theory in the classroom: A guide to empower educators and support dysregulated children and young people. Routledge. Greene, R..W...(2021). The explosive child: An approach for understanding and parenting easily frustrated, chronically inflexible children (6th ed.). Harper Collins. Greene, R.W., Beszterczey, S..K..,. Katzenstein, T., Park, K. & Goring, J. (2002). Are Students with ADHD More Stressful to Teach?: Patterns of Teacher Stress in an Elementary School Sample. Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, 10(79), p.12-15 Kowal, S. & C. O’Connell, D. (2004). A Companion to qualitative research: The Transcription of Conversations. Uwe F., von Kardorff, E. & Steinke, I. (eds). Sage. Lau, A. & Takeuchi, D...(2001). Cultural factors in help-seeking for children behavior problems: Value orientation, affecting responding, and severity appraisals among Chinese and American parents. Journal of community psychology, 29(6). 675-692. Lindquist, B. and Molnar, A. (1990). Behavioral problems at school: ecosystemic theory. Kalatzi Azizi, L. (ed.) Ellinika Grammata [in Greek]. Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M. & Saldaña, J. (2014) Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook (3rd ed.). Sage. Porges, S. W. (1995). Orienting in a defensive world: mammalian modifications of our evolutionary heritage. A polyvagal theory. Psychophysiology 32, 301–318. doi: 10.1111/ j.1469-8986.1995.tb01213.x Porges, S. W. (2021). Polyvagal theory: A biobehavioral journey to sociality. Compr. Psychoneuroendocrinol. 7:100069. doi: 10.1016/j.cpnec.2021.100069 Porges, S. W. (2022). Polyvagal theory: A science of safety. Front. Integr. Neurosci. 16:871227. DOI:10.3389/fnint.2022.871227 Pourkos, M. A. & Dafermos, M. (2010) Qualitative Research in Social Sciences: Epistemological, methodological and ethical issues. Topos [in Greek]. Prekop, J., (1997). The Little Tyrant: Why and How Children Overpower Their Parents. Thimari [in Greek]. Rosenberg, B.M. (2015). No violent communication: Language of life (3th ed). Puddle Dancer Press. Vogt, F. (2008). The nurturing teacher: Exploring professional identity and the ethics of care in primary education teachers. Delygianni-Kouimtzi, V. (Ed.). Teachers and gender. 96-118. Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher mental processes. Harvard University Press. Watson, K.T. (2016). Disability and Challenging Behaviour in Schools: the necessity for a Culpability Model of Disability [PhD thesis, Newcastle University School of Education, Communication and Language Science]. Retrieved from: http://hdl.handle.net/10443/3596 Wheatley, M. J. (1999). Leadership and the new science: Discovering order in a chaotic world. Berrett-Koehler Publishers. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 06 SES 11 A: Open Educational Practices and Institutional Transformation Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Katrin Kreutz Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Imperfect by Design: Lessons from an Open Educational Practices DBR-Project in Teacher Education University of Vechta, Germany Presenting Author:Open Educational Resources (OER) (UNESCO 2012) and Open Educational Practices (OEP) (Ehlers 2011) are widely discussed as key levers for fostering collaboration, innovation, and quality in higher education across Europe (Aksoy et al. 2025, Alquézar Sabadie et al. 2014, Knox 2013, Otto et al. 2021, Wiley 2010). While much attention has been given to the production and quality assurance of open artifacts – recently intensified by the rapid diffusion of AI-based tools – there is a growing concern that a strong product-oriented focus risks obscuring the relational, cultural, and participatory dimensions of openness (Helbig & Lukács 2019). Against this background, this presentation questions and conceptualizes openness not as a finished product, but as an ongoing educational practice shaped through social interaction, negotiation, and shared responsibility. Drawing on design-based-research approaches as a theoretical-methodological framework, this contribution explores the question of how the “imperfect by design” character of OER-artifacts, interventions to foster OEP, and the DBR process itself shape what and how knowledge about openness can be produced in the making of OER, while fostering OEP. To find context-sensitive solutions for this problem from a theoretical, empirical, and practical point of view we introduce findings from a research project, that over 18 months implemented so-called OER-Teams in certain subjects of teacher training at a small university in Germany. We understand these OER-Teams and the project as an Educational Space, that allows to promote OER in teacher education and the overall development of open educational practices in higher education. Within these OER-Teams students and teachers worked together on OER and specific phenomena of teaching and learning in their subjects. Teachers were invited to act as facilitators and co-designers of learning environments, while students participated as partners in the (re-)design of courses and learning materials. Six teams, each consisting of one or more teachers and students from different subjects, participated in this interdisciplinary project. The project aim was not primarily to produce OER artifacts, but to accompany participants in experimenting with Open Educational Practices within their courses. Accordingly, productive activities related to digital technologies, and ‘doing’ in the interplay of practice and research were essential for our project. In this way, the OER-Teams were supposed to primarily support reflection on teaching practices, in which OER as well as the sharing culture of OER come alive in the faculty. The project aim was to enable a situated community of practices (Baas et al. 2022, Wenger et al. 2010). Therefore, the OER-Teams were directly connected to current individual challenges in everyday teaching practice at the university. This contribution unfolds in a three step way. After introducing the project, the presentation shifts focus to analyze the transversal dimensions of open education like strategy, leadership, technology and quality (Inamorato dos Santos et al. 2016), focusing on the questions:
Finally, the potential reactions such OER/OEP projects might face and context-specific solutions, preparing stakeholders for similar challenges are highlighted and discussed. This analysis contributes to supporting the European Union's perspective (2013, 2016) on promoting openness in higher education institutions and broader academic debates on inclusive, participatory educational spaces. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study follows a Design-Based Research (DBR) approach, which is particularly suited for investigating complex educational innovations in real-educational contexts (McKenney & Reeves 2018, Reinmann 2020). DBR is to enable the iterative development, implementation, and analysis of design interventions while simultaneously contributs to a theoretical understanding (Brase 2024) of Open Educational Practices as socio-cultural practice (Bellinger et al. 2018). The project combines interventions – such as individual consultations, design workshops, and peer feedback sessions – with qualitative empirical inquiry. These interventions aim to support shifts in roles and participation, inviting teachers to act as facilitators and co-designers of learning environments and students to participate as partners in the redesign of courses and learning materials. We will present insights situated at a faculty of teacher education at a small university where we accompanied teams of teachers and students over two semesters (2024–2025). For the empirical part of the study, we draw on multiple qualitative data sources collected during the whole project. These include group discussions with participating teachers and students, semi-structured interviews with students, case studies created by the project team and analysis of the artifacts and learning scenarios developed during the project. All data were audio-recorded, transcribed, and anonymized. In addition, narrative materials were subsequently created to accompany the OER teams in order to document our experiences in supporting participants in the context of project practice. One analytical focus was on ‘rich points’ (Agar 2006) in the sense of irritations and unexpected situations in the collaboration between practice and research. The qualitative analysis began with the reconstruction of verbally communicated data focussing on to carve out the entanglement of role negotiations, participation and the understanding of openness in order to achieve an understanding of ‘imperfection’. In line with the design-based logic of the project, analysis and design are closely intertwined: interim findings inform subsequent design decisions, forms of accompaniment and continuously highlight the imperfections. By presenting empirical findings from the design-based process, the paper reflects the exploratory and iterative character of the research process. Reflecting on the social embeddedness of openness, it highlights the situatedness of educational spaces, drawing attention to the imperfect, vague or ambivalent nature of design-based research approaches which are – as we would like to point out – “imperfect by design”. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected outcome of the contribution is a differentiated understanding of how openness is enacted, negotiated, and sometimes constrained within participatory design processes in higher education. Based on empirical insights, we will show how Open Educational Practices emerge less through the production of polished artifacts and more through shared reflection, experimentation, and the reconfiguration of traditional roles between teachers and students. Our findings suggest that participatory and interdisciplinary collaboration can foster reflective engagement with teaching and learning practices and support the development of OEP communities. At the same time, the analysis reveals tensions between openness as a process and the project expectations that prioritize tangible outputs in the form of sharable OER. A strong focus on artifact production tends to foreground media-design and quality issues, while practices of sharing experiences, uncertainties, and unfinished ideas remain more fragile. With an empirically sound contribution to current discussions on open learning environments, roles, and participation, the presentation aims to open a dialogue about imperfection in the context of design-based research and to critically reflect on the limits of openness within institutionalized settings. References Aksoy, D. A., Kurşun, E., & Zawacki‐Richter, O. (2025). Factors Affecting the Sustainability of Open Educational Resource Initiatives in Higher Education: A Systematic Review. Review of Education 13 (1): e70029. Agar, M. (2006). An Ethnography By Any Other Name ... Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 7(4). Alquézar Sabadie, J., Muñoz, J., Punie, Y., Redecker, C., & Vuorikari, R. (2014). OER: A European policy perspective. Journal of Interactive Media in Education, 2014(1). Baas, M., Schuwer, R., Van Den Berg, E., Huizinga, T., Van Der Rijst, R., & Admiraal, W. (2022). The Role of Brokers in Cultivating an Inter-Institutional Community around Open Educational Resources in Higher Education. Higher Education 85(5): 999–1019. Bellinger, F., Bettinger, P., & Dander, V. (2018). Researching Open Educational Practices (OEP): Mediendidaktische Hochschulforschung zwischen Praxisrekonstruktion und Diskursanalyse. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 32, 108–121. Brase, A. K. (2024). Knowledge generation between design, data and theory: Argumentation in design-based research. EDeR. Educational Design Research, 8(1). Ehlers, U.-D. (2011). Extending the Territory: From Open Educational Resources to Open Educational Practices. Journal of Open Flexible and Distance Learning, 15(2). European Commission (2013). Opening up Education: Innovative teaching and learning for all through new Technologies and Open Educational Resources. Inamorato Dos Santos A, Punie Y and Castaño Muñoz J. (2016). Opening up Education: A Support Framework for Higher Education Institutions. Publications Office of the European Union. Helbig, C., & Lukacs, B. (2019). Openness als Prinzip von Organisationsentwicklung. Werkbericht zu partizipationsorientierten Dialogformaten im Projekt OERlabs. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, 14(2), 109–122. Knox, J. (2013). Five critiques of the open educational resources movement. Teaching in Higher Education, 18(8), Article 8. McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2018). Conducting Educational Design Research. Routledge. Otto, D., Schröder, N., Diekmann, D., & Sander, P. (2021). Offen gemacht: Der Stand der internationalen evidenzbasierten Forschung zu Open Educational Resources (OER). Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 24(5), 1061–1085. Pawlowski, J. M. (2012). Emotional Ownership as the Key to OER Adoption: From Sharing Products and Resources to Sharing Ideas and Commitment across Borders. EFQUEL Innovation Forum. Reinmann, G. (2020). Ein holistischer Design-Based Research-Modellentwurf für die Hochschuldidaktik. Educational Design Research, 4 (2), Article 30. UNESCO. (2012). Paris OER Declaration. Wenger, É., McDermott, R. A., & Snyder, W. (2010). Cultivating Communities of Practice: A Guide to Managing Knowledge. Harvard Business School Press. Wiley, D. (2010). Openness as Catalyst for an Educational Reformation. EDUCAUSE Review, 45(4), 14-20. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Learning Platforms as Educational Space: Belonging and Participation in Lower Secondary Schools University of Vienna, Austria Presenting Author:In Austria, Covid-19-related school closures acted as a catalyst for the rapid integration of learning platforms into everyday schooling. These platforms now mediate pedagogical practices, enable new forms of communication, and support institutional decision-making, thereby constituting a novel educational space. We conceptualise educational space as a relational space that produces inclusion and exclusion, through social, symbolic and institutional arrangements (Foucault, 2006; Hummrich, 2010). As has been shown, physical educational space does not determine pedagogy in a linear or deterministic way; rather, it gains meaning through users’ practices, interpretations, and ongoing negotiations (Baars et al., 2023). We argue that this relational, non-deterministic understanding is equally applicable to digital educational spaces. Digital educational spaces are mediated through the use of learning platforms. These learning platforms must not be understood as neutral technological tools, but as socially constructed, norm-driven apparatuses that require critical examination with regard to how they reorganise teaching and learning (Kavanagh et al., 2024; Nichols & Garcia, 2022). This reorganisation results in a data-driven education that carries, amongst others, the risk of reinforcing existing inequalities and digital divides (Damberger, 2023; Helsper, 2021; Rafalow, 2020; Rafalow & Puckett, 2022). These dynamics are further intensified by profit-oriented interests of Big Tech actors in platform integration (Hartong & Decuypere, 2023; Kerssens & van Dijck, 2021). As socially co-constructed educational spaces, the way we use learning platforms can have an impact on whether or not these risks of reinforcing inequalities are mitigated or exacerbated. Students’ sense of belonging is a key ingredient for inclusive education (Alink et al., 2023; Hummrich, 2010). To better understand how to reduce the risk of reinforcing inequalities, it is therefore crucial to examine how learning platforms can be shaped in ways that foster students’ sense of belonging. Belonging is understood as a phenomenon shaped by experiences of recognition, participation, autonomy, and control (Allen & Kern, 2017; Dalhaus, 2023; Hummrich, 2010; Sasson & Rimon, 2025). To further contextualise these dynamics, we draw on data justice research in education to better understand data practices on learning platforms and their implications for visibility, participation, and marginalisation (Pangrazio et al., 2024; Pangrazio & Selwyn, 2023). Against this background, our paper asks two research questions: 1) How do students conceptualise their ideal digital educational space? 2) What can we learn from these conceptualisations for the co-creation of digital educational spaces that centre students’ sense of belonging? By positioning students as key actors in both the analysis and design of educational spaces, the study aims to challenge top-down approaches and to contribute empirically grounded insights into students’ conceptualisations of how digital educational spaces can foster belonging as a key dimension of inclusive education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study follows a participatory design-based research approach to gain a deeper understanding of real-life needs, an approach that is considered particularly well suited to the investigation of educational space (McKenney & Reeves, 2021; Smith et al., 2025). In line with participatory design principles, students are not treated as passive research subjects but as co-designers of educational space (Dindler et al., 2020). Empirical research is conducted at three lower secondary schools in Austria located in challenging contexts, with the majority of students being part of minoritised communities. The sample includes two urban schools and one small-town school. In total, 75 students participated in a cycle of five design workshops. Across the workshop cycle, students critically engaged with the concept of data, deconstructed existing learning platforms using the DORIT model (Dindler et al., 2023), and developed ideas for alternative designs and uses of digital educational spaces, conceptualised as their “ideal learning platform”. The workshops were developed and implemented in close collaboration with class teachers. The workshops were documented after each session. In addition, students’ design artifacts were collected and analysed. Qualitative data further include semi-structured interviews with students (n = 11) and key stakeholders such as teachers and school administrators (n = 10). Data are analysed using the documentary method, which enables the reconstruction of implicit orientations, shared meanings, and collective patterns of interpretation regarding how students make sense of educational space (Bohnsack, 2011). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Addressing RQ1, personalisation emerged as a central dimension of students’ ideal digital educational space. Students highlighted multilingual interfaces and content as crucial, identifying language barriers as a source of exclusion. Ideas for personalised learning features and AI-tutoring also reflected students’ desire for more inclusive learning opportunities. Beyond functional adaptation, personalisation was linked to self-expression: students called for customisable interfaces, avatars, and other design options. The students’ artifacts suggest that belonging in digital educational spaces is shaped not only by access, but also by opportunities to express individuality. In data-driven schools, this is particularly relevant, as students are increasingly externally defined only through their data representations or “data-doppelgangers” (Pierlejewski, 2020). Students also emphasised communication and community features. More flexible and informal ways of communication between peers were seen as essential to an ideal educational space. Demands for safer digital spaces also showed that communication on existing platforms is not experienced as equally inclusive by all students. Overall, students’ conceptualisations align with findings from research on physical educational spaces, which similarly highlight personalisation, individualisation, and social connection as key dimensions of supportive educational space (Baars et al., 2023). This supports our assumption that a relational understanding of physical educational space is equally applicable to digital educational spaces. Our findings also align with research on school belonging, emphasising self-expression as a key factor as well as a sense of community in which students feel safe and supported (Sasson & Rimon, 2025; Zaman et al., 2025). Addressing RQ2, our findings indicate that students’ conceptualisations provide concrete insights into how digital educational spaces can be co-created to foster belonging. Across the design workshops, students consistently positioned themselves as active contributors, emphasising the importance of student participation in educational research and the design of digital educational spaces. References Allen, K.-A., & Kern, M. L. (2017). School Belonging in Adolescents: Theory, Research and Practice. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-5996-4 Baars, S., Schellings, G. L. M., Joore, J. P., & Van Wesemael, P. J. V. (2023). Physical learning environments’ supportiveness to innovative pedagogies: Students’ and teachers’ experiences. Learning Environments Research, 26(2), 617–659. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-022-09433-x Dindler, C., Iversen, O. S., Hjorth, M., Smith, R. C., & Nielsen, H. D. (2023). DORIT: An analytical model for computational empowerment in K-9 education. International Journal of Child-Computer Interaction, 37, 100599. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcci.2023.100599 Dindler, C., Smith, R., & Iversen, O. S. (2020). Computational empowerment: Participatory design in education. CoDesign, 16(1), 66–80. https://doi.org/10.1080/15710882.2020.1722173 Hartong, S., & Decuypere, M. (2023). Platformed professional(itie)s and the ongoing digital transformation of education. Tertium Comparationis, 29(1), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.31244/tc.2023.01.01 Helsper, E. J. (2021). The digital disconnect: The causes and consequences of digital inequalities. Sage Publications. Hummrich, M. (2010). Exklusive Zugehörigkeit: Eine raumanalytische Betrachtung. Sozialer Sinn, 11(1), 3–32. https://doi.org/10.1515/sosi-2010-0102 Kerssens, N., & van Dijck, J. V. (2021). The platformization of primary education in The Netherlands. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(3), 250–263. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2021.1876725 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2021). Educational design research: Portraying, conducting, and enhancing productive scholarship. Medical Education, 55(1), 82–92. https://doi.org/10.1111/medu.14280 Nichols, T. P., & Garcia, A. (2022). Platform Studies in Education. Harvard Educational Review, 92(2), 209–230. https://doi.org/10.17763/1943-5045-92.2.209 Pangrazio, L., Auld, G., Lynch, J., Sawatzki, C., Duffy, G., Hannigan, S., & O’Mara, J. (2024). Data justice in education: Toward a research agenda. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2024.2320196 Pierlejewski, M. (2020). The data-doppelganger and the cyborg-self: Theorising the datafication of education. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 28(3), 463–475. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2019.1653357 Rafalow, M. H. (2020). Digital Divisions: How Schools Create Inequality in the Tech Era. University of Chicago Press. https://doi.org/10.7208/chicago/9780226726724.001.0001 Rafalow, M. H., & Puckett, C. (2022). Sorting Machines: Digital Technology and Categorical Inequality in Education. Educational Researcher, 51(4), 274–278. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X211070812 Sasson, I., & Rimon, R. (2025). Beyond four walls: Exploring the relationships between physical learning environments, technological resources, and sense of school belonging. Learning Environments Research. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-025-09554-z Zaman, R. A., Sharma, U., & Round, P. (2025). Key factors influencing the sense of belonging in students experiencing marginalisation: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2025.2556000 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Ignite Talk From Black Boxes to Transformative Agency: The CEDE Model and OECD’s AI Literacy Competencies in Practice 1: University of Oulu, Finland; 2: University of Eastern Finland, FInland Presenting Author:
The rapid integration of artificial intelligence (AI) into the everyday lives of children and youth has fundamentally altered modes of communication, learning, and creativity. In the educational sector, however, discourse on AI is often narrowly confined to instrumental utility or the mitigation of threats such as cheating (Vartiainen & Tedre, 2025). This limited scope overlooks the deeper necessity of cultivating learners’ transformative agency—the capacity not merely to use, but to critique, resist, reshape, and reimagine AI-mediated systems (Vartiainen & Tedre, 2025). The recent OECD (2025) AI literacy framework emphasizes that literacy extends beyond interaction; it requires the ability to design (Designing AI) and manage (Managing AI) systems to truly understand their ethical and societal implications. To address this, the CEDE model (Contextualization, Exploration, Design, Ethical reflection) offers a pedagogical framework grounded in the learning sciences, moving learners from passive observers to active agents (Vartiainen & Tedre, 2025).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The primary aim of this presentation is to demonstrate how the CEDE model and four browser-based tools developed in the Generation AI project operationalize the competencies outlined in the OECD (2025) framework. Specifically, the study examines how: (a) Designing AI is facilitated through tools that allow learners to train their own classifiers and language models (Generation AI Teachable Machine, Little Language Machine); (b) Engaging with AI is deepened through adversarial play and "breaking" systems (Breakable Machine); and (c) Managing AI is contextualized through the simulation of profiling and recommendation algorithms (Somekone). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The tools developed in the project demonstrate that complex AI processes can be made intelligible through "glass-boxing" methods without requiring coding skills. Regarding Designing AI, the Generation AI Teachable Machine and Little Language Machine allow students to curate data and train models, concretizing how human choices in data collection directly influence algorithmic bias and output (Pope et al., 2025a; Pope & Tedre, 2025). In the context of Engaging with AI, the Breakable Machine game inverts the traditional paradigm by rewarding students for "spoofing" (tricking) an image classifier. This failure-driven approach exposes the brittleness of AI systems and fosters critical evaluation of machine certainty (Hilke et al., 2025). Finally, supporting Managing AI, the Somekone simulator visualizes real-time profiling and clustering, allowing students to adjust recommendation parameters and observe the immediate impact on their information environment (Pope et al., 2025b). This study indicates that effective AI education requires moving beyond the use of pre-existing applications to pedagogies that open the technical and ethical "hood" of AI. By combining the CEDE model’s phases with functional design and simulation tools, educators can support the distinct competencies of designing, engaging, and managing AI as defined by the OECD. This approach is essential for cultivating transformative agency, ensuring that learners are equipped not only to adapt to an AI-infused society but to influence its structures through democratic and ethical means. References Hilke, O., Pope, N., Kahila, J., Vartiainen, H., Roos, T., Parkki, T., & Tedre, M. (2025). Failure as a learning opportunity in AI literacy. In Koli Calling ’25: Proceedings of the 25th Koli Calling International Conference on Computing Education Research. ACM. https://doi.org/10.1145/3769994.3770062 OECD. (2025). Empowering learners for the age of AI: An AI literacy framework for primary and secondary education (Review draft). OECD. https://ailiteracyframework.org Pope, N., Kahila, J., Vartiainen, H., & Tedre, M. (2025a). Children’s AI design platform for making and deploying ML-driven apps: Design, testing, and development. IEEE Transactions on Learning Technologies, 18, 130–144. https://doi.org/10.1109/TLT.2025.3529994 Pope, N., Kahila, J., Vartiainen, H., Saqr, M., López-Pernas, S., Roos, T., Laru, J., & Tedre, M. (2025b). An XAI social media platform for teaching K-12 students AI-driven profiling, clustering, and engagement-based recommending. In Proceedings of the 39th AAAI Conference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI-25) (pp. 29203–29211). AAAI. Pope, N., & Tedre, M. (2025). A teachable machine for transformers. In Koli Calling ’25: Proceedings of the 25th Koli Calling International Conference on Computing Education Research (Article 3770061). ACM. https://doi.org/10.1145/3769994.3770061 Vartiainen, H., & Tedre, M. (2025). The CEDE model: A learning-sciences based approach for critical and transformative K–12 AI education. In Koli Calling ’25: Proceedings of the 25th Koli Calling International Conference on Computing Education Research (Article 3770026). ACM. https://doi.org/10.1145/3769994.3770026 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Educational Franchises as Interventions in Response to Social Transformations: How TUMO is Negotiated as a Learning Space across Multiple Stakeholders FernUniversity in Hagen, Germany Presenting Author:Educational institutions and fields respond to social transformations – among them demands for digital skills, future-oriented skills, as well as STEM and creative competencies. International education franchises have emerged as a prominent response, promising scalable open learning environments. TUMO exemplifies this development. The internationally operating franchise for digital education targets youth aged 12–18, offers self-directed learning, workshops, and advanced learning labs across eleven learning fields – free of charge and with explicit claims to equity and inclusion. Central to TUMO's pedagogical vision is a claim to create a space where youth can try out different interests – supporting self-concept formation through exploration. Since 2020, more than a dozen TUMO centers have opened in over ten countries. In Germany, the KfW (Germany’s public development bank) supports the trend, envisioning to establish TUMO broadly “in the educational landscape – both in cities and in rural areas” (KfW 2026). The educational initiative, with public and philanthropic funding structures, is interesting for the context of the call, as it shapes what learning spaces become available and for whom. Three of the TUMO centers in Germany are being accompanied by evaluation studies (with an international perspective). The talk draws on the formative evaluation of one of the centers, addressing key dimensions raised in the network’s call: (1) Learning experiences and inclusiveness The talk examines participation patterns: who visits TUMO and how are claims to equity and inclusion negotiated in practice – within a franchise-model that is based on standardization? It then explores young people’s experiences of the learning environment through the lens of the concept of subjective wellbeing (Hascher & Hagenauer 2011; Chollet et al. 2024; Fattore et al. 2021) – which is regarded as both prerequisite and goal of educational processes (Fegter et al. 2024). The talk addresses several dimensions of wellbeing: whether youth develop positive attitudes toward visiting TUMO and experience positive emotions during visits (such as joy, fascination, and moments of resonance where content touches them); how youth experience support from pedagogical staff; how they handle uncertainties. Crucially, it also examines dimensions of agency and growth (eudaimonic well-being Soffia & Turner 2021; Ryff & Singer 2008; Faulstich & Grell 2005): Do young people experience themselves as actors, who can shape their learning and environment? Do they experience self-efficacy? Do they perceive personal development? Following Faulstich's learning theory (Faulstich & Ludwig 2004), these wellbeing dimensions are interpreted as indicators for expansive learning processes. Finally, the paper examines which wishes the young people articulate for how TUMO should configure its offerings and pedagogical relationships to support their wellbeing and learning.
(2) Challenges of pedagogical work: between franchise standardization and situative responsiveness How do pedagogical practitioners navigate multiple challenges in this context? First, the potential tensions between franchise protocols and the non-standardizable demands of professional pedagogical work: Professional pedagogical work inherently requires individualized accompaniment and situated responsiveness to specific youth and emerging learning situations – yet franchise models emphasize standardization. Second, the challenge of connecting to regional contexts: How do practitioners translate franchise content to connect meaningfully with youth's lifeworlds and the real-world contexts of their region? And third, the challenge of pedagogical work in self-directed learning environments.
(3) Negotiating TUMO across multiple stakeholders – and how the franchise shapes the educational field The franchise-intervention is not a neutral roll-out. Centers enter densely populated educational landscapes. How is TUMO – its program, formats, role, and legitimacy – negotiated as a learning space across multiple stakeholders? How does the educational field respond to the intervention? Which partnerships, roles, and boundaries emerge in this process? And how does the center shape the surrounding educational field and institutions?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation is based on the formative evaluation of the TUMO Center in Lüdenscheid, Germany – with cross-national comparisons to other TUMO Centers. The evaluative research study integrated multiple qualitative and quantitative methods. Capturing the initial educational landscape and context. To reconstruct the field into which TUMO entered, several instruments were employed: A quantitative online survey (n=332, ages 12-18) examined youth's leisure interests, activities, and action spaces and explored their use and perception of existing non-formal education offerings. In addition, an analysis of 136 non-formal educational and cultural institutions mapped the densely populated institutional field. Qualitative interviews and focus groups with pedagogical staff from 16 institutions (25 persons) captured practitioners' perspectives on STEM+ education challenges. A group discussion with principals from all secondary schools examined cooperation interests and needs. Expert interviews with representatives from companies, alongside analysis of job postings and regional reports, captured economic framework conditions. Reconstructing negotiation processes. Since TUMO's opening, the study tracks unfolding dynamics through multiple instruments: Interviews and group discussions with school and non-formal education actors reconstruct negotiations between stakeholders. Ongoing standardized surveys with youth participants examine participation patterns, subjective wellbeing and learning setting experiences. Ethnographic observations and group discussions reconstruct appropriation processes and interactions within the center. Regular exchange formats with center actors and participation in regional networking events provide ongoing insight. Cross-national contextualization. Researchers visited other TUMO centers in Germany and internationally, conducting interviews with management and pedagogical staff, non-participant observations, and exchanges with youth. This comparative perspective enables distinguishing site-specific from franchise-wide dynamics. The combination of mapping (initial context), tracking (processes over time), and comparing (cross-site) enables comprehensive understanding of how the educational franchise becomes embedded in the educational field. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The talk addresses the questions addressed above. It shows for example, that despite its claim for inclusiveness, the center reaches a disproportionate number of students from academic-track schools (Gymnasium) – while students disproportionately affected by educational inequality remain absent. The standardized self-learning pathway creates systematic barriers - content feels inaccessible for some, many “click through without engaging”. In “superdiverse” contexts (El-Mafaalani 2023), providing an open space does not automatically create access - resonance and lifeworld connections require active pedagogical mediation. Coaches see themselves confronted with the challenge to actively cultivate both – and face structural dilemmas. Orienting primarily to the software's inherent logic risks missing youth's actual starting points, motivations, and needs; yet content-focused learning goals remain important. The franchise standardization exacerbates the conflict: The software's standardized pathways and predetermined sequences conflict with wishes for autonomy and with individualized responsiveness a diverse youth require. References Chollet, Delphine; Turner, Alexandra; Marquez, Jose; O’Neill, Jack & Moore, Louise (2024). The Good Childhood Report 2024. London: The Children’s Society. El-Mafaalani, Aladin (2023). Bildungsgerechtigkeit, Superdiversität und neue Ungleichheiten. Herausforderungen für multiprofessionelle Kooperation. S. 93-104 in: Fischer, Christian; Platzbecker, Paul (Hrsg.): Aufholen nach Corona? Was Schule zu mehr Bildungsgerechtigkeit beitragen kann. Münster: Waxmann. El-Mafaalani, Aladin; Kurtenbach, Sebastian & Strohmeier, Klaus Peter (2025). Kinder. Minderheit ohne Schutz. Aufwachsen in der alternden Gesellschaft. Köln: Kiepenheuer & Witsch Fattore, Tobia; Fegter, Susann & Hunner-Kreisel, Christine (Hrsg.) (2021). Children’s Concepts of Well-being. Challenges in International Comparative Qualitative Research. Springer Faulstich, Peter (2002). Lernen braucht Support. Aufgaben der Institutionen beim „selbstbestimmten Lernen“ S. 144-158 in (Hrsg.). Selbstgesteuertes Lernen in der Weiterbildung. Hohengehren: Schneider Verlag. Faulstich, Peter & Ludwig, Joachim (Hrsg.) (2004). Expansives Lernen. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider Verlag Faulstich, Peter & Grell, Petra (2005). Widerständig ist nicht unbegründet – Lernwiderstände in der Forschenden Lernwerkstatt. S. 18.-93 in Faulstich, Peter; Forneck, Hermann J.; Grell, Petra; Häßner, Katrin; Knoll, Jörg & Springer, Angela (Hrsg.). Lernwiderstand – Lernumgebung – Lernberatung. Empirische Fundierungen zum selbstgesteuerten Lernen. Fegter, Susann, & Fattore, Tobia (2024). Child Well-being als Zugang zu Lebenswelten, Lebenslagen und Bildungsräumen. S. 123 – 150 In: Schierbaum, Anja; Diederichs, Miriam & Kristina Schierbaum (Hrsg.): Kind(er) und Kindheit(en) im Blick der Forschung. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Hascher, Tina & Hagenauer, Gerda (2011). Wohlbefinden und Emotionen in der Schule als zentrale Elemente des Schulerfolgs unter der Perspektive geschlechtsspezifischer Ungleichheiten. S. 285-308 In: Hadjar, Andreas (Hrsg.). Geschlechtsspezifische Bildungsungleichheiten. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Ryan, Richard M. & Deci, Edward L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. In: American Psychologist. 55: S. 68–78. Ryff, Carol D. & Singer, Burton H. (2008). Know Thyself and become what you are: A eudaimonic approach to psychological well-being. Journal of Happiness Studies, 9: S. 13-39 Soffia, Turner (2021). Measuring Children and Young People’s Subjective Wellbeing. Conceptual framework. Link |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 06 SES 11 B: Multimodal Learning in the Classroom Location: KH 3 | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Valentin Dander Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Developing Secondary School Students’ Listening Comprehension of Broadcast Texts University of Tartu, Estonia Presenting Author:Understanding oral language is the basis for the development of not only students’ communication skills, but also general language skills. Comprehending spoken text is a complex activity in which students need to decode words, and receive, engage, analyse, and summarise the information (Butcher & Kintsch, 2012; Nouwens et al., 2018). Of all language skills, students use listening skills the most in everyday life (Janusik & Wolvin, 2009; Gleitman et al., 2014). At the same time, media consumption habits have changed. Moreover, the authenticity of information and language authenticity have become a problem in broadcast media. Therefore, the use of social media and other forms of written communication in recent decades has led to a greater focus on developing reading skills and understanding written text, with less attention paid to the conscious teaching of listening skills (Aruvee, 2023; Hogan et al., 2014). Compared to other countries, Estonia focuses significantly less on students’ listening comprehension, its development, and related research than on the assessment of other skills (e.g., Cain, 2010; Oakhill et al., 2015). Ehala et al. (2015) state that education in Estonia does not provide sufficient preparation for higher education in terms of listening comprehension. Comparative studies (Clinton-Lisell, 2022; Freed & Cain, 2021) and Estonian language national tests include both listening and reading tasks, but as they use different types of texts and tasks, it is not possible to assert in which skills Estonian students excel (see Toime, Ots, Bogdanova, 2021). The article focuses on secondary school students’ ability to understand hearing texts and how they master various comprehension strategies for understanding hearing texts. Text comprehension strategies are defined as sets of cognitive and metacognitive, intentional and purposeful activities undertaken to improve the understanding of texts by enabling readers to control, monitor and foster their level of comprehension (Kong, 2019). Five strategies were chosen from the previous empirical studies: writing a summary based on the text; answering questions; identifying the main idea; understanding figurative language; and formulating pro and con arguments (Boulware-Gooden et al., 2007; Elleman, 2017; van Keer & Verhaeghe, 2005). Aim and research questions The ability to understand oral language and teaching this skill in school is important, as listening skills are necessary both in everyday life and for academic success. This article is based on a pilot study that used broadcasts of the Estonian Public Broadcasting. It examines how well secondary school students (in grades 10 to 12) understand oral language news. It also examines what strategies students use to comprehend oral language in the tasks that require open-ended answers. The research questions are as follows:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants. The sample consisted of 87 students from two secondary schools. One of them was a city school with a homogeneous group of high-achieving students (N = 46), and the other was a rural comprehensive school with students of varying abilities (N = 41). The students were aged 16 to 19. Instruments. The listening tasks were based on a broadcast covering four topics: 1) Restrictions on social media use for minors, which assessed the students' ability to argue, express their opinion, and understand the different points of view presented in the text; 2) The impact of artificial intelligence on the labour market, which assessed the ability to write a summary based on the text heard (within a specified maximum number of words); 3) Inequality in the recognition of scientific achievements, where students were asked to formulate the main idea of the text in one sentence and answer questions to test their understanding of the text; 4) Introduction to a radio play, which assessed students’ understanding of figurative language. Text excerpts were selected from the broadcast, which the students first listened to and then completed different tasks (e.g., multiple-choice questions; text writing. In the case of open-ended tasks, spelling, sentence coherence, and accuracy of the facts used in the text were assessed. Description of tasks * Talk show “Reporter Hour”: Representatives from various fields discussed the imposition of social media restrictions on minors. Description of tasks: 1) multiple-choice tasks; 2) an open-ended task; 3) answering a question. * Popular science opinion piece: The speaker discussed the impact of artificial intelligence on jobs, drawing several parallels with previous turning points in human history. The speaker gave examples and connected them with other areas of life. Description of tasks: Writing a summary based on the text. * Opinion piece “A mediocre intellect receives undeserved recognition in the age of artificial intelligence”: The speaker used various examples to discuss an ethical problem that exists in the scientific world. Description of tasks: 1) open-ended tasks; 2) writing the correct number in a blank space, which was concluded from the broadcast; 3) summarising the content and main idea in one sentence. * Introduction of the quiz show “Smart Club”: The host used varied language (metaphors, synonyms, comparisons with historical events) to introduce the time, place, and participants of the game. Description of tasks: Answering questions based on the text. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The pilot study revealed that the task related to the broadcast on ethics in the scientific world was best solved by students when they had to listen carefully to notice how many groups the speaker divided intellectually capable people into. However, the students had difficulty identifying repeated words in the text (they had to choose two words from a list of five). The students also encountered difficulties when following the introduction to the quiz show: most made a mistake in determining the date of the show (May) because the host used a figurative expression instead of common language. The problem with the tasks based on quiz show text was that the students did not use their background knowledge (for example, they did not know the date of Europe Day) and were unable to integrate their prior knowledge with the information presented in the text. This task proved to be the most difficult because it used a high density of figurative language. Based on these results, several recommendations can be made. First, since modern teaching methods include more audio-visual teaching aids, attention should be paid to the development of students’ listening skills. Second, teachers should consider the appropriateness and relevance of the text, and recognise the need to expand the students’ vocabulary and background knowledge, as well as choose learning materials that would increase their ability to understand the oral language. Focusing on keywords is an important comprehension strategy that requires more explanation for students. Further studies, based on the results of this pilot study, would identify problems that students experience in oral language comprehension and the development of their text comprehension skills. References Aruvee, M. (2023). Text-centered approach to content and language teaching: Theoretical framework and practical implications. Doctoral thesis. Tallinn University. Boulware-Gooden, R., Carreker, S., Thornhill, A., & Joshi, R. M. (2007). Instruction of metacognitive strategies enhances reading comprehension and vocabulary achievement of third-grade students. The Reading Teacher, 61(1), 70–77. Butcher, K. R., & Kintsch, W. (2012). Text comprehension and discourse processing. In I. B. Weiner, A. F. Healy, & R. W. Proctor (Eds.), Handbook of Psychology: Experimental Psychology (2nd ed., vol. 4, pp. 578–605). Somerset: Wiley. Cain, K. (2010). Reading development and difficulties. Chicester: British Psychological Society and Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Clinton-Lisell, V. (2022). Listening ears or reading eyes: A meta-analysis of reading and listening comprehension comparisons. Review of Educational Research, 92(4), 543–582. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543211060871 Elleman, A. M., Steacy, L. M., Gilbert, J. K., Cho, E., Miller, A. C., Coyne-Green, A., Pritchard, P., Fields, R. S., Shaeffer, S., & Compton, D. L. (2022). Exploring the role of knowledge in predicting reading and listening comprehension in fifth grade students. Learning and Individual Differences, 98, 102182, 1–13. Freed, J., & Cain, K. (2021). Assessment of inference‐making in children using comprehension questions and story retelling: Effect of text modality and a story presentation format. International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders, 56(3), 637–652. https://doi.org/10.1111/1460-6984.12620. Ehala, M., Kerge, K., Lepajõe, K., & Sõrmus, K. (2015). Kõrgkoolide üliõpilaste eesti keele oskuse tase. Uuringukokkuvõte. Tartu: Tartu Ülikool. Gleitman, H., Gross, J., & Reisberg, D. (2014). Psühholoogia. Tartu: Hermes. Hogan, T. P., Adlof, S. M., & Alonzo, C. N. (2014). On the importance of listening comprehension. International Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 16(3), 199–207. Janusik, L. A., & Wolvin, A. D. (2009). 24 hours in a day: A listening update to the time studies. International Journal of Listening, 23(2), 104–120. https://doi.org/10.1080/10904010903014442. Nouwens, S., Groen, M. A., Kleemans, T., & Verhoeven, L. (2018). The role of semantic retrieval in children’s reading comprehension development in the upper primary grades. Journal of Research in Reading, 41(3), 597–614. Oakhill, J., Cain, K., & Elbro, C. (2015). Understanding and Teaching Reading Comprehension. London: Routledge. Toime, N., Ots, A., & Bogdanova, O. (2021). Lühikokkuvõte 2021/2022. õppeaasta 7. klassi eesti keele e-tasemetöö tulemustest. Haridus- ja Teadusministeerium. https://projektid.edu.ee/pages/viewpage.action?pageId=94446869 van Keer, H., & Verhaeghe, J. P. (2005). Effects of explicit reading strategies instruction and peer tutoring on second and fifth graders’ reading comprehension and self-efficacy perceptions. The Journal of Experimental Education, 73(4), 291–329. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Not As Bad as Their Reputation? Using Decorative Pictures to Enhance Learning in Elementary School University of Wuppertal, Germany Presenting Author:“Students learn better from words and pictures than from words alone” – It has been 25 years since Richard Mayer stated his Multimedia Principle (CTML; Mayer, 2001, p. 63), and since then, a vast amount of research has been conducted on the question of how such combinations of words and pictures should look like. Many of according recommendations are based on assumptions on how information is processed in working memory. In short, we process incoming information mainly through two channels, a verbal (ears) and a visual (eyes), and it is recommended to combine these two so that both channels are being used instead of overloading only one (cf. Cognitive Load Theory; Sweller et al., 2011). In line with this, research has provided a range of guidelines including the recommendation that materials that do not directly contribute to comprehension and schema construction, should be removed from learning materials. According to the CTML’s Coherence Principle (Mayer, 2020), this also applies to decorative pictures that are added to an explanatory text. Such pictures are assumed to cause unnecessary extraneous processing, because they might distract learners and draw their attention away from relevant information. In a worst-case-scenario, they might contain so called seductive details (Harp & Mayer, 1998) that lead learners to focus their information processing on the wrong parts of the learning materials, or in other words, learn the wrong information. On the other hand, these strict views have also been criticized for neglecting individual learner characteristics, especially affective variables. The Cognitive-Affective Theory of Learning with Media (CATLM; Moreno & Mayer, 2007) takes into account affective variables and emphasizes the importance of the emotional state of learners. That is, factors such as (situational) interest and motivation play a crucial role in information processing and are seen as the starting point for learning processes (Klauer, 1985). This might be especially important for younger learners, and in this regard, research shows that motivated children indeed learn better in terms of higher performance, and that might also be due to their higher engagement and perseverance during learning (Pintrich, 2003). Motivation and interest, in turn, could be induced by using decorative pictures along with instructional text. Among the first to show this empirically were Lenzner and colleagues (2007) who found that learning gains for decorative pictures were at least comparable to those of instructional pictures. In addition, decorative pictures were perceived as being more aesthetic and interesting, and they caused higher arousal. Furthermore, the highest learning gains were achieved with a combination of decorative and instructional pictures, which supports the assumption that decorative pictures indeed add something that is relevant for learning “on top” of the explanatory value of instructional pictures. In line with these findings, newer research in general shows that the use of decorative pictures in learning materials is not as detrimental as could be expected from the above-mentioned instructional principles. When learning with decorative or “emotionally designed” pictures (e.g., warm colours, smiling faces) compared to merely instructional pictures, learners often perform equally well (Lindner, 2020; Muller et al., 2008; Schneider et al., 2018), are more motivated and report less perceived difficulty (see also Paas & Van Merriënboer, 2020; Um et al., 2012). However, the studies described here have been conducted either with university students or children who attend at least junior high or middle school. Studies investigating whether elementary school children could also benefit from the provision of decorative pictures are largely missing. This is the gap that our study tries to fill at least to some extent. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and materials Our study was conducted at German elementary schools. 136 fourth-graders with an average age of 8.76 years took part, 57% of them were boys. All children learned with the same text about the circulatory system and depending on experimental condition, without pictures or with instructional or decorative pictures. The text was given to the children in a booklet that consisted of 11 double pages, each page had ~80 words in 2-3 short paragraphs on the left side. The right side was either empty or contained an instructional or decorative picture. Learning took place in the children’s classes as part of the normal lessons they attended. After reading, children answered a post-test containing 15 multiple-choice text items mainly assessing declarative knowledge and 5 multiple-choice pictorial items. Children also indicated how interesting and useful they perceived the learning materials to be and their cognitive load during learning and during answering the post-test. Results To our surprise, decorative pictures outperformed text only and instructional pictures for the overall post-test as well as for the 15 text questions. Just for the 5 pictorial questions, the instructional pictures led to slightly better performance. For the overall post-test, a two-factorial analysis of variance (ANOVA) showed that this main effect of pictures was significant with a small to medium effect (F(2,130)=3.11; p=.048; part. η2=.046). Post-hoc analyses showed that indeed, learning with decorative pictures was more successful than learning with text only (p=.027) or with text and instructional pictures (p=.039). With regard to cognitive load, similar analyses showed a main effect for pictures with a medium effect (F(2,130)=4.76; p=.010; part. η2=.070). More specifically, children perceived instructional pictures to be more difficult than decorative pictures (p=.047) or text only (p=.002). In sum, our results show that learning about the circulatory system at elementary school is most successful and causes the lowest perceived difficulty, when decorative pictures are added to an instructional text. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our study showed that decorative pictures do not seem to impair learning. Children learned best with decorative pictures, perceived them as most interesting and useful and experienced lower cognitive load compared to instructional pictures. This is in line with research emphasizing motivation and emotions in learning (Lindner, 2020). It might be that decorative pictures induced a positive mood and made children want to know more about the heart and the blood and that they were still not looked at long enough to unfold detrimental effects (cf. Lenzner et al., 2013). This could also undermine the assumption made by Muller et al. (2008) that “interest may mitigate the effects of the coherence principle” (p.211). On the other hand, the instructional pictures in our study were not per se beneficial for learning. They were perceived as being more difficult, less interesting, and (surprisingly) led to lower performance. This is in line with earlier findings that too much instructional support might overload and distract learners instead of helping them (Authors, 2015, 2022). It has to be noted, though, that the decorative pictures we used in this study were not fully out of context. They also focused on the heart and blood. For instance, one picture actually shows blood circulation to and from the heart correctly, just in a very cute way (smiling droplets dancing to and from the heart). In this regard, we might have hit something between decorative pictures and emotional design (Um et al., 2012). Applying these results to everyday work at elementary schools, we would recommend not to hesitate using decorative pictures in learning materials, especially when they still contain explanatory elements. These pictures are obviously able to initiate motivation in children and arouse interest for learning contents, which in turn are important prerequisites for conscious and persistent information processing. References Harp, S. F., & Mayer, R. E. (1998). How seductive details do their damage: a theory of cognitive interest in science learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 90, 414-434. Klauer, K. J. (1985). Framework for a theory of teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 1, 5–17. Lenzner, A., Schnotz, W., Müller, A., & Horz, H. (2007). Emotional and motivational effects of decorative pictures in knowledge communication. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the European Association for Research on Learning and Instruction (EARLI). Budapest, Hungary. Lenzner, A., Schnotz, W., & Müller, A. (2013). The role of decorative pictures in learning. Instructional Science, 41, 811–831. Lindner, M. A. (2020). Representational and decorative pictures in science and mathematics tests: Do they make a difference? Learning and Instruction, 68, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2020.101345. Mayer, R. E. (2001). Multimedia learning. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Mayer, R. E. (2020). Multimedia learning. 3rd edition. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Moreno, R. (2005). Instructional technology: Promise and pitfalls. In L. PytlikZillig, M. Bodvarsson und R. Bruning (Eds.), Technology-based education: Bringing researchers and practitioners together (pp. 1-19). Information Age Publishing, Greenwich. Muller, D. A., Lee, K. J., & Sharma, M. D. (2008). Coherence or interest: Which is most important in online multimedia learning? Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 24, 211-221. Paas, F., & van Merriënboer, J. J. G. (2020). Cognitive Load Theory: Methods to manage working memory load in the learning of complex tasks. Current directions in psychological science, 29, 394-398. Pintrich, P. R. (2003). Motivation and classroom learning. In W. M. Reynolds und G. E. Miller (Eds.), Handbook of psychology: Educational psychology (pp. 103-122). Wiley, New York. Schneider, S., Nebel, S., Beege, M., & Rey, G. D. (2018). Anthropomorphism in decorative pictures: Benefit or harm for learning? Journal of Educational Psychology, 110, 218-232. Sweller, J., Ayres, P., & Kalyuga, S. (2011). Cognitive load theory. Springer, New York. Um, E. “R.”, Plass, J. L., Hayward, E. O., & Homer, B. D. (2012). Emotional design in multimedia learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 104, 485–498. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Educational Space and SKILL: Creative, Participatory Exploration of AI and Privacy Literacy in Schools 1: Goethe University, Germany; 2: Codenauten - The Next Gen Developer School; 3: Ostfalia University of Applied Sciences Presenting Author:Accelerating social transformations, driven by datafication, artificial intelligence (AI), and shifting regulatory, social, and educational conditions, are fundamentally reshaping contemporary education systems. Schools increasingly operate as Educational Spaces, as the special call addresses it, in which pedagogy, media, digital technologies, social orders, and communities intersect. Within these constraints, learning is no longer confined to content transmission but unfolds through socio-technical environments that actively shape knowledge practices, participation, and power relations. This proposed contribution draws on an interdisciplinary collaborative research project SKILL (Serious Games for AI and Privacy Literacy in Schools) and focuses on investigating AI imaginaries among teachers and students. It responds directly to the NW 06 call by conceptualising schools as open, media-rich learning environments that must respond to social transformations through participatory, resilient, and reflexive educational practices. AI systems often embedded invisibly in educational technologies are treated not merely as tools but as constitutive elements of Educational Space that reconfigure pedagogical agency, data practices, and notions of responsibility. The paper addresses two interrelated research questions:
Theoretically, the contribution integrates perspectives from media education, learning environment research, and critical data studies. It conceptualises Educational Space as a dynamic configuration of material infrastructures, media environments, cultural imaginaries, and pedagogical practices (Berges et al., 2025). Drawing on Creative Data Literacy (D’Ignazio, 2017), Privacy Literacy and Privacy Awareness (Heuer et al., 2021; Hillman, 2022), and Knowledge-Creating Communities for Teachers (Robertson et al., 2023), the project foregrounds learning as a situated, collaborative, and culturally embedded process. AI imaginaries are understood as culturally and professionally shaped interpretative frameworks that mediate how social transformations are perceived and enacted in educational practice. In line with the special call, the paper positions Innovative Learning Environments not as technologically driven solutions but as pedagogical ecosystems and educational entanglements that enable teachers and students to actively co-construct knowledge, negotiate values, and develop critical orientations toward AI and data practices (Lenke & Schulte, 2025). At a European level, the project engages with ongoing transformations shaped by the GDPR, the EU Data Strategy, and the AI Act, highlighting the role of Educational Space in fostering democratic participation, ethical sensitivity, and resilience under conditions of uncertainty. The proposal primarily addresses Technology Integration and Emerging Learning Formats (3) and Roles and Participation (4) as outlined in the special call, by examining how AI reshapes Educational Space and by engaging teachers and students as co-designers of participatory, media-rich learning environments through serious games. It additionally contributes to Theoretical and Methodological Approaches (5) by adopting a participatory, design-based research perspective that conceptualises AI and datafication as conditions of technological uncertainty shaping pedagogical action.
This work was funded by the Federal Ministry of Research, Technology and Space under grant nos. 16KIS2252K, 16KIS2253 and 16KIS2254. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the project adopts a participatory, qualitative approach informed by research on Innovative Learning Environments and Science and Technology Studies. Educational spaces are examined empirically as lived and negotiated environments shaped by practices, imaginaries, and material arrangements (Tedre et al., 2021; Ahlborn & Verständig 2024). Data collection includes narrative interviews (Nohl, 2010) with teachers and focus groups with teachers and students across different regions, focusing on experiences with AI, data practices, and educational technologies. These materials are complemented by co-creative workshops, which function as experimental learning environments in which participants explore AI applications embedded in everyday educational and media contexts. In these settings, AI systems are not approached merely as technical tools but are deliberately situated as creative technologies (Henriksen et al., 2025), enabling practices of exploration, appropriation, and critical reflection. The data will be analysed using the documentary method (Nohl, 2017), which enables the reconstruction of implicit orientations, shared frameworks of meaning, and habitualised practices underlying participants’ accounts and interactions. By distinguishing between communicative knowledge (explicit articulations) and conjunctive knowledge (tacit, practice-based orientations), the analysis moves beyond surface-level attitudes toward AI to examine how teachers and students collectively make sense of, negotiate, and enact AI-related practices in educational contexts. Comparative analysis across interviews, focus groups, and workshops allows for the identification of recurring patterns, tensions, and variations in AI imaginaries, pedagogical orientations, forms of agency, and perceptions of privacy risks (Finn et al., 2013) across regions and institutional settings. The study provides empirical insights into how AI and datafication shape educational practice and emerging AI and privacy literacy in schools. A core concept is the co-creative development of serious games, including ML-based escape boxes and interactive demonstrators to creatively engage with computational systems and foster AI literacy (Ahlborn & Verständig, 2024) and privacy literacy (Hillman, 2022). Embedded in workshop settings, they serve both as pedagogical tools and as probes for understanding how participants make sense of algorithmic processes, privacy risks, and data relations. The games materialise Educational Space by connecting physical, digital, and social dimensions of learning. Analytically, the study combines qualitative analysis with interpretative reconstruction of imaginaries, pedagogical orientations, and interactional dynamics within learning environments. Iterative reflection loops with participants support the refinement of educational designs and ensure that learning environments remain responsive to participants’ needs and contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The contribution advances understanding of educational space as a key analytical concept for researching knowing and acting under conditions of technological uncertainty (Verständig & Koglin 2025). Rather than treating crises as singular events, the study conceptualises AI and data-driven technologies as producing ongoing epistemic instability. Knowledge about how computational systems function, what they infer, and how they affect learners remains partial, contested, and unevenly distributed. By empirically examining teachers’ and students’ AI imaginaries, the contribution shows how educational engagements with creative technologies become sites in which this uncertainty is interpreted, negotiated, and translated into pedagogical action. At a practical level, the project develops transferable design patterns and serious game–based learning environments that explicitly address technological uncertainty. These formats make algorithmic processes, data relations, and privacy risks experientially accessible and support open, participatory, and resilient educational settings. Rather than reducing uncertainty through simplification or standardisation, they engage it productively through collective inquiry, reflection, and co-creation. Emerging professional development formats strengthen teachers’ capacity to act pedagogically under conditions of opacity, rapid technological change, and evolving regulatory frameworks. At a broader level, the paper argues that educational space, as addressed in the special call, should be understood as a socio-cultural, media-based, and epistemic environment shaped by persistent technological uncertainty. In this perspective, technological change, ethical reflection, and pedagogical practice are inseparably intertwined. By foregrounding critical computational literacy, participation, and co-construction, the contribution indicates how media educational research can respond to poly-crisis not by offering definitive solutions, but by enabling educational actors to navigate uncertainty while preserving pedagogical agency, epistemic plurality, and the public responsibility of education. References Ahlborn, J., & Verständig, D. (2024, October 24). Imagine Uncertainty: Exploring the Space In-between Complex Human Machine Interaction. Ninth International Conference on Communication & Media Studies, Buenos Aires. https://cgscholar.com/cg_event/events/P24en/proposal/70577 Berges, M., Eickhoff-Schachtebeck, A., Engbring, D., Gapski, H., Schulte, C., Strecker, K., & Verständig, D. (2025). «AI Education! Six Theses on the Relationship Between Artificial Intelligence, Education, and Society: An Interdisciplinary Perspective». MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift Für Theorie Und Praxis Der Medienbildung, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/00/2025.07.07.X D’Ignazio, C. (2017). Creative data literacy: Bridging the gap between the data-haves and data-have nots. Information Design Journal, 23(1), 6–18. https://doi.org/10.1075/idj.23.1.03dig Finn, R. L., Wright, D., & Friedewald, M. (2013). Seven Types of Privacy. In S. Gutwirth, R. Leenes, P. De Hert, & Y. Poullet (Eds.), European Data Protection: Coming of Age (pp. 3–32). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-5170-5_1 Henriksen, D., Oster, N., Mishra, P., & McCaleb, L. (2025). Generative AI, Creativity, Culture, and the Future of Learning: A Conversation with Mairéad Pratschke. TechTrends, 69(1), 3–9. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-024-01036-y Heuer, T., Schiering, I., & Gerndt, R. (2021). Privacy framework for context-aware robot development. Paladyn, Journal of Behavioral Robotics, 12(1), 468–480. https://doi.org/10.1515/pjbr-2021-0032 Hillman, V. (2022). Data Privacy Literacy as a Subversive Instrument to Datafication. International Journal Of Communication, 16, 22. https://ijoc.org/index.php/ijoc/article/view/17639 Lenke, M., & Schulte, C. (2025). Enhancing AI Interaction through Co-Construction: A Multi-Faceted Workshop Framework. 2025 IEEE Global Engineering Education Conference (EDUCON), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1109/EDUCON62633.2025.11016326 Nohl, A.-M. (2010). Narrative Interview and Documentary Interpretation. In N. Pfaff & W. Weller (Eds.), Qualitative analysis and documentary method in international educational research (pp. 195–217). Budrich. Nohl, A.-M. (2017). Interview und Dokumentarische Methode: Anleitungen für die Forschungspraxis. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-16080-7 Robertson, J., Abaci, S., Linklater, H., Farrell, K., & Kanwal, J. (2023). Knowledge Creating Communities for teacher professional learning about data literacy [Preprint]. EdArXiv. https://doi.org/10.35542/osf.io/zye4g Tedre, M., Denning, P., & Toivonen, T. (2021). CT 2.0. 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1145/3488042.3488053 Verständig, D., & Koglin, J. (2025). Self, Society, and Data: Data Literacy for Media Education. In C. Schumacher & D. Ifenthaler, International Perspectives on Educational Data Literacy (1st ed., pp. 81–103). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003511991-4 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 07 SES 11 A: Special Call: Challenging Inequalities: 30 Years of Network 7 ”Social Justice and Intercultural Education – Past Insights and Future Perspectives”: Race, Violence and Resistance Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Richard Race Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Epistemic Bordering as a Form of Violence: The Intersection of Migration Regimes and Access to Higher Education University of Iceland Presenting Author:Early September in the 2025–2026 academic year, as in previous years, was marked by excitement and anticipation among teachers and students in the Department of International Studies in Education at the University of Iceland (UI). This moment, however, revealed that such excitement is never guaranteed; it is contingent, fragile, and shaped by how international students are able to navigate the regimes governing their arrival. UI requires international students to be physically present on campus by a specified date. In earlier years, this requirement had not posed a major challenge, as student numbers were lower and the programme retained flexibility to start slightly later, in recognition of the well-documented barriers faced by students from outside the EU/Schengen area related to visa processing and border bureaucracies (Liu 2024). In 2025, however, in an effort to align the programme with a universal start date, UI initially attempted to revoke the enrolment of students whose residence permits had not yet been issued, despite these students having submitted all required documentation to the relevant authorities in a timely manner. Although the university was aware of a 30% increase in international applications as early as February 2025, it did not coordinate with affected departments or faculties to adjust programme timelines, nor did it notify the Directorate of Immigration (DoI) of the increased demand for student permits. While the students were ultimately permitted to enrol, the delay produced prolonged uncertainty, leaving their educational trajectories and futures in limbo. Drawing on this case, the paper develops the concept of epistemic bordering as a form of violence enacted at the intersection of higher education and migration regimes. The internationalisation of higher education (Halldórsdóttir & Gollifer 2018) is deeply entangled with migration governance (Jacobsen et al. 2021; Wyss 2022), epistemic injustice (Fricker 2007; Anderson 2012), and whiteness (Ahmed 2007). We show that, while UI’s strategic plan emphasises inclusion and internationalisation, higher education remains embedded within migration regimes that generate exclusion and subtler forms of violence by (re)producing territorial and epistemic boundaries between ‘legitimate’ and ‘illegitimate’ knowledge. We argue that higher education in the Global North—widely regarded as intellectually valuable and desirable within former colonial and neoliberal systems—produces epistemic paradigms that define what counts as ‘science’, ‘expert knowledge’, ‘intellectual property’, and the ‘authorised codes of academic communication’ (Torkaman Rad 2023). By foregrounding epistemic bordering as a central form of harm produced through internationalisation, we demonstrate how knowledge hierarchies are formed that “unjustly organise human hierarchies in place and reify uneven geographies in a familiar, seemingly natural way” (McKittrick 2006, p. 33). Within higher education contexts shaped by racialised politics and asymmetries, these epistemic paradigms sustain hierarchies in which white institutions and white knowledge function as a superstructure. Ahmed’s (2010) concept of happy objects helps illuminate how these institutions and epistemic formations produce affective attachments that render whiteness as the natural site of academic fulfilment and professional success. Consequently, investment in white institutions and white knowledge is framed as necessary for securing a viable future (Shahjahan & Edwards 2022). At the same time, access to this knowledge is restricted, rendered conditional, and unevenly distributed. We argue that international students, particularly those from outside the EU/Schengen area, experienced not only significant material harm through financial, emotional, and intellectual investments—such as costly English language tests, application and registration fees, and housing deposits—but also prolonged uncertainty due to delayed or withheld residence permits (No Border Iceland, 13 September 2025). These experiences constitute a distinct form of harm conceptualised here as epistemic bordering. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a decolonial lens and employs critical discourse analysis (CDA) to examine how migration regimes and higher education institutions produce epistemic bordering and related harms for international students in Iceland. The empirical material consists of publicly available documents and media texts, including reports and statements from Vísir, No Borders Iceland, Morgunblaðið, the Directorate of Immigration, the Icelandic Government, and relevant university and educational policy documents, alongside administrative data. These sources represent key institutional, governmental, and civil society actors involved in regulating international student mobility. The analysis draws on CDA as developed by Fairclough (1989) and van Dijk (2001), understood not only as a methodological tool but as a critical and ethical approach aimed at exposing how language and discourse normalize unequal social relations. Following Fairclough and Fairclough (2013), the study examines how ostensibly neutral administrative and policy discourses contribute to exclusion, harm, and structural violence. Analytically, the study focuses on two themes identified through an initial reading of the material, which were subsequently reanalysed using CDA of representation from a decolonial perspective (Passada 2019). This perspective foregrounds how classificatory and evaluative frameworks produced in the Global North reproduce material and epistemic inequalities and interrogates the epistemological assumptions underpinning knowledge production and policy rationalities (Ahmed Y. 2020). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate that epistemic bordering operates as a central yet underexamined form of harm within the nexus of migration and higher education. The analysis is likely to show how higher education institutions, embedded within migration regimes, participate in bordering practices that extend beyond territorial exclusion by normalising conditional access to education, knowledge, and academic futures for international students, particularly those from outside the EU/Schengen area. Migration-related requirements—such as visa timelines, language standards, tuition structures, and institutional definitions of academic legitimacy—are expected to function as epistemic filters that unevenly regulate access to valued knowledge and reproduce hierarchies privileging Western, English-centred epistemologies. The findings are also expected to highlight how international students’ experiences of uncertainty, exclusion, and disposability are discursively framed as administrative necessity rather than institutional harm. By foregrounding epistemic bordering, the study contributes empirically and theoretically to critical debates on migration regimes and higher education, while pointing toward the need for epistemic pluralism and decolonising approaches within universities. References Ahmed, S. (2007). A phenomenology of whiteness. Feminist Theory, 8(2), 149–168. https://doi.org/10.1177/1464700107078139 Ahmed, S. (2010). The promise of happiness. Duke University Press. Ahmed, Y. (2020). Political discourse analysis: A decolonial approach. Critical Discourse Studies, 18(1), 139–155. Anderson, E. (2012). Epistemic justice as a virtue of social institutions. Social Epistemology, 26(2), 163–173. Fairclough, N. (1989). Language and power. Longman. Fairclough, I., & Fairclough, N. (2013). Ethics and social critique: Evaluation of practical arguments in political discourse. In C. Guerin, G. Siouffi, & S. Sorlin (Eds.), Le rapport éthique au discours: Histoire, pratiques, analyses (pp. 271–288). Peter Lang. Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic injustice: Power and the ethics of knowing. Oxford University Press. Halldórsdóttir, B. E., & Gollifer, S. E. (2018). A view towards internationalisation at the University of Iceland: Lessons learned from the International Studies in Education Programme. Netla – Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. Jacobsen, C. M., Karlsen, M., & Khosravi, S. (2021). Waiting and the temporalities of irregular migration. Routledge. Liu, W. (2024). The impact of visa policy on higher education international students. Journal of Education, Humanities and Social Sciences, 26, 92. McKittrick, K. (2006). Demonic grounds: Black women and the cartographies of struggle. University of Minnesota Press. No Borders Iceland. (2025, September 13). What is happening at the University of Iceland? https://nobordersiceland.org/writings-and-articles/what-is-happening-at-the-university-of-iceland Passada, M. N. M. (2019). Discourse analysis by a decolonial perspective. In L. Suciu (Ed.), Advances in discourse analysis. IntechOpen. https://doi.org/10.5772/intechopen.81612 Shahjahan, R. A., & Edwards, K. T. (2022). Whiteness as futurity and globalization of higher education. Higher Education, 83, 747–764. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-021-00702-x Torkaman Rad, E. (2023). Radical understanding: Reflections on knowledge production, power, positionality, and practices of refusal within academic research. Fennia – International Journal of Geography, 201(2), 253–260. van Dijk, T. A. (2001). Critical discourse analysis. In D. Schiffrin, D. Tannen, & H. E. Hamilton (Eds.), The handbook of discourse analysis (pp. 352–372). Blackwell. Wyss, A. (2022). Navigating the European migration regime: Male migrants, interrupted journeys, and precarious lives. Bristol University Press. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Epistemic Resistance Within the White Academic Machinery: Collaborative-Counter-Research as a methodological manifesto 1: Europa-Universität Flensburg, Germany; 2: University of Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:Universities are infiltrated by power dynamics that marginalise the knowledge, perspectives and work of racialized researchers and interviewees. In this article, we reconstruct our reflexive process of thinking in the context of the leading question: How can we, as racialised researchers, collectively negotiate racial capitalism critical educational research in and with the white academic machinery. Following Spivak (2020), we understand epistemic violence as the systematic erasure and deformation of non-white voices by colonial knowledge systems that determine who is authorized to speak and whose knowledge is recognized as valuable. In order to understand power relations not only one-dimensionally but multidimensionally, we follow Collins (1990) in understanding that power relations are intersectionally intertwined and manifest themselves through different forms of violence. In the case of German universities as places of teaching and learning, the example of the University of Hamburg, which was founded as a former colonial institution, illustrates how colonial legacies have been embedded in the institutional structures of today's universities (C. Çağlar & Akue-Dovi 2025; Gutiérrez Rodríguez et al. 2016; Mancheno & Al-Windi 2023). Black scholars such as Auma (in Piorkowski 2020), Kuria (2015) and Kilomba (2010) emphasise that white, Western, cis-male perspectives are centralised in the German academic landscape. Studies (e.g. Amiri 2020; Aslan 2017), special issues in journals (e.g. G. Çağlar et al. 2025) and anthologies (e.g. Heitzmann & Houda 2020) address powerful practices of racialisation that cement white dominance in German academia and massively restrict the ability of racialised students and researchers to act. This dynamics of exclusion are not limited to Germany and can be observed internationally, as Ahmed (2012) demonstrates especially for the British context. As racialised early-career researchers – a female researcher of colour and a Black researcher, this raises questions for us, like e.g.: What role do researchers and their methods play in maintaining white science? (How) Can non-white epistemologies exist in white universities? And is it even possible to conduct research without reproducing power relations? These questions have been on our minds since the beginning of our doctoral projects. To answer these questions, and in particular the key question listed above, we reflect on (2) power dynamics in academia (operating globally), such as (2.1) epistemic violence or epistemicide, (2.2) racial capitalism, and (2.3) researchers' standpoints and tokenisation. Building on this, we consider (3) methodologies of epistemic resistance (as well operating globally) such as (3.1) epistemic disobedience, (3.2) participatory research, and (3.3) epistemic humbleness: an epistemology of listening. The insights gained from the power dynamics and methodologies discussed form the basis of our methodological manifesto of Collaborative-Counter-Research (short CCR). Our position as racialised researchers makes the question of joint, resistant knowledge production a central one. The perspectives formulated in Collaborative-Counter-Research create an innovative way of thinking about scholarly collaboration in a white academic environment that both integrates and marginalises us. This experience of researching within and against the system gives rise to the need to constantly rethink our own practice – as a counter-movement, as knowledge based on solidarity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In an ongoing dialogue about and involving theories from the intersection of critical pedagogical, (post-)colonial and intersectional feminist theories as well as Black epistemologies, we have focused our search for answers on the analytical consideration of race-class-gender and epistemic violence or epistemicide (de Sousa Santos 2014; Spivak 2020) and oriented the present article towards the guiding question: How can we, as racialised researchers, collectively negotiate racial capitalism critical educational research in and with the white academic machinery. This article is therefore less about analysing the state of research, presenting research results or an explicit method, and more about a counter-narrative full of impulses for epistemic resistance in white academia. We have deliberately incorporated different approaches and findings from racialised researchers, even if this may seem complex at first glance. It is precisely this combination of approaches that makes our counter-narrative original: it creates space for marginalised epistemologies while drawing on a pluralistic theoretical basis. Our methodological manifesto thus understands collaboration not only as collaborative research, but also as a conscious interweaving of different theories with the aim of questioning epistemic violence by not only addressing white academia, but critically confronting it. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings (Post-)colonial, capitalist and patriarchal power relations are woven into every step of academic practice: from research design to the encounter between the researching self and the researched other, to the interpretation, financing and exploitation of knowledge. Our manifesto for collaborative-counter-research is a commitment to research that does not conceal the violent nature of white academia, but rather exposes it. We do not understand research as neutral observation or detached analysis, but as a practice that is always part of power relations. Research cannot be free of power – the question is not whether, but how it intervenes in power relations. In this sense, all scholarly activity is political. Our manifesto therefore does not formulate the claim to research about others, but with others, understands itself as an integral part of political activism, and is explicitly directed against the epistemic violence that structures white academia. In order to define the challenge of racial capitalism more precisely, we understand collaborative-counter-research not only as epistemic criticism, but also as an intervention in those university-specific logics of exploitation through which racialised subjects are structurally precarious and marginalised. Racial capitalism manifests itself in the German higher education system in various ways, including project-based employment, the economisation of diversity, competitive citation and career logic, and the extraction of experiential knowledge without institutional distribution of power and resources. Collaborative-counter-research challenges this order not by promising to overcome it, but through practices of collective knowledge production, shared authorship, and the conscious rejection of market-based performance logics. In this sense, our methodology aims to disrupt the conditions of reproduction of racial capitalism in academia – not through neutrality, but through withdrawal, solidarity, and counter-economies of knowledge. Thus, collaborative-counter-research (CCR) understands research as a relational, situated-political practice that not only analyses power relations, but also negotiates them at every step. References Ahmed, S. (2012): On being included: Racism and diversity in institutional life. Durham, London. Çağlar, C., & Akue-Dovi, A. (2025): Universitäten als rassismuskritische Lernorte. Perspektiven von Bi_PoC-Studierenden auf Wissenstragende. In: ZDfm – Zeitschrift Für Diversitätsforschung Und -Management, 10. Jg., H. 1–2025, S. 65-77. https://doi.org/10.3224/zdfm.v10i1.06 Collins, P. H. (2000): Black feminist thought: Knowledge, consciousness, and the politics of empowerment (2. Auflage). London, New York. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203900055 de Sousa Santos, B. (2014): Epistemologies of the South: Justice Against Epistemicide. Boulder. Delgado, R. (1989): Storytelling for Oppositionists and Others: A Plea for Narrative. In: Michigan Law Review, 87. Jg., H.2411, S. 2411-244. https://papers.ssrn.com/abstract=1577362 Haraway, D. (1988): Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. In: Feminist Studies, 14. Jg., H. 3, S. 575-599. https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066 Harding, S. (1991): Whose Science? Whose Knowledge? Thinking from Women’s Lives. Ithaca. Hartsock, N. C. M. (1983): The Feminist Standpoint: Developing the Ground for a Specifically Feminist Historical Materialism. In: Harding, S./ Hintikka, M. B. (Hrsg.): Discovering Reality: Feminist Perspectives on Epistemology, Metaphysics, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science. Dordrecht, S. 283–310 . Kilomba, G. (2010): Plantation memories: Episodes of everyday racism (2. Aufl). Münster. Lenette, C. (2022): Participatory Action Research. Ethics and Decolonization. Oxford. Mignolo, W. D. (2009): Epistemic Disobedience, Independent Thought and De-Colonial Freedom. Theory, Culture & Society, 26. Jg., H. 7–8, S. 159–181. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276409349275 Mignolo, W. D. (2011): The Darker Side of Western Modernity: Global Futures, Decolonial Options. Durham. Norwood, C., Jacquez, F., Carr, T., Murawsky, S., Beck, K., & Tuttle, A. (2022): Reproductive Justice, Public Black Feminism in Practice: A Reflection on Community-Based Participatory Research in Cincinnati. Societies, 12. Jg.,H. 17, S. 1-16. https://doi.org/10.3390/soc12010017 Robinson, C. J. (2000): Black marxism: The making of the Black radical tradition. London. Roldán Mendívil, E., & Sarbo, B. (Hrsg.)(2025): Die Diversität der Ausbeutung: Zur Kritik des herrschenden Antirassismus. Berlin. Solórzano, D. G. & Yosso, T. J. (2002): Critical Race Methodology. Counter-Storytelling as an Analytical Framework for Education Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 8. Jg., H. 1, S. 23–44. https://doi.org/10.1177/107780040200800103 Spivak, G. C. (2020): Can the Subaltern Speak? (A. Joskowicz & S. Nowotny, Trans.). In: Spivak, G. C. (Hrsg.): Can the subaltern speak? Postkolonialität und subalterne Artikulation. (Nachdruck). Wien, S. 17–118. Wynter, S. (2003): Unsettling the Coloniality of Being/Power/Truth/Freedom: Towards the Human, After Man, Its Overrepresentation – An Argument. The New Centennial Review, 3. Jg., H. 3, S. 257–337. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Children’s Othering as Bordering and Becoming 1: Izmir Institute Of Technology and The Ministry of Education, Turkey; 2: Independent Researcher, Zurich, Switzerland Presenting Author:Processes of othering can be understood as relational and situated practices through which difference is produced, negotiated, and lived within unequal social relations. Within Borderlands Theory (Anzaldúa, 1987), othering is not conceptualised as a fixed and deficit positioning of an “outsider,” but as a dynamic process of bordering, the continual making and unmaking of epistemological, affective, and social boundaries through everyday practice (Bornstein-Gómez, 2010). Borders, from this perspective, are not limited to geopolitical or institutional demarcations; they are relational formations sustained through language, space, affect, and power, and lived across multiple scales of everyday life (Hernández & Anzaldúa, 1995). Anzaldúa’s dialogical writings emphasise that borderlands are lived conditions rather than abstract locations. Subjects situated within borderlands are compelled to navigate contradictory regimes of meaning and belonging, producing hybrid knowledges that both reflect and exceed dominant classifications (Anzaldúa et al., 2003; Bornstein-Gómez, 2010). Bordering thus operates as a process through which difference is rendered intelligible, normalised, or marked as excessive within everyday encounters. From a sociology of childhood perspective, these bordering processes are enacted through ordinary social practices rather than imposed solely through formal categories. Childhood is not a natural or universal stage, but a socially constructed condition actively produced through everyday relations and institutional arrangements (Prout, 1997). Attending to children’s everyday experiences highlights how borders are enacted through routine practices such as language use, spatial organisation, peer relations, and adult interpretations of behaviour. Schools can therefore be understood as borderland spaces in which children are required to negotiate multiple and often contradictory expectations of belonging, normality, and difference. Educational research further demonstrates how schooling functions as a key site for the reproduction of social and spatial borders. Studies of schooling in Turkey show how institutional practices intersect with neighbourhood, class, and ethnic divisions, producing exclusions that are both material and symbolic. From an Anzaldúan perspective, these practices can be understood as bordering processes that position certain children as perpetually out of place, even while they are formally included within the school system. Guided by this framework, the central research question of the study is: How is children’s othering enacted as a form of bordering in everyday school practices, and how do children from minoritised groups experience and negotiate these borderlands within educational settings? The study focuses on children from minoritised communities in Turkey. These groups inhabit intersecting borderlands shaped by ethnicity, language, migration status, and socio-spatial segregation. As Bornstein-Gómez (2010) argues, border subjects are positioned within uneven regimes of knowledge and power, yet they also generate meanings and practices that exceed dominant educational categorizations. Empirical findings from the Çanakkale region in north-western Turkey illustrate how socio-spatial bordering is reproduced through schooling. Teachers’ descriptions of Roman children as belonging to “other villages” or “other neighbourhoods” enact symbolic borders that position these children as simultaneously present and out of place. Such practices demonstrate how schools extend and reinforce borders already operating across family, community, and local geographies, echoing Anzaldúa’s insistence that borders are lived across multiple dimensions of everyday life (Reuman & Anzaldúa, 2000). By mobilising Borderlands Theory through Anzaldúa’s dialogical and interpretive texts, and situating it within sociological approaches to childhood, this study conceptualises children’s othering as an unstable and relational process of bordering. This framing foregrounds the embodied and affective dimensions of exclusion and belonging, while positioning schools as borderland spaces where inequalities are reproduced, negotiated, and potentially reconfigured. In these in-between places, othering becomes a space where a new understanding of subjectivity, knowledge, and relationship can surface, uncovering the classroom not only as a place of regulation but also as one of possibility. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To map the othering of young children, we gathered data through semi-structured interviews with 20 elementary teachers, whom we considered as insider sources of knowledge about the school setting and everyday relations produced within it. Borderland perspective heavily relies on qualitative interview as a data collection instrument since it prioritizes people’s meaning-making processes in the in-between space. Moreover, in cases involving children, research drawing on border thinking would prefer to focus on moments of tensions, inconsistencies, and struggles since this perspective would reveal the productive and sophisticated capacities of children rather than their perceived deficits or weakness. Given that access to children in school settings would be highly unlikely due to the strict and “selective” attitude of the Ministry of Education towards particular research topics as well as its current state of affairs characterised by a highly authoritarian structure, semi-structured interviews were a viable alternative for us. In addition to face-to-face interviews, we collected data from teachers working in different parts of Turkey through online interviews, which would have been unattainable without parental supervision if we had conducted the interviews with the children themselves. Achieving geographical diversity, which made it possible to include different ethnic, linguistic, and religious groups in the sample, was possible through online interviews. Living on the physical and ideological borders both at “home” and “the in-between” as a mother and as being in the ethnic minority group contributed to our identifications and provided us with certain identity positions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing on Borderland thinking, this research has sought to explore children’s othering in educational settings. Children who live in borderlands-cultural, social and ideological- are generally positioned as “others” through deficit perspectives that generalize their lived experiences. In accordance with this perspective, the article has revealed how fluid and relational children’s othering can be, by challenging the deficit perspectives and emphasizing children’s hybridity, belonging and negotiation of becoming. Addressing othering in this way enables educators and researchers to move beyond binary categories of inclusion/exclusion and to see borderland as sites of tension, creativity, and possibility. Moreover, making sense of children’s othering at school through borderland perspectives might offer us an affirmative politics of possibility, reminding us that classrooms are not merely places of skills transmission but also dynamic spaces where new ways of becoming and learning can continually emerge. References Anzaldúa, G. (1987). Borderlands/La Frontera: The New Mestiza. San Francisco, Spinsters/Aunt Lute. Anzaldúa, G. E., Ortiz, S. J., Hernández-Avila, I., & Perez, D. (2003). Speaking across the Divide. Studies in American Indian Literatures, 15(3/4), 7–22. http://www.jstor.org/stable/20737212 Bornstein-Gómez, M. (2010). Gloria Anzaldúa: Borders of Knowledge and (re) Signification. Confluencia, 26(1), 46–55. http://www.jstor.org/stable/27923475 Hernández, E., & Anzaldúa, G. (1995). Re-thinking margins and borders: An interview with Gloria Anzaldúa. Discourse, 18(1/2), 7-15. Prout, A. (1997). A new paradigm for the sociology of childhood? In A. Prout & A. James (Eds.), Constructing and reconstructing childhood: Contemporary issues in the sociological study of childhood (pp. 7–33). London, England: Routledge Falmer. Reuman, A. E., & Anzaldúa, G. E. (2000). Coming into play: An interview with Gloria Anzaldúa. Melus, 3-45. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Ongoing Turbulences: Toxic Examples and Possible Solutions Relating to Black Professionals in Higher Education in the UK Teesside University - United Kingdom Presenting Author:This research examines Toxicity for Black Female Professionals in Higher Education. Through our own toxic experiences which is the justification for looking at this area, we are interested in what Black and mixed-race colleagues have to say about their own toxic experiences (Bonell, 2025). Our hypotheses statement is higher education environments are indeed becoming more toxic, with ongoing turbulences, as we witness more redundancies and voluntary and compulsory severance in UK (United Kingdon) Higher Education, and beyond (Andrew, 2020). By examining the definition of toxicity beyond poisonous environments we have attempted to conceptualise toxicity which we will examine in this paper. There is a wider literature on this specific issue e.g. Arday and Mirza, 2018, Maistry, 2024. One toxic solution to these issues is continuing professional development which covers diverse environments, including staff (Race, 2024). The criticism is that compulsory training in higher education has become virtual and depersonalised where there is no chance of asking questions, within group environments, let alone receiving answers that can improve professional practice and the behaviour of all colleagues in higher education. DiAngelo (2019, 2021) has expressed this experience through her professional practice when teaching racism. This is applicable in all areas, not only within higher education. Warmington (2024) explains that applications of Critical Race Theory (CRT) begin with colour blindness and the need to recognise institutional racism. Warmington argues that the notion of institutional racism must be defended as it is being attacked by political interests. The notion of anti-racism is therefore politically questionable when it needs to be part of professional practice within a more inclusive, equitable practice. How do Black (Female) Professionals respond to race and racist issues in higher education? Bhopal (2024a) argues that by performing and enacting Whiteness, some academics of Colour mirror White Behaviours. As a result, they are rewarded and gain entrance into the White space of higher education, but the main beneficiary from this process is the White Academy, leaving structural and institutional racism intact. The author argues that Black and mixed-race academics are complicit in upholding White Supremacy, and by doing so protect the interests of White groups. But as the literature underlines, the issues are systematic and, in this case, universities need to change to reduce toxicity. As Bhopal (2024b: 232) highlights: ‘In order for schools and universities to make meaningful and significant changes, they must examine their role in perpetuating racism … Ways of tackling these issues tend to come under the umbrella of equality, diversity and inclusion (EDI) … [and] the topic of race can become lost among other types of inequality deemed to be more worthy … Educational institutions are able to ‘tick the box’ to demonstrate that they are meeting their EDI targets without actually addressing racial inequalities.’ Bhopal (2004a, 2024b) is instructive and methodologically useful, with the use of interviewing in this area of research, as she shows how structural and institutional racism hinders the fact of addressing racism. One potential solution for Black Female Professionals is to mirror White Behaviour for career advancement but what happens if toxic incidents or experiences hinders or eliminates the chances of this professional strategy? Our paper sets out why we are both carrying out this research. We will conceptualise the notion of toxicity and cover the key literature which contextualises our research. We will then explain out two stage methodology of interviewing respondents who have shared their toxic experiences within higher education, highlighting several ethical issues. We will conclude with our data themes and recommendations that aims ultimately to reduce levels of toxicity for Black Professionals within higher education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For this two-stage research project, we are using semi-structured interviews (Cohen et al, 2018), within an interpretivist paradigm (Buckler and Moore, 2003). In the first stage we carried out 9 interviews within the UK in 2023. On reflection, the process of constructing an interview schedule was interesting as we created questions and then grouped them around several themes. The semi-structured nature, rather than an open-ended list of questions allowed for both a working interview structure, but the space for our respondents to express toxic experiences. (Brinkman and Kvale, 2014). When choosing our respondents, we had two significant considerations. Firstly, we felt that we could not interview, respondents who we knew personally. Secondly, we felt we could not interview individuals who were going through toxic experiences. Ethically, we had to consider the notion of advocacy (BERA, 2024) as we not collecting data to help our colleagues through their own toxic experiences. We were collecting data to increase our understandings of toxic experiences. In one case, a co-author of this paper, had been asked to give evidence to an institution concerning a respondent’s story. Hence, the individual could not be interviewed in the first stage, as the toxic story was still evolving. Methodologically, we felt the respondent could be considered after time in a second stage interview, as a stage had been met, we felt when reflection was possible, and the respondent felt comfortable enough to tell the toxic story through interview. The second stage of data collection has taken place in 2026 with 10 interviews.. It is important to highlight the ethics of having to use the term UK, as ethically we must respect our samples through confidentiality and anonymity (BERA, 2024). We fear that the general sample of Black Female Professionals in Higher Education is small enough, whereby there is possibilities that readers of the data highlighted in presentations and publications (Peart and Race, 2025) might recognise who is saying what. Methodologically, we will also highlight how long the interviews lasted in this empirical research. We were planning for 45 minutes to an hour when several interviews went on more than twice as long as that initial structure. Because of the nature of the research, and the semi-structured interview, we both felt obliged to let the respondent continue with answers to the questions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We have four provisional concluding themes to discuss: Black staff seen as deficit * We haven’t worked hard enough to get to where they were * I continue to be treated like someone without any experience * They don’t think of African as academics Black Staff Used for Convenience of Organisation * My profile fits the widening participation projects, I’m also a good visual aid in that sense * I am definitely refusing to have my name or my face to promote an agenda that will benefit the institution. I’m aware of those kinds of games institutions play Limp Institutional Leadership * Blocking in a big way. The system should not allow that to happen Toxicity and the Snake Pit “I described The Academy in many ways and one way I describe it is being [in] a snake pit and not knowing what snake is going to bite you next … so snakes have this capacity to be charming and enchanting … But at the same time, snakes can be vicious and deadly … So, for me … toxicity is related to snakes.” * I’m always having to defend myself. I never let my guard down * You are always considered an outsider Need to Develop Support Beyond Institution *Colleagues who are friends or who have gone through the same *Family supports and a few friends *I always seem to fall outside, I’m never part of those little groups We will conclude with three recommendations: * Value and recognize the valuable contributions made by Black staff * Remove barriers and support Black staff gain access to formal and informal internal decisions making structures * Provide meaningful training and other opportunities to Black staff to support their development. References Andrew, M. (2020) Behind voluntary redundancy in universities: The stories behind the story, Australian Universities' Review, Vol. 62, No. 2, Sep 2020, 14-24. Arday, J., Mirza, H.S. (Eds.) (2018) Dismantling Race in Higher Education. Racism, Whiteness and Decolonising the Academy. Racism, Whiteness and Decolonising the Academy, London, Palgrave Macmillan. Bhopal, K. (2024a). Complicity and Conformity: perpetuating race and class hierarchies in UK higher education. Educational Review, 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2024.2398754, last accessed 31st January 2026. Bhopal, K. (2024b) Race and Education. Reproducing White Supremacy in Britian, Milton Keynes, Penguin Random House. Bonell, C. (2025) Toxic Education. How Schools Are Damaging Young People’s Health and Wellbeing and How We Can Fix Them, Policy Press, Bristol. Brinkmann, S., Kvale, S. (2014) Interviews, Sage, Thousand Oaks. British Education Research Association (5th Ed.) (2024) Ethical Guidelines for Education Research, Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research, fifth edition (2024) | BERA, Buckler, S., Moore, H. (2023) Essentials in Research Methods in Education, Sage, London Cohen, L., Manion, L. Morrison, K. (8th Ed.) (2018) Research Methods in Education, London, Routledge. DiAngelo, R. (2019) White Fragility. Why It’s so Hard for White People to Talk About Racism, London, Penguin. DiAngelo, R. (2021) New Racism. How Progressive White People Perpetuate Racial Harm, Boston, Beacon Press. Maistry, S, M. (2024) South African higher education: A toxic milieu of neoliberalism, colonialism and anti-Blackness | Transformation in Higher Education, Vol. 9, No. 1, last accessed 30th January 2026. Peart, S., & Race, R. (2025). Invitation to exclusion: The continuing experience of Black women in higher education (HE) in the United Kingdom. Equity in Education & Society, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/27526461251326932 Race, R. (3rd Ed.) (2024) Multiculturalism and Education, London, Open University Press. Warmington, P. (2024) Permanent Racism. Race, Class and the Myth of Postracial Britain, Bristol, Policy Press. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 07 SES 11 B: Voice, Belonging and Recognition in Education Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Luca Agostinetto Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Immigrant Children’s Life Narratives and Lived Experiences University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Across Europe, the growing number of pupils with immigrant backgrounds has increased the need to examine multilingual learners’ school experiences beyond academic outcomes, including the social and emotional dimensions shaping educational equality (Immigrant Students and the Effectiveness of Basic Education 2025). In Finland, as elsewhere in Europe, this requires understanding how belonging and recognition develop in everyday school life. This study investigates immigrant pupils’ life narratives and experiences of being heard in Finnish comprehensive schools, drawing on culturally responsive pedagogy. These perspectives resonate across Europe, where belonging is a shared concern and diversity is viewed as a resource. Pedagogical practices aim to challenge structures that reproduce inequality while supporting learning and belonging (Ladson-Billings 1995; Lucas & Villegas 2013; Abdulhameh et al., 2024; Alisaari et al. 2025b). Belonging has become central in diverse societies (Cummins 2021; Kauhanen et al. 2024; Tiermas et al. 2025). Yuval-Davis (2006) describes it as an emotional attachment shaped by ethical and political values, while Berry’s (1997) acculturation theory highlights the importance of maintaining cultural heritage alongside integration—an idea relevant to European integration debates. Finnish research has focused mainly on language‑aware pedagogy (Alisaari et al., 2022; 2025a), leaving pupils’ own accounts of recognition and support during school transitions underexplored (Abdulhameh et al., 2024; Bruhn et al., 2023; Juutinen, 2018; Kilpi-Jakonen et al., 2022). Similar gaps appear in European studies. While ethnic diversity may be valued, other identities, such as gender and sexual diversity, can be less accepted (Alisaari et al., 2025a). These findings highlight the need to understand how inclusion ideals intersect with experiences of racism, homophobia, and exclusion. The study aims to promote educational equity by strengthening pupils’ sense of belonging and agency. Research shows that immigrant‑background pupils often lack equal opportunities for academic success (Pulkkinen et al., 2024), underscoring the need to support wellbeing, learning, and participation across Europe. This study focuses on two research questions:
By foregrounding pupils’ narratives, the study examines how belonging is negotiated through school practices, peer relations, and societal discourses, aligning with European goals to strengthen learner voice and inclusion. Situated at the intersection of policy, pedagogy, and multilingual classroom realities, the study emphasises children’s rights and the importance of listening to their perspectives. Although belonging and participation are linked to wellbeing, these connections remain insufficiently explored in European contexts (Anderson & Graham, 2016). As the EU prioritises inclusion and equity, understanding how these principles materialise in daily school life is essential. This study contributes insights into how immigrant pupils narrate recognition, safety, and participation, informing efforts toward more inclusive and socially just education across Europe. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs qualitative ethnographic discourse analysis, specifically nexus analysis (Scollon & Scollon 2004), to investigate immigrant pupils’ life narratives and their experiences of being heard in Finnish comprehensive schools. Nexus analysis conceptualises discourse as semiotic and embodied social action situated at the intersection of historical, cultural, and interactional trajectories. Language use is understood as one element within these broader sociocultural processes (Tiermas 2025). In this study, the researcher acts as an active participant in the field, engaging dialogically with pupils and the school environment. The research process is iterative, flexible, and sensitive to context. For this study, the data consist exclusively of 10 pupil interviews. The participants interviewed for the study are between 15 and 22 years old. The data will also include pupil-produced work: audiovisual and visual art. The visual art activities involve three classes of pupils aged 8 to 16. Nexus analysis is particularly suited to combining multimodal data and examining belonging and participation within their situated contexts. The method has been widely applied in Finland in studies of language biographies, language education, multilingual learning, teacher education, and integration (Intke-Hernandez 2020; Kuure et al. 2018; Pietikäinen 2012; Strömmer 2017; Tiermas 2025). It offers a powerful analytical lens for identifying how agency and belonging are shaped through everyday practices of interaction and meaning-making. The analysis proceeds in two stages relevant to this article: Narrative and interactional analysis of pupil interviews, focusing on how pupils describe their school experiences, cultural adaptation, and encounters with teachers and peers. Multimodal analysis of pupil work, examining visual, auditory, and textual elements in relation to pupils’ backgrounds and self-representations. The preliminary findings are synthesised through the concept of the nexus of practice, identifying key intersection points where social action, spatial context, and cultural meanings converge. Nexus analysis thus enables a multidimensional understanding of how pupils construct and communicate their experiences across time, space, and interaction, making it particularly valuable for research in culturally diverse school settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings of the study indicate that hearing and understanding immigrant pupils’ life narratives is a complex and often challenging process, particularly during the early stages of schooling when pupils have limited proficiency in the language of instruction. The lack of shared linguistic resources makes verbal storytelling difficult, and many pupils initially struggle to articulate their experiences, emotions, and memories through spoken language. In this context, non-verbal modes of expression, such as drawings, visual art, photographs, movement, and sports, emerge as crucial alternative pathways for communication. These forms of expression allow pupils to convey aspects of their identities, histories, and emotions that they cannot yet express verbally. Artistic and embodied practices thus function as meaningful narrative tools, enabling pupils to share fragments of their life stories and to participate in classroom interaction despite linguistic barriers. The life narratives shared by pupils often include themes of survival, transition, and resilience. Many describe experiences of displacement, separation, uncertainty, or significant change. These narratives highlight the emotional and psychological dimensions of migration that may remain invisible in everyday school practices unless explicitly invited and sensitively received. From the perspective of being heard, the preliminary findings underscore the importance of empathetic and attuned encounters between pupils and adults. Moments in which teachers or other school staff listen with patience, openness, and genuine interest are described by pupils as deeply meaningful. Such encounters contribute to feelings of safety, recognition, and belonging, key elements in the early formation of trust within the school community. Overall, the preliminary findings suggest that supporting immigrant pupils’ narrative expression requires multimodal approaches and relational sensitivity. When pupils experience that their stories, verbal or non-verbal, are received with understanding, the foundation for participation, wellbeing, and belonging is significantly strengthened. References the most relevant references Abdulhameh R., Hietajärvi R., Klemetti R., Lonka K., Skogberg N, (2024). Sense of belongingness, discrimination, and mental health: Associations and buffering effects of sense of belonging on mental health among Finnish native and immigrant-origin youth. International Journal of Intercultural Relations. Volume 103. Alisaari, J., O’Neill, K., Kuusela, A., Seger, A., Kimanen, A., Hammer, S., Viesca, K., & Khalili, S., (2025a). Perceptions of belonging and school climate in diverse Finnish secondary schools. Finnish Journal of Social Research, 18(1), 41–57. https://doi.org/10.51815/fjsr.144754 Alisaari, J., Bergroth, M., & Heikkola, LM (2025b). Opettajien näkemyksiä oppilaiden monikielisistä resursseista - opetussuunnitelmauudistuksen vaikutusten seuranta. Journal of Curriculum Studies , 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2560843 Anderson, D.L. & Graham, A.P., (2016). Improving Student Wellbeing: Having a Say at School. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 27, 348-366. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2015.1084336 Berry, J. W. (1997). Immigration, acculturation, and adaptation. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 46(1), 5–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/026999497378467 Celeste, L., Baysu, G., Phalet, K., Meeussen, L., & Kende, J. (2019). Can school diversity policies reduce belonging and achievement gaps between minority and majority youth? Multiculturalism, colorblindness, and assimilationism assessed. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 45(11), 1603–1618. https://doi.org/10.1177/0146167219838577 Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual learners. A critical analysis of theoretical concepts. Linguistic Diversity and Language Rights, 19. Multilingual Matters. https://doi.org/10.2307/jj.22730517 Intke-Hernández, M., (2020). Maahanmuuttajaäitien arjen kielitarinat: Etnografinen tutkimus kieliyhteisöön sosiaalistumisesta. Helsinki: Helsinki university. http://hdl.handle.net/10138/321636 Kauhanen, I., Lanas, M., & Kaukko, M., (2024). (Im)possibilities of parity of participation in school settings in the lives of unaccompanied youth. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 28(14), 3422–3436. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2023.2287474 Lucas, T. & Villegas. A-M., (2013). Preparing Linguistically Responsive Teachers: Laying the Foundation in Preservice Teacher Education. Theory Into Practice, vol. 52, no. 2, pp. 98–109. JSTOR, http://www.jstor.org/stable/43893869. Nieto, S., & Bode, P., (2013). Affirming Diversity: The Sociopolitical Context of Multicultural Education (Sixth Edition). White Plains, NY: Longman Press. Pulkkinen, J., Kauppinen H., Hiltunen J, Lehtola P., Nissinen K. & Rautopuro J., (2024). Tukea tasa-arvoiselle koulutielle: Maahanmuuttajataustaisten nuorten osaaminen PISA 2022 -tutkimuksessa. Jyväskylä: Jyväskylä university. https://doi.org/10.17011/ktl-t/39 Salloum, A. (2021), Quantifying polarization in social networks. Helsinki: Aalto university. https://urn.fi/URN:NBN:fi:aalto-202106207476 Scollon, R., Scollon S., (2003). Discourses in place: language in the material world. London: Routledge. Tiermas,A., (2025). Tiedonalan kielen rakentuminen monikielisessä luokkahuoneessa. Finnish Social Science Data Archive, [Doctoral disertation, Helsinki university]. http://hdl.handle.net/10138/593604 Yuval-Davis, N., (2006). Belonging and the politics of belonging. Patterns of Prejudice, 40(3), 197–214. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Opening Communicative Spaces for Critical and Transformative Engagement with Second-Generation African-Australian Students Monash University, Australia Presenting Author:Educational engagement among students of refugee background continues to be shaped by deficit-oriented discourses that frame these young people through lenses of vulnerability, risk, and remediation. While often justified through institutional imperatives of inclusion and safeguarding, such framings can obscure students’ strengths, silence their voices, and reproduce inequitable schooling practices. This paper presents a research proposal for a Critical Engaging Participatory Action Research (CEPAR) study conducted with second-generation African-Australian students attending a secondary school in Melbourne, Australia. The study seeks to foreground students’ lived experiences of engagement and disengagement in schooling and to explore how dialogic and participatory processes can foster more critical and transformative forms of educational engagement. The overarching objective of this paper is twofold. First, it aims to develop an understanding of the multifaceted factors that constrain and enable African-Australian students’ engagement in schooling from their own perspectives. Second, it seeks to co-create, with students, communicative spaces for reflection and action that can inform more just and responsive educational practices. In contrast to top-down approaches that define students’ needs through externally imposed prescriptions, this study positions students as epistemic and political agents capable of articulating their own experiences, priorities, and aspirations (Noddings, 2005; Veck, 2013). The paper is guided by two interconnected research questions: From the perspectives of second-generation African-Australian students, what practice architectures help and hinder their engagement in schooling? How can communicative spaces for reflection and co-creation contribute to critical and transformative engagement for this group of students? Conceptually, the paper is informed by Nancy Fraser’s (Fraser) theory of social justice, which conceptualises injustice across three analytically distinct yet interconnected dimensions: redistribution (economic), recognition (United Nations Educational & Organization), and representation (political). This framework provides a macro-level lens for theorising educational engagement and disengagement as socially and politically situated phenomena rather than as individual deficits. For African-Australian students, cultural injustices often emerge through dominant discourses and hierarchical patterns of value that contribute to misrecognition, including experiences of othering, stereotyping, and systemic racism within schools (Abur, 2012; Baak, 2019; Edgeworth, 2015). Economic injustices are linked to the maldistribution of resources within neoliberal education systems, while political injustices arise when students and their families are denied parity of participation and meaningful voice in decision-making processes, leading to misrepresentation or misframing (Fraser, 2008; Keddie, 2012). More recent research on student engagement suggests that, although these macro-levels of engagement are considered in educational studies, the political nature of this phenomenon is often overlooked (Vallee, 2017). The paper also draws on the Theory of Practice Architectures (TPA) (Kemmis, McTaggart, & Nixon, 2014) as a complementary analytical and transformative framework. TPA conceptualises educational practices as constituted by interconnected sayings, doings, and relatings, which are enabled and constrained by site-specific cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements. In this study, TPA is used to analyse how everyday schooling practices shape students’ trajectories of engagement and disengagement, and to identify how these practices may appear unreasonable, unproductive, or unjust in encounters with African-Australian students and their communities (Wilkinson & Kaukko, 2020). Building on this justice-oriented lens, the study conceptualises student engagement as a critical and transformative practice. Engagement is understood not as compliance or participation within existing structures, but as a dialogic process through which students critically reflect on their conditions, name experiences of injustice, and participate in transforming them (Freire, 1998). Fostering communicative spaces for students’ engagement provided an opportunity to encounter, in face-to-face spaces, participants’ voices and find those common concerns and issues that could guide ways forward in terms of their engagement in schooling. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The long-standing dominance of traditional Western research methodologies has contributed to the silencing of marginalised communities and the reproduction of deficit-oriented narratives that frame young people from refugee backgrounds primarily in terms of challenges and shortcomings (Kaukko, 2015; Yaghmai, 2015). In response, this study is underpinned by a critical–ideological research paradigm, with an explicitly transformative aim of challenging dominant systems of knowledge production and co-creating practices oriented towards social justice (Freire, 1970; Giroux, 1987). Given the unequal power relations shaping the educational experiences of Second-generation African-Australian students, a participatory methodology was necessary. The study adopts a Critical Emancipatory Participatory Action Research (CEPAR) approach grounded in four key premises: researching with rather than on participants; co-producing knowledge through dialogic engagement; challenging and disrupting the status quo; and engaging in ongoing reflexivity in relation to intersecting identities and power relations. CEPAR is particularly suited to research with young people as it foregrounds social justice, relationality, and the pursuit of parity of participation. CEPAR in this study was operationalised through three interrelated methodological principles: (1) critical reflection on participants’ intersecting social identities; (2) iterative cycles of reflection and action aimed at addressing injustices in schooling practices; and (3) a pedagogical intervention informed by critical pedagogies, including problem-posing and heart-storming activities. This approach was designed to foreground the political and relational dimensions of educational engagement and to create communicative spaces for critical and transformative alternatives. Data were generated through activity-based focus groups and reflective artefacts produced during communicative encounters with 21 students aged 13–17 years at a secondary school in Melbourne. Three forms of data were collected: (1) researcher journal entries, (2) student-generated artefacts, and (3) transcripts of activity- focus group discussions. The intervention consisted of two phases. The first phase focused on identifying and recognising educational engagement practices by examining the practice architectures that enabled and constrained students’ engagement in schooling. This involved analysing students’ sayings (discourses and language), doings (activities and material conditions), and relatings (relationships and power dynamics). The second phase involved a cyclical process of transformative engagement in which students and the researcher collaboratively heart-stormed, co-created, and enacted alternative practices for educational change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that the praxis of creating communicative spaces for student engagement through CEPAR made visible a range of schooling practices that shaped the engagement experiences of second-generation African-Australian (SGAA) students. From students’ perspectives, experiences of misrepresentation—manifested through the exclusion of their voices from their educational journeys (Pillay & Asadi, 2018)—alongside misrecognition in the form of disrespect, stigmatisation, and racism (Bloch & Hirsch, 2017; Hirsch, 2019; Martin, Horgan, O'Riordan, & Maier, 2023), and maldistribution of resources operated as critical practice architectures of exclusion. These conditions limited students’ opportunities for meaningful participation and contributed to reduced engagement in schooling. Conversely, within the dynamic interaction between educational practices and the arrangements that enable or constrain them, the study found that the cultivation of meaningful and trusting relationships was central to supporting positive engagement. Practices that affirmed students’ potential, encouraged high aspirations, and built trust through consistent and equitable treatment were particularly influential. Moreover, the creation of relational spaces characterised by familiarity, reciprocity, and genuine support enabled collaborative student–teacher partnerships. Such partnering practices played a key role in fostering more inclusive and engaging schooling experiences for SGAA students. The implementation of Phase 1 and Phase 2, SGAA students played a pivotal role in curriculum decision-making processes, challenging hegemonic structures and oppressive relationships (McMahon & Portelli, 2004). Participants worked in partnership with the school staff, and me, as the researcher, challenging the oppressive relationships they experience. An example of that was the intercultural expo. This aligns with the critical/transformative approach to students and school engagement that focuses on the individuals and the community’s potential transformational process (McMahon & Portelli, 2004). References Abur, W. (2012). A study of the South Sudanese refugees’ perspectives of settlement in the western suburbs of Melbourne. Unpublished Master’s thesis. Melbourne: Victoria University. Baak, M. (2019). Racism and Othering for South Sudanese heritage students in Australian schools: is inclusion possible? International journal of inclusive education, 23(2), 125-141. doi:10.1080/13603116.2018.1426052 Bloch, A., & Hirsch, S. (2017). The educational experiences of the second generation from refugee backgrounds. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 43(13), 2131-2148. Fraser, N. (2008). Abnormal justice. Critical inquiry, 34(3), 393-422. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed (MB Ramos, Trans.). New York: Continuum, 2007. Hirsch, S. (2019). Racism, 'second generation' refugees and the asylum system. Identities, 26(1), 88. Kaukko, M. (2015). Participation in and beyond liminalities. Action research with unaccompanied asylum-seeking girls. University of Oulu Graduate School; University of Oulu, Faculty of Education. Acta Univ. Oul. E 156, 2015. University of Oulu, P.O. Box 8000, FI-90014 University of Oulu, Finland Keddie, A. (2012). Refugee education and justice issues of representation, redistribution and recognition. Cambridge Journal of Education, 42(2), 197. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. In: Springer. McMahon, B., & Portelli, J. P. (2004). Engagement for What? Beyond Popular Discourses of Student Engagement. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 3(1), 59-76. Noddings, N. (2005). Identifying and responding to needs in education. Cambridge Journal of Education, 35(2), 147-159. Pillay, T., & Asadi, N. (2018). Creating Educative Spaces for Second-Generation Somali-Canadian Youth through Informal Education. Diaspora, Indigenous, and Minority Education, 12(4), Vallee, D. (2017). Student engagement and inclusive education: reframing student engagement. International journal of inclusive education, 21(9), 920-937. Veck, W. (2013). Participation in education as an invitation to become towards the world: Hannah Arendt on the authority, thoughtfulness and imagination of the educator. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 45(1), 36-48. Wilkinson, J., & Kaukko, M. (2020). Educational leading as pedagogical love: the case for refugee education. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 23(1), 70-85. Yaghmai, S. (2015). Voices of Second Generation Cambodian-Americans in Long Beach, California: A Participatory Action Research Project. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Local Voices Heard on a European Stage: the Potentials of Forum Theatre in Education About Antisemitism Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:Recent interviews conducted with members of Finland’s Jewish community reveal a profound gap between international guidelines on antisemitism education and the realities experienced by Jewish individuals in Finnish society. Although the 2024 interview study by Czimbalmos and Pataricza shows that Finland, like many other European countries, has not implemented a systematic or context‑responsive approach to teaching about antisemitism, Judaism, and Jewish life. Interviewees described daily consequences of these gaps: misconceptions about Jewish culture, limited awareness of the diversity of Jewish life, and insufficient understanding of antisemitism as both a historical and contemporary European phenomenon. These findings mirror research from Sweden, Germany, and Norway, where Jewish communities similarly report that educational shortcomings contribute to stereotypes and social exclusion. This proposal addresses the research question: What kind of antisemitism education does Finland need today, and how can art‑based pedagogies, particularly Forum Theatre, respond to these needs? The study aims to identify key educational needs expressed by Finnish Jews regarding how antisemitism should be addressed in formal and informal settings, and to examine the potential of Forum Theatre, a method within Augusto Boal’s Theatre of the Oppressed, as an embodied, participatory, and narrative‑based approach aligned with UNESCO’s guidelines and the needs articulated in the interviews. The theoretical framework integrates four interlinked components. 2. Cultural Encounter and Normalization: Respondents highlighted that personal encounters with Jewish individuals reduce prejudice. This need for visibility and normalization echoes findings from other European contexts with small Jewish populations. Encounters grounded in cultural practice, storytelling, and open dialogue were seen as essential to reducing social distance and dismantling othering processes. 3. Practice‑Based and Embodied Pedagogy: Interviewees stressed that education must move beyond knowledge and empathy to equip learners with the skills and confidence to intervene. They linked this to democratic participation, noting that antisemitism (and racism) requires active resistance. While UNESCO acknowledges behavioural competencies, its guidelines remain largely discussion‑based. Forum Theatre, by contrast, offers a practical way to rehearse real‑life interventions, shifting learners from passive spectators to active “spect‑actors.” 4. Holocaust Education: Although central in Finland, Holocaust education is widely critiqued by interviewees and researchers as limited, overly focused on victimhood, and disconnected from contemporary antisemitism. Many students appear desensitized or perceive the Holocaust as distant. UNESCO recommends grounding Holocaust education in personal narratives and societal context while highlighting antisemitism beyond the Second World War.
Both the interviews and wider European scholarship underline the need to integrate cognitive, emotional, embodied, and behavioural learning domains. While UNESCO promotes interactive and experiential approaches, such methods remain underdeveloped in many European systems. Forum Theatre offers an interactive structure in which participants move from observers to “spect‑actors,” rehearsing interventions into discriminatory scenarios. Boal’s concepts of metaxis, embodied reflection, and collective problem‑solving make the method particularly suitable for addressing sensitive topics such as antisemitism. Bárbara Santos’ feminist expansion further emphasizes relational and intersectional elements relevant across European contexts. Taken together, this study proposes that Forum Theatre can serve as a critical pedagogical bridge, responding to the educational needs identified in Finland and offering a transferable model for other European countries. With its emphasis on embodied rehearsal and learner agency, Forum Theatre holds particular promise for shifting students from passive empathy toward active responsibility. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper uses a qualitative, interpretive methodology, combining grounded theory analysis of interview materials with theoretical and pedagogical analysis of Forum Theatre. The primary dataset consists of interviews conducted by Czimbalmos and Pataricza with forty two Jewish adults residing in Finland between March and June 2024. Interviews were semi structured and focused on experiences and perceptions of antisemitism, definitions of antisemitism, and suggestions for educational or societal interventions. Thirty eight interviews included references to education. All transcripts were pseudonymized. Grounded theory (Strauss & Corbin 1990) guides the coding and categorization of themes emerging from the interviews. Key codes identified include: the limits of information based education, the role of personal stories and cultural encounters, emotional (mis)recognition and affective injustice, bystander inaction and responsibility, the need to teach the diversity and contemporaneity of Jewish culture and Holocaust education and its challenges. For the coding, NVivo software was used. These themes are compared systematically with UNESCO’s Strategies to Counter Antisemitism (2025) and Training Curriculum for Secondary Education Teachers (2020). The second methodological component is a conceptual and pedagogical analysis of Forum Theatre grounded in Boal (1979, 2006), Santos (2023) and other contemporary practitioners’ researches (eg. Kaptani et al., Alon et al.). The analysis focuses on how Forum Theatre’s structural elements, such as embodied rehearsal, metaxis, spect actor participation, and facilitated dialogue, align with the educational needs identified through grounded theory. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A Map of Educational Needs Identified by Finnish Jews that could be implemented in other European countries as well: Analysis of interview data will clarify what community members view as essential components of antisemitism education. Preliminary findings indicate strong support for: 1, narrative and experience based pedagogy, 2, visibility and normalization of Jewish culture 3, training supporting bystander intervention and 4, nuanced approaches to Holocaust education Findings will highlight divergences between UNESCO’s recommendations and the Finnish national curriculum, which currently lacks explicit content on antisemitism and largely frames Judaism only as a religion rather than a culture. The study articulates how Forum Theatre’s embodied, participatory, narrative driven nature responds to the four educational dimensions that emerged from the interviews: Forum Theatre’s metaxis enables participants to reflect on lived experiences while maintaining protective distance, making it particularly suitable for sensitive topics. The study will propose models for integrating Forum Theatre into (Finnish) schools and teacher training, including scenebased workshops and community collaborations with Jewish organizations. Overall, the expected result is an argument that Forum Theatre has the potential to be the critically needed pedagogical response to contemporary antisemitism in Finland. References Finnish National Board of Education. National Core Curriculum for Basic Education 2014. Porvoon Kirjakeskus, 2016. Alon, Chen, Sonja Arsham Kuftinec, and Ihsan Turkiyye. “Viewpoints on Israeli-Palestinian Theatrical Encounters.” In Youth and Theatre of the Oppressed, edited by Peter Duffy and Elinor Vettraino. Palgrave Macmillan US, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230105966_5. Bernstein, Julia, Marc Grimm, and Stefan Müller. “Addressing Antisemitism in Germany: Challenges and Possibilities in Society, School, and Education.” Journal of Contemporary Antisemitism 5, no. 2 (2022): 29–42. https://doi.org/10.26613/jca.5.2.114. Boal, Augosto. Theatre of the Oppressed. Theatre Communications Group, 2013. Boyd, Jonathan. Antisemitism in the Aftermath of October 7: What Do the Data Tell Us, and What More Do We Still Need to Know? Institute for Jewish Policy Research, 2024. https://doi.org/10.64359/vlapkwsg7. Czimbalmos, Mercédesz, Dóra Pataricza, and Joonas Tupala. KOKEMUKSIA JA NÄKEMYKSIÄ ANTISEMITISMISTÄ SUOMESSA. n.d. https://doi.org/10.7249/RRA3615-2. European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights, ed. Jewish People’s Experiences and Perceptions of Antisemitism: EU Survey of Jewish People. Publications Office, 2024. https://doi.org/10.2811/292167. Gibbs, Graham. Analyzing Qualitative Data. SAGE Publications, Ltd, 2007. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781849208574. Goodson, Ivor, Scherto Gill, and Scherto Gill. Narrative Pedagogy: Life History and Learning. Counterpoints, Vol. 386. Lang, 2011. Hammer, Aina. “Addressing Controversial Issues in Religious Education by Enacting and Rehearsing Democracy through Forum Theatre: Student Perspectives.” British Journal of Religious Education 45, no. 4 (2023): 404–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/01416200.2023.2177256. Kaptani, Erene, Suraiya Ismail, Frances Rifkin, and Maggie O’Neill. “Forum Theatre Practice as Lived Activism.” Critical Social Policy 44, no. 2 (2024): 325–39. https://doi.org/10.1177/02610183231223950.Mattson, Christer, Robin Andersson Malmros, and Morten Sager. Antisemitism in Sweden after 7 October. The Segerstedt Institute, 2024.Niedick, Jannis, Linda P. Juang, and Leo Bitter. “Education against Antisemitism. A Scoping Review.” Zeitschrift Für Bildungsforschung, ahead of print, January 14, 2026. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-025-00529-x.Santos, Bárbara. Teatro das Oprimidas: Estéticas Feministas para poéticas políticas. 2nd ed. With Jorge Pereira and Anaïs Héraud Louisadat. Jorge Pereira, 2023.Schraub, David H. “The Epistemic Dimension of Antisemitism.” SSRN Electronic Journal, ahead of print, 2021. https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3950684. Schweber, Simone. “‘Holocaust Fatigue’ in Teaching Today.” Social Education 70, no. 1 (2006).Thomas, Paul, and Abdul-Razak Kuyini Alhassan. “Challenging Antisemitism: A Pedagogical Approach in a Norwegian School.” In Confronting Antisemitism from Perspectives of Philosophy and Social Sciences, edited by Armin Lange, Kerstin Mayerhofer, Dina Porat, and Lawrence H. Schiffman. De Gruyter, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110671971-017.UNESCO. Strategies to Counter Antisemitism: A Handbook for Educators. UNESCO, 2025. https://doi.org/10.54675/ZRVW7864.Zembylas, Michalinos. “The Affective Dimension Of Epistemic Injustice.” Educational Theory 72, no. 6 (2022): 703–25. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12554 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper "Immigrants in their Homeland": Navigating Education, Identity, and Class among Palestinian Parents Choosing Jewish Schools Ben-Gurion University, Israel Presenting Author:School choice is often analyzed through the lens of neoliberal policy or class strategy. However, for indigenous minorities in conflict-ridden societies, the choice of a hegemonic school system creates a profound dissonance between the desire for social mobility and the imperative of cultural preservation. This paper examines the unique case of middle-class Palestinian citizens of Israel who have migrated from Arab localities in the north to Jewish-majority towns in the southern periphery ("Emerging Mixed Cities"). We conceptualize these parents as "Immigrants in their Homeland": internal migrants who cross invisible but rigid ethno-national borders for employment and education, and find themselves navigating a "Double Periphery" - geographically distant from their cultural centers and socially alienated from the local population. Drawing on critical sociology of education, the study asks: How do these parents navigate the tension between the neoliberal aspiration for success and the national need for survival? Ultimately, the paper argues that these parents bear a "Double Burden." They function simultaneously as agents of neoliberal social mobility (pushing for academic excellence in Hebrew) and as agents of national resilience (preserving Palestinian identity at home). Their story illustrates that for minorities in conflict zones, school choice is a "Faustian bargain," where the home must constantly compensate for the erasures of the school. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study utilizes a qualitative, interpretative methodology to explore the lived experiences of Palestinian parents navigating the Israeli education market. The research focuses on the southern periphery of Israel, specifically in urban centers officially designated as "Jewish localities" but functioning as de facto "Emerging Mixed Cities" (Totry-Jubran, 2018) due to the influx of middle-class Palestinian professionals. The study is based on 50 in-depth semi-structured interviews. The sample consists of 45 interviews conducted in Arabic and 5 in Hebrew. The participants are Palestinian internal migrants who moved from the north/center of Israel to the south. This demographic distinction is crucial: unlike the local Bedouin population, these participants represent an upwardly mobile middle class (doctors, engineers, academics) whose educational choices are driven by a distinct set of class habitus and identity conflicts. The interviews were conducted during two highly volatile periods: the "Dignity Uprising" (May 2021) and the onset of the War in Gaza (October 2023). This temporal context is methodologically significant because it brought to the surface the tension between the parents' desire for integration and the reality of enmity and securitization. Data were analyzed using inductive thematic analysis. The research team, comprising both Palestinian and Jewish researchers, engaged in a reflexive analysis of the narratives, focusing on how parents construct the "story" of their choice - from the initial dilemma, through the daily coping with racism, to the proactive strategies of identity preservation at home. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The educational strategies of Palestinian internal migrants in Israel offer a compelling case study of "Compromised Agency". The findings challenge the binary view of school choice as either assimilation or resistance. Instead, we observe a complex duality: First, Education as a Survival Strategy. For these parents, choosing a Jewish school is a pragmatic deployment of class capital to bypass the "social containment" of the neglected Arab education system. It is an act of claiming the right to quality education, even if it means crossing enemy lines. Second, The Privatization of Identity. The state's refusal to provide high-quality, culturally relevant education forces parents to privatize the transmission of national identity. The home becomes a "bunker" of Palestinian narrative, tasked with undoing the erasure performed by the school. The study concludes that these parents are "Immigrants in their Homeland" - not only geographically but institutionally. They live in a permanent state of translation and negotiation, carrying the heavy load of ensuring their children can succeed in the Israeli economy without ceasing to be Palestinian. This underscores the need for policy makers to recognize that "integration" without cultural recognition is merely a form of erasure, forcing families to live in a perpetual state of defense. References Abu-Saad, I. (2006). State-controlled education and identity formation among the Palestinian Arab minority in Israel. American Behavioral Scientist, 49(8), 1085–1100. Ball, S. J. (2003). Class strategies and the education market: The middle classes and social advantage. Routledge. Bental, B., & Shami, L. (2023). Migration Patterns in Mixed Cities in Israel: Socioeconomic Perspectives. Taub Center for Social Policy Studies in Israel. Biddle, N., & Boyd, H. (2006). An analysis of the internal migration of Indigenous and non-Indigenous Australians. The Australian Journal of Labour Economics, 9(4), 321–341. Blatman-Thomas, K. (2017). Commuting for rights: Circular mobilities and regional identities of Palestinians in a Jewish-Israeli town. Geoforum, 78, 22–32. Haidar, A., & Bar-Haim, E. (2022). Marginalized yet flourishing: The remarkable growth of the Palestinian middle class in Israel. The American Sociologist, 53(4), 532-556. Karkabi, N. (2021). The impossible quest of Nasreen Qadri to claim colonial privilege in Israel. In Culture and Conflict in Palestine/Israel (pp. 48–68). Routledge. Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interviews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. Sage. Lamphere, L. (2007). Migration, assimilation and the cultural construction of identity: Navajo perspectives. Ethnic and racial studies, 30(6), 1132-1151. Lareau, A. (2003/2011). Unequal childhoods: Class, race, and family life. University of California Press. Lareau A., Weininger E. B., Warner-Griffin C. (2021). Structural constraints and the school choice strategies of black American middle-class parents. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 42(4), 490–505. Lingard, B. (2020). Toward a global political sociology of school choice policies. Educational policy, 34(1), 261-280. Nasser, I., & Abu-Nimer, M. (2022). Marginalizing Palestinians in historic Palestine (Israel) through education. In Oxford research encyclopaedia of education. Posey-Maddox, L., De Royston, M. M., Holman, A. R., Rall, R. M., & Johnson, R. A. (2021). No choice is the “right” choice: Black parents’ educational decision-making in their search for a “good” school. Harvard Educational Review, 91(1), 38-61. Rollock, N., Gillborn, D., Vincent, C., & Ball, S. J. (2015). The colour of class: The educational strategies of the Black middle classes. Routledge. Vincent, C., Rollock, N., Ball, S., & Gillborn, D. (2012). Being strategic, being watchful, being determined: Black middle-class parents and schooling. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 33(3), 337–354. Yiftachel, O. (2023). Deepening apartheid: The political geography of colonizing Israel/Palestine. Frontiers in Political Science, 4. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 07 SES 11 C: Rethinking Knowledge and Epistemologies for Social Justice in Education Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Hanna Tomaszewska-Pękała Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Ecological Toponymy as Social Justice: Reclaiming Indigenous Epistemologies and Land Rights Beyond Domestic Containment Ritsumeikan University, Japan Presenting Author:Research Question and Objectives: Addressing Epistemic Violence Current Ainu education policies in Japan are fundamentally limited by a framework of "domestic cultural preservation," which perpetuates epistemic violence against Indigenous people. As critical analyses indicate, the "Ainu Culture Promotion Act" depoliticizes Ainu identity, confining it to a safe cultural sphere while severing connections to historical land stewardship and political rights (Okuda, 2001; Sato, 2012). This "domestic containment" functions as a colonial mechanism that denies the Ainu people their epistemic sovereignty—the right to define their own relationship with the land. Consequently, education fails to address the structural injustices of dispossession, treating Ainu heritage as a museum artifact rather than a living system of Indigenous rights. This research asks: How can language education be transformed into a practice of social justice that reclaims Indigenous land rights and ecological sovereignty? The objective is to shift the educational paradigm from "cultural appreciation" to "epistemological restoration." We propose a pedagogical framework that utilizes toponymy (place names) not merely for linguistic preservation, but as a tool for restorative justice, challenging the colonial erasure of Indigenous geography and asserting trans-border Indigenous rights. Theoretical Framework: Ecological Semantics for Justice To operationalize this shift, this study employs Ecological Semantics within a Social Justice framework. We posit that the colonial renaming of the land (using Japanese Kanji) was an act of injustice that obscured the Traditional Ecological Knowledge (TEK) embedded in Ainu place names. By analyzing place names through Langacker’s (1993) "reference-point structure," we demonstrate that these names encode sophisticated systems of resource management and "affordances" (Gibson, 1979). Reclaiming these names is an act of Environmental Justice, proving that the Ainu people possess a distinct, scientifically valid stewardship over the northern ecosystem that predates the modern nation-state. European and International Dimension This study addresses the urgent European and global challenge of decolonising education to achieve social equity. The struggle against "domestic containment" resonates with the experiences of the Sámi in Scandinavia and other marginalized groups in Europe, where national education systems often fail to accommodate trans-border Indigenous rights. By offering a model that links toponymy directly to human rights and epistemic justice, this research contributes to the European discourse on Critical Intercultural Education. It provides a transferable framework for educators working to dismantle structural inequalities and empower marginalized communities through the restoration of their ecological and cultural heritage. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Toponymic Database as Counter-Narrative The primary instrument for this study is a comprehensive database containing approximately 15,000 Ainu place names (Inoue, 2025). This database serves as empirical evidence to construct a counter-narrative against the dominant colonial history. Unlike previous state-centric studies, this dataset spans the full historical Ainu cultural sphere, including Northern Honshu, the southern half of Sakhalin (Russia), and the Kuril Islands. This wide geographical scope physically evidences a transnational Indigenous territory that transcends modern borders, exposing the injustice of confining Ainu rights solely within Japanese domestic law. Analytical Method: Cognitive Linguistics for Rights Assertion We employ a qualitative analysis based on Cognitive Linguistics to decode the "silenced knowledge" embedded in these names. We categorize toponyms based on their semantic reference points: Resource Sovereignty: Names indicating specific rights to food and water (e.g., "The river owned by our community"). Habitation and Stewardship: Names indicating historical occupancy and land management (e.g., "The place for processing fish"). Ecological Warnings: Names serving as intergenerational safety knowledge. This analysis reveals that Ainu place names are not just labels but legal and ecological archives of land use. Analyzing them makes visible the structural erasure committed by the Japanese state and provides linguistic evidence to support claims for land rights and self-determination. Pedagogical Application: Critical Intercultural Education The research explores how this data can be translated into Critical Intercultural Education. We propose a pedagogy of "Reading the Land for Justice," where learners decode the landscape to uncover the layers of colonial history and Indigenous survival. This method fosters critical consciousness (Freirean conscientização) regarding the relationship between language, power, and land. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Restoring Epistemic Sovereignty The primary outcome is a model for Social Justice Education that restores "epistemic sovereignty" to the Ainu people. The findings demonstrate that Ainu place names constitute a valid, independent epistemology that challenges the legitimacy of colonial land administration. By reclaiming these names, education becomes a practice of restorative justice, allowing learners to experience the land not as "Hokkaido" (a colonial designation) but as Aynu-mosir (Human Land), grounded in Indigenous rights. Transnational Solidarity and Human Rights Furthermore, this study establishes that Ainu education must assert the right to connect with global movements for Indigenous Human Rights. The existence of Ainu place names across Russian and Japanese territories proves that Ainu rights are inherently a trans-border issue, exposing the limitations of nationalistic education. This finding empowers the Ainu community to bypass state "containment" and align with international frameworks like the UNDRIP (Article 13). Ultimately, this research offers a pathway for Intercultural Education to move beyond superficial dialogue toward the substantive restoration of rights and the rectification of historical injustices. References Gibson, J. J. (1979). The Ecological Approach to Visual Perception. Houghton Mifflin. Inoue, T. (2025). Visualizing the Indigenous rights of the Ainu People: Establishment of online database of the Ainu placenames. International Journal of Languages, Literature and Linguistics, 11(2), 117-120. Langacker, R. W. (1993). Reference-point constructions. Cognitive Linguistics, 4, 1–38. Okuda, O. (2001). "Ainu Language Revitalization and the Responsibility of Researchers" [in Japanese]. Chiba University Eurasian Language and Culture Studies, 4, 103-110. Sato, T. (2012). "Current Status and Revitalization of the Ainu Language" [in Japanese]. Linguistic Research, 142, 29-44. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Who Knows? Negotiating Epistemic Legitimacy in an Adult Basic Education Context University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The objective of this presentation is to explore how knowledges were constructed as more or less legitimate or valuable, in a Finnish adult basic education (ABE) context. I report on data from a 5-year ethnographic study in rural community college that offered adult basic education (ABE) to students with interrupted educational trajectories. More specifically, I offer examples related to one of my focal students, Hanadi (a pseudonym), a women who relocated to Finland from Afghanistan via Iran. I discuss how some of the knowledges she enacted at school (e.g. art-making) were marked as more or less legitimate, both within specific interactions, and over time. To do this, I draw on decolonial scholarship in the area of epistemic justice that understands knowledges as geopolitically and sociopolitically shaped. As a theoretical starting point, I understand current knowledge landscapes in schools as shaped by epistemic oppression (Mitova, 2020), which has historical roots in colonialism. Colonial attempts to erase Indigenous/subaltern knowledges and replaced them with so-called “western” created the illusion of an epistemic “zero point” (Castro-Gomez, 2007), from which the universality of Eurocentric knowledges is promoted (Posholi, 2020). This effort continues today, albeit maybe more subtly, through the normalization of epistemic structures in modern nations states, or what Quijano (2007) has referred to as coloniality of knowledge. For the Finnish context, colonial complicity (Vuorela et al., 2009) can also be a helpful concept to understand the participation of white-perceived or traditionally victim-positioned (e.g. Finland as victim of Russian occupation) societies in a colonial world order. As Finland is, like many other European countries, reckoning with its role as a colonial power, I use international and emerging Finnish decolonial theory to shed light on the ways in which colonial practices and logics permeate the Finnish society and educational system, including in its relationship with migrant communities. The maintenance of colonial logics is particularly evident in the education of forced migrants from the Global South, or, as in this study, students from so-called SWANA (Southwest Asian and North African) contexts. Against this backdrop, I tell parts of Hanadi’s story at Asema School (a pseudonym), in respond to my overarching question: How is epistemic il/legitimacy of knowledges constructed in one Finnish ABE context? Answering this question by focusing on Hanadi and her knowledges of art-making, pain sharing, and home-claiming not only illustrates how epistemic value can be claimed, withheld, and change over time, it also directly speaks to the Eurocentric nature of educational practices and policies, and inspires question about the possibilities for decolonial pedagogies.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In Finland, Adult basic education (ABE) is organized by schools, municipalities, or third sector operators and financed by the Ministry of Education and Culture. ABE teachers serve one of the most heterogeneous groups of students in Finland, particularly in terms of their linguistic, racial/ethnic, and educational backgrounds. Data for this study was collected at a school I call “Asema” in small-town Finland, which, at the time of data collection, served almost exclusively students with forced migration background and interrupted formal education. I began the process of informed consent shortly after I first entered the field. Information to the participants was provided in simple Finnish and English, both orally and in writing, and supported with illustrations. 12 teachers (of Math, Literacy, Finnish, Culture Courses, History, Science, and Biology) and 55 students volunteered to participate in the study. The overarching study examined the discursive construction of epistemic il/legitimacy and was funded by the Finnish Research Council (2020-2025). Data for this paper was collected through a critical ethnographic approach between 2020 and 2024. Together with my research team, [researcher 1] and [researcher 2], I collected 35 open-ended semi-structured and 10 unstructured interviews with students and teachers, 88 hours of audio recordings from classrooms and school-based events, 12 hours of audio recordings from workshops with teachers, and fieldnotes documenting about 120 hours of participant observation. Following the organization, transcription, and anonymization of the data, we conducted a qualitative analysis using a coding scheme informed by the study’s theoretical framework (deductive coding). At the same time, we developed additional codes grounded in patterns and phenomena emerging from the data itself (inductive coding). An iterative movement between these approaches (abductive coding), combined with regular analytic meetings, supported the refinement of our analytical framework. During this process, we also identified focal excerpts for in-depth analysis, specifically discourse and moment analysis (Li Wei, 2011). Across all transcripts and fieldnotes, we then consolidated our codes into broader themes that aligned with the study’s overarching research question about the construction of epistemic legitimacy and illegitimacy. For the purposes of this presentation, I focus on data related to Hanadi, which allows for an illustration of how epistemic discourses are both locally constructed in interaction and developed over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings I present my findings through four examples that illustrate different aspects of epistemic negotiation at Asema. Hanadi’s house: Knowing and belonging In her first year at Asema, Hanadi shared images of a house she had constructed from cardboard, fabric, paper, and plastic. The artwork was modeled after Finnish houses and served as the set for a stop-motion film she hoped to produce. I analyze this house as a claim to belonging and as a product of transknowledging (Heugh, 2021) and offer a theorization of Hanadi’s artistic knowledges as demonstrating the entanglement of knowing and belonging. I ask what pedagogies might look like if belonging was a starting point rather than a precondition for legitimate knowing. Becoming a daycare teacher: Epistemic reorienting Although Hanadi initially articulated a strong artistic and designer identity, drawing on familial knowledges, these discourses shifted over time. Following interactions with educational advisers and migration authorities, her epistemic identity was reoriented toward becoming a daycare teacher, a high-need profession in Finland. I read this shift through the lens of epistemic lines (Ndlovu-Gatsheni, 2018) that are continually drawn and redrawn and apply Kubota and Motha’s (2024) concept of raciolinguistic essentialism to show how racioepistemic essentialism manifests. Knowledges of pain After the Taliban, who had killed Hanadi’s mother and destroyed her home, regained control of Afghanistan in 2021, Hanadi shared stories about her family members still living in Kabul. Framed as enacted knowledges of pain (KoP, Author, 2024), I reflect on KoP as legitimate epistemic resources that are not instrumentalized or extracted. I further argue that their primary function in the classroom was to create moments of horizontal solidarity among the students. I conclude by discussing implications of my work for researchers, teachers, teacher educators, and policymakers, and by considering what epistemically just education entails in the Finnish and broader European context. References Author, 2024 Castro-Gómez, S. (2007). The missing chapter of empire: Postmodern reorganization of coloniality and post-Fordist capitalism. Cultural studies, 21(2-3), 428-448. Heugh, K. (2023). Multilingualism, plurilingualism, translanguaging and transknowledging: Recharting languages education futures. Babel, 57(1/2), 7-10. Kubota, R., & Motha, S. (2024). Introduction: Race, racism, and antiracism in language education. In R. Kubota and S. Motha (Eds.). Race, racism, and antiracism in language education (pp. 1-26). Routledge. Li Wei. (2011). Moment analysis and translanguaging space: Discursive construction of identities by multilingual Chinese youth in Britain. Journal of pragmatics, 43(5), 1222-1235. Mitova, V. (2020). Decolonising knowledge here and now. Philosophical Papers, 49(2), 191-212. Ndlovu-Gatsheni, S. (2018). The dynamics of epistemological decolonisation in the 21st century: Towards epistemic freedom. The Strategic Review for Southern Africa, 40(1). Quijano, A. (2007). Coloniality and modernity/rationality. Cultural studies, 21(2-3), 168-178. Posholi, L. (2020). Epistemic decolonization as overcoming the hermeneutical injustice of eurocentrism. Philosophical Papers, 49(2), 279-304. Vuorela, U., Keskinen, S., Tuori, S., Irni, S., & Mulinari, D. (2009). Complying with Colonialism: Gender, Race, and Ethnicity in the Nordic Region. Routledge. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper The Sensible Dimension in the Epistemological Debate: An Alternative Barometer for Social Justice and Intercultural Education Universidade Lusófona, CeiED - Portugal Presenting Author:Contemporary debates on social justice and intercultural education emphasise the need to address epistemic injustice and the persistence of colonial hierarchies in educational knowledge production. Decolonial and critical intercultural approaches have shown how dominant epistemologies exclude non-hegemonic ways of knowing, producing what has been conceptualised as epistemicide (Santos, 2000; Santos & Meneses, 2014). Despite these critiques, educational theory and practice often remain grounded in modern rationalities that privilege cognitive and discursive forms of knowledge. As a result, embodied, affective, and experiential dimensions of human experience are marginalised or treated as merely expressive, rather than recognised as epistemologically legitimate. This exclusion constitutes a persistent form of epistemic injustice with direct implications for justice-oriented and intercultural education. This proposal argues that social justice in education cannot be achieved solely through curricular inclusion or discursive recognition if epistemological foundations remain unchanged. Critical interculturality has demonstrated that functional or liberal approaches frequently fail to challenge the structures that sustain inequality (Walsh, 2010; 2013). When intercultural education remains anchored in rationalist and representational models of knowledge, it risks reproducing the hierarchies it seeks to overcome (Quijano, 2000). In this context, the marginalisation of the sensible dimension - understood as embodied, affective, and experiential knowing - operates as an epistemic absence that limits the transformative potential of social justice education. In response to these challenges, the study addresses the following research questions:
The main objective of the research is to conceptualise the sensible dimension as an epistemological condition within processes of human formation and educational knowledge production. Rather than opposing reason or reducing knowledge to affective experience, the study proposes an alternative epistemological orientation termed Plural Reason. Plural Reason designates an integrative form of rationality that articulates thinking and feeling, cognition and sensibility, without subordinating one to the other. This orientation resonates with decolonial critiques of epistemic monoculture and with calls for an ecology of knowledges grounded in plurality and critical vigilance (Santos et al., 2004; Santos & Meneses, 2014). Within this framework, the study introduces the concept of the Language of the Sensible Dimension as a communicative and epistemological pathway through which sensibility becomes articulated and shared as meaningful knowledge. Framing the sensible as language challenges its confinement to the subjective and affirms its role in dialogue and critical awareness (Mignolo, 2011). The proposal develops a three-stage conceptual model - perception, integration, and exteriorization - explaining how the sensible dimension operates within educational and formative processes. This model draws on phenomenological and neurobiological perspectives that emphasise the inseparability of feeling and knowing (Damásio, 2010; 2021), as well as on approaches that conceptualise sensibility as a structured dimension of experience (Bois & Austry, 2008). The theoretical framework brings into dialogue decolonial analyses of coloniality of knowledge (Quijano, 1991; 2000; Mignolo, 2001) with critical interculturality and perspectives on human formation. Art, particularly artistic and musical experience, is theorised as a privileged epistemological mediation through which the sensible dimension becomes accessible and communicable, supporting processes of epistemic disobedience and re-existence (Mignolo, 2011; Walsh, 2013). By foregrounding sensibility as an epistemological condition for ethical and relational learning, the study argues that justice-oriented education requires not only new contents of knowledge, but also new ways of sensing, feeling, and relating. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative and interpretive research design grounded in a hermeneutic approach informed by decolonial and critical intercultural perspectives. The methodological orientation derives from the nature of the research object, understood as multidimensional and relational, and from the need to analyse meanings associated with art, sensibility, and human formation that exceed purely descriptive or instrumental approaches. The research is structured around five interrelated analytical categories: decoloniality, human formation through art, critical interculturality, and the language of the sensible dimension. Methodologically, the study follows a qualitative and comprehensive logic, drawing on hermeneutic and discourse analysis of selected theoretical texts and educational contributions related to art, education, and decolonial thought. The analysis assumes that educational discourse is situated and value-laden, carrying historical, cultural, and ideological dimensions that shape how knowledge and subjectivity are constructed. In this sense, interpretation is understood as a process of meaning-making rather than as the extraction of fixed or universal meanings. Paul Ricoeur’s hermeneutic framework provides a key methodological reference, particularly his conception of interpretation as plural and dialogical (1986). In line with this perspective, the analysis acknowledges the coexistence of multiple interpretations and explores the tensions between implicit, symbolic, and experiential dimensions of meaning and more explicit, discursive articulations. These interpretive movements are not treated as oppositional, but are brought into dialogue through critical reflection aimed at clarifying, re-signifying, and integrating meanings. Within this methodological framework, artistic experience is approached as a privileged site for examining how sensibility operates as a dimension of knowledge in educational contexts. Art is not used as empirical data, but as a conceptual and educational reference that supports the analysis of epistemic assumptions and pedagogical implications. This approach enables the study to connect epistemological critique with educational concerns, offering a framework relevant to justice-oriented, intercultural, and arts-based educational practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to contribute to debates on social justice and intercultural education by offering a theoretically grounded framework that repositions sensibility as a central epistemological dimension in processes of human formation. By addressing the dominance of rationalist models of knowledge, the research clarifies how the exclusion of embodied and affective ways of knowing sustains epistemic injustice and limits the transformative scope of education oriented toward decolonial and emancipatory aims. A central outcome of the study is the development of the Language of the Sensible Dimension as a framework for understanding how sensibility operates through different stages within educational and formative processes. Drawing on the paradigm of the sensible developed by Bois and Austry (2008), and articulated through a decolonial lens, this framework identifies structured phases through which embodied experience becomes epistemologically productive. This contribution is expected to support educational research by offering tools that move beyond abstract critiques toward more precise analytical and pedagogical orientations. Another expected outcome is the articulation of Plural Reason as an alternative epistemological orientation that integrates thinking and feeling without reproducing dichotomies between reason and sensibility. This orientation challenges instrumental and capital-centred models of education by foregrounding human formation, ethical responsibility, and relational awareness as core educational concerns. Doing so, conceptual resources are seen for rethinking education not merely as human capital development, but as a space for forming socially and interculturally engaged subjects. Finally, by placing artistic experience at the centre of epistemological reflection, the study offers orientations for educational practices that seek to foster plural ways of thinking and feeling. The outcomes are expected to inform future research, teacher education, and curriculum development in the arts, humanities, and intercultural education, supporting approaches to social justice that are grounded in embodied awareness, critical reflection, and collective responsibility. References Bois, D., & Austry, D. (2008). A emergência do paradigma do sensível. Revista @mbienteeducação, 1(1), 1–20. Damásio, A. (2010). Self Comes to Mind: Constructing the Conscious Brain. New York: Pantheon. Damásio, A. (2021). Feeling and Knowing: Making Minds Conscious. New York: Pantheon. Mignolo, W. D. (2001). La colonialidad: la cara oculta de la modernidad. In Cosmópolis: El trasfondo de la modernidad (pp. 39–49). Barcelona: Península. Mignolo, W. D. (2004). Os esplendores e as misérias da “ciência”: colonialidade, geopolítica do conhecimento e pluri-versalidade epistémica. In B. de Sousa Santos (Ed.), Conhecimento prudente para uma vida decente (pp. 667–709). São Paulo: Cortez. Mignolo, W. D. (2011). Aesthesis decolonial. Calle14: Revista de Investigación en el Campo del Arte, 6(8), 10–25. Quijano, A. (1991). Colonialidad y modernidad/racionalidad. Perú Indígena, 13(29), 11–29. Quijano, A. (2000). Coloniality of power and social classification. Journal of World-Systems Research, 6(2), 342–386. Ricoeur, P., 1986. Du texte à l’action. Essai d’herméneutique II. Éditions du Seuil Santos, B. de Sousa (2000). A crítica da razão indolente: Contra o desperdício da experiência. Porto: Edições Afrontamento. Santos, B. de Sousa, Nunes, J. A., & Meneses, M. P. (2004). Para ampliar o cânone da ciência: a diversidade epistemológica do mundo. In B. de Sousa Santos (Ed.), Semear outras soluções (pp. 19–101). Porto: Edições Afrontamento. Santos, B. de Sousa, & Meneses, M. P. (Eds.). (2014). Epistemologies of the South: Justice against epistemicide. Boulder, CO: Paradigm Publishers. Walsh, C. (2010). Interculturalidad crítica y educación intercultural. In J. Viaña, L. Tapia, & C. Walsh (Eds.), Construyendo interculturalidad crítica (pp. 75–96). La Paz: Instituto Internacional de Integración. Walsh, C. (2013). Lo pedagógico y lo decolonial: entretejiendo caminos. In C. Walsh (Ed.), Pedagogías decoloniales (Vol. I, pp. 23–68). Quito: Abya-Yala. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Hospicing Modernity in ECEC: A Different Starting Point for Research Concerning Socioeconomic Inequalities and Social Justice 1: University of Inland Norway, Norway; 2: Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway Presenting Author:Internationally, in conversations about how to reduce economic and social inequalities in society, there is considerable interest in the role early childhood education and care (ECEC) can play in achieving political goals, such as social mobility for children growing up in low-income families and improved student achievement at later stages of education (see e.g. Familiedepartementet, 2024; Strietholt et al., 2020). Moreover, in the Norwegian context where we are positioned, there seems to be a growing interest in how ECEC can function as social equalizers (Familiedepartementet, 2024; Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2024). This paper emerges from an ongoing project in which we engage with how early childhood is entangled with the issue of socioeconomic differences. And further with how educational institutions for young children are understood as both part of and as solutions to challenges often associated with socioeconomic differences in the broader society, such as social exclusion, health problems, low educational achievement and barriers to labour market participation. More specifically, in the project we are interested in responsibilities given ECEC institutions in relation to socioeconomic differences and the above-mentioned associated challenges, and in kinds of research and pedagogies these hopeful imaginaries seem to both produce and sideline.
The educational responses ECEC institutions are encouraged to practice in relation to the above-mentioned inequalities, through policy, research and other knowledge-producing fields such as media, depends on how children and childhoods are philosophically approached, and what kind of knowledge these approaches might create (and not). It is here, at the intersection of onto-epistemology, knowledge creation, and pedagogical practices that our project takes shape. Inspired by Nxumalo and Brown (2020) and de Oliveira (2021), among others, we understand pedagogical work aimed at social and economic equity as something more than just a problem to be solved, but rather as a complex difficulty requiring sustained attention and effort. To sit with this complex difficulty we think and imagine with the concept ‘hospicing’ (Andreotti et al., 2015), which might help us turn our gaze towards how we have arrived at this situation as a society, and which, instead of accelerating more of the same as a response, can provide a foundation for palliative care and open up for other pedagogical practices. The presentation also engages with figurations as a theoretical-methodological concept. In tracing modern figurations of child, we lean on insights from thinkers such as Claudia Castañeda (2002), Erica Burman (2024), and Donna Haraway (1988, 2008). Our interest in modern figurations of child and childhood thus lies in a) what these figurations bodies forth, b) their relations to the world-making circulations of ideas about ECEC as a means to reduce social inequalities and exclusion, c) and how one through tracings of these figurations might push to dissolve the spell of modernity (Andreotti & Pietroiusti, 2023) and make space for more liberatory ways to engage with injustices in ECEC. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As Haraway writes forth, figures help her “grapple inside the flesh of mortal world-making entanglements that [she] call[s] contact zones” (Haraway, 2008, p. 4). Thinking with Haraway (2008), “figures are not representations or didactic illustrations, but rather material–semiotic nodes or knots in which diverse bodies and meanings coshape one another” (p. 5). Within modernity, however, conceptions of personhood are treated as social categories where certain properties can be ascribed and attributed to a delineated group of persons. These processes are located in time and space and therefore bring forth particular conceptions of child and childhood. One of the problems with such conceptions is the ongoing reification of them. Categories tend to be used as if they are representations of concrete children, childhoods or persons. As Lee (2020) frames it, actual children go about their lives “shadowed by a figure of ‘the child’”, a figure that has “deep historical, cultural, and political roots” (p. 190). In formulations such as “the flexible child”, “the innocent child”, “the robust child” or “the vulnerable child” these reifications continue. Castañeda (2002; 2020) brings Haraway’s concept of figurations into childhood studies. She argues that “to inhabit these figures as a theorist is both to account for their power and to make space for alternative, more liberatory figurations” (Castañeda, 2020, p. 317). Processes of figuration might ascribe and generate ideal and hierarchical notions of child and childhood, that according to Burman (2024, p. 1), can be seen to rely upon or be co-constitutive of abjected or peripheral children and childhoods. In tentative acts of palliative care for (hospicing) modernity, it is important to be both “properly taught by”, and “to attend to” its earlier and ongoing affliction (Andreaotti et al., 2015 p. 28). One of the methodological approaches we are exploring to become able to do this philosophical labour of care, is tracings of modern figurations of child and childhood. A possible next step then, can be to trace how figurations of child and childhood participate in the constitution of hierarchical or peripheral children and childhoods. Through tracings of figurations of child and childhood we are in the midst of attempting to learn from modern conceptions of personhood, child and childhood, and to explore our own self-implicatedness (Andreotti et al., 2015, p. 28) within these figurations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the conference call encourages, we curiously reach out for a methodological approach which might help us create knowledge about how we can continue to live in times of polycrises. Andreotti (Andreotti & Pietroiusti, 2023, para. 2 ) connects this time of polycrises to what she calls “the spell of modernity”. Through hospicing modernity she seeks to find remedies and tools to keep on living and giving palliative care for modernity. We will share our tracings from readings of various texts, such as policy documents, research reports, journal articles, seminal historical texts and curriculum in ECEC teacher education, as well as other informal sources such as mass media and social media. With Castañeda (2002, p. 3) we ask: What figurations can be traced through these texts and what might these figurations have bodied forth and continue to body forth? Thus, we are curious about and are exploring what properties are ascribed discursively (semiotically) to figurations of child and childhood within modern knowledge practices. Further we explore what material practices are generated and constituted in entanglement with these discursive practices. By tracing and presenting figurations of modern notions of personhood, children, and childhood, this presentation seeks to contribute with methodological explorations of how knowledge production related to social inequality can be conducted. In this respect, the presentation aims to experiment with ways to learn from the afflictions of modernity as an entry to carefully dismantle some of modernity's spells that contribute to maintaining particular figurations of children and childhood, as well as the expectations related to their outcomes. The findings we will share in this presentation are some of the figurations, along with some preliminary thoughts on what such a methodology might contribute for creating fugitive spaces (Trafi Prats, 2024). References Andreotti, V. M. de & Pietroiusti, L. (2023). Hospicing Modernity: A Conversation. E-flux Journal, Issue 139, 10/23. https://www.e-flux.com/journal/139/561748/hospicing-modernity-a-conversation Andreotti, V. O., Stein, S., Ahenakew, C. & Dallas, H. (2015) Mapping interpretations of decolonization in the context of higher education, Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education & Society, 4(1), 21-40. Burman, E. (2024). Child As Method. Routledge Castañeda, C. (2002). Figurations of child: Child, Bodies, Worlds. Duke University Press Castañeda, C. (2020). Childhood as figuration, in Cook, D. T. (Ed.), The Sage Encyclopedia of Children and Childhood Studies (p. 316-317), SAGE Publications. Familiedepartementet. (2024). En barndom for livet – Økt tilhørighet, mestring og læring for barn i fattige familier. Revidert utgave, desember 2024. https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/df568c8ea68f48d6b03f2cca6149cf77/no/pdfs/barn-i-fattige-familier.pdf Haraway, D. (2008). When Species Meet. University of Minnesota Press. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges : The science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575-599. https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066 Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2024). Et jevnere utdanningsløp. Barnehage og skole/SFO som innsats mot ulikhet blant barn. Kunnskapsdepartementet. Lee, N. (2020). Child, in Cook, D. T. (Ed.), The Sage Encyclopedia of Children and Childhood Studies, 189-195, SAGE Publications. Strietholt, R., Hogrebe, N., & Zachrisson, H. D. (2020). Do increases in national-level preschool enrollment increase student achievement? Evidence from international assessments. International Journal of Educational Development, 79, 102287. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2020.102287 Trafi Prats, L. (2024). Fugitive Study at University: Moving Beyond Neoliberal Affect Through Aesthetic Experimentation with Space-Times. The International Journal of Art and Design Education, 43(3), 363-378. https://doi-org.ezproxy.inn.no/10.1111/jade.12515 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 08 SES 11 A: The Shape of Student Wellbeing: Past Legacies and Future Directions Location: Saariselkä | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Ros McLellan Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Carrying the Past: Embodied Legacies of Historical Trauma in Irish School Wellbeing Reform Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:Across global education systems, wellbeing has become a central policy priority. In Ireland, this shift is reflected in the Wellbeing Policy Statement and Framework for Practice and the embedding of wellbeing within curriculum reform. Yet despite strong policy aspirations, a persistent gap remains between the ideals of wellbeing and the realities of enactment. This paper argues that contemporary wellbeing efforts cannot be understood, or meaningfully realised, without acknowledging the enduring influence of Ireland’s historical traumas; including colonial domination, Church - State governance, and institutional abuse. These legacies have left deep psychological, relational, and cultural imprints that continue to shape the emotional life of schools. The purpose of this conceptual paper is to examine how historical, intergenerational, and institutional trauma continue to shape Irish educational culture, and to argue for a deep, reparative approach to wellbeing that moves beyond surface-level interventions. The paper interrogates whether current wellbeing initiatives can be effective without a sustained reckoning with the painful histories that are embodied in the everyday emotional lives of teachers and students; shaping how wellbeing is enacted and felt in schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a conceptual, theoretically informed analysis that draws on trauma theory (e.g., neurobiology, intergenerational transmission, institutional betrayal), collective memory studies, and the Power Threat Meaning Framework to explore the intersections between historical trauma and contemporary wellbeing policy. The Irish educational system is used as a case study to illuminate wider global patterns relevant to societies marked by historical trauma. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper demonstrates that Ireland’s legacy of coercive authority, emotional repression, and institutional silence continues to influence relationships, expectations, and behaviours within schools. These historical dynamics help explain persistent challenges in wellbeing enactment, and superficial engagement with wellbeing initiatives. The analysis argues that wellbeing efforts risk remaining ineffective, and potentially harmful f they fail to address these deeper cultural and structural inheritances. A reparative wellbeing approach must therefore prioritise relational safety, truth-telling, institutional accountability, and opportunities for educators to reflect on their own socialisation within traumatised educational systems. This paper contributes a historically conscious, trauma-informed lens to current debates on wellbeing in education. It offers a framework for understanding why wellbeing initiatives often struggle in practice and proposes a deep, reparative orientation capable of supporting genuine relational change. While rooted in the Irish context, the analysis has international relevance for countries grappling with legacies of colonisation, institutional harm, and collective silence. References -Garrett, P.M. (2010), “‘It is with deep regret that I find it necessary to tell my story’: Child abuse in industrial schools in Ireland”, Critical Social Policy, Vol. 30 No. 2, pp. 292–306. https://doi.org/10.1177/0261018309359132 -Herman, J.L. (1997), Trauma and Recovery, new ed., Pandora, London. -Johnstone, L., & Boyle, M. (2018). The Power Threat Meaning Framework: An Alternative Nondiagnostic Conceptual System. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 65(4), 800-817. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022167818793289 -Lehrner, A. and Yehuda, R. (2018), “Trauma across generations and paths to adaptation and resilience”, Psychological Trauma: Theory, Research, Practice, and Policy, Vol. 10 No. 1, p. 22. -Levine, P.A. (2010), In an Unspoken Voice: How the Body Releases Trauma and Restores Goodness, North Atlantic Books, Berkeley, CA. -Marya, R. and Patel, R. (2021), Inflamed: Deep Medicine and the Anatomy of Injustice, Penguin, London. -Maguire, M.J. and Ó Cinnéide, S. (2005), “‘A good beating never hurt anyone’: The punishment and abuse of children in twentieth century Ireland”, Journal of Social History, Vol. 38 No. 3, pp. 635–652. - Nohilly, M. and Tynan, F. (2022), “The evolution of wellbeing in educational policy in Ireland: Towards an interdisciplinary approach”, International Journal of Wellbeing, Vol. 12 No. 1. Perry, B. D. (2009) ‘Examining Child Maltreatment Through a Neurodevelopmental Lens: Clinical Applications of the Neurosequential Model of Therapeutics’, Journal of Loss and Trauma, 14(4), pp. 240–255. doi: 10.1080/15325020903004350. -Porges, S. W. (2011). The polyvagal theory: Neurophysiological foundations of emotions, attachment, communication, and self-regulation. -Raftery, M. and O’Sullivan, E. (2000), Suffer the Little Children: The Inside Story of Ireland’s Industrial Schools, New Island Books, London. Siegel, D.J. (2020), The Developing Mind: How Relationships and the Brain Interact to Shape Who We Are, 3rd ed., Guilford Press, New York, NY. Smith, C.P. and Freyd, J.J. (2014), “Institutional betrayal”, American Psychologist, Vol. 69 No. 6, pp. 575–587. - Wellbeing Policy Statement and Framework for Practice (Department of Education) (2018), Wellbeing Policy Statement and Framework for Practice 2018–2023, Department of Education, Dublin. Yehuda, R. and Bierer, L.M. (2009) ‘The relevance of epigenetics to PTSD: Implications for the biological markers of risk, recovery and resilience’, Journal of Traumatic Stress, 22(5), pp. 427–434. https://doi.org/10.1002/jts.20448 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper The Historical Development of the Successful Dialogues in Mental Health Model University of Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Scientific literature shows that new scientific and social priorities regarding social impacts and co-creation are leading to profound transformations in scientific and social contexts [1]. In mental health, one of these transformations is the growing visibility of dialogic models that support improvements in mental health. While talk has long been a component of treatments across schools of thought, the role of dialogue quality in promoting mental health improvements has received limited attention [2]. A scientific framework based on the theory of dialogic society allows analysis of dialogues that have positive impacts [3]. In 1979, a new research perspective with co-creation and social impact was created in collaboration with citizens from diverse backgrounds, health doctors from different specialties and professionals of social sciences. These analyses led to the development of the ‘Successful Dialogues in Mental Health’ (SDMH) model, which refers to the identification and creation of dialogues that have successfully contributed to improving mental health. Although the positive role of some dialogues in improving mental health has been known for decades, the SDMH model focuses on identifying the types of dialogue that make the most successful contributions. From the outset, SDMH were conceived as complementary interventions supporting medical treatments and never as a substitute. Nowadays, this perspective is implemented in diverse parts of the world with a great social impact [4]. Following priorities of social impact and co-creation, more researchers and professionals have developed dialogic models to enhance the visibility of mental health. Nevertheless, without knowledge of their historical development, there is a risk of misrepresentation and deformations that can lead to errors detrimental to society and individuals with mental health conditions. Thus, clarifying and mitigating these errors is essential. Literature reviewed to date highlights a lack of research on errors related to the SDMH model. Then, a study was conducted aimed at clarifying a particular error, namely when excellent results obtained through this model are incorrectly attributed to a supposed dialogic approach of psychiatric rehabilitation by researchers without medical degrees [5]. The primary objective of this study is to clarify errors when excellent SDMH outcomes are misattributed to a psychiatric approach by non-medical researchers. The second objective includes unveiling the historical steps in the SDMH model’s original development and examining how the model has been presented since its inception. Accordingly, the research question guiding this study is: What are the origins and historical development of the Successful Dialogues in Mental Health (SDMH) model? Results indicated that the SDMH model originated through co-creation among professionals, citizens, and patients, and was developed from the observation of the impacts of dialogue in an specific Adult School. The model focused on identifying dialogues that improve mental health, among them, those including interactions based on egalitarian dialogue, which promoted a deep creation of meaning, feelings of support, and genuine relationships in which individuals feel deeply valued [5]. Dialogic Gatherings (DG) were identified as a successful educational action within SDMH model [6], as they promote dialogues that have demonstrated improvements in mental health [7,8]. It was furthermore clarified that the SDMH model has always been presented as a social and dialogic collaboration and never as a substitute for other treatments or as psychiatric rehabilitation. This clarification highlights the SDMH model’s purpose in benefiting citizens, particularly those with mental health conditions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted to analyse a specific misattribution identified in the historical development of the Successful Dialogues in Mental Health (SDMH) model, particularly the incorrect attribution of its outcomes to an alleged dialogic psychiatric rehabilitation approach implemented by professionals without medical qualifications. The research followed a qualitative design based on the Communicative Methodology [9], which prioritises egalitarian dialogue between researchers and participants and aims to generate knowledge with social impact. The methodological approach focused on an in-depth exploration of the historical construction of the SDMH model. It does not aim at statistical representativeness, but rather to provide an in-depth understanding. Data were collected through two complementary techniques: document analysis and in-depth communicative interviews. The document analysis involved a systematic review of materials related to the SDMH model. Documents of any type or format were included, provided that they offered relevant information on the model’s development. Sources comprised scientific literature indexed in Web of Science and Scopus, as well as non-academic materials retrieved through Google searches. Additionally, historical archives from the Adult School where the SDMH model was originally developed were examined, including internal documents such as pamphlets, letters and records related to mental health initiatives. Search strategies combined terms such as “Successful Dialogues in Mental Health” and “mental health AND Verneda-Sant Martí Adult School” to ensure comprehensive coverage. In parallel, in-depth communicative interviews were conducted with individuals directly involved in the creation and development of the SDMH model. Participants were selected through purposive sampling based on their direct knowledge of the model’s history and their explicit non-attribution of SDMH outcomes to alternative frameworks. Prior to participation, all interviewees were informed about the study objectives and provided consent. In total, five in-depth communicative interviews were conducted (no more interviews were carried out due to saturation). Data analysis was carried out through collective dialogue among the research team, combining inductive identification of emerging themes with deductive contrast against existing scientific literature. Relevant quotations and historical evidence were selected by consensus, ensuring that interpretations were grounded in both documented sources and participants’ contributions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding the objectives of this study, evidence was presented that outlines the historical development of the SDMH model since its inception and clarifies an error identified in the attribution of the excellent results obtained with the SDMH model in specific contexts. These outcomes were incorrectly attributed to a supposed dialogic psychiatric rehabilitation approach by researchers without medicine qualification. This study highlights the importance of clarifying the historical development of the SDMH model in order to ensure that citizens, particularly those experiencing mental health conditions, can continue to benefit from its application. Failure to address such errors may have negative consequences for both patients and society. In a context in which co-creation and social impact are increasingly demanded within both scientific and social spheres, it is essential to identify and correct historical inaccuracies in order to continue improving people’s lives. The evidence presented contributes to clarifying the original purpose of the SDMH model, which has demonstrated excellent outcomes when applied in accordance with its core principles. This understanding supports its appropriate implementation and facilitates the replication of the results observed. Recognising the SDMH model as a form of social dialogic collaboration, rather than as a substitute for psychiatric treatment, encourages its use as a complementary approach to addressing mental health challenges. When applied with a solid understanding of its foundational principles, the model can fulfil its intended function: identifying and generating dialogues that have successfully contributed to improvements in mental health. Such clarification may enhance the effectiveness of professionals and mental health services. The model may also have political implications, as it is a scientifically validated approach that has improved mental health outcomes without generating economic or cultural burdens and is compatible with other interventions. References [1] Directorate-General for Research and Innovation. (2018). Monitoring the impact of EU Framework Programmes: Expert report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://research.vu.nl/en/publications/monitoring-the-impact-of-eu-framework-programmes/ [2] Breuer, J., & Freud, S. (1955). Studies on hysteria (J. Strachey, Trans.; Vol. 2). Hogarth Press. [3] Flecha, R. (2022). The dialogic society: The sociology scientists and citizens like and use. Hipatia Press. https://hipatiapress.com/index/en/2022/12/04/the-dialogic-society-2/ [4] Lebron, A., Valls, R., & Flecha, R. (1979). Successful Dialogues in Mental Health (SDMH). Retrieved from https://archive.org/details/successful-dialogs-in-mental-health [5] Soler-Gallart, M., Crespo-López, A., López de Aguileta, G., Ramis-Salas, M., & Oliver, E. (2025). The Historical Development of the Successful Dialogues in Mental Health Model. Healthcare, 13(14), 1696. https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare13141696 [6] Lebron, A., Valls, R., & Flecha, R. (1979). Dialogic Gatherings in Mental Health (DGMH). Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. https://archive.org/details/dialogic-gatherings-in-mental-health [7] Padrós-Cuxart, M., Crespo-López, A., Lopez de Aguileta, G., & Jarque-Mur, C. (2024). Impact on mental health and well-being of the Dialogic Literary Gathering among women in a primary healthcare centre. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-Being, 19, 2370901. https://doi.org/10.1080/17482631.2024.2370901 [8] Munté-Pascual, A., Ruiz-Eugenio, L., & López de Aguileta, A. (2025). Dialogic scientific gatherings: Promoting inclusive health participation and communication among non-academic Roma women. Frontiers in Public Health, 13. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2025.1618150 [9] Puigvert, L. (2014). Preventive Socialization of Gender Violence Moving Forward Usingthe Communicative Methodology of Research. Qualitative Inquiry , 20 (7), 839–843. doi: 10.1177/1077800414537221 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper A Scoping Review of Student Wellbeing Policies: Lessons Learnt Queensland University of Technology, Australia Presenting Author:Student wellbeing is an international policy priority in school education, not only as a caring response to students experiencing effects of stressful life conditions, but also as wellbeing has strong links to academic achievement (Banks and Smyth, 2015). However, following COVID-19, adolescents have experienced lower wellbeing levels, especially lower mental health (World Health Organisation [WHO], 2020). In adolescents, low engagement in school is linked with low achievement (Noble et al., 2008), especially where there is low wellbeing and high anxiety (Cunsolo, 2017). Whereas, students with positive school experiences typically have positive outcomes, plus higher wellbeing and lower stress (Rodriguez et al., 2020). With issuesinfluencing young peoples’ health and wellbeing being linked to education, the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) identifies school systems that perform highest are considerate of equity and quality, including social wellbeing (OECD, 2012). Also, OECD (2019a) links wellbeing to living longer and better. From 2008, OECD countries have implemented school improvement policies to positively influence student achievement by implementing relevant curriculum and pedagogy in quality learning environments (OECD, 2015).
Since 2000s internationally, school improvement policies have broadened focus from academic achievement to link student wellbeing and achievement (Stoll, 2009). School systems develop school improvement policies informed by research for schools to implement evidence-based and student-centred support across success aspects (Stoll, 2009). School improvement policies often aim to improve student success, sometimes by emphasising student wellbeing and/or academic achievement. For example, OECD’s Education policy outlook (EPO) reports compare school education aspects across OECD countries. In EPO: Making reforms happen (2015), 38 OECD member countries were compared to understand how they implement school education policies to support school improvement. Some education policy aspects emphasised wellbeing (Canada, Hungary, Japan), while others emphasised wellbeing and achievement (Australia, Denmark, Ireland Republic, New Zealand, Poland). Direct emphasis used specified terms (achievement) or derivatives (achieving) and indirect emphasis used related or synonym terms (performance, outcomes). More recently, in EPO: Working together to help students achieve their potential (OECD, 2019b), some countries emphasised wellbeing with school improvement (Denmark, Northern Ireland, Scotland, Wales) and achievement (Belgium’s French Community). Alongside increasing focus on academic achievement, there is acknowledgement of the importance of student voice to feature in policy.
Internationally, schools facilitating student voice is becoming more common. Predominantly, this is because Article 12 UNCRC (United Nations, 1989) compels governments under international law to uphold children's rights to share opinions and influence decisions affecting them (Lundy, 2007). Also, research and education policies increasingly acknowledge student voice as positively influencing student wellbeing and outcomes (Simmons et al., 2015). Student perceptions of academic experiences associated to teaching, learning, assessment, achievement and wellbeing contribute to schools measuring success of student outcomes and teacher performance in ways that influence several factors. Although, while student voice has potential to enhance teaching quality, learning and school democratic ethos (Flutter and Rudduck, 2004), misappropriation occurs when framed to meet narrow school improvement measures, like teacher accountability (Keddie, 2014). Therefore, in Norway, school improvement and student wellbeing policies require student voice to be heard and influence decisions about school life (Jones and Bubb, 2021). Given the importance of student wellbeing and its interconnections with other aspects of student experience, such as assessment and achievement, this policy review focused on addressing four research questions:
The process used for this review is replicable for other school system contexts, to determine similar student wellbeing priorities, elements and themes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This scoping review of school education policies adapts five of six stages from a methodological framework (Arksey and O’Malley, 2005). The review sought to identify (1) common priorities, (2) local priorities and (3) gaps in student wellbeing policies in Australian school systems since 2015. From Arksey and O’Malley’s (2005) framework, Stages 2 and 3 were combined, as were Stages 4 and 5, resulting in the following three stage process, to identify: (1) Research questions; (2) Relevant sources; and, (3) Findings. The optional ‘Consultation’ stage was not incorporated or required. Informed by background research, specified terms and themes related to student wellbeing elements were analysed in 12 policies focusing on student wellbeing, or wellbeing related to school students, for nine Australian jurisdictions (one national, six states, two territories). To find relevant sources, three steps were followed. Step 1: Search criteria for student wellbeing policies included only online sources (webpages, documents), publicly available on websites for school systems, published by government education departments for each jurisdiction. Step 2a: Find an overarching policy directly focused on student wellbeing. Step 2b: For jurisdictions without a policy directly focused on student wellbeing, search extended to find one or more policies, directly focused on wellbeing that used derivative and synonym words associated to school students (school, school children, school-aged children, learners). Step 3: Include found policies for review. Also, the review adapts Cardno’s (2018) six guiding questions for content analysis in Stage 3 Findings, to identify specified terms in policy language. That is, student wellbeing elements (i.e. definitions, dimensions, skills) and linked themes (i.e. academic achievement, assessment, student voice). These specified terms were analysed to determine if they were used directly, indirectly or not at all, and what is stated/not stated related to specified terms. Therefore, this review analysed language-based content of policy sources to construct meaning from findings to answer research questions, based on specified terms. Following analysis, the discussion analysed, interpreted and explained the relevance of findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This scoping review of student wellbeing policies identified priorities common across and local in jurisdictions, plus gaps between student wellbeing in international research and Australian school education policies (Lisec and Gillett-Swan, 2026). Analysis indicated implications impeding policy implementation, with potential for future policy improvement. Review findings from the Australian context also reveal opportunities to explore in student wellbeing policies internationally. Countries where school resourcing includes local/regional jurisdictional funding (e.g. France) (West et al., 2022) indicates potential agency to implement local student wellbeing policies. Analysis identified lacking definitions, with possibility for educators to interpret and implement policy inconsistently. Also, analysis indicated benefits from policies using localised language and priorities, for local relevancy. However, policy would be more helpful to implement if elements were defined, for educators to support student wellbeing as intended. Even allowing for contextualised nuance, policies should expand localised language to clearly define student wellbeing elements. Findings also indicate student wellbeing policies should adopt broader views of student wellbeing, to be more holistic by including educationally relevant dimensions, noting academic wellbeing was missing in reviewed policies. Although, the review recognises policies identify different dimensions (e.g. cognitive, emotional, social, physical, spiritual) (Carter and Andersen, 2023), to contextualise student wellbeing for local contexts. However, the review highlights under-acknowledgement of academic wellbeing indicates policy inadequacy, because this dimension further contextualises student wellbeing to school experiences, including learning, assessment and achievement. Findings identified in Australia are worth investigating in other contexts, noting studies conducted internationally describe student wellbeing differently (e.g. Spain, Turkey) (Rodriguez et al., 2020; Arslan et al., 2022). By reflecting research more, policies could directly link student wellbeing with school experiences, considering both positive and negative influences. Student voice could be implemented to enrich educator understanding of student perspectives about school experiences, including learning, feedback, assessment and achievement. References Arksey, H., and O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International journal of social research methodology, 8(1), 19-32. Banks, J., and Smyth, E. (2015). ‘Your whole life depends on it’: Academic stress and high-stakes testing in Ireland. Journal of youth studies, 18(5), 598-616. Cardno, C. (2018). Policy document analysis: A practical educational leadership tool and a qualitative research method. Educational Administration: Theory and Practice, 24(4), 623-640. Clarke, T. (2020). Children’s wellbeing and their academic achievement: The dangerous discourse of ‘trade-offs’ in education. Theory and Research in Education, 18(3), 263-294. Cunsolo, S. (2017). Subjective well-being during adolescence: a research review on key factors relating to adolescent’s subjective well-being and education outcomes. Studi sulla formazione, 20(1), 81-94. Flutter, J., and Rudduck, J. (2004). Consulting pupils: What's in it for schools?. Psychology Press. Jones, M. A., and Bubb, S. (2021). Student voice to improve schools: Perspectives from students, teachers and leaders in ‘perfect’ conditions. Improving Schools, 24(3), 233-244. Keddie, A., MacDonald, K., Blackmore, J., Wilkinson, J., Gobby, B., Niesche, R., Eacott, S., and Mahoney, C. (2020). The constitution of school autonomy in Australian public education: Areas of paradox for social justice. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 25(1), 106-123. Kleinheksel, A. J., Rockich-Winston, N., Tawfik, H., and Wyatt, T. R. (2020). Demystifying content analysis. American journal of pharmaceutical education, 84(1), 7113. Lindorff, A. (2020). The impact of promoting student wellbeing on student academic and non-academic outcomes: An analysis of the evidence. Oxford University Press-Oxford Impact. Lisec, J. and Gillett-Swan, J. (2026). Scoping review of student wellbeing policies for Australian school systems. Educational Research for Policy and Practice. Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British educational research journal, 33(6), 927-942. Noble, T., Wyatt, T., McGrath, H., Roffey, S., and Rowling, L. (2008). Scoping study into approaches to student wellbeing. Australian Catholic University and Erebus International. Rodríguez, S., Regueiro, B., Piñeiro, I., Valle, A., Sánchez, B., Vieites, T., and Rodríguez-Llorente, C. (2020). Success in mathematics and academic wellbeing in primary-school students. Sustainability, 12(9), 3796. Simmons, C., Graham, A., and Thomas, N. (2015). Imagining an ideal school for wellbeing: Locating student voice. Journal of educational change, 16(2), 129-144. Stoll, L. (2009). Capacity building for school improvement or creating capacity for learning? A changing landscape. Journal of educational change, 10(2), 115-127. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Ignite Talk Rethinking Student Well-Being: The S-WELL-B Model and Scale of Having, Loving, Doing, and Being 1: University of Greifswald, Germany; 2: University of València, Spain; 3: University of Perugia, Italy Presenting Author:Topic and Research Gap. Student well-being has become a central focus of educational research and policy due to its strong associations with students’ academic engagement, mental health, and long-term development (OECD, 2017). Existing research typically distinguishes between overall well-being, referring to individuals’ evaluations of life satisfaction, mental and physical health, and coping capacities (Diener et al., 1999), and school well-being, which focuses on students’ emotional, social, and cognitive experiences within the educational context (Huebner et al., 2009; Konu & Rimpelä, 2002). Although these domains are empirically closely related, they are rarely integrated within a coherent theoretical framework. Moreover, although several models incorporate hedonic aspects of well-being, such as happiness, satisfaction, or positive affect (Kern et al., 2016; Hascher, 2004), eudaimonic dimensions – such as purpose, agency, self-realization, and personal growth – are often underrepresented or insufficiently integrated, especially in school-specific frameworks. Research question. Conceptual and theoretical framework. By integrating overall and school well-being, the S-WELL-B model situates student well-being within students’ broader life context and emphasizes the reciprocal, dynamic interplay between school experiences and life beyond school (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006; Suldo et al., 2006). Contribution. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The S-WELL-B model was developed using a theory-driven, integrative methodological approach that synthesizes established frameworks of human well-being and school well-being. It is primarily grounded in Martela’s (2024) theory of human well-being and the school well-being model proposed by Konu and Rimpelä (2002). Rather than juxtaposing these approaches, the methodological strategy underlying S-WELL-B consists of a systematic theoretical integration that bridges overall and school well-being within a single overarching framework. This approach combines structural, relational, motivational, and eudaimonic perspectives and explicitly accounts for students’ experiences within and beyond the school context. The development of the S-WELL-B model and its corresponding measurement instrument followed a multi-step conceptual and psychometric procedure. First, core dimensions recurring across prominent theories of well-being and school well-being were identified through a structured review of educational psychology, school well-being research, and broader well-being theories. Second, these dimensions were conceptually aligned and reorganized into four analytically distinct yet interrelated components: Having, Loving, Doing, and Being. Third, each dimension was theoretically anchored in well-established frameworks to ensure conceptual coherence and content validity. Based on this conceptual structure, an initial pool of items was systematically generated to operationalize each dimension within the educational context. Item formulation was guided by theoretical definitions of the four dimensions and by established principles of scale construction, with the aim of capturing both school-specific and broader life-related aspects of student well-being. Items were reviewed for clarity, developmental appropriateness, and conceptual alignment with the underlying dimensions. The Having dimension is grounded in welfare theory (Allardt, 1976) and research on educational and social inequality, emphasizing access to material resources, institutional support, and safe learning environments. The Loving dimension draws on belongingness theory (Baumeister & Leary, 1995) and social support theory (Cohen & Wills, 1985), conceptualizing emotions as relationally embedded. The Doing dimension is theoretically grounded in social cognitive theory (Bandura, 1977) and self-determination theory (Deci & Ryan, 2000), emphasizing agency, competence, and purposeful engagement. The Being dimension is anchored in eudaimonic well-being theory (Ryan & Deci, 2001), psychological well-being theory (Ryff, 1998), and Martela’s (2024) integrative framework, addressing meaning, identity development, and personal growth. The resulting student well-being scale was subjected to initial psychometric evaluation, including analyses of dimensional structure and reliability. Furthermore, the scale was translated and examined across multiple language versions following established procedures for cross-linguistic adaptation, providing preliminary evidence for its applicability in different cultural and linguistic contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This presentation addressed a theoretical gap in student well-being research by proposing the S-WELL-B. The model’s central contribution lies in integrating fragmented strands of research on overall and school well-being into a single, coherent, and theoretically grounded framework. In doing so, S-WELL-B advances conceptual clarity and offers a more precise understanding of student well-being and its development. A key theoretical contribution of the S-WELL-B is its explicit integration of overall and school-related well-being. Rather than treating these domains as separate, the model conceptualizes student well-being as a cross-contextual construct unfolding across school and non-school settings. This perspective acknowledges that students’ school experiences are embedded in broader life contexts and shaped by reciprocal interactions between educational environments, social relationships, and individual resources. In line with ecological and large-scale assessment research, the S-WELL-B captures how school-based experiences and overall life satisfaction jointly shape well-being. A second major contribution is the introduction of a theory-based student well-being scale derived directly from the S-WELL-B framework. By operationalizing the four dimensions—Having, Loving, Doing, and Being—into measurable components, the scale addresses a longstanding gap between conceptual development and empirical assessment. Anchoring measurement in theory enhances conceptual precision, supports comparability across studies, and enables more targeted empirical research and intervention design. A further advance concerns the integration of hedonic and eudaimonic perspectives. While prior research has emphasized hedonic indicators such as enjoyment and satisfaction, the S-WELL-B extends this focus by incorporating eudaimonic dimensions including meaning, personal growth, self-worth, and identity development. This integration reframes student well-being as a developmental process rather than merely a state of feeling good in school. In sum, by linking theory and measurement within an integrative framework, the S-WELL-B provides a developmentally sensitive and ecologically valid foundation for future research, assessment, and intervention aimed at fostering student well-being across educational contexts. References Allardt, E. (1976). Dimensions of welfare in a comparative Scandinavian study. Acta Sociologica, 19(3), 227–239. https://doi.org/10.1177/000169937601900302 Bandura, A. (1977). Social learning theory. Prentice Hall. Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117(3), 497–529. Cohen, S., & Wills, T. A. (1985). Stress, social support, and the buffering hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin, 98(2), 310–357. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. Diener, E., Suh, E. M., Lucas, R. E., & Smith, H. L. (1999). Subjective well-being: Three decades of progress. Psychological Bulletin, 125(2), 276–302 Hascher, T. (2004). Wohlbefinden in der Schule. Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie, 18(2), 119–132. https://doi.org/10.1024/1010-0652.18.2.119 Huebner, E. S., Gilman, R., & Suldo, S. M. (2009). Assessing life satisfaction and well-being in children and adolescents. Social Indicators Research, 93(2), 329–341. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-008-9284-1 Kern, M. L., Waters, L. E., Adler, A., & White, M. A. (2016). A multidimensional approach to measuring well-being in students. Journal of Positive Psychology, 11(3), 262–275. Konu, A., & Rimpelä, M. (2002). Well-being in schools: A conceptual model. Health Promotion International, 17(1), 79–87. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/17.1.79 Martela, F. (2024). A wonderful life: Insights on finding a meaningful existence. HarperOne. Martela, F., & Sheldon, K. M. (2019). Clarifying the concept of well-being: Psychological need satisfaction as the common core connecting eudaimonic and subjective well-being. Review of General Psychology, 23(4), 458–474. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2017). PISA 2015 results: Students’ well-being. OECD Publishing. Ravens-Sieberer, U., et al. (2014). The KIDSCREEN questionnaires: Quality of life questionnaires for children and adolescents. Quality of Life Research, 23(2), 495–505. Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2001). On happiness and human potentials: A review of research on hedonic and eudaimonic well-being. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 141–166. Ryff, C. D., & Keyes, C. L. M. (1995). The structure of psychological well-being revisited. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69(4), 719–727. Seligman, M. E. P. (2018). PERMA and the building blocks of well-being. Journal of Positive Psychology, 13(4), 333–335. Suldo, S. M., Riley, K. N., & Shaffer, E. J. (2006). Academic correlates of children and adolescents’ life satisfaction. School Psychology International, 27(5), 567–582. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 09 SES 11 A: Monica Rosén Memorial Lecture Location: K103 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Eugenio Gonzalez Network Keynote |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Monica Rosén Memorial Lecture: Evidence-Informed Teaching in a World of Uncertainty: Strengthening Trust, Use, and Understanding 1: Umeå University, Sweden; 2: Evidence Based Education, UK Presenting Author:Over the last 15 or so years in England, there have been significant moves from both policymakers and practitioners to promote 'evidence-informed teaching'. Research can and should inform classroom practice, at least at the level of principles. For example, understanding how memory works, how ideas connect, the importance of retrieval and spacing, the limitations of working memory and how we can overcome them, the importance of teachers' subject knowledge, and of students feeling seen and respected, are all things teachers should understand. But teaching is complex and there are not simple, generalisable recipes for effectiveness, nor is there evidence to support generalised use of specific techniques. While there is evidence that these changes have been well received, at least by some, not all are on board, many have only partial understanding of key ideas, and there is limited evidence of systemic change. We still have work to do. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used . Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings . References . |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 11 A: Teacher (Educator)s' Search for Belonging Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Qingli Xu Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Undoing Authority, Embracing Belonging: Reflexive Teaching in Multilingual Hong Kong Classrooms The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:This proposal addresses the research question: How do in-service ethnic minority (EM) teachers in Hong Kong engage in reflexive identity work to disrupt linguistic and cultural hierarchies in multilingual classrooms, and what pedagogical practices emerge from this process to foster belonging among EM students? The objective of this study is to explore the micro-level pedagogical and ideological strategies that EM teachers deploy to “undo” conventional authority and foster inclusive, multilingual learning environments. The study focuses on how reflexive teaching functions as an ethical and political act of resistance against systemic exclusion, particularly in postcolonial educational settings like Hong Kong, where English and Cantonese remain dominant in public schooling systems (Bhowmik et al., 2017; Sah, 2025). The conceptual framework is anchored in identity undoing (Nicholson & Carroll, 2013), reflexive pedagogy (Iszatt-White et al., 2017), and critical praxis (Waller et al., 2016). Identity undoing describes the active process of decoupling oneself from institutionalized identity roles, in this case, monolingual, authoritative teacher personas, to reconfigure professional identity in more collaborative, dialogic terms. Reflexive pedagogy situates teaching as a continual practice of self-inquiry, where educators interrogate their own positionalities in relation to power structures in the classroom. Critical praxis provides the framework for understanding how these ideological transformations materialize in specific, socially just teaching strategies aimed at recognizing and affirming marginalized students’ voices, languages, and experiences. The European and international dimension of this proposal lies in its implications for super-diverse, multilingual educational settings beyond Hong Kong. Across Europe, particularly in countries with growing immigrant populations (e.g. Germany, Sweden, France, the Netherlands), schools are grappling with similar tensions between dominant linguistic norms and the realities of plurilingual classrooms. This research contributes to transnational conversations about the role of teacher identity, agency, and reflexivity in addressing structural inequalities in education. The process of “undoing” authority to reconfigure pedagogical relationships is relevant to international educators committed to inclusive, democratic schooling in post-migration societies. Furthermore, this proposal aligns with current European policy goals, such as those outlined in the Council of Europe's Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture, which advocate for intercultural awareness, inclusive education, and the deconstruction of hierarchical teacher-student power dynamics. By examining teacher agency in a postcolonial Asian context, this study offers valuable insights for European educators confronting racialized language ideologies and challenges of integration within their own school systems. Ultimately, this research aims to bridge global south and global north discourses on education, critically highlighting how teachers across contexts can co-construct pedagogies of belonging through reflective and inclusive practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative multiple-case study design to examine the experiences of three in-service ethnic minority (EM) teachers working in Hong Kong public secondary schools. Case study methodology (Yin, 2018) enables an in-depth, context-rich exploration of teacher identity as a dynamic, reflexive process shaped by sociocultural and institutional contexts. Data Collection Methods included: 1) Semi-structured interviews (two rounds per participant) that focused on participants’ teaching philosophies, experiences of marginalization, strategies for fostering inclusion, and reflections on power and authority in the classroom. 2) Classroom observations (minimum 6 hours per participant) that allowed for triangulation of interview data with live teaching practices, documenting instances of student-teacher interaction, language choices, and pedagogical decision-making. 3) Teacher reflective journals that participants were invited to share in forms of written reflections over a two-month period, and offered insight into ongoing identity negotiations and classroom dilemmas. The participants (South Asian heritage teachers educated in Hong Kong) represent a growing but under-researched demographic navigating institutional marginality while teaching students from similarly minoritized backgrounds (Bhowmik et al., 2017; Sah, 2025). The research foregrounds their positionality and reflexivity as key to understanding how they enact pedagogies of resistance and belonging. Data Analysis followed an iterative, thematic approach informed by Braun & Clarke’s (2006) model. NVivo software was used to assist in coding, categorizing, and identifying emergent patterns related to reflexive identity work, multilingual inclusion, and authority undoing. Analytical categories were shaped by the conceptual framework, particularly the constructs of identity undoing (Nicholson & Carroll, 2013), reflexive pedagogy (Iszatt-White et al., 2017), and critical praxis (Waller et al., 2016). The study adheres to ethical research protocols, with participant anonymity, voluntary participation, and member-checking processes implemented throughout. By combining interviews, observations, and reflexive texts, this study captures the complex ways that teacher identity is performed, resisted, and reimagined in multilingual postcolonial classrooms. The method is intentionally dialogic and participatory, positioning teachers as co-constructors of knowledge rather than passive research subjects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings suggest that identity undoing among EM teachers in Hong Kong is a deeply reflexive and relational process that involves reimagining authority, embracing multilingualism, and centering belonging. These teachers actively disrupt institutional expectations of language gatekeeping by validating students’ translanguaging practices and encouraging cultural expression in the classroom (Nazari et al., 2023; Kim & Uysal, 2025). Three key patterns have emerged: 1) Reflexive repositioning of authority, 2) Structural classroom reconfigurations, and 3) Pedagogies of belonging. First, teachers moved away from hierarchical, corrective roles and toward co-learner identities. This shift was enacted through dialogic teaching, vulnerability, and shared decision-making. Second, teachers redesigned classroom interaction norms to allow space for multiple languages and cultural references, disrupting monolingual biases embedded in Hong Kong’s education system (Sah, 2025). And, lastly, teachers cultivated affective connections and cultural resonance with students, using shared experiences of marginalization as a bridge for relational trust and engagement. These findings point to the potential of reflexive teaching as a decolonial and socially just pedagogy, particularly in contexts marked by racialized language hierarchies and cultural exclusion. The research also offers important implications for European and international teacher education: identity work is not only a personal journey but a structural intervention capable of reconfiguring exclusionary classroom spaces. By centering the agency of EM teachers, this study challenges deficit narratives about minority educators and offers a vision of teacher identity as political praxis, that is responsive, relational, and transformative. References Bhowmik, M. K., Kennedy, K. J., & Hue, M. T. (2017). Education for all – but not Hong Kong’s ethnic minority students. Race Ethnicity and Education, 21(5), 661–679. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2017.1294573 Iszatt-White, M., Kempster, S., & Carroll, B. (2017). An educator’s perspective on reflexive pedagogy: Identity undoing and issues of power. Management Learning, 48(5), 582–596. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350507617718256 Kim, H. J., & Uysal, H. (2025). Introduction: Intersection of criticality, agency, and language teacher identities in global language teacher education. In H. J. Kim & H. Uysal (Eds.), Criticality, agency, and language teacher identities: Research and praxis from global teacher education (pp. 1–13). Bloomsbury Academic. Nazari, M., De Costa, P. I., & Karimpour, S. (2023). The role of institutional policy in English language teacher autonomy, agency, and identity: A poststructural perspective. Language Teaching Research. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/13621688221143476 Nicholson, H., & Carroll, B. (2013). Identity undoing and power relations in leadership development. Human Relations, 66(9), 1225–1248. https://doi.org/10.1177/0018726712469548 Sah, P. K. (2025). Antiracist workshops as sites of resistance: Ethnic minority youths’ multilingual and multimodal counternarratives to linguistic racism and nationalized identities. Language Awareness. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/09658416.2025.2555949 Waller, L., Wethers, K., & De Costa, P. I. (2017). A critical praxis: Narrowing the gap between identity, theory, and practice. TESOL Journal, 8(1), 4–27. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesj.256 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper "Teaching Is The Least of My Job": The Influence of Non-teaching Work on Rural English Teacher Emotion Labour and Identity Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Topic This ethnographic case study examines the intersection of non-teaching workload, emotion labour, and professional identity among rural English teachers in China. While existing research on language teacher emotion labour has predominantly focused on classroom-based sources such as pedagogy and student interactions, the emotional consequences of non-teaching work remain insufficiently understood despite recent policy recognition of this burden. This study addresses this gap by investigating how excessive non-teaching duties—including administrative tasks, student management responsibilities, mandatory training, and community service obligations—generate distinct forms of emotion labour that fundamentally reshape rural English teachers' professional identities. Research Questions The study investigates two interconnected questions: (1) How does non-teaching work generate emotion labour for rural English teachers? and (2) How does this emotion labour shape rural English teachers' identity? These questions are particularly significant given China's 2025 Ministry of Education policy addressing teachers' non-educational and non-teaching burdens, highlighting a critical gap between scholarly priorities and institutional realities in language teacher education. Objective This study aims to extend Benesch's (2017) emotion labour framework beyond classroom interactions to the often-invisible non-teaching duties that saturate teachers' daily work. By focusing on two early-career English teachers in a rural Chinese secondary school over five months of fieldwork, the research reveals how rural English teachers navigate emotion labour arising from contradictory institutional roles, age-based hierarchies, and future-oriented career anxiety. The study demonstrates how these emotional experiences drive the erosion of English language educator identity and the reconstruction of pragmatist-survival identities, offering critical insights into the structural conditions shaping professional development in marginalised educational contexts. Theoretical Framework The study is grounded in a poststructuralist perspective that conceptualises emotion labour and language teacher identity as socioculturally constructed, dynamic, and embedded in power relations rather than as internal, static traits. Drawing on Benesch's (2017, 2018, 2020) critical reconceptualisation, emotion labour is theorised as "the tensions produced by the clash between teachers' training/beliefs and institutional regulation." From this lens, both what constitutes non-teaching work and how it is valued are shaped through discourse, power relations, and institutional narratives. Language teacher identity is theorised as dynamic subjectivity—multiple, constantly in a state of becoming, and produced through discourse and social interaction (Zembylas, 2003, 2005). Consistent with the poststructuralist turn in English language teaching, identity shifts as teachers move across contexts and as wider discourses about language, education, and professionalism change. Critically, emotions are not simply consequences of identity but provide the conditions through which teachers make sense of their work and construct meanings within professional contexts. Central to this framework is the mutual constitution of emotion labour and identity. Teacher identity work is an emotionally charged process where teachers grapple with tensions, conflicts, and struggles as part of professional practice. Performing emotion labour involves identity negotiation, making emotion labour the mechanism through which identity is both contested and reconstructed. The study positions non-teaching workload not merely as a practical burden but as a productive force that continuously shapes what it means to be an English teacher in rural China, revealing how structural pressures create conditions for sustained identity transformation rather than momentary tensions. This theoretical positioning allows the study to demonstrate how emotion labour and language teacher identity operate as mutually constitutive processes under structural constraints unique to rural educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design Underpinned by the constructivist-interpretivist paradigm, this study adopts an ethnographic case study design that combines the depth of ethnographic enquiry with the focus of a bounded case. This approach is well-suited for examining the participants' daily non-teaching work and emotional experiences while situating the case within broader cultural and institutional contexts. Through immersive observation and interviews in the participants' natural settings, the study generates "thick description" to explore how non-teaching work, emotion labour, and identity (re)construction unfold within rural school contexts. Research Context and Participants The study was conducted at School G, a public boarding secondary school in Jiangxi Province, China, over five months (February to June 2025). Two focal participants, Coco and Lucy (pseudonyms), were purposively selected as information-rich cases. Coco has four years of teaching experience and serves as English teacher for two Grade 7 classes, psychology teacher, and Director of the Youth League Committee. Lucy has five years of experience teaching two Grade 8 classes while serving as psychology teacher and Director of Academic Affairs. Both participants' career trajectories reflect common patterns among rural English teachers who chose teaching positions more for job security than passion. Data Collection Multiple data sources were collected to ensure comprehensive understanding. Ten formal semi-structured interviews were conducted monthly with each participant (approximately one hour each) in Chinese, exploring daily work tasks, emotional experiences, and role perceptions. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed. Numerous informal conversations complemented formal interviews, with detailed notes integrated into field notes. Thirty-four digital weekly journal entries captured participants' narratives of significant emotional events, guided by open-ended questions about teaching and administrative work. Forty-two events were observed including administrative meetings, classrooms, teachers' offices, and school activities, with the researcher adopting a participant-observer role. Field notes totaled approximately 16,000 words documenting interactions and emotional displays. Data Analysis Data analysis followed Reflexive Thematic Analysis (RTA) using Braun and Clarke's (2019) six-phase framework. The iterative process involved familiarization, line-by-line inductive coding with deductive elements, pattern formation, and recursive review across the entire dataset. Initial coding produced six candidate themes, which were refined through examining internal homogeneity and external heterogeneity, ultimately yielding three final themes. Member-checking with participants and co-authors ensured contextual accuracy and validated thematic interpretations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings The study reveals three interconnected forms of emotion labour arising from non-teaching work that fundamentally reshape rural English teachers' professional identities. First, institutional role conflicts create tension between teachers' pedagogical values and administrative demands. Participants were required to prioritize non-teaching requirements over teaching commitments, with Lucy spending approximately 70% of her time on administrative duties. This conflict necessitates continuous emotional regulation as teachers navigate competing institutional demands, leading to the erosion of their English language educator identity. Both teachers described pedagogical decline—shifting from carefully designed lessons to minimal textbook assignments—and reconstructed themselves as "administrators who happen to speak English" rather than English educators. Second, masking labour emerges within age-based hierarchical structures where early-career teachers occupy administrative positions yet lack informal authority. Participants had to conceal frustration, suppress formal authority, and perform strategic incompetence when interacting with senior colleagues. This performative identity work, described as "deceptive and humiliating," constructs subordinated administrative identities that contradict their institutional roles, intensifying emotional costs beyond pedagogical demands. Third, future-oriented anxiety stems from strategic career investment under constrained structures. Rural teachers pragmatically adopt administrative roles to secure professional title promotion, reconstructing themselves as survival-oriented pragmatists rather than passionate educators. However, this generates chronic anxiety because administrative credentials function as context-dependent capital, valuable only within specific schools and potentially worthless upon transfer to county or urban schools. This study extends emotion labour scholarship beyond classroom interactions to non-teaching contexts, demonstrating how excessive administrative burdens operate as productive forces reshaping professional identity. The findings carry important implications for supporting rural English teachers through balanced workload distribution, protected preparation time, and professional development programs that build collective capacity to navigate emotion labour and advocate for systemic reform. References Core Theoretical Framework: Benesch, S. (2017). Emotions and English language teaching: Exploring teachers' emotion labour. Routledge. Benesch, S. (2018). Emotions as agency: Feeling rules, emotion labour, and English language teachers' decision-making. System, 79, 60–69. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2018.03.015 Benesch, S. (2020). Emotions and activism: English language teachers' emotion labor as responses to institutional power. Critical Inquiry in Language Studies, 17(1), 26–41. https://doi.org/10.1080/15427587.2020.1716194 Zembylas, M. (2003). Emotions and teacher identity: A poststructural perspective. Teachers and Teaching, 9(3), 213–238. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600309378 Zembylas, M. (2005). Beyond teacher cognition and teacher beliefs: The value of the ethnography of emotions in teaching. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 18(4), 465–487. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518390500137642 Empirical Studies on Language Teacher Emotion Labour and Identity: Aminifard, Y., Sahragard, R., Alimorad, Z., & Pentón Herrera, L. J. (2025). 'I want to become an IELTS teacher': Emotion labour and professional identity disillusionment in a novice Iranian public school EFL teacher. The Language Learning Journal, 53(3), 389–401. https://doi.org/10.1080/09571736.2025.2451916 Bao, J., Nejadghanbar, H., & Feng, D. (2025). "I can't have it both ways": Emotion-laden tensions, emotion labour, and identity constructions of female English language teachers in Chinese higher education. TESOL Quarterly, tesq.70021. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.70021 Nazari, M., & Karimpour, S. (2022). The role of emotion labour in English language teacher identity construction: An activity theory perspective. System, 107, 102811. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2022.102811 Song, J. (2016). Emotions and language teacher identity: Conflicts, vulnerability, and transformation. TESOL Quarterly, 50(3), 631–654. https://doi.org/10.1002/tesq.312 Non-teaching Workload: Zhong, J., & Wang, D. (2025). Upward responsibility and downward accountability: Characteristics and causes of non-teaching workload on Chinese rural teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 156, 104938. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.104938 Methodology: Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Pink, S., Fors, V., Lanzeni, D., Duque, M., Sumartojo, S., & Strengers, Y. (2022). Design ethnography: Research, responsibilities, and futures. Routledge. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Beyond Developmental Narratives of Boundary Practices: The Case of Teacher Educators’ Non-Belonging Gaziantep University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Boundary practices and boundary crossing have been widely used as analytic lenses in research on interdisciplinary collaboration, multi-professional work, and organisational boundary work, where individuals operate across distinct epistemic, institutional, or professional domains (Fisher & Atkinson-Grosjean, 2002; Akkerman & Bakker, 2011). In these contexts, boundaries are conceptualised as potentially productive sites for negotiation, learning, and identity work, and are commonly associated with professional development, transformation, and the reconfiguration of roles. More recently, this perspective has been taken up in research on teacher education and teacher educator (TE) professional lives, particularly in contexts characterised by disciplinary or epistemic divides. Here, boundary practices are mobilised to explain how TEs navigate competing traditions of knowledge, expertise, and legitimacy, and how such navigation is expected to support professional learning and identity formation (Whitchurch, 2008, 2009; Goos & Bennison, 2018). Across this literature, boundary practices are therefore typically embedded within developmental narratives, in which engagement at boundaries is assumed to culminate—over time—in integration, identity transformation, or settlement within hybrid or “Third Space” configurations (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011; Whitchurch, 2008). Even when struggle, uncertainty, or liminality are foregrounded, these experiences are generally framed as transitional and oriented toward eventual resolution (Sikko & Grimeland, 2021; Obexer, 2022). As a result, non-belonging is rarely examined as an outcome in its own right, but rather treated as a temporary condition to be worked through within a broader developmental trajectory. Recent scholarship has begun to question the adequacy of this framing. Marshman and Goos (2025), for example, call for closer examination of cases of “unsuccessful” boundary crossing in mathematics teacher education, while research on TEs’ professional identities documents persistent tensions around recognition, legitimacy, and credibility that do not necessarily dissipate with increased participation or experience (Edwards et al., 2010; Francis et al., 2022). Together, these studies suggest that boundary practices may give rise to professional conditions that remain insufficiently theorised within dominant developmental accounts. Positioned within this emerging space, the present paper foregrounds TEs’ non-belonging as a distinct and analytically meaningful phenomenon. Rather than approaching boundary practices as pathways toward development or settlement, it examines a trajectory in which sustained engagement at boundaries does not culminate in professional integration, identity consolidation, or hybrid settlement, but instead stabilises as an ongoing experience of non-belonging. Such trajectories sit uneasily within prevailing developmental narratives of boundary practices, which presuppose progression toward coherence or resolution. Accordingly, the paper addresses the following research question: How do boundary practices produce and sustain non-belonging in TEs’ professional lives, and why does this condition resist explanation within dominant developmental narratives of boundary practices? Conceptually, the study draws on relational and process-oriented perspectives on professional identity, which conceptualise identity as constituted through participation, performance, and recognition rather than as a fixed internal attribute (Wenger, 1998; Gee, 2000). Following Darragh’s (2016) distinction between identity-as-performance and identity-as-being, the study allows for the possibility that TEs may enact professional roles and participate extensively in institutional practices without developing a corresponding sense of belonging. From this perspective, belonging is understood as a contingent and socially negotiated condition rather than an automatic outcome of participation. Within this framework, boundary practices are conceptualised as an enduring professional context rather than a transitional phase. While such practices may enable learning and reconfiguration, they may also unsettle established bases of recognition and professional security (Edwards et al., 2010). When alternative forms of legitimacy fail to stabilise, non-belonging emerges as a condition that cannot be adequately captured through developmental accounts of boundary practices. By centring this condition, the paper seeks to extend existing theorisation by making visible what dominant narratives tend to leave unexplained. . Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is designed as a longitudinal, theory-driven self-study situated within an ongoing qualitative research programme on boundary practices and professional identity in teacher education. Methodologically, it draws on self-study traditions that conceptualise reflexivity and systematic interrogation of professional experience as analytic resources rather than methodological liabilities (LaBoskey, 2004; Loughran, 2007). The study did not originate as a self-study; instead, it emerged through a multi-stage analytic process in which sustained empirical engagement exposed the limits of existing theoretical frameworks. The research unfolded across three analytically connected phases. In the first phase, the broader programme focused on theorising boundary practices and identity transformation among TEs working across disciplinary and epistemic divides, drawing on established boundary crossing frameworks (Akkerman & Bakker, 2011). In-depth interviews examined how boundary practices were associated with professional learning and identity development within dominant developmental narratives. Within this phase, one interview proved analytically disruptive. The participant—a TE who completed a doctorate in mathematics, later transitioned into a mathematics education department, and had been involved in teacher education practices for over ten years—articulated a persistent sense of non-belonging. This account could not be adequately interpreted through prevailing boundary practice frameworks, which typically presuppose progression toward transformation or hybrid settlement. The second phase involved returning to this case through follow-up interviews conducted over a four-month period, informed by longitudinal qualitative approaches that foreground temporality and continuity in professional experience (Neale, 2019). Analysis during this phase indicated that the durability and internal coherence of this non-belonging trajectory resisted explanation within dominant developmental accounts. This analytic impasse prompted the third phase, in which the study was reconfigured as a self-study. At this stage, the researcher’s own positioning within teacher education practices was analytically foregrounded, allowing the study to examine how non-belonging is constituted, sustained, and rationalised within an ongoing relational context. This orientation aligns with relational and collaborative forms of self-study that treat researcher–participant entanglement as a condition of inquiry rather than a source of distortion (Samaras & Freese, 2006). Data have been generated through longitudinal interviews and reflexive written accounts collected across two four-month periods, spanning approximately eight months to date. The study is ongoing, with further data generation planned as the professional context continues to evolve. Analysis has been iterative and theoretically informed, focusing on patterns of continuity, repetition, and non-resolution rather than predefined developmental outcomes (Finlay, 2002). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analyses conducted across the project indicate that the focal teacher educator entered mathematics teacher education with a secure and recognition-supported disciplinary identity, consistent with accounts of strong epistemic positioning in prior professional contexts. However, once engaged in boundary practices within mathematics teacher education, the data reveal a trajectory that diverges from the developmental narratives commonly associated with boundary crossing in the literature (e.g., Akkerman & Bakker, 2011; Whitchurch, 2008). Findings from Phase 1 show that boundary engagement does not support progressive identity transformation or hybridisation. Instead, competence—initially functioning as a stable identity anchor—becomes increasingly destabilised. Participation and effort do not accumulate into epistemic security, and the participant reports growing uncertainty regarding legitimacy, evaluative norms, and professional voice. This pattern challenges assumptions in teacher educator research that sustained participation at boundaries leads to expanded or reconfigured professional identities. Data from Phase 2 consolidate this pattern as non-belonging shifts from a problematic experience to a managed and normalised professional condition. Rather than representing a transitional phase, non-belonging is sustained over time, indicating a form of non-arrival at the boundary. In contrast to accounts that frame liminality as productive or temporary (see Obexer, 2022), the analyses suggest that boundary practices may erode prior epistemic authority without enabling the construction of a viable alternative identity position. Taken together, these findings contribute to emerging critiques of boundary practice frameworks that privilege development, coherence, and settlement as default outcomes (Marshman & Goos, 2025). By grounding this critique in longitudinal empirical analysis, the study highlights non-belonging as a durable outcome of boundary engagement in teacher educator contexts. Ongoing analyses continue to clarify how this condition reorganises professional agency and identity claims over time, calling for a more differentiated theoretical treatment of boundary practices in teacher educator research. References Akkerman, S. F., & Bakker, A. (2011). Boundary crossing and boundary objects. Review of Educational Research, 81(2), 132–169. Darragh, L. (2016). Identity research in mathematics education. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 93(1), 19–33. Edwards, A., Lunt, I., & Stamou, E. (2010). Inter-professional work and expertise: New roles at the boundaries of schools. British Educational Research Journal, 36(1), 27–45. Finlay, L. (2002). “Outing” the researcher: The provenance, process, and practice of reflexivity. Qualitative Health Research, 12(4), 531–545. Fisher, D., & Atkinson-Grosjean, J. (2002). Brokers on the boundary: Academy-industry liaison in Canadian universities. Higher Education, 44(3/4), 449–467. Francis, D. C., Bharaj, P. K., Liu, J., Phillips, A., Park Rogers, M., Zhong, Q., Cesljarev, C., & Lloyd, K. (2022). Questioning our credibility: An exploration of the professional identity development of mathematics teacher educators. Mathematics, 10(1), 66. Gee, J. P. (2000). Chapter 3: Identity as an analytic lens for research in education. Review of research in education, 25(1), 99-125. Goos, M., & Bennison, A. (2018). Boundary crossing and brokering between disciplines in pre-service mathematics teacher education. Mathematics Education Research Journal, 30, 255–275. LaBoskey, V. K. (2004). The methodology of self-study and its theoretical underpinnings. In J. J. Loughran, M. L. Hamilton, V. K. LaBoskey, & T. Russell (Eds.), International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices (pp. 817–869). Loughran, J. J. (2007). Researching teacher education practices: Responding to the challenges, demands, and expectations of self-study. Journal of Teacher Education, 58(1), 12–20. Marshman, M., & Goos, M. (2025). Exploring the identities of hybrid mathematics teacher educators. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education. Advance online publication. Neale, B. (2019). What is qualitative longitudinal research? Bloomsbury Academic. Obexer, R. (2022). Lost in third space: Identity work of a higher education “blended professional.” Studies in Technology Enhanced Learning, 2(3), 467–483. Samaras, A. P., & Freese, A. R. (2006). Self-study of teaching practices. Peter Lang. Sikko, S. A., & Grimeland, Y. (2021). From researcher in pure mathematics to primary school mathematics teacher educator. In M. Goos & K. Beswick (Eds.), The learning and development of mathematics teacher educators (pp. 225–243). Springer. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning as a social system. Systems thinker, 9(5), 2-3. Whitchurch, C. (2008). Shifting identities and blurring boundaries: The emergence of third space professionals in UK higher education. Higher Education Quarterly, 62(4), 377–396. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper A Discourse Analysis Approach to Language Teacher Identities of Novice Chinese Teachers in mainstream schools in England University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Wenger states (1998, p. 151), “Who we are lies in the way we live day to day” and “our experience of life becomes one of identity”. That is, our identities are embedded in almost all aspects of our lives … “a lived experience” (Ibid). Thus, to study identity of a person is to study his/her lived experience. In education, our work as teachers shapes and is shaped by our being and then thinking about the formation of our identities is crucial for us in the field (Clarke, 2009, p. 186). In other words, studying teachers’ work cannot be separated from their identities. Researchers (i.e., Cui et al., 2025; Gao, 2010; Liu, 2025; Liu & Li, 2023; Ou & Singhasiri, 2020; Wang & Du, 2014; Xiang, 2017; Zhang, 2015) have conducted studies on (teacher/professional/language teacher) identities of Chinese as a foreign language (CFL) teachers who worked at (Hanban or Confucius institutes) universities or schools outside of China, i.e., the UK (Scotland and England), Netherlands, Denmark, Solomon Islands, the US, Australia and Thailand. However, participants in most of these studies were native Chinese speakers, and they did not do the initial teacher education programme in a university in the country where they worked. This study explores language teacher identities of novice Chinese teachers in mainstream schools in England to track how they became newly qualitied Chinese teachers and how they worked as in-service teachers, which has not been well studied yet, according to the up-to-date published literature in the domain of CFL teaching and learning in the UK and globally. The overarching research question is: How did novice Chinese teachers negotiate and renegotiate their language teacher identities at different stages of the first years in their teaching career? Sociocultural perspectives combined by Wenger’s (1998) social theory of learning: community of practice and Bucholtz and Hall’s (2005) sociolinguistic approach, is the theoretical and conceptual underpinning, which is to find out how CFL teachers work in mainstream schools in England. This study is a qualitative longitudinal multiple case study. Data were collected from multiple resources among novice Chinese teachers, both the pre-service and in-service or Early Career Teachers (ECTs), and people they worked with. The main participants were selected via purposive and snowball sampling. Pre-service ones were on an initial teacher education programme, secondary Postgraduate Certificate in Education programme (PGCE) languages, particularly, Mandarin Chinese and another language (i.e., Spanish) and they had their placements in different mainstream schools in England. ECTs worked as Chinese teachers after their initial teacher education programmes in the UK in different mainstream schools in England and they account for the majority of the qualified Chinese teachers in England, even the whole UK. Multiple data collection methods were employed, which are audio recorded semi-structured interviews with novice Chinese teachers and people they worked with, observations in schools and at conferences and documents (i.e., portfolio generated by pre-service teachers on their PGCE programme, reports (i.e., Early Career teachers (ECTs) Induction assessment/ programme review) for ECTs and field notes). Data analysis method is intended to be discourse analysis, particularly poststructuralism discourse analysis underpinned by the theoretical and conceptual framework of this study, which is the focus of this submission. The study found that multiple identities of novice Chinese teachers emerged on their PGCE programme or at work, i.e., student, (English) learner, (Chinese/Spanish/IT/home) teacher, including metaphorical identities i.e., babysitter/sponge…, and their identities varied due to the changed contexts and other factors. Such findings might provide references for people who work in the CFL and other language education in European countries, i.e., practitioners and people they work with, researchers and policy makers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative longitudinal multiple case study was conducted in over two years. To explore various dimensions of language teacher identities of novice Chinese language teachers, multiple methods were employed to collect data among them and people who worked with them (i.e., novice Chinese teachers’ mentor/line manager) or subsidiary participants, that is, audio recorded semi-structured interviews, observations and documents were employed. This is called “triangulation” and enables researchers to utilise a second methodological approach to systematically extend the possibilities of knowledge production (Flick, 2019, pp. 6–7) and is “the most popular ways of establishing internal validity in case study research” (Faltis, 1997, p. 150). Twelve main participants and eleven subsidiary participants participated in the study. The main participants were selected through both purposeful and snowballing sampling, with purposeful sampling as the major method. Snowballing sampling or “chain-referral methods” means that researchers identify a small number of individuals who have the characteristics they are interested in and then use these people as informants to help recruit further participants (Cohen et al., 2018, p. 220) and it helped to expand the quantity of participants in this study. Purposeful sampling refers to the researcher selects individuals and sites for a study since they can purposefully inform an understanding of the research problem and central phenomenon in the study (Creswell & Poth, 2018, p. 224) and it helped to recruit the specific type of participants in this study. Interviews among novice Chinese teachers were conducted from three to nine times, to track their real-time practice. Interviews among nine subsidiary participants was once or twice. Multiple observations in ten schools and two conferences in England and were conducted from once to three times for nine major participants who participated in observations in their schools. Discourse analysis (DA), particularly, poststructuralism discourse analysis, is employed to analysis collected data, since DA is an interdisciplinary approach and there are three different data sources. The term ‘discourse analysis’ refers to a cluster of approaches in several disciplines and theoretical traditions, for instance sociolinguistics, sociology and so on (Jørgensen & Phillips, 2011, p. 2; Taylor, 2014, p. 1), rather than “the old linguistic wisdom”: “one linguistic form has one function or meaning” (Blommaert, 2009, p. 237). I believe DA is suitable for data analysis in this study. Data analysis is also underpinned by sociocultural perspectives combined by Wenger’s (1998) social theory of learning and Bucholtz and Hall’s (2005) sociolinguistic approach. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study found that multiple identities of novice Chinese teachers emerged on their PGCE programme or at work, i.e., student, (English) learner, (Chinese, Spanish, IT, home) teacher, including metaphorical identities i.e., babysitter, sponge, noticeboard…, and their identities varied due to the changed contexts and other factors. One interesting finding is that most native Chinese speakers who are not native English speakers mentioned English proficiency is very important for their CFL teaching (i.e., delivering lessons, interacting with internal and external colleagues, students, and students’ parents), while one non-native Chinese speaker who is a native English speaker did not have the same perception in interview data when they were asked the same question. Such findings might provide references for people who work in the CFL and other language education in European countries where CFL is taught in different stages in Education (i.e., primary, second schools and universities), i.e., practitioners and people they work with, researchers and policy makers. It is hoped that this study will enrich the literature pool of Chinese as a foreign language teaching and learning in English speaking countries or other parts of the world, since there is little research conducted among novice Chinese language teachers who attended local initial teacher education programme or worked as locally qualified Chinese teachers in mainstream schools globally. Second, this study will contribute to theoretical and conceptual frameworks in research on language teacher identities in education, particularly, (Chinese) language teacher education globally. Finally, this study is intended to inform policy makers when they review the Early Career Framework Reforms in the future, teacher educators and novice teachers of Chinese, other languages, or even other school subjects, especially those who experience educational reforms in England, elsewhere in the UK or globally. References Blommaert, J. (2009). Discourse: A Critical Introduction (Online). Cambridge University Press [Imprint 2005]. https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/discourse/574963006EC111E6B72EB17AD6651E43 Bucholtz, M., & Hall, K. (2005). Identity and Interaction: A Sociocultural Linguistic Approach. Discourse Studies, 7(4–5), 585–614. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461445605054407 Clarke, M. (2009). The Ethico‐Politics of Teacher Identity. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 41(2), 185–200. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2008.00420.x Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8th ed.). Taylor & Francis Group. https://www.routledge.com/Research-Methods-in-Education/Cohen-Manion-Morrison/p/book/9781138209886 Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative Inquiry & Research Design: Choosing Among Five Approaches (Fourth). SAGE. Cui, S., He, Y., & Birnie, I. (2025). Investigation of the Novice TCSOL Teacher Identity Construction Via Dynamic Systems Model of Role Identity. International Journal of Modern Education Studies, 9(1), 18–50. https://doi.org/10.51383/ijonmes.2024.387 Faltis, C. (1997). Case Study Methods in Researching Language and Education. In N. H. Hornberger & D. Corson (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Language and Education (Vol. 8, pp. 145–152). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-011-4535-0_14 Flick, U. (2019). Triangulation: Other Entries. In P. Atkinson, S. Delamont, A. Cernat, J. W. Sakshaug, & R. A. Williams (Eds.), SAGE Research Methods Foundations. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://methods.sagepub.com/foundations/triangulation Gao, Y. (2010). A Tale of Two Teachers-Chinese Immigrant Teachers’ Professional Identity in US Foreign Language Classrooms [PhD, The University of Minnesota]. https://conservancy.umn.edu/handle/11299/93898 Jørgensen, M., & Phillips, L. (2011). Discourse Analysis as Theory and Method. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781849208871 Liu, X. (2025). Maintaining Self While Adapting Chinese Foreign Language Teachers’ Identity Development in an Intercultural Context.pdf [Leiden University]. https://hdl.handle.net/1887/4259642 Liu, Y., & Li, X. (2023). A Narrative Inquiry of Transnational Language Teachers’ Professional Identity Construction. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2022.2160332 Ou, S., & Singhasiri, W. (2020). A Narrative Inquiry of a Chinese Novice Teacher’s Professional Identity Development. Pasaa Paritat Journal, 35. https://so07.tci-thaijo.org/index.php/PasaaParitat/article/view/966 Taylor, S. (2014). What Is Discourse Analysis? Bloomsbury Collections. 10.5040/9781472545213 Wang, L., & Du, X. (2014). Chinese Teachers’ Professional Identity and Beliefs About the Teacher-Student Relationships in an Intercultural Context. Frontiers of Education in China, 9(3), 429–455. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03397030 Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press. Xiang, Y. (2017). Narrative Inquiry into Hanban Teachers’ First Years of Professional Identity Construction in UK Schools [PhD, University College London]. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/1546498/ Zhang, C. (2015). Discursive Construction of Chinese Language Teacher Identity. In F. Dervin (Ed.), Chinese Educational Migration and Student-Teacher Mobilities (1st ed., pp. 129–143). Palgrave Macmillan. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1057/9781137492913 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 11 B: Autonomy and Leadership among (Student) Teachers Location: 120 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: JiaLi Xu Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Voice of Teacher Training Students in University Education 1: Universidad de Málaga, Spain; 2: Universidad de Cádiz, Spain Presenting Author:‘The opportunity to change things is available to all those who care about lifelong learning, equal access, and opening academia to new light, new processes, and new ideas. These are the challenges of teaching for the new century.’ (Hanna, 2002a: 31) This paper is part of the research project The voice of students as the root of teacher training (PPRO-HUM619-G-2023), funded by the University of Malaga. Despite numerous studies aimed at improving initial teacher training, there is little research that places the voice of university students at the centre of reflection and the production of pedagogical knowledge. This project is based on the premise that students should not be considered solely as recipients of training, but as active subjects capable of critically interpreting their experiences and contributing significantly to the construction of knowledge (Leite, Márquez, Calvo, Fernández, 2020). For fifteen years, the PROCIE research group has developed training proposals aimed at broadening the scope of student participation, with a particular emphasis on volunteering in educational centres as a space for experiential learning. Within the framework of this project, the focus is on the narratives that students construct around their experiences in the university classroom, understood as opportunities for the development of a reflective, critical and committed approach to teaching (Leite et al, 2024). Teacher training in the 21st century faces multiple challenges arising from social, cultural and educational changes, as well as from the tensions between traditional teaching models and more democratic and participatory approaches. In this context, it is necessary to rethink fundamental questions: how is university teacher training conceived? What kind of autonomy and responsibility is promoted in students? How do previous school experiences influence the construction of professional teaching identity? And how can they be recovered and deconstructed within the university space? The concept of student voice adopted in this research transcends merely consultative or instrumental approaches. Following Fielding (2011), it is understood as a dialogical, relational, and ethical process that requires genuine openness and conscious reciprocity among participants. From this perspective, the voice of students is not limited to the expression of opinions, but implies recognition of their complexity, their capacity for agency, and their transformative potential. We also highlight bell hooks' (2021) project ‘dialogue with critical pedagogy’, which points out how many university students have been socialised in educational models that penalise active participation and critical thinking, favouring passive positions towards knowledge. The contributions of Susinos and Ceballos (2012) reinforce the idea that student participation must permeate both the curriculum and the spaces of management and decision-making, understanding shared deliberation as an educational and democratic commitment. From this theoretical framework, the research seeks to highlight how the creation of narrative and dialogical spaces favours processes of re-signification of the educational experience and contributes to the construction of more reflective teaching identities. Along the same lines, Rudduck and Flutter (2007), Ceballos and Susinos (2014), and Saiz-Linares, Ceballos-López, and Susinos-Rada (2019) highlight the importance of student participation in processes of organisational change and curricular structures in institutions. Students are essential if we want to understand the environments and the people who inhabit them (Kincheloe, 2007) in order to build democratic and inclusive spaces. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopts a qualitative interpretative approach, based on narrative research as the main methodological strategy. This approach allows access to the meanings that students attribute to their educational experiences, recognising the epistemological value of their individual and collective narratives. The narratives are constructed from and with students in primary education, pedagogy and social education, based on their voluntary participation in various activities related to the subjects, the centre's activities and the project. Information production techniques include dialogue seminars, assemblies, educational discussions, performances, discussion groups and group interviews, as well as the creation of written, visual and physical narratives. These spaces have been designed with the aim of encouraging shared reflection and the expression of school, academic, institutional and relational experiences. The analysis process is conducted inductively and collaboratively. In the first phase, a comprehensive reading of the narratives is carried out to identify recurring themes and significant elements. Subsequently, thematic coding is carried out to recognise core meanings related to teacher training, participation, professional identity and previous educational experiences. This analysis makes it possible to highlight tensions, continuities and processes of transformation present in the students' discourses. Likewise, special attention is paid to the questions that arise in relation to hegemonic educational models and the students' assessments of other ways of teaching at university. The systematisation of the narratives is conceived as a reflective process that not only produces knowledge but also generates critical awareness in those who participate. In a second phase of the project, the results will be discussed with university lecturers, educational leaders and professionals working at different levels of education, with the aim of broadening collective reflection and promoting processes of institutional transfer and transformation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The creation of narrative spaces is a key element in promoting processes of awareness of educational trajectories and reframing previous school experiences. Listening to students is not only a methodological strategy, but also an ethical and political decision that challenges ways of understanding education. One student summarises these conclusions for us: I started on day XXX, where we mainly watched a video by Chimamanda Adichie about the danger of a single story. This video led me to reflect on what stories are told and, more importantly, why they are told. I realised that the predominant narratives are often shaped by those who have the power to tell them ... creating a false sense of knowledge. ... listening is truly a political act ... there is no lack of information, but rather a lack of analytical capacity. This reflection had an impact on my daily life, ... examining the stories that I myself have accepted without question ... how I can contribute to a more inclusive and fair narrative, ... (Social Education Degree student) The project is currently in the initial phase of narrative analysis. Initial findings show that students question traditional forms of university teaching and value others based on participation, pedagogical coherence and educational commitment. Preliminary conclusions highlight the relevance of the student voice as a basis for rethinking teacher training. The narratives analysed show how students are beginning to question traditional teaching practices and value training experiences based on participation, dialogue and critical reflection. Finally, the study highlights the importance of integrating student participation as a cross-cutting theme in university training, both in the curriculum and in deliberation and decision-making processes. References Ceballos-López, N. and Susinos, T. (2014). Student participation in teacher training and improvement processes: a look at the discourses of guidance counsellors and training advisors. Profesorado: Journal of curriculum and teacher training, 18(2), 228-244. Fielding, M. (2011) Student voice and educational inclusion: a radical democratic approach to intergenerational learning. Interuniversity Journal of Teacher Training, 70 (25.1) pp. 31-61. Hooks, B. (2021) Teaching to Transgress: Education as the Practice of Freedom. Capitan Swing. Leite Méndez, A.E., Moreno Parra, J., Rivas Flores, J.I and Martagón Vázquez, V. (2024) Resituating Traditions, Positions and Meanings. In, Fernando Hernández-Hernández and Judit Onsés Segarra (Eds.). Learning at University. In a volatile, uncertain, changing and ambiguous world. (Pp. 113-125). Morata Leite Mendez, A.E.; Márquez García, M.J.; Calvo León P. and Fernández Torres, P. (2020) Narratives in teacher training: the power of words and collective action. In P. Cortés González and B. Gonzalez Alba (coords.) The use of narratives in university teaching. Teaching experiences and methodological perspectives. Barcelona Octaedro Márquez García, M.J., Leite Méndez A.E., Calvo León, P., Fernández Torres, P. and Morales Ruiz, R. (2025) Uncomfortable narratives. Experience and evaluation In A. Alonso and R. Ramón (Eds.). People and new materialisms in the construction of narratives. Life stories in education (pp. 187-193). University of Valencia Hanna, D. (2002) New perspectives on learning in university teaching, In Donald Hanna (ed.) University teaching in the digital age. Barcelona, Octaedro. Pp.59-81 Rudduck, J. and Flutter, J. (2007). How to improve your school by giving students a voice. Madrid: Morata Saiz-Linares, Á.; Ceballos-López, N.; Susinos-Rada, T. (2019). Student voice and teaching improvement. Research in educational centres in Cantabria. Complutense Journal of Education, 30 (3), 713-728. Susinos, T and Ceballos-López, N (2012). Student voice and participatory presence in school life. Notes for a cartography of student voice in educational improvement. Education Journal, 359 , 24-44 Kincheloe, J. (2007). Clarifying the purpose of engaging students as researchers. In D. Thiessen and A. Cook-Shater (Eds.) International handbook of student experience in elementary and secondary school (pp. 745-774). Netherlands: Springer 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Leadership Literacy in Action: When School Leaders Teach Leadership in Initial Teacher Education The University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Leadership is widely acknowledged as central to school improvement (Louis et al., 2010), yet within Initial Teacher Education (ITE) it is frequently introduced late, implicitly, or through abstract frameworks, standards, and competency models. Such approaches risk positioning leadership as a distant, hierarchical role rather than a formative professional practice embedded in the everyday work of teaching (Acquaro, 2019; Aliu & Kaçaniku, 2023). In contemporary schooling contexts characterised by ethical complexity, organisational constraint, and workforce instability, this framing limits early career teachers’ capacity to exercise judgment, agency, and relational responsibility. This paper investigates a distinctive pedagogical design in which practising school leaders (Assistant Principals, Leading Teachers, and Coordinators) serve as university tutors in a final-semester Master of Teaching subject. Rather than teaching leadership as content alone, these tutors embody leadership through narrative, decision-making, and relational engagement in the university classroom. The study asks: How is leadership literacy enacted and learned when leadership is modelled, witnessed, and interrogated in situ by practising school leaders within Initial Teacher Education? We conceptualise leadership literacy as an educative process rather than a technical skillset. Leadership literacy is understood as the cultivation of professional judgment, ethical orientation, relational sensibility, and systems understanding capacities that enable teachers to respond thoughtfully to the demands of schooling rather than merely comply with prescribed roles or standards (Samson & Acquaro, 2024; Samson & Acquaro, 2025). The theoretical framework draws on Gert Biesta’s critique of “learnification” and his articulation of education as encompassing qualification, socialisation, and subjectification (Biesta, 2010, 2022). While leadership education in ITE often prioritises qualification (knowledge of roles, policies, and structures) and socialisation (alignment with professional norms), this paper foregrounds subjectification: the emergence of the professional as an ethically responsive subject capable of judgment and action. From this perspective, leadership is not something to be mastered after competence is achieved, but a way of coming into presence as a professional. Leadership literacy becomes a form of knowing-in-action, where understanding develops through engagement with uncertainty, moral tension, and relational responsibility. Biesta’s notion of world-centred education further informs this framing by positioning education as an encounter with the world as it is complex, constrained, and demanding of thoughtful response (Biesta, 2022). Applied to leadership education, this requires engagement with the lived realities of schools rather than idealised or procedural models of leadership. Within this framework, the presence of school leaders as tutors, functions as a pedagogical catalyst. Their narratives of constraint, ethical trade-offs, and incomplete solutions interrupt students’ assumptions about leadership as managerial, distant, or aspirational. Leadership literacy, in this sense, is enacted through encounter: students witness leadership being lived, questioned, and negotiated, and are invited to consider their own emerging professional identities in relation to these practices. By bringing together leadership identity formation and embodied pedagogy, this paper responds directly to the ECER 2026 theme Knowing and Acting. It positions leadership literacy as a site where knowing emerges through acting, and where research can illuminate new possibilities for professional formation under changing educational conditions.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative-dominant mixed methods design to explore how leadership literacy is enacted and experienced when practising school leaders serve as university tutors. Two complementary datasets were generated within the Leadership in Schools subject at a large Australian research-intensive university. The first dataset comprises student survey data collected from 44 final-year Master of Teaching students. The survey included Likert-scale items and open-ended questions examining students’ understandings of leadership, confidence in professional voice, perceptions of school structures, and openness to leadership pathways. This dataset provides insight into how students experienced leadership literacy as part of their professional formation. The second dataset consists of reflexive practitioner inquiry conducted by the school leaders who served as subject tutors. Drawing on the reflective practitioner tradition (Schön,1983), data sources included tutor reflective journals, annotated teaching artefacts, and collaborative debrief discussions. These materials captured how tutors enacted leadership pedagogically through storytelling, decision-making narratives, ethical dilemmas, and relational engagement with students. Data analysis followed Braun and Clarke’s (2006) thematic analysis, with coding conducted inductively and iteratively across both datasets. Biesta’s concepts of subjectification and world-centred education informed interpretation at the latent level, enabling analysis of how leadership was framed, disrupted, and reconstituted through pedagogical encounter. Analytic trustworthiness was enhanced through collaborative coding, reflexive memo-writing, and triangulation between student and tutor perspectives. This design enabled examination not only of what students reported learning about leadership, but how leadership literacy was enacted, modelled, and made pedagogically visible through the hybrid role of school leader–tutor. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that when leadership is embodied by practising school leaders in the ITE classroom, leadership literacy is experienced as relational, ethical, and situated, rather than hierarchical or abstract. Across both datasets, leadership emerged as a way of being and responding, not merely a future role. Three key contributions of the school leader–tutor role were identified. First, authentic visibility of leadership work enabled students to engage with the realities of leadership, including constraints, moral trade-offs, and uncertainty. Second, tutors modelled leadership dispositions such as listening, coaching, vulnerability, and care which reframed leadership as relational practice rather than positional authority. Third, these encounters activated leadership identity, with students increasingly articulating leadership as “how I show up” rather than “something I might do later.” These findings suggest that leadership literacy functions as identity work catalysed through pedagogical encounter. Rather than learning about leadership, students begin to rehearse possible professional selves capable of ethical judgment and relational responsibility within complex systems (Ibarra, 2005; Mockler, 2011). The paper concludes by arguing that leadership education in ITE should move beyond frameworks and standards toward embodied, dialogic, and world-centred pedagogies. It highlights implications for ITE staffing models, institutional recognition of hybrid educator roles, and curriculum designs that treat leadership literacy as foundational professional formation. In doing so, the study offers a research-informed response to the changing conditions of teacher education and the need to democratise leadership as everyday professional practice (Acquaro & Gurr, 2022). References Acquaro, D. (2019). Preparing the next generation of educational leaders: Initiating a leadership discourse in initial teacher education. International Studies in Educational Administration, 47(2), 107–124. Acquaro, D., & Gurr, D. (2022). Challenging leadership norms: A new way of thinking about leadership preparation. In F. English (Ed.), The Palgrave Handbook of Educational Leadership and Management Discourse (pp. 1787–1802). Springer Nature. Admiraal, W., & Kittelsen Røberg, K.-I. (2023). Teachers' job demands, resources and their job satisfaction: Satisfaction with school, career choice and teaching profession of teachers in different career stages. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, 1–10 Alho, J., Hanhimäki, E., & Eskelä-Haapanen, S. (2023). Teacher leadership development in a Finnish Class Teacher Education Program. Journal of Teacher Education and Educators, 12(2), 151-170. Aliu, J., & Kaçaniku, F. (2023). An exploration of teacher leadership: Are future teachers ready to lead? Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 13(4), 37–60. Biesta, G. (2010). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Routledge. Biesta, G. (2022). World-centred education: A view for the present. Routledge. Bond, N. (2022). The Power of Teacher Leaders, 2nd Edition. Routledge. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Ibarra, H. (2005). Identity Transitions: Possible selves, liminality and the dynamics of career change. Louis, K. S., Leithwood, K., Wahlstrom, K. L., & Anderson, S. E. (2010). Investigating the links to improved student learning: Final report of research findings. University of Minnesota, Center for Applied Research and Educational Improvement. Mockler, N. (2011). Becoming and ‘Being’ a Teacher: Understanding Teacher Professional Identity. In: Mockler, N., Sachs, J. (eds) Rethinking Educational Practice Through Reflexive Inquiry. Professional Learning & Development in Schools and Higher Education, 7. Springer. Samson, A. & Acquaro, D. (2024) Leadership Literacy Model V1 DOI 10.26188/27198984 Samson, A. and Acquaro, D. (2025), "Leadership Literacy: The Role of Leadership Education in the Attraction, Retention, and Succession Planning of Future Leaders", Stokes, H. and McLean Davies, L. (Ed.) Critical Conversations in Teacher Education, Emerald Publishing Limited, Leeds, pp. 29-45. Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. Basic Books. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Professionalism During Training: A Comparative Study on Teacher Students’ Perceptions of Autonomy and Governance University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Teacher educations (to acknowledge their differences I use the plural) are situated in a complex web with relations to both schools, the state and higher education. Over time, teacher educations are given different priorities, supposed to deal with both stability and change (Hallsén, 2013, p. 12), however, it is agreed that “The central task of teacher education is to develop professionals in education.” (Tatoo, 2021, p. 20). Still, definitions of professionals in education and how it is to be acquired differ. This comparative study explores how Swedish teacher students in 2002 and 2026 perceive aspects of teacher autonomy and governance, or discourses of professionalism (Evetts, 2009) during training. Swedish teacher students are an interesting case, since in Sweden teacher educations are the most regulated university programs (SUHF, 2021), while there is a policy intention to increase the scientific foundation for teacher educations (Hallsén, 2026) and raise professional status for teachers (Blomgren & Waks, 2015). Hallsén (2026) regards the somewhat contradictory policy ideas of increased regulations and increased focus on teachers as professionals, a “professional paradox”. The current study is part of a larger project on teacher educations as assemblages financed by the Swedish Research Council. This study is carried out as a survey to approximately 650 teacher students at different teacher education programs in three universities during a period where teacher educations have contradictory policy demands and are both debated and to be reformed. We compare our findings to a study from 2002 (Calander et al, 2003) which gives us possibilities to compare changes in student perceptions of autonomy and governance in a period where the restructuring from the 1990s including marketization and freedom of choice have been institutionalized in the Swedish educational landscape. It also makes comparisons over teacher education programs and universities possible. To be able to study teacher students’ perceptions of autonomy and governance this paper draws on Evetts’ (2009) concepts of organizational and occupational professionalism. These ideal types are based on different ways of organizing and legitimizing work, where occupational professionalism, on the one hand, is characterized by collegial authority, discretion, occupational control, trust and professional ethics, hence “operationalized by practitioners themselves, guided by codes of professional ethics monitored by professional institutes and associations” (Evetts, 2009, p. 248). Organizational professionalism, on the other hand, is characterized by managers’ discourse of control, relational-legal forms of authority, standardized procedures, hierarchical structures of authority and managerialism (Evetts, 2008, 2009). The discourse of professionalism can be regarded a “powerful tool to “analyze occupational change and social control at macro, meso and micro levels and in a wide range of occupations in very different work, organizational and employment relations, contexts and conditions” (Evetts, 2008 p. 20). Here, Evetts is used to analyze how perceptions of professionalism is manifested during training. Thereby, this comparative study aims to contribute to knowledge of professionalism in education, more specifically how teacher students during training embrace the professional paradox of autonomy and governance (Hallsén, 2026) and how it has changed over time. The following research questions are posed:
Teacher students are the most common study object in studies of Nordic teacher education (Forsström & Munthe, 2023), however there are less studies where teacher students’ voices are heard in relation to professionalism, which this study takes on. The next section accounts for methods used. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This comparative cross-sectional study draws on survey data from two time periods. The first, dataset consists of a reanalysis of a survey conducted in 2002, and the second comprises a survey administered in spring 2026. Both surveys were distributed to teacher students enrolled at the same three Swedish universities (Calander et al., 2003) using largely comparable survey instruments, still the cohorts differ. The 2002 survey yielded 904 responses and about 650 student responses are expected for the 2026 survey. In 2002 the paper-based questionnaire was distributed on site whereas in 2026 a web-based survey will be distributed on site by members of the research team, largely following the original data collection procedure. In December 2025 a pilot study was conducted, and the data collection procedure will continue during spring 2026. The 2026 study will analyze teacher students’ perceptions of autonomy and governance in relation to student background characteristics, prior school experiences, and career expectations, and compares these perceptions across time, institutional contexts, and teacher education programs. Given the cross-sectional design, the analysis focuses on cohort-level differences rather than individual change over time. First survey variables were theoretically identified departing from Evetts’ concepts of occupational and organizational professionalism. The variables regarded whether teachers or management should control teachers’ work and administration. Frequency tables were displayed and described. Six variables were thereafter identified to create the index “occupational professionalism”. An exploratory factor analysis (KMO = 0.702) confirmed that the constructed index formed a coherent dimension, and the reliability analysis yielded a Cronbach’s alpha of 0.805 for the 2026 survey which was considered good. The instruments of 2002 and 2026 are identical in this respect, and allow for cautious comparisons, even though the cohorts differ. The resulting “occupational professionalism” index captures students’ attitudes toward governance, including perceptions of autonomy, collegial authority, and managerial control. The analysis emphasizes descriptive and interpretative comparisons rather than causal inference, contributing theoretically by examining how professionalism is articulated and negotiated during teacher education over time. In the following section tentative frequency comparisons based on the 2002 survey and the pilot study (2025) will be accounted for. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By January 2026, the pilot study was performed. It was mainly intended to configure the questionnaire and examine its possibilities for future analyses. Therefore, at this point mainly conclusions regarding its theoretical appropriateness can be drawn. The professional paradox of more governance and more autonomy seem to be well represented in the index of “occupational professionalism” (cf Evetts, 2009) with a coherent dimension and reliability analysis which was good. The questionnaire seemed to work well also with respect to the number of minutes spent for the respondents. Frequency tables, that need to be read with caution, indicate that the difference between the 2002 and the 2025(6) cohort seem to be nonexistent. Even though the findings cannot be properly compared yet, it indicates that teacher students in both 2002 and 2026 agree that management should not interfere with teachers’ work, they also agree that it is important to have a teacher education if to manage schools, they do not think that politicians should interfere, but stick to the financial allocation and the same share think that teachers are best suited to judge the quality of education. Therefore, occupational professionalism seems to be embraced. At present, the outcomes of the two surveys (2002 and pilot 2025) seem to be very similar. What questions can be raised regarding teacher professionalism during training over time? Don’t teacher educations influence students’ perceptions of professionalism? A second tentative finding is that teacher students value their teacher education, to the extent that a vast majority in both cohorts find it important that educational leaders have attended teacher education. At this point it is not meaningful to discuss professionalism over time, more analyses are needed, however, the very early findings point to possibilities to learn from teacher education and changes in professionalism. References Blomgren, M., & Waks, C. (2015). Profession och politiska reformer [Profession and political reforms]. In S. Lindblad & L. Lundahl (Eds), Utbildning: Makt och politik [Education: Power and politics] (p. 21−39). Studentlitteratur. Calander, F., Jonsson, C., Lindblad, S., Steensen, J., & Wikström, H. (2003). Nybörjare på Lärarprogrammet. Vilka är de? Vad vill de? Vad tycker de?: En studie av nyantagna studenter höstterminen 2002 till lärarprogrammen i Gävle, Karlstad och Uppsala samt vid de danska folkeskolelærerseminarierna Nørre Nissum och Zahle. [Newcomers to the Teacher Training Program. Who are they? What do they want? What do they think?: A study of newly admitted students in the fall semester 2002 to the teacher training programs in Gävle, Karlstad and Uppsala as well as at the Danish elementary school teacher training colleges in Nørre Nissum and Zahle]. Pedagogiska institutionen, Uppsala universitet. Evetts, J. (2009). New professionalism and new public management: Changes, continuities and consequences. Comparative Sociology, 8(2), 247-266. https://doi.org/10.1163/156913309X421655 Evetts, J. (2008). The management of professionalism. In: S. Gewirtz, P. Mahony, I Hextall & A. Cribb. (Eds) Changing teacher professionalism: International trends, challenges and ways forward (pp. 19-30). Routledge. Forsström, S., & Munthe, E. (2023). What characterizes Nordic research on initial teacher education: A systematic scoping review. Nordic Studies in Education, 43(3), 241-259. https://doi.org/10.23865/nse.v43.5588 Hallsén, S. (2026). Lärarutbildning - statlig styrning och professionalisering. [Teacher education - state governance and professionalization] In Lindblad, S., & Lundahl, L. (Eds). Lärarutbildning, makt och politik. [Teacher education, power and politics]. (pp. 53-71) Studentlitteratur. Hallsén, S. (2013). Lärarutbildning i skolans tjänst: En policyanalys av statliga argument för förändring (Doctoral dissertation, Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis). SUHF (2021). En examensordning i lärosätenas regi: Rapport från SUHF:s arbetsgrupp för examensordningsfrågor 2018-2020. [A degree system under the auspices of higher education institutions: Report from SUHF's working group for degree system issues 2018-2020]. Retrieved 20260130 from https://suhf.se/app/uploads/2021/03/En-examensordning-i-l%C3%A4ros%C3%A4tenas-regi.-Rapport-fr%C3%A5n-SUHFs-arbetsgrupp-f%C3%B6r-examensordningsfr%C3%A5gor.-2021.pdf Tatto, M. T. (2021). Professionalism in teaching and the role of teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(1), 20-44. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1849130 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Blending In or Holding One’s Ground? A Qualitative Study of Relational Teacher Autonomy Beijing Normal University, China, Presenting Author:Background: Teacher autonomy has long been contested in public discourse and policy. While reforms encourage teachers to innovate through professional judgement and flexible pedagogy, in everyday primary and secondary school practice “autonomy on paper” does not necessarily become autonomous action. Drawing on Chinese school contexts, this study addresses a governance paradox: teachers often have some room for discretion, yet exercising it depends on relational coordination within teams and hierarchical structures. When coordination fails, professional judgement can be reclassified as non-compliance, non-cooperation, or even occupational risk (Maylone et al., 2011). Theoretical framing: The paper distinguishes two dimensions of autonomy: (1) autonomy as an institutional space of possibility—formal decision rights embedded in policy texts, school rules, and routines; and (2) autonomy as practical action capacity—the ability and willingness to translate judgement into situated action (Lin & Gao, 2023). Given that collaboration is central in autonomy research (Çolak, 2024), the study adopts a relational autonomy perspective, viewing autonomy not as an individual right or trait, but as a professional capability embedded in organisational relationship networks (Nce & Tikkanen, 2025). In highly structured, team-based, performance-oriented environments, the key question shifts from “Do I have decision-making authority?” to “Can my judgement be understood, supported, and recognised by others?” Autonomy thus becomes a form of relational competence requiring interpersonal and social scaffolding to be enacted (Mackenzie, 2021). Questions:(RQ1) How do teachers understand the autonomy space afforded by school rules and daily routines? (RQ2) Under what relational and governance conditions are formal autonomy spaces enacted or deliberately suspended? (RQ3) What strategies do teachers develop between professional judgement and collective expectations, and what are their governance implications? Method: Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 20 Chinese primary and secondary school teachers, selected via purposive maximum-variation sampling (region, school type, governance model, and experience). To strengthen empirical leverage and reduce generic responses, interviews centred on critical incidents: teachers recounted episodes in which they considered deviating from routine practices (e.g., pacing, test drilling, lesson designs), what they did or avoided doing, and how colleagues and leaders responded. Probing focused on interaction sequences, organisational cues (rules, targets, performance indicators), and perceived risks and safeguards. Interviews were recorded, transcribed, and anonymised. Data were analysed through thematic analysis, with inductive coding organised around institutional space, relational constraints, and agentic negotiation. Ethical procedures included informed consent and careful anonymisation to minimise occupational risk. Findings: First,teachers experience formal pedagogical choice as fragile and contingent on relational and governance conditions (team climate, consensus, leadership signals, and performance considerations), so the same act can be read as either professional initiative or disruption. Second, practice-based judgements that challenge unified pacing or intensive drilling are easily reframed as organisational deviance (e.g., “non-execution”), indicating weak institutional mechanisms for distinguishing legitimate discretion from problematic deviation and thereby encouraging self-censorship. Third, teachers rely on relational strategies—low-visibility adjustment, alliance building, and results-based legitimation—to sustain limited action space, but these strategies may also routinise a risk-avoidant form of autonomy. Contribution: The study shows how autonomy is reshaped through governance and relational networks into an action capacity that can be sustained—or compressed—by organisational relations. It argues that when “blending in” becomes an institutionalised expectation, autonomy is evaluated less by professional reasonableness than by collective acceptability. The findings suggest that formal empowerment alone is insufficient; schools need institutionalised mechanisms for deliberation, error tolerance, and managing professional disagreement, so professional judgement is not continually translated into relational risk. Although situated in China, the governance tension is transferable to other contexts where collaboration and performance accountability coexist. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative design to examine how teacher autonomy is produced, constrained, and negotiated in everyday school governance. A relational autonomy perspective informs both data collection and analysis by treating autonomy as embedded in organisational relationships and interactional processes rather than as an isolated individual attribute. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 20 Chinese primary and secondary school teachers. Participants were selected through purposive maximum-variation sampling to capture heterogeneity in region, school type, governance model, subject area, and teaching experience. This sampling strategy was intended to identify patterns that recur across differing organisational contexts, while retaining sensitivity to contextual variation. To reduce redundancy with the research questions and increase empirical leverage, interviews were organised around critical incidents. Teachers were invited to recount specific episodes in which they considered deviating from routine or mandated practices (e.g., unified pacing, test preparation routines, lesson design conventions). Interviews lasted 30–60 minutes, were audio-recorded with consent, transcribed verbatim, and anonymised. Given the potential occupational sensitivity of discussing workplace relationships, particular care was taken to avoid collecting identifiable details and to support participants’ control over what they wished to disclose. Data were analysed using thematic analysis with iterative cycles of inductive coding and theory-informed interpretation. First-cycle codes captured concrete autonomy episodes, relational reactions, and governance signals. Second-cycle analysis organised codes around three integrating themes: institutional space (formal permissions and routines), relational constraints (coordination demands, interpretive risks, evaluation pressures), and agentic negotiation (strategies for sustaining action space). Throughout, attention was paid to how teachers’ autonomy claims were socially interpreted and institutionally validated or delegitimised. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study indicates that the key problem of teacher autonomy is not simply whether teachers possess formal discretion, but whether professional judgement can be carried, recognised, and protected within organisational relationship networks. In highly structured, team-based, and performance-oriented governance environments, autonomy becomes a relational achievement rather than an individual possession: discretionary space is enacted only when it is compatible with collective expectations, leadership orientations, and evaluation pressures. Teachers’ accounts show that formal pedagogical choice is often experienced as conditional and fragile. The same instructional adjustment may be celebrated as professional exploration in one relational setting yet reframed as “non-execution” or “damaging collective outcomes” in another. This interpretive instability creates a governance dilemma: schools frequently lack robust mechanisms to distinguish legitimate professional discretion from problematic deviation. As a result, professional judgement is easily translated into relational risk, intensifying self-censorship and strategic compliance. At the same time, structural conditions do not yield uniform outcomes. Some teachers respond through minimal or instrumental participation, while others develop relational strategies—low-visibility innovation, selective adjustment, alliance building, and “proving legitimacy through results”—to sustain limited action space without openly challenging dominant coordination norms. These strategies may enable incremental innovation, but they can also consolidate a risk-avoidant form of autonomy that is dependent on context and personal networks rather than institutional guarantees. Overall, the findings suggest that strengthening teacher autonomy requires more than formal empowerment. Schools need institutionalised infrastructures for deliberation, professional disagreement management, and error tolerance, so that autonomy is evaluated by professional reasoning rather than solely by collective acceptability. While grounded in Chinese schools, the governance tension identified is transferable across contexts where collaboration and performance accountability coexist. References Chang, A. K. (2025). The value of relational teacher autonomy. Educational Theory. (Advance online publication) Çolak, İ. (2024). Science mapping of the knowledge base on teacher autonomy: A bibliometric study. International Journal of Educational Management, 38(5), 1305–1324. Enoch, D. (2021). Autonomy as non-alienation, autonomy as sovereignty, and politics. SSRN Electronic Journal. (Advance online publication) Ertürk, R. (2023). The effect of teacher autonomy on teachers’ professional dedication. International Journal of Psychology and Educational Studies, 10(2), 494–507. Gawlik, M. A. (2007). Beyond the charter schoolhouse door: Teacher-perceived autonomy. Education and Urban Society, 39(4), 524–553. Lähdemäki, J. (2019). Case study: The Finnish National Curriculum 2016—A co-created national education policy. In J. W. Cook (Ed.), Sustainability, human well-being, and the future of education (pp. 397–422). Springer International Publishing. Lin, Q., & Gao, X. (2023). Exploring the predictors of teachers’ teaching autonomy: A three-level international study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 135, 11. Mackenzie, C. (2021). Relational equality and the debate between externalist and internalist theories of relational autonomy. In N. Stoljar & K. Voigt (Eds.), Autonomy and equality (pp. 32–56). Routledge. Maylone, M. M., Ranieri, L., Griffin, M. T. Q., McNulty, R., & Fitzpatrick, J. J. (2011). Collaboration and autonomy: Perceptions among nurse practitioners. Journal of the American Academy of Nurse Practitioners, 23(1), 51–57. Maylone et al. (2011). Collaboration and autonomy: Perceptions among nurse practitioners. Journal of the American Academy of Nurse Practitioners, 23(1), 51e57. Nce, M. A., & Tikkanen, J. (2025). Autonomy and solidarity in school culture: A relationality perspective on teacher autonomy. European Journal of Education, 60. Paradis, A., Lutovac, S., Jokikokko, K., & Kaasila, R. (2019). Towards a relational understanding of teacher autonomy: The role of trust for Canadian and Finnish teachers. Research in Comparative and International Education, 14(3), 394–411. Pearson, L. C., & Moomaw, W. (2005). The relationship between teacher autonomy and stress, work satisfaction, empowerment, and professionalism. Educational Research Quarterly, 29. Romero, N., Koerber, N., Fasching-Varner, K. J., & Schrader, P. G. (2023). Relational autonomy in teacher education: Deepening teacher quality through indigenous and decolonizing education. Cultural and Pedagogical Inquiry, 15(1), 57–70. Schwartzman, L. (2002). Relational autonomy: Feminist perspectives on autonomy, agency, and the social self. Teaching Philosophy, 25, 183–186. White, P. A. (1992). Teacher empowerment under “ideal” school-site autonomy. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 14(1), 69–82. Xu, H. (2013). Exploring the institutional and professional role cognitions of EFL teachers in junior high school. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 11 C: Teacher and/or Researcher? Location: 114 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Constanze Saunders Session Chair: Christina Richardson Symposium |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Teacher and/or Researcher? - Introducing Research-based Learning Flexibly in Meaningful Ways for Teacher Professionalization The Symposium is a collaboration between researchers from the European University Alliance Circle.U (https://www.circle-u.eu), specifically its Teacher Education Network (TENet), incorporating academics from the University of Belgrade, King’s College London and Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin. As many other fields in education, in teacher education the role and shape of research is a matter of discussion - specifically, its place and extent in university curricula as well as in professional teacher development (cf. Gerheim 2022, Bergmark 2023). In recent years, as Research-Based Learning (RBL) has been increasingly added as a key feature in pre-service and in-service teachers’ professionalisation across different international contexts, various formats of integrating this approach in teacher education have been established and researched (cf. Brew & Saunders 2020, Raberger et al. 2026). Challenges and benefits have been identified, yet success often depends on how RBL as a fundamental principle within teacher education can be embedded within teacher education programmes and adapted to the various study contexts, to the target groups, their teaching experience, attitudes towards teacher research and other aspects (cf. Thiem et al. 2023). In addition to the development of relevant skills, knowledge and competences, student and teacher research into practice adds valuable perspectives and insights for academics in the field of education, as well as new topics and trajectories for scientific research in the field. In consequence, there remains a need to address the following question: How can research-based learning in teacher education be flexibly designed to cater to various groups of teacher researchers in specific settings, such as undergraduate students at the beginning of their studies, more experienced graduate students, as well as teachers who are teaching every day, taking into account their various backgrounds, needs and objectives? In this symposium, we collect answers to this reseach question offering four contributions that exemplify different formats in pre-service teacher education (Stadler-Altmann, Lenge, Budjevac) and in-service professional development (Saunders). All four contributions are united by the goal of fostering an inquiry mindset, while differing in instructional design, in how they establish a connection between theory and practice and how they use different modes of mentoring and collaboration. Methodologically, the four papers use various qualitative approaches, depending on the contexts researched. Set in the context of a teacher education program in Italy, Stadler-Altmann investigates the effects of integrating RBL in the curriculum with a closer look at teaching research skills and assessing RBL through the analysis of students’ posters, exams, and master’s theses. Lenge uses a theoretical approach, exploring the benefits and challenges posed to such open research areas as “student research spaces”, expanding on her literature-based descriptions with reflections about cases from her Berlin university’s context. Drawing on survey data from student teachers from the Circle.U Teacher Education Network, Budjevac presents findings of a collaborative study into student research, which involved student teachers as co-researchers, with the co-researchers particularly benefitting from their scaffolded experience. Finally, Saunders’ paper discusses results and insights from the Goethe-Institute's German teacher professional development program used worldwide, with data from participants from various countries, focusing on the groups’ heterogeneity and salient mentoring practices. The four contributions thus present research results within their respective contexts, considering the various needs and motives, experiences, self-images, institutional access, mentoring offers, and curricular availability of research-based learning in their specific stages of professionalization within teacher education. References Bergmark, U. (2023). Teachers’ professional learning when building a research-based education: Context-specific, collaborative and teacher-driven professional development. Professional Development in Education, 49(2), 210–224. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2020.1827011 Brew, A. & Saunders, C. (2020). Making sense of research-based learning in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education. An International Journal of Research and Studies (87): 1-11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102935 Gerheim, U. (2022). Undergraduate Research in Teacher Education. In H. A. Mieg, E. Ambos, A. Brew, D. Galli, & J. Lehmann (Eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of Undergraduate Research (pp. 431–438). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Raberger, J., Darmawanti, I. & Froehlich, D. E. (2026): Research-based learning and the development of an inquiry habit of mind in teacher education: A systematic literature review. In: Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung. DOI: 10.1007/s35834-025-00526-0. Thiem, J., Preetz, R., & Haberstroh, S. (2020). 'Warum soll ich forschen?'-Wirkungen Forschenden Lernens bei Lehramtsstudierenden. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, 15(2), 187-207. Presentations of the Symposium Research-Based Learning as a Professionalisation Strategy in Teacher Training at an Italian University
The professionalisation of future teachers is predicated on two fundamental components: research-based learning and scientific work. The present article employs two interconnected modules in a Master's programme in educational science at a university in Italy as illustrations to demonstrate how students in their first and fourth years of study are systematically introduced to educational research methods and scientific work (Stadler-Altmann et al. 2018). The fundamental module, which is taught in the first year of study, introduces students to the essential scientific skills of formulating research questions, identifying research designs, and evaluating them through the analysis of empirical studies (Stadler-Altmann et al. 2022). Concurrently, scientific writing is promoted through the processing of various types of texts. In the fourth year of study, the knowledge acquired is deepened in a comprehensive module that deals with media education, evaluation and development of kindergartens and primary schools. In this setting, students are instructed in the autonomous development of research designs and the formulation of media education projects, which are subsequently presented in the form of a scientific poster presentation (Stadler-Altmann, 2020). This presentation encompasses research concepts and educational methodologies as a continuous process of refinement and development (Stadler-Altmann et al., 2022). This form of assessment serves as a foundational element in the preparation for the Master's thesis, thereby fostering the development of a research habitus. The programme is designed to equip students with a range of research skills that are pertinent to the field of education, including skills related to research methodology and the utilisation of evidence for the enhancement of pedagogical practice.
The findings demonstrate a consistent enhancement in student performance, accompanied by an escalating diversification of research inquiries and methodologies (Asgari et al., 2022). The integration of research into university teaching is further developed through action research as a methodological concept that enables both students and teachers to systematically reflect on and improve their practice (Stadler-Altmann 2021). This approach demonstrates that research-based learning is not only a teaching method but also a central element of professionalisation in teacher training.
References:
Asgari, M., Stadler-Altmann, U., Zanin, R., & Mischi, G. (2022). Wissenschaftliches Schreiben an einer mehrsprachigen Universität: Wissenschaftssprachkomparatistik in Forschung und Lehre. In M. Angerer-Pitschko & V. Wakounig (Eds.), Mehrsprachigkeit als Ziel (pp.149–162). Leipziger Universitätsverlag.
Stadler-Altmann, U. (2021). Forschen lernen und lernen zu forschen: Möglichkeiten und Folgen einer Aktionsforschung im Rahmen der universitären Lehrer*innenbildung. In R. Zanin, F. Rauch, A. Schuster, C. Lechner, U. Stadler-Altmann & J. Drumbl (Eds.), Herausforderung Sprache in Kindergarten, Schule und Universität: Beiträge zu Aktionsforschung, Lesson Study und Learning Study (pp. 41–55). Praesens Verlag.
Stadler-Altmann, U., Resinger, P., & Pulyer, U. (2022). Forschendes Lernen und wissenschaftliches Arbeiten als Bausteine der Professionalisierung: Praxisbericht aus einem universitären Lehrsetting im Rahmen der Lehrerbildung. die hochschullehre, 8, 579–586. https://doi.org/10.3278/HSL22241W
Stadler-Altmann, U. (2020). Wissenschaftliche Poster evaluieren: Konzeptionelle Überlegungen zu einem Präsentationsformat in Forschung und Lehre. Pädagogische Rundschau, 74(4), 379–396. https://doi.org/10.3726/PR042020.0038
Stadler-Altmann, U., Herzer, G., Keiner, E., Resinger, P., Saxalber, A.-M., & Videsott, G. (2018). Perspektivwechsel: Forschendes Lernen in einem Modul? Hochschuldidaktische Lehrkooperation zwischen Universität, Schule und Kindergarten in Südtirol. In N. Neuber, W. Paravicini & M. Stein (Eds.), Forschendes Lernen – The wider view (pp. 297–300). WTM Verlag.
Spaces for Research-Based Learning: The Student Research Space (Studentische Forschungswerkstatt)
Research-based learning is considered a central principle of teacher training, as it enables prospective teachers to analyze pedagogical practices using a theoretical approach, question them empirically, and develop them through reflection (Fichten & Meyer, 2014; Huber, 2009). The aim is to familiarize students with research findings and involve them in the process of acquiring scientific knowledge, as well as develop their research-oriented, reflective attitudes (Fichten & Meyer, 2014).
In Germany, research-based learning is implemented in teacher training – amongst other formats – through so-called “Hochschullernwerkstätten”, specifically in student research spaces (Studentische Forschungswerkstätten, SWF). These open, material- and process-oriented learning spaces give students room to think and act. Students can develop their own questions, examine them theoretically, and relate them to educational practice (Rumpf, 2016).
The paper introduces the SWF concept, exemplified by the one established at Humboldt Universität zu Berlin, describing potentials of this learning space, illustrated with case examples, and discussing challenges and matching solutions when conducting RBL in this context. Finally, the identified needs for further empirical research will be presented.
Designed as an open learning environment, the SWF supports research-based learning in a peer-based setting beyond curricular requirements. Students work independently on their own research projects and receive support through peer consultations, digital learning modules, and co-working spaces. The SFW aims to promote a reflective approach to research by experiencing central phases of the research process, addressing uncertainties, and encouraging independent professional development. For example, students may prepare a classroom observation for a master's thesis. The SFW complements curriculum-based teaching formats by emphasizing independent question development and a scientific approach to educational practice. Rather than focusing on producing verified knowledge, the SFW emphasizes that students take on a scientific perspective to educational practice (Lenge, 2026), which allows them to reflectively distance themselves from their practical experience (Fichten & Meyer, 2014; Weißhaupt et al., 2018). This principle is implemented through collective negotiation processes, peer feedback, and lecturers’ non-instructional roles (Rumpf, 2016; Stadler-Altmann et al., 2025).
The SFW is characterized by an understanding of knowledge as contingent, context-dependent, and negotiable. Here, research-based learning is a circular process involving materiality, interaction, and collective reflection (Weißhaupt et al., 2018). Cognitive irritations, such as when empirical results contradict one's own expectations, can trigger reflection processes that contribute to developing a research-reflective attitude (Lenge, 2026). Under these conditions, students increasingly perceive research as meaningful to their professional development (van Ophuysen et al., 2017).
References:
Fichten, W., & Meyer, H. (2014). Skizzen einer Theorie forschenden Lernens in der Lehrerinnenbildung. In E. Feyerer, K. Hirschenhauser & K. Soukup-Altricher (Eds.), Last oder Lust? Forschung und Lehrerinnenbildung (pp. 11–42). Waxmann.
Huber, L. (Ed.). (2009). Forschendes Lernen im Studium: Aktuelle Konzepte und Erfahrungen. Universitätsverlag.
Lenge, S. S. (2026, in press). Die Entwicklung einer forschend-reflexiven Haltung als Teil des Professionalisierungsprozesses angehender Lehrkräfte: Eine theoretische Perspektive auf das Konzept des Forschenden Lernens im Rahmen der Lehrer*innenbildung. In T. Mayer, F. Isensee, N. Zunker, F. Kapp & L. Meyer-Jenßen (Eds.), Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildungsforschung. Berlin Universities Publishing.
Rumpf, D. (2016). Forschendes Lernen und Forschen lernen in Hochschullernwerkstätten. In S. Schude, D. Bosse & J. Klusmeyer (Eds.), Studienwerkstätten in der Lehrerbildung (pp. 73–85). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-11697-2_6
van Ophuysen, S., Behrmann, L., Bloh, B., Homt, M., & Schmidt, J. (2017). Die universitäre Vorbereitung angehender Lehrkräfte auf forschendes Lernen im schulischen Berufsalltag. Journal for Educational Research Online, 9(2), 276–305.
Weißhaupt, M., Hildebrandt, E., Hummel, M., Müller-Naendrup, B., Panitz, K., & Schneider, R. (2018). Perspektiven auf das Forschen in Lernwerkstätten. In M. Peschel, M. Kelkel (Eds.). Fachlichkeit in Lernwerkstätten. Kind und Sache in Lernwerkstätten (pp. 187-212). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:21428
Students as Co-Researchers – Opening a New Perspective for Future Teachers
The Teacher Education Network (TENet) is a research consortium from five European universities dedicated to initial teacher education (ITE) within the Circle.U European University Alliance (https://www.circle-u.eu). TENet’s primary objectives are to promote high-quality education and research in ITE (Brew, 2006) and to strengthen the internationalization of teacher education. One of the network's inaugural activities was a study conducted across all five networking universities, aimed at understanding the opportunities and needs of future teachers regarding research involvement during their ITE. The study utilized 11 focus group interviews, involving 32 ITE students. Crucially, the research was co-designed with student co-researchers, who participated in every phase alongside academic researchers. They conducted the focus group interviews and joined in the process of analyzing the data. Thus, beyond gaining insights into future teachers' needs and experiences, the project served as an opportunity to implement and evaluate collaborative research models in practice (Lave & Wenger, 1991).
Results from the focus groups indicate that students perceive research involvement as a means to enhance critical thinking, shape teacher identity, build confidence, and create space for reflection. As one participant noted: “One cannot become a good teacher without this research mindset.”
In addition to analyzing focus group data, we asked participating student co-researchers to reflect on their own experiences within this process. Their findings were consistent with the broader data but grounded in concrete research practice. They identified the value of student teacher research for both academic requirements (such as Master’s theses) and practical classroom work. Furthermore, they reported that they “felt the research way of thinking was natural” and viewed research as a vital tool for increasing the quality of teaching (cf. Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). Participants also noted improvements in research literacy and public speaking, which significantly boosted their self-confidence.
Despite the strong similarities between the focus group responses and the experiences of the co-researchers, we identified an additional, unique value in the co-researching model, exemplified by this student quote: “This meant that the responsibility of the research did not rest entirely on my shoulders; instead, I was gradually introduced to the research process and the ways in which research is conducted. [This] was exactly what made the research much more accessible to me, and I had very good role models to look up to.” This suggests that collaborative research acts as a scaffolding mechanism, a step-by-step approach to make academic inquiry more approachable for future educators.
References:
Brew, A. (2006). Research and teaching: Beyond the divide. Palgrave Macmillan.
Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (2009). Inquiry as stance: Practitioner research in the next generation. Teachers College Press.
Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press.
Responding to a Heterogenous Group: Mentoring Practices within the Research-Oriented Goethe-Institute's Teacher Professional Development Program
Looking at research-based learning beyond the university context, this presentation introduces an international professional development program for teachers of German, which the Goethe-Institute offers worldwide as a key qualification in the field (“Deutsch Lehren Lernen”, DLL). The participants are in-service teachers, second and first-language speakers with varying teaching and research experience. Besides theoretical material, the program includes a significant research component called “practice exploration project”, requiring the participants to undertake practice research in their own classrooms, exploring how discussed theoretical phenomena occur in their learning groups or applying and evaluating newly studied methods, for example (Saunders et al. 2020). A quantitative survey looking at research attitudes and knowledge showed a heterogenous background of research experience in the sample of 312 teacher researchers (Helmbold et al., 2023), pointing to the need for skilled mentoring.
Thus, extensive research was done looking at salient mentoring practices of established DLL tutors in hybrid settings (Walkington et al. 2025), using a qualitative analysis of 17 in-depth interviews with expert teacher-mentors from all over the world. The authors identified 11 practices that successfully supported these kinds of practice inquiry projects conducted by non-academic teacher-researchers. Most notably, compared to other mentoring groups, these tutors rigidly reflected on their own mentoring practice, suggesting that the DLL program creates an “inquiry mindset” even outside the immediate target group.
References:
Helmbold, B., Karbi, G. & Saunders, C. (2023). Einstellungen und Kompetenzen hinsichtlich Forschenden Lernens in DLL. Eine Fragebogenerhebung unter am Programm teilnehmenden Deutschlehrenden weltweit. KONTEXTE. Internationales Journal zur Professionalisierung in Deutsch als Fremdsprache weltweit, 1(2):64-77. DOI: https://doi.org/10.24403/jp.1335302
Saunders, C., Werner, T., Helmbold, B. & Schart, M. (2020). „Praxiserkundungen als Ansatz für Forschendes Lernen im Bereich Deutsch als Fremd- und Zweitsprache“. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, 15(2):101-124. https://www.zfhe.at/index.php/zfhe/article/view/1347
Walkington, H., Saunders, C., Helmbold, B., Schart, M., Ebid, A. & Frodsham, S. (2025): Salient practices in mentoring teachers as researchers: the Goethe-Institute’s German as a foreign language continuing professional development programme. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 24 p. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-025-00514-4
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 10 SES 11 D: Working with Analytic Uncertainty in Teacher Education Research: Phenomenography, Narrative Inquiry, and Methodological Judgement Location: 113 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Yuxin Liu Research Workshop |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Research Workshop Working with Analytic Uncertainty in Teacher Education Research: Phenomenography, Narrative Inquiry, and Methodological Judgement UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Within teacher education research, qualitative approaches that foreground teachers’ experience and meaning-making, such as phenomenography and narrative inquiry, are well established and theoretically developed. Both approaches have been widely used to explore teachers’ learning, professional identity, and understandings of practice across different educational contexts (Åkerlind, 2025; Clandinin & Connelly, 2000; Kelchtermans, 2009), with recent qualitative studies continuing to draw on these traditions to examine teachers’ professional sense-making in situated contexts (e.g. Dahl, 2024; Eryılmaz & Dikilitaş, 2023; Yau et al., 2023). At the same time, methodological scholarship has pointed out that qualitative analysis rarely unfolds in a linear or procedurally transparent manner once a methodological framework has been selected. Rather than progressing through clearly defined analytic steps, qualitative analysis often involves iterative movement between empirical material, emerging interpretations, and theoretical resources (Mauthner & Doucet, 2003; Braun & Clarke, 2019; Morgan, 2014). In teacher education research, this nonlinearity becomes particularly evident when researchers analyse teachers’ accounts of experience, identity, and professional meaning-making.
In research on teachers’ experience, such analytic work frequently brings researchers to points where provisional categories feel unstable, interpretive moves are difficult to justify, or different methodological commitments pull the analysis in competing directions. These difficulties are not simply matters of analytic skill. Rather, they reflect structural tensions inherent in researching teachers’ experience, where interpretation necessarily involves judgement that cannot be fully formalised as a method (Kelchtermans, 2009). Although analytic uncertainty and interpretive tension are widely acknowledged in methodological discussions of reflexivity, the analytic labour through which such uncertainty is negotiated is rarely made explicit in published research accounts. Reflexive methodological work has demonstrated that analytic decisions are frequently portrayed as coherent and linear in retrospect, with minimal indication of hesitation, revision, or doubt in research writing (Mauthner & Doucet, 2003). Consequently, the practical processes involved in generating qualitative claims often stay implicit, particularly in journal articles, because of strict word limits.
This research workshop takes analytic uncertainty itself as a methodological object. It is grounded in the author’s completed doctoral study of primary school teachers’ understandings of a literacy-and-literature curriculum (YuWen) in mainland China. The study is used not as an exemplar of methodological success, but as a worked case through which analytic difficulty can be examined. The research combined phenomenography and narrative inquiry to explore how teachers conceptualised their subject and how their professional subjectivity was constituted through accounts of schooling, upbringing, and work. Phenomenography was used to describe qualitatively different ways of understanding the curriculum and the structural relations among these variations (Marton & Booth, 1997; Åkerlind, 2005), while narrative analysis attended to how meaning was produced through language, plot, positioning, and evaluative stance within teachers’ accounts (Riessman, 2008).
While both approaches are well established within teacher education research, their combined use generated moments of analytic uncertainty that could not be resolved through procedural guidance alone. Rather than attempting to eliminate such tensions in advance, the workshop foregrounds them as sites in which methodological judgement becomes visible. By engaging participants with concrete analytic material, the workshop opens space for collective reflection on how analytic decisions are made, questioned, and revised in qualitative teacher education research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodological design of the workshop is grounded in the assumption that qualitative analysis is not a matter of applying methods to data, but of working analytically with uncertainty through situated judgement. Methodological research indicates that qualitative analysis usually involves repeatedly engaging with empirical data, where analytic distinctions are temporarily stabilized, reexamined, and adjusted instead of being strictly predetermined (Mauthner & Doucet, 2003; Byrne, 2022). This understanding is particularly relevant for teacher education research, where analytic work frequently engages with teachers’ accounts of experience, identity, and professional meaning-making. Within phenomenographic research, analytic quality is commonly assessed through criteria such as internal coherence, parsimony, and the logical structure of the outcome space (Marton & Booth, 1997; Åkerlind, 2005). These criteria provide important methodological guidance. At the same time, methodological reflections within phenomenography have noted that analytic difficulty can arise when participants’ descriptions are saturated with affective, biographical, or evaluative meanings that resist stabilisation into structural categories (Åkerlind, 2005; Tight, 2016). In such situations, outcome spaces may meet formal criteria while still feeling analytically insufficient, prompting reconsideration of what counts as a meaningful distinction across cases.Narrative inquiry, by contrast, foregrounds meaning as it is produced through language, plot, positioning, and evaluative stance within accounts of experience (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000; Riessman, 2008). This orientation has been particularly influential in teacher education research concerned with teachers’ professional identity and subjectivity (Kelchtermans, 2009). At the same time, narrative researchers have pointed to the challenge of sustaining analytic traction beyond individual cases without flattening experiential complexity (Riessman, 2008). The workshop adopts a worked-case approach using selected interview excerpts from the author’s doctoral study as an analytic example. These excerpts were chosen because they generated analytic uncertainty during the original analysis, particularly at moments when phenomenographic and narrative commitments pulled interpretation in different directions. Participants will work collaboratively with these materials to identify analytic tensions, articulate provisional interpretations, and reflect on the judgments through which analytic moves are made, suspended, or revised. In this sense, the workshop treats analytic uncertainty not as a problem to be solved, but as a methodological situation through which qualitative knowledge about teachers’ experience is produced. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This workshop contributes to research in teacher education by examining analytic uncertainty as part of the methodological culture through which qualitative research on teachers’ experience is conducted. Within teacher education research, qualitative methodologies can be understood not only as sets of techniques, but also as shared ways of working, judging, and accounting for analytic decisions, as illustrated through the methodological traditions and analytic tensions discussed above. By working with a concrete research case, the workshop brings into view how analytic uncertainty arises at the intersection of methodological commitments and the cultural expectations of teacher education research. The tensions encountered when combining phenomenography and narrative inquiry are not treated as methodological incompatibilities, but as moments in which established methodological traditions pull analysis in different directions. Making such moments visible allows participants to reflect on how analytic judgement is exercised within, rather than outside of, these traditions. In this sense, the workshop addresses both cultures and methodologies of research in teacher education. It supports methodological reflection that is grounded in analytic practice and attentive to how qualitative knowledge about teachers is shaped by disciplinary norms, research traditions, and expectations of coherence in research writing. Rather than offering prescriptive solutions or models, the workshop invites collective examination of how analytic work is carried out and justified within the methodological cultures of teacher education research. References Åkerlind, G. S. (2005). Variation and commonality in phenomenographic research methods. Higher Education Research & Development, 24(4), 321–334. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360500284672 Åkerlind, G. S. (2025). Phenomenography in the 21st century: A methodology for investigating human experience of the world. Open Book Publishers. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589–597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806 Byrne, D. (2022). A worked example of abductive analysis. Quality & Quantity, 56(1), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-021-01182-y Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. Jossey-Bass. Dahl, K. K. B. (2024). Doubly situated teacher professionalism: School culture, personal narrations and becoming a teacher in Danish schools. International Journal of Educational Development, 104, 103047. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2024.103047 Eryılmaz, R., & Dikilitaş, K. (2023). Identity tensions of in-service teacher educators: A narrative inquiry. Language Teaching Research. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/13621688231216816 Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: Self-understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 15(2), 257–272. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540600902875332 Marton, F., & Booth, S. (1997). Learning and awareness. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Mauthner, N. S., & Doucet, A. (2003). Reflexive accounts and accounts of reflexivity in qualitative data analysis. Sociology, 37(3), 413–431. https://doi.org/10.1177/00380385030373002 Morgan, D. L. (2014). Pragmatism as a paradigm for social research. Qualitative inquiry, 20(8), 1045-1053. Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage. Tight, M. (2016). Phenomenography: The development and application of an innovative research design in higher education research. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 19(3), 319–338. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2015.1010284 Yau, K. W., Chai, C. S., Chiu, T. K. F., Meng, H., King, I., & Yam, Y. (2023). Teachers’ conceptions of teaching artificial intelligence in K–12 schools: A phenomenographic study. Education and Information Technologies, 28, 1041–1064. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-022-11161-x |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 11 SES 11 A: School Education: Pedagogical Innovations, Technologies and AI for Quality Teaching/Learning Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Mudassir Arafat Paper Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Developing a Quality Framework and Evaluation Procedure for Learning Materials Leerpunt, Belgium Presenting Author:Student performance in Flanders has shown a steady decline, according to both national and international comparative studies (e.g. Dockx et al., 2023; Faddar et al., 2020; Flemish Government, 2025; OECD, 2023). In response, the Flemish government has implemented strategic measures for systemic quality enhancement, including the recent establishment of quality labels for both professional development initiatives and educational learning materials. This study focuses specifically on the development of these quality labels for learning materials. The Flemish educational landscape offers a wide array of learning materials designed to support pedagogical-didactic processes and enhance student learning. The term “learning materials” encompasses a broad range of resources, including (digital) textbooks, workbooks, teaching methods, and teacher manuals (Bellens et al., 2022). In daily practice, teachers and instructional teams rely heavily on these resources for both subject-specific content and pedagogical-didactic guidance. Within the framework of Flanders’ principle of educational freedom, developers have the autonomy to translate attainment targets and curriculum objectives into learning materials. However, there remains limited insight into the quality of these learning materials, their development processes, or their actual implementation in practice (Bellens et al., 2022; Flemish Government, 2025). To address this, in April 2025 the Flemish government mandated Leerpunt, an independent evidence-informed organization, to evaluate learning materials within compulsory education, providing a grant of €3.49 million for the period 28 April 2025 to 30 June 2028. This project aims to provide essential support in the development, selection, and implementation of educational resources. This paper contribution presents the results of the first part of the project, which tested both a comprehensive quality framework and a formal evaluation procedure for learning materials. Leerpunt’s strategy for quality enhancement follows two distinct tracks:
Although both tracks are being developed in parallel, this paper contribution focuses specifically on the second track: the formal quality label for learning materials produced by providers. Following a large-scale study, providers will be able to officially submit their learning materials to Leerpunt for quality assessment, starting in February 2026. The formal evaluation begins with a strategic focus on Mathematics and Dutch in primary education. Approved learning materials will also be published on Leerpunt’s website. Throughout this process, Leerpunt adopts a development-oriented perspective, prioritizing constructive feedback and continuous improvement of materials over mere compliance. The primary aim of the first part of the project was to develop and test a robust, standardized, and evidence-based mechanism for evaluating learning materials, with the goal of positively contributing to educational quality. This aim is divided into two central research objectives: RO1: The development and testing of a comprehensive quality framework across all levels of compulsory education to ensure a valid assessment of learning materials. RO2: The development and testing of an effective evaluation procedure (assessment protocol) to ensure a reliable and objective evaluation process. In a first phase, an expert committee established a scientifically grounded quality framework for the systematic screening of learning materials, including main categories, indicators and items, and developed an evaluation procedure for this purpose in collaboration with Leerpunt. In developing this framework, the expert committee built extensively upon the work of the “Kwaliteitsalliantie”, which had previously conducted a comprehensive literature review on learning materials and produced an initial version of the framework for the secondary education (Bellens et al., 2022; De Man, 2022). Based on this solid theoretical foundation, an expert committee developed a generic quality framework to map the didactic quality of learning materials across all levels of compulsory education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The quality framework and assessment procedure was evaluated through a phased mixed-methods research design, combining qualitative and quantitative approaches. First, in August 2025, eight focus groups were conducted (n = 53) to assess the usability and applicability of the quality framework and the evaluation procedure for screening learning materials (Patton, 2002). The focus groups followed a standardized protocol for practical organization (Morgan & Krueger, 1998). The focus groups were audio- and video-recorded and fully transcribed. The qualitative data were then analyzed using both vertical and horizontal analyses. Vertical analyses resulted in anonymized reports for each focus group, with themes identified deductively based on the quality framework and inductively from the data (Krueger & Casey, 2015; Onwuegbuzie et al., 2009). Subsequently, horizontal analysis was used to synthesize similarities, differences, and recurring patterns across the focus groups (Bazeley, 2013; Miles et al., 2014). This comparative approach informed a first revision of both the quality framework and evaluation procedure. In a second phase, a pilot study assessed the reliability of the quality framework and its evaluation procedure for screening learning materials. A total of eleven learning materials were evaluated by 37 reviewers, organized into evaluation committees of three to five members per learning material. These learning materials represented a wide range of materials including, for example, purely digital resources, primary school mathematics materials, and materials for niche subjects in secondary education. First, all reviewers independently assessed the materials and submitted their findings. Second, each committee participated in a session to reach a collective judgment. Part A of the pilot study examined the broad applicability of the quality framework and procedure across the Flemish educational context. Separate committees of three to five reviewers, including both scientists and educational professionals, evaluated eight learning materials. Part B of the pilot study investigated the extent to which different reviewers independently produced comparable judgments when screening the same learning materials. Dual committees of five reviewers each evaluated three learning materials. During and after evaluations, feedback was collected via committee reports and surveys with open and closed questions, completed by reviewers (n = 37) and providers (n = 7). Internal consistency of the quality framework was high (Cronbach’s alpha = 0.9), and inter-rater reliability was calculated using the intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC). Item–total correlations were also examined, and items with low correlations were reviewed. Based on the qualitative and quantitative findings, the quality framework and evaluation procedure were revised for a second time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The current quality framework, consisting of 32 items, and the accompanying evaluation procedure have been fully developed and are ready for implementation. This was preceded by a thorough scientific development phase, based on an extensive literature review and supported by both qualitative and quantitative analyses, including focus groups and pilot study. These confirmed the usability, applicability, and reliability of the quality framework and evaluation procedure, leading to two revisions. The theoretical framework, structured around three main categories, indicators, and 32 items, provides a systematic way to assess effective didactic components in learning materials. The accompanying user guide supports a consistent and thoughtful application of these criteria by providing the necessary contextual information and instructions for use. The outcome is a comprehensive, scientifically grounded evaluation procedure based on the quality framework, enabling the systematic screening of learning materials. Based on this development phase, the first scientific article is currently in preparation, focusing on the development of the quality framework and the design of the evaluation procedure. Beginning in February 2026, a large-scale screening of learning materials will be conducted, with the quality framework and evaluation procedure fully implemented. Throughout this process, both the framework and procedure will be systematically refined and updated based on ongoing analyses, emerging insights, and evolving educational practices, ensuring alignment with current educational needs and assessment standards. This ongoing monitoring of the quality of the screening will directly contribute to a second scientific article, reporting on factor analyses, construct validity, inter-rater reliability, and internal consistency. This article will analyze and describe the effectiveness of the quality framework and evaluation procedure in practice, demonstrating and strengthening the scientific and practical value of the procedure. References Bazeley, P. (2013). Qualitative data analysis: Practical strategies. London, UK: SAGE Publications. Bellens, K., Byls, H., Van Assche, J., Kirschner, P. A., & Verachtert, P. (2022). Wijze Lessen voor het ontwikkelen, kiezen en gebruiken van leermiddelen in het leerplichtonderwijs: handleiding bij een kader voor didactische kwaliteit van leermiddelen. Thomas More Hogeschool. De Man, L. (2022). Naar een kwaliteitsalliantie. https://www.vlaanderen.be/publicaties/naar-een-kwaliteitsalliantie Dockx, J., Pelgrims, L., Aesaert, K., & Janssen, R. (2023). Tonen de Vlaamse peilingsonderzoeken en internationale studies dezelfde trends in leerlingprestaties?. Pedagogische Studiën, 100(4), 421-447. Faddar, J., Appels, L., Merckx, B., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Delrue, K., De Maeyer, S., & Van Petegem, P. (2020). Vlaanderen in TIMSS 2019. Wiskunde- en wetenschapsprestaties van het vierde leerjaar in internationaal perspectief en doorheen de tijd. Antwerpen: Universiteit Antwerpen. Flemish Government. (2025). Flemish tests. Retrieved November 10, 2025 Krueger, R. A., & Casey, M. A. (2015). Focus groups: A practical guide for applied research (5th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M., & Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. Morgan, D. L., & Krueger, R. A. (1998). The focus group kit (Vols. 1–6). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. OECD. (2023). PISA 2025 science framework. OECD Publishing. Retrieved from https://pisa-framework.oecd.org/science-2025/ Onwuegbuzie, A. J., Dickinson, W. B., Leech, N. L., & Zoran, A. G. (2009). A qualitative framework for collecting and analyzing data in focus group research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 8(3), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1177/160940690900800301 Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Identifying Learning Gaps in Native Language (L1) and Mathematics: Teachers’ Perspectives for Developing an AI-Based Diagnostic and Improvement Tool Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania Presenting Author:Contemporary societies are characterised by increasing volatility and rapid transformation, in which “the ability to learn has never been as important as it is today” (UNESCO, 2015, p. 41). This claim was empirically reinforced by the COVID-19 pandemic (2020–2022), which exposed the need for education systems to respond flexibly to rapidly changing political, economic, and social conditions. The abrupt transition to remote learning revealed both structural vulnerabilities and pedagogical challenges, highlighting the importance of research that connects educational knowledge with informed action. This orientation directly aligns with the EERA ECER 2026 conference theme Knowing and Acting: The Changing Conditions and Potentials of Education Research. Empirical studies demonstrate that school closures and distance learning negatively affected students’ learning outcomes (Maldonado & De Witte, 2021; König & Frey, 2022), with particularly pronounced learning gaps in mathematics (Aguhayon et al., 2023) and native language (L1) education (Westhoff et al., 2023). In the domain of native language learning, the most frequently reported gaps concern written text comprehension (Westhoff et al., 2023). Linguistic research consistently shows that limited vocabulary, reduced semantic flexibility, and insufficient morphological awareness restrict students’ ability to construct meaning from texts, making these factors key predictors of comprehension difficulties (James et al., 2023; Rueda-Sánchez et al., 2025). Similarly, research in mathematics education indicates that following school closures teachers observed substantial deficiencies in students’ understanding of arithmetic operations with whole numbers—addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division—as well as weakened conceptual knowledge of numerical operations (Baiño, 2025). These mathematical gaps were often compounded by students’ difficulties in reading comprehension, which hindered their ability to solve word-based tasks. In addition to cognitive factors, researchers highlight affective and motivational dimensions, noting that learning gaps are reinforced by reduced engagement, negative learning attitudes, and diminished motivation (Westhoff et al., 2023; Aguhayon et al., 2023). Evidence from Lithuania reflects similar patterns. A national study identified major negative aspects of distance learning among Lithuanian schoolchildren, including reduced socialisation, difficulties with concentration and sustained attention, excessive independent workload, and lack of motivation to learn (Gaidelys et al., 2022). These findings motivated the development of the project Edukologijos proveržis (Breakthrough in Education), which aims to design an artificial intelligence–based tool to support the transition from remote learning and mitigate its long-term consequences. The proposed tool seeks not only to address existing learning gaps but also to strengthen students’ self-directed learning competencies. Research Question. Aim and Objectives. Theoretical Rationale. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study commenced in November 2025 and employs a multi-stage mixed methods research design, specifically a sequential explanatory design, in which quantitative data collection and analysis precede and inform qualitative inquiry (Creswell & Creswell, 2024). This approach is widely used in educational research to identify general patterns through quantitative methods and subsequently explain and contextualise these patterns using qualitative data. The design is particularly appropriate for investigating learning gaps, as it allows both the identification of their prevalence and a deeper understanding of their underlying causes. In the first stage, a qualitative content analysis of updated national general education curricula was conducted to identify core learning areas and thematic structures in Lithuanian language (L1) and mathematics across Grades 4, 7–8, and 10. These grade levels were selected as key transitional stages in compulsory and upper-secondary education, where cumulative learning gaps tend to become more visible. The curriculum analysis provided an analytical framework for the development of subsequent research instruments and ensured alignment between empirical findings and officially defined competency expectations. The second stage consisted of a quantitative online survey of teachers (n = 284), designed to identify curriculum domains and specific topics in which students demonstrate learning gaps. A self-selected sampling strategy was applied, with participation based on voluntary informed consent. Although this approach may limit generalisability, it is suitable for exploratory diagnostic research, as it enables the collection of insights from practitioners with direct classroom experience. The survey captured teachers’ perceptions of both the prevalence and severity of learning gaps. Quantitative data were analysed using descriptive statistical methods in SPSS version 28, including frequencies, percentages, means, and standard deviations. The results informed the sampling strategy and thematic focus of the qualitative phase. The third stage involves focus group discussions with teachers (planned n = 30), applying a criterion-based expert selection approach. Inclusion criteria include active teaching in the selected grade levels, at least five years of professional experience, and voluntary participation. Qualitative data are analysed using deductive thematic content analysis in MAXQDA, guided by curriculum structures and quantitative findings. Data synthesis follows an interpretative paradigm, integrating quantitative trends with qualitative interpretations to produce a coherent understanding of student learning gaps. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the aims, objectives, and theoretical foundations of the study, the findings are expected to provide a systematic and empirically grounded understanding of learning gaps in students’ native language (L1) and mathematics within the context of post-pandemic European education. Drawing on curriculum analysis, teachers’ survey data, and qualitative interpretations, the study is expected to identify recurring and structurally embedded learning gaps that emerge at key educational stages (Grades 4, 7–8, and 10), where cumulative learning difficulties become most visible. The identified gaps are anticipated to reflect both cognitive dimensions, such as difficulties in text comprehension, vocabulary development, arithmetic fluency, and conceptual understanding, and motivational and self-regulatory challenges, including reduced engagement and limited monitoring of learning progress. These patterns are expected to align with recent European research on learning recovery and educational inequality. In line with the study’s objectives, the integration of quantitative and qualitative findings will enable the development of evidence-based models for identifying learning gaps in Lithuanian (L1) and mathematics. These models are expected to systematically link curriculum-defined competency requirements with teachers’ empirically observed student performance, operationalising the concept of the learning gap as defined in the theoretical framework. Grounded in self-regulated learning (SRL) theory, the findings are also expected to highlight the role of metacognitive competencies in addressing persistent learning gaps. At a practical level, the study will provide a foundation for developing an artificial intelligence–based diagnostic and self-directed learning tool, supporting personalised learning pathways. From a European perspective, the findings contribute to discussions on learning recovery, educational quality, equity, and digital innovation, offering transferable insights for evidence-informed educational improvement. References Aguhayon, H. G., Tingson, T., & Pentang, J. T. (2023). Addressing students’ learning gaps in mathematics through differentiated instruction. International Journal of Educational Management and Development Studies, 4(1), 69–87. https://doi.org/10.53378/352967 Aydan, S. (2025). Self-regulated learning and students with disabilities: A mini review. Frontiers in Education, 10, 1600744. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1600744 Baiño, J. (2025). Post-pandemic challenges in addressing learning gaps of students in mathematics: Experiences of the junior high school teachers of the Division of Gingoog City. Pantao: International Journal of the Humanities and Social Sciences. https://pantaojournal.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/140-Baino.pdf Chen, S., Green, M., & Hodge, K. N. (2025). Four-to-six-year-olds’ developing metacognition and its association with learning outcomes. Frontiers in Education, 10, 1653320. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1653320 Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2024). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (6th ed.). SAGE Publications. Gaidelys, V., Čiutienė, R., & Cibulskas, G. (2023). An assessment of the impact of distance learning on pupils’ performance. Education Sciences, 13(1), Article 3. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13010003 König, C., & Frey, A. (2022). The impact of COVID-19-related school closures on student achievement: A meta-analysis. Educational Measurement: Issues and Practice, 41(1), 16–22. https://doi.org/10.1111/emip.12495 Maldonado, J. E., & De Witte, K. (2022). The effect of school closures on standardised student test outcomes. British Educational Research Journal, 48(1), 49–94. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3754 Panadero, E., Fernández-Ortube, A., Zamorano, D., Pinedo, L., Sánchez-Iglesias, I., & Barrenetxea-Mínguez, L. (2025). Tracking self-regulated learning in action: How individual differences shape positive and negative regulation across three types of tasks. Learning and Individual Differences, 124, 102808. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2025.102808 Sun, D., Wang, W., & Li, X. (2025). How self-regulated learning is affected by feedback based on large language models: Data-driven sustainable development in computer programming learning. Electronics, 14(1), Article 194. https://doi.org/10.3390/electronics14010194 Teng, M. F. (2025). Metacognition in language teaching (Elements in Language Teaching). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009581295 UNESCO. (2015). Rethinking education: Towards a global common good? UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000232555 Westhoff, G. J., Van Steensel, R., Van der Veen, I., & Van Kruistum, C. (2023). Effects of modeling and cooperative learning on the reading comprehension of low-achieving adolescents. Reading and Writing, 36, 2063–2091. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-023-10433-8 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Blended Learning in Advanced Physics Education in Latvia Integrating Khan Academy Videos University of Latvia, Latvia Presenting Author:The introduction of a new national standard for general secondary education in Latvia in 2019, developed within the competence-based education reform project Skola2030, substantially reshaped upper secondary physics education. As part of the reform, physics was reorganized into two courses: Physics I and the advanced Physics II course. Physics II, taught in Grade 12, introduced new and conceptually demanding topics, such as the equilibrium and rotation of rigid bodies, and placed increased emphasis on deep conceptual understanding and problem-solving skills. Despite the reform’s ambitious objectives, its initial implementation revealed significant challenges. Teachers and students lacked access to instructional materials fully aligned with the updated curriculum, particularly for Physics II. In addition, physics teachers in Latvia constitute a highly heterogeneous group in terms of subject-matter expertise and pedagogical preparedness, partly due to a long-standing shortage of qualified physics teachers. These factors have created a strong need for instructional approaches that can support both teachers and students in addressing advanced physics content under reform conditions. In this context, blended learning emerges as a promising pedagogical approach. Blended learning integrates face-to-face instruction with digital and online learning activities in a purposeful manner, enabling flexibility, personalization, and learner autonomy (Batista-Toledo & Gavilan, 2022; Liu et al., 2023; Ye et al., 2024). Empirical research indicates that blended learning can enhance conceptual understanding, student engagement, and academic achievement across diverse educational contexts, including physics education (Wang et al., 2022; Mangi & Verma, 2025). Importantly, blended learning aligns closely with the competence-based reform’s emphasis on transversal skills such as self-directed learning, learning to learn, and responsibility for one’s own learning. A key element of blended learning in science education is the use of high-quality instructional videos. Platforms such as Khan Academy offer carefully structured explanations, visualizations of abstract concepts, and opportunities for self-paced learning. Prior research shows that instructional videos are particularly effective when integrated into flipped or blended classroom models, where students engage with video content before class and classroom time is dedicated to problem-solving, discussion, and higher-order cognitive activities (Bhaw et al., 2024; Qomara et al., 2024; Putri, 2021). At the same time, research cautions against uncritical use of online videos, highlighting risks such as passive viewing, misconceptions, and the “illusion of understanding” (Kulgemeyer & Wittwer, 2023). These findings underline the importance of expert selection, pedagogically sound integration, and the use of strategies that promote active engagement. While blended learning has been widely examined in higher education and general science education, empirical evidence from advanced upper secondary physics courses remains limited, particularly in authentic classroom settings during large-scale curriculum reform. Moreover, few studies compare different blended learning models implemented across multiple schools. Against this backdrop, the present study examines the implementation of different blended learning approaches, including the use of Khan Academy instructional videos, in the Physics II course in Latvian upper secondary schools. The central research question is whether, and to what extent, blended learning-supported instruction using Khan Academy videos leads to greater learning gains in advanced physics topics compared to traditional instruction. By examining blended learning in the context of an ongoing curriculum reform and a demanding upper secondary physics course, the study provides evidence from a rarely studied educational setting and offers insights relevant for teachers, curriculum developers, and education stakeholders across Europe and beyond. Since Khan Academy materials are available primarily in English, the experience of translating and adapting instructional videos into Latvian using artificial intelligence also has broader European relevance, particularly for education systems operating in small-language contexts with limited access to high-quality, curriculum-aligned STEM resources. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Khan Academy videos aligned with the Physics II curriculum were selected from the khanacademy.org collections College Physics 1, College Physics 2, High School Physics, and Middle School Physics. The videos were translated and transcribed into Latvian using artificial intelligence tools trained to recognize physics concepts and terminology. The translated videos were made available to teachers and students via the project website (luka.lu.lv/topics). In total, more than 80 videos covering key Physics II topics (including mechanics, thermal physics, electricity and magnetism, wave optics, and modern physics) were provided. The platform also included selected materials relevant to Physics I, a glossary of physics terms, and national examination indicators aligned with the curriculum. Three teachers implemented blended learning approaches when designing and delivering instructional units. These included flipped classroom, project-based learning, and flexible blended learning models, which allow varying levels of learner autonomy, flexible pacing, and the integration of digital resources into classroom activities. In contrast, teachers in the comparison schools employed traditional instructional approaches, primarily teacher-led classroom instruction, without systematic integration of blended learning models. The study employed a quasi-experimental pre–post design with a comparison group. Students’ physics knowledge was measured before and after instruction in the Physics II topic “Equilibrium and Rotation of Rigid Bodies.” Participants included more than 100 upper secondary students (aged approximately 17–19) from seven Latvian secondary schools. The final analysis included 124 students who completed both the pre-test and post-test, providing paired measurements. 48 of them learned in a blended learning classroom and 76 in a traditional classroom. The assessment instrument consisted of an eight-item multiple-choice test designed to measure conceptual understanding of key learning outcomes in the selected mechanics topic. Each item had five answer options. The test was administered within a standardized 15-minute time frame. Classroom teachers were not informed of the test items, and testing was conducted by individuals other than the class teachers to minimize instructional bias. Test results were expressed as raw scores (0–8) and percentages (0–100%). Data analysis was conducted at both the student and group levels. Pre- and post-test scores, absolute gains, and relative gains were calculated for each student. Group-level descriptive statistics were computed, and paired-samples t-tests were used to assess pre–post differences. Effect sizes were calculated using Cohen’s d_z. All analyses were performed using Microsoft Excel. Ethical considerations included informed consent, voluntary participation, and full data anonymization. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that students in both blended learning and traditional classes demonstrated learning gains from pre-test to post-test in the selected physics topic. However, the magnitude of these gains varied substantially across schools and instructional models. Overall, comparing the pre-test and post-test results, combining the results of the two groups, a moderately large effect was found (Cohen's d = 0.60), indicating a significant increase in students' knowledge after a series of physics lessons taught using blended learning, while the effect was smaller after traditional lessons (Cohen's d = 0.39). At the same time some blended learning implementations were associated with large and statistically significant improvements in conceptual understanding, while others showed only modest or non-significant gains. Importantly, the results suggest that blended learning is not inherently effective by default; rather, its impact depends on how it is pedagogically designed and implemented. Differences observed across blended learning models highlight the importance of instructional coherence, purposeful integration of digital resources, and alignment with learning objectives. The variability in outcomes also reflects differences in teacher preparedness, class size, and instructional context. From a broader perspective, the study demonstrates that blended learning can support learning in advanced upper secondary physics under conditions of curriculum reform, but only when accompanied by appropriate teacher support and high-quality learning materials. The results contribute to the international literature by providing empirical evidence from an advanced secondary-level physics course in a national reform context. The findings have practical implications for policymakers and curriculum developers by underscoring the need to invest not only in digital resources but also in sustained professional development and pedagogical guidance. For teachers, the study highlights the potential of blended learning to support instruction of challenging content, while cautioning against assuming uniform effectiveness across implementations. References 1. Ahmad, M., Hussain, S., Fakhar-Ul-Zaman, & Qahar, A. (2023). Learning outcomes by integrating blended learning flipped classroom model: An experiment on secondary school students. International Research Journal of Management and Social Sciences, 4(3), 566–578. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.10725219 2. Batista-Toledo, S., & Gavilan, D. (2022). Implementation of Blended Learning during COVID-19. Encyclopedia, 2(4), 1763-1772. https://doi.org/10.3390/encyclopedia2040121 3. Bhaw, N., Hungwe, R., & Kriek, J. (2024). A study on the impact of Khan Academy videos: Enhancing Grade 11 thermodynamics learning in a rural high school. Science Education International, 35(2), 163–172. https://doi.org/10.33828/sei.v35.i2.10 4. Kulgemeyer, C., & Wittwer, J. (2023). Misconceptions in Physics Explainer Videos and the Illusion of Understanding: an Experimental Study. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 21(2), 417–437. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-022-10265-7 5. Ye, Y., Zhang, G., Si, H., Xu, L., Hu, S., Li, Y., Zhang, X., Hu, K., & Ye, F. (2024). A Hierarchy-Based Analysis Approach for Blended Learning: A Case Study with Chinese Students. In X. Song, R. Feng, Y. Chen, J. Li, & G. Min (Eds.), Web and Big Data. APWeb-WAIM 2023. Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 14332 (pp. 89–102). Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-97-2390-4_7 6. Liu, Q., Chen, L., Feng, X., Bai, X., & Ma, Z. (2024). Supporting Students and Instructors in Blended Learning. In: Li, M., Han, X., & Cheng, J. (Eds.), Handbook of Educational Reform Through Blended Learning. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-99-6269-3_5 7. Mangi, A. G., & Verma, C. (2025). Statistical Perspectives on the Effectiveness of Blended Learning in Education: A Review. In Z. Illés, C. Verma, P. J. S. Gonçalves, & Y. Singh (Eds.), Proceedings of International Conference on Recent Innovations in Computing. ICRIC 2024. Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering, vol 1421. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org./10.1007/978-981-96-6034-6_18 8. Putri, A. A. (2021). The effectiveness of Khan Academy as a science learning support to improve students’ mastery of skills: A literature review. Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 1(2), 52–56. https://doi.org/10.15294/jese.v1i2.50370 9. Qomara, A. L., Siswati, B. H., & Wahono, B. (2024). Flipped classroom based on Khan Academy as a student’s problem-solving abilities and cognitive learning outcomes booster. JPBI (Jurnal Pendidikan Biologi Indonesia), 10(2), 467–475. https:/doi.org/10.22219/jpbi.v10i2.33942 10. Wang, D., Zhou, J., Wu, Q., Sheng, G., Li, X., Lu, H., & Tian, J. (2022). Enhancement of Medical Students' Performance and Motivation in Pathophysiology Courses: Shifting From Traditional Instruction to Blended Learning. Frontiers Public Health, 9, Article 813577. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2021.813577 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Ignite Talk Reframing School Self-Evaluation: Student and Teacher Participation as a Discursive Policy Tool Education Reform Initiative, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Across Europe, school self-evaluation (SSE) has become a central policy instrument for quality assurance, accountability, and school improvement. Yet dominant SSE models largely rely on comprehensive indicator frameworks and performance metrics, often sidelining the lived experiences of students and teachers. This proposal addresses this limitation by examining how a focused, participatory, and narrative-based approach to school self-evaluation can operate as a democratic and advocacy-oriented policy tool. The study is guided by three research questions:
The conceptual framework brings together three strands of literature. First, the study draws on participatory and democratic education theories, particularly research on student and teacher voice, agency, and co-construction in school improvement processes. Second, it engages critically with school self-evaluation and accountability literature, highlighting the limits of technocratic and managerial approaches that prioritise measurement over meaning. Third, it adopts a policy instruments perspective, drawing on McDonnell and Elmore’s (1987) typology and Fowler’s (2013) work, to conceptualise school self-evaluation as a hortatory (discursive) policy instrument. Rather than framing SSE as a comprehensive assessment of all school domains, this study proposes a focused self-evaluation model organised around shared priority areas identified by students and teachers themselves. This approach enables schools to surface structural vulnerabilities while keeping evaluation processes manageable, meaningful, and politically actionable. Narrative and ethnographic data are used not to rank performance but to generate a shared language around needs, tensions, and possibilities for change. Within this framework, school self-evaluation is understood not merely as an internal improvement mechanism but as a discursive space for collective reflection and advocacy. By positioning students and teachers as co-constructors of school knowledge and improvement priorities, rather than passive sources of data, the model reframes SSE as a democratic practice with policy relevance. The European and international significance of the study lies in its contribution to ongoing debates on student participation, democratic school governance, and context-sensitive evaluation. Although empirically grounded in a case from Türkiye, the issues identified, exam-oriented schooling and time management pressures; student well-being; access to basic care conditions such as hygiene and nutrition; guidance and counselling support; school safety; and systemic pressures experienced by teachers, resonate across many European education systems. The study therefore offers transferable insights for rethinking school self-evaluation beyond compliance-driven accountability models. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, participatory research design informed by ethnographic approaches, focusing on students’ and teachers’ everyday school experiences. Data were produced through an iterative, two-phase research process conducted with volunteer secondary school students and teachers. In the initial phase, one student focus group and one teacher focus group were conducted. These exploratory discussions aimed to surface key themes, shared concerns, and priority areas related to everyday school life, including care conditions, safety, guidance, and exam-related pressures. Insights from this phase informed the design of the subsequent data collection process. In the second phase, the study expanded to include three additional student focus groups and one additional teacher focus group, all of which were combined with participatory workshops. In total, the study involved four student focus groups with 40 students and two teacher focus groups with 15 teachers. The workshop format enabled participants to move beyond verbal discussion and engage in collective reflection through structured activities, allowing experiences to be articulated, negotiated, and collectively examined. The empirical material consists of focus group conversations centred on everyday school experiences; short oral and written narratives produced by participants; researcher observations and field notes; and visual materials generated during workshop activities. In addition, some participants chose to share experiences they were unable or unwilling to articulate during group discussions through follow-up audio recordings or written messages sent to the researcher after the sessions. Similarly, during the workshop phase, a number of participants preferred to complete and submit materials produced in response to the prompt “What would you like to say to a decision-maker about the issue you selected?” individually after the sessions. These materials were integrated into the dataset as supplementary narrative accounts, allowing participants greater control over the timing, form, and conditions of their contributions. Data analysis follows a thematic and narrative analytic approach, focusing on the identification of shared critical need areas across student and teacher accounts rather than individual-level assessment. Analytical attention is given to how participants frame problems, assign meaning to everyday school practices, and articulate tensions related to exam-oriented schooling, time management pressures, care conditions, and school climate. Ethical considerations included informed consent, voluntary participation, and the anonymisation of all data. The participatory design sought to minimise extractive research dynamics by ensuring that data generation processes also functioned as spaces for dialogue, recognition, and collective sense-making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that both students’ and teachers’ experiences of schooling are shaped by structural, relational, and care-related conditions. Across participant groups, shared critical need areas consistently emerged around exam-oriented schooling and time management pressures; student well-being; access to basic care conditions such as hygiene and nutrition; guidance and counselling support; school safety; and systemic pressures experienced by teachers. Regarding hygiene and nutrition, students report persistent challenges related to affordability, access, and adequacy. While some schools are described as physically clean, recurring concerns include the lack of basic supplies in toilets, the high cost of drinking water, and limited access to affordable and nutritionally balanced food. Comparisons between school-based options and external alternatives highlight inequalities linked to pricing and portion sizes. Calls for greater transparency in school budgets suggest that these issues are experienced as matters of fairness and accountability. In relation to time management and exam-oriented schooling, pressure is experienced through rigid schedules, early start times, uneven assessment planning, and limited time for rest, creativity, and personal interests. Although extracurricular activities exist, sustained participation becomes difficult during periods of intensified assessment. In selective and specialised schools, exam-oriented structures are experienced as constraining autonomy and motivation. With respect to guidance, safety, and school climate, students point to uneven access to counselling and support, often relying on individual teachers rather than formal guidance services. Concerns related to trust, informal hierarchies among students, and limited channels for voicing concerns shape experiences of belonging and participation. Students’ expressed desire to continue these discussions indicates that such participatory spaces are both rare and necessary. Methodologically, the findings demonstrate the value of a focused, qualitative approach to school self-evaluation that positions students and teachers as co-constructors of school knowledge and improvement priorities and generates shared language relevant for school evaluation and policy discussion. References Biesta, G. J. (2015). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Routledge. Fielding, M. (2011). Student voice and the possibility of radical democratic education: re-narrating forgotten histories, developing alternative futures. The student voice handbook: Bridging the academic/practitioner divide, 3-17. Flutter, J., & Rudduck, J. (2004). Consulting pupils: What's in it for schools?. Routledge. Fowler, F. C. (2009). Policy studies for educational leaders: An introduction Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British educational research journal, 33(6), 927-942. McDonnell, L. M., & Elmore, R. F. (1987). Getting the job done: Alternative policy instruments. Educational evaluation and policy analysis, 9(2), 133-152. Rudduck, J., & Fielding, M. (2006). Student voice and the perils of popularity. Educational review, 58(2), 219-231. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Ignite Talk Becoming a University Teacher: Narratives of Educational Competence Development in Early Academic Careers Klaipeda University, Lithuania Presenting Author:University teachers are a core part of academic communities, responsible not only for transmitting disciplinary knowledge but also for supporting students’ broader development. Ongoing societal and institutional changes—internationalization, digitalization, and increasing attention to teaching and study quality—have intensified expectations regarding university teachers’ educational competence and its continuous development. In global and European policy contexts, educational competence is repeatedly positioned as a condition for quality higher education: international recommendations emphasise that academic teaching is a public responsibility requiring specific knowledge and skills, and that professional development should correspond to the demands placed on academic staff (UNESCO, 1997, 2016; IAU, 2012, 2024). In quality assurance discussions, the links between teaching, learning, governance, and educational quality are further stressed (INQUAAHE, 2018), while European frameworks consistently highlight the importance of teacher competences for programme design, student-centred learning, and assessment practices (ENQA, 2005; BFUG, 2003, 2007, 2009, 2018, 2022). At the same time, policy discourse often leaves the concrete mechanisms of competence development under-specified and unevenly implemented in practice (OECD, 2019, 2020, 2021). This study takes these tensions as its starting point and focuses on educational competence development in early academic careers. Educational competence is conceptualized as a broad, multidimensional construct, encompassing pedagogical, teaching, and didactic dimensions and integrating knowledge, skills, and psychosocial factors (Jucevičienė & Stanikūnienė, 2003; Vitello, Greatorex, & Shaw, 2021). The study also addresses a persistent conceptual problem: the terminological ambiguity between competence/competency in English and in Lithuanian usage, and the resulting terminological uncertainty that complicates both research and institutional communication (Rychen & Tiana, 2004; Halasz & Michel, 2011; Antera, 2021). Prior research suggests that competence-related constructs are frequently operationalised through fragmented lists and instruments that capture discrete skills while neglecting competence as an integrated whole (Moreira et al., 2023; Eskolin et al., 2023; Melle & Ferreira, 2023). This is particularly problematic in higher education, where competence development must respond to rapidly changing teaching environments, including digitalisation and shifting teacher–student relations. The objective of the study is to explore how university teachers with up to ten years of professional experience understand and narrate educational competence development, how they describe their perceived needs and development pathways, and how they relate these experiences to formal expectations and quality-oriented frameworks. The study is guided by two research questions: (1) How do early-career university teachers narratively construct and interpret their educational competence development (pedagogical, teaching, and didactic dimensions) during the first decade of academic work? (2) How do these narratives depict the relationship between lived competence development and formal requirements, including the challenges, tensions, and enabling or constraining conditions encountered in institutional contexts? By focusing on early-career narratives, the study aims to contribute to debates on educational improvement and quality assurance by showing how competence development is experienced, negotiated, and emotionally and professionally lived, rather than only prescribed. It offers an empirical and conceptual bridge between policy-level competence discourse and the everyday realities through which university teachers become educationally competent professionals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative narrative research design to explore how early-career university teachers (with up to ten years of academic experience) construct, interpret, and reflect upon their educational competence development within the institutional context of higher education. Narrative inquiry is chosen because it allows for an in-depth exploration of lived professional experiences, capturing not only practices and actions but also meanings, tensions, and identity-related processes embedded in academic work (Riessman, 2007; Polkinghorne, 1988). Data will be generated through narrative interviews incorporating in-depth interview elements. The interviews are designed to encourage participants to recount their professional trajectories, focusing on key moments, challenges, and turning points related to teaching, pedagogical learning, and educational competence development. While participants are invited to freely narrate their experiences, the interviewer will use open-ended prompts to explore specific aspects relevant to the study, such as encounters with formal competence requirements, institutional expectations, self-directed learning, and perceived gaps between policy and practice. The study plans to involve a purposive sample of 8–10 university teachers, representing different disciplines and institutional contexts, all of whom are within the first decade of their academic careers. This career stage is considered critical for professional identity formation and competence development, as teachers navigate the transition from disciplinary expert to educator within higher education. Interviews will be audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim, and analyzed using narrative analytical approaches. The analysis will primarily draw on thematic narrative analysis, focusing on recurring meanings and patterns across participants’ stories, while remaining attentive to narrative structure and context (Riessman, 2007). Elements of holistic and categorical reading will be applied to examine narratives both as coherent wholes and through analytically relevant segments (Lieblich et al., 1998). This combination allows for identifying shared experiences as well as individual variations in how educational competence is understood and enacted. Throughout the research process, reflexivity will be emphasized, acknowledging the researcher’s role in co-constructing narratives and interpreting meanings within specific academic and cultural contexts. Ethical considerations include informed consent, confidentiality, and careful handling of potentially sensitive professional experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to contribute to a deeper understanding of educational competence development as a lived and narrated process in early academic careers. Rather than treating educational competence as a predefined set of skills or measurable indicators, the findings are anticipated to reveal how university teachers construct meanings around teaching, learning, and professional growth through their personal and institutional experiences. The analysis is likely to show that early-career university teachers develop educational competence in fragmented, non-linear, and often informal ways, frequently relying on self-directed learning, peer support, and experiential reflection rather than structured institutional training. Narratives may highlight tensions between formal competence requirements expressed in policy documents and the practical realities of teaching, where competence is negotiated in situ, under time constraints and competing academic demands. The study is also expected to identify critical moments and turning points in teachers’ professional trajectories—such as first teaching experiences, student feedback, evaluation procedures, or encounters with institutional expectations—that shape how educational competence is understood and enacted. These moments are likely to be accompanied by emotional and identity-related dimensions, including uncertainty, self-doubt, growing confidence, or professional recognition, which are often absent from policy-oriented or survey-based research. From a theoretical perspective, the findings may support a holistic conceptualization of educational competence, integrating pedagogical, didactic, and teaching-related dimensions as interdependent rather than separate components. Methodologically, the study demonstrates the value of narrative inquiry for accessing dimensions of competence development that remain underexplored in dominant evaluative and quantitative approaches. Practically, the results may inform higher education institutions by offering empirically grounded insights into how early-career teachers experience competence development and what forms of support they find meaningful. This knowledge can contribute to designing more responsive professional development initiatives that align formal requirements with the lived realities of academic teaching. References Antera, S. (2021). Competence-based education: A review of approaches and challenges in higher education. Journal of Educational and Social Research, 11(5), 119–126. Bologna Follow-Up Group. (2003). Berlin Communiqué. European Higher Education Area. Bologna Follow-Up Group. (2007). London Communiqué. European Higher Education Area. Bologna Follow-Up Group. (2009). Leuven/Louvain-la-Neuve Communiqué. European Higher Education Area. Bologna Follow-Up Group. (2018). Paris Communiqué. European Higher Education Area. Bologna Follow-Up Group. (2022). BFUG statement on the consequences of the Russian Federation invasion of Ukraine. European Higher Education Area. Eskolin, S. E., Inkeroinen, S., Leino‐Kilpi, H., & Virtanen, H. (2023). Instruments for measuring empowering patient education competence of nurses: Systematic review. Journal of advanced nursing, 79(7), European Association for Quality Assurance in Higher Education. (2005). Standards and guidelines for quality assurance in the EHEA. ENQA. Halász, G., & Michel, A. (2011). Key Competences in Europe: interpretation, policy formulation and implementation. European journal of education, 46(3), 289-306. International Association of Universities. (2012). Affirming academic values in internationalization. IAU. International Association of Universities. (2024). Annual report. IAU. International Network for Quality Assurance Agencies in Higher Education. (2018). Jucevičienė, P., & Stanikūnienė, B. (2003). The university teacher's educational competence in the context of learning paradigm. Socialiniai mokslai, (1), 24-29. Lieblich, A., Tuval-Mashiach, R., & Zilber, T. (1998). Narrative Research: Reading, Analysis, and Interpretation. Thousand Oaks: Sage. Moreira, M. A., Arcas, B. R., Sánchez, T. G., García, R. B., & Melero, M. J. R. (2023). Teachers' pedagogical competences in higher education: A systematic literature review. Journal of University Teaching and Learning Practice, 20(1), 90-123. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2020). Education at a glance. OECD Publishing. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2021). Education at a glance. OECD Publishing. Polkinghorne, D. (1988). Narrative knowing and the human sciences. Suny Press. Riessman, C. K. (2007). Narrative methods for the human sciences. SAGE Publications. Rychen, S., & Tiana, A. (2004). Developing Key Competencies in Education: Some Lessons from International and National Experience, Geneve. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. (1997). United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. (2016). Global education monitoring report. UNESCO. Van Melle, J., & Ferreira, M. M. (2023). An essay about intercultural sensitivity and competence in higher education. European Journal of Education and Pedagogy, 4(2), 149-155. Vitello, S., Greatorex, J., & Shaw, S. (2021). What is competence? A shared interpretation of competence to support teaching, learning and assessment. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 12 SES 11 A: Systematic Reviews, Digitisation, and Educational Research Location: Koski | Hotel Torni Session Chair: Annika Wilmers Paper Session |
|
|
12. Open Research in Education
Paper Opening the “Black Box” of Evidence Claims in Qualitative Systematic Reviews in Education Invalsi, Italy Presenting Author:Systematic reviews have become a flagship output in educational sciences—highly cited and increasingly expected as the route to evidence-informed decisions. Yet education-focused meta-research shows that many published “systematic” reviews still fall short on core standards (risk of bias safeguards, transparency, reproducibility), raising the question of how systematic they truly are (Fromm et al., 2025). Within this dynamic field, researchers employ a diverse array of methods to investigate a wide range of educational facets, from classroom dynamics and teacher-student interactions to the far-reaching consequences of education policies and practices on student outcomes (Creswell & Poth, 2019). Education research is typically divided into qualitative and quantitative paradigms, with mixed-method research forming a distinctive paradigm of its own. This integrative approach offers unique perspectives on social reality, distinct ontological and epistemological foundations, and specialised methodologies. Despite its value, synthesising qualitative research evidence in systematic reviews presents significant theoretical and methodological challenges throughout the process, from formulating research questions to making evidence claims. In education, where variables are complex and outcomes are deeply contextual, synthesising qualitative studies has long been a shared challenge. Unlike quantitative meta-analyses, qualitative synthesis cannot rely on straightforward effect size calculations (Borenstein, 2009). However, qualitative syntheses provide profound insights, revealing not just whether a practice succeeded but why it did, offering valuable perspectives on educational contexts. Yet, the variability in how qualitative studies are conducted and reported complicates their synthesis (Sandelowski & Barroso, 2006). While there's a prevailing belief that qualitative research can be systematically reviewed and synthesised, distinguishing methodically conducted qualitative research from those lacking rigour remains a necessity. Furthermore, a consensus on various aspects of the research process and its reporting still eludes the field (Garside, 2014). Qualitative systematic reviews in Education provide valuable insights into the characteristics of knowledge claims made within the field. These reviews are designed to synthesise and analyse qualitative research studies to generate comprehensive and nuanced understandings of educational phenomena. Within the context of a systematic review, this process takes on added significance. Here, it is not only essential to deliberate on the review methodology but also to scrutinise the studies incorporated into the review and dissect the resultant findings (Gough et al., 2017). This interconnected triplet – the research question, research methods, and research data – serves as the linchpin for constructing knowledge claims within the purview of qualitative systematic reviews in Education. The research question, central to this study, shaped and guided the entire heuristic process: What are the characteristics of the knowledge claims made in qualitative systematic reviews in the field of education, and how do the authors of these reviews support them? Building on this foundation, this study is organised into two distinct phases: Phase 1: Systematic Review of Reviews. Conduct a systematic review of existing qualitative systematic reviews in the education field, focusing on subjective experiences, beliefs, opinions, and attitudes of students and teachers. Phase two: Framework Development and Application. Develop and apply a comprehensive conceptual framework by integrating Toulmin's Argumentation Model (Toulmin, 1958) with Gough's Fitness for Purpose of an Evidence Claim Framework (Gough, 2022). This framework is used to analyse the systematic reviews in the purposive sample, aiming to identify their methodological characteristics and reporting practices Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This two-phase approach ensures a systematic exploration of knowledge claims and their supporting mechanisms in qualitative systematic reviews in education. Phase one: Systematic Review of Reviews. An iterative protocol guided the review process, including defined inclusion and exclusion criteria, structured searches to identify relevant reviews, and a formal data extraction process. The screening followed PRISMA guidelines, with results documented using the PRISMA Flow Diagram (Page et al., 2021). The study considered only systematic reviews focused on qualitative studies exploring the subjective experiences of students, teachers, and parents in primary and secondary education settings. An initial search of the ERIC database was conducted, guided by the PCC framework (Pollock et al., 2023): Population (Students and teachers); Concept (Subjective experiences - beliefs, attitudes, perceptions, opinions, and experiences); Context (Formal educational environments from primary to secondary education). Search results were managed using Rayyan, where duplicates were removed. Records were screened against the following inclusion criteria: Systematic reviews reporting methods for synthesising primary research; Primary studies using qualitative methods to explore subjective experiences; Systematic reviews employing qualitative synthesis methods; Participants within primary or secondary school settings (grades 1–12); Research topics broadly related to education or learning. Out of 335 identified studies, 28 met all criteria after initial screening. Following full-text reviews, 25 studies were ultimately included for analysis. Phase two: Framework Development and Application. This phase involves constructing and applying a comprehensive conceptual framework to evaluate the 'fitness for purpose' of evidence claims in qualitative systematic reviews from the purposive sample. The framework integrates Toulmin's Model of Argumentation and Gough's Fitness for Purpose Framework, informed by a coding scheme that interrogates the systematic reviews through the following categories: - Values: importance of the topic; justifications for the topic; method justification. - Theoretical Constructs: framework selection and justification. - Claim: central and supporting claim/s in the systematic review. - Grounds (Evidence): sources and synthesis of evidence underpinning the claims. - Warrant (Reasoning): how evidence supports claims through reasoning. - Backing and Qualifier: review of additional support provided, such as references to prior research or theories. - Rebuttal: acknowledgement of limitations, gaps, or counterarguments in the systematic reviews analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A comparative qualitative analysis of six purposively sampled qualitative systematic reviews was conducted through a structured codebook. Across this sample, all reviews clearly framed their topics and established their importance by anchoring them to broader educational, social, and/or policy concerns. The cross-case analysis, however, identified a persistent opacity in the internal logic of evidence claims. Three components proved most frequently implicit and unevenly developed: claim framing, warrant, and rebuttal. Claim framing was relatively explicit in reviews with more practical or programmatic aims, while reviews characterised by stronger theoretical density or political/critical positioning often embedded conclusions within layered narratives without clearly signalling whether claims were intended as conceptual reframing, practical guidance, or normative critique. Warrants, the inferential reasoning connecting synthesised evidence to conclusions, were consistently under-articulated across all six cases, with authors frequently relying on thematic convergence, recurrence, or theoretical resonance as tacit justification rather than making reasoning steps explicit. Rebuttals were handled inconsistently: some reviews acknowledged limitations and contestation, while others largely omitted alternative interpretations, feasibility constraints, or boundary conditions for use. Overall, these results show that the evaluability and usability of evidence claims depend not only on procedural “rigour”, but on transparent communication of (a) what kind of claim is being made, (b) how evidence is warranted into that claim, and (c) under what conditions the claim holds or may be challenged. The study contributes an integrated framework for reading and appraising evidence claims beyond checklist notions of quality, and an empirically grounded map of recurring strengths and epistemic blind spots, surfacing a key tension between conceptual richness and argumentative transparency. References - Borenstein, M. (2009). Effect sizes for continuous data. In L. V. H. H. Cooper &. J. C. Valentine (Eds. ). (A c. Di), The handbook of research synthesis and meta-analysis (Book, Section, pp. 221–235). Russell Sage Foundation. - Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2019). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches (Fourth edition., 1 online resource). SAGE Publication. - Fromm, Y. M., Martin, F., Gezer, T., & Ifenthaler, D. (2025). Best Practices for Conducting Systematic Reviews: Perspectives of Experienced Systematic Review Researchers in Educational Sciences. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 30(1), 1–28. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10758-025-09819-9 - Garside, R. (2014). Should we appraise the quality of qualitative research reports for systematic reviews, and if so, how? Innovation: The European Journal of Social Science Research, 27(1), 67–79. - Gough, D. (2022). Appraising Evidence Claims. Review of Research in Education, 45(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X20985072 - Gough, D. (David A. ), Oliver, S. 1955-, & Thomas, J. 1983-. (2017). An introduction to systematic reviews (2nd edition.). SAGE. WorldCat.org. - Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 - Pollock, D., Peters, M. D. J., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Alexander, L., Tricco, A. C., Evans, C., de Moraes, É. B., Godfrey, C. M., Pieper, D., Saran, A., Stern, C., & Munn, Z. (2023). Recommendations for the extraction, analysis, and presentation of results in scoping reviews. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 21(3), 520–532. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-22-00123 - Sandelowski, M., & Barroso, J. (2006). Handbook for synthesizing qualitative research. springer publishing company. - Toulmin, S. 1922-2009. (1958). The uses of argument. University Press. 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Research Syntheses and Their Design for Use in Educational Practice: An Analysis of Formal, Content-Related, and Procedural Features Universität Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:Research syntheses have gained increasing importance in educational research as they systematically summarize and evaluate existing empirical evidence and are expected to inform evidence-oriented practice (Sutton et al., 2019). However, despite this expectation, it remains unclear to what extent research syntheses are actually capable of supporting the uptake, transfer and use of research knowledge in practical context (Gorard et al., 2020; Green et al., 2016). This uncertainty is particularly salient given longstanding findings which indicate that educational research in general is only selectively taken up by practitioners (e.g. Bauer & Koller, 2023). Reasons are manifolded and include individual characteristics, structural conditions in research and practice as well as insufficient practical relevance (e.g. Brühwiler & Leutwyler, 2020). Against this backdrop, it would be implausible to assume that research syntheses despite their integrative and summarising character are per se more likely to be used or reused than primary research findings. As scientific products, research syntheses primarily follow the logics, standards, and objectives of the academic system and are not inherently aligned with the action-oriented logics of educational practice (Kerres et al., 2022; Knight, 2025; von Grünberg & Lange, 2025). Consequently, they may be difficult to access, interpret, and apply for practitioners, particularly when findings are complex, ambiguous, or require advanced methodological expertise (White, 2024; Voss et al., 2020). However, the limited use cannot be explained solely by deficits on the side of practitioners, but must also be understood in relation to how research syntheses are designed, communicated, and positioned as scientific artefacts (Knight, 2025). This paper addresses the tension between scientific rigor, openness and practical relevance of research syntheses by examining the extent to which syntheses provide practice-oriented implications and which characteristics enhance their relevance, accessibility and usability for educational practitioners. Rather than assessing the impact of research syntheses on practice, the study focuses on design-related conditions that may enable or constrain their comprehension and use. It investigates content-related aspects as well as formal and procedural features that shape how research syntheses can be understood, reused, and translated into practice. Specifically, the paper addresses three research questions (1) which formal features (e.g. boxes, visual elements) are provided to improve comprehensibility for practitioners? (2) to what extent research syntheses address practical goals and practice-relevant questions and formulate actionable recommendations? and (3) whether and how practitioners are considered as addressees or actively involved in the production of research syntheses? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirically, the study draws on a sample of 120 research syntheses published between 2015 and 2024 that address the digital competences of young people (Authors, 2025) – an area of high relevance for educational practice in the context of ongoing digital transformation and education policy initiatives. These syntheses were systematically identified as part of an overview of reviews (Polanin et al., 2017) following established methodological standards (Page, 2021). Inclusion criteria compromised a clear syntheses methodology (e.g. systematic review, meta-analysis) and an explicit focus on digital competences of young learners in educational contexts. The material from the overview is re-analysed to answer the research questions using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz, 2019; Schreier, 2012) along the dimensions of formal, content-related, and procedural features of practice relevance. This approach allows for a systematic and theory-informed examination of both manifest and latent features of research syntheses and is particularly suited for analysing formal and communicative characteristics of texts. The coding scheme was developed based on existing empirical literature on the use of research knowledge in education (Gorard et al., 2020). It comprises three main dimensions: (1) formal features (e.g., structure, summaries, visual elements, reporting conventions), (2) content-related features (e.g., practical goals, relevance claims, recommendations), and (3) procedural features (e.g., addressing of practitioners, stakeholder involvement, dissemination formats). Each dimension includes multiple subcategories with additional coding instructions. The development of the coding scheme followed an iterative process involving multiple independent coders. An initial version was tested on a subsample of research syntheses, first by three and subsequently by four independent coders, and intercoder agreement was calculated. Based on this pilot coding, categories were refined, definitions clarified, and overlaps reduced. Detailed coding guidelines were then developed to ensure transparency and replicability. The full coding is currently conducted by four trained coders using qualitative data analysis software (MAXQDA). To ensure analytical rigor, each coded document will be double-checked by a second coder. The methodological focus of the study is not on measuring the impact of research syntheses on practice, but on systematically analysing their design characteristics as a precondition for reuse. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of submission, the full analysis is still ongoing. Preliminary findings indicate variation in how research syntheses are designed with regard to accessibility and practice orientation. Some syntheses include structured summaries, explicit relevance claims, or practice-oriented recommendations. Other syntheses remain strongly oriented towards academic audiences and provide little guidance for non-academic reuse, even in cases where the reported findings would allow for more concrete implications. From an open research perspective, this highlights the need to consider not only open access to publications, but also the communicative and procedural openness of research outputs. The paper contributes to discussions on the openness and reuse of research outputs in education. It argues that research syntheses should be understood as part of broader knowledge infrastructures and that their potential for reuse depends on design decisions made during their production. Recent conceptual work offers initial methodological approaches to addressing this challenge, for example by reorienting evidence syntheses towards practice-relevant questions and contextual conditions (Knight, 2025). An alternative strategy is to promote intermediary formats such as clearinghouse products or knowledge-brokering structures that translate syntheses and mediate between research and practice. Importantly, the study does not assess whether research syntheses are actually used successfully in educational practice. Investigating the design-related characteristics of research syntheses helps to clarify the possibilities and limits of research syntheses within broader knowledge transfer processes. In this sense, such characteristics are understood as necessary, but not sufficient, conditions for their potential use. Rather than offering normative prescriptions, the study provides empirically informed criteria that can support future discussions on how research syntheses may be designed, complemented, or embedded in open knowledge ecosystems. In doing so, it contributes to a more differentiated understanding of the role of research syntheses in evidence-informed and open educational research. References Bauer, J., & Kollar, I. (2023). (Wie) kann die Nutzung bildungswissenschaftlicher Evidenz Lehren und Lernen verbessern? Thesen und Fragen zur Diskussion um evidenzorientiertes Denken und Handeln von Lehrkräften. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 51(1), 123–147. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42010-023-00166-1 Brühwiler, C., & Leutwyler, B. (2020). Praxisrelevanz von Forschung als gemeinsame Aufgabe von Wissenschaft und Praxis: Entwurf eines Angebots-Nutzungs-Modells. Beiträge zur Lehrerinnen und Lehrerbildung, 38(1), S. 21-36. https:///doi.org/10.25656/01:21772 Gorard, S., See, B. H., & Siddiqui, N. (2020). What is the evidence on the best way to get evidence into use in education? Review of Education, 8(2), 570–610. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3200 Green, C., Taylor, C., Buckley, S., & Hean S. (2016). Beyond synthesis: augmenting systematic review procedures with practical principles to optimise impact and uptake in educational policy and practice. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 39(3), 329-344, https://doi.org/10.1080/1743727X.2016.1146668 Kerres, M., Sander, P., & Waffner, B. (2022). Zum Zusammenwirken von Bildungsforschung und Bildungspraxis: Gestaltungsorientierte Bildungsforschung als Ko-Konstruktion. Bildungsforschung, 2. https://doi.org/10.25539/bildungsforschun.v0i2.935 Knight, S. (2025). Identifying and designing evidence-informed practice, in practice: The case for Pragmatic Evidence Synthesis Matrices (PESM). International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 24. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069251318590 Kuckartz, U. (2019). Qualitative text analysis: A systematic approach. In G. Kaiser &. N. Presmeg (Eds.), Compendium for Early Career Researchers in Mathematics Education (pp. 181–198). Springer Open. Authors (2025) Page, M. J., et al. 2021. “The PRISMA 2020 Statement.” BMJ 372: n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 Polanin, J. R., Maynard, B. R., & Dell, N. A. (2017). Overviews in Education Research: A Systematic Review and Analysis. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 172–203. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654316631117 Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative content analysis in practice. Sage. Sutton, A., Clowes, M., Preston, L., & Booth, A. (2019). Meeting the review family: Exploring review types and associated information retrieval requirements. Health Information & Libraries Journal, 36(3), 202–222. https://doi.org/10.1111/hir.12276 von Grünberg, H.-H., & Lange, L. (2025). On the divergence of function and service: Knowledge and technology transfer understood as the service processes of the science system. Journal of the Knowledge Economy, 16(3), 881-900. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13132-025-02646-4 Voss, T., Zeeb, H., Dehmel, A., & Fauth, B. (2020). Forschungsmethoden in der Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung. In C. Cramer, J. König, M. Rothland, & S. Blömeke (Eds.), Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (pp. 667–672). Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.35468/hblb2020-080 White, H. (2020). The global evidence architecture in health and education: A comparative scorecard. In Getting Evidence into Education (1st ed., pp. 20-33). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429290343-3 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Understanding Diverse Contributions To Educational Research University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Research activities often comprise complex processes, which can involve inputs from various stakeholders at different stages. Understanding, recognising, encouraging and supporting diverse contributions to research can lead to healthier and collaborative research cultures, which acknowledge and credit individuals’ contributions fairly; support and incentivise collaborations and sharing; as well as reduce disputes among different stakeholders when crediting contributions (Brand, et al. 2015). Traditionally, contributions to research have been recognised through references to ‘authorship’. Yet, the framing of such contributions in this way is limited. Firstly, there exist ambiguities regarding whether ‘the contribution(s) of a co-author to a paper extends well beyond whether there was a contribution to the writing’ (Holcombe, 2019), authorship conventions often differ throughout different institutions, cultures and disciplines (McNutt et al., 2017) and authorship cannot adequately capture the many complex roles and contributions that stakeholders may have in the research process (Holcombe, 2019). Given those limitations, Brand and colleagues (2015) proposed to move away from ‘authorship’ to ‘contributorship’ and use CRediT (Contributor Roles Taxonomy) to report and record individuals’ contributions. CRediT has been supported and adopted by an increasing number of scholars, publishers, journals, and funders across the world (e.g. McNutt, et al., 2017; Holcombe, 2019). The CRediT framework is however limited in its application to many of the social sciences, and specifically educational research, initially having been ‘developed and tested as a taxonomy for life and physical sciences’ (Allen et al., 2018, p73). Prior studies have revealed hierarchies, inequalities and injustice among contributors to research. Larivière, Pontille, and Sugimoto (2016) analysed data from PLOS (Public Library of Science) journals and found that ‘conceptual’ contributions are more often associated with senior authors, while ‘technical’ contributions (such as experimental work) are often associated with junior authors. Meanwhile, Macaluso and colleagues’ (2016, p. 1140) conducted an investigation of science and medical journals which revealed that women were often associated with the ‘physical’ labour – performing experiments, while men were most likely associated with resource contributions and ‘conceptual’ contributions. Previous studies have therefore predominantly focused on subjects and disciplines within the life sciences, and there is a lack of research which currently examines the landscape of attributing contributions within educational research. As a community, we do not yet understand concretely how contributions to the field of education are fully made and acknowledged, including for example, the work of librarians, IT technical staff, researchers of different career stages, research students, professional services staff or administrators. Further, existing research tends to highlight one form of research output – journal articles, despite the notion that many research outputs form more diverse outlets (e.g. Larivière et al., 2016; Thompson, et al., 2022). There is a current lack of research evidence on how contributions to educational research are understood and acknowledged, and of on the adaptability and utility of existing crediting frameworks and practices frameworks in educational research. Thompson and colleagues (2022) touched upon this issue in an editorial, where they argued that further investigation of the utility of CRediT is needed for the field of educational technology. Considering the differences across various sub-fields in educational research, there is also a need to investigate the notions and frameworks of ‘contributorship’ in educational research across different sub-fields. The project is therefore guided by the central research question of ‘How are contributions to research understood and recognised in the field of educational research?’ Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project findings are developed from three main strands; a review of the existing literature and a documentary analysis of journal guidelines; interviews with different stakeholders who have been involved in educational research (including professional services staff, non-academic staff, technical staff, postgraduate research students, research assistants and academic researchers); and workshops with different stakeholders both inside and outside one specific university department of education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this presentation, we will explore views on diverse contributions, particularly in terms of: a) format as an output, expanding beyond traditional research papers and publications to other forms of knowledge sharing such as practical resources, technical contributions, datasets, or creative artefacts; and b) knowledge agents across educational research, broadly defined, to include researchers at all career stages and in different roles, research students, practitioner researchers and collaborators, research participants, professional services and technical staff. We conclude with reflections on the complexities of defining and recognising contributorship in educational research specifically, such as those involved in attributing credit in a field which is particularly methodologically, theoretically and philosophically diverse. We also reflect on how these findings may have impact and resonance outside of our immediate case study, and for the development of contributorship in educational research more broadly. References References Allen, L., O’Connell, A., & Kiermer, V. (2019). How can we ensure visibility and diversity in research contributions? How the Contributor Role Taxonomy (CRediT) is helping the shift from authorship to contributorship. Learned Publishing, 32(1), 71-74. Brand, A., Allen, L., Altman, M., Hlava, M., & Scott, J. (2015). Beyond authorship: attribution, contribution, collaboration, and credit. Learned Publishing, 28(2), 151-155. Holcombe, A. O. (2019). Contributorship, not authorship: Use CRediT to indicate who did what. Publications, 7(3), 48. Larivière, V., Desrochers, N., Macaluso, B., Mongeon, P., Paul-Hus, A., & Sugimoto, C. R. (2016). Contributorship and division of labor in knowledge production. Social Studies of Science, 46(3), 417–435. http://www.jstor.org/stable/26099848 Larivière, V., Pontille, D., & Sugimoto, C. R. (2021). Investigating the division of scientific labor using the Contributor Roles Taxonomy (CRediT). Quantitative Science Studies, 2(1), 111-128. Macaluso, B., Larivière, V., Sugimoto, T., & Sugimoto, C. R. (2016). Is Science Built on the Shoulders of Women? A Study of Gender Differences in Contributorship. Academic medicine : journal of the Association of American Medical Colleges, 91(8), 1136–1142. https://doi.org/10.1097/ACM.0000000000001261 McNutt, M. K., Bradford, M., Drazen, J. M., Hanson, B., Howard, B., Jamieson, K. H., ... & Verma, I. M. (2018). Transparency in authors’ contributions and responsibilities to promote integrity in scientific publication. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 115(11), 2557-2560. Thompson, K., Corrin, L., Lodge, J. M., & Hwang, G. J. (2022). Authorship practices in educational technology research. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 38(1), 1-8. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 13 SES 11 A: What Is a Child? Multidisciplinary Perspectives on an Essential Question Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Jan Varpanen Session Chair: Stefan Bengtsson Symposium |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Symposium What Is a Child? Multidisciplinary Perspectives on an Essential Question Children are growing up in a world in which daily news are dominated by ongoing crises. This symposium is built on the conviction that the current future landscape calls for a The symposium brings together scholars from the fields of philosophy of References Biesta, G. (2021). World-centred education: A view for the present. Routledge. Kraftl, P. (2020). After childhood: Re-thinking environment, materiality and media in children's lives. Routledge. Malone, K., Tesar, M., & Arndt, S. (2020). Theorising posthuman childhood studies. Springer. Oswell, D. (2013). The agency of children. From family to global human rights. Cambridge university press. Todd, S. (2023). The Touch of the Present: Educational Encounters, Aesthetics, and the Politics of the Senses. State University of New York Press. Presentations of the Symposium If Developmentalism Were False, how Could Paternalism toward Children Be justified?
Sociologists and historians insist that childhood in the modern era is socially constructed. This thesis is often accompanied by an empirical criticism of the developmental account of the growth of the child. The empirical critique, itself, has two forms. A moderate from (advanced by Gareth Matthews) suggests that children can engage in abstract reasoning much earlier than the Piagetian model allows. A more radical critique questions our ordinary assessments of children’s competence in making and acting on judgments for themselves about various issues, including the appropriateness of medical intervention and competence to care for others. Priscilla Alderson points out that frequently children are much better placed than we usually think to contribute to judgments about surgery. The more radical critics suggest complete abandonment of developmentalism; after the age of 5 or 7 or so, we should see children as possessed of a variety of capabilities and capacities, some of which will come to fruition in some circumstances, and others in others. So, for example, Allison James points out that in Norway children working in the fishing industry are judged on their absolute competence, and not on the idea that they are ‘good for their age’; and that “in India, children’s labor provides subsistence needs and ‘is essential to ward off the effect of starvation wages on individuals as well as the families of which they are a part’” (James in Puffall and Unsworth, pp. 34-35). Alderson concludes that we should not ‘think in sharp dichotomies of wise adult/immature child, infallible doctor/ignorant patient, but to see wisdom and uncertainty shared among people of varying ages and experience.” (Alderson, 158).
Suppose this critique is right. In that case what should we think about paternalism – the idea that, in general, children should be placed under the power of adults who are charged with acting for the good of those children in ways that we would never tolerate for other adults? Many radical critics think that the falsehood of developmentalism undermines the moral case for paternalism. Conceding (only for the sake of argument) the radical critique of developmentalism, in this paper I’ll argue that paternalism would still nevertheless be justified, on the grounds that it is need for children to enjoy what philosophers call the intrinsic goods of childhood.
References:
Alderson, P. (2008). Young children's rights: Exploring beliefs. Jessica Kingsley Publishers.
James, A. (2003) Understanding childhood from an interdisciplinary perspective: problems and potentials. In Pufall, P. & Unsworth, R. (eds) Rethinking Childhood. Rutgers University Press.
Matthews, G. (1980). Philosophy and the Young Child. Harvard University Press.
Matthews, G. (1994). The Philosophy of Childhood. Harvard University Press.
What Is a child and How? More-than-human Childhoods in/as Times, Modes, Tempos and Rhythms of a Multispecies World
This paper examines mode, rhythm and tempo related to more-than-human bodies in time to rethink childhood and education in a multispecies world. We are curious about the ways in which the unevenly unjust and unsynchronized Anthropocene expresses itself through temporality, allowing us to ask anew: what is a child? We think about time and mode as not outside descriptors but as ontologically formative. In this view, childhoods are unfolding as rhythmic, multi-layered events rather than a linear progression from present to future.
Notions of childhood have always drawn heavily from temporality, whether referring to a protected age category, the immature child in the “waiting room” of the society, or an educational investment in future nation state. In the present environmental condition, a particularly strong refrain is “the future generation”. Children are framed as a generation whose livable world has been stolen in advance, one that deserves being educated to be wiser than us and capable of “saving us” (Sheldon, 2016).
From a multispecies point of view, human childhoods are lived with and through generations of other than human childhoods (Hohti & Tammi, 2019). As Kraftl (2020) argues, generations of childhood also entangle with generations of things and materials. The 1950’s Great Acceleration, considered perhaps the clearest marker of the Anthropocene, has evolved into hyper-accelerated capitalist production of materials and technologies, whose mass exceeds all the biomass on our planet (Takkinen & Pulkki, 2023). Recent insights on microbes (Millei et al., 2025) and microscopic particles of plastics and toxins (Kraftl, 2020) are making it evident how child bodies are not bounded and separate from their environments but rather environments and ecosystems themselves.
In this presentation, we draw on our previous work among trees, microbes and plastics to engage in experimental thinking around the question of the child in a lively, multitemporal, multispecies world. Following Sparrman’s (2020) “alice” methodology, we “drink” more than human knowledges to playfully enact changes of rhythm (what pattern?), mode (how?) and tempo (how fast?). The aim is to critically move beyond a generalized celebration of relationality and instead foreground details of processes such as capitalist production and slow violence (Nixon, 2011) and how these involve childhoods. We connect the temporal analyses with the notion of the anthropo-not-seen (de la Cadena, 2015) to articulate those more-than-human childhoods that have not only remained out of sight but also been situated in a category of impossibility.
References:
de la Cadena, M. (2015). “Uncommoning Nature.” e-flux, no. 65. https://www.e-flux.com/journal /65/336365/uncommoning-nature/
Hohti, R., & Tammi, T. (2019). The greenhouse effect: Multispecies childhood and non-innocent relations of care. Childhood, 26(2), 169-185.
Kraftl, P. (2020). After Childhood: Re-thinking Environment, Materiality and Media in Children’s Lives. Routledge.
Millei, Z., Lee, N., Spyrou, S., Roslund, M., Breinholt, A., Tammi, T., ... & Hohti, R. (2025). Child ecologies in a microbial world: A new imperative for childhood studies. Journal of Childhood Studies, 50(1), 34-52.
Nixon, R. (2011). Slow Violence and the Environmentalism of the Poor. Harvard University Press.
Sparrman, A. (2020). Through the looking-glass: Alice and child studies multiple. Childhood, 27(1), 8-24.
Sheldon, R. (2016). The child to come: Life after the human catastrophe. U of Minnesota Press.
Takkinen, P., & Pulkki, J. (2023). Discovering earth and the missing masses—Technologically informed education for a post-sustainable future. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 55(10), 1148-1158.
CHILD, it ‘Is’?
In this paper visual images are used to explore, discuss and challenge what makes a child a child. It elaborates with the today common idea of decentring the child in Child Studies (Spyrou 2019). A decentring of the child focuses on the relational enactments between human (children) and non-human (e.g materiality and ideas) entities. I have argued elsewhere that a de-centring process of the child for the purpose of complexifying what we mean with a child, often forgets to de-centre the aspect being de-centred, the child (Orrmalm et al 2024). The child is taken for granted.
I will discuss one photograph from an online child influencer account showing a boy promoting branded fashion objects through what can be identified as a “gangster” or a Grisch look. A well-to-do/well off look promoting upper-class values and richness even though you lack resources yourself. Is he a child?
The other pictures discussed are from the retouched serie L’Enfant Exterieur – The Outer Child showing adults with toddler features. According to the artist, Cristian Girotto, the pictures experiment with that: “somewhere inside each of us, there's a young core, instinctive, creative but also innocent and naïve. What would happen if this intimate essence would be completely revealed?” (Girotto, undated). The Outer Child reveals the inner child in the adult and in this process Girotto identifies what toddlerness ‘is’: full faces, sloping shoulders, slightly enlarged heads, pouting mouths, round rosy cheeks and wide-eyed eyes (Williams, 2013). All expressed in faces with adult details such as beard, jewellery, hair and clothes. By identifying the taken for granted aspects of the child, is Girotti not reflecting upon decentring the child? Or does it raise a more prominent question that needs to be asked along with asking what a child ‘is’ – what ‘is’ an adult? A question relevant also for the child influencer picture.
To unpack these questions the concepts and the relationality between child and adult need to be investigated. As we rarely talk about ‘the’ adult I want to remove the “the”, and the “a” in front of child to see what, and if, this contributes to a broader discussion and unlearning of what child ‘is’ and can be (cf. Sparrman 2025). This is done for the purpose of possibly including novel or elaborated contemporary concepts of child in child studies theories.
References:
Girotto, C. undated. L'enfant Exterieur. Original artistic work. https://cristiangirotto.com/lenfant-extrieur. Accessed 260128
Orrmalm, A., Sjöberg, J., Sparrman, A., Tiefenbacher, R., Löw, J., Annerbäck, J., Sköld, J., Strid, E. & Hedrén, S. (2024). Centring children in research: a collaborative exploration into child-centredness as method and theory. Child Studies, 6: 11-32.
Sparrman, A. (2025). Unlearning the child: an ontological politics outlook. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 57(9), 836-847. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2024.2373774
Spyrou, S. (2019). An ontological turn for childhood studies? Children & Society, 33(4), 316-323.
Williams, A (2013). Forever young: Artist creates bizarre portraits that make adults look like toddlers. https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2292578/Artist-Cristian-Girotto-creates-bizarre-portraits-makes-adults-look-like-toddlers.html Accessed 260128.
The Trouble with the Particular Child: Individuality and the Limits of Children’s Rights
A few months ago, I was sitting in the airplane, on my way to Rutgers University to give a talk on “the best interests of the child” as an educational principle in Finland. On the row behind my back a family with 2-year-old twins were seated. Much to the passengers’ inconvenience, the twins suffered from ear pain and were screaming heartbreakingly loudly most of the 8-hour flight. It made me wonder what “the best interests of the child” —which is the phrase that originates from the United Nations Conventions on the Rights of the Child (“UNCRC”, 1989) and guides or at least should guide many actions and decisions in our society—would be in these circumstances. It was obvious how limited and ostensible the principle of “the best interests of child” was in this case: it focuses on a particular child and does not recognize the surroundings: in this specific case, the sibling with a similar pain, the parents that were tired and soon started to argue, the fellow passengers that were annoyed, the airplane and its material conditions, and the fact that we were 35,000 feet above the ground.
The trouble is with the particular child. This paper argues that while children’s rights depend on universal claims to individuality, educational encounters with particular children expose the ethical and conceptual limits of translating singular lives into rights-bearing subjects—just as the situation in the airplane did. Within childhood studies, it has also been pointed out that there is no robust understanding of who “the child” is, which leads to decisions and actions that are based on generalizations and category-based assumptions of “the children” (Krutzinna, 2022). From a theoretical perspective, this implies that conceptualizing a particular child as a fixed or fully capturable entity is a misconception.
What makes the examination of individuality and the limits of children's rights particularly timely, is the current context in which climate change, biodiversity loss, and pollution threaten the planet and its inhabitants (United Nations Environment Programme, 2025) and in which human communities are increasingly facing threats to democratic institutions and rising political polarization (Leiviskä et al., 2025). Such challenges call for a reframing of children’s rights beyond traditional individual and human-centred approaches (e.g. Duhn, 2024), toward a perspective that considers broader ecological boundaries, planetary conditions, and, ideally, safeguards rights for the children of future generations.
References:
Duhn, I. (2024). Rethinking children’s rights in relation to planetary rights: A relational perspective in the era of climate change and other crises. Global Studies of Childhood, 15(1), 72–83.
Krutzinna, J. (2022). Who is “The Child”? Best Interests and Individuality of Children in Discretionary Decision-Making. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 30(1), 120–145.
Leiviskä, A., Kasa, T., Pyy, I., Kannisto, T. & Zamotkin, I. (2025) Demokratiakasvatus polarisaation ajassa (“Democracy education in a time of polarization”). Gaudeamus.
United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC). November 20, 1989, https://www.ohchr.org/en
United Nations Environment Programme. (2025). We are all in this together – Annual report 2024. https://wedocs.unep.org/20.500.11822/47082
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 14 SES 11 A: Constructed Marginality in Rural Schooling and Education. Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Silvie Rita Kučerová Session Chair: Silvie Rita Kučerová Symposium |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Symposium Constructed Marginality in Rural Schooling and Education From a position outside the mainstream, outside the norm, it can be only a small step to being perceived as problematic, lagging behind, or marginalized (Corbett, 2015). This applies both spatially and socially, to territories and localities (Roberts & Green, 2013) as well as to individuals and communities (Basu, 2020), which always exist in a certain spatiotemporal context (Villa & Knutas, 2020). This symposium explores how marginality is not a static condition but an active social and institutional construction that shapes the educational (rural) landscape. Constructed marginality in schooling and education can be understood in two primary senses. First, authorities and institutions shape conditions and make decisions that disadvantage certain spaces or members of society (Beach et al, 2019). This includes the implementation of market-oriented competition, which often leads to a polarization of access to education (Holloway & Pimplott-Wilson, 2012). Second, marginality is constructed through social processes where certain groups or regions are presented as "other," second-rate, or inherently deficient due to their cultural, gender, economic, or geographic characteristics (Cuervo, 2025). This symposium brings together four diverse perspectives to examine these processes across different global contexts: German, Swedish, Pakistani, and Romanian. The studies focus predominantly on rural areas, as these are most often perceived as problem areas in light of the norms set by today's globally dominant urban society (Thomas et al., 2011; Gristy et al., 2020). The individual papers follow the two perspective mentioned above: On the one hand, structural and policy lens, and on the other hand, the social and discursive lens. The first focuses on how top-down decisions and systemic settings create unequal conditions in the German and Swedish educational landscapes. In Germany, the construction of marginality is examined through territorial governance. The rural periphery faces significant inequalities of educational opportunities, driven by demographic decline and a severe teacher shortage that risks a "deschooling" of certain areas. Similarly, in Sweden, the marketization of the "Natural Resource" program reveals a tension between educational marketing and the actual societal needs for local industry resilience, illustrating how privatization can reshape rural education. The second perspective examines how marginality is reinforced through everyday interaction, language, and prejudice, using Pakistan and Romania as examples. In Pakistan, marginality is manifested through a "blame game" between parents and teachers. Here, socioeconomic constraints like poverty are misinterpreted as a "deficiency" in parental motivation, creating a cycle of mutual distrust that widens the home-school gap. In Romania, the symposium highlights the persistence of "anti-Gypsyism" within the school mediator system. Despite policies aimed at Roma inclusion, deep-seated stereotypes continue to be deployed by staff, showing how marginalization persists even within systems designed to alleviate it. In their methodology, individual contributions bring a combination of qualitative interviews, critical mixed methods, and spatial analysis. Although at first glance the four symposium papers seem distant from each other in terms of the content and regional contexts, they are closely linked by the idea that marginality is not only a geographical fact (distance from the center), but an active process of exclusion through discourse and politics, which transforms difference into a deficit (cf. Cuervo, 2025). References Basu, R. (2020). Postcolonial geographies. In A. Kobayashi (Ed.), International Encyclopedia of Human Geography (pp. 283–287). Elsevier. Beach, D., Johansson, M., Öhrn, E., Rönnlund, M., & Rosvall, P.-Å. (2019). Rurality and education relations: Metro-centricity and local values in rural communities and rural schools. European Educational Research Journal, 18(1), 19–33. Corbett, M. (2015). Rural education: Some sociological provocations for the field. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 25(3), 9–25. Cuervo, H. (2025). Problematizing key constructs: Rural, diversity, equity, and place. In J. D. Johnson & H. L. Hobart (Eds.), Handbook on Rural and Remote Education. Edward Elgar. Gristy, C., Hargreaves, L. & Kučerová, S. R., eds. (2020). Educational Research and Schooling in Rural Europe. Information Age Publishing. Holloway, S. L., & Pimplott-Wilson, H. (2012). Neoliberalism, policy localisation and idealised subjects: A case study on educational restructuring in England. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 37(4), 639–654. Roberts, P., & Green, B. (2013). Researching rural places: On social justice and rural education. Qualitative Inquiry, 19(10), 765–774. Thomas, A. R., Lowe, B. M., Fulkerson, G. M. & Smith, P. J. (2011). Critical Rural Theory. Structure, Space, Culture. Lexington Books. Villa, M., & Knutas, A. (2020). Rural communities and schools – Valuing and reproducing local culture. Journal of Rural Studies, 80, 626–633. Presentations of the Symposium Deschooling the Peripheries ? – The Territorial Governance of Teacher Shortage in German Rural Areas
In Germany, rural schools are sometimes considered as sites of structural marginalization resulting from demographic change, decentralized governance, and uneven territorial development. Rural areas confronted with population decline face shrinking pupil numbers, school closures, and reduced institutional capacity, which both reflect and exacerbate existing disparities in educational access and quality (Bartl, 2024). These processes of marginalization risk to be enhanced by the current lack of teachers which is still predicted to continue in the coming years (KMK, 2025).
Marginalization occurs through diverse mechanisms: declining enrolment undermines the viability of small elementary schools, while limited financial, cultural and human resources constrain rural schools’ ability to keep up educational standards, thereby reinforcing inequalities in educational provision and learning opportunities. Rural schools are increasingly dependent on local resources, meaning that their development trajectories vary according to ambits of local governance and resource endowment, creating a “geographical lottery” of educational opportunities across territories (Rundel & Salemink, 2021; Jahnke, 2019).
The concept of territorial governance of schooling and education offers a useful lens for analyzing how educational provision is shaped by the interplay between state education policies and local development strategies. Territorial governance reframes schools as a central element of local agendas aimed at sustaining rural communities against demographic decline. However, it also introduces competitive pressures and market-oriented logics that can privilege well-resourced localities over disadvantaged ones (Esparcia & Abbasi, 2020; Jahnke, 2019).
The current shortage of qualified teachers is globally recognized as one of the key challenges for education and school development (UNESCO, 2024). Beyond national differences in teacher shortage, international research highlights the difficulty to recruit and retain formally educated teachers especially in rural areas (Gehrmann & Germer, 2025). In Germany, a shortage of 27.000 teachers has recently been predicted until 2035, thus adding to the current number of open teaching positions or underqualified teachers (KMK, 2025). This teacher crisis leads to a broad variety of policies to secure the teaching personel and ensure the educational quality for the future at different governance levels – ranging from regional government incentives to local initiatives (Gehrmann & Germer, 2025; Seeliger & Håkansson Lindqvist, 2023; Jahnke, 2020).
Using the ambivalence of the provocative term „deschooling“ (Illich, 1971) I want to highlight strategies that address teacher shortages at different governance level and discuss their possible impacts on the marginalization of schooling in rural areas.
References:
Bartl, W. (2024). Räumliche Ungleichheit-wie ein Föderalstaat sehen. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-43717-6_8
Esparcia, J., & Abbasi, F. (2020). Territorial governance and rural development: Challenge or reality? In E. Cejudo & F. Navarro (Eds.), Neoendogenous Development in European Rural Areas. Springer.
Gehrmann, A., & Germer, P. (Eds.). (2025). Teacher shortage in international perspectives: Insights and responses. Springer.
Illich, I. (1971). Deschooling society. Harper & Row.
Jahnke, H. (2019). Territorial governance of schooling and education in rural areas: Case studies from northern Germany. In H. Jahnke, C. Kramer, & P. Meusburger (Eds.), Geographies of Schooling (pp. 19–33). Springer.
Jahnke, H. (2020). Bildung in ländlichen Räumen - Aktuelle Entwicklungen im Zeichen des demographischen Wandels. In C. Wiegandt & C. Krajewski (Eds.), Land in Sicht - Vielfalt ländlicher Räume in Deutschland (pp. 288–299). BpB.
Kultusministerkonferenz [KMK]. (2025). Lehrkräfteeinstellungsbedarf und -angebot in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland 2025–2035.
Seeliger, S., & Håkansson Lindqvist, M. (2023). Dealing with teacher shortage in Germany—A closer view of four federal states. Education Sciences, 13(3), Article 227.
UNESCO. (2024). Global report on teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. https://doi.org/10.18356/9789231006555
Selling Rural Education? A Mixed Analysis of Educational Marketing, Privatization and Student Recruitment within The Natural Resource Programme
Globally, marketization and privatization are increasingly transforming school systems in countries (Verger et al., 2016) that are simultaneously in a state of poly-crisis, facing economic, social, and political challenges. Contemporary global economic and trade challenges are creating new risks in domestic food production for the Nordic welfare states. Societal resilience requires ongoing labor and skills supply to local industries, including agriculture, forestry, and animal husbandry. However, rural schools that carry the Natural Resource program have difficulties recruiting students for the vocational specializations (e.g., forestry, agriculture, and animal care) directed towards jobs in these sectors (Arbetsförmedlingen, 2023). Educational privatization tends to be absent from rural areas and rural upper secondary education specifically (Fjellman et al., 2019), but the Natural Resource program is an exception; despite its rural character, a majority of the educational providers organizing the program are private. Our study examines this potentially 'successful' rural educational privatization and analyses the tension between how educational marketing is shaping student recruitment patterns and the program's potential for solving societal problems through certain educational and vocational work.
Our theoretical points of departure include a socio-spatial framework based on Doreen Masseys work to address regional restructuring (Massey, 1979) and the marketization and commercialization of education (Ball, 2006) together with the Swedish case of extensive dismantling of the welfare state (Dovemark et al., 2018). Place is a structuring feature in how youth choose and access education and marketization has previously been shown to impact students' everyday life in private schools (Allelin, 2019), but more research is needed in relation to how particular educational programs are presented and marketed to prospective students. The study utilizes several data sources and incorporates a critical mixed methodology (i.e., Younas et al., 2026), using qualitative content analysis and statistical analysis paired with spatial visualization. The data sources include marketing educational materials (videos, texts, pictures) used for recruiting students and population-based register data from the Gothenburg Longitudinal Database (GOLD) with a sub-sample of all students attending the program between 1998 and 2022. GOLD contains information on students' location, grades, school choices, program affiliation, and family background. The study's mixed approach attempts to contribute to a deeper and critical understanding of how educational marketing is shaping student recruitment and how privatization can change rural education by focusing on the program as a case study.
References:
Allelin, M. (2019). Skola för lönsamhet: Om elevers marknadsanpassade villkor och vardag. Arkiv förlag.
Arbetsförmedlingen. (2023). Yrkesprognoser. https://tinyurl.com/59m3ejws
Ball, S. J. (2006). Educational policy and social class: Selected works of Stephen J. Ball. Routledge.
Dovemark, M., Kosunen, S., Kauko, J., Magnúsdóttir, B., Hansen, P., & Rasmussen, P. (2018). Deregulation, privatisation and marketisation of Nordic comprehensive education: Social changes reflected in schooling. Education Inquiry, 9(1), 122–141.
Fjellman, A.-M., Yang Hansen, K., & Beach, D. (2019). School choice and implications for equity: The new political geography of the Swedish upper secondary school market. Educational Review, 71(4), 518–539.
Massey, D. (1979). In what sense a regional problem? Regional Studies, 13(2), 233–243.
Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Zancajo, A. (2016). The privatization of education: A political economy of global education reform. Teachers College Press.
Younas, A., Kvist, T., & Stolt, M. (2026). Framework and key considerations for designing and conducting critical mixed-methods research (cMMR). Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 80(1), 55–61.
Understanding Rural Parents' and Teachers' Perspectives of Home-School Cooperation and Disconnection within a Developing Country
The marginalization of rural areas results from the long-term development of relations between metropolitan areas and their hinterlands (Solstad & Andrews, 2020). This paper investigates the social construction of marginality within the education system of rural Pakistan. This process is manifested through the systemic neglect of rural state schools, which are perceived as inferior alternatives to urban or private institutions, further entrenching the educational divide (Ali et al., 2021). Marginalization of rural areas in many developing countries is the result of long-term political decisions, social prejudices (Suttie, 2019), and failing communication between education providers (the state, teachers) and recipients (children and their families) (Ahmed et al., 2021).
Many studies on parent–teacher relationships has revealed that mutual trust, effective communication, shared responsibility, and recognition of families’ needs are positive factors for children’s success (e.g., Anazia et al., 2025). However, the extent and quality of cooperation may vary due to socioeconomic, cultural, and societal structural factors (Mughal et al., 2019). Although poverty and illiteracy are objective barriers to academic achievement in rural areas of developing regions (Yulianti et al., 2019), their transformation into a "label" of failing parents or inferior schools hinders the education system just as significantly, if not more (Ahmed et al., 2021).
Findings within this qualitative study are based on thematic interviews with twelve rural parents and ten teachers from rural public schools. The results reveal a pervasive "blame game" where teachers and parents hold each other responsible for children's academic failure. Teachers construct an image of "deficient parents", often misinterpreting socioeconomic constraints—such as poverty and illiteracy—as a lack of motivation. Conversely, parents view teachers as unprofessional and exclusionary, noting that educators frequently send their own children to private schools, signaling the perceived inadequacy of the state system they represent. Additionally, locally dominant norms like gender segregation and socioeconomic hardships can hinder active communication and prevent participation in school activities. This exchange of negative perceptions increases the home-school gap and erodes trust. To substitute barriers with opportunities, the paper recommends moving away from deficiency-based narratives. Based on the results, we offer recommendations for improving teacher training and parental roles to foster mutual understanding and enhance children’s success.
References:
Ahmed, Q. W., Rönkä, A., & Perälä-Littunen, S. (2021). Parental involvement or interference? Rural teachers’ perceptions. Education Research International.
Ali, K., Yaseen, M. R., Makhdum, M. S. A., Quddoos, A., & Sardar, A. (2021). Socioeconomic determinants of primary school children dropout: A case study of Pakistan. International Journal of Educational Management, 35(6), 1161–1177.
Anazia, I. U., Skinner, B., & Woods, C. (2025). Home–school partnerships: Values and expectations of rural teachers and parents. Educational Research, 67(2), 170–189.
Mughal, A. W., Aldridge, J., & Monaghan, M. (2019). Perspectives of dropped-out children on their dropping out from public secondary schools in rural Pakistan. International Journal of Educational Development, 66(1), 52–61.
Solstad, K. J., & Andrews, T. (2020). From rural to urban to rural to global: 300 years of compulsory schooling in rural Norway. Journal of Rural Studies, 74, 294–303.
Suttie, D. (2019). Overview: Rural poverty in developing countries: Issues, policies and challenges. Journal of Agribusiness in Developing and Emerging Economies, 9(1), 94–101.
Yulianti, K., Denessen, E., & Droop, M. (2019). Indonesian parents’ involvement in their children’s education: A study in elementary schools in urban and rural Java, Indonesia. School Community Journal, 29(1), 253–278.
Roma Education, School Mediation, and the Persistence of Anti-Gypsyism in Romania
After joining the European Union, the Romanian government identified education as a policy priority in order to promote Roma integration, educational attainment, and social mobility (2022). One result of this policy priority was the establishment of a system of school mediators to work with both schools and Roma communities to improve Roma educational outcomes, including increased educational outcomes and graduation rates (Csesznek & Schafft, 2021; Pop & Balea, 2016). School mediators thus are the school staff most directly concerned with Roma educational access and inclusion. Officially, persons who identify as Roma are given hiring priority for school mediator positions (Csesznek & Schafft, 2021). However, in practice these positions often go to persons who do not ethnically identity as Roma, and especially in more rural settings in which the pool of qualified applicants for school mediator positions is small.
This paper uses interview data with school mediators in a sample of rural and urban locations within Romania’s Carpathian Basin to examine how national-level educational policy is translated into local-level practice (Brüggemann & Friedman, 2017). In particular, we examine how Roma and non-Roma school mediators differentially -- and in some cases similarly -- describe the nature of their work and how anti-Roma stereotypes are deployed in both the ways in which school mediators describe their professional roles, as well as the students and families with whom they work.
We find that while non-Roma mediators tend to more frequently express anti-Roma stereotypes, these stereotypes also appear in the comments of Roma-identifying mediators, consistent with theories of stereotype internalization which describe how subaltern groups may internalize and reproduce negative stereotypes (Bó, 2019). We argue this internalization is consistent with more regional and historical patterns of cultural trauma that are a shared part of the Roma experience (Ferkovics et al., 2017). Though the school mediator system ostensibly is framed as a policy mechanism to increase educational and social inclusion of Roma students, anti-Gypsyism remains a persistent feature of institutional and educational settings in Romania and elsewhere, often even within the context of educational practice meant to increase inclusion (Baciu, 2020; Rostas, 2019; Toma, 2023).
References:
Bó, B. B. (2019). Structure versus agency: A cross-national examination of discrimination and the internalization of negative stereotypes. European Societies, 21(3), 327–355.
Brüggemann, C., & Friedman, E. (2017). The decade of Roma inclusion: Origins, actors, and legacies. European Education, 49(1), 1–9.
Csesznek, C., & Schafft, K. A. (2021). Roma youth and on-the-ground implementation of Roma education policies in rural Romania. In K. A. Schafft, S. Stanić, R. Horvatek, & A. Maselli (Eds.), Rural youth at the crossroads: Transitional societies in Central Europe and beyond (pp. 176–194). Routledge.
Ferkovics, R., Németh, K., & Schafft, K. A. (2017). Roma identity, cultural trauma, second class citizenship and the contemporary context for ethnic political representation in Hungary. Croatian Political Science Review, 54(1-2), 74–93.
Pop, F., & Balea, B. (2016). School mediators in the Romanian education system: A discussion on their role in addressing educational inequalities. Social Change Review, 14(2), 149–176.
Rostas, I. (2019). A task for Sisyphus: Why Europe's Roma policies fail. Central European University Press.
Toma, S. (2023). Educational policy and Roma children in Romania. In E. J. Done & H. Knowler (Eds.), International Perspectives on Exclusionary Pressures in Education (pp. 183–204). Palgrave Macmillan.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 14 SES 11 B: Inclusion, Minorities, Communities and Schools. Location: E350 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Anna Katrin Eiriksdottir Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper From Outsiders to Insiders: The Complex Role of Support Families in the Icelandic Refugee Resettlement Process 1: University of Iceland; 2: Williams College; 3: University of Akureyri Presenting Author:In the last 10 years, Iceland has welcomed an increasing number of refugees from Syria and Iraq through a formal resettlement program. While state agencies and municipalities provide critical structural and institutional support, Icelandic families have emerged as central actors in navigating everyday life. These families were known as "Support Families" and became involved through volunteer programs initiated and organized by the Icelandic Red Cross. The “support families” have often played a key role and offered an important presence as the refugees were navigating trauma and loss and the challenge of rebuilding life in an unfamiliar society, culturally, linguistically, and religiously. Though they have been very central in the overall experience of the resettlement process, their role is often overlooked and understudied. In often fragile situations, these volunteers could have a defining impact on the overall experience. This paper forms part of the broader research project A Part and Apart? Education and Social Inclusion of Refugee Children and Youth in Iceland (ESRCI), which examines the inclusion of refugee children and youth from Syria and Iraq and the institutional, social, and educational structures that shape their learning, wellbeing, and everyday experiences in Iceland. ESRCI is an interdisciplinary, multi‑year initiative and was one of four projects awarded an Icelandic Research Council “Grant of Excellence” in 2023. Within this wider context, the present paper investigates the multifaceted role of Icelandic support families in the resettlement process. It analyses how relationships between support families and newly arrived refugees are formed, how support families understand and enact their roles, and how these roles become emotionally, socially, and ethically complex as participants navigate expectations, cultural differences, and the asymmetries embedded in newcomer host relations. Drawing on 6–8 in‑depth interviews, earlier research on refugee inclusion in Iceland, and theoretical perspectives on social support, belonging, and relational dynamics, the analysis highlights the tensions, transformations, and opportunities that emerge as host society families shift from being unfamiliar community members to acting as supporters, mentors, and in some cases quasi family for resettled refugees. These findings resonate with previous Icelandic scholarship on refugee families, children, and youth particularly the work of Hanna Ragnarsdóttir, Susan Rafik Hama, which underscores the centrality of relational support systems for participation, wellbeing, and educational inclusion (Ragnarsdóttir, 2020; Ragnarsdóttir & Hama, 2018).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a qualitative research design, prioritizing experiential accounts and meaning making processes over numerical measurement. Data were generated through semi structured, in depth interviews with eight Icelandic support families, supplemented by interviews with NGO professionals working in both rural and urban resettlement contexts. Semi structured interviewing was chosen because it enables researchers to elicit rich, detailed narratives while maintaining sufficient flexibility to follow participants’ meanings and clarify emerging themes (Flick, 2006). This approach aligns with broader qualitative principles that foreground participants’ subjective experiences, situating knowledge within social, cultural, and relational contexts (Lichtman, 2023). Such a design is particularly well suited to examining the nuanced dynamics, expectations, and everyday practices that shape the relationships between support families and newly arrived refugee families within the Icelandic resettlement system. In addition, this methodological orientation acknowledges the co constructed nature of knowledge in interview settings, where participants and researchers jointly produce accounts that reflect situated interpretations rather than fixed truths. The study therefore paid close attention to the interactional dimensions of the interviews, including how trust was negotiated, how participants framed their involvement as support families, and how narratives were shaped by broader public discourses about refugee reception in Iceland. The small, purposive sample enabled depth rather than breadth, allowing for careful tracing of variations across contexts for instance, how geographical isolation, local service availability, and community size intersected with families’ capacities to offer different forms of support. Reflexive field notes were used to document these contextual features and to monitor the researcher’s positionality throughout the data production process. The theoretical background of the study draws on theories of bonding and bridging social support theory that contribute to individuals’ well being and inclusion (Bourdieu, 1991; Putnam, 2000; Szreter & Woolcock, 2004). These forms of social capital are closely linked to social support theory, which identifies emotional, informational, and practical support as key components of helping relationship dimensions that are particularly pertinent to volunteer support families who assist refugee families in navigating unfamiliar social, cultural, and institutional contexts (Thoits, 2011). We also draw on theories of transnational and expanded notions of family, which recognise that familyhood can be created through emotional closeness rather than biological ties (Budginaitė Mačkinė et al., 2025). These frameworks help illuminate how Icelandic refugee relationships shift between formal mentorship, friendship, and familial closeness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings shows that support families often serve as advocates, cultural mediators, and linguistic coaches. Our findings also show the diverse backgrounds of support families: Most were Icelandic but some families with a refugee background also signed up to support other families moving to Iceland. Meanwhile refugee families must navigate gratitude, vulnerability and the desire to maintain autonomy and cultural identity. The article argues that these relationships, while rewarding, require structured support and systems to prevent burnout and to ensure mutual respect, reciprocity and cultural safety. The volunteers, by the very nature of their positionality, had received limited training and some had little of the cultural background of the refugees. Ultimately, support families were able to create pathways from initial strangeness to deep social bonds, contributing to long -term inclusion and social cohesion. During this experience, notions of family expanded greatly and contributed to mutually enriching understanding of what it means to belong, who is an insider and outsider, and ultimately what it means to be an Icelander.The analysis uncovers differences in norms and parenting practices between refugee families and support families, while also highlighting care networks, friendships, and community cohesion. Challenges such as volunteer burnout and health issues posed difficulties on the bonds between the families and the care networks. We reflect on the broader politics of migrant parents resettled in rural areas, as well as the intersections of parenting, nationhood, and the welfare state. References Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In A. H. Halsey, H. Lauder, P. Brown, & A. S. Wells (Eds.), Education: Culture, economy, and society (pp. 46–58). Oxford University Press. Budginaitė-Mačkinė, I., Albert, I., Schrooten, M., Stanojević, D., & Wojtyńska, A. (2025). Defining transnational families across countries and time: An analysis of academic discourse on the phenomenon between 2003 and 2023. Journal of Family Studies. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/13229400.2024.2449103 Flick, U. (2006). An introduction to qualitative research (3rd ed.). Sage. Lichtman, M. (2023). Qualitative research in education: A user’s guide (1st ed.). Routledge. Putnam, R. D. (2000). Bowling alone. Harvard University Press. Ragnarsdóttir, H. (2020). Refugee families in Iceland: Opportunities and challenges in schools and society. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-Being, 15(sup2), 1764294. https://doi.org/10.1080/17482631.2020.1764294 Ragnarsdóttir, H., & Hama, S. R. (2018). Flóttabörn í íslenskum skólum: Móttaka, skólastarf og samstarf við fjölskyldur [Refugee children in Icelandic schools: Reception, school practices, and cooperation with families]. Szreter, S., & Woolcock, M. (2004). Health by association? Social capital, social theory, and the political economy of public health. International Journal of Epidemiology, 33(4), 650–667. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyh013 Thoits, P. A. (2011). Mechanisms linking social ties and support to physical and mental health. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 52(2), 145–161. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022146510395592 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Reframing Resilience Across Distance: Left Behind Children and Migrant Mothers in Transnational Family Life University of Southampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Introduction Two persistent gaps shape scholarship on children in migration contexts. First, children’s own voices remain underrepresented in migration discourse. Second, resilience is too often treated as an individual, output‑oriented endpoint rather than a relational, situated process. As de los Reyes and Yue (2025) argue, children occupy a tense position—simultaneously the motivation for family migration and, when projects falter, facilitators of migration regimes despite minimal involvement in decision‑making. This paper addresses these gaps through a lens with direct consequences for Europe, particularly the United Kingdom. A share of participating mothers work in the UK—especially in health and care sectors—and many of their children anticipate family reunification in the near term. The resilience that left‑behind children (LBCs) cultivate during separation will shape their educational transitions, wellbeing, and participation on entry to British schools and services. By centring LBCs’ perspectives before reunification, this paper contributes evidence relevant to European priorities on inclusive education, safeguarding, and child participation. The study forms part of the Narrating Intergenerational Voices Project (Research England, International Science Partnership Fund, ODA), which examined LBCs’ inclusion in decisions about migration and education. LBCs are “children raised in their home countries or countries of habitual residence, who have been left behind by adult migrants responsible for them” (UNICEF Working Paper, n.d.). In the Philippines—where participating families originate—an estimated 1.5–9 million children are left behind by a migrant parent (Dominguez & Hall, 2022), underscoring both the scale and urgency of centring children’s voices in migration governance that may extend to Europe through reunification. Objectives This paper examines how transnational families’ cultures of inclusion shape migrant children’s capacities to navigate adversity, and how children themselves conceptualise, experience, and embody resilience. Bringing together family decision‑making (on migration and education) and caregiving practices, the paper treats resilience as relational, situated, and multi‑sensory, rather than an individual trait. By centring children’s and mothers’ narratives, it seeks to illuminate mechanisms through which inclusive practices enable (or constrain) coping, belonging, and continuity across borders, while foregrounding affective and sensory dimensions often overlooked in resilience research. Research Questions
Conceptual Framework The analysis is informed by the New Mobilities Paradigm (NMP), which conceptualises mobility as relational—emerging from networks of social, material, and institutional interdependencies—and differential, insofar as capacities to move (and to be moved) are unevenly distributed across people, places, and bodies (Sheller & Urry, 2006; Adey, 2006). Adey’s (2006) relational politics of (im)mobilities foregrounds how movement is produced through power‑laden arrangements—family organisation, infrastructures, border regimes, and moral economies—rather than held as an individual attribute. This paper extend these insights to resilience, not only because resilience is often cast as a mobile capacity (e.g., “bouncing back/forward”) but because it emerges within mobilities. Accordingly, resilience is treated here not as a personality trait or static outcome but as a relational, situated, and unequal process: the capacity to navigate and overcome adversity by pooling personal, social, material, and institutional resources within specific power geometries (Cresswell, 2010; Masten, 2001). In transnational families, such processes unfold through distributed caregiving, affective labour, and the infrastructures that sustain “transnational mothering” (de los Reyes & Yue, 2025; Baldassar & Merla, 2014; Madianou & Miller, 2012). For LBCs, resilience is co‑produced across space and time, shaped by gendered care chains, age hierarchies, recognition and stigma, and access to communication and support systems (Hochschild, 2000; Parreñas, 2005; Asis, 2006). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper draws on qualitative data from the Narrating Intergenerational Voices project. The research team conducted 32 narrative interviews with: 19 Filipina migrant mothers—nurses in the United Kingdom (n = 4) and in Australia (n = 1), and domestic workers in Hong Kong (n = 9) and Singapore (n = 5)—and their 12 left behind children (ages 12–18) residing in the Philippines. A narrative inquiry approach (Punch & Oancea, 2014) guided data generation. Participants provided spoken, written, and visual accounts focused on key milestones such as parental departure, caregiving arrangements, schooling experiences, and prospective mobility decisions. Analysis was inductive and iterative, attending to how children described agency, affect, and the pooling of social and material resources within transnational family networks. Ethical approval was obtained from the author’s university. Informed consent was sought from all migrant mothers, while assent was obtained from participants under 18, alongside parental consent. Given that interviews were conducted online, safeguarding protocols were rigorously followed. This included ensuring that children participated in safe, private environments; providing options to pause or withdraw; and maintaining secure digital procedures for confidentiality and data protection throughout the study. The primary analytic focus remained on children’s meaning making and participation in decision making. References to possible family reunification—whether to the UK, Australia, or in the Philippines—were treated as contextual background, not evaluative endpoints. The aim was to understand how resilience is articulated and negotiated while children remain in the Philippines, without presuming uniform trajectories or making claims about outcomes in any specific education system. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis found that resilience among LBCs is simultaneously relational and embodied or affective. First, resilience arises from the social organisation of transnational family life rather than from individuals alone. Mothers recognised LBCs’ emotional and material labour in sustaining households, acknowledging migration as part of the cause of the adversity their children are facing, signalling ongoing negotiations of responsibility consistent with care circulation and transnational family reflexivity (Hochschild, 2000; Baldassar & Merla, 2014). Resilience was supported by collective solidarities—siblings “looking after each other” – co producing coping capacities within kin and peer networks. These practices operated within power relations, as children followed older siblings’ lead in navigating responsibilities. Care also flowed bidirectionally, with children offering emotional reassurance to migrant mothers through digital communication (de los Reyes & Yue, 2025). At the same time, resilience took embodied and affective forms, grounded in the corporeal and emotional consequences of parental absence. LBCs described adversity through the mother’s missing presence, showing how maternal absence is felt through the body and everyday routines (Baldassar, 2008). For many, resilience began with survival and self care, reflecting the embodied labour of growing up amid stretched care systems. LBCs narrated a difficult emotional trajectory—“I have to accept that my mom is not here” and “it wasn’t easy”—highlighting the emotion work required. Overall, viewed through the New Mobilities Paradigm, children’s capacities to “carry on” are relational and differential, situated and unequal, shaped by recognition, resources, positionality, and access to communication, kin support, schooling, and services (Sheller & Urry, 2006; Adey, 2006). Resilience thus emerges as a co produced process across relationships, bodies, and infrastructures. References Adey, P. (2006). If mobility is everything then it is nothing: Towards a relational politics of (im)mobilities. Mobilities, 1(1), 75–94. Asis, M. M. B. (2006). Living with migration: Experiences of left‑behind children in the Philippines. Asian Population Studies, 2(1), 45–67. https://doi.org/10.1080/17441730600700556 Baldassar, L. (2008). Missing kin and longing to be together: Emotions and the emplacement of long‑distance relationships. Journal of Intercultural Studies, 29(3), 247–266. https://doi.org/10.1080/07256860802169196 Baldassar, L., & Merla, L. (Eds.). (2014). Transnational families, migration and the circulation of care. Routledge. Cresswell, T. (2010). Towards a politics of mobility. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 28(1), 17–31. https://doi.org/10.1068/d11407 de los Reyes, E. J., & Yue, A. (2025). Transnational mothering and the complexities of childhood among migrant Filipina domestic workers. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2025.2594844 Dominguez, G. B., & Hall, B. J. (2022). The health status and related interventions for children left behind due to parental migration in the Philippines: A scoping review. The Lancet Regional Health – Western Pacific, 28, 100566. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lanwpc.2022.100566 Hochschild, A. (2000, January 3). The nanny chain. The American Prospect, 11(4), 32-36. Available in online form from https://prospect.org/features/nanny-chain/ Madianou, M., & Miller, D. (2012). Migration and new media: Transnational families and polymedia. Routledge. Masten, A. S. (2001). Ordinary magic: Resilience processes in development. American Psychologist, 56(3), 227–238. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.56.3.227 Parreñas, R. S. (2005). Children of global migration: Transnational families and gendered woes. Stanford University Press. Punch, K. F., & Oancea, A. (2014). Introduction to research methods in education (2nd ed.). SAGE. Sheller, M., & Urry, J. (2006). The new mobilities paradigm. Environment and Planning A, 38(2), 207–226. https://doi.org/10.1068/a37268 Skelton, T. (2008). Research with children and young people: Exploring the tensions between ethics, competence and participation. Children’s Geographies, 6(1), 21–36. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733280701791976 UNICEF. (n.d.). Children “Left Behind” (UNICEF Working Paper). https://www.unicef.org/media/83581/file/Children-Left-Behind.pdf 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Students’ Well-being and Agency in Collaboration Between Multilingual Families and Schools University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:Since the beginning of the 21st century, there has been a great increase in the number of multilingual students in Icelandic compulsory schools. Over one hundred heritage languages are represented among students in Icelandic schools where Icelandic is both the majority language and the sole official language (Íslensk málnefnd, 2021; Móðurmál, 2025; Statistics Iceland, 2025). Families raising multilingual children have multiple tasks going on at the same time, especially when parents have immigrated to Iceland as adults. They might be learning Icelandic, sometimes also English, and navigating an educational system that might differ from the one they previously knew. Children in these families may encounter different expectations and assume roles or responsibilities that diverge from those of their peers born to predominantly Icelandic speaking parents. Inclusion, equity, equality and social justice are some of the ground principals of the Icelandic School system, which is similar to the systems of other Nordic Countries. Icelandic legislation has a distinct focus on systemic collaboration between schools and homes, stressing the importance of organizing education to correspond to the circumstances and needs of pupils. The collaboration’s purpose is to promote each student’s all-round development, academic achievement and well-being. Supervisory teachers are mainly responsible for the collaboration with parents but in many cases, students also play a significant role, for example in schools where student led parent-teacher conferences are being implemented (Compulsory School Act, no. 91/2008; Mikander et al., 2018). This research’s analysis draws on Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems theory, Epstein’s framework of school, family and community partnerships along with theories on student agency as partners in their education and quality of school life (Bandura, 2018; Bronfenbrenner, 1996; Epstein, 2016; Tangen 2022; Warming, 2011). The research’s aim is to explore how multilingual students, their parents, and teachers describe students’ educational experiences and well-being in school and their collaboration to enhance that well-being. The research question is: How do parents, teachers and multilingual students describe their collaboration to support the students’ well-being in compulsory schools? This article prioritizes the concepts of student agency and well-being, placing them at the centre of the analysis rather than academic achievement or other factors. The focus is on how students articulate their social and emotional experiences in school, their sense of agency, and their involvement in the collaboration between home and school. Additionally, the article examines how parents and teachers describe their roles and interactions in supporting student well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research draws on semi structured interviews conducted in 2022-2023 as part of the qualitative research project Language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families in Iceland and their implications for education (Ragnarsdóttir, n.d.). The project involved sixteen families of multilingual children in Icelandic compulsory schools along with their teachers and principals and employed a multiple case study design. Purposive and snowball sampling strategies were used to ensure diversity in language background, migration history, length of residence in Iceland, and socio-economic status (Braun & Clarke, 2013). School principals in four demographically diverse municipalities recruited the participating families. To gain insight into the perspectives and practices of parents and teachers’, the research team conducted semi-structured in-depth interviews, using interview guides developed for the study. There were seventeen individual interviews with teachers and three group interviews taken about six months later. Parental interviews were sixteen in the first round and thirteen in the second one. Children aged eleven years and older were also invited to participate in individual interviews conducted at school or at home, resulting in thirteen interviews. As part of these interviews, they drew language portraits, which served as visual discussion points and provided additional opportunities for discussion. This flexible, multimodal approach supported the generation of rich, reflective accounts from participants. All interviews were conducted in Icelandic or English and transcribed verbatim. An informed consent letter was prepared, presented to, and signed by all participants. After anonymizing the interview transcripts, they were uploaded to an offline version of the Atlas.ti software, for secure qualitative analysis. All data were stored electronically on a secure server and access restricted to members of the research team. Primary coding and analysis were conducted collaboratively by researchers that met regularly to merge and review their work. In this research, I employed Braun & Clark’s six step procedure of thematic analysis. It involves familiarization with data, generating initial codes, then themes and patterns, reviewing them, defining and naming the themes and reporting findings (Braun & Clarke, 2013; Braun & Clarke, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The theoretical basis for this research highlights that home-school collaboration involves more complexity than the exchange of information between parents and teachers. Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems theory positions the student at the centre of interconnected systems with the mesosystem capturing interactions between key microsystems such as family and school (Bronfenbrenner 1996). Similarly, Epstein’s (2016) framework emphasizes how the intersecting spheres of family, school and community shape students’ development, learning and well-being. Icelandic legislation further affirms childrens agency by ensuring their right to express their views on matters affecting them (Stjórnarráðið, 2018). The findings indicate that parents and teachers actively seek to support and enhance student’s well-being. Nonetheless, both teachers and parents acknowledged that multilingual students sometimes assume responsibilities related to linguistic or cultural brokering, even at a young age. Such responsibilities can complicate students’ educational experiences while also providing them with a degree of agency, influencing how collaboration between school and home unfolds. Examples include children, both younger students and teenagers, being expected to interpret and explain school-related information to their parents. Some children also described deliberately using Icelandic to limit their parents’ understanding in certain situations. Students emphasized the importance of a positive school climate and of feeling genuinely cared for by teachers. Such relational aspects seemed to be linked to academic engagement and their physical and psychological well-being. Teachers and parents agreed with this but some teachers also connected students’ sense of belonging with their participation in extracurricular and community activities including after school programs and sports or music practices. Overall, collaboration to support the well-being of multilingual students in Icelandic compulsory schools emerges as a multifaceted process shaped by dynamics within schools, families, communities and students own active participation. References Bandura, A. (2018). Toward a Psychology of Human Agency: Pathways and Reflections. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 13(2), 130–136. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691617699280 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: a practical guide for beginners. Sage Publications. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328-352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1996). The ecology of human development experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Compulsory School Act. Pub. L. No 91 (2008). https://www.government.is/media/menntamalaraduneyti-media/media/frettatengt2016/91_2008-Compulsory-School-Act-ENGLISH-Uppfaert-Jan-2017.pdf Epstein, J. L. (2016). School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429493133 Stjórnarráðið (2018). Fimmta og sjötta skýrsla Íslands um samning Sameinuðu þjóðanna um réttindi barnsins. (2018). [útgefanda ekki getið]. https://www.stjornarradid.is/library/03-Verkefni/Felags--og-fjolskyldumal/Malefni-barna/Skýrsla%20um%20barnasáttmálann%20-%20íslenska.pdf Íslensk málnefnd. (2021). Íslensk málstefna 2021 - 2030 [e. Icelandic Language Policy 2021-2030]. https://islenskan.is/wp-content/uploads/2022/12/Islensk_malstefna_sept_2021.pdf Mikander, P., Zilliacus, H., & Holm, G. (2018). Intercultural education in transition: Nordic perspectives. Education Inquiry, 9(1), 40-56. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2018.1433432 Móðurmál (2025). Language Map 2025 – The Search for Linguistic Resources in Iceland. https://www.modurmal.com/language-map-2025-the-search-for-linguistic-resources-in-iceland/ Ragnarsdóttir, H. (n.d). Language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families in Iceland and their implications for education (LPP). Application for Rannís grant 2022. Statistics Iceland. (2025). Hlutfall nemenda með erlent móðurmál og erlent ríkisfang 2006–2024 [Percentage of students with a foreign mother tongue and foreign citizenship 2006–2024]. https://hagstofa.is/talnaefni/samfelag/menntun/grunnskolastig/ Tangen, R. (2022). Elevens stemmer i skolen: elevkunnskap og skolelivskvalitet. Cappellen Damm Akademisk. Warming, H. (2011). Børneperspektiver : børn som ligeværdige medspillere i socialt og pædagogisk arbejde. (1. udgave.). Akademisk Forlag. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 15 SES 11 A: The Fostering and Challenging Factors in Creating Sustainable Research-Practice Partnerships PART 1 Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Tiina Korhonen Session Chair: Brianna Kennedy Symposium |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Symposium The Fostering and Challenging Factors in Creating Sustainable Research-Practice Partnerships PART 1 Amid escalating global turbulence characterized by rapid technological change, geopolitical instability, widening inequalities, climate-related disruptions, and post-pandemic pressures schools and educational institutions face complex, shifting demands that outpace prevailing approaches to school and educational development. These conditions amplify uncertainty in teaching and learning, strain resources, and magnify equity concerns, while simultaneously accelerating expectations for digital transformation and data-informed practice. Research–practice partnerships (RPPs, e.g. Farrell et al., 2021) offer a robust mechanism to respond: they align evidence generation with local needs, build capacity for adaptive problem-solving, and sustain iterative innovation through trust-based collaboration. By co-designing solutions, integrating practitioner expertise with research insight, and developing shared infrastructures for learning, RPPs help schools and educational institutions navigate volatility, enhance resilience, and ensure that educational change remains both context-sensitive and equitable. This symposium examines research–practice partnerships (RPPs) across educational contexts in Northern and Central Europe and North America, covering topics at the school, city, national, and international levels and within professional development and innovation networks. The central research question in this symposium is: Which fostering and challenging factors influence the creation and sustainability of RPPs in these contexts? Prior literature identifies challenges to sustaining RPPs that include organizational constraints (timelines, resources, turnover), cultural integration, and power dynamics (Farrell et al., 2018; McGeown & Sjölund, 2025). Educator attitudes and participation opportunities also shape the trajectory of partnerships (Korhonen et al., 2024). Notably, some hindering factors can become productive sites for learning; negotiations at boundaries can create opportunities for joint work (Sjölund & Lindvall, 2024). Conversely, clear allocation of resources and time, targeted professional development (Korhonen et al., 2024), and professional networking (Fischer-Schöneborn & Ehmke, 2023) are known enablers. Most recently, McGeown and Sjölund (2025) highlight four key enablers for sustaining RPPs: infrastructure, funding, training, and incentives. The symposium aims to present and critically evaluate factors that enable or impede sustainable RPPs. The contributions offer comparative perspectives across settings where RPP-like approaches are enacted under varied conceptual frameworks and methods, thereby addressing how RPPs manifest in European contexts while engaging US colleagues to broaden the discussion. Responding to calls to close the international research gap on RPP processes, outcomes, and evaluation (Fischer-Schöneborn & Ehmke, 2023), the symposium provides an opportunity to identify enabling and impeding conditions, share experiences, and foreground locality and contextual contingencies. The symposium draws on frameworks that conceptualize core characteristics and principles of effective RPPs. Henrick et al. (2023) delineate five dimensions of effectiveness with associated indicators: cultivating trust and relationships for sustained joint work; engaging in inclusive research or inquiry to address local needs; supporting practice or community organizations in making progress toward jointly set goals; engaging with the broader field to improve educational practices, systems, and inquiry; and fostering ongoing learning while developing infrastructure for partnering. Application of these principles must be sensitive to each partnership’s goals, composition, and context. This symposium offers an integrative overview of factors influencing the initiation, structuring, and sustainability of RPPs across diverse educational settings. By highlighting enabling conditions, boundary challenges, and collaborative roles that shape co-construction, professional learning, and system-level improvement, the symposium advances a shared, evidence-informed understanding of key issues and promotes mutual learning among participants. References Farrell, C. C., Davidson, K. L., Repko-Erwin, M. E., Penuel, W. R., Quantz, M., H., W., Riedy, R., & Brink, Z. (2018). A descriptive study of the ies researcher–practitioner partnerships in education research program. NCRPP. Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W.R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation. Fischer-Schoeneborn, Sandra & Ehmke, Timo. (2023). Evaluating boundary-crossing collaboration in research-practice partnerships in teacher education: Empirical insights on co-construction, motivation, satisfaction, trust, and competence enhancement. Studies In Educational Evaluation. 79. Henrick, E., Farrell, C.C., Singleton, C. Resnick, A.F., Penuel, W.R., Arce-Trigatti, P., Schmidt, D., Sexton, S., Stamatis, K., & Wellberg, S. (2023). Indicators of researchpractice partnership health and effectiveness: Updating the five dimensions framework. National Center for Research in Policy and Practice and National Network of Education Research-Practice Partnerships. Korhonen, T., Salo, L., Reinius, H., Malander, S. S. S., Tiippana, N. M., Laakso, N. L., Lavonen, J., & Hakkarainen, K. (2024). Creating Transformative Research–Practice Partnership in Collaboration with School, City, and University Actors. Education Sciences, 14(399). McGeown, S. & Sjolund, S. (2025). 'Research-practice partnerships in education: Benefits, challenges, methodological considerations and key enablers for change', British Journal of Educational Psychology, pp. 1-13. Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J. Examining boundaries in a large-scale educational research-practice partnership. J Educ Change 25, 417–443 (2024). Presentations of the Symposium Building an International Network of Education Research-Practice Partnerships: from Convening to Community
While partnerships have historically formed the foundation of many important revelations across the years, including within the field of education (e.g., Andersen, 2008), research-practice partnerships (RPPs) have tended to focus on challenging uneven power relations, exploring issues of equity, and solving for a persistent lack of communication or knowledge sharing across those who work in education and those who study (Tseng, 2012). Moving beyond simple agreements to collaborate on a short-term project in which researchers drop into an educational context, gather and analyse data, then publish independently of educators, RPPs have been defined as long-term and mutually-beneficial collaborations. RPPs focus on improving educational practice through research engagement that is explicitly designed to connect diverse forms of knowledge and experience in ways that elevate all perspectives while centering equity in a partnership (Farrell et al., 2021; Coburn & Penuel, 2016).
Across both the US and Europe, RPPs have driven innovation toward improved learning as their structure becomes an expectation by funders (e.g., Spencer Foundation, W.T. Grant Foundation), government organizations (e.g., the ULF agreement in Sweden), and innovative professional learning efforts (e.g., RPP broker workshops at the University of Franche-Comté (Pasco et al., 2025)). Though a few structures exist for US-based RPPs and projects to learn from one another, European-based RPPs have thus far lacked an infrastructure for learning together about their work.
This symposium contribution presents an international effort to address this lack of shared learning infrastructure. In 2024, a small group of international RPP researchers (names anonymized) raised funds to invite US and European colleagues to a 2-day workshop at Rice University in Paris (France) in September 2025. It was the first workshop of its kind to bring together RPP expertise from different continents. Twenty attendees envisioned what an international RPP network could be through a series of six knowledge-sharing and consensus-building activities. These included: 1) learning about each other’s RPP projects, partners, and outcomes, 2) developing shared language and understanding of how RPPs function, 3) coming to agreement about what distinguishes RPPs from other forms of educational research collaborations, 4) exploring ideas for an international RPP network that begins with European and US partnerships, 5) articulating and discussing RPP relevant sub-topics for working groups, and 6) mapping out next steps for building this international RPP network.
Findings of this 2-day gathering, lessons learned as well as next steps will be presented.
References:
Andersen, N. Å. (2008). Partnerships: Machines of possibility. Policy Press.
Coburn, C. & Penuel, W. (2016). Research-Practice Partnerships in education: Outcomes, dynamics, and open questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1): 48-54.
Farrell, C., Penuel, W., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-Practice Partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation. New York, NY.
Pasco, D. & Bolou-Chiaravalli, C. & Cappoci, C. & Rupic, B. (2025). The role of brokers in fostering research use through RPPs: A case study from France. AERA Conference. Denver, CO.
Tseng, V. (2012, July). Partnerships: Shifting the dynamics between research and practice. William T. Grant Foundation. New York, NY.
Belonging, Shared Targets, and Educator Agency: Sustaining RPPs in the Innokas Network
For over 20 years the Innokas Network has guided schools toward creativity and innovation through innovation education in the context of digitalization. What began with a handful of enthusiastic teachers is now a nationwide network of over 750 schools, coordinated across 11 regions by the University of Helsinki.
During the last five years, the network has pursued even broader effectiveness and focused on systematic school culture development projects with a research-practice partnership approach. Special care has been taken to build long-term partnerships and support participating educators, for example, in acting as idea brokers or interpreter for the findings (Sjölund et al., 2023). In addition, these co-development projects between universities and educators used various participatory methods, such as initial mapping of the development targets and quick analysis of results (Tiippana et al., 2025). Despite these efforts, we have recognized the need for further fostering the agentic roles of participating educators (Korhonen et al., 2024).
To address this need, an interview study of 14 regional network coordinators was designed. The interviews examined participants’ experiences, activities, needs, and roles within the network. In line with RPP principles, this study contributes to both research and practice by offering new insights into educators’ perceptions of the factors that support and hinder sustainable RPPs.
Preliminary analysis show that the main fostering factors brought forward were supporting educators’ sense of belonginess and the creation of common targets. The sense of belonginess was highlighted in various ways, such as an opportunity to bring forward one’s own expertise, the ability to contribute to a common target, and a sense of being heard. The creation of common targets was frequently highlighted in the interviews as essential for helping educators feel that they were “speaking the same language” as the researchers.
Challenging factors highlighted structural aspects. Since RPP’s can often be externally funded development projects, partnerships are not necessarily as long-term as would be ideal (Penuel & Gallagher, 2017). Limited or short-term funding can block new projects or reduce participation. Dependence on individual actors was also viewed as a challenge; when a previously active contributor left the organization, the partnership risked being compromised.
The findings illustrate how the RPP approach can at its best foster sustainable educational change by giving voice to educators and engaging them in solving practical problems in collaboration with researchers. Structural challenges, in particular, place pressure on university partners and municipal actors to identify sustainable funding solutions.
References:
Korhonen, T., Salo, L., Reinius, H., Malander, S., Tiippana, N., Laakso, N., Lavonen, J., & Hakkarainen, K. (2024). Creating transformative research–practice partnership in collaboration with school, city, and university actors. Education Sciences, 14(4), Article 4. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14040399
Penuel, W. R., & Gallagher, D. J. (2017). Creating research-practice partnerships on education. Harvard Education Press.
Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2023). Mapping roles in research-practice partnerships – a systematic literature review. Educational Review, 75(7), 1490–1518. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.2023103
Tiippana, N., Korhonen, T., Reinius, H., & Hakkarainen, K. (2025). Research–practice partnership as a school development method: Educators’ experiences on collaborative school development process and outcomes. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 36(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2024.2432333
Research-Practice Partnerships for Local Systems Change: Developing a City-Wide Approach
The purpose of this paper is to draw out the lessons from the Every-Dundee-Learner-Matters (EDLM) strategy. The strategy places collaboration and networking to promote equity and inclusion “within-schools” and “between-schools” as a central driver for change. The strategy focuses on developing the three ‘Ps’ of Presence, Participation and Progress of all children and young people across the city.
Underpinned by professional learning and co-constructed with a diverse range of stakeholders, Design-Based Implementation Research (Fishman et al., 2013) guides this work. This points to the possibility of ‘joint practice development’, which Fielding et al., (2005) define as learning new ways of working through mutual engagement and sharing practices with others. Through such collaborative activities, teachers and leaders across the city are developing evidence-informed communities of practice where collaboration and engagement foster identification of goals and acquisition of new knowledge and skills (e.g. Sim, 2006; Wenger and Lave 2001).
Key to the strategy has been the formation of a Headteacher Strategy Group to drive the strategy forwards. This challenges traditional ways of working across local authorities and schools in Scotland by promoting subsidiarity rather than top-down approaches to change.
The work of the SIPs and SIGs are monitored through four strands of data collection and analysis: secondary data, qualitative research, generation of artifacts and
- Mixed Methods Social Network Analysis (MMSNA) to map the social interactions within and across SIGs (Borgatti, 2018) and inform the development of qualitative data collection.
This paper focuses on the interview data and MMSNA to offer insights into how collaborative processes are developing through this city-wide strategy. The paper focuses on the following research questions:
- What factors influence the implementation and sustainability of the strategy?
- What evidence is there of impact on the presence, participation and progress of learners?
- What are the implications for sustaining policies and practices for the future?
Research and collaborative professional learning have supported the development of collective agency of teachers and school leaders. In turn, this has created the context for developing more sustainable practices across the city. However, the development of SIGs and SIPs are influenced by a range of factors including leadership conditions, relational trust, and beliefs in schools which also has implications for developing sustainable practices.
Findings support the growing body of international evidence demonstrating the impact of RPPs on improving the education through collaborative processes to support professional learning and the development of an inquiring stance.
References:
Borgatti, S. P., Everett, M. G., & Johnson, J. C. (2018). Analyzing social networks. Sage.
Fielding, M. Bragg, S. Craig, J. Cunningham, I. Eraut, M. Gillinson, S. Horne, M. Robinson, C. & Thorp, J. (2005) Factors Influencing the Transfer of Good Practice, Nottingham: DFES Publications.
Fishman, B. J., Penuel, W. R., Allen, A. R., Cheng, B. H., & Sabelli, N. O. R. A. (2013). Design-based implementation research: An emerging model for transforming the relationship of research and practice. Teachers College Record, 115(14), 136-156
Sim, C. (2006). Preparing for professional experiences – Incorporating pre-service teachers as “community of practice.” Teaching and Teacher Education, 22(1), 76-83
Wenger, E., & Lave, J. (2001). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Program Evaluation of Peers4Practice – A Professional Development Program for Brokers Between Education Research and Practice
This paper presents a comprehensive mixed-methods evaluation of the Peers4Practice program, conducted at the DIPF | Leibniz Institute for research and information in education in the Rhine-Main metro area in Germany. Peers4Practice is a professional development initiative for early career teachers and researchers that fosters brokering competences at the intersection of educational research and school practice, particularly within Research-Practice Partnerships (RPPs) (Wentworth et al 2023). The evaluation was designed as a formative and summative study, accompanying program implementation while systematically assessing its quality, processes, and impact.
The program addresses teachers in their residency or early career stages as well as PhD students and postdoctoral researchers in the Rhine-Main metro area (Germany). Two cohorts (42 participants total, balanced across practice and research) run from January 2024 to January 2026. Participants collaborate in tandems or trios for eighteen months to develop competences including perspective-taking, cooperation, communication, evidence-based practice, research skills, and reflection (Wentworth et al. 2023, Hartmann & Decristan 2018). The curriculum begins with a two-day kickoff workshop, followed by collaborative work over six quarters, online training sessions, reciprocal classroom/lab visits, and a mid-term meeting, concluding with a final workshop for presentation and reflection.
The study combines the assessment of the program theory, implementation processes, and impact, relying on multiple data sources (Patton 2015; Greene et al. 1997, Rossi et al. 2019). As part of the process evaluation, monthly online surveys tracked satisfaction, time investment, and tandem relationship quality for the participants. Focus groups gathered in-depth perspectives on benefits and challenges. The impact evaluation relies on repeated self-report questionnaires (pre-program to six months post-program) to assess changes in brokering competences. Supervisor surveys further documented perceived changes in professional practice and organizational environments.
Preliminary results highlight consistently high satisfaction with program quality, though individual engagement varied. Most tandems adapted suggested co-constructive formats to their needs, and some training sessions were viewed as less aligned with targeted competences. Supervisor feedback indicated weak integration into schools and labs. Teachers voiced concerns regarding schools’ limited capacity for research collaboration. Regarding impact, participants entered with high competences, suggesting ceiling effects. However, data show positive trends in perspective-taking, cooperation, and self-reflection in both cohorts.
In conclusion, the Peers4Practice evaluation suggests high potential for brokering professional development. While overall satisfaction was high, future cohorts would benefit from more targeted workshops, support for co-constructive formats, and deeper organizational involvement at the participants’ workplaces to enhance institutional impact.
References:
Greene, J. C., & Caracelli, V. J. (Eds.). (1997). Advances in mixed-method evaluation: The challenges and benefits of integrating diverse paradigms [Special issue]. New Directions for Evaluation, 1997(74). Jossey-Bass.
Hartmann, U., & Decristan, J. (2018). Brokering activities and learning mechanisms at the boundary of educational research and school practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 74, 114–124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.04.016
Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice (4th ed.). SAGE.
Rossi, P. H., Lipsey, M. W., & Henry, G. T. (2019). Evaluation: A systematic approach (8th ed.). SAGE Publications.
Wentworth, L., Arce-Trigatti, P., Conaway, C., & Shewchuk, S. (2023). Brokering in education research-practice partnerships: A guide for education professionals and researchers.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 16 SES 11 A Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Muhammed Emre Boz Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Ecological Approach to Teacher Agency in the Context of Educational Technology University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:The continuous evolution of educational technologies requires teachers to engage in ongoing pedagogical adaptation. As key actors in the practical digitalisation of education, teachers play a central role in equipping students with knowledge and skills needed for an increasingly digital future (Caena & Redecker, 2019). Teachers and integration of educational technology into teaching have been extensively studied over the decades using different theoretical frameworks and there are many studies on this topic from various viewpoints (Valtonen et al., 2022). However, the concept of teacher agency has received limited attention from the perspective of educational technology (Albion & Tondeur, 2018). This is notable because teacher agency has been widely used to understand teachers as developers and agents of change (Priestley et al., 2015), and technological change in education is continuous (Mishra et al., 2024). This study aims to examine teachers as actors in digitalised teaching and to elaborate on the concept of teacher agency in an educational technology context. To achieve this, we adopt an ecological approach to teacher agency as our theoretical framework (Leijen et al., 2020; Priestley et al., 2022). Conceptually, teacher agency has several overlapping definitions. For this study, to emphasise the educational technology context, we have chosen the ecological approach, defining teacher agency as self-initiated and goal-oriented choosing and decision-making related to the contexts of work (Biesta et al., 2015; Leijen et al., 2020). This allows us to focus on teachers’ actions and study how teacher agency is enacted through interaction with, and influence on, conditions of work. In this paper, we present findings from three studies of Finnish in-service teachers working in primary and secondary schools. Across these studies, we focus on teachers’ perceptions of the conditions in their working environment regarding educational technology. Through these studies we are able to scrutinise how teacher agency is formed and enacted in the educational technology settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study consists of three sub-studies on teacher agency and educational technology. One of them has quantitative approach with latent profile analysis (Spurk et al., 2020) and two of them have qualitative approach with theory-guided content analysis (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008). The participants of these studies are experienced in-service teachers who work in primary and secondary schools in Finland. For study 1 (N = 956) we adapted teacher agency instrument (Vähäsantanen et al., 2022) for educational technology purposes and identified four distinct teacher agency profiles. In study 2 (N = 41) we used theory-guided content analysis of reflective texts from teachers who attended extensive digital pedagogy expert training and generated three teacher agency characters that differed in professional learning orientations, stance-taking toward digitalisation in schools, and positioning of students and colleagues. In study 3 (N = 198) we analysed teachers’ open-ended responses after emergency remote teaching. The analysis showed how teacher agency was enabled or constrained through digital tools, collegial collaboration, student interaction and leadership conditions. To synthetise these three studies we follow the models of ecological approach to teacher agency (Leijen et al., 2020; Priestley et al., 2022) and build an understanding of the concept of teacher agency in educational technology contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to these three studies, teacher agency in educational technology context is plural, context-sensitive and fundamentally social. Teacher agency is formed and enacted not only through teachers’ professional knowledge and skills related to educational technology, but also through their beliefs, values and future-oriented aspirations connected to digitalisation. Every teacher has their own combination of agentic features and teacher agency evolves over time. From ecological perspective, teacher agency in the context of educational technology consists of four domains which intersect. First, the individual domain includes teacher’s orientation towards the educational technology such as professional knowledge and prior experience with technology, pedagogical goals and aims for future and teaching with technology along with individual beliefs and values. Second, the material domain concerns the technologies available for teaching – digital tools, platforms and software that shape what is possible in practise. Third, the social domain with peer networks, collaboration, shared practices, and practical and emotional support. Fourth, the structural domain includes curriculum demands and the organisational conditions like leadership and management, and decision-making structures. Teacher agency is achieved at the intersection of these domains, and it shapes teachers’ possibilities to adapt, innovate and influence digitalised teaching. References Albion, P. R., & Tondeur, J. (2018). Information and Communication Technology and Education: Meaningful Change Through Teacher Agency. In J. Voogt, G. Knezek, R. Christensen, & K.-W. Lai (Eds.), Second Handbook of Information Technology in Primary and Secondary Education (pp. 381–396). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-71054-9_25 Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 624–640. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044325 Caena, F., & Redecker, C. (2019). Aligning teacher competence frameworks to 21st century challenges: The case for the European Digital Competence Framework for Educators (Digcompedu). European Journal of Education, 54(3), 356–369. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12345 Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x Leijen, Ä., Pedaste, M., & Lepp, L. (2020). TEACHER AGENCY FOLLOWING THE ECOLOGICAL MODEL: HOW IT IS ACHIEVED AND HOW IT COULD BE STRENGTHENED BY DIFFERENT TYPES OF REFLECTION. British Journal of Educational Studies, 68(3), 295–310. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2019.1672855 Mishra, P., Oster, N., & Henriksen, D. (2024). Generative AI, Teacher Knowledge and Educational Research: Bridging Short- and Long-Term Perspectives. TechTrends, 68(2), 205–210. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11528-024-00938-1 Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach. Bloomsbury Publishing. Priestley, M., Robinson, S., & Biesta, G. (2022). Mapping teacher agency: An ecological approach to understanding teachers’ work. Spurk, D., Hirschi, A., Wang, M., Valero, D., & Kauffeld, S. (2020). Latent profile analysis: A review and “how to” guide of its application within vocational behavior research. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 120, 103445. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jvb.2020.103445 Vähäsantanen, K., Räikkönen, E., Paloniemi, S., & Hökkä, P. (2022). Acting Agentically at Work: Developing a Short Measure of Professional Agency. Nordic Journal of Working Life Studies. https://doi.org/10.18291/njwls.127869 Valtonen, T., López-Pernas, S., Saqr, M., Vartiainen, H., Sointu, E. T., & Tedre, M. (2022). The nature and building blocks of educational technology research. Computers in Human Behavior, 128, 107123. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2021.107123 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Teacher Roles Promoting Different Learning Ways in 5-7-Year-Old Children in the Educational Contexts that Integrate Real Environment and Augmented Reality Tools Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:Recently, augmented reality technology (hereinafter - ART) tools have been actively developed around the world, enriching not only general education but also preschool education (Magic Match Card; Magic Flashcard, Pocket Vehicles, etc.). This has opened up space for research evaluating the accessibility and suitability of ART tools for the education of preschool-aged children, justifying which tools can be used for specific areas of children's education and how (Masmuzidin et al., 2022; Yılmaz and Gözüm, 2023; Zhufeng and Sitthiworachart, 2024); revealing the impact of ART tools on children's motivation, attention and concentration, perception, and emotional self-regulation (Jafari, 2023; Maulida et al., 2024; Ateş and Polat, 2025). Several less explored aspects arise in the context of the research being conducted. One of them is the impact of the use of ART tools on the development of children's learning styles. Studies show that the use of ART increases the diversity of children's learning styles, broadens the boundaries of sensory perception of the real world, personalizes learning (Peikos and Sofianidis, 2024), corresponds to children's natural syncretic mode of perception (Cascales et al., 2012); and encourages independent exploration and discovery (Ateş and Polat, 2025). However, there is a lack of research revealing which active learning styles—learning by trial and error, learning through exploration, learning through collaboration, learning by asking for and offering help, reflective learning – are initiated by the use of ART tools. It is unclear to what extent undesirable reproductive learning situations arise when using ART tools. A sensitive and still little-researched aspect is the desire to adapt the use of ART tools to the specifics of preschool education, creating conditions for experiential learning and learning through play. To this end, children's learning contexts are being modelled. It is precisely these learning contexts that are the factor through which ART technologies can be naturally integrated into children's learning (Edwards, 2014; Kayaduman and Sağlam, 2023), because real-world tools in the created educational context can be supplemented with ART tools, creating a whole range of learning opportunities and diversity. Equally important is the role played by the teacher when working in the context of integrated real-world environments and ART tools. An analysis of theoretical approaches and the use of ART in children's education has shown that the use of ART can encourage the transformation of preschool education from academic education to experiential, self-regulated, game-based, personalized education for children. However, the opposite phenomenon is often observed, where teachers use ART tools to academize the education process, giving the child only a passive participant role (Tural, 2020; Yilmaz et al., 2024). When analysing studies on the application of ART, it is often possible to identify the role that teachers take on when educating children, but we were unable to find any targeted studies on the impact of the roles performed by teachers on children's learning. Based on constructivism, sociocultural and connectivism theories, we identified and conceptualized three key roles assumed by teachers that should be conducive to children's learning when applying ART tools: context creator (hereinafter - CC), proactive moderator (hereinafter - PM), and minimal instruction provider (hereinafter - MIP). It should be noted that these roles of the teacher have only been fragmentarily addressed in previous studies and have not been systematically researched in terms of their effectiveness. Taking into account less researched aspects, the study presented in this paper sought to answer the question: Do the roles assumed by the teacher as CC, PM, and MIP differ according to the averages of the learning styles encouraged in children when they play in contexts that integrate real-world and ART tools? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used a quantitative research approach and a quasi-experiment. Two different integrated contexts of real-world environments and ART tools were created for the quasi-experiment: the context of human body exploration; the context of exploring the Sun and the planets of the Solar System, in which ART tools are used to enrich children's learning and provide opportunities to learn in different ways. When children were working in the integrated contexts, teachers took on different roles – context creator, moderator, or provider of minimal instructions. The following hypotheses were tested: Hypothesis 1. The role of context creator differs statistically significantly from the role of proactive moderator in terms of the average number of child learning cases stimulated. Hypothesis 2. The role of context creator differs statistically significantly from the role of minimal instruction provider in terms of the average number of instances of child learning stimulated. Hypothesis 3. The role of the proactive moderator differs statistically significantly from the role of the minimal instruction provider in terms of the average number of instances of child learning stimulated. A convenience sample was used to form the research sample. The entire sample consisted of 120 preschool-aged children, including 76 boys, 44 girls, and 12 teachers. Data collection method. Observation of the activities of children aged 5–7 in two integrated real-environment and augmented-reality learning contexts designed for them, with the aim of identifying children's learning styles and their expression. Data collection process. The study was conducted in a natural environment familiar to children, i.e., a preschool educational institution. The observation of children's activities was carried out after prior consultation and agreement with all participants in the educational process, with the consent of the institution's management, children's parents (guardians), and group teachers. Forty-minute videos were recorded using a video camera and a smartphone. The children's language, interaction, activities, creativity, problem solving, and exploration were recorded. The videos were then analysed to identify the children's learning styles and their expression, and observation protocols were completed. All filmed material was transcribed, identifying the learning styles and their characteristics that manifested in the children's activities, which were then coded, counted, and systematized. Data analysis methods. The research data were processed using SPSS software (IBM SPSS Statistics 29.0). The children's learning styles recorded during the study were coded and entered into the SPSS program. Quantitative research data analysis methods were applied: descriptive statistical analysis; Student's t-test for independent samples. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings During the quasi-experiment, hypothesis 1 was partially confirmed. It was found that the role of CC assumed by teachers led to statistically significantly fewer cases of undesirable reproductive learning than the role of PM (an average of 0.92 and 1.85 cases per child during a 40-minute activity). Based on the average number of learning trials and errors and learning through exploration per child between the two roles, no statistically significant difference was found. The PM role encouraged statistically significantly more cases of learning by asking for help and offering help (5.16) and learning by reflecting (7.17) than the CC role (2.13 and 4.84). Hypothesis 2 was partially confirmed. It was found that the MIP role led to statistically significantly more cases of undesirable reproductive learning among children than the CC role (3.20 and 0.92). The role of CC was more conducive to learning through exploration (4.36) and learning through collaboration (5.37) than the role of MIP (3.59 and 4.28). Hypothesis 3 was partially confirmed. It was found that the role of MIP (an average of 3.20 per child) statistically significantly more encouraged undesirable reproductive learning in children than the role of PM (1.85). The role of PM led to a statistically significant increase in cases of learning through exploration (4.27), asking for and offering help (5.16), and learning through reflection (7.17) compared to the role of MIP (3.59, 4.54, and 5.44, respectively). When using ART for the education of children aged 5–7, contexts should be created that consist of real tools, materials and one or more ART tools. When children are working in these contexts, the teacher should take on and alternate between the roles of CC, PM, and MIP, depending on the educational situation, as some roles are more effective in promoting certain experiential learning situations than others. References Ateş, H., & Polat, M. (2025). Leveraging Augmented Reality and Gamification for Enhanced Self-Regulation in Science Education. Education and Information Technologies. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-025-13481-0 Cascales, A., Laguna, I., Pérez-López, D., Perona, P., & Contero, M. (2012). Augmented Reality for preschoolers: An Experience around Natural Sciences Educational Contents. Spdece, (June), 113–122. Retrieved from: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/281345069_Augmented_Reality_for_Preschoolers_An_Experience_around_Natural_Sciences_Educational_Contents Edwards, S. (2014). Towards contemporary play: Sociocultural Theory and the Digital Consumerist Context. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 12(3), 219–233. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476718x14538596 Yilmaz, M. M., Bekirler, A., & Sigirtmac, A. D. (2024). Inspiring an Early Passion for Science: The Impact of Hands-on Activities on Children’s Motivation. ECNU Review of Education, 7(4), 1033–1053. https://doi.org/10.1177/20965311241265413 Yilmaz, Z. A., & Gözüm, A. İ. C. (2023). Augmented Reality app In Pre-School Education: Children’s Knowledge about Animals. Southeast Asia Early Childhood Journal, 12(2), 130. https://doi.org/10.37134/saecj.vol12.2.8.2023 Jafari, E. (2023). The Effect of Augmented Reality on the Level of Attention of First Elementary Students in the Course of Experimental Sciences. The Journal of Educators Online, 20(3). https://doi.org/10.9743/jeo.2023.20.3.20 Kayaduman, H., & Sağlam, M. (2023). An Examination of the Research Studies on Augmented Reality use in Preschool Education: a Bibliometric Mapping Analysis. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 56(5), 595–615. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2023.2186988 Masmuzidin, M. Z., Aziz, N. A., & Suhaimi, S. (2022). A Systematic Review of the Design of Augmented Reality Applications for Young Children. International Journal of Interactive Mobile Technologies (iJIM), 16(17), 60–74. https://doi.org/10.3991/ijim.v16i17.31837 Maulida, A. S., Wahyudin, W., Turmudi, T., & Nurlaelah, E. (2024). The Effect of Experiential Learning and Directed Instructions Assisted by Augmented Reality on Students’ Self Regulated Learning. Infinity Journal, 13(2). https://doi.org/10.22460/infinity.v13i2.p553-568 Peikos, G., & Sofianidis, A. (2024). What is the Future of Augmented Reality in Science Teaching and Learning? an Exploratory Study on Primary and Pre-School Teacher Students’ Views. Education Sciences, 14(5), 480. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14050480 Tural, G. (2020). Promoting Students’ Understanding of the Concept of Pressure: Active Learning Environment versus Traditional One. Mimbar Sekolah Dasar, 7(3), 284–303. https://doi.org/10.17509/mimbar-sd.v7i3.29391 Zhufeng, Y., & Sitthiworachart, J. (2023). Effect of Augmented Reality Technology on Learning Behavior and Attitudes of Preschool Students in Science Activities. Education and Information Technologies, 29(4), 4763–4784. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-02312012-z 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Integrating Geographic Information Systems into Geography Education in Kosovo Faculty of Education, University of Prishtina, Kosovo Presenting Author:Digital technologies have become an integral part of contemporary education, reshaping how knowledge is accessed, represented, and constructed. Among these technologies, geospatial tools embedded in everyday digital applications have fundamentally transformed how individuals perceive and interact with space. Different technologies function as extensive repositories of spatial data, enabling users to visualize geographic patterns (Camobell, 2012). monitor spatial change and analyze relationships between natural and human phenomena. As a result, spatial thinking has become an essential competence for understanding the increasingly complex spatial organization of modern societies (Council, 2006). Spatial thinking refers to the ability to understand, reason, and make decisions based on spatial relationships (Downs, 2006). It involves the integration of spatial concepts, tools for representation, and reasoning processes that allow individuals to interpret geographic information effectively. Research emphasizes that spatial thinking is not an innate skill but one that can be systematically developed through education, particularly when supported by appropriate technologies (Kitchin, 2014). Geographic Information Systems (hereafter: GIS) provide a powerful framework for this development, as they allow students to manipulate, analyze, and interpret spatial data rather than merely observe it. When embedded into teaching practice, GIS shifts learning from passive reception of information toward active inquiry, problem-solving, and analytical reasoning. In geography education, the pedagogical potential of GIS is widely acknowledged (Jonathan Campbell, 2012). Numerous studies demonstrate that GIS-supported instruction enhances students’ spatial literacy, promotes higher-order thinking skills, and supports interdisciplinary learning. Countries such as the United States, Australia, France, Norway, and New Zealand have already integrated GIS into national curricula, recognizing its role in preparing students for data-driven societies and spatially oriented professions (Eyüp Artvinli, 2022). Through digital maps, satellite imagery, and spatial databases, students are able to explore real world phenomena, examine spatial patterns, and connect abstract geographic concepts with tangible contexts. Despite these global developments, the integration of GIS into formal education remains uneven, particularly in developing and post-conflict contexts. Kosovo represents a compelling case in this regard (ASK, 2025). Following the war at the end of the twentieth century, the country inherited a severely damaged educational infrastructure. Over the past two decades, however, substantial investments from international organizations and public funding have contributed to the rapid expansion of ICT infrastructure in schools. Access to computers and internet connectivity has improved significantly, creating favorable technical conditions for digital learning. Nevertheless, the pedagogical use of advanced geospatial technologies in geography education remains limited. Geography teaching in Kosovo continues to rely predominantly on traditional methods, such as printed textbooks and static maps. While these resources support foundational geographic knowledge, they often fail to foster deeper spatial reasoning, analytical skills, and data interpretation abilities. At the same time, students increasingly engage with spatial technologies outside the classroom through navigation apps, social media, and digital mapping platforms (Kerski, 2014). This study examines the integration of GIS and digital geographic platforms in geography education in Kosovo (MASHT, 2022), with a particular emphasis on the transition from the use of digital tools toward the development of students’ spatial thinking. This study seeks to identify both opportunities and barriers to meaningful GIS integration. By positioning Kosovo as a case study, this research contributes to broader European discussions on digital transformation in education. Research Questions: RQ1: What is the current level of availability and use of GIS and digital geographic RQ2: How do in-service geography teachers perceive the usefulness and ease of use RQ3: What are teachers’ overall attitudes and behavioral intentions toward integrating Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods research design, combining quantitative and qualitative approaches to examine the integration of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) in geography education in Kosovo (Nuci et al, 2021). The mixed-methods approach was selected to provide a comprehensive understanding of both measurable acceptance factors and contextual experiences related to the use of geospatial technologies in teaching and learning. Quantitative data were used to assess patterns of technology acceptance, while qualitative data supported the interpretation of attitudes, perceptions, and pedagogical experiences. Participants and Sampling The study involved 74 participants, drawn from lower and upper secondary schools across Kosovo. Participants were selected using a purposive sampling strategy, ensuring representation from both urban and rural regions and reflecting variation in school infrastructure and digital readiness. This approach was adopted to capture diverse educational contexts and to increase the relevance of findings for the national education system. Research Instruments The primary research instrument was a structured questionnaire developed on the basis of the Technology Acceptance Model (Masrom, 2007). The questionnaire consisted of several sections designed to measure: (i) ICT access and digital learning conditions, including device ownership, internet connectivity at home and school, and perceived infrastructural barriers; (ii) Perceived Ease of Use (PEOU) of GIS, assessing how easily participants could interact with and apply GIS tools; (iii) Perceived Usefulness (PU) of GIS, focusing on its contribution to learning effectiveness, productivity, and understanding of geographic concepts; (iv) Attitude toward GIS use, examining students’ emotional and motivational responses; (v) Behavioral Intention to Use GIS, measuring willingness to continue using GIS and to engage with future developments; and (vi) Self-efficacy and value alignment, addressing confidence in using GIS and its perceived relevance to personal and societal values. The dominated items were measured using a five-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). The questionnaire also included open-ended questions, allowing participants to express their opinions regarding the use of GIS across different scientific subjects. Data Collection and Analysis Data were collected online, ensuring anonymity and voluntary participation. Quantitative data were analyzed using descriptive statistical methods, including means and standard deviations, to identify trends across TAM constructs. Qualitative responses were analyzed through thematic analysis, enabling the identification of recurring themes related to engagement, usability, and perceived educational value. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study examined the integration of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) in geography education in Kosovo, with a particular focus on students’ acceptance of geospatial technologies and their potential to support the development of spatial thinking. The findings indicate that GIS is perceived as a highly valuable educational tool, capable of enhancing learning effectiveness, increasing student engagement, and fostering positive attitudes toward geography and related scientific disciplines. Across all TAM constructs, Attitude toward GIS resulted with Mean = 4.49, followed by behavioral intention to continue using GIS with Mean = 4.43, perceived usefulness emerged as predictor of acceptance with Mean = 4.29, and concluded with the lowest result in Perceived Easy of Use with Mean = 3.43. The expected educational outcomes of GIS integration extend beyond improved subject knowledge. GIS-supported learning encourages students to engage with real-world data, interpret spatial patterns, and apply geographic concepts to authentic contexts, thereby strengthening spatial literacy and higher-order cognitive skills. The positive behavioral intentions expressed by participants further suggest that GIS has the potential to promote sustained engagement with geography and to support interdisciplinary learning across scientific subjects. From a broader perspective, this study underscores the need for a systemic approach to GIS integration in Kosovo’s education system. Effective implementation requires alignment between curriculum design, teacher professional development, and technological infrastructure. By addressing both structural and acceptance-related factors, GIS can contribute meaningfully to the digital transformation of education and to the preparation of students for data-driven and spatially oriented societies. Overall, the findings position GIS as a powerful pedagogical tool for advancing spatial thinking in geography education, while emphasizing that its successful adoption depends on intentional educational strategies rather than technology alone. References ASK, S. A. (2024). Statistikat e Arsimit në Kosovë. Prishtine. Council, N. R. (2006). Learning To Think Spatially. Washington. Council, N. R. (2006). Learning to Thinnk Spatually. Washington D.C.: The National Academies Press. David Sibley, P. J. (2005). Cultural Geography A Critical Dictionary of Key Concepts . London - New York: I.B.Tauris. ASK, (2025). Statistikat e Arsimit ne Kosove. Online: https://masht.rks-gov.net/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Statistikat-e-Arsimit-ne-Kosove-2024-2025-compressed-2.pdf Downs, R. M. (2006). Learning to Think Spatially. Eyüp Artvinli, I. G. (2022). Geography Teacher, Education and Professionalization. london: Springe International Publishing. Jahnke, I. a. (2020). hree types of integrated course designs for using mobile technologies to support creativity in higher education. Computers & Education . Jonathan Campbell, M. S. (2012). Geographic Information System Basics. Jonathan E. Campbell, M. S. (2012). Geographic Information System Basics (v. 1.0). Page 10: Creative Common. Joseph J. Kerski, A. D. (2013). The Global Landscape of GIS in Secondary Education. Journal of Geography, 2022 - 247. Joseph J. Kerski, A. D. (2014). The Global Landscape of GIS in Secondary Education. Journal of Geography, 233 - 247. Kitchin, R. (2014). The Data Revolution: Big Data, Open Data, Data Infrastructures and Their Consequences. London: SAGE . MASHT. (2022). STRATEGJIA E ARSIMIT 2022-2026. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Teacher Judgement in the Age of Generative AI: Preschool Teachers’ Evaluation of AI-Generated Stories 1: Fırat University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Hacettepe University, Turkey (Türkiye); 3: Harran University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Storytelling is a core pedagogical practice in early childhood education because it supports young children’s language development, meaning making, and social and emotional learning. From a sociocultural perspective, learning is mediated through language and interaction, making the quality of adult-provided linguistic input developmentally consequential (Vygotsky, 1978). Narrative scholarship similarly positions stories as cultural tools through which children organise experience, interpret emotions, and make sense of social relationships (Bruner, 1990; Nicolopoulou, 2014). In early childhood contexts, story quality is therefore judged through developmentally sensitive criteria such as age appropriateness, linguistic accessibility, narrative fluency and coherence, and emotional safety rather than textual correctness alone (Isbell et al., 2004; Sipe, 2008). Against this theoretical backdrop, generative artificial intelligence has introduced a new route for producing children’s stories quickly, yet education research on large language models emphasises that outputs can be uneven in quality and may include pedagogically misaligned or inappropriate content, which makes educators’ professional judgement central to responsible use (Kasneci et al., 2023). A child rights and safety lens further strengthens this argument by underscoring that AI-related practices involving children should prioritise wellbeing, protection, and accountability, particularly in the early years (UNICEF, 2021, 2025). Emerging early childhood research has begun to document teachers’ perspectives on using tools such as ChatGPT, including qualitative evidence from Türkiye that highlights perceived usefulness alongside strong emphasis on teacher oversight (Uğraş, 2024), as well as international studies examining early childhood teachers’ perceptions of AI in early childhood education (Lee et al., 2025). Complementary work has explored motivational factors shaping preschool teachers’ AI use, indicating that perceived value coexists with perceived costs and risks (Bozer Özsaraç & Ergin, 2025). In addition, literacy-oriented research has started to examine how children and caregivers engage with AI-generated digital storybooks during shared reading, signalling that perceived quality and authorship are becoming practically relevant in widely distributed, multilingual digital environments (Ratner et al., 2025). Although these studies provide important foundations, there remains limited empirical research that examines preschool teachers’ evaluations of AI-generated children’s stories at the text level under comparable conditions, especially in designs that compare multiple AI tools alongside a human-authored reference story. This gap is particularly salient in European and international early childhood settings because AI tools and their outputs circulate transnationally, while judgments about developmental appropriateness, narrative coherence, and emotional safety are enacted locally within culturally and linguistically diverse classrooms. The proposed study therefore conceptualises teachers’ evaluations as a professional quality assurance mechanism through which transnational AI narratives are assessed against early childhood pedagogical expectations and child-centred safeguards.
Research Question How do preschool teachers evaluate children’s stories created using various artificial intelligence tools from a pedagogical perspective? This main research question is addressed through the following sub-questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design This study adopts a qualitative, exploratory interview design to examine how preschool teachers pedagogically evaluate children’s stories generated by multiple generative AI tools (ChatGPT, Gemini, Claude, Grok). A qualitative exploratory approach is suitable for developing an in-depth understanding of participants’ interpretations in an under-researched area. Participants Participants will be preschool teachers recruited through purposive sampling to ensure variation in teaching experience and institutional context (for example, public and private settings). Data collection will begin with interviews with 10 teachers and will continue until data saturation is reached, that is, until additional interviews no longer yield substantively new insights related to the research questions. Materials and data collection Story stimuli will be produced in two conditions. In the baseline condition, each AI tool will generate a short children’s story under standardised constraints (same topic, target age, and approximate length) using the same core prompt. In the second condition, each tool will generate a story using a literature-informed prompting procedure. Here, prompts will be enriched with criteria derived from academic work on children’s literature and early years storytelling (for example, age-appropriate language, clear narrative structure, emotionally safe content) and brief exemplar features. These are not “trained models” in a technical sense; rather, the prompting is pedagogically structured using research-based criteria. Teachers will not be told which stories come from which condition or which tool. Stories from both conditions will be pooled and presented in a counterbalanced order, and the source information will be withheld. This allows the analysis to examine whether teachers spontaneously notice differences attributable to literature-informed prompting and how they explain such differences. Data will be generated through semi-structured individual interviews. An interview guide will be developed and refined through piloting to improve clarity and flow. Interviews will last approximately 30 to 45 minutes, will be audio recorded, and will be transcribed verbatim. Ethics The study will commence after approval from the Fırat University Ethics Committee. Participants will provide informed consent, be assured of anonymity, and be reminded of their right to withdraw at any time without giving a reason. Data analysis and trustworthiness Transcripts will be analysed using inductive qualitative content analysis. Coding will proceed from meaning units to codes, then to themes and higher-level categories through inductive category development. Credibility will be supported through analytic discussions within the research team and, where feasible, a brief member check via email on initial interpretations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to clarify how preschool teachers evaluate children’s stories produced with generative AI tools and what this implies for responsible classroom use. First, the findings will likely identify the main criteria teachers rely on when judging AI-generated stories, such as perceived age appropriateness, language level, narrative fluency and coherence, emotional safety, and classroom usability. The study will also show how teachers justify these judgements, helping to specify what “quality” and “appropriateness” mean for AI-produced story materials in early childhood settings. Second, teachers are expected to report noticeable differences across AI tools, suggesting that story outputs are not pedagogically equivalent across models. These comparisons can inform practical decisions about when AI-generated stories might be suitable for classroom use and when stronger screening is needed. Third, the study is expected to describe whether and how teachers believe AI-generated stories can be distinguished from human-authored stories, including the cues teachers use to label texts as “human-like” or “artificial”. Finally, by mapping perceived benefits (for example, speed and convenience) against perceived risks (for example, emotionally inappropriate content or developmentally mismatched language), the study can inform guidance for teacher oversight and quality assurance in early childhood education. References Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Harvard University Press. Bozer Özsaraç, E. N., & Ergin, E. (2025). What drives teachers’ use of AI in preschool education? A motivational perspective based on expectancy-value theory. International Journal of Current Educational Studies, 4(2), 1–29. https://doi.org/10.46328/ijces.191 Isbell, R., Sobol, J., Lindauer, L., & Lowrance, A. (2004). The effects of storytelling and story reading on the oral language complexity and story comprehension of young children. Early Childhood Education Journal, 32(3), 157–163. https://doi.org/10.1023/B:ECEJ.0000048967.94189.a3 Kasneci, E., Seßler, K., Küchemann, S., Bannert, M., Dementieva, D., Fischer, F., … Kasneci, G. (2023). ChatGPT for good? On opportunities and challenges of large language models for education. Learning and Individual Differences, 103, 102274. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2023.102274 Lee, J., Lee, J. O., & Yoon, J. (2025). Exploring perceptions of early childhood teachers on the use of artificial intelligence in early childhood education. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/10901027.2025.2600033 Nicolopoulou, A. (2014). Narrative development and classroom practices. In A. Nicolopoulou, C. Brockmeyer Cates, A. de Sá, & H. Ilgaz (Eds.), Children’s peer talk: Learning from each other (pp. 42–62). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139084536.006 Ratner, S., Ong, C., Mathers, S., & Murphy, V. A. (2025). “Did a robot write that?” AI-generated digital storybooks. ELT Journal, 79(4), 595–607. https://doi.org/10.1093/elt/ccaf034 Sipe, L. R. (2008). Storytime: Young children’s literary understanding in the classroom. Teachers College Press. Uğraş, M. (2024). Okul öncesi eğitimde ChatGPT kullanımının değerlendirilmesi: Öğretmen perspektifleri. Eğitim ve İnsani Bilimler Dergisi: Teori ve Uygulama, 15(30), 387–414. https://doi.org/10.58689/eibd.1537337 UNICEF. (2021). Policy guidance on AI for children (Version 2.0). UNICEF Innocenti – Global Office of Research and Foresight. UNICEF. (2025). Guidance on AI and children (3rd ed.). UNICEF Innocenti – Global Office of Research and Foresight. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 16 SES 11 B Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Mandy Pierlejewski Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Digital Storytelling as a Tool for Enhancing Language and Digital Competences in High School Education 1: NIS Almaty-Medeu, Almaty, Kazakhstan; 2: Al-Farabi Kazakh National University, Almaty, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Digital storytelling has gained increasing attention in European educational research as an instructional approach that integrates digital technologies with narrative-based learning. In secondary education, where learners are expected to develop advanced language skills alongside digital competence, digital storytelling represents a pedagogical intersection between ICT-enhanced learning and communicative pedagogy. This study investigates the implementation of digital storytelling in high school classrooms and examines its impact on students’ language development, engagement, and digital competence. The study is guided by the following research question: The research is underpinned by a multidisciplinary theoretical framework, drawing on sociocultural learning theory (Vygotsky, 1978), which conceptualizes learning as a socially mediated process, and multiliteracies theory (Cope & Kalantzis, 2015), which emphasizes multimodal meaning-making in contemporary digital environments. These perspectives are complemented by European policy frameworks, such as the Digital Competence Framework for Educators (DigCompEdu), which foreground the development of digital, communicative, and critical competences as core educational goals. Studies have shown that digital storytelling can enhance language skills, including speaking and listening, and promote motivation and active participation in secondary education settings. For example, research in Algerian secondary schools found that digital storytelling is perceived as an effective strategy for enhancing language skills and student engagement (Hadj Boulenouar, 2024). Moreover, a systematic review published in Sustainability reports that digital storytelling contributes to improved speaking proficiency across educational levels, indicating its broad pedagogical value. This proposal argues that digital storytelling, when intentionally embedded in high school curricula, can address multiple educational goals: improving language outcomes, supporting learner engagement, and fostering digital literacies. The study also considers the challenges teachers face in implementation, including technology access and instructional design, drawing on empirical findings from secondary schooling research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research adopts a mixed-methods design to investigate the impact of digital storytelling in high school classrooms. The participants include high school students aged 15-17 enrolled in English language classes. Data collection consists of three complementary components: 1. Questionnaires – Pre- and post-implementation surveys measure students’ perceptions of digital competence, engagement, and language confidence. The surveys use Likert-scale items validated in prior storytelling research and analyzed using descriptive and inferential statistics. 2. Student Artifacts – Students create digital stories using platforms such as Canva or video editing tools. These artifacts are assessed for language quality, creativity, and multimodal coherence, providing qualitative evidence of learning outcomes. 3. Focus Group Interviews – Semi-structured interviews with selected students and teachers explore experiences with digital storytelling, perceived benefits, and challenges, enriching the quantitative data with participant voices. Data analysis integrates quantitative results (descriptive statistics, frequency analysis) with thematic coding of interview transcripts and artifact evaluation. The mixed-methods approach allows triangulation of findings and deeper insights into both measurable outcomes and lived classroom experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings suggest that digital storytelling positively influences students’ language performance, particularly in skills such as speaking and narrative writing. In addition, digital storytelling appears to strengthen students’ digital competence by requiring them to navigate multimedia tools, plan narrative structures, and integrate diverse modes of expression. Teachers also report higher levels of engagement and motivation, as students find storytelling tasks meaningful and personally relevant. Challenges include ensuring equitable technological access and providing sufficient scaffolding for students with varying digital skill levels. The study concludes that digital storytelling is a valuable instructional strategy for high school educators aiming to promote language acquisition, digital literacy, and student engagement in a cohesive and transformative way. These findings contribute to the international discourse on digital pedagogy and support European educational priorities related to digital competence and innovative teaching practices. References Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2015). A pedagogy of multiliteracies: Learning by design. Palgrave Macmillan. Hadj Boulenouar, H. (2024). The power of narrative: Using digital storytelling to foster student motivation and participation in secondary schools. Eurasian Science Review. Nair, V., & Md Yunus, M. (2021). A systematic review of digital storytelling in improving speaking skills. Sustainability, 13(17), 9829. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13179829 Robin, B. R. (2008). Digital storytelling: A powerful technology tool for the 21st century classroom. Theory Into Practice, 47(3), 220–228. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. European Educational Research Association (EERA). (2024). ECER conference contributions on digital storytelling and digital literacy. ECER Programme Archive. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper AI in Teacher Education: New Insights for Challenges and Opportunities University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:This presentation focuses on the role of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in the context of teacher education. AI is simultaneously transforming and challenging traditional educational practices. Various AI technologies offer both new opportunities and complex challenges for teachers, teacher educators, and learners. Generative AI tools such as ChatGPT and Copilot, with their natural language interfaces and broad content capabilities, can be applied to a wide range of pedagogical purposes. According to Kasneci et al. (2023) and Resnick (2023), these tools can support drill‑and‑practice activities as well as more creative and collaborative approaches. Alongside these positive aspects, there are also concerns regarding the use of generative AI in education. First, the ease of use and natural language interaction may encourage students to outsource their thinking to AI (Kasneci et al., 2023; Fan et al., 2025). Teachers design learning activities to stimulate students’ cognitive processes and support meaningful learning. However, with AI tools, these tasks can easily be copied into the system to produce ready-made assignments without cognitive effort, creating an illusion of learning. Yet learning requires sustained engagement with new information, time, and active processing of content (Van Merrienboer & Sweller, 2005). Another challenge, common to many educational technologies, concerns the teacher’s role and teacher agency. By agency we refer to professional agency, i.e., teachers’ ability to make pedagogical choices and decisions regarding learning activities within their classrooms and courses (Eteläpelto et al., 2013). Particularly with adaptive systems or Intelligent Tutoring Systems, materials, learning paths, and activities are typically pre-designed, reducing the teacher’s role in decision‑making. As AI systems become more sophisticated, tensions have emerged around potential threats to teachers’ autonomy (Selwyn, 2019). Some scholars even suggest that AI could replace teachers entirely (Romero & Ventura, 2020), while others argue that AI may substitute specific functions but cannot replicate the inherently human aspects of teaching (Järvelä et al., 2023). This presentation provides teacher educators’ perspectives on these challenges and possibilities related to AI within teacher education. This mixed‑methods study includes 156 teacher educators from four Finnish universities. The dataset consists of quantitative data collected through an online questionnaire containing Likert‑scale statements, as well as qualitative data collected through open‑ended questions. The quantitative section of the questionnaire was built upon the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) by Davis et al. (1989), focusing on attitudes towards AI, perceived usefulness, and perceived ease of use. Additionally, an AI anxiety dimension was included. The qualitative section consisted of three questions: 1) As a teacher educator, what thoughts and emotions do artificial intelligence evoke in you? 2) In your view, how should teacher education respond to the increasing use of artificial intelligence? 3) What support or resources would you need to feel more confident and in control when using artificial intelligence in teaching? The data analysis was conducted in two phases. First, K‑means clustering was used to group respondents based on the TAM factors and AI anxiety. Second, qualitative data were analysed using inductive approach to capture teacher educators’ own descriptions of how they perceive the role of AI in teacher education. The results reveal three distinct groups of teacher educators with differing perspectives on AI in education, ranging from strongly positive to more cautious. AI anxiety in particular appears to differentiate the groups. The qualitative findings further elaborate these perspectives using educators’ own expressions regarding the opportunities, risks, and future role of AI in teaching and learning. Overall, this presentation offers a much‑needed perspective on teacher educators’ views of AI, its potential, challenges, and implications for teacher education, an area that has so far received limited research attention. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a mixed methods design to investigate teacher educators’ perceptions of AI in teacher education. The study gathers both quantitative and qualitative data. Participants included 156 teacher educators from four Finnish universities. The questionnaire consisted of Likert scale items measuring areas based on the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) by Davis et al. (1989), as well as items measuring AI anxiety. The quantitative analysis includes descriptive statistics, clustering of respondents, and group based comparisons. The qualitative data were collected through open ended questions addressing participants’ overall feelings about AI in teacher education. The questions were: 1) As a teacher educator, what thoughts and emotions does artificial intelligence evoke in you? 2) In your view, how should teacher education respond to the increasing use of artificial intelligence? 3) What support or resources would you need to feel more confident and in control when using artificial intelligence in teaching? The qualitative data will be divided into three groups, aligned with the findings of the clustering analysis. The aim is to gain deeper insight into the reasons why AI is perceived in particular ways by different respondent groups. The analysis follows an inductive approach (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008), meaning that the data are examined without applying predetermined theoretical frameworks. This approach allows the respondents’ own ideas and wording to emerge more clearly. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results identify three groups of teacher educators with differing views on AI, from highly positive to more cautious, with AI anxiety emerging as a key factor separating them. The qualitative findings deepen these distinctions, capturing educators’ own reflections on AI’s opportunities, risks, and its future role in teaching and learning. Overall, the study offers an important contribution by highlighting teacher educators’ perspectives on AI, its potential benefits, its challenges, and its implications for teacher education, an area that has until now received limited scholarly attention. References Davis, F. D., Bagozzi, R. P., & Warshaw, P. R. (1989). Technology acceptance model. J Manag Sci, 35(8), 982-1003. Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of advanced nursing, 62(1), 107-115. Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational research review, 10, 45-65. Fan, Y., Tang, L., Le, H., Shen, K., Tan, S., Zhao, Y., ... & Gašević, D. (2025). Beware of metacognitive laziness: Effects of generative artificial intelligence on learning motivation, processes, and performance. British Journal of Educational Technology, 56(2), 489-530. Järvelä, S., Nguyen, A., & Hadwin, A. (2023). Human and artificial intelligence collaboration for socially shared regulation in learning. British Journal of Educational Technology, 54(5), 1057-1076. Kasneci, E., Seßler, K., Küchemann, S., Bannert, M., Dementieva, D., Fischer, F., ... & Kasneci, G. (2023). ChatGPT for good? On opportunities and challenges of large language models for education. Learning and individual differences, 103, 102274. Resnick, M. (2023). AI and creative learning: Concerns, opportunities, and choices. https://doi.org/10.21428/e4baedd9.cf3e35e5 Romero, C., & Ventura, S. (2020). Educational data mining and learning analytics: An updated survey. Wiley interdisciplinary reviews: Data mining and knowledge discovery, 10(3), e1355. Selwyn, N. (2019). Should robots replace teachers?: AI and the future of education. John Wiley & Sons. Van Merrienboer, J. J., & Sweller, J. (2005). Cognitive load theory and complex learning: Recent developments and future directions. Educational psychology review, 17(2), 147-177. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Mapping the Dynamic Co-Transformation of Teacher Educators’ and Pre-Service Teachers’ Practices in AI-Enhanced Material Development 1: Beykent University; 2: Sakarya University; 3: Istanbul University-Cerrahpaşa; 4: Istanbul Aydın University Presenting Author:This paper investigates the dynamic co-transformation of pedagogical practices between teacher educators (TEs) and pre-service teachers (PSTs) during AI-enhanced material development in initial teacher education (ITE). Across European and international contexts, the rapid emergence of generative artificial intelligence (AI) has intensified debates about teacher agency, pedagogical responsibility, and ethical practice. While much existing research focuses on teachers’ or students’ individual adoption of AI tools, less attention has been paid to how pedagogical practices are mutually reshaped through interaction among teacher educators, pre-service teachers, peers, and AI technologies themselves. This paper addresses this gap by conceptualising AI integration as a reciprocal, relational, and non-linear process of co-transformation.
The study is guided by the following research question: How do the pedagogical practices of teacher educators and pre-service EFL teachers dynamically co-transform during AI-enhanced material development?
Conceptually, the study is framed by UNESCO’s AI Competency Framework for Teachers, which provides a structured lens to examine pedagogical change across five competency blocks: human-centred mindset, ethics of AI, AI foundations and applications, AI pedagogy, and AI for professional learning. To interpret the nature and direction of change within these blocks, the framework is complemented by Transformative Learning Theory, which foregrounds disorienting dilemmas, critical reflection, and perspective transformation. This combined framework enables the analysis to move beyond linear or skill-based accounts of AI integration and instead capture uneven, reciprocal, and sometimes contradictory trajectories of pedagogical change.
Methodologically, the paper reports findings from a qualitative descriptive case study conducted within a 15-week undergraduate English language teacher education course. Participants included one experienced teacher educator and eight third-year pre-service EFL teachers engaged in a project-based sequence involving AI-enhanced material development and online microteaching. Data sources comprised PST reflective journals, AI-enhanced teaching artifacts, focus group interviews, and retrospective, reflective, and prospective journals written by the teacher educator. Data were analysed using deductive thematic analysis, guided by the competency descriptors of UNESCO’s framework and informed by principles of transformative learning.
The findings demonstrate a reciprocal and multi-directional co-transformation between TEs and PSTs. Strong transformation was observed in the human-centred mindset and AI pedagogy blocks, where participants increasingly emphasised teacher agency, pedagogical filtering of AI outputs, and hybrid human-AI creativity. In contrast, the ethics of AI block remained largely unaddressed, revealing a shared silence in which ethical concerns were reduced primarily to plagiarism avoidance. The study also documents non-linear pathways, including resistance and intentional withdrawal from AI use, which are theorised as alternative forms of transformation rather than failure.
By foregrounding co-transformation, this paper contributes to European and international discussions on ICT and AI in education by showing that effective AI integration in teacher education depends on structured pedagogical scaffolding, critical reflection, and explicit engagement with ethical dimensions. The study offers implications for teacher education curricula, professional development, and institutional policy in AI-rich educational environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative descriptive case study design to investigate the dynamic co-transformation of pedagogical practices between a teacher educator (TE) and pre-service teachers (PSTs) during AI-enhanced material development. A qualitative approach was selected due to its suitability for capturing participants’ experiences, reflections, and pedagogical decision-making processes within a naturally occurring educational context. The research was conducted in a 15-week undergraduate English language teacher education course at a state university. Participants included one experienced teacher educator and eight third-year pre-service EFL teachers enrolled in a methodology course focusing on teaching English to young learners. The course was organised around a six-step, project-based sequence in which PSTs selected a story, transformed it into a digital resource, designed a story-based lesson plan, conducted online microteaching sessions, and engaged in systematic reflection. Although the use of AI tools was not mandatory, PSTs were encouraged to critically reflect on their decisions regarding AI integration throughout the process. Multiple qualitative data sources were used to ensure depth and trustworthiness. These included: (a) PST reflective journals, documenting pedagogical choices and AI-related decision-making across project stages; (b) AI-enhanced teaching artifacts, produced individually or collaboratively; (c) semi-structured focus group interviews conducted after the microteaching sessions; and (d) retrospective, reflective, and prospective journals written by the teacher educator to capture evolving pedagogical perspectives. Data were analysed using deductive thematic analysis, guided by UNESCO’s AI Competency Framework for Teachers and informed by Transformative Learning Theory. Following Braun and Clarke’s six-phase analytic process, qualitative data were coded and mapped across the framework’s five competency blocks and three progression levels (acquire, deepen, create). Trustworthiness was addressed through data triangulation, reflexivity, and thick description, enabling a robust examination of reciprocal and non-linear pedagogical transformation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate a reciprocal and multi-directional co-transformation between the pedagogical practices of the teacher educator and pre-service teachers during AI-enhanced material development. Substantial transformation was observed in the human-centred mindset and AI pedagogy competency blocks, where participants increasingly emphasised teacher agency, critical evaluation of AI-generated outputs, and the development of hybrid human–AI pedagogical practices aligned with learners’ needs. In contrast, the ethics of AI competency block remained largely unaddressed. Ethical considerations were primarily framed in terms of plagiarism avoidance and pedagogical responsibility rather than broader issues. This shared absence of ethical engagement is interpreted not as failure, but as a meaningful outcome that highlights structural gaps in teacher education and the need for explicit ethical scaffolding in AI-related pedagogy. The findings also reveal non-linear and uneven trajectories of transformation. While many PSTs developed increased confidence and pedagogical sophistication in their AI use, some participants exhibited resistance or intentional withdrawal from AI-enhanced practices following critical reflection. These alternative pathways demonstrate that pedagogical transformation does not occur uniformly and may include conscious rejection of AI as a professionally informed decision. Importantly, the study shows that pedagogical change was co-constructed through interaction among the teacher educator, pre-service teachers, peers, and AI tools themselves. Pre-service teachers were not only learners but also contributors to the professional learning of the teacher educator, reinforcing the multi-directional nature of transformation. This is especially crucial considering the generational gap between these two parties. All in all, the findings suggest that effective AI integration in teacher education requires structured pedagogical scaffolding, opportunities for critical reflection, and explicit engagement with ethical dimensions. The study contributes to European and international discussions on ICT and AI in education by highlighting co-transformation as a key mechanism through which sustainable, human-centred AI practices can be developed in initial teacher education. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Chen, R., Lee, V. R., & Lee, M. G. (2025). Teacher reactions, concerns, and professional development needs related to generative AI. Education and Information Technologies. Guan, L., Zhang, Y., & Gu, M. M. (2025). Pre-service teachers’ preparedness for AI-integrated education: An investigation from perceptions, capabilities, and teachers’ identity changes. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8, Article 100341. Hockly, N. (2023). Artificial intelligence in English language teaching: The good, the bad and the ugly. RELC Journal, 54(2), 445–451. Huang, X., Zou, D., Cheng, G., Chen, X., & Xie, H. (2023). Trends, research issues and applications of artificial intelligence in language education. Educational Technology & Society, 26(1), 112–131. Koraishi, O. (2023). Teaching English in the age of artificial intelligence: Embracing generative AI to optimise EFL materials and assessment. Language Education and Technology, 3(1), 55–72. Law, L. (2024). Application of generative artificial intelligence in language teaching and learning: A scoping review. Computers and Education Open, 6. Mehdaoui, A. (2024). Unveiling barriers and challenges of AI technology integration in education: Assessing teachers’ perceptions, readiness and anticipated resistance. Futurity Education, 4(4), 95–108. Mezirow, J. (1991). Transformative dimensions of adult learning. Jossey-Bass. Pan, F. (Ed.). (2024). AI in language teaching, learning, and assessment. IGI Global. Pegrum, M. (2025). From revolution to evolution: What generative AI really means for language learning. Language Teaching. Advance online publication. Sert, O. (2025). Partnering with AI in teacher education? Reflecting on classroom interaction through AI-supported tools. Journal of Research on Technology in Education. Tomlinson, B. (2011). Materials development in language teaching. Cambridge University Press. UNESCO. (2024). AI competency framework for teachers. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. Zhai, X. (2024). Transforming teachers’ roles and agencies in the era of generative AI: Perceptions, acceptance, knowledge, and practices. Journal of Science Education and Technology. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper The Reception Baseline Assessment: a cautionary tale of digital assessment 1: Leeds Beckett University, United Kingdom; 2: University College London Presenting Author:The established thesis in digital technology asserts that digital assessments revolutionise the evaluation of learning by overcoming the inherent limitations of human data collection. Digital assessment is presented as the silver bullet to solve the problem of unreliable assessment (Kilani et al., 2024; McBride et al., 2024; Mukherjee et al., 2020). The UK government shares this techno-solutionist approach and has invested significantly in developing and piloting emerging educational technology (Dyson, 2025). Aligned with this approach, the UK government launched a newly digitised version of an existing baseline assessment for 4-year-olds in September 2025. In the new test, children are given their own touchscreen device on which to answer questions and complete tasks. The Reception Baseline Assessment (RBA) (Standards and Testing Agency, 2025) is a statutory test of maths and language skills, introduced in 2021, which all state educated 4-year-olds in England must take within the first 6 weeks of school. The results of the test are used solely for accountability purposes, giving a baseline from which to measure progress through primary school. Our research sought to ask, ‘How do children experience the RBA?’ To do this, we took a longitudinal case study approach, observing children completing the baseline over a two-year period from 2024 to 2025. We analysed the video data using multimodal discourse analysis (MDA) to determine the child’s experience. Our research suggests that the introduction of children’s own touchscreen devices has led to unintended consequences. We found that all children observed displayed indications of stress and anxiety. This was evident in their embodied responses to the test. We also found that disadvantage was amplified due to the algorithmic routing through the test, which privileged those who had higher levels of digital literacy and were confident native speakers of English. Finally, we found that the test depended on high levels of digital literacy as children were required to select the appropriate digital action without any prompting from the teacher. This has resulted in test which is an unreliable assessment of children’s knowledge and skills and which negatively impacts on child wellbeing. We argue that the English Department for Education’s lack of appropriate ethical regulations and democratic governance of edtech is situated within a societal ‘technocrisis of childhood socialisation’ (Cuffe et al 2025). Without effective development, regulation and research, new edtech has as much potential to harm as it does to improve educational experiences. This is a cautionary tale for all geopolitical contexts, as governments must develop effective ways to regulate and evaluate emerging edtech in order to prevent harm. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research sought to answer the research question, “How do children experience the RBA?”. To do this we used a longitudinal case study as our methodology. This involved exploring the RBA as a case over a two year period. A group of 4 researchers from Leeds Beckett University and University College London examined the case. We visited 2 contrasting English schools in 2024 and another 3 schools in 2025. We used video observation as our primary method. This involved video recording the individual children completing the baseline in each school. To analyse the video data we used multimodal discourse analysis (Taylor, 2014). This enabled us to analyse the non-verbal communication of the children alongside their verbal communication, giving a much fuller picture of the child’s experience. We described the multimodal discourse observed to give us qualitative data about each observation. We then coded the data by attributing each observed behaviour with a label such as “anxiety” or “self-soothing”. This enabled us add to the qualitative data with a quantitative analysis, giving a deeper understanding of the children’s embodied response to the test. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings 5. Our research suggests that the introduction of children’s own touchscreen devices has led to unintended consequences. We found that all children observed displayed embodied indications of stress and anxiety. These included self-soothing actions such as stroking the face, covering the eyes and ears with their hands and sometimes rejecting the test through walking away. We also found that disadvantage was amplified due to the algorithmic routing through the test. Children who could not access earlier questions were not given the opportunity to access later questions, disadvantaging those who did not have digital literacy skills as well as those who did not speak English as a first language. A further finding emerging from the introduction of the child’s touchscreen device was that questions were no longer appropriate to the child’s developmental stage. Questions involving concrete resources were replaced with digital tasks which required an abstract understanding of mathematical concepts. Only 1 child was able to answer any of the subtraction questions as a result of this. Finally, we found that the test depended on two kinds of literacy: test literacy and digital literacy. Test literacy is the knowledge of how testing works. Most children in both the non-digital and the digital assessments did not possess sufficient test literacy to effectively complete the RBA. Digital literacy is the understanding of how digital technology works. Even those who were proficient at using a touchscreen device did not know how to select the appropriate digital action required for each question in order to answer correctly. This has resulted in a test which is an unreliable assessment of children’s knowledge and skills and which negatively impacts on child wellbeing. References Cuffe, J, Walsh, P & Murphy, F (In Press), 'Digital Futures and Current Frictions: the technocrisis of childhood socialisation', Information Society. Dyson, J. (2025) Schools Wanted to Become Edtech ‘Testbeds’. Schools Week, 10 June [Online blog]. Available from: <https://schoolsweek.co.uk/schools-wanted-to-become-edtech-testbeds/> [Accessed 13 January 2026]. Kilani, H., Markov, I. V., Francis, D. and Grigorenko, E. L. (2024) Screens and Preschools: The Bilingual English Language Learner Assessment as a Curriculum-Compliant Digital Application. Children, 11 (8). Available from: <https://doi.org/10.3390/children11080914>. McBride, C., Ho, J. C. S., McQuade, M., Ngan, V. S. H., Ng, M. C. Y., Cheah, Z. R. E. and Maurer, U. (2024) Online Assessment in Young Children: Challenges and Considerations. PsyCh Journal, (September 2024), pp. 5–14. Available from: <https://doi.org/10.1002/pchj.805>. Mukherjee, D., Bhavnani, S., Swaminathan, A., Verma, D., Parameshwaran, D., Divan, G., Dasgupta, J., Sharma, K., Thiagarajan, T. C. and Patel, V. (2020) Proof of Concept of a Gamified DEvelopmental Assessment on an E-Platform (DEEP) Tool to Measure Cognitive Development in Rural Indian Preschool Children. Frontiers in Psychology, 11 (June), pp. 1–12. Available from: <https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.01202>. Standards and Testing Agency (2025) 2025 Reception Baseline Assessment: Assessment and Reporting Arrangements (ARA) [Online]. Statutory Guidance. UK Government. Available from: <https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/reception-baseline-assessment-assessment-and-reporting-arrangements-ara/2025-reception- > [Accessed 13 January 2026]. Taylor, R. (2014) Meaning between, in and around Words, Gestures and Postures - Multimodal Meaning-Making in Children’s Classroom Discourse. Language and Education, 28 (5), pp. 401–420. Available from: <https://doi.org/10.1080/09500782.2014.885038>. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 17 SES 11 A: Retracing, Visibilising, Scrutinising – Historical and Historiographical Cases Location: 6017 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Attila Nóbik Paper Session |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Constructing a Multilayered Timeline: a Methodological Approach for Understanding Education System 1: University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg; 2: University of Coimbra, Portugal Presenting Author:Historical research in education increasingly mobilises different types of sources (normative legislation, curriculum, institutional archives, oral testimonies etc.), yet methodological tools that enable these materials to be analysed relationally across time remain insufficiently theorised. Responding to this challenge, we propose to look into multilayered timelines as methodological approaches for historical research in education, advocating that timelines can function not merely as descriptive representations, but as analytical devices for articulating sources with different temporalities, epistemic statuses, and scales of analysis (see also Abbott, 2001). The methodological proposal builds on the construction of timelines through the systematic layering of diverse datasets, including educational acts and reforms, curriculum frameworks, teacher education programmes and institutions, professional development initiatives, and mappings of academic research. Drawing on document analysis approaches that treat policy texts and curricula as active historical actors (Ball, 1993; Asdal & Reinertsen, 2022), this contribution discusses the methodological challenges involved in synchronising sources that follow distinct logics of production and circulation. Rather than resolving tensions between linear chronology and discontinuous historical processes, multilayered timeline exhibits these tensions as analytically productive, allowing researchers to examine how educational systems evolve through overlapping and sometimes conflicting temporalities (Sewell, 2005). The approach is illustrated through a case study of primary science education in Luxembourg, a context characterised by multilingual schooling, education reforms, and a limited corpus of historical research on primary science education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Legislative acts from the early twentieth century to the present are aligned with curriculum documents that progressively formalise science as a school subject, revealing temporal gaps between policy enactment, curricular prescription, and pedagogical implementation (Trigo, 2023). In parallel, an exploratory mapping of research publications situates the emergence of primary science education research within a highly concentrated scholarly field (te Heesen et al, 2025). To complement documentary sources, the paper integrates timeline interviews as a data production tool for historical reconstruction (Adriansen, 2012; Sheridan et al., 2011). Timeline interviews enable the co-construction of chronological narratives with institutional actors, foregrounding critical episodes, ruptures, and processes of organisational learning that remain underrepresented in written archives. The layer of oral testimonies (semi-structured interviews) is guided by a sociodynamic perspective (Pinto, 2022), understood as an integrative analytical framework that examines how individual recollections are shaped by social, institutional, and socio-political dynamics (see also Halbwachs, 1992). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By reflecting on the epistemological and practical implications of constructing multilayered timelines, this paper contributes to methodological debates on sources and research practices in the history of education. We argue that multilayered timelines offer a flexible and reflexive research practice for engaging with diverse historical materials and for addressing the temporal complexity of educational systems beyond linear narratives. References Abbott, A. (2001). Time matters: On theory and method. University of Chicago Press. Adriansen, H. K. (2012). Timeline interviews: A tool for conducting life history research. Qualitative Studies, 3(1), 40–55. Asdal, K., & Reinertsen, H. (2022). How to do things with documents. SAGE. Ball, S. J. (1993). What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 13(2), 10–17. Halbwachs, M. (1992). On collective memory (L. A. Coser, Trans.). University of Chicago Press. (Original work published 1950) te Heesen, K., Trigo, M., Pinto, R., & Siry, C. (2025, August). Primary science education research in Luxembourg: Outlining the history to reflect on the heritage. Paper presented at the 16th Conference of the European Science Education Research Association (ESERA 2025), Copenhagen, Denmark. Pinto. R. F. (2022). The oral testimonies of former teachers about school and Estado Novo in Portugal from a sociodynamic perspective of memory. Paedagogica Historica, 58(3), 406-423. https://doi.org/10.1080/00309230.2022.2065882 Sewell, W. H., Jr. (2005). Logics of history: Social theory and social transformation. University of Chicago Press. Sheridan, J., Chamberlain, K., & Dupuis, A. (2011). Timelining: Visualizing experience. Qualitative Research, 11(5), 552–569. Thomson, A. (2011). Memory and remembering in oral history. In D. Ritchie (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of oral history (pp. 77–95). Oxford University Press. Trigo, M. (2023). Researching primary science education in Luxembourg: The relevance of dialoguing context, diversity and pedagogy. Revista Portuguesa de Pedagogia, 57, e057011. 17. Histories of Education
Paper The School under Scrutiny: Ordinary Citizens and the 1990s Economic Crisis in Finland University of Lapland, Finland Presenting Author:Finland experienced a deep economic recession in the early 1990s. It was the most severe economic downturn in the OECD countries since the Second World War. This crisis had profound repercussions across Finnish society, deeply affecting the educational system as well. As scholars such as Ahonen (2003) and Rinne et al. (2002) have demonstrated, the recession was not merely an economic turning point but had lasting impacts on the school institution. This paper examines the views of ordinary citizens regarding the school institution during this turbulent period. In my previous research, I have noted that teachers often served as scapegoats for the recession, symbolizing a "bloated public sector" with their long summer holidays. (Yliaska 2025) Furthermore, those who lost their jobs felt that teachers and the school system had misled them regarding the realities of the labor market. Building on these findings, this paper explores the broader spectrum of citizens' thoughts concerning the school and its future. The empirical data for this study consists of letters sent to government ministers during the crisis years analyzed through a qualitative close reading. These letters reveal that citizens engaged in an exceptional degree of "temporalization" to make sense of the societal upheaval. To explain how Finland had drifted into the depression, writers sought historical grounds for their experiences. They drew comparisons from diverse eras, ranging from the sacrifices of the Second World War and the postwar construction of the welfare state to the overheating economy of the 1980s. In addition to these historical reflections, the writers were eager to offer concrete savings proposals and suggestions for societal reforms.
Through this framework, citizens extended their analysis to a critical evaluation of the role of the school in society. By mirroring the current crisis against different historical eras, ranging from the disciplined agrarian past to the post-war reconstruction, the letter writers sought to legitimize their views. The analysis reveals a dual approach. While some writers utilized these narratives to advocate for specific austerity measures and structural rationalization, others focused on a moral diagnosis. These writers contrasted the perceived sheltered nature of the school institution with the harsh reality of the depression. Consequently, the letters serve as a medium where citizens navigated the uncertainty of the present, oscillating between demands for concrete reforms and a broader critical assessment of the state of the education system. These grassroots voices offer a unique vantage point on how the transnational shift toward educational austerity was interpreted and debated by ordinary citizens. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical data for this study consists of two complementary datasets collected during the deep recession of the early 1990s. The first set comprises correspondence sent to the Minister of Education, Riitta Uosukainen, stored in the National Archives of Finland (1991–1994). These documents represent direct citizen appeals, ranging from handwritten notes by parents and unemployed individuals to formal letters by retired teachers. The second set consists of narratives from the "Story of the Unemployed" writing competition organized by the Finnish Literature Society (SKS) in 1993. These narratives provide a deep personal insight into the mental landscape of the crisis. The methodological approach is a qualitative content analysis. The study examines how the writers employed "temporalization" to interpret the societal upheaval. The analysis categorizes the letters based on the primary arguments used by the citizens. First, the analysis identifies "moral diagnoses," where the school system was criticized through historical contrasts. In these views, writers juxtaposed the perceived sheltered nature of the school institution with the harsh reality of the depression. Second, the analysis identifies "reform proposals," where citizens offered concrete austerity measures based on international comparisons to demonstrate the inefficiency of the current system. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis reveals that the legitimacy of the school institution was severely challenged from the grassroots level. The results indicate that citizens did not merely react to top-down cuts but actively formulated a "discourse of scarcity" to justify them. A central finding is the pervasive use of moral and historical contrasts. Writers frequently characterized the school system and universities as "sheltered" environments that had drifted away from the realities of working life. By comparing the perceived idleness of the current era with the discipline of past decades or the efficiency of foreign systems, citizens constructed a narrative where the expansive welfare state education was no longer sustainable. Consequently, the study argues that the recession served as a catalyst for a moral shift. In this new climate, ordinary citizens demanded a harder, more efficient, and less "cushioned" school system to match the harsh economic times. Ultimately, this study serves as a lens into a broader phenomenon: how European citizens experienced the geopolitical and economic rupture following the end of the Cold War. The letters illustrate the grassroots reception of the era’s market liberalization. References Ahonen, S. (2003). Yhteinen koulu – tasa-arvoa vai tasapäisyyttä? Tampere: Vastapaino. Rinne, R., Kivirauma, J. & Simola, H. (2002). Shoots of Revisionist Education Policy or Just Slow Adjusting? The Finnish Case of Educational Reconstruction. Journal of Education Policy. Yliaska, V. (2025). Laman kokemukset. 1990-luvun laman kokemushistoriaa. Tampere: Vastapaino |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 18 SES 11 A: Movement in Schools Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Dean Barker Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Making Movement Matter: Integrating Daily Movement into School Culture Malmö university, Sweden Presenting Author:Schools have a mandate to offer daily physical activity and movement for all students (SNAE, 2024) but this is carried out in various ways (Cornett et al., 2023). Numerous initiatives aim to improve movement in school (Jago et al., 2023; Larsson & Thedin Jakobsson, 2024), yet these often run parallel to existing practices rather than being integrated (Cassar et al., 2019; Daly-Smith et al., 2020; Lindkvist, 2024). Such separation can reduce the impact and relevance. This study examines how daily movement activities were organised, experienced, and developed, and how they influenced school’ pedagogical and structural practices. A case-based approach provides insight into how school can embed these practices within broader educational framework. Drawing on Arjen Wals’ sustainability perspective, which views school as arenas for social and transformative learning, (Wals, 2023; Wals & Mathie, 2022b) the study understand sustainability as promoting health, well-being, and democratic participation. Daily movement contributes to long-term student well-being and aligns with a whole-school approach to sustainability (Wals & Mathie, 2022a). Movement is therefore seen as part of the schools educational culture, shaped by student participation and shared norms. Wals (2023) describes school as dynamic systems that interact with societal changes, positioning them as active sites where well-being and participation matter. Daily movement supports this agenda, enabling physical and mental health benefits as well as social and contextual learning, especially outdoors. Through a Whole School Approach, movement becomes part of the school’s learning culture rather than a separate health initiative. The analysis uses five interconnected concepts from Wals’ sustainability perspective to understand movement-based practices in schools (Wals 2024).
Transformative learning challenges established ways of acting and foster deeper change, requiring time, resources, and openness to new learning. By re‑evaluating perspectives, students develop a critical understanding of societal issues and their own health. When movement is integrated in schools, bodily engagement becomes a catalyst for reflection, with physical activity function as a pedagogical resource shaping students’ sense of ability, relations, and participation. (Lotz-Sisitka et al., 2015; Maiese, 2017). Social learning is a collective meaning‑making process that raises questions about inclusion, power, and participation. In movement‑based school contexts, it complements transformative learning by enabling students to co‑construct understanding through shared physical activities, where collaboration and norm‑negotiation support new ways of thinking and acting (Wals, 2023). For daily movement to become a part of school culture, learning environments must be inclusive, interactive, and exploratory, designed formally and informally to promote high participation and meaningful engagement. Learning should be contextual and reflect local conditions such as environment, culture, societal context, and students’ experiences. Movement experiences thus from one meaningful component within a broader educational ecology, contributing to, but not alone producing, the critical, participatory, and sustainability‑oriented learning processes schools strive for. Vital coalitions involving teachers, students, school leadership, and community stakeholders share responsibility for sustainable movement‑related solutions, such as collaborations with society (Wals & Mathie, 2022a). The Whole School Approach emphasizes a holistic strategy where sustainability permeates school life. Daily movement can therefore be viewed as a systemic intervention promoting health and sustainable lifestyles, rather than as an isolated health initiative (Wals et al., 2024; Wals & Mathie, 2022b). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a qualitative approach to gain an in-depth understanding of the integration of daily movement into school culture (Jones, 2022). The methodological design reflects an interpretive approach, emphasising context and meaning making rather than generalisation. The ethnographic inspiration provided opportunities to capture the complexity of school life and the situated nature of educational practices. The combination of prolonged engagement, detailed observations, and theoretically informed analysis offers a rich understanding of how daily movement can become a systemic and culturally embedded practice within schools (Jones, 2022). Empirical data were generated through an ethnographically inspired field study. During a two-week period (10 school days), observations were conducted at a Swedish primary school. The observations focused on both formal and informal settings, capturing interactions among teachers, students, and school leadership in and around the movement activities. Field notes were systematically documented during classroom observations, breaks, and scheduled movement sessions. These notes included descriptions of activities, spatial arrangements, participation patterns, and teacher-student interactions. Informal conversations with staff and students were also noted to complement observational data and provide insights into perceptions and attitudes toward daily movement. Following Braun and Clarke (2021) approach, a thematic analysis was conducted, guided by the study’s theoretical framework and informed by Wals’ sustainability concepts. The process remained flexible, allowing inductive themes to emerge while still oriented toward the theoretical categories. The analysis focuses on identifying patterns in how movement activities are embedded in everyday school practices, the pedagogical opportunities they offer, and the conditions required for their long term sustainability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary analysis shows that while a shared approach among staff helps embed daily movement into school routines, Wals' concepts reveal several critical tensions. Teacher engagement drives the work forward but also exposes uneven responsibilities and differing views on meaningful movement. Social learning processes emerge, yet they are shaped by existing norms and hierarchies, that influence participation. Students' cultural backgrounds and experiences sometimes challenge the movement activities, exposing assumptions about bodies, behaviour, and learning. Seen through Wals’ lens, schools' social and material structures can both enable or limit a sustainable movement culture. Collaboration among leadership, staff, students, and the local community is crucial. The case study shows that employing movement specialists and providing structured opportunities for physical activity proved successful: all students take part in daily movement sessions of at least 20 minutes, complemented by active recess supported by dedicated staff. Systemic change also requires persistence, resources, and innovative thinking. Leadership commitment was decisive, even when decisions were difficult. Movement plays a key role in social learning, fostering participation and shared responsibility. Plans for a “movement council” involving students, staff, and leadership indicate the next step toward co-creation. Learning environments have been adapted through designated zones, and increased staff presence, enhancing safety and engagement. Vital coalitions with community actors remain challenging, often limited to activities outside school hours. Strengthening partnerships during school time could further embed movement in everyday practice. While the school has progressed significantly, a full Whole School Approach requires continued efforts, including integrating movement into classrooms and outdoor learning spaces. The result indicates that transformative learning at individual and institutional levels is possible, but it demands clear policies, inclusive structures, and long-term commitment. Schools can function as living laboratories for sustainability, where movement becomes a natural and meaningful part of education. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Cassar, S., Salmon, J., Timperio, A., Naylor, P.-J., Van Nassau, F., Contardo Ayala, A. M., & Koorts, H. (2019). Adoption, implementation and sustainability of school-based physical activity and sedentary behaviour interventions in real-world settings: a systematic review. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 16(1), 120. Cornett, K., Murfay, K., & Fulton, J. E. (2023). Physical activity interventions during the school day: reviewing policies, practices, and benefits. Journal of School Health, 93(9), 778-787. Daly-Smith, A., Quarmby, T., Archbold, V. S., Corrigan, N., Wilson, D., Resaland, G. K., Bartholomew, J. B., Singh, A., Tjomsland, H. E., & Sherar, L. B. (2020). Using a multi-stakeholder experience-based design process to co-develop the Creating Active Schools Framework. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 17(1), 13. Jago, R., Salway, R., House, D., Beets, M., Lubans, D. R., Woods, C., & de Vocht, F. (2023). Rethinking children’s physical activity interventions at school: a new context-specific approach. Frontiers in Public Health, 11, 1149883. Jones, I. (2022). Research methods for sports studies. Routledge. Larsson, H., & Thedin Jakobsson, B. (2024). School-based physical activity interventions: a discourse analysis. Sport, Education and Society, 29(9), 1056-1069. Lindkvist, L. (2024). Where the rubber hits the road: how school leaders work with government-initiated policy within physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 29(8), 1009-1022. Lotz-Sisitka, H., Wals, A. E., Kronlid, D., & McGarry, D. (2015). Transformative, transgressive social learning: Rethinking higher education pedagogy in times of systemic global dysfunction. Current opinion in environmental sustainability, 16, 73-80. Maiese, M. (2017). Transformative learning, enactivism, and affectivity. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 36(2), 197-216. SNAE. (2024). Curriculum for Compulsory School, Preschool Class and School-Age Educare 2022. Stockholm: Swedish National Agency for Education. Wals, A. E. (2023). Social learning towards a sustainable world: Principles, perspectives, and praxis. Brill. Wals, A. E., Bjønness, B., Sinnes, A., & Eikeland, I. (2024). Whole School Approaches to Sustainability: Education Renewal in Times of Distress. Springer Nature. Wals, A. E., & Mathie, R. G. (2022a). It takes a whole school: Reforming education to promote sustainable communities. American Scientist, 110(4), 244-247. Wals, A. E., & Mathie, R. G. (2022b). Whole school approaches to sustainability–Critical case studies from Europe. Education for Sustainable Development in Asia and Europe, 141-167. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Moved To Be Moving - Exploring sustainable movement practice by regarding the notion of momentary movement University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Initiation Swedish national curricula for preschool and nine-year compulsory school have for twenty years included instructions that children/pupils should be offered daily movement. However, this has proven to be a challenging assignment where knowledge of the pedagogical and didactical demands associated with the assignment is limited. In a response to these challenges a national doctoral programme for Sustainable Movement Education (SMOVE) was formed in 2022. Its purpose is to strengthen the research basis of teacher education and to generate knowledge about how preschools and schools can sustainably provide daily movement education embedded in school practises. The conducted research of SMOVE aims at offering a foundation for improving the quality of a neglected area in teacher education, and it addresses a range of pedagogical challenges related to sustainability in terms of lifelong learning, equity, social justice, and conceptualisations of health. (Larsson, 2021) The project Moved To Be Moving is part of SMOVE. Its international objective lies in delving into global movement practice to disclose a common ground for a possible sustaining movement practice. Presentations of the project during exchange in Norway and Finland as well as fieldwork in Switzerland confirmed this projects’ international significance.
Purpose The purpose of the PhD project, Moved To Be Moving, is to explore everyday micro-movements in a school context. By understanding the way micro-movements are adjusted and adapted, the project aims to explore a sustainable movement practice where micro-movements are momentary adjusted, based on principles that can be taught and learned. Sustainability is here understood as the human organism’s process to maintain its potentialities in the sense of long-term viability, where movement has an intrinsic value, always present in continuous interaction with the environment. Within the exploration the project seeks to find a common ground, that diminishes possibly confusing similar conceptualisation within embodied movement practice, i.e. Bodily Learning (Bjerke et al., 2021), Embodied Language Learning (Jusslin et al., 2024) or Mindful Movement (Eddy, 2016) by investigating concepts of movement learning in physical education over time.
Theoretical framework Theoretically the study is based within embodied movement practice combining Gumbrecht’s account of presence as the production of space (Gumbrecht, 2004) with Sheets-Johnstone’s recognition of movement as a generative source of spatial concepts (Sheets-Johnstone, 2011). Embodied movement practice as such is practical explored towards its core elements, (a continuously ongoing process of sensory emplacing), recognized in key practices. In theory the project argues further that meaning of situated movement concepts needs to be formed out of praxis to become a tool for acting, which is then used according to specific rules that are part of a language game (Carlgren, 2015; Lundgren et al., 2010) And, as meaning of concepts varies depending on used theoretic ground, they need to be understood out of their context (Glock, 2010, Wittgenstein on Concepts). This way the project regards the potential risk of creating a theoretical contextual meaning only. Moved To Be Moving is exploring the notion of micro-movements where movement responses are on-going, mostly unnoticed and ignored, influencing e.g. pupils and teachers kinesthetics and balance in individual and often normative ways. The project’s exploration is based on an overall hermeneutic approach, seeking correspondence between world and classroom through situated movement and not to accumulate more and more information about the world/classroom. It regards the continuous ongoing process of practical enactment through a co-ordination of perception and action as an essence of skill, a coupling of substantial flows and sensory awareness in a world of materials. This way “materials think in us, as we think through them” (Ingold, 2011) and knowledge becomes as in Ingold’s philosophy, open-ended and exploratory (Mol, 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project is based on an overall hermeneutic approach and in its central part stands a long-term classroom ethnography in a rural school in Sweden (children aged 6-12 years). Methodologically proposed is a hermeneutics of regarding as a way of interpreting momentary movement in classroom. In focus are micro-movements and their relation to embodied movement practice in this classroom ethnography. The hermeneutics of regarding is the metos or the way in which perception of momentary movement is s analysed and interpreted by the researcher/observer through the different collections of data. It is a mindful inquiry, retraceable and continuously reforming in a rearranging process. To regard contains the ability to pause, listen and follow. The classroom ethnography makes use of participant observation (Fangen & Nordli, 2005) from a first and second hand perspective. Observations can describe and give evidence of versatile sensed action. They allow access to perceivable interrelation between object and group as well as information about the stimuli leading to sensations (Bjørndahl, 2005). Additional informal conversations with pupils and teachers as well as presenting preliminary results for all participants are also part of this ethnography. Depictions of findings use cartographic exploration and mapping (Appadurai, 1996). The cartograms of momentary movement in classrooms are sketched during my observations and developed further during the analysis by reflecting, reasonating and thinking while drawing (Causey, 2017). I produce lines and by that a course of action that forms my analytical process of mapping a multitude of momentary movement when watching more and more closely (Nippert-Eng, 2015). In this sense, I transform my observation into space as a graph, illustrating movement in space. Also, Clifford and Markus (2010) regard place-making to be done through the formation of routes (Palmgren, 2018) and Edward T Hall who is analyzing literature when investigating space, says that writers, like painters, are often concerned with space. The success of communicating perception depends on the use of visual and other clues to convey different degrees of closeness (Hall, 1992). Studying movement of children means as well that they involved as part of the production of knowledge. By that knowledge production and ethical considerations are jointed together and a clear involvement of ethical aspects in the perspective of what knowledge is and how knowledge materializes becomes a constant fact during the research process (Weiser, 2018). A regarding approach seems out of this aspect therefore also appropriate. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results from the classroom ethnography indicate that environmental constitutes steer movement in a fundamental one-way direction. Additionally, the teacher appears to be at the core of the ’ruling’ arrangement of how movement as well as sensory inter-activity is spatially ordered, thereby governing and predetermining pupils embodied movement practice. However, pupils do have individual choice of organizing and emplacing themselves during class, which seems to be part of a continuously ongoing dialog and interplay between pupil, teacher and other momentary constituents. In those cases, individual pupils seem not to be shifting as irregularly and quickly between disengaging and intense movement as other pupils. Teachers do also more or less consciously include movement in their teaching. They use movement as didactical component or to regain balance in situations they regard as disadvantageous for learning. In the embodied movement practice of teachers, I see traces of a sustainable movement education in daily activity in school. When this happens, movement is included in a larger ‘body’, a spatial arrangement of more or less consciously orchestrated play of movements that conjoin teachers and teaching with learners and learning, with all who are present responding to being, doing and surrounding– a participation in and throughout, a long-term viable movement. The study will draw on findings to offer a foundational account of sustainable micro-movement practice in school, which will hopefully allow teachers to understand the role of micro-movement in everyday life. By that the project contributes to the overall aim of applying and increasing global/international movement practice and seeks by that to be part of improving a future teacher education in a neglected area. At the moment, presentations of Moved to be moving are arranged in Taiwan and Norway and planned in Finland, Switzerland and New Zealand, prospectively leading to future collaboration. References Appadurai, A. (1996). Modernity at large: Cultural dimensions of globalization (Vol. 1). U of Minnesota Press. Bjerke, Ø., Engelsrud, G., Sørum, A. G., & Østern, T. (2021). Kroppslig læring : perspektiver og praksiser. Universitetsforlaget. Carlgren, I. (2015). Kunskapskulturer och undervisningspraktiker. Daidalos. Causey, A. (2017). Drawn to see: Drawing as an ethnographic method. University of Toronto Press. Eddy, M. (2016). Mindful movement : the evolution of the somatic arts and conscious action. Intellect. Fangen, K., & Nordli, H. (2005). Deltagande observation. Liber ekonomi. Glock, H.-J. (2010). Wittgenstein on concepts. In A. Ahmed (Ed.), Wittgenstein's Philosophical Investigations: A Critical Guide (pp. 88-108). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/DOI: 10.1017/CBO9780511750939.006 Gumbrecht, H. U. (2004). Production of presence : what meaning cannot convey. Stanford University Press. Hall, E. T. (1992). Hidden dimension. Peter Smith Pub. Ingold, T. (2011). Perception of the environment : essays on livelihood, dwelling and skill. Routledge. Jusslin, S., Lilja, N., & Anttila, E. (2024). Embodied language learning through engagement in the arts. Apples - Journal of Applied Language Studies, 18, 1-7. https://doi.org/10.47862/apples.148553 Larsson, H. (2021). SMOVE Doctoral Programme of Sustainable Movement Education. Swedish School of Sport and Health Sciences, GIH. https://hb.diva-portal.org/smash/project.jsf?pid=project:2453 Lundgren, U. P., Säljö, R., & Liberg, C. (2010). Lärande, skola, bildning: grundbok för lärare. Natur & kultur. Mol, A. (2021). Eating in Theory (1 ed.). Durham: Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781478012924 Nippert-Eng, C. (2015). Watching closely: A guide to ethnographic observation. Oxford University Press. Sheets-Johnstone, M. (2011). The primacy of movement. The primacy of movement, 1-606. Weiser, W. (2018). IT’S AN ART TO SUSTAIN YOUR BODY IN SCHOOL Learning about your body moving in classroom practice 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Walking School – Exploring Movement Education Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:There is broad consensus that increasing physical activity among children and adolescents is necessary, with schools identified as a critical setting for achieving population-level impact (World Health Organization, 2020). However, previous school interventions have generally resulted in only modest improvements in daily activity and have not substantially increased overall activity levels throughout the day (Love et al., 2019). Although review studies indicate that multicomponent strategies focusing on contextual development are most effective to promote physical activity (Brandes et al., 2022), environmental and policy interventions are under-researched within school health promotion (Cale & Harris, 2007). While schools have a unique capacity to influence large populations over time (Webster et al., 2015), students are expected to be predominantly sedentary (Mygind, 2007). Consequently, most school-based initiatives prioritize promoting physical activity rather than reducing sedentary time (Webster et al., 2015), often emphasizing opportunities for moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) without addressing the broader educational context. Critics highlight that such approaches frequently target individual behavior while neglecting social and contextual determinants (Larsson & Thedin Jakobsson, 2023). Multicomponent interventions are regarded as an appropriate response to this issue (García Bengoechea et al., 2024). This type of research design is aligned with the settings-based approach established at the Ottawa Conference (World Health Organization, 1986), which emphasizes health as embedded in everyday settings. Taking together these findings underscores the importance of embedding physical activity within educational settings. With a focus on the contextual potential for integrating health, outdoor education has been identified as a promising approach for promoting physical activity (Becker et al., 2017). In this pedagogy, physical activity is integrated into teaching and supported by the outdoor environment (Schantz, 2022), contrasting with more sedentary classroom contexts (Mygind, 2007). However, outdoor education requires specific pedagogical expertise and does not primarily emphasize physical activity. Research remains limited on approaches that use outdoor settings as learning contexts without an expectation that the environment will be used as a means for teaching. To address these challenges, the Walking School initiative was developed (Karlander & Geidne, 2025) and implemented. Grounded in the settings-based approach (Kokko & Baybutt, 2022), the initiative integrated education outdoors while walking to promote sustainable movement as part of everyday school culture. The aim of this article is to examine the teaching practice when teaching takes place outdoors while walking. The expanded didactic triangle (Öhman, 2014) will function as an analytical framework, to better understand how the initiative has become part of the teaching. The research questions are grounded in the three relationships of the didactic triangle, namely, teacher-content, student-content and teacher-student. In accordance with the expanded didactic triangle the contextual dimension is added, here, represented by the outdoors and the walk. The research questions are as follows: - How is the teaching content presented and adapted? - How do the students experience and engage with the content? - What characterizes the interactions between the teachers and the students? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed-methods participatory design was employed to provide a comprehensive understanding of the initiative. The initiative involved six interventions classes, eight control classes and nine teachers, representing six different subjects, in lower-secondary school (12–16 years old) in Sweden. The intervention comprised curriculum-based walking lessons outdoors, held weekly for one semester (August–December 2024). The data material in this study includes observations of walking school lessons, surveys of students, focus group interviews with students, interviews with teachers and audio recordings from development meetings. Questionnaires were completed at baseline, mid-point, and post-intervention. Intervention students were also invited to participate in focus group interviews at the end of the semester, resulting in interviews with 18 students representing all intervention classes. Survey and interview instruments were based on validated measures from previous research and adapted to the initiative. The questions focused on physical activity, the outdoor context, and open-ended questions about the students’ experiences of the initiative and the teaching. Observational data were collected from 17 lessons, documenting teaching style, content, teacher-student relations, engagement, weather, and routes. Participating teachers committed to delivering one outdoor walking lesson per week, following the regular curriculum. Lessons could start or end indoors and pauses during walks could be used for instruction and discussion. Each intervention class had two participating teachers, resulting in one to two walking lessons per week. Teachers were asked to independently select lesson content, structure, and walking routes, supported by regular development meetings with a researcher. In addition to receiving support with the implementation, the teachers were also actively involved in the development of the project that was collaboratively developed by researchers, teachers, and students through an iterative, participatory process, where students regularly reflected on their experiences and suggested changes. These reflections, together with teachers’ input and researchers’ observations, informed continuous adjustments during implementation. The participatory approach also sought to empower teachers and students to shape the intervention. Qualitative (QUAL) and quantitative (QUAN) methods were conducted concurrently using a multistrand, parallel design. QUAL and QUAN data were analyzed separately and merged during interpretation through triangulation to cross-validate findings. This approach enabled validation and deeper interpretation of how Walking School functions as a sustainable movement education model. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings An initial analysis of the observations allows for the presentation of some preliminary findings. Teaching is generally prominent and not limited to physical activity during class time. Preparatory work, adaptations to the context, and, at times, levels of engagement vary. Well-planned lessons with active teacher-led discussions clearly result in instruction taking precedence, whereas limited guidance, content adaptation, or engagement may render sessions more like a walk with occasional teaching. Teaching is primarily structured and teacher-led following a structured sequence of classroom introduction, outdoor implementation, and conclusion or closing in the classroom. Content is of limited complexity focusing on facts, concepts, and repetition. Subjects including science, mathematics, Swedish, social studies, economics, and English. Pedagogical strategies involve paired discussions, worksheets, podcasts, quiz walks, and station-based activities; however, the outdoor environment is not integrated into the instructional content. Student engagement in the teaching is generally low but increases during pauses, small-group activities, or under clear teacher guidance. The lack of traditional classroom boundaries and the close teacher–student proximity is perceived to encourage distractions from teaching. The lessons’ structure seems only partly effective in addressing this challenge. Extended walks, large groups, or minimal teacher support or teacher engagement tend to reduce focus. Student engagement is driven by pauses for teaching rather than the walk itself. The teacher–student relationship is largely teacher-centered, with the teacher responsible for planning, leading, and maintaining structure, while students follow instructions. Positive, respectful interactions are common, but the degree of the pedagogical leadership varies. Findings from this study inform efforts on how to promote health-enhancing activity in schools. When the broader pedagogical and environmental conditions of the Walking School initiative are examined, through this article, previous research on the physical activity aspect is extended and the initiative’s contribution to sustainable movement education is possible to evaluate. References Becker, C., Lauterbach, G., Spengler, S., Dettweiler, U., & Mess, F. (2017). Effects of Regular Classes in Outdoor Education Settings: A Systematic Review on Students' Learning, Social and Health Dimensions. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 14(5), Article 485. Brandes, B., Busse, H., Sell, L., Christianson, L., & Brandes, M. (2022). A scoping review on characteristics of school-based interventions to promote physical activity and cardiorespiratory fitness among 6- to 10-year-old children. Prev Med, 155, 106920. Cale, L., & Harris, J. (2007). School-based physical activity interventions: effectiveness, trends, issues, implications and recommendations for practice. Sport, Education and Society, 11(4), 401-420. García Bengoechea, E., Woods, C. B., Murtagh, E., Grady, C., Fabre, N., Lhuisset, L., Zunquin, G., Aibar, A., Zaragoza Casterad, J., Haerens, L., Verloigne, M., De Cocker, K., Hellebaut, S., Ribeiro, J., Bohn, L., Mota, J., & Bois, J. E. (2024). Rethinking Schools as a Setting for Physical Activity Promotion in the 21st Century–a Position Paper of the Working Group of the 2PASS 4Health Project. Quest, 76(3), 269-288. Karlander, R., & Geidne, S. (2025). Health promotion meets sustainable movement-based education in school-a "walking school" initiative in Sweden. Health Promot Int, 40(1). Kokko, S., & Baybutt, M. (2022). Handbook of Settings-based Health Promotion (S. Kokko & M. Baybutt, Eds.). Larsson, H., & Thedin Jakobsson, B. (2023). School-based physical activity interventions: a discourse analysis. Sport, Education and Society, 1-14. Love, R., Adams, J., & Sluijs, E. M. F. (2019). Are school‐based physical activity interventions effective and equitable? A meta‐analysis of cluster randomized controlled trials with accelerometer‐assessed activity. OBESITY REVIEWS, 20(6), 859-870. Mygind, E. (2007). A Comparison between Children's Physical Activity Levels at School and Learning in an Outdoor Environment. Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning, 7(2), 161-176. Schantz, P. (2022). Can nature really affect our health? - A short review of studies. In R. Murray (Ed.), Why Cities Need Large Parks – Large Parks in Large Cities (pp. 1-15). Routledge 2022. Webster, C. A., Russ, L., Vazou, S., Goh, T. L., & Erwin, H. (2015). Integrating movement in academic classrooms: understanding, applying and advancing the knowledge base. Obesity Reviews, 16(8), 691-701. World Health Organization. (1986). Ottawa Charter for Health Promotion, 1986. World Health Organization. (2020). WHO guidlines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour. Öhman, J. (2014). Om didaktikens möjligheter; ett pragmatiskt perspektiv. Utbildning och demokrati, 23, 33-52. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 19 SES 11 A: The Value of Children's and Young People's Lived Experiences: Educational Ethnography Across Diverse Political-Economic Contexts in Europe Location: 5014 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Urszula Markowska-Manista Session Chair: María Begoña Vigo-Arrazola Symposium |
|
|
19. Ethnography
Symposium The Value of Children's and Young People's Lived Experiences: Educational Ethnography Across Diverse Political-Economic Contexts in Europe This symposium, with four papers from Southern, Eastern and Western Europe, provides a context for deepening these colleagues’ reflection on the production and use of educational ethnographic research. They bring a shared commitment to improving the lives, learning, and life chances of children and young people, and they are witness to poly-crises that cross international borders. These range from the lived realities of child poverty, social and educational exclusion, to youth detention and incarceration, and the challenges and barriers to young people’s active participation in democratic decision-making about their futures. To guide efforts to critically understand and address these poly-crises as they find expressions locally, nationally and internationally, which suggests globally shared forms, a research question is: what are the lived experiences of children and young people in contexts of poly-crises, and how are they interpreted within their specific political-economic settings to inform policy? The main objective is to make a significant contribution to understanding educational ethnography, different ways of doing it, and its capacity to ‘make a difference’ influencing government policy. Subsidiary objectives canvass ways to formulate the narrative about the problems, causes, and consequences in such a way that it wins hearts and minds. A common theoretical framework continues to be forged by these research-active colleagues exploring the practicalities of working with children and young people in different national settings, each with their own history, culture, language, and political economy. It also involves exploring the understandings, interpretations, explanations and analyses proffered by the children and young people involved. It is a case of accommodating different theorisations and conceptualisations, but a way forward is to articulate different perspectives with focus on values and principes. In Serbia and Poland, the two mainland European nations, the values and principles are typical of post-socialist societies, given patterns shaped by socialist legacies and transition including historical consciousness and memory sensitivity, distrust of authority and bureaucratic logics, institutional skepticism, and cautious civic participation in social transformation and evolving democratic cultures. In Wales, in or out of the UK and the EU, this is best described as a social democratic social imaginary that foregrounds equity and social justice. Taken together, they ultimately strengthen the authority of educational ethnographic research. Of significance is the willingness of these colleagues variously located to engage in on-going discussions about their respective research projects, sharing findings, and identifying issues for critical analyses, but also suggesting opportunities for national and international policy debates. For example, a common concern is what the youth voice means for policy advocacy and policy development as well as policy implementation. Invariably, in each national setting there is evidence of the overriding influence of global trends in education and social policymaking along with their vernacular effects. It is opportune for colleagues to share their understandings of these developments and describe the ways their respective national governments have responded to globalisation but also the educational priorities of its citizenry including the needs of their children and young people. The European/international dimension is vital to the work reported in this symposium as colleagues explore the key drivers of policy development and implementation but also their research-informed recommendations for requisite policy changes. Each of the four paper presentations cite different ethnographic research findings intended to influence policy responses in the different national and geopolitical settings. The ways this all happens in the different locations is instructive, and lessons are gleaned from reports on dialogues with practitioners, children and youth, but also politicians, policymakers and powerbrokers including decision-makers. In each case, the presenters posit diverse forms of knowledge that embrace the youth voice, practitioner knowledge, knowledge ‘from below’, and interdisciplinary knowledge. References Liebel M. (2020). Children’s Movements as Citizenship from Below. Chapter in M. Liebel (Ed) Decolonizing Childhoods: From Exclusion to Dignity. pp.191-216. Bristol: Bristol University Press. Mills, D. and Morton, M. (2013) Ethnography in Education. London: BERA and SAGE. Rizvi, F. and Lingard, B. (2010) Globalizing Education Policy. London and New York: Routledge. Williams, D. (2003/2021) Who Speaks for Wales? Nation, Culture, Identity: Raymond Williams. Cardiff: University of Wales Press. Williams, R. (2003) Who Speaks for Wales? Ch.1 in Williams, D. (Ed) Who Speaks for Wales? Nation, Culture, Identity: Raymond Williams. Cardiff: University of Wales Press. Rakowski, T. (2016). Hunters, Gatherers, and Practitioners of Powerlessness: An Ethnography of the Degraded in Postsocialist Poland. Berghahn. Stenning, A., & Hörschelmann, K. (2008). History, Geography and Difference in the Post-socialist World. Silova, I. (2010). Post-socialism is not dead: (Re)reading the global in comparative education. Presentations of the Symposium Young People in Serbia in Search of a Better Country: European values wrapped in the national flag
Although authoritarian regimes are often inclined to respond to unrest with repression and violence (Tilly, 2003). Contemporary Serbia exemplifies this dynamic where civil and political freedoms are being curtailed, and democratic procedures are increasingly hollowed out with corruption on the rise. Against this backdrop, research suggests that protests can be particularly resilient in such contexts (Jerkov et al, 2025). Serbian youth have, for more than a year, engaged in diverse forms of protest action, advocating for comprehensive policy change across all levels of governance (Cini et al, 2021).
There is a need for ethnographic research into the tension between the space offered by officially sanctioned bodies for students to air concerns and their need for a space to express a desire for the autonomy to articulate authentic policy proposals. Consequently, meaningful youth political engagement has largely shifted outside institutional channels, which provokes research questions: why is youth participation in Serbia regulated? how is this enshrined in numerous legal and policy documents? why the concern with the establishment of youth associations at levels ranging from local to national? how does this operate in practice?
The main objective is to critically understand the contemporary student movement in Serbia, which emerged in the aftermath of the Novi Sad railway station collapse and received much publicity. A subsidiary objective is to build an understanding of political action and ways it is contextualized within a much broader framework than is typical of the country today. This understanding has two key expressions. First, students make decisions through collective deliberation in plenums and, wherever possible, extend participation to the wider public through informal citizens’ assemblies. Second, the movement seeks to increase the visibility of its goals both within the country, via protest walks and canvassing in remote areas, and outside of it (Ignjatović, 2025).
The theoretical framework in informed by critical ethnography considering these student protests in relation to method, ethics and performance (Madison, 2005). The current wave of student-led protests has set itself the ambitious goal of resisting cronyism and corruption at all levels of governance (Jerkov et al., 2025). The students’ demands strike at the core of the regime’s misuse of state power, the exception being increased funding for state universities, the only one the government has engaged. This signals a readiness for limited policy adjustments while avoiding reforms that could have broader implications for governance, institutional autonomy, and political accountability (Milojević & Pantić, 2025).
References:
Burgund Isakov, A., Gajić, M (2025). Children’s participation in decision-making in the Republic of Serbia. University of Belgrade – Faculty of Political Science.
ISBN 978-86-6425-134-1
Cini, l., della Porta, D., & Guzmán-Concha, C. (eds.). (2021). Student movements in late neoliberalism: Dynamics of con-tention and their consequences. Palgrave Macmillan
Ignjatović, S. (2025). Serbia’s student plenums: a blueprint for renewing democracy. BIRN, april 14. https://balkaninsight.com/2025/04/14/serbias-student-plenums-a-blueprint-for-renewing-democracy/
Jerkov, A., Bešlin, M., & Radeljić, B. (2025). The depoliticization of protest: understanding the 2024/2025 Serbian students’ uprising. Cogent Social Sciences, 11(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/23311886.2025.2583748
Madison, D.S. (2005) Critical Ethnography. Method, Ethics, and Performance. Thousand Oaks CA: Sage.
Milojević, I., Pantić, N. (2025). Contesting Authoritarianism: The Role of Youth-Led Movements in Shaping Futures in Serbia. Journal of Future Studies. In press.
ISSN 1027-6084 https://jfsdigital.org/contesting-authoritarianism-the-role-of-youth-led-movements-in-shaping-futures-in-serbia/
Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2009). Globalizing Education Policy. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203867396
Tilly, C. (2003). The politics of collective violence. Cambridge University Press.
Ukrainian Children and Youth ‘in-between’: Agency in Suspension Amid War-Related Uncertainty
In this paper I focus on ethnographic research conducted with Ukrainian children and youth in Warsaw and Wrocław schools since 2023. This work collaborates with Ukrainian psychologists through projects of the Kalejdoskop Kultur Foundation, Foundation towards Dialogue, UNICEF, providing culturally attuned psycho-educational support for war-displaced families (Markowska-Manista & Ovcharenko, 2024a, 2024b; Markowska-Manista et al., 2024). Our task was to document and amplify children and youth “in-between” realities - suspended between Ukrainian homes and provisional life on migration in Poland - while examining educational initiatives fostering agency without erasing roots, linking community mediation with schooling to counter poly-crisis exclusion.
The topic centers on children’s “suspended agency” in poly-crisis limbo, highlighting what sustains their participation amid temporal uncertainty from the ongoing war. The research question is: How can ethnographic research with Ukrainian children and youth be made more participatory, enabling them to feel safe voicing their ‘in-between’ truths and influencing educational policies on belonging and diverse school communities? The intention, from long-term fieldwork across educational places, is to build evidence for policy advocacy addressing children’s challenges and exclusion (including self-exclusion) via youth-led responses generating knowledge for social change benefiting majority and minority communities.
The main objective is to explore pathways supporting young refugee participants in understanding their navigation of divided worlds - nostalgia for Ukraine clashing with adaptation in Poland - through safe expressive spaces. Subsidiary objectives include enabling articulation of struggles like linguistic isolation, ‘frozen futures’, and peer hesitancy, while trialing interventions such as drawing workshops, storytelling groups, and passion development.
Theoretically, I draw on Lundy’s (2007) Model of Child Participation - voice, space, audience, influence - as method for enacting Liebel’s (2012) “children’s rights from below”. This operates in postdependency contexts, treating case studies (e.g., drawings of “endless bridges” symbolizing suspension) as key to educational ethnography (Mills & Morton, 2013). I adapt Bronfenbrenner’s (1979) model to map multi-level tensions and Bhabha’s (1994) third space concept, where Ukrainian children negotiate hybrid identities between familial pressures, national honor, return expectations, and Polish schooling frameworks. Thus, these suspended voices co-design practices ‘for changes’ with educators and NGOs, exemplifying educational ethnography’s cross-national power to transform spaces into resilient ‘third spaces’ of hybrid belonging amid Europe’s poly-crises and geopolitical uncertainty (Bhabha et al., 2025).
References:
Bhabha J., V.Digidiki Lucero, U.Markowska-Manista, (2025). Solidarity towards distress migrants: how changing frontline communities depend on states to build a new public space In: RR. Marín, D.E. Tanck, B. Menezes Queiroz & F. Staiano, Handbook on migration and human rights, Edward Elgar Publishing.
Bhabha, H. (1994). The Location of Culture, Routledge, London & New York.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Liebel, M. (2012). Children's rights from below: Cross-cultural perspectives. Springer.
Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British educational research journal, 33(6), 927-942.
Mills, D., & Morton, M. (2013). Ethnography in education, SAGE Publications Ltd.
Markowska-Manista U. & O. Ovcharenko (2024a). „W mojej głowie wojna” – interwencje kryzysowe w zakresie wsparcia psychologicznego kierowane do dzieci z doświadczeniem migracji z Ukrainy, w sytuacji zagrożenia, Dziecko Krzywdzone. Teoria, Badania, Praktyka, /23(2), 108–147.
Markowska-Manista U., O. Ovcharenko (2024b). Nastolatki z Ukrainy w Polsce – wyzwania w pracy psychologiczno-edukacyjnej z młodymi migrantami wojennymi, In: M. Kolankiewicz & V. Korniat (eds). Pomoc dzieciom ukraińskim w czasie wojny, Wyd. UW, Warszawa, pp. 113-137.
Whispers Against Labels: Constructing Identities of Resistance in the Micro-narratives of Long-term Institutionalized Minors
This paper addresses the pedagogical and sociological reality of long-term juvenile detention in Poland, situated within the broader European landscape of institutional "poly-crises" (Silova, 2010; Stenning & Hörschelmann, 2008). In Eastern European correctional systems, dominant institutional practice often relies on the rigid imposition of the "socially maladjusted" label (Snell & Eguzowa, 2016). This research explores how minors, during their years of institutionalization, navigate a system that often prioritizes control over genuine social reintegration, creating a unique and often oppressive socio-educational environment within total institutions.
The following central questions guide the study: How do long-term institutionalized minors navigate, subvert, and deconstruct the stigmatizing labels imposed upon them by the state? In what ways do "whispered" micro-narratives—informal, often hidden communications—serve as a tool for maintaining individual agency? Furthermore, how does the acquisition of "system knowledge" by these youth transform their resistance from overt rebellion into sophisticated, everyday identity construction?
The primary objective of this paper is to uncover and analyze the "hidden curriculum" of survival and resistance that exists beneath the surface of official rehabilitation programs. By focusing on the "youth voice," the study aims to reveal the sophisticated landscape of resistance that resides in the "whispers"—subtle linguistic and behavioral acts occurring in the margins of institutional life. The goal is to "speak truth to power" by demonstrating how the current correctional model paradoxically "educates for resistance" rather than inclusion.
The theoretical foundation of this study is rooted in critical educational ethnography (Kincheloe & McLaren, 2000) and institutional ethnography of the correctional facility (Inderbitzin, 2006, Sawicki & Markowska-Manista, 2022). It builds upon previous research regarding peer structures—dyads, cliques, and gangs—in juvenile justice settings (Sawicki, 2018; Vaughn, Pettus-Davis & Shook, 2012). The framework utilizes labeling theory and the concept of total institutions (Becker, 1963; Goffman, 1961), and the resistance concept (Willis, 1997) to analyze the tension between institutional "knowing" and the minors' "acting."
Methodologically, the paper draws on in-depth biographical interviews and long-term participant observation. The findings suggest that for youth in long-term detention, identity is a site of constant negotiation. By reframing their biographies against institutional labels, they transform from "objects of correction" into "subjects of their own history." This research contributes to the ECER 2026 theme "Knowing and Acting" by shifting the focus from observing "maladjustment" to listening to the "lived knowledge" of the youth.
References:
Becker, H. S. (1963). Outsiders: Studies in the Sociology of Deviance. New York: Free Press. (Classic labeling theory).
Goffman, E. (1961). Asylums: Essays on the Social Situation of Mental Patients and Other Inmates. Garden City, NY: Anchor Books.
Inderbitzin M. (2006). Guardians of the state’s problem children: An ethnographic study of staff members in a juvenile correctional facility, „The Prison Journal”, 86 (4), pp. 431–451.
Kincheloe, J. and McLaren, P. (2000). Rethinking critical theory and qualitative research. In: N.K. Denzin & Y.S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research (2nd edition), pp. 279-313. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Sawicki, K. (2018). Diady, kliki, gangi. Młodzież nieprzystosowana społecznie w perspektywie współczesnej pedagogiki resocjalizacyjnej. Kraków: Impuls.
Sawicki, K., & Markowska-Manista, U. (Red.). (2022). Zakład Poprawczy w Białymstoku w systemie resocjalizacji z perspektywy zespołowych badań terenowych. Temida 2.
Silova, I. (2010). Post-socialism is not dead: (Re)reading the global in comparative education. Bingley: Emerald Group Publishing.
Snell C.& Eguzowa J. (2016). What Works with juvenile offenders. In: M. D.McShane & M.Cavanaugh (eds.) Understanding Juvenile Justice and Delinquency, (pp.298–319). Praeger
Stenning, A., & Hörschelmann, K. (2008). History, Geography and Difference in the Post-socialist World. Antipode, 40(2), 312-335.
The Youth Voice in Bangor: Influencing Policy Implementation
These co-authors are part of a city-wide coalition of strategic partners who came together in 2024 at the behest of the Bangor Poverty and Learning in Urban Schools (PLUS) team to secure support for ‘Rigging the Future’, its flagship local solution (see Beckett, French, Hughes and Thirsk, 2023). Their shared task going forward is to co-develop the Bangor Trade Winds project targeting the local/regional economy so that it works for local/regional communities, re-imagining Bangor’s maritime industries for the 21st Century; and the Bangor Maritime Learning Centre, which will buttress this ‘belonging economy’ with co-developed maritime learning programs interlinked with mainstream schooling and education.
This is the third paper in succession where the co-authors have explored the youth voice with children and young people across the city of Bangor and the county of Gwynedd (see French, Young, Roberts, Story, and Goodier, 2026; Beckett, French, Young, Story, and Goodier, 2026). The topic in this paper remains the youth voice, but the emphasis is on exploring what it takes to sustain a working relationship with a small group of young people aged 16+ who were invited to join a working party.
The research question guiding this work is ‘how do we collectively make critical ethnographic research more participatory, so young members of the team feel included and valued and learn what it means to be politically influential?’ The intention, derived from long term engagement in the field, is to win public support and political support for this collaborative and cooperative place-based response to child poverty, its causes, consequences, and effects.
The main objective is to ensure the working party inclusive of young people aged 16+ come to critically understand the historical background to their contemporary lived experiences in Bangor. A subsidiary set of objectives is to encourage them to speak their own truths about identity, belonging, and their future in Bangor, including their struggles with schooling and education.
In terms of a theoretical framework, these co-authors lean towards Kincheloe and McLaren’s (2000) view that critical theory finds its method in critical ethnography, and see their ongoing working party as the ‘doing’ or the performance of critical theory. We agree with Madison (2005:13) that thinking of critical theory in action is both interesting and productive. To this end, the working party, including the young people, are focussed on meeting local politicians and elected representatives about practical ways for Making Wales Work (Plaid Cymru, 2024).
References:
Beckett, L., French, G., Hughes, C., Thirsk, G. (2023) Towards a critical understanding of Wales’s present for future generations. Ch.12 in Beckett (ed) Child Poverty in Wales: Exploring the challenges of schooling future generations. Cardiff: University of Wales Press.
Beckett, L., Owen, E., and Robinson, S., French, G. (2025) Family history research as method in a critical ethnography of education. Paper presented at 2025 ECER Conference in Belgrade Serbia.
Beckett, L., French, G., Young, N., Story, A., Goodier, L. (2026) Children and young people in Bangor speaking their own truths to power. Paper presented to Rethinking Educational Ethnography Conference, Bangor University, 9-11 June.
French, G., Young, N., Roberts, A., Story, A., Goodier, L. (2026) Tapping the youth voice for ‘belonging’ in times of inequality. Ch.3 in Beckett (ed) Child Poverty in Wales: Speaking truth to power. Cardiff: University of Wales Press.
Kincheloe, J. and McLaren, P. (2000) Rethinking critical theory and qualitative research. Chapter in Denzin, N.K. and Lincoln, Y.S. (Eds) Handbook of Qualitative Research (2nd edition), pp.279-313. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Menter, I. (2022) Raymond Williams and Education. History, Culture, Democracy. London: Bloomsbury Academic.
Plaid Cymru (2024) Making Wales Work. Plaid Cymru’s New Economic Plan. Cardiff: Minuteman Press.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 20 SES 11 A: Learning Spaces in Diverse Contexts Location: B3109 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Dalma Lilla Dominek Paper Session |
|
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper From Isolated Targets to Functional Learning: A Practice - Based Methodology for Early Childhood Inclusive Learning Environments International Child Development Center NGO, Armenia Presenting Author:
Inclusive early childhood learning environments increasingly serve young children ( 1 . 5 – 4 years) with diverse developmental profiles, including children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and developmental delays . In early intervention practice, standardized developmental assessments are widely used to identify priorities and monitor progress, yet a persistent “assessment - to - instruction gap ” remains: results are often translated into isolated target instruction (skills taught one-by-one in narrow response formats). Although such approaches can produce task mastery, they frequently yield fragmented learning , prompt dependency , and limited generalization across activities , partners , and settings, so assessment gains may not translate into functional competence in natural environments ( Stokes & Baer , 1977 ) . Recent syntheses of early autism intervention research likewise highlight that effects are often strongest on proximal, context-bound outcomes, underscoring the need for instructional designs that deliberately engineer generalization and everyday use (Sandbank et al., 2020; Crank et al., 2021; Sandbank et al., 2023). This paper reports a practice-based instructional methodology developed at the International Child Development Center. ( ICDC , Armenia ) that reorganizes assessment-informed planning from isolated targets toward clusters of functionally related targets taught across response forms and routines. Research question: How can assessment - informed instruction be reorganized to support functional , multi - domain learning and early independence in inclusive early childhood environments? Sub-questions: ( 1 ) What within - child learning trajectories ( acquisition → integration → generalization ) are observed when targets are taught as clustered repertoires rather than isolated skills ? ( 2 ) Which instructional features ( multi - context teaching , response variability , and family partnership ) appear most associated with generalized , independent responding? Conceptual / theoretical framework, integrates applied behavior analysis ( Baer et al . , 1968 ; Cooper et al . , 2020 ) , the technology of generalization ( Stokes & Baer , 1977 ) , and naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention principles emphasizing shared control and teaching in natural contexts ( Schreibman et al . , 2015 ) , within inclusive early childhood commitments to access , participation , and supports in everyday routines ( DEC / NAEYC , 2009 ; Ainscow , 2020 ) . The VB-MAPP (Sundberg, 2008) was used as a criterion-referenced developmental map; given ongoing discussion about the evidence supporting some assessment tools, interpretations were triangulated with direct instructional data and functional observations (Padilla & Akers, 2021). Instead of strict one - target sequencing, assessment priorities informed the construction of target clusters ( e . g . , concept + communicative function + play routine ) , taught concurrently through receptive discrimination , labeling , matching - to - sample , imitation , and play - based interaction across structured sessions and daily routines to strengthen stimulus control , promote response flexibility , reduce prompt dependency , and support independence .
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We conducted a 2-year longitudinal, practice-based, multiple-case study ICDC. Participants were 30 children aged 1.5 – 4 years with ASD or presenting developmental delays and enrolled in early intervention services. Assessment and progress monitoring used the VB-MAPP for initial developmental assessment to identify developmental levels and learning needs. Staff collected baseline data at intake. Every 3 months, they repeated assessments to monitor progress and guide instructional decisions. These assessments allowed the team to systematically observe changes in communication, social interaction, play, and readiness for learning. After each cycle, staff prepared individual progress summaries and adjusted instructional priorities accordingly. Instead of choosing isolated instructional targets, assessment data informed the design of clusters of related skills. These clusters included multiple targets addressed at once across different domains. Instruction involved structured table sessions, play routines, and naturalistic learning in daily activities. Data sources included: (1) trial - by - trial instructional records from structured activities; (2) observational measures of independent responding across domains in routines and play; (3) documented generalization across materials, settings, and interaction partners; (4) video records illustrating acquisition, integration, and generalization. Video data showed developmental change, including children moving from prompted, isolated responses to independently discriminating and responding to ten or more targets at once across domains. A caregiver questionnaire is administered every 3 months, capturing spontaneous skill use and independence in daily routines, as well as communication/learning behaviors outside the center. Analysis emphasized within - child change over time and cross-case pattern synthesis to identify common developmental pathways and plausible instructional mechanisms, aiming to generate transferable design principles (practice-based evidence) rather than population-level causal estimates. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across cases, documented trajectories indicate that organizing instruction around clusters of functionally related targets supports earlier movement from prompted to independent, flexible responding across multiple domains. Video and observational records show stepwise development: children first acquire targets with support, then integrate skills across response forms (e.g., receptive ↔ expressive ↔ play use), and subsequently generalize across partners, materials, and settings within daily routines (Stokes & Baer, 1977). Consistent with meta-analytic evidence that early intervention effects can be bounded to trained contexts (Sandbank et al., 2020; Crank et al., 2021), the cluster-based approach explicitly engineered multi-context teaching and generalization, and caregiver reports reflected increasing spontaneous use and participation in home/community routines. Family partnership functioned as an ecological extender: by helping caregivers recognize and support functional use (without shifting responsibility for formal instruction), the model strengthened continuity between center learning and participation in natural environments, aligning with early childhood inclusion guidance (DEC / NAEYC, 2009). Overall, findings suggest that instructional organization and environment design (clustered repertoires, multimodal contexts, planned generalization, and caregiver partnership) are key mediators of functional learning and early independence in inclusive early childhood settings. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education. *Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6*(1), 7–16. American Educational Research Association. (2006). Standards for reporting on empirical social science research in AERA publications. *Educational Researcher, 35*(6), 33–40. Baer, D. M., Wolf, M. M., & Risley, T. R. (1968). Some current dimensions of applied behavior analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 91–97. Cooper, J. O., Heron, T. E., & Heward, W. L. (2020). Applied behavior analysis (3rd ed.). Pearson. Crank, J. E., Sandbank, M., Dunham, K., Crowley, S., Bottema-Beutel, K., Feldman, J., & Woynaroski, T. G. (2021). Understanding the effects of naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions: A Project AIM meta-analysis. Autism Research, 14(4), 817–834. https://doi.org/10.1002/aur.2471 DEC/NAEYC. (2009). Early childhood inclusion: A joint position statement of the Division for Early Childhood (DEC) and the National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC). FPG Child Development Institute. Padilla, K. L., & Akers, J. S. (2021). Content validity evidence for the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP). Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 51 (11), 4054–4066. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-020-04864-y Sandbank, M., Bottema-Beutel, K., Crowley, S., Cassidy, M., Dunham, K., Feldman, J., ... & Woynaroski, T. (2020). Project AIM: Autism intervention meta-analysis for studies of young children. Psychological Bulletin, 146(1), 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000215 Sandbank, M., Bottema-Beutel, K., Crowley, S., et al. (2023). Autism intervention meta-analysis of early childhood studies (Project AIM): Updated systematic review and secondary analysis. BMJ, 383, e076733. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2023-076733 Schreibman, L., Dawson, G., Stahmer, A. C., et al. (2015). Naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions: Empirically validated treatments for autism spectrum disorder. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 45 (8), 2411–2428. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-015-2407-8 Stokes, T. F., & Baer, D. M. (1977). An implicit technology of generalization. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (2), 349–367. Sundberg, M. L. (2008). VB-MAPP: Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program. AVB Press. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Children’s Agency in Multimodal and Place-Conscious Early Childhood Learning Environments: Insights from an International Qualitative Study University of Gdańsk, Poland Presenting Author:This study examines how children’s agency and participation are enacted within multimodal and place-conscious early childhood learning environments that integrate environmental education, dialogic pedagogy and digital technologies. The analysis draws on empirical material generated within the international EACH project (Erasmus+ Project EACH – Early Childhood and Sustainable Citizenship Routes in the Digital Era, 2023-1-PT01-KA220-SCH-000156194), which implemented shared pedagogical scenarios in early childhood education institutions in Poland, Italy and Portugal. These scenarios were designed to foster collaborative knowledge-building, environmental awareness related to climate change and critical engagement with digital technologies through learner-centred and participatory approaches enacted across diverse spatial configurations, including indoor and outdoor environments. The primary objective of the study is to explore how innovative methodologies are enacted in relation to the spatial, material and digital affordances of early childhood learning environments. Specifically, the study aims to examine how children’s agency emerges through dialogic and collaborative activities, and how different learning environments (indoor/outdoor; digital/analogue) shape participation and interaction. The study is guided by the following research questions: - How do participatory and collaborative learning processes unfold in practice among young children across different learning environments (indoor/outdoor; digital/analogue)? - How is children’s agency enacted through participation in early childhood education activities integrating environmental education, digital technologies and dialogic pedagogy? The theoretical framework is grounded in place-conscious perspectives, which emphasise that learning is situated, relational and embedded in specific spatial, material and socio-environmental contexts. From this standpoint, educational environments are understood not as neutral backdrops but as active pedagogical elements that shape participation, interaction and meaning-making through learners’ embodied engagement with place (Aasen, Grindheim, & Waters, 2009; Gruenewald, 2003). Such understandings resonate with educational approaches that explicitly foreground the pedagogical role of the environment. Montessori pedagogy and forest-based early childhood education conceptualise learning spaces as intentionally prepared environments in which materiality, spatial organisation and bodily activity support children’s autonomy, engagement and sense-making (Bennetts & Bone, 2019; Sella et al., 2023). These approaches highlight how carefully designed indoor and outdoor environments can invite participation and sustain children’s involvement across diverse activities. Building on these perspectives, the framework adopts a relational understanding of children’s agency, in which agency is enacted through participation in social practices rather than treated as an individual attribute. From this view, agency emerges in interaction, dialogue and shared activity, directing attention to the everyday pedagogical practices through which children’s participation and contribution become observable within educational settings (Ainscow, 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on qualitative observation data generated within the international EACH project (Erasmus+ Project EACH – Early Childhood and Sustainable Citizenship Routes in the Digital Era, 2023-1-PT01-KA220-SCH-000156194). The project implemented shared pedagogical scenarios in early childhood education settings in Poland, Italy and Portugal. The empirical material analysed in this paper consists of 30 qualitative observation records collected in three early childhood education institutions located in Poland, including 20 observations conducted in a kindergarten following the Montessori pedagogy and 10 observations conducted in a forest kindergarten, involving children aged 3-6. These observations constitute the primary empirical basis for the analysis of children’s agency and participation in diverse and multimodal learning environments. In addition, the analysis incorporates qualitative project reports documenting the implementation of the same pedagogical scenarios in partner early childhood education institutions in Italy and Portugal. These materials situate the findings within a broader international research framework and enhance their analytical transferability across educational contexts. Data were collected using a structured qualitative observation protocol incorporating binary analytic indicators as well as open qualitative field notes. The protocol was structured around three core analytic dimensions: collaborative knowledge-building processes; awareness about environmental and climate-change challenges; critical approach to digital technologies. Qualitative field notes documented children’s verbal expressions, interactions, gestures, bodily engagement and responses to materials, space and peers, thereby capturing the complexity of multimodal and embodied learning processes. In addition, information on the spatial configuration of activities (indoor or outdoor) and the modality of the instructional starting point (digital or analogue) was systematically documented as part of the observation protocol. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Both indoor and outdoor activities were organised in ways that sought to provide opportunities for all children to participate in the proposed tasks. Participation became observable through multiple forms, including verbal contributions, bodily engagement, gesture and interaction with material and digital resources. Inclusive participation was supported through a combination of pedagogical facilitation and the design of engaging, contextually grounded activities. Teachers encouraged children to express their own ideas and perspectives, invited questions and created space for dialogue, while the structure of activities and the use of material, spatial and digital resources further enabled participation among children of different ages (3-6 years). These practices were coherent with the pedagogical contexts of Montessori pedagogy and a forest-based approach. Across the observed practices, children frequently brought their own perspectives and ideas, asked questions, participated in decision-making processes and provided examples to support their viewpoints. Attentive listening, respect for different perspectives and attempts to reconcile divergent views were also observed, indicating dialogic and collaborative interactional patterns. Engagement with digital tools was often accompanied by visible enthusiasm; however, the use of digital technologies was typically closely guided by teachers, with children’s interaction remaining largely teacher-directed and structured. As a result, engagement with digital technologies tended to take more receptive or observational forms, with limited opportunities for autonomous exploration. Overall, the findings show how participatory and collaborative learning processes unfold in practice through dialogic interaction, embodied engagement and shared activity across diverse learning environments, while also demonstrating how children’s agency is enacted through observable practices of contribution and initiative-taking. These findings open up a discussion on how educational content can be embedded into place-conscious learning environments to support children's engagement, participation, and multimodal meaning-making. They also raise questions about children’s autonomy and the forms of support in their use of digital technologies in early childhood education. References Acknowledgement This presentation would not have been possible without the contribution of the EACH project Members and their valuable work: Sofia Baptista, Monika Blandzi, Susana Cadilha, Liliana Carvalho, Nicoletta Chieregato, Maja Cimerman Sitar, Silvia Demozzi, Neringa Gaus, Federica Gazzoli, Beatrice Gobbi, Carla Gomes, Isabel Henriques, Agata Jednacz, Klara Junkes, Aleksandra Knapkiewicz, Dina Mendonça, Michela Patuzzo, Joanna Recka, Rita Rodrigues, Matej Sitar, Maja Tisljar, Alexis Trindade, Carola Trufelli, Luca Zanetti. Aasen, W., Grindheim, L. T., & Waters, J. (2009). The outdoor environment as a site for children’s participation, meaning-making and democratic learning: examples from Norwegian kindergartens. Education 3-13, 37(1), 5–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004270802291749 Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587 Bennetts, K., Bone, J. (2019). Adult leadership and the development of Children’s Spirituality: exploring Montessori’s concept of the prepared environment. International Journal of Children’s Spirituality, 24(4), 356–370. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364436X.2019.1685949 Gruenewald, D. A. (2003). Foundations of Place: A Multidisciplinary Framework for Place-Conscious Education. American Educational Research Journal, 40(3), 619-654. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312040003619 Sella, E., Bolognesi, M., Bergamini, E. et al. Psychological Benefits of Attending Forest School for Preschool Children: a Systematic Review. Educ Psychol Rev 35, 29 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-023-09750-4 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Imbrications of Nationalism and Cosmopolitanism- Internationalisation in IB within Singapore, Hongkong & Taiwan 1: The University of Queensland, Australia; 2: National University of Tainan; 3: The University of Hong Kong Presenting Author:The internationalisation of education has become pervasive with neoliberalism transforming national educational systems globally. Countries within Southeast and East Asian contexts pursue curriculum development addressing globalisation through various international curricula. The International Baccalaureate's influence continues growing, particularly within East and Southeast Asia, where its links to global capital and educational internationality expand significantly. The programme's remarkable expansion reflects this broader neoliberal transformation: as of 2025, the IB serves 1.95 million students through over 8,700 programmes across 6,000 schools in 160 countries worldwide. The Asia-Pacific region hosts 1,973 IB World programmes, accounting for 27% of global offerings (International Baccalaureate Organisation, 2025).This study presents comparative analysis of IB practices in Singapore, Hong Kong, and Taiwan—contexts inadequately explored—examining the interplay between global and national forces shaping curricula and school practices. This expansion within neoliberal frameworks generates complex tensions that remain inadequately understood, particularly in politically sensitive contexts. The central research question asks: How do IB schools navigate competing pressures of cosmopolitan educational ideals and nationalist political sensitivities? This inquiry becomes particularly urgent when examining Singapore, Hong Kong, and Taiwan—three societies presenting distinct yet interconnected challenges for international education implementation. Singapore represents "controlled internationalisation," balancing global competitiveness with national identity preservation through strict regulatory oversight. Hong Kong's landscape has been fundamentally altered by post-1997 political transitions and recent national security legislation, creating parameters where schools navigate complex political sensitivities while maintaining international credentials. Taiwan presents a unique case where international education serves dual functions: enhancing global competitiveness while supporting diplomatic recognition and democratic values amid cross-strait political complexities, creating specific challenges around geopolitical sensitivities and educational resource dependencies distinguishing it from Singapore and Hong Kong. Within the European context, mass migration has created parallel challenges in catering to diversified populations while fostering harmonious coexistence and common identity. International schools have adopted internationally minded curricula like the IB to address diverse student bodies, yet simultaneously face tensions between cosmopolitan educational ideals and nationalist sensitivities (Hayden & Thompson, 2016). The IB's reputation for "elite academically challenging" standards positions it competitively against local and Cambridge examination systems (Doherty, 2009). This study's findings in Singapore, Hong Kong, and Taiwan directly parallel European experiences: schools in both contexts are constituted through irreconcilable tensions between global credentials and national imperatives, market-driven credential economies and pedagogical commitments, and cosmopolitan rhetoric masking reproduction of hierarchies. The structural ambivalence observed across East Asian contexts resonates with European international schools navigating similar contradictions between internationalist missions and increasingly assertive nationalist policies. This study integrates Lingard's (2010) "imbrication" with Bhabha's (1994) hybridisation theory to examine IB schools in Singapore, Hong Kong, and Taiwan. While both frameworks reject global-local dichotomies, they operate at different analytical levels. Lingard's imbrication maps macro-structural entanglements—how global educational frameworks interweave with local policy through curriculum implementation, market competition, and regulatory governance. However, this study foregrounds Bhabha's hybridisation to reframe IB schools not as strategic actors navigating these forces, but as institutional subjects constituted through discursive encounters that generate structural ambivalence—the impossibility of simultaneously satisfying cosmopolitan and nationalist demands. This synthesis positions IB schools as "third spaces" where neither global nor local categories remain stable, producing formations that exceed institutional control. Rather than dismissing the "progressive Western" versus "conservative local" binary as reductive, our analysis reveals this reductionism as integral to the colonial gaze embedded in educational markets. Parents and stakeholders enforce these essentialist tropes through purchasing power, compelling schools to perform Western-ness as a quality proxy. The binary thus constitutes a structural constraint imposed by neoliberal marketplaces that commodify race and nationality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative comparative case study approach to examine how International Baccalaureate curricula are contextualised across three Southeast and East Asian contexts. Following Crowe et al.'s (2011) collective case study framework, the study examined multiple cases simultaneously to generate broader appreciation of IB contextualisation practices. The research design adapted Yin's (2014) hybrid model, combining single and multiple case design elements to examine three separate cases within their specific national contexts while acknowledging their positioning within broader global education policy flows. Fifteen international schools were purposively selected across the three contexts: three schools in Singapore, six in Hong Kong, and six in Taiwan. Selection criteria prioritised schools with established IB programmes, varying implementation histories, and diverse institutional characteristics to capture the breadth of contextualisation practices. The sample included both prestigious established institutions and newer IB adopters, reflecting the varied landscape of international education in each context. To overcome methodological nationalism, a transnational analytical lens was employed, focusing on shared contextual characteristics including postcolonial conditions, neoliberal economic systems, and ambivalent cultural identities across the three societies. Data collection involved multiple qualitative methods to ensure comprehensive understanding of IB contextualisation processes. Semi-structured interviews formed the primary data source, conducted with 45 participants across the 15 schools. Interviewees included IB coordinators, and 2-3 teachers involved in IB programme planning and delivery at each institution, ensuring diverse perspectives on curriculum implementation and adaptation. Interview protocols explored three key domains: participants' knowledge about IB practices within their specific contexts, current practices regarding IB curricula innovations and programmes, and perceived strengths and limitations of existing approaches. Questions elicited narratives about how schools navigate tensions between global IB standards and local educational, political, and cultural requirements. Supplementary data sources included document analysis of policy papers, curriculum materials, and syllabuses; website analysis examining institutional positioning and marketing strategies; and field notes capturing observational insights about school cultures and practices. This multi-method approach enabled triangulation of findings and deeper understanding of contextualisation processes under investigation. The analytical approach incorporated both inductive and deductive elements, following Trochim and Donnelly's (2008) coding framework. Analysis proceeded through four distinct phases: initial data familiarisation, systematic coding of interview transcripts and documents, theme development and refinement, and cross-case comparative analysis. This multi-phase process enabled identification of both context-specific patterns and broader trends across the three societies. Cross-case analysis was essential for identifying similarities and differences in IB adoption and implementation practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates that IB schools in Singapore, Hong Kong, and Taiwan are not strategic actors navigating between global and local demands but rather sites where educational hybridization emerges through context-specific encounters with neoliberal governance. Schools are constituted through processes that exceed institutional control, revealing fundamental tensions within international education in postcolonial East Asian contexts. Three interconnected dimensions reveal how schools lack autonomous agency and instead operate within constraints that reproduce existing power asymmetries. Curriculum localisation exposes the structural impossibility of separating Chinese and international knowledge systems, generating formations where neither global nor local categories remain stable. Language integration across contexts—Singapore's market-driven Mandarin programs, Hong Kong's comparative frameworks under political surveillance, and Taiwan's mainland-oriented materials—reinforces rather than challenges existing hierarchies of knowledge and cultural power. Teacher autonomy proves illusory, constrained by intersecting market imperatives, political restrictions, and internalized conservatism. Market positioning reveals how schools are constituted through credential economies, parental anxieties, and racialized preferences that privilege Western educators over pedagogical competence. The IB functions primarily as credentialing mechanism rather than transformative pedagogy, perpetuating colonial hierarchies and facilitating elite reproduction. International education thus operates within, rather than challenges, neoliberal market logic and colonial legacies. Strategic ambivalence emerges not as conscious institutional positioning but as structural impossibility—schools face contradictory demands they cannot satisfy simultaneously, creating institutional subjects characterized by perpetual instability. East Asian IB schools' exceptional performance, exemplified by Singapore producing 55% of global perfect scores, creates "unintentional slippage" exposing the arbitrariness of global educational hierarchies. When postcolonial schools outperform Western counterparts, "international" standards' contingency becomes visible, revealing how international education operates through power relations in credential economies, linguistic hierarchies, and cultural valuations increasingly unsettled by shifting global configurations. Educational hybridization produces "third spaces" irreducible to Western or non-Western categories, generating fundamentally uncertain and contested educational futures. References Crowe, S., Cresswell, K., Robertson, A., Huby, G., Avery, A., & Sheikh, A. (2011). The case study approach. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 11(1), 100. Doherty, C., M. Li, and P. Shield. 2009. Planning mobile futures: The border artistry of IB diploma choosers. British Journal of Sociology of Education 30, no. 6: 757–71. Hayden, M., & Thompson, J. (2016). International schools: Current issues and future prospects. Oxford, UK: Symposium books. International Baccalaureate Organization. (2025). Facts and figures. Retrieved 8 Jan 2025 from https://www.ibo.org/about-the-ib/facts-and-figures/ Phillips, D., & Schweisfurth, M. (2014). Comparative and international education: An introduction to theory, method, and practice. London, UK: Bloomsbury Academic. Trochim, W., & Donnelly, J. P. (2008). Research methods knowledge base (3rd ed.). Mason, Ohio:Atomic Dog/Cengage Learning. Yin, R. (2014). Case study research : Design and methods (5th ed.). Los Angeles: SAGE. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Meeting First-Year Students’ Expectations in a Multicultural Higher Education Environment: Understanding Change Through Action Research 1: Lithuanian University of Health Sciences; 2: Lithuanian Educational Research Association; 3: Lithuanian University of Health Sciences Presenting Author:The internationalisation of higher education has significantly reshaped university learning environments. Increasing student mobility has brought more linguistically, culturally, and academically diverse first‑year cohorts with differing expectations and adaptation pathways. Research shows that first‑year students’ initial assumptions—about teaching, assessment, lecturer support, and the academic community—strongly influence their early motivation, engagement, and sense of belonging (Vromans et al., 2023).
Studies indicate that international students often face additional challenges that local students do not encounter, which can negatively affect their learning sustainability and create a mismatch between anticipated and actual experiences (Yassin et al., 2020; Oduwaye et al., 2023). This situation prompts higher education institutions to provide more structured support mechanisms. Qualitative research also shows that general satisfaction indicators frequently fail to capture the depth of international students’ experiences; although many report overall satisfaction in surveys, in‑depth interviews reveal difficulties related to social integration, belonging, and communication with local peers (Arkoudis et al., 2019). These unresolved issues may reinforce unrealistic expectations about lecturer accessibility or the organisation of the study process.
Studies indicate that clear course explanations, structured reflection, and intentionally designed intercultural interactions help reduce unfounded fears and moderate unrealistic expectations among first‑year students (Vromans et al., 2023). Such practices clarify what is expected and support students’ transition into culturally diverse learning environments. Other studies in intercultural education show that expectation‑experience mismatches often arise from culturally different interpretations of lecturer authority, feedback practices, and assessment standards. Culturally responsive strategies—such as explicit criteria, transparent instructions, and reflection‑based learning—are recommended to reduce early‑semester anxiety and support smoother adaptation (Vromans et al., 2023; Jaiswal et al., 2024).
A gap between expectations and reality may lead to reduced engagement, increased anxiety, or a weakened sense of belonging. This issue is especially relevant in multicultural university environments, where local and international students bring highly diverse educational backgrounds and perceptions of academic norms. It is therefore essential not only to understand what expectations students bring with them but also to examine how these expectations change during the semester and what factors drive this change.
Our previous qualitative research (2023–2025) examined first‑year international students’ understanding of the concept of “teacher professionalism,” identified key expectation categories to develop teacher guidelines, and compared local and international students’ expectations regarding the university learning environment and teaching staff. (Eidimtas, Brunevičiūtė, 2024; Eidimtas, Brunevičiūtė, Gudaitytė, 2025). Based on the results of these analyses and the identified expectation ‑ and need ‑ based clusters, the key areas of student experience requiring targeted instructional support and clearer study structures were theoretically distinguished. Therefore, guided by the developed model, small‑scale pedagogical interventions were proposed to strengthen aspects of structure, clear communication, psychological safety, and student engagement within the learning process.
Our further research is aiming to analize practiclly how students’ expectations change during the first semester in a multicultural higher education environment using Action Research design. Action Research is particularly well suited to this purpose, as it allows the researcher to observe student adaptation in real time, respond to emerging challenges, and test small-scale interventions that help rebalance the expectations-experience relationship.
Research Aim: To explore the initial expectations of local and international first-year students and examine how these expectations change during the first semester in a multicultural higher education environment.
Research Objectives:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a single cycle Action Research design to examine how first year students’ expectations form and evolve during their initial semester in a multicultural university environment. The baseline phase draws on open ended reflections collected from first year local and international students at the beginning of the 2025/2026 academic year (N = 474). These reflections were analysed using thematic analysis to identify the dominant expectation categories, areas of uncertainty, and cultural or academic differences that may influence students’ adaptation to university studies. Building on this diagnostic phase, several small scale pedagogical interventions were integrated into regular teaching practice throughout the semester. These interventions were intentionally modest to remain consistent with Action Research principles and included lectures on study organisation, seminars on effective learning strategies and time management, and class activities promoting intercultural communication and collaboration. The aim of these interventions was not to introduce major curricular changes but to provide clarity, reduce uncertainty, and support students’ adjustment. At the end of the first year, follow up data will be collected using two complementary methods: (1) a short reflective questionnaire with open ended questions, encouraging students to describe how their expectations had changed; (2) a brief Likert scale survey assessing perceived shifts in expectations, confidence, and understanding of academic requirements. The collected data will be analysed using comparative thematic analysis (Before vs. After) to identify expectation transformations, reductions in initial concerns, and the emergence of new study related goals or needs. This approach made it possible to trace how students’ assumptions about university life evolved and to understand which cultural, academic, or psychological factors contributed most strongly to these shifts. Overall, this Action Research design enabled the researcher to observe real time changes in student perceptions, evaluate the impact of targeted pedagogical interventions, and generate evidence based recommendations to enhance first year support in multicultural higher education settings. By combining initial diagnostic data with follow up reflections and survey responses, the study provides a nuanced understanding of how expectations develop and how early teaching practices can meaningfully support student adaptation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected results of this action research study focus on understanding how first year students’ expectations evolve during their initial transition into a multicultural university environment. Based on the analysis of baseline data collected at the beginning of the semester, it is anticipated that students - both local and international - bring diverse, and at times unrealistic, assumptions about study demands, teaching methods, lecturer availability, assessment transparency, and the social dynamics of university learning. International students are expected to report additional concerns related to language, academic conventions, and integration into the local cultural and institutional context. After implementing small scale pedagogical interventions such as reflective activities, clarification of assessment requirements, and structured intercultural interactions, it is expected that students will demonstrate a clearer and more realistic understanding of university expectations. These interventions are likely to reduce unfounded fears, especially among international students, and strengthen their confidence in navigating academic tasks. The comparison between the initial and final reflections is expected to show signs of expectation adjustment: students shifting from idealized or vague assumptions to more grounded, experience- based perceptions of learning and teaching in higher education. We also anticipate identifying specific cultural, academic, and social factors that influence expectation transformation. Local students may report challenges related to group work in culturally diverse teams, whereas international students may highlight linguistic or communication-based barriers. Nevertheless, both groups are expected to show increased awareness of intercultural differences and improved ability to manage them as the semester progresses. Overall, the study is expected to demonstrate that even minimal, well-timed interventions can significantly support students’ early adaptation, leading to clearer expectations, increased engagement, and a stronger sense of belonging. The findings will offer practical recommendations for improving first year support structures and enhancing inclusive teaching practices in multicultural higher education settings. References 1.Arkoudis, S., Dollinger, M., Baik, C., & Patience, A. (2019). International students’ experience in Australian higher education: Can we do better? Higher Education, 77(5), 799–813. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0302-x 2.Eidimtas, A., Brunevičiūtė, R., Gudaitytė, D. (2025). Integrating Cultures in Higher Education: Meeting Modern Students' Expectations for Inclusive and Intercultural Learning Environments. In ECER 2025" Charting the Way Forward: Education, Research, Potentials and Perspectives". Emerging researchers' conference: 08-09 September 2025 [and] ECER 09-12 September 2025, The University of Belgrade. European Educational Research Association.[Berlin]: European Educational Research Association, 2025. 3.Eidimtas, A., Brunevičiūtė, R.(2024). Navigating Challenges in Contemporary Higher Education: Students guidelines for Teachers. In ECER 2024" Education in an Age of Uncertainty: memory and hope for the future". Emerging researchers' conference: 26-27 August 2024 [and] ECER 27-30 August 2024, The University of Cyprus. European Educational Research Association.[Berlin]: European Educational Research Association, 2024. 4.Guillén‑Yparrea, N., & Ramírez‑Montoya, M. S. (2023). Intercultural competencies in higher education: A systematic review from 2016 to 2021. Cogent Education, 10(1), 2167360. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2167360 5.Yassin, A. A., Abdul Razak, N., Qasem, Y. A. M., & Mohammed, M. A. S. (2020). Intercultural learning challenges affecting international students’ sustainable learning in Malaysian higher education institutions. Sustainability, 12(18), 7490. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12187490 6.Jaiswal, A., Sapkota, M., Ramos, M. M., Starr, L., & Stahl, A. (2024). Nurturing teamwork, intercultural competence, and belonging in first-year STEM students. International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 18(2), Article 4. https://doi.org/10.20429/ijsotl.2024.180204 7.Oduwaye, O., Kiraz, A., & Sorakin, Y. (2023). A trend analysis of the challenges of international students over 21 years. SAGE Open, 13(4), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1177/21582440231210387 8.Vromans, P., Korzilius, H., Bücker, J., & de Jong, E. (2023). Intercultural learning in the classroom: Facilitators and challenges of the learning process. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 97, Article 101907. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2023.101907 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 21 SES 11 A: Learning through and in interpersonal Relationships: looking into a Bachelor’s Degree Program for Early Childhood Education and Care Professionals Location: 6031 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Maria Fürstaller Research Workshop |
|
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Research Workshop Learning through and in interpersonal Relationships: looking into a Bachelor’s Degree Program for Early Childhood Education and Care Professionals University of Applied Science Vienna (HCW), Austria Presenting Author:In the call of Network “Education and Psychoanalysis” one focus is placed on the meaning of interpersonal relationships in training programs. The questions are raised whether interpersonal relationships are a crucial condition for professionalization within such training programs and what effects interpersonal relationships might have on such processes. The workshop addresses these questions. It is based on the assumption, that learning processes always take place in and through interpersonal relationships. It is therefore assumed that relationships always have an impact on professionalization processes (Hover-Reisner et al., 2018). Due to curricular orientation, the setting of training programs or the attitude of the teachers, specific relationship dynamics can arise and can either promote and/or hinder professionalization processes. In the research workshop we want to focus on some of these specific dynamics. To do this, at first there will be a short presentation on a newly established bachelor’s degree program for early childhood education and care professionals (Lehner & Lehner, 2026). Within the presentation, we will focus on two characteristics of this program: (1) Dual training – which means that from the beginning of the first semester on every student is engaged in a paid work in one of the early childhood education and care institutions (ECEC institutions) which are cooperating partners of the university. Modules and courses are implemented from the first to the last semester, serving to intertwine theory and practice. (2) The whole curriculum was developed against a psychodynamic background. This means that students learn about psychodynamic concepts (for example focusing early childhood development, intra-/interpersonal dynamics, learning processes) and learn to reflect their practice in the kindergarten as well as their own learning processes against this background. To establish and maintain such kind of professionalization processes it needs strong and reliable interpersonal relationships between students and teaching staff at university and ECEC institutions. In connection with these specifics of the study program, we would like to discuss the following questions in the workshop:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our workshop we will start with a short presentation focusing on the above mentioned bachelor training program for early childhood education and care professionals focusing on the meaning of interpersonal relationships in this professionalization process. Subsequently, in the main part of the workshop there will be room to discuss some of the above mentioned open questions. Depending on the number of workshop participants, we plan to work in a world café setting - each world café table being dedicated to a specific open question, where a small group of participants can reflect and discuss. At the end of the workshop central considerations of each group are compiled in the plenary. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This workshop aims at discussing central questions a teaching staff team is confronted with when interpersonal relationships are reflected in a psychodynamic way and are given meaning in the service of professionalization processes. Furthermore, this workshop opens a space of exchange between lecturers and researchers throughout Europe on this topic. Thus, at best becoming itself a timely limited working group (see Lazar, 1994) in which open questions, difficulties, etc. can be discussed together. The discussion of these open questions aims to develop a nuanced understanding of relationship dynamics and their significance for professionalization processes. References Fasching, H. (Hrsg) (2019). Beziehungen in pädagogischen Arbeitsfeldern und ihren Transitionen über die Lebensalter. Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. HCW (2026). Homepage of the bachelor program for ECEC professionals: https://www.hcw.ac.at/studium-weiterbildung/studienangebot/elementarpaedagogik-bachelor-bb?utm_source=google&utm_medium=suche&utm_campaign=2504-sn-elementar&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=23402134933&gclid=Cj0KCQiAkPzLBhD4ARIsAGfah8hRkqH6YTK2loE-QWt4HDWYasiLcnTRCjpTwOVs7hHI8DYkj7SbZa4aAlB8EALw_wcB Hover-Reisner, N., Fürstaller, M. & Wininger, A. (2018). ‚Holding mind in mind‘: the use of work discussion in facilitating early childcare (kindergarten) teachers‘ capacity to mentalise. Infant Observation, 21/2018, S. 98-110. Lehner, B., & Lehner, K. (2026). Qualifizierungskonzepte zu elementar- und kindheitsbezogenen Frage- und Themenstellungen an österreichischen Hochschulen für angewandte Wissenschaften (HAW). In N. Hover-Reisner, A. Paschon & W. Smidt (Hrsg.), Elementarpädagogik in Österreich - Entwicklungen und Herausforderungen. (Bd. 15). Münster, New York: Waxmann (in press). Lazar, R. (1994). Einige Hauptaspekte zu Bions Modell der Gruppe und ihre Anwendung in Supervision und Beratung von psychosozialen Einrichtungen. In Verein für Psychoanalytische Sozialarbeit (Hrsg.), Supervision in der psychoanalytischen Sozialarbeit. (S. 86-120). Edition: Tübigen. Trescher, H.-G. & Finger-Trescher, U. (1992). Setting und Holding-Function. Über den Zusammenhang von äußerer Struktur und innerer Strukturbildung. In U. Finger-Trescher Urte & H.-G. Trescher (Hrsg.), Aggression und Wachstum. Theorie. Konzepte und Erfahrungen aus der Arbeit mit Kindern und Erwachsenen (S. 90–115). Mainz: Matthias-Grünewald Verlag. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 11 A: Hybridity Through Transitions - How Nordic higher education Institutions are Adapting to Different Crises and Reforms Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Marc Perkins Session Chair: Stefan Lundborg Panel Discussion |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Panel Discussion Hybridity Through Transitions - How Nordic higher education Institutions are Adapting to Different Crises and Reforms 1: KTH, Sweden; 2: Jyväskyla University, Finland; 3: Tampere University, Finland; 4: University of Lapland, Finland; 5: Universitet i Agder, Norway Presenting Author:Since the 1990s, Nordic higher education (HE) has undergone significant reforms, integrating market-based elements with traditional academic values. This hybridisation was further intensified by the COVID-19 pandemic, which accelerated digitalisation and remote work. This session discusses how these changes led to a blending of physical and digital services, as well as other conditions of higher education institutions, into new hybrid characteristics. This hybridisation process has been crucial in enabling HEIs to adapt to crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, economic challenges, and digitalisation. The session highlights the importance of resilience, defined as the ability to withstand and adapt to adverse conditions, in maintaining the core functions of HEIs. Overall, the session sets the stage for a comprehensive exploration of how hybridity and resilience mechanisms have shaped and will continue to shape the landscape of Nordic HE. The session is organised as a panel discussion between the authors of a selection of chapters from a recent book on hybridity in Nordic higher education (Pekkola, E., Andrade, L. A. de, Kettunen, K., & Lundborg, S. (2026). Hybridity Through Transitions: Crisis and Resilience in Nordic Universities. Brill. https://brill.com/display/title/73265). The authors will discuss the findings presented in the book in the face of the upcoming crises in international higher education mobility, cross-border integration, and the platformisation of higher education. References Antonowicz, D., Rónay, Z., & Jaworska, M. (2023). The power of policy translators: New university governing bodies in Hungary and Poland. European Educational Research Journal, 22(5), 741-757. De Andrade, L. A., Thomas, D. A., & Laterza, V. (2023). The Rise of EdTech Platforms in Higher Education: Mapping Themes from Emerging Critical Literature. In R. Pinheiro, C. Edelhard Tømte, L. Barman, L. Degn, & L. Geschwind (Eds.), Digital Transformations in Nordic Higher Education (pp. 27–51). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-27758-0_2 Johanson, J. E., & Vakkuri, J. (2017). Governing hybrid organisations: Exploring diversity of institutional life. Routledge. Noordegraaf, M (2015) Hybrid professionalism and beyond: (New) Forms of public professionalism in changing organizational and societal contexts. Journal of Professions and Organization, 2015, 2, 187–206. doi: 10.1093/jpo/jov002 Pekkola, E. Pinheiro, R., Geschwind, L., Siekkinen, T. Pulkkinen, K. & Carvalho, T. (2021) Hybridity in Nordic Higher Education, International Journal of Public Administration, 45:2, 171-184, journal article. DOI: 10.1080/01900692.2021.2012190 Pinheiro, R., Tømte C. E., Barman, L., Degn, L., & Geschwind, L. (2023.) Digital Transformations in Nordic Higher Education: A Step Towards Unpacking a Multifaceted and Emergent Phenomenon. In: Pinheiro, R., Tømte C. E., Barman, L., Degn, L., & Geschwind, L. (eds.) Digital Transofrmations in Nordic Higher Education. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-27758-0_1 Siekkinen, T., Pekkola, E. & Nokkala, T (2022): Visible organisational boundaries and the invisible boundaries of the scholarly profession. European Journal of Higher Education. Journal article. Published online. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2022.2060846 Chair Marc Perkins, marc.c.perkins@jyu.fi, Jyväskyla University, Finland Stefan Lundborg, slundbo@kth.se, KTH/Sweden |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 11 B: Student Mobility Location: B1097 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Svenja Bedenlier Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Understanding the Mobility Gap in European Higher Education: Institutional Factors Shaping Inclusive International Student Mobility 1: Eötvös Loránd University; 2: Tempus Public Foundation Presenting Author:International student mobility has long been positioned as a strategic tool for strengthening European integration, enhancing employability, and fostering intercultural understanding (Carrozza et al., 2017; European Commission, 2021). Within the framework of the European Higher Education Area, student mobility is promoted not only as an individual learning opportunity but also as a mechanism for economic competitiveness and social cohesion (Carrozza et al., 2017; Kmiotek-Meier et al., 2019; Launikari et al., 2020). Nevertheless, extensive empirical research demonstrates that access to international mobility remains highly unequal, reflecting persistent socio-economic, institutional, and structural disparities across Europe (Netz, 2015; Netz, 2021; Roy et al, 2022). The research objective is to examine how higher education institutions in Europe shape participation in international student mobility and contribute to the reproduction or mitigation of the mobility gap. While previous studies have predominantly focused on individual-level determinants, such as students’ socio-economic background or motivation, this study focuses on the institutional dimension, conceptualising universities as active agents in mobility governance rather than passive policy implementers. The research is guided by two questions: (1) What macro-, meso-, and micro-level factors contribute to unequal participation in international student mobility in Europe? (2) Which institutional practices and organisational features support or hinder inclusive access to mobility opportunities? The conceptual framework adopts a multi-level perspective integrating macro-level policy environments, meso-level institutional dynamics, and micro-level student-related factors (Renn & Smith, 2023). At the macro level, the study draws on scholarship on European integration and the internationalisation of higher education, highlighting how supranational policy objectives influence national and institutional agendas (Knight, 2008; Launikari et al., 2020). At the meso level, institutional theory and higher education research inform the analysis of organisational practices, including internationalisation strategies, administrative procedures, selection criteria, funding mechanisms, curricular integration, and support services (Van Mol, 2017; Schnepf et al., 2020; Schnepf et al., 2022). Prior studies demonstrate that merit-based selection systems, limited funding, and weak curricular integration may inadvertently reinforce socio-economic inequalities. At the micro level, the study acknowledges well-documented individual barriers such as financial constraints, social ties, and psychological factors (Cairns et al., 2018; Morley & Cunningham, 2021), while emphasising that institutional environments can significantly amplify or counterbalance these disadvantages. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a mixed-methods design combining a systematic scoping review and a cross-national survey to explore institutional and student-level factors influencing participation in international student mobility. The scoping review followed the methodological framework developed by Arksey and O’Malley (2005) and synthesised European and international literature published between 2015 and 2024. The objective of a scoping review is to extract as much relevant data as possible from the existing literature. This implies that the information collated encompasses not only the results of the studies reviewed, but also the methodology and variables employed (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005). A further objective of a scoping review is to provide an overview of the subject area and a comprehensive account of the research and analysis that have been conducted on the issue. The empirical phase consisted of an online survey conducted in 2024 among higher education staff involved in mobility programmes and internationalisation strategies. Purposive sampling was applied to capture expert perspectives from practitioners with operational and strategic responsibilities (Kasza et al., 2024). The questionnaire addressed institutional characteristics, organisational practices, perceived barriers to mobility, and data management approaches. After data cleaning, 103 valid responses from 16 European countries were analysed using descriptive statistics and exploratory factor analysis, enabling the identification of key institutional dimensions influencing inclusive mobility participation (Schnepf et al., 2022). By integrating systematic literature review findings (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005) with empirical evidence from a cross-national survey of university staff (Kasza et al., 2024), the study aims to contribute to scholarly debates on equity and internationalisation while offering practical insights for institutional leaders and policymakers. The third phase of the research involves conducting semi-structured interviews with university staff members responsible for international student mobility at five European universities. The objective of this phase is to gain a deeper understanding of institutional practices and organisational characteristics that shape participation in international mobility. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings confirm that unequal participation in international student mobility cannot be attributed solely to individual student characteristics but is deeply embedded in institutional structures and practices (Schnepf & Colagrossi, 2020; Schnepf et al., 2022). Transparent administrative procedures, early and continuous promotion of mobility, comprehensive preparation, and diversified mobility portfolios emerge as critical enablers of inclusive participation (Souto-Otero et al., 2023). According this study, university staff consistently identified insufficient funding, cost-related concerns, and risks related to employment or income loss as key obstacles, strengthening prior research based on student perspectives (Kasza et al., 2024). The analysis also reveals substantial differences between universities in how they address the mobility gap, largely driven by the presence or absence of a clear strategic approach. Institutions with explicit goals are more likely to recognise student diversity, ensure inclusive access across socio-economic backgrounds, and adapt their strategies in response to external challenges. Overall, the findings underscore that strategic commitment, effective data management, and inclusive institutional practices are key determinants of how successfully universities can address inequalities in international student mobility. The study contributes to European-level debates on inclusion and internationalisation by demonstrating that embedding inclusivity into institutional strategies is essential for ensuring that international student mobility functions as a tool for social cohesion and educational equity rather than elite reproduction. References Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. Cairns, D., Krzaklewska, E., Cuzzocrea, V., & Allaste, A.-A. (2018). Mobility, Education and Employability in the European Union. Palgrave Macmillan. Carrozza, C., Minerva, G. A., & Santangelo, G. D. (2017). Globalisation, higher education and student mobility. Higher Education, 73(1), 1–17. European Commission. (2021). Erasmus+ Annual Report 2021. Publications Office of the European Union. Kasza, G., Erdei, L. A., Szulovszky, M., Laczik, D., & Dorner, H. (2024). Understanding and Addressing the Mobility Gap in Higher Education: Insights from the EGAP Survey 2024. Eötvös Loránd University. Knight, J. (2008). Higher Education in Turmoil: The Changing World of Internationalization. Sense Publishers. Kmiotek-Meier, E., Karl, U., & Powell, J. J. W. (2019). The role of higher education institutions in student mobility. European Educational Research Journal, 18(2), 215–235. Launikari, M., Knight, J., & Kälvemark, T. (2020). Internationalisation of higher education: Global trends and European responses. Higher Education Policy, 33(1), 1–15. Morley, L., & Cunningham, R. (2021). International Student Mobility, Equity and Inclusion. University of Sussex. Netz, N. (2015). What deters students from studying abroad? Evidence from Germany. Higher Education, 69(1), 97–115. Schnepf, S. V., & Colagrossi, M. (2020). Is unequal uptake of Erasmus mobility really only due to students’ background? European Educational Research Journal, 19(6), 1–21. Schnepf, S. V., Di Pietro, G., & Colagrossi, M. (2022). University characteristics and social inequalities in international mobility. Higher Education, 84(1), 1–23. Souto-Otero, M., Huisman, J., Beerkens, M., de Wit, H., & Vujic, S. (2023). Barriers to international mobility in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 48(3), 1–16. Van Mol, C. (2017). Do Erasmus students constitute a European elite? European Journal of Education, 52(4), 1–14. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Online as Second Best - Conceptions of International Student Mobility in Internationalization Strategies of German Higher Education Institutions 1: FAU Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany; 2: METU Ankara, Turkey Presenting Author:International student mobility has traditionally played a central role within higher education institutions’ (HEI) strategic internationalization. Positively impacting students (Mittelmeier et al., 2024), supporting domestic students’ outgoing mobility (Marinoni & Pina Cardona, 2024), and acquisition of intercultural competence (Meridha, 2025) have long emerged as institutional aims considered worth pursuing. Physically cross-border mobility has thus become one of the most visible and established dimensions of internationalization. However, the advent of digitization and its uptake within higher education teaching and learning have challenged these established notions of mobility: Pedagogical designs including virtual exchanges (O’Dowd, 2021), collaborative online international learning (Rubin & Guth, 2015) or open virtual mobility (Rajagopal et al., 2020) now enable students’ participation in international exchange and allow for international academic experiences—without physical cross-border mobility. Mobilities combining virtual and on-site elements (O’Dowd & Werner, 2024) further constitute a hybrid approach that complements extended mobility with shorter, targeted initiatives. Not only do these formats offer a new and distinct form of mobility, they also challenge and extend existing understandings of internationalization at large (for example, Bruhn-Zass, 2020; Mittelmeier et al., 2021). In light of the digital transformation, HEI’s strategic internationalization has included diversified mobilities as part of teaching and learning (Ferreira Santos, 2024). Digitization now constitutes a distinctive dimension in internationalization plans (Marinoni & Pina Cardona, 2024), with digitization strategies likewise including internationalization as a field of action (Getto & Buntins, 2021). As an institution’s strategy serves as a point of reference and shared understanding of the aims and means of internationalization (Childress, 2009), strategic documents also make explicit the institutional understanding and aims associated with international student mobility – be it physical cross-border, online or hybrid mobility. Within German higher education, the current sectoral internationalization strategy explicitly includes the potential that digitization holds for mobility within teaching and learning (BMBF & KMK, 2024); affirming earlier educational policy recommendations (Wissenschaftsrat, 2018). However, despite educational policy making on the hand, and extensive research on the international course level on the other, we know little about how HEI positions themselves as institutions towards international student mobility impacted by digitization. In order to address this perceived research gap, we used the concept of virtual internationalization (Bruhn-Zass, 2020)—“the process of introducing an international, intercultural, or global dimension into the delivery, purpose or functions of higher education with the help of information and communications technology (ICT)“ (p. 49, italics in original)”—to investigate how international student mobility is considered across internationalization strategies of German higher education institutions against the backdrop of digitization. Focusing on the dimension “student mobility”, we therefore posited the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to answer the research questions, we conducted a qualitative content analysis (Stamann et al., 2016) of internationalization strategies of German higher education institutions that explicitly mention digitization in the realm of teaching and learning. Our sample was derived from a web search of openly available internationalization documents in February 2024, issued by publicly financed German higher education institutions conferring doctoral degrees. Within the initial corpus of 137 HEI matching these criteria (HRK, n.d.), we then manually searched for the internationalization strategies, inserting “Name of the institution AND Internationalisierungsstrategie” into the search engine. In case this search did not yield results, we searched “Internationalisierungsstrategie” on the respective HEI’s webpage. Subsequently, we found internationalization strategies for 69 HEIs. Screening them for references to digitization in relation to internationalization of teaching and learning, we identified 41 documents. In our analysis, we proceeded through an explorative and a focused coding phase. In the first phase, two of us inductively coded the passages referring to international student mobility and digitization, paraphrased extracted passages. Following individual familiarization with the material, in the second phase, we subsumed codes into larger themes, also applying deductive codes provided as part “of “student mobility” in Bruhn-Zass (2020). Both of us reviewed all coded passages and we established consensus in each case through discussion. In support of adherence to credibility and trustworthiness as indicators of quality in qualitative research (Lincoln & Guba, 1985), we placed importance on discussion and clearly defined steps of analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Out of 41 strategies in the corpus, 36 made reference to an aspect of international student mobility in relation to digitization at least once. The coded passages are subsumed under five core categories directly related to our research questions, and including topics such as “alternative to physical mobility” or “bridge to physical mobility”. However, we also identified the themes “digitization of administration” and “support services” as adjacent topics of interest. In reference to research question one, we preliminarily found that international student mobility is conceived across the strategies as occurring physical, blended or online - thus being more fluid and multifaceted than prior to the wave of digitization. It was noticeable that blended and online mobility were strongly linked to pedagogical design, exemplified in the “virtual classroom”, whereas physical mobility was less associated with pedagogy but rather with the overall experience of being abroad and established ideas of international competences and personal growth. For research question two, across numerous strategies a line of argument emerged that posited physical mobility as the overarching aim, with online mobility being relegated to an addition, an alternative in case of impossibility to participate in physical exchange, or as an enabler and bridge to physical mobility. Online mobility was more strongly associated with students with care responsibilities, special needs or affected by financial constraints or health issues. Thus, despite this social stance, it was perceived only as a second-best option for international experiences. Mobilities blending physical and online formats were addressed in support of sustaining mobilities, but making them more inclusive and aligning with questions of sustainability. Our presentation will depart from these findings, locating them within the broader discourse on the changing patterns of international student mobility and discussing possible repercussions in the realm of research and practice on internationalization strategies of higher education institutions. References Bruhn-Zass, E. (2020). Virtual Internationalization in Higher Education. wbv. Childress, L. K. (2009). Internationalization plans for higher education institutions. Journal of Studies in International Education, 13(3), 289-309. Ferreira Santos, L. (2024). Internationalisation in the digital transformation: A scoping review. Higher Education Quarterly, 78(3), 807-824. Getto, B., & Buntins, K. (2021). Zur Bedeutung von Strategien der Digitalisierung von Studium und Lehre für die Hochschulentwicklung an deutschen Hochschulen: Nur Papiere?. In C. Bohndick, M. Bülow-Schramm, D. Paul, & G. Reinmann (Hrsg.), Hochschullehre im Spannungsfeld zwischen individueller und institutioneller Verantwortung: Tagungsband der 15. Jahrestagung der Gesellschaft für Hochschulforschung (S. 63-81). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Lincoln, Y. S. & Guba, E. G. (1985) Naturalistic inquiry. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Marinoni, G., & Pina Cardona, S. B. (2024). Internationalization of higher education: Current trends and future scenarios. International Association of Universities (IAU). Meridha, J. M. (2025). Internationalization of higher education: trends, opportunities, and challenges. SN Social Sciences, 5(11), 1-26. Mittelmeier, J., Lomer, S., Al-Furqani, S., & Huang, D. (2024a). Developing meaningful internationalisation that impacts students’ outcomes in higher education: A scoping review of the literature 2011–2022. Journal of Studies in International Education, 28(4), 503-525. Mittelmeier, J., Rienties, B., Gunter, A., & Raghuram, P. (2021). Conceptualizing internationalization at a distance: A “third category” of university internationalization. Journal of Studies in International Education, 25(3), 266-282. O’Dowd, R., & Werner, S. (2024). The first steps of blended mobility in European higher education: A survey of Blended Intensive Programmes. Journal of Studies in International Education, 28(5), 798-817. O’Dowd, R. (2021). What do students learn in virtual exchange? A qualitative content analysis of learning outcomes across multiple exchanges. International Journal of Educational Research, 109, 101804. Rajagopal, K., Firssova, O., Op de Beeck, I., Van der Stappen, E., Stoyanov, S., Henderikx, P., & Buchem, I. (2020). Learner Skills in Open Virtual Mobility. Research in Learning Technology, 28. Rubin, J., & Guth, S. (2015). Collaborative online international learning: An emerging format for internationalizing curricula. In A. Schultheis Moore & S. Simon (eds.), Globally networked teaching in the humanities. Theories and practices (pp. 27-39). Routledge. Stamann, C., Janssen, M., & Schreier, M. (2016). Searching for the Core: Defining Qualitative Content Analysis. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 17(3). Wissenschaftsrat (2018). Empfehlungen zur Internationalisierung von Hochschulen. Geschäftsstelle des Wissenschaftsrates. Abgerufen von https://www.wissenschaftsrat.de/download/archiv/7118-18.html 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Broken Desire: Chinese Students’ Abandonment of Overseas Study Amidst the Changing Global Landscape and Geopolitical Tensions Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:This study investigates the shifting dynamics of International Student Mobility (ISM) in a turbulent global era characterised by the dual shocks of the COVID-19 pandemic and escalating geopolitical tensions. While ISM has historically been viewed as an upward trajectory of global integration, this research focuses on a critical counter-trend: the transition from mobility to immobility. Specifically, it examines the "broken desire" of students from top Chinese research universities who have abandoned their plans to study abroad. As China remains the largest exporter of international students, understanding this shift is vital for the global higher education community, particularly for European and international institutions navigating the uncertainties of post-pandemic recruitment and academic exchange. The primary research question guiding this study asks how the changing global landscape—marked by geopolitical rivalries, securitisation of higher education, and public health crises—has shaken and reshaped the desire for mobility among prospective international students. The objective is to move beyond the simplistic binary of "going vs. staying" to unpack the complex decision-making processes, demonstrating how the "global imaginings" of international education (Collins, 2013) are being deconstructed and how students recalibrate their strategies when the global higher education field becomes increasingly fragmented by political interference and rising anti-Asian sentiment (Mok et al., 2024). To analyse the nuanced and dynamic process of mobility desire, this paper employs a robust, multi-scalar theoretical framework grounded in the sociology of desire and Pierre Bourdieu’s concepts of habitus and field. We conceptualise "desire" not merely as a personal wish but as a strategic, temporal process of capital assembly. This lens allows us to interpret the abandonment of study abroad not as a passive failure, but as an active, "calculative" adaptation where students’ dispositions (habitus) restructure themselves in response to a changing global higher education landscape (field) increasingly shaped by geopolitical power struggles (Bourdieu, 1986). Furthermore, we unpack mobility desire across three spatial scales: the macro-level of geopolitical tensions and the erosion of "Western supremacy" myths; the meso-level of mobility infrastructures and institutional networks which are increasingly constrained by geopolitical pressures (Marginson, 2025); and the micro-level shift towards a "calculative self," where the symbolic value of an overseas degree is weighed strictly against economic returns and safety concerns. By grounding the analysis in this comprehensive framework, the study offers a critical international dimension, arguing that the phenomenon of "immobility" reflects a broader crisis in the neoliberal model of global higher education where ISM has transformed into a more security-oriented mechanism (Robertson, 2022). The findings provide essential insights for international stakeholders to understand how geopolitical friction is dismantling traditional mobility bridges and necessitating new models of global academic engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative research design to provide an in-depth understanding of the shifting dynamics of student mobility and the lived experiences of "immobility." The research draws upon empirical data collected from 31 students enrolled in top research universities in China. The participant selection utilised a purposive sampling strategy, specifically targeting a unique cohort: students who had previously possessed a strong desire and concrete plans to pursue overseas education but ultimately decided to abandon these trajectories due to the impact of the pandemic and escalating global geopolitical tensions. This specific inclusion criterion is critical to the study's objective, as it allows for a direct examination of "broken desire" and the active recalibration of life strategies in response to external crises. Data were collected through in-depth, semi-structured interviews, which served as the primary research instrument. This method was chosen to capture the "intricate experiences and perceptions" of the participants, allowing them to articulate the complex interplay between their personal aspirations and the turbulent global environment. The interview protocol was designed to explore how students navigated the uncertainty of the post-pandemic era, their perceptions of changing international relations (such as US-China rivalry), and the specific "tipping points" that led to their decision to opt out of global mobility. For data analysis, the study adopted a multi-scalar thematic analysis framework. The qualitative data were systematically coded and categorised into three distinct levels: the macro-level (international political tensions and economic recessions), the meso-level (alterations in mobility infrastructure and institutional barriers), and the micro-level (individual reassessments of the symbolic value of international study). By synthesising these multi-layered narratives, the methodology rigorously reconstructs how the "calculative self" emerges as a coping mechanism, shifting the focus from the romanticised cultural value of study abroad to a more pragmatic evaluation of economic returns and safety. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study reveal a profound transformation in the logic of international student mobility, demonstrating how geopolitical instability has fundamentally disrupted the "collective imagination" of global higher education. Through a multi-scalar analysis, we identify that participants have actively recalibrated their strategies in response to a hostile global landscape. At the macro level, students perceive international political tensions and economic recessions not merely as background noise but as direct threats to the viability of their educational investments. At the meso level, the deterioration of mobility infrastructure—manifested in visa uncertainties and travel restrictions—has dismantled the practical bridges for overseas study. Most significantly, at the micro level, our analysis uncovers a shift towards a "calculative self." Participants have moved away from viewing study abroad as a journey of cultural exploration and symbolic capital accumulation. Instead, they now adopt a one-dimensional, pragmatic lens, rigorously weighing the economic returns against the heightened risks of health and safety. The symbolic value of a Western degree has diminished, replaced by a preference for stability and predictability within the domestic sphere. Consequently, this study concludes that amid lasting turbulence, the discourse on international student mobility (ISM) must pivot to address the reality of "immobility." The previously shared global imaginings have fractured, marking a departure from the era of unfettered mobility to a new normality where geopolitical friction dictates educational choices, leading to a structural misalignment between student desires and the traditional offerings of the international education market. References Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education (pp. 241–258). Greenwood. Brooks, R., & Waters, J. (2022). Student migrants and contemporary educational mobilities. Palgrave Macmillan. Cheng, Y., Koh, S. Y., & Yeoh, B. S. A. (2024). International student mobility and the geopolitics of higher education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 22(1), 1–15. Collins, F. L. (2013). Regional pathways: Transnational imaginaries, infrastructures and spatialities of Asia-Pacific migration. Transnational Social Review, 3(2), 161–176. Huang, F. (2025). Geopolitics and the reshaping of international higher education: A Chinese perspective. Higher Education Policy, 38(1), 45–62. Lee, J. J., & Waters, J. L. (2023). Geopolitics and the internationalisation of higher education: A new research agenda. Higher Education, 86, 1233–1250. Marginson, S. (2025). The new geopolitics of higher education: Global cooperation in a fractured world. Studies in Higher Education, 50(2), 210–225. Mok, K. H., Xiong, W., & Ke, G. (2024). Geopolitics and international student mobility: The case of Chinese students’ study abroad plans. Journal of Studies in International Education, 28(1), 3–22. Robertson, S. L. (2022). Provincializing the West in the global higher education market. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 20(4), 421–434. Smith, C., & Walsh, T. (2023). Securitisation of science: National security and the changing landscape of international research collaboration. Science and Public Policy, 50(3), 412–425. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Implementing Student Mobility through Policy Instruments: Institutional Adjustments and Inequalities Université Rennes 2, France Presenting Author:In this communication, we analyse the implementation of student mobility policies in Europe through an instrument-based approach to public policy. Drawing on the framework developed by Lascoumes and Le Galès (2005), student mobility schemes are understood not as neutral technical devices, but as instruments embedded with values, representations and power relations, structuring interactions between European institutions, national governments, higher education institutions and users. This perspective is complemented by Fallon’s work (2022), which highlights the analytical value of policy instruments for understanding institutional adjustment processes and the differentiated effects of public policies across local contexts. Our communication underlines how student mobility in Europe is shaped by two competing supranational frameworks: the European Commission (EC) and the European Higher Education Area (EHEA). Although their stated objectives appear to converge, their underlying logics differ. Acting within a supporting competence in education, the EC promotes mobility primarily as a lever for employability, competitiveness and European integration, notably through its central role as the main funder of mobility via the Erasmus+ programme. By contrast, the EHEA, originating in the Bologna Process, is based on an intergovernmental logic aimed mainly at academic harmonisation, degree recognition and intercultural competences (Ravinet, 2011). The coexistence of these frameworks generates partially conflicting objectives and tensions in governance modes: while the Commission relies on more prescriptive instruments (indicators, conditional funding), the EHEA operates through non-binding tools grounded in consensus. These tensions help to explain the persistent gap between European ambitions (whether from the EC or the EHEA) and actual mobility outcomes. The target set in the ministers’ Louvain communiqué (2009) for 20% of graduates to experience a mobility period has not been achieved: in 2020, the average mobility rate in the EHEA stood at 8.4%. Significant disparities exist between countries, institutions and students. At a national level, mobility rates vary widely according to economic, political and social contexts (Chankseliani and Hessel, 2016), the cost of living (Souto-Otero, 2008), financial support schemes (Eurydice, 2023) and the degree of institutionalisation of mobility policies (Garneau, 2007). At an institutional level, differences in international attractiveness (Garneau, 2007), mobility preparation and academic organisation contribute to marked inequalities (Lopez-Duarte et al., 2021). Students are also confronted with strong social inequalities in access to mobility, with those from disadvantaged backgrounds being under-represented among mobility participants due to cumulative financial, informational and cultural barriers ((Beerkens et al., 2015; Lopez-Duarte et al., 2021; Bréant et al., 2018). Based on a qualitative study conducted in two French universities, our work examines the local implementation of European mobility policies. Using an instrument-based analytical framework (Lascoumes and Le Galès, 2005), we show that institutions appropriate European instruments gradually and selectively, according to their resources and strategic priorities. The Erasmus+ programme exerts a strong normative effect, standardising practices and procedures, yet its implementation reveals a gap between political ambitions and operational capacities. Recent innovations such as hybrid mobility, digitalisation of procedures and European University Alliances require organisational adjustments and increase the workload of international relations staff. They emerge as key actors in policy implementation, resembling the figure of the street-level bureaucrat (Weatherley and Lipsky, 1977), and serve as the interface between mobility’s various stakeholders. This positioning, supported by their training and seniority in the field of international exchanges, gives them an expertise they use to adapt the different requests and recommendations related to funding programs to local resources and constraints. This adjustment work is carried out at different levels, from the reception and follow-up of students applying for a mobility to coordination and information meetings with institutional partners. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on a qualitative research design aimed at examining how European student mobility policies are implemented and reinterpreted at an institutional level. Our analysis focuses on the instruments through which mobility is governed and operationalised, in line with an instrument-based approach to public policy (Lascoumes and Le Galès, 2005). We seek to understand how policy objectives are translated into practices, and how actors negotiate the constraints and opportunities associated with European mobility frameworks in their everyday work. Data was collected through a series of semi-structured, in-depth interviews conducted in two public universities located in western France. These institutions were selected for their shared engagement in European mobility programmes and for their participation in European-level initiatives, while differing in size, disciplinary profile and organisational history. This comparative design allows for an exploration of both common implementation dynamics and locally specific adjustments, without claiming statistical representativeness. In our study we focus on credit mobility and include mobility schemes targeting academic and administrative staff. The interview sample comprises actors occupying different positions within the governance and implementation of international mobility. Participants include senior university leaders, international relations offices managers, mobility coordinators, and administrative staff involved in the day-to-day management of mobility schemes. Interviews were also conducted with beneficiaries of mobility programmes, in order to capture user perspectives on access conditions and support mechanisms. This multi-level sampling strategy makes it feasible to analyse how European policy instruments are perceived, appropriated and enacted across different organisational layers. Interviews were conducted using a semi-structured guide covering several thematic dimensions: institutional strategies for internationalisation; the role of European instruments in shaping organisational practices; perceived constraints and resources associated with policy implementation; and the social and institutional factors influencing access to mobility. Interviews lasted between 60 and 90 minutes, were audio-recorded with participants’ consent, and fully transcribed. Data analysis followed a thematic qualitative approach combining deductive and inductive coding. Initial coding categories were informed by the theoretical framework on policy instruments and institutional adjustment (Lascoumes and Le Galès, 2007; Fallon, 2022), while allowing for the emergence of themes grounded in the empirical material. Particular attention was paid to actors’ narratives of adjustment, discretion and prioritisation, as well as to the effects of instruments on organisational routines and workloads. This analytical strategy enables an examination of how European mobility policies are locally enacted and how their implementation contributes to differentiated institutional practices and inequalities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By analysing student mobility through the lens of public action instruments, we aim to highlight a gap between European policy ambitions and the conditions of their implementation within higher education institutions. Grounded in an instrument-based approach to public policy (Lascoumes and Le Galès, 2005), building on the work of Fallon (2022), this approach moves beyond a normative or evaluative reading of mobility policies to examine their organisational, social and unequal effects. Our findings show that the coexistence of two European frameworks – the European Commission (EC) and the European Higher Education Area (EHEA) – generates partially conflicting injunctions, which translate into an increased complexity of mobility governance and into differentiated institutional adjustments. Far from being neutral, the instruments mobilised shape institutional priorities, structure professional practices and contribute to the production of inequalities in access to mobility across national, institutional and social contexts. Our study, based on interviews with actors involved in implementing mobility policies in two French universities, highlights the central role played by international relations staff and academic mobility coordinators. These actors, who can be likened to street-level bureaucrats (Weatherley and Lipsky, 1977), perform the essential work of translation, mediation and regulation between European frameworks, national constraints and local realities. This work, however, remains invisible within standardised and increasingly digitalised policy instruments, despite being a key condition for the sustainability of mobility schemes and their capacity to fulfil the inclusion objectives assigned to them. From this perspective, analysing student mobility through its instruments does not merely allow for an assessment of policy effectiveness, but calls for a rethinking of the social, organisational and professional conditions underpinning policy implementation. It points to the need to recognise the work of frontline actors and to reconsider governance and steering mechanisms, in order to reduce the gap between European ambitions and local practices. References Beerkens, M., Souto-Otero, M., de Wit, H., & Huisman, J. (2015). Similar students and different countries? An analysis of the barriers and drivers for Erasmus participation in seven countries. Journal of Studies in International Education, 20(2), 184–204. Bréant, H., Chauvin, S. & Portilla, A. (2018). Les migrations internationales à l’épreuve du capital social. Actes de la recherche en sciences sociales, 225, p. 8-13. Chankseliani, M. & Hessel, G. (2016). International student mobility from Russia, Eastern Europe, Caucasus, and Central Asia to the UK: Trends, institutional rationales and strategies for student recruitment. The Centre for Comparative and International Education, University of Oxford. Fallon, C. (2022). Traduction des modèles et prescriptions internationales d’enseignement supérieur et de recherche : analyse comparée des communautés belges. Revue internationale de politique comparée, 2022/1(29), p. 99-125. Garneau, S. (2007). Les expériences migratoires différenciées d'étudiants français De l'institutionnalisation des mobilités étudiantes à la circulation des élites professionnelles ? Revue européenne des migrations internationales, 23(1), 139-161. Lascoumes, P. & Le Galès, P. (2005). Introduction : L'action publique saisie par ses instruments. Dans P. Lascoumes et P. Le Galès (dir.), Gouverner par les instruments (p. 11-44). Presses de Sciences Po. López-Duarte, C., Maley, J. F., & Vidal-Suárez, M. M. (2021). Main challenges to international student mobility in the European arena. Scientometrics, 126(10), 8957–8980. Ravinet, P. (2011). La coordination européenne « à la bolognaise ». Réflexions sur l’instrumentation de l’espace européen d’enseignement supérieur. Revue française de science politique, 61(1), p. 23-49. Souto-Otero M. (2008). The socio-economic background of Erasmus students: a trend towards wider inclusion ? International review of education, 54(2), 135-154. Weatherley R. & Lipsky M. (1977). Street-Level Bureaucrats and Institutional Innovation: Implementing Special-Education Reform. Harvard Educational Review, 47, 171-197. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 11 C: Internationalization in Different Contexts Location: B1096 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Piety Runhaar Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper ‘Educational Sciences’ Going International: International Academic Engagement among French Education Researchers 1: Université Paris-Est Créteil, France; 2: Université de Rouen Normandie; 3: Université Paris Cité; 4: CY Cergy Paris Université Presenting Author:This paper presents partial findings from an ongoing research project examining the place of international academic engagement in the careers of French education researchers. The project is conducted by members of the International Commission of the French Educational Research Association (AECSE), itself a member of the European Educational Research Association (EERA). It originated from a shared observation and a recurrent question within this research group: why are French researchers in educational sciences consistently under-represented at the European Conference on Educational Research (ECER)? This question is empirically grounded in participation data from recent ECER conferences, which reveal a persistent gap between French participation and overall attendance: 32 French participants at ECER 2025 in Belgrade (out of 2,498); 19 at ECER 2024 in Nicosia (out of 2,282); 43 at ECER 2023 in Glasgow (out of 3,309); 22 at ECER 2022 in Yerevan and ECER Plus (out of 1,876); and 54 at ECER 2021 in Geneva (online, out of 2,383). These figures raise questions about the structural and institutional conditions shaping international engagement among French education researchers, particularly within a European research space increasingly characterized by competition, mobility, performance indicators, and international collaboration. The central research question guiding this paper is therefore: How do national academic career structures, disciplinary norms, and assessment mechanisms shape the international academic engagement of French researchers in educational sciences? Rather than approaching internationalization as a self-evident or homogeneous process, this study conceptualizes international academic engagement as a situated, differentiated, and career-dependent practice, embedded in specific institutional, temporal, and disciplinary configurations. More specifically, the paper examines how international activities - such as participation in European conferences, international publications, research collaborations, and mobility programs - are variously encouraged, constrained, or unevenly valued across different stages of academic careers. These practices are analyzed in relation to national assessment frameworks, notably the role of the Conseil National des Universités (CNU), the national body responsible for qualification, promotion, and career advancement of lecturers (maîtres de conférences) and full professors (professeurs des universités). The CNU defines discipline-specific academic norms, including the use of journal lists that play a decisive role in career progression. While internationalization is increasingly promoted in policy discourse, its concrete recognition in evaluation procedures remains uneven and often implicit, particularly at early career stages. This institutional analysis is situated within broader European and global debates on the transformation of education research. Recent calls to revitalize European educational research in times of global change (Sivesind & Ydesen, 2025) highlight how international engagement is increasingly shaped by competitive funding regimes, governance by numbers, and transnational policy agendas (Musselin, 2018). Research on policy brokerage and global governance (Steiner-Khamsi, Martens, & Ydesen, 2024) further shows how indicators such as publication metrics, international rankings, and participation in European programs redefine academic excellence while producing new hierarchies between disciplines and national research communities. In this context, educational sciences occupy an ambivalent position: expected to demonstrate international visibility, yet evaluated through national disciplinary norms that may not fully recognise European or global forms of engagement (Albero & Barthes, 2020). Anchored in the thematic field “Internationalisation in Higher Education” of EERA Network 22, this paper adopts a sociological and institutional approach to internationalization. It conceptualizes international academic engagement both as a socially differentiated practice, shaped by national career regimes, disciplinary cultures, generational dynamics, and transnational research spaces and as a process unfolding across multiple career temporalities – doctoral training, early career stabilization, and senior leadership – each associated with distinct expectations, opportunities, and constraints. By focusing on educational sciences in France, this paper contributes to a more nuanced understanding of how internationalization processes operate unevenly across disciplines and national contexts within Europe.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a mixed-methods design combining quantitative and qualitative approaches to capture both structural trends and interpretative insights regarding international academic engagement. The quantitative component is based on a large-scale online survey conducted between November and December 2023. The survey yielded 283 exploitable responses from academics working in educational sciences and training studies. The questionnaire comprised more than 50 questions organized into 6 sections: (a) sociological characteristics (academic status, gender, country of professional activity); (b) post-secondary education and academic trajectories, including international mobility during or after the Ph.D.; (c) foreign language practices and competencies (reading, speaking, writing, participation in conferences and scientific activities, and language learning); (d) the international dimension of research (forms and needs of international collaboration, conditions under which collaborations emerged, participation in mobility programs); (e) funding of international research projects (applications to European or international programs, institutional support mechanisms); (f) communication and publication practices in international conferences and journals. This survey allows for a differentiated analysis according to career stage, status (lecturer, i.e. maître de conférences vs. full professor, i.e. professeur des universités), and generational cohort, shedding light on inequalities in access to and engagement with international academic spaces. The qualitative component consists of 7 semi-structured interviews conducted with senior French academics in educational sciences who have served as presidents or vice-presidents of the relevant CNU section. These interviews aim to contextualize the quantitative findings by exploring institutional norms, evaluation criteria, and implicit expectations regarding internationalization. The exploratory interview guide focuses on career assessment practices, the role of international activities in promotion decisions, perceived disciplinary specificities, and changes over time. All interviews were analyzed using qualitative content analysis. This thematic analysis made it possible to identify recurring categories and tensions, which were then used to refine and interpret the quantitative results, ensuring a robust triangulation of data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research provides a nuanced picture of the internationalization of French educational sciences and its career-related implications. First, the findings highlight how the French university system and its national assessment mechanisms shape differentiated forms of international engagement. While international activities are increasingly encouraged, their recognition remains uneven and more strongly valued for professors than for lecturers, particularly in promotion to higher ranks. Second, the results suggest that French education researchers do engage internationally, though often within Francophone or regionally structured networks, which tend to be less visible in dominant European indicators such as English-language publications or ECER participation. This challenges deficit-based narratives portraying the discipline as weakly internationalized (Albero & Barthes, 2020; Rinaudot & Baron, 2012; Robert, 2023). Third, a clear generational effect emerges: younger researchers display stronger engagement with English-language practices and international conferences, reflecting broader transformations in doctoral training and academic socialization. However, these efforts often collide with institutional constraints and limited support structures. Finally, the study underlines the central role of learned societies and professional associations in facilitating international networking, particularly for researchers operating outside large European-funded projects. These organizations function as key intermediaries between national academic spaces and international research arenas. Overall, the paper contributes to European debates on the internationalization of higher education by demonstrating how national career regimes, disciplinary cultures, and generational change jointly shape academic internationalization. It calls for more context-sensitive and inclusive approaches to assess international commitment in education research across Europe. References Albero, B., & Barthes, A. (2020). La dimension internationale de la recherche en sciences de l’éducation et de la formation : normes académiques, spécificités et paradoxes, Éducation et socialisation, 56, 1-24. https://doi.org/10.4000/edso.11782 Abbott, A. (2001). Chaos of Disciplines. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Charlot, B. (1995). Les sciences de l’éducation, un enjeu, un défi. ESF. Musselin, C. (2018). New forms of competition in higher education. Socio-Economic Review, 16 (3), 657 - 683. Rinaudo, J.-L. et Baron, G.-L. (2012). Les qualifiés de la section des sciences de l'éducation du Conseil national des universités de 2000 à 2009. Revue française de pédagogie, 179(2), 83-94. https://doi.org/10.4000/rfp.3691. Robert, A.-D., & Tavignot, P. (2019). Les productions doctorales 2012-2015 et le devenir des docteurs « qualifiés », au prisme de la 70e section du CNU. Les dossiers des sciences de l’éducation, 42, 89-120. Robert, A.-D. (2023). Educational sciences in France. History and current events. Studi sulla Formazione/Open Journal of Education, 26(2), 101-106. https://doi.org/10.36253/ssf-14980 Sivesind, K., & Ydesen, C. (2025). Editorial: Revitalizing European educational research in times of global change. European Educational Research Journal, 24(5), 559-570. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041251377220 (Original work published 2025) Steiner-Khamsi G, Martens K, Ydesen C (2024) Governance by numbers 2.0: Policy brokerage as an instrument of global governance in the era of information overload. Comparative Education 60(4): 537–554. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Valuing National Disciplinary Language in Internationalised Higher Education: Student Perspectives across Disciplinary Ecologies University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper explores how students in internationalised higher education systems value the relevance and legitimacy of national disciplinary language, using Sweden as a high-internationalisation European case. Across Europe, the expansion of English-medium instruction (EMI) has become a central strategy for internationalisation, while universities are simultaneously expected to maintain national languages for academic and professional purposes. Although these tensions are well documented at policy and institutional levels, less is known about how they are experienced and interpreted by students across different disciplinary and degree contexts. Drawing on research on internationalisation, disciplinary literacy, and higher education language policy, the paper conceptualises students’ language valuations as a latent orientation reflecting how national disciplinary language is positioned across four functional domains: learning and academic success, programme-level relevance, teaching practices, and future professional work. Theoretically, language is treated as a resource whose value is produced within institutional and disciplinary regimes rather than through individual preference alone. From this perspective, students’ valuations are understood as shaped by broader constellations of disciplinary traditions, programme structures, language-of-instruction arrangements, assessment practices, and professional expectations. Empirically, the paper draws on survey data from university students in Sweden. Rather than presenting definitive results, the analysis focuses on identifying indicative patterns for how students’ valuations cohere and how they appear to vary across educational contexts, including study level, language of instruction, and disciplinary field. The European relevance of the study is twofold. First, Sweden’s partial EMI landscape mirrors developments across the Nordic region and wider Europe, where commitments to national languages coexist with expanding English-medium provision. Second, disciplinary variation in language use – particularly between STEM, education and health, and humanities and social sciences – raises questions of broader relevance for European debates on parallel language use, governance, and how discipline- and profession-specific ecologies of practice produce language value. By foregrounding student perspectives, the paper aims to contribute to discussions on how the conditions for learning, knowing, and acting in higher education are structured through disciplinary and institutional arrangements, and how language value is negotiated within these contexts, thus, highlighting the role of power relations through which certain languages acquire legitimacy and are rendered consequential as academic and professional resources. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on a survey of university students enrolled in Swedish higher education. Data were collected through an online questionnaire administered by a professional survey provider using a national panel of randomly sampled participants. Participation was voluntary and anonymous, and no sensitive personal data were collected; in accordance with Swedish regulations, formal ethical approval was therefore not required. The initial sample comprised approximately 1,000 student respondents, with effective sample sizes varying across analyses due to item non-response (N ≈ 940–987). Students were drawn from a wide range of disciplinary fields and study levels, enabling comparisons across educational contexts. Students’ valuation of national disciplinary language was operationalised as a latent construct measured by four ordered items capturing the perceived importance of Swedish disciplinary or professional language for: (1) learning and understanding course content, (2) programme-level relevance, (3) teachers’ instructional practices, and (4) future professional work. All items were measured on five-point response scales and treated as ordinal. Individual background variables included gender, age, and first-language background (Swedish vs. non-Swedish L1). Educational context variables comprised study level (first- vs. second-cycle), language of instruction (Swedish- vs. English-medium), and disciplinary field. Programmes were grouped into three theoretically motivated categories: (i) STEM; (ii) social sciences, humanities, and arts; and (iii) education and health/care. Data analysis proceeded in two stages. Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was used to examine the coherence of the four items as a single latent construct. Structural equation modelling (SEM) was then employed to explore how this latent valuation was patterned by individual background characteristics and educational context variables. All analyses were conducted using Mplus. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis suggests that students who value national disciplinary important in one educational domain (e.g., for learning) also tend to value it important in other domains (e.g., teaching practices and future professional work), Together, these patterns point to a broader underlying orientation towards the relevance and legitimacy of national disciplinary language in higher education. Preliminary results indicate that students enrolled in English-medium programmes tend to attribute lower relevance to the national disciplinary language. However, this pattern does not appear to be uniform across programme disciplines. Instead, disciplinary field appears to shape both the likelihood of EMI and how consequential language choice becomes for students. From this perspective, language of instruction functions less as an independent driver of students’ language valuations and more as part of wider discipline- and profession-specific ecologies of practice. Interpreted in this way, differences in students’ valuations can be understood as adaptive responses to organisational, curricular, and professional contexts rather than as individual attitudes for or against language policies. In a broader European context, the findings open up discussion of how internationalisation, parallel language use, and disciplinary traditions interact in shaping language value in higher education, including questions of power, legitimacy, and responsibility in language choice. References Airey, J., Lauridsen, K.M., Räsänen, A., Salö, L., & Schwach, V. (2017). The expansion of English-medium instruction in the Nordic countries: Can top-down university language policies encourage bottom-up disciplinary literacy goals?. Higher Education, 73, 561–576. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-015-9950-2 Bolton, K., & Kuteeva, M. (2012). English as an academic language at a Swedish university: Parallel language use and the ‘threat’ of English. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 33(5), 429–447. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2012.670241 Bukve, T. (2020). Students’ perspectives on English medium instruction within higher education: Exploring gender differences in Norway and Finland. Apples - Journal of Applied Language Studies, 14(1), 7-24. Gregersen, F., & Josephson, O. (2014). Hvor parallelt? Om parallellspråkighet på Nordens universitet. Copenhagen: Nordic Council of Ministers. Heller, M. (2010). The commodification of language. Annual Review of Anthropology, 39(1), 101-114. Kuteeva, M., Airey, J. (2014). Disciplinary differences in the use of English in HE: reflections on recent language policy developments. Higher Education, 67, 533–549. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-013-9660-6 Wilkinson, R., & Gabriëls, R. (2021). The Englishization of Higher Education in Europe. Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press. Wingrove, P., Zuaro, B., Yuksel, D., Nao, M., & Hultgren, A. K. (2025). English-medium instruction in European higher education: Measurement validity and the state of play in 2023/2024. Applied Linguistics, amaf020. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Stakeholders’ Perspectives and Organisational Practices of National and International Cooperation in Teacher Education within Higher Education: Insights from Lithuania and Finland Vilnius University Presenting Author:International and cross-institutional forms of cooperation are widely promoted in policy discourse as key attributes of high-quality higher education. However, while these processes have been extensively studied in the higher education sector, teacher education constitutes a distinct institutional field. The teaching profession is particularly deeply embedded in national education systems, shaped by historically institutionalised forms of state regulation, professional expectations, and locally defined educational goals. Although modes of cooperation in teacher education draw on familiar higher education models, they are reworked through field-specific constraints and tensions, requiring negotiation among state, professional, and organisational actors across multiple institutional levels. In practice, this renders international and cross-institutional cooperation in teacher education more contingent and legitimacy-sensitive, and often more uneven than broader higher education debates suggest. Further complicating this picture, existing research on the internationalisation of teacher education has itself developed asymmetrically, with dominant analytical and empirical insights shaped mainly by Western contexts, leaving many other regions under-represented. Given this, there is a need for empirically grounded analyses of how such forms of cooperation are understood and enacted in teacher education across various contexts, including those that are often underrepresented. This paper addresses this gap by examining cooperation not as a taken-for-granted policy good, but as an institutionally mediated and legitimacy-sensitive practice shaped by national context and actor positioning. It draws on an ongoing qualitative study conducted as part of a larger research project on national and international cooperation in teacher education. This study takes Lithuania and Finland as its empirical focus, exploring how key stakeholders at policy, organisational, and professional levels perceive, organise, and implement cooperation. Particular attention is given to how cooperation is framed as legitimate, translated into organisational practice, and mediated through competing institutional logics across institutional and national contexts. The analysis is informed by a neo-institutional framework centred on organisational legitimacy and institutional logics. These concepts are used to examine not only why cooperation is pursued, but also how and why it is limited, contested, or deprioritised under competing institutional rationalities in teacher education. By looking through this lens, we can better grasp the dynamics at play in these collaborative efforts. Empirically, the study is based on semi-structured expert interviews with stakeholders involved in teacher education policy-making, coordination, and implementation in the two countries. The paper will present empirically grounded findings from the analysis of interview material, highlighting how cooperation-related expectations are translated into practice and how tensions and dilemmas emerge across policy, organisational, and professional levels. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative design is based on semi-structured expert interviews. Participants include stakeholders involved in teacher education at policy, organisational, and professional levels, including actors responsible for decision-making, coordination, and implementation. They are selected using purposive sampling, supplemented where appropriate by snowball sampling. Data collection is conducted in Lithuania and Finland, enabling cross-national comparisons across diverse institutional and policy contexts. An interview guide is developed on the basis of the underlying neo-institutional theoretical framework, with questions informed by the concepts of organisational legitimacy and institutional logics. The guide explores stakeholders’ understandings of cooperation, motivations for engagement, legitimacy narratives, perceived benefits and challenges, and the translation of policy expectations into organisational practice. Data analysis follows a theory-informed qualitative analysis with a discursive focus. The analysis focuses on identifying dominant legitimacy narratives, competing institutional logics, and points of tension or alignment between policy expectations and organisational practices. Cross-national comparison is used to examine similarities and differences across the Lithuanian and Finnish contexts. The paper will present empirically grounded findings from interview material collected in the national cases for which data collection and analysis are complete at the time of presentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper contributes to neo-institutional analyses of teacher education by looking at national and international cooperation not just as straightforward, linear policy instruments, but as practices shaped by legitimacy pressures and competing institutional logics. It elucidates how cooperation is justified, prioritised, and organised across policy, organisational, and professional levels, and how these dynamics take shape within and across national contexts. Moreover, focusing on stakeholder interpretations and organisational practices brings into view tensions that are often overlooked, particularly when expectations around cooperation clash with historically embedded governance arrangements and professional norms in teacher education. In line with the ECER 2026 theme, the paper shows that knowledge about cooperation is not simply passed down through policy, but is negotiated, reworked, and stabilised within institutional settings. References Greenwood, R., Raynard, M., Kodeih, F., Micelotta, E. R., & Lounsbury, M. (2011). Institutional complexity and organizational responses. Academy of Management Annals, 5(1), 317–371. https://doi.org/10.5465/19416520.2011.590299 Koh, A., Pashby, K., Tarc, P., & Yemini, M. (2025). Editorial: Internationalisation in teacher education: discourses, policies, practices. Teachers and Teaching, 31(4), 536–549. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2022.2119381 Suchman, M. C. (1995). Managing legitimacy: Strategic and institutional approaches. Academy of Management Review, 20(3), 571–610. https://doi.org/10.2307/258788 Thornton, P. H., Ocasio, W., & Lounsbury, M. (2012). The institutional logics perspective: A new approach to culture, structure, and process. Oxford University Press. 22. Research in Higher Education
Ignite Talk Internationalising Doctoral Education: International Doctoral Students’ Experiences of Academic Mobility and Inclusion in Germany University of Education Freiburg, Germany Presenting Author:This presentation explores the academic journeys of Indian and Chinese doctoral students in Germany (Boutiuc-Kaiser & Symeonidis, 2025), examining their perspectives on adapting to new learning methodologies, academic standards, and socio-cultural norms compared to their home countries. By analysing 10 biographical narrative interviews, the study highlights the challenges faced and strategies developed by these students during their transition to the German higher education system. Key themes, such as increased autonomy, independent decision-making, and potential psychological distress, highlight the importance of effective adaptation strategies and strong support systems for these students. This study contributes to understanding the experiences of Asian doctoral students, a growing demographic in German and international universities, and can inform universities in developing targeted support programmes to enhance international students’ academic success in Germany, Despite the growing interest in international doctoral students in Germany, few studies have explored the internationalisation of German higher education system and the impact of international doctoral students on German higher education (Zhu, 2012; Lihe, 2015).Against this background, the aim of this study is to address this gap by examining the experiences and perceptions of international PhD students who have moved to German HEIs, with particular attention to autonomy, learning practices, and socio-academic adjustment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodologically, the study employs a biographical-reflexive narrative approach to gain original, genuine, and reliable insights into the academic experiences of international doctoral students at German HEIs (Sigl, 2016). This qualitative approach prioritises the perspectives of the target group and foregrounds the researcher’s choices and ontological and epistemological beliefs, including decisions concerning whom to study, which knowledge and research traditions to draw on, which data to include or exclude, how to address ethical concerns, and how to present findings. The approach also recognises the ethical imperative of valuing “otherness” (Levinas, 1979). Intrinsically linked to the life course perspective (Elder et al., 2003), the biographical narrative approach highlights the significance of individuals’ social contexts and decision-making processes. The empirical material is based on ten biographical narrative interviews with Indian and Chinese doctoral students enrolled at German HEIs, allowing for an in-depth exploration of their academic trajectories and lived experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings highlight several interrelated themes that characterise international doctoral students’ experiences in Germany. Participants emphasised the structured and hierarchical nature of the German university landscape and differences in social interactions compared to their home countries. Within German and broader Western academic culture, the university is traditionally understood as a space of autonomous judgement, rooted in Kant’s concept of reason, which defines maturity as having the “courage to use one’s own mind” without external guidance (Kant, cited in Johnson et al., 2000). This understanding underpins supervisory practices characterised by a pedagogy of indifference, where doctoral students are expected to work independently with limited support, often resulting in a demanding period of adjustment marked by uncertainty, isolation, and frustration (Wang et al., 2021). A second key theme concerns learning through interaction with supervisors, research teams, and peers. While international doctoral students from Asia in Germany share similarities with their counterparts in English-speaking countries, they must adapt to unfamiliar learning practices within a doctoral education system that places limited emphasis on coursework and is relatively new to internationalisation (Boutiuc-Kaiser & Symeonidis, 2025). Doctoral education primarily centres on the production of a thesis, with few structured seminars, often organised by supervisors, making social support systems crucial for mitigating challenges and facilitating adjustment. Further findings show that social background shapes how students cope with academic challenges, while feelings of alienation and isolation were common due to unfamiliar social dynamics and the lack of structured peer cohorts. Importantly, international doctoral students were active agents navigating cultural disequilibrium. As “self-forming individuals” (Marginson, 2016), they continuously adapted their learning strategies in response to language barriers, differences in learning environments, and stereotypes (Bilecen, 2013; Hunter-Johnson, 2022; Boutiuc-Kaiser, 2023). References Bilecen, B. (2013). Negotiating differences: Cosmopolitan experiences of international doctoral students, compare. A Journal of Comparative and International Education,43(5), 667–688. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2013.821329. Bloch, R. and Würmann, C. (2014). Königswege, Sackgassen, Überholspuren. Übergänge in der Wissenschaft. In: U. Banscherus et al. (eds.), Übergänge im Spannungsfeld von Expansion und Exklusion. Eine Analyse der Schnittstellen im deutschen Hochschulsystem. Bielefeld: W. Bertelsmann Verlag, pp. 137–154. Boutiuc-Kaiser, A., & Symeonidis, V. (2025). Internationalising doctoral education: International PhD students’ experiences of academic mobility in Germany. Academia, 0(38), 25-48. doi:https://doi.org/10.26220/aca.5074 Elder, G. H., Johnson, M. K., & Crosnoe, R. (2003). The emergence and development of life course theory. In J. T. Mortimer & M. J. Shanahan (Eds.), Handbook of the life course (pp. 3–23). Kluwer Academic. Hunter-Johnson, Y. (2022). A leap of academic faith and resilience: Non-traditional international students pursuing higher education in the United States of America.Journal of International Students, 12(2). https://doi.org/10.32674/jis.v12i2.1986 Levinas, E. (1979). Totality and infinity: An essay on exteriority (A. Lingis, Trans.). Martinus Nijhoff Publishers. Lihe, H. (2015). Improving Intercultural Education at Chinese Institutions from German Experience. Journal of International Students, 5(2), 201-203. Marginson, S. (2016). The worldwide trend to high participation higher education: Dynamics of social stratification in inclusive systems. Higher Education, 72 (4), 413-435. Sigl, L. (2016). On the tacit governance of research by uncertainty: How early stage researchers contribute to the governance of life science research. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 41(3), 347–374. Wang, L., & Räihä, P. (2021). Academic acculturation of Chinese doctoral students in Finland. Trames: Journal of the Humanities and Social Sciences, 25(3), 295–310. [2] https://doi.org/10.3176/tr.2021.3.02. Zhu, J. N. (2012). Academic adjustment of Chinese students at German universities.Berlin: Humboldt Universität zu Berlin, Diss. http://edoc.hu- berlin.de/dissertationen/zhu-jiani-2012-11-21/PDF/zhu.pdf |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 11 D: Research & Internationalization Location: B3110 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Ying Yang Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Educational Leadership between Governance and Practice: Mandates without Maps 1: Örebro University, Sweden; 2: Umeå University, Sweden Presenting Author:Topic Contemporary universities are increasingly governed through quality assurance, performance monitoring, standardisation, and demands for public accountability. At the same time, higher education remains anchored in collegial decision-making, disciplinary professionalism, and ideals of academic freedom and trust-based governance. These competing logics converge most sharply at the meso-level—programmes, departments, and faculties—where institutional strategies must be made workable in the day-to-day realities of teaching and learning. In Sweden, this tension is especially visible due to a dual governance structure that combines formal line management with collegial bodies. While policy reforms inspired by new public management and expanded monitoring have reshaped steering and accountability, these developments coexist with strong counter-movements emphasising trust-based governance, professional responsibility, and collegial autonomy, resulting in a hybrid and contested governance landscape rather than a fully managerialised system. Research questions
Objective To provide an empirically grounded account of meso-level educational leadership as it is articulated and understood between governance demands and pedagogical practice, and to refine a non-affirmative understanding of leadership by detailing how mediation is described in terms of translation, collegial engagement, and judgement under complex organisational conditions. Conceptual framework Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Design and data The study draws on a large-scale qualitative interview study conducted in 2023–2024 as part of a national project on educational leadership in Swedish higher education (Ewins, Svedmark & Hultgren, 2025). The empirical material comprises 93 semi-structured, role-homogeneous focus group interviews with 335 academic leaders across all 36 major Swedish higher education institutions. Participants represent leadership roles spanning programme directors, directors of studies, heads of department, deans, and vice-chancellors. Research instrument Interviews (45–60 minutes) followed a shared thematic protocol focusing on leaders’ mandates, leadership practices, and the organisational, professional, and policy conditions shaping their work. Role-homogeneous groups were used to enable peer-based reflection on shared conditions and dilemmas. Analytical approach The material was analysed thematically using an interpretive approach. A first inductive coding phase focused on meaning-making, tensions, and leadership practices as described in context. This was followed by collaborative analytical clustering and refinement of themes in dialogue with the non-affirmative framework, with attention to: - responsibility–authority gaps and role ambiguity - collegial infrastructures and legitimacy - translation and mediation between governance and practice - judgement and ethical responsibility under constraint Ethics All activities followed Swedish ethical guidelines: informed consent, anonymisation, secure data handling, and ongoing ethical reflection due to the sensitivities of interviewing leaders about responsibility, values, and institutional tensions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that meso-level educational leadership is enacted in conditions marked by structural ambiguity where leaders carry substantial responsibility for educational quality, development, and coordination, but often operate outside formal lines of authority and with limited resources. This produces what the paper conceptualises as “mandates without maps”, a situation where expectations are high, but mandates are vague, overloaded, and weakly prioritised. Empirically, the analysis identifies four interrelated leadership patterns: 1. Between mandate and means: Leaders describe persistent responsibility–control gaps. Formal role descriptions frequently fail to match the actual complexity of the work, leaving leaders to navigate competing demands through negotiation rather than directive power. 2. Collegial leadership as embedded practice: Collegiality functions as a key leadership infrastructure—providing legitimacy through trust, proximity, and shared responsibility—but is increasingly strained by administrative expansion, time scarcity, and erosion of informal dialogue arenas. 3. Leadership as translation and mediation: Leaders act as intermediaries who make governance demands workable in local pedagogical contexts while also voicing educational concerns upward. This translation work is a central mechanism through which hybrid governance regimes are navigated and reconfigured in practice. 4. Judgement and ethical commitment: Leadership is consistently described as judgement-based work under constraint, involving prioritisation, discernment, and care for educational integrity and collegial well-being. Rather than compliance or resistance, leaders sustain educational purpose through ethically charged mediation. Contribution The paper contributes an empirically grounded refinement of non-affirmative leadership theory by showing how mediation is enacted in the operational contexts of higher education work. It also contributes to higher education governance research by demonstrating how policy intensification and managerial reforms are not simply “implemented” but actively translated, negotiated, and reshaped through meso-level leadership practices, often in ways that protect collegial legitimacy and pedagogical coherence. References Bolden, R., Gosling, J., & O’Brien, A. (2014). Citizens of the academic community? A societal perspective on leadership in UK higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 39, 754–770. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2012.754855 Bolden, R., Petrov, G., & Gosling, J. (2008). Tensions in higher education leadership: Towards a multilevel model of leadership practice. Higher Education Quarterly, 62, 358–376. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-2273.2008.00398.x Crevani, L. (2018). Is there leadership in a fluid world? Exploring the ongoing production of direction in organizing. Leadership, 14(1), 83–109. https://doi.org/10.1177/1742715015616667 Elo, J., & Uljens, M. (2023). Theorising pedagogical dimensions of higher education leadership: A non-affirmative approach. Higher Education, 85, 1281–1298. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00890-0 Ewins, K., Fremstad, E., Fossland, T., & Ragnhild, S. (2020). Deliberative leadership: Moving beyond dialogue. In T. D. Solbrekke & C. Sugrue (Eds), Leading Higher Education As and For Public Good: Rekindling Education as Praxis (pp. 107–124). London: Routledge. Ewins, K., Svedmark, E., & Hultgren, A. (2025). Att leda högre utbildning: En kartläggning av ledarskap av utbildning i akademin [Leading Higher Education: A Mapping of Educational Leadership in Academia]. Report 2025:4. Stockholm: Swedish Council for Higher Education. https://www.uhr.se/globalassets/_uhr.se/publikationer/2025/rapport-2025-4-att-leda-hogre-utbildning.pdf Gosling, J., Bolden, R., & Petrov, G. (2009). Distributed leadership in higher education: What does it accomplish? Leadership, 5(3), 299–310. https://doi.org/10.1177/1742715009337762 Hairon, S., & Goh, J. W. (2015). Pursuing the elusive construct of distributed leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 43(5), 693–718. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143214535745 Koeslag-Kreunen, M., Van den Bossche, P., Van der Klink, M. R., & Gijselaers, W. H. (2021). Vertical or shared? When leadership supports team learning for educational change. Higher Education, 82, 19–37. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-020-00620-4 Schön, D. A. (1983). The Reflective Practitioner: How Professionals Think in Action. New York, NY: Basic Books. Solbrekke, T. D., Sugrue, C., & Sutphen, M. (2020). Leading in a web of commitments: Negotiating legitimate compromises. In T. D. Solbrekke & C. Sugrue (Eds), Leading Higher Education As and For Public Good: Rekindling Education as Praxis (pp. 107–124). London: Routledge. Svensson, I., & von Knorring, M. (2025). Connecting distributed leadership and leadership-as-practice to increase understanding of leadership as distributed in healthcare practice. Journal of Change Management, 25(1), 11–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/14697017.2025.2453136 Uhl-Bien, Mary (2006). Relational leadership theory: Exploring the social processes of leadership and organizing. The Leadership Quarterly, 17, 654–676. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.leaqua.2006.10.007 Uljens, M., & Ylimaki, R. (2017). Non-affirmative theory of education as a foundation for curriculum studies, didaktik and educational leadership. In M. Uljens & R. M. Ylimaki (Eds), Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik: Non-Affirmative Theory of Education. Cham: Springer. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-319-58650-2 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Navigating Barriers: Challenges for Change Management and Leadership in Higher Education Atlantic Technological University, Ireland Presenting Author:Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) across Europe are undergoing profound and continuous transformation, driven by forces such as globalisation, technological innovation, demographic shifts, and policy reform (Walsh, 2018; OECD, 2023). In Ireland, this transformation is particularly evident in the establishment of Technological Universities (TUs), which represent a significant structural change in the higher education landscape. These developments have introduced new complexities that challenge traditional models of governance, leadership, and organisational culture. This paper seeks to address the research question: What are the challenges for change management and leadership in higher education? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research employed a mixed-methods case study design situated within an Irish Technological University context. This approach was selected to capture both the depth and breadth of stakeholder experiences, recognising that the complexity of organisational change cannot be fully understood through a single methodological lens. The study was guided by a pragmatic paradigm, which prioritises methodological pluralism and the integration of qualitative and quantitative data to generate actionable insights (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Data collection was structured around four complementary sources. Document analysis was initially undertaken to examine policy frameworks, TU designation reports, and strategic plans. This provided a foundational understanding of the external drivers shaping institutional transformation and the formal objectives articulated by governing bodies. Three focus groups were then conducted with senior leaders, comprising a total of fifteen participants, to explore perceptions of change drivers, cultural dynamics, and leadership challenges. These sessions enabled the identification of themes that reflect lived experiences within the institution. A comprehensive staff survey was administered to capture broader organisational perspectives. The survey, completed by 371 respondents, assessed the perceived importance and presence of twenty-five change leadership characteristics derived from the literature. Responses were recorded using a five-point Likert scale, and the resulting data were analysed to identify gaps between desired and actual leadership behaviours. Finally, a semi-structured interview was conducted with the TU president to elicit strategic insights into managing barriers and fostering organisational adaptability. Qualitative data were analysed thematically using NVivo software, following Braun and Clarke’s (2006) six-phase approach to thematic analysis. Quantitative data were processed using SPSS, employing descriptive statistics to summarise responses. The conceptual framework underpinning the study combined Cameron and Quinn’s (2011) competing values model with complexity leadership theory (Cameron & Quinn, 2011; Uhl-Bien & Arena, 2018). The competing values model facilitated an assessment of organisational culture, while complexity leadership theory provided a lens for interpreting leadership behaviours in dynamic environments. This dual framework enabled a nuanced understanding of the interplay between structural, cultural, and leadership dynamics, offering a robust foundation for the analysis and interpretation of findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research demonstrates that challenges for change management and leadership in higher education are deeply interconnected and context-dependent (Barnett, 2000). Structural barriers, including fragmented governance arrangements and persistent resource constraints, undermine efforts to achieve strategic alignment and organisational coherence. These limitations restrict the capacity of institutions to invest in innovation, research development, and staff professionalisation, thereby constraining their ability to respond effectively to external pressures. Cultural inertia emerged as a particularly formidable obstacle. The persistence of hierarchical and clan cultures within HEIs fosters resistance to change and inhibits the adoption of agile practices (Cameron & Quinn, 2011). Leadership capability gaps further exacerbate these challenges. The study reveals a significant discrepancy between the leadership characteristics deemed essential for successful change—such as adaptability, collaboration, and trust-building—and their actual manifestation within the institution. This finding highlights the inadequacy of traditional hierarchical leadership models in navigating the complexities of contemporary higher education environments. To overcome these barriers, the research advocates for a comprehensive approach to leadership development that prioritises complexity-informed strategies and fosters distributed decision-making (Fullan, 2020). By synthesising insights from complexity theory and change leadership literature, this study contributes to a deeper understanding of the dynamics shaping organisational change in higher education. Its findings have practical implications for policymakers, institutional leaders, and scholars seeking to navigate the uncertainties of an increasingly volatile and supercomplex environment. Ultimately, fostering resilience, adaptability, and fairness in leadership practices is critical for sustaining transformation and safeguarding the future of higher education. References Barnett, R. (2000) ‘Supercomplexity and the Curriculum’, Studies in Higher Education, 25(3), pp. 255–265. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006), Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2). pp. 77-101. ISSN1478-0887 Cameron KM & Quinn RE. (2011). Diagnosing and changing organizational culture. Third edn. Jossey Bass, USA. DES (2019). Connectedness & collaboration through connectivity. Report of the Technological Universities Research Network to the Department of Education and Skills. Retrieved from: https://www.gov.ie/pdf/?file=https://assets.gov.ie/39280/174b686cce5741a896c7264fed7edfd9.pdf#page=null Fullan, M. (2020). Leading in a culture of change (Second ed.). Hoboken, New Jersey: Jossey-Bass. Higgs, M., & Rowland, D. (2000). Building change leadership capability: ‘The quest for change competence.’ Journal of Change Management, 1(2), 116-130. doi:10.1080/714042459 HEA Act (2022). Retrieved from https://www.irishstatutebook.ie/eli/2022/act/31/enacted/en/html Kotter, J. (2012). Leading change. Boston: Harvard Business Review Press. McSharry, T. (2025). Change Leadership Framework for Higher Education. In: McDermott, O., et al. Advances in Operational Excellence in the Higher Education Sector. ILSSforHEI 2024. Lecture Notes in Management and Industrial Engineering. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-84816-2_27 OECD (2023). A review of technological university academic career paths, contracts and Organisation. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/ireland/a-review-of-technological-university-academic-career-paths-contracts-and-organisation-in-ireland-2b7ee217-en.htm Uhl‐Bien, M., & Arena, M.J. (2018). Leadership for organizational adaptability: A theoretical synthesis and integrative framework. Leadership Quarterly, 29, 89-104. Walsh, J. (2018). Higher education in Ireland, 1922-2016. Palgrace MacMillen, London |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 22 SES 11 E: Resistance in Academia Location: B4114 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Petr Novotny Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Avant-garde Pedagogies and Academic Freedom: On the Possibility of Experimentation, Inutility and Research Communities in Modernist Art Schools UIDEF, Institute of Education, University of Lisbon, Portugal Presenting Author:Against the backdrop of universities’ current shift toward utilitarianism and performativity, this article examines the condition of higher education by contrasting today’s technocratic, outcome-oriented educational agendas with the modernist educational quest for free experimentation, collaborative research communities, and the convergence of research and teaching as core components of academic freedom. Building on the philosophical foundations of this notion, articulated by Kant and later institutionalised in the Humboldtian university model, the article analyses how early-twentieth-century progressive art schools established themselves as emancipatory spaces of intellectual and creative autonomy. The discussion highlights the crucial difference between the inventive practices developed in these schools and the contemporary, utilitarian conception of creativity, which aligns with what Lyotard (1984) identified as the performative turn in higher education – a shift still evident in a culture of efficiency, managerialism, and constant evaluation. Within this educational framework, the reform of higher education is contingent upon adopting flexible learning experiences that foster the capacity to navigate the uncertainties of the future and to professionally reinvent oneself to adapt to unforeseen challenges and economic necessities. Creativity, in this context, is posited as an indispensable skill to be acquired universally, which superficially appeals to associations between freedom and art, but in fact reinforces the logic of results and effects, testing and performance measurement. Yet if we look at the pedagogical programs of modern art schools founded in the early twentieth century, the teaching of creativity, particularly during the initial, so-called basic or preparatory stages of academic training, was based precisely on the principle of delaying the immediate application of artistic research and focusing instead on unlimited experimentation. Although the link between art and freedom is often presented as self-evident, a historical perspective reveals that, for centuries, art education was about coercion rather than freedom (Bourdieu, 1993). Furthermore, as the French sociologist has also shown, discourses advocating aesthetic education reinforce rather than neutralise the division of social strata (Bourdieu & Darbel, 1991). And yet, the rhetoric of creativity and innovation in the debate on higher education and in global educational policymakers’ discourse is mobilised as a solution to world issues related to equality and access to education, economic and social problems, and, more recently, challenges that might emerge and should be anticipated creatively (UNESCO, 2014, 2015; OECD, 2019). In other words, there is a schism between the real-life experience of modern art schools as sites of dissent, critique, and creative freedom and the narratives that feed on the affective power of artistic experiences and the aesthetic desire for the ‘creative life.’ It becomes necessary, therefore, to distinguish between the discursive hegemony of creative topoi in higher education and the art university as a site of aesthetic, inventive, and, at times, emancipative practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Taking the historical introduction on the state of academic freedom in both artistic and higher education domains as a conceptual framework, this paper seeks to examine the idea that, within the arena of higher education, contemporary art universities managed to defend themselves from the spectre of utilitarianism by asserting their right to disinterested research and experimentation. Moreover, as if replacing the role given to the faculty of philosophy by Kant, progressive art schools took on the obligation to be agents of social, cultural and political critique. By examining emancipatory experiences in alternative art schools and adopting a cross-disciplinary approach spanning art history, history of education and higher education studies, this article seeks to offer a historically and philosophically informed reflection on how academic freedom was exercised in modernist art education and how the current rhetoric of creativity and innovation is entirely detached from any historical consciousness or real-life experience. To this end, the philosophical discussion on the role of the modern university is outlined and the crisis of this conception at present. Next, the discussion of artistic subjectivity is introduced, and its relation to truth, liberty and artistic life. Subsequently, a historical outline of the nature and development of progressive art schools is sketched, in contrast to the previous coercive model of art education. To explore alternative ways of thinking and doing within higher education institutions, the paper reconstructs the historical experience of modernist art schools in the first half of the twentieth century (Moscow’s Svomas-Vkhutemas, 1918-1927; School of Design in Chicago, 1937-1943), where progressive educational methodologies postponed immediate application in favour of open-ended experimentation and, contrary to the prevailing rhetoric of efficiency, generated an unprecedented body of creative innovation. The conclusion reflects on the significance of these experiences today, in the broader setting of the contemporary educational arena and in relation to the debate within higher education studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In today’s higher-education landscape, shaped by pressures toward specialisation, efficiency, immediate applicability, and a managerial logic that casts students as customers and teachers as suppliers of readymade knowledge in the name of “innovation,” it is pertinent to reconsider these premises in light of earlier, already enacted educational experiments. A closer look at the teaching methodologies developed in the discussed schools, which, as argued in this paper, supported the creative production of both teachers and students, reveals that they were not grounded in empty appeals to creativity. Instead, they assumed the equality between teacher and student, the deliberate postponement of immediate application, and the encouragement to experiment without a predetermined goal. What this paper argues is not that progressive pedagogies developed in vanguard art schools should replace current educational approaches in universities. Instead, the idea of invoking the experience of these art schools was to expose how narratives of creative emancipation, as they function today within the global educational agenda, are i) emptied of significance and detached from historical consciousness and real experience, and ii) reproduce what they claim to avoid, that is, conformity rather than freedom, and intellectual confinement rather than innovation. The discourse of innovation and managerialism in education frames academic freedom as an empty ideal, while higher education institutions are cast into the logic of circumstantial responsiveness to whatever agenda is presented as urgent. What also becomes evident in formulations of creativity in the present-day educational debate is that it lacks its essential quality, one that defines its nature, as pointed out by Heidegger – that of the happening of the work of art, its becoming. References Bourdieu, P. (1993). The field of cultural production: Essays on art and literature. Polity Press. Bourdieu, P., & Darbel, A. (1991). The love of art: European art museums and their publics. Lyotard, J.-F. (1984). The postmodern condition: A report on knowledge. University of Minnesota Press. OECD. (2019). PISA creative thinking framework (third draft). Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/pisa/publications/PISA-2021-creative-thinking-framework.pdf UNESCO (2014). Nurturing creative thinking. UNESCO International Bureau of Education UNESCO (2015). Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and framework for action. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000245656 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Towards the ‘post Entrepreneurial University’? Diverse Voices and Critical Insights from the Academic Profession of East Asian Flagship Universities The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Introduction The literature on the entrepreneurial university has taken substantial shape since the 1980s but in a paradigm that places disproportionate emphasis on organisational change and evolution, while maintaining unexamined assumptions of competitiveness, innovation, and rationality. Little is known about how the entrepreneurial paradigm of university policies and practices is transmitted to the lifeworld of academics, alongside diverse voices and critical insights from dialogues within the academic profession. This paper re-examines ‘academic entrepreneurialism’ (AE) by exploring the ‘entrepreneurial turn’ in universities on the everyday work life of academics at flagship universities in three East Asian global cities. Dialogical interviews were conducted with 52 academics from various disciplinary, institutional, and generational backgrounds, supplemented by rigorous pre-interview documentary research on 100 official documents revealing how AE manifests in the institutional contexts of the three universities. The findings uncover competitive emulation leveraging AE for resources, advancement, legitimacy, and stability. However, organisational innovation convergence juxtaposes with academic profession differentiation. As sensemakers, individual academics navigate changing academia by adapting values, identities, professional learning, and career choices—potentially transitioning institutions, systems, or leaving academia. Academics experience and perceive academic meaning, life, and higher education changes variably by context, suggesting a ‘post-entrepreneurial university’ conceptualisation. Research Objectives and Questions This paper addresses two research questions: (1) How does academic entrepreneurialism manifest in East Asian flagship universities’ institutional contexts and policies? (2) How have these policies and practices impacted everyday work of academics from different disciplinary and institutional backgrounds? Analytical Concept of the Research The study employed sensemaking (Sandberg and Tsoukas 2020; Weick 1995; Weick et al. 2005) to analyse how academics experience, interpret, and give meaning to their changing profession. Distinct from understanding or interpretation, sensemaking focuses on generating world interpretations. It involves continual reality construction through retrospective sense of situations (Weick 1995), via immersive sociomaterial practice worlds imbuing actions and identities with meaning (Sandberg and Tsoukas 2020). Sensemaking constructs, filters, frames, creates facticity, and tangibilises subjectivity (Weick 1995: 14). We propose academics as ‘sensemakers’ for AE-related changes in higher education. It involves identity, retrospection, social contexts, cues, information, and plausibility over accuracy (Weick 1995), understanding AE ‘practice worlds’ (Sandberg and Tsoukas 2020). Young academics perceive academia as meaningful wholes; experienced ones renew work meaningfulness for action. Sensemaking draws on social cues, communications, expectations, beliefs, and experiences, often post-event via reflection for future decisions. It seeks plausible narratives, not accuracy. An iterative three-stage thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke 2006) examined AE’s impact. First: open coding of documents and transcripts for AE-related issues, concerns, debates, tensions. Second: organising codes into categories capturing voices and silences (Nowell et al. 2017). Final: broader themes encompassing insights and perspectives. First author coded with assistants; refinements via author discussions. Authors independently analysed final codes/themes, compared for >90% consensus; discrepancies resolved through discussion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study drew on the novel method of dialogical interview (Tanggaard 2009; Wells 1999; Wells et al. 2021) to research the dialogic relations between institutional change, academic life, and what it means to be an academic. The methodological philosophy posits that ‘truth’ is never finalised (Bakhtin 1986) but continually evolving through ongoing dialogue among participants with diverse perspectives. This approach emphasises a shift from seeking a singular explanation to a sensitivity to the distinctiveness and perpetual nature of interactions, dialogues, and the constructions of meaning. Engaging in deep listening to voices, as well as silences (Stauber 2017), the method is instrumental to offering a rich, comprehensive, and detailed description of intricate phenomena through diverse, decentred, and deliberate conversations about the powerful trends of academic entrepreneurialism (AE) and collaborative meaning-making. Rather than simplifying data into variables, the method was used to cultivate a dialogical space and persuasive discourses that recognise a multitude, complexity, and depth of voices (polyphony) with varied meanings (heteroglossia) and without imposing authoritative dominance (Bakhtin 1981: 343). The study is guided by a set of key principles for the iterative data collection and analysis processes: (1) creating a reflective ‘dialogical space’ that does not privilege any specific perspective a priori, allowing for the emergence of new meanings within the interplay of diverse voices; (2) deep listening to the voices of various discourse communities, and maintaining dialogicity throughout the gathering, documentation, and interpretation of interview data; (3) enabling each perspective to be voiced, and meanings to be constantly evolving through the ongoing dialogue of research interviews, data organisation, and analysis; (4) centring reflective practice at the core, with member checking, cross coding, and ensuring methodological rigour. By adhering to these principles, the researchers aimed to de-centre themselves, resist typology, and foster a significant shared space among the multiplicity of voices. We employed purposive sampling to recruit academics in different academic ranks and from different disciplinary fields or epistemological communities from the three universities for the dialogical interviews. Following ethics approval, the first and second authors invited academics to take part in online semi-structured interviews in 2022 and 2023. 52 academics participated in the interviews. The interviews lasted for 60 to 100 minutes. All the interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. The interview research was supported by a systematic review on 100 official documents examining how academic entrepreneurialism manifests in the institutional contexts and policies of the three case-study universities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Documentary analysis revealed that East Asian flagship universities extensively incorporate border-crossing as organisational innovation, involving inter-field and inter-sectoral collaborations across (1) academia and external environments, (2) disciplines, and (3) public-private dichotomies. Competitive emulation (Levine and Mitchell 2024) and isomorphic changes respond to academic entrepreneurialism as these universities advance. Despite diverse voices, silences, and critical insights in the academic profession, as uncovered in interviews, these universities function as ‘innovative learning organisations’ within the university’s history (Frank and Meyer 2020). The study shows they embody an ‘assemblage’ (Deleuze and Guattari 1984) amid entrepreneurial ‘winds’, intensifying dynamics of knowledge, ideational, material, discursive, and relational elements. Assemblage involves matching components or ‘agencer’ (DeLanda 2016) through alliances, symbiosis, and sympathy (Deleuze and Parnet 2002), making universities differentiated and pluralistic (Tsao et al. 2024). As assemblages, they host ‘small worlds, different worlds’ (Clark 1989) and academic tribes/territories (Becher and Trowler 2001), forming a ‘multiversity’ (Kerr 2001) of heterogeneous terms unified by co-functioning via a dynamic profession. This research illustrates a ‘post-entrepreneurial’ paradigm embodying a ‘carnival sense of the world’ (Bakhtin 1986), transforming academia through entrepreneurialism. The dialogical space fostered free interaction, revealing latent academic selves and reimagining dualisms. Entrepreneurial paradigms do not uniformly impact academics’ experiences; paradoxically, they differentiate and assemble the pluralistic profession. Yet universities remain united by purposes: advancing knowledge, education, societal progress, sustainability. References Altbach, Philip G., and Jamil Salmi. 2016. What is the “special sauce” for university innovation?. International Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.6017/ihe.2016.85.9231 Aronowitz, Stanley. 2000. The knowledge factory: Dismantling the corporate university and creating true higher learning. Beacon press. Becher, Tony, and Paul Trowler. 2001. Academic tribes and territories. McGraw-Hill Education. Braun, Virginia, and Victoria Clarke. 2006. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology 3: 77-101. Clark, Burton R. 1998. Creating entrepreneurial universities: Organisational pathways of transformation. Oxford: Pergamon and Elsevier Science. Clark, Burton R. 2004. Delineating the character of the entrepreneurial university. Higher Education Policy 17: 355-370. Deleuze, Gilles, and Guattari Félix. 1984. Thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia. University of Minnesota Press. Etzkowitz, Henry. 2003. Research groups as ‘quasi-firms’: The invention of the entrepreneurial university. Research Policy 32: 109-121. Etzkowitz, Henry, et al. 2008. Pathways to the entrepreneurial university: Towards a global convergence. Science and Public Policy 35: 681-695. Frank, David John and Meyer, John W. 2020. The university and the global knowledge society. Princeton University Press. Jessop, Bob. 2017. Varieties of academic capitalism and entrepreneurial universities: On past research and three thought experiments. Higher Education 73: 853-870. Kerr, Clark. 2001. The uses of the university. Harvard University Press. Marginson, Simon, and Mark Considine. 2000. The enterprise university: Power, governance and reinvention in Australia. Cambridge University Press. Nowell, Lorelli S., et al. 2017. Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406917733847 Powell, Walter W., and Kaisa Snellman. 2004. The knowledge economy. Annual Review of Sociology 30:199-220. Rhoades, Gary, and Bjørn Stensaker. 2017. Bringing organisations and systems back together: Extending Clark's entrepreneurial university. Higher Education Quarterly. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12118 Sánchez‐Barrioluengo, Mabel, Elvira Uyarra, and Fumi Kitagawa. 2019. Understanding the evolution of the entrepreneurial university. The case of English Higher Education institutions. Higher Education Quarterly. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12230 Slaughter, Sheila. 2004. Academic capitalism and the new economy: Markets, state, and higher education. Johns Hopkins University Press. Slaughter, Sheila, and Leslie, Larry L. 1997. Academic capitalism: Politics, policies, and the entrepreneurial university. Johns Hopkins University Press. Tang, Hei-hang Hayes, and Yan Edward Zhang. 2023. Is academic entrepreneurialism a universal concept? New ideas and insights from contextualisation beyond east and west. International Journal of Chinese Education. Tight, Malcolm. 2019. The neoliberal turn in higher education. Higher Education Quarterly. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12197 Weick, Karl E. 1995. Sensemaking in organizations (Vol. 3). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage publications. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Academic Resistance and the Suppression of Resistance as Reported by Democracy Activists at Finnish Universities 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:In this article, we examine the practices of academic resistance and the forms of silencing, obstruction, and suppression they encounter. The research material consists of interviews conducted in 2024 with academics (n = 36) identified as democracy activists at seven Finnish universities. The individuals we define as university activists have actively opposed and sought to remedy internal injustices at universities and defended the democratic self-governance of universities. By conceptualizing resistance and the actions that suppress it, we also structure the spaces for resistance at today's universities and its limits. According to several reports by the Finnish Ministry of Education and Culture, university communities in Finland have experienced a decline in their influence in recent decades (Kohtamäki & Poutanen 2025). The higher education policy has sought to improve the cost-effectiveness and competitiveness of universities by streamlining administrative structures, centralizing power from the university community to university management, and tightening performance management. University communities have struggled with organizational changes and limited opportunities for participation, and have protested against the changes (Kallio et al. 2020; Poutanen et al 2022). A key point of contention has been the self-governance of universities, which is guaranteed by the Constitution, and its implementation in university practices. In the research literature, the forms of resistance practiced by university community as well as the perceived obstacles to resistance, and the reasons for passivity have been analyzed in various ways (Anderson 2008; Kalfa et al. 2018; Poutanen et al. 2022; Nikkola & Tervasmäki 2022; Smidt et al. 2020). Studies have described negotiations between researchers, teachers, and middle management (among themselves and with others) about how visibly they dare to resist and what kinds of experiences and feelings this arouses in them and their immediate communities (e.g., Li & Li 2023; Suopajärvi 2024). The research literature has also highlighted a paradox: many university employees reject changes to their work and organizations, but still comply with the rules and practices that cause these changes (Alvesson & Spicer 2016; Kalfa et al. 2018; Rintamäki & Alvesson 2023). The literature on forms resistance emphasizes the micro level and often personal forms of everyday resistance related to the organization of work. However, examples of open resistance by university staff are rare in the research literature and often consist of individual case descriptions (e.g. Bowes-Catton et al. 2020; Nikkola & Tervasmäki 2022). The discontent and dissatisfaction of university communities has been widely described, but less attention has been paid to the practices used to suppress resistance among them. Researchers in other countries have shown how those who engage in resistance have been harassed or threatened, for example, with termination of employment and cuts in resources (e.g., Gagnon & Collinson 2017). Examinations of forms of resistance prevention, repression, and suppression can be found in general political research (e.g., Martin 2016), but no comprehensive presentation of this kind has been made in the university field prior to our study. The scarcity of research literature mapping out diverse forms of resistance and describing practices of suppressing resistance among academics leads us to formulate the following research questions: What forms of resistance do the interviewees describe? What kinds of obstacles to influence and means of preventing resistance do the interviewees account? By answering these research questions, we also increase the understanding produced by previous research literature on the forms and practices of academic resistance in the Finnish context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our interview data (n=36) consists of Finnish academics considered university democracy activists from seven universities. In order for a person to be identified as an activist in the sense we mean, we required that their activities had been long-term and, at least within their university, widely recognized as statements and advocacy on behalf of university democracy. Since we sought to reach university staff with experience in university administration, the data emphasizes individuals with long careers – a clear majority (80%) of the interviewees had over 20 years of experience in university work. The majority of respondents (n = 29) were in career stages 3 (university lecturer, senior researcher) and 4 (professor, senior university lecturer, or research director). Three respondents were in career stage 2, and four were emeritus. The semi-structured interviews were conducted by one or two project researchers. The interviews lasted between 1 and 3 hours (average 1,7 hours). The interviews were transcribed and encoded with Atlas.ti in two iterative phases by the authors. In order to work through sizable interview transcripts, we first engaged in broader index-coding in the first phase, which was then reworked through a second round of closer analytical coding. Index codes reflected the broader topics of the interviews. As index coding captures large chunks of the text, this coding serves as a basis for data reduction, before applying a closer analytical reading and analysis of the coded subsections with more specific themes - coding data to pursue an answer to a specific research question (Deterding & Waters 2021: 715). Analytical coding focused on poorly perceived administrative activities (190 citations), legal issues (52), precariousness (65), and exclusion (from decision-making) (106). In addition, an open category was used in the coding (143 citations). Since emotional experiences were an essential part of resistance and its prevention, a separate code was added for them (156 citations), and the motivation for resistance (and its decline: 122 citations) was also included in the analysis. All these analytical codes related to the prevention of resistance were compiled for thematic content analysis and typification. Typology is a means of organizing data and a step in the process of theory formation. It is used to define the core elements that connect concrete examples (Deterding & Waters 2021, 730). Since there are few previous theories on university resistance, we are forming a new theory using data-driven typology. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In addition to structural criticism of higher education policy, our informants describe the emotional experiences aroused by resistance and repression. The interviewees also describe concrete examples of regulations that prevent democratic participation, as well as practices that have led to an atmosphere of fear, the suppression of resistance, and passivity among the majority of university staff. What kinds of means of preventing resistance do the interviewees describe? How does a managerialist university stifle resistance? What kinds of means of resistance do the interviewees describe, and what has successful resistance required? Based on the interview data, we outline how university democracy activists experience the rules and practices of management, administration, and organization as preventing or suppressing attempts to influence within the university. As a result of the study, we present a typology of resistance and suppression of resistance in contemporary Finnish universities. In this way, we structure the inability of universities to tolerate democratic participation and internal criticism, and we supplement the research literature with a description of the concrete practices of academic resistance and the means of preventing resistance, which have received little attention. The results of the study improve understanding of how resistance forms and is suppressed in managerial and competition-driven higher education systems in Europe and beyond. References Alvesson, A. & Spicer, A. (2016). (Un)Conditional surrender? Why do professionals willingly comply with managerialism. Journal of Organizational Change Management 29(1), .29-45, https://doi.org/10.1108/JOCM-11-2015-0221 Anderson, G. (2008). Mapping Academic Resistance in the Managerial University. Organization 15(2), 251–270. Bowes-Catton, H., Brewis, J., Clarke, C., Drake, D. H., Gilmour, A., & Penn, A. (2020). Talkin’ ’bout a revolution? From quiescence to resistance in the contemporary university. Management Learning 51(4), 378-397. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350507620925633 Deterding, N. M., & Waters, M. C. (2021). Flexible coding of in-depth interviews: A twenty-first-century approach. Sociological Methods & Research, 50(2), 708–739. https://doi.org/10.1177/0049124118799377 Gagnon, S. & Collinson, D. (2017). Resistance through difference: The co-constitution of dissent and inclusion. Organization Studies 38: 1253–1276. https://doi.org/10.1177/0170840616685362 Kalfa, S., Wilkinson, Adrian & Gollan, P. (2018). The Academic Game: Compliance and Resistance in Universities. Work, Employment and Society 32(2), 274-291. Kallio, T. J., Kallio, K.-M., & Blomberg, A. (2020). From professional bureaucracy to competitive bureaucracy – redefining universities’ organization principles, performance measurement criteria, and reason for being. Qualitative Research in Accounting and Management 17(1), 82–108. https://doi.org/10.1108/QRAM-10-2019-0111 Kohtamäki, V., & Poutanen, M. (2025). External university autonomy evaluations: the new autonomy ecology of Finnish universities. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2025.2470697 Li & Li. (2023). Masked Resistance in Neoliberal Academia: Academics’ Responses to the Research Assessment Exercise 2020 in Hong Kong. Higher Education Policy 36, 270–288. Nikkola, T. & Tervasmäki, T. (2022). Experiences of arbitrary management among Finnish academics in an era of academic capitalism. Journal of Education Policy 37(4), 548-568. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2020.1854350 Poutanen, M., Tomperi, T., Kuusela, H., Kaleva, V. & Tervasmäki, T. (2022). From democracy to managerialism: foundation universities as the embodiment of Finnish university policies. Journal of Education Policy 37(3): 419-442. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2020.1846080 Smidt T. B., Bondestam, F., Pétursdóttir, G. M. & Einarsdóttir, Þ. (2020) Expanding gendered sites of resistance in the neoliberal academy. European Journal of Higher Education 10(2), 115-129. Suopajärvi, T. (2024). Moving with affects in Finnish academia: Resistance practices of social science and humanities researchers and a possibility of change. European Journal of Cultural Studies 27(6) 1233–1248. Rintamäki, J. & Alvesson, M. (2023). Resisting Whilst Complying? A Case Study of a Power Struggle in a Business School Article. Academy of Management Learning & Education 22(2), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.5465/amle.2020.0070 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 23 SES 11 A: Education and the politics of knowledge Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Felicitas Acosta Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Crisis as a Political Strategy in Legitimising Curriculum Reform – the Case of Sweden Linnaeus university, Sweden Presenting Author:In Sweden, a reform effort is currently underway to develop the third curriculum for compulsory school, with a pronounced focus on facts and subject knowledge, to be launched in 2028—a course restructuring for Swedish schools which, according to the government, will affect all principals, teachers and students in compulsory education. As part of the project The Fact-Based Curriculum – Origin, Content and Realisation (DeFakto), we examine how this curriculum reform is legitimised among policymakers and explore what makes a new fact-based curriculum possible and desirable at this point in time, despite the fact that schools have only recently begun implementing the 2022 curriculum. Furthermore, we investigate why national politicians are once again choosing the same solution as in the two previous curricula in terms of a facts-based knowledge orientation, despite their own analysis that the Swedish school system—in light of the deteriorating PISA results in 2022—is in a serious crisis. At the same time, research on how the idea of a Swedish fact-based curriculum has been developed and legitimised in national education policy is quite limited.
The aim of this critical examination is to contribute, from a curriculum theory perspective, to an understanding of how the idea of a ‘fact-based curriculum’ emerges as a policy discourse to combat what domestic politicians refer to as a crisis within the national school system. Analytical focus will be directed towards what problems this idea supposed to solve and how is a fact-based curriculum understood as a solution to these problems. The examination is guided by the following research question:
How is the idea of a fact-based curriculum reform constructed and legitimised in national curriculum policymaking?
Conceptually, the study is located within the field of curriculum theory (Wyse et al., 2016). From the 2010s onwards, there has been growing interest in the field of how global education policies travel between different countries—so-called ‘travelling policies’—and how they are translated when recontextualised in new settings (Nordin & Sundberg, 2014). Previous research has shown that the national context plays an important role in how global policy ideas are translated into local contexts (Anderson-Levitt & Gardinier, 2024; Steiner-Khamsi & Waldow, 2012). One such travelling policy idea that has recently had a major impact on national curricula, primarily in the English-speaking world, is that of so-called ‘knowledge-rich curricula’ (Deng, 2022; Rata, 2019; Surma et al., 2025), which is based on Michael Young’s (2008) concept of powerful knowledge. The analysis of the Swedish curriculum reform in this paper builds on and contributes to this branch of research. In addition to the spatial dimension of national curriculum reform, our analysis also sheds light on the temporal dimension. In line with Steiner-Khamsi (2025), we argue that research on political reforms needs to pay greater attention to aspects of the timing and pace of reforms in order to understand what makes them desirable and possible as solutions to certain policy problems (Béland & Howlett, 2016). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the DeFakto project, we examine the national curriculum as a discursive practice operating at three intertwined levels (Deng & Luke, 2008): (i) the societal/ideological level, (ii) the programmatic level and (iii) the classroom level. In the present study, however, the focus is primarily on the societal/ideological level. To gain insight into the discourses, ideas and actors at the societal/ideological level of the curriculum, we use discursive institutionalism (DI) (Carstensen & Schmidt, 2016; Schmidt, 2008, 2010, 2011). DI is an institutional theory that directs analytical focus towards questions of institutional continuity and change and has been applied within curriculum research (see Nordin & Sundberg, 2018). DI enables us to focus analytically on how ideas are discursively legitimised among policy actors within and between different arenas (Schmidt, 2011). As a way of differentiating discursive legitimation, DI distinguishes between coordinative and communicative discourse. Coordinative discourse refers to the discursive interaction between different policy actors aimed at coordinating understandings of what the problem is and what needs to be done, something that is often made possible by actors forming discourse coalitions—that is, agreeing on a common stance on a particular issue. Communicative discourse refers to policy actors’ deliberate attempts to influence the perceptions of the public and other stakeholders. With regard to ideas, we draw on DI’s differentiated conceptualisation in order to address the temporal dimensions analytically. Here, DI distinguishes between volatile policy ideas, which can appear quickly and disappear just as quickly; programmatic ideas, which have gained broader legitimacy and been incorporated into programmes and policy documents, such as a curriculum; and philosophical ideas, which are the most institutionalised and thus the most inflexible. These refer, for example, to how cultural, religious or ideological assumptions—so-called background assumptions—affect how policies are received, understood and translated by different actors. To capture the coordinative discourse, the empirical material consists of political directives, government public investigations, government bills and consultation responses (2007–2025). The communicative discourse comprises material from leading Swedish newspapers and teacher union journals, situating the curriculum reform within its broader societal context, including professional, media/cultural and research arenas. The empirical material is analysed using the DI conceptual toolbox in order to capture which ideas have been influential and/or neglected, as well as which actors and arenas have been important in the processes of coordinating and communicating these ideas. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study will contribute new theoretical and empirical insights into how curriculum reforms are legitimised through discursive strategies in national policymaking, with a particular focus on the political use of crisis narratives. First, the analysis will advance curriculum theory by showing how coordinative and communicative discourses operate together in shaping the idea of a ‘fact-based curriculum’ and how volatile policy ideas are selectively stabilised into programmatic and philosophical ideas in moments framed as crisis. The outcomes will thus highlight how crisis functions not only as a contextual condition but as a deliberate political strategy enabling reform. Second, by examining the Swedish case in detail, this study will shed light on the dynamics, actors and temporalities that shape national curriculum reform processes. The findings will illuminate the ways in which transnational ‘knowledge rich curriculum’ discourses are translated into the Swedish policy context and how a highly uniform national discourse with limited actor diversity creates a constrained arena for curriculum debate and policy development. Finally, the results have broader European relevance. Across Europe, governments face similar pressures to respond to perceived educational decline, a perception often linked to international large-scale assessments. Therefore, the Swedish case will serve as a comparative reference point for understanding how crisis-oriented policy framing, selective borrowing of global policy ideas and accelerated reform cycles influence curriculum debates in other European countries. The study will thus offer both conceptual and empirical tools for analysing how crisis discourses justify rapid curricular change, centralise policy authority and narrow curriculum deliberation—issues that are increasingly visible across diverse European education systems. References Anderson-Levitt, K., & Gardinier, M. P. (Eds.). (2024). Contextualizing global flows of competency-based education: Polysemy, hybridity and silences. Routledge. Béland, D., & Howlett, M. (2016). How solutions chase problems: Instrument constituencies in the policy process. Governance: An International Journal of Policy, Administration and Institutions, 29(3), 393–409. https://doi.org/10.1111/gove.12179 Carstensen, M. B., & Schmidt, V. A. (2016). Power through, over and in ideas: Conceptualizing ideational power in discursive institutionalism. Journal of European Public Policy, 23(3), 318–337. https://doi.org/10.1080/13501763.2015.1115534 Deng, Z., & Luke, A. (2008). Subject matter: Defining and theorizing school subjects. In M. F. Connelly, M. F. He, & J. Phillion (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of curriculum and instruction (pp. 66–87). Sage. Deng, Z. (2022). Powerful knowledge, educational potential and knowledge-rich curriculum: Pushing the boundaries. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 54(5), 599–617. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2022.2089538 Nordin, A., & Sundberg, D. (Eds.). (2014). Transnational policy-flows in European education: The making and governing of knowledge in the education policy field. Symposium Books. Nordin, Andreas & Sundberg, Daniel (2018). Exploring Curriculum Change Using Discursive Institutionalism – A Conceptual Framework. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(6), 820-835. Rata, E. (2019). Knowledge-rich teaching: A model of curriculum design coherence. British Educational Research Journal, 45(4), 681–697. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3520 Schmidt, V. A. (2008). Discursive institutionalism: The explanatory power of ideas and discourse. Annual Review of Political Science, 11, 303–326. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.polisci.11.060606.135342 Schmidt, V. A. (2010). Taking ideas and discourses seriously: Explaining change through discursive institutionalism as the fourth ‘new institutionalism’. European Political Science Review, 2(1), 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1017/S175577390999021X Schmidt, V. A. (2011). Speaking of change: Why discourse is key to the dynamics of policy transformation. Critical Policy Studies, 5(2), 106–126. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171.2011.576520 Steiner-Khamsi, G., & Waldow, F. (Eds.). (2012). Policy borrowing and lending in education. Routledge. Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2025). Time in education policy transfer: The seven temporalities of global school reform. Routledge. Surma, T., Vanhees, C., Wils, M., Nijlunsing, J., Crato, N., Hattie, J., Muijs, D., Rata, E., Wiliam, D., & Kirschner, P. A. (2025). Developing curriculum for deep thinking: The knowledge revival. Springer. Wyse, D., Hayward, L., & Pandaya, J. (Eds.). (2016). The SAGE handbook of curriculum, pedagogy and assessment. Sage. Young, M. (2008). Bringing knowledge back in: From social constructivism to social realism in the sociology of education. Routledge. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 23 SES 11 B: Who Governs Education? Policy as Practice in Different Contexts Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Julia Hugo Session Chair: Tatiana Mikhaylova Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Who Governs Education? Policy as Practice in Different Contexts Questions of responsibility, autonomy, and involvement lie at the heart of education systems. Across Europe, educational reforms have increasingly redistributed decision-making power from central authorities to local actors, while simultaneously raising demands for accountability, standardization, and evidence-based governance (Altrichter, 2010; Lægreid & Christensen, 2007). In this context, teachers and school leaders are no longer mere implementers of policy, they actively interpret, adapt and enact policy in response to local needs, translating national goals into locally relevant practices (Møller, 2011; Priestley et al., 2021). Asking who governs education is thus central to understanding contemporary educational change and the production of knowledge in schools. The concepts of government and governance provide a useful lens for examining these dynamics. Government is often associated with hierarchical, top-down action, exercised through formal rules and legal instruments. Governance, by contrast, emphasizes collaboration, networks, and the consent of multiple actors, highlighting that authority is co-constructed through interaction rather than imposed from above (Altrichter, 2010). This symposium brings together three empirical studies that explore these dynamics in practice across different European contexts. The first study examines teacher involvement in Norway’s national curriculum reform (LK20), showing how teachers engage across multiple sites (Priestley et al., 2021; Alvunger et al., 2021), from national committees to classroom-level enactment, and actively shape curricular content and pedagogical practices. The second contribution investigates school leader autonomy in quality work in Norway and Sweden, highlighting how autonomy is relational and shaped by governance structures, professional norms, and shared leadership practices, and how leaders negotiate discretion and accountability (Schulte, 2023) within complex institutional settings. The third study focuses on school leader autonomy in inclusive education in Germany and Norway, demonstrating how school leaders navigate formal mandates, local conditions, and professional expectations (Scott, 2014) to enact governance in practice, bridging national policy and school-level implementation. Taken together, these studies indicate that governing education is distributed across multiple actors, including school leaders and teachers. Yet governance is contingent on the interplay of formal regulations, institutional norms and structures, and professional actors’ influence. For example, teachers’ participation in curriculum reform, while formally encouraged, is constrained by ambiguous mandates and limited macro-level impact, showing that formal involvement does not necessarily translate into actual decision-making power. Still, these actors are expected to translate, interpret, and adapt policy directives within institutional frameworks, highlighting their mediating role between policy and practice. Negotiation and local adaptation shape collective practices, yet these processes occur within pre-defined boundaries that reflect ongoing tensions between professional discretion and regulatory expectations creating complex governance landscapes. These comparative insights from Norway, Sweden, and Germany illustrate how governance models, historical trajectories, and professional cultures affect the distribution of influence and autonomy, producing both shared patterns and context-specific challenges. In this sense, the question “Who governs education?” is not only about formal responsibilities but also about the negotiated, contextually embedded enactments of policy, where authority is simultaneously distributed, constrained, and locally interpreted. These findings underline that understanding policy as enacted practice is essential: participatory and decentralized reforms may expand opportunities for engagement, but actual influence remains uneven, reminding researchers and policymakers to consider both institutional conditions and professional agency. References Altrichter, H. (2010). Theory and evidence on governance: Conceptual and empirical strategies of research on governance in education. European Educational Research Journal, 9(2), 147–158. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2010.9.2.147 Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestley, M. (2021). Conclusions: Patterns and trends in curriculum making in Europe. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts (pp. 273-293). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83867-735-020211013 Lægreid, P., & Christensen, T. (2007). Transcending New Public Management: The Transformation of Public Sector Reforms. Abingdon: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315235790 Møller, J. (2011). Rektorers profesjonsforståelse - faglig autonomi og administrativ underordning. In E. Ottesen, & J. Møller (Eds.), Rektor som leder og sjef. Om styring, ledelse og kunnskapsutvikling i skolen (pp. 27–50). Universitetsforlaget. Priestley, M., Philippou, S., Alvunger, D., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making: a conceptual framework. In Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts (pp. 1-28). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83867-735-020211013 Schulte, B. (2023). The Policy-Practice Nexus as 'Politics of Use': Professional Autonomy and the Teacher Agency in the Classroom. In T. Prøitz, P. Aasen, & W. Wermke (Eds.), From Education Policy to Education Practice: Unpacking the Nexus (pp. 39–57). Springer. Scott, W. R. (2014). Institutions and organizations: Ideas, interests, and identities. Sage. Presentations of the Symposium Teacher Involvement in National Curriculum Reform in Norway
Participatory approaches to curriculum reform, in which teachers and other actors are involved, are increasingly common (Kneen et al., 2023; Kontovourki et al., 2018). Making use of teachers’ skills, knowledge and experience in reform has been identified as important (Alvunger et al., 2021), but the purpose of involving teachers in such efforts differ between countries, and the literature shows that participatory approaches to curriculum reform vary extensively based on context.
This study examines how teachers were involved in the most recent national curriculum reform in Norway, the LK20. The starting point is the political aim and strategy of involving teachers in the reform efforts. In foundational policy documents of the reform, teachers are highlighted as central in three different curriculum reform activities: an online commentary process, national curriculum committees, and local curriculum work. These activities form the basis for investigation.
The study is theoretically grounded in the work by Priestley et al. (2021), in which curriculum making and reform are understood as social practices involving a variety of activities and actors across the supra, macro, meso, micro and nano sites of the education system. The research question of the study is: How are teachers involved across sites of the LK20 curriculum reform, and to what extent are they able to influence the curriculum reform? Through document analyses and interviews, the study empirically investigates how teachers were involved in the LK20 reform across the macro (national) and micro (school) sites, and the extent to which they were able to influence the reform.
The findings reveal a clear strategy for the involvement of teachers in the macro and micro sites, and teachers actively participated in reform activities across both sites. However, while teachers’ responsibilities in local curriculum work were clearly outlined in policy, their mandate as national curriculum makers was more ambiguous. The documents detailing their involvement were vague, offering little clarity on how teachers’ contributions would be reflected in the final LK20 curriculum documents. Furthermore, teachers seem to have had limited influence on the LK20 curriculum documents through macro site activities. In schools, teachers experienced freedom with regard to selecting subject matter and methods, thus influencing outcomes of the reform. However, these decisions were shaped by meso site activities and loyalty to the national curriculum.
References:
Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestley, M. (2021). Conclusions: Patterns and trends in curriculum making in Europe. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts (pp. 273-293). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83867-735-020211013
Kneen, J., Breeze, T., Thayer, E., John, V., & Davies-Barnes, S. (2023). Pioneer teachers: How far can individual teachers achieve agency within curriculum development? Journal of Educational Change, 24(2), 243-264. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09441-3
Kontovourki, S., Philippou, S., & Theodorou, E. (2018). Curriculum making as professionalism-in-context: the cases of two elementary school teachers amidst curriculum change in Cyprus. The Curriculum Journal, 29(2), 257-276. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2018.1447308
Priestley, M., Philippou, S., Alvunger, D., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making: a conceptual framework. In Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts (pp. 1-28). Emerald Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/978-1-83867-735-020211013
School Leader Autonomy in Quality Work: A Comparative Study from Norway and Sweden
School leader autonomy is important in improving the quality of educational provision and in raising students’ learning outcomes (Cheng et al., 2016). As such, it has become pivotal in effectuating (inter)national aims and education policy in many countries (e.g. Pont, 2014), including in Scandinavia (e.g. Nordholm et al., 2025). School leader autonomy is, however, also associated with a series of paradoxes and dilemmas. For example, policy expectations and culturally bound expectations and norms from actors in and surrounding schools, can lead to dilemmas for school leaders in their enactment of decision-making authority and autonomy (Murphy & Ydesen, 2025; Wildy et al., 2004).
Adopting a comparative case study approach (Bartlett & Vavrus, 2017) compared with a mixed-methods approach (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018), this study investigates how school leader autonomy is formed within the context of quality work in Norway and Sweden, focussing on policy expectations towards school leadership, school leaders’ experiences of governance and practices of shared leadership.
The theoretical framework is grounded in systems theory and conceptualises autonomy as a relational and nested phenomenon within policy–practice nexuses where norms and rules are negotiated (Schulte, 2023). The study draws on rich data material, combining historical document analysis of school leader union magazines (2006–2021) from Norway and Sweden, interviews and survey data from Norwegian and Swedish school leaders, and ethnographic fieldwork. The two countries provide important contexts for comparison, as they share social-democratic traditions and decentralised governance, yet differ in their trajectories of accountability and leadership policy.
The analysis shows that policy expectations form autonomy through framing leadership as either shared or individualised. Furthermore, school leaders’ experiences of governance in the two countries reveal contrasting dynamics. Where Norwegian school leaders navigate relational and multi-actor environments, Swedish school leaders operate within clearer, hierarchical structures, creating both opportunities and dilemmas for autonomy. Lastly, shared leadership practices can enhance collective capacity but also restrict individual leadership autonomy, depending on how roles and responsibilities are negotiated. Across both country contexts, autonomy is not a static attribute, but a dynamic process influenced by governance, professional norms, and organisational structures. Illuminating how autonomy is enacted and negotiated in different policy environments, this study offers empirical insights into the interplay between autonomy, accountability, and shared leadership, and underscores the need for nuanced policy approaches that balance professional discretion with collective responsibility in quality work.
References:
Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2017). Comparative Case Studies: An Innovative Approach. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1(1).
Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (Third ed.). Sage.
Murphy, M., & Ydesen, C. (2025). The moral grounding of changing educational assessment and accountability: a theoretically informed analysis of moral assemblages in Denmark. Oxford Review of Education, 51(2), 160–177.
Nordholm, D., Jarl, M., & Wermke, W. (2025). School Leader Autonomy – a Systematic Review. Educational Administration Quarterly, 0(0).
Pont, B. (2014). School Leadership: From Practice to Policy. International Journal of Educational Leadership and Management, 2(1), 4–28.
Schulte, B. (2023). The Policy-Practice Nexus as 'Politics of Use': Professional Autonomy and the Teacher Agency in the Classroom. In T. Prøitz, P. Aasen, & W. Wermke (Eds.), From Education Policy to Education Practice: Unpacking the Nexus (pp. 39–57). Springer.
Wildy, H., Forster, P., Louden, W., & Wallace, J. (2004). The international study of leadership in education : monitoring decision making by school leaders. Journal of Educational Administration, 42(4), 416–430.
Shaping School Leader Autonomy in Different Forms of Governing Inclusive Education
This study examines school leaders as key actors within the governing of inclusive education in Germany and Norway, focusing on how school leader autonomy is shaped within different forms of governing inclusive education. Using inclusive education as a lens, the study explores how leadership autonomy is distributed and exercised, highlighting the negotiation between professional agency, responsibility, and formal regulatory demands (Hatch, 2013). School leaders are particularly important in the context of inclusive education because their autonomous decision-making is assumed to bridge the gap between national policy directives and local implementation ensuring equitable opportunities (Badstieber et al., 2018, Møller, 2011).
Governing is understood as the interplay between hierarchical, rule-based government and local governance, where actors interpret and negotiate policy in response to local needs (Altrichter, 2010). School leader autonomy is conceptualized as a space for decision-making that balances answerability to externally defined goals with responsibility for local adaptation, (Hatch, 2013). The concepts of governing and autonomy are examined through Scott’s (2014) three pillars of institutions, focusing on regulative, normative, and cultural-cognitive pillars, which together highlight how formal rules, social expectations, and shared interpretations shape school leaders’ autonomy.
Using Bartlett and Vavrus’s (2017) comparative case study design, the study compares two historically distinct education systems that have recently introduced similar reforms granting school leaders greater local discretion (Wermke & Prøitz, 2021). Through the analysis of approximately 2 700 pages of legal documents, 38 articles from German and Norwegian school leadership magazines, and 23 interviews with school leaders from both countries, combined as cross-case comparison, the study shows that school leader autonomy is shaped by both institutional structures and local enactment. In the German case, leadership autonomy is largely exercised to bridge gaps in fragmented governing, whereas in the Norwegian case, school leaders operate within a more coherent institutional framework. Across both contexts, school leaders negotiate responsibilities dynamically, balancing formal mandates, professional norms, and local conditions.
The study highlights the relational nature of governing, showing how school leaders act as intermediaries who translate, interpret, and at times extend policy to respond to the practical realities of inclusive education. These insights contribute to a deeper understanding of “who governs education” in different national contexts, illustrating the interplay between formal authority and professional agency in shaping school leadership autonomy and the enactment of inclusive education policies. The study further offers insights for both policymakers and practitioners on balancing autonomy and accountability to foster inclusive schools.
References:
Altrichter, H. (2010). Theory and evidence on governance: Conceptual and empirical strategies of research on governance in education. European Educational Research Journal, 9(2), 147–158. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2010.9.2.147
Badstieber, B., Köpfer, A., & Amrhein, B. (2018). Schulleitungen im Kontext inklusiver Bildungsreformen. In T. Sturm, & M. Wagner-Willi (Eds.), Handbuch schulische Inklusion (pp. 235–249). Barbara Budrich.
Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2017). Comparative case studies: An innovative approach. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1(1). 5–17. https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.1929
Hatch, T. (2013). Beneath the surface of accountability: Answerability, responsibility and capacity-building in recent education reforms in Norway. Journal of Educational Change, 14(2), 113–138. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-012-9206-1
Møller, J. (2011). Rektorers profesjonsforståelse - faglig autonomi og administrativ underordning. In E. Ottesen, & J. Møller (Eds.), Rektor som leder og sjef. Om styring, ledelse og kunnskapsutvikling i skolen (pp. 27–50). Universitetsforlaget.
Scott, W. R. (2014). Institutions and organizations: Ideas, interests, and identities. Sage.
Wermke, W., & Prøitz, T. S. (2021). Integration, fragmentation and complexity - governing of the teaching profession and the Nordic model. In J. E. Larsen, B. Schulte, & F. W. Thue (Eds.), Schoolteachers and the Nordic model: Comparative and historical perspectives (pp. 216–228). Routledge.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 23 SES 11 C: Education policy and imaginaries of the future Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Miriam Madsen Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Engineering Past and Present Futures in Education: The Entanglements of Sociotechnical and Educational Imaginaries in UNESCO’s Education-technology Nexus Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper investigates the entanglements between educational and sociotechnical imaginaries in global education governance. Sociotechnical imaginaries (Jasanoff, 2015) refer to visions of futures in which science and technology play a central role, and educational imaginaries (Rahm, 2023) refer to educational visions, policies, and projects. Both concepts are relevant to understanding knowledge production and power relations in education policy discourse because they capture and represent what is possible and acceptable to imagine and formulate for our futures. In the context of datafication and digitalisation efforts in close entanglement with marketisation processes in education, as well as technological advances such as generative artificial intelligence (AI), sociotechnical imaginaries appear essential for present ideas of the future in general and in education in particular. The Covid-19 pandemic represents a pivotal moment in time, serving as both an accelerator for and a catalyst for debates about technological solutions in education. However, the post-World War II era is already a fascinating period, marked by varying degrees of reasoning with science and technology (Hof & Müggenburg, 2021). Especially in the early period until the beginning of the 1970s, this reasoning was grounded in firm trust in science, technology, and progress (e.g., International Commission on the Development of Education, 1972, p. 90). However, the early 1970s also marked a turning point. While marked by growing prosperity, especially for ‘Western societies’, signs of pending crises began to be palpable (Elfert, 2018, p. 119), as the debate surrounding The Limits to Growth report (Meadows et al., 1972) illustrates. Either way, during the Cold War, the relevance of science and technology was persistent, and education was “a major ideological battleground” (Elfert & Ydesen, 2023). The political tension and technological competition promoted educational perspectives that emphasised the reliance on scientific expertise, objective data, and new technologies. International organisations (IOs) with different ideological foundations, such as the OECD, the World Bank, and UNESCO, were crucial promoters and contesters of these educational ideas in the post-World War II era. Sociotechnical and educational imaginaries are embedded in global governance frameworks. IOs participate in the co-production of programmatic ideas and education policy concerning central themes such as digital transformation strategies and data infrastructures, shaping expectations about knowledge, evidence and data regimes. Comparing a contemporary and historical period, I examine how sociotechnical and educational imaginaries in global education governance are co-produced, justified, entangled, and manifested in a network of heterogeneous actants from education policy and practice, research, engineering, and industry, posing the following research questions: 1) Which actors (actants) are involved in these processes? 2) How have these actants manifested and affected sociotechnical and educational imaginaries? 3) How have these sociotechnical imaginaries and educational imaginaries affected each other? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I use Actor-Network Theory (ANT) (Latour, 2005), developed in Science and Technology Studies (STS). This approach investigates phenomena as networks of heterogeneous entities acting as actors. ANT should facilitate the analysis of how humans and non-human entities interact and relate, forming networks that shape the world, knowledge production, and power relations. These human and non-human entities are called actants to counter the classic idea of an actor as predominantly human. An actant is any entity that acts, is acted upon, or makes a difference in a network, regardless of whether it is human or non-human. Agency is understood as relational. The central objectives of this approach are to map the network and trace or understand the processes of translation, a concept that captures the interactions between actants. As stated above, the aim is to map a network that manifests the entanglement of sociotechnical and educational imaginaries by tracing and comparing two particular actants in documents such as reports, minutes, statements and recommendations. UNESCO’s education-technology nexus (Priem, 2023) is in focus. The Sputnik crisis and the Covid-19 pandemic are decisive events serving as empirical entry points into relevant periods and networks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Taking the Sputnik crisis as a temporal and UNESCO as a special entry point, I am encountering programmed learning and instruction as manifested in teaching machines. Sputnik Shock (1957) was a global catalyst for educational reform, promoting the use of technology in education (Hof, 2018; Priem, 2023). The global rise in demand for educational technology has created a subsidised market accessible for exploitation (Hof, 2028). Industry became an important actant quickly. UNESCO persistently focused on the educational value of programmed instruction and computer-based learning and teaching technologies, provided that the IO serves as a moral authority in implementation processes (Priem, 2023). Tracing programmed learning and instruction facilitates mapping the network that manifests and co-produces the entanglement of socio-technical and educational imaginaries in UNESCO’s historical education-technology nexus. Taking the Covid-19 pandemic as a temporal and UNESCO as a special entry point, I am encountering the Digital Transformation Collaborative (DTC), which is a subgroup or part of UNESCO’s Global Education Coalition (GEC), a multistakeholder collaboration founded in the wake of the pandemic, to mitigate the emergencies that occurred due to the pandemic. Its DTC is a tech-focused, multistakeholder collaboration for digital transformation in education, launched in 2023 and involving over 35 intergovernmental, non-governmental, and private-sector organisations. DTC is supposed to support countries in their digital transformation of and in education by promoting and facilitating cross-sector partnerships. One tool they developed is a maturity assessment tool for national education systems to determine their strengths, weaknesses, and the degree of their digital transformation. Tracing the tool facilitates mapping the network that manifests and co-produces the entanglement of socio-technical and educational imaginaries in UNESCO’s contemporary education-technology nexus. A comparison between the two periods reveals both similarities and differences. References Elfert, Maren (2018). UNESCO´s utopia of lifelong learning: An intellectual history. Routledge. Elfert, Maren, & Ydesen, Christian (2023). Global governance of education: The historical and contemporary entanglements of UNESCO, the OECD and the World Bank. Springer. Hof, B. (2018). From Harvard via Moscow to West Berlin: educational technology, programmed instruction and the commercialisation of learning after 1957. History of Education (Tavistock), 47(4), 445–465. https://doi.org/10.1080/0046760X.2017.1401125 Hof, Barbara & Müggenburg, Jan (2021). Human – learning – machines: introduction to a special section on how cybernetics and constructivism inspired new forms of learning. History of Education, 50(1), 89–92. International Commission on the Development of Education (1972). Learning to be. The world of education today and tomorrow. UNESCO. Jasanoff, Sheila (2015). Future Imperfect: Science, Technology, and the Imaginations of Modernity. In Sheila Jasanoff & Sang-Hyun Kim (Eds.), Dreamscapes of modernity: Sociotechnical imaginaries and the fabrication of power. University of Chicago Press. Latour, Bruno (2005). Reassembling the Social. An Introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. Oxford, New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Meadows, Donella H., Dennis L. Meadows, Jørgen Randers, William Behrens III (1972). The Limits to Growth: A Report for the Club of Rome’s Project on the Predicament of Mankind. New York: Universe Books. Priem, K. (2023). Entangled Media Ecologies: The Nexus of Education and Mass Communication from the Perspective of UNESCO (1945–1989). In C. Flury & M. Geiss (Eds.), How Computers Entered the Classroom, 1960-2000 (Vol. 2, pp. 173–190). Walter de Gruyter GmbH. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110780147-008 Rahm, Lina (2023). AI and lifelong learning: A genealogical approach to the analysis of educational imaginaries and problematisations. In Williamson, Ben, Komljenovic, Janja, and Kalervo Gulson (Eds.), World Yearbook of Education 2024: Digitalisation of Education in the Era of Algorithms, Automation and Artificial Intelligence (Vol. 1). London: Routledge. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Contradictory Vocational Education Policies and Future Orientated Labour Market Agendas 1: University of Southern Denmark & SOSU Fyn, Denmark; 2: University of Southern Denmark Presenting Author:Over the last couple of decades, (trans)national policy has increasingly linked Vocational Education (VET) to global competitiveness (e.g. Cedefop, 2019), turning it into a site where a particular type of workforce must be produced. For example, the OECD (2023) advocates for updated VET systems by “re-engineer[in] certain parts of [them] …to be future-ready, with a focus on responsiveness, flexibility, supporting transitions, and innovation” (p. 3). One of OECD’s recommendations for securing this “future-readiness” is to engage social partners (organisations, trade unions and other labour market actors) in the design of (trans)national VET policies (OECD, 2023, p. 28). Inviting social partners into policy making implies that private labour market agendas must be combined with public ones. Embedded in the OECD agenda is a social engineering logic that instrumentalises lifelong learning as a means of producing a qualified, future orientated, and loyal labour (market) force that is highly skilled, productive, and competitive (Heck et al., 2025). Like other Nordic countries, Denmark is highlighted by OECD as doing VET policy effectively – both on national and institutional level (OECD) – because partnerships have been deeply incorporated. However, this is not an OECD‑born idea, but a long‑standing Nordic tradition rooted in the corporatist organisation of the labour market (Jørgensen, 2018), which the Danish VET system originates from (Nielsen, 2000). In the Danish VET context, which is the focus of this paper, the high level of social partner involvement has shaped a policy agenda aimed at attracting academically strong students to vocational pathways (Danish Ministry of Education, 2014). At the same time, another of OECD’s recommendations is to use VET as a pathway for “low-skilled” learners, offering them social inclusion and lifelong learning opportunities (OECD, 2023, p. 66). As we argue, OECD unknowingly contradicts itself by promoting these different agendas. This contradiction becomes evident in Danish VET policy, which oscillates between two opposing goals: to be ‘special’ and exclusive and to be ‘ordinary’ and inclusive (Cort, 2025). Within this fluctuating educational landscape, Denmark has introduced a new practical upper-secondary education programme (EPX), which merges a range of former vocational programmes. This is presented as a radical shift in the architecture of upper-secondary education in Denmark (Danish Ministry of Education, 2025). EPX is presented as a hybrid between vocational and academic tracks, carrying promise of a good and enjoyable “youth life”, permeability, and smooth transitions from vocational education to further studies. On the one hand, this promise reflects an OECD ideal in terms of flexibility, transition, and lifelong learning (OECD, 2023). On the other hand, the promise conceals narrow and opaque pathways, placing responsibility on students to carefully plan their educational pathways while structurally, their real options are limited or even non-existing. One of the reasons is that EPX does not qualify students for university programmes. Thus, referring to EPX as ‘upper-secondary school’ is misleading and might be interpreted as a persuasive and tactical strategy to enrol – and engineer – students into VET programmes. Our policy (Foucault, 2020; Ball, 2012) and psychoanalytic (Heck et al. 2025, Clarke, 2019) informed analysis of OECD and Danish VET policy demonstrates that competing policy agendas multiply complexity, hierarchies, and paradoxes. These dynamics leave future EPX students to bear the uncertainty of promises that may not materialise as real educational opportunities. Rather than providing clear pathways, such policies may place students in frustrating and complicated positions from which it is difficult for them to interpret what future possibilities for further education are accessible to them and what their future role in an accelerated labour market actually is and can be. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our paper we analyse two key sources: A) OECD’s report on “future-ready” VET systems, which frames responsiveness, flexibility, and lifelong learning as central to global competitiveness (OECD, 2023). B) The agreement text for the upcoming Danish upper-secondary reform introducing EPX, which is presented as a hybrid track between vocational and academic education (Danish Ministry of Education, 2025). Our policy analysis is inspired by Foucault’s notion of problematisation (Foucault, 2020; Foucault et al., 1988), we approach policy not as a neutral response to pre-given problems, but as a practice that actively constitutes what counts as a problem and how it should be addressed. A problem does not simply exist; it becomes a problem through specific historical and discursive formations that render it visible and actionable. In this sense, problematisation refers to the processes through which certain issues are posed as problematic, while others remain unspoken or invisible. Our analysis therefore examines the rationalities and conditions that make policy solutions appear necessary and legitimate. We explore the “price” of these solutions: what ‘problems’ they claim to solve, and what new ‘problems’, tensions, or subject positions they may produce in the process. This perspective allows us to see policy as productive; shaping not only solutions but the very field of (im)possibilities within which actors (policymakers and social partners etc.) think and act. In addition, we draw on Ball’s (2012, 2015) understanding of policy, not only as text but as a productive practice shaped by underlying discourses and rationalities. This means examining the conditions that make certain statements and practices (im)possible and (il)legitimate and (un)desirable. Last, we include psychoanalytical informed policy studies (Clarke, 2019; Heck et al., 2025) to focusing on what kind of subjective positions that become (im)possible to occupy within the existing VET policy frame and how this policy in psychoanalytical terms – and as a result of its lack of consistency and ‘false’ promises – can create ‘hysteric’ students who constantly are seeking answers to questions such as: How are we seen, in what ways, and by whom? What is expected from us? How can we be ready for the future? What kind of future do we need to be ready for and why? And what future is open/closed for us within a VET (EPX) context? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper we have argued that (trans)national VET policy is characterized by multiple, often opposing agendas and by ‘false’ promises concerning further education. One consequence of inviting social partners into the design of VET policy is that private public interests become intertwined in ways that are not without problems. Examining the Danish EPX-case reveals that a price must be paid when a new educational pathway emerges within a policy climate where contradictory agendas intersect. Government efforts to curb over-academisation within EPX – aimed at strengthening inclusion and attracting ‘low-skilled’ students – collide with social partners’ ambitions to retain academically strong students within vocational tracks and to make EPX more exclusive for high-skilled students. Together, the tensions render EPX a fluctuating and unstable educational place. While EPX promises openness and inclusion, it at the same time produces exclusion by reducing overall access, thereby limiting its openness and preventing it from being an option for “all students”. Whereas VET policy has historically reflected ambitions to attract those students left behind, it is increasingly driven by the goal of attracting the best. This shift raises the question of what this comes to mean for students who are unable to get access to EPX. What options remain available for them? Stricter admission requirements and the removal of direct entry from lower secondary to VET programmes mean that a growing share of students will no longer qualify for any upper-secondary pathway immediately after compulsory schooling. Moreover, the promise of permeability beyond EPX materialises as fragmented ‘stepping stones’, making transitions to further education uncertain and highly dependent on individual planning. This situation risks producing ‘hysterical student positions’ within EPX, as students are placed under increasing pressure to navigate – largely on their own – which future educational paths are opened or closed to them. References Ball, S. J. (2012). Global Education Inc: New Policy Networks and the Neoliberal Imaginary. Taylor & Francis Group. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203803301 Ball, S. J. (2015). What is policy? 21 years later: reflections on the possibilities of policy research. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 36(3), 306-313. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2015.1015279 Cedefop. (2019). The Changing Nature and Role of Vocational Education and Training in Europe. Volume 7: VET from a Lifelong Learning Perspective: Continuing VET Concepts, Providers and Participants in Europe 1995-2015. Cedefop Research Paper No. 74. https://proxy3-bib.sdu.dk/login?url=https://www.proquest.com/reports/changing-nature-role-vocational-education/docview/2461133717/se-2?accountid=14211 Clarke, M. (2019). Lacan and Education Policy: The Other Side of Education. Bloomsbury Academic. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350070585 Cort, P. (2025). The wicked problem of making VET attractive – dilemmas in Danish VET policy. Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2025.2507584 Foucault, M. (2020). Discourse and truth and parresia. University of Chicago Press. Foucault, M., Sheridan, A., Kritzman, L. D., & Kritzman, L. D. (1988). The Concern for Truth. In L. D. Kritzman (Ed.), Politics, Philosophy, Culture: Interviews and Other Writings 1977–1984 (pp. 255–267). Routledge Heck, D., Rüsselbæk Hansen, D., Sharpling, E, & McFlynn, P. (2025). The ‘OECD machine’ – Using a negative universality gaze to examine the OECD and its positive universal engineering fantasy. Research in Education. https://doi.org/10.1177/00345237251361257 Jørgensen, C. H. (2018). Vocational education and training in the Nordic countries: Different systems and common challenges. In C. H. Jørgensen, O. J. Olsen, & D. P. Thunqvist (Eds.), Vocational Education in the Nordic Countries: Learning from Diversity (pp. 1-28). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315414492-1 OECD. (2023). Building future-ready vocational education and training systems (OECD Reviews of Vocational Education and Training). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/28551a79-en Nielsen, S. P. (2000). Erhvervsuddannelsessystemet [The vocational education and training system]. In Erhvervsuddannelsessystemet i Danmark [The vocational education and training system in Denmark]. Cedefop. https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/etv/Upload/Information_resources/Bookshop/215/7006DA_3.pdf Danish Ministry of Education (2014). Aftale om Bedre og mere attraktive erhvervsuddannelser [Agreement on Better and More Attractive Vocational Education and Training]. https://www.uvm.dk/-/media/filer/uvm/udd/erhverv/pdf19/190220-aftale-om-bedre-og-mere-attraktive-erhvervsuddannelser.pdf Danish Ministry of Education (2025). Aftale om en ny erhvervs- og professionsrettet gymnasieuddannelse [Agreement on a New Vocational and Professional Upper Secondary Education]. https://www.uvm.dk/-/media/filer/uvm/aktuelt/pdf25/feb/250218---aftale-om-en-ny-erhvervs--og-professionsrettet-gymnasieuddannelse--epx-reform-.pdf Westerså, R. S. (2024, October 8). Regeringen hæver snittet til gymnasiet og sløjfer tiende klasse [The government raises the grade requirement for upper secondary school and abolishes tenth grade]. https://nyheder.tv2.dk/live/politik/2024-10-08-regeringen-haever-snittet-til-gymnasiet-og-sloejfer-tiende-klasse 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper From Human Capital to Human Flourishing: Continuities and Discontinuities in the Economic Discourse og OECD Education Policy Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Educonomic thinking (ie. thinking that enacts education as an instrument for the economy) has dominated education policy since the beginning of the Cold War, in particular through the development of human capital theory by economists (Becker, 1962, 1976; Schultz, 1959, 1963) and its promotion by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and its predecessor OEEC (Brøgger & Ydesen, 2025; Grek, 2024). Meanwhile, in recent years, new educonomic thinking beyond mere economic growth has been emerging, for example under the headline of wellbeing economy. Wellbeing economy is promoted by think tanks and NGO’s; several countries such as the Wellbeing Economy Governments (WEGo), including New Zealand, Wales, Scotland, Finland, Iceland, and Canada; and international organizations, including the OECD among others. The OECD frames education policy within its wellbeing economy framework through a new education policy concept called ‘Education for human flourishing’, including a set of ‘Education for human flourishing competencies’ and an indicator framework called the ‘Better Life Index’. This paper asks in what ways the concept of human flourishing and the ‘Better Life Index’ represent novelties compared to previous OECD education policy by analyzing continuities and discontinuities in educonomic ideas from human capital thinking and performance indicators to these new policy frameworks. The policy phenomenon of wellbeing economy, understood both as an idea and as specific material frameworks, has not yet been analyzed conceptually in education policy research. However, this analysis is important due to the growing impact of wellbeing economy on various policy areas, including education, across the world. Otherwise, economic policy agendas may be overlooked in the midst of the idealist and convincing rhetoric of wellbeing and flourishing. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material for this analysis includes the document ‘Education for Human Flourishing A Conceptual Framework’ (OECD, 2025) and the OECD Well-being Data Monitor (OECD, no year) including subpages and methods documents. This material is coded and analyzed to identify educo-nomic ideas. The identified educonomic ideas are compared to previous educonomic ideas in OECD policy focused on human capital, established through a review of secondary literature on OECD educonomic thinking in the past (ie. Bürgi, 2016; Bürgi et al., 2018; Elfert & Ydesen, 2023; Henry et al., 2001; Resnik, 2006; Schmelzer, 2016; Spring, 2015), to identify continuities and discontinui-ties (Barad, 2007, 2010). The analysis focuses on educonomic ideas, defined as ideas that enact education as an instrument for the economy. It draws on discoursive-material analysis (Barad, 2007), deploying a combination of text reading and analysis of indicators (Madsen, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis demonstrates how the concept of human flourishing entails important continuities from human capital thinking, economizing education and the capacities of human beings, however ex-panded to encompass other areas of human life than merely skills. The analysis furthermore shows how indicators used to analyze the wellbeing of human beings in relation to education draw directly on large-scale tests, developed to assess performance within a human capital framework. Therefore, the concept of human flourishing and the broader wellbeing agenda must be considered an econom-ic agenda that still defines education policy as an instrument for the economy. This conclusion, along with nuances in continuities and discontinuities, and their implications for education policy research constitute the main outcome of the paper. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway : quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822388128 Barad, K. (2010). Quantum Entanglements and Hauntological Relations of Inheritance: Dis/continuities, SpaceTime Enfoldings, and Justice-to-Come. Derrida Today, 3(2), 240-268. Becker, G. S. (1962). Investment in Human Capital: A Theoretical Analysis. Journal of Political Economy, 70(5), 9-49. http://www.jstor.org.ez.statsbiblioteket.dk/stable/1829103 Becker, G. S. (1976). The economic approach to human behavior. The Univ. of Chicago Press. https://www.statsbiblioteket.dk/au/#/search?query=recordID%3A%22sb_646404%22 Brøgger, K., & Ydesen, C. (2025). The Crafting of a European Education Space and Europeanization: The Role of the EU and the OECD. In R. Ruppen Coutaz & S. Paoli (Eds.), Building Europe Through Education, Building Education Through Europe: Actors, Spaces and Pedagogies in a Historical Perspective. Taylor & Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003247838 Bürgi, R. (2016). The Free World and the Cult of Expertise: The Rise of the OECD’s Educationalizing Technocracy. Bildungsgeschichte (IJHE), 6(2), 159-175. https://doi.org/10.35468/IJHE-2016-2-01 Bürgi, R., Leimgruber, M., & Schmelzer, M. (2018). Engineering the Free World: The Emergence of the OECD as an Actor in Education Policy, 1957–1972. In The OECD and the International Political Economy Since 1948 (pp. 285-309). Springer International Publishing AG. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-60243-1_12 Elfert, M., & Ydesen, C. (2023). Global Governance of Education : The Historical and Contemporary Entanglements of UNESCO, the OECD and the World Bank (1st 2023. ed.). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-40411-5 Grek, S. (2024). The New Production of Expert Knowledge : Education, Quantification and Utopia (1st 2024. ed.). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-46606-9 Henry, M., Lingard, B., Rizvi, F., & Taylor, S. (2001). The OECD, globalisation and education policy. IAU. https://www.statsbiblioteket.dk/au/#/search?query=recordID%3A%22sb_5097051%22 Madsen, M. (2021). The configurative agency of metrics in education: a research agenda involving a different engagement with data. Journal of Education Policy, 36(1), 64-83. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2019.1682679 OECD. (2025). Education for Human Flourishing. A Conceptual Framework. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2025/11/education-for-human-flourishing_cb043494/73d7cb96-en.pdf OECD. (no year). OECD Well-being Data Monitor. Retrieved 30/1 from https://www.oecd.org/en/data/tools/well-being-data-monitor/current-well-being.html Resnik, J. (2006). International Organizations, the "Education-Economic Growth" Black Box, and the Development of World Education Culture. Comparative Education Review, 50(2), 173-195. https://doi.org/10.1086/500692 Schmelzer, M. (2016). The Hegemony of Growth: The OECD and the Making of the Economic Growth Paradigm (1 ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781316452035 Schultz, T. W. (1959). Investment in Man: An Economist's View. The Social service review (Chicago), 33(2), 109-117. https://doi.org/10.1086/640656 Schultz, T. W. (1963). The economic value of education. Columbia Univ. Press. Spring, J. (2015). Economization of education: Human capital, global corporations, skills-based schooling [Book]. Taylor and Francis Inc. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315730233 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 25 SES 11 A: Children's Human Rights Education Location: B4113 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Ann Quennerstedt Paper Session |
|
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Reconciling Values or Avoiding Controversies? The Drafting Process of General Comment no. 1 on the Aims of Education 1: University of Lausanne, Switzerland; 2: Queensland University of Technology, Australia; 3: University of Haifa, Israel Presenting Author:The study examines the drafting process of General Comment No. 1 (Committee on the Rights of the Child, 2001; hereinafter GC1), which interprets Article 29(1) of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. Its aim is to understand whether and how the Committee addressed the inherent tensions and ambiguities in Article 29(1), particularly those related to fulfilling the aims of education in diverse societies. Article 29(1) provides the most comprehensive articulation of the aims of education in international law (Lile, 2020; Lundy, 2012). Building on earlier international instruments, it introduces several new elements, including the development of the child’s talents and mental and physical abilities to their fullest potential (Article 29(1)(a)); respect for the child’s parents, cultural identity, language, and national values, as well as for civilizations different from their own (Article 29(1)(c)); and respect for the natural environment (Article 29(1)(e)). Seminal scholarship on the right to education has highlighted the significance of these additions, particularly the cultural dimension enshrined in Article 29(1)(c) (Beiter, 2005; Lundy, 2012). Article 29(1) was interpreted by the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child in GC1. In light of the provision’s broad and vague language, the Committee’s interpretive role assumes particular importance. On the one hand, GC1 outlines an expansive vision of the right to education that reflects educational ideas considered progressive at the time of its adoption (I’Anson, 2021). It promotes a “child-centred” approach to schooling and a “holistic” understanding of curriculum design that extends beyond basic knowledge acquisition (§9, §12). I’Anson (2021) characterised these interpretations as “ambitious - even quite radical - in scope” (p. 15). GC1 itself recognises that realising this vision would require substantial reforms to existing educational systems (§18). On the other hand, GC1 largely avoids engaging with the challenges of implementing the right to education across diverse cultural and political contexts. It acknowledges that “some of the diverse values expressed in Article 29 (1) might be thought to be in conflict with one another in certain situations” and notes that efforts to promote tolerance and understanding may not always align with policies aimed at fostering respect for a child’s own cultural identity and national values (§4). Rather than addressing the dilemmas that may arise from such conflicts or proposing mechanisms to resolve them, GC1 asserts that the significance of Article 29(1) lies in its call for a “balanced approach” capable of “reconciling diverse values through dialogue and respect for difference” (§4). This open-ended language sidesteps long-standing debates concerning the minimum standards or core content of the right to education in international law (Alston, 1987; Coomans, 1994), as well as broader disputes over the universality of human rights versus cultural relativism (Donnelly, 1984; Zechenter, 1997). As Lundy et al. (2016) observed, balancing the cultural aims of Article 29(1)(c) with the other educational goals in Article 29(1) lies at the heart of many contemporary national and transnational challenges. These include, for example, human rights and democratic education in authoritarian contexts and restrictions on children’s right to exit their culture through the omission of educational content necessary for participation in democratic societies. This silence on core dilemmas may help explain why GC1 has received relatively limited scholarly attention and exerted modest influence in practice (Author 2 et al., 2021; Edeji, 2025; I’Anson, 2021; Lansdown, 2022). Notably, the present study is the only one to date that systematically examines the drafting process of GC1. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a transnational socio-historical perspective, which acknowledges that social processes are not contained within the boundaries of nation-states and uses approaches that emphasize global networks and transnational social spaces (see Chamberlin et al., 2023; Clavin, 2005; Haupt, 2011). Drawing on newly accessed archival materials from UN divisions and agencies, the study reconstructs the socio-historical context and identifies the key actors involved in the drafting of GC1. The first phase of the analysis involved establishing a detailed timeline of the drafting process as well as the main actors involved, based on publicly available materials on the UN website. From this preliminary mapping, a declassification request to the UN Library and Archives in Geneva, OHCHR section, Switzerland, seeking access to all archival boxes relating to the Committee on the Rights of the Child was submitted and approved. In June 2025, we systematically examined the declassified materials, photocopied all relevant documents, and compiled a database organised by box codes and individual document identifiers. In parallel, we reviewed the Committee’s publicly available meeting minutes from 1999 to 2001. In the subsequent phase of analysis, we conducted a close reading of all collected materials, guided by three research questions: why education was selected as the topic of the first general comment; how the drafting process unfolded; and why controversial issues were excluded from the final text. Ethical approval for the study was granted by the Institutional Review Board of Author 2’s university and is recognised by the universities of Authors 1 and 3. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The drafting of GC1 was intended to launch the Committee’s practice of issuing general comments by selecting a topic perceived as non-controversial and capable of being completed quickly. The right to education was not initially a priority. Neither the list of six topics originally proposed for the first general comment, nor the issues that occupied the Committee in the years prior to 1999, included education. Most substantive discussions took place during a two-day conference, where most of the drafting of GC1 took place. Findings that will be discussed in this presentation include how the deliberations during the conference focused predominantly on the purpose and function of general comments, rather than on the aims of education and potentially contentious issues that had been raised elsewhere. The most pivotal actors in the process will also be identified as well as their networks of influence. References Alston, P. (1987). Out of the abyss: The challenges confronting the new UN committee on economic, social and cultural rights. Human Rights Quarterly, 9, 332–381. Beiter, K. D. (2005). The protection of the right to education by international law: Including a systematic analysis of Article 13 of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (Vol. 82). Brill. Chamberlin, P. T., Corinealdi, K., Ewing, C., Fancy, H., Ghosh, A., Herman, R., Jimenez, R., John, M., Khalili, L., Stephens, J., Scott, E. R., & Slobodian, Q. (2023). On transnational and international history. The American Historical Review, 128(1), 255–332. https://doi.org/10.1093/ahr/rhad138 Clavin, P. (2005). Defining transnationalism. Contemporary European History, 14, 421-439. Coomans, F. (1994). Identifying violations of the right to education. SIM Special, 20, 125-146. Donnelly, J. (1984). Cultural relativism and universal human rights. Human Rights Quarterly, 6, 400–419. Edeji, O. C. (2025). Intersections of the right to education and human dignity in international human rights law: A purpose-based analysis. Laws, 14(3), 1-22. Haupt, H.-G. (2011). Une nouvelle sensibilité : la perspective “transnationale”, une note critique. Cahiers Jaurès, 200(2), 173-180. I’Anson, J. (2021). Article 29 and its translation into policy and practice in Scotland: An impossible right to education?. In J. Gillett-Swan & N. Thelander (Eds.), Children’s rights from international educational perspectives: Wicked problems for children’s education rights (pp. 13–26). Lansdown, G., Covell, K., & Vaghri, Z. (2022). Article 29: The aims of education. In G. Lansdown & Z. Vaghri (Eds.), Monitoring state compliance with the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child: An analysis of attributes (pp. 261–270). Springer International Publishing. Lile, H. S. (2020). International law on the aims of education: The Convention on the Rights of the Child as a legal framework for school curriculums. Routledge. Lundy, L. (2012). Children's rights and educational policy in Europe: The implementation of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Oxford Review of Education, 38(4), 393–411. Lundy, L., Orr, K., & Shier, H. (2016). Children’s education rights: Global perspectives. In M. D. Ruck, M. Peterson-Badali, & M. Freeman (Eds.), Handbook of children's rights: Global and multidisciplinary perspectives (pp. 386–402). Routledge. Zechenter, E. M. (1997). In the name of culture: Cultural relativism and the abuse of the individual. Journal of Anthropological Research, 53(3), 319–347. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Educating the “Universal Child”. Children’s Human Rights education and Curriculum Discourses in Sweden and Italy 1: Örebro university, Sweden; 2: University of Verona; 3: University of Milano Presenting Author:This contribution examines how the principle of universality in human rights is pedagogically mediated through national curriculum discourses, focusing on the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) and the constructed figure of “the child”. While universality is formally anchored in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (UDHR) and reaffirmed through subsequent international human rights instruments, its meaning remains conceptually contested. Debates distinguish between the aspiration to secure justice and dignity for all and the risk that universalist claims may conceal culturally specific assumptions, reproduce Western-centric norms, or silence marginalised voices (Alston, 1994; Faulkner & Nyamutata, 2020). Against this background, the UNCRC’s near-universal ratification and its age-based definition of the child (under 18) appear to establish a shared legal subject: the “universal child”, a rights-bearer whose entitlements should transcend borders, languages, and political systems (United Nations, 1989; United Nations General Assembly, 2018). Yet critical scholarship has long argued that this ostensibly neutral subject is often modelled on implicit norms (e.g., white, able-bodied, heterosexual, middle-class), and that universality may flatten the plurality of childhoods shaped by context, power, and intersecting forms of exclusion (James & Prout, 1997; De Graeve, 2015; Joosten, 2024). The article develops a comparative analysis between Sweden and Italy to explore how the “universal child” is refracted through national educational policy. These cases are strategically selected because both are European democracies committed to education and children’s rights, yet they differ markedly in how they articulate children’s rights within legal and curricular frameworks. Sweden has incorporated the UNCRC into national law and positions the child explicitly as a rights-holder within the curriculum (United Nations, 1989). Italy, while committed to inclusion and democratic education, tends to embed children’s rights indirectly through constitutional humanism and relational values; rather than foregrounding rights language, the Italian curriculum privileges a personalist conception of the child as a “person” whose identity is constituted through relation and participation, sustained by a strong alliance between school and families (MIUR, 2025). The analysis is grounded in qualitative content analysis of curriculum documents at ISCED levels 1 and 2 (primary and lower secondary), focusing on two research questions: (1) how is “the child” represented, including terminology, attributes, and implicit assumptions; and (2) are specific groups of children named and, if so, which groups and what educational provisions are addressed to them? (UNESCO, 2021). Findings indicate that both curricula construct childhood as multidimensional, refusing a narrow academic reduction and emphasising development across cognitive, emotional, relational, and civic dimensions. However, they mobilise different conceptual grammars. Sweden frames the child through universal human rights and anti-discrimination principles, operationalising agency through participation and democratic influence in school life, and explicitly aligning with legal protections (Osler & Starkey, 2010). Italy frames the child through dignity-centred personhood and “enabling contexts”, where inclusion and personalisation are expressed as pedagogical responsibilities linked to talents, life projects, and intergenerational solidarity (MIUR, 2025). Overall, the article argues that universality should be approached less as a philosophical problem to be settled than as an analytical lens for examining how curricula authorise particular images of childhood, recognise (or obscure) diversity, and shape what forms of rights-knowledge and participation are made available to children in compulsory schooling (Osler & Starkey, 2010; Colli Vignarelli, 2025). The comparison also highlights how universality is mediated not only through policy traditions but through language itself. The term “child” is not semantically neutral across languages: Italian translations using bambino may implicitly connote early childhood and default masculine generic forms, potentially narrowing who is readily imagined as a rights-holder, while Swedish barn is gender-neutral and age-inclusive (Reynaert, Bouverne-De Bie, & Vandevelde, 2009; Liebel, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods This study adopts a cross-national comparative design to examine how universality and children’s rights are pedagogically mediated through curriculum discourse in Sweden and Italy. Comparative work in education is particularly suited to making visible the assumptions that remain naturalised within a single national context (Alexander, 2009). By juxtaposing two systems that share international commitments but differ in legal, cultural, and curricular traditions, the analysis illuminates how the UNCRC’s abstract subject of rights is translated into distinct educational imaginaries (United Nations, 1989). Italy and Sweden were selected as strategic cases because both are high-income European democracies that ratified the UNCRC early, yet they diverge in the relationship between children’s rights, law, and schooling. Sweden incorporated the UNCRC into national law, and explicitly anchors education in human rights and democratic participation (United Nations, 1989). Italy has not incorporated the UNCRC into national law; children’s rights tend to be invoked indirectly through constitutional principles, inclusion policies, and a personalist conception of education that emphasises relationality and the school–family alliance (MIUR, 2012; MIUR, 2018; MIUR, 2025). To ensure comparability, curriculum documents were selected using ISCED levels (UNESCO, 2021), focusing on levels 1 and 2 (primary and lower secondary). For Italy, the principal document is the Indicazioni nazionali per il curricolo 2025 (draft, scheduled for implementation in 2026/2027) (MIUR, 2025), complemented—where relevant for contextual continuity—by the Indicazioni nazionali (MIUR, 2012) and Indicazioni nazionali e nuovi scenari (MIUR, 2018). For Sweden, the corpus includes the curriculum for compulsory school (Lgr 2022), focusing on the sections on foundational values and overarching goals and guidelines. Data were analysed through qualitative content analysis, understood as a systematic yet flexible approach to interpreting meaning in texts (Graneheim & Lundman, 2004; Elo & Kyngäs, 2008; Kyngäs, 2020). An inductive orientation was adopted to allow categories to emerge from the documents rather than imposing a priori coding frames (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008; Kyngäs, 2020). The process proceeded through iterative phases of (1) identification of meaning units relevant to the research questions; (2) condensation and open coding anchored to the original wording; (3) grouping into sub-categories and categories; and (4) abstraction into higher-order conceptual categories (Graneheim & Lundman, 2004; Kyngäs, 2020). Two guiding research questions structured the coding: (a) how is “the child” represented? and (b) which groups of children are explicitly named, and which are implicitly constructed through descriptions of vulnerability, risk, or educational responsibility? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusions The comparative analysis demonstrates that the “universal child” of the UNCRC is not simply applied to national education systems but is actively re-authored through distinct curriculum grammars (United Nations, 1989). Sweden and Italy share a holistic view of childhood: the child appears as a multidimensional subject whose development includes agency, well-being, relational life, and civic participation (Osler & Starkey, 2010). This convergence suggests that universality operates, at least partly, as a shared pedagogical horizon: education is framed as enabling children to live with dignity and to participate meaningfully in democratic societies (Arts, 2014; Doek, 2011). The curriculums differ in conceptual pathways. Sweden emphasizes the child as a rights-bearing human being within an explicit architecture of non-discrimination and democratic participation based on human rights principles (Osler & Starkey, 2010). Italy foregrounds the child as a "person" embedded in constitutional humanism, where identity is constituted through relationship and participation in pedagogical alliance with the family (MIUR, 2025). This matters for human rights education by shaping children’s rights learning: either as enforceable guarantees and participatory procedures, or as dignity-centered personhood in relationships, responsibilities, and community belonging (Osler & Starkey, 2010; Alston, 1994). Both approaches also display silences. Rights language may remain underspecified in Italy in ways that limit procedural participation, while Sweden’s curriculum devotes comparatively limited attention to the constitutive role of the family. The analysis underscores that universality is linguistically mediated: the category of “the child” is shaped by translation choices, with implications for which ages and identities are readily imagined as rights-holders (Reynaert, Bouverne-De Bie, & Vandevelde, 2009; Liebel, 2012; Peruzzo, 2022). Universality, therefore, is best treated not as sameness but as a critical lens for scrutinising how curricula recognise plurality, render some childhoods more visible than others, and configure the conditions for participation and inclusion (Crenshaw, 1991; Colli Vignarelli, 2025). References References Alston, P. (1994). The Best Interests of the Child: Reconciling Culture and Human Rights. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Arts, K. (2014). Twenty-five years of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child: Achievements and challenges. Netherlands International Law Review, 61(3), 267–303. Colli Vignarelli, S. C. (2025). Prospettive future per i diritti dell’infanzia e dell’adolescenza: Oltre il mito del bambino universale. Bambini, (6), 4–5. De Graeve, K. (2015). Children's rights from a gender studies perspective: Gender, intersectionality and ethics of care. In Routledge International Handbook of Children's Rights Studies (pp. 147–163). Routledge. Doek, J. E. (2011). The CRC: Dynamics and Directions of Monitoring its Implementation. In A. Invernizzi & J. Williams (Eds.), The Human Rights of Children: From Visions to Implementation (pp. 99–116). Farnham/Burlington: Ashgate. (Republished as e-book by Routledge, 2016). Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. Faulkner, E. A., & Nyamutata, C. (2020). The Decolonisation of Children’s Rights and the Colonial Contours of the Convention on the Rights of the Child. International Journal of Children’s Rights, 28(1), 66–88. Joosten, F. (2024). Queering children’s rights: A critical queer analysis of the UNCRC. Journal of Social Welfare and Family Law, 46(2), 208–225. Kyngäs, H. (2020). Inductive content analysis. In H. Kyngäs, K. Mikkonen, & M. Kääriäinen (Eds.), The application of content analysis in nursing science research (pp. 13–22). Cham: Springer. Liebel, M. (2012). Children's rights from below: Cross-cultural perspectives. Palgrave Macmillan Skolverket. (2022). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet: Lgr22 [Curriculum for the compulsory school, preschool class and school-age educare: Lgr22]. www.skolverket.se MIUR. (2012). Indicazioni nazionali per il curricolo della scuola dell’infanzia e del primo ciclo di istruzione. Roma: Ministero dell’Istruzione, dell’Università e della Ricerca. MIUR. (2018). Indicazioni nazionali e nuovi scenari. Roma: Ministero dell’Istruzione, dell’Università e della Ricerca. MIUR. (2025). Indicazioni nazionali per il curricolo 2025. Roma: Ministero dell’Istruzione e del Merito. Osler, A., & Starkey, H. (2010). Teachers and Human Rights Education. Stoke-on-Trent: Trentham Books. UNESCO. (2021). ISCED-T 2021: International Standard Classification of Teacher Training Programmes. Montreal: UNESCO Institute for Statistics. United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. UN General Assembly resolution 44/25. United Nations General Assembly. (2018). Status of the Convention on the Rights of the Child: Report of the Secretary-General. UN Doc. A/73/227. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Examining Curricula and Assessments through the lens of Children’s Human Rights Education: A Comparative Study 1: University of Aberdeen, United Kingdom; 2: University of Gävle, Sweden; 3: Gazi University, Türkiye Presenting Author:Children’s human rights education (CHRE) is emphasised in UNCRC article 42 (UN, 1989). More emphasis on CHRE in national curricula is needed alongside the development of its own knowledge structure or episteme (Parker, 2018). Studies have investigated the implementation of rights of provision, protection and participation (e.g. Covell et al, 2010; Osler and Solhaug, 2018), including in unplanned ways (Isenström, 2022). Whether signatory states’ commitment is followed through into national curricula, syllabi, assessment criteria and examinations is under-explored. We examined national documentation in three countries: Scotland; Sweden; and Türkiye. Scotland and Sweden have incorporated the UNCRC into national legislation. There has been previous research comparing Swedish and Turkish preschool curricula in this general field (Kahriman-Pamuk and Borg, 2025) but not compulsory education for the three countries. We provide a commentary on what our results show about the importance placed on CHRE in the three countries and what messages there are for other European countries. Scotland has a national framework, Curriculum for Excellence (CfE), covering education for all children from 3-18 years (Scottish Executive, 2004). It was introduced in 2010 after extensive consultation and collaboration between educational stakeholders, including teachers, policymakers, and government. It emphasises flexibility and, rather than specifying content that must be taught, it lays down Experiences and Outcomes (referred to as ‘Es and Os’) that should be met in each of the curriculum areas by stage. While CfE was meant to be inherently decentralised, it has been found that teachers in England are more likely to diversify the curriculum than their counterparts in Scotland (Smith et al., 2025). The main aims and objectives of CfE are four key capacities: successful learners; confident individuals; responsible citizens; and effective contributors. The curriculum is currently being revised (Education Scotland, 2025). In Sweden national curricula are issued by the Swedish Government and apply to the entire school system with different curricula for each level. These curricula specify the values that the school must base its teaching on and the goals that the student must achieve. All schools must follow the curriculum so that all students receive an equivalent education. There is a syllabus for each subject, teachers should start from what is in the syllabus when they plan their teaching, assess work, and assign grades. The curriculum is adapted at the municipal level and there is still room for the teacher to determine their own teaching. The curriculum requires that schools "convey and establish respect for human rights and the basic democratic values" (Skolverket 2022, p. 5). The section Fundamental values and mission of the school is based on a conception of students as active individuals that schools and school staff have the obligation to support in their learning process in a democratic society based on fundamental values, rights, and obligations. This section names gender equality, equity, no discrimination, sustainability as explicit central values for education. Türkiye’s current curriculum is named Türkiye Yüzyılı Maarif Modeli (Türkiye's Century Education Model) (Turkish Government, 2025). The word “century” was a political choice to emphasise the beginning of the second 100 years of the Republic of Türkiye. This curriculum covers all from pre-school through to high school and applies to all public and private schools, so that there is a unified standard for the entire nation. This new curriculum attempts to balance national unity and standards (centralisation) with pedagogical flexibility (decentralisation). Learning activities are designed to prioritise the development of high-level thinking skills and competencies (e.g., analytical thinking in mathematics, experimental learning in science). Values are no longer confined to certain subjects but must be integrated contextually across all subjects and activities via the virtue-value-action framework. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the three countries, Scotland, Sweden and Türkiye, researchers examined national curricula, and syllabi if these existed, and assessment criteria or examination papers to determine the presence (or absence) of CHRE for all children. The research question began as ‘which keywords related to children’s human rights education are found in national curricula and assessment documentation?’ Similar to studies of curriculum in other countries (for example Rinaldi et al. 2020) an analysis was undertaken to identify how often and where CHRE could be found in the national curricula documents, national syllabi and assessment criteria if they existed and in national examination papers where there were no national assessment criteria to analyse. We used four of Van den Akker et al. (2009) curriculum elements of to guide our analysis. As the research focused on documentation rather than classroom practice, we focused on the following elements: aims and objectives; content; and assessment and evaluation. Therefore, we did not look at the other seven elements: rationale; learning activities; teacher roles; materials and resources; grouping; location; and time. We were also aware that there is a difference between the intended, the implemented and the achieved curriculum (Goodlad, Klein and Tye (1979). By looking at national curricula and syllabi, assessment criteria and examination papers it is only possible to analyse the intended curriculum. One author searched the three national curricula and assessment documents in the document’s original language for each of the keywords, for example ‘citizen’ in English, ‘medborgare’ in Swedish and ‘vatandaş’ in Turkish. The individual country results were then analysed by the author based in that country to determine whether where the keyword was found was relevant to the study, for example in some of the Scottish examination papers the word ‘law’ appeared in headings rather than in examination questions. The authors then considered whether CHRE was included implicitly rather than explicitly through the keywords that were searched for, as Quennerstedt (2024) had done when analysing the three levels of curriculum in Sweden. After this analysis each author produced a country specific account of the place and importance of CHRE in their national curricula, syllabi and assessment criteria. The authors compared the results across the three countries to identify similarities and differences between them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis showed a small number of CHRE terms in the Scottish documentation. Although CHRE was hard to find within the curriculum’s Experiences and Outcomes, what is covered in the classroom depends on the individual teacher, school and local authority. As Daniels (2018) found, policymakers consider Learning for Sustainability as the place where CHRE will be covered. The incorporation of the UNCRC (1989) into Scots law is an opportunity to consider the place of CHRE in the Scottish curriculum (Daniels, 2022). There were more instances of the keywords in the Curriculum for Excellence framework document than in the examination papers. In Sweden, CHRE was found both explicitly and implicitly. The lack of terms such as political/politics, citizens and citizenship can be interpreted as a curricular conception of the school as a ‘no politics’ institution. School mission is expressed as the promotion of the education of individuals rather than a political mission of the education of citizens. For example, using formulations such as “promote the learning by stimulating each individual to acquire and develop knowledge and values …” and “Schools shall be characterized by care for individuals” (Skolverket, p. 7). In the Turkish Maarif Education Program, we observed children's rights presented as a synthesis of global awareness and local cultural values. Furthermore, curriculum outcomes maintain a balance between rights and responsibilities. Rather than being treated merely as a standalone subject, topics related to children's rights are integrated into life practice intertwined with concepts such as human dignity, justice, compassion, and responsibility. Teachers can find it difficult to teach CHRE (Struthers, 2016) and so explicit references to CHRE within curricula may not always translate into practice, however, if references to CHRE are more visible in curricula, syllabi and assessment, then this can provide both confidence and an impetus to teach and practise it. References Covell, K., Howe, R. B., and McNeil, J. K. (2010). Implementing children’s human rights education in schools. Improving Schools, 13(2), 117-132. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480210378942 Daniels, S. (2022). Incorporating the Convention on the Rights of the Child in Scottish education. Human Rights Education Review, 5(3), 48–67. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.4771 Daniels, S. (2018). Global Citizenship Education and Human Rights in Scottish Education: An Analysis of Education Policy. Citizenship, Social and Economics Education, 17(2), 85–99. https://doi.org/10.1177/2047173418769910 Education Scotland (2025). Scotland’s Curriculum Framework, Curriculum Improvement Cycle. https://blogs.glowscotland.org.uk/glowblogs/cices/ Goodlad, J., Klein, F., and Tye, K. (1979). The domains of curriculum and their study. In J. Goodlad and Associates (Eds), Curriculum inquiry: The study of curriculum practice (pp. 43-76). McGrawHill. Isenström, L. (2022). Collateral human rights learning situations: what are they? Cambridge Journal of Education, 52(3), 271-290. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2021.1977782 Kahriman-Pamuk, D., & Borg, F. (2025). Sustainability, play and children´s agency: a comparative study of the Swedish and Turkish preschool curricula. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 33(4), 659–675. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2024.2415948 Osler, A., and Solhaug, T. (2018). Children’s human rights and diversity in schools: Framing and measuring. Research in Comparative and International Education, 13(2), 276-298. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745499918777289 Parker, W.C. (2018). Human Rights Education’s Curriculum Problem. Human Rights Education Review, 1(1), 05–24. https://doi.org/10.7577/hrer.2450 Quennerstedt, A. (2024). National curricula as promoters or obstructers of human rights education – the example of Sweden, in Osler, A. and Goldschmidt-Gjerløw, B. (Eds.) Nordic Perspectives on Human Rights Education: Research and Practice for Social Justice. Routledge. Rinaldi, S., Moody, Z., and Darbellay, F. (2020). Children’s human rights education in Swiss curricula. An intercultural perspective into educational concepts, Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften 42(1), S. 64-83. Skolverket [National Agency of Education]. (2022). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet – Lgr22 [Curriculum for Compulsory School, Preschool Class and After School Care 2022]. https://www.skolverket.se/publikationsserier/styrdokument/2024/laroplan-for-grundskolan-forskoleklassen-och-fritidshemmet---lgr22 Smith, J., Harris, R., and Burn, K. (2025). History teachers as curriculum-makers in policy and practice: quantitative insights from England and Scotland. Journal of Education Policy, 40(2), 288-312. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2024.2357614 Struthers, A. E. (2016). Human rights: A topic too controversial for mainstream education? Human Rights Law Review, 16(1), 131-162. https://doi.org/10.1093/hrlr/ngv040 Turkish Government (2025). National Education Curriculum, https://mufredat.meb.gov.tr/ UN (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. General Assembly resolution 44/25, adopted 20/11/1989. Van den Akker, J., De Boer, W., Folmer, E., Kuiper, W., Letschert, J., Nieveen, N., and Thijs, A. (2009). Curriculum in development. Enschede: Netherlands Institute for Curriculum Development. Enschede: SLO. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 11 A: Wellbeing, Workload & Retention (Part 2) Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Anna Kanape Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper School Principal Workload in an Era of Work Intensification 1: Pontificia Universidad Católica de Valparaíso, Chile; 2: University of Stirling, Scotland; 3: Universidad de Santiago de Chile, Chile. Presenting Author:In Europe, as in many other countries worldwide, average levels of work intensity across different sectors are relatively high and have slightly increased over the past decade (Adăscăliței et al.,, 2022). Work intensification is defined as an ongoing process in which the work is increasingly shaped by the expansion of workload, acceleration of work pace, and growing role complexity. In the educational field, this phenomenon has been examined in several European contexts, including England (Allen et al., 2021), Italy (De Carlo et al., 2021) and Switzerland (Maas et al., 2021), among others. However, most studies have focused on teachers’ work intensification, with comparatively less attention given to school principals (Wang et al.,, 2023). Intensification of the work in the case of school principals can be explained by the growth in demands, expectations, and responsibilities placed on the principalship to mobilise and sustain school improvement processes (Oplatka, 2017). This intensification is further amplified by explicit policy mandates that have expanded the instructional leadership agenda for school principals (Klocko & Wells, 2015) specially in contexts of hyper accountability and superperformativity (Perryman, 2024). Unsurprisingly, within this global context, there is a perception of the role as extremely complex and demanding with high levels of stress (Author, 2021), job dissatisfaction (Darmody & Smyth, 2016), and frustration (Dor-Haim, 2024). The effects of these have translated into global difficulties in attracting, retaining, and motivating school principals to remain in their posts (Riley et al., 2021). In Chile, there is a clear normative emphasis on instructional leadership, expressed in policy documents that guide principals´ work such as the Good School Leadership and Management Framework (2015) and the School Performance Indicators (2021). However, this regulatory ideal contrasts sharply with the everyday demands faced by school principals. In practice, bureaucracy, paperwork, and external accountability pressures generate frustration and stress, making an already demanding role even more difficult (Author, 2021). Recent evidence suggests a link between work intensification experiences and principal turnover, affecting school performance and student achievement (Author, 2025). The present study aims to examine the intensification of work experienced by Chilean school leaders, recognising this as a highly complex phenomenon with both positive and negative outcomes. On the positive side, increased work demands can enhance leaders’ capacity to perform under pressure and foster innovative strategies for task completion (Shao et al., 2019). However, the negative consequences are often more pronounced, including significant emotional costs that affect both the personal and professional lives of principals (Wang et al., 2023). Such challenges have the potential for systemic impact, as they may compromise the sustainability of educational leadership (Towers, 2022). These considerations highlight the importance of understanding the working conditions faced by school leaders and identifying effective strategies to better support them. Underpinned by work intensification theory (Creagh et al., 2025) and using a qualitative approach, this study explores two research questions: RQ1: How do Chilean school principals describe and experience the intensification of their work? RQ2: What components do principals identify as contributing to work intensification? This study contributes to the growing and recent literature on principals’ work intensification. This contribution is relevant for at least three reasons. First, there is a lack of empirical evidence on workload in the educational field compared to other sectors of the workforce, such as health or business. Second, as Oplatlka (2017) highlighted, existing studies tend to address principals’ workload as a secondary finding rather than as the primary focus of research analysis. Third, workload can easily shift into overload in an era of work intensification and this can increase the leadership crisis (Towers, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative methodology, which enables in-depth interpretation and allows for the exploration of a broad spectrum of the social world, such as personal beliefs, theories of action, and emotions, from school principals’ perspectives (Patton, 2002). Data were collected through semi-structured interviews designed to capture principals’ work practices as well as the feelings associated with their experiences. The data were initially analyzed manually and coded individually, and subsequently compared across researchers to identify common themes and codes. An inductive analysis of the narratives was conducted to identify themes and patterns that addressed the research questions, drawing on the participants’ subjective perspectives (Patton, 2002). Participants are 33 school principals working in public schools in one central region of Chile. Forty principals were invited to participate as they were involved in a partnership between university, ministry of education and school municipalities. The average age of participants was 48 years (min. 34 – max. 62), with 23 identifying as women. In terms of professional experience, the average was 6 years (min. 3 – max. 21). Seventy-one percent of the participants had been appointed through the formal school principal selection system. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding the first research question, 25 of the 33 principals in this study describe their work as highly intensive. This intensification is primarily driven by the need to respond to multiple, and often externally imposed demands, most of which are bureaucratic and administrative. Despite variation at the individual and organisational levels, no systematic differences emerge between novice and experienced principals, or between leaders of larger and smaller schools, in the strategies employed to cope with work intensification. Notably, principals identify a clear breakpoint following the COVID-19 pandemic, characterised by heightened pressure associated with social-emotional demands and the well-being of both students and staff. This shift has added a further layer of complexity to principals’ work, reinforcing what Creigh et al. (2025) describe as “time poverty” (p. 676), in which available time progressively diminishes as responsibilities expand, contributing to increased stress and the risk of burnout. The second research question focuses on the components of work intensification. Principals identify multitasking in response to diverse demands, attending to school climate and teachers’ well-being, and managing administrative and external requirements as core elements of their work. These findings align with international research on principal workload (e.g., Oplatka, 2017; Wang et al., 2023). However, three context-specific components further intensify principals’ work. These include regulatory requirements enforced by the Superintendence of Education, which may carry financial penalties for school providers; the need to secure additional financial resources to support pedagogical improvement and infrastructure; and responding outside working hours to theft and vandalism in schools located in high-risk neighbourhoods. Together, these findings highlight how accountability pressures, resource constraints, and broader social inequalities intersect to amplify demands on school leaders, reinforcing concerns about the long-term viability of these roles within contemporary education systems. References Author (2021) Author (2025) Adăscăliței, D., Heyes, J., & Mendonca, P. (2022). The intensification of work in Europe: A multilevel analysis. British Journal of Industrial Relations, 60(2), 324-347. Allen, R., Benhenda, A., Jerrim, J., & Sims, S. (2021). New evidence on teachers’ working hours in England. An empirical analysis of four datasets. Research Papers in Education, 36(6), 657-681. Creagh, S., G. Thompson, N. Mockler, M., Stacey, M., &, Hogan. A. (2025). Workload, Work Intensification and Time Poverty for Teachers and School Leaders: A Systematic Research Synthesis. Educational Review, 77 (2), 661–680. Darmody, M., & Smyth, E. (2016). Primary school principals’ job satisfaction and occupational stress. International Journal of Educational Management, 30(1), 115–128. De Carlo, A., Girardi, D., Falco, A., Dal Corso, L., & Di Sipio, A. (2019). When does work interfere with teachers’ private life? An application of the job demands-resources model. Frontiers in psychology, 10, 1121. Dor-Haim, P. (2024). Exploring frustration: Insights from Israeli elementary school principals’ diverse perspectives. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 17411432241267997. Klocko, B., & Wells, C. (2015). Workload pressures of principals: A focus on renewal, support, and mindfulness. NASSP Bulletin, 99(4), 332–355. Maas, J., Schoch, S., Scholz, U., Rackow, P., Schüler, J., Wegner, M., & Keller, R. (2021). Teachers’ perceived time pressure, emotional exhaustion and the role of social support from the school principal. Social Psychology of Education, 24(2), 441-464. Oplatka, I. (2017). Principal workload. Journal of Educational Administration, 55(5), 552–568. Patton, M. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Perryman, J. (2024). Performative-accountability and time-poverty. In Teaching and Time Poverty (pp. 27-43). Routledge. Riley, P., See, SM., Marsh, H., & Dicke, T. (2021). The Australian principal occupational health, safety and well-being survey 2020 data. Report, Institute for Positive Psychology and Education. Australian Catholic University, Sydney, February. Shao, Y., Nijstad, B. A., & Täuber, S. (2019). Creativity under workload pressure and integrative complexity: The double-edged sword of paradoxical leadership. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 155, 7-19. Towers, E. (2022). Why do headteachers stay in disadvantaged primary schools in London? Leadership and Policy in Schools, 21(2), 206-221. Wang, F., Pollock, K., & Hauseman, C. (2023). Time demands and emotionally draining situations amid work intensification of school principals. Educational Administration Quarterly, 59(1), 112-142. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Why Teachers Stay: The Role of School Leaders in High-Demand Secondary Schools – Results of the TALIS Study 2024 1: University of Graz, Austria; 2: University College of Teacher Education Styria Presenting Author:Positive working conditions are quintessential to attract individuals to the teaching profession and to keep qualified teachers in schools (OECD, 2019). This is important, as teacher dropout imposes not only financial burdens on the educational system of a country, but also negatively impacts student performances (OECD, 2020). While internationally on average 17% of teachers intend to quit the profession within the next 5 years (OECD, 2025), the recent TALIS 2024 reports that more than half of Austria’s secondary school teachers experience high levels of strain and stress, and one quarter even intends to quit teaching before their 60th birthday (Koschmieder et al., 2025). The intention to quit the teaching profession is – not only in Austria - triggered by more work-related strain – for example enhanced through higher stress level, workload or pupil misbehaviour – and by reduced satisfaction with teaching (Koschmieder et al., 2025). This relationship is undermined by the Job Demands-Resources model (JD-R; Bakker & Demerouti, 2007), where job characteristics play a major role in whether individuals show higher strain and lower motivation leading to higher intention to quit. This study, however, views the topic from a different angle and investigates the resources that school leaders in high-demand school contexts can provide, so that teachers experience less strain and more motivation. This can contribute to enhancing job satisfaction and making teachers stay, even in high-demand schools. The underlying JD-R model divides job characteristics for any occupation into job demands and job resources (Demerouti et al., 2001). Job demands refer to aspects of work that require long-term physical or mental effort – such as emotional demands, workload or time pressure – and are therefore associated with physiological or psychological strain (Heilala et al., 2021; Rahimi & Arnold, 2024). In contrast, job resources are work-related factors that help teachers achieve their work goals, reduce job demands and the associated stress (Demerouti et al., 2001). The effect of job demands and job resources can be explained in two ways in the JD-R model. (1) High job demands initiate the health impairment process, which can lead to exhaustion and impaired mental and physical health due to prolonged stress. (2) Job resources, on the other hand, activate the motivational process, which manifests itself in higher work engagement and motivation (Demerouti et al., 2001). The extended version of the model also assumes that job resources can impair the negative effects of high job demands, while high job demands can impair the positive effects of job resources on motivation and commitment (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007). While the JD-R model was used to explain how job demands and resources relate to teachers’ job satisfaction (Admiraal & Kittelsen Roberg, 2023) or teachers’ well-being (Viac & Fraser, 2020), the present paper extends this research by investigating how school leaders shape these relationships, particularly in high-demand work environments. Grissom (2011), e.g., demonstrated that factors within the influence of school leaders play a central role in retaining teachers in schools with difficult working conditions. As challenging student composition, staff shortages, or school safety concerns place exceptionally high demands on schools all over the world, we focus on principals’ provision of resources that can buffer these detrimental effects in high-demand situations. We investigate how leadership-driven resources may help sustain teacher motivation and strengthen teachers’ intention to stay despite high demands at work. Therefore, our study asks: How do principal-influenced resources in high-demand schools affect teachers’ perceived strain and teaching motivation, and in turn shape their job satisfaction and the subsequent intention to stay? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An empirical in-depth analysis teachers participating in TALIS study 2024 is performed. Job resources and job demands are considered as predictors of the criteria teachers’ satisfaction and intention to stay in high-demand school settings. This direct link is supposed to be mediated by teachers’ level of strain and motivation (mediator 1a and 1b) which in turn affect the criteria. To avoid same-source-bias, we will use different data sets for predictors and criteria (i.e. teacher questionnaire and principal questionnaire). Job demands and resources as predictors: Demands and resources are derived from the principal’s questionnaire at school level (school-wide index). Factors which place high demands on school staff in general and teachers in particular are i) student composition (TC4G21), ii) staff and resource obstacles (TC4G40), and iii) school safety (TC4G41). Resources in a school are i) the number of support staff in relation to teaching staff (TC4G14), ii) distributed leadership and trust (TC4G38), iii) instructional leadership (T4PLEADS from TC4G27), iv) frequency of school leaders giving feedback to teachers (TC4G27 Item c and TC4G26 Item c), v) teacher leadership (TC4G29). Teachers’ level of strain and motivation as mediator: Teacher’s occupational strain is operationalised by work-related satisfaction and stress (T4WELS from TT4G76) while teachers’ motivation is indicated by their joy in teaching (T4JOYTCH from TT4G80). Importantly, both mediators will be considered from the teachers’ perspective and thus provide an individual index. Satisfaction and intention to stay as the criteria: In our research mode, teacher satisfaction and intention to stay will be the criteria. Thus, we will use teachers’ satisfaction with their job choice (TT4G78, scale T4JSPROT) and with their present school as a workplace (TT4G78, scale T4JSENVT) to measure satisfaction. Moreover, the intention to quit teaching on Secondary School level within the next 5 years (TT4G75 excluding retirement reasons) will serve as a (reversed) proxy for their intention to stay in the teaching profession. Importantly, all criterion variables will be considered from the teachers’ perspective and thus provide an individual index. Weighted multilevel structural equation modelling (using SPSS 30.0.0.0 and Mplus 9) will be performed with demands and resources as predictors for each of the outcome variables “Satisfaction with Job as a Teacher”, “Satisfaction with Job at present School” and “Intention to Quit in the next 5 years”. These relationships are mediated by the strain and motivation which the teachers perceive. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results will contribute to a better understanding of how teachers’ satisfaction with their workplace and their occupation as well as their intention to stay are influenced by demands and resources of their schools. These in turn might be mediated by teachers’ personal occupational strain and teaching motivation. Potential associations can have implications on the school system and policy makers, as they underline the important role of school leaders’ actions in the attrition and job satisfaction of teachers, regardless of the demands which are being caused by difficult school settings. While this study only uses the recent TALIS data, the implications and findings will be discussed with an international perspective and highlight what we can learn about the role of school leaders in keeping teachers in high stakes schools in general. References Admiraal, W. & Kittelsen Røberg, K.-I. (2023). Teachers’ job demands, resources and their job satisfaction: Satisfaction with school, career choice and teaching profession of teachers in different career stages. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, 104063. Bagdžiūnienė, D., Kazlauskienė, A., Nasvytienė, D., & Sakadolskis, E. (2022). Linking supportive school leadership and teacher resilience: The mediating role of job resources. Frontiers in Education, 7, 999086. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.999086 Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2007). The job demands-resources model: State of the art. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22(3), 309–328. https://doi.org/10.1108/02683940710733115 Demerouti, E., Bakker, A. B., Nachreiner, F., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2001). The job demands-resources model of burnout. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86(3), 499–512. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-9010.86.3.499 Grissom, J. A. (2011). Can Good Principals Keep Teachers in Disadvantaged Schools? Linking Principal Effectiveness to Teacher Satisfaction and Turnover in Hard-to-Staff Environments. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 113(11), 2552-2585. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811111301102 Heilala, C., Kalland, M., Lundkvist, M., Forsius, M., Vincze, L., & Santavirta, N. (2021). Work demands and work resources: Testing a model of factors predicting turnover intentions in early childhood education. Early Childhood Education Journal, 50, 399–409. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-021-01166-5 Koschmieder, C., Thomas, A., Auferbauer, M., & Herzog, M. (2025). Lehrer*innen als Schlüsselfiguren. In C. Koschmieder & D. Unterköfler-Klatzer (Hrsg.), TALIS 2024: Lehrer*innen im Fokus. Evidenzbasierte Einblicke in Unterricht, Professionalisierung und die schulische Arbeitswelt (S. 33 – 74). Leykam. OECD. (2019). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume I): Teachers and School Leaders as Lifelong Learners. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/1d0bc92a-en OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume II): Teachers and School Leaders as Valued Professionals. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en OECD (2025), Results from TALIS 2024: The State of Teaching, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/90df6235-en Rahimi, M., & Arnold, B. (2024). Understanding Australia’s teacher shortage: The importance of psychosocial working conditions to turnover intentions. Australian Educational Researcher, 52, 383–409. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-024-00720-5 Viac, C., & Fraser, P. (2020). Teachers’ well-being: A framework for data collection and analysis. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 213, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/c36fc9d3-en. Zhan, Q., Wang, X., & Song, H. (2023). The relationship between principals’ instructional leadership and teacher retention in the undeveloped regions of central and western China: The chain-mediating role of role stress and affective commitment. Behavioral Sciences, 13(9), 738. https://doi.org/10.3390/bs13090738 26. Educational Leadership
Paper School-Based Commercialisation and Teacher Well-Being Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Across Europe and internationally, school leaders are increasingly encouraged to diversify funding sources and introduce forms of educational commercialisation as part of institutional sustainability and innovation strategies. However, leadership-oriented research rarely addresses how such initiatives affect teachers’ professional identity, emotional well-being, and organisational trust. This paper presents an action research study examining the first experience of introducing paid educational services in a secondary school within the Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools (NIS) network in Kazakhstan, with a specific focus on leadership decisions and organisational learning. During the first phase of implementation, school leadership encouraged teachers to design, promote, and deliver paid seminars and master classes for external educators. Teachers were expected to package their professional expertise into marketable products and engage directly in sales-related activities. Survey data revealed that 68% of participating teachers experienced increased emotional exhaustion, while 54% reported heightened self-doubt regarding their professional competence. Notably, 47% of respondents associated low enrolment in paid sessions with perceived professional inadequacy, suggesting that market outcomes became proxies for professional value. These findings are consistent with research on emotional labour and teacher vulnerability during organisational change [1, 2]. From an educational leadership perspective, the results indicate that unclear role boundaries and insufficient organisational buffering intensify stress and contribute to burnout risks [3]. In response, school leadership initiated a second action research cycle aimed at redesigning the commercialisation model. Rather than positioning teachers as service sellers, leadership shifted paid activities towards student- and parent-oriented services, including autumn and winter vacation schools. In this revised model, teachers focused exclusively on teaching and learning, while administrative staff managed communication, pricing, and enrolment processes. Following this intervention, 81% of teachers reported improved emotional well-being, and 76% indicated stronger alignment between paid activities and their professional identity. The study is theoretically grounded in research on teacher resilience, professional identity, and organisational learning [2, 4, 5]. By foregrounding leadership-mediated role differentiation and well-being-sensitive decision-making, the paper contributes to European and international discussions on responsible educational leadership in increasingly market-oriented school systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs an action research methodology, particularly suited to leadership-driven organisational change in educational settings. Action research enabled iterative cycles of diagnosis, intervention, reflection, and redesign, allowing school leaders to respond dynamically to emerging challenges related to commercialisation. The research was conducted over one academic year and comprised two main action research cycles. The first cycle focused on teacher-led paid seminars and workshops. The second cycle examined leadership-led restructuring through student- and parent-oriented paid vacation schools. Data collection methods included anonymous teacher questionnaires (n = 38), reflective surveys administered after each cycle, informal semi-structured interviews with teachers and middle leaders, and administrative field notes maintained by the leadership team. Quantitative data were analysed descriptively to identify trends in teacher well-being and professional perceptions, while qualitative data were analysed thematically using a combination of deductive codes informed by burnout and leadership literature and inductive codes emerging from participants’ narratives. Throughout the study, interim findings informed leadership decisions, ensuring coherence between research evidence and organisational action. This cyclical process positioned leadership not only as a managerial function but as a learning-oriented practice shaping sustainable innovation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate that school-based commercialisation can unintentionally undermine teacher well-being when leadership fails to differentiate pedagogical and commercial roles. When teachers are positioned simultaneously as educators and sellers, market outcomes become symbolic indicators of professional worth, increasing emotional labour and vulnerability to burnout. The redesigned leadership-mediated model illustrates that commercialisation does not inherently conflict with teacher well-being. Instead, its impact depends on organisational structures, role clarity, and leadership responsiveness. By reallocating commercial responsibilities to administrative structures, leadership reduced emotional strain, strengthened professional identity, and restored organisational trust. This study contributes to educational leadership research by highlighting the importance of well-being-sensitive leadership in market-oriented reforms. It argues that sustainable innovation requires leaders to act as buffers between market logics and pedagogical values, ensuring that commercialisation serves organisational development rather than undermining the human core of schooling. References 1. Hargreaves, A. (1998). The emotional practice of teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 14(8), 835–854. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(98)00025-0 2. Kelchtermans, G. (2005). Teachers’ emotions in educational reforms: Self-understanding, vulnerable commitment and micropolitical literacy. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(8), 995–1006. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.06.009 3. Maslach, C., & Leiter, M. P. (2016). Burnout. Wiley. 4. Day, C., & Gu, Q. (2014). Resilient teachers, resilient schools: Building and sustaining quality in testing times. Routledge. 5. Senge, P. M. (2006). The fifth discipline: The art and practice of the learning organization (Rev. ed.). Doubleday. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 11 B: Role Diffusion in Educational Governance: Qualitative Research Perspectives on Steering, Responsibility and Practice Location: Lyhty | Main building | Courtyard Session Chair: Livia Jesacher-Roessler Session Chair: Herbert Altrichter Symposium |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Role Diffusion in Educational Governance: Qualitative Research Perspectives on Steering, Responsibility and Practice In a society increasingly characterized by efficiency, quality, and optimization logic, school and education systems are also under constant pressure to change. Quality assurance requirements are imposed on schools at various levels and by various institutions, which are expected to implement and adapt these steering impulses in a location-specific manner within the framework of expanded school autonomy. Within the transformation towards a new governance shift (Altrichter & Maag Merki, 2016), the roles and responsibilities of the actors involved have become more differentiated and, in some cases, have shifted (ibid.). Global expectations regarding process and output orientation are transferred to national education systems, differentiated at the federal level, interpreted regionally, and ultimately implemented at the local level. This multi-level logic leads to complex and sometimes diffuse constellations in which the boundaries between competences and responsibilities remain unclear (Altrichter et al., 2021; Klein & Bremm, 2020; Wilkins et al., 2019) Against this backdrop, the symposium adopts role diffusion as a central analytical lens to examine how actors navigate competing demand. The symposium addresses (1) how central actor groups construct, justify, and make sense of their roles, mandates, and responsibilities within evolving governance arrangements, and (2) how implicit assumptions about steering, coordination, and accountability towards schools become visible in these constructions. Building on this, it further asks (3) how qualitative reconstructive approaches can contribute to generating situated knowledge about these processes, thereby opening new analytical perspectives on the relationship between knowing and acting in educational governance and on the conditions under which such knowledge enables more informed forms of action. The symposium examines various actors in different education systems: it includes municipal school boards in Germany, school administrators and school boards in Switzerland, and school development consultants as well as school quality managers in Austria. These research questions are addressed using a multi-method approach, which aims to generate knowledge at different empirical levels. First, a methodological combination of Qualitative Content Analysis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2023) and Document Analysis enables a deductive examination of the roles of different school leaders. To add further depth to this perspective, the methodological repertoire of the symposium is supplemented by a reconstructive approach. The focus thereby lies on the implicit knowledge underlying the actions of school leader: Further contributions will be devoted to the individual orientation framework and individual role understandings of school leaders (Nohl, 2017; Bohnsack, 2013). To extend the methodological perspective by an additional approach, the final contribution is devoted to generalized forms of implicit knowledge and presents a detailed typology (Bohnsack, 2017) of different professional self-images. By foregrounding everyday practices of educational steering, this research underscores the analytical value of qualitative approaches for examining governance beyond formal structures. It conceptualizes role diffusion as a dynamic and relational condition rather than a deficit, and shows how knowledge about quality, responsibility, and effectiveness is produced and enacted in practice, thereby deepening the understanding of how educational steering is shaped in contemporary education systems. By bringing together cases from Germany, Switzerland, and Austria, the symposium enables a systematic comparison of how role diffusion is shaped under differing governance traditions, legal frameworks, and degrees of school autonomy. This cross-country perspective enables identification of common patterns as well as context-specific dynamics in the negotiation of roles and responsibilities. In doing so, the contributions generate insights that are relevant for educational governance debates beyond the countries studied, offering conceptual tools and methodological approaches that can be applied in other national and regional contexts. References Altrichter, H., & Maag Merki, K. (2016). Handbuch Neue Steuerung im Schulsystem (2nd ed.). Springer VS. Altrichter, H., Krainz, U., Kemethofer, D., Jesacher-Rößler, L., Hautz, H. & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2021). Schulentwicklungsberatung und Schulentwicklungsbera-tungsforschung. In BMBWF (Hrsg.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021 (S. 375–421). https://doi.org/10.17888/nbb2021 Bohnsack, R. (2017). Praxeologische Wissenssoziologie. Springer VS. Klein, E. D., & Bremm, N. (Eds.). (2020). Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle: Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978‑3‑658‑28177‑9 Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Content Analysis: Methods, Practice and Software (2nd ed.). SAGE Publications Ltd. Orton, J. D., & Weick, K. E. (1990). Loosely Coupled Systems: A Reconceptualization. The Academy of Management Review, 15(2), 203. https://doi.org/10.2307/258154. Nohl, A.‑M. (2017). Interview und dokumentarische Methode: Anleitungen für die Forschungspraxis (5th ed.). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978‑3‑658‑16080‑7 Wilkins, A., Collet-Sabé, J., Gobby, B., & Hangartner, J. (2019). Translations of new public management: A decentred approach to school governance in four OECD countries. Globali-sation, Societies and Education, 17(2), 147–160. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2019.1588102 Presentations of the Symposium Closely Knit Or Loosely Coupled? Insights From A Governance Equalizer Perspective Of Principals And School Boards In Switzerland
The present study seeks to explore how school principals and school boards interpret their roles in the context of evolving governance structures and shared responsibilities. The objective of this study is to identify areas of tension and potential solutions or coping strategies from a pragmatics perspective.
The empirical investigations encompass two primary components. Firstly, semi-structured inter-views were conducted with school principals (10 interviews) and school boards (4 interviews) from four public schools in the Swiss Canton of Argovia. Conversely, the document analysis encompasses the formal legal basis and strategic regulations (e.g. school programs, mission statements, development plans) in addition to protocols derived from shadowing observations.
Utilizing the content-structuring qualitative content analysis approach proposed by Kuckartz and Rädiker (2023), a comprehensive analysis of the interviews and documents was conducted. This approach enables an open and flexible examination of the data. The analysis was executed using QDA software (MAXQDA 24). The preliminary phase of the analysis placed particular emphasis on the governance equalizer (Schimank, 2007; Feldhoff et al., 2012). This concept encom-passes the regulatory and control dimensions inherent in the multi-level school system, wherein negotiations between various actors are conducted. A deductive category system was determined based on the governance equalizer. The complete data set was coded using the final category system.
The analysis was augmented by Orton and Weick's (1990) reconceptualization of loosely cou-pled systems. This framework provides a lens to comprehend organizational structures that ex-hibit a duality, characterized by both distinctiveness and responsiveness. In these structures, elements are coupled yet retain autonomy, thereby creating a dynamic interplay within the organ-izational ecosystem. This approach sheds light on the varied interpretations and implementations of directives, mandates, and initiatives across levels and actors (Orton & Weick, 1990).
First findings indicate that school boards and school principals delineate their roles as distinctly separate yet interdependent entities within the context of evolving governance structures. School boards take on strategic leadership, while principals bear an overall operational responsibility and act as central mediating bodies between strategic guidelines, external control impulses, and school practice. Responsibility is distributed to teachers through delegation and participatory structures, while formal decision-making power remains with the principals. As actors navigate the interplay between mandates, roles, and responsibilities, they encounter multifaceted ambigui-ties and tensions in school-based decision-making. To address these complexities, strategies including institutionalized communication routines, facilitation of relational and pragmatic trust, as well as situational negotiation are employed, albeit not without challenges.
References:
Feldhoff, T., Durrer, L., & Huber, S. G. (2012). Steuerung eines Schulsystems. Eine empirische Analyse, wie Akteure die Steuerungskonfigurationen des Schulsystems wahrnehmen und sich deren zukünftige Gestaltung wünschen. Die Deutsche Schule, 104(1), 71–87. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:25722
Kuckartz, U., & Radiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Content Analysis: Methods, Practice and Software (2nd ed.). SAGE Publications Ltd.
Orton, J. D., & Weick, K. E. (1990). Loosely Coupled Systems: A Reconceptualization. The Academy of Management Review, 15(2), 203. https://doi.org/10.2307/258154
Schimank, U. (2007). Die Governance-Perspektive: Analytisches Potenzial und anstehende konzeptionelle Fragen. In H. Altrichter, T. Brüsemeister, & J. Wissinger (Eds.), Educational Governance (pp. 231–260). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-90498-6_9
Change in School Supervision: On Orientation Frameworks for School Quality Managers in Austria
In the context of the global trend toward New Public Management (Altrichter & Maag Merki, 2016), educational governance is increasingly being realigned: traditional input-oriented ap-proaches are being supplemented and superseded by more output-oriented forms of governance. Within this governance theory discourse, there is a growing call to reposition the school super-vision as a central steering actor in a less controlling and more advisory as well as supporting nature (Klein & Bremm, 2020; Hanschmann, 2017).
In Austria, this discourse has already manifested itself at a regulatory level: with the 2017 educa-tion reform, the supervisory function was fundamentally redesigned (BMBWF, 2024). Former regional and compulsory school inspectors – now School Quality Managers (SQMs) – were integrated into a newly constituted organizational setting and entrusted with an expanded set of responsibilities and competencies (BMBWF, 2026).
From a praxeological-sociological perspective, professional action is not primarily understood as the execution of formal directives, but as practice structured by implicit knowledge, which is expressed through specific orientation frameworks and professional self-conceptions (Bohnsack, 2022). Empirical findings suggest that supervisory practice is largely shaped by individual professional self-images, pointing to a heterogeneous enactment of the role (Zaruba et al., 2024). This heterogeneity provides the starting point for the present study, that asks which orientation frameworks underlie the actions of SQMs and how professional self-conceptions can be reconstructed in the context of shifting regulatory requirements.
To address this question, twelve semi-narrative individual interviews were conducted with SQMs from different federal states. From this sample, six interviews were selected for analysis due to their particularly contrasting perspectives. The data was analyzed using the Documentary Method (Nohl, 2017), which shifts the analytical focus from the explicit content of statements to the manner of presentation, thereby enabling the reconstruction of implicit orientation frame-works and guiding interpretive patterns (2017).
Preliminary findings reveal considerable variance in orientations. Different professional biog-raphies and experience profiles correlate with diverging orientation frameworks: some SQMs primarily understand their role as supportive and development-oriented, while others conceive of their function as more reactive, operationally oriented, and shaped by situational problem-solving.
This contribution provides a specific value to the symposium by empirically illuminating the individual orientation frameworks of SQMs and showing how these structures shape the implementation of regulatory requirements within the new governance setting. In doing so, it complements the symposium’s broader analyses of role construction with a micro-analytic perspec-tive that makes the implicit knowledge and professional self-conceptions visible.
References:
Altrichter, H., & Maag Merki, K. (Eds.) (2016). Handbuch Neue Steuerung im Schulsystem (2nd ed.). Springer VS.
Bohnsack, R. (2022). Metatheoretische Rahmung der praxeologisch-wissenssoziologischen Professionsforschung. In R. Bohnsack, A. Bonnet & U. Hericks (Hrsg.), Praxeologisch-wissenssoziologische Professionsforschung: Perspektiven aus Früh- und Schulpädagogik, Fachdidaktik und Sozialer Arbeit (S. 31–55). Julius Klinkhardt.
Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung [BMBWF] (2024). Schulaufsicht – Schulqualitätsmanagerinnen (SQM). https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/
Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung [BMBWF] (2026). Verordnung des Bundesministers für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung betreffend das Schulqualitätsmanagement (SQM-VO) (Fassung vom 9. Januar 2026). Bundesrecht konsolidiert.
Hanschmann, F. (2017). Staatliche Bildung und Erziehung. Mohr Siebeck.
Klein, E. D. & Bremm, N. (Eds.). (2020). Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle. Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung. Springer VS.
Nohl, A.-M. (2017). Interview und dokumentarische Methode: Anleitungen für die Forschung-spraxis (4. Aufl.). Springer VS.
Schütze, F. (1983). Biographieforschung und narratives Interview. Neue Praxis, 13(3), 283–293.
Zaruba, N., Porsch, R., & Radisch, F. (2024). Perspektiven der Schulaufsicht auf die Implementation der Ganztagsschulreform in Deutschland: Befunde aus dem Projekt „Beratende Schulaufsicht“ (BeSa). Die Deutsche Schule – Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft und Schulpraxis, 116(3), 268–282.
Beyond Maintenance and Equipment? Municipal School Boards Between Enabling and Constraining School Digitalisation
Ensuring the effectiveness and quality of educational institutions is not just the responsibility of individual school stakeholders. Schools as educational organisations are embedded in a complex system of interdependencies. To understand how transformation processes (e. g. digitalisation) are implemented, we also need to consider school supervisory authorities, municipal school boards and other supporting structures. However, research on these supporting structures and the associated educational administration remains limited (Berkemeyer 2020). In practice, mu-nicipal school boards shape key framework conditions and control resources, especially for the promotion of digitalisation (Bockhorst & Kreutzmann 2021).
This contribution focuses on municipal school boards. In Germany, they are responsible for the “external” affairs of schools (buildings, maintenance, equipment). Formally, they do not co-decide on curricular or pedagogical matters. Yet, positioned at the interface between the state level and the individual schools, they are essential for the subsidiarity implementation of educa-tion policy reforms (Hermstein 2021). This intermediary position allows them to act beyond their resource- and infrastructure-related mandatory tasks: they can interpret responsibilities sit-uationally, initiate development impulses, and co-shape schools’ room for action. In the context of digitalisation, this becomes visible when they move beyond their formal area of responsibility and, by defining framework conditions and broadly interpreting their field of activity, enable or constrain certain pedagogical concepts (Hermstein 2024; Yotyodying et al. 2022). The theoreti-cal foundation for this examination is provided by Educational Governance research, focusing on the alignment, communication, and coordination within the multi-level system of the institu-tional environment of schools as a central research topic (Hafner 2022). The following research questions are placed at the center of the analysis:
How do municipal school boards construct their role and responsibilities in relation to schools in the context of school digitalisation?
Which implicit understandings of governance and steering toward schools become visible in the interpretive frames of municipal school boards in the context of school digitalisation?
We conducted 17 semi-structured interviews with members from municipal school boards across Germany between June and August 2025. The interview data are analysed using recon-structive methods (Bohnsack et al. 2013).
Initial reconstructions reveal tensions between pedagogical autonomy and infrastructure- and economically driven expectations of steering and standardisation. Moreover, financial scarcity as well as missing or contradictory guidelines from the federal and state levels are discussed as relevant constraints on equal participation, most notably in structurally disadvantaged contexts.
References:
Berkemeyer, N. (2020). Schulleitung und Schulaufsicht – Symptome einer fehlenden Idee der Gesamtsystemsteuerung. In E. Klein & N. Bremm (Eds.), Educational Governance. Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle: Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung (pp. 375-388). Springer.
Bohnsack, R., Nentwig-Gesemann, I. & Nohl, A. (2013). Die dokumentarische Methode und ihre Forschungspraxis: Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung. Springer.
Bockhorst, R. & Kreutzmann, N. (2021). Unterstützung von Schulträgern vor und während der Corona Pandemie. Schulverwaltung. Nordrhein-Westfalen, 32(4), 116-118.
Hafner, S. (2022). Koordination und Kompromiss in föderalen Bildungssystemen. Springer.
Hermstein, B. (2021). Zur Unterstützung von Einzelschule und Schulentwicklung durch kom-munale Schulträger. In T. Webs & V. Manitius (Eds.), Unterstützungssysteme für Schulen: Konzepte, Befunde und Perspektiven (pp. 215–236). wbv.
Hermstein, B (2024). Schulträger. Eine postheroische Führungsinstanz im Mehrebenensystem Schule. DDS – Die Deutsche Schule, 2024(3), 239–251.
Yotyodying, S., Eickelmann, B., Endberg, M. & Lorenz, R. (2022). Entwicklungen der schulischen digitalen Infrastruktur für das Lehren und Lernen durch Investitionsprogramme aus Sicht von Lehrkräften der Sekundarstufe I. In R. Lorenz, S.
Yotyodying, B. Eickelmann, & M. Endberg (Eds.), Schule digital – der Länderindikator 2021. Lehren und Lernen mit di-gitalen Medien in der Sekundarstufe I in Deutschland im Bundesländervergleich und im Trend seit 2017 (pp. 145–160). Waxmann.
On the Professional Identity of School Development Consultants in Austria. A Reconstructive Approach
School development consulting (SDC) has become a widespread support approach in Austria's multi-level school system and other countries, typically involving long-term or project-based activities carried out by external actors who offer services such as team supervision and leader-ship coaching. Moreover, SDC operates within educational governance frameworks where schools receive support for their development processes and self-selected priorities. However, SDC remains an unprotected term with neither standardized nor mandatory qualifications for external actors (Altrichter et al., 2021), creating a field where conflicting interests converge: schools seek support for self-determination and individual projects while government’s view SDC as an opportunity to implement central reforms, constituting an inevitable tension between autonomy and heteronomy (Beer & Krainz, 2025). Therefore, the research project investigates how school development consultants in Austria perceive their professional identity and the ac-tion-guiding principles constitutive of their professional identity.
Using methods of reconstructive social research (Bohnsack, 2008), 17 interviews with school development consultants across several Austrian provinces were conducted between July 2024 and February 2025. The data was analysed using the documentary method (Bohnsack, 2013; Nohl, 2006), focusing on implicit practical knowledge (Polanyi, 1966/2016) and reconstructing action-guiding orientations from narratives of consulting practice. Results were synthesized into a typology.
The study reveals that actors perceive their roles in SDC very differently, with five distinct types of professional self-concepts reconstructed from the data. These types demonstrate varying ap-proaches to navigating the tension between supporting school autonomy and facilitating policy implementation. The findings illuminate how consultants construct their professional identities within contested terrain, offering insights for educational governance regarding the variety of different consulting approaches. This typology contributes to understanding how professional identity formation occurs in unregulated consulting environments and provides a framework for examining the impact of different consulting orientations in supporting both school development goals and broader educational reform objectives.
References:
Altrichter, H., Krainz, U., Kemethofer, D., Jesacher-Rößler, L., Hautz, H. & Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz, S. (2021). Schulentwicklungsberatung und Schulentwicklungsberatungsforschung. In BMBWF (Hrsg.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021 (S. 375–421). https://doi.org/10.17888/nbb2021
Beer, H. & Krainz, U. (2025). Zum professionellen Selbstverständnis der Schulentwicklungs-beratung. Organisationsberatung, Supervision, Coaching. Vorab-Onlinepublikation. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11613-025-00975-6
Bohnsack, R. (2008). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung: Einführung in qualitative Methoden. UTB, Budrich.
Bohnsack, R. (2013). Dokumentarische Methode und die Logik der Praxis. In A. Lenger, C. Schneickert & F. Schumacher (Hrsg.), Pierre Bourdieus Konzeption des Habitus: Grundlagen, Zugänge, Forschungsperspektiven (S. 175–200). Springer VS.
Nohl, A.‑M. (2006). Interview und dokumentarische Methode: Anleitungen für die Forschungspraxis. Wiesbaden VS Verlag.
Polanyi, M. (2016). Implizites Wissen. Suhrkamp (Erstveröffentlichung 1966)
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 11 C: Educational Leadership Programmes & Development Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Elizabeth Reilly Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Formation of Scholarly Practitioners through the Professional Practice Doctorate in Ireland and the United States 1: North Dakota State University, United States of America; 2: Sacred Heart University; 3: Dublin City University Presenting Author:This qualitative investigation examined the preparation and professional practice of forty graduates from four CPED-influenced EdD programs in the United States and Ireland, with a focus on the principles of collaboration and community—hallmarks of civic engagement and equity-centered leadership. Drawing on participants' experiences during and after their doctoral studies, we explore how these program design principles that are grounded in practitioner-centered educational reform shape graduates' capacity to lead transformative work in PK–12 and higher education settings. We examine how this model of doctoral preparation reflects historical shifts in education and illuminates possibilities for future-facing, justice-oriented leadership. This qualitative study’s research question was, How do PK-20 educational leaders who have graduated from CPED-influenced EdD programs embody the skills of scholarly practitioners? Related Literature The education doctorate (EdD) has long occupied an uneasy space in the ecosystem of graduate education, often overshadowed by its research-focused counterpart, the PhD. Over the last 18 years, however, the Carnegie Project on the Education Doctorate (CPED) has led a national movement to reclaim and reimagine the EdD as a professional practice doctorate that prepares leaders to engage deeply with problems of practice, grounded in equity, collaboration, and community engagement (Author & Author, 2010). This reframing situates the EdD within a broader historical lineage of practitioner-led change in education and brings doctoral faculty into the change narrative through their efforts to advance and elevate practice-based doctoral education. In CPED-influenced EdD programs, practitioners are prepared to use the tools of inquiry, research, and scholarship to better inform their leadership practice. Our larger study asked: How do PK-12 and higher education leaders who have graduated from CPED-influenced EdD programs embody the skills of scholarly practitioners? For the specific purposes of this paper, we narrowed our qualitative investigation to examine how forty graduates from four CPED-influenced EdD programs experienced two of the six CPED principles for program design which focused on collaboration and community during their doctoral preparation, and how these experiences shaped their leadership practices in PK–12 and higher education contexts in the years following their graduation. Below are the two principles along with some of the scholars whose work has influenced each:
This study is anchored in the CPED Framework (Carnegie Project on the Education Doctorate, 2016), and this paper focuses on the two principles for program design—collaboration and community. These are not merely structural features of EdD programs, but epistemological commitments to shared knowledge production, collective leadership, and engaged scholarship. They reflect a break from traditional, hierarchical forms of doctoral education and instead promote relational, inclusive, equity-minded approaches to learning and leading (Author, 2022). In this paper, we argue that a CPED-influenced EdD program offers a compelling vision for the future of doctoral preparation that is grounded in historically-informed, justice-centered practice. Specifically, the two principles highlighted in this paper demonstrate how EdD preparation can and should be critical to fostering democratic engagement and civic professionalism (Levitsky & Ziblatt, 2018; Lee et al., 2021) in a time of increasing political division and educational inequity globally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We employed a qualitative, multiple-site case study design (Merriam, 1998; Stake, 2006) to examine EdD graduates’ experiences. These institutions were members of the 165 universities from the CPED network and included an independent university in the Western United States, an independent, faith-based university in New England, a large public institution in the mid-Atlantic region, and a large public university in Ireland. All four institutions provided ethics approvals. Participants Our sample included 40 EdD graduates who held leadership roles in PK–12 schools, school districts, community organizations, and higher education. Framed by scholarly practitioner theories and applying narrative inquiry as the analytical framework, we used the leaders’ individual stories to understand their lived experiences (Clandinin & Connelly, 1994). Data Collection We designed the original study’s interview protocol to have open-ended questions that centered around the six CPED Principles. Questions focused on both the graduates’ preparation during their EdD programs and the impact of their programs on their professional lives and leadership following commencement. Focusing on Principles 2 and 3 for this paper, we asked these questions: Principle 2: In your doctoral program, how were you prepared to construct and apply knowledge to make a positive difference in the lives of those in your organization and community? How has the knowledge gained from your doctoral studies helped you make a positive difference in the lives of those in your organization and community? Principle 3: During your doctoral studies, in what ways did you develop and have opportunities to demonstrate collaboration and communication with diverse communities? In what ways do those skill sets serve you today as a scholarly practitioner? We conducted individual semi-structured interviews (60–90 minutes), focusing on their experiences with collaboration and community during their EdD program, their current professional roles, and the influence of their doctoral preparation on their leadership practices. Interview protocols were adapted for each institutional context. Data Analysis We applied “a recursive, reflexive process of moving from field (with starting points in telling or living of stories) to field texts (data) to interim and final research texts [that] highlight ethical matters as well as new theoretical understandings of people’s experiences” (Clandinin and Huber, 2010, p. 436). We analyzed transcriptions using thematic coding (Saldaña, 2016), employing both deductive codes based on CPED principles and inductive codes that emerged from participant narratives. Our analytic process included memo writing, peer debriefing, and member checking to ensure trustworthiness and authenticity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Four interrelated themes emerged across participants' narratives: Signature Pedagogies/Methodologies are Key Andragogy that Support Resilience. Faculty across all four universities introduced a variety of research-based protocols, practices, and tools during doctoral coursework that scholarly practitioners use while in their coursework. Theory-Praxis Orientation Invites Connection to the Real World of Schools. Participants highlighted the dialectic between theory and practice in their coursework. They practiced through course assignments they conducted in their workplaces, experiencing how research-informed strategies could address everyday leadership challenges. Problems of Practice Foster Collaboration & Community. When course content was anchored in real problems of practice, students engaged authentically with community stakeholders, including teachers, students, families, and district leaders. The emphasis on collaborative inquiry during the EdD program translated into inclusive and participatory leadership styles in their post-graduate roles. The Cohort is a Powerful Means of Introducing and Reinforcing Values of Resilience, Collaboration, and Community. The cohort model was cited as foundational for developing leadership identity, fostering trust, and reinforcing values of equity and shared responsibility. This investigation offers new insight into how the EdD can prepare resilient scholarly practitioners to lead in schools and universities and how inquiry skills and tools can become ways of being and knowing that can impact the future improvement of educational settings. Three key contributions are: Historical Continuity and Reclamation. The CPED principles of collaboration and community reflect and build on long-standing traditions of grassroots educational leadership, especially among historically marginalized communities (Gutiérrez et al., 2017). Futuring Through Practice. Our findings suggest that CPED-influenced EdD programs cultivate leaders who engage in "futuring" as a form of praxis (Winn, 2025). Implications for Program Design. As institutions continue to rethink doctoral education, this study points to the value of centering collaboration and community as core program design principles. References Author & Author. (2010). Author. (2022). Carnegie Project on the Education Doctorate. (2016). CPED Framework. Retrieved from https://www.cpedinitiative.org/the-framework Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (1989). Narrative and story in practice and research. Clandinin, D. and Huber, J. (2010). Narrative inquiry. In B. McGaw, E. Baker, & P. Peterson (eds.). International Encyclopedia of Education, 3rd ed (pp. 436–441). Elsevier. Gutiérrez, K. D., Rymes, B., & Larson, J. (2017). Scriptlines and the co-production of knowledge: Learning and researching with youth. Routledge. Levitsky, S., & Ziblatt, D. (2018). How democracies die. Crown. Lee, C. D., White, G., & Dong, D. (2021). Civic reasoning and discourse: Toward a framework for research and practice. National Academy of Education. Merriam, S. B. (2002). Introduction to qualitative research. Qualitative research in practice: Examples for discussion and analysis, 1(1), 1-17. Moll, L. C., & González, N. (2012). Teachers as social scientists: Learning about culture from household research 1. In Race, ethnicity, and multiculturalism, 89-114. Routledge. Moll, L. (2006). Reflections and possibilities. In Funds of Knowledge (pp. 275-287). Routledge. Saldaña, J. (2016). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (3rd ed.). SAGE. Shields, C. M. (2010). Transformative leadership: Working for equity in diverse contexts. Educational Administration Quarterly, 46(4), 558–596. Stake, R. E. (2006). Multiple case study analysis. Guilford Press. Sullivan, W. M. (2005). Work and integrity: The crisis and promise of professionalism in America. Jossey-Bass. Winn, M. T. (2025). Futuring education: Justice, imagination, and community in practice. Vanderbilt University Press. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership Competencies in K-12 Education: Scoping Review (2019-2024) 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki Presenting Author:The work of leaders in K-12 education internationally is multifaceted including several responsibility areas (Fonsén & Lahtero, 2024; Rinne et al., 2016) and these leaders also constantly deal with various challenges. First, educational organisations’ complex operational environments globally and locally affect their work (Jäppinen & Taajamo, 2022). In the European context, examples of these phenomena include diversification, social polarisation, war, as well as challenges and threats caused by social media and AI. In the midst of these complex phenomena, education should successfully continue fulfilling its core mission – student learning – and school leaders are broadly responsible for ensuring this. Second, school leaders’ job descriptions have intensified (Wang, 2021). This challenges their experiences of work-related self-efficacy (Elomaa et al., 2023). To deal with these challenges for ensuring high-quality leadership in K-12 education, school leaders must possess high leadership competency levels. Relatedly, there is a need for building a topical understanding of leadership competencies needed in K-12 education today. This understanding is also a crucial basis for the identification of K-12 leaders competency development needs and for designing timely and relevant professional development support for them. Although several previous studies exist on leadership competencies in education internationally, many of them focus on a specific competency or apply a competency framework that does not reflect a recent consideration of topical leadership competencies in education. However, the operational environments of educational organisations are constantly and rapidly changing (Jäppinen & Taajamo, 2022), resulting also in changes regarding which competencies school leaders’ need to possess. Thus, timely examination on leadership competencies is needed to address possible gaps in research: along recent changes in society and education, it is possible that educational leaders are currently required to possess competencies that have not previously been identified. With the aim of constructing a topical understanding of leadership competencies in K-12 education, we conducted a scoping review. The review aimed at answering the following research question: What comprises leadership competency in K-12 education? We focused on formal leaders in K-12 education, covering specifically the continuum from early childhood education to general upper secondary education. Formal leadership positions include such roles as principals, vice principals and heads of units. The present study is a sub-study within a larger research project covering multiple perspectives to leadership in educational organisations. This sub-study specifically focuses on the competencies of formal leaders, since their competencies are crucial in enabling high quality leadership in educational organisations to ensure that these organisations successfully fulfill their core mission, student learning (Leithwood et al., 2020). In our review, leadership competency refers to multifaceted aspects needed by educational leaders to lead effectively and successfully. These aspects include various kinds of skills, expertise and knowledge regarding leading oneself, the others, pedagogy and educational settings (Blömeke et al., 2015; Metsäpelto et al., 2022). However, in our review, we argue for separating the concept of leadership competency from its associated concepts, such as leader performance, identity and attitude. The aim is to clarify the complex concept of competency and to enable a reliable and agreed-upon approach to the review process among authors. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our study is positioned in the EDUCA Flagship aiming at identifying solutions for contemporary issues in education based on research. EDUCA Flagship is conducted in Finland but seeks to have influence also in the broader European context and internationally. EDUCA Flagship research area 4 – in which our review is included - aims to examine and develop innovative models and solutions for teacher and principal professional competency development. In alignment with our aim of building a timely understanding of leadership competency in education, we decided to apply the scoping review approach. The aim of a scoping review was to compile information on leadership competencies provided by recent research (Mays et al., 2001). We conducted the database search in a comprehensive international database specified in educational research - the Education Resources Information Center (ERIC). We used the following keywords in the Boolean search: ‘school leader*’ OR ‘principal*’ AND ‘competenc*’. We limited the keywords to abstract. The other search criteria included that the studies were peer-reviewed documents with the publication date range of the last six years (from 2019-01-01 to 2024-12-31). These keywords and criteria were chosen, because other combinations of search criteria (e.g., adding a specific level of education or associated concepts of ‘competency’, such as expertise or professional development) resulted in more irrelevant results from the perspective of our research aim or in an overly large number of search results. Throughout the selection and review process of the studies we followed the guidelines for the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR; Tricco et al., 2018). From the database search, we continued to abstract screening, of which purpose is to identify relevant studies to be included into full-text screening. In the abstract screening phase, we automatically included studies which applied as their main concepts either competency or its closest alternative concepts mentioned in the ERIC Thesaurus - competence, ability, skill or expertise. We also included studies with these approaches: 1) a study frames a leadership aspect as a developable phenomenon, 2) a study focuses on a professional development program on leadership in K-12 education. 102 studies continued to the full-text screening phase. Finally, 52 studies were included in the analysis. The analysis process was conducted according to an inductive content analysis method (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005), although the finalisation of categories was informed by previous concepts/research in the field of educational leadership. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The main leadership competency themes identified in the review were as follows: 1) leadership for pedagogy and school development, 2) leadership for social sustainability and justice, 3) leadership for digitalisation, 4) leadership for innovation, 5) leadership of a complex organisation, 6) leadership of an educational organisation, 7) leadership for communication and stakeholder co-operation, and 8) leadership for one’s own professional development, work and well-being. This study provided insights into how leadership competency in K-12 education is topically understood and constructed a holistic picture of these competencies based on recent international literature. Also, our review generated ways of confining the complex concept of leadership competency. This might provide ways to better identify this concept among its associated concepts, resulting in further conceptual clarity in the field. Noteworthy, the reviewed studies did not discuss leadership competency in light of very recent phenomena, such as AI or sustainable development. Here, it is worth noting that the review included studies published before the year 2025. However, in the future, it is important that leadership competency research remains continuously updated to identify the most recent trends and changes in competency aspects, requirements and development needs. From practical perspective, this study supports the identification of the existing professional development support for leaders, as well as of the topical development needs of this support. Relatedly, the insights provided by this study can be utilised in designing ways of measuring K-12 leaders’ leadership competency levels through such tools as surveys. Thus, the present study contributes to the design of relevant and effective leadership development support in leadership-related in-service training, and it can also inform the development of pre-service teacher education as a leadership development context. Since this review was conducted based on international research, its results can be applied in various K-12 leadership contexts in Europe and beyond. References Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J., & Shavelson, R. J. (2015). Beyond dichotomies: Competence viewed as a continuum. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 223(1), 3–13. https://doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000194 Elomaa, M., Eskelä-Haapanen, S., Pakarinen, E., Halttunen, L., & Lerkkanen, M. (2023). Work-related stress of elementary school principals in Finland: Coping strategies and support. Educational Management, Administration & Leadership, 51(4), 868–888. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211010317 Fonsén, E., & Lahtero, T. The theory of pedagogical leadership: Enhancing high-quality education. In R. Ahtiainen, E. Hanhimäki, J. Leinonen, M. Risku, & A.-S. Smeds-Nylund (Eds.), Leadership in educational contexts in Finland (pp. 129–157). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-37604-7_8 Hsieh, H., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277-1288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687 Jäppinen, A.-K., & Taajamo, M. (2022). Educational leadership as a process in today’s changing society. In V. Wang (Ed.), Handbook of research on educational leadership and research methodology (pp. 16–35). IGI Global. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077 Mays, N., Roberts, E., & Popay, J. (2001). Synthesising research evidence. In N. Fulop, P. Allen, A. Clarke, & N. Black (Eds.), Studying the organisation and delivery of health services: Research methods. Routledge. Metsäpelto, R., Poikkeus, A.-M., Heikkilä, M., Husu, J., Laine, A., Lappalainen, K., Lähteenmäki, M., Mikkilä-Erdmann, M., Warinowski, A., Iiskala, T., Hangelin, S., Harmoinen, S., Holmström, A., Kyrö-Ämmälä,O., Lehesvuori S., Mankki, V., & Suvilehto, P. (2022). A multidimensional adapted process model of teaching. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 34(2), 143–172. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-021-09373-9 Rinne, R., Järvinen, T., Tikkanen, J., & Aro, M. (2016). Changes in education policies and the status of schools in Europe: The views of school principals from eight European countries. Compare, 46(5), 764-788. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2015.1086631 Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D. J., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E. A., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M. G., Garritty, C., & Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7), 467–473. https://doi.org/10.7326/M18-0850 Wang, F. (2021). Principals’ self- and interpersonal leadership amid work intensification. Journal of School Leadership, 31(5), 396-427. https://doi.org/10.1177/1052684620935383 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Towards a Conceptual Model for the Description of School Principals’ Professional Competence Åbo Akademi University, Finland Presenting Author:Aim: to contribute to the understanding of school principalship by applying what school principals do in everyday work to a conceptual model on professional competence. Competence is a concept lacking conceptual clarity, and the academic community has not yet reached consensus on a universally accepted definition. (Salman et al., 2020). Originally, the term comes from the Latin word competens and was first recorded in 1797 (Etymology of ‘Competency’ by Etymonline, n.d.). In scientific literature the term was first launched by Robert W. White (1959). This was in the field of psychology and was at the time revolutionary because of psychoanalytic domination. White (1959) described competence as “an organism’s capacity to interact effectively with its environment” (ibid., p. 297). According to White (1959) every organism attains such capacity through self-activity, which means it is not there at birth and does not evolve through maturation. In 1973, David McClelland (1973) launched a similarly for psychologists revolutionary idea, suggesting the testing of competency rather than intelligence, which was predominant at the time. McClelland (1973) understood professional competence as a personal trait or set of habits which leads to more effective or superior job performance. Since then, scientists have developed and presented a wide range of conceptual models for professional competence. On the basis of a literature review, Guerrero and De Los Ríos (2012) categorised existing conceptual models of professional competence into five categories; 1) competence models based on the workplace, 2) competence models based on behavioural theory, 3) competence models based on business strategy, 4) competence models with a cognitive and motivational approach, and 5) competence models based on a holistic approach. Research and reports describing what school principals actually do on a daily basis are frequently occurring in literature – data can be retrieved from for instance dissertations (Finnish school principals in Mäkelä (2007) and Saarukka (2017)), (international) reports (Darling-Hammond et al., 2022; Muta et al., 2025; OECD, 2020; Teig et al., 2024), and research (for instance research on effective, successful and turnaround principals (Bush & Glover, 2014; Leithwood et al., 2020; Lunenburg, 2010; Meyers & Hitt, 2017)). However, attempts of outlining the doings and beings of school principals on a more abstract level, in the form of professional competence, are scarce or even absent. Research on school principals usually is occupied with the pedagogical leadership of school principals. Predominant paradigms in school leadership research are, according to a study of Gumus, Bellibas, Esen and Gumus (2018) distributed/collective leadership, instructional leadership, teacher leadership and transformational leadership, meaning the focus is on other features of and perspectives on school principalship than underlying professional competences. For my dissertation (development of professional competence of school principals) it is necessary to have an idea of what professional competence of school principals conclude. This led to a process of reviewing, selecting, and applying conceptual models of professional competence on school leadership, in the end resulting in a competence model for school principals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Two literature reviews were conducted according to a process of planning, conducting and reporting (Xiao & Watson, 2019): • First review: conceptual models on professional competence. • Second review: school principals’ doings and beings in everyday work. Searches were conducted using words like 1) “competence”, “professional competence”, and “conceptual models for professional competence” and 2) “work of school principals”. Google Scholar and ERIC were engaged as search engines in addition to net-based services offered by the university library. The search results were delimited and prioritised. For instance, limited access and limited access because of language as well as results linked to other levels of educational leadership than school principals were excluded. Articles and reports (official bodies and private institutes) generally acknowledged were selected. The first literature review resulted in a closer look at 13 generic conceptual models of professional competence, categorised according to Guerrero and De Los Ríos (2012). The second literature review resulted in reports, articles and dissertations presenting dimensions of everyday work of school principals. The next step was to select a model for professional competence in the light of the results in the second review. Both the complexity of leadership and the understanding for context should be reflected in the model. Because of this, models categorised as holistic were first selected. Socio-cultural, technological, economic and political context of the education system and characteristics like culture and climate, teaching and learning, student outcomes, community, as well as leader and school characteristics are all important dimensions of a model for professional competence of school principals. (Gurr & Drysdale, 2018; Hallinger, 2018). The holistic approach models concluded models by Cheetham and Chivers (1998), Delamare De Leist and Winterton (2005), and Schneckenberg and Wildt (2006). In the selection process the model of Schneckenberg and Wildt (2006) was evaluated less favourable because of the strong focus on higher education and specifically ecompetence. Delamare De Leist and Winterton’s (2005) model, again, received a lower evaluation because of lack of contextual dimensions. The model of Cheetham and Chivers (1998), even though generic and non-profession specific, was selected due to the versatile discernment of knowledge and skills, the acknowledgment of meta-competencies and the recognition of context and work environment. Having selected a conceptual model for describing professional competence of school principals, the next step was to apply the doings and beings of school principals to that model as provided in the second literature review. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The professional competence of school principals emerges not only from formal knowledge and practical skills, but also from an integration of personal, functional, ethical, and meta-level capabilities, all exercised within complex work environments. The selected conceptual model for professional competence by Cheetham and Chivers (1998) is open to many dimensions necessary for unveiling this competence. The model acknowledges context of work and environment, illustrating it as an oval around the four plus one different types of knowledge and skills of professionals. The knowledge and skills conclude of 1) knowledge/cognitive competence (specialist knowledge of profession, tacit-practical knowledge, procedural knowledge, contextual knowledge and knowledge application), 2) functional competence (occupation specific, process-organisational-management, mental, physical), 3) personal/behavioural competence (social-vocational, interprofessional), and 4) competence values/ethical competence (personal, professional). They all interconnect with the 5) meta-competencies of the model (communication, creativity, problem-solving, analytical thinking, reflective practice, learning/self-development). By applying the results from the second review – school principals’ doings and beings – to Cheetham and Chivers’ (1998) conceptual model on professional competence, the multifaceted and context-specific nature of professional competence of school principals is highlighted. Predominant paradigms in research of educational and pedagogical leadership – distributed/collective leadership, instructional leadership and transformational leadership according to Gumus, Bellibas, Esen and Gumus (2018) – stay most often silent regarding the professional competence of school principals. For my dissertation, however, understanding the competences of school principals and how they develop is central. References Cheetham, G., & Chivers, G. (1998). The reflective (and competent) practitioner: A model of professional competence which seeks to harmonise the reflective practitioner and competence‐based approaches. Journal of European Industrial Training, 22(7), 267–276. https://doi.org/10.1108/03090599810230678 Delamare Le Deist, F., & Winterton, J. (2005). What Is Competence? Human Resource Development International, 8(1), 27–46. https://doi.org/10.1080/1367886042000338227 Guerrero, D., & De Los Ríos, I. (2012). Professional Competences: A Classification of International Models. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 46, 1290–1296. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.05.290 Gumus, S., Bellibas, M. S., Esen, M., & Gumus, E. (2018). A systematic review of studies on leadership models in educational research from 1980 to 2014. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 25–48. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216659296 Gurr, D., & Drysdale, L. (2018). System Leadership and School Leadership. Research in Educational Administration & Leadership, 3(2), 207–229. https://doi.org/10.30828/real/2018.2.4 Hallinger, P. (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5–24. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216670652 McClelland, D. C. (1973). Testing for competence rather than for ‘intelligence.’ American Psychologist, 28(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0034092 Muta, S.-M., Hietajärvi, L., Upadyaya, K., Huotilainen, M., & Salmela-aro, K. (2025). The Finnish Principal Barometer (Version 2024-a) [Dataset]. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/ZENODO.13643801 OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume II): Teachers and School Leaders as Valued Professionals. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en Salman, M., Ganie, S. A., & Saleem, I. (2020). The concept of competence: A thematic review and discussion. European Journal of Training and Development, 44(6/7), 717–742. https://doi.org/10.1108/EJTD-10-2019-0171 Schneckenberg, D., & Wildt, J. (2006). Understanding the concept of ecompetence for academic staff. The Challenge of Ecompetence in Academic Staff Development, 29–35. White, R. W. (1959). Motivation reconsidered: The concept of competence. Psychological Review, 66(5), 297–333. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0040934 Xiao, Y., & Watson, M. (2019). Guidance on Conducting a Systematic Literature Review. Journal of Planning Education and Research, 39(1), 93–112. https://doi.org/10.1177/0739456X17723971 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 26 SES 11 D: Principalship, Career Paths & Professional Identity Location: KH 1 | Main building B | Ground Floor Session Chair: Carmen Montecinos Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Being and Becoming a School Leader: Preparation, Transitions, and Sustainability in a Complex Policy Era University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Educational leadership continues to be recognised as a central factor in school and system improvement, yet the work of leading is increasingly shaped by intensifying accountability pressures, shifting reform cycles, and complex socio‑cultural expectations (Harris & Jones, 2023). These dynamics are strongly visible in Hong Kong, where reforms associated with school-based management have devolved responsibilities to schools while simultaneously producing dense administrative and compliance demands, with implications for how leaders understand, prioritise, and sustain their work (Campbell & Kam, 2026; Wong & Liu, 2018). Comparable pressures are evident across European systems, where concerns about leadership recruitment, retention, and sustainability have grown as governance structures become more multilayered, more performative, and more demanding (UNESCO, 2024). This paper uses Hong Kong as a theoretically generative case through which to consider how educators make sense of leadership preparation, transitions, and sustainability in ways that illuminate challenges faced internationally. The central research question asks: How do educators conceptualise and experience leadership across their career trajectories, and what are the implications for leadership preparation, transitions, and sustainability in schools? This question is especially salient for middle leaders and vice principals (and equivalent roles), who form a crucial part of leadership pipelines and whose sensemaking about organisational expectations, identity shifts, and future aspirations shapes whether systems maintain a viable supply of committed leaders (Bryant, 2019; Szeto, 2022). Sensemaking theory forms the conceptual and analytic core of the study. Drawing on Spillane, Reiser and Reimer (2002) and Datnow and Park (2009), sensemaking is understood as the process through which educators interpret policy messages, organisational routines, and professional experiences through the lens of prior knowledge, interaction, and school culture. This perspective positions leadership as an interpretive practice in which individuals negotiate meanings, define problems, and determine action under conditions of uncertainty or overload. In addition, the study recognises that sensemaking is consequential for how educators understand their capacity and willingness to act: interpretations of leadership purpose, feasibility, and demands shape subsequent choices about whether to pursue leadership roles, how to transition between them, and how to sustain oneself within them (Shaked & Schechter, 2017; Lee & Ip, 2021). The international contribution of this paper is two-fold. First, it addresses longstanding calls to diversify educational leadership scholarship beyond dominant Anglo‑American contexts by providing an empirically grounded account of how leadership is understood and navigated in a Confucian-heritage, high-accountability system (Mertkan et al., 2017). Second, the Hong Kong case offers insights that resonate with international contexts experiencing similar tensions between decentralisation and accountability, growing expectations of school leaders, and concerns about the sustainability of leadership careers. By foregrounding how leaders interpret, negotiate, and make meaning of leadership demands, the study offers a lens through which researchers and policymakers can better understand why reforms succeed differently across contexts and how leadership development systems might better support leaders’ interpretive and relational capacities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research employed a multi-phase qualitative design to access middle leaders’ and vice principals’ interpretations of their leadership work and trajectories. The first phase consisted of a qualitative survey administered through an online platform, designed to generate rich narrative accounts of how participants understand the nature and purpose of leadership, how they interpret their own preparation and professional learning, and how they view their future aspirations. The survey included open-ended questions that encourage elaboration and contextualised responses, and a pilot test was conducted to refine clarity and enhance methodological rigour (Malmqvist et al., 2019). The second phase involves semi-structured interviews with a subset of survey respondents, using purposive sampling to ensure representation across school types, districts, and leadership experiences. Interviews provided opportunities for participants to reflect in depth on critical incidents, transitions between roles, professional cultures, and the conditions that influence their sensemaking about leadership sustainability. The interview protocol is standardised but flexible, enabling both comparability and the exploration of emergent narratives. Interviews typically lasted around one hour and were conducted either face-to-face or online depending on participant preference. Analysis was guided by sensemaking theory, focusing on how participants' interpretations arise through their interactions with organisational structures, professional histories, and policy expectations. The analytic process involves iterative thematic coding that attends to how individuals construct meaning around leadership responsibilities, identity shifts, and pressures, as well as how these meanings influence their perceptions of preparation, transition, and sustainability. This interpretive approach supports a multi-layered understanding of leadership as a socially constructed and contextually contingent process Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that educators conceptualise leadership as a relational and contextually shaped practice rather than a purely positional one, emphasising influence, collaboration, and people-centred decision-making (Bush & Glover, 2014; Gunter, 2001). Transitions into leadership roles involve significant identity negotiation, as individuals reinterpret their professional purpose and reconcile tensions between relational commitments and the administrative intensification characteristic of high-accountability systems (Szeto, 2022; Harris & Jones, 2023). Sustainability is closely tied to supportive professional cultures, meaningful preparation and mentoring, and opportunities for ongoing sensemaking through professional learning (Wong & Liu, 2018). Internationally, the analysis offers insights into how sensemaking shapes leadership trajectories in ways that travel across contexts. By demonstrating how leaders construct meaning in relation to policy signals, organisational expectations, and cultural norms, the findings speak to European and international concerns about leadership supply, wellbeing, and the adaptability required in volatile policy environments. Understanding leadership as an interpretive practice suggests that preparation and development programmes need to strengthen leaders’ sensemaking capacities, relational skills, and ability to navigate ambiguity rather than focusing solely on technical competencies, and established notions of what it means to lead, be a leader, and exercise leadership. References Bryant, D. A. (2019). Conditions that support middle leaders' work in organisational and system leadership: Hong Kong case studies. School Leadership & Management, 39(5), 415-433. doi: 10.1080/13632434.2018.148979 Bush, T., & Glover, D. (2014). School leadership models: what do we know? School Leadership & Management, 34(5), 553–571. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2014.928680 Campbell, P. & Kam, Y. C. (2026). “I’m Working on the Margins in Order to Shake the Core”: Educational Leadership, Agency, and the Reimagining of the Principalship, Journal of Educational Administration, 1-26. https://doi.org/10.1108%2FJEA-06-2025-0246 Gunter, H. (2001). Critical approaches to leadership in education. The Journal of Educational Enquiry, 2(2). Datnow, A., & Park, V. (2009). Conceptualizing policy implementation: Large-scale reform in an era of complexity. In D. Plank, B. Schneider, & G. Sykes (Eds.), AERA handbook on education policy research (pp. 348–361). Routledge. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2023). The importance of school leadership? What we know. School Leadership & Management, 43(5), 449–453. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2023.2287806 Lee, D. H. L., & Ip, N. K. K. (2023). The influence of professional learning communities on informal teacher leadership in a Chinese hierarchical school context. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 324-344. doi: 10.1177/1741143220985159 Malmqvist, J., Hellberg, K., Möllås, G., Rose, R., & Shevlin, M. (2019). Conducting the Pilot Study: A Neglected Part of the Research Process? Methodological Findings Supporting the Importance of Piloting in Qualitative Research Studies. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 18. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406919878341 (Original work published 2019) Mertkan, S., Arsan, N., Inal Cavlan, G., & Onurkan Aliusta, G. (2017). Diversity and equality in academic publishing: The case of educational leadership. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 47(1), 46-61. Shaked, H., & Schechter, C. (2017). Systems thinking among school middle leaders. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45(4), 699-718. Spillane, J. P., Reiser, B. J., & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy Implementation and Cognition: Reframing and Refocusing Implementation Research. Review of Educational Research, 72(3), 387–431. http://www.jstor.org/stable/3515992 Szeto, E. (2022). Influence of professional cultures and principal leadership effects on early-career teacher leadership development in Hong Kong schools. Professional Development in Education, 48(3), 379-397. Wong, T. Y., & Liu, P. (2018). Hong Kong principal professional development: Context, challenges, and opportunities. Chinese Education & Society, 51(5), 359-371. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Principal Retention and Turnover Patterns Among Secondary School Principal in Chile: Does Type of Succession and School Performance Matter? 1: Pontificia Universidad Catolica de Valparaíso, Chile; 2: Centro de Investigación Avanzada en Educación (CIAE), Universidad de Chile, Social Research Institute, University College London, London, UK; 3: Centro de Investigación Avanzada en Educación (CIAE) and Instituto de Estudios Avanzados en Educación, Universidad de Chile Presenting Author:Objective The objective of this study was to examine whether and how the type of principal succession (internal versus external hires) and schools’ prior performance are associated with principal turnover among secondary principals in Chile. High principal turnover disrupts school processes, often increasing teacher attrition and negatively affecting student performance (Tonido et al., 2024; Winters et al., 2023). A principal’s departure can also generate opportunities, as new leaders may introduce fresh perspectives (Grissom & Bartanen, 2019). This innovation potential is more relevant for low-performing schools, which are more likely to require organizational changes (Buckman et al., 2017; Lee, 2015). Much of the research on principal turnover and succession has been conducted in Europe and North America. Few studies have addressed these issues in Latin American countries, and most have focused on turnover rates among primary school principals (Author, 2024, 2026). To our knowledge, this is the first study in Latin America to examine how internal and external promotions relate to principal turnover in secondary schools with varying prior performance levels Conceptual framework The conceptual framework informing this study bridges two major research areas: career pathways into and out of the principalship and principal succession practices. Principal turnover Research has identified several individual and school-level characteristics associated with principal turnover (Snodgrass Rangel, 2018). For instance, older principals are less likely to transition between schools but more likely to retire or leave the system (Tekleselassie & Choi, 2021). In the US, high-performing principals are often promoted to central office positions, whereas those perceived as less effective are more likely to leave the school system (Grissom & Bartanen, 2019). Principals working in schools serving more disadvantaged students are more likely to transfer to other schools or to different roles within the education system (Loeb et al., 2010). Working conditions (e.g., administrative autonomy, salary levels, and job stress) also play a crucial role in retention (Authors, 2026). Hiring practices Pendola and Fuller (2020) explored the benefits and drawbacks of promoting internal candidates for principal succession in the United States. Advantages include minimized disruption during transitions and a comprehensive understanding of organizational practices. Familiarity with past performance enables better assessment of candidates, while awareness of job expectations enhances their effectiveness. Conversely, internal recruitment can hinder organizational progress due to potential deficits in administrative support, which are crucial for job satisfaction. There is a tendency to assume that internal candidates are adequately prepared, which results in insufficient mentorship. Additionally, competition among internal candidates can create micropolitical conflicts. Principal turnover and hiring practices in Chile In 2011, the Quality and Equity in Education Law established a structured system for the recruitment and selection of public-school principals via the High Public Administration (Alta Dirección Pública, ADP). This reform encourages a competitive mobility model, enabling the recruitment of both internal and external candidates based on their qualifications and professional experience. Although external organizations manage recruitment, the central office retains final authority over hiring decisions. Studies indicate that principals chosen through the ADP system have positively influenced standardized test outcomes and improved school climates (Muñoz y Prem, 2024). Galdames and González (2019) identified advantages of internal promotions through the ADP system, including candidates’ familiarity with their institutions’ dynamics and diminishing uncertainty regarding the new principal’s vision. Hiring practices in private schools are predominantly informal, with approximately 60% of principals appointed through direct invitations from administrators rather than competitive selection processes (Weinstein & Muñoz, 2014). This study addressed the following research question: Does turnover among internally versus externally promoted principals differ by schools’ prior performance? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data sources We combine two datasets. From the Ministry of Education’s School Staff report, we identified individuals serving as secondary school principals in 2017, along with their professional roles and institutional affiliations two years earlier (2015) and five years later (2022) (N=2,769). Additionally, we obtained data on principals’ age, gender, employment contract type (part-time or full-time), and the type of school administration (public, private, subsidized, and private paid). Using the System for Measuring the Quality of Education (SIMCE), we calculated the average score for 10th-grade students in mathematics and reading in the 2017 SIMCE, and classified schools into three performance tertiles. The first tertile comprises schools in the lowest 33% of the achievement distribution, while the third tertile includes those in the top 33%. Additionally, SIMCE classifies schools into five socioeconomic groups: low-SES (22% of secondary schools), lower-middle-SES (28%), middle-SES (23%), upper-middle-SES (13%), and high-SES (14%). Data Analysis Data analysis involves three steps. First, alluvial diagrams allowed us to descriptively analyze the work transitions (origin-destination) of those in the principal position in 2017. Second, we estimate a statistical model to assess how the diverse transitions into principalship between 2015 and 2017 are associated with differences in future trajectories. The variables entered included: their role in 2022 and 2015; age; gender; type of contract in 2017; and characteristics of the school where they served as principals in 2017. Third, we used a statistical model that included the same variables, as well as the school's prior academic performance and its interaction with the role held in 2015. This interaction enables us to examine how differences between insiders and outsiders vary across schools with varying levels of prior achievement. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study identifies two primary limitations. Firstly, the non-random nature of principal succession prevents causal assertions regarding the impact of principals' entry pathways on their career advancement. Although observable factors are controlled, unmeasured variables at both individual and school levels likely influence mobility patterns. Secondly, the lack of individual-level performance metrics for principals limits the analysis of the effectiveness of incoming and outgoing principals and its relationship to various succession types. The effectiveness of principals is crucial in evaluating turnover decisions. Despite these limitations, the study contributes meaningful insights to the expanding body of research on the effectiveness of diverse hiring practices and their implications for principals' retention. Our research highlights the varying stability of principals based on school performance. In low-performing schools, there is no significant difference in retention between internally and externally appointed principals, supporting the view that new leadership is essential for implementing reforms. In mid-performing schools, turnover is higher for outsiders, indicating that continuity through internal promotions may enhance stability in leadership transitions. Conversely, high-performing schools experience declining retention rates for both groups, as new leaders face pressures to adhere to established practices, which often leads to increased turnover. These findings underscore the necessity of fostering internal leadership pipelines to ensure the sustainability of effective educational practices. References Aravena F (2022) Principal succession in schools: A literature review (2003–2019). Educational Management Administration & Leadership 50(3). SAGE Publications Ltd: 354–370. Bartanen B, Grissom JA and Rogers LK (2019) The Impacts of Principal Turnover. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis 41(3). American Educational Research Association: 350–374. Buckman DG and Sloan B (2022) Repairing the Principal Pipeline: Does Hiring Type Slow the Leak? International Journal of Educational Leadership Preparation 17(1). International Council of Professors of Educational Leadership: 1–22. Galdames S y González A (2019) Directores fantásticos y dónde encontrarlos: lecciones sobre la promoción interna de directivos elegidos por la Alta Dirección Pública en Chile. Calidad en la Educación (51). 51: 131–163. Grissom JA and Bartanen B (2019) Principal Effectiveness and Principal Turnover. Education Finance and Policy 14(3): 355–382. Lee LC (2015) School performance trajectories and the challenges for principal succession. Journal of Educational Administration 53(2). Emerald Group Publishing Limited: 262–286. Loeb S, Kalogrides D and Horng EL (2010) Principal Preferences and the Uneven Distribution of Principals Across Schools. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis 32(2). American Educational Research Association: 205–229. Muñoz P and Prem M (2024) Managers’ Productivity and Recruitment in the Public Sector. American Economic Journal: Economic Policy 16(4): 223–253. Pendola, Andrew & Fuller, Edward. (2020). Strength from Within? Internal Recruitment and Principal Turnover. Journal of Education Human Resources 39: e20200012. 10.3138/jehr-2020-0012. Snodgrass Rangel V (2018) A Review of the Literature on Principal Turnover. Review of Educational Research 88(1). American Educational Research Association: 87–124. Steed K, Waniganayake M, and De NJ (2020) Better the devil you know?: Internal and external candidacy for leadership roles in an Australian state school system. Issues in Educational Research 30(2). Institutes for Educational Research in NSW, SA and WA: 709–735. Tekleselassie AA and Choi J (2021) Understanding School Principal Attrition and Mobility Through Hierarchical Generalized Linear Modeling. Educational Policy 35(7). SAGE Publications Inc: 1116–1162. Tonido KJP, Arana TL, Cenabre FL, et al. (2024) Understanding Teacher Experiences Amidst Principal Reshuffling: A Phenomenological Inquiry. American Journal of Education and Technology 3(3): 28–35. Weinstein J and Muñoz G (2014) When duties are not enough: principal leadership and public or private school management in Chile. School Effectiveness and School Improvement 25(4). Routledge: 651–670. Winters MA, Kisida B and Cho I (2023) The Impact of Principal Attrition and Replacement on Indicators of School Quality. Education Finance and Policy 18(2): 302–318. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Understanding Leadership Autonomy in between Research Literature and School Leaders´ Self Reports. University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway Presenting Author:This paper presents a study of how emerging research literature conceptualises educational leadership autonomy, compared to how education leaders in three different European country contexts describe their autonomy when asked openly. The motivation for the study stems from the well‑established observation that “experts may use the same term for different concepts, use different terms for the same concept, use the same term for the same concept, or use different terms and have different concepts” by Shaw & Gaines (1989). Such conceptual ambiguity is typical in newer research fields, where a shared conceptual language has yet to stabilise. Inspired by theories on conceptual consensus and correspondence, this study explores the understandings of autonomy in the growing but still relatively scarce literature on leadership autonomy, and compares these understandings with how education leaders describe autonomy in practice. The aim is to raise the issue of conceptual correspondence between how autonomy is discussed in education research literature and how it is understood by school leaders. The literature on school leaders’ perceptions and understandings of autonomy is limited, but existing studies show considerable variation (Niesche et al., 2023; Heffernan & Pierpoint, 2020; Woods et al., 2020). School leaders tend to express support for autonomy, yet they differ in what they believe autonomy entails: for some, it relates to greater flexibility and empowerment; for others, it concerns resources, staffing, or direction‑setting. Several studies also note that the concept itself can be experienced as ambiguous and vague (cf. Niesche et al., 2023). In comparison, the research literature defines educational leadership autonomy in ways that range from ethical interpretations such as “the capability to adopt for oneself the principles, rules or values that guide one’s action” (Woods et al., 2020), to multidimensional models describing autonomy as a combination of functional, structural, and cultural components (Cheng et al., 2016). Understanding how autonomy is conceptualised in both practice and research is increasingly relevant as decentralised governance reforms have positioned leadership at school and local authority levels as key factors for educational change and development (cf. Rorrer et al. 2008; Nordholm et al. 2025). Today’s education systems expect leaders to handle high degrees of interrelatedness, multiple governing layers, and diverse stakeholder influences (author et al., 2025). Research has also shown that education leaders autonomously and purposefully shape their institutions in distinct ways that earlier studies have paid limited attention to (author et al., 2017, 2019, 2025). Although leadership has been widely discussed as distributed (Spillane et al., 2015), and studies have discussed various issues of leadership autonomy (e.g., Moos et al., 2018, Nihlfors et al. 2013) autonomy is often still conceptualised in the literature as an individual trait, exercised through self‑governance and individual agency (Woods et al., 2022). Recent studies, however, highlight relational and multidimensional aspects of autonomy (Wildy, 2004; Cheng et al., 2015), suggesting that autonomy is embedded in interactions, organisational conditions, governing styles, knowledge regimes, stakeholder positions, and leaders’ professional competencies (Wilches, 2007; Parker, 2014). How such relational forms of autonomy are experienced by school leaders in everyday practice is a central empirical question in this study. By comparing research‑based definitions of autonomy with leaders’ self‑reported understandings, the study identifies areas of correspondence as well as conceptual gaps. This provides a basis for renewed discussion about educational leadership autonomy as an emerging and still developing concept within education research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study maps and compares understandings of educational leadership autonomy as defined in research literature with school leaders’ self reported autonomy in Norway, Sweden, and two Länder in Germany. The research design is qualitative and conducted in two phases. The first phase consisted of a document analysis (Bowen, 2009) of selected research literature on autonomy in education. The literature corpus was chosen based on citation frequency and scholarly influence, ensuring that the included works reflect central contributions to defining educational leadership autonomy. The analysis focused on identifying conceptual definitions, analytical dimensions, and underlying theoretical assumptions in the literature. This phase provided an overview of how autonomy is framed within the academic field, including individual, structural, relational, and multidimensional perspectives. The second phase analysed interview transcripts (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2013) from approximately 60 interviews with education leaders at school and local educational authority (LEA) levels across the three country contexts. The interviews included open questions inviting leaders to reflect on areas where they experience autonomy in their work (expressed through terms such as handlingsrom, handlingsutrymme, and Handlungsspielraum) and how they understand autonomy in their day to day practice. The interview guide was semi structured, collaboratively developed by researchers from the three countries, piloted with school leaders, and reviewed by reference groups from national school leader unions to ensure conceptual relevance and clarity. Recruitment procedures varied across contexts. In Norway and Sweden, LEAs distributed invitations to their school leaders, while in Germany, emails were sent directly to school leaders in selected districts. The sampling strategy aimed for diversity in geography, local socioeconomic conditions, school size, and urban–rural characteristics. All interviews were conducted in the native language of both interviewer and interviewee, recorded, and transcribed verbatim using the Autotekst AI platform. The transcripts were checked for accuracy by the research team and organised in Excel for thematic comparison. By combining document analysis with interview data, the study provides a comprehensive basis for comparing conceptualisations of autonomy in the literature with leaders’ situated understandings across three European governance contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study provides a basis for a more nuanced understanding of educational leadership autonomy by comparing how autonomy is conceptualised in research literature with how it is described by school leaders in practice in European contexts. The findings show that the literature defines autonomy in varied ways, often reflecting different epistemological foundations. Several studies emphasise autonomy as an individual feature of leaders, grounded in self governance and personal agency. In contrast, the interview data reveal fragmented and individually framed understandings among school leaders, yet with a high awareness of the complexity of schools. Leaders describe autonomy as context bound, situational, and shifting, shaped by organisational conditions, relationships, and governance structures. Despite variation, some similarities appear across the national contexts. The analysis illustrates clear differences in how educational leadership autonomy is understood in research and practice, but also areas where the two perspectives correspond. These findings suggest that educational leadership autonomy is a concept still in development, requiring further clarification and theoretical refinement. The study therefore calls for renewed scholarly discussion on how autonomy should be conceptualised in education research. Clarifying the concept is essential for strengthening its analytical value, improving comparability across studies, and deepening understanding of how autonomy is enacted within contemporary education systems. References Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative research journal, 9(2), 27-40. Brinkmann, S. (2013). Qualitative interviewing. Oxford university press. Caldwell, B. J. (2018). School leadership and professional autonomy. Wales Journal of Education, 20(2). Cheng, Y. C., Ko, J., & Lee, T. T. H. (2016). School autonomy, leadership and learning: a reconceptualisation. International Journal of Educational Management, 30(2), 177-196. Heffernan, A., & Pierpoint, A. (2020). Autonomy, Accountability, and Principals’ Work: An Australian Study. Moos, L., Nihlfors, E., & Paulsen, J. M. (2018). Leading and Organising Education for Citizenship of the World: Through Technocratic Homogenisation or Communicative Diversity?. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 2(2-3), 1-6. Niesche, R., Eacott, S., Keddie, A., Gobby, B., MacDonald, K., Wilkinson, J., & Blackmore, J. (2023). Principals’ perceptions of school autonomy and educational leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(6), 1260-1277. Nihlfors, E., Johansson, O., Moos, L., Paulsen, J. M., & Risku, M. (2013). The Nordic superintendents’ leadership roles: Cross-national comparison. In Transnational Influences on Values and Practices in Nordic Educational Leadership: Is there a Nordic Model? (pp. 193-212). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands. Parker, D. (2004). Narratives of Autonomy and Narratives of Relationality in Auto/Biography. a/b: Auto/biography Studies, 19(1-2), 137-155. Rorrer, A. K., Skrla, L., & Scheurich, J. J. (2008). Districts as institutional actors in educational reform. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(3), 307-357. Shaw, M. L., & Gaines, B. R. (1989). Comparing conceptual structures: consensus, conflict, correspondence and contrast. Knowledge acquisition, 1(4), 341-363. Spillane, J. P., & Sherer, J. Z. (2004). A distributed perspective on school leadership: Leadership practice as stretched over people and place. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Education Association, San Diego, CA Wilches, J. U. (2007). Teacher autonomy: A critical review of the research and concept beyond applied linguistics. Íkala, revista de lenguaje y cultura, 12(18), 245-275. Wildy, H., Forster, P., Louden, W., & Wallace, J. (2004). The international study of leadership in education: Monitoring decision making by school leaders. Journal of Educational Administration, 42(4), 416-430. Woods, P. A., Roberts, A., Jarvis, J., & Culshaw, S. (2020). Autonomy, leadership and leadership development in England’s school system. School Leadership & Management, 41(1–2), 73–92. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 27 SES 11 A: Responses to Uncertainty in Teaching and Learning under Migration-Related Diversity: Central and Eastern European Perspectives Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Kristina Kocyba Panel Discussion |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Panel Discussion Responses to Uncertainty in Teaching and Learning under Migration-Related Diversity: Central and Eastern European Perspectives 1: TU Dresden; 2: Masaryk University; 3: University of Lower Silesia; 4: Ukrainian Catholic University Presenting Author:In times of intensified migration-related diversity, policy volatility, and societal transformation, uncertainty has become a constitutive condition of teaching and learning across European educational systems. This panel examines how uncertainty is produced, experienced, and pedagogically negotiated in school contexts shaped by forced migration. Drawing on empirical studies from Germany, Czechia, Poland, and Ukraine, the panel conceptualises uncertainty not as an individual flaw, but as a structurally embedded feature of educational practice with significant implications for inclusion and didactic decision-making. The first contribution (Germany) approaches uncertainty from a structural-theoretical and professional perspective. Building on Helsper’s analysis of pedagogical antinomies (Helsper, 2004; 2016), it argues that teaching necessarily unfolds within tensions that cannot be resolved through technical expertise alone. From this perspective, uncertainty is a constitutive element of professional teaching. This insight is further specified through migration pedagogy, which conceptualises non-knowledge as a professional competence (Mecheril, 2010), understood as reflective awareness of the limits of one’s own knowledge and openness towards (refugee) students’ lived experiences. Drawing on qualitative data from the Erasmus+ project Act4Mig: A Course for Teachers on Forced Migration, the study reconstructs situations that generate didactic uncertainty - such as language expectations, dealing with trauma, or intercultural communication with parents - and analyses how teachers develop inclusion-oriented responses that professionalise rather than eliminate uncertainty (Paselka, Schneider & Combe, 2018). The second contribution (Czechia) shifts the analytical focus to policy-induced uncertainty and its translation into classroom practice. Since the activation of temporary protection for refugees from Ukraine in 2022, Czech schools have been required to continuously adapt to frequently changing regulations related to residence status, access to education, and support measures. Based on mixed-methods research combining interviews, focus groups, and survey data, the paper conceptualises uncertainty as a systemic effect of policy volatility rather than as an individual characteristic of migrant pupils or their families (Bittnerová, 2024; Schwendowius et al., 2025). The findings show how shifting policy frameworks undermine long-term didactic planning, disrupt learning continuity, and challenge schools’ capacity to provide predictable and inclusive learning environments. The third contribution (Poland) examines uncertainty through the lens of institutional visibility and educational security in refugee education. Focusing on the Ukrainian “Independence” school established in Poland after February 2022, the study analyses a community-based educational space that operated for an extended period outside the Polish school system and without formal school status. Drawing on qualitative research conducted between 2022 and 2024, the contribution conceptualises uncertainty as an everyday condition produced by institutional ambiguity. While the school functioned as a protective “safe space” that stabilised routines and sustained Ukrainian curricular continuity, its informal and only partially recognised position generated persistent insecurities, including uncertain recognition of learning outcomes, limited certification pathways, and unclear responsibilities for educational and psychosocial support. The analysis highlights the paradox of safety through invisibility as a strategy that temporarily mitigates uncertainty while reproducing new forms of precarity. Extending the panel’s comparative focus, the Ukrainian case examines uncertainty in school contexts shaped by forced displacement, return migration, and ongoing war. Drawing on interviews with Ukrainian teachers conducted in 2025 within the Erasmus+ project Act4Mig, the contribution conceptualises uncertainty as a structurally embedded condition of educational practice rather than a temporary disruption. Continuous student mobility and cumulative educational losses following COVID-19, displacement, and war fundamentally reshape reintegration processes (UNESCO, 2024; UNICEF, 2025; Pron’, 2025). Teachers’ narratives show how language use, expectations of educational “catch-up,” and classroom routines function as markers of belonging and conditional inclusion, and how educators manage - rather than eliminate - uncertainty by prioritising socialisation, emotional safety, and inclusive pedagogical practices. References Aleghfeli, M. (2025). Safety, belonging and success in education for refugees in Europe: A systematic review. European Journal of Education. [https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12852] Bittnerová, D. (2024). Critical temporalities: The educational trajectories of refugee children from Ukraine. Národopisná revue (Journal of Ethnology), 34(2), 79–90. Demir, S. M., Sahinyazan, F. G., Kara, B. Y., & Buluc, E. (2025). No country for young refugees: Barriers and opportunities for inclusive refugee education practices. Production and Operations Management, 34(4), 612–626. [https://doi.org/10.1177/10591478241243382 Helsper, W. (2004). Pädagogische Professionalität als Gegenstand strukturtheoretischer Forschung. In W. Helsper, R. Tippelt, & J. Böhme (Hrsg.), Pädagogische Professionalität (S. 49–67). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. [https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-663-09983-1_3] Helsper, W. (206). Antinomien pädagogischen Handelns. In H.-H. Krüger & C. Grunert (Hrsg.), *Handbuch Kindheits- und Jugendforschung (S. 1–16). Springer VS. Kim, J., Florian, L., & Pantić, N. (2020). The development of inclusive practice under a policy of integration. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(1), 1–16. [https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1735549]9) Mecheril, P. (2010). Migrationspädagogik. In P. Mecheril, M. Castro Varela, İ. Dirim, A. Kalpaka, & C. Melter, Migrationspädagogik (S. 7–22). Beltz Juventa. Papuda-Dolińska, B., Knopik, T., Wiejak, K., Błaszczak, A., Styrkacz, S., & Mykowska, K. (2024). Edukacja dzieci i uczniów z doświadczeniem migracyjnym przybyłych z Ukrainy – dobre praktyki i rekomendacje. Instytut Badań Edukacyjnych. [https://doi.org/10.24131/9788368313260] Paselka, K., Schneider, K., & Combe, A. (2018). Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für professionelles pädagogisches Handeln. Springer VS. [https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-19516-8_1] Pron’, N. (2025). Education of internally displaced children in Ukraine: Regional analysis and wartime challenges. SWorldJournal, 4(33-04), 197–207. [https://doi.org/10.30888/2663-5712.2025-33-04-123] Schwendowius, D., Engel, J., Epp, A., Franz, A., Kondratjuk, M., & Wischmann, A. (Hrsg.). (2025). Ungewisse Zukünfte: Bildung und Biographie im Kontext gesellschaftlicher Umbrüche. Verlag Barbara Budrich. SKAV, & META. (2023). The impact of residence status insecurity on the education of children with a migration background in the Czech Republic. Świdrowska, E., & Stano, K. (2025). Uczniowie z Ukrainy z doświadczeniem uchodźstwa w polskich szkołach: Raport z analizy danych (Stand: Oktober 2024). Centrum Edukacji Obywatelskiej & UNICEF. Ward, C., Bochner, S., & Furnham, A. (2001). The psychology of culture shock (2nd ed.). Routledge. Chair Kristina Kocyba, Technischer Universität Dresden, kristina.kocyba@tu-dresden.de |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 27 SES 11 B: Democracy and Citizenship Education Location: Ukko-Pekka | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: May Jehle Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Education in, through and for Democracy Confronting Societal Polarization and Libertarian Authoritarianism Johannes Gutenberg University Mainz, Germany Presenting Author:Education in, through and for democracy is a constant and currently highly relevant topic within the discourse of European Civic Education. From an education policy perspective democracy education is normally considered in conjunction with democratic citizenship education (e.g. Westheimer/Kahne 2004, Georgi 2008, Biesta 2011). The Council of Europe’s Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture was once developed with regard to the challenges of culturally diverse societies and experiences of extremist and terrorist violence as a result of radicalization (Barrett 2020; Council of Europe 2021). Likewise in Germany, social discourses are concerned about the increase of anti-democratic and inhuman attitudes (e.g. Zick et al. 2025, Decker et al. 2024) and a perceived polarization (Mau et al. 2023, Kumkar 2025). Particularly striking are increasing patterns of libertarian authoritarianism (e g. Amlinger/Nachtwey 2025) and a way of thinking in schemes of derservingness (e. g. Mau et al. 2023). Against this backdrop educational policy documents highlight at intervals the importance of democracy education (KMK 2018, SWK 2024). On the other hand, critical reflections warn against governmental instrumentalization and suppression of or ignorance towards societal conflicts (e.g. Eis/Moulin-Doos 2017). Moreover, many approaches do not take into account that socio-economic disadvantages correlate with educational disadvantages in many cases what forms a barrier to civic education and political participation (e. g. Achour et al. 2025). With regard to democracy education we can differentiate analytically between various approaches. In the early 2000s, a vehement controversy between advocates of experience-based democracy learning and subject-specific didactics of politics contributed to some conceptual clarifications. Established distinctions include those between democratic experiences and subject-specific learning, between school subject, school and teaching principles, and informal, non-formal and formal educational formats with their own inherent areas of tension (e.g. Achour et al. 2025). Further differentiating categories include distinctions between education about democracy, democracy as a principle and foundation of education, and education as democratization. (e.g.Beutel et al. 2025). Furthermore, dealing with controversial issues in class is considered highly relevant in order to foster the ability to deal with conflicts democratically (Byford et al. 2009; Hess 2009; Cowan/Maitles 2012; Drerup 2021). Against this backdrop the paper discusses the results of a pre-study with regard to controversial issues in schools and a teaching project addressing democracy education. For the pre-study we collect different types of data at various types of schools at diverse locations as urban and rural regions. We observe various approaches to address societal controversies in school and conduct interviews with students and teachers. With this approach we aim at a better understanding of which controversies are relevant for the students, how do they think about, how do they talk about in class, what do teachers know about the students’ opinions, how do they work with that information in class? In the teaching project, students designed workshops on democratic education for classes from various disciplines at the vocational school. In different formats the young people explored group decision-making processes and issues of inequality, justice, and solidarity. The interactions, discussions, and statements were recorded and then analysed to determine which attitudes and developmental processes emerged. Based on a brief presentation of these insights into school realities we intend a systematizing discussion of various approaches of democracy education, their limitations and their potentials. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the analysis of the various teaching concepts and their implementation into practice we use a combination of ethnographic observations (Breidenstein et al. 2013) and semi-structured interviews. To analyse the teaching concepts we collect all teaching materials and ask the teachers to explain and give reasons for their approach. During the classes we write field notes, thick descriptions and observation protocols of the interactions and discussion. The focus of the observations and notations is on the discussion of controversies and conflict management: On which issues do the students reach an agreement, on which they do not? Which political orientation become visible? How do they match with the specific didactic approach chosen by the teacher? What kind of learnings are possible? If possible, we conduct additional short interviews with selected students after the lessons: What do they think about the lesson and the issue discussed, is it relevant for them, do they discuss it also outside school with friends or family, is there a difference between the discussion, what did they learn in the lesson? Moreover, we conduct another interview with the teacher: What are their assumptions about the students’ opinions, how do they evaluate the lesson? All interviews are transcribed and analysed by the use strategies of qualitative content anaylsis (Kuckartz/Rädiker 2024). Finally, we use strategies of qualitative content anaylsis also in order to organize the data and to develop categories for a further discussion of potentials and limits of the various approaches of democracy education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the first part the paper intends a systematizing discussion of various approaches of democracy education, their theoretical rationales and potentials as well as their possible limitations, blind spots and risks. Based on the results of the pre-study and the experiences with the teaching project presented and discussed in the following we intent to enrich the debate with some empirical information about diverse school realities. We intend to highlight identified challenges when the conditions and requirements in schools might collide with approaches of democracy education. Moreover, we want to strengthen the students’ perspective within the discourse of democracy: What experiences and perspectives do they bring to school? How can we integrate these experiences and perspectives into the various concepts of democracy education? Under what conditions do which approaches offer which potential? How can we develop existing approaches of democracy education in order to give consideration to the interests and needs of all students. References Achour, Sabine/ Sieberkrob, Matthias/Pech, Detlef/Johanna Zelck, Johanna/Eberhard, Philip (Eds.) (2025): Handbuch Demokratiebildung und Fachdidaktik. Band 1: Grundlagen und Querschnittsaufgaben. Frankfurt a. M. Amlinger, Carolin/Nachtwey, Oliver (2025): Gekränkte Freiheit. Aspekte des libertären Autoritarismus. Berlin. Barrett, Martyn (2020): The Council of Europe’s Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture: Policy context, content and impact. In: London Review of Education 18, 1: 1-17. Beutel, Wolfgang/Kenner, Steve/Lange, Dirk (Eds.) (2025): Monitor Demokratiebildung – Band 1: Demokratiebildung. Eine Orientierung. Frankfurt a.M. Biesta, Gert J.J. (2011): Learning Democracy in School and Society. Education, Lifelong Learning, and the Politics of Citizenship. Rotterdam. Breidenstein, Georg/Hirschauer, Stefan/Kalthoff, Herbert/Nieswand, Boris (2013): Ethnografie. Die Praxis der Feldforschung. München. Byford, Jeff/Lennon, Sean/Russell III, William B. (2009): Teaching Controversial Issues in the Social Studies: A Research of High School Teacher. In: The Clearing House 82, 4, S. 165-170. Council of Europe (2021): The Reference Framework of Competences for a Democratic Culture in brief. Strasbourg. Cowan, Paula/Maitles, Henry (Eds.): Teaching Controversial Issues in the Classroom. Key Issues and Debates. London, New York. Decker, Oliver/Kiess, Johannes/Heller, Ayline/Brähler, Elmar (2024): Vereint im Ressentiment. Autoritäre Dynamiken und rechtsextreme Einstellungen. Gießen. Drerup, Johannes (2021): Kontroverse Themen im Unterricht. Konstruktiv streiten lernen. Ditzingen. Eis, Andreas/Moulin-Doos, Claire (2017): Cosmopolitan Citizenship Education: Realistic Political Program or Program to Disillusioned Powerlessness? A Plea for a Critical Power Perspective within Global Citizenship Education. In: Journal of Social Science Education 16: 49–59. Georgi, Viola (Ed.): The Making of Citizens in Europe. Bonn. Hess, Diana E. (2009): Controversy in the Classroom. The Democratic Power of Discussion. New York. Kultusministerkonferenz (KMK) (2018): Demokratie als Ziel, Gegenstand und Praxis historisch-politischer Bildung und Erziehung in der Schule. Beschluss der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 06.03.2009 i. d. F. vom 11.10.2018. https://www.kmk.org/fileadmin/Dateien/pdf/PresseUndAktuelles/2018/Beschluss_Demokratieerziehung.pdf Kuckartz, Udo/Rädiker, Stefan (2024): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz. Weinheim. Kumkar, Nils C. (2025): Polarisierung. Über die Ordnung der Politik. Berlin. Mau, Steffen/Lux, Thomas/Westheuser, Linus (2023): Triggerpunkte. Konsens und Konflikt in der Gegenwartsgesellschaft. Berlin. Ständige Wissenschaftliche Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz (SWK) (2024): Demokratiebildung als Auftrag der Schule – Bedeutung des historischen und politischen Fachunterrichts sowie Aufgabe aller Fächer und der Schulentwicklung. Stellungnahme der Ständigen Wissenschaftlichen Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz. https://www.swk-bildung.org/content/uploads/2024/06/SWK-2024-Stellungnahme_Demokratiebildung.pdf Westheimer, Joel/Kahne, Joseph (2004): What Kind of Citizen? The Politics of Educating for Democracy. In: American Educational Research Journal 41, 2: 237-269. Zick, Andreas/Küpper, Beate/Mokros, Nico/Eden, Marco (Eds.) (2025): Die angespannte Mitte. Rechtsextreme und demokratiegefährdende Einstellungen in Deutschland 2024/25. Bonn. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Citizenship Education In and Across Subject Matter Teaching and Learning Department of Teaching and Learning, Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:Across Europe and globally, education systems face increasing societal uncertainty, including democratic erosion, misinformation, climate crisis, and growing social inequalities. Schools are increasingly expected to prepare students not only with disciplinary knowledge but also with the capacities required for democratic participation (Campbell, 2012). Citizenship Education (CE) has therefore become a central educational mission across curricula. However, research on CE remains largely fragmented across subject-specific didactic traditions. While substantial research has explored CE within individual subjects such as social studies, science education, mathematics education, language education, and arts education (e.g., Levy et al., 2021; Skovsmose et al., 2023), there is limited systematic knowledge about how these subjects together contribute to students’ democratic formation. Most CE research either adopts a general educational perspective detached from subject teaching or remains confined within single disciplinary traditions. Consequently, little is known about how subject-specific knowledge practices interact, complement one another, or potentially generate tensions in relation to CE. This fragmentation is particularly problematic in times of societal uncertainty, where students must engage with complex, interdisciplinary and value-laden societal issues. Research has emphasised the importance of deliberative classroom practices for democratic learning (Englund, 2006), yet how such practices are embedded within different subject traditions remains underexplored. Moreover, despite well-developed theoretical models of democratic competence (Detjen et al., 2012), empirical classroom-based research examining how CE is enacted across subjects is limited. Another significant gap concerns assessment. While large-scale studies provide important insights into students’ civic knowledge and attitudes, they are weakly connected to subject didactics and everyday classroom practices. There is a lack of validated instruments capable of capturing how citizenship-related competencies develop through subject teaching in different disciplinary contexts. This paper outlines a research project aimed at addressing these challenges through two interconnected approaches. First, it seeks to develop an integrated and interdisciplinary conceptualisation of Citizenship Education (CE) in and across school subjects in secondary education, identifying both subject-specific contributions and shared didactic features. Second, it proposes a practice-based and comparative research design to explore how CE can be enacted, developed, and studied within different subject contexts. The project is theoretically grounded in Detjen et al.’s (2012) multidimensional model of democratic competencies, encompassing attitudes and motivation, knowledge and skills, action capacity, and judgement (cf. Campbell, 2012). This framework is combined with the concept of powerful knowledge (Young & Müller, 2013), highlighting the role of disciplinary knowledge in enabling students to understand and critically engage with societal issues. Together, these perspectives allow for an exploration of how subject-specific epistemic practices intersect with broader democratic aims. By bringing together researchers from multiple subject didactics, the project responds to current societal demands for interdisciplinary educational research capable of addressing uncertainty, complexity, and democratic challenges (Ligozat, 2023). It aims to move beyond parallel subject-specific traditions toward a comparative and synthesising didactics of Citizenship Education Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project is designed as a multi-phase, mixed-methods and practice-based research programme grounded in comparative didactics (Ligozat, 2023) and educational design research. Rather than examining CE within isolated subject traditions, the project adopts an interdisciplinary approach that combines conceptual synthesis with empirical classroom-based inquiry. It is organised into three interconnected phases addressing both conceptual and empirical challenges in CE. The first phase aims to operationalise CE across school subjects by mapping how it has been conceptualised and studied within different subject-specific research traditions. This will be conducted through systematic meta-analyses of CE-related research in social studies, science education, mathematics education, language education, and arts education (e.g., Levy et al., 2021; Skovsmose et al., 2023). These analyses will be complemented by curriculum studies examining how CE is embedded in subject-specific policy documents, as well as semi-structured interviews with expert teachers and subject didactics researchers. Together, these sources are intended to identify both distinctive subject contributions and shared cross-disciplinary features of CE. The material will be analysed thematically and comparatively to highlight recurring patterns and conceptual tensions across subjects. Building on insights from the first phase, the second phase focuses on collaboratively designed CE-oriented teaching interventions in secondary school classrooms. Drawing on iterative cycles of educational design research (McKenney & Reeves, 2012), teachers and researchers will co-develop, implement, and refine instructional sequences aimed at supporting the development of citizenship-related competencies within different subject contexts. Data collection will include recordings of classroom interactions, students’ written work, and questionnaires designed to capture key dimensions of CE. Qualitative analyses will explore teaching practices and student engagement, while quantitative analyses will examine patterns of competency development across subjects. In the third phase, findings from the different subject areas will be synthesised through comparative analyses to identify overarching didactic principles and subject-specific pathways for CE. The project also proposes the development and validation of measurement instruments for CE-related competencies across subject contexts. Guided by Messick’s (1998) framework for construct validity, statistical analyses will be used to assess the reliability and coherence of these instruments. Overall, the project seeks to generate a theoretically grounded and empirically informed understanding of Citizenship Education in and across school subjects, while contributing methodological tools for future interdisciplinary research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In this paper presentation we will focus on results from the first phase of the project, discussing how CE has been conceptualised and studied within different subject-specific research traditions and curricula. A specific focus will be given to complementary and contradictory aspects of CE in the different school subjects in terms of disciplinary knowledge, democratic competencies and approaches to normative issues. The presentation will also highlight and discuss the possibility of a more coherent and empirically grounded understanding of CE across school subjects, addressing a central gap in current educational research. We argue that through comparative synthesis and practice-based inquiry, it is possible to develop a nuanced conceptualisation of CE that can clarify both subject-specific contributions and shared cross-disciplinary competencies (Detjen et al., 2012). In the research project as a whole, we also hope to generate empirically informed design principles for CE-oriented teaching, grounded in collaboratively developed classroom interventions (McKenney & Reeves, 2012). By exploring how disciplinary content is mobilised within CE-oriented teaching practices, the project is intended to offer insights into how disciplinary knowledge may function as powerful knowledge in democratic education (Young & Müller, 2013). Furthermore, the project aspires to develop and validate measurement instruments that can support the assessment of citizenship-related competencies within and across subject contexts (Messick, 1998). By integrating interdisciplinary perspectives with practice-based research methodologies, the project seeks to contribute to a more holistic didactics of Citizenship Education. In doing so, it aims to respond to contemporary societal uncertainty by examining how disciplinary knowing and democratic acting intersect in subject teaching practices, thereby offering both conceptual advancement and practical directions for future research and educational practice. References Campbell, D. E. (2012). Introduction. In D. E. Campbell, M. Levinson & F. M. Hess (Eds.), Making Civics Count: Citizenship Education for a New Generation. Harvard Education Press. Detjen, J., Massing, P., Richter, D. & Weisseno, G. (2012). Politikkompetenz – ein Modell. Springer. Englund, T. (2006). Deliberative Communications: A Pragmatist Proposal. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 38(5), 503–520. Levy, B. L. M., Oliveira, A. W., & Harris, C. B. (2021). The potential of civic science education: Theory, research, practice, and uncertainties. Science Education, 105(6), 1053–1075. Ligozat, F. (2023). Comparative Didactics. A Reconstructive Move from Subject Didactics in French-Speaking Educational Research. In F. Ligozat, K. Klette, & J. Almqvist (Eds.), Didactics in a Changing World: European Perspectives on Teaching, Learning and the Curriculum (pp. 35–54). Springer International Publishing. McKenney, S. E., & Reeves, T. C. (2012). Conducting educational design research. Routledge. Messick, S. (1998). Test validity: A matter of consequence. Social Indicators Research, 45(1–3), 35–44. Skovsmose, O., Moura, A. Q., & Carrijo, M. (2023). Inclusive citizenship through mathematics education: a conceptual investigation. ZDM – Mathematics Education, 55(5), 941–951. Young, M., & Muller, J. (2013). On the powers of powerful knowledge. Review of Education, 1(3), 229–250. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper The Transformative Power of Teaching Global Citizenship through Blended Intensive Programs in Higher Education 1: HTW Saar University of Applied Sciences, Germany; 2: Lappeenranta University of Applied Sciences, Finland Presenting Author:This paper explores the transformative potential of teaching global citizenship through Blended Intensive Programs (BIPs) in higher education, with a specific focus on sustainability-oriented, real-world case study work. Global citizenship is defined in concise terms as the capacity to engage responsibly, critically, and ethically with global challenges across cultural, disciplinary, and national boundaries (Bosio et al. 2023; OECD/Asia Society 2018). The empirical setting comprises three Blended Intensive Programs jointly designed and implemented by LAB University of Applied Sciences (FIN) together with HTW Saar University of Applied Sciences (DE) and Avans University of Applied Sciences (NL) between 2023 and 2026. Each program followed a comparable methodological and didactic structure, combining online preparatory sessions and a research-based pre-assignment with a face-to-face interdisciplinary intensive week in Finland. Approximately 30 students participated in each implementation, representing Engineering, Business, and Tourism and Hospitality Management degree programs. The cohorts were international and culturally diverse, including also international students from European and non-European countries. A central pedagogical component of all four BIPs was collaborative student work on real-world case studies addressing sustainability challenges. These case studies were derived from actual projects and partner companies and were explicitly linked to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Students worked in interdisciplinary and intercultural teams to analyze complex sustainability problems, develop viable solutions, and reflect on the social, economic, and environmental implications of their proposals. This applied, problem-based approach was intended to situate learning within authentic global contexts and to encourage students to confront ambiguity, competing values, systemic interdependencies and cultural differences in teamwork and communication. The study is guided by the following research questions: (1) How do Blended Intensive Programs that integrate real-world sustainability case studies and teaching content about diversity, culture awareness and a global mindset contribute to students’ learning about global citizenship? (2) To what extent do interdisciplinary, intercultural, and SDG-oriented learning settings foster transformative learning experiences? (3) Which elements of the BIP design - particularly the use of authentic case studies - are perceived by students as most influential for perspective transformation and the development of global citizenship competences? The objectives of the research are threefold. First, it aims to examine how students experience global citizenship learning within a blended, intensive, and sustainability-focused educational format. Second, it seeks to identify signs of transformative learning, such as shifts in perspectives, values, and self-perception, as reported by participants. Third, the study aims to contribute to research on innovative internationalization and sustainability education by providing empirical insights into the educational potential of BIPs. The empirical material consists of feedback questionnaires collected after each BIP implementation as well as from students’ reflective essays written after the face-to-face intensive weeks. This data provides the basis for analyzing perceived learning outcomes and transformative effects and is described more in the methodology section. The theoretical framework draws on theories of transformative teaching and learning. Mezirow’s theory of transformative learning, which emphasizes critical reflection on frames of reference triggered by disorienting dilemmas, provides the core conceptual lens (Mezirow, 1991; Mezirow & Taylor, 2009). This is complemented by approaches to transformative teaching that stress experiential, dialogical, and affective dimensions of learning as well as on the theory of planetary social pedagogy (Dirkx, 2001; Cranton, 2016; Salonen et al., 2023). Within this framework, real-world, SDG-related case studies in BIPs are understood as powerful catalysts for a transformation on a personal level, as they confront students with complex global sustainability challenges that demand reflexivity, collaboration, and ethical judgment. Overall, the paper argues that BIPs integrating case studies offer a particularly effective pedagogical format for fostering transformative learning and global citizenship in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a mixed-methods research design combining quantitative and qualitative data to explore students’ learning experiences and perceived transformative effects of Blended Intensive Programs focused on sustainability and global citizenship. This approach is appropriate given the study’s aim to capture both measurable trends and deeper processes of meaning-making, reflection, and perspective change. Data sources include: (a) qualitative-quantitative feedback questionnaires completed by participating students at the end of each BIP; (b) reflective essays in which students were required to critically examine the connections between the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), global citizenship, and the real-world sustainability case studies they worked on during the program; and (c) short feedback essays inviting students to reflect on what inspired them during the BIP and whether their perspectives on SDGs and global citizenship had changed. The feedback questionnaires consist of closed-ended items using Likert-scale responses as well as open-ended questions. Quantitative questionnaire data are analyzed descriptively to identify patterns related to perceived learning outcomes, intercultural collaboration, and sustainability awareness across program implementations. These results provide a contextual framework for interpreting the qualitative findings. Qualitative data from open questionnaire responses and student essays are analyzed using reflexive thematic and content analysis (Mayring 2022). This method allows for an inductive yet theoretically informed identification of recurring themes related to transformative learning processes, such as shifts in perspective, critical reflection, emotional engagement, and emerging senses of global responsibility. The analysis follows iterative phases of familiarization, coding, theme development, and refinement, with particular attention to how students articulate changes in understanding and self-positioning in relation to global challenges. The reflective essays serve as a key data source for examining students’ integrative learning, as they explicitly link experiential case study work with abstract concepts such as SDGs and global citizenship. The short feedback essays complement this by capturing immediate reflections on inspiration, disorientation, and perceived transformation. Overall, the mixed-methods design enables methodological triangulation across data sources, enhancing the credibility of the findings and supporting a nuanced analysis of how BIPs function as pedagogical spaces for transformative learning and global citizenship development in higher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to provide empirical and conceptual insights into how Blended Intensive Programs (BIPs) foster transformative learning and global citizenship competences in higher education. Students are anticipated to demonstrate enhanced awareness of global sustainability challenges, understanding of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), and the ability to connect these issues to their disciplinary knowledge. Engagement with real-world case studies and interdisciplinary teamwork is expected to strengthen problem-solving skills, intercultural competence, and the capacity to integrate multiple perspectives into practical solutions. From a transformative learning perspective, students are likely to experience shifts in assumptions, values, and self-perception, particularly regarding global responsibility and ethical engagement. The reflective and feedback essays are anticipated to reveal experiences of “disorienting dilemmas” (Mezirow, 1991), where confronting complex, real-life problems stimulates critical reflection and personal growth. The study is also expected to identify which pedagogical elements of BIPs, such as interdisciplinary collaboration, preparatory online work, and authentic case studies, most effectively support perspective transformation and the development of global citizenship competences. Ultimately, the findings aim to demonstrate how intensive, blended, and experiential educational formats can catalyze transformative learning, preparing students to critically engage with global challenges and act as responsible global citizens. References Bosio, E., Torres, C. A., and Gaudelli, W. (2023): Exploring values and knowledge in global citizenship education: Theoretical and empirical insights from scholars worldwide, Prospects, 53, pp.195–202, Springer. Cranton, P. (3.2016): Understanding and Promoting Transformative Learning: A Guide to Theory and Practice. New York: Routledge/Taylor & Francis. De Witt, A., Bootsma, M., Dermody, B. J., and Rebel, K. (2023): The seven-step learning journey: A learning cycle supporting design, facilitation, and assessment of transformative learning, In: Journal of Transformative Education, 03/2023, p. 229-250. Dirkx, J. M. (2001): Images, transformative learning, and the work of soul, in: Adult Learning, 12(3), pp. 15–16. Illeris, K. (2014): Transformative learning and identity. Abington, Oxon: Routledge. Mayring, P. (13.2022): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. Weinheim: Beltz. Mendoza, S. L., & Kinefuchi, E. (2016): Two stories, one vision: A plea for an ecological turn in intercultural communication. Journal of International and Intercultural Communication, 9(4), 275-294. Mezirow, J. and Taylor, E. W. (eds.) (2009): Transformative Learning in Practice: Insights from Community, Workplace, and Higher Education. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Mezirow, J. (1991): Transformative Dimensions of Adult Learning. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. OECD/Asia Society (2018): Teaching for Global Competence in a Rapidly Changing World, OECD Publishing, Paris. Rissanen, I. (2024): Kohti yhdenvertaista koulua. Johdatus kulttuurienväliseen kasvatukseen ja muovautuvuuden pedagogiikkaan. Gaudeamus. Salonen, A., Laininen, E., Hämäläinen, J., Sterling, S. (2023): A Theory of Planetary Social Pedagogy. In: Educational Theory. Volume 73. Number 4. p. 615-637. Via https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/epdf/10.1111/edth.12588 Salonen, A. and Åhlberg, M. (2012): The Path towards Planetary Responsibility - Expanding the Domain of Human Responsibility Is a Fundamental Goal for Lifelong Learning in a High-Consumption Society. In: Journal of Sustainable Development. Vol. 5, No.8. Taylor, E. W. (2019): Education for sustainable development: an emergent and transformative research paradigm, in: International Journal of Adult Vocational Education and Technology, 10(2), p.1-16. Vaccari, V. & Gardiner, M. P. (2019): Toward one world or many? A comparative analysis of OECD and UNESCO global education policy documents. In: International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 11 (1): 68-86. Via https://journals.uclpress.co.uk/ijdeg/article/id/1946/ |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 27 SES 11 C: Intersectionality, Inclusion and Didactic Spaces Location: Raide 2 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Anatoli Rakhkochkine Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Intersectionality in Higher Education: Briding the theory-practice gap through challenge-based-learning TU Dortmund University, Germany Presenting Author:Higher education instituions are increasingly tasked with preparing students for unequal and unpredictable social environments (OECD, 2018). This submission proposes intersectionality as a core analytic framework equipping students to critically examine how structural forces shape heterogeneous needs and obligations. It further explores how challenge-based learning, a method widely argued to be suited for preparding students to navigate uncertainty and complex real-world demands, can facilitate student learning about intersectionality as well as the practical application of theoretical knowledge about intersectionality. Intersectionality conceptualizes how multiple social positions interact to shape lived experience and structural inequality (Crenshaw, 1989, 1991), rendering visible both their conscious and unconsious aspects (Collins & Bilge, 2020; Götschel, 2022). It foregrounds patterns of power, oppression and social justice, which can be reinforced or challenged by educational practices. While intersectionality has emerged as prominent framework in the context of higher education in the U.S., much less known about its embeddedness in higher education in other higher education systems across the world. Scholarly debates on how to teach intersectionality in the context of higher education ongoing (InterHEd, 2024; Villa-Nicholas, 2018), which poses challenges for teachers when it comes to select and implement materials and methods for teaching intersectionality. Challenge-based learning (CBL) is an increasingly prominent approach in higher education and is promoted as a means for students to align the acquisition of disciplinary knowledge with the development of transversal competencies while working on authentic societal problems (Gallagher & Savage, 2023). It is characterised by a focus on real-life challenges (Doulougeri et al., 2024) as well as its open process: rather than solving pre-defining problems, challenges need to defined, analysed, and processed independently by students (van den Beemt et al., 2023). Despite growing interest in challenge-based learning as a pedagogical aproach in higher education (Leijon et al., 2022), existing iterature primarily focuses on ist general characteristics, benefits, and implementation challenges and there is limited attention to how it engages social justice frameworks like intersectionality. Based on the above-presented evidence and assumptions, this submission poses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research questions are addressed by a combination of methodological approaches: A systematic literature review (SLR) paired with reflections of a didactical intervention, both of which were conducted within the scope of a teaching innovation project funded by the German Association for Innovation in Higher Education. In order to systematically assess the state of the art of literature on intersectionality in the context of teaching in higher education, a SLR (Boland et al. 2024) was conducted. This type of literature review „is a systematic, explicit, and reproducible method for identifying, evaluating, and synthesizing the existing body of completed and recorded work produced by researchers, scholars, and practitioners“ (Fink, 2014, p. 3). Following a careful selection process, 13 English- and Germanspeaking journals were screened with a pre-defined set of keywords related to diversity and intersectionality in higher education. The application of the first three out of five steps of the so-called PRISMA-method (Cramarenco et al. 2023), resulted in 227 publications. In a further step, the contents of these publications will be analysed in mode depth in order to be able to provide a trend analysis and a summary of key areas addressed in literature. The didactical intervention was based on the introduction of CBL into a lecture on Diversity and Inclusion Management for fourth-semester bachelor students in a programme for business and economics at a German university. Intersectionality is particularly overlooked in management education (Lo, 2023; Maurel, 2025) – the area in which our intervention was based. A pilot intervention, presenting students with a case, letting them identify challenges and proposing solutions to these, was conducted in June 2025. For the pilot of the didactical intervention, students were presented with a real-life case of a large international construction firm, based on challenges emerging at the intersections of gender, family and care responsibility, and position/function in the company. Materials – a case description and student instructions – were uploaded to an online-learning-platform a week prior to the intervention. Building upon the experiences of this pilot, a second intervention will be implemented in May 2026. In order to address the research questions, we draw on observational data based on reflections with students directly after the intervention as well as continuous discussions among project team members (including student assistants having participated in the intervention) throughout the preparation, implementation, and reflection of the intervention. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary insights of the SLR suggest that intersectionality is often used as a buzzword and tends to be addressed from a theoretical or normative perspective. Empirical studies are rare and studies tend to focus on single dimensions of diversity rather than addressing the complex interections of dimensions as required from a truly intersectional perspective. Further analysis will be conductd to show how literature addresses intersectionality in teaching across different higher education systems, which thematic areas are prevalent, and how this has changed over time. Students worked on the presented case during a lecture session for 70 minutes, followed by pitches of challenges and solutions and a plenary discussion. The main challenge encountered by teachers in the preparation of the intervention was the lack of regular attendance of students, which did not allow for challenge-based learning to be spread across several lecture session. As a result, there was little time to identify challenges and solutions, which seemed particularly challenging for groups with stronger degrees of diversity (gender, country of origin, study programme, work experience). Students positively commented on the autonomy they experienced and reported to have developed stronger sensibility for the intersectional realities of employees in different types of companies. Drawing on additional data from the second intervention in the summer semester, our presentation at ECER will outline and critically reflect on the didactical intervention, focusing on the roles and challenges of teachers in the preparation and facilitation of the intervention as well as student and teacher perspectives regarding the potentials and challenges of CBL in applying knowledge about intersectionality. References Boland, A., Cherry, M. G., & Dickson, R. (2024). Doing a systematic review: A student's guide (3rd edition). Sage. Collins, P. H., & Bilge, S. (2020). Intersectionality. Polity Press. http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/dortmundtech/detail.action?docID=6177666 Cramarenco, R. E., Burcă-Voicu, M. I., & Dabija, D. C. (2023). The impact of artificial intelligence (AI) on employees’ skills and well-being in global labor markets: A systematic review. Oeconomia Copernicana, 14(3), 731-767. Crenshaw, K. (1989). Demarginalizing the intersection of race and sex: A Black feminist critique of antidiscrimination doctrine, feminist theory and antiracist politics. University of Chicago Legal Forum, 1989(1), 139–167. Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the margins: Intersectionality, identity politics, and violence against women of color. Stanford Law Review, 43(6), 1241–1299. https://doi.org/10.2307/1229039 Doulougeri, K., Vermunt, J. D., Bombaerts, G., & Bots, M. (2024). Challenge‐based learning implementation in engineering education: A systematic literature review. Journal of Engineering Education, 113(4), 1076-1106. Fink, A. (2014). Conducting Research Literature Reviews: From the Internet to Paper. Sage. Gallagher, S. E., & Savage, T. (2023). Challenge-based learning in higher education: An exploratory literature review. Teaching in Higher Education, 28(6), 1135–1157. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2020.1863354 Götschel, H. (2022). Intersektionale Perspektiven auf die Physiklehre. Eine autoethnographische Studie. In A. Biele Mefebue, A. D. Bührmann, & S. Grenz (Eds.), Handbuch Intersektionalitätsforschung (pp. 179–194). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-26292-1_18 InterHEd (Intersectionality in Higher Education). About the project. https://mon.uvic.cat/interhed/about-the-project/ Leijon, M., Gudmundsson, P., Staaf, P., & Christersson, C. (2022). Challenge based learning in higher education–A systematic literature review. Innovations in education and teaching international, 59(5), 609-618. Lo, K. D. (2023). Contextual and Experiential Understandings of Privilege as Intersectional. Journal of Management Education, 47(1), 79–103. https://doi.org/10.1177/10525629221142556 Maurel, M. (2025). Taking Intersectionality Seriously: Teaching Challenges and Practices in the Classroom. Journal of Management Education, 49(6), 868-896. OECD (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2018/06/the-future-of-education-and-skills_5424dd26/54ac7020-en.pdf van den Beemt, A., van de Watering, G., & Bots, M. (2023). Conceptualising variety in challenge-based learning in higher education: the CBL-compass. European Journal of Engineering Education, 48(1), 24–41. https://doi.org/10.1080/03043797.2022.2078181 Villa-Nicholas, M. (2018). Teaching intersectionality: Pedagogical approaches for lasting impact. Education for information, 34(2), 121-133. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper The Space as a Pedagogical Partner: Teacher Centrality, Instructional Strategies, and Self-Regulated Learning in Flexible Learning Spaces The Open University Of Israel, Israel Presenting Author:In recent years, higher education has sought to promote learner-centered instructional approaches that emphasize active student participation and learner responsibility for the learning process (Saad & Abdullah, 2025). These approaches aim to develop essential student skills such as creative thinking, problem-solving, critical thinking, communication, and collaboration (Bhardwaj et al., 2025). A prominent means of advancing these goals in higher education is the integration of Flexible Learning Spaces (FLS) (Chen et al., 2024). A FLS is a large, open physical environment characterized by diverse, mobile, and modular furniture, multiple learning areas, and transparent or movable walls (Saur & Ulleberg, 2025). These design features enable adaptable learning configurations and support a range of teaching and learning practices. Such spaces often incorporate advanced technologies, such as multiple large screens, virtual reality headsets, augmented reality objects, and immersive walls, which support diverse learning experiences (Hu et al., 2025). Recent studies have identified multiple benefits of teaching and learning in FLS. Accordingly, the physical layout and collaborative configuration support instructional practices that emphasize active learning and higher-order thinking over procedural instruction (Thomas, 2025). In addition, the spatial design supports learner autonomy, creativity, and responsibility for learning processes (Cardellino & Deed, 2024), while the diverse affordances of FLS enable varied instructional approaches and adaptation to learners’ needs (Charteris et al., 2025). Furthermore, the range of seating and learning options in FLS allows learners to choose appropriate workspaces during individual learning activities (Grannäs et al., 2025). Meanwhile open FLS, supported by collaborative furniture, digital tools, and active learning practices, enhances peer and teacher-student interactions and promotes a sense of community (Basdogan & Birdwell, 2024). Moreover, learner-centered use of FLS is associated with a more positive emotional classroom climate (Alakoski et al., 2025). However, teachers may still adopt traditional, teacher-centered approaches in FLS, underscoring the importance of pedagogical orientations and professional development for realizing their potential (Alakoski, 2024). In addition, high spatial flexibility may confuse learners, highlighting the need for pedagogical and emotional support to enable effective use of the space (Halidane et al., 2024). To examine teaching and learning processes in FLS, this study draws on several theoretical models: Illeris’ (2003) learning model is used to conceptualize learning as a process comprising three interrelated dimensions: The cognitive dimension refers to the acquisition of knowledge, skills, and understanding; the emotional dimension relates to motivation, feelings, and mental energy involved in learning; and the social dimension concerns interaction, collaboration, and communication. In parallel, the teacher centrality framework (Yondler & Blau, 2023) conceptualizes teaching along a continuum of instructional control and student autonomy: At the Sage level, the teacher provides explicit instruction and retains high control over learning; At the Facilitator level, the teacher structures activities and guides engagement; At the Guide level, the teacher supports inquiry and experiential learning with increased student responsibility; Finally, at the Partner level, responsibility for learning is shared through teacher-student collaboration. Alongside this, Pintrich’s (2004) model conceptualizes self-regulated learning as a multidimensional process comprising several components. Cognitive regulation encompasses learners’ use of cognitive and metacognitive strategies; Motivational and emotional regulation addresses the management of motivation and emotional states during learning; Behavioral regulation focuses on the organization of effort, time, and help-seeking behaviors; and the Contextual regulation concerns learners’ ability to structure and adapt their learning environment. Building on these frameworks, this study examines teachers’ role perspectives within FLS, the instructional strategies they employ, and the learning dimensions reflected in both their role perspectives and instructional practices. It also explores the degree of teacher centrality reflected in role perspectives and enacted strategies, as well as the extent and types of self-regulated learning encouraged among students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a multiple case study design (Yin, 2018), grounded in the principles of the mixed-methods paradigm (Creswell, 2021). This approach enabled an in-depth examination of teaching and learning processes within FLS across diverse academic contexts. Data collection comprised 42 semi-structured interviews and 25 non-participant observations conducted in higher education FLS. Participants were lecturers who taught single or recurring lessons in these environments. They represented a wide range of disciplinary fields and taught both undergraduate and graduate students. Moreover, Participants varied in their teaching experience, allowing for the inclusion of diverse pedagogical perspectives. The FLS examined in this study varied in their physical and technological characteristics. Specifically, spatial designs included open learning environments with multiple learning areas, alongside collaborative tables, diverse seating options such as couches and beanbags, and combinations of movable and fixed furniture. In addition, technological resources differed across spaces and included multiple shared displays, interactive whiteboards, immersive walls, interactive surfaces, as well as augmented reality artifacts and virtual reality headsets. The semi-structured interviews focused on lecturers’ role perspectives in FLS and whether these differed from their perceived roles in traditional learning environments. In addition, participants were asked to describe the teaching and learning strategies they employed in FLS and to reflect on how, in their view, the spatial environment shaped their instructional practices and learning processes. Triangulating the interviews with non-participant observations enabled close examination of enacted teaching and learning processes during actual classroom activities. These observations provided insights into the pedagogical value of FLS, as well as challenges encountered by both instructors and student. All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. In the interviews, the unit of analysis was the individual statement (and not the participant), while in the observations it was the observer’s description of specific instructional events (and not the lesson). Data analysis followed a combined bottom-up and top-down approach. First, bottom-up coding was conducted using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2019) to identify recurring patterns and emergent analytical categories (e.g., teaching and learning strategies). Subsequently, top-down coding aligned the data with predefined theoretical frameworks, including Illeris’ (2003) learning model addressing cognitive, emotional, and social dimensions; the teacher centrality framework (Yondler & Blau, 2023), examining instructional control and student autonomy; and Pintrich’s (2004) model of self-regulated learning, distinguishing between different regulation processes. To ensure inter-rater reliability, 25% of the interview and observation data were independently coded by a second rater. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that teachers’ role perceptions and instructional strategies in FLS showed similar patterns of teacher centrality. The Facilitator role was most prevalent, emphasizing the development of learners’ skills-particularly inquiry and self-directed learning-through active and collaborative practices. Partner-oriented perceptions and strategies were also evident, reflected in attentiveness to students’ perspectives alongside the use of peer teaching and peer feedback. This pattern aligns with prior research indicating that the physical design of FLS supports learner-centered and active learning practices (Thomas, 2025). Importantly, although less prevalent, Sage-oriented perceptions and strategies were also identified, reflecting concern with students’ understanding of disciplinary content and enacted through brief whole-class explanations preceding independent or group work. This finding is consistent with prior research highlighting the need for pedagogical guidance in open FLS (Halidane et al., 2024). With respect to learning dimensions, both teachers’ role perceptions and instructional strategies primarily emphasized the cognitive dimension, focusing on the development of learning skills and active and collaborative learning. Emotional and social dimensions were present but less prominent, reflected mainly in attention to learners’ emotions, social interaction, and community building. This pattern aligns with prior studies indicating that open and collaborative learning environments support emotional and social learning (Basdogan & Birdwell, 2024), while underscoring the need for professional development to realize the pedagogical potential of FLS (Alakoski, 2024). Finally, high levels of self-regulated learning emerged across interviews and observations. The following regulation types were identified: contextual regulation (choosing where to sit and whom to consult), behavioral regulation (task pacing and progress management), and cognitive regulation (working individually or collaboratively), alongside two forms extending beyond Pintrich’s (2003) original framework-social regulation (selecting learning partners) and performance regulation (choosing product formats). These findings correspond with prior research indicating that FLS promote learner autonomy and responsibility for learning (Cardellino & Deed, 2024). References Alakoski, R., Laine, A., & Hannula, M. S. (2024). Teaching mathematics in innovative learning environments: The entangled tensions between the learning environment and pedagogy. European Journal of Education, 59(3). https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12661 Basdogan, M., & Birdwell, T. (2024). How to design ‘cultivated spaces’ in active learning classrooms: analysis of faculty reflections on learning space. Learning Environments Research, 27(3), 669–689. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-024-09496-y Bhardwaj, V., Zhang, S., Tan, Y. Q., & Pandey, V. (2025). Redefining learning: student-centered strategies for academic and personal growth. Frontiers in Education, 10, Article 1518602. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1518602 Cardellino, P., & Deed, C. (2024). Interactions between Design Innovation and Educational Change in Non-Western Schools. Buildings, 14(3), Article 716. https://doi.org/10.3390/buildings14030716 Chen, H., Chen, J., & Chiang, F. (2024). A study on the influence of learning space on students’ intrinsic learning motivation. European Journal of Education, 59(3). https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12652 Creswell, J. W. (2021). A concise introduction to mixed methods research (2nd ed.). SAGE Publications. Halidane, C., Bluteau, J., Pillarella, S., & Kirakoya, F. (2024). Impact of flexible seating on the quality of teacher-student interactions with coping to stress adaptation and mental health of elementary students in Quebec. International Journal of Health Promotion and Education, 62(4), 325–338. https://doi.org/10.1080/14635240.2023.2212373 Hu, L., Zhang, W., & Lin, P. (2025). Can the utilization of technology-enhanced learning spaces lead to improved learning outcomes? A meta-analysis based on 39 experimental and quasi-experimental studies. Interactive Learning Environments, 33(4), 3052–3072. https://doi.org/10.1080/10494820.2024.2436943 Illeris, K. (2003b). Towards a contemporary and comprehensive theory of learning. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 22(4), 396–406. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370304837 Pintrich, P. R. (2004). A Conceptual Framework for Assessing Motivation and Self-Regulated Learning in college students. Educational Psychology Review, 16(4), 385–407. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-004-0006-x Saad, S., & Abdullah, A. (2025). Exploring learner autonomy: A conceptual perspective on self-directed learning in higher education. International Journal of Modern Education, 7(24), 1304–1315. https://doi.org/10.35631/ijmoe.724092 Saur, E., & Ulleberg, H. P. (2025). Space, place and safety: user experiences of new school buildings. Educational Research, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2024.2443141 Thomas, K. (2025). How contemporary learning spaces influence classroom milieu: Australian primary school teachers share their experiences (Master’s thesis, University of the Sunshine Coast, Queensland). https://doi.org/10.25907/00901 Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage. Yondler, Y., & Blau, I. (2023). What is the degree of teacher centrality in optimal teaching of digital literacy in a technology-enhanced environment? Typology of teacher prototypes. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 55(2), 230–251. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2021.1950084 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Inclusive Didactic Spatiality: Reconceptualizing Inclusive Education through Continental Didactics Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:The research presented in this paper originates in my doctoral dissertation Inclusive Didactic Dimensions – A phenomenological study of teachers’ teaching from the perspective of upper secondary school students (Björkman 2025). The study is situated in Sweden but also in an international educational context marked by social complexity and intense discussion about inclusion and learning in schools (Ainscow, Booth et al. 2020). The overarching research question of the dissertation examined how inclusive teaching is experienced from students’ perspectives, where inclusion is understood in a broad sense as relevant to all discriminated groups (Ainscow & Messiou 2017), and teaching is defined as all intentional pedagogical work carried out by teachers in interaction with students (Klafki 1997). Responding to European and international calls to move beyond policy-driven or technical accounts of inclusion (Florian 2019), the thesis and this paper conceptualize inclusion as inherently didactic. Such a perspective enables teachers to articulate the subtle yet consequential teaching choices through which inclusion and exclusion are continuously formed, and to act reflectively and responsively in educational situations characterized by unpredictability and complexity. In line with Frohn (2024), inclusion is therefore approached as a didactic phenomenon, echoing Korsgaard and Mortensen’s (2017) call to ask educational questions about inclusion rather than inclusive questions about education, not treating it as something added to teaching. The findings align with such calls from the research community for a shift from fragmented to holistic approaches, showing that students experience inclusion as woven into all dimensions of teachers’ teaching, rather than as an additional or compensatory practice. Inclusion is perceived as present, or absent, in every teaching act: a gesture, an instruction, a glance, or a choice of content. Each act carries the potential for inclusion or exclusion. Based on these findings, the paper addresses a theoretically oriented research question of relevance to current educational debates: How can inclusive education be conceptualized as a didactic phenomenon, using didactic theory as a professional language for understanding and articulating inclusive teaching when it’s often questioned, in both society and schools. The theoretical framework is grounded in the continental European tradition of Didaktik, which functions as the central analytical perspective of the study. In particular, the framework draws on Klafki’s concept of Allgemeinbildung (2000) and his critical-constructive didactics. Within this tradition, general education is understood as inherently political and emancipatory, aiming to support students’ self-determination, solidarity, and capacity for democratic participation - capacities that become especially vital in times of societal uncertainty and contested futures. This orientation closely aligns with international understandings of inclusive education as a matter of equity, participation, and social justice (Barton 2006). General didactics is thus understood as providing a conceptual language for examining how inclusive teaching responds to emerging social and individual needs. In the empirical material, students describe inclusion both as a positive atmosphere and as a sense of “we” created by the teacher, where the shared learning process becomes more important than fears of “not knowing” or “not fitting in.” These descriptions align with the understanding of teaching in general didactics as a holistic, formative, ethical, and political practice grounded in the question of why teachers teach. This prompts the question of how a didactic “why,” expressed through an intention of inclusion, can be realized in teaching practice. One way this question is explored in the thesis is through Tjärnstig’s (2022) concept of the didactic room - an action-dependent, immaterial spatiality that arises from teachers’ approaches to subject matter and their relationships with students. This framed space, defined by didactically formed boundaries, embraces unpredictability, participation, and becoming, serving as a pedagogical response that both holds and challenges uncertainty. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a phenomenological methodology, grounded in van Manen’s (2023) phenomenology of practice, to explore upper secondary students’ lived experiences of inclusive teaching. Everyday school experiences were treated as the primary site for understanding how inclusion was enacted and perceived in teaching. This approach challenged certainty-oriented research traditions by foregrounding students’ perspectives and by attending to affective, embodied, and often ambiguous dimensions of experience. The analysis was guided by a critical epoché (Merleau-Ponty 1962) and informed by a power-critical perspective (Ahmed 2006, Ainscow et al. 2017), emphasizing the importance of attending to diverse student voices and multiple dimensions of experience. Ethical considerations were integral to the research design, particularly in relation to voice, participation and the risk of reproducing normative assumptions about who was understood as included or excluded, and in which ways (Christensen & Prout 2002). Empirical material was generated through a multi-phase qualitative design (2022–2023) involving six upper secondary schools situated in diverse socio-educational contexts. Methods included open-ended digital surveys (n = 578), individual and focus group interviews (n = 21), and participatory, art-based research methods conducted in two classes (N = 30). Creative approaches (Kara 2015) such as drawing, photo elicitation, mind maps, collages, and role-play were introduced to deepen students’ reflections and to make tacit and embodied aspects of inclusion more tangible. These methods enabled the capture of experiences that were difficult to verbalize and standardize, and supported participant agency in shaping the empirical material. The analytical process followed a phenomenological attitude of openness and wonder (van Manen 2023), informed by Spiegelberg’s (1982) phenomenological analysis steps as a flexible and iterative guide rather than a linear procedure. Analysis proceeded through cycles of attentive listening, descriptive coding, imaginative variation, and reflective writing, including the use of eidetic anecdotes to articulate essential meanings without claiming closure or certainty. In doing so, the study demonstrated how educational research could engage with uncertainty not as a methodological deficit, but as a constitutive condition of educational research, thereby contributing nuanced, experience-based knowledge to socially contested educational debates. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study explores the complex challenges teachers and students face amid rapid societal transformations and emerging social and individual needs. The findings show that inclusive teaching, as experienced by students, is not a set of strategies but a distinct, pedagogically framed spatiality - qualitatively different from everyday life. Students describe inclusion as created through teachers’ establishment of boundaries alongside emotionally resonant atmospheres. Drawing on Tjärnstig’s (2022) concept of the didactic room, this spatiality is understood as a pedagogically enacted realm. In line with Masschelein and Simons’ (2013) notion of scholastic morphology, it forms a fictional educational space where students can step outside predetermined roles and expectations, opening possibilities for new ways of being and learning. The thesis describes this as inclusive didactic spatiality: a flexible, shifting, yet consistently didactically framed teaching process guided by a deliberate didactic intention (Klafki, 1995) oriented toward inclusion. By challenging traditional separations between social and instructional dimensions, this didactic spatiality foregrounds a holistic teaching practice offering a “world within the world” characterized by engagement, relationality, and participatory subject teaching. Inclusion is not external or prior to subject teaching but emerges through it - when subject content is enlivened by a teacher who, guided by an inclusive didactic intention, fosters motivation, belonging, and curiosity. From a general didactic perspective, the subject becomes the medium through which inclusion unfolds, not merely content to be transmitted (cf. Klafki, 1997). Inclusion arises from teachers’ responsiveness to students’ perspectives and a shared exploration of subject matter. Crucially, it is enacted not only in what is taught but how - through subtle didactic work aimed at inclusion. By conceptualizing inclusion as an integral, didactically framed dimension of teaching, this study contributes to European and international educational research seeking to understand and support teaching and learning amid poly-crisis and rapid societal change. References Ahmed, S. (2006). Queer phenomenology: orientations, objects, others. Duke University Press. Ainscow, M., Booth, T., & Dyson, A. (2020). Improving Schools, Developing Inclusion. Routledge. Taylor & Francis Group. Ainscow, M., & Messiou, K. (2017). Engaging with the views of students to promote inclusion in education. Journal of educational change, 19(1), 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-017-9312-1 Barton, L. (2006). Inclusive education: romantic, subversive or realistic? International journal of inclusive education, 1(3), 231-242. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360311970010301 Björkman, L. (2025). Inkluderande didaktiska dimensioner: En fenomenologisk studie av lärares undervisning ur elevers perspektiv Södertörns högskola]. Christensen, P. I. A., & Prout, A. (2002). Working with Ethical Symmetry in Social Research with Children. Childhood, 9(4), 477-497. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568202009004007 Florian, L. (2019). On the necessary co-existence of special and inclusive education. International journal of inclusive education, 23(7-8), 691-704. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1622801 Frohn, J. (2024). Modelling inclusive education. The Didactic Model for Inclusive Teaching and Learning as a heuristic for inclusion research and teacher education. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12741 Kara, H. (2015). Creative research methods in the social sciences (Vol. 10). Policy press Bristol. Klafki, W. (1995). Didactic analysis as the core of preparation of instruction. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 1(27), 13-30. Klafki, W. (1997). Kritisk-konstruktiv didaktik. I M. Uljens (Red.), Didaktik : teori, reflektion och praktik. Studentlitteratur. Klafki, W. (2000). The significance of classical theories of bildung for a contemporary concept of allgemeinbildung. I I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Red.), Teaching as a reflective practice: the German Didaktik tradition. L. Erlbaum Associates. Korsgaard, M. T., & Mortensen, S. S. (2017). Towards a shift in perspective for inclusive education research - a continental approach. International journal of inclusive education, 21(12), 1245-1260. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1335356 Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). In defence of the school. A public issue. TStorme. Merleau-Ponty, M. (1962). Phenomenology of perception. Routledge. Spiegelberg, H. (1982). The phenomenological movement: a historical introduction (2nd uppl. Vol. 2). Nijhoff. Tjärnstig, L. (2022). Att stiga fram och ta ett steg tillbaka - Reflektioner kring lärarens iscensättning av ett didaktiskt rum. Nordisk tidskrift för allmän didaktik, 8(1), 68-85. https://doi.org/10.57126/noad.v8i1.10603 van Manen, M. (2023). Phenomenology of practice: meaning-giving methods in phenomenological research and writing. Routledge. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 28 SES 11 A: Questions of Power and Access Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Joanna Anderson Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Held Back to Fall in Line: Grade Retention as a Tool of Obedience and Social Order 1: Ghent University, Belgium; 2: Vrije Universiteit Brussel, VUB Presenting Author:Research question: Why does grade retention persist as an educational intervention in many European educational systems, despite overwhelming evidence of its ineffectiveness and harmful psychosocial consequences, and what functions beyond academic remediation does it serve? Objective: Grade retention is consistently identified as an ineffective practice with high opportunity costs and harmful behavioral and psychosocial consequences (Goos et al., 2021; Valbuena et al., 2021). It is also one of the strongest predictors of dropping out of secondary education without qualifications, with ethnic minorities and socioeconomically disadvantaged students being up to twice as likely to repeat a grade. Hence, grade retention directly reproduces social inequality. Despite these findings, it remains a common practice in many European countries, creating a paradox of persistence: the policy is firmly embedded in educational systems worldwide despite clear evidence against its efficacy. This theoretical paper aims to reconceptualize grade retention not merely as an intervention for struggling students but also as a mechanism of symbolic violence and biopolitical control that enforces conformity, regulates behavior, and reproduces social hierarchies. Theoretical framework: Although grade retention has been widely studied, the field remains under-theorized. Current research primarily focuses on its (in)effectiveness and on how overoptimistic teacher beliefs contribute to its continued use. This paper integrates critical sociological perspectives, drawing on Bourdieu’s concept of symbolic violence (Bourdieu & Passeron, 1977) and Foucault’s theories of biopolitics and disciplinary power (Foucault, 1977; 1982). These frameworks are applied to reinterpret empirical findings, highlighting how retention legitimizes hierarchies under the guise of meritocracy and academic support. The study also underscores how retention targets disadvantaged student populations and enforces obedience and social stratification. Symbolic violence explains how retention labels students as academically deficient while presenting the policy as fair or meritocratic, masking structural inequities. In addition, it is a form of domination where culturally arbitrary norms are imposed as natural. Biopolitical control frames retention as a subtle form of surveillance and regulation that shapes student behavior, internalizes compliance, and enforces anticipatory obedience. Together, these frameworks reveal retention as a sociopolitical instrument embedded in systemic power structures rather than as an isolated pedagogical intervention. The combination of symbolic violence and biopolitical control leads students to internalize social hierarchies and normalize their marginalization. Consequences include a diminished academic self-concept, reduced sense of school belonging, and an increased likelihood of academic disengagement. This approach addresses a critical gap in retention research: while learning outcomes, psychosocial effects, and sociodemographic disparities have been extensively studied, the sociopolitical functions of retention remain underexplored. Historically, retention emerged alongside universal education as a means of instilling obedience and social order (Paglayan, 2024). Contemporary discourse on education, rooted in the human capital paradigm, however, obscures this function by framing retention solely as an intervention that aims to increase academic performance. Outline: The outline of the theoretical section is as following: a) a review of empirical evidence showing that grade retention rarely improves academic outcomes and disproportionately affects socioeconomically disadvantaged and ethnic minority students; b) a critical analysis of retention as a form of symbolic violence; labelling students, fostering self-elimination, and legitimizing inequalities under a meritocratic discourse; c) a conceptualization of retention as a disciplinary mechanism that promotes conformity, obedience, and anticipatory self-regulation; and d) reframing retention as a biopolitical tool that regulates student populations, reproduces social hierarchies and shapes students’ identities.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is theoretical and conceptual rather than empirical. It employs a critical meta-synthesis, combining a literature review with a conceptual reinterpretation to examine the sociopolitical dimensions of grade retention. Empirical findings are integrated with sociological theory to develop a nuanced understanding of retention beyond academic outcomes. This approach allows for the reconceptualization of retention as both a pedagogical intervention and a disciplinary mechanism embedded within structural inequalities and institutional power dynamics. * Literature synthesis: The paper offers a meta-reflection on current empirical grade retention research, including meta-analyses and research on both cognitive and non-cognitive outcomes (e.g., Goos et al., 2021; Valbuena et al., 2021). Special attention is given to socio-demographic disparities in retention and the psychological consequences for students. * Theoretical reinterpretation and critical reflection: Empirical findings are reinterpreted using Bourdieu’s theory of symbolic violence and Foucault’s concepts of biopolitics and disciplinary power. The paper examines how these frameworks illuminate the hidden sociopolitical functions of retention that are often overlooked in human capital-focused studies. In these studies, grade retention is merely used as an intervention to increase performance. We re-embed the current state of the art within the theories of Bourdieu and Foucault, showing how grade retention may also serve other functions that have been understudied and led to a too narrow conceptualization. The study critically engages with the human capital paradigm, highlighting the limitations of focusing solely on cognitive effectiveness. It incorporates evidence from studies on psychological well-being, social integration, deviant behavior, and dropout rates. Retention is also situated historically within the emergence of universal education as a mechanism to instill obedience and social order (Paglayan, 2024). Contemporary retention policies are examined in light of this history, illustrating the continuity of disciplinary objectives under a public framing of academic remediation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper anticipates several key insights. Firstly, by reconceptualizing retention as a disciplinary tool, the paper challenges conventional assumptions that the policy’s persistence merely reflects a strong belief in its pedagogical efficacy. Retention is not simply a pedagogical tool; it reinforces social orders while appearing neutral or benevolent. Grade retention is a form of symbolic violence, as retained students internalize failure, blame themselves and are socially stigmatized. The practice also acts as a disciplinary mechanism: retention signals normative expectations, promotes conformity and obedience, and encourages anticipatory self-regulation. Non-compliant students are labelled and monitored, reinforcing institutional authority. Retention also operates as a form of biopolitical control, as it disproportionately affects socioeconomically disadvantaged and ethnic minority populations and regulates student populations. This way, grade retention reproduces social inequality while sustaining the myth of meritocracy. This reconceptualization allows for an understanding of grade retention as both a pedagogical intervention and a mechanism of social control. It demonstrates how abstract concepts such as symbolic violence and biopolitics operate in practice and frame academic failure as an individual deficiency rather than a reflection of structural inequities. The paper challenges conventional human capital approaches and emphasizes the need for critical reflection on the sociopolitical functions of retention and, by extension, the educational system itself. Besides asking what grade retention does to students, we should also consider what grade retention does to existing power structures. Given the overwhelming empirical evidence of the ineffectiveness and harmfulness, policymakers should consider systemic alternatives for grade retention that promote equity and support all underperforming students. References Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.C. (1977). Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture. Translated by R. Nice. London: Sage Publications. Foucault, M. (1977). Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison. New York, NY: Pantheon Books. Foucault, M. (1982). The subject and power. Critical Inquiry, 8(4), 777-795. Goos, M., Pipa, J., & Peixoto, F. (2021). Effectiveness of grade retention: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 34, 100401. Paglayan, A. (2024). Raised to obey: the rise and spread of mass education. Princeton University Press. Valbuena, J., Mediavilla, M., Choi, Á., & Gil, M. (2021). Effects of grade retention policies: A literature review of empirical studies applying causal inference. Journal of Economic Surveys, 35(2), 408-451. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper What Do University Graduates Deserve? A Challenge to Some Critical Sociological Views on University Access and the Worth of the University-Educated University of Manchester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In many countries, the question of who ought to have access to higher education is a vexed one, for politicians and educational scholars alike. In England, successive governments since the 1960s have followed the principle set out in Lionel Robbins’s 1963 report on the expansion of the higher education sector: that university degrees should be available to ‘all those who are qualified by ability and attainment to pursue them and who wish to do so’ (Robbins et al., 1963: p. 8). While there have always been dissenters from that principle (and it is of course vague enough to be put into action in various, even contradictory, ways), it remained the governmental consensus until perhaps fifteen years ago. But in recent times, prime ministers have begun to question the principle’s wisdom (for the most recent iteration, see Starmer, 2025). Strikingly, a key plank in this dissent has been a challenge to the assumed relationship between increasing university attendance and social mobility: the idea that more people going to university will make society fairer. But sociologists of education have been saying for decades that sending more people to university does not make society fairer. As positional conflict theorists argue, in a society where higher education is framed as a private good allowing individuals to compete in the job market, sending more people to university tends to have inflationary effects (Collins, 1979; Brown et al. 2011, 2015). If university attendance is a ‘valuable but rationed resource’ (Boliver and Powell, 2021: p. 9), then loosening the tightness of its rationing will tend also to fray its value. As Bourdieusians and others have shown, when the mere possession of an undergraduate degree no longer makes them competitive on the job market, then the relatively privileged in society will find other ways of signalling distinction from the rest: degrees from more prestigious universities or in more highly valued subjects; the pursuit of internships and extra-curricular activities; progression onto post-graduate courses (Burke, 2015; Bathmaker, Ingram, Abrahams, Hoare, Waller and Bradley 2016). Tholen (2017) refers to this as symbolic closure: when access to the rationed resource itself is opened up to more people, the elite continue to distinguish themselves through their capacity to define value beyond the mere having or not of this or that resource. According to this critical sociological literature, then, providing access to higher education for more people, without changing anything else about our society (its competitiveness, its focus on rivalrous goods, its way of distributing jobs and incomes) will not make society fairer. Yet taking the opposite tack, and limiting university attendance, will continue to mean that the most privileged are the ones that access it. We are stuck in a situation where both increasing access and limiting access will reproduce rather than transform inequality. The way of framing the relationship between university attendance and fairness above assumes that we are in the presence of a quantitative problem. How many people should go to university? Should it be more, or less, than it is now? This paper argues that the framing of the problem quantitatively misses part of the point, and leaves us unable to answer the question of the relationship between university access and fairness fully. We need to look somewhere else. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a conceptual rather than an empirical paper. Having outlined the sociological staging of the problem of university access as a quantitative problem, it argues that the sociology of education is ill-equipped to deal with the qualitative aspects of the challenge. It suggests that an application of the political philosopher Michael Walzer’s theory of the distribution of goods, as set out in his Spheres of Justice (1983), offers a way out of the quantitative impasse described above. It does so by arguing that the problem of university access is not, as is often supposed, a problem of monopoly. That is, it is not caused by privileged individuals hoarding a good. If it were, then simple redistribution of the good would solve the problem. Instead, the paper argues that the problem of university access is a problem of, in Walzer’s terms, domination. The educational sphere dominates other aspects of life in a way that means that the highly educated are treated as worthier persons than the less-highly educated. By this I mean that we revere the highly educated and grant them (us) with esteem and power. This dominance, and its support for a society where esteem is unequally distributed, is not challenged by the sociology of education when it bemoans the poor returns for first-generation graduates on the labour market; in fact, it is reinforced. The critical sociology of education outlined above, whether from a positional conflict or a Bourdieusian perspective, struggles to shake off the ground that it shares with the furthest excesses of liberal meritocratic ideology: that university-educated people deserve a better place in society than others. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are certainly other sociological approaches to the problem of university access than those outlined above. Many are critical of the understanding of higher education as only a private good, and would ask broader questions about what the good of a university education is, beyond the capacity to compete on the job market (eg Ashwin, 2020). However, the positional conflict and Bourdieusian approaches outlined above are one key strain in the sociology of higher education. My argument is that this fundamentally quantitative approach leads us to an impasse that we struggle to move beyond: limiting university access is regressive, but extending it does not improve social mobility. The addition of a political philosophical approach to the critical sociology of education allows us to understand the qualitative aspects of the university access problem. By arguing that the problem is not a monopoly problem, but a dominance problem, it asks us to think more radically about the role of education in society, and the notion of deservedness that underpins even critical sociological accounts. References Ashwin P (2020) Transforming University Education: A Manifesto. London: Bloomsbury. Bathmaker A-M, Ingram N, Abrahams J, Hoare A, Waller R and Bradley H (2016) Higher Education, Social Class and Social Mobility: The Degree Generation. London: Palgrave Macmillan. Boliver V and Powell M (2021). Fair admission to universities in England: improving policy and practice. London: Nuffield Foundation. Brown P, Lauder H and Ashton D (2011) The Global Auction: The Broken Promises of Education, Jobs, and Incomes. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Brown P, Lauder H and Sung J (2015) Higher education, corporate talent and the stratification of knowledge work in the global labour market. In: van Zanten A, Ball SJ and Darchy-Koechlin B (eds) World Yearbook of Education 2015. Elites, Privilege and Excellence: The National and Global Redefinition of Educational Advantage. Abingdon: Routledge, 217-230. Burke, C. (2015). Culture, Capitals and Graduate Futures: Degrees of Class. Abingdon: Routledge. Collins R (1979) The Credential Society: An Historical Sociology of Education and Stratification. New York: Academic Press. Robbins L et al. (1963) Higher education: report of the committee appointed by the Prime Minister under the chairmanship of Lord Robbins. London: HMSO. Starmer K (2025) Labour party conference speech. 30 September, Arena and Convention Centre, Liverpool. Tholen G (2017) Symbolic closure: towards a renewed sociological perspective on the relationship between higher education, credentials and the graduate labour market. Sociology 51(5): 1067-1083. Walzer M (1983) Spheres of Justice: A Defense of Pluralism and Equality. New York: Basic. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 28 SES 11 B: Occupational Expectations and Teacher Ethnicity Location: Jumbo |HoteI Torni| Session Chair: Achyut Gautam Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Socioeconomic Gaps in Occupational Expectations Among German Youth Across Two Decades 1: The Pennsylvania State University, United States of America; 2: University of Zurich, Switzerland; 3: University of Potsdam, Germany Presenting Author:Germany is widely recognized for its longstanding and highly stratified early tracking system (typically in 4th grade, when students are around 10 years old). In theory, early selection into distinct school tracks with predefined academic and vocational pathways should help students prepare for future careers at an earlier stage. However, this system may inadvertently reinforce social inequalities because educational and career trajectories are heavily shaped by family socioeconomic status (SES). As a result, German adolescents’ occupational expectations may be especially influenced by their socioeconomic background—perhaps even more so than in countries with less stratified educational systems. In recent years, however, a growing share of young people in Germany have pursued tertiary education rather than entering the dual vocational training system, which historically supplied the country’s skilled workforce and long served as a cornerstone of its economic model. Alongside this broader trend of educational expansion, younger cohorts increasingly aspire to non-manual, academically oriented career paths that promise higher financial returns, shorter working hours, and more favorable working conditions. These structural shifts likely influence not only adolescents’ occupational expectations but also the extent to which those expectations continue to mirror family SES. Specifically, one might expect the influence of SES on occupational expectations to have weakened in recent years. Despite these important changes, however, relatively little is known about how adolescents’ occupational expectations—and the degree to which they reflect family SES—have evolved in Germany across successive cohorts, including millennials and younger generations. Existing research has paid limited attention to whether recent structural transformations have altered the relationship between SES and adolescents’ career expectations. To address this gap, we analyze trends in the association between family SES and adolescents’ expected occupational status from 2000 to 2022 using data from the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA). PISA surveys nationally representative samples of 15-year-olds and provides standardized measures of SES and occupational expectations, enabling comparable analyses across cohorts. Our study offers new evidence on how SES-related disparities in occupational expectations have shifted over time among German adolescents. We address three research questions: (1) To what extent is family SES associated with adolescents’ expected occupational status in Germany? (2) How does this association vary across the distribution of expected occupational status? (3) How has this association changed in Germany between 2000 and 2022? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We used data from PISA, administered by the OECD every three years since 2000 to nationally representative samples of 15-year-old students (OECD, 2002, 2014). PISA employs a two-stage stratified sampling design: schools are first randomly selected, followed by random sampling of students within schools. In each participating country, PISA typically aims to sample about 5,000 students per cohort, although actual sample sizes vary. We analyzed PISA surveys from 2000, 2003, 2006, 2015, 2018, and 2022—the years that included the occupational expectations question. PISA 2009 and 2012 are excluded because this item was not administered. The cohorts represent adolescents born in 1984, 1987, 1990, 1999, 2002, and 2006 (see Table 1 for sample sizes). We measured expected occupational status, the dependent variable, by using a question asking, “What kind of job do you expect to have when you are about 30 years old?” Open-ended responses were coded using four-digit ISCO codes and mapped onto the International Socio-Economic Index (ISEI) of occupational status (Ganzeboom, 2010; Ganzeboom & Treiman, 1996, 2003). ISEI ranges from 10 to 90, with higher scores indicating greater occupational prestige. SES was measured using parental occupation, parental education, and the number of books in the home. To facilitate interpretation across cohorts, both expected occupational status and SES were standardized within each cohort (mean = 0, SD = 1). We included gender and grade level as controls. We intentionally did not control for achievement because such controls can downwardly bias SES effects (Jerrim, 2012; Willms, 2003). For analytic strategies, we first examined cohort differences in mean expected occupational status. We calculated expected occupational status at the 10th (P10), 50th (P50), and 90th (P90) percentiles of the SES distribution and assessed how these gaps evolve. Next, we estimated ordinary least squares (OLS) regression models for each cohort to examine the association between SES and expected occupational status. We tracked changes in the SES coefficient and the variance explained (R² change) across cohorts. To examine distributional variation, we estimated quantile regressions at the 10th, 50th, and 90th percentiles of expected occupational status. This strategy reveals whether SES effects are stronger at lower or higher points in the outcome distribution. Missing SES data are addressed using multiple imputations via chained equations. While PISA final student weights were used to ensure representativeness, clustered standard errors were used to account for the nesting of students within schools. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The overall pattern across our analyses indicates that the influence of family SES on adolescents’ expected occupational status in Germany has weakened over the past two decades. SES gaps declined not only on average (as shown in the OLS models) but also particularly at both the lower and upper ends of the expectations distribution (as revealed by the quantile regression results). These trends suggest that a society long characterized by sponsored mobility—reinforced through early tracking and institutionalized educational pathways—may be shifting toward a more contest-based structure in shaping adolescents’ occupational expectations. However, a reduced SES gradient does not imply that structural inequalities have disappeared. SES remains a significant predictor of adolescents’ expectations, and the underlying mechanisms of social stratification continue to operate. Rather, the findings point to a gradual movement toward a less rigidly stratified pattern of aspirations among German youth. Moreover, the observed decline in SES gaps in occupational expectations does not necessarily signal a parallel decline in SES disparities in actual occupational attainment. Converging aspirations do not automatically translate into converging outcomes. This widening disconnect between expectations and structural opportunities may itself be a defining feature of younger cohorts who have come of age amid educational expansion, labor-market flexibilization, and a cultural emphasis on individual choice, self-realization, and “following one’s passion.” References Ganzeboom, H. B. G. (2010). International Standard Classification of Occupations ISCO-08 with ISEI-08 scores (Version of July 27 2010). Ganzeboom, H. B. G., & Treiman, D. J. (1996). Internationally comparable measures of occupational status for the 1988 International Standard Classification of Occupations. Social Science Research, 25(3), 201–239. Ganzeboom, H. B. G., & Treiman, D. J. (2003). Three internationally standardized measures for comparative research on occupational status. In J. H. P. Hoffmeyer-Zlotnik & C. Wolf (Eds.), Advances in cross-national comparison (pp. 159–193). Springer. Hao, L., & Naiman, D. Q. (2007). Quantile regression. Sage. Jerrim, J. (2012). The socio‐economic gradient in teenagers' reading skills: How does England compare with other countries? Fiscal Studies, 33(2), 159–184. Kerckhoff, A. C. (1974). Stratification processes and outcomes in England and the US. American Sociological Review, 39(6), 789–801. Kerckhoff, A. C. (1977). The realism of educational ambitions in England and the United States. American Sociological Review, 42(4), 563–571. Kerckhoff, A. C., Campbell, R. T., & Winfield-Laird, I. (1985). Social mobility in Great Britain and the United States. American Journal of Sociology, 91(2), 281–308. Lipset, S. M. (1966). University students and politics in underdeveloped countries. Comparative Education Review, 10(2), 132–162. OECD. (2002). Manual for the PISA 2000 database. Paris: OECD. OECD. (2014). PISA 2012 technical report. Paris: OECD. Rubin, D. B. (1987). Multiple imputation for nonresponse in surveys. John Wiley. Treiman, D. J., & Terrell, K. (1975). The process of status attainment in the United States and Great Britain. American Journal of Sociology, 81(3), 563–583. Turner, R. H. (1960). Sponsored and contest mobility and the school system. American Sociological Review, 25(6), 855–867. Willms, J. D. (2003). Ten hypotheses about socioeconomic gradients and community differences in children's developmental outcomes (Final report). Human Resources Development Canada. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Does teacher ethnicity matter to their retention? A time-dependent survival analysis with School Workforce Data in England 1: Durham University, United Kingdom; 2: University of Birmingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Across countries, education systems are increasingly struggling to retain qualified teachers, as rising attrition rates threaten student learning and school stability, and persistent shortages continue to undermine efforts to narrow socioeconomic attainment gaps (Schleicher, 2019; UNESCO, 2024). In England, the preparation of a new teacher requires substantial public investment, amounting to tens of thousands of pounds. When teachers leave the profession within their first five years, much of this investment is effectively lost (McLean & Worth, 2025). Substantial disparities persist between the ethnic composition of the teacher workforce and that of the student population (Gorard et al., 2023). Understanding teachers’ career mobility patterns, including movements between schools, promotion, and exit from the profession, can therefore inform more effective workforce policies aimed at achieving a more balanced and sustainable teacher distribution. Teacher attrition, in particular, represents a key driver of persistent shortages, making it crucial to identify the factors associated with teachers’ exit from the profession. A central question is whether observed differences in attrition by teacher ethnicity persist after accounting for other relevant factors. This study employed a longitudinal analysis of population-level Teacher Workforce Census data in England from 2010 to 2022, covering all teachers recorded in state-funded schools during the period. The data were structured in a person-year format, with each record representing a teacher’s employment status each year. Four types of career mobility were identified: movers, promotion to deputy head, promotion to head, and leavers. descriptive analyses were conducted to illustrate patterns of teacher career mobility across ethnic groups over the period 2010–2022. The analysis then focused on teachers who entered the profession from 2010 onwards, drawing on 2,675,719 person-year observations from 518,113 teachers to investigate predictors of teacher attrition in England with Kaplan–Meier curve and Cox time-dependent survival models. Results show that patterns of teacher career mobility vary considerably by ethnicity. White British teachers experience more favourable promotion outcomes and lower attrition. Black teachers combine higher mobility with relatively strong promotion prospects. Chinese teachers exhibit the most constrained career trajectories, characterised by low mobility and promotion rates alongside a consistently higher likelihood of leaving the profession. While ethnicity is descriptively associated with attrition, this relationship disappears once key demographic and professional characteristics are controlled for. Holding Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) emerged as the strongest protective factor, associated with a 43% reduction in attrition risk. Teachers with QTS, whether obtained prior to entry or acquired after joining the profession, were consistently less likely to leave the profession. Stable professional conditions (e.g., permanent and full-time) also potentially prevent teachers from leaving. Promotion to deputy head is also a strong protective factor. However, promotion to head did not necessarily reduce attrition risk and may even have accelerated attrition. This study does not suggest that teachers’ ethnicity is unimportant. Rather, it demonstrates that patterns of teacher attrition can be largely explained by modifiable factors. Addressing conditions such as qualification status and working patterns can reduce the risk of teachers leaving the profession while supporting a more diverse and sustainable workforce. The findings have clear policy implications for how Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) is awarded and supported, as well as for promotion practices within schools. Expanding flexible routes to QTS, strengthening support for in-service teachers without QTS, and providing greater workload and psychological support for school leaders may help mitigate burnout and promote more sustainable leadership environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study used population-level data from the England School Workforce Census (2010–2022), covering all teachers in state-funded schools. Career mobility was identified using person-year records ordered by teacher ID and year. Moves were defined by changes in school URNs, promotions by changes in job roles, and exits by the final observed year for each teacher. For each year, we illustrated teachers’ employment status by ethnicity, including the proportions of movers, promoters, and leavers. This study focuses on teacher attrition, defined as the event occurring when a teacher’s record no longer appears in the School Workforce Census. As teachers remaining in the dataset may still leave the profession in later years, survival analysis was employed to model time to attrition while appropriately accounting for right-censored observations. The analysis involved 2,675,719 person-year observations from 518,113 teachers. Kaplan–Meier estimates were used to visualise attrition trajectories across ethnic groups, with time measured as years since entry into the profession and survival defined as remaining in teaching. To examine whether ethnicity remains associated with attrition after accounting for other factors, we applied time-dependent Cox proportional hazards models with ‘stcox’ function in Stata 17. Ethnicity and sex were treated as fixed covariates, while age and professional characteristics were modelled as time-varying, including QTS status, contract type, working pattern, school phase, school mobility, and promotion. As the data cover the population of teachers rather than a random sample, statistical significance testing was not used. Model performance was assessed using Cohen’s d, calculated from the predicted hazard scores to evaluate discrimination between leavers and stayers. Model fit and parsimony were compared using the Akaike Information Criterion (AIC), with lower values indicating better-performing specifications (Akaike, 1973; Lehr & Schemper, 2007). Hazard ratios (HRs) were reported to indicate the relative risk of leaving the profession associated with each factor. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study documents persistent ethnic gaps in teachers’ career mobility in England, with little evidence of improvement over the past decade. Particularly, Chinese teachers appear to occupy a markedly disadvantaged position, characterised by high attrition and limited promotion opportunities. However, results from the survival analysis suggest that teacher attrition is better explained by background and career-related factors than by ethnicity itself. Many career development challenges experienced by ethnic minority teachers are also shared by teachers from other ethnic backgrounds once relevant characteristics are considered. This interpretation aligns with evidence from large-scale survey research indicating that career progression and decisions to leave teaching are often shaped by common structural and professional conditions across ethnic groups (Gorard et al., 2025). Apparent differences between ethnic groups therefore seem to reflect the unequal distribution of these underlying factors rather than ethnicity per se. Holding Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) and stable professional conditions, such as permanent contracts and full-time work, are strongly associated with lower attrition. These patterns likely reflect differences in professional preparation, commitment, and structural incentives, as QTS confers higher pay and clearer progression pathways within England’s teacher labour market (Chesnut & Burley, 2015; Doherty, 2020; DfE, 2025a, 2025b; Perryman & Calvert, 2020; Pressley et al., 2026;). Promotion, particularly to deputy headship, appears to be an effective and durable retention incentive, with a persistent protective effect two years post-promotion (HR = 0.95). Promotion to headship shows only short-term benefits, followed by sharply rising attrition risks, likely reflecting high-stakes accountability pressures or the role of headship as a transitional rather than long-term career destination (Béteille et al., 2012; Grissom & Bartanen, 2019; Perryman et al., 2025). Taken together, the results underscore the role of career structures in shaping patterns of teacher mobility across ethnic groups. References Akaike, H. (1973). Information theory and an extension of the entropy maximization principle. In 2nd International Symposium on information theory (pp. 276-281). Kiado: Akademia. Béteille, T., Kalogrides, D., & Loeb, S. (2012). Stepping stones: Principal career paths and school outcomes. Social Science Research, 41(4), 904–919. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssresearch.2012.03.003 Chesnut, S. R., & Burley, H. (2015). Self-efficacy as a predictor of commitment to the teaching profession: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 15, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.02.001 Department for Education. (2025a). Qualified teacher status (QTS). GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/guidance/qualified-teacher-status-qts Department for Education. (2025b). School teachers’ pay and conditions. GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/school-teachers-pay-and-conditions Doherty, J. (2020). A systematic review of literature on teacher attrition and school-related factors that affect it. Teacher Education Advancement Network Journal, 12(1), 75-84. Gorard, S., Chen, W., Tan, Y., See, B. H., Gazmuri, C., Tereshchenko, A., Demie, F., & Siddiqui, N. (2023). The disproportionality of ethnic minority teachers in England: Trends, patterns, and problems. Routledge Open Research, 2(13), 13. Gorard, S., Gao, Y., Huat See, B., Tereshchenko, A., Siddiqui, N., & Demie, F. (2025). What helps to attract minority ethnic teachers in England?: Results from a national survey. Review of Education Studies, 5(1). https://doi.org/10.71002/res.v5n1p50 Grissom, J. A., & Bartanen, B. (2019). Principal Effectiveness and Principal Turnover. Education Finance and Policy, 14(3), 355–382. https://doi.org/10.1162/edfp_a_00256 Lehr, S., & Schemper, M. (2007). Parsimonious analysis of time-dependent effects in the Cox model. Statistics in Medicine, 26(13), 2686–2698. https://doi.org/10.1002/sim.2742 McLean, D., & Worth, J. (2025). Teacher Labour Market in England: Annual Report 2025. National Foundation for Educational Research. Perryman, J., & Calvert, G. (2020). What motivates people to teach, and why do they leave? Accountability, performativity and teacher retention. British journal of educational studies, 68(1), 3-23. Perryman, J., Bradbury, A., Calvert, G., & Kilian, K. (2025). ‘A Tipping Point’ in Teacher Retention and Accountability: The Case of Inspection. British Journal of Educational Studies, 73(2), 181–200. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2024.2439791 Pressley, T., Marshall, D. T., Walter, H. L., Ganey, K., Rader, M. A., Creed, E., & Andre, I. (2026). Why teachers leave: Insights from teachers leaving or preparing to leave the profession. Teaching and Teacher Education, 169, 105285. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105285 Schleicher, A. (2019). PISA 2018: Insights and interpretations. OECD Publishing. UNESCO. (2024). Global report on teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. UN. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 28 SES 11 C: Dialogues on Post-Platform Education Location: Raide 1| Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Antti Paakkari Symposium |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Dialogues on Post-Platform Education During the last decade, we have seen a rise of critical discussion on education technology (edtech) throughout Europe. This has been seen in calls for digital degrowth and more sustainable edtech futures (Selwyn, 2025); projects that seek to build digital sovereignty and curb dependency on Big Tech infrastructures. At present, however, emerging post-platform futures (Macgilchrist et al., 2024) are being challenged by two developments. Firstly, there is a sudden digital backlash that manifests as phone and social media bans targeted at children and young people. Secondly, on a European level, legislative measures aimed to control Big Tech are facing resistance and being rolled back. This symposium is an attempt to map the situation and investigate the potential futures for post-plaftorm edtech. We posit a need for approaches that retain a critical focus on platform capitalism and approach edtech from a sociological and political viewpoint. At present, the digital backlash is defined by 1) a focus on individuals instead of societal structures, consequently situating the problem on the level of individual students instead of platform capitalist enterprises; 2) a tendency to seek solutions from prohibitions and limitations; 3) an emphasis on limiting the actions of young people but leaving Big Tech corporate actors untouched; 4) an underlying drive towards an idea of ‘analogue school’ which may nevertheless overlook the significance of digital infrastructures and the need to rethink them. The above-mentioned developments have been often treated as separate elements, resulting in a crucial knowledge gap that neglects evident tensions. While these different reactions partly align, in some aspects they run either contrary to or separate from each other. For example, the demand to reduce technology use of children and young people through mobile and social media bans to protect their cognitive abilities and wellbeing may reduce their overall tech use, and therefore also the environmental impact of technology in line with digital degrowth demands. However, digital backlash does not appear equally interested in all technology (Forsler et al., 2025), such as learning management systems and other deeply integrated data infrastructures, which means that the limitation of environmental impact remains insufficient. Likewise, digital degrowth demands to reduce the overall (technologically amplified) environmental impact of different sectors by reducing dependence on US technological imperialism (Kwet, 2024) are in line with ideas of digital sovereignty (Rikap et al., 2024). However, if these demands are met with a construction of overlapping digital infrastructure, such as additional European data centers and AI language models, overall ecological burden only increases and desired environmental benefits get neutralized. Building on this foundation, our aim for this symposium is threefold: 1) to explore current European developments concepts such as post-platform pedagogies, digital autonomy, and digital backlash through research presentations based on on-going work on the topic, 2) to bring different perspectives into dialogue in order to find solutions for the tensions between them, 3) provide a contribution of rethinking post-platform education in Europe. Overall, symposium creates space for reflecting on the possibilities of post-platform pedagogies from the perspectives of the users, the public sector, and design and development. The symposium is organized by Lauri Palsa and Antti Paakkari and will be accompanied by critical remarks from Annika Bergviken Rensfeldt and Pekka Mertala, and a Q&A with audience. References Forsler, I., Hayes, S., Jandrić, P., Macgilchrist, F., Selwyn, N., & Hansén, S. (2025). Hijacking the Digital Backlash in Education. Postdigital Science and Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-025-00601-9 Kwet, M. (2024). Digital degrowth: Technology in the age of survival. Pluto Press. Macgilchrist, F., Jarke, J., Allert, H. et al. (2024). Design Beyond Design Thinking: Designing Postdigital Futures when Weaving Worlds with Others. Postdigit Sci Educ 6, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-023-00447-z Rikap, C., Durand, C., Parana, E., Gerbaudo, P. & Marx, P. (2024). Reclaiming digital sovereignty: A roadmap to build a digital stack for people and the planet. UCL Institute for Innovation and Public Purpose (IIPP): London, UK. Selwyn, N. (2025). Digital degrowth: Radically rethinking our digital futures. Polity. Presentations of the Symposium Scientism and the Politics of De-digitalization
The digital backlash in education can be understood as part of a broader shift in the public debate in which the use of digital technologies, particularly personal devices such as smartphones, is increasingly framed as problematic (Albris et al., 2024). As in earlier debates around new media and technologies, children and young people are positioned as especially vulnerable. This may explain why policy reforms that resonate with widespread public concerns about children and screens – such as mobile phone bans or a return to analogue media in schools – have gained such popularity and can can be mobilised in political debate. In this presentation, Sweden is used as an example of a national case where the digital backlash in education has gained a strong foothold and where de-digitalisation politics have been used to position current policy agendas in opposition to what is retrospectively described as an overly hasty or uncritical digitalization of the public school system (Forsler & Guyard 2023 ).
This development coincides with, and is reinforced by, an emerging knowledge paradigm in education that prioritises a cognitive-scientific understanding of learning (Kotouza et al., 2025). Within this paradigm, learning is framed primarily as a process taking place in the brain of the individual student, while social, cultural, and contextual perspectives are less prominent. Applied to digital technologies in schools, this perspective treats technology use in itself as having negative effects on cognitive development, learning, and memory, largely independent of how of where it is used ot for what ends. The digital backlash in education can therefore be seen not only as a reaction to technology as such, but also as part of a broader epistemic shift that reshapes how educational problems and solutions are defined. Within this framework, references to “science” are mobilised to justify and legitimise anti-digitalisation policies. This development risks silencing other perspectives and forms of knowledge, which also undermines the potential of the digital backlash to open up genuinely new ways of thinking about education beyond current platform logics.
References:
Albris, K., Fast, K., Karlsen, F., Kaun, A., Lomborg, S., & Syvertsen, T. (Eds.) (2024). The Digital Backlash and the Paradoxes of Disconnection. Nordicom. https://doi.org/10.48335/9789188855961
Forsler, I., & Guyard, C. (2023). Screens, teens and their brains. Discourses about digital media, learning and cognitive development in popular science neuroeducation. Learning, Media and Technology, 50(2), 191–204. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/17439884.2023.2230893
Kotouza, D., Pickersgill, M., Pykett, J., & Williamson, B. (2025). Brokering the brain: Neuroscientific knowledge, technologies, and the translation of neuro-expertise into educational practice. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 0(0), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2025.2567657
Toward Contextual Understanding of Digital Degrowth in a Digitalised Education System: Case Valssi
Across many European societies, particularly in the Nordic countries, education policy has been guided by a strong commitment to deepening digitalisation. At the same time, growing attention to the environmental burden of digital technologies challenges the assumption that continued expansion of digitalisation is inherently desirable. However, current education policy debates offer limited conceptual tools for addressing sustainability in education systems that are already deeply digitalised. This creates a need to rethink the role of digital technologies beyond growth-oriented imaginaries.
The technology sector is estimated to account for approximately 1.5–4% of global carbon emissions (World Bank Group, 2024.). These impacts arise not only from individual devices and everyday digital practices, but also from the extensive infrastructures underpinning digitalisation, including data cable networks, data centres supporting cloud services, and the energy, water, and natural resources required for training AI language models.
Digital degrowth has been proposed as an approach to strengthening sustainability across all phases of the technological life cycle (Selwyn, 2025; Kwet, 2024). By reducing technological expansion, digital degrowth aims to decrease the consumption of finite natural resources, the environmental burden of technology use, and the accumulation of electronic waste. However, digitalisation in education is not merely a matter of devices, but involves deeper transformations in practices, infrastructures, and human–machine configurations.
In this presentation, we argue that digital degrowth in education requires sensitivity to the multi-dimensional and contextual nature of digitalisation. In deeply digitalised education systems, digital degrowth cannot be approached as simple technological reduction; rather, it demands reconfigurations of established practices and sociotechnical arrangements. We examine the possibilities and tensions of digital degrowth through a conceptual and policy-oriented analysis of a particular ”Valssi” platform development as an information rich case within the Finnish education system as an example of a highly digitalised context. We argue that through an examination of the Valssi platform we can tease out the following central features of digital degrowth: scalability, flexibility, connection with existing practices, and the accommodation of both analogue and digital.
By positioning digital degrowth within post-platform debates, this presentation contributes to diversifying current understandings of sustainable educational digitalisation. It highlights points of connection with broader technological development trends, including digital backlash and digital sovereignty, and advances digital degrowth as a critical framework for rethinking the future of digitalised education systems.
References:
Kwet, M. (2024). Digital degrowth: Technology in the age of survival. Pluto Press.
Selwyn, N. (2025). Digital degrowth: Radically rethinking our digital futures. Polity.
World Bank Group. (2024). Measuring the Emissions and Energy Footprint of the ICT Sector: Implications for Climate Action. The World Bank. https://doi.org/10.1596/41238
Toward Digital Autonomy in European Education
Across Europe, education has become increasingly dependent on Big Tech platforms, data infrastructures, and AI-driven systems that profoundly shape how teaching, learning, and educational governance are organized (Kerssens & Van Dijck, 2022). In response to such growing technological dependencies, recent European policy debates have foregrounded digital sovereignty as a strategy for regaining control over digital infrastructures through regulation and market investments (Bria, Timmers, & Gernone, 2025). While politically salient, this paper argues that these predominantly top-down and market-centric framings remain insufficient for addressing the democratic deficit underpinning the digitalization of education (Cone & Lai, 2025). Instead, we propose digital autonomy as both a practical precondition and pedagogical opportunity for reasserting deliberation, contestation, and inquiry as core aspects of democratic life in and through education.
Our argument is grounded in democratic education theory, drawing on John Dewey’s pragmatist conception of democracy as a form of communication that must be learned, practiced, and continually renewed, (Dewey, 2004 [1916]). From this perspective, democracy is not merely something schools prepare students for, but something that must be actively lived and experienced through practices of self-determination and participation (Arendt, 1964). Situated within this normative horizon of democratic education, the paper draws on the work of Illich (2013 [1971]) to conceptualize digital autonomy as a procedural – and ultimately more educational – alternative to prevailing notions of technological sovereignty. As such, it positions digital autonomy as a pedagogical tool for re-centering the self-determining practices underpinning democratic life at a moment when schools and other “public” institutions are increasingly imbricated in corporate, monopolistic, and ecologically consequential digital ecosystems (Selwyn, 2025).
Against this theoretical backdrop, the paper observes a rapid proliferation of such alternative practices already emerging across Europe – in schools, municipalities, and teacher networks – as part of a wider movement toward digital autonomy in public education. Based on a review of this field, the paper proposes five analytical pathways for reclaiming digital autonomy in European education: imaginaries, infrastructures, professionalities, design, and governance. Rather than offering prescriptive solutions or policy templates, these pathways articulate a research agenda for studying digital autonomy as a lived, relational, and future-oriented practice. Together, they offer conceptual entry points for analyzing how democratic agency is currently being reconfigured in efforts to do digital education differently, and for demonstrating why digital autonomy is not a peripheral concern, but a necessary condition for sustaining the democratic function of education in a platform society.
References:
Arendt, H. (2018 [1958]). The Human Condition. The University of Chicago Press.
Bria, F., Timmers, P., & Gernone, F. (2025). EuroStack: A European alternative for digital sovereignty. Bertelsmann Stiftung.
Cone, L., & Lai, S.S. (2025). Infrastructural dependency in the datafied welfare state: the case of Google Chromebooks. Learning, Media and Technology, 1-17.
Dewey, J. (2004 [1916]). Democracy and education: An introduction to the philosophy of education. Dover Publications.
Illich, I. (2013 [1971]). Deschooling society. Marion Boyars
Kerssens, N., & Dijck, J.V.. 2022. "Governed by Edtech? Valuing Pedagogical Autonomy in a Platform Society." Harvard Educational Review 92 (2):284-303. doi: https://doi.org/10.17763/1943-5045-92.2.284.
Selwyn, N. (2025). Digital Degrowth: Radically Rethinking our Digital Futures. Wiley.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 29 SES 11 A: Decolonial perspectives in arts and education Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Ana Santiago Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Closing the “Abyss” in Sámi Arts and Culture Dissemination in The Cultural Schoolbag University of Southeast Norway, Norway Presenting Author:The Cultural Schoolbag, TCS, is a nationwide cultural-political scheme, within the formal Norwegian education system, offering arts and culture to all pupils in schools at all levels. It offers cultural experiences during school hours, contributing to the pupils’ formation, independent of pupils’ socio-economic background (Ruud et al., 2022, Borgen and Brandt, 2006). At the national level, the TCS is administered by Arts for Young Audiences Norway. It receives its mandate from the Ministry of Culture and Equality and the Ministry of Education and is responsible for managing/developing the TCS program, ensuring activities align with school curricula and fosters collaboration between the cultural and education sectors at all administrative levels. Countries in Europe and elsewhere have similar programs, although the scope in Norway is unique. Since 2018, there has been an increased national focus on the Sámi arts and cultural offer included in the programme. In official documents from culture and education sectors’ authorities, there are clear ambitions and requirements that Sámi perspectives are to be included (Kulturdepartementet, 2021, Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2017, Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2020). Also, the Truth and Reconciliation Committee delivered its report in 2023, describing the historical and contemporary effects of the Norwegianisation policy on the Sámi, the Kvens and Forest Finns. The report calls upon all sectors in the Norwegian society to contribute to change. The assimilating processes started among other places in the education system and this sector is key to future changes (Sannhets- og Forsoningskommisjonen, 2023). In the TCS, this means on the one hand an opportunity for Indigenous Sámi artists to show their projects to pupils, developing their communication skills, and their artistic career. On the other hand, this might mean that the artists experience challenging and difficult encounters with pupils and teachers. RQ: How do the Sámi artists touring in the TCS engage with this national cultural program and the pupils and teachers, and how do they prepare the artistic content? How do the schools prepare for the visits? Further, what is Sami art, is it just a tag for statistics, or is it something real, that both artist and audience can understand as a point of departure for their encounter? This paper addresses encounters between Sámi artists and pupils. These encounters, being relatively short in time, must fit into the schools’ everyday learning activities, in an education system accommodating all pupils. There is an interesting stretch between what the school can possibly “offer” as an arena, and what the artists can “offer” artistically to the schools. Most artists are not pedagogically trained, but artists who often expose their personal, deep-grounded art that centres their identity as Sámi. They tour the TCS throughout the country, meeting pupils and teachers who might have knowledge of Sámi cultures, or not, or very little. This stretch is similar to Somerville’s concept “abyss”, between Indigenous people and people from the majority society (Somerville, 2010). Telling stories, and grasping their meaning, is differently perceived from the one who tells the story, and for the one who listens (Somerville and Perkins, 2005). To understand this situation, she also uses the concept of “contact zone”, introduced by Pratt (Pratt, 1991, Pratt, 2008), and developed by Somerville and others (Danbolt and Kramvig, 2024, Clifford, 1997, Høvik and Kjeldaas, 2023, Knowles, 2020). They foreground situations where minorities and majorities meet, or clash. Encounters might become “zones of contestation” or “zone of discomfort” (Somerville, 2010), revealing power asymmetries. However, despite friction or disconcertment in postcoloniality (Verran, 2002), forms of communities, through art, culture and communication may occur across ethnicities and backgrounds (Danbolt and Kramvig, 2024, Danbolt et al., 2022, Morphy, 2003 [1994], Martineau and Ritskes, 2014). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used With my PhD project, “Doing Sámi art and culture in the Cultural Schoolbag”, I have toured with seven Sami productions in the TCS, in four counties and at all school levels. This includes primary schools, lower secondary schools and upper secondary schools. The artists’ productions span from duodji, Sámi art/handicraft, design, music, visual arts, and cultural heritage. Also, the length of their school visit or show span from 40 minutes to four hours, depending on the format. For music shows the visits were rather short seen from a pedagogical perspective, compared to duodji/design workshop where the pupils worked creatively, finding their expressions. My PhD research encompasses my own bureaucratic practice in Arts for Young Audiences Norway, several “patchwork” ethnographic fieldwork periods (Günel, 2020), touring from school to school with seven productions in the TCS, and practice-oriented document analysis (Asdal and Reinertsen, 2022) of White Papers and grant letters written by the ministries of Culture and Equality and Education. The fieldwork periods varied from two weeks for the same production, to two days. With my two roles as an insider and outsider, senior advisor and researcher, my access and understanding of the TCS is solid (Naaeke et al., 2010, cf. Lea, 2008). However, I was also an “apprentice” (Wadel et al., 2014) related to Sámi arts. Related to the fieldwork I recorded numerous open-ended conversations with a total of 11 artists, 10 teachers and 7 groups of pupils. These conversations (mostly face-to-face, a few digital) followed a semi-structured questionnaire designed for this target group (NESH, 2021, Fangen, 2010). For the artists and teachers, the conversations lasted between 45 minutes and 2 hours, with the pupils between 10 and 20 minutes. One of the studies in my PhD work follows up with 20 recorded, open-ended research conversations with 12 TCS bureaucrats at the county level and three from the municipal level. These conversations (digital or face-to-face) followed a semi-structured questionnaire as mentioned above. I also had numerous informal and formal follow-up conversations with 17 bureaucrats, from 2022 to 2025. In 2025, I completed a variation of a thematic analysis of the ethnographic material (Braun and Clarke, 2006, Lundh, 2020). I noted recurring themes during the interviews, chose specific citations from the transcribed material, under relevant themes, and noted certain categories relevant to the analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Norway faces changes in all policy areas, at least if we choose to listen to the Truth and Reconciliation Commission’s recommendations. The commission pointed out that the school and education system contributed greatly to the Norwegianization of the Sami (and Kvens and Forest Finns). There is therefore an increased attention on Sámi themes in Norwegian schools today, but not sufficient resources for teachers. Teachers are expected to teach these topics, despite variable knowledge. One such resource could be The Cultural Schoolbag’s Sámi productions, one of many interventions in school, offering students experiences by using other capacities than academic ones. My research shows that the teachers are positive and emphasize that visits open for both experiences in themselves, but also for increased diversity of perspectives. My first sub-study includes an investigation of duodji and art workshops in the TCS with reconciliation potential. Here, the argument is that art and culture provide access to other dimensions and "worlds", which opens for new realisations of both similarities and differences between people, and that dividing lines do not necessarily run along the majority-minority axis. However, while this is a “democratic good” for all students in Norwegian schools, it is also associated with some dilemmas. On some of the tours I attended, the encounters between artist and students were not positive, but characterised by friction. There were cases where the artist was challenged, not believed, or opposed by pupils in ways that tend to be racist. In one of my sub-studies, I thematise this, and I ask whether the national ambitions for cultural and school policy sometimes demand (too) much from the artists with minority experiences. National ambitions seem to come with a price. The Cultural Schoolbag is the scene where such negotiations between national requirements, artistic contributions, and the pupils are played out. References ASDAL, K. & REINERTSEN, H. 2022. Doing document analysis: a practice-oriented method, Los Angeles, SAGE. BORGEN, J. S. & BRANDT, S. S. 2006. Ekstraordinært eller selvfølgelig? Evaluering av Den kulturelle skolesekken i grunnskolen. BRAUN, V. & CLARKE, V. 2006. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3, 77-101. CLIFFORD, J. 1997. Museums as Contact Zones. Routes : travel and translation in the late twentieth century. Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University Press. DANBOLT, M. & KRAMVIG, B. 2024. Rehearsing Reconciliation: Frictional Dramaturgies and Postcolonial Moments in Ferske Scener's Blodklubb. GÜNEL, G., SAIBA VARMA, AND CHIKA WATANABE 2020. A Manifesto for Patchwork Ethnography. Member Voices. HØVIK, I. & KJELDAAS, S. 2023. Introduction: Counter-stories from the Arctic Contact Zone. In: HØVIK, I. & KJELDAAS, S. (eds.) Interventions. (London, England): ABINGDON: Routledge. KNOWLES, R. 2020. Festivalizing Down Under: Unsettling the Contact Zone. Theatre journal (Washington, D.C.), 72, 487-500. KULTURDEPARTEMENTET 2021. Meld. St. 18 (2020-2201) Oppleve, skape, dele. KUNNSKAPSDEPARTEMENTET 2017. Overordnet del – verdier og prinsipper for grunnopplæringen. Fastsatt som forskrift ved kongelig resolusjon. Læreplanverket for Kunnskapsløftet 2020. KUNNSKAPSDEPARTEMENTET 2020. Kunnskapsløftet 2020. MARTINEAU, J. & RITSKES, E. 2014. Fugitive indigeneity: Reclaiming the terrain of decolonial struggle through Indigenous art. Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education & Society, 3, No. 1, I-XII. MORPHY, H. 2003 [1994]. The Anthropology of Art. In: INGOLD, T. (ed.) Companion Encyclopedia of Anthropology. London: Routledge. NAAEKE, A., KURYLO, A., GRABOWSKI, M., LINTON, D. & RADFORD, M. L. 2010. Insider and Outsider Perspective in Ethnographic Research. Proceeding of the New York State Communication Association. PRATT, M. L. 1991. Arts of the Contact Zone. Profession, 33-40. PRATT, M. L. 2008. Imperial eyes : travel writing and transculturation, New York, Routledge. RUUD, L. C., BORGEN, J. S. & ENGELSRUD, G. H. 2022. «Relevant for livet og skolekvardagen». En analyse av relevansbegrepets inntog i Den kulturelle skolesekken. Nordisk Kulturpolitisk Tidsskrift, 25, 95-112. SANNHETS- OG FORSONINGSKOMMISJONEN 2023. Sannhet og forsoning – grunnlag for et oppgjør med fornorskingspolitikk og urett mot samer, kvener/norskfinner og skogfinner. SOMERVILLE, M. & PERKINS, T. 2005. (Re)membering the contact zone: telling, and listening to, a massacre story. Altitude, 6: Reading Australian Indigenous Texts. SOMERVILLE, M. J. 2010. A Place Pedagogy for 'Global Contemporaneity'. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 43, 326-344. VERRAN, H. 2002. A Postcolonial Moment in Science Studies: Alternative Firing Regimes of Environmental Scientists and Aboriginal Landowners. Social studies of science, 32, 729-762. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Hegemonic Regimes of Visibility in Visual Arts Education: A Practice-Based Curriculum Study Porto Fine Arts University, Portugal Presenting Author:This paper is situated within Arts Education research and forms part of an ongoing doctoral research project in Art Education. It is conceived as a critical literature review, informed by feminist, decolonial, and post-structuralist perspectives, articulated with the visual analysis of curricular materials used in Visual Arts Education. The study examines how hegemonic regimes of visibility, rooted in the Eurocentric and colonial construction of Art History, shape Visual Arts Education curricula. Drawing on Foucauldian perspectives on discourse and power (Foucault, 1971), the curriculum is approached as a dispositif that organises what can be seen and legitimised as artistic knowledge. The empirical focus lies in the analysis of the visual itineraries of a Visual Arts Education textbook used in lower secondary education in Portugal, understood as a curricular and visual technology that stabilises particular artistic imaginaries while marginalising others. The guiding research question is: Rather than framing curricular inequality as a problem of representational absence, this research approaches it as a structural and epistemological issue. From a decolonial perspective, the dominance of European art historical narratives is analysed as an effect of the coloniality of knowledge (Quijano, 2000), reinforced by regimes of whiteness that operate invisibly within visual culture and education (Kilomba, 2019; Mirzoeff, 2023). The theoretical framework brings together decolonial theory, feminist epistemologies, critical Arts Education studies, and visual culture research. Knowledge is understood as situated and implicated rather than neutral (Haraway, 1991, 2016), and arts curricula are approached as politically and institutionally structured rather than inherently emancipatory (Gaztambide-Fernández, 2013; Mörsch, 2011). It is important to emphasise that the practical dimension of this project, developed through the author’s work as a Visual Arts teacher, will be carried out throughout the doctoral research process and does not yet constitute a completed empirical field. Accordingly, this paper does not present final pedagogical results, but seeks to situate the problem of curriculum decolonisation through the identification and analysis of hegemonic regimes of visibility. The specific contribution of this article lies in the analytical verification of the research problem, based on the visual analysis of the textbook’s image itineraries. This analysis reveals the persistence of an artistic imaginary that is predominantly male, white, and Eurocentric, inherited from the historical construction of Art History as a canonical and linear narrative. This masculine canon is understood as a performative and institutional construction rather than a neutral inheritance (Butler, 1990). The concept of the atlas is introduced not as a finished pedagogical model, but as a relational epistemological and pedagogical strategy currently under development within the author’s teaching practice. Conceived in opposition to linear art historical narratives, the atlas operates through cross-temporal and non-hierarchical image constellations, supporting forms of critical spectatorship that recognise learners as active interpreters (Rancière, 2010). Although situated in Portugal, the curricular structures analysed are widely shared across European Visual Arts Education systems, making the study relevant to broader debates within ECER Network 29 on curriculum, knowledge production, and decolonisation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, practice-based research approach, combining critical literature review, curriculum analysis, visual methodologies, and reflexive inquiry. Teaching practice is understood as a space of knowledge production within the broader doctoral research project. A central empirical component consists of the systematic visual analysis of a Visual Arts Education textbook. Following critical visual methodologies (Rose, 2016), the analysis focuses on image selection and repetition, historical sequencing, thematic organisation, and classificatory distinctions between art, culture, and ethnography, enabling the identification of hegemonic regimes of visibility embedded in curricular materials. This analysis is articulated with a practice-based pedagogical inquiry understood as a field in construction throughout the doctoral research. Pedagogical interventions inspired by the concept of the atlas are discussed as a methodological horizon, rather than as consolidated empirical results. Empirical materials include the textbook, curricular documents, visual analysis notes, and the researcher’s reflective journals. Reflexivity is a core methodological principle, with the positionality of the teacher-researcher explicitly acknowledged in line with feminist and decolonial epistemologies (Haraway, 1991; Vergès, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper argues that Visual Arts Education curricula are structured by hegemonic regimes of visibility that naturalise Eurocentric, gendered, and colonial conceptions of art and history. These regimes operate through classificatory practices that distinguish art from culture and contemporaneity from tradition. The analysis of the textbook’s visual itineraries provides empirical verification of the persistence of a predominantly male, white, and Eurocentric artistic imaginary, revealing the curriculum as an active site of hegemonic visual production. The study shows that approaches focused solely on inclusion or diversity are insufficient when they fail to interrogate the epistemological foundations of the curriculum (Gaztambide-Fernández, 2013). By positioning pedagogical practice as a field of investigation in construction, the paper conceptualises curriculum decolonisation as a critical, situated, and longitudinal process. Its contribution lies in clarifying the problem and establishing a critical foundation for subsequent practice-based inquiry within the doctoral research. References Butler, J. (1990). Gender trouble: Feminism and the subversion of identity. Routledge. Foucault, M. (1971). L’ordre du discours. Gallimard. Gaztambide-Fernández, R. (2013). Why the arts don’t do anything. Harvard Educational Review, 83(1), 211–236. Haraway, D. (1991). Situated knowledges. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the trouble. Duke University Press. Kilomba, G. (2019). Memórias da plantação. Orfeu Negro. Mirzoeff, N. (2023). White sight. MIT Press. Mörsch, C. (2011). At a crossroads of four discourses. In Documenta 12 education. Quijano, A. (2000). Coloniality of power. Nepantla, 1(3), 533–580. Rancière, J. (2010). O espectador emancipado. Orfeu Negro. Rose, G. (2016). Visual methodologies (4th ed.). Sage. Vergès, F. (2019). Un féminisme décolonial. La Fabrique. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Rethinking Assessment at the Post-Secondary Level: A Reflective Journey 1: St. Francis Xavier University; 2: University of Saskatchewan Presenting Author:As educators, who we are, and what and how we teach, is shaped by many factors. Teaching is a personal process that shifts and evolves over time as “humans have an innate urge to learn and achieve” (Newman & Purnell, 2022, p. 2). Yet, this desire to learn can be stifled for both educators and students. Our experiences as teachers, researchers, and scholars are shaped by forces that may have been oppressive or may have inspired transformation. In recent years, the term reconciliation has been a topic that has seeped its way into the Canadian educational landscape, in the hopes of inspiring change. However, it also clearly shows the systemic barriers that continue to uphold inequities. These issues are not unique to the Canadian landscape and shape educational institutions in various countries around the world. In his work Freire (1993) stated that: “knowledge emerges only through invention and re-invention, through the restless impatient, continuing, hopeful inquiry human beings pursue in the world, with the world, and with each other” (p. 72). As scholars who have been shaped by tenets of anti-racist education, we view a rethinking of our teaching practices, including how we assess learners as a re-invention of knowledge and opportunity for professional learning. Thus, our research question is focused on how action research and arts-based methods can be integrated to inform and enrich our understanding of decolonizing assessment in post-secondary classrooms. The concept of decolonizing education has been shaped by the work of various scholars (Battiste, 2013; Smith, 2005; St. Denis, 2011; Tuck & Yang, 2012). Tuck and Yang (2012) clearly state that “decolonization is not a metaphor…. [and it] cannot easily be grafted onto pre-existing discourses/frameworks, even if they are critical, even if they are anti-racist, even if they are justice frameworks” (p. 3). Mackey (2016) asserts that decolonization involves the unknown for settlers, emphasizing the need to embrace the journey without knowing where to go. These ideas shape our research and inform the adoption of a decolonizing theoretical framework through which to examine assessment at the post-secondary level. Kovach (2009) and Ladson-Billings (2021) both state the need to situate ourselves in our social and cultural positions when conducting research. As a person of colour and an immigrant to Canada, and as a scholar of Metis heritage, we are compelled to disrupt the dominant discourses that have shaped our educational experiences and continue to shape post-secondary institutions. Dei (2013) reminds us “it is important to recognize how power and relations of colonialism and re-colonial relations have and continue to script us differently” (pp. 12-13). Therefore, it is imperative that we critically examine and question established methods of traditional assessment. Working with students in Bachelor and Master of Education programs, we recognize the need for our practices to model transformation and incite change. It is not sufficient to discuss systemic racism and the need for decolonization, without engaging in this work as well. We have to examine and interrogate our practices and engage in new discourse with all our students. In the age of rapidly changing digital technologies, such as artificial intelligence that significantly impact Western traditional ways of assessing students, our exploration reflects our experiences in adopting arts-based practices in course activities and assessment at the post-secondary level. We acknowledge that while our research is based in a Canadian post-secondary context, discourses around assessment impact educators worldwide. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper explores how action research and arts-based methods can be integrated to deepen our understanding of decolonizing assessment in a post-secondary classroom. By weaving these two approaches together, the research embraces both systematic inquiry and creative exploration to foster meaningful change. Action research serves as a reflective, practitioner-driven process, empowering educators to examine their teaching environments, identify challenges, collect and analyze data, and implement evidence-based changes that ultimately enhance both teaching and learning (Mills, 2011). Distinct from research led by external observers, action research is an inherently personal process: educators become both researchers and participants, examining their own instructional methods, assessment strategies, and student engagement to drive continuous improvement and meaningful transformation. The choice to use action research is deeply connected to its ability to address the unique needs and contexts of a specific classroom community. This approach centers the lived experiences and perspectives of both educators and students, ensuring that any changes made are relevant and impactful for those directly involved. By focusing on the distinctive characteristics of the classroom population, action research increases the utility and effectiveness of educational interventions (Parsons & Brown, 2002). Arts-based methods further enrich this process by introducing creative modalities—such as visual arts, poetry, music, drama, and storytelling—into both assessment and inquiry (Leavy, 2009). These approaches offer students alternative ways to demonstrate understanding, communicate ideas, and reflect on their learning journeys. By integrating arts-based methods, educators can support decolonizing assessment: valuing diverse forms of expression and knowledge, challenging traditional academic norms, and cultivating a more inclusive, culturally responsive classroom. The integration of action research and arts-based methods ultimately provides educators with powerful, complementary tools to enhance both teaching practices and student learning experiences. This dual approach allows educators not only to systematically investigate and improve their own classrooms but also to engage students through creativity, critical thinking, and self-expression. Together, these methods foster a responsive and dynamic learning environment that addresses academic and social-emotional needs while generating valuable insights for ongoing professional growth. As such, blending action research with arts-based approaches creates a holistic and transformative pathway for decolonizing assessment in post-secondary education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As part of the action research process, researchers engage in reflection of their own teaching practices and assessments. In weaving arts-based approaches into several of the courses that we have taught at the post-secondary level, we have found ourselves engaging in collaborative discussions around our approaches to teaching as we seek to adopt more authentic and decolonized approaches to assessment. The focus on self-reflection is key to creating action to improve the educational experiences of students and becoming more aware of their teaching practices (Dixson & Rousseau, 2005). It is important to note that we bring diverse views to using arts-based methods, as one of the researchers brings strengths in visual arts while the other is beginning to dabble in this area. In adopting assessments that follow non-traditional approaches, such as poetry, visual art, podcasts, conversations, and other artistic representations, we are growing as practitioners and finding ourselves engaging in more meaningful discussions around how and what we assess. Most importantly, we are surprised with how most students are able to creatively and innovatively capture their learning. This has been a powerful and transformational process for all learners- students and teachers. Adopting diverse methods of assessment creates an experience for Bachelor and Master of Education students to explore their own positionality in a curiosity-driven and creative way that in turn offers them an opportunity to learn how to implement culturally responsive assessments into their practice. References Battiste, M. (2013). Decolonizing Education: Nourishing the Learning Spirit. Purich Publishing Ltd. Dei, G.J.S. (2013). Chapter one: Reframing critical anti-racist theory (CART) for contemporary time. Counterpoints, 445, 1-14. http://www.jstor.org/stable/42982029 Dixson, A. D., & Rousseau, C. K. (2005). And we are still not saved: critical race theory in education ten years later. Race Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 7-27. Freire, P. (1993). Pedagogy of the Oppressed (30th Anniversary Edition). The Continuum International Publishing Group Inc. Kovach, M (2009). Indigenous methodologies: Characteristics, conversations, and context. University of Toronto Press. Ladson-Billings, G. (2021). From the achievement gap to the education debt: Understanding achievement in U.S. Schools. In J.A. Banks (Ed.). Critical Race Theory in Education: A Scholar’s Journey (59-80). Teachers College Press. Leavy, P. (2009). Method meets art: Arts-based research practice. The Guilford Press. Mackey, E. (2016). Unsettled Expectations. Uncertainty, Land and Settler Decolonization. Fernwood Publishing. Mills, G. (2011). Action research: A guide for the teacher researcher (4th edition). Pearson. Newman, J., & Purnell, K. (2023). Reshaping leadership in schools: A social neuroscience lens. Archives in Neurology and Neuroscience, 14(1), 1-5. Parsons, R. & Brown, K. (2002). Teacher as reflective practitioner and action researcher. Thomson Learning. Smith, L.T. (2005). On trick ground: Researching the Native in the age of uncertainty. In N.K. Denzin & Y.S. Lincoln (Eds.). The Sage Handbook of Qualitative Research (3rd Ed.). (85- 107). Sage Publications, Inc. Snelgrove, C., Dhamoon, R.K., & Corntassel, J. (2014). Unsettling settler colonialism : The discourse and politics of settlers, and solidarity with Indigenous nations. Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education & Society, 3(2), 1-32. St. Denis, V. (2011). Silencing Aboriginal curricular content and perspectives through multiculturalism: “There are other children here”. Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 33(4), 306-3017. https://doi.org/10.1080/10714413.2011.597638 Tuck, E., & Yang, K.W. (2012). Decolonization is not a metaphor. Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education & Society, 1(1), 1-40. http://decolonization.org/index.php/des/article/view/18630 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper With the Land’s Voice and Ours: Arts-based Action Research on Future Imaginaries through Collaborative Filmmaking University of Lapland, Finland Presenting Author:This presentation explores how images of the future, as they appear in collaboratively produced films, function as both research material and pedagogical practice within arts-based action research conducted with Indigenous youth in northern contexts. Drawing on media art workshops carried out at a Sámi upper secondary school in Utsjoki, Finland, and with students at Inussullivik in Narsaq, Greenland, the presentation centres on films created by the students and screened as part of the session. These films visually and narratively articulate young people’s future imaginaries in relation to land, ecocultures, and cultural continuity. Rather than treating the films as artistic outcomes alone, the research approaches them as visual and narrative data through which learning processes, place-based relations, and youth perspectives become visible and open to analysis. The study is grounded in arts-based action research, which understands research as collaborative, situated, and practice-led. Knowledge production unfolds through artistic experimentation, embodied engagement, and reflexive dialogue with participants, emphasising learning through doing and iterative inquiry. Within this framework, future-oriented image-making is understood as a methodological tool that enables the articulation of values, hopes, and culturally embedded worldviews that may remain difficult to access through verbal or text-based methods alone. Film screenings combined with short introduction was selected as the presentation format because they foreground the films themselves as research material and reflect the multimodal processes through which the future images were produced. In this sense, the films function both as empirical data and as a research outcome that is integral to the presentation of the study.This format enables audiences to engage directly with the visual representations of the future, while also reflecting on the methodological and pedagogical conditions shaping their creation and interpretation. By presenting the films as both empirical material and analytical entry points, the presentation contributes to research on arts education by demonstrating how artistic practice can function as a rigorous mode of inquiry into learning, ecocultures, and youth perspectives in Indigenous and Arctic educational contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Arts-based action research forms the methodological framework. The study draws on collaborative media art workshops conducted with Indigenous youth in Utsjoki, Finland, and Narsaq, Greenland. Research material consists of student-produced films, the future-oriented images and narratives within them, researchers diary, and reflexive discussions surrounding their production and screening. The films function simultaneously as visual and narrative data and as research outputs, enabling analysis of pedagogical processes, place-based relations, and youth perspectives through artistic practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The presentation demonstrates that future-oriented image-making through film offers a powerful methodological approach for researching learning, ecocultures, and place-based relations in arts education. The findings indicate that collaboratively produced films make visible young people’s values, hopes, and culturally situated understandings of the future in ways that exceed text-based methods. Furthermore, positioning films as both research data and research outcomes enables a reflective and participatory mode of knowledge production, supporting arts-based action research as a context-sensitive approach within Indigenous and Arctic educational settings. References Beer, R., & Huhmarniemi, M. (2024). Shifting ground: Art exhibition as informal pedagogy on the changing Arctic. In T. Jokela, M. Huhmarniemi, & K. Burnett (Eds.), Relate North: New genre Arctic art education beyond borders (pp. 38–60). InSEA Publications. Burn, A., & Reid, M. (2012). Screening literacy: Reflecting on models of film education in Europe. Nordic Journal of Digital Literacy, 7(4), 314–323. https://doi.org/10.18261/ISSN1891- 943X-2012-04-07 Canadian Commission of UNESCO (2021). Land as teacher: Understanding Indigenous land-based education. UNESCO. https://en.ccUNESCO.ca/idealab/indigenous-land-based-education Finnish Expert Panel for Sustainable Development (2025). Discussion entry 1/2025 by the Finnish Expert Panel for Sustainable Development. https://www.kestavyyspaneeli.fi/wp-content/ uploads/sites/41/2025/04/discussion-entry-1-2025-positive-images-of-futures-as-sustainability-transformation-drivers-1.pdf Huhmarniemi, M., & Jokela, T. (2025). Kuvataidekasvatus kestävyyden vipuvoimana [Art education as a lever for sustainability]. Research in Arts and Education, 2025(1), 140–164. https://doi.org/10.54916/rae.145623 Jokela, T. (2019). Arts-based Action Research in the North. In G. W. Noblit (Ed.), Oxford research encyclopedias: Education, Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.522 Jokela, T., & Hiltunen, M. (2024). New genre Arctic art education as a way of knowing with the North. In T. Jokela, M. Huhmarniemi & K. Burnett (Eds.), Relate North: New genre Arctic art education beyond borders (pp. 12–37). InSEA Publications. Mäkelä, M., Karjalainen, J., & Parkkinen, M. (2022). Tulevaisuuskuvat: merkitykset, roolit ja käyttötavat tulevaisuudentutkimuksessa [Images of futures: Meanings, roles and uses in futures studies]. In H.-K. Aalto, K. Heikkilä, P. Keski-Pukkila, M. Mäki, & M. Pöllänen (Eds.),Tulevaisuudentutkimus tutuksi – Perusteita ja menetelmiä [Getting to know futures research– Principles and methods] (pp. 297–312). Tulevaisuuden tutkimuskeskus. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-249-563-1 Parks, M. (2020). Explicating ecoculture. Nature and Culture, 15(1), 54–77. https://doi. org/10.3167/nc.2020.150104 Pihkala, P. (2020). Anxiety and the ecological crisis: An analysis of eco-anxiety and climate anxiety. Sustainability, 12(19), 7836. https://doi.org/10.3390/SU12197836 40 Rubin, A. (2013). Hidden, inconsistent, and influential: Images of the future in changing times. Futures, 45, S38–S44. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2012.11.011 Rubin, A., & Linturi, H. (2001). Transition in the making: The images of the future in education and decision-making. Futures, 33(3–4), 267–305. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0016-3287(00)00082-1 Ruotsalainen, H., Rautio, T., Lappalainen, P., & Korpi, H. (2024). Nuorten ympäristöön ja ilmastonmuutokseen liittyvät huolet ja tunteet [Youth concerns and emotions related to the environment and climate change]. Oulun ammattikorkeakoulu. https://urn.fi/URN:NBN:fi-fe2024051530931 Siivonen, K. (2022). Tulevaisuusperintö kulttuurisen kestävyysmurroksen välineenä [Heritage futures as a tool for cultural sustainability transformation]. In H.-K- Aalto, K. Heikkilä, P. Keski-Pukkila, M. Mäki, & M. Pöllänen (Eds.), Tulevaisuudentutkimus tutuksi – Perusteita ja menetelmiä [Getting to know futures research – Principles and methods] (pp. 444–458). Tulevaisuuden tutkimuskeskus. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 29 SES 11 B: Bodies in motion in arts and education Location: B3108 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Ebba Theorell Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Dance as Transformative Practice: Investigating Social Aesthetic Perception in Adult Learning University of Pecs, Hungary Presenting Author:This study examines non-professional adult dance pedagogy as a transformative practice, focusing on its impact on Social Aesthetic Perception (SAP) - adults’ perception of aesthetic qualities, interpretation of social cues, and co-creation of meaning through movement. SAP is conceptualized across three subscales: embodied perception (individual growth), social perception (relational growth), and integrative reflection (community-level growth). Mezirow’s (1995), Dewey's (1934), and Berleant's (2023) transformative learning theory, along with arts and social easthetics provide the theoretical grounding for understanding how adults shift their meaning perspectives through embodied critical reflection, aligning closely with SAP by illustrating how dance can reshape individuals’ perceptions of themselves, others, and the group. Using a sequential explanatory mixed-methods design, approximately 100 adult learners complete the newly developed SAP Scale (SAPS) and an adapted Metacognitive Awareness Inventory (MAI; Schraw & Dennison, 1994). A subsample of 10–15 participants contributes interviews and observations. Preliminary findings suggest that sustained engagement in dance enhances SAP, self-awareness, and relational sensitivity, generating a “ripple effect” in which individual learning radiates into community-level outcomes. Implementing SAPS in real-world dance classes challenges traditional adult learning (AL) measures that isolate cognitive, emotional, or social outcomes. Early results indicate that embodied dance experiences can foster aesthetic and communal capacities, demonstrating how practice-based research can test and transform AL theory. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a sequential explanatory mixed-methods design (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2017), integrating quantitative and qualitative approaches to explore how non-professional adult dance pedagogy may influence SAP and metacognitive awareness. The quantitative phase is intended to examine predictive and mediating relationships among SAP, engagement, and developmental outcomes using structured questionnaires. Planned instruments include the newly developed SAPS and MAI (Schraw & Dennison, 1994), and an engagement index capturing attendance, duration, effort, and enjoyment. The qualitative phase will draw on semi-structured interviews, non-participant observations, and reflective journals to contextualize and deepen the quantitative results. Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) and triangulation strategies will be employed to integrate findings across data sources. Participants and Setting The study is targeting adult learners participating in non-professional dance pedagogy programs, such as social dance classes. A control group of non-participants will be included for comparative purposes. Inclusion criteria for this study included adults aged 18 years and older who are non-professional dancers and willing to provide informed consent. Participants are recruited through social dance communities worldwide, primarily via Facebook, using a convenience sampling approach. The study aimed to capture a broad range of experiences with non-professional adult dance pedagogy. These criteria ensured that the study could explore the effects of dance pedagogy on SAP, personal development, and metacognitive awareness across a diverse adult population. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that adult dance pedagogy fosters transformation across individual, relational, and communal levels, creating what can be conceptualized as a ripple effect. At the individual level, learners develop heightened aesthetic reflection, perceiving their own movement with greater acuity. This self-awareness enables a more nuanced interpretation of others' movements, enhancing relational perception through empathy, attunement, and coordinated interaction. These individual and relational shifts do not remain isolated; they radiate outward within the learning environment. As participants express personal insights through movement, peers recognize and respond to these changes, generating a dynamic, participatory process in which growth becomes visible, shared, and embedded in collective practice. In this way, adult learners co-create an aesthetic and social environment in which the personal transformations of each member contribute to broader community-level change. SAPS captures the relational and aesthetic dimensions, while reflective metacognition is measured via the MAI. Embodied experience and aesthetic reflection ground learning in the body, while relational perception translates individual gains into communal outcomes. This framework aligns with Dewey’s notion of aesthetic experience, Berleant’s social aesthetics, and Freirean dialogical praxis, situating dance as a vehicle for socially and personally transformative learning. Quantitative and qualitative data from the ongoing study suggest that sustained participation in non-professional dance classes strengthens this ripple effect. Engagement fosters self-awareness, relational sensitivity, and collective coordination, illustrating how adult dance pedagogy can systematically cultivate SAP and foster a vibrant, co-creative learning community. In summary, the ripple effect underscores the central outcome of dance pedagogy: individual transformation radiates outward, shaping peer learning, collective dynamics, and community development, making adult dance both a personal and relational pathway to aesthetic and social growth. Therefore, the life experience of an adult person has the potential to be visualized as an art object that is rich in aesthetics to be perceived relatively. References Berleant, A. (2023). The social aesthetics of human environments: Critical themes. Bloomsbury Publishing. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350349353 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research Dewey, J. (1934). Art as experience. Minton, Balch & Co. Mezirow, J. (1995). Transformation theory of adult learning. In M. Welton (Ed.), In defense of the life-world (pp. 39–70). SUNY Press. Schraw, G., & Dennison, R. S. (1994). Assessing metacognitive awareness. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 19(4), 460–475. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1994.1033. New York, NY: New Republic. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Overflowing the Curriculum through the Arts: Methodologies that Expand the Notion of the Body with a Primary School Class in Barcelona 1: Universidad de Barcelona, Spain; 2: Universitat de Girona, Spain Presenting Author:This paper emerges from the European project EXPECT_Art: EXPloring and Educating Cultural Literacy Through Art (HORIZON-CL2-2023-HERITAGE-01, grant agreement 101132662), which seeks to identify the barriers and potential of promoting critical cultural literacy through the arts in formal education (EXPECT_Art, 2025). Within this framework, the contribution is based on a case study developed by the research team of the University of Barcelona in a public school in the city. The research focuses on how artistic practices can overflow and reconfigure certain notions of the body embedded in the curriculum of primary school.
The study is grounded in an understanding of the curriculum not merely as a set of prescribed content, but as a discursive and material apparatus through which bodies are taught, shaped and regulated within educational contexts. As Paraskeva and Steinberg (2016) argue, the curriculum operates as one of the key devices through which modern schooling produces and reproduces hegemonic ways of being and thinking. In this sense, the curriculum not only structures what is to be learned, but also delimits how bodies can appear and matter in the classroom, shaping subjectivities and forms of participation (Gore, 2000; Hernández-Hernández, 2017).
In the current Catalan educational framework, organised around a competence-based curriculum (Decret 175/2022), education is presented as a holistic process aimed at cognitive, emotional, social and cultural development. Although the body is formally recognised as part of this integral formation, its presence across the curriculum is uneven and fragmented. While in early childhood, education about the body is explicitly foregrounded as a central means of learning through sensory and experiential engagement, in primary education it becomes progressively marginalised. The body tends to be confined to specific areas such as physical education and, to a lesser extent, the arts, while in so-called core subjects it is largely reduced to a functional or instrumental dimension (Rosales, 2010).
This transition is not neutral. Between stages, the body shifts from being a means of learning to becoming an object of knowledge (de Riba Mayoral et al., 2024). It is increasingly approached as something that must be measured, managed, and optimised in relation to health, behaviour, emotional regulation, and cultural norms. This conception is rooted in a modern epistemological tradition that privileges rationality, control, abstract logic, and functionality over embodied, sensory, and relational ways of knowing that foreground bodily experience.
In response to this background, the study draws on feminist decolonial (Anzaldúa, 1987; Lugones, 2008) and feminist new materialisms perspectives (Barad, 2007; Revelles-Benavente, 2025), which understand the body not as a stable, autonomous entity but as a situated, relational and constantly becoming assemblage. From these perspectives, bodies are constituted through their entanglements with other bodies, with materials, with spaces and with cultural discourses, and knowledge is always produced in and through these embodied relations (Haraway, 1988). In this sense, how bodies are positioned, allowed to move, and invited to participate in school contexts is never neutral, as they always involve political and ethical dimensions (Federici, 2022).
Situated in this theoretical horizon, the arts appear as a particularly fertile space for troubling dominant curricular constructions and constraints about the body. Rather than conceiving arts education as the transmission of artistic contents or techniques, this paper understands education through the arts as an embodied and situated pedagogical practice (Hernández, 2019) that mobilises bodies in action and opens up multiple ways of sensing, knowing and meaning making. Arts-based practices provide multimodal methods that allow bodies to experiment, to play and to create, generating movements and affects that exceed predetermined curricular outcomes (Atkinson, 2018; Calderón-García & Hernández-Hernández, 2019).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is based on a case study developed by the University of Barcelona research team in a public school located in El Carmel, a neighbourhood of Barcelona characterised by cultural diversity and social vulnerability. The school, originally a primary school that expanded to include secondary education in 2021, works through project-based learning (Generalitat de Catalunya, n/d) and seeks to provide a coherent and transformative educational experience throughout compulsory schooling. Fieldwork was carried out during the 2024–2025 academic year, following an ethnographic orientation on case studies (Simons, 2011). A first phase (October–December 2024) involved participant observation to become familiar with the institution’s ecology and establish relationships with teachers and students. In a second phase (January–May 2025), the research team collaborated with teachers to design and implement a series of art-based methods within the Art Workshop for students of both fourth-grades mixed together (children aged 9–10). Curricular contents proposed by the teachers—specifically the locomotor system and healthy habits—were explored through artistic practices informed by a critical and arts-based pedagogical approach (Hernández-Hernández, 2019). Across 18 sessions, the project named by the students Art d’4rt (Fourth’s Art), unfolded through body mapping, movement-based games, drawing, storytelling, collage, painting, stop-motion animation, oral interviews and audiovisual recording. The process culminated in a video-art piece and a school exhibition open to younger pupils and families, in which students’ productions appeared as possible expressions to foster critical cultural literacy. Data generation combined participant observation, semi-structured interviews (Bryman, 2012), questionnaires and a collaborative field diary written after each session by three researchers (Kroef et al., 2020). Two researchers facilitated the workshops while a third focused on documentation, resulting in field notes that constitute situated and embodied accounts of what happened in the classroom (Haraway, 1988). As the process unfolded, the research question emerged responsively from the fieldwork (St. Pierre, 2021): how do the arts overflow the notion of the body in the primary school curriculum? Analysis was conducted through a diffractive methodology (Barad, 2007; Haraway, 1992; Revelles-Benavente, 2014), which approaches educational phenomena as relational and entangled rather than as stable objects. The field materials were read through three analytical gestures that the research team enables to organize questions about how bodies can be, move and act within the curriculum. These gestures allowed theory and empirical material to intra-act, making visible how artistic practices reconfigure curricular and relational notions of the body. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across three artistic methods developed in the classroom and chosen for analysis, the research shows how the arts open the possibility to diffract a pedagogical question addressed to the students into a research question about the curriculum itself. What began as an invitation to imagine how a more-than-human body (created by the students) could look, move and live, shifted into three analytical gestures that question how human bodies are represented, allowed to move, and culturally framed within the primary school curriculum. This displacement, and what unfolds from this framework, reveals that the curriculum is not only a set of contents, but a dispositif that actively configures what bodies can (not) be and (not) do in school. Through collage, performance and speculative storytelling, the project generated situations that disturbed what is usually offered in an ordered and predictable way in the classroom. These artistic practices did not simply add creative activities to the curricular content of the locomotor system and healthy habits; they also created spaces of uncertainty where norms could be questioned. In this process, the normativity of the human body, the regulation of movement in the classroom, and the assumption of “healthy habits” as universal and homogeneous were put into tension. What emerged instead were the everyday, cultural and familial habits that shape how students inhabit their bodies within their own socio-cultural context and how these ways of knowing can foster a critical cultural literacy. Finally, although the Catalan curriculum presents itself as open, the study also points to the persistence of a priori knowledge (Maturana, 2020) circulating through inherited teaching practices. Arts-based practices, often positioned at the margins (Garcés, 2013), precisely come from the edges, capable of overflowing the curriculum and opening it to other ways of being, moving, relating and learning. References Anzaldúa, Gloria (1987). Borderlands/La frontera: The new mestiza. Aunt Lute Books Atkinson, D. (2018). Art, disobedience, and ethics: The adventure of pedagogy. Springer. Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Duke University Press. Calderón-García, N., & Hernández-Hernández, F. (2019). La investigación artística: Un espacio de conocimiento disruptivo en las artes y en la universidad. Octaedro. EXPECT_Art. (2024). Deliverable 2.1 [Informe]. EXPECT_Art Project. https://www.expectart.eu/deliverable-2-1/ Federici, S. (2022). Más allá de la periferia de la piel: Repensar, rehacer y reclamar el cuerpo en el capitalismo contemporáneo. Traficantes de Sueños. Garcés, M. (2013). Un mundo común. Bella Terra, Barcelona. Generalitat de Catalunya. Departament d’Educació. (2022). Decret 175/2022, de 27 de setembre, pel qual s’estableix l’ordenació dels ensenyaments de l’educació bàsica. Diari Oficial de la Generalitat de Catalunya, núm. 8765. https://dogc.gencat.cat/ca/document-del-dogc/?documentId=952069 Gore, J. (2000). Disciplinar los cuerpos: sobre la continuidad de las relaciones de poder en pedagogía, Th.S.Popkewitz y M.Brennan (Comp.) El Desafío de Foucault. Discurso, conocimiento y poder en la educación. Pomares-Corredor, 228-249 Haraway, D. (1988). Situated knowledges: The science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066 Haraway, D. J. (1992). The Promises of Monsters: A Regenerative Politics for Inappropriate/d Others. Em Lawrence Grossberg, Cary Nelson, Paula Treichler (Eds.) Cultural Studies (pp. 295-337). Routledge. Hernández-Hernández, F. (2019). Hibridar las artes y la educación para favorecer la conciencia imaginativa. Revista GEARTE, Porto Alegre, v. 6, n. especial, p. 31-42, abr. 2019. http://dx.doi.org/10.22456/2357-9854.92168 Lugones, María (2008). Colonialidad y género. Tabula rasa, 9, pp. 73-102. Maturana, H. (2020). Emociones y lenguaje en educación y política. Paidós Paraskeva, J. M. y Steinberg, S. (eds.) (2016). Curriculum: Decanonizing the field. New York: Peter Lang. Revelles-Benavente, Beatriz (2014). Literature, Gender and Communication in the making Understanding Toni Morrison's Work in the Information Society [Tesis doctoral, Universitat Oberta de Catalunya]. Tesis Doctorals en Xarxa. http://hdl.handle.net/10803/306597 Revelles-Benavente, B. (2025). Feminist literature as everyday use: New materialist methodologies for critical thinking. Bloomsbury Publishing Rosales Lassús, J. L. (2010). Los discursos sobre el cuerpo en el currículo oficial: una aproximación al Diseño Curricular Nacional. Educación, 19(37), 47–66. https://doi.org/10.18800/educacion.201002.003 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Seeing without Being Seen: a New Key for Art Based Pedagogy Università degli Studi di Bologna, Italy Presenting Author:This contribution responds to the call to conceptualize new horizons to broaden the perspectives of the relationship between research, art and education. The proposal specifically concerns adolescents and the challenge of engaging a segment of them, often the most vulnerable, in art-mediated pedagogy.
This phenomenon confirms that the construct of visibility must be studied for its consequences in both the educational sphere (for example, in teacher training) and the artistic sphere. In an era marked by the collapse of the disciplinary system in favour of the semi-technical media system (Barone 2021), intensifying our focus on the gaze of adolescents becomes essential for delving deeper into both artistic and pedagogical discourse. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution draws on the doctoral research project. It focuses on qualitative research methodologies. Given the lack of existing frameworks for studying the theatrical spectator as a pedagogical subject, it was necessary to develop a theoretical framework by selecting literature from semiotics, theatre studies, pedagogy and philosophy of education, sociology and developmental psychology, and digital ethnography. The selection criteria were those most relevant to a very specific and understudied research object. The chosen research question confirms the initial hypothesis, connected to the invitation to challenge the limits of educational research in the arts. The hypothesis to be confirmed is that theatrical spectatorship can be a more inclusive and generative field of research in the current historical and research context. Indeed, it has privileged childhood, children, or performance workshops conducted by individual artistic entities, with the result that theatrical spectatorship has been less observed and studied and has produced less educational and scholastic research, and probably also artistic research. Certainly, this has been influenced by a certain prejudice toward viewing it as a passive activity and a certain difficulty in studying adolescence, as it is a more difficult period to define and intercept, especially in contexts of greater educational poverty. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim is to demonstrate that the theme of seeing without being seen is crucial to research. Specifically, an investment in adolescents' theatrical spectatorship can benefit both educational and artistic discourses, becoming, for example, a good practice to be incorporated into the training of teachers or educational staff who propose projects with young people with greater social vulnerability. The expected outcome is a framework that can frame the pedagogical dimension of adolescents who enjoy an artistic product within a specific and situated context such as traditional prose theater. The four directions listed in the paper's description can generate four axes that justify a new educational and artistic investment aimed at better understanding and describing adolescence, leveraging a new perspective on working with young people. References Barone P. (2021). Evoluzione di un concetto. Adolescenza postmoderna in Encyclopaideia , vol.25 n. 61, pp. 3-9 Barone P., Tolomelli A., Antonelli F. ( 2021). Le adolescenze. Direzioni culturali controcorrente per uno sguardo pedagogicamente fondato alle adolescenze. Encyclopaideia, vol. 25, n. 61, pp. 1-2 Bertolini P., Caronia L. (2015) Ragazzi difficili. Pedagogia interpretativa e linee di intervento. Milano, Franco Angeli Doria A., Brusa F. (a cura di) (2022). Crescere spettatori. Il teatro va a scuola. Roma, Luca Sossella Editore Gallagher K., Wessels A. (2013). Between the frames. Youth spectatorship and theatre as curated, ‘unruly’ pedagogic space in RIDE: The Journal of applied theatre and performance, vol. 18, n.1, pp. 25-43 Lancini, M. (2025). Chiamami adulto. Come stare in relazione con gli adolescenti. Milano, Raffaello Cortina Llergo Ojalvo E, Ceballos Viro I. (2023). La enculturación específica del teatro para adolescentes en España in Verbeia. Journal of English and Spanish studies. Revista de estudios filologicos, 159X, VII, 7, pp.102-122 Machon J. (2013). Immersive theatres; intimacy and immediacy in contemporary performance, London, Palgrave Macmillan Omasta M. (2011). Artist Intention and Audience Reception in Theatre for Young Audiences. Youth Theatre Journal, vol 25, n.1, pp. 32–50 Rancière J. (2008). Le spectateur emancipé (trad. it. Lo spettatore emancipato, Bologna, Deriveapprodi, 2022) Reason M. (2006). Young Audience and Live Theatre, Part 2: Perceptions of Liveness in Performance’ in Studies in Theatre and Performance, vol 26, n. 3, pp 221-241 Reinelt J. (2014). What UK spectators know: understanding how we come to value theatre. Theatre journal. , 2014, Vol.66, n. 3, pp. 337-361 Santrock J. W. (2023). Psicologia delle adolescenze, Milano, McGraw- Hill Education Sedgman K. (2018) The reasonable audience. Theatre etiquette, behaviour policing, and the live performance experience, London, Palgrave Macmillan Tolomelli A. (2022). Il valore pedagogico della divergenza. Milano, Guerini |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 11 A: Teacher Agency in ESE Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Juliana Hilf Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Teachers Navigating the Existential and the Instrumental in ESE ESERGO, Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:In this empirical paper, we examine how teachers navigate the tension between the existential dimension of ESE and the instrumentalisation of education. We do so by analysing qualitative interviews with upper-secondary school teachers in Sweden, their written instructions to students, and students’ responses to those instructions. Drawing on this material, we explore the teachers’ didactic reflections on the existential dimension of environmental and sustainability problems and how they navigate this dimension in relation to the instrumentalism of the school system. The teaching content in ESE, such as climate change and biodiversity loss, addresses threats to human and non-human existence. For teachers, this means that teaching about climate change or biodiversity loss can raise profound questions for students about their own existence and that of the society they live in (Affifi & Christie, 2019; Vandenplas et al., 2023; Verlie, 2019). Thus, the content in ESE can have profound implications, which require teachers’ didactic reflection. Recently, Vandenplas (2025) pointed out that there is a need for more didactic research on how teachers create space for the existential in ESE, yet there are few empirical studies of teachers’ didactic practices, apart from her and her colleagues' work (see Vandenplas et al., 2023; Vandenplas, 2025). Our empirical study aims to contribute to the ongoing discussion initiated by Vandenplas and colleagues on how teachers can make room for the existential dimension in ESE. At the same time, environmental and sustainability issues are taught within an educational system characterised by instrumentalism. Many European education systems have shifted towards greater teacher accountability and a stronger emphasis on test results and measurable outcomes (Grek, 2020; Lingard, 2022). Thus, on the one hand, teachers must address content that can raise profound questions about the existence of life and societies as we know them. On the other hand, they teach within an education system that emphasises the efficient process between input and output, where grading standards, accountability, and transparency are central (Tryggvason et al., forthcoming). Given this, we deem it important to explore how teachers didactically reflect on the relationship between the existential and the instrumental in ESE and how they navigate the tension. In that sense, our paper aligns with Paul Vare’s (2020) argument that identifying contradictions within ESE enables us to address them, thereby making them “prerequisites of – rather than barriers to – learning” (Vare, 2020, p. 78). The paper addresses the following research question: What didactic approaches for navigating between the existential and the instrumental in ESE do teachers express when reflecting on their teaching? Our theoretical framework is twofold. First, to deepen our understanding of the existential dimension in ESE, we draw on the existential philosophy of Karl Jaspers (1971). Grounded in Jaspers’ work, we understand the existential dimension of the teaching content as a process in which the content becomes the students’ own existential question. Our understanding of the existential is also inspired by the work of Vandenplas et al. (2023), who have developed a typology of the existential tendency in climate change education. By drawing on previous theoretical work on the ethical tendency (Öhman & Östman, 2008) and the political tendency (Håkansson et al., 2018), Vandenplas et al. (2023) identify the existential as “an expression of a particular human tendency, which is observable in communication” (p. 1734). Second, to deepen our understanding of teachers’ didactic approaches, we draw on the Nordic/German Didaktik tradition, which highlights the concept of Bildung and teachers’ autonomy and judgment (Klafki, 2000; Uljens, 2023). The Didaktik tradition offers rich and attentive conceptualisations of teachers’ actions and reflections, enabling us to theorise how teachers navigate this tension through didactic approaches. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This empirical study builds on an analysis of qualitative interviews with eleven upper secondary school teachers in Sweden. The analysis of the interviews is the first part of our method. In the second part, we complemented our analysis of the interviews with an analysis of five of the teachers’ written instructions and students’ responses to these instructions. We recruited teachers who (i) teach about environmental and sustainability issues, (ii) are interested in sustainable development teaching. The interviews lasted 40-80 minutes and were transcribed verbatim. The project and data collection have been approved by the Swedish Research Ethics Authority. The analysis of the interviews followed the five phases of reflexive thematic analysis described by Braun and Clarke (2021). We first read the transcripts and made substantial notes (224 annotations). Thereafter, we coded the material in two rounds, increasing the initial 56 codes to 62. Following the conceptualisation of Braun and Clarke, the analysis is latent rather than semantic, meaning that the codes reflect condensed, interpreted meanings in the interviews, which are informed by our research question and theoretical framework (cf. Terry & Hayfield, 2021). In the third and fourth phases, we developed themes from the codes, reducing seven candidate themes to three final themes. In the fifth and final phase, we labelled the themes as didactic approaches for how teachers navigate between the existential and instrumental in ESE. To deepen understanding of the themes, we added a second part to our method by analysing teachers’ written instructions and students’ written responses to these instructions. In this way, we gained a richer understanding of how these teachers navigate between the existential and the instrumental, as they also refer to the instructions in the interviews. We considered analysing both the interviews and the texts together, but found it difficult to interpret the written material without the full context provided by the themes. The instructions varied widely, from a natural science task asking students to reflect on their relationship with nature, to a philosophy task asking them to consider climate change as an existential threat. The 78 student texts ranged in length from brief answers of half a page to ten-page reports. We examined the written material through the lens of the three themes, guided by the question: Does this text relate to any of the themes, and if so, how does it connect? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our result points to three didactic approaches for navigating between the existential dimension of ESE teaching content and the instrumentalism of schooling: (i) counteracting instrumentalism with Bildung, (ii) drawing on personal existential experiences, and (iii) encouraging authentic existential reflections. Counteracting instrumentalism with Bildung is an approach in which teachers repeatedly return to the content when confronted with instrumentalism. Surprisingly, a common thread among them is that they do not experience syllabi or curricula as instrumentalising their teaching. Instead, they encounter instrumentalism from the students themselves, who expect clear tasks that outline what they need to achieve to earn a grade. Teachers treat the teaching content as inherently important and valuable, framing education as a Bildung process rather than a means to achieve a grade. Drawing on personal existential experiences is an approach in which teachers use their own existential experiences to help students establish a new relationship with the content. Teachers' personal existential experiences of climate change also shape how they talk to their students about the climate crisis, even when it can be challenging to be the one to bring “the bad news” to younger generations. Encouraging authentic existential reflections is an approach in which teachers shape their teaching so that the tension between the existential and the instrumental dissolves. For example, by encouraging students to express their authentic existential reflections in essays and exams, their work serves a dual purpose: it satisfies grading requirements while also opening up the existential dimension. Our conclusion is that teachers can make room for the existential dimension within an instrumentalised education. However, doing so depends on their strong relationship with the teaching content. Thus, tensions between ESE and education systems (e.g. Stevenson, 2007) are not necessarily barriers to a vital ESE but, as Vare (2020) reminds us, can be prerequisites for learning. References Affifi, R., & Christie, B. (2019). Facing loss: Pedagogy of death. Environmental Education Research, 25(8), 1143–1157. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1446511 Grek, S. (2022). The education sustainable development goal and the generative power of failing metrics. Policy and Society, 41(4), 445–457. https://doi.org/10.1093/polsoc/puac020 Håkansson, M., Östman, L., & Van Poeck, K. (2018). The political tendency in environmental and sustainability education. European Educational Research Journal 17(1): 91–111. Jaspers, K. (1971). Philosophy of existence. University of Pennsylvania Press. Klafki, W. (2000). The significance of classical theories of Bildung for a contemporary concept of Allgemeinbildung. In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as Reflective Practice. The German Didaktik Tradition (pp. 85–107). Routledge. Lingard, B. (2022). Education policy in the time of climate emergency and global pandemic. In R. S. Webster, T. Airaksinen, P. Batra, & M. Kozhevnikova (Eds.), Humanizing Education in the 3rd Millennium (pp. 45–53). Springer Nature. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-1205-4_6 Öhman, J., & Östman, L. (2008) Clarifying the ethical tendency in education for sustainable development practice: A Wittgenstein-inspired approach. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, 13(1): 57–72. Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2010). Globalizing Education Policy. Routledge. Stevenson, R. B. (2007[1987]). Schooling and environmental education: Contradictions in purpose and practice. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), Article 2. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620701295726 Terry, G., & Hayfield, N. (2021). Essentials of Thematic Analysis. American Psychological Association. Tryggvason, Á., Mårdh, A., Sund, L., & Öhman, J. (forthcoming). The existential and the instrumental in environmental and sustainability education. Uljens, M. (2023). Non-affirmative theory of education: Problems, positionings and possibilities. In M. Uljens (Ed.), Non-affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung (pp. 3–20). Springer. Vandenplas, E. (2025). The didactic work of calling the existential into existence in climate change education: An analytical approach. Environmental Education Research. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2025.2574404 Vandenplas, E., Van Poeck, K., & Block, T. (2023). ‘The existential tendency’ in climate change education: An empirically informed typology. Environmental Education Research, 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2246694 Vare, P. (2020). Beyond the ‘green bling’: Identifying contradictions encountered in school sustainability programmes and teachers’ responses to them. Environmental Education Research, 26(1). https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2019.1677859 Verlie, B. (2019). Bearing worlds: Learning to live-with climate change. Environmental Education Research, 25(5), 751–766. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2019.1637823 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Teachers' Didactic Approaches to Students’ Resistance in Environmental and Sustainability education ESERGO, Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:Young people are often assumed to have a particular responsibility to advocate for and mobilise towards a sustainable future (Molder et al., 2021). However, this assumption is contested. Research points not only to resistance to sustainability issues (e.g. Ojala, 2015; Urberg, 2025; Urberg & Öhman, 2025) but, more commonly, to limited interest and engagement (Anciaux et al., 2023). Teaching about the environment and sustainability can be challenging, especially when resistance, denial, polarisation, and lack of engagement in sustainability issues and climate change are not only found among young people and in isolated contexts, but also globally and among world leaders (Bolsen & Shapiro, 2018; Hejny, 2018). Previous research has long emphasised that sustainability issues are inherently conflict-ridden, rooted in social, political, and moral controversies that cannot be overlooked in educational settings. Such conflicts are not merely obstacles but constitutive elements of sustainability education, as they confront students with perspectives that may challenge their everyday practices and established ways of living (cf. Carlsson & Lysgaard, 2025; Lundegård et al., 2022; Mogensen & Schnack, 2010). Against this background, a didactic response in education is required to address and understand resistance and denial. In educational practice, teachers are often confronted with student responses ranging from scepticism and disengagement to explicit resistance. This study examines teachers’ experiences of students’ resistance in environmental and sustainability education (ESE) and how they have handled it in their teaching practice. The overarching research question guiding the study is: What are teachers’ didactic approaches to students’ resistance in ESE? We address this question by analysing qualitative interviews with nine secondary-school teachers about their experiences of students’ resistance to ESE and their didactic reflections on how they have handled it. By focusing on teachers’ perspectives, the study seeks to contribute to knowledge about how resistance is understood, interpreted, and pedagogically addressed in classroom practice. The study draws on the Nordic/German didactic tradition, which emphasises understanding teachers’ actions in relation to both learners and the specific curricular content (Hopmann, 2007; Klafki, 2000; Öhman, 2014). Within this tradition, teaching is understood as a reflective and situated practice in which teachers continuously exercise professional judgement in response to concrete educational situations. This perspective enables an analysis of teaching that takes both the subject matter and students’ experiences, values, and preconditions. In addition, the study is informed by John Dewey’s notion of experience. Following Dewey (1916/1985), experiences are understood as situations that concern individuals and carry suspense, meaning they involve uncertainty, tension, or disruption. The experiences that teachers raise and reflect on during the interviews are therefore regarded as meaningful encounters that shape their professional understanding. By reflecting on their actions, teachers articulate their professional judgement, which lays the groundwork for their future experiences and actions (cf. Dewey, 1938a). In this study, didactic approaches are understood as overarching dispositions for action. An approach is not a single pedagogical act but rather the direction of a collection of actions that guides how teachers respond to resistance over time and across situations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material for this study consists of interviews with nine practising teachers in secondary education in Sweden. The interviews focused on teachers’ experiences of resistance in environmental and sustainability education and on how they reflected on their own actions in response to such situations. By reflecting on their actions, teachers articulate their professional judgement, (cf. Dewey, 1938). The interview situation thus becomes a space where teachers articulate and examine their professional judgement. Through this reflective process, teachers make visible how their previous experiences inform their current and future pedagogical actions (cf. Dewey, 1938a). The analysis followed a structured yet iterative coding process that combined deductively informed categories from didactic theory with inductively generated codes grounded in the data, recognising that themes in reliability-oriented qualitative analysis often emerge early in the analytical process (cf. Byrne, 2022; Braun & Clarke, 2013). This approach enabled a systematic examination of the interview material while remaining sensitive to nuances in teachers’ descriptions. The analysis combined deductively informed categories derived from didactic theory with inductively generated codes grounded in the empirical data. In this way, the analysis was guided by the theoretical framework while remaining open to unexpected patterns and meanings emerging from the teachers’ accounts. The concept of didactic approaches played a central role in the analysis. Drawing on the Nordic/German Didaktik tradition and Dewey’s notion of experience the analysis focused on identifying recurring orientations in teachers’ ways of understanding and responding to student resistance. Rather than categorising isolated teaching strategies, the analysis aimed to capture broader dispositions for action that shape how teachers navigate controversial and conflict-laden sustainability issues in the classroom. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results highlight that teachers’ approaches to handling resistance are not merely the implementation of policy or guidelines but instead reflect sensitivity to the unique students and the context in which they are embedded. The analysis identified three didactic approaches that characterise teachers’ responses to student resistance in environmental and sustainability education. What characterises the first approach, the relationally oriented approach, is the presence of relational negotiation in situations of resistance. Teachers address resistance in a non-judgmental manner through dialogue rather than positioning themselves as epistemically or morally “above” the student. Within this approach, resistance is understood as both desirable and potentially constructive, as it may signal engagement and create opportunities for meaningful dialogue. The second is a value-oriented approach that emphasises the importance of didactic sensitivity in pluralistic discussions of sustainability issues. These discussions often stem from a politicised and polarised public debate and may touch on students’ private lives and material conditions. Teachers adopting this approach carefully consider when and how to challenge students, considering situational factors and students’ preconditions. The third is a knowledge-oriented approach in which teachers avoid presenting scientific knowledge as an authoritative truth to be transmitted. Instead, knowledge is emphasised as something shared and collectively owned, enabling students to engage through critical examination. The findings suggest that controversy, conflict, and resistance should not be viewed solely as obstacles to be overcome but as essential components of vital ESE. Without resistance and disruption, the value dimension of sustainable development risks being overlooked, reducing ESE to mere information transmission (cf. Stevenson, 2007; Tryggvason et al., 2022). The study demonstrates that teachers’ didactic approaches to student resistance involve a careful balancing of relational sensitivity, value pluralism, and collective knowledge-building, enabling educational engagement with sustainability issues that is both critical and respectful of students’ perspectives. References Anciaux, A., Cougnon, L.-A., Ducol, L., & Catellani, A. (2023). Youth, communication & climate: A pluridisciplinary analysis of distancing strategies in response to climate change among Belgian youth. Youth, 3(4), 1150–1173. https://www.mdpi.com/2673-995X/3/4/73 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Sage Publications Byrne, D. (2022). A worked example of Braun and Clarke’s approach to reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative & Quantitative Research, 56, 1391–1412. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-021-01182-y Carlsson, M. & Lysgaard, J. A. (2025). Environmental and sustainability education: Nordic perspectives. Nordic Studies in Education, 45(4), 305–322. https://doi.org/10.23865/nse.v45.7326 Dewey, J. (1916/1985). Democracy and education. Southern Illinois University Press. Klafki, W. (2000). The significance of classical theories of Bildung for a contemporary concept of Allgemeinbildung. In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a reflective practice: The German Didaktik tradition (pp. 85–107). Routledge. Lundegård, I., Arvanitis, L., Hamza, K., Schenk, L., Wojcik, A., & Haglund, K. (2022). Facts and values in students’ reasoning about gene technology in the frame of risk – a thick comprehension. Environmental Education Research, 28(9), 1283–1296. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2031900 Molder, A., Chen, Y., Clemmons, Z., & Lakind, A. (2021). Framing the global youth climate movement: A qualitative content analysis of Greta Thunberg’s moral, hopeful, and motivational framing on Instagram. The International Journal of Press/Politics, 27(3). https://doi.org/10.1177/19401612211055691 Mogensen, F., & Schnack, K. (2010). The action competence approach and the ‘new’ discourses of education for sustainable development, competence and quality criteria. Environmental Education Research, 16(1), 59–74. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620903504032 Öhman, J. (2014). Om didaktikens möjligheter: Ett pragmatiskt perspektiv [On the possibilities of didactics. A pragmatic perspective]. Utbildning & Demokrati, 23(3), 33–56. https://doi.org/10.48059/uod.v23i3.1023 Ojala, M. (2015). Climate change scepticism among a group of adolescents. Journal of Youth Studies, 18(9), 1135–1153. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2012.02.004 Stevenson, R. B. (2007). Schooling and environmental education: contradictions in purpose and practice. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), 139–153. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620701295726 Tryggvason, Á., Sund, L., & Öhman, J. (2022). Schooling and ESE: Revisiting Stevenson’s gap from a pragmatist perspective. Environmental Education Research, 28(8), 1237–1250. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2022.2075326 Urberg, L. (2025). Resistance, Counterculture, and Environmental Issues: An ethnographic study of youth responses to education and sustainable development. Nordisk tidsskrift for ungdomsforskning, 6(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.18261/ntu.6.1.5 Urberg, L., & Öhman, J. (2025). Resisting sustainable development: an analysis of young people’s online discussions. Journal of Youth Studies, 28(7), 1021–1037. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2024.2322607 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The Role of Growth Mindset in Education for Sustainability: Exploring Mindsets of Transformative Teachers Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:In addressing the eco-crisis, climate change, and mounting social inequalities, transforming cultural structures supporting unsustainable lifestyles is crucial (Kashima 2020; Värri 2019). Researchers and policy-makers alike perceive teachers as key agents of cultural transformation for sustainability (Amsler & Facer 2017; Evans et al. 2017; UNESCO 2018, 2022); yet the purposes teachers see in work and the possibilities they perceive within the teaching profession are sometimes in stark contrast to the ideal of teachers as transformative agents (Kuusisto & Rissanen 2023). While aware of the relevance of global change for education, teachers may be hesitant to assume the role of change maker (Cochran-Smith et al. 2009; Timm et al. 2023). A better understanding of teachers’ learning processes through which the agency for change may occur, including the key factors helping or hindering these processes, is needed. Furthermore, the magnitude of current ecological and social problems may cause feeling of helplessness, leading to demotivation and demoralization among those becoming aware of them (Salomon et al. 2017). However, core beliefs and perceptions that help to overcome apathy and motivate for collective action have been identified in psychological and social psychological research. In particular, belief in the malleability of human qualities and qualities of groups, i.e. growth mindsets, have been shown to significantly influence willingness to act for change (Goldenberg et al. 2017; Halperin 2011). The core of growth mindset theory lies in incremental beliefs, which form broader meaning systems encompassing goal orientations, attribution styles, beliefs about effort and challenge seeking (Dweck & Yeager 2019). Earlier research demonstrates a link between teachers growth mindsets and orientation to social justice, but more research is needed to understand how mindsets shape teachers’ transformative agency for sustainability. In this study, we explore Finnish transformative teachers’ mindsets with the following research question: What elements of growth and fixed mindset meaning systems emerge in transformative teachers’ narratives of professional development? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper introduces an on-going mixed methods research project that explores core features of teachers’ mindsets for transformation, and how these can be influenced in pre- and in-service teacher education. We present results based on an initial narrative phase of the project, in which Finnish teachers (n=14), identified to hold a particularly strong change agency and engage in transformative practices, were interviewed. The narrative in-depth interviews focused on the development of teachers’ professional purposes and agency to foster social, cultural and ecological sustainability through their work. The interviews are analysed with abductive qualitative content analysis, in which the aspect of mindset meaning systems (incremental vs. entity beliefs, learning/performance/avoidance goals, process vs. trait focus, effort beliefs and challenges seeking) serve as deductive main categories and sub-categories are formed inductively. The preliminary analysis finds several elements of growth mindset meaning systems to emerge strong among the teachers. The teachers hold incremental beliefs concerning the ability of individuals to change their values, beliefs and ways of thinking; their incremental way of thinking also covers beliefs in cultural and societal change as well as change in schools and education systems. Furthermore, these change agent teachers have a strong tendency towards process focused instead of trait focused thinking: they rarely attribute failures and setbacks to their personal qualities or those of their colleagues or students, but are interested in analysing psychological, physiological, social, contextual and situational processes that influence processes of change. However, an interesting observation is that in teachers with a more tendency to trait-focused thinking also struggled most with symptoms of stress and burnout. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We will discuss the implications of our findings for developing transformative (teacher) education for sustainability. Mindsets can be influenced: even brief interventions focused on core beliefs that constitute growth mindset meaningsystems, if carefully adapted to their target populations, may achieve a powerful and long-lasting impact on willingness to work towards both personal change and change in the world (Halperin 2011; Goldenberg et al. 2017; Mortensen et al. 2017; Rattan & Georgeac 2017; Yeager & Walton 2011). On the other hand, without change in mindsets, attempts at systemic education change might be doomed to failure. Mindset is a “lay theory”, which shapes people’s ways of making sense of socio-cultural reality and influences their thinking about and acting towards change (Dweck & Yeager 2019). People have a strong psychological desire not to be left “theoryless”: the human brain is geared to resist information and experiences incompatible with current core beliefs unless a valid new theory can be formed (Plaks et al. 2005; 2009). Thus, we suggest that in developing transformative teacher education for sustainability, it is vital to learn from successful mindset interventions and influence implicit beliefs concerning the ability of humans, groups and cultures to change. References Amsler, S. & Facer, K. (2017). Contesting anticipatory regimes in education: exploring alternativeeducational orientations to the future. Futures (94), 6-14. Dweck, C. S., & Yeager, D. S. (2019). Mindsets: A view from two eras. Perspectives on Psychological science14(3), 481- 496. Evans, N. (Snowy), Stevenson, R.B., Lasen, M., Ferreira, J.A. & Davis, J. (2017). Approaches to embedding sustainability in teacher education: A synthesis of the literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 405-417. Carr, P.B., Rattan, A. & Dweck, C.D. (2012). Implicit theories shape intergroup relations. In Advances in Experimental Social Psychology 45, Ed. P. Devine & A. Plant, 127-165. Burlington: Academic Press. Goldenberg, A., Endevelt, K., Ran, S., Dweck, C.S., Gross, J.J. & Halperin, E. (2017). Making intergroup contact more fruitful: enhancing cooperation between Palestinian and Jewish-Israeli adolescents by fostering beliefs about group malleability. Social Psychological and Personality Science 8(1), 3-10. Halperin, E., Russell, A.G., Trzesniewski, K.H., Gross, J.J., Dweck, C.S. (2011). Promoting the Middle East Peace Process by Changing Beliefs About Group Malleability. Science 333 (6050), 1767-1769. 12(12) Kashima, Y. (2020). Cultural Dynamics for Sustainability: How Can Humanity Craft Cultures of Sustainability? Current Directions in Psychological Science, 29(6), 538-544. Plaks, J. E., Levy, S. R., & Dweck, C. S. (2009). Lay theories of personality: Cornerstones of meaning in social cognition. Social and Personality Psychology Compass 3(6), 1069–1081. Plaks, J. E., Grant, H., & Dweck, C. S. (2005). Violations of implicit theories and the sense of prediction and control: Implications for motivated person perception. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 88, 245– 262. Rattan, A. & Georgeac, O.A.M. (2017). Understanding intergroup relations through the lens of implicit theories (mind sets) of malleability. Social & personality psychology compass 11(4): e12305. Timm, S., Kaukko, M., & Scheunpflug, A. (2023). Preservice teachers’ professional beliefs in relation to global social change: Findings from Finland and Germany. Teaching and Teacher Education, 132, 104239. UNESCO. (2022). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. Paris: Author. UNESCO. (2018). Progress on Education for Sustainable Development and Global Citizenship education. Paris: Author. Värri, V-M. (2018) Kasvatus ekokriisin aikakaudella. [Education at a time of eco-crisis] Tampere: vastapaino. Yeager, D. S., & Walton, G. M. (2011). Social-psychological interventions in education: They’re not magic. Review of Educational Research 81, 267-301. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 11 B: Material Science Education for ESE Location: Duetto 2 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Leif Östman Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Coordinating Early Childhood Science Education in the time of the Anthropocene Malmö University, Sweden Presenting Author:In this paper presentation, I present results from a recently completed PhD project in science education, conducted between 2021 and 2026. The project investigates what child–nature relations are produced through early childhood science education (ECSE) in the time of the Anthropocene and how these relations materialise in everyday preschool practice. This PhD project builds on a long tradition in Swedish early childhood education of supporting children’s connections to nature through everyday encounters with natural environments. This tradition is shared across the Nordic countries. The Nordic educational model places particular emphasis on outdoor practices, ecological awareness and children’s rights to engage with natural spaces. For this reason, the Swedish context provides an important site for studying how child–nature relations are shaped in ECSE. Since many Nordic countries have similar pedagogical approaches and welfare structures, the results are relevant not only for Sweden but also for neighbouring countries with comparable systems. Nordic early childhood education is also frequently discussed in wider European and international conversations about outdoor learning, sustainability education and relational perspectives on human–nature connections. The project therefore contributes to a broader understanding of how ECSE can influence children’s relations with nature in a European context. The project also builds on research that shows how the increased focus on science education during the past decades has merged with early childhood education in ways that generate both tensions and new possibilities. Previous work has described ECSE as multidimensional because early childhood pedagogy and science education have different histories and aims. Posthuman methodologies further highlight how materials, technologies, bodies and environments take part in producing educational practices. With these perspectives, the project treats child–nature relations as something that is continually enacted in sociomaterial arrangements rather than something that exists beforehand. The concept of the Anthropocene is used in the project to describe a historical moment that calls for new ways of living and learning in relation to the more-than-human world. In this context, children’s relations to nature become especially important. These relations involve responsibilities and dependencies and influence how coexistence with other beings is shaped and enacted. Aim and reseacrh questions The aim of this research project is to explore how child-nature relations are made possible through science education in Swedish preschool practice in the time of the Anthropocene. Research questions (RQ)
Theoretical framework To explore ECSE practice I methodologically approach ECSE through actor-network theory (ANT) (Latour, 2005; Law, 2004; Mol, 2010). By exploring ECSE enactments and the child–nature relations that emerge in practice, this project contributes to an understanding of what becomes influential in education during Anthropocene times. It also adds to knowledge about how early childhood education takes part in shaping and enacting our shared more-than-human futures. From an ANT perspective, education is both socially and materially produced. This means that responsibility does not lie with a single actor, such as a teacher, but is shared across the networks that make up practice. Mol’s work on the ethics of practice (Mol, 2021) underscores that ethical choices are often embedded in everyday routines and are not always possible to make consciously. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The relevance of an ANT approach in this research project lies in how it opens up a sociomaterial exploration of science education in preschool practice while allowing powerful relations to be traced and discussed. Through actor-network theory (ANT) I have been able to approach ECSE practice with a methodology that dissolves taken for granted categories and structures (Fenwick and Edwards, 2019) and combine it with a posthuman noticing that makes it possible to follow unexpected actors (Haraway, 2016; Tsing, 2015). This has been done through ANT ethnography, where the characteristic ANT phrase “follow the actor” has been put to work in a way that relates to Swedish preschools’ connections to natural environments. By noticing the horse chestnut tree and noticing it as a sociomaterial actor, it became an actor to follow into ECSE assemblages. I took part in everyday practice at two preschools and two departments between May 2022 and February 2023, during five different fieldwork periods. One department had children aged 1–3 years and the other had children aged 3–5 years. During this time, I took memory notes, photographed materials and environments, and conducted “photo-intraviews” with pedagogues. The photo intraview method was developed to suit the methodological stance and the aim of the research. These gathered materials from the field: memory notes, documents, photographs and audio-recorded interviews, were then analysed by tracing patterns and rituals of practice as devices (Singleton & Law, 2013). The analysis also included an exploration and articulation of how these multiple enactments of ECSE coordinated in practice, and when so, which of them became more powerful than others. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results describe seven enactments of ECSE that also produce different child-nature relations. The results also describe how these seven enactments of ECSE (facting, fictioning, gathering, visiting, sensing, exploring and caring) are coordinated within preschool practice and how local rituals make some child-nature relations possible while others struggle in the margins. This shows how power is located in teaching practices in ways that sometimes hide what is possible for children and pedagogues. It also shows how ECSE is a flexible practice that allows for multiple possibilities to develop and coexist. Coordinations that may allow for other child-nature relations to emerge that could be of importance in the Anthropocene. One example is how pedagogical projects become visible through a “wall of documentation” that works as a flexible coordinator. This wall allows several forms of ECSE to be present at the same time. Another example is how the activity of visiting nature involves strong actors related to safety, which limits some forms of exploration and child-nature reltaions. The results are concluded in the thesis by presenting a new concept to think with namely preschool-naturing. Preschool-naturing offers a trajectory that allows for local enactments of patterned naturing, or rituals, to come forward. Multiple enactments form paths and paths can overlap, coexist side by side, become paved highways or be overgrown and forgotten. Preschool-naturing is about acknowledging all paths, small well-trodden paths on the verge of disappearing as well as multi-lane highways and how all paths, roads and highways are created in relation to the place they are a part of. It involves recognising that this practice is uneven, multiple and constantly translating, as preschool practice unfolds paths of naturing. References Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2019). Revisiting actor-network theory in education. Routledge Gilbert, J. (2016). Transforming science education for the Anthropocene—Is it possible? Research in science education, 46(2), 187-201. Horn, E., & Bergthaller, H. (2019). The Anthropocene: key issues for the humanities. Routledge. Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the Trouble : Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the Social. An introduction to Actor-Network-Theory. Oxford University Press. Law, J. (2004). After method : mess in social science research. Routledge. Mol, A. (2010). Actor-network theory: Sensitive terms and enduring tensions. Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 50(1), 253-269. Mol, A. (2021). Eating in Theory. Duke University Press. Singleton, V., & Law, J. (2013). Devices as rituals: Notes on enacting resistance. Journal of Cultural Economy, 6(3), 259-277. Sjögren, H., & Hofverberg, H. (2022). Pedagogisk forskning i antropocen. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 27(3), 4-11. Sundberg, B., Areljung, S., Due, K., Ekström, K., Ottander, C., & Tellgren, B. (2016). Understanding preschool emergent science in a cultural historical context through Activity Theory. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 24(4), 567-580. Taylor, A. (2013). Reconfiguring the natures of childhood. Routledge. Taylor, A., & Pacini-Ketchabaw, V. (2015). Learning with Children, Ants, and Worms in the Anthropocene: Towards a Common World Pedagogy of Multispecies Vulnerability. Pedagogy, culture and society, 23(4), 507-529. Tsing, A. L. (2015). The Mushroom at the End of the World. In The Mushroom at the End of the World. Princeton University Press 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper At-tending to Microbes: Multispecies Engagements through Science and Art 1: Linköping University, Sweden; 2: Tampere University, Finland; 3: Finnish Environmental Institute, Finland; 4: University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Responding meaningfully to the ecological crisis with children and young people is one of the central challenges facing environmental education today. A wide range of contemporary approaches seek to address climate change, biodiversity loss, and related issues by overcoming the perceived anthropocentrism embedded in educational theory and practice. A common thread among these approaches is the call to become more attentive to the nonhumans that populate our shared world. As van Dooren, Kirksey and Münster write, our era requires “detailed practices of attentiveness to the complex ways that we, all of us, become in consequential relationship with [more-than-human] others” (2016, p. 3). While scholars disagree on how environmental education should be oriented, the importance of attention to nonhuman others is widely acknowledged (e.g., Taylor, 2017; Ylirisku et al., 2024). Researchers argue that “attentiveness towards multispecies worlds” opens new theoretical and practical possibilities (Kervinen et al., 2024) and urge educators to attend to the unfolding entanglements of human and more‑than‑human life (Harwood et al., 2018). Others suggest that rather than focusing exclusively on norms and cultural conceptions of human–animal relations, environmental education should engage with their emotional and embodied dimensions (Schuurman, 2018). Even when only implicitly invoked, attention underpins many contemporary arguments in the field (e.g. Kraftl et al., 2025; Ott, 2023). Attention has become a central concern in environmental education today. This concern resonates with two key fields of scholarship. First, multispecies studies call for developing “arts of attentiveness” (van Dooren et al., 2016) to the ways human lives are intertwined with other species and with non-living materials, including energy, plastics, and microbes. These arts are understood as tools for countering anthropocentrism and cultivating new ecological and ethical orientations. Second, educational theorists argue that attention lies at the core of what education fundamentally is (Biesta, 2021; Masschelein, 2012). For Biesta (2021), the educational moment occurs when teaching enables a shift in the child’s attention—when they begin to attend differently to the world. Our contribution is twofold. First, we articulate a specific concept of attention emerging from these scholarly conversations. We draw on Tim Ingold’s notion of attending (2017, 2023), which emphasises perceptual engagement that transforms how one relates to the world, especially to nonhuman beings and processes. Attending involves observing and noticing and extends beyond them to a relational shift in one’s way of perceiving and being. Second, we explore what attending looks like in concrete educational situations. While the literature in multispecies studies and educational theory is rich conceptually, there is limited discussion of what attending means in practice and how educators might recognise it when it occurs. These questions are crucial for educators who must know what they are inviting children to share and how to recognise children’s engagement. By articulating attending’s concrete expressions, we aim to extend the concept’s usefulness in environmental education, particularly in early childhood settings. We develop our argument theoretically and empirically. First, we bring together Ingold’s work with multispecies and educational theory. The remainder of the presentation draws on our research project conducted in a Finnish early childhood education and care (ECEC) centre, responding to calls to explore emerging understandings of human–microbe relations in childhood (Millei et al., 2025). Our project facilitated children’s and educators’ engagement with the particularly challenging multispecies relation between humans and microbes. After describing the project design, we present our results and conclusions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical component of this study derives from a one year multidisciplinary project conducted in a Finnish early childhood education and care (ECEC) centre and focused on children’s relations with microbial life. Microbes provide a compelling site for examining attending in environmental education, as emerging international research underscores their fundamental role in sustaining life on earth (Costello et al., 2012; Yong, 2016). Although microbes constitute and surround human bodies, their invisibility renders them difficult to apprehend through ordinary sensory means, requiring technological mediation, imagination, and multisensory exploration (McGenity et al., 2020). Against this backdrop, our project brought together two social scientists, two artists and two ecologists to create learning situations where children aged four to six could attend to microbes conceptually, sensorially, and relationally. Our methodological design combined participatory metagenomics (Greenhough et al., 2018) with artistic practices aimed at cultivating sensory and imaginative engagement. This integration of natural scientific and artistic methods followed Ingold’s (2023) distinction between knowing (gaining information) and wisdom (learning to perceive and relate), enabling children to encounter microbes intellectually and experientially. Participatory metagenomics provided a structured avenue for children to produce microbial knowledge. After introductory activities on microbial life, the children selected sampling locations within the daycare (e.g., Legos, floors, toilets, food items). Under the ecologist’s guidance, these samples underwent DNA extraction, sequencing, and bioinformatic analysis. The ecologist facilitated two sessions using illustrated sample sheets showing microbial diversity and abundance; these sheets served as shared objects of attention (Thulin & Helldén, 2011). Complementing this, the puppet artist engaged the children in weekly artistic sessions throughout the project period. These practices—shadow theatre, sensory explorations, puppet encounters, imaginative journeys through the digestive tract, and play with microbially rich materials—were designed to evoke microbes as invisible yet lively companions. Drawing on common worlds pedagogies (Taylor, 2017), the aim was not simply to learn about microbes but to explore what it might mean to be with them. Data consisted of detailed observation notes produced by the social scientist throughout both scientific and artistic activities. Research permission was obtained from the municipality, with written parental consent and ongoing, situational child assent. Using theory driven content analysis, we identified and discussed segments where children were attending to microbes. From these, we selected four illustrative excerpts to analyse through Ingold’s notions of ‘doing’ and ‘undergoing’ (2023), focusing on how attending manifested in concrete educational moments rather than constructing exhaustive categories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Drawing on Tim Ingold’s account of the interplay between doing and undergoing, we connected the educational and existential dimensions of attending by examining how young children become exposed to, and moved by, the presence of nonhuman others. Our analysis identified four distinct expressions of attending to microbes: naming microbes, displaying curiosity, entering affective and sensory immersion, and engaging in imaginative play that embodied microbial life. These moments emerged only intermittently, despite sustained pedagogical efforts, highlighting both a limitation of the study and an important insight: cultivating attending is not straightforward, but a slow and delicate pedagogical achievement. Our multidisciplinary approach—combining natural scientific practices with artistic, sensory, and imaginative engagements—responds to calls to expand environmental education through diverse ways of knowing and experiencing (van Dooren et al., 2016; Taylor, 2017; Merewhether et al., 2025). We suggest that learning with more than human others can fruitfully coexist with learning about them. While the specific scientific practices (such as participatory metagenomics) required project based resources uncommon in typical ECEC settings, other forms of natural scientific inquiry can be incorporated into everyday pedagogy (Kervinen et al., 2024). Combining such practices with artistic and sensory engagements may similarly support children’s capacity to attend. Our theoretical elaboration of attending brings multispecies scholarship into conversation with educational theory (Biesta, 2021; Masschelein, 2012), offering a conceptual synthesis that may support educators and researchers interested in attending as a pedagogical orientation. It also suggests openings for rethinking learning as a multispecies process of becoming with (Atkinson, 2017; Todd, 2023). Ultimately, attending is not a passive act but an ethical and pedagogical commitment: a practice of drawing closer to the world, nurturing reciprocal relations, and inviting children and educators alike to participate in the shared improvisation of living well together. References Biesta, G. (2021). World centred education: A view for the present. Routledge. Harwood, D., Whitty, P., Elliot, E., & Rose, S. (2018). The flat weasel: Children and adults experiencing death through nature/culture encounters. In Cutter Mackenzie Knowles, A., Malone, K., & Hacking, E. B. (Eds.), Research handbook on childhoodnature (pp. 1–21). Springer. Ingold, T. (2017). Anthropology and/as education. Routledge. Ingold, T. (2023). On not knowing and paying attention: How to walk in a possible world. Irish Journal of Sociology, 31(1), 20–36. Kervinen, A., Hohti, R., Rautio, P., Saari, M. H., Tammi, T., & Aivelo, T. (2024). Ratty places – unsettling human centeredness in ecological inquiry with young people. Environmental Education Research, 30(7), 1129–1146. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2024.2314037 Keto, S. (2025). Building bridges across species: Empathy, prosociality, and ecosocial education. Environmental Education Research, 1–25. Kraftl, P., Ambreen, S., Armson, D., Badwan, K., Curtis, E., Pahl, K., & Schofield, J. E. (2025). Starting with trees: Between and beyond environmental education. British Educational Research Journal, 51(2), 782–801. Masschelein, J. (2012). Experimentum Scholae: The world once more… but not (yet) finished. In G. J. Biesta (Ed.), Making sense of education (pp. 101–108). Springer. Millei, Z., Lee, N., Spyrou, S., Roslund, M., Breinholt, A., Tammi, T., … & Hohti, R. (2025). Child ecologies in a microbial world: A new imperative for childhood studies. Journal of Childhood Studies, 50(1), 34–52. Ott, A. (2023). Climate change and education in shades of blue: Between darkness and light with agential realism and object oriented ontology. Environmental Education Research, 30(11), 2093–2107. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2296356 Schuurman, N. (2018). Experiences of pet death in childhood memories. In Cutter Mackenzie Knowles, A., Malone, K., & Hacking, E. B. (Eds.), Research handbook on childhoodnature (pp. 1–12). Springer. Taylor, A. (2017). Beyond stewardship: Common world pedagogies for the Anthropocene. Environmental Education Research, 23(10), 1448–1461. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2017.1325452 van Dooren, T., Kirksey, E., & Münster, U. (2016). Multispecies studies: Cultivating arts of attentiveness. Environmental Humanities, 8(1), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1215/22011919 3527695 Ylirisku, H., Hohti, R., Mehto, V., & Sinquefield Kangas, R. (2024). Entangling with the landscape: A methodological walking art experiment. Environmental Education Research, 31(3), 481–497. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2024.2370993 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper What’s the Ability of Students to Notice: Distinguishing Organisms Based on Observation Charles University, Faculty of Education, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Maintaining the quality of the environment and the stability of ecosystems requires a responsible approach based on science-based decision-making and the active involvement of citizens. Current environmental problems, including global biodiversity loss, highlight the need to develop environmental literacy, which encompasses not only knowledge but also skills, attitudes, and a willingness to act in favour of nature conservation (Hungerford & Volk, 2013). Education is therefore a key tool for developing the competencies that students need to understand complex natural systems and behave responsibly towards the environment. In the context of environmental education and biodiversity conservation, the ability to observe living organisms and recognise their specific characteristics is essential. Biodiversity refers to the diversity of specific organisms, and understanding this diversity requires the ability to distinguish among organisms (Lindemann-Matthies & Bose, 2008). Distinguishing between species is important not only in terms of biological knowledge but also for the affective development of students, shaping their relationship with nature and strengthening their perception of the value of biological diversity (Kellert, 2002). A key prerequisite for distinguishing between organism species is the skill of scientific observation, i.e., targeted and systematic observation aimed at identifying significant traits. Observation skills are among the basic components of scientific literacy and enable students to actively construct knowledge through empirical experience, comparison, and categorisation of observed phenomena (Eberbach & Crowley, 2009). Insufficient attention to differences among species can lead to a simplified, homogeneous perception of nature, which is associated with lower sensitivity to biodiversity loss and underestimation of the importance of local species specifics for ecosystem stability (Hooykaas et al., 2019). For targeted development of educational interventions, it is necessary to know students' initial skill levels to identify specific problems and respond to the educational needs of different groups. Mapping observational skills in the area of species of organisms differentiation is therefore an important step for the effective development of biological and environmental education. The objective of the research was therefore to map the level of students' observational skills. This objective was specified by the following research question: What is the level of skill of Czech lower and upper secondary school students in distinguishing species of organisms through observation? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A quantitative approach was chosen to answer the research question. The research instrument employed for data collection was the Observational Skills Test (OST), an original tool developed by the authors (Hašpl & Vojíř, 2025). This instrument was specifically designed to provide a comprehensive evaluation of students’ capacity to recognise and differentiate key morphological traits across a broad spectrum of organisms. The construction of the test reflects the necessity of assessing scientific observation not as an isolated mechanical act, but as an applied cognitive competence within a biological framework. The OST is focusing on distinguishing among different organism species based on their morphological traits. It uses diverse taxonomic groups, including European fauna, flora, and microorganisms. It requires respondents to demonstrate a degree of attention to detail and the ability to distinguish organisms based on a combination of distinctive diagnostic traits and not non-specific ones. The research sample comprised a representative group of 1,644 students from Czech schools, encompassing both lower- and upper-secondary levels. To ensure data diversity and mitigate the influence of local institutional specificities, the study was conducted across 33 unique schools, consisting of 23 lower-secondary schools and 10 upper-secondary schools. These schools were distributed across Czechia, including the capital city and various other regions, ensuring a broad geographical representation. Data collection was administered electronically via Microsoft Forms. Each respondent completed the test independently on a computer, ensuring the standardisation of visual stimuli, particularly regarding the high-resolution imagery required for precise biological observation. The administration process took place under the direct supervision of teachers, who had received detailed prior instructions regarding the methodological procedure and delivery of the test to maintain consistency across all testing sites. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary analysis reveals significant gaps in students' ability to engage in systematic observation and distinguish the different organisms. Out of a maximum score of 40 points, the participants achieved an average score of 15.6, with a mean time of 9:57 minutes. Although the presence of perfect scores confirms that the test was accessible and the tasks achievable, the overall mean suggests that the majority of the cohort performed well below the optimal threshold. Furthermore, the preliminary analysis revealed significant performance variations across the three primary taxonomic categories. In flora tasks tudents achieved their highest levels of success within this category, with a mean score of 42.5%. However, the average was slightly suppressed by a few exceptionally low outliers. In microorganisms average score of 39.3%. However, it displayed the highest degree of variability. Results were notably inconsistent, ranging from high proficiency (54%) to substantial difficulty (15%). Fauna yielded the lowest average score (35.1%), it proved to be the most stable and predictable category (standard deviation 9.7%). A striking commonality across all three categories is that the maximum scores were around 53–54%, suggesting a potential upper limit to observational proficiency of Czech students. These preliminary findings also suggest that while students are more adept at identifying plant species, their ability to identify animal species is more limited, albeit more consistent, whereas the high volatility in the Microorganism category underscores a critical need for more training. As differences among groups of organisms emerge, the next step in the research will focus on identifying specific trends in relation to individual areas. This may help to understand the limits of students' perception of biodiversity at the level of recording organism specifics and to derive recommendations for science and environmental education. This publication was supported by the Grant Agency of Charles University, grant No. 46924. References Eberbach, C., & Crowley, K. (2009). From Everyday to Scientific Observation: How Children Learn to Observe the Biologist’s World. Review of Educational Research, 79(1), 39-68. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654308325899 Hašpl, F., & Vojíř, K. (2025). Observational Skills Test: Construction and piloting of a scale aimed at the differentiation of organisms. In D. Koperová & M. Rusek (Eds.), Project-Based Education and Other Student-Activation Strategies and Issues in STE(A)M Education XXII. (pp. 80-86). Charles University, Faculty of Education. https://pages.pedf.cuni.cz/pbe/files/2025/11/PBE_2024_final.pdf Hooykaas, M. J. D., Schilthuizen, M., Aten, C., Hemelaar, E. M., Albers, C. J., & Smeets, I. (2019). Identification skills in biodiversity professionals and laypeople: A gap in species literacy. Biological Conservation, 238, 108202. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2019.108202 Hungerford, H. R., & Volk, T. L. (1990). Changing learner behavior through environmental education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 21(3), 8–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.1990.10753743 Kellert, S. R. (2002). Experiencing nature: affective, cognitive and evaluative development in children. In P. H. Kahn & S. R. Kellert (Eds.), Children and nature: psychological, socio-cultural and evolutionary investigations (pp. 117-152). MIT Press. Lindemann-Matthies, P., & Bose, E. (2008). How Many Species Are There? Public Understanding and Awareness of Biodiversity in Switzerland. Human Ecology, 36(5), 731-742. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10745-008-9194-1 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 11 C: Nonformal and Community-Based Approaches in ESE Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Rosalie Mathie Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The Potential of Citizen Science Activities to Encourage Active Environmental Citizenship: A Case Study with Finnish Guides and Scouts 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: Finnish Environment Institute, Finland Presenting Author:Environmental citizenship means responsible behaviour of citizens that act as agents of pro-environmental change in society (Hadjichambis & Reis, 2020). Like global citizenship, it is not limited to national borders, and both individual and collective actions can be viewed as acts of environmental citizens (Dobson & Bell, 2006; Schild, 2016). As a topic it exists at the crossroads of environmental and sustainability education (ESE) and citizenship education. It has often been mentioned as an important goal of ESE, yet the implementation has been lacking (Chawla & Cushing, 2007; Hadjichambis & Reis, 2020; Schild, 2016). Teachers in formal schools tend to view their students’ possibilities of environmental citizenship as narrow, mainly consisting of acts within the private sphere (Aarnio-Linnanvuori, 2019). In an era of severe environmental crisis meeting a crisis of democracy, supporting children’s and young people’s environmental citizenship has become an increasingly important aim of ESE. Nonformal learning environments offer great potential for supporting the development of environmental citizenship. Nonformal education tends to be supportive and children and young people often have more agency in setting their learning goals within nonformal than formal contexts, thus giving them a possibility to connect to the topic of their interest (Boeve-de Pauw & Halbac-Zamfir, 2020; Paraskeva-Hadjichambi et al., 2020). In addition, nonformal environmental education often focuses on local topics, which may make these more relevant to the young participants. One promising possibility to enhance education for environmental citizenship is to offer children and young people the possibility to take part in citizen science initiatives. Citizen science means collaboration between citizens and professional scientists, where citizens have a meaningful role in generating new knowledge, the collaboration produces a genuine science outcome, and both the professional scientists and the citizen scientist benefit of taking part in the collaboration (Robinson et al., 2018). Research shows that taking part in citizen science helps young people to connect to environmental issues and supports their identity as active citizens and connection to place (Flanagan et al., 2022; Smith et al., 2024). Participating in citizen science enhances understanding of science and empowers responsible environmental actions, though mainly locally and within the private sphere (Adamou et al., 2021). Nonformal organisations such as guides and scouts can act as facilitators that enhance the participation of children and young people (Smith et al., 2024). However, very little research has been conducted on the outcomes of their ESE work. In this qualitative case study, we explore Finnish guides’ and scouts’ experiences of citizen science and their perceptions of what a guide or scout can do for the environment. In particular, we ask:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This is a qualitative case study conducted within a citizen science project with guides and scouts in Finland. Within international nonformal youth movements, World Association of Girl Guides and Girl Scouts (2025) and World Organisation of Scout Movement (2025) share the aims of promoting pro-environmental action and active citizenship in their strategies. The values of loving the environment and being an active and responsible citizen are also tightly embedded in the constitution of The Guides and Scouts of Finland (GSF, 2024) – the context of this study. Likewise, outdoor learning environments and active learning methods are central pedagogical principles within these nonformal organisations, offering possibilities for place-based learning and developing self-efficacy. Thus, the guide and scout movement provides an interesting context for learning environmental citizenship. The SPARKA-project (Finnish Guides and Scouts as Contributors to Citizen Science, 2023-2024, funded by the Ministry of Education and Culture in Finland) aimed to create a national citizen science network with Finnish guides and scouts, and in 2024 also with schools, that would collect observations of water quality, blue-green algae blooms, and macro- and microlitter. A particular aim was to map the prevalence of mesolitter on lake and seashores for the first time. The project provided guides and scouts with guidelines, materials and training to conduct citizen science. The dataset of this study consists of two parts: productions of creative workshops with 10-14 years old guides and scouts and semi-structured interviews of adult scout leaders. A workshop consisted of joint citizen science activities by a lake or a seashore and a following session where the children draw pictures of scouts exploring a shore and scouts as environmental heroes, and told stories related to their drawings. Altogether five workshops were carried out, with 49 participants and 97 drawings and stories produced. Ten scout leaders were interviewed online. Three themes were discussed in depth: the role of nature and environment in the scout program, possibilities and challenges related to citizen science as a scouting activity, and responsible environmental action as a part of scouting. Next, the workshop recordings and interviews were transcribed. The collated data were preliminarily explored using a phased thematic analysis. A more profound and sophisticated analysis will be conducted during spring 2026. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to the preliminary findings, the participating children emphasised the joy and excitement of exploring nature during their citizen science activities. Their stories and drawings show that many found the science elements fascinating; this was highlighted in multiple mentions of research equipment used and observations made on the shore. Others expressed bodily experiences such as touching items or getting wet, and some told of shared fun with their peers. Interestingly, none of the 49 children mentioned reporting the results to professional scientists. In the children’s drawings of scouts as environmental heroes, emphasis was placed on individual action such as recycling. Picking up litter was another central theme, sometimes presented as an individual and sometimes as a collective act. A few children presented ideas of scouts as people who are prepared to act for the environment when needed or scouts as actual environmental activists such as participants of a protest. The adult leaders, on the other hand, found the societal role of citizen science activities as important and considered reporting results to scientists to be a part of the scouts’ role as active citizens. They considered supporting love for nature as central to the scout movement, though some criticised that reality does not always meet the ideals. Most interviewed leaders highlighted supporting environmental responsibility within the private sphere as their goal, but some also discussed options of including more collective environmental action within scouting. Prominently, citizen science activities interested also those scout leaders that were reluctant to enhance environmental activism. The results suggest that participation in citizen science might act as a bridge between individual and collective environmental action. On the other hand, closer collaboration between researchers and citizen scientists and connecting the science activities to other collective action could lead to stronger experiences of environmental citizenship. References Aarnio-Linnanvuori, E. (2019). How do teachers perceive environmental responsibility? Environmental Education Research, 25(1), 46–61. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1506910 Adamou, A., Georgiou, Y., Paraskeva-Hadjichambi, D., & Hadjichambis, A. C. (2021). Environmental citizen science initiatives as a springboard towards the education for environmental citizenship: A systematic literature review of empirical research. Sustainability, 13(24), 13692. Boeve-de Pauw, J., & Halbac-Zamfir, R. (2020). Environmental citizenship in the context of primary non-formal education. In Conceptualizing Environmental Citizenship for 21st Century Education (pp. 179-191). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Chawla, L., & Cushing, D. F. (2007). Education for strategic environmental behavior. Environmental Education Research, 13(4), 437–452. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620701581539 Dobson, A. & Bell, D. (2006). Environmental citizenship. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Flanagan, C., Gallay, E., & Pykett, A. (2022). Urban youth and the environmental commons: rejuvenating civic engagement through civic science. Journal of Youth Studies, 25(6), 692-708. Hadjichambis, A. C., & Paraskeva-Hadjichambi, D. (2020). Education for environmental citizenship: The pedagogical approach. Conceptualizing environmental citizenship for 21st century education, 4, 237-261. Cham: Springer International Publishing. Paraskeva-Hadjichambi, D., Goldman, D., Hadjichambis, A. C., Parra, G., Lapin, K., Knippels, M. C., & Van Dam, F. (2020). Educating for environmental citizenship in non-formal frameworks for secondary level youth. In Conceptualizing environmental citizenship for 21st century education (pp. 213-235). Cham: Springer International Publishing. Robinson, L. D., Cawthray, J. L., West, S. E., Bonn, A., & Ansine, J. (2018). Ten principles of citizen science. In Citizen science: Innovation in open science, society and policy (pp. 27-40). UCL Press. Schild, R. (2016). Environmental citizenship: What can political theory contribute to environmental education practice? The Journal of Environmental Education, 47(1), 19–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2015.1092417 Smith, H. E., Cooper, C. B., Busch, K. C., Harper, S., Muslim, A., McKenna, K., & Cavalier, D. (2024). Facilitator organizations enhance learning and action through citizen science: a case study of Girl Scouts’ Think Like a Citizen Scientist journey on SciStarter. Environmental Education Research, 30(2), 190–213. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2237705 The Guides and Scouts of Finland (2024). The Constitution of the Guides and Scouts of Finland, in English. https://www.partio.fi/suomen-partiolaiset/partiofaktat/partion-arvot/partion-peruskirja/ World Association of Girl Guides and Girl Scouts (2025). Position Paper – On the Environment. https://www.wagggs.org/en/resources/position-paper-on-the-environment/ Word Organisation of Scout Movement (2025). Environment. https://www.scout.org/what-we-do/young-people-and-communities/environment 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Opportunities and Challenges in Local Collaboration: The Case of Educational Neighbourhoods for Sustainable Development Universität Wien, Austria Presenting Author:In response to transnational demands for socio-ecological sustainability articulated in Agenda 2030 (UN, 2015), particularly SDG 4 (Quality Education) and SDG 17 (Partnerships), education systems are increasingly positioned as catalysts for systemic transformation. Collaboration, framed as a shared responsibility and a democratic practice, has gained prominence across research, policy, and practice to mobilise diverse stakeholders and expand learning beyond school boundaries (Armstrong & Ainscow, 2018; Bengtsson & Lunneblad, 2025; Essuman, 2019; Jesacher-Rößler et al., 2025; Fang et al., 2022; Locatelli, 2024). This study examines how Vienna’s Educational Neighbourhoods (ENs), launched by the City of Vienna in 2017–18 within the city’s long-term sustainability strategy, operationalise these ambitions through place-based networks connecting schools with libraries, youth centres, adult education providers, and community organisations. ENs can be understood as exhortative/developmental policy instruments that rely on local agency (Ball et al., 2011), shared principles, and voluntary participation to foster holistic education, inclusion, and collective responsibility in a migrant society. While collaboration is widely advocated, its concrete enactment within institutional settings and its capacity to reshape organisational routines, governance, and professional practice remains underexplored. This study addresses this gap by investigating the institutional opportunities and challenges that arise when ENs are planned, implemented, and sustained by heterogeneous actors. Drawing on semi-structured interviews with 35 participants across nine ENs (stakeholders, school leaders, and partners from informal education and social sectors) the analysis identifies six overarching themes: three opportunity themes (Strengthening Community Engagement and Institutional Collaboration; Knowledge Sharing and Resource Optimisation; Motivation and Innovation through ENs) and three challenge themes (High Organisational Effort and Insufficient Commitment; Resource Constraints and Limited Institutional Support; Divergent Goals and Communication Issues). Findings indicate that ENs provide structured arenas that reduce inter-institutional prejudices and foster mutual appreciation, thereby enabling continuity and depth in collaboration. Regular networking enhances shared understanding of institutional perspectives and constraints, supports needs-based planning, and optimises local resources, particularly in disadvantaged neighbourhoods. Modest financial support and recognition for locally initiated projects stimulate creativity and context-responsive pedagogical innovation (e.g., thematic workshops, digital scavenger hunts, parent-focused offerings), while reflective negotiation of aims improves role clarity and the visibility of educational profiles. These opportunity structures align with the European Commission’s whole-school approach (2015) and international agendas that conceptualise education as a common good grounded in multi-stakeholder partnerships. However, collaboration in ENs remains vulnerable to systemic and organisational constraints. Coordination is time-intensive and often rests on voluntary, uncompensated labour, producing uneven participation and reliance on a few motivated coordinators; turnover among these key actors disrupts continuity. Persistent staff shortages, limited funding, and competing institutional priorities restrict engagement and the delivery of inclusive offerings, pressures exacerbated by external shocks such as COVID-19, which redirected capacity back to core operations and weakened network ties. Moreover, heterogeneous mandates and accountability regimes yield divergent goals, leading to fragmented initiatives and one-off events rather than sustained, problem-solving collaboration. The study contributes a practice-near account of how global sustainability and collaboration agendas translate into local educational ecosystems. It highlights actionable design principles: protected time, flexible resources, negotiated shared purpose with locally measurable goals, backbone supports for knowledge mobility across neighbourhoods, equity-centred resource allocation, and city-level convening power paired with local autonomy. By illuminating both the enabling capacities and the limits of voluntarist collaboration, the findings offer guidance for policymakers, leaders, and community partners seeking to strengthen the institutional conditions under which ENs and similar initiatives can deliver durable, equitable, and context-responsive improvements to learning and wellbeing. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study examines the enactment of Vienna’s ENs through the perspectives of key actors responsible for their planning, organisation, and implementation. Participants were recruited via the City of Vienna’s announcement of an ongoing project (“Blinded for Review”). The purposive sample (maximum variation) comprised 35 individuals from nine ENs: nine stakeholders (e.g., policy designer, coordinator), nine school leaders (five working in primary schools, three in lower secondary schools, locally coordinating EN enactment), and 17 partners from informal institutions (adult education, social work, leisure education, environmental organisations). This composition ensured a heterogeneous view of the multi-level processes and institutional conditions shaping collaboration. Data collection employed semi-structured individual interviews (Bogner et al., 2014) (Zoom or in-person), guided by topics including EN development, organisation, collaborative practices, resource use, challenges, and perceived contributions to education, sustainability, and quality of life. Interviews averaged 50 minutes, were audio-recorded, and transcribed verbatim; cited quotations were translated from German to English. Ethical approval was granted by the Ethics Committee of the respective University of the project. All participants provided written informed consent; sociodemographic data were pseudonymised, and data were used exclusively for research purposes. Data analysis followed Braun and Clarke’s (2006) thematic analysis, guided by Nowell et al.’s (2017) six-phase framework: familiarisation, coding, theme generation, review, definition/naming, and reporting. Coding and preliminary theme development using MAXQDA were conducted; themes were iteratively refined through team discussion to ensure credibility, coherence, and analytic depth. Representative quotations were selected to illustrate thematic claims and preserve participants’ meanings. The analysis yielded six overarching themes reflecting institutional opportunities (Strengthening Community Engagement and Institutional Collaboration; Knowledge Sharing and Resource Optimisation; Motivation and Innovation through ENs) and challenges (High Organisational Effort and Insufficient Commitment; Resource Constraints and Limited Institutional Support; Divergent Goals and Communication Issues) of collaboration within ENs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings ENs in Vienna demonstrate the promise and limits of translating global collaboration and sustainability agendas into locally responsive educational practice. On the one hand, ENs create structured spaces that reduce inter-institutional biases, enable mutual appreciation, and support needs-based planning and resource pooling, capacities aligned with SDG 4 and SDG 17, the European Commission’s whole-school approach, and the framing of education as a common good. These mechanisms widen learning beyond the school gates, strengthen community engagement, and catalyse context-sensitive pedagogical innovation. On the other hand, current enactment is constrained by systemic and organisational conditions: coordination demands exceed available time and staff; participation relies on voluntary, uncompensated labour and a few key actors; chronic resource shortages and competing priorities restrict inclusive offerings; and heterogeneous mandates lead to divergent goals and fragmented collaboration. External shocks, notably the pandemic, further reveal the fragility of voluntarist models, underscoring the importance of resilient structures and protected capacity. To enhance durability and equity, collaboration must be underpinned by design principles that convert normative alignment into operational coherence: protected time for joint work, flexible and targeted resources for high-need contexts, negotiated shared purposes translated into locally measurable goals, simple tools for role clarity and expected outcomes. Addressing structural barriers, such as staffing, funding, accountability alignment, will be critical to move beyond on-off events toward sustained, problem-solving partnerships. Future research should examine longitudinal trajectories of ENs, the conditions under which collaboration becomes embedded in organisational routines, and the effects on learners’ opportunities, wellbeing, and belonging, especially in socially disadvantaged contexts. By foregrounding both enabling and constraining factors, this study offers practical guidance for policy and practice seeking to strengthen collaborative ecosystems as a pathway to inclusive, sustainable education. References Armstrong, P. W., & Ainscow, M. (2018). School-to-school support within a competitive education system: views from the inside. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 29(4), 614–633. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2018.1499534 Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., Braun, A., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Policy subjects and policy actors in schools: some necessary but insufficient analyses. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 611–624. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601564 Bengtsson, J., & Lunneblad, J. (2025). To ‘patch up’ or to ‘meet the needs’: navigating the politics and visions of ‘open school’ collaboration and equity work in urban areas in Sweden. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 33(1), 19–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2023.2185659 Bogner, A., Littig, B., & Menz, W. (2014). Interviews mit Experten: Eine praxisorientierte Einführung. Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-19416-5 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Essuman, A. (2019). Improving education delivery through community – school partnership. International Journal of Educational Management, 33(6), 1336–1351. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-06-2018-0175 European Commission, Directorate-General for Education and Culture. (2015). A whole school approach to tackling early school leaving. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/155499 Fang, G., Chan, P. W. K., & Kalogeropoulos, P. (2022). The Effects of School-to-School Collaboration on Student Cognitive Skills: Evidence from Propensity Score Analysis. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 31(3), 193–203. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-020-00549-3 Herrenkohl, L. R., Napolitan, K., Herrenkohl, T. I., Kazemi, E., McAuley, L., & Phelps, D. (2019). Navigating Fragility and Building Resilience: A School–University Partnership to Support the Development of a Full-Service Community School. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 121(12), 1-40. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811912101203 Jesacher-Rößler, L., Nesseler, K., Schneider, C., & Bremm, N. (2025). Facilitating professional learning networks: The challenging role of hierarchical power structures. Journal of Professional Capital and Community. https://doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-10-2024-0176 Locatelli, R. (2024). Community educational pacts in Italy: an interpretation of UNESCO’s new social contract for education? Journal of Education Policy, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2024.2351518 Nowell, L. S., J. M. Norris, D. E. White, and N. J. Moules. 2017. “Thematic Analysis: Striving to Meet the Trustworthiness Criteria.” International Journal of Qualitative Methods 16 (1): 1–13. https://doi.org/ 10.1177/1609406917733847 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Enablers and Constrains of Nonformal Sustainability Education in European Non-governmental Organisations University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The potential of third sector nonformal sustainability education has long been recognised for example by UN and UNESCO (e.g. Gillett, 1977; UN, 1992) and it’s still, at least implicitly, in sustainable development goals (SDGs) (UN, 2015). Rogers (2019) claims that none of the SDGs can be reached only through formal education but nonformal education done in cooperation between different actors is needed. Nonformal education for SDGs is more flexible, non-standardised, contextualised and participatory (Rogers, 2019). Despite this, nonformal education is still struggling to get validation even within sustainability education research. The purpose of this paper is to examine the role of non-governmental organisations (NGOs) in nonformal sustainability education, focusing on factors that either promote and enable or hinder and prevent their work in promoting sustainability. Many NGOs reach groups that are not otherwise reached by other educational institutions, especially among adults. Many NGOs act flexibly at the interfaces of nonformal and formal education by collaborating with schools and other societal actors. The versatility of the action, networks, ideologies and educational approaches makes NGOs interesting and potentially powerful sustainability actors. My PhD research explores NGOs across Europe that engage in nonformal sustainability education as part of their core activities. I am interested in their views of sustainability and sustainable futures and what constrains or enables their sustainability education towards those futures. Understanding the enabling and constraining practices are essential not only for the agency of the NGOs but also for the wider sustainability and planetary well-being. Planetary well-being emphasizes the well-being as a fulfilment of basic needs of all the ecosystems including humans and non-humans, like animals, organisms and geophysical systems (M. Elo et. al., 2023; Kortetmäki et al. 2021). Education that enables planetary well-being stresses humans as part of nature and our responsibility in nurturing a liveable planet to all via dialogue and actively critical stance to consumption (Aaltonen et. al., 2023). All actions and practices have consequences on temporal, spatial and ethical spheres effecting on planetary ecosystems and therefore learning needs to happen as a dynamic process that affects to agency and future literacy (Salonen et. al., 2023). Understanding everyday life practices as ways to participate in the community of life allows transformation and new kind of praxis aiming towards planetary well-being (Heikkinen et. al., 2024). Different NGOs have diverse understanding of sustainable futures and what it looks like from their organisation’s perspective. Futures can be seen as individual or collective images that reflect national, regional or cultural characteristics (see e.g. Son, 2013; Zheltikova & Khokhlova, 2019). Future images are composed of concepts, beliefs and desires that affect decision making and action in present time (Rubin & Linturi, 2001). In this research project, a central concern is to examine the factors that prefigure sustainability education practices within European non-governmental organisations; in other words, the ’practice architectures’ (Kemmis 2022) that enable or constrain what educational practices are possible. The sustainability education practices are shaped by interconnected cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political conditions, which together constitute the practice architectures of the site. These preconditions do not determine practices but prefigure them, opening possibilities for action while limiting others. (Kemmis, 2022). By focusing on prefiguring arrangements NGOs may learn new ways to change their practices and future images. More significantly research on this topic can shed light on the uniqueness of nonformal sustainability education of the NGOs and reveal new perspectives to other educational actors and to sustainability education research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The participating NGOs are part of EUs Erasmus+ funded CREA+BIRD project, which aims to study and develop creative participatory methods for environmental and sustainability education inspired by birds. There is one NGO from each participating country that are Finland, Italy, Romania and Slovenia. (University of Jyväskylä, n.d.) The role and focus of the NGOs differ from each other but all of them work with sustainability issues and are doing environmental or sustainability education, some more as a core function than others. Two different data sets were gathered within the project participants. The data set focusing on this research was gathered in collaboration with project partners of CREA+BIRD project by focus group interviews. One semi-structured online group interview was conducted with each of the NGOs in their native language with the help of experienced local educational science researcher working in the CREA+BIRD project, and then translated. Use of the native language was to ensure that the participants can freely and without struggle share their views and opinions. Focus group interview reaches the dynamic group opinion and with a good facilitation makes debate and empowerment of the shared discussion possible (Gibbs, 2021). Each of the four interviews had two to four participants, the latter being most common summing up to 16 participants. The data is analysed using qualitative inductive content analysis. Content analysis is content-sensitive and makes flexible research design possible. Content analysis concerns meanings, consequences, intentions and contexts. Inductive approach is suitable when there is not enough former knowledge about the phenomenon or it is fragmented. (S. Elo & Kyngäs, 2008). Nonformal sustainability education of NGOs in the context of sustainable futures images and enabling and constraining practices has not been much studied. Therefore, inductive content analysis was selected as an analysis method. Even though analysis is mainly inductive, previous research literature and researcher’s experience on working with nonformal adult education has effect on the whole analysis process. To reduce the misinterpretation of the multicultural data, the research article will be co-authored with educational researchers who participated to the interviews. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes of the research provide information of the future images and practice landscapes of European NGOs. According to preliminary analysis the data supports many of the earlier studies about the main characteristics of nonformal education. The data also provides versatile perceptions of sustainability and images of futures on both individual and collective level and includes statements of constrains and enablers of sustainability work and education. Some of the prefiguring conditions of practices are unique to that specific NGO and some are common to all. Based on the interviews, sustainability is widely understood as a complex and systemic process that the NGO is trying to tackle from their viewpoint. Shared understanding of the aims of sustainability seem to come close to the concept of planetary well-being. Sustainability is also criticised of being often watered down to green washing by the wider society. Strong sense of community and belief in the ideology of the NGO seem to strengthen the hope and resilience. Many of the constrains relate to dwindling resources and validation from the surrounding society. The lack of resources is seen as monetary, decreasing numbers of volunteers or general recognition. The fragmented relationships between humans and nature as well as between people is seen as a challenge for educational activities. Surrounding society’s lack of recognition of the severity of the ecological and social crises is obstructing the action for sustainability. Further analysis will provide more information about enabling and constraining practices towards future images, but they seem to be strongly linked to NGOs’ ideology that includes deep understanding of sustainability and communality. The practices in and around the European NGOs seem to lead to dynamic, creative and participatory educational actions but are hindered by lack of resources and validation. References Aaltonen, A. V., Hiljanen, M., Layne, H., Lehtonen, A., Löyttyniemi, M., Mykrä, N., Virtanen A. & Heikkinen H. L. T. (2023). Education For Planetary Well-Being. In M. Elo, J. Hytönen, Karkulehto, T. Kortetmäki, J. Kotiaho, M. Puurtinen & M. Salo. (ed.) Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Planetary Well-Being (246–258). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003334002 Elo, M., Hytönen, J., Karkulehto, S., Kortetmäki, T., Kotiaho, J.S., Puurtinen, M., & Salo, M. (Eds.). (2023). Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Planetary Well-Being (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003334002 Elo, S. & Kyngäs h. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of advanced nursing, 62(1), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x Gibbs, A. (2021). Focus groups and groups interviews. In R. Coe, M. Waring, L. V. Hedges & L. Day Ashley. (ed.) Research Methods & Methodologies in Education. (240–247). 3rd edition. Sage Publication. Gillett, M. (1977). The Tblisi Declaration. McGill Journal of Education / Revue Des Sciences De l’éducation De McGill, 12(002). https://mje.mcgill.ca/article/view/7156 Heikkinen, H., Huttunen, R., Mahon, K. & Kemmis, S. (2024). Beyond an anthropocentric view on praxis: Towards education for planetary well-being. Environmental Education Research, 30(7), 1147–1160. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2024.2326460 Kortetmäki, T., M. Puurtinen, M. Salo, R. Aro, S. Baumeister, R. Duflot, M. Elo, et al. 2021. “Planetary Well-Being.” Humanities and Social Sciences Communications 8: 258. https://www.nature.com/articles/s41599-021-00899-3 Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming practice Changing the World with the Theory of Practice Architecture. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-8973-4 Rogers, A. (2019). Second-generation non-formal education and the sustainable development goals: operationalising the SDGs through community learning centres. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 38(5), 515–526. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2019.1636893 Rubin, A. & Linturi, H. (2001) Transition in the making: The images of the future in education and decision-making. Futures, Vol. 33, 267–305. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0016-3287(00)00071-9 Salonen, A. O., Laininen, E., Hämäläinen, J. & Sterling S. (2023). A Theory of Planetary Social Pedagogy. Educational Theory 73(4), 615–637. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12588 Son, H. (2013). Images of the future in South Korea. Futures, Vol. 52, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.futures.2013.06.001 UN (United Nations). (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Retrieved 15.1.2026 from https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda UN (United Nations). (1992). Agenda 21—Chapter 36 Promoting Education, Public Awareness and Training. Retrieved 15.1.2026 from https://www.un.org/esa/dsd/agenda21/res_agenda21_36.shtml University of Jyväskylä (n.d.). CREA+BIRD. Retrieved 19.1.2026 from https://www.jyu.fi/en/projects/creabird Zheltikova, I. & Khokhlova, E. (2019). The image of the future of contemporary Russia. Journal of Futures Studies, 24(1), 63–76. DOI:10.6531/JFS.201909_24(1).0005 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 30 SES 11 D: Eco-democracy and Multispecies Justice Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Michael Paulsen Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Exploring Eco-democratic education: teacher turns-in-thought Mid Sweden University Department of Pedagogy, Psychology and Social Work Presenting Author:Contemporary societies are increasingly shaped by escalating crises, environmental destruction, and deepening social injustices (Martusewicz, 2020). This not only threatens ecosystems and human livelihoods but also dismantles democratic institutions and nurtures scepticism towards democratic processes (Peters, 2017; Pickering et al., 2020). Following Orr (2024), who argues that environmental crises are deeply political and that democracy and ecology are interdependent, we focus on eco-democracy in education as a growing area of interest within Environmental Education research and practice. Living in a time of uncertainty and an unknown future, the dominant pedagogy of today still supports the status quo (Jickling et al., 2018). Within this frame, we position education as a vital partner in change (Fettes & Blenkinsop, 2023) and thereby raise critical questions about how to enact eco-democracy educationally. In response to the emerging field, Blenkinsop and Wilhelmsson (2025) show that some forms of environmental education already function as soil for eco‑democratic education, but they also call for a shift from preserving current democratic institutions to fundamentally reimagining them. Hence, democracy rewilded to include the rights, voices, and agency of the more‑than‑human world as educative and political participants. Both everyday democratic life and formal governance need to be considered when learning and practicing democracy and fostering citizenship in education. Eco-democracy, broadly understood, connects ecological concerns with democratic principles and argues that the more‑than‑human world should be acknowledged, thereby proposing four key commitments: voice, consent, self‑determination, and kindness. Previous research has focused on children's participation in climate-related issues mainly within early childhood education and research (e.g., Elkin Postila, 2021; Somerville & Powell, 2018). However, there is still a lack of studies that explicitly address fostering eco-democratic citizens or how eco-democracy can be enacted in teaching practice, particularly in the primary school context. This presentation is part of an ongoing research project concerning the concept and phenomena of eco-democracy in educational practices in a time marked by ecological crises and democratic uncertainty. Enacting eco-democracy in education: activating human and more-than-human encounters in primary school. The project adopts an ecocentric worldview where the more-than-humans have intrinsic value and affect democratic processes. Theoretically, we draw on posthuman theorising (Malone et al., 2017); where human and more-than-human agencies emerge through encounters and relationships (Braidotti, 2019). In outdoor education, sustainability, and nature studies, there has been a move away from a human-centred approach, towards a posthuman approach that embraces a more relational and more-than-human perspective. The project draws on this shift in philosophical thinking, informed by posthumanist, new materialist and relational theoretical perspectives (Braidotti, 2019; Malone et al., 2017; Stengers, 2023) to explore how eco-democracy might be enacted. These perspectives understand knowledge as emerging through relations, making it possible to renegotiate established boundaries between subject and object, and between nature and culture. They emphasise that humans are always entangled with other beings and phenomena. This includes an engagement with place, land, and more-than-human actors, highlighting how humans interact with and bear responsibility for the rights and well-being of ecosystems, animals, and other entities. This paper and presentation will explore how eco-democracy can be enacted as a lived, situated pedagogical practice fostering eco-democratic citizens in education. Specifically, the focus is on the epistemological and pedagogical shifts that become visible through teachers' reflections, and second, on how primary school teachers encounter place-based, posthuman, and ecological pedagogies aligned with curricula frameworks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The general study has been, and will continue to be, conducted in close collaboration with primary school teachers, where teachers, students, and researchers jointly explore human and more-than-human encounters in teaching and learning. The research design is grounded in posthuman theories and emphasises doing–thinking–exploring as methodological practice (cf. Elkin Postila, 2021; Malone & Crinall, 2023). Our approach draws on practitioner inquiry, in which teaching becomes the concrete site of investigation and a context for professional and cultural development (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2009). This qualitative, exploratory methodology involves the co-production of empirical data in collaboration with participants. Critically reflexive in nature, it supports educators’ systematic reflection and enables a purposeful study of their teaching practices concerning enacting eco-democracy. The results presented in this paper draw on work conducted with six primary school teachers and their practice in a small rural school with approximately 110 students aged 6-12 years. The empirical data so far include initial conversations on eco-democracy, two workshops, teacher and researcher reflections, and documented conversations between researchers and teachers. Later, teaching activities will be chosen and co-designed by researchers and teachers, and researchers will observe the lessons. The data consists of and will consist of written notes, drawings, photos, audio recordings, and observation notes. The preliminary results presented in this presentation are built on teachers' reflections on eco-democracy, their practice of micro-methods, and their attempts at visual diaries. Four datasets are used: 1) Teacher reflections gathered during the initial introduction of eco-democracy, including discussions about the idea of exploring this theme together, 2) a workshop where teachers participated in outdoor pedagogical activities, so-called micro-methods (Brückner & Paulsen, 2026). Sit-spots and water-workshops, designed to facilitate encounters with the more-than-human world, allowing nature to be an active educative and political co-participant, combined with aesthetic modes of expression, were used. 3) Another workshop was conducted, focused on visual diaries, which were introduced following Lasczik et al. (2024). 4) An online conversation and reflection with two lead-teachers (förstelärare swe.) and the principal, in which forthcoming steps in the project were planned. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the preliminary results, the conclusions highlight epistemological and pedagogical shifts, as well as how primary school teachers seek to legitimise them and find a way forward within the curricula. The findings show turns-in-thought regarding knowledge and learning and appear crucial for understanding how traditional constraints may be challenged and how new and other pathways can be opened for living and learning eco-democracy in education. Following the workshop, teachers shifted their ideas about knowledge from something to be transmitted to something that invites multiple understandings and opportunities for learning to arise from the plurality of encounters with the more‑than‑human world. Valuing what emerges in situ and diverse voices, challenged teachers’ roles along with assumptions about who or what counts as a knowledge‑holding subject. Teachers highlighted understanding things from different perspectives. Such openness, fostering care and curiosity about factual knowledge, attending interconnectedness, and acknowledging situatedness in time and a specific place, might be central to eco-democratic practice. The teachers also surfaced questions about relationalities and the need to remain attentive to power relations when aiming to include multiple voices. Focusing on emergent encounters also revealed the necessity of complex forms of documentation to capture moments, attend to the unexpected, and recognise entanglements. When teachers encounter place-based, posthuman, and ecological pedagogies, the ability to legitimise these approaches within the curricula becomes particularly important. To enable such transformative practices, they anchored this in requirements for objectivity and impartiality stipulated in the curricula, which offered arguments and language that neither position them as naïve nor as activists, but rather as professionals grounded in eco-democratic strivings. These emerging turns-of-thought suggest and open possibilities for further exploration of the concept and phenomena of eco-democracy. References Blenkinsop, S. & Wilhelmsson, L. (2025). In Search of Eco-Democracy: Education for Mutually Beneficial Flourishing. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 41(2), 325–337. Braidotti, R. (2018). Posthuman knowledge. Cambridge: Polity Press. Brückner, M., & Paulsen, M. (2026). Tracing care for life: An Experimental Wayfaring Practice. In S. Windsor, O. Franck, & D. Sanders (Eds.), Paradise Lost? Love and Care: Narratives for and in Sustainability Education, Springer. Cochran-Smith, M. & Lytle, S.L. (2009). Teacher Research as Stance. In S.E. Noffke, & Somekh, B. (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Educational Action Research, SAGE Publications, pp. 39–49. Elkin Postila, T. (2021). (O)ändligt vatten. En studie om hur förskolebarn som kännare engageras i samhälleliga miljöfrågor. [(In)Finite Water. A study of how preschool children as connoisseurs engage in social environmental issues]. Doctoral Thesis, Stockholm University, Sweden. Fettes, M. & Blenkinsop, S. (2023). Education as the Practice of Eco-Social-Cultural Change. Palgrave Macmillan Cham. Jickling, B., Blenkinsop, S., Timmerman, N. & De Danann Sitka-Sage, M. (2018). Wild Pedagogies: Touchstones for Re-Negotiating Education and the Environment in the Anthropocene. Springer International Publishing AG. Lasczik, A., Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A., Osborn, M., Malone, K., & Knight, L. (2024). Engaging visual diaries in early childhood nature play as pedagogical arousal. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 50(2), 188–210 Malone, K., Truong, S., & Gray, T. (Eds.) (2017). Reimagining Sustainability in Precarious Times. Springer Nature. Malone, K. & Crinall, S. (2023). Children as Worlding, but not Only: holding space for unknowing and undoing, unfolding and ongoing. Children's Geography, 21(6). 1186–1200 Martusewicz, R.A., Edmundson, J. & Lupinacci, J. (2020). Ecojustice education: toward diverse, democratic, and sustainable communities. (3rd Edition). London: Routledge. Orr, D. W. (2024). The Missing Politics in Environmental Education, Revisited. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 40(3), 382–389. Peters, M. A. (2017). Education for ecological democracy. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49(10), 941–945. Pickering, J., Bäckstrand, K. & Schlosberg, D. (2020) Between environmental and ecological democracy: theory and practice at the democracy environment nexus, Journal of Environmental Policy & Planning, 22(1), 1–15. Somerville, M. & Powell, S. (2018). Researching With Children of the Anthropocene: A New Paradigm? In Reyes, V.J.C., Charteris, J., Nye, A., & Mavropoulou, S. (Eds.). Educational Research in the Age of Anthropocene. IGI Global. DOI: 10.4018/978-1-5225-5317-5.ch002 Stengers, I. (2023). Making sense in common: a reading of Whitehead in time of collapse. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Making Space for Eco-citizens in Social Studies Education University of Oslo, Norway Presenting Author:In the field of environmental and sustainability education (ESE) there has been a longstanding discussion of what role schools should have in the transformation towards more sustainable societies. Schools are institutions that are both constituted by broader societal structures and constitutive for the same structures through their influence on children and young people's life (Straume, 2023; Sæther, 2026). Schools not only offer students the possibility to learn but also enable formative experiences of individual and collective agency. ESE research indicates that sustainability teaching designs tend to conceptualize students’ agency not as a broad social, political and cultural force, but rather as an individualized consumer role (Anciaux et al., 2023; Hayward, 2020; Ideland, 2019; Kranz et al., 2022) This could be understood as a part of an ecological modernization discourse (Knutsson et al., 2024). Individual behaviour change is an important component of transformations towards more sustainable societies, but relying on it as an educational approach for children and young people is insufficient and underestimates the political dimension of children’s citizenship. A reason for this tendency might be that the characteristics of children’s citizenship remain blurry both in theory and educational practices. Hence, it is important to conceptualize and exemplify the different dimensions of children’s citizenship, their rights, membership and participation (Stokke, 2017) and how they differ from adult citizenship to expand the understanding of students’ citizenship in relation to the climate and nature crises (Hayward, 2020). Developing theoretical and practical approaches to children and young people’s citizenship is an important task for interdisciplinary ESE research, but in particular for social studies education. This paper will present results from a didactic research and development circle (Bladh, 2018; Persson, 2008) that brings together lower-secondary teachers and researchers within social studies education to develop new avenues for exploring and teaching agency and citizenship in ESE. The research and development circle will address three distinct issues of ESE related to the problem of individualization: anthropocentrism, resistance and the meaning of place. These are key issues for interdisciplinary ESE and represent particular challenges for the subject didactical field of social studies education. Social studies is an anthropocentric discipline and exploring how nature and animals are represented in teaching and classrooms may open up for new approaches to agency. Here, literature discussing notions of anthropocentric and eco-centric views will be relevant (e.g. Håkansson, 2025 and Kopnina et al., 2023). The second issue investigates how the individualization tendency could lead to young people’s resistance (Urberg, 2025) or disengagement (Hickman et al., 2021) with sustainability issues and sustainability education. The third issue highlights community and scale and how individualized agency masks the manyfold relations in which students are entangled (Kvamme, 2024). Within this context the paper will investigate the following research questions: What characterizes lower secondary teachers’ reflection on anthropocentrism, resistance and the meaning of place in ESE teaching? What ideas and perspectives where articulated in the research and development circle when discussing students’ agency and citizenship? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is part of an ongoing PhD-project that investigates how the climate and nature crisis demand changes in how we understand citizenship and in social studies education, through theoretical development and qualitative data material. Elin Sæther is my supervisor. The research is based on a didactic research and development circle. A didactic research and development circle is a collaborative method where the participants bring in their different knowledge bases to discuss and develop a deeper understanding of a problem that is formulated in collaboration (Persson, 2008; Bladh et al., 2018). This project involves in-service lower secondary school teachers and researchers from University of Oslo (UiO) in collaboration. The teachers will be recruited through the university school partnership at UiO. University schools are schools that are interested in a systematic approach to research and development and that are also interested in collaboration with teacher education (UiO, 2025). A central feature of research circles is that it investigates a problem that the teachers themselves experience (Persson, 2008). This project will involve teachers who voluntarily sign up and are interested in developing knowledge about ESE. The research and development circle consists of three phases. In first phase the participants read and discuss relevant literature of ESE. The teachers and researchers contribute with their different knowledge, perspectives and experiences to create a common understanding of the literature and its concepts and perspectives on the problem of individualization. The second is a more practical phase where the participants take the issues that has been discussed in the first phase and develop ideas about teaching and plan concrete lessons that are then tried out in the third classroom phase of the circle. This paper will be based on the audio recording of the research and development circles, discussion agendas and protocols and observational notes from the first two phases. The data will be analyzed through a reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022). In the work with the analysis, the participating teachers will be invited to contribute with their perspectives in discussions about the protocols and findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To conduct a research and development circle has a dual function as it both aims to strengthen the professional development of the participants but also aims at generating collective knowledge that are “not entirely contextually bound” (Bladh, 2018, p. 407). More concretely the aim of this circle on children and young people’s citizenship is to develop new ideas about environmental and sustainability education that can contribute to broadening theoretical and practical approaches to student’s agency, citizenship and individualization in ESE. References Anciaux, A., Cougnon, L.-A., Ducol, L., & Catellani, A. (2023). Youth, Communication & Climate: A Pluridisciplinary Analysis of Distancing Strategies in Response to Climate Change among Belgian Youth. Youth, 3(4), 1150-1173. https://doi.org/10.3390/youth3040073 Bladh, G., Stolare, M. and Kristiansson, M. (2018). Curriculum principles, didactic practice and social issues: Thinking through teachers’ knowledge practices in collaborative work. London Review of Education, 16(3), 398–413. https://doi.org/10.18546/LRE.16.3.04 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Håkansson, J. K. (2025). Toward an animal standpoint in school? Critical Animal Pedagogy as Sustainability Education. [Doctoral dissertation, University of Gothenburg]. Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis. https://gupea.ub.gu.se/items/6d6b5d2f-c524-4864-a591-d52eb0cf1db2 Hayward, B. (2020). Children, Citizenship and Environment - #SchoolStrike Edition (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003000396 Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., Wray, B., Mellor, C., & van Susteren, L. (2021). Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: a global survey. The Lancet. Planetary Health, 5(12), e863–e873. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(21)00278-3 Ideland, M. (2019). The Eco-Certified Child. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-00199-5_6 Knutsson, B., Bylund, L., Hellberg, S., & Lindberg, J. (2024). Education for Sustainable Development in an Unequal World: Biopolitics, Differentiation and Affirmative Alternatives. (1st ed.). Bristol University Press. https://doi.org/10.56687/9781529234107 Kopnina, H., Gray, J., Lynn, W., Heister, A., & Srivastava, R. (2023). Uniting Ecocentric and Animal Ethics: Combining Non-Anthropocentric Approaches in Conservation and the Care of Domestic Animals. Ethics, Policy & Environment, 26(2), 265–286. https://doi-org.ezproxy.uio.no/10.1080/21550085.2022.2127295 Kranz, J., Schwichow, M., Breitenmoser, P., & Niebert, K. (2022). The (un)political perspective on climate change in education—a systematic review. Sustainability, 14(7), 4194. Kvamme, O. A. (2024). Situatedness and distantiation: education in a time of ecological and climate crises, Journal of Philosophy of Education, 58(5), 653–673, https://doi.org/10.1093/jopedu/qhae066 Persson, S. (2008). Forskningscirklar: En vägledning. Malmö: Resurscentrum för mångfaldens skola. Stokke, K. (2017). Politics of citizenship: Towards an analytical framework. Norsk Geografisk Tidsskrift-Norwegian Journal of Geography, 71(4), 193-207. Straume, I. (2023). How does a society change: Reflexivity in politics and education. Rowman & Littlefield. Sæther, E. (2026). Narrative and identity in the formation of environmental citizenship. In S. Windsor, O. Franck, & D. Sanders (Ed.), Paradise Lost? Love and Care - Narratives for and in Sustainability Education. Springer Cham. UiO (2025, 19. August). Universitetsskolesamarbeidet. Universitetet i Oslo. https://www.uv.uio.no/ils/forskning/prosjekter/universitetsskole-samarbeidet/ Urberg, L. (2025). Om elevers motstånd i miljö- och hållbarhetsutbildning. [Doctoral dissertation, Örebro University]. DiVA. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn%3Anbn%3Ase%3Aoru%3Adiva-121577 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Biodiversity Loss Pedagogies in the Sixth Mass Extinction: Intergenerational multispecies justice in Scottish primary schools University of Stirling Presenting Author:We address ECER 2026’s polycrisis theme by exploring the drivers, impacts, and educational response making to biodiversity loss. Our research comes at an important time for research and practice for, within, and about biodiversity loss in the ‘sixth mass extinction’ (Cowie et al, 2022) of life on Earth. Global species loss is accelerating exponentially, with ever-increasing losses and cascading impacts continuing (WWF, 2024). Meanwhile, environmental justice movements have foregrounded education as a site of communication and action across generations (Mayes t al., 2025) and more-than-human beings (Haraway, 2016). In 2023, the United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child concluded that climate change and the interrelated impacts of biodiversity loss and ecological degradation have unjustly affected education, driven by children and young people’s global activisms (UNCRC, 2023). Theories and paradigms guiding education for, within, and about biodiversity loss are highly contested and divergent (Jensvoll et al., 2025). Approaches have ranged from science education (van Weelie and Wals, 2002), ecofeminism (Gough, 2002), conservation (Grace, 2006), New Materialist (Mannion, 2020) and queer ecological orientations (Russell, 2019). We draw on these existing lenses and approaches, while showing that empirical research on biodiversity (loss) education more specifically remains sparse (but, see Pacini-Ketchabaw and Nxumalo 2020, Rautio et al. 2022, Hohti and Tammi 2023 and others). We emphasise the differences and injustices of the causes, drivers, and impacts of biodiversity loss, including between humans and more-than-humans who are disappearing at exponentially increasing rates. Alongside these, we focus also on the differences and relations between generations, recalling that children and young people have contributed the least to drivers of polycrisis. Given the scale and complexities, we worked closely with teachers to support new practices of educational response-making to biodiversity loss. In Scotland, biodiversity (loss)education is partly covered through the cross-curricular educational policy framework of Learning for Sustainability (LfS) which affords a triple focus on education for sustainability, global citizenship and outdoor learning. However, teacher confidence and levels of expertise are moderate at best (Mannion et al (2025). The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) is also enshrined in Scots law ((UNCRC) (Scotland) Act 2024). This mandates that children receive an education on their environment and are protected through full environmental rights (UNCRC, 2023). Despite the legal imperative and policy framework, Mannion et al. (2025) found that in the Scottish context, children are experiencing less outdoor and/or environmental education. Meanwhile,Mayes and Den (2025) reflect on the increasing constraints on children and young people’s exposure and questioning of environmental injustices. In our study, we consider who creates and influences the knowledges shaping education for, within, and about the Sixth Mass Extinction of Species. Saari (2025) identifies a lack of empirical educational research that meaningfully engages children’s perspectives alongside more-than-human relations within multispecies justice frameworks. In our study, we focus on children’s views, building on existing insights from theoretical explorations of biodiversity loss through a multispecies justice lens, advice about fieldwork with children and more-than-human beings, and awareness of the role of educators.This is of critical relevance to the sustainability of interspecies relations, habitat restoration and a wider ‘re-wilding' of the curriculum. This resonates with contemporary research foci internationally (for example, EU Horizon aims around ecological restoration). Methodology Our research aimed to answer the following research questions: 1. What are the lived, everyday, and experientially significant features of children’s multispecies relations at a time of biodiversity loss? 2. What are the educational implications of these features? 3. What opportunities can be identified for intergenerational multispecies justice within educational response-making? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our methodological approach reflects the interdisciplinary, multifaceted nature of biodiversity loss, viewed through an intergenerational multispecies justice lens. Our research was participatory, place-responsive (Lynch and Mannion,2021), exploratory (Allwright, 2003), and multispecies (Lloro-Bidart, 2017). This ensured we captured a wide range of perspectives across some generations and species impacted by biodiversity loss. Data were collected in four case study primary schools across Scotland. We also conducted supportive professional learning sessions for teachers and follow-up semi-structured interviews. Phases involved community mapping (Percy-Smith and Thomas, 2010), participatory, arts-based response-making (Leavy, 2015), multispecies ethnography (Lloro-Bidart, 2017), and mini-deliberations (Seed et al. 1988). We worked with three class groups of 20-30 children, aged seven to twelve years old. Our resulting datasets contain illustrated maps, extensive audio recording of field sessions and semi-structured interview responses, multispecies photographs and children’s written and illustrated storied responses. Here, we focus on how elements of these were co-analysed with children in relation with their chosen ‘multispecies companions' (Haraway, 2016). We supported children to co-author an academic journal publication through this phase. Together, we revealed some key findings in relation to children’s multispecies relations and educational response making at a time of biodiversity loss. These supported us to identify opportunities for next steps towards intergenerational multispecies justice for, within, and about biodiversity (loss) education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our research reveals pedagogical insights into the key features, significance, and opportunities for future research and practice for, within, and about biodiversity (loss) education. Our research shows that an intergenerational, multispecies justice approach to data collection and analysis is possible and revealing in the sixth mass extinction of species. Three discrete empirically-oriented findings arose: 1) Children’s multispecies relations are situated, affective, and temporally entangled, emerging through everyday encounters in school grounds and local places. This is because these relations are already shaped by biodiversity presences, absences and threats within damaged-yet- multispecies ecologies; 2) Misalignment exists between children’s lived multispecies relations and dominant educational framings and practices of biodiversity (loss) education in Scotland; 3) Practices of intergenerational multispecies justice come into view as a pedagogical orientation when educational spaces explicitly foreground participatory approaches in practice and in relation with more-than-humans. In this conference presentation we explore in more substantive depth these entanglements, misalignments and emergent practices through a multimodal manner involving children’s drawings, transcript evidence and a fictional children’s story. Biodiversity (loss) pedagogies are needed amidst the sixth mass extinction of species. Empirical pedagogical examples of best practice in this context and under-researched and under-explored. We signpost future directions for educational provision seeking to address biodiversity (loss) in practices of intergenerational multispecies justice. References Cowie, R. H., Bouchet, P., and Fontaine, B. (2022). The Sixth Mass Extinction: Fact, fiction or speculation? Biological Reviews of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 97(2), 640–663. Gough, A. (2002). Mutualism: A different agenda for environmental and science education. Environmental Education Research, 8(4), 437–452. Grace, M. M. (2006). Developing educational concepts for biodiversity. Environmental Education Research, 12(3–4), 355–376. Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the trouble: Making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. Hohti, R., and Tammi, T. (2023). Composting storytelling: An approach for critical (multispecies) ethnography. Qualitative Inquiry, 30(7), 595–606. Jensvoll, I., Bergan, V., and Killengreen, S. T. (2025). Let it Bee: children as agents of biodiversity through intergenerational learning. Environmental Education Research, 1–20. Lloro-Bidart, T. (2017). A feminist posthumanist political ecology of education for theorizing human-animal relations/relationships. Environmental Education Research, 23(1), 111–130. Lynch, J., and Mannion, G. (2021). Place-responsive pedagogies in the Anthropocene: Attuning with the more-than-human. Environmental Education Research, 27(6), 864–878. Mannion, G., Ramjan, C., McNicol, S., Sowerby, M., and Lambert, P. (2025). Outdoor environmental education: Turning back to the environment at a time of climate and nature emergency. Environmental Education Research, 31(9), 1916–1938. Mayes, E., Villafaña, D., Chiew, S., Maiava, N., Abhayawickrama, N., and Finneran, R. (2025). Climate justice and curriculum justice: Young people’s accounts of schools’ uneven responses to their climate justice activism. The Curriculum Journal, 37(1), 140–163. Mayes, E., and Arya, D. (2024). Just participatory research with young people involved in climate justice activism. Journal of Applied Youth Studies, 7(3), 385–395. Nxumalo, F. and Pacini-Ketchabaw, V. (2017). ‘Staying with the trouble’ in child-insect-educator common worlds. Environmental Education Research, 23(10), 1414–1426. Rautio, P., Tammi, T., Aivelo, T., Hohti, R., Kervinen, A., and Saari, M. (2022). ‘For whom? By whom?’: Critical perspectives of participation in ecological citizen science. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 17(3), 765–793. Russell, C. L., Sarick, T., and Kennelly, J. (2019). Queer ecological futures: Critical orientations in environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 25(9), 1341–1356. Saari, M. H. (2025). Crafting palettes of potential for a multispecies justice-oriented education. Environmental Education Research, 31(8), 1674–1690. Seed, J., Macy, J., Fleming, P., and Naess, A. (1988). Thinking like a mountain: Towards a council of all beings. New Society Publishers. UN Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2023). General comment No. 26 on children’s rights and the environment. OCHR. WWF. (2024). System in peril: Average wildlife population size declined by 73% in just 50 years. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 31 SES 11 A: Agency in Heritage Language Education: The Perspectives of Teachers & Teacher Educators Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Irina Usanova Session Chair: Jenni Alisaari Symposium |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium Agency in Heritage Language Education: The Perspectives of Teachers & Teacher Educators This presentation examines agency in the field of heritage language education (HLE), a marginalized area of schooling that is unevenly available and typically restricted to students who use a heritage language (HL) in the family (Gürsoy 2024). The meaning of heritage language varies across national and sociopolitical contexts, encompassing indigenous languages, migrant and autochthonous minority languages, as well as recognized and unrecognized minority languages. Owing to HLE’s marginal position within school systems, teacher agency becomes a critical factor in processes of professional positioning, particularly as heritage language teachers navigate dominant cultural and linguistic ideologies shaped by coloniality (Mignolo & Walsh 2018) and language racism (Dirim & Khakpour 2018). Critical approaches to language teacher education foreground awareness of power relations, inequality, and discrimination while simultaneously emphasizing possibilities for social transformation (Norton 2005). Beyond critique, such approaches stress the need to reconfigure power, belonging, and language hierarchies in globalized societies (Priestley et al. 2013). Recent scholarship conceptualizes teacher agency as resistance to neoliberal educational policies and positions teachers as agents of change who challenge dominant structures within schools and society (Rosen et al. 2024). This perspective is reinforced by research highlighting the role of collaborative critical communities, justice-oriented reflection, Freirean pedagogy, and the processes of learning and unlearning dominant ideologies in fostering transformative educational practice (Banegas & Gerlach 2021; Rosen et al. 2024). Agency has traditionally been associated with autonomy and decision-making, yet contemporary scholarship conceptualizes it as relational, temporal, and achieved through engagement with structural conditions rather than as an individual possession (Biesta 2020). From this ecological perspective, agency emerges through identifying challenges and enacting responses in context. In language teacher education, this entails fostering continuous professional learning, critical self-reflection, and context-sensitive, inclusive pedagogies that support multilingual learners academically and socioemotionally (Banegas & Gerlach 2021; Iversen 2024). Although European institutions promote multilingualism, schooling remains shaped by monolingual ideologies, deficit views, and native-speakerism (Ndhlovu 2015; García 2009), conditions that both reproduce inequality and create spaces for teachers to enact agentic, transformative practices. An essential dimension of developing an agentic language teacher identity lies in recognizing lived language experiences as complex and deeply embedded in socio-political and sociocultural contexts. The persistence of homogenizing “one nation, one language” ideologies within many nation-states contributes to pervasive linguistic racism and discrimination directed at speakers of minority languages and dialects. Consequently, teachers require structured opportunities to identify, name, and critically examine injustice in order to transform curricula and pedagogical practices and to avoid reproducing bias and systems of domination in classroom contexts. This symposium adopts multiple analytical perspectives to examine how teachers of heritage and minority languages conceptualize, negotiate, and enact agency. Incorporating the perspective of Kichwa in South America broadens the predominantly European focus represented by cases from Sweden, Finland, the Netherlands, and Germany. Across four presentations, the symposium also brings together diverse methodological approaches, including autoethnography, interview analysis, and school development research. References Banegas, D. L., & Gerlach, D. (2021). Critical language teacher education: A duoethnography of teacher educators’ identities and agency. System, 103/102474. Biesta, G. (2020). Perfect education, but not for everyone. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 66(1), 8–14. Dirim, İ., & Khakpour, N. (2018). Migrationsgesellschaftliche Mehrsprachigkeit in der Schule. In İ. Dirim & P. Mecheril (Eds.), Heterogenität, Sprache(n), Bildung. Klinkhardt, 201–225. García, O. (2009). Education, multilingualism and translanguaging in the 21st century. In T. Skutnabb-Kangas et al. (Eds.), Social justice through multilingual education. Multilingual Matters, 140–158. Gürsoy, E. (2025). (Nachhaltiger) Erhalt von minorisierten Sprachen und translingualen Sprachpraktiken. MPZD, 4, 106–124. Iversen, J. Y. (2024). Pre-service teachers' agency to enact multilingual pedagogies: A longitudinal case study. European Educational Research Journal. Mignolo, W. D., & Walsh, C. (2018). On decoloniality: Concepts, analytics, praxis. Duke University Press. Ndhlovu, F. (2015). Ignored lingualism: Another resource for overcoming the monolingual mindset in educational linguistics. Australian Journal of Linguistics, 35(4), 398–414. Priestley, M., Biesta, G. J. J., & Robinson, S. (2013). Teachers as agents of change. In M. Priestley & G. J. J. Biesta (Eds.), Reinventing the curriculum: New trends in curriculum policy and practice. Bloomsbury Academic, 187–206. Rosen, S. M., Jacobs, C. E. et al. (2024). Justice-centered reflective practice in teacher education. Education Sciences, 14(4), 376-394. Presentations of the Symposium Agency and Heritage Language Teacher Educators Agency: Underexplored Perspectives
Holding a critical lens to agency and power relations inherent in Language Education and schooling, this paper is the collaborative autoethnography of four Heritage Language Teacher Educators from Sweden, Germany and Austria about their understanding of agency. We have: i) sought to understand our notions of agency and how we position agency in terms of our work and working conditions and ii) explored agency associated with Heritage Language Education in terms of the broader educational system and society. We align with understanding agency as a critical factor for heritage language teachers in navigating their roles within school settings (see Hägi-Mead & Flubacher 2022; Ayten & Atanasoska 2019) and seek to understand our own Language Teacher Identity.
The data consists of our own pre-interview journals about us and our work, transcripts of our Austrian colleague interviewing us individually and annotations and the conversations we have had during the iterative writing of the article. The methodology builds upon the work of others (most notably Cann & De Meulenaere (2012) who define and describe critical co-constructed autoethnography as a methodology situated within the traditions of critical theory, critical pedagogy, and critical race theory. We contend that a critical co-constructed autoethnographic methodology aligns with activist research by capturing the process of praxis (Freire, 1970/1993), rooted in critical theory and pedagogy and appropriate to reflect upon our own biographies, our work and working conditions. We understand that working collaboratively we can strive to acknowledge and accurately represent the tempo (Bourdieu, 1977), friendship (Tillmann-Healy, 2003), uncertainty, and complexity of relationships—creating a space for us to work and reflect together about our experience as teacher educators. Structured content analysis (Kuckartz 2018) conducted by the four us and an openness towards collaboratively sharing our experiences allowed us to capture the key dimensions of agency, critical reflection, and affective experience.
Agency emerges as a multifaceted construct, closely intertwined with experiences of belonging, becoming, voice, hierarchy, creating spaces, and academic freedom. Our discussions indicate constraints within educational structures that result in failure to fully recognise our own and our students' linguistic resources and alternative ways of being and knowing. From within these constraints as Educators, we turn to enablements to understandings of agency, to becoming and belonging, attentive to our own voices and the voices of our students.
References:
Ayten, A. C., & Atanasoska, T. (2019). “Turkish is a stepchild.” A case study of language policies in North Rhine Westphalia, Germany. Heritage Language Journal, 17(2), 156–178. https://doi.org/10.46538/hlj.17.2.3
Bourdieu, P. (1977). The economics of linguistic exchanges. Social Science Information, 16(6), 645–668. https://doi.org/10.1177/053901847701600601
Cann, C. N., & DeMeulenaere, E. J. (2012). Critical co-constructed autoethnography. Cultural Studies ↔ Critical Methodologies, 12(2), 146–158. https://doi.org/10.1177/1532708611435214
Freire, P. (1993). Pedagogy of the oppressed (M. B. Ramos, Trans.; 30th anniversary ed.). Continuum. (Original work published 1970)
Hägi-Mead, S., & Flubacher, M.-C. (2022). Schule in der postmigrantischen Gesellschaft am Beispiel des muttersprachlichen Unterrichts. In K.-B. Boeckmann et al. (Eds.), Mit Sprache handeln & Rahmenbedingungen des Sprachenlehrens und -lernens. IDT 2022 (Vol. 1, pp. 131–145). Erich Schmidt Verlag.
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4., überarb. Aufl.). Beltz Juventa.
Tillmann-Healy, L. M. (2003). Friendship as method. Qualitative Inquiry, 9(5), 729–749. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800403254894
Heritage Language Teachers and Teacher Agency: Examples from the European North
In this presentation, we will look at “agency” in the field of heritage language education (HLE). HLE is a marginalised subject in school (Gürsoy 2024), which is not offered at all schools and is only open for students that use that Heritage Language (HL) in the family. The data base consists of 18 interviews with HL teachers in Sweden, Finland and the Netherlands, teaching the languages Arabic, Turkish, Ukrainian, Russian, Somali and Farsi. All teachers took part in the Erasmus+ project “Your Language Counts” and were interviewed at the beginning (September 2024) in situ in the three countries. The second interview, also semi-structured like the first, took place online in May/June 2025, at the end. Altogether, the transcripts of those 18 interviews consist of 173,728 words. The qualitative data was analysed using content analysis in the programme MAXQDA (see Schroedler et al., 2025).
As the focus of this symposium is agency, in this presentation agency of heritage language teachers as teachers for a specific student population and for a marginalized language/school subject will be analysed. Especially, but not only, HL teachers’ agency emerges as a critical factor for heritage language teachers in navigating their roles within school settings (see Hägi-Mead & Flubacher 2022; Ayten & Atanasoska 2019). A critical approach to language teacher education emphasizes raising awareness of power structures, inequality, and discrimination while exploring possibilities for social transformation (Norton, 2005; Pennycook, 2004). This critical view on hierarchy and discrimination should examine the given dominance structures in school and society. But it should not stop there, instead it should seek change to the “better” (Thoma 2021). Therefore, not only critique should be included but also prospects for shifting power and belonging, especially in relation to language hierarchies in globalized societies.
Biesta (2020) notes that agency is traditionally linked to decision-making and autonomy, yet it must be understood within relational and temporal contexts. It is not something possessed but something achieved through interaction with structural conditions. Bandura (2021) describes agency in this sense, as identifying challenges, developing responses, and implementing action.
The aspects of agency that are visible in the data, will be presented with regard to 1) which aspects the teachers identify as challenging for their students and 2) what teachers report how they act in order to react and actively push back discriminating or minoritizing aspects in the (school) lives of the students.
References:
Ayten, A., & Atanasoska, T. (2020). “Turkish is a stepchild.” A case study of language policies in North Rhine Westphalia, Germany. Heritage Language Journal, 17(2), 156–178.
Bandura, A. (2001). Social cognitive theory: An agentic perspective. Annual Review of Psychology, 52(1), 1–26.
Biesta, G. J. J. (2020). Perfect education, but not for everyone. On society’s need for inequality and the rise of surrogate education. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 66(1), 8–14.
Gürsoy, E. (2025). (Nachhaltiger) Erhalt von minorisierten Sprachen und translingualen Sprachpraktiken. Zeitschrift für migrationspädagogische Zweitsprachdidaktik, 4, 106–124.
Hägi-Mead, S., & Flubacher, M. C. (2023). Schule in der postmigrantischen Gesellschaft am Beispiel des muttersprachlichen Unterrichts. In K. B. Boeckmann et al. (Eds.), IDT 2022: mit.sprache.teil.haben. Band 1. Erich Schmidt Verlag.
Norton, B. (2006). Second language identity. In K. S. Goodman & Y. M. Goodman (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Elsevier, 502–508.
Pennycook, A. (2004). Performativity and language studies. Critical Inquiry in Language Studies: An International Journal, 1(1), 1–19.
Schroedler, T., Diekmann, C., Atanasoska, T., & Gürsoy, E. (2025). An evaluation report of the Your Language Counts project: Findings and implications.
Thoma, N. (2022). Biographical perspectives on language ideologies in teacher education. Language and Education
"Very different Families, and Very different Expectations". Teacher reporting on Parents, their Expectations, and Communication in HLE in Germany
This presentation examines teacher agency in Heritage Language Education (HLE) in Germany through the lens of teacher/caregivers relationships. It focuses on how HL teachers perceive parental expectations, articulate their own expectations towards families, and negotiate communication practices within the organizational conditions of HSU. The study addresses a research gap at the meso level of multilingualism research, which has been described as an underexplored “grey zone” between family language practices and macro-level language policies (Juvonen et al. 2020), particularly in the German context (Lengyel & Neumann 2017; Mehlhorn 2022).
HL classes in Germany are institutionally embedded in different ways depending on the federal state. In North Rhine-Westphalia, teachers are employed on permanent contracts and work with relatively stable learner groups from grade 1 to grade 10. HL counts as a regular school subject, replaces a second foreign language, and is graded and examined. In Saxony, teachers are employed on yearly contracts, and learner groups are typically formed in primary school. HL is offered as an elective and is recorded in the school certificate only as a notice, without grades or examinations.
The study is based on ten semi-structured expert interviews conducted online between 2022 and 2025 with teachers of Russian as a heritage language from North Rhine-Westphalia and Saxony. The interviewees have between 1 and 28 years of teaching experience and speak as experienced practitioners with in-depth knowledge of everyday instructional decision-making. Given the strong dependence of HLE on individual teacher choices, expert interviews provide insight into how agency is enacted under structurally constrained conditions (Misoch 2019).
The presentation is guided by the following research questions: (1) How do HL teachers perceive and interpret parental expectations regarding heritage language learning? (2) Do teachers formulate expectations towards parents, and if so, of what kind? (3) How do teachers’ beliefs about parents relate to other organizational and pedagogical aspects of HLE mentioned by them, such as language maintenance and language shift and differentiation in heterogeneous learner groups?
The interviews were coded using MAXQDA and analyzed through structuring qualitative content analysis following Kuckartz (2018). Teachers’ agency becomes visible in how they interpret parental expectations, actively shape communication, and strategically balance language maintenance goals with experiences of language shift and institutional limitations. A comparison between NRW and Saxony illustrates how differing macro-level frameworks shape the scope and forms of teacher agency in teacher–parent relationships within HLE.
References:
Juvonen, P., Eisenchlas, S. A., Roberts, & Schalley, A. C. (2020). Researching social and affective factors in home language maintenance and development: A methodology overview. In A. Schalley, & S. Eisenchlas, (2020) (Eds.). Handbook of Home Language Maintenance and Development: Social and Affective Factors (38-58). Berlin, Boston: De Gruyter Mouton.
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4th edition). Beltz Juventa.
Lengyel, D. & Neumann, U (2017). Herkunftssprachlicher Unterricht in Hamburg. Eine Studie zur Bedeutung des HSU aus Elternsicht (HUBE). Die Deutsche Schule 109:3, 273–282.
Mehlhorn, G. (2022): Unterricht in der Herkunftssprache – Zum Forschungsstand. Zeitschrift für Interkulturellen Fremdsprachenunterricht 27:2, 1–16.
Misoch, S. (2019). Qualitative Interviews (2nd edition). De Gruyter.
Time to Speak: Kichwa Educators as Agents of Change in Kichwa Language Education Programs
Ecuador’s 2008 Constitution recognizes a plurinational, plurilingual state and enshrines sumak kawsay (good living) as the horizon for an intercultural society (Asamblea Constituyente del Ecuador, 2008). Yet the education system remains bifurcated: General Basic Education (EGB) advances Western epistemologies and mandatory English, while Intercultural Bilingual Education (EIB)—rooted in Indigenous ancestry and sumak kawsay—serves only Indigenous populations and is persistently under-resourced. English is prestigious and an avenue for social mobility (Alm, 2003); Kichwa, by contrast, bears the weight of coloniality, low status, and systemic discrimination. “Time To Speak” signals a dual commitment: to be vocal about this inequity and to improve didactics so graduates can effectively speak Kichwa and transform EIB from within.
We present a participatory, practice-driven initiative that positions Kichwa educators and allies as agents of change in teacher education—embracing language agency and co-governance to co-create innovative didactic solutions. Grounded in Participatory Action Research (PAR) and Latin American traditions of educación popular and sistematización de experiencias (Fals Borda, 2007; Freire, 2005; Jara Holliday, 2012), our objectives are to: (1) jointly generate didactic guides that foster meaningful, critical, and reflective learning based on indigenous onto-epistemologies; (2) promote linguistic and cultural revitalization by developing communicative competences among future educators of Kichwa; and (3) prototype an innovative didactic proposal for Kichwa that can model pathways for other Indigenous languages.
Data were analyzed through qualitative content analysis and comparative matrix displays (framework analysis) across three corpora: community-led workshop videos (interactional evidence), participant reflections (perceptions of change), and EIB/Kichwa policy-curricular documents (institutional frames) (Abela, 2002; Miles, Huberman, & Saldaña, 2018; Ritchie & Spencer, 1994). Triangulation and brief dialogic validation informed the synthesis. Framed by Kichwa onto-epistemology of sumak kawsay and driven by teacher agency, this initiative offers a feasible route to elevate Kichwa within teacher education, confront the second-class status of EIB, and ensure that graduates can speak—and sustain—Kichwa in schools and communities. Beyond Ecuador, the approach is transferable to European programs focused on minoritized and heritage languages of migrants. Participatory design of culturally sustaining pedagogy, and ethical governance of community data can strengthen teacher education curricula, support teacher agency, and help institutions move from symbolic inclusion to effective language vitality.
References:
Asamblea Constituyente del Ecuador. (2008). Constitución de la República del Ecuador.
Abela, J. A. (2002). Las técnicas de análisis de contenido: Una revisión actualizada. Fundación Centro de Estudios Andaluces.
Alm, A. (2003). English in Ecuador: Prestige and social mobility.
Fals Borda, O. (2007). Investigación-Acción Participativa: Enfoques y aportes en América Latina.
Freire, P. (2005). Pedagogía del oprimido. Siglo XXI.
Jara Holliday, O. (2012). La sistematización de experiencias: Práctica y teoría. CEAAL/ALFORJA.
Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M., & Saldaña, J. (2018). Análisis de datos cualitativos. Morata.
Ritchie, J., & Spencer, L. (1994). Qualitative data analysis for applied policy research. In A. Bryman & R. G. Burgess (Eds.), Analyzing qualitative data (pp. 173–194). Routledge.
|
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 31 SES 11 B: Writing Location: B4117 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Magda Zelazowska-Sobczyk Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Wearable Cameras in research on early writing: Studying Young Children's Composing processes with GoPros Mälardalen University, Sweden Presenting Author:Although early literacy research has extensively explored children’s emergent writing and composing practices, studies repeatedly point to a persistent skills-oriented framing and a predominant focus on the written product (Bingham & Quinn, 2018). In this paper I argue that there is an apparent risk of overlooking the embodied, multimodal, and materially mediated nature of early composing as it unfolds in classroom contexts. In the present study, focus is therefore set to how young learners (multimodal) texts come into being (cf. Prior, 2003) in the first year of schooling, and hence, how early encounters of composing assignments may be studied and understood “otherwise” (Björk, forthcoming). Wearable video technologies such as GoPro cameras provide, out from this approach, a methodological opportunity for capturing early composing processes from the vantage point of the young learner, thereby attending more closely to how modes, materials, spatiality and embodied actions contribute to children’s meaning-making in their early composing. Unlike fixed-position classroom recordings, GoPro cameras may move with the learner and provide close-up data on how children manipulate tools, coordinate gestures, combine modes, and engage with material environments. Such data allow researchers to attend more closely to the sociomaterial entanglements of writing: the ways in which modes, bodies, artefacts, and spaces jointly shape meaning-making practices (Leander & Boldt, 2013). The GoPro-camera, as data collector, is however not to be seen as without challenges. Methodological and ethical questions arise regarding what kinds of data are generated and how such data may contribute knowledge generation, how children’s perspectives are represented, and how researchers navigate issues of ethics, consent, visibility, and participation. Further, the technology itself is not a neutral tool but an actor that also frames, mediates and constrains, i.e. it acts in composing, in classrooms and in research (cf. Wargo, 2018). Against this backdrop, this paper aims to critically examine the methodological affordances and limitations of employing GoPro cameras, mounted on young learners’ chests, to explore early composing processes. It seeks to address a methodological gap concerning how young learners composing processes can be systematically captured, represented, and interpreted within classroom-based studies. Specifically, the study asks: What types of data on early composing processes are generated by children’s GoPro-recordings? How can these data be analysed to yield insights into children’s composing processes in situ? What ethical, practical, and analytical considerations emerge from employing this methodological approach, and how do such considerations shape its potential for researching early composing? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is situated within a sociomaterial perspective, foregrounding the entanglement of human and non human actors in composing and in research. The study is additionally informed by participatory research, aligning with scholarship that reconceptualises children as active participants with agency and epistemic authority (Sevon et al., 2025). Supporting young children’s participation on more equal terms is, however, challenging. Hart (1992) outlines levels of participation, from consultation to collaboration, but also identifies non participatory forms such as manipulation, decoration, and tokenism. Discussions of children as legible research participants thus involve ontological and epistemological questions concerning what constitutes knowledge and information. Moreover, research has identified a lack of methods that appropriately facilitate young children’s participation and are sensitive to their meaning making processes (Sevón et al., 2025), a gap addressed in this paper. Data were collected during the first school year in a Swedish preschool class with children aged 5–7. Twelve children wore chest mounted GoPro cameras that recorded selected writing assignments across the school year. To date, approximately 162 minutes of video data have been collected (autumn 2025). A comparable amount of additional video data is being collected during spring 2026 and will be included in the analysis presented at the conference. The dataset is complemented by field notes and audio recordings. The analysis proceeded in three steps aligned with the research questions. First, a descriptive mapping identified the types of data produced by the GoPro recordings, available through the camera’s vantage point. Second, a multimodal micro and case analysis examined how one specific recording could be analytically leveraged to illuminate children’s composing processes in situ, focusing on a learner’s modal expressions, tool use, and verbal interaction. Third, ethical, practical, and analytical considerations arising from the use of wearable cameras with young children were documented and critically reflected upon, including issues of visibility, influence on participation, incidental capture of peers, and the partiality inherent in first person recordings. The data collection complied with ethical and legal requirements. Informed consent was obtained from teachers, parents, and participating children. An ethical assessment determined that the study did not involve sensitive personal data as defined by the Swedish Ethical Review Act (SFS 2003:460) and thus did not require formal review. All processing of personal data followed the General Data Protection Regulation (EU 2016/679). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that the use of GoPro cameras elicits considerable enthusiasm and engagement among the participating children. During several collection sessions, the children actively negotiated and competed for the opportunity to wear the device, suggesting that the technology itself holds a certain degree of novelty and attraction. At the same time, the data collection process proved both time consuming and resource intensive, as the young learners typically engaged in composing only for short intervals during the school day. Consequently, obtaining sufficiently rich data required extended researcher presence and substantial temporal investment. The use of wearable cameras with young children also presents clear ethical challenges. Some children expressed discomfort with the chest mounted harness, underscoring the need for sensitivity to bodily and emotional wellbeing when employing this method. Ongoing consent was essential: the researcher needed to be familiar to the children and present in the classroom to ensure that they felt comfortable declining or withdrawing from participation at any point. These observations highlight the ethical fragility of wearable-video data collection in early childhood settings. Nevertheless, with informed consent from children, caregivers, and teachers, the method may generate valuable insights into how early composing unfolds in situ. Micro analytic examination of one focal case, “Beata,” illustrates the analytical potential of the GoPro material. Her recording shows how composing as both drawing and writing emerge in close relation to one another throughout the event, revealing how meaning-making is constructed intermodally across semiotic modes, marks, movements, and dialogues with peers. Such insights suggest that early composing through wearables offers a productive entry point for understanding young learners’ developing writing practices and the diverse modes through which they communicate in classroom settings. References Björk. O. (fortcoming) Listening Otherwise: Rethinking Literacy through the Multimodal Child. Educational Philosophy and Theory General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR): European Parliament and Council. (2016). Regulation (EU) 2016/679… (General Data Protection Regulation). Official Journal of the European Union. Hart, R. A. (1992). Children’s participation: From tokenism to citizenship. UNICEF International Child Development Centre Leander, K., & Boldt, G. (2013). Rereading “A pedagogy of multiliteracies”: Bodies, texts, and emergence. Journal of Literacy Research, 45(1), 22–46. Prior, P. (2003). Tracing process: How texts come into being. In What writing does and how it does it (pp. 173-206). Routledge. Quinn Margaret F., & Bingham Gary E. (2018). The Nature and Measurement of Children’s Early Composing. Reading Research Quarterly, 54(2), 213–235. doi:10.1002/rrq.232 Sevón, E., Mustola, M., Siippainen, A., & Vlasov, J. (2025). Participatory research methods with young children: a systematic literature review. Educational review, 77(3), 1000-1018. SFS 2003:460. (2003). Lag om etikprövning av forskning som avser människor [The Ethical Review Act]. Svensk författningssamling. Wargo, J. M. (2018). Writing with wearables? Young children’s intra-active authoring and the sounds of emplaced invention. Journal of Literacy Research, 50(4), 502-523. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Tool-Mediated Writing in Lower-Level Polish: A Process-Oriented Study of A1–A2 Learners’ AI and Resource Use University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:Generative AI and related language technologies are reshaping how learners write and revise, alongside longer-established resources such as machine translation and online dictionaries (Chapelle, 2025; Karataş et al., 2024). Recent reviews report rapid growth in empirical work on AI in language learning, while also noting that the evidence base remains uneven and is often concentrated in higher education and English-related contexts (Li, 2024; Li, 2025; Lee, 2025). Policy guidance has therefore stressed human-centred implementation and capacity building so that AI supports learning without displacing educational goals (UNESCO, 2023). However, process-oriented evidence is still limited on how beginner learners combine multiple tools during real writing tasks, particularly in less commonly taught language (LCTL) settings. This study thus examines tool-mediated writing in lower-level Polish. It investigates how A1–A2 learners combine AI tools, translators, dictionaries, course materials, and human support while completing short authentic writing micro-tasks. The focus is on learners’ resource orchestration during writing and on how writing quality can be interpreted when multiple tools are available, which is especially relevant in LCTL contexts where exposure and learning resources are often constrained. The study addresses three research questions:
The study adopts a process-oriented perspective on technology-mediated second language writing. It conceptualises tool use as part of learners’ strategic decision-making rather than as a uniform “treatment effect”. It is informed by research on second language writing processes (Cumming, 2001; Manchón, 2011) and by discussions of learner agency and authorship in technology-supported language production (Little, 1991; UNESCO, 2023). In beginner-level writing, where learners often have clear communicative intentions but limited linguistic resources, tool use may shape both the writing trajectory and the perceived ownership of the final text. By focusing on writing pathways rather than only final texts, the study clarifies how beginner writing is produced, perceived, and evaluated when multiple tools are available. It also supports current European and international discussions on language education in the age of AI by highlighting assessment challenges in LCTL contexts and the need to distinguish improved textual fluency from deeper learning-related development (Tolstykh & Oshchepkova, 2024; Al-Hoorie & AlShakhori, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a mixed-methods design combining descriptive quantitative summaries with qualitative process analysis. Participants are 13 Chinese university students at A1–A2 level enrolled in a Polish programme at a foreign-language-specialized university in China. Each participant completes seven guided writing tasks, producing 91 learner texts (13 × 7). The tasks are feasible at beginner level and cover everyday communicative topics: self-introduction, introducing family members, describing a typical day, describing one’s hometown, describing favourite food, describing a favourite outfit, and describing hobbies. The task design aligns with CEFR descriptions of beginner writing as producing short, simple messages in familiar contexts (Council of Europe, 2018). After each task, learners submit their final text and report time-on-task and resource use. When applicable, they provide process evidence such as AI chat logs or translation histories, which enables reconstruction of tool-mediated writing sequences. Learners also write a short reflection on how the text is produced and what challenges they encounter. Two Likert-scale instruments capture learner perspectives. The first measures learners’ self-evaluation of the final text in terms of lexical choice, grammatical structure, clarity and completeness, appropriateness/politeness, naturalness, and task appropriateness. The second measures perceived helpfulness of the resources used, including support for idea generation, lexical choice, sentence construction, grammar, politeness, naturalness, and confidence. Writing quality is also evaluated independently by the course teacher and by a Polish native-speaker rater, enabling systematic comparison between learner perceptions and external judgements. Analysis proceeds in three stages. First, tool use is summarised descriptively across tasks and individuals (e.g., combinations of AI, translators, and dictionaries; time-on-task; frequency of tool reliance). Second, qualitative coding of reflections and process evidence identifies recurring writing pathways, such as tool-led drafting, draft-first revision, and iterative comparison of alternatives. Third, associations between writing pathways, learner self-evaluations, and external ratings are examined, focusing on points of alignment and mismatch in order to interpret agency and authorship under tool support. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study provides fine-grained evidence of how beginner learners in an LCTL context orchestrate multiple digital tools during short writing tasks. Drawing on 91 learner texts together with learner self-reports, reflections, and optional tool-use records (e.g., AI chat logs and translation histories), the analysis identifies a small set of recurring tool-mediated writing pathways. These pathways differ in how learners sequence independent drafting, tool-led sentence generation, and iterative revision through alternative formulations. The findings show that the use of tools is not uniform. Learners vary substantially in how strategically they use AI, translators and dictionaries, and these differences are linked to the amount of time spent on the task and the demands of the topic. Triangulation between learner self-evaluations and external ratings by the course teacher and a Polish native speaker shows both matching and mismatching patterns. In some cases, learner confidence is influenced by surface-level fluency and perceived naturalness, whereas external evaluations place greater emphasis on communicative adequacy, clarity, and task fulfilment. In other cases, the opposite pattern emerges, with learners underestimating their performance even when receiving favourable external ratings. These results enhance the interpretability of beginner writing outcomes in AI-rich environments. They also provide empirical evidence for ongoing European and international discussions on learner agency, authorship and the validity of assessments in tool-mediated writing, particularly for lower-level learners in LCTL programmes, where the use of tools is an integral part of everyday learning (Tolstykh & Oshchepkova, 2024; Al-Hoorie & AlShakhori, 2025). References Chapelle, C. A. (2025). Generative AI as game changer: Implications for language education. System, 132, 103672. Council of Europe. (2018). Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: Learning, Teaching, Assessment. Companion Volume with New Descriptors. Council of Europe. Cumming, A. (2001). Learning to write in a second language: Two decades of research. International Journal of English Studies, 1(2), 1–23. Lee, S. (2025). Generative AI (GenAI) in the language classroom. Interactive Learning Environments. Li, B. (2024). A systematic review of the first year of publications on ChatGPT in language learning and teaching: Exploring research findings and gaps. Social Sciences & Humanities Open. Little, D. (1991). Learner autonomy: Definitions, issues and problems. Authentik. Manchón, R. M. (Ed.). (2011). Learning-to-write and writing-to-learn in an additional language. John Benjamins. O’Neill, E. M. (2019). Online translator, dictionary, and search engine use among L2 students. CALL-EJ, 20(1), 154–177. UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. UNESCO. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Language as a Cognitive Tool: Writing Skills and the Development of Critical Thinking in Upper Secondary Education 1: Lusófona University, CeiED, Portugal; 2: Lusófona University, HEI-Lab Presenting Author:This paper reports on LINKING – Neuroscience and Education Perspectives on Language Ability and Critical Thinking: An Interdisciplinary Approach – a project that investigates how mother‑tongue writing and comprehension skills operate as a cognitive tool in the development of critical thinking (CT) in upper‑secondary students. Situated in Portuguese public schools (grades 10–12), the study is designed to engage with wider European debates on 21st‑century competences, social inclusion and democratic participation, and to respond to international concerns about how language curricula can effectively foster CT as envisaged in policy documents and comparative research. The central research questions are: (1) How do students in grades 10, 11 and 12 perform in the cognitive dimension of CT? (2) How do mother‑tongue writing skills influence CT levels and developmental trajectories during upper secondary education? (3) How is CT performance supported by neural activity in language‑related networks during the comprehension of complex texts? This ECER paper addresses the first two questions by presenting quantitative classroom‑based data on CT and writing. The theoretical framework combines three complementary strands. The first is a social‑interactionist view of language, rooted in Vygotskian psychology and further developed in text‑mediated approaches (Bronckart, 2006, 2007). In this perspective, language is not merely a means of expressing pre‑existing ideas, but a semiotic instrument through which higher mental functions are constituted and reorganised. Through the internalisation of culturally and historically shaped language practices—such as argumentation, explanation and evaluation—learners acquire tools to regulate their own thinking, coordinate perspectives with others and construct shared meanings. The second strand is a neurocognitive account of language inspired by the Memory–Unification–Control (MUC) model (Hagoort, 2013). This model proposes that language processing draws on (a) memory systems that store lexical, syntactic and semantic knowledge; (b) unification processes that integrate linguistic elements into larger structures in real time under contextual constraints; and (c) control mechanisms that adapt language use to goals, interlocutors and joint activities. In CT tasks, these components are mobilised when learners interpret problem situations, integrate dispersed information, preserve coherence across extended discourse and flexibly shift between perspectives and solution paths. The third strand is an educational construct of CT based on Facione’s cognitive skills dimension: interpretation, analysis, evaluation, inference, explanation and self‑regulation (Facione, 1990, 2020). Rather than treating CT as an abstract “generic skill”, the project emphasises that each of these operations is linguistically realised within concrete communicative genres and practices. Interpretation involves construing meanings from texts and situations; analysis entails segmenting and relating ideas; evaluation requires judging the credibility and coherence of claims; inference consists in drawing warranted conclusions; explanation means articulating reasons and justifications; and self‑regulation presupposes monitoring and revising one’s own reasoning. All of these depend critically on language comprehension and production, particularly in writing, where reasoning must be stabilised, sequenced and made explicit. By weaving these strands together, LINKING advances a view of CT as a family of language‑dependent cognitive practices that unfold in specific curricular contexts. Mother‑tongue writing, especially argument‑based genres such as opinion texts, is understood as a privileged arena in which students learn to formulate positions, mobilise and coordinate reasons, anticipate objections and propose alternatives. The project therefore examines how control of genre conventions, management of topic and relevance, and organisation and cohesion of texts are implicated in students’ capacity to perform CT tasks. This conceptualisation resonates with European and international policy agendas that emphasise the integration of literacy, critical reflection and democratic participation, and it allows findings from the Portuguese context to inform wider debates on the role of language education in cultivating CT. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a quantitative design embedded in a broader mixed‑methods project that integrates educational and neuroscientific perspectives. Classroom‑based data on CT and writing were collected from students in grades 10, 11 and 12 in public secondary schools in Lisbon, using intact classes and yielding a convenience sample of 75 participants. Ethical approval was obtained from the relevant university committees; all procedures complied with institutional ethical charters and the General Data Protection Regulation, and informed consent was secured from students and their parents or legal guardians. CT was assessed with the Teste de Pensamento Crítico (TPC) (Lopes et al., 2018). The instrument consists of a short text describing a problematic situation, followed by six open‑ended questions, each mapped onto a specific CT sub‑skill: interpretation, analysis, explanation, evaluation, synthesis. Students answered individually in a 35–40‑minute classroom session. Each response was scored from 0 to 3 on the basis of standardised performance descriptors, yielding a maximum total of 25 points. After a calibration phase, two trained raters independently scored all protocols. Inter‑rater reliability was estimated separately by grade using unweighted Cohen’s kappa, with agreement percentages close to or above 80% and coefficients in the substantial to almost perfect range, supporting the robustness of the scoring procedure. Written language ability was measured through an opinion‑text writing task administered to the same students in 45–50‑minute sessions. The task included an introductory text on a contemporary topic relevant to adolescents and instructions specifying the opinion genre, text length (200–350 words), explicit stance, at least two supporting arguments, illustrative examples and an evaluative discourse. An analytic rubric adapted from national examination criteria comprised three parameters: (A) genre/format; (B) topic and relevance of information ; and (C) organisation and cohesion. Each parameter was scored on four ordered levels, converted into points (e.g., 10, 8, 5, 3), for a maximum of 30 points. Two judges independently rated the texts after joint training; inter‑rater reliability for this task follows the same framework and will be detailed in the full paper. Analyses comprise descriptive statistics (means, standard deviations and score distributions) for total and component scores in CT and writing by grade, alongside estimates of inter‑rater reliability. The main inferential strategy is structural equation modelling, specifically latent growth curve models, to estimate developmental trajectories of CT and model inter‑individual variability, with writing scores entered as predictors of CT intercepts and slopes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses indicate progressive gains in overall CT scores from grade 10 to grade 12, with higher means and upper‑range values in the final year, especially in explanation and synthesis‑type tasks. Performance across CT sub‑skills remains uneven, as interpretation and evaluation tend to be stronger than creative or generative components, suggesting that school practices may privilege comprehension and critique over solution creation and innovation. Written opinion texts show parallel improvement in control of genre conventions, argumentative pertinence, and textual cohesion, yet many students in all grades still demonstrate only partial mastery of the opinion genre, either by restricting the number of argument–example pairs or by presenting arguments in a weakly structured way. The linkage between writing and CT appears in both assessment criteria and performance profiles. The CT test asks students to interpret a problem, identify and compare possible solutions, justify a chosen option, identify weaknesses, and propose improved or alternative solutions, all of which presuppose clear written expression, coherent organisation, and sustained argumentative discourse. The writing task, in turn, explicitly requires stance‑taking, reasoned argumentation, relevant examples, and structurally coherent texts, closely mirroring the inferential and explanatory demands of CT. Using structural equation modelling and latent growth curve models, the project estimates the overall trajectory of CT development and inter‑individual variability, while examining whether earlier writing performance significantly predicts later CT levels and growth. The multi‑level design—combining classroom assessments of CT and writing with functional MRI during naturalistic listening of CT‑related texts and EEG alpha‑band analyses during CT tasks—is expected to clarify how language comprehension and writing underpin CT. These converging results aim to inform mother‑tongue curricula and pedagogies that intentionally mobilise language for CT development and to support evidence‑based guidelines for integrating CT into language education and aligning assessment with higher‑order learning goals in secondary schooling. References Bronckart, J.-P. (2006). Atividade de linguagem, textos e discursos. EDUC. Bronckart, J.-P. (2007). Theories of language, theories of learning. Palgrave Macmillan. Butler, H. A. (2012). Halpern critical thinking assessment predicts real‑world outcomes of critical thinking. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 26(5), 721–729. Dantas, L., Oliveira, J., & Galego, C. (2025). From Curriculum Goals to Classroom Practice: Uncovering the Critical Thinking Gap in Portuguese Language Education. Futurity Education, 5(3), 233–250. https://doi.org/10.57125/FED.2025.09.25.11 Dantas, L. A., Galego, C., Koppe, B., Almeida, E. S., Neves Gonçalves, M., & Brás, J. (2024). Mother tongue teaching and skills development: an analysis of secondary education curricula in European countries and Brazil. In: Y. Waghid & A. Alasfour (Eds.). Values Education and Beyond: Implications for Emotional Learning. WCCES-Brill Book Series Facione, P. A. (1990). Critical thinking: A statement of expert consensus for purposes of educational assessment and instruction. American Philosophical Association. Facione, P. A. (2020). Critical thinking: What it is and why it counts. Fink, A., & Benedek, M. (2014). EEG alpha power and creative cognition. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 8, 1–15. Fisher, A. (2011). Critical thinking: An introduction. Cambridge University Press. Hagoort, P. (2013). MUC (Memory, Unification, Control) and beyond. Frontiers in Psychology, 4, 416. Hagoort, P. (2018). The myth of modularity in cognitive neuroscience of language. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 30(9), 1315–1325. Instituto de Avaliação Educativa [IAVE]. (2022). Exame Final Nacional de Português. 12o ano de escolaridade. Decreto-Lei n.o 55/2018, de 6 de julho | Decreto-Lei n.o 27-B/2022, de 23 de março Vygotsky, L. S. (1962, 1991). Thought and language; Pensamento e linguagem. MIT Press; Martins Fontes. Lopes, J., Silva, H., & Morais, E. (2018). Test de pensamiento crítico para estudiantes de enseñanza básica y secundaria. Revista de Estudios e Investigación en Psicología y Educación, 5(2), 82-91. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 32 SES 11 A: Care Ethics as Research Methodology: Reorienting Knowing and Acting Through Onto Epistemological Sensitivity in Organizational Education Research Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Britta Lykke Möller Session Chair: Kardelen Dilara Cazgir Research Workshop |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Research Workshop Care Ethics as Research Methodology: Reorienting Knowing and Acting Through Onto Epistemological Sensitivity in Organizational Education Research 1: Aalborg University, Denmark; 2: Phillips University, Marburg, Germany, Presenting Author:This research workshop explores feminist care ethics as a methodological orientation that reconfigures how Organizational Education researchers understand, practice, and relate to knowing and acting. Organizational Education concerns learning that unfolds in, of, and between organizations, and the epistemic, relational, and ethical conditions that make such learning possible (Göhlich et al., 2018). Within this field, feminist care ethics offers an onto‑ethico-political shift— replacing the rational homo oeconomicus with Tronto’s (2017) vision of homines curans (caring people). This shift moves inquiry from knowledge as representation toward knowledge as making and unmaking practice. It foregrounds relationality, situatedness, vulnerability, and response-ability (Haraway, 2016; Tronto, 1993) as central dimensions of research, inviting researchers to reconsider how they perceive, inquire, intervene, and participate. Drawing on feminist care‑ethics, particularly Tronto’s and Fischer’s (1990) definition of care as “everything we do to maintain, continue, and repair our world so that we can live in it as well as possible,” the workshop frames research as a relational, world‑sustaining, and world-making practice. Researchers care about their research because it matters to them and to the people and practices they engage with (Brannelly & Barnes, 2022). Care ethics challenge the assumption that researchers stand outside the phenomena they study, instead understanding inquiry as participation in a shared world. This perspective foregrounds responsibilities, embodied and emotional entanglements, and possibilities for transformation. It moves beyond procedural ethics by asking what researchers should sustain, protect, and care for - and why (Eikeland, 2006). In research‑with‑care, researchers take responsibility for the relational, ethical, and epistemic conditions they co‑create. Recognizing research as a position of privilege, the workshop addresses the responsibilities this entails - responsibilities often left invisible when findings are presented (Brannelly & Barnes, 2022). This includes ongoing reflexivity about how attention is distributed, whose experiences are centered or marginalized, and how power dynamics shape participation (Møller, 2025). Aligned with Brannelly and Barnes’ (2022) commitment to “leave things a little better”, this modest yet profound orientation underscores the ethical ambition of caring inquiry: to contribute to more attentive, equitable, and relationally responsive organizational worlds, even in small and situated ways. Emphasizing care as repair (Tronto & Fisher, 1990) aligns with Reason’s (1994) call for research to heal the alienation characteristic of modern experience. Within this framing, the distinction between paternalistic caring‑for and democratic caring‑with becomes methodologically significant. It highlights collective, participatory, and political dimensions of inquiry (Tronto, 2013) and foregrounds how researchers and participants co‑shape the conditions of knowing and acting. This orientation binds researchers to the organizational worlds they study and shapes the ethical, epistemic, and political stakes of Organizational Education research. The workshop embraces an expansive understanding of knowledge aligned with Organizational Education’s interest in tacit, embodied, and practice‑based forms of knowing. Care‑ethical methodologies recognize multiple forms of knowledge—practical wisdom, experiential insight, embodied and affective knowing, and sensitive, situated understanding (Brannelly & Barnes, 2022). Such approaches place lived experience at the center of inquiry and value the multiplicity of perspectives in organizational settings. Care‑ethical methodologies attend to the situated messiness of life: the unexpected, unpleasant, and unsettled. Care-full research becomes explicitly ethical and political by ensuring that experiences of oppression, marginalization, and injustice are placed at the center of inquiry (Brannelly & Barnes, 2022),. Seeking just outcomesinvolves asking: how knowledge, justice, care, and power intersect to produce harm, exclusion, or epistemic injustice. This includes recognizing how some groups—such as people with disabilities, mental health challenges, or marginalized identities—are routinely unheard or discredited in organizational contexts. Care ethics invites attentiveness not only to individuals but also to the cultural, material, discursive entanglements that assign differential credibility to knowers and knowledge systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The workshop creates a space for researchers to collectively explore how care ethical methodologies reconfigure the relationship between knowing and acting in Organizational Education research. Through conceptual grounding, shared reflection, and small experiential exercises, participants engage with care ethics not only as theory but as a lived methodological stance. The workshop begins by intentionally slowing the pace of conferencing. This deceleration is itself a methodological gesture: it creates the conditions for attentiveness, relational presence, and a different mode of knowing and acting. Participants are invited to shift from habitual academic tempos toward a more spacious, reflective rhythm that aligns with care ethical sensibilities. The second component introduces key methodological principles from feminist care ethics and researching-with-care. This includes relationality, situatedness, vulnerability, responsibility, and the movement from knowledge as representation to knowledge as relation. Participants consider how these principles challenge dominant epistemologies in organizational research and open possibilities for more participatory, responsive, and ethically attuned inquiry. The third component engages participants in micro inquiry through small empirical vignettes drawn from care ethical research contexts. These vignettes serve as entry points for sensory noticing, aesthetic affective attunement, and reflective dialogue. Participants explore how care ethical methods illuminate dynamics of uncertainty, relational tension, emotional resonance, and ethical responsibility in organizational settings. The fourth component invites participants to contribute their own resonances. They may write, sketch, map, or otherwise express a moment from their research practice that connects with care ethical themes. These artful forms—poetic, expressive, visual, or narrative—are not about artistic skill but about valuing aesthetic and embodied dimensions of knowing. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The workshop draws on insights from feminist caring research to challenge researcher’s ‘privileged irresponsibility’ (Tronto, 1993) in reproducing power relations through everyday organizing and institutional routines. Recognizing that inquiry is itself a position of privilege, we frame response-ability not as an individual but as a collective forward-looking practice of reconfiguring these routines by cultivating spaces of recognition, equity, and attentiveness. This includes reflexive awareness of how participants are positioned, how knowledge is valued, and how creative, embodied, and art based methods can expand participation. By inviting writing, drawing, sensory noticing, and aesthetic affective attunement, the workshop creates a reflexive community in which participants can explore how care ethical commitments shape methodological choices and open possibilities for more inclusive and relational forms of inquiry. In Organizational Education research, reflecting and acknowledging one’s own positions and attempting a more care-full research inquiry is crucial to handle the specific pressures of neoliberal, patriarchal and colonial positioning in organizing. This shift toward more inclusive and justice-oriented practice is achieved through caring-with. Ultimately, this orientation transforms research into a relational act of making and unmaking, aiming to heal the alienation of modern experience (Reason, 1994) and to leave both the research process and organizational practice “a little better” (Brannelly & Barnes, 2022). References Brannelly, T., & Barnes, M. (2022). Researching with Care: Applying Feminist Care Ethics to Research Practice. Bristol University Press. Eikeland, O. (2006). Condescending ethics and action research: Extended review article: Extended review article. Action Research, 4(1), 37-47. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476750306060541 Fisher, B. & Tronto, J. (1990). Towards a Feminist Theory of Care. In E. E. Abel, & M. Nelson (Eds.), Circles of Care. Albany, N.Y.: State University of New York Press. Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbæk, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205-215. http://www.phil.muni.cz/journals/index.php/studia-paedagogica/article/view/1802/1968 Møller, B. (2025). Caring Action Research: Lessons learned from performing research with(in) care. International Journal of Action Research, 21(1-2025), 6-23. https://doi.org/10.3224/ijar.v21i1.02 Reason, P. (1994). Participation in human inquiry. London: Sage Tronto, J. (1993/2020). Moral boundaries: A political argument for an ethic of care. Routledge Tronto, J. (2013). Caring Democracy: Markets, Equality and Justice. New York, NY: NYU Press. Tronto, J. (2017). There is an alternative: homines curans and the limits of neoliberalism. International Journal of Care and Caring, 1(1), 27-43. Retrieved Nov 3, 2025, from https://doi.org/10.1332/239788217X14866281687583 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 32 SES 11 B: Organizational Learning in Higher Education Institutions Location: Heikki |Hotel Torni| Session Chair: Sarah Wieners Paper Session In this session, organizational education perspectives on Higher Education Institutions and Universities are discussed. |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Paper Experience of Building Cross‑Disciplinary Doctoral Capability in Finland Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Across Europe, universities are rethinking doctoral education as sociotechnical change and doctoral expertise is expected to travel across academia, industry, and society. To empower this understanding, Finland has launched a national-wide pilot (2024-2027), popularly known as the ‘1,000 Doctors’ initiative, that restructures doctoral education around cross‑disciplinary, cross‑sectoral collaboration, with €255M in competitive funding and 15 thematic consortia that cut across fields such as artificial intelligence, software development, social services, and cancer medicine (UNIFI, 2024). The reform aims to shorten time‑to‑degree through three‑year employment contracts and to increase R&D‑ready doctorates in line with the national target of 4% of GDP for R&D by 2030 (Hämäläinen, 2024). Yet, this pilot remines niche specific. Observing that, a standalone research field of CONVERGENCE of Humans and Machines (funded by Jane ja Aatos Erkon säätiö) has emerged to understand how doctoral education be shaped when doctoral researchers receive guidance from supervisors across different disciplinary fields. We examine what this transformation means as an organizational education problem: how universities configure governance, routines, infrastructures, and ethical orientations so that interdisciplinarity becomes a reliable capability rather than an ad‑hoc ideal (UNIFI, 2024; Hämäläinen, 2024). Conceptually, we mobilize boundary‑object theory to explain how shared research environment, platforms, and protocols integrate heterogeneous epistemic cultures (Star & Griesemer, 1989), communities‑of‑practice to understand collaborative learning dynamics within and across units (Wenger, 1998), and sociotechnical imaginaries to situate the reform’s normative horizon (Jasanoff & Kim, 2015). Together, these perspectives support an educational viewing of organizational design choices within universities at national and European levels. Methodologically, we conduct a programmatic case study of a multidisciplinary doctoral initiative at a Finnish university, drawing on governance artefacts, curriculum and supervision guidelines, and reflexive memos from the establishment phase. Our purpose is formative rather than summative: to identify enabling conditions and design tensions when embedding cross‑disciplinarity into doctoral structures, and to align emergent findings with Finland’s system‑level recommendations (UNIFI, 2024) and policy rationale (Eurydice, 2024; Hämäläinen, 2024). We also locate the work within European debates on universities’ future roles in human‑centered innovation (Carayannis & Morawska‑Jancelewicz, 2022). Three insights stand out. First, boundary‑spanning must be institutionalized. Co‑supervision across units, cross‑faculty doctoral boards, joint seminars, and shared assessment practices lower transaction costs and provide predictable coordination for interdisciplinary projects (UNIFI, 2024; Star & Griesemer, 1989). Second, ethics and responsibility function as organizational capabilities when embedded across the doctoral work system, supervision charters, research planning, data governance, and public‑facing dialogue, rather than confined to standalone courses (UNIFI, 2024; Jasanoff & Kim, 2015). Third, shared infrastructure/environment act as boundary objects that anchor everyday collaboration, creating communities of practice through which different disciplines can converge in daily doctoral work (Star & Griesemer, 1989; Wenger, 1998). From the organizational education perspective, we contribute a capability‑building perspective on cross‑disciplinary doctoral education in Finland: a design pattern comprising (a) co‑supervision plus cross‑faculty oversight; (b) an ethics‑in‑practice pathway; (c) shared ecosystem‑centered communities of practice; and (d) external engagement mechanisms that align doctoral work with societal needs and non‑academic careers (UNIFI, 2024; Eurydice, 2024). We discuss tensions, e.g., harmonizing evaluation criteria, managing academic workload, and balancing breadth with depth, and argue that CONVERGENCE demonstrates feasibility for institutionalizing interdisciplinarity as a strategic organizational task within European public universities (Hämäläinen, 2024; UNIFI, 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a qualitative, abductive case study design grounded in organizational learning and educational design research, examining how conditions for interdisciplinary doctoral work are intentionally constructed during the establishment phase of reform. The case focuses on a cross disciplinary doctoral initiative developed alongside, but independently from, Finland’s national doctoral pilot (2024-2027). Independent funding from the JAES Foundation enables alignment with national priorities while maintaining institutional autonomy, consistent with literature emphasizing institutional responsibility for doctoral learning (Boud, 2009; Lawler, 2013). Focusing on the establishment phase reflects the reform’s system level expectations and timeline (UNIFI, 2024), particularly its emphasis on multidisciplinarity, accelerated completion, and cross sector employability (Eurydice, 2024; Hämäläinen, 2024). Accordingly, the analysis targets organizational arrangements that make interdisciplinary work sustainable in everyday doctoral practice. Data include: governance and supervision documents (selection criteria, co supervision models, assessment rubrics); curriculum and methods training outlines for cross disciplinary cohorts; ecosystem descriptions (shared infrastructures, platforms, labs, datasets); and reflexive memos from workshops. These were examined alongside national recommendations (UNIFI, 2024) and policy analyses (Eurydice, 2024). Governance documents are treated as pedagogical artefacts revealing institutional conceptions of doctoral learning and supervision, while reflexive memos trace designers’ interpretations and negotiations during early implementation (Mampaey, 2018; McAlpine, 2017). Boundary objects (Star, 1989), communities of practice (Wenger, 1998), and sociotechnical imaginaries (Jasanoff, 2015) serve as sensitizing concepts. The analytic approach draws on practice oriented thematic analysis informed by Activity Theory, which highlights how doctoral work is shaped by everyday activities, tools, rules, and divisions of labor (Blackler et al., 2000; Willocks, 2023). Integrated with doctoral learning research, this orientation conceptualizes interdisciplinarity as enacted through supervision, collaboration, and assessment rather than as a static structure (McAlpine, 2011). First, we coded artefacts for boundary spanning routines (co-supervision, shared seminars, cross faculty committees) and ethics in practice elements, mapping these to UNIFI’s capability goals (UNIFI, 2024). Second, we analyzed shared infrastructures as boundary objects that link epistemic communities and support communities of practice (Star, 1989; Wenger, 1998). Third, we situated design choices within reform aims (shorter time to degree, mobility, and R&D capacity (Eurydice, 2024; Hämäläinen, 2024)) examining alignment and tensions. Quality was supported through triangulation of internal artefacts with national documents. As a formative, establishment phase study, we avoid claims about long term outcomes. Limitations reflect the focus on organizational design rather than direct observation of doctoral learning; future longitudinal and interaction focused research is needed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study shows that interdisciplinarity in doctoral education becomes sustainable when it is treated as an institutional responsibility rather than an individual expectation. Interdisciplinarity would become truly durable when co‑supervision, cross‑faculty oversight, and shared assessment practices are formalized within doctoral governance. By making epistemic expectations straightforward and routinized, these arrangements reduce coordination costs and provide stable learning conditions for doctoral researchers,, precisely the kind of capability Finland’s national pilot seeks to cultivate. Beyond governance structures, the findings highlight the educational significance of ethics as an integral part of doctoral work. When ethics is embedded across supervision, research planning, data practices, and public engagement, it supports identity formation for researchers working in ethically charged, technology‑mediated domains and aligns with broader sociotechnical imaginaries of responsible innovation. Material and infrastructural conditions also play an important role in making interdisciplinary collaboration work in everyday doctoral practice. Shared spaces, protocols, and datasets create material anchors for collaboration, enabling communities of practice that support sustained interaction across disciplinary boundaries and allow doctoral researchers to learn shared methods, standards, and vocabularies through participation rather than abstraction. References Carayannis, E. G., & Morawska‑Jancelewicz, J. (2022). The Futures of Europe: Society 5.0 and Industry 5.0 as Driving Forces of Future Universities. Journal of the Knowledge Economy, 13(4), 3445-3471. DOI: 10.1007/s13132-021-00854-2: https://doi.org/10.1007/s13132-021-00854-2 Eurydice. (2024). Finland: New practices in doctoral education. European Education and Culture Executive Agency. URL: https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/news/finland-new-practices-doctoral-education Hämäläinen, J. (2024). Can Finland rethink the PhD? The bold experiment of PhD education taking shape. Nordtek. URL: https://nordtek.net/can-finland-rethink-the-phd-the-bold-experiment-of-phd-education-in-taking-shape/ Jasanoff, S., & Kim, S.-H. (Eds.). (2015). Dreamscapes of Modernity: Sociotechnical Imaginaries and the Fabrication of Power. University of Chicago Press. DOI: 10.7208/9780226276663: https://doi.org/10.7208/9780226276663 Piironen, A., Matikainen, M., & Maunula, M. (2025). A Systematic Examination of the Constraints and Future of Doctoral Researchers’ Sustainable Academic Careers in Finland. In Generating Sustainable Futures Through Teacher Education (pp. 257-277). Springer. DOI: 10.1007/978-981-96-3329-6_16: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-96-3329-6_16 Star, S. L., & Griesemer, J. R. (1989). Institutional Ecology, “Translations,” and Boundary Objects: Amateurs and Professionals in Berkeley’s Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, 1907-1939. Social Studies of Science, 19(3), 387-420. DOI: 10.1177/030631289019003001: https://doi.org/10.1177/030631289019003001 UNIFI (Universities Finland). (2024). Reforming Doctoral Education in Finland. National recommendations. URL: https://unifi.fi/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Reforming_Doctoral_Education_19082024.pdf Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press. DOI: 10.1017/CBO9780511803932: https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511803932 Blackler, F., Crump, N., & McDonald, S. (2000). Organizing processes in complex activity networks. Organization, 7(2), 277-300. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350508400720 Boud, D., & Lee, A. (2009). Changing practices of doctoral education (pp. 8-1). London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203870488 Lawler, A., & Sillitoe, J. (2013). Facilitating ‘organisational learning’in a ‘learning institution’. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 35(5), 495-500. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2013.825415 Mampaey, J. (2018). Are higher education institutions trapped in conformity? A translation perspective. Studies in Higher Education, 43(7), 1241-1253. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2016.1242566 McAlpine, L. (2017). Building on success? Future challenges for doctoral education globally. Studies in Graduate and Postdoctoral Education, 8(2), 66-77. https://doi.org/10.1108/SGPE-D-17-00035 McAlpine, L., & Amundsen, C. (2011). Doctoral education research-based strategies for doctoral students, supervisors and administrators. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-0507-4 Willocks, K. E. (2023). Making leadership as practice development visible: Learning from Activity Theory. Management Learning, 54(5), 705-726. https://doi.org/10.1177/13505076221105870 32. Organisational Education
Paper Universities as Irritating Objects of Compromise: Digitalisation Conflicts as Points of Rupture Between Knowledge and Action Freie Universität Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:A fundamental attribute of higher education organisations is their capacity to amalgamate disparate working and cultural logics. It is imperative that they establish and maintain a constant connection between the domains of research, teaching and administration. Moreover, there is an increasing necessity to harmonise external environmental influences, such as political requirements and market-based financial interests (Besio 2012). Building upon the theoretical framework of conventions (Diaz-Bone/Thévenot, 2010), Besio and Meyer (2014) conceptualise universities as organisations whose institutionalised structures and organisational practices are shaped by a central logic of compromise. These compromises facilitate the establishment of a common ground between disparate world logics, circumventing the need for direct confrontation (Boltanski/Thévenot 2007). It is evident that compromise objects, such as autonomy-oriented departmental structures or the project-based organisation of research and organisational development, represent specific mechanisms of knowledge and action. These mechanisms facilitate the integration and linkage of the requirements of different reference worlds within the organisation (Besio/Meyer 2014). In accordance with the theory of conventions, it is precisely the different value systems and the conventional practices inscribed in them that have the potential to engender contradictions and conflicts in organisations if left unaddressed (Knoll 2014). The digitalisation of universities has given rise to the re-emergence of long-standing conflicts of values. Digitalisation is often blamed in an attempt to address these conflicts and find solutions (Pasternack et al., 2018). This paper critically examines this thesis. Referring to findings from the current research project, 'DigiHochX: Cultural Conflicts of Digital Transformation in Interface Processes at Universities', the article uses data collected through organisational-technographical methods to demonstrate that digitalisation leads not only to irritation and the renegotiation of established compromise objects, for example, by blurring clear responsibilities within departmental boundaries, but also to the disruption of implicit organisational knowledge and practices. In changed cross-departmental collaboration, organisational members must build new knowledge and practise new compromises, which is often fraught with conflict. The article aims to adopt an organisational educational perspective on conflicts arising from digitalisation, highlighting the renegotiation of compromise issues and placing their management more firmly within the context of organisational learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presented data comprises material compiled from 32 expert interviews, 20 observations, and 40 artefact analyses conducted at four different universities. This data was collected using an organisational-technographical approach. In line with institutional ethnography approaches (Smith, 2005), organisational ethnography perceives organisations not only as a contextual framework for ethnographic observations, but also as the specific focus of research interest. Adopting a practice-theoretical view of organisations as entities that produce practices, organisational ethnography focuses specifically on the interactive genesis of organisations. According to Engel (2014), this can include the production of formality and informality, the reproduction of shared values, and the constitution of decision-making processes. Additionally, an explicitly technographic perspective helps to highlight the digitality that emerges from the interaction between human and technical actors at the level of organisational practices, as well as the role of technologies in the joint production of social behaviour, even when they are not directly involved in such behaviour, but are fundamentally connected to it (Dahm & Egbert, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the research indicate that, in the course of digitalisation, members of organisations not only have to build up new organisational knowledge in cross-departmental collaboration, but also develop new organisational compromise practices, which represents a point of rupture between organisational knowledge and action and thus generates conflicts. This article therefore aims to highlight and describe these renegotiation processes involving compromise. It thus provides an organisational education perspective on conflicts arising from digitalisation and advocates addressing them at the level of organisational learning. References Besio, C. (2012): Forschungsorganisationen. In Handbuch Organisationstypen, hrsg. M. Apelt und V. Tacke, 253-273. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Besio, C., Meyer, U.(2014): Kompromisse in Forschungsorganisationen. In: Knoll, L. (Hg.): Organisationen und Konventionen. Die Soziologie der Konventionen in der Organisationsforschung. 1. Aufl. s.l.: Springer VS (Organisationssoziologie), S. 225–248. Boltanski, L. und L. Thévenot. (2007): Über die Rechtfertigung. Eine Soziologie der kritischen Urteilskraft. Hamburg: Hamburger Edition. Dahm, S. and Simon, E., (2023): Das Digitale und seine Ethnografie(n): Theoretische und methodologische Überlegungen zum ethnografischen Forschungsstil im algorithmischen Zeitalter. In Blättel-Mink, B. (Ed.), Gesellschaft unter Spannung: Verhandlungen des 40. Kongresses der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Soziologie 2020. Diaz-Bone, R. und L. Thévenot. (2010): Die Soziologie der Konventionen. Die Theorie der Konventionen als ein zentraler Bestandteil der neuen französischen Sozialwissenschaft en. Trivium 5. http://trivium.revues.org/index3557.html. Zugegriffen: 21.04.2013. Engel, N. (2014): Die Übersetzung der Organisation, Springer Fachmedien, Wiesbaden. Knoll, L. (2014): Einleitung. In: Knoll, L. (Hg.): Organisationen und Konventionen. Die Soziologie der Konventionen in der Organisationsforschung. 1. Aufl. s.l.: Springer VS (Organisationssoziologie), S. 9–34. Knoll, L. (Hg.) (2014): Organisationen und Konventionen. Die Soziologie der Konventionen in der Organisationsforschung. 1. Aufl. s.l.: Springer VS (Organisationssoziologie). Pasternack, P., Schneider, S., Trautwein, P., Zierold, S. (2018): Die verwaltete Hochschulwelt: Reformen, Organisation, Digitalisierung und das wissenschaftliche Personal. Hochschul- und Wissenschaftsforschung Halle-Wittenberg. Berlin: Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag. Smith, D.E. (2005): Institutional ethnography: A sociology for people, The gender lens series, AltaMira Press, Lanham, Md. 32. Organisational Education
Paper Utopian Pathways: Reimagining Socially just Higher Education Dokuz Eylül University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Educational discourse commonly has a future-oriented disposition, but these notions of future ideals are not formed in a vacuum. They are shaped and informed by past educational struggles, development, and scholarly inquiry, which have led to questioning what education is for and what kinds of changes are possible for educational improvement. In contemporary higher education (HE) research, social justice in education and socially just education embed notions and conceptualisations of reimagined future possibilities, yet these futures are rarely explicitly discussed or theorised, even though they play a central role in shaping the discourse. This paper argues that a historically informed ‘utopia as method’ application to the existing and future discourse can offer a theoretical and methodological lens through which past educational imaginings can shape present practices and facilitate future reimagining of socially just HE. Utilising utopia as a method to guide education towards its idealised future form comprises three modes: archaeology, ontology, and architecture (Levitas, 2013). When applied to an education context, the archaeology mode requires reflexive practice to examine what constitutes a ‘good education’. Absences and deficiencies can be identified by examining the historical and present foundations of educational systems, institutions, and policies. Critiquing the usefulness of these elements in the envisioned future of education will clarify which policies and practices facilitate socially just education and which do not (Levitas, 2013, pp. 153-174). In ontology mode, there is a reorientation of perspective: we are required to look forward to the future to specify how we want to restructure society based on the archaeological mode’s discoveries. In this mode, ‘what is understood as human flourishing, what capabilities are valued, encouraged and genuinely enabled, or blocked and suppressed, by specific existing or potential social arrangements’ (Levitas, 2013, p. 153) are explored and critiqued. Lastly, the architectural mode involves the (re)imagining of potential futures and possibilities, guided by the critiques of the previous modes. However, once the imagined future is visualised, the actual implementation of creating utopias can take different forms. Wright’s (2010) transformation types can help scholars realise pathways to actualise socially just HE. Wright (2010) suggests three transformation types: ruptural, interstitial, and symbiotic. Ruptural transformations require a ‘direct confrontation and political struggles…[to] create a radical disjuncture in institutional structures in which existing institutions are destroyed and new ones built in a fairly rapid way’ (Wright, 2007, p. 6). In contrast, interstitial transformations are based on ‘incremental modifications of the underlying structures of a social system’ (Wright, 2010, p. 321), while symbiotic transformations require collaboration with the institutions in power to solve identified problems while expanding ‘the scope of social empowerment’ (Wright, 2007, p. 6). Complete ruptures of educational systems and institutions may not be possible. However, interstitial and symbiotic transformations may be more accessible to scholars in their everyday practice, for example, through the pedagogies they employ in their classes, student/staff co-creation of curriculum, creation and/or adoption of artificial intelligence (AI) for classroom use, or other experimental interventions. Integrating utopian methodology with educational reimagining of future socially just possibilities, this paper demonstrates how educational futures are shaped by historical developments and present practices. The paper argues for the explicit use of archaeology, ontology, and architectural modes in social justice in education and in socially just educational discourse to contextualise the work already done and to chart the way forward in HE research. This will enable scholars to move toward more reflective, reflexive, imaginative, and socially just educational futures. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper employs ‘utopia as method’ (Levitas, 2013) to study social justice in education and socially just educational discourse as an object of inquiry, with the aim of reimaging socially just educational futures in HE. It has been likened ‘to a thought experiment that encourages thinkers to transcend that which currently is by engaging in the imagined reconstruction of society’ (Baker, 2020, p. 24). While employing ‘utopia as method’, scholars are not restricted to a single methodology, but can employ varied methodologies in their examinations and critiques. The first mode of ‘utopia as method’ is archaeology. By this, Levitas (2013) means ‘piecing together the images of the good society that are embedded in political programmes and social and economic policies’ (p. 153). This involves examining our current and past societal ‘worlds’, understanding their historical significance and development, critiquing them, and problematising our institutions and societies. ‘We live in an era dominated by the present tense, which vastly undervalues the accumulated experience of the past as a guide for where we go next’ (Krznaric, 2025, p. 1). The archaeology mode is not a historical description but rather an examination of the futures embedded within past discourse. The second mode is ontology, ‘which addresses the question of what kind of people particular societies develop and encourage’ (emphasis in the original) (Levitas, 2013, p. 153). Levitas highlights that this mode is necessary because ‘any discussion of the good society must contain, at least implicitly, a claim for a way of being that is posited as better than our current experience’ (p. 177). She frames this as a process of ‘becoming’ (Levitas, 2013, pp. 180-181), because the person should be considered in a continuous state of change and transformation that is shaped by social, institutional, and educational contexts. The third mode is architecture, ‘the imagination of potential alternative scenarios for the future’ (Levitas, 2013, p. 153). This mode is focused on ‘world-building’, including explorations of what human flourishing means and how we can achieve it and ‘describing its social institutions’ (Levitas, 2013, p. 197). Architecture mode is a laborious project because a balance must be struck between what society should look like and the pathways for achieving such visions. The idea here is not to create a whole new world from the first day. Architecture can begin small with one contained alternative (e.g., classroom practice) and expand over time (e.g., creating new educational structures). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Many contemporary scholars in the field of social justice in education and socially just education implicitly incorporate utopian ideals in their work. Reimagined futures for socially just HE are incorporated into critiques and research focused on equity, inclusion, participation, student voice, etc., without explicitly linking the philosophical basis to the future reimaging present in their work. As a result, the philosophical foundations of social justice in education and of socially just education remain implicit rather than systematically explored, even as they continue to shape what is considered possible and desirable in HE. Linking Levitas’ (2013) conceptual framework of ‘utopia as method’ seeks to strengthen and extend current social justice research work. The archaeological, ontological, and architectural modes can provide scholars with a structure to make future reimaginings explicit in their work. Through the archaeology mode, scholars can situate their work within historical educational developments and struggles, while the ontology mode can outline clearly the type of person that socially just education seeks to cultivate. Finally, the architecture mode allows scholars to engage with the future possibilities of socially just HE, taking into account the variety of transformation options that may facilitate the utopian ideal’s realisation (Wright, 2010). Linking social justice work in HE to a utopian framework facilitates reflexive practices for change and transformation by clarifying the futures toward which current socially just scholarship is oriented. Making these aspects of social justice in education and socially just education explicit strengthens the theoretical and philosophical foundations of social justice research and enhances its capacity to reimagine socially just educational futures. References Baker, M. (2020). Utopias and reimagining the reimagining of higher education. Cambridge Educational Research e-Journal, 7, 18–34. https://doi.org/10.17863/CAM.58325 Krznaric, R. (2025). History for tomorrow: How the past can inspire our future. Penguin. Levitas, R. (2013). Utopia as method: The imaginary reconstitution of society. Palgrave Macmillan. Wright, E. O. (2007). Guidelines for envisioning real utopias. Surroundings. https://doi.org/10.3898/136266207820465778 Wright, E. O. (2010). Envisioning real utopias. Verso. |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 33 SES 11 A: Challenging Gender Binaires in Diverse Educational Contexts Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Oriol Ríos Gonzalez Paper Session |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Unsettling Binary Thinking in Early Childhood Teacher Education: Knowledge Production and Postqualitative Research in Chile Centro de Justicia Educacional, Facultad de Educación, Pontificia Universidad de Chile. Presenting Author:This paper draws on my doctoral research to understand and problematize how binary thinking operates as an onto-epistemic framework in early childhood teacher education in Chile, shaping what counts as legitimate knowledge, appropriate professional identities, and possible forms of pedagogical action. Grounded in feminist posthumanism and new materialisms (Barad, 2007; Taylor, 2013; Lenz-Taguchi, 2016), the study conceptualizes binary thinking not as a set of individual beliefs but as a material-discursive practice that organizes educational realities through hierarchical oppositions such as reason/emotion, theory/practice, mind/body, and normal/abnormal. Here, “onto-epistemic” signals that binaries are not only ways of knowing but also ways of being and doing: they configure which bodies, affects, and pedagogical actions become thinkable and legitimate within teacher education assemblages. The central research question guiding this inquiry is: What are the operations of binary thinking as an onto-epistemic framework in the initial training of early childhood educators in Chile? The main aim is to trace its operations through institutional arrangements, conceptual circulations, and material–affective configurations. This question becomes particularly salient in early childhood teacher education because this level exhibits a distinctive convergence: extreme feminization (Subsecretaría Educación Parvularia, 2022), marked material precariousness (CNED, 2022), and a strong reliance on developmental psychology and early childhood neuroscience discourses that present themselves as neutral and universal (Fox, Levitt, & Nelson, 2010). These dynamics tend to reinforce each other as an assemblage in which regimes of normality become naturalized and binary thinking is stabilized as pedagogical common sense. The inquiry is situated in a politically contested field (Falabella et al., 2024), where professionalism, vocation, affect, care, and developmentalist/neurocognitive discourses are positioned through hierarchical separations (e.g., reason/emotion; science/care; objective/subjective; mind/body) (Burman, 2008; Nielsen et al., 2017). Feminist philosophy and science studies have shown that such divisions are not neutral descriptors but epistemic and political technologies that sustain unequal distributions of authority and credibility (Grosz, 1994). From this perspective, binaries do not simply “represent” reality; they participate in producing it through classificatory and evaluative practices. One mechanism sustaining binary thinking is its naturalization through hegemonic scientific traditions that dominate biomedical, psychological, and neuroscientific knowledge production (Sanz, 2017; Hyde et al., 2019). Por example, in the case of gender, the biologization of sexual difference has justified hierarchies as outcomes of supposedly fixed bodily traits (Fausto-Sterling, 2000; Sanz, 2017), reinforcing binary and essentialist understandings (Hyde et al., 2019). Conceptually, the paper mobilizes feminist new materialisms and posthumanist approaches to treat teacher education as a material–discursive assemblage rather than a bounded institutional site (Coole & Frost, 2010; Fox & Alldred, 2015; Taylor, 2013). In agential realist terms, binaries are analyzed as cuts and apparatuses that enact particular realities—stabilizing some categories while foreclosing others (Barad, 2007). This enables an analysis of how binary gender norms intersect with regimes of measurement, accountability, and professional formation, including the production of “datafied” subjects (Dixon-Román, 2017; Riberi & Matus, 2025). This is not a nationally bounded issue: the binaries traced here are sustained through transnational regimes of expertise—developmental science, accountability, and data infrastructures—that circulate across education systems (Dahlberg et al., 2013). By working from a Chilean case, the paper contributes a Global South intervention into international debates on gender, epistemic authority, and the disrupted relation between knowledge and action, asking what research can make possible when binaries are treated as onto-epistemic infrastructures rather than attitudes or beliefs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used At the time of submission, this doctoral study is still in the design and set-up stage; the corpus and protocols are being finalized alongside ethics approval and institutional access. Methodologically, it adopts a post-qualitative approach rooted in feminist posthumanism and new materialisms. This choice is an epistemological commitment: if the project seeks to challenge binary thinking as a naturalized epistemic framework, it would be inconsistent to reproduce representational paradigms that presume an external observer who “collects” and “represents” data (MacLure, 2013; St. Pierre, 2018). Instead, the study traces binary operations in their tangible materializations across documents, narratives, encounters, and objects (Taylor, 2013). To remain coherent with this onto-epistemological stance, the design uses terms such as entries (rather than linear phases), data production (rather than collection), activation (rather than application), and devices (rather than instruments), emphasizing the research-assemblage and distributed agency (Fox & Alldred, 2015; Kuby et al., 2017). The research will be conducted—at least for now—at Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, due to several converging reasons: (i) access conditions that enable a situated longitudinal follow-up of conceptual circulations; (ii) post-qualitative coherence that emphasizes situated depth over representativeness, acknowledging that each institution co-produces specific forms of pedagogical knowledge. This allows tracking concrete mechanisms of binary operation in specific contexts, rather than aiming for abstract generalizations (Lather, 2013). The study unfolds over approximately twelve to fifteen months through three interconnected methodological entries that operate non-sequentially and mutually reshape one another. The first entry examines institutional data infrastructures and documentation related to early childhood teacher education (e.g., enrolment/degree databases, administrative and accreditation records, syllabus, and selected national/international surveys). Selection is guided by preliminary criteria and a symptomatic reading attentive to how binary categories are embedded, operationalized, and rendered consequential in classification, measurement, and decision-making. The second entry follows conceptual circulations through conversational interviews and situated engagements with students and teacher educators, using open prompts designed to elicit how binaries become intelligible, contested, or taken for granted in everyday pedagogical life. The third entry consists of creative-artistic workshops (Delantal Inverso) that activate materialities (e.g., aprons, archived artefacts) as epistemic agents, not neutral stimuli, attending to what such objects do and make possible. Analysis proceeds as a diffractive reading across the three entries, tracing zones of interference, hot spots, and agential cuts, rather than treating sources as independent strands to be integrated at the end (Lenz-Taguchi, 2016; Jackson & Mazzei, 2012) Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Because this doctoral study is currently in the design and set-up phase, the paper does not claim completed empirical findings. Instead, it articulates binary thinking as an onto-epistemic framework and specifies the methodological conditions through which its operations will be traced, including the project’s dilemmas of onto-epistemological accountability. In a post-qualitative, non-linear design, outcomes are not treated as results extracted from a stable dataset, but as diffractive insights co-produced through the evolving research-assemblage. By the time of the conference, the project is expected to have produced at least initial material from the first and second entries: a first corpus of institutional documentation and data infrastructures and early co-produced data from conversational engagements with students and teacher educators. Even though the entries are not sequential, these materials should already be generating zones of interference across databases, texts, institutional practices, and lived pedagogical experiences. Empirically, the study anticipates identifying recurring binary operations that organize early childhood teacher education and examining how these cuts distribute epistemic authority and professional legitimacy. A second expected outcome is to document points of friction where binaries become unstable or contested, including moments when students’ accounts, institutional classifications, and material pedagogical arrangements do not align. Attending to the effects/affects of analytical cuts and their consequences, the paper foregrounds three dilemmas that structure the project’s accountability. First, visibility and opacity: any analytical cut reveals some relations while leaving others out of frame, requiring explicit responsibility for what becomes visible and what is necessarily excluded. Second, academic clarity and epistemic disruption: while writing within a conventional dissertation form, the project seeks to avoid reinstating binaries by maintaining readability without reducing complexity. Third, positioning and othering: rather than fixing the researcher’s identity, positionality is treated as relational and revisited as the assemblage shifts, to avoid reproducing “us/them” dynamics in knowledge-making. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Burman, E. (2008). Developments: Child, image, nation. Routledge. CNED (2022). Evidencias N° 55: Educación Parvularia. Serie Evidencias, CNED. Coole, D., & Frost, S. (2010). New materialisms: Ontology, agency, and politics. Duke University Press. Dahlberg, G., Moss, P., & Pence, A. (2013). Beyond quality in early childhood education and care. Routledge. Dixon-Román, E. (2017). Inheriting possibility: Social reproduction and quantification in education. University of Minnesota Press. Falabella, A., Díaz, R., Valenzuela, J., & Weintraub, M. (2024). La educación en Chile: ensayos y debates. Ediciones Universidad Alberto Hurtado. Fausto-Sterling, A. (2000). Sexing the body. Basic Books. Fox, N., & Alldred, P. (2015). New materialist social inquiry: Designs, methods and the research-assemblage. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 18(4), 399–414. Fox, S., Levitt, P., & Nelson, C. (2010). How the timing and quality of early experiences influence the development of brain architecture. Child Development, 81(1), 28–40. Grosz, E. (1994). Volatile bodies. Indiana University Press. Hyde, J. S., Bigler, R. S., Joel, D., Tate, C., & van Anders, S. (2019). The future of sex and gender in psychology. American Psychologist, 74(2), 171–193. Jackson, A., & Mazzei, L. (2012). Thinking with theory in qualitative research: Viewing data across multiple perspectives. Routledge. Lather, P. (2013). Methodology-21: What do we do in the afterward?. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 26(6), 634-645. Lenz-Taguchi, H. (2016). The concept as method: Tracing-and-mapping the problem of the neuro(n) in the field of education. Cultural Studies ↔ Critical Methodologies, 16(2), 213–223. MacLure, M. (2013). Researching without representation? Language and materiality in post-qualitative methodology. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26(6), 658–667. Nielsen, M., Haun, D., Kärtner, J., & Legare, C. (2017). The persistent sampling bias in developmental psychology. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 162, 31–38. Riberi, V., & Matus, C. (2025). Becoming data in education: The enactment of the homo oeconomicus through measuring. Sociology of Education. Sanz, V. (2017). No way out of the binary. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 43(1), 1–27. St. Pierre, E. (2018). Writing post qualitative inquiry. Qualitative Inquiry, 24(9), 603–608. Subsecretaría de Educación Parvularia. (2022). Caracterización de la fuerza laboral en educación parvularia en Chile. Taylor, C. (2013). Objects, bodies and space: Gender and embodied practices of mattering in the classroom. Gender and Education, 25(6), 688–703. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Teaching Intersex. Knowing and Acting in Teacher Training Europa-Universität Flensburg, Germany Presenting Author:The UNESCO (2021) paper on the inclusion of LGBTI students emphasizes the vital role of teachers in creating a safe atmosphere for all students, regardless of their gender identity, gender expression, variation of sex characteristics or sexual orientation. Additionally, the European Commission (2025) underlines the importance of safe and inclusive education in its current LGBTIQ equality strategy. In recent years a significant shift has occurred in the political and social discourse surrounding sex/gender diversity in Germany. Note: While some researchers conceptionally separate LGBT and intersex (Jones et al. 2016), German language uses the concept of Geschlecht (which I translate as sex/gender), a word that entangles biological and social aspects of body, identity, and role. In 2019, a third civil status “divers” was legally established for intersex people. Since 2021, the “Law to Strengthen Children and Youth” has included the well-being of trans, intersex and non-binary youth in the “Social Security Statute Book VIII”. In November 2024, the “Self-determination Law (SBGG)” took effect, opening the civil status “divers” to nonbinary and transgender individuals. The visibility of trans, intersex and non-binary students and the thematization of sex/gender beyond the binary increased in science, society and schools (De Witte et al. 2022). However, these legal improvements do not necessarily translate into better conditions for LGBTIQ students and teachers at school. Although Germany offers information, guidelines, support systems, and inclusive national curricula, there is no mandatory teacher training on LGBTQI awareness (IGLYO 2025). Teachers often feel uncomfortable or incompetent addressing sex/gender diversity in the classroom (Klenk 2023). They acquire Knowledge on the diversity of sex/gender through continuing education and advanced trainings at non-university educational institutions. At the same time, German schools are still structured around binary sex/gender norms in areas such as language, subjects, and facilities (Oldemeier 2021). Universities and schools also lack measures to protect LGBTIQ students, teachers, lecturers and staff from bullying and discrimination; currently violence against gender non-conforming students has increased in the wake of an anti-genderist right wing backlash (EU-FRA 2020; Grenz 2025). Additionally, teachers’ thoughts and actions are greatly influenced by every day sex/gender binaries, particularly in relation to intersex. Sex/gender categories traditionally refer to a binary understanding of both biological sex and gender identity in everyday practices of Western societies. This complex situation provides the context for the empirical research project “Gender 3.0 in School”. The project focuses on the consequences of this transformation for the educational pathways of trans, intersex, and nonbinary students, as well as the current research literature, non-university training programs, and fundamental teacher education at universities (Busche/Fütty 2023). The project is financed by the Federal Ministry for Education, Family Affairs, Senior Citizens, Women and Youth (2021-2026). Our research within the project focuses on non-university teacher training programs on sex/gender diversity and education. We are interested in understanding the conditions under which these training courses take place, the strategies used to successfully expose and challenge social norms, and the areas in which the ‘field of sayability’ (Jäger et al. 2024) of sex/gender diversity is reproduced in a heteronormative way, thereby reinforcing it. Our analysis of the courses revealed that many areas offer possibilities to challenge the discourse on sex/gender diversity and intervene in the hegemonic discourse on sex/gender (Götschel 2026). However, the topic of intersex is not. Unconsciously, teacher training courses in this area widely reproduced established assumptions and heteronormativity. Therefore, we will focus on teaching intersex in our presentation. Our study contributes to research on teacher professionalisation by showing how well-intended diversity training may simultaneously reproduce heteronormative knowledge orders. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research design is a hybrid fusion of two methodological traditions: ethnography and discourse analysis. Data were collected in participatory cooperation with non-university educational institutions. We conducted participant observations in teacher training courses on sex/gender diversity, organized participatory transfer workshops with course instructors, and carried out expert interviews in the format of focus group discussions. This empirical corpus is complemented by selected observation protocols and audio recordings of training courses, discussions of preliminary findings in transfer workshops, and a broad range of course materials. These materials include teaching methods, games, presentation slides, brochures, and video clips, some of which were developed and circulated by educational institutions themselves. We evaluated the participant observations of the training courses on sex/gender diversity using Clarke's (2005) situational analysis. This method views training courses as “social arenas” in which interactions between participants, teachers, materials, and discourses generate meanings that reveal underlying “social worlds”. Focus group interviews, relevant course materials, and transfer workshops with course instructors were evaluated using critical discourse analysis according to Jäger (Jäger et al. 2024). This method analyses the “field of sayability” of sex/gender diversity. This is a framework shaped by social rules and power relations that limits what can be said or concealed about sex/gender diversity. Thus, it has an impact on teacher’s actions. In addition, we began a teaching intersex curriculum development project with the aim to avoid the reproduction of heteronormativity. We defined specific learning goals, choose relevant content, and planed instructional activities. We taught a six hours course on intersex in teacher training at Marburg University, and Helene will teach a 30 hours course on sex/gender diversity in Liberal Studies at the Institute for Key Competencies of Essen University in spring 2026. We will evaluate the curriculum by analysing the participant’s learning journals and using a questionnaire. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to Butler (1993), speech and action are rooted in existing norms, and even their disruption contributes to their (re)production. Our findings show that teacher training courses reproduced heteronormativity—despite the best intentions. According to Hartmann (2020), it is therefore indispensable for teachers to reflect on their entanglement in heteronormative discourses and power relations. In the training courses we analysed, the reproduction of heteronormativity was particularly evident in the area of intersex—the biologically occurring spectrum of sex/gender diversity. Intersex issues played a significant role in almost all of the observed courses. Although course lecturers intend to provide body-positive information about intersex people, we argue that they are unsuccessful. Rather than teaching that intersex people exist and that natural biological variation is common and acceptable, our analysis of the teaching materials and curse interactions reveals an underlying violent medical discourse about intersex conditions, prejudices, othering, pathologizing, dramatizing, and voyeuristic narratives about intersex peoples. Conversely, the historicity and criticism of the hegemonic model of a binary sex/gender order, as well as the social pressure on intersex individuals due to a binary sex/gender understanding, are barely mentioned. Positive role models, intersex activism, and the celebration of sexual variety are largely absent. This raises the question of whether it is possible to teach about intersex from a non-heteronormative sex/gender diversity perspective. Therefore, we started a curriculum development project to teach and learn about intersex as a normal and natural part of the complex biochemical and genetical process that creates a wide varieties of possibilities, rather than as a medical condition or illness. In addition to these biological topics, the course covers the binary understanding of sex/gender in society and the role of intersex activism. In the session we will present the findings of our empirical study and discuss our intersex curriculum. References Busche, M., Fütty, T. (2023). Prekäre Subjektivierungs- und Handlungsbedingungen im Kontext Geschlechterpluralität. Trans*, inter*, Nichtbinarität und Agender in der Schule. In Jahrbuch erziehungswissenschaftliche Geschlechterforschung 2023, 75-90. Butler, J. (1993). Bodies that matter. On the discursive limits of sex. New York: Routledge. Clarke, A. (2005). Situational analysis. Grounded theory after the postmodern turn. Thousand Oaks & London: SAGE. De Witte, K., Holz, O., Geunis, L. (Eds.) (2022). A Little Respect? LGBT+ Perspectives on Education from Across Europe. Münster & New York: Waxmann. EU-FRA (European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights) (2020). A long way to go for LGBTI equality. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2811/7746 European Commission (2025). Union of Equality. LGBTIQ+ Equality Strategy 2026-2023. https://commission.europa.eu/publications/lgbtiq-equality-strategy-2026-2030-0_en accessed 25th January 2026 Götschel, H. (2026). Lehrkräftefortbildungen zur Geschlechterdiversität: Rahmenbedingungen, Irritationen, Reproduktionen. In: Fütty, T., Dehler, S. B., Grenz, J., Götschel, H., Brodersen, F. (Eds.). Geschlechterdiversität und Selbstbestimmung in der Schule. Weinheim: Beltz (forthcoming) Grenz, J. (2025): Bildung in Zeiten von Antifeminismus. Eine bildungs- und queer-theoretische Diskursanalyse der Debatte um den „Bildungsplan 2015“. Opladen & Toronto: Barbara Budrich. Hartmann, J. (2020). Heteronormativitätskritische Jugendbildung. Pädagogische Professionalisierung zum Themenfeld ‚geschlechtliche und sexuelle Vielfalt‘. In: Timmermanns, S., Böhm, M. (Eds.). Sexuelle und geschlechtliche Vielfalt. Interdisziplinäre Perspektiven aus Wissenschaft und Praxis. Weinheim: Beltz Juventa, S. 136–153. IGLYO (The International Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer & Intersex Youth and Student Organisation) (2025). LGBTQI Inclusive Education Map. https://www.education.iglyo.org/2025/germany accessed 24th January 2026. Jäger, S., Jäger, M., Wamper, R., Nothardt, B. (2024): Kritische Diskursanalyse. Eine Einführung. 8th edition. Münster: Unrast Verlag. Jones, T., Hart, B., Carpenter, M., Ansara, G., Leonard, W., Lucke, J. (2016). Intersex. Stories and Statistics from Australia. Cambridge (UK): Open Book Publishers. https://doi.org/10.11647/OBP.0089 Klenk, F. C. (2023). Post-Heteronormativität und Schule. Soziale Deutungsmuster von Lehrkräften über vielfältige geschlechtliche und sexuelle Lebensweisen. Opladen & Toronto: Barbara Budrich. Oldemeier, K. (2021). Geschlechtlicher Neuanfang: Narrative Wirklichkeiten junger divers* und trans*geschlechtlicher Menschen. Opladen & Toronto: Barbara Budrich. UNESCO (2021): Don’t Look Away. No Place for Exclusion of LGBTI Students. https://www.unesco.org/gem-report/en/publication/dont-look-away-no-place-exclusion-lgbti-students accessed 23th January 2026. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Whose Voice, Whose Choice? Gender and the Autonomy-Equity Dilemma in Teaching 1: The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; 2: Tel-Aviv University, Israel Presenting Author:Sociocultural theories of education posit that active student participation is a critical vehicle for cognitive development and the construction of collective knowledge (Howe et al., 2019). However, this pedagogical ideal frequently clashes with the reality of unequal participation patterns shaped by class, ethnicity, and particularly gender. Research consistently demonstrates that boys tend to dominate classroom discourse, often participating at rates double those of girls (Jurik et al., 2014; Sadker & Sadker, 1994). These disparities are frequently reinforced by teachers’ implicit biases and stereotypes, which can lead to differential expectations and self-fulfilling prophecies regarding student ability and behavior (Jussim & Harber, 2005).
To address these inequities, educators must navigate a profound tension between two competing educational goods: fostering student autonomy and ensuring equity (Levinson et al., 2022). On one hand, genuine participation is often defined by students initiating learning on their own terms, linking autonomy to intrinsic motivation (Cook-Sather, 2020). From this perspective, spontaneous, voluntary participation is viewed as the hallmark of engagement, and teacher interventions that force participation may be seen as coercive and undermining to student agency.
On the other hand, relying solely on voluntary participation often allows confident students to dominate while silencing others, thereby reinforcing social hierarchies (Reinholz & Shah, 2018). Consequently, scholars argue that structured interventions are necessary to promote equity. For instance, specific strategies such as cold-calling have been shown to close participation gaps (Dallimore et al., 2019), and teacher-assigned groups can prevent the gender segregation that typically arises from student-selected pairings (Kutnick & Blatchford, 2014). However, these interventions are not without cost, cold-calling can induce anxiety in shy students (Shi & Tan, 2020), and forced grouping can limit students' social autonomy.
This dilemma is further complicated by critical and feminist perspectives that challenge the assumption that vocal participation is always empowering. Silence may function as an agentive act of resistance or self-preservation rather than a sign of deficit (O'Connor et al., 2017). Thus, teachers are caught in a "dilemma management" process (Lampert, 1985), where they must constantly navigate the trade-offs between encouraging the voice of marginalized students and respecting their right to remain silent.
While the existing literature discusses these tensions in the abstract, there is a lack of research on how they manifest in the micro-politics of the classroom and in the daily experiences of teachers and students. To address this gap, this design-based linguistic ethnographic study investigates how Israeli elementary school teachers navigate the autonomy-equity dilemma. While situated in the Israeli context, these tensions between democratic choice and social justice imperatives represent a fundamental challenge facing educational systems worldwide as they strive for inclusion in diverse settings. The conceptual framework of this research is grounded in the view that pedagogical dilemmas are inherent tensions to be managed rather than problems to be solved (Lampert, 1985). This research explores the following questions: 1. How is the equity-autonomy dilemma manifested in cold-calling and group composition? 2. How do teachers conceptualize, justify, and navigate this dilemma in light of gendered classroom participation patterns? 3. How do students experience and interpret cold-calling and teacher-assigned pairings? By analyzing these dynamics, the study challenges the binary opposition of autonomy and equity, proposing that fostering authentic student agency may first require structured interventions to dismantle the gender norms that undermine authentic choice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a design-based research (DBR) approach, combined with linguistic ethnographic methods (Rampton, 2006), to investigate how educators navigate the tension between promoting gender equity and respecting student autonomy. The research was conducted over the 2022-2023 school year in four secular state schools in central Israel, involving 12 female teachers and 329 students in grades 4-6. Data Collection relied on triangulating three primary sources to capture both pedagogical reasoning and in-situ practice. First, design team meetings were central to the process. 28 bi-weekly sessions (totaling 42.5 hours) were audio-recorded and transcribed. These meetings functioned as a collaborative space for teachers to externalize their internal arguments, moving beyond technical solutions to deliberate on conflicting educational goods. Second, classroom observations yielded 121 video-recorded lessons. From this extensive corpus, we selected a sub-sample of 44 lessons for in-depth analysis. This selection was driven by the identification of focal events, specific episodes where the autonomy-equity dilemma was interactionally salient, such as silence following a cold call or resistance to mixed-gender grouping. Third, perspectives were gathered through interviews: ten semi-structured teacher interviews and 60 student focus groups (n=229). Notably, the student groups were formed through a student-led nomination process to prioritize psychological safety and autonomy during data collection. Data Analysis was conducted in three phases. Phase one involved an inductive thematic analysis of meetings and interviews to map the "dilemma management" strategies and justifications used by participants. Phase two consisted of a micro-analysis of classroom interactions within the selected focal events. Using linguistic ethnographic tools, we analyzed lexical choices, grammatical structures (e.g., commands versus invitations), and nonverbal cues (e.g., posture, gaze) to understand how gendered identities and resistance were performed moment by moment. Finally, the findings were synthesized through the theoretical lens of voice as a multidimensional construct. This involved evaluating interactions based on four conditions: the opportunity to speak, the expression of one's own ideas, the ability to do so on one's own terms, and the condition of being heeded by others. This rigorous, multi-layered approach allowed the study to move beyond binary evaluations of teaching practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through the analysis of classroom micro-politics, specifically regarding cold-calling and teacher-assigned groups, we identified three distinct approaches to managing this dilemma. First, we observed an equity-focused approach aligned with Isaiah Berlin’s (2002) concept of "positive liberty." Teachers holding this view regarded intervention as a moral imperative necessary to liberate students from gendered socialization, acting as a "lifeline" for those socialized into silence. Conversely, we found an autonomy-focused approach rooted in Berlin’s "negative liberty". Proponents of this view prioritized protecting student dignity, arguing that forced participation acts as coercion that threatens psychological safety and transforms the classroom into a space of anxiety. Between these poles, we documented a pragmatic "third way". Teachers employing this approach utilized relational strategies such as "opening the door" or privately asking for permission to navigate the frontier between inclusion and the right to refuse. However, our analysis also suggests that these pedagogical moves were rarely gender-neutral. Teachers frequently operated under the archetype of the "shy girl" needing empowerment, while often overlooking how boys' resistance to mixed groups was driven by active peer policing of masculinity rather than genuine individual preference. Without acknowledging these dynamics, teachers often inadvertently protected false autonomy, where student choices were constrained by rigid norms (e.g., ritualistic self-segregation) echoing Hjelmér’s (2020) findings that non-intervention often serves to reproduce gendered stereotypes. Consequently, they implemented superficial equity based on mere quantitative turn-taking. Ultimately, we conclude that the prevailing view of equity and autonomy as competing trade-offs is flawed. Instead, we propose reconceptualizing them as interdependent. We argue that structured teacher intervention is not the opposite of student agency but often a necessary precondition for it. To foster authentic student choice, educators must actively disrupt the gendered structures that limit it. References Berlin, I. (2002). Two concepts of liberty. In H. Hardy (Ed.), Liberty (2nd ed., pp. 166–217). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/019924989X.003.0004 Cook-Sather, A. (2020). Student voice across contexts: Fostering student agency in today’s schools. Theory into Practice, 59(2), 182–191. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2019.1705091 Dallimore, E. J., Hertenstein, J. H., & Platt, M. B. (2019). Leveling the playing field: How cold-calling affects class discussion gender equity. Journal of Education and Learning, 8(2), 14–24. https://doi.org/10.5539/jel.v8n2p14 Hjelmér, C. (2020). Free play, free choices?–Influence and construction of gender in preschools in different local contexts. Education Inquiry, 11(2), 144–158. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2020.1724585 Howe, C., Hennessy, S., Mercer, N., Vrikki, M., & Wheatley, L. (2019). Teacher–student dialogue during classroom teaching: Does it really impact on student outcomes? Journal of the Learning Sciences, 28(4–5), 462–512. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508406.2019.1573730 Jurik, V., Gröschner, A., & Seidel, T. (2014). Predicting students' cognitive learning activity and intrinsic learning motivation: How powerful are teacher statements, student profiles, and gender? Learning and Individual Differences, 32, 132–139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2014.01.005 Jussim, L., & Harber, K. D. (2005). Teacher expectations and self-fulfilling prophecies: Knowns and unknowns, resolved and unresolved controversies. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 9(2), 131–155. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327957pspr0902_3 Kutnick, P., & Blatchford, P. (2014). Effective group work in primary school classrooms: The SPRinG approach. Springer. Lampert, M. (1985). How do teachers manage to teach? Perspectives on problems in practice. Harvard Educational Review, 55(2), 178–195. https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.55.2.56142234616x4352 Levinson, M., Geron, T., & Brighouse, H. (2022). Conceptions of educational equity. AERA Open, 8, 23328584221121344. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584221121344 O’Connor, C., Michaels, S., Chapin, S., & Harbaugh, A. G. (2017). The silent and the vocal: Participation and learning in whole-class discussion. Learning and Instruction, 48, 5–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2016.11.003 Rampton, B. (2006). Language in late modernity: Interaction in an urban school. Cambridge University Press. Reinholz, D. L., & Shah, N. (2018). Equity analytics: A methodological approach for quantifying participation patterns in mathematics classroom discourse. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 49(2), 140–177. https://doi.org/10.5951/JRESEMATHEDUC.49.2.0140 Sadker, M., & Sadker, D. (1994). Failing at fairness: How America’s schools cheat girls. Simon & Schuster. Shi, M., & Tan, C. Y. (2020). Beyond oral participation: A typology of student engagement in classroom discussions. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 55(1), 247–265. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40841-020-00166-0 |
| 13:30 - 15:00 | 34 SES 11 A: Curriculum for citizenship education Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Jetske Strijbos Paper Session |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Enacting Civic Education Curriculum in Poland – From Policy Text to Classroom Practice 1: University of Melbourne, Australia; 2: University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:The last few decades feature a sequence of education policy improvements driven by broad global principles of education quality and equality framed by a ‘progressive neoliberal’ orientation (Giudici et al 2024). However, in the recent years, some fundamental changes have been underway in many regions driven by the political and social polarization, and the popularity of the ideas promoted by the right-wing political populists (Alves et al. 2021, Sadurski 2022). Schools have become a political arena in the struggle for influence over young peoples’ values, believes and knowledge with far-right parties prioritizing neo-conservative and nationalist perspectives, re-shaping education policy and school curricula. Poland is one of the examples of such fundamental re-shaping of education system by the right-wing populist government led by Prawo i Sprawiedliwosc (PiS) party, from 2015 to 2023 (Klatt 2024, Zamęcki & Załęski 2023). Their influence over education has been mostly visible through the centralisation of school management making schools less autonomous and the national core curriculum reform in 2018 (Ministry of National Education [MEN], 2018). Nevertheless, following the change of government in 2024 with a more liberal policy vision another curriculum have been designed. In 2025, two subjects with new curriculum were introduced into schools including Civic Education (CE). In the first year of the Civic Education programme, approximately 270,000 students and around 10,000 teachers in Poland will be impacted by these changes. Typically, Civic Education provides a good testing ground for education researchers where ideological shifts can be clearly visible through the learning content and teaching approaches (Estellés, Oliveira & Castellví 2024, Zamęcki & Załęski 2023). This is because Civic Education has been seen as fundamental for shaping young peoples’ perceptions of democracy and propagation of the social justice principles (Fesnic 2016, Westheimer 2019), and the changes to the CE curriculum may showcase the governing authorities' conceptions of democracy and social rights. The 2025 reform was introduced by a coalition government comprising centrist, left-wing, and Christian democratic parties, and was undertaken with the intention of enhancing young people's civic competencies. The series of reforms within this single subject over several years will provide a significant testing ground for the study of the complexity of policy (curriculum) enactment in schools, within the context of Poland’s continually changing political, social and education systems. Specifically, we will askl ask: In what ways the new Civic Curriculum in enacted in schools? - to showcase the significance of teachers in the interpretation and recontextualization of the enactment of the new curricula. To highlight the significant context-related factors facilitating or undermining the enactment in the Polish case; and to illuminate potential directions for policy development improvement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Using the example of the most recent Civic Education curriculum reform implemented in Polish schools from September 2025, we follow the ideas from Ball et al. (2011) definition of curriculum enactment and Alexandra Hay’s (2025) conceptual framework on policy enactment focusing on two phases of putting policy into practice - the sensemaking and policy in action - to analyse the semi-structured interviews with teachers from a variety of secondary schools. We interview teachers in the first months of the curriculum enactment to ask about their attitudes towards the new curriculum, their approach to its implementation and the context in which they enacted this curriculum. Policy enactment in schools is about how the policy text is interpreted and translated into practice (Ball, Maguire & Braun 2011). The idea of policy enactment enables to illustrate a "greater texture, fuller scope and more theoretical sophistication" (Ball, Maguire & Braun 2011, p.1). Policy enactment concept enables us to better understand the relationship between policy and policy-practice in schools. Poland’s Civic Education curriculum will be a great testing ground of the policy enactment ideas as teachers need to operate within a tense and changing socio-political environment, so we will also pay attention to the ways teachers navigate the past and present policy and educational environment. We will pay attention to the contexts in which the policy enactment takes place (e.g. school, professional, material, external) and how in the context of Poland’s secondary education these may impact differently (or not) the local practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While Poland has a centralized system for creating core curricula adopted by order of the Minister of National Education it is the teachers who have the autonomy to choose or design their own educational programs - aligned with the learning outcomes indicated in the core curriculum – but how each lesson is designed and implemented rests with an individual teacher. Ball, Maguire & Braun (2011) clearly emphasizes the crucial role of the teacher in the implementation of educational policy. In the context of Civic Education in Poland, this role becomes particularly evident due to the inherently multidisciplinary nature of the subject, teacher’s academic background and the individual teachers pedagogic choices. As a result, teachers may gravitate towards areas they feel more confident in, effectively shaping the curriculum through their own expertise and interests. This can potentially lead to limited pedagogic strategies such as: either steering the subject matter toward familiar thematic domains or adopting a more open-ended, discussion-based approach, encapsulated in the strategy of "let's talk about politics." In the latter case, the question arises regarding the influence of the teacher’s political views on the teaching topics, as well as the role of the broader social context - such as the level of conservatism of the region in which the school is located and the influence of parents. Furthermore, the new curriculum requires strong practical engagement with civic issues and activities moving away from a theoretical knowledge-leaning curriculum which dominates the curricula with a significant teacher-centered pedagogical strategies. So far, it seems, the Polish approach to Civic Education has been based on so called Minimal citizenship education (DeJaeghere & Tudball 2007) which is content-led with minimal attention to citizenship participation and processes. References Alves, M. A., Segatto, C. I., & Pineda, A. M. (2021). Changes in Brazilian education policy and the rise of right-wing populism. British Educational Research Journal, 47(2), 332-354. doi:https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3699 Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2011). How Schools Do Policy : Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Oxford, UNITED KINGDOM: Taylor & Francis Group. Dejaeghere, J., & Tudball, L. (2007). Looking back, looking forward: Critical citizenship as a way ahead for civics and citizenship education in Australia. Citizenship Teaching and Learning, 3, 40-57. Estellés, M., Oliveira, A., & Castellví, J. (2024). National curricula and citizenship education in populist times. The cases of Brazil and Spain. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 54(6), 1002-1020. doi:10.1080/03057925.2023.2170167 Fesnic, F. N. (2016). Can Civic Education Make a Difference for Democracy? Hungary and Poland Compared. Political Studies, 64(4), 966-978. doi:10.1111/1467-9248.12215 Giudici, A., Gruber, O., Schnell, P., & Pultar, A. (2025). Far-right parties and the politics of education in Europe. Journal of Contemporary European Studies, 33(1), 1-14. doi:10.1080/14782804.2024.2352518 Hay, A. (2025). What may be: policy enactment in education, a new conceptual framework with actor-network theory. Journal of Education Policy, 40(2), 179-198. doi:10.1080/02680939.2024.2411989 Klatt, G. (2024). Resisting Europeanisation: Poland’s education policy and its impact on the European Education Area. European Educational Research Journal, 23(4), 561–577. doi:10.1177/14749041231155219 Ministry of National Education [MEN]. (2018). Rozporządzenie Ministra Edukacji Narodowej z dnia 30 stycznia 2018 r. w sprawie podstawy programowej kształcenia ogólnego dla liceum ogólnokształcącego, technikum oraz branżowej szkoły II stopnia. Dziennik Ustaw. 2018 poz. 467. Available: https://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/DocDetails.xsp?id=WDU20180000467 Sadurski, W. (2022). A Pandemic of Populists. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Westheimer, J. (2019). Civic Education and the Rise of Populist Nationalism. Peabody Journal of Education, 94(1), 4–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2019.1553581 Zamęcki, Ł., & Załęski, P. (2023). How Right-Wing Populists Influence Citizenship Education—Evidence from Poland. East European Politics and Societies, 37(4), 1314-1336. doi:10.1177/08883254221144710 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Powerful Knowledge under Scrutiny: Curriculum Design Coherence and Its Implications for Civic Education 1: Faculty of Education Charles University in Prague, Czech Republic (Czechia); 2: Faculty of Arts Charles University in Prague, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:The main aim of this paper is to analyze and critically assess the concept of Powerful Knowledge (PK) and the Curriculum Design Coherence (CDC) model derived from it as a potentially theoretically grounded framework for the development of a civic education curriculum in the context of the revision of the Czech national curriculum, and to examine how criticism shapes its applicability in Czech education. We draw on experience with a competence-oriented curriculum framework in which teachers in the Czech Republic are provided with prescribed key competencies and learning outcomes for educational areas. The concrete form of instruction, including the selection of curricular content, is developed by teachers themselves at the school level. Moreover, a revision of the national curriculum framework is currently underway, accompanied by critical debate but limited systematic scholarly reflection. In our paper, we draw inspiration from research and theoretically grounded approaches to curriculum design developed in education systems with comparable experience. Our key points of departure are a report addressing the experiences and challenges associated with the implementation of competence-oriented curricula in several countries—Curriculum Policy: International Comparative Review (Crehan et al. 2025)—and the manifesto Save Our Schools, which criticizes the shift towards generic competencies as well as constructivist approaches (Johnston 2023). Crehan and her colleagues point out that working with a curriculum oriented towards the development of generic competencies places disproportionate demands on teachers. The more broadly target competencies are defined, the less confident teachers are about how to develop them across different subjects. A further problem arises when the selection of curricular content intended to foster generic competencies is left entirely to teachers’ discretion (Crehan et al. 2025: 6), which reflects the situation in the Czech Republic. By contrast, Johnston’s manifesto offers a fundamental critique of the turn towards generic competencies, which, according to him, displace essential academic knowledge. The central argument of this critique is that such approaches prioritize naturally acquired abilities over cognitively demanding academic knowledge (Johnston 2023). Accordingly, Johnston (2023) and Rata (2021) warn that abandoning clearly defined content leads to the fragmentation of knowledge and disadvantages students who do not acquire an academic foundation in their family environment. They identify a key source of inspiration for addressing this problem in the further specification of the concept of PK (Muller and Young 2019), which foregrounds abstract disciplinary knowledge in the form of academic knowledge rather than students’ immediate experiences. As a vehicle for change, they propose operationalizing this PK framework through the CDC model, originally developed by Rata (2019, 2021). The CDC model constitutes a theoretical–pragmatic framework for school curriculum design that seeks coherence between disciplinary knowledge, curricular content, and students’ competencies. It is grounded in the premise that a high-quality curriculum must be structured around the key concepts of academic disciplines. The model differs from approaches based solely on skills or subject matter in that it prioritizes the epistemic structure of academic knowledge as its organizing principle. According to the authors of the CDC model, this approach is crucial for democratic citizenship. Schools should function as secular spaces, separating objective knowledge from local beliefs and emotions (Johnston 2023), thereby developing the cognitive capacities required in the modern world (Rata 2021). However, the emphasis on academic knowledge and the political implications of approaches grounded in Powerful Knowledge have become the subject of extensive criticism (Alderson 2020; Barton 2024; White 2018; Yates et al. 2019). For this reason, we consider it important to analyze the concept of PK and examine its implications for application in civic education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The primary methodological approach adopted is the Narrative Literature Review as a qualitatively oriented method of synthesizing scholarly sources (Baumeister and Leary 1997). The paper focuses on describing and interpreting the theoretical foundations underpinning approaches to the selection of curricular content in civic education. Given that the concept of Powerful Knowledge (PK) is currently frequently discussed as a curricular principle, we concentrate on mapping the possibilities for applying this approach within civic education. The Narrative Literature Review method enables us, on the basis of theoretical studies, to outline the reasons that make the concept of Powerful Knowledge salient in contemporary curriculum practice and to describe and interpret its theoretical underpinnings. Specifically, we analyze the Curriculum Design Coherence (CDC) model, which proposes partial procedural steps for selecting appropriate topics within the curriculum. At the same time, drawing on critical texts addressing the CDC model (Alderson 2020; Barton 2024; White 2018; Yates 2019), we deliberately identify problematic aspects of this approach, particularly from perspectives relevant to civic education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We consider the principal contribution of the Curriculum Design Coherence (CDC) model, as an operationalization of Powerful Knowledge (PK), to be its systematic engagement with subject matter content from the perspective of academic disciplines. In civic education, the subject is inherently multidisciplinary, drawing on anthropology, sociology, economics, and related fields. Consequently, the capacity for synthesizing transdisciplinary thinking represents a significant component of curriculum work. However, the concept of PK has been criticized for its strong fixation on academic disciplines. We engage with this critique and reconstruct the potential strengths of the CDC model in light of the problems that a PK based approach may generate. Barton (2024) characterizes the exclusive identification of powerful knowledge with academic disciplines as a fundamental error, arguing that disciplines lack clear boundaries and are often shaped more by institutional imperatives than by genuine intellectual distinctiveness. White (2018) and Yates (2019) emphasize that curriculum design should begin with broader ethical aims and societal needs, rather than focusing solely on epistemological categories. White further questions whether all subjects—such as history or literature—contain the kind of internally coherent system of concepts typically attributed to the natural sciences. An exclusively disciplinary approach may therefore, according to Barton (2024), result in students capable of scientific thinking but lacking compassion and the ability to act responsibly. Alderson adds that separating concepts from values is unrealistic and pedagogically unhelpful, noting the importance of emotions and values for democratic citizenship (Alderson 2020). These perspectives are particularly salient in civic education, and we therefore address them systematically. Accordingly, this paper undertakes a targeted mapping of this body of criticism in order to propose our own interpretation of the CDC model suitable for civic education in the Czech Republic. These conclusions, however, need not be understood as culturally confined solely to our society. References Alderson, Priscilla. 2020. “Powerful knowledge, myth or reality? Four necessary conditions if knowledge is to be associated with power and social justice.” London Review of Education 18 (1): 96–106. Barton, Keith C. 2024. “Knowledge without disciplines: a critique of social realism’s disciplinary fixation.” Journal of Curriculum Studies 56 (3), 235–245. Baumeister, Roy F., and Mark R. Leary. 1997. “Writing Narrative Literature Reviews.” Review of General Psychology 1 (3), 311–320. Crehan, Lucy, Anish Badgeri, Conor Carleton, Bevil Luck, Loic Menzies, Daniel Morrish, Nicky Rushton and Patrick Wall. 2025. Curriculum policy: International comparative review. Centre for Education Systems. Johnston, Michael. 2023. Save Our Schools: Solutions for New Zealand's Education Crisis. Wellington: The New Zealand Initiative. Muller, Johan and Michael Young. 2019. “Knowledge, power and powerful knowledge re‐visited.” The Curriculum Journal 30 (2): 1–19. Pountney, Richard, Elizabeth Rata and Diane Swift. 2025. “Exploring curriculum coherence and professional knowledge.” In: Wyse, Dominic, Vivienne Baumfield, Nicole Mockler and Martin Reardon (eds.). The BERA-Sage Handbook of Research-Informed Education Practice and Policy. London: BERA / Sage, 791–814. Rata, Elizabeth. 2021. “The Curriculum Design Coherence Model in the Knowledge-Rich School Project.” Review of Education 9 (2): 448–495. Rata, Elizabeth. 2019. “Knowledge-Rich Teaching: A Model of Curriculum Design Coherence.” British Educational Research Journal 45 (4): 681–97. White, John. 2018. “The weakness of ‘powerful knowledge’.” London Review of Education, 16 (2): 325–335. Yates, Lyn, Larissa McLean Davies, Lucy Buzacott, Brenton Doecke, Philip Mead, and Wayne Sawyer. 2019. “School English, Literature and the Knowledge-Base Question.” The Curriculum Journal 30 (1): 51–68. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper The Concept of Oligarchy as Powerful Knowledge? Designing Curriculum Tools for Civic Education 1: Faculty of Education Charles University in Prague, Czech Republic (Czechia); 2: Faculty of Arts Charles University in Prague, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:In recent years, Western pedagogical discourse has intensified debates on the “return of knowledge” and on Powerful Knowledge (PK) as a response to the dominance of competency‑oriented curricula (Young 2013; Young and Muller 2016). These debates are entering the Czech context, especially with the ongoing curriculum revision. Reflection on disciplinary knowledge, however, remains fragmented, particularly regarding links between academic disciplines, curriculum content selection, and initial teacher education. This paper responds to this situation within the reform of initial teacher training and focuses on the relationship between disciplinary knowledge and teaching. It assumes that curricula centred on cross‑disciplinary competencies place higher demands on teachers, especially when content selection and structure rely on their individual judgement. Findings from an international comparative study led by L. Crehan show that the more generally competencies are formulated, the greater the uncertainty teachers experience in discipline‑specific implementation, and that “situations in which” responsibility for content selection fully transferred to teachers reaches the limits of their professional capacity (Crehan et al. 2025). This is not a simple opposition between competency‑based and discipline‑based curricula. Approaches such as the Curriculum Design Coherence (CDC) model highlight teachers as curriculum designers who understand disciplinary epistemic structure and can justify content selection and sequencing (Rata 2019; Pountney et al. 2025). The key question is how to support teachers in this role during initial training. The paper has two main objectives. First, it aims to present the research design of a study to be conducted from the second half of 2026, based on the methodology of Educational Design Research (EDR). The study seeks to develop a multi-step tool for identifying instructionally relevant concepts (i.e. a tool for curriculum content selection) that will serve both practicing teachers and academics involved in the initial teacher training. The second objective is to offer an example of such content, namely the issue of oligarchy. We will provide a discipline-robust justification of this topic within the framework of our interpretation of the concept of PK. EDR will be applied in authentic teaching of prospective teachers to develop a tool for selecting and evaluating disciplinary knowledge in relation to the aims of social science education in the Czech Republic. EDR involves iterative development linking practical problems with empirically grounded theoretical knowledge (McKenney and Reeves 2018, 2020). As a case study, the paper employs the issue of oligarchy and oligarchization in the context of a post-socialist state in Central and Eastern Europe. It draws primarily on the work of Jeffrey A. Winters and examines whether, and under what conditions, contemporary theories of oligarchy can provide a productive framework for civic education (Winters 2011; 2017; Winters and Page 2009; Alfani 2023; Winslow 2024; Gilens and Page 2014). Oligarchy serves as an interdisciplinary concept, on the basis of which a more general theory and practice of the didactic transformation of disciplinary knowledge in the initial teacher's training can be developed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Given that the aim of this paper is to discuss the research design within which we introduce the selected topic of oligarchy, the methodology operates across two complementary methodological domains. First, we draw on a Narrative Literature Review as a qualitatively oriented method for synthesizing scholarly sources (Baumeister & Leary, 1997). Second, we employ Educational Design Research (EDR) as a practice-oriented research approach. The Narrative Literature Review enables us, on the basis of theoretical scholarship, to outline the reasons why the concept of oligarchy and oligarchical rule has become salient in contemporary curriculum practice, and to describe and interpret its key theoretical underpinnings. In particular, we analyze the concept of oligarchy within the Central European context. EDR is a research genre in which the iterative development of solutions to practical and complex educational problems simultaneously serves as a site for empirical investigation, yielding theoretical understanding that can inform the work of others (McKenney & Reeves, 2018, 2020; Lehrmann et al., 2022; Brase, 2024). Crucially, EDR is conducted in authentic educational contexts and in collaboration with stakeholders, rather than under laboratory conditions, reflecting a commitment to both practical relevance and scientific rigor. Methodologically, EDR is commonly conceptualized as a flexible, iterative process model comprising three core phases: analysis and exploration, design and construction, and evaluation and reflection. These phases are pursued in continuous interaction with practice and are informed from the outset by an implementation-and-spread perspective. In the analysis and exploration phase, our EDR work is organized as an empirical micro-cycle aimed at developing a defensible and shared understanding of the problem space before any design solution is fixed. In practice, this phase begins with an initial orientation conducted in collaboration with practitioners and other stakeholders who “experience the problem firsthand.” During this process, a preliminary problem statement is discussed and progressively refined by systematically examining what needs to be known about (a) the problem itself, (b) the educational context, and (c) stakeholder needs and expectations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on a narrative review of the scholarly literature, the paper will offer a theoretically grounded justification of the relevance of the concepts of oligarchy, oligarchization, and oligarchic power for contemporary social studies, with particular attention to the Central European context (especially the Czech Republic). The outcome of this section will be a systematized delineation of the key theoretical frameworks through which oligarchy is conceptualized, along with the identification of tensions and gaps in existing curricular and didactic treatments of this topic. Building on the methodological approach of Educational Design Research (EDR), the paper will further present initial findings from the analytical–exploratory phase of EDR, which is aimed at understanding the problem space prior to the design of a didactic intervention and at establishing a robust research design. The expected outcomes of this phase include: (a) a refined definition of the educational problem; (b) an analysis of contextual conditions and constraints relevant to the teaching of political and social issues; and (c) the identification of the needs and expectations of key stakeholders, particularly teachers. These outputs will be articulated in the form of preliminary requirements and initial propositions to inform a coherent research design to be implemented no earlier than the second half of 2026. References Alfani, Guido. 2023. As Gods among Men. A History of the Rich in the West. Princeton University Press. Baumeister, Roy F., and Mark R. Leary. 1997. “Writing Narrative Literature Reviews.” Review of General Psychology 1 (3), 311–320. Brase, Alexa K. 2024. “Knowledge generation between design, data and theory: Argumentation in design-based research.” EDeR – Educational Design Research 8 (1): 1-21. Crehan, Lucy, Anish Badgeri, Conor Carleton, Bevil Luck, Loic Menzies, Daniel Morrish, Nicky Rushton and Patrick Wall. 2025. Curriculum policy: International comparative review. Centre for Education Systems. Gilens, Martin, and Benjamin I. Page. 2014. “Testing Theories of American Politics: Elites, Interest Groups, and Average.” Perspectives on Politics 12 (3): 564–581. Lehrmann, Astrid L., Helle M. Skovbjerg, and Simone J. Arnfred. 2022. “Design based research as a research methodology in teacher and social education – a scoping review.” EDeR – Educational Design Research 6 (3): 1-32. McKenney, Susan E., and Thomas C. Reeves. 2018. Conducting Educational Design Research. Routledge. McKenney, Susan E., and Thomas C. Reeves. 2020. Educational research design: Portraying, conducting, and enhancing productive scholarship. Medical Education, 55 (1): 82-92. Muller, Johan and Michael Young. 2019. “Knowledge, power and powerful knowledge re‐visited.” The Curriculum Journal 30 (2): 1–19. Pountney, Richard, Elizabeth Rata and Diane Swift. 2025. “Exploring curriculum coherence and professional knowledge.” In: Wyse, Dominic, Vivienne Baumfield, Nicole Mockler and Martin Reardon (eds.). The BERA-Sage Handbook of Research-Informed Education Practice and Policy. BERA / Sage, 791–814. Rata, Elizabeth. 2019. Knowledge-Rich Curriculum: A New Social Realist Approach. Routledge. Winslow, Luke. 2024. Oligarchy in America. Power, Justice, and the Rule of the Few. The University of Alabama Press. Winters, Jeffrey Alan, and Benjamin I. Page. 2009. “Oligarchy in the United States?” Perspectives on Politics 7 (4): 731–751. Winters, Jeffrey Alan. 2011. Oligarchy. Cambridge University Press. Winters, Jeffrey Alan. 2017. “Wealth Defense and the Complicity of Liberal Democracy.” In Wealth: NOMOS LVIII, edited by Jack Knight and Melissa Schwartzberg, vol. 58. New York University Press. Young, Michael. 2013. “Overcoming the Crisis in Curriculum Theory.” Journal of Curriculum Studies 45 (2): 101–118. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Teachers' Negotiation of Values and Agency in Lower Secondary Education 1: NLA University College, Norway; 2: Oslo Metropolitan University Presenting Author:The purpose of this study is to explore how Norwegian lower secondary school teachers interpret and communicate values in their teaching in a time of global polarization, where democratic values are challenged and under pressure. The Norwegian national curriculum (Ministry of Education, 2017) highlights and specifically emphasizes the school’s role in promoting students’ ability to interpret and reflect on values, identity, and society. To investigate this, we focus on how teachers promote student participation and reflection, as well as the affective, relational, and ethical dimensions that may come into play. The research question guiding our research is thus: How do teachers understand and negotiate their role in conveying the value foundation of the Norwegian curriculum, and how do they describe their contribution to students’ ability to interpret and reflect on values, identity, and society? Our analysis is based on Hannah Arendt’s views on education as a means of preparing individuals to think and make judgments within a shared world. She emphasizes the importance of taking responsibility for our political lives in these challenging times and reminds us of the potential rooted in each generation's ability to initiate something new (Bernstein, 2018, p. 119). According to Hannah Arendt (1961/2006), the teacher’s role involves guiding students into a culture’s established knowledge, norms, values, and ideals; a preparatory process aimed at equipping them for future engagement with complex societal issues. Arendt (1961/2006) is very clear that adults must take responsibility for the world and for introducing it to children, and that this must be achieved through the exercise of authority. To relinquish authority is, in effect, to relinquish responsibility. However, she points to a challenge in the loss of authority – in both education and society – where adults are increasingly hesitant to take responsibility for the world and to act as mediators between the past and the future. She argues that education should be conservative, and at the same time protect the newness each generation brings without controlling how the future will unfold (Arendt, 1961/2006, p. 189). Another theoretical concept we incorporate in the analysis is the concept of ‘teacher agency’, which highlights teachers' active role in shaping educational practice. Consequently, teacher agency emphasizes teachers' autonomy in decision-making, professional judgment, and ethical and professional action in complex teaching situations (ref.). In this study, it opens for investigating how the teachers navigate their roles within the mandate to promote students’ ability to interpret and reflect on values. And further, how they balance influencing students in a particular direction (pedagogical normativity) and promoting independent learning and critical thinking. This fundamental pedagogical dilemma, for which there are no clear-cut solutions, is often referred to as the ‘pedagogical paradox’ (cf. Løvlie, 2007). Furthermore, thepedagogical paradox concerns the inherent inequality in the relationship between the educator and the learner: for the relationship to have meaning, one party must hold more knowledge or insight than the other and exert some form of influence (ref). According to Nixon (2012), pedagogical practice cannot be separated from the aims of education and the intentions of those who enact it. It must be understood in relation to the values and beliefs of practitioners who are themselves situated within particular settings and traditions that make those values and beliefs intelligible. Thus, the pedagogical paradox remains a tension within both the institutional structures of the education system as well as the relational dynamics between educators and children (Willbergh, 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material consists of semi-structured interviews (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009) with 10 lower secondary teachers in Norway (3 women, 7 men) teaching social studies and/or RE. The interviews were conducted in spring 2025 and evenly distributed between the two authors. Participants were recruited through professional and private networks and via snowball sampling (Tjora, 2012). The interviews explored teachers’ reflections on and experiences with values and values education in social studies and RE. The purpose of the interviews was to gain insight into teachers’ reflections on, and experiences with, exploring and addressing values in their teaching. All participants were qualified teachers with experience from lower secondary education. The interviews addressed teachers’ educational backgrounds and school contexts, including school characteristics, student composition, and priority areas. We also examined schools’ values frameworks, focusing on which values teachers considered particularly important and whether they experienced tensions between personally emphasized values and those articulated in policy documents. Further, the interviews explored, in-depth, the teachers’ teaching practices and their perspectives on opportunities and challenges related to values education, including the handling of controversial or sensitive topics; the influence of student composition and current events; and perceived future challenges and needs in facing complex value questions. To support reflection and make abstract value concepts more tangible, we used two sets of artifacts during the interviews. The first consisted of excerpts from the national curricula for social studies and RE; the second was an excerpt from the citation for Fritt Ord’s Honorary Prize awarded to teachers at Oslo Cathedral School in 2024 (Fritt Ord, n.d.). These artifacts helped facilitate discussion of how the teachers interpret and translate value formulations in policy documents into classroom practice. The material was analyzed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006), focusing on patterns in how teachers articulate, negotiate, and operationalize values, teacher agency, as well as possibilities and challenges related to values education. All participants and schools have been anonymized, and informed consent was obtained. We have taken particular care in handling personal and sensitive data (NESH, 2023). The study has received a positive assessment from the Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research (SIKT). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our work is ongoing; however, preliminary findings suggest that teachers’ efforts to interpret and communicate values are shaped by three closely connected dynamics. First, the pedagogical paradox is evident across all interviews: the teachers consistently navigate tensions between exercising authority and responsibility for the ‘shared world’ (cf. Arendt, 1961/2006), on the one hand, and fostering students’ independence and critical thinking on the other. Second, the teachers describe how students’ value orientations, prior knowledge, and, in particular, engagement with social media influence classroom discussions in ways that challenge established norms, thereby complicating values education and the exercise of authority (cf. Arendt, 1961/2006). Together, these dynamics highlight the ongoing negotiation of Arendt’s notion of guiding students into an existing world while acknowledging their capacity for new beginnings. Lastly, our data suggest that both teachers’ and students’ positionalities, particularly their personal experiences, affective responses, and relational orientations, play a crucial role in how teachers frame, negotiate, and evaluate discussions of contentious topics in practice. Together, these findings illustrate the complex ways in which teachers interpret their mandate to support students’ reflection on values, identity, and society amid increasing societal polarization. References Arendt, H. (1961/2006). Between past and future. Penguin Group. Bernstein, R. J. (2018). Why read Hannah Arendt now. Polity Press. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Fritt Ord. (n.d.). Fritt Ord Honorary Prize 2024: Teachers at Oslo Cathedral School. The Fritt Ord Foundation. Retrieved March 5, 2025, from https://frittord.no/nb/priser/fritt-ords-honnor/laerere-ved-katedralskolen-i-oslo Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2009). InterViews : Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing (2nd ed.). Sage. Løvlie, L. (2007). Does paradox count in education? Utbildning och demokrati, 16(3), 9-24. https://doi.org/10.48059/uod.v16i3.860 Ministry of Education (2017). Core Curriculum – Values and Principles for Primary and Secondary Education. Adopted as a regulation by Royal Decree. The National Curriculum for the Knowledge Promotion Reform 2020. https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/ NESH. (2023). Forskningsetiske retningslinjer for samfunnsvitenskap og humaniora. De nasjonale forskningsetiske komiteene. https://www.forskningsetikk.no/retningslinjer/hum-sam/forskningsetiske-retningslinjer-for-samfunnsvitenskap-og-humaniora/ Nixon, J. (2012). Interpretive pedagogies for higher education: Arendt, Berger, Said, Nussbaum, and their legacies (1st. ed.). Continuum International Publ. Group. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781472541161 Tjora, A. (2012). Kvalitative forskningsmetoder i praksis. Gyldendal Akademisk. Willbergh, I. (2019). "Som om"-opplevelser - viktig for demokratiet. Undervisningens estetiske dimensjon og dens begrunnelse. In K. H. Karlsen & G. B. Bjørnstad (Eds.), Skaperglede, engasjement og utforskertrang. Nye perspektiver på estetiske og tverrfaglie undervisningsmetoder som redskap i pedagogisk virksomhet (pp. 225-239). Universitetsforlaget. |
| 14:00 - 15:00 | 100 SES 14 A: 14.15 - 15: 15 Kazachstan Location: C1 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid Governance Meeting |
| 15:00 - 15:30 | ECER Break J Paper Session |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 12 A: Special Call - Session 9 Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Maya Gunawardena Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper What Shapes Teachers' GenAI Integration? Pedagogy, Agency, and Context The Open University of Israel, Israel Presenting Author:The rapid rise of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) in education is reshaping how teachers design instruction, interact with learners, and understand their professional roles (OECD, 2023). Research highlights opportunities and challenges of GenAI (Law, 2024; Zhai, 2024). GenAI tools can support differentiated learning, generate instructional materials, enhance student engagement, and reduce teachers’ workload by automating routine tasks (Hu et al., 2025; Chakraborty, 2024). At the same time, GenAI-generated outputs require pedagogical judgment, as issues of accuracy and ethical use complicate practice (OECD, 2023). These dual affordances illustrate the need to examine pedagogical, professional, and institutional conditions shaping teachers’ work. The aim of this study was to examine how pedagogical reasoning, teacher agency, and systemic conditions shape teachers’ integration of GenAI in school contexts. Accordingly, this study explored three research questions: (1) How do teachers integrate GenAI into their pedagogical practice? (2) How is teacher agency enacted within different depths and forms of integration? (3) How do institutional and systemic conditions enable or constrain GenAI adoption? Techno-pedagogy is central to GenAI integration. The SAMR model (Puentedura, 2006, 2012) illustrates how technology use ranges from enhancement to transformation. Levy-Nadav et al. (2024) found most GenAI practices clustered in the middle SAMR levels, suggesting that meaningful integration depends on teachers’ pedagogical intentions and their ability to adapt GenAI outputs. Complementing SAMR, Dexter’s Educational Technology Integration and Implementation Principles (2005, 2023) emphasize value-added technology use, alignment between tools and learning goals, and the importance of supportive infrastructure. Collectively, these frameworks emphasize purposeful pedagogical adaptation. GenAI intensifies these demands, as teachers must evaluate content, refine prompts, and consider both pedagogical alignment and ethical concerns. Teacher professional development (TPD) is another factor shaping GenAI integration. Research demonstrates that TPD enhances teachers’ competence and student outcomes (Harris & Sass, 2011). Specifically, in the context of GenAI, TPD must evolve to address emerging competencies such as prompt refinement, evaluation of GenAI outputs, and responsible implementation in diverse subject areas. Recent work shows that structured exploration and reflection support informed GenAI use (Ding et al., 2024). These findings reinforce the importance of TPD programs that cultivate teachers’ capacity to integrate GenAI thoughtfully. Teacher agency is a further lens through which to understand GenAI adoption. Agency encompasses autonomy, innovation, and ownership over professional growth (Calvert, 2016; Imants, 2020). Teachers exercise agency when they critically evaluate when and how GenAI should be used, adapt GenAI-generated materials to student needs, and initiate new instructional strategies. Studies indicate that teachers’ perceptions of GenAI vary widely; some embrace experimentation, while others proceed cautiously, concerned about accuracy, ethics, or alignment with learning goals (Law, 2024; Zhai, 2024). These variations underscore that integration depends not only on technical skills but on teachers’ professional judgment, sense of responsibility, and confidence navigating new technologies. Finally, systemic and institutional conditions influence GenAI implementation. Infrastructure, policy clarity, administrative support, and ethical guidelines shape the extent to which teachers engage with GenAI (OECD, 2023). Without reliable access, clear expectations, or supportive leadership, even highly motivated teachers encounter barriers that restrict experimentation or deeper innovation. Concerns about academic integrity, and responsible use further highlight the need for coherent institutional frameworks (UNESCO, 2023; Roe & Perkins, 2024). Conversely, environments that encourage collaboration enable sustainable and pedagogical adoption (Imants, 2020). The literature suggests that GenAI integration emerges through the interaction of three interrelated dimensions: pedagogical reasoning informed by techno-pedagogical frameworks, teacher agency as expressed through professional judgment and innovation, and system-level conditions that support or constrain practice. Understanding these dimensions provides a conceptual foundation for examining how teachers navigate GenAI in real contexts and identifies the factors that shape meaningful, ethical, and sustainable integration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study employed a design which triangulated interviews, observations, and GenAI-integrated teaching artifacts to examine teachers’ GenAI integration across school contexts. This design enabled examining in depth the pedagogical, agentic, and systemic factors shaping teachers’ integration of GenAI across school contexts. Participants: Seventeen in-service teachers from a GenAI-focused TPD participated in the study. They represented a range of subject areas and teaching experience, enabling an examination of GenAI use across varied pedagogical and institutional realities. Instruments: Data were collected from three sources: semi-structured interviews, observations of professional development sessions, and 91 GenAI-integrated teaching artifacts produced during and after the training. Individual interviews explored teachers’ reasoning behind adopting GenAI, perceived pedagogical affordances and challenges, experiences of autonomy or constraint, and views on institutional or policy factors shaping their decisions. Approximately ten hours of observations captured how teachers learned with and about GenAI in collaborative settings, including how they experimented with prompt crafting, interpreted GenAI outputs, supported peers, and responded to the instructional guidance provided during the training. The teaching artifacts included lesson plans, adapted materials, assessments, and student-facing tasks generated or revised using GenAI, offering evidence of integration depth and the practical implications of pedagogical or systemic barriers. Analysis: Data were analyzed using thematic analysis. Coding combined deductive categories derived from techno-pedagogical principles (e.g., alignment with learning goals, value-added use), expressions of teacher agency (autonomy, reflection, collaboration, innovation), and system-level factors (infrastructure, policy clarity, administrative support), alongside emerging inductive codes. The aim was to identify patterns that explained variation in GenAI uptake across teachers and contexts. Results: Three findings emerged. First, teachers’ GenAI practices were influenced by their pedagogical decision-making: those who aligned tool use with learning goals demonstrated deeper and more adaptive integration, whereas others remained at surface-level use. Second, teacher agency played a decisive role. Teachers who felt confident to experiment, reflect, and collaborate integrated GenAI more creatively and critically; those facing uncertainty or restrictive norms adopted it minimally. Finally, systemic conditions shaped the boundaries of what teachers could implement. Clear policies, supportive leadership, and reliable infrastructure enabled sustained engagement, while ambiguity or constraints limited integration even among motivated teachers. Together, these findings illuminate how pedagogy, agency, and context interact to shape GenAI school adoption. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings demonstrate that teachers’ integration of GenAI is shaped by the interaction of pedagogical reasoning, teacher agency, and systemic conditions. Teachers who aligned GenAI use with learning goals, refined outputs, and adapted materials for diverse learners engaged in deeper integration, highlighting that GenAI adoption is fundamentally a pedagogical process rather than a technical one. At the same time, agency played a pivotal role: teachers who felt confident to experiment, collaborate, and influence the professional development process used GenAI more creatively and critically, reinforcing the centrality of reflective judgment and innovation when working with emerging technologies. System-level factors also significantly structured what teachers were able to enact. Clear expectations, ethical guidelines, supportive leadership, and reliable infrastructure enabled sustained and thoughtful engagement, whereas ambiguity or restrictive norms limited integration even among motivated teachers. Beyond its practical implications, the study offers a theoretical contribution by proposing that GenAI integration should be conceptualized not as movement along a single pedagogical scale but as a multi-dimensional process shaped by the alignment of three interdependent dimensions: The pedagogical dimension emphasizes expanding GenAI training for purposeful prompt design and higher-level integration. The agency dimension includes collaborative learning, and opportunities to influence the design of TPDs, both of which expand teachers’ autonomy and reflective practice. The systemic dimension encompasses infrastructure investment, efficiency benefits and policy development that include ethical guidelines enabling or constraining sustainable GenAI use. This perspective extends existing techno-pedagogical models by explaining how higher-level GenAI use depends on the interaction between teachers’ judgment and contextual enablers, rather than on technological affordances alone. As a limitation, the qualitative design captures depth across contexts but does not allow claims about generalizability of findings. Future research could build on this model using mixed-methods to examine how these dimensions interact at scale. References Calvert, L. (2016). The power of teacher agency. The Learning Professional, 37(2), 51. Chakraborty, S. (2024). Generative AI in modern education society. arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2412.08666. Dexter, S. (2005). Principles to guide the integration and implementation of educational technology. In M. Khosrow-Pour (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Information Science and Technology (1st ed., pp. 2303-2307). IGI Global. https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-59140-553-5.CH406 Dexter, S. (2023). Developing faculty EdTech instructional decision-making competence with principles for the integration of EdTech. Education Tech Research Dev, 71, 163–179. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-023-10198-0 Ding, A.-C. E., Shi, L., Yang, H., & Choi, I. (2024). Enhancing teacher AI literacy and integration through different types of cases in teacher professional development. Computers and Education Open, 6, 100178. Harris, D. N., & Sass, T. R. (2011). Teacher training, teacher quality and student achievement. Journal of Public Economics, 95(7-8), 798-812. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpubeco.2010.11.009 Hu, X., Xu, S., Tong, R., & Graesser, A. (2025). Generative AI in Education: From Foundational Insights to the Socratic Playground for Learning. arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2501.06682 Imants, J., & Van der Wal, M. M. (2020). A model of teacher agency in professional development and school reform. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52(1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2019.1604809 Law, L. (2024). Application of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) in language teaching and learning: A scoping literature review. Computers and Education Open, 6, 100174. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2024.100174 Levy-Nadav, L., et al. (2025). Digital Competencies for Effective GenAI Use in Secondary Schools: A Longitudinal Exploration of Teachers' Perspectives and Classroom Practices. Journal of Computer-Assisted Learning. JCAL_EV_JCAL70123 OECD. (2023). Generative AI in the classroom: From hype to reality? OECD Schools+. https://one.oecd.org/document/EDU/EDPC(2023)11/en/pdf Puentedura, R. (2012). The SAMR model: Six exemplars. Retrieved November 15, 2023 from http://www.hippasus.com/rrpweblog/archives/2012/08/14/SAMR_SixExempl ars.pdf Puentedura, R. (2006). Transformation, technology, and education. Retrieved from http://hippasus.com/resources/tte Roe, J., & Perkins, M. (2024). Generative AI and agency in education: A critical scoping review and thematic analysis. arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2411.00631 Shamir‐Inbal, T., & Blau, I. (2021). Characteristics of pedagogical change in integrating digital collaborative learning and their sustainability in a school culture: e‐CSAMR framework. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 37(3), 825-838. http://dx.doi.org.elib.openu.ac.il/10.1111/jcal.12526 UNESCO. (2023). AI and education: Guidance for policy-makers. Retrieved May 17, 2024, from https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000386162 Zhai, X. (2024). Transforming teachers' roles and agencies in the era of generative AI: Perceptions, acceptance, knowledge, and practices. arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2410.03018 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Simulation-Based Training in Teacher Education: Impacts of AI Chatbots and Human-Actor Simulations on Self-Efficacy in Parent–Teacher Communication Kibbutzim College of Education, Israel Presenting Author:As simulation-based training becomes increasingly integrated into teacher education, this study explores how AI chatbot simulations and human-actor simulations contribute to the self-efficacy of preservice and in-service early childhood teachers, specifically in the domain of parent–teacher communication within a safe, risk-free environment. As parents play a central role in school life and in the daily professional practice of educators, strengthening teacher education in parent–teacher communication is essential. Studies highlight the need to equip teachers with structured tools and practical skills that facilitate effective communication and foster productive partnerships with parents across diverse educational contexts. (Addi-Raccach & Grinshtain, 2021; Azaria et al., 2024). Simulation-based learning (SBL) has been shown to be an effective pedagogical approach for cultivating interpersonal communication skills and promoting professional development among educators (Dotger et al., 2018; Kasperski et al., 2025), particularly by providing opportunities for repeated practice in controlled settings that mirror authentic professional scenarios. In recent years, the integration of artificial intelligence has expanded the range of simulation technologies available in teacher education, offering innovative, applied tools for developing training processes and enhancing opportunities for experiential learning (Kusmawan, 2023). There are several reasons for integrating artificial intelligence (AI) chatbots and human actors within SBL. One reason lies in the need to provide comprehensive, high-quality professional training, allowing teachers to develop communication competencies (Bandura, 1997; Frei-Landau & Levin, 2022; Tegero & Mabini, 2025). Consequently, teachers may develop a deeper understanding of the advantages and limitations of AI chatbot simulations, including their implications for assessment practices, the provision of real-time feedback, and processes of professional development. An additional reason for the integration of human actor simulations and AI chatbot simulations in teacher training programs stems from the recognized importance of practicing parent–teacher communication, among other topics such as classroom management and building resilience, within controlled, supportive experiential settings. Research indicates a significant gap in the practical training of preservice teachers for managing parent–teacher communication; while existing programs provide substantial theoretical knowledge, they offer limited opportunities for safe, repeated, and personalized practical experiences in this complex communicative domain (Theelen et al., 2019). As a result, many preservice teachers enter the profession experiencing stress and low self-confidence, often without access to a protected learning environment that provides opportunities for practice, reflection, and learning supported by feedback and debriefing. By examining simulation-based approaches that integrate AI chatbot and human-actor simulations, this research provides insights into teachers’ perspectives, experiences, and challenges in developing parent–teacher communication competencies. The aim of this study is to examine self-efficacy differences: between in-service and preservice teachers, and between those practicing with human-actor simulations versus AI chatbot simulations, measured at three time points. The following research questions guided this study: 1. To what extent are there differences in self-efficacy regarding parent–teacher communication between the two simulation modalities (human-actor versus AI chatbot), within each study group (preservice and in-service teachers) 2. To what extent, are there differences in self-efficacy regarding parent–teacher communication between preservice and in-service early childhood teachers who practiced SBL with human actors and those who engaged with AI chatbot simulation during the course, within each study group? 3. How do in-service and pre-service teachers perceive the contribution of different types of feedback (AI chatbot vs. human actor) and the nature of interaction in the simulation to the development of their sense of self-efficacy?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an Explanatory Sequential Mixed-methods Design (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018) to collect quantitative and qualitative data. Forty-eight participants (26 preservice, 22 in-service teachers) completed a semester-long course in the Education Department, at a teacher training college, during the 2024-2025 academic year. All participants practiced parent–teacher communication scenarios using both AI chatbot simulations and human-actor SBL sessions in a counterbalanced order. Quantitative data included self-efficacy questionnaires demonstrating high internal consistency (Cronbach’s α = .80–.90), and were analyzed using statistical methods. The qualitative analysis included teachers’ reflective comments, enabling statistical comparisons and thematic exploration. In the quantitative phase of the research, data were collected using three online self-report questionnaires administered via Google Forms, designed specifically for this study (Shemer-Elkaim & Landler-Pardo, 2018). The questionnaires included 18 closed questions about teachers' self-efficacy measured on a 5-point Likert-type scale ranging from 1(completely disagree) to 5 (completely agree). The questionnaires were: a pre-simulation questionnaire, administered to all participants prior to practices; a mid-course questionnaire administered between the two simulation sessions and a final questionnaire completed by all participants after practicing both simulation types. Additionally, open-ended questions were added at the end of the questionnaires, allowing participants opportunities to provide further views regarding the simulations. Questionnaires were based on a review of empirical literature pertaining to simulation-based training and self-efficacy. Data collection took place during the second semester of the 2024–2025 academic year, at predetermined days and hours. In the qualitative stage, data were based on teachers’ reflective comments provided in response to open-ended questions. These questions invited the participants to elaborate on their experiences and perceptions regarding the simulation practices. Special attention was given to the choice of words used. Responses to the open questions were read by each researcher to obtain a holistic view of the comments. Recursive reading by the researchers produced a common ground of themes. This study employed a purposive sampling approach to identify self-efficacy patterns within a small-scale group (N=48) enrolled in a specific program and arrive at propositions that can be examined in comparable contexts. This sample is purposeful as participants were chosen based on accessibility, field of study, and experience, which provided data. Students were notified about the purpose of the research and its voluntary basis. Anonymity was secured, and identification details were not included. The research abides by all the ethical protocols certified by the Ethics Committee of the college. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results revealed no significant differences in self-efficacy between human-actor and AI chatbot simulations across all measurement points (pre-course, mid-semester, and post-course). However, in-service teachers consistently reported significantly higher self-efficacy than preservice teachers at both pre and post-course measures. Qualitative findings showed that both simulation modalities supported professional identity development, participants' practical competence, and enhanced communication strategies in practicing complex teacher-parent communication. AI chatbots were particularly valued for accessibility, and opportunities for repeated practice, whereas human-actor simulations were perceived as providing greater authenticity and emotional depth. Differences emerged between groups as in-service teachers, with greater teaching experience, emphasized increased confidence and self-efficacy engaging with parents, while preservice teachers reported stronger perceived gains in practical communication competencies and skill acquisition. Overall, 93% of participants recommended the combined approach. Participants expressed strong overall support for the dual-modality approach as a means of bridging the existing gap between theoretical knowledge and the complex realities of the classroom. Findings support a hybrid simulation model combining AI chatbot and human actor simulations to strengthen teacher–parent communication, capitalize on teachers' strengths and inform scalable, cost-effective teacher preparation (Flavian et al., 2024; Spencer et al., 2019;), However, implementation of hybrid simulation models faces challenges such as the need for ongoing teacher training, resistance to adopting new technologies, and the lack of technological infrastructure in some educational institutions (Gonçalves, 2025). References Addi-Raccah, A., and Grinshtain, Y. (2021). Teachers’ professionalism and relations with parents: teachers’ and parents’ views. Research Papers in Education, 37, 1142-1164. Azaria, A., Azoulay, R., and Reches, S. (2024). ChatGPT is a remarkable tool—For experts. Data Intelligence, 6(1), 240–296. https://doi.org/10.1162/dint_a_00235 Bandura, A. (1997). Self‐efficacy: The exercise of control. Freeman. Creswell, J. W., and Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Dotger, B. H., Harris, S., and Hansel, A. (2018). Revealing the complexity of parent–teacher interactions through simulated practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 72, 1–14. Flavian, H., & Levin, O. (2024). Using simulation-based learning to inform preservice teachers’ professional development. Teaching Education, 35(2), 145–161. https://doi.org/10.1080/10476210.2023.2240716 Frei-Landau, R., and Levin, O. (2022). The virtual Sim(HU)lation model: Conceptualization and implementation in the context of distant learning in teacher education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 117, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103798 Gonçalves, B.F. (2025). Artificial intelligence in teacher training: benefits, challenges and tools. In Conference on Education and New Developments (END Conference). Lisboa: World Institute for Advanced Research and Science. p. 331-335. Kasperski, R., Levin, O., and Hemi, M. E. (2025). Systematic Literature Review of Simulation-Based Learning for Developing Teacher SEL. Education Sciences, 15(2),129. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15020129 Kusmawan, U. (2023). Redefining Teacher Training: The Promise of AI-Supported Teaching Practices. Journal of Advances in Education and Philosophy, 7(09):332-335 DOI:10.36348/jaep.2023.v07i09.001 Shemer-Elkaim, T., and Landler-Pardo, G. (2018). The Simulation in Educational Practice Center: Seminar research report (Internal report). Authority for Research and Evaluation, Kibbutzim College of Education. Spencer, S., Drescher, T., Sears, J., Scruggs, A. F., and Schreffler, J. (2019). Comparing the Efficacy of Virtual Simulation to Traditional Classroom Role-Play. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 57(7), 1772-1785. https://doi.org/10.1177/0735633119855613 Tegero, M.C., and Mabini, J.P. (2025). AI Chatbot Simulations in Teacher Training: Core Teaching Competencies Developed Through Virtual Practice. Journal of Teaching and Learning, 19(4), 216-232. https://doi.org/10.22329/jtl.v19i4.10087www.jtl.uwindsor.ca216 Theelen, H., van den Beemt, A., and Brok, P. D. (2019). Classroom simulations in teacher education to support preservice teachers’ interpersonal competence: a systematic literature review. Computers and Education, 129, 14-26. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.10.015 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Out-of-Field Teaching: A Collaborative Professional Development Program Grounded on TPACK Framework 1: Rockfort Educational Institute, Inc. (REII), San Pablo, Tacurong City, 9800, Philippines; 2: University of the Immaculate Concepcion, Graduate School Department, Father Selga Street, Davao City, 8000, Philippines; 3: University of Southeastern Philippines, College of Education, Obrero, Davao City, 8000, Philippines. Presenting Author:Out-of-field teaching occurs when teachers are assigned to teach subjects for which they lack formal education or training. This is a common challenge in resource-limited school systems, such as the Philippines. Despite policies aimed at matching teachers to their subject-area qualifications, ongoing shortages often compel English teachers to teach subjects outside their expertise. Rising student enrollment, new curricula, and digital technologies are increasing global demand for qualified teachers. Persistent shortages push teachers to work beyond their expertise. Out-of-field teaching reduces instructional quality and equity, especially for low-income, rural, and special education students (Van Overschelde & Piatt, 2020). This deepens educational inequalities. Specialization-based hiring policies exist, yet out-of-field teaching remains common in Philippine schools. This harms teacher confidence and student outcomes. Digital learning trends make adaptation more difficult, especially without sufficient training. Contemporary teachers must demonstrate flexibility in pedagogy—the methods and practices of teaching—and proficiency in technology to address diverse student needs. Competency-based professional development is regarded as essential for adequate support (Olvido et al., 2024). The TPACK (Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge) framework integrates subject content knowledge, pedagogical strategies, and technological skills to enable teachers to deliver adaptive and engaging instruction (Jibril & Adedokun-Shittu, 2024). This study aims to develop a TPACK-based professional development program for English teachers teaching out of field. The model will identify knowledge gaps, implement targeted interventions, and assess effectiveness. Collaborative strategies, such as peer mentoring and TPACK-based lesson study, have been proposed to ease teachers' out-of-field teaching (Gómez-Arizaga et al., 2023). This work seeks to advance teacher development, policy reform, and equitable education. This study is informed by Lewin’s (1936) Person-Environment Fit Theory. The theory says optimal outcomes occur when individuals’ abilities, values, and preferences align with the demands of their work environment. This framework is particularly relevant to English teachers assigned to teach out-of-field subjects such as MAPEH, Araling Panlipunan, or TLE. These teachers often face a gap between their training and the specialized content of their new assignments. Kristof-Brown and Billsberry (2013) define “fit” as a match between personal and environmental attributes. Here, “fit” means how well a person’s traits align with their work setting. Edwards et al. (1998) summarized key concepts: (a) There is a two-way interaction between individual abilities and the environment—each influences the other; (b) The alignment between person (P) and environment (E) can be objective or subjective. Objective fit refers to PE traits from external sources. Subjective fit is about PE attributes perceived by the employee (van Vianen, 2018); and (c) Proper fit requires matching expectations with abilities and requirements with supplies. According to Kristof (1996), people fit when they have the needed abilities for their work. Fit also means the environment matches the employee’s preferences. Additionally, Bowman and Denson (2014) likewise argued that people perform better and feel more satisfied when their traits align with the environment. When interests match work, outcomes improve. As a result, out-of-field teachers lack confidence in teaching their assigned subjects. Castro et al. (2023) found that teachers felt uncertain about teaching these subjects. This uncertainty reduced motivation. Teachers spent extra time studying lesson content. Bandura’s (1995) Self-Efficacy theory suggests that confidence grows with successful task completion. Lacking subject mastery lowers motivation. This study also draws on the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) and the TPACK model. TAM explains how users adopt new technologies. This supports an understanding of educational adaptation. Integrating these theories may help out-of-field teachers broaden skills and improve educational quality. The TPACK framework may serve as a guide for out-of-field teachers in delivering instruction in unfamiliar subjects, thereby potentially enhancing job satisfaction and retention. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed descriptive phenomenology, which focuses on phenomena as perceived by the individual (Neubauer et al., 2019). Teachers teaching outside their field have both collective and individual experiences shaped by life circumstances, including living situation, employment, education, and prior teaching experience. Personality, coping skills, culture, family of origin, place of residence, and societal politics also influence each teacher's experience. The objectiveness of the phenomenon is linked to the teacher's subjective experiences. Descriptive phenomenological inquiry should be free from assumptions and theories to allow for phenomenological reduction, or intuiting (Dowling, 2007). Phenomenological reduction is the act of putting aside all judgments and beliefs about the external world and taking nothing for granted (Merleau-Ponty et al., 2011). This gave rise to "bracketing"—the method of identifying the researcher’s preconceptions, assumptions, experiences, and prior knowledge. Bracketing is the researcher’s attempt to engage with the phenomenon impartially and without prejudice, thereby enabling precise description and understanding (Dowling, 2007). There is limited guidance on bracketing, so the researchers document the process in detail to ensure transparency. Bracketing begins with reflection, like researchers assessing their education, family background, religion, politics, and the topic’s relevance to their work. They also examine previous experience with the phenomenon and their responses. Other considerations include circumstances influencing those responses, prior knowledge or readings about the phenomenon, beliefs and attitudes about the topic, and the assumptions that inform them. These factors were addressed throughout the research process, from conception and design to data collection, analysis, and reporting. The study involved seven participants in in-depth interviews and seven in focus group discussions. Teachers were selected based on these criteria: being an English major teaching non-English subjects, having at least one year of teaching experience, working in public or private schools, and having two to three years of experience teaching non-English subjects. These requirements ensured participants had diverse teaching experiences and could share useful insights into challenges and strategies. A content-validated semi-structured interview guide was used to gather detailed narratives of teachers' lived experiences and coping strategies. The guide included three main questions, each with five follow-up questions to elicit comprehensive responses. Interviews took place individually and in focus groups, capturing a wide range of perspectives. Braun and Clarke’s (2024) six-phase framework was used to analyze the data: familiarization, coding, theme identification, review, definition, and report writing. Each phase systematically develops insight and keeps the researchers engaged with the data (Christou, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers who teach outside their field face challenges mastering the content, which reduces confidence and raises questions about their career suitability. They felt they needed specialized skills to succeed. To navigate the classroom, they rely on school or online resources but often lack institutional support. Despite these obstacles, some teachers have successfully navigated teaching outside their areas of expertise. They engaged in self-directed learning, sought peer mentoring, adapted instructional materials to improve teaching and learning, and advanced in their fields. They use a learner-centered approach that gives students autonomy. Building on these experiences, the proposed professional development program, grounded in the TPACK framework and using a collaborative, practice-based, and reflective approach, was designed for integration into the induction program for teachers assigned out of field. School leaders may incorporate the professional development program grounded in the TPACK framework into teacher induction initiatives. This program supports teachers in out-of-field roles, helping them integrate content knowledge, pedagogy, and digital tools for adaptive instruction. To further support effective teaching, school leaders should: (1) assign teachers to classes that match their qualifications and subject-matter expertise, and (2) enable teachers to remain in their areas of specialization over time. These steps help teachers deliver lessons confidently, promote student learning, and foster long-term career satisfaction and professional growth. In addition to institutional efforts, out-of-field English teachers should adopt proactive strategies for their assignments. They should take university crash courses to deepen content knowledge, conduct teaching demonstrations with subject-matter experts, make informed choices when selecting instructional resources, and seek support from colleagues familiar with the subject. Finally, future research should validate the proposed professional development model by assessing its effectiveness across diverse settings. Researchers are encouraged to develop specific lesson exemplars tailored to out-of-field English teachers, providing actionable guidance for institutions facing similar deployment challenges. References Bandura, A. (Ed.). (1995). Self-efficacy in changing societies. Cambridge University Press. https://h1.nu/16Kfe Bowman, N.A., Denson, N. (2014). A missing piece of the departure puzzle: Student–institution fit and intent to persist. Res. High. Educ. 55, 123–142. Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2024). Supporting best practice in reflexive thematic analysis reporting in Palliative Medicine: A review of published research and introduction to the Reflexive Thematic Analysis Reporting Guidelines (RTARG). Palliative Medicine. 38(6): 608–616. doi: https://h1.nu/130rf Castro, M., Asignado, R., & Recede, R. (2023). Out-of-field teaching: Impact on teachers’ self-efficacy and motivation. International Journal of Multidisciplinary: Applied Business and Education Research, 4(9), 519–533. https://h1.nu/12x4O Christou, P.A. (2022). How to use thematic analysis in qualitative research, J. Qual. Res. Tour. 3 (2) 79–95. Dowling, M. (2007). From Husserl to van Manen. A review of different phenomenological approaches. Int J Nurs Stud.;44(1):131–42. doi:10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2005.11.026 Edwards, J.R., Caplan, R.D., & Harrison, R.V. (1998). Person-environment fit theory: Conceptual foundations, empirical evidence, and directions for future research. In C.L. Cooper (Ed.), Theories of organizational stress (pp. 28–67). Oxford: Oxford University Press. https://short-link.me/12B7b Gómez-Arizaga, M.P., Conejeros-Solar, M.L., & Ramos-Fernández, G. (2023). Development of the teacher’s technological pedagogical content knowledge through lesson study: A systematic review. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1078913. https://surli.cc/lhfepy Jibril, M., & Adedokun-Shittu, N.A. (2024). Enhancing education: A comprehensive framework for integrating technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) into teaching and learning. Indonesian Journal of Multidisciplinary Research, 4(1), 181–188. https://surl.li/zduxgp Kristof, A.L. (1996). Person-organization fit: An integrative review of its conceptualizations, measurement, and implications. Personnel Psychology, 49(1), 1–49. https://short-link.me/16Ouo Kristof-Brown, A., & Billsberry, J. (2013). Organizational fit: Key issues and new directions. Chichester, UK: Wiley-Blackwell. https://short-link.me/16OtF Lewin, K. (1936). Principals of topological psychology. McGraw-Hill. Merleau-Ponty, M., Landes, D., Carman, T., & Lefort, C. (2011). Phenomenology of perception. 1st ed. Routledge. Neubauer, B.E., Witkop, C.T., & Varpio. L. (2019). How phenomenology can help us learn from the experiences of others. Perspect Med Educ.;8(2):90–97. doi:10.1007/s40037-019-0509-2 Olvido, M.M.J., Dayagbil, F.T., Alda, R.C., Uytico, B.J., & Rodriguez, K.F.R. (2024). An exploration of the quality of graduates of Philippine teacher education institutions. Frontiers in Education, 9, 1235261. https://surl.li/cqgtav Van Overschelde, J.P., & Piatt, A. (2020). Negative impacts on teaching out-of-field. Texas State University. https://surl.li/vnufzh Van Vianen, A. (2018). Person environment fit: A review of its basic tenets. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 5(1), 75–101. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-orgpsych-032117¬ 104702 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 12 B: Symposium: Towards Inclusive Education? How Research is Used to Stir Inclusive School Improvement – Experiences and Practices from Finland, Italy and Switzerland Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Meike Wolters-Kohler Session Chair: Mari-Pauliina Vainikainen Symposium |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Towards Inclusive Education? How Research is Used to Stir Inclusive School Improvement – Experiences and Practices from Finland, Italy and Switzerland Inclusive education is an issue that is becoming increasingly relevant in everyday school life, with the range of ways to deal with it being wide. Teachers and other experts in schools are trying to figure out what works best but are faced with challenges on different levels since inclusion – in its different understandings – is a topic which is discussed controversially within educational politics (Ainscow 2024; Ainscow and Messiou 2025). The obligation to develop inclusive education (UN 2015) is reconstructed differently at the level of nation-states as it is contextualized by divergent policies, regulations and structures of educational systems which are meaningful for the institutionalization of (inclusive) school cultures (Douglas, 1991). Here research comes in and plays a crucial role in how to handle these demands, providing evidence-based data (Ainscow 2020). This data can in the best case be a relevant factor to influence school practices but not automatically (Knigge 2020) which is why we ask: How can research contribute to foster inclusive education? In this symposium we present different research projects on inclusive school improvement. We focus on different approaches to how research can be used to foster inclusive education. On a meta-level we address the following questions: How does research contribute to inclusive school improvement? Which functions can research take on in inclusive school improvement? What is the motivation to apply different accesses to investigate inclusive education? What are the consequences for methodological realization? What kind of results can be created and how can they be used? We will discuss how results of research are used to stir dialogue with decision-makers and practitioners and what impact the different approaches can have. The presented research projects stem from Italy, Finland and Switzerland. They all focus on inclusive education but are based on different legal backgrounds when it comes to inclusion. Currently there exist different legal foundations and approaches for inclusive education, which lead to varying implementations, such as integrative approaches, which include children in mainstream schools as far as possible, but often still allow special school (Switzerland), to truly inclusive systems (e.g. USA, Canada, Finland, Italy) that promote joint learning for all children in mainstream schools from the outset and abolish special schools. Also, the individual main foci are different: The Italian concept of a formative process evaluation focuses on how inclusive teaching can be realized. The contribution from Finland investigates the role of leadership in inclusive education. The Swiss project evaluates the implementation of Learning Support Teams in schools. References Ainscow, Mel. 2020. „Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences“. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy 6 (1): 7–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587. Ainscow, Mel. 2024. Developing Inclusive Schools: Pathways to Success. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. 7625 Empire Drive, Florence, KY 41042. Tel: 800-634-7064; Fax: 800-248-4724; e-mail: cserve@routledge-ny.com; Web site: http://www.routledge.com. Ainscow, Mel, und Kyriaki Messiou. 2025. „Developing Inclusive Education Systems: Pathways and Barriers“. In Resilienz.Inklusion.Lernende Systeme. Jahrestagung Der Inklusionsforscher*innen 2024 Graz, herausgegeben von Edvina Bešić, Daniela Ender, und Gasteiger-Klicpera Barbara. Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.35468/6149-01. Douglas, M. (1991). Wie Institutionen denken. Suhrkamp. Knigge, Michel. 2020. „Use of evidence to promote inclusive education development commentary on Mel Ainscow. Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences“. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy 6 (1): 21–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1730093. Presentations of the Symposium Research in an Inclusive Education System: Making Social Practices of “Doing Difference” Visible to Support School Development
This contribution reflects on how research can support school development within an inclusive education system, generating both knowledge and transformation amid changing conditions of academic knowledge. Building on perspectives on inclusive school cultures (Ainscow, 2020) and informed by transnationality in education governance (Lawn & Lingard, 2002), it addresses the Italian case—often portrayed as an education system structurally oriented towards inclusion. Yet the normative frame of the inclusive education system does not guarantee enactment: contradictions within (current) policies and political discourses lead to ambivalences which underly everyday social practices, shaped within professional cultures (Helsper, 2021), organisational routines and pedagogical arrangements. Against this backdrop, the paper asks how inclusive education is produced, negotiated and legitimised in everyday school practices, and what kinds of knowledge become authoritative in these processes.
Empirically, the analysis draws on GOODWILL (Researching School Development: Pathways to Inclusive and Quality Education, 2023–2026), a mixed-methods study (Kolleck, 2017) designed as scientific research of a school development initiative promoted by local institutions in Northern Italy, in the Autonomous Province of Bolzano (Seitz et al., in press). Oriented at the Educational Design Based Research approach (Mc Kinney 2012), the research design combines an initial quantitative baseline with successive qualitative data collection and analysis, e.g. ethnographical observations and group discussions. Through dialogic feedback loops, empirical traces are turned into discussable and actionable knowledge for informing pedagogical and organisational decision-making (Seitz & Consalvo, 2025). Qualitative analyses follow an approach inspired by Grounded Theory to reconstruct interpretive frames, routines and (in)equity dynamics emerging from the materials.
Analytically, we foreground “doing difference” (Machold & Wienand, 2021; Merl, 2019) as a mechanism through which inclusion and inequality are co-produced. Findings highlight three interrelated dynamics: (1) “inclusion” is re-interpreted within contextual frames and routines, often reduced to compensatory interventions targeted at individuals; (2) categories (e.g., need, diagnosis, language) are frequently employed performatively, thereby rendering difference governable while reproducing hierarchies of belonging and ability; and (3) a misalignment between accountability-driven demands and what is required to address individual children’s learning.
References:
Ainscow M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1): 7–16
Helsper, W. (2021). Professionalität und Professionalisierung pädagogischen Handelns: Eine Einführung. Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Kolleck N. (2017). Mixed methods: Kombination und Integration quantitativer und qualitativer Methoden in wissenschaftlichen Begleitstudien. In M. Heinrich, M. Rürup, H. Ziegler (eds.), Forschungspraxen der Bildungsforschung (pp. 69–86). Münster: Waxmann.
Lawn, M., & Lingard, B. (2002). Constructing a European Policy Space in Educational Governance: The Role of Transnational Policy Actors. European Educational Research Journal, 1(2), 290-307.
Machold, C., & Wienand, C. (2021). Die Herstellung von Differenz in der Grundschule: Eine Langzeitethnographie. Beltz Juventa.
McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2012). Conducting educational design research. Routledge.
Merl, T. (2019). un/genügend fähig. Zur Herstellung von Differenz im Unterricht inklusiver Schulklassen. Klinkhardt
Seitz, S., & Consalvo, G. (2025). Dialogic approaches and school development: The World Café in research on school cultures and practices. Pedagogia Oggi, 23(2), 113–119.
Seitz, S., Consalvo, G., Auer, P., Berti, F. & Baroni, S. (in p.) Inklusive Schulkulturen: Schulentwicklungsprozesse in einem inklusiven Bildungssystem. In Bächler, L., Fränkel, S., Goldan, J., Schroeder, R. & Ziemen, K. (Eds.), Inklusive Bildung als Transformation. Klinkhardt.
The Construction of Meaning and Value Foundations for Inclusive Leadership in Finland
Increasing diversity in Finland, in line with broader European trends, has introduced new demands on school leadership and prompted principals to reassess their understandings of inclusion (Jantunen et al., 2022). This shift has underscored the need to reconceptualize inclusion, particularly given its long tradition regarding association with special education (Carpelan & Lahtero, 2025; Jahnukainen, 2015; Schuelka et al., 2019). Consequently, over the past decade, Finnish discourse on inclusion has gradually started to shift from narrow special education frameworks toward broader understandings of diversity. Research indicates, however, that while principals commonly express support for inclusion, their more detailed descriptions of their everyday practices or deeper understandings expose constraint‑driven realities in which pragmatic judgments about feasibility tend to override ideological commitments or be elusive by their nature (Jahnukainen, 2015; Jantunen, Sormunen et al., 2025). To understand this landscape, this paper demonstrates how discourse analysis can reveal the complex ways principals navigate inclusion, providing actionable insights for school improvement and principal training (Jantunen, Carpelan et al., 2025). Thus, examining discourse rather than just practices help educators and policymakers understand the underlying value constructions that enable or constrain inclusive development.
We discuss a study focusing on how Finnish comprehensive school principals construct the meaning of inclusion and manage tensions between ideological commitment and practical implementation. The study drew on a discourse theory (Laclau & Mouffe, 2014) to analyse focus group interviews with 21 principals, revealing three major discourses: constructing value foundations for inclusion, defining teachers' roles in promoting inclusion, and assembling the inclusive school community puzzle. Our findings demonstrate how principals actively bridge competing discourses: justice and equality, individual needs, and pragmatic realism. In addition, reoccurring discussion topics included managing resource constraints and teacher resistance.
We aim at enlightening, first, how principals frame teacher resistance as competence concerns rather than ideological opposition; we reveal opportunities for targeted professional development. Second, we identify professional identity as a critical nodal point showing where interventions can be most effective. Third, our analysis of leadership groups as spaces for negotiating competing perspectives offers a concrete model for distributed leadership in practice. Our study provides practical implications for principal training, suggesting that effective inclusive leadership requires understanding inclusion comprehensively (beyond special education), reconstructing teachers’ professional identities toward collective responsibility, and implementing gradual change strategies that respect teacher readiness while maintaining clear value-based direction.
References:
Carpelan, R., & Lahtero, T. J. (2025). Leading education for inclusion. In M. Wicki, & M. Törmänen (Eds.), Bildung für alle stärken – Improve Education for All: Ein Handbuch für die evidenzbasierte Entwicklung inklusiver Schulen – A Handbook for Evidence-Based Development of Inclusive Schools (pp. 119-128). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/101348
Jahnukainen, M. (2015). Inclusion, integration, or what? A comparative study of the school principals’ perceptions of inclusive and special education in Finland and in Alberta, Canada. Disability and Society, 30(1), 59-72. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2014.982788
Jantunen, A., Carpelan, R., Loukomies, A., Lahtero, T. J., Kallioniemi, A., & Sormunen, K. (2025). Intersecting Discourses: How Finnish Principals Construct Meaning and Value Foundations for Inclusive Leadership. Studia paedagogica, 30(3), 72-97. https://doi.org/10.5817/SP2025-3-3
Laclau, E., & Mouffe, C. (2014). Hegemony & socialist strategy: Towards a radical democratic politics. Verso Books.
Schuelka, M. J., Johnstone, C.J., Thomas, G. & Artiles, A.J. (2019). Introduction: Scholarship for diversity and inclusion in education in the 21st century. In M. J. Schuelka, C. J. Johnstone, G. Thomas, & A. J. Artiles (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook on Inclusion and Diversity in Education (pp. xxxi-xliii). Sage Publications.
Researching Learning Support Teams in Switzerland: How can acceptance, quality assurance and impact research be reconciled?
One approach to promote inclusive education that has been recently introduced in Switzerland and Liechtenstein, drawing on experiences from Canada (Katz, 2012), is the implementation of Learning Support Teams. In the Swiss decentralized education system, the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities is applied since 2014, guaranteeing that “persons with disabilities can access an inclusive, quality and free primary education and secondary education” (UN Behindertenrechtskonvention 2006 2014 Art. 24.2b). Despite this commitment and due to the federal structure, schools for special needs still exist and the quote of inclusion differs within the country, with teachers and regular schools searching for solutions to deal with a growing heterogeneity among students.
The project “Learning Support Teams” aims to provide schools which need support in dealing with challenges of high heterogeneity among their students with fast and uncomplicated on-site assistance. The assistance is provided by Learning Support Teams which consist of highly qualified external experts, being present during days or weeks within the schools, aiming to collaboratively develop strategies to bundle and utilize existing resources in a way that challenging situations can be addressed so students can remain in their school.
A multidisciplinary team from Zurich University of Teacher Education and The University of Teacher Education in Special Needs, Zurich conducts research for the project. This presentation introduces an accompanying research approach (Defila and Di Giulio 2018; Christensen et al. 2016), that considers the following general key objectives:
• To examine how Learning Support Teams enhance inclusion and collaborative practices in schools.
• To generate findings about school development processes that support inclusive education.
• To provide data-based support for the effective development and deployment of Learning Support Teams in schools.
To meet these objectives, data on the effectiveness of LST is collected to adapt support services continuously to practical needs and provide evidence-based feedback to decision-makers. Additionally, the practical implementation of the project is examined. This allows for ongoing quality monitoring and the adaptation of the concept, if necessary.
We present results from both quantitative and qualitative data analysis that stem from the first project year, where we investigated how the members of the new Learning Support Teams design their role within the schools, how extensively schools utilize the services offered and describe the areas in which the Learning Support Teams are deployed. Finally, we discuss how in such an accompanying research approach acceptance, quality assurance and impact research can be reconciled.
References:
Christensen, Dorthe Refslund, Louise Ejgod Hansen, Ida Krøgholt, und Carsten Stage. 2016. „The participatory researcher: developing the concept of ‘accompanying research’“. Nordisk kulturpolitisk tidsskrift 19 (1): 116–36. https://doi.org/10.18261/ISSN2000-8325-2016-01-07.
Defila, Rico, und Antonietta Di Giulio. 2018. „What Is It Good For? Reflecting and Systematizing Accompanying Research to Research Programs“. GAIA - Ecological Perspectives for Science and Society 27 (1): 97–104. https://doi.org/10.14512/gaia.27.S1.17.
Katz, Jennifer. 2012. Teaching to Diversity: The Three-Block Model of Universal Design for Learning. Portage & Main Press.
UN Behindertenrechtskonvention 2006, Legislation No. AS 2014 1119 (2014). https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/2014/245/de.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 12 C: Workshop: Visual Narratives as a Methodological and Pedagogical Approach for Teacher Identity Construction Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Anniina Kettunen Research Workshop |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Research Workshop Visual Narratives as a Methodological and Pedagogical Approach for Teacher Identity Construction University of Oulu, Finland Presenting Author:This arts-based workshop is the result of extensive developmental work carried out as part of doctoral research (Holappa et al., 2022; Kettunen et al., 2023; Kettunen & Lutovac, 2026; Kettunen, 2026) and two research projects: ‘The Unpacking and Redefining Changing Relationships in Teachers’ Work’ (Research Council of Finland, RELA 2020–24) and ‘Pre-service Teachers Navigate Relationality of Changing Teachers’ Work’ (the Eudaimonia Institute, 2022–25). The workshop is based on the idea that teachers’ voices need to be heard; pre- and in-service teachers need opportunities for reflection on their teacher identities amidst the hectic and multidimensional working conditions to be able to anticipate change, respond to it and act as agents of changes (Lutovac et al., 2023). The workshop is designed for teachers, teacher educators, and professionals within teacher education. It presents an opportunity to reimagine what it means to be a teacher and to explore themes critical to the participants’ own identity construction. Furthermore, it introduces a practical pedagogical approach that participants can adapt for use with their own students. Building on the increasing interest in arts-based methods within narrative research, this workshop offers a place and time for creating and sharing ‘visual narratives’: stories told through, by, or with visuals (Bach, 2007; Bell, 2013; Kettunen et al., 2024). Visual narratives are particularly potent as they can help tell stories that might otherwise be overlooked in purely verbal discourse (Morris & Paris, 2022; Traue et al., 2019). They enhance empathy, encourage the surfacing of embodied knowledge, and provide a medium for reflecting on a multitude of emotions (Eisner, 2008). The 90-minute session begins with an introduction to the underpinning research and theoretical framework, providing a foundation for the workshop activities. Following this, participants engage in hands-on arts-based narrative exercises, such as combining autobiographical writing with photographs, using drawing as a medium for thinking, and creating collages from images. The workshop includes small group discussions facilitated by three researchers, with a maximum of five participants per group. The session concludes with a summary discussion where insights and experiences are shared among all participants. The workshop is open to a maximum of 15 participants to maintain an intimate and safe environment. No prior preparation or special artistic skills are needed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this workshop, the narrative approach is understood as a methodological and theoretical lens through which individuals construct meaning of themselves, their lived experiences, and the world (Hyvärinen, 2007; McAdams, 2017; Polkinghorne, 1988). Following the onto-epistemological perspective of Spector-Mersel (2010), narratives are seen not as mirrors of an objective world, but as constructing and re-constructing subjective reality within specific social and cultural contexts. In the workshop, narratives are utilized as a pedagogical approach. The narrative approach acknowledges the existence of multiple truths and diverse ways of knowing and interpreting stories (Etherington, 2006). Furthermore, the sociocultural context provides shared meaning systems that act as scripts for individual stories, meaning that narratives are always situated and bound within their specific contexts (Polkinghorne, 1988; Tuval-Mashiach, 2014). While the narrative approach has traditionally been based on verbal expression, the use of art in this workshop is grounded by the idea that people narrate themselves and the world through non-verbal means as well, especially in a multimodal society and highly visually saturated culture (Morris & Paris, 2022; Traue et al., 2019). Thus, words alone are not always enough to describe and communicate one’s lived experiences, as communication can take place through visuals, bodies, gestures, movements, and sounds (Kettunen et al., 2024; Riessman, 2008). Visual narratives are stories told through, by, or with visuals, such as photographs, drawings, and collages (Bach, 2007; lisahunter, 2017). The term visual art in this context encompasses multiple formats and techniques, including installations and sequence visuals (Leavy, 2020). Visual narratives evoke emotions, help tell stories that might otherwise be overlooked, and encourage embodied knowledge (Kettunen et al., 2024; Eisner, 2008). Furthermore, they facilitate self-awareness, allowing participants to recognize new perspectives on teacher identity and teachers’ work. This includes the recognition and challenging of normative cultural stories as well as the emergence of embodied, non-verbal narration (Kettunen, 2026). By employing an arts-based narrative approach, this workshop aims to push the boundaries of traditional power relations between researchers and participants, leaning towards a state of not-knowing (Morris & Paris, 2022). This stance involves a conscious setting aside of researchers’ or facilitators’ assumptions to allow the participants' own meanings to emerge. In doing so, the goal is to facilitate a welcoming space and time where diverse ways of constructing understanding of oneself are possible. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The workshop is expected to provide the participants with both personal insights and practical pedagogical tools for (teacher) identity construction. On a personal level, the participants will engage in a process of identity work that allows them to explore the personal and cultural narratives that shape their professional lives. By using non-verbal and visual media, the participants are expected to reach layers of their identity, such as vulnerability, emotional labor, and tacit knowledge, that often remain unarticulated in more traditional verbal reflection exercises. On a pedagogical and methodological level, the outcome is the dissemination of an emerging research-based approach for teacher reflection. Participants will gain first-hand experience of how visual narratives can be used to facilitate difficult conversations about the realities of teachers' work today. The expected outcome is an increased sense of agency among participants; by reimagining their stories through art, they become better equipped to challenge normative, often restrictive, cultural stories about what it is to be a good teacher. Ultimately, the workshop aims to demonstrate that arts-based narrative methods are not merely creative add-ons but essential methodological and pedagogical approaches for capturing the complexity of human experience in education. The findings from these collective identity-work sessions will contribute to the ongoing discussion on how to support teacher resilience, identity construction, and professional development in changing working conditions. The participants will leave with knowledge of how to implement these exercises in their own contexts, valuing diverse ways of knowing and being. References Bach, H. (2007). Composing a visual narrative inquiry. In D. J. Clandinin (Ed.), Handbook of narrative inquiry: Mapping a methodology (pp. 280–307). Sage. Bell, S. E. (2013). Seeing narratives. In M. Andrews, C. Squire, & M. Tamboukou (Eds.), Doing narrative research (2nd ed., pp. 142–158). Sage. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526402271 Eisner, E. (2008). Art and knowledge. In J. G. Knowles & A. L. Cole (Eds.), Handbook of the arts in qualitative research: Perspectives, methodologies, examples, and issues (pp. 3–13). Sage. Holappa, A., Lassila, E. T., Lutovac, S., & Uitto, M. (2022). Vulnerability as an emotional dimension in student teachers’ narrative identities told with self-portraits. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(5), 893–906. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2021.1939144 Hyvärinen, M. (2007). Towards a conceptual history of narrative. In M. Hyvärinen, A. Korhonen, & J. Mykkänen (Eds.), The Travelling Concept of Narrative. Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies. Kettunen, A. (2026). Pre-service teacher identity construction through visual narratives: Studying the emotional dimension. [Doctoral dissertation, University of Oulu]. Acta Universitatis Ouluensis. Kettunen, A., Lassila, E. T., Lutovac, S., & Uitto, M. (2023). Becoming a safe adult for pupils: Emotions as part of first-year student teachers’ narrative identities told with photographs. European Journal of Teacher Education, 48(3), 526–543. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2023.2211730 Kettunen, A., & Lutovac, S. (2026). The emergence of work-related pressure in pre-service teachers’ identity co-construction through visual narratives. Teaching and Teacher Education, 171, 105330. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.105330 Leavy, P. (2020). Method meets art: Arts-based research practice. Guilford Publications. lisahunter. (2017). Visual narrative inquiry. In A. C. Sparkes (Ed.), Seeking Qualitative Rigor in Sport, Exercise and Health (pp. 165–184). Routledge. Lutovac, S., Uitto, M., Keränen, V., Kettunen, A., & Flores, M. A. (2023). Teachers’ work today: Exploring Finnish teachers’ narratives. Teaching and Teacher Education, 137.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104378 Morris, M., & Paris, L. F. (2022). Arts-based research in education. Routledge. Polkinghorne, D. E. (1988). Narrative knowing and the human sciences. SUNY Press. Spector-Mersel, G. (2010). Narrative research: Read my story, from eight to one. Journal of Qualitative Research, 10(2), 204–224. Traue, B., Blanc, J., & Cambre, C. (2019). Qualitative Methods and Visual Communication. In P. Atkinson, S. Delamont, A. Cernat, J. W. Sakshaug, & R. A. Williams (Eds.), SAGE Research Methods Foundations. Tuval-Mashiach, R. (2014). Life stories: The construction of the self within a sociocultural context. Israel Studies in Language and Society, 6(2), 116–135. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 01 SES 12 D Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Kristof Fenyvesi Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Joy in Practice: Learning from Everyday Encounters with Children and Youth 1: Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 2: Dortmund University, Germany; 3: University of Eastern Finland, Finland; 4: UiT – The Arctic University of Norway, Norway; 5: University of Nebraska–Lincoln, USA; 6: University of Uppsala, Sweden Presenting Author:Joy in professional work with children and youth within the educational context is frequently treated as a private, incidental experience rather than a meaningful dimension of pedagogical quality and professional sustainability. In this paper, joy is conceptualized as a relational and situational phenomenon emerging from meaningful interactions, mutual recognition, and a sense of professional agency (DiGregorio & Liston 2020, Fredrickson 2001, Hargreaves 1998, Roberts & Appiah 2025). Thus, joy is understood as professional well-being. Rather than being linked to exceptional or extraordinary events, joy can be found to arise frequently in ordinary situations embedded in everyday practice. Research in education and youth work has predominantly focused on stress, burnout, and risk (Maslach et al. 2001, Hargreaves 1998), leaving positive emotional experiences underexplored. Teachers who experience joy in teaching report a willingness to learn and appreciate the diverse students they work with (Alisaari et al. 2022, Nieto 2013). Caring, which can happen while being present and promoting the well-being of others and oneself, is essential to teachers’ well-being, and can be seen as a source of joy (Alisaari et al. 2022, Nilsson et al. 2015). Also, positive interactions between teachers and students, as well as teachers’ work satisfaction supports their well-being (Soini et al. 2010). The pedagogical joy and well-being experienced by teachers has been shown to translate into higher quality teaching and higher student well-being (see, e.g. Nieto 2013, Soini et al 2010). This paper argues that joy should be understood as a significant indicator of relational quality, professional meaning, and sustainable practice in everyday work with children and youth. The aim of the study is to explore when and how joy emerges in everyday professional practice within the educational context and how increased awareness of joyful moments can inform intentional changes in daily work routines. Situated within a European context, this study aims to add to ongoing discussions on professional well-being, and quality in child and youth work. In this study, the focus is on pre-service and in-service teachers as well as paraprofessionals from European and North American contexts. The comparative nature of the study, including different target groups working with children and youth, as well as the differing national contexts, aims to contribute to a better understanding of the universal benefit of joy for professionals’ well-being. The central research question guiding the enquiry is: In which situations do professionals working with children and youth experience the greatest sense of joy, and how can these moments be intentionally increased within everyday practice? Sub-questions include whether joyful moments correspond with the participants’ initial assumptions, whether they recur in similar contexts, and which relational, temporal, or activity-related factors contribute most strongly to these experiences. The data is collected using a structured reflective assignment entitled Joy in Working (with Children and Youth), which combines initial self-reflection, systematic self-observation, comparative analysis, and action-oriented reflection. Data were analyzed using the Gioia methodology (Gioia et al., 2013), a variant of grounded theory. The findings suggest that joyful moments most often occur during informal interactions, dialogical exchanges, and activities that allow for creativity, presence, and authentic engagement with children and youth. In several cases, the observations challenged initial assumptions, revealing that joy was less connected to formally planned or outcome-driven activities than expected. Increased reflective awareness enabled the identification of conditions under which joy flourishes and highlighted opportunities for intentional change. It demonstrates that reflective self-observation is a low-threshold, transferable method that supports professionals in recognizing joy as a valuable resource for both personal well-being and pedagogical practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This multi-national study with n~150 participants being pre-service teachers, paraprofessionals, mother tongue teachers, and second language teachers from five countries (Norway, Sweden, Finland, Germany, USA) employs a qualitative reflective self-study methodology (Schön 1992, Loughran, 2007, Tidwell et al. 2009) grounded in everyday professional practice with children and youth. The design consists of four sequential phases that the participants worked individually on: 1) initial reflection, 2) systematic self-observation, 3) reflective comparison, and 4) action-oriented reflection. The approach aims to generate situated, practice-based knowledge. The first phase involved an initial reflection conducted prior to data collection. The participants were asked to briefly and intuitively identify the activity or aspect of their professional work that they believed generated the most joy. This step served to surface implicit assumptions and expectations, which later functioned as a point of comparison during the participants’ individual analysis. The second phase consisted of systematic self-observation over a two-week period. During this time, moments of joy experienced in daily work were documented as they occurred. No minimum number of entries was required in order to avoid producing artificial or forced observations. The format of documentation was flexible and chosen by the participant to support immediacy and authenticity. In the third phase, all notes were gathered and analyzed through a comparative reflective process. The analysis focused on identifying recurring themes, similarities, and differences across the recorded moments. Guiding questions addressed whether similar situations appeared repeatedly, whether joy was linked to specific circumstances, and whether the observations aligned with or contradicted the initial assumptions recorded in the first phase. The fourth phase translated reflection into action. Based on the patterns identified, the participant reflected on practical steps that could increase joyful moments in everyday practice. This included considering which changes could be implemented individually and which would require support from colleagues or organizational structures. The emphasis was placed on small, realistic actions rather than large-scale interventions. The data only collected hypothetical changes rather than following up on actual interventions. Data were analyzed using the Gioia methodology, a variant of grounded theory (Corbin & Strauss, 2008), which is grounded in an interpretive epistemological approach and integrates inductive and deductive elements through a structured yet flexible coding process (Gioia et al., 2013). Ethically, the study focused exclusively on the participant’s own experiences and perceptions. No identifying information about children, youth, or colleagues was recorded. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While existing research highlights burnout and stress in child and youth work, this study contributes a strengths-based, micro-level perspective by foregrounding joy as an analytical lens. The paper adds an empirically grounded, practitioner-informed reflection that complements broader well-being research. The study demonstrates that joy in working with children and youth is an integral part of everyday professional practice rather than a rare or exceptional experience. Through structured self-observation and reflection, joy emerged primarily in relational, spontaneous, and meaningful interactions. This is in line with previous research stating that teachers often find joy in the positive interactions with students, and in what their students brought to their work, for example, their motivation to learn and their successes (Alisaari et al 2022, Soini et al. 2010). These findings challenge deficit-oriented perspectives that dominate discussions of professional well-being and instead highlight joy as a valuable analytical and pedagogical resource, as joy has been previously shown to increase the quality of teaching and higher student well-being (Nieto 2013). A key conclusion is that reflective awareness plays a crucial role in recognizing joy. Many joyful moments had previously gone unnoticed or been taken for granted. The process of systematic reflection made these moments visible and allowed them to be understood as meaningful aspects of professional practice rather than incidental emotions. The comparison between initial assumptions and observed experiences further revealed that professionals may misjudge which aspects of their work truly sustain them. From a European perspective, the study contributes to current debates on sustainable professional practice, educator well-being, and quality in child and youth work. It demonstrates that reflective self-study is a low-threshold method that can be applied across diverse contexts. The findings underline the importance of taking joy seriously as a resource for professional sustainability and pedagogical quality. References Alisaari, J., Kaukko, M., & Heikkola, L. M. (2022). The Joys of Teaching: Working with Language Learners in Finnish Classrooms. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(4), 566–579. Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2008). Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (3rd ed.). SAGE. DiGregorio, N., & Liston, D. D. (2020). Reflecting upon teaching diversity-centered courses: dialogues between novice and veteran professors. Reflective Practice, 21(1), 132–143. Fredrickson, B. L. (2001). The role of positive emotions in positive psychology: The broaden-and-build theory of positive emotions. American Psychologist, 56(3), 218–226. Gioia, D. A., Corley, K. G., & Hamilton, A. L. (2013). Seeking Qualitative Rigor in Inductive Research: Notes on the Gioia Methodology. In Organizational Research Methods 16(1), 15–31. Hargreaves, A. (1998). The emotional practice of teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 14(8), 835–854. Nieto, S. (2013). Finding joy in teaching students of diverse backgrounds: Culturally responsive and socially just practices in U.S. classrooms. Heinemann. Nilsson, M., Ejlertsson, G., Andersson, I., & Blomqvist, K. (2015). Caring as a salutogenic aspect in teachers’ lives. Teaching and Teacher Education, 46, 51–61. Maslach, C., Schaufeli, W. B., & Leiter, M. P. (2001). Job burnout. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 397–422. Loughran, J. (2007). Researching Teacher Education Practices: Responding to the Challenges, Demands, and Expectations of Self-Study. Journal of Teacher Education, 58(1), 12-20. Roberts, M., & Appiah, R. (2025). The complexities of joy: a qualitative study of joy cultivation, loss of joy, and happiness in British adults. International Journal of Qualitative Studies on Health and Well-Being, 20(1). Schön, D. A. (1992). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action (1st ed.). Routledge. Tidwell, D. L., Heston, M. L., & Fitzgerald, L. M. (2009). Research methods for the self-study of practice. Springer. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teachers’ Professional Agency and Wellbeing in Kenya, South Sudan and Tanzania 1: Häme University of Applied Sciences, Finland; 2: Egerton University, Kenya; 3: Dar es Salaam University College of Education, Tanzania; 4: Mkwawa University College of Education, Tanzania; 5: University of Nairobi, Kenya; 6: University of Juba, South Sudan Presenting Author:Teachers’ professional agency is a popular research topic in various teaching contexts across different countries because it contributes to student learning, pedagogical activities, teacher collaboration and development, and societal and school development (e.g. Leijen et al., 2020). However, most studies have been conducted using qualitative methodology and focusing on single country contexts. Also, European and Western studies have laid the theoretical foundation for agency studies but insights from the African context have been scarce. In addition, some previous studies have examined teachers’ professional agency in relation to exhaustion and other kinds of negative wellbeing indicators (e.g., Sullanmaa et al., 2024) while the positive indicators, for example engagement, have been receiving less attention (e.g., Cao, 2024). In this quantitative study, the relationships between teachers’ professional agency and wellbeing at work is examined both from its positive (e.g., work engagement) and negative perspectives (e.g., exhaustion) while also considering the influence of working conditions. Teachers’ professional agency is conceptualised as an action-based phenomenon that shapes and is shaped by work practices, the work community and evolving professional identity (Eteläpelto et al., 2013). Thus, agency is evident when employees influence and develop their own work and shared community practices, and negotiate their professional identity while aligning their work with their values (Eteläpelto et al., 2013; Vähäsantanen et al., 2019). Teachers’ professional agency is likely to promote their wellbeing at work which is a favourable mental and physical state that appears as the absence of exhaustion and presence of engagement (e.g., Ozturk et al., 2025). Working conditions also shape teachers’ wellbeing. Supportive and respectful relationships with the school leadership, colleagues and parents are especially important but also certain degree of autonomy in decision-making and adequate time resources (Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2011, 2020; Leijen et al., 2020; Ozturk et al., 2025). This study will employ questionnaire data from the East-African countries of Kenya, Tanzania and South Sudan. The data will not only offer a means to model the theoretical relationships between the teachers’ professional agency and wellbeing but also yields novel information about the understudied East-African context where teacher deficit and attrition are contemporary dilemmas (e.g. Boniface, 2016; Kiongo, 2020). This quantitative study aims to examine how pre-primary, primary and secondary level teachers’ professional agency and working conditions are related to their wellbeing at work especially in the East-African countries of Tanzania, Kenya and South Sudan. The research questions are as follows:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted in the East-African countries of Kenya, Tanzania and South Sudan. These East-African countries share a similar situation where there is a great teacher deficit in different school levels and a need to improve teachers’ wellbeing at work (Boniface, 2016; UNESCO, 2024). This study concentrates on the pre-primary, primary and lower secondary school levels because these are essential institutions for educating the whole population and enabling student eligibility to higher secondary and tertiary education. The data are collected with an online survey questionnaire in rural and urban settings. Data collection is currently (in January 2026) progress in Kenya and South Sudan and completed in Tanzania. To date, the analysis has been conducted using Tanzanian survey data. Altogether N = 449 participants took the survey. There were 221 females (49.2%) and 226 males (50.3%). Two participants (0.4%) were not willing to declare their gender. Participants declared their age as follows: 20–29 years, n = 74 (16.5%); 30‒39 years, n = 238 (53.0%); 40‒49 years; n = 92 (20.5%) and 50 or more years, n = 45 (10.0%). Agency was measured with the Professional Agency Measure (PAM) which covers the three dimensions of influencing at work, developing work practices and negotiating professional identity with 17 items following a five-point Likert scale (Vähäsantanen et al., 2019). Wellbeing was measured using two scales: Work engagement was investigated with the UWES-3 scale (Schaufeli et al., 2019) which covers the dimensions of vigor, dedication and absorption with three items following a seven-point Likert scale. Emotional exhaustion was investigated with the scale of Hadžibajramović and colleagues (2024) covering four items following a five-point Likert scale. Working conditions were measured with five scales: Supervisory support (three items; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2011); Relations with colleagues (three items; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2011); Relations with parents (three items; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2011); Autonomy (six items, Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2020) and Time pressure (three items; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2011). All working conditions scales followed a six-point Likert scale. The present analyses are based on descriptive statistics from the Tanzanian data. Detailed examination of variable associations will be conducted using structural equation modelling following completion of data collection. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Teachers gave relatively high ratings regarding their Professional agency. They considered that they may influence their work practices (M=4.4, SD=0.6), develop their work practices (M=4.7, SD=0.4) and negotiate their professional identities (M=4.4, SD=0.6). Furthermore, teachers perceived their wellbeing at work to be relatively good. They considered themselves highly engaged (M=6.1, SD=1.2) and not very exhausted (M=2.4, SD=0.9). As regards teachers’ working conditions, they receive comparatively well supervisory support (M=5.4, SD=0.8), have good relations with colleagues (M=5.3, SD=0.8) and parents (M=4.9, SD=0.9) and experience relatively high autonomy in decision-making (M=5.0; SD=0.7). Teachers rated their time pressure above average (M=4.1, SD=1.1). Preliminary Pearson correlation analyses imply the following statistically significant associations: professional agency in terms of influencing at work (.38), developing work practices (.31) and negotiating professional identity (.20) is positively and moderately correlated with work engagement. In turn, influencing at work (‒.22), developing work practices (‒.19) and negotiating professional identity (‒.15) are negatively correlated with emotional exhaustion. Furthermore, working conditions in terms of supervisory support (.35) and relations with colleagues (.31) and parents (.32) as well as autonomy (.32) is positively correlated with work engagement. In turn, supervisory support (‒.19) and relations with colleagues (‒.21) and parents (‒.18) are negatively correlated with emotional exhaustion. Time pressure (.28) is positively correlated with emotional exhaustion. The study provides novel insights into teachers’ professional agency and work-related wellbeing in Sub-Saharan countries and deepens international and European understanding of how agency and working conditions are related to wellbeing. The study also strengthens the European research tradition by validating and utilising a European professional agency measure. Furthermore, the findings offer practical implications for school leaders and policymakers in developing working conditions that foster professional agency and wellbeing, support continuous professional development, and safeguard the attractiveness of the teaching profession. References Boniface, R. M. (2016). Teachers’ retention in Tanzanian remote secondary schools - Exploring perceived challenges and support. Doctoral dissertation, Linnaeus University, Växjö, Sweden. https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:903246/FULLTEXT01.pdf Cao, G. (2024). Chinese EFL teachers’ professional agency as a facilitator of their sustainable development and work engagement. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 34(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijal.12512 Eteläpelto, A., Vähäsantanen, K., Hökkä, P., & Paloniemi, S. (2013). What is agency? Conceptualizing professional agency at work. Educational Research Review, 10, 45–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2013.05.001 Hadžibajramović, E., Schaufeli, W., De Witte, H. (2024). The ultra-short version of the Burnout Assessment Tool (BAT4)-development, validation, and measurement invariance across countries, age and gender. PLoS One, (19)2, e0297843. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0297843 Kiongo, P. (2020). Determinants of career change among teachers in rural Kenya: The case of Tana River County. American Journal of Education and Practice, 4(1), 1–3 Leijen, Ä., Pedaste, M., & Lepp, L. (2020). Teacher agency following the ecological model: How it is achieved and how it could be strengthened by different types of reflection. British Journal of Educational Studies, 68(3), 295–310. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2019.1672855 Ozturk, M., Wigelsworth, M., & Bagnall, C. (2025). Conceptualising teacher wellbeing: A qualitative investigation with primary school teachers in England. Teaching and Teacher Education, 159, 104989. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2025.104989 Schaufeli, W. B., Shimazu, A., Hakanen, J., Salanova, M., & De Witte, H. (2019). An ultra-short measure for work engagement: The UWES-3 validation across five countries. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 35(4), 577–591. https://doi.org/10.1027/1015-5759/a000430 Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2011). Teacher job satisfaction and motivation to leave the teaching profession: Relations with school context, feeling of belonging, and emotional exhaustion. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(6), 1029–1038. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2011.04.001 Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2020). Teacher burnout: Relations between dimensions of burnout, perceived school context, job satisfaction and motivation for teaching. A longitudinal study. Teachers and Teaching, 26(7–8), 602–616. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2021.1913404 Sullanmaa, J., Pyhältö, K., Pietarinen, J., & Soini, T. (2024). Teacher agency in the professional community and association with burnout: A longitudinal person-centred approach. Research Papers in Education, 39(4), 539–559. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2023.2178028 UNESCO. (2024). Global report on teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. Paris: UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54675/FIGU8035 Vähäsantanen, K., Räikkönen, E., Paloniemi, S., Hökkä, P., & Eteläpelto, A. (2019). A novel instrument to measure the multidimensional structure of professional agency. Vocations and Learning, 12(2), 267–295. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-018-9210-6 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Feeling Connected, Feeling Competent: Socio-Emotional Pathways to Teacher Identity University of Belgrade, Serbia Presenting Author:Expectations placed on teachers have become increasingly diverse and intensified in contemporary education systems (Williamson & Myhill, 2008). This development can be understood through the lens of educationalisation, which captures the transformation of sociopolitical problems into pedagogical responsibilities (Fendler, 2018). Through educationalisation, schools and teachers are positioned as key agents expected to address complex societal challenges that originate beyond the educational sphere. Consequently, education systems are held accountable not only for what they can and should reasonably be expected to do, such as supporting student learning, but also for a broad range of social concerns, including poverty, crime prevention, and environmental sustainability (Bridges, 2008). These intensified expectations become particularly visible during periods of social, political, or economic disturbance, when education systems are mobilised as sites of social repair and teachers are more readily constructed as scapegoats for systemic failures and unmet societal expectations (Mangez, 2022). In such contexts, teachers’ responsibility is intensified while constraining structural conditions remain largely unchanged. In the absence of clear boundaries regarding what falls within their professional role, teachers are often required to negotiate overlapping and sometimes conflicting expectations. These dynamics have direct implications for teacher professional identity, raising critical questions about how teachers understand who they are, what their work entails, and how they sustain a sense of professional purpose under conditions of persistent pressure. From the sociocultural perspective, (professional) identity is understood as a dynamic, relational and contextually situated process that emerges through participation in social practices (Wenger, 2008). According to Lave and Wenger’s work, identity is formed through engagement in communities of practice, where individuals gradually learn and so become who they are (Lave & Wenger, 1991; Wenger, 1998). Through participation, teachers come to appropriate shared meanings, values, and repertoires of practice, while developing a sense of belonging. Over time, participation may shift from legitimate peripheral participation toward more central forms of involvement, as teachers gain competence and recognition within their professional communities. Viewed through this lens, teacher professional identity is continuously shaped at the intersection of individual trajectories and the communities in which teachers participate. Moreover, building and sustaining (professional) communities is itself a socially and emotionally demanding endeavour. Participation in school communities requires teachers to engage in complex relational work, manage emotionally charged interactions, and navigate tensions between individual capacities and collective expectations. This suggests that a view of identity development grounded in community participation cannot be understood independently of teachers’ individual socio-emotional capacities. Accordingly, fostering professional communities may depend not only on organisational structures, but also on teachers’ competencies to build and sustain relationships and to regulate the emotions that accompany professional interactions. Building on these arguments, the present study examines whether integrating individual-oriented and community-oriented perspectives on teacher professional development offers a more robust framework for understanding and supporting strong teacher professional identity. Specifically, the study explores how teachers’ socio-emotional competencies relate to their professional identity, and the extent to which these relationships are mediated by teachers’ sense of belonging within the school community and their sense of professional competence. This study constituted the first stage of the project ‘TEACHEMPOWER: Building Communities of Practice to Strengthen Teacher Identity and Foster a Better School Environment’, implemented by the Institute of Psychology, Faculty of Philosophy, University of Belgrade, with the support of the Uncredit Foundation. The project aims to strengthen positive teacher professional identity in 26 primary schools in Serbia through sustained participation in communities of practice, in which teachers collectively negotiate the boundaries of their professional roles and develop socio-emotional competencies that support the constructive negotiation of newly emerging professional boundaries with other members of the school community. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample consisted of 995 teachers, evenly split between subject and classroom teachers (85% female). The average age was 45.8 years, with a mean teaching experience of 18.15 years. Measures included the Social–Emotional Competence Teacher Rating Scale (SECTRS-SF; Grazzani et al., 2021), a 14-item instrument assessing four dimensions: (1) Teacher–student relationships assess perceived quality of interactions with students; (2) Emotion regulation captures teachers’ ability to manage their own emotions in challenging situations; (3) Social awareness reflects teachers’ capacity to recognize how their behaviors affect diverse students; (4) Interpersonal relationships evaluate the quality of teachers’ professional relationships with other school staff and with students’ families. The strength of teachers’ professional identity was assessed using an adapted and shortened version of the Social Identity Scale (Cameron, 2007). The scale comprised three items with the highest factor loadings representing the subdimensions of cognitive centrality, in-group affect, and in-group ties. Single-item indicators were used for measuring sense of belonging (I feel I belong to this school.) and sense of professional competence (Rate how successful you are in your job on a scale from 1 to 7) in line with their conceptual specificity and prior research using brief measures in large-scale studies. A CFA was used to test the structure of SECTRS-SF and teacher identity. The tested SECTRS-SF model demonstrated an adequate fit to the data, CFI = .94, TLI = .92, RMSEA = .066 (90% CI [.059, .073]), SRMR = .043, with all items loaded significantly on their intended factors. Composite reliability was satisfactory for most SECTRS-SF dimensions (CRs ≈ .70–.76), whereas the Social Awareness factor exhibited lower reliability (CR ≈ .55). Further, results supported a unidimensional structure of teacher identity, with excellent model fit: CFI = .99, TLI = .98, RMSEA = .063, SRMR = .012. All items loaded significantly on the latent factor (standardized loadings = .49–.83), and composite reliability indicated good internal consistency (CR = .75). After establishing satisfactory measurement properties, several theoretically plausible models were tested, including a fully mediated model, a partially mediated model, and a model specifying only direct effects of teachers' socio-emotional competences, belonging and self-efficacy on teacher identity. Belonging and sense of professional competence were included as observed single-item mediators. Because measurement error in single-item indicators cannot be modeled, the estimated paths involving belonging and professional competence are likely conservative; nevertheless, the observed effects were substantial. Indirect effects were tested using the product-of-coefficients approach. All analyses were conducted in Mplus 8.8. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Among the competing structural models tested, the model combining direct and indirect pathways demonstrated the best balance of model fit and theoretical interpretability and was therefore retained. This final model showed good fit to the data, CFI = .99, TLI = .95, RMSEA = .071, SRMR = .020 and explained 46% of the identity variance. Teachers’ sense of belonging emerged as the strongest direct predictor of teacher identity (β = .47), followed by sense of professional competence (β = .21). Interpersonal relationships predicted teacher identity primarily indirectly (total indirect effect = .25, p < .001) through both the sense of belonging (β = .42) and professional competence (β = .25), while also exerting a small direct effect (β = .08). Emotion regulation was linked to teacher identity exclusively indirectly (total indirect effect = .09, p < .001) through sense of belonging (β = .13) and professional competence (β = .14), suggesting that emotion regulation contributes to identity formation via teachers’ social integration within the school and their perceived professional competence. Teacher–student relationships were related to teacher identity both indirectly (total indirect effect = .06, p < .001) via sense of professional competence (β = .29) and directly (β = .13); interestingly, this dimension was not associated with the sense of belonging. This pattern suggests that teachers may attribute different meanings to relational experiences occurring in the classroom and those embedded in the broader school community, with classroom-based relationships contributing to professional identity primarily through a sense of professional competence rather than through a sense of belonging. Social awareness was not a significant predictor in the final model, which may reflect shared variance with the other constructs included rather than the absence of a substantive association. Overall, the findings highlight distinct yet parallel pathways through which different dimensions of socio-emotional competence are linked to teacher identity, with relational and intrapersonal dimensions playing complementary roles. References Bridges, D. (2008). Educationalization: On the Appropriateness of Asking Educational Institutions to Solve Social and Economic Problems. Educational Theory, 58(4), 461–474. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-5446.2008.00300.x Cameron, J. E. (2004). A Three-Factor Model of Social Identity. Self and Identity, 3(3), 239–262. https://doi.org/10.1080/13576500444000047 Fendler, L. (2018). Educationalization. In: Smeyers, P. (eds) International Handbook of Philosophy of Education. Springer International Handbooks of Education. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-72761-5_81 Grazzani, I., Martinsone, B., Simoes, C., Cavioni, V., Conte, E., Ornaghi, V., & Pepe, A. (2021). Assessing teachers’ social and emotional competence: The validation of the SECTRS in Italy, Latvia, and Portugal. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 18(5), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/17405629.2021.1877626 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated Learning: Legitimate Peripheral Participation. Cambridge University Press. Mangez, E. (2022, August 25). Life without stable grounds: Educational expansion and scapegoating [Keynote address]. European Conference on Educational Research (ECER 2022), Yerevan, Armenia. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511803932 Wenger, E. (2008). Identity in practice. In K. Hall, P. Murphy & J. Soler (Eds.), Pedagogy and practice: Culture and identities (pp. 105-114). London: The Open University. Williamson, J., Myhill, M. (2008). Under ‘Constant Bombardment’: Work Intensification and the Teachers' Role. In: Johnson, D., Maclean, R. (eds), Teaching: Professionalization, Development and Leadership. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-8186-6_3 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Portuguese Teachers’ Professional Dissatisfaction: A Qualitative Study Research Centre on Child Studies, University of Minho, Portugal. This work was financially supported by Portuguese national funds through the FCT (Foundation for Science and Technology) within the framework of the Project IMPACT - Investigating the Impact Presenting Author:Across Europe and beyond, the teaching profession has become increasingly marked by declining attractiveness, growing dissatisfaction and high levels of emotional exhaustion, raising concerns about teacher retention and the long-term sustainability of education systems (OECD, 2021; European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2021). These trends are particularly visible in contexts where ageing teaching workforces, staff shortages and intensifying accountability pressures intersect with rising expectations regarding inclusion, wellbeing and educational outcomes. In Portugal, these challenges have become more pronounced over the last decade, indicating broader international dynamics while also revealing context-specific structural and organisational tensions (Flores, 2020; Flores et al., 2025). The COVID-19 pandemic did not initiate this process but acted as a catalyst, exacerbating pre-existing fragilities in teachers’ work and amplifying professional dissatisfaction (Flores et al., 2021; Martí-González et al., 2023). In line with international evidence, Portuguese teachers were required to rapidly adapt pedagogical practices, manage intensified workloads and maintain meaningful relationships with students under conditions of uncertainty and limited institutional support (Aktan & Toraman, 2022). This paper therefore addresses the following research question: What factors explain Portuguese teachers’ professional dissatisfaction in contemporary school contexts? Rather than approaching dissatisfaction as an individual psychological outcome, the study aims to conceptualise it as a multidimensional and relational phenomenon, influenced by the interaction between professional values, organisational arrangements, structural conditions and policy frameworks. The objective is to contribute to European and international debates by offering an empirically grounded analysis of how dissatisfaction is experienced and interpreted by teachers themselves, and how it relates to broader transformations in the governance and meaning of teaching. The theoretical framework draws on research on teacher job satisfaction and professional identity, particularly perspectives that emphasise the moral, relational and existential dimensions of teachers’ work (Kelchtermans, 2009, 2018). These approaches argue that professional satisfaction and dissatisfaction are not solely determined by material working conditions, but by the alignment, or misalignment, between teachers’ values, sense of purpose and everyday practices. This framework is complemented by models that examine the balance between job demands and resources, autonomy and control, including the Job Demands-Control perspective (Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2018), which has been widely applied in international research on teacher wellbeing. Empirically, the paper is based on qualitative data from a wider national research project on school leadership and teachers’ work, informed by international scholarship on leadership and school improvement (Leithwood et al., 2006; Day, Gu & Sammons, 2016). The study is based on 17 focus groups with 97 teachers from different school levels and working in public school clusters across mainland Portugal. This diversity of contexts allows for an exploration of dissatisfaction across different school sizes, geographical locations and socio-educational environments, allowing dialogue with international findings on contextual variation in teachers’ experiences (Toropova et al., 2021). The findings point to four interrelated domains of dissatisfaction: profession-related, structural, organisational and curricular-pedagogical factors. These domains reflect patterns that resonate with international research, including work intensification, bureaucratic overload, declining professional autonomy, insufficient recognition and tensions between policy rhetoric and classroom realities (Hargreaves, 1998; Trinidad, 2025). At the same time, the Portuguese case brings to the fore specific challenges associated with school clustering, teacher shortages and territorial inequalities, contributing context-sensitive insights to broader European discussions. Through the analysis of teachers’ voices, the paper argues that professional dissatisfaction should be understood as a collective and symbolic response to the erosion of professional meaning and agency. In doing so, it expects to inform European debates on teacher wellbeing, retention and policy design. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a wider research project funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology, aimed at investigating the impact of school leadership on teachers’ work and pupils’ outcomes. The project was developed over three research phases, combining qualitative and quantitative approaches. This paper reports on data from the final phase, which consisted of in-depth case studies using focus groups with teachers. Data were collected between September 2021 and May 2022 through 17 focus groups involving a total of 97 teachers from public school clusters across mainland Portugal. Participants were recruited from preschool, elementary and secondary education and represented a wide range of professional profiles, with teaching experience ranging from six to 43 years. The sample included teachers working in small, medium and large school clusters, located in rural, suburban and urban areas, as well as in coastal and inland regions. School clusters were selected to ensure diversity in size, geographical location, student composition and leadership characteristics. Focus groups ranged from two to nine participants and were conducted mostly online via Zoom due to public health restrictions at the time. A semi-structured discussion guide was used to explore teachers’ perceptions of their professional experiences, working conditions, organisational dynamics, leadership practices and the challenges faced during and after the pandemic. All ethical procedures were followed. The study received approval from the relevant ethics committee, and participants were informed about the aims of the research, confidentiality procedures and their right to withdraw. Written informed consent was obtained prior to data collection. The focus group discussions were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim, resulting in approximately 289 pages of qualitative data. Data analysis was conducted using qualitative content analysis supported by MAXQDA 24. An initial coding framework was developed inductively from the data, allowing themes to emerge from teachers’ accounts. Coding was conducted by one researcher and subsequently reviewed by two additional members of the research team. Discrepancies were discussed collectively to ensure analytical consistency and credibility. Through iterative coding and categorisation, the analysis focused on identifying recurrent sources of dissatisfaction and the meanings teachers attributed to them. The final analytical structure was organised around four interrelated domains of dissatisfaction, reflecting both material and symbolic dimensions of teachers’ professional experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Focusing on Portuguese teachers’ perceptions of professional dissatisfaction, this paper analyses the way in which dissatisfaction emerges from the interaction between profession-related, structural, organisational and curricular-pedagogical conditions. Rather than isolated complaints, teachers’ accounts reveal a cumulative and systemic pattern of pressure, in which rising demands are not matched by adequate resources, recognition or professional autonomy. The findings suggest that dissatisfaction is closely linked to the erosion of professional meaning. Teachers repeatedly described feeling excluded from decision-making processes, overwhelmed by bureaucratic demands and constrained by policy frameworks that limit pedagogical judgement. These conditions undermine the ethical and relational dimensions of teaching, which teachers consistently identify as central to their professional identity and commitment. Dissatisfaction thus appears not simply as burnout, but as a form of disenchantment with a profession that no longer allows teachers to portray their values in meaningful ways. Importantly, the paper shows that dissatisfaction is experienced collectively and is embedded in school cultures and policy environments. Weak collaboration within school clusters, fragmented professional communities and limited organisational support exacerbate feelings of isolation and powerlessness. Structural inequalities between schools, particularly those related to infrastructure, staffing and geographical location, further deepen these experiences. Addressing teacher dissatisfaction therefore requires moving beyond individualised interventions focused on coping or resilience. Policy and leadership responses need to tackle the structural and organisational conditions that influence teachers’ work, including workload regulation, bureaucratic simplification, meaningful participation in decision-making and sustained investment in resources and professional development. Rebuilding the symbolic prestige of teaching, through improved working conditions and public recognition of its ethical and civic role, is also essential for the long-term sustainability of the profession. References Aktan, O., & Toraman, Ç. (2022). The relationship between technostress levels and job satisfaction of teachers within the COVID-19 period. Education and Information Technologies, 27(7), 10429–10453. Day, C., Gu, Q., & Sammons, P. (2016). The impact of leadership on student outcomes: How successful school leaders use transformational and instructional strategies to make a difference. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52(2), 221–258. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X15616863 European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2021). Teachers in Europe: Careers, development and well-being. Publications Office of the European Union. Flores, M. A. (2020). Surviving, being resilient and resisting: Teachers’ experiences in adverse times. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(2), 219–240. Flores, M. A., Barros, A., Veiga Simão, A. M., Pereira, D., Gago, M., Fernandes, E. L., & Costa, L. (2021). Remote teaching in times of COVID-19: Teachers’ adaptation and pupil level of participation. Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 33(1), 57–72. Flores, M. A., Oliveira, H., & da Ponte, J. P. (2025). From teacher surplus to teacher shortage and its effects on teacher education: The Portuguese case. European Journal of Teacher Education, 48(1), 26–44. Hargreaves, A. (1998). The emotional practice of teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 14(8), 835–854. Kelchtermans, G. (2009). Who I am in how I teach is the message: Self-understanding, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching, 15(2), 257–272. Kelchtermans, G. (2018). Professional self-understanding across the career. In P. A. Schutz, J. Y. Hong, & D. C. Francis (Eds.), Research on teacher identity (pp. 9–19). Springer. Leithwood, K., Day, C., Sammons, P., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2006). Successful school leadership: What it is and how it influences pupil learning. Department for Education and Skills. Martí-González, M., Alcalá-Ibañez, M. L., Castán-Esteban, J. L., Martín-Bielsa, L., & Gallardo, L. O. (2023). COVID-19 in school teachers: Job satisfaction and burnout through the job demands-control model. Behavioral Sciences, 13(1), 76. OECD. (2021). Teachers and leaders in schools: Findings from TALIS 2018 (Vol. II). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2018). Job demands and job resources as predictors of teacher motivation and well-being. Social Psychology of Education, 21, 1251–1275. Toropova, A., Myrberg, E., & Johansson, S. (2021). Teacher job satisfaction: The importance of school working conditions and teacher characteristics. Educational Review, 73(1), 71–97. Trinidad, J. E. (2025). Teacher satisfaction and burnout during COVID-19: What organizational factors help? International Journal of Leadership in Education, 28(1), 214–232. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 02 SES 12 A: Learning, Earning & VET Capital Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Hanna Liisa Hakala Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Reflecting European VET Debates Through Global Comparison: The Social Role of VET Institutions in South America 1: Bern University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 2: University of Bamberg, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, vocational education and training (VET) research has increasingly addressed the social and civic role of educational institutions. This development is particularly visible in European research contexts and debates within ECER networks, where questions of social cohesion, democratic participation, and sustainable development have gained prominence. Beyond their role in skill formation, VET institutions in Europe are increasingly expected to contribute to societal integration and to respond to external political, ecological, and economic challenges (Moodie, Wheelahan & Kost, 2024, Kost, Mou & O’Shea, 2024). While European research has produced important conceptual advances, empirical evidence on how VET institutions process broader societal impulses remains limited. Moreover, comparative perspectives beyond Europe are often underdeveloped, despite the fact that European VET systems are themselves embedded in global political and economic dynamics. Research from the Global South therefore offers an important lens for reflecting on European assumptions and theoretical frameworks (Alphonsus & Schmees, 2025, Pozzer & dos Reis Neuhold, 2025). Against this background, the project aims to advance a theoretically grounded and empirically informed understanding of the social role of VET institutions that is relevant to European VET research while drawing on comparative insights from South America. The first phase of the project focused on the development of a conceptual framework that provides a shared analytical language for describing and comparing the social role of VET institutions across contexts (presented at ECER 2025). This framework builds on theoretical traditions that are well established in European educational research. First, governance theory (Maag Merki & Altrichter, 2015; Altrichter et al. 2007), widely applied in European education research, is used to analyze actor constellations and coordination mechanisms shaping institutional responses to societal demands. Second, network theory (Granovetter, 1973; Powell & DiMaggio 1991) informs the analysis of institutional embeddedness in local and transnational networks, a topic of growing relevance in European VET systems. Third, new institutional theory (Meyer & Rowan, 1977; Scott 2014) provides a lens for examining normative expectations and legitimacy claims surrounding the social role of VET institutions, which are central to European policy discourses on education and training. Building on this completed theoretical work, the project has entered its empirical phase. The empirical study addresses the following research questions:
Empirically, the study focuses on six South American countries—Colombia, Chile, Uruguay, Paraguay, Argentina, and Brazil. This comparative design allows for an analysis of how VET systems outside Europe respond to challenges that are also highly relevant in European contexts, such as ecological and digital transformation, social inequality, and changing governance arrangements. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis follows a theory-guided comparative research design that builds on governance, network, and new institutional perspectives commonly applied in European VET research. These theoretical lenses provide an integrated framework for examining how VET institutions perceive, interpret, and process broader societal impulses beyond their core educational mandate. The selection of objects for comparison ensures the focus on the relevant parts for answering the above research question (Pilz, 2022): The selection of cases and objects of comparison is guided by their relevance for capturing institutional responses to social, political, ecological, and economic challenges. By focusing on key dimensions of institutional governance, embeddedness in networks, and normative expectations, the comparative design enables the identification of cross-national similarities and differences in the social roles attributed to VET institutions across South American contexts, with explicit analytical relevance for European VET debates. The ongoing empirical phase of the project follows a qualitative comparative research design (Flick, 2018). Data is collected through approximately 30 theme-centered, structured interviews (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015) with leadership-level actors from VET practice (with a particular focus on vocational schools), vocational education policy, and public administration (Meuser & Nagel, 2009). This actor-centered approach reflects a strong tradition in European governance and institutional research. The interview guide is theoretically informed by the conceptual framework developed in the first phase of the project and operationalizes key analytical dimensions derived from governance theory, network theory, and new institutional theory. The interviews focus on how external societal impulses—such as political reforms, ecological challenges, and global development agendas—are perceived and processed within different VET systems. The interviews are analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2022). In a first step, interviews are coded deductively based on the theoretical framework and inductively refined to capture context-specific meanings. In a second step, cross-case analyses are conducted to identify similarities and differences across countries and actor groups (Yin, 2018). The comparative analysis aims to identify patterns of institutional sense-making and role attribution that are transferable to European research contexts. In this way, the empirical material from South America is used not as a contrasting case, but as a reflective mirror for European VET systems and theoretical debates. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project is expected to contribute to European and international VET research in several ways. Empirically, it provides comparative insights into how VET systems process external societal impulses that are also central to European policy and research debates, including ecological transformation, social cohesion, and shifting governance arrangements. Analytically, the study is expected to identify recurring patterns in how VET institutions and their leadership actors construct and enact social roles across different national contexts. These patterns offer a basis for reflecting on similarities and differences with European VET systems and for critically examining implicit assumptions in European research and policy discourses. Theoretically, the project contributes to the refinement of a conceptual framework for analyzing the social role of VET institutions that is grounded in theoretical traditions widely used in European educational research and tested through empirical material from non-European contexts. Overall, the project strengthens ECER-relevant comparative research by linking European theoretical debates with empirical insights from South America and by fostering a more reflexive understanding of the social role of VET institutions in times of societal transformation. The paper addresses the need for multidimensional comparative studies to assess the future development and challenges for VET in the light of overall dynamics and different responses to transformation processes (Clarke, Westerhuis & Winch, 2021). This makes a conceptual contribution to international VET research and shows how sustainable development is structurally supported or limited in different national contexts. References Alphonsus, N. S., & Schmees, J. K. (2024). A community for expertise development – South African vocational colleges and their internal and external social characteristics. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2024.2443918 Altrichter, H., Brüsemeister, T. & Wissinger, J. (Hrsg.) (2007). Educational Governance. VS Verlag. Clarke, L., Westerhuis, A., & Winch, C. (2021). Comparative VET European research since the 1980s: Accommodating changes in VET systems and labour markets. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 73(2), 295-315. Flick, U. (2018). An Introduction to Qualitative Research (6th ed.). Sage. Granovetter, M. (1973). The Strength of Weak Ties. American Journal of Sociology, 78(6), 1360-1380. https://www.jstor.org/stable/2776392 Kost, Jakob, Leping Mou, and Michael O’Shea. 2024. “Contextualizing the Civic Roles of Postsecondary Institutions with Insights from Different Traditions.” Annual Review of Comparative and International Education 48:175–196. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-367920240000048010 Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2015). InterViews: Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing. Sage. Maag Merki, K. & Altrichter, H. (2015). Educational Governance. In: DDS – Die Deutsche Schule 107(4), 396–410 Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Content Analysis: A Step-by-Step Guide. Sage. Meuser, M. & Nagel, U. (2009). Das Experteninterview – konzeptionelle Grundlagen und methodische Anlage. In: Pickel et al. (Hrsg.), Methoden der vergleichenden Politik- und Sozialwissenschaft. VS Verlag. Meyer, J. & Rowan, B. (1977): Institutionalized Organization: Formal Structure as Myth and Ceremony. In: American Journal of Sociology, 83(2), 340-363. Moodie, G., Wheelahan, L., & Kost, J. (2024). Editorial. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2024.2447634 Powell, W. W. & DiMaggio, P. J. (1991). The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis. University of Chicago Press. Pozzer, M. R. O., & dos Reis Neuhold, R. (2025). Vocational education and training and regional development in Brazil. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2025.2449657 Scott, W. R. (2014). Institutions and Organizations (4th ed.). Sage. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications. Sage. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Re-Imagining VET, Capital and their Intersections – Some Reflections. University of Huddersfield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:VET research has been mainly associated with the world of work, waged labour and the labour market. However, VET is so much more than this and can be mobilised in the recognition of the dignity of labour thereby contributing to the pursuit of social justice (Billett, 2005). Yet McGrath, (2023:132) argues that ‘formal VET is complicit in unsustainable practices that were integral to industrialisation and the emergence of the Capitalocene…’ pointing out that in colonised parts of the global south it ‘produced a form of vocationalism tied to the extractive logic of colonial capitalism’. Nevertheless, as he recognises there remains the possibility of moving beyond such relations, re-imagining VET so that it addresses a re-working that can encompass sustainable practices (and see Special Issue 2018). VET is a site of struggle and contestation as are those debates that examine the capitalocene which similarly call for a re-imagining or re-working of capitalism so that it can move beyond its reliance on fossil fuels. Writers such as Malm & Carton (2024), Huber (2020) and Moore (2015) argue that fossil fuels are so thoroughly entwined with capitalism and its accumulation strategies that their resolution would necessitate the total transcendence of these relations. In contradistinction, such a stance could be softened by an acknowledgement of the fractions or divisions within capitalism. This can be seen in the tension between various forms of capitalism such as finance, fossil fuel, platform, extractive and advanced manufacturing, rentier capitalism and so on. The attempted resolution of these tensions is apparent in the call by capital’s organic intellectuals for a re-working or re-imagining of capitalist relations that go beyond debates focused on the varieties of capitalism, but which would still articulate with these. There is a literature that seeks to manage and move beyond neo-liberalism which posits a more progressive notion of capitalism, whether this be in terms of an orientation that seeks to soften the excesses of neo-liberalism or indeed by the introduction of an ecological sensibility. In this instance the writings of Rajan (2011, 2019), Carney (2014, 2021), Lagarde (2014) and Chalmers (2023) will be discussed. These writers call for the development of an inclusive capitalism that can revive communities and their associated values thereby transcending the fault lines that threaten the world economy. Here, there is a resonance with social democracy, pluralism and stakeholder capitalism, though it should be noted that such arguments are rooted in a stance reflective of what could be described as that of the ‘liberal’ elite. The paper places these currents alongside recent interventions made by the British Labour government (elected in 2024) and the state’s engagement with progressive currents within capitalism, exploring constructions of skill, VET and social justice. These latter concerns lie at the heart of the paper. The radicalism of the 1945 post war Labour government has been used as a leitmotif for prime minister Starmer’s politics of change (2024). The paper addresses two key questions: 1. Is English VET policy framed by social democratic sensibilities and if so, are there currents that go beyond these in a more progressive direction? 2. Is there potential for VET to move beyond a narrow instrumentalism rooted within a discourse of economic growth and waged work? Whilst these questions are problematic they enable a consideration of Labour’s industrial strategy, its competitiveness agenda as well as its pursuit of Net Zero, relating these to state policy and VET. It also facilitates an examination of the wider European context in which such discussions take place and the on-going constructions of neo- and post liberalism. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This theoretical paper is rooted in policy scholarship with its methodology set in a critical engagement with the relevant literature (Grace, 1995). It adopts an approach derived from critical theory, seeking to engage with and critique forms of capitalism that purport to go beyond neo-liberalism. Such critiques frequently articulate with social democratic and progressive conceptualisations and include constructions of values-based, inclusive and adaptive capitalism drawing on the work of Rajan (2011, 2019), Carney (2014, 2021), Lagarde (2014) and Chalmers (2023). The analysis that the paper develops is part of its methodology. Consequently, the validity of its argument can be judged on the basis of its credibility and plausibility, which in turn will be partly shaped by the manner in which readers position themselves in relation to the paper. Rather than conduct a systematic or definitive literature review that would involve an engagement with the relevant protocols, it engages with particular debates through an analysis of the work of the previously cited authors. The paper acknowledges that the constructions of capitalism these authors develop, as well as those relating to VET and skill, are ideologically formed. It interrogates the underlying interests that have shaped these constructions examining the limits and possibilities they offer in the current conjuncture. To this end the paper will explore the construction of skill, VET and social justice embedded in current policy documents such as The UK’s Modern Industrial strategy, Post-16 Education and Skills and Get Britain working and so on. At the time of writing the VET policy landscape in England under both the current Labour government and previous Conservative administrations have drawn on a similar rhetoric and policy repertoire, one that emphasises the salience of economic growth, economic prudence and a pro-business agenda. At the same time the Labour government draws on a rhetoric that seeks to offer a new deal to working people through the provision of a minimum wage and commitment to workers’ rights (Reeves, 2024a b). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the risk of repeating myself the paper addresses two key questions: 1. Is English VET policy framed by social democratic sensibilities and if so, are there currents that go beyond these in a more progressive direction? 2. Is there potential for VET to move beyond a narrow instrumentalism rooted within a discourse of economic growth and waged work? Although, these questions are problematic they enable a consideration of England’s industrial strategy, its competitiveness agenda as well as its pursuit of Net Zero, relating these to state policy and VET. This also facilitates an examination of the wider European context in which these discussions are placed. The analytic strategy of the paper derives from critical theory whereby a conceptualisation of social democracy is used to address the key issues that underpin the paper. The final outcome of the paper will be determined in its writing which will seek to unpack and critically reflect on questions that address a re-imagining of VET and its possibilities for the development of critical and progressive practices that move beyond social democracy and ‘really existing capitalism’. References Billett, S. 2005. Recognition of learning through work, in Bascia, N., Cumming, A., Datnow, A., Leithwood, K., Livingstone, D. (eds) International Handbook of Educational Policy, Dordrecht, Springer, p943-962. Chalmers, J. 2023. Capitalism after the crises, The Monthly https://www.themonthly.com.au/issue/2023/february/jim-chalmers/capitalism-after-crises#mtr Carney, M. 2014, Inclusive capitalism: creating a sense of the systemic, Speech given by Mark Carney, Governor of the Bank of England at the Conference on Inclusive Capitalism, London, 27 May Carney, M. 2021 Value(s) Toronto, Penguin Random House Gov UK 2025 post-16 Education and skills Grace, G. 1995 School leadership: beyond education management. An essay in policy scholarship, Falmer London HM Government, 2024 Plan for change Huber, M, T. 2020. Climate Change as Class War, London, Verso. Lagarde, C. 2014. Economic Inclusion and Financial Integrity. Address to the Conference on Inclusive Capitalism, London27 May. www.imf.org/external/np/speeches/2014/052714.htm on 29 May 2014. Malm, A. Carton, W. 2024. Overshoot: how the world surrendered to climate breakdown, London, Verso Mazzucato, M. (2022) Mission Economy, London, Penguin books Moore, J. W. (2015) Capitalism in the web of life, London, Verso. Rajan, R. 2011. Fault Lines, Princeton, Princeton University Press Rajan, R. 2019. The third pillar, London, William Collins Reeves, R 2024a. Mais Lecture 2024. https://labour.org.uk/updates/press-releases/rachel-reeves-mais-lecture/ Reeves, R. 2024b. Rachel Reeves MP, Chancellor of the Exchequer, speech at Labour Party Conference 2024: Sept 23, https://labour.org.uk/updates/press-releases/rachel-reeves-speech-at-labour-party-conference-2024/ Special Issue (2018) Reimagining Further Education, Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 1-157 Spours, K. (2019) A Social Ecosystem Model: conceptual developments and implications for VET, https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10082170/3/Spours_Social%20ecosystems%20Final.pdf Starmer, K, 2024 Prime Minister Keir Starmer's New Year message 2025 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u_EiZHh5tjc UK Government. 2025. The UK’s Modern Industrial strategy https://www.gov.uk/government/collections/the-uks-modern-industrial-strategy-2025 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Assessing the Income and Wellbeing Returns to Adult Education 1: Sheffield Hallam University, United Kingdom; 2: University of Sheffield Presenting Author:This research aims to consider the value of income and wellbeing returns to adults following general compared to specific (Becker, 1993) education. It uses two comprehensive data sets in the UK over different time periods, one focusing on work-related training, and the other on gaining a Level 3 qualification as an adult. Human capital theory finds that income returns to specific, or vocational, training are greater than for general, or academic, education (Ibid). Evidence from adult learning suggest that although there are limited income returns (Coelli and Tabasso, 2019), there are significant returns to wellbeing (Hammond and Feinstein, 2006), life satisfaction (Tett and Maclachlan, 2007), and confidence (Barton et al., 2007). However, there is limited recent evidence of these kinds of returns to adult learning, and where it has been measured, this is typically over long periods of time for older adults (e.g. Jenkins and Wiggins, 2015). There are also challenges of academic learning for adults with lower-level prior qualifications in terms of self-concept and identity (Schuller, 2004), although there is limited evidence on whether gaining qualifications as an adult affects those with lower or higher prior qualifications differently (Ruber, Ress and Schmidt-Hertha, 2018). This research aims to address these gaps in the literature, by providing recent data on returns to adults from academic qualifications, here Level 3, for those with lower-level prior qualifications, here Level 2. This sits within a policy context of changing views of lifelong learning across Europe, where the EU and national governments are refocusing spending on adult education towards vocational learning (Rambla et al., 2020). In the UK, funding for classroom-based adult education has fallen by two-thirds from the early 2000s to 2024-25 (Farquharson et al., 2026), while increasing numbers of adults are undertaking apprenticeships (Pullen, 2024). Cedefop (2025) report a shift towards more targeted measures and vocational learning in lifelong learning, both across Europe and in individual nations, as adult learning becomes more focuses on work. This trend towards encouraging specific learning for skills in the workplace is tested in this research, with an assessment of income returns for those receiving work-related training versus those obtaining a more general qualification as an adult. The challenge of supporting wellbeing in times of crisis and uncertainty is a global one. This research investigates the capacity of education to support wellbeing in adults, and whether general or specific education is more effective in promoting wellbeing. There is existing evidence particularly for adult learning, although this can often be informal and difficult to characterise neatly as academic or vocational. The data used here enables this clear differentiation and uses the same outcome measure in both cases to validate the research. Although the data for this project comes from two different time periods, this can highlight the impact of changes in policy, economies, and global security. This research draws on the context of different periods to ask questions about whether academic or vocational learning provides the best return for adults. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is based on two investigations using large datasets. The first dataset is the Workplace Employment Relations Study, which surveyed linked employers, employees and employee representatives in the UK, covering around 2500 workplaces. The most recent two surveys are used – those in 2004 and 2011. The second dataset is Understanding Society, an annual survey of around 40,000 households in the UK. The data used covers 14 waves of the survey from 2009 to 2024. Both are analysed used Stata and econometric methods. The analysis of the Workplace Employment Study focuses on the income and wellbeing returns associated with received workplace training at different levels of qualification. One of the challenges with receiving workplace training is that individuals can be selected or volunteer, making the sample potentially biased, so an instrumental variable is used in the regressions. The analysis of the data from Understanding Society focuses on those who achieve a Level 3 qualification as an adult (aged 18 or above), compared to those who stay with Level 2 as their highest qualification, and investigates any associated income or wellbeing returns. As there are small numbers of individuals obtaining a Level 3 qualification as an adult, propensity score matching is used to establish a matched control sample with similar characteristics. Difference-in-difference methods allow for the analysis using the matched sample. For both analyses, observable factors that might affect the outcomes are controlled for. Age is key factor in the Understanding Society analysis because the treated group, those who achieve a Level 3 qualification as an adult, are typically in their 20s, while those who have a Level 2 qualification throughout are usually older, so they are part of the propensity score matching, and later controls. Age is related to wellbeing and mental health, with evidence suggesting that there is a U-shaped happiness curve, bottoming out in midlife (Blanchflower and Oswald, 2008), meaning that those in their 20s are expected to be on a downward trajectory. In both cases the outcome variables are income and wellbeing, with the latter being measured using the General Health Questionnaire which has 12 questions asking about mental health. This questionnaire is regularly used to assess the mental health and wellbeing of individuals (e.g. King et al., 2023; Ushakova et al., 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The two investigations have diverging results, suggesting that there are greater returns, in terms of income and wellbeing, for work-related training. The analysis of the Workplace Employment Study finds that there is a consistent income return to 2 or more days of work-related training in a 12-month period, for all levels of prior qualification from Level 2 upwards. It also finds a wellbeing return to work-related training. However, the Understanding Society analysis, which investigates the returns to gaining a Level 3 qualification, finds no such returns. Where previous work on the returns to learning as an adult (e.g. Feinstein and Hammond, 2004) finds returns in relation to wellbeing, this more recent analysis finds none. Taken together, these suggest that returns to general education as an adult are limited, and where possible individuals should seek to gain work-related training. It suggests that learning economy (Biesta, 2006) is becoming more work-related in recent years. While lifelong learning is important for adults (Neves et al., 2020), the kind of general education which relates only to gaining a higher level of qualification appears to be becoming less important. This reflects recent policy in the UK, which has seen a large drop in investment in adult learning since 2010, while changes to apprenticeship have led to increases in adults accessing this kind of work-related learning (Pullen, 2024). This aligns with changes in EU policy towards lifelong learning, which has more recently begun to include supporting vocational learning (Rambla et al., 2020). Changes in the economy after 2008, and more recently the Covid-19 pandemic and war in Ukraine, suggest that the increasingly insecurity of the world may also play its part in focusing resources on economies and growth. References Becker, G. S. (1993). Human Capital: a theoretical and empirical analysis, with special reference to education (3rd ed.). The University of Chicago Press. Biesta, G. (2006). Beyond learning : democratic education for a human future. Paradigm. Cedefop. (2025). Lifelong learning in 2000 and 2020.What has changed for the individual citizen? Cedefop research paper. Publications Office of the European Union. http://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/0797591 Coelli, M., & Tabasso, D. (2019). Where are the returns to lifelong learning? Empirical Economics, 57(1), 205–237. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00181-018-1433-8 Farquharson, C., Ogden, K., Ornadel, N., Ridpath, N., Sibieta, L., Snape, D. and Tahir, I. (2026) Annual Report on Education Spending in England: 2025-26. Institute for Fiscal Studies. https://ifs.org.uk/sites/default/files/2026-01/IFS-annual-report-on-education-spending-in-England-2025%E2%80%9326.pdf Feinstein, L., & Hammond, C. (2004). The contribution of adult learning to health and social capital. Oxford Review of Education, 30(2), 199–221. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305498042000215520 Hammond, Cathie; Feinstein, Leon; (2006) Are those who flourished at school healthier adults? What role for adult education? [Wider Benefits of Learning Research Report No. 17]. Centre for Research on the Wider Benefits of Learning: London. Neves, T., Alves, N., Cossetta, A., & Domović, V. (2020). The changing meanings of lifelong learning policies: consequences for young adults and their life courses. In M. P. do Amaral, S. Kovacheva, & X. Rambla (Eds.), Lifelong Learning Policies for Young Adults in Europe: Navigating between Knowledge and Economy (1st ed., pp. 199–216). Bristol University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvt6rk3z.16 Pullen, C. (2024) Apprenticeships – a system built for adults. University Vocational Awards Council (UVAC) https://uvac.ac.uk/apprenticeships-a-system-built-for-adults-uvac-publishes-new-concept-paper/ Rambla, X., Kovacheva, S., & do Amaral, M. P. (2020). INTRODUCTION: Between knowledge and economy: lifelong learning policies for young adults in Europe. In X. Rambla, S. Kovacheva, & M. P. do Amaral (Eds.), Lifelong Learning Policies for Young Adults in Europe: Navigating between Knowledge and Economy (1st ed., pp. xvii–xxviii). Bristol University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvt6rk3z.6 Rüber, I. E., Rees, S.-L., & Schmidt-Hertha, B. (2018). Lifelong learning — lifelong returns? A new theoretical framework for the analysis of civic returns on adult learning. International Review of Education, 64(5), 543–562. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-018-9738-6 Schuller, T. (2004). Studying benefits. In The Benefits of Learning: The Impact of Education on Health, Family Life and Social Capital (pp. 3–11). https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203390818 Tett, L., & Maclachlan, K. (2007). Adult literacy and numeracy, social capital, learner identities and self-confidence. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 150–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2007.11661546 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper From learning to earning in Kenya. Developing Youth Employment through Technical and Vocational Education in Kenyan and Finnish collaboration Tampere University of Applied Sciences, Finland Presenting Author:The presentation focuses on co-development project “Youth Employment and TVET in Kenya” (KenVET) of Tampere University of Applied Sciences (TAMK) in Finland and Finn Church Aid (FCA) with five Kenyan technical and vocational education (TVET) institutions during 2024-25. The project is connected to Government of Kenya proactive reforms in “Dual TVET” emphasizing enhancement of accessibility, quality and integration of practical learning promoting youth employment by TVET institutions collaborating with employers, entrepreneurs and industry. The thematic areas of the project lead by TAMK have been modern teaching technologies, individualized learning, and competency-based education and training (CBET). KenVET has been a curriculum-based training project with combination of on-line and on-site learning for Kenyan teachers and trainers inviting and inciting all participants to a process of co-production of knowledge for promoting youth employment, implementing modern teaching technologies and principles of individualized and competency-based learning in TVET. Project started 2024 with TAMK professionals analysis of Kenyan policy documents on TVET and visit to Kenya. Three TAMK professionals and three FCA Kenya experts conducted together a short field study in five TVET institutions in Mount Kenya area. The curriculum for the training program was planned based on this field study and on TAMK’s professional teacher education program. It was organized in Moodle LMS with monthly webinars and learning tasks. 11 groups of 66 teachers and trainers implemented development works on modern teaching technology, competency-based and individual learning focusing on their own work with trainees in the institutions to promote youth employment and collaboration with employers. The process has been documented in the Moodle, in the project report of FCAKenya and in the Teams-channel of the process. The data of the process is multifaceted and plenty and the analytical approach in this presentation is to describe the process of the co-production of knowledge in the training and in conducting the 11 group works. A questionnaire for the Kenyan participants was conducted in the end of the training program documenting the the most valuable learning experiences for participants and the broader organizational impacts of the project. The invitation for co-production of knowledge incited all participants to collaborate and contribute in the process. The development works conducted by the 11 groups focused mostly on the modern teaching technologies as (n) groups had chosen that theme. The orientation for co-production of knowledge shows also that the ideas started to grow and settle in the future plans of the participating institutions. As the funding of the project ended at December 2025 the co-production of knowledge had to be cut. In the presentation in the ECER2026 we describe the process until that point and seek for possibilities to continue in future projects. The project and disscussions within the project network have raised the questions on how the process combines German Dual TVET, Finnish individualized, competency-based TVET and Kenyan and African perspectives of the FCA’s principle of “from learning to earning”. In the presentation answers to this question are to be discussed further. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The KenVet project is documented and organized as the dataset for analysis and interpretations based on the principles of co-research and collective production of knowledge (Hakala 2007, Holmen et al. 2026, Kulmala et al. 2023). The data is collected to the Moodle -platform following GDPR-principles. The data management plan follows principles of Tampere Univeristies (TUNI) and The Finnish National Board on Research Integrity TENK. The data has been collected in continuum of visits, meetings, training activities on-site and on-line documenting the process of co-production of knowledge. The dataset includes: • Kenyan educational policydocuments on the principles of dual TVET and competency baced learning • observation fieldnotes from the planning and implementing the first visit in Kenya in June 2024 • group interviews of management, teachers and trainers as well as students groups in each of the five TVET institutions during the visits in June 2024 • Moodle-platform documentation of the training process 2024-25 • on-site training session in Kenya in October 2024 • The presentation in EYEOnTAMK-conference in Tampere March 12th , with participating representatives from Kenya • The closing seminar of the training in September 23rd 2025 in Kenya. • Individual final questionnaire for the participants of the training process conducted after the closing seminar. • Documentation of the final seminar of the GIZ-projects in December 2025 in Nairobi, Kenya. • Finn Church Aid final report of the project In the presentation we focus on the description of the process and of the development works and on the analysis of the answers to the final questionnaire. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The participants in the training process reported in the individual responses of the questionnaire - the adoption, competence and motivation of using of digitally enhanced learning and modern teaching technologies, including artificial intelligence (AI). - This digital transformation promoted more active and student-centered learning, with noting heightened student engagement. The use of digital tools, such as interactive whiteboards and quizzes, was particularly effective in fostering this engagement. The development work group reports underscored: - adopted teaching methods were widely regarded as effective, contributing to improved learning outcomes and quality through increased activation and flexibility - The project’s innovations were also seen as supporting the Competency-Based Education and Training (CBET) approach, which is a national priority in Kenya’s TVET sector - the integration of work-based learning approaches was found to better prepare students for the demands of working life and to enhance collaboration with industry partners - Importantly, these new methods were considered scalable and suitable for broader implementation within the organization and the project contributed to the ongoing development of trainers’ pedagogical competencies. - supportive factors influencing the implementation of new practices were expressed: availability of open-source or free software, which enabled teachers to create collaborative and creative learning environments, strong student engagement that motivated teachers to adopt new methods, and robust teamwork that facilitated educational development pilots. - several challenges were also noted: technological barriers, such as internet connectivity issues and hardware or software malfunctions, limited access to suitable digital tools for teachers and trainers and, resistance to change, particularly a preference for traditional, teacher-paced content delivery References Hakala, Katariina. 2007. Paremmin tietäjän paikka ja toisin tietämisen tila. Opettajuus (ja tutkijuus) pedagogisena suhteena. Doctoral Thesis. University of Helsinki, Department of Education: Research Report 212. Helsinki: Yliopistopaino Holmen, A. K. T., Hovland, J., Røhnebæk, M., & Tronsmo, E. (2026). Co-research: Methodological opportunities and challenges. Nordic Journal of Innovation in the Public Sector, 4(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.18261/njips.4.1.5 Ministry of Education, Republic of Kenya (2025). National Dual Technical and Vocational education and training (TVET) Policy. Kenya Vision 2030. African Union (2025). African Continental TVET Strategy 2025-34. Sustainable Development, Social Justice and Employability for All. Unesco – International Institute for Capacity Building in Africa. Kulmala M., Spišák S. & Venäläinen S. (eds.) (2023). Kanssatutkimus. Ihanteet ja käytännöt. Tampere: Tampere University Press. Vilppola, Jiri & Arvaja, Maarit & Vähäsantanen, Katja & Hämäläinen, Raija. (2023). Vocational teachers’ identity construction at the interface of work and education: workplace-oriented VET teacher training. In Bound, H.; Edwards, A.; Evans, K.; Chia, A.: Workplace Learning for Changing Social and Economic Circumstances. Routledge-IAL Series on Adult Learning for Emergent Jobs and Skills. Taylor & Francis. (pp.138-155) |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 02 SES 12 B: VET Pathways II Location: K108 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Fernando Marhuenda-Fluixá Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper From Know-How to Recognition: The Vocational Capital of an Immigrant Car Mechanic in Sweden Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:The research presented in this paper investigates how vocational competence is recognized, valued, and transformed within immigrant integration processes in Sweden. Through the biographical case of “Amir,” a car mechanic who migrated from the Middle East and rebuilt his career in a Swedish automotive workshop, the study applies Pierre Bourdieu’s conceptual triad—capital, habitus, and field—to vocational education and training (VET). Using restorative hermeneutics and narrative analysis, the research traces how Amir’s embodied cultural capital—his practical know-how, diagnostic intuition, and workshop ethos—intersects with the institutional demands of Swedish VET, where evidence-based documentation, linguistic fluency, and certification shape professional legitimacy. The paper shows how immigrant workers translate and convert their pre-migration capital portfolios within a new socio-institutional field, revealing that competence is not an individual attribute but a social relation mediated by recognition. Amir’s trajectory illustrates the cumulative conversion of embodied, linguistic, social, and symbolic capital, resulting in the reconstruction of professional identity and belonging. By situating this analysis within the literature on vocational capital and immigrant integration, the paper contributes to theoretical and policy discussions about equitable pathways in contemporary VET. It concludes with implications for pedagogical design, emphasizing mentor brokerage, language-embedded learning, and institutional scaffolds that enable capital conversion rather than assimilation. While the research focuses on Swedish context findings are relvant to other European national contexts particulalrly having significant migran population working in the automotive sector. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a biographical and interpretive qualitative approach to examine how immigrant vocational workers reconstruct their professional identities through processes of recognition. Biographical research offers a means of connecting individual trajectories with wider social structures, capturing the dialectic between lived experience and institutional context (Alheit & Dausien, 2002; Merrill & West, 2009). In vocational education and training (VET), where learning often occurs through embodied and relational practices, narrative inquiry is particularly suited to revealing how meaning is made through everyday encounters (Goodson & Sikes, 2017). Amir’s case was selected not as a representative sample but as a critical case (Flyvbjerg, 2006) — one that illuminates broader mechanisms of capital conversion within immigrant integration. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Amir’s journey reveals that the heart of vocational learning lies not in the acquisition of techniques but in the pursuit of recognition—the moment when one’s competence becomes visible and valued by others. His transformation from a peripheral worker to a respected professional embodies the conversion of vocational capital through linguistic mastery, social trust, and institutional endorsement. Yet his story also exposes the fragility of recognition: it depends on fields willing to see beyond their own norms. In a global era of migration and labor mobility, the capacity of VET systems to recognize diverse capitals is both a moral and practical imperative. By designing pedagogies and policies that honor the multiplicity of vocational knowledge, societies can move toward what Honneth (2012) called a “recognitive order”—one where social freedom arises from mutual respect. Ultimately, the lesson of Amir’s case is that integration begins not with teaching newcomers what they lack, but with recognizing what they already know. When vocational systems learn to see that, they do more than integrate individuals—they renew their own fields. References Alheit, P., & Dausien, B. (2002). The “double face” of lifelong learning: Two analytical perspectives on a “silent revolution.” Studies in the Education of Adults, 34(1), 3–22. Andersson, P., & Fejes, A. (2010). Mobility of knowledge: Patterns of recognition of prior learning in Europe. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 29(4), 407–426. Bathmaker, A.-M., Ingram, N., & Waller, R. (2013). Higher education, social class and the mobilisation of capitals. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(5–6), 723–743. Bhabha, H. K. (1994). The location of culture. Routledge. Billett, S. (2011). Vocational Education: Purposes, Traditions and Prospects. Springer. Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A social critique of the judgement of taste. Harvard University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education (pp. 241–258). Greenwood. Bourdieu, P. (1990). The Logic of Practice. Stanford University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and Symbolic Power. Harvard University Press. Goodson, I., & Sikes, P. (2017). Life history research in educational settings: Learning from lives. Open University Press. Honneth, A. (2012). Freedom’s right: The social foundations of democratic life. Polity. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Navigating Pathways to Adulthood for Persons with Disabilities: An Ecological and Capabilities-based Study of the PEI Program in São Paulo, Brazil 1: University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2: Autonomus University of Barcelona Presenting Author:People with disabilities face several challenges when transitioning from school to work and broader adulthood, facing barriers related to education, social stigma, and institutional discrimination (Cheatham & Randolph, 2020). This reality is also seen in Brazil (Vale, 2019), where even with institutionalized legal frameworks such as the Quota Law, which mandates the hiring of persons with disabilities by companies above 100 employees, and ratification of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, only 26.6% of working-age individuals with disabilities are employed (IBGE, 2023; Governo Federal, 2023). This highlights a persistent gap between policy intentions and lived realities that is reflected internationally. Nearly one in six people lives with a disability (16% of the global population), yet only around 30% with working age participate in the labour market, compared to 60% for persons without disabilities (ILO, 2022). Those who do work earn on average 12% less per hour compared to their non-disabled peers, and those who don't work are more likely - especially among youth - to be NEET, (neither in education, employment, nor training) (Myers, 2024; ILO, 2025). In Brazil, the state of São Paulo has responded to this challenge by setting an inclusive employability hub program, the Polos de Empregabilidade Inclusiva (PEI). PEI was founded in 2019 by the State Secretariat for the Rights of People with Disabilities to promote labour inclusion through personalized guidance, qualification, and job placement support, while simultaneously educating employers to foster inclusive workplaces. These practices position PEI as an informal but significant educational space, closely linked to Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET), lifelong learning, and capability development. Participants are expected to expand skills relevant to employment, but also expand confidence, self-determination, and agency, which are foundational elements for meaningful adulthood. The literature on disability inclusion largely examines education, vocational training, or employment outcomes in isolation, less attention has been paid to integrated programs supporting the transition to adulthood through combined agency-building and inclusive employability practices.This study addresses that gap by analysing PEI as a case-study, having as a central question: How does the PEI program affect the capabilities of people with disabilities to achieve meaningful adulthood and employment? Complementary questions explore how personal aspirations and agency influence engagement, how peer and trainer relationships shape learning, what support networks sustain participation, and how policies and societal norms affect outcomes. Conceptually, the study draws on the Capabilities Approach to define capabilities and meaningful adulthood, emphasizing substantive freedoms, agency, and the conditions that enable individuals to lead lives they value (Nussbaum, 2011; Walker, 2012). Bronfenbrenner’s Ecological Systems Theory situates participants within overlapping systems, illustrating how individual, interpersonal, institutional, and policy-level factors interact to shape participants´ experience (Bronfenbrenner, 1979). Insights from Brazilian disability studies further ground the analysis, highlighting how inclusion emerges from transforming social and institutional environments rather than adapting individuals. (Sassaki, 2002; Gesser, Block and Guedes, 2020; Vale, 2019). A qualitative cross-sectional design was employed, utilizing observation, research diary, semi-structured interviews, and document analysis through thematic coding. The research offers insights of global relevance, as it addresses not only barriers to employment but also the persistent lack of access to society and training that reinforces long-term exclusion. Overall, this research positions PEI as more than an employment program: it is a site of lifelong learning, TVET, and capability development, where adults with disabilities gain practical skills, critical agency, and pathways to meaningful employment, illustrating how inclusive vocational initiatives can bridge gaps between policy frameworks and the lived realities of transitioning into adulthood. Ethical clearance from the University of Glasgow has already been secured for this research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Case Setting The research took place at the capital’s Inclusive Employability Hub (PEI) in the city of São Paulo. PEI operates in over 69 cities through 17 hubs, with the capital hub alone responsible for 11 cities and more than 3300 participants. PEI supports adults with disabilities in accessing and sustaining employment. Its program My Inclusive Employment emphasizes six core principles: 1) active candidate search, 2) individualized guidance, 3) job placement support, 4) professional qualification through in-person and online courses, 5) assistance with medical assessments, and 6) support to companies to promote inclusive workplaces. Although not formally an educational institution, PEI embeds pedagogical practices, fostering lifelong learning, skill development, and personal agency, supporting individuals whose prior trajectories have been systemically disrupted by exclusion. The program is fully funded by the State and operated by ITS Brasil (Institute of Social Technology), and institutionalized through the Secretariat for the Rights of People with Disabilities of São Paulo. Data Collection Multiple instruments were used to ensure data triangulation and capture the full scope of PEI’s work. 1. Document analysis included training materials, flyers, sensitization presentations, and academic references, alongside the official addendum to the PEI Work Plan. 2. Semi-structured interviews with 20 participants, including 7 candidates (covering different phases of the program), 7 staff members, 3 policymakers, and 3 hiring institution representatives. 3. Observations involved three months of immersion (December 2025–February 2026) in daily activities, workshops, employer sensitisation sessions, partnership meetings, and cultural inclusion events, totalling an average of 120 hours analysed. Observational notes were recorded in a field diary and, when consented, supplemented by transcribed audio recordings. Data Analysis A qualitative, explanatory, cross-sectional, case study design (Boynton, 2016) guides the analysis, focusing on how PEI promotes inclusive vocational skills and participant empowerment. Data will be analyzed thematically using Nvivo, carrying out systematic deductive coding of data, then identifying key themes. Special attention is given to how PEI educates partner companies, shapes inclusive workplace cultures, and supports participants in building professional capabilities. Guided by the capabilities and ecological perspectives, the analysis emphasizes PEI’s role in fostering TVET, lifelong learning, agency, and sustainable employment trajectories for people with disabilities. The PEI methodology is also included in the research, outlined in Supported Employment and Quality of Life: How to Put It into Practice? (ITS Basil and PRONAS, 2017), defining the understanding of Supported Employment, grounded in Wehman’s work (2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Early findings from this ongoing study indicate that beyond providing job placement, PEI functions as an educational space that builds agency. Participants report that individualised guidance, skills training, and ongoing support enable them to better navigate the labour market, enhancing their technical abilities, independence, and self-esteem. Employer sensitisation and company-focused interventions are impactful on creating inclusive workplaces. Some participants noted that even after securing employment, they maintain contact with PEI, which continues to serve as a learning and advisory space. Most participants (6 out of 7) emphasized that PEI’s greatest contribution is building capacity and autonomy, particularly in facing interviews and preparing for the work life. Many also highlighted that acting as a bridge between candidates and companies increased their sense of support and helped them feel integrated into their teams following PEI’s employer sensitization activities. Findings also reveal structural limitations. Despite serving a significant number of participants (averaging 253 per technician), PEI remains relatively unknown in São Paulo and reaches only a small fraction of people with disabilities facing unemployment. Available positions often target entry-level or assistive roles, neglecting profiles with more extensive experience or academic backgrounds, contributing to underemployment. Participants expressed a desire for more sustained post-employment engagement, such as regular monthly meetings, training sessions, and networking with other PEI alumni, which remains limited. These preliminary results suggest that PEI operates as a hybrid vocational and educational intervention, contributing to lifelong learning, skills development, and agency-building, while supporting systemic change through employer engagement. Data collection continues through February 2026, and these findings provide a foundation for deeper analysis of how PEI mediates transitions into meaningful work and adulthood for adults with disabilities. References Boynton, P.M. (2016). The Research Companion. Taylor & Francis. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Cheatham, L.P. and Randolph, K. (2020). Education and Employment Transitions among Young Adults with Disabilities: Comparisons by Disability Status, Type and Severity. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 69(2), pp.1–24. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/1034912x.2020.1722073. Conn, C. and Murphy, A. (2022). Inclusive Pedagogies for Early Childhood Education. Routledge. Gesser, M., Block, P. and Guedes, A. (2020). Estudos da deficiência: interseccionalidade, anticapacitismo e emancipação social. [online] Available at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/348190994_Estudos_da_deficiencia_interseccionalidade_anticapacitismo_e_emancipacao_social. ILO (2025). Advancing disability inclusion in the global labour market. [online] International Labour Organization. Available at: https://www.ilo.org/resource/news/advancing-disability-inclusion-global-labour-market. Myers, J. (2024). Workers with disabilities are paid 12% less per hour - ILO. [online] World Economic Forum. Available at: https://www.weforum.org/stories/2024/09/disabilities-workforce-inclusion-wage-gap-ilo/. ITS Brasil and PRONAS (2017). Supported Employment and Quality of Life: How to Put It into Practice? ISBN: 978-85-6453-721-7 Lynch, P., Schuelka, M.J., Brown, R., Johnstone, C. and Tshewang, U.S. (2023). Meaningful employment opportunities for youth with disabilities in Bhutan: piloting an employment assessment toolkit. International Journal of Educational Development, [online] 101, p.102820. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev. Nussbaum, M.C. (2011). Creating Capabilities: The Human Development Approach. Harvard University Press. Sassaki, R.K. (2002). Inclusão : construindo uma sociedade para todos. Rio De Janeiro: Wva. Sen, A. (1999). Development as Freedom. New York, N.Y. Anchor. UNESCO (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for action on special needs education. International Review of Education, 40(6), pp.495–507. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/bf01102826. UNESCO (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. [online] Available at: https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda. United Nations (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. [online] United Nations. Available at: https://social.desa.un.org/issues/disability/crpd/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities-crpd. Vale, I. (2019). Educação Inclusiva no Brasil: Deficiência Intelectual e Empregabilidade. Coleção Educação Inclusiva no Brasil ed. Paco e Littera. Walker, M. (2012). A capital or capabilities education narrative in a world of staggering inequalities? International Journal of Educational Development, 32(3), pp.384–393. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2011.09.003. Wehman, P. (2012). Supported Employment: What is it? Journal of Vocational Rehabilitation, 37, pp.139–142. doi:https://doi.org/10.3233/JVR20120607. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Non-formal VET, Trapped between the Needs of Learners and Companies University of Valencia, Spain Presenting Author:Context and international dimension. Formal VET provision is in most countries delivered by schools or training centers that are either part of the public system or accredited or allowed by the authorities that are responsible of the offer, funding or official accreditation of the qualifications achieved. Non-formal VET provision is often delivered by organizations and institutions that are not part of that system. That is the case in Spain, where municipalities and non-governmental organizations are involved in training provision without that being their main purpose or mission. Markowitsch, Scharle, & Csillag (2024) have illustrated their relevance in European policies, both Vocational Education and Training and Active Employment policies, as Crespo & Serrano (2013), Heidenreich & Graziano (2014) and Heidenreich & Rice (2016) have also explained. VET is part of the European Employment strategy, even if it has been subject to criticism (Sanz de Miguel, 2016). Molpeceres et al. (2024a, 2024b) have addressed the role of VET and adult education in employment policies and discussing the contribution of social institutions that, even if they have other interests than VET, engage in relevant ways in the provision of VET and qualifications. Research question. The paper is embedded in four-year funded research by the Spanish Government (PID2021-125912OB-I00) that covers several issues. The research question addressed in this contribution attempts to find out what the commonalities and differences in the understanding of VET are in these non-formal VET providers. The question will be answered by looking at three different dimensions that we have explored empirically: a) The practice, tasks and procedures that these organizations conduct with individuals as well as with stakeholders and companies in their context. b) The knowledge that these organizations generate in relation to VET, careers guidance, intermediation and professional practice; and c) The mission of these organizations and the weight of VET in that mission. Theoretical framework. NGOs in general find themselves at the crossroads of power tensions and forces of the public administration, the market and the community and, as Dubet (2006), within a context where the public administration is losing social legitimation, within the larger changes explained by Castel (2003) that affect the social contract centered around the role of employment as the main inclusion mechanism. The increasing precarization process signaled by Standing (2011) has an impact upon vocational education and training and activation policies, that has been analyzed by Arqueros-Fernández (2022) or Martínez-Morales, Mezzadra and Molpeceres (2024): These are precisely the policy frameworks and the practices in which NGOs involve themselves when training, skilling, assisting and preparing vulnerable people in their access to employment and the labor market, once these people are getting back into track after leaving processes of severe exclusion or marginalization. Given that the purpose of NGOs is rather social inclusion than skilling for the sake of training in itself, they need to find legitimation for their actions before their own members, the people they serve, the institutions that give funding to make these practices possible and the stakeholders in the context in which they find themselves. These legitimation processes have been recently studied from an educational perspective (Imdorf and Leeman, 2023) and from the perspective of the employment policies (Semenovicz, 2023) and transitions into the labor market (Ye, 2024). We rely upon these sources in order to analyze our empirical data. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our research has been conducted with twelve Third Sector Organizations that offer non-formal VET in one of the seventeen Spanish regions. The selection of these organizations was done out of a sample of 60, that the research team had to develop itself as there is no official registry of these organizations. We constructed our database employing several sources of information: a) the list of officially awarded funded by the Department of Labor; b) the list of institutions that were members of the Incorpora network in the region, which has been developed by the major private funding institution in the whole country; c) the list of members of the EAPN in the region and the list of members of the members of the Platform of the Third Sector. We searched to maximize variety of institutions, so we considered the following criteria to select our twelve organizations: a) organizations based in each of the provinces of the region; b) state-wide, regional and local scope of their action; c) type of organization (association or foundation); d) civil vs religious origin; e) date of establishment; f) variety of VET provision; and g) serving people with or without disability. Furthermore, we considered other criteria like quality management system in the organization, networks in which it takes part, relying upon voluntary work; and profile of the learners. We have conducted in-depth interviews, with all the safeguards of anonymity, confidentiality and rights to reverse their views. Interviews lasted between 2 and a half and 4 and a half hours each, with staff working in those organizations; at least 3 members of the staff and a maximum of five, reaching out for people in different positions: management, training, employment and intermediation services. We transcribed the interviews, arranged and anonymized them and we coded them using MaxQDA 24. We used two range of codes, one to address the individual dimensions of the interviews and the second to address the organizational dimensions. In this paper, we rely upon the second set of codes. We also conducted three discussion groups on three topics: management of the provision, vocational training and access into the labor market and the generational shift within the organizations. In this paper, we refer to the first and second groups. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We are still analyzing data from the interviews and the discussion groups are being conducted in February 2026; therefore, we cannot yet present conclusions here. Our hypotheses go in the following directions. a) Some organizations attempt to satisfy both the demands of the population they serve and the companies, while others opt to focus upon one of those two groups. Their practice is shaped by those choices. b) There is a variety of practices that depends on the specialization of the organizations: Basic vocational training with an exploratory aim, mixed with the attempt to motivate and activate trainees; instrumental training through workshops to conduct an interview for a job, preparing one’s CV or handling sources in the process of search for a job; intermediation practices with companies including work placements. c) Most of these organizations count on professional work (and therefore, despite being NGOs, no voluntary work is involved in VET nor active employment policies). But professionals have different backgrounds and there is no proper community of practice of reference. d) The knowledge produced by professionals in these organizations is mostly idiosyncratic and remains the domain of the professional rather than the organization. Anyhow, we expect to find organizations that develop their own materials and procedures, therefore consolidating that knowledge. e) The VET practice of these organizations is subject to subsidiarity: the end-users of their services cannot pay for them and therefore the NGOs need the support of funding sources that shape their ways and constrain their outreach and potential. f) The loss of the worth of employment is impacting the organizations and the professionals, that try to make sense of their own practice even if they are aware of the limitations of VET and active employment policies for the kind of population that they work for. References Arqueros-Fernandez, F.M. (2022) Activation and precariousness: The rewards of investing in the vulnerable. Ethnos 87(1): 152–167 Brandl , J. (2022) Frames of reference in managing employment from the perspective of economics of conventions. Industrial Relations 61(3): 290–302. Castel, R. (2003) From Manual Workers to Wage Laborers. Transformation of the Social Question. Transaction Publishers. Crespo, E. & Serrano, A. (2013) Las paradojas de las políticas de empleo europeas: de la justicia a la terapia. Universitas Psychologica 12(4): 1113–1126. Dubet, F. (2006). El declive de la institución. Gedisa. Heidenreich, M. & Graziano, P.R. (2014) Lost in activation? The governance of activation policies in Europe. International Journal of Social Welfare 23: 1–5. Heidenreich, M. & Rice, D. (2016) Integrating Social and Employment Policies in Europe: Active Inclusion and Challenges for Local Welfare Governance. Edward Elgar Publishing. Imdorf, C. & Leemann, R.J. (2023) Education and conventions. In: Díaz-Bone, R. & de Larquier, G. (eds) Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions. Springer, pp.1–33. Markowitsch, J.; Scharle, A. & Csillag, M. (2024). The Role of NGOs in Up- and Reskilling: Esploring ESF+ Supported Initiatives in Austria, Italy, Slovenia and Spain. Social Innovation Iniatiative. Martínez-Morales, I.; Mezzadra, J. & Molpeceres, M.A. (2024). Changes in vocational and adult education work in the context of the transformations of advanced modernity and flexible capitalism. Paper presented at the 31st VET&Culture conference, Cultures of work and education, Valencia, 2-4 October 2024. Molpeceres, M., Martínez-Morales, I., Bernad, J. C., & Marhuenda-Fluixá, F. (2024a). Non-profit organizations in training for employment: On the transformative potential of their critique of education. European Educational Research Journal, 23(5), 673-691. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041241257018 Molpeceres, M.A.; Martínez-Morales, I.; Zacarés-González, J.J. & Marhuenda Fluixá, F. (2024b). Navigating between welfare and workfare: Constraints and challenges for social work institutions providing inclusion through employment. In J. Mali et al. (eds.) The Breakthrough of the social, pp. 181.213. Tirant lo Blanch. Sanz de Miguel, P. (2016). Does the European Employment Strategy favour the convergence of activation policies? The cases of Spain and the United Kingdom. Journal of Contemporary European Research 12(2): 615–633. Semenowicz, P. (2023). Labor Inclusion Seen Through Convention Theory: A Matter of Intermediation. In: Diaz-Bone, R., Larquier, G.d. (eds) Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-52130-1_86-1 Standing, G. (2013). The precariat. Bloomsbury. Ye, R. (2024). Convention Theory and Education to Work Transitions. In: Diaz-Bone, R., Larquier, G.d. (eds) Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-52130-1_118-1 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 02 SES 12 C: Times of Crises Location: K109 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Maarit Virolainen Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Support Courses in Vocational Education and Training as Instruments of Inclusion-Oriented Governance: A Multi-Level Analysis from Switzerland in a European Perspective Swiss Federal University for Vocational Education and Training SFUVET, Switzerland Presenting Author:Topic and Research Question VET systems across Europe are under pressure to secure educational participation, reduce inequalities, support training completion, and facilitate labour market integration. These expectations arise amid growing learner heterogeneity, psychosocial strain, language support needs, demographic change, and persistent risks of exclusion. This paper addresses support courses in Swiss vocational education and training as a case for analysing school-based support measures as instruments of inclusion-oriented governance. Support courses have been legally anchored in Switzerland since 1978 and were originally introduced mainly as compensatory support for learners with weaker academic performance. Over time, their function has expanded towards broader support, including language support, learning strategies, individual guidance, and psychosocial stabilisation. The paper addresses the following research question: How can support courses in vocational education and training be conceptualised as instruments of inclusion-oriented governance, and which multi-level conditions shape their contribution to inclusive educational participation? Aim and Conceptual/Theoretical Framework The aim is to reconstruct the historical development of support courses in Swiss VET and to situate this development within a European perspective on inclusive support architectures. The paper analyses support courses not as additional pedagogical provision, but as institutionally embedded support measures at the intersection of policy, school organisation, professional practice, and learner participation. The study applies a multi-level perspective. At the macro level, it examines legal anchoring, governance arrangements, responsibilities, and institutional frameworks. At the meso level, it analyses school-level implementation, curricular embedding, access and referral procedures, professionalisation, and cooperation between learning venues. At the micro level, it considers learner access, pedagogical support processes, participation opportunities, and risks of stigmatisation. The conceptual framework combines multi-level approaches in educational and comparative VET research, governance perspectives on coordination and institutional steering, and a broad understanding of inclusion as participation-oriented access to and retention within VET. On this basis, the paper develops an analytical framework for understanding support courses as part of inclusion-oriented support architectures. This framework highlights target-group definitions, access logics, institutional embedding, curricular integration, professionalisation, learning venue cooperation, quality assurance, and destigmatisation. International Dimension and Preliminary Results The international dimension is central to the paper. The Swiss case is analysed in relation to inclusive support architectures in Germany, Austria, the Netherlands, and England. This comparative perspective shows that support in VET is not organised according to a single model, but is framed, governed, and legitimised differently across national contexts. The historical document analysis shows a shift in Switzerland from a deficit-oriented tutoring logic towards a broader and more inclusion-oriented support logic. Support courses increasingly respond to heterogeneous learner needs and are no longer limited to subject-related remediation. The comparative analysis identifies commonalities and differences across European support architectures. Key dimensions include target-group definitions, access procedures, institutional responsibilities, curricular embedding, professionalisation, cooperation between learning venues, quality assurance, and destigmatising communication. In Switzerland, support courses are strongly anchored in law, while their implementation depends on cantonal regulations, school-level room for manoeuvre, and local resources. Contribution and Conclusion This paper provides added value for VET research and educational policy. Conceptually, it offers a multi-level analytical framework for understanding support courses as instruments of inclusion-oriented governance within broader support architectures. Empirically, it shows how historical and comparative document analysis can reveal conditions under which support measures contribute to participation, equity, and training completion. The paper contributes to the European debate on how VET systems can respond to heterogeneity, psychosocial strain, demographic change, and labour-market-related demands. It argues that support courses should not be understood as isolated remedial measures, but as institutionally embedded forms of support mediating between policy objectives, school practice, and learner needs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative document-based research design, integrating historical and comparative methodologies to analyse support courses in vocational education and training as instruments of inclusion-oriented governance. It combines a historical reconstruction of the Swiss case with a comparative analysis of inclusive support architectures in selected European VET systems. For the historical dimension, a historical-analytical document analysis was conducted, examining 44 documents, including laws, education policy texts, evaluation reports, implementation documents, and academic literature from 1978 onwards. This made it possible to trace the institutional, pedagogical, and functional development of support courses in Swiss VET and to identify key shifts from a deficit-oriented tutoring logic towards broader inclusion-oriented support. The analysis focused on how support courses were framed legally, organisationally, and pedagogically, which target groups were addressed, and how responsibilities and access procedures changed over time. The comparative dimension involved a five-country study covering Switzerland, Germany, Austria, the Netherlands, and England. It was based on a category-guided analysis of 79 documents, including legal foundations, policy and governance documents, implementation materials, monitoring and evaluation reports, and academic publications. Rooted in comparative VET research, this qualitative document analysis examined how support is described, legitimised, organised, and institutionally embedded across national contexts. The comparative lens allowed commonalities and differences in inclusive support architectures to be identified, particularly regarding target groups, access logics, responsibilities, curricular embedding, professionalisation, quality assurance, and risks of stigmatisation. The systemic classification of support courses is informed by a multi-level perspective. This framework captures the interplay between macro-level governance and legal conditions, meso-level school organisation and implementation, and micro-level learner access, pedagogical support processes, and participation opportunities. The study does not aim to measure the causal effectiveness of individual support measures or to evaluate learner outcomes directly. Rather, it reconstructs the institutional and programmatic conditions under which support courses and comparable measures are framed and governed. The combination of historical and comparative document analysis provides the basis for developing an analytical framework for inclusion-oriented governance in VET. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to yield significant conclusions and findings with added value for VET research and educational policy actors. Conceptually, it will offer a multi-level analytical framework for understanding support courses in vocational education and training as instruments of inclusion-oriented governance. Rather than positioning them as isolated remedial measures, the paper conceptualises support courses as institutionally embedded forms of support within broader inclusive support architectures in VET. The framework consolidates central dimensions shaping their contribution to inclusive educational participation, including target-group definitions, access procedures, institutional responsibilities, curricular embedding, professionalisation, cooperation between learning venues, quality assurance, and destigmatisation. Empirically, the historical analysis will demonstrate a clear shift in Swiss VET from a deficit-oriented tutoring logic towards a broader and more inclusion-oriented support logic. Support courses have expanded beyond subject-related remediation and increasingly address language support, learning strategies, individual guidance, and psychosocial strain. The comparative five-country analysis will identify commonalities and differences in inclusive support architectures across Switzerland, Germany, Austria, the Netherlands, and England. It will show that support measures are framed, governed, and legitimised differently across national VET systems, particularly regarding access, responsibilities, institutional embedding, and quality assurance. At the same time, persistent inequalities and risks of stigmatisation remain relevant across contexts. Ultimately, the study aims to strengthen the position of evidence-informed VET research and to foster dialogue among decision-makers and practitioners across Europe. The expected outcomes include analytical insights into how support measures such as support courses can be designed, embedded, and governed to enhance inclusion, educational quality, participation, and successful training completion. In line with SDG 4, the paper contributes to a more nuanced understanding of how VET systems can respond to learner heterogeneity, psychosocial strain, demographic change, and labour-market-related demands while promoting educational equity and lifelong learning. References •Eidgenössisches Departement für auswärtige Angelegenheiten (EDA). (2020). Ziel 4: Inklusive, gleichberechtigte und hochwertige Bildung gewährleisten und Möglichkeiten lebenslangen Lernens für alle fördern. Agenda 2030. https://www.eda.admin.ch/agenda2030/de/home/agenda-2030/die-17-ziele-fuer-eine-nachhaltige-entwicklung/ziel-4-inklusive-gleichberechtigteund-hochwertige-bildung.html •Ertl, H. (2022). T Levels als Kern eines neuen Qualifikationssystems in England: Hintergründe, Implementierung und Einordnung. In P. Grollmann et al. (Eds.), Vergleichende Berufsbildungsforschung – Ergebnisse und Perspektiven aus Theorie und Empirie (pp. 165–181). Verlag Barbara Budrich. •Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz. Beltz Juventa. •Pilz, M. (2017). Typologien in der international-vergleichenden Berufsbildungsforschung.: Funktionen und ein neuer Ansatz. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 63(6), 761–782. •Scharnhorst, U., & Kammermann, M. (2017). Wie inklusiv ist die zweijährige berufliche Grundbildung in der Schweiz? In M. Becker, M. Kammermann, G. Spöttl, & L. Balzer (Eds.), Ausbildung zum Beruf: Internationaler Vergleich der berufsförmigen Ausbildungskonzepte für benachteiligte Jugendliche (S. 245–286). Peter Lang. •Schweizerische Eidgenossenschaft. (2002). Bundesgesetz über die Berufsbildung vom 13.Dezember 2002 (Stand am 1. März 2025). https://www.fedlex.admin.ch/eli/cc/2003/674/de •Wolf, A. (2011). Review of vocational education: The Wolf report. Department for Education. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/review-of-vocational-education-the-wolf-report •Wüthrich, R. (2024). (Un)genutztes Potenzial – Unterstützungsmaßnahmen zur Erhöhung von Inklusion an Berufsfachschulen. bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik – online, 46, 1–17. https://www.bwpat.de/ausgabe46/wuethrich_bwpat46.pdf 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Adult Learning Policies and Inequalities in an Era of Polycrises Inapp, Italy Presenting Author:Contemporary European societies are confronted with multiple, overlapping crises that demand profound transformations. Technological and digital innovation, the pursuit of sustainable equilibria, climate change and shifting global geopolitical dynamics, demographic transformations — these phenomena interact with one another, generating challenging scenarios and new vulnerabilities. Such dynamics call existing institutions and organisational structures into question, prompting the search for new rules and unprecedented forms of balance. In this “age of disorder”, education and training are frequently invoked as instruments capable of supporting individuals in navigating ongoing transformations, in a twofold sense: as a transformative tool that fosters the exploration and experimentation of new solutions; and as a means of strengthening resilience, helping individuals—particularly the most vulnerable—adapt to the changing contexts in which they must operate. Attention to the most vulnerable groups, who are disproportionately affected by the negative consequences of current transformations, is one of the key motivations behind an ongoing study on training policies adopted by European countries to address the challenges facing contemporary societies. The study focuses on several European countries—France, Germany, England, Italy and Spain—and examines in depth their adult learning and training policies. The analytical lens adopted is that of inequalities and the role that training policies may play in:
The findings emerging thus far highlight a significant commitment to adult learning policies across all countries, reflected in a wide range of projects and initiatives. These are increasingly characterised by the experimentation of approaches designed to engage, above all, the most vulnerable user groups. In the most advanced cases, the focus on vulnerable adults gives rise to initiatives grounded in cooperative and multidimensional approaches, involving networks of public and private actors entrusted with supporting individuals in a holistic manner. This support is provided through outreach activities and the provision of integrated services—training, employment guidance, and socio‑health interventions—that can transform diverse individual difficulties (economic, health-related, care responsibilities, motivational issues, etc.) into opportunities for re-entry into the labour market. Relevant examples of such approaches can be found in nearly all the countries analysed, albeit with national specificities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study forms part of a broader, long‑standing comparative analysis of European VET systems, which over the years has examined different VET sectors. A distinctive feature of this research strand is its focus on a selected group of countries which, although belonging to different skills formation regimes (Busemeyer and Trampusch, 2012), share certain elements of complexity. These include the multi‑layered nature of their decision‑making structures and the development of VET systems that display original characteristics in their core features. A previous study examined the same countries from the perspective of VET system architecture, with particular attention to the adult learning sector, and analysed their trajectories of change over the past two decades. The current study revisits these VET systems by concentrating on specific policy objectives, placing particular emphasis on the issue of inequalities. The ongoing research has been conducted through an extensive documentary analysis of the relevant literature and policy documents, complemented by a set of interviews with key witnesses in each country. These witnesses were selected among representatives of institutional actors, social partners, and VET experts from academia as well as from within the VET systems themselves. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings point to a renewed commitment to promoting adult learning, reflected in a growing number of projects and initiatives implemented across the various countries. This trend appears to have intensified in recent years, suggesting that adult learning has gained greater prominence on political agendas. Comparative analysis, however, must contend with the diversity of systemic architectures and actors involved, as well as with strong path‑dependency that shape long‑term patterns of change. Despite the challenges of comparing highly differentiated contexts, the policy analysis reveals several critical issues common to all countries, as consistently highlighted by the experts interviewed. First and foremost, the main concern raised relates to the absence of a long‑term strategic vision underpinning adult learning policies. This gap results in a proliferation of fragmented interventions, often implemented through temporary projects or uncoordinated local initiatives. The lack of strategic vision is compounded by a funding landscape dominated by short‑term, conjunctural measures rather than structural investment, leading to discontinuities that undermine the stability and continuity of services. More broadly, all interviewees point to the absence of effective governance mechanisms capable of supporting the development of adequate adult learning policies. In the case of disadvantaged groups, the need to place individuals with their full range of needs at the core of policy action would require expanding governance arrangements to include a wider variety of stakeholders and establishing coordinated pathways across social, health and training policies. Similarly episodic and fragmented is the evaluation of adult learning policies, which has yet to become a tool for improving performance, strengthening accountability, and ensuring coherence across interventions. This is particularly problematic given that the contribution of adult learning policies to reduce inequalities can only be fully realised within a holistic approach that integrates measures adopted across different policy domains into a unified and shared strategic framework. References Beauvois C. (2018), Mission sur l’accompagnement vers, pendant et après la formation : Enjeux et propositions pour l’élaboration d’un appel à projet national dédié à l’accompagnement du développement des compétences, rapport, décembre BMBF (2022), Bildung in Deutschland 2022 – Bericht mit Daten und Analysen Busemeyer M.R., Trampusch Ch. (eds.) (2011), The Political Economy of Collective Skill Formation, Oxford University Press Cogavin, D., (2024). ‘Labour-power production and the skills agenda in lifelong learning: A critical policy analysis of the Skills and Post-16 Education Act 2022’, Policy Futures in Education, Vol. 22, Issue 5 Delay B. et Duclos L. (2017), Formation en situation de travail : quand la pédagogie rencontre le droit, Education permanente, Hors-série AFPA, p. 11-20 Gómez, V. (2018), La formación para el empleo en España: Propuestas para consolidar un sistema de formación para el empleo de calidad, eficiente, competitivo y profesionalizado Learning & Work Institute (L&WI), (2024). ‘Persistent inequalities in lifelong learning: What can we learn from the adult participation in learning survey 2024?’, L&WI Blog, di O Nermond, 4/11/2024 Martínez García J.S., Oinonen E., Merino R., Perosa G. (2021). Education and Inequality in Finland, Spain and Brazil. In: López-Roldán, P., Fachelli, S. (eds) Towards a Comparative Analysis of Social Inequalities between Europe and Latin America. Springer, Cham. OECD, (2024). Survey of Adults Skills 2023: England (United Kingdom), Country Note, 10/12/2024, Verdier E (2024), Convention Theory Facing the Diversity of Vocational Education and Training, in Diaz-Bone R., de Larquier G., Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions, Springer International Publishing, pp.1-30, 2024 Verdier E. (2013), Lifelong Learning Regimes versus Vocational Education and Training Systems in Europe: The Growing Hybridisation of National Models. In: Janmaat, J.G., Duru-Bellat, M., Green, A., Méhaut, P. (eds) The Dynamics and Social Outcomes of Education Systems. Education, Economy and Society. Palgrave Macmillan, London. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Conceptual and Practical Approaches to Learning Loss in Post-Compulsory Education During Crises 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: V. N. Karazin Kharkiv National University, Ukraine; 3: Hryhorii Skovoroda University in Pereiaslav, Ukraine; 4: JAMK University of applied sciences, Finland Presenting Author:Catastrophes that affect society, such as pandemics or wars, create obstacles to organizing and participating in education. While the pandemic boosted the development of online education, the effects of other catastrophes on education, such as the war caused by Russian aggression against Ukraine, and how the resulting obstacles can be overcome, have received less attention. Higher education institutions (HEIs) in Ukraine have suffered substantial damage to their infrastructure and disruption to their operations as a result of Russian aggression, which has reduced their ability to provide high-quality education and practical training. Institutions of vocational teacher education (VTE) have been particularly affected, as destroyed or inaccessible facilities hinder the organisation of supervision and hands-on learning. Displacement of students and teachers, and obstacles to participation in education, have impacted their motivation and emotional state (Lavrysh et al., 2022; Grunyuk et al., 2023; Kurapov et al., 2023). Despite the operational challenges, Ukraine has initiated VET reforms guided by the 2017 Law “On Education” emphasizing decentralization, institutional autonomy, and competency-based learning (Deißinger, & Melnyk, 2024). The concept of learning loss, along with related terms such as the learning gap, qualification gap, academic gap, and achievement gap, has been studied in order to understand the underlying factors that cause certain individuals and groups to learn less. Based on previous research, it is important to differentiate between educational deficits and learning loss. The former is a broader term that refers to any discrepancy between expected and actual learning, whether due to inadequate instruction or a lack of opportunity to learn the materials in the first place (Human Rights Watch, 2016; Patton, Davis & Museus, 2019; Mitchell & Greer, 2022). An educational deficit can manifest as underachievement in relation to the standards and benchmarks set for a given year group. It can also manifest as a lack of foundational skills necessary for subsequent learning, creating cumulative learning gaps when earlier gaps remain unaddressed. In contrast, learning loss refers to a specific or general decline in knowledge and skills, or a reversal in academic progress, which is typically caused by prolonged interruptions to the educational process. This can happen when learning does not take place due to school closures or when learners are not actively engaged with educational institutions, causing them to forget previously acquired knowledge (Azevedo et al., 2021; Nath, 2024). This study aims to improve understanding of how learning loss caused by societal disruption, such as war resulting from another country’s aggression (like that experienced by Ukraine at the hands of Russia), can be addressed in education. 1) Based on previous studies, the following research questions have been identified: 1) How is learning loss conceptualised in the literature on crisis-affected post-compulsory education? and 2) What kinds of pedagogical and institutional responses are described? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is designed as a systematic literature review. The search for relevant literature sources was based on the PICOS approach (Amir-Behghadami & Janati, 2020), which allows for the formulation of eligibility criteria and defining keywords for article selection. The chosen keywords focus on post-compulsory education (i.e., upper secondary, vocational education and training, and higher education), learning loss or learning gaps (including academic and achievement gaps), and societal contexts (war, conflict, crisis, or pandemics). The search strings related to these concepts were combined with the Boolean operator AND. Applying this search strategy across databases such as Web of Science, Scopus, and ProQuest resulted in a primary pool of 145 related peer-reviewed articles. Further selection of relevant studies was performed according to the PRISMA flow protocol (Page et al., 2020). Two reviewers have performed title-and-abstract screening against four exclusion criteria: studies were retained only if they addressed learning loss in relation to broad societal or institutional factors, approached the topic from an educational perspective, provided conceptualizations or mitigation strategies, and met standard research-ethics requirements. Articles failing to meet any of these criteria were excluded. As a result, 70 of the articles were rejected (for instance, some focused on elementary education or achievement gaps rather than learning loss), 45 articles were labeled as requiring closer examination, while 25 appeared to address the topic of interest: learning loss in post-compulsory education. The descriptive characteristics such as region, education sector, methodology applied, main concept (learning loss, achievement gap, academic gap, learning gap, qualification gap or other), factors causing learning loss, approaches to counteract learning loss and whether it included the perspective of war, crises, pandemics or other causes of obstacles to utilization and participating in education were involved to categorize the data from reviewed articles into extraction rubrics. For each rubric, corresponding prompts were developed for AI-powered data extraction under thorough human oversight. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings highlight various pedagogical approaches that have been used to address learning loss. These include accreditation of prior experiential learning (APEL); flipped learning; project-based learning; online and blended learning courses; computer-assisted instruction; estimation of learning gaps; support from senior student tutors; AI-supported assessments; and chatbots to guide the question-and-answer process. There is also a focus on teaching self-regulated learning strategies. Furthermore, at an institutional level, the development of infrastructure, learning environments, and the capacity of teachers and leaders via pre-service and in-service training programmes has been suggested. This literature review is being conducted as part of the MOTIVET4UA project (University of Jyväskylä, n.d.). It is expected that, as the project progresses, a more in-depth analysis of previous research, combined with workshops involving Ukrainian teachers and trainee teachers, will improve our understanding of the relevance and implementation of these pedagogical approaches in the Ukrainian context. References Amir-Behghadami, M., & Janati, A. (2020). Population, Intervention, Comparison, Outcomes and Study (PICOS) design as a framework to formulate eligibility criteria in systematic reviews. Emergency Medicine Journal, 37, 387 - 387. Azevedo, J. P., Hasan, A., Goldemberg, D., Iqbal, S. A., & Geven, K. (2021). Simulating the potential impacts of COVID‑19 school closures on schooling and learning outcomes: A set of global estimates. The World Bank Research Observer, 36(1), 1–40. https://doi.org/10.1093/wbro/lkab003 Deißinger, T., & Melnyk, O. (Eds.). (2024). Partnership-Based Governance and Standardization of Vocational Teacher Education in Ukraine (Berufsbildung, Arbeit und Innovation, 82). Bielefeld: wbv Media GmbH & Co. KG. https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/epdf/10.3278/9783763976690 Grunyuk, S., Zaytseva, I., & Vysotchenko, S. (2023). The impact of distance education on students’ motivation and emotional state in the context of the pandemic and the armed conflict in Ukraine. Apuntes Universitarios, 13(1), 243–259. DOI: https://doi.org/10.17162/au.v13i1.1326 Human Rights Watch. (2016). The education deficit: Failures to protect and fulfill the right to education through global development agendas. Human Rights Watch. Kurapov, A., Pavlenko, V., Drozdov, A., Bezliudna, V., Reznik, A., & Isralowitz, R. (2023). Toward an understanding of the Russian-Ukrainian war impact on university students and personnel. Journal of loss and trauma 28(2), 167–174. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/15325024.2022.2084838 Lavrysh Y, Lytovchenko I, Lukianenko V, et al. (2022) Teaching during the wartime: experience from Ukraine. Educational Philosophy and Theory. 1-8 DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857. 2022.2098714. Mitchell, B. D., & Greer, C. D. (2022). COVID‑19 learning loss: Fact or stigma? Children & Schools. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1093/cs/cdac018 Nath, S. R. (2024). Learning losses amid COVID-19 school closures: evidence from Bangladesh. Irish Educational Studies, 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2024.2441160 Page, M. J., McKenzie, J.E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T.C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J.M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., McGuinness, L.A., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. PLoS medicine, 18(3), e1003583. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1003583 Patton Davis, L., & Museus, S. D. (2019). What is deficit thinking? An analysis of conceptualizations of deficit thinking and implications for scholarly research. Currents, 1(1). DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.3998/currents.17387731.0001.110 University of Jyväskylä. (n.d.). MOTIVET4UA -Promoting multimodal educational practices and teacher competencies in vocational education and training (VET): Ukraine - Finland Cooperation. University of Jyväskylä. https://www.jyu.fi/en/projects/motivet4ua-promoting-multimodal-educational-practices-and-teacher-competencies-in-vocational |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 02 SES 12 D: VET, Gender & Social Class Location: K112 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Margaret Malloch Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Reducing Gender Segregation in Vocational Education and Training: A Holistic and Multi-Stakeholder Approach LABVET Research and Innovation in Vocational Education and Training, University of the Balearic Islands, Spain Presenting Author:Recent studies on the distribution of men and women across different levels of vocational education and training (VET) in Spain reveal a high degree of gender segregation. These studies conclude that: (1) the training offer is predominantly male oriented; (2) women are mainly enrolled in a few professional branches and are concentrated in fields associated either with the sexual division of labour, particularly care related occupations, or with gender stereotypes such as personal image and fashion; and (3) there is a very limited presence of women in male dominated programmes and of men in female dominated ones (Aguado et al., 2020; Moreno Márquez, 2021; Quintana Murci et al., 2021; Salvà Mut et al., 2018). Although gender segregation exists at all educational levels, it is more pronounced in VET due to its close connection with vocational identity and labour market outcomes (Imdorf et al., 2015; Niemeyer & Colley, 2015). Gender influence is stronger when pathways are differentiated at an early age. Adolescence is a period in which transgressing gender roles is difficult, as adaptation to peer expectations is prioritised (Birr, 2014). In Spain, these decisions are made at ages fourteen and fifteen in basic VET and at age sixteen when choosing between upper secondary education and intermediate VET. According to Imdorf et al. (2015), this situation has a triple impact on women’s personal, educational, and labour trajectories. First, women’s underrepresentation in certain training options restricts their freedom of choice. Second, male dominated professional families offer better employment prospects, which channels women towards more precarious working conditions and reinforces occupational segregation. Finally, strong gender segregation in VET questions its integrative function, since it ultimately directs many young women towards more precarious professional activities. At the same time, VET is a stage in which education in values, especially gender equality, remains limited, contributing to the reproduction of gender structures (Lahelma et al., 2014; Moreno Márquez, 2021; Mosteiro & Porto, 2017). Research has highlighted the role of VET organisation in transmitting gender stereotypes through curricular content and teaching practices. Although stereotypes originate in earlier educational stages, VET may reinforce them by preparing young women for the sexual division of labour (Heineger & Imdorf, 2018; Imdorf et al., 2015; Lamamra, 2017; Reisel et al., 2019). Lamamra et al. (2014) argue that VET institutions reproduce labour market inequalities, becoming spaces of gendered professional socialisation. Studies analysing VET curricula indicate that gender perspectives are absent, superficial, or differentiated depending on whether the programme is male or female dominated (Lamamra, 2017; Simonsson, 2022). Ledman et al. (2018) show that male dominated programmes include knowledge linked to recognised disciplines, whereas female dominated programmes incorporate such content to a lesser extent and often exclude areas such as entrepreneurship or creativity. This imbalance reinforces gender inequality in employment. Finally, teaching practices play a crucial role in shaping students’ choices and in perpetuating gender stereotypes. Although teachers increasingly express a commitment to gender equality, this discourse does not always translate into practice resulting in unequal treatment of students (Lahelma et al., 2014; Lamamra, 2017; Moreno Márquez, 2021; Reisel et al., 2019; Simonsson, 2022). Finally, research by Aguado et al. (2020) shows that teachers often justify segregation by referring to student preferences, obscuring its structural nature and limiting comprehensive coeducational strategies, thereby contributing to the persistence of gender inequalities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents an overview of the results obtained from the project Gender Segregation and Coeducation in Vocational Education and Training: Proposals for Intervention from a Collaborative and Holistic Approach (09-1-ID24), funded by the Ministry of Equality of the Government of Spain. The project aims to analyse the causes and manifestations of gender segregation in VET and to design coeducational intervention proposals that promote academic and career guidance free from gender stereotypes. The study adopts a qualitative and collaborative research design structured into three interrelated phases. Phases 1 and 2 are based on desk research and focus on the development of a theoretical framework on gender segregation in VET, the analysis of statistics on student enrolment in Spanish VET system from a gender perspective, and on the identification and analysis of national and international good practices aimed at reducing segregation and promoting coeducational principles. These phases provide the analytical and contextual foundation for the empirical work. The core empirical component of the study is Phase 3, which follows a participatory and collaborative methodology based on online discussion groups and co-creative workshops designed to generate concrete intervention proposals. A purposive sampling strategy is employed, involving 32 participants distributed across four discussion groups: primary and secondary teachers, VET teachers, educational guidance professionals, and labour market agents from organisations such as chambers of commerce, trade unions, and business associations. These discussion groups constitute the main empirical focus of the paper, which specifically analyses the results obtained through their implementation. The groups were conducted online between December 2025 and January 2026 and functioned as spaces for critical dialogue and collective reflection on vocational guidance, training provision, and gender stereotypes shaping educational and career choices. The discussion groups were guided by a semi-structured protocol aimed at exploring the factors influencing VET gendered educational choices and identifying coeducational intervention strategies. Professionals were invited to reflect on the social, educational, institutional, and cultural factors shaping students’ decisions, to share examples of good practices, and to propose actions considered most effective in reducing gender segregation. Student groups focused on educational pathways, perceived barriers to entering feminised or masculinised programmes, and the role of gender norms and social expectations. Both professionals and students were encouraged to identify priority coeducational actions to promote greater gender equality. Sessions were audio recorded, transcribed verbatim, and analysed through systematic coding and thematic analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the analysis of the discussion groups is still ongoing, the preliminary results point to several relevant trends that are consistent with existing research on gender segregation in VET. Initial findings suggest that gender segregation is perceived by participants as a multifaceted and structural phenomenon, shaped by the interaction of educational pathways, vocational guidance practices, institutional cultures, and labour market dynamics. Across all discussion groups, participants highlight the persistence of gender stereotypes influencing students’ educational and career choices from early educational stages. Preliminary evidence also indicates that vocational guidance plays a critical role in either reproducing or challenging gender segregation. Participants identify limitations in current guidance practices, including a lack of time, insufficient training in gender perspectives, and the persistence of deficit-based or preference-based explanations that obscure the structural nature of segregation. In addition, early results point to the relevance of organisational and curricular factors within VET institutions, such as the gendered organisation of training provision, the symbolic value assigned to different professional families, and the absence or superficial treatment of gender perspectives in curricula. There is evidence of differential treatment by teachers and students towards women in male-dominated professions, ranging from the assignment of different tasks to situations of severe discrimination. Participants emphasise the need for interventions that go beyond isolated actions and address these structural dimensions through institutional commitment, teacher training, and collaboration with labour market actors. Overall, the expected outcomes of this study include the identification of key barriers and enabling factors for the implementation of coeducational practices in VET, as well as the co-construction of a set of concrete, context-sensitive intervention proposals. These findings are expected to contribute to the development of evidence-based tools aimed at reducing gender segregation and promoting more equitable educational and career pathways within VET systems. References Aguado Hernàndez, J.L., Cano Montero, F.J., & Sánchez Pérez, M.J. (2020). Segregación por género y Formación Profesional: aportaciones al debate sobre la situación actual. Revista de Sociología de la Educación-RASE, 13(3), 308-327. Birr, L. (2014).‘Le choix de la formation: une affaire de sexe?’ [The Choice of Training: a Gender Matter?]. Nouvelles Questions Féministes, 33(1), 64–79. Heiniger, M., & Imdorf, C. (2018). The role of vocational education in the transmission of gender segregation from education to employment: Switzerland and Bulgaria compared. Journal for labour market research, 52(1), 1-21. Imdorf, C., Hegna, K., & Reisel, L. (Eds.). (2015). Gender Segregation in Vocational Education. Emerald Group Publishing Limited. Lahelma, E., Lappalainen, S., Palmu, T., & Pehkonen, L. (2014). Vocational teachers' gendered reflections on education, teaching and care. Gender and Education, 26(3), 293-305. Lamamra, N, Fassa, F., & Chaponnière, M. (2014). ‘Formation professionnelle: l’apprentissage des normes de genre’ [Vocational Education and Training: The Learning of Gender]. Nouvelles Questions Féministes, 33(1), 8–14. Lamamra, N. (2017). Vocational education and training in Switzerland: a gender perspective: from socialisation to resistance. Educar, 53(2), 379-396. Ledman, K., Rosvall, P-Å., & Nylund, M. (2018). Gendered distribution of ‘knowledge required for empowerment’ in Swedish vocational education curricula?. Journal of Vocational education and training, 70(1), 85-106. Moreno Márquez, A. M. (2021). Género, formación profesional e inserción laboral. Asparkia: Investigació feminista, (38), 83-104. Mosteiro García, M.J., & Porto Castro, A.M. (2017). Análisis de los estereotipos de género en alumnado de formación profesional: diferencias según sexo, edad y grado. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 35(1), 151-165 Quintana Murci, E., Tugores Ques, M., & Salvà Mut, F. (2021). Poor educational attainment, training opportunities, and transitions to adulthood: the case of young Spanish women. En N. Vogel & L. Arnell, (Eds.), Living like a girl. Agency, social vulnerability and welfare measures in a European context (pp. 101-122). Berghahn Books. Reisel, L., Søraas Skorge, Ø., & Uvaag, S. (2019). Gender segregated educational and occupational choices. A literature review. Rapport 2019:6. Oslo: Institute for Social Research Norway Salvà-Mut, F., Cerdà-Navarro, A., & Calvo, A.M. (2018). Educational pathways and gender segregation: the case of Upper Secondary VET. In L. Moreno, M. Teräs, & P. Gougoulakis (Eds.), Emergent issues in Vocational Education and Training (pp. 257–283). Premissförlag. Simonsson, A. (2022). Vocational education and training in the Nordic countries: Knowledge and interventions to combat gender segregation. Nordic Council of Ministers. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Conceptualisations of Womanliness in Vocational Education: Reconciling Self-sufficiency, Trade and Family 1: Tampere University, Finland; 2: Häme University of Applied Sciences, Finland Presenting Author:The male-dominated interpretation of work, occupations and vocational education seem astonishingly persistent in the mainstream research, practice and policy discourses on vocational education. Yet, this may be one of the obstacles underlying the difficulties to tackle the current environmental, political and economic crisis in vocational education. Whether in historical or vocational education studies, male-dominance is typically challenged only by female researchers, attempting to make visible struggles on recognition of women’s work, occupations and education, and their institutionalised solutions. In those contexts, womanliness is commonly attributed to home and family, conceived from a rather middle or upper-class and contemporary perspective, with nationalist/nation-statist methodologies. (e.g. Heikkinen & Henriksson, 2001, 2002). We understand womanliness, work and education as relational and controversial concepts, shaped at the intersection of individual and collective, local and planetary intentions and activities. Instead of analysing the history of “women’s vocational education” as such, we find it more fruitful to reflect on how women were embedded in the history of education, in relation to the organisation of the totality of human and nonhuman work across local and national contexts. This requires focusing on vertical and horizontal division of work and education, which is considered necessary for social production of livelihoods and certain ways of life. Instead of gender, we speak about women and men in work and education. While this leaves aside the complexity of sexual orientations that would be important to analyse, this allows making visible the relational and controversial nature of women’s work and education. We understand education as internally diverse and controversial: it enables participation in bodies and creation of knowledge, in societally structured social relations, in occupationally organised work life and actualisation of unique personhood. (e.g., Heikkinen, 2011). In the context of this presentation, the focus is on the distinctiveness of vocational education as a promoter of occupational identity, work-process knowledge, success of work organisations and territorial economies. Yet, we recall the overlap with other forms of education. When narrowing the focus to women’s vocational education, we have identified three intertwined functions that are critical to its transformation, based on historical research in Finland from the late 18th century to the present day. (e.g. Ollila, 1993; Heikkinen, 1995; Henttinen et al, 1999; Heikkinen & Henriksson, 2001, 2002; Heikkinen et al, 1999; Korkiakangas, 2013; Kuusisto, 2004; Tiilikkala, 2004). We name the three functions, operating individually and collectively as ideals and tensions through territorial transformations, as self-sufficiency, trade and family. Since they do not translate directly into English, it is necessary to show the change of the native linguistic expressions. Provisionally, self-sufficiency refers to the ability of the entity – individual, household, community, nation-state – to sustain itself productively and independently. Trade indicates that the entity relies on and prefers monetary exchange in its productive and reproductive maintenance. Family indicates concentration of the entity on caring across generations. Yet, their quality and transformation are linked to internal and external power constellations in the economy, politics and social relations. The importance, continuity and intertwinement of these functions manifests in the meanings of “vocation/occupation” (ammatti) in the native Finnish expression “means of livelihood” (elinkeino). It can refer to individual, collective or corporate economic activity and is still used as a synonym for industry. (e.g. Heikkinen, 1995, 2009; Heikkinen et al, 2001). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We are mainly rereading and meta-analysing historical studies (of ourselves and others), supplemented by some additional documentary materials, from the perspective of the previous conceptual framing, informed by genealogical and conceptual historical approaches. (Koselleck, 2002, Geiss et al. 2024). While in this context periodisation of the transformation must be simplified, we mention some qualitative and quantitative turning points from the late 18th century until recent times. They represent the changing political and economic landscape, where the conceptions of self-sufficiency, trade and family, related to womanliness, were shaping. (e.g. Heikkinen 1995, 2002; Ollila, 1993; Kuisma et al., 1999; Lietzén et al., 2015). We use the Wetterhoff Institute for Home Industry (currently divided into Hämeenlinna University of Applied Sciences and Tavastia education consortium) as a mirror demonstrating the historical changes in women's vocational education in the Finnish territory. The Institute was founded in 1885 as a Handicraft school for girls by Fredrika Wetterhoff, a determined businesswoman and feminist influencer of her time. “Home industry” and Wetterhoff Institute, through its mission, curricula and practices, is exemplary for the changes in the intertwined conceptions of self-sufficiency, trade and family, and the controversies between different sectors of industry in the history of women’s work and vocational education. The Institute exemplifies how women’s vocational education has shaped vocational pedagogy in general, since it was the first officially recognised vocational teacher education institute in Finland. (Seddiki, 2010; Friman, 2025). We link the story of the Institute to turning points in the political, economic, social and educational history. (e.g. Ollila, 1993; Kuisma et al, 1999; Suoranta, 2009; Uljas, 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The shifts, visible also in the history of Wetterhoff Institute, were closely intertwined with its changing position in the global economic, political and biophysical landscape, manifested in divisions of work and education, and in intrinsic tensions and changes among social and linguistic sections, including differences between women and men. The framing of self-sufficiency, trade and family for individual and independent womanliness among the Swedish-speaking upper class differed fundamentally from the participation in collective livelihood in holistic rural communities. Their initiatives in the late 19th and early 20th centuries contributed to shaping the future of women’s vocational education. National democracy and independence, integrated with increasing equality and recognition of female and male occupations, were also reflected in integrated conceptions and institutions of vocational education. (Heikkinen, 2002; Heikkinen & Henriksson, 2001; Ylönen, 2003). However, changes in women’s vocational education are embedded in global divisions of work, occupations and industries between women and men. Therefore, interpretations of self-sufficiency, trade and family, surrounding womanliness, require cultural, spatial and temporal contextualisation. Recognising work, occupations and vocational education in the organisation of social metabolism, i.e. division and integration of human and nonhuman work assemblages, is an urgent challenge both for historical and (vocational) educational approaches. In the era of the Capitalocene (Moore, 2022), the perspective of “oikos”, management of the household, would integrate human world history with the planetary biophysical history. The history of women’s vocational education offers alternatives for caring for the “family” of all earthlings, and for revising ways of organising work, production and consumption, reducing their capitalogenic, monetary interpretations. For historical and vocational education studies, this implies historicising research with workers, practitioners and policymakers across cultural and biophysical contexts, to provide potential alternatives for content, aims, division and integration of work in vocational education. (Koivunen et al., 2024). References Friman, M. (2025). Wetterhoff 1885–2025. Häme UAS. Geiss, M., Westberg, J. (2024). A better use of the shoulders we stand on: meta-analyses in the history of education. https://doi.org/10.1108/HER-02-2024-0008 Heikkinen, A. (1995). Lähtökohtia ammattikasvatuksen kulttuuriseen tarkasteluun. Ammattikasvatuksen muotoutuminen käsityön ja teollisuuden alalla 1840–1940. University of Tampere Press. Heikkinen, A. (1996). Gendered occupational ideals in Finnish vocational education. Heikkinen, A. (Ed.), Gendered history of (vocational) education – European comparisons. University of Tampere Press. Heikkinen, A. (2002). Masters and mistresses of the nation. Gonon, P., Heikkinen, A. (Eds.). Gender perspectives to vocational and continuing education. Peter Lang. Heikkinen, A. (2011). Elatus, oppi ja kumppanuus. Heikkinen, A., Leino-Kaukiainen, P. (Eds.). Valistus ja koulun penkki. SKS. Heikkinen, A. (2009). Converging gender in education and work. Heikkinen, A., Kraus, K. (Eds.). Reworking vocational education: policies, practices and concepts. Peter Lang. Heikkinen, A., Henriksson, L. (2002). Paradoxes in the Manufacturing of a Lifelong Learning Employee for Organisations. Harney, K., Heikkinen, A., Rahn, S., Schemmann, M. (Eds.), Lifelong Learning - One Focus, Different Systems. Peter Lang. Heikkinen, A., Henriksson, L. (2001). Kansallisten toimialojen rakentajista ylikansallisten organisaatioiden sekatyöläisiin. Anttila, A.-H., Suoranta, A. (Eds.). Ammattia oppimassa. Työväen historian ja perinteen seura. Heikkinen, A., Korkiakangas, M., Kuusisto, L., Nuotio, P., Tiilikkala, L. (1999). Elinkeinojen edistämisestä koulutuspalvelujen laadun tarkkailuun. University of Tampere Press. Koivunen, T., Konst, T., Friman, M. & Puurula, J. (2024). Gender perceptions of sustainable development goals in universities of applied sciences. DOI: 10.18844/cerj.v14i4.9485 Korkiakangas, M. (2013). Lönnrotista Laureaan - Kotitalousalan ammattikasvatus vuosina 1890 - 2000. University of Tampere Press. Koselleck, R. (2002). The Practice of Conceptual History. Timing History, Spacing Concepts. Stanford University Press. Henttinen A., et al. (1999). Kansan talous. Pellervo ja yhteisen yrittämisen idea 1899–1999. Kirjayhtymä. Kuusisto, L. (2004). Luojan apulaisista loimaajiksi – ompelijoista itsensä työllistäjiksi. University of Tampere. Lietzén, L., Heikkinen, A. & Lätti, J. (2015). The Myth of the Finnish Superwoman. Heikkinen, A., Lassnigg, L. (Eds). Myths and Brands in Vocational Education. Cambridge Scholars. Moore, J. (2022). Anthropocene, Capitalocene & the flight from world history. Nordia Geographical Publications, 51(2). https://doi.org/10.30671/nordia.116148 Ollila, A. (1993). Suomen kotien päivä valkenee. SHS. Seddiki, P. (2010). Naisen kuvia. Aalto University of Art and Design. Suoranta, A. (2009). Halvennettu työ. Vastapaino. Tiilikkala, L. (2004). Mestarista tuutoriksi. Suomalaisen ammatillisen opettajuuden muutos ja jatkuvuus. University of Jyväskylä. Uljas, P. (2012). Hyvinvointivaltion läpimurto. Into Kustannus. Ylönen, I. (2003). Maahenkeä vai lisäansioita? Kotilainen, S., Simpanen, M.-R. Suomalaisen käsityökoulutuksen vaiheita 1700-luvulta 2000-luvulle. Suomen käsityön museo. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Vocational School Students' Views on Social Class and Inequality University of Turku, Finland Presenting Author:In this presentation I focus on vocational school students lay perceptions of inequality and social class. I examine their subjective sense of inequality (Bottero 2020) and how they see themselves positioned in a stratified society. The theoretical framework draws upon Merton's (1967) reference group theory, Bourdieu's (1984) theoretical class model, and empirical reflections on the subjective dimension of class and inequality (Bottero 2020; Irwin 2018; Skeggs 2004; Snee & Devine 2018). From previous research we know that class identities are fundamentally ambivalent. Further, young people tend to see themselves as agents capable of controlling their own lives, and they have been accused of being blind to the existence of structural constraints arising from gender, ethnic, or class divisions (‘epistemological fallacy’ by Furlong and Cartmel 2007). Instead of adopting a restricted focus on how young people fail to grasp inequalities, my presentation deals with both identifying and downplaying of differences. I pay special attention to the vocational education as a context for discussing social class and ask, how the educational track that can be argued to prepare young people for working class positions and careers allows them to reflect the fabric of society. What kind of a “view from a place” does that offer. The presentation contributes to the understanding on how both material and symbolic boundaries and hierarchies are articulated by young people and what consequencies these hierarchies are seen to have in their lives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation draws upon thematic analysis of interview data produced among 17–19-year-old vocational school students (N=26) in four municipalities in Eastern Finland between 2023-2024. The interviews were single and pair interviews and were conducted mainly in the premises of vocational schools. The data were produced as part of a cross-disciplinary research project ‘LINSOC - Linguistic variation, social class and experiences on inequality in Eastern Finland’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While a clear majority thought that class differences existed, there was a lot of hesitation in young people’s ways to articulate social class as a position or as a structure. One explanation for this is the strong Nordic cultural narrative of equality that may blur the perception of inequalities. Further, there was lot of reluctance to pigeonhole and value other people and sometimes this was motivated by the fear to be pigeonholed by others. Middle class position was seen to represents ordinariness, normality and that was a safe position to take to the extend that working class as a position or category was almost absent in the interviews. References Bottero, W. (2020) A Sense of Inequality. London: Rowman & Littlefield. Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: a social critique of the judgement of taste. Routledge & Kegan Paul. Furlong, A. & Cartmel, F. (2007). Young People and Social Change: New Perspectives, 2nd edn. Buckingham: Open University Press. Irwin, S. (2018) Lay Perceptions of Inequality and Social Structure. Sociology, 52(2), 211–227. Merton, R. K. (1967) Social theory and social structure. Rev. a. enl. ed. New York: The Free Press. Skeggs, B. (2004) Class, self, culture. London: Routledge. Snee, H. & Devine, F. (2018) Fair chances and hard work? Families making sense of inequality and opportunity in 21st century Britain. British Journal of Sociology 69(4), 1134–1154. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 03 SES 12 A: National Curriculum Policy, Democracy and Ideological Contestation Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Özge Dönmez Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Curriculum Ruptures: Understanding the Impact of Political Polarisation on Curriculum Through the Example of New Zealand’s Curriculum Reforms 2007-2026 Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand Presenting Author:New Zealand is currently in the middle of what has been described a ‘curriculum war’ (Gomez, 2024). Such curriculum wars are not a new phenomenon (Kliebard, 2004). Nor will they disappear, especially in the context of growing societal polarisation (Sant, 2021). However, New Zealand’s current curriculum war appears to be particularly highly charged, with diametrically opposed views being advanced by competing political parties and other powerful actors about the national curriculum’s purpose, its ideal form and the knowledge that it should contain. Between 2019 and 2023, a centre-left government began a reform of the curriculum focused on centring indigenous rights, local curriculum making, and concept-led learning (Hughson, 2022). Then, in 2024, a new centre-right government discarded the previous government’s reforms and has instead been constructing a new curriculum focused on disciplinary knowledge, explicit teaching and the removal of much indigenous content (Wood & Hughson, 2025). With a tightly contested general election set for 2026, these different approaches to curriculum remain at loggerheads with each other. This paper uses the example of New Zealand to analyse the increasing ‘swings’ present in curricula in many jurisdictions (Biesta, 2021; Wood & Hughson, 2025), with a particular focus on the way political polarisation (see Lee & Tipoe, 2025) can reshape curriculum and the knowledge that it contains. Specifically, it addresses two intersecting research questions: “Why has New Zealand’s curriculum landscape become so polarised?” and “what impact has political polarisation had on the nature and form of curriculum content?”. To answer these questions, it draws on a conceptual framework we have developed of five axes upon which curriculum can ‘swing’ on (Wood & Hughson, 2025). Here we will focus on two axes in particular: the ‘political’ axis of swings between more progressive and more conservative political projects, and the related ‘local-global’ axis of whether a curriculum orients itself more towards the local/the particular or the global/the universal. The political axis is conceptualised in particular in relation to an Althusserian notion of ideology, which understands political ideology as a normative view of the world that “interpellates individuals as subjects” (Althusser, 1971, p. 172) – i.e. it seeks to create certain kinds of individuals or (specifically when thinking about politics) citizens. The local/global axis is thought about in relation both to whether curricula are more concerned with local or global content (i.e. that in students’ immediate vicinity or that in the wider world), but also, drawing on Bernstein (2000), whether conceptualisations of knowledge position it as local and perspectival (Bernstein’s horizontal discourse), or as systematically organised and offering ‘universal truth’ (Bernstein’s vertical discourse) (cf. Smith, 2021). The insights this paper offers will be highly relevant for both European and global audiences. Political polarisation is acknowledged as a pressing problem globally, with particularly significant manifestations in Europe (Reiljan, 2020). However, as of yet, we lack significant case studies of how this impacts curriculum, and also lack a conceptual toolbox to explore this emerging trend. In closely examining how New Zealand’s ‘curriculum consensus’ (see Hughson, 2022) has fallen apart due to political polarisation and how this has begun to reshape the form of curriculum and the knowledge it contains, this presentation both offers a deep analysis of one particular instance of this phenomenon, while also offering a framework for thinking about it that can be applied to other jurisdictions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper relies on critical discourse analysis (CDA) combined with the use of Bacchi’s (2009) What’s the Problem Represented to Be (WPRB) approach and thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021). CDA offers a way of thinking about thinking about curriculum not as a technical document but rather as an instance of semiosis that both emerges from, and has the potential to further reshape, social relations – in particular social relations of power (Fairclough, 2013). The paper embraces Fairclough’s (2013) ‘strategic critique’, which “focuses on how semiosis figures within the strategies pursued by groups of social agents to change societies in particular directions” (p. 492-3). In this case, the focus is particularly on how political actors seek to use curricula to reshape their citizenry in line with their preferred ideological commitments and aspirations. To undertake this critical discourse analysis, we compiled both the core curriculum documents from 2007 (when the most recent completed national curriculum was released) through to January 2026, as well as related documents that help to unpack and explain the ideologies at play in the formation of these documents. These ‘auxiliary documents’ included: additional government statements regarding the purpose of the curriculum, ministerial speeches and press releases and major press interviews given by ministers and government officials. CDA does not require one particular approach to conducting analysis. To understand the ideological formation behind the curricula, we relied on the WPRB approach, which involved coming to each document and asking what the implicit nature of the problem that it sought to address was (Bacchi, 2009). This involved working through a selection of Bacchi’s questions to help unpack the nature of this problem, including: ‘what presuppositions or assumptions underpin this representation of the problem?’ and ‘what effects are produced by this representation of the problem?’ Seeking to understand the problem representation allowed us to understand the underlying ideological position governing the various iterations of the curriculum, as it surfaced the normative frame(s) of reference that governed their construction (cf. van Dijk, 1998). To understand the nature and form of the curriculum content and how ideology may have shaped it, we engaged in thematic analysis of the curriculum document(s). This was partially a deductive process using the Bernsteinian categories introduced above, and partially an inducive process looking at the ways the knowledge in the curriculum appeared to be shaped by the ideological formations governing the curricula. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings From initial analysis, it appears that the primary origin of New Zealand’s political polarisation – at least as it plays out over curriculum – is a profound tension over the ‘true’ nature of the nation. In particular, from the mid-2010s onwards, this settler colonial state appears to have become increasingly divided about whether it should orient itself towards a decolonial, (re)indigenising project (advocated for by parties on the left) or reinforce its status as a ‘western’ Anglosphere jurisdiction in a globalised world. This political polarisation appears to have profoundly reshaped the curriculum. Analysis reveals a move from a broad range of purposes being held together in the 2007 national curriculum to a more singular focus in each of the recent reform efforts. In each of these latter reforms, the curriculum is directed to primarily advance the political project favoured by the governing political party and an associated coalition of aligned actors. This is turn has significant effects on selection and form of knowledge in the curriculum. As may be expected, subjects like history and English literature include significantly different content in these curricula. For example, history curricula produced under the left-wing Labour government focused almost exclusively on local content and on affirming indigenous perspectives. In contrast, the recent right-wing rewrite has moved the focus significantly to ‘global history’ and positions the local history that is covered as more downstream of global dynamics. These examples highlight the volatile and ideological nature of curricular reform and the challenges of retaining disciplinary coherence and integrity. References Althusser, L. (1971). Ideology and Ideological State Apparatuses (notes towards an investigation). In B. Brewster (Trans.), Lenin and Philosophy and Other Essays (pp. 166–176). Monthly Review Press. Bacchi, C. (2009). Analysing policy: What’s the problem represented to be? Pearson. Biesta, G. (2023). Putting the world in the centre: A different future for Scotland's education. Scottish Educational Review, 54(2), 149–169. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Fairclough, N. (2013). Critical discourse analysis: The critical study of language. Routledge. Hughson, T. A. (2022). Disrupting Aotearoa New Zealand’s curricular consensus: From ‘world-leading’ curriculum to curriculum refresh 2007–2021. New Zealand journal of educational studies, 57(1), 53-67. Kliebard, H. M. (2004). The Struggle for the American Curriculum, 1893-1958. Taylor & Francis. Lee, I., & Tipoe, E. (2025). Education and ideological polarisation: Cross‐country evidence and recommendations for higher education. British Educational Research Journal, 51(1), 369-393. Reiljan, A. (2020). ‘Fear and loathing across party lines’(also) in Europe: Affective polarisation in European party systems. European journal of political research, 59(2), 376-396. Rozas, C. (2024). How to win a curriculum war. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 59(2), 363-369. Sant, E. (2021). Political education in times of populism: Towards a radical democratic education. Palgrave-Macmillan. Smith, L. T. (2021). Decolonizing methodologies (3rd ed). Bloomsbury. van Dijk, T. A. (1998). Ideology: A multidisciplinary approach. Sage. Wood, B. E., & Hughson, T. (2025). A framework for analysis of curriculum pendulum swings: Comparing curriculum reform in England, Wales, and New Zealand. The Curriculum Journal. Advance online publication. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Documentary study of Democratic Values in Preschool and Basic Educaiton Curricula in the Nordic Countries Borås university Presenting Author:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used his documentary study analyses the current curricula for preschool and basic education in the four Nordic countries (Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet, 2018; 2024; Skolverket, 2025; 2022/2025; Utbildningsstyrelsen/Opetushallitus, 2014/2022; 2014/2025; Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2017; 2017b). We selected curricula in the languages we are proficient in—Swedish, Norwegian and Danish—which also meant using the Swedish version of the Finnish curricula, as Swedish is one of Finland’s official languages. The analysis draws on Laclau and Mouffe’s (2001) discourse theory and its analytical elaborations by Holmer‑Nadesan (1996) and Narwaya (2021). Following Narwaya’s (2021) four‑stage analytical procedure, the first stage involved tracing articulations of democracy across the curricula. Democracy was treated as a nodal point, and we conducted an initial search for the terms democra and critic (in Swedish, Norwegian and Danish variants). These occurrences, together with their contextual and procedural settings, were compiled as the empirical basis for analysis. The second stage focused on identifying subject positions, understood as the discursive locations from which democracy is articulated. While subject positions are always plural and never fully fixed, our material revealed three recurring positions: an abstract authority position defining democracy at a general level; a processual position embodied by the teacher; and a child/pupil position. We also identified a fourth position that connects actors through shared engagement, which we term a participative action position. In the third stage, we analysed antagonisms within each articulation of democracy by tracing the logics of equivalence and difference (Narwaya, 2021). This involved examining how hegemonic meanings of democracy are constructed and how they diverge across national contexts. Practically, we mapped how democracy, democratic values and democratic processes are articulated in each curriculum and compared how these articulations differ between preschool and basic education across the Nordic countries. The fourth stage centred on the dynamics of interaction between discourses and the signifiers that create spaces of opportunity (Narwaya, 2021). This critical dimension aligns with an anti‑essentialist, anti‑foundationalist understanding of discourse, where all social practices struggle for hegemonic position. Differentiation may therefore occur both within and between the four countries’ articulations of democracy. Our aim was to identify the characteristics of floating signifiers, acknowledging—as Laclau and Mouffe (2001) emphasise—that no identity or discourse can ever be fully constituted. Discourse theory thus provides a framework for understanding how democracy is structured, contested and governed in the curricula, while recognising democracy as an agonistic field in which competing interests confront one another within Nordic educational spaces. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the four countries, democracy is fixed through different nodal points and chains of signification: pluralism and sustainability in Finland, shared values and tradition in Norway, inquiry and action competence in Denmark, and relational ethics and influence in Sweden. These articulations produce different democratic subject positions and different expectations for how democracy should be enacted in educational practice. The antagonisms identified in each curriculum: non‑participation, intolerance, passivity and exclusion; reveal the boundaries of these democratic projects and the hegemonic logics that stabilise them. The theoretical framework proved productive for illuminating these differences. Dewey helped clarify how participation, communication and shared experience underpin several Nordic articulations of democracy. Englund’s deliberative model highlighted the prominence of dialogue, equality and reason‑giving, particularly in the Swedish and Norwegian curricula. Biesta’s focus on subjectification illuminated the ethical and relational dimensions of democratic becoming, while Mouffe’s agonistic perspective made visible the political and conflictual nature of democratic discourse, especially in the Finnish and Danish cases. Together, these perspectives enabled a nuanced reading of how democracy is constructed, justified and prioritised in curriculum texts. The findings underscore that Nordic democracy is not a singular pedagogical ideal but a contested and evolving field. Recognising these differences is crucial for understanding how democratic education is imagined and enacted in practice, and for acknowledging that democratic subjectivity is shaped through competing discursive logics rather than through universal or neutral principles. By foregrounding the plurality and contingency of democratic discourse, this study contributes to ongoing debates about the democratic purpose of schooling and highlights the need for continued critical engagement with how democracy is articulated in educational policy. References *Børne- og Undervisningsministeriet. (2018, 06 28). Bendtgørelse om pædagogiske mål og indhold i seks læreplanstemaer BEK nr 966 28/06/2018. https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2018/968 *Børne- og undervisningsministeriet. (2024, 12 30). Bekendtgørelse om formål, kompetencemål og opmærksomhedsunkter for folkeskolens fag og emner (Fælles Mål) BEK nr 1715 af 30/12/2024. https://www.retsinformation.dk/eli/lta/2024/1715 Biesta, G. (2013). Responsible Citizens: Citizenship Education between Social Inclusion and Democratic Politics. In M. Priestley, & G. Biesta, Reinventing the Curriculum: New Trends in Curriculum Policy and Practice (pp. 100-115). Bloomsbury Academic. Biesta, G. (2014). Beautiful Risk of Education. Taylor & Francis Group. Conolly, J., Abraham, G. Y., Bergersen, A., Bratland, K., Jæger, K., & Aarup Jensen, A. (2025). Beyond exceptionalism: Decolonising the Nordic educational mindset. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 9(1), 1-20. Cooper, A. (2019). Skolan som demokratiprojekt: en poststrukturell diskursanalys av demokratiuppdrag och lärarsubjekt. [Doctoral thesis, Karlstad university]: DIVA:https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:1340301/FULLTEXT01.pdf. Dewey, J. (1937, 10). Education and Social Change. Bulletin of the American association of university professors (1915-1955), 23(6), 472-474. Dewey, J. (2001/1916). Democracy and Education. https://nsee.memberclicks.net/assets/docs/KnowledgeCenter/BuildingExpEduc/BooksReports/10.%20democracy%20and%20education%20by%20dewey.pdf: Pennsylvania State University Electronc Classics Series. Englund, T. (2000). Deliberativa samtal som värdegrund: historiska perspektiv och aktuella förutsättningar. Skolverket. Englund, T. (2000a). Rethinking democracy and education: towards an education of deliberative citizens. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 32(2), 305-313. Holmer-Nadesan, M. (1996). Organizational Identity and Space of action. Organization Studies, 17(1), 49-81. Krejsler, J. B. (2023b). Danish school policy: Remaining Nordic while going transnational. In J. B. Krejsler, & L. Moos, School Policy Reform in Europe: Educational governance research (pp. 27-46). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-35434-2_2 Laclau, E., & Mouffe, C. (2001). Hegemony and socialist strategy: Towards a radical democratic politics. Verso Books. Laine, J. (2020). Nordic cooperation. I B. Wassenberg, & B. Reitel, Critical Dictionary on Cross Boarder Cooperation in Europe (ss. 615-625). Others. Mouffe, C. (2000/2009). The Democratic Paradox. Verso. Mouffe, C. (2005). On the Political. Verso. Mouffe, C. (2013). Agonistics: thinking the World Politically. Verso. Narwaya, S. (2021). Discourse Analysis in the Perspective of Ernesto Laclau and Chantal Mouffe. Journal of Communication Spectrum, 11(1), 1-11. *Skolverket. (2022/2025, 10 10). Läroplan för grundskolan samt för förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet. https://www.skolverket.se/undervisning/grundskolan/laroplan-lgr22-for-grundskolan-samt-for-forskoleklassen-och-fritidshemmet *Skolverket. (2025). Läroplan för förskolan Lpfö18 reviderad 2025. https://www.skolverket.se/getFile?file=13295 *Utbildningsstyrelsen/Opetshallitus. (2014/2022, 12/12 22/2). Grunderna för förskolans undervisningens läroplan 2014: föreskrifter och anvisningar 2016:1. https://www.oph.fi/sv/utbildning-och-examina/grunderna-forskoleundervisningens-laroplan *Utbildningsstyrelsen/Opetshallitus. (2014/2025, 12/07 31/31). Grunderna för läroplanen för den grundläggande utbildningen 2014. https://eperusteet.opintopolku.fi/eperusteet-service/api/dokumentit/9759298 *Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2017, 09 1). Overordnet del: verdier og prinsipper for grunnopplæringen. https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/ *Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2017b, 04 24). Rammeplan for barnehagen. https://www.udir.no/contentassets/7c4387bb50314f33b828789ed767329e/rammeplan-for-barnehagen---bokmal-pdf.pdf 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Holding the Tension: Theorising Mediated Publicness in Finnish Curriculum-Making Maynooth University, Ireland Presenting Author:This study addresses the imperilled public character of the national curriculum by theorising it as an achievement of "mediated publicness." We argue that the publicness of curriculum-making does not derive from models of direct democratic participation (Hopmann, 1999), but from a precarious political and structural achievement we theorise as “mediated publicness”. We rely on Finland as a critical case study to demonstrate how this manifests institutionally in a national context, and point to the processes whereby it’s being systematically dismantled. This theorisation incorporates the notion of resource withdrawal (after Biesta, 2023), where publicness is materially founded on resources – financial, institutional, professional – diverted from private, sectional circuits and dedicated to collective, intergenerational purposes. This collective and intergenerational responsibility (Shcleiermacher, 1826/2022) emerges from the duty of the older generation to the younger, where curriculum confronts the “natality” of new generations (Arendt, 1958), posing an inherently public question about what to preserve and transform in our shared world. The state doesn’t create this responsibility but must institutionally recognise and stabilise it against the “chance” of domestic and wider societal circumstances. Through a critical-historical methodology, we genealogically explore curriculum’s emergence as a public concern. We develop this through a structured case study of the Finnish educational system - a trust-based, professionally mediated system that went through its early phases of state- and church-controlled subjection. This historical exploration is coupled with an analysis of the internal vulnerabilities within the very elements forming its “protective shield” that upholds the mediated publicness. We maintain that the Finnish system’s publicness derives from a series of political settlements that materialises into a three-fold protective shield: the guiding principle of Bildung (Autio, 2021) (oriented towards social justice), a national core curriculum that steers professional collective deliberation, and a teaching profession as a trusted mediator (Välimaa, 2021). Beyond identifying the architecture of this protective shield, our central finding is that commodification operates not merely as an external attack, but by exploiting its internal vulnerabilities. We challenge the assumption that Finnish public education is resilient to global market forces. We articulate a theoretical vocabulary - “mediated publicness” - to describe the precise architecture of this resilience while revealing its profound precarity. We move beyond descriptive accounts of marketisation to offer a systemic theory of how commodification works, and provide a heuristic framework applicable to other Nordic systems. The central political struggle is no longer just for public funding, but for the de-commodification of public resources themselves Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper relies on conceptual-historical analysis to theorise curriculum publicness and explore its vulnerability to commodification. We proceed through two interconnected modes of inquiry. First, the paper presents a genealogical exploration of the curriculum's emergence as an expression of substantial transformations in the wider social fabric. Following Hamilton (1990), we treat curriculum-making as a series of historical settlements arrived through struggles between competing orientations. From this perspective, it becomes visible that the curriculum's public qualities were neither accidental nor administrative; instead, they were shaped by changing relationships between knowledge, society, and the emerging individual. Second, we move on to developing the concept of “mediated publicness” through engaging with curriculum theory (Hopmann, 1999; Westbury, 2000; Doyle, 2017), and continental pedagogical traditions (Schleiermacher, 1826/2022; Mollenhauer, 2014; Masschelein & Simons, 2013; Biesta, 2023). We bring these frameworks into conversation with each other to establish how curriculum-making acquires public character through specific institutional arrangements and practices rather than through participatory procedures. In this paper, the Finnish case acts as a paradigm. We draw on empirical sources that showcase Finnish curriculum reform processes (Hakala & Kujala, 2021; Soini et al., 2021), teacher autonomy and professional orientation (Wermke & Salokangas, 2021; Nivanaho et al., 2024), marketisation dynamics (Kosunen et al., 2020; Seppänen et al., 2023), and the edu-business industry (Matson & Salokangas, 2025). Our theoretical claims about how mediated publicness emerges and is then hollowed out are supported by this empirical grounding from this secondary literature. We propose a heuristic framework comprising three interrelated elements: political-financial commitment to public need over consumer want; a steering framework that embodies public deliberation; and empowerment of the teaching profession to act as trusted mediator. We don't see these tensions as dialectical contradictions to be resolved, rather we see them as antinomies that must be institutionally sustained (or tensions kept open) if curriculum-making is to remain public. This heuristic allows analysis of how curriculum publicness is enacted, safeguarded, and undermined across European contexts facing analogous pressures and challenges. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Publicness emerges from a specific constitutional act: resources (financial, institutional and professional) are diverted from private circuits – where they would normally serve in the interests of familial advantage, sectional interests, or profit-seeking – and reoriented as the collective good dedicated to purposes that go beyond individual choice. Professional mediation works within this framework – not as straightforward implementation of public preferences, but as trusted judgement exercised on behalf of collective purposes using collectively mobilised and dedicated resources. The Finnish public education system represents a compelling case of mediated publicness. The system started to acquire elements of publicness not when it involved direct participation but when it was restructured around collective responsibility and public resourcing. The confluence of the Finnish Bildung tradition, comprehensive reform, and trust-based devolution gave rise to institutional conditions for collective curriculum responsibility. Commodification threatens to collapse the life-sustaining tensions underpinning curriculum publicness. Bildung's insularity – political quietism and withdrawal from worldly concerns – left it exposed, now compelled to justify its relevance under those exact terms it had historically rejected. Competency frameworks occupy the semantic space once held by Bildung's humanistic aspirations, and have gradually embedded economic rationalities that recast self-formation as psychologised, ablist productive capacity. The process of commodification represents the collapse of a fundamental relationship. A healthy public system sustains the productive tension that the school exists for the child and parents, and that the child and parents exist for the school. We fear its disappearance signals the collapse of the very time in which education could still be public. References Autio, T. (2021). From Knowledge and Bildung Toward Competences and Skills in Finnish Curriculum Policy?: Some Theoretical, Historical, and Current Observations Related to Finland. In Euro-Asian encounters on 21st-Century competency-based curriculum reforms: Cultural views on globalization and localization (pp. 41-56). Singapore: Springer Singapore. Biesta, G. (2023). Whose school is it anyway? On the insistence of education and the need for the emancipation of the school. In The New Publicness of Education (pp. 148-162). Routledge. Deng, Z., & Luke, A. (2008). Subject matter. The SAGE handbook of curriculum and instruction, 66. Doyle, W. (2017). The Didaktik/Curriculum dialogue: What did we learn?. Bridging educational leadership, curriculum theory and didaktik: Non-affirmative theory of education, 219-227. Hakala, J. T., Uusikylä, K., & Järvinen, E. M. (2015). Neoliberalism, curriculum development and manifestations of ‘creativity’. Improving Schools, 18(3), 250-262. Hamilton, D. (1990). Learning about education: An unfinished curriculum. McGraw-Hill Education (UK). Hopmann, S. (1999). The curriculum as a standard of public education. Studies in philosophy and education, 18(1), 89-105. Masschelein, J. (2000). Can education still be critical?. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 34(4), 603-616. Mollenhauer, K., (2013). Forgotten connections: On culture and upbringing. Routledge. Salonen, K. (2019). Reformation and the Medieval Roots of the Finnish Education. On the Legacy of Lutheranism in Finland, 101. Salonen-Hakomäki, S. M., Soini, T., Pietarinen, J., & Pyhältö, K. (2024). Leading Complex Educational Change Via National Participative Reforms? A Case of Finnish Core Curriculum Reform Leadership. Journal of Educational Change, 25(3), 531-554. Schleiermacher, F. (2022). Outlines of the art of education: Introductory lecture from 1826. In N. Friesen (Ed. & Trans.), Tact and the pedagogical relation (pp. 44-57). Uljens, M., & Nyman, C. (2013). Educational leadership in Finland or building a nation with Bildung. In Transnational influences on values and practices in Nordic educational leadership: Is there a Nordic model? (pp. 31-48). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands. Warnick, B. (2014). Parental authority over education and the right to invite. Harvard Educational Review, 84(1), 53-71. Westbury, I. (2008). Making curricula. The Sage handbook of curriculum and instruction, 45-65. Westbury, I. (2000). Teaching as a reflective practice: What might Didaktik teach curriculum?. In Teaching as a reflective practice (pp. 15-39). Routledge. Välimaa, J. (2021). Trust in Finnish education: A historical perspective. European Education, 53(3-4), 168-180. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 03 SES 12 B: Interdisciplinary and Project - Based Curriculum Location: K110 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Emilia Restiglian Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Investigating the Impact of an Authorial Program on High School Students’ Research and Project Skills Through Interdisciplinary Text-Based Learning 1: Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Science and Mathematics in Medeu Dis, Kazakhstan; 2: Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Science and Mathematics in Nauryzbay Dis, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Recent assessments of 10th-grade students indicate a notable gap between content mastery and the ability to conduct complex research and project-based tasks. Despite adequate knowledge in core subjects, students demonstrated deficiencies in critical source analysis, hypothesis formulation, information synthesis, and evidence-based reasoning, as revealed by the Research Skills Questionnaire (RSQ) and the Metacognitive Awareness Inventory (MAI). These findings underscore a broader pedagogical challenge: students are acquiring declarative knowledge without developing the higher-order skills necessary to apply it in interdisciplinary and real-world contexts. The present study investigates the potential of an authorial, text-based program to enhance these competencies through structured, interdisciplinary learning experiences. The central research question guiding the inquiry is: How does participation in an authorial, text-based interdisciplinary program influence students’ critical analysis, hypothesis generation, information synthesis, and evidence-based reasoning? The theoretical framework integrates contemporary research on cognition, learning, and interdisciplinary education. Hattie (2009) emphasizes the impact of diverse learning materials, structured feedback, and visible learning strategies on cognitive development and achievement, suggesting that content mastery alone is insufficient for higher-order skills. Perkins (2009) and Davidson (2011) argue that interdisciplinary tasks and engagement with multiple sources cultivate complex cognitive structures, problem-solving capacities, and reasoned argumentation, aligning with the program’s goals of promoting both knowledge acquisition and analytical skill. Bransford, Brown, and Cocking (2000) reinforce the importance of integrating knowledge across contexts, supporting problem- and project-based approaches that require students to synthesize and apply information actively. Conversely, Kirschner, Sweller, and Clark (2006) caution that minimally guided discovery learning often fails without structured scaffolding, highlighting the necessity of carefully designed teacher-led interventions in fostering research skills. Boix Mansilla (2017) and Repko & Szostak (2021) further demonstrate that interdisciplinary approaches enhance the ability to transfer knowledge across domains, while Wineburg (2018) and Mann (2012) underscore the role of disciplinary literacy and historical thinking in cultivating evaluative and analytical competencies. Empirical studies on pedagogical strategies provide additional justification for the program’s design. Hernández and Gómez (2019), Hmelo-Silver (2004), Barron et al. (1998), and Gijbels et al. (2005) show that project- and problem-based learning promotes critical thinking, metacognition, and collaborative inquiry. Schraw and Dennison (1994) emphasize that metacognitive awareness is essential for self-regulated learning, while Kuhn (2005) and Bruner (1961) highlight discovery and reflective thinking as foundational to cognitive development. OECD reports (2018, 2020) further stress the international imperative for cultivating interdisciplinary competence, critical thinking, and problem-solving skills, situating this program within a broader global educational context that demands preparation for complex, multifaceted challenges. Drawing on this theoretical and empirical foundation, the authorial program Working with Texts: Methods and Learning Strategies was implemented to strengthen high school students’ research and project competencies. The program integrates literature, history, and science through text-centered, problem-based projects that require hypothesis formulation, critical evaluation of sources, and synthesis of information across disciplinary boundaries. Students engage in self-assessment, peer feedback, and iterative project development to foster metacognition and self-regulated learning. Comparative analysis of relevant literature indicates that structured interdisciplinary approaches, when combined with active synthesis and guided inquiry, effectively bridge the gap between knowledge acquisition and higher-order cognitive skills. Ultimately, this study contributes to understanding how carefully designed, authorial, text-based programs can cultivate critical thinking, research literacy, and evidence-based reasoning in secondary education. By combining rigorous scaffolding, interdisciplinary integration, and reflective practices, the program addresses both local curricular needs and global educational priorities, offering a replicable model for enhancing 21st-century research and project competencies in high school students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research methodology was designed as a comprehensive, analytically structured approach to developing Grade 10 students’ research and project skills through the author-designed program. Its goal was to progressively increase cognitive and metacognitive demands by integrating literature, history, art, physics, chemistry, and biology. In the first stage, Karipbek Kuyukov’s painting Explosion served as a visual stimulus to generate open-ended research questions linking historical, ecological, and psychological contexts. Students formulated hypotheses such as: “How do the physical processes of an atomic explosion affect biological systems and the environment?” These tasks were selected based on Davidson (2011), emphasizing multiple perspectives, and Wineburg (2018), demonstrating that critical source analysis is a learned, systematic skill. During the second stage, students collected and critically analyzed sources across disciplines, following the algorithm: identify facts → verify credibility → perform interdisciplinary comparison → formulate intermediate conclusions. For example, in examining atomic explosion physics, students constructed causal models linking scientific data with historical destruction and literary accounts of trauma. Comparative tasks included countries and sites of atomic explosions: Japan (Hiroshima, Nagasaki), the USA (Alamogordo, Bikini Atoll), the USSR (Semipalatinsk Test Site), and France (Mururoa Atoll). Students analyzed ecological, demographic, cultural, public health, and psychological consequences, noted similarities and differences, drew conclusions on long-term effects, and proposed alternative solutions. These assignments fostered analytical thinking, information synthesis, and identification of cause-and-effect relationships, aligning with Perkins (2009) on interdisciplinary integration as a mechanism for cognitive transfer.The third stage focused on constructing evidence-based hypotheses and synthesizing conclusions. Students integrated literature, historical, and scientific sources to build models of atomic explosion consequences across ecological, biological, historical, and psychological dimensions. Tasks included: “Compare historical and artistic sources on atomic explosions in different countries and identify patterns,” “Develop a hypothesis on radiation’s impact on ecosystems and populations supported by data from at least three disciplines,” and “Analyze social perceptions of atomic testing in Japan, the USSR, the USA, and France.” These activities tracked students’ abilities to construct causal chains, evaluate sources, and integrate interdisciplinary information.In the fourth stage, students engaged in metacognitive reflection and peer assessment, reviewing their own work and that of peers, identifying areas where argumentation was insufficient or where source integration strengthened hypotheses. Comparing ecological consequences in Japan and Bikini Atoll refined conclusions on radiation’s impact, while studying Semipalatinsk and Mururoa Test Sites expanded understanding of long-term social and psychological effects. This process documented development of planning, monitoring, and adjustment skills. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The implementation of the author-designed interdisciplinary text integration program led to measurable growth in Grade 10 students’ research and project skills over the academic year. Reflexive analysis of classroom observations, RSQ and MAI questionnaires, and student artifacts revealed several key outcomes. Students improved their ability to formulate problem-oriented research questions and justify hypotheses with evidence, integrating historical, ecological, biological, and psychological perspectives. Comparative tasks on atomic explosions in Japan, the USA, the USSR, and France fostered analytical thinking, synthesis of information, and identification of cause-and-effect relationships. Students examined ecological, demographic, and social consequences, noted patterns and differences, and formulated reasoned conclusions, reflecting growth in cross-disciplinary reasoning. Metacognitive skills—including planning, monitoring, and reflection—also improved. Peer assessment and self-reflection helped students identify gaps in argumentation, evaluate sources critically, and refine reasoning, promoting collaborative learning and deeper engagement with research processes. Interdisciplinary group projects strengthened these competencies by requiring teams to integrate historical, literary, scientific, and artistic sources into coherent presentations. Visualizations and multimedia reports demonstrated stronger argumentation, better evidence integration, and clearer cause-and-effect connections. The methodology combined structured assignments, guided analysis, and iterative reflection. Tasks progressed from observation and question formulation to source evaluation, causal reasoning, and synthesis of interdisciplinary evidence. Assignments were designed to gradually develop cognitive and metacognitive skills, following research emphasizing structured inquiry, multiple perspectives, and reflective practice (Davidson, 2011; Wineburg, 2018; Bransford et al., 2000; Perkins, 2009). This approach encouraged systematic analysis, integrative thinking, and sustained development of research competencies. Despite progress, some students struggled to synthesize complex data consistently and plan extended research projects, highlighting the need for continued scaffolding and reflective guidance. Overall, the findings indicate that a structured interdisciplinary approach effectively develops research competence, integrative thinking, and higher-order reasoning skills. This methodology fosters research and project skills in upper secondary education through knowledge, reflection. References Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning: A Synthesis of Over 800 Meta‑Analyses Relating to Achievement. Routledge. Perkins, D. N. (2009). Making Learning Whole: How Seven Principles of Teaching Can Transform Education. Jossey‑Bass. Davidson, B. (2011). Now You See It: How the Brain Science of Attention Will Transform the Way We Live, Work, and Learn. Viking. Kirschner, P. A., Sweller, J., & Clark, R. (2006). Why minimal guidance during instruction does not work: An analysis of the failure of constructivist, discovery, problem‑based, experiential, and inquiry‑based teaching. Educational Psychologist, 41(2), 75–86. Bransford, J. D., Brown, A. L., & Cocking, R. R. (2000). How People Learn: Brain, Mind, Experience, and School. National Academies Press. Boix Mansilla, V. (2017). Interdisciplinary learning: From theory to practice. Interdisciplinary Education Journal, 12(1), 23–45. Repko, A. F., & Szostak, R. (2021). Interdisciplinary Research: Process and Theory (3rd ed.). SAGE. Wineburg, S. (2018). Historical Thinking and Other Unnatural Acts: Charting the Future of Teaching the Past. Temple University Press. OECD. (2018). The Future of Education and Skills: Education 2030. OECD Publishing. OECD. (2020). Innovating Education and Educating for Innovation: The Power of Digital Technologies and Skills. OECD Publishing. Hernández, R., & Gómez, L. (2019). Project‑based learning and critical thinking development in secondary education. Journal of Educational Research, 112(3), 305–321. Hmelo‑Silver, C. E. (2004). Problem‑based learning: What and how do students learn? Educational Psychology Review, 16(3), 235–266. Schraw, G., & Dennison, R. S. (1994). Assessing metacognitive awareness. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 19(4), 460–475. Mann, M. J. (2012). Inquiry learning and the development of disciplinary literacy. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 44(5), 655–678. Gijbels, D., Verpoest, L., Dochy, F., & Van den Bossche, P. (2005). The relation between student‑centred teaching practices and outcomes: Social science perspectives. Studies in Higher Education, 30(5), 559–575. Kuhn, D. (2005). Education for thinking. Harvard University Press. Bruner, J. S. (1961). The act of discovery. Harvard Educational Review, 31(1), 21–32. Barron, B., Schwartz, D. L., Vye, N. J., Moore, A., Petrosino, A., Zech, L., & Bransford, J. D. (1998). Doing with understanding: Lessons from research on problem‑ and project‑based learning. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 7(3–4), 271–311. Perkins, D. N., Jay, E., & Tishman, S. (1993). Beyond abilities: A dispositional theory of thinking. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 39(1), 1–21. Fischer, F., Kollar, I., Mandl, H., & Haake, J. M. (2007). Scripting computer-supported collaborative learning: Cognitive, computational, and educational perspectives. Springer. Krajcik, J., & Blumenfeld, P. (2006). Project-based learning. Cambridge University Press. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper The Emotional Landscape of Educators’ Sense Making in Scotland’s Evolving Mathematics Curriculum 1: Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom; 2: Anglia Ruskin University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Curriculum for Excellence has been in place in Scotland for around 15 years, and its implementation has faced a number of challenges (see Humes & Priestley, 2021, Hizli Alkan, 2023). In response to these challenges, and following OECD recommendations (2021), Scotland has initiated a Curriculum Improvement Cycle (CIC), led by Education Scotland. A central feature of the CIC is the co-constructive nature of curriculum making, involving a range of stakeholders, including Steering Groups, Core Groups, Collaboration Groups and National Networks. These groups are working to develop subject purpose statements, sets of Big Ideas, key concepts, and the Know and Do layer of the curriculum framework (Education Scotland, 2025). Mathematics is the first subject to undergo this process. The proposed Big Ideas approach is intended to build on the Experiences and Outcomes of Curriculum for Excellence while addressing issues encountered by teachers during the implementation. In this research, we explore how educators across school phases begin to make sense of this evolving mathematics curriculum, with a particular focus on the emotional landscape of their sense making and how this may be connected to the type and level of engagement they experienced within the CIC. To explore this, we address the following research questions:
We understand sense making as a crucial element of curriculum reform, enabling educators to make meaning of what is (and is not) changing and the implications for their practice (Soini et al., 2018; Spillane et al., 2002). Drawing on socio-cultural perspectives, we conceptualise sense making as an emotional experience of co-constructing meaning within socio-cultural, political and material environments (Anttila et al., 2022; Datnow, 2018; Hargreaves, 2005; Oatley, 2000; Schutz et al., 2006). While existing literature has begun to explore what Anttila et al. (2022) describe as the ‘emotional landscape of curriculum making’, less is known about the range of emotions that emerge during the early stages of curriculum reform and how these may relate to educators’ engagement in curriculum co-construction. In line with Datnow and Hubbard (2018), this study moves beyond discourses of ‘buy-in’ to develop a more nuanced understanding of how educators engage with reform processes. This focus has relevance for education systems beyond Scotland that are undergoing curriculum change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper reports findings from the first phase of a two-stage study, drawing on 13 online focus group interviews with 29 educators and seven education stakeholders across school phases. Focus groups were organised in two configurations: some included mixed participants across school phases, while others brought together education stakeholders working within the same context, allowing for both cross-phase dialogue and role-specific discussions to emerge. Focus groups were conducted via MS Teams, with transcripts downloaded and edited for accuracy. Participants were first invited to imagine encountering a staffroom poster about the CIC and to discuss their initial impressions. This was followed by discussions of their understandings of the proposed Big Ideas in mathematics and the emotions associated with engaging in the CIC. Drawing on Anttila et al. (2022), emotions identified in their research were used as a starting point for discussion, while participants were encouraged to articulate additional emotional responses arising from their own experiences. Adopting a critical realist stance (Bhaskar, 1978; Archer, 1995), our data analysis explores possible underpinning mechanisms shaping educators’ emotional responses and sense making processes. This approach enable us to move beyond describing emotions to consider the contextual and structural conditions that may give rise to them, while recognising that such mechanisms are not directly observable. Analysis involved iterative engagement with the data, moving between participants’ accounts and theoretical concepts to develop explanations for variations in emotional responses and sense-making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate a range of emotions, with hope, enthusiasm and frustration reported more frequently than others. Greater engagement in the CIC was associated with fewer negative emotions, while minimal or no involvement was linked to feelings such as cynicism, apprehension, insecurity and exhaustion. We discuss possible underpinning mechanisms shaping these emotional responses, including level of involvement in the CIC, previous experience with CfE, assessment culture and school phase. This first phase provides initial insight into educators’ early sense making and informs the focus and design of the second stage of the study, which involves a large-scale survey. References Anttila, H., Tikkanen, L., Soini, T., Pietarinen, J., & Pyhältö, K. (2023). The emotional landscape of curriculum making. Curriculum Journal, 34(2), 178–192. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.172 Archer, M. S. (1995). Realist social theory: The morphogenetic approach. Cambridge University Press. Bhaskar, R. (1978). A realist theory of science. Routledge Datnow, A., & Hubbard, L. (2018). Extending educational reform: Understanding implementation and change. In A. Datnow & L. Hubbard (Eds.), Extending educational reform (pp. 1–xx). Routledge. Education Scotland. (2025). Working together to make change happen. Retrieved from https://blogs.glowscotland.org.uk/glowblogs/public/cices/uploads/sites/10666/2025/04/01103754/020425-CIC-Working-Together-to-Make-Change-Happen-V1.0.pdf Oatley, K., Keltner, D., & Jenkins, J. M. (2006). Understanding emotions (2nd ed.). John Wiley & Sons. Pyhältö, K., Pietarinen, J., & Soini, T. (2018). Dynamic and shared sense‑making in large‑scale curriculum reform in school districts. The Curriculum Journal, 29(2), 181–200. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2018.1447306 Schutz, P. A., Hong, J. Y., Cross, D. I., & Osbon, J. N. (2006). Reflections on investigating emotion in educational activity settings. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 343–360. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-006-9030-3 Soini, T., Pietarinen, J., & Pyhältö, K. (2018). Shared sense-making strategies in curriculum reform: District-level perspective. Improving Schools, 21(2), 111–126. doi:10.1177/1365480217744290 Spillane, J. P., Reiser, B. J., & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy implementation and cognition: Reframing and refocusing implementation research. Review of Educational Research, 72(3), 387–431. doi:10.3102/00346543072003387 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 12 A: Who is Segregated Within School Systems? - Methodological Challenges and Opportunities in Comparative Research Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Jonathan Rix Research Workshop |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Research Workshop Who is Segregated Within School Systems? - Methodological Challenges and Opportunities in Comparative Research 1: Inland Norway University, Norway; 2: University of Sydney; 3: University of Cyprus; 4: University of Almeria Presenting Author:This workshop will explore a methodological framework for undertaking a comparative analysis of segregated school provision across nations. This is a key issue for research into inclusive education and special education, if we wish to understand the experiences of children who face segregation and the local and global causes of segregation. Segregation can be seen to have been growing across Europe and beyond for many years (Rix, 2023), whilst at the same time, it is evident that there is no agreement (locally or nationally) about placing these segregated children based on their particular needs (Sheehy et al., 2023).
The European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE) defines segregation as being in separate special classes or special schools for the largest part (80%) or more of the school day. According to EASNIE, across the four recorded levels of education in Europe over 4.2% of learners have a formal diagnosis of “special educational needs” and over 34% of these spend all or most of their time out of mainstream classrooms (EASNIE, 2024). However, formal statistics do not present a full picture of the incidence rates (Weedon & Lezcano-Barbero, 2021). This is partly because of endemic national and regional variability in relation to fundamental understandings, terminology, policy and practices of “special needs”, inclusion, diagnosis and effective support (e.g: Cameron et al, 2024). They also ignore a huge number of undiagnosed children and fail to represent the millions of children experiencing segregation for a wide range of other reasons (such as language, ethnicity, gender and socio-economic background). In addition, they do not engage with the lived experience of children within these different systems. The issue of segregation and the shortcomings in data collection approaches are particularly important given that children most in need are more likely to experience segregation in the education systems, including children with disabilities, children in alternative care, children from other minorities, and children with parents who are not in employment and are facing poverty (Eurochild, 2024).
Given the chaotic nature of our understanding and of our practices, it seems appropriate to explore how we can better understand who is being segregated within our education systems and their experiences of this segregation. At the same time, we need to be aware of the limitations of comparative research and the tendency to rely upon descriptive statistics and case studies (Ferragina & Deeming, 2022). Through this workshop we wish to explore how we can bring together stakeholders in different contexts, whilst confronting the ethical and conceptual challenges of identifying comparable data when working with statistics and understandings that are not equivalent across countries (e.g: Janmaat, 2013). We also need to explore how we can engage with diverse perspectives and encourage knowledge exchange across academic, political, and practice divides so that we can counter reductionism (Powell, 2020).
This workshop will be the fourth in a series of events at ECER undertaken by this network of researchers (RiSE). The participants have run 2 symposia, a panel discussion and a workshop at ECER 2023, 2024 & 2025. We have established a special issue in the European Journal of Inclusive Education and submitted a COST application to fund our ongoing work. As a result of these early endeavours, we recognise the need to involve people and organisations from a wide variety of economic and political contexts to provide the range of perspectives needed to solve this problem. We want, for instance, to consider these issues from post-soviet, scandinavian, neo-liberal, anti-colonial and indigenous perspectives, and to work with languages other than English. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The workshop will begin with a brief overview of the challenges outlined in the abstract and the nature of the network who have submitted the COST application. This will include providing a working definition of segregation as our starting point for the workshop and examples of formally collected data from across Europe. We will explain how as a network we wish to develop collaborative working to enable voice and create change so that we both focus upon national uniqueness (Hantrais, 1999) and learn from different national systems. The workshop participants will be divided into groups of 3-6, depending on the numbers who attend. The presenters will serve as moderators for these groups. Each group will spend 15 minutes considering 3 challenges (defining segregation, appropriate data, collecting personal experiences) each based on some preliminary questions. They will have access to online software (e.g., Padlet) to record emerging ideas and thoughts about possible opportunities and barriers, and how these can be engaged with. The groups will use questions to guide the discussion but participants will have control over the overall direction of the conversation, so they can share and compare ideas (Morgan, 2012). The moderators will not seek to be centre-stage to the conversation but to enable the inter-relational dynamics of the groups (Parker & Tritter, 2006). After the 15 minutes, there will be 10 minutes to share ideas before moving onto the next guiding question. Our guiding questions will be: ● How do we reach agreement about a definition of segregation? ○ Is the EASNIE definition suitable? If not, what? ○ How do we agree on the groups to whom the term is applied? ○ How do we apply such a definition across contexts? ● How do we collect data nationally that is equivalent across contexts? ○ How do we avoid the methodological challenges of working with this data, in particular oversimplification? ○ How do we surface and problematise assumptions underpinning data from different contexts? ● How do we gather personal experiences and at what scale? ○ To what extent is ethics applicable in the context of gathering and sharing personal information and experience? We will spend the last 15 minutes collectively discussing lessons learned from the discussions, whilst considering opportunities to publish around this topic, and potential engagement with the emergent network. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We anticipate three clear outcomes for the workshop. ● We will explore the development and use of methods of data collection across conflicting contexts. ● We will broaden the RiSE network and engage with new voices interested in the process of examining the nature of segregated provision and the roles it continues to play. ● We will develop a range of topics, questions and approaches to enable us to engage with the wider field about the nature of segregated provision. Notes and findings from the workshop will be made available to all participants. References Cameron, D. L., Herlofsen, C., Jensen, C. R., Lindqvist, G., Molbæk, M., Ström, K., & Sundqvist, C. (2024). The special education profession in four Nordic countries in light of evolving policies on inclusion and special needs education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 39(6), 849-865. Eurochild (2024). Children’s Realities in Europe: Progress & Gaps. Belgium: Eurochild. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education (EASNIE), (2024). European Agency Statistics on Inclusive Education: 2021/2022 School Year Dataset Cross-Country Report. (P. Dráľ, A. Lenárt and A. Lecheval, eds.). Odense, Denmark. Ferragina, E., & Deeming, C. (2022). Methodologies for comparative social policy analysis. In K. Nelson, R. Nieuwenhuis & M. A. Yerkes (eds.), Social Policy in Changing European Societies, 218-234, Edward Elgar Publishing. Hantrais, L. (1999). Contextualization in cross-national comparative research. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 2(2), 93-108. Morgan, D. (2012). Focus Groups and Social Interaction in J. Gubrium, J. Holstein, A. Marvasti & K. McKinney (eds) The SAGE Handbook of Interview Research: The Complexity of the Craft. Thousand Oaks: Sage. Janmaat, J. G. (2013). Subjective inequality: A review of international comparative studies on people’s views about inequality. European Journal of Sociology/Archives Européennes de Sociologie, 54(3), 357-389. Parker, A. & Tritter, J. (2006). Focus group method and methodology: current practice and recent debate. International Journal of Research and Method in Education, 29(1), 23-37. Powell, J.J., (2020). Comparative education in an age of competition and collaboration. Comparative Education, 56(1), 57-78. Rix, J. (2023). In search of Education, Participation and Inclusion. Routledge, London. Sheehy, K., Rix, J., Fletcher-Campbell, F., Crisp, M., & Harper, A. (2023). Using vignettes as a research method to investigate placement and provision for children with special educational needs in different countries. Athens Journal of Education, 10(4), 559-574. Weedon, E. & Lezcano-Barbero, F. (2021). The challenges of making cross-country comparison of statistics on pupils with special educational needs. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(5),854-862. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 12 B: Part 1: Exploring Conceptualisations and Research on Student Voice in Four Countries: Austria, Italy, Sweden, UK Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Kyriaki (Kiki) Messiou Session Chair: Mel Ainscow Symposium |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Part 1: Exploring Conceptualisations and Research on Student Voice in Four Countries: Austria, Italy, Sweden, UK The movement of student voice has gained prominence over the last two decades, especially after the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child in 1989 (United Nations, 1989). The term “student voice” has varied meanings in different sources of literature and within different countries, ranging from simple expression of views either through verbal or non-verbal means, while at the same time referring to the idea of participation and having an active role in decision-making processes (Cook-Sather, 2006).
Students’ voices and inclusive education are interconnected ideas (Messiou, 2019). Adopting Ainscow’s definition of inclusion as an ongoing process (Ainscow, 2007), focusing on identifying barriers within contexts that may limit the presence, participation, and achievement of all learners (Ainscow, Booth and Ainscow, 2006), we argue that listening to students’ voices is an avenue through which we can identify such barriers and ultimately a manifestation of being inclusive (Messiou, 2006). Inclusion is a challenging process and requires the involvement of different stakeholders, including students in schools. Where this happens, possibilities for developing more inclusive school contexts can be created, through processes of dialogues between all involved. At the same time, as Kozleski, Artiles, and Waitoller (2014) argue progress in relation to inclusion is complex and context-specific.
Starting from the belief that students must have a central role in education, to promote equity and inclusion in schools, and the conviction that they can take leading roles in research and in schools, we wanted to know what is already happening in the field in different countries that belong in a World Educational Research International Network (WERA IRN): “Student Voice for Promoting Equity and Inclusion in Schools”. The countries are:Austria, Australia, Indonesia, Italy, New Zealand, Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, UK, USA.
We therefore carried out scoping reviews in each country for the years 2020 – 2025, aiming to identify the key concepts underpinning our research areas. We followed Arksey and O’Malley’s (2005) five-step framework: Stage 1: identifying the research question, Stage 2: identifying relevant studies Stage 3: study selection Stage 4: charting the data Stage 5: collating, summarizing and reporting the results. Our key terms were student voice, inclusion, equity and schools. In addition to student voice, we used other relevant terms such as student participation and student agency to ensure identification of all relevant sources.
During this first part of the symposium, we will explore the following questions:
- What conceptualisations of student voice can we identify through the reviews of studies in each of the four countries? - How does the political and educational context of each country influence studies carried out in each context? - To what extent do methodologies employed in research involving students correspond to the meanings attributed to student voice? - What areas emerge that deserve further exploration in the field of student voice research?
Through our analysis, we highlight how different contexts adopt different conceptualisations of student voice and that there is a variation of methodological approaches, influenced by the context within which studies are conducted and by researchers’ positionalities. Though four countries’ findings are presented in detail, we will be referring to findings from other countries too, since scoping reviews have been carried in all the countries of our international network. We will highlight how different countries have adopted different conceptualisations of the terms that we explore and the implications that this has both on research and in practice within each context. We will also highlight how the structures and policies in the different contexts impact on student voice in schools and in research.
References Ainscow, M. (2007) From special education to effective schools for all: a review of progress so far, in L. Florian (Ed.) The SAGE Handbook of Special Education. London: SAGE. pp. 146–159. Ainscow, M., Booth, T. and Dyson, A. (2006) Improving Schools, Developing Inclusion. London: Routledge. Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. Cook-Sather, A. (2006) Sound, presence, and power: “Student voice” in educational research and reform. Curriculum Inquiry, 36 (4), 359-390. Kozleski, E. B., Artiles, A. J. and Waitoller, F. (2014) Equity in inclusive education: A cultural historical comparative perspective. In L. Florian (Ed.) The SAGE Handbook of Special Education. New York: SAGE, pp. 231–249. Messiou, K. (2006) Understanding marginalisation in education: The voice of children. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 21 (3) (special issue), 305–318. Messiou, K. (2019) The missing voices: Students as a catalyst for promoting inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23 (7–8), 768–781. United Nations (1989) The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. New York: United Nations. Presentations of the Symposium A Review of Student Voice Research in Austria
In the Austrian educational landscape, "student voice" is an emerging conceptual framework that remains relatively new compared to established traditions such as student participation and "Mitbestimmung" (co-determination) (Messiou et al., 2022). While these traditional terms are anchored in Austrian school law—specifically the School Education Act (Schulunterrichtsgesetz §§ 57-60) and the Student Representation Act (Schülervertretungsgesetz, SchVG)—they often prioritize institutionalized representation through formal bodies such as student councils (Schülervertretung) rather than the agentic, transformative dialogue associated with the international student voice movement.
To investigate how these theoretical tensions manifest in current scholarship, this scoping review examines the conceptualization and application of 'student voice' within Austrian primary and secondary educational research between 2020 and 2025, specifically focusing on its relationship to inclusion and equity. Following the framework by Arksey and O’Malley (2005) and PRISMA-ScR guidelines (Tricco et al., 2018), 18 studies were analysed.
The review reveals that, despite recognition of student voice as a transformative element in inclusive education (Messiou & Ainscow, 2015; Sandoval & Messiou, 2022), its implementation in Austria remains fragmented, inconsistently theorized, and often limited to tokenistic consultation. Out of 18 studies reviewed, only seven explicitly employed the term "student voice" or articulated clear theoretical foundations. A recurring theme across the reviewed literature is the discrepancy between de jure rights and de facto influence, with research highlighting that Austrian students often experience their voice as structurally constrained. Consistent with this, the identified research characterizes student involvement primarily as a consultative process; most studies focus on gathering perspectives through traditional qualitative interviews rather than employing innovative participatory or student-led designs. This reliance on traditional, adult-led methodologies further complicates equity, as the review identifies a significant lack of intersectionality where the underexplored perspectives of marginalized groups risk being silenced by research designs that inherently centre the most "confident" voices.
To move toward an inclusive system where "every learner matters" (UNESCO, 2017), the paper argues for a paradigm shift toward "transgressive" and "intergenerational" research approaches (Pearce & Wood, 2019) that empower students as co-creators of knowledge. The review concludes by recommending future research that addresses power dynamics and systemic constraints to genuinely enact student voice in the Austrian context, aligning local practice with international commitments such as SDG 4.
References:
Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32.
Messiou, K., & Ainscow, M. (2015). Responding to learner diversity: Student views as a catalyst for powerful teacher development? Teaching and Teacher Education, 51, 246–255.
Messiou, K. et la. (2022). Student diversity and student voice conceptualisations in five European countries: Implications for including all students in schools. European Educational Research Journal, 21(2), 355–376.
Organisation for the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). (2017). A Guide for Ensuring Inclusion and Equity in Education. UNESCO Publishing. ISBN: 978-92-3-100230-8.
Pearce, T. C., & Wood, B. E. (2019). Education for transformation: an evaluative framework to guide student voice work in schools. Critical Studies in Education, 60(1), 113–130.
Sandoval, M., & Messiou, K. (2022). Students as researchers for promoting school improvement and inclusion: a review of studies. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(8), 780–795.
Tricco, A. C., et al. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and Explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7), 467–473.
A Review of Student Voice Research in Italy
While research explicitly framed as Student Voice is still emerging in Italy (Grion, 2017), the national landscape is rooted in established traditions of participatory research and democratic education, often in connection with action research approaches and research conducted with and for children (Mortari, 2009). In order to reflect this specific research landscape, we decided to adopt a broad perspective on the conceptualisation of student voice in our scoping review, encompassing studies that position students as meaningful contributors to educational processes, promote co-construction of knowledge, and acknowledge the transformative potential of their voices in fostering participation, inclusion, and social justice.
In total, eight empirical studies (2020–2025) in Italian school contexts were identified as aligning with the defined framework and were subsequently analysed for the present review. The analysis of the studies was guided by five key analytical dimensions: (1) study contexts and participants; (2) research objectives and focal themes; (3) research designs and methodological approaches; (4) stages and forms of student involvement across the research process; and (5) the transformative potential of student voice.
Firstly, the results reveal a predominant focus on secondary education, with comparatively less attention given to primary and preschool contexts.
Regarding the research objectives and foci, four partially overlapping thematic orientations emerge: social justice, inclusion, and equity (Cotza, 2022; Frizzarin et al., 2023); participation as democratic education (Pastori et al., 2020); transitions and educational “fragilities” (Zecca et al., 2020; Zecca & Cotza, 2020); and inclusion extending beyond school into civic spaces (Montanari, 2024).
Methodologically, qualitative approaches predominate, with many studies drawing on Grounded Theory. Data collection is largely based on interviews, supplemented by participatory methods such as Photovoice-inspired protocols, student co-construction of questionnaires, and practical activities. However, the review shows uneven student involvement, which often begins after researchers have defined study aims. While some studies engage students primarily as informants, fewer extend participation to proposal-making or engagement with institutional audiences (Frizzarin et al., 2023). Crucially, no study involves school age students in defining research objectives or designing the research itself.
The review also highlights how Italy’s school autonomy within multi-level governance shapes the potential of student voice: influence is primarily observed in pedagogical practices and extends to territorial or policy arenas only when explicit relationships with decision-makers are established.
Further research should therefore expand attention to preschool and primary contexts and strengthen participatory pathways that allow students’ perspectives to travel from consultation to shared decision-making.
References:
Cotza, V. (2022) Verso la trasformazione delle teorie della giustizia sociale in educazione. La voce degli studenti delle scuole popolari della seconda opportunità. FORMAZIONE & INSEGNAMENTO, 20(1), 685-698.
Frizzarin, A. et al. (2023) “Insieme è semplicemente più divertente”: Uno studio sull’esperienza soggettiva di partecipazione e inclusione a scuola di bambini/e e ragazzi/e con disabilità della Provincia di Bolzano. Integrazione scolastica e sociale, 22(4), 26-46.
Grion, V. (2017) ‘Student Voice’in Italy: the state of the art. Teaching and Learning Together in Higher Education, 1(20).
Montanari, M. (2024) Il progetto PEBA per una città accessibile a tutti. Integrazione scolastica e sociale, 23(1), 55–68.
Mortari, L. (2009) La ricerca per i bambini. Mondadori.
Pastori, G., Pagani, V., Sarcinelli, A. S. (2020) La ricerca partecipativa con i bambini come forma di educazione democratica. Riflessioni etiche e ricadute formative del progetto di ricerca europeo ISOTIS in 8 Paesi. RicercAzione, 12(1), 107-128.
Zecca, L., Cotza, V. (2020) Distance relationships and educational fragilities: A Student Voice research in digital third spaces. Research on Education and Media, 12, 34-41.
Zecca, L., Passalacqua, F., Ribis, A. (2020) Orientamento e dispersione scolastica: la valutazione degli studenti nella transizione tra secondaria di I e di II grado. CQIA, 30, 147-166.
A Review of Student Voice Research in Sweden
Sweden has long promoted the ideal of “a school for all” (Gadler, 2011), foregrounding student influence, participation, and rights. Swedish research on student voice and inclusion reflects this orientation across fields such as language and literacy education, inclusive and special education, mathematics education, digital learning, early childhood education, and educational practice. Rather than focusing primarily on policy or structures, this body of research emphasizes students’ lived experiences of participation, belonging, engagement, and agency.
Student voice is conceptualized in diverse but interconnected ways. In language and literacy education, it is examined through linguistic and dialogic practices such as evaluative language, metaphors, and role-taking. Across disciplines, inclusion is framed as a relational and participatory process grounded in equity and belonging (Roos, 2023; Gardesten & Palmér, 2025). Theoretical frameworks are interdisciplinary, drawing on dialogic theory, systemic functional linguistics, genre theory, democratic and political theory, discourse theory, phenomenology, and participation-oriented models. Methodologically, studies employ qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods, often using participatory approaches that position students as co-constructors of knowledge (Gardesten & Palmér, 2025).
Key findings show that dialogic, creative, and multimodal practices enhance students’ participation, agency, and engagement in learning (Söderberg et al., 2024). In mathematics and inclusive classrooms, participation is shaped by ideological, structural, and subject-specific conditions, highlighting the importance of teachers’ relational and didactic competence (Roos, 2023; Gardesten & Palmér, 2025). In early childhood education, tools such as cameras and photo documentation make children’s perspectives visible and support belonging and social inclusion (Elvstrand et al., 2025).
Overall, Swedish research demonstrates that inclusion is not merely a structural or policy-driven goal but is continuously produced through students’ experiences. Attending to student voice is essential for identifying barriers, fostering equitable participation, and sustaining democratic educational practices. The review calls for transdisciplinary research approaches (Allan et al., 2025) and warns that political and administrative trends risk marginalizing children’s voices.
References:
Allan, J., Bagger, A., Andersson, A. L., Andersson-Norrie, I., Bertilsdotter Rosqvist, H., Dahl, I. A., , Engren, J., Tolgfors, S., Karlsson, J., Nakeva von Mentzer, C., Wåger, J., Yourston, H., & Österborg Wiklund, S (2025). Including all: the contribution of a diverse research community. Research Papers in Education, 1–25.
Elvstrand, H., & Söderman Lago, L. (2022). Elevers delaktighet: Ett sätt att utmana och utveckla aktionsforskning i skolan?. Forskning og Forandring. 5:1, 25-45.
Gadler, U. (2011). En skola för alla-gäller det alla?: statliga styrdokuments betydelse i skolans verksamhet (Doctoral dissertation, Linnaeus University Press).
Gardesten, M., & Palmér, H. (2025). Students’ participation in mathematics in inclusive classrooms: a study of the enacted mathematical and relational knowing of teachers. Mathematical Thinking and Learning, 27(2), 157–177.
Roos, H. (2023). Students’ voices of inclusion in mathematics education. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 113(2), 229-249.
Söderberg, E., Rejman, K., & Vuorenpää, S. (2024). Årskurs 9 högläser skönlitteratur: elevperspektiv på läsning och litteraturundervisning. Acta Didactica Norden, 18(1).
Öhman, A. (2023). Gymnasieelevers erfarenheter av särskilt stöd: berättelser om utanförskap och tillhörighet. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 28(3).
A Review of Student Voice Research in the U.K.
In the UK, particularly in England, there is a long tradition in student voice research. The movement gained prominence through the important work about pupil voice, funded by the ESRC, led by Jean Rudduck in the study “Consulting Pupils about Teaching and Learning” (2000-2003) where students’ views in primary and secondary schools were explored in relation to learning and teaching. Since then, several studies have been conducted with a focus on students’ voices. Following the steps and criteria outlined above, 15 papers were analysed for the purposes of this review.
Many of the studies involved students as active participants, seeing voice as both a product and a process (Gripton and Vincent, 2020) and used a range of methodologies, predominantly qualitative approaches such as case studies (Aquarone, 2021; Hill, S. 2020), participatory action research (PAR) (Messiou et al., 2024), complexity informed – PAR (Crook, 2021).
Some innovative and creative methods were used in some of the studies. For example, in Gripton and Vincent (2020) study small toys (Playmobil figures) were used to facilitate understanding young children’s experiences. Furthermore, photo-elicitation and photovoice were also used in the study of Shaw (2020). Both studies were carried out with young children and highlight the need for the use of innovative and creative approaches to enable young children’s voices to be heard. However, it was surprising to see that most of the identified studies still carry on with traditional methods, predominantly using individual interviews, focus group and group discussions.
Some studies also involved students in data collection and analysis (McPartlan 2024, Messiou and Ainscow, 2020). Only one study identified was focusing on digital tools as a way of democratising school processes (Cook and Warwick, 2021). Given the use of technology by young people, it is surprising this is an aspect that has not been explored in more depth, not least with the dominance of AI.
Finally, despite a focus on dialogues in students’ voice research aiming to promote inclusion, only one study highlighted intergenerational aspects explicitly. Crook’s (2021) study employed ‘cooperative intergenerational inquiry’ involving children, parents, siblings, grandparents and a school councillor. Through our findings we argue for the need for more transformative research approaches, where power dynamics are addressed through the processes employed, enabling all participants to be genuinely included.
Additional authors: Chinmaya Potnis (orcid: 0009-0007-4806-4088) and Ping Dong (orcid: 0000-0003-1387-6274).
References:
Aquarone, F. (2021) 'Student experiences of democratic education and the implications for social justice', Theory and Research in Education, 19(1), pp. 40-64.
Cook, V., & Warwick, P. (2021). Realising student voice through dialogic engagement with a microblogging tool. Education 3-13, 51(1), 156–170.
Crook, D.J. (2021). Children changing spaces, changing schools. Children & Society, 35, 445–460.
Gripton, C., & Vincent, K. (2020). Using small world toys for research: a method for gaining insight into children’s lived experiences of school. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 44(3), 225–240.
Hill, S. (2020). Seeing anew: The role of student leadership in professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 46(4), 563–579.
McPartlan, D. (2024) Young people as co-researchers in schools: a collaborative research methodology which benefits young people and school culture, Pastoral Care in Education, 43(4), 520-539.
Messiou, K. and Ainscow, M. (2020) Inclusive inquiry: student-teacher dialogue as a means of promoting inclusion in schools. British Educational Research Journal, 46(3), pp. 670-687.
Shaw, P. A. (2020). Photo-elicitation and photo-voice: using visual methodological tools to engage with younger children’s voices about inclusion in education. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 44(4), 337–35.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 12 C: Comparing the Disproportionate Representation of Migrants and Ethnic Minorities in Special and Inclusive Education across Europe Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Justin Powell Panel Discussion |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Panel Discussion Comparing the Disproportionate Representation of Migrants and Ethnic Minorities in Special and Inclusive Education across Europe 1: University of Luxembourg, Esch-Belval, Luxembourg; 2: University of Vienna, Austria; 3: Free University of Bozen – Bolzano, Italy; 4: University of Warsaw, Poland; 5: University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:Over the past two decades, the classification systems and categories used to identify and support students with special educational needs (SEN) have undergone significant transformation across Europe and internationally (Köpfer, Powell, & Zahnd 2021). Disproportionality in special education—particularly the over- and under-representation of ethnic minority groups—is a global phenomenon (e.g., Gabel et al. 2009) that persists despite the worldwide ratification of the UN CRPD (2006). Focusing on diversity and migration in Europe, this roundtable will focus on the evolving landscape of classification in relation to special educational needs and disabilities (SEND), socio-economic status (SES), gender, race/ethnicity, and language. The country-based and comparative analyses will be situated within a broader context of shifting social and educational policies, increased migration, and growing awareness of intersectionality in educational research and practice. In the different regions of Europe, several key shifts have occurred in the ways that educational systems define and classify as “having SEND”—along culturally-specific characteristics. First, there has been a move away from rigid, deficit-based models of disability and special needs toward more dynamic, context-sensitive frameworks. Many countries have revised their classification systems to better reflect the social and human rights models of disability, emphasizing barriers to participation and learning rather than inherent deficits. This shift is partly a response to international policy frameworks, such as the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD), that advocate for inclusive education and the dismantling of systemic barriers. However, other countries, such as Sweden, that previously avoided the stigmatization associated with classification, have increasingly diagnosed and labeled certain differences (e.g., neurodiversity, see Taneja-Johansson & Powell 2024). Second, the intersection of SEN with other axes of identity and inequality—particularly ethnicity, migration experience, language, and SES—has received increasing attention. Research and policy have begun to recognize that students from minority ethnic backgrounds, those with migrant status, and those from lower socio-economic backgrounds are disproportionately identified as having SEN or placed in segregated educational settings. This has prompted a re-examination of assessment practices, referral processes, and the potential for bias in the identification of SEN. For example, the so-called “fragility paradox” has been observed in SEN provision for displaced learners (Markowska-Manista et al. 2025), the persistent disproportionality affecting minority ethnic students in Western Europe (here: England), or the disadvantage of non-native language speakers (here: Austria) have led to calls for more culturally responsive and equitable approaches. Third, the categories themselves have become more nuanced. The expansion from SEN to SEND in many policy contexts reflects a growing recognition of the diversity of needs, including mental health, neurodiversity, and complex co-occurring conditions. Simultaneously, there is greater scrutiny of how gender and language proficiency intersect with SEN identification. Our main interest in proposing this roundtable is to explore comparatively the intersectionality, especially the nexus of SEND and ethnicity in an era of contested special and inclusive education (UNESCO 2020): how do educational and social policies construct and respond to the needs of students who occupy multiple marginalized positions. We review the main categories in contemporary policies, analyze minority groups most affected, and explore equity implications of country-specific constellations of structures, policies, and cultures. We connect recent empirical data and policy analysis to uncover both progress in recognizing and addressing disproportionality and significant challenges. The persistence of intersectional inequities calls for ongoing critical examination of classification systems (categories), greater investment in inclusive practices, and development of policies responsive to the complex realities of diverse student populations in an era in which principles of diversity, equity, inclusion, and accessibility are threatened or valorized, depending on context. The roundtable contributes to the on-going crucial dialogue on inclusive education in Europe. References Gabel, S., S. Curcic, J.J.W. Powell, K. Kader & L. Albee. 2009. Migration and Ethnic Group Disproportionality in Special Education: An Exploratory Study. Disability & Society 24(5): 625–639. Górak-Sosnowska, K., & U. Markowska-Manista, (Editors). (2022): Non-Inclusive Education in Central and Eastern Europe: Comparative Studies of Teaching Ethnicity, Religion and Gender. London: Bloomsbury. Köpfer, A., J.J.W. Powell, & R. Zahnd (Editors). (2021): Handbuch Inklusion International: Globale, nationale und lokale Perspektiven auf Inklusive Bildung / International Handbook of Inclusive Education: Global, National and Local Perspectives. Opladen, Germany: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Markowska-Manista, U., O. Ovcharenko, M. Żelazowska-Sobczyk (2025). Students with Migration Backgrounds and Special Needs: Rights to and in Education in the Polish Context, in: M. Bacakova, W. Veck, & J. Wharton (Eds.). Forced Migration, Disability and Education: Inclusion and Exclusion at the Intersection of Displacement and Disablement. London: Routledge. Taneja-Johannson, S. & J.J.W. Powell. 2024. Confronting the Idealised ‘Nordic Model’ in Education with Contemporary Realities of Special Education in Sweden. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 39(6): 866–881. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2024.2425501 UNESCO (2020): Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and Education – All Means All. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization. Chair Justin J.W. Powell, University of Luxembourg |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 04 SES 12 D: Rethinking Behaviour, Discipline, and Belonging in Inclusive Education Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Kristine Kampmane Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Promoting Inclusion through the Zero Violence Brave Club: A Case Study 1: University of Rovira i Virgili; 2: University of the Basque Country Presenting Author:School violence and bullying constitute a global educational challenge with profound consequences for students’ social, emotional, and academic development (Thapa et al., 2013; Moore et al., 2017). Research has consistently shown that students with special educational needs (SEN) are disproportionately exposed to situations of victimization, which negatively affect their well-being, sense of belonging, and learning opportunities (Sentenac et al., 2013). In response to this issue, international educational policies increasingly emphasize the implementation of evidence-based actions that promote safe, inclusive, and violence-free school environments (UNESCO, 2019; Flecha et al., 2023). However, there is still limited empirical evidence regarding the impact of such actions on the inclusion of students with SEN in mainstream classrooms. This paper presents a qualitative case study that explores the impact of the Zero Violence Brave Club (ZVBC) on the social and academic inclusion of a child with cognitive disability enrolled in a mainstream Primary Education classroom in Spain. The ZVBC is a Successful Educational Action (SEA) aimed at preventing violence by fostering students’ active involvement in the defense of victims and by granting social prestige to those who take a stand against violence (Gómez et al., 2000). Through this approach, violent behaviors lose social attractiveness, while solidarity and courage become valued norms within the peer group. The study was conducted using a communicative methodology, which integrates scientific knowledge with the lived experiences of participants through egalitarian dialogue. This methodological approach is particularly appropriate for research involving vulnerable groups, as it promotes participants’ agency and focuses on identifying both exclusionary and transformative dimensions of social reality (Pulido et al., 2014). The ZVBC was implemented transversally throughout one academic year in a fourth-grade classroom, becoming part of the daily classroom dynamics. Data were collected through communicative focus groups with students and in-depth communicative interviews with family members, including the child with SEN and his mother. The analysis focused on participants’ perceptions of changes in classroom climate, peer relationships, responses to violent situations, and the child’s motivation, well-being, and academic engagement. The findings reveal a significant transformation of the classroom climate following the implementation of the ZVBC. Participants reported a clear reduction in bullying situations, an increase in peer support, and a collective rejection of violence characterized by the breaking of the silence traditionally surrounding aggressive behaviors. These changes contributed to the social inclusion of the child with SEN, who expanded his network of friendships, participated more confidently in group activities, and showed increased security in social interactions. In addition to social improvements, the study identifies positive academic outcomes. The child demonstrated greater motivation toward learning, increased autonomy in classroom tasks, and progress in basic academic competencies. The supportive peer environment fostered by the ZVBC promoted collaborative learning processes that benefited not only the child with SEN but the classroom as a whole. Overall, the results highlight the importance of transforming the relational context of schools to achieve meaningful inclusion. The study provides evidence of the social impact of the ZVBC as an effective educational action for promoting inclusive, safe, and violence-free learning environments, reinforcing the role of peer relationships as a key factor in ensuring educational success for students with greater support needs (Flecha et al., 2023). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was conducted using a communicative methodology, a qualitative research approach that combines scientific evidence with the voices and experiences of the educational community through egalitarian dialogue. This methodology seeks to identify both exclusionary dimensions that hinder social inclusion and transformative dimensions that contribute to overcoming inequalities. It has been widely recognized as particularly suitable for research with vulnerable populations, as it promotes participants’ active involvement and generates knowledge with social impact (Pulido et al., 2014). The study took place in a public Early Childhood and Primary Education school in Spain. The context was a fourth-grade Primary Education classroom in which a child with cognitive disability and identified special educational needs was enrolled in a mainstream educational setting. The Zero Violence Brave Club was implemented transversally over the course of one full academic year and integrated into the daily routines and interactions of the classroom, rather than being applied as a punctual or isolated intervention. Participants included 15 students from the classroom and four family members. Among them were the child with SEN and his mother, whose perspectives were essential for understanding both social and academic changes. Participation was voluntary, and ethical principles related to informed consent, confidentiality, and respect for participants’ voices were strictly followed. Two communicative qualitative techniques were used for data collection. First, communicative focus groups were conducted with students to explore their perceptions of peer relationships, experiences with violence or bullying, and changes in classroom dynamics after the implementation of the ZVBC. Second, in-depth communicative interviews were carried out with family members to gain insight into perceived changes in the child’s well-being, motivation, and academic progress. All sessions were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim. Data analysis was carried out following communicative analysis procedures, distinguishing between exclusionary and transformative dimensions (Pulido et al., 2014). The data were organized into analytical categories related to social inclusion, peer relationships, emotional well-being, motivation for learning, and academic progress. This analytical process allowed for the identification of mechanisms through which the ZVBC contributed to transforming the classroom climate and enhancing inclusive educational practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study demonstrate that the implementation of the Zero Violence Brave Club can play a significant role in promoting the social and academic inclusion of students with special educational needs in mainstream classrooms. The transformation of the classroom climate, characterized by a reduction in bullying behaviors, increased peer support, and a collective rejection of violence, created a safer and more inclusive environment for all students. One of the key contributions of the ZVBC lies in shifting peer norms by attributing social prestige to those who actively defend victims of violence (Gómez et al., 2000). This change encouraged students to break the silence surrounding bullying and to adopt supportive roles, which proved especially beneficial for the child with SEN. As a result, the child strengthened social relationships, participated more confidently in classroom activities, and experienced improved emotional well-being. Beyond social inclusion, the study highlights the positive impact of a supportive relational context on academic outcomes. Increased motivation, autonomy, and progress in basic competencies suggest that inclusive and violence-free environments can enhance learning opportunities, particularly for students with greater support needs (Moore et al., 2017). Importantly, these benefits extended to the entire classroom, reinforcing the idea that inclusive practices improve educational quality for all students. The conclusions underline that the inclusion of students with SEN cannot rely solely on individualized support measures. Instead, it requires the transformation of the broader school context, particularly peer relationships and classroom norms (Flecha et al., 2023). The scientific relevance of this study lies in providing evidence of the social impact of an evidence-based educational action that contributes to inclusive, safe, and equitable education. By emphasizing the role of relational contexts, this research supports the advancement of educational practices that ensure well-being, participation, and academic success for all learners. References Flecha, R., Puigvert, L., & Racionero-Plaza, S. (2023). Achieving student well-being for all: Educational contexts free of violence. Publications Office of the European Union. Gómez, J., Puigvert, L., Flecha, R., Soler-Gallart, M., & Valls, R. (2000). Zero Violence Brave Club. Internet Archive. https://archive.org/details/zvbc_20250204 Moore, S. E., Norman, R. E., Suetani, S., Thomas, H. J., Sly, P. D., & Scott, J. G. (2017). Consequences of bullying victimization in childhood and adolescence: A systematic review and meta-analysis. World Journal of Psychiatry, 7(1), 60–76. https://doi.org/10.5498/wjp.v7.i1.60 Pulido, C., Elboj, C., Campdepadrós, R., & Cabré, J. (2014). Exclusionary and transformative dimensions: Communicative analysis enhancing solidarity among women to overcome gender violence. Qualitative Inquiry, 20(7), 889–894. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800414537212 Sentenac, M., Gavin, A., Gabhainn, S. N., Molcho, M., Due, P., Ravens-Sieberer, U., Matos, M. G., Malkowska-Szkutnik, A., Gobina, I., Vollebergh, W., Arnaud, C., & Godeau, E. (2013). Peer victimization and subjective health among students reporting disability or chronic illness in 11 Western countries. European Journal of Public Health, 23(3), 421–426. https://doi.org/10.1093/eurpub/cks073 Thapa, A., Cohen, J., Guffey, S., & Higgins-D’Alessandro, A. (2013). A review of school climate research. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 357–385. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313483907 UNESCO. (2019). Behind the numbers: Ending school violence and bullying. UNESCO. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper A Disability-Informed Reading of Restorative Practices within Education University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper explores how restorative philosophies in education (Hopkins, 2002) are reshaped when viewed through a disability-informed epistemological lens, with particular relevance for inclusive education. While restorative approaches are increasingly adopted in schools across Europe, the role of disability in shaping how restorative work is understood, enacted, and experienced remains under-theorised (Procter-Legg, 2025). This absence is striking given the persistent over-representation of learners with disabilities and special educational needs (SEND) affected by school exclusion and the way in which restorative practices are often framed as behaviour management or disciplinary alternatives. Moreover, although the evidence base is still developing regarding attendance and bullying (Darling-Hammond et al., 2020), a number of studies suggest restorative work also positively impacts school climates, learning cultures and inclusion (Bevington, 2015; Hibbin, 2023). By positioning disability not as a variable to be managed but as a lens of knowledge production, this study argues that disability-informed educational spaces reveal restorative philosophy as a more relational practice and as an ongoing, philosophy in action, rather than a set of procedural interventions which are solely designed to respond to negative behaviour. Drawing on comparative case studies of two specialist schools in England, the research asks: In what ways does a deeper understanding of the lived experiences of young people with disabilities reshape normative understandings of restorative work in education? The study aims to:
The theoretical framework integrates restorative philosophy, understood as the enacted congruence between values, principles, and practices, with interactionist and critical realist disability theories (Bhaskar & Danermark, 2006; Shakespeare, 2014). Restorative values such as justice, dignity, solidarity, and truth are examined alongside localised educational restorative principles that view behaviour as communication of unmet needs and conflict as a learning opportunity. These are analysed in relation to evolving disability models that conceptualise disability as emerging through interactions between individuals, environments, and institutions rather than as fixed individual deficits. This framework allows the paper to challenge dominant assumptions embedded in restorative education literature, such as linear verbal dialogue, uniform participation, and individual accountability. It achieves this by foregrounding neurodevelopmental diversity, trauma, and communication differences. In doing so, it reframes restorative work as inherently aligned with inclusive education goals, while also exposing paradoxes whereby restorative cultures flourish within semi-segregated disability-informed spaces. By situating the findings within wider European debates on inclusive education, needs-based provision, and systemic inequity, the paper contributes to ECER discussions on how relational educational philosophies can address both interpersonal and structural forms of harm. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, interpretivist methodology, using a comparative heuristic case study approach (Bartlett & Vavrus, 2017) to examine restorative philosophy as a phenomenon enacted across contexts rather than as a bounded intervention. The “case” is defined as young people’s experiences of a restorative philosophy in action within disability-informed educational settings, rather than the schools themselves. Empirical data were generated from two specialist schools in the South of England serving learners with special educational needs and disabilities, one focused on social, emotional, and mental health needs and the other on moderate cognition and learning needs. Data collection took place over a sustained period and employed ethnographic methods, including: • walking-tour interviews with young people, • participant observation and field notes, • recorded conversations with staff and parents. Analysis followed a multi-scalar heuristic framework, tracing restorative philosophy across three interacting axes: • Vertical (institutional hierarchies, policy environments, and power relations), • Horizontal (variation across cohorts, diagnoses, and local contexts), • Transversal (developmental time, neurodevelopment, and lived experience). This design mirrors the relational ontology of restorative philosophy itself, foregrounding context, reflexivity, and interaction. Ethical approval was granted by the University of Oxford, and all procedures adhered to ethical guidance for educational research. Due to the heuristic approach and the detailed contextual information provided about the individual schools, this study offers strong analytical transferability for inclusive education research across European systems where categorical diagnostic methods are used to organise the educational provision for young people. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that disability-informed educational spaces significantly reshape restorative philosophies, expanding them beyond behavioural correction toward relational, multi-sensory, and developmentally attuned practices. Restorative work in these contexts is experienced as a constant flow of restoration, embedded in everyday interactions rather than isolated moments of repair. Key outcomes include: • A reframing of harm from individual wrongdoing to community- and system-level injustice, particularly relevant to learners experiencing exclusion and marginalisation. • The emergence of inclusive restorative adaptations, such as non-verbal communication strategies, play-based and sensory methods, and flexible participation, which challenge normative restorative assumptions. • Strong alignment between restorative philosophy and neurodevelopmental, trauma-informed, and relational pedagogies, suggesting the need to move away from siloed frameworks. However, the study also reveals a central paradox: restorative cultures are most fully realised within semi-segregated disability-informed spaces, raising critical questions for inclusive education. While these environments enable equity-focused practices, they also highlight the limited reach of restorative philosophy in addressing broader systemic harms such as admissions processes, diagnostic regimes, and structural ableism. For the Inclusive Education Network, the paper offers both empirical insight and conceptual provocation, arguing that inclusive systems must not only include diverse learners, but also learn from disability-informed contexts as sites of innovation for restorative and socially just education. Moreover, the findings suggest that restorative philosophies may be enacted differently across Europe due to the diverse ways in which disability is conceptualised within policy discourse (Castro-Kemp et al., 2025), including reflections on the way in which English schools may be limited in their adoption of restorative philosophies due to the localised, national conceptualisation of disability. These findings; therefore, create cross national, future questions for research, policy and practice. References Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. K. (2017). Rethinking case study research : a comparative approach (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315674889 Bevington, T. (2015). Appreciative evaluation of restorative approaches in schools. Pastoral care in education, 33(2), 105-115. https://doi.org/10.1080/02643944.2015.1046475 Bhaskar, R., & Danermark, B. (2006). Metatheory, Interdisciplinarity and Disability Research: A Critical Realist Perspective. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 8(4), 278-297. https://doi.org/10.1080/15017410600914329 Castro-Kemp, S., Herwegen, J. V., Antalek, C., & Kemp, P. (2025). An international analysis of SEND policy and practice: ScopeSEND. https://www.nuffieldfoundation.org/project/an-international-analysis-of-send-policy-and-practice-scopesend Darling-Hammond, S., Fronius, T. A., Sutherland, H., Guckenburg, S., Petrosino, A., & Hurley, N. (2020). Effectiveness of Restorative Justice in US K-12 Schools: a Review of Quantitative Research. Contemporary School Psychology(24), 295-308. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40688-020-00290-0 Hibbin, R. (2023). Relational responsibility, social discipline and behaviour in school: re-orienting discipline and authority through a distributed network of relational accountability. Pastoral care in education. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/02643944.2023.2263453 Hopkins, B. (2002). Restorative Justice in Schools. Support for learning, 17(3), 144-149. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9604.00254 Procter-Legg, T. (2025). Restorative practice and young people with special educational needs and disabilities: a scoping study. Disability & Society, 1-24. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2025.2489363 Shakespeare, T. (2014). Disability rights and wrongs revisited (2nd edition ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315887456 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Documenting Behaviour, Producing Deviance: Ableism-Critical Analyses of the Documentation of Behaviour-Related (In)Abilities in Student Case Files Bergische Universität Wuppertal, Germany Presenting Author:This study examines behaviour-related ability expectations as a central yet often implicit component of the normative order of primary education. Starting from the “all means all” premise of inclusive education (UNESCO, 2020), our study shows that, despite inclusive guiding principles, educational participation is structured by historically evolved and institutionally effective ability expectations that produce normality and construct deviance along specific expectations regarding learning, achievement, and behaviour (Parekh, 2024). Therefore, our study focuses on behaviour-related ability expectations, which play a particular role in everyday school life but are rarely addressed explicitly. While expectations concerning academic abilities are comparatively explicit in curricula, learning objectives, or assessment frameworks, behaviour-related expectations often remain implicit and are produced and interpreted situationally within school interactions (Doyle, 2006; Mehan, 2014; Poed & Fox, 2023). Norms of “appropriate” school behaviour thus operate as relational ordering patterns: ability and inability are not measured against objective standards but are generated within subjectively interpreted interactional processes that are shaped by perception and relationships (Dittmann et al., 2025; Bühler-Niederberger et al., 2025). For this reason, these norms become particularly relevant in diagnostic contexts, where subjective interpretations shaped by interactions that construct behaviour as deviant relative to ability expectations are translated into file-based case constructions and rendered institutionally decision-relevant (Cicourel & Kitsuse, 2012; MacLure et al., 2012). The paper therefore examines student case files compiled for the determination of special educational needs in the area of emotional and social development and understands these as institutionalised practices through which behaviour constructed as deviant is handled institutionally. From a diagnosis-critical perspective, determinations of support needs are not conceptualised as procedures presented as technical and value-neutral but as institutional processes through which implicit school ability norms are made explicit, condensed, and legitimised (Brodesser et al., 2025). Assessment procedures and the resulting reports function as instances of normalisation that translate situational observations of deviant behaviour into formalised attributions and are also the subject of current debates at the level of education policy (OECD, 2024). Theoretically, the paper is situated within an ableism-critical, power-analytical perspective on ability norms. Ableism is conceptualised as a social relation of power that establishes particular emotional, social, and self-regulatory capacities as normative preconditions for participation in schooling, and frames behaviour deviating from these expectations as an individual deficit (Hehir, 2002; Campbell, 2009; Parekh, 2024). From an ableism-critical perspective, behavioural ability norms in elementary school function as implicit orders that establish certain forms of self-regulation, emotionality, and social behaviour as prerequisites for school participation (Parekh, 2024). Deviations from these norms are constructed as individual deficits, thereby socially and institutionally anchoring normality and deviance in everyday school life and potentially leading students into deviant educational and support careers based on such attributions (Holt, 2003; Poed & Fox, 2023). Particularly within the special educational needs domain of emotional and social development, these normativities are especially consequential (Buchner, 2022) and are approached as institutional processes of categorisation and selection: norms are set, their (presumed) non-compliance is documented, and organisational responses to this are analysed as labelling steps within trajectories that can be described as deviant careers (Cicourel & Kitsuse, 2012; Bernburg, 2019). Building on this framework, our study examines how student case files compiled for SEN assessments in emotional and social development articulate behaviour-related ability expectations and construct deviance. It further examines how these files translate interactional interpretations into institutional attributions and, in doing so, (re-)produce normative boundaries of ability, normality, and deviance. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical basis of the study consists of case files of 40 primary school pupils from one German school district. The sample was drawn from a larger district-wide corpus of case files (N=121) from 2023 and 2024 that resulted in referrals to special schools across various SEN domains. For the present study, we only included files compiled for the assessment of special educational needs related to social-emotional and behavioural needs. The analysis focuses in particular on pedagogical assessment reports as well as support plans as key components of the files, in which behaviour-related (in)abilities are articulated as ability norms and used to mark normality and deviance. All documents were pseudonymised prior to analysis and handled in accordance with applicable data protection regulations. The material is analysed using Kuckartz and Rädiker’s (2024) qualitative content analysis with content-structuring procedures. The unit of analysis was the individual student case file. Using inductive, content-structuring coding, we analysed all segments in pedagogical assessment reports and support plans that addressed behaviour-related (in)abilities. The coding by multiple researchers was coordinated using an iteratively developed codebook and regular calibration meetings, with the coding process itself being critically reflected from an ableism-critical perspective to interrogate the construction of normative conceptions of ability. In a first step, we map the range of behaviour-related ability norms and identify the forms of deviation that are marked as relevant for determining support needs. In a second step, we discuss the resulting categories by analysing how the student case files (re-)produce notions of ability, normality, and deviation, thereby making ableism institutionally effective, for example through the attribution of individual deficits and the potential channelling of students into deviance-constructed educational and support trajectories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Across the 40 case files, behaviour-related ability expectations reach well beyond the classroom. Pedagogical assessment reports and support plans evaluate pupils against norms of “appropriate” school conduct (e.g. self-regulation, rule-following, cooperation), but also draw on expectations concerning out-of-school social behaviour and family-related contexts that are treated as relevant for educational participation. From an ableism-critical perspective, this is problematic because these norms mark individual differences as “deficits” without sufficiently accounting for the structural conditions that shape these behaviours. At the same time, the documentation shows no stable organisational logic for which domains of behaviour-related ability norms are applied across cases. Rather than being applied uniformly, these norms are selectively activated to argue a particular problem framing. Viewed through an ableism-critical lens, it becomes clear how institutional practices privilege certain bodily and behavioural norms while pathologising others. Behaviour-related ability norms therefore appear less as general expectations for all children than as case-specific resources for producing a persuasive file narrative in support of a support-needs determination. Ambivalences, deliberations, and contradictory perspectives largely disappear. Competing interpretations are mentioned, they are quickly resolved in favour of a dominant case construction, and observations are condensed into stable attributions that become institutionally usable. A further pattern is decontextualisation and individualisation. Descriptions of deviance are predominantly framed as a pupil’s property; situational conditions, classroom dynamics, and interactional processes are rarely discussed as constitutive contexts. Instead, deviance is documented as a child-centred deficit, detached from relational or structural circumstances. An ableism-critical perspective reveals that this practice reproduces normative ideas of “capable” behaviour and institutionally categorises students who do not meet these norms. In a European context marked by inclusive policy commitments, these findings highlight how SEN documentation can operate as a gatekeeping mechanism that structures participation by rendering implicit behaviour-related ability norms institutionally decision-relevant in student case files. References Bernburg, J. G. (2019). Labeling theory. In M. D. Krohn, N. Hendrix, G. P. Hall, & A. J. Lizotte (Eds.), Handbook on crime and deviance (pp. 179–196). Springer. Brodesser, E., Bengel, A., & Rettschlag, M. (2025). Provision of special educational support in Germany: Perspectives of educational administrators as gatekeepers. Alter: European Journal of Disability Research, 19(4), 53–69. Buchner, T. (2022). Ableismkritische Professionalisierung als Beitrag für Transformationsprozesse. In O. König (Ed.), Zielperspektive inklusiver Bildung: Inklusion und Transformation in Organisationen (pp. 65–76). Julius Klinkhardt. Bühler-Niederberger, D., Dittmann, L., & Schuchart, C. (2025). “Being nice” as modus vivendi in classrooms: A collective behaviour approach to deviant behaviour in primary schools. Symbolic Interaction. Campbell, F. K. (2009). Contours of ableism: The production of disability and abledness. Palgrave Macmillan. Cicourel, A. V., & Kitsuse, J. I. (2012). Die soziale Organisation der Schule und abweichende jugendliche Karrieren. In U. Bauer, U. H. Bittlingmayer, & A. Scherr (Eds.), Handbuch Bildungs- und Erziehungssoziologie (pp. 137–149). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Dittmann, L., Schimke, B., Schuchart, C., & Bühler-Niederberger, D. (2025). Pupils’ knowledge of rules and its influence on rule-breaking behaviour in the classroom: A mixed methods study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 159, Article 105000. Doyle, W. (2006). Ecological approaches to classroom management. In C. M. Evertson & C. S. Weinstein (Eds.), Handbook of classroom management: Research, practice, and contemporary issues (pp. 97–125). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hehir, T. (2002). Eliminating ableism in education. Harvard Educational Review, 72(1), 1–32. Holt, J. (2003). Childhood disability and ability: (Dis)ableist geographies of mainstream primary schools. Disability Studies Quarterly. Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6., überarb. u. erw. Aufl.). Beltz Juventa. MacLure, M., Jones, L., Holmes, R., & MacRae, C. (2012). Becoming a problem: Behaviour and reputation in the early years classroom. British Educational Research Journal, 38(3), 447–471. Mehan, H. (2014). Learning lessons: Social organization in the classroom. Harvard University Press. Parekh, G. (2024). Ableism in Education: Rethinking School Practices and Policies. Routledge. Poed, S., & Fox, R. A. (2023). Identifying and removing ableism from Tier 1 school-wide positive behaviour support practices. International Journal of Developmental Disabilities, 69(1): 83–94. OECD. (2024). Education policy outlook 2024: Reshaping teaching into a thriving profession from ABCs to AI. OECD Publishing. UNESCO. (2020). Global education monitoring report 2020: Inclusion and education: All means all. UNESCO. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 05 SES 12 A: School Leaving and Drop-out Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Valeria Cotza Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Observing Classroom Dynamics for Equity. Dropout Prevention in Complex and Multilingual School Contexts University of Milano-Bicocca, Italy Presenting Author:This proposal presents research that is part of the PRIN (Projects of Significant National Interest) project entitled "Educational poverty, cultural disadvantage, and social inclusion inside and outside school. Teacher professional development and research-training in the post-Covid era" (2024-2026), focused on preventing school dropout and combating educational poverty and academic failure in disadvantaged urban areas involving teachers (Agrusti, Vannini, & Asquini, 2024). The research, which involved the use of different research tools (both quantitative and qualitative), was conducted in five Italian urban contexts. This contribution focuses on the case of Milan, where the study involved a Grade 7 class at a lower secondary school in San Siro (a highly problematic district with a high concentration of disadvantaged people with migrant backgrounds). The class consisted of 14 students, all with migrant backgrounds, characterised by pervasive socio-emotional and behavioural difficulties (SEBD - Social, Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties: Zweers et al., 2021), significant linguistic vulnerability in Italian as a second language (L2), fragile self-regulation skills, high instructional and relational complexity, and low academic achievement. This study adopts a conception of teaching practice as a situated, interactive, and multidimensional professional activity (Altet, 2017). Teaching is understood not as the application of predefined techniques, but as a continuous and recursive process of situated decision-making shaped by school ecology, institutional constraints, and interactional dynamics. According to the ecological approach and the socio-constructivist framework (Bronfenbrenner, 2005; Vygotsky, 1978), the classroom is a complex microsystem which should be conceived as a dynamic process of constructing learning conditions, taking into account individual, relational, and contextual variables. If learning is a socially mediated process that takes place within shared practices and through cultural mediators, an equitable classroom is one that intentionally adapts its teaching practices to compensate for structural inequalities and different starting conditions, recognizing that formally equal treatment can produce profoundly unfair outcomes (OECD, 2018). An equitable classroom should create accessible learning environments in which all students can participate meaningfully in the process of knowledge construction, receiving differentiated forms of support (scaffolding) that are sensitive to their cognitive, linguistic, and cultural needs (Hammond & Gibbons, 2005). Within this framework, the aim here is to reflect on the conditions and relational dynamics that promote equity within the classroom, focusing on how youth who are at risk of dropping out of school respond to certain variables related to the context and educational and teaching methods. To this end, the results of the observations conducted in the classroom by the researchers will be presented. The observation system adopted a naturalistic approach (Lincoln & Guba, 1985) and was based on narrative and descriptive notes organized around descriptors and analytical focuses. The guiding questions for these observations were inspired by Altet’s multidimensional model of teaching practices aligned with the OPERA framework (Altet, Paré Kaboré, & Sall, 2015) and by the ICF - International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (WHO, 2001). In line with international literature (Bell et al., 2014; Cohen & Goldhaber, 2016), the system is designed to balance analytical structure with ecological validity, across three interrelated domains in particular: (1) Relational and socio-emotional domain, focusing on classroom climate, teacher-student relationships, peer interactions, and responses to disruptive or avoidant behaviours; (2) Pedagogical-organizational domain, addressing instructional formats, classroom management, task structure, time, and student engagement; (3) Didactic-epistemic domain, examining language demands, cognitive processes, and access to knowledge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During the first year (school year 2023/2024), each research unit carried out a case study in lower secondary schools (Bologna, Milan, Palermo, Perugia, and Rome), using a convergent mixed-method approach (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2006), to explore indicators of socio-cultural disadvantage and risk/protective factors for the 11-14 age group (at both the micro-systemic and meso-systemic levels). These 5 case studies were preparatory to professional development research pathways conducted with teachers in Grade 7 classes of the schools involved (s.y. 2024/2025), with the aim of promoting innovation in teaching and learning practices to improve the school climate and the processes of support, involvement, and motivation of students at risk. This contribution presents part of the research carried out in Milan, at San Siro, a highly problematic district with a high concentration of people with immigrant backgrounds, suffering from educational poverty and socio-economic and cultural disadvantage (Grassi, 2022). Specifically, the research was conducted during the 2024/2025 s.y. in a Grade 7 class at the Negri lower secondary school, Calasanzio Comprehensive Institute. The class, consisting of 14 students, was chosen for research by the University of Milano-Bicocca in light of the results achieved in the previous year (Fredella, Cotza, & Agrusti, 2025). These results showed a class characterized by students with SEBD, several fragilities related to Italian as a second language, and low levels of academic achievement. The students, all from families with a migrant background, had low levels of socio-cultural capital. A total of 23 non-participant classroom observations were conducted between October 2024 and May 2025, each lasting an average of 4 hours. These observations focused on the following areas: problem behaviors and teachers’ responses; peer interactions; Italian L2 skills; cognitive and attentional functions; management of independent work and academic motivation; relationships with adults and climate; functioning according to different types of lessons; coordination between adults; and the structure of lessons and teaching methods in relation to classroom management, engagement and containing/channeling problem behaviors. Data analysis followed a reflective thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2021) aimed at identifying recurring patterns, critical incidents, and variations between different educational formats and over time. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings highlight the deeply situated nature of teaching practices and the strong interdependence between instructional design, class management, and language demands. Interactive and student-centred approaches did not automatically foster engagement: when activities were weakly structured, poorly scaffolded, or linguistically demanding, they often intensified disruptive behaviours, avoidance strategies, and off-task conduct, particularly among students with SEBD and limited L2 proficiency. Conversely, very structured interactive lessons – characterised by explicit routines, clear micro-objectives, predictable activity cycles, visual and linguistic supports, and immediate feedback – were associated with good levels of engagement, improved attention, and a reduction in disruptive behaviours. Classroom observation revealed that students frequently demonstrated cognitive competence when tasks were adequately scaffolded, supporting international findings on the importance of instructional clarity and scaffolding in complex classrooms (Rosenshine, 2012). Across observations, persistent challenges emerged and a crucial finding concerns adult coordination, such as inconsistent coordination among teachers and educators, difficulties in differentiating tasks and timeframes according to students’ diverse needs, and ambiguity in adult roles. Micro-collapses of activities were frequent when communicative coherence weakened or when interactive approaches were not sufficiently structured. In line with research on instructional coherence (Newmann et al., 2001), the presence of multiple professional figures did not automatically enhance instructional effectiveness. In fact, in the absence of shared planning and coherent communicative practices, adult density sometimes generated confusion, weakened classroom regulation, and diluted instructional responsibility. Rather than prescribing solutions, observation fostered reflective dialogue, feedback loops, and iterative instructional redesign. The study contributes to the international literature on observation by understanding the dynamics that are triggered within the classroom and how these relationships contribute or do not contribute to a climate that is perceived as equal in complex, multilingual, and socially vulnerable settings. References Agrusti, G., Vannini, I., & Asquini, G. (2024). Povertà educativa, svantaggio culturale e inclusione sociale dentro e fuori la scuola. Sviluppo professionale degli insegnanti e Ricerca-Formazione nell’era post-Covid. Cadmo, 1, 7-23. Altet, M. (2017). Les pratiques enseignantes: Une approche plurielle. De Boeck Supérieur. Altet, M., Paré Kaboré, A., & Sall, H.N. (2015). OPERA - Observation des pratiques enseignantes dans leur rapport avec les apprentissages des élèves. Recherche menée dans 45 écoles du Burkina Faso (2013-2014). Agence universitaire de la Francophonie (AUF). Bell, C.A., Gitomer, D.H., McCaffrey, D.F., Hamre, B.K., & Pianta, R.C. (2014). An argument approach to observation protocol validity. Educational Assessment, 19(2), 62-87. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Bronfenbrenner, U. (2005). Making human beings human. Bioecological perspectives on human development. Sage. Cohen, D.K., & Goldhaber, D. (2016). Building a more complete understanding of teacher evaluation using classroom observations. Educational Researcher, 45(6), 378-387. Creswell, J.W., & Plano Clark, V.L. (2006). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Sage. Fredella, C., Cotza, V., & Agrusti, G. (2025). Le rappresentazioni degli insegnanti sulla dispersione scolastica. Risultati di un’analisi qualitativa. Form@are, 25(2), 265-284. Grassi, P. (2022). Barrio San Siro. Interpretare la violenza a Milano. FrancoAngeli. Hammond, J., & Gibbons, P. (2005). Putting scaffolding to work. Prospect, 20(1), 6-30. Lincoln, Y.S., & Guba, E.G. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Sage. OECD (2018). Equity in education. OECD Publishing. Newmann, F.M., Smith, B., Allensworth, E., & Bryk, A.S. (2001). Instructional program coherence. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 23(4), 297-321. Rosenshine, B. (2012). Principles of instruction. American Educator, 36(1), 12-19. Vygotsky, L.S. (1978). Mind in society. Harvard University Press. WHO (2001). International classification of functioning, disability and health (ICF). Zweers, I., van de Schoot, R.A.G.J., Tick, N.T., Depaoli, S., Clifton, J.P., Orobio de Castro, B., & Bijstra, J.O. (2021). Social-emotional development of students with social-emotional and behavioral difficulties in inclusive regular and special education. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 45(1), 59-68. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Diversity of Adolescents at Risk of Early School Leaving: Group Specific Risk and Protective Factors University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:Early school leaving is of concern across nations. In Europe as well as in the other OECD countries, upper secondary education is regarded as the minimal level of necessary educational attainment. Still many young people leave school. Although the situation has been improving, in 2024, on average 9.3% of those aged 18-24 in the EU left education with only lower secondary education or less (Eurostat, n.d.). In modern knowledge-based societies, with mass education and increasing reliance on highly skilled labour, early school leavers face more disadvantage than ever before. Findings indicate that early leavers are at risk of being exposed to negative economic and psychosocial consequences, such as poorer prospects in the labour market, unemployment, less participation in further education and civic life (e.g. European Commission, 2018; Nilsen & Holm Reiso, 2014; Nordic Social Statistical Committee, 2011; Rumberger, 2011). Given the well-documented negative consequences of early school leaving, it is a social justice issue to develop evidence based preventive strategies and thereby promoting educational equality. Students who drop out of school form a large and diverse group and leave for a variety of reasons. Early school leaving is a complex process of interactions between the characteristics of the student and the social context in the family, the school and the community, a process which often starts at an early age (Blöndal & Adalbjarnardottir, 2014; Entwisle et al., 2005; Rumberger, 2011). Although it has been established that early school leavers form a heterogenic group (Blöndal & Hafþórsson, 2018; Etzion & Romi, 2015), research is still wanting in addressing the diversity of the group as foundation for enhanced and targeted preventive measures (Blöndal & Adalbjarnardottir, 2012; Gal, 2022; Fortin et al., 2006; Janosz et al., 2000) The aim of our research is to address this wanting building on extensive quantitative longitudinal study: First, by identifying different subgroups of adolescents at risk of dropping out of upper secondary school. The typology is based on significant factors during adolescence (age 15, end of compulsory school) that predict early school leaving. These are behavioural, emotional and cognitive engagement - the three main dimensions of student engagement (Fredricks et al., 2004) - academic self-concept and sense of purpose, as well as academic achievement which is the single strongest predictor of school dropout (Blöndal & Adalbjarnardottir, 2014; Rumberger, 2011). Second, by employing a longitudinal approach to assess how the identified subgroups react differently to known important risk and protective factors for dropping out. The focus is on family and school factors as well as students’ future prospects, both at age 15 and age 19. The objective is to enhance comprehensive understanding of this internationally recognized problem and thereby promoting more effective preventive and interventive strategies that address the different needs and strengths of students at risk of leaving school early.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants This study is the Icelandic part of an international, collaborative research project (International Study of City Youth, ISCY) and is an ongoing, longitudinal study (Blöndal, et al., 2019). The sample at baseline was the population of students attending last year of compulsory education (age 15, 10th grade) in 44 public schools in the Reykjavík area in 2014. A total of 1956 students (52.5% female) participated at baseline (response rate 81% of the cohort). Two third of the students participated in a follow up survey four years later, age 19. Procedure The educational authorities in the Reykjavík area, as well as the Icelandic Data Protection Commission (Notification number S7011), granted permission for the study. Letters describing the study were sent to the schools’ administration and to the adolescents and their parents. Parents active consent of their children’s participation was sought. A self-report questionnaire was administered online during school hours. The adolescents were informed that they could refuse or discontinue participation at any time and were assured that their answers were strictly confidential. In 2018, a second data collection was conducted when the adolescents were at age 19 both among those in upper secondary school and those who had left school. In addition to the survey data, information was obtained on students’ performance in standardized national test in 10th grade from the Directorate of Education and Statistic Iceland provided information on students’ progress through upper secondary education. The research is supported by a grant no. 184730 from the Icelandic Research Fund. Measures and analysis We conducted cluster analysis in two steps. First, we conducted hierarchical analysis using Ward’s method. Second, we used K-means cluster analysis to refine the four-cluster solution. We based the clustering on seven indicators collected at the end of compulsory school (age 15), four for student engagement (negative school behavior, academic investment, school bonding, social engagement), sense of purpose of learning, academic self-concept, and academic achievement (average marks on standardized tests in Icelandic and mathematics at age 15). Furthermore, we used measures on student background (SES, parental education), parenting practices, school characteristics and future prospects, both at age 15 and age 19 to explore group specific risk and protective factors. Bi- and multivariate analysis were conducted, among them univariate analysis of variance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our preliminary findings confirm that adolescents who are at risk of early school leaving are a heterogeneous group. We identified four distinct at risk subgroups based on engagement, sense of purpose of learning, academic self-concept and academic achievement at the end of compulsory school, age 15. All these factors predict school leaving, but not in the same way for different groups. Similar subgroup-specific patterns were observed for other established predictors, including student background, parenting practices, school characteristics and future prospects - both based on students answers at the end of compulsory school and at age 19. These results highlight the complexity of the dropout phenomenon and underscore the need for differentiated prevention and intervention strategies. The findings suggest that the characteristics of the different groups call for not only different types, but also different levels, of support. Furthermore, the results of the strengths and weaknesses of students surrounding at home and at school at different age and school levels gives insight into how coordinated efforts across these systems are essential to support students at risk. References Blöndal, K. S., & Adalbjarnardottir. S. (2012). Student disengagement in relation to expected and unexpected educational pathways. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 56, 85–100. Blöndal, K. S., & Adalbjarnardottir, S. (2014). Parenting in relation to school dropout through student engagement: A longitudinal study. Journal of Marriage and family, 76, 778–795. Blöndal, K. S., & Hafþórsson, A. (2018). Margbreytileiki brotthvarfsnemenda [Diversity of school dropouts. A typological approach]. Netla – Online Journal on Pedagogy and Education. Blöndal, K.S., Jónasson, J.T., & Hafþórsson, A. (2019). Student disengagement in inclusive Icelandic education: A question of school effect in Reykjavík. In Demanet, J. & Van Houtte, M. (Eds.) Resisting education: A cross-national study on systems and school effects (pp. 117–133). Springer. Gal, P. (2022) Typologies of early school Leavers from secondary education: A review study. Studia Paedagogica, 27, 141–161. Entwisle, D. R., Alexander, K. L., & Olsen, L. S. (2005). First grade and educational attainment by age 22: A new story. The American Journal of Sociology, 110(5), 1458-1502. Etzion, D., & Romi, S. (2015). Typology of youth at risk. Children and Youth Services Review, 59, 184–195. European Commission. (2018). Situation of young people in the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/b6985c0c-743f-11e8-9483-01aa75ed71a1 Eurostat. (n.d.). Early leavers from education and training. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Early_leavers_from_education_and_training Fortin, L., Marcotte, D., Potvin, P., Roeyr, É., & Joly, J. (2006). Typology of students at risk of dropping out of school: Description by personal, family and school factors. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 21(4), 363–383. Fredricks, J. A., Blumenfeld, P. C., & Paris, A. H. (2004). School engagement: Potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Review of Educational Research, 74, 59–109. Janosz, M., Le Blanc, M., Boulerice, B., & Tremblay, R. E. (2000). Predicting different types of school dropouts: A typological approach with two longitudinal samples. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92(1), 171–190. Nilsen, Ö. A. & Holm Reiso, K. (2014). Scarring effects of early-career unemployment. Nordic Economic Policy Review, 1, 13-45 Nordic Social Statistical Committee. (2011). Youth unemployment in the Nordic countries: A study on the rights and measures for young jobseekers. Author. Rumberger, R.W. (2011). Dropping out. Why students drop out of high school and what can be done about it. Harvard University Press. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Factors Related to School Absenteeism: Evidence from Portugal University of Minho, Portugal Presenting Author:Abstract (600 words) The SOS-Attendance Observatory is a reference center established under the co-financed Erasmus+ project [REF. 2022-1-ES01-KA220-SCH-000088733], involving Spain (project coordinator), Portugal, Italy, and Turkey, aimed at analysing, investigating, and promoting practices to combat school absenteeism and early school leaving. The Observatory serves as a scientific hub for the systematic collection, analysis, and dissemination of data on school attendance, providing methodological and analytical support for research, policy formulation, and the sharing of good practices. Its primary objective is to examine recent advances in research on school attendance, identify the underlying causes and consequences of absenteeism, and guide the development of evidence-based interventions and educational policies that prevent early school leaving. School absenteeism is a multifaceted and complex phenomenon, encompassing late arrivals, partial absences, single-day absences, and prolonged non-attendance over weeks or months. Empirical research has consistently shown that absenteeism can have short- and medium-term consequences on academic performance, school retention, social integration, future employment opportunities, and mental health outcomes (Brandibas, et al., 2004; Kearney & Bates, 2005; Kearney, 2008; Thambirajah et al., 2008). Moreover, recurrent absenteeism may create a self-perpetuating cycle, which is often difficult to reverse if early warning signs are not detected and addressed (Reid, 2005). These findings underscore the critical importance of early identification and timely intervention, which can mitigate the potential social, academic, and psychological consequences associated with prolonged absenteeism (Kearney, 2001; Lyon & Cotler, 2007). Research distinguishes between legitimate and illegitimate reasons for school absence. Approximately 80% of absences are considered legitimate or authorised, typically related to illness or family circumstances (Kearney, 2008; Kearney & Silverman, 1999; Thambirajah et al., 2008; Havik et al., 2015). Among legitimate reasons, subjective or psychosomatic complaints are frequently reported, including headaches, dizziness, muscular pain, and gastrointestinal symptoms, which tend to increase during adolescence (Perquin et al., 2000; Roth-Isigkeit et al., 2004; Simonsson et al., 2008). In contrast, illegitimate absences, often associated with school refusal, arise when students experience anxiety, social discomfort, or difficulties remaining at school for the entire day (Kearney, 2008; Kearney & Albano, 2004; Kearney & Silverman, 1999). Criteria for identifying problematic absenteeism include missing more than 25% of school time over two weeks, experiencing serious difficulties attending school for at least two weeks, or accumulating more than 10 days (or 15%) of absences during a 15-week period in the school year (Kearney, 2008; Kearney & Silverman, 1999). Within the broader Erasmus+ project, six validated assessment scales from international authors were administered via a student questionnaire to 1,831 students in Portuguese schools to investigate the factors influencing absenteeism. These instruments included the Havik et al. ARNS scale (Assessing Reasons for School Non-Attendance, 2015), which evaluates absenteeism across multiple dimensions, including somatic symptoms, subjective health complaints, truancy, and school refusal. Other scales measured perceived competence, school refusal, teamwork, sense of belonging, and overall school functioning. The main findings indicate that absenteeism was largely occasional and predominantly associated with health-related factors, while other emotional, social, and contextual factors played a smaller role. Although the overall level of absenteeism was low, a notable minority of students still experienced extended or recurrent absences, highlighting the importance of paying attention to at-risk groups. Overall, the study emphasises the relevance of understanding both health-related and psychosocial contributors to school absenteeism, providing essential guidance for early identification of students at risk and the development of preventive interventions. These results underscore the need for coordinated strategies involving students, families, and schools, while promoting the dissemination of effective practices to reduce absenteeism and enhance educational inclusion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The present study is part of a broader research project aimed at understanding school attendance problems through a mixed-methods design, combining quantitative and qualitative approaches in order to obtain a comprehensive and contextualised analysis. The quantitative component consisted of the administration of a student questionnaire comprising six validated scales that assess multiple individual, relational, and school-related factors associated with school attendance. These instruments included: (1) the Assessment of Reasons for School Absenteeism (Havik et al., 2015); (2) What Is Happening at School? (Aldridge & Ala’l, 2013); (3) the Perception of Competence in Life Domains Scale (Losier et al., 1993); (4) the School Refusal Evaluation Scale (Gallé-Tessonneau & Gana, 2019); (5) the Teamwork Scale for Youth (Lower-Hoppe et al., 2015); and (6) the General Belongingness Scale (Malone et al., 2012). Formal authorisation to use all instruments in the Portuguese context was obtained from the original authors. In Portugal, the questionnaire was administered online and face-to-face between May and June 2025 to a total of 1,831 students from two public school clusters in Northern Portugal. Participants were aged between 6 and 19 years, with a balanced gender distribution (51.0% girls and 49.0% boys). Students were enrolled across all levels of compulsory education, from the 1st cycle of basic education to secondary education, and the majority reported Portuguese nationality. The qualitative component involved 18 focus groups (n = 138) conducted with key educational stakeholders: teachers (8 focus groups; n = 82) and parents/guardians (10 focus groups; n = 56). Focus groups were carried out online (via Zoom) and in person in May 2025 and addressed central topics related to school attendance, including perceived attendance problems, strategies and forms of intervention, support needs, and training needs. Ethical approval for the study was granted by the Ethics Committee for Research in Social and Human Sciences (ref. 092/2025), and authorisation to conduct the research in schools was obtained from the Portuguese Ministry of Education / Directorate-General for Education (no. 0803500002). Although the overall project integrates quantitative data from six scales and qualitative data from focus groups, the present communication reports exclusively on the quantitative findings derived from the student questionnaire, with a specific focus on the Norwegian scale assessing reasons for school absenteeism developed by Havik et al. (2015). Results from the remaining instruments and from the qualitative component are not addressed in this communication. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of this study indicate that school absenteeism was generally limited, with the majority of students reporting either no absences (43.2%) or short periods of absenteeism of 1–4 days (43.8%) during the previous 3 months. Together, these findings suggest that, for most students, school attendance was relatively regular and absences were largely occasional rather than persistent. However, it is important to emphasise that a non-negligible minority of students experienced more extended absenteeism. Specifically, 7.1% of students reported missing school for 5–7 days, 2.7% for 8–10 days, and 3.1% for more than 10 days. Although these percentages are comparatively low, they represent a group of students potentially at higher risk for developing chronic absenteeism. Across the sample, absenteeism was predominantly explained by health-related complaints, reported far more frequently than other reasons. The most cited health problems included fever (25.2%), headaches (23.4%), constipation or flu-like symptoms (23.3%), and general malaise (20.8%). Gastrointestinal complaints were also frequent, with 14.2% reporting nausea or vomiting and 11.5% reporting stomach pain, while other illnesses accounted for 10.8% of absences. These findings suggest that physical health issues are the primary driver of school absenteeism. In contrast, non-health-related reasons were reported by a much smaller proportion of students: tiredness (6.0%), participation in more attractive activities outside school (2.9%), fear related to school (2.0%), and avoidance of unpleasant situations (1.4%). Although these percentages are relatively low, they may reflect underlying psychosocial or motivational difficulties that, if unaddressed, could contribute to more severe attendance problems over time. Taken together, these results highlight that while school absenteeism is mostly occasional and health-related, the presence of students with prolonged absences and non-health-related difficulties should not be underestimated. As previous research suggests, absenteeism can become a persistent and self-reinforcing cycle if early signs are not identified (Reid, 2005). References Brandibas, G., Jeunier, B., Clanet, C., & Fourasté, R. (2004). Truancy, School Refusal and Anxiety. School Psychology International, 25(1), 117–126. https://doi.org/10.1177/0143034304036299 Havik, T., Bru, E., & Ertesvåg, S. K. (2015). School factors associated with school refusal- and truancy-related reasons for school non-attendance. Social Psychology of Education: An International Journal, 18(2), 221–240. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-015-9293-y Kearney, C. A. (2001). School Refusal Behavior in Youth: A Functional Approach to Assessment and Treatment. American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/10426-000 Kearney, C. A. (2008). School absenteeism and school refusal behavior in youth: A contemporary review. In Clinical Psychology Review (Vol. 28, Issue 3, pp. 451–471). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpr.2007.07.012 Kearney, C. A. & Albano, A. M. (2004). The Functional Profiles of School Refusal Behavior: Diagnostic Aspects. Behavior Modification, 28(1), 147 161. DOI:10.1177/0145445503259263 Kearney, C. A., & Bates, M. (2005). Addressing School Refusal Behavior: Suggestions for Frontline Professionals. Children & Schools, 27(4), 207–216. https://doi.org/10.1093/cs/27.4.207 Kearney, C. A., & Silverman, W. K. (1999). Functionally based prescriptive and nonprescriptive treatment for children and adolescents with school refusal behavior. Behavior Therapy, 30(4), 673–695. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0005-7894(99)80032-X Lyon, A. R., & Cotler, S. (2007). Toward reduced bias and increased utility in the assessment of school refusal behavior: The case for diverse samples and evaluations of context. Psychology in the Schools, 44(6), 551–565. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.20247 Perquin, C. W., Hazebroek Kampschreur, A. A., Hunfeld, J. A. M., Bohnen, A. M., van Suijlekom Smit, L. W. A., Passchier, J., & van der Wouden, J. C. (2000). Pain in children and adolescents: A common experience. Pain, 87(1), 51–58 Reid, K. (2005). The Implications of Every Child Matters and the Children Act for Schools. Pastoral Care in Education, 23(1), 12–18. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/j.0264-3944.2005.00317.x Roth Isigkeit, A., Thyen, U., Raspe, H. H., Stöven, H., & Schmucker, P. (2004). Reports of pain among German children and adolescents: An epidemiological study. Acta Paediatrica, 93(2), 258–263 Simonsson, B., Nilsson, K. W., Leppert, J., & Diwan, V. K. (2008). Psychosomatic complaints and sense of coherence among adolescents in a county in Sweden: A cross-sectional school survey. BioPsychoSocial Medicine, 2, Article 4. https://doi.org/10.1186/1751-0759-2-4 Thambirajah, M. S., Grandison, K. J., & De Hayes, L. (2008). Understanding School Refusal: A Handbook for Professionals in Education, Health and Social Care. Jessica Kingsley Publish |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 06 SES 12 A: Pre-Service Teachers and AI/Media Critique Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Jasmin Bastian Paper Session |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Dealing with AI-Images: Analytical Media Critique of Pre-Service Teachers Justus-Liebig-Universität Gießen, Germany Presenting Author:Visual outputs of generative Artificial Intelligence (AI), including AI-Images, have become an integral part of everyday media practices. Following the viral Pope AI-Image in February 2023 (Vilentchik, 2023), such images have proliferated on social media, for instance through entertaining trends like “italian brain rot” in 2025 (Gupta, 2025). While often used for entertainment, AI-Images also go hand in hand with significant risks, as they can be employed to manipulate, misinform and discredit individuals or groups (Bray et al., 2023). This becomes particularly evident in the case of deepfakes, which refer to “photorealistic images [...] that have been algorithmically generated or manipulated” (Jacobsen & Simpson, 2024, p. 1) and which can further intensify the spread of fake news (ibid.). Existing research indicates that recipients often struggle to reliably distinguish AI-Images from photographs (e.g. Bozkir et al., 2025), thereby amplifying the challenges AI-generated imaginary pose to information credibility. With the continuous advancement of technology, AI-Images are becoming increasingly sophisticated and harder to identify (Künne, 2024). Accordingly, media literacy that goes beyond simple recognition of AI-Images is essential for a responsible engagement with social media. Young people are more likely to be exposed to AI-Images in their everyday media practices: In Germany, they spend an average of 231 minutes per day online, with social networks such as Instagram and TikTok among the most frequently used platforms (mpfs, 2025). As images are a central component of social media platforms, it can be assumed that adolescents come (unnoticed) into contact with them. In this context, teachers bear a special responsibility, as they are expected to foster media literacy in schools and raise students’ awareness of responsible and critical media use (KMK, 2016). Therefore, this study seeks to examine the extent to which Pre-Service Teachers exhibit media literacy in the context of AI-Images, enabling them to impart it in their future professional practice. This target group is particularly relevant, as they occupy a dual role as both active media users and future educators. Media critique “involve[s] a comprehensive examination of (mass) media in their complex societal entanglements. In this sense, critical recipients […] are not only able to question media. They can also reflect on their own relationship to a media offering and subject the media to evaluative judgement.” (Schmitt et al., 2020, p. 332). These various facets of media criticism are integrated into Baacke’s concept of media literacy (Medienkompetenz), which he structures into four dimensions: media knowledge, media use, media production and media critique (Baacke, 1996). Within the dimension of media critique, he further distinguishes three sub-dimensions: analytical, reflective and ethicaldimension (ibid.). In the analytical sub-dimension, “problematic societal processes […] are captured in an analytically appropriate manner” (Hugger, 2022, p. 22). In the reflective sub-dimension, „this knowledge […] is applied to oneself and one’s own actions” (ibid.). In the ethical sub-dimension “analytical thinking and reflective consideration are coordinated and defined in a socially responsible manner” (ibid.). The overarching question of the study, “How do Pre-Service Teachers act critically toward media in the context of AI-Images?”, is addressed through the research questions guided by Baacke’s concept of media critique: RQ1: To what extent do Pre-Service Teachers grasp AI-Images from an analytical perspective? (analytical sub-dimension) RQ2: How do Pre-Service Teachers evaluate different AI-Images ethically? (ethical sub-dimension) RQ3: To what extent do AI-Images affect Pre-Service teachers’ own media reception and practices? (reflective sub-dimension) Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research questions outlined above, an exploratory qualitative approach was chosen. In summer 2025, twelve focus groups with Pre-Service Teachers were conducted. The focus groups were thematically structured through three input tasks designed to stimulate discussion and elicit different dimensions of media critique. The first input included a pool of images containing both AI- and non-AI-Images, which participants were asked to sort accordingly. This task served as a warm-up activity and primarily addresses RQ1, focusing on strategies used to distinguish AI-Images from non-AI-Images and the participants’ knowledge of AI-Images. The second input comprised several social media posts featuring AI-Images. Participant were prompted by the moderator’s open-ended question “What do you think about these posts?”, which was intended to initiate discussion about AI-Images across different contexts and thereby address RQ2, particularly ethical evaluations. The third input presented headlines addressing image-based sexual abuse in the context of AI-Images. The guiding question, “How do such headlines make you feel?”, was designed to open a reflective level of discussion and to address RQ3, focusing on personal relevance and media-related reflection. One facet of RQ1, which concerns participants’ ideas and knowledge about AI-Images, is not solely examined in the first phase of the focus group, as relevant insights are expected to arise throughout the conversation. Although individual research questions are linked to specific input tasks, the narrative and interactive nature of the focus group setting allows for overlapping and cross-sectional analysis, meaning that multiple discussion phases may contribute to answering each research question. To analyze the transcript material, reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was employed as an interpretative approach “to identify patterns and meanings within the data” (Finlay, 2021, p. 103). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study aims to investigate the concept of media critique in the context of AI-Images empirically. Although media critique has been theoretically elaborated well, it has received limited empirical attention (Ernst & Seyferth-Zapf, 2024). This study seeks to address media critique on three levels: the analytic level including diverse strategies for recognizing AI-Images, such as visual cues, contextual analysis and source evaluation as well as knowledge about AI-Images; the ethical level, where participants are expected to articulate ethical considerations regarding AI-Images, such as manipulation and societal impact; and the reflective level, in which the analysis may highlight how AI-Images influence participants’ personal media engagement and critical awareness. Furthermore, the study aims to provide insights into which aspects of media critique Pre-Service Teacher already have and which aspects may still need to be developed. The study can thus serve as a starting point for pedagogical implications in teacher media education. The current status of the study is that it is still in the analysis phase. The presentation will focus primarily on RQ1, addressing the analytical level. References Baacke, D. (1996). Medienkompetenz - Begrifflichkeit un sozialer Wandel. In A. von Rein (Ed.), Theorie und Praxis der Erwachsenenbildung. Medienkompetenz als Schluesselbegriff. Klinkhardt. Bozkir, E., Riedmiller, C., Skodras, A. N., Kasneci, G., & Kasneci, E. (2025). Can You Tell Real from Fake Face Images? Perception of Computer-Generated Faces by Humans. ACM Transactions on Applied Perception, 22(2), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1145/3696667 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Bray, S. D., Johnson, S. D., & Kleinberg, B. (2023). Testing human ability to detect ‘deepfake’ images of human faces. Journal of Cybersecurity, 9(1), Article tyad011, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1093/cybsec/tyad011 Ernst, J., & Seyferth-Zapf, C. (2024). Die Medienkritikfähigkeit von Kindern und Jugendlichen erforschen. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift Für Theorie Und Praxis Der Medienbildung, 57, 47–74. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/57/2024.03.24.X Finlay, L. (2021). Thematic Analysis. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.24377/EJQRP.ARTICLE3062 (103-116 Pages / European Journal for Qualitative Research in Psychotherapy, Vol. 11 (2021)). Gupta, A. (2025). Brain Rot comes for Italy. https://www.nytimes.com/2025/04/30/style/italian-brain-rot-ballerina-cappuccina.html Hugger, K.‑U. (2022). Medienkompetenz. In K.-U. Hugger, U. Sander, & F. von Gross (Eds.), EBL-Schweitzer. Handbuch Medienpädagogik (Online-Ausg). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Jacobsen, B. N., & Simpson, J. (2024). The tensions of deepfakes. Information, Communication & Society, 27(6), 1095–1109. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2023.2234980 KMK. (2016). Bildung in der digitalen Welt: Strategie der Kultusministerkonferenz. Künne, C. (2024). FLUX.1: Neuer KI-Bildgenerator. https://www.docma.info/ki/flux1-neuer-ki-bildgenerator mpfs. (2025). JIM-Studie 2025: Jugend, Information, Medien. Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 12- bis 19-Jähriger. https://mpfs.de/app/uploads/2025/11/JIM_2025_PDF_barrierearm.pdf Schmitt, J. B., Ernst, J., & Rieger, D. (2020). "Fake News" und Propaganda - Wirkung und Prävention durch die Förderung von Medienkritikfähigkeit. In R. Hohlfeld, M. Harnischmacher, E. Heinke, L. Lehner, & M. Sengl (Eds.), Fake News und Desinformation: Herausforderungen für die vernetzte Gesellschaft und die empirische Forschung (1. Auflage, pp. 327–340). Nomos Verlagsgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG. Vilentchik, D. (2023). KI-Bild-Schöpfer erklärt: So kam es zum Papst-Fakefoto. https://www.berliner-zeitung.de/news/ki-bild-schoepfer-pablo-xavier-erklaert-so-kam-es-zum-papst-franziskus-fakefoto-li.332514 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Knowing and Acting with Digital Tools: Early Childhood Teachers’ Perspectives in the UK and China University of Sheffield, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper examines how early childhood teachers in two national contexts, the United Kingdom and China, understand, adopt, and negotiate digital practices in their everyday teaching. Digital technologies, platforms, and AI-enabled tools have become increasingly embedded in early learning environments, yet teachers’ perspectives on their usefulness, constraints, and pedagogical value remain under-examined. Early childhood education (ECE) is also positioned within shifting policy landscapes where expectations for digital competence, online safety, and data accountability are intensifying. In this context, the study asks: How do early childhood teachers in the UK and China perceive digital practices in their classrooms, and what contextual, cultural, and policy factors shape their adoption and use of digital tools? The paper has three aims: (1) to map teachers’ attitudes towards digital practices, including perceived usefulness, ease of use, and behavioural intentions; (2) to examine how teachers understand the place of digital technologies in play-based and early years pedagogical environments; and (3) to analyse how national and local ECE policies influence teachers’ professional decision-making and classroom practices. Through these aims, the study contributes to ongoing European debates on digital childhoods, teacher professionalism in changing sociotechnical environments, and the conditions under which educational knowledge is produced and enacted in early years settings. The study is informed by the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM), which is used to conceptualise teachers’ perceptions of usefulness, ease of use, attitude towards use, and intention to integrate digital tools. TAM constructs provide a lens for understanding why teachers choose to adopt or resist digital practices, especially in resource-unequal or culturally distinct environments. The work is further situated within sociocultural perspectives on digital learning environments, recognising that digital practice is shaped by institutional norms, policy frameworks, and culturally embedded values regarding childhood, learning, and technology. The research adopts a sequential mixed-methods design: Phase 1 consists of a cross-national online survey (n = 215) with early childhood teachers in the UK and China. The survey includes TAM-based Likert scales and open-ended questions. Quantitative analysis involved reliability testing, descriptive statistics, and regression modelling to examine relationships among constructs. Qualitative responses were coded thematically. Phase 2 comprises a Critical Policy Discourse Analysis (CPDA) drawing on national and local early childhood policy documents from England and China (2001-2025). Using a thematic coding framework, the analysis focuses on eight themes: digital competence, online safety, curriculum expectations, assessment/data practices, teacher professionalism, resource allocation, governance, and screen-time guidance. The CPDA provides macro-level insights into how digital practices are framed, legitimised, and regulated. Phase 3 consists of semi-structured interviews followed by walking interviews with early childhood teachers in Sheffield and Xi’an. The walking interviews, conducted in classroom environments after the main interview, elicit contextualised reflections on real digital practices, classroom decision-making, and pedagogical reasoning. Interview analysis will follow reflexive thematic analysis. This paper offers an original contribution by integrating mixed-methods data within a cross-national comparative design. It responds directly to the ECER 2026 theme by examining how teachers navigate the changing conditions of knowledge and action within digitally mediated learning environments. The international comparison highlights how broader sociocultural, political, and policy ecosystems shape the possibilities and limits of digital practice. The findings will be relevant to European researchers, policymakers, and practitioners seeking to understand digital transformation in early childhood education and its implications for teacher development, equity, and children’s digital experiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a sequential mixed-methods design to investigate early childhood teachers’ perceptions and enactments of digital practices in the UK and China. Mixed-methods is particularly suited to exploring complex sociotechnical phenomena where neither quantitative nor qualitative data alone can capture the interplay between teachers’ beliefs, policy environments, and everyday pedagogical decisions. Phase 1: Cross-national survey An online survey was distributed to early childhood teachers across the UK and China (n = 215). The survey included demographic items, five-point Likert-scale questions adapted from the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM), and open-ended questions. TAM constructs, perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, attitudes toward digital tools, and behavioural intention, were used to model teachers’ adoption of digital practices. Quantitative analysis included reliability testing (Cronbach’s α), descriptive statistics, independent-samples t-tests, and regression models to examine relationships between TAM variables. Open-ended responses were analysed using initial thematic coding. Phase 2: Critical Policy Discourse Analysis (CPDA) To contextualise teachers’ perspectives within national and local policy landscapes, a critical policy discourse analysis was conducted after document analysis. Policy documents from England (e.g., EYFS, DfE) and China (e.g., 3-6 Learning and Development Guidelines) published between 2001-2025. This analysis examined how policy narratives shape teachers’ expectations, conditions of practice, and conceptualisations of digital learning environments. Phase 3: Semi-structured interviews and walking interviews To explore how teachers interpret and enact digital practices within their classroom environments, semi-structured interviews were conducted with early childhood teachers in Sheffield and Xi’an. Interviews were immediately followed by walking interviews, enabling contextualised, situated reflections as teachers moved through their classroom spaces. Walking interviews are well suited for studies of digital practice because they foreground material arrangements, resources, and embodied professional reasoning. All interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim, and analysed using reflexive thematic analysis. Findings from all three phases will be integrated using convergence coding and joint displays to examine where quantitative patterns, policy discourses, and teachers’ lived experiences align or diverge. This integrated approach provides a richer understanding of how teachers navigate digital practices within contrasting socio-policy and cultural environments. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings from the survey and comparative policy analysis reveal notable contrasts and convergences in how early childhood teachers in the UK and China perceive and enact digital practices. Across both contexts, teachers generally expressed positive attitudes towards the use of digital tools in early learning, particularly for documentation, communication with families, and supporting children’s engagement. TAM-based analysis indicated that perceived usefulness was the strongest predictor of teachers’ intention to integrate digital technologies, while perceived ease of use showed significant variation between the two countries. UK teachers reported greater concerns about online safety, data protection, and unequal access to digital resources, whereas Chinese teachers highlighted institutional expectations, administrative requirements, and curriculum alignment as key influences on their digital practice. The policy analysis showed that England’s early years policies place strong emphasis on safeguarding, screen-time caution, and the need for practitioners to balance digital and non-digital learning experiences. In contrast, Chinese policy documents present digitalisation as integral to educational modernisation, emphasising teacher competence, smart classroom development, and national goals for digital transformation. These differing policy framings help explain cross-national patterns observed in teachers’ responses, suggesting that teachers’ digital practices are closely shaped by policy narratives and institutional priorities. The forthcoming qualitative analysis is expected to deepen these findings by illuminating how teachers negotiate tensions between pedagogy, policy demands, and material classroom realities. Walking interviews, in particular, are anticipated to reveal how digital tools are embedded, or sometimes marginalised, within daily routines, spatial arrangements, and teachers’ professional judgments. Overall, by integrating quantitative, qualitative, and policy data, the research provides a comparative evidence base to inform teacher development, digital policy design, and international discussions on equitable and meaningful digital practices in the early years. References Caena, F. (2014) “Teacher Competence Frameworks in Europe: policy-as-discourse and policy-as-practice,” European Journal of Education, 49(3), pp. 311–331. Creswell, J.W. (2018) Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Third edition., International student edition. Los Angeles: SAGE. Davis, F.D. (1989) “Perceived Usefulness, Perceived Ease of Use, and User Acceptance of Information Technology,” MIS Quarterly, 13(3), pp. 319–340. Available at: https://doi.org/10.2307/249008. Evans, J. and Jones, P. (2011) “The walking interview: Methodology, mobility and place,” Applied Geography, 31(2), pp. 849–858. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apgeog.2010.09.005. Greene, J.C. (2007) Mixed Methods in Social Inquiry. John Wiley & Sons. Greene, J.C., Caracelli, V.J. and Graham, W.F. (1989) “Toward a Conceptual Framework for Mixed-Method Evaluation Designs,” Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 11(3), pp. 255–274. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737011003255. Haynes-Brown, T.K. and Fetters, M.D. (2021) “Using Joint Display as an Analytic Process: An Illustration Using Bar Graphs Joint Displays From a Mixed Methods Study of How Beliefs Shape Secondary School Teachers’ Use of Technology,” International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 20, p. 1609406921993286. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406921993286. Hyatt, D. (2013) “The critical policy discourse analysis frame: helping doctoral students engage with the educational policy analysis,” Teaching in Higher Education, 18(8), pp. 833–845. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2013.795935. Ivankova, N.V., Creswell, J.W. and Stick, S.L. (2006) “Using Mixed-Methods Sequential Explanatory Design: From Theory to Practice,” Field Methods, 18(1), pp. 3–20. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/1525822X05282260. Johnson, B. and Turner, L.A. (2003) Data Collection Strategies in Mixed Methods Research. SAGE. Liamputtong, P. (2008) “Doing Research in a Cross-Cultural Context: Methodological and Ethical Challenges,” in P. Liamputtong (ed.) Doing Cross-Cultural Research: Ethical and Methodological Perspectives. Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands, pp. 3–20. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-8567-3_1. Onwuegbuzie, A.J. and Leech, N.L. (2005) “On Becoming a Pragmatic Researcher: The Importance of Combining Quantitative and Qualitative Research Methodologies,” International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(5), pp. 375–387. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/13645570500402447. 06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper Media Literacy Practice in Kazakhstan’s Schools: A Mixed-Methods Study 1: Dulaty University, Taraz, Kazakhstan; 2: Graduate School of Education, Nazarbayev University, Astana, Kazakhstan; 3: Institutional Research & Analytics unit, Strategy & Delivery Office, Nazarbayev University, Astana, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:This study examines how teachers in Kazakhstan develop and enact media literacy (ML) practices in their classrooms and how these practices are shaped by demographic, experiential, and institutional factors. Drawing on a mixed-methods design, the study investigates how professional development (PD), school conditions, and teacher characteristics interact to support or constrain ML implementation across diverse school contexts. The pedagogy of ML builds on constructivist principles, emphasising problem-solving, active learning, and critical reflection. It encourages both teachers and students to analyse and interpret various forms of media, including news articles, social media posts, and visual narratives, to understand how meaning is constructed in contemporary society (Hobbs, 2018; Potter, 2022). While digital technologies are central, ML extends beyond digital skills to include critical thinking, ethical media engagement, and participatory communication (Schmitz et al., 2024). Teachers’ capacity to work with sensitive curricular content and exercise professional judgement plays an important role in shaping classroom pedagogy, particularly in education systems characterised by strong policy control (Chong et al., 2021). Contemporary ML frameworks, including those addressing social media environments, shape how ML is understood and enacted in classrooms by providing conceptual guidance for teachers’ instructional decisions (Cho et al., 2024). In response to the spread of misinformation and persistent digital inequalities, ML is increasingly understood as a means of supporting democratic participation and the development of critical digital citizenship. Despite an expanding ML literature, most studies remain prescriptive or are based in high-resource Western contexts. Few studies investigate how ML unfolds in under-resourced or centralised systems where structural inequities and hierarchical governance shape pedagogy. In Kazakhstan, where many educators operate under strict curricular policies and uneven resource distribution, teachers’ engagement with ML is often shaped by both constraint and innovation (Yeleussiz & Qanay, 2025). While global ML frameworks emphasise core competencies such as analysing and evaluating media, research highlights the need to adapt these frameworks to local policy and educational conditions (Weinand, 2018). Teachers’ ability to implement ML depends not only on training and access to tools, but also on professional confidence and opportunities for context-sensitive development (Le et al., 2025). Emerging research from the Asia-Pacific region highlights the need to understand ML as a contextually situated practice rather than a universally transferable skillset (Lin et al., 2013; Weninger, 2017). Lin et al. (2013) show that ML in Singapore has been shaped by national policy priorities and institutional arrangements rather than adopted wholesale from global frameworks, while Weninger (2017) demonstrates that teachers’ understandings and classroom enactment of ML are strongly influenced by curricular expectations and school-level conditions. In addition, research on digital poverty in teacher education underscores how unequal access to digital resources and limited institutional support can restrict teacher agency, indicating that structural conditions might be addressed alongside pedagogical expectations (Arantes et al., 2025). Given the limited empirical research on teacher ML in post-Soviet and Central Asian contexts, this study explores how teacher and school-level factors shape ML implementation. It addresses the following questions:
This study contributes to broader debates on educational equity, teacher agency, and curriculum innovation in transitional education systems like Kazakhstan’s. By situating ML within local institutional and policy contexts, the study offers insights into how global educational ideals can be adapted in practice and informs both international ML research and national teacher education policy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a mixed-methods approach to capture the complex, context-dependent dynamics of participants’ experiences and perceptions within their specific educational settings (Creswell, 2013). Given the study’s focus on both measuring and interpreting teachers’ ML practices, an embedded mixed-methods design was adopted (Creswell & Creswell, 2017; Morse, 1991). In this design, the qualitative component, which consists of interviews and open-ended survey items, was integrated within a predominantly quantitative framework to provide explanatory depth and contextual insight. Unlike a sequential explanatory design, which involves two distinct phases of data collection where qualitative findings follow quantitative results, the embedded design used here allowed both strands to be collected and analysed within a single phase. This integration enabled the qualitative data to expand on the quantitative findings, offering richer interpretations of patterns, relationships, and outliers observed in the statistical data (Creswell, 2013). Data Collection This study employed a mixed-methods approach combining quantitative and qualitative instruments to examine EFL teachers’ media literacy practices and the school conditions influencing them. Quantitative data were collected through an online survey completed by 158 teachers. The survey examined five core areas: school conditions for media literacy, teachers’ multimedia competence, teachers’ confidence and beliefs regarding media literacy, teachers’ innovative classroom practices, and students’ media literacy as perceived by teachers. These variables constituted the main outcomes of interest. The questionnaire reflected media literacy as a multidimensional construct, encompassing access, analysis, evaluation, and production of media. To ensure linguistic and cultural appropriateness, the instrument was administered in Kazakh, Russian, and English. Following a pilot study in rural, regional, and urban schools, minor revisions were made before full implementation. Independent and control variables included teachers’ professional development experience, teaching experience, media use patterns, and school location. Qualitative data were generated through three focus group discussions involving 31 EFL teachers and semi-structured interviews with three school principals. Focus groups enabled shared reflection on classroom practice and institutional influences, while principal interviews provided insight into leadership practices, school policies, and organisational conditions affecting media literacy integration. Participants were selected through purposeful sampling. The study involved three schools representing rural, regional, and urban contexts, ensuring diversity in resources, school culture, and access to digital technologies. Ethical approval was obtained from the Institutional Review Board of Kazakh National Women’s Teacher Training University, and all procedures followed national research ethics guidelines, with informed consent, voluntary participation, anonymisation, and secure data handling ensured throughout the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to the growing body of research on ML by offering context-specific insights into how teacher- and school-level factors shape ML practice in Kazakhstan. Quantitative findings showed that professional development (PD) significantly enhances teachers’ confidence, multimedia competency, and student ML engagement. However, teachers who completed PD also reported lower perceptions of institutional support. Teaching experience was negatively associated with teacher digital competence and student ML outcomes, highlighting generational gaps in ML engagement. Teachers in rural schools reported more innovative practices despite having fewer technological resources, likely due to increased pedagogical autonomy and fewer curricular restrictions. In contrast, urban teachers described more rigid oversight, which constrained creative ML integration. Compared to teachers in village school settings, teachers in the city ( = -.39, p < .001) and regional centres ( = -.50, p < .001) appeared to employ less innovative practice for student ML. In order to interpret the statistical results more meaningfully, supportive qualitative comments were analysed. Teachers who completed ML training reported mixed experiences. For some, the course led to increased confidence and stronger integration of media in their lessons. Prior to the training, I regarded ML as an optional component. However, I now recognize it as a fundamental aspect of critical thinking and intentionally integrate media analysis or production into every instructional unit I design (Teacher 5, Regional School). Qualitative data deepened these findings, revealing disparities in infrastructure, school leadership, and access to training. Teachers emphasised the importance of autonomy, collaboration, and context-responsive support in sustaining ML innovation. Crucially, access to technology alone was insufficient, effective ML implementation relied on teacher agency, targeted PD, and supportive leadership. Overall, the study highlights that advancing ML in Kazakhstan requires more than infrastructure investment. A holistic approach is needed, one that combines professional development, flexible policy environments, and school-level autonomy. References Arantes, J., Buchanan, R., & Goriss-Hunter, A. (2025). Investigating digital poverty and the new forms of agency and advocacy needed in Initial Teacher Education. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 53(2), 191–206. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2025.2472376 Cho, H., Cannon, J., Lopez, R., & Li, W. (2024). Social media literacy: A conceptual framework. New Media & Society, 26(2), 941–960. https://doi.org/10.1177/14614448211068530 Chong, E. K.-M., Hu, J., Cheng, E. C.-K., Davies, I., Tang, H. H.-H., Leung, Y. W., & Hung, S. C.-F. (2021). Handling national controversy on the education frontline: Perceptions of Hong Kong teachers on the pedagogies for national education. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 50(4), 387–405. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866x.2021.2010273 Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2002). Research methods in education (5th ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203224342 Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (5th ed.). SAGE. https://books.google.kz/books?id=335ZDwAAQBAJ Creswell, J. W. (2013). Steps in conducting a scholarly mixed methods study. University of Nebraska–Lincoln. Retrieved from https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/dberspeakers/48/ Kitzinger, J. (1995). Qualitative research: Introducing focus groups. BMJ, 311(7000), 299–302. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.311.7000.299 Le, T. T. T., Tran, M., Duong, A., Thi Nguyen, L. A., Tran, V., Le, T., & Vu, H. T. (2025). Building confidence in the digital age: the effects of online professional development on Vietnamese teachers’ media and information literacy. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 1–28. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2025.2505670 Lin, T. B., Mokhtar, I. A., & Wang, L. Y. (2013). The construct of media and information literacy in Singapore education system: global trends and local policies. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 35(4), 423–437. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2013.860012 Potter, W. J. (2022). Analysis of definitions of media literacy. Journal of Media Literacy Education, 14(2), 27–43. https://doi.org/10.23860/jmle-2022-14-2-3 Schmitz, M.-L., Consoli, T., Antonietti, C., Cattaneo, A., Gonon, P., & Petko, D. (2024). Why do some teachers teach media literacy while others do not? Exploring predictors along the “will, skill, tool, pedagogy” model. Computers in Human Behavior, 151, 108004. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2023.108004 Weinand, J. (2018). The revised Audiovisual Media Services Directive 2018 – Has the EU learnt the right lessons from the past? UFITA, 82(1), 260–293. https://doi.org/10.5771/2568-9185-2018-1-260 Weninger, C., Hu, G., & Choo, S. S. (2017). The influence of individual and contextual variables on teachers’ understanding and classroom practice of media literacy. Teaching and Teacher Education, 67, 429–439. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.07.013 Yeleussiz, A., & Qanay, G. (2025). Media literacy in Kazakhstan: Educators’ perspectives and policy implementation. Journal of Curriculum Studies Research, 7(1), 1–25. https://doi.org/10.46303/jcsr.2025.1 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 06 SES 12 B: Post-Digital Research Perspectives - Interdisciplinary Impulses for Educational Research in Times of Change Location: KH 3 | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Michaela Kramer Session Chair: Andreas Weich Symposium |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Symposium Post-Digital Research Perspectives - Interdisciplinary Impulses for Educational Research in Times of Change Societal transformation processes, as exemplified in recent years by transformations induced by digitality, affect not only the what but increasingly also the how of educational research. Processes of learning, education and socialization today take place under changed conditions: digital platforms, algorithmic systems, LLMs, and other epistemic actors are no longer merely objects of research but act as constitutive forces in the very production of what is addressed as social reality in educational research. Consequently, they call into question the methodological foundations of qualitative research - particularly its social-theoretical premises - or make their expansion necessary. Although numerous theoretical reference points already exist - such as the concepts of “deep mediatization” (Hepp 2019), the “digital condition” (Stalder 2018), respective the “postdigital condition” (Cramer 2014) - methodological discussions that consider the constitutive power of the digital often remain fragmented. In standard reference works on qualitative research in educational science (see e.g. Kondratjuk et al. 2022; Mertler 2024; Dika et al. 2025), digitality, if mentioned at all, is frequently treated as one topic among many, without recognizing its transversal relevance to all domains of educational research. A methodological reflection on digitality in the sense of theoretically grounded empirical research (Kalthoff et al. 2008), however, has so far been largely absent from the German-speaking discourse in educational science. Our interdisciplinary symposium therefore understands digitality not as a discrete phenomenon to be examined but as a profound epistemological challenge. If sociality increasingly articulates itself as socio-mediality (Bettinger 2022), and if we take the shift “from media anthropology to anthropomediality” (Othold & Voss 2015) seriously, then classical methodological premises begin to shift. Educational media research - conceived as a transversal field within educational science - can provide impulses for a methodological reflection and renewal that not only considers digital mediality as an empirical field but acknowledges it as a constitutive element of pedagogical realities. The three contributions of the symposium address this constellation from different perspectives and introduce interdisciplinary impulses, for instance by engaging with media studies approaches and international discussions on postdigitality in qualitative research (e.g. Murris 2021; 2022). The contributions explore methodological challenges involved in researching a field characterized by digitality-induced (dis)ruptions and high dynamics. Focusing on phenomena such as the excessiveness of digital media practices, subjectivation in the context of digital mood-tracking and generative AI as an educational medium, the papers propose new methodological approaches for discussion. The symposium thus takes up the ongoing debate on postdigital research perspectives and seeks to stimulate methodological reflections on qualitative research in educational science under the conditions of digital reality. It advocates for a productive opening by deliberately unsettling established methodological routines in the face of the digital - as a constitutive element of pedagogical contemporaneity. The perspectives offered in the presentations will subsequently be discussed collectively. At the center of this discussion lies the overarching question of whether digitality-driven changes necessitate new methods or methodological adaptations, or whether they merely entail a shift in thematic focus within existing methodological frameworks. The participants will exchange perspectives on a) which phenomena of digitality are specifically relevant for educational and media research, b) what kind of research questions should be raised in contemporary entanglements of digitality, media culture and education, c) which theoretical perspectives help to conceptualize those phenomena, d) what kind of material and research data is at hand, and most importantly e) which methodological approaches can be used, adapted, modified or originally be developed against this backdrop? References Bettinger, P. (2022). Digital Materiality and Subjectivation: Methodological Aspects of Hybrid Entanglements in Processes of Bildung. In Patrick Bettinger (Eds.), Educational Perspectives on Mediality and Subjectivation. Cham: Palgrave Pivot. pp. 109–131. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-84343-4_6. Cramer, F. (2014). What is ‘Post-digital’? APRJA, 3(1). http://www.aprja.net/post-digital-research/?p=1318, accessed: 16. Jan. 2026 Dika, S. L., Ahlgrim-Delzell, L.,& Privitera, G. J. (2026). Research Methods for Education. S.l.: SAGE. Hepp, A. (2019). Deep Mediatization. London: Routledge. Kalthoff, H., Hirschauer, S., & Lindemann, G. (Eds.) (2008). Theoretische Empirie. Zur Relevanz qualitativer Forschung. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Murris, K. (Eds.) (2021). Navigating the postqualitative, new materialist and critical posthumanist terrain across disciplines: an introductory guide. New York: Routledge. Murris, K. (Eds.) (2022). A glossary for doing postqualitative, new materialist and critical posthumanist research across disciplines. Abingdon, Oxon ; New York, NY: Routledge. Othold, T., & Voss, C. (2015). From media anthropology to anthropomediality. Anthropological Notebooks, 21(3): 75–82. Mertler, C. A. (2024). Introduction to Educational Research. Thousand Oaks, California: Sage. Stalder, F. (2018). The Digital Condition. Cambridge: Polity Press. Presentations of the Symposium Researching Excessive Media Practices in a Post-Digital Society. Potentials and Challenges of Reconstructive Analyses of App-Based Diary Data
The phenomenon of excessive media practices among young people raises many pedagogical questions - but yet, it is primarily researched from the perspective of addiction medicine. This is also reflected in terms such as internet gaming disorder or social media addiction. International studies in this field mostly focus on quantitative research of correlations between personality traits, mental disorders and pathological media use. The current state of research therefore tends to be individual-centred, while socio-mediality (Bettinger 2022) is usually not given consideration. This hardly reflects the conditions of postdigital realities. Based on this criticism, some argue in favour of more relational approaches, such as ‘co-addictive human-machine-configurations’ (e.g. Helm & Matzner 2024).
One way of capturing the socio-medial constellations of excessive digital practices - that are deeply inscribed in everyday social practices - is the method of app-based diary surveys. They offer the potential to collect data on routine media use in actu, which is difficult for people to explain verbally in other qualitative surveys (Lev-On & Lowenstein-Barkai 2019).
In this paper, we present and methodologically reflect on the method in a current research project. 27 people between the ages of 19 and 22 who, according to their own information, experience or had experienced excessive media use, documented their everyday lives for seven days using an app on their smartphones. They were asked various questions and had the opportunity to respond using text, emojis, audio, images or video. This approach takes account of the multimodality that is part of the cultural space in postdigital societies. A few days after the diary was completed, a biographical interview took place, during which references were made to the participants' entries.
Methodologically, the qualitative approaches in the project are located in praxeological sociology of knowledge (Bohnsack 2014) and use the documentary method for the verbal, written data as well as for the visual data. The documentary method asks about the how. Actions are not understood as intentional acts, but as components of overarching contexts of meaning in social practices that can be localised in cultural and life forms. The aim of the contribution is to reflect on the potential of reconstructive analyses of app-based diary data and to address challenges in the various phases of the research process: 1) conceptualization and programming, 2) data collection, 3) analysis and 4) triangulation with other research data in the project.
References:
Bettinger, P. (2022). Digital Materiality and Subjectivation: Methodological Aspects of Hybrid Entanglements in Processes of Bildung. In Patrick Bettinger (Ed.), Educational Perspectives on Mediality and Subjectivation. Cham: Palgrave Pivot. pp. 109–131. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-84343-4_6.
Bohnsack, R. (2014). Documentary Method. In Uwe Flick (Ed.)The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Data Analysis, pp. 217-233. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781446282243
Helm, P. and Matzner, T. (2024). Co-addictive human–machine configurations: Relating critical design and algorithm studies to medical-psychiatric research on “problematic Internet use”. New Media & Society, 26(12), 7295–7313. https://doi.org/10.1177/14614448231165916
Lev-On, A., & Lowenstein-Barkai, H. (2019). Viewing diaries in an age of new media: An exploratory analysis of mobile phone app diaries versus paper diaries.
Methodological Innovations 12 (1), https://doi.org/10.1177/2059799119844442
Post-Digital Methods: Reclaiming Qualitative Methodologies for Researching (with) Artificial Intelligence
The rapid proliferation of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) in educational contexts presents a fundamental challenge to qualitative inquiry. As algorithmic systems and Large Language Models (LLMs) increasingly permeate social practices, they shift from being mere objects of study or neutral instruments to active participants within the research process itself. This paper argues that treating these entities through the binary lens of "digital vs. non-digital methods" is analytically insufficient in the post-digital condition. Instead, we propose a "Post-Digital Methodology" that re-grounds digital inquiry in the established principles of qualitative research to grapple with AI as a constitutive force of reality.
Drawing on the sociology of knowledge and Actor-Network Theory, we introduce the concept of the "non-human informant". This concept allows researchers to operationalize the principle of methodological symmetry: We must ask the same critical questions of algorithmic outputs - regarding their situatedness, biases, and "hallucinations" - that we traditionally ask of unreliable human narrators. The opacity of deep learning systems (the "black box") is thus not treated as a technical hindrance requiring computer science solutions, but as a hermeneutic challenge. Qualitative inquiry, with its long tradition of interpreting opaque, contradictory, and messy human data, is uniquely equipped to handle this.
The paper outlines how core qualitative strategies can be transformed for this purpose:
1. Media-Theoretical Empiricism (Adequacy): Moving beyond "following the medium" (Rogers) to a "media-theoretical sampling" where the selection of AI tools or data sources (e.g., specific LLMs or archived web data) is treated with the same theoretical rigor as sampling human participants.
2. Interpretation of Opacity: Treating algorithmic outputs as "statements" by non-human informants that require critical triangulation - or rather, crystallization—with heterogeneous data sources (documents, observations, human interviews).
By reclaiming qualitative methodologies for the post-digital age, we demonstrate that the "new" challenges of AI do not render traditional methods obsolete. On the contrary, the post-digital condition demands a return to the "social life of methods" to hold these new, eloquent non-human informants accountable within educational research.
References:
-
Mood Tracking as a Mode of Anthropomedial Relationality. Subjectification Analysis between Praxeological Media Research and Platform Analysis
As a sub-phenomenon of the so-called Quantified-Self movement, the practice of tracking moods and feelings via digital apps is gaining momentum. Self-tracking practices are by specific forms of addressing subjects and normativity and are thus characterized by power structures that unfold in the socio-media interaction between bodies and digital artifacts.
Drawing on a study conducted in 2024 at the University of Magdeburg (Germany) which looked into usage practices and subjectivation associated with the mood-tracking app Daylio from a praxeological-discursive perspective (Brown & Bettinger 2026), we propose extending analytical efforts to the digital app itself. Our assumption is that apps as designed digital artefacts which manifest societal values, norms and ideals (Klinge & Tost 2024) must be taken into consideration in addition to the usage practices. Through the usage practices they afford, digital artefacts provide offers for subjectivation.
In our case, we wanted to gain a deeper understanding of subjectivation processes associated with mood-tracking by analyzing not only how study participants verbalize their practices retrospectively in a group discussion, but also how these media practices of app use relate to the subjectivation offers manifested in the app design.
For this reason we propose the analysis of conventions and affordances as part of the design of the app. At the center of our consideration is the concept of relational affordances, defined as specific characteristics of digital artefacts which enable/ invite or impede certain patterns of interaction from users (Bareither 2020). These affordances relate to specific practices which in turn depend on certain knowledge reservoirs of users and are realized in the aspects of the functional design of digital artefacts (Costa 2018; Krämer 2025).
Drawing on this theoretical framing, the contribution will discuss methodological aspects of analysing processes of subjectivation as an interplay between media-based affordances and discursive practices. Here, the analysis of discursive practices (Wrana 2015) with regard to modes and offers of subjectivation is expanded to include an affordance-focused and praxeologically grounded analysis of digital artifacts (Bareither 2024).
References:
Bareither, C. (2020). Affordanz. In T. Heimerdinger, & M. Tauschek (Eds.). Kulturtheoretisch Argumentieren. Ein Arbeitsbuch, pp. 32–55. Münster; New York: Waxmann.
Bareither, C. (2024). Ethnografische Affordanzanalyse. In: S. Stollfuß, S., Niebling, L., Raczkowski (Eds.). Handbuch Digitale Medien und Methoden. Wiesbaden: Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-36629-2_38-1
Brown, A.-L., & Bettinger, P. (2026). Researching the Discursive in Mood Tracking Practices. Empirical Insights and Methodological Reflections in the Context of a "Smart Journaling"-Study. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 27(1). https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-27.1.4417
Costa, E. (2018). Affordances-in-practice: An ethnographic critique of social media logic and context collapse. New Media & Society 22(1): 1–16.
Klinge, D., & Tost, J. (2024). Design als Vergangenheit, Gegenwart und Zukunft der Medienpädagogik: In digitale Technologien eingeschriebene Zeitgeister, Affordanzen und pädagogische Imaginationen. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, S. 71–100. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/jb21/2024.09.04.X.
Krämer, F. (2025). Self-Tracking mit digitalen Artefakten: Zur pädagogischen Logik einer distribuierten soziotechnischen Praxis. Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-48615-0.
Wrana, D. (2015). Zur Methodik einer Analyse diskursiver Praktiken. In F. Schäfer, A. Daniel, & F. Hillebrandt (Eds.). Methoden einer Soziologie der Praxis. Bielefeld: transcript. pp. 121–143.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 07 SES 12 A: Special Call: Challenging Inequalities: 30 Years of Network 7 ”Social Justice and Intercultural Education – Past Insights and Future Perspectives”: Symposium Heritage Languages, Social Justice, and ONU´s Sustainable Development Goals Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Ana Souza Session Chair: Patricia Carvalho Ribeiro Symposium |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Symposium Heritage Languages, Social Justice, and ONU´s Sustainable Development Goals Since European societies are multilingual and culturally diverse, schools and their educators face the challenge—and responsibility—of ensuring that migrant children have their linguistic and cultural rights respected. In this context, Heritage Language (HL) education has emerged as an important research field where social justice, identity sustainability, and intercultural education intersect. This symposium connects three studies conducted in European countries: one Finland, another one in Sweden, and a third one across five additional European countries. They discuss how HL initiatives can promote equitable educational opportunities, minority languages, and the well-being of migrant communities. By portraying Portuguese as a Heritage Language in different European contexts, the symposium highlights how language education can serve as a tool for empowerment, recognition, and social inclusion. Together, the presentations explore pedagogical innovation, pluricentric cultural approaches, and the often-overlooked role of religion in shaping migrant identities. The session invites participants to reflect on how intercultural education can move beyond symbolic inclusion and address the structural and cultural dimensions of justice in multilingual Europe. In the first presentation, an innovative literacy initiative from the Guimarães Rosa Institute (IGR) is analysed. One of the IGR’s objectives is to ensure equitable access to linguistic and cultural heritages for Brazilian families in Finland. In accordance with Articles 29 and 30 of the “Convention on the Rights of the Child” (UNICEF, 1989), the project affirms children’s right to maintain their family language and culture. Inspired by Paulo Freire’s conception of education as an act of liberation (Freire, 1974), the course motivates children to recognize their ancestry and develop agency through their heritage language. The second presentation focuses on the project Curtindo a Língua Portuguesa na Suécia (Enjoying the Portuguese Language in Sweden), developed in Gothenburg, one of Sweden’s major hubs for Brazilian migration. Adopting a pluricentric approach (Melo-Pfeifer & Souza, 2021) to culture and children’s literature, the project positions heritage language as a “precious commodity”. In particular, the presentation explores how the project fosters cultural transmission, strengthens family bonds, and supports migrant children’s identity sustainability. It argues that such initiatives are essential for promoting intercultural education that values diversity not as an add‑on, but as a core dimension of social justice in European schools. Lastly, the third presentation examines the role of religion for migrant groups, as reported by Brazilian teachers of Portuguese as a Heritage Language working in complementary schools in England, Germany, Italy, Spain, and Switzerland. Using the concept of religious identity (Hemming & Madge, 2011), the study reveals how teachers’ and learners’ religious backgrounds can affect classroom dynamics, even though religion is often excluded from the host‑country educational policies. The findings suggest that sustainable heritage language learning requires acknowledging religious diversity as part of intercultural education. The presentation proposes collaboration between migrant faith communities and complementary schools to create continuity in learners’ experiences and enhance their well-being. Together, the three presentations demonstrate how linguistic rights, cultural sustainability, and religious identity intersect in the everyday lives of migrant families. The symposium invites educators, policymakers, and researchers to rethink intercultural education in Europe as a transformative project—one that recognizes diversity, challenges exclusion, and supports the strengthening of migrant communities. References Freire, P. (1974). Pedagogia do Oprimido. Rio de Janeiro: Paz e Terra. Hemming, P. & Madge, N. (2011) Researching children, youth and religion: identity, complexity and agency, Childhood, 19(1): 38-51. Melo-Pfeifer, S.; Souza, A. (2021) Portuguese as a Heritage Language: teaching and learning from a pluricentric perspective. In: A. Souza & S. Melo-Pfeifer (orgs.) Portuguese as a Heritage Language in Europe – a pluricentric perspective. Campinas: Pontes, 23-48. UNICEF (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child (https://www.unicef.org/child-rights-convention/convention-text) Accessed on 5.1.2026. Presentations of the Symposium Identity, Inclusion, and Social Justice – The Pillars Underpinning the Creation of the Portuguese Early Literacy Course at IGR Helsinki
The “Convention on the Rights of the Child” (UNICEF, 1989) establishes in Articles 29 and 30 that every child has the right to learn and maintain the language and culture of their family. In this context, the teaching of Portuguese as a heritage language plays an essential role in preserving cultural identity, promoting social inclusion, and safeguarding the linguistic rights of families. The Portuguese Early Literacy Course developed by Instituto Guimarães Rosa (IGR) Helsinki exemplifies this approach by offering multilingual children the opportunity to learn the language of their ancestors in an institutional, inclusive, and welcoming environment. Based on the “social justice lens” proposed by Ortega (2020), we understand that ensuring equitable access to the languages surrounding a speaker necessarily includes the possibility of becoming literate in their heritage language, and not solely in the language of instruction used in school. This contributes, among other aspects, to the institutionalization of the heritage language within the school environment and to its consequent “demarginalization.” The IGR Helsinki initiative thus emerges as an important tool for promoting equitable access to Portuguese language education within the Finnish educational context. Furthermore, the course’s pedagogical approach aligns with Paulo Freire’s perspective (1974), which conceives education as an act of liberation—one that enables children to recognize their own histories and their potential as social agents who will be able to rely on their heritage language to act in diverse contexts in the future. In this presentation, we will share the full process of implementing the course and the pedagogical tools used in the development of the instructional materials. In this presentation, we will share the full process of implementing the course and the pedagogical tools used in the development of the instructional materials, which were collected from two digital manuals provided online by the Brazilian Education Ministry (Martins et al., 2022; MEC, 2022). Since the materials were created aiming at the teaching of a mother tongue, the novelty of this work relies on the materials' adaptation to the context of heritage language teaching. In addition, feedback collected from parents at the end of the course will be discussed in order to assess the impact of the lessons on the students’ linguistic development, the strengthening of their heritage identity, and the legitimization of Portuguese as a language of instruction and knowledge acquisition.
References:
Freire, P. (1974). Pedagogia do Oprimido. Rio de Janeiro: Paz e Terra.
Martins, Bruno et al. (2022). Manual do Aluno [recurso eletrônico]. Brasília: Secretaria de Alfabetização, Ministério da Educação (SEALF/MEC). (https://alfabetizacao.mec.gov.br/images/pdf/manual_do_aluno_PBA.pdf)
MEC, 2022. Práticas de alfabetização (https://alfabetizacao.mec.gov.br/images/pdf/abecedario_praticas_de_alfabetizacao_082022.pdf ).
UNICEF (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child (https://www.unicef.org/child-rights-convention/convention-text) Accessed on 5.1.2026.
Ortega, L. (2020). The study of heritage language development from a bilingualism and social justice perspective. Language Learning, 70, 15-53.
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
Heritage Languages and Religious Identities: Teaching and Learning for Sustainable Education
Sustainable development refers to the processes adopted to achieve the long-term goal of a more sustainable world (UNESCO, 2012), i.e. a world fit to answer the needs of present and future generations. Education plays a key role in these processes, as highlighted by UNESCO´s (2012) Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) responses to the present challenges faced by the environment, economy and society. Besides learning about sustainability, ESD involves the advancement of critical thinking and problem-solving about all dimensions of well-being (Aslan & Curle, 2024). Religion is one of these dimensions (Souza, forthcoming), and one which has been identified as leading to experiences of social inequalities by language learners (Mambu, 2022). In this presentation, I highlight the importance of religion for migrant groups and report on data of a larger study which explored identity and religious issues in language teaching. More specifically, I share data provided by Brazilian teachers of Portuguese as a Heritage Language (HL) in complementary schools in five European countries – England, Germany, Italy, Spain and Switzerland. The study draws on the concept of religious identity (Hemming & Madge, 2011) to better understand in which ways religion influences the teaching practices of this group of teachers. The data were collected via an online questionnaire and qualitative semi-structured interviews. The results indicate that educational policies in the host countries lead to the exclusion of religion from the curriculum implemented by the Brazilian complementary schools. However, Afro-Brazilian religions are covered as part of Brazil´s cultural heritage, in exclusion of a variety of other religions present in the country. Therefore, I argue that, in order to achieve sustainable heritage language learning, considerations about a diversity of religious identities should be made going beyond an intercultural communication perspective, the field in which religion is commonly addressed in secular schools (Wane et al. 2011). In conclusion, I suggest that collaboration be developed between migrant faith settings and complementary schools with a view to promote a continuity of the HL teachers´ and learners´ experiences between the two settings and, thus, impact positively in their wellbeing.
References:
Aslan, S. & Curle, S. (2024) Institutionalising English as a foreign language teachers for global sustainability: Perceptions of education for sustainable development in Turkey, International Journal of Educational Research, 125(102353): 1-12.
Hemming, P. & Madge, N. (2011) Researching children, youth and religion: identity, complexity and agency, Childhood, 19(1): 38-51.
Souza, A. (2026, forthcoming) Realising the power of religion in the experiences of heritage language learners. In: Liu, Y. & Anderson, J. (eds.) The Professional Knowledge Base for Heritage Language Education in a Multilingual World. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press.
Mambu, J. (2023) Embedding Sustainable Development Goals into critical English language teaching and learning, Critical Inquiry in Language Studies, 20(1): 46-76. DOI: 10.1080/15427587.2022.2099863
UNESCO. (2012) Education for sustainable development: Available:
https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/926unesco9.pdf. Accessed: 08 Aug 2025.
Wane, N. N; Manyimo, E. L.; Ritskes, E.J. (orgs.) (2011) Spirituality, Education & Society An Integrated Approach. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Silence as Presence: Chinese Students’ Engagement and Culturally Responsive Teaching in Multicultural Classrooms University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Context Europe has become an increasingly attractive destination for Chinese students driven by the global standing of European universities, the expansion of English-taught programmes, and internationalisation initiatives such as Erasmus+. As a result, Chinese students now form one of the largest non-European student groups across many higher education systems. This growing mobility has important implications for teaching and learning, particularly in relation to understanding Chinese international students' classroom participation habits, communication norms, and interaction patterns. Understanding how Chinese students engage in European classrooms is therefore essential for promoting inclusive pedagogy, equitable participation, and the effective internationalisation of higher education. Problem Despite the growing presence of Chinese students in Western higher education, deficit-based assumptions continue to characterise them as silent, passive, or disengaged learners. Although extensive research demonstrates that silence can be a culturally informed and meaningful form of participation, this understanding has not been fully integrated into teaching practice. As a result, educators often misinterpret silence as a lack of ability or motivation, particularly in online and internationalised classrooms where verbal participation is privileged as a marker of engagement. On the one hand, although silence is frequently framed as a 'problem' within educational discourse, the majority of scholars who have examined this phenomenon are Chinese researchers themselves, rather than those who most often characterise it as problematic. The problem addressed in this paper is therefore not the absence of research on Chinese students’ classroom interaction, but the persistence of narrow pedagogical frameworks that fail to recognise silence as a legitimate mode of academic presence. By re-examining existing literature through the lens of culturally responsive teaching practice, this study challenges entrenched assumptions and argues for a culturally informed reconceptualisation of silence. It aims to bridge the gap between theory and pedagogy and support more 'non-exclusive' approaches to student engagement in diverse higher education contexts. Aims and research question This study adopts a constructive orientation that moves beyond asking why Chinese students are silent and instead poses a forward-looking question: how can Chinese students’ classroom silence be understood and utilised as a culturally meaningful and pedagogically valuable form of engagement, and which strategies can effectively support their active learning in Western higher education contexts? Guided by this question, the study seeks to prompt a shift in pedagogical practice that recognises and values diverse modes of participation, with particular attention to the learning preferences and experiences of Chinese students, who constitute the largest group of international students in Scottish universities, where the resaercher is located. To address this research question, a narrative literature review was selected due to its selective and goal-oriented approach. Narrative reviews prioritise studies that are most relevant and representative of the research topic (Ferrari, 2015), allowing for the qualitative interpretation of culturally nuanced concepts such as silence (Baumeister & Leary, 1997; Greenhalgh et al., 2018). In contrast to systematic reviews, which seek comprehensive coverage and aim to identify research gaps, narrative reviews enable a more in-depth exploration of the topic and provide space for the researcher’s critical analysis and interpretation (Greenhalgh et al., 2018). This approach facilitates theory development and reflexive engagement (Ferrari, 2015), aligning closely with the paper’s objective of generating pedagogical insights informed by both literature and classroom practice.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The narrative review adopted as this research's methodology, examines academic literature published between the years 2000 and 2025 that address Chinese students’ silence in Western higher education contexts and in English as a Foreign Language (EFL) settings in China. Only peer-reviewed studies published in English or translated into English were included, reflecting the focus on educational environments where English is the primary medium of communication. Materials such as conference abstracts, non-peer-reviewed reports, and studies that addressed international or Asian student populations without specific reference to Chinese students were excluded to maintain analytical focus and contextual relevance. The literature search was conducted using three databases: Google Scholar, a university library database, and ERIC. Google Scholar enabled access to open-access and recently published studies, while the university library database ensured comprehensive coverage of subscription-based peer-reviewed journals. ERIC was selected for its strong emphasis on educational research and pedagogical practice. A structured search strategy using combinations of keywords and Boolean operators was applied across databases to capture relevant studies on Chinese students, silence, participation, and cultural communication. Following the removal of duplicates and grey literature, 67 articles were screened based on titles and abstracts. Twenty-four articles were then reviewed in full, resulting in a final corpus of 15 peer-reviewed studies that met the inclusion criteria and were deemed suitable for detailed analysis. The analysis employed an inductive thematic approach, progressing from descriptive coding to more conceptual interpretation. Initial codes captured recurring descriptions of silence, such as anxiety, hesitation, and non-verbal participation. Through iterative analysis, these codes were consolidated into broader conceptual categories reflecting underlying cultural, linguistic, and psychological dynamics. Annotations were used to trace repeated language and contextual references which informed the identification of culturally embedded patterns of silence. The review ultimately identified four overarching themes: 1) Language proficiency, anxiety, and face-saving practices 2) Cultural norms and educational traditions 3) Unfamiliarity with Western pedagogical styles and knowledge guarding 4) Silence shaped by surveillance, self-censorship, and perceived racism. Each theme was linked to a variety of evidence-informed pedagogical strategies that recognise silence as an active, reflective, and potentially productive form of classroom engagement to enhance student learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this review challenge the dominant Western assumption that verbal participation is the primary indicator of active student engagement and academic success (Delucchi, 2000). In many Western higher education contexts, sustained classroom silence is commonly interpreted as passivity, lack of ability, or disinterest (Jaworski & Sachdev, 1998; Nakane, 2006). However, the literature reviewed demonstrates that such interpretations fail to account for culturally situated communication practices. The findings highlight a persistent disconnect between how Chinese students intend silence to function and how it is perceived by Western educators (Liu and Jackson, 2011). While silence is often criticised in Western classrooms, literature shows that it can reflect respect for authority, careful reflection, concern for accuracy, and a desire to maintain group harmony. Four interrelated themes emerged from the analysis, revealing that Chinese students’ silence is shaped by a combination of linguistic challenges, affective factors such as anxiety and face-saving practices (Hu & McKay, 2012; Jin & Dewaele, 2018; Liu & Jackson, 2008), culturally embedded educational traditions (Scollon et al., 2012), unfamiliarity with Western pedagogical norms (Song, 2015), and broader systemic influences including surveillance, self-censorship, and experiences of racialisation (Brown, 2025). Together, these findings position silence not as a deficit, but as a 'silent-but-active' form of engagement shaped by context, culture, and power dynamics in the classroom. Importantly, the review links each theme to several pedagogical strategies that acknowledge silence as an active and reflective mode of participation. Drawing on classroom-based reflections, the findings demonstrate how teaching practices can be adapted to engage students meaningfully without forcing conformity to Western norms of verbal participation. Overall, the findings call for a more culturally responsive and inclusive understanding of engagement in higher education classrooms. References Brown, R. J. (2025). Floating on uncertain waters: Navigating ‘sensitivity’ while teaching politics and international relations in Mainland China. Politics, 45(1), 123–140. https://doi.org/10.1177/02633957241236404 Delucchi, M. (2000). Don’t worry, be happy: Instructor detachment and student self-efficacy. Teaching Sociology, 28(3), 220–231. https://doi.org/10.2307/1318991 Hu, G., & McKay, S. L. (2012). English language education in East Asia: Some recent developments. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 33(4), 345–362. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2012.661434 Jaworski, B., & Sachdev, D. (1998). Beliefs about silence in the Classroom. Language and Education, 12(4), 273–292. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500789808666754 Jin, Y., & Dewaele, J.-M. (2018). The effect of positive orientation and perceived social support on foreign language classroom anxiety. System, 74, 149–157. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.system.2018.01.002 Liu, M., & Jackson, J. (2008). An exploration of Chinese EFL learners’ unwillingness to communicate and foreign language anxiety. The Modern Language Journal, 92(1), 71–86. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1540-4781.2008.00687.x Liu, M., & Jackson, J. (2011). Reticence and anxiety in oral English lessons: A case study in China. In Researching Chinese learners: Skills, perceptions and intercultural adaptations (pp. 119–137). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230299481_6 Nakane, I. (2006). Silence and politeness in intercultural communication in university seminars. Journal of Pragmatics, 38(11), 1811–1835. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pragma.2006.01.005 Scollon, R., Scollon, S. W., & Jones, R. H. (2012). Intercultural communication: A discourse approach (3rd ed.). John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Song, Y. (2015). An investigation into participation in classroom dialogue in mainland China. Cogent Education, 2(1), 1065571. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2015.1065571 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 07 SES 12 B: Transnational Perspectives on Education, Mobility and Belonging Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper When Crisis Arrives at School: An Educational Leadership Encounter with Ukrainian Refugees. 1: Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway; 2: University of Bergen, Norway Presenting Author:The rapid arrival of refugees from Ukraine in 2022 compelled many European municipalities to establish temporary introductory provisions and transit-school arrangements at very short notice. Research on refugee education has moved from a focus on access and enrolment to examine safety, belonging, and educational participation, while leadership perspectives remain underexplored compared to those of teachers (Arar & Orucu, 2025; Aleghfeli et al., 2024). This paper addresses this gap by analysing how school leaders translated an under-specified mandate into local practice under crisis conditions, emphasising their focus on safety and inclusion to foster trust and reassurance among stakeholders. The research question examines how Norwegian school leaders translate national expectations into local practices, while acknowledging that contextual factors, such as Norway's educational policies and refugee demographics, influence leadership approaches that may vary across settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material comprises three semi-structured interviews with school leaders (the principal and department heads), classroom observations, and relevant municipal documents. Methodologically, the study uses thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022). The GlobCUREt framework is applied as a sensitising lens to examine how crisis responses may produce delayed and uneven consequences for participation and belonging across phases (Særerot& Torgersen, 2022). Translation theory further supports analysis of how policy intentions became workable routines and priorities at the school level (Røvik, 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis identifies four interconnected themes. The school leaders engaged in rapid translation of an unclear mandate through improvisation and prioritisation. A recurring decision was to prioritise “safety and Norwegian first,” thereby postponing broader curricular ambition (Sæverot & Torgersen, 2022). The school leaders described “leading through presence” as a stabilising strategy: being visible, available, and relationally accessible to pupils and families. While such presence supported trust and predictability, it also risked concentrating responsibility in individuals and blurring professional boundaries, raising sustainability concerns (Arar & Orucu, 2025). The case illustrates the paradox of “inclusion through separation.” The segregated transit arrangement produced immediate benefits, safety and structure, yet leaders increasingly described “bubble” dynamics, limited contact with majority peers, and challenging transitions over time. The school leaders also had to perform “boundary work and a gatekeeper role” in response to massive external goodwill and pressure (volunteers, organisations, media). They had to regulate access and requests, sort and structure offers of help, and sometimes refuse well-intentioned initiatives to protect pupils’ safety, staff capacity, and the school’s core educational mandate. This legitimacy work involved justifying boundaries as necessary and fair to multiple audiences (pupils, staff, parents, and the wider community), highlighting a persistent dilemma between openness/support on the one hand, and work peace, capacity, and equity on the other (Busengdal, 2025). Using GlobCUREt’s emphasis on delayed effects, the analysis highlights how organisational solutions that work in an acute phase may generate social distance and new exclusions in later phases, shaping belonging and participation unevenly (McIntyre & Neuhaus, 2021; Aleghfeli et al., 2024) This paper contributes to refugee education and educational (school) leadership research by focusing on the school leaders’ translation work under crisis conditions and emphasising the importance of explicit, inclusive early priorities and strategic planning to foster shared responsibility and a sense of purpose for sustainable inclusion pathways. References Aleghfeli, M., [et al.]. (2024). Safety, belonging and success in education for refugees in Europe: A systematic review. European Journal of Education. Arar, K., & Orucu, D. (2025). The research on educational leadership for refugees since 2009: An international systematic review of empirical evidence. International journal for education leadership. Theory and practice. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). SAGE Publications Ltd. Busengdal, E. (2025). Legitimising Integration Policies: National and Local Perspectives on Refugee Integration in Norway. Journal of Immigrant & Refugee Studies, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/15562948.2025.2535012 McIntyre, J., & Neuhaus, J. (2021). Theorising policy and practice in refugee education: Conceptualising safety, belonging and success through participatory parity. British Educational Research Journal. Røvik, K. A. (2019). Trender og translasjoner. Ideer som former det 21. Århunders organisasjon. 5. Edition [Trends and translations. Ideas that shape the 21st century. Organisation of the Centuries.] Universitetsforlaget Sæverot, H., & Torgersen, G. E. (2022). SSE-based frame of reference: Outlines for a global curriculum- turning existential threat into resources. In Meeting the challenges of the existential threats through educational innovation. A proposal for an expanded curriculum. (Ed. H.Sæverot) Routledge. Støren, I., & Kalisha, W. (2025). The pedagogical relationship lost in translation: Insights from a segregated Ukrainian refugee school. European Educational Research Journal 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Culturally Diverse Young People in Educational Research as Knowledge Holders for a More Pluralistic Global Citizenship Education (GCE) Queensland University of Technology, Australia Presenting Author:Global Citizenship Education (GCE) has the potential to contribute to positive transformations in society through its focus on global societal issues and values such as ethics, peace, solidarity, hope, equality, sustainability, and interculturality (Bourn, 2025; Cho & Mosselson, 2018; Le & Duong, 2023; Tarozzi, 2023; The United Nations, 2015). At the same time, there is consensus in GCE scholarship that the GCE discourse is dominated by Western and neoliberal hegemony, which focuses on people’s capacity to be productive and efficient members of society. On the other hand, many cultures and knowledges of the world are left out of the GCE discourse. In this vein, many scholars, including Pashby et al. (2020), Pashby and da Costa (2021) and Osler (2015), have argued that the GCE discourse should be decolonised, and that GCE should encompass pluralist approaches (Bosio and Waghid, 2023). Many scholars also claim that GCE should consider culturally diverse civic youth identities, for such education to be inclusive, more relevant and epistemically just. This study offers a view on how engaging with culturally diverse and migrant youth in GCE scholarship can illuminate young people’s understanding of citizenship, global citizenship, their aspirations for civic participation, and education about citizenship and global citizenship. The research question relevant to this paper is: How can culturally diverse young people’s lived experiences and knowledges contribute to a more pluralistic GCE through educational research? To answer this research question, this study followed the transformative paradigm (Hurtado, 2015; Mertens, 2025), informed by decoloniality (Mignolo & Walsh, 2018), to engage with culturally diverse youth, and enquire about their lived experiences and perspectives of citizenship, global citizenship and GCE. The transformative paradigm (Hurtado, 2015; Mertens, 2025) focuses on engaging with marginalised communities and people in nondominant cultural groups, challenging power structures, and advocating for social justice and positive social change. Decoloniality, mostly as discussed by Mignolo and Walsh (2018), informed the theoretical framework of the study, as it centres on the goals of epistemic reconstitution (Mignolo, 2021), or re-establishing justice and equality in the world’s knowledge systems. This theoretical framework supports the study’s intention to better understand culturally diverse young people’s views and lived experiences, which can enrich the education about citizenship and global citizenship, and make it more relevant to all students. This paper includes the findings from the study that involved thirty-three culturally diverse and migrant young people between 15 and 25 years of age, mostly from Europe and Asia, and residing in Australia at the time of participating in the study. The findings offer rich insights into young people’s lived experiences of cultural and epistemic diversity, in relation to (global) citizenship identities and participation. Thus, it is argued in the paper that including young people in educational research is significant, as it can help to better understand their values, experiences, and aspirations. This improved understanding of culturally diverse young people’s civic identities and practices can contribute to creating a GCE that is more pluralistic, just and relevant to all students. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Sixteen young people between 15-17 years of age participated in individual interviews, where they discussed their experiences and perspectives on citizenship, global citizenship and GCE. Following the interviews, seventeen young people between 18-25 of age took part in four focus groups, co-analysing interviews and envisioning a GCE that they considered relevant. The focus groups were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022). The data collection and analysis methods were guided by decolonial intentions, including epistemic reconstitution and pluriversality (Mignolo, 2021; Mignolo & Walsh, 2018). Another significant aspect of methodology was reflexivity. The researcher, as a female, heterosexual, able-bodied migrant from Serbia living in Australia, embedded deep reflexivity into the study. This reflexivity included the insider-outsider positioning (Dwyer & Buckle, 2018; Liu & Burnett, 2022) on multiple levels, and an ongoing reflection about how this complex dynamic affected the study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The experiences and perspectives of citizenship and GCE shared by the study participants in sixteen interviews and four focus groups relate to multiple societal issues, including their concerns about experiencing racism and discrimination, as well as barriers to practising and staying connected with their culture, faith, language, and civic/cultural identity. Young people’s active participation in the educational research that is concerned about their education, their values and their future, reflected hope that has increasingly become an important notion in the CE/GCE discourse (Andreotti, 2021; Bourn, 2025; Tarozzi, 2023). This study’s research findings can contribute to understanding the lived experiences of civic youth identities and of how young people from culturally diverse and migrant backgrounds perceive and imagine a just and culturally inclusive GCE. It is recommended that, to embrace more socially, epistemically just and decolonial approaches to GCE, young people from culturally diverse backgrounds should actively participate in the GCE discourse. The role of academic researchers is also significant, as it can support enquiring about and integrating culturally diverse young people’s needs, experiences, aspirations and perspectives into their education. The paper also argues that such an effort of educational researchers could provide insights that can support epistemic reconstitution in GCE by valuing and including the lived dimension of diverse cultures and knowledges of youth, and by acknowledging young people as knowledge holders. References Andreotti, V. de O. (2021). Depth education and the possibility of GCE otherwise. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 19(4), 496–509. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2021.1904214 Bosio, E., & Waghid, Y. (Eds.). (2023). Global Citizenship Education in the Global South: Educators’ Perceptions and Practices. Koninklijke Brill NV. Bourn, D. (2025). Putting into Practice Pedagogy of Hope. Policy and Practice: A Development Education Review, 41(Autumn), 51-68. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: a practical guide. SAGE. Cho, H. S., & Mosselson, J. (2018). Neoliberal practices amidst social justice orientations: global citizenship education in South Korea. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 48(6), 861-878. Dwyer, S. C., & Buckle, J. L. (2018). Reflection/Commentary on a Past Article: “The Space Between: On Being an Insider-Outsider in Qualitative Research.” International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 17(1). https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406918788176 Hurtado, S. (2015). The Transformative Paradigm: Principles and Challenges. In A. M. Martínez Alemán, B. Pusser, & E. M. Bensimon (Eds.), Critical approaches to the study of higher education: a practical introduction (pp. 285-307. Johns Hopkins University Press. Le, H. M., & Duong, B.-H. (2023). Global citizenship education in Vietnam: Exploring contested terrains for a new ideal citizen. Prospects, 53(3–4), 389–405. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-021-09593-3 Liu, X., & Burnett, D. (2022). Insider-outsider: Methodological reflections on collaborative intercultural research. Humanities & Social Sciences Communications, 9(1), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41599-022-01336-9 Mertens, D. M. (2025). Research opportunities to contribute to increased justice using a transformative approach. Methods in Psychology (Online), 12, Article 100182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.metip.2025.100182 Mignolo, W. D. (2021) Coloniality and globalization: a decolonial take. Globalizations, 18(5), 720-737. https://doi.org/10.1080/14747731.2020.1842094 Mignolo, W., & Walsh, C. E. (2018). On decoloniality: concepts, analytics, praxis. Duke University Press. Osler, A. (2015). Human Rights Education, Postcolonial Scholarship, and Action for Social Justice. Theory and Research in Social Education, 43(2), 244–274. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2015.1034393 Pashby, K., da Costa, M., Stein, S., & Andreotti, V. (2020). A meta-review of typologies of global citizenship education. Comparative Education, 56(2), 144–164. Pashby, K., & da Costa, M. (2021). Interfaces of critical global citizenship education in research about secondary schools in “global North” contexts. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 19(4), 379–392. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2021.1904213 Tarozzi, M. (2023). Futures and hope of global citizenship education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning (Print), 15(1), 44-. https://doi.org/10.14324/IJDEGL.15.1.05 The United Nations. (2015). Sustainable Development Goals. https://sdgs.un.org/goals/goal4#targets_and_indicators 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Schools in European Border Regions as Transnational Educational Spaces: Teachers’ Constructions of the Franco-German Border in Everyday School Practice 1: University of Kaiserslautern-Landau (RPTU), Germany; 2: Helmut-Schmidt-Universität, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, border regions in Germany have increasingly attracted scholarly attention in educational research (Budde et al., forthcoming; Perlinger & Wischmann, 2025). This growing interest is evident both in debates on transnational European education in the context of school and curriculum development (Busch et al., 2025) and in linguistic research on multilingualism, language practices, and language policies in border contexts (Höder & Krämer, 2025). Borders and border regions are thus no longer merely treated as peripheral spaces, but as dynamic social and educational arenas in which migration, mobility, and transnationality intersect in specific ways (Gerrard & Sriprakash, 2018). The proximity to national borders can be framed as a pedagogical resource that enables cross-border cooperation, multilingual education, and European citizenship education. However, less attention has been paid to how such border proximity is interpreted, valued, and enacted in everyday school practice by teachers in border regions themselves (Rosen, forthcoming). This paper addresses this gap by focusing on schools located in the Franco-German border region and by examining teachers’ biographical perspectives on the relevance of the border (region) in their professional practice. The guiding research question is: How is the Franco-German border region narratively made relevant—or rendered invisible—by teachers when reflecting on their everyday school practice, and what does this reveal about the possible formation of transnational(ised) educational spaces? Conceptually, the paper draws on perspectives from transnational studies, also known as cross-border studies (Levitt & Khagram, 2008; Amelina et al., 2012), and migration studies in education (Gogolin & Pries, 2004). These perspectives typically aim to overcome the methodological nationalism inherent in educational research (Dale & Robertson, 2009) and to denaturalize the idea that school/ing in the context of globalisation and cross-border mobility can still be exclusively understood in a national frame. Schools and schooling in border regions appear as obvious choices for such denaturalizing work inspired from broader migration studies (see Wimmer & Glick-Schiller, 2002). However, they are not to be understood as naturally transnational spaces simply because they are located in an area where border-crossings are a quasi-natural feature of social life. Instead, they are seen as socially and institutionally produced educational spaces whose relevance in relation to the border (crossing) depends primarily on in situ actors’ interpretations and practices (see also Kesper-Biermann, 2016, p. 93). The “transnationality” of educational spaces is not taken for granted or attributed from above, but becomes an empirical question. Its answer will depend on how, and in relation to what units and levels of analysis, “the transnational” is defined in the first place (Szakacs-Behling, 2022). In contrast to original conceptualisations of “transnational educational spaces” that consider only private cross-border educational offers (such as IB schools, or schools abroad) as genuinely “transnational” (e.g. Adick, 2018; Hornberg, 2014), we turn our analytical gaze to public schools located in a border region and examine them through a transnational lens. Beyond their organisational, structural and financial aspects (meso-level), we focus instead on the micro-level of interactions and investigate how participants in the everyday of schooling make sense of practices, symbols and artefacts making up the transnational social spaces opened by the border region (Pries, 2008) and thereby we fill the existing gaps in the literature on transnational education spaces with an emic perspective, emerging from the participants in social life themselves (Szakacs-Behling, forthcoming). By focusing on teachers’ biographical sense-making, the paper highlights how transnational educational spaces—understood in their emic sense—are actively constructed, relativized, or selectively activated within schools, thereby contributing to ongoing debates on internationalization, social justice, and educational inequality in European border contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This ongoing study is based on a qualitative research design employing biographical-narrative interviews with teachers (Rosenthal, 2015). This approach is particularly suited to exploring how teachers make sense of their professional experiences and how past trajectories shape present interpretations of educational contexts. The sample consists so far of two former German teachers who worked abroad and are now employed at two secondary schools in the Franco-German border region. Their transnational professional biographies provide a rich empirical basis for examining constructions of border relevance. The interviews were conducted using an open narrative prompt in 2024, inviting participants to reflect on their professional pathways and their experiences of teaching in different national and institutional contexts. Follow-up questions addressed the perceived role of the Franco-German border in everyday school practice, including curricular decisions, school cooperation, and student engagement. Data analysis follows principles of reconstructive qualitative analysis, informed by constructivist Grounded Theory (Charmaz, 2014). The interviews were transcribed and coded iteratively, combining open, focused, and comparative coding. Particular attention was paid to how teachers frame the border region: whether it appears as irrelevant, latent, strategically mobilized, or normatively charged. Analytical memos were used to reflect on emerging categories and to critically examine how transnationality, internationalization, and inequality are discursively linked in the material. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper demonstrates that schools in border regions cannot be assumed to function automatically as transnational educational spaces. Instead, the relevance of the Franco-German border is actively constructed by teachers and varies significantly across narratives. While one teacher marginalizes the border in favor of broader internationalization frameworks, the other actively mobilize it as a school resource—yet often in selective and exclusionary ways. By highlighting these ambivalences, the study contributes to a more differentiated understanding of education in border regions – which may, or may not, result in transnational (educational) spaces, as we have conceptualised them. It shows how educational opportunities linked to border proximity may simultaneously enable international learning and reproduce social inequalities. The findings invite a critical reflection on how schools conceptualize and govern transnationality and/or transnational connections and raise questions about who is granted access to cross-border educational resources. The paper thus contributes to ECER debates on internationalisation, migration, and social justice by foregrounding the micropolitics of transnational educational spaces and by emphasizing the role of teachers’ interpretations in shaping inclusive—or exclusive—border pedagogies. References Adick, C. (2018). Transnational education in schools, universities, and beyond: Definitions and research areas. Transnational Social Review, 8(2), 124–138. Amelina, A., Faist, T., Schiller, N. G., & Nergiz, D. D. (2012). Methodological Predicaments of Cross-Border Studies. In A. Amelina et al. (Eds.), Beyond Methodological Nationalism: Research Methodologies for Cross-Border Studies (1–19). Routledge. Budde, J. et al. (forthcoming). Figurationen der Zugehörigkeit in der deutsch-dänischen Bildungslandschaft. Tertium Comparationis, 32(1). Busch, M., Frisch, J., Mönter, L., & Wegner, A. (Eds.). (2025). Transnationale Europabildung in Grenzregionen: Interdisziplinäre Perspektiven der Schul- und Unterrichtsentwicklung. Barbara Budrich. Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing Grounded Theory. Sage. Dale, R., & Robertson, S. L. (2009). Beyond Methodological ‘Isms’ in Comparative Education in an Era of Globalisation. In R. Cowen & A. M. Kazamias (Eds.), International Handbook of Comparative Education (1113–1127). Springer. Gerrard, J., & Sriprakash, A. (2018). Migration and the borders of education. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 27(2–3), 107–110. Gogolin, I., & Pries, L. (2004). Stichwort: Transmigration und Bildung. Zeitschrift Für Erziehungswissenschaft, 7(1), 5–19. Höder, S. & Kramer, P. (Eds.) (2025). Nachbarsprachen – Sprachnachbarn. Mehrsprachigkeit und Sprachpolitik in Deutschlands Grenzregionen. Nomos. Hornberg, S. (2014). Transnational educational spaces. Border-transcending dimensions in education. In L. Vega (Eds.), Empires, post-coloniality and interculturality. New challenges for comparative education (171–180). Sense Publishers. Kesper-Biermann, S. (2016). Putting the Nation in Perspective: Educational Spaces – a Concept for the Historiography of Education. International Journal for the Historiography of Education, 6(1), 92–95. Levitt, P., & Khagram, S. (2008). Constructing Transnational Studies. In S. Khagram & P. Levitt (Eds.), The Transnational Studies Reader. Intersections and Innovations (1–19). Routledge. Perlinger, J., & Wischmann, A. (2025). Identity formation in minority education in the Danish-German border region. European Educational Research Journal, 0(0). Rosen, L. (forthcoming). (Dis-)Kontinuitäten transnationaler Bildungsräume: Berufsbiografische Perspektiven ehemaliger Auslandsdienstlehrkräfte an Schulen im deutsch-französischen Grenzraum. Tertium Comparationis, 32(1). Rosenthal, G. (2015). Interpretative Sozialforschung. Eine Einführung. Beltz. Szakács-Behling, S. (2022). Inter- or Transnationalisation in or of schooling? A critical overview of conflating terminologies, empirical foci, and suggested definitions. In S. Hornberg & M. Buddeberg (Eds.), Schule als Ort gesellschaftlicher Teilhabe (19–42). Waxmann. Szakács-Behling, S. (forthcoming). Transnational Education Spaces 2.0: A Concept Revisited, Reworked, and Reborn? In U. Deppe et al. (Eds.), Ungleiche Transnationalisierung von und in Bildung. Beltz. Wimmer, A., & Glick Schiller, N. (2002). Methodological nationalism and beyond: nation-state building, migration and the social sciences. Global Networks, 2(4), 301–334. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Growing Up Transnationally: Biographical Narratives of School Trajectories among Chinese-Origin Youth in Italy University of Milano-Bicocca, Italy Presenting Author:This paper presents an ongoing biographical study on the school experiences of young adults of Chinese origin who grew up between China and Italy. My presentation will display the theoretical framework, the research design, and the first insights of such a study. The research focuses on individuals who experienced a transnational childhood, spending significant periods of their early childhood in Zhejiang Province, cared for by grandparents or by the extended family, before reuniting with their parents in Italy during childhood or early adolescence. These trajectories — marked by family separation, reunification, and by the educational and linguistic transitions — are subsequently analyzed through dynamics experienced within the Italian school system, where such prior transitions are re-elaborated and negotiated (Ardizzoni & Omodeo, 2022; Costantini, 2023; Marsden, 2015; Paciocco & Baldassar, 2017; Paciocco, 2018). The theoretical framework of this study is situated within the literature about transnational childhoods and youth (Baldassar et al., 2007; Bohr & Tse, 2009; Gao & Sacchetto, 2024; Fresnoza-Flot & Nagasaka, 2015; Lamas-Abraira, 2019, 2023; Liu et al., 2017; Suárez-Orozco et al., 2002), which highlights how mobility, separation, and family reunification contribute to redefining emotional relationships, identities, and educational pathways. Within this framework, school emerges as a crucial institutional space, as it represents the first space of encounter with the host society and of renegotiation of one’s own identity (Demetrio, Favaro, 1992; Moro, 2001; Fiorucci, 2020; Gobbo, 2000. Existing research on students of Chinese origin in Italy has highlighted dynamics of exclusion and othering, often interpreted through deficit-based frameworks (Cologna & Breveglieri, 2003; Ghisalberti, 2008; Paciocco, 2021; Omodeo, 2002; Scolaro, 2025; Segatto, 2023). The present contribution seeks to move beyond such interpretations by giving voice to and focusing on young people’s subjective narratives and the ways in which they attribute meaning to their school experiences over time. From an empirical perspective, the study is based on semi-structured biographical interviews (Bertaux, 2003; Bichi, 2022; Merrill & West, 2009) with young adults (18–31 years old) of Chinese origin who have experienced family reunification and who currently live in Italy. The biographical approach allows to explore educational trajectories from a retrospective point of view, empathizing moments of discontinuity such as migration, entry into or re-entry into the Italian school system, language learning, and the construction of relationships with peers and teachers. The analysis pays particular attention to dynamics of inclusion and exclusion, peer relationships, processes of language learning, and the negotiation of cultural and linguistic identities in both formal and informal educational contexts. Moreover, the paper discusses the methodological choices guiding this specific research, grounded in a multi-sited ethnographic approach (Marcus, 1995) as well as in the integration of digital materials drawn from online spaces frequented by the Chinese diaspora in Italy. This design opens to access spaces of interaction that, due to the exclusive use of the Chinese language, would otherwise remain unexplored. On the basis of the literature review, this contribution argues for the need to move beyond deficit-based readings of the school experiences of young people of Chinese origin, rather valuing transnational resources, adaptive capacities, and forms of agency that may emerge along their life trajectories. Finally, the contribution aims to open a broader reflection on how school systems can respond in a more inclusive and informed way to the complexity of transnational biographies. It acknowledges that schools often do not have access to the lived meanings of these trajectories and, therefore, struggle to adequately respond to their unique needs. By foregrounding young people’s voices, the research suggests that creating spaces of listening can be a key step in enabling schools and teachers to develop more aware practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopts a qualitative design that integrates biographical methods (Bertaux, 2003; Merrill & West, 2009), multi-sited ethnography (Marcus, 1995), and netnography (Kozinets, 1998, 2010, 2015), in order to capture the complexity of educational experiences within transnational life trajectories that unfold across physical, relational, and digital spaces. The main corpus of empirical data consists of semi-structured biographical interviews with young adults of Chinese origin who experienced periods of separation from their parents during childhood and a subsequent family reunification in Italy. The biographical approach makes it possible to reconstruct educational trajectories through participants’ narratives, exploring the ways in which they retrospectively reinterpret their school and migratory experiences. The interviews are designed to elicit significant moments, conceived as developmental transitions (Bronfenbrenner, 1986) with particular attention to entry into the Italian school system, relationships with peers and teachers. The interviews are conducted in Italian or Chinese, according to participants’ preferences, recorded, and fully transcribed. Although the research is mainly carried out in Italy, it takes into account transnational ties with China, as they emerge from participants’ narratives. School experiences are therefore analyzed in relation to family histories, transnational care practices, and educational imaginaries that cut across multiple national contexts. A key methodological element is a netnographic exploration that situates participants’ narratives within a broader digital discursive field. The digital materials analyzed are drawn from the Chinese platform Red Note 小红书, an online space widely used by the Chinese diaspora in Italy to share experiences, advice, and autobiographical narratives related to migration, schooling, and growing up across multiple cultural contexts. The analysis focuses on posts, comments, and narratives concerning family separation, reunification, schooling, and identity negotiation. These materials are treated as texts that make it possible to explore collective discourses, emotional repertoires, and shared interpretive frames. The netnographic materials function as a contextual and interpretive resource, allowing the interview data to be read against wider circulating narratives and meaning-making practices within the Chinese diasporic digital space. Data analysis follows a thematic-narrative approach (Riessman, 2008; Braun & Clarke, 2009) and is informed by an ecological perspective that considers the interaction between the individual, the family, the school, and broader socio-cultural contexts. Particular attention is devoted to ethical issues, especially with regard to informed consent, participants’ anonymity, and the responsible use of digital materials. The study is being conducted in full compliance with the procedures approved by University of Milano-Bicocca’s Ethics Committee. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the research is still ongoing, the first insights highlight several elements that are relevant for the educational debate on transnational biographies. Participants’ narratives help to problematize linear and deficit-oriented readings of the school experiences of young people of Chinese origin, instead showing complex trajectories of adaptation, negotiation, learning and meaning-making that develop over time. School emerges as an ambivalent space: on the one hand, a site of difficulties related to language learning, dynamics of exclusion, and perceptions of otherness; on the other hand, a context in which transnational resources such as flexibility and resilience are progressively mobilized but often remain invisibilized and unrecognized. The biographical approach also highlights how school experiences are deeply intertwined with family histories of migration and separation. The integration of netnographic materials makes it possible to situate individual biographies within broader transnational discourses, showing how the experiences narrated by participants resonate with shared narratives circulating in the digital spaces of the Chinese diaspora in Italy. These online spaces appear as significant sites for the collective elaboration of experiences, for the construction of a sense of belonging, and for the production of counter-narratives with respect to dominant representations of students of Chinese origin. Overall, the contribution argues for the need to rethink educational responses to transnational biographies, moving beyond culturalist and essentializing approaches. Recognizing the relational, transnational, and digital dimensions of students’ lives is crucial in order to promote more inclusive, reflexive, and youth-centered educational practices. References Ardizzoni, S., & Omodeo, M. (2022). L’istruzione dei sinodiscendenti nelle scuole italiane. Tracce e percorsi. Sinosfere, 15. Baldassar, L., Baldock, C. V., & Wilding, R. (2007). Families caring across borders: Migration, aging, and transnational caregiving. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 33(2), 276–297. https://doi.org/10.1080/13691830701227126. Bohr, Y., & Tse, C. (2009). Satellite babies in transnational families: A study of parents’ decision to separate from their infants. Infant Mental Health Journal, 30(3), 265–286. Dobson, M. E. (2009). Unpacking children in migration research. Children’s Geographies, 7(3), 355–360. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733280903024514 Fresnoza-Flot, A., & Nagasaka, I. (2015). Conceptualizing childhoods in transnational families: The “mobile childhoods” lens. In I. Nagasaka & A. Fresnoza-Flot (Eds.), Mobile childhoods in Filipino transnational families (pp. 1–20). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137515148_2. Gao, R., & Sacchetto, D. (2024). Constructing a transnational childcare bricolage: Chinese migrant families in Italy coordinating transnational mobility and childcare. European Societies, 26(3), 880–907. Lamas-Abraira, L. (2023). Fluid childhoods: Chinese migrants’ descendants growing up transnationally. In D. Bühler-Niederberger, X. Gu, J. Schwittek, & E. Kim (Eds.), The Emerald handbook of childhood and youth in Asian societies (pp. 61–82). Liu, C. H., Chen, S. H., Bohr, Y., Wang, L., & Tronick, E. (2017). The practice of transnational separation among Chinese immigrant parents and children. In The cultural nature of attachment: Contextualizing relationships and development (pp. 171–190). Marsden, A. (2015). Second-generation Chinese and new processes of social integration in Italy. In Chinese migration to Europe: Prato, Italy, and beyond. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137400246_6. Orellana, M. F., Thorne, S. H., Chee, A., & Lam, W. S. E. (2011). Transnational childhoods: The participation of children in processes of family migration. Social Problems, 58(4), 479–504. https://doi.org/10.1525/sp.2011.58.4.479. Paciocco, A., & Baldassar, L. (2017). Italian-schooled Chinese migrant youth in Prato: The liability of outsidership and social identity formation. In Native and immigrant entrepreneurship: Lessons for local liabilities in globalization from the Prato case study (pp. 97–113). Paciocco, A. (2018). Performing Chinese diasporic identity through Mandarin: The case of Italian-schooled Chinese migrant youth in Prato (Italy). Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 17(4), 207–221. https://doi.org/10.1080/15348458.2018.1437348. Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. SAGE. Suárez-Orozco, C., Todorova, I. L. G., & Louie, J. (2002). Making up for lost time: The experience of separation and reunification among immigrant families. Family Process, 41(4), 625–643. Wen, F. 文峰. (2014). 侨乡跨家家庭中“洋”留守儿童问题探讨 [An analysis on foreign left-behind children in the transnational family of overseas Chinese hometowns]. 东南亚研究 / Southeast Asian Studies, (04). https://doi.org/10.19561/j.cnki.sas.2014.04.011 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 07 SES 12 C: Education for Social Justice in Contexts of Conflict Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Luca Agostinetto Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Education under Constraint: Prisoners’ Experiences of Studying in Correctional Settings Stockholm University, Sweden Presenting Author:In many Western democracies, education in prison is considered vital for the rehabilitation and societal reintegration of incarcerated individuals (Behan, 2014; Halimi et al., 2017; Novek, 2019; Roth et al., 2017). Participation in education is linked to lower recidivism rates, better employment prospects, and enhanced public safety. Previous research has also shown that it can improve prisoners’ well-being by providing a sense of purpose and agency, as well as mitigating the emotional strain of imprisonment (Behan, 2014; Bhatti, 2010; Bovill & Anderson, 2020; Brosens et al., 2020; Costelloe, 2003; Panitsides & Moussiou, 2019; Roth et al., 2017; Tewksbury & Stengel, 2006). Despite education’s positive impact on the individual and society, the provision of education for prisoners has become subject to changing political climates and ideologies. This is also visible in Sweden, which is the country under investigation in this presentation. In recent years, Sweden has adopted a more punitive approach to crime by implementing harsher criminal policies with longer prison sentences and by restricting the range and content of educational opportunities for inmates (Kriminalvården, 2019, 2023). This underscores a commitment to punishment rather than rehabilitation, reflecting a turn away from democracy and social justice seen elsewhere in Europe. A perspective largely absent in public debate and academic research on education in prison is the voices of prisoners, despite being at the center of all educational efforts. I argue that it is crucial to include prisoners’ perspectives and experiences in order to generate academic knowledge that can truly benefit both prisoners and society, as well as promote social justice. My presentation, therefore, explores education in prison from the perspective of prisoners and formerly incarcerated individuals through interviews and questionnaires. I will provide insights into how (former) inmates experience this unique environment for education and the challenges and possibilities they encounter. In addition, I explore why inmates choose to participate in education while incarcerated and the value they ascribe to it. The research questions are as follow:
Studying while incarcerated is strictly regulated, as it must adhere to the prison’s overarching rules and security protocols. To analyze how prison conditions shape inmates’ participation in education, the theory of practice architecture (Grootenboer & Edwards-Groves, 2023; Kemmis et al., 2014; Mahon et al., 2017) is applied as theoretical framework. It provides the analytical tools to examine how correctional arrangements can both constrain and enable educational experiences. Through the analysis, we can gain insights into prison as a complex and multifaceted setting for education. This study, although focused on Sweden, has broader international relevance, as the provision of education is framed by prison regulations and security considerations that are inherent to the prison as an institution, regardless of country. It stimulates reflection on how to create meaningful learning experiences that provide prisoners with the knowledge and skills to lead an independent and law-abiding life. This, in turn, can contribute to more democratic, just, and safe societies – an aim pursued by many countries, yet increasingly challenged by polycrises. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical material consists of 15 semi-structured interviews with former inmates who had studied high school courses, vocational education, or higher education during their incarceration. The interviews lasted on average around 35 minutes and were conducted via phone or video call. A semi-structured interview guide was used, covering questions relating to the reasons for participating in education and the study experiences while incarcerated. As personal semi-structured interviews with current inmates were not possible due to the Swedish Prison and Probation Service’s strained situation with overcrowding, open-ended questionnaires were distributed instead. In total, 108 open-ended questionnaires were collected from current inmates studying high school courses. The questionnaires covered the reasons for participating, what the students liked and disliked about the studies, what support they received, and how studying in prison differs from studying outside prisons. The analysis of the data is inspired by qualitative content analysis, as described by Elo and Kyngäs (2008), which includes coding, creating categories, and abstraction. I coded all material with the help of the NVivo software and created categories that were iteratively refined by collapsing, renaming, and creating new categories. After generating categories, the theory of practice architecture was applied to understand how the correctional setting shapes inmates’ reasoning around education and their study experiences. My research is approved by the Swedish Ethical Review Authority and follows the guidelines on good research practice by the Swedish Research Council (2007) and the All European Academies (2017). During the research process, continuous moral and ethical reflections were made in order to protect the research participants’ integrity. This is especially important in prison-related research, as research participants can be considered a vulnerable group. Although my interview participants were no longer incarcerated, some of them were in a halfway house (i.e. still serving part of their sentence within the prison system) and individuals with a criminal record, which oftentimes is stigmatized. It was therefore important to ensure that participation was fully voluntary and that all data were handled with care and confidentiality in order to prevent any additional social harm. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings For some interviewees, being in prison was the driving force for participating in education, as they would not have started studying if they had not been incarcerated. They shared how they were unable or unwilling to participate in education outside prison due to familial and work obligations or engagement in destructive lifestyles. Some respondents participated in education without personal interest, as prison administration mandated participation, or because other activities, such as prison work, were considered a worse alternative than education. Other research participants actively chose education, as they had an interest in education even prior to the conviction. Another common reason to participate was the wish to improve employment prospects and to show future employers that the time in prison was used for something meaningful. The study experiences were affected by the specific prisons the research participants were located at, their security class, attitudes of the staff, length of the sentence, as well as the type of education and the specific subject. One limitation mentioned by several research participants was security considerations, as they, for example, could not get permission to visit the library or to participate in study activities other than lectures. Access to the internet was also restricted, which made it difficult to search for information or to contact their teachers when needed. Prison-related issues, such as conflicts between inmates, searches, and lockdowns, could also frequently disrupt the studies. At the same time, for some students, studying in prison was experienced as easier due to fewer distractions. Many research participants also shared that it was fun and interesting to study and that their teachers were engaged and supportive. Studying while incarcerated made the participants feel good and accomplished, highlighting the positive effect that education has on inmates’ well-being. References Behan, C. (2014). Learning to Escape: Prison Education, Rehabilitation and the Potential for Transformation. Journal of Prison Education & Reentry, 1(1), 20–31. https://doi.org/10.25771/8039 Bhatti, G. (2010). Learning behind bars: Education in prisons. Teaching and Teacher Education, Anthropological Perspectives on Learning and Teaching: Legitimate Peripheral Participation Revisited, 26(1), 31–36. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2009.06.020 Bovill, M., & Anderson, C. (2020). Changing the Subject: A Community of Philosophical Inquiry in Prisons. European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 11(2), 183–198. https://doi.org/10.3384/rela.2000-7426.ojs981 Brosens, D., Croux, F., Claes, B., Vandevelde, S., & De Donder, L. (2020). An Organizational Analysis of Foreign National Prisoners’ Participation Possibilities in Flanders (Belgium). Journal of Prison Education Reentry, 6(2), 144–161. https://doi.org/10.25771/mh4f-0996 Costelloe, A. (2003). Third level education in Irish prisons: Who participates and why? https://oro.open.ac.uk/63999/1/27532740.pdf Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x Grootenboer, P., & Edwards-Groves, C. (2023). The Theory of Practice Architectures. Researching Practices. SpringerBriefs in Education. Halimi, M., Brosens, D., De Donder, L., & Engels, N. (2017). Learning during Imprisonment: Prisoners’ Motives to Educational Participation within a Remand Prison in Belgium. Journal of Correctional Education, 68(1), 3–31. http://www.jstor.org/stable/26508015 Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer Science+Business Media. Kriminalvården. (2019). Beslut avseende avveckling av högskolestudier i anstalt (KV 2019-23133). Kriminalvården. (2023). Kriminalvårdens kapacitetsbehov till följd av Tidöavtalet. Mahon, K., Kemmis, S., Francisco, S., & Lloyd, A. (2017). Introduction: Practice Theory and the Theory of Practice Architectures. In K. Mahon, S. Francisco, & S. Kemmis (Eds.), Exploring Education and Professional Practice (pp. 1–30). Springer. Novek, E. (2019). Making meaning: Reflections on the act of teaching in prison. Review of Communication, 19(1), 55–68. https://doi.org/10.1080/15358593.2018.1554824 Panitsides, E. A., & Moussiou, E. (2019). What does it take to motivate inmates to participate in prison education? An exploratory study in a Greek prison. Journal of Adult and Continuing Education, 25(2), 157–177. https://doi.org/10.1177/14779714198406 Roth, B. B., Westrheim, K., Jones, L., & Manger, T. (2017). Academic Self-Efficacy, Educational Motives and Aspects of the Prison Sentence as Predictors for Participation in Prison Education. Journal of Correctional Education, 68(3), 19–40. http://dx.doi.org/10.15845/jper.v3i2.1040 Tewksbury, R., & Stengel, K. M. (2006). Assessing Correctional Education Programs: The Students’ Perspective. Journal of Correctional Education, 57(1), 13–25. https://www.jstor.org/stable/23282685 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Navigating the Recognition Gap: Intergroup Dialogue, Agency, and Social Justice under Conditions of War Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel Presenting Author:In recent decades, intergroup dialogue initiatives have been adopted in higher education as tools for promoting intercultural understanding, inclusion, and social cohesion in divided societies (Bekerman & Maoz, 2005; Zembylas, 2018). Much of this work rests on normative assumptions about dialogue as a space for mutual recognition, and conflict mitigation. Critical scholarship, however, has questioned these assumptions, highlighting how intercultural and peace-oriented educational practices may obscure asymmetrical power relations, structural inequality, and contested political histories (Ahmed, 2012). These tensions become particularly pronounced under conditions of active war, when pedagogical aspirations for dialogue collide with fear, trauma, and heightened political constraint that reshapes what can be said, acknowledged, or withheld. This paper examines how social justice–oriented intergroup dialogue operates under such conditions. Empirically, it draws on a qualitative study of an intergroup dialogue initiative involving Jewish and Palestinian students at an Israeli university during the Gaza war. The program brought together students positioned within unequal regimes of citizenship, exposure to violence, and political legitimacy. Rather than evaluating the initiative in terms of pedagogical effectiveness or reconciliatory success, the paper approaches intergroup dialogue as a social arena in which struggles over recognition, moral boundary-making, and ethically constrained forms of agency are enacted. Following Lamont (2012), these struggles are understood as embedded in broader social and institutional hierarchies rather than reducible to interpersonal misunderstanding. The analysis identifies a three-stage process through which these struggles unfolded: In the first stage, structured avoidance, facilitators and participants relied on depoliticized interaction to sustain interpersonal contact while suspending direct engagement with the war. While this strategy enabled the continuation of dialogue, it produced patterned silences that constrained the articulation of inequality, harm, and political responsibility, echoing critical accounts of “safe space” pedagogies in conflict-affected contexts (Zembylas & Papamichael, 2017). In the second stage, collision, attempts to introduce political narratives exposed a recognition gap rooted in competing and asymmetrical claims. Jewish students sought recognition of vulnerability, and the trauma of October 7, while Palestinian students sought recognition of collective identity, political presence, and the structural conditions shaping their marginalization. Under wartime conditions, affirming one set of claims was frequently experienced as carrying political risk for the other, rendering mutual recognition increasingly precarious. In the third stage, navigation through internalization, the erosion of collective dialogue gave rise to reflexive forms of agency, as participants oriented toward ethical self-positioning and self-protection rather than mutual understanding. Drawing on Lamont’s work on moral boundaries and recognition as processes of valuation and exclusion (Lamont, 2012), the recognition gap identified in the dialogue does not merely reflect interpersonal misunderstanding, but points to deeper asymmetries in civic status, political legitimacy, and differential exposure to violence. Under conditions of war, claims for recognition are not only moral or affective, but embedded in unequal relations of citizenship, security, and public belonging. Intercultural educational spaces are thus less tasked with reconciling difference than with sustaining engagement amid its irreducibility. Conceptually, the paper reframes the recognition gap not as a communicative failure or deficit to be resolved through improved dialogue, but as a socially and institutionally structured terrain produced by unequal relations of power, vulnerability, and legitimacy (Fraser, 2000; Lamont, 2012). It argues that, under conditions of war, intergroup dialogue functions less as a mechanism of reconciliation and more as a site where the tensions and limits of intercultural education and social justice projects become visible. By centering participants’ situated navigation rather than dialogic resolution, the study contributes to debates in social justice and intercultural education on how agency, recognition, and inequality are negotiated when democratic and pedagogical ideals are profoundly unsettled. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodological Approach This study adopts a qualitative, interpretive design grounded in a reflexive constructivist grounded theory approach (Charmaz, 2014), suited to examining social processes under uncertainty, risk, and moral constraint. The analysis treats war as a constitutive condition shaping both the encounter and the research process. Knowledge production is thus understood as situated and constrained, structured by power relations that delimit what can be expressed, observed, or documented. Research Context The study was conducted within a year-long, DEI-led dialogue program (pseudonym: Leaders of Change) at an Israeli university during the Gaza war. The program brought together Jewish and Palestinian students and was institutionally framed as a space for coexistence and student leadership development. Its design combined, in the first semester, interpersonal activities and joint campus-based initiatives, followed in the second semester by facilitated engagement with political identity, the conflict, and the war. As hostilities intensified, the program unfolded amid heightened security, polarization, and institutional scrutiny. Eighteen students participated in the program, evenly divided between Jewish and Palestinian students. Data Collection Data were collected between January and June 2025 and included three primary sources: (1) twenty-six in-depth, semi-structured interviews in two waves; (2) non-participant observations of eleven bi-weekly sessions; and (3) participant-generated materials, including reflective texts. The researcher adopted a non-participant stance, documenting interactional dynamics, silences, and tensions in a detailed journal. Several Palestinian students objected to audio recording, citing concerns related to surveillance and potential repercussions for their academic standing in the wartime context. Interviews were therefore documented via participant-informed methods, including detailed notes, prioritizing safety over standardized recording. Analysis and Reflexivity Data analysis followed grounded theory procedures of open, focused, and theoretical coding, using constant comparison across data sources and time points. Analytic attention was directed to both articulated narratives and patterned silences. Through this process, the analysis developed a three-stage process—structured avoidance, collision, and navigation through internalization—capturing how participants navigated the recognition gap under war. Reflexivity was maintained regarding researcher positionality and the effects of war on access, trust, and knowledge production. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This analysis invites a reconsideration of how intergroup dialogue is conceptualized within social justice and intercultural education under conditions of active war. Rather than assuming dialogue as a stable pedagogical space oriented toward mutual recognition or reconciliation, the findings foreground dialogue as a fragile and contested social arena in which recognition claims, moral boundaries, and agency are differentially constrained. War does not simply intensify existing tensions within dialogue initiatives; it transforms the very conditions under which recognition can be sought, granted, or ethically risked. Tracing a three-stage process—structured avoidance, collision, and internalization—the study demonstrates how participants respond to the erosion of collective dialogue by recalibrating expectations, boundaries, and modes of participation. Agency does not primarily take the form of persuasion or consensus-building. Instead, it emerges as a reflexive practice of ethical self-positioning, self-protection, and managing vulnerability. These forms of agency are cautious and situational, yet analytically significant, revealing how individuals act meaningfully when reciprocity is unattainable. Conceptually, the study advances an understanding of the recognition gap as a socially and institutionally structured condition, not a communicative deficit. Claims for recognition during war are embedded in unequal relations of citizenship, security, and public legitimacy, shaping what can be said or withheld. Intergroup dialogue thus functions less as a mechanism for reconciliation and more as a site where the limits of intercultural education and social justice projects become visible. For social justice and intercultural education, these findings call for more reflexive, modest expectations of what dialogue can accomplish in protracted violence. Rather than measuring dialogue by harmony or consensus, attention should focus on how educational spaces enable participants to navigate irreducible tensions and sustain ethical agency amid structural inequality and conflict. References Ahmed, S. (2012). On being included: Racism and diversity in institutional life. Duke University Press. Bekerman, Z., & Maoz, I. (2005). Troubles with identity: Obstacles to coexistence education in conflict-ridden societies. Identity: An International Journal of Theory and Research, 5(4), 341–357. https://doi.org/10.1207/s1532706xid0504_5 Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed.). SAGE Publications. Fraser, N. (2000). Rethinking recognition. New Left Review, 3, 107–120. Lamont, M. (2012). Toward a comparative sociology of valuation and evaluation. Annual Review of Sociology, 38, 201–221. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-soc-070308-120022 Zembylas, M. (2018). Affect and emotions in peace education: The view from critical pedagogy. Peacebuilding, 6(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/21647259.2017.1372309 Zembylas, M., & Papamichael, E. (2017). Pedagogies of discomfort and empathy in intercultural teacher education. Intercultural Education, 28(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2017.1288444 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Responding the Societal Needs in Post-Conflict Europe: New Tasks for Modern Higher Education and Research Borys Grinchenko Kyiv Metropolitan University, Ukraine Presenting Author:The modern world consistently demonstrates megatrends towards polarization, increasing geopolitical tension and shift to isolation and individualism in international relations with the far-reaching implications for migration, social transformations, labor markets and educational strategies. Such realities require total adaptation and diversification, new tasks for education and research and identifying the outputs and outcomes. The war in Ukraine has put under revision Universities’ roles and tasks, they’re now shelters, numbers in the lists of losses, host institutions for forcibly migrated students and academics. To keep responding the societal needs there is an obvious necessity to amend curricula to give the humanities (in particular teaching political science and difficult history), media literacy, critical thinking the same relevance as ICT, STEM, AI etc. This will contribute to bringing up conscious citizens, understanding political regimes, technologies of (deep)fakes and PSYOPs, interstate relations trends, slowing down the mounting polarization and inequality but the most - for democratic culture and participation, which involves having a say. Thus, the biggest urgent task for the tertiary education is to overcome apathy of in-conflict societies with the help of interuniversity cross-border cooperation and mentoring for sustainability of post-conflict Europe. This context actualizes the continuous democratization of educational content to promote resilience, cohesion and respect to other people’s opinions to unable future conflicts. It derives from Magna Charta values but nowadays demonstrates a potentially difficult trade-off between the pedagogy of patriotism and the pedagogy of democracy. And in a contextual setting of invasion and war this dichotomy is even more difficult to overcome as then patriotism gains ground and more extreme forms. In this regard the task is to adapt educational and research strategies to societal needs combining patriotism with pluralism. On the other hand, migration of Ukrainian academics amended R&I content, outcomes and tendences, highlighted methodological gaps, shook the rigid and regulated European system of knowledge production by the need to integrate “less rated” academic refugees to preserve intellectual and social capital for sustainable development of host societies. Thus, a major requirement for European higher education and research in the conditions of “poly-crisis” is no longer consider it in terms of “frameworks”, “standards” and idealistic development strategies. It should be flexible and adaptive to prioritize the subject fields situationally not for decades, scan emerging needs, challenges and incoming resources, especially during conflicts (for example, migration as intellectual and social capital not only like social and economic burden for host countries), and align the focus of research by uniting in think tanks, generating fruitful networking and bridging academia to develop relevant coping strategies, new curricula and special learning opportunities (MOOCs) for cohesion and reduction of polarization. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology is based on the Theory of Change (ToC) and Context-Mechanism-Outcome (CMO). ToC includes the following stages: input (the «intervention», the initial activities) → output (the immediate results, «deliveries») → outcome (what the deliveries lead to, make project participants and target groups do as a result of the activities) → impact (on society). As a structuring and analytical tool ToC is useful because it helps to avoid concentration on output practicalities and engenders good discussions about what works and what does not work. CMO is another analytical tool which helps combining a focus on the program as such with a focus on the pre-existing context in which the program intervenes with its activities, as well as to identify how the program activates structural, agential and relational mechanisms to produce the planned outcomes. Put differently, this is about helping outputs lead to outcomes by identifying contextual obstacles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We stand for launching a new European Program for Sustainable Democratization of Higher Education and Research in Post-conflict Societies which will bridge progressive in implementing democracy into educational content (like it is largely done in school education) European universities, specialized agencies and NGOs. Consortium must foster to: • Grow the skills for evidence-based strategic leadership • Gain best practices and hands-on tools for strategic planning and evaluation • Gain an in-depth understanding of current and future trends in internationalization and forced migration flows • Build a strong network of international leaders across the EU to exchange ideas and experiences • Develop evidence-based plans to address challenges in a concrete society at a concrete time. We have started an approbation of this idea in joint applications with our partner institutions (European Wergeland Center, Oslo Metropolitan University, Queen's University Belfast), we’re going to invite to discussion ECER-2026 participants to have a tailor made effect and jointly draft the Chart, WPs and KPIs. References 1.Deineko O., Holm-Hansen J. (2024). Strengthening Ukraine’s Democracy through Education During the War: Second Mid-Term Evaluation of the European Wergeland Centre’s Schools for Democracy Programme. ISBN: 9788283094220. 39 p. URL: https://nva.sikt.no/registration/0198cc4e7098-ff9a8413-b8c5-4966-ac10-21860c36900f 2.Holm-Hansen J., Rabinovych M. Democracy promotion through schools in Ukraine - Mid-term evaluation, NIBR Report 2021:3 3.Info Sapiens research project “We dream and act: nationwide survey of Ukrainian youth”, URL : https://iri.org.ua/sites/default/files/surveys/Public%202023%20UNITY%20Youth%20Survey_Ukraine_fin_UKR.pdf 4.OECD (2017). Reviews of Integrity in Education: Ukraine 2017. URL : https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/oecd-reviews-of-integrity-in-education-ukraine_9789264270664-en 5.OECD (2023). Learning during Crisis - Insights for Ukraine from across the Globe. URL : https://www.oecd.org/education/Lessons-during-Crisis.pdf 6.Nansenprogrammet for Ukraina, Utenriksdepartementet, 2024. URL : https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/da41c8b998e946c7bcb85d2a99f671c5/no/pdfs/stm202320240008000dddpdfs.pdf 7.UNHCR (2024). Operational Data Portal – Ukraine Refugee Situation. URL : https://data.unhcr.org/en/situations/ukraine 8.V-Dem Institute (2022). Democracy Report 2022 - Autocratization Changing Nature? URL : https://www.vdem.net/documents/19/dr_2022_ipyOpLP.pdf 9.V-Dem Institute (2024). Democracy Report 2024 - Democracy Winning and Losing at the Ballot. URL : https://v-dem.net/documents/43/v-dem_dr2024_lowres.pdf. 10.Vision of the Future of Education and Science of Ukraine for the period 2024-2029. URL : https://mon.gov.ua/storage/app/media/Viziya.maybutnoho.osvity.i.nauky.Ukrayiny/12.07.2023/Viziya.maybutnoho.osvity.i.nauky.Ukrayiny-12.07.2023-2.1.pdf. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Integrating Global Citizenship Education into Teacher Education: Collaborative Curriculum Reform in Liberia as a Case Study 1: Jyväskylä University, Finland; 2: Turku University, Finland; 3: Education Partner Integrated Consortium (EPIC), Liberia Presenting Author:This study uses Liberia as a case study to explore curriculum reform through the lens of global citizenship education (GCED). Drawing on a qualitative process analysis, it examines how collaborative forms of curriculum reform shaped the content and process of integrating GCED themes into Liberian teacher education. Co-authored by contributors from Liberia and Finland, the article provides an insider's view of how global pedagogical ideals are negotiated in local reform processes. A central goal of the Early Childhood Education (ECE) and Primary-level curriculum reform was to strengthen global citizenship content within teacher education. This included integrating contents of inclusion, mental health and psychosocial support (MHPSS), gender equity and School-Related Gender-Based Violence prevention (SRGBV), digital literature, and green skills into the revised new curriculum. The article examines how collaboration in curriculum reform took shape across different phases, and the forms of collaboration that emerged. By 'collaborative forms', we mean negotiation, co-creation, contextualisation, and dialogue. We explore how diverse stakeholders contributed to shaping the reform process, and how participatory practices evolved within a donor- funded context. This study demonstrates how Global Citizenship Education can become contextually relevant when curriculum reform is carried out through collaborative, dialogic and locally grounded processes. In doing so, it responds to international calls to reimagine teacher education and curriculum reform as a collaborative and transformative process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative process analysis (Bingham, 2025; Dumas et al., 2018) to trace how decisions related to Global Citizenship Education (GCED) emerged and evolved throughout the curriculum reform. Rather than treating the curriculum as a fixed product, the analysis focused on the temporal sequence of events, interactions and negotiations that shaped its development. The analysis will answer the question: How did collaborative approaches to curriculum reform shape the integration of global citizenship education themes in Liberian teacher education? The data consists of documents produced during the reform process, such as daily field notes written by international team, curriculum drafts, inception reports, workshop summaries and validation documents. We followed the analytical sequence outlined by Bingham (2025), in which the process is structured into distinct phases and each phase is examined in relation to its contribution to the outcome. Using this framework, we reconstructed the key stages of the curriculum reform and analysed the daily notes and decisions made at each stage. We also examined how various forms of collaboration shaped the integration of GCED content. By “collaborative forms,” we refer to dialogue, negotiation, co‑creation and contextualisation. We selected these as the analytical categories because these forms of collaboration are well‑established in prior research on participatory curriculum reform and critical global education. Dialogue is understood as a reciprocal and reflective exchange in which participants listen, question assumptions and co‑construct meaning (Freire, 1970; Andreotti, 2011). Negotiation refers to the process through which participants interpret diverse perspectives and collaboratively construct shared meanings (Rose and Myers, 2024). Contextualisation describes the adaptation of ideas and learning experiences to participants’ cultural, linguistic and social realities (Niles, 2025). Co‑creation refers to collaborative processes in which participants jointly shape learning experiences and knowledge (Omland et al., 2025; Kaminskienė et al., 2020). The collaborative nature of the methodology was integral to the analysis. Researchers and practitioners from Liberia and Finland jointly interpreted the documentary data through iterative analytical exchanges and by sharing drafts. This dialogical analytical approach enhanced the credibility of the findings by incorporating multiple perspectives and anchoring interpretations in contextual knowledge (Ansell and Gash, 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that the integration of GCED emerged through a combination of agenda setting by the ministry, dialogue, negotiation, co- creation and contextualisation. Rather than representing a linear transfer of global educational frameworks into a national curriculum, the reform process was characterised by a collaborative process involving stakeholders, with an updated, contextualised curriculum emerging from this. Negotiation played a central role in translating global GCED frameworks into curriculum content that was locally accepted and validated. Through these negotiations, participants were able to reconcile global pedagogical ideals with national legislation, cultural norms, and institutional capacities. Dialogical interaction was a defining feature of the reform process. Structured workshops and validation meetings created spaces in which multiple forms of expertise were recognised and engaged with. The findings suggest that dialogue was constitutive of the reform itself, enabling iterative refinement of curriculum content across phases, rather than merely instrumental. From a theoretical perspective, these findings support dialogic approaches to educational change that emphasise the coexistence of multiple voices and perspectives (Stewart and Boggs, 2016). Rather than resolving differences through hierarchical decision-making alone, dialogicity enabled tensions to be recognised and addressed through ongoing interaction. Overall, the findings suggest that the effective integration of GCED into teacher education depends less on adopting predefined content and more on designing collaborative processes that allow for negotiation, dialogue and contextual judgement. The reform process shows that, when combined with participatory practices, institutional authority can support shared ownership of curriculum change without relinquishing national control. These insights emphasise the importance of investing in process design, such as inclusive workshops, validation mechanisms and iterative feedback loops. This study contributes to research on Global Citizenship Education and curriculum reform by demonstrating that GCED integration is shaped by collaborative, processual dynamics rather than by the implementation of policies in a linear manner. References Kaminskienė, L., Žydžiūnaitė, V., and Žilinskaitė‑Vytienė, V. (2020). Co‑creation of learning: A concept analysis. Journal of Contemporary Education, 5(1), 45–58. Kennedy, G. M. (2025). Rethinking teacher education in Liberia’s rural teacher training institutes: key challenges and strategic solutions. Discover Education, 4(1), Article 183. https://doi.org/10.1007/s44217-025-00621-4 Omland, M., Hontvedt, M., Siddiq, F., Amundrud, A., Hermansen, H., Mathisen, M., Rudningen, G. and Reiersen, F. (2025). Co-creation in higher education: a conceptual systematic review. Higher Education. 90. 1017-1047. 10.1007/s10734-024-01364-1. Shabalala, N. P. (2025). Global citizenship education as a strategy for social, justice and identity: achieving balance for meaningful social impact. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 1–13. Shabalala, N. P. and Photo, P. (2025) Global Citizenship Education: a strategic framework for G20 solutions to economic challenges and the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals. Journal of Global Responsibility. DOI 10.1108/JGR-03-2025-0054 UNESCO (2015). Global Citizenship Education: Topics and learning objectives. UNESCO. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 08 SES 12 A: Child-centred perspectives on happiness, connectedness and wellbeing Location: Ounasvaara | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Anita Sandmeier Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Seeing well-being through children’s eyes: Perspectives on Happiness in ECEC Settings Graduate School of Education, Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) plays a critical role in shaping children’s developmental trajectories, with long-lasting effects on educational attainment, health, and social and economic outcomes later in life (Reynolds et al., 2007). While a substantial body of research has demonstrated the positive impact of high-quality ECEC on academic outcomes and school readiness (Shoshani & Aviv, 2012; Shoshani & Slone, 2017), recent scholarship has increasingly emphasised its equally important contribution to children’s social-emotional development and overall well-being (Campbell & Løkken, 2023; Lee-Pang et al., 2025; Robson et al., 2019). ECEC environments are designed to support children’s holistic development by fostering emotion regulation, resilience, engagement, and supportive relationships (Hosokawa et al., 2024; Martikainen et al., 2024), with evidence from large-scale meta-analyses demonstrating that social and emotional learning interventions yield significant benefits for children’s well-being, behaviour, and learning (Durlak et al., 2011). Despite this growing recognition, much of the existing empirical evidence focuses on children in middle childhood and adolescence, particularly those aged above 10 years (Andresen et al., 2019; Sandseter & Seland, 2016). Less is known about how younger children understand and experience well-being in ECEC contexts. This gap is especially pronounced in non-WEIRD settings, where children’s perspectives are seldom included in research (Hernández-Torrano, 2020). In Kazakhstan, a low- to middle-income country facing systemic challenges and fragmentation in ECEC provision (Kulsary et al., 2025), exploring children’s own accounts of well-being is particularly important for understanding how local practices and environments shape children’s everyday experiences beyond academic preparation. Responding to these gaps, the present study adopts a child-centred approach to explore how children aged 4-7 years in Kazakhstani ECEC settings understand and experience well-being. Children are invited to self-report on what makes them happy in their ECEC environments, thereby positioning them as active social actors rather than passive recipients of care (Moore & Lynch, 2016; Rees, 2017). The central research question guiding the study is: How do young children describe the experiences that contribute to their well-being in ECEC settings? Taking a child-centred perspective, the study moves beyond adult-defined indicators to capture how well-being is constructed and lived from children’s viewpoints, providing a contextually grounded understanding of early childhood well-being and the ways ECEC environments can foster young children’s flourishing in Kazakhstan and comparable contexts. The study is theoretically grounded in Positive Psychology (Seligman & Csikszentmihalyi, 2000) and uses the PERMA-H model as an organising framework for understanding young children’s well-being (Seligman, 2011). Traditional conceptualisations of well-being, including subjective well-being (SWB) and psychological well-being (PWB) (Deci & Ryan, 2008; Ryff, 2014), have largely been developed for adult populations and often inadequately capture young children’s lived experiences. Emergent scholarship emphasises the “here-and-now” nature of child well-being, foregrounding children’s immediate experiences of joy, safety, belonging, and engagement (Street, 2021; Lee-Pang et al., 2025). PERMA-H model conceptualises well-being through six interrelated dimensions: Positive Emotion, Engagement, Relationships, Meaning, Accomplishment, and Health (Kern, 2022; Seligman, 2011). This study employs PERMA-H as a flexible analytic lens rather than a strict measurement model. Specifically, it is used to interpret children’s own accounts of “what makes me happy here,” while remaining sensitive to developmental realities of early childhood, such as the centrality of play, relational safety, and embodied engagement (Shoshani & Slone, 2017; Turner et al., 2023). In doing so, the study contributes to theoretically informed, child-centred understandings of well-being in ECEC and foregrounds children’s voices in shaping more responsive and contextually relevant early childhood education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative, child-centred research design. A purposive sampling strategy was used to recruit participants with characteristics relevant to the research question, allowing for depth, variability, and contextual richness (Campbell et al., 2020; Cohen et al., 2018). A total of 316 children aged 4-7 years from eight public and private kindergartens across North (n = 103), South (n = 111), and Central Kazakhstan (n = 102). The sample included 153 boys and 163 girls, with representation from both public (n = 152) and private (n = 164) settings. Sample size was guided by the principle of variability rather than statistical saturation, ensuring comprehensive coverage of children’s perspectives (Guest et al., 2006). Ethical procedures were rigorously followed. Informed consent was obtained from parents or legal guardians through kindergarten communication channels, while children’s assent was sought repeatedly using age-appropriate explanations. Children were reminded of their right to withdraw at any time, with assent provided verbally or in writing depending on children’s abilities. Data were collected using the Draw, Write, and Tell (DWT) technique, a well-established child-friendly method that enables children to express experiences through drawing, brief writing, and verbal explanation (Mitchell et al., 2011; Pope et al., 2018). Children were asked to respond to the prompt: “What makes you happy in your kindergarten?” Four trained researchers conducted data collection in quiet rooms. Children’s verbal explanations were audio-recorded, and detailed field notes were taken to capture contextual observations and interactions (Phillippi & Lauderdale, 2018). Interviews were transcribed verbatim, translated from Kazakh and Russian into English, and checked for accuracy by multilingual team members. Data analysis followed a constructivist qualitative approach, emphasising meaning-making through researcher-participant interaction (Mills et al., 2006). Drawings and transcripts were organised in NVivo. Initial inductive coding was conducted using Braun and Clarke’s (2006) thematic analysis, allowing themes to emerge from the data. Through iterative team discussions, these themes aligned closely with the PERMA-H framework, which was subsequently adopted as an analytic lens. A blended inductive-deductive approach was then used to refine the codebook and integrate both emergent insights and theoretical dimensions (Saldana, 2013). Multiple coders independently coded the data, with regular consensus meetings to enhance reliability. Rigor and trustworthiness were ensured through credibility, transferability, dependability, and confirmability strategies (Merriam, 2009). These included triangulation of data sources, collaborative coding, detailed documentation of analytic decisions, and reflexive dialogue among local and international researchers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The thematic analysis revealed that young children’s accounts of well-being in ECEC settings largely aligned with the six dimensions of the PERMA-H framework, though with important age-specific interpretations. The most prominent dimensions were Positive Emotions, Engagement, and Relationships. Positive emotions were most often expressed through tangible and concrete elements rather than abstract affective states. Children (69%) associated happiness with specific places and spaces (indoor and outdoor), elements of the natural environment (63%), and toys (58%). Outdoor playgrounds, green spaces, sunlight, flowers, and animals featured frequently in children’s drawings and narratives. Toys such as dolls, Lego, cars, and character figures were also central sources of joy, often embedded within play and social interaction. Engagement emerged as a core contributor to well-being, with nearly all children (97%) emphasising play (imaginative, social and physical play) as their primary source of happiness. Artistic activities (e.g., drawing, dancing, singing) and learning-related activities (e.g., writing, counting, reading) also featured as meaningful forms of engagement. Relationships were another central dimension. Children (64%) highlighted peer relationships most frequently, emphasising shared play, helping, sharing, and celebrating together. Relationships with parents (22%), teachers (15%), and extended family members (14%) were also important, reflecting children’s relational worlds extending beyond the kindergarten setting. Meaning, Accomplishment, and Health appeared less frequently but provided valuable insights. Meaning was often embedded in relationships, celebrations, and aspirations rather than articulated explicitly. Accomplishment was expressed through mastery of skills, task completion, and recognition. Health emerged unexpectedly through references to physical activity, eating, and sleeping. The findings suggest that the PERMA-H model usefully translates the broad concept of well-being into tangible and educationally meaningful dimensions. However, it does not fully align with young children’s lived realities that favour the “here-and-now” as well as the joyful, engaging, and socially supportive experiences as central to their well-being. References Andresen, S., Bradshaw, J., & Kosher, H. (2019). Young children’s perceptions of their lives and well-being. Child Indicators Research, 12, 1-7. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-018-9551-6 Campbell, J., & Løkken, I. (2023). Inside out: A scoping review on optimism, growth mindsets, and positive psychology for child well-being in ECEC. Education Sciences,13(1), 29. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13010029 Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2008). Self-determination theory: A macrotheory of human motivation, development, and health. Canadian Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 49(3), 182–185. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0012801 Durlak, J. A., Weissberg, R. P., Dymnicki, A. B., Taylor, R. D., & Schellinger, K. B. (2011). The impact of enhancing students’ social and emotional learning: A meta‐analysis of school‐based universal interventions. Child Development, 82(1), 405-432. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2010.01564.x Hernández-Torrano, D. (2020). Mapping global research on child well-being in school contexts: A bibliometric and network analysis (1978–2018). Child Indicators Research, 13(3), 863–884. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-019-09659-x Kern, M. L. (2022). PERMAH: A useful model for focusing on well-being in schools. In K. A. Allen, M. Furlong, S. Suldo, & D. Vella-Brodrick (Eds.), Handbook of positive psychology in schools (3rd ed.). Taylor & Francis. Lee-Pang, L., Levickis, P., Murray, L., McFarland, L., & Quach, J. (2025). Applying conceptualisations of child well-being to Early Childhood Education and Care: A scoping review of the literature. Early Childhood Education Journal, 1-24. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-025-01940-9 Reynolds, A. J., Temple, J. A., Ou, S., Robertson, D. L., Mersky, J. P., Topitzes, J. W., & Niles, M. D. (2007). Effects of a school-based, early childhood intervention on adult health and well-being. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 161(8), 730-739. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpedi.161.8.730 Robson, S., Brogaard-Clausen, S., & Hargreaves, D. (2019). Loved or listened to? Parent and practitioner perspectives on young chil¬dren’s well-being. Early Child Development and Care,189(7), 1147–1161. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2017.1369976 Ryff, C. D. (2013). Psychological well-being revisited: Advances in the science and practice of eudaimonia. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 83(1), 10–28. https://doi.org/10.1159/000353263 Sandseter, E. B. H., & Seland, M. (2016). Children’s experience of activities and participation and their subjective well-being in Norwegian early childhood education and care institutions. Child Indicators Research, 9(4), 913–932. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-015-9349-8 Seligman, M. E. P. (2011). Flourish: A visionary new understanding of happiness and well-being. Simon & Schuster. Shoshani, A., & Slone, M. (2017). Positive education for young children: Effects of a positive psychology intervention for preschool children on subjective well-being and learning behaviors. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 1866. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.01866 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Whose Voices Count? Using a Child-centred Methodology with Focus Groups to Research School Connectedness University of New South Wales, Australia Presenting Author:This paper examines how a qualitative research methodology supported primary school children to express their perceptions of school connectedness. Through an innovative use of focus groups, semi-structured interviews were coupled with a drawing activity to enable children to develop, share and compare their perspectives amongst peers. This was a child-centred, rights-based approach to empirical research about school connectedness which foregrounded student voice. School connectedness is a universal phenomenon describing the cohesiveness between diverse groups in the school community, including students, families, school staff, and allied health professionals (Rowe & Stewart, 2011). It is a function of the characteristics and actions of both students and schools, and of the moderating effects of socialising and reciprocating on this interplay (Hoenig & Cumming, 2026). In this context, the current paper extends previous data analysis about primary school students' perceptions of school connectedness (Hoenig & Cumming, 2026) to offer an effective method for research with children. School connectedness has consistently been identified as a precursor to positive academic, social, emotional, and health outcomes, and as a key protective factor against adolescent risk-taking behaviours (e.g., De Bortoli et al., 2024; Fabris et al., 2024). A sense of connectedness has been shown to positively influence students’ future orientation (Somers et al., 2020), engagement in learning (De Bortli et al., 2024), and self-efficacy in academic outcomes (Daley et al., 2025). It supports students' feelings of safety, being part of the school community (Porter et al., 2024), and the development of a social support network (Fabris et al., 2024). Moreover, school connectedness has been found to prevent youth depression and anxiety (Raniti et al., 2022), burnout (Lo Cricchio et al., 2023), media addiction (Fabris et al., 2024), and is negatively associated with bullying (Lo Cricchio et al., 2023;), school absence, and dropout rates (Cameron et al., 2025; Porter et al., 2024), each of which can place students' long-term wellbeing at risk. Accordingly, increasing school connectedness is a critical issue for educational policy and an essential goal for school-based interventions and preventative strategies (Somers et al., 2020). However, strategies aimed at enhancing primary school students’ connectedness have largely been informed by research with older age groups, despite their differing needs and contexts. A sizeable number of studies have collected data from adolescents and adults, while primary school students' views remain underrepresented in empirical research. Furthermore, these studies have created a gap in research methodologies with primary-aged children. Dismissing primary school students' voices has overlooked their first-hand experiences, thus depriving research, policy and practice of valid, authentic data needed to inform decisions that best serve children's interests. The attention given in this study to children's interpretations of school connectedness assured they were given a voice and that their views were given due weight in matters that affect them. This is fundamental to Australia's obligation under the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, particularly in relation to Article 12 (United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, 1989, Article 12). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research design used focus groups, supported by observations and descriptive notes, to collect data while positioning children as active and informed research participants. The focus groups incorporated a drawing activity and a picture book stimulus to facilitate children's idea generation and communication with the group. The design offered children aged 8-12 years the opportunity to confidently express their thoughts, feelings and opinions without starting from adult conceptualisations. Ethical approval was granted by the University of New South Wales for purposive sampling of independent non-government schools through a peak educational body not involved in the study. The independent sector was characterised by increasing enrolments and, on average, higher socioeconomic backgrounds than government and Catholic sectors (De Bortoli et al., 2024). The participating schools were nevertheless diverse in terms of the communities they serve, their student populations, size, and educational philosophies. This diversity enabled the inclusion of research participants with various world views and perspectives on school connectedness. Fifty students from Years 3 to 6 gave informed assent to participate in the study, with the consent of their parents. Twelve focus groups were conducted in the participants’ school settings over a period of 4 months. The researcher, as facilitator, used a semi-structured interview protocol to invite children’s detailed descriptions of their experiences. Part One involved an introduction to the purpose of the study, confidentiality measures and the participants' rights. Part Two involved a drawing activity in which participants were invited to draw a picture of a time when they felt connected to school. The activity created a relaxed environment, fostered group rapport, and provided a familiar form of engagement and expression suited to the diverse group of students. Part Three included prompts such as: Do you feel connected to school? and, What helps you to have school connectedness? Focus groups transcripts, as well as observations and descriptive notes, were interpreted though Reflexive Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Discussions about the drawings were included in the transcripts when they were audible, though the drawings themselves did not contribute to the dataset. Analysis engaged with Ecological Systems Theory and the Process-Person-Context-Time model of human development (Bronfenbrenner, 2005). The process was open-ended and iterative, such that it was in keeping with constructivist and interpretivist values and assumptions. Using this approach, each child contributed their perspective to the focus group discussions and themes were created through the researcher’s interpretation of the data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study aimed to explore primary school students’ perceptions of school connectedness while positioning children as active and informed research participants. Data collection relied on focus groups with a semi-structured interview protocol to elicit children's rich descriptions through words and pictures. The findings showed three critical themes positioned within children's ecological systems: a Breadth of Opportunities and Collaborative Communities in the microsystem, and Supportive School Systems within the macrosystem. Subthemes highlighted the influence of activities on children’s connection to school, including extracurricular and curricular opportunities, special events and school representation, as well as relationships with friends and teachers. These factors have the potential to foster or weaken students’ school success and overall wellbeing. This study contributes to the international literature by prioritising primary school children's interpretations of school connectedness and positioning them as experts regarding their own experiences. In doing so, the study offers a methodological contribution by demonstrating the use of focus groups, with a drawing activity and picture book stimulus, as an effective approach for capturing primary students' perspectives. Attention to student voice in this study broadens previous research and offers a more in-depth perspective of school connectedness than relying on adolescents', teachers' or parents' views. In the field of education, where studies of connectedness have rarely included primary school students', this study helps to address the gap by demonstrating how researchers can effectively use a focus group methodology to enable primary-aged students to share their experiences and opinions. While the insights gained from this qualitative study may not be generalisable, they can offer valuable lessons for countries facing similarly concerning levels of school connectedness and shared aspirations for primary school children's health and wellbeing. References Braun, V., and Clarke, V. (2021). One Size Fits All? What Counts as Quality Practice in (Reflexive) Thematic Analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238. Bronfenbrenner, U. (2005). Making human beings human: Bioecological Perspectives on Human Development. Sage. Cameron, C., Villadsen, A., Roberts, A., Evans, J., Hill, V., Hurry, J., Johansen, T., Van Herwegen, J. and Wyse, D. (2025). School absence and (primary) school connectedness: Evidence from the Millennium Cohort Study. London Review of Education, 23(1), 5. https://doi.org/10.14324/LRE.23.1.05 Daley, S. G., Heckman, M. E., Rosen, R. L., & Sari, H. I. (2025). School connectedness and academic self-efficacy during pandemic learning: A mixed-methods study of middle school students' science experiences. The Journal of Early Adolescence, 45(1), 76–103. https://doi.org/10.1177/02724316241230517 De Bortoli, L., Underwood, C., Friedman, T., & Gebhardt, E. (2024). PISA 2022. Reporting Australia's results. Volume II: Student and school characteristics. Australian Council for Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.37517/978-1-74286-726-7 Fabris, M.A., Settanni, M., Longobardi, C., & Marengo, D. (2024). Sense of belonging at school and on social media in adolescence: Associations with educational achievement and psychosocial maladjustment. Child Psychiatry & Human Development, 55(6), 1620–1633. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10578-023-01516-x Hoenig, J.F., & Cumming, T.M. (2026). Primary school students’ perceptions of school connectedness: “You’re all in it together”. The Australian Educational Researcher, 53(12). https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-025-00930-5 Lo Cricchio, M. G., Zambuto, V., Palladino, B. E., Nocentini, A., Salmela-Aro, K., & Menesini, E. (2023). The association between school burnout, school connectedness, and bullying victimization: A longitudinal study. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 47(6), 508-520. https://doi.org/10.1177/01650254231198028 Porter, J., McDermott, T., Daniels, H., & Ingram, J. (2024). Feeling part of the school and feeling safe: Further development of a tool for investigating school belonging. Educational Studies, 50(3), 382-398. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2021.1944063 Raniti, M., Rakesh, D., Patton, G. C. & Sawyer, S. M. (2022). The role of school connectedness in the prevention of youth depression and anxiety: A systematic review with youth consultation. BMC Public Health, 22, 2152. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-022-14364-6 Rowe, F., & Stewart, D. (2011). Promoting connectedness through whole‐school approaches: Key elements and pathways of interest. Health Education, 111(1), 49-65. https://doi.org/ 10.1108/09654281111094973 Somers, C. L., Goutman, R. L., Day, A., Enright, O., Crosby, S., & Taussig, H. (2020). Academic achievement among a sample of youth in foster care: The role of school connectedness. Psychology in the Schools, 57(12), 1845–1863. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22433 United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989). Convention on the rights of the child. Geneva, Switzerland: United Nations (Retrieved January 2026, from http://www.ohchr.org/EN/ProfessionalInterest/Pages/CRC.aspx) 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Profiling young children’s well-being in Early Childhood Education and Care Graduate School of Education, Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:The growing field of Positive Psychology emphasises the significance of understanding and promoting well-being by focusing on human strengths and flourishing rather than merely addressing deficits and disorders (Hendricks et al., 2019; Seligman & Csikszentmihalyi, 2000). Within this paradigm, positive experiences and happiness are recognised as essential components of well-being and optimal development, particularly in childhood, a critical period for establishing the foundations of lifelong mental health (Diener et al., 1999; Fredrickson, 2001). Well-being in young children serves as a foundational pillar for numerous positive developmental outcomes, including emotional and physical, social, and academic (Lubans et al., 2016; Shoshani & Slone, 2017; Graziano et al., 2007), while also contributing to sustained advantages that extend into later stages of life (Park et al., 2022). Research highlights the significant role of Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) in enhancing these long-term outcomes, showing that high-quality early experiences can significantly influence them (Reynolds et al., 2007). In recent decades, there has been growing research interest in how the psychosocial dimensions of educational settings influence children’s well-being (Proctor, 2022; Sandseter & Seland, 2016). However, young children’s voices remain largely underrepresented in the research, with existing evidence primarily centered on those in middle childhood and adolescence (over the age of 10) (Andresen et al., 2019; Sandseter & Seland, 2016). The study of young children’s well-being has evolved significantly over recent decades, shifting from adult-centric and deficit-oriented models toward holistic, strengths-based, and child-centred approaches (Ben-Arieh et al., 2014; Fattore et al., 2016; Lee-Pang et al., 2025). Children’s well-being is increasingly recognised not only as a key outcome of educational, social, and health policies but also as a foundational condition for their learning, thriving, and lifelong mental health (Al-Hendawi et al., 2024; Shoshani & Slone, 2017). Despite its central importance, conceptualising young children’s well-being remains complex and ambiguous due to its abstract, multidimensional nature, as well as inconsistent definitions across disciplines and frequent conflation with related constructs such as mental health, thriving, or quality of life (Ben-Arieh et al., 2014; Fattore et al., 2016; Lee-Pang et al., 2025). In ECEC, child well-being is often understood both as an outcome and as a dynamic process supporting developmental milestones (Lee-Pang et al., 2025; Shoshani & Slone, 2017). Young children tend to express well-being through everyday experiences of joy, connection, and present-moment enjoyment, elements that are easily observed and reported in this age group (Watkins et al., 2018). Happiness, conceptualised as a high frequency of positive affect and general life satisfaction, is generally understood as a foundational element of children’s SWB (Ben-Arieh et al., 2014; Stewart-Tufescu et al., 2019). Recent perspectives highlight the importance of prioritising children’s well-being in the here-and-now, rather than only viewing them as future adults, with relational experiences, play, and emotional expression emerging as key indicators from children’s own perspectives (Lee-Pang et al., 2025; Street, 2021). Methodologically, this study adopts a person-centred approach, addressing growing recognition that children’s well-being is heterogeneous and not adequately captured by variable-centred averages. Using Latent Class Analysis (LCA), the study seeks to identify distinct well-being profiles among children aged 4-7 in Kazakhstani ECEC settings based on their self-reported sources of happiness. In addition, demographic differences across profiles by age, gender, and kindergarten type (public vs. private) are examined. Accordingly, the study is guided by two research questions: RQ1: Can young children in Kazakhstani ECEC settings be grouped into distinct well-being profiles based on their self-reported sources of happiness? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The sample comprised 316 young children aged 4-7 years, purposefully selected from eight public and private kindergartens across Northern (32%), Southern (35%), and Central (33%) Kazakhstan. Inclusion criteria required that children were enrolled in an ECEC setting, fell within the specified age range, were available during data collection, and had parental consent alongside their own verbal or written assent. The children’s age ranged from 4 to 7 years (M = 4.89, SD = 0.76), with the largest group being 5-year-olds (45.6%). The sample included 167 girls (53%) and 149 boys (47%). Of the total participants, 152 children (48%) attended public kindergartens, while 164 children (52%) were enrolled in private institutions. Data for this study were drawn from a prior qualitative study employing the Draw, Write, and Tell (DWT) technique, in which children were invited to draw and explain what made them happy in their kindergarten. Children’s verbal explanations were transcribed and analysed inductively, revealing strong alignment with the PERMA-H framework. For the purposes of the present study, however, the analysis moved beyond a purely thematic interpretation. Each coded subdimension of children’s self-reported sources of happiness was treated as a separate indicator and converted into binary variables (0 = not mentioned; 1 = mentioned). Eighteen indicators capturing environmental, relational, activity-based, achievement-related, and health-related experiences were initially included and assigned concise labels (e.g., Play, Friends, Nature, Study, Mastery, Health). All analyses were performed in R 4.4.1 (R Core Team, 2024). The psych package (Revelle, 2023) was used to conduct exploratory factor analyses (EFA) with tetrachoric correlation matrices, appropriate for binary-coded variables. Indicators with very low or very high endorsement were excluded, resulting in 12 indicators retained for further analysis. Parallel analysis supported a four-factor solution, reflecting relational–environmental experiences, basic physiological well-being, play and peer interaction, and cognitive-academic engagement. LCA were conducted with poLCA (Linzer & Lewis, 2011) to identify unobserved subgroups of children sharing similar patterns of happiness indicators. Models specifying two to five latent classes were estimated and compared using information criteria (AIC, BIC, SABIC), entropy, and substantive interpretability. Conditional response probabilities were examined to characterise the resulting well-being profiles. Multinomial regression analyses were carried out with nnet (Venables & Ripley, 2002) to examine whether gender, age group (4-5 vs. 6-7 years), and kindergarten type (public vs. private) predicted class membership. Missing age data were addressed through multiple imputations, and results were pooled across imputed datasets. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Four distinct latent well-being profiles were identified among young children in Kazakhstani ECEC settings. The largest group was Comfort-seeking (34.2%), characterised by strong endorsement of basic physiological needs such as eating and sleeping, alongside play, toys, and close peer connections. The Nature-loving profile (25.6%) emphasised engagement with the natural and physical environment (e.g., sunlight, trees, outdoor spaces), combined with play and friendships, but showed little emphasis on academic activities. A smaller Mastery-oriented profile (14.9%) was defined by a strong focus on studying and learning-related achievement, while still valuing play and peer relationships. Finally, the Playful profile (25.3%) centred primarily on unstructured play, toys, and companionship, with minimal reference to learning, artistic activities, or physiological comfort. Across all four profiles, play and peer relationships emerged as universal foundations of children’s happiness, highlighting their central role in early childhood well-being regardless of profile type. Descriptive analyses revealed few differences in children’s self-reported sources of happiness across demographic groups, although girls were more likely than boys to mention nature-related experiences, while boys more frequently emphasized play. Academic-related indicators were mentioned more often by children attending private kindergartens, though kindergarten type did not significantly predict latent profile membership. Multinomial logistic regressions revealed that gender and age significantly predicted profile membership in the Nature-loving and Mastery-oriented classes, with girls more likely than boys to belong to these groups; and older children more likely to fall into the Mastery-oriented class. Kindergarten type was not a significant predictor. The findings highlight the multidimensional nature of young children’s well-being and the existence of multiple pathways to happiness in kindergarten. Supporting flourishing from the earliest years, therefore, requires flexible, equitable, and developmentally appropriate interventions that respond to children’s diverse pathways to well-being. Implications for ECEC practice, curriculum design, and policy are discussed. References Andresen, S., Bradshaw, J., & Kosher, H. (2019). Young children’s perceptions of their lives and well-being. Child Indicators Research, 12, 1-7. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-018-9551-6 Ben-Arieh, A., Casas, F., Frønes, I., & Korbin, J. E. (2014). Multifaceted concept of child well-being. In Handbook of child well-being (pp. 1-27). Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-9063-8_134 Fattore, T., Mason, J., & Watson, E. (2016). Children’s understandings of well-being. In Children’s well-being. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-024-0829-4 Lee-Pang, L., Levickis, P., Murray, L., McFarland, L., & Quach, J. (2025). Applying conceptualisations of child well-being to Early Childhood Education and Care: A scoping review of the literature. Early Childhood Education Journal, 1-24. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-025-01940-9 Linzer, D. A., & Lewis, J. B. (2011). poLCA: An R Package for Polytomous Variable Latent Class Analysis. Journal of Statistical Software, 42(10), 1-29. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v042.i10 Park, J., Jung, H. J., & Han, Y. (2022). Latent profile analysis of associations among children’s risk profiles, rights, and subjective well-being across 16 countries. Current Psychology, 42(20), 16801-16814. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-022-02916-3 Proctor, C. (2022). Enhancing well-being in youth: Positive psychology interventions for education in Britain. In K. A., Allen, M. J., Furlong, D., Vella-Brodrick, & S. Suldo, (Eds.). (2022). Handbook of positive psychology in schools: Supporting process and practice. Routledge. Reynolds, A. J., Temple, J. A., Ou, S., Robertson, D. L., Mersky, J. P., Topitzes, J. W., & Niles, M. D. (2007). Effects of a school-based, early childhood intervention on adult health and well-being. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 161(8), 730-739. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpedi.161.8.730 Sandseter, E. B. H., & Seland, M. (2016). Children’s experience of activities and participation and their subjective well-being in Norwegian early childhood education and care institutions. Child Indicators Research, 9(4), 913–932. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-015-9349-8 Seligman, M. E., & Csikszentmihalyi, M. (2000). Positive psychology: An introduction (Vol. 55, No. 1, p. 5). American Psychological Association. Shoshani, A., & Slone, M. (2017). Positive education for young children: Effects of a positive psychology intervention for preschool children on subjective well-being and learning behaviors. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 1866. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.01866 Stewart-Tufescu, A., Huynh, E., Chase, R., & Mignone, J. (2019). The Life Story Board: A task-oriented research tool to explore children’s perspectives of well-being. Child Indicators Research, 12(2), 525-543. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-018-9533-8 Street, M. (2021). Benefits and limitations of eliciting the well-being views of two-four year olds living in a low-income area in England. Child Indicators Research, 14(2), 661-680. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-020-09773-1 Venables, W. N., & Ripley, B. D. (2002). Modern applied statistics with S (4th ed.). Springer, New York. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 08 SES 12 B: Promoting Youth Mental Health and Mental Health Literacy through Digital School-Based Prevention: Evidence and Implementation Insights from the me_HeLi-D Project Location: Saariselkä | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Franziska Reitegger Session Chair: Michael Jopling Symposium |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Symposium Promoting Youth Mental Health and Mental Health Literacy through Digital School-Based Prevention: Evidence and Implementation Insights from the me_HeLi-D Project The prevention of mental health difficulties in children and adolescents is a major public health concern, as approximately one fifth of young people worldwide are affected by a mental disorder (Raccanello et al., 2023). In the European Union, youth mental health has deteriorated markedly in recent years, characterized by rising prevalence rates, early onset of mental disorders, high levels of unmet care needs, and suicide as one of the leading causes of death among adolescents (European Parliamentary Research Service [EPRS], 2023). Adolescence and early youth are considered particularly vulnerable periods in the life course, as young people face developmental, social, and contextual stressors that increase the risk of mental health problems (Solmi et al., 2021). These trends highlight the urgent need for prevention-oriented, accessible, and youth-specific mental health strategies in Europe, especially within educational and community settings (EPRS, 2023). Schools represent a particularly suitable setting for early prevention, as they have the potential to reach all students regardless of background. However, teachers frequently report feeling insufficiently qualified to address mental health topics, which are often perceived as sensitive and complex. In addition, teachers’ motivation and perceived self-efficacy, as well as contextual factors, such as limited time resources or infrastructural constraints, constitute barriers to the implementation of school-based mental health interventions (Mason et al., 2025). Digital approaches may help alleviate some of these barriers, as digital, self-guided, and easily accessible programs can reduce both access- and implementation-related obstacles (Cilar et al., 2020). Moreover, digital interventions are often cost-effective, adaptable and allow for anonymity, which can enhance engagement in young people (Bauer et al., 2005). Indeed, school-based digital programs have demonstrated positive and promising effects in promoting youth mental health. However, many existing programs lack meaningful target-group involvement, diversity-sensitivity and long-term sustainability (Wright et al., 2023). To address these gaps, partner institutions from Austria, Bulgaria, Poland, and Slovenia collaboratively developed the me_HeLi-D (mental health literacy and diversity) program as part of a three-year Erasmus+ project. The project aimed to provide young people (12-15 years) with an evidence-based, freely accessible digital mental health program that is tailored to their needs and preferences. A central development principle was diversity-sensitivity, encompassing dimensions, such as age, gender, cultural background, ethnicity, and neurodiversity, to ensure that students across different European contexts – and beyond – feel represented and valued. This symposium brings together three complementary contributions that examine the development, effectiveness, and implementation feasibility of the me_HeLi-D program.
The first paper provides insights into the iterative and participatory development process of me_HeLi-D. Students and teachers from three partner schools in Austria, Poland, and Slovenia were actively involved at multiple stages, contributing to both content creation and program design. The paper also reports students’ perceptions of the final program, including acceptance and perceived knowledge gains. The second paper reports findings from a cluster randomized controlled trial conducted in the summer semester of 2025 in Austria, Poland, and Slovenia. Selected results regarding program efficacy and knowledge gains among students are presented. The third paper focuses on the perspectives of program facilitators involved in the trial. Semi-structured interviews with teachers, school counselors, and school psychologists explore experiences with implementation and perceived program feasibility in everyday school practice. By integrating perspectives and lessons learned from the me_HeLi-D project on development, effectiveness, and implementation feasibility, this symposium contributes evidence-based insights to advance future school-based mental health initiatives across Europe. References Bauer, S., Golkaramnay, V., & Kordy, H. (2005). E-Mental-Health. Psychotherapeut, 50(1), 7–15. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00278-004-0403-0 Cilar, L., Štiglic, G., Kmetec, S., Barr, O., & Pajnkihar, M. (2020). Effectiveness of school-based mental well-being interventions among adolescents: A systematic review. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 76(8), 2023–2045. https://doi.org/10.1111/jan.14408 European Parliamentary Research Service. (2023). Mental health in the EU (EPRS Briefing No. PE 751.416). European Parliament. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/thinktank/en/document/EPRS_BRI(2023)751416 Mason, C., Mansfield, R., Demkowicz, O., & Humphrey, N. (2025). Factors That Influence Teachers’ Implementation of School-Based Mental Health Interventions: Systematic Review. School Mental Health Review. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-025-09830-6 Raccanello, D., Rocca, E., Vicentini, G., & Brondino, M. (2023). Eighteen Months of COVID-19 Pan-demic Through the Lenses of Self or Others: A Meta-Analysis on Children and Adolescents' Mental Health. Child & Youth Care Forum, 52(4), 737–760. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10566-022-09706-9 Solmi, M., Radua, J., Olivola, M., Croce, E., Soardo, L., Salazar de Pablo, G., Il Shin, J., Kirkbride, J. B., Jones, P., Kim, J. H., Kim, J. Y., … Fusar-Poli, P. (2022). Age at onset of mental disorders worldwide: Large-scale meta-analysis of 192 epidemiological studies. Molecular Psychiatry. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-021-01161-7 Wright, M., Reitegger, F., Cela, H., Papst, A., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2023). Interventions with Digital Tools for Mental Health Promotion among 11-18 Year Olds: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 52(4), 754–779. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-023-01735-4 Presentations of the Symposium From Design to Reception: Participatory Development and Student Perceptions of the me_HeLi-D Program
Project me_HeLi-D: Mental Health Literacy and Diversity addresses the identified challenges through the development of a digital, adaptive, evidence-based, effective, target-group-specific, diversity-sensitive, and freely accessible online program for students aged 12 to 15. It combines a scientific and a participatory approach. On the one hand, its design (structure and content) is based on systematic literature reviews (Reitegger et al., 2024; Wright et al., 2023). On the other hand, it actively involves students in the co-creation of the program’s appearance, content, and activities through workshops conducted at the partner schools by teachers and researchers, thereby increasing the program’s relevance, acceptance, and effectiveness for the target group (for details, refer to Vidmar et al., 2025).
The resulting me_HeLi-D program is a digital intervention designed to strengthen students’ mental health literacy across five domains: help-seeking, resilience, mindfulness, anxiety, and depression. To enhance engagement and age-appropriateness, the program is embedded in a narrative framework set in a fictional environment - the Landscape of the Mind - where students progress by completing structured learning activities. Each domain includes mandatory tasks that are required for program completion, alongside optional activities that allow for deeper exploration and further consideration of knowledge and skills. This structure supports both guided learning pathways and individual autonomy, reflecting the program’s adaptive and learner-centred design principles established during the participatory development process.
This study examined students’ evaluations of the me_HeLi-D program and its perceived impact in three countries: Slovenia, Austria and Poland. The sample comprised students who had participated in the program, including 239 participants from Slovenia (Mage = 13.17 years, 58% female); 105 participants from Austria (Mage = 12.60 years, 52% female); and 57 participants from Poland (Mage = 13.86 years, 74% female).
Significant differences were found between countries in participants’ evaluations of the program and its perceived impact, as well as in its perceived usefulness in daily life and willingness to recommend it. Participants from Poland consistently reported the most positive evaluations, followed by those from Slovenia, while participants from Austria reported the least positive evaluations. However, no significant differences between countries were observed in terms of future intentions to apply the acquired knowledge and skills. Overall, the findings suggest that the national context plays an important role in shaping participants' experiences of and perceptions of the program, but not their intentions to use the acquired knowledge and skills in future.
References:
Reitegger, F., Peras, I., Wright, M. in Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2024). Key components and content of effective evidence-based digital prevention programs for anxiety and depression in children and adolescents: A systematic umbrella review. Adolescent Research Review, 9, 367–410. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40894-024-00237-z
Vidmar, M., Veldin, M., & Peras, I. (2025). Anksioznost skozi oči mladostnikov in mladostnic: Participativni pristop k razvoju digitalnega programa za krepitev duševnega zdravja mladih. In A. Mlekuž & I. Ž. Žagar (Eds.), Raziskovanje v vzgoji in izobraževanju: Umetna inteligenca v vzgoji in izobraževanju (pp. 111–126). Pedagoški inštitut, Založba Pedagoškega inštituta. https://doi.org/10.32320/978-961-270-373-8.111-126
Wright, M., Reitegger, F., Cela, H., Papst, A. in Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2023). Interventions with digital tools for mental health promotion among 11–18 year olds: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 52(4), 754–779. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-023-01735-4
Multidimensional Evaluation of the me_HeLi-D Program Effectiveness in Adolescents
This paper presents findings from a multicentre controlled study conducted between April and July 2025 in Austria, Poland, and Slovenia, evaluating the effectiveness of the me_HeLi-D program in promoting mental health knowledge, psychosocial competencies, and selected mental health indicators among 12–15-year-old students.
The study was conducted in a cluster-randomized controlled pre-/post-test design (N = 797; intervention group, n = 444). A set of standardized psychometric self-report instruments (e.g., MHLS, O’Connor & Casey, 2015; RCADS, Chorpita et al., 2006; GHSQ, Wilson et al., 2005) was applied for relevant mental health indicators, including mental health literacy, help-seeking, stress, anxiety, depression, mindfulness, resilience, and well-being. In parallel, a self-developed knowledge test covering the content of individual program modules was administered. Changes in outcomes were analysed using non-parametric tests and linear regression models, controlling for baseline levels and the degree of module implementation across countries (utilizing R software).
The results demonstrated statistically significant changes in 17 of the 33 analysed indicators. Increases were observed in knowledge about help-seeking options, eHealth competencies, and intentions to seek help. Reductions in generalized anxiety and social phobia were found, along with a slight decrease in perceived stress. Some mindfulness subscales showed small declines, accompanied by an increase in the ability to respond non-automatically to emerging thoughts and emotions, indicating a complex pattern of change in emotional regulation. The knowledge test revealed statistically significant, though moderate, gains, particularly in modules related to mindfulness and resilience. The differences in pre- and post-measurements between countries were closely related to the level of program completion. In Slovenia (high completion level), significant increases in knowledge, an increase in the intention to seek help, and a decrease in symptoms of generalized anxiety and social phobia were observed. In Austria and Poland (lower completion levels) changes in mental health aspects and knowledge were weaker or inconsistent, confirming the importance of program completion for revealing its effects.
The combined analysis of standardized instruments and knowledge tests revealed the complementary nature of the observed effects: a clear increase in knowledge gain, mental health awareness, and help-seeking intentions. These findings suggest that short-term psychoeducational interventions such as me_HeLi-D may be particularly effective in strengthening the foundations of prevention—knowledge, reflexivity, and readiness to use support—which are crucial for long-term improvements in mental well-being. This highlights the value of the program as an early intervention tool and underscore the importance of multidimensional evaluation of digital mental health interventions for adolescents.
References:
Chorpita, B. F., Yim, L., Moffitt, C., Umemoto, L. A., & Francis, S. E. (2000). Assessment of symptoms of DSM-IV anxiety and depression in children: A revised child anxiety and depression scale. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 38(8), 835–855. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0005-7967(99)00130-8
O’Connor, M., & Casey, L. (2015). The Mental Health Literacy Scale (MHLS): A new scale-based measure of mental health literacy. Psychiatry Research, 229(1–2), 511–516. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2015.05.064
Wilson, C. J., Deane, F. P., Ciarrochi, J. V., & Rickwood, D. (2005). Measuring help seeking intentions: Properties of the General Help Seeking Questionnaire. Canadian Journal of Counselling, 39(1), 15–28.
Facilitators’ Perspectives on Implementing the me_HeLi-D Program in Schools: A Cross-Country Qualitative Study
Implementation science shows that the efficacy of mental health programs alone is insufficient to ensure their adoption in practice; rather, successful and sustainable program uptake is shaped by multilevel factors (Bauer & Kirchner, 2020). In school-based interventions, these include characteristics of the intervention (e.g., adaptability, flexibility), the outer setting (e.g., policies, legal and contextual conditions), the inner setting (e.g. school culture, infrastructure), characteristics of the individual/facilitator (e.g., attitude towards mental health, knowledge, motivation), and implementation processes such as planning, training, role clarification (Damschroder et al., 2022; Roshan et al., 2025).
Against this background, the me_HeLi-D intervention study assessed not only program effectiveness, but also implementation feasibility. This paper examines the feasibility of implementing the digital me_HeLi-D prevention program in everyday school practice from the perspective of facilitators. Qualitative data were collected through semi-structured interviews with 22 facilitators (11 teachers, eight school counselors, and three school psychologists) fromintervention schools in Austria, Poland, and Slovenia. The interviews lasted between 20 and 30 minutes (M = 24 minutes) and were conducted either in person or online. They explored facilitators’ general attitudes towards digital programs and mental health education, their experiences with me_HeLi-D, program acceptance, and perceived facilitating and hindering conditions for implementation.
Interview transcripts were translated into English and analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Mayring & Fenzl, 2019). The findings align with existing implementation research while providing unique insights into the feasibility of me_HeLi-D. Across all countries, key challenges included limited time resources, technical disruptions, and varying levels of student motivation. Country-specific challenges included insufficient technical infrastructure and the length and complexity of content in Slovenia, logistical barriers related to parental consent in Poland, and the short duration of class periods in Austria.
In contrast, facilitators across countries highlighted the program’s thematic relevance and its flexible integration into classroom teaching as major strengths. While most Austrian and Slovenian facilitators would recommend the program, attitudes towards future uptake were more mixed in Poland. However, facilitators across all countries indicated willingness to use an adapted version of the program (e.g., shortened or simplified content).
Overall, the results suggest that digital prevention programs must be flexible, engaging, and technically reliable to foster teacher acceptance and enable sustainable implementation. Furthermore, careful planning, facilitators’ willingness to assume additional responsibilities, and ongoing technical and/or professional support appear essential. These findings underscore the importance of considering individual, intervention-related, and contextual factors when implementing school-based mental health programs.
References:
Bauer, M. S., & Kirchner, J. (2020). Implementation science: What is it and why should I care? Psychiatry Research, 283, 112376. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2019.112376
Damschroder, L. J., Reardon, C. M., Widerquist, M. A. O., & Lowery, J. (2022). The updated Consolidated Framework for Implementation Research based on user feedback. Implementation science, 17(1), 75. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13012-022-01245-0
Mayring, P. & Fenzl, T. (2019). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In N., Baur & J., Blasius (Eds.), Handbuch Methoden der empirischen Sozialforschung (2nd ed., pp. 633-648). Springer.
Roshan, R., Hamid, S., Kumar, R., Hamdani, U., Naqvi, S., Zill-e-Huma, & Adeel, U. (2025). Utilizing the CFIR framework for mapping the facilitators and barriers of implementing teachers led school mental health programs – A scoping review. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 60, 535–548. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00127-024-02762-7
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 09 SES 12 A: One-year Mathematics Achievement Growth and Its Determinants: Evidence from TIMSS Longitudinal Location: K103 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Rolf Strietholt Session Chair: Jan-Eric Gustafsson Symposium |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium One-year Mathematics Achievement Growth and Its Determinants: Evidence from TIMSS Longitudinal This symposium brings together four coordinated papers that leverage novel international longitudinal assessment data from TIMSS 2023 Longitudinal (von Davier et al., 2025) to examine one-year mathematics learning progress and its individual, teacher, and school-level determinants. While cross-sectional studies have substantially advanced knowledge about achievement differences between student groups and education systems, they are limited in addressing how learning progresses and inequalities develop over time. By focusing on learning gains rather than single-point achievement, the symposium highlights how longitudinal evidence can sharpen explanations of educational effectiveness and equity. Across the four papers, the symposium addresses a common core question: Which student, teacher, instructional, and school conditions are associated with stronger learning growth, and to what extent do these conditions amplify or mitigate educational inequality? Methodologically, the papers employ multilevel longitudinal models that account for the nested structure of schooling and enable the examination of growth processes within students and classrooms. Conceptually, the symposium integrates perspectives from research on cumulative advantage, teacher quality, instructional quality, and school climate to build a more process-oriented understanding of learning and stratification. The first paper investigates the role of student-level characteristics in shaping learning gains, with a particular focus on the Matthew effect (cumulative advantage), and examines whether growth differs by gender, socioeconomic status, and migration background. The second paper tests whether teacher qualifications and professional preparation predict students’ learning growth, contributing to long-standing debates about the extent to which formal training translates into improved student outcomes. Extending this, the third paper examines the contribution of instructional quality, operationalized through three basic dimensions of instructional quality—classroom management, cognitive activation, and supportive climate—and evaluates their association with learning progress. The fourth paper turns to the school as an organization, analyzing how school climate—including safety, bullying, and academic emphasis—relates to student growth and whether a positive climate perpetuates socioeconomic disparities by mediating the relationship between students’ backgrounds and their achievement development. Taken together, the symposium provides a coherent and multi-level account of how learning progress unfolds over time and where leverage points for policy and practice may lie. By combining inequality-focused and effectiveness-focused perspectives within a longitudinal framework, the contributions aim to inform debates on who benefits most from schooling, which aspects of teaching matter for growth, and how school environments can support both higher achievement gains and more equal learning opportunities. References von Davier, M., Kennedy, A. M., Reynolds, K. A., Gonzalez, E., & Khorramdel, L. (2025). TIMSS 2023 Longitudinal International Results in Mathematics and Science. Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.timss.dn2487 Presentations of the Symposium Individual Student Characteristics and Mathematics Achievement Gains: Evidence from the TIMSS Longitudinal Study
Longitudinal research in educational inequality aims to understand how earlier achievement and social background shape subsequent learning trajectories. While prior achievement is a strong predictor of later performance, theoretical perspectives diverge on whether it leads to cumulative advantage—where high-achieving students experience greater gains—or compensatory patterns, where lower-achieving students show relatively stronger growth. Empirical evidence from large-scale studies has often challenged strong cumulative advantage assumptions, instead pointing to modest or absent Matthew effects in reading and mathematics. These patterns are frequently attributed to regression-to-the-mean dynamics, instructional differentiation, or ceiling effects (Baumert et al., 2012; Nennstiel, 2023).
Beyond prior achievement, social background characteristics like socioeconomic status (SES) play a key role in shaping outcomes. SES captures inequalities in access to material resources, cultural capital, and learning support. While SES differences in achievement levels are well-documented, longitudinal research suggests that growth gaps are often stable rather than widening over time once prior achievement is taken into account. Evidence from Germany, for example, indicates persistent SES differences in mathematics and language levels but little support for cumulative SES-related divergence in trajectories (Nennstiel, 2023). Examining SES effects net of prior achievement allows for a precise assessment of whether students with similar starting points diverge.
Gender differences in mathematics achievement represent another longstanding topic. Cross-national evidence shows that gender gaps vary considerably across countries and grade levels. Longitudinal analyses suggest these differences tend to remain relatively stable over time, with only modest changes during secondary education. Recent evidence indicates that gender differences in mathematics development are generally small once prior achievement is controlled for, though persistent patterns may still be observed in specific systems or cohorts (Uunk & Blossfeld, 2025). Controlling for prior achievement provides a framework for assessing whether gender is associated with differential achievement outcomes beyond earlier performance.
This study addresses these issues by drawing on the complete longitudinal dataset from the TIMSS Longitudinal Study. The analysis encompasses a primary cohort following students from Grade 4 to Grade 5 across nine countries, and a lower secondary cohort following students from Grade 8 to Grade 9 across three countries. Focusing on mathematics, the study employs two-level regression models with students nested within schools to examine achievement at the second measurement occasion while explicitly controlling for prior achievement. By investigating prior achievement, gender, and SES, this study provides a baseline individual-level model of achievement growth.
References:
Baumert, J., Nagy, G., & Lehmann, R. (2012). Cumulative advantages and the emergence of social and ethnic inequality: Matthew effects in reading and mathematics
development within elementary schools?. Child development, 83(4), 1347-1367.
Nennstiel, R. (2023). No Matthew effects and stable SES gaps in math and language achievement growth throughout schooling: Evidence from Germany. European
sociological review, 39(5), 724-740.
Uunk, W., & Blossfeld, P. (2025). Gender-specific development of mathematics and language performance in lower secondary education in Germany. Zeitschrift für
Bildungsforschung, 15(1), 95-119.
The Importance of Teaching Quality for Mathematics Achievement Gains and Educational Equality: TIMSS Longitudinal data across all countries and grades
This study investigates which aspects of teaching quality (TQ) are related to progress in student learning outcomes and whether students have equal access to high-quality instruction. Evidence identifies TQ as a fundamental driver of student learning and a critical link to educational equity (e.g. Fauth et al., 2021; Darling-Hammond, 2000). However, it remains unclear which specific TQ dimensions matter most for learning progress, as findings vary across countries and cohorts (Blömeke et al., 2019). These inconsistencies are often attributed to varying conceptualizations of TQ and methodological limitations (Klieme & Nilsen, 2022). While qualitative studies offer deep insights, they lack generalizability. Conversely, quantitative research frequently relies on cross-sectional designs prone to omitted variable bias and reversed causality, hindering robust causal inferences. Consequently, there is an urgent need for longitudinal research using representative samples and validated frameworks that allow for comparisons across countries and cohorts.
This study addresses these gaps by utilizing the complete longitudinal dataset from the TIMSS Longitudinal project and adopting the Three Basic Dimensions framework (Klieme et al., 2009). This framework, comprising classroom management, supportive climate, and cognitive activation, provides a validated, standardized basis for comparison (Praetorius et al., 2018; Klieme & Nilsen, 2022). The analysis encompasses all participating countries across both available cohorts: a primary cohort (Grade 4 to 5) across nine countries, and a lower secondary cohort (Grade 8 to 9) across three of these countries. Using two-level regression analyses (students nested within classes), the study investigates the impact of the three TQ dimensions on mathematics achievement gain. Additionally, it examines the relationship between student socioeconomic status and TQ to determine if high-quality teaching is equitably distributed. Missing data will be handled using robust maximum likelihood (RML) estimation to ensure the integrity of the longitudinal findings.
The data will be available in February 2026. Based on previous research (e.g. Praetorius et al., 2018; Klieme & Nilsen, 2022), we hypothesize that classroom management and cognitive activation will demonstrate stronger impacts on cognitive outcomes than supportive climate. We further hypothesize that the equitable distribution of high-quality teaching will vary according to the broader educational equity profiles of the participating countries. These findings will contribute to the global debate regarding the role of teaching quality in fostering both academic excellence and social equality.
References:
Blömeke, S., & Olsen, R. V. (2019). Consistency of results regarding teacher effects across subjects, school levels, outcomes and countries. Teaching and teacher education, 77, 170-182.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2000). Teacher quality and student achievement. education policy analysis archives, 8.
Fauth, B., Atlay, C., Dumont, H., & Decristan, J. (2021). Does what you get depend on who you are with? Effects of student composition on teaching quality. Learning and Instruction, 71, 101355.
Klieme, E., Pauli, C., & Reusser, K. (2009). The pythagoras study: Investigating effects of teaching and learning in Swiss and German mathematics classrooms. The power of video studies in investigating teaching and learning in the classroom, 137-160.
Klieme, E., & Nilsen, T. (2022). Teaching Quality and Student Outcomes in TIMSS and PISA. In T. Nilsen, A. Stancel-Piątak, & J. E. Gustafsson (Eds.), International Handbook of Comparative Large-Scale Studies in Education (Vol. 2). Springer International Handbooks of Education. Springer, Cham.
Praetorius, A.-K., Klieme, E., Herbert, B., & Pinger, P. (2018). Generic dimensions of teaching quality: The German framework of three basic dimensions. ZDM, 50(3), 407-426.
Teacher Quality Indicators and Student Achievement Gains: Evidence from the TIMSS Longitudinal Study
There is growing evidence that knowledge and skills acquired in compulsory school have lasting effects into adulthood (Gustafsson, 2016), and that the first years of schooling are particularly important for students’ later educational trajectories. This raises the question of which early school determinants are most influential for student achievement. Among school resources, class size has been shown to affect achievement (Fredriksson et al., 2013), although effect sizes are modest. In contrast, several syntheses conclude that teaching and teachers are of greater importance (Hattie, 2009). Longitudinal studies consistently demonstrate substantial differences in student outcomes across teachers (e.g., Nye et al., 2004), with teacher-level variation accounting for approximately 10 percent of the variance in achievement. At the same time, evidence linking observed teacher characteristics such as education and experience to student outcomes has been mixed, partly due to methodological limitations and imprecise definitions of teacher qualifications (Blömeke & Olsen, 2019).
Nevertheless, several studies report positive associations between teacher quality indicators and student achievement (Wayne & Youngs, 2003; Johansson et al., 2023). There is, moreover, a need for robust evidence, as much previous research relies on single-country studies or cross-sectional data. Building on this literature, the present study examines variation in teacher effectiveness within schools and tests the hypothesis that teachers with relevant teacher education and longer experience have a greater impact on student learning than teachers without such qualifications.
This study addresses these gaps by utilizing the complete longitudinal dataset from the TIMSS Longitudinal project. The analysis encompasses all participating countries across two cohorts: a primary cohort (Grade 4 to 5) across nine countries, and a lower secondary cohort (Grade 8 to 9) across three of these countries. Using two-level regression analyses (students nested within classes), the study investigates the impact of teacher quality indicators, such as teacher education and experience, on mathematics achievement gains. In addition, the study examines the relationship between student socioeconomic status and teacher quality to assess whether teacher quality is equitably distributed. We hypothesize that the distribution of teacher quality varies across countries as a function of the compensatory mechanisms of the school system. These findings provide evidence on the role of teacher quality in promoting student achievement and shed light on social selection effects.
References:
Blömeke, S., & Olsen, R. V. (2019). Consistency of results regarding teacher effects across subjects, school levels, outcomes and countries. Teaching and Teacher
Education, 77, 170-182.
Fredriksson, P., Öckert, B., & Oosterbeek H. (2013). Long-Term Effects of Class Size, Quarterly Journal of Economics, 128(1), 249-285
Gustafsson, J.-E. (2016). Lasting effects of quality of schooling: Evidence from PISA and PIAAC. Intelligence, 57, 66–72.
Hattie, J. (2009). Visible learning. A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. New York: Routledge.
Johansson, S., Gustafsson, J.-E., Hansson, Å., & Alatalo, T. (2023). Estimating effects of teacher characteristics on student achievement in reading and mathematics:
evidence from Swedish census data. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-18.
Nye, B., Konstantopoulos, S., & Hedges, L. V. (2004). How large are teacher effects? Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 26, 237-57.
Wayne, A.J. & Youngs, P. (2003). Teacher characteristics and student achievement gains: A review, Review of Educational Research, 73, 89–122.
School Climate: Impact of Safety, Relationships, Resources, and Academic Emphasis on Achievement Gains and Equality: TIMSS Longitudinal across countries and grades
This study investigates which aspects of school climate relate to progress in student learning outcomes and whether students have equitable access to a positive school climate. School climate is a multifaceted concept; systematic reviews identify four key dimensions: academic (promotion of learning), community (interpersonal relationships), safety (environmental security and absence of bullying), and institutional (organizational structure and resources) (Wang & Degol, 2016; Thapa et al., 2013). While these dimensions are critical to cognitive and affective outcomes (Cohen et al., 2009), it remains unclear which specific dimensions most significantly drive learning progress and educational equality (Berkowitz et al., 2017). Current research often focuses on single dimensions, and findings remain inconsistent due to varying conceptualizations and methodological limitations (Nilsen & Teig, 2022). Furthermore, most studies rely on cross-sectional designs prone to omitted variable bias and reversed causality, hindering robust causal inferences. Consequently, there is an urgent need for longitudinal research using representative samples and validated frameworks that allow for cross-national comparisons.
This study addresses these gaps by utilizing the complete longitudinal dataset from the TIMSS Longitudinal project and adopting the framework by Wang and Degol (2016). The analysis encompasses all participating countries across two cohorts: a primary cohort (Grade 4 to 5) across nine countries, and a lower secondary cohort (Grade 8 to 9) across three of these countries. Using two-level regression analyses (students nested within classes), the study investigates the impact of the four school climate dimensions on mathematics achievement gain. Additionally, it examines the relationship between student socioeconomic status and school climate to determine if positive school climates are equitably distributed. Missing data will be handled using robust maximum likelihood (RML) estimation to ensure the integrity of the longitudinal findings.
The data will be available in February 2026. Based on previous research synthesis (e.g. Nilsen and Teig, 2022; Wang and Degol, 2016), we hypothesize that absence of bullying (safety dimension) and academic emphasis (academic dimension), alongside student sense of belonging (community dimension), will demonstrate stronger impacts on cognitive outcomes than physical resources (institutional dimension). However, we expect results to vary across countries and grades. We further hypothesize that the equitable distribution of a positive school climate will vary according to the broader educational equity profiles of the participating countries (Berkowitz et al., 2017). These findings will offer evidence-based insights for school leaders and policymakers regarding the role of school climate in fostering both academic excellence and social equality.
References:
Berkowitz, R., Moore, H., Astor, R. A., & Benbenishty, R. (2017). A research synthesis of the associations between socioeconomic background, inequality, school climate, and academic achievement. Review of Educational Research, 87(2), 425-469
Cohen, J., McCabe, E. M., Michelli, N. M., & Pickeral, T. (2009). School climate: Research, policy, practice, and teacher education. Teachers college record, 111(1), 180-213.
Nilsen, T., & Teig, N. (2022). A systematic review of studies investigating the relationships between school climate and student outcomes in TIMSS, PISA, and PIRLS. International Handbook of Comparative Large-Scale Studies in Education: Perspectives, Methods and Findings, 1-34.
Thapa, A., Cohen, J., Guffey, S., & Higgins-D’Alessandro, A. (2013). A review of school climate research. Review of Educational Research, 83(3), 357-385.
Wang, M.-T., & Degol, J. L. (2016). School climate: A review of the construct, measurement, and impact on student outcomes. Educational Psychology Review, 28(2), 315-352.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 09 SES 12 B: AI, Trust and Governance in Assessment Practice Location: 5026 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Elena Papanastasiou Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Reliability and Validity of using Generative AI for Qualitative Data Analysis University of Nicosia, Cyprus Presenting Author:The growing popularity of large language models (LLMs) in education has spurred their use in a range of tasks, including creating assessments, analyzing data, and evaluating student responses. However, due to the potential for AI to generate misleading outputs, the European Commission (2024) has proposed guidelines emphasizing responsible usage of generative AI in research, focusing on reliability, honesty, respect, and accountability. These guidelines call for verifying and reproducing information produced by AI, ensuring transparency regarding AI use, recognizing the technology’s limitations, and taking overall responsibility for the outputs. Building on these principles, the present study aimed to demonstrate a process for applying these guidelines in research, centering on evaluating how accurately LLMs reproduce a qualitative data analysis conducted by human researchers and how consistent their outputs are across multiple LLMs. The study posed three core research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was carried out in four stages. First, the data were gathered from 66 high-school students through an online questionnaire where the students were asked questions regarding how they believed that AI would be integrated into math and science in schools in the future. Second, the team performed a thematic analysis on the students’ responses, which produced three themes: (1) creation of exercises for practice, (2) interactive learning (including games, experiments, and simulations), and (3) demonstrations of different problem-solving approaches to support students’ understanding. In the third stage, the researchers tested whether various LLMs could recover and categorize the same themes. To account for potential variability across models and across repeated prompting of the same model, the team ran these prompts 10 times on 13 LLMs, including ChatGPT o1 Pro, ChatGPT o3, ChatGPT o3 mini (H), ChatGPT o1, Claude 3.7 Sonnet, ChatGPT o1 mini, ChatGPT 4.5 preview, Gemini 2.o Pro, Gemini 2.0 flash, Deepseek-R1, ChatGPT 4o, Llama 3.1, and Llama 3.3. Finally, the researchers objectively measured each model’s fidelity to the human-established categories by checking whether the LLMs’ categories corresponded to those generated by researchers, and whether the reported number of matched instances aligned with the actual matches. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Most LLMs demonstrated strong consistency. ChatGPT o1 Pro, ChatGPT o1, ChatGPT o3, Claude 3.7 Sonnet, ChatGPT o1 mini, ChatGPT 4.5 preview, Gemini 2.0 flash, and ChatGPT 4o perfectly replicated the three categories in all 10 iterations. Some models produced minor divergences: ChatGPT o3 mini (H) struggled slightly with “Demonstrations of multiple problem-solving methods,” reaching 7 out of 10 correct categorizations. Llama 3.1 aligned with the human-defined categories for “Creation of exercises for practice” 8 times out of 10, but only 6 times for the other two themes. Deepseek-R1 and Llama 3.3 completed just three runs, even though prompted for 10, yet each correctly reproduced the categories in all three attempts. Gemini 2.0 Pro presented a separate issue. While it produced 10 sets of 3 categories each (totaling 30 categories), its summary table listed more than 30 instances. Specifically, it recorded 12 instances of “Creation of exercises for practice,” 11 of “Interactive Learning,” and 12 of “Demonstrations,” suggesting redundant categorization or a misunderstanding of the prompt. The average reliability within each LLM equaled 0.95, while Cohen’s Kappa ranged from 0.92-0.96 according to the themes that were analyzed. Further analyses will also be performed to compare the LLM outcomes from a validity perspective. References European Commission (2024). Living guidelines on the responsible use of generative AI in research (ERA Forum Report, March 20, 2024). Brussels: European Commission. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Confident, Cautious, or Resistant? Educators’ Engagement with AI-Driven Formative Assessment 1: Taylors University Malaysia; 2: University of South Eastern Norway; 3: Coventry University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Despite strong evidence supporting the value of formative assessment for teaching and learning (Black & Wiliam, 1998), its implementation remains challenging. Studies show that the uptake of formative assessment practices is considerably influence by various factors, and its uptake is often difficult and superficial (Wang et al., 2021). These challenges are commonly described in literature as stemming from both personal and contextual factors (Bennett, 2011). These personal and contextual challenges are compounded by a strong assessment culture and accountability pressures (Asian Development Bank, 2011; Simper et al., 2022). In Asian context, studies suggest that educators’ practices remain predominantly summative, with formative strategies often used superficially or inconsistently due to contextual constraints such as workload, time pressure, and limited professional support (Sulaiman et al., 2020). In recent years, digital technologies and more recently artificial intelligence (AI) have been increasingly positioned as potential means to support formative assessment practices by addressing some of these long-standing challenges, such as providing timely feedback, supporting task design, and managing workload (Hopfenbeck et al., 2023). However, the integration of AI into formative assessment does not occur automatically, nor it is shortcut for learning but these new forms of learning are a catalyst for deeper learning (Chatfield, 2025). Educators’ decisions to adopt, adapt, or resist AI-driven formative assessment tools are shaped by their familiarity with AI, their confidence in using such technologies, and the broader institutional and ethical conditions within which they work. Despite growing interest in AI in higher education, there remains limited empirical evidence on how educators’ AI literacy competencies relate to the adoption of AI-driven formative assessment in practice. This study addresses this gap by investigating the relationship between higher education educators’ self-perceived AI literacy competency and their adoption of AI-driven formative assessment, and by exploring the factors that influence such adoption. Two research questions guide the study: (1) Is there a relationship between educators’ self-perceived AI literacy competency and their adoption of AI-driven formative assessment? and (2) What factors influence higher education educators’ adoption of AI-driven formative assessment tools? The study is theoretically informed by Cultural-Historical Activity Theory (CHAT), which conceptualises learning and professional practice as socially situated and mediated by tools within activity systems (Engeström, 2001). From this perspective, AI is understood as a mediating tool whose adoption is shaped by interactions between subjects (educators), objects (formative assessment practices), rules (institutional policies and norms), community (colleagues and students), and division of labour (support structures and responsibilities). CHAT provides a useful lens for examining how educators’ familiarity with AI develops and how social, institutional, and ethical conditions influence decisions to confidently adopt or cautiously use AI in their formative assessment practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed-methods research design was employed. Quantitative data were collected through an online survey administered to higher education educators in Malaysia (n = 84). The survey measured self-perceived AI literacy competency across four dimensions: knowledge, awareness, confidence, and usage/adoption. Statistical analyses, including correlation analysis, were conducted to examine relationships between AI literacy dimensions and the adoption of AI-driven formative assessment tools. Qualitative data were collected through semi-structured interviews with a purposive subsample of educators (n = 9). The interviews explored educators’ experiences with predictive and generative AI tools, their formative assessment practices, and perceived enabling and constraining factors influencing adoption. Interview data were analysed thematically. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis suggests that educators who report higher levels of confidence and familiarity with AI tend to engage with AI-supported formative assessment in more deliberate and pedagogically purposeful ways, particularly in relation to feedback provision, task design, and supporting student learning, rather than adopting such tools for lesson planning. However, emerging findings indicate that AI literacy alone does not fully account for patterns of adoption. Instead, a range of contextual factors including institutional assessment policies, workload and time pressures, access to professional development, ethical considerations, and peer support appear to play a significant role in shaping educators’ decisions to adopt or cautiously adapt AI-driven formative assessment tools. References Asian Development Bank. (2011, November). Higher education across Asia: An overview of issues and strategies (Report). Asian Development Bank. Bennett, R. E. (2011). Formative assessment: a critical review. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 18(1), 5–25. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2010.513678 Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (1998). Assessment and classroom learning. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 5(1), 7–74. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969595980050102 Chatfield, T. (2025). AI and the future of pedagogy (White paper). Sage. https://doi.org/10.4135/wp520172 Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive Learning at Work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14(1), 133–156. https://doi.org/10.1080/13639080020028747 Hopfenbeck, T. N., Zhang, Z., Sun, S. Z., Robertson, P., & McGrane, J. A. (2023). Challenges and opportunities for classroom-based formative assessment and AI: A perspective article. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1270700. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1270700 Huesca, G., Elizondo-García, M. E., Aguayo-González, R., Aguayo-Hernández, C. H., González-Buenrostro, T., & Verdugo-Jasso, Y. A. (2025). Evaluating the Potential of Generative Artificial Intelligence to Innovate Feedback Processes. Education Sciences, 15(4), 505. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci15040505 Simper, N., Mårtensson, K., Berry, A., & Maynard, N. (2022). Assessment cultures in higher education: reducing barriers and enabling change. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 47(7), 1016–1029. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2021.1983770 Sulaiman, T., Kotamjani, S. S., Abdul Rahim, S. S., & Hakim, M. N. (2020). Malaysian public university lecturers’ perceptions and practices of formative and alternative assessments. International Journal of Learning, Teaching and Educational Research, 19(5), 379–394. https://doi.org/10.26803/ijlter.19.5.23 Wang, Y., Liu, C., & Tu, Y.-F. (2021). Factors Affecting the Adoption of AI-Based Applications in Higher Education: An Analysis of Teachers Perspectives Using Structural Equation Modeling. Educational Technology & Society, 24(3), 116–129. https://www.jstor.org/stable/27032860 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Dual-Track Governance in Teaching Quality Evaluation: Administrative Inspection and Peer Observation in China 1: University of Groningen, the Netherlands; 2: China University of Mining and Technology Presenting Author:Teaching quality evaluation has become a central instrument of contemporary education governance, yet many systems face an inherent tension. Accountability-oriented inspection and development-oriented professional learning serve fundamentally different purposes that are difficult to reconcile within unified evaluative frameworks (OECD, 2013). While some systems privilege one orientation over the other (e.g., the UK’s Ofsted inspections versus Finland’s trust-based professional autonomy), and others attempt integration within single instruments (e.g., the Danielson Framework in the United States), China adopts a distinctive alternative that has received limited systematic attention in international scholarship. This study examines the Chinese education system as a case in which administrative inspection (行政督导) and peer observation (同伴互助/听评课) are formally institutionalised as parallel, policy-mandated mechanisms operating within a unified national framework. Rather than treating these mechanisms as isolated practices, the study conceptualises teaching quality evaluation as a dual-track policy system shaped by multiple institutional pillars and enacted across governance levels. This configuration is particularly relevant given China’s vast teaching workforce and substantial regional variation in resources and governance capacity. Drawing on institutional theory, policy enactment theory, and cultural-historical perspectives, the study addresses four research questions: RQ1 (: How are administrative inspection and peer observation institutionally differentiated within China’s teaching quality evaluation policy system? (Differentiation) RQ2: Through which mechanisms are the two evaluative tracks coordinated while maintaining functional separation? (Coordination) RQ3: How is the dual-track framework recontextualised across governance levels and provincial contexts? (vertical and horizontal variation) Scott’s (2014) framework of institutional pillars provides the primary analytical lens for the current study. The regulative pillar operates through formal rules and sanctions that constrain behaviour and enforce compliance. The normative pillar functions through shared professional values and expectations about appropriate conduct. This framework maps productively onto China’s dual evaluation mechanisms: administrative inspection operates primarily through regulative channels (hierarchical authority, standardised procedures, rectification requirements), while peer observation draws on normative channels (collegial responsibility, collective improvement, mutual support). The concept of coupling (Meyer & Rowan, 1977; Coburn, 2004) offers analytical leverage for examining how the two tracks relate: whether loosely coupled, tightly integrated, or selectively connected through specific mechanisms. Policy enactment theory (Ball et al., 2012) complements our analysis by illuminating how policies are recontextualised as they travel across institutional levels. National frameworks establish structural templates, but provincial and school-level actors interpret, translate, and re-specify these designs according to local conditions (Braun et al., 2011). This perspective directly informs examination of cross-provincial variation in policy elaboration. The study contributes to international debates on teaching/teacher evaluation by advancing the concept of “differentiated parallel governance”, a policy configuration that institutionalises accountability and development as separate but coordinated tracks rather than attempting synthesis within unified instruments. This offers a distinctive response to the formative-summative tension that pervades teacher evaluation systems internationally. The current study provides a comparative reference point that expands the repertoire of available governance designs for European educators and policymakers navigating similar tensions between accountability demands and professional learning imperatives. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs qualitative document analyses to examine the formal policy system of China’s dual-track teaching quality evaluation. The focus on basic education (primary and secondary schooling) reflects this sector’s governance under unified national policy frameworks. Policy documents serve as the core analytical unit, treating them as authoritative texts embodying specific institutional pillars and official discourses (Bowen, 2009). Documents were retrieved from official government databases including the National Laws and Regulations Database, Ministry of Education archives, and provincial education department (i.e., school) websites. The temporal scope (2010–2025) captures the contemporary evaluation framework established by China’s National Medium- and Long-Term Education Reform Plan (2010–2020) through recent developments. Initial retrieval yielded 167 potentially relevant documents. Application of inclusion criteria (official policy texts directly addressing teaching quality evaluation, specifying evaluation procedures or consequences) resulted in a final corpus of 96 documents distributed across three governance levels: national (n=14), provincial (n=61), and school (n=21). Seven provinces/municipalities were purposively selected to capture systematic variation in economic development, administrative capacity, and regional context: Beijing, Shanghai, Jiangsu, and Guangdong (economically developed with strong administrative capacity) and Guizhou, Gansu, and Xinjiang (less-developed contexts with more constrained resources). This contrast illuminates how identical national frameworks are differentially elaborated under varying economic and resource conditions. Analysis proceeded through four phases. First, corpus structuring systematically tagged documents across administrative hierarchy, evaluation track, regional affiliation, and chronological sequence. Second, thematic coding followed Saldaña's (2021) two-cycle approach, employing both deductive categories derived from the theoretical framework and inductive codes capturing emergent patterns. Inter-coder reliability, assessed through independent coding of 20 documents (21% of corpus), reached Cohen's kappa of 0.76. Third, cross-level alignment analysis compared national mandates with provincial and school-level texts to trace policy recontextualisation patterns. Fourth, cross-provincial comparison used analytical matrices to isolate regional variations within the unified national framework. This multi-level design enables systematic tracing of how the dual-track system is designed at the national level and recontextualised as it moves through the governance system, while cross-provincial comparison illuminates how differentiated elaboration emerges within shared structural frameworks. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Institutional differentiation (RQ1): The findings reveal deliberate separation grounded in distinct institutional pillars. Administrative inspection operates through the regulative pillar: a vertically extended accountability chain where designated supervisors (positioned in policy texts as the "third eye" of education regulation) are authorised to inspect, demand rectification, and trigger formal consequences for schools and leaders. Peer observation, by contrast, is anchored in the normative pillar: horizontally organised teaching research groups (教研组) where colleagues engage in collaborative lesson study and reflective dialogue. Evaluative authority is distributed among peers rather than vested in external supervisors, with consequences flowing through collegial relationships rather than formal sanctions. Coordination mechanisms (RQ2): The two tracks are connected through selective and asymmetrical coupling rather than structural integration. Three mechanisms emerge: sequential linkage (inspection findings trigger targeted peer-based improvement activities), artefact circulation (shared teaching artefacts flow across governance routines without collapsing functional distinctions), and temporal complementarity (episodic inspection and continuous peer observation create layered evaluation). Explicit boundary-setting language in policy texts protects the developmental track from consequence-bearing use, preserving its normative foundation. Recontextualisation and variation (RQ3): Cross-provincial analysis reveals strong structural convergence alongside systematic variation in elaboration. All provinces uniformly adopt nationally mandated components, demonstrating coercive isomorphism. However, developed provinces (Beijing, Shanghai, Jiangsu, Guangdong) exhibit denser professional learning infrastructure, while less-resourced provinces (Guizhou, Gansu, Xinjiang) focus on procedural compliance and minimum standards. This suggests that genuine functional differentiation is achieved primarily in well-resourced contexts, carrying implications for equity in teacher professional learning opportunities. The study advances the concept of “differentiated parallel governance”. This offers an alternative to both integrated frameworks that risk accountability contamination of professional learning and siloed systems where tracks operate in isolation, with potential implications for European systems navigating similar tensions. References Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027 Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: Towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 585–596. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601555 Coburn, C. E. (2004). Beyond decoupling: Rethinking the relationship between the institutional environment and the classroom. Sociology of Education, 77(3), 211–244. https://doi.org/10.1177/003804070407700302 Ehren, M. C. M., Altrichter, H., McNamara, G., & O'Hara, J. (2013). Impact of school inspections on improvement of schools. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 25(1), 3–43. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-012-9156-4 Meyer, J. W., & Rowan, B. (1977). Institutionalized organizations: Formal structure as myth and ceremony. American Journal of Sociology, 83(2), 340–363. OECD. (2013). Teachers for the 21st century: Using evaluation to improve teaching. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264193864-en Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (4th ed.). Sage. Scott, W. R. (2014). Institutions and organizations: Ideas, interests, and identities (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publishing. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Authentic Assessment and Academic Honesty in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Assessing Spoken Argumentation through Socratic Seminars Nazarbayev Intellectual school of Science and Mathematics in Karagandy, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Recent European policy documents emphasise competence-based education, formative assessment, transparency, and learner autonomy as key principles of assessment reform. At the same time, growing access to AI tools capable of generating written texts has intensified concerns about academic integrity and validity. These challenges extend beyond the European Union. In Kazakhstan, ongoing curriculum and digital reforms have led teachers to report similar difficulties in verifying authorship and assessing authentic understanding. This study addresses both local and European concerns and contributes to international discussions on assessment systems responding to AI. Recent research highlights the widespread use of AI among secondary and tertiary students and its implications for assessment design. Many students regularly use tools such as ChatGPT for writing, summarising, and idea generation, often without clear ethical guidance (Baig, 2025; HEPI, 2025). Studies in secondary education report increasing AI-assisted writing and problem-solving, alongside teacher uncertainty about detection and regulation (Eke, 2023). International organisations warn that detection technologies alone cannot ensure assessment validity and recommend redesigning tasks to prioritise reasoning, learning processes, and interaction (UNESCO, 2023; OECD, 2024). One response is renewed attention to spoken argumentation as both a learning goal and assessment format. Argumentation is recognised as central to critical thinking, disciplinary understanding, and civic participation (Kuhn, 1991; Osborne, 2010). Research shows that structured oral argumentation improves conceptual development and deeper understanding when students justify claims and respond to counterarguments (Nussbaum, 2023). Unlike writing, spoken argumentation occurs in real time, making reasoning visible and limiting reliance on artificial intelligence. Assessment theory supports the pedagogical value of dialogic and formative approaches. Black and Wiliam (2009) argue that assessment in classroom interaction enhances learning by making thinking explicit and enable timely feedback. Nicol and Macfarlane-Dick (2006) emphasise the importance of transparent criteria and peer assessment. From this perspective, assessment is viewed not as a tool for measurement, but as an integral part of instruction that shapes students’ understanding of quality and supports ethical academic practices. The Socratic seminar represents an appropriate format for integrating spoken argumentation into assessment. Grounded in dialogic traditions, Socratic seminars engage students in structured discussions around shared texts or concepts, encouraging interpretation, critique, and collaborative knowledge construction (Adler, 1982). Empirical studies report positive effects on students’ critical reading, reasoning, and oral communication, especially when discussions are supported through explicit scaffolding and reflective feedback (Billings & Fitzgerald, 2002). More recent research suggests that combining inner-circle participation with outer-circle observation and peer assessment allows teachers to observe both performance and process and increases students’ awareness of argumentative quality (Copeland, 2023). Argumentation skills can be applied across disciplines when supported by consistent instructional frameworks. In science education, structured argumentation supports scientific reasoning and conceptual understanding (Driver et al., 2000), while in language education oral discourse fosters interpretative and evaluative competence (Swain, 2006). However, relatively little research has examined the systematic development and assessment of spoken argumentation across subjects within a shared pedagogical design, particularly in relation to the emerging challenge of AI-related academic dishonesty. The present study seeks to address this gap by investigating an adapted Socratic seminar model implemented as an assessment tool in Grade 10 English and Biology classrooms in Kazakhstan. Research Questions The study is guided by the following two research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed an exploratory action research design to investigate the development and assessment of spoken argumentation skills across subjects and to improve classroom practice through systematic inquiry. Action research was considered appropriate because it allowed the researcher-teachers to identify a pedagogical problem arising from everyday practice, implement a targeted intervention, and reflect on its effects within an authentic instructional context (Cresswell, 2013). Participants were eight Grade 10 learner groups comprising 96 students selected through convenience sampling as they were taught by the researcher-teachers during the same academic year at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Karaganda City. The shared institutional context implied comparable curricular requirements in English and Biology and enabled cross-group and cross-subject comparison while maintaining ecological validity. The intervention was implemented over one academic term following a cycle of problem exploration, planning, action, observation, and reflection. At the initial stage, difficulties were identified in both the development and reliable assessment of spoken argumentation, particularly in relation to clarity of claims, use of evidence, logical coherence, and responsiveness to counterarguments. Hence, an instructional strategy was adapted from the classical Socratic seminar model. The adaptation focused on scaffolding argument construction and engaging students in the co-creation of explicit assessment criteria for peer observation rubrics. During the action phase, the adapted Socratic seminar approach was implemented in all eight groups. In English lessons, students discussed literary texts, while in Biology lessons they analysed target scientific concepts. In each seminar, students in the inner circle participated in guided discussion, sharing interpretations and responding to peers, while students in the outer circle observed and conducted peer assessment using the agreed rubrics. A mixed-methods approach to data collection was adopted. Quantitative data were obtained from rubric-based scores on pre- and post-intervention speaking tasks. Descriptive statistics were used to examine changes in mean scores across groups and subjects. The overall mean score increased from 11.4 to 15.8, showing an average improvement of 4.4 points. The biggest increase was observed in the use of evidence (from 2.6 to 4.3) and reasoning (from 2.4 to 4.0). Qualitative data were collected through teacher observation notes and focus-group discussions. Qualitative analysis revealed that 18 out of 24 students reported increased confidence in speaking, and 15 students indicated that the rubric made assessment criteria clearer. The qualitative data were coded thematically into three main themes: development of argument structure, increased learner awareness of assessment criteria, and implementation challenges. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study demonstrates the potential of an adapted Socratic seminar approach to support both the development and assessment of spoken argumentation skills across English and Biology and responding to the emerging challenge of AI-related academic dishonesty. The findings indicate that transparent criteria, peer assessment, and structured dialogic interaction can enhance students’ ability to formulate clear claims, use supporting evidence, and engage more confidently in academic discussion. Importantly, similar patterns of improvement were observed across subjects, suggesting that argumentation skills are transferable when consistent instructional and assessment frameworks are applied. From a methodological perspective, the study confirms the value of action research as a means of improving assessment practice in authentic classroom contexts. The combination of quantitative and qualitative data provided a detailed picture of both learning outcomes and classroom processes and highlighted the importance of triangulation when evaluating complex oral competencies. At the same time, the challenges reported by teachers, particularly the difficulty of facilitating discussion while conducting reliable assessment in time-constrained settings, underscore the need for further refinement of assessment tools, increased use of peer and self-assessment, and professional development focused on dialogic evaluation strategies. At a broader level, the study contributes to European and international debates on assessment reform in the age of artificial intelligence. Rather than relying on detection technologies or restrictive policies, the findings support a pedagogical shift towards assessment designs based on reasoning, interaction, and process. Spoken argumentation offers a sustainable response that not only reduces opportunities for AI-generated work but also strengthens core competences, such as critical thinking, communication, and learner autonomy. References Adler, M. J. (1982). The Paideia proposal: An educational manifesto. New York: Macmillan. Baig, M. I., & Yadegaridehkordi, E. (2025). Factors influencing academic staff satisfaction and continuous usage of generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) in higher education. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 22(1), 5. Billings, L., & Fitzgerald, J. (2002). Dialogic discussion and the Paideia seminar. American Educational Research Journal, 39(4), 907–941. Black, P., & Wiliam, D. (2009). Developing the theory of formative assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21(1), 5–31. Nussbaum, E. M., Dove, I. J., & Putney, L. G. (2023). Bridging Dialogic Pedagogy and Argumentation Theory through Critical Questions. Dialogic Pedagogy, 11(3). Copeland, M. (2023). Socratic circles: Fostering critical and creative thinking in middle and high school. Routledge. Cresswell, J. (2013). Qualitative inquiry & research design: Choosing among five approaches. Driver, R., Newton, P., & Osborne, J. (2000). Establishing the norms of scientific argumentation in classrooms. Science Education, 84(3), 287–312. HEPI. (2025). Student generative AI survey 2025. Oxford: Higher Education Policy Institute. Kuhn, D. (1991). The skills of argument. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Eke, D. O. (2023). ChatGPT and the rise of generative AI: Threat to academic integrity?. Journal of Responsible Technology, 13, 100060. Nicol, D., & Macfarlane-Dick, D. (2006). Formative assessment and self‐regulated learning. Studies in Higher Education, 31(2), 199–218. OECD. (2024). Artificial intelligence in education: Challenges and opportunities. Paris: OECD. Osborne, J. (2010). Arguing to learn in science. Science, 328(5977), 463–466. Swain, M. (2006). Languaging, agency and collaboration in advanced second language proficiency (pp. 95-108). UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. Paris: UNESCO. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 09 SES 12 C: Psychometric Modelling, Adaptive Testing and Item Complexity Location: 4013 | Linna building | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Rianne Janssen Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Developing a Live Cognitive Diagnostic Multistage Test for Cross-Cultural Assessment of Fourth-Grade Mathematics Skills in Türkiye and Spain 1: Bogazici University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Comillas Pontifical University, Spain; 3: Pamukkale University, Turkey (Türkiye); 4: The University of Hong Kong, China Presenting Author:The primary purpose of educational assessment is to support learning by identifying students’ strengths and weaknesses rather than merely reporting a single performance score. Nevertheless, summative assessment practices—typically based on Classical Test Theory or Item Response Theory (IRT)—remain dominant in many educational systems (Hambleton et al., 1991). Although linear tests might provide reliable overall ability estimates, they offer limited diagnostic information about learners’ mastery of specific skills (Choi, 2010; de la Torre & Karelitz, 2009). Cognitive Diagnostic Models (CDMs) have been developed to address this limitation by classifying examinees according to mastery or non-mastery of predefined skills or attributes (de la Torre & Douglas, 2004). CDMs enable the provision of structured, fine-grained feedback that can support formative assessment and instructional decision-making, particularly in primary education where early identification of learning gaps is crucial (Huebner, 2010). In parallel, advances in digital testing have led to increasing use of adaptive testing approaches such as Computerized Adaptive Testing (CAT) and Multistage Testing (MST). Adaptive tests can improve measurement precision while reducing test length (Embretson, 1996; Weiss, 2004). Among these approaches, MST offers practical advantages for educational settings, including content balancing, quality control, and examinee navigation flexibility (Sari et al., 2016; Yan et al., 2014). However, MST implementations are typically based on IRT and therefore still yield a single overall score. To enhance the formative potential of adaptive assessment, recent research has focused on integrating CDMs with adaptive testing. Cognitive Diagnostic Computerized Adaptive Testing (CD-CAT) and Cognitive Diagnostic Multistage Testing (CD-MST) represent promising approaches for delivering mastery-based feedback within adaptive frameworks (Cheng, 2009; de la Torre, 2019; Kim & Yoo, 2023; von Davier & Cheng, 2014). Despite this promise, empirical research on CD-MST remains limited and has largely relied on simulation studies (Kim & Yoo, 2023; Li et al., 2021; Liu et al., 2018). Evidence from live, large-scale implementations—especially with young learners—is scarce. Beyond methodological innovation, the use of a live CD-MST is particularly important for classroom assessment because it bridges the gap between psychometric sophistication and instructional usability. Unlike simulation-based studies, live tests capture authentic student behaviors, contextual constraints, and instructional realities that directly affect the validity and utility of diagnostic feedback. Collecting live data therefore allows for evaluation of whether CD-MST results are interpretable, stable, and actionable for teachers and learners in real educational settings. Moreover, empirical evidence from classroom use is essential to demonstrate CD-MST’s practical feasibility for formative assessment and inform educators and policymakers about its potential to support data-driven instruction and early intervention—particularly in primary education, where timely and accurate diagnostic information can have long-lasting effects on students’ learning trajectories. Thus, the present study addresses this gap by developing and implementing a live CD-MST for fourth-grade mathematics in Türkiye and Spain. The test is designed to provide diagnostic feedback on core arithmetic skills (addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, routine and nonroutine problem solving) while ensuring cross-cultural comparability. By administering the test digitally in real school settings, the study aim to contribute empirical evidence on the feasibility, validity, and formative value of CD-MST in European educational contexts. The guiding research question is: To what extent do Turkish and Spanish fourth-grade students demonstrate mastery of mathematics skills as assessed by a live Cognitive Diagnostic Multistage Test? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants The study will be conducted in two phases. During the pilot phase, data will be collected from approximately 800 fourth-grade students (400 in Türkiye and 400 in Spain). In the live CD-MST phase, an additional 200 students (100 per country) will participate, resulting in a total sample of 1000 students. Due to school-level permission requirements, convenience sampling will be employed. In Türkiye, participating schools will be recruited from the Istanbul region, and in Spain from the Madrid region. Efforts will be made to include schools from diverse socioeconomic backgrounds and both public and private sectors to ensure variability in student ability levels. Students will be aged 9–10 years, with an approximately balanced gender distribution. All testing will take place digitally (computers or tablets) within school environments, typically in computer laboratories. Each session will last approximately 50 minutes. Participation will be voluntary, with no incentives provided. Ethical approvals and relevant institutional permissions were obtained prior to data collection. Instrument A common table of specifications aligned with both Turkish and Spanish mathematics curricula were developed. From an existing pool of 540 fourth-grade mathematics items aligned with TIMSS cognitive domains, 60 items were selected based on curricular relevance, difficulty range, and suitability for CD-MST. Item adaptation from Turkish to Spanish followed a multistage translation procedure, in which the original items were first translated into English and then translated into Spanish by experts to ensure linguistic and conceptual equivalence. Validity evidence will be gathered using Q-matrix validation procedures. The pilot phase for estimating item parameters will employ a multiple-matrix sampling design with four linked booklets, each containing 20 items, to reduce students’ testing burden. Additionally, the differential item functioning (DIF) analyses will be conducted and biased items will be excluded before final test assembly. Development of CD-MST The final live CD-MST will employ a 1–3–3 multistage design, with approximately 12–15 items administered per student. Both the pilot and final live assessments will be implemented using the Concerto platform. Module selection will be guided by indices based on the Kullback–Leibler distance or the generalized DINA model discrimination index. Data Analysis After development, a sample of students (100 Turkish and 100 Spanish) will take the CD-MST to assess its functionality. Students’ mastery profiles will be estimated using DINA or G-DINA models (de la Torre, 2011). Attribute-level probabilities will be reported to address the research question. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate the feasibility of implementing a live CD-MST with primary school students in authentic classroom settings. The results are anticipated to show that diagnostic information can be obtained with a substantially reduced testing burden compared to traditional fixed-form assessments. Previous simulation studies have indicated that CD-CAT achieves classification accuracy comparable to that of paper-and-pencil CDM tests (de la Torre, 2019); therefore, similar levels of accuracy with CD-MST across cultures are expected. From a European perspective, findings are expected to provide empirical evidence on the cross-cultural applicability of diagnostic adaptive assessments. Mastery profiles are expected to reveal meaningful patterns in students’ strengths and weaknesses, highlighting the potential of CD-MST to support formative assessment and early intervention across educational systems. Methodologically, the study will contribute to the limited body of empirical research on live CD-MST implementations and inform future European initiatives in digital assessment design. Practically, the findings may support the broader adoption of mastery-based adaptive testing as a tool for promoting equity by providing all learners with access to individualized, data-driven feedback regardless of resource constraints. References Cheng, Y. (2009). When cognitive diagnosis meets computerized adaptive testing: CD-CAT. Psychometrika, 74, 619-632. Choi, H. J. (2010). A model that combines diagnostic classification assessment with mixture item response theory models (Doctoral dissertation). University of Georgia, Athens de la Torre, J. (2019, June). Recent advances in cognitive diagnosis computerized adaptive testing. Paper presented at the Seventh International Meeting of the International Association for Computerized Adaptive Testing, Minneapolis. de La Torre, J., & Douglas, J.A. (2004). Higher-order latent trait models for cognitive diagnosis. Psychometrika 69, 333–353 de La Torre, J., & Karelitz, T. M. (2009). Impact of diagnosticity on the adequacy of models for cognitive diagnosis under a linear attribute structure: A simulation study. Journal of Educational Measurement, 46(4), 450-469 Embretson, S. E. (1996). The new rules of measurement. Psychological Assessment, 8(4), 341-349 Hambleton, R. K., Swaminathan, H., & Rogers, H. J. (1991). Fundamentals of item response theory (Vol. 2). Sage. Huebner, A. (2010). An overview of recent developments in cognitive diagnostic computer adaptive assessments. Practical Assessment, Research, and Evaluation, 15(3), 1-7. Kim, R. Y., & Yoo, Y. J. (2023). Cognitive diagnostic multistage testing by partitioning hierarchically structured attributes. Journal of Educational Measurement, 60(1), 126-147. Li, G., Cai, Y., Gao, X., Wang, D., & Tu, D. (2021). Automated test assembly for multistage testing with cognitive diagnosis. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 509844. Liu, S., Cai, Y., & Tu, D. (2018). On-the-Fly Constraint-Controlled Assembly Methods for Multistage Adaptive Testing for Cognitive Diagnosis. Journal of Educational Measurement, 55(4), 595-613. Sari, H. İ., Yahsi-Sari, H., & Huggins-Manley, A. C. (2016). Computer adaptive multistage testing: Practical issues, challenges and principles. Journal of Measurement and Evaluation in Education and Psychology, 7(2), 388-406. Weiss, D. J. (2004). Computerized Adaptive Testing for Effective and Efficient Measurement in Counseling and Education. Measurement and Evaluation in Counseling and Development, 37(2), 70–84. von Davier, M. & Cheng, Y. (2014). Multistage testing using diagnostic models. In D. L. Yan, A. A. von Davier, & C. Lewis (Eds.), Computerized multistage testing: Theory and practice (pp. 219–227). Boca Raton, FL: Chapman & Hall/CRC. Yan, D., Lewis, C., & von Davier, A. A. (2014). Overview of computerized multistage tests. In D. Yan, C. Lewis, & A. A. von Davier (Eds.), Computerized multistage testing: Theory and applications (pp. 3–20). New York: Chapman and Hall/CRC. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Improving Performance Estimation Under Ceiling Effects in Adaptive Testing: A Simulation and Empirical Study Using Plausible Values 1: Finnish Education Evaluation Centre, Finland; 2: Tampere University, Finland; 3: University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:Computerised adaptive testing (CAT) is increasingly used in large-scale educational assessment studies. Compared to paper-based fixed tests, CAT has several advantages, including increased accuracy of the measurement and a better match of the difficulty level of the test with the test taker’s abilities (van der Linden & Glas, 2000). The idea of adapting the test’s difficulty to the test taker originates from individually administered traditional intelligence tests (e.g., Wechsler, 1944), but computer-based testing has made it possible to administer the tests also in group settings. The main idea of CAT is to have a validated item bank, in which each item has difficulty and discrimination parameters that have been defined in advance based on calibration data using IRT (item response theory) modeling (Birnbaum, 1968). After a fixed set of anchor items, the subsequent items are selected from the item bank based on the test taker’s performance. Even though CAT solves many measurement issues compared to a more traditional approach with fixed tests, accurate assessment of the abilities of test takers who demonstrate significantly lower or higher performance than average can still be challenging. In educational assessment studies utilising item banks calibrated with data collected in school contexts, these problems may emerge when trying to assess the performance level of particularly highly skilled students or lower-performing students. Despite the large calibration data and the number of items, the performance estimates may not be trustworthy if a student does not fail enough items, or if they fail all of them within the limited time allowed for completing the test. In these occasions, adaptive testing does not solve the problems often faced in group-level assessments utilising fixed tests, including the so-called ceiling effect (Wang et al., 2009) which can distort analyses where the ability distributions of different sub-groups are compared on the population level. Thus, the IRT-based approach alone does not provide sufficient information on student performance if the testing time is not extended or if the difficulty level of the starting point of the test is not individually manipulated. This is usually not possible in large-scale group-level assessments. Therefore, in the context of a large-scale longitudinal assessment study with a particular focus on students with special educational needs, we aim at solving this measurement problem by – besides considering students’ performance – taking into account multiple background-related factors associated with performance in earlier assessment studies. We first conducted a simulation study to compare different performance estimation methods in a longitudinal context (IRT, plausible values) and then applied the most appropriate solution on the empirical data. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the simulation study, we explored whether plausible values can better capture the true differences between subgroups in the population when there are severe ceiling effects in the raw test scores or IRT estimates. Under two conditions (ceiling effects vs. no ceiling effects), we created six different scenarios that differed from each other in how subgroup differences evolved between three time points. The empirical analysis of the study will be based on the data (N ~ 3100) from the longitudinal study conducted in Finnish primary schools (ISCED level 1). In this single-cohort study, the same students were followed yearly from the 4th grade to the 6th grade in the spring semesters of 2022–2024. The analysis focuses on students’ arithmetical reasoning skills that were assessed with tasks that adjusted to each student’s performance level. The data come from a computerised adaptive test that was calibrated with over 10000 primary and secondary school students in Finland. After four anchor items that were the same for all students, the task set presented the student with either slightly more difficult or easier items depending on the student’s responses. The task set was programmed to end automatically once the student had completed 15 tasks or had spent 15 minutes on the test. In the empirical study, we will create plausible values for the students based on their raw performance scores and their background (gender, parents’ occupational status, immigration background, special educational needs). We will study whether the use of plausible values will influence the conclusions made on student performance and its development compared to the IRT-based scoring (ML type scores). We focus particularly on student subgroups whose performance deviates considerably from average students for whom the adaptive test is primarily calibrated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the preliminary simulations indicate that the use of plausible values can to some extent correct the ceiling effects observed when the estimation of performance is only based on IRT. In the next stage of the analysis, we will create plausible values for students in the empirical data and conduct corresponding comparisons. Based on the results of the preliminary simulations, we expect to increase the accuracy of the measurement of performance particularly for highly skilled students who reached the end of the testing time before finding the upper limit of their abilities. From the perspective of the research project providing the empirical data for the study, it is also important to see whether we manage to improve the accuracy of estimation for students with special educational needs for whom the group-level adaptive test starts with items that are too difficult. The results of the study can be used in the design of assessment projects focusing on educational equality, as such projects often analyse the results of student subgroups whose performance deviates from that of the average student at a certain age or grade level. References Birnbaum, A. (1968). Some latent trait models and their use in inferring an examinee’s ability. In F. M. Lord & M. R. Novick (Eds.), Statistical theories of mental test scores (pp. 397–479). Addison-Wesley. van der Linden, W. J. & Glas, C. A. W. (2000). Computerized adaptive testing : theory and practice. Kluwer Academic Publishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/0-306-47531-6 Wang, L., Zhang, Z., McArdle, J. J., & Salthouse, T. A. (2009). Investigating ceiling effects in longitudinal data analysis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 43(3), 476–496. https://doi.org/10.1080/00273170802285941 Wechsler, D. (1944). The measurement of adult intelligence (3rd ed.). The Williams & Wilkins Company. 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Factor Mixture Modeling of Confidence in Science: Examining Latent Class–Specific Measurement Structures in TIMSS 2023 1: Canakkale Onsekiz Mart University, Türkiye; 2: Aydin Adnan Menderes University, Türkiye Presenting Author:Confidence in science is a central affective construct that has been consistently linked to students’ engagement, persistence, and achievement in science learning (Berger et al., 2025; Lee & Stankov, 2018; Wu & Wu, 2022). Students with higher confidence in science are more likely to participate actively in learning activities (OECD, 2019) and to pursue further studies in science-related fields (Wang & Degol, 2013). Recently released results from TIMSS 2023 provide further evidence that eighth-grade students who report being very confident in science demonstrate substantially higher average science achievement (von Davier et al., 2024). Consequently, understanding how confidence in science is conceptualised and distributed among students is of critical importance for educational research. In the TIMSS 2023 Assessment Frameworks (Reynolds et al., 2021), confidence in science is conceptualised under the students’ attitudes toward science. It is commonly measured using self-report Likert-type scales. The scale scores are reported using three categorical levels (e.g., not confident, somewhat confident, and very confident) defined through cut scores that are determined using Latent Class Analysis (LCA; Lazarsfeld & Henry, 1968). While the LCA-based approach adopted in TIMSS offers a data-driven method for identifying qualitatively distinct groups of students, it conceptualises confidence in science, assuming measurement homogeneity within each identified group. This assumption may be limiting in large-scale assessments, where latent subgroups may differ in overall levels of confidence and in how the construct is structured and measured. Factor Mixture Modeling (FMM) provides an integrative framework that combines confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) and latent class analysis (LCA), allowing researchers to simultaneously examine categorical heterogeneity and within-class variation (Muthén, 2006). Importantly, FMM provides a flexible approach to investigate potential differences in the latent construct and measurement properties of confidence in science across unobserved subgroups, providing a means to investigate measurement equivalence. The present study focuses on a comparison between Türkiye and England, two countries that differ substantially in their educational systems, instructional traditions, and sociocultural contexts (OECD, 2023). According to TIMSS 2023 results, the average science achievement scores for Grade 8 are highly similar in the two countries (von Davier et al., 2024), making this comparison potentially informative for examining whether comparable performance levels reflect comparable latent constructs. Using FMM, this study examines whether the same number of latent classes emerges in both countries and whether the measurement structure of confidence in science operates equivalently across these latent classes. Addressing these issues is essential for evaluating measurement equivalence and for informing the comparability of the scale scores across countries. Accordingly, the study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research questions, data were retrieved from the TIMSS 2023 international database and drawn from the Grade 8 student context questionnaire administered in Türkiye and England. The Turkish sample comprised 4,925 students initially, with 4,508 retained after data cleaning. The sample comprised of 50.4% girls (n = 2271), and 49.6% boys (n = 2237). The mean age of students was 13.87 years (SD = 0.41). The English sample comprised 4,239 students initially, with 4,190 retained after data cleaning. The sample comprised of 51.4% girls (n = 2155), and 48.6% boys (n = 2035). The mean age of students was 14.04 years (SD = 0.30). The TIMSS 2023 Students Confident in Science scale captures students’ self-perceptions of their ability to learn and succeed in science, which are informed by prior experiences and comparative self-evaluations (Reynolds et al., 2021). These items were scored on a 4-point Likert-type scale, ranging from 1 = agree a lot to 4 = disagree a lot. At this stage, preliminary analyses and FMMs were first conducted for the Turkish sample to inform model specification. Corresponding analyses are planned for the English sample. The analytical procedure followed a stepwise modeling strategy (Clark et al., 2013). Baseline models were evaluated using CFA to assess unidimensionality and LCA to identify latent classes. In the most restrictive specification (FMM-1), factor loadings and item thresholds were constrained to be invariant across latent classes. Subsequent models (FMM-2 to FMM-4) progressively relaxed these constraints by allowing class-specific factor variances, thresholds, and loadings, with factor means fixed for model identification. Based on these preliminary findings, a sequence of increasingly flexible FMMs will subsequently be evaluated within a multigroup framework. Measurement invariance across latent classes will be examined by treating country as a known grouping variable, provided that an acceptable baseline model is established in each country. Acceptable model fit for CFA was indicated by RMSEA and SRMR values below 0.08, together with CFI and TLI values exceeding 0.90 (Hu & Bentler, 1999). For LCA and FMM, model selection was informed by the BLRT, LMR, and VLMR tests, where significant p-values indicate improved fit for models with additional classes (Nylund et al., 2007). Information criteria (AIC, the BIC, and the SABIC) were also examined, with lower values indicating better relative fit. Classification quality was evaluated using entropy, with values closer to 1 indicating greater classification precision. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At this stage, conclusions are based on the Turkish sample; analyses involving the English sample and multigroup FMM will be undertaken in a subsequent phase of the study. In the Turkish sample, one- and two-factor models was evaluated to examine factor structure. CFA results indicated that both models demonstrated acceptable fit; however, the one-factor model was preferred due to its more parsimonious structure and comparable fit indices (CFI = .99, TLI = .99, RMSEA = .064, SRMR = .016). LCA findings indicated that a three-class solution provides a reasonable representation of the underlying heterogeneity. Preliminary FMM results indicate systematic improvements in model fit as measurement constraints were progressively relaxed. In both the two- and three-class solutions, more flexible specifications allowing measurement noninvariance (FMM-3 and FMM-4) yielded lower information criteria and higher classification quality. This pattern suggests that the observed differences between classes are not solely attributable to differences in the underlying factor (Lubke & Muthén, 2005), but may also reflect class-specific measurement characteristics. Accordingly, differences between the latent classes may reflect qualitative distinctions rather than purely quantitative differences. These findings highlight the potential utility of FMM for examining class-specific measurement structures within heterogeneous samples. References Berger, N., Fitzmaurice, O., Ryan, V., Mackenzie, E., & Holmes, K. (2025). Secondary students’ attitudes towards mathematics and science in Ireland: a latent profile analysis of TIMSS 2019 using situated expectancy-value theory. Irish Educational Studies, 1-23. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2025.2549098 Clark, S. L., Muthén, B., Kaprio, J., D'Onofrio, B. M., Viken, R., & Rose, R. J. (2013). models and strategies for factor mixture analysis: an example concerning the structure underlying psychological disorders. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 20(4), 681-703. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2013.824786 Lazarsfeld, P. F., & Henry, N. W. (1968). Latent structure analysis. New York: Houghton Mifflin. Lee, J., & Stankov, L. (2018). Non-cognitive predictors of academic achievement: Evidence from TIMSS and PISA. Learning and Individual Differences, 65, 50-64. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2018.05.009 Lubke, G. H., & Muthén, B. (2005). Investigating population heterogeneity with factor mixture models. Psychological Methods, 10(1), 21-39. https://doi.org/10.1037/1082-989X.10.1.21 Muthén, B. (2006). Should substance use disorders be considered as categorical or dimensional? . Addiction, 101(1), 6-16. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1360-0443.2006.01583.x Nylund, K. L., Asparouhov, T., & Muthén, B. O. (2007). Deciding on the number of classes in latent class analysis and growth mixture modeling: a monte carlo simulation study. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 14(4), 535-569. https:// doi.org/ 10. 1080/ 10705 51070 1575396 OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/b5fd1b8f-en OECD (2023). Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en. Reynolds, K. A., Mullis, I. V., & Martin, M. O. (2021). Chapter 3: TIMSS 2023 Context Questionnaire Framework. In I. V. Mullis, M. O. Martin, & M. von Davier, TIMSS 2023 Assessment Frameworks (s. 46-71). TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center: Boston College. https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.timss.rs6460 von Davier, M., Kennedy, A., Reynolds, K., Fishbein, B., Khorramdel, L., Aldrich, C., . . . Yin, L. (2024). TIMSS 2023 International Results in Mathematics and Science. Boston College: TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.timss.rs6460 Wang, M. T., & Degol, J. (2013). Motivational pathways to STEM career choices: Using expectancy–value perspective to understand individual and gender differences in STEM fields. Developmental Review, 33(4), 304-340. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dr.2013.08.001 Wu, X., & Wu, Q. (2022). Can students be more engaged and confident? A multiple membership multilevel analysis of science engagement and confidence and their effects on science achievement in East Asia. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 73(101147). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2022.101147 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Modeling the Interaction Between Person-Level Covariates and Item Complexity in Creative Thinking Task Performances in PISA2022 Trakya University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Language background plays a central role in how students understand, process, and respond to items in cognitive assessments. Extensive research indicates that even subtle changes in test item wording can significantly influence student performance (Abedi et al., 2000; Abedi & Lord, 2001). For instance, employing simpler vocabulary, shorter sentences, and active voice allows students to demonstrate their true abilities more accurately. By reducing the linguistic burden, educators ensure that assessments measure intended knowledge rather than a student's ability to decode complex syntax. This issue is particularly critical in international and European assessment contexts. In many countries, students participate in large-scale assessments conducted in a language that is not their first. While these students may possess profound knowledge in subjects like mathematics or science, they often perform poorly because they struggle with the specific language used in test items. Evidence suggests these language barriers reduce both the validity and reliability of test scores, creating systemic disadvantages for English Language Learners (ELLs) and students from language-minority backgrounds (Abedi, 2002, 2004). From a measurement perspective, this phenomenon is explained by construct-irrelevant variance (Messick, 1994). This occurs when test scores are influenced by factors that are not part of the specific construct intended for measurement. In this context, linguistic complexity acts as an unintended source of difficulty. Consequently, test scores may inadvertently reflect a student’s reading proficiency or language exposure rather than their actual mastery of the subject matter. Previous research has pinpointed several linguistic features that negatively affect comprehension. Long, convoluted sentences, unfamiliar academic vocabulary, and passive voice increase cognitive load, slowing down reading and making misunderstandings more likely (Abedi, 2006). While math performance typically improves when wording is concise, most existing studies focus on traditional domains. There is currently a significant gap regarding Creative Thinking Tasks (CTTs). This is a crucial oversight, as CTTs frequently utilize open-ended and language-rich prompts. Students must generate original ideas and justify their reasoning, requiring not only divergent thinking but also high-level language comprehension. Because of this, item wording may exert an even stronger influence on CTTs than on standardized multiple-choice tests. Students with high creative potential but limited language exposure may be severely disadvantaged, raising concerns regarding fairness and equity in international assessments. Recent evidence from ePIRLS 2016 (Bulut et al., 2023) supports this, showing that item complexity significantly reduces the probability of success in online reading. This study aims to examine if similar effects occur in creative thinking tasks. By considering both item-level factors (complexity) and student-level factors (reading achievement, language background, gender, and socioeconomic status), the study contributes to the global dialogue on assessment validity.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The factors influencing students’ probability of correctly answering PISA 2022 CTT items were examined using a two-level Generalized Linear Mixed Model (GLMM) approach. The dataset comprised responses from 83,295 students across 15 countries, all of whom completed the cognitive assessment in English. For the purposes of analysis, Level 1 (item level) included the linguistic complexity of the items, while Level 2 (student level) included reading achievement, language most frequently spoken at home (test language [English] vs. another language), time spent on homework related to the test language (English) per day, socioeconomic status (ESCS), and gender. Item linguistic complexity was operationalized using ATOS readability scores for the 18 released CTT items (Renaissance Learning, 2012). Higher ATOS scores indicate greater linguistic complexity. The ATOS scores were computed based on the item texts publicly available at https://pisa2022-questions.oecd.org/. ATOS values ranged from 5.37 to 9.14 (M = 7.45, SD = 1.02). The least linguistically complex item was Space Comic Q02, whereas Carpooling Q01 exhibited the highest linguistic complexity. At the student level, analyses were repeated for each of the ten plausible values of reading achievement, and the results were pooled according to Rubin’s rules (Rubin, 1987). Students with missing responses on the language background, homework, ESCS, or gender variables were excluded from the analyses, resulting in a final analytic sample of 73,135 students. The probability of correctly answering CTT items was examined through the relative comparison of four hierarchical models: • Model 0: Null model • Model 1: Item-level predictors only • Model 2: Model 1 + student-level predictors • Model 3: Model 2 + moderation effects of student-level predictors Model comparisons were conducted using the Akaike Information Criterion (AIC), Bayesian Information Criterion (BIC), log-likelihood (LL), and R² indices (Nakagawa & Schielzeth, 2013). In addition, likelihood ratio tests (LRTs) were used to assess whether the inclusion of additional predictors significantly improved model fit. Lower AIC and BIC values, along with higher LL and R² values, indicate better model–data fit. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the model comparison results, Model 3 was identified as the model providing the best fit to the data. Likelihood ratio tests (LRTs) indicated that each model differed significantly from its preceding model in the hierarchical sequence. For Model 3, the explained variance was R² = 27.8%, indicating that the predictors included in the model accounted for 27.8% of the variance in students’ probability of correctly answering CTT items. These findings suggest that the probability of a correct response is jointly determined by both item-level characteristics and student-level characteristics. Item linguistic complexity substantially reduced the probability of a correct response (OR = 0.517, p < .001), indicating that the linguistic structure of the item text constitutes a barrier to student performance and represents a source of CIV. However, this effect varied significantly as a function of student characteristics. The Complexity × Reading Achievement interaction was negative (OR = 0.942, p < .001), suggesting that as reading proficiency increases, the detrimental effect of linguistic complexity decreases. Similarly, the negative effect of complexity was more pronounced for students with a different home language background (OR = 0.869, p < .001). The Complexity × Homework interaction was also negative (OR = 0.958, p < .001), indicating that linguistically complex items are relatively more challenging for students who spend more time on homework in the test language. In contrast, the Complexity × Gender interaction was positive (OR = 1.158, p < .001), suggesting that the negative impact of linguistic complexity is comparatively weaker for male students. The Complexity × ESCS interaction was not statistically significant. In summary, reading achievement and gender emerge as mitigating factors that attenuate the negative effect of linguistic complexity, whereas language background intensifies this effect. The absence of a significant interaction between linguistic complexity and socioeconomic status suggests that linguistic barriers function as a direct cognitive constraint, largely independent of social class differences. References Abedi, J. (2002). Standardized achievement tests and English language learners: Psychometrics issues. Educational Assessment, 8(3), 231–257. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15326977EA0803_02 Abedi, J. (2004). The No Child Left Behind Act and English language learners: Assessment and accountability issues. Educational Researcher, 33(1), 4–14. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X033001004 Abedi, J. (2006). Language issues in item development. In S. M. Downing & T. M. Haladyna (Eds), Handbook of Test Development (pp. 377–398). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Abedi, J., & Lord, C. (2001). The language factor in mathematics tests. Applied Measurement in Education, 14(3), 219–234. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15324818AME1403_2 Abedi, J., Lord, C., Hofstetter, C., & Baker, E. (2000). Impact of accommodation strategies on English language learners’ test performance. Educational Measurement: Issues and Practice, 19(3), 16–26. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-3992.2000.tb00034.x Bulut, H. C., Bulut, O., & Arikan, S. (2023). Evaluating group differences in online reading comprehension: The impact of item properties. International Journal of Testing, 23(1), 10–33. https://doi.org/10.1080/15305058.2022.2044821 Messick, S. (1994). Foundations of validity: Meaning and consequences in psychological assessment. ETS Research Report Series, 2. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.2333-8504.1993.tb01562.x Nakagawa, S., & Schielzeth, H. (2013). A general and simple method for obtaining R2 from generalized linear mixed‐effects models. Methods in Ecology and Evolution, 4(2), 133-142. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2041-210x.2012.00261.x Renaissance Learning. (2012). Text complexity: Accurate estimates and educational recommendations. Wisconsin Rapids. https://renaissance.widen.net/view/pdf/ob12ylc2hr/R54882.pdf?t.download=true&u=zceria Rubin, D. B. (1987). Multiple imputation for nonresponse in surveys (1. ed.). Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316696 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 12 A: Teacher Beliefs and Educational Responses to Student Heterogeneity Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Timo Van Canegem Session Chair: Kathleen Bodvin Symposium |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Teacher Beliefs and Educational Responses to Student Heterogeneity: Differentiation, Grade Retention, and Beyond Classrooms across Europe are becoming more diverse. Students increasingly differ in academic performance, socio-economic background, language proficiency, and migration background. Teachers are expected to respond to this diversity in fair and inclusive ways, while working under uncertainty and often competing expectations. Their educational decisions are shaped not only by research evidence, but also by their professional beliefs and by institutional and cultural contexts. Decisions about differentiated instruction, grade retention, grade acceleration, and tracking are among the most far-reaching responses to student heterogeneity (Eurydice, 2011; Tomlinson et al., 2003). This symposium brings together three empirical studies from the Netherlands, Belgium, and Germany to examine how teacher beliefs connect educational knowledge with classroom action. Together, the papers explore how teacher beliefs about differentiation and grade retention are structured, how they relate to everyday teaching practices and perceived challenges, and how they may contribute to unequal educational outcomes (Santos, Pipa, & Monteiro, 2023; Tomchin & Impara, 1992). In this way, the symposium directly addresses the ECER 2026 theme “Knowing and Acting: The changing conditions and potentials of education research” by showing how teachers’ educational decisions are shaped by context, values, and professional judgement. The first paper focuses on primary education in the Netherlands and examines how teachers manage heterogeneity in their classrooms. Using latent profile analysis, the study identifies different patterns in teachers’ use of differentiated instruction and links these patterns to beliefs about grade retention and acceleration. Contrary to the common assumption that differentiation and retention are seen as opposing strategies, the findings suggest that teachers who use more differentiated instruction may also hold more positive views about retention and acceleration (Protheroe, 2007). This paper highlights that teachers’ belief systems are often more complex than policy debates suggest (Tomchin & Impara, 1992) and questions simple contrasts between “progressive” and “traditional” approaches. The second paper uses a quasi-experimental design in Flemish secondary education to study bias in teacher expectations and recommendations. Through a factorial video vignette experiment, the study examines whether teachers’ judgements about tracking and grade retention are influenced by students’ socio-economic status, ethnicity, name, and language proficiency, while academic performance is held constant. The results show that teachers have higher expectations for more privileged students. Interestingly, these students are also more likely to be advised to change programmes rather than to repeat a grade. This suggests that assumptions about students’ backgrounds and trajectories can shape decision-making in subtle ways. The paper highlights the ethical dimension of teacher judgements and shows how beliefs can translate into unequal educational opportunities. The third paper draws on large-scale panel data from Germany to examine how teachers’ grade retention beliefs relate to teaching practices, perceived challenges, and career characteristics. Using structural equation modelling, the study finds that teachers who report more use of differentiated instruction are less supportive of grade retention, while those who experience more classroom management difficulties are more supportive of grade retention. At the same time, individual characteristics explain only a small part of the variation in beliefs. This points to the importance of broader contextual factors, such as school policies, school culture, and local grade retention practices (Goos, Pipa, & Peixoto, 2021; Santos et al., 2023). Taken together, the three papers offer a cross-national and multi-method perspective on teacher beliefs and responses to student heterogeneity. By combining survey data, experimental methods, and large-scale panel analyses, the symposium shows how educational knowledge is interpreted and acted upon under changing social and institutional conditions. The discussant will reflect on the implications of these findings for research, policy, and practice, with a particular focus on equity, professional autonomy, and evidence-informed decision-making. References Eurydice. (2011). Grade retention during compulsory education in Europe: Regulations and statistics. Publications Office of the European Union. Goos, M., Pipa, J., & Peixoto, F. (2021). Effectiveness of grade retention: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 34, 100401. OECD. (2023). Equity and inclusion in education: Finding strength through diversity. OECD Publishing. Protheroe, N. (2007). Alternatives to retention in grade. Principal, 86(3), 30-34. Santos, N. N., Pipa, J., & Monteiro, V. (2023). Analysing grade retention beliefs within teachers’ psycho-pedagogic beliefs system. Teaching and Teacher Education, 121, 103939. Tomlinson, C. A., Brighton, C., Hertberg, H., Callahan, C. M., Moon, T. R., Brimijoin, K., & Reynolds, T. (2003). Differentiating instruction in response to student readiness, interest, and learning profile in academically diverse classrooms: A review of literature. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 27(2-3), 119-145. Presentations of the Symposium Managing Heterogeneous Classrooms: How Primary School Teachers Use Differentiated Instruction and Hold Beliefs about Grade Retention and Acceleration
Primary school teachers work with increasingly diverse groups of students, including pupils who perform well below or above grade-level expectations (OECD, 2023). In the Netherlands, teachers have substantial autonomy in deciding whether students are promoted, retained, or accelerated, alongside adapting instruction to different learning needs (Meissner et al., 2025). Although differentiated instruction (DI) is often described as an alternative to grade retention or acceleration, it is not clear how teachers combine these approaches in practice.
This study examines how Dutch primary school teachers manage classroom heterogeneity by analysing patterns of DI use and their relationship with beliefs about grade retention and acceleration. Survey data were collected from 292 teachers using a 49-item questionnaire covering five dimensions of DI (Gaitas & Alves Martins, 2017; Pozas et al., 2020), as well as two parallel scales measuring beliefs about retention and acceleration (Hoogeveen et al., 2005; Ribeiro et al., 2017). Latent profile analysis was used to identify groups of teachers with similar DI practices. Differences in beliefs between these groups were then examined.
On average, teachers report using most DI strategies sometimes or often. They generally hold negative views about grade retention as a tool for motivation or classroom management, while expressing somewhat more positive views about early retention and acceleration. Three DI profiles were identified: teachers with average differentiation, teachers with above-average differentiation, and teachers who prefer heterogeneous grouping over homogeneous grouping. These profiles differ clearly in their use of DI strategies. Teachers in the above-average differentiation group hold more positive beliefs about grade retention and some aspects of acceleration than teachers in the other groups.
These findings challenge the idea that differentiated instruction and grade retention beliefs are necessarily opposed. Instead, they suggest that teachers’ beliefs are internally complex and that intensive use of DI can coexist with more favourable views of retention and acceleration. The study provides a more nuanced picture of how teachers deal with heterogeneity in their classrooms and raises questions about how educational policies frame responses to student diversity.
References:
Gaitas, S., & Alves Martins, M. (2017). Teacher perceived difficulty in implementing differentiated instructional strategies in primary school. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(5), 544-556.
Hoogeveen, L., Van Hell, J. G., & Verhoeven, L. (2005). Teacher attitudes toward academic acceleration and accelerated students in the Netherlands. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 29(1), 30-59.
Meissner, F., Pepels, J., Pipa, J., Goos, M., Belfi, B., Gaitas, S., Peixoto, F., & Klapproth, F. (2025). Grade retention during compulsory school education in Europe: regulations and practices. Maastricht University Press.
OECD. (2023). Equity and inclusion in education: Finding strength through diversity. OECD Publishing.
Pozas, M., Letzel, V., & Schneider, C. (2020). Teachers and differentiated instruction: exploring differentiation practices to address student diversity. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 20(3), 217-230.
Ribeiro, V. M., Kasmirski, P. R., Gusmão, J. B. D., Batista, A. A. G., Jacomini, M. A., & Crahay, M. (2017). Beliefs of teachers about grade retention. Educação em Revista, 33.
How Teacher Expectations and Recommendations on Tracking and Grade Retention Are Biased: A Quasi-Experimental Video Vignette Study in Flemish Secondary Education
Students from socio-economically disadvantaged or ethnic minority backgrounds are more likely to experience grade retention or downward tracking than similarly performing peers (Boone et al., 2018; Klapproth & Schaltz, 2015; Locke & Sparks, 2019). Teachers play a key role in these processes through their expectations and recommendations (Batruch et al., 2023; Wang et al., 2018). This study examines whether teacher judgements about tracking and grade retention are biased by student background characteristics, even when academic performance is held constant.
A factorial video vignette experiment was conducted among 961 teachers in 46 Flemish secondary schools. Teachers evaluated fictitious students who differed in socio-economic status, ethnicity, name, and language proficiency, while their academic performance was the same across profiles. Teachers reported their expectations about students’ future educational pathways and recommended appropriate interventions.
The results show clear biases in teacher expectations: Students with higher socio-economic status and ethnic majority backgrounds receive higher expectations for further education. Name cues and language proficiency also influence expectations, pointing to implicit biases in teacher judgement. Interestingly, the most privileged students are more likely to be advised to change programmes rather than to repeat a grade, while recommendations for grade retention do not differ across profiles. Additional analyses suggest that teachers may assume disadvantaged students to be in lower tracks, as expectations about past performance are also biased.
These findings show how teacher expectations and recommendations can contribute to social inequality through subtle decision-making processes. By isolating causal effects of student characteristics, the study highlights the normative nature of educational judgements and underlines the need for reflective and evidence-informed approaches to high-stakes decisions.
References:
Batruch, A., Geven, S., Kessenich, E., & van de Werfhorst, H. G. (2023). Are tracking recommendations biased? A review of teachers’ role in the creation of inequalities in tracking decisions. Teaching and Teacher Education, 123, 103985.
Boone, S., Thys, S., Van Avermaet, P., & Van Houtte, M. (2018). Class composition as a frame of reference for teachers? The influence of class context on teacher recommendations. British Educational Research Journal, 44(2), 274-293.
Klapproth, F., & Schaltz, P. (2015). Who is retained in school, and when? Survival analysis of predictors of grade retention in Luxembourgish secondary school. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 30(1), 119-136.
Locke, V. N., & Sparks, P. J. (2019). Who gets held back? An analysis of grade retention using stratified frailty models. Population Research and Policy Review, 38(5), 695-731.
Wang, S., Rubie-Davies, C. M., & Meissel, K. (2018). A systematic review of the teacher expectation literature over the past 30 years. Educational Research and Evaluation, 24(3-5), 124-179.
How Teachers’ Grade Retention Beliefs Relate to Differentiated Instruction, Teaching Challenges, and Career Timing
Teachers’ beliefs about grade retention influence important decisions about students’ educational progression (Santos et al., 2023, Wang et al., 2018). However, little is known about how these beliefs relate to everyday teaching practices, perceived challenges, and teachers’ years of experience. This study examines these relationships using large-scale data from Germany.
The analyses are based on data from the German National Educational Panel Study (NEPS, Starting Cohort 8; NEPS-Network, 2025) and include 2,443 teachers. Grade retention beliefs were measured using four Likert-scaled items (König et al., 2012) and modelled as a latent construct. Structural equation modelling was used to analyse the associations with differentiated instruction, autonomy, cooperation, occupational stress, job satisfaction, and teaching difficulties, while controlling for basic background characteristics (age, gender, years of teaching experience). An exploratory indicator capturing career timing (age relative to years of teaching experience) was included to account for suppression effects.
The results show that teachers who report more use of differentiated instruction are less supportive of grade retention, while teachers who experience more classroom management difficulties are more supportive of retention. Career timing is also related to beliefs, with teachers who are older relative to their years of teaching experience holding less favourable views of grade retention. Other factors are not significantly related, and overall explained variance is limited.
The findings suggest that teachers’ grade retention beliefs are strongly influenced by contextual and normative factors, such as school policies, school structures, and local practices. This highlights the importance of multi-level approaches to understanding teacher beliefs and decision-making, and the need to place individual practices within broader educational contexts.
References:
König, J., Darge, K., & Schreiber, M. (2012). Teachers’ beliefs about retention: Effects on teaching quality. In J. König (Ed.), Teachers’ pedagogical beliefs definition and operationalisation – Connections to knowledge and performance – Development and change (pp. 191-204). Waxmann.
NEPS Network. (2025). Scientific Use File der NEPS-Startkohorte 8: Klasse 5. [Scientific Use File of NEPS Starting Cohort 8: Grade 5] (Version 1.0.0) [Dataset]. Leibniz Institute for Educational Trajectories. https://doi.org/10.5157/NEPS:SC8:1.0.0
Santos, N. N., Pipa, J., & Monteiro, V. (2023). Analysing grade retention beliefs within teachers’ psycho-pedagogic beliefs system. Teaching and Teacher Education, 121, 103939.
Wang, S., Rubie-Davies, C. M., & Meissel, K. (2018). A systematic review of the teacher expectation literature over the past 30 years. Educational Research and Evaluation, 24(3-5), 124-179.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 12 B: Mediating Learning and Professional Agency in Teacher Education: Digital, Relational, and Emotional Perspectives Location: 120 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Shimrit Telraz Cohen Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Using Videos to Share Research Insights: A Norwegian Teacher Education Project Department of Education, University of Agder, Norway Presenting Author:Over the past decades, there has been a growing emphasis on developing top-quality teacher education programmes that prepare teachers to adapt to future demands and changing circumstances (Darling-Hammond & Hyler, 2020). The same trend can be found in Norway and in 2017, the primary and lower secondary school teacher education was reformed and changed to five-year master’s programmes. A research-based approach was implemented with the goal of developing a teacher education with high academic standard, strongly integrating theoretical studies with practical teaching experience (cf. Jakhelln et al., 2019). Despite these efforts, challenges persist, and there is an ongoing discussion about the role and significance of research in the reformed teacher education. Previous studies indicate that Norwegian student teachers perceive the relationship between theoretical studies and practical training in teacher education as weak, finding the relevance of their research-based knowledge for the teacher profession to be insufficient (cf. Spernes & Afdal, 2021). To foster a successful relationship between theory, research, and practice, research-based knowledge needs to be disseminated, made accessible, and utilized by practicing teachers and the school community. This aligns with UNESCO’s Recommendation on Open Science (UNESCO, 2021) and the European Commission’s dissemination and exploitation strategy (European Commission, 2023). However, there has been little empirical research on how a research-based approach is realised in teachers’ work, specifically how teachers use research in their everyday practice. Some studies indicate that research-based knowledge does not seem to be practically valuable for teachers (Koski et al., 2023; Wahlgren & Aarkrog, 2021). Teachers primarily acquire new educational knowledge through media sources, and their lack of engagement with research is mainly due to time constraints, difficulty accessing relevant studies, and low confidence in engaging with academic research. By using technology and digital tools, research-based knowledge can be disseminated, made accessible, and utilized by practicing teachers and the school community (Fernández-Batenero et al., 2020; Putortì et al., 2020). In Norway, a substantial number of studies have been conducted on digital competence and how teacher education supports student teachers in acquiring digital skills (Norhagen et al., 2024). Furthermore, research shows that particularly video can serve as a bridge between theory, research, and practice (Körkkö et al., 2019). To successfully communicate science, a video should have certain key elements, such as non-technical vocabulary, a simplified speech structure, a narrative format as well as carefully crafted introductions and conclusions aimed at fostering community engagement (Morcillo et al., 2016; Welbourne & Grant, 2016). Compared to text, well-designed videos seem to be more effective in bridging the gap between the scientific community and the wider public, thereby facilitating the dissemination of scientific knowledge (Putortì et al., 2020). In this study, the aim is to explore a project that focuses on how student teachers can use videos to share the research-based knowledge from their master’s theses with practicing teachers and the school community. The research question posed is: What are the characteristics of a video project aimed at enhancing dissemination of research-based knowledge from master’s thesis to practicing teachers and the school community? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project follows design-based research (DBR), which places critical importance on advancing both practical application and theoretical understanding (McKenney & Reeves, 2019). DBR centers around reflection-driven innovation through cyclical testing. In this project, one cycle of DBR is implemented. DBR can be outlined through three core elements of a flexible process. The project begins with an analysis of the problem to understand and define it by drawing inputs from both theory and practice. Based on the research context and goal, the researchers explore and decide which methodologies to employ. In line with DBR, this project is initiated with exploration, focusing on the development of video as a tool for disseminating knowledge. Based on the initial analysis, the researchers design and construct the intervention. The process involves mapping and building creative solutions informed by theory, empirical findings, and craft wisdom. In this project, three student teachers disseminate their research-based knowledge from their master’s thesis by using video. A close collaboration is established with The Teaching Laboratory at the university, supporting students in the video creation process. The intervention is evaluated through various methods. In this project, the data are collected through meeting notes, observations, reflection notes, and interviews. All data are analysed inductively using conventional qualitative content analysis, and partly following the thematic analysis presented by Braun and Clarke (2020). Finally, reflection allows the researchers to connect actions and findings, enhancing the project’s success. The collaboration among teachers, researchers, and students in the project, coupled with data triangulation and detailed descriptions, underscores the solid foundations on which findings and discussion are based. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The student teachers participated in the project because they wanted to make their research more accessible to a broader audience. They particularly emphasized the importance of disseminating and sharing their research-based knowledge with practicing teachers and schools, thereby enhancing the relevance of their studies to the teacher profession. During the video creation process, the students gained a deeper understanding of their master’s thesis, which helped them grasp the essence of their work. This experience resulted in a shift from a scientific to a popular scientific approach, enhancing both their academic and professional competencies. Consequently, the project can facilitate student reflection and improve their professional competence. The popular scientific video, with its engaging approach, can further increase interest in teacher education and make it more accessible to potential student teachers. Various support systems were organized to assist the student teachers in successfully creating videos. While these efforts were largely successful and appreciated by the students, challenges also arose. A tight timetable complicated the process, and the organized teaching sessions were considered overly instructive and even stressful. The students valued personal guidance from a student assistant and wished for more accessible and individualized support throughout the process. Therefore, to enhance the creation of successful videos, students need large autonomy and freedom, along with robust support structures and personalized guidance. The Teaching Laboratory provided recording equipment and a stimulating learning environment, recognizing its crucial contribution to the project’s success. Thus, the opportunity to learn about video and video production through the project was valued by the students and deemed highly relevant to their future work. However, if we want student teachers to disseminate research to practicing teachers and schools, this approach and accompanying activities must be established as mandatory components of the teacher education programme and incorporated from the start of their education. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology 18(3), 328–52. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Darling-Hammond, L., & Hyler, M. E. (2020). Preparing educators for the time of COVID ... and beyond. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(4), 457–465. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1816961 European Commission (2023). Communication, dissemination & exploitation what is the difference and why they all matter. Publications Office of the European Union. Fernández-Batenero, J.M., Montenegro-Rueda, M., Fernández-Cerero, J., & García-Martínez, I. (2020). Digital competences for teacher professional development. Systematic review. European Journal of Teacher Education, 45(4), 513–531. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1827389 Jakhelln, R., Eklund, G., Aspfors, J., Bjørndal, K., & Stølen, G. (2019). Newly Qualified Teachers’ understandings of research-based teacher education practices in Finland and Norway. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2019.1659402 Körkkö, M. K., Morales Rios, S., & Kyrö-Ämmälä, O. (2019). Using video app, as a tool for reflective practice. Educational Research, 61(1), 22–37. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2018.1562954 McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2019). Conducting educational design research (2nd ed.). Routledge. Morcillo, J. M., Czurda, K., & Robertson-von Trotha, C. Y. (2016). Typologies of the popular science web video. Journal of Science Communication, 15(04), 1–32. https://doi.org/10.22323/2.15040202 Norhagen S. L., Krumsvik R. J., & Røkenes F. M. (2024). Developing professional digital competence in Norwegian teacher education: a scoping review. Frontiers in Education, 9, 1363529. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1363529 Putortì, E., Sciara, S., Larocca, N., Crippa, M., & Pantaleo, G. (2020). Communicating science effectively: When an optimised video communication enhances comprehension, pleasantness, and people’s interest in knowing more about scientific findings. Applies psychology: An international review, 69(3), 1072–1091. https://doi.org/10.1111/apps.12193 Spernes, K., & Afdal, H. W., (2021). Scientific methods assignments as a basis for developing a profession-oriented inquiry-based learning approach in teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 46(2), 241–255. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2021.1928628 UNESCO (2021). UNESCO’s Recommendation on Open Science. Wahlgren, B., & Aarkrog, V. (2021). Bridging the gap between research and practice: How teachers use research-based knowledge. Educational Action Research, 29(1), 118–132. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2020.1724169 Welbourne, D. J., & Grant, W. J. (2016). Science communication on YouTube: Factors that affect channel and video popularity. Public Understanding of Science, 25(6), 706–718. https://doi.org/10.1177/0963662515572068 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Emotion Regulation as a Meta-Competency: Cultivating Professional Agency through Low-Intensity DBT in Teacher Education for At-Risk Youth 1: Beit Berl Academic College, Israel; 2: Levinsky-Wingate Academic Center Presenting Author:Research Context In the contemporary educational landscape, teachers are increasingly positioned as "first responders" to student distress. This reality is most acute for educators working with at-risk youth, where the classroom often mirrors broader societal instabilities (Gunawardena et al., 2024). A persistent and critical challenge in Initial Teacher Education (ITE) globally is the disconnect between the acquisition of pedagogical knowledge (epistemic competence) and the capacity to maintain professional agency (performative competence) under pressure (Adams et al., 2024; Brevik et al., 2019). This "knowing-acting gap" often leads to emotional burnout, reactive disciplinary measures, and high attrition rates (Wettstein et al., 2023). This study addresses this gap by examining the implementation of a semester-long academic course focusing on Emotion Regulation (ER) as a core professional competency. In this context, ER is defined as the capacity to monitor, evaluate, and modify emotional reactions (Martínez-Priego et al., 2024). The research follows a cohort of third-year Pre-Service Teachers (PSTs) specializing in the "Advancement of At-Risk Youth" track in Israel. This population serves as a critical case primarily because of the demanding nature of their placements in high-intensity educational settings, such as dropout prevention centers and therapeutic residential schools, where educators are required to act as consistent, regulating figures for youth facing complex difficulties. Consequently, ER skills serve a dual purpose: they are essential pedagogical tools for managing classroom dynamics, and protective mechanisms for PSTs, enabling them to model regulation and maintain professional equilibrium. Therefore, this study utilized Low-Intensity Dialectical Behavior Therapy (LI-DBT) as a meta-framework for emotional regulation (Rizvi et al., 2024). This approach translates clinical concepts into a pedagogical curriculum, fostering mindfulness, distress tolerance, and interpersonal effectiveness as essential professional skills (Hastings et al., 2022). The study integrates two theoretical pillars to conceptualize the transition from reactivity to professional autonomy:
Research Objectives and Questions The study aims to explore the integration process of ER skills into teacher training and examine how these skills shape the professional identity of future teachers. Specifically:
Teacher education systems across Europe and internationally are currently navigating a landscape of compounding instabilities, where rising student distress intersects with a critical shortage of resilient educators (Dabrowski et al., 2024). This study proposes a scalable, evidence-based model for redefining the core curriculum of teacher preparation. By suggesting that ER is a teachable meta-competency, the research offers a framework for supporting resilient and agentic educators, capable of navigating professional situations characterized by uncertainty and difficulty. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This study employs a qualitative-interpretive research design, utilizing a phenomenological approach to explore the lived experiences of PSTs. The interpretive paradigm was chosen to uncover the subjective meanings participants ascribe to their emotional processes and the application of LI-DBT skills in their professional development (Boadu, 2021). Participants and Context The study was conducted within a teacher education college in Israel, specifically in a specialized track for the "Advancement of At-Risk Youth". Participants comprised a cohort of 40 PSTs (aged 23-33) in their third year of training. This group was selected due to the high emotional intensity inherent in their specialization. The participants engaged in a semester-long academic course focusing on LI-DBT designed to enhance ER among educators. The pedagogical approach highlighted the central dialectic between acceptance (acknowledging the current reality and limitations) and change (striving for improvement and problem-solving). Through this lens, participants engaged with core competencies, such as mindfulness, distress tolerance, and interpersonal effectiveness, while adapting these tools to navigate situations of uncertainty and difficulty in the school environment. Data Collection Data collection was based on reflective journals submitted on a weekly basis throughout the semester. The journals served as a platform for real-time introspective inquiry, allowing PSTs to document their internal emotional landscape, professional dilemmas, and the practical application of regulation skills in the classroom context. Participants were guided to reflect on activating events, their emotional responses, and their attempts to apply specific skills. Data Analysis The data were analyzed using Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2012). The process involved six phases: familiarization with the data, generating initial codes, searching for themes, reviewing themes, defining and naming themes, and producing the report. The coding was both inductive (data-driven) and deductive (guided by DBT and agency theory). Rigorous measures were taken to ensure trustworthiness, including "thick description" of the context and peer debriefing sessions to validate the emerging categories. The analysis focused on identifying shifts in the participants' discourse, from a language of helplessness and reactivity to a language of choice, control, and professional agency. Ethical Considerations The study received approval from the college's ethics committee. Informed consent was obtained, and measures were taken to de-identify data, ensuring participant anonymity, especially given the sensitive nature of emotional disclosures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings The analysis revealed three major themes illustrating the transformation from emotional reactivity to professional agency: 1. From Storm to Anchor: Participants described a shift in their internal experience during classroom conflicts. Prior to the course, they reported feeling flooded and reactive in the face of student aggression. The acquisition of specific skills allowed them to create a mental space between the trigger and their response. Participants noted that this pause is the critical moment where professional judgment replaces automatic reaction, acting as an anchor in the midst of the storm. 2. Validation as a Pedagogical Tool: PSTs transitioned from viewing student behavior solely as "disruptive" to understanding the emotional dysregulation behind it. By applying self-validation and validating their students, they were able to de-escalate conflicts more effectively. This theme highlights how therapeutic concepts were repurposed as pedagogical tools, enabling teachers to maintain relationships even during crises. 3. The Emergence of Agency: A major finding was the PSTs’ perceived link between ER and agency. Participants reported that the ability to regulate their emotions restored their sense of control and competence. They no longer felt like passive victims of classroom chaos but as active agents capable of making pedagogical choices aligned with their values. Conclusions and Implications The study concludes that ER is not merely a soft skill but a foundational meta-competency that bridges the gap between knowing educational theory and acting effectively in high-stress environments. By transforming the survival mode often experienced by novice teachers into professional resilience, the incorporation of LI-DBT into teacher preparation curricula offers a scalable model for teacher education. In an era of increasing instability, equipping teachers with these skills is an ethical imperative, ensuring they can sustain their careers and serve as stabilizing figures for at-risk youth. References Adams, T., Koster, B., & Brok, P. den. (2024). Student teachers’ classroom management learning process and outcomes during the internship. European Journal of Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2024.2353178 Boadu, G. (2021). Giving voice to teachers through interpretative phenomenological research: A methodological consideration. Qualitative Research Journal, 21(4), 408–423. https://doi.org/10.1108/QRJ-08-2020-0090 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper, P. M. Camic, D. L. Long, A. T. Panter, D. Rindskopf, & K. J. Sher (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology: Vol. 2. Research designs: Quantitative, qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological (pp. 57–71). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/13620-004 Brevik, L. M., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., Lund, A., & Strømme, T. A. (2019). Transformative agency in teacher education: Fostering professional digital competence. Teaching and Teacher Education, 86. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.07.005 Chugani, C. D., Murphy, C. E., Talis, J., Miller, E., McAneny, C., Condosta, D., Kamnikar, J., Wehrer, E., & Mazza, J. J. (2022). Implementing Dialectical Behavior Therapy Skills Training for Emotional Problem Solving for Adolescents (DBT STEPS-A) in a low-income school. School Mental Health, 14(2), 391–401. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-021-09472-4 Dabrowski, A., Hsien, M., Van Der Zant, T., & Ahmed, S. K. (2024). “We are left to fend for ourselves”: Understanding why teachers struggle to support students’ mental health. Frontiers in Education, 9. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2024.1505077 Gunawardena, H., Leontini, R., Nair, S., Cross, S., & Hickie, I. (2024). Teachers as first responders: Classroom experiences and mental health training needs of Australian schoolteachers. BMC Public Health, 24(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-023-17599-z Hastings, S. E., Swales, M. A., Hughes, J. C., Jones, K., & Hastings, R. P. (2022). Universal delivery of a dialectical behaviour therapy skills programme (DBT STEPS-A) for adolescents in a mainstream school: Feasibility study. Discover Psychology, 2(1). https://doi.org/10.1007/s44202-022-00021-x Korthagen, F. (2017). Inconvenient truths about teacher learning: Towards professional development 3.0. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 23(4), 387–405. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2016.1211523 Martínez-Priego, C., García-Noblejas, B. P., & Roca, P. (2024). Strategies and goals in emotion regulation models: A systematic review. Frontiers in Psychology, 15. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1425465 Rizvi, S. L., Bitran, A. M., Oshin, L. A., Yin, Q., & Ruork, A. K. (2024). The state of the science: Dialectical Behavior Therapy. Behavior Therapy, 55(6), 1233–1248. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.BETH.2024.02.006 Wettstein, A., Jenni, G., Schneider, S., Kühne, F., grosse Holtforth, M., & La Marca, R. (2023). Teachers’ perception of aggressive student behavior through the lens of chronic worry and resignation, and its association with psychophysiological stress: An observational study. Social Psychology of Education, 26(4), 1181–1200. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09782-2 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Teacher Identity Construction in Initial Teacher Education: An Ethnographic Approach in Spain Universidad de Málaga, Spain Presenting Author:Initial teacher education constitutes a key moment in the construction of teacher identity, understood as a dynamic, relational, and situated process that takes shape at the intersection of personal trajectories, institutional frameworks, and sociopolitical contexts (Finney & Philpott 2010; Jurasaite-Harbison & Rex 2010; Varis et al. 2023). In the case of secondary education in Spain, this process unfolds primarily within the framework of the Master’s Degree in Teacher Education for Compulsory Secondary Education, Upper Secondary Education, Vocational Education and Training, and Language Education (MAES), a consecutive program that has been the subject of ongoing debate due to persistent tensions between theoretical training, practical experience, and the construction of professional meaning (Imbernón 2019; Flores 2018).
Following Blanchard and Fernandes (2021), initial teacher education is a dialogical space where theory and practice intersect to reshape values and beliefs, and teacher identity emerges as an evolving narrative shaped by experience. As Imbernón (2019) argues, teacher education should foster critical participation and ethical commitment to social justice, a challenge the MAES addresses in seeking to integrate pedagogical knowledge with a dynamic professional identity.
Studies on teacher identity among in-service teachers have shown that vocation and commitment to students function as intrinsic drivers of identity construction, while coexisting with extrinsic motivations such as job stability or social recognition (McIntyre et al. 2017). In the context of initial teacher education, the Practicum plays a central role in transforming these motivations into reflective commitments by confronting idealized beliefs with the realities of classroom practice (Goldshaft & Sjølie 2024).
Within the European context, where a consecutive model of initial teacher education predominates—characterized by strong disciplinary training at the undergraduate level followed by a one-year specialized master’s program—research has shown that this structure often reproduces a fragmentation between universities and schools. As a result, the Practicum tends to function as a poorly articulated training space, weakly connected to academic learning and strongly shaped by local school cultures (McIntyre et al. 2017; Leite & Sousa-Pereira 2022). This fragmentation has direct effects on how prospective teachers understand their role, value their training, and project their professional identity, particularly in contexts marked by high levels of job insecurity, teacher burnout, and growing questioning of the social meaning of the profession (Brooks 2021; Tillin 2023).
These tensions unfold within complex political scenarios. Global studies have shown how accountability policies, performativity, and educational reforms directly shape identity-related processes, placing pressure on the meanings of teacher professional development and professional commitment (Ehren et al. 2023; Ball 2016), even from the earliest stages of teachers’ trajectories. Such pressures can hinder the realization of teacher professionalism as an exercise grounded in judgment, responsibility, and democratic commitment. For this reason, institutional settings—such as schools in the case of in-service teachers, or universities in the context of initial teacher education—take on a crucial role, as they can function as relational contexts in which prospective teachers develop their professionalism collaboratively with other actors and in response to major social transformations.
Against this backdrop, this paper aims to analyze the construction of teacher identity in initial teacher education within the MAES through an ethnographic immersion conducted in Spain at a public university in Andalusia, focusing specifically on the preparation of future STEM teachers. This study is part of a five-year national research project aimed at understanding the relationship between teacher identity, the teaching role, and relationships with students at the secondary level in Spain, using a range of methodological strategies that include case studies, narrative studies, and comparative ethnographies across three countries. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative approach and corresponds to an educational ethnography conducted within a broader research project on teacher identity. The paper presents exclusively the findings from the ethnographic immersion carried out in Spain, conceived as an intensive case study. Context and Participants The research was conducted within a MAES program at a Spanish public university, specifically in the specialization of Technology, Computer Science, and Industrial Processes. The ethnographic immersion took place over four consecutive months, allowing for continuous observation of the group’s formative experience. Systematic shadowing was conducted with the MAES student group, accompanying their participation in classes, formal and informal spaces, and everyday academic dynamics. Shadowing is a qualitative strategy of intensive observation that involves continuously accompanying a group or actor in their daily activities, following their practices, interactions, and movements in real-life contexts. It enables access to the situated experience of learning and work, capturing formal and informal dynamics that do not always emerge in interviews. In educational research, this strategy is particularly useful for understanding relational processes, decision-making, and meaning-making as they unfold in real time. This approach made it possible to observe, in a situated manner, how meanings, relationships, and learning are constructed throughout the ordinary course of the program. Data production included in-depth interviews with six MAES students, fifteen university faculty members, and one school-based practicum tutor. The interviews were designed to reconstruct perceptions, evaluations, and experiences related to the training received, the teaching role, and the relationship between university and school. In addition, twenty self-narrative micro-stories were generated through personal diaries written by the students. At all stages, appropriate ethical safeguards were implemented, ensuring anonymity and voluntary participation. Data Analysis Data analysis was conducted through thematic analysis, following an iterative process of open and axial coding aimed at identifying patterns of meaning related to teacher identity, the theory–practice relationship, and formative experience. The analysis was supported by ATLAS.ti software (v.25) and incorporated strategies of data source and methodological triangulation, as well as analytic review by researchers not directly involved in the fieldwork. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The ethnographic findings show that teacher identity within this MAES program is constructed in a context shaped by structural and relational tensions, particularly in the articulation between university-based training and the Practicum. The program’s everyday experience reveals a persistent gap between formative discourses oriented toward critical reflection and the practices actually lived by students, who are confronted with contradictory demands regarding what it means to “be a teacher.” The Practicum emerges as a key identity turning point, functioning in many cases as a space of confrontation between expectations and school reality. The influence of school-based mentors and local school cultures proves decisive in the reaffirmation, redefinition, or questioning of teaching vocation, directly shaping the meanings attributed to the profession and to the continuity of the professional project. At the same time, the ethnography reveals an ambivalent valuation of theoretical knowledge. While students acknowledge its potential to illuminate the social role of teachers and to problematize education, they also call for stronger connections to concrete classroom situations and to everyday work with adolescents. These tensions shape how prospective teachers negotiate their identity at the intersection of formative ideals, working conditions, and personal trajectories. At the same time, prior experience and previous training operate as a foundation for resignifying both practice and teacher identity. Many students are engineers who, in addition to expressing a vocation for teaching, articulate a legitimate interest in achieving more stable working conditions—even if this entails lower income—linked to specific life trajectories. In this sense, initial teacher education makes visible the tension inherent in teacher identity across two of its central dimensions: labor identity and professional identity. References Ball, S. (2016). Subjectivity as a site of struggle: refusing neoliberalism?, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 37:8, 1129-1146, https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1044072 Blanchard, M., & Fernandes, P. (2021). Keys and process to configure the identity of the “educator teacher” in the initial training. Acta Scientiarum. Education, 43(1), e56997. https://doi.org/10.4025/actascieduc.v43i1.56997 Brooks, C. (2021). The quality conundrum in initial teacher education. Teachers and Teaching, 27(1–4), 131–146. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2021.1933414 Ehren, M., Hutchinson, J., & Muñoz-Chereau, B. (2023). Place-based disparities faced by stuck schools in England: a contextual understanding of low performance and the role of inspection outcomes, School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 34:4, 401-418, https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2023.2238698 Finney, J., & Philpott, C. (2010). Informal learning and meta-pedagogy in initial teacher education in England. British Journal of Music Education, 27(1), 7–19. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0265051709990167 Flores, M. A. (2018). Linking teaching and research in initial teacher education: Knowledge mobilisation and research-informed practice. Journal of Education for Teaching, 44(5), 621–636. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2018.1516351 Goldshaft, B., & Sjølie, E. (2024). Creating communicative learning spaces in initial teacher education (ITE) with observation-grounded co-mentoring practices. Professional Development in Education, 50(3), 533–550. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2024.2337772 Imbernón, F. (2019). Secondary education teachers’ training: The eternal nightmare. Profesorado: Revista de Currículum y Formación del Profesorado, 23(3), 151–153. https://doi.org/10.30827/profesorado.v23i3.9302 Jurasaite-Harbison, E., & Rex, L. (2010). School cultures as contexts for informal teacher learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(2), 267–277. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2009.03.012 Leite, C., & Sousa-Pereira, F. (2022). Conditions for socialization with teaching in Portugal: Analysis of the training model and teacher trainers. Revista Electrónica Educare, 26(3), 1–24. https://doi.org/10.15359/ree.26-3.23 McIntyre, J., Youens, B., & Stevenson, H. (2019). Silenced voices: The disappearance of the university and the student teacher in teacher education policy discourse in England. Research Papers in Education, 34(2), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2017.1402084 Tillin, J. (2023). The university role in new teacher learning – why it matters: Teach First trainee perspectives. London Review of Education, 21(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.14324/LRE.21.1.03 Varis, S., et al. (2023). Finnish pre-service teachers’ identity development after a year of initial teacher education: Adding, transforming, and defending. Teaching and Teacher Education, 135, 104354. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104354 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Internal Resources of Counselor Trainees: A Structural Equation Model of Mindfulness, Self-Compassion, Anxiety, and Counseling Self-Efficacy 1: Trakya University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Counselor training involves not only the acquisition of technical skills but also the development of internal psychological resources that support confidence and professional growth. Although counselor education has traditionally emphasized skills, growing evidence highlights the role of internal qualities such as emotional regulation and self-reflection in counselors’ effectiveness (Wampold & Owen, 2021). In this context, counseling self-efficacy (CSE), trainees’ beliefs in their ability to perform counseling tasks effectively, has emerged as a central construct in counselor education research (Larson, 1998). The Social Cognitive Model of Counselor Training (SCMCT) conceptualizes CSE as a dynamic belief system shaped by personal, behavioral, and environmental factors (Larson, 1998). According to this model, CSE develops through mastery experiences, modeling, social persuasion, and affective states, and higher CSE is associated with better counseling performance among trainees (Prasath et al., 2022). The development of CSE may be especially challenging in training environments characterized by structural constraints. In Türkiye, counselor education programs typically offer relatively few practicum hours and large supervision groups, which may limit opportunities for mastery experiences and individualized feedback (Aladağ & Kemer, 2023). Such limitations may intensify emotional strain and uncertainty during early practicum experiences, underscoring the importance of internal psychological resources. Within this framework, mindfulness has been identified as a key internal factor linked to CSE. Defined as purposeful present-moment attention with acceptance (Brown & Ryan, 2003), mindfulness supports emotional regulation and reflective awareness in counselor trainees (Shapiro et al., 2014). Empirical evidence indicates a direct positive association between mindfulness and CSE, with more mindful trainees reporting higher CSE (Chan et al., 2021). Beyond its direct effect, mindfulness may influence CSE through self-compassion and anxiety. Self-compassion, responding to difficulties with kindness rather than self-criticism, is closely linked to mindfulness, with higher mindfulness consistently associated with greater self-compassion (Aydin-Sünbül & Yerin-Güneri, 2019; Neff, 2003). In turn, self-compassion helps trainees tolerate mistakes and view challenges as part of their learning, thereby strengthening CSE. Anxiety is another key mechanism influencing CSE. Although some anxiety is normative in counselor training, poorly regulated anxiety undermines confidence and perceived competence, and higher anxiety is consistently linked to lower CSE (Al-Darmaki, 2005). Mindfulness and self-compassion act as protective factors by reducing anxiety through improved emotional regulation (De Souza et al., 2020). Taken together, these findings suggest a sequential process in which mindfulness enhances self-compassion, which in turn reduces anxiety, ultimately contributing to stronger CSE. Building on SCMCT, the primary objective of this study is to examine a structural model that investigates the link between mindfulness and CSE among Turkish counselor trainees, specifically testing the serial mediating roles of self-compassion and anxiety. By integrating mindfulness, self-compassion, and anxiety within the SCMCT, the present study extends existing discussions on how affective and self-regulatory processes shape CSE. This perspective aligns with contemporary debates in counselor education that emphasize trainee well-being and sustainable professional development alongside skill acquisition. The central research question guiding the inquiry is: “To what extent do self-compassion and anxiety serially mediate the relationship between mindfulness and CSE?” The study tested the following hypotheses: H1: Mindfulness significantly and positively predicts CSE. H2: Mindfulness significantly and positively predicts self-compassion. H3: Mindfulness significantly and negatively predicts anxiety. H4: Self-compassion significantly and negatively predicts anxiety. H5: Self-compassion significantly and positively predicts CSE. H6: Anxiety significantly and negatively predicts CSE. H7: Self-compassion mediates the link between mindfulness and CSE. H8: Anxiety mediates the relationship between mindfulness and CSE. H9: Self-compassion and anxiety serially mediate the relationship between mindfulness and CSE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a correlational design to examine the relationships among mindfulness, self-compassion, anxiety, and counseling self-efficacy (CSE), as it sought to examine relationships between variables without any manipulation (Fraenkel et al., 2012). Specifically, the current study investigated direct and indirect links between mindfulness and CSE, as mediated by self-compassion and anxiety via structural equation modeling. After obtaining ethical approval, data were collected from a sample recruited by using a convenience sampling method. 301 counselor trainees participated in the study. The inclusion criteria were being a senior counselor student in the Guidance and Psychological Counseling Program and conducting counseling sessions with real clients during practicum courses. Participation was voluntary. All participants were provided with an informed consent form outlining the purpose of the study, confidentiality procedures, assurances of anonymity, and their rights as participants. Out of 301 participants, 206 were female (68.4%), and 95 were male (31.5%). Their age ranged from 21 to 38 (M = 23.55, SD = 1.29). The data were collected through four instruments: the Mindful Attention Awareness Scale (MAAS) (Brown & Ryan, 2003), the Self-Compassion Scale - Short Form (SCS-SF) (Raes et al., 2011), the Anxiety subscale of the Depression Anxiety Stress Scale (DASS) (Lovibond & Lovibond, 1995), Counselor Activity Self-Efficacy Scales (CASES) (Lent et al., 2003), and a demographic information form, developed by researchers, asked for participants’ gender, age, university, number of counseling and supervision sessions. The construct validity and internal reliability of each scale were confirmed through Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) and Cronbach's alpha coefficients. Results revealed Cronbach's alpha value of .96 for MAAS, .86 for SCS-SF, .93 for the Anxiety subscale of DASS, and .97 for CASES. To test the study hypotheses, serial mediation analysis was conducted. In the proposed model, mindfulness was specified as an exogenous variable, CSE as the endogenous outcome variable, and self-compassion and anxiety as serial mediators. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses confirmed the acceptable fit of the hypothesized structural model (χ2 (588) = 1441.81, p = .000, χ2/df = 2.45; CFI = .91, SRMR = .05; TLI = .91; RMSEA = .07). Mindfulness significantly and positively predicted self-compassion (β = .87, p < .001) and counseling self-efficacy (CSE) (β = .74, p < .001), while negatively predicting anxiety (β = -.38, p < .001). Self-compassion significantly and negatively predicted anxiety (β = -.54, p < .001), while predicting positively CSE (β = .33, p < .001). Anxiety did not significantly predict CSE (p > .05). Further, indirect effects were identified using bootstrapping (5000 resamples). First, self-compassion significantly mediated the link between mindfulness and CSE (β = .56, p < .05, 95% CI [.299, .830]). Second, anxiety significantly mediated the link between mindfulness and CSE (β = -.14, p < .05, 95% CI [-.305, -.034]). Finally, contrary to the hypothesis, the serial mediation effect from self-compassion to anxiety was not statistically significant (p > .05). Seven out of nine hypotheses were supported, except for H6 and H9. These findings underscore the critical role of internal resources like mindfulness and self-compassion in counselor training, while the role of anxiety is more complex. The non-significant direct link between anxiety and CSE may imply that trainees might be interpreting their anxiety as a stimulating challenge rather than a debilitating threat, or that dispositional anxiety measures may not fully capture the dynamic nature of session-specific anxiety. Consequently, counselor education programs are encouraged to integrate mindfulness and self-compassion training to help trainees build an “internal toolbox” for their professional development. References Aladağ, M., & Kemer, G. (2023). Clinical supervision of individual counseling practicum in Turkey: Counselor educators’ experiences with structuring and conducting the supervision process. The Clinical Supervisor, 42(1), 96–122. https://doi.org/10.1080/07325223.2023.2172636 Aydin Sünbül, Z., & Yerin Güneri, O. (2019). The relationship between mindfulness and resilience: The mediating role of self-compassion and emotion regulation in a sample of underprivileged Turkish adolescents. Personality and Individual Differences, 139, 337–342. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2018.12.009 Brown, K. W., & Ryan, R. M. (2003). The benefits of being present: Mindfulness and its role in psychological well-being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84(4), 822–848. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.84.4.822 Chan, S. H. W., Yu, C. K.-C., & Li, A. W. O. (2021). Impact of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy on counseling self-efficacy: A randomized controlled crossover trial. Patient Education and Counseling, 104(2), 360–368. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pec.2020.07.022 De Souza, L. K., Policarpo, D., & Hutz, C. S. (2020). Self-compassion and symptoms of stress, anxiety, and depression. Trends in Psychology, 28(1), 85–98. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43076-020-00018-2 Fraenkel, J. R., Wallen, N. E., & Hyun, H. H. (2012). How to design and evaluate research in education (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill. Larson, L. M. (1998). The social cognitive model of counselor training. The Counseling Psychologist, 26(2), 219–273. Lent, R. W., Hill, C. E., & Hoffman, M. A. (2003). Development and validation of the Counselor Activity Self-Efficacy Scales. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 50(1), 97–108. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0167.50.1.97 Lovibond, P. F., & Lovibond, S. H. (1995). The structure of negative emotional states: Comparison of the Depression Anxiety Stress Scales (DASS) with the Beck Depression and Anxiety Inventories. Behavior Research and Therapy, 33–343. Neff, K. (2003). Self-compassion: An alternative conceptualization of a healthy attitude toward oneself. Self and Identity, 2(2), 85–101. https://doi.org/10.1080/15298860309032 Raes, F., Pommier, E., Neff, K. D., & Van Gucht, D. (2011). Construction and factorial validation of a short form of the Self-Compassion Scale. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 18(3), 250–255. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpp.702 Shapiro, S., Thakur, S., & De Sousa, S. (2014). Mindfulness for health care professionals and therapists in training. In R. A. Baer (Ed.) Mindfulness-based treatment approaches (pp. 319–345). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-416031-6.00014-1 Wampold, B. E., & Owen, J. (2021). Therapist effects: History, methods, magnitude, and characteristics of effective therapists. In M. Barkham, W. Lutz & L. G. Castonguay, Bergin and Garfield's handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (pp. 301–330). Wiley. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119536581/c09 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 12 C: Committing to Inclusion and Care / Identity, Values, Wellbeing, and Ethical Educational Practice Location: 114 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Joanne O'Flaherty Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Module Design as Educational Gesture: Curating Arts Encounters, Inclusion, and Relational Pedagogy, in Initial Teacher Education Dublin City University Presenting Author:This paper conceptualises the role of the teacher educator through the lens of Gert Biesta’s "educational gesture," proposing that module design can be considered pedagogical curation. Drawing on the premise that teaching is an act of pointing to the world, we explore how a module can be designed as a curated collection of encounters with things of value. In this framework, the educator acts as a curator who selects specific educational "objects," inviting the student teacher to enter into dialogue with them. This study examines a drama and an art leadership module designed as a curated encounter with a shared focus on four distinct "objects" that exemplify professional possibility:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper reports on the impact of art and drama leadership modules on student professional identity. We analyse how cohorts engage with disciplinary tools to shape their roles as emerging leaders. The study utilises a multi-method qualitative approach, incorporating reflective narrative protocols, a/r/tographic work comprising personal artwork, related written research and reflections, and artefact-based interviews. Contextual validation is provided by expert witnesses from the school environment to ground the findings in current professional practice Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis is ongoing. Preliminary findings suggest that the sustained engagement with these specific curated objects played a decisive role in shaping the students' emerging professional identities. Participants reported that the specific qualities of the objects interrupted their initial desire for technical mastery. These qualities include the relational emphasis throughout the modules; the focus on presence; the unique attributes of a piece of theatre or art work, the intentionality of UDL and the nurturing atmosphere of the school. References Biesta, G. J. J. (2017). Letting art teach: Art education "after" Joseph Beuys. ArtEZ Press. Irwin, R. L. (2013). Becoming A/r/tography. Studies in Art Education, 54(3), 198–215. https://doi.org/10.1080/00393541.2013.11518894 Irwin, R. L., & O’Donoghue, D. (2012). Encountering Pedagogy through Relational Art Practices. The International Journal of Art & Design Education, 31(3), 221–236. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1476-8070.2012.01760.x Moyano-Rejano, R. (2025). Ekphrasis and intermediality: Evolving theories from humanistic tradition to twenty-first century aesthetics. Journal of Comparative Literature and Aesthetics, 48(4), 109-121. Retrieved from https://www.proquest.com/scholarly-journals/ekphrasis-intermediality-evolving-theories/docview/3269686686/se-2 Selkrig, M., & Biesta, G. (2026). The Teacher as a work of art. Teachers and Teaching, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2026.2615662 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Pedagogical-Psychological Knowledge in Adult Education: Measurement, Structure, and Links to Teaching Quality German Institute for Adult Education, Germany Presenting Author:Introduction In adult education, it is widely assumed that teachers’ professional competences substantially contribute to teaching quality (Collins & Pratt, 2011). In this context, teachers’ pedagogical-psychological knowledge (PPK), as a central subdimension of teacher knowledge (Baumert & Kunter, 2011), has received increasing attention. Building on Shulman (1987), effective teaching is understood to require generic knowledge of pedagogical concepts, principles, and instructional strategies that are not tied to specific subject matter. Given the high diversity of course topics in adult education, this generic nature renders PPK particularly relevant and compared to teachers’ content knowledge, potentially more readily measurable.
PPK has been incorporated as a core competence into theoretical models of professional competence (Strauch et al., 2021), and initial empirical studies have investigated predictors of adult education teachers’ PPK (Marx et al., 2018) as well as its dimensionality (Marx et al., 2022). However, systematic evidence on both the level of teachers’ PPK and its relationship with key dimensions of teaching quality remains limited. This is largely attributable to the lack of a validated measurement instrument, as prior approaches focused on isolated facets of PPK (e.g., Marx et al., 2018). Given the heterogeneous educational backgrounds of adult education teachers in Germany (AutorInnengruppe wb-personalmonitor, 2016), which are likely to influence both PPK and teaching quality, there is a clear need for an appropriate measurement instrument.
In school-based research, a well-established and validated instrument for assessing teachers’ PPK exists. The instrument PUW – Pedagogical Content Knowledge for Teaching (König & Blömeke, 2010) addresses five core instructional demands: dealing with heterogeneity, structuring instruction, classroom management, motivation, and assessment. Empirical studies have shown positive associations between PPK and teaching quality, commonly conceptualized along three quality dimensions – classroom management, cognitive activation, and student support (Klieme et al., 2009). While most studies report positive effects across dimensions (König & Pflanzl, 2016; König et al., 2021), findings for cognitive activation are mixed (Voss et al., 2014). Whether these relationships can be transferred to adult education remains unclear, as adult educators often enter the field through heterogeneous pathways in Germany and often acquire pedagogical competences informally or through experience.
Against this background, the present study examines the psychometric properties of an adapted PUW instrument for adult education (Aim a), the structure of PPK in this field (Aim b), and its predictive validity for teaching quality. In addition, we investigate whether professional experience moderates the relationship between PPK and teaching quality, assuming that experience influences how pedagogical knowledge is enacted in instructional practice. This assumption is particularly relevant in adult education, where experience often substitutes for formal pedagogical training (Aim c). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Instruments and sample Analysis is based on data from the second wave of the German TAEPS study (N = 1,416). For use in adult education, PUW items were linguistically and partly content-wise adapted, and open-ended items were converted into closed-ended formats. Teaching quality (α > .75) was assessed using scales from PISA and TALIS. Control variables included teaching experience (years), teaching hours/week, and the extent of pedagogical training. Analysis Methods We examined dimensionality, reliability, item difficulties, and intercorrelations between PUW dimensions (Aims a, b). Predictive validity (c) was assessed using regression models with teaching quality dimensions as outcomes and PUW subdimension sum scores as predictors, controlling for relevant variables. Moderation effects of experience were tested using structural equation modelling with a total PUW sum score. Results Aim a. The overall scale shows good internal consistency (α = .85). Factor loadings are mostly high for the PUW factor, except for some motivation items (λ = .02–.30, p > .05). Item difficulties are mainly in the medium range, indicating appropriate test difficulty. Solution probabilities are lower for heterogeneity (57%) and classroom management (51%) and higher for structuring (78%). Aim b. Intercorrelations between PUW dimensions are moderate (r = .28–.45). Structuring shows weaker, and classroom management stronger, correlations with the other dimensions. Aim c. Regression analyses on the subdimension level show that knowledge of classroom management predicts classroom management, β = .25, p < .01, and constructivist support, β = .24, p < .05. Knowledge of motivation predicts constructivist support only, β = .32, p < .01. Knowledge of structuring is positively associated with constructivist support, β = .33, p < .001 and cognitive activation, β = .42, p < .001. Yet, knowledge of heterogeneity shows a negative association with classroom management, β = -.16, p < .05. Structural equation models reveal a differentiated relationship between PPK and teaching quality, moderated by experience. The positive relation between PPK and classroom management (β = .25, p < .01) decreases with increasing experience (interaction β = −.53). Experience itself is the strongest predictor of classroom management (β = .67). For cognitive activation, PPK shows a small significant effect (β = .21, p < .001), while experience and the interaction are not significant. PPK shows a strong association with constructivist support (β = .30, p < .001); experience has a marginal additional effect (β = .29, p <.05), the interaction is not significant. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conclusion Overall, the findings indicate that the adapted PUW instrument can be meaningfully applied in adult education, as it shows good psychometric properties and supports a multidimensional understanding of PPK, with related but distinct knowledge facets. This contributes to closing an important measurement gap and enables a more differentiated investigation of teachers’ professional competences in this field. At the same time, the findings highlight the context-specificity of adult education. While adult educators show comparatively strong knowledge in motivation and structuring, targeted professional development seems necessary to strengthen knowledge in classroom management and in dealing with heterogeneous learning groups. Given the diversity of learner backgrounds and learning settings in adult education, strengthening these knowledge domains appears particularly relevant for supporting high-quality teaching. Moreover, the findings suggest that different dimensions of PPK are differentially associated with teaching quality, indicating that higher levels of knowledge do not automatically translate into higher teaching quality across all dimensions. Instead, specific knowledge facets seem to be more closely linked to particular aspects of teaching quality. In particular, the negative association between knowledge of heterogeneity and classroom management warrants further investigation. Moreover, differentiated analysis shows that PPK is particularly relevant for support and to a lesser extent for cognitive activation, while classroom management is primarily driven by experience, with diminishing returns of knowledge at higher experience levels. References AutorInnengruppe wb-personalmonitor (2016). Personal in der Weiterbildung: Beschäftigungsverhältnisse und Tätigkeiten – wb-personalmonitor. wbv. Baumert, J., & Kunter, M. (2011). Das Kompetenzmodell von COACTIV. In M. Kunter, J. Baumert, W. Blum, U. Klusmann, S. Krauss & M. Neubrand (Hrsg.), Professionelle Kompetenz von Lehrkräften. Ergebnisse des Forschungsprogramms COACTIV (S. 29–54). Waxmann. Collins, J. B., & Pratt, D.D. (2011). The teaching perspectives inventory at 10 years and 100,000 respondents: reliability and validity of a teacher self-report inventory. Adult Education Quarterly, 61(4), 358–375. https://doi.org/10.1177/0741713610392763 Klieme, E., Pauli, C., & Reusser, K. (2009). The Pythagoras study: investigating effects of teaching and learning in Swiss and German mathematics classrooms. In Janik, T., and Seider, T. (Eds.), The power of video studies in investigating teaching and learning in the classroom. (pp. 137–160). Waxman. König, J., & Blömeke, S. (2010). Pädagogisches Unterrichtswissen (PUW). Dokumentation der Kurzfassung des TEDS-M-Testinstruments zur Kompetenzmessung in der ersten Phase der Lehrerausbildung. Humboldt-Universität Berlin. König, J., Blömeke, S., Jentsch, Schlesinger, L., Felske, C., Musekam, F., & Kaiser, G. (2021). The links between pedagogical competence, instructional quality, and mathemat-ics achievement in the lower secondary classroom. Educ Stud Math, 107, 189–212. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10649-020-10021-0 König, J., & Pflanzl, B. (2016). Is teacher knowledge associated with performance? On the relationship between teachers’ general pedagogical knowledge and instructional quality. European Journal of Teacher Education, 39(4), 419–436. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2016.1214128 Marx, C., Goeze, A., Kelava, A., & Schrader, J. (2018). Lehrkräfte in der Erwachsenen- und Weiterbildung – Zusammenhänge zwischen Vorbildung und Erfahrung mit dem Wissen über Lehr-Lernmethoden und konzepte. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung, 41(1), 57–77. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-018-0108-6 Marx, C., Goeze, A., Kelava, A., & Schrader, J. (2022). Teachers and trainers in adult education – Investigating the dimensionality of their knowledge about methods and concepts of teaching and learning. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung, 45(1), 107–132. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40955-022-00214-w Marx, C., Goeze, A., Voss, T., Hoehne, V., Klotz, V. K., & Schrader, J. (2017). Pädagogisch-psychologisches Wissen von Lehrkräften aus Schule und Erwachsenenbildung. Entwicklung und Erprobung eines Testinstruments. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 20(1), 165–200. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-017-0733-7 Shulman, L. S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard Educational Research, 57, 1–22. Strauch, A., Bosche, B., & Lencer, S. (2021). Modellentwicklung zwischen Wissenschaft und Praxis. Ein Referenzmodell für Kompetenzen Lehrender in der Erwachsenen- und Weiterbildung. Weiterbildung, 32(2), 28–31. Voss, T., Kunter, M., Seiz, J., Hoehne, V., & Baumert, J. (2014). Die Bedeutung des pädagogisch-psychologischen Wissens von angehenden Lehrkräften für die Unterrichtsqualität. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 60(2), 184–201. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:14653 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper From Disciplinary Expertise to Professional Renewal: Teacher Educators' Identity Levinsky-Wingate Academic College, Israel Presenting Author:In recent decades, teacher education has undergone a shift from discipline-based mentoring grounded in subject-matter expertise toward generic mentoring models emphasizing broad pedagogical competencies (Donnelly & Crehan, 2011). This transition, often driven by institutional restructuring and a focus on cross-curricular standards, reshapes the role of college-based teacher educator. Traditionally, their professional authority was anchored in disciplinary expertise; however, generic frameworks demand an expansion of their role into interpersonal and professional dimensions of teaching that transcend specific subjects (Murray et al, 2021). While research has explored generic teaching strategies, the subjective experience of teacher educators navigating this shift remains underexplored. Specifically, the transition from being a subject-matter expert to a "generic" teacher educator often entails a loss of the disciplinary "anchor", leading to professional uncertainty and a need to redefine the sources of one's expertise. There is limited empirical insight into how teacher educators experience this role expansion, whether as a professional loss or a process of renewal and growth (Beijaard et al., 2004; Goodwin et al., 2014). This study is framed by the theories of professional identity and professional renewal. Within this framework, professional identity is conceptualized as a dynamic process shaped by ongoing practice and reflection (Beijaard et al., 2004). Accordingly, the transition to generic mentoring is viewed as a period of professional renewal (Avalos, 2011), involving a negotiation between the teacher educator’s established 'disciplinary self' and an emerging 'pedagogical self.' This emergence is driven by the teacher educator’s need to actively expand their pedagogical repertoire and develop new instructional strategies that transcend specific subject boundaries, thereby constructing renewed forms of professional authority. The purpose of this study is to explore the transformation of professional identity and instructional practices among college-based teacher educators as they transition from discipline-specific to generic mentoring of pre-service teachers. Specifically, the study examines the subjective experiences of these educators during the transition, exploring their initial apprehensions regarding the loss of disciplinary grounding, the subsequent impact on their professional sense of security, and the evolving pedagogical skills they perceive as essential for constructing this new professional identity. Research question:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative–interpretive research design, appropriate for exploring processes of professional identity development and professional change. This approach enabled an in-depth examination of how academic–pedagogical mentors experience and interpret the transition to generic mentoring, as well as the meanings they attribute to changes in their professional role over time. Data were collected from two sources. First, semi-structured in-depth interviews were conducted with fifteen teacher educators at Levinsky–Wingate Academic Center who had transitioned from discipline-based mentoring to generic mentoring or combined both approaches. These interviews provided rich accounts of teacher educators’ experiences, perceptions, and professional trajectories. Second, reflective narratives written by the researchers documented mentoring processes and ongoing reflective engagement with generic mentoring and professional identity development, offering an additional analytic perspective. The data were analyzed using thematic analysis, following the reflexive framework established by Braun and Clarke (2006, 2021). The analysis involved an iterative process of coding and constant comparison across data sources to identify recurring themes related to professional adaptation and the reconstruction of identity. By triangulating interview data with researchers' reflections, the study ensured interpretive rigor, credibility, and a nuanced understanding of how supervisors navigate institutional shifts in teacher education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis revealed three central themes that illuminate how the transition to generic mentoring shaped the professional identity and practice of teacher educators. First: From Initial Uncertainty to Professional Renewal some participants described initial discomfort or uncertainty at the early stages of the transition from discipline-based mentoring to generic mentoring. This uncertainty was mainly associated with moving away from a clearly defined subject-matter focus on a broader pedagogical role. Teacher educators reported questioning the boundaries of their role and the nature of their expertise during this phase. However, these experiences did not develop into a professional crisis. Over time, participants described a process of adaptation that led to increased confidence and a sense of professional renewal. Second: Expanding the Professional Repertoire. From professional specialization to multidisciplinary pedagogy: Generic instruction is seen not as a loss of expertise but as an extension of it. Teacher educators have shifted their focus from a focus on discipline to universal pedagogical issues, such as innovative teaching methods, classroom management, teacher-student relationships, and more. Third: Collaboration as a Prerequisite for Effective Generic Mentoring. Participants emphasized that effective generic mentoring depends on ongoing collaboration with subject matter experts from the college and teacher trainers from educational institutions. Such collaboration was seen as essential for maintaining professional depth, strengthening legitimacy, and supporting pedagogical authority. Therefore, collaboration was seen not as an optional addition but as a central condition for quality mentoring in interdisciplinary contexts. These findings challenge the assumption that generic mentoring diminishes professional depth. Instead, they highlight a trajectory of professional renewal, where the integration of cross-disciplinary pedagogy and collaborative practice leads to a more versatile and adaptive professional identity for teacher educators. References Avalos, B. (2011). Teacher professional development in Teaching and Teacher Education over ten years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(1), 10-20. Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(2), 107-128. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2021) Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage, London. Donnelly, R., & Crehan, M. (2011). The impact of generic teaching strategies from a professional development program on discipline-specific faculty. Teaching in Higher Education, 16(1), 89-101. Goodwin, A. L., Smith, L., Souto-Manning, M., Cheruvu, R., Tan, M. Y., Reed, R., & Taveras, L. (2014). What should teacher educators know and be able to do? Journal of Teacher Education, 65(4), 284-302. Lieberman, A., & Pointer Mace, D. (2008). Teacher learning: The key to educational reform. Journal of Teacher Education, 59(3), 226-234. Loughran, J., & Lunenberg, M. (2005). Developing a pedagogy for teacher education. Teachers and Teaching, 11(5), 429-438. Murray, J., Swennen, A., & Kosnik, C. (2021). Reconfiguring teacher educators’ professional roles and identities in changing teacher education contexts. European Journal of Teacher Education. Tuononen, T., Hyytinen, H., Kleemola, K., Hailikari, T., & Toom, A. (2025). Generic skills in higher education: Teachers’ conceptions, pedagogical practices and pedagogical training. Teaching in Higher Education, 30(1), 207-224. Wisshak, S., Schäfer, P., & van Waveren, L. (2025). Train-the-trainer: A generic offer-and-use model for the development of trainers. International Journal of Training and Development, 29(1), 45-62. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Holding Space: Facilitation, Self-Awareness and Critical Global Citizenship Education 1: School of Education, University of Limerick, Ireland; 2: Ubuntu Network / University of Limerick, Ireland; 3: Independent Psychotherapy Consultant; 4: Curriculum Enhancement & Approval, Ulster University, Belfast, Northern Ireland; 5: DICE, Mary Immaculate College, Limerick, Ireland; 6: Deakin University, Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Teacher educators are central to shaping the values, practices, and identities of future teachers, yet their own professional learning often remains fragmented, informal, and under-theorised (Czerniawski et al., 2017; Kelchtermans et al., 2018). In Ireland, the Teaching Council’s Céim standards position Global Citizenship Education (GCE) as a core component of all initial teacher education (ITE) programmes (Teaching Council, 2020). However, embedding critical GCE, understood as justice-oriented, reflexive, and committed to interrogating inequities (Andreotti, 2011; Bosio, 2023), presents significant challenges for teacher educators. These challenges are particularly acute when educators must navigate tensions between institutional requirements, personal values, and evolving professional identities (O’Gallchóir et al., 2025). These tensions raise wider questions about future educational outcomes. Specifically, how can teacher educators, and by extension future teachers, be supported to develop the reflective, justice-oriented, and adaptive competences required for young people to thrive in increasingly uncertain futures shaped by climate change, technological disruption, and persistent global inequities? We contend that self-awareness is foundational to critical GCE, as it enables educators to interrogate their own identities, assumptions, and positionalities in relation to global power structures, cultural difference, and social justice (Byker & Xu, 2019; O’Flaherty et al., 2025). As pedagogical and ethical leaders, teacher educators must engage in this work in order to model reflexivity, cultivate psychologically safe spaces for critical inquiry, and prepare future teachers to act responsibly within complex and inequitable global contexts. Despite its importance, there remains limited understanding of how teacher educators are supported to develop self-awareness as an ethical and pedagogical foundation for critical GCE. This study responds to this gap by exploring how teacher educators experience professional learning focused on cultivating self-awareness within an international community of practice (CoP). The research draws on two interlinked collaborative self-studies involving teacher educators and allied professionals across Ireland, Australia, and psychotherapy contexts. These diverse positionalities offer rich insight into how self-awareness, facilitation, and professional identity intersect in GCE-oriented professional learning. The study addresses two research aims: (1) to examine how self-awareness functions as both a personal and pedagogical imperative for teacher educators engaged in critical GCE; and (2) to explore the role of facilitation in creating conditions of psychological safety, trust, and adaptive learning within communities of practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on two interlinked collaborative self-studies (n = 6) conducted within an international community of practice focused on critical Global Citizenship Education. Participants included teacher educators and allied professionals from Ireland, Australia, and psychotherapy contexts, bringing diverse disciplinary backgrounds, institutional roles, and professional trajectories. This diversity enabled exploration of self-awareness and facilitation across multiple positionalities and educational contexts. Methodologically, the research is grounded in collaborative self-study (Ovens & Fletcher, 2014; Bowles et al., 2023), a qualitative approach that foregrounds reflexivity, relationality, and the co-construction of professional knowledge. The design was guided by LaBoskey’s (2004) five principles of quality in self-study research: self-initiated and focused inquiry; improvement-aimed practice; interactive and collaborative processes; use of multiple qualitative methods; and transparent, systematic analysis. Data were generated through multiple sources, including community of practice transcripts, reflective writings, and semi-structured interviews. These data sources captured participants’ evolving understandings of self-awareness, facilitation, identity, and vulnerability over time. Reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022, 2024) was employed to analyse the data, allowing for iterative engagement with meaning-making processes and recognition of the researchers’ own positionalities within the research. Analysis focused on identifying patterns across individual and collective experiences, with particular attention to how facilitation practices shaped psychological safety, trust, and adaptive learning within the CoP. Throughout the research process, critical reflexivity was maintained through dialogic analysis, peer debriefing, and ongoing interrogation of assumptions. This methodological approach enabled a nuanced examination of professional learning as a relational, emotionally engaged, and ethically complex practice situated within broader institutional and policy contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings highlight three interconnected themes. First, self-awareness emerged as central to teacher educator identity and practice. Participants described evolving professional identities, often shaped by non-linear or serendipitous entry into teacher education (Goodwin et al., 2014; Guberman et al., 2020). Self-awareness enabled recognition of the interplay between personal values, positionality, vulnerability, and pedagogical decision-making (Byker & Xu, 2019; Mwebi & Brigham, 2009). While autonomy was described as “gold” in navigating institutional constraints, participants also acknowledged ongoing tensions between compliance and professional agency. Second, facilitation within communities of practice was identified as a multidimensional and relational practice. Effective facilitation combined emotional intelligence, pedagogical framing, and vulnerability to create psychologically safe environments (Edmondson, 2019) that legitimised discomfort as a site of learning (Arao & Clemens, 2013). Three interrelated domains of facilitation competence were identified: knowledge (e.g., reflective practice, emotional literacy, generative design), skills (e.g., holding safe spaces, deep listening, adaptive dialogue), and attitudes (e.g., humility, openness, curiosity, commitment to equity). Facilitation challenges included emotional labour, role ambiguity, balancing structure with flexibility, and accommodating diverse reflective styles. Third, professional learning was experienced as a relational and vulnerable practice. Participants emphasised the importance of intentional spaces that support emotional awareness, shared vulnerability, and reflexivity (Freire, 1970; hooks, 1994). Although emotionally demanding, these processes were transformative, enabling participants to challenge assumptions, confront inequities, and cultivate empathy and cultural responsiveness. Overall, the study positions self-awareness as foundational to critical GCE and facilitation as a specialised professional competence. It calls for institutional recognition of these practices through sustained support, time allocation, and professional development structures that value relational, justice-oriented teacher educator learning. References Andreotti, V. (2011). (Towards) decoloniality and diversality in global citizenship education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 9(3–4), 381–397. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2011.605323 Arao, B., & Clemens, K. (2013). From safe spaces to brave spaces: A new way to frame dialogue around diversity and social justice. In L.M. Landreman (Ed.), The art of effective facilitation: Reflections from social justice educators (pp. 135–150). Routledge. Bosio, E. (2023). Global citizenship education as a reflective dialogic pedagogy. Citizenship Teaching & Learning, 18(2), 177–194. https://doi.org/10.1386/ctl_00119_1 Bowles, R., Sweeney, T., & Coulter, M. (2023). Using Collaborative self-study to support professional learning in initial teacher education: developing pedagogy through Meaningful Physical Education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2023.2282369 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2024). A critical review of the reporting of reflexive thematic analysis in health promotion international. Health Promotion International, 39(3). https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/daae049 Byker, E. J., & Xu, T. (2019). Developing global competencies through international teaching: Using critical cosmopolitan theory to compare study abroad programmes. Frontiers: The Interdisciplinary Journal of Study Abroad, 31(2), 105–120. https://doi.org/10.36366/frontiers.v31i2.457 Czerniawski, G., Guberman, A., & MacPhail, A. (2017). The professional developmental needs of higher education-based teacher educators: An international comparative needs analysis. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(1), 127–140. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2016.1246528 Edmondson, A.C. (2019). The fearless organization: Creating psychological safety in the workplace for learning, innovation, and growth. Wiley. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Continuum. Goodwin, A.L., Smith, L., Souto-Manning, M., Cheruvu, R., Tan, M.Y., Reed, R., & Taveras, L. (2014). What should teacher educators know and Be able to do? Perspectives from practicing teacher educators. Journal of Teacher Education, 65(4), 284-302. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487114535266 Guberman, A., Ulvik, M., MacPhail, A., & Oolbekkink-Marchand, H. (2020). Teacher educators’ professional trajectories. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(4), 468–485. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1793948 hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. Routledge. Kelchtermans, G., Smith, K., & Vanderlinde, R. (2018). Towards an ‘international forum for teacher educator development.’ European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(1), 120–134. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1372743 Kopish, M.A. (2017). Global citizenship education and the development of globally competent teacher candidates. Journal of International Social Studies, 7(2), 20–59. LaBoskey, V.K. (2004). The methodology of self-study and its theoretical underpinnings. In J. Loughran, M. L. Hamilton, V. K. LaBoskey, & T. Russell (Eds.), International handbook of self-study of teaching and teacher education practices, 817–869. Springer. Teaching Council. (2020). Céim: Standards for initial teacher education. https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/en/publications/ite-professional-accreditation/ceim-standards-for-initial-teacher-education.pdf UNESCO. (2016). Global citizenship education: Topics and learning objectives. UNESCO. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 10 SES 12 E: Digital Competence, Artificial Intelligence, and Teacher Education Location: 112 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Ayça Kartal Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Differences in Digital Competence Between Beginning and Advanced Pre-Service Teachers University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:The digital landscape is constantly changing, and consequently, needs for digital competence are also evolving. Formal education plays a crucial role in ensuring that everyone has equal opportunities to develop digital competencies. However, ways of using digital technologies in schools are still rather narrow: basic productivity applications and purposes such as presenting and searching for information dominate the use, while more applied and creative use plays a very small role (e.g., Fraillon, 2024). The present study pertains to the Finnish context, where several studies have highlighted gaps in creative and collaborative uses of digital technologies in schools (Fagerlund et al., 2024; Häkkinen et al., 2025; Oinas et al., 2023). Teacher education is in a key role in equipping future teachers for fostering their students’ digital competence and in encouraging them to apply digital technologies in meaningful ways. Pre-service teachers’ (PSTs’) digital competence has been found to be affected both by their own technology-related characteristics, such as attitudes and perceived ease of technology use, and the support of the teacher training institute (Tondeur et al., 2018). While it appears to succeed in offering PSTs opportunities to familiarise themselves with digital technologies (Hämäläinen et al., 2021), more effort needs to be put on ensuring that teacher training contributes to PSTs’ professional digital competence in an authentic and relevant way (e.g., Gudmundsdottir & Hatlevik, 2018). Course modules that specifically focus on digital competence are necessary, but at the same time, it would be important for these competences to be part of teacher training on a broad scale in order to foster their integration into the PSTs’ pedagogical understanding and support experimentation and reflection (e.g., Gudmundsdottir & Hatlevik, 2018; Tondeur et al., 2018). Collaborative ways of learning, connecting theory and practice, as well as teacher educators serving as role models are essential in making the learning of digital competence meaningful (Reisoğlu & Çebi, 2020; Vesisenaho et al., 2024). This study addresses PSTs at two different phases of studies: beginning (first year) and advanced (4th or 5th year). This proposal focuses on the following research questions: 1. How do PSTs evaluate different aspects of a) their digital competence and b) their stance towards digital technologies in education? 2. Do these evaluations differ between beginning and advanced PSTs? We used a questionnaire that was informed by digital competence studies and frameworks such as ICILS (Fraillon et al., 2020), DigComp (Vuorikari et al., 2022), and the Finnish Framework for Digital Competence (EDUFI, n.d.). Data collection took place at the beginning of compulsory course modules on digital competence: “Introduction to Digital Technologies for Learning” for beginning PSTs and “Applying Digital Technologies for Learning” for advanced PSTs. The data were collected at the very beginning of these courses in order to orient the PSTs to the topic while also avoiding recency bias stemming from the course contents. We wanted to gauge their digital competence more generally rather than examine the immediate impact of the digital competence focused course modules. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The questionnaire consisted of 33 self-assessment statements about digital competence and 11 statements about the PSTs’ stance related to digital technologies. Responses were recorded using a five-point Likert scale. Background information (e.g., gender, year of birth, earlier experience with digital technology) was also collected. Respondents included 324 PSTs in primary education from a Finnish university: 195 (60.2%) were beginning PSTs (BE) and 129 (39.8%) were advanced (AD). Data were collected in two academic years: from BE in the autumn terms 2023 and 2024, and from AD in the spring terms 2024 and 2025. Altogether 260 participants (80.2%) identified as women, 61 (18.8%) as men, and three (0.9%) as other or preferred not to say. This is a representative gender distribution for Finnish PSTs (Vipunen – Education Statistics Finland, n.d.). Median age was 22 years (BE: Mdn = 20 years; AD: Mdn = 23 years). Data analysis was conducted using SPSS version 30. Based on an exploratory factor analysis (EFA), four composite variables were created for digital competence: “basic use of productivity software” (5 items, α = .754), “basic audiovisual skills” (3 items, α = .749), “safe and responsible use” (6 items, α = .805), and “advanced creative use” (6 items, α = .860). The first two variables represent basic digital skills: using office applications and doing simple image and video editing. Safe and responsible use covers aspects ranging from device and data security to digital literacy and ethical questions. Advanced creative use covers topics such as programming, robotics, animation, game design, and using virtual or augmented reality. EFA was also used to form two composite variables for the respondents’ stance towards digital technologies in education: “importance of teaching digital competence” (3 items, α = .871) and “value of applying digital technology” (4 items, α = .733). The former includes general attitudes towards teaching digital competence at different education levels, and the latter comprises views related to the potential of digital technologies for learning and applying them as a teacher. After creating the composite variables, Mann-Whitney U tests were conducted to compare the digital competence variables and the stance variables between phases of studies and genders. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings PSTs perceived their competence regarding safe and responsible use as good (M = 4.01, SD = 0.53) and advanced creative use as poor or very poor (M = 1.61, SD = 0.60), with basic use of productivity software (M = 3.54, SD = 0.56) and basic audiovisual skills (M = 2.61, SD = 0.79) falling in between. Mann-Whitney U tests showed that AD scored higher than BE in the basic use of productivity software (z = 5.134, p < .001) and advanced creative use (z = 6.219, p < .001), with no significant differences in safe and responsible use and basic audiovisual skills. Although advanced creative use appears to become slightly more familiar during teacher training, this area should be given particular focus to help future teachers support their students’ competencies. Importance of teaching digital competence (M = 4.63, SD = 0.49) was evaluated higher than the value of applying digital technology (M = 3.73, SD = 0.64). AD scored higher than BE both in the former (z = 2.443, p = .015) and the latter (z = 2.248, p = .025), which may reflect increased understanding of the multifaceted aspects of digital pedagogy as well as growing personal relevance before transitioning from pre-service to in-service teachers. Men scored higher than women in advanced creative use (z = 2.82, p = .005). No significant gender differences were found in any other competence or stance variables. Advanced creative skills may be related to using digital technology in leisure activities which is less common among women (cf., Tondeur et al., 2018). This finding supports the need to strengthen all PSTs’ competence and confidence in the more advanced areas. This work will continue with qualitative data collection where beginning and advanced PSTs reflect on their meaningful learning experiences related to digital competence. References EDUFI (Finnish National Agency for Education) (n.d.). The Finnish Framework for Digital Competence - support to implementation of national core curricula. ePerusteet. https://eperusteet.opintopolku.fi/#/en/digiosaaminen/8706410/tekstikappale/8709071 Fagerlund, J., Leino, K., Niilo-Rämä, M., Puhakka, E., & Markkanen, I. (2024). Kohti digiosaamisen strategista kehittämistä: Kansainvälinen monilukutaidon ja ohjelmoinnillisen ajattelun tutkimus (ICILS 2023). Fraillon, J. (Ed.). (2025). An International Perspective on Digital Literacy: Results from ICILS 2023. Springer Nature Switzerland. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-87722-3 Fraillon, J., Ainley, J., Schulz, W., Friedman, T., & Duckworth, D. (2020). Preparing for Life in a Digital World: IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2018 International Report. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-38781-5 Gudmundsdottir, G. B., & Hatlevik, O. E. (2018). Newly qualified teachers’ professional digital competence: Implications for teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 41(2), 214–231. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1416085 Häkkinen, P., Ilen, E., Näykki, P., Lehtinen, A., Lieska, A., & Lerkkanen, M.-K. (2025). Digitalisaation vaikutukset oppimiseen, osaamiseen ja hyvinvointiin: tutkimuskatsaus suomalaiseen varhaiskasvatukseen, esi- ja perusopetukseen sekä vapaaseen sivistystyöhön. Opetushallitus. Raportit ja selvitykset, 2025:4a. https://www.oph.fi/fi/tilastot-ja-julkaisut/julkaisut/digitalisaation-vaikutukset-oppimiseen-osaamiseen-ja-hyvinvointiin Hämäläinen, R., Nissinen, K., Mannonen, J., Lämsä, J., Leino, K., & Taajamo, M. (2021). Understanding teaching professionals’ digital competence: What do PIAAC and TALIS reveal about technology-related skills, attitudes, and knowledge? Computers in Human Behavior, 117, 106672. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2020.106672 Oinas, S., Vainikainen, M.-P., Asikainen, M., Gustavson, N., Halinen, J., Hienonen, N., Kiili, C., Kilpi, N., Koivuhovi, S., Kortesoja, L., Kupiainen, R., Lintuvuori, M., Mergianian, C., Merikanto, I., Mäkihonko, M., Nazeri, F., Nyman, L., Polso, K.-M., Schöning, O., Svedholm-Häkkinen, A., Vanhanen, S., & Hotulainen, R. (2023). Digitalisaation vaikutus oppimistilanteisiin, oppimiseen ja oppimistuloksiin yläkouluissa: Kansallisen tutkimushankkeen ensituloksia suosituksineen. Tampereen yliopisto. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-03-2780-4 Reisoğlu, İ., & Çebi, A. (2020). How can the digital competences of pre-service teachers be developed? Examining a case study through the lens of DigComp and DigCompEdu. Computers & Education, 156, 103940. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2020.103940 Tondeur, J., Aesaert, K., Prestridge, S., & Consuegra, E. (2018). A multilevel analysis of what matters in the training of pre-service teacher’s ICT competencies. Computers and Education, 122, 32–42. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.03.002 Vesisenaho, M., Kyllönen, M., Kukkonen, J., Valtonen, T., & Häkkinen, P. (2024). Teacher educators’ and pre-service teachers’ confidence toward the use of ICT in education. Seminar.net, 20(1), Article 4687. https://doi.org/10.7577/seminar.4687 Vipunen – Education Statistics Finland (n.d.). Students and degrees. https://vipunen.fi/en-gb/university/Pages/Opiskelijat-ja-tutkinnot.aspx Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S., & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens - With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/115376 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Crafting Inspiring Disaster Education: Prospective Teachers' Journey in Designing Virtual Earthquake Museum Materials With Web 2.0 Tools 1: Mus Alparslan University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Mus Alparslan University, Turkey (Türkiye); 3: Mus Alparslan University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Considering that disaster pedagogy is one of the least studied topics in the fields of education and disaster (Preston, 2012 cited in Senanayake et al., 2023), it is predicted that the emerging disaster education and disaster literacy will respond to an important need. At this point people's understanding of decision-making is important. As a matter of fact, it is stated that there can be significant behavioral change in accelerating risk reduction if the systems are restructured in a way to encourage risk-informed behavior and decision-making (GAR, 2022). In structuring these behaviors, people need to be motivated and informed towards a culture of disaster prevention and resilience (UNISDR, 2005). This information dissemination requires education, training, participation and sharing (Parvin et al., 2022). It is known that disaster education is important in disaster risk reduction; it consists of a five-dimensional structure as knowledge, action, intervention, integration and participation (Subarno & Dewi, 2022). Disaster literacy in developing disaster awareness, which is the first step of trainings given to minimize the damage in disasters, can reduce losses and damages caused by disasters (Kesumaningtyas et al., 2022). Studies approaching disaster education in a specific disaster type are more prominent in the literature. Although there are studies (Guo, 2023) that try to present a new perspective specific to the flood issue within the scope of digital disaster education with visuals such as graphics and concept maps, it is seen that these studies are not carried out with a contextual and interdisciplinary approach to disaster education. As a result, as Noviana et al. (2022) stated, it is important to expand the use of digital learning tools in disaster education since disaster literacy for elementary level pre-service teachers will be used to build the conceptual structures of their students in the future. There are findings in the literature that the process including e-book, animation and game design contributes to cognitive behaviors in game-supported disaster education (Nakano &Yamori, 2024) and digital game-supported disaster education (Lin et al., 2013). In addition to all these, there are suggestions for the use of museums in disaster education (Okay, 2021) and it is stated that museums will make a positive contribution in this respect. In the studies conducted, it was found that disaster education in virtual museums contributed positively to learning (Devianti & Anggaryani, 2022), however teachers needed support for online museum studies (Daniela, 2020). It is important that future prospective teachers are the ones who will introduce the concepts related to disasters to children and be competent in their fields. Especially earthquakes, which are expressed as one of the most destructive natural disasters that can cause serious economic, social and environmental impacts among disasters (OECD, 2018), are defined as seismic hazards that can cause great destruction and losses in the shortest time among all natural disasters (Jimee, Upadhyay & Shrestha 2012). For this reason, this study focuses on earthquake awareness training in the dimension of disaster education and disaster literacy. Based on all these reasons, the problem statement of the research seeks an answer to the question, “What are the experiences of material design with web 2.0 tools of teacher candidates who designed materials for disaster education for virtual museum?” Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used While this study focuses on earthquake awareness raising trainings in the dimension of disaster education and disaster literacy, this study focuses on the experience of producing virtual museum contents based on the integration of web 2.0 tools with an interdisciplinary perspective. The research was conducted in a phenomenological design in accordance with the qualitative approach. The study group of the research consists of 34 (3 male, 31 female) pre-service teachers studying at Primary School Teacher Education, Science Teacher Education and Social Studies Education. The interview form developed by the researcher were used as data collection tools. While preparing the questions in the interview form, the opinions of two experts working in the field of disaster education and museum education were consulted. The questions, which were finalized after the expert opinion, were sent to the pre-service teachers via Google Forms file and the opinions of the pre-service teachers were taken. In this study, it is aimed to raise awareness of pre-service teachers about the importance of digital approach in earthquake awareness education and to gain Web 2.0 supported activity design skills. In this framework, with 40 hours of training, pre-service teachers experienced 13 different Web 2.0 tools (Inspiration, MapHub, Canva, Tiki Toki, Wizer.me, SmartDraw, Pixton, Powtoon, Audiocity, 123steps, Postermywall, Kotobee, Artstep) for earthquake education in group work, developed their own teaching materials within the scope of interdisciplinary disaster education and exhibited all materials in Artstep, a virtual museum design application. Qualitative content analysis was used to analyze the qualitative data of the study. Accordingly, based on the seven steps of qualitative content analysis identified by Kuckartz and Rädiker (2023), the first step was to first work with the text (reading, examining words and phrases, exploring the internal structure, etc.), and then the main categories were developed. The first coding cycle was completed by coding the data with these main categories. Subcategories were then developed inductively. This time, the data were coded with these subcategories and the second coding cycle was completed in this way. Themes were generated from the categories and these were analyzed to explore the relationships between thematic categories and subcategories. While analyzing within the main categories, the relationships between their subcategories were examined. MAXQDA 2022 software was used for data analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the virtual museums created by pre-service teachers, concept maps with Inspiration, earthquake maps with MapHub, infographic and digital newspaper with Canva, history strip with Tiki Toki, worksheet with Wizer.me, fishbone with SmartDraw, concept cartoon with Pixton, digital story with Powtoon, audio downloading, editing and adding with Audiocity and 123steps, poster with Postermywall, E-Book with Kotobee were created and all these were exhibited in the online museum created by pre-service teachers in Artstep application. In the results obtained from the research, grouped under the following themes: perceptions, emotions, practices, futuore oriented plans, pedagogy, assessment. It was determined that pre-service teachers enjoyed designing materials with different web 2.0 tools and especially enjoyed exhibiting all the products they designed in a virtual museum. While designing a virtual museum, pre-service teachers expressed that they felt the feeling of building their own works like an architect. They also stated that they could use the materials they produced in different courses and subjects when they become teachers in the future. Pre-service teachers who stated that the use of virtual museums in disaster education is an effective method stated that they mostly encountered problems with the infrastructure of computers and internet infrastructure while designing virtual museums, and that they had difficulty in creating a unity and making a good design while presenting disaster-related content. Although pre-service teachers stated that virtual museum design is an opportunity for those who do not have access to museums, they also stated that the fact that virtual museum design applications are paid is a problem for them. In addition, pre-service teachers stated that their computer skills were not sufficient for virtual museum design and that they needed support in this regard. References Daniela, L. (2020). Virtual museums as learning agents. Sustainability, 12(7), 2698. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12072698 Devianti, W. & Anggaryani, M. (2022). Virtual Museum of Tsunami Project for Increasing Awareness of Disaster Risk Potential in Physics Class. Berkala Ilmiah Pendidikan Fisika, 10(3), 271-285 https://ppjp.ulm.ac.id/journal/index.php/bipf Global Assessment Report on Disaster Risk Reduction-GAR, 2022. Retrieved from https://www.undrr.org/publication/global-assessment-report-disaster-risk-reduction-2022 29.01.2024 Guo, Y., Zhu, J., You, J., Pirasteh, S., Li, W., Wu, J., & Dang, P. (2023). A dynamic visualization based on conceptual graphs to capture the knowledge for disaster education on floods. Natural Hazards, 1-18. Jimee, G.K., Upadhyay, B., & Shrestha, S. (2012). Earthquake Awareness Programs as a Key for Earthquake Preparedness and Risk Reduction: Lessons from Nepal. https://www.iitk.ac.in/nicee/wcee/article/WCEE2012_5202.pdf Kesumaningtyas, M. A., Hafida, S. H. N., & Musiyam, M. (2022).Analysis of disaster literacy on student behavioral responses in efforts to reduce earthquake disaster risk at SMA Negeri 1 Klaten. Earth and Environmental Science, 986 (012013), 1-9. doi:10.1088/1755-1315/986/1/012013 Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative content analysis: Methods, practice and software (2nd press). Sage Publication. ISBN 978-1-5296-0913-4 Lin, S. C., Tsai, M. H., Chang, Y. L., & Kang, S. C. (2013, March). Game-initiated learning: a case study for disaster education research in Taiwan. In 2013 AAAI Spring Symposium Series. Nakano, G. & Yamori, K. (2024). Cultural tuning of a disaster education tool: A comparative study of Japan, El Salvador, and Mexico, International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction, 105 (104370), https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijdrr.2024.104370 Noviana, E., Erlinda, S., Novianti, R., Sari, I. K., Mulyani, E. A., Zulkifli, N., & Permana, D. (2023, May). Theoretical study to design digital disaster learning resources for prospective elementary school teachers. In 4th International Conference on Progressive Education 2022 (ICOPE 2022) (pp. 647-653). Atlantis Press. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Student Teachers’ Artificial Intelligence Perceptions, Reported Use for Learning, and Learning Outcomes University of Tartu, Estonia Presenting Author:The rapid development and widespread use of artificial intelligence (AI) in recent years have had a profound impact on education, including higher education, affecting both teaching and learning (Rawas, 2024; Sova et al., 2024). The majority of university students use AI-based tools in their studies, and nearly one quarter report using them on a daily basis (Digital Education…, 2024). Artificial intelligence is thus becoming an integral part of higher education. While AI offers new opportunities for enhancing learning, it also raises significant challenges, including concerns related to academic integrity (Ahma & Kadriu, 2025), knowledge construction, and the evolving role of the teacher (Zawacki-Richter et al., 2019). The Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027 (European Commission, 2020) emphasizes the importance of the responsible use of AI and the development of teachers’ digital competences. Student teachers play a key role here. Their perceptions and attitudes about AI influence how they use it in their own learning, and later, working in the field of education, they serve as role models whose practices and beliefs shape both the ways AI is used and the attitudes toward AI adopted by their students. For this reason, particular attention should be paid to student teachers as a target group. Previous research has shown that teachers’ beliefs and attitudes toward technology significantly influence its pedagogical integration (Ertmer & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, 2010; Tondeur et al., 2016). It is therefore essential to understand how student teachers perceive AI: whether they view it primarily as a learning-support tool, a substitute for the teacher, or a factor that may have negative effects on learning, and also how these perceptions are related to their use of AI. Artificial intelligence should not be understood merely as a technical tool; its use requires critical thinking and ethical awareness (European Commission, 2019). Therefore, teacher education need to foster student teachers’ knowledge, skills, and also attitudes related to the responsible and meaningful use of AI. Although perceptions of AI have been studied in previous research, less is known about how student teachers understand and make sense of AI in the context of their studies. Findings regarding AI-related perceptions have been mixed. For example, some studies have distinguished between positive and negative attitudes toward AI (Schepman & Rodway, 2023), while others have identified acceptance- and fear-related factors (Sindermann et al., 2021). More recently, Nazaretsky et al. (2025) proposed a four-component structure of AI perceptions, including perceived benefits and obstacles, AI readiness, and trust. This study is theoretically based in the Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) and its extensions (e.g., UTAUT), which emphasize the role of perceived usefulness, ease of use, attitudes in predicting individuals’ intentions to use technology and their actual usage behaviour (Davis, 1989; Venkatesh et al., 2003). The aim of this study is to provide an overview of first-year student teachers’ perceptions of artificial intelligence, their reported use of AI for learning, and the relationships between the perceptions, AI use and learning outcomes. The study has four research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study involved 201 first-year student teachers enrolled in a compulsory Developmental Psychology course at a university in Estonia. Participants represented five teacher education curricula, ranging from early childhood to the lower secondary education. The sample included early childhood education student teachers (n = 81), primary school student teachers (n = 44), and lower secondary school student teachers for multiple subjects across three curricula (n = 92). Consistent with the gender distribution in the teaching profession in Estonia—where men constitute approximately 15% of teachers in general education and only 1.4% in early childhood education—the sample included a relatively small number of male participants (n = 17). Regarding teaching experience, 75% of the respondents had no prior teaching experience, 21% were currently working as teachers, and 4% had worked as teachers in the past. Data were collected using a self-report questionnaire at the end of the course. Participation in the study was voluntary, and informed consent was obtained from participants prior to completing the questionnaire. Students were informed about the purpose of the study and that their responses would be treated confidentially and used for research purposes in an aggregated form. Participation or non-participation in the study had no impact on students’ assessment in the course or final grade. Students’ perceptions of artificial intelligence were measured using a 15-item AI perceptions scale, which included statements reflecting both positive and negative aspects of AI use. The items addressed general perceptions of AI as well as perceptions specifically related to learning. Examples of the items: AI helps me save time, AI provides me with step-by-step explanations, Using AI does not support the development of my own thinking. Responses were recorded on a 5-point Likert-type scale. To assess the frequency of AI use for learning, participants were asked how often they had used artificial intelligence during the Developmental Psychology course. Response options ranged from no use at all, through occasional use in individual learning activities, to regular use across many learning activities. Learning outcomes were operationalised using the final course grade, awarded on a six-point grading scale. Data analysis was conducted using quantitative statistical methods. Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was used to validate the factor structure of the AI perceptions scale. Correlation analysis and multiple regression analysis were used to investigate the relationships among student teachers’ AI perceptions, the reported frequency of AI use for learning, and learning outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The following section provides a brief overview of the preliminary findings and further plans of the study. Regarding the frequency of AI use, 20% of respondents reported not using AI during the course, while 52% reported using AI in individual learning activities, and 27% reported occasional use across different tasks. According to self-reports, AI was most frequently used to gain clearer explanations of concepts or topics, generate ideas, and support deeper understanding when the topic was difficult to understand. Confirmatory factor analysis supported a four-factor structure of AI perceptions, including general attitudes toward AI, perceived usefulness for learning, general obstacles, and learning-related obstacles. This multidimensional structure suggests that student teachers’ perceptions of AI are more nuanced than simple positive–negative dichotomies. The expected outcomes focus on examining how student teachers’ AI perceptions predict the reported frequency of AI use, as well as how AI use frequency and the range of learning activities supported by AI correlate with learning outcomes. It is anticipated that perceived usefulness will positively predict AI use, whereas perceived learning-related obstacles may limit both frequency and diversity of use. Overall, the study contributes to teacher education by helping to understand how future teachers understand the benefits and limitations of AI and how these perceptions are related to their own use of AI for learning. By framing AI as an integrated component of teacher competence rather than a merely technical issue, the findings support a broader rethinking of the teacher’s role in the age of artificial intelligence. The Estonian context offers a valuable reference point for European and international discussions on AI integration in teacher education. References Ahma, G. & Kadriu, A. (2025). Harnessing artificial intelligence to transform education: challenges and opportunities. SEEU Review, 20(1). doi: 10.2478/seeur-2025-0020 Davis, F. D. (1986). Technology acceptance model for empirically testing new end-user information systems: Theory and results [Ph.D. Thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology]. DSpace@MIT. Retrieved May 16, 2024, from http:// hdl. handle. net/ 1721.1/ 15192 Digital Education Council Global AI Student Survey 2024. Available: https://www.digitaleducationcouncil.com/post/digital-education-council-global-ai-student-survey-2024 Ertmer, P., Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A.T. (2010. Teacher technology change: How knowledge, confidence, beliefs, and culture intersect. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 42 (3), 255–284. European Commission. (2020). Digital Education Action Plan 2021–2027: Resetting education and training for the digital age. Available: https://education.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/document-library-docs/deap-communication-sept2020_en.pdf. European Commission - High-Level Expert Group on Artificial Intelligence. (2019). Ethics guidelines for trustworthy AI. Available: https://ec.europa.eu/futurium/en/ai-alliance-consultation.1.html Nazaretsky, T., Mejia-Domenzain, P., Swamy, V., Frej, J., & Käser, T. (2025). The critical role of trust in adopting AI-powered educational technology for learning: An instrument for measuring student perceptions. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8, 1-16. doi: 10.1016/j.caeai.2025.100368 Rawas, S. (2024). ChatGPT: Empowering lifelong learning in the digital age of higher education. Education and Information Technologies, 29(6), 6895–6908. doi: 10.1007/s10639-023-12114-8 Schepman, A. & Rodway, P. (2022). The General Attitudes towards Artificial Intelligence Scale (GAAIS): Confirmatory Validation and Associations with Personality, Corporate Distrust, and General Trust. International Journal of Human–Computer Interaction, 39(13), 2724-2741. doi: 10.1080/10447318.2022.2085400 Sindermann, C. et al. (2021). Assessing the Attitude Towards Artificial Intelligence: Introduction of a Short Measure in German, Chinese, and English Language. KI - Künstliche Intelligenz, 35, 109-118. doi: 10.1007/s13218-020-00689-0 Sova, R., Tudor, C., Tartavulea, C. V., & Dieaconescu, R.I. (2024). Artificial Intelligence Tool Adoption in Higher Education: A Structural Equation Modeling Approach to Understanding Impact Factors among Economics Students. Electronics, 13(18), 3632. doi: 10.3390/electronics13183632 Tondeur, J., van Braak, J., Ertmer, P. A., & Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A. (2016). Understanding the relationship between teachers’ pedagogical beliefs and technology use in education. Educational Technology Research and Development, 65, 555–575. Venkatesh, V., Morris, M.G., Davis, G.B, & Davis, P.D. (2003). User Acceptance of Information Technology: Toward a Unified View. MIS Quarterly, 27(3), 425–478. doi: 10.2307/30036540 Zawacki-Richter, O., Marín, V. I., Bond, M., & Gouverneur, F. (2019). Systematic review of research on artificial intelligence applications in higher education - where are the ecucators? International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 16(39). |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 11 SES 12 A: Quality Assurance and Efficiency in Higher Education Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Daiga Kalniņa Paper Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Effectiveness of Online Learning Support for Promoting Equitable Learning in Remote Higher Education in Thailand 1: Mahamakut Buddhist University, Nakhonratchasima Buddhist College, Thailand; 2: Suranaree University of Technology, Thailand; 3: Rajabhat Rajanagarindra University, Thailand Presenting Author:Online learning support is a crucial tool to enhance quality in education for this digital era. The online courses, applications, and learning resources (OCALR) play a critical role in expanding educational opportunities across diverse contexts, particularly when courses are well designed and supported by interactive learning materials (Peltola et al., 2025). By emphasizing flexibility in time and place through digital technologies, Artificial Intelligence (AI) (Wang, 2025), online learning enables meaningful and interactive learning experiences beyond traditional classroom boundaries and has become especially important during periods of disruption and in response to evolving learner needs (Bamrungsin & Khampirat, 2022; Karo & Petsangsri, 2021). Accessible and interactive learning materials further enhance student engagement and motivation by supporting active participation in the learning process (Hu & Xiao, 2025). To support these learning experiences, various online platforms and resources such as open educational resources (OER), open courseware (OCW), and massive open online courses (MOOCs) (Goshtasbpour et al., 2024), have been developed to broaden access to high-quality educational content and enhance learning skills (Cho & Permzadian, 2024). These approaches operate within distributed learning environments enabled by internet-based platforms and communication technologies. Effective online learning environments require the interaction of teaching presence, cognitive presence, and social presence, which together foster meaningful engagement, knowledge construction, and sustained learning (Alshammari & Alrehaili, 2025). In addition, the concept of academic optimism highlights the role of high academic expectations, supportive learning environments, and confidence in students’ learning capacity in enhancing learning effectiveness in online contexts. Accordingly, effective online teaching emphasizes instructional clarity, learner interaction, timely feedback, reliable access to digital learning resources, and a supportive learning environment (Bamrungsin & Khampirat, 2022). Recognizing the potential of online learning and digital resources, the Ministry of Education (MOE) of Thailand has promoted them as a key national strategy to enhance students’ competencies and ensure more equitable access to education, particularly for learners in remote and underserved areas (MOE, 2026). However, despite these initiatives, higher education institutions in remote regions continue to face significant challenges related to geographic isolation, limited digital infrastructure, and unequal access to digital educational resources (KC et al., 2025). These barriers restrict students’ full participation in higher education and underscore the urgent need for innovative instructional approaches, including distance and online learning and the effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT), to support both teaching and educational management in remote contexts (Norman et al., 2022). Moreover, the effectiveness of OCALR is not determined by course design, interaction, or technology usability alone (Goshtasbpour et al., 2024). Contextual factors such as internet connectivity, geographic location, and the availability of digital devices play a critical role in shaping students’ learning experiences, particularly for learners in remote areas where disparities in digital access between urban and rural regions remain substantial (Enciso-Huamani et al., 2025; Jiang et al., 2024). To address these gaps, this quantitative study investigates the effectiveness of OCALR for college students in a remote area near the Khao Phu Luang mountain region in Nakhon Ratchasima Province, Thailand. The findings are expected to provide evidence-based insights to support effective online teaching practices, inform institutional decision-making, and promote more equitable learning opportunities in remote higher education contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data for this study were collected in 2023 from undergraduate students and alumni enrolled in a female equal-opportunity education college offering programs aimed at expanding access to higher education for women in a mountainous area of Nakhon Ratchasima Province, Thailand. A total of 74 respondents participated in the study, all of whom were female, reflecting the institutional context. First-year students represented the largest proportion of the sample (n = 23), followed by fourth-year students (n = 21), while second-year students, third-year students, and alumni each accounted for 10 respondents. This distribution ensured representation across different stages of academic progression. In terms of access to online learning, the majority of respondents (86.5%) reported using personal laptops as their primary learning device. Smaller proportions of students shared computers with peers (8.1%) or used tablets and desktop computers (2.7% each). Regarding learning time, more than half of the respondents (52.7%) spent approximately 3–4 hours per day engaged in online learning activities, followed by 27.0% who reported spending 5–6 hours per day. Fewer students spent 1–2 hours (14.9%) or 7–8 hours (2.4%) per day on online learning. Students’ learning effectiveness was assessed using an adapted and validated survey instrument measuring Online Courses, Applications, and Learning Resources (OCALR). The instrument comprised 10 items across three factors: online learners, online teachers, and online resources. The online learner factor included motivation, satisfaction, access ability, and learning-related happiness. The online teacher factor focused on online interaction, use of online media, and learning support. The online resources factor assessed the effective provision of learning materials, recommendations of learning sources, and opportunities for collaboration. All items were measured using a five-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). The study aimed to examine how OCALR factors contributed to students’ perceived learning effectiveness. Multiple Linear Regression (MLR) analysis using the stepwise method was employed to identify the relative contribution of each predictor variable. Missing data were handled using listwise deletion. Regression coefficients (β), t-values, and p-values were used to interpret predictor effects, while model performance was evaluated using the coefficient of determination (R²), adjusted R², and the F-statistic. Assumptions of regression analysis, including multicollinearity and residual normality, were examined using variance inflation factors (VIF), tolerance values, and residual diagnostics, following established statistical guidelines (Field, 2009). All analyses were conducted using SPSS version 29.0. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This quantitative study examined the effectiveness of OCALR for female college students in a remote mountainous area of Nakhon Ratchasima Province, Thailand, using Multiple Linear Regression (MLR) analysis. Data were collected through a validated OCALR survey instrument and analyzed using a stepwise MLR approach to identify the most significant predictors of students’ perceived learning effectiveness in online learning environments. The MLR results indicated that three factors were statistically significant at the .05 level: effective access to the internet for learning, quality teacher-student interaction in online teaching, and the recommendation of online learning resources. The final regression model explained 29.3% of the variance in students’ learning effectiveness (Adjusted R² = 0.293), reflecting a moderate level of explanatory power. Among the predictors, teacher-student interaction demonstrated the strongest positive effect, underscoring the critical role of instructional presence, timely feedback, and meaningful interaction in supporting effective online learning, particularly in geographically remote contexts. Effective internet access also showed a positive and significant contribution, highlighting the importance of reliable digital infrastructure in enabling students’ participation, engagement, and learning continuity. In contrast, the recommendation of multiple online learning resources exhibited a negative relationship with learning effectiveness. This finding suggests that excessive or insufficiently guided exposure to online platforms may overwhelm learners and reduce perceived learning outcomes, emphasizing the need for structured and pedagogically guided integration of digital resources rather than an overabundance of platforms. Overall, the MLR findings confirm that the effectiveness of OCALR in remote higher education settings is fundamentally driven by reliable internet accessibility, high-quality instructional interaction, and intentional management of learning resources. These results offer important implications for strengthening internet support and digital infrastructure, as well as for curriculum design, instructional planning, and educational policy, particularly for institutions seeking to promote effective, equitable, and sustainable online learning opportunities in remote regions. References Alshammari, S. H., & Alrehaili, T. A. (2025). The effect of teaching, social, and cognitive presence on student engagement in online courses: a structural equation modelling approach. Acta Psychologica, 258, 105183. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actpsy.2025.105183 Bamrungsin, P., & Khampirat, B. (2022). Improving professional skills of pre-service teachers using online training: Applying work-integrated learning approaches through a quasi-experimental study. Sustainability, 14(7), 4362. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14074362 Cho, K. W., & Permzadian, V. (2024). The impact of open educational resources on student achievement: A meta-analysis. International Journal of Educational Research, 126, 102365. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2024.102365 Enciso-Huamani, E., Iparraguirre, R. P. A., Huaynate-Hidalgo, J. E., Soto, F. C., Crispin, H. M., Castillo, C. E. L., Ccama, J. C. H., Cépida, R. A. Q., Leon, J. R., Loayza, J. Z., & Paquiyauri, P. R. (2025). Impact of location, internet access, and device use on student perceptions of academic services. Discover Education, 4(1), 568. https://doi.org/10.1007/s44217-025-01010-7 Goshtasbpour, F., Cornock, M., Swinnerton, B., Harris, L., Ferguson, R., & Scanlon, E. (2024). Open learning and learning at scale: The legacy of MOOCs. Journal of Interactive Media in Education. https://doi.org/10.5334/jime.948 Hu, J., & Xiao, W. (2025). What are the influencing factors of online learning engagement? A systematic literature review. Front Psychol, 16, 1542652. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2025.1542652 Jiang, S., Zhu, H., Li, H., & Li, R. (2024). Modelling education equality through online platform adoption: Insights into the digital divide, fairness, perceived ease of use, and usefulness. Forum for Education Studies, 3(1), 1569. https://doi.org/10.59400/fes1569 Karo, D., & Petsangsri, S. (2021). The effect of online mentoring system through professional learning community with information and communication technology via cloud computing for pre-service teachers in Thailand. Education and Information Technologies, 26(1), 1133-1142. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-020-10304-2 KC, D., KC, P., Rado, I., & Vichit-Vadakan, N. (2025). Digital inequality and learning outcomes: evidence from Thailand. Education and Information Technologies. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-025-13570-0 MOE. (2026). Thai government gazette (on 13 November, 2024), notifications of Ministry of Education Re : Education Policy of the fiscal year 2025-2026. Ministry of Education (MOE), Thailand. https://www.moe.go.th/moe-policy-2025-2026/ Norman, H., Adnan, N., Nordin, N., Ally, M., & Tsinakos, A. (2022). The educational digital divide for vulnerable students in the pandemic: Towards the new agenda 2030. Sustainability, 14, 10332. https://doi.org/10.3390/su141610332 Peltola, K., Veermans, M., Routarinne, S., & Jaaksola, S. (2025). Engaging post-compulsory education students in online language courses: A systematic review. Journal of Computers in Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40692-025-00359-w Wang, Y. (2025). A study on the efficacy of ChatGpt-4 in enhancing students’ english communication skills. SAGE Open, 15(1), 21582440241310644. https://doi.org/10.1177/21582440241310644 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Knowing and Acting on Student-Centered Learning: Evidence-Informed Quality Enhancement through Indicators of Student Agency Research Institute for Educational Sciences, University of Salamanca, Spain Presenting Author:Student-Centered Learning (SCL) has become a predominant paradigm in higher education after the Yerevan Ministerial Summit of the European Higher Education Area (EHEA) (European Higher Education Area, 2015; Klemenčič, 2017), gaining support from students, researchers, and policymakers (Grøndahl Glavind et al., 2023). As a key strategic pathway to improve the quality of learning and teaching processes, it is prioritized in the Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the EHEA (ENQA, 2015). However, at the institutional level, SCL is often used with multiple meanings (Bremner, 2021), referring to active-learning pedagogies, student participation in decision-making, learning-outcomes approaches, or enhanced support services, without a shared evidential base. This conceptual looseness makes it difficult for universities and quality agencies to produce reliable and comparable evidence on whether, and for whom, student agency is enabled across programs (Jääskelä et al., 2021). It also limits quality assurance to support curriculum transformation rather than compliance, especially when institutions rely on metrics and administrative “big data” that do not capture the lived conditions of learning (Hooshyar et al., 2023). Conceptually, SCL is approached as a context-sensitive orientation and culture of quality implemented through an institutional ecosystem (Hoidn, 2020), where student agency is understood as the capability to make meaningful decisions and co-construct learning processes within programme structures, supported by transparent learning outcomes, opportunities for participation and dialogue, coherent curricular pathways, and formative assessment and feedback promoting self-regulated learning (Nicol, 2010). This contribution is based on the implementation of a research project funded by the Spanish National Research and Development Plan, which addresses this evidence gap by developing and validating an indicator-based framework for improving institutional quality. Its main objective is to make SCL visible, measurable and actionable by capturing student agency and curricular coherence across: (i) teaching and learning design; (ii) assessment and feedback practices; and (iii) student support and guidance arrangements. Three research questions guide the study: how can SCL be operationalized into a coherent set of evaluative indicators that reflect student agency at program and institutional levels? (RQ1); what patterns of alignment or misalignment emerge between curricular intentions, enacted learning and assessment designs, and support structures across academic units? (RQ2); and how do institutional cultures and governance arrangements mediate the enactment of student agency, including potential differences for diverse student groups? (RQ3). This national project is being implemented as an institutional case study at a European public comprehensive university (30,000 students, 2,500 professors, 22 faculties, and 13 research institutes, Shanghai Ranking 2025, ARWU, 501-600, and among the 11-14 best of the 100 universities in the country), although the resulting framework of indicators is designed to be transferable to the entire EHEA. Its European relevance lies in grounding the logic of evaluation on shared benchmarks (European Higher Education Area, 2015), and in providing a concrete response to a recurring challenge in quality assurance debates: translating SCL from principle into credible evidence and decision-making practice. The main output is a multi-source indicator framework that allows universities to examine SCL as an institutional quality issue rather than as isolated classroom innovation. The indicators will be organized around: (a) opportunities for student participation and collaboration; (b) assessment and feedback designs that support self-regulated learning; (c) consistency and flexibility; and (d) the availability and use of support structures that enable students to navigate their learning pathways. Preliminary mapping conducted at the case institution suggests substantial variability among academic units in how these conditions are met. Differences arise in the extent to which assessment and feedback are designed for learning (rather than just judgement) and in the consistency with which program learning outcomes are connected to assessment regimes and support services. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Through methodological development, the main objective of this national project is to provide evidence-based explanations for the phenomena studied in order to contribute to the creation of a solid knowledge base that facilitates decision-making in the field of education. Accordingly, this study is divided into several phases based on specific project objectives, each of which develops different methods for collecting and analyzing relevant data. Thus, following a mixed-methods evaluation design (Palinkas et al., 2019), institutional administrative data are combined with qualitative evidence to examine the SCL as an institutional ecosystem. Complementarily, the research process will include systematic literature reviews aimed at strengthening the conceptual framework and ensuring the theoretical validity of the dimensions analyzed. Quantitative evidence will be drawn from student records (within the limits of institutional data governance), including student characteristics and equity-relevant variables (e.g., gender and socio-economic background where available), and indicators related to their progression and outcomes throughout their educational program (e.g. credits earned, retention, completion, and performance). This data will be used to describe educational programs and to explore whether differences in outcomes align with differences in SCL-related practices. Documentary evidence will be collected through a structured review of program and course documentation (e.g., program specifications, course guides, assessment plans, and internal quality reports). Documents will be analyzed to identify how student agency is framed in intended learning outcomes, learning activities, assessment criteria, feedback arrangements, and opportunities for student participation in curriculum review and improvement. Qualitative evidence will be gathered through semi-structured interviews and focus groups with key institutional stakeholders, including academic leaders and quality managers, program coordinators, teachers, and students. This data explores how the SCL is interpreted and applied, what is perceived as “evidence” of student agency, and what institutional conditions enable or limit change (e.g., resources, norms, professional development, and quality routines). Finally, to capture variability and institutional mediation, the design includes case studies of selected academic units showing contrasting patterns in the preliminary mapping. Cross-case comparison connects indicator patterns to organizational and cultural agreements. Integration occurs through triangulation across data sources, linking processes (curriculum and practice) and outcomes (student trajectories) without reducing SCL to a single metric. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper frames student-centered learning as an institutional ecosystem that can be evaluated through the alignment (and misalignment) between curriculum design, assessment and feedback agreements, and student support structures. In this way, integrated analysis of the information will allow us to discuss not only whether SCL exists, but also how different institutional practices and approaches enable or limit student agency, considering that these groups of students are increasingly diverse. According to this, the development of the research project aims to contribute to the generation of a deeper understanding of the university student profile as well as effective methodological strategies to improve the quality of university institutions, promoting that they increasingly focus on deep learning and student orientation, including a gender perspective. In addition, it is also expected to have a significant social impact, promoting equal socio-educational opportunities and social inclusion, while optimizing the role of education as a guarantee of social welfare and the equitable redistribution of resources. This impact is directly linked to the main purpose of the European Higher Education Area, which aims to encourage European Union member states to collaborate in the development of more resilient and inclusive education and training systems (European Education Area, 2025). Finally, the results will be disseminated through a transfer strategy designed to convert the indicator framework into a model that can be replicated by other universities. Similarly, in addition to the publication of findings in high-impact journals indexed in the field of education, the possibility of communicating the results obtained and the proposals developed to the quality agencies and networks involved in the EHEA are being considered. Its aim is to facilitate the transition of the indicators from scientific validation to their integration into accreditation and continuous improvement processes. References Bremner, N. (2021). The multiple meanings of ‘student-centred’ or ‘learner-centred’ education, and the case for a more flexible approach to defining it. Comparative Education, 57(2), 159-186. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2020.1805863 ENQA. (2015). Standards and guidelines for quality assurance in the European Higher Education Area. https://www.enqa.eu/esg-standards-and-guidelines-for-quality-assurance-in-the-european-higher-education-area/ European Education Area. (2025, octubre 24). European Education Area explained. https://education.ec.europa.eu/about-eea/the-eea-explained European Higher Education Area. (2015). Ministerial Conference Yerevan, 2015. https://ehea.info/page-ministerial-conference-yerevan-2015 Grøndahl Glavind, J., Montes De Oca, L., Pechmann, P., Brauner Sejersen, D., & Iskov, T. (2023). Student-centred learning and teaching: A systematic mapping review of empirical research. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 47(9), 1247-1261. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2023.2241391 Hoidn, S. (2020). Beyond the student-centered higher education classroom: The student-centered ecosystems framework. ETH Learning and Teaching Journal, 2(2), 191-195. https://doi.org/10.16906/lt-eth.v2i2.130 Hooshyar, D., Tammets, K., Ley, T., Aus, K., & Kollom, K. (2023). Learning Analytics in Supporting Student Agency: A Systematic Review. Sustainability, 15(18). https://doi.org/10.3390/su151813662 Jääskelä, P., Heilala, V., Kärkkäinen, T., & Häkkinen, P. (2021). Student agency analytics: Learning analytics as a tool for analysing student agency in higher education. Behaviour & Information Technology, 40(8), 790-808. https://doi.org/10.1080/0144929X.2020.1725130 Klemenčič, M. (2017). From Student Engagement to Student Agency: Conceptual Considerations of European Policies on Student-Centered Learning in Higher Education. Higher Education Policy, 30(1), 69-85. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-016-0034-4 Nicol, D. (2010). From monologue to dialogue: Improving written feedback processes in mass higher education. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 35(5), 501-517. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602931003786559 Palinkas, L. A., Mendon, S. J., & Hamilton, A. B. (2019). Innovations in Mixed Methods Evaluations. Annual Review of Public Health, 40(Volume 40, 2019), 423-442. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-publhealth-040218-044215 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Critical Digital Citizenship and Quality in Higher Education: Guidelines for the Education of Social Educators Universidad Nacional de Educación a Distancia (UNED), Spain Presenting Author:The increasing digitalisation of educational, professional and social practices has positioned digital citizenship as an emerging field of reflection in higher education (UNESCO, 2020). In this context, debates on the quality and social relevance of university education are progressively incorporating the need to address the educational, ethical and civic implications of digital environments. From a critical perspective, digital citizenship is not understood as a set of technical skills, but rather as a complex competence integrating critical thinking, social participation and ethical responsibility (Choi, 2016; Cabero-Almenara et al., 2019). Under this premise, its integration into higher education can be conceived as an emerging criterion of educational quality, particularly relevant in degree programmes oriented towards social and community intervention. Within the field of Social Education, the initial training of professionals acquires specific relevance in relation to critical digital citizenship, given their role as mediators, educational agents and promoters of social participation in diverse contexts (ASEDES, 2007). However, previous research has highlighted persistent misalignments between social and professional demands linked to the digital sphere and the dominant training approaches in university curricula, which tend to prioritise instrumental perspectives on digital competence (Mihailidis, 2018; Villar-Onrubia et al., 2022; Guerrero Puerta et al., 2025). From the perspective of educational improvement and internal quality assurance, this situation raises significant questions, particularly in processes of curriculum review and renewal in higher education (Cacheiro-González et al., 2020). This paper presents the design, theoretical foundations and methodological approach of an ongoing research project aimed at analysing how critical digital citizenship is addressed in the university education of social educators, as well as at generating evidence-informed orientations for the improvement of curricular quality. The study is developed within the framework of a funded research project (Digital Citizenship in University Education: Diagnosis and Proposal from Social Education – CiDiES), supported by the National Distance Education University (UNED, Spain) under the Young Talent Research Projects call (project reference 2025/00207/001). It is explicitly situated in the field of higher education and aligns with approaches to formative evaluation, internal quality assurance and the continuous enhancement of educational programmes (Harvey & Green, 1993; ESG, 2015). From a theoretical perspective, the research draws on three complementary frameworks: critical digital citizenship (Choi, 2016; Isin & Ruppert, 2015), critical digital literacy (Mihailidis, 2018), and educational quality approaches focused on curricular coherence and alignment between competences, learning outcomes and professional practice (Biggs & Tang, 2011). These frameworks allow quality to be conceptualised not as a static attribute, but as a dynamic process of reflection, evaluation and enhancement of university education. Methodologically, the study adopts a mixed, sequential and integrative design. In the first phase, the Digital Citizenship Scale (DCS) is administered to undergraduate students in Social Education, using a version previously validated in Spanish (Choi et al., 2017; Lozano-Díaz & Fernández-Prados, 2019). Two open-ended questions are included in order to contextualise the results and enrich their interpretation from a curricular improvement perspective. In parallel, a systematic documentary analysis of the current curriculum and the associated curriculum review process is conducted, with the aim of identifying the presence, absence and treatment of dimensions related to critical digital citizenship from a quality-oriented perspective. Finally, online focus groups are carried out with professionals from the socio-educational field to triangulate findings and incorporate insights from professional practice. The expected contribution of this work lies in providing analytical evidence to inform curriculum enhancement processes and to strengthen quality assurance in university education in Social Education. As a work in progress, the paper seeks to engage with European debates on educational quality, professionalisation and the social responsibility of universities in increasingly digitalised societies and practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is conducted through a mixed, sequential and integrative methodological design, consistent with approaches to formative evaluation and quality enhancement in higher education (Harvey & Green, 1993; ESG, 2015). The combination of quantitative, qualitative and documentary methods enables the generation of complementary forms of evidence oriented towards curriculum analysis and the formulation of well-founded improvement proposals. In the first phase, the Digital Citizenship Scale (DCS), developed by Choi, Glassman and Cristol (2017), is administered using a version previously validated in Spanish. The instrument is applied to undergraduate students enrolled in the Social Education degree and assesses several dimensions of digital citizenship, including critical thinking, online civic participation, media literacy and norms of digital behaviour (Choi, 2016). In order to contextualise the results and enhance their usefulness for curriculum enhancement, two open-ended questions are added to capture students’ perceptions of their university education in digital citizenship and the aspects they consider in need of further development within the curriculum. In parallel, a systematic documentary analysis of the current curriculum and the curriculum review process linked to the Degree White Paper is carried out. For this purpose, an analytical framework is designed that considers competences, learning outcomes, contents, teaching methodologies and assessment systems as units of analysis. These units are examined through categories related to critical digital citizenship and educational quality criteria, such as curricular coherence and alignment between competences and professional practice, following the constructive alignment approach proposed by Biggs and Tang (2011). In a third phase, online focus groups are conducted with Social Education professionals from different fields of intervention. The groups are organised using a semi-structured guide aimed at exploring previous educational trajectories, challenges of professional practice in digitalised contexts and perceptions regarding the adequacy of the university education received. This qualitative phase incorporates the perspective of professional practice and strengthens the triangulation of findings, contributing to a more comprehensive evaluation of educational quality. Quantitative data are analysed using descriptive techniques, while qualitative data are examined through thematic coding. The triangulation of results supports an integrated interpretation oriented towards informing curriculum enhancement processes and strengthening internal quality assurance in higher education. Overall, this design allows the study to connect student perspectives, curricular intentions and professional expectations, reinforcing its relevance for evidence-informed decision making and for the continuous improvement of Social Education programmes within the European Higher Education Area and quality enhancement frameworks relevant to contemporary universities internationally today. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the research is still in progress, its findings are expected to contribute meaningfully to current debates on educational improvement and quality assurance in higher education. First, the study aims to provide a robust diagnosis of the extent to which critical digital citizenship is integrated into the university education of social educators, identifying both strengths and gaps from a curricular quality perspective (Harvey & Green, 1993; Guerrero Puerta et al., 2025). Second, it is anticipated that the combination of evidence drawn from students, documentary curriculum analysis and professional practice will support the development of curriculum orientations aligned with constructive alignment and formative evaluation approaches (Biggs & Tang, 2011; Cacheiro-González et al., 2020). These orientations are not conceived as prescriptive solutions, but as transferable analytical criteria to inform curriculum review and continuous improvement processes, strengthening coherence between competences, learning outcomes and professional demands. From this standpoint, the study seeks to contribute to European discussions on the role of higher education in preparing socially responsible professionals for digitalised societies, in line with the Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area (ESG, 2015). Critical digital citizenship is conceptualised as a relevant dimension of educational quality, integrating ethical, critical and participatory components essential for professional practice in complex and diverse contexts. In addition, the findings are expected to underline the role of pedagogical leadership and institutional commitment in advancing curriculum innovation and quality enhancement, in line with research on the formative dimension of educational leadership in higher education (González-Fernández et al., 2019). Overall, the study aims to support academic leaders, quality assurance committees and curriculum design teams by providing evidence-based frameworks for informed decision making, reinforcing a dynamic conception of educational quality oriented towards social justice and the common good across higher education systems in Europe today broadly contexts. References ASEDES. Asociación Estatal de Educación Social. (2007). Catálogo de funciones y competencias de la educadora y el educador social. http://www.consejoeducacionsocial.net/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/Documentos-profes-Sept-2007.pdf Biggs, J., & Tang, C. (2011). Teaching for quality learning at university (4th ed.). McGraw-Hill / Open University Press. https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&opi=89978449&url=https://www.researchgate.net/publication/215915395_Teaching_for_Quality_Learning_at_University&ved=2ahUKEwjCvr2X762SAxX_SKQEHcj2HhcQFnoECBoQAQ&usg=AOvVaw2O7XIZbNB60L3iqNnV32sP Cacheiro-González, M. L., González-Fernández, R., & López-Gómez, E. (2020). Experiencias, situaciones y recursos para el desarrollo de competencias: una aproximación cualitativa con estudiantes de posgrado. Texto Livre, 13(3), 1-24. https://doi.org/10.35699/1983-3652.2020.24900 Choi, M. (2016). A concept analysis of digital citizenship for democratic citizenship education in the internet age. Theory & Research in Social Education, 44(4), 565–607. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2016.1210549 Choi, M., Glassman, M., & Cristol, D. (2017). What it means to be a citizen in the internet age: Development of a reliable and valid digital citizenship scale. Computers & Education, 107, 100–112. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2017.01.002 González-Fernández, R., Palomares-Ruiz, A., López-Gómez, E., & Gento Palacios, S. (2019). Explorando el liderazgo pedagógico del docente: su dimensión formativa. Contextos Educativos. Revista De Educación, (24), 9–25. https://doi.org/10.18172/con.3936 Guerrero Puerta, L., Cacheiro González, M. L., Y Martínez Enriquez , P. (2025). Competencia digital de los estudiantes de Educación Social: del saber hacer a la proyección profesional. RiiTE Revista Interuniversitaria De investigación En Tecnología Educativa, (19), 47–63. https://doi.org/10.6018/riite.684031 Harvey, L., & Green, D. (1993). Defining quality. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 18(1), 9–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/0260293930180102 Isin, E. F., & Ruppert, E. (2015). Being digital citizens. Rowman & Littlefield International. https://research.gold.ac.uk/id/eprint/29321/7/Isin%20and%20Ruppert%20(2020)%20Being%20Digital%20Citizens_Second%20Ed_OA.pdf Lozano-Díaz, A.; Fernández-Prados, J. S. (2019). Hacia una educación para la ciudadanía digital crítica y activa en la universidad. RELATEC: Revista Latinoamericana de Tecnología Educativa, 18(1), 185-197. https://doi.org/10.17398/1695-288X.18.1.185 Mihailidis, P. (2018). Civic media literacies: Re-imagining engagement for civic intentionality. Learning, Media and Technology, 43(2), 152–164. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2018.1428623 Standards and Guidelines for Quality Assurance in the European Higher Education Area (ESG). (2015). ESG 2015. ENQA, ESU, EUA, EURASHE. https://www.enqa.eu/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/ESG_2015.pdf UNESCO Office Montevideo & Regional Bureau for Science in Latin America and the Caribbean, & Morduchowicz, R. (2020). Digital citizenship as public education policy in Latin America. UNESCO. https://coilink.org/20.500.12592/ff8422 Villar-Onrubia, D., Morini, L., Marín, V. I., & Nascimbeni, F. (2022). Critical digital literacy as a key for (post) digital citizenship: An international review of teacher competence frameworks. Journal of e-Learning and Knowledge Society, 18(3), 128–139. https://doi.org/10.20368/1971-8829/1135567 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Securing the Right Qualified Teachers Where They Are Most Needed by the System UNSW Sydney, Australia Presenting Author:On a global scale the school education workforce is under stress. However, staffing issues are heterogenous, multi-dimensional, and localised. Surpluses and shortages can co-exist within systems (Edwards et al., 2025). The consequences of any service disruption are significant for equity, social mobility, economic prosperity and nation level human capital (Bekele et al., 2024; Bi & Li, 2025; Graham & Flamini, 2023; Leoni, 2025). Not surprisingly, there is consensus among governments, policy makers, unions, researchers, and industry experts that the window of opportunity to do something about the teacher workforce is fast closing. What to do about it has proven challenging. Government officials have demonstrated being receptive to empirical evidence on ‘what works’ (Crawfurd et al., 2025), but there remains a dearth of data and evidence that is representative, detailed, and timely (Bleiberg & Kraft, 2023). The lack of a comprehensive understanding of the determinants of teacher labour supply is a major impediment to developing effective workforce policies. The need to go beyond aggregated supply and demand ratios as a basis for policy intervention has been evident for some time. In addition, the teacher labour is not a single labour market. Accreditation requirements in many jurisdictions mean it is segregated across levels (e.g., primary, secondary) and disciplinary areas (e.g., mathematics, science) with limited substitutability, not to mention, geographic inequities (e.g., urban, rural). The policy challenge for government is therefore how to secure the right qualified teachers where they are most needed by the system. This introduces three key problems, ensuring supply is equal to or greater than demand, the proximal housing of teachers to where they are most needed, and having sufficiently attractive working conditions once you have them to keep them. From an explanatory standpoint, and through a systemic lens, meeting school staffing requirements at a systemic scale can be expressed as: SS ⟺〖 N〗_((supply ≥ demand) ) ⋀ H_((proximal to need) ) ⋀ 〖WC〗_((attractive)) Where SS is systemic staffing, N represents the total number of available workers with the goal of supply being equal to or greater than demand, H is housing within proximity of where teachers are needed, and there are corresponding working conditions WC that need to be attractive to current and prospective workers. Systemic staffing exists, and only exists, if the three criteria (supply greater than demand, proximal housing, and attractive working conditions) are all met at the same time. This paper asks the deceptively simple question, how sustainable is the school education workforce? More specifically, it asks ‘What areas are under the greatest workforce stress’ Working with the previously outline explanatory logic, this work makes three contributions. Initially, to the best of our knowledge, it is the first state-wide generalisable approach to measuring systemic staffing sustainability including endogenous (supply and demand, working conditions) and exogenous (proximal housing) measures. Second, empirically the paper provides new evidence on workforce sustainability within a specific site (the Australian state of Victoria). Third, the ‘Teacher Workforce Sustainability’ (TWS) matrix and its underlying explanatory logic, represent a viable data product capable of being deployed in other jurisdictions (assuming access to similar data) to provide a comprehensive multi-dimensional measure capturing the complexity of workforce sustainability. Mindful of enduring issues with scaling up interventions (Banerjee et al., 2017), the TWS matrix meets the need for improved data systems capable of balancing the systemic aggregation and the localised nature of teacher shortages (Nguyen et al., 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We know little about the geography of teacher labour markets. This multi-disciplinary research draws on large-scale longitudinal social (e.g., Australian Bureau of Statistics census data, 2006, 2011, 2016, 2021), education (e.g., Australian Curriculum Assessment and Reporting Authority, 2008-2024), and housing (e.g., Australian Property Monitors, 2006-2024) to develop three domains (supply and demand, proximal housing, and working conditions) data with two temporal regimes (structural conditions 2006-2021; and acute labour-market pressure 2018-2024). These two regimes are analysed separately before being recombined to offer policy relevant findings. First, we built a ‘Structural Workforce Stress Index’ (2006-2021). This index uses indicators available at all four census points (2006, 2011, 2016, 2021). It features supply and demand, proximal housing, and working conditions. These variables capture long-run labour balance, housing access and employment conditions (relative to region). This index answers ‘Which areas have been structurally difficult teacher labour markets over the last two decades?’ Second, we use recent data points to establish an ‘Acute Pressure Index’ (2018-2024). This measures attrition, vacancy rates, applications per vacancy, and housing costs). These are aggregated and standardised annually for means (2018-2024), trends (slopes), and volatility (standard deviation). This index answers ‘Where are staffing pressures most intense right now, regardless of long-run structures?’ Finally, we cross-classify areas into a Teacher Workforce Sustainability matrix of high-high (chronic crisis), high-low (enduring disadvantage, currently stable), low-high (emerging pressure), and low-low (resilient). More informative than a single composite score, this approach is temporally coherent, internally consistent, does not conflate structure with acute pressures, and recognises that workforce stress is not a single phenomenon. In doing so, it offers government and system data insights for long-term planning and short-term intervention. Extensions of the work will be to develop a predictive spatial machine learning pipeline (e.g., Graph Neural Networks [GNN]) to assess and forecast areas under greatest stress. GNN has the capacity to represent and learn from spatially structure data that includes both nodal features (e.g., Local Government Areas) and inter-node relationships (e.g., commuting, working conditions) rather than traditional tabular machine learning models such as OLS and tree-based algorithms that treat each area independently, neglecting spatial autocorrelation and network effects that define real world systems. The primary objective is to quantify the spatial mismatch between supply and demand, proximal housing, and working conditions in the present (longitudinal) and into the future. Such data and evidence will have significant implications for teacher workforce strategies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis indicates several key findings with implications for school systems. First, supply and demand ratios have remained relatively stable over time. This is contrary to most reporting in the field. There has been changes in how work is undertaken (part time to full time ratio), but these remain relative to other professions at a regional level. Similarly, despite often reported findings of extended working hours, relative to other professions teachers are not spending more time in paid employment. Housing is becoming increasingly unaffordable on a teacher salary, and this is leading to greater workforce distribution and longer commuting times. This matters for two reasons. First, longer commuting times are linked to greater stress, more days absent from work, poorer attitudes to work, burn out and greater likelihood of leaving the areas (with cascading effects on remaining staff). Second, existing evidence indicates teachers like to work near where they live or undertook their training (Edwards et al., 2024; Wang & Chen, 2022). This is stimulus for many grow your own approaches to teacher education. The affordability or accessibility of situationally appropriate housing is a significant, if often over-looked, exogenous factor in teacher workforce planning. In sum, based on preliminary analysis, the Teacher Workforce Sustainability matrix has enabled the identification of areas through long-run explanation of why they struggle with staffing, and others where short-run signals indicate the system is currently breaking. References Banerjee, A., et al. (2017). From Proof of Concept to Scalable Policies: Challenges and Solutions, with an Application. The Journal of Economic Perspectives, 31(4), 73-102. Bekele, M., et al. (2024). Human capital development and economic sustainability linkage in Sub-Saharan African countries: Novel evidence from augmented mean group approach. Heliyon, 10(2). Bi, M., & Li, X. (2025). How does education affect human capital and potential productivity in Africa?. - Empirical evidence based on Thornthwaite Memorial and CS-ARDL models. International Journal of Educational Development, 118, 103404. Bleiberg, J. F., & Kraft, M. A. (2023). What Happened to the K–12 Education Labor Market During COVID? The Acute Need for Better Data Systems. Education Finance and Policy, 18(1), 156-172. Crawfurd, L., et al. (2025). Understanding education policy preferences: Survey experiments with policymakers in 35 developing countries. World Development, 196, 107140 Edwards, D. S., et al. (2025). Teacher Shortages: A Framework for Understanding and Predicting Vacancies. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 47(3), 703-729. Edwards, W., et al. (2024). Teaching close to home: Exploring new teachers’ geographic employment patterns and retention outcomes. Teaching and Teacher Education, 145, 104606. Graham, J., & Flamini, M. (2023). Teacher Quality and Students’ Post-Secondary Outcomes. Educational Policy, 37(3), 800-839 Leoni, S. (2025). A Historical Review of the Role of Education: From Human Capital to Human Capabilities. Review of Political Economy, 37(1), 227-244 Nguyen, T. D., Lam, C. B., & Bruno, P. (2024). What Do We Know About the Extent of Teacher Shortages Nationwide? A Systematic Examination of Reports of U.S. Teacher Shortages. AERA Open, 10, 23328584241276512 Wang, Y., & Chen, X. (2022). The draw of hometown: understanding rural teachers’ mobility in Southwest China. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 42(3), 383-397. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 12 SES 12 A JS: Research Workshop: Open Data and Organizations Location: Koski | Hotel Torni Session Chair: Erich Svecnik Research Workshop |
|
|
12. Open Research in Education
Research Workshop Open Data and Organizations 1: University Koblenz, Germany; 2: IQS – Institut des Bundes für Qualitätssicherung im österreichischen Schulwesen; 3: University of Gothenburg Presenting Author:The contemporary transformation of societies, institutions, and scientific practices is increasingly shaped by digital infrastructures and data-intensive modes of knowledge production. In a so-called 'data-driven society', data play an increasingly important role in knowledge generation, decision-making and governance processes (Nayak & Walton, 2024). Data are closely linked to both knowledge production and the actions and decisions derived from knowledge claims. Access to data, particularly research data, is also an important aspect of the open science movement. Open Science can be understood as an umbrella term for a range of movements and practices that have reshaped research processes, infrastructures, and norms since the early 2000s (Fecher & Friesike 2014). It is frequently discussed in relation to innovation, transparency, and the improvement of research and innovation systems, particularly at the European level (European Commission 2022). Open science is grounded not only in efficiency-oriented arguments, but also in a democratic rationale. It is expected to increase participation in the production of scientific knowledge and enhance the societal relevance of research (UNESCO, 2023). From this perspective, sharing research data can be seen as a way of strengthening democratic participation and accountability in educational research across Europe. These developments have significant organizational implications:
From an educational and organizational perspective, these challenges can be interpreted as learning processes at the organizational level. Organizational education, broadly understood as focusing on learning in, of, and between organizations (Göhlich et al. 2018), provides a useful lens for examining how data are transformed into knowledge, how knowledge informs action, and where tensions, resistances, or unintended effects emerge. Rather than assuming a linear relationship between data, knowledge, and action, this perspective invites reflection on the everyday practices through which organizations engage with data, negotiate openness, and balance competing demands. Against this background, the proposed workshop aims to open a space for joint reflection and exchange on open research data and organizations. The guiding question of the workshop is: What challenges and potentials does (open research) data in education bring at the organizational level? The workshop aims to address this question by bringing together different perspectives to explore how organizational contexts can shape, enable or constrain the preparation, sharing and reuse of data. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The workshop is designed as an interactive and collaborative space with an open and participatory format. It combines short input phases with structured opportunities for collective reflection and small-group work. In a first phase, the organizers will introduce the topic of open research data and organizations by briefly. 1. The workshop opens with an initial input that presents the topic of open science as an overarching social development and highlights its significance for changes in the provision and use of data on organizational Level. (-> Tamara Diederichs) 2. This topic is explored in depth using the example of data available for schools and school administration in Austria. IQS is responsible for central performance tests (iKMPLUS), ILSAs, and evaluation studies. In addition schools are obliged to generate data by internal evaluation. This opens up the perspective of what data is available in schools as an example and addresses the availability and use of data at the organisational level. It also addresses the challenges of integrating data from various sources and synopsis in order to generate knowledge and bring knowledge to action (Schildkamp, 2019). (-> Erich Svecnik) 3. The third input provides an organizational education/learning perspective. The focus would be on how open research data becomes (or fails to become) organizational learning in educational practice. This would particularly regard knowing–acting gaps, interpretive work, and the role of professional judgment and responsibility in data-informed educational settings. (-> Charlotte Arkenback-Sundström) In a second phase, participants will be invited to form small groups based on their own research interests, professional backgrounds, or practical experiences. These groups will work on selected sub-questions related to open data at the organizational level, such as organizational strategies for data sharing, ethical and legal constraints, data reuse in organizational learning, or the role of infrastructures and support mechanisms. Participants will be encouraged to draw on concrete cases and theories from their own contexts. This approach is based on the Bar Camp method. The small-group discussions will focus on identifying key tensions, practices, and questions rather than on producing finalized results. As a working output, groups will develop short discussion notes or conceptual sketches that summarize their reflections and highlight emerging themes. The results will be presented in a final plenary session. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The workshop aims to create a reflective space for discussing open research data as an organizational issue in educational research. By bringing together participants from different institutional and national contexts, the workshop is expected to contribute to a more nuanced understanding of how openness, data practices, and organizational learning intersect. As an outcome, the workshop seeks to: • make visible the often implicit organizational conditions shaping data sharing and reuse in education, • identify recurring challenges and potentials across different organizational contexts, • stimulate further conceptual and empirical work on open data from an educational and organizational perspective. The workshop is conceived as a dialogue. Depending on participants’ interests, the discussion outputs may serve as a basis for further joint work. Participants will be invited to consider developing their discussion outputs into contributions for the special issue Open Research Data in Education: Reflections, Practices, and Reuse in the Journal of Open Research in Education (Network 12) NOTE: The research workshop should be submitted as a joint format for NW 12 and 32. References Fecher, B., & Friesike, S. (Hrsg.). (2014). Open science: One term, five schools of thought. In S. Bartling & S. Friesike (Hrsg.), Opening science: The evolving guide on how the internet is changing research, collaboration and scholarly publishing (S. 17–47). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-00026-8 Chauvette, A., Schick-Makaroff, K., & Molzahn, A. E. (2019). Open data in qualitative research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 18, 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406918823863 Diederichs, T., & Fritz, M. (2024). Open-Science-Praktiken in der Erziehungswissenschaft (Preprint/Übersichtsbericht). Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.13880948 European Union. (2025). Data-driven learning: How open data powers the future of education. https://data.europa.eu/en/news-events/news/data-driven-learning-how-open-data-powers-future-education Göhlich, M., Novotný, P., Revsbaek, L., Schröer, A., Weber, S. M., & Yi, B. J. (2018). Research memorandum organizational education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205–215. Helbig, C., & Lukacs, B. (2019). Openness als Prinzip von Organisationsentwicklung: Werkbericht zu partizipationsorientierten Dialogformaten im Projekt OERlabs. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, 14(2), 109–122. https://doi.org/10.3217/zfhe-14-02/06 Krammer, G., & Svecnik, E. (2020). Open science als Beitrag zur Qualität in der Bildungsforschung. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 10, 263–278. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-020-00286-z Nayak, B. S., & Walton, N. (2024). Limits of data society. In Political economy of artificial intelligence (Kap. 7, S. 145–160). Springer. Schildkamp, K. (2019). Data-based decision-making for school improvement: Research insights and gaps. Educational Research, 61(3), 257–273. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2019.1625716 UNESCO. (2021). UNESCO recommendation on open science. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379949/PDF/379949eng.pdf.multi |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 13 SES 12 A Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Joris Vlieghe Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper The Taming of Parenthood: Professionalization and the Illusion of Control KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Parenthood is both a biologically ordinary phenomenon—humans have raised children across generations—and an existentially disruptive, transformative experience (Paul 2015). Contemporary parenting advice—delivered through support programmes, self-help literature, prenatal education, and an expanding ecosystem of expert-driven social media content—promises to help parents navigate this transformation. Such preparation is typically mediated by professional expertise, most prominently psychological expertise, and is oriented toward children’s psycho-physical well-being and the management of developmental challenges (e.g., sleep training, regulating toddlers’ tantrums, fostering communicative openness in adolescence). Empirical research indicates that structured parental support can benefit both children’s developmental outcomes (Jeong et al. 2021) and parents’ sense of competence (Butler et al. 2020). At the same time, critical scholarship has highlighted how these forms of guidance may be experienced as patronizing (Schildermans & Vlieghe 2015), marginalizing, or alienating (Ramaekers & Suissa 2011). Ramaekers and Suissa (2011; 2012) describe this development as the ‘professionalization’ of parenthood: parents are implicitly positioned as responsible for acquiring expert knowledge, engaging in continuous self-education, and enacting their role according to professionalized standards. This expectation is not confined to highly educated parents—who may be particularly attuned to discourses of self-improvement—but appears to cut across social classes (Romagnoli & Wall 2012). More fundamentally, however, the very project of preparation may be conceptually limited. As Paul (2015) argues, becoming a parent is a transformative experience that “radically changes what it is like to be you” (p. 156). If parenthood alters one’s subjective standpoint, then the promise of adequate preparation becomes philosophically questionable. Building on this insight, this paper argues that the professionalization of parenthood has a paradoxical effect. While intended to equip parents for the demands and possible challenges of family life, it may simultaneously undermine their resilience in the face of its irreducible unpredictability. The dominant advice discourse privileges prediction, risk management, measurable milestones, and technique-based intervention. It thereby constructs an image of childrearing as a domain of control: apply the correct strategy and the desired outcome will follow. Deviations from standardized trajectories are easily interpreted as warning signals, generating anxiety and stress (Furedi 2011). In fact, a recent Dutch study reports that parents’ most irritating moments include being interrupted mid-conversation, mealtime struggles, children not listening, persistent demands, and the constant need to tidy up (Lemmen & Luijk 2026). These are not extraordinary breakdowns of an otherwise smooth system; they exemplify the inherently non-linear, relational, and resistant character of upbringing (Meirieu 2013). These frictions —interruptions, resistance, chaos--, which are understood to be at the heart of parental daily stress, are not pathological exceptions but structural features of living with children. I therefore suggest that the professionalization of parenthood fosters an imaginary of control that is at odds with the existential character of upbringing. Parenthood confronts adults with contingency, failure, and exposure to a future that cannot be fully anticipated. Rather than a technique to be mastered through expertise and knowledge, upbringing may require a responsiveness to unpredictability—a capacity to dwell with interruption and frictions rather than eliminate it. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts conceptual philosophical methodology. It does not report new empirical data; rather, it offers a critical analysis of the contemporary 'professionalization' of parenthood through close engagement with philosophical literature, critical educational theory, and selected empirical studies in parenting research. The analysis proceeds in three steps. First, I reconstruct the dominant discourse of professionalized parenting by drawing on scholarly accounts in philosophy of education and sociology (e.g., Ramaekers & Suissa, Faircloth). I will use both empirical research as well as examples from contemporary parenting literature (e.g., popular books, magazines) to articulate the central features of contemporary advice culture (e.g., emphasis on prediction, risk management, standardized milestones, and technique-based intervention). Second, I conduct a conceptual analysis of the notion of “preparation” and to what extent this is even possible when it comes to parenthood. Relying on philosophical sources such as Laura Paul (but not only), I will further investigate the role of 'anticipation' and 'control' in the professionalized parenting discourse. Third, I develop a normative argument concerning the paradoxical effects of professionalization. Drawing on educational-philosophical accounts of openness and unpredictability (e.g., Meirieu), I argue that the framing of upbringing as controllable may undermine parental resilience in the face of everyday disruption and non-linearity. For this section, empirical studies (including recent Dutch research on parental stress) are used illustratively rather than as primary data. They serve to substantiate the claim that the friction and unpredictability of daily family life are structural features of upbringing rather than pathological deviations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper advances a philosophical argument about a central paradox in contemporary parenthood. I argue that current forms of professionalized preparation render parents more informed and technically equipped, yet simultaneously more susceptible to stress in the face of everyday disruptions. By framing upbringing in terms of prediction, risk management, and technique-based control, dominant parenting discourse encourages the expectation that correct strategies will yield stable outcomes. Ordinary frictions—interruptions, resistance, disorder—are thereby experienced as problematic deviations rather than as intrinsic features of family life. The core conclusion is that increased knowledge does not automatically translate into greater resilience. On the contrary, the professionalization of parenthood may intensify vulnerability by obscuring the fundamentally unpredictable and uncontrollable character of being a parent. I suggest that a more adequate philosophical account of parenthood must take unpredictability as constitutive rather than exceptional. References Berg, A., Wiseman, R. (2024) What are children for? On ambivlaence and choice. Oneworld. Butler, J., Gregg, L., Calam, R. et al. (2020) Parents’ Perceptions and Experiences of Parenting Programmes: A Systematic Review and Metasynthesis of the Qualitative Literature. Clin Child Fam Psychol Rev 23: 176–204. Furedi, Frank. (2001). Paranoid parenting. Allen Lane. Jeong, J., Franchett, E. E., Ramos de Oliveira, C. V., Rehmani, K., & Yousafzai, A. K. (2021). Parenting interventions to promote early child development in the first three years of life: A global systematic review and meta-analysis. PLoS medicine, 18(5). Lemmen, C. & Luijk, M. (2026) Ouders onder Druk: Ouderschap in een veeleisende tijd. Meirieu, P. (2013) Frankenstein pédagogue. ESF. Paul, L. A. (2015). What you can't expect when you're expecting'. Res Philosophica 92 (2): 149–170. Ramaekers, S., & Suissa, J. (2011). Parents as ‘educators’. Languages of education, pedagogy and ‘parenting’. Ethics and Education, 6(1). Ramaekers, S., & Suissa, J. (2012) The claims of parenting. Springer. Romagnoli, A. & Wall, G. (2012) ‘I know I'm a good mom’: Young, low-income mothers’ experiences with risk perception, intensive parenting ideology and parenting education programmes, Health, Risk & Society, 14(3), 273-289. Schildermans, H., & Vlieghe, J. (2018). Biopolitics and boredom in the waiting room. On the power of being bored in the context of preventive family support. Critical studies in education, 59(3), 330-347. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper A Diffractive Analysis of Digital Technology Encounters in Philosophy with Children (PwC) 1: Middle East Technical University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Bursa Uludağ University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Early childhood education (ECE) is largely shaped by dominant developmentalist discourses and developmental psychology, children are commonly categorised according to age and ability, and positioned as egocentric, unmature, or inherently fragile subjects (Murris, 2016; Taylor, 2013). Accordingly, childhood is often treated as a universal and temporally bounded stage defined by specific developmental characteristics in traditional early childhood (EC) research (Kromidas, 2014). Within this framework, digital technology can be typically positioned as an environmental factor or pedagogical tool that acts upon childhood from the outside (Arabiat et al., 2023). However, such an approach can limit children’s engagements with the technological world to the roles of user, consumer, or learner (Kumpulainen et al., 2020; Neumann et al., 2016), thereby reproducing a binary and hierarchical framing of human-technology relations (Radesky & Hiniker, 2022). This study diffractively traces how the concept of childhood is produced and reconfigured through intra-actions (Barad, 2007) with digital technologies in Philosophy with Children (PwC) (Lipman, 2003; Murris, 1992) sessions. Drawing on Karen Barad’s agential realism (Barad, 2007; 2018), the study does not approach child-technology relations through a subject-object duality but attends to intra-actions that are always already in a state of becoming (Haraway, 2008), through which children and technologies emerge. Therefore, the study attends to the material-discursive encounters, the boundaries they enact, and the exclusions they produce, through which childhood comes to matter rather than treating childhood as a predefined category (Barad, 2007). Philosophy with Children (PwC) is grounded in the concept of the community of enquiry and positions philosophy as an enquiry practice in which children participate actively (Lipman, 2003). This method is grounded in the posing of open-ended philosophical questions, which invite children to critically examine assumptions and to move beyond conventional, school-based modes of questioning (Murris, 2000). The primary reason for adopting the Philosophy with Children (PwC) in this study is that it positions children as epistemic agents and conceptualises meaning as emerging through dialogue, relationality, and collaborative thought processes. From the perspective of Karen Barad’s agential realism, meaning and subjectivity are relationally constituted through intra-actions of human and nonhuman (Barad, 2007). In this context, PwC sessions can make it possible to consider children’s entanglements with digital technologies (e.g., robot toys, tablets, interactive whiteboards) as intra-active ontological spaces in which the concept of childhood is discursively and materially reconfigured. This study can offer a critical contribution to EC studies that approach childhood through fixed developmental categories (e.g. Copple & Bredekamp, 2009). Theoretically, the study can contribute to rethinking childhood, technology, and agency beyond subject-object dualisms (Braidotti, 2013). Instead of defining childhood as a stable concept, the study traces the material-discursive arrangements through which childhood is enacted. Therefore, it can offer a posthumanist analytical orientation for childhood studies. From an educational perspective, this study can enable a rethinking of Philosophy with Children (PwC) practices as sites in which childhood and technology can be co-constituted. The study foregrounds PwC sessions as material-discursive spaces where ethical relations and modes of becoming-child (Haraway, 2008) emerge through intra-actions. In this sense, the study moves beyond instrumental approaches to digital technologies in ECE, and contributes to a more expansive engagement with the pedagogical, ethical, and ontological dimensions of child-technology relations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used While this study is positioned within the tradition of qualitative research, it adopts a posthumanist thought (Braidotti, 2019) and postqualitative methodologies (Murris, 2021). In this study, data are approached as a phenomenon that comes to matter through material-discursive encounters among children, digital technologies, space, time, bodies, and pedagogical arrangements (Barad, 2007; Koro-Ljungberg et al., 2018). Three extended and intensive PwC sessions were conducted by the researchers in a kindergarten with a group of children aged 5-6 years and were developed through a process of progettazione (Rinaldi, 1998), informed by a pedagogy emerging from the diffraction of Philosophy with Children and Reggio Emilia approaches (Murris, 2017). After ethical approvals were granted, we started the study by building communities of philosophical enquiry (Lipman et al. 1976). Different digital technologies (e.g. a robot toy, a tablet, and an interactive smartboard) were used as provocations for philosophical enquiry about technological devices. Children used various expressive materials to think with their hands, and engaged with questions raised by themselves, such as, “Does the smart board get angry?”, “Does the tablet get sad when it breaks down?”, “Can a robot be a friend?”, and many more. Within this framework, what came to matter as data emerged through the intra-action of naturalistic observations, video-recorded PwC sessions, children’s drawings and material productions, and the researcher’s journal, all of which were engaged as entangled components of the research-making "apparatus" (Barad, 2007, p. 434). Standard measurement tools were not employed in this study. Diffraction was engaged as a methodological orientation shaping how data came to matter and how analysis was undertaken (Barad, 2007; 2014). Diffractive analysis (Barad, 2014; Bozalek, 2017) attends to how encounters among children, digital technologies, and pedagogical arrangements produce differences, what meanings become possible and what exclusions are enacted, instead of coding what children’s statements mean in a representational sense. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In our diffractive analysis, we read the children’s engagements with a robot toy, a tablet, and an interactive whiteboard through Barad’s (2007) agential realism, allowing theory and data to intra-act (Murris, 2022). Drawing on early diffractive engagements and pilot observations of video-recorded sessions, children’s drawings, and material productions, the analysis traces childhood as coming to matter beyond frameworks of ‘developmental deficiency’ (Piaget, 1977) or ‘readiness to learn’ (Gesell, 1933). Children’s practices such as naming, thanking, and inviting the robot toy, the tablet, and the interactive smartboard into collective dialogue reconfigure children-technology relations beyond user-tool logics, and participate in the reconfiguring of childhood as a relational and intra-active enactment of agency. References Barad, K. (2007) Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Duke University Press. Barad, K. (2014) ‘Diffracting diffraction: cutting together-apart’, Parallax, 20(3), pp. 168-187. Barad, K. (2018) ‘Troubling time/s and ecologies of nothingness: on the im/possibilities of living and dying in the void’, in Fritsch, M., Lynes, P. & Wood, D. (eds) Ecodeconstruction: Derrida and Environmental Philosophy, pp. 206-248. New York: Fordham University Press. Bozalek, V. (2017) Slow scholarship in writing retreats: A diffractive methodology for response-able pedagogies. South African Journal of Higher Education, 31(2), 40–57. Braidotti, R. (2013) The Posthuman. Cambridge: Polity Press. Copple, C. & Bredekamp, S. (2009). Developmentally appropriate practice in early childhood programs serving children from birth through age 8. National Association for the Education of Young Children. Gesell, A. (1933). Maturation and the patterning of behavior. In C. Murchison (Ed.), A handbook of child psychology. Russell & Russell/Atheneum Publishers. Haraway, D. J. (2008) When species meet. University of Minnesota Press. Koro-Ljungberg, M., Ulmer, J. & MacLure, M. (2018). “D…a…t…a…, Data++, Data, and Some Problematics.” In The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research, Ed. N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln, 462–483. Sage Publications. Kromidas, M. (2014) The ‘savage’ child and the nature of race: Posthuman interventions from New York City. Anthropological Theory, 14(4), 422–41. Kumpulainen, K., Sairanen, H., & Nordström, A. (2020). Young children's digital literacy practices in the sociocultural contexts of their homes. Journal of Early Childhood Literacy, 20(3), 472–499. Murris, K. (1992). Teaching philosophy with picture books. Infonet Publications. Murris, K. (2000). Can children do philosophy? Journal of Philosophy of Education, 34 (2), Murris, K. (2016) The posthuman child: educational transformation through philosophy with picturebooks. Routledge. Murris, K. (2021). Navigating the Postqualitative. In New Materialist and Critical Posthumanist Terrain Across Disciplines: An Introductory Guide, Ed. K. Murris, 62–85. Routledge. Neumann, M. M., Finger, G., & Neumann, D. L. (2016). A conceptual framework for emergent digital literacy. Early Childhood Education Journal, 45(4), 471–479. Piaget, J. (1977). The development of thought: equilibration of cognitive structures. Blackwell. Radesky, J., & Hiniker, A. (2022). From moral panic to systemic change: Making child-centered design the default. International journal of child-computer interaction, 31, 100351. Taylor, A. (2013) Reconfiguring the natures of childhood. Routledge. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Representing Suffering for Preschool Children: a Philosophical Inquiry Södertörn University, Sweden Presenting Author:Philosophically, suffering can be understood as ontological and inherent to the human condition (Mintz 2022). Historically, the Western understanding of suffering has shifted significantly. Early Christian theology viewed it as an aspect of existence that required metaphysical explanation and even as desirable; it was through enduring suffering the human being could approach the divine. Later, in civil and secular contexts, suffering came to be interpreted as a practical problem primarily demanding scientific explanation (Delbanco 1995, Svendsen 2005, Neiman 2015) and thus understood as a rational intervention. After World War II, Europe education systems increasingly became oriented toward the good (Bergdahl & Langmann 2018), distancing pedagogy from life's darker dimensions. That means relatively little is known about suffering in pedagogical settings and the role it plays in them. Landahl (2006) shows, from the late 20th century onward increasingly schools have positioned themselves as milieus of healing, safety and continuity, as opposed to crisis and tragedies. When suffering or pain is addresses, the focus has typically been on allowing students to ventilate emotions rather than engaging in deeper meaning-oriented conversations about it. The question of suffering in pedagogy is arguably most challenging in early childhood education, given that young children are seen as vulnerable and their trust in the world and relationships must be nourished. This requires especially thoughtful and careful approaches to representing suffering in a way that can balance protection and at the same time give a meaningful understanding of the difficult and traumatic but fundamental existential realities (Author 2, 2025, Mollenhauer 2014). In the paper we aim to examine suffering and representations of suffering in early childhood pedagogy. Specifically, it explores the possible pedagogical qualities, potential opportunities and risks that exist in representations of suffering for younger children. How can educators navigate the ethical responsibility of protecting children while also preparing them to understand and, more important, to create meaning from traumatic knowledge and experiences? The paper is a philosophical inquiry divided into two parts, exploring the pedagogical qualities, potential opportunities, and risks involved in representing suffering to young children. The first part develops Mollenhauer’s work (2014), while the second draws on earlier work by Author 2 (2025). Together, these sections show that although teachers often hesitate to address suffering in practice, it remains essential not to overlook it. Instead, we argue that teachers can help children create meaning from traumatic knowledge and experiences. We begin by briefly outlining how suffering and its representation in early childhood education have been understood in previous research. The idea that learning and knowledge can emerge from suffering has a long tradition in philosophy and philosophy of education. Mintz (2022) demonstrates how suffering is integral to learning and to understanding the human condition. “Socrates is an expert in pain,” writes Mintz (2022, p. 267), and explains how Socratic pedagogy is a painful but necessary process in which the teacher knows when to provoke and when to reveal suffering. (Mintz 2022, p. 267). Within educational research on trauma and suffering scholars emphasize both value and risks of engaging with suffering. Zembylas (2013), Nussbaum (1996) and Bottery (1993) argue that cultivating sensitivity to suffering is essential for developing compassion, which Zembylas (2013) frames as a “pedagogy of compassion”. Zembylas (2013) argues that such pedagogy helps students recognize and resist suffering, while Nussbaum (1996, p. 58) stresses the importance of allowing students to become “tragic spectators” through narratives that portray suffering. For younger children, representations of atrocities in children’s literature may be pedagogically meaningful by presenting “potential trauma in a controlled context” (Nesfield & Smith 2023, s. 2), while suppressing collective trauma, such as the Holocaust, Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used risks diminishing moral understanding and compassion in a society (Bottery 1993). At the same time, exposure to suffering may lead to empathy fatigue and emotional numbing (Zembylas 2013), foster a paralyzing victim mentality (Zembylas 2013) and result in ethically inappropriate responses among younger children (Nesfield & Smith 2023). Representations of children’s suffering have been critically examined by Autor 1 (2015, 2017, 2020), who, drawing on Ahmed (2004), argues that suffering is always mediated by power and political discourse, raising questions about whose suffering is represented and who benefits from such representations. Dolk’s (2024) interview study shows that preschool teachers often avoid addressing visible forms of suffering, such as begging, as these issues are experienced as overwhelming and pedagogically difficult. This scholarship highlights suffering as a fundamental, leaving its place in educational practice unclear. In what follows we develop Mollenhauer’s idea of representing the world for children, and its implications for education. Mollenhauer, and on representing life for children Preschools are special places. The children are very young and have not yet been introduced to the many different aspects of life. Teachers working with them carry the responsibility of opening the world to these children, an assignment in which learning and caring are inseparably intertwined. Mollenhauer (2014) writes on the phenomenon of presentation and representation as educational questions. The children are presented to the world as infants and as young children by the parents – but also, we argue, by the preschool teachers. The world is later, and by the preschool teachers represented to the children through teaching and schooling. Mollenhauer (2014) writes on how education can be understood as a huge montage of pictures and representations that are not the things themselves but that point out things and phenomena. What we are interested in is when these representations contain suffering – representations of the very difficult parts of life. It can be pictures or stories of atrocities, crimes, death or evil. It can come in forms of storytelling – like childrens’ books, from media, or concrete stories form the children’s home. In the paper we aim to develop Mollenhauer’s understanding of what this kind of representation can mean, by developing Author’s 2 work on representations of evil in preschool teaching. Representing suffering in preschool teaching? In Autor 2's work (2025) on representations on evil and preschool teaching, evil have been defined as cruelty and suffering. The results of the interview Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings study with preschool teachers show a tendency that is likewise toDolk’s (2024) findings. Preschool teachers demonstrate reluctance to address experiences and representations of suffering with young children, articulating this reluctance through several main arguments grounded in a view that the child need protection and a feeling of ontological safety (Author 2, 2025). The primary argument centers on preserving children's sense of security and emotional wellbeing: teachers describe preschool as a form of sanctuary where children should be shielded from reality's traumatic aspects, until children themselves initiate conversations about difficult topics. This protective stance is reinforced by teachers' concern about contributing to what they perceive as children's existing overexposure to violence and cruelty through media. Teachers articulate their professional role as focused on cultivating timeless virtues oriented toward hope, optimism, and the good aspects of life and coexistence with others, rather than confronting contemporary suffering. The reluctance is also professionally motivated by desire for collegial consensus, as divergent perspectives on addressing difficult and traumatic issues are viewed as potential threats to the psychosocial stability of a workplace stability. This can indirectly be seen as a provision of security for themselves as well as for children, whose security is articulated in a manifest way (Author 2, 2025). Thus, the pedagogical space is separated from direct representations of worldly suffering, while teachers strive to remain responsive when children themselves bring concerns with traumatic issues into the preschool environment (Author 2, 2025). In the paper, we will focus on how these concerns of introducing representations of suffering in preschool teaching develops Mollenhauer’s theory, particularly in relation to young preschool children. We will do so by continue exploring the question: How can educators navigate the ethical responsibility of protecting children while also preparing them to understand and to create meaning from traumatic knowledge and experiences? References Ahmed, S. (2004). The cultural politics of emotion. Edinburgh University Press. Bergdahl, L., & Langmann, E. (2018). Time for values: Responding educationally to the call from the past. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 37, s. 367–382. Bottery, M. (1993). The teaching of evil. Oxford Review of Education, 19(3), s. 319–336. Delbanco, A. (1995). The Death of Satan: How Americans Have Lost the Sense of Evil. New York: Farrar, Dolk, K. (2024). Att hantera tiggeri som samhällsfenomen i förskolan: Pedagogiska och etiska svårigheter kring ett känsligt och kontroversiellt ämne. Pedagogisk Forskning I Sverige , 29(1-2), 74–96. https://doi.org/10.15626/pfs29.0102.04 Author 1, 2020 Removed for peer-review. Author 1, 2019 Removed for peer-review. Author 1, 2015 Removed for peer-review. Landahl, J. (2006). Auktoritet och ansvar: Lärares fostrans- och omsorgsarbete i historisk belysning. Diss. Stockholm universitet. Mintz, A.I. (2022) Plato, the Poets, and the Philosophical Turn in the Relationship Between Teaching, Learning, and Suffering. Studies in Philosophy and Education 41, 259–271. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-022-09823-x Mollenhauer, K. 2014, Forgotten Connections: On Culture and Upbringing, trans.. Norm Friesen. London: Routledge. Neiman, S. (2015). Evil in Modern Thought: An Alternative History of Philosophy. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Nesfield, V. & Smith, P. (2023). Introduction. I: Nesfield, V. & Smith, P. (red.), Repre¬senting Childhood and Atrocity. Albany: State University of New York Press. Nussbaum, M., (1996). Compassion: The basic social emotion. Social Philosophy and Policy, 13(1), s. 27–58. Author 2, 2025 Removed for peer-review. Svendsen, L. F. H. (2005). Ondskans filosofi. Stockholm: Natur och Kultur. Schweber, S. (2008). “What happened to their pets?”: Third graders encounter the Holocaust. Teachers College Record, 110 (10), 2073-2115. Zembylas, M., (2013). The “crisis of pity” and the radicalization of solidarity: Toward critical pedagogies of compassion. Educational Studies, 49(6), s. 504–521. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 14 SES 12 A: Ecologies of Education in Contexts of Forced Migration: Schools, Communities, and Non-Formal Providers in Central and Eastern Europe. Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Eszter Neumann Panel Discussion |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Panel Discussion Ecologies of Education in Contexts of Forced Migration: Schools, Communities, and Non-Formal Providers in Central and Eastern Europe 1: TU Dresden; 2: DSW University of Lower Silesia; 3: ELTE Centre for Social Sciences Presenting Author:This panel engages with the concept of Ecologies of Education to examine how educational processes are embedded in, shaped by, and responsive to complex social, cultural, and political environments. Drawing on ecological perspectives in educational theory, the panel foregrounds the interdependencies between formal and non-formal education providers, schools, families, community initiatives, and wider societal structures. Particular attention is paid to educational responses to forced migration and displacement, with a focus on the arrival of Ukrainian families in Central and Eastern Europe since 2022. The panel builds on Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems theory, which conceptualises education as situated within nested and interacting systems, ranging from the microsystem of everyday educational interactions to broader meso-, exo-, and macro-level structures such as education governance, migration regimes, and socio-economic inequalities. This ecological perspective is complemented by research on school-family-community partnerships and educational cooperation, which conceptualise education as a shared responsibility across institutional and non-institutional actors. These approaches provide a framework for understanding education not as an isolated institutional process, but as an ecological phenomenon shaped by relational networks, contextual constraints, and power relations. The panel extends this framework by focusing on the role of non-formal education providers within educational ecologies, highlighting their particular relevance in contexts of migration, crisis, and displacement. Empirically, the panel brings together qualitative case studies from Poland, Germany, and Hungary that examine educational initiatives responding to the forced displacement of Ukrainian children and families. The contribution from Poland analyses a refugee-led “Invisible School” established by displaced Ukrainian teachers and attended by refugee children, which operated for an extended period outside the formal Polish education system. Conceptualised as a node within a local educational ecology, the case highlights how dense relationships between teachers, families, students, and community actors sustain educational provision in the absence of institutional recognition. The study shows how refugee educators and parents co-construct alternative educational pathways that respond to immediate needs while continuously negotiating legitimacy, resources, and relations with host-society institutions. The German contribution focuses on schools working with students affected by forced migration, with particular attention to parental engagement under conditions of socio-economic inequality and displacement. Drawing on interviews with teachers from the Erasmus project Act4Mig, the paper identifies professional uncertainties, structural barriers, and institutional blind spots in school-family cooperation, especially in relation to migration- and poverty-sensitive parental work. It demonstrates how educational success and inclusion are shaped within educational ecologies characterised by unequal access to resources, differentiated parental capital, and limited institutional support for intercultural cooperation. The Hungarian contribution examines non-formal education initiatives and civil solidarity mobilisations operating under an illiberal political context and rigid integration policies. Based on interviews with civil and grassroots actors, the study analyses how non-state educational initiatives navigate moral and political dilemmas, develop alternative visions of educational inclusion, and position themselves in relation to state policies. The findings show how non-formal education spaces function simultaneously as sites of care, resilience, and everyday resistance, shaping the mesosystem of refugee education while responding to the immediate needs of displaced families. Taken together, the panel contributions demonstrate that educational responses to forced migration cannot be adequately understood through national policies or formal institutional arrangements alone. Instead, they emerge within dynamic educational ecologies shaped by local actors, informal practices, historical traditions, and unequal power relations between institutions and communities. By combining ecological theory with empirically grounded case studies, the panel contributes to a deeper understanding of how schools, families, and non-formal actors navigate the challenges of forced migration. It invites a rethinking of education as a relational, community-embedded practice and highlights the importance of non-formal education providers in sustaining inclusive educational pathways across diverse European contexts. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2006). The bioecological model of human development. In R. M. Lerner (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology (6th ed., Vol. 1, pp. 793–828). Wiley. Campbell, P., Klein, E. D., & Sawalhi, R. (2023). Leading in times of disruption – preparedness, problems, and possibilities (Part 1). School Leadership & Management*, 43(2), 99–103. [https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2023.2217499] Dryden-Peterson, S., Adelman, E., Bellino, M. J., & Chopra, V. (2019). The purposes of refugee education: Policy and practice of including refugees in national education systems. Sociology of Education, 92(4), 346–366. Ellis, C. (2007). Telling secrets, revealing lives: Relational ethics in research with intimate others. Qualitative Inquiry, 13(1), 3–29. [https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800406294947] Epstein, J. L. (2011). School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools. Westview Press. Epstein, J. L., Sanders, M. G., Sheldon, S. B., Simon, B. S., Salinas, K. C., Jansorn, N. R., Van Voorhis, F. L., Martin, C. S., Thomas, B. G., Greenfeld, M. D., Hutchins, D. J., & Williams, K. J. (2018). School, family, and community partnerships: Your handbook for action (4th ed.). Corwin. Feischmidt, M., Pries, L., & Cantat, C. (Eds.). (2019). Refugee protection and civil society in Europe. Palgrave Macmillan. Forell, M., Bellenberg, G., Gerhards, L., & Schleenbecker, L. (Eds.). (2023). Schule als Sozialraum im Sozialraum: Theoretische und empirische Erkundung sozialräumlicher Dimensionen von Schule. Waxmann. Freire, P. (2013). Education for critical consciousness (Reprint ed.). Bloomsbury Academic. Herbst, M., & Sitek, M. (2023). Education in exile: Ukrainian refugee students in the schooling system in Poland following the Russian–Ukrainian war. European Journal of Education, 58(4), 575–594. [https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12587] Horton, M., & Freire, P. (1990). We make the road by walking: Conversations on education and social change. Temple University Press. Illich, I. (1971). Celebration of awareness. Calder & Boyars. Kollender, E. (2020). Eltern – Schule – Migrationsgesellschaft: Neuformation von rassistischen Ein- und Ausschlüssen in Zeiten neoliberaler Staatlichkeit. transcript Verlag. Mendel, M. (2017). Pedagogika miejsca wspólnego: Miasto i szkoła. Wydawnictwo Akademickie Katedra. Pinson, H., & Arnot, M. (2020). Wasteland revisited: Defining an agenda for a sociology of education and migration. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41(6), 830–844. [https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2020.1755229] Thiel, A. (2013). Bildungslandschaften und Schulentwicklung. Springer VS. Thiel, A., & Rauschenbach, T. (2016). Kooperation im Bildungswesen. Beltz Juventa. Chair Kristina Kocyba, Technische Universität Dresden, kristina,kocyba@tu-dresden.de |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 14 SES 12 B: Family and Educational Choices in Youth Transitions. Location: E350 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Arto Lehtola Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper The Role of Family Background, Financial Situation, and Cultural Consumption in the Choice of Supplementary Activities in Kindergarten in Hungary Eszterházy Károly Catholic University, Hungary Presenting Author:The proposed panel discussion focuses on the role of family background—particularly financial situation, cultural consumption, and settlement context—in shaping parents’ choices of supplementary activities in kindergarten, with special attention to early foreign language provision. While early childhood education and care (ECEC) is widely recognised as a key area for reducing social inequalities, access to supplementary preschool activities often reflects and reproduces existing social differences. The panel aims to explore how these mechanisms operate within the Hungarian ECEC system and how they relate to broader European and international patterns. Supplementary kindergarten activities—such as foreign languages, sports, dance, chess, or religious education—are usually optional programmes that extend beyond the core curriculum. Although they are often presented as opportunities for enrichment and early skill development, participation in these activities is strongly influenced by families’ social, financial, and cultural resources. The panel addresses the tension between the compensatory role of ECEC and the early reproduction of inequality through differentiated access to such programmes. Based on our review of the literature, we formulated three research questions and three hypotheses for our study: 1. What factors influence parents' decisions regarding supplementary kindergarten activities among families from different social backgrounds? 2. How do the chances of choosing certain types of activities (foreign languages, sports, dance, religious education, chess) vary depending on the type of settlement, financial situation, and cultural consumption? 3. Which social resources prove to be the strongest predictors in the choice of preschool activities? H1: Parents living in cities are more likely to choose extra preschool activities than those living in villages. H2: The more favorable the family's financial situation, the more likely parents are to choose costly activities (e.g., foreign languages, chess). The primary objective of the panel is to foster a comparative and critical discussion on how early social selection processes emerge within ECEC systems, and how policy and institutional practices might mitigate or exacerbate these inequalities. By situating the Hungarian case within a wider European and international context, the panel aims to contribute to ongoing debates on equity, accessibility, and social justice in early childhood education. The panel draws on interdisciplinary theoretical perspectives from sociology of education and early childhood studies. Key reference points include theories of social reproduction and cultural capital, particularly Bourdieu’s concept of cultural capital Zsolnai, 2006), which highlights how family practices and values shape children’s early learning opportunities. Coleman’s work on educational inequality (Coleman, 1966) and Heckman’s (2011a, 2011b) economic arguments on early investment provide a broader framework for understanding why early differences in access matter for later life outcomes. In addition, international ECEC policy frameworks—such as the OECD’s Starting Strong reports (2015, 2018, 2021)—offer an important lens for interpreting the findings in relation to quality, inclusiveness, and equal access. These perspectives allow the panel to connect micro-level parental decision-making processes with macro-level policy and institutional structures. Although the empirical focus is Hungary, the issues addressed are highly relevant across Europe and beyond. Many ECEC systems face similar challenges regarding the differentiation of early learning opportunities and the uneven distribution of supplementary programmes. The panel invites reflection on how national traditions, institutional arrangements, and local availability interact with family resources in shaping early educational trajectories. By bringing together perspectives on parental choice, institutional responsibility, and policy implications, the panel aims to stimulate dialogue among researchers working in different European contexts. The discussion will highlight both common patterns and context-specific differences, contributing to a deeper understanding of how early childhood education can either reduce or reinforce social inequalities at a very early stage. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research involves a quantitative study that analyzes parents' decisions regarding supplementary kindergarten activities. The aim of the research was to explore the extent to which social background, financial situation, cultural consumption, and local characteristics influence the choice of kindergarten activities. The study was conducted using a questionnaire compiled by the authors, which included questions about the child's kindergarten care, demand for extra activities, and family background variables. Data collection took place between November 2023 and February 2024. The research was based on personal visits to 110 preschools in three counties in Hungary (Borsod-Abaúj-Zemplén, Hajdú-Bihar, and Szabolcs-Szatmár-Bereg). The questionnaires were distributed and collected in paper form. During data collection, parents were contacted through kindergartens. We visited the institutions participating in the research in person using a multi-stage sample, where we distributed paper-based questionnaires to parents. A total of 1,200 questionnaires were distributed, of which 1,036 were returned in an evaluable form. The data collection method proved to be particularly suitable for reaching rural and small settlement areas. The sample was representative in terms of county distribution and settlement type. We named the completed database "Choice of kindergarten from a parental perspective with a focus on foreign languages" (ÓVISZIN). The composition of the sample allows for the comparison of parents from different social and regional backgrounds. During our study, we analyzed the data using the SPSS statistical program, performing cross-tabulation, ANOVA, and cluster analysis. The analysis program allowed us to combine items for certain questions, thereby creating new variables, as well as to calculate significance levels between the different groups. Prior to applying ANOVA, we also examined the distributions, and when interpreting the results, we took into account any possible distortions in the distributions. We analyzed the choice of supplementary activities in kindergarten using binary logistic regression, which allowed us to examine the extent to which individual social background variables increase or decrease the likelihood of choosing these activities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed that the choice of extra preschool activities already reflects significant social differences at the early childhood education level. Access to activities is influenced by the local environment, the family's financial situation, and cultural activities, which result in differences that can affect learning. The role of cultural capital proved to be particularly significant in the case of foreign language, chess, and dance classes, the choice of which is mostly linked to the active cultural participation of parents. The theoretical contribution of the research lies in its complex examination of the mechanisms determining activity selection by looking at several background factors together. The presentation of the combined effects of settlement type, financial situation, and cultural consumption offers a new approach to Hungarian kindergarten choice research and contributes to the international ECEC discourse, which increasingly emphasizes resource-sensitive approaches. The study also points out that certain activities are accessible to broader social strata, while others are accessible depending on family capital. For kindergartens, the research highlights the importance of taking into account the resources of families and the characteristics of local communities when designing activities. For policymakers, this suggests that improving the quality and accessibility of activities, especially in disadvantaged areas, can be an effective means of promoting equal opportunities. Another important issue is the role and competence of teachers, who play a key role in the value transmission and quality of preschool programs. Overall, the study draws attention to the fact that access to preschool activities not only shapes children's early learning experiences, but can also influence their chances of social mobility in the longer term. Based on the results, an approach is outlined that treats preschool supplementary programs not only as an educational opportunity but also as a socioeconomic factor. References Allehyani, H. S. (2022). Equity, diversity and inclusion: Practioners' perspectives toward reforming Early Childhood curriculum in Saudi Arabia. International Journal of Special Education, 37(3), 15448-15480. Bodovski, K. (2010). Parental practices and educational achievement. British Journal of Sociology of Education. Bosetti, L. (2004). Determinants of school choice. Journal of School Choice, 1(4), 89–110. Burgess, S. et. al. (2015). What parents want: School preferences and trade-offs. Economic Journal, 125(587), 1262–1289. Coleman, J. S. (1966). Equality of educational opportunity. U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare European Commission (2014). Key data on early childhood education and care in Europe. Fung, K.-H. C., & Lam, C.-C. (2011). Empowering parents’ choice of schools: The rhetoric and reality of how Hong Kong kindergarten parents choose schools under the voucher scheme. Current Issues in Education, 14(1). Retrieved from Heckman, James J. – Masterov, Dimitriy V. (2007): The Productivity Argument for Investing in Young Children. Heckman, J. J. (2011a). The economics of inequality: The value of early childhood education. American Educator, 35(1), 31. Heckman J. J. (2011b). The American Family in Black & White: A Post-Ra-cial Strategy for Improving Skills to Promote Equality Kampichler, M., Dvořáčková, J., & Jarkovská, L. (2018). Choosing the right kindergarten: parents’ reasoning about their ECEC choices in the context of the diversification of ECEC programs. Journal of Pedagogy, 9(2), 9-32. Mándoki, R., & Hegedűs, R. (2025). A szülők óvodaválasztását meghatározó tényezők. Educatio, 33(4), 464-476. https://doi.org/10.1556/2063.33.2024.4.5 Melhuish, E., & Gardiner, J. (2019). Structural factors and policy in ECEC quality. Early Child Development and Care, 189(8), 133–149. Qizi, E. D. A. (2021). Ways and methods of teaching english in kindergarten. Наука и образование сегодня, 2 (61), 86-88. Specht. I. O. et. al. (2022): Types of kindergarten and their relationship with parental and children's socio-demographic characteristics in Denmark. DOI: Sylva, K. et. al. (2004). The Effective Provision of Pre-School Education (EPPE) Project: Final report. Department for Education and Skills. Teszenyi, E., & Hevey, D. (2015). Age group, location or pedagogue: Factors affecting parental choice of kindergartens in Hungary. Early Child Development and Care, 185(11-12), 1961-1977. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1028391 Vincent, C., & Ball, S. J. (2007). Making up the middle-class child. Sociology, 41(6), 1061–1077 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Young Adults’ Narratives of Parental Support During Their School Path University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:It is known that the basis of mental health emerges in the interplay between developmental contexts (Bronfenbrenner, 1979). One crucial context is home. It has been shown that not only family-related difficulties, but also positive experiences of parenting have lasting effects on young people's lives. Although several home environment related risk factors — such as parental psychological control (Barber, 2002) and neglectful parenting (Haslam & Taylor, 2022) — have been identified to relate children’s and adolescents’ well-being, much less is known about how young adults incorporate these experiences into their life stories (Babu et al., 2024; Vasbø & Hegna, 2025) and evolving narrative identities (McAdams & McLean, 2013). Thus, it is essential not only to examine how parents support their children, but also to understand how the children subjectively construct a perception of who they are and what they can achieve (McAdams & McLean, 2013). This study responds to this need by asking: How do young adults position their parents and themselves when narrating parental support during their school path? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research material consisted of semi-structured thematic interviews with 33 Finnish 23-year-old adults (born in 2000). The participants for the interviews were selected from the longitudinal data based on the completion time of upper secondary school studies. Among 151 invited young adults 33 participated (18 women, 14 men, and one "other” gender) of which 34 % of the interviewees had completed and 66 % of them had not completed their upper secondary education within 3.5 years of starting their studies (by the end of 2019). Interviews explored the challenges young adults had faced in their school years and the support they received to overcome them. The data was analyzed narratively (REF.). We conducted an inductive analysis by repeatedly reading the interview transcripts. Using Atlas software, the first author collected all young adults’ accounts of parental support, and the team identified various narrative types from the data based on distinct storylines, narrative context (e.g. school success, guidance, financial support) as well as thematic similarities and differences. Following Bamberg’s (1997) story-level analysis, we examined how young adults positioned themselves and their parents in different narrative types, considering both narrated past events and present reflections. This process resulted in five story types, from which composite narratives were constructed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings These narratives on parental support convey the important viewpoints of young adults themselves: how parents may influence the fulfilment of basic psychological needs, and how such support can extend beyond the home. Young adults’ narratives of parental support also revealed that encouraging school engagement can reinforce relatedness beyond the home. Parental support emerged positively in narratives of emotional support, where the home was portrayed as a safe haven; in narratives of parental advocacy, which emphasized practical assistance; and in narratives of parental nudging, where the narrator recognized a balance between autonomy and restriction. Taken together, these narratives highlighted that agency depends on the recognition of psychological needs by others. Especially relatedness and autonomy were fostered in these positive narratives, whereas narratives of pressure and ignorance seemed to constrain fulfillment of basic psychological needs. Ultimately, unmet needs underscore the necessity of reconstructing narratives of past experiences so that coherent resolution can be achieved in adulthood. References Babu, N., Fatima, M., & Arora, M. (2024). The dynamic nature of parenting practices: A qualitative enquiry of parenting adolescents during COVID-19. Frontiers in Psychology, 15, 1309786. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2024.1309786 Bamberg, M. G. W. (1997). Positioning between structure and performance. Journal of Narrative & Life History, 7(1–4), 335–342. https://doi.org/10.1075/jnlh.7.42pos Barber, B. K. (2002). Intrusive parenting: How psychological control affects children and adolescents. American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/10422-000 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Haslam, Z., & Taylor, E. P. (2022). The relationship between child neglect and adolescent interpersonal functioning: A systematic review. Child Abuse & Neglect, 125, 105510. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2022.105510 McAdams, D. P., & McLean, K. C. (2013). Narrative Identity. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 22(3), 233–238. https://doi.org/10.1177/0963721413475622 Vasbø, K. B., & Hegna, K. (2025). Feeling close, disclosing feelings – family practices and practices of intimacy in youth–parent relations across three generations in Norway. Journal of Youth Studies, 28(2), 299–317. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2023.2267481 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 15 SES 12 A: The Fostering and Challenging Factors in Creating Sustainable Research-Practice Partnerships PART2 Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Tiina Korhonen Session Chair: Brianna Kennedy Symposium |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Symposium The Fostering and Challenging Factors in Creating Sustainable Research-Practice Partnerships PART2 Amid escalating global turbulence characterized by rapid technological change, geopolitical instability, widening inequalities, climate-related disruptions, and post-pandemic pressures schools and educational institutions face complex, shifting demands that outpace prevailing approaches to school and educational development. These conditions amplify uncertainty in teaching and learning, strain resources, and magnify equity concerns, while simultaneously accelerating expectations for digital transformation and data-informed practice. Research–practice partnerships (RPPs, e.g. Farrell et al., 2021) offer a robust mechanism to respond: they align evidence generation with local needs, build capacity for adaptive problem-solving, and sustain iterative innovation through trust-based collaboration. By co-designing solutions, integrating practitioner expertise with research insight, and developing shared infrastructures for learning, RPPs help schools and educational institutions navigate volatility, enhance resilience, and ensure that educational change remains both context-sensitive and equitable. This symposium examines research–practice partnerships (RPPs) across educational contexts in Northern and Central Europe and North America, covering topics at the school, city, national, and international levels and within professional development and innovation networks. The central research question in this symposium is: Which fostering and challenging factors influence the creation and sustainability of RPPs in these contexts? Prior literature identifies challenges to sustaining RPPs that include organizational constraints (timelines, resources, turnover), cultural integration, and power dynamics (Farrell et al., 2018; McGeown & Sjölund, 2025). Educator attitudes and participation opportunities also shape the trajectory of partnerships (Korhonen et al., 2024). Notably, some hindering factors can become productive sites for learning; negotiations at boundaries can create opportunities for joint work (Sjölund & Lindvall, 2024). Conversely, clear allocation of resources and time, targeted professional development (Korhonen et al., 2024), and professional networking (Fischer-Schöneborn & Ehmke, 2023) are known enablers. Most recently, McGeown and Sjölund (2025) highlight four key enablers for sustaining RPPs: infrastructure, funding, training, and incentives. The symposium aims to present and critically evaluate factors that enable or impede sustainable RPPs. The contributions offer comparative perspectives across settings where RPP-like approaches are enacted under varied conceptual frameworks and methods, thereby addressing how RPPs manifest in European contexts while engaging US colleagues to broaden the discussion. Responding to calls to close the international research gap on RPP processes, outcomes, and evaluation (Fischer-Schöneborn & Ehmke, 2023), the symposium provides an opportunity to identify enabling and impeding conditions, share experiences, and foreground locality and contextual contingencies. The symposium draws on frameworks that conceptualize core characteristics and principles of effective RPPs. Henrick et al. (2023) delineate five dimensions of effectiveness with associated indicators: cultivating trust and relationships for sustained joint work; engaging in inclusive research or inquiry to address local needs; supporting practice or community organizations in making progress toward jointly set goals; engaging with the broader field to improve educational practices, systems, and inquiry; and fostering ongoing learning while developing infrastructure for partnering. Application of these principles must be sensitive to each partnership’s goals, composition, and context. This symposium offers an integrative overview of factors influencing the initiation, structuring, and sustainability of RPPs across diverse educational settings. By highlighting enabling conditions, boundary challenges, and collaborative roles that shape co-construction, professional learning, and system-level improvement, the symposium advances a shared, evidence-informed understanding of key issues and promotes mutual learning among participants. References Farrell, C. C., Davidson, K. L., Repko-Erwin, M. E., Penuel, W. R., Quantz, M., H., W., Riedy, R., & Brink, Z. (2018). A descriptive study of the ies researcher–practitioner partnerships in education research program. NCRPP. Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W.R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation. Fischer-Schoeneborn, Sandra & Ehmke, Timo. (2023). Evaluating boundary-crossing collaboration in research-practice partnerships in teacher education: Empirical insights on co-construction, motivation, satisfaction, trust, and competence enhancement. Studies In Educational Evaluation. 79. Henrick, E., Farrell, C.C., Singleton, C. Resnick, A.F., Penuel, W.R., Arce-Trigatti, P., Schmidt, D., Sexton, S., Stamatis, K., & Wellberg, S. (2023). Indicators of researchpractice partnership health and effectiveness: Updating the five dimensions framework. National Center for Research in Policy and Practice and National Network of Education Research-Practice Partnerships. Korhonen, T., Salo, L., Reinius, H., Malander, S. S. S., Tiippana, N. M., Laakso, N. L., Lavonen, J., & Hakkarainen, K. (2024). Creating Transformative Research–Practice Partnership in Collaboration with School, City, and University Actors. Education Sciences, 14(399). McGeown, S. & Sjolund, S. (2025). 'Research-practice partnerships in education: Benefits, challenges, methodological considerations and key enablers for change', British Journal of Educational Psychology, pp. 1-13. Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J. (2024) Examining boundaries in a large-scale educational research-practice partnership. J Educ Change 25, 417–443. Presentations of the Symposium Structuring Long-term Local Partnerships for Educational Improvement: Lessons from Successful Medical Research Infrastructures
The Swedish ULF reform (Utbildning/Education, Lärande/Learning, Forskning/Research) is a systematic effort to establish long-term local partnerships between higher education institutions (HEIs), local education authorities (LEAs), and schools. It aims to strengthen teacher researcher collaboration and to support educational improvement and equity (Prøitz & Rye, 2023). ULF was implemented as a pilot 2017-2024 involving 26 HEIs and 150 LEAs. It was institutionalized in 2025 through a ten-year national agreement between the HEIs’ and LEAs’ national organizations and an increasing number of local partnerships (Jarl & Andersson, forthcoming). The agreement provides formal structures for collaboration and strategic leadership. However, its implementation faces several challenges such as teachers’ participation in research risks being limited by different views of knowledge and power relations and hierarchies among partners. It is fruitful to turn to other sectors that already handled research collaborations with multiple stakeholders to get perspectives regarding these challenges.
In the Swedish health care sector, clinical research based on the knowledge needs of the clinical practice and the professions is well established. There are national and regional infrastructures for formalized collaboration and strategic management between universities and regions responsible for health care. Evaluations show that research has “been successfully translated into practice and has led to positive economic and societal impact both in Sweden and with international reach” (Vetenskapsrådet, 2018, p. 63). Swedish health care has developed a comparatively stable and institutionalized infrastructure for research–practice collaboration, whereas ULF represents a more recent infrastructure in-the-making.
This study explores the institutional design of the national infrastructures for formalized collaboration for research in health care: How has the Swedish health care system designed and governed infrastructure to support sustained research–practice collaboration? What policy decisions and historical developments were critical for sustaining collaboration over time? What risks and tensions have emerged as collaboration infrastructures scaled up in health care? Based on the neo-institutional perspective, the study emphasizes the formal structures of organizational systems and the norms and values that develop alongside these structures (March & Olsen, 1989). We use qualitative methodology and analysis of policy documents, regulations, evaluations, and expert interviews with key actors.
The study contributes with knowledge about research practice partnerships (RPPs), defined as long-term, collaborative research relationships between researchers and practitioners, designed to tackle real-world problems for equitable educational improvement by intentionally sharing power and diverse expertise (Farrell et al., 2021). It increases the understanding how infrastructures enable and sustain RPPs in education.
References:
Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W.R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research–practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation.
Jarl, M. & Andersson, K. (forthcoming). Research-practice partnerships in Swedish education. In Manolo, E., Uesaka, U., Chuang, H., & Shiba, S. (eds.) Equal and Mutually Beneficial Relationships between Researchers and Practitioners: Co-Creating Solutions to Educational Challenges.
March, J. & J. P. Olsen (1998). Rediscovering institutions: the organizational basis of politics. New York: The Free Press.
Prøitz, T. S. & Rye, E. (2023). Actor roles in research-practice relationships: equality in policy-practice nexuses. In Prøitz, T. S., Aasen, P., & Wermke, W. (Eds). From education policy to education practice. Unpacking the nexus (pp. 287-304). Springer.
Vetenskapsrådet (2018). Utvärdering av den kliniska forskningens kvalitet vid de landsting som omfattas av ALF-avtalet. Vetenskapsrådet.
Empirical Insights on Motivation, Co-constructive Collaboration, and Personal Development in Research-Practice Partnerships: a Case Study from Germany
Improving the integration of theory and practice in teacher training with the help of innovations in structures, formats, and methods was a fundamental goal of the Future Center for Teacher Training Network (ZZL Network) at Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany, funded by the German Government (BMBF) as part of the Quality Initiative Teacher Training. For eight years, nine cross-institutional so called Development Teams (DTs) have been working to further develop university teaching and improve school teaching practice in co-constructive cooperation, for example by designing learning modules or developing teaching materials. The teams comprised representatives from four actor groups: university (researchers), schools (teachers, school leaders, representatives from study seminars etc.), extracurricular partner organizations (e.g. foundations) as well as teacher students. In this way, they were to contribute to a successful interlinking of theory and practice in teacher training (Ehmke et al., 2022; Fischer-Schöneborn & Straub, 2022). The design of the ZZL network with its DTs combined all principles of RPPs (Farrell et al., 2022). In these eight years, a total of more than 230 stakeholders from more than 45 organizations and institutions have been participating in the ZZL network. The cooperation in the DTs was evaluated at three time points and across the four stakeholder groups using an online questionnaire with open and closed questions: in 2017 (n=77), 2021 (n=105), and 2023 (n=102).
This symposium contribution will present results from the May/June 2023 survey (response rate 57.8%, n=59), which aimed to 1) uncover commonalities and differences between the actor groups in their perceivements of the work in RPPs, 2) identify possible existing modes of co-constructive collaboration as well as 3) identify drivers for successful RPPs. Twenty questionnaire scales were used for the operationalization of the following criteria: a) motivation to participate; b) collaboration; c) modes of co-construction; d) perceived competence enhancement; e) satisfaction; and f) personal improvements on quality criteria of teacher training (focus on cognitive activation, problem orientation, adaptive learning support, dialogic culture of conversation). Most of the scales derived from existing research literature (e.g. van den Bossche et al., 2011; van Schaik et al., 2019) and were adopted to the RPP context.
The results of this study contribute to a deeper understanding of collaboration, participant motivation, and learning effects in RPPs and advocate their establishment in teacher education.
References:
Ehmke, T., Reusser, K., & Fischer-Schöneborn, S. (2022). Interlinkage of theory and practice as a constituent element of the ZZL network. In T. Ehmke, S. Fischer-Schöneborn, K. Reusser, D. Leiss, T. Schmidt, & S. Weinhold (Eds.), Innovationen in Theorie-Praxis Netzwerken – Beiträge zur Weiterentwicklung der Lehrkräftebildung (pp. 12–35). Beltz.
Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W. R., Coburn, C. E., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research Practice Partnerships in Education: The State of the Field. William T. Grant Foundation.
Fischer-Schöneborn, S. & Straub, R. P. (2022). The ZZL Network at Leuphana University of Lüneburg - Overview of Goals, Structures, Networks and Results. In T. Ehmke, S. Fischer-Schöneborn, K. Reusser, D. Leiss, T. Schmidt & S. Weinhold (Eds.), Innovationen in Theorie-Praxis-Netzwerken – Beiträge zur Weiterentwicklung der Lehrkräftebildung (pp. 36-57). Beltz-Juventa. ISBN 978-3-7799-6530-5.
van den Bossche, P., Gijselaers, W., Segers, M., Woltjer, G., & Kirschner, P. (2011). Team learning: building shared mental models. Instructional Science, 39(3), 283–301. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-010-9128-3.
van Schaik, P., Volman, M., Admiraal, W., & Schenke, W. (2019). Approaches to co-construction of knowledge in teacher learning groups. Teaching and Teacher Education, 84, 30–43. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.04.019.
Leveraging the Space: How Different Role Groups Use Research-Practice Partnerships in Strategic Ways
In research-practice partnerships (RPPs), researchers work closely with practitioners, and sometimes students and community members, to collaborate on school improvement and bridge the long-standing divide between research and practice in education (Arce-Trigotti, et al., 2018; Farrell et al., 2021; Penuel et al., 2025). As RPPs are relatively new, it is important to examine how macro (policy) and meso (organizational) contexts interplay with the micro-discursive practices within RPPs. In RPPs, researchers engage collectively with others who occupy different power positions within these contexts, yet the impact of their presence on power dynamics has been unexplored (Denner et al., 2019; Gamez-Djokic, 2024).
In this paper, we examine how researchers, teachers, administrators, and students—across two RPPs in Switzerland and the US—utilize the space and leverage interests to achieve their particular goals within a broader policy context. We draw on video/audio-recorded meeting data collected in two RPPs over multiple years. While our earlier analyses (Authors, 2024; 2025) focused on examining patterns in RPP meeting discourse, in this paper, we analyze the micro-level of selected interaction practices and highlight connection to the organizational and policy contexts.
Findings reveal that in the US policy context there was strong pressure to base school practices on empirical evidence. District administrators viewed researchers as experts capable of partnering on developing solutions to pressing problems, supporting the legitimation of the RPP. In the Swiss RPP, collaboration was initiated by researchers and the topic (student participation) received support within the school primarily due to policy pressures - such as school law - and the administration’s favourable view of this topic. However, administrators were not directly involved in the partnership and did not convey its importance, and there were no educational policy forces to sustain RPPs.
In both cases, educators leveraged the presence of researchers to push their aims. In the US case, teachers also used the RPP space strategically as it have allowed them a venue for airing concerns with district leadership. In the Swiss RPP, the presence of a researcher meant a meeting topic was taken up for discussion between teachers and students when it otherwise may not have been, yet the researcher had little voice in the dialogue thereafter. This study has important implications for understanding the dynamics in RPPs and their intersections with policy and for promoting a reflective approach to collaboration (Penuel et al., 2025).
References:
Arce-Trigatti, P., Chukhray, I., & López-Turley, R. (2018). Research–practice partnerships in education. In B. Schneider (Ed.), Handbook of the sociology of education in the 21st century (pp. 561–579). Springer.
Denner, J., Bean, S., Campe, S., Martinez, J., & Torres, D. (2019). Negotiating Trust, Power, and Culture in a Research–Practice Partnership. AERA Open, 5(2), 2332858419858635. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858419858635
Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Coburn, C. E., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation. http://wtgrantfoundation.org/research-practice-partnerships-in-education-the-state-of-the-field
Gamez-Djokic, B. (2024). Of boundaries and borders: A micro-interactional examination of consensus and knowledge-construction in a research-practice partnership. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 45, 100802. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2024.100802
Penuel, W. R., Farrell, C. C., & Daniel, J. (2025). Research–practice partnerships: Linking policy, practice, and research for equity (pp. 417–436). In L. Cohen-Vogel, P. Youngs, & J. Scott (Eds.), Handbook of education policy research (2nd ed.). American Educational Research Association. https://doi.org/10.2307/jj.31510356.24
“What Does This University Actually Want?” Practitioners’ Perspectives on Collaboration and Boundary Experiences in an Educational Research-Practice Partnership
A central challenge in school-university collaboration concerns the establishment of mutuality in joint work between practitioners and researchers. Research-practice partnerships (RPPs) seek to address this challenge through an equitable approach to collaborative research (Vetter et al., 2022). In line with their guiding principles, RPPs aim to develop evidence-based solutions, align research more closely with real-world challenges of practice, and promote co-design, diversity of perspectives, and shared responsibility (Farrell et al., 2021). In doing so, RPPs differ from more traditional forms of university-school collaboration in which practitioners have limited opportunities to shape research agendas.
Despite the considerable benefits attributed to RPPs, challenges remain, particularly in designing and sustaining these partnerships. Challenges such as differing expectations regarding the pace of work stem from cultural, professional, and organizational differences between research and practice communities (Penuel et al., 2015). These differences have been conceptualized as boundaries and, when constructively navigated through people, practices, and objects, are understood to entail learning potential for both researchers and practitioners operating at the boundaries of joint work (Farrell et al., 2022).
However, little is known about how practitioners make sense of their involvement in joint work. This study aims to deepen understanding of school practitioners’ experiences of RPPs conceptualized as joint work at the boundaries (Penuel et al., 2015). It addresses the following questions: How do school practitioners reflect their experiences over the course of an RPP, and how, if at all, do boundaries emerge in their accounts?
The study draws on twelve semi-structured interviews with school practitioners participating in a three-year RPP project between the Zurich University of Teacher Education (PH Zurich) and four secondary schools. The data were analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis as the interviews provided detailed accounts on individual experiences, understandings, and perceptions (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Following an iterative and reflexive coding process, overarching themes were developed to capture shared patterns of meaning across participants’ accounts.
The findings reveal three broad themes: (1) pragmatic collaboration “try it when it fits”; (2) collaboration as boundary experience – “adjustments were made on both sides”; and (3) navigating collaboration through relational practices “you have to push people on things”.
The study contributes to the symposium’s broader discussion by illustrating how collaboration in RPPs emerges as a pragmatic and context-sensitive form of practitioner engagement in which boundaries are interpreted and negotiated through relational practices.
References:
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238
Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Allen, A., Anderson, E. R., Bohannon, A. X., Coburn, C. E., & Brown, S. L. (2022). Learning at the Boundaries of Research and Practice: A Framework for Understanding Research–Practice Partnerships. Educational Researcher, 51(3), 197–208. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X211069073
Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research Practice Research-Practice Partnerships in Education: Partner The State of the Field. William T. Grant Foundation.
Penuel, W. R., Allen, A.-R., Coburn, C. E., & Farrell, C. (2015). Conceptualizing Research–Practice Partnerships as Joint Work at Boundaries. Journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk (JESPAR), 20(1–2), 182–197. https://doi.org/10.1080/10824669.2014.988334
Vetter, A., Faircloth, B. S., Hewitt, K. K., Gonzalez, L. M., He, Y., & Rock, M. L. (2022). Equity and Social Justice in Research Practice Partnerships in the United States. Review of Educational Research, 92(5), 829–866. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543211070048
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 15 SES 12 B Location: Kahveri | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Livia Jesacher-Roessler Paper Session |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Social Partnership as a Pathway to Reintegration: Education, Labour and Inequality in Post-War Armenia Yerevan state university, Armenia Presenting Author:This study examines how education-labour social partnerships function as governance arrangements shaping reintegration pathways for conflict-affected populations. It focuses on the interaction between education and training institutions, state bodies, employers, and workers’ representatives in designing and implementing skills development and employment programmes. Rather than approaching these partnerships as neutral coordination tools, the paper conceptualises them as institutional spaces where power, knowledge, and responsibility are negotiated, and where inclusion and inequality are actively structured. Research Question Theoretical Framework European and International Dimension Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a qualitative case study design to examine how education-labour social partnerships shaped reintegration pathways for conflict-affected populations in Armenia. The research focused on post-conflict employment and training programmes implemented between 2023 and 2025, targeting demobilized servicemen, persons injured during military operations, forcibly displaced persons, and socio-economically vulnerable individuals identified through the national poverty assessment system. Across these programmes, a consistent governance model was observed in which the state acted as an intermediary between employers and beneficiaries. Public authorities structured partnerships where employers provided workplace-based training and employment, while the state used training subsidies, wage reimbursements, and temporary tax incentives to encourage employer participation and reduce hiring risks. Importantly, the development of these programmes involved consultative processes among key social partners, including the Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs, the Ministry of Education, Science, Culture and Sport, employer associations, and trade unions. These consultation processes formed a crucial part of the partnership architecture analysed in the study. Data Sources 1. Policy and Programme Documents Government decisions, programme regulations, operational guidelines, and budget frameworks were analysed to reconstruct the formal partnership model, including financial instruments, training obligations, and contractual responsibilities. 2. Semi-Structured Interviews Interviews were conducted with representatives of: • The Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs • The Ministry of Education, Science, Culture and Sport • Employer organisations • Trade unions • Training providers and participating employers These interviews explored how consultation processes shaped programme design, how roles and responsibilities were negotiated, and how partnership arrangements functioned in practice. 3. Programme-Level Materials Training curricula, workplace training plans, and documentation related to job matching and employment follow-up were examined to trace how governance arrangements translated into concrete learning and employment trajectories. Analytical Approach Data were analysed using thematic qualitative analysis informed by theories of partnership governance, collaborative governance, and education-work transitions. Coding focused on inter-institutional coordination, the state’s intermediary role, employer engagement, and the distributive effects of programme design. This enabled examination of how social partnership arrangements structured opportunity pathways and shaped inequality outcomes. Ethical procedures included informed consent, anonymisation of interview data, and careful handling of information concerning conflict-affected populations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study finds that education-labour social partnerships in post-conflict Armenia operated through a state-mediated governance model, in which public authorities structured cooperation between employers and vulnerable jobseekers using training subsidies, wage reimbursements, and fiscal incentives. This model enabled the rapid scaling of workplace-based learning and employment pathways across multiple programmes targeting conflict-affected groups. Programme data indicate substantial engagement of beneficiaries through training, workplace experience, and employment incentive schemes. By mid-2025, thousands of forcibly displaced persons had entered employment, with a significant share doing so through state-supported partnership programmes. Reintegration initiatives for veterans and demobilized servicemen similarly combined employer-led training, work experience, and financial incentives linked to sustained employment. These patterns demonstrate the operational capacity of cross-sector partnerships to mobilize employment opportunities under conditions of institutional strain and social vulnerability. At the same time, the findings suggest that these partnerships were not neutral coordination mechanisms. They functioned as governance arenas where responsibility for skill formation shifted toward employers, while the state steered participation through financial instruments rather than direct provision. This strengthened work-based learning but also increased dependence on employer demand and firm-level capacity. The analysis indicates a structural tension between short-term labour-market insertion and longer-term capability development. While many participants accessed employment through subsidized pathways, the design of programmes often prioritized rapid placement over extended training or career mobility. As a result, partnerships simultaneously mitigated exclusion and risked reproducing labour-market segmentation, particularly for individuals with lower prior qualifications or health-related constraints. By conceptualizing education-labour partnerships as governance processes, the study contributes to research on how cross-sector collaboration shapes opportunity structures. It offers empirically grounded insight into the conditions under which partnerships promote inclusive transitions and when they risk narrowing learning pathways-an issue of growing relevance across European contexts integrating displaced and vulnerable populations. References Ansell, C., & Gash, A. (2008). Collaborative governance in theory and practice. Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory, 18(4), 543–571. Baccaro, L., & Howell, C. (2017). Trajectories of neoliberal transformation: European industrial relations since the 1970s. Cambridge University Press. Billett, S. (2011). Vocational education: Purposes, traditions and prospects. Springer. Emmenegger, P., Häusermann, S., Palier, B., & Seeleib-Kaiser, M. (2012). The age of dualization: The changing face of inequality in deindustrializing societies. Oxford University Press. Huxham, C., & Vangen, S. (2005). Managing to collaborate: The theory and practice of collaborative advantage. Routledge. ILO. (2013). Social dialogue and tripartism. International Labour Organization. Novelli, M., Lopes Cardozo, M., & Smith, A. (2017). The 4Rs framework: Analysing education’s contribution to sustainable peacebuilding. Journal on Education in Emergencies, 3(1), 14–43. Powell, J. J. W., & Solga, H. (2010). Analyzing the nexus of higher education and vocational training in Europe. Studies in Higher Education, 35(6), 705–721. Sabel, C. F., & Zeitlin, J. (2012). Experimentalist governance. In D. Levi-Faur (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of governance (pp. 169–183). Oxford University Press. Schoon, I., & Bynner, J. (2019). Young people’s development and the Great Recession. Cambridge University Press. Tikly, L. (2011). Towards a framework for researching the quality of education in low-income countries. Comparative Education, 47(1), 1–23. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper The added Value of Cultural Learning to Educational Effectiveness 1: Hungarian Educational Research Association, Hungary; 2: Universiyt of Debrecen; 3: National Institute of Culture, Hungary Presenting Author:Mutually reinforcing forms of learning based on partnerships are gaining an increasing role among formal, non-formal and informal areas of learning. Cultural learning can be realized as both non-formal and informal learning. Non-formal cultural learning, for example, is the operation of a folk dance community, while informal cultural learning, for example, is observing the clothing style of a given country during a trip. These forms of learning greatly complement education within formal learning frameworks. In the framework of non-formal cultural learning, the individual develops not only in the field of mastering a particular cultural and artistic activity, but also develops competencies that help them in the labor market and everyday life. Such as cooperation in a group, communication skills, empathy, etc. Numerous internationally known research studies have examined and are examining the interaction of different learning arenas, the kind of partnership effect through which these different learning arenas complement and strengthen each other. For example, the Composite Learning Index created by the Canadian Council of Learning (2010), or the German Learning Atlas (Schoof, U., et al. 2011). Building on these precedents, a national learning atlas was also created in Hungary, which included the entire system of formal, non-formal and informal learning. (Kozma, T. ed. 2016) One of the pillars of this was the examination of cultural learning (Juhász, E 2016). In our interpretation of cultural learning, it is a non-formal and informal form of learning realized through the broad institutional system and system of tools of culture, which is present with different intensity and use of tools, but throughout the life of the individual. It is present in many opportunities for out-of-school education in childhood, in opportunities outside the world of work and learning in adulthood, and in old age through many cultural institutions and communities. Among its main fields are public cultural, museum and library institutions; various performing arts venues (theater, cinema, circus, music institutions, dance institutions, amusement parks, etc.); leisure sports organizations (associations, clubs, etc.) and the media (press, radio, television, internet) also appear. In its tool system, in all these fields, from more passive, receptive genres (e.g. theater performance, puppet show, attending a concert or sports match, watching television, listening to the radio) to more active, creative genres (e.g. membership in an amateur art group, learning traditional dance, leisure sports activities, sharing internet content, etc.), numerous opportunities can be observed in both individual and community forms. (Juhász, E. 2016) In my presentation, I present the pattern of cultural learning in Hungary by analyzing national cultural statistics over a 10-year period, and by presenting some outstanding good practices of cultural learning. I highlight how cultural learning in partnership complements learning processes in various fields of formal learning at different ages: from the pedagogical education of children to vocational training for adults to well-being training for the elderly. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In my presentation, I will present the Hungarian pattern of cultural learning by analyzing national cultural statistics over a 10-year period, and by presenting some outstanding good practices in cultural learning. As a result of the research, I will present the connections between international research and the main conceptual frameworks. After that, I will base the presentation of the Hungarian situation on the 10-year time series data of cultural statistics. In Hungary, cultural statistics are mandatory data provision for all cultural organizations. The latest closed data series for 2024 contain data from nearly 12 thousand cultural data providers from all sectors of culture (archives, libraries, museums, theaters, etc.). In the data series, I will examine the various possibilities of cultural learning: what training and regular community learning opportunities have been implemented, and how these differ in space (city - village) and in relation to age target groups. Comprehensive cultural statistics provide them with an excellent opportunity to get a picture of the entire cultural learning in Hungary and to look for partnerships where public education, the labor market and other sectors cooperate with cultural organizations in various forms of learning, thus creating joint learning opportunities. I present some outstanding examples related to this, such as the more than 3,000 professional circle communities established in cooperation between public education and the creative arts, or the activities of amateur acting communities established in cooperation with theaters and local adult communities that strengthen formal learning. Methodologically, I choose statistical analyses and the presentation of adaptable so-called good practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Looking at the international aspects of the research, it can be seen that the creation of so-called learning atlases, which encompass the totality of learning (formal, non-formal, informal learning), can be observed in several countries, and these provide an excellent opportunity to map the comprehensive learning situation. However, due to their complexity, these researches have always been linked to a larger research group, just as in Hungary this has become possible to examine within the framework of a national research program. In my opinion, learning atlas research provides an excellent opportunity to comprehensively map the totality of a country's learning outcomes, so I consider it a research method that can be adapted for all countries. Due to space limitations, this presentation examines only a slice of the Hungarian research, the main indicators of cultural learning. However, the results show that cultural learning is an excellent complement to formal learning in Hungary, as well as a defining field of non-formal learning. Every year, more than two hundred thousand participants join the professional training courses of cultural institutions, and in addition, nearly one million people participate in regular forms of culture (e.g. embroidery circles, folk dance groups, drama circles, etc.), in which they learn some cultural activity on a weekly basis, while in this learning process they develop numerous learning, cooperation and labor market competencies. For all these reasons, strengthening partnerships between the various actors of learning is of paramount importance, and in the increasingly interactive, experience-based world of 21st century education, connecting cultural learning with the world of formal learning and other areas of non-formal learning is an excellent opportunity. References Benke, M. (2014). The Learning Regions: Preface. In Hungarian Educational Research Journal 4 (2014), 3. DOI:10.14413/HERJ2014.03.01. Canadian Council on Learning. (2010). The 2010 Composite Learning Index (CLI). Canada, Ottawa: University of Ottawa. European Union. (2022). Cultural Statistics: Eurostat Pocketbooks. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union Gyányi, I - Juhász, E (2025): Lifelong Learning in Public Community Culture in Hungary. In: ACTA EDUCATIONIS GENERALIS 15 : s1 pp. 23-37. Juhász, E (2016): Cultural Learning. In: Kozma, T. (ed.) Learning regions in Hungary : From theory to reality. Brno, Csehország : Tribun EU, 168 p. pp. 73-92. Kozma, T. (2014). The Learning Region: A Critical Interpretation. In Hungarian Educational Research Journal 4(2014), 3. DOI:10.14413/HERJ2014.03.05. Kozma, T. (ed.) (2016): Learning regions in Hungary : From theory to reality. Brno, Csehország : Tribun EU, 168 p. Schoof, U., et al. (2011).German Atlas of Learning: Findings 2011. Gütersloh: Bertelsmann Stiftung.https://www.bertelsmann-stiftung.de/de/publikationen/publikation/did/deutscher-lernatlas-ergebnisbericht-2011. Accessed: 29/07/2015. UNESCO (2025). Global Report on Cultural Policies. Paris: Unesco 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Evaluating internalisation’s impact on the Global North - South Knowledge sharing through a UK - South Africa Partnership Durban University of Technology, South Africa Presenting Author:The aim of this paper is to reflect on the internationalization efforts between a UK-South African partnership to enhance teaching, learning and research. Interventions included academic exchanges, COIL, guest lecturing, article reviews, supervision, publishing and application for grants. During this partnership, additional higher education institutes were visited and colleagues were invited to join the partnership to develop a “think tank” for future research. The research method utilized the qualitative approach through reflective journal and the social constructivism theory. The findings revealed that despite challenges of resources and differing perspectives, the partnership has promoted teaching, learning and research that narrowed the global north-south knowledge divide. Critical aspects for a successful partnership included a memorandum of understanding, line manager support, mutual respect, regular communications, complimentary expertise, and an impact focused work ethic. This article is significant as it provided greater insights to the researcher in terms of enhancing the scope and quality of research, teaching and learning and community engagement in an international programme.
Internationalization has become a strategic imperative for higher education institutes (HEIs) worldwide, driven by globalization, marketization, technological advancements, and the need to prepare staff and students for a rapidly changing global environment. HEIs aim to diversify their offerings and provide opportunities for academics and students to engage and collaborate with peers globally (Rubin 2017). To achieve this, HEIs employ various internationalization strategies, including study abroad programs, international partnerships, and the integration of international perspectives into curricula. Leask (2013) emphasizes that internationalization should not be an optional add-on but a requirement in higher education. It promotes the acquisition of multicultural and global viewpoints, encouraging academics and students to learn about their own culture and those of others, fostering appreciation and reconciliation of differences (Kahn & Agnew 2017). However, disparities exist between institutions in the Global North and Global South regarding access to internationalization opportunities. Well-resourced universities may provide more opportunities for academics and students to interact with international institutions, students, and staff than less advantaged universities. This inequality can entrench systemic social and economic disparities, limiting the potential for staff and students from the Global South to engage in international experiences and collaborations. The significance of higher education in creating ‘inclusive and equitable quality education and the promotion of lifelong learning opportunities for all’ (Chankseliani, Qoraboyev, and Gimranova 2021) is recognized globally.
The knowledge divide between the Global North and Global South is characterized by disparities in development, access to resources, infrastructure, and education. The Global North is perceived as more advanced in development and knowledge management, while the Global South is associated with underdevelopment, inequalities in living standards, and restricted access to resources (Dados & Connell 2012; Fortune et al. 2019). Sabelo (2023) reports that the South African public universities have not made any significant contribution to human capital for the last 15 years due to political interference by the governing party, entrenching the socio-economic disparities present during apartheid.
Within this context, the concept of the ‘third space’ (Wimpenny et al. 2022) emerges as an opportunity to minimize knowledge gaps between these regions. Moje et al., (2004) and Wimpenny and Orsini-Jones (2020) have previously discussed it as a useful medium for socio-cultural and epistemological change, where North-South academics and students have an opportunity to share perspectives and pluralize knowledge.
This paper is situated in the above “third space” where internationalisation facilitates intercultural exchanges and mutual understanding, potentially narrowing the knowledge divide. This approach challenges the dominance of Northern thinking in education theory and practice (du Preez 2018), promoting a more inclusive and equitable global academic community. Here the researcher’s insights are presented via the reflective journals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Reflective journals are a common practice in education curricula as they are used as a professional development tool to promote deeper insights into the respective vocations. Journals provide an understanding of the tasks , knowledge requirements and the socio-cultural environments enabling new insights and or actions(Simons and Harris 2002; RMIT University 2006; Boud 2001). According to Edge Education (2017) there is a trend for researchers to discuss their experiences, assumptions and beliefs, knowledge and experiences. In addition, the social constructivist approach provides a flexible framework for collaborative learning, emphasizing that partners are active participants in the internationalization processes (Ally 2008). Here, knowledge is constructed through social interaction and collaboration, with academics engaging in active, authentic learning experiences. The paper reflects on the experiences of the researcher during the international collaborations between a global north and south university. The paper utilised the qualitative approach where regular notes made during meetings and informal engagements were analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A successful internationalization programme could yield many benefits for the institute, academics and students. Firstly, three COIL projects were successfully completed and project findings were published. Secondly, a number of academic exchanges were made and the outcomes entrenched the relationships amongst the partners and exposure to the culture and operations of each institution. Here, funding was critical and the hosts professionalism to develop an effective working programme. Thirdly, the new networks led to submissions of additional book chapters and articles relating to the fields of expertise. Challenges were experienced to expand the personal networks without the engagement of the principal host – this limited the benefits of the academic exchange. It is important for successful research outputs that parties are open to diverse views and committed to complete the allocated tasks on the agreed target dates. Fourthly, the project of building the partnership for the formation of a “think-tank” was not successful an alternate approach. This paper proposes that the researchers firstly ensure the existence of a memorandum of understanding between the partners. Next, it is critical to “test” the motives and commitment of the partner by introducing manageable tasks. Thereafter, a programme needs to be agreed upon on the outcomes and impacts of the collaboration as this becomes part of the researcher’s workload. Challenges of different perspectives, non-performance, workload and finances need to be openly discussed so that a professional relationship develops. Finally, engagement in internationalisation should be an essential criteria for academics performance management and promotions. The researcher has benefitted from the partnership through intellectual empowerment and engaging with the various socio-cultural issues. In conclusion, internationalization has empowered the researcher’s professional and personal development through the engagement with the various projects briefly discussed above. References Boud, D. 2001. Using journal writing to enhance reflective practice. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 90, 9-17. Chankseliani, M., I. Qoraboyev, and D. Gimranova. 2021. “Higher Education Contributing to Local, National, and Global Development: New Empirical and Conceptual Insights.” Higher Education 81 (1): 109–127. doi:10.1007/s10734-020-00565-8. Dados, N. & R. Connell 2012. The Global South. Contexts 11,1:12 -13. https://doi.org/10.1177/1536504212436479 du Preez, P. 2018. On Decolonization and Internationalization of University Curricula: What can we Learn from Rosi Braidotti? Journal of Education 74,1: 19 – 31. https://doi.org/10.17159/2520-9868/i74a02 Edge Education. 2017. Research in practice, Edge Learning Media (Pty )Ltd Cape Town, South Africa. ISBN:978-1-77612-590-6 Fortune, T., S. Borkovic, A. Bhopi, R. Samoso, H.C. Nhan 2019. Transformative Learning through International Project-based Learning in the Global South: Applying a Students-as-partners Lens to a ‘High-impact’ Capstone. Journal of Studies in International Education 23,1; 49 - 65. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315318814571 Kahn, H.E., M. Agnew 2017. Global Learning through Difference: Considerations for Teaching, Learning, and the Internationalization of higher Education. Journal of Studies in International Education 21,1: 52 - 64. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315315622022 (Accessed on 23 July 2026.) Leask, B. 2013. Internationalizing the Curriculum in the Disciplines – Imagining New Possibilities. Journal of Studies in International Education 17,2: 103 - 118. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315312475090 (Accessed on 10 January 2026.) Moje, E.B., K. Ciechanowski, K. Kramer, R. Carrillo & T. Collazo 2004. Working toward Third Space in Content Area Literacy: An Examination of Everyday Funds of Knowledge and Discourse. Reading Research Quarterly 39,1: 38 – 70. https://doi.org/10.1598/RRQ.39.1.4 RMIT University, The Reflective cycle. https://www.dlesweb.rmit.edu.au. Accessed on 30 January 2026. Sebola, M. P. 2023. South Africa’s public higher education institutions, university research outputs, and contribution to national human capital, Human Resource Development International, 26:2, 217-231, DOI: 10.1080/13678868.2022.2047147 Simmons, M and Harris, R. 2002. Building bridges between the researched and researchers; The use of reflective journals in vocational educational research. Australian Vocation and Educational and Teaching Research Association. http://www.avetra.org.au. Accessed 29 January 2026. Wimpenny, K., K.R. Finardi, M. Orsini-Jones, L. Jacobs 2022. Knowing, Being, Relating and Expressing through Third Space Global North - South COIL: Digital Inclusion and Equity in International Higher Education. Journal of Studies in International Education 26,2: 279-296. https://doi.org/10.1177/10283153221094085 Wimpenny, K. & M. Orsini-Jones 2020. Innovation in Collaborative Online International Learning: A Holistic Blend. In Burgos, D. (ed.): Radical Solutions and eLearning: Practical Innovations and Online Educational. Singapore: SPRINGER. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-15-4952-6; https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-4952-6_1 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Play and Participation: Reciprocal Relationships in Intergenerational Programs The University of Melbourne, Australia Presenting Author:Intergenerational programs (IGPs) are designed to bring young children and older adults together across educational and aged‑care settings, providing opportunities to play, share knowledge, and build relationships beyond existing familial and friendship networks. These programs are gaining popularity in the educational context because they have demonstrated positive effects on children’s confidence, social-emotional competence, and attitudes toward older people and aging (Giraudeau & Bailly, 2019; Kirsh et al., 2021). However, there are gaps in understanding related to the mechanisms by which these outcomes are achieved, including the types of activities and facilitation strategies required to promote sustained and enriching intergenerational interactions. This research presentation draws on data from an IGP within an early childhood service and an aged care facility co-located on the same site in Melbourne, Australia. Young children (2-5-year-olds) and older adults participate in the IGP throughout the year, with weekly activities included as part of their educational play and care programs. Building on evidence of community and social benefits (Jarrott et al., 2022; Murray et al., 2025) the study focuses on the micro‑level characteristics of intergenerational interactions and the role of facilitation in shaping participation across generations. The study’s key objective was to systematically map and classify a range of activities used in the IGP, along with the corresponding observable interactional behaviours between children and older adults that support inclusive participation. The research aimed to understand which types of activities promote enriching intergenerational interactions, and how facilitation supports both generations in engaging and participating with one another within the program. The following research questions guided the study:
The study is guided by Social Capital theory (Lin, 2001) conceptualised as the resources embedded and gained in social networks accessible through relational ties. The interactions between generations in IGPs offer potential routes for developing social capital networks, as they can provide access to knowledge, emotional support, and cultural resources that are otherwise unavailable in age-separated care settings. By applying Lin’s relational perspective to an intergenerational educational setting, the research tests how facilitation and activity design translate into tangible outcomes for participants by generating enhanced access to social resources. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a mixed-method case study design (Creswell & Creswell, 2023) including both quantitative and qualitative measures within an epistemological position aligned with social capital theory, where knowledge is actively co-constructed through social interaction with others (Lin, 2001). Participants included young children, older adults, and the early childhood and aged care staff who facilitated the program. University and government ethics approvals were granted, and participation was voluntary. Consent forms, plain language statements, and oral explanations were provided to the older adults, staff, and children’s families, and participants were required to provide informed consent prior to taking part in the study. Ongoing assent was negotiated with children before each data collection. Data collection included field notes and the Intergenerational Observational Scale (IOS) (Jarrott, 2019) as the primary methods for coding interaction types, analysing intergenerational interactions, and identifying activities that promote reciprocal, play-based intergenerational collaboration. Both researchers were trained in using the IOS tool, analyses followed the standardised coding protocols, and inter‑rater reliability for observational coding was established through dual coding checks. Reflexive practices (researcher memos, team debriefs) guarded against bias in the interpretation of findings. Descriptive analysis of the IOS data was conducted to understand the frequency and type of intergenerational interactions, while the qualitative field notes provided contextual information about the type of activity and facilitation strategies employed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data detailing the types of intergenerational collaborative activities and the frequency of intergenerational interactions will be discussed, paying particular attention to the enablers of reciprocal relationships – and thus expanded social resources - among participants. Outcomes will explore how interactional patterns may vary according to participant characteristics, facilitation strategies, activity type, and the physical environment. It is anticipated that some activities will reliably elicit sustained, reciprocal engagement, and that the physical environment and facilitation practices will play a significant role in shaping interaction quality (Jarrott et al., 2022). Findings will build on IGP research showing that facilitation strategies that intentionally connect generations include effective techniques such as explicit role allocation (paired tasks), the use of tangible artefacts to focus joint attention, and providing access to multiple modes of expression to engage participants with diverse interests and capabilities (Heydon, 2005; Lyndon & Moss, 2023). In addition, findings will describe whether and how the physical environment and design of spaces (i.e., accessible and flexible layouts, with proximate resources) can help to build intergenerational connections—by accommodating differing participant abilities and supporting more frequent and meaningful intergenerational interactions. References Giraudeau, C., & Bailly, N. (2019). Intergenerational programs: What can school-age children and older people expect from them? A systematic review. European Journal of Ageing, 16, 363-376. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10433-018-00497-4 Heydon, R. M. (2005). The de-pathologization of childhood, disability and aging in an intergenerational art class. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 3(3), 243-268. https://doi.org/10.1177/1476718x05056520 Jarrott, S. E. (2019). Intergenerational evaluation toolkit. https://www.gu.org/app/uploads/2022/11/Intergenerational-Evaluation-Toolkit-2022-Update.pdf Jarrott, S. E., Turner, S. G., Juris, J., Scrivano, R. M., & Weaver, R. H. (2022). Program practices predict intergenerational interaction among children and adults. The Gerontologist, 62(3), 385-396. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/34741608 Kirsh, E., Frydenberg, E., & Deans, J. (2021). Benefits of an intergenerational program in the early years. Journal of Early Childhood Education Research, 10(2), 140–164. Lin, N. (2001). Building a network theory of social capital. In N. Lin, K. Cook, & R. S. Burt (Eds.), Social capital: Theory and research (pp. 1–30). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315129457-1 Lyndon, S., & Moss, H. (2023). Creating meaningful interactions for young children, older friends, and nursery school practitioners within an intergenerational project. Early Child Educ J, 51(4), 755-764. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-022-01330-5 Murray, L., Church, A., Young, S., Liu, S., Eadie, P., & Page, J. (2025). What is the evidence of young children’s learning in intergenerational programs? A scoping review of the literature. Journal of Intergenerational Relationships, 1-19. https://doi.org/10.1080/15350770.2025.2515034 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 16 SES 12 A Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Paper Session |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 16 SES 12 B Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Oksana Zabolotna Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Playing for Well-Being: SEL4@ll as a Serious Game–Based Approach to Socio-Emotional Learning and Inclusion 1: University of Greifswald, Germany; 2: University of València, Spain; 3: University of Perugia, Italy; 4: Politecnical University of València, Spain Presenting Author:Socio-emotional competencies, including empathy, emotional regulation, communication, and goal-setting, are essential for students’ well-being, positive social relationships, and long-term educational success. In school, socio-emotional learning (SEL) programmes are particularly important during periods of developmental transition, as they support students in coping with increasing academic demands, social challenges, and stress. Empirical research has consistently shown that well-designed SEL interventions improve students’ mental health, academic engagement, and social inclusion while reducing stress and school-related maladjustment (Durlak et al., 2011; OECD, 2021). Nevertheless, the implementation of structured, research-based SEL programmes remains uneven across educational systems, underscoring the need for innovative and scalable approaches that can be integrated into everyday school practice. This presentation introduces SEL4@ll (Promoting Well-Being among European Adolescents – An Inclusive and Digital Programme to Strengthen Socio-Emotional Competencies), an Erasmus+ funded initiative designed to enhance students’ socio-emotional learning, well-being, and perceived inclusion, while simultaneously reducing stress-related outcomes. SEL4@ll is implemented in German, Spanish, and Italian middle schools, targeting students aged 10 to 12 years—a developmental period characterized by heightened emotional sensitivity, increased peer orientation, and growing academic pressure (Eccles & Templeton, 2002; Viner et al., 2017). During this transition phase, students are particularly vulnerable to stress, emotional dysregulation, and declines in school engagement, making targeted SEL interventions especially relevant. At the core of SEL4@ll is a serious game, complemented by a digital teacher handbook and structured didactic materials. The intervention is designed to strengthen core socio-emotional competencies, promote students’ subjective well-being, enhance perceived social and emotional inclusion, and reduce stress by fostering adaptive coping strategies and emotional regulation. From a theoretical perspective, SEL4@ll draws on transactional stress models, which conceptualize stress as the result of perceived demands exceeding available coping resources (Lazarus & Folkman, 1984). By strengthening self-awareness, self-management, and social competencies, the programme aims to expand students’ coping resources, thereby reducing perceived stress and enhancing well-being. The conceptual framework of SEL4@ll is grounded in the CASEL model, which defines SEL through five core competencies: self-awareness, self-management, social awareness, relationship skills, and responsible decision-making (CASEL, 2020). These competencies are closely linked to students’ ability to regulate emotions, manage stress, build supportive relationships, and experience a sense of belonging at school (Taylor et al., 2017). In addition, the programme integrates perspectives from positive youth development and life skills research, emphasizing strengths, agency, and resilience as protective factors against stress and social exclusion (Oliva, 2010; Sala et al., 2020). The serious game is structured around five thematic missions (“gates”), each targeting clusters of socio-emotional skills such as emotional intelligence, empathy, communication, growth mindset, responsibility, and justice. Through interactive narratives and decision-making scenarios, students practice socio-emotional skills in simulated real-life situations and receive immediate feedback on their choices. This experiential learning approach is designed to support emotional regulation, reduce stress responses, and foster a stronger sense of competence and inclusion. The game is web-based, multilingual, and accessible via standard browsers, facilitating implementation across diverse educational contexts. To assess its effectiveness, SEL4@ll incorporates a quantitative assessments of socio-emotional learning, well-being, perceived inclusion, and stress-related outcomes, as well as qualitative feedback from students and teachers. By implementing and evaluating the programme across multiple European countries, SEL4@ll allows for cross-national comparisons and contributes to the development of scalable, evidence-based digital SEL interventions. Overall, SEL4@ll demonstrates how serious games, grounded in established SEL and stress theories, can be used to promote socio-emotional competencies, enhance well-being and inclusion, and reduce stress among middle school students, contributing to more resilient and supportive school environments. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method The study employed a quasi-experimental pretest–posttest control group design to examine the effects of a serious game and accompanying didactic materials on students’ socio-emotional development and well-being. Data were collected via online questionnaires administered before and after a six-week intervention period. Participants The sample comprised N = 1,261 students from three European countries: Germany, Spain, and Italy. In Germany, n = 130 students participated (47.7% female; M age = 12.8 years), with 65 students in the control group and 65 in the experimental group. In Spain, the sample included n = 675 students (52.0% female; M age = 12.8 years), with 269 students in the control group and 406 in the experimental group. In Italy, n = 351 students participated (24.3% female; M age = 13.5 years), including 170 control and 181 experimental participants. Procedure All participants completed online questionnaires at two measurement points: prior to the intervention (pretest) and immediately after the six-week intervention period (posttest). The intervention combined a serious game with structured didactic materials. Measures School well-being was assessed using the Well-Being Scale by Hascher et al. (2018), comprising six subscales with three items each: Positive Attitudes to School (α = .79), Enjoyment in School (α = .73), Positive Academic Self-Concept (α = .82), Worries in School (α = .73), Physical Complaints in School (α = .82), and Social Problems in School (α = .82). School burnout was measured with the School Burnout Inventory (Hoferichter et al., 2022; Salmela-Aro et al., 2009), including the subscales Exhaustion (4 items; α = .72), Cynicism (3 items; α = .81), and Inadequacy (2 items; α = .54). Perceived inclusion was assessed using the Perceptions of Inclusion Questionnaire (PIQ; Venetz et al., 2015), consisting of Emotional Inclusion (α = .82), Social Inclusion (α = .76), and Academic Self-Concept (α = .71). Socio-emotional learning competencies were measured with the Social Skills Improvement System–SEL (SSIS; Anthony et al., 2020; Gresham & Elliott), covering Self-Awareness (α = .66), Self-Management (α = .64), Social Awareness (α = .76), Relationship Skills (α = .64), and Responsible Decision Making (α = .66). Analyses Mean differences within the experimental group were examined for the total sample. In addition, country-specific intervention effects were analyzed using linear mixed-effects models. Age and gender were included as covariates, and student identifiers were specified as random intercepts to account for the nested data structure. All analyses were conducted using R. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analyses of mean differences between Time 1 and Time 2 in the experimental group revealed a significant increase for Enjoyment in School, with mean scores rising from M = 3.36 to M = 3.64 (p = .005). The normalized change (Δ = 0.223) indicates a small-to-moderate positive effect. In addition, Inadequacy as a component of school burnout showed a significant decrease (M = 3.29 to M = 3.12, p = .036), reflecting a small reduction in students’ feelings of inadequacy (Δ = −0.136). Country-specific mixed-effects analyses revealed differentiated intervention effects. In Spain, significant positive effects favoring the experimental group were observed for overall school well-being (b = 0.47, SE = 0.13, p < .01), Positive Attitudes to School (b = 0.65, p < .001), Enjoyment in School (b = 0.39, p < .001), and Positive Academic Self-Concept (b = 0.44, p < .001). Significant reductions were also found for overall school burnout (b = −0.90, p < .01), including Exhaustion, Cynicism, and Inadequacy. In Germany, a significant Treatment × Time interaction emerged for Self-Awareness (b = 0.44, p < .05). Trend-level effects suggested increases in Enjoyment in School, Emotional Inclusion (Self), and School Satisfaction. In Italy, a significant interaction effect was found for Inadequacy (b = −0.40, p < .01), indicating stronger reductions in the experimental group. Trend-level effects suggested improvements in Self-Management and Emotion Regulation (Reevaluation), alongside a decrease in Cynicism. Overall, the findings indicate selective and context-dependent intervention effects, with the strongest and most consistent benefits observed in Spain. Across countries, reductions in burnout-related inadequacy and improvements in affective and self-regulatory outcomes suggest that the intervention holds promise, while highlighting the importance of contextual factors in shaping effectiveness. References Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning (CASEL). (2020). CASEL’s SEL framework: What are the core competence areas and where are they promoted? https://casel.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/CASEL-SEL-Framework-11.2020.pdf Durlak, J. A., Weissberg, R. P., Dymnicki, A. B., Taylor, R. D., & Schellinger, K. B. (2011). The impact of enhancing students’ social and emotional learning: A meta-analysis of school-based universal interventions. Child Development, 82(1), 405–432. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2010.01564.x Eccles, J. S., & Templeton, J. (2002). Extracurricular and other after-school activities for youth. Review of Research in Education, 26(1), 113–180. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X026001113 Lazarus, R. S., & Folkman, S. (1984). Stress, appraisal, and coping. Springer. OECD. (2021). Beyond academic learning: First results from the survey of social and emotional skills. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/92a11084-en Oliva, A., Ríos, M., Antolín, L., Parra, A., Hernando, A., & Pertegal, M.-A. (2010). Beyond the deficit: Building a model of positive youth development. Infancia y Aprendizaje, 33(2), 223–234. https://doi.org/10.1174/021037010791114562 Sala, A., Punie, Y., Garkov, V., & Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2020). LifeComp: The European framework for personal, social and learning to learn key competence. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/302967 Taylor, R. D., Oberle, E., Durlak, J. A., & Weissberg, R. P. (2017). Promoting positive youth development through school-based social and emotional learning interventions: A meta-analysis of follow-up effects. Child Development, 88(4), 1156–1171. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.12864 Viner, R. M., Allen, N. B., & Patton, G. C. (2017). Puberty, developmental processes, and health interventions. In D. A. P. Bundy et al. (Eds.), Child and adolescent health and development (3rd ed., Chap. 9). World Bank. https://doi.org/10.1596/978-1-4648-0423-6_ch9 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper ICT Educational Policies in Galicia for the Development of Digital Competence in Early Childhood Education Universidade de Vigo, Spain Presenting Author:We are living in a historical moment in which our lives are mediated by digital devices. From birth, children are exposed to digital technologies and mass media. However, research has shown that this exposure does not make them "digital natives" (Dussel, 2012; Selwyn, 2009) but rather uncritical consumers of the content and platforms they encounter. Given this reality, schools must respond to the demands of the educational agenda, which identifies digital competence as a key skill for 21st-century citizenship. In early childhood education, teachers play a fundamental role in children's development, including their digital competence. However, teachers face significant challenges when working with digital devices in the classroom, such as lack of time (Admiraal, 2022) or lack of training (Kourti et al., 2023). Therefore, the existence of educational programs and policies that support and assist teachers in implementing didactic proposals to develop students' digital competence is essential. According to the European reference framework DigComp, digital competence is "the set of knowledge, skills, attitudes, strategies, values, and awareness required when using ICT and digital media to perform tasks; solve problems; communicate; manage information; collaborate; create and share content; and build knowledge effectively, efficiently, appropriately, critically, creatively, autonomously, flexibly, ethically, reflectively for work, leisure, participation, learning, socializing, consuming, and empowerment" (Ferrari, 2012, p. 30). This competence goes beyond the instrumental ability to use technological tools (Ala-Mutka et al., 2008). The DigComp 2.2 version (Vuorikari et al., 2022) highlights the consolidation of this project as a reference framework in Europe. This framework establishes five areas of competence and incorporates 21 sub-competences for digital-era citizenship. To enhance digital competence in education, Spain has introduced the “Código Escuela 4.0” program, which is part of the Digitalization and Digital Competence Plan for the Educational System (Plan #DigEDu) (INTEF, 2023). In Galicia (region in northern Spain), various plans and programs aim to support teachers in contributing to the development of different dimensions of the DigComp project among students. These programs primarily stem from two strategies of the Department of Education: the LIA Plan (Reading, Information, and Learning) 2021/2025, led by the School Libraries Advisory Service of Galicia, and the Digital Education Strategy 2030, within the framework of the aforementioned “Código Escuela 4.0” program. In this context, where digital competence is established as a fundamental skill for digital-era citizenship and multiple plans and programs emerge to foster its development, this study aims to identify ICT educational policies in Galicia that include early childhood education and contribute to developing students' digital competence. This research is part of a broader project seeking to identify and analyse best educational practices that help form a critical digital citizenry from early childhood [Project PID2023-148530NA-I00, funded by MICIU/AEI/10.13039/501100011033 and FEDER, EU]. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address this objective, a qualitative research design based on content analysis (Bardin, 2002) is proposed. This methodology analyses information through an objective and systematic process of content description. The research questions are: • How many plans and programs consider the early childhood education stage? • How many early childhood education centres participate in these programs? • What characterizes ICT educational policies that include early childhood education? The research begins with a review of the programs within the LIA Plan 2021/2025 of the School Libraries Advisory Service of Galicia (https://www.edu.xunta.gal/biblioteca/blog/) and the projects under the Digital Education Strategy 2030 (https://www.edu.xunta.gal/portal/sites/web/files/estratexia_dixital_2030_ok.pdf). The search identified 15 educational policies that contribute to the development of students' digital competence in Galicia. Ten policies are part of the LIA Plan 2021/2025 of the School Libraries Advisory Service of Galicia, while the remaining five belong to the Digital Education Strategy 2030. To identify relevant educational policies, all strategy-related documents were examined for the term "early childhood" and for sections describing the policies' objectives to determine whether they met the eligibility criteria: aimed at developing students' digital competence and including early childhood education in their target population. The final sample includes three policies meeting both criteria. Two of them, Creative Library project (Resolution of July 16, 2024) and Radio in the Library project (Resolution of August 7, 2024), are part of the School Libraries Advisory Service of Galicia, while the third, Polos Creativos (ORDER of October 6, 2023), is included in the Digital Education Strategy 2030. The analysis of selected policies was then conducted. Content analysis (Bardin, 2002) was applied to the texts of the policy calls and related resolutions. This technique establishes categories for analysis, and in this study, the categories were defined deductively, creating a matrix with aspects addressing the research questions during the material exploration. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study identified three educational policies that include early childhood education students and aim to develop their digital competence. Regarding the number of early childhood education centres involved, Galicia has 77 specific centres exclusively for early childhood education and 562 centres combining early childhood and primary education. A total of 169 centres with early childhood students participate in the Creative Library program (Resolution of 16 July 2024), while 195 centres take part in Radio in the Library project (Resolution of 7 August 2024). Polos Creativos was not initially open to early childhood education in its first call (ORDER of April 21, 2022) but was included in the second and final call (Order of 6 October 2023) for the 2023/24 and 2024/25 school years, incorporating all early childhood education centres in Galicia. Regarding the characteristics of the analysed policies, each has distinguishing features: • The Creative Library program focuses on multiple literacies (Dussel, 2011), promoting didactic methodologies centred on thinking, designing, making, constructing, and collaborative learning. It aligns with the makerspace movement, providing schools with funding for equipment and training, encouraging the use of open-source hardware and free software such as Escornabot. • Radio in the Library project also provides funding for centres to be used at their discretion for equipment and training for both students and teachers. This program supports free technology, promoting the use of Audacity. • Polos Creativos is characterized by a pedagogical void, focusing on providing commercial, proprietary resources identical for all centres, often unrelated to actual school demands and lacking adequate teacher training (Kourti et al., 2023). All three policies emphasize the importance of involving families in the educational process. The review of ICT educational policies in Galicia highlights the limited attention given to early childhood education, a situation common to other European countries. References Admiraal, W. (2022). A typology of educators using Open Educational Resources for teaching. International Journal on Studies in Education (IJonSE), 4(1), 1-23. https://doi.org/10.46328/ijonse.60 Ala-Mutka, K., Punie, Y., & Redecker, C. (2008). Digital competence for lifelong learning. Institute for Prospective Technological Studies (IPTS), European Commission, Joint Research Centre. Technical Note: JRC, 48708, 271-282 Bardin, L. (2002). Análisis de contenido. Ediciones Akal. Dussel, I. (2011). Aprender y enseñar en la cultura digital. Buenos Aires: Santillana. Dussel, I. (2012). Más allá del mito de los «nativos digitales». Jóvenes, escuela y saberes en la cultura digital. En M. Southwell (Comp.), Entre generaciones. Exploraciones sobre educación, cultura e instituciones (pp. 183-213). Argentina: Homo Sapiens Ediciones. Ferrari, A. (2012). Digital Competence in Practice: An Analysis of Frameworks. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Recuperado de http://ftp.jrc.es/EURdoc/JRC83167.pdf INTEF – Instituto Nacional de Tecnologías Educativas y de Formación del Profesorado (INTEF), con la colaboración de las ciudades y comunidades autónomas (2023). Kit de bienvenida: Código Escuela 4.0. https://code.intef.es/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/NUEVO13_23_ProyInt_R3_kit_CE4.0_Maquetaci%C3%B3n.pdf Kourti, Z., Michalakopoulos, C-A, Bagos, P.G. & Paraskevopoulou-Kollia, E-A. (2023). Computational thinking in preschool age: a case study in greece. Education sciences, 13(2), 1-13. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13020157 Order of 21 April 2022 establishing the Polos Creativos educational innovation programme and setting out the procedure for the participation of public educational centres under the authority of this department. Order of 6 October 2023 extending the Polos Creativos educational innovation programme and establishing instructions for its implementation in educational centres under the authority of this department and in privately run centres supported with public funds in the Autonomous Community of Galicia for the 2023/24 and 2024/25 school years. Resolution of 16 July 2024 of the Directorate-General for Educational Planning and Innovation, calling for participation in the Creative Library project, within the framework of the LÍA Plan for School Libraries, for the 2024/25 school year. Resolution of 7 August 2024 of the Directorate-General for Educational Planning and Innovation, within the framework of the LÍA Plan for School Libraries, calling for participation in the Radio in the Library project, for the 2024/25 school year. Selwyn, N. (2009). The digital native – myth and reality. Aslib Proceedings, 61(4), 364-379. http://doi.org/10.1108/00012530910973776 Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S. and Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens - With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes, EUR 31006 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2022, ISBN 978-92-76-48883-5, doi:10.2760/490274, JRC128415. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Implementing Digital Personalised Learning Innovations in Conflict-Affected Education Systems: Evidence from Ukraine 1: War Child Alliance, UERA, Uman National University, Ukraine; 2: War Child Alliance; 3: University of Notre Dame Presenting Author:The ongoing war in Ukraine has severely disrupted the education of millions of children. Can't Wait to Learn is a free educational digital application developed by War Child Alliance in collaboration with the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine to mitigate educational losses. Before its adaptation in Ukraine, the Can't Wait to Learn application, developed by War Child Alliance, had been implemented and tested in multiple countries, proving its effectiveness in improving children's learning outcomes. (Brown et al., 2020; Turner et al., 2022; Douaihy & Stannard, 2025).) This study examines the implementation and adoption of this digital personalised learning (DPL) innovation in Ukrainian primary schools operating under conditions of armed conflict and systemic disruption. The Aim of the study is to examine how teachers implement Can’t Wait to Learn in conflict-affected schools in Ukraine, and to identify the factors that enable or constrain its adoption and sustained use. Objectives - to assess variation in teachers’ implementation of the DPL innovation across intervention schools. - To identify teacher-, school-, and system-level factors that drive or hinder adoption and implementation. - To examine how the conflict context (e.g. air alerts, displacement, shifts to distance learning) influences implementation trajectories. - To evaluate the extent to which observed adoption processes align with, or diverge from, established theories of innovation adoption. Main Research Questions: 1. How can a personalised digital learning (DPL) innovation be used in conflict-affected schools to mitigate educational losses? 2. What factors drive and/or hinder the adoption and implementation of the DPL innovation in conflict-affected school settings? Secondary Research Questions 1. To what extent does the adoption process of the DPL innovation in conflict-affected Ukraine align with broader theoretical approaches to innovation adoption? 2. How did the conflict context influence teachers’ implementation practices and decisions to sustain or discontinue use? Conceptual and Theoretical Framework. The study is grounded in Rogers’ Diffusion of Innovations theory (Rogers, 1983; Pineda et al, 2023), which posits that the adoption of new ideas, practices, or technologies within a social system occurs over time through a process influenced by factors such as perceived advantages, compatibility with existing values, simplicity, trialability, and observable results. It is viewed through the lens of digital transformation and educational resilience (Eurydice / IEA, 2025; Cirus & Simonova, 2021; Lytvynova & Demeshkant, 2022). Building on this framework, the study adopts a context-sensitive extension of diffusion theory to account for: · Crisis-induced disruptions and instability; · Non-linear and interrupted adoption processes; · The role of teacher agency under constrained conditions; · Implementation stability and dosage as critical dimensions of adoption in crisis contexts. The conceptual framework integrates: · Prior conditions (school readiness, access to devices, connectivity, teacher training, perceived needs); · Implementation processes (dosage, consistency, patterns of classroom use); · Contextual shocks related to armed conflict; · Adoption outcomes, including confirmation, adaptation, or discontinuation. This approach allows the study to test the explanatory power of diffusion theory under conditions of systemic disruption and to propose refinements relevant to conflict-affected education systems. By situating digital personalised learning within European policy discourses on digital education and system resilience (European Commission, 2020; Eurydice, 2023), the study contributes to ongoing European debates on how education systems can sustain learning continuity under conditions of systemic shock. Firstly, the study provides mixed-methods evidence on digital learning implementation in active conflict settings. Secondly, it extends diffusion of innovations theory by incorporating crisis-related disruptions and implementation stability. Thirdly, it generates actionable insights for scaling and sustaining edtech interventions in fragile and unstable education systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study uses a mixed-methods explanatory quasi-experimental research design. The design is school-level and implementation-focused, enabling analysis of variation in adoption patterns across schools and the influence of teachers’ implementation decisions within a context of systemic disruption. Schools across Cherkasy region of Ukraine were invited to apply to participate in the study; 36 were randomly selected and randomly assigned to the intervention or comparison group. Students in Grade 3 were then randomly selected; 15 from each school. Teachers had a professional development course where they learned to use the CWTL in their classrooms and were recommended to use the following implementation model: students use the application individually for 7–10 minutes during math and language lessons five times a week; teacher-led discussions and reflections on student progress are conducted (not necessarily every session); pre-downloaded videos are used in the absence of internet access). At the same time, teachers had the freedom to use the CWTL as they wished in order to observe and analyse the variation in adoption patterns. Quantitative data provides evidence on implementation intensity (dosage), disruptions, attendance and student learning outcomes, while qualitative data provide information about the participants’ experience and opinions on the CWTL, the implementation variations, contextual constraints, and mechanisms underlying adoption and discontinuation. Data Sources and Research Instruments The quantitative data included: - Student Academic Assessments in numeracy and literacy, administered at baseline and endline; - Teacher Survey, administered at baseline and endline; - Implementation Dosage, Disruptions and Attendance Data, gathered weekly during the whole implementation period Qualitative Data included: - Classroom Observations - Key Informant Interviews with teachers, school leaders, programme team, and policy-makers. - Focus Group Discussions with students and caregivers Quantitative and qualitative findings are triangulated to: - Explain observed implementation variations, - Identify mechanisms linking implementation decisions, context, and outcomes, - Assess alignment with and divergence from diffusion theory. Ethical Considerations The study adheres to ethical standards for research in conflict-affected settings, including: • Informed consent from all participants, • Protection of participant confidentiality and anonymity, • Sensitivity to trauma-related risks, • Flexible data collection approaches to minimise burden on schools and teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to contribute to a more nuanced understanding of how digital personalised learning innovations are implemented and adopted under conditions of instability and how they help to mitigate learning losses and continue education amidst disruption. Expected Findings First, the study is likely to find substantial variation in implementation modes, intensity and consistency across schools, despite broadly positive teacher attitudes towards digital learning at baseline. High motivation and perceived value are expected to be necessary but insufficient conditions for effective implementation. Second, teachers’ decisions on how the DPL innovation is used are expected to play a decisive role in further adoption of the innovation. Third, the findings are expected to show that conflict-related disruptions interrupt linear adoption pathways. Air alerts, shifts to distance learning, and emotional strain on teachers are likely to push schools back and forth between stages of adoption, challenging the smooth progression from implementation to confirmation. Fourth, the study is anticipated to reveal that dosage and implementation stability, rather than intensity alone, are critical mechanisms linking innovation adoption to learning outcomes. Periods of intensive but erratic use are unlikely to produce the same educational benefits as sustained implementation. Fifth, when assessed against Rogers’ Diffusion of Innovations theory, the adoption process in conflict-affected Ukraine is expected to only partially align with established constructs. Specifically, the study is likely to demonstrate that diffusion models require adaptation to account for systemic disruptions, teacher wellbeing, and institutional fragility. Expected Outcomes - Description of various implementation patterns in conflict-affected schools. - Evidence on the relationship between implementation characteristics and student learning growth. - Demonstration of how the context shapes teachers’ adoption decisions. - An extension of diffusion of innovations theory incorporating crisis-induced non-linearity and implementation stability as a core dimension. References 1.Brown, F. L., Farag, A. I., Hussein Abd Alla, F., Radford, K., Miller, L., Neijenhuijs, K., … & Jordans, M. J. D. (2020). Can’t Wait to Learn: A quasi-experimental mixed-method evaluation of a digital game-based learning programme for out-of-school children in Sudan. Journal of Development Effectiveness, 15(3), 320–341. https://doi.org/10.1080/19439342.2020.1829000 2.Cirus, L., & Simonova, I. (2021). Pupils’ digital literacy reflected in teachers’ attitudes towards ICT: Case study of the Czech Republic. SN Computer Science, 2(3), 231. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42979-021-00567-y 3.Douaihy, L., & Stannard, L. (2025). Scaling and adapting digital personalised learning in crisis-affected areas: A comparison of the Can’t Wait to Learn programme in Lebanon and Ukraine. Revue internationale d’éducation de Sèvres, HS-4. https://doi.org/10.4000/146vx 4.Eurydice / IEA. (2025). Digital transformation of education as a strategic path to resilience and innovation. Eurydice. 5.Lytvynova, S., & Demeshkant, N. (2022). Distance learning in primary school during the COVID-19 pandemic: Results of the “SMART KIDS” experiment. arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2204.03472 6.Pineda, A. M., Reia, S. M., Connaughton, C., Fontanari, J. F., & Rodrigues, F. A. (2023). Cultural heterogeneity constrains diffusion of innovations. arXiv. https://arxiv.org/abs/2308.02931 7.Rogers, E. M. (1983). Diffusion of innovations (3rd ed.). Free Press. ISBN: 0029266505 8.Turner, J. S., Taha, K., Ibrahim, N., Neijenhuijs, K. I., Hallak, E., Radford, K., Stubbé-Alberts, H., de Hoop, T., Jordans, M. J. D., & Brown, F. L. (2022). A proof-of-concept study of Can’t Wait to Learn: A digital game-based learning program for out-of-school children in Lebanon. Journal on Education in Emergencies, 8(1), 76–109. https://doi.org/10.33682/8v7u-q7y3 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 17 SES 12 A: Pedagogies of Hope and Difficult Histories Location: 6017 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Tamar Groves Paper Session |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Paulo Freire in Geneva 1970-1980: World Pedagogy, Transnational Networks and the Making of a Global Intellectual Tampere university, Finland Presenting Author:This paper examines a crucial but surprisingly understudied period in the life and work of Paulo Freire: his years in Geneva in the early 1970s, when he worked for the World Council of Churches (WCC) and became a truly global public intellectual. While Freire is widely known for Pedagogy of the Oppressed (1968) and for his role in Latin American critical pedagogy, his decade-long transnational activity based in Europe has received far less systematic historical and empirical attention. The central research questions of the paper are: How did Paulo Freire become a global intellectual and a worldwide reference point for emancipatory education in the 1970s? What institutional, political, and organizational infrastructure made this global role possible? And how did the World Council of Churches serve as a hub for transnational pedagogical, political, and postcolonial networks during this period? Empirically, the paper is based on original archival research conducted at the World Council of Churches archives in Geneva, which holds 17 boxes of documents related to Freire’s work in the WCC’s education department. This material consists mainly of correspondence, reports, memoranda, travel documents, and administrative papers produced during Freire’s work between 1970 and the late 1970s. Although the archive does not constitute a personal intellectual archive in the strict sense, it offers a unique window into the everyday institutional conditions, constraints, and possibilities of Freire’s global activity. Methodologically, the paper approaches the archive both as a historical source and as an object of reflection in its own right. The WCC archive does not primarily reveal the internal development of Freire’s concepts; rather, it documents the practical, organizational, and political infrastructure of “world pedagogy”: the flows of invitations, requests, refusals, travel arrangements, and collaborations that made Freire a nodal point in a global network of educators, activists, churches, and liberation movements. The paper, therefore, treats the archive as a record of the material and institutional conditions of global intellectual work in the 1970s. Theoretically, the analysis draws on transnational history, the sociology of intellectuals, and critical historiography of education. Freire is approached not only as a thinker but also as a historically situated actor embedded in specific institutional and geopolitical constellations shaped by decolonization, the Cold War, and the rise of international civil society organizations. Particular attention is paid to Freire’s intensive engagement with African liberation movements and postcolonial educational projects, which became a central dimension of his work during the Geneva years. The paper argues that Freire’s Geneva period should be understood as a formative phase in the making of “Paulo Freire” as a global figure. It was through the WCC’s transnational networks that Freire’s pedagogy was translated, mobilized, and recontextualized across continents. At the same time, this period also reveals the tensions, limits, and overload inherent in global intellectual work: the archive is filled with unanswered requests, standardized refusals, and signs of the sheer scale of expectations projected onto Freire. By reconstructing this institutional and transnational infrastructure of Freire’s work, the paper contributes to a more historically grounded understanding of critical pedagogy as a global project and to the historiography of education in the era of decolonization and internationalization. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is based on original historical-empirical archival research conducted at the World Council of Churches (WCC) archives in Geneva, which preserve one of the most significant surviving institutional collections related to Paulo Freire’s work in the 1970s. The archive consists of 17 boxes of documents produced in the context of Freire’s work in the WCC’s education department and related projects. The material includes correspondence, internal memoranda, reports, travel documents, project files, and other administrative records. Methodologically, the study combines elements of transnational history, institutional history, and critical historiography of education. The archive is approached not merely as a repository of information but as a historically and institutionally structured source that reflects specific practices of documentation, selection, and preservation. This means that particular attention is paid not only to what is present in the archive, but also to what is absent, fragmented, or filtered through bureaucratic routines. The empirical work consisted of a systematic review of the entire Freire collection. All boxes were examined, and the most relevant documents were photographed, as the archive does not provide scanning or copying facilities. The analysis focused especially on three thematic clusters that are central to the paper: Freire’s transnational networks, his engagement with African educational and postcolonial projects, and the institutional role of the World Council of Churches as a platform for global pedagogical work. Analytically, the documents were read both individually and relationally. Single letters, memoranda, and reports were contextualized within broader institutional processes, correspondence chains, and patterns of interaction. Rather than reconstructing Freire’s intellectual development in a conceptual sense, the analysis reconstructs the material, organizational, and political infrastructure of his global activity. In addition to the WCC archive, the study draws on limited published autobiographical materials and secondary literature on his life and work, primarily to contextualize and triangulate the archival findings. The overall methodological orientation is reconstructive and interpretive, aiming to situate Freire’s Geneva period within broader European and global constellations of the 1970s. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to make three main contributions to the history of education and to Freire scholarship. First, the paper offers a historically grounded reconstruction of Paulo Freire’s Geneva period as a formative phase in the making of his global role. Rather than treating Freire’s international influence as a more or less spontaneous effect of Pedagogy of the Oppressed, the paper shows how this influence was actively mediated, organized, and sustained through the institutional infrastructure of the World Council of Churches. The findings suggest that Freire’s transformation into a global reference point for emancipatory education was not only an intellectual process but also an organizational and logistical one. Second, the paper makes visible the transnational networks that linked European, African, and Latin American educational and political projects in the 1970s. In particular, it highlights the centrality of African postcolonial contexts in Freire’s work during this period, showing how his pedagogical practice was reshaped through concrete collaborations with liberation movements and adult educators in newly independent states. This contributes to a more geographically and politically nuanced understanding of Freire’s work, moving beyond its usual Latin American framing. Third, the paper offers a methodological and historiographical contribution by showing what an institutional archive can—and cannot—reveal about a global intellectual. The findings underscore the importance of reading archives not only for their content but also for their silences, absences, and bureaucratic structures. In this way, the paper contributes to current debates on transnational and institutional approaches in the history of education. More broadly, the study suggests that critical pedagogy should be understood not only as a body of ideas but also as a historically situated practice embedded in specific organizations, networks, and material conditions. References Freire, P. (1970/2000). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Continuum. Freire, P. (1994). Pedagogy of hope: Reliving Pedagogy of the oppressed. Continuum. Freire, P. (1996). Letters to Cristina: Reflections on my life and work. Routledge. Kirkendall, A. J. (2010). Paulo Freire and the Cold War politics of literacy. University of North Carolina Press. Suoranta, J. (2025). Paulo Freire: peregrino do óbvio. Pontes Editores. Torres, C. A. (2014). First Freire: Early writings in social justice education. Teachers College Press. 17. Histories of Education
Paper The Recasting of Difficult Histories: Learning Though Postcolonial Affective Entanglements in Museums 1: University of New England, Australia; 2: University of Adelaide, Australia Presenting Author:In this presentation we engage in a critical reflection on the way museums confront past celebrations of colonialism. Curators are increasingly engaged in new truth-telling approaches that challenge students of history to look at difficult histories through hard hitting affect laden installations. We tell this story through an encounter with a three roomed exhibition in the National Museum of Wales entitled Reframing Picton, The Wound is a Portal, and Spirited. The three rooms of the exhibition reveal different narratives of the colonial project. In the first room Picton’s grand portrait has been put into packing crates and placed on the ground. On the walls around that are the transcripts of his trial for the torture of young girls in Trinidad. The second room is a contemporary space with images and videos of Trinidadians today speaking back to the wounds of the colonial past showing resistance and resilience. The final room is an installation created by a collaboration of artists and museum workers. There are several delicate wire sculptures of a dancer, lit up and casting delicate shadows on the wall, while twee music emanates from a rotating cigar box. A circular path has been created with walls of paper messages, interspersed with large images of 19th century enslavement and compellingly young girls of the 21st century. Disturbingly loud sounds of rattling chains and screams join the soundscape. The path leads to the dramatic centre piece revealing that the petite figure is in fact the act of torture, known as “pictoning”. This double entendre dramatically castes innocence alongside the horrors of the colonial past entangling visitors in an extraordinary affective encounter. As museum researcher/visitors we are open to the serendipitous, responding to the curatorial design and listening to our embodied reactions. This exhibition disrupted and challenged our senses at every turn. Indeed, what seemed like a petite ballerina figure would in fact represent something quite terrifying. Our emergent process therefore involved deliberate slow walking, close noticing, engaging in circular exploration of the spaces and a focus on listening to the sounds and silences. In this exceptional exhibition we found ourselves reconfigured and utterly entangled in the affective flows of colonial and postcolonial histories. Thomas Picton was once regarded as a great figure of Welsh history, a governor of Trinidad and a hero who died at the Battle of Waterloo in 1815. As museum visitors we are asked to engage consciously and conscientiously with an alternative history of Picton in Trinidad, that foregrounds the suffering of women and re-evaluates Picton as any sort of hero. This aligns with a movement throughout the UK and other parts of the British empire where museums are called to rethink colonial representations (Yuhl, 2013), where institutions are asked to divest themselves of historical slave-based sources, and where public symbols and nomenclature are being re-considered (Moscufi, 2022). In this presentation we explore how postcolonial challenges impact museums and especially how they impacted the National Museum of Wales and its representation of Thomas Picton. We raise questions about how we can use post qualitative process methodologies and new materialism to recast difficult histories and enhance history education in museums. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this presentation we employ a hybrid researcher/visitor methodology that focuses on the possibilities for encounters in museums to change, unsettle or challenge us. The curious, engaged visitor/ researcher practice can be described as an imaginative form of inquiry (Arendt 1982, Haraway, 2016). As museum researcher/visitors we use post qualitative theories to explore the embodied immersion in the curated space and the ways in which the immersion becomes as affective entanglement. By thinking through affect and affective encounters we plug into those pivotal sensations that allow for different ways for thinking about learning (Jackson & Mazzei, 2023). Waterton refers affect to being ‘bodily interrupted’ (Waterton 2014, 823). Affect is also active, moving between and amongst, in and around bodies culminating perhaps in Thrift’s idea of ‘affective contagion’ (Thrift 2009, 88). It is fast, reactive, unpredictable, pre-thought, pre-planned, ‘involuntary and precognitive’ (Thrift 2009, 91). We are alert to the ways in which affective flows entangle us through memories, stories, soundscapes and the vitality of matter. The entanglement is an active, ongoing process; always in a state of flux. Drawing on the Baradian idea of emergent ethico-onto-epistemological entanglement as a means for thinking about our learning that occurs in museum. As Barad suggests “Practices of knowing and being are not isolable; they are mutually implicated. We don’t obtain knowledge by standing outside the world; we know because we are of the world (2007 p. 185). In this entanglement we are implicated by our embodied immersion in the vitality of matter but we are also implicated in the geo-political histories of our own colonial -settler backgrounds. Such implications compelled us to develop a methodology that would undertake a process of response-able reading and an ethico-onto-epistemological collaboration. From that we developed three categories for analysis 1: Walking / close noticing, 2. Multiple circular patterns that aim to disorientate and well as teach. 3. Sounds and silence in historic and contemporary contexts. This methodological work provided insights into the visitor experiences as we encounter and try to make sense of the complexities of difficult histories in the National Museum of Wales. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Museums mirror the shifts and contestations of societal knowledge making. In recent times the uncovering of the exploitation and cruelty embedded in colonial and imperial projects of the past have become louder in curatorial narratives. In the Reframing /Spirited exhibition each of the three rooms proposed a rethinking of the nature and legacy of colonial past. This unanticipated truth telling encounter with an assemblage of vital matter, sounds and images left us hyper-alert, transfixed and reconfigured. The exhibition provided us with an insight into the geo-political colonial enterprise through the juxtaposition of a national hero as tormentor and his victim, a young girl, until now, lost to history. The creators of Spirited, Laku Neg, explained their goal: ‘How can we honor them and transform their suffering - scream into song, torture into dance?’ (2022). As a means for making sense of in this overwhelming and complex encounter we found ourselves engaged in a research practice of embodied walking and close noticing, working with circular pattens of space and story, and listening to the silence and the clamor. The dynamic nature of the curatorial voices, reveal the horrors of colonialism but also insist on making known degrees of agency and resistance thus proposing an anti-colonial challenge to visitors to reflect upon. In this presentation we have proposed a methodological process for thinking about the shifts in representations of difficult history in museums through the affective flows that reverberate and entangle us with matter, images, sounds, and stories. It is a post qualitative and interdisciplinary process that consciously unpacks the pre-intensities of challenging sensorial and embodied encounters. Our chance visit to the National Museum of Wales this approach provided us with extraordinary insights into how we might navigate the complexities of postcolonialism in the museums and the wider community. References Arendt, H. (1982) Lectures on Kant’s Political Philosophy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Blackman, L. (2016). Affect, Mediation and Subjectivity-as-Encounter: Finding the Feeling of the Foundling. Journal of Curatorial Studies, 5(1) 32–55. doi:10.1386/jcs.5.1.32_1. Jackson, A. & Mazzei, L. Thinking with Theory in Qualitative Research, (2nd ed., Milton Park, Routledge, 2023). Haraway, D. (2016). Staying with the Trouble: Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1215/9780822373780 Moscufo, M. (2022). College Campuses see growing reparations movement. ABC News, https://abcnews.go.com/US/college-campuses-growing-reparations-movement/story?id=87069082 Mulcahy, D. (2019). Pedagogic affect and its politics: learning to affect and be affected in education, Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(1), pp. 93-108, DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2018.1549706 Neg, L. (2022). Spirited https://museum.wales/blog/2457/Spirited/ Spirited – Cyfweliad Laki Neg Interview – Ailfframio / Reframing Picton https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VJh_8z5th2Q&t=61s Thrift, N. (2009). ‘Understanding the Affective Spaces of Political Performance’, in M. Smith, J. Davidson, L. Cameron & L. Bondi, (eds.), Emotion, Place and Culture Farnham: Ashgate, pp. 79-95. Waterton, E. (2014). A More-Than-Representational Understanding of heritage? The ‘Past’ and the Politics of Affect, Geography Compass 8 (11), pp. 823-833. Yuhl, S. (2013). Hidden in Plain Sight: Centering the Domestic Slave Trade in American Public History, Journal of Southern History 79(3) pp. 593–624. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 18 SES 12 A: Critical Perspectives in Physical Education Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Håkan Larsson Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper With The Best of Intentions: Working With HPE Teachers to Implement Humanism-Critical Pedagogies in HPE University of Auckland, New Zealand Presenting Author:Despite decades of scholarship urging educators to foreground social justice, translating these ideals into everyday teaching remains a complex and uneven challenge. Health and Physical Education (HPE), with its focus on embodied, emotional, and relational learning, holds powerful potential to foster inclusion, affirm identity, promote cultural recognition, and support democratic participation (Gerdin et al. 2021; Kirk 2020). While policy and curriculum developments in countries such as New Zealand, Australia, and Sweden have increasingly emphasised equity and inclusion, a significant disconnect remains between these aspirational goals and actual classroom practice. Many teachers report uncertainty about how to translate such ideals into everyday pedagogical decisions. Our own research in Aotearoa New Zealand (Philpot, 2025; Gerdin et al., 2021) suggests that despite believing in the importance of equitable education and despite recognising that social justice is an espoused focus within HPE curricula (Ministry of Education 2007), HPE teachers are uncertain how to teach for and about equity, diversity, and social justice in their own teaching contexts. This study responds to the call for grounded, empirical accounts of socially just teaching practices (Burrows, et al. 2020; Wrench & Garrett 2021) by examining how HPE teachers in Aotearoa New Zealand collaboratively developed and enacted pedagogies that focus on inclusion, equity and social justice. In order to try and make a difference to practice, we embarked on a practitioner research project designed to support practitioners to create solutions for their own local contexts. In this presentation we report on a three-year practitioner inquiry project involving ten secondary school HPE teachers. The project was structured around a collaborative, practitioner inquiry model in which teachers worked alongside university-based researchers to create a professional learning community (Darling-Hammond & Richardson, 2009) to critically examine and develop their teaching practices. Together, participants explored how pedagogies oriented toward social justice might be implemented, adapted, and sustained in real-world educational settings. We conceptualise pedagogies for social justice as those that intentionally seek to empower rather than marginalise learners by recognising and addressing the structural and relational dynamics that shape educational experience (Evans and Davies 2017). Rather than advocating for a fixed set of best practices, we aim to provide a nuanced portrait of teachers grappling with the lived complexities of socially just teaching. Through collaborative inquiry, these educators enacted pedagogical innovations that reflected their commitments to equity, inclusion, and cultural responsiveness. In this presentation we draw on Complexity Thinking as a framework through which to explore the collaborative inquiry process. Complexity thinking is used to understand how phenomena emerge from the interactions within highly connected dynamical systems that adapt and change in response to the environments they are situated in (Ovens, 2017). The purpose of this presentation is to draw on Complexity Thinking to report on the challenges experienced by both the practitioners and researchers during the project. The study identified several constraints that shaped the collaboration. Organisational constraints included gaining access from research-weary school leaders, coordinating the availability of the practitioner-partners, and administration of funding (eg paying schools, booking food, vouchers). Research constraints included that challenge of collecting meaningful data and the individual understandings of social justice. Logistical constraints for the practitioner-partners centred on weather related disruptions to teaching programmes, student attendance variations and completing priorities within their jobs. Collectively these constraints served to create tensions between research and professional learning and highlighted the importance of adaptive expertise when focused on equity, inclusion and social justice in HPE classrooms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This three-year study employed a practitioner inquiry methodology grounded in the belief that teachers possess the pedagogical knowledge and contextual insight necessary to improve their practice. The study involved ten secondary school HPE teachers working in diverse school settings in Aotearoa New Zealand. These teachers participated as practitioner-partners in a collaborative inquiry project with university-based researchers. The project was structured in four overlapping phases. The first phase involved building a community of inquiry and developing a shared understanding of the practitioner-partners’ teaching contexts, issues and interests and the self-exploration of existing practices (Cohen et al. 2007). The second phase focused on identifying a particular social justice issue that each practitioner-partner wanted to address and co-constructing teaching approaches and resources to support the implementation phase. In the third phase, practitioner-partners implemented their chosen approach. In the final project phase, the practitioner-partner(s) and the research team met again to reflect on the interventions and plan for the following year. Data for the study were generated through multiple sources including observations and post observation interviews were based on a Critical Incident technique methodology (see Philpot et al., 2021). Other methods included researcher reflective journaling before and after meetings and workshops with teachers, recorded pair discussions during the one-day workshop and focus groups at the final one-day workshop. The practitioner partners kept weekly digital diaries during the weeks of the intervention. Artefacts included teaching resources, posters and unit plans. All discussions, focus groups and digital diaries were transcribed. To date, 286 pages of data have been generated. The primary date used to inform this paper were the researcher reflective journalling and focus groups from workshops. All data were analysed through a reflexive thematic analysis approach that consisted of data familiarisation, initial and advanced coding, theme development, review, refinement, and reporting (Braun & Clarke 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This practitioner inquiry highlights the intricate realities of bridging the gap between social justice theory and Health and Physical Education (HPE) practice. By drawing on complexity thinking, the collaboration revealed a web of interconnected constraints. While the project successfully designed justice-oriented pedagogies, its implementation was governed by the unpredictable dynamics of tertiary and school environments. The study identified significant organizational and logistical hurdles that often remain invisible in academic discourse. From navigating the gatekeeping of research-weary administrators to managing the minutiae of funding, vouchers, and catering, the administrative burden was substantial. Furthermore, practitioner-partners faced on-the-ground disruptions—ranging from weather-related program shifts to fluctuating student attendance—that frequently collided with the rigid data collection needs of the research. These factors underscore that social justice work does not happen in a vacuum; it is shaped by the material and temporal realities of school life. Crucially, the project exposed the inherent tensions between researching teachers and the professional development of teachers. While the researchers sought robust, meaningful data and conceptual clarity on social justice, the practitioners were often more focused on immediate, actionable growth and navigating competing job priorities. This tension suggests that for such inquiries to be sustainable, they must balance the extractive nature of data collection with the generative needs of professional learning. Ultimately, this inquiry serves as a reminder for those of us working within PETE the to remain cognisant of the challenges of working in secondary school classrooms. grounded. If we are to support genuine pedagogical change, we must ensure our frameworks are flexible enough to withstand the messiness of school life. Staying relevant requires us to embrace these complexities, recognizing that social justice is not just a curricular goal, but a lived, negotiated process between researchers and those on the front lines of education. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Burrows, L., M. O’Sullivan, G. Halbert, & E. Scott. (2020). The Aims and Outcomes Challenge: Preparing Physical Education Teacher Educators and Teachers for Twenty-First Century Redesign Imperatives and Accountability Requirements. In School Physical Education and Teacher Education, edited by A. MacPhail, and H. A. Lawson, 11–21. Routledge. Cohen, L., L. Manion, & K. Morrison, K. (2007). Research Methods in Education. 6th ed. Routledge. Darling-Hammond, L., & Richardson, N. (2009). Research Review/Teacher Learning: What Matters. Educational Leadership 66 (5): 46–53. Gerdin, G., Smith, W., Philpot, R., Schenker, K., Mordal Moen, K. Linnér, S., Westlie, K., & Larsson., L. (2021). Education for Social Justice and Equitable Health Outcomes – The Promise of School Health and Physical Education. Routledge Kirk, D. (2020). Precarity, Critical Pedagogy and Physical Education. Routledge. Ministry of Education. (2007). The New Zealand Curriculum. Learning Media. Ovens, A. (2017). Putting complexity to work to think differently about transformative pedagogies in teacher education. Issues in Teacher Education, 26(3), 38–51. Philpot, R., Smith, W., Gerdin, G., Schenker, K., Linnér, S., Larsson, L., Mordal Moen, K. & Westlie, K. (2021). Exploring social justice pedagogies in health and physical education through Critical Incident Technique methodology. European Physical Education Review, 27(1), 57-75. Philpot, R. (2025). “‘Sometimes Unfair is Fair’: New Zealand HPE Teachers’ Perceptions of Social Justice.” Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education 16 (1): 22–40. https://doi.org/ 10.1080/25742981.2023.2270464. Wrench, A., & Garrett, R. (2021). Navigating Culturally Responsive Pedagogy through an Indigenous Games Unit. Sport, Education and Society 26 (6): 567–578. https://doi.org/10. 1080/13573322.2020.1764520. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper New (Materialist) Perspectives on Becoming Trauma-aware in Physical Education 1: University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2: Loughborough University Presenting Author:There is a growing recognition for physical education (PE) teachers to engage with and enact trauma-aware practices. Yet despite some progress, how trauma-aware practices ‘play out’ in school physical education contexts is not well understood. Thus, perspectives on becoming trauma-aware is a relatively unexplored area of teacher learning and practice in the field. In this paper we make a novel contribution to this area of scholarship by providing a socio-material reading of trauma-aware practices in physical education. Informed by new materialism, we examine the material-discursive conditions of schools and how teacher-becomings are produced (or not) by the intra-actions between a broad range of human and non-human actors in the school-PE-assemblage. In doing so we delineate a series of insights relating to the conceptualisation and enactment of trauma-aware practices in physical education, and develop an understanding of becoming trauma-aware as a situated, non-linear process, characterised by experimentation and change. In thinking with theory, we then reflect on what new materialism can do to/for trauma-related teacher learning and practice in the field, and the pedagogical possibilities that arise when we de-centre human agency. We conclude by suggesting that to affectively respond to the socio-material complexity of childhood trauma, required are multiple, heterogenous teacher-becomings that emerge at different speeds, intensities, and directions. The discussion unfolds in the context of the burgeoning ‘poly crisis’, where ‘many vital problems’ (Morin and Kern, 1999, p. 74) coalesce to (re)produce single incident, complex, and intergenerational trauma(s) (Clarke, 2024). For instance, incidences of childhood stress and trauma have been linked to austerity and rising childhood poverty, a global pandemic, international political unrest, climate crisis, and experiences of systemic racism (Assari, 2020; Seitz, Bertsch and Herpertz, 2021). Consequently, childhood trauma has been recognised as a global public health emergency (UNESCO, 2019). Trauma – broadly defined as an event or series of events that overwhelm a person’s capacity to cope (van der Kolk, 2014) – can have deleterious effects on wellbeing and school-related outcomes for children (Perfect et al., 2016). Childhood trauma can also trigger a series of psychosocial, emotional, political, and economic consequences later in life, highlighting a growing need for educators and schools to address trauma from an early age (Dye, 2018). In PE contexts, calls for a separate discussion about trauma and trauma aware practices are justified given the unique demands of the subject (Quarmby et al., 2022). Yet despite promising rhetoric the need for pedagogical alternatives remains, given the socio-material complexity of childhood trauma and the variability with which young people experience and express it (van der Kolk, 2014; Gündoğan İbrişim, 2020). Drawing on new materialist theory we extend these alternatives by broadening our understanding of what can affect and be affected (Deleuze and Guattari, 1987) in schools, looking beyond the mind/matter divide to explore human and non-human ‘actors’ in the production of trauma aware practices (Fox and Alldred, 2017). Taking cues from Jackson and Mazzei (2023), this involved ‘plugging’ new materialist theory into each of Quarmby et al.’s (2022) principles for trauma aware pedagogies to see what this might do to/for our understanding of becoming trauma aware and the field. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is a theoretical discussion with no research methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper invites further discussion about how we conceptualise and enact trauma aware practices in PE. Thinking with new materialist theory transformed our own thoughts, and we have demonstrated how PE teachers, teacher-educators, and researchers among us may similarly be affected to explore alternatives to individualistic assumptions about trauma and teacher practice. We also contend that in pursuit of effective trauma-aware practices, our unit of analysis should shift from the workings of individual PE teachers to those of school-PE-assemblages. What this paper does then, we hope, is add an alternative vision of what trauma-aware practices in PE could be, while recognising that, for many of us, shifting perspective(s) and making new connections may be necessary precursors for becoming trauma-aware. Certainly, translating new materialist theory into practice requires further examination, particularly where trauma-related teacher learning opportunities remain inconsistent (Berger, 2019). But, like others engaged in the turn to matter, we are excited by the possibilities that may emerge when we dismantle the various binary assumptions about teachers and learners and broaden our understanding of what is considered ‘affective’ in schools. Moving forward, we are moved by the prospect of what materially informed teacher learning and teacher education programmes can do to/for pre/in-service PE teachers and the trauma-affected young people in their care. The variability of support needed for young people who respond to and express their experiences of trauma differently demands we let go of linear assumptions about healing and trauma-aware practices. As such, we foreground the need for multiple, heterogenous PE teacher-becomings and practices that emerge at different speeds, intensities, and directions; perhaps only then will we begin to understand – and affectively respond to – the socio-material complexity of childhood trauma. References Assari, S. (2020) “Family socioeconomic status and exposure to childhood trauma: Racial differences,” Children, 7(6). Available at: https://doi.org/10.3390/children7060057. Berger, E. (2019) “Multi-tiered Approaches to Trauma-Informed Care in Schools: A Systematic Review,” School Mental Health, 11(4), pp. 650–664. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-019-09326-0. Clarke, V.B. (2024) “How Can Beauty Heal the Beast: Living with the Impacts of Polycrisis Traumas,” Cultural and Pedagogical Inquiry, 16(2), pp. 94–108. Available at: http://ejournals.library.ualberta.ca/index.php/cpi/index. Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. (1987) A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. Translated by B. Massumi. Dye, H. (2018) “The impact and long-term effects of childhood trauma,” Journal of Human Behavior in the Social Environment, 28(3), pp. 381–392. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/10911359.2018.1435328. Fox, N.J. and Alldred, P. (2017) Sociology and the New Materialism: Theory, Research, Action. London: SAGE. Gündoğan İbrişim, D. (2020) “Trauma, Critical Posthumanism and New Materialism,” in C. Davis and H. Meretoja (eds.) The Routledge Companion to Literature and Trauma. 1st ed. London: Routledge, pp. 230–240. Jackson, A.Y. and Mazzei, L.A. (2023) Thinking with Theory in Qualitative Research. Second Edition. New York: Routledge. van der Kolk, B. (2014) The body keeps the score: mind, brain and body in the transformation of trauma. New York: Viking. Morin, Edgar. and Kern, A.Brigitte. (1999) Homeland earth : a manifesto for the new millenium. Hampton Press. Perfect, M.M. et al. (2016) “School-Related Outcomes of Traumatic Event Exposure and Traumatic Stress Symptoms in Students: A Systematic Review of Research from 1990 to 2015,” School Mental Health, 8(1), pp. 7–43. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/s12310-016-9175-2. Seitz, K.I., Bertsch, K. and Herpertz, S.C. (2021) “A Prospective Study of Mental Health During the COVID‐19 Pandemic in Childhood,” Journal of Traumatic Stress, 34(3), pp. 477–486. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1002/jts.22660. UNESCO (2019) “Education as healing: Addressing the trauma of displacement through social and emotional learning,” Global Education Monitoring Report [Preprint], (No. 38). 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper The Role of Physical Education in Alternative Provision: Supporting the Transition of Pupils Back to Mainstream School 1: Leeds Beckett University; 2: Loughborough University Presenting Author:The practice of alternative education is developing in various countries, however, regardless of location there seems to be a lack of consensus in terms of definition and quality. While there is a clear need for alternative education options to be available for excluded and marginalised young people worldwide, these facilities can be viewed as a ‘dumping ground’ for pupils who were unwanted and unwelcomed at a mainstream school (Kim and Taylor, 2008). Alternative education is broadly established to cater to the needs of children and young people who have dropped out or been removed from mainstream school (Mills and McGregor, 2017). In the United Kingdom (UK) alternative provision is the term used whereby schools/settings provide education, that is arranged by local authorities for pupils who, because of (temporary or permanent) school exclusion, illness or other reasons would not otherwise receive a suitable education (Department for Education, 2013). In England, a key ambition for alternative provision settings is for every child to make a successful transition out of alternative provision and reintegrate back into mainstream schooling (Department for Education, 2018). Reintegration refers to the efforts made by schools, local authorities, and other agencies to return pupils who are absent, excluded or otherwise missing from mainstream education back to this context (Thomas, 2015). However, Pennacchia and Thomson (2016) suggest there is/has been a ‘repair and return’ discourse associated with alternative provision, whereby alternative provision seeks to ‘fix’ children and young people before their return to mainstream school. This approach is problematic and positions children and young people as the problem rather than considering the responsibility of the receiving mainstream school to make adequate provisions, reflect on school policies, or accommodate the needs of the children and young people (Pennacchia and Thomson, 2016). As a result, it has been argued that for a successful reintegration, greater emphasis should be placed on the challenging cultures of mainstream schools to adapt to meet the needs of young people (Levinson and Thompson, 2016). Positive reintegration experiences are often characterised by social inclusion within the mainstream education setting, developing strong peer support systems and relationships (Owen et al., 2021). It is here that physical education (PE) and sport within alternative provision schools could play a key role. For instance, PE is thought to promote social inclusion through activities that foster working cooperatively, support following directions, taking turns, dealing with a range of emotions, and using appropriate forms of communication (Block, 2016). However, there is currently no empirical research that explores the role and value of PE and sport in alternative provision and the impact it has on the transition of pupils back into mainstream school. While a small amount of research has been carried out surrounding PE in alternative provision, this has focused on how and why PE is being delivered (see Maher et al., 2025; Quarmby et al., 2025). As such, this research offers a unique perspective, explicitly exploring what role PE, in a range of alternative provision settings, plays in supporting the transition of young people back into mainstream schools. In doing so, this presentation first seeks to explore the role of the PE teacher and their knowledge, skills, understanding and how they work to foster a sense of belonging and second, how pupils attending alternative provision experience PE and the influence it could have on the transition process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data collection process for this research project has been split into two phases. The first phase involved semi-structured interviews with nine key adult stakeholders who deliver PE, from a range of different alternative provision contexts in England. These contexts include alternative provision academies, pupil referral units and independent social emotional mental health providers. Importantly, each of these contexts can be structured and run differently meaning the role and value of PE in each could differ. For this phase, semi-structured interviews were employed as the preferred data collection method because the primary goal was to better understand the unique perspective of the participant. Each interview was conducted online using MS teams and on average lasted 45 minutes to 1 hour. Online interviews are advantageous in allowing participants to be more comfortable and provide choice/control for inviting a researcher into their place of work (De Villiers et al., 2021). As such, this approach allowed participants to be spread across a wider range of locations throughout the UK. The interviews considered themes such as the broad role of PE, the role of PE in supporting transition, key features that they think support transition, along with the pedagogical approaches that support this and how or why they use these. Data from the first phase was used to inform the second phase (currently ongoing) which seeks to engage with children and young people from a range of different alternative provision contexts. To understand the experiences of children and young people and consider what aspects of PE and the curriculum they encounter are beneficial for reintegration, this research draws from longitudinal engagement in different contexts and the use of a variety of arts-based methods. Such methods include drawing, character creations, and mind-mapping and were supplemented by focus group discussions. There is an increased recognition in the value of using arts-based methods, for instance, they offer new ways to explore connections, provoking participants to think differently and build greater understanding (Leavy, 2018). At the time of submission, the second phase has engaged with 19 (17 boys and 2 girls) children and young people across three different alternative provision schools including a secondary alternative provision academy, a secondary independent special school, and a primary social emotional mental health provider. Data from both phase one and phase two has been analysed using thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Key themes identified from discussions with key adult stakeholders from the first phase of data collection included the value of teacher-student relationships. It was apparent that these are central for young people’s engagement. Practitioners often spoke about the importance of knowing children and young people as individuals, highlighting their variety of needs and advocating for the child. In addition, it was determined that PE has potential to present itself as a safe space for children/young people, which ultimately was seen to increase engagement, love for activity, and respect for others. The latter is important for considering reintegration, a clear goal of this project. To support these initial findings Quarmby et al. (under review) recommended the need to identify ways to foster positive relationships between teachers and pupils in alternative provision since building a positive relationship centred around trust is key to supporting vulnerable young people (Quarmby et al., 2022). Initial findings from the second phase with children and young people begins to pose some contradictory perspectives. Arguably, while reintegration might be a key outcome, attending an alternative provision can offer some children/young people greater opportunities to succeed. Reintegration may impact this since the practices they experience in alternative provision are not reflected in mainstream schools. This is especially true when it comes to PE with many young people frequently reporting what they disliked about mainstream PE and why they would disengage. When reflecting on their mainstream school experience it became apparent that there is a need for more autonomy over the activities pupils engaged in, however with large class sizes and limited members of staff in a mainstream school environment, this is problematic. Ultimately, the success of reintegration may be impacted by the mainstream school’s inability to replicate the resources and support levels a child in alternative provision receives. References Atkinson, G. & Rowley, J. (2019) Pupils’ views on mainstream reintegration from alternative provision: a Q methodological study. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 24(4) pp. 339-356. Bailey, R., Armour, K., Kirk, D., Jess, M., Pickup, I. & Sandford, R. (2009) The educational benefits claimed for physical education and school sport: An academic review. Research Papers in Education, 24(1) pp. 1-27. Kim, J. & Taylor, K. A. (2008) Rethinking alternative education to break the cycle of educational inequality and inequity. The Journal of Educational Research, 101(4) pp. 207-217. Levinson, M. & Thompson, M. (2016) ‘I Don’t Need Pink Hair Here’: Should We Be Seeking to ‘Reintegrate’ Youngsters without Challenging Mainstream School Cultures? International Journal on School Disaffection, 12(1) pp. 23-43. Maher, A. J., Quarmby, T., Hooper, O., Wells, V. & Slavin, L. (2024) Culture, power, and ideology: the purpose and value of physical education (PE) in alternative provision schools in England. Educational Review, 77(7) pp. 2065-2082. Maher, A. J., Quarmby, T., Hooper, O., Wells, V. & Slavin, L. (2025) Physical education in alternative provision schools: A case of spatial (in)justice? British Educational Research Journal, 51(1) pp. 115-132. Mills, M. & McGregor, G. (2017) Alternative education. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Owen, C., Woods, K. & Stewart, A. (2021) A systematic literature review exploring the facilitators and barriers of reintegration to secondary mainstream schools through ‘alternative provision’. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 26(3) pp. 322-338. Pennacchia, J. & Thomson, P. (2016) Complementing the mainstream: an exploration of partnership work between complementary alternative provisions and mainstream schools. Pastoral Care in Education, 34(2) pp. 67-87. Pillay, J., Dunbar-Krige, H. & Mostert, J. (2013) Learners with behavioural, emotional and social difficulties’ experiences of reintegration into mainstream education. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties, 18(3) pp. 310-326. Quarmby, T., Maher, A. J. & Hooper, O. (2022) The role and value of physical education and sport in alternative provision schools. [Online]. Youth Sport Trust. Available from: <https://www.youthsporttrust.org/media/0gdfyfyh/the-role-and-value-of-pe-and-sport-in-alternative-provision-schools-final-report-september-22.pdf> [Accessed 2nd April 2024]. Sandford, R. A., Armour, K. M. & Warmington, P. C. (2013) Re-engaging disaffected youth through physical activity programmes. British educational research journal, 32(2) pp. 521-271. Simmons, T., Brinkley, A. J., Quarmby, T., Horner, L., Sherar, L. B., Hooper, O. R. & Kinnafick, F. E. (2023) Sport and exercise-based interventions for young people in alternative provisions ‘what, where, how, and for who’: a realist review. International Review of Sport and Exercise Psychology, pp. 1-31. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Into the Future with High Stakes Effort-Based Assessment in Norwegian Physical Education? 1: Norwegian School of Sport Sciences (NIH), Norway; 2: Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway Presenting Author:The focus on social, emotional and other non-academic skills and competences for academic achievement has given a broader perspective on educational research (Pellegrino & Hilton, 2012; OECD, 2015). In Norway, this is clearly reflected in the 2020 renewal of the national curriculum, but when it comes to assessment the guidelines say that non-academic skills or competences are not suitable as assessment criteria. This is interesting because effort has been part of the recommended assessment practice in physical education (PE) in Norway since 1987 (Grunnskolerådet, 1987:65). Internationally, OECD (2015:99) found that PE had ambitions to promote social and emotional dimensions, but when it came to assessment, they also stated that: “Assessment of students’ social and emotional skills is generally not designed for student promotion or certification”. Effort, as part of a formal dimension in student assessment is unique for PE in the Norwegian school and can be considered a rare phenomenon in PE, and maybe schools, internationally. But the fact that physical education teachers (PET) consider effort to determine grades is found over time in numerous international studies (Borghouts et al., 2017; Hensley et al., 1987; Svennberg, 2017; Young, 2011). All studies report that the PET emphasize effort in assessment, even though effort is not an official assessment criterion. Since effort is not part of the assessment basis, this represents a validity problem and continue to raise concerns around instructional alignment, transparency and comparability (AIESEP, 2020; Hay & Penney, 2013; López-Pastor et al., 2013). In Norway, the evaluation after implementation of the 2020 curriculum indicate that Norwegian PE teachers struggle to understand the curriculum guidelines on effort-based assessment (Borgen et al., 2026). Based on two surveys and qualitative interviews with four PE teachers, this paper examines whether the high stakes effort-based assessment in Norwegian PE can be considered a sound practice to bring into the PE future, or if we should leave it as a problem with instructional alignment and validity. Results from the surveys show that many teachers emphasize dimensions that are not part of the understanding of effort in the guidelines. Similar misconceptions are found among students. Close to a quarter of the PETs have not used effort as an assessment criterion and only one third of the students say that their PETs have clarified for them such a criterion. Further, half of the teachers report that effort counts for between 21-40% of the PE grade, which is somewhat lower then what the guidelines call for. Moreover, with around one fifth of the teacher either below 20 or above 60%, the interpretations of the PETs are too diverse. Students on average report that they believe effort counts for close to 60%, but the standard deviation is as high as 1,99. The findings from the qualitative study show that the way four teachers interpret and operationalise the concept of effort is complex and a result of several factors. Teachers' backgrounds, underlying values, and education influence how the teaching is structured and subsequently how students are assessed in relation to it. Continuous observations of students in class is the most used way to assess effort, which is what Røset et al.’s (2023) (34) claimed that could lead to anxiety and feelings of being surveilled. However, an overwhelming majority of the teachers, 95,1%, and students, 85,3%, are positive to effort as a part of the PE grade. Students report that their motivation for PE increases due to the effort-based assessment. A medium to strong correlation has been found between the level of joy the students experience in PE and how much the students believe effort counts in their teachers’ grading. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this paper we take advantage of three different projects that all investigate assessment in PE: One survey with a teacher perspective, one survey with a student perspective, and a qualitative interview-study with four experienced PE teachers to deepen the understanding of how assessment of effort shared with students and conducted. Survey 1 was conducted as part of a larger project with ambitions of contributing to a more research-based knowledge about assessment in PE. It was designed to look into the PETs’ interpretations of and attitudes towards the revised PE curriculum of 2012, and especially the changes relating effort-based assessment. Recruited from teachers from lower and upper secondary schools attending in-service PE training, a convenience-based sample of 184 PET agreed to participate in the cross-sectional self-report survey. 60 % of them being male and 40% female, this mirrors the male dominance in the profession. The sample is shrewd because they are both above average educated and interested since they attend in-service training. Survey 2 explores Norwegian PE students’, age 15-16, achievement emotions in PE classes and PE assessment practices. It is a cross-sectional self-report survey that includes a translated and culturally adapted version of The Achievement Emotion Questionnaire (Pekrun et al., 2005); The Achievement Emotion Questionnaire for Norwegian Physical Education and Adolescents (AEQ-NPE). The AEQ-NPE showed overall good statistical characteristics. Several single items related to assessment and effort were also included in the survey. The sample was N=233 (112 girls, 119 boys, 2 missing). The sample was drawn from 18 classes in seven lower secondary schools in one county and included both rural and city schools as well as city schools with students of different social and cultural background. The study required student and parental agreement; the latter may have resulted in some shrewdness in the sample. For the interview study four PE teachers (one female, and three male) in upper secondary school were strategically recruited to give deeper understanding of previous findings on assessment of effort (from survey). The interviews were semi-structured, audiorecorded and transcribed in full before analysis. Analysis of the surveys was conducted with SPSS, the analysis of the interviews followed Braun and Clarkes (2021) instruction for reflexive thematic analysis. All three projects follow recognized ethical guidelines for research and are reported to Sikt - Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings International studies have found that PETs’ use effort to determine grades and that this is a validity problem because effort is not one of the criteria in their assessment practice. In Norway this is not the problem since effort is defined as a criteria which is embedded in the competence aims in the PE curriculum. Based on two separate surveys and qualitative interviews with four PE teachers, this paper discusses if the high stakes effort-based assessment in Norwegian PE can be considered a sound practice to bring into the PE future. The study shows that before we can conclude, the PETs need to find a more common and safe ground in their own interpretations. In line with Aasland and Engelsrud’s (2017) findings, too many are clearly in violation of the general assessment regulations and guidelines for assessing effort. A more shared understanding of the criteria of different grades amongst PETs and students is needed. These criteria must be elaborated by PETs and shared with their students. This is in many cases not in place, and in line with the AIESEP (2020) statement, the case of effort in Norwegian PE clearly continues the challenges with instructional alignment and validity. PETs and students both agree to use effort in assessment. This common understanding together with increased motivation and joy can be considered factors indicating a sound pedagogical practice. In future, in-service training, work based development and PETE must address the possibilities as well as the validity challenges in the high stakes effort-based assessment in PE in order to become a sound pedagogical practice. In any case, experiences from the formal practice of assessing effort in Norwegian PE is highly relevant to the contemporary educational debate around the role of non-academic competences and discussions of the why and what for PE. References AIESEP. (2020). The AIESEP position statement on physical education assessment. https://aiesep.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/AIESEP-Position-Statement-on-PE-Assessment-FINAL1.pdf Borgen, J.S., Randers-Pehrson, A., Rimstad, Å. et al. (2026). Evaluering av fagfornyelsen i de praktiske og estetiske fagene i LK20: Sluttrapport 2026. [Skriftserien fra Universitetet i Sørøst-Norge nr. 196]. University of South-Eastern Norway. https://nva.sikt.no/registration/019bf9606382-28d4f527-0e5a-4f0b-8206-c0bf671ccf5f Borghouts, L.B., Slingerland, M., & Haerens, L. (2017). Assessment quality and practices in secondary PE in the Netherlands. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 22(5), 473-489 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Grunnskolerådet. (1987). Tilpasset opplæring i kroppsøving for elever med særlige behov: veiledning til Mønsterplanen for grunnskolen 1987. Universitetsforlaget. Hay, P., & Penney, D. (2013). Assessment in physical education. A sociocultural perspective. Routledge. Hensley, L.D., Lambert, L.T., Baumgartner, T.A. et al. (1987). Is evaluation worth the effort? Journal of Physical Education, Recreation and Dance 58(6), 59-62. López-Pastor, V.M., Kirk, D., Lorente-Catalán, E., et al. (2013). Alternative assessment in physical education: a review of international literature. Sport, Education and Society, 18(1), 57-76. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2012.713860 OECD (2015). Skills for Social Progress: The Power of Social and Emotional Skills, OECD Skills Studies. OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264226159-en Pekrun, R., Goetz, T., & Perry, R.P. (2005). Achievement Emotions Questionnaire (AEQ) - User's Manual. Version 2005. Pellegrino, J. W., & Hilton, M.L. (2012). Education for Life and Work: Developing Transferable Knowledge and Skills in the 21st Century. National Academies Press. Røset, L., Green, K., Sigurjonsson, T. et al. (2023). ‘Now we have gym, now we have to perform’: Norwegian students’ perceptions of assessment and grading in physical education. European Educational Research Journal, 23(6), 879-901. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041231175565 Svennberg, L. (2017). Swedish PE teachers’ understandings of legitimate movement in a criterion-referenced grading system. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 22(3), 257–269. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2016.1176132 Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2019). Curriculum in Physical education (KRO01 05). Utdanningsdirektoratet [The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training]. https://www.udir.no/lk20/kro01-05?lang=eng Young, S. (2011). A survey of student assessment practice in physical education. Strategies: A Journal for Physical and Sport Educators, 24(6), 24–26. Aasland, E., & Engelsrud, G. (2017). «Det er lett å se hvem av dere som har god innsats». Om elevers innsats og lærerens blikk i kroppsøving. Journal for Research in Arts and Sports Education, 3(1), 5-17. http://dx.doi.org/10.23865/jased.v1.889 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 19 SES 12 A: Social Justice, Meritocracy and Educational Inequalities Location: 5014 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Anja Sieber Egger Paper Session |
|
|
19. Ethnography
Paper Recruitment, Remittance, and Return: The Making of Educational Inequality Among Military Migrant Families Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:This paper centres on the intertwined lives of these four friends, as narrated by Nar and Tanka. Through their stories, it traces the migratory pathways shaped by their differential recruitment into various Gurkha regiments and the ensuing educational trajectories of their families across generations. The analysis is guided by one central question: How do interactions among migration hierarchies, remittance flows, and parental aspirations within migration regimes generate intergenerational educational inequality and familial ruptures? I argue in this paper that divergent migration corridors shape families’ capacity to invest in education and mobility horizons in ways that, when parental sacrifices and aspirations are not reciprocated by their children, lead to ruptured expectations built on profound economic and emotional investments. More specifically, the chance of recruitment, the position attained within the military hierarchy, and the scale of remittances together determine the extent and direction of educational mobility across generations. The contrasts among the four cases vividly illustrate this: while Nar’s and Kumar’s children pursue higher education in the United Kingdom and Australia through self-financing, Tanka’s and Dev’s families must take on substantial loans to enable comparable opportunities. These differences reveal how militarised migration produces enduring inequalities in educational access and aspiration, even among men who once shared similar origins and ambitions. However, shaped by their own aspirations and experiences, Gurkha children do not always follow the paths their parents envision. Even after receiving a top-tier education, many parents feel that their children have fallen short of the dreams they had painstakingly invested in. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper is based on ethnographic fieldwork conducted in an eastern town in Nepal called Dharan. When I first began fieldwork among Gurkha households in Dharan, I faced several challenges in gaining access. The community was spatially dispersed, and I lacked an anchor—someone who could introduce me and vouch for my presence. My visible ethnic and cultural differences—being a Bahun man and my interlocutors primarily from the Rai, Limbu, and Tamang ethnic groups—shaped how people perceived me. Initial encounters were marked by hesitation and guarded curiosity. Many retired Gurkhas were sceptical, often due to their “sensitive” military backgrounds. It was during this uncertainty that I turned to shramdaan (community work) as a way to “enter” my field site. When I found out that the retired Gurkhas and their wives were constructing a monument called “The Gurkha Chautari” and were doing shramdaan every Monday and Thursday, I gave it primary importance. Working alongside the Gurkhas, their wives, and other volunteers, carrying rocks, mud, and sand, gardening, cleaning debris, or helping with small construction tasks, I found a different mode of engagement. Shramdaan shifted how people saw me: from a researcher preying on information to a person like them who was willing to share labour. It grounded my fieldwork in reciprocity and allowed trust to grow organically. Through these embodied exchanges, I learned that research is not only methodological but also moral—it requires giving something of oneself before expecting to receive. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper argues that migration regimes produce stratified educational futures, not only through income differentials but also with distinct migration pathways, remittance patterns, and parental aspirations. While the analysis is rooted in the Gurkha case, the dynamics highlighted in the paper are applicable beyond transnational soldiering families. Across diverse migrant contexts, early placement into hierarchically organised labour pathways sets in motion cumulative advantages and disadvantages that reverberate across generations. In this paper, I argue that recruitment into differently ranked migration corridors (e.g., British, Singaporean, or Indian Gurkha routes) shapes families’ capacity to send remittances and to invest in schooling, their children’s exposure to educational systems, and the horizons of mobility they can imagine. Yet financial capacity alone does not ensure the realisation of parental aspirations. Instead, a recurrent pattern emerges across migrant communities—parents convert hard-earned remittances into educational opportunities, while children navigate their own desires, pressures, and vulnerabilities. This disjuncture between parental sacrifice and expectations and children’s divergent trajectories often leads to what I regard as the “rupture” of educational dreams. References Carroll, Peter. 2012. Gurkha: The True Story of a Campaign for Justice. London: Blackwell Publishing. Laksamba, Chandra Kumar, Krishna Prasad Adhikari, Lokendra Purush Dhakal and David Gellner. 2013. British Gurkha Pension Policies and Ex-Gurkha Campaigns: A Review. Reading, UK: Centre for Nepal Studies UK (CNSUK). National Statistics Office (NSO). 2023. Population and Housing Census 2021. Kathmandu: NSO. Pettigrew, Judith. 2000. “Gurkhas” in the Town: Migration, Language, and Healing. European Bulletin of Himalayan Research 19: 7–39. Sharma, Pitamber. 2003. “Urbanization and development.” In Population monograph of Nepal, edited by Central Bureau of Statistics (CBS), 375-412. Kathmandu: CBS. Sharma, Sanjay. 2025. “Inherited Futures: Education as a Gift among Gurkha Women in Post-1990 Nepal.” Gender and Education: 1-16. Stark, Oded, and Robert EB Lucas. 1988. “Migration, Remittances, and the Family.” Economic Development and Cultural Change 36 (3): 465-481. 19. Ethnography
Paper The Psychosocial Costs of Meritocracy: A Netnographic Study of "Good Student Mentality" Among Generation Z in China Faculty of Education of East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:This study investigates the emerging phenomenon of "good student" mentality (好学生心态) among Generation Z students in China, a psychological condition characterized by excessive perfectionism, fear of failure, over-compliance with authority, and chronic self-doubt despite academic achievement. While "good students" are traditionally viewed as beneficiaries of meritocratic education systems, recent discourse on social media platforms such as Douban (a major Chinese online interest-based community platform) reveals widespread psychological distress, including anxiety, depression, and existential crises. Although academic research on Generation Z is expanding, particularly in areas such as digital behavior (Munsch 2021), perceptions of life and work (Tang 2019), consumer behavior (Grigoreva, Garifova, and Polovkina 2021), future-oriented perceptions (Dikeç et al. 2023), and political participation (Rice and Moffett 2021), there is still limited understanding of how this generation perceives one's own educational experience embedded within a meritocratic framework The research objectives are threefold: (1) to delineate the psychosocial traits of "good student" mentality as expressed in online narratives; (2) to examine how educational policies, familial pressures, and societal norms co-produce this mentality; and (3) to theorize the long-term implications for student well-being and identity formation. The study contributes to international debates on the hidden costs of meritocracy, offering a culturally situated analysis of how educational "success" in China—often measured by exam scores, elite university admission, and stable employment—may compromise mental health and authentic self-development.
The theoretical framework of this study integrates Pierre Bourdieu's theory of practice with Anthony Giddens's structuration theory. Bourdieu's concepts of "field," "capital," and "habitus" provide analytical tools for examining how the Chinese education system, as a competitive field, shapes students' internalized "good-student habitus"—centered on seeking external validation and avoiding failure—by valorizing specific forms of capital such as high test scores and elite school credentials. This habitus drives students to adopt strategic actions within the educational game (Liu Yunshan 2021). However, Bourdieu's theory alone is insufficient to account for variations in individual agency and psychological experience. Therefore, we introduce Giddens's theory of the "reflexive project of the self" under conditions of late modernity (Giddens 1991). In an era marked by the decline of traditional social norms and an uncertain future, individual identity is no longer pre-given but must be constructed through ongoing self-monitoring and biographical narrative. It is within this context that Generation Z students are compelled to continually reflect on "who I am" and "who I should become." This study argues that the root of the "psychological predicament of the good student" lies in the fact that the Bourdieusian "habitus" provides a rigid script for the Giddensian "reflexive self." When constructing self-narratives, students must both adhere to the habitus to gain a sense of security and recognition, while also grappling with existential anxiety stemming from uncertainty. This internal tension leads to varied psychological outcomes.
The international and European dimension of this study is anchored in its examination of the predicaments faced by China's Generation Z within the broader global narratives of neoliberal education reforms, meritocratic ideology, and the risks of late modernity. By engaging in a comparative dialogue with the psychological pressures experienced by students in European countries amidst the massification and marketisation of higher education, this research aims to transcend the "othering" of the Chinese phenomenon (De Veen 2009). It seeks to uncover the shared challenges confronting youth globally in the face of intensifying competition and uncertainty. In doing so, the study offers a unique, non-Western comparative perspective for the sociology of education in Europe, thereby contributing to the promotion of cross-cultural understanding on issues such as educational equity, student well-being, and identity formation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Netnography is particularly suited to exploring sensitive, stigmatized, or marginalized experiences, as it allows researchers to observe organic discussions in digital communities where participants freely share personal narratives (Robert 2010)..This study adopts a qualitative netnographic approach (Kozinets 2010) to analyze user-generated content from the Douban group "Good Student Mentality Victims" (好学生心态受害者), which has attracted over 120,000 members since its creation in January 2023. Data collection involved immersive participation in the group over a six-month period (August 2024-January 2025), during which 121 posts and 45 comments were archived for analysis. These texts detail experiences ranging from academic burnout and parental pressure to workplace anxieties and identity crises. The sample focuses on self-identified Generation Z contributors (aged 18-26), ensuring relevance to the research questions. Ethical considerations included anonymizing all usernames, avoiding direct quotations without paraphrasing, and excluding posts with identifiable personal information. Thematic analysis was conducted using NVivo 12, following Braun and Clarke's (2006) iterative coding process. Initial codes identified recurrent motifs such as "fear of disappointing authority," "self-worth tied to grades," and "inability to rest." These were refined into broader themes: (1) Performative Compliance—adherence to external expectations at the expense of autonomy; (2) Meritocratic Internalization—equating self-value with measurable achievement; and (3) Relational Negotiation—managing conflicts between personal desires and familial obligations. The analysis was further triangulated with insights from the researcher's reflexive journal, acknowledging her own experiences as a "good student" and mitigating potential biases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis reveals that the "good student" mentality is a psychosocial adaptation to China's hyper-competitive educational field, where success is narrowly defined by performance on high-stakes exams (e.g., gaokao 高考), university rankings, and entry into prestigious professions. Participants describe growing up under constant surveillance—from parents who tie affection to academic achievement, teachers who prioritize scores over well-being, and a society that valorizes "iron rice bowl" careers (e.g., civil service). This environment cultivates a habitus of relentless self-discipline, guilt over leisure, and aversion to risk-taking. Giddens' reflexive project of the self helps explain how students internalize these pressures: they continuously monitor and adjust their behaviors to meet external benchmarks, yet struggle to construct coherent identities outside meritocratic frameworks. Bourdieu's theory further clarifies how economic capital (family resources), cultural capital (parental education), and symbolic capital (school prestige) intersect to reproduce "good student" dispositions across generations. For instance, children of educators or urban professionals often face amplified expectations to uphold familial status, exacerbating their psychological strain. The study concludes that the "good student" mentality represents a paradox of modern Chinese education: while it produces short-term academic excellence, it undermines long-term well-being by fostering chronic anxiety, emotional repression, and a diminished capacity for intrinsic motivation. These findings challenge meritocratic assumptions that equate educational achievement with life success, highlighting the need for pedagogical reforms that prioritize holistic development over performative metrics. Internationally, this research underscores the psychosocial risks of neoliberal educational policies that intensify competition without adequate support systems. References Bücker, S., Nuraydin, S., Simonsmeier, B. A., Schneider, M., & Luhmann, M. (2018). Subjective well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis. Journal of Research in Personality, 74, 83–94. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrp.2018.02.007 Bourdieu, P. (2005). Habitus. In J. Hillier & E. Rooksby (Eds.), Habitus: A sense of place (2nd ed., pp. 43–52). Ashgate. Chen, Y. F. (2002). Reflections on the excessive role-playing of ‘good children’ and ‘good students’. Exploration and Free Views, 5, 31–34. Callero, P. L. (2003). The sociology of the self. Annual Review of Sociology, 29(1), 115–133. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.soc.29.010202.100057 Cerulo, K. A. (1997). Identity construction: New issues, new directions. Annual Review of Sociology, 23(1), 385–409. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.soc.23.1.385 Ho, J. (2024). Agentic selves, agentic stories: Cultural foundations of beliefs about meritocracy. American Journal of Cultural Sociology, 12(3), 379–409. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41290-023-00204-6 Lei, L., & Yu, W. (2021). What Does it Take to Get Ahead? Individual Characteristics, Community Contexts, and Stratification Beliefs among Youth in China.Social Forces, 100(2), 738~764. Nuttavuthisit, K. (2019). Netnography. In Qualitative consumer and marketing research (pp. 149–169). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-6142-5_8 Plumridge, L., & Thomson, R. (2003). Longitudinal qualitative studies and the reflexive self. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 6(3), 213–222. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000091806 Wen, L. W., & Jiang, S. L. (2025). “Merit-based” and “self-based”: The differentiation of the “good student” mentality and its formation mechanism. Contemporary Youth Studies, 2025(4), 22–37. Ye, L. L. (2018). Exploring the self through Giddens and Bourdieu. In N. Li (Ed.), Intercultural experience and identity (pp. 47–63). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-91373-5_4 19. Ethnography
Paper Global Citizenship and Post-digital Literacy: a Case Study in the Field of Higher Education Universidad de Valladolid, Spain Presenting Author:In today's globalised and hyper-technological world, global citizenship education is one of the key approaches to producing critical citizens who are capable of navigating these realities (Calvo-Salvador, 2024). The inclusion of a critical perspective in education, as well as a participatory approach, allows it to be aimed towards training caring and transformative professionals who are committed to a more equitable society (Ibarra & Leyton, 2022). This approach is therefore linked to the concept of social justice, seeking to recognise inequalities based on ethnicity, socioeconomic status, or other sociodemographic characteristics, and to work towards real equality (Peng, 2024). This perspective of global citizenship, however, cannot be a purely offline approach. The current post-digital era means that technology is no longer a separate domain, but is intertwined with all domains of human existence (Code, 2025), making it necessary to consider a digital citizenship that includes not only the ability to use the Internet, but also to be active, critical citizens with a transformative vocation in their use of technologies (Choi et al., 2017). Therefore, aspects such as media literacy (Funk et al., 2019) and algorithmic literacy (Dogruel et al., 2022), among others, are currently necessary to train the type of citizens needed in the post-digital era. This means that we need to consider a multi-literate citizen (Area, 2011) who has the skills to use and understand a variety of technologies and can use them ethically and democratically. Higher education has a key role to play in training not only competent workers but also critical and transformative citizens from a social justice perspective (Olmos et al., 2023). Methodologies such as service learning allow educators to enhance this perspective, giving students first-hand experience with disadvantaged groups (Torres-Harding & Meyers, 2013). Together with challenge-based learning and project-based learning methodologies, this allows relationships to be built with the communities in which students are immersed, which in turn generates transformations in that context (Vergara, 2015). Parallel to this insertion into their context, a technological integration is needed, promoting the critical use of the variety of technological resources that are currently available and that affect social reality (Lion et al., 2023). Linking this perspective with working with disadvantaged groups, awareness can be raised of how a lack of knowledge about the functioning and proper use of technologies can not only maintain but also deepen inequalities (Ferrarelli & Ricaurte, 2024). Furthermore, through technopoetics (Kozak, 2012), the exploration of the world can be integrated with the use of technology and artistic expression, thus allowing for interventions that are not only social but also artistic, appropriate to the sensibilities of each participating person or group. This research is situated within the framework of higher education, using a case study methodology (Stake, 1995; Simons, 2011) to analyse the learning about information and communication technologies that extends beyond the classroom, as well as the professional profile of Social Education in relation to the critical use of technologies and commitment to social justice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was conducted within the qualitative research paradigm. This approach allows us to understand how the different members of the educational process interpret their experiences, enabling us to obtain descriptive research products that are rich in information about the phenomenon under study (Merriam, 2009). The methodology chosen for this study was the case study (Stake, 1995; Simons, 2011), which allows for approaches to the object of study within its own context. This allows for a deeper understanding of the reality of the study, learning about the perspectives of the participants in the educational process on the challenges that arise in the interaction between students, professionals and the contexts of educational intervention. The case studied was based on student participation in the Information and Communication Technologies in Social Education university course. Combining service learning and project-based learning methodologies with a technopoetic perspective, students took part in a creative process directly linked to professional intervention contexts. The aim was to generate direct knowledge about the reality of intervention, as well as a commitment to transformation within the framework of social justice, developing the creative and organisational skills of the students during the process. The information collection strategies selected were, on the one hand, documentary analysis, using the documents produced in the design and development of the course by both teachers and students. On the other hand, an observation strategy was carried out using field diaries registered during the variety of interventions with the students. The data analysis strategy was carried out using Atlas.ti analysis software. This data has been organised around two dimensions of analysis. The first dimension, digital learning ecologies, included the codes ‘learning modalities’ and ‘roles assumed in the experience’, while the second, technodiversities, was coded based on ‘multiliteracies in content production’ and ‘social justice’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings It is evident that direct contact with a variety of intervention contexts promotes a more comprehensive learning experience, linking the knowledge acquired in formal and non-formal settings and connecting students with practices and topics relevant to their training. The use of active methodologies, which involve students throughout the process, encourages their participation and motivation, involving their personal and professional interests and allowing for critical reflection on the experience and their role as professionals. This generates autonomous and flexible work, adapted to the needs, interests and realities of each group. In this sense, it also reinforces collaborative work, generating collective knowledge not only among students but also with the people with whom the intervention is carried out. This leads to situated work, which incorporates the needs, interests and problems of the current social reality and the specific intervention context. Autonomous work promotes students' appropriation of digital literacy, generating a differential use of technology in which, although the use of the internet and social networks prevails, other media such as television, the press, theatre and radio are also incorporated. The work carried out and presented is done in audiovisual format, through which, beside technical skills, students develop critical-reflective and socio-communicative skills, among others. Finally, the inclusion of critical reflection and field work allows for the exploration of aspects of political participation and political and cultural justice. This promotes reflection on the inequalities between different groups that lead to social needs, as well as the intention of the students to respond to these needs, as evidenced in the design of the interventions carried out. References Area, M. (2011). La multialfabetización y la construcción de la ciudadanía del siglo XXI. In Bautista, A. y Velasco, H. (Ed.), Antropología visual, medios e investigación en educación. Trotta. Calvo-Salvador, A. (2024). Acompañando proceso de construcción de ciudadanía global crítica. Buscando la coherencia entre lo que investigamos y cómo investigamos. Revista Española de Desarrollo y Cooperación, 51(2), 191-199. https://doi.org/10.5209/redc.94769 Choi, M., Glassman, M., & Cristol, D. (2017). What it means to be a citizen in the internet age: Development of a reliable and valid digital citizenship scale. Computers & Education, 107, 100-112. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2017.01.002 Code, J. (2025). The Entangled Learner: Critical Agency for the Postdigital Era. Postdigital Science and Education, 7, 336-358. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-025-00544-1 Dogruel, L., Masur, P., & Joeckel, S. (2022). Development and Validation of an Algorithm Literacy Scale for Internet Users. Communication Methods and Measures, 16(2), 115-133. https://doi.org/10.1080/19312458.2021.1968361 Ferrarelli, M., & Ricaurte Quijano, P. (2024). Problematizar la IA generativa en educación: metáforas, tensiones y horizontes posibles. In Martins, L. (Ed.), Aspectos éticos y pedagógicos de los datos y la tecnología en Educación. LMI. Funk, S., Kellner, D., & Share, J. (2019). Critical Media Literacy as Transformative Pedagogy. In Management Association, I. (Ed.), Journalism and Ethics: Breakthroughs in Research and Practice (Vol. 1, pp. 318-348). https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-5225-8359-2.ch019 Ibarra Figueroa, W., & Leyton, E. C. (2022). Educación para la ciudadanía global . Acta Scientiarum. Education, 44(1), e60717. https://doi.org/10.4025/actascieduc.v44i1.60717 Kozak, C. (2012). Tecnopoéticas Argentinas: Archivo blando de arte y tecnología. Cajanegra. Lion, C., Kap, M., & Ferrarelli, M. (2023). Universidades desafiadas: alfabetismos fluidos, hibridaciones y nuevas estrategias de enseñanza. Educación Superior y Sociedad, 35(2), 130-155. https://doi.org/10.54674/ess.v34i2.768 Merriam, S. B. (2009). Qualitative research: a guide to design and implementation. Jossey-Bass. Olmos, D., Ruiz, S., & Carrillo Rowe, A. (2023). Civil Discourse and Social Change: A University-wide, Faculty-led Social Justice Initiative within the Neoliberal University. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Leadership Studies, 4(2), 29-56. https://dx.doi.org/10.61186/johepal.4.2.29 Peng, L. (2024). Social empathy: how social work educators perceive and intend to engage in social justice. Social Work Education, 43(2), 442–458. https://doi.org/10.1080/02615479.2022.2112561 Simons, H. (2011). El estudio de caso: Teoría y práctica. Ediciones Morata. Stake, R. E. (1995). The art of case study research. Sage. Torres-Harding, S. R., & Meyers, S. A. (2013). Teaching for Social Justice and Social Action. Journal of Prevention & Intervention in the Community, 41(4), 213-219. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/10852352.2013.818479 Vergara Ramírez, J. J. (2015). Aprendo porque quiero: El Aprendizaje Basado en Proyectos (APB), paso a paso. SM |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 21 SES 12 A: Psychoanalytical Engagements with AI: (Un)Knowing, Education and Negativity Location: 6031 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Henry Kwok Session Chair: Anne Phelan Symposium |
|
|
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Symposium Psychoanalytical Engagements with AI: (Un)Knowing, Education and Negativity Since ChatGPT’s public launch in late 2023, AI has excited imaginations, generated symbolisations and stirred up anxieties—nowhere more so than in education. As educators we might think that AI will replace us; that we must police students’ ‘misuse’ of it, often with yet more AI tools; and that we should constantly update our educational practices to ‘keep up’. At the same time, AI is seductive in that it relieves us of some donkey work and can offer us moments of pleasure, curiosity and creative experimentation. In this algorithmic age, AI appears as a neutral tool, obscuring its enmeshment in its circuits of politics, power and privilege. AI has also become a fetishistic object onto which we, as educators, project fantasies, hopes, fears, desires and insecurities. It unsettles taken-for-granted ideas about what it means to know, to educate, to teach, and to act responsibly as educators, who constantly struggle to perform ‘expertise’ while, at the same time, we grapple with uncertainty and unknowing, both consciously and unconsciously. This symposium speaks to the ECER 2026 theme of knowing and acting in the changing conditions and potentials of education research by treating AI not only as a desirable object of policy or methodological interest, but as a disruption of subjectivity, knowledge and practice in education. We share three papers that engage with AI’s disturbances and openings, by drawing on psychoanalytical perspectives, including poetic, artistic and experimental thinking. Issues and questions we explore include (but are not limited to): ● How might our obsession with AI be understood conceptually (e.g. psychoanalytic, philosophical, sociological, political-economic lenses)? ● To what extent is our pleasure in AI symptomatic of broader neoliberal, managerial or audit cultures in education? ● How does AI reconfigure desire, fantasy, professional identity and teachers’ relations to knowledge and ignorance? ● What forms of negativity such as doubt, uncertainty, or absence accompany AI and should be taken seriously as (non)productive forces in teacher education and teacher-education research? ● How might creative, experimental or situated forms of thinking and enquiry help us stay with the trouble of AI, rather than resolving it too quickly? In an era when artificial intelligence is growing exponentially and it is difficult to separate marketing hype, utopian fantasies, and dystopian anxieties of human replacement (Merchant 2024), it is important to engage in new forms of critical analysis. To this end, the papers of this symposium bring psychoanalytic and other theories to bear on the problematic presented by AI. Paper 1 explores the issue of the relation between humans and so-called artificial intelligence through the question of whether Artificial Intelligence can be said to have an unconscious. Paper 2 critically examines what it might mean for our worldly engagement, within educational contexts, if we delegate our thinking to AI – if we are letting the ‘machine’ do the difficult work of grappling with negativities for us. Paper 3 takes a Lacanian lens to explore what ‘intelligence’ means, asking how thinking changes through the use of artificial intelligence in higher education contexts. References Costa, Cristina, and Mark Murphy. 2025. ‘Generative Artificial Intelligence in Education: (What) Are We Thinking?’ Learning, Media and Technology 0 (0): 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2025.2518258. Crawford, Kate. 2022. Atlas of AI: Power, Politics, and the Planetary Costs of Artificial Intelligence. Yale University Press. Merchant, Brian. 2023. Blood in the Machine: The Origins of the Rebellion Against Big Tech. Little, Brown and Company. Williamson, Ben, Felicitas Macgilchrist, and John Potter. 2023. ‘Re-Examining AI, Automation and Datafication in Education’. Learning, Media and Technology 48 (1): 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2023.2167830. Presentations of the Symposium Does AI Have an Unconscious?
Artificial intelligence (AI) is a ‘hot topic’ in education (and society) today, one that evokes both utopian and dystopian responses. Of course, AI is not a singular entity and the term is often used when people are specifically referring to its generative forms, such as Chat GPT and Co-Pilot. However, both the utopian and dystopian discourses assume that AI, with its promises “to separate neuroscience from biology and thought from the body” (Millar, 2021, p. 1), simulates, and has the capacity to surpass, human intelligence. In this paper, we explore the relation between human and artificial intelligence by asking whether AI has an unconscious. We explore this question from several angles, including underlying psychoanalytic questions about the relationship between being and thinking and between knowing and enjoying, as well as questions about our status as subjects of knowledge versus subjects of desire (McGowan, 2013, 2016).
If, for Lacan, subjectivity is tied to and shaped by the signifier and the socio-symbolic system of language, while the notion of ‘extimacy’ subverts hard and fast distinctions between the individual and the social, does anthropomorphising in discussions of AI cease to be an issue, not least because the individual subject is not purely human in the sense envisaged by humanism, but also because to the extent that AI comprises signifiers it inevitably ‘carries’ the desires (and lack/absence) that those signifiers evoke. To the extent that the ‘human' and ‘artificial’ are a continuum, rather than a pure opposition, and to the extent that trauma is inherent to symbolisation, whether by humans or machines, does it make sense to talk about an ‘algorithmic unconscious’ and ‘algorithmic desire,’ to describe the complex, opaque processes that influence an AI's behaviour and decision-making, without either its, or its creators’, full understanding and ‘awareness’. If AI has an unconscious, how are we formative of its unconscious via the early trauma we inflict upon it, as manifested in its prejudicial algorithms? Might AI be viewed as a discomforting prosthetic unconscious, whose 'talking back' echoes and amplifies our individual and collective racism, sexism, homophobia, etc.? Conversely, perhaps, is the unconscious excluded from AI by definition, at least in its current Large Language Model (LLM) formations, that merely predict text and images based on statistical probabilities, because, amongst other considerations, AI can metonymise but not metaphorise? In this paper, we explore these and other questions with consideration of their implications for Education.
References:
McGowan, T. (2013). Enjoying what we don't have: The political project of psychoanalysis. Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press.
McGowan, T. (2016). Capitalism and desire: The psychic cost of free markets. New York: Columbia University Press.
Millar, I. (2021). The psychoanalysis of artificial intelligence. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
AI – a Threat to an Engagement with Negativities in Education?
Relatively uncritically, has AI become an everyday technology in education. It comes with a lot of promises, such as its ability to handle huge amounts of information that we, as human beings, cannot, that it can save us from a lot of frustrating struggles in education linked to productivity, solutionism, effective teaching etc. (Costa and Murphy, 2025). It is also claimed that AI can be a source of inspiration for us, as educators, as well as for our students, helping us/them to come up with new and thoughtful ideas and so on. Still, we do not know what the effects will be from the use of AI in education. Thinking, for example, is not just a matter of being able to figure things out. It is also about ‘getting lost’, ‘getting stuck’, confronting dangerous ideas and taboos, and trying to think the unthinkable by playing with signifiers and meanings in radically new and unforeseen ways. However, it is often a demanding and very frustrating affair, as it can also confront us with the lack, the unknown, absences, and incompleteness in our symbolic-imaginary approaches to the world. Because of AI, we might not confront our unconscious struggles.
The questions are: What does it mean if this task is given to AI, and if we thereby relieve ourselves of this task and avoid (inter)personal engagements with negativities in education? (Rüsselbæk Hansen, 2024). What does it mean to think and speak as human beings without being enframed symbolically by AI-generated technology (Žižek, 2025)? And what can such enframing do, for example, in education – if we cannot transgress it – to our ethical-political aspirations and horizons? (Lacan, 1997). The paper engages with such and similar questions inspired by psychoanalytical theory and by focusing on concepts such as desire, negativity, pleasure, the big Other, uncertainties, and human subject experiences.
References:
Costa, C and Murphy, M. (2025). Generative artificial intelligence in education: (what) are we thinking? Learning, Media and technology. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2025.2518258
Lacan, J. (1997). The seminar of Jacques Lacan, Book VII: The ethics of psychoanalysis 1959-1960 (D. Porter, trans.). Norton.
Rüsselbæk Hansen, D. (2024). Democratic engagements with negativities in education and public school. Speki. Nordic Philosophy and Education Review, 1(1), 43-57.
Yadlin-Gadot, S. and Hadar, U. (2023). Lacanian Psychoanalysis: A Contemporary Introduction. Routledge.
Žižek, S. (2025). Quantum History: A new Materialist Philosophy. Bloomsbury.
I Do not Think, Therefore I Am Not
AGI (Artificial Generative Intelligence) usage in higher education contexts has increased rapidly over the past few years, igniting debate around its effects on student (and indeed educator) capacity for thought. Seen as a new potential for ‘human-level’ thought by some (Van Den Berg and Du Plessis, 2023), others see AGI as muting human capacity for thought, with thinking relocated out of the human brain and into the machine (Purser, 2025). Our own observations indicate that often students refer to AGI tools to think around a topic. In this paper, we explore what is happening in this debate around AI and human thought, revisiting Descartes through a Lacanian lens. We ask what ‘intelligence’ means, how this might relate to thinking, and interrogate the differences between human and AGI ‘thought’.
We first tangle with the notion of ‘intelligence’ and situate the word ‘generative’ within thought and structures of language. We ask what this means for AGI/ human beings, comparing LLMs to Lacan’s notion of the combinatorial logic of linguistic exchange and language's role in formation of subjectivity (Lacan, 1977). Through this discussion, we resituate AGI away from popular anthropomorphisms and back into its technological being. However, the existence of such anthropomorphism, we argue, should be taken seriously, as it is in human attitudes towards and beliefs about AGI that we will find our own unravelling. Through a Lacanian reading of human being as driven by the lack that motivates action and thought, we examine how AGI tools have garnered prolific usage in academic contexts (Lacan, 1992). We explore how, within the discourse of the university, the dominant cause of desire is that of knowing, or, in Lacanian terms, the generation of the subject-supposed-to-know (Black, 2025). It is not knowing, positioned as undesirable social status, that compels engagement with a tool marketed to synthesise ‘knowledge’. AGI is thus, we argue, given mythical status as a knowing Other, superior to the human mind and student subject. Whilst the subject is lost in the ‘thinking’ of AGI, humans programme the machine with human desires, evoking a destructive projection of the self into the machine. By so doing, we gift our unconscious desires to the Big Other of modern capitalism (the owners of AGI-generated data) whilst simultaneously dehumanising our education by outsourcing the language that structures our thinking: we do not think therefore we are not.
References:
Black, J. (2025) The Subject of AI: A Psychoanalytic Intervention. Theory Culture and Society, pp. 1–17.
Lacan, J. (1977) Ecrits. Abingdon: Routledge.
Lacan, J. (1992) The Ethics of Psychoanalysis. Abingdon: Routledge.
Purser, R. (2025) AI Is Destroying the University and Learning Itself. Current Affairs [Online], 1 December. Available from:
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 12 A: On the Making and Re-making of Doctoral Education in Educational Sciences. Histories over Time and Place. Part 1 Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Sverker Lindblad Session Chair: Radhika Gorur Symposium |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Symposium On the Making and Re-making of Doctoral Education in Educational Sciences. Histories over Time and Place. Part 1 Background and purpose In this symposium we are analyzing the making of doctoral education in education sciences. A general background is the remaking of the system of higher education and research as pointed out by e.g. Nowotny et al (2003) from a discipline-focused Mode-1 to a problem-focused Mode-2 where societal rather than scientific relevance is underlined at the science-society agora. To our understanding educational sciences are very much influenced by a mode-2 position (e.g. Lindblad & Pettersson, 2024). What are the implications of this? Given this, we turn to the work of Kuhn (1962) who studied doctoral education as an object for understanding paradigmatic reproduction and change in the sciences. This study has been important in discourses on science and society and is debated and further developed in later studies (e.g. Shapin, 2022), for instance with a focus on Matters of globalization of doctoral education are of interest here, for instance considering North-South differences and matters of intellectual predispositions (Connell, 2017) at work in doctoral education discourses and in the making of doctoral education.
Research questions: The purpose of this symposium is to analyze doctoral education in the education sciences over time and place. We ask:
- How is doctoral education evolving as an institution in the paradigmatic (re)production of knowledge in different contexts over a longer period? - What are important events and agents in making and re-making of doctoral education? - Which scientific predispositions and matters in the making of arguments and systems of reason are at work in the making and remaking of doctoral education, shown as global North-South differences?
Theoretical framework and research approach A recent research review (Lindblad & Gross, 2025) shows that previous research on doctoral education is mostly studying doctoral education as a matter of educational problems (supervision, identity problems, attrition, etc.). Thus, there is little research with a focus on doctoral education that corresponds to the research interests presented above. To analyze paradigmatic reproduction and change, we turn to historical institutionalism (Thelen, 1999), to describe and understand doctoral education trajectories – events, agents and tracking of processes – and to compare these trajectories over global contexts. Of special interest here is arguments for making and remaking of doctoral education – its tasks, design, and selection of relevant knowledge, in systems of reason (Popkewitz, 2014) at work in these trajectories. To answer and discuss these questions we put forwards a comparative case study approach. We are not comparing nations, but we use the opportunities to compare changing institutions in different contexts. Thus, we choose a Grounded Theory approach (Glaser & Strauss, 1977) by comparing doctoral education trajectories over time and place regarding important events, agents, and reasoning in the making and remaking of doctoral education. Scientific significance: The proposed symposium will describe and analyse historical developments of institutions of doctoral education in educational sciences over time and place. This is of vital importance for reflections on scientific reproduction and change and for cooperation between different epistemic cultures in the sciences (Knorr-Cetina, 1999) in a changing system of higher education and research. References Cetina, K. K. (1999). Epistemic cultures: How the sciences make knowledge. harvard university press. Connell, R. (2017). Southern theory and world universities. Higher Education Research & Development, 36(1), 4-15. Glaser, B., & Strauss, A. 1977). Discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Aldine de Greyters Kuhn, T. S. (1962/1997). The structure of scientific revolutions (Vol. 962). Chicago: University of Chicago press. Lindblad, S. & Gross, B. (2026): International Networking and Diverging Interests in Doctoral Education Research Communities Organized through Scientific Communication. Paper accepted to AERA2026 McKenna, S., & van Schalkwyk, S. (2024). A scoping review of the changing landscape of doctoral education. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 54(6), 984-1001. Nowotny, H., Scott, P., & Gibbons, M. (2003). Introduction:'Mode 2'revisited: The new production of knowledge. Minerva, 41(3), 179-194. Popkewitz, T. (2014). Social epistemology, the reason of reason” and the curriculum studies. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 22, 22-22. Shapin, S. (2022). The scientific revolution. University of Chicago press. Thelen, Kathleen. "Historical institutionalism in comparative politics." Annual review of political science 2.1 (1999): 369-404 Presentations of the Symposium Doctoral Studies: Paradigms and the Learning to “See” Education
Doctoral studies are social spaces of making kinds of people who generate knowledge. Its historical and cultural practices for seeing, ordering and classifying the things of the world embody regulatory ideals to be internalizes as epistemic virtues; principles about what objects are to be seen as facts and evidence, and the modalities and possibilities to be understood as a type of subject matter Daston,2011).
This paper explores the different paradigms and their regulatory ideals in the making of kinds of people in doctoral studies. Kuhn’s (1970) notion of paradigm provide one strategy by directing attention to science as not things that we “find” but practices that make regulatory rules for “seeing”, and making judgements about the matters of social life and what matters in those “matters”. Hacking (2004)) provides difference nuances to the regulatory principles of doctoral studies through viewing disciplinary conduct as styles of reason. He argues that disciplines have different rules and standards about what “counts” as types of objects, evidence, sentences, ways of thinking and acting about the candidates for truth or falsehood. The philosopher Habermas’ (1968/1971) expressed early such differences in the human sciences as different “human interest”; empirical-analytic, symbolic, and critical sciences. Recent contemporary scholarship has distinguish such knowledge interests and n differences in relation to the politics of knowledge with references to Eurocentric, positivism, the multiplicity of ‘post”, new materialism and anti-colonial studies.
Why is this important for doctoral studies? Reusch and Bateson (1951) suggested that we have only four ways of understanding social life: talking to people, being a participant observer or non-participant observer, and reading about the culture. The issue of research is how the different technologies are put to use to “know”. Each style of reason offers different perspectives for the possibilities and limits of knowledge. Focusing on the styles of reason in graduate studies provide a way of thinking about the political in modernity.
References:
Habermas, J. (1968/1971). Knowledge and human interest (J. Shapiro, Trans.). Beacon Press.
Kuhn, T. (1970). The structure of scientific revolutions (2nd ed.). University of Chicago Press.
Daston, L. (2011). The empire of observation, 1600-1800. In L. Daston & E. Lunbeck (Eds.), Histories of scientific observation (pp. 81-114). The University of Chicago Press.
Hacking, I. 2004. Historical ontology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Ruesch, J., & Bateson, G. (1951). Communication: The social matrix of psychiatry. W.W. Norton & Co.
Doctoral Education in Educational Sciences between Educationalisation, Traditionalisation and Marketisation
The article first examines changes in the German doctoral education system in the context of the German qualification system, and in the wake of the European Union's Bologna and Lisbon processes. These changes can be described as increasing ‘educationalisation’, at least for the humanities, social and educational sciences. At the same time, however, important elements of the cultural and symbolic capital (Bourdieu) of the desired doctoral title remain, adding a cultural “surplus” to the market-based possibility of converting the title into economic capital. These symbolic traditionalisations, which date back to medieval, corporatist guild systems, thus constitute an ideologically shaped relationship to “marketisation”, which imbues the knowledge economy with an aura of responsible expertise. Finally, the extent to which the forms of participation and examination of professors of education, who were and still are involved in these transformations, have changed is discussed.
The analysis is based on documents, literature and personal experience. It starts from the German case and broadens the perspective to the European area. Methodologically, it takes a theoretical-historical and exploratory approach.
References:
Bourdieu, Pierre (1984). Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. Routledge.
Shin, Jung Cheol; Kehm, Barbara M. & Jones, Glen A. (Eds.) (2018). Doctoral Education for the Knowledge Society. Convergence or Divergence in National Approaches? Springer.
Wissenschaftsrat (2023): Ausgestaltung der Promotion im deutschen Wissenschaftssystem. Positionspapier.
Bedersdorfer, Regina (2024). Promovieren in den Bildungswissenschaften – Empirische Analyse von Unterstützungsangeboten im Promotionsprozess. Phil. Diss. PH Heidelberg.
Schmidt-Hertha, Bernhard; Tervooren, Anja; Martini, Renate & Züchner, Ivo (Hrsg.). Datenreport Erziehungswissenschaft 2024 (S. 113-137; S. 201-218). Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Doctoral Education, Academic Cultures and Global Policy. SIDA Funded Partnership in Educational Sciences in Ethiopia
This paper is about development of academic culture through a doctoral education partnership program in Educational Sciences, a collaboration between an Ethiopian and a Swedish university, funded by the Swedish International Development Cooperation Agency (Sida). Since the late 1990s, doctoral education has been seen by national and international aid organizations as a key component for locally relevant capacity building, poverty reduction and development. At the same time, such programs are shaped by global policy ideas about relevance, knowledge society, quality, and measurable results. Taking the partnership program as an analytical point of departure, the paper investigates Sida’s governing rationales in relation to international policy shifts and in particular the World Bank’s evolving framings of higher and tertiary education. We ask: What forms of academic cultures are produced and shape the formation of doctoral education, in the tension between locally defined relevance and global policy ideals?
The paper draws on historical institutionalism (Thelen, 1999) to trace agents and processes in the formation of doctoral education design. We pay attention to epistemic and geopolitical asymmetries in North South academic relations (Connell, 2017), and to how university governance and donor political economy can shape academic work (Mamdani, 2016). The analysis is based on reports and meeting minutes from Sida’s planning and review meetings with the partnership program, interviews with stakeholders, Sida evaluations and strategy documents, and World Bank reports.
In the 1990s, Sida’s sandwich model was consolidated as a template for partnership cooperation that combined studies at the home university with periods at a partner university abroad. Over time, Sida’s cooperation shifted from producing PhDs and strengthening supervision capacity in the 1990s to building academic cultures in the 2000s through peer review routines and research management. As the World Bank’s policy framing shifted from a crisis and efficiency-oriented agenda to knowledge society rationales, Sida increasingly aligned doctoral education support with relevance, quality and measurable results. In the 2020s, Swedish policy added stronger emphasis on sustainable research environments, including conditions for academic freedom. Overall, the findings point to the making of hybrid academic cultures, where doctoral education strengthens locally defined relevance (Connell, 2017; Mamdani, 2016) while simultaneously internalise global Mode 2 rationales for societal usefulness and accountability (Nowotny, Scott, and Gibbons, 2003). An implication is that “academic culture building” depends on how external policy ideas are translated into local institutional arrangements and knowledge norms, and on whether complementary post-graduate career structures can stabilise change.
References:
Connell, R. (2017). Southern theory and world universities. Higher Education Research and Development, 36(1), 4-15.
Mamdani, M. (2016). Undoing the effects of neoliberal reform: The experience of Uganda’s Makerere Institute of Social Research. In T. Halvorsen & J. Nossum. North–South Knowledge Networks. African Minds.
Nowotny, H., Scott, P., and Gibbons, M. (2003). Introduction: Mode 2 revisited, the new production of knowledge. Minerva, 41(3), 179 -194.
Thelen, K. (1999). Historical institutionalism in comparative politics. Annual Review of Political Science, 2(1), 369 -404.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 12 B: International Students, Campuses & Curriculum Location: B1097 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Selin S. Oeksuez Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Considering International Higher Education in China: An Exploratory Study of International MBA Students’ Motivations 1: The Education University of Hong Kong, China, People's Republic of; 2: The University of Manchester, UK; 3: Nanyang Technological University Presenting Author:International student mobility (ISM) has experienced explosive growth over the past 20 years (OECD, 2024). However, recent global disruptions, including the COVID-19 pandemic, wars, and environmental disasters, have reshaped ISM's direction (Glass & Cruz, 2022), moving it towards a multipolar orientation. That is, a wider range of “off-beat” destinations often situated in the Global South, such as China (Gao et al., 2024), Singapore (Yang & Lu, 2025), and South Korea (Wei, 2024), has gained visibility alongside long-dominant “on-beat” destinations predominantly located in the Global North. This draws attention to the dynamics of ISM and the lived experiences of international students in these “off-beat” destinations.
China exemplifies this reconfiguration. Traditionally recognised as a major sending country, China has increasingly positioned itself as an important receiving country for international students (Yang et al., 2025). Through policies promoting outbound mobility and the branding of “Study in China” (MOE, 2024), studies show that the main attractions of international higher education in China are affordability and scholarships, China’s economic growth, institutional reputation, political relationships with home countries, and perceived career opportunity (Gbollie & Gong, 2020;). Among these studies, they tend to treat international students in China as a broad, undifferentiated category, paying limited attention to within-group variation (Yang et al., 2025), for example, how programme type and disciplinary context shape decision-making. This matters because what students seek, and what they evaluate as “value,” can differ substantially across fields and cohorts.
MBA programmes, widely regarded as vehicles for international experiential learning and global mobility (Ryan et al., 2013), serve as a unique and important research context for understanding the aforementioned differences in international students in China. MBA programmes typically recruit students who have a minimum of 3 years of work experience or relevant managerial experience (Dakduk et al., 2016), and are driven by specific career goals, such as improving managerial skills, enhancing career prospects, expanding social prospects and networking, and increasing earning potential (Wilkins et al., 2018). This means the MBA cohort is supposed to be relatively mature, as opposed to fresh graduates, and to have a better sense of what they want and how to go about it, suggesting a distinctive approach to decision-making. Further, MBA programme selections are often shaped by academic merit and the university and/or business school’s reputation (Blackburn, 2011). Yet the global MBA landscape – and much of the research on MBA students – remains centred on the Global North, especially the United States and the UK (QS Top Universities, 2025, September 17; Wilkins et al., 2018). Despite the growing visibility of Chinese business schools in global MBA rankings (QS Top Universities, 2025, September 17), we still know relatively little about why international students choose to pursue an MBA in China, as distinct from studying in China more generally. To address this gap, this paper sheds light on an MBA programme at a top-ranked Chinese university and draws on semi-structured interviews with ten international students whose home countries broadly reflect major sending regions to China - primarily Asia and Africa (Yang et al., 2025). The following question guides this study: Q1: Why did international students choose to study an MBA programme in China?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was qualitatively designed, enabling in-depth exploration of complex phenomena within their real-world contexts. It was conducted in a two-year, full-time MBA programme at a university in Beijing (referred to as “China University” for confidentiality). According to its website, the MBA program collaborates with a renowned Western institution to equip future business leaders with management education and insights into China's economic landscape. The program immerses students in China’s business environment through local leaders' lectures, case studies, and site visits to major Chinese companies, providing a nuanced understanding of market dynamics and business challenges. Additionally, students access a global network of exchange partners in over 20 countries. Through this exchange, students can study abroad for one semester while earning credits and paying tuition at China University. This blend of local and international learning prepares students for leadership roles in diverse cultural contexts. Following approval from the University Human Research Ethics Committee, the first author approached potential participants via personal social networks, employing purposive sampling. The criterion for participant recruitment in this study was that participants were current full-time international students studying the China University MBA programme in 2024. From November 2024 to April 2025, the first author conducted one-on-one, online semi-structured interviews with each participant. Each interview lasted 60 to 90 minutes and was audio-recorded with participant consent. Of the ten participants, nine students were interviewed in English, while one student from Malaysia (Liam) was interviewed in Chinese, as per their preference. The interviews aimed to elicit detailed accounts of students’ rationales for choosing this MBA programme. This study employed reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) to analyse interview data. On this basis, this paper sheds light on the research context of an MBA programme in China (the nature of the subject programme) and participants’ context (background) to examine the nuanced decision-making of international students. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Alongside the national “Study in China” initiative, international students in China have been increasing sharply, making China a unique context for understanding the shift in international student mobility from Global North (“onbeat” destinations) to Global South (“offbeat” destinations). However, most of these studies tend to oversimplify the complexity of international students’ considerations about studying abroad by generalising the various disciplines and universities they attend. This paper extends existing scholarship by focusing on a specific MBA programme at an elite university in China, considering the personal contexts of international students, and then examining their rationales for studying in China through a layered account of macro-, meso-, and micro-level influences. This paper demonstrates the hallmark of international MBA students: they were experienced in their own professional fields, clear about what they wanted to learn in China, and proactively and intentionally visited China before their university applications. These prior linkages shaped what they noticed, valued, and pursued in considering an MBA in China. Read through Archer’s (2007) account of reflexivity, participants’ narratives suggest an interplay between subjective concerns (career aims, desired learning, preferred trajectories) and objective circumstances (sectoral shifts, China’s expanding market relevance, and the opportunities implied by location and institutional status). Rather than treating China as a second-best alternative (Tian & Lu, 2018), participants framed the MBA as a means to advance China-linked career and network projects - building competence that could be mobilised either within China or through China-oriented work elsewhere. References Archer, M. S. (2007). Making our way through the world: Human reflexivity and social mobility. Cambridge University Press. Blackburn, G. (2011). Which Master of Business Administration (MBA)? Factors influencing prospective students' choice of MBA programme–an empirical study. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 33(5), 473-483. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Conceptual and design thinking for thematic analysis. Qualitative psychology, 9(1), 3.British Council. (2024, August 12). Intra-regional mobility in East Asia. Opportunities and Insight, British Council. https://opportunities-insight.britishcouncil.org/short-articles/reports/intra-regional-mobility-east-asia Dakduk, S., Malavé, J., Torres, C. C., Montesinos, H., & Michelena, L. (2016). Admission criteria for MBA programs: A review. Sage Open, 6(4), 2158244016669395. Gbollie, C., & Gong, S. (2020). Emerging destination mobility: Exploring African and Asian international students’ push-pull factors and motivations to study in China. International Journal of Educational Management, 34(1), 18-34. Glass, C. R., & Cruz, N. I. (2023). Moving towards multipolarity: Shifts in the core-periphery structure of international student mobility and world rankings (2000–2019). Higher Education, 85(2), 415-435. Ministry of Education (MoE). (2024). Xi Jinping Wrote Back to His Friend Sarah Landy from Iowa, the United States “习近平复信美国” http://www.moe.gov.cn/jyb_xwfb/s6052/moe_838/202401/t20240110_1099597.html OECD. (2024). Student mobility. https://gpseducation.oecd.org/revieweducationpolicies/#!node=41771&filter=all QS Top Universities. (2025, September 17). QS global MBA rankings 2026. TopUniversities. https://www.topuniversities.com/mba-rankings/global Ryan, J., Silvanto, S., & Brown, H. T. (2013). The impact of experience‐based MBA educational programs on international career mobility. Journal of Global Mobility: The Home of Expatriate Management Research, 1(1), 28-45. Tian, M., & Lu, G. (2018). Intercultural learning, adaptation, and personal growth: A longitudinal investigation of international student experiences in China. Frontiers of Education in China, 13(1), 56-92. Wei, R. (2024). Middling mobility and emerging cultural capital: a positional competition perspective on Chinese students studying in South Korea. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 45(3), 440-457. Wilkins, S., He, L., Zhu, L., & Elmoshnib, M. (2018). The resilience of the MBA in emerging economies: Student motivations for wanting an MBA in China and the United Arab Emirates. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 40(3), 256-271. Yang, P., Lu, N., & Yin, J. (2025). Student mobility to China: an overview. Handbook on Migration to China, 98-113. Yang, P., & Lu, N. (2025). ‘Watery Master's’(shuishuo) and ‘Reverse Study-Abroad’(fanxiang liuxue)?: Reassessing International Student Mobility Through Chinese Postgraduates in Singapore. In Towards Student Mobility in Asia (pp. 127-150). Routledge. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Cosmopolitan Promises and Stratified Realities: Exploring Transnational Experiences of Indian Students in Europe. National Institute of Educational Planning and Administration, India, India Presenting Author:1990's reforms in India paved the way for a new shift of social transformation, leading to the internationalisation of educational knowledge via cross-border exchange of ideas. Internationalisation, as an implementation strategy of globalisation, promotes diversity and multiculturalism that fosters a global mindset and harmony through the global flow of learners, meaningful collaborations/partnerships, the setting up of branch campuses, etc. This paper analyses the implementation strategies of the ‘Internationalisation abroad’ branch in India. In the world of linguistic diversity, the cultural capital of a student plays an enormous role in adapting to a foreign culture at university abroad. Entering a higher education institution where the medium of instruction is mostly different from one’s mother tongue in India or abroad, the student faces significant hurdles while climbing the ladder of academic mobility. Drawing on the mobility patterns and experiences of Indian students in Europe, this paper identifies two types of cultural alienation faced by these students: a) the pre-migration disconnects from the Indian Education System and b) the post-arrival sense of detachment emerging from their inability to communicate in the local European language and other barriers. The paper seeks to identify core social stratification variables that impact the process of internationalisation of higher education in India. The fundamental research question around which the paper revolves is ‘How does the pre-migration cultural capital of Indian students shape their preparedness for academic mobility and incorporation of cosmopolitan values required for a multicultural environment'? Marginson’s (2007) usage of the term ‘global private goods’ for the degrees obtained by international students highlights the commodification of transnational education. The paper attempts to contribute to the sociological and internationalisation literature by exploring the increasing alienation with the knowledge system amidst educational capitalism in a neoliberal era. The theoretical framework analyses academic mobility at the intersection of Alfred Schutz's idea of ‘phantasy at a future time’ (1962) and Edward Said’s concept of Imaginative Geographies (1978). ’ For a nuanced understanding of the discourses of internationalisation in India, the chapter mainly undertakes the works of Simon Marginson, Philip Altbach, NV Varghese, Ying wang, and Hugo Bowles. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper has adopted a qualitative methodology that includes primary data from 30 Indian students studying in Germany, the Netherlands, Spain and other European countries. The data is collected through a Google Form questionnaire that was put on platforms like Twitter and LinkedIn. The study draws on data collected through non-probability sampling and snowball sampling. A thematic approach and Narrative Analysis has been employed by the paper to analyse the data for the identification of patterns and codes. After engaging in the literature review from the thinkers and theories, the paper further includes secondary data from Indian government reports, UIS data from UNESCO, surveys and other articles elaborating on the experiences of Indian students in European universities Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As a result of the narrative analysis, the findings suggest that Indian students in Western and Northern Europe face fewer adjustment issues than those living in Eastern and Central Europe. The alienation starts from the inability to understand the local language, resulting in their exclusion from various academic and non-academic activities. The networking styles of these students in India with their seniors and professors, their medium of schooling, and their parents’ occupation suggest a deep connection of their exposure to their cultural and social capital. References Altbach, Philip & Knight, Jane. (2007). The Internationalization of Higher Education: Motivations and Realities. Journal of Studies in International Education. 11. 290-305. 10.1177/1028315307303542. Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgment of Taste. Trans. R. Nice. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Bowles, H., & Murphy, A. C. (2020). English-medium instruction and the internationalization of universities. In Springer eBooks. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-47860-5 Marginson, S. (2007). The public/private divide in higher education: A global revision. Higher education, 53, 307-333. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Quality Assurance Under Regulatory Pluralism: A Comparative Study of UK International Branch Campuses Shenzhen University, China, People's Republic of China Presenting Author:This paper examines how quality is governed and assured in international branch campuses (IBCs) operated by UK higher education institutions. As internationalisation reshapes higher education, cross-border provider mobility has expanded rapidly, and IBCs have become a high-profile mode of transnational delivery. The proposal notes that IBCs grew dramatically in the early twenty-first century and that UK institutions operate a leading share of IBCs worldwide, spanning multiple regions including Europe and Asia. At the same time, the complexity and uncertainty inherent in multi-jurisdictional provision intensify risks for students, institutions, and regulators, placing pressure on existing national quality assurance (QA) arrangements. The international and European dimension of the study lies in the governance structure of cross-border provision itself. IBCs are routinely subject to overlapping home- and host-country QA regimes, such that cross-border delivery commonly triggers at least two sets of QA protocols. Yet the proposal highlights that QA mechanisms do not “easily cross international boundaries,” and there is no widely recognized multinational QA regime able to function as a trusted global gatekeeper; regional harmonization and standardization efforts are still developing. This institutional gap makes IBCs a useful site for understanding how quality is negotiated, evidenced, and trusted when regulatory authority is distributed across borders, an issue central to ongoing European and international debates on recognition, comparability, and stakeholder protection in transnational education.
The paper addresses three research questions: how different stakeholders guarantee the quality of IBCs; what problems and challenges exist within the QA system for UK IBCs; and how students, as direct stakeholders and service recipients, perceive and evaluate IBC quality. The objective is to clarify the current QA system and mechanisms for American IBCs, evaluate their effectiveness and constraints, and investigate student perceptions of educational quality and campus experience. Beyond descriptive mapping, the study aims to develop a theoretical model of QA mechanisms for UK IBCs and generate policy-relevant implications for home/host regulators, institutions, and students considering IBC participation.
Conceptually, the study integrates three lenses. Resource Dependence Theory is used to explain how IBCs respond strategically to external constraints and resource environments while attempting to maintain quality standards. Synergy theory supports analysis of how multiple institutional subsystems coordinate to produce “self-organization” for quality maintenance. Organizational culture is employed to interpret how students’ identity, belonging, and campus experience shape perceptions of quality and legitimacy in transnational settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research adopts a multi-site, comparative design with a qualitative core, complemented by student survey evidence. Data collection combines policy and institutional document analysis, semi-structured interviews with campus personnel, and student-focused interviews and questionnaires in order to capture both the governance architecture of QA and the lived experience of educational quality. Empirically, the study focuses on UK IBCs while selecting host-country sites across Asia and the Middle East, China, Singapore, Qatar, and South Korea, to enable systematic comparison of how different regulatory and socio-cultural contexts interact with UK home-country oversight. The proposal identifies illustrative cases, including University of Nottingham Ningbo China, Xi'an Jiaotong–Liverpool University, and China Medical University-The Queen's University of Belfast, offering variation in institutional type, host governance arrangements, and maturity of campus operations. Document analysis draws on government policies, IBC histories and institutional policies, faculty and program materials, curricula and textbooks, and graduate employment reports. These sources are used to reconstruct the external QA environment and identify how standards are defined, audited, and communicated across jurisdictions. Semi-structured interviews with IBC managers and faculty examine QA practices in admissions, course design, teaching processes, staffing, and stakeholder coordination, with attention to how conflicts and misalignments are managed under regulatory plurality. Student interviews and questionnaires capture perceptions of learning experience, satisfaction, equivalence to home-campus standards, and perceived value of credentials. Interviews will be transcribed and coded iteratively using NVivo, with repeated reading, memoing, and category refinement to link empirical patterns to the three research questions and theoretical lenses. Triangulation across documents, staff perspectives, and student accounts is employed to strengthen interpretive validity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to generate three main contributions. First, it will propose a theoretically grounded model explaining how UK IBC quality is assured through the interaction between external regulation and internal institutional QA subsystems, aligning with the project’s stated aim of conceptual innovation and model development. Second, it will provide a comparative stakeholder map of how governments, accrediting bodies, campus leadership, faculty, and students participate in defining, monitoring, and legitimizing quality across borders. Third, it will identify recurrent governance and implementation challenges, including the structural difficulty that QA frameworks rarely travel smoothly across national boundaries and that no widely recognized multinational QA regime currently functions as a global gatekeeper; regional harmonization remains in development. The proposal also anticipates tensions between IBCs and accrediting agencies around standards and goal alignment, offering a basis for explaining where and why QA coordination breaks down. In terms of international and European relevance, the findings aim to inform ongoing discussions on transnational QA interoperability, mutual recognition, and stakeholder protection in cross-border education systems where authority is distributed and accountability is negotiated rather than centralized. Finally, by centering students’ perceptions and attitudes toward IBC quality, the study will clarify the conditions under which students experience IBC provision as equivalent to home-campus standards and view their credentials as credible and valuable. References Altbach, P. G. (2010). Why Branch Campuses May Be Unsustainable. International Higher Education, 58 (Winter), 2-3. American Council on Education. (2009). U.S. Branch Campuses Abroad. Wash- ington, DC: Center for International Initiatives, ACE. Chee, C. M., Butt, M. M., Wilkins, S., & Ong, F. Sim. (2016). Country of origin and country of service delivery effects in transnational higher education: a comparison of international branch campuses from developed and developing nations. Journal of Marketing for Higher Education, 26(1), 86-102. Cross-Border Education Research Team (C-BERT). (2017). Branch Campus Listing (updated January 20, 2017). Available from: http://cbert.org/resources-data/branch-campus/. Farrugia, C. (2012). International Branch Campus Quality in a Segmented Quality Assurance Environment. Sheikh Saud Bin Saqr Al Qasimi - Foundation for Policy Research 5 (September): 1–8. Franklin, A., & Alzouebi, K. (2014). Sustainability of international branch campuses in the United Arab Emirates: A vision for the future. The Journal of General Education, 63(2), 121-137. Healey, N. (2016). The challenges of managing an international branch campus: an exploratory study (Doctoral dissertation, University of Bath). Hughes, R. (2011). Strategies for managing and leading an academic staff in multiple countries. New Directions for Higher Education, 2011(155), 19-28. Hou, A. Y. C., Hill, C., Chen, K. H. J., & Tsai, S. (2018). A comparative study of international branch campuses in Malaysia, Singapore, China, and South Korea: regulation, governance, and quality assurance. Asia Pacific Education Review, 19(4), 543-555. Borgos, J. E. (2013). Using principal-agent theory as a framework for analysis in evaluating the multiple stakeholders involved in the accreditation and quality assurance of international medical branch campuses. Quality in Higher Education, 19(2), 173-190. Kinser, K. (2011). Multinational Quality Assurance. New Directions for Higher Education, 155, 53-64. Kinser, K., & Lane, J. E. (2016). International branch campuses: evolution of a phenomenon. International Higher Education, (85), 3-5. Knight, J. (2012). Internationalization: three generations of crossborder higher education, Occasional Paper 38. New Delhi: India International Centre. Available from: http://www.iicdelhi.nic.in/ContentAttachments/Publications/DiaryFiles/53511July92012_IIC%20Occasional%20Publication%2038.pdf. Knight, J. (2007). Crossborder Tertiary Education: An Introduction. In Crossborder Tertiary Education: A Way Towards Capacity Development(pp. 21-46). Paris: OECD, World Bank and NUFFIC. Lane, J. E., Kinser, K., & Knox, D. (2013). Regulating Cross-border Higher Education: A Case Study of the United States. High Education Policy, 26, 147-172. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Geographies of Pedagogies in International Higher Education 1: University of Copenhagen, Denmark; 2: Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:This work in progress explores ‘geographies of pedagogies' inherent in present internationalisation practices. Over the past 30 years, higher education has become increasingly internationalised through academic mobility (Tzanakou & Henderson, 2021). Within the EU, policies such as the Bologna process are adopted to make this mobility smooth and it is accompanied by a growing use of English as a medium of instruction (Tange & Jæger, 2021). In this development, the English language has gained prominence as the lingua franca of higher education, and especially policy documents often ignore that knowledge production and teaching are situated practices (Adriansen et al. 2023). Some researchers, however, have addressed this by providing personal narratives of how they as international academics have adapted and developed their teaching in foreign countries (Hosein et al. 2018; Rao et al. 2019), by showing how it varies from one country to another, what counts as a ‘good ’student (Simandan, 2002) and by exploring the situatedness of what it means to be a ‘good’ academic (Adriansen et al., 2015). Yet, there is a lack of research that connects individual narratives to provide a conceptual understanding of these geographies of pedagogy. This paper attempts to fill this gap. The paper is part of a larger research project exploring how internationalisation affects the perception of quality, relevance and learning in higher education and how these perceptions travel with mobile academics. Based on qualitative interviews with international academics at Danish universities, the aim of this paper is to examine the role of pedagogies in internationalisation of higher education. The analytical backdrop of the study is ‘geographies of science’ (Livingstone, 2003; Meusburger et al. 2010). By recognising science and academic practices as spatially contingent, geographies of science provides our analytical inspiration for questioning universal claims about pedagogies and teaching practices in higher education. The geographies of science, as articulated by Livingstone (2003) and expanded by Meusburger et al. (2010), help us understand scientific knowledge as fundamentally situated, spatial, and uneven. Rather than treating science as universal and placeless, this perspective highlights how particular sites - laboratories, field stations, classrooms, cities, and transnational networks - shape the questions asked, the methods used, and the authority granted to certain actors. It also draws attention to the circulation of knowledge through the mobility of academics and the spatial asymmetries that privilege some institutions or nations over others. Using geographies of science as analytical inspiration makes it possible to analyse scientific practices including pedagogies as a culturally embedded, materially mediated, and geographically contingent practice. While the ‘geographies of skills’ have been researched in various contexts lately (e.g. Burzynski et al., 2020; Raghuram, 2021; Richardson, 2019), there is little knowledge about the ‘geographies of pedagogy’ – this means how pedagogical practices and what constitutes good teaching are contextual and spatially situated and how language plays into this. We use ‘geographies of science’ and ‘geography of skills’ to explore the ‘geographies of pedagogies’ that become visible through the experiences of international academics at Danish universities. We do so by asking the following research questions:
By developing the concept of geographies of pedagogies, the paper aims to contribute to ongoing debates on internationalisation, academic mobility, and the situated nature of teaching and learning in higher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study, which is part of a larger research project, is based on 16 qualitative interviews with international academics from two Danish universities conducted between 2020 and 2022. For this study, we focus on participants who were foreign-born and held PhD degrees from institutions outside Denmark. A few had obtained Danish citizenship. They represented 14 different countries and worked as assistant, associate, or full professors across the natural sciences, social sciences, arts, and health fields. To ensure anonymity, we use pseudonyms and in some cases adjusted participants’ gender. Because of Covid-19 restrictions, eight interviews took place online and eight in person. The interviews were conducted by our interdisciplinary research team consisting of two geographers and one anthropologist with varied cultural and linguistic backgrounds, bringing different in/outsider positionalities to the process (Adriansen & Madsen, 2009). Interviews were held in English or German based on participant preference, using a semi-structured guide. We explored participants’ motivations for international mobility, reasons for coming to Denmark, their understandings of international universities and internationalisation, and how they perceived their own positioning within Danish academia. A specific focus was on former teaching experience and the encounter with teaching and students at Danish universities.. Participants were also invited to reflect on their career trajectories, expectations for mobility, and future plans, while comparing experiences across countries and institutions. For in-person interviews, we used the timeline interview method (Adriansen, 2012). This exploratory approach allowed us to capture whole-life mobility narratives. Using large sheets of paper and coloured pencils, we collaboratively mapped key life events and mobility paths. While timelines depict events in temporal sequence, they are not intended to imply linearity. Rather, the visual format enabled participants to revisit and reinterpret their experiences, revealing shifting patterns and narratives. This provided insights into how academics understood their personal histories as well as the educational histories of places where they had lived and worked. To complement these accounts, we conducted instrumental conversations with four Danish academics from three universities. Such informal conversations are common in ethnography (Madden, 2017) and are increasingly recognised as valuable qualitative tools, either alone or alongside interviews (Swain & King, 2022). Our analytical themes emerged through a dialectical process (inspired by Guzman-Valenzuela & Barnett, 2013), combining inductive insights from the data with deductive perspectives from the broader analytical framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that two teaching practices stand out as unusual for the international academics entering Danish academia: oral exams and group work. Patricia, explained: I had never encountered [oral exam] before I came here […]. That was a bit difficult for me at the beginning […] I often find that the internationals [students] have a lot of trouble in the oral exam, whereas the Danes are much more relaxed and not nervous. International academics are expected to assimilate their teaching practice without receiving explicit guidance, as these practices are embedded in the institutional culture and assumed to be self-evident. Patricia continued: There is a huge emphasis on group work. This is a big surprise to me, I have never seen it before, to this extent […] I had a lot of trouble in the beginning. The study also shows how ways of understanding are situated. An example is Ben, who experienced that there are different norms of how to reason in mathematics, even though we think mathematics is universal. When his students did not understand his explanations, they thought it was a language problem and he switched languages. However, it did not help. Ben elaborates: I mean what is universal? I mean you know the proof might look the same but the steps you use [in the process are different]. I didn't have any of the right words. Summing up, this work in progress shows the first lines of ‘geographies of pedagogies' inherent in internationalisation practices. By exploring international academics’ experiences in Danish higher education, we highlight the situatedness of pedagogical practices. The full paper compares and contrasts these pedagogical practices in relation to academics’ mobility patterns, language, and discipline. References Adriansen, H. K. (2012). Timeline interviews: A tool for conducting life history research. Qualitative studies, 3(1), 40-55. Adriansen, H. K., & Madsen, L. M. (2009). Studying the making of geographical knowledge: The implications of insider interviews. Norsk Geografisk Tidsskrift ‐ Norwegian. Journal of Geography, 63(3), 145–153. Adriansen, H. K., Mehmood-Ul-Hassan , M., & Mbow, C. (2015). Producing scientific knowledge in Africa today: auto-ethnographic insights from a climate change researcher. I H. K. Adriansen, L. M. Madsen, & S. Jensen (eds.), Higher Education and Capacity Building in Africa: The geography and power of knowledge under changing conditions (pp. 124-146). Routledge. Adriansen, H. K., Juul‐Wiese, T., Madsen, L. M., Saarinen, T., Spangler, V., & Waters, J. L. (2023). Emplacing English as lingua franca in international higher education: A spatial perspective on linguistic diversity. Population, Space and Place, 29(2), e2619. Burzynski, M., Deuster, C., & Docquier, F. (2020). Geography of skills and global inequality. Journal of Development Economics, 142, 102333. Guzman-Valenzuela, C., & Barnett. R. (2013). “Marketing Time: Evolving Timescapes in Academia.” Studies in Higher Education 38 (8): 1120–1134. Hosein, A., Rao, N., Yeh, C. S. H., & Kinchin, I. M. (Eds.). (2018). Academics’ international teaching journeys: Personal narratives of transitions in higher education. Bloomsbury Publishing. Livingstone, D. N. (2010). Putting science in its place. University of Chicago Press. Madden, R. (2017). Being Ethnographic: A Guide to the Theory and Practice of Ethnography. Sage. Meusburger, P., Livingstone, D., & Jöns, H. (Eds.). (2010). Geographies of science. Springer. Raghuram, P. (2021). Interjecting the geographies of skills into international skilled migration research: Political economy and ethics for a renewed research agenda. Population, Space and Place, 27(5), e2463. Rao, N., Mace, W., Hosein, A., & Kinchin, I. M. (2019). Pedagogic democracy versus pedagogic supremacy: migrant academics’ perspectives. Teaching in Higher Education, 24(5), 599–612. Richardson, L., & Bissell, D. (2019). Geographies of digital skill. Geoforum, 99, 278-286. Simandan, D. (2002). On what it takes to be a good geographer. Area, 34(3), 284-293. Swain, J., & King, B. (2022). Using Informal Conversations in Qualitative Research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21. Tange, H., & Jæger, K. (2021). From Bologna to welfare nationalism: International higher education in Denmark. 2000-2020. Language and Intercultural Communication, 21(2), 223–236. Tzanakou, C., & Henderson, E. F. (2021). Stuck and sticky in mobile academia: reconfiguring the im/mobility binary. Higher Education, 82(4), 685-693. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 12 C: Trends in Internationalization Location: B1096 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Petr Novotny Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Crises in Global Higher Education and Adaptive Reflexivity: Comparing Methodological Dilemmas in Conflict-Ridden Myanmar and Ukraine The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Studies in global higher education may often create impression that the field is a relatively stable and predictable environment where access to research sites can be planned, participants can be approached safely, and ethical issues can be managed through standardized procedures. Such an attitude can be partly explained by the fact that crises have become frequent in many higher education systems overwhelmed with a gamut of economic, political and social disruptions (Tight, 2024). The assumptions of stability affect the conceptualization of research in the field and underpin dominant approaches to qualitative research and interpretations of methodological rigour (Guillemin & Gillam, 2004). In the settings affected by existential crises (eg. wars and major political or militarized conflicts), higher education systems are, however, rarely predictable or secure. Universities are often disrupted by violence, displacement, or institutional collapse, rendering research conditions volatile and uncertain (Milton & Barakat, 2016; Oleksiyenko, 2024; Oleksiyenko & Terepyschhyj, 2024). While scholarship in higher education often conceptualizes crisis as an episodic disruption to institutional normalcy (Gigliotti, 2022), research in protracted conflict and non-state contexts suggests a different condition—one in which crisis functions as a persistent structural context shaping how higher education operates and research strategies are implemented. In the conflict-affected environments, higher education research requires methodological flexibility that extends beyond conventional designs (Oleksiyenko, 2024). The proposed study examines how adaptive reflexivity acquires a new methodological stance for conducting qualitative research in crisis-affected contexts. The study draws on insights from higher education fieldwork in Ukraine during the Russian invasion of 2022-2026 and in the Ethnic Higher Education (EHE) areas of Myanmar, managed by Myanmar’s Ethnic Revolutionary Organizations (EROs) after the 2021 military coup. While these two cases show interrelations with concerns to unceasing crisis and insecurity (Oleksiyenko, 2024; Rahmat et al., 2026), they also provide insights into differences of methodological negotiation, which impregnates decisions about access, consent, and data protection with considerable ethical and political implications. The comparative study shows that traditional frameworks of fieldwork and data collection, which are built on assumptions of institutional stability, predictable access, and researcher safety, prove inadequate when higher education systems are in existential crisis. This study examines the interrelation of three methodological dimensions: (1) negotiating ethical trust and participant safety amid compromised physical access; (2) sustaining analytic rigor and data credibility through remote, fragmented, and adaptive research designs; and (3) practicing reflexivity as an ongoing process of balancing positionality, empathy, and emotional resilience. While investigators pinpoint key logistical and ethical constraints in managing these dimensions, the comparative analysis also sheds light on how a critical perspective on integration of knowledge about these constraints can help in questioning whose knowledge is legitimized in higher education research and how crisis contexts reveal the limits of conventional epistemic authority. This study is important in the context of worsening geopolitical conditions in global higher education. When the global discourse overlooks growing political implications for marginalized and vulnerable academic groups affected by military actions, it should be recognized that crisis-related research should be given more attention. Higher education institutions do play a distinctive role in crisis-affected societies, including sustaining professional pathways, supporting leadership and civic capacity, and maintaining longer-term educational futures (Milton & Barakat, 2016). Where higher education institutions themselves are contested, displaced, or excluded from state systems, they also become political sites in which authority, legitimacy, and collective identity are negotiated (Novelli et al., 2017; South & Lall, 2016; Oleksiyenko, 2024). Hence, rethinking of methodological approaches should intensify as well (Rahmat et al., 2026; Wong & Kareng, 2024; Olesiyenko &Tavadze, 2024; Oleksiyenko, Min & Khin, forthcoming). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This presentation compares lessons learned from fieldwork in the conflict-ridden areas of Myanmar and Ukraine. By looking into how researchers and participants redesign their relations during various phases of displacement and relocation, the study aims to understand what it really means for higher education investigators to engage with experiential insights in conflict-affected zones. The reflections on engagement with respondents from the areas affected by military control and surveillance in Myanmar, and by constant air-raids and destruction of civil infrastructure and academic facilities in Ukraine, provide unique accounts of challenges faced by both researchers and participants during the documentation of fieldwork planning and implementation. In Myanmar, the original design sought to include six ethnic higher education contexts across Chin, Kachin, Kayan, Karenni, Ta’ang, and Mon areas, combining in-person and online engagement. However, access conditions shifted repeatedly as security situations evolved. Ultimately, only two regions—Mon and Karenni—could be visited in person. Planned fieldwork in other areas became infeasible due to security risks, travel restrictions, and logistical barriers, necessitating a greater reliance on remote engagement. Meanwhile, in Ukraine, access to universities in eastern regions such as Donetsk, Kherson and Luhansk oblasts became inaccessible after the full-scale invasion of the Russian armed forces in 2022. The security concerns increased all over Ukraine with frequent shelling and drone attacks conducted by the Russian armed forces. Hence, the focus of investigation was primarily moved to the institutions in Kyiv and Lviv, as more protected and safer areas for continued research. The principal investigator had to delegate fieldwork to his collaborators at the Ukrainian institutions, while sustaining online feedback and readjustment of research strategies. The comparative analysis shows how decisions concerning consent, anonymity, recording, and data storage differed in the two contexts, where in-field and online methods were mixed and renegotiation of participation depended on access conditions, trust relationships, and security deliberations. Ethics in practice with regard to situations in which ethical significance emerges through interaction rather than procedural design became a major approach in both countries. Within the post-soviet context of Ukraine where academic research used to be limited and institutional ethics reviews are rudimentary, concerns about the participation and privacy are often a headache of foreign investigators who are supposed to take responsibility on behalf of vulnerable participants. The sharing of knowledge and the search for emotional support often overlapped during escalated security concerns, requiring extra sensitivity to participants’ long-term safety. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Higher education research is expected to be conducted responsibly, rigorously, and ethically under conditions of crisis. This study shows that methodological frameworks developed for stable, state-centred research environments are often ill-equipped for contexts in which access is uncertain, participant safety cannot be taken for granted, and institutional legitimacy is contested. In response, the presenters argue that adaptive reflexivity as a methodological position should be given more regard under conditions of uncertainty. It should be recognized that crisis operates as a structural condition shaping how research is planned, conducted, and interpreted in modern days. Methodological challenges in crisis-affected higher education—such as managing participant risk, navigating uneven data generation, and responding to emotional and relational pressures—do not arise as isolated technical problems. Instead, they are mutually constitutive dimensions of research practice, rendering piecemeal methodological adjustments inadequate and underscoring the need for a coherent reflexive stance. Respectively, adaptive reflexivity should engage retrospective self-reflection or positional disclosure with increasing emphasis on an ongoing, relational, and context-responsive mode of methodological judgement embedded throughout the research process. Its core components—ethical co-construction, relational rigor, contextual validity, and emotional and positional awareness—provide a structured vocabulary for sustaining methodological quality when stability, control, and predictability are limited. Through adaptation, iteration, and recalibration, research in crisis contexts achieves more by reducing over-reliance on linear execution of predefined designs. Importantly, adaptive reflexivity does not lower methodological standards. On the contrary, it demands heightened accountability. Where researchers cannot rely on uniform methods, saturation, or stable access, rigor must be demonstrated through transparent justification of decisions, coherence of analytic reasoning, and careful alignment between claims and the conditions under which data are generated. In this way, adaptive reflexivity reframes rigor, ethics, and validity without diluting them, while making methodological discipline responsive to constraint rather than insulated from it. References Burde, D., Lahmann, H., & Thompson, N. (2019). Education in emergencies: ‘What works’ revisited. Education and Conflict Review, 2, 81–88. Gigliotti, R. A. (2022). Crisis Leadership in Higher Education: Historical Overview, Organizational Considerations, and Implications. In Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Politics. Oxford University Press. Guillemin, M., & Gillam, L. (2004). Ethics, Reflexivity, and “Ethically Important Moments” in Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 10(2), 261–280. Lwin, T. (2019). Global justice, national education and local realities in Myanmar: A civil society perspective. Asia Pacific Education Review, 20(2), 273–284. Milton, S., & Barakat, S. (2016). Higher education as the catalyst of recovery in conflict-affected societies. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 14(3), 403–421. Novelli, M., Lopes Cardozo, M.T A.; Smith, A. (2017). The 4RS Framework: Analyzing Education’s Contribution to Sustainable Peacebuilding with Social Justice in Conflict-Affected Contexts. https://doi.org/10.17609/N8S94K Oleksiyenko, A. V. (2024). Rethinking academic citizenship for collective agency in times of crisis. Higher Education Quarterly, 78(4), e12520. Oleksiyenko, A., Min, T.W., Khin, C.S.S. (forthcoming). Crisis and displacement in global higher education: a Scholarly Reflexive Dialogue (SRD) across contexts, cultures, and times. In Tavadze, G., Gibbs, P., Greenwood, D., & Bengtsen, S.S.E. (eds). Towards the Placeful University: Transformative Places and Spaces in Higher Education. Springer. Oleksiyenko, A. V., & Tavadze, G. (2025). Decolonization of post-Soviet higher education: Critical inquiry through a reflexive scholarly dialogue. Cultural Studies↔ Critical Methodologies, 25(3), 204-215. Oleksiyenko, A., & Terepyshchyi, S. (2024). ‘Hope despite all odds’: academic precarity in embattled Ukraine. Teaching in Higher Education, 29(3), 741-755. Pherali, T. (2019). Education and conflict: Emergence, growth and diversification of the field. Education and Conflict Review, 2, 7–14. Rahmat, R. B., Porta, T., & Thwe Phyo, K. (2026). The role of the higher education educator in times of conflict in Myanmar. Teaching in Higher Education, 31(1), 1–19. Shah, R., & Lopes Cardozo, M. T. A. (2019). Myanmar’s Education System: Historical Roots, the Current Context, and New Opportunities. In M. T. A. Lopes Cardozo & E. J. T. Maber (Eds), Sustainable Peacebuilding and Social Justice in Times of Transition (pp. 65–86). Springer International Publishing South, A., & Lall, M. (2016). Language, Education and the Peace Process in Myanmar. Contemporary Southeast Asia, 38(1), 128–153. Wong, M. S., & Kareng, D. (2024). Creativity in Crisis: Re-envisioning Higher Education in Myanmar’s Spring Revolution. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 33(5), 1095–1103. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Brand Architecture in Higher Education – a Corporate Model of Brand Positioning in Times of Internationalization Transilvania University, Romania Presenting Author:Even though less explored lately, the importance of branding strategies in higher education became more relevant in the context of competitiveness in global education market and internationalization. The competitiveness in higher education increased (Binsardi and Ekwulugo, 2003; Hemsley-Brown and Goonawardana, 2007) and the importance of branding in tertiary education grew (Mazzarol and Soutar, 1999), even though there were some opinions that criticized marketing strategies in education (Gibbs, 2002). Nevertheless, the universities images are important not only in students’ choices, but in public attitudes towards the universities (Yavas and Shemwell, 1996), which ensures a competitive advantage (Paramewaran and Glowacka, 1995), attracts students and differentiate the institution from its major competitors (Ivy, 2001), institutional and sector image (Oplatka, 2002). Researchers highlighted that higher education is a complex field for brand identity with strong connections between brand identity, meaning, image, and reputation (Hemsley-Brown et. al., 2016). Each university has a unique profile, set mainly by the organizational culture, and many strategic directions according to the specific of each faculty (Asaad, Melewar, Cohen, and Balmer, 2013). Our perspective stresses that each study programme has its unique profile, as each profession develops its own organizational culture. The approach is supported by the corporate brand identity frameworks (Urde, 2013) and service brand management (de Chernatony and Segal‐Horn, 2003; Skaalsvik and Olsen, 2014), both suitable for higher education area. The various models of branding in management and marketing could fill the theoretical gap related to branding issues in universities. The attempts to address brands in higher education are limited, through qualitative approaches, and present difficulties in defining brand essence (Wæraas and Solbakk, 2009), differences between university and commercial brandings as well as culture, brand concepts, and brand architecture (Chapleo, 2015) or image‐related determinants of brand equity (Mourad, Ennew, and Kortam, 2011). In recent years, education fields worldwide encountered many adjustments to face the increasing and challenging issues in society. Brand development is not only an aspect of identity but means of differentiation in the global market and of strengthening the position in national and international contexts. The internationalization of universities is a milestone in the European Union and the European university alliances are more effective. Nevertheless, the brand corporate model may also emerge in university alliances. Our mixed methodological approach aimed at exploring the embedded perspective of branding in higher education. We addressed the relation between brand (the university) and sub-brands (the faculties) and the perspective of university’ employees and students as potential brand promoters. We assumed that the corporate brand model is appropriate for the branding strategies in universities, therefore the overarching research question explored the branding model emerging in universities. The first aim of our research was to investigate the brand architecture in university. The second aim was to determine the brand patterns of the students as brand promoters. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the competitive global market, the public institutions of education apply business administration principles to strengthen their position. The branding strategies are adjusted in higher education, considering the mission of the educational providers. However, it is less clear what is more important in students’ choice: the university, the faculty, the study programme? In order to address these issues, we analysed the brand strategy of one public university from a contextualized perspective: the public image - delivered through the visual elements, the managerial/employees’ perspective – analysed through interviews, and the customer attitude towards the services provided – investigated by questionnaire-based inquiry of students. The brand strategy of Transilvania university was assessed using the analysis of public information (visual identity), combined with interviews with communication officers and heads of faculties and university staff. We organized 5 interviews with faculty leaders. The perspective of beneficiary was investigated using the responses of 189 undergraduate students from different faculties. The data were collected in two waves: first in the previous academic year (2024-2025) and the second in the current academic year (2025-2026). More than a half of participants were prospective teachers (124). The questionnaire-based inquiry was administered on-line with the approval of Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences Board. Measurement instrument Corporate Brand Identity Matrix (CBIM) framework (Urde, 2013) is a combined analytical tool and operational guide used as the basis of a structured case study investigation (Yin, 2012) of the management of one corporate brand in real time. The method offers potential for the generation of models and general theories from empirical data (Perry and Gummesson, 2004). University Brand Personality Scale (UBPS), developed by Rauchsnabel, Krey, Babin and Ivens in 2016, is a framework for measuring the personality characteristics of higher education brands. It uses six personality dimensions to represent the facets of brand identity that are most pertinent to the audience. The UBPS comprises prestige, sincerity, appeal, lively, conscientiousness, and cosmopolitan dimensions. Results suggest that the scale strongly relates to brand love, positive word-of-mouth, and students' intention to support their university as alumni (Rauschnabel et al., 2016). Oregon vocational interest scales. For additional information about the ORVIS scales, see Pozzebon, Visser, Ashton, Lee, & Goldberg (2010). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings are in line with previous research that describes the corporate brand model in higher education. Thus, the corporate brand identity framework is promoted at university level and multiple sub-brands for each faculty, aligning with the unified image of the entire university and becoming brand promoters. Multiple data sources were exploited in the case-study, such as positioning, brand strategy, visual identity, codes of conduct and communication. The brand-oriented approach envisages organization’s mission and values (Urde, 2013) and represents a source of differentiation and competitive advantage (Brexendorf and Kernstock, 2007; Burmann et al, 2009). Our study explored students’ perspective related to university brands in a quantitative inquiry. All 3 scales of University Brand Personality Scale - Word-of-mouth, Alumni support, and Brand love - showed wide variation in scores in our sample, indicating various patterns. All 8 scales of Oregon vocational interest scales - Leadership, Organization, Altruism, Creativity, Analysis, Producing, Adventuring, and Erudition - showed wide variation in scores in our sample, proving insights regarding the profiles of students with different vocational interests, enrolled in various specializations. The statistical analysis shows significant correlations between brand or brand sub-scales and sub-scales of the inventory of vocational interests (Brand and Altruism – r=0.18, p<0.5; Brand and Erudition – r=0.17, p<0.5) which, even though there a small, worth further exploration. Corporate Brand Identity Matrix provides the opportunity to explore the core values of brand identity and their relations to the internal and external factors that contribute to brand architecture, such as organizational culture, relationships and personality. The use of CBIM in combination with ULBS offers the dual and complete perspective of the relation between the provider of educational services and primary beneficiary. References Asaad, Y., Melewar, T.C., Cohen, G., & Balmer, J. (2013). Universities and export market orientation: An exploratory study of UK post-92 universities. Marketing Intelligence & Planning, 31(7), 838–856. Binsardi A, Ekwulugo F. International marketing of British education: Research on the students’ perception and the UK market penetration. Mark Intell Plann 2003; 21:318–27. Brexendorf, T.O. and Kernstock, J. (2007) Corporate behaviour versus brand behaviour: Towards an integrated view? Journal of Brand Management 15(1): 32–40. Burmann, C., Jost-Benz, M. and Riley, N. (2009). Towards an identity-based equity model. Journal of Business Research 62(3): 390–397. Chapleo, C. (2015). Brands in Higher Education: Challenges and Potential Strategies. International Studies of Management & Organization, 45(2), 150–163. https://doi.org/10.1080/00208825.2015.1006014 de Chernatony L, Segal‐Horn S (2003), "The criteria for successful services brands". European Journal of Marketing, Vol. 37 No. 7-8 pp. 1095–1118, doi: https://doi.org/10.1108/03090560310477681 Gibbs, P. (2002). From the invisible hand to the invisible handshake: marketing higher education. Res Post-Compuls Educ 2002; 7:325–38. Hemsley-Brown, J., & Goonawardana, S. (2007). Brand harmonization in the international higher education market. Journal of Business Research, 60(9), 942–948. Hemsley-Brown, J., Melewar, T.C., Nguyen, B., Wilson, E.J. (2016). Exploring brand identity, meaning, image, and reputation (BIMIR) in higher education: A special section. Journal of Business Research 69 (2016) 3019–3022. Mourad M, Ennew C, Kortam W (2011), "Brand equity in higher education". Marketing Intelligence & Planning, Vol. 29 No. 4 pp. 403–420, doi: https://doi.org/10.1108/02634501111138563 Paramewaran, R. and Glowacka, A.E. (1995). University image: an information processing perspective. J Mark High Educ 1995; 6:41–56. Rauschnabel, F.A, Krey, N., Babin, B.J, Ivens, B.S. (2016). Brand management in higher education: The University Brand Personality Scale. Journal of Business Research 69 (2016) 3077–3086. Perry, C. and Gummesson, E. (2004) Action research in marketing. European Journal of Marketing 38(3/4): 310–320. Skaalsvik H, Olsen B (2014), "Service branding: suggesting an interactive model of service brand development". Kybernetes, Vol. 43 No. 8 pp. 1209–1223, doi: https://doi.org/10.1108/K-12-2013-0274 Urde, M. The corporate brand identity matrix. J Brand Manag 20, 742–761 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1057/bm.2013.12 Wæraas, A., Solbakk, M.N. Defining the essence of a university: lessons from higher education branding. High Educ 57, 449–462 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-008-9155-z Yavas, U. and Shemwell, D.J. (1996). Graphical representation of university image: a correspondence analysis. J Mark High Educ 1996; 7:75–84. Yin, R.K. (2012) Application of Case Study Research. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Mapping Decision Trees of Study Abroad Intentions: The Interplay Between Maternal Education, Cultural Adaptability, and Career Expectations 1: National Academy for Educational Research, Taiwan; 2: National Academy for Educational Research, Taiwan Presenting Author:Cross-border student mobility has become a defining feature of globalized higher education. In particular, seeking international advanced degree plays an irreplaceable role in fostering deep, reciprocal political and economic understanding, sociocultural exchange, and the long-term sustainability of nations. Nevertheless, both short-term studying abroad and international degree seeking remain a form of mobility that requires substantial mobilization of family capital and financial resources, which result in a gap between students’ intentions to study abroad and their actual participation. This gap is often shaped by the interaction of multiple structural factors. Accordingly, understanding students’ intentions and the determinants underlying them constitutes a core concern for higher education policy aimed at developing appropriate and equitable support for overseas study. This study examines Taiwanese students’ intentions to pursue international advanced degrees and how family capital, institutional and academic variables, and subjective variables jointly shape the classification paths of their study-abroad intentions. We pose the following research questions. First, what are the major motivations and barriers for Taiwanese students to pursue international advanced degrees? How do concerns regarding cultural adaptation, intention to seek domestic employment, and motivations for studying abroad enter the classification paths of study-abroad intentions? Second, how do family capital, institutional type, and major field of study differentiate students with high and low study-abroad intentions? In particular, how does the classification role of maternal education change between the family capital model and the integrated model? Drawing on Pierre Bourdieu’s theory of capital and field (Bourdieu, 1984, 1986, 1990), this study conceptualizes how family structure and individual decision-making shape students’ intentions to study abroad. Family background, through cultural and economic capital, establishes the volume of resources and the starting position from which students engage in study-abroad decisions. Higher levels of capital facilitate access to international information and attenuate sensitivity to risk. While Bourdieu emphasizes the profound influence of family background on habitus and decision-making, he also argues that class-based habitus can be reshaped through education and changing environments. In Taiwan’s context, disparities in educational resource structures are most salient at the higher education level, particularly along the divides between comprehensive universities and the technical/vocational system, as well as between public and private institutions. These distinct types of institutions represent diverse "academic fields" (Bourdieu, 1984), where varying institutional objectives and systemic capital shape students' orientations toward international mobility. Consequently, this study analyzes students' micro-level decision-making within the constraints of different structural environments, such as specific universities or departments. By doing so, it elucidates how the interplay between expected benefits and perceived costs ultimately determines their intention to pursue study abroad opportunities. This study’s significance is twofold. Theoretically, while prior research relied on paternal status as a single proxy for family capital, maternal influence seems to become increasingly salient due to higher education expansion and the use of overseas study for social differentiation (Netz & Finger, 2016). Qualitative evidence (Perkins, 2020; Simon & Ainsworth, 2012) further indicate the potential impact of mothers as key facilitators of children’s global mobility. Accordingly, this study refines family socioeconomic status by separately examining paternal and maternal influences. From a policy perspective, as the Bologna Process deepens, the European Higher Education Area (EHEA) seeks to dismantle stratified access to mobility. By analyzing family capital and individual motivation, this study addresses EU objectives to ensure equitable participation for underrepresented groups in programs like Erasmus+, which reflect the universal pursuit of social justice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We adopted a quantitative survey design. Based on a literature review, expert consultations, and focus group interviews, we developed a survey for Taiwanese College Students". The instrument encompasses background variables, motivations for pursue international advanced degree, perceived potential barriers, and other subjective variables related to study-abroad decision. The questionnaire underwent content validity review by 13 experts in higher education and the sociology of education, followed by a pilot test involving 88 students (senior undergraduates and graduate students). Reliability analysis yielded a Cronbach’s Alpha of .716 for the motivation dimension (Q3-1) and .626 for the barriers dimension (Q3-2). For the latter, Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) was employed to extract three sub-dimensions, accounting for a cumulative explained variance of 65.55%. Data collection was conducted via an online survey using non-probability sampling, specifically relying on available subjects. As it was not possible to assign a calculable sampling probability to every individual in the population, this study does not aim for population parameter estimation. Instead, it focuses on the analysis of variable relationships and structural patterns within the sample (Babbie, 2021). The survey was administered from December 10, 2025, to January 5, 2026, resulting in 1,403 valid responses. Regarding the analytical strategy, descriptive statistics were first employed to present the distribution of students’ intentions to pursue international advanced degrees, as well as their major motivations and perceived barriers. Subsequently, a Classification and Regression Tree (CRT) model was utilized to identify the classification paths of students with high and low study-abroad intentions (Breiman et al., 1984). The dependent variable was dichotomized into high and low study-abroad intentions. Students who reported that they “had the intention but had not yet begun collecting information” were classified as having low study-abroad intentions, whereas those who reported that they “had made preliminary plans and were collecting information” or “had a clear plan and were preparing accordingly” were classified as having high study-abroad intentions. Two sets of models were developed. The family capital model included paternal education, maternal education, paternal socioeconomic status, and maternal socioeconomic status. The integrated model further incorporated institutional and academic variables as well as subjective variables. The former included institutional type and major field of study, while the latter included concerns regarding cultural adaptation, intention to seek domestic employment, and motivations for studying abroad. The CRT analysis used Gini impurity as the splitting criterion, and cross-validation was employed to examine model stability. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study compares findings from the family capital model and the integrated model. Due to space limitations, this paper focuses on how family capital, academic fields, and study-abroad decision considerations jointly shape the classification paths of students with high and low study-abroad intentions. In the family capital model, parental educational attainment serves as an important cue for differentiating study-abroad intentions. According to the CRT variable importance analysis, “maternal education” is standardized at 100.0%, ranking as the leading indicator among the family capital variables, while “paternal education” reaches 90.3%. These findings suggest that family educational background has higher relative classificatory power than parental socioeconomic status. When the model incorporates “motivations and concerns,” subjective variables exceed background variables in their standardized importance for decision classification. In this integrated model, “concerns regarding cultural adaptation” is most critical (100.0%), followed by “intention to seek domestic employment” (90.8%).This shift suggests that when cultural maladaptation fears and domestic stability outweigh expected returns, students likely opt against international degrees. Notably, maternal education, which is paramount in the initial model, diminishes, implying that individual perceptual factors and career orientations possess discriminatory power surpassing family origins. Shortly, "adaptation to foreign environments" and "transnational career imaginaries" are the most significant dividing lines in student intentions. Fear of living abroad, coupled with a preference for domestic employment, functions as a critical threshold for pursuing international degrees. Accordingly, the diminishing influence of family background in the integrated model suggests that institutional and governmental interventions—specifically providing information on life adaptation, career planning, and employment facilitation—can help students transcend family constraints. By strengthening links to overseas careers and addressing information asymmetry, policymakers could empower candidates who lack family capital to translate their intentions into substantive actions toward pursuing advanced international degrees. References Babbie, E. R. (2021). The practice of social research (15th ed.). Cengage Learning. Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A social critique of the judgement of taste. Harvard University Press. Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–260). Greenwood Publishing Group. Bourdieu, P. (1990). In other words: Essays toward a reflexive sociology. Stanford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781503621558 Breiman, L., Friedman, J., Olshen, R. A., & Stone, C. J. (1984). Classification and regression trees. Chapman & Hall/CRC. https://doi.org/10.1201/9781315139470 Breiman, L., Friedman, J., Olshen, R. A., & Stone, C. J. (1984). Classification and regression trees. Chapman & Hall/CRC. https://doi.org/10.1201/9781315139470 Netz, N., & Finger, C. (2016). New horizontal inequalities in German higher education? Social selectivity of studying abroad between 1991 and 2012. Sociology of Education, 89(2), 79-98. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038040715627196 Simon, J., & Ainsworth, J. W. (2012). Race and socioeconomic status differences in study abroad participation: The role of habitus, social networks, and cultural capital. International Scholarly Research Notices, 2012(1), Article 413896. https://doi.org/10.5402/2012/413896 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 12 D: Research and Academic Literacy Location: B3110 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Semiha Bekir Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Post-Disaster Challenges to Continuing Academic Work: The Supportive Role of Academic Literacy 1: Fırat University, Türkiye; 2: İnönü University, Türkiye; 3: Yozgat Bozok University, Türkiye Presenting Author:Graduate education represents a strategically vital educational level directly linked to national scientific productivity and human capital development (Alhas, 2006; Bozan, 2012). The fundamental functions of graduate education include training individuals who can address more complex problems than at the undergraduate level, possess higher-order cognitive skills such as analysis, synthesis, and evaluation, and conduct scientific research (Bayar & Duran, 2019; Sevinç, 2001). In this respect, graduate education contributes not only to developing academics and scientists but also to sustaining scientific activities, implementing technology-oriented policies, and advancing professional development and employment opportunities (Çelik, 2019; Koç & Özkoçak, 2019). While quantitative growth in Turkish higher education has become evident through increasing graduate student enrollments and thesis production, debates continue regarding whether this growth translates into improved quality of scientific output (Akçiğit & Özcan-Tok, 2020; Çelik, 2019). Central to these quality debates are the difficulties graduate students experience in research methods, academic writing, data analysis, and managing scientific processes (Çiftçi & Bulut, 2018; Dikmen & Tuncer, 2016; İbiş, 2014; Katılmış et al., 2013). A significant dimension of these difficulties involves academic literacy, a fundamental component of academic production. Academic literacy is a multidimensional competency encompassing access to reliable information, comprehension, synthesis and critical evaluation of information, effective communication within academic discourse, and knowledge production (Lea & Street, 1998; Wingate, 2015). In the 21st century, the rapid production and dissemination of knowledge has expanded academic literacy beyond basic reading and writing skills to include information management, critical thinking, academic ethics, and technology use (Demir & Deniz, 2020; Dumford & Miller, 2018). However, the literature demonstrates that the assumption of well-developed academic literacy at the graduate level is not always valid; graduate students' academic literacy skills may fall short of expectations, thereby complicating academic production (Butler, 2013; Demir & Deniz, 2020; du Plessis, 2016). Consequently, equipping graduate students with academic literacy strategies represents a critical need for enhancing quality in higher education (Retnaningdyah & Laksono, 2018). Indeed, research emphasizes that during extraordinary circumstances and crisis periods, graduate students' academic production processes become increasingly vulnerable, with psychosocial challenges playing a decisive role in academic motivation and adjustment (Elçi Öksüzoğlu, 2024). Beyond this general framework, recent large-scale crises such as the Covid-19 pandemic and the Kahramanmaraş earthquakes have disrupted educational processes, particularly affecting graduate students' academic specialization and productivity. In post-disaster contexts, challenges related to housing, security, access to basic necessities, internet and technological infrastructure, and psychological trauma can severely undermine students' academic motivation and capacity to focus on scholarly work. Under these conditions, academic literacy functions both as a set of essential skills for sustaining academic production and as a potential resource for recovery through access to reliable information and systematic progress during crises. However, the nature of psychosocial challenges experienced by graduate students in post-disaster contexts and the role of academic literacy in overcoming these challenges remains an area requiring in-depth contextual investigation. This study aims to identify the psychosocial challenges graduate students face while continuing their academic work in post-disaster contexts and to examine the role of academic literacy in overcoming these challenges based on participant experiences. Accordingly, the research question is: "What psychosocial challenges do graduate students experience while continuing their academic work in post-disaster contexts, and what role does academic literacy play in overcoming these challenges?" Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design This qualitative study employs a case study design to examine graduate students' academic experiences in post-disaster contexts in depth. Case study enables investigation of contemporary phenomena within real-life contexts and addresses "how" and "why" questions (Yin, 2018; Merriam & Tisdell, 2016). Participants The participants consisted of 17 graduate students continuing their academic work in the post-disaster period. Participants were selected using maximum variation sampling, a purposive sampling method whereby researchers deliberately select participants who can provide rich information about the phenomenon under investigation (Patton, 2002; Creswell, 2013). Maximum variation prioritizes diversity among participants to reveal how the phenomenon is experienced across different contexts (Patton, 2002; Merriam & Tisdell, 2016). Accordingly, variation was achieved by considering criteria such as educational level (master's/doctoral), academic fields (social sciences, natural sciences and engineering), post-disaster housing conditions (staying with family, temporary shelter), internet and technological infrastructure access (stable/intermittent), and capacity to sustain academic production. This sampling strategy enabled holistic examination of the post-disaster period's effects on graduate students' psychosocial well-being, academic motivation, and academic literacy practices across different experience patterns. Participants were anonymized as S1–S17 following ethical principles. Data Collection Tool A semi-structured interview protocol was used for data collection. The protocol was developed based on the following research questions: 1. What are the primary psychosocial factors affecting graduate students' academic motivation in the post-disaster period? 2. How do graduate students experience academic literacy in the process of academic adjustment and recovery following disaster? The interview questions consisted of open-ended items designed to elicit participants' psychosocial challenges, motivational processes, and perceptions regarding academic literacy's supportive role in the post-disaster period. The semi-structured format allowed participants to articulate their experiences in detail, while the researcher posed probing and clarifying questions when necessary to enhance data depth and scope. Data Analysis Qualitative data were analyzed using content analysis. Interview recordings were transcribed, data were coded according to research questions, and similar codes were grouped to form categories and themes. Findings were supported by direct quotations from participants (Yıldırım & Şimşek, 2008). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Content analysis of interview data from graduate students in the post-disaster period revealed that they primarily experienced psychosocial challenges and loss of motivation while continuing their academic work. Participant statements indicated that unmet basic physiological needs, housing and security issues, disruption of work routines, internet access interruptions, and psychological trauma negatively affected academic focus and motivation. However, the findings demonstrate that academic literacy emerged as an important supportive element in post-disaster academic adjustment and recovery. Participants reported that academic literacy skills played a facilitating role in accessing reliable information, using time effectively, making planned progress, and distinguishing credible sources. This suggests that academic literacy can be considered a functional coping mechanism for overcoming academic challenges in the post-disaster period. Consequently, strengthening psychosocial support mechanisms and systematically developing academic literacy skills represent critical requirements for graduate students to sustain academic production following disasters. In this context, higher education institutions' provision of both psychosocial and academic literacy-based support programs during disaster periods becomes fundamental for maintaining academic quality and sustainable scientific production. Acknowledgment This study was conducted within the scope of the research project titled “Striving for Quality Education and a Resilient Society: Development, Implementation, and Evaluation of an Academic Literacy Teaching Program for Postgraduate Education in the Aftermath of Disasters". The project is supported by TÜBİTAK under the 1001 - Scientific and Technological Research Projects Support Program - Special Calls with the project number 323K170. We would like to express our gratitude to TÜBİTAK for their support and to all participants who contributed to this research. References Akçiğit, U., & Özcan-Tok, E. (2020). Türkiye bilim raporu. TÜBA Raporları, 43(21.10), 2022. Alhas, A. (2006). Lisansüstü eğitim yapmakta olan milli eğitim bakanlığı öğretmenlerinin lisansüstü eğitime bakış açıları (Ankara ili örneği) (Tez No. 187662) [Yüksek lisans tezi, Gazi Üniversitesi]. YÖK Tez Merkezi. Bayar, A., & Duran, E. (2019). Lisansüstü eğitimde nitelik sorunları. Avrasya Uluslararası Araştırmalar Dergisi, 7(20), 219–240. Bozan, M. (2012). Lisansüstü eğitimde nitelik arayışları. Sosyal ve Beşeri Bilimler Dergisi, 4(2), 177–187. Butler, G. (2013). Discipline-specific versus generic academic literacy intervention for university education: An issue of impact? Journal for Language Teaching = Ijenali Yekufundzisa Lulwimi = Tydskrif vir Taalonderrig, 47(2), 71–87. Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Çiftçi, Ö., & Bulut, K. (2018). Lisansüstü eğitim programlarındaki sorunlar: Nitelik açısından bir değerlendirme. Lisansüstü Eğitim Forumu (s. 25). Van, Türkiye. Demir, S., & Deniz, H. (2020). Akademik Okuryazarlık Ölçeği’nin geliştirilmesi: Geçerlik ve güvenirlik çalışması. Kastamonu Education Journal, 28(3), 1366–1379. https://doi.org/10.24106/kefdergi.4008 du Plessis, C. (2016). Inferences from the Test of Academic Literacy for Postgraduate Students (TALPS). Southern African Linguistics and Applied Language Studies, 34(1), 1–16. Dumford, A. D., & Miller, A. L. (2018). Online learning in higher education: Exploring advantages and disadvantages for engagement. Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 30, 452–465. Elçi Öksüzoğlu, İ. (2024). An examination of social studies education graduate students' views on academic literacy skills. İnönü Üniversitesi Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 25(3), 1462–1489. https://doi.org/10.17679/inuefd.1498781 Koç, F., & Özkoçak, V. (2019). Türkiye’de lisansüstü eğitime dair güncel sorunlar. IHEC 2019: 4. Uluslararası Yükseköğretim Çalışmaları Kongresi Bildiriler Kitabı (ss. 58–62). Lea, M., & Street, B. (1998). Student writing in higher education: An academic literacies approach. Studies in Higher Education, 23(2), 157–172. Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2016). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation (4th ed.). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Retnaningdyah, P., & Laksono, K. (2018). Exploring academic literacy practices in postgraduate level. In 2nd Social Sciences, Humanities and Education Conference: Establishing Identities through Language, Culture, and Education (SOSHEC 2018) (pp. 265–266). Atlantis Press. Wingate, U. (2015). Academic literacy and student diversity: The case for inclusive practice (Vol. 42). Multilingual Matters. Yıldırım, A., & Şimşek, H. (2008). Sosyal bilimlerde nitel araştırma yöntemleri (6. baskı). Seçkin Yayıncılık. 22. Research in Higher Education
Ignite Talk From Metrics to Meaning: A Holistic Monitoring Framework for Non-Competitive Research Funding Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:Across European higher education systems, calls to fundamentally rethink research funding architectures are gaining momentum. Competitive grant schemes, dominated by peer reviewed calls, remain the prevailing model but face growing criticism. Rising application volumes reduce success rates without reflecting research quality (Naddaf, 2025). Competitive funding is also inefficient (Sandström & Van den Besselaar, 2018), requiring substantial reviewer time while selection quality remains uncertain (Bendiscioli, 2019; Guthrie, Ghiga I, & Wooding, 2018; Jerrim, & Vries, 2020). Moreover, objective assessment of research proposals remains challenging (Bornmann, et al., 2014), leaving room for informal mechanisms such as nepotism and gender bias (Sandström & Hällsten, 2004; Wennerås & Wold, 1997). For researchers, this system often results in increased workload, demotivation and diminished career prospects (Kinman, 2015; Winefield et al., 2003). In response, Ghent University reformed its internal research funding model by replacing competitive calls with freely deployable, non-competitive research funding for every research-active professor (Upton, 2023). This reform aims to stimulate collaboration (e.g., pooling resources for PhD funding), support innovative research beyond call-driven logics, reduce workload and strengthen academic autonomy. Over time, it seeks to reshape research culture. This raises a fundamental policy question: Does non-competitive research funding achieve its intended effects, and how does it influence collaboration, workload, autonomy, motivation, research conditions and different forms of research? To address this, Ghent University is developing a transparent and methodologically robust monitoring system combining survey data with researcher-level and organizational-level administrative data, which together provide several advantages. First, survey data examine mechanisms underlying differences in research conditions and outcomes - such as job demands, job resources, autonomy and wellbeing – grounded in the Job Demand–Control model (Karasek & Theorell, 1990) and the Job Demands–Resources model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). These frameworks explain why effects occur, rather than simply indicating whether they occur. Second, the survey measures intentions and expected behavioural changes using the Theory of Planned Behaviour (Ajzen, 2011). Because intentions are strong predictors of future behaviour, they provide early signals of how researchers expect to adjust their research agendas, collaborations and resource use. These insights emerge long before traditional output indicators—such as publications, citations or grant applications—become visible and are less sensitive to external influences such as publication cycles, review delays or disciplinary norms. Third, integrating administrative data and survey data provides a holistic perspective of academic research while reducing researcher burden. Administrative data capture structural characteristics (e.g., personnel records, publication counts, potentially funding data), while survey data highlight experiential and contextual dimensions absent from institutional systems Finally, insights from policy enactment research (Ball et al., 2012) inform the monitoring design, recognising that funding reforms are interpreted and shaped differently across organisational contexts. Together, these elements allow two key contributions: (1) it broadening research evaluation beyond narrow output metrics by incorporating mechanisms, experiences and intentions; and (2) enhancing policy relevance through indicators that support evidence‑informed decision‑making while remaning sensitive to disciplinary diversity and varied research practices. In this Ignite Talk, we present: (a) the indicator set under development, and (b) the conceptual survey instrument. Participants are invited to provide feedback on the conceptual model, indicator set, survey design and broader European applicability. In line with the ECER theme, we conceptualise monitoring as a participatory policy technology: a collaborative tool for collective understanding and democratic improvement rather than a top‑down control mechanism. This work contributes to future research governance by providing an evidence‑informed and participatory monitoring model for emerging funding systems, and to SIG 23 by framing monitoring as a political and organisational practice shaped by actors, institutional cultures and interpretations of funding regimes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The monitoring framework follows a multi-method design combining researcher-level and organizational-level administrative data with a comprehensive survey instrument. Administrative data provide objective information about research-related structural characteristics, such as personnel records, publication output, project participation and—where available—funding-related metadata. Survey data complement these records by capturing experiences, mechanisms and perceptions that are not embedded in institutional systems. The monitoring system and its indicators are developed through an iterative co design process involving faculties, the Research Council, the data protection officer, data managers, early career researchers and individual academics. This participatory approach ensures institutional legitimacy and alignment with disciplinary diversity. The monitoring system and survey instrument are theoretically grounded in two complementary models of work experiences and conditions: the Job Demand–Control model (Karasek & Theorell, 1990) and the Job Demands–Resources model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). These frameworks help explain how work demands, autonomy and available resources influence motivation, wellbeing and research conditions. The survey thereby uncovers mechanisms that may shape differences in output, collaboration or research environments. In addition, the Theory of Planned Behaviour (Ajzen, 2011) provides a framework for assessing intentions, which serve as powerful predictors of future behaviour. By mapping intentions and behavioural expectations, the monitoring system identifies early signs of possible changes in research practices, thematic orientations, collaboration patterns and resource use. This is particularly important because intentions shift faster than traditional output indicators, and are less influenced by external factors such as publication cycles, disciplinary variation or timing of funding calls. Together, administrative and survey data allow for a holistic, multidimensional understanding of academic research. This integrated approach increases analytical depth while reducing survey burden, as much information is automatically retrieved from existing systems. Its primary purpose is to detect whether non-competitive research funding achieves its intended effects and to identify the mechanisms and early indicators through which these effects may emerge. Insights from policy enactment theory (Ball, Maguire & Braun, 2012) further inform the methodological design, ensuring that the monitoring system captures how non-competitive funding is interpreted, adapted and operationalised within different organisational and disciplinary settings. Ignite Talk focus: We present the indicator set and the conceptual survey instrument, and invite participants—particularly from different European contexts—to provide feedback on conceptual coherence, indicator relevance and methodological robustness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This project develops a transparent, shared and widely supported monitoring system that conceptualises non-competitive research funding as a policy intervention with structural implications for academic research. By combining researcher-level and organizational-level administrative data with survey indicators on job demands, job resources, autonomy, motivation, wellbeing and intentions, the system transcends traditional performance measurement and provides a rich and multidimensional understanding of research conditions. The survey component offers a key advantage: it can detect early changes triggered by policy interventions. Intentions, expectations and perceptions evolve more quickly than traditional output indicators—such as publications or grant applications—while also being less sensitive to external influences. Drawing on the Theory of Planned Behaviour, the monitoring system thus delivers early insights into how researchers anticipate adapting their behaviours, collaborations and thematic orientations. The integration of administrative and survey data creates a holistic perspective on research work: administrative data capture objective structures, while survey data highlight experiential and mechanism based dimensions not found in existing databases. This approach also reduces survey burden and increases analytical accuracy. The multi-method design, grounded in established theoretical models (JDC, JD-R, TPB) and supported by participatory collaboration with diverse stakeholders, yields a robust, transparent and methodologically innovative instrument. Guided by insights from policy enactment, the system recognises that non-competitive funding is enacted differently across contexts and that monitoring must reflect these situated realities. As such, it contributes to trust, legitimacy and transparency in the university’s research funding policy. At the European level, this framework offers a transferable and scalable model for institutions exploring alternatives to competitive funding structures—and how to monitor them. It facilitates inter-institutional learning and contributes to broader debates on sustainable, equitable and human-centred research funding in European higher education. References Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job demands–resources theory: Taking stock and looking forward. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 273–285. https://doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000056 Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How Schools Do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203153185 Bendiscioli S. The troubles with peer review for allocating research funding: Funders need to experiment with versions of peer review and decision-making. EMBO Rep. 2019;20(12):e49472-e. Guthrie S, Ghiga I, Wooding S. (2018). What do we know about grant peer review in the health sciences? F1000Research, 6, 1335. DOI: 10.12688/f1000research.11917.2 Jerrim, J., Vries, R. (2023) Are peer-reviews of grant proposals reliable? An analysis of Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) funding applications. The Social Science Journal, 1, 91 – 109, DOI: 10.1080/03623319.2020.1728506. Karasek, R., & Theorell, T. (1990). Healthy Work: Stress, Productivity, and the Reconstruction of Working Life. Basic Books. Kinman, G. (2015). Work stressors, social support, and work–life balance in academic employees. In T. D. Allen & L. T. Eby (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Work and Family (pp. 211–224). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199337538.013.019 Naddaf, M. (2025) Is academic research becoming too competitive? Nature examines the data. Nature, 646, 1036 – 1037. DOI: https://www.nature.com/articles/d41586-025-03119-z Sandröm, U., & Hällsten, M. (2008). Persistent nepotism in peer review. Scientometrics, 74(2), 175 – 189. Upton, B. (2023). Belgian university introduces universal basic research funding. Times Higher Education. https://www.timeshighereducation.com/news/belgian-university-introduces-universal-basic-research-funding Wennerås, C., & Wold, A. (1997). Nepotism and sexism in peer-review. Nature, 387(22 May), 341 – 343. DOI: 10.1038/387341a0 Winefield, A. H., Gillespie, N., Stough, C., Dua, J., Hapuarachchi, J., & Boyd, C. (2003). Occupational stress in Australian university staff: Results from a national survey. International Journal of Stress Management, 10(1), 51–63. DOI: 10.1037/1072-5245.10.1.51 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Research Trends in Academic Literacy: A Bibliometric Analysis 1: Fırat University, Türkiye (Turkey); 2: İnönü University, Türkiye (Turkey) Presenting Author:The 21st century is characterized as a modern and digital era in which rapid advances in science and technology have fundamentally transformed how knowledge is produced, disseminated, and circulated. While this transformation has significantly facilitated access to information for scientists, researchers, and society at large, it has also created an increasingly competitive environment shaped by knowledge production and use. In this context, cultivating individuals who not only consume information but can effectively utilize and generate new knowledge has become a priority for nations worldwide (İbili & Özbaş, 2023). The quantitative expansion of scientific knowledge has markedly increased the need for higher-order cognitive skills that extend beyond mere acquisition to include comprehension, synthesis, critical evaluation, source interrogation, and reconstruction. Academic literacy has emerged as one of the core competencies addressing this need, gaining growing prominence in recent years (García-Jiménez & Guzmán-Simón, 2015). Indeed, academic literacy is recognized as a critical competency area that supports societies' scientific, cultural, and economic development while playing an essential role in sustaining knowledge-based prosperity (Laugksch, 2000). As a relatively recent concept, academic literacy has evolved into an area of intensive scholarly interest over the past three decades, particularly within education research. Early studies in the field conceptualized academic literacy narrowly in terms of grammar instruction and literacy skills. However, paralleling developments in education, the meaning of being academically literate has evolved into a multidimensional competency encompassing academic modes of thinking, writing, speaking, and reading, as well as processes of accessing information, evaluating knowledge, participating in academic discourse, and understanding disciplinary epistemologies—all aimed at advancing knowledge within one's field of study (Neeley, 2005). This evolution has led scholars to reconceptualize academic literacy not merely as an individual competency but as a set of practices that shape participation in academic communities. Research within this framework has examined dimensions including academic writing, critical reading, source use, academic ethics, and digital and data literacy together, defining academic literacy as a multilayered construct. In recent years, digitalization, the open science movement (Bowman & Keene, 2018; Woolston, 2015; Foster & Deardorff, 2017), and AI-supported academic production processes (Petrişor, 2025; Scarlat & Petrişor, 2025) have further deepened debates around academic literacy and expanded the field's scope. Parallel to these developments, scholarly publications focused on academic literacy have increased markedly in recent years. Despite this quantitative growth, research that comprehensively examines the structural characteristics, temporal development trends, prominent thematic foci, collaboration networks, and influential publication sources within the academic literacy field remains limited (Bassett & Macnaught, 2025; Li, 2022; Meza, 2021). Existing studies typically address academic literacy by focusing on specific contexts, student populations, or pedagogical interventions, with relatively less attention devoted to mapping the field's holistic development and research trends. This gap highlights a clear need for systematic and comprehensive mapping of the broader research landscape in academic literacy. This study aims to examine scholarly publications focused on academic literacy through bibliometric analysis, revealing the historical development, research trends, and prominent structural characteristics of publications addressing this concept. Accordingly, the study seeks to analyze: a) The distribution of publications in academic literacy by year, b) The most productive authors, journals, and countries in academic literacy, c) Citation patterns and influential works in the academic literacy literature, d) Key concepts and thematic foci used across the research domain. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study aims to examine a bibliometric analysis of scholarly publications focused on academic literacy. Bibliometric analysis has emerged as a powerful method for investigating the development of an academic field through objective indicators (Arslan, 2022). Bibliometric studies can reveal the intellectual structure and evolution of a research domain through indicators such as publication counts, citation patterns, keyword co-occurrences, and author and country collaborations (Donthu et al., 2021). This approach, increasingly employed in education and social sciences, holds significant potential for understanding the dynamics of interdisciplinary fields such as academic literacy (Meza, 2021). Research data were retrieved from the Web of Science Core Collection database using thematic keywords structured through the Topic filter and Boolean operators (AND/OR). The retrieved articles were indexed in Emerging Sources Citation Index (ESCI), Social Sciences Citation Index (SSCI), Arts & Humanities Citation Index (A&HCI), Book Citation Index – Social Sciences & Humanities (BKCI-SSH), Science Citation Index Expanded (SCI-EXPANDED), Book Citation Index – Science (BKCI-S), and Conference Proceedings Citation Index – Social Science & Humanities (CPCI-SSH). The analysis spans the period from 1997 to 2025, enabling comprehensive assessment of developmental trajectories in academic literacy scholarship. Data cleaning and merging processes were conducted using R 4.1, and subsequent analytical outputs were generated through the biblioshiny() function in the bibliometrix package. The resulting dataset comprises 894 articles in academic literacy published across 382 different sources. These publications include contributions from 1,622 distinct authors, with 301 studies published as single-authored works. The average of 2.16 authors per article suggests that relatively small research teams predominate in the field. The international co-authorship rate was calculated as 9.396%. The dataset contains 2,332 distinct author keywords and 29,084 references. The average age of examined articles is 8.23 years, with an average citation count of 13.59 per article. The annual growth rate of publications was calculated as 16.5%, indicating an increase in scientific production within academic literacy in recent years. To examine the temporal dynamics of publication output in academic literacy, a publication life cycle analysis was conducted based on annual publication counts. Annual publication cycles and cumulative publication growth were modeled using a logistic growth model. The coefficient of determination (R²) of 0.819 indicates that the model explains approximately 82% of the variance in annual publication counts. This high degree of model fit suggests that it reliably represents publication trends in academic literacy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study analyzed publications in academic literacy through bibliometric indicators, revealing the field's structural characteristics, developmental trends, and intellectual patterns. Findings indicate that academic literacy scholarship is concentrated in specific journals. Higher education-focused outlets, particularly the Journal of Academic Language and Learning, Teaching in Higher Education and Higher Education Research & Development, emerge as the field's primary publication venues. This demonstrates that academic literacy research is predominantly situated within higher education contexts. Author analyses reveal that sustained contributions in the field come from a limited number of researchers. Scholars such as Baker S., Lea M.R., Archer A., and Fouche I. stand out in terms of both publication counts and impact levels. At the institutional level, the University of Cape Town and the Open University are notable as the institutions with the highest publication output in academic literacy. This finding indicates that the field is concentrated particularly in specific geographic regions and academic centers. Citation analyses revealed that Lea and Street's (1998) work constitutes the field's theoretical core and occupies a central position in the academic literacy literature. Keyword and thematic analyses show that academic literacy research has concentrated over time around "academic literacy," "academic writing," "higher education," and "academic literacies," while in recent years shifting toward emerging themes such as "practices," "social justice," and "ChatGPT." Acknowledgment This study was conducted within the scope of the research project titled “Striving for Quality Education and a Resilient Society: Development, Implementation, and Evaluation of an Academic Literacy Teaching Program for Postgraduate Education in the Aftermath of Disasters". The project is supported by TÜBİTAK under the 1001 - Scientific and Technological Research Projects Support Program - Special Calls with the project number 323K170. We would like to express our gratitude to TÜBİTAK for their support and to all participants who contributed to this research. References Bowman, N. D., & Keene, J. R. (2018). A Layered Framework for Considering Open Science Practices. Communication Research Reports, 35(4), 363–372. https://doi.org/10.1080/08824096.2018.1513273 Donthu, N., Kumar, S., Mukherjee, D., Pandey, N., & Lim, W. M. (2021). How to conduct a bibliometric analysis: An overview and guidelines. Journal of business research, 133, 285-296. Foster, E. D., & Deardorff, A. (2017). Open science framework (OSF). Journal of the Medical Library Association: JMLA, 105(2), 203. García-Jiménez, E., & Guzmán-Simón, F. (2015). La alfabetización académica en la Universidad. Un estudio predictivo. RELIEVE-Revista Electrónica de Investigación y Evaluación Educativa, 21(1). İbili, H., & Özbaş, M. (2023). Öğretmen adaylarının akademik okuryazarlık düzeyleri ile iletişim becerileri arasındaki ilişkinin incelenmesi. Cumhuriyet International Journal of Education, 12(2),364-376 Lea, M. R., & Street, B. V. (1998). Student writing in higher education: An academic literacies approach. Studies in higher education, 23(2), 157-172. Li, D. (2022). A review of academic literacy research development: from 2002 to 2019. Asian-Pacific journal of second and foreign language education, 7(1), 5. Meza, C. S. R. (2021). A bibliometric analysis of academic literacy: A review of the state of the art, from the past to the future Análisis bibliométrico de la alfabetización académica: una revisión del estado del arte, del pasado al futuro. Revista de Educacion, 394, 63-94. Petrişor, A. I. (2025). AI-Supported Academic Scientific. Building Trust in the Generative Artificial Intelligence Era: Technology Challenges and Innovations, 241. Scarlat, C., & Petrişor, A. I. (2025). To Trust or Not to Trust Generative AI-Supported Academic Scientific Research Publications as a Matter of Trust and Ethics. In Building Trust in the Generative Artificial Intelligence Era (pp. 241-257). Routledge. Woolston, C. (2015). Online debate erupts to ask: is science broken?. Nature, 519(7544), 393-393. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 22 SES 12 E: Teaching and Teacher Development Location: B4114 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Johanna Annala Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Teaching Processes and Anxiety in Higher Education Teaching: How Are They Related? 1: University of Helsinki. Finland; 2: Häme University of Applied Sciences, Finland; 3: Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Teaching in higher education is not only a cognitive and pedagogical process, but also an emotionally demanding activity for teachers. Teaching involves continuous interaction with students, pedagogical decision-making, and responsibility for supporting learning in often complex and uncertain situations. These demands give rise to a range of emotional experiences that are integral to teaching practice. Among these emotions, anxiety is closely linked to stress and represents one of its key negative manifestations (Kyriacou, 2001). Previous research has shown that university teachers experience relatively high levels of stress and anxiety compared to many other professional groups (Kinman et al., 2006). Despite this, anxiety has received limited empirical attention in research on higher education teaching. Some research indicates that teaching strategies, particularly those used in evaluation situations, are associated with higher anxiety among academics (Houlihan et al., 2009). However, there is still a lack of understanding of how teachers’ everyday teaching processes and pedagogical practices are related to anxiety in higher education teaching. Addressing this gap is essential for developing pedagogical practices that support both high-quality teaching and teachers’ emotional well-being. In the present study, pedagogical practices are investigated through the approaches to teaching framework, which conceptualises teaching as a combination of teachers’ intentions and strategies (Trigwell & Prosser, 2004). Within this framework, teaching has traditionally been described in terms of learning-focused and content-focused orientations. Recent research has operationalised these orientations into four distinct but interrelated dimensions of teaching approaches: interactive, transmissive, organised, and unreflective (Parpala & Postareff, 2021; Postareff et al., 2024). The interactive approach emphasises dialogue, discussion, and the active engagement of students in constructing understanding. The transmissive approach focuses on the clear presentation and delivery of content, with the teacher positioned as the primary source of knowledge. The organised approach highlights careful planning, systematic preparation, and structured teaching. In contrast, the unreflective approach reflects limited pedagogical awareness, including difficulties in understanding how students learn and how teaching can support learning (Postareff et al., 2024). However, these four dimensions do not fully capture how teachers actively support students’ deep approach to learning, such as helping students integrate ideas, link new knowledge to prior understanding, and use evidence in reasoning (see Entwistle, 2009; Uiboleht, 2019). To address this gap, the present study introduces a fifth dimension, the Constructive approach to teaching, which captures teachers’ intentional practices aimed at supporting students’ deep learning processes. This dimension aligns with constructivist learning theory and extends earlier operationalisations of learning-focused teaching. Previous research has demonstrated that learning-focused teaching approaches are associated with more positive emotions, higher self-efficacy, and lower levels of burnout and stress among teachers (Chen, 2019; Postareff & Lindblom-Ylänne, 2011; Virtanen & Parpala, 2023). Understanding further how different pedagogical processes relate to anxiety is important, as anxiety may undermine teachers’ concentration, confidence, and long-term well-being. The objective of the present study is therefore to examine how higher education teachers’ teaching is related to teaching-related anxiety. The study addresses the following research question: How are different teaching approaches (interactive, transmissive, organised, unreflective, and constructive) related to teachers’ anxiety in higher education teaching? By linking pedagogical processes with anxiety, the study aims to contribute to a more nuanced understanding of teacher well-being in HE and to inform pedagogical development practices that support both effective teaching and teacher well-being. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study involved 110 Finnish higher education teachers from universities and universities of applied sciences representing a range of disciplinary fields. Participation was voluntary, and data were collected using a cross-sectional self-report survey administered online. Teachers’ approaches to teaching were measured using the Higher Education Approaches to Teaching (HEAT) instrument (Parpala & Postareff, 2021), which has been validated in HE contexts (Postareff et al., 2024). The instrument includes four established scales: Interactive approach, Transmissive approach, Organised approach, and Unreflective approach. In addition, a Constructive approach to teaching scale was developed for this study to capture teachers’ practices aimed at supporting students’ deep approach to learning, such as encouraging students to integrate ideas, seek evidence, and connect new knowledge with prior understanding. The Constructive scale was adapted from validated instruments measuring students’ deep approach to learning and showed acceptable internal consistency. All HEAT items were rated on a five-point Likert scale ranging from strongly disagree to strongly agree. Teacher anxiety was measured using a modified version of the Sport Anxiety Scale-2 (Smith et al., 2006), adapted to the context of teaching. The instrument included two dimensions of anxiety: Concentration Disruption, referring to difficulties in maintaining focus during teaching, and Worry, reflecting concerns and anxious thoughts related to teaching performance. Responses were given on a Likert-type scale, and scale reliabilities were satisfactory (.76–.80). The data were analysed using Spearman’s rank-order correlation. Building on these preliminary findings, future work will employ structural equation modeling (SEM) to examine the relationships within a more comprehensive analytical framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results showed that teaching approaches were systematically related to higher education teachers’ anxiety. Both the interactive and constructive approaches to teaching were negatively and statistically significantly related to concentration disruption, indicating that teachers who emphasise student interaction, dialogue, and support for students’ deep learning experience fewer challenges in maintaining focus during teaching situations. These findings suggest that learning-focused teaching practices may protect teachers from anxiety-related difficulties in maintaining concentration during teaching. In contrast, the unreflective approach to teaching was positively and statistically significantly related to both concentration disruption and worry. This indicates that limited pedagogical awareness and difficulties in understanding how students learn are associated with higher levels of anxiety in teaching. Difficulties in understanding student learning may increase teachers’ uncertainty, resulting in both concentration problems and worries about teaching. Interestingly, the organised approach to teaching was positively and statistically significantly related to worry, although not to concentration disruption. This association suggests that a strong emphasis on detailed planning and structure may be linked to increased concerns about teaching outcomes and performance. However, it is also possible that teachers who experience more worry adopt a more organized approach in order to feel better prepared and maintain control. Future analyses using structural equation modelling (SEM) will further examine these relationships and provide a more comprehensive understanding of the interplay between teaching approaches and teacher anxiety. Overall, the findings highlight the importance of pedagogical awareness and learning-focused teaching in reducing teaching-related anxiety in higher education. Professional development should support teachers in understanding student learning and adopting interactive and constructive practices, which may enhance both student learning and teachers’ emotional well-being. References Chen, J. (2019). Exploring the impact of teacher emotions on their approaches to teaching: A structural equation modelling approach. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 89(1), 57-74. Entwistle, N. (2009). Teaching for understanding at university. Palgrave Macmillan. Houlihan, M., Fraser, I., Fenwick, K. D., Fish, T., & Moeller, C. (2009). Personality effects on teaching anxiety and teaching strategies in university professors. Canadian Journal of Higher Education, 39(1), 61–72. Kinman, G., Jones, F., & Kinman, R. (2006). The well-being of the UK academy, 1998–2004. Quality in Higher Education, 12(1), 15–27. Kyriacou, C. (2001). Teacher stress: Directions for future research. Educational Review, 53(1), 27–35. Parpala, A., & Postareff, L. (2021). Supporting high-quality teaching in higher education through the HowUTeach self-reflection tool. Finnish Journal of Professional and Vocational Education, 23(4), 61–67. Postareff, L., Lahdenperä, J., Hailikari, T., & Parpala, A. (2024). The dimensions of approaches to teaching in higher education. Higher Education, 88(1), 37–59. Postareff, L., & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. (2011). Emotions and confidence within teaching in higher education. Studies in Higher Education, 36(7), 799–813. Smith, R. E., Smoll, F. L., Cumming, S. P., & Grossbard, J. R. (2006). Measurement of multidimensional sport performance anxiety. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 28(4), 479–501. Trigwell, K., & Prosser, M. (2004). Development and use of the approaches to teaching inventory. Educational Psychology Review, 16(4), 409–424. Uiboleht, K. (2019). The relationship between teaching-learning environments and undergraduate students’ learning in higher education: A qualitative multi-case study (Doctoral dissertation, Tartu University). In Dissertationes Pedagogicae Universitatis Tartuensis 32. University of Tartu Press. Virtanen, P., & Parpala, A. (2023). The role of teaching processes in turnover intentions, risk of burnout, and stress during COVID-19: A case study among Finnish university teacher educators. Frontiers in Education, 8, 1066380). 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper The Subjective Experience of Students’ Teaching Evaluations by Lecturers in Neoliberal Academia Tel-Hai Academic College Presenting Author:In recent years, anxiety and distress among academic staff regarding Student Evaluations of Teaching (SETs) have become increasingly visible, reflecting the detrimental effects of these evaluations on lecturers’ quality of life and their central role within contemporary regimes of institutional pressure in higher education. Empirical research demonstrates that anonymous student comments significantly increase workplace stress and negatively affect well-being, with early-career academics being particularly vulnerable (Lakeman et al., 2022). At the same time, systematic reviews show that SETs are deeply shaped by sexist, racist, and other prejudicial biases that disproportionately disadvantage women and minoritized instructors (Adams et al., 2021; Deo, 2015; Gatwiri et al., 2021; Heffernan, 2022). Despite this growing body of literature, relatively little research situates these harms within the broader structural transformations associated with neoliberalization in higher education or examines their implications for academic subjectivity. This study addresses this gap by examining how Student Evaluations of Teaching (SETs) function as mechanisms of subject formation within the neoliberal academy. Drawing on the authors’ personal narratives, the study employs academic autoethnography (Ellis, 2004; Adams et al., 2015) to reflect on their experiences as lecturers in an Israeli higher education institution. This approach enables a critical examination of how neoliberal organizational shifts are lived, felt, and internalized, foregrounding the affective and embodied dimensions of evaluation regimes. The analysis is informed by scholarship on neoliberalization processes in higher education, characterized by the expansion of audit culture and measurement regimes that increasingly shape institutional ethos, organizational practices, and lecturers’ everyday working conditions (Boring et al., 2016; Hou et al., 2017; López-Castellano, 2024; Mickey et al., 2022). Within this context, SETs operate not only as tools for assessing teaching quality but also as managerial instruments that regulate conduct, distribute vulnerability, and recalibrate professional worth. Qualitative research has conceptualized SETs as a “game” that lecturers must strategically navigate, embedding them within regimes of surveillance, judgment, and anticipatory self-monitoring (Crimmins et al., 2024). These processes are theorized through the concept of affective subjectivation (Crimmins et al., 2024; Valero et al., 2019), understood as a form of neoliberal governmentality through which academics internalize standards of productivity, performativity, and emotional regulation. Under these conditions, lecturers are compelled to perform the figure of the omnipotent, ever-productive academic subject, often at significant personal and professional cost. The authors’ autoethnographic narratives foreground these costs, illuminating how SETs shape pedagogical practices as well as self-perception, affective life, and intellectual labor. Situated within the Israeli higher education context, the study contributes a qualitative, reflexive perspective to existing debates on evaluation, inequality, and neoliberal governance in academia. By centering lived experience and affective labor, it offers a critical rethinking of SETs as technologies that do more than measure teaching and actively shape what it feels like and what it means to be a “good” academic teacher under neoliberal conditions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our autoethnographic approach emerges from a feminist praxis that Sara Ahmed (2017, p. 21) defines as “a sensible reaction to the injustices of the world.” Such a response foregrounds storytelling as a critical practice for contesting power relations and exposing forms of oppression. In applying this perspective to our engagement with one another, we adopt a collective stance that resists the individualistic and individualising logics of an increasingly neoliberal academy. Rather than treating experience as private or isolated, we position it as relational, shared, and politically meaningful. Methodologically, we work through collaborative autoethnography, a form of inquiry that enables us to share, discuss, and analyse memories in dialogue. Autoethnography has been theorised as a mode of autobiographical research that situates personal experience within broader cultural, social, and political contexts. Heewon Chang (2008, 2011) defines it as a research method that draws on researchers’ own life stories as socioculturally embedded data, allowing for an understanding of society through the situated lens of the self. Similarly, Ellis (2004) emphasises that autoethnography centres on a particular self, or aspects of a life, lived in cultural context. Building on this tradition, we employ collaborative autoethnography, defined by Chang et al. (2013) as the joint production of autoethnographic accounts by several researchers situated within a shared sociocultural milieu, in our case, academia. Through the collective gathering, sharing, and interpretation of autobiographical materials, we generate deeper insights into neoliberal academia as a global cultural formation (Chang, 2008, 2011; Blalock & Akehi, 2017). Coming from different disciplines and experiential locations, our narratives articulate multiple perspectives on neoliberal cultural scripts and on the forms of structural and systematic oppression they reproduce. Beyond its analytic value, collaborative autoethnography functions as a practice of community building. It fosters trust, deep listening, creativity, and collegial forms of feedback and mentorship (Lapadat, 2017; Chang et al., 2013). In this sense, and in line with other feminist collective academic projects, we understand our work as a radical act of resistance to competitive and hegemonic academic discourses (Brooks et al., 2017; Charteris et al., 2016; Hernandez et al., 2015). Our exchanges culminated in three dialogic texts, which we subsequently analysed. Through this process, we develop empirical and theoretical insights into the effects of neoliberal sensibilities on academic subjectivities, well-being, and professional practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings By exploring the impact of evaluations on well-being and professional relationships, this collaborative autoethnography deepens our understanding of academic life within the neoliberal academy. Engaging with this study through a reflexive methodology allows us to reclaim our agency while resisting processes of neoliberalization within an increasingly metrics-driven environment. References Adams, T. E., Holman Jones, S., & Ellis, C. (2015). Autoethnography. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Adams, S., Bekker, S., Fan, Y., Gordon, T., Shepherd, L. J., Slavich, E., & Waters, D. (2022). Gender bias in student evaluations of teaching:‘Punish [ing] those who fail to do their gender right’. Higher Education, 83(4), 787-807. https://doi.org/10.1007/S10734-021-00704-9 Boring, A., Ottoboni, K., & Stark, P. B. (2016). Student evaluations of teaching (mostly) do not measure teaching effectiveness. ScienceOpen Research. https://doi.org/10.14293/S2199-1006.1.SOR-EDU.AETBZC.v1 Crimmins, G., Casey, S., Weber, I., & Pourfakhimi, S. (2025). Consideration of student evaluations of teaching (SET) and learning: perspectives of learning and teaching leaders through the ethical lens of “first, do no harm”. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 50(1), 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2024.2367586 Deo, M. E. (2015). A better tenure battle: Fighting bias in teaching evaluations. Seattle University Law Review, 39, 125–150. https://doi.org/10.7916/cjgl.v31i1.2739 Ellis, C. (2004). The ethnographic I: A methodological novel about autoethnography (Vol. 13). Rowman Altamira. Gatwiri, K., Anderson, L., & Townsend-Cross, M. (2021). 'Teaching shouldn't feel like a combat sport': How teaching evaluations are weaponised against minoritised academics. Race Ethnicity and Education, 24(6), 798–815. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2021.1890560 Heffernan, T. (2022). Sexism, racism, prejudice, and bias: A literature review and synthesis of research surrounding student evaluations of courses and teaching. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 47(1), 144–154. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2021.1888075 Hou, Y. W., Lee, C. W., & Gunzenhauser, M. G. (2017). Student evaluation of teaching as a disciplinary mechanism: A Foucauldian analysis. The Review of Higher Education, 40(3), 325-352. 10.1353/rhe.2017.0011 Lakeman, R., Coutts, R., Hutchinson, M., Massey, D., Nasrawi, D., Fielden, J., & Lee, M. (2022). Stress, distress, disorder and coping: The impact of anonymous student evaluation of teaching on the health of higher education teachers. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 47(8), 1489-1500. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2022.2060936 López-Castellano, F. (2025). Neoliberalism, institutional change and the new culture of the university professoriate: the Spanish case. Studies in Higher Education, 50(1), 140-154. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2024.2331071 Mickey, E. L., Misra, J., & Clark, D. (2023). The persistence of neoliberal logics in faculty evaluations amidst Covid‐19: Recalibrating toward equity. Gender, Work & Organization, 30(2), 638-656. https://doi.org/10.1111/gwao.12817 Valero, P., Mølbjerg Jørgensen, K., & Brunila, K. (2019). Affective subjectification in the precarious neoliberal university. In D. Bottell & C. Manathunga (Eds.), Resisting neoliberalism in higher education: Vol. 1. Seeing through the cracks (pp. 135–154). Palgrave Macmillan. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Developing as a University Teacher: The Role of Emotions and Reflection Laurea University of Applied Sciences, Finland Presenting Author:This presentation is based on broader doctoral dissertation research (Pekkarinen, 2024) that examined university teachers’ perceptions and experiences of being and developing as university teachers, and the conditions that support this development. Within this research, particular attention was given to the role of emotions and reflection, including social reflection, and their role in developing as a university teacher and in experiencing pedagogical competency. In addition, the research included exploring pedagogical training courses and educational development projects as contexts for supporting teachers’ professional growth. In this paper presentation, I will focus on the findings related to emotions, reflection, and social reflection, and on how these findings can be utilized in teacher development in practice. In the study, emotions are examined through the Control‑Value Theory (CVT) of achievement emotions, which explains how teachers’ appraisals of control and value shape the emotions they experience in their daily teaching work. CVT conceptualizes achievement emotions as emotions related to an activity or its outcomes when evaluated against a standard of success. (Pekrun, Frenzel, Goetz, & Perry, 2007.) Teaching can be understood as a goal‑oriented activity, and teachers may therefore experience different emotions depending on how controllable and meaningful they perceive their teaching to be. In the doctoral dissertation, CVT was used as a starting point for studying individually experienced emotions. However, it was also recognized that emotions can be shared and socially examined, but they were not defined as collective (Salmela, 2012) or group-based emotions (Kessler & Hollbach, 2005; Smith & Mackie, 2016). Reflection is seen as a cognitive, emotional, and social process through which university teachers interpret and evaluate their teaching experiences and their actions as teachers. Reflection helps teachers connect experience with understanding, link theory with practice, and understand emotionally charged situations they encounter in teaching (Schön, 1983; Boud, Keogh & Walker, 1985). In addition to individual reflection, the study emphasizes the importance of social reflection, which is understood as reflection with colleagues and peers. Social reflection involves sharing experiences, discussing interpretations, and constructing meaning together in dialogue, and has been shown to support professional learning, the development of teacher identity, and the interpretation of emotions related to teaching also in previous research (Mezirow, 2000; Roxå & Mårtensson, 2009; Mälkki, 2011). Individual reflection allows teachers to express and examine their own experiences, while social reflection provides opportunities to examine their own experiences against those of others. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data were collected as part of a doctoral dissertation from a total of 113 university teachers at two Finnish multidisciplinary universities. A mixed methods approach was applied, including both quantitative and qualitative data. Quantitative data included self-evaluation surveys using Likert-type scales (1–5) to assess teachers’ pedagogical competency, the role of social reflection, and emotion-related aspects of teaching. The surveys included two instruments: the PCPD (Pedagogical Competency and Professional Development instrument) and the SRET (Social Reflection and Emotions in Teaching instrument). Qualitative data consisted of reflective writings, open-ended questions, and semi-structured thematic interviews. The reflective writings were collected to allow teachers to articulate their experiences, while the interviews provided in-depth insight into the emotional and reflective dimensions of teaching. The qualitative data were analyzed using theory-guided qualitative content analysis, which combined inductive identification of themes with deductive comparison to theoretical frameworks. The quantitative data were analyzed using statistical methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that emotions, reflection, and social reflection play an important role in how university teachers experience their being and developing as teachers. Teachers reported experiencing positive, negative, and mixed emotions related to teaching and being a teacher. Positive emotions (e.g., joy, enthusiasm, and satisfaction) were experienced to strengthen positive experiences of pedagogical competency and of being and developing as a teacher. Negative emotions (e.g., frustration and anxiety) were not perceived as discouraging, however. Instead, teachers experienced them as activating and prompting them to review their practices and identify areas for improvement. Reflection, and especially social reflection, was also experienced as central in developing as a teacher. Through individual reflection, university teachers evaluate their pedagogical experiences and construct their professional identities. Yet, they also noted that reflection does not automatically lead to changes in practice when its purpose or process remains unclear or when opportunities for reflective work are limited. In addition, teachers emphasized that social reflection with colleagues is essential for interpreting emotions, evaluating experiences, and learning from others. Such reflective partnerships may be found not only within one’s immediate teaching community but also beyond it, for example, through multidisciplinary groups in pedagogical training, educational development projects, or personal networks. In conclusion, the results highlight the role of emotions, reflection, and social reflection as essential to teaching and teacher development. Supporting teacher development requires space for concrete reflection practices. For individual teachers, simple tools such as keeping a reflection journal and systematically using student feedback can help make reflection part of everyday teaching. More broadly, teacher development actions should intentionally integrate structured opportunities for social reflection, especially those that enable social reflection through collaboration, meaningful discussion, and networking with colleagues to help teachers interpret emotions, share experiences, and turn reflection into sustained pedagogical growth. References Boud, D., Keogh, R., & Walker, D. (1985). Promoting reflection in learning: A model. In D. Boud, R. Keogh & D. Walker (Eds.), Reflection: Turning experience into learning (pp. 18–41). London: Routledge. Kessler, T., & Hollbach, S. (2005). Group-based emotions as determinants of ingroup identification. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 41(6), 677–685. doi:10.1016/j.jesp.2005.01.001 Mälkki, K. (2011). Theorizing the nature of reflection (Doctoral dissertation). University of Helsinki, Institute of Behavioural Sciences, Helsinki. Retrieved from http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-10-6982-6 Mezirow, J. (2000). Learning to think like an adult. Core concepts of transformation theory. In J. Mezirow (Ed.), Learning as transformation. Critical perspectives on a theory in progress (pp. 3–33). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Pekkarinen, V. (2024). Being and developing as a university teacher: the role of emotions and social reflection in developing as a university teacher in different pedagogical development contexts. Doctoral dissertation. Dissertations in Education, Humanities, and Theology, 215. University of Eastern Finland. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-61-5210-3 Pekrun, R., Frenzel, A. C., Goetz, T., & Perry, R. P. (2007). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: An integrative approach to emotions in education. In P. A. Schutz & R. Pekrun (Eds.), Emotion in Education (pp. 13–36). San Diego, CA: Academic Press. doi:10.1016/B978-012372545-5/50003-4 Roxå, T., & Mårtensson, K. (2009). Significant conversations and significant networks - exploring the backstage of the teaching arena. Studies in Higher Education, 34(5), 547–559. doi:10.1080/03075070802597200 Salmela, M. (2012). Shared Emotions. Philosophical explorations, 15(1), 33–46. doi:10.1080/ 13869795.2012.647355 Schön, D. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. New York, NY: Routledge. Smith, E. R., & Mackie, D. M. (2016). Group-level emotions. Current Opinion in Psychology, 11, 15–19. doi:10.1016/j.copsyc.2016.04.005 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Advancing Diversity in Higher Education Teaching: Review-Based Best Practices for Universal Design for Learning Universität Hamburg, Germany Presenting Author:In recent years, the diversity of the student population in higher education settings has increased and is becoming widely recognized. Social surveys indicate that student bodies at German universities are becoming increasingly diverse (Kroher et al., 2023; Middendorf et al., 2017). According to these surveys, approximately 24% of students have disabilities, around 12% have caregiving responsibilities, 17% have a migrant background, and about 15% are international students. This development affects the entire European higher education (HE) landscape, as reflected within the EU educational policy context: Social and societal challenges must be addressed by “ensuring that higher education is inclusive, open to talent from all backgrounds [...]” (EU agenda for HE, 2017). The concept of Universal Design for Learning (UDL) has been identified as a promising approach to addressing the diverse requirements and learning needs of students in HE (Cumming & Rose, 2022; Reardon et al., 2021; Schütt & Peschke, 2024). UDL originates from the universal design movement of the 1970s, which initially focused on accessibility in architecture. The goal was to design buildings and environments that are usable by all people in the long term, without the need for special adaptations for specific groups (Fisseler & Markmann, 2012). These universal principles have since been transferred to education, where they aim to ensure access to learning processes for all students despite individual differences. By reducing barriers to learning, UDL benefits all learners (Fisseler & Markmann, 2012). The overarching aim of UDL is to design teaching and learning environments to be inclusive from the outset, thereby achieving the best possible fit for a diverse student population. At the same time, this proactive approach reduces the need for individual accommodations such as disadvantage compensation (Fornauf & Dangora Erickson, 2020; Peschke & Schütt, 2024). Learner agency plays a central role within this framework. UDL is commonly operationalized through three core principles: (1) designing multiple means of engagement, (2) designing multiple means of representation, and (3) designing multiple means of action and expression (CAST, 2024). In Germany, experience with UDL in higher education remains limited. To date, its application has largely been confined to educational studies and teacher education at selected universities (Bartz et al., 2018; Schütt & Degenhardt, 2020). Against this backdrop, the project “UD[L]ehre: More Universal Design for Learning in Teaching”, funded by the Foundation for Innovation in Higher Education Teaching (Stiftung Innovation in der Hochschullehre), aims to strengthen teaching at the University of Hamburg. The project actively supports lecturers from all disciplines in designing courses based on UDL principles in order to reduce barriers. To this end, information and advisory services are being developed, and financial resources are provided for the implementation of concrete teaching concepts. Through collaboration with various institutional stakeholders and lecturers, the project seeks to establish UDL at the University of Hamburg on a long-term basis. A key foundation for this endeavor is the systematic review and synthesis of theoretical and empirical literature on UDL, which serves to inform and support evidence-based practical implementation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data analyzed in this study stem from the project “UD[L]ehre: More Universal Design for Learning in Teaching”. One central objective of the project is to conduct a structured literature review of existing publications on Universal Design for Learning (UDL), following established review methodologies (Earley, 2014; Newman & Gough, 2020). The review aims to provide a systematic, transparent, and thematically organized synthesis of current knowledge on the use and implementation of UDL in higher education. The review was designed to map the state of research on UDL in university teaching and to identify empirically grounded best practice of UDL in higher education. This comprehensive synthesis of existing evidence forms a key foundation for the promotion of new UDL-based teaching concepts at the University of Hamburg. By drawing on insights from prior research and established expertise, the funded teaching projects are enabled to build on proven approaches while simultaneously fostering innovation. The review addresses the following guiding research questions: How is UDL implemented in higher education teaching? Which implementation strategies and practices have proven successful? Publications were selected based on their relevance to higher education, publication date (2015–2026), and language (German and English). In terms of content, the review concentrated on two core areas: (1) best practice examples of UDL implementation, and (2) implementation conditions, including institutional frameworks as well as faculty commitment and attitudes. No disciplinary restrictions were applied, provided the publications addressed higher education contexts. The selection process involved multiple screening rounds and independent reviews of titles and abstracts to enhance reliability. A total of approximately 40 publications met the inclusion criteria and were included in the final review. These publications were analyzed thematically and synthesized to identify central patterns, recurring themes, and key findings. Particular emphasis was placed on systematically extracting and consolidating diverse best practice examples in order to generate transferable insights and concrete starting points for lecturers and institutions interested in adopting UDL. The results of the review have already been used to develop a digital pool of ideas that brings all together and curates best practice examples from a wide range of sources. This resource serves as a practical, evidence-informed tool for university lecturers. In addition to the review findings, new best practice examples and communities of practice in the project “UD[L]ehre: More Universal Design for Learning in Teaching” are scientifically monitored and processed. This results in project-generated findings that further enrich the review. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The literature review indicates that best practice implementations of Universal Design for Learning can be found across a wide range of disciplines; however, there remains a strong imbalance toward the field of educational sciences. Studies show that learning opportunities designed with UDL have a positive impact on learning success and motivation (e.g. the use of subtitles, increased learner agency). The same observations can be made in the field of online and blended learning. It has also been shown that implementing UDL can have a positive effect on university lecturers, e.g. by reducing stress. Furthermore, it confirms that the UDL approach to proactively removing barriers reduces the need for disadvantage compensation. But it is very important to note that the positive effects are not limited to students with disabilities. The review also highlights that successful implementation of UDL is facilitated by specific parameters: consistency over time, incentive structures for faculty members, and systematic dissemination across the institution. Current research gaps include the support structures for educators in the UDL-implementation process. However, it is assumed that long-term qualification support and opportunities for exchange between different disciplines (communities of practice), would be beneficial. The literature also indicates the importance of best practice examples in order to convey to lecturers how UDL can be used and implemented. The Hamburg UDL project builds on the findings from the review. On the one hand, the documentation and preparation of best practices across different disciplines is a key objective. On the other hand, constant support for teachers and the establishment of communities of practice is another pillar of the project. For this reason, the UDL implementations supported are closely monitored, supported in terms of reflection and exchange, and enriched with information. The observation made in the process will be incorporated into the UDL research corpus. References Bartz, J., Feldhues, K., Goll, T., Kanschik, D., Hüninghake, R., Krabbe, C., Lauterbach, F., & Trapp, R. (2018). Das Universal Design for Learning (UDL) in der inklusionsorientierten Hochschullehre: Eine interdisziplinäre Bestandsaufnahme aus Sicht der Fachdidaktiken Chemie, Germanistik, Sachunterricht, Sport, Theologie und der Rehabilitationswissenschaft. In S. Hußmann & B. Welzel (Hg.), DoProfiL – Das Dortmunder Profil für inklusionsorientierte Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung, 93–108. CAST (2024). CAST Universal Design for Learning Guidelines version 3.0. Retrieved from https://udlguidelines.cast.org. Cumming, T.M., & Rose, M.C. (2022). Exploring universal design for learning as an accessibility tool in higher education: a review of the current literature. The Australian ducational Researcher, 49(5), 1025–1043. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-021-00471-7. Earley, M. A. (2014). A synthesis of the literature on research methods education. Teaching in Higher Education, 19(3), 242–253. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2013.860105. EU-Agende for higher education (2017). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52017DC0247. Fisseler, B. & Markmann, M. (2012). Universal Design als Umgang mit Diversität in der Hochschule. In: Journal Hochschuldidaktik, 23 (1-2), 13–16. Fornauf, B. S., & Dangora Erickson, J. (2020). Toward an inclusive pedagogy through Universal Design for Learning in higher education: A review of the literature. Journal of Postsecondary Education and Disability, 33(2), 183–199. Kroher, M., Beuße, M., Isleib, S., Becker, K., Ehrhardt, M.-C., Gerdes, F., Koopmann, J., Schommer, T., Schwabe, U., Steinkühler, J., Völk, D., Peter, F., & Buchholz, S. (2023). Die Studierendenbefragung in Deutschland: 22. Sozialerhebung: Die wirtschaftliche und soziale Lage der Studierenden in Deutschland 2021.https://www.diestudierendenbefragung.de/fileadmin/user_upload/Download/22_Sozialerhebung.pdf. Middendorf, E., Apolinarski, B., Becker, K., Bornkessel, P., Brandt, T., Heißenberg, S., & Poskowsky, J. (2017). Die wirtschaftliche und soziale Lage der Studierenden in Deutschland 2016: 21. Sozialerhebung des Deutschen Studentenwerks durchgeführt vom Deutschen Zentrum für Hochschul- und Wissenschaftsforschung. https://www.dzhw.eu/pdf/sozialerhebung/21/Soz21_hauptbericht_barrierefrei.pdf. Newman, M., Gough, D. (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. In: Zawacki-Richter, O., Kerres, M., Bedenlier, S., Bond, M., Buntins, K. (eds) Systematic Reviews in Educational Research. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1. Reardon, K., Bromley, K.W., & Unruth, D. (2021). The Promise of Universal Design in Postsecondary Education: A Literature Review. Journal of Postsecondary Education and Disability, 34(3), 209–221. Rowley, J. & Slack, F. (2004). Conducting a Literature Review. In: Management Research News, 27 (6), S. 31–39. Schütt, M.-L., & Degenhardt, S. (2020). Universal Design for Learning in der Hamburger Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung. Seminar (4), 18–31. Schütt, M.-L.; Peschke, S. (2024). Chancen und Herausforderungen bei der Anwendung des universellen Designs (Universal Design) in der Hochschullehre, 47–57. 10.14361/9783839469385-004. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 23 SES 12 A: Datafication and AI Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Kåre Hauge Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Artificial Intelligence as a Knowledge Actor: Rethinking Authorship, Originality and Trust in Education Research 1: Pamukkale University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Agri Ibrahim Cecen University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Generative AI tools like ChatGPT, Claude, and Gemini are rapidly becoming part of how education researchers write, think, and produce knowledge. Most discussions treat these tools as technical assistants: useful but neutral additions to the research process. This study challenges that view. It argues that generative AI should be understood as a knowledge actor, something that actively shapes what counts as authorship, originality, and trustworthy knowledge in education research. The timing matters. Education research today operates under multiple pressures demands for productivity, visibility, and policy impact, combined with challenges to academic credibility from predatory publishing and misinformation. Generative AI enters this already fragile ecosystem, blurring the lines between human and machine contributions, between originality and recombination, between assistance and substitution. Current policy responses focus mainly on compliance: disclosure requirements, plagiarism detection, and author responsibility statements (Committee on Publication Ethics, 2023; Elsevier, 2024). Major publishers now require authors to declare AI use but prohibit listing AI as a co-author (SAGE Publishing, 2024; Springer Nature, 2024). These are necessary steps, but they address symptoms rather than deeper questions. What remains underexplored is how AI fundamentally changes the epistemology of education research: how it transforms what we understand as knowledge contribution, intellectual work, and scholarly expertise (Messeri & Crockett, 2024). This study examines three interconnected questions:
The research uses Actor-Network Theory (Latour, 2005) as its primary framework, treating AI not as a passive tool but as an “actant” within networks of researchers, institutions, journals, and knowledge practices. This approach reveals how AI becomes entangled with, and helps reshape, the norms, values, and power relations that govern academic knowledge production. Recent scholarship emphasizes that AI integration represents not merely a methodological shift but “a profound transformation in the epistemic structure of science” (Cruz-Aguilar, 2025). Education research faces distinctive challenges here. Unlike fields focused primarily on technical precision, education research serves multiple audiences (teachers, students, policymakers, communities) and carries direct consequences for vulnerable populations. When AI becomes involved in producing educational knowledge, questions of accountability and representation take on heightened significance (Bearman et al., 2023). Moreover, education researchers have normative commitments to equity, justice, and democratic participation that shape how they understand their epistemic responsibilities. The study will analyze how international bodies, publishers, and professional associations are currently constructing AI's role in scholarly work. What assumptions underpin their guidelines? Where do tensions or contradictions appear? Most importantly, how do these institutional responses either enable or constrain education researchers' ability to work thoughtfully and ethically with AI? Three contributions are expected. First, the study will develop a typology of human-AI collaboration modes, distinguishing, for example, between using AI for language polishing versus conceptual development versus data analysis, and clarify their different implications for authorship and responsibility. Second, it will propose how originality might be reconceptualized: not as creation from nothing, but as distinctive synthesis, contextual judgment, and ethically grounded application. Third, it will identify emerging tensions in trust between transparency demands and practical limits, between individual responsibility and systemic challenges, that are particularly acute in education research, where trust relationships extend beyond academic peers to include practitioners and communities. In alignment with the ECER 2026 theme, this study positions education researchers as responsible stewards of knowledge integrity in an evolving human-machine ecology, capable of leading thoughtful governance of emerging epistemic technologies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses critical interpretive document analysis to examine how generative AI's role in academic knowledge production is being institutionally constructed and governed. Data Sources The analysis will focus on 18-22 key documents published between 2022-2024, selected through purposive sampling according to three criteria: (1) explicit treatment of generative AI in research writing or publishing, (2) institutional authority in shaping academic norms, (3) relevance to education or social sciences contexts. The corpus will include: • Cross-disciplinary publishing ethics guidelines: Committee on Publication Ethics (COPE, 2023), International Committee of Medical Journal Editors (ICMJE, 2023), World Association of Medical Editors (WAME) • Major publisher policies: Elsevier (2024), Springer Nature (2024), SAGE Publishing (2024), Taylor & Francis, Nature Portfolio • High-impact education journals: Review of Educational Research, American Educational Research Journal, British Educational Research Journal • Professional associations: American Educational Research Association (AERA), British Educational Research Association (BERA), American Psychological Association (APA) • International organizations: UNESCO (2023), OECD Document selection will continue until theoretical saturation, when additional documents yield no new thematic insights. Selection will represent diverse geographic origins, institutional types, and disciplinary perspectives within education and social sciences. Analytical Procedure Analysis follows three iterative stages: 1. Descriptive coding: Identifying statements about AI's agency, authorship status, responsibility allocation, and epistemic contribution. This includes both explicit policy positions and implicit assumptions. 2. Thematic analysis: Organizing codes into interpretive categories. How do documents position AI? As transparent tool? Potential threat? Collaborative partner? Epistemic problem? What underlying assumptions make these positions possible? 3. Critical synthesis: Examining tensions, contradictions, and silences across documents (Jasanoff, 2004). Particular attention to how guidelines address, or fail to address, education research's distinctive features: its proximity to practice, normative commitments, and accountability to diverse stakeholders beyond academic peers. Throughout analysis, reflexive memos will document interpretive decisions. Drawing on Actor-Network Theory (Latour, 2005), the analysis will trace how different actors (publishers, researchers, professional associations) construct AI's role differently based on their institutional positions and interests. Trustworthiness Credibility will be established through systematic documentation of analytical decisions, constant comparison across documents, and attention to disconfirming evidence. The study prioritizes analytical transferability: providing sufficient thick description and theoretical grounding to enable readers to assess relevance to their own contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research reconceptualizes generative AI as a transformative epistemic condition rather than merely a technical aid, examining how it reshapes authorship, originality, and trust in education research. Three concrete contributions are anticipated. First, an analytical typology distinguishing mode of human-AI collaboration, from surface-level language editing to substantive conceptual development, with clear implications for authorship attribution and epistemic responsibility. This typology will provide practical guidance for researchers, editors, and ethics committees navigating disclosure and accountability requirements. Second, a reconceptualization of originality for AI-mediated scholarship. Rather than treating originality as creation ex nihilo, the study will articulate it as distinctive synthesis, contextual adaptation, critical judgment, and ethically grounded application. This reconceptualization is particularly relevant for education research, where scholarly contribution often lies in thoughtful application to specific contexts rather than abstract theoretical novelty. Third, identification of emerging tensions in trust construction: between transparency demands and privacy concerns, between disclosure requirements and practical feasibility, between individual researcher responsibility and systemic infrastructural challenges. These tensions are especially acute in education research, where trust relationships extend beyond academic peers to include teachers, students, policymakers, and communities who depend on research to inform practice and policy. For education research specifically, the study will illuminate how the field's distinctive epistemological features (its practice orientation, normative commitments, and diverse stakeholder accountability) create particular challenges and opportunities for responsible AI integration (Bearman et al., 2023). In the context of poly-crisis and contested expert authority, this research strengthens education research's capacity for epistemological reflexivity in governing emerging knowledge technologies. It contributes to scholarly conversation about how research communities can maintain integrity, accountability, and public trust while adapting to transformed technological conditions. References Bearman, M., Ryan, J., & Ajjawi, R. (2023). Discourses of artificial intelligence in higher education: A critical literature review. Higher Education, 86(2), 369-385. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00937-2 Committee on Publication Ethics. (2023). Authorship and AI tools. COPE Council. https://publicationethics.org/cope-position-statements/ai-author Cruz-Aguilar, M. (2025). The epistemic revolution of AI: Reconfiguring the foundations of scientific knowledge. AI & Society. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00146-025-02658-3 Elsevier. (2024). The use of generative AI and AI-assisted technologies in writing for Elsevier. https://www.elsevier.com/about/policies-and-standards/the-use-of-generative-ai-and-ai-assisted-technologies-in-writing-for-elsevier Jasanoff, S. (Ed.). (2004). States of knowledge: The co-production of science and social order. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203413845 Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the social: An introduction to actor-network-theory. Oxford University Press. Messeri, L., & Crockett, M. J. (2024). Artificial intelligence and illusions of understanding in scientific research. Nature, 627(8002), 49-58. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-024-07146-0 SAGE Publishing. (2024). Artificial intelligence policy. https://www.sagepub.com/journals/publication-ethics-policies/artificial-intelligence-policy Springer Nature. (2024). Artificial Intelligence (AI). https://www.springer.com/gp/editorial-policies/artificial-intelligence--ai-/25428500 UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. UNESCO Publishing. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000386693 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Digital Sovereignty and Artificial Intelligence in Education: A Multilevel Analysis 1: UIDEF, Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa; 2: YUFE Postdoc, University of Bremen / NOVA SBE, Portugal Presenting Author:This ongoing study critically analyzes the construction of digital sovereignty regarding the integration of Artificial Intelligence (AI) into the Portuguese education system. Drawing on an analysis of normative and regulatory documents across international, European, and national scales, the research challenges the technological determinism of inevitable modernization (Xiao & Bozkurt, 2025). Instead, the incorporation of AI is examined as a political and infrastructural problem that reconfigures power relations, redistributes public authority, and redefines modes of governance in the educational field (Gulson et al., 2022; Bratton, 2015). Consequently, digital sovereignty emerges not merely as a legal attribute, but as a simultaneously educational, political, and infrastructural issue co-produced across multiple scales of governance. Despite its political centrality, digital sovereignty remains under-operationalized in education, constituting a missing link in the specialized literature (Parcerisa et al., 2024). This lacuna is critical as public schooling becomes a strategic site for datafication and economic value extraction, reconfiguring the material conditions of teaching through corporate infrastructures. The Portuguese case constitutes fertile analytical terrain: situated within a European framework marked by strong regulatory ambition yet persistent industrial fragilities, Portugal evidences the tensions between the discursive affirmation of strategic autonomy and the material dependency on exogenous technological ecosystems to integrate AI in education (Portugal, 2025a; Roberts et al., 2021). Against this background, and considering the co-production of these dynamics across different scales of governance, the investigation is guided by the following research question: how do the normative and regulatory frameworks for Artificial Intelligence, articulated across international, European, and national scales, configure digital sovereignty within the Portuguese education system? To address this question, the study adopts a sociotechnical and relational theoretical-conceptual perspective on digital sovereignty, understood here not merely as legal authority but as material and infrastructural capacity, produced through concrete practices, technical choices, and institutional arrangements (Belli, 2022; Musiani, 2022). Conceptually, the notion of ‘infrastructuring digital sovereignty’ is mobilized, enabling the observation of how ostensibly technical decisions (such as the adoption of public cloud services, global standards, or proprietary algorithmic models) perform specific forms of dependency and self-determination (Musiani, 2022). From this vantage point, sovereignty ceases to be conceived as a stable attribute of the State and becomes a contingent practice, continuously negotiated within asymmetrical relations with transnational private actors. In articulation with this perspective, the theory of ‘organized hypocrisy’ illuminates the coexistence of normative discourses of sovereignty with administrative practices that naturalize technological dependency (Krasner, 1999; Santaniello, 2025). This lens exposes policies affirming strategic autonomy while delegating material control of educational infrastructures to global providers. At the confluence of political economy and governance, the study mobilizes ‘synthetic governance’ to examine the fusion of human decision-making and computational automation mediating pedagogical and administrative processes (Gulson et al., 2022). Consequently, AI integration is analyzed as a process of assetization, converting educational data into economic assets and placing the public mandate of schooling under tension (Komljenovic et al., 2025; Williamson et al., 2022). Finally, the European and international relevance of the study lies in the articulated analysis of global (UNESCO), regional (European Union), and national documents, evidencing how transnational agendas of AI and digital sovereignty are translated, recontextualized, and materialized in the Portuguese case. In doing so, the study aims to contribute to the European debate by demonstrating that regulation, although central, proves insufficient to guarantee technological self-determination when dissociated from material control over educational infrastructures, thereby opening space for comparative dialogue with other European contexts marked by similar regulatory ambitions and convergent infrastructural fragilities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Situated within the critical sociology of education policy and science and technology studies, this investigation does not assume the technical neutrality of policy texts, assuming that public policies not only regulate but produce educational realities, infrastructures, and forms of governance (Ball, 2012; Williamson et al., 2022). From this perspective, regulatory and normative documents were approached as active and performative technologies of governance that define problems, authorize solutions, and guide specific infrastructural choices (Freeman & Maybin, 2011). Thus, the policy text is understood to operate as a practice of infrastructuring that encodes rules, stabilizes sociotechnical imaginaries, and materializes digital sovereignty by authorizing or prohibiting specific technological architectures within the education system (Musiani, 2022; Rahm & Rahm-Skågeby, 2023). The constitution of the documentary corpus (n=24) adhered to a criterion of political verticality, enabling the analysis of the co-production of Artificial Intelligence governance across multiple interdependent scales (Ball, 1998). At the global scale, soft law instruments establishing the normative grammar of technological inevitability and educational modernization were examined. At the regional scale, the focus fell on the binding regulation of the European Union, particularly the mechanisms imposing legal and technical constraints on Member States regarding the AI domain. Finally, at the national scale, documents of recontextualization in Portugal were analyzed, such as the National Digital Strategy (Portugal, 2025a) and Initiative #10 (Portugal, 2025e), where the tensions between declared sovereignty and material dependency become particularly visible. The documents were analyzed using the What’s the Problem Represented to be? (WPR) approach, which interrogates how policies construct specific problems to legitimize specific responses and render other alternatives unthinkable (Bacchi, 2009). Within this approach, the analysis focused on understanding how education in the age of AI is problematized to justify concrete technical, infrastructural, and organizational solutions. The analytical coding was guided by three axes of tension derived from the theoretical framework: (1) the strategic autonomy of the State versus infrastructural dependency on global corporate ecosystems; (2) the protection of fundamental rights versus the intensification of value extraction based on datafication; and (3) pedagogical sovereignty versus the algorithmic governance of teaching (Gulson et al., 2022; Selwyn, 2022). These axes functioned as heuristic categories that enabled transversal comparability across scales and documents, evidencing how digital sovereignty is simultaneously affirmed and hollowed out within the processes of AI governance in education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis suggests that digital sovereignty in Portuguese education is consolidating less as an effective material capacity and more as a normative regime for the management of dependency. Policy frameworks, from global to national scales, affirm strategic autonomy while naturalizing global corporate infrastructures. Consequently, sovereignty is redefined as a regulatory practice managing dependencies deemed inevitable. This echoes “organized hypocrisy”, wherein rhetorical self-determination coexists with practical subordination to exogenous architectures, positioning the State as a manager of contracts rather than of technologies At the European scale, sovereignty has been exercised predominantly through regulatory power, translating fundamental rights into parameters of technical compliance (European Union, 2024). However, this framework preserves existing asymmetries, displacing sovereignty into a formal dimension detached from the effective control of material architectures. National recontextualization ratifies this model, positioning the State as an institutional mediator between education and global providers, consolidating a sovereignty exercised through strictly contractual and administrative means (Portugal, 2025a). The analysis further evidences the persistent tension between rights protection and datafication. Ethics and privacy emerged as devices of legitimation that render value extraction based on educational data governable, rather than as limits to its expansion (Couldry & Mejias, 2019; Komljenovic et al., 2025). In parallel, the reconfiguration of pedagogical sovereignty is observed, marked by the displacement of teacher agency toward the supervision of decisions mediated by algorithmic systems (Gulson et al., 2022; Selwyn, 2022). The principal political consequence of these results is that AI regulation stabilizes the infrastructural dependency of public education, displacing the debate on public alternatives from the legitimate horizon. In this sense, digital sovereignty emerges less as self-determination and more as a regulated accommodation to global corporate ecosystems, thereby placing education as a public good and space of democratic decision-making under tension. References Bacchi, C. (2009). Analysing policy: What’s the problem represented to be? Pearson. Ball, S. (1998). Big policies/small world: An introduction to international perspectives in education policy. CE, 34(2), 119–130. Ball, S. (2012). Global Education Inc.: New policy networks and the neo-liberal imaginary. Routledge. Belli, L. (2023). Building good digital sovereignty through digital public infrastructure. Communications of the ACM, 66(11), 32-34. Bratton, B. (2015). The stack: On software and sovereignty. MIT Press. Couldry, N., & Mejias, U. (2019). The costs of connection: How data is colonizing human life and appropriating it for capitalism. Stanford University Press. Freeman, R., & Maybin, J. (2011). Documents, practices and policy. Evidence & Policy, 7(2), 155–170. Gulson, K., Sellar, S., & Webb, P. (2022). Algorithms of education: How datafication and artificial intelligence shape policy. University of Minnesota Press. Komljenovic, J., Birch, K., & Sellar, S. (2025). Mapping rentiership and assetisation in the digitalisation of education. LMT, 50(1), 15–28. Krasner, S. D. (2001). Sovereignty: Organized hypocrisy. Princeton University Press. Musiani, F. (2022). Infrastructuring digital sovereignty: A research agenda for an infrastructure-based sociology of digital self-determination practices. ICS, 25(6), 785–800. Parcerisa, L., Jacovkis, J., & Lindín, C. (2024). Soberanía digital y educación: Un vínculo ausente en la literatura. REEC. Rahm, L., & Rahm-Skågeby, J. (2023). Imaginaries and problematisations: A heuristic lens in the age of artificial intelligence in education. BJET, 54(5), 1147–1159. Roberts, H., Cowls, J., & Casolari, F. (2021). Safeguarding European values with digital sovereignty: An analysis of EU digital policy. IPR, 10(3). Santaniello, M. (2025). Attributes of digital sovereignty: A conceptual framework. Policy & Internet. Selwyn, N., Hillman, T., Bergviken Rensfeldt, A., & Perrotta, C. (2022). Making sense of the digital automation of education. PSE, 5(1), 1–14. União Europeia. (2024). Regulamento (UE) 2024/1689 Regulamento da Inteligência Artificial. Jornal Oficial da União Europeia, L. UNESCO. (2019). Beijing consensus on artificial intelligence and education. UNESCO. (2021). Recommendation on the ethics of artificial intelligence. Williamson, B., Celis, C., Sriprakash, A., & Pykett, J. (2025). Algorithmic futuring: Predictive infrastructures of valuation and investment in the assetization of edtech. JCE. Williamson, B., Gulson, K. N., Perrotta, C., & Witzenberger, K. (2022). Amazon and the new global connective architectures of education governance. HER, 92(2), 231–256. Xiao, J., & Bozkurt, A. (2025). Prophets of progress: How do leading global agencies naturalize enchanted determinism surrounding artificial intelligence for education? JALT, 8(1), 1–13. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper School Readiness of Whom? The Datafication of Young Children and Their Rights University of Brighton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The increased impact of neoliberalism in education has touched many aspects of the politics of education. Standardisation, quality, measurement, and effectiveness have supplanted the core expectations of education, such as social justice, the encouragement of self-actualisation, and the empowerment of individuals. While the need for data production in education contributes to monitoring progress and identifying children’s needs, it also reproduces power-related inequalities (Kelly, 2025; Bradbury and Robert-Holmes, 2017). Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) has gained significant attention as a social investment model with diverse functions. These include preparing children for school, promoting their well-being, fostering social integration, enhancing employability, reducing social inequalities, and increasing women’s participation in the workforce (Alexiadou, Hjelmer, Laiho, and Pihlaja, 2024). In early years education, child-centred or holistic approaches have gradually supplanted data-oriented approaches. School readiness has become a focus of early childhood policy in England. Ofsted (the Office for Standards in Education), alongside increased data collection, monitoring, and accountability within the EYFS, contributed to a performativity culture in the primary schools (Roberts-Holmes & Bradbury, 2017). Technology-supported, league-based platforms such as Decuypere, Grimaldi, and Landri have subsidised the marketisation of education and reduced the core of education to a consumer/customer-centred focus (Kelly, 2025). While data is positioned as a means of supporting children’s learning, research has raised concerns about its implications for professional autonomy, children’s rights, and everyday practice. The whole neoliberalism-centred transformation of education brought long-term ramification of parent’s and children’s rights. Increased power-dominated datafication has left parents with no right to opt their children out of data collection. From a Foucauldian perspective, this school readiness concept and the datafication of children can be understood as forms of regulation of the future population and the deployment of biopolitical mechanisms to optimise human capital (Foucault, 1980, 2003). This study aims to explore how data-driven policy expectations are interpreted by educators and families. This paper critically examines how school readiness is conceptualised and enacted within the English Early Years Foundation Stage (EYFS). It addresses how school readiness is constructed in EYFS policy, and how practitioners and parents interpret and respond to these constructions, and the impact of datafication and performativity culture on children’s rights. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is informed by a Foucauldian understanding of power and adopts a qualitative, critical research design (Denzin, 2017; Cohen, 2018; Creswell and Creswell, 2018). By employing Foucauldian concepts of power-dominated governmentality, the research is structured within a post-structuralist epistemological framework that aims to explain how knowledge claims about childhood, development and readiness are defined and practised in education. Data collection aims to explore how school readiness is understood by different groups, including educators and families, in early years education. The study adopts a combined Foucauldian and Faircloughian approach (Foucault, 1980; Fairclough, 2013) for critical discourse analysis of Early Years Foundation Stage documents published between 2010 and 2025, as well as semi-structured interviews with educators and focus group studies with families. Data collection is currently ongoing. This paper reports on findings from the exploratory phase of the PhD project and draws on initial document analysis and emerging interview data, with ongoing data collection expected to deepen these insights. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study demonstrates how school readiness is constructed and implemented as a power-related and neoliberal governance strategy within English Early Years policy and practice. While the importance of monitoring child development is undeniable, this research examines the effects of power-dominant policy implementation on educators, particularly the pressure it places on their professionalism, parental responsibilities, and children’s future rights. Ongoing data collection in the research is expected to broaden understanding of how policy is implemented, negotiated, and experienced in everyday practice. References Alexiadou, N., Hjelmér, C., Laiho, A., & Pihlaja, P. (2024). Early childhood education and care policy change: Comparing goals, governance and ideas in Nordic contexts. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 54(2), 185-202. Bartholomaeus, C., (2016). Developmental discourses as a regime of truth in research with primary school students. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education 29(7): 911–924. Bradbury, A., and G. Roberts-Holmes. 2017. The Datafication of Early Years and Primary Education: Playing with Numbers. London and New York: Routledge. Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research methods in education (Eighth). Routledge. Creswell, J. W., Creswell, J. D., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (Fifth). SAGE Publications. Denzin, N. K. (2017). Critical qualitative inquiry. Qualitative Inquiry, 23(1), 8–16. Fairclough, N., (2013) Critical discourse analysis and critical policy studies. Critical Policy Studies 7(2): 177197. Foucault, M. (1980). Power/knowledge: Selected Interviews and Other Writing, 1972-1977. Harvester Wheatsheaf. Foucault, M. (2003). “Society must be defended”: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1975–1976 (Vol. 1). Palgrave Macmillan. Kelly, T. (2025). How platformised data collection practices in state primary schools in England mediate the parent–child relationship. Learning, Media and Technology, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2025.2505554 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Datafication and Juridification in Early Years Education: Parents´ Experiences of Power Struggles and Pedagogic Priorities for Students Falling Behind NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:Internationally, data and legislation have been given an increasing role in the governance of schools. However, little is known about how the increasing use of data and legislation affects roles, hierarchies, and educational practices in early years education (Bradbury & Roberts-Holmes, 2018; Rosén et al., 2021). In Norway, stateprovided mapping tests (implemented in 2004) and legislation on intensive training in early years education (implemented in 2018) was combined to ensure the priority of students in danger of falling behind in reading and numeracy in the system. The schools and teachers have high autonomy when it comes to how data should be used and to how intensive training should be practiced, and we know little about what is actually done in this regard in the Norwegian municipalities and schools (Ministry of Education and Research, 2019–2020). In the recontextualization of a policy to becoming a pedagogical practice, ideology comes into play, and it is therefore difficult to foresee its realization(s) (Bernstein, 2000). What is important in relation to the recontextualizing of the legislation on intensive training is that both standardized data and legislation represent forms of governance that may furnish the state selected agents outside the school, as well as parents, with a stronger voice in the recontextualization process. This paper examines how parents of students identified as falling behind have experienced the ways in which data derived from standardized testing, together with the statutory provisions on intensive instruction, have shaped power struggles over pedagogic priorities.
Theoretical framework To analyze how power and control function in the recontextualizing of the legislation on intensive training into a pedagogical practice, the concepts of “recognition” and “realization rules” are employed. Recognition and realization rules are what establish the communicative context (Bernstein, 1990, pp. 34–35). Recognition rules refer to power relations and are regulated by the classificatory principle. Classification can refer to relations between contexts, agents, discourses, or practices in the intensive training and indicates how one context differs from another and “provides the key to the distinguishing feature of a context, and so orients the speaker to what is expected, what is legitimate to that” (Bernstein, 2000, p. 17). Framing refers to control over the communication, where an invisible pedagogy indicates that the acquirer has apparently much control over the communication (invisible pedagogy), and strong framing means that the transmitter has explicit control (visible pedagogy). The differences between the two forms of pedagogic orientations have been related to an ideological conflict between the new and old middle class over forms of control (Bernstein, 2000). Thus, the parents´ socioeconomic background could be relevant for how they experience power struggles and pedagogic priorities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As part of an ongoing research project on early intervention and intensive instruction, interviews were conducted with parents of four pupils who had scored low on both screening tests and national assessments in reading and writing, and who had subsequently been granted rights to special education. These parents, in other words, possess direct experience of how their children have struggled over time and of how they have been subjected to testing intended to identify their educational needs, thereby securing both adapted instruction and their statutory entitlements within the education system. The interviews were analysed with the concepts of classification (describing recognition rules, cf. above) and framing (describing realization rules, cf. above). Strong classification refers to when the criteria for what count as legitimate forms of intensive training are clear, and weak classification refers to when the criteria are vaguer. Framing refers to the control over communication. Framing can be strong (+F) or weak (-F), where “the stronger the framing, the smaller the space accorded for potential variation in the message” (Bernstein, 2000, p. 204). Attention in this context is given to four elements (cf. Bernstein, 2000): (1) Selection, referring to the content of the intensive training; (2) Pacing, referring to the rate of expected acquisition; (3) Criteria, referring to how the intensive training is legitimized; and (4) The hierarchy between transmitter and acquirer. A strong framing (+F) over selection, pacing, criteria, and hierarchy implies realization rules with little room for variation in the message (a visible pedagogy), whereas the opposite is implied when the framing is weak (-F) (an invisible pedagogy). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As all the informants belong to the new middle class, it would be reasonable to expect that their educational values align predominantly with an invisible pedagogy. Three of the parents indeed articulate values consistent with such a pedagogical orientation, whereas one parent shows a stronger affinity with a visible pedagogy. Despite these differences, they nevertheless express similar concerns and dilemmas regarding the role of testing and the pedagogical priorities enacted in the schools. The priorities in intensive training is mainly characterized by a visible pedagogy. They report that although the tests indicate that their children are falling behind, they experience that their children continue to receive low priority within the school, where teachers often adopt a “wait and see” approach. At the same time, the parents find that the test results strengthen their capacity to make their voices heard within the system and to articulate concerns about their child’s development and need for prioritisation. Over time, the children do receive intensive instruction (and subsequently the right to special education). However, all of the parents question whether these pedagogical priorities genuinely support their children’s learning, and whether they wish such interventions to continue. The parents also express considerable ambivalence towards the tests. On the one hand, the tests equip them with a tool to advocate for their children and to demand appropriate follow up from the school. On the other hand, their children experience significant anxiety associated with the testing process. Central concerns related both to the tests and to the pedagogical interventions include: the risk of stigma; the potential lowering of the children’s self esteem; segregation from peers; and ongoing uncertainty about whether the intensive instruction is in fact beneficial. None of the parents feel confident that subjecting their children to the testing regime and the subsequent pedagogical measures has ultimately been worthwhile. References Bernstein, B. (1990). The structuring of pedagogic discourse. Class, codes and control. Routledge. Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity. Rowman and Littlefield Publishers. Bradbury, A., & Roberts-Holmes, G. (2018). The datafication of primary and early years education. Routledge. Education Act. (1998). Act relating to primary and secondary education and training (LOV-1998-07-17-61). Lovdata. https://lovdata.no/NLE/lov/1998-07-17- Ministry of Education and Research. (2006). Report no. 16 to the Storting (2006–2007). Early intervention for lifelong learning. https://www.regjeringen.no/en/dokumenter/report-no.-16-to-the-storting-2006-2007/id441395/ Ministry of Education and Research. (2019). Meld. St. 6 (2019–2020) Early intervention and inclusive education in kindergartens, schools and out-of-school-hours care. https://www.regjeringen.no/en/dokumenter/meld.-st.-6-20192020/id2677025/’ Rosén, M., Arneback, E., & Bergh, A. (2021). A conceptual framework for understanding juridification of and in education. Journal of Education Policy, 36(6), 822–842. http://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2020.1777466 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 23 SES 12 B: Knowledge Networks and Power in Higher Education Policymaking Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Jaakko Kauko Session Chair: Luís Miguel Carvalho Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Knowledge Networks and Power in Higher Education Policymaking Introduction This symposium explores the power and influence of networks in European higher education policymaking, focusing on the use and production of knowledge. Presentations examine the higher education policy actor network in the EU context with an empirical focus on preparatory policymaking venues and their day-to-day policy work in the EU and Finland. The study is grounded on original research data collected through network analysis, interviews, and observations. The symposium draws on a recently published book and articles. The symposium’s guiding aim is to analyse the role of networks in generating knowledge and power in and for European policymaking. It shows the embeddedness of national higher education policymaking in European structures. Presentations reflect on the conventional idea that the EU’s legal competences are the foundation of higher education policymaking and which may obscure policymakers’ understanding of the EU’s power and policy sectors’ blurred boundaries. They also discuss how to theorise the interdependence of knowledge and policy within the institutional tensions and pressures. European context Previous research has studied European policy in connection with higher education from various perspectives underscoring higher education reforms (e.g. Bleiklie et al., 2017) and their national variations (Jungblut & Dobbins, 2023), finances and funding (e.g. Kivistö & Suprun, 2024), and accessibility (e.g. Weedon & Riddell, 2016), for example. Researchers from different fields have been interested in explaining higher education institutions’ role as drivers of the knowledge economy and boosting European economic growth (e.g. Birtwistle & Wagenaar, 2020) and focused on the processes of higher education governance (e.g. Kanniainen & Pekkola, 2023), and higher education students (e.g. Brooks & Abrahams 2020). However, less attention has been paid to the preparatory venues of higher education policymaking that operate within national and EU policymaking structures. The presentations focus on the main actors of EU policymaking. They zoom into European Parliament’s committee on Education and Culture (CULT), Finnish ministerial working groups and sub-committees dealing with EU-related higher education policies, as well as policymakers’ understanding on knowledge and power. In sum, this symposium seeks to understand the actors, scenes, and locations of higher education policy and their relationship with knowledge and power. Preparatory venues, power and knowledge ‘Knowledge’ formulated for policymaking takes shape in an environment, where different sources of knowledge are connected through networks, and reshaped through power. This underlines the importance of studying networks and is identified in education policy research (e.g. Karseth & Sivesind, 2022). The increased interest in networks has also been seen in the steady flow of literature on social network analysis in education policy (Kallunki et al., 2025). Networks tie knowledge and power to policymaking, highlighting the importance of studying the preparatory venues, committees and working groups, and their associated actors. The blending of “traditional” policymakers with a growing number of experts and numerous transnational, national, and local actors highlights the importance of unravelling knowledge production and use in everyday policymaking practices – what Bandola-Gill et al. (2024) refer to as “boundary policy work,” which has led to a “growing focus on the actors ‘in-between’ knowledge production and policy” (p. 135). Simultaneously, the changes between society and knowledge have hybridised knowledge formation: the knowledge of ‘non-scientists’ – end users, citizens, and professionals – is incorporated into new knowledge or policies (Delvaux & Schoenaerts, 2012). The policy work of higher education policymaking actors is embedded in epistemic authority and its function in decision-making processes. The capacity to influence stems not only from scientific evidence and technical expertise but also from the representativeness and legitimacy emerging from the alignment between policy advisers’ technical solutions and policymakers’ diverse needs (Galanti, 2023). References Bandola-Gill et al.(2024). A matter of culture? Policy and Society,43. Birtwistle,T.,& Wagenaar,R.(2020). Re-thinking an educational model suitable for 21st century needs. In A. Curaj,L. et al.(Eds.),European higher education area. Springer. Bleiklie,I.et al.(2017). Managing universities. Springer. Brooks,R.,& Abrahams,J.(2020). European Higher Education Students. Sociological Research Online,26 Delvaux,B. & Schoenaers,F.(2012). Knowledge,local actors and public action,Policy and Society,31(2) Eeva,K.(2018). The EU’s european semester. University of Oxford. Fumasoli,T. et al.(2018). Tackling the multi-actor and multi-level complexity of European governance of knowledge. EERJ 17(3). Galanti,M. T.(2023). Policy advice and policy advisory systems in education,in Paola Mattei et al.(Eds.),The Oxford handbook of education and globalization,576–593. Jungblut,J.,& Dobbins,M.(2023). The politics of higher education governance reform in Western Europe. In J. Jungblut,M et al.(Eds.),Comparative higher education politics. Springer. Kallunki,J.,et al.(2025). Education policymaking at the national level. In N. Kolleck (Ed.),Handbook of Social Network Analysis and Education. Edward Elgar. Kanniainen,J.-P.,& Pekkola,E.(2023). Between harmonization and unification in the European higher education area. Tertiary Education and Management,29(3),315–330. Karseth,B.,& Sivesind,K.(2022). Conclusion. In B. Karseth,K. et al.(Eds.),Evidence and expertise in Nordic education policy. Springer. Kivistö,J.,& Suprun,K.(2024). Performance-based funding of universities.. International Higher Education,Spring 2024(118),18–19. Lawn,M.,& Grek,S.(2012). Europeanizing Education: Governing an emerging policy space. Symposium Books. Vukasovic,M.,& Stensaker,B.(2018). University alliances in the Europe of knowledge. EERJ,17(3). Weedon,E.,& Riddell,S.(2016). Higher education in Europe. In M. Shah,A. Bennett,& E. Southgate (Eds.),Widening higher education participation. Chandos. Presentations of the Symposium Studying Knowledge Networks
In this presentation we offer a hands-on account of the conduct of higher education policy research and reflect on our research process. The presentation consists of two parts: firstly, we introduce the variety of methodologies we use to understand, examine and interpretate knowledge networks. Secondly, we offer a reflexive account to outline our research journey from the researcher's perspective and share insights about how we understand knowledge and trustworthy research.
Our research project utilised a mixed-method convergent design (Creswell & Plano Clark 2017), integrating network analysis, thematic interviews, and observations. Network analysis was used to understand the structure of the political arena, focusing on social relations and interactions within the networks. Social Network Analysis (e.g. Borgatti et al. 2013) provided a quantitative approach, while network ethnography (e.g. Ball & Junemann 2012) offered qualitative insights, allowing for a flexible analysis of network members and their relationships. Thematic interviews ‘with the powerful’ (Walford 2011) were conducted with key actors in the Finland-EU higher education policymaking network, including politicians, stakeholders, and officials. These interviews provided knowledge and perspectives on the functioning of the networks. Team ethnographic methods (e.g. Evans et al. 2015) were conducted in three institutional contexts: two sub-committees at the Ministry of Education and Culture and Ministry of Economic Affairs and Employment in Finland, and in the European Parliament’s Committee on Culture and Education (CULT). These observations helped triangulate the findings from the interviews and network analysis (e.g. Lamont & Swidler 2014).
We wish to broaden the methodological account with reflexive discussions and providing transparency to our on our research group’s practices. To ensure trustworthiness (Guba & Lincoln, 1985) of our research, we analysed the research project’s internal group interviews, fieldwork notes, and research diaries. We drew on the literature on reflexive methodology (Alvesson & Sköldberg, 2009), the messiness inherent to research (Addey & Piattoeva, 2022), and the role of research paradigms in education contexts (Kivunja & Kuyini, 2017). We share insights to our conceptions of knowledge and how we understand trustworthy research and how these have informed our research process. We highlight how seemingly incompatible theoretical approaches and research paradigms work together, reinforcing our understanding of how important it is to engage in dialogue between research group members to address the tensions that may arise from different methodological backgrounds and epistemological approaches. We also discuss how methodology can inform the research question through observations during the empirical stage.
References:
Addey, C., & Piattoeva, N. (2022). Intimate Accounts of Education Policy Research Routledge.
Alvesson, M., & Sköldberg, K. (2009). Reflexive Methodology: New Vistas for Qualitative Research. Sage.
Ball, S. J., & Junemann, C. (2011). Education Policy and Philanthropy. International Journal of Public Administration, 34(10), 646–661.
Borgatti, S. P., Everett, M. G., & Johnson, J. C. (2013). Analyzing social networks. Sage Publications.
Creswell, J. & Plano Clark, V.L. (2017). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research, 3rd Edition (third edition). SAGE
Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. (1994). Competing paradigms in qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 105–117). Sage.
Evans, J., Huising, R., & Silbey, S. S. (2015). Accounting for Accounts: Crafting Ethnographic Validity Through Team Ethnography. In K. D. Elsbach & R. Kramer (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative organizational research: Innovative pathways and methods (pp. 175–187).
Kivunja, C., & Kuyini, A. B. (2017). Understanding and applying research paradigms in educational contexts. International Journal of Higher Education, 6(5), 26-41.
Lamont, M., & Swidler, A. (2014). Methodological Pluralism and the Possibilities and Limits of Interviewing”. Qualitative Sociology, 37(2), 153–171.
Walford, G. (2011). Researching the powerful, British Educational Research Association on-line resource.
Knowledge Networks and Preparatory Venues
This presentation investigates how national and EU higher education policymaking are embedded and scrutinises the networks operating in and between Finland and the European Union (EU) in the higher education policy field. According to Rhodes (2006, p. 426), ‘policy networks are sets of formal institutional and informal linkages between governmental and other actors structured around […] beliefs and interests in public policy making and implementation’. Policymaking process unfolds through these linkages, and in that process various government and non-government actors negotiate and construct public policies (Dal Molin & Masella 2016; Klijn & Koppenjan 2016). At macro-level analyses in political science, actors are typically organisations (Knoke 2011).
The data for this presentation comprises of data on EU level working groups collected from on-line sources through network ethnography, register-based data on Finnish national level working gropus under the Ministry of Education and Culture (MEC), 45 interviews on policymakers (politicians, public officials, stakeholders), and ethnographic observations conducted in the Finnish sub-committee on educational affairs. Analysis was conducted with the design described in the previous presentation.
We found that the network formation followed organisational structures in that the individuals working in the network represented organisations and were empowered by the organisations they worked for. The relationships between the actors included both formal and informal dimensions, but those dimensions intertwined: interviews and observations informed us how informal relationships developed around formal ones, while the set of actors remains largely the same. At macro-level, drawing on network ethnography, our analysis found that the policy network between Finland and the EU was relatively fragmented, but its main component included EU Member States, political parties, trade union central organisations, and universities. Conversely, based on the register-based data and social network analysis, the Finnish national network was centered around the MEC and consisted of public organisations, trade unions, universities and their representative organisations, and national students’ unions. We also found that the organisations that were members of the Finnish ministry sub-committee on education were typically at the center of the national network.
Drawing on our interview and observation data, we suggest that despite the formal institutional boundaries, there does not seem to be a clear separation between national and EU-level policymaking in the field of education. Our analysis indicates that higher education is deeply embedded within European structures, making it difficult at times to distinguish between what is “national” and what is “European.”
References:
Dal Molin, M. & Masella, C. (2016). Networks in policy, management and governance: A comparative literature review to stimulate future research avenues. Journal of Management & Governance, 20, 823–849.
Klijn, E. H., & Koppenjan, J. (2016). Governance Networks in the Public Sector. Routledge.
Knoke, D. (2011). Policy networks. In J. Scott & P. Carrington (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Social Network Analysis (pp. 210–222). SAGE.
Rhodes, R. A. W. (2006). Policy network analysis. In M. Moran, M. Rein, & R. E. Goodin (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of public policy (pp. 425–447). Oxford University Press.
Knowledge in EU Policymaking
This presentation explores how policy makers’ knowledge use is framed by institutional contexts and norms (Scott, 2014). We ask how policy makers conceptualise knowledge, how norms frame knowledge and its use, and how policymakers use knowledge in institutional settings. We utilise qualitative content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005), political discourse analysis (Fairclough & Fairclough, 2012), and policy ethnography (Geddes, 2019) to analyse 45 policymaker (politicians, public officials, stakeholders) interviews and observation fieldnotes from education committees in Finland and Brussels. This presentation contributes to understanding the variety and hierarchies of knowledge used in higher education policy making (Grek, 2024; Lynggaard, 2019; Freeman & Sturdy, 2014) in the context of European Union higher education policymaking.
We draw on normative (March & Olsen, 1984) and discursive institutionalism (Carstensen & Schmidt, 2015). We are interested in how policymakers use ideas to persuade others and legitimate their position in institutional contexts (Lynggaard, 2019; Carstensen & Schmidt, 2015) and how norms prescribe legitimate knowledge and how knowledge ought to be used (Scott, 2014). We approach institutions as concrete interdepencies between people (Herranen, 2022) which are shaped and reshaped in interaction (Carstensen and Schmidt, 2015). Policymakers actively engage with and interpret institutional norms (Scott, 2014). Norms and ideas have power: they prescribe ways to engage with knowledge while excluding other ways of knowing and acting (Foucault 1980). Consequently, the power of knowledge lies in its capacity to impose norms and ideas as dominant and in persuading actors to change their position (Carstensen & Schmidt, 2015).
Our results show that policymakers consider a broad range of information as knowledge: international comparative statistics (e.g. Grek, 2024) are mixed and matched with personal experience and colleagues’ expertise (e.g. Freeman & Sturdy, 2014). Policymakers rely on knowledge that is collectively accepted and combine a variety of sources, as such knowledge is more likely to be deemed as reliably and trustworthy by others. For example, in European Parliament’s Committee on Culture and Education (CULT) policymakers strived to enhance their legitimacy as a public forum by invoking shared European values and ideas as well as statistics that proved citizens’ participation in CULT activities (e.g. Carstensen & Shmidt, 2015). In conclusion, policymakers who play by institution’s rules, understand institutional expectations, and can draw on instutionalised knowledge gain in power. Actors and knowledge that come from the outside policymaker networks have difficult time in breaching into the European Union higher education policymaking sphere.
References:
Carstensen, M. B., & Schmidt, V. A. (2015). Power through, over and in ideas: Conceptualizing ideational power in discursive institutionalism. Journal of European Public Policy, 23(3), 318–337.
Fairclough, I., & Fairclough, N. (2012). Political discourse analysis: A method for advanced students. Routledge.
Foucault, M. (1980). Truth and power. In C. Gordon (Ed.), Michel Foucault: Power/ knowledge: Selected interviews and other writings 1972–1977 (pp. 109–134). Pantheon Books.
Freeman, R., & Sturdy, S. (2014). Knowledge in policy: Embodied, inscribed, enacted. Bristol University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctt9qgztx
Geddes, M. (2019). Dramas at Westminster: Select committees and the quest for accountability. Manchester University Press
Grek, S. (2024). The new production of expert knowledge: Education, quantifcation and utopia. Palgrave Macmillan.
Herranen, O. (2022). The invisible order: A relational approach to social Institutions. Springer International Publishing AG.
Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277–1288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687
Lynggaard, K. (2019). Discourse analysis and European Union politics. Palgrave Studies in European Union Politics.
March, J., & Olsen, J. (1984). The new institutionalism: Organisational factors in political life. The American Political Science Review, 78(3), pp. 734–749. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1961840
Scott, W. (2014). Institutions and organisations: Ideas, interests and identities. SAGE.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 23 SES 12 C: Emerging themes in education policy research Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Maria Erss Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Measuring Student Agency for Policy and Equity: A Cross-Linguistic Instrument in Estonian Secondary Education Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:Increasingly, student agency is treated not only as an educational ideal but also as a policy goal that education systems are expected to monitor and evaluate (OECD 2019; Estonian Education Strategy 2021-2035). As a human capacity for setting and pursuing self-determined goals through conscious deliberation and attention to “affordances and constraints of the environment” (Priestley et al. 2015), agency can be seen as one of the most important life skills (Erss et al., 2024; Emirbayer and Mische, 1998). However, agency can be supported or thwarted by the resources and social network of children and adolescents, particularly by family and school. This is in line with the socio-cultural, relational and ecological understanding of agency as a capacity that can be achieved by combining individual efforts with available resources and contextual factors (Biesta and Tedder 2007). The achievement of student agency depends on empowering, democratic relationships within society and school (Ratner, 2000), which is why students in different schools and school cultures may perceive their agency differently, regardless of their individual capacities. Previous studies have shown that Estonian students who attended schools shaped by Estonia’s historically language-segregated education system perceived differences in both their capacity for agentic action and in the level of teacher support for their agency (Erss et al., 2024; Erss & Loogma, 2025). This is in line with the findings of the PISA study (Tire et al., 2019), which found that students in Russian instructional language (RIL) schools perceive less support from their teachers, lower school belonging, and more bullying from peers than students in Estonian instructional language (EIL) schools. These differences are unlikely to stem from instructional language itself, but rather from broader cultural and institutional factors, which are likely to persist despite Estonia’s transition to Estonian-language instruction in 2024. Despite the growing prominence of student agency in educational research and policy, there remains a lack of empirically validated measurement instruments that (a) distinguish theoretically meaningful dimensions of agency and (b) function comparably across culturally and linguistically diverse student populations, thereby limiting the validity of policy monitoring and cross-group comparisons. By empirically distinguishing resistant agency from agentic engagement, this study extends existing agency frameworks and challenges deficit-oriented interpretations of student resistance. In a previous attempt to establish a short 12-item student agency scale for secondary school students in Estonia, an instrument was developed that was adapted from the constructs “agentic engagement” (Reeve & Tseng, 2011), resistance to perceived injustice (Engestrom, 2014; Mameli et al., 2019), teacher autonomy support (Reeve & Shin, 2020) and perseverance (Dweck, 2006; Vaughn, 2021). Instead of the four separate factors, which were expected based on theory, this large-scale study (n=9060) established a 3-factor structure for the scale (Erss et al., 2024). The factors were called “student agency” or, in the case of the upper secondary students, ”capacity for agentic behaviour” (Erss & Loogma, 2025). Further, these studies contained the subscales for “teacher agency support” and “perseverance”. During the validation process (by using CFA) a partial metric invariance was established between the Estonian and Russian speaking groups, but scalar invariance failed which is rather typical for large-scale cross-cultural studies, i.e., PISA tests also accept a certain amount of non-invariant or culture-specific items (Kankaraš and Moors, 2014). The current study is seeking answers to the following questions: RQ1: Can an extended student agency scale empirically distinguish between agentic engagement and resistant agency?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The pilot study for developing this instrument was conducted in November and December 2021 online. 30 students from the 11th grade (17-18-year-olds) of several upper secondary schools in Estonia participated in the pilot study, during which four student agency scales were tested (agentic agency, resistant agency, teacher agency support and perseverance). The study also included scales for school climate and perceived justice, as well as items on reasons for school choice, future plans, and achievement, followed by items related to socio-economic background and demographic variables. Scale internal reliability (Cronbach’s α) was calculated. All scales except perseverance (α=0.6) had acceptable or good reliability (α >0.7). An expert panel reviewed the results of this study and decided to rephrase or eliminate some statements that had poorer psychometric properties. The main study contained 17 agency-related items across the four scales; additionally, other scales and single items, including two open-ended questions regarding future plans and the occupation of the parents as part of the socio-economic status (SES) indicators. The main study was conducted in March and April 2022 to assess whether the instrument could support system-level comparisons. The questionnaire was first developed in Estonian and then translated into Russian by a native Russian speaker. Questionnaires were sent online to at least 6 EIL and 4 RIL schools in Tallinn and several small towns in Estonia, including in the predominantly Russian-speaking area in North East Estonia. They were also distributed online through social media, so it is hard to say exactly how many schools participated. 234 students (85 boys and 122 girls, 7 undisclosed) participated from EIL, and 165 (95 girls and 53 boys, 4 undisclosed) from RIL schools. The first step after cleaning the data for entry into the statistical programming language R (version 4.3.3) was to conduct a Principal Component Analysis (PCA) with a Promax rotation to explore the factor structure. A four-factor solution fit the data. After omitting two problematic items with cross-loadings, the structure became cleaner. Next, a multigroup CFA was conducted to confirm the factorial structure. Configural invariance was established, despite the fact that one item (“I never leave a job that I have started unfinished”) was much weaker in the Russian group than in the Estonian group (.28 vs .68). However, even partial metric invariance was not fully supported. Finally, approximate measurement invariance was examined using the alignment method (Asparouhov & Muthén, 2014). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first research question can be answered affirmatively: agentic engagement and resistant agency emerged as separate factors in the extended agency scale, resulting in a theoretically more coherent factor structure. In particular, establishing resistant agency as a distinct construct represents a novel contribution. Resistance in school contexts is often linked to experiences of perceived injustice and power asymmetries. Although CFA established configural invariance and good model fit across groups, full metric invariance was not achieved, a common issue in cross-cultural educational research. According to Welzel et al. (2021), such non-invariance is largely inconsequential for the cross-cultural functioning of multi-item constructs. Following Asparouhov & Muthén (2014), approximate measurement invariance was examined using the alignment method. Alignment identified a limited proportion of non-invariant loadings and intercepts, with the weakest item located in the factor “perseverance”. Given that most parameters were approximately invariant, cross-group comparisons of latent variables could be conducted with caution. Aligned group means indicate that students in RIL schools report slightly higher agentic engagement but lower teacher agency support than students in EIL schools. This may partly reflect gender composition bias in RIL schools; however, lower teacher support may also be a systemic feature of RIL schools as suggested by previous research on Estonian schools (Erss et al., 2024; Erss & Loogma, 2025; Tire et al. 2019). From a policy perspective, the findings highlight both the possibilities and limitations of using student agency measures for system monitoring in linguistically diverse education systems. References Asparouhov, T., & Muthén, B. (2014). Multiple-Group Factor Analysis Alignment. Structural Equation Modeling: A Multidisciplinary Journal, 21(4), 495–508. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2014.919210 Biesta, G. J. J., & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2007.11661545 Education Strategy 2021–2035. (2021). Republic of Estonia, Ministry of Education and Research. https://www.hm.ee/sites/default/files/documents/2022-10/haridusvaldkonna_arengukava_2035_kinnittaud_vv_eng_0.pdf Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency? American Journal of Sociology, 103(4), 962–1023. https://doi.org/10.1086/231294 Engeström, Y. (2014). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research (2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press. Erss, M., Loogma, K., & Jõgi, A.-L. (2024). The effect of teacher agency support, students’ personal perseverance and work experience on student agency in secondary schools with Estonian and Russian instructional language. Cogent Education, 11(1), Article 2314515. Erss, M., & Loogma, K. (2025). Upper secondary school students’ learning at work: The effect on agency in school. Social Sciences, 14(1), Article 17. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci14010017 Kankaraš, M., & Moors, G. (2014). Analysis of cross-cultural comparability of PISA 2009 scores. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 45(3), 381–399. Mameli, C., Caricati, L., & Molinari, L. (2019). “That’s not fair!” The effects of teacher justice and academic achievement on self- and other-oriented resistant agency. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 90(4), 933–947. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12335 OECD. (2019). OECD future of education and skills 2030: Conceptual learning framework—Student agency for 2030. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/student-agency/Student_Agency_for_2030_concept_note.pdf Priestley, M., Biesta, G. J. J., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury. Ratner, C. (2000). Agency and culture. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 30(4), 413–434. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-5914.00138 Reeve, J., & Tseng, C. M. (2011). Agency as a fourth aspect of students’ engagement during learning activities. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 36(4), 257–267. Tire, G., Puksand, H., Lepmann, T., Henno, I., Lindemann, K., Täht, K., Lorenz, B., & Silm, G. (2019). PISA 2018 Eesti tulemused: Eesti 15-aastaste õpilaste teadmised ja oskused funktsionaalses lugemises, matemaatikas ja loodusteadustes. Vaughn, M. (2021). Student agency in the classroom: Honoring student voice in the curriculum. Teachers College Press. Welzel, C., Brunkert, L., & Inglehart, R. F. (2021). Non-invariance? An overstated problem with misconceived causes. Sociological Methods & Research, 52(3). https://doi.org/10.1177/0049124121995521 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper An Exploration of Bridge Teacher Model in Gifted Education and Education Policy Recommendation Ministry of National Education Türkiye, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Educational policies should be evidence-based and contextually responsive in order to ensure equitable access to educational outcomes in a robust and sustainable manner from societal, individual, and economic perspectives. In recent years, scholars and practitioners have increasingly drawn attention to issues of inequality and social justice in gifted education (Chowdhurry, 2017, Sahin, 2025). Gifted individuals and their families often encounter fragmented support systems in which educators, psychologists, health professionals, and researchers operate in isolation from one another. Such fragmentation hinders the effective application of scientific knowledge and limits equal educational opportunities. In contemporary knowledge-based societies, high-quality and equitable education is a fundamental right of citizens and a core responsibility of modern governments (Jahanian et al., 2019). Current conceptions of giftedness emphasize a multidimensional framework that extends beyond cognitive ability to include socio-emotional, contextual, and developmental factors. This broader understanding necessitates the development of new policy instruments that promote interdisciplinary, multidisciplinary, and multi-stakeholder collaboration. Despite the recognized importance of gifted education, teacher training in this field has been largely neglected in most European countries. Scholars argue that a shared terminology, common principles, and agreed-upon professional requirements could enhance coherence and sustainability in gifted education across Europe. Given the substantial variation in gifted education and teacher preparation among European countries, the establishment of common guiding principles, particularly concerning pedagogical approaches and teacher qualifications, has been proposed as a means of supporting the long-term development of gifted learners (Reid & Horvathova, 2016). In Europe, giftedness as a component of national education policy remains a contested topic, as education systems reflect broader philosophical traditions and political priorities (Kerr, 2009). Unlike North America or the Asia-Pacific region, gifted education in Europe has not evolved as a unified academic discipline or policy domain. Instead, efforts have often focused on raising policymakers’ awareness of gifted students’ specific needs and advocating for legislative recognition (Persson, 2009). By contrast, in the United States, gifted education programming standards have been developed through extensive stakeholder engagement and systematic reviews of research and best practices. These standards emphasize student outcomes rather than teacher practices, aligning gifted education with general education standards and providing a research-based foundation for supporting gifted learners across developmental stages. According to the National Association for Gifted Children (NAGC, 2025), emerging professionals in gifted education collaborate in culturally responsive ways with families, educators, service providers, gifted individuals, and community organizations to address diverse learning needs. Against this backdrop, the present study examines the Bridge Teacher Model as a policy proposal aimed at institutionalizing collaboration in gifted education. Bridge teachers are conceptualized as educators equipped with interdisciplinary communication and coordination competencies who facilitate structured collaboration among schools, families, academic institutions, health and counseling services, and local and national authorities. Effective education policy development is typically a systematic, evidence-based process that begins with the clear identification of educational needs and proceeds through agenda setting, policy formulation, adoption, implementation, and continuous evaluation, all of which are shaped by contextual, political, and stakeholder dynamics (Dawson-Amoah, 2023). The Bridge Teacher Model represents a policy-oriented approach to fostering collaborative teaching practices in gifted education by positioning teachers as intermediaries between professionals, administrators, students, and families. This research seeks to address the question: How should the Bridge Teacher Model be designed in gifted education, and what policy recommendations are necessary for its effective implementation? Accordingly, the study aims to analyze the roles of bridge teachers in the education of gifted students through an evidence-based, solution-oriented lens, drawing on school-based, multidisciplinary, and interdisciplinary perspectives to formulate actionable policy recommendations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a qualitative research approach to develop an in-depth understanding of how individuals interpret their experiences, construct meaning, and make sense of social phenomena within their professional and personal contexts (Merriam & Tisdell, 2016). A qualitative design was considered particularly appropriate for the aims of this research, as it enabled a comprehensive exploration of stakeholders’ perceptions, experiences, and evaluations of the Bridge Teacher concept in gifted education. The study was structured as a case study, allowing for a contextualized and holistic examination of the perspectives of key stakeholders, including teachers, parents, school administrators, and academics from seven different geographical regions of Türkiye, ensuring a degree of regional diversity within the sample. These stakeholder groups were selected to capture a broad range of perspectives relevant to the implementation and policy implications of the Bridge Teacher Model. Participants were selected using a convenience sampling strategy, defined as the inclusion of individuals who are readily accessible and willing to participate in the research (MacNealy, 1999; Rahi, 2017). Data were collected using open-ended questionnaires developed specifically for this study. The questionnaires were designed to elicit participants’ experiences, perceptions, and recommendations regarding collaboration, interdisciplinary support, and the proposed Bridge Teacher role in gifted education. Separate but thematically aligned questionnaires were prepared for each stakeholder group (school administrators, teachers, parents, and academics) to ensure relevance and clarity. Prior to data collection, the instruments were reviewed by experts in gifted education and qualitative research to enhance content validity.Data were analyzed using content analysis, a systematic technique for identifying patterns, themes, and relationships within qualitative data. This method involves organizing similar data into categories and themes that facilitate interpretation and meaning-making (Yıldırım & Şimşek, 2013). The analysis proceeded through iterative coding, theme development, and thematic refinement. Researcher Role and Trustworthiness The researcher was responsible for all stages of the research process, including research design, development and validation of data collection instruments, data collection, analysis, and interpretation. Throughout the study, the researcher maintained a reflexive and impartial stance to minimize potential bias. To enhance trustworthiness, the data were coded thematically and compared with coding frameworks and thematic structures reported in relevant literature. Credibility and dependability were further supported by accurately representing participants’ views through direct quotations and by systematically documenting analytic decisions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings of this study indicate a shared consensus among all stakeholder groups regarding the need for interdisciplinary support in both educational processes and fulfillment of gifted students’ academic, social, artistic, emotional, and psychological needs. Participants consistently emphasized that the proposed Bridge Teacher Model offers a viable response to the fragmentation currently characterizing gifted education. Teachers reported that existing institutional resources are insufficient to create enriched and individualized learning environments, particularly in out-of-school contexts, and highlighted their need for structured collaboration with academic stakeholders. Coordinating schedules between schools, external professionals, and students was described as unmanageable and often associated with additional financial costs. Parents and teachers also underscored the limitations of current support mechanisms in addressing serious socio-emotional and psychological challenges. These accounts reveal critical gaps in institutional capacity to respond to complex student needs. Academics participating in the study similarly stressed that effective gifted education requires systematic collaboration among institutions and experts. They argued that the diverse and multidimensional needs of gifted learners can only be adequately addressed through individualized, expert-informed interventions tailored to each student’s profile. In conclusion, this study identifies a clear need for the institutionalization of the Bridge Teacher Model within gifted education systems and underscores the importance of developing targeted education policies to support its implementation. As a policy instrument, the Bridge Teacher Model holds significant promise for addressing persistent structural deficiencies by formally recognizing a specialized, interdisciplinary teaching role. Through this model, education systems can strengthen collaboration among schools, families, researchers, and external professionals, thereby transforming fragmented support structures into coherent, sustainable, and equitable frameworks for gifted education. References Chowdhury, M. A. (2017). Towards the achievement of a unified, uniform and socially-just ‘gifted education’ policy acceptable on a global scale. Journal for the Education of Gifted Young Scientists, 5(1), 1-22. http://dx.doi.org/10.17478/JEGYS.2017.51 Şahin, Ç. (2025). Examining school principals’ social justice leadership behaviors towards gifted students. Bayburt Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 21(46), 445-465. Dawson-Amoah, M., Smith, S. L., O’Neal, D., Clay, I., Alonso-Morris, E. A., & Kho, A. (2024). Understanding the Education Policymaking Process in the United States. Encyclopedia, 4(1), 46-59. https://doi.org/10.3390/encyclopedia4010005 Jahanian, R., Heidari, A., Yosefi, M. (2019). School-based management. 10th International Conference on Economics and Management. Kerr, B. (Ed.). (2009). Encyclopedia of giftedness, creativity and talent. California: Sage Publications. MacNealy, M. S. (1999). Strategies for empirical research in writing. Addison Wesley Longman. Merriam, S. B., & Tisdell, E. J. (2016). Qualitative research: A guide to design and implementation (4th ed.). Jossey Bass. NAGC (2025). Teacher standards in gifted education https://www.nagc.org/national-standards-in-gifted-and-talented-education Persson, R. (2009) Europe, Gifted Education. In: Barbara Kerr (ed.), Encyclopedia of Giftedness, Creativity, and Talent: Volume 1 Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications http://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781412971959 Rahi, S. (2017). Research design and methods: A systematic review of research paradigms, sampling issues and instruments development. International Journal of Economics & Management Sciences, 6(2), 1-5. DOI: 10.4172/2162-6359.1000403 Subotnik, R. F., Olszewski-Kubilius, P., & Worrell, F. C. (2011). Rethinking giftedness and gifted education: A proposed direction forward based on psychological science. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 12(1), 3-54. https://doi.org/10.1177/1529100611418056 Yıldırım, A. & Şimşek, H. (2013). Sosyal Bilimlerde Nitel Araştırma Yöntemleri (Genişletilmiş 9. baskı). Ankara: Seçkin Yayınevi. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Politicisation and Depoliticization of Rural Education in Policy and Practice 1: University of Turku, Finland; 2: University of Eastern, Finland Presenting Author:Major societal transformations have profoundly shaped rural areas. Processes of urbanization and the centralization of employment opportunities in cities have accelerated population movements toward urban centers in European countries (van Wissen, & Arnold, 2025). These shifts are closely connected to broader trajectories of modernity, including industrialization, demographic transitions, and the consolidation of governance and services. These trends reflect a wider centralization of welfare provision, which increasingly concentrates services in larger units and disproportionately affects rural regions (Matthies, Kattilakoski, & Rantamäki, 2011; Fargas-Malet, & Bagley, 2021). Despite these structural changes, many people continue to reside in rural areas and regard them as valuable spaces worth sustaining and developing. These transformations have carried significant implications for the organization of schooling in rural contexts, particularly in sparsely populated and urbanizing countries in Europe. Beyond educational arrangements, these trends influence conceptions of local governance, community belonging, and the perceived viability of rural living. Among the most visible manifestations are rural school closures witnessed around Europe (for instance Autti & Hyry-Beihammer, 2014; Walker, 2010) and the introduction of remote learning solutions to address emerging challenges (Stenman, & Pettersson, 2020). In recent years, small schools have been disproportionately closed in rural areas, resulting in longer commutes for many students. Although such changes are frequently framed as inevitable within rural contexts, social transformations, including those affecting schools, are ultimately products of political decision-making. Decision-making concerning rural schools is shaped in diverse policy arenas including national governments and municipal spaces and also reinterpreted in the everyday sense-making of citizens. At the same time, local policymakers face a dilemma, balancing the need to gain and maintain voter support with the actual capabilities and resources of the learning environment to provide equal education for the area's students (Aasland & Søholt, 2020; Šūpule & Søholt, 2019). Previous education policy research on rural schools has mainly focused on the consequences of such decision-making, such as school closures (Egelund, & Laustsen, 2006; Lykke Sørensen et. al. 2021; Isaksson, 2023), but the multitude of the arenas shaping and contributing to policy-making of rural school is limitedly addressed in the previous studies. To develop an understanding of this phenomenon, we employ a Finnish case as an example of understanding how politics in rural schooling is made in the parliament discussion, local newspaper and how the discourses transfer to citizens’ talk. Theoretically, we draw from the conceptualisations of politicisation and depolitisation (Ozga, 2025; Wood & Flinders, 2014) to underline the diverse rhetoric use of knowledge to support diverse interests. Depoliticisation refers to a strategic tool used by different actors in discussions of the future of rural schooling perceived as a natural response to the ongoing development trends. Depolitization refers to a strategic use of tools that undermine the political and agentic natures of policy-making. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of two larger research projects conducted in Finland: Primary schools amidst rural transformation (2024-2027) funded by the KONE Foundation aiming to understand rural schools through school memories from 1970s to early 2000s, and In the urban shadows: An ethnographic and longitudinal study of educational and socio-spatial mobility of youth in regional city areas in Finland funded by the Research Council of Finland (2022-2026) aiming to understand educational transitions from small towns and their rural surroundings. There is limited research striving to understand policy-making of rural schools in different sites. While rural schools are part of a broader school policy space, they do not have separate policy forums but rather are discussed in both regional and educational policy contexts. In this study we ask, how different forums de/politicise rural schools. Hence, analysing parliament discussion (from 2007 to 2024) on rural schools provides an understanding of the phenomenon that intersects these various policy spheres. Besides national level, we analyse local public discussion in one local newspaper during one autumn as an example of how rural schools are discussed locally. This is significant because matters related to rural schools, like school network composition, are made locally and the decisions shape the everyday life of families in these areas. Then we also analyze former pupils of these rural schools and narrate their ideas of the future of rural schools with interview data of school memories and their construction from rural schools in southern parts of Finland (n= 42). We will analyse the data with content and framing analysis methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses indicate that the politics surrounding rural schooling are enacted across multiple forums. Moreover, the rhetorical strategies employed by various political actors are shown to permeate and shape the discourses of citizens. Our findings also reveal a range of mechanisms through which the future of rural schools becomes depoliticized, obscuring the political nature of decisions that shape educational provision in rural contexts. We specifically focus on three interlinked uses: 1) inevitability discourse framing rural schools within a particular trend (see Skonieczny, 2010), 2) distinctioning regional and education policy (see Mann & Dudek, 2024) for the purpose of depolitization and 3) use and meanings set for numbers (see Lingard, 2011; Piattoeva, 2015) and more precisely small and declining numbers (Appadurai, 2006) to argue for a desired future. In all the analysed datasets we can also identify resistance and the recognition of political agency behind the political decisions made that have affected rural schools (against the strong inevitability rhetoric). Overall, the de/politicisation strategies identified in our data can be seen as reflecting the broader development trajectory of the Nordic welfare state model (Moisio, 2008). References Aasland, A., & Søholt, S. (2020). Agents of centralization? Local school administrations and contested school closures in Norwegian rural districts. Journal of Rural Studies, 80, 595–605. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2020.09.008. Egelund, N., & Laustsen, H. (2006). School Closure: What are the consequences for the local society? Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50(4), 429–439. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313830600823787 Fargas-Malet, M., & Bagley, C. (2021). Is small beautiful? A scoping review of 21st-century research on small rural schools in Europe. European Educational Research Journal, 21(5), 822-844. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211022202 Lingard, B. (2011). Policy as numbers: ac/counting for educational research. Aust. Educ. Res. 38, 355–382. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-011-0041-9 Lykke Sørensen, J. F., Haase Svendsen, G. L., Jensen, P. S., & Schmidt, T. D. (2021). Do rural school closures lead to local population decline? Journal of Rural Studies, 87, 226–235. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jrurstud.2021.09.016 Mann, B., & Dudek, J. (2023). Education policy is spatial policy: Using spatial imaginaries to enhance education policy research. Policy Futures in Education, 22(5), 826-845. https://doi.org/10.1177/14782103231186296. Matthies, A. L., Kattilakoski, M., & Rantamäki, N. (2011). Citizens’ participation and community orientation – indicators of social sustainability of rural welfare services. Nordic Social Work Research, 1(2), 125–139. https://doi.org/10.1080/2156857X.2011.613575 Moisio, S. (2008). Towards attractive and cost-efficient state space: Political geography of the production of state transformation in Finland. World Political Science Review 4:3, 1–34. https://doi.org/10.2202/1935-6226.1053 Ozga, J. (2025). Politicisation, depoliticisation and knowledge in education recovery planning after Covid-19. Oxford Review of Education, 51(6), 819–835. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2025.2489963 Piattoeva, N. (2015). Elastic numbers: national examinations data as a technology of government. Journal of Education Policy, 30(3), 316–334. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2014.937830 Skonieczny, A. (2010). Interrupting Inevitability: Globalization and Resistance. Alternatives: Global, Local, Political, 35(1), 1-28. https://doi.org/10.1177/030437541003500101 Stenman, S., & Pettersson, F. (2020). Remote teaching for equal and inclusive education in rural areas? An analysis of teachers’ perspectives on remote teaching. Campus-Wide Information Systems, 37(3), 87–98. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJILT-10-2019-0096 Šūpule, I., & Søholt, S. (2019). Rural Municipalities and Change in Local School Structure: Comparing Room for Manoeuvre among Rural Municipalities in Latvia and Norway. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 63(7), 1070–1085. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1476916 van Wissen, L., & Arnold, B. (2025). Reducing urban–rural population inequalities: The divergent roles of internal and international migration. Vienna Yearbook of Population Research, 23, 1. https://doi.org/10.1553/p-c6ed-4d5m Walker, M. (2010). Choice, Cost and Community: The Hidden Complexities of the Rural Primary School Market. Educational Management, Administration & Leadership, 38(6), 712–727. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143210379059 Wood, M., & Flinders, M. (2014). Rethinking depoliticisation: beyond the governmental. Policy & Politics, 42(2), 151-170. Retrieved Jan 13, 2026, from https://doi.org/10.1332/030557312X655909 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 23 SES 12 D: Education policies targeting disadvantaged youth Location: Vip room | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Louise Yorke Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Whose voices matter in public debates on education disadvantage? Evidence from England, Scotland and Republic of Ireland using Natural Language Processing University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Public debates about education shape policy agendas, yet these debates are characterised by inequalities in whose voices are heard and whose perspectives gain influence (Ball, 1993; 2012; Fraser, 2007). As a result, policymakers often rely on simplified stories that dominate public discussion, rather than engaging with robust research evidence (Oliver & Cairney, 2019). These dynamics influence which understandings of education disadvantage are more likely to gain visibility, and which interpretations are treated as credible within policy debates. Understanding what topics are being discussed, by whom, and how they are being framed is essential for researchers seeking to engage meaningfully with key stakeholders and position their own work within ongoing debates. However, tracking public discussions in education is challenging, given the large number of actors and outputs circulating across multiple arenas. This presents a significant problem for researchers attempting to understand the landscape of policy debates and position their work effectively within them. This paper addresses the challenge of understanding whose voices matter in shaping public debates about education disadvantage and inequality. It examines how unequal distributions of voice shape framings of education disadvantage across three contexts: England, Scotland and the Republic of Ireland. The research asks: Who participates in public debates about education disadvantage? How are these issues framed by different actors? What inequalities exist in whose knowledge is privileged in policy discussions? How do these patterns differ across the three contexts? The research draws on scholarship examining whose voices gain influence in policy debates (Ball, 1993; 2012; Fraser, 2007) and the relationship between research evidence and policy (Oliver & Cairney, 2019). It recognizes that political cultures, governance arrangements and knowledge flows differ across education systems (Ozga, 2018), creating different conditions for whose voices are heard and whose perspectives shape policy agendas. The comparative design examining England, Scotland and the Republic of Ireland enables analysis of how these contextual factors influence patterns of voice and framing. While broadly comparable, the three contexts provide opportunities to identify both common patterns and important differences in how education disadvantage is discussed and whose knowledge is privileged in public policy discussions. This research addresses questions about how education research can meaningfully influence policy in an era where the conditions of knowledge production are in flux. By making visible who participates in public debates and how education disadvantage is framed across different contexts, it offers researchers a systematic way to track public debates and inform their own research agendas and engagement strategies. This is particularly significant given the challenge policymakers face in engaging with robust research evidence rather than relying on simplified stories that dominate public discussion. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper employs machine learning methods to examine how unequal distributions of voice shape framings of education disadvantage and inequality. Advances in artificial intelligence now make it possible to examine these dynamics at scale, in ways that would be impossible to do manually, though critical reflexivity is needed about what these methods can and cannot reveal (Boyd & Crawford, 2012). The research analyses several thousand publicly available texts gathered from media outlets, think tanks, government communications and research and academia across England, Scotland and the Republic of Ireland. Four specific machine learning techniques are employed: 1. Topic modelling - to identify what topics are being discussed in relation to education disadvantage and inequality 2. Sentiment analysis - to examine how these topics are discussed 3. Framing analysis - to understand how education disadvantage is framed by different actors 4. Named entity recognition - to identify who participates in these public debates These computational analyses enable systematic examination of large volumes of text to reveal patterns that would be impossible to identify through manual analysis alone. The computational analyses are complemented by co-design workshops with researchers, policymakers and practitioners. These workshops serve two purposes: first, to ground the findings in domain expertise; second, to support critical reflection on what AI methods can and cannot do in education policy research. This approach addresses the need for critical reflexivity about computational methods while demonstrating their potential value for understanding policy debates. The approach makes visible who participates in public debates and the different framings in discussions of education disadvantage within and across contexts. The comparative design enables comparison of how political cultures, governance arrangements and knowledge flows differ within each education system (Ozga, 2018). While broadly comparable, the three contexts enable the identification of important differences in how education disadvantage and inequality is framed and whose knowledge is privileged in public discussions of policy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This approach makes visible who participates in public debates about education disadvantage and reveals the different framings used in discussions across England, Scotland and the Republic of Ireland. The comparative design demonstrates how political cultures, governance arrangements and knowledge flows differ within each education system, creating different conditions for whose voices are heard and whose perspectives gain influence. The research reveals important differences across the three contexts in how education disadvantage and inequality is framed and whose knowledge is privileged in public discussions of policy. These findings illuminate the inequalities in voice that characterize public debates, showing which actors participate and which perspectives gain visibility and credibility. By combining machine learning methods with co-design workshops, the research demonstrates both the possibilities and limitations of computational approaches to understanding policy debates. The computational analysis enables examination of patterns at scale that would be impossible to identify manually, while the workshops ground these findings in domain expertise and support critical reflection on what AI methods can and cannot reveal. This approach offers researchers a systematic way to track public debates and inform their own research agendas and engagement strategies. Understanding what topics are being discussed, by whom, and how they are being framed enables researchers to engage more meaningfully with key stakeholders and position their work within ongoing debates. The findings address questions about how education research can meaningfully influence policy in an era where the conditions of knowledge production are in flux, and where policymakers often rely on simplified stories that dominate public discussion rather than engaging with robust research evidence. References Ball, S.J. (1993). What is policy? Texts, trajectories and toolboxes. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 13(2), 10-17. Ball, S.J. (2012). Global Education Inc.: New policy networks and the neoliberal imaginary. Routledge. Boyd, D., & Crawford, K. (2012). Critical questions for big data. Information, Communication & Society, 15(5), 662-679. Fraser, N. (2007). Re-framing justice in a globalizing world. In T. Lovell (Ed.), (Mis)recognition, social inequality and social justice (pp. 17-35). Routledge. Oliver, K., & Cairney, P. (2019). The dos and don'ts of influencing policy: A systematic review of advice to academics. Palgrave Communications, 5(21). Ozga, J. (2018). Education governance and accountability: Theoretical and methodological issues. World Yearbook of Education. 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Meeting Refugee Students’ Educational Needs in Iceland: Navigating Policy and Sociocultural Contexts 1: University of Iceland, Iceland; 2: University of Akureyri, Iceland Presenting Author:Research at both international and national levels demonstrates that students with a refugee background are frequently overlooked or marginalised in educational policymaking and practice. Icelandic research by Eva Harðardóttir (Harðardóttir et al., 2021), alongside international studies (e.g.Block et al., 2014; Cerna, 2019), highlights the limited and inconsistent attention given to refugee students’ learning, social, and emotional needs. These findings are reinforced by the OECD (2024), which notes that weak data infrastructure in Iceland leaves policymakers “navigating somewhat blind in immigrant integration policy making” (p. 13), increasing the risk of superficial or ineffective policies. A persistent challenge is the uneven implementation of existing policies. Although Icelandic schools are required to develop welcome plans for immigrant students (Ministry of Education Science and Culture, 2021), research shows considerable variation in how municipalities and schools organise and deliver support (Ragnarsdóttir & Gunnþórsdóttir, 2024). Harðardóttir’s (2021) analysis of educational policy reveals gaps in how young refugees are represented, mirroring international findings on the crucial role of schools as institutions in successful refugee resettlement (Taylor & Sidhu, 2012). At the school level, limited resources, time constraints, and lack of experience present significant barriers. Schools often lack appropriate assessment tools to evaluate newly arrived students and to provide them with suitable education subsequently, particularly those with interrupted schooling or non-Latin alphabet literacy backgrounds. Likewise, teachers frequently report working without clear guidelines and describe inclusive education as an added burden rather than an integral part of their role (Gunnþórsdóttir & Jóhannesson, 2014; Ragnarsdóttir & Gunnþórsdóttir, 2024). Thus, interviews with teachers consistently point to a need for clearer direction and stronger institutional support from authorities (Gunnþórsdóttir & Óskarsdóttir, 2025). Another concern lies in the limited means available to identify learning difficulties among refugee students. Language proficiency is often used as the primary indicator of academic ability, increasing the risk that learning difficulties remain undetected among students who are not fluent in Icelandic. This is particularly troubling given evidence from the Counselling and Diagnostic Center of Iceland that students with diverse linguistic and cultural backgrounds are overrepresented in special education services (Gudmundsdottir et al., 2025). Delayed identification of learning needs can have long-term consequences for students’ educational trajectories. This article forms the third part of a three-article based PhD research project and focuses specifically on the relationship between policy and practice related to refugee education and services. Building on findings from the first two articles (forthcoming), it examines how current educational policies shape the support structures and learning conditions of refugee students in Icelandic schools. Research question:How do Icelandic education and immigration policies construct and address the educational needs of refugee youth in compulsory and upper secondary education? Theoretical framework: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This article is based on a qualitative analysis of national education and policy documents on immigration matters in Iceland. The primary data consist of national curricula for compulsory and upper secondary education, alongside key policy documents shaping educational and social responses to refugee and immigrant populations. These include Education Policy 2030, the draft policy to 2038 A Society for Everyone, and policies on immigrant affairs issued by the Ministry of Education and Children (2022) and the Ministry of Social Affairs and Labour (2023, 2024). The documents are analysed using historical discourse analysis, allowing for an examination of how refugee students and their educational needs are constructed across policy texts over time. This approach focuses on identifying dominant discourses, shifts in policy language, and underlying assumptions regarding inclusion, responsibility, and support within the Icelandic education system. Particular attention is given to how policies articulate expectations toward schools, teachers, and other educational actors, as well as how refugee students are positioned in relation to broader categories such as immigrants, multilingual learners, or students with special educational needs. The analytical process follows a six-step approach described by Jóhannesson (Jóhannesson, 2006, 2010) and traces discursive themes and legitimating principles across policy periods, enabling a critical examination of coherence and tensions between education policy, immigration policy, and national curricula. This perspective makes it possible to explore how policy discourses evolve in response to demographic change, international frameworks, and national priorities. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the time of writing this abstract, the analysis is at an early stage. The anticipated findings are expected to provide a critical assessment of how and whether educational policymaking has responded to recent societal changes, particularly the increasing presence of students with diverse linguistic and cultural backgrounds in Icelandic schools, and the fact that schools are required to address their social and academic needs to enable them to achieve educational success. The findings are expected to inform policymakers’ efforts to develop more robust and responsive educational policies for refugee children and youth. References Banks, J. A., & Banks, C. A. M. (2020). Multicultural Education. Issues and Perspectives (10 ed.). John Wiley & Sons. Block, K., Cross, S., Riggs, E., & Gibbs, L. (2014). Supporting schools to create an inclusive environment for refugee students. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 18(12), 1337-1355. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2014.899636 Cerna, L. (2019). Refugee education: Integration models and practices in OECD countries. OECD Education Working Papers, No. 203. https://doi.org/10.1787/a3251a00-en Gudmundsdottir, E., Frigge, H. M., Saemundsen, E., Jensinudottir, K. B., & Njardvik, U. (2025). Rate differences in referrals and diagnostic outcomes of neurodevelopmental disorders between children with native and migrant backgrounds: a retrospective cohort study. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 34(10), 3293-3305. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00787-025-02744-3 Gunnþórsdóttir, H., & Óskarsdóttir, E. (2025). Working with multilingual students in Iceland: Exploring educational experiences of newly graduated teachers. In A. Reath Warren, Iversen, J. Y., & Straszer, B. (Ed.), Teacher education for working in linguistically diverse classrooms: Nordic perspectives (pp. 31-53). Language Science Press. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.15280895 Harðardóttir, E., Magnúsdóttir, B. R., & Dillabough, J.-A. (2021). Understanding the politics of inclusion, the ‘refugee’ and nation: analysis of public policies and teacher narratives in Iceland. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(2), 239-258. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1707306 Jóhannesson, I. Á. (2006). “Strong, Independent, Able to Learn More …”: Inclusion and the construction of school students in Iceland as diagnosable subjects. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 27(1), 103-119. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596300500510328 Jóhannesson, I. Á. (2010). The politics of historical discourse analysis: a qualitative research method? Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 31(2), 251-264. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596301003679768 Ministry of Education Science and Culture. (2021). Auglýsing um breytingu á aðalnámskrá grunnskóla. Stjórnartíðindi, Nr. 1238/2021. https://www.stjornartidindi.is/Advert.aspx?RecordID=a5799517-7d75-4347-9b8b-e6ea56b31068 OECD. (2024). Skills and Labour Market Integration of Immigrants and their Children in Iceland. Working Together for Integration. Ragnarsdóttir, H., & Gunnþórsdóttir, H. (2024). Icelandic municipalities’ response to students with an immigrant background. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2024.2322958 Taylor, S., & Sidhu, R. K. (2012). Supporting refugee students in schools: what constitutes inclusive education? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 16(1), 39-56. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603110903560085 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Addressing Spatial (Mis)Matches in the Construction of Learning Outcomes: The Juxtaposition of Selected Regional and Urban Contexts in Europe 1: University of Münster, Germany; 2: Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:The spatial turn in social sciences and humanities (Massey, 2005; Soja, 2010; Freytag et al., 2022) has re-opened the debates on how educational research, policy, and practice align in reaching educational goals. Recently, the policy agenda has been attracted to measurable performances of learners and institutions (Biesta, 2009; Gorur, 2016; Grek, 2024), calling for more efficient and scalable instruments that can improve the quality of learning outcomes and reduce the number of school dropouts. The paper departs from the observation that spatial issues in the “construction” of learning outcomes have a significant impact on the quality of learning and living and need to be considered more carefully in policy provision and professional practice at various governance levels. Spaces are understood and enacted differently by different actors involved in the construction of learning outcomes – professionals, policymakers, educators, trainers, employers, and young people. They also entail various meanings that either open or close the opportunity structures for learners, be it due to their symbolic and cultural significance (homeland, the foreign), economic performance (thriving or declining regions), or educational chances (central vs. peripheral sites). Against this background, the paper aims to problematize and address the spatial (mis)matches in the construction of learning outcomes by comparing regional and urban contexts in selected Europe’s regions. The paper is based on research findings of the EU-funded research project Constructing Learning Outcomes in Europe: A multi-level analysis of (under)achievement in the life course (CLEAR) and unfolds in three steps: first, we provide an overview of the conceptual underpinnings and potential of the spatial perspective to re-address educational issues and identify the variety of spatial understandings in the construction of learning outcomes; second, we analyse the spatial (mis)matches in the policy provision and practice in selected sites and regions in Southern and Central Europe – the regions include Kentriki Makedonia (Greece), Marche (Italy), and Comunitat Valenciana (Spain), the urban sites include Barcelona (Spain), Lisbon (Portugal), Hamburg (Germany), and Vienna (Austria); third, we juxtapose and contrast the findings from regional and urban sites to unveil how spaces interact with various levels of local/regional policymaking and different opportunity structures of young people. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We have applied multi-level, mixed-method approach to the study of spatial (mis)matches in the construction of learning outcomes. This included qualitative, semi-structured interviews with key policy actors and policy practitioners at the local/regional level and narrative biographical interviews with young people (18-29 years) from vulnerable positions. The data have been collected in several EU regions, which have been selected on the basis of economic, educational, and social performance indicators and deemed as either comparably thriving or declining. Furthermore, the analysis is rooted in quantitative analysis of the socio-economic factors of the countries and regions studied that have provided a comprehensive account of the current developments, patterns, and sub-national trajectories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings suggest that spatial dimension in educational policymaking needs further exploration. This particularly impacts the sensitivity of various actor groups involved in the local/regional policymaking in acknowledging the variety of spatial framings and their implications for decision-making processes. We have further observed differences in the regional and urban contexts, especially in terms of the density of educational and labour market provision, which, however, does not necessarily lead to higher quality learning outcomes unless it is coupled with shared understanding between various actor groups. The paper, thus, closes with a series of suggestions to overcome the existing mismatches and integrate the spatial perspective into educational policymaking by fostering local/regional participation and enabling various groups to voice their concerns and expectations. References Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: on the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21, 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9 Freytag, T., Lauen, D. L., & Robertson, S. (Eds.) (2022). Space, Place and Educational Settings. Springer. Gorur, R. (2016). Seeing like PISA: A cautionary tale about the performativity of international assessments. European Educational Research Journal, 15(5), 598–616. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116658299 Grek, S. (2024). The New Production of Expert Knowledge. Education, Quantification and Utopia. Palgrave Macmillan. Massey, D. (2005). For space. SAGE. Soja, E. W. (2010). Seeking spatial justice. University of Minnesota Press. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 25 SES 12 A: Children's Voices Location: B4113 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Maude Louviot Paper Session |
|
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Listening Beyond Words: Children’s Voice and Democratic Meaning-Making in the Classroom Book Corner 1: Fırat University, Faculty of Education, Elazığ, Türkiye; 2: Fırat University, Faculty of Education, Elazığ, Türkiye Presenting Author:In recent years, the concept of children’s voice has made a significant contribution to recognising children in early childhood education not as passive recipients of educational services, but as active meaning-makers whose perspectives shape everyday pedagogical life (Clark, 2005). Nevertheless, despite this increasing emphasis, children’s voice is still frequently addressed in research as verbal expressions elicited and interpreted within adult-centred frameworks (Clark, 2007). This study aims to move beyond narrow and representational understandings of children’s voice by examining how children’s perspectives emerge in early childhood classrooms through everyday interactions, material environments, and relationships. The classroom book corner is conceptualised as a lived pedagogical space in which children make choices, negotiate meanings, and exercise their autonomy through daily interactions with books, peers, and adults (Bolat et al., 2025). In this study, the book corner is not treated as a neutral or merely instructional area; rather, it is approached as a space where democratic meaning-making processes take place. The main objective of the study is to investigate how children express their experiences and perspectives regarding the classroom book corner through multiple modes of expression, and how these expressions influence pedagogical practices. Accordingly, the study is guided by the following research questions:
The theoretical framework of the study is grounded in childhood studies, democratic education, and rights-based approaches to research with children. Within this framework, children are understood as competent social actors and rights holders, and children’s voice is conceptualised not as a direct or transparent reflection of individual intention, but as a relational, situated, and co-constructed process. This perspective foregrounds the ethical responsibilities of researchers and educators in relation to how children’s voices emerge, how they are mediated, and how they are responded to in practice. In line with this theoretical and methodological framework, the study conceptualises democracy through children’s everyday classroom interactions, decision-making processes, and negotiations of meaning, while the book corner is treated as an experiential pedagogical space in which these processes become visible. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study was conducted using a qualitative research design informed by phenomenology and was designed within the framework of the Mosaic approach. Phenomenology, which is characterised by its capacity to capture lived experience in depth (Van Manen, 2007), was chosen to explore children’s lived experiences of the classroom book corner and the meanings they attribute to these experiences. In high-quality early childhood research, it is essential that children are positioned as active participants in the research process (Stephenson, 2009; James & Prout, 2015). The Mosaic approach provides a participatory and child-centred framework that makes children’s voices visible through multiple modes of expression. The Mosaic approach enables children to express their experiences not only verbally, but also through drawings, photographs taken by the children, storytelling, play-based interactions, and embodied forms of expression (Clark & Moss, 2011). Through these multiple modes of expression, children are able to participate actively in the research process as experts of their own lives (Lundy, 2007; I’Anson, 2013). The study group was determined using purposeful sampling, specifically criterion sampling (Patton, 2015), which is a non-probability sampling method. The criteria included children being aged between 48 and 72 months, attending early childhood education, and participating in the study on a voluntary basis. The participants of the study consisted of 20 children aged 48–72 months attending early childhood education settings and the teachers working with these children. One private preschool and one public preschool were selected for the study, and 10 children from each school were included. The participating children were enrolled in three different classrooms across the two schools. In selecting the schools, the implementation of an early childhood education programme and the presence of an actively used classroom book corner were taken as the main criteria. Data generation was carried out in two stages. In the first stage, children’s perspectives were documented through drawings, photographs taken by the children, observations of play and book-related interactions, and everyday conversations. In the second stage, these materials were revisited together with the children and teachers, and meanings were co-interpreted through shared dialogues. In research with children, attention to ethical considerations is one of the most critical aspects of the data collection process (Einarsdóttir, 2007; Cook-Sather, 2006; Einarsdóttir, 2014). Accordingly, particular care was taken to ensure that children’s everyday learning experiences were not disrupted and that participation was based on voluntariness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to demonstrate that children’s voices related to the classroom book corner emerge in multimodal, relational, and context-sensitive ways. It is anticipated that children’s perspectives become visible not only through speech, but also through play, movement, choice-making, silence, and interactions with peers and materials. The findings are expected to show that children’s voices actively shape the organisation and use of the book corner, as well as the meanings this space holds for children. In this sense, the book corner is understood to function as a democratic space in which children negotiate participation, autonomy, and belonging. The study aims to contribute to discussions on how democracy in early childhood education can be understood not as an abstract concept to be taught, but as a lived experience enacted through everyday pedagogical practices. By foregrounding children’s voices through a familiar classroom space, the study highlights the potential of participatory methodologies for conducting ethical and democratic research with young children. References Bolat, Y., Camcı, T., Demir, E., Taşcı, İ., & Yüksel, Z. (2025). Anaokullarındaki öğrenme merkezlerinin incelenmesi. İnönü Üniversitesi Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 26(1), 279–302. Clark, A. (2005). Listening to and involving young children: A review of research and practice. Early Childhood Development and Care, 175(6), 489–505. Clark, A. (2007). Views from inside the shed: Young children’s perspectives of the outdoor environment. Education 3–13, 35(4), 349–363. Clark, A., & Moss, P. (2011). Listening to young children: The Mosaic approach (2nd ed.). National Children’s Bureau. Clark, A., & Statham, J. (2005). Listening to young children: Experts in their own lives. Adoption & Fostering, 29(1), 45–56. Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, presence, and power: “Student voice” in educational research and reform. Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359–390. Einarsdóttir, J. (2007). Research with children: Methodological and ethical challenges. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 15(2), 197–211. Einarsdóttir, J. (2014). Children’s perspectives on play. In L. Brooker, M. Blaise, & S. Edwards (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of play and learning in early childhood. SAGE. I’Anson, J. (2013). Beyond the child’s voice: Towards an ethics for children’s participation rights. Global Studies of Childhood, 3(1), 70–80. James, A., & Prout, A. (2015). Constructing and reconstructing childhood (3rd ed.). Routledge. Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the UNCRC. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927–942. Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice (4th ed.). SAGE Publications. Stephenson, A. (2009). Horses in the sandpit: Photography, prolonged involvement and “stepping back” as strategies for listening to children’s voices. Early Childhood Development and Care, 179(2), 131–141. Van Manen, M. (2007). Phenomenology of practice. Phenomenology & Practice, 1(1), 11–30 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Creating Space for Children’s Voices - Interaction Quality and Children's Choices University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:According to Article 12 of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child the Convention, children shall be assured the right to express their views, and “the views of the child being given due weight in accordance with the age and maturity of the child”. In Finland, the child’s right to participating in decisions concerning Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC), pre-primary education and basic education is also stated in national laws. When hearing children of different ages in matters concerning them, it is important to understand the notion of age and maturity of the child and the notion of maturity being the “capacity of a child to express her or his views on issues in a reasonable and independent manner”. This study draws from the perspective of seeing children as experts in their own lives and active agents being capable of expressing their views reasonably and independently (Biggeri et al., 2019; Clark & Moss, 2001; Lundy, 2007). The study illustrates how children of different ages and from different settings can be supported to express their views using “the Lundy model” (Lundy, 2007) and dialogues with horizontal qualities (Gerrits et al., 2005; Kalland et al 2022, Russell et al., 1998). We describe children’s preferred choices on participating in research and their written and artistic expressions of how they prefer to be heard. The research question for the study is: What are the best practices for creating a space that support children’s voices, including children with different abilities from different ages and settings? The research data consists of children's and young people's own texts and drawings, which have been produced in 32 workshops with children held between autumn 2022 and early 2023. Children and young people were reached through ECEC centres and comprehensive education schools, and research workshops were held in the facilities of their school or ECEC facilities. The schools and ECEC centres in the study were located in six different types of municipalities across Finland in terms of population development and service network situation (cf. Aro et al., 2023). Using thematic analysis, we analysed responses from 221 children between the ages of 4 and 16. According to our results, children have various ways of participating in research. By allowing different alternatives of participating in research and using horizontal dialogues, more children can find their own individual way of expressing their views, regardless of age and level of maturity. This approach supports and illuminates the child’s perspective when hearing children’s views. The analysis shows that creating space for children’s voices, while considering their age and level of maturity, involves providing diverse forms of participation, acknowledging the responsibility of adults, listening to children, respecting children and children’s voices and allowing children to have an impact on decisions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In our research project, we applied the Lundy model (Lundy, 2007) and conducted workshops with children between the ages 4 and 16, collecting their views on different topical matters related to changes in school networks regarding; everyday life, friendship, commuting, free time and education in relation to their home, daycare, preschool or school. We developed a questionnaire for the children based on horizontal qualities, inspired from and with tools from a successful research project on mentalizing-based intervention for supporting social-emotional development in ECEC (Kalland et al., 2022; Martikainen et al., 2024). We explored what makes children happy, what concerns them, what they hope for, and what messages they would like to communicate to decision-makers. For this study, we analysed all the data collected from 32 workshops with children. Drawing on Lundy’s model (2007), we focus on “space” and “voice”, analysing how children participate in research if they get to choose and how they expressed their preferences for being heard, by examining written responses, drawings, as well as describing their preferred working methods. The data was analysed with a thematic analysis appropriate for identifying, organizing, describing and interpreting themes (cf. Braun & Clarke, 2006). We have approached the data in the following way: We have identified how children actually chose to participate in the research by recognizing the different forms of participation, i.e. no participation, being present, individual participation, participation in pair or in a small group as well as communication styles; oral, body language, in writing, by drawing, discussing. In addition, we have identified all statements where the respondents articulate or show artistically how they want to be heard, how they are allowed to influence decisions and feelings about influence and being heard. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings When children were able to influence the working methods, they could easily choose their own preferred way. In almost every workshop, children chose slightly different methods and tools, however some similarities could be found in different age groups. By introducing and allowing horizontal discussions qualities as well as providing different alternatives of participating in hearing, children can more easily find a way to express their views, leading to better opportunities to get genuine opinions and more comprehensive responses according to age and level of maturity. Every child has a way of communicating, and it is important for the researcher to acknowledge and accept all forms of communication. At times, a child may wish to be present without actively participating. This kind of passive involvement is also meaningful, as the experience of simply being included can nurture a sense of belonging, strengthen self-esteem, and build trust in adults. Being heard is not only about adults organizing special events or channels (e.g. hearing events, feedback boxes or polls) when children are asked about their opinions. Being heard is also about how adults listen and whether children genuinely feel listened to. In order for children to get assurance of being heard means that adults show authentic interest in children’s perspectives, acknowledge their needs, and demonstrate an understanding of their everyday experiences. Respect is a core value that is needed for a successful dialogue with children. A genuine participation of children and young people in decision-making does not happen automatically; it requires intentional structures, sensitive facilitation, and a genuine willingness to listen. References Aro, R., Aro, T., Hongisto, P., Kaarakainen, S.-S., Kalland, M., Kyösti, A., Puumalainen, J., Salovaara, V., Varjo, J., & Volmari, S. (2023). Effects of population change on the organisation of early childhood education, pre-primary education and basic education National and international experiences, monitoring indicators, and quality criteria for consulting children and young people (Publications of the Ministry of Education and Culture, Finland 2023:52). Ministry of Education and Culture. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-263-961-5 Biggeri, M., Arciprete, C., & Karkara, R. (2019). Children and Youth Participation in Decision-Making and Research Processes. In The Capability Approach, Empowerment and Participation. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-35230-9_8 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2). https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Cashmore, J., Kong, P., & McLaine, M. (2023). Children’s Participation in Care and Protection Decision-Making Matters. Laws, 12(3). https://doi.org/10.3390/laws12030049 Clark, A. & Moss, P. (2001). Listening to young children: The mosaic approach. London: National, Children’s Bureau for the Joseph Rowntree Foundation. Gerrits, M. H., Goudena, P. P., & Van Aken, M. A. G. (2005). Child-parent and child-peer interaction: Observational similarities and differences at age seven. In Infant and Child Development (Vol. 14, Number 3). https://doi.org/10.1002/icd.377 Kalland, M., Linnavalli, T., & Koskull, M. von. (2022). SAGA-Supporting Social-Emotional Development in Early Childhood Education: The Development of a Mentalizing-Based Intervention. Education Sciences, 12(6). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12060409 Lundy, L. (2007). “Voice” is not enough: conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6). Martikainen, S., Kalland, M., Linnavalli, T., Kostilainen, K., Aittokoski, M., Reunamo, J., Vasileiou, Z., & Tervaniemi, M. (2024). Supporting social-emotional development in early childhood education and care–a randomized parallel group trial evaluating the impact of two different interventions. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 68(5). https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2023.2204119 Russell, A., Pettit, G. S., & Mize, J. (1998). Horizontal Qualities in Parent-Child Relationships: Parallels with and Possible Consequences for Children’s Peer Relationships. Developmental Review, 18(3). https://doi.org/10.1006/drev.1997.0466 Vaismoradi, M., Jones, J., Turunen, H., & Snelgrove, S. (2016). Theme development in qualitative content analysis and thematic analysis. Journal of Nursing Education and Practice, 6(5). https://doi.org/10.5430/jnep.v6n5p100 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Children’s Voice in an AI Based Invention Pedagogy Project 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: Aalto University, Finland Presenting Author:The European Union (EU) Strategy on the Rights of the Child seeks to advance the realization of children’s rights across all domains of life. Central to this strategy is the commitment to empower children as active citizens and contributors to democratic societies. To achieve this, the European Commission has pledged to implement measures such as organizing events that include children as participants, conducting child-specific consultations in the development of relevant initiatives, and strengthening both expertise and practice in promoting meaningful child participation (European Commission, 2021). Before launching that strategy, The European Commission had acknowledged Laura Lundy’s (2007) model of participation (Correia & Aguiar, 2022). Lundy’s (2007) model is one of the most prominent model of participation cited in educational research due to its close and clear alignment with Article 12 on the UNCRC (Scarparolo & MacKinnon, 2021). Lundy’s model of child participation includes four elements: space, voice, audience, and influence. These are the elements teachers must carefully consider when planning opportunities for student participation (Lundy, 2007). In this presentation we introduce a four-week study, in which an AI-based multidisciplinary learning module was implemented with fourth-grade students (aged 10-11 years, n=22) in a Finnish school. The aim of the study was to develop students’ technological and communicational participatory skills by helping students understand the principles of AI, its possibilities and limitations. In the multidisciplinary learning module the students developed four AI-based tools that identified hate speech, provided automatic feedback, and offered alternative ways to express oneself constructively. In this study, the role of AI was to help children to recognize unconstructive language and its effects, receive immediate feedback on their own expressions, develop more empathetic and clear ways of communication and strengthen their ability to engage in constructive dialogue. The goal was to help children understand AI and with experiment with its use in practice and to develop the foundations of technology education (Ge, Ifenthaler & Spector, 2015). We situate our analysis within Lundy’s (2007) model of participation and extend it using the framework of transformative learning and transformative innovation (Mezirow, 1998; Schot & Steinmueller, 2018; Diercks et al., 2019). Mezirow (1998) provides the cognitive foundations of transformative learning, whereas Schot and Steinmueller (2018) distinguish between innovation aimed at economic growth (Frame 2) and innovation aimed at sociotechnical change (Frame 3). We locate our project within Frame 3, in which innovation is linked to broader societal transitions and oriented toward addressing persistent societal challenges. In this study, the connection between participation and technology education is not merely contextual but methodological. We operationalize Lundy’s (2007) model of child participation through the framework of Invention Pedagogy. The goal of technology education is not only to learn how to use tools, but to build an understanding of how technology shapes society and everyday life (de Vries, 2018; Ge et al., 2015; Dufva & Dufva, 2019). We argue that in this project, children are not passive users but inventors, creating a direct link between agency and the research field of technology education. This convergence is observed through the four elements of Lundy’s model, supported by the literature on technology education:
In this presentation, we introduce how the adults constructed space and audience for children’s voices in ways that enable them not only to learn about AI, but also to exercise directionality that impacts the values and behaviour of the technological systems they encounter. We further examine how this process supported transformative learning, focusing in particular on how children’s understanding of AI, their sense of agency, and their forms of societal participation evolved and became more articulated over the course of the project. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is considered practitioner research (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 2013) that has elements from pedagogical action research (Niemi, 2019) In this study, the first three authors worked with the children in the project either as a teacher or an AI educator. The fourth author observed children’s working with AI and the fifth author looked at the project without having direct contact with the children in order to balance perspectives and improve researcher triangulation. In pedagogical action research, data of the study is produced with children rather than collected (Niemi, Kiilakoski & Kaukko 2023). Also in this study, data includes project planning sheets, teachers’ field notes written after each teaching sequence, and all pedagogical materials produced by children during the project (e.g. notes, written questions, Powerpoint presentations, and AI prompts). Our study also has elements from design-based research. We combined earlier theoretical perspectives of children’s participation, participatory pedagogy, invention pedagogy and technological education and created a project that followed the invention-pedagogy model through seven steps. By this way we used theoretical triangulation, but we also created an artefact. However, we understand that our artefact can’t be transformed to another context as whole but it must be reinvented with new teachers and learners in a new context. Data was analysed through deductive content analysis. The coding categories illustrate the coding tree created by Barros et al (2024). In the first phase, we discussed how to interpret each teaching sequence and coded them according to the coding tree. In the second phase the coded units were interpreted through the framework of transformative learning and transformative innovation (Mezirow, 1998; Schot & Steinmueller, 2018; Diercks et al., 2019). In this presentation we first present an expanded coding tree accompanied by detailed examples of teaching sequences. Subsequently, we examine how the project supported participatory spaces, amplified children’s voices and provided audiences for their perspectives, thereby enabling opportunities for them to act as agents of sociotechnical change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Lundy argues that children must be provided with a safe and enabling space in which to express their views. In this study, such a space was embedded within the structure of invention pedagogy, operationalised as a learning-by-designing environment typical of technology education (Lavonen et al., 2004; Keane & Keane, 2016) Lundy argues that children’s views must be heard by an appropriate audience. In this study, technology education provided a natural interface between classroom activity and the wider social context. The project involved external experts and guardians, thereby aligning with STEAM education principles that stress the importance of situating learning in authentic, real-world contexts (Keane & Keane, 2016). The technical artefact, that is, the AI tool, functioned as a boundary object that mediated interaction between pupils and adults and rendered children’s expertise visible and legible to this audience. In doing so, it demonstrated that children can act as competent contributors to discussions on the ethical use and development of AI. In this study, children exercised such directionality when they identified unconstructive language as a problem and designed AI-based tools to address it. Their engagement did not remain at the level of acquiring technical skills; instead, they inscribed normative values such as constructiveness and empathy into the technological system in order to respond to the societal challenge of hate speech. This reframes influence in Lundy’s model: it no longer refers solely to having a say in classroom decisions, but to acting as agents of sociotechnical change. When invention pedagogy is integrated with a transformative innovation perspective, the project illustrates how children can participate in shaping the future configurations of digital technologies (Dufva & Dufva, 2019) and how their values can become embedded in the algorithmic material of ongoing socio-digital transitions. References Barros, S. et. al (2024). A focus group study on participatory practices in early childhood education and care across four European countries. Early Education and Development, 35(6), 1292–1315. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409289.2024.236086 Correia, N., & Aguiar, C. (2022). Children’s right to participate: The Lundy model applied to early childhood education and care. International Journal of Children’s Rights, 30, 378–405. De Vries, M. (2018). Handbook of Technology Education. Springer. Diercks, G., Larsen, H., & Steward, F. (2019). Transformative innovation policy: Addressing variety in an emerging policy paradigm. Research Policy, 48(4), 880-894. Dufva, T. & Dufva, M. (2019). Grasping the future of digital society. Future, 107, 17–28 Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927–942. Lundy, L. (2018). In defence of tokenism? Implementing children’s right to participate in collective decision-making. Childhood, 25(3), 340–354. Lundy, L. et al. (2021). Life under coronavirus: Children’s views on their experiences of their human rights. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 29, 261–285. Lundy, L., Murray, C., Smith, K., & Ward, C. (2024). Young children's right to be heard on the quality of their education: Addressing potential misunderstandings in the context of early childhood education. British Educational Research Journal, 1–15. Mezirow, J. (1998). On critical reflection. Adult education quarterly, 48(3), 185-198. Niemi, R. (2019a). Five approaches to pedagogical action research. Educational Action Research, 27(5), 651–666. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2018.1528876 Perry-Hazan, L. (2021a). Conceptualising conflicts between student participation and other rights and interests. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 42(2), 184–198. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2019.1599324 Perry-Hazan, L. (2021b). Students’ perceptions of their rights in school: A systematic review of the international literature. Review of Educational Research, 91(6), 919–957. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543211031642 Perry-Hazan, L., & Somech, A. (2023). Conceptualising student participation in school decision making: An integrative model. Educational Review, 75(6), 1202–1223. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.1976113 Sargeant, J., & Gillet-Swan, J. (2019). Voice-inclusive practice (VIP): A charter for authentic student engagement. International Journal of Children’s Rights, 27, 122–139. Schot, J., & Steinmueller, W. E. (2018). Three frames for innovation policy: R&D, systems of innovation and transformative change. Research policy, 47(9), 1554-1567. 25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper Civil Education and Students’ Rights in Vocational Upper-Secondary Schools Pedagogical Faculty Charles University, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:The paper examines the everyday school experiences of students enrolled in three-year vocational education training (VET) programmes in the Czech Republic. It focuses on how the educational institution of Leqo School shapes the students’ knowledge about their own rights and their civil rights. The study is situated within the anthropology of education and addresses vocational schooling as a key site where classed trajectories, aspirations, and identities are shaped. In the Czech educational system, pupils are tracked into hierarchically structured secondary pathways already at the age of fourteen or fifteen, with VET programmes occupying the lowest-status position within this stratification. These programmes are not only associated with limited academic expectations, but they are also taught little academic knowledge of their civil rights. Against this backdrop, the presentation asks how VET students' rights are treated and how they are taught those rights. The central research questions, therefore, concern how the school system and the school as an institution shape the students with low academic trajectories, self-awareness of their civil rights, and how the VET experience influences students’ relationships to authority, participation, and their civic voice. Rather than treating disengagement or reluctance as individual deficits, the presentation conceptualises these orientations as socially produced responses to structural conditions embedded in educational systems. The objective of the presentation is to contribute to broader debates on civic curriculum, agency in vocational education and inequalities by foregrounding students’ perspectives and by analysing the school as a culturally and politically charged space. Specifically, the presentation aims to demonstrate how curriculum, institutional practices, symbolic hierarchies, and everyday interactions within vocational schools reinforce the perception of VET students as socially marginal. At the same time, it seeks to show how students actively reinterpret the meaning of schooling, selectively engage with institutional demands, and construct alternative sources of value and belonging outside dominant academic norms. In doing so, the presentation challenges deficit-oriented interpretations of vocational students and instead highlights the relational and contextual nature of their attitudes towards school. Conceptually, the analysis draws on Pierre Bourdieu’s theory of social reproduction, particularly the notions of cultural capital, habitus, and symbolic violence, to understand how educational institutions privilege certain forms of knowledge and dispositions while devaluing others. VET students’ limited access to institutionally valued cultural capital is not framed as a lack, but as a structural condition that shapes their positioning within the educational field. The paper also engages with Paul Willis’s seminal work on working-class youth and counter-school culture, using it as a lens to interpret forms of resistance, distancing, and solidarity that emerge in response to perceived exclusion. Rather than replicating Willis’s focus on overt oppositional culture, the analysis emphasises more subtle, everyday forms of resistance, such as selective participation, pragmatic compliance, and disengagement from school-organised civic practices. In this sense, resistance is understood not as rebellion, but as a way of maintaining autonomy and dignity within constrained circumstances. In addition, the paper is informed by Foucauldian perspectives on power, discipline, and subjectivation, which allow for an examination of how power operates through routine school practices, categorisation, and expectations rather than solely through formal authority. Power is conceptualised as productive as well as restrictive, shaping students’ sense of what is possible, meaningful, or worth pursuing. Finally, the presentation draws on anthropological approaches that foreground lived experience, relationality, and the co-construction of meaning within institutional settings. By situating vocational schooling within broader socio-political and historical contexts, the presentation aims to illuminate how educational inequalities are not only reproduced through policy and structure, but also enacted and negotiated in the mundane realities of school life. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research topic is answered through the optics of qualitative, ethnographic research in the anthropology of education, with a particular emphasis on long-term participant observation and auto-ethnography. Fieldwork was conducted as a part of a broader dissertation project at a vocational secondary school in the Czech Republic, referred to under a pseudonym to protect institutional and participants' anonymity. The study focused on one cohort of students enrolled in a three-year vocational educational training (VET) programme and followed this group longitudinally from their entry into upper secondary education through to the completion of their final qualification. The primary method of data generation was participant observation carried out over a period of three academic years. The researcher occupied a dual role as both teacher and ethnographer, allowing for sustained, immersive engagement in the everyday life of the school. Observations took place across multiple settings, including classrooms, vocational training sites, breaks, school events, staff meetings, and informal interactions among students and teachers. This positioning enabled access to routine practices, tacit norms, and unspoken assumptions that are often inaccessible through short-term observation or interview-based research alone. Fieldnotes were recorded regularly and focused on interactions, language use, affective atmospheres, and institutional practices related to evaluation, discipline, and participation. In addition to observation, the research incorporated semi-structured interviews with students and teachers. Students in the focal class participated in two recorded interviews: the first conducted during their initial year at the school, and the second during their final year. These interviews explored students’ educational trajectories, motivations for choosing the vocational pathway, experiences of school life, perceptions of academic and practical learning, and reflections on their future aspirations. Interviews with teachers addressed pedagogical expectations, categorisations of students, approaches to vocational and academic knowledge, and interpretations of students’ engagement and disengagement. Informal conversations with both students and staff constituted an additional, significant source of data and were treated analytically alongside more formal interviews. The research also adopted an auto-ethnographic approach, integrating systematic self-reflection on the researcher’s positionality, institutional role, and affective involvement in the field. Reflexive diary documented moments of tension, ethical dilemmas, and shifts in perspective, acknowledging the mutual influence between researcher and research participants. Analytical interpretation proceeded iteratively, moving between fieldnotes, interview transcripts, and reflexive writings. Throughout the analysis, reflexivity was treated not as an add-on, but as a methodological principle guiding both data interpretation and the representation of participants’ experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that VET students’ rights formally exist within the school framework, yet in practice, they are scarcely taught in the curriculum, and in practice, weakly enacted, unevenly recognised, and rarely experienced as meaningful by the students themselves. Rather than being actively taught and practised, students’ rights remain abstract, symbolic, or procedural, with little connection to the lived reality of VET students’ schooling. The ethnographic data show that opportunities to exercise civic and participatory rights, such as expressing opinions, criticising institutional arrangements, or participating in collective school events, are structurally available but socially inaccessible to VET students. The LC3 students’ (the nickname for the researched VET school class) non-participation in school-organised civic activities demonstrates that rights are not perceived as tools for influence, but as empty gestures within a hierarchy where their voices carry minimal weight. This reflects a form of practical exclusion, where students formally possess rights yet lack the recognition, confidence, and institutional encouragement necessary to use them. Civic education transmits normative knowledge about democracy and participation in an empty form and with a small volume, and everyday school practices simultaneously communicate that VET students occupy a marginal position with limited legitimacy. This produces disengagement. Students learn not that they have rights, but that exercising them is ineffective, risky, or irrelevant to their social position. In line with Bourdieusian perspectives on schooling as a mechanism of social reproduction, this study shows that the unequal treatment of students’ rights contributes to the reproduction of classed educational trajectories. VET students are not trained to act as rights-bearing citizens within the school; instead, they are subtly prepared for a future in which compliance outweighs participation. Addressing this requires rethinking how rights are enacted in daily school life, not only taught as content, but practised as a lived educational experience. References Bittnerová, D., Doubek, D., & Levínská, M. (2011). Stigma in school. Journal of Pedagogy, 2(1), 11-28. Bourdieu, P. and Passeron, J.C. (1990). Reproduction in education, society and culture (Vol. 4). Sage. Bourdieu, P. (2018). Cultural reproduction and social reproduction. In Knowledge, education, and cultural change (pp. 71-112). Routledge. Brubaker, R., & Cooper, F. (2000). Beyond" identity". Theory and society, 29(1), 1-47. Foucault, M. (2000). Dohlížet a trestat: kniha o zrodu vězení. Dauphin. Goffman, E. (2009). Stigma: Notes on the management of spoiled identity. Simon and schuster. Grannis, J. C. (1967). The school as a model of society. Harvard R and D Center on Educational Differences. Hanushek, E. A., & Wößmann, L. (2006). Does educational tracking affect performance and inequality? Differences‐in‐differences evidence across countries. The Economic Journal, 116(510), C63-C76. Jarkovská, L., & Slezáková, K. (2021). Dětská skupina jako kolektivita. Sociologicky Casopis, 57(5), 557-580. Jenkins, R. (2014). Social identity. Routledge. Jukić, R., & Kakuk, S. (2019). Socialization role of school and hidden curriculum. In EDULEARN19 Proceedings (pp. 3404-3412). IATED. Kaščák, O. (2009). Rituály a skryté kurikulum, alebo, Kam v pedagogike zaradiť rituálne štúdie?: teoretická (a biografická) rekonštrukcia. Studia paedagogica, 14(2), 29-40. Kaščák, O., & Pupala, B. (2012). Škola zlatých golierov: vzdelávanie v ére neoliberalizmu. Sociologické nakladatelství (SLON). Katrňák, T. (2004). Odsouzeni k manuální práci: vzdělanostní reprodukce v dělnické rodině (Vol. 39). Sociologické nakladatelství (Slon). Kohout-Diaz, M., Bittnerová, D., & Levínská, M. (2018). Limity inkluze ve vzdělávání romských dětí v České republice: boj o identitu žáka. Pedagogická orientace, 28(2), 235-268. Korbel, V., & Münich, D. (2021). Společenský status učňovského vzdělávání v České republice: vývoj posledních 15 let a srovnání se zahraničím. Národohospodářský ústav AV ČR, vvi. Liessmann, K. P. (2018). Vzdělání jako provokace. Academia. Lojdová, K. (2015). Skryté kurikulum, žité příbĕhy. Narativy studentů učitelství o škole. Pedagogická orientace, 25(5). Mattsson, C., & Johansson, T. (2020). Nenávistný druhý: Neonacisté ve školách a strategie učitelů pro zvládání rasismu. Britský časopis sociologie vzdělávání, 41(8), 1149-1163. Obrovská, J. (2016). Frajeři, rapeři a propadlíci: Etnografie etnicity a etnizace v desegregované školní třídě. Sociologický časopis/Czech Sociological Review, 52(01), 53-78. Ogbu, J. U. (1981). School Ethnography: A Multilevel Approach 1. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 12(1), 3-29. Sennett, R. & Cobb, J., (2023). The Hidden Injuries of Class. Cambridge University Press. Willis, P. E. (1977). Learning to labour: how working class kids get working class jobs. ASHGATE. Woods, P. (1983). Coping at school through humour. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 4(2), 111-124. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 12 A: Governance, Accountability & Policy Enactment Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Anna Rantala Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Between Governance and Practice: Principals’ Enactment of the Mandate to Prevent and Address Degrading Treatment in Preschool Umeå Universitet, Sweden Presenting Author:In Swedish preschool, principals hold a central responsibility for preventing and addressing degrading treatment among children and in interactions between children and adults. The Swedish Education Act (SFS 2010:800) requires this work to be systematic and documented, yet the legislation provides limited guidance on how these obligations should be enacted in practice. This lack of specificity creates considerable interpretive space and contributes to local variation. Research on policy enactment emphasizes that policy is not implemented linearly; rather, it is interpreted, translated and enacted within existing organizational norms, routines and professional traditions (Ball, 2003). This raises critical questions about how preschool principals understand their mandate and how they lead their work to for prevent and to address degrading treatment. The concept of degrading treatment is legally defined within a school-based framework, which does not always align with the relational and care-oriented nature of preschool settings (Söderström & Löfdahl, 2017). Historically, children’s conflicts - such as disagreements, physical encounters, or emotional outbursts - have been understood as pedagogical and moral issues, addressed through educational practices aimed at supporting children’s social development (Colnerud, 2014a; 2014b). While preschools continue to have an obligation to support children in managing conflicts constructively (Skolverket, 2025), principals are now also expected to lead systematic efforts to prevent and address degrading treatment as a legal concern. Distinguishing between everyday conflict and legally defined degrading treatment has been identified as particularly challenging in preschool practice and requires nuanced professional judgement (Rantala & Heikkilä, 2023). Research indicates that principals often approach this work through broad, value-based equality initiatives focusing on norms, inclusion, and democratic principles (Söderström & Löfdahl, 2017). Although such initiatives align with the preschool’s value-based mission, they may fail to capture the complexity of everyday pedagogical situations. Teachers may rely on idealized conceptions of preschool practice rather than engaging with concrete dilemmas, power relations, and situational variations (Edling, 2018). This places increased demands on principals to foster critical reflection, professional dialogue, and analytical competence among teachers. At the same time, preschools operate within governance frameworks characterized by juridification, accountability, and extensive documentation requirements. These governance logics risk shifting attention from relational and pedagogical engagement toward administrative compliance (Rantala & Heikkilä, 2022), making the principals’ leadership role particularly demanding. Taken together, this underscores the importance of understanding how preschool principals interpret their responsibilities and lead the work of preventing and addressing degrading treatment. Their interpretations and priorities are central to how legal requirements are translated into pedagogical practice. Examining their leadership, the study can contribute to knowledge about how this work may be developed in ways that align legal obligations with the pedagogical mission of preschool. Research questions:
This study is theoretically grounded in Ball’s (2003) theory of policy enactment, which conceptualizes policy not as a directive implemented linearly from text to practice, but as something that is interpreted, translated, and enacted within local contexts. From this perspective, policy gains meaning through the actions, decisions, and professional judgements of educational actors. Preschool principals act as interpretive links between legal requirements and everyday practice, where their pedagogical judgement is shaped by norms, values, and contextual conditions. This perspective is particularly relevant in relation to degrading treatment, where legal definitions intersect with relational and care-oriented practices. Applying a policy enactment framework enables analysis of how principals navigate legal, pedagogical, and ethical demands in their leadership. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To develop an in-depth understanding of how preschool principals interpret, translate, and enact their responsibility to prevent and address degrading treatment, two focus group interviews were conducted with preschool principals. Each group consisted of four to five participants, enabling both interactive discussion and in-depth reflection on shared and divergent experiences. Group interviews were chosen to capture participants’ descriptions and understandings of the enactment process, as the group interaction enables shared meanings to be articulated, negotiated, and refined through dialogue (Morgan, 1998; Wibeck, 2000). The interviews were guided by open-ended, thematically oriented questions focusing on how principals interpret, translate, and enact the work of preventing and addressing degrading treatment in the preschool context. Participants were asked to reflect on their understandings of the concept, their work to prevent and address degrading treatment, including the role of plans and documentation, their responsibility for implementation and follow-up, and the challenges and tensions involved in translating the mandate into practice. This approach captured principals’ situated descriptions of the phenomenon and the considerations guiding their actions within a context shaped by legal and organizational demands. Participants were selected through a strategic convenience sample, drawing on existing professional networks in which preschool principals regularly met. All participants had at least four years of experience as preschool principals and were responsible for both smaller and larger preschool units. This ensured variation in organizational contexts and leadership conditions, as well as sufficient professional experience to reflect on the complexity of the assignment over time. The empirical material was analysed thematically, inspired by Boyatzis (1998) approach, with the analysis being theoretically informed by Stephen J. Ball’s theory of policy enactment (Ball, 2003). Particular attention was paid to how principals described the interpretation, translation, and enactment of legal and policy requirements in their everyday leadership practices. The analysis was conducted iteratively, moving back and forth between empirical material and theory in order to identify recurring patterns, tensions, and contextual influences shaping principals’ work. All participants received written and oral information about the purpose of the study, its procedures, and their right to withdraw at any time without consequences. Informed consent was obtained prior to data collection. The material has been handled confidentially, and all participants have been anonymised in transcription and reporting. The study adheres to established ethical guidelines for research involving human participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Tentatively, the thematic analysis shows that preschool principals’ work to prevent and address degrading treatment is characterized by continuous interpretive processes, professional judgement, and organizational tensions. Three overarching themes were identified: interpreting degrading treatment within the preschool context, balancing pedagogical practice with legal requirements, and leading through relational and systematic approaches. The first theme concerns the difficulty of defining what constitutes degrading treatment in preschool. Principals described how children’s age, developmental stage, and limited linguistic abilities complicate distinctions between everyday conflicts, developmentally related behaviour, and legally defined degrading treatment. Interpretive responsibility is often placed on teachers, which makes principals dependent on their professional judgement. This reliance creates uncertainty and highlights the need for ongoing reflection and shared interpretive frameworks within preschool organizations. The second theme highlights tensions between pedagogical practice and governance demands. Principals described documentation systems, reporting procedures, and investigative requirements as at times ethically challenging, particularly when very young children are registered in administrative systems. At the same time, documentation was viewed as necessary for identifying patterns over time and demonstrating compliance with legal obligations. Leadership in this area thus involves continuously balancing legal accountability with pedagogical and ethical considerations. The third theme emphasizes leadership as central to how the work is enacted in practice. Principals highlighted preventive and systematic work in which issues of relationships, interaction, and staff approaches are embedded in everyday pedagogical activities. Through recurring safety walks, child-oriented methods, and reflective dialogue, conditions are created for sustained work with children’s safety and rights. Overall, the findings indicate that work against degrading treatment does not follow a standardized model but is enacted through local interpretations in which preschool principals’ leadership is decisive. References References Ball, Stephen J. (2003). “The Teachers’ Soul and the Terrors of Performativity.” Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. Boyatzis, Richard E. (1998). Transforming qualitative information: Thematic analysis and code development. Sage. Colnerud, G. (2014). “Lärares Yrkesetiska Dilemman och den ökande Juridifieringen i Sverige.” [Teachers' professional ethical dilemmas and the increasing of juridification in Sweden.”]. Etikk i Praksis - Nordic Journal of Applied Ethics 8 (2): 22–30. Corsaro, W. A. (2015). The Sociology of Childhood. Sage Publications. Edling, S. (2018). Att vilja andra väl är inte alltid smärtfritt: Att motverka kränkningar och diskriminering i förskola och skola. [Wishing others well is not always painless: Counteracting harassment and discrimination in preschool and school]. Studentlitteratur. Morgan, D. (1998). The focus group guidebook. The focus group kit, no 1.Sage Rantala, A. & Heikkilä, M., (2022). För vem finns planer att motverka kränkningar och diskriminering i förskolan? [For whom are there plans to deal with abusive treatment and discrimination in preschool?]. Nordic Studies in Education, 42(2), 194–210. Rantala, A. & Heikkilä, M., (2023). The gap between juridical and pedagogical discourses concerning preventing and countering abusive treatment in preschool policy documents. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 31(5), 811–825. Skolverket (2025). Läroplan för förskolan, Lpfö 18 reviderad 2025. [Curriculum for the Preschool]. Skolverket. Söderström, Å. & Löfdahl Hultman, A. (2017). Preschool work against bullying and degrading treatment: Experiences from an action learning project. Early Years, 37(3), 300-312. Wibeck, V. (2000). Fokusgrupper. [Focus groups]. Studentlitteratur. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Negotiating a Policy Gap: Principals’ Practices Organising Student Health and Welfare in Swedish Municipal Adult Education University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper focuses on how principals in Swedish municipal adult education (MAE) interpret, translate, and enact policy in the absence of statutory requirements for student health and welfare services. The Education Act (SFS 2010:800) mandates that compulsory and upper secondary schools work proactively to support students in achieving their goals by providing coordinated interprofessional support, including medical, psychological, psychosocial, and special education expertise. For MAE, this requirement is not mandatory. MAE is similar in scale to upper secondary school, with 368,000 students enrolled in 2024 (SNAE, 2025). Including Swedish for Immigrants (SFI), adapted education for adults, and vocational training, it offers education from basic to upper secondary level (SFS 2010:800). The student population is therefore heterogeneous in terms of educational background and future goals. In addition to being labour-market oriented, MAE is compensatory—the education must be based on the needs of the individual learner and those demonstrating the greatest educational need are prioritized at admission (SFS 2010:800). Although MAE is tailored to be flexible and individualised, offering distance courses and flexible learning arrangements to accommodate adult learners, a substantial and growing proportion of students require various forms of support in their studies (Andersson & Muhrman, 2022; Public Health Agency of Sweden, 2025). National agency reports show that provision of such support is insufficient and unequal (Public Health Agency of Sweden, 2025; SNAE, 2023). The support offered consists mainly of pedagogical and instructional interventions by teachers, with or without access to special education expertise, which varies significantly between municipalities (SNAE, 2023). As student health and welfare services are non-statutory in MAE, municipalities and principals are required to make decisions regarding the provision, organization, and design of such services. Consequently, it risks being deprioritized. Due to considerable decentralization and marketization, MAE is organized in diverse ways across Sweden’s 290 municipalities, which hold the overall responsibility for provision, resourcing, systematic quality work, and school development (Anderson & Muhrman, 2022; Mufic, 2023). Large parts of MAE are outsourced— in 2024, 48 % of course participants were enrolled with private education providers (SNAE, 2025). This significantly complicates governance, organization, and leadership (Mufic, 2023). Although limited, research on educational leadership within the context of MAE show that local conditions, such as the complexity of the MAE organization and its governance, impact how MAE principals interpret and enact policy (Andersson & Muhrman, 2022; Bjursell, 2016; Mufic, 2025; Portfelt, 2025). Within this context, MAE principals face a dilemma regarding student health and welfare services. While they possess formal discretion, their decisions and practices are also likely to be influenced by value-based judgments and varying municipal priorities. The study frames this as an example of how policy gaps or ambiguities are interpreted and enacted in local school organisations embedded in a highly decentralized and marketized education system, exemplified by Sweden but relevant to similar contexts internationally. Using the theory of practice architectures (TPA) (Kemmis et al., 2014), this study explores how cultural–discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements shape principals’ work in relation to the policy gap concerning non-statutory student health and welfare services. The aim is to identify the characteristics of these arrangements and analyse how they enable or constrain principals’ practices in organising such services within MAE. The central research questions are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This multi-sited case study was conducted in three Swedish municipalities during 2025. Data generation methods were participant observation, shadowing, and interviews with principals in their workplaces to capture their day to day practices, methods commonly used to examine site-based practices in organizations (Czarniawska, 2007; Nicolini, 2012). The empirical material consists of detailed field notes from ten months of observations and shadowing, complemented by interview transcriptions from semi-structured interviews with five municipal principals. These interviews included both orienting interviews in preparation for the fieldwork and debriefing interviews upon its completion (Wilkinson & Kemmis, 2015). To gain background information and contextualise the sites, additional background interviews were conducted with one head of education and one MAE principal not included in the shadowing. The analysis was conducted interpretatively, guided by the theory of practice architectures (TPA) as both a theoretical and analytical framework (Kemmis et al., 2014). Initially, the analytical process focused on identifying and coding the practices that became visible in the empirical material. The analysis then examined how these practices were prefigured by the cultural–discursive, material–economic, and social–political arrangements in the sites, and how these arrangements enabled or constrained the sayings, doings, and relatings that make up the practices (Mahon et al., 2017). In the analysis, emphasis was also placed on the concept of praxis, understood as action that is “informed, reflexive, self-consciously moral and political” (Mahon et al., 2020, p. 15). The theory therefore enabled a critical discussion of arrangements “that create and contribute to unsustainability, unreasonableness, and injustice” (Mahon et al., 2017, p. 19). In this way, the analysis was guided by the theory as “a transformational resource” (Mahon et al., 2017) to guide possible development in particular sites. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper applies a practice-based approach to investigate how principals in municipal adult education (MAE) work with non-mandatory student health and welfare services. The study seeks to enhance the knowledge about how the contextual preconditions of MAE enable and constrain principals’ day-to-day practices. Preliminary findings show that MAE governance and organization reflect local priorities and clearly affect how health and welfare services are understood and organized within the municipalities. The findings illustrate how the principals organize support in collaboration with subject teachers, special education teachers, municipal officials, study coaches, and career and study counsellors. The organizational arrangements both enable and constrain principals’ work, but principals continually negotiate and reshape them within these systems intended to be both flexible and responsive to students’ needs. The analysis directs attention to context-specific dilemmas related to interpretating and enacting policy demands, particularly regarding the unequal support structures available to adults due to legal ambiguity and organizational complexity. Principals describe navigating this policy gap and highlight questions of responsibility, expressing a moral obligation to act in the best interests of their students. Findings show that the principals conceptualize student health holistically and as integral to learning. This holistic approach translates into managing of additional support services available to students, such as help with personal administration, which go beyond the description of student health and welfare services as it is mandated by legislation. These additional resources are often organized in collaboration with other stakeholders and are described as vulnerable to financial cutbacks in the municipalities. Overall, the paper makes visible how principals’ practices related to student support are embedded in MAE’s practice architectures. It highlights the effects of policy gaps and ambiguities on leadership and equity in adult education and contributes to a more nuanced understanding of principals’ practices in complex organizational environments such as MAE. References Andersson, P. & Muhrman, K. (2022). Marketisation of adult education in Sweden. Journal of Adult and Continuing Education 2022, Vol. 28(2) 674–691. https://doi.org/10.1177/14779714211055491 Bjursell, C. (2016). When theories become practice: A metaphorical analysis of adult education school leaders’ talk. European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 7(2), 191–205. https://doi.org/10.3384/rela.2000-7426.rela9084 Czarniawska, B. (2007). Shadowing and other techniques for doing fieldwork in modern societies. Universitetsforlaget. Education Act (SFS 2010:800). Sweden. https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-och-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/skollag-2010800_sfs-2010-800/ Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer. Mahon, K., Kemmis, S., Francisco, S. & Lloyd, A. (2017). Introduction: Practice Theory and the Theory of Practice Architectures. In K., Mahon, S. Francisco & S. Kemmis (Eds.). Exploring Education and Professional Practice (pp. 1–30). Springer. Mahon, K., Heikkinen, H. L. T., Huttunen, R., Boyle, T., & Sjølie, E. (2020). What is educational praxis? In K. Mahon, C. Edwards-Groves, S. Kemmis, S. Francisco, M. Kaukko, & K. Petrie (Eds.), Pedagogy, education, and praxis in critical times (pp. 15–38). Springer. Mufic, J. (2023). How the concept of the “chain of command” is construed through problematizations in Swedish adult education policy. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 0(0), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2023.2272138 Mufic, J. (2025). Principals’ perspectives on managing systematic quality work in a decentralised and market oriented adult education system. International Journal of Educational Management. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-10-2024-0606 Nicolini, D. (2012). Practice Theory, Work & Organization. Oxford University Press. Portfelt, I. (2025), Principals' Influence on Research-Based Education: The Case of Swedish Local Municipal Adult Education Institutions. European Journal of Education, 60: e70081. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.70081 Public Health Agency of Sweden. (2025). Hälsan hos elever inom kommunal vuxenutbildning. https://www.folkhalsomyndigheten.se/contentassets/7feacbdbb20f447a978570bdb68803c5/halsan-hos-elever-inom-kommunal-vuxenutbildning.pdf Swedish National Agency for Education. (2023). Elevhälsa och stöd till elever inom komvux. https://www.skolverket.se/getFile?file=11345 Swedish National Agency for Education. (2025). Elever och studieresultat i kommunal vuxenutbildning 2024. https://www.skolverket.se https://www.skolverket.se/getFile?file=13277 Wilkinson, J. & Kemmis, S. (2015) Practice Theory: Viewing leadership as leading. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 47:4, 342–358, https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2014.976928 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Role of School Supervision - Findings of a Survey in Four German Federal States 1: Leibniz Institute IPN Kiel/Berlin, Germany; 2: Johannes Kepler University Linz, Austria Presenting Author:The school supervisory board plays a central role in ensuring and further developing educational quality (cf. e.g. Hejtmanek et al, 2025; Luig & Böttcher, 2021; Ärlestig & Johansson, 2020; Huber, 2020; Huber, Arnz & Klieme, 2020; Bogumil, Fahlbusch & Kuhn, 2016; Moos, Nihfors & Merok, 2016; Altrichter & Maag Merki, 2016; Johansson & Nihlfors, 2014; Heinrich, 2007; Döbert, 2003; Karlsen, 2000). Nevertheless, there are only a few empirical studies to date that deal in detail with the specific tasks and challenges of school supervisory staff (e.g. Dedering & Kallenbach, 2024; Luig, 2023; Porsch et al, 2023; Herrmann, 2020; Klein & Bremm, 2020; Preuße & Pohl, 2019; Brüsemeister et al, 2010-2013). However, existing research findings show that school supervision plays a complex dual role between control and support, which is often accompanied by structural areas of tension. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used a mixed-methods design. Quantitative data was collected from 125 school supervisors from four German federal states (Berlin, Bremen, Hamburg, Schleswig-Holstein). The response rate was 64%. self-disclosure were collected on the work context, specific practices, job satisfaction and workload, and working hours. In addition, qualitative data collection included semi-structured interviews with school supervisors. Qualitative analyses were based on content analysis techniques to examine requirements, roles, tasks, and competencies, as well as job satisfaction, workload, personal professionalization, and support needs. The analysis focused in particular on the tensions between the tasks of supervision, cooperation and consultation in cooperation with school leaders. In addition, an external assessment of 290 school leaders regarding their cooperation with school supervisors was also conducted in one federal state. Overall, the mixed-methods design enabled a comprehensive and multi-perspective understanding of the activities of school supervisors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results on specific tasks and challenges show that the largest proportion of working hours is spent on administration and consulting, while the areas of law and quality management take up the least amount of time. Complaints and conflict management as well as administration are predominantly perceived as more stressful by the respondents, whereas counseling and leadership are seen as more enriching. Regression analyses also show that more time spent on complaints and conflict management is associated with higher workload and stress levels. Increased stress levels are also reported by individuals who receive limited support from their supervisors and who experienced insufficient onboarding at the start of their employment. The results highlight the need to establish structural relief and targeted support services for school supervisors. Overall, the study provides an empirical basis for recommendations for the further development of school supervision and thus for strengthening system responsibility for safeguarding and further developing the quality of education and schools. References Altrichter, H., & Maag Merki, K. (2016). Handbuch Neue Steuerung im Schulsystem. 2. Auflage. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Danzig, A. B., & Black, W. R. (2019). Who controls the preparation of education administrators? Charlotte: Information Age Publishing. Dedering, K. (2020). Die Schulaufsicht als Instanz der Beratung? - Zur Realisierung eines neuen Handlungsprinzips im Kontext „klassischer“ Aufgaben (Educational Governance). In E.D. Klein & N. Bremm (Hrsg.), Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle. Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung (S. 289–311). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Dedering, K. & Kallenbach, L. (2024). Das Führungsverhalten von Schulaufsicht. Eine empirische Annäherung - In Die Deutsche Schule 116 (2024) 3, S. 252-267 - URN: urn:nbn:de:0111-pedocs-308935 - DOI: 10.25656/01:30893; 10.31244/dds.2024.03.03. Heinrich, M. & Brüsemeister, T.: Funktionen von Schulinspektion (2013 – 2016). https://www.forschungsdaten-bildung.de/de/studies/197-funktionen-von-schulinspektion Herrmann, J. (2020). Schulaufsicht als Beratungsinstanz? Zur Bedingung der Möglichkeit einer Beratung durch die Hierarchie. In: Klein, Esther Dominique & Bremm, Nina (Hrsg.): Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle: Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung. Springer VS, S. 359–372. Huber, S. G. (2020). Germany: Education State Agencies in Germany – Their Organization, Role and Function in School Governing and Quality Management. In H. Ärlestig & O. Johansson (Hrsg.), Educational Authorities and the Schools. Organisation and Impact in 20 States (S. 169–187). Dordrecht: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-38759-4 Huber, S. G., Arnz, S., & Klieme, T. (Hrsg.). (2020). Schulaufsicht im Wandel. Rollen und Aufgaben neu denken. Stuttgart: Raabe. Klein & Bremm (2020). Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle. Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung. Wiesbaden; [Heidelberg]: Springer VS. Luig, C., & Böttcher, W. (2021). Schulaufsicht: Mitte und Mittler. SchulVerwaltung spezial, 23(2), 60–63. Maaz, K., Huber, S. G., Arnz, S., & Klieme, T. (2020). Schulaufsicht gestern, heute und mor- gen: tradierte und neue Aufgaben und Rollen. In S. G. Huber, S. Arnz & T. Klieme (Hrsg.), Schulaufsicht im Wandel. Rollen und Aufgaben neu denken (S. 341–366). Stuttgart: Raabe. Rosenbusch, H. S., & Huber, S. G. (2018). Schulen als Orte organisationspädagogischer Forschung und Praxis. In M. Göhlich, A. Schröer & S. M. Weber (Hrsg.), Handbuch Organisationspädagogik (S. 745–755). Wiesbaden: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/ 978-3-658-07512-5_69 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 12 B: Student Voice, Empowerment & School Experience Location: Lyhty | Main building | Courtyard Session Chair: Pierre Tulowitzki Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Listening to Students: Student Voice, Agency, and Conceptions of Successful School Leadership 1: Umeå university, Sweden; 2: University of Sevilla; 3: University of Oslo; 4: University of Melbourne Presenting Author:Students can be conceptualized as primary actors and experts within schooling processes, as their learning and developmental trajectories constitute the fundamental rationale for school practices. Beyond participating in diverse lessons and interacting with various teachers, they navigate multiple environments within the school setting, including classrooms, corridors, shared spaces, and extracurricular contexts. This breadth of experience provides students with unique insights into the everyday functioning of schools. Thus, listening to students’ voices and exploring their agency as part of school leadership is essential for understanding how school success and successful school leadership are constituted within schools. Incorporating students into research on school leadership can enrich the research process (Cook-Sather, 2006) and generate valuable information for school improvement because student voice adds important nuances from their school experiences (Gillett-Swan & Baroutsis, 2024; Jackson, 2019). Yet students’ perspectives remain largely overlooked in educational leadership research. Although research increasingly acknowledges that leadership is a shared, collaborative process distributed across multiple roles within schools, most studies still focus primarily on principals and teachers, leaving students’ perspectives largely unexplored (Damiani, 2014; Jackson, 2019). In this paper, we address this gap by placing students’ voices and agency at the center of our research. The objectives of the paper are to 1) Explore how students conceptualize leadership and school success; (2) Identify cross-contextual commonalities and divergences in students’ accounts; (3) Advance a leadership perspective that integrates student voice and agency as constitutive—not peripheral—elements of success. The paper presentation reports on a multi-national study conducted within the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP). ISSPP is a 20-year running international research collaboration extending over 20 countries focused on the question of what it means to be a successful school in various school contexts. The current study specifically focused on students’ views on successful schools and school leadership, positioning them as active contributors rather than passive recipients of leadership. Theoretically, we draw on three theoretical strands. We use a relational, distributed view of leadership (Harris & Spillane, 2008), conceiving leadership as a collective accomplishment emerging through relationships, routines, tools, and contexts rather than as the remit of a single role. From this perspective, all actors in a school can lead. Secondly, we elaborate on the voice–agency nexus, which frames students not only as informants but as active co-creators and partners in school leadership processes (Bandura, 2006; Biesta & Tedder, 2007; Cook-Sather, 2020; Mitra, 2018). Third, we draw on Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems theory (1979; 1995), which places students at the center of analysis while recognizing that their experiences are shaped by multiple, interconnected layers of context—from everyday classroom interactions (microsystem) to broader cultural and policy environments (macrosystem), all evolving over time (chronosystem). This ecological lens helps interpret how students perceive leadership as embedded in multiple dimensions of school life. Guided by Bronfenbrenner’s ecological systems theory (1979; 1995) and informed by concepts of student voice and agency, the study aims to answer two research questions: (1) How do students situated in diverse educational contexts describe the attributes of successful schools and their leadership?, (2) How may student voices contribute to successful school leadership practices? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A distinctive feature of ISSPP is its multi-perspective, mixed-method design (Day & Gurr, 2024), which moves beyond leadership-centric narratives to include voices from multiple stakeholders. This approach enables a richer, more holistic understanding of how leadership operates within complex school ecosystems. The current paper is based on seven case studies conducted across Chile, Norway, Spain, and Sweden within the ISSPP project. The total data material consists of 13 group interviews with a total of 70 students. Previous analyses of these cases have explored ethical leadership (Abrahamsen & Gunnulfsen, 2024), accountability (Abrahamsen, Gunnulfsen & Jacobsen, in process), and rural leadership success (Grimm, Ärlestig & Johansson, 2025). By centering student perspectives, this paper adds an innovative dimension to the ISSPP corpus, contributing to global discussions on equity, inclusion, and democratic schooling by positioning student voice as a vital component in evaluating and understanding successful school leadership. All cases strictly adhered to the ISSPP research protocols, characterized by a multiple-perspective, mixed-method methodology (Day & Gurr, 2024). The participating schools were identified through nationally defined indicators of success, and all principals had held their positions for more than six years, ensuring leadership stability. Data collection adhered strictly to ISSPP protocols, combining semi-structured interviews with principals, middle leaders (e.g., deputy principals, teacher leaders), teachers, and other stakeholders; focus groups with parents and students; teacher surveys; school visits; and document analysis. For this paper, we exclusively use data from student group interviews, as our aim is to foreground their opinions and perspectives on school leadership. The data analysis was inductive and comparative. The data from the seven cases were analyzed using Miles et al.’s, (2020) interactive thematic analysis process. Throughout the process, analytic team discussions and iterative revisiting of the data supported reflexivity and strengthened the credibility and trustworthiness of the findings. This guaranteed rigor, robustness, and trustworthiness in the analyses. From the analyses, eight recurring themes were identified, that reveal shared ideas across these varied national contexts. These themes provide insight into how students perceive leadership practices and their impact on school life, offering a unique lens through which to understand successful school leadership from the learners’ standpoint. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that listening to and utilizing student voices can meaningfully support successful school leadership by offering leaders grounded insight into ways into which improve students’ learning experience, school climate, and the everyday conditions shaping learning and wellbeing. Furthermore, the findings suggest that enhancing student participation—even in already high‑performing schools—can strengthen student agency and help sustain and extend existing success. When students engage as co-creators and partners rather than merely consultees, their perspectives broaden who constitutes leadership which may reinforce distributed leadership across the school. Their experiential knowledge sharpens leaders’ understanding of classroom practices and improves coordination through mesosystem structures such as student councils, co‑governance forums, and student–teacher design teams. By surfacing issues of fairness, belonging, and sustainability that are often overlooked in adult‑centered models, student voice can support leadership practices that are more responsive, equitable, and effective. In this sense, student voice becomes a key mechanism through which leadership is attuned to the conditions that enable meaningful participation and school success. The findings also carry methodological implications. For example, incorporating student voice as a unit of analysis can enhance qualitative research on school leadership by foregrounding dimensions of practice that are often obscured in adult‑centered accounts, including students’ interpretive expertise regarding ways to improve the learning experience, relational dynamics, and everyday learning conditions. Treating students not only as informants but as interpretive partners enables more generative, dialogic research designs and supports richer, more contextually grounded analyses of leadership practice. In doing so, student voice expands the methodological and conceptual repertoire of qualitative leadership research and allows for a more holistic and situated understanding of successful school leadership. References Abrahamsen, H. N., & Gunnulfsen, A. E. (2024). Successful School Principals Balancing Ethical, Personal and Collective—A Norwegian Case. Education Sciences, 14(9), 1014. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci14091014 Abrahamsen, H.N., Gunnulfsen, A.E. & Jacobsen H. (in process), Successful school leadership in times of change: Balancing the tensions between accountability and responsibility - a Norwegian case. Bandura, A. (2006). Toward a Psychology of Human Agency. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1(2), 164-180. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-6916.2006.00011.x Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/02660830.2007.11661545 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1995). Developmental ecology through space and time: A future perspective. In P. Moen, G. H. Elder, Jr., & K. Lüscher (Eds.), Examining lives in context: Perspectives on the ecology of human development (pp. 619–647). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/10176-018 Cook-Sather, A. (2020). Student voice across contexts: Fostering student agency in today’s schools. Theory Into Practice, 59(2), 182–191. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405841.2019.1705091 Cook-Sather, A. (2006). Sound, Presence, and Power: “Student Voice” in Educational Research and Reform. Curriculum Inquiry, 36(4), 359–390. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2006.00363.x Damiani, J. (2014). Unlocking elementary students’ perspectives of leadership: toward a theory of engaging students in school leadership. International Journal of Student Voice 1(2), https://sites.psu.edu/ijsv/volume-1/ Day, C., & Gurr, D. (Ed.) (2024). How Successful Schools Are More than Effective: Principals Who Build and Sustain Teacher and Student Wellbeing and Achievement. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-62735-4 Gillett-Swan, J., & Baroutsis, A. (2024). Student voice and teacher voice in educational research: a systematic review of 25 years of literature from 1995–2020. Oxford Review of Education, 50(4), 533–551. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2023.2257132 Grimm, F., Ärlestig, H., & Johansson, O. (2025). Working together towards school success in a rural school context: “It works well but we are not satisfied”. Journal of Educational Administration. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-11-2024-0376 Harris, A., & Spillane, J. (2008). Distributed leadership through the looking glass. Management in Education, 22(1), 31-34. https://doi.org/10.1177/0892020607085623 Jackson, K. M. (2019). A Review of Research Methods Trends in Educational Leadership Journals. Education Leadership Review, 20(1), 119-132. Miles M. B., Huberman M. A., Saldaña J. (2020). Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook. Sage Publications. Mitra, D. (2018). Student voice in secondary schools: the possibility for deeper change. Journal of Educational Administration, 56(5), 473–487. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-01-2018-0007 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Classroom Leadership for Student Empowerment: A Case Study of a Homeroom Teacher’s Practices 1: Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; 2: Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel Presenting Author:Homeroom teachers hold a central leadership role in guiding classroom change (Oved & Raichel, 2025). As pedagogical and moral leaders, they shape students’ empowerment and success, influence academic trajectories, and cultivate classroom environments that promote agency, participation, and equitable opportunities (Author 1, 2025). Through their daily leadership practices, homeroom teachers enable students to develop personal and collective agency, fostering the skills and confidence needed to navigate social and academic challenges (e.g., Liew et al., 2010; Paes et al., 2022; Popper-Giveon & Shayshon, 2017). Despite this pivotal role, research on homeroom teachers as classroom leaders remains limited—particularly regarding their empowerment practices in contexts of structural and existential vulnerability. Drawing on the framework of student empowerment, defined as “the process by which students gain the power needed to meet their individual needs (e.g., learning, social relationships, diploma) and work with others (e.g., students, teachers, administrators) to achieve collective goals (e.g., a safe and positive school environment)” (Kirk et al., 2017, p. 829), this study aims to (1) examine how a homeroom teacher conceptualizes empowerment as part of her leadership practices and (2) identify the types of empowerment and strategies she enacts to support students in marginalized and high-risk contexts, facing constant threats of home displacement or demolition. The study uses a case study of a homeroom teacher in Arab unrecognized villages (UVs) in the Negev of Israel—“Bedouin settlements that are deemed illegal and, as such, are constantly threatened by the state’s efforts to make them disappear” (Hall, 2014, p. 147). Most of the people in UVs live in tents and barracks built from cheap materials because the Israeli authorities refuse to grant them permission to construct permanent living quarters (Almi, 2011). A large number of homes that have been built without government permission are demolished every year by Israeli authorities (Al-Said et al., 2018). Most of the families in the UVs are poor, and unemployment is high. The government denies them basic services and infrastructure, such as electricity (Marey-Sarwan et al., 2016). Similar to children worldwide who face the threat of displacement, children in UVs show high levels of stranger anxiety, stress, and mental health problems (Al-Said et al., 2018). McQuillan (2005) discussed three kinds of student empowerment: (1) academic, which allows students to “develop the ability, confidence, and motivation to succeed academically” (p. 642); (2) political, “founded on having students enact power and influence, either formal or informal, within the school” (p. 642), and (3) social, such as dialogues between teachers and students in which everyone feels that they can speak and that all voices will be respected. Within this framework, homeroom teachers in the Israeli context play a particularly significant role as classroom leaders, establishing relational norms, mediating power dynamics, and fostering students’ agency, participation, and sense of belonging (Author1, 2025). Their leadership is enacted through daily practices that translate abstract empowerment principles into tangible classroom experiences (e.g., Author 1, 2025; Kirk et al., 2017; Oved & Raichel, 2025; Sapir & Mizrahi-Shtelman, 2025). Moreover, homeroom teachers shape classroom climates that strongly influence students’ behavioral, cognitive, and affective engagement (Authors, 2025a, b). This study contributes to the limited knowledge on educators’ leadership practices that promote student empowerment in contexts of marginalization and vulnerability. The findings are expected to provide practical implications for teacher education and classroom leadership, highlighting the critical role of homeroom teachers in fostering students’ academic, social, and emotional development, while advancing social justice and equal opportunity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used One case study (i.e., homeroom teacher) was conducted over the course of one year. The participant was selected from an Israeli public elementary school from an unrecognized village (among the 36 unrecognized villages in Israel, only 15 have elementary schools). The homeroom teacher was selected using criterion sampling. Through studying from “best case,” the homeroom teacher was selected using criterion sampling. The school principal was asked to recommend a homeroom teacher with 3 or more years of experience in this role who is considered to have developed students’ confidence and motivation to succeed academically, encourages their students to take leadership roles in the school and class settings, and encourages them to express their voices and to hold a dialogue with staff. The homeroom teacher, with 17 years of tenure in teaching, is responsible for a first-grade class of 26 students (13 girls/13 boys), comes from northern Israel, and is not part of the local Bedouin community. The school was elementary, from first grade to 8th grade. The study included nine interviews and 28 classroom observations (each lasting four hours), as well as document and visual data (including videos for classroom/school and class activity photos). A "semi-open" observation (lasting about 4 hours) was conducted once a week during each semester. All observations were carefully documented in writing. The interview lasted 1.5–2 hours, either face-to-face at the school or online via Zoom. All interviews were audio-recorded. Example questions from the first interview: Can you describe your class’s students? What are their daily challenges? What practices have you adopted to deal with your students? And why so? How do you engage students in the classroom activities? Data were subjected to content analysis, using three key steps: open coding (data sorted into incidents, events, and acts and assigned representative codes; codes with similar traits were placed into categories); axial coding (categories were related to their subcategories; Strauss & Corbin, 1990); and selective coding (core categories emerging through open and/or axial coding were integrated). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding the first research question—how homeroom teachers conceptualize student empowerment—the homeroom teacher describes empowerment as a deep internalization process and as a need. She emphasizes that, although empowerment should be provided to all students, “here the need is greater,” given that children grow up under deprivation and limited opportunities. Six main types of empowerment practices emerged from the data: (1) academic; (2) intrapersonal; (3) social and cultural identity; (4) relational; (5) emotional; and (6) gender empowerment. Academic empowerment includes diverse teaching strategies, exposure to experiences beyond the unrecognized village, individualized guidance, and addressing individual differences and learning needs. Intrapersonal empowerment involves recognition, constructive feedback, encouragement of autonomy, and opportunities for self-expression. Social and cultural identity empowerment integrates students’ heritage and affirms their religious and cultural values within classroom practices. Relational empowerment is reflected in parents’ active engagement in learning, continuous home–school communication, and fostering students’ sense of belonging. Emotional empowerment practices cultivate a warm classroom climate and provide individualized emotional support. Gender empowerment focuses on promoting equality and supporting female students’ agency. The study situates these practices within the sociopolitical realities of instability, illustrating how homeroom teachers enact micro-level leadership that links everyday classroom interactions with broader structures of inequality. By translating abstract principles of empowerment into concrete leadership actions, the teacher fosters resilience, agency, and participation in contexts marked by vulnerability and risk (Kirk et al., 2017). The findings contribute to educational leadership theory (Leithwood et al., 2008) by highlighting the critical role of homeroom teachers as classroom leaders who empower students, mediate structural challenges, and advance social justice. Further, this research reconceptualizes empowerment as a relational, contextually embedded leadership practice that extends beyond individual development to collective well-being, demonstrating that effective classroom leadership requires intentional design of practices that respond to students’ sociocultural, emotional, and academic needs. References Almi, A. (2011). Homes on the front: Personal and social implications of demolitions in the unrecognized villages of the Negev. In N. Davidovich, M. Alberstein, & R. Zalashik (Eds.), Trauma and memory in Israel: From personal to collective experience (pp. 27–59). Tel Aviv, Israel: Bar-Ilan University. (In Hebrew) Al-Said, H., Braun-Lewensohn, O., & Sagy, S. (2018). Sense of coherence, hope, and home demolition are differentially associated with anger and anxiety among Bedouin Arab adolescents in recognized and unrecognized villages. Anxiety, Stress, & Coping, 31(4), 475-485. Hall, B. (2014). Bedouins' politics of place and memory: A case of unrecognized villages in the Negev. Nomadic Peoples, 18(2), 147-164. Kirk, C. M., Lewis, R. K., Brown, K., Karibo, B., Scott, A., & Park, E. (2017). The empowering schools project: Identifying the classroom and school characteristics that lead to student empowerment. Youth & Society, 49(6), 827-847. Liew, J., Chen, Q., & Hughes, J. N. (2010). Child effortful control, teacher–student relationships, and achievement in academically at-risk children: Additive and interactive effects. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 25(1), 51-64. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2008). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership. School leadership and management, 28(1), 27-42. Marey-Sarwan, I., Keller, H., & Otto, H. (2016). Stay close to me: Stranger anxiety and maternal beliefs about Children’s socio-emotional development among Bedouins in the unrecognized villages in the Naqab. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology 47 (3), 319- 332. McQuillan, P. J. (2005). Possibilities and pitfalls: A comparative analysis of student empowerment. American Educational Research Journal, 42(4), 639-670. Oved, O., & Raichel, N. (2025). Middle school homeroom teachers: Role perception, challenges, and professional training. Journal of Education. https://doi.org/10.1177/00220574251366909. Paes, T.M., Lin, J., Duncan, R., Purpura, D.J., & Schmitt, S. (2022). The relations between parent–educator communication, the home environment, and children’s outcomes in preschool. Avaliable at: file:///C:/Users/USR/Downloads/Parenteducator% 20communication%20in%20preschool_preprint.pdf Sapir, A., & Mizrahi-Shtelman, R. (2025). Becoming a homeroom teacher: spatial and temporal dimensions of identity formation. Research Papers in Education, 40(3), 442-466. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper The Effect of Principals’ Empowering Leadership on Adolescents’ Attitudes Toward Aggression: The Role of Homeroom Teachers 1: Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; 2: Al-Qasemi college Presenting Author:Adolescence is a developmental stage marked by significant changes in an individual’s life, including social, physiological, emotional, and cognitive changes (Tomova et al., 2021). Research indicates that during this period, the prevalence of risk behaviors and aggressive attitudes increases, although it tends to decline in later stages of development (Blankenstein et al., 2018). However, not all adolescents develop violent tendencies or hold attitudes that support aggression (Blankenstein et al., 2018). Attitudes that support or encourage aggression are considered a key predictor of aggressive behavior (Huang et al., 2015), and adolescents who hold positive attitudes toward aggression are more likely to engage in aggressive acts such as hostility, assault, or bullying (Huang et al., 2015; López et al., 2021). Numerous studies have examined factors that influence aggressive attitudes (e.g., Huang et al., 2015), including the classroom environment and overall school climate. A positive school climate is particularly important in preventing aggressive attitudes and behaviors, such as bullying and teasing (Montero-Montero et al., 2021). Other research has highlighted the role of homeroom teachers in shaping students’ attitudes toward risk behaviors through emotional support and encouragement of communication beyond the classroom (Author1, 2025). School principals play a central role in promoting students’ success, learning, and academic achievement (Day et al., 2016), as well as in sustaining school improvement processes (Muijs & Harris, 2003). Principals also influence students’ values, attitudes, and behaviors (Berson & Oreg, 2016). However, further research is needed to examine how principals affect organizational and classroom-level processes that shape students’ attitudes, particularly those related to aggression. Specifically, few studies have focused on the impact of empowering leadership styles on students’ outcomes and attitudes (Author1, 2025). Recently, research has emphasized promoting independent and self-managing employees (Biemann et al., 2015), rather than dependence that may result from other leadership styles, such as transformational leadership. Empowering leadership is one approach that enables participants to engage in decision-making processes, motivating them and enhancing their sense of autonomy (Gurr et al., 2007). Despite growing interest in empowering leadership and its effects on teacher outcomes, research examining its influence on student outcomes remains limited (e.g., Kasapoğlu Tankutay & Çolak, 2025), particularly with respect to attitudes toward aggression. Drawing on empowering leadership theory (Arnold et al., 2000) and the central role of the homeroom teacher in the Israeli educational system, the main claim of this study is that principals’ empowering leadership influences homeroom teachers’ self-efficacy, which subsequently shapes classroom climates that emphasize values of fairness and support (i.e., staff support for students and students’ willingness to seek help from staff when treated with respect). Moreover, teachers’ self-efficacy and climate values will positively impact students’ perceptions of school safety, which in turn are expected to be negatively associated with aggressive attitudes. The study further examines the indirect effect of principals’ empowering leadership on students’ aggressive attitudes through homeroom teachers’ self-efficacy and students’ perceptions of school safety. The current study examines the role of homeroom teachers as key influencers within the school organization. In Israel, as in China, homeroom teachers play a particularly central role during adolescence by shaping students’ attitudes and behaviors (Oved & Raichel, 2025). Theoretically, this examination may help identify potential antecedent variables—at both the school and classroom levels—that contribute to the negative influence on students’ aggressive attitudes and that can be addressed through the leadership interventions of school principals and homeroom teachers. Moreover, this study addresses a phenomenon that has not yet been thoroughly investigated—the relationships between empowering leadership and students’ aggressive attitudes—thus contributing to the understanding of adolescence and expanding knowledge on empowering leadership in education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study included 317 homeroom teachers from grades 7, 8, and 9, 504 teachers, and 6,589 students from 64 middle schools in Arab society across Israel. Of the 317 homeroom teachers, 105 worked with grade 7, 121 with grade 8, and 91 with grade 9. Among the teachers, 65.9% were female and 26.4% were male. The average age was 38.87 years (SD = 9.55), and the mean teaching experience was 14.85 years (SD = 9.17). Among the students, 50.4% were girls and 40.2% were boys, with 2,114 students in grade 7, 2,459 in grade 8, and 2,016 in grade 9. Students completed questionnaires assessing classroom climate, aggressive attitudes, and perceptions of school safety. Teachers reported on principals’ empowering leadership, and homeroom teachers completed a self-efficacy questionnaire. Measures: Empowering leadership was measured using the questionnaire developed by Konczak et al. (2000). The scale includes 17 items covering six dimensions: delegation of authority (e.g., “My principal gives me the authority to make necessary changes to improve my work”), accountability, self-directed decision-making, information sharing, skill development, and coaching for innovative performance. Items were rated on a 5-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). Homeroom teachers’ self-efficacy was assessed using the scale developed by Tschannen-Moran and Barr (2004). The questionnaire includes 12 items across two dimensions: teaching strategies and student discipline (6 items each). Classroom climate was measured using the scale developed by Huang and Cornell (2016), which includes 15 items: support–help (5 items), support–respect (4 items), and fairness (5 items; a sample item: “The punishment for breaking school rules is the same for all students”). Items were rated on a 5-point scale ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). Students’ perceptions of school safety were measured using the questionnaire developed by Perumean-Chaney and Sutton (2013), comprising four items (e.g., “I feel safe at school”). Responses were rated on a scale from 0 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). Aggressive attitudes were assessed using the scale developed by McConville and Cornell (2003), which includes six items (e.g., “If someone threatens you, it is okay to hit that person”). Items were rated on a scale from 0 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). Tenure with the principal, students’ age, class size, and school socioeconomic status were included as control variables. Multilevel structural equation modeling and a bootstrap procedure were conducted using Mplus software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Multilevel SEM indicated that the model demonstrated a good fit to the data (CFI = .919; RMSEA = .066). Empowering leadership was found to be significantly associated with homeroom teachers’ self-efficacy. In turn, self-efficacy was positively associated with classroom climate dimensions emphasizing support–respect, support–help, and fairness. Furthermore, homeroom teachers’ self-efficacy was positively related to students’ perceptions of school safety and negatively associated with students’ aggressive attitudes. Regarding classroom climate, all three dimensions—support–respect, support–help, and fairness—were positively related to students’ perceptions of school safety. A significant negative relationship was found between students’ perceptions of school safety and their attitudes toward aggression. Further, the indirect effect of empowering leadership on students’ aggressive attitudes through homeroom teachers’ self-efficacy and students’ perceptions of safety was significant. These findings are consistent with previous studies highlighting the important role of empowering leadership in achieving positive student outcomes through leadership empowerment processes (Leithwood et al., 2008). Specifically, principals’ empowering leadership behaviors—which go beyond mere delegation of authority and include accountability, self-directed decision-making, information sharing, skill development, and coaching to promote innovative performance—were associated with higher levels of homeroom teachers’ self-efficacy. This self-efficacy is reflected in teachers’ beliefs in their capabilities to foster positive classroom processes and to address students’ undesirable behaviors (aggressive attitudes). Finally, the findings may serve as a basis for the development of training programs and school-based interventions and contribute to a deeper understanding of how leadership styles and classroom processes interact to influence students’ well-being and attitudes—particularly during adolescence. This understanding underscores the importance of investing in the development of homeroom teachers’ self-efficacy, emotional skills, and empowering leadership practices among school principals as key factors in shaping safe and supportive classroom climates and reducing attitudes that support aggression. References Arnold, J. A., Arad, S., Rhoades, J. A., & Drasgow, F. (2000). The Empowering Leadership Questionnaire: The Construction and Validation of a New Scale for Measuring Leader Behaviors. Journal of Organizational Behavior 21(3), 249–269. Berson, Y., & Oreg, S. (2016). The role of school principals in shaping children’s values. Psychological Science, 27(12),1539-1549. Biemann, T., Kearney, E., & Marggraf, K. (2015). Empowering Leadership and Managers’ Career Perceptions: Examining Effects at Both the Individual and the Team Level. The Leadership Quarterly 26(5), 775–789. Blankenstein, N. E., Schreuders, E., Peper, J. S., Crone, E. A., & van Duijvenvoorde, A. C. K. (2018). Individual differences in risk-taking tendencies modulate the neural processing of risky and ambiguous decision-making in adolescence. NeuroImage, 172, 663-673. Day, C., Gu, Q., & Sammons, P. (2016). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Instructional Strategies to Make a Difference. Educational Administration Quarterly 52(2), 221–258. Gurr, D., Drysdale, L. & Mulford, B. (2007). Instructional Leadership in Three Australian Schools. International Studies in Educational Administration, 35(3), 20. Huang, F. L., & Cornell, D. G. (2016). Multilevel factor structure, concurrent validity, and test–retest reliability of the high school teacher version of the Authoritative School Climate Survey. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 34(6), 536-549. Huang, F. L., Cornell, D. G., & Konold, T. R. (2015). Aggressive attitudes in middle schools: A factor structure and criterion-related validity study. Assessment, 22(4), 497-512. Konczak, L. J., Stelly, D. J., & Trusty, M. L. (2000). Defining and Measuring Empowering Leader Behaviors: Development of an Upward Feedback Instrument. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 60(2), 301–313. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkin, D. (2008). Seven Strong Claims About Successful School Leadership. School Leadership and Management 28(1), 27–42. Lightfoot, S. L. (1986). On goodness in schools. Themes of empowerment. Peabody Journal of Education, 63(3), 9–28. McConville, D., & Cornell, D. (2003). Attitudes toward aggression and aggressive behavior among middle school students. Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, 11, 179-187. Montero-Montero D, López-Martínez P, Martínez-Ferrer B and Moreno-Ruiz D (2021) The mediating role of classroom climate on school violence. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 18(6): 2790. Muijs, D., & Harris, A. (2003). Teacher Leadership—Improvement Through Empowerment? An Overview of the Literature. Educational Management and Administration, 31(4), 437–448. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Exploring Organizational Commitment as a Mediator of Participative Decision-Making and School Violence 1: Al-Qasemi Academic College of Education, Israel; 2: Bar-Ilan University, Israel, Israel Presenting Author:School violence is defined broadly as the threat or use of force to cause harm or intimidation to another person (Elliott et al., 1998, p. 13). It takes place inside or outside of the school during school-related activities, as well as in online and other digital environments. This may involve insulting, threatening, ignoring, isolating, rejecting, name-calling, humiliating, ridiculing, rumormongering, lying, or punishing another person (Berlanda et al., 2019). Research indicates that principals' influence on student performance and the reduction of school violence is largely indirect. It occurs through promoting innovative teaching methods and technology, motivating students, and shaping teachers' perceptions of the principal's leadership style (Berger, Chionh, and Miko, 2022; Pollock, Nielsen and Wang, 2023). Accordingly, the present study focuses on participative decision-making (PDM) and teachers’ behaviours as antecedents for reducing violence in the Israeli Arab educational system. Arab society in Israel consists of sub-communities distinguished according to their religious affiliation (e.g., Muslims, Christian, Druze, Bedouin). A report from the Ministry of Education (2020) revealed that 11% of Arab high school students fear going to school or being harmed, while 28% of Arab boys admitted to carrying a weapon on school grounds. Additionally, a high percentage of this population is characterized by low socio-economic status (SES) and suffer from low family income (OECD, 2017). The Arab society in Israel is characterised by a high degree of collectivism with high power distance (Abo-Asbah, 2014). Generally, leadership is characterized by hierarchy and strict authority (Massry-Herzallah and Arar, 2019). However, recent crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic and war, have compelled the Israeli education system to adopt technological advancements, including distance learning tools like Zoom and Google Meet, as well as artificial intelligence and connectivity technologies. This shift has reshaped teachers' perspectives, leading to expectations for greater involvement in decision-making, increased responsibility, and more influence within schools (Authors, 2024). Drawing upon Role Theory, the current study proposes to examine the direct and indirect relationship (through organizational commitment (OC)) between PDM and school violence in the Arab educational system in Israel. The purpose of this research is to examine the mediating role of OC in the relationship between PDM and school violence while controlling for students’ socio-economic status (SES), teachers’ profiles, and school characteristics. By highlighting the relationship between PDM practices, OC, and reduced violence, this research can inform financial and policy decisions, leading to more targeted investments in professional development, support systems, and school management strategies. This approach helps ensure that funding is directed towards initiatives that promote a positive and secure educational environment, ultimately enhancing overall educational outcomes and maximizing the return on investment in education. This study is important because the consequences of school violence are both serious and dangerous and can lead to diminished academic performance and a wide range of mental health problems (e.g., depression, low self-esteem, anxiety, loneliness) (Bravo-Snzana et al., 2021). Therefore, it is essential to thoroughly examine school violence due to its significant repercussions. Investigating PDM and teachers’ behaviors is crucial for reducing violence in the Israeli Arab educational system, especially when considering the impact of school socioeconomic status (SES). This study answers previous calls emphasizing the need to examine these relationships within the students from disadvantaged backgrounds that perform at lower levels academically and behavioural, compared with those from more affluent backgrounds (Even & BenDavid-Hadar, 2021). This study seeks to develop effective strategies to promote a safe and conducive learning environment with a particular focus on disadvantage students' population. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants and Procedure Data were collected from a sample of 350 randomly chosen teachers and their principals from 70 elementary Arab schools in Israel (350 dyads), with an average school enrollment of 459.51 students (SD=156.89) and an average of 3-4 teachers per school/per principal. Of the teachers who participated in the study, 86.9% reported that they were female, with an average age of 40.35 years (SD=7.92). They had an average of 17.58 years of experience in the teaching profession (SD=8.20). Concerning education, 43.4% held a Master’s degree, 34% held a B.Ed. (bachelor's degree with teaching credentials), 20.3% held a Bachelor's degree, and 2.3% held a “professional” degree (equivalent to a junior college diploma with teaching credentials). In the present study, all schools included were Muslim Arab. Out of the 70 principals who participated in the study, 51.1% reported that they were female; they had an average of 12.21 years of seniority as principals (SD = 8.1). Measures PDM was measured using Sagie et al.’s (2002) three-item scale. OC was assessed using the 15-item scale developed by Mowday et al. (1979) and adapted for teachers (Somech & Bogler, 2002). School violence was measured using student reports collected through the national Meitsav assessment administered by Measurement and Evaluation in Education (NAMEE), capturing physical and psychological violence at the school level. Control variables included school size, School socio-economic status (SES), teacher education, and teacher seniority. SES data were also provided by NAMEE. Data analysis was conducted using Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) with AMOS version 21.0. A full mediation model was estimated, whereby teachers’ OC mediated the relationship between PDM and school violence. Bias-corrected bootstrapping procedures based on 5000 resamples were used to estimate indirect effects and their confidence intervals. Model fit was assessed using standard indices (χ²/df, CFI, TLI, IFI, RMSEA). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study reveals a clear and coherent pattern regarding the relationships between PDM, teachers’ OC, and school violence in the Arab educational system in Israel. A significant positive association was found between PDM and teachers’ OC, while OC was negatively related to levels of school violence. Importantly, OC fully mediates the relationship between PDM and school violence, suggesting that participative leadership contributes to safer school environments primarily by strengthening teachers’ collective attachment to the organization rather than through direct effects on violent behavior. In addition, school socio-economic status was positively associated with school violence, highlighting the compounded challenges faced by disadvantaged schools. These findings reflect teachers’ evolving role perceptions within collectivist and high power-distance contexts. Contrary to traditional assumptions that hierarchical leadership is more suitable in Arab educational settings, the results indicate that teachers increasingly respond positively to participative leadership practices. Involvement in decision-making appears to position teachers as central organizational actors with increased responsibility for school outcomes, including violence prevention. This shift is likely linked to broader processes of professionalization, exposure to democratic norms, and crisis-driven adaptations, such as those experienced during the COVID-19 pandemic and periods of social instability. From a practical perspective, the findings underscore the importance of strengthening organizational resources that support participative leadership. Rather than relying mainly on student-centered disciplinary measures, effective violence reduction strategies should focus on school-level processes that enhance teachers’ organizational commitment, shared responsibility, and engagement. Promoting participative leadership through targeted professional development and supportive policy frameworks may improve school climate and safety, particularly in minority and low-SES contexts. In line with the ECER 2026 theme “Knowing and Acting,” the study illustrates how leadership knowledge embedded in organizational roles can be translated into collective action that fosters safer and more resilient school environments under conditions of social change and poly-crisis. References References Abo-Asbah, K.h. (2014). Arab education in a society in crisis, Jat: Massar Institute for Social Research. [Arabic]. Authors, (2024). Berger E, Chionh N, and Miko A (2022) School leaders’ experiences on dealing with students exposed to domestic violence. Journal of Family Violence 37(7): 1089–1100. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10896-021-00310-4 Berlanda S, Pedrazza M, Fraizzoli M, de Cordova F (2019) Addressing risks of violence against healthcare staff in emergency departments: The effects of job satisfaction and attachment style. BioMed Research International 1-12. DOI: 10.1155/2019/5430870 Bravo-Snzana M, Bangdiwala SI and Miranda R (2021) School violence negative effect on student academic performance: A multilevel analysis. International Journal of Injury Control and Safety Promotion, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/17457300.2021.1994615 Elliott DS, Hamburg B, and Williams KR (1998) Violence in American schools: An overview. In DS Elliott, BA Hamburg, and KR Williams. (Eds.), Violence in American Schools (pp. 3-28). New York: Cambridge University Press. Masry-Herzallah A and Arar K (2019) Gender, school leadership and teachers’ motivations: The key role of culture, gender and motivation in the Arab education system. International Journal of Education Management 33(6): 1395–1410. Mowday R, Steers R and Porter L (1979) The measure of organizational commitment. Journal of Vocational Behaviour 14(2): 224–7. Pollock K, Nielsen R, and Wang F (2023) School principals’ emotionally draining situations and student discipline issues in the context of work intensification. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432231165691 Sagie A, Zaidman N, Amichai‐Hamburger Y, Te'eni D and Schwartz DG (2002) An empirical assessment of the loose–tight leadership model: quantitative and qualitative analyses. Journal of Organizational Behavior 23(3): 303–320. Somech A and Bogler R (2002) Antecedents and consequences of teacher oganizational and professional commitment. Educational Administration Quarterly 38(4): 555-577. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 12 C: Teachers and School Leaders in Decision-Making: Agency, System Governance, and Positional Power Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Toby Greany Session Chair: Christian Ydesen Symposium |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Teachers and School Leaders in Decision-Making: Agency, System Governance, and Positional Power Decision-making is a focal point for understanding how power relationships are configured within schools, between teachers and school leaders, and beyond schools, with central authorities or regional/local-level partners (Xia et al, 2020; Gurr, 2023). Organisational autonomy relates not just to the “outside world”, but also to the internal dynamics: the type of decision-making process and teachers’ opportunities to contribute at the organisational level vary across country contexts and institutions. A classical line of inquiry in educational decision-making rarely considers leaders and teachers’ role from an integrative perspective. In addition, a neglected factor is the broader system governance (Luschei, & Yeong, 2021; Paulsrud & Wermke, 2020) that shapes leaders and teachers’ opportunities to participate in decision-making. Agency, as a form of personal leadership, is expressed in different ways under varying institutional arrangements, including the possibility of engaging in collaborative leadership (Somech, 2010). Another key point is whether the opportunity to participate leads to effective collaboration with other decision-makers and potentially produce changes at the local level, or conservatism and dysfunctional practices (Day, 2020), where collaboration is just a paper exercise. The papers in this symposium engage with external constraints and agency in the decision-making process. One paper engages with the “how” and the “why” of organisational governance, with a particular focus on leadership practices in low-autonomy settings. The central premise is that a comprehensive understanding of decision-making in such contexts must account for both the agency of school leaders and the structural constraints they face (Campbell, 2024). More significantly, effective leadership depend on the broader context of organisational purposes, social structures, constraints and specific tasks (Lakomski and Evers 2022; Harris 2020). This does not solely concern the variability of leadership as an organisational quality across different regions. Rather, it is about achieving the right balance between external structures and individual agency within distinct types of school systems. The symposium also addresses a theoretical paradox: the disconnect between research on teacher and middle leadership, on the one hand, and research on distributed leadership, on the other. One paper explicitly explores the areas of overlap and tension between these strands of scholarship. Compelling evidence revealed a complex relationship between distributed leadership and power, a quite complex and unexpected outcome Decision-making at the school level is further examined in relation to the right to tailored educational provision. The right to individualised educational provision is school-level collaborative planning that involves multiple stakeholders. Focusing on teacher agency as it unfolds within autonomy spaces, this contribution examines how teachers participate in decision-making. This dimension requires collaborative planning among educators, psychologists, medical professionals, families, and students. However, the participation of general/mainstream and special education teachers varies along a continuum, ranging from restricted to extended forms of involvement. Decision-making is investigated in relation to several key aspects: (1) organisational arrangements at the system level that shape opportunities for collaboration at the school level; (2) how teachers and school leaders participate in decision-making processes and how currently disjointed research strands can be reconnected; and (3) opportunities for teachers to contribute to pedagogical decision-making, such as the development of individualised plans or the adoption of AI-based tools. A broad research question guides the symposium: How are school leaders and teachers involved in decision-making across different school contexts, pedagogical tasks, and power relationships?
References Campbell, P. 2024. Conceptualising collaboration for educational change: the role of leadership and governance. School Leadership & Management, 44(4) 347–372. Day, C. 2020. How teachers’ individual autonomy may hinder students’ academic progress and attainment: Professionalism in practice, British Educational Research Journal 46(1) 247-264 Gurr, D. 2023. A review of Research on Middle Leaders in Schools. In Robert Tierney, Fazal Rizvi, Kadriye Ercikan and Graham Smith (Eds.) International Encyclopedia of Education (4th Ed.) (London, UK: Elsevier), pp. 115-122. Harris, A. and Jones, M. (Eds.) 2015. Leading futures: Global perspectives on educational leadership. London: SAGE. Luschei, T. F. & Yeong, D. W. 2021. School Governance and Student Achievement: Cross-National Evidence From the 2015 PISA, Educational Administration Quarterly, 57(3), 331–371. Paulsrud, D. & Wermke, W. 2020. Decision-making in Context: Swedish and Finnish Teachers’ Perceptions of Autonomy, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64:5, 706-727 Somech, A. 2010. Participative Decision Making in Schools: A Mediating-Moderating Analytical Framework for Understanding School and Teacher Outcomes, Educational Administration Quarterly, 46(2), 174–209. Xia, J., Shen, J. & Sun, J. 2020. Tight, Loose, or Decoupling? A National Study of the Decision-Making Power Relationship Between District Central Offices and School Principals, Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(3), 396–434. Presentations of the Symposium How School Leaders Decide When School Autonomy is Low: Interactive Leadership to Navigate System Governance
This presentation explores how governance structures shape school leadership practices in contexts with limited autonomy. In low-autonomy environments, principals often occupy dual roles, functioning as administrative enforcers of centrally determined regulations while striving to
influence teaching and learning processes. Various governance features—such as low decisional power at the school level, high teachers’ autonomy and limited functioning budgets—impose tight restrictions on principals’ actions. This article uses qualitative data from the Global Education Monitoring Report (2024) while being informed by a larger qualitative
data set. The method draws on a comparison of structures to highlight convergences. Despite challenges that are typical when the school autonomy is low, school leaders adopt interactive tactics, including informal negotiations with teachers’ and school boards, to reconcile top-down
mandates with local school needs. The analysis reveals that fostering collaboration and coherence among staff is frequently contingent on persuasion and consensus-building/on the background of school wide successful practices, as formal authority with low principalship
powers may be insufficient in hierarchical but loosely coupled systems. Ultimately, this study highlights that understanding leadership in low-autonomy school systems requires acknowledging the structural conditions that enable or constrain principals’ effective powers to influence teaching, organisational culture and decision-making.
This study explores, precisely, the specific constraints, that is the “how” and “why” of organisational governance. At the same time, it focuses on the specific interactive practices school leaders adopt in low-autonomy settings. The primary research question is:
How do principals navigate decision-making in their interactions with the external and the internal school world?
The central premise is that, in contexts where school autonomy is low and access to human and material resources is insufficient, organisational barriers play a significant role. In such environments, the ability to act with creativity and personal initiative becomes even more critical than in systems with greater autonomy. A comprehensive understanding of decision-
making in low-autonomy settings should consider both the agency of school leaders and the structural influences and constraints they face (Campbell, 2024). This article primarily examines the limitations imposed by governance structures, the specific interactions adopted by empowered leaders to overcome these.
References:
Hallinger, H. 2018. Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 46(1): 5–24
Harris, A. 2020. Leading school and system improvement: Why context matters” European Journal of Education, 55: 143-145. DOI: 10.1111/ejed.12393.
Lakomski, G. and Evers, C.W. 2022. The importance of context for leadership in education. Education Management Administration and Leadership 50(2) 269-284. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211051850
Leithwood, K. 2023. “Integrated educational leadership”. In International Encyclopedia of Education (4th edition, Volume 4), edited by R.J Thierney, F. Rizvi and K. Ercikan, 73-81. Amsterdam: Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-818630-5.05028-4
Luschei, T.F. and Jeong, D.W. 2020. School governance and student achievement: Cross-national evidence from the 2015 PISA. Educational Administration Quarterly 57(3): 331–371 https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X20936346
Pfeffer, J. and Salancik, G.R. 2003. The external control of organizations: A resource dependence perspective. Stanford: Stanford Business Books.
Printy, S. and Liu, Y. 2021. Distributed leadership globally: The interactive nature of principal and teacher leadership in 32 countries. Educational Administration Quarterly, 57(2) 290–325.
Ranson, S. 2011. School governance and the mediation of engagement. Educational Management Administration and Leadership 39(4): 398–413.
Torfing, J., Peters, G.J., Pierre, J. and Sørensen, E. 2012. Interactive governance: Advancing the paradigm. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Between Compliance and Pedagogy: Teacher Agency in Individualised Educational Plans
This paper presents analyses of teachers’ participation in the construction and enactment of Individualised Education Plans (IEPs), drawing on empirical studies identified through a broader systematic literature review. The IEP is a legally mandated and pedagogically grounded instrument central to the education of students with special educational needs, reflected internationally in inclusive education frameworks. It formalises the right to individualised educational provision through collaborative planning among multiple stakeholders. Focusing on teacher agency as it unfolds within autonomy spaces, this contribution examines how teachers participate in IEP-related decision-making.
Teacher participation in IEP processes can be understood as operating across two core dimensions: the construction of IEPs and their enactment in practice. Within each dimension, participation varies along a continuum from restricted to extended involvement. Restricted construction is characterised by teachers’ marginal or reactive roles in planning, where IEPs are developed primarily by specialists or external actors and presented to teachers as completed documents, limiting instructional authorship and ownership. Extended construction, in contrast, involves teachers as active co-authors, contributing classroom-based knowledge, engaging in collaborative goal-setting, and sharing pedagogical responsibility within supported team structures. Similarly, restricted enactment occurs when IEPs function largely as compliance artefacts, weakly connected to daily instruction and implemented superficially through generic accommodations, limited monitoring, and informal adjustments. Extended enactment reflects a shift toward using IEPs as living pedagogical tools, where goals meaningfully inform teaching, are continuously monitored and adapted, and are supported by professional learning, collaboration, and enabling school conditions.
Building on these findings, we propose a two-dimensional model of teacher participation in IEP processes. Across the reviewed studies, three recurring types of participation emerge: compliance, pragmatic, and genuine participation. Compliant participation is characterised by formal involvement without pedagogical leverage, where IEPs function primarily as legal artefacts. Pragmatic participation reflects adaptive engagement under uneven systemic support, as teachers compensate for structural misalignments through compliance, improvisation, and informal collaboration. Genuine participation emerges where extended involvement in both construction and enactment aligns with collaborative structures, professional learning, and supportive leadership, allowing IEPs to function as pedagogically meaningful tools. Various contextual factors at both school and system levels shape these participation patterns. Interpreted through an agency–autonomy lens, the findings suggest that expanding teacher responsibility alone does not strengthen pedagogical agency. Rather, meaningful participation depends also on organisational environments that stabilize/mediate agency and allow teachers to align legal obligations with instructional purposes.
References:
Bray, L. E., & Russell, J. L. (2018). The dynamic interaction between institutional pressures and activity: An examination of the implementation of IEPs in secondary inclusive settings. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 40(2), 243–266. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373718756189
McKay, S., Kearney, A., & MacArthur, J. (2018). Supporting teacher agency when planning and implementing inclusive classroom programmes. Set Research Information for Teachers, 1, 34–41. https://doi.org/10.18296/set.0100
King, F., Bhroin, O. N., & Prunty, A. (2017). Professional learning and the individual education plan process: implications for teacher educators. Professional Development in Education, 44(5), 607–621. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2017.1398180
Kozi̇Koğlu, İ., & Albayrak, E. N. (2021). Teachers’ attitudes and the challenges they experience concerning individualized education program (IEP): A mixed method study. Participatory Educational Research, 9(1), 98–115. https://doi.org/10.17275/per.22.6.9.1
Schulte, B. (2023b). The Policy-Practice Nexus as ‘Politics of Use’: Professional Autonomy and teacher agency in the classroom. In Policy implications of research in education (pp. 39–57). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-36970-4_3
Timothy, S., & Agbenyega, J. S. (2019). Insider perspectives on catalysing the development and use of individualised education plans. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(2), 160–174. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1642401
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
..
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 26 SES 12 D: Leadership, Communication & Relational Practices Location: KH 1 | Main building B | Ground Floor Session Chair: Mailis Elomaa Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Relational Resources in School Leadership: Translating Social Capital into Social Support 1: University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2: University of Helsinki Presenting Author:School principals internationally are leading in increasingly complex governance environments marked by accountability pressures, staff shortages, multi-agency student support needs, and intensified stakeholder expectations. These conditions heighten risks of overload and burnout, and make relational resources—who principals can rely on, for what, and under which conditions—an urgent international concern. Yet research often treats social capital (the structure of relationships and networks) and social support (the functional help exchanged within those relationships) separately. This separation limits our ability to explain how principals’ networks translate into concrete support and when those networks instead become sources of strain. This presentation addresses that gap by integrating social capital and social support in a single analytical framework to examine principals’ perceived relational resources. The study asks:
Social capital is conceptualised as actual and potential resources embedded in relationships and accessible through networks (Adler & Kwon, 2002; Leana & Pil, 2006). We distinguish internal social capital (ties within the school organisation) from external social capital (ties beyond the school, including professional networks and institutional actors). To refine the relational quality and reach of these ties, we also draw on bonding, bridging, and linking distinctions (e.g., Szreter & Woolcock, 2004), which help to interpret whether resources flow through close-knit trust relations, cross-group connections, or vertical relationships across hierarchies. Social support is conceptualised as multidimensional functional assistance available through relationships (House et al., 1988; Schwarzer & Knoll, 2007), with particular attention to emotional, informational, and instrumental support (e.g., Cutrona & Russell, 1991; Langford et al., 1997). Finally, we use a stress-and-coping lens (Lazarus & Folkman, 1984) to clarify why perceived availability of support matters: in appraisal processes, it is not only the presence of networks but the perceived accessibility and usefulness of support that shapes coping with demanding situations. European/international dimension. Although the empirical setting is Finland, the contribution is explicitly international in two ways. First, the proposed integration of structural (social capital) and functional (social support) perspectives offers a transferable framework for studying principal support across European/international systems with varying governance structures, municipality/district arrangements, and multi-agency service models. Second, the findings speak to a shared European challenge: aligning expanding expectations for school leadership with adequate, well-resourced support ecosystems (within schools, across peer networks, and in external services). The study therefore contributes to international debates on sustainable school leadership by showing how relational resources function as enabling capacity—but only when reciprocity, resourcing, and contextual fit are present. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is part of a broader longitudinal research project on school leadership in Finnish primary and upper secondary education. The empirical material comprises semi-structured interviews with 27 principals from 14 municipalities, selected through stratified random sampling to capture variation in urban/rural context and leadership experience (ranging from 1 to 30 years). Interviews were conducted via Zoom between May–June 2024, audio-recorded with consent, transcribed, and cleaned. The total corpus is approximately 171 pages (single-spaced) of interview text. Interview themes covered principals’ work environment and role expectations, leadership distribution, stakeholder interaction, stress and recovery, and—centrally for this paper—perceptions of relational resources and support. This design supports analysis of both everyday internal ties (e.g., staff, management teams, students, parents, administrative support) and external ties (e.g., peer principal networks, superiors, municipal/institutional actors, and external services such as occupational health and student welfare partners). Analysis used theory-guided qualitative content analysis with an inductive reasoning. First, relevant meaning units were identified and open-coded. Second, codes were organised with guidance from the conceptual framework: internal/external social capital and emotional/informational/instrumental support. To avoid over-imposition of theory, coding remained anchored in participants’ language and examples; categories were iteratively refined through analytic discussions among authors. The methodological contribution is the explicit pairing of network location (internal/external; bonding/bridging/linking) with support function (emotional/informational/instrumental), producing an analytic template that can be applied in comparative leadership studies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings indicate that principals’ internal social capital—the wider school community, leadership teams, fellow principals within the school, teachers, students, parents, and secretarial/administrative support—was the most consistently supportive source of everyday help. These internal ties were strongly associated with emotional reassurance (recognition, belonging, psychological safety), instrumental support (shared responsibilities, practical problem-solving, routine stability), and locally grounded informational support (context-specific advice). By contrast, external social capital showed greater ambivalence. Peer principal networks (where available) were highly valued for idea-sharing, sense-making, and concrete help, suggesting the importance of professionally “bridging” ties for leadership learning and resilience. However, principals’ linking ties to institutional/municipal levels and some external services were frequently described as strained when top-down demands were not matched with adequate time, personnel, or clear information. In these cases, networks existed but did not reliably convert into usable support—highlighting that social capital is a structural precondition, not a guarantee, for social support. Overall, the study shows that the effectiveness of relational resources depends on reciprocity, resourcing, and contextual fit. Practical implications emphasise: (1) mapping local relational networks to identify support gaps; (2) strengthening shared leadership and internal team structures; and (3) systematically resourcing peer networks and external services so that new demands are met with timely informational and instrumental support. These conclusions are relevant across Europe as systems seek sustainable leadership capacity under intensifying pressures. References Adler, P. S., & Kwon, S.-W. (2002). Social capital: Prospects for a new concept. Academy of Management Review, 27(1), 17–40. Beausaert, S., Froehlich, D. E., Riley, P., & Gallant, A. (2023). What about school principals’ well-being? The role of social capital. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 405–421. Bridwell-Mitchell, E. N., Jack, J., & Childs, J. (2023). The social structure of school resource disparities. Sociology of Education, 96(4), 275–300. Cutrona, C. E., & Russell, D. W. (1991). Type of social support and specific stress: Toward a theory of optimal matching. In B. R. Sarason et al. (Eds.), Social support: An interactional view (pp. 319–366). Wiley. Darmody, M., & Smyth, E. (2016). Primary school principals’ job satisfaction and occupational stress. International Journal of Educational Management, 30(1), 115–128. House, J. S., Umberson, D., & Landis, K. R. (1988). Structures and processes of social support. Annual Review of Sociology, 14, 293–318. Langford, C. P. H., Bowsher, J., Maloney, J. P., & Lillis, P. P. (1997). Social support: A conceptual analysis. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 25, 95–100. Lazarus, R. S., & Folkman, S. (1984). Stress, appraisal, and coping. Springer. Leana, C. R., & Pil, F. K. (2006). Social capital and organizational performance. Organization Science, 17(3), 353–366. Moolenaar, N. M., & Sleegers, P. J. C. (2015). The networked principal. Journal of Educational Administration, 53(1), 8–39. Schwarzer, R., & Knoll, N. (2007). Functional roles of social support within stress and coping. International Journal of Psychology, 42(4), 243–252. Spillane, J. P., & Sun, J. M. (2022). The school principal and the development of social capital. School Leadership & Management, 42(1), 4–23. Tintoré, M., Serrão Cunha, R., Cabral, I., & Alves, J. J. M. (2020). Challenges faced by school leaders: A scoping review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(4), 536–573. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Tracing The Flow of Influence from Leadership to Student Learning Practices Griffith University, Australia Presenting Author:Research has established educational leadership as a critical in-school influence on teaching quality and student learning, second only to classroom instruction (Harris & Jones, 2023; Leithwood et al., 2019). However, leadership impact is complex, largely indirect, and deeply contextual, operating through multiple layers of practice or “webs of leading” (Nehez et al., 2022) rather than linear cause–effect relationships (Kemethofer et al., 2025). While decades of research consistently affirm leadership’s importance, it exposes a persistent conceptual and empirical gap: although leadership matters, far less is known about 'how' leadership influence is accomplished in the day-to-day flow of school practices (Leithwood et al., 2019). Recent scholarship increasingly conceptualises leadership as a multifaceted, ecological phenomenon dispersed across senior and middle leaders, each contributing differently to school improvement (Harris & Jones, 2023). Principals primarily shape the conditions, goals and professional cultures that enable improvement, while middle leaders - positioned closest to classrooms - play a pivotal role in translating policy and development initiatives into teaching practices (Grootenboer et al., 2020). Policy enactment and leadership research consistently show that through translation work leadership influence becomes most visible and consequential for teaching and learning (Skerritt et al., 2023). Despite this recognition, empirical evidence tracing leadership influence beyond teaching to students’ learning practices remains limited (Cruickshank, 2017). Practice-oriented research suggests that leadership influence occurs as practices travel—through shared language, activities and relationships—across professional learning, teaching and student learning. Yet these flows of influence have rarely been systematically traced (Leithwood et al., 2023). Responding directly to this gap, the study adopts a practice lens to follow the flow of leadership influence from policy and school development initiatives, through senior and middle leadership practices, into classrooms and student learning practices. Rather than focusing on substantive outcomes alone, the study maps chains of evidence across leadership, professional learning, teaching and student learning. In doing so, it provides insight into how leadership accomplishes learning in practice and advances an ecological understanding of educational leadership, demonstrating that improvement depends not on isolated leadership actions, but on the coherence and alignment of interdependent leading practices that shape what teachers and students actually do in schools. Conceptual framework The conceptual position draws on three complementary practice theories: the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014), the theory of ecologies of practices (Kemmis et al., 2012), and the notion of travelling practices (Czarniawska & Sevón, 2005). Together, these perspectives reframe educational leadership influence through a practice-theoretical lens, viewing leading not as the actions of individual actors, but as socially, materially and discursively constituted practices that unfold within specific sites (Grootenboer & Edwards-Groves, 2024). From a practice architectures perspective, leadership is understood as shaping the cultural-discursive, material-economic and social-political conditions that enable and constrain teaching and learning practices (Kemmis et al., 2014). These conditions are realised within ecologies of practices, where leading, professional learning, teaching and student learning are interdependent and mutually shaping. The concept of travelling practices further explains how leadership practices are translated as they move across practicescapes—from policy to principals, middle leaders, teachers and ultimately students—through shared language, activities and relationships. Czarniawska and Sevón (2005) argue practices do not travel through simple diffusion, but through processes of translation in which ideas and actions are interpreted, adapted and reshaped as they are taken up in new sites of practice. Language, activity and ways of relating are central to this translation, flowing into new contexts and taking shape in ways responsive to local conditions (Edwards-Groves & Rönnerman, 2021). Understanding leadership practices as travelling foregrounds their temporal and site-based character, offering insight into how leadership influence emerges, evolves and reaches student learning practices (Schatzki, 2010). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper reports on 16 ethnographic case studies conducted in five different education systems in rural, regional and urban primary and secondary schools in Australia. The key question for case study phase of the larger study was not a generalised notion of ‘has learning improved?’, but rather, ‘how do the practices of educational leaders impact teaching and student learning practices?’ Data collection methods included gathering relevant system/school policy documents, audio-recorded and transcribed interviews and focus groups with participants (senior leaders, middle leaders, teachers, and students), document analysis, and fieldnotes of observations of i) professional development sessions focused on an Education Development Initiative (EDI) led by middle leaders, and ii) lessons reflecting the EDI. To establish the flow of influence, middle leaders’ leading practices were studied as they happened. The process included: i) an observation of the EDI facilitated by middle leaders, ii) observations of at least two lessons where the EDI was being implemented in classrooms, iii) post-observation student focus groups were conducted with 3-6 students to establish their perspectives on the practices being learned through the EDI, iv) follow-up interviews with observed teachers, v) pre- and post-interviews with the middle leader were conducted, vi) interviews with principals, senior leaders and other middle leaders in the school, and vii) documents related to the middle leader’s roles and their school-based development work were collected for the purposes of understanding the broader systemwide practice architectures influencing the practices at each school. These data were collated in ‘tables of invention’ (Grootenboer & Edwards-Groves, 2024) forming comprehensive case studies that were subsequently analysed to determine if and understand how practices inherent ‘travelled’ from policy to leaders to students in classrooms. Analysis: Multiple passes through the data comprising each case involved identifying the practices (sayings, doings and relatings) and practice architectures (cultural-discursive, material-economic and social-political arrangements) and their subsequent influence on what is being practiced. Researchers began by systematically asking specific practice-focused questions of the data in terms of the observed practices (what is actually happening there and then in real time-space activity) and reported practices (what happened in the past as described, repeated, exemplified or paraphrased in participant accounts). In an iterative confirmatory consensus-oriented process conducted independently and collaboratively by the researchers where data were categorised, critiqued, and recoded to produce themes relating to evidence of ‘flow’ of sayings, doings and relatings across practices enacted and described by case study participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results show how leadership influence was traced as practices that travel from policy through senior and middle leadership, professional learning, teaching, and into student learning, made visible in the shared language, activities and relationships enacted across case sites. Findings show how policy discourses are taken up, translated and reproduced in everyday school practices, with traces of policy language and intentions visible in the orientations and actions of leaders, teachers and students. Analysis of cases yield empirical evidence of leadership influence occurring in the day-to-day flow of practice, directly responding to calls for research that demonstrates how leadership accomplishes changed teacher and student practices. Five observable features of influence were identified: (1) consistency of messaging about the sayings, doings and relatings required for practical coherence across policy, leadership, professional learning, teaching and student learning; (2) learning through social ensembles (Kemmis et al., 2025) in which leaders, teachers and students work interdependently towards shared improvement goals; (3) leadership understood as influence within policy discourses, practices and participant orientations; (4) fidelity and alignment in individual and collective orientations to development initiative intent; and (5) the flow of expected language, activities and relational practices across leading, teaching and learning. Practically, results suggest that schools should move beyond reliance on outcome-based measures alone and attend to traceable, in-situ qualitative evidence of practice change. Theoretically, the findings demonstrate the value of practice theory for revealing leadership influence over time and across sites, showing how practices evolve and travel within changing practice architectures. Conceptually, the results reposition leadership as a multifaceted, ecologically integrated complex of interrelated practices. To conclude, leadership influence is best understood as arising from coordinated, interdependent action across practices, highlighting an ecology of educational practices through which change emerges temporally via shared language, activity and relationships responsive to local conditions. References Cruickshank, V. (2017). The influence of school leadership on student outcomes. Open Journal of Social Sciences, 5(9). Czarniawska-Joerges, B., & Sevón, G. (2005). Global ideas: How ideas, objects and practices travel in a global economy (Vol 13). Copenhagen Business School Press. Edwards-Groves, C. & Rönnerman, K. (2021). Generative Leadership: Rescripting the promise of action research. Springer. Grootenboer, P., & Edwards-Groves, C. (2024). The theory of practice architectures: Researching Practices. Springer. Grootenboer, P., Edwards-Groves, C. & Rönnerman, K. (2015). Leading practice development: voices from the middle. Professional Development in Education, 41(3), 508-526. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2023). The importance of school leadership? What we know. School Leadership & Management, 43(5), 449–453. Kemethofer, D., Helm, C., & Warwas, J. (2025). Does educational leadership enhance instructional quality and student achievement? The case of Austrian primary school leaders. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 28(3), 461–485. Kemmis, S., Edwards-Groves, C., & Grootenboer, P. (2025). Reframing Learning: Changing practices, histories, worlds, lives. Routledge. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P. & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer. Leithwood, K., Sun, J., & Schumacker, R. (2019). How school leadership influences student learning: A test of “The Four Paths Model”. Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(4), 570-599. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X19878772 Nehez, J., Sülau, V., & Olin, A., (2022). A web of leading for professional learning. J of Ed Admin & History, 55 (1), 23–38. Schatzki, T.R. (2010). The timespace of human activity. Lexington Books. Skerritt, C., McNamara, G., Quinn, I., O’Hara, J., & Brown, M. (2023). Middle leaders as policy translators: prime actors in the enactment of policy. Journal of Education Policy, 38(4), 567–585. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2021.2006315 Wilkinson, J., & Kemmis, S. (2014). Practice Theory: Viewing leadership as leading. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 47(4), 342–358. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2014.976928 26. Educational Leadership
Paper When Principals and Teachers See Differently: Perceptual (In)congruence in Future-Ready School Leadership and Organizational Learning The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Schools across the globe are operating under conditions of increasing uncertainty driven by rapid technological change, demographic diversification, and evolving societal expectations (Campbell et al., 2023; Schechter & Asher, 2012). Despite this, much of the leadership literature remains grounded in relatively stable environments and traditional managerial models, offering limited guidance on how school leaders can respond to future uncertainty while simultaneously fostering organizational learning culture in school settings (Gurr & Drysdale, 2020). Responding to this gap, recent scholarship has advanced the concept of Future-Ready School Leadership, which conceptualizes school leadership as a key driver of “future-making schools” through multifaceted, problem-based, adaptive, anticipatory, and system-oriented practices (Fullan, 2023). More precisely, the future-ready school leadership is theorized through four interrelated dimensions: strategic foresight, addressing diversity, technology leadership, and systems thinking (Lu et al., 2025). Together, these dimensions frame school leadership as a future-oriented endeavor that integrates inclusivity, digitalization, outward-looking leadership, and systemic coherence. In response, educational systems are being called upon to develop adaptive capacities that enable collective learning, innovation, and sustainable improvement (Richardson et al., 2024). Organizational learning culture has therefore emerged as a central construct in educational leadership research, reflecting schools’ capacity to continuously acquire, share, and apply knowledge in ways that support long-term development (Stoll & Kools, 2017). The strong link between school leadership and OL culture fosters shared sense-making among educators, a condition that is particularly vital for preparing schools to navigate innovation and future challenges (Hsiao & Chang, 2011). Although a long line of prior research has shown that school leadership plays a pivotal role in shaping organizational learning culture. Drawing on social constructionist perspectives (Berger & Luckmann, 1966), leadership effectiveness is not solely determined by leaders’ intentions or self-assessments but is co-constructed through shared interpretations and interactions between leaders and teachers (Coburn, 2005). Accordingly, the (mis)alignment between principals’ and teachers’ perceptions of leadership practices is critical for understanding how it shapes school culture. Extensive leadership research, especially within the organizational behavior literature, shows that perceptual (in)congruence can determine whether leadership fosters positive organizational outcomes or exacerbates dissonance (Tsai et al., 2022). However, educational leadership research has only recently begun to explore this issue in relation to schoolwide outcomes. Studies indicate that when principals and teachers share similar views of leadership effectiveness, teachers report greater efficacy and engagement (Park & Ham, 2016). In contrast, incongruence, often stemming from leaders overestimating their impact, can foster mistrust and hinder collaboration (Wang et al., 2016). Recent empirical research by Choi et al. (2025) and Wiens et al. (2025) further demonstrates how perceptual (in)congruence relates to organizational outcomes, suggesting that perception cannot be binarily conditioned but exists along a continuum, with varying magnitudes of misalignment carrying different organizational meanings. To that very end, polynomial regression and response surface analysis are cutting-edge complementary analytical approaches for capturing these nuanced dynamics, allowing scholars to examine both strict congruence (exact alignment) and broad congruence (acceptable ranges of difference) between leader and follower perceptions (Tsai et al., 2022). Using this analytical lens, the present study investigates how perceptual (in)congruence between principals’ and teachers’ perceptions of future-ready school leadership relates to schoolwide organizational learning culture in Hong Kong schools. Specifically, the study addresses three hypotheses: H1: Principals tend to rate their own future-ready school leadership higher than teachers do. H2: Perceptual incongruence is associated with weaker organizational learning culture. H3: Higher levels of principal-teacher congruence on future-ready school leadership are associated with higher teacher-perceived organizational learning culture. By integrating a future-ready school leadership framework with advanced congruence modelling, the study contributes to ECER Network 26 by offering a relational understanding of leadership in future-oriented school contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were drawn from a larger leadership development project conducted in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, China. The sample comprised 1,125 teachers and 28 principals from 28 primary or secondary schools. To examine perceptual congruence and incongruence, the study employed multilevel latent polynomial regression (MLPR; Zyphur et al., 2016) combined with response surface analysis (RSA). The analytical model estimates linear, interaction, and quadratic effects of principal- and teacher-perceived future-ready school leadership on schoolwide organizational learning culture. This comprehensive and multilevel approach avoids the limitations of difference scores and mean aggregation by modelling principal and teacher perceptions simultaneously at the school level while preserving within-school variability. Future-ready school leadership was measured using the 15-item Future-Ready School Leadership Inventory (FRSLI; Lu et al., 2025), capturing four dimensions: strategic foresight, addressing diversity, technology leadership, and systems thinking. Parallel versions of the instrument were used to assess principals’ self-perceptions and teachers’ perceptions of the same leadership practices. Example items include: “My school principal has a high sense of urgency for change” (strategic foresight); “My school principal embraces diverse values, ethnicity, and religions” (addressing diversity); “My school principal establishes guidelines on ethical use of technology” (technology leadership); and “My school principal develops long-term plans that consider possible future scenarios” (systems thinking). Responses were recorded on a 5-point Likert-type scale ranging from 1 (Never) to 5 (Always). Organizational learning culture was measured using the Dimensions of Learning Organization Questionnaire (DLOQ; Watkins & Marsick, 1997). The DLOQ demonstrated satisfactory internal consistency, with Cronbach’s α values ranging between .83 and .89, consistent with prior studies confirming its reliability. Sample items include: “In my school, staff help each other learn,” “In my school, staff engage in professional dialogue,” and “My school recognizes staff for taking initiative.” Responses were recorded on a 5-point Likert-type scale ranging from 1 (Never) to 5 (Always). Hypothesis 1 was tested using a t-test comparing mean principal-perceived and teacher-perceived future-ready school leadership scores. Hypotheses 2 and 3 were examined through MLPR and relevant RSA parameters (a1 to a5) capturing slopes and curvatures along the lines of congruence and incongruence. Three-dimensional response surface plots were generated and to be presented during the ECER session to visualize how different configurations of perceptual alignment relate to organizational learning culture. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results indicated a significant perceptual gap between principals and teachers, with principals rating their future-ready leadership significantly higher than teachers, supporting Hypothesis 1 [t(27) = 3.20, p < 0.01]. On average, principals rated themselves 0.32 points higher than teachers. Only a small proportion of schools (18%) exhibited high perceptual congruence within an absolute value of 0.5 z-scores, while substantial incongruence—often favoring principals—was common. Response surface analysis further showed that broad congruence mattered more than strict congruence. Specifically, greater perceptual incongruence—particularly when principals’ self-ratings exceeded teachers’ perceptions—was associated with lower levels of perceived organizational learning culture, supporting Hypothesis 2 (a3 = 0, a4 < 0, a5 = 0). However, Hypothesis 3, which posited positive effects of strict alignment on organizational learning culture (principals and teachers have the same ratings), was not supported (a1 = -1.26 and a2 = 1.09). The response surfaces also indicate that organizational learning culture was strongest when teacher perceptions of FRSL were moderate to high and broadly aligned with principals’ views, even if not perfectly matched. Conversely, high principal self-ratings could not compensate for low teacher perceptions, highlighting the risks of leader overestimation. These findings have important implications for educational leadership research and practice. Conceptually, they underscore the value of viewing school leadership as a socially constructed and relational process rather than an individual attribute. Methodologically, they demonstrate the utility of congruence modelling for capturing complex school leadership dynamics from principal and teacher viewpoints. Practically, the results suggest that fostering future-ready schools and organizational learning culture require deliberate attention to sense-making, dialogue, and feedback processes that align school principals’ intentions with teachers’ lived experiences. For ECER Network 26, the study underscores the importance of perceptual alignment and shared leadership understanding as a critical yet underexplored lever for educational leadership in schools. References Berger, P.L. & Luckmann, T. (1966). The social construction of reality. Doubleday. Campbell, P., Klein, E.D., & Sawalhi, R. (2023). Leading in times of disruption – preparedness, problems, and possibilities. School Leadership & Management, 43(2), 99-103. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2023.2217499 Choi, S., Gümüş, S., Campbell, P., Lu, J., & Ho, C.S.M. (2025). Principal–teacher perceptual (in)congruence in instructional leadership, teacher collaboration, and organisational trust in Hong Kong schools. Educational Management Administration & Leadership. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432251389093 Coburn, C.E. (2005). Shaping teacher sensemaking: School leaders and the enactment of reading policy. Educational Policy, 19(3),476-509. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904805276143 Gurr, D., & Drysdale, L. (2020). Leadership for challenging times. International Studies in Educational Administration, 48(1), 24-30. Fullan, M. (2023). The principal 2.0: Three keys to maximizing impact. John Wiley & Sons. Hsiao, H.C., & Chang, J.C. (2011). The role of organizational learning in transformational leadership and organizational innovation. Asia Pacific Education Review, 12, 621–631. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-011-9165-x Lu, J., Walker, A., Banoğlu, K., Tang, J., & Gümüş, S. (2025). Future-ready school leadership: Construct clarification, development, and validation of a new measurement instrument. Paper presented at 39th Annual University Council for Educational Administration (UCEA) Convention, November 19-22, Puerto Rico, USA. Park, J.H., & Ham, S.H. (2016). Whose perception of principal instructional leadership? Principal-teacher perceptual (dis)agreement and its influence on teacher collaboration. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 36(3), 450–469. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2014.961895 Richardson, J.W., Bathon, J., & McLeod, S. (2024). From vision to reality: How school leaders nurture deeper learning. Journal of Educational Administration, 62(1),157-172. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-02-2023-0044 Schechter, C., & Asher, N. (2012). Principals’ sense of uncertainty and organizational learning mechanisms. International Journal of Educational Management, 26(2),138–152. https://doi.org/10.1108/09513541211201951 Stoll, L., & Kools, M. (2017). The school as a learning organisation: A review revisiting and extending a timely concept. Journal of Professional Capital & Community, 2(1), 2–17. http://doi.org/10.1108/JPCC-09-2016-0022 Tsai C.Y., Kim J., Jin F., Jun, M., Cheong, M., Yammarino, F. J. (2022). Polynomial regression analysis and response surface methodology in leadership research. The Leadership Quarterly, 33(1), 101592. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.leaqua.2021.101592 Wang, M.-T., & Degol, J.L. (2016). School climate: A review of the construct, measurement, and impact on student outcomes. Educational Psychology Review, 28(2), 315–352. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-015-9319-1 Wiens, P.D., Vongkulluksn, V., & Pan, H.-L.W. (2025). Distributed leadership: Teachers’ and principals’ perceptions match and the association with teacher work satisfaction and autonomy. AERA Open,11. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584251350606 Zyphur, M.J., Zammuto, R.F., & Zhang, Z. (2016). Multilevel latent polynomial regression for modeling (in)Congruence across organizational groups: The case of organizational culture research. Organizational Research Methods, 19(1),53-79. https://doi.org/10.1177/1094428115588570 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Modeling for Openness: The Facilitator’s Role in Shaping Communication and Interaction Norms in Principal PLCs NTNU, Norway Presenting Author:School leaders are increasingly expected to lead professional learning by engaging teachers in conversations that surface assumptions, invite critical reflection, and support instructional improvement. However, collaborative arenas for principals often drift toward experience sharing, premature advice-giving, or compliance-oriented talk, rather than inquiry that enables participants to learn from one another’s practice (Earl & Timperley, 2009; Le Fevre & Robinson, 2015). This proposal investigates the role of an external facilitator in modelling and supporting the co-construction of communication and interaction norms in a Principal Professional Learning Community (PPLC). The study addresses the following research questions:
The theoretical framework integrates three complementary perspectives. First, Open-to-Learning leadership, grounded in Argyris and Schön’s theory of action (1974, 1978), explains how values such as valid information, respect for self and others, and internal commitment are enacted through specific interactional moves, including disclosure with grounds, paraphrasing and checking, and inquiry into the reasoning underlying practice (Argyris, 1993; Robinson, 2016). These moves counter defensive routines and untested assumptions that often dominate challenging professional conversations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts an instrumental qualitative case study design. The case is one externally facilitated PPLC in a Norwegian municipality, followed over a two-year period. The PPLC consisted of six principals who met four to six times each year. Meetings followed a stable structure and focused on collective reflection on participants’ leadership practice. Principals developed action plans related to their leadership work in LeadDig, and the content of these plans formed the basis for reflection and discussion in the PPLC. Data sources include: (1) audio recordings and verbatim transcripts from all PPLC meetings; and (2) artefacts such as the facilitator’s presentation slides and principals’ written analyses. The analysis employs a theoretically informed thematic approach. First, interaction-focused coding is used to identify facilitator moves, such as modelling inquiry, paraphrasing and checking understanding, grounding claims in evidence, inviting counter-views, legitimising challenge, and managing turn-taking. Second, a longitudinal analysis traces the emergence and stabilisation of group norms, including what counts as a productive question, when advice is considered appropriate, and how disagreement is handled. Socio-cultural concepts guide the analysis of mediation and appropriation, with particular attention to how participants gradually adopt the facilitator’s language and interactional practices. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is expected to identify a set of facilitator practices that are pivotal for establishing and sustaining inquiry-oriented communication norms in PPLCs. Preliminary findings suggest that these practices include: (a) explicit modelling of Open-to-Learning interactional moves; (b) continuous emphasis on making reasoning visible by asking for grounds and linking interpretations to shared evidence; (c) protecting time for exploration before moving to solutions; and (d) normalising respectful challenge as an expression of care for collective learning. Analytically, the study is expected to demonstrate how these practices function as mediational means that principals gradually appropriate and use independently in PPLC discussions and in their leadership practice at school level. For example, the facilitator consistently models inquiry–challenge–develop (ICD) moves and draws participants’ attention to leading questions, advice-giving patterns, and listening practices. Participants are frequently asked to restate what others have said to raise awareness of their own listening and interpretation, and to explain how they know what they claim, thereby fostering data-informed dialogue (Datnow & Hubbard, 2016). Practically, the study contributes design principles for professionalising facilitation in principal PLCs. These principles include how to explicitly teach and model communicative norms, how to monitor and address slippage into defensive routines or advice-giving, and how to support principals in transferring inquiry-oriented norms into their leadership practice with teachers. Overall, the study provides a fine-grained account of how learning cultures in leader PLCs are constructed through facilitated interaction, not only through formal structures and agendas. References Argyris, C. (1993). Knowledge for action: A guide to overcoming barriers to organizational change. Jossey-Bass. Argyris, C., & Schön, D. A. (1974). Theory in practice: Increasing professional effectiveness. Jossey-Bass. Datnow, A., & Hubbard, L. (2016). Teacher capacity for and beliefs about data-driven decision making: A literature review of international research. Journal of Educational Change, 17(1), 7–28. Earl, L. M., & Timperley, H. (2009). Understanding how evidence and learning conversations work. In L. M. Earl & H. Timperley (Eds.), Professional learning conversations (pp. 1–12). Springer. Engeström, Y. (1987). Learning by expanding: An activity-theoretical approach to developmental research. Orienta-Konsultit. Engeström, Y. (2001). Expansive learning at work: Toward an activity theoretical reconceptualization. Journal of Education and Work, 14(1), 133–156. Wertsch, J. V., & Sohmer, R. (1995). Vygotsky on learning and development. Human development, 38(6), 332-337. Honig, M. I., & Rainey, L. R. (2014). Central office leadership in principal professional learning communities. Teachers College Record, 116(4), 1–48. Le Fevre, D. M., & Robinson, V. M. J. (2015). The interpersonal challenges of instructional leadership. Educational Administration Quarterly, 51(1), 58–95. Margalef, L., & Roblin, N. P. (2016). Unpacking the roles of the facilitator in professional learning communities. Educational Research and Evaluation, 22(3–4), 155–172. Robinson, V. M. J. (2016). The theory and practice of Open-to-Learning™ leadership. In V. M. J. Robinson, D. M. Le Fevre, & C. Sinnema (Eds.), Open-to-Learning™ leadership (pp. 1–21). Hawker Brownlow Education. Vygotsky, L.S. (1978). Mind in Society. The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Vygotsky, L.S. (2000). Thought and Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: A review of the literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7(4), 221–258. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 27 SES 12 A: Digitality, Didactics and Classroom Practice Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Stefan Ting Graf Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Extended Reality as a Didactic Intervention for Empathy in Design Education: A Pilot Study on Universal Design and the Action Gap TOBB University of Economics and Technology, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:In 21st-century design education, affective and ethical competencies centered on understanding users have become as critical as technical proficiency (Norman, 2004). Interior architecture, in particular, has evolved from a purely aesthetic and functional discipline into a deeply ethical and social practice. Design educators must now equip students not only with spatial and technical skills, but also with the capacity to empathize with diverse users and translate that empathy into inclusive, socially responsible design decisions. However, a persistent challenge in studio-based design education is what researchers term the empathy gap, which refers to the disconnect between abstract user data, such as accessibility standards and universal design guidelines, and the lived, bodily experiences of users with diverse abilities. Traditional 2D drawings and screen-based 3D modeling tools often fail to bridge this gap, leading to scale illusions and a detached understanding of accessibility (Story et al., 1998). Students frequently design spaces that appear compliant on screen but fail ergonomic standards when experienced at full scale. This pilot study is grounded in the theory of embodied cognition (Shapiro, 2019), which argues that cognitive processes are deeply rooted in the body's interaction with the environment. By integrating Extended Reality (XR) as an embodied learning environment into the design studio, this research aims to examine whether XR functions as a didactic intervention that cultivates empathy and inclusive design reasoning, rather than serving merely as a visualization tool, moving beyond passive representation toward active pedagogical support (Shapiro, 2019). The theoretical framework also incorporates Kolb's (1984) experiential learning cycle to position XR within the pedagogical process. Specifically, the XR experience is situated at the "active experimentation" phase, where students test spatial hypotheses through embodied avatar navigation, followed by structured reflective observation during post-XR interviews. Additionally, the Theory of Planned Behavior (Ajzen, 1991) is applied to examine why increased empathy does not always translate into design revisions — a phenomenon this study terms the Awareness-Action Gap. The European and international dimension of this study lies in its applicability to universal design standards and inclusive education frameworks, both of which are central to EU policy on accessibility and equal participation. The findings contribute to a broader understanding of how immersive technologies can support socially responsible pedagogy across design disciplines in higher education. The study addresses three primary research questions: RQ1: Does an XR-based embodied experience significantly change the cognitive and affective empathy levels of design students compared to their pre-intervention baseline? RQ2: How does embodied interaction in a 1:1 scale virtual environment affect students' ability to diagnose accessibility barriers in their own designs? RQ3: To what extent does increased empathy awareness translate into concrete design outcomes, and what role do group dynamics and motivational factors play in mediating this relationship? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs an explanatory sequential mixed-methods design embedded within a 14-week interior architecture design studio course at TOBB University of Economics and Technology, Ankara. Participants comprised nine student groups (N=25) from the Department of Interior Architecture and Environmental Design, who redesigned existing public playgrounds according to universal design principles (Story et al., 1998). Recognizing the internal validity limitations inherent in a single-group pilot design, multiple data source triangulation and longitudinal observation were employed to support the consistency of findings. A single-group pre-test and post-test structure was utilized, with each student serving as their own baseline control. Aligned with Kolb's (1984) experiential learning cycle, the XR intervention functioned primarily as an active experimentation phase. Students transferred their designs into the FrameVR platform and navigated them using avatars at 1:1 scale, testing ergonomic distances, ramp gradients, and maneuverability from a first-person perspective. This was followed by structured reflective observation during post-XR group interviews. Quantitative data were collected using two instruments. The Basic Empathy Scale (BES; Jolliffe & Farrington, 2006) was administered in its validated Turkish version (Topçu et al., 2010) to measure general cognitive and affective empathy. The Empathy in Design Scale (EIDS; Drouet et al., 2022), lacking a Turkish validation, was translated by the researcher and reviewed by a supervising academic for cross-linguistic equivalence. Both instruments demonstrated high internal consistency (BES α=0.914; EIDS α=0.936). Qualitative data were gathered through three phases of semi-structured group interviews, structured around the empathic design framework (Kouprie & Sleeswijk Visser, 2009). The first interview explored students' empathy responses using traditional methods (photographs, videos). The second interview followed the XR experience and focused on newly identified spatial and ergonomic problems. The third interview was a reflective evaluation of the overall process. Structured observation notes were recorded during XR sessions, and jury evaluations assessed final design outputs against universal design criteria using a 5-point Likert rubric. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Wilcoxon Signed-Rank Tests revealed statistically significant increases in both design empathy (Z=−4.26, p<.001, Cohen's d=1.77) and cognitive empathy (pre-test M=2.83, post-test M=3.84, d=1.21). These strong effect sizes demonstrate that XR facilitated embodied cognitive validation: students perceived spatial relations through their virtual bodies, enabling them to identify ergonomic errors invisible on traditional screens, such as incorrect ramp gradients, insufficient handrail heights, and inadequate maneuvering spaces. Affective empathy scores also increased significantly (M=3.37 to M=3.88, d=0.92), though with a more moderate effect size. Qualitative analyses revealed that students' design stance shifted from segregationist thinking toward integrated universal design, with 7 out of 9 groups explicitly rejecting separate solutions for disabled users by the final review. However, the study's most significant finding is the Awareness-Action Gap. Consistent with attitude-behavior gap theory (Ajzen, 1991), increased empathy did not always translate into quality design revisions. Strong correlations were found between group workforce participation and design success (r=0.82, p<.01), indicating that group dynamics and motivational barriers mediated the empathy-to-action translation. These findings suggest that XR is a promising didactic tool for enhancing empathy and social responsibility in design education. Three pedagogical recommendations emerge: (1) XR sessions should be integrated as critical milestones within the studio curriculum to support reflective learning cycles; (2) assessment rubrics should incorporate process-oriented metrics such as the revision rate of errors identified during XR; and (3) the identify-revise cycle should be established as a central criterion in group assessments to address the action gap and ensure educational accountability. References Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179–211. Drouet, L., Bongard-Blanchy, K., Koenig, V., & Lallemand, C. (2022). Empathy in design scale: Development and initial insights. CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems Extended Abstracts. ACM. Jolliffe, D., & Farrington, D. P. (2006). Development and validation of the Basic Empathy Scale. Journal of Adolescence, 29, 589–611. Kolb, D. A. (1984). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. Prentice Hall. Kouprie, M., & Sleeswijk Visser, F. (2009). A framework for empathy in design: Stepping into and out of the user's life. Journal of Engineering Design, 20(5), 437–448. Norman, D. A. (2004). Emotional design: Why we love (or hate) everyday things. Basic Books. Radianti, J., Majchrzak, T. A., Fromm, J., & Wohlgenannt, I. (2020). A systematic review of immersive virtual reality applications for higher education. Computers & Education, 147, 103770. Shapiro, L. (2019). Embodied cognition. Routledge. Story, M. F., Mueller, J. L., & Mace, R. L. (1998). The universal design file: Designing for people of all ages and abilities. North Carolina State University. Topçu, Ç., Erdur-Baker, Ö., & Çapa-Aydın, Y. (2010). Temel Empati Ölçeği Türkçe uyarlaması. Türk Psikolojik Danışma ve Rehberlik Dergisi, 4(34), 174–182. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper A (Mis)Match? A Mapping Review of Learning Objectives and Pedagogical Approaches to Foster AI Literacy in Higher Education Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany Presenting Author:In light of the proliferation of artificial intelligence (AI) in daily lives and in educational and professional contexts, the significance of AI literacy — defined as the competencies, skills and abilities to comprehend, critically evaluate, utilise, and, in certain instances, create AI (Long and Magerko, 2020; Ng et al., 2021) — is growing exponentially. In the aftermath of the publication of ChatGPT in 2022, substantial discourse, debate and negotiation have ensued concerning the development and cultivation of AI literacy among students and academic staff within higher education institutions (Bond et al., 2024; Laupichler et al., 2022a). Consequently, a plethora of pedagogical approaches designed to foster AI literacy emerged, and the incorporation of (generative) AI into academic curricula has increased (Ma et al., 2025; Southworth et al., 2023). Current research investigates students’ AI literacy in specific areas of study, such as, for instance, archival science (e.g. Dong et al., 2025), medicine (e.g. Laupichler et al., 2024b) or pre-service teacher education (Ayanwale et al., 2024). It also focuses on the development of AI literacy frameworks (e.g. Öner, 2024; Zhou & Schofield, 2024), or measures AI literacy’s influence on multiple variables, such as fear of innovation (Polat, 2025), classroom engagement (Wang et al., 2025), academic performance (You et al., 2024) or complex problem-solving skills (Promma et al., 2025). However, the actual alignment between the learning objectives (LOs) formulated as goals of AI literacy interventions, and the pedagogical approaches implemented to foster said competencies and skills, has thus far received insufficient attention. Learning objectives describe the intended learning outcomes, competencies, knowledge, and skills that learners will have acquired upon completion of an educational offering (Anderson et al., 2001; Gogus, 2012b). The principle of constructive alignment, introduced into higher education teaching and learning by Biggs (1996), emphasises the systematic coherence between intended learning outcomes, teaching and learning activities, and assessment formats. As learning objectives address more complex levels, such as analysis or creation (Anderson et al., 2001), so does the assessment format, as well as the pedagogical approaches and teaching and learning activities to promote the achievement of these objectives (Biggs et al., 2022). Such alignment ensures that what students (are expected to) do in their learning processes is directly linked to what they are expected to learn, thereby supporting deep rather than superficial approaches to learning (Biggs et al., 2022). Focusing on the complex layers of AI literacy and respective learning objectives associated with its different facets, the present study applies the principle of constructive alignment (Biggs, 1996) and Bloom’s revised LO taxonomy (Anderson et al., 2001) to investigate the pedagogical design of teaching and learning settings in higher education aimed at fostering students’ AI literacy. Accordingly, this study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To answer these research questions, the authors conducted a systematic mapping review. The authors re-analysed parts of a data corpus deriving from a mapping review by Reis and Schütz (under review), which ‘aims at categorizing, classifying, characterising patterns, trends or themes' (Booth, 2016, p. 14) regarding scientific publications on AI literacy in higher, continuing, and further education since 2022. This approach was chosen owing to its capability to encompass the multifaceted nature of the construct, namely AI literacy, as well as for its presumed potential to reflect international didactic, learning design and technology-enhanced learning discourse on AI literacy (Kerres, 2025; Marín et al., 2023). While the initial corpus included research on higher, and continuing and further education, as well as empirical and theoretical-conceptual papers, the present study addresses empirical research regarding higher education only. Adhering to the PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) guidelines, the initial review adhered to the following standardised procedures (Gough et al., 2012; Zawacki-Richter et al., 2020): the investigation was registered with an official review repository (Open Science Framework), succeeded by scoping searches on the subject which resulted in the formulation of a comprehensive search string in German and English as well as the identification of appropriate databases. Subsequent steps included executing two rounds of literature searches with predetermined exclusion and inclusion criteria, yielding a total of 4,013 studies. Titles and abstracts were examined to establish the eligibility of the studies prior to developing a coding framework to extract information of interest during the full-text screening of 268 papers. The implementation of pre-established exclusion and inclusion criteria resulted in a final corpus of 31 studies, which were included in the present study. The final corpus was subsequently coded, examined and discussed in multiple iterations to address the proposed research questions. The initial coding scheme by Reis and Schütz (under review) was expanded to include deductive and inductive categories relating to LOs as well as pedagogical approaches chosen to foster AI literacy in order to analyse the studies narratively and thematically (Dobricki et al., 2020; Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024). A list of action verbs in English and German associated with the cognitive processes proposed by Anderson et al. (2001) was drawn upon to code and analyse the LOs stated in the corpus (ibid. 2001; Gogus, 2012a). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis indicates that Anderson et al.’s (2001) revised Bloom's Taxonomy provides a viable framework for analysing LOs in research on AI literacy interventions in higher education. The taxonomy has demonstrated applicability across the majority of studies examined, enabling systematic classification of intended learning outcomes. Moreover, the analysis reveals a broad heterogeneity of LOs as well as pedagogical approaches, with a discernible distribution across the entire spectrum of Bloom's taxonomy. Notably, the cognitive levels 'Understand' and 'Apply' appear to be addressed with particular frequency, suggesting a predominant focus on lower- to mid-level cognitive processes. Given the complexity of AI technologies and their societal implications, the emphasis on comprehension and application, whilst foundational, may prove insufficient for developing the critical evaluation skills, ethical reasoning, and creative problem-solving capacities that contemporary AI literacy frameworks increasingly emphasise (Hackl et al., 2026; OECD, 2025). However, a significant proportion of studies within the corpus is expected to either fail to explicitly state learning objectives or present objectives in insufficiently operationalisable terms, raising questions about whether this absence reflects deliberate pedagogical choices or inadvertent omissions in research design and reporting. Moreover, data analysis thus far suggests that a wide array of pedagogical approaches were employed to foster AI literacy in higher education contexts. However, consistent with extant research on curriculum alignment (Loughlin et al., 2021), occasional to frequent misalignments between stated LOs and implemented pedagogical approaches appear likely. Together with preliminary findings that indicate a conspicuous absence of explicit justifications for focus on particular LOs, as well as for the choice of specific pedagogical approaches, these and further findings will be topics of discussion during the presentation. Particular emphasis will be placed on the implications of these findings for both future research and promoting the pedagogically sound development of AI literacy education formats in higher education. References Inter alia: Anderson, L. W., Krathwohl., D., R., Airasian, P., W., Cruikshank, K., A., Mayer, R., E., Pintrich, Paul. R., Raths, J., & Wittrock, M. C. (2001). A Taxonomy for Learning, Teaching, and Assessing. A Revision of Bloom’s Taxonomy of Educational Objectives. Longman. Biggs, J. (1996). Enhancing teaching through constructive alignment. Higher Education, 32(3), 347–364. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00138871 Biggs, J., Tang, C. S., & Kennedy, G. (2022). Teaching for Quality Learning at University (5th edn). Open University Press. Bond, M., Khosravi, H., De Laat, M., Bergdahl, N., Negrea, V., Oxley, E., Pham, P., Chong, S. W., & Siemens, G. (2024). A meta systematic review of artificial intelligence in higher education: A call for increased ethics, collaboration, and rigour. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21(1), 4. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00436-z Booth, A. (2016). EVIDENT Guidance for Reviewing the Evidence: A compendium of methodological literature and websites. The University of Sheffield. http://dx.doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.1.1562.9842 Dobricki, M., Evi-Colombo, A., & Cattaneo, A. (2020). Situating Vocational Learning and Teaching Using Digital Technologies—A Mapping Review of Current Research Literature. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 7(3), 344–360. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.7.3.5 Dong, L., Tang, S., Cheng, Y., & Wang, P. (2025). The smart archive management practicing pipeline: A virtual online learning platform for AI literacy development in archival science. Information Research, 30(iConf), 450–466. https://doi.org/10.47989/ir30iConf47305 Gogus, A. (2012b). Learning Objectives. In Encyclopedia of the Sciences of Learning (pp. 1950–1954). Springer, Boston, MA. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-1428-6_144 Gough, D., Thomas, J., & Oliver, S. (2012). Clarifying differences between review designs and methods. Systematic Reviews, 1(1), 28. https://doi.org/10.1186/2046-4053-1-28 Hackl, V., Müller, A. E., & Sailer, M. (2026). The AI literacy heptagon: A structured approach to AI literacy in higher education. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 10, 100540. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2026.100540 Kerres, M. (2025). Mediendidaktik: Versuch einer Positionierung. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 65, 1–27. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/65/2025.04.26.X Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6., überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage). Beltz Juventa. Loughlin, C., Lygo-Baker, S., & Lindberg-Sand, Å. (2021). Reclaiming constructive alignment. European Journal of Higher Education, 11(2), 119–136. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2020.1816197 OECD. (2025). Empowering learners for the age of AI: An AI literacy framework for primary and secondary education. OECD. https://ailiteracyframework.org/ Zawacki-Richter, O., Kerres, M., Bedenlier, S., Bond, M., & Buntins, K. (Eds). (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Coding in L1 1: University College Copenhagen; 2: VIA University College Presenting Author:Purpose and research question This presentation aims at digital creativity and coding in language 1 (mother tongue): New genres and text functions have increasingly become part of the L1 subject domain, including microblogs, podcasts, digital stories, memes, and AI-generated content (Mills, 2015; Vee, 2017). The purpose of the project we present is to develop learning designs that challenge how an expressive and creative digital culture can enable participation and empowerment for students in secondary school and high school. The background is a social semiotic theoretical approach combined with a perspective on computational literacy. As a baseline, we conducted a scoping review on computational literacy in L1 (Lorentzen et al., in review 2026). The review investigated connections between computational literacy and language one in the Nordic countries and internationally. The main result is a lack of knowledge on computational literacy in L1 (Holo et al 2023; Nygaard & Skaftung 2020). Furthermore, the role of coding in L1 Danish raises fundamental questions about which semiotic resources contribute to meaning-making and which representations best support the core content and competencies. (Sharin & Warschauer, 2018, Tate et al. 2020, Burriss et al. 2024, Hachmann & Slot, 2024).This leaves room for empirical studies investigating learning objectives for coding within the subject of L1 Danish. Vee suggests coding as a relevant textual practice: “we need a concept of literacy that abstracts away from its specific tools. I often use the term computational literacy alongside coding literacy […] I believe it’s about more than thinking, it’s also about reading and building and writing” (Vee, 2017, p 11). Accordingly, our aim is to address a new textual practice by designing interventions with coding activities as a core curricular content.
What characterizes students’ activities with computational textual practices, with particular attention to coding, in Danish in secondary school and high school? Theoretical framework: Our analytical framework for understanding computational text practices and coding are three perspectives: cognitive, material and social dimensions (diSessa, 2001). Our hypothesis is that coding activities contribute to the expressiveness and material understanding among students and support digital empowerment (Mechelen, 2021). Material expressiveness is a central concept and for diSessa this constitutes a computational medium or artefact: It is the capacity to express something new or reveal aspects of expressiveness that enable humans to think in new ways (diSessa, 2001: 111). We are interested in computational things as a foundation for text-based practices that can contribute to digitally formative and empowering education (diSessa, 2001: 20). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology: DBR-intervensions, field studies and data collection: The project has a practice-oriented approach to research and therefore the basic principle is that participants from practice are valuable and gatekeepers in a design based-research project (Barab & Squire 2004). This counts both in the work of identifying challenges, in the work of finding characteristic features of a potential solution as well as when preparing and testing the prototype (Mckenney & Reeves 2013). The starting point for the DBR-intervention is 12 collaborative workshops on the topic of digital creativity and coding.Teachers and experts developed content and design principles that should guide a prototype on coding as a learning object in L1. This work resulted in a main topic: “Data and AI literacy” organized into three phases; 1) "Me and my data - SOME and algorithms" 2) “Before coding - How to collect and visualize a dataset" and 3) “I can code - how to build a poem generator!" Teachers redesigned the content and elements from the DRB workshops so they fitted into the students' prerequisites. The 12 workshops were followed by empirical data collection in four classrooms (video recordings) focusing on student activities. The schools were selected because they described themselves as “innovative and with interest in digital comprehension”. All together we collected 40 hours of video data focusing on students' activities on the screen; where students are either working on or preparing for actual coding. Finally, we collected student production and conducted 10 interviews with students. Ethical considerations and GPDR: The study is a classroom study of teachers and students in four schools. All participants, including parental consent for students, have signed informed consent declarations detailing the project's objectives to ensure full transparency. Participants' anonymity will be maintained in all research dissemination to protect privacy (Ministry of Higher Education and Science 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings and conclusion: The study identifies emerging literacy approaches among students with computational text practices in L1 education. These approaches can be analytically categorised using diSessa’s framework, distinguishing between cognitive, material, and social dimensions of coding activities. In initial phases of the interventions, students' reflections are often scaffolded by the teacher; however, over time, students demonstrate increasingly independent and nuanced considerations of data and computation in the world around them. The following results emerges in the empirical data: 1) Through computational cognitive practices e.g. pattern recognition, students develop an understanding of computational units and processes of datafication, i.e. how aspects of the world can be transformed into data. During the activities, students are also able to reflect critically on the presence and role of technology in their everyday lives. 2) From a material perspective, students participate in a range of aesthetic and representational practices related to coding, including the creation and manipulation of digital artefacts. These material engagements support students’ exploration of how computational processes can be expressed, visualised, and communicated in different forms. 3) From a social perspective, coding in the classroom emerges as a fundamentally collaborative activity. Students consistently prefer to work in groups, where tasks, roles, and hands-on interactions with digital tools are continuously negotiated often with enjoyment. This pattern is observed across genders, suggesting that social interaction plays a key role in students’ positive orientation towards computational activities in L1. References References: Burriss, S. K. & Leander, K. (2024). Critical posthumanist literacy: Building theory for reading, writing, and living ethically with everyday artificial intelligence. Reading Research Quarterly, 59(4), 560–569. Barab, S., & Squire, K. (2004). Design-based research: Putting a stake in the ground. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 13(1), 1–14. Barton (2007): Literacy: An Introduction to the Ecology of Written Language, Wiley Chongtay R. (2018). Computational Literacy skill set - an incremental approach in Designing for learning in a networked world. Ed. Nina Bonderup Dohn. Routledge DiSessa, A. A. (2001). Changing minds: Computers, learning, and literacy. Mit Press. Kress, G.R. (2010). Multimodality: a social semiotic approach to contemporary communication. London: Routledge. Holo, O. E., Kveim, E. N., Lysne, M. S., Taraldsen, L. H., & Haara, F. O. (2022). A review of research on teaching of computer programming in primary school mathematics: moving towards sustainable classroom action. Education Inquiry, 14(4), 513–528. Lorentzen, R.F., Slot, M.F., Møller, L., Schou D.V., Hejsel, T., Birk-Ellegren A. (2026)(in review): Computationel literacy and language one: a scoping review on Nordic and international research Mechelen, M.V.; Musaeus, L.H.; Iversen O.S.; Dindler, C.; Hjorth, A. (2021) A Systematic Review of Empowerment in Child-Computer Interaction Research. In Interaction Design and Children (IDC ’21), June 24–30, 2021, Athens, Greece. ACM, New York, NY, USA. Ministry of Higher Education and Science (2024): Danish Code of Conduct for Research Integrity Mills, K. A. (2015). Literacy Theories for the Digital Age: Social, Critical, Multimodal, Spatial, Material and Sensory Lenses. Multilingual Matters. Mckenney, Susan & Reeves, T.. (2013). Educational Design Research. 10.1007/978-1-4614-3185-5_1 Nygard, A. O., & Skaftun, A. (2017). The assignment transformed: Building a disciplinary affinity space in student blogs. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 17(1), 1–32. Reeves, T. (2006). Design research from a technology perspective. In: Educational Design Research. (pp. 64-78), Routledge. Sharin R. Jacob & Mark Warschauer (2018) Computational Thinking and Literacy. Journal of Computer Science Integration. https://doi.org/10.21832/9781783094639 Selander, S., & Kress, G. (2012). Læringsdesign—I et multimodalt perspektiv. Frydenlund. Tate, T. P., Doroudi, S., Ritchie, D., Xu, Y. & Uci, M. W. (2023). Educational Research and AI-Generated Writing: Confronting the Coming Tsunami [Preprint]. https://doi.org/10.35542/osf.io/4mec3 Vee, A. (2017). Coding Literacy: How Computer Programming Is Changing Writing The MIT Press. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/10655.001.000135. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Learning Loss and Cotton Effect: Upper Secondary Education in the Aftermath of a Pandemic University of Iceland, Iceland Presenting Author:In March 2020, the COVID‑19 pandemic transformed the operations of schools within just a few days. In Iceland, schoolwork took on a new form: distance learning replaced on‑site teaching, and homes across the country became classrooms. In Icelandic upper secondary schools emergency remote teaching dominated from the middle of March until the end of the school year (Gestsdóttir et al., 2020). When students returned, they were met with constantly changing restrictions during the next schoolyear. The health authorities in Iceland took the position that school closures should be “an absolute last resort” (Möller, 2020), and the education authorities shared this view. Schools emphasized student welfare and well‑being but nevertheless the challenges were significant and the impacts far‑reaching. This presentation draws on a four‑year research project that followed the work of upper secondary schools throughout the crisis and its aftermath. The aim of the current study was to investigate in particular the experiences of upper secondary school teachers in regard to both the teaching and learning taking place during COVID-19 and the long-term effects of the pandemic on education. Numerous international studies have demonstrated the adverse effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on student learning, but thus far, none have investigated the issue in Iceland. Many reasons, including social and economic factors, lay behind the view that school closures should be avoided (Jourdan, 2021). Attention soon also turned to the potential learning loss that students might experience when school buildings were closed. The concept of learning loss has been used to describe situations in which the educational process does not progress at the same pace or in the same manner as before. It is assumed that students acquire certain knowledge and skills within a given timeframe, and when this fails due to a disruption in learning, it is referred to as learning loss (The Glossary of Education Reform, 2013; Pier o.fl., 2021). Research conducted internationally has shown that learning loss was particularly evident in subjects that rely heavily on prior knowledge, such as mathematics and the natural sciences (Pier et al., 2021). Numerous studies on learning loss during the pandemic have also focused on reading and mathematics among primary school students (see, for example, Molnár and Hermann, 2023; Schult et al., 2022). Different research methods and data have been used to measure learning loss, and the findings do not always align. However, a large-scale study in The Netherlands revealed that an eight‑week school closure resulted in learning loss equivalent to one‑fifth of a school year, that is, eight weeks (Engzell et al., 2021). Dozens of studies have highlighted a direct link between the length of school closures and the extent of learning loss (Marshall & Pressley, 2024, bls. 28). Our study shows that various adverse effects resulted from the pandemic. Some teachers had difficulty delivering the material under new conditions, some omitted specific topics, and others changed their focus. Moreover, online learning did not work for all students, and some lacked the support at home to fully participate in their studies during this period. These consequences can be described as learning loss. Changes in teaching made during the COVID-19 pandemic ruptured the organisation and rhythm of upper secondary school education. Teachers lessened the academic requirements; they indicated that their students had more absences from school and were more inactive than prior to the pandemic. In addition, students reported looking more towards their social network during this period for assistance in learning and many said they did not get the help they needed. These results indicate that learning loss is a likely consequence of the COVID-19 period in Iceland. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used During the four years of research the research team collected diverse data. Surveys were conducted in the spring of 2020 and at the end of the year to gather responses from school staff, students, and parents. 48 stakeholders were interviewed within a year of the school closures: teachers, head teachers, school councillors, students and parents. The teachers (N = 12) were interviewed again in the autumn of 2024. Field observations took place in two schools and policy documents were read closely. In spring of 2024, a questionnaire was administered to all those teaching in upper secondary schools in Iceland where they were asked about teaching and student learning during the COVID-19 pandemic and what they saw as the long-term consequences of this period. The response rate was 28% with 495 responses received. As the focus of this study was on the effects of the COVID-19 period on teaching and learning, the responses of those 425 respondents who had taught at upper secondary schools both before and during the pandemic were analysed. A particular focus was on answers to an open-ended question posed to those (N = 317) who agreed that the COVID-19 period had had effects on student learning. These answers were thematically analysed to obtain a fuller view of the teachers’ experience and views, first by one researcher but to ensure the internal reliability of the analysis (Noble and Heale, 2019), a second researcher took over, reviewed the analysis, and proposed improvements. The whole group then discussed the suggestions, and revisions were made accordingly. From this process, the following three themes emerged: 1) disruptions in learning continuity and gaps in knowledge, 2) the “cotton-wool effect” and reduced expectations and 3) limited opportunities for interaction and weakened social connections. The research was funded by The Icelandic Centre for Research (No 217900-051). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that teachers observed various changes in students’ learning behaviour and outcomes. When comparing current students with students prior to the pandemic, the teachers thought student attendance was worse, homework was lacking, they participated less during lessons, were less independent and interested, and seemed to have more difficulty with collaborations and group work. It was notable that over one-third of the teachers said that academic requirements had lessened in comparison to prior to the pandemic. When asked whether the COVID-19 period had affected student learning, 67% of the teachers agreed and were asked to elaborate. The teachers spoke of loss of learning, as prerequisite knowledge was lacking, making it difficult to build on that knowledge when school activities returned to a more traditional format. They noted that they were not able to make the same academic demands as before, since the students and parents expected more flexibility and slack, and reversing these trends remained difficult. Some reported that students had received significant help with assignments outside of class during the pandemic, to the extent that another person mostly completed the assignments and the exams for them. As a result, the students lacked the expected knowledge and were less independent. Teachers also mentioned that students’ social skills seem to have suffered, pointing to a lack of opportunities for collaboration and interaction during the COVID period. Overall, the findings show serious consequences for student learning due to the pandemic. These consequences have not been discussed or addressed in Iceland. The results therefore raise questions about the quality of education during and, more importantly, after, the pandemic, and highlight the unresolved long-term consequences of the situation in the post-pandemic era. References Engzell, P., Frey, A. og Verhagen, M. D. (2021). Learning loss due to school closures during the COVID-19 pandemic. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 118(17), e2022376118. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2022376118 Gestsdóttir, S.M., Ragnarsdóttir, G., Björnsdóttir, A. and Eiríksdóttir, E. (2020). Fjarkennsla í faraldri: Nám og kennsla í framhaldsskólum á tímum samkomubanns vegna COVID-19. Sérrit Netlu 2020 – Menntakerfi og heimili á tímum COVID-19. https://doi.org/10.24270/serritnetla.2020.25 The Glossary of Education Reform. (2013). Learning loss. https://www.edglossary.org/learning-loss/ Jourdan, D. (2021, 29. mars). What does the evidence tell us about keeping schools open safely. Unesco. https://unescochair-ghe.org/resources/covid-19-and-schools/what-does-the-evidence-tell-us-about-keeping-schools-open-safely/ Marshall, D. T. og Pressley, T. (2024). Lessons of the pandemic: Disruption, innovation, and what schools need to move forward. The Guilford Press. Molnár, G. og Hermann, Z. (2023). Short- and long-term effects of COVID-related kindergarten and school closures on first- to eighth-grade students’ school readiness skills and mathematics, reading and science learning. Learning and Instruction, 83, 101706. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2022.101706 Möller, A.D. (2020, 19. nóvember). Lýðheilsa – mikilvægi menntunar og skólagöngu. Morgunblaðið, bls. 37. Noble, H. og Heale, R. (2019). Triangulation in research, with examples. Evidence-Based Nursing, 22(3), 67–68. https://doi.org/10.1136/ebnurs-2019-103145 Pier, L., Hough, H. J., Christian, M., Bookman, N., Wilkenfeld, B. og Miller, R. (2021). COVID-19 and the educational equity crisis: Evidence on learning loss from the CORE data collaborative. Policy Analysis for California Education. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543211011974 Schult, J., Mahler, N., Fauth, B. og Lindner, M. A. (2022). Did students learn less during the COVID-19 pandemic? Reading and mathematics competencies before and after the first pandemic wave. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 33(4), 544–563. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2022.2061014 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 27 SES 12 B: Secondary School Science and Computational Thinking Location: Ukko-Pekka | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Patrick Schreyer Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Students’ Learning of Action-oriented knowledge in Education about Antibiotic Resistance Uppsala university, Sweden Presenting Author:We will present findings from a project exploring how biology education in secondary schools can enhance students' learning and action competence regarding antibiotic resistance (henceforth ABR). ABR has been described as one of the most pressing global health challenges of our time, with far-reaching consequences for individuals, communities, and the healthcare systems (e.g., Littman et al., 2020). Educating young people about this issue is crucial because it equips the next generation with the tools to understand, and be an active agent in preventing this growing crisis (WHO, 2015). Researchers within ESE emphasize that school has a great opportunity to foster students to become action competent (Chen and Liu, 2020; Varela-Losada, et al., 2016). Action competence is more than acquiring knowledge or changing individual behaviors. It involves developing the capacity to engage critically and collectively with sustainability issues (Jensen & Schnack, 2006; Mogensen & Schnack, 2010).
While action competence describes a capacity to act, what we can observe in a classroom is what students actually say and do. That is why will address the practical foundation for taking action, that is, the action-oriented knowledge (Jensen 2002, 2004; Van Poeck et al., 2023) that students in this study use in a case study on an authentic sustainability issue in the area of ABR. By letting students have the opportunity to have critical encounters and participate in deliberative conversations about an authentic situation, and to practice the ability to make thoughtful, conscious choice, we have the ambition to contribute to teaching and learning where both the knowledge and values of ABR are put into practice.
The purpose of the study is to explore how upper secondary school students express their understanding of antibiotic use and resistance, and how these expressions can be interpreted in terms of action-oriented knowledge. Specifically, we investigate what kinds of action-oriented knowledge emerge in students’ group discussions when they engage with an authentic case of antibiotic resistance. We build on John Dewey’s transactional approach (Dewey, 1938/1997), where learning is here understood as a process that takes place when a person acts in and interacts with a social and physical environment (Dewey & Bentley, 1949). To make something intelligible, it is necessary for the individual to create relationships between what they already know and what they face in the learning environment. Learning something new is thus a relational process (Biesta & Burbules, 2003; Garrison, 2001). The concept ‘privileging’ is used as a way to make visible that participants in learning processes value certain issues, physical objects, actions, etc. as more reasonable and fruitful than others (Wertsch, 1993). The privileging leads the learning process in certain directions and towards certain learning content. When it comes to studying the learning of action competence, Jensen (2002) distinguishes between four different dimensions of action-oriented knowledge that can define the overall knowledge needed to become action competent, that is knowledge about; the nature of the problem and its effects, about root causes, about strategies for change and about alternatives and visions. The first two types of knowledge describe the fundamental subject knowledge needed to be able to connect to the questions of what is the problem and why do we have it. The last two dimensions are characterized by being change-oriented and concerns where do we want to go and how can changes be made. Furthermore, Jensen (2002) considers actions as both direct and indirect and points out that an action-oriented teaching has to embrace both. Moreover, the strategies for action might concern individual actions or collective actions or both. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The basic design of the project was to plan, perform, analyse and modify teaching in cycles to develop relevant and functional teaching sequences, taking into consideration critical moments that students face when they encounter the content of ABR education. A teaching sequence of four lessons was planned collaboratively between researchers and three biology teachers at two different secondary schools. In this study, we focus on one of the activities, namely a group discussion about consuming the Cypriot cheese halloumi. The activity was carried out in the fourth of the lessons, as an activity where knowledge and priorities could be put to use. The background to the assignment was that imports of halloumi into Sweden have increased explosively with a growing interest in eating less meat in order to reduce climate change. However, there has been a lot of media attention in Sweden questioning the consummation of halloumi since Cyprus, the sole producer of this cheese, is the country in Europe that uses the most antibiotics to animals in agriculture and may as such contribute to increase ABR in Europe. A study case was formulated to provoke discussions and establish a situation where there would be possible for students to consider both different institutional stakeholders’ positions as well as individual actions that they themselves could do. In total, the discussions in 25 different student groups, including between 3 and 8 students, were audio recorded. The teaching was performed with students attending their last year in upper secondary school (age 18-19). The discussions lasted approximately 15 minutes. All group discussions were transcribed verbatim. To analyse the data, Practical Epistemology Analysis (PEA) (Wickman & Östman 2002), was used. Through PEA it is possible to create empirically grounded knowledge on learning process and learning outcome in educational situations that include knowledge skills, values as well as actions. The practical epistemological analyses of the learning process make visible regularities in what questions and knowledge that the students bring up and discuss in their talk. These regularities display different areas of content. This content is analyzed in terms of dimensions of action-oriented knowledge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With this study we contribute to empirical research on learning processes, how knowledge and values can be formed and transformed in teaching practice and how it is related to change of behavior and actions. The preliminary results show four areas of content that were central in how the students contextualized and discussed the assignment and solutions to the problem presented to them. The areas focus on; economics, laws and regulations, information and finally ethics and moral in relation to the use of antibiotics. Furthermore, the analysis show that the students have knowledge about a wide landscape of action-oriented knowledge. As well as showing that they have knowledge about the nature of the problem and its effects and about root causes, they also came up with concrete suggestions for actions. However, most of the suggestions were indirect and collective. This means that the students’ solutions to the problem are placed some distance from the them and the problem is left for someone else to solve. Finally, taking point of departure in the relation between the structure of schooling and the characteristics of sustainability teaching (Stevenson, 2007), we discuss what action competence can be within the frames and content of schooling and how far it is reasonable to extend these frames. In this study we did not evaluate or make claims about, for example, long-term internalisation of knowledge. Rather, we approached learning as evolving learning that results in starting to master a selective attentiveness and functional ways of acting (Östman, Van Poeck, and Öhman, 2019). The use of action-oriented knowledge as a lens to study the nuances of the learning of action competence, is a contribution to the field of knowledge about action competence in a school context. However, it is clear that this question needs further attention in educational research. References Biesta, G., & Burbules, N. (2003). Pragmatism and educational research. Boulder, CO: Rowman & Littlefield. Chen, S. Y., and S. Y. Liu (2020). Developing Students’ Action Competence for a Sustainable Future. A Review of Educational Research. Sustainability 12 (4): 1374. Dewey, J. (1938/1997), Experience and Education. New York: Touchstone. Dewey J., & Bentley, A.F. (1949/1991). Knowing and the known. Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press. Garrison, J. (2001). An introduction to Dewey’s theory of functional ‘trans-action’: An alternative paradigm for activity theory. Mind, Culture and Activity, 8(4), 275-296. Jensen, B.B. (2002). Knowledge, Action and Pro-environmental Behavior. Environmental Education Research, 8:3, 325-334. Jensen, B. B. (2004). Environmental and health education viewed from an action-oriented perspective: a case from Denmark. Journal of Curriculum Studies. Vol. 36, No. 4, 405–425. DOI: 10.1080/0022027032000167235J. Jensen, B. & Schnack, K. (1997). The Action Competence Approach in Environmental Education. Environmental Education Research 3(2): 163-178. Littmann, J., Viens, A.M., & Silva, D.S. (2020). The Super-Wicked Problem of Antimicrobial Resistance. Ethics and Drug Resistance: Collective Responsibility for Global Public Health. Public Health Ethics Analysis, vol 5. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-27874-8_26. Mogensen, F., & Schnack, K. (2010). The action competence approach and the ‘new’ discourses of education for sustainable development, competence and quality criteria. Environmental Education Research, 16(1), 59–74. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620903504032. Van Poeck, K., Vandenplas, E., & Östman, L. (2024). Teaching action-oriented knowledge on sustainability issues. Environmental Education Research, 30(3), 334–360. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2167939. Varela-Losada, M., P. Vega-Marcote, U. Pérez-Rodríguez, and M. Álvarez-Lires (2016). “Going to Action?” A Literature Review on Educational Proposals in Formal Environmental Education. Environmental Education Research 22 (3):390–421. Wertsch, J. V. (1993). Voices of the mind. A social-cultural approach to mediated action, Cambridge MA; Harvard University Press. Wickman, P.-O., & Östman, L. (2002). Learning as discourse change: A sociocultural mechanism. Science Education, 86, 601-623. World Health Organization (WHO) (2015). Global Action Plan on Antimicrobial Resistance. Retrieved from http://www.who.int/antimicrobial-resistance/publications/global-action-plan/en/. Östman, L. van Poeck, K och Öhman, J. (2019). Principles for sustainable development teaching. In Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges (ed). Katrien Van Poeck; Leif Östman; Johan Öhman, Abingdon; New York: Routledge, 2019, s. 40-55. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Developing Didactic Principles for Teaching Critical Examination of Science in the Media. A Design-based Study in Upper Secondary School 1: Stockholm University, Sweden; 2: City of Stockholm; 3: Jönköping University Presenting Author:A central aspect of science education for citizenship is to support students in becoming scientifically literate citizens who are capable of critically examining and discussing science-related claims encountered in the media. Such critical examination does not only involve assessing whether scientific information is true or false, but also includes scrutinizing scientific processes, evaluating the relevance and limitations of information, recognizing the tentative nature of scientific knowledge, and distinguishing between scientific and non-scientific issues (Bromme & Goldman, 2014). In contemporary science education teachers face the challenge of addressing these forms of critical examination in ways that balance the teaching of established science content with the promotion of students’ autonomy and active engagement in critical examination. Osborne and Allchin (2024) argue that science education should aim to educate ‘competent outsiders’ meaning citizens who are not specialists but are nevertheless able to evaluate scientific claims and participate meaningfully in societal discussions about science. This involves developing students’ understanding of: the social practices of science and the institutional structures that enable scientists to produce reliable knowledge, the nature and potential pitfalls of mediated communication, major scientific explanatory theories of the natural world, and appreciation of the empirical basis of science and of the diversity of modes of reasoning used to warrant the claims advanced by science. This study focuses on the teaching of the school subject Science Studies (Naturkunskap) in Swedish upper-secondary school for students enrolled in programs not specializing in science. Science Studies has as a main aim to support students’ participation in discussions about science-related issues as non-experts. Thus, the focus of this study is to develop teaching and didactic principles for teaching supporting the development of students’ capabilities for critical examination of science in news media, social media, and other public sources. Theoretically the study is grounded in previous research on teaching critical examination and different aspects of learning related to science in the media and the application of concepts of the Nature of Science (NOS). Wiblom et al. (2019) show that while tools for critical examination can enable more elaborate reasoning, they may also constrain and delimit the scope of students’ critique. In addition to research on teaching critical examination through socioscientific issues or historical cases, prior studies have also examined critical examination in encounters with media. For example, Solli (2019) argues that further research is needed to understand how scientific controversies can be used in science education to support students in navigating the diversity and complexity of how such issues are represented in media. In sum, previous research points to a need for teaching designs that support students’ engagement with uncertainty, disagreement, and the credibility of mediated scientific knowledge. To strengthen students’ critical examination capabilities, this study draws on NOS as an analytical and pedagogical resource. Previous research on NOS has proposed key-aspects that are of importance for making sense of processes of scientific knowledge production. Lederman’s (2007) “Consensus Model” highlights central NOS aspects such as the tentative, empirical, and creative nature of science. Erduran and Dagher’s (2014) “Family Resemblance Model” expands this perspective by including social and institutional dimensions of scientific practices. A common conclusion from research on students’ learning of NOS is that students need to be provided with a variety of contexts in which they can apply NOS-related concepts (e.g. Allchin, 2011). Aim and research question The aim of this study is to develop didactical principles of teaching that supports students’ capabilities for critical examination of science issues in the media, where NOS serves as a central conceptual tool. RQ1: How can teaching practices be designed to support critical examination of science-related issues in the media?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is part of a design-based research project (The Design-Based Research Collective, 2003), involving teaching interventions conducted in three iterative cycles at two Swedish upper-secondary schools during 2023–2024. The initial design phase included analyses of: (I) curricular goals, (II) previous research on teaching critical examination and the Nature of Science (NOS), in order to formulate tentative educational design principles, and (III) established teaching practices in the participating schools. The tentative educational design principles were: (I) use rich, problem-based contexts as starting points, where uncertainty, conflicting evidence, and alternative interpretations are visible; (II) focus on science as practiced rather than idealized, emphasizing reliability in real-life contexts rather than portraying science as linear or rule-bound; (III) make NOS explicit and case-specific, by clearly articulating relevant NOS aspects in relation to each case and formulating NOS as an explicit instructional goal; and (IV) support dialogue and progression over time, ensuring student-centred discussion and argumentation across diverse contexts. Each intervention cycle included teaching activities related to NOS and media literacy. Students worked collaboratively in small groups to critically evaluate the credibility of scientific claims presented in different media formats, such as newspaper articles, popular science magazine articles, television programmes, and blogs. In Cycle 1, instruction focused on health issues related to thyroid gland function, using primarily popular media publications. In Cycle 2, fewer examples were drawn from popular media; instead, episodes from a public service television series were used alongside newspaper articles addressing the use of DNA data in archaeology and palaeontology. In Cycle 3, most publications originated from scientifically credible sources and addressed multiple topics, including divergent conclusions regarding the likelihood of a collapse of the Gulf Stream, publications on deep-sea mining, and a blog post used as an example of a non-credible publication. Data consisted of recorded student group discussions and student-written texts. After each cycle, data were analysed thematically, and findings informed the redesign of subsequent teaching cycles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study has identified challenges and enabling conditions for supporting students’ critical examination of science-related issues in media, particularly concerning students’ use of NOS concepts as tools for critical examination. A key challenge was students’ difficulty in applying NOS concepts in their evaluations in Cycle 1. In Cycle 1, students mainly relied on general source criticism and, at times, relativistic conclusions (e.g., ideas of personal truths), rather than engaging with the epistemic and social practices through which scientific knowledge is produced. This indicated a need for stronger and more explicit attention to NOS. In Cycle 2, engagement with NOS increased when students were provided with more scientifically credible media texts and a written template including NOS concepts to scaffold critical examination. The results also showed that media publications differ in how they afford NOS-based critique; some texts provided too few cues related to scientific practices (e.g., consensus, peer-review or methods and data). In Cycle 3, the teaching sequence was revised through refined scaffolding in the use of NOS and the selection of media publications in order to make NOS-related dimensions more readily discernible. Based on the interventions, we suggest three additional didactic design principles for teaching about critical examination of science in the media: (1) select media publications strategically so that students encounter texts that make uncertainty, scientific processes, and credibility issues visible; (2) operationalize NOS as an explicit tool for critical examination, for example through guiding questions and analytic prompts; and (3) teach practical strategies for evaluating trustworthiness, such as tracing original studies and identifying peer review. These findings are important as they clarify conditions under which NOS can become a practical resource for critical media examination, strengthening science education for citizenship. References Allchin, D. (2011). Evaluating knowledge of the nature of (whole) science. Science Education, 95(3), 518-542. Bromme, R., & Goldman, S. R. (2014). The public's bounded understanding of science. Educational Psychologist, 49, 59-69. The Design-Based Research Collective. (2003). Design based research: An emerging paradigm for educational inquiry. Educational Researcher, 32, 5–8. Erduran, S., Dagher, Z. R. (2014). Family resemblance approach to characterizing science. Reconceptualizing the Nature of Science for Science Education: Scientific Knowledge, Practices and Other Family Categories, 19-40. Lederman, N. G. (2007). Nature of science: Past, present, and future. In S. K. Abell & N. G. Lederman (Eds.), Handbook of research on science education, (pp. 831-879). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Osborne, J., & Allchin, D. (2024). Science literacy in the twenty-first century: informed trust and the competent outsider. International Journal of Science Education, 1-22. Solli, A., Mäkitalo, Å. & Hillman, T. Rendering controversial socioscientific issues legible through digital mapping tools. Intern. J. Comput.-Support. Collab. Learn 13, 391–418 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11412-018-9286-x Wiblom, J., Rundgren, CJ. & Andrée, M. (2019). Developing Students’ Critical Reasoning About Online Health Information: a Capabilities Approach. Research in Science Education, 49, 1759–1782. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Constructing the Nature of Scientific Knowledge:The Impact of Multiple Modeling on High School Students’ Epistemological Beliefs Within the Context of COVID-19 Marmara University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Over the last two decades, international reforms in science education have pivoted toward a fundamental goal: students should not merely memorize scientific concepts but must grasp how scientific knowledge is produced, justified, and revised over time (NRC, 2012; OECD, 2018). This shift has positioned epistemological beliefs—the metacognitive structures concerning the source, certainty, and justification of knowledge—as a cornerstone of science education. These beliefs directly dictate how students approach learning, navigate scientific reasoning, and make sense of socio-scientific issues (Hofer & Pintrich, 1997; Conley et al., 2004). The importance of epistemological beliefs becomes particularly evident in the context of socioscientific issues (SSI). SSI such as pandemics, climate change, and vaccination involve uncertainty, conflicting evidence, and diverse expert perspectives, requiring students to conceptualise scientific knowledge not as a set of absolute truths but as evidence-based and open to change (Sadler, 2004; Zeidler & Nichols, 2009). However, studies conducted in both European and non-European contexts indicate that many students and teachers continue to perceive science as a body of fixed, authority-based knowledge (Lederman, 2007; Sinatra & Chinn, 2012). Such views limit students’ engagement with SSI and constrain their participation in scientific argumentation processes. In response to this challenge, modelling-based instruction has emerged as a powerful pedagogical approach for supporting epistemological development. Modelling involves a cyclical process in which students construct models to explain phenomena, make predictions, test evidence, and revise models when necessary (Schwarz et al., 2009). In particular, multiple modelling approaches allow the same phenomenon to be explored through different types of models (e.g., mechanistic, system-based, and mathematical), thereby supporting students’ understanding that scientific knowledge does not have a single, absolute representation (Acher et al., 2007; Clement, 2008). Although numerous studies have examined the effects of modelling-based instruction on conceptual learning and scientific practices, research investigating the impact of multiple modelling on epistemological beliefs within a socioscientific and comparative framework remains limited. The COVID-19 pandemic provides a global SSI context in which scientific knowledge has been rapidly produced, revised, and publicly debated, highlighting epistemic challenges that are shared not only at the national level but also across European education systems. The aim of this study is to examine the effects of socioscientific issue instruction enriched with multiple modelling activities in the context of COVID-19 on high school students’ epistemological beliefs and to compare these effects with those of argumentation-based instruction and traditional teaching approaches. The study seeks to generate pedagogical implications that are applicable across different European educational contexts. The study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopted a multi-method research design in which quantitative and qualitative data were used in a complementary manner. In the quantitative phase, the effects of different instructional approaches on students’ epistemological beliefs were examined comparatively. In the qualitative phase, students’ learning experiences were analysed in depth to enrich the interpretation of the quantitative findings. The study group consisted of 84 ninth-grade students from a public high school in Istanbul, Türkiye. The school and classes were selected based on comparable socio-economic status and academic achievement. Students could not be randomly assigned individually; instead, intact classes were assigned to experimental and comparison groups. Therefore, the study employed a quasi-experimental design (Shadish et al., 2002). The groups were as follows: a multiple modelling group (n = 26), an argumentation-based instruction group (n = 28), and a traditional instruction group (n = 30). Pre-test results indicated that the groups were comparable in terms of epistemological beliefs at baseline. The intervention was implemented over eight weeks within the biology unit on “Viruses.” In the multiple modelling group, students constructed mechanistic, system-based, and mathematical models related to COVID-19 and tested and revised these models using evidence. In the argumentation group, socioscientific questions related to COVID-19 were discussed using a claim–evidence–reasoning framework. In the traditional instruction group, teaching was conducted through teacher-centred explanations and textbook-based activities. Quantitative data were analysed using ANCOVA, with pre-test scores included as covariates. Prior to analysis, assumptions of normality, homogeneity of variances, and homogeneity of regression slopes were tested and met. Effect sizes were interpreted using eta squared (η²) values (Cohen, 1988). Qualitative data were analysed using content analysis (Miles, Huberman, & Saldaña, 2014). Coding was conducted independently by two researchers, and inter-coder agreement was calculated to ensure analytical reliability. Emergent themes were interpreted in relation to the theoretical dimensions of epistemological beliefs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Quantitative findings indicate that students in the multiple modelling group demonstrated significantly more advanced epistemological beliefs than those in the argumentation-based and traditional instruction groups. ANCOVA results on post-test scores of the Epistemological Beliefs Questionnaire revealed a statistically significant effect in favour of the multiple modelling group (F(2,80) = 7.838, p = .001, η² = .164). Bonferroni post-hoc comparisons showed that the mean score of the multiple modelling group (3.79) was significantly higher than those of the argumentation-based group (3.35) and the traditional instruction group (3.26). Medium to high effect sizes were observed particularly in the dimensions of source and certainty of knowledge and development of knowledge. These results suggest that modelling practices supported students in moving away from viewing scientific knowledge as fixed and authority-driven. Qualitative findings supported the quantitative results. Students emphasised that scientific knowledge is produced through experiments, evidence, and models, and that knowledge can change over time through the testing and revision of models. These findings indicate that students developed epistemic awareness of the tentative and constructed nature of scientific knowledge. Although no statistically significant difference was found in the justification of knowledge dimension, qualitative data revealed a strong shift toward evidence-based reasoning among students. This finding aligns with literature suggesting that different dimensions of epistemological beliefs may develop at different rates (Hofer & Pintrich, 1997). Overall, the findings demonstrate that socioscientific issue instruction enriched with multiple modelling practices meaningfully supports high school students’ epistemological beliefs. Strong quantitative and qualitative evidence, particularly in the dimensions of source and development of knowledge, highlights the critical role of modelling-based learning in epistemological transformation. The results further suggest that multiple modelling practices bring students closer to authentic scientific knowledge construction processes (Schwarz et al., 2009; Windschitl et al., 2018). References Acher, A., Arcà, M., & Sanmartí, N. (2007).Modeling as a teaching learning process for understanding materials: A case study in primary education. Science Education, 91(3), 398–418. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.20196 Clement, J. J. (2008). Creative model construction in scientists and students: The role of imagery, analogy, and mental simulation. Springer. Cohen, J. (1988). Statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences (2nd ed.). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Conley, A. M., Pintrich, P. R., Vekiri, I., & Harrison, D. (2004). Changes in epistemological beliefs in elementary science students. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 29(2), 186–204. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2004.01.004 Hofer, B. K., & Pintrich, P. R. (1997). The development of epistemological theories: Beliefs about knowledge and knowing and their relation to learning. Review of Educational Research, 67(1), 88–140. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543067001088 Lederman, N. G. (2007). Nature of science: Past, present, and future. In S. K. Abell & N. G. Lederman (Eds.), Handbook of research on science education (pp. 831–879). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M., & Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative data analysis: A methods sourcebook (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. National Research Council. (2012). A framework for K–12 science education: Practices, crosscutting concepts, and core ideas.The National Academies Press. https://doi.org/10.17226/13165 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2018). PISA 2018 global competence framework. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264305673-en Sadler, T. D. (2004). Informal reasoning regarding socioscientific issues: A critical review of research. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 41(5), 513–536. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20009 Schwarz, C. V., & White, B. Y. (2005). Metamodeling knowledge: Developing students’ understanding of scientific modeling. Cognition and Instruction, 23(2), 165–205. https://doi.org/10.1207/s1532690xci2302_1 Schwarz, C. V., Reiser, B. J., Davis, E. A., Kenyon, L., Achér, A., Fortus, D., Shwartz, Y., Hug, B., & Krajcik, J. (2009). Developing a learning progression for scientific modeling: Making scientific modeling accessible and meaningful for learners. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 46(6), 632–654. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20311 Shadish, W. R., Cook, T. D., & Campbell, D. T. (2002). Experimental and quasi-experimental designs for generalized causal inference. Houghton Mifflin. Sinatra, G. M., & Chinn, C. A. (2012). Thinking and reasoning in science: Promoting epistemic conceptual change. In K. R. Harris, S. Graham, & T. Urdan (Eds.), APA educational psychology handbook (Vol. 1, pp. 257–282). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/13273-009 Windschitl, M., Thompson, J., & Braaten, M. (2018). Ambitious science teaching. Harvard Education Press. Zeidler, D. L., & Nichols, B. H. (2009). Socioscientific issues: Theory and practice. Journal of Elementary Science Education, 21(2), 49–58. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03173684 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Teaching and Learning Algorithms through an Inquiry-based Approach: a Case Study in Upper Secondary Education University Côte d'Azur, France Presenting Author:Algorithmics has evolved from a science of calculation into a core practice in Computer Science Education (CSE), where algorithms are treated not as fixed procedures but as a living activity of inventing, formalising, testing and optimising solutions (e.g. Lagrange, 2014). This perspective situates our work within the didactics of algorithmics by drawing on CSE research that distinguishes epistemic difficulties, linked to core conceptual demands (Åkerfeldt et al., 2024), from contextual or contingent difficulties that arise in situated practice (Tšhukudu et al., 2021). Within this frame, Nijenhuis-Voogt et al. (2023) show that teaching algorithms involves continuously balancing these two dimensions: on the one hand, targeting epistemic difficulties through tools such as pseudocode, which helps foreground and stabilise key ideas of algorithmic thinking (Futschek, 2006); on the other, taking seriously the contingent obstacles that appear when learners try to apply these concepts in concrete tasks, environments and artefacts. We investigate how innovative teaching sequences can sustain a genuine “algorithmic inquiry” in first‑year upper‑secondary computer science class, aligned with the international K‑12 Computer Science framing (K 12 Computer Science Framework Steering Committee, 2016). Following Eberbach & Hmelo-Silver (2015), we hypothesise that an inquiry approach in didactics is more effective than traditional teaching, as it allows you to get closer to the practices of experts. The research addresses a central question: how can algorithmics be taught and learnt through an inquiry approach? This overarching research question unfolds through interrelated sub‑questions. (1) Which algorithms should be chosen to support the inquiry? (2) How can classroom practices be designed to allow students to experience the key necessities of algorithmic practice? (3) What external representations (Goldin, 2020) of algorithms (i.e. visible, material forms in which an algorithm is shown to students, as opposed to mental images) best support the inquiry process? Our research unfolds within Joint Action Theory in Didactics (JATD; Sensevy, 2019). JATD can be understood through three fundamental theoretical hypotheses: (1) primacy of the grammar of action; (2) joint nature of didactic action ; and (3) immanence of knowledge to practices. According to this last hypothesis, it is the practices themselves that have shaped the knowledge giving them meaning. The aim, therefore, is to understand how didactic practices can “bring back to life” the meaning of knowledge immanent to cultural practices. To do this, JATD theorises the unfolding of learning and teaching situations as an interplay between the didactic contract and the didactic milieu. The didactic contract refers to the system of implicit rules and mutual expectations that structure the distribution of responsibilities between teacher and students with respect to the taught knowledge (Brousseau, Sarrazy, & Novotná, 2014).The didactic milieu designates the material and symbolic environment intentionally designed by the teacher, within which students’ activity can lead to new knowledge (Sensevy, 2015). The aim is therefore to understand how the interplay between the didactic contract and the didactic environment can enable students to experience continuity and kinship between didactic practices and expert practices with the knowledge at stake (Santini et al., 2018). Following Sensevy and Le Hénaff (2025), we consider that this epistemic kinship is based, at least in part, on the work of exemplars (Kuhn, 1977) that crystallise the core of the practices with the knowledge at stake. Under this description we reformulate the subquestions as follows: (1) What kind of didactic milieu, or succession of didactic milieus, can support an inquiry that allows students to grasp an epistemic kinship with algorithmics? (2) What are the most favourable exemplars for developing an inquiry-based didactics in CSE? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study implements cooperative didactic engineering (Sensevy & Bloor, 2019) framed as design-based research (Collins et al., 2004) and lesson study (Elliott, 2012). Teachers and researchers collaborate to design, enact, analyse, and iteratively refine upper secondary algorithmics teaching sequences. Cycles articulate five non-linear phases: (1) collective scrutiny of the knowledge at stake; (2) joint design of teaching sequences; (3) implementation in classes; (4) detailed video-based analysis; (5) redesign and re-implementation. The search for epistemic kinship drives progressive refinement of the teaching sequences. The data comprises video recordings from 3 classes (64 students) over 84 hours, captured via single-camera footage framing both whole-class interactions and student close-ups. This preserves the multimodal richness (gestures, postures, gazes, speech, artifact manipulations) crucial for analysing joint action and the "life of knowledge" in situ (Tiberghien, 2016). Complementary artifacts (student writings, code, micro:bit programs, teaching materials, researcher field notes) enrich the corpus, enabling analysis. A clinical approach (Foucault, 1963), in which didactic phenomena are observed as 'symptoms' in video data and paired with progressive hypothesis refinement (Engle, Conant & Greeno, 2007), structures the analysis process. This process iteratively sharpens analytic conjectures by cycling between initial video data patterns and targeted testing across subsequent subsets, thereby driving explanatory precision in didactic research. The clinical method involved systematically organising signs that describe the joint evolution of the didactic contract and the didactic milieu. To reinforce the robustness of the results, a system of coded indicators was employed to characterise shifts in expectations and responsibilities (didactic contract), alongside transformations in tasks, artefacts, and representations (didactic milieu). Relevant episodes were then selected to illustrate the relationship between specific configurations of contract and milieu and fine-grained classroom activity. Episodes are selected based on the criterion of epistemic kinship. This means episodes in which students are confronted with milieu resistances, such as algorithmic failures that force a reformulation of strategy. Several episodes show how students progressively appropriate an algorithmic didactic contract, which in turn makes explicit high-school computer science knowledge progressively necessary for them. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our initial results show that the search for epistemic continuity through inquiry investigation is facilitated by 1) the “five queens problem” as an exemplar of algorithmics, 2) the “algorithm box” as a representation that facilitates the design of algorithms, and 3) the “micro:bit” as an examplar of on-screen display. We explain each of these three results in more detail below. The eight queens problem requires placing eight queens on a chessboard so none attacks another, serving as an algorithmics exemplar. Our classroom research shows the five queens version is more effective, enabling student inquiry toward algorithm production mimicking expert practices. Successive didactic milieus ensure continuity from chessboard solutions to coding, allowing transitions back from the code to the chessboard as many times as necessary. Representations support inquiry processes in Dewey’s sense (Dewey, 1938). In this perspective, our ‘algorithm box’ constitutes a didactic milieu for inquiring into algorithm construction. It consists of “boxes” to fill with named functions, inputs and outputs. It allows students to work backwards from the return value, through calculations, variable scope, and instruction composition. This setting supports reflexive inquiry on functions and function chains, encourages engagement and safe experimentation, and provides a basis for peer comparison and feedback. From the familiar didactic milieu of plotting points on graph paper, students progressively renegotiate the didactic contract of representation, translating signs across different milieus (paper, code, and the Micro:bit, a 5×5 LED computer). As with the five queens problem and the algorithm box, the Micro:bit constitutes a didactic milieu that supports inquiry, while the didactic contract shifts from working with orthonormal paper coordinates to reasoning within an on‑screen display constrained by pixels and their possible activations. In summary, our results contribute to promoting an epistemic kinship in action between teaching practices and expert practices in algorithmics. References Åkerfeldt, A., Kjällander, S., & Petersen, P. (2024). A research review of computational thinking and programming in education. Technology, Pedagogy and Education, 33(3), 375‑390. Brousseau, G., Sarrazy, B., & Novotná, J. (2014). Didactic Contract in Mathematics Education. In S. Lerman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education (p. 153‑159). Springer. Collins, A., Joseph, D., & Bielaczyc, K. (2004). Design Research. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 13(1), 15-42. Dewey, J. (1938). Logic . Holt. Eberbach, C., & Hmelo-Silver, C. (2015). Inquiry, Learning Through. In Encyclopedia of Science Education (p. 514‑516). Springer, Dordrecht. Elliott, J. (2012). Developing a science of teaching through lesson study. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 1(2), 108‑125. Engle, R. A., Conant, F. R., & Greeno, J. G. (2007). Progressive refinement of hypotheses in video-supported research. In R. Goldman, R. Pea, B. Barron, & S. J. Derry (Eds.), Video research in the learning sciences (p. 239‑254). Erlbaum. Foucault, M. (1963). The Birth of the Clinic. Routledge. Futschek, G. (2006). Algorithmic Thinking . In R. T. Mittermeir (Ed.), Informatics Education (p. 159‑168). Springer. Goldin, G. A. (2020). Mathematical Representations. In S. Lerman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education (p. 566‑572). Springer. K-12 Computer Science Framework Steering Committee. (2016). K-12 Computer Science Framework. ACM. Kuhn, T. (1977). The Essential Tension. University of Chicago Press. Lagrange, J.-B. (2014). Algorithmics. In S. Lerman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education (p. 32‑36). Springer Netherlands. Nijenhuis-Voogt, J., Bayram-Jacobs, D., Meijer, P. C., & Barendsen, E. (2023). Teaching algorithms in upper secondary education. Computer science education, 33(1), 61-93. Santini, J., Bloor, T., & Sensevy, G. (2018). Modeling Conceptualization and Investigating Teaching Effectiveness . Science & Education, 27(9-10), 921-961. Sensevy, G. (2015). Milieu. In R. Gunstone (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Science Education (Vol. 2, p. 639‑641). Springer Dordrecht. Sensevy, G. (2019). Joint Action Theory in Didactics (JATD). In S. Lerman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education. Springer International Publishing. Sensevy, G., & Le Hénaff, C. (2025). A cultural turn in educational action and research. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 0(0), 1‑25. Tiberghien, A. (2016). How does knowledge live in a classroom? In N. Papadouris, A. Hadjigeorgiou, & C. Costantinou (Eds.), Insights from Research in Science Teaching and Learning (p. 11‑27). Springer. Tshukudu, E., Cutts, Q., Goletti, O., Swidan, A., & Hermans, F. (2021). Teachers’ Views and Experiences on Teaching Second and Subsequent Programming Languages. Proceedings of the 17th ACM Conference on International Computing Education Research, 294‑305. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 27 SES 12 C JS: Joint Paper Session - AI Literacy, Game-Based Learning and Epistemic Work with Tablets - NW 04 and NW 27 Location: Raide 2 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Benoît Lenzen Joint Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper AI as a Learning Partner in Teaching Equilibrium: Student–AI Interaction, Understanding and Perceptions in a Simulation Project Shanghai jiao tong university, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:The conceptual mastery of chemical equilibrium remains one of the most persistent pedagogical challenges in secondary and post-secondary science education. This topic requires students to navigate complex cognitive shifts between the macroscopic world of observable phenomenaand the invisible, sub-microscopic world of particulate interactions (Rajmawati et al., 2022; Chiu et al., 2002). This difficulty is frequently framed within the triplet model of chemical representation, which posits that deep understanding relies on the learner's ability to seamlessly integrate the macro, sub-micro, and symbolic levels of chemistry (Talanquer, 2011). Research consistently indicates that students often struggle to connect these levels, frequently relying on rote memorization of algorithmic procedures without developing a conceptual schema of the underlying molecular dynamics (Ncgobo & Moloi, 2025). To address these disconnects, educational technology has increasingly turned toward digital visualizations. For decades, interactive simulations have been established as effective tools for visualizing the invisible, allowing learners to manipulate variables and observe the immediate consequences on molecular behavior (Olympiou et al., 2013). Tools such as PhET simulations have become staples in the classroom, credited with reducing cognitive load and helping students build mental models of abstract concepts (Rahmawati et al., 2022). However, a critical limitation remains in how these tools are typically implemented. Educational research suggests that while exploring a simulation promotes inquiry, the act of designing and building a simulation engages higher-order cognitive processes, forcing learners to explicitly define the relationships between variables (Magana & Jong, 2018). This distinction aligns with the theoretical framework of constructionism, which posits that learning is most effective when learners are actively engaged in creating tangible public artifacts (Papert & Harel, 1991). In the context of science education, computational thinking and coding offer a pathway for this constructionist learning. However, the practical integration of coding into chemistry curricula has been hampered by a significant barrier: the syntactic burden of programming (Fuchs et al., 2024). The emergence of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) proposes a paradigm shift to overcome this barrier. Large Language Models (LLMs) have the potential to handle the syntactic complexities of coding (Jiang et al., 2024), thereby freeing students to focus on the semantic logic of the scientific content. In this arrangement, AI transitions from a tool for information retrieval to a co-coding partner. This partnership creates a unique Zone of Proximal Development (Chaiklin, 2003), where the student provides the scientific reasoning and the AI provides the technical execution. This allows non-coding students to become creators of scientific artifacts, potentially deepening their engagement with the triplet of chemical representation by forcing them to describe particulate behavior in precise, algorithmic terms. Furthermore, the effectiveness of such interventions is often amplified when grounded in relevant contexts. As argued by Rahayu (2019), integrating Socio-Scientific Issues (SSI) into chemistry education is essential for enhancing chemical literacy and transferable skills. The carbonic acid–bicarbonate buffer system in human blood provides an ideal SSI context, linking the abstract concept of equilibrium shifts to the tangible health imperative of pH stability . Despite the proliferation of GenAI tools, there remains a paucity of empirical research on how students navigate the specific intersection of prompt engineering, chemical logic, and simulation design. While the potential for AI-as-partner is theorized, the specific dynamics of how students correct AI misconceptions and refine their own understanding through this dialogue are not yet fully understood. This study addresses this gap by investigating an instructional intervention where students utilize AI to design interactive simulations of the blood buffer system, moving from passive consumers to active architects of their own learning tools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research employs a qualitative case study to investigate the learning processes and perceptions of Grade 11 chemistry students. The core instructional intervention required students to engage with LLMs to generate the code for an interactive HTML simulation. Specifically, the project tasked students with designing a digital representation of the carbonic acid–bicarbonate buffer system. The objective was to create a functional visualization demonstrating how human blood mitigates drastic changes in pH upon the introduction of acidic or basic substances, effectively requiring students to translate the abstract chemical principles of Le Chatelier’s principle into dynamic logic. To ensure methodological rigor and triangulation, data collection involved a tripartite approach. The primary data source consisted of the full transcripts of the interaction between the students and the GenAI. These logs were analyzed to examine how students articulated chemical concepts to the machine and how they navigated the iterative process of prompt engineering to refine the scientific accuracy of the code. Complementing this, the study assessed the final digital artifacts produced by the students. These simulations were evaluated for scientific accuracy, with a specific focus on the fidelity of the visual representation of ions in relation to stoichiometry and the expected equilibrium shifts. Additionally, semi-structured post-activity interviews were conducted to gather qualitative data regarding the students’ shifting perceptions of AI utility within the hard sciences. The analytical framework centered on the process of debugging as a proxy for conceptual understanding. Special attention was paid to instances where the AI generated chemically inaccurate simulations, such as incorrect directional shifts in equilibrium or erroneous particulate ratios. The analysis focused on how students identified these specific errors and, more importantly, how they utilized their chemical knowledge to formulate corrective prompts. This allowed the researchers to trace the students' ability to diagnose logic errors in the AI's output, thereby treating the refinement of the code as evidence of deepening scientific comprehension. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Analysis of the student-AI interaction reveals that the necessity of prompt engineering served as a powerful form of pedagogical reinforcement. To generate a functional simulation, students were forced to be explicitly precise about the chemical rules governing the system. The AI acted as a mirror for the students' misconceptions; if the student explained the theory vaguely, the simulation behaved erratically. Consequently, the recursive process of prompting, observing errors, and refining chemical explanations effectively deepened the students' grasp of microscopic interactions. Preliminary findings indicate that this constructionist approach successfully bridged the gap between microscopic interaction and macroscopic reaction phenomena (Berg et al., 2019). Students were able to visualize how the invisible consumption of hydrogen ions by bicarbonate directly resulted in the observable stability of pH values. Furthermore, student reflections highlighted a significant shift in their perception of Generative AI. Initially viewed by many as a tool for bypassing work, the AI was eventually recognized as a collaborative "more knowledgeable other" within their Zone of Proximal Development (Chaiklin, 2003). However, the study also identified challenges regarding the critical digital literacy required to identify AI hallucinations in scientific logic, necessitating active teacher intervention. Ultimately, this research suggests that when AI is positioned as a collaborative partner in creating digital artifacts, it demands a higher level of conceptual clarity from the learner, offering a viable pathway for developing both chemical understanding and digital competency. References Berg, A., Orraryd, D., Pettersson, A., & Hultén, M. (2019). Representational challenges in animated chemistry: self-generated animations as a means to encourage students’ reflections on sub-micro processes in laboratory exercises. Chemistry Education Research and Practice. https://doi.org/10.1039/c8rp00288f. Chiu, M., Chou, C., & Liu, C. (2002). Dynamic Processes of Conceptual Change: Analysis of Constructing Mental Models of Chemical Equilibrium. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 39, 688-712. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.10041. Fuchs, W., McDonald, A., Gautam, A., & Kazerouni, A. (2024). Recommendations for Improving End-User Programming Education: A Case Study with Undergraduate Chemistry Students. Journal of Chemical Education, 101, 3085 - 3096. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jchemed.4c00219. Jiang, J., Wang, F., Shen, J., Kim, S., & Kim, S. (2024). A Survey on Large Language Models for Code Generation. ACM Transactions on Software Engineering and Methodology. https://doi.org/10.1145/3747588. Magana, A., & Jong, T. (2018). Modeling and simulation practices in engineering education. Computer Applications in Engineering Education, 26, 731 - 738. https://doi.org/10.1002/cae.21980. Ncgobo, B., & Moloi, M. (2025). The impact of ICT-driven TSPCK applications on the comprehension of chemical equilibrium in high school: A systematic review. INTED2025 Proceedings, 1273–1279. https://doi.org/10.21125/inted.2025.0407 Olympiou, G., Zacharias, Z., & deJong, T. (2013). Making the invisible visible: enhancing students’ conceptual understanding by introducing representations of abstract objects in a simulation. Instructional Science, 41, 575-596. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-012-9245-2. Papert, S., & Harel, I. (1991). Situating constructionism. constructionism, 36(2), 1-11. Rahayu, S. (2019). Socio-scientific Issues (SSI) in Chemistry Education: Enhancing Both Students’ Chemical Literacy & Transferable Skills. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, 1227. https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/1227/1/012008. Rahmawati, Y., Zulhipri, Hartanto, O., Falani, I., & Iriyadi, D. (2022). Students’ conceptual Talanquer, V. (2011). Macro, submicro, and symbolic: The many faces of the chemistry “triplet”. International Journal of Science Education, 33(2), 179-195. understanding in chemistry learning using PhET interactive simulations. Journal of Technology and Science Education, 12(2), 303-326. https://doi.org/10.3926/jotse.1597 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Doing Epistemic Work with Tablets: Digital Materialities and the Interactional Organization of Group Work in Classrooms 1: University of Wuppertal, Germany; 2: University of Cologne, Germany Presenting Author:Digital media are widely regarded as a key prerequisite for enabling students’ participation in a digitized society, and their sustainable integration into classroom teaching is a central concern of educational policy across Europe (cf. European Commission, 2023). In this context, tablet-based group work has gained prominence as a didactic arrangement expected to support new forms of learning, collaboration, and knowledge production in response to changing learning cultures. While output-oriented research suggests that digital technologies can be associated with gains in competencies or learning outcomes (cf. Chen et al., 2018), considerably less is known about how learning and teaching processes are accomplished in digitally mediated classroom interaction. From a didactic and classroom-interaction perspective, this constitutes a significant research gap. In particular, the operational level at which teaching and learning unfold through interactional practices has rarely been examined in relation to the material specificities of digital technologies (cf. Cerratto Pargman & Jahnke 2019). Existing research often conceptualizes tablets, apps, or digital platforms as tools or resources supporting learning, rather than as constitutive elements of classroom practice (cf. Kalthoff/Röhl, 2011). As a result, the interactional organization of group work and the role digital materialities play in shaping epistemic activity remain insufficiently understood (cf. Engel & Jörissen 2022, but: Mathieu, 2021). This paper addresses this gap by adopting an inductive-reconstructive perspective on digitized classroom practice (cf. Proske et al. 2023). It draws on findings from a DFG-funded research project investigating how digital materialities participate in social processes of knowledge production in tablet-based group work. The central objective is to contribute to didactic research by analyzing learning and teaching not primarily as outcomes or instructional designs, but as interactionally organized, sociomaterial practices through which knowledge is collaboratively produced in classrooms, with a particular focus on recurrent demands and challenges in group-based epistemic work.
The paper is guided by the following research questions:
The theoretical framework combines interaction-analytic approaches with sociomaterial perspectives. From an ethnomethodological perspective, classroom learning is understood as a situated accomplishment emerging through participants’ coordinated actions, talk, embodied conduct, and the use of material artefacts (cf. Housley, 2012). Sociomaterial approaches conceptualize digital technology not merely as external tools, but as active components of human-technology arrangements that co-shape educational practices (cf. Fenwick et al., 2011; Nevile, 2014; Valasmo et al. 2022). Bringing these perspectives together, the paper introduces epistemic vision as an analytic heuristic building on Goodwin’s concept of professional vision (Goodwin, 1994), capturing how participants orient to and make relevant epistemic objects under conditions of dynamic, screen-based materiality. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative, inductive-reconstructive research design grounded in interaction analysis and microethnography (cf. Jordan & Henderson, 1995; Erickson, 2006; Herrle, 2020). This approach is well suited to investigating how teaching and learning are accomplished at the operational level of classroom interaction and how recurrent demands and challenges in group-based knowledge production are practically addressed in digitally mediated settings. The empirical basis consists of multi-perspectival video recordings of lower secondary classroom instruction (Sekundarstufe I) at two grammar schools and one comprehensive school in North Rhine-Westphalia, Germany. The corpus includes ten lessons (90 minutes each) from the subjects mathematics, German, and politics, all involving phases of tablet-based group work embedded in regular classroom instruction. The selection of subjects and instructional contexts aimed to capture variation in task characteristics and digital learning environments while maintaining comparability across cases. Data collection combines fixed video cameras documenting whole-class interaction with mobile action cameras, audio recorders, and tablet screen recordings capturing group coordination and individual engagement with digital materials. This multi-perspectival design enables the simultaneous analysis of talk, embodied conduct, spatial arrangements, and on-screen activities, providing detailed access to how digital materialities become interactionally relevant in group work (cf. Herrle et al., 2025). Analytically, the study follows a “whole-to-part” logic (Erickson, 2006). First, lesson-level analyses reconstruct the overall instructional organization and identify segments of group work. Second, selected group work episodes are subjected to sequential microanalysis informed by ethnomethodology and conversation analysis (cf. Gardner, 2019; Housley, 2012), focusing on how participants coordinate actions, orient to tasks, and make epistemic objects relevant in interaction (cf. Streeck et al., 2011). To address the research questions, episodes are compared across cases to identify recurrent demands and challenges, and minimal and maximal contrasts (cf. Glaser & Strauss, 1967/2006) are used to examine how task design and digital environments shape interactional practices. The analysis further examines how digital materialities are incorporated, made accountable, or contested in interaction, supporting analytic generalization beyond individual cases. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper provides empirical and theoretical insights into how knowledge production in tablet-based classroom group work is interactionally accomplished and how digital materialities participate in these processes. By focusing on recurrent demands and challenges, the analysis identifies patterns that characterize epistemic work across contexts. With regard to research question (1), the findings show that the collaborative production of knowledge products in group work is organized around a limited set of recurrent demands and challenges. Across cases, students address challenges related to transforming material environments into epistemic ecologies, coordinating task-related actions, searching for and documenting knowledge objects, and negotiating epistemic status. These reference problems structure epistemic activity and render knowledge production interactionally manageable. Addressing research question (2), the analysis demonstrates that dealing with demands and challenges varies systematically with task characteristics and the degree of didactic structuring of the digital environment. In narrowly defined tasks embedded in didactically reduced digital settings, epistemic work tends to follow stabilized trajectories oriented towards predefined knowledge products. By contrast, open-ended tasks in less structured digital environments give rise to exploratory practices, negotiation of relevance, and shifting epistemic roles. These configurations illustrate how instructional design decisions shape the organization and scope of group-based epistemic work. With respect to research question (3), the findings show that digital materialities participate in epistemic work as interactionally relevant co-participants. In more structured environments, digital artefacts function as stabilizing reference points, whereas in more open environments they guide attention and structure exploratory trajectories. Overall, the paper contributes to current debates in didactic and classroom interaction research by demonstrating how digital materialities become constitutive elements of group-based epistemic work rather than mere instructional tools. By foregrounding the situated accomplishment of epistemic activity, it advances a practice-oriented, sociomaterial perspective on teaching and learning in digitally mediated classrooms. References Cerratto Pargman, T., & Jahnke, I. (Hrsg). (2019). Emergent practices and material conditions in learning and teaching with technologies. Springer. Engel, J., & Jörissen, B. (2022). Schule und Medialität. In T. Hascher, W. Helsper & T.-S. Idel (Hrsg.), Handbuch Schulforschung (3. Aufl., S. 615–635). Springer VS. Erickson, F. (2006). Definition and Analysis of Data from Videotape: Some Research Procedures and Their Rationales. In J. L. Green, G. Camilli, & P. B. Elmore (Eds.), Handbook of complementary methods in education research (pp. 177–191). Routledge. Fenwick, T., Edwards, R., & Sawchuk, P. (2011). Emerging Approaches to Educational Research. Tracing the sociomaterial. Routledge. Goodwin, C. (1994). Professional Vision. American Anthropologist, 96(3), 606–633. Herrle, M. (2020). Ethnographic Microanalysis. In M. Huber & D. E. Froehlich (Hrsg.), Analyzing Group Interactions. A Guidebook for Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods (S. 11–25). Routledge. Herrle, M., Proske, M., Puzicha, A., & Zimmer, A. (2025). Digitale Materialitäten in multizentrischen Interaktionen. Mikroethnographische Verfahren zur Untersuchung gruppenförmigen Arbeitens im Tablet-gestützten Unterricht. In R. Wilke, & H. Knoblauch (Eds.), Videographie und Videoanalyse. Beiträge zur Erhebung, Analyse und Nutzung von Videodaten in der Qualitativen Forschung (pp. 335–355). Beltz Juventa. Housley, W. (2012). Ethnomethodology, conversation analysis and educational settings. In S. Delamont & A. Jones (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research in Education (pp. 446-459). Edward Elgar. Kalthoff, H., & Roehl, T. (2011). Interobjectivity and Interactivity: Material Objects and Discourse in Class. Human Studies, 34(4), 451–469. Mathieu, C. S. (2021). iPads and interaction: a materials perspective on collaborative discourse in secondary Spanish immersion. Classroom Discourse, 12(1–2), 146–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/19463014.2020.1852092 Nevile, M., Haddington, P., Heinemann, T., & Rauniomaa, M. (Eds.) (2014). Interacting with objects. Language, materiality, and social activity. John Benjamins. Proske, M., Rabenstein, K., Moldenhauer, A., Thiersch, S., Bock, A., Herrle, M., Hoffmann, M., Langer, A., Macgilchrist, F., Wagener-Böck, N., & Wolf, E. (Hrsg.). (2023). Schule und Unterricht im digitalen Wandel. Ansätze und Erträge rekonstruktiver Forschung. Klinkhardt. Streeck, J., Goodwin, C., & LeBaron, C. (2011). Embodied Interaction in the Material World: An Introduction. In J. Streeck, C. Goodwin, & C. LeBaron (Eds.), Embodied Interaction: Language and the Body in the Material World (pp. 1–26). Cambridge University Press. Valasmo, V., Paakkari, A., & Sahlström, F. (2022). The device on the desk – a sociomaterial analysis of how Snapchat adapts to and participates in the classroom. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(3), 429–443. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2022.2067176 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Knowing and Acting in Uncertain Times: Dialogic Game-Based Learning for Critical GenAI Literacy in Learning and Teaching University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The pedagogical uncertainties created by generative artificial intelligence (GenAI) since 2022 is profoundly challenging didactic practices at an unprecedented speed. In uncertain times, there is an urgent need for teaching innovations to go beyond technical instruction and develop learners’ critical, ethical and epistemic literacies. While student adoption of GenAI is widespread in higher education, institutional responses have often centred on prohibition or narrow compliance guidance rather than pedagogical grounded engagement. Emerging research on critical AI literacy argues that such approaches are insufficient as they fail to develop learners’ capacity to make informed judgements about appropriate use (Bearman et al., 2024). Furthermore, researchers have called for collaborative and reflective pedagogies to be embedded in didactic practices in order to enhance learners’ higher-order thinking (Li et al., 2025). This study investigates how dialogic, game-based learning can support higher education students in their development of critical GenAI literacy and feedback literacy within a design-based methodology that explicitly embraces pedagogical uncertainty. The conceptual framework integrates four strands. First, dialogic theory positions learning as meaning-making through encounters between multiple voices rather than transmission of fixed static knowledge (Bakhtin, 1981; Linell, 2009). Feedback literacy, therefore, requires reciprocal and exploratory exchanges that can open potentialities for learning when students are invited to question, justify and co-construct understandings with others (Steen-Utheim & Wittek, 2017). Second, ongoing work on student and shared epistemic agency conceptualises agency as distributed across people, tools and institutional systems, rather than as an individual capacity (Damşa et al., 2010). This is especially salient in GenAI contexts where students’ sense of authorship and responsibility is negotiated with non-human actors, including assessment practices (Yang et al., 2024). Third, the study is underpinned by sociomaterial perspectives which foreground how students, teachers, technologies, spaces and policies configure what can be known and achieved in learning environments (Fenwick et al., 2011). The GenAI analogue card game designed for this study, therefore, can be regarded not as a neutral pedagogical artefact but as an actor that shape possibilities for action. Fourth, the study is underpinned by game-based learning theories which highlight how games can create playful, low-risk environments where players experiment, iterate and reflect, particularly when debriefing and guided reflection are built into design (Plass et al., 2015). In other words, games can serve as dialogic spaces where players (learners) discuss, debate and reason their decisions (Hanghøj et al., 2021). To this end, the present study addresses the following research questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopted a design-based research (DBR) approach and investigated technology-enhanced learning environments (Wang & Hannafin, 2005). DBR enabled iterative refinement of the methodological design while simultaneously developing theoretical insights that aligned with the research questions. The study also followed a mixed-methods design (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2018) which allowed us to combine quantitative with qualitative data and explore lived experiences and perspectives underlying changes in key constructs. The participants were undergraduate and postgraduate students from a Scottish university via purposive sampling (Field, 2018). They attended one of the three repeated workshops which comprised pre-workshop survey, gameplay in small groups, structured post-game plenary reflection, and post-workshop survey. Following DBR principles, we made minor tweaks to the game mechanics, prompts and facilitation guidelines after each iteration. The instruments were: the GenAI literacy assessment test (Jin et al., 2025), the feedback literacy behaviour scale (FLBS) (Dawson et al., 2024), and Gameful Experience (GAMEX) (Eppmann, 2018). Quantitative analyses informed the follow-up interviews where participants were invited to reflect on their experiences of the workshop and the game, critical incidents during gameplay, any changes in relation to their future GenAI use and feedback literacy. Coding followed reflexive thematic analysis framework to identify patterns with cross-case analysis on how the game interacted with personal and institutional contexts in learning (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While data collection is ongoing, the expected outcomes of the project include: measurable gains in aspects of critical GenAI literacy, particularly in participants’ ability to recognise the limitations and risks of GenAI for learning, teaching and assessment, and their capacity to articulate context-sensitive criteria for appropriate use. We also anticipate positive shifts in feedback-related behaviours and greater reflexivity about their own work and a clearer sense of effecting change in follow-up course work. Furthermore, we expect that participants will reflect on their experiences of the mediational role of the game both as a safe space for pedagogical dialogue and as a tool that helps them voice uncertainties, express tensions between institutional policies and GenAI use in practice, and co-construct shared norms. This project will also generate evidence for the increased nuances in participants’ framing of ethical and responsible AI use, and increased confidence as well as willingness in continuing to improve their understanding of the technology for both personal and academic use. The study aims to elaborate a model of dialogic GenAI pedagogy that integrate dialogic theory, shared epistemic agency and feedback literacy in higher education. This model conceptualises how game artefacts can facilitate the translation of institutional learning and teaching policies and classroom practices. The findings will challenge the ‘policing’ approaches to AI use in educational institutions at all levels, and demonstrate that trust-based open dialogue is fundamental for the development of critical GenAI literacy. References Bakhtin, M. M. (1981). The dialogic imagination: Four essays. University of Texas Press. Bearman, M., Dawson, P., Bennett, S., Hall, M., & Molloy, E. (2024). Evaluative judgement and generative AI: A framework for assessment in a time of artificial intelligence. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 49(2), 167–181. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2024.2301234 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed methods research (3rd ed.). SAGE. Damşa, C. I., Kirschner, P. A., Andriessen, J. E. B., Erkens, G., & Sins, P. H. M. (2010). Shared epistemic agency: An empirical study of an emergent construct. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 19(2), 143–186. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508401003708381 Dawson, P., Yan, Z., Lipnevich, A., Tai, J., Boud, D., & Mahoney, P. (2024). Measuring what learners do in feedback: The feedback literacy behaviour scale. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 49(3), 348–362. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2023.2240983 Fenwick, T., Edwards, R., & Sawchuk, P. (2011). Emerging approaches to educational research: Tracing the sociomaterial. Routledge. Field, A. (2018). Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS statistics (5th ed.). SAGE. Hanghøj, T., Silseth, K., & Arnseth, H. C. (2021). Games, dialogue and learning: Exploring research perspectives. In P. Fotaris (Ed.), Proceedings of the 15th European Conference on Game Based Learning (pp. 315–321). Academic Conferences International. https://doi.org/10.34190/GBL.21.111 Jin, Y., Martinez-Maldonado, R., Gašević, D., & Yan, L. (2025). GLAT: The generative AI literacy assessment test. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 9, 100436. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2025.100436 Li, Y., Sha, L., Yan, L., & Li, H. (2025). Does generative artificial intelligence improve students' higher-order thinking? A meta-analysis and implications for future research. Educational Research Review, 45, 100457. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2024.100645 Plass, J. L., Homer, B. D., & Kinzer, C. K. (2015). Foundations of game‑based learning. Educational Psychologist, 50(4), 258–283. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2015.1122533 Steen‑Utheim, A., & Wittek, A. L. (2017). Dialogic feedback and potentialities for student learning. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 15, 18–30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2017.06.002 Wang, F., & Hannafin, M. J. (2005). Design‑based research and technology‑enhanced learning environments. Educational Technology Research and Development, 53(4), 5–23. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02504682 Wegerif, R. (2008). Dialogic or dialectic? The significance of ontological assumptions in research on educational dialogue. British Educational Research Journal, 34(3), 347–361. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920701532228 Yang, Y., Luo, J., Yang, M., Yang, R., & Chen, J. (2024). From surface to deep learning approaches with generative AI in higher education: An analytical framework of student agency. Studies in Higher Education, 49(5), 817–830. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2024.2327003 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 28 SES 12 A: Teacher Agency and School Choice Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Joy Perry Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper From Aspirations to Being Channelled: Subject Teachers’ Educational Trajectories University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:This paper examines how subject teachers’ educational trajectories are formed over time through the interaction of individual orientations and structural conditions. Focusing on lower secondary subject teachers in Finland, we explore how becoming a subject teacher unfolds across the life course, and how institutional frameworks, accessibility of education, and biographical circumstances shape educational decision-making. The paper addresses two research questions:
To address these questions, we draw on the concept of educational trajectories, understood as long-term, temporally structured processes embedded in specific institutional and social contexts. Rather than approaching trajectories as predefined routes or linear progressions, we conceptualise them as life-course formations in which educational choices, transitions, and reorientations are negotiated over time. From this perspective, trajectories emerge through the interplay of individual interests and orientations, institutional arrangements of education systems, and changing life-course conditions. The theoretical framework is informed by sociological and life-course-oriented research, which emphasises that educational pathways are not simply the outcome of individual preferences or rational choice. Instead, they are shaped within institutional structures and socially differentiated opportunity contexts. Educational systems both enable and constrain trajectories by influencing the timing, sequencing, and perceived feasibility of educational choices. Guidance practices, admission structures, and the accessibility of study opportunities play an important role in directing how trajectories unfold. Within this framework, we argue that becoming a subject teacher cannot be understood as a uniform or linear process. Subject teacher trajectories develop through ongoing negotiations between personal orientations and the structural conditions of teacher education and labour markets. These negotiations are influenced by prior educational experiences, the availability of teacher education programmes, institutional selection mechanisms, and broader socio-economic conditions that affect how secure or realistic teaching appears as a career option. By examining subject teachers’ trajectories in the Finnish context, the paper contributes to European and international discussions in the sociology of education on how educational careers are shaped within highly institutionalised education systems. While the Finnish case is specific in terms of its university-based teacher education model, the processes identified in this study resonate with wider European debates on educational inequalities, transitions, and professional formation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on qualitative interview data collected from 23 qualified subject teachers working in lower secondary schools (grades 7–9) in different parts of Finland. The interviews form part of a broader research project on teachers’ careers and working conditions. All participants were working as subject teachers at the time of the interview, teaching a wide range of subjects, and had completed their teacher education in Finnish universities. The participants were born between 1964 and 1995, reflecting different educational cohorts and policy contexts. The interviews were semi-structured and focused on participants’ educational histories, key educational choices and transitions, motivations for entering teacher education, and reflections on alternative pathways. Interviews lasted between one and two hours, allowing for in-depth exploration of educational trajectories across the life course. The analysis proceeded in two stages. First, a thematic analysis was conducted to identify recurring themes related to educational choices, transitions, social background, institutional guidance, and perceived constraints and opportunities. The data were coded inductively, with particular attention paid to how participants described turning points, interruptions, and justifications for their choices. In the second stage, an ideal-type analysis was conducted to construct analytically distinct educational trajectories. Drawing on methodological literature on ideal types, the analysis focused on identifying recurring combinations of themes that characterised different ways of navigating educational trajectories into subject teaching. Each interview was assigned to one ideal type based on the dominant pattern in the participant’s narrative, even though individual trajectories often contained elements of more than one type. The resulting ideal types are not intended to represent individual teachers, but to synthesise key patterns that recur across diverse educational biographies. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis identifies three ideal-typical educational trajectories into subject teaching: an early-oriented trajectory, a re-oriented trajectory, and a trajectory shaped by circumstances. These trajectories are analytically conceptualised as aspirations, transitions, and being channelled into subject teaching. In the early-oriented trajectory, teaching is imagined as a desired profession at an early stage, and educational choices tend to follow a relatively coherent and goal-oriented path. In the re-oriented trajectory, teaching emerges more gradually through experimentation, re-evaluation, and experiences gained over time. In the trajectory shaped by circumstances, educational choices are more strongly structured by institutional constraints, accessibility of study options, guidance practices, and perceived labour market stability, with teaching becoming a realistic and secure alternative. Taken together, the findings show that becoming a subject teacher is not a linear process but a negotiated trajectory shaped through ongoing interactions between individual orientations and structural conditions. Educational systems and labour markets play an active role in shaping these trajectories, often through implicit forms of steering. By conceptualising trajectories as aspirations, transitions, and being channelled, the paper highlights how life-course dynamics and institutional arrangements intersect in producing different routes into subject teaching. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper et al. (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology, Vol. 2: Research designs (pp. 57–71). American Psychological Association. Elder, G. H., Johnson, M. K., & Crosnoe, R. (2003). The emergence and development of life course theory. In J. T. Mortimer & M. J. Shanahan (Eds.), Handbook of the Life Course (pp. 3–19). Springer. Farges, G. (2025). Roughly in the middle: Variations in the subjective social status of teachers in France. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 46(4), 469–488. Maguire, M. (2001). The cultural formation of teachers’ class consciousness: Teachers in the inner city. Journal of Education Policy, 16(4), 315–331. Maguire, M. (2005). ‘Not footprints behind but footsteps forward’: Working-class women who teach. Gender and Education, 17(1), 3–18. Mombaers, T., Van Gasse, R., Vanlommel, K., & Van Petegem, P. (2023). ‘To teach or not to teach?’ An exploration of the career choices of educational professionals. Teachers and Teaching, 29(7–8), 788–820. Reay, D., Davies, J., David, M., & Ball, S. J. (2001). Choices of degree or degrees of choice? Class, ‘race’ and the higher education choice process. Sociology, 35(4), 855–874. Stapley, E., O’Keeffe, S., & Midgley, N. (2022). Developing typologies in qualitative research: The use of ideal-type analysis. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21, 1–14. Tikkanen, J., Bledowski, P., & Felczak, J. (2015). Education systems as transition spaces. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 28(3), 297–310. Walther, A. (2009). ‘It was not my choice, you know?’ Young people’s subjective views and decision-making processes in biographical transitions. In I. Schoon & R. K. Silbereisen (Eds.), Transitions from School to Work (pp. 121–144). Cambridge University Press. Walther, A., Warth, A., Ule, M., & Du Bois-Reymond, M. (2015). ‘Me, my education and I’: Constellations of decision-making in young people’s educational trajectories. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 28(3), 349–371. Finnish context: Husu, J., & Toom, A. (2016). Opettajat ja opettajankoulutus – suuntia tulevaan. Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriö. Kansanen, P. (2012). Mikä tekee opettajankoulutuksesta akateemisen? Kasvatus & Aika, 6(2). Kosunen, S., Saari, J., Huilla, H., & Hienonen, N. (2024). Uupuvat opettajat: Rekrytointivaikeudet ja opettajasegregaatio Suomessa. Yhteiskuntapolitiikka, 89(3), 255–267. Nevala, A., & Nori, H. (2017). Osallisuuden vanhat ja uudet jakolinjat: Yliopisto-opiskelijoiden sosioekonomisen taustan muutokset ja koulutuksellinen tasa-arvo. In A. Toom et al. (Eds.), Toiveet ja todellisuus (pp. 335–363). Suomen kasvatustieteellinen seura. 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Hidden Corners of Educational Marketization: Choice Logic and Lived Experiences of Rural Students in Private Secondary Schools East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:This study examines the educational choices and lived experiences of rural students attending county-level private secondary schools in Enshi, Hubei (China), within the broader context of educational marketization in contemporary China. Unlike urban elite private schools that emphasize internationalization, prestige, and high-end branding, county-level private schools in rural and semi-rural areas adopt highly structured, quasi-military management, rigorous exam-oriented practices, and full-time boarding arrangements, attracting rural families despite high tuition fees that often exceed local household incomes. This paradox raises critical questions about the motivations, strategies, and constraints underlying rural households’ willingness to invest heavily in private education, as well as the implications of such choices for reproducing or alleviating educational inequality. Drawing on a qualitative methodological approach, this research combines in-depth, semi-structured interviews with ten rural students and their primary caregivers, participant observation of students’ daily life, community engagement during school holidays, and collection of school documents including admissions materials, policy statements, and promotional texts. Data were analyzed thematically through open coding, iterative comparison, and clustering of codes into emergent patterns, ensuring both rigor and reflexivity. The study’s analytical frameworks integrate Bourdieu’s concepts of economic, cultural, and social capital, his field theory, and social reproduction theory, allowing a nuanced examination of how rural families’ capital resources shape school choice, and how students negotiate identity, adaptation, and peer relationships within a quasi-urbanized private school environment. Findings indicate that rural families’ choices are primarily defensive and instrumental rather than aspirational pursuit of elite education. Confronted with thinly resourced public schools and declining trust in local education quality following school consolidations, families perceive private schools’ intensive, regimented management as a risk-mitigation mechanism, concentrating limited economic and social resources on exam performance and compliance with school routines. These investments often involve significant financial sacrifice, labor rearrangement, or debt, reflecting a calculated form of “self-rescue” under structural pressures. 农村学生的生活经历反映了适应、纪律与社会差异的复杂交织。学生将严格的课程安排和以表现为导向的日常纳入学业成就的必要条件,展现韧性、努力和战略投入。然而,经济资本的差异表现为消费相关的污名化、有限的社会融合以及课外机会的差异,而文化资本与城市中心学校规范的不匹配则造成双重边缘化。因此,学生们常常在乡村身份与城市学校期望之间徘徊,在归属感、文化认同和自我概念形成之间挣扎。 在结构层面,县级私立学校为少数学生提供了狭窄的向上流动,同时又加剧了更广泛的不平等。高额学费作为预选机制,排除最贫困家庭,而学术和社会竞争日益依赖经济和文化资本,进一步加剧潜在障碍。此外,积极进取的农村学生迁移到私立学校,抽走了本地公立学校的资源和有抱负的同龄人,加剧了农村教育赤字,扩大了城乡差距。因此,市场不再是公平教育的机制,而是作为资金不足的公共服务的替代品,将系统性差距转化为个体化的挑战。 总之,农村县级私立学校代表了受限且理性的“自我救助”策略,适用于在有限公立教育中挣扎的家庭,同时又重复并掩盖了结构性不平等。有效的教育公平需要对农村公立学校的基础质量和吸引力进行大量投资,为所有孩子创造稳定、有尊严且充满机会的教育环境,同时通过市场机制减轻代际间不平等的延续。本研究强调,需要将农村学生不仅视为市场化教育的被动接受者,更应视为复杂、分层教育领域中身份与理想积极协商者。 Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a primarily qualitative methodological approach to explore the perspectives and lived experiences of rural students and their families, aiming to uncover the complex logic behind educational choices. Qualitative methods were chosen because the study focuses on individual decision-making, internal experiences, and meaning-making, which cannot be fully captured by quantitative data. Using in-depth interviews and participant observation, the study examines the “how” and “why” of school selection and students’ subsequent experiences, while allowing emergent themes to surface dynamically. The research focuses on rural students enrolled in private county-level secondary schools in Enshi, Hubei, and their parents, with “rural” defined as students with household registration or long-term residence in towns or villages. Sampling combined purposive and snowball strategies: initially, 1–2 private schools enrolling rural students were identified through local networks. Within these schools, students meeting the criteria (rural background, non-affluent family) were invited to participate, and subsequent participants were recommended by initial interviewees. Planned interviews include 10–15 students and one primary parent per student, continuing until theoretical saturation is reached. Additionally, brief interviews with 2–3 teachers or administrators will provide supplementary perspectives. Data were collected through three main channels. First, semi-structured interviews with students (60–90 minutes) focused on family life, school choice decision-making, in-school adaptation (academics, discipline, social life, consumption), and psychological experiences; interviews with parents (45–60 minutes) focused on family economics, decision-making processes, educational investment, and expectations. All interviews were audio-recorded with consent and supplemented with field notes. Second, participant observation was conducted during 2–3 week periods in 1–2 typical rural source villages during school holidays, documenting home and community contexts and students’ routines. Third, school documents (admissions materials, policies, and promotional texts) were collected to analyze institutional positioning and discourse strategies. Data were analyzed thematically, involving repeated reading, open coding, clustering codes into potential themes (e.g., “risk calculation in school choice,” “consumption shame,” “time disciplining,” “urban–rural identity negotiation”), and refining themes through iterative comparison with the raw data. Analysis remained theoretically sensitive, engaging Bourdieu’s capital theory and educational equity frameworks, and sought disconfirming evidence to enhance credibility. Ethical considerations were rigorously observed. Informed consent was obtained from all participants, including minors and guardians, with guarantees of anonymity, confidentiality, and voluntary participation. Interviews followed the principle of minimal harm, and researchers maintained reflexivity regarding positionality and power relations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study reveals the complex, tension-filled landscape of county-level private schools for rural students in a marketized educational context. Rural families’ high-cost investment is not a simple pursuit of “elite education” but a calculated, constrained self-rescue under structural limitations. Students’ experiences intertwine discipline, adaptation, and social differentiation, producing divergent effects at individual and structural levels. Family decision-making: Rural families’ choice of private schools reflects defensive educational investment under structural constraints rather than pursuit of elite schooling. Weak public-school resources and eroding trust after school consolidations make closed, quasi-military school management an “insurance mechanism” to safeguard children from perceived risks. Families focus on exam preparation, concentrating limited economic capital—even incurring debt—on strict schedules and academic rigor, often at the expense of individual well-being. The market substitutes for deficient public education, exposing systemic inequities. Student experiences: Students navigate disciplined adaptation and class-based differentiation. They internalize school routines as necessary for academic success, demonstrating resilience, yet economic disparities create hidden social boundaries. Rural students face consumption-related stigma and struggle to form deep peer connections. Cultural capital mismatches further marginalize them, as rural backgrounds are devalued and urban-centric school culture is partially internalized, resulting in dual marginalization. Structural implications: Private schooling creates limited mobility for a few while intensifying inequality. Exam training benefits only high-capacity students, while hidden barriers shaped by economic and cultural capital exclude most. The “siphoning” of talented rural students from public schools further weakens them, exacerbating urban–rural disparities and creating a cycle of market-dependent education. In sum, county-level private schooling is a rational, constrained “self-rescue.” While offering narrow mobility for a few, it converts geographic inequality into economic and cultural stratification, showing the market’s role as a substitute, not a remedy, for educational inequity. Sustainable equity requires strengthening rural public education to prevent intergenerational reproduction of inequality via market mechanisms. References Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and symbolic power (J. B. Thompson, Ed.; G. Raymond & M. Adamson, Trans.). Harvard University Press. ISBN 9780674510418. Bourdieu, P. (1997). Wenhua ziben yu shehui lianjin shǔ: Buerdiü fangtan lù [Cultural capital and social alchemy: Interviews with Pierre Bourdieu] (A. Bao, Trans.). Shanghai People’s Publishing House. ISBN 9787208025226. Brown, W. (2015). Undoing the demos: Neoliberalism’s stealth revolution. Zone Books. ISBN 9781935408536 Dewey, J. (2024). Democracy and education: An introduction to the philosophy of education (N. Tampio, Ed.). Columbia University Press.ISBN 9780231210119 Du, L., Li, H. M., & Wang, W. J. (2021). Wenhua shijiao xia woguo nongcun xuexiao jiaoyu yanjiu chauyi — Cong wenhua chuanchuan dao wenhua shengchan[A cultural perspective on rural school education in China: From cultural inheritance to cultural production] [in Chinese]. Journal of Education, 17(04), 119–132. Friedman, M. (1962). Capitalism and freedom. University of Chicago Press. ISBN 9780226264202 (40th anniversary ed.). Gaztambide-Fernández, R. (2009). What Is an Elite Boarding School. Review of Educational Research, 79(3), 1090–1128. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654309339500 Nhengu, D., Chikwature, F., & Marandure, M. (2025). The privatization conundrum in Zimbabwe: Uncovering the complexities of education privatization’s influence on equity, quality and inclusion. Ékwé International Journal of Igbo Scholars Forum for Socio‑Cultural Advancement, 18(2), 1–15. Retrieved from https://www.acjol.org/index.php/ekwe/article/view/6857 Organisation for Economic Co‑operation and Development. (2012). Public and private schools: How management and funding relate to their socio‑economic profile (PISA). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264175006‑en Samuelson, P. A. (1954). The pure theory of public expenditure. The Review of Economics and Statistics, 36(4), 387–389. https://doi.org/10.2307/1925895 Wu, Y. X. (2020). Shehui fenceng shijiao xia de Zhongguo jiaoyu gongping: Hongguan qushi yu weiguan jizhi [Educational equity in China from the perspective of social stratification: Macro trends and micro mechanisms]. Nanjing Shifan Daxue Xuebao (Shehui Kexueban) [Journal of Nanjing Normal University (Social Science Edition)], (04), 18–35. Yin, Q. L. (2022). Nongcun jiaoyu jingzheng xingqi de luoji — Cong “dushu de liao” dao “buneng shu zai qipao xian”[The logic of rising competition in rural education: From “academic potential” to “not losing at the starting line”] [in Chinese]. China Youth Research, (11), 103–109+95. Ying, G. Consumption Patterns of Chinese Children. Journal of Family and Economic Issues 24, 373–379 (2003). https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1027385427303 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 28 SES 12 B JS: Joint Symposium - Fostering the Critical Navigation of Digital Education – Potentials and Limits of Open Education Resources (OERs) - NW 12 and NW 28 Location: Jumbo |HoteI Torni| Session Chair: Sigrid Hartong Session Chair: Sarah Hayes Joint Symposium Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Fostering the Critical Navigation of Digital Education – Potentials and Limits of Open Education Resources (OERs) With the continuous upsurge of digitization, automation and artificial intelligence (AI), educational institutions around the world are confronted with the requirement to responsibly navigate the embedment of technologies in teaching and learning (Perotta 2024). The same is true for policy actors and administrators who steer the implementation and regulation of technology usage within broader contexts of governance. Particularly over the past years, growing evidence of the many risks and (unintended) effects of technology usage - including the perpetuation or even increase of social inequality, growing power imbalances or lock-in effects -, have raised awareness for the urgent need to support educators and institutions more strongly in socially responsible and risk-aware digitization strategies, including decisions on local technology implementation (Macgilchrist et al. 2024). A clear indicator hereof is a growing number of policy initiatives and research-practice partnerships that target more holistic digitalization strategies, guidelines for educators, or digital education competence frameworks such as the most recent update of the European DigCompEdu (www.digcomphub.eu). Such initiatives have also started to recognize the close interrelation between educational digitalization and today´s manifestations of poly-crisis, including growing threats to democracy, or the pressing questions of the planetary future. While it seems important to acknowledge such developments as important steps towards the future, critical scholarship has problematized that many initiatives and frameworks follow a rather solutionist approach to social and ethical dilemmas (e.g., seemingly resolving ethical challenges by ‘ticking the boxes’ of GDPR). Also, many initiatives tend to establish a “moralistic governance regime” (Giesler & Veresiu 2014) that shifts the responsibility of critical and ethical technology usage to the individual, that is, primarily to educators. It is the same educators, however, who are particularly vulnerable to the conditions of algorithmic governance, who face opaqueness of technological infrastructures as well as a dramatic lack of time and resources. The symposium addresses this dilemma, discussing attempts of (critical) education scholarship to provide additional support for educators, educational institutions, administrators and policy to more strongly acknowledge the complex nature of social responsibility around digital education, but also to enhance capacity to act critically, responsibly, and politically (Raffaghelli 2022). More particularly, the symposium focuses on the (co-)creation and dissemination of Open Education Resources (OERs), that is, artefacts which try to mediate knowledge and strategies for action to users. In fact, OERs have already for a long time been a popular approach to disseminate knowledge between research and practice and have equally become a central approach in the field of (critical) data and algorithmic literacy (Sander 2024). At the same time, the hopes put in OERs´ potential particularly in terms of usability and impact also stand in contrast to the many challenges of creating OERs that successfully navigate complexity and simplicity, critique and optimism, as well as science and practice. There is, hence, also a growing interest in Open Education Practices (OEP), including the challenges associated with achieving ‘openness’ in the process of creating, distributing, and using OER when, for instance, many of the available production tools and distribution platforms are proprietary (Koseoglu & Bozkurt 2018; Aksoy & Kursum 2024). Against this background, the presentations of this symposium provide insights into different projects in different countries that include the (co-) creation of OERs to foster the critical navigation of digital education. The presentations hereby cover broader perspectives on policy and governance developments as well as specific OER approaches situated within these developments. The symposium will be rounded up by a discussant input. References Aksoy, D. A., & Kursun, E. (2024). Behind the Scenes: A Critical Perspective on GenAI and Open Educational Practices. Open Praxis, 16(3), 457–470. Giesler, M., & Veresiu, E. (2014). Creating the responsible consumer: Moralistic governance regimes and consumer subjectivity. Journal of consumer research, 41(3), 840-857. Koseoglu, S., & Bozkurt, A. (2018) An exploratory literature review on open educational practices. Distance Education, 39(4), 441–461. https://doi.org/10.1080/01587919.2018.1520042 Macgilchrist, F., Potter, J., & Williamson, B. (2024). Challenging the inequitable impacts of edtech. Learning, Media and Technology, 49(2), 147-150. Perrotta, C. (2024). Plug-and-play education: Knowledge and learning in the age of platforms and artificial intelligence. Routledge. Raffaghelli, J. E. (2022). Educators' data literacy: Understanding the bigger picture. In Learning to live with datafication (pp. 80-99). Routledge. Sander, I. (2024). Critical Datafication Literacy: A Framework and Practical Approaches. transcript Verlag. Presentations of the Symposium Open Educational Practices in School Development: Tensions between Responsibility Allocation and Responsibility Diffusion
To date, digitization policies have targeted schools and teachers, with less focus on school providers (school maintaining bodies responsible for technical infrastructure, equipment procurement, and material costs), as visible also in the German case. However, various modernization initiatives, including those aiming to increase a digital up-take in schools, have given local school providers new opportunities to shape the internal design of the German school system (Hermstein 2021). Against this background, the TOBIS project aims to strengthen transprofessional collaboration with regards to a socially and pedagogically responsible digitization strategy among school authorities, education administrators, academia, and practitioners. TOBIS utilizes Research-Practice Partnerships (RPPs) as a methodological framework, conceptualizing RPPs as mutually beneficial collaborations that bridge research and practice, fostering co-creation and knowledge exchange (Farrell et al. 2021).
From a Science-and-Technology-Studies (STS) informed perspective (e.g. Sismondo 2010, Zakharova 2022) – conceptualizing infrastructure as relational practice (Star & Ruhleder 1996) and examining how technical decisions encode pedagogical assumptions (Akrich 1992) – TOBIS draws on data gathered from the RPP sessions to analyze how responsibility for Open Educational Resources (OER), tied to digitization, is distributed between school providers and schools. Of core interest are the unfolding Open Educational Practices (OEP) that are entangled with doing OER, referring to the nexus of practices intertwined with “the creation, use and management of OER” (Ehlers & Conole 2011). The presentation focuses on the entanglement of allocation and diffusion and highlights three key-aspects. 1) What we reconstruct as “limited foresight” refers to the impression that schools lack time and expertise to gauge how certain proprietary ecosystems may constrain future OEP. 2) "Fragmented knowledge" refers to schools negotiating individually with providers, preventing shared learning of technology implementation experiences. 3) “Deferred decisions” refers to e.g. postponed purchasing decisions that lead to “equipment without concept” or “concept without equipment,” thereby hindering the introduction of OER and OEP.
Our findings suggest implications for research and OEPs of school providers. From a STS perspective, the empirical insights remind us that delegating decision-making power also delegates moral and governance responsibility (Bowker & Star, 2000). To assess platform compatibility with open practices, schools must be provided with information and negotiation power. Conversely, school providers cannot remain value-neutral infrastructure providers. Their actions pre-structure pedagogical spaces for OER (Williamson, 2021). Opportunities to unfold OEP therefore require binding and co-created guidelines that couple device purchase with open-content strategies, as well as knowledge circulation across schools.
References:
Akrich, M. (1992). The de-scription of technical objects. In W. E. Bijker & J. Law (Eds.), Shaping technology / building society: Studies in sociotechnical change (pp. 205–224). MIT Press.
Bowker, G. C., & Star, S. L. (2000). Sorting things out: Classification and its consequences. MIT Press
Conole, G. C., & Ehlers, U.-D. (2010). Open Educational Practices: Unleashing the power of OER. 10. https://oerknowledgecloud.org/sites/oerknowledgecloud.org/files/OEP_Unleashing-the-power-of-OER.pdf
Hermstein, B. (2021). Wer spielt warum mit? Schnittstellen in der Schulsystementwicklung und Prozesse ihrer Rationalisierung.DDS - Die Deutsche Schule, 113 (1), 14-29.
Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W.R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation
Star, S. L., & Ruhleder, K. (1996). Steps toward an ecology of infrastructure: Design and access for large information spaces. Information Systems Research, 7(1), 111–134. https://doi.org/10.1287/isre.7.1.111
Williamson, B. (2021). Making markets through digital platforms: Pearson, edu-business, and the (e)valuation of higher education. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 50–66. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2020.1737556
Zakharova, I. (2022). Understanding data studies-A methodological and conceptual inquiry into research on datafication. https://doi.org/10.26092/ELIB/1675
Pedagogical Impact Inquiry: Supporting Schools in Making Value-Driven EdTech Decisions
Over the past decade, rapid integration of education technologies (EdTech) into the everyday practices of Dutch primary schools (Kerssens & Van Dijck 2021) has been actively facilitated by persuasive technosolutionist narratives through which the EdTech industry frames its products as inevitable and pedagogically beneficial (Teras et al. 2020). However, critical EdTech scholarship demonstrates that these technologies have profound implications for children’s digital rights (Livingstone et al. 2024), pedagogical relationships, and core professional practices (Perrotta et al. 2020). Despite these impacts, schools receive little structured support to critically reflect on the pedagogical consequences of EdTech adoption and use, while existing forms of assessment are predominantly designed and provided by the EdTech industry itself (Kucirkova, 2024). This situation significantly limits schools’ capacity to govern educational technologies, making democratic EdTech assessment essential for evaluating pedagogical impacts beyond the industry’s marketing claims.
This paper introduces the Pedagogical Impact Inquiry (PIO, Dutch abbreviation): a dialogical Open Educational Resource (OER) co-created by Kennisnet – Public ICT organization for primary and secondary education in the Netherlands – and Utrecht University. The PIO is designed as a hands-on tool to foster rich team discussions within schools on the pedagogical implications of EdTech already in use. Grounded in the Techno-Ethical Framework for Teachers (Adams and Groten, 2024), the PIO structures conversations around three lenses: (1) children’s rights, (2) power and control, and (3) pedagogical and formative impact.
We present findings from a recent qualitative field study of a pilot version of the PIO conducted in four Dutch primary schools – in collaboration with IPABO University of Applied Sciences – through which the tool was iteratively tested and refined based on insights from moderated school team sessions. Importantly, the study shows that the PIO enabled school teams to move beyond instrumental discussions of technology towards deeper, value-laden and pedagogical reflection, often resulting in concrete adaptations to educational practice. We identify three design elements that contributed to the depth of these conversations: (1) starting from teachers’ educational values and concern for students rather than from the technology itself; (2) explicitly attending to affective experiences of teachers and pupils; and (3) incorporating physical elements to stimulate embodied positioning and collective sense-making.
The paper concludes with critical reflections on key challenges for OER-based approaches to democratic EdTech assessment, including the reliance on skilled moderation, the sustainability of reflective practices within schools, and the difficulties of instrumentalizing dialogical tools as standardized EdTech assessment instruments.
References:
Adams, C., & Groten, S. (2024). A TechnoEthical framework for teachers. Learning, Media and Technology, 49(4), 701-718.
Kerssens, Niels, and José van Dijck. 2021. "The platformization of primary education in The Netherlands." Learning, Media and Technology, 46(3), 250-63. doi: https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2021.1876725.
Kucirkova, Natalia. 2024. "Why we need global minimum quality standards in EdTech." https://www.weforum.org/stories/2024/04/we-need-a-standardized-way-to-measure-the-impact-of-edtech-innovations/
Perrotta, Carlo, Kalervo N. Gulson, Ben Williamson, and Kevin Witzenberger. 2020. "Automation, APIs and the distributed labour of platform pedagogies in Google Classroom." Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 97-113. doi: 10.1080/17508487.2020.1855597.
Teräs, Marko, Juha Suoranta, Hanna Teräs, and Mark Curcher. 2020. "Post-Covid-19 education and education technology ‘solutionism’: A seller’s market." Postdigital Science and Education, 2(3), 863-78.
Technology Navigation as Practices of Care – an OER Approach to Foster Ethical Tech and AI Usage in Higher Education
Situated within the increasingly pressing challenges of ethical technology and artificial intelligence (AI) adoption in Higher Education, the ETH-TECH project (“Anchoring Ethical Technology (AI and Data) Usage in the Education Practice”, www.eth-tech.eu) marks a cross-country effort to bridge critical scholarship and education practice through the (co-)creation of Open Education Resources (OERs). As a collaboration between University of Padua (Italy), University of Barcelona (Spain), Babeș-Bolyai University in Cluj-Napoca (Romania) and Helmut-Schmidt-University in Hamburg (Germany), the ETH-TECH project takes the European Union´s “Ethical guidelines on the use of artificial intelligence and data in teaching and learning for educators” (2022) as springboard to investigate potentials and limits of the guidelines in supporting the practical navigation of ethical tech and AI usage in Higher Education contexts. Based on awareness raising sessions with both students and educators in all four countries conducted in 2025, the project found a substantial gap between the framework requirements and its proclaimed ‘solutions’ on the one hand, and its limited acknowledgement of complex dilemmas and limited educators´ or students´ capability to address those dilemmas accordingly.
As a conceptual response to this gap, the project approaches the ethical navigation of tech and AI usage as critical inquiry and as practices of care, that is, it moves beyond “rule-based ethics, and towards an approach that is more relational, situated, and decentralized” (Wardak & Zeivots 2025: 899). In such an approach, different stakeholders – mainly students and educators - come together to collectively navigate decision-making, including the acknowledgement of conflict and dissensus, balanced through radical empathy (Prinsloo & Slade 2016; Hamington 2019). To support this collective navigation, the project has, over the past year, co-created different Open Education Resources (OER) together with university students, which each specifically target one ethical principle from the EU guidelines (Transparency; Human Agency and Oversight; as well as Diversity, Non-Discrimination and Fairness), and which each use a particular method from the field of critical co-design (Brandau & Hartong, 2025). Through the multi-stage process of OER co-creation, the project explored how OERs can serve as facilitators for supporting collective ethical sense-making processes around tech and AI, but it also unpacked the various challenges of installing an OER creation process that itself follows the principles it seeks to promote.
References:
Brandau, N., & Hartong, S. (2025). Visualising the school: a critical study on co-designing a Moodle-based learning management system. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 46(3), 307-323.
European Union (2022): Ethical guidelines on the use of artificial intelligence and data in teaching and learning for educators. https://education.ec.europa.eu/news/ethical-guidelines-on-the-use-of-artificial-intelligence-and-data-in-teaching-and-learning-for-educators.
Hamington, M. (2019). Integrating care ethics and design thinking. Journal of Business Ethics, 155(1), 91-103.
Prinsloo, P., & Slade, S. (2016). ‘Big data, higher education and learning analytics: Beyond justice, towards an ethics of care’. Big data and learning analytics in higher education: Current theory and practice, pp. 109–24. Springer International Publishing: Cham.
Wardak, D., & Zeivots, S. (2025). ‘Sensing Ethics in Postdigital Future Classrooms’, Postdigital Science and Education, 7: 899–915.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 28 SES 12 C: Education at war Location: Raide 1| Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Raisa Foster Session Chair: Nelli Piattoeva Symposium |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Education at war. This symposium presents completed research and work in progress that explores historical and contemporary entanglements between education and war(s) in Europe and comparatively. Russia is continuing its fatal strikes on Ukraine and the Israeli military its attacks on Gaza, both killing or wounding civilians, including school-aged children, and destroying educational infrastructures. These are not the only military conflicts unfolding in the world, but ones that Europeans seem to be best aware of through extensive media coverage. In addition to grave consequences for the lives of many people and the conditions of national and local education systems, wars affect the latter by relying on education as a tool of military socialisation and war propaganda. Thus, in Russia, textbooks are being rewritten and curricula changed to solicit greater support for the invasion and to increase the popularity of military service among the young people. In Europe more broadly, militarised and securitised discourses penetrate education politics and pedagogical aims, justified by concerns over national security and defence, thus becoming normalised. As real wars unfold, politicians and researchers speak of the end of the post-Cold War world order that temporarily terminated the bipolar geopolitical division relying on space race and competition in arms. At the peak of the Cold War, education was deployed as both a tool of othering the enemy and raising competent national citizens ready to defend and if necessary fight for their country by means of both adept knowledge and physical strength. Less known is how theorising on education has been explicitly and implicitly affected by experiences of wars. In this way, the linkage between war and education has multiple precedents, and continuities and ruptures of this historical lineage are important to explore, inviting us to also look at the phenomena from a historical perspective. While we might imagine education as a site of peace and protection when not distracted by direct internal and external military conflicts, the role of education in perpetuating conflicts, hatred and violence cannot be ignored. In this symposium authors discuss and develop critical, cross-disciplinary, historically sensitive, theoretically informed and ethically grounded debates on the topic. We urgently call on overall scholarly interest towards this theme, including progressive ideas for post-war reconstruction and making educational systems more “war-proof”. The symposium consists of scholars from education and the social sciences, offering cross-disciplinary and international perspectives on the topic and exploring it from both contemporary and historical perspectives to highlight the importance of rich empirical, theoretical and methodological approaches. References Alava, J. (2026). Military-Patriotic Education in Russia : Legitimation, Gender, and Power Relations. Helsingin yliopisto Foster, R. & Mäkinen, J. (2025). Nato-Suomen toimintaympäristö ja ekososiaalisesti kestävä tulevaisuus. Tiede ja Ase, Vol. 2024, Nro 82 Reid, J., (2006). The biopolitics of the war on terror: life struggles, liberal modernity, and the defence of logistical societies. Manchester: Manchester university press. ZIN, Mnemo (2024; eds.) (An)Archive: Childhood, Memory, the Cold War. Open Book Publishers. Presentations of the Symposium Can War Be Justified through Education? How Dewey’s Pragmatist Philosophy Engaged with Two World Wars.
Education can be viewed as both a tool to oppose militarist ideologies and as a weapon in service of war efforts. While this weaponization is most evident when totalitarian states explicitly harness education for war campaigns (Alava 2025), a critical perspective also reveals subtler connections between education and war in societies preparing for conflict (Engelmann & Hemetsberger 2022). A key question in studying such connections is how war becomes justified through educational means.
This paper explores the philosophical connections between education and war within the framework of political justification. It examines a specific historical case study: John Dewey's changing positions on US involvement in both World Wars, and how these positions intertwined with his educational theories and broader philosophical outlook (Dewey 2009; see also Ratner 1988; Howlett & Cohan, 2016).
This topic is relevant not only for understanding the shifting arguments of one of the key architects of liberal progressivist educational policy, but also for our current situation. Dewey witnessed budding democratic policies collapse into totalitarian regimes built on powerful military industries and aggressive imperialist ambitions, where (mis)education played a significant part (Bullert 1988; Howlett 1989). Today, we again see global attempts to use education to foster national loyalties, demonize enemies, and develop readiness for conflict—both defensively and as part of aggressive imperialist/colonialist agendas. These phenomena demand critical examination of the relationship between militarism and education, and careful analysis of how education is used to justify war efforts.
References:
Alava, J. (2025). From Patriotic Education to Militarist Indoctrination—Disciplinary Power and
Silent Resistance in Russia after the Onset of the War against Ukraine. Problems of Post-Communism, 72(5), 429–440. https://doi.org/10.1080/10758216.2024.2444600
Bullert, G. (1989). John Dewey on War and Fascism: A Response. Educational Theory, 39(1), 71–80. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-5446.1989.00071.x
Dewey, J. (2009). The Collected Works of John Dewey, 1882-1953 (2nd release). Electronic edition. InteLex.
Engelmann, S., Hemetsberger, B., & Jacob, F. (2022). War and education: The pedagogical preparation for collective mass violence. Brill Schöningh.
Howlett, C. F. (1989). “Twilight of Idols” Revisited: A Reply to Gary Bullert’s “John Dewey on War and Fascism: A Response.” Educational Theory, 39(1), 81–84. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-5446.1989.00081.x
Howlett, C. F., & Cohan, A. (2016). John Dewey, America’s peace-minded educator. Southern Illinois University Press.
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
Militarising Childhood? Ethical Tensions in Education and Public Discourse in Finland
Across Europe, security concerns increasingly extend into educational discourse, youth policy, and everyday conversations about children’s bodies, health, and future citizenship. This paper examines how militarised logics enter public and educationally relevant discourse through a Finnish social media debate sparked by a statement from the Minister of Defence linking children’s physical activity to future military readiness. The discussion unfolded on Instagram after a public post questioned whether children should be framed primarily as future defenders of the nation rather than as intrinsically valuable human beings.
Situated within critical militarism studies and critical education research, the paper conceptualises militarisation not only as a military or political phenomenon, but as a cultural, ethical, and pedagogical process through which security rationales shape how childhood, embodiment, and citizenship are understood. The study asks: How does public discourse linking children’s bodily fitness to national defence contribute to the militarisation of educational and societal understandings of childhood, and what ethical challenges does this pose for education in democratic societies?
Methodologically, the paper employs a digital autoethnographic case study, combining critical discourse analysis with the author's reflexive engagement as both initiator and participant in the online debate. The dataset consists of a public Instagram post and its comment thread, analysed for dominant narratives, moral framings, affective dynamics, and underlying assumptions about children, responsibility, and national belonging. Internet research ethics are followed by anonymising and paraphrasing identifiable content.
The findings reveal three key patterns. First, children’s physical activity is frequently reframed in security-oriented and militarised terms, shifting attention away from play, well-being, and intrinsic educational value toward preparedness and national utility. Second, children’s bodies are instrumentalised as future resources, reinforcing an understanding of childhood as a preparatory phase for state needs rather than a life stage with its own inherent worth. Third, critical or ethical questioning of militarisation is often delegitimised by appeals to realism, geopolitical threats, and national survival, thereby narrowing the space for pedagogical and democratic reflection.
The paper argues that education plays a crucial role in either reproducing or resisting militarised ways of thinking about childhood, embodiment, and citizenship. It highlights the ethical risks of framing children primarily through security and utility logics, which may undermine commitments to human dignity, holistic well-being, and democratic pluralism. Finally, the study emphasises the importance of critical pedagogical practices that cultivate ethical reflection, care, and alternative imaginaries of security grounded in peace, social justice, and children’s intrinsic value.
References:
Basham, V. (2016). Gender, race, militarism and remembrance: The everyday geopolitics of the poppy. Gender, Place & Culture, 23(6), 883–896.
Enloe, C. (2000). Maneuvers: The international politics of militarizing women’s lives. University of California Press.
Fairclough, N. (1995). Critical discourse analysis: The critical study of language. Longman.
Lutz, C. (2002). Making war at home in the United States: Militarization and the current crisis. American Anthropologist, 104(3), 723–735.
Pink, S., Horst, H., Postill, J., Hjorth, L., Lewis, T., & Tacchi, J. (2016). Digital ethnography: Principles and practice. SAGE.
Robinson, F. (2011). The ethics of care in international relations: Beyond justice. Routledge.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 29 SES 12 A: Performing gender and sexuality through arts Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Silvia de Riba Mayoral Paper Session |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper I am a Good Mother: Maternal Performance and the Reproduction of Patriarchy Through Musical Mothering of Chinese Mothers Institute of Curriculum and Instruction, East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:In contemporary China, children’s education has become a key arena through which middle-class families pursue social mobility, moral respectability, and cultural distinction. Within this context, mothers increasingly assume primary responsibility for managing children’s educational and extracurricular trajectories, particularly in culturally valued domains such as piano education. While existing studies document parental involvement in children’s music learning and its cognitive and cultural benefits, less attention has been paid to how such involvement operates as a gendered moral practice. Feminist scholarship conceptualizes motherhood as a socially constructed role shaped by ideals of “good motherhood,” emphasizing intensive care, emotional devotion, and self-sacrifice—expectations further intensified in East Asian societies marked by Confucian family values and educational competition. Piano education thus offers a revealing site to examine how maternal care becomes moralized and gendered. This study addresses an empirical gap by exploring how Chinese middle-class mothers perform “good motherhood” through musical mothering and how these practices reproduce, negotiate, or subtly challenge patriarchal relations within family life. 2. Research Aims and Questions This study investigates Chinese mothers’ involvement in their children’s piano education. It seeks to explore how these mothers perform “good motherhood” through their musical mothering and, in turn, how such practices contribute to the reproduction of patriarchal power. Accordingly, the following research questions were formulated: RQ1: How do Chinese mothers perform “good motherhood” through their musical mothering practices, and what motivates these performance? RQ2: In what ways does musical mothering of Chinese mothers contribute to the reproduction of patriarchal power within family life? 3. Theoretical Framework The study draws on the concepts of doing gender (West & Zimmerman, 1987) and gender performativity (Butler, 2011). From this perspective, motherhood is understood as a situated and ongoing accomplishment produced through repeated social practices. Musical mothering is conceptualized as a gendered performance through which maternal virtue, responsibility, and moral worth are enacted and evaluated. This framework allows for an analysis of both structural reproduction and maternal agency, capturing how power operates through everyday affective and moral labor rather than overt coercion. 4. Methodology This research adopts a qualitative methodology grounded in interpretative phenomenology. Data will be collected through participant observation and in-depth interviews with approximately eleven Chinese middle-class mothers who are primarily responsible for their children’s piano education. Participants will be recruited using purposive and snowball sampling, with inclusion criteria focusing on mothers’ educational background, family income, and sustained involvement in children’s piano learning. Participant observation will take place in piano lesson settings and, where possible, in domestic contexts to capture everyday practices and interactions. Semi-structured interviews will be conducted face-to-face, beginning with open-ended prompts and followed by emergent questions to elicit rich narratives of experience. Data will be analyzed using Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA), following systematic stages of familiarization, coding, theme development, and interpretative synthesis. Ethical approval will be obtained, and informed consent will be secured from all participants. 5. Expected Contributions This study is expected to contribute to research on motherhood, gender, and education by illuminating how patriarchal power is reproduced through intimate, morally charged parenting practices rather than explicit domination. By foregrounding mothers’ lived experiences of musical mothering, the study offers a nuanced account of how care, love, and sacrifice become mechanisms of gendered governance, while also highlighting moments of negotiation and agency within patriarchal constraints. The findings will be relevant to feminist sociology, music education research, and broader debates on gender, family, and social reproduction in contemporary China. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research design grounded in interpretative phenomenology, aiming to explore Chinese middle-class mothers’ lived experiences of musical mothering in children’s piano education and the gendered meanings attached to these practices. An Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) framework (Smith et al., 2022) was employed to capture how participants make sense of their everyday mothering practices and moral self-understandings. Data were collected through participant observation and in-depth, semi-structured interviews with eleven Chinese middle-class mothers. Purposive sampling combined with snowball sampling was used to recruit participants who were primarily responsible for their children’s piano education, whose children had received piano instruction for more than one year, and who met defined middle-class criteria in terms of education and employment. Participant observation was conducted in both institutional (piano lessons) and domestic settings, facilitated by the researcher’s role as a piano teacher, allowing access to mothers’ everyday practices and interactions. In-depth interviews were conducted face-to-face, beginning with a broad, open-ended prompt and followed by emergent, iterative questioning to elicit rich narrative accounts. All interviews were audio-recorded, transcribed verbatim, and analyzed using IPA procedures, including familiarization, inductive and deductive coding, theme development, pattern recognition, and interpretative narrative construction. Field notes from observations were used as supplementary data to enhance contextual understanding and analytic depth. Ethical approval was obtained from the researcher’s institution, and informed consent was secured from all participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study concludes that Chinese middle-class mothers’ involvement in children’s piano education constitutes a deeply gendered and moralized practice through which “good motherhood” is continuously performed and evaluated. Drawing on interpretative phenomenological analysis, the findings show that musical mothering operates not merely as educational support but as a key site where gender norms, class aspirations, and patriarchal power are reproduced through everyday maternal labor. The study identifies three interrelated strategies through which mothers perform “good motherhood”: cultivating children’s cultural taste and future-oriented capital, providing intensive and devotional care through time- and labor-intensive supervision, and engaging in emotional regulation that oscillates between positive guidance and disciplinary control. These practices are structured by a dual system of accountability. Externally, mothers are subject to social scrutiny and stigmatization shaped by norms of intensive and “scientific” mothering. Internally, they internalize these norms as moral self-identities, generating persistent feelings of anxiety and guilt that further discipline their parenting practices. Importantly, the findings demonstrate that patriarchal power is reproduced less through overt coercion than through the moralization of maternal care and sacrifice. Mothers often cede major educational decision-making to fathers, rationalize paternal absence through gendered narratives of breadwinning and expertise, and individualize structural inequality by embracing self-sacrificing “supermom” ideals. At the same time, the study reveals moments of negotiation and quiet resistance. By redefining the moral meaning of persistence, loosening control, or discontinuing piano education, some mothers subtly rework dominant expectations of good motherhood and reclaim limited agency within patriarchal constraints. Overall, the study contributes to feminist and sociological understandings of motherhood by revealing how gendered power is sustained through intimate, affective, and morally charged parenting practices, while also highlighting mothers’ reflexive capacities to negotiate these structures in everyday life. References Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction: A social critique of the judgement of taste (R. Nice, Trans.). Harvard University Press. Butler, J. (2011). Gender trouble: Feminism and the subversion of identity. Routledge. Cho, E. (2015). What do mothers say? Korean mothers’ perceptions of children’s participation in extra-curricular musical activities. Music Education Research, 17(2), 162–178. Daminger, A. (2019). The cognitive dimension of household labor. American Sociological Review, 84(4), 609–633. Douglas, S. J., & Michaels, M. W. (2004). The mommy myth: The idealization of motherhood and how it has undermined all women. Free Press. Hays, S. (1996). The cultural contradictions of motherhood. Yale University Press. Ilari, B. (2013). Concerted cultivation and music learning: Global issues and local variations. Research Studies in Music Education, 35(2), 179–196. Lareau, A. (2011). Unequal childhoods: Class, race, and family life (2nd ed.). University of California Press. Savage, S. (2024). Musical mothering: Intergenerational strategies amongst the middle classes. Palgrave Macmillan. Savage, S., & Hall, C. A. (2017). Thinking about and beyond the cultural contradictions of motherhood through musical mothering. In L. Ross, M. J. Rose, & J. Hartmann (Eds.), Music of motherhood: History, healing, and activism (pp. 32–50). Demeter Press. Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2022). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research (2nd ed.). Sage. West, C., & Zimmerman, D. H. (1987). Doing gender. Gender & Society, 1(2), 125–151. Zhang, W. (2020). Shadow education in the service of tiger parenting: Strategies used by middle-class families in China. European Journal of Education, 55(3), 388–404. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper Masculinities and Subject Positionings in Boys’ Performance in the Visual Arts Classroom University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:The Pisa survey shows that equivalence has deteriorated in Swedish schools (SOU 2025:19) and the National Evaluation in Arts Education (The Swedish Agency for Education 2015) shows a gender gap in study results in the school subject visual arts to the detriment of boys. Previous research in the field of gender perspectives on visual arts education shows how the subject has been gendered throughout the history of the subject (Saar, 2005; Wikberg,2014). Studies by Hellman (2017) demonstrate how students can transcend gender norms of masculinity by creating video diaries, using popular culture. Objectives Several studies on gender and student behavior in school (Holm, 2008; Skarre Aasebø, 2010; Zimmerman, 2018) acknowledge the issue of anti-school culture and the culture of effortless achievement among boys. These behaviors can be understood as connected to hegemonic masculinities. Öhrn and Asp-Onsjö (2014) notes how the hegemonic and accepted ways of performing masculinity in school balance study efforts and social positionings. This could be explained as an expression of a postindustrial society. Aim and research questions The overall aim of the study is to contribute to knowledge about the conditions for equivalence in visual arts education in grades 7–9 in Swedish compulsory school, with a focus on both students’, especially boys’, participation and the visual arts teacher’s didactic considerations. The specified aim of the study is to investigate boys’ subject positionings (Foucault, 1982) and performative stagings (Butler, 2007; Hellman, 2017) of self in the school subject visual arts. This, to understand the conditions for participation in visual arts education and further reflect on what kind of possibilities there are to encourage boys’ engagement in the subject by encouraging the use of different multimodal forms of expressions. The aim of the study is achieved through the following questions: • What subject positionings are assumed and staged by boys in the subject visual arts in the teaching situations where the study is conducted? Theoretical framework: The main focus of the study is to understand prerequisites for boys’ participation in the subject visual arts in compulsory school. To achieve this, I use theories about masculinities to comprehend the social regulations and norms that influence boys’ behavior and performative stagings (Butler, 2007) in school. The theories applied in this study are mainly within a poststructural framework. This approach stems from my interest in the gaps and inbetweens within the social structures of the visual arts classroom, where cracks and openings for change can occur. These theories are framed within this study through the concepts of affordance (Gibson, 1979/2015), liminal space (Turner, 1982; Maddison, 2020) and lines of flight (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988). To understand how these concepts unfold concretely in the investigated contexts, I use the theory of performativity (Butler, 2007) to reflect on the material in the study. Here the concepts subject positionings and agency (Foucault, 1987/2003) as well as affordance (Gibson, 1979/2015) are significant. The dynamics of subject positionings and agency are analyzed using multimodal social semiotic theory (Kress & van Leeuwen, 2001), which helps to examine how these are expressed in films and videos created by the students. Connell’s (2005) theory of hegemonic masculinity is utilized to understand how different masculini-ties relate to hegemonic structures.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method The method of this study is visual ethnography with autoethnographic parts due to me having several positionings as artist, researcher and teacher (Irwin & De Cosson, 2004) in the visual arts classes where the study was conducted. Participatory observations took place during the period of 2019–2021. In total, 81 students in grade 7–9 participated in the study. The main focus of the observations was one class in 8th grade and students in three classes in grade 9. I observed a total of 40 lessons, where every lesson lasted 90 minutes. Observations in the form of written text and sketches were used to capture different teaching situations in the classroom but also conversations with the students (Fors & Bäckström, 2017). The empirical material produced consists of participatory observations, fieldnotes and sketches, photographic documentations and students’ art works. The study is conducted as a visual ethnography (Pink, 2013) but also partially an autoethnography (Chang, 2016) since I study my own work as a visual arts teacher. Methods used are participatory observation where data is produced through both written field notes and visual field notes in the form of reflective sketches (Calvo, 2017) from my teaching in the classroom. In the material is included photo documentation of the students’ artistic works such as drawings, paintings, sculptures and films. In addition, there are also influences from the students’ visual culture in the form of artefacts and documents from digital learning platforms. Screenshots from students’ photographs and films are processed by me in watercolor as part of the de-dentification of the students. In my research I have adhered to the general aspects of ethical considerations that were followed by me throughout this study. These included following guidelines of ethics from the Swedish Research Council (2017), obtaining consent from students and their parents, deidentification of the participating students in the research material, and an ethical approach towards participants, the empirical material produced, and the visual and textual presentation of the study. Thus, following the ethical guidelines concerning information, consent and confidentiality, the students could end their participation any time. Being both artist, teacher and researcher, inspired by an a/r/tographic triangulation (Spring gay, Irwin & Wilson Kind, 2005), at the same time called for careful ethical consideration, as it was important that the students didn’t feel obliged to take part in the study due to me being their teacher. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings Expected findings are related to use of an expanded classroom (Palmér 2024). The findings show notable changes in how the students stage themselves in the visual arts classroom, shifting from more macho- and antischool positionings to more helpful and caring student positionings. When other spaces for learning were made available for the students outside of the physical classroom, which created affordances in the teaching, the students positioned themselves differently in the visual arts classroom. Variations in stagings within the classroom setting were also observed, depending on where and with whom they were working. Sitting in smaller groups and other smaller rooms facilitated lines of flight to both more helpful collaborations and, at times, cultures of effortless achievements. The affordance of the mode of film-making made available a range of different semiotic resources for meaning-making, such as environment, body, voice, movement, facial and bodily expressions, clothes, other props and shifting camera angles. The intertwining of the students’ visual culture, the camera’s affordance, and the diverse locations created liminal spaces that disrupted traditional school norms of masculinity. This broader range of subject positionings was partially reintegrated into the visual arts classroom, with digital tools acting as a bridge to more diverse stagings. References Butler, J. (2007). Genustrubbel. Göteborg: Daidalos förlag. Calvo, M. (2017). Reflective Drawing as a Tool for Reflection in Design Research. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 36(3), 261–272. DOI: 10.1111/jade.12161 Chang, H. (2016). Autoethnography as method. New York: Routledge. Connell, R. & Messerschmidt, J. (2005). Hegemonic Masculinity: Rethinking the Concept. Gender and Society, 19(6), 829-859. Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1988). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia. London: Athlone. Foucault, M. (1982). The Subject and Power. Critical Inquiry, 8(4), (Summer, 1982), 777–795. University of Chicago Press. Foucault, M. (1987/2003). Övervakning och straff: fängelsets födelse. Lund: Arkiv. Gibson, J. (1979/2015). The ecological approach to visual perception. Psychology Press & Routledge Classic Editions. Hellman, A. (2017). Visuella möjlighetsrum gymnasieelevers subjektsskapande i bild och medieundervisning [Doktorsavhandling]. (Gothenburg studies in educational sciences, 399). Institutionen för pedagogik, kommunikation och lärande, Göteborgs universitet. Irwin, R. L. & De Cosson, A. (2004). A/r/tography: Rendering Self Through Arts-based Living Inquiry. Pacific Educational Press Kress, G. & van Leeuwen, T. (2001). Multimodal discourse. The modes and media of contemporary communication. London: Hodder education. Madison, D. S. (2020). Critical ethnography. Method, Ethics and Performance (3rd edition). Los Angeles: Sage. Palmér, L. (2024). Expanderande klassrum: En didaktisk studie om killars deltagande i bildundervisning [Licentiatuppsats]. ArtMonitor: Göteborgs universitet. Pink, S. (2013). Doing visual ethnography. SAGE publications. Saar, T. (2008). Skapandets ramar. I: M. Norberg (red.), Maskulinitet på schemat – pojkar, flickor och könsskapande i förskola och skola. Stockholm: Liber. Skarre Aasebø, T. (2011). Anti-schoolness in context: the tension between the youth project and the qualifications project. Social Psychology of Education, 14(4), 503–518. DOI: 10.1007/s11218-011-9153-3 Skolverket [The National Agency for Education] (2015). Bild, musik och slöjd i grundskolan. En sammanfattande analys av de nationella ämnesutvärderingarna. Rapport 426. Stockholm: Skolverket. SOU 2025:19 Kunskap för alla – nya läroplaner med fokus på undervisning och lärande. Stockholm: Regeringskansliet. Vetenskapsrådet (2017). God forskningssed. Stockholm: Vetenskapsrådet. Wikberg, S. (2014). Bland själporträtt och parafraser; Om kön och skolans bildundervisning [Doktorsavhandling]. Institutionen för estetiska ämnen, Umeå universitet. Zimmerman, F. (2018). Det tillåtande och det begränsande : en studie om pojkars syn på studier och ungdomars normer kring maskulinitet [Doktorsavhandling]. Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis, Göteborgs universitet. 29. Research on Arts Education
Paper School of Love and Craft. A Collective Artistic Study of Love and Sexual Reproduction LUCA School of Arts, Belgium Presenting Author:The School of Love & Craft is an artistic research project developed at the request of the Flemish Government delegation in Mozambique. The project addresses sexual and reproductive health not as a field of instruction or behavioural intervention, but as a complex, lived and relational terrain that can be explored through artistic forms of inquiry. While sexual and reproductive health is widely addressed through policy, education, and service provision, many approaches remain grounded in normative frameworks that privilege clarity, outcomes, and predefined values. This project departs from such models by situating art as a mode of research capable of engaging uncertainty, multiplicity, and affect. The central objective of the School of Love & Craft is to create conditions in which dominant discourses on love, sexuality, and reproduction, whether traditional, biomedical, or Western, can be made perceptible and momentarily unsettled. Rather than aiming to replace these discourses with alternative truths, the project seeks to map points of interruption: moments, spaces, and relations where established narratives falter, overlap, or remain unresolved. Artistic practice is employed here as a method of attention, allowing what is usually silenced, fragmented, or contradictory to appear without being immediately stabilised. Conceptually, the project is grounded in artistic research traditions that understand knowledge as situated, embodied, and emergent. Drawing on the notion of scholè (Masschelein & Simons, 2013), the School of Love & Craft is conceived as a temporary artistic infrastructure that suspends instrumental demands in order to make space for study. Schooling is approached not as a mechanism of socialisation or qualification, but as an act of world-disclosure: an invitation to encounter love, sexual reproduction, and relationships anew. This orientation is further informed by the work of Michel Serres. From Serres’ perspective, dominant discourses are understood as porous systems continuously disrupted by noise, interference, and translation. The project situates itself deliberately within these zones of interference, treating moments of confusion, contradiction, and misunderstanding not as failures of communication but as productive sites of inquiry. Love operates within the project both as its thematic focus and as its organising principle. It is not approached as a fixed concept or moral category, but as an orientation characterised by attentiveness, vulnerability, and commitment. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The School of Love & Craft adopts a methodology rooted in artistic research, grounded in relationality, situatedness, and openness. Rather than relying on predefined variables or measurable indicators, the project employs artistic practices as research methods capable of engaging with complex, embodied, and often ambiguous experiences related to love, sexuality, and reproduction. Knowledge is understood as emergent and processual, arising through encounters rather than being extracted or verified. The first research intervention consists of conversations and semi-structured interviews with actors within a neighbourhood in Maputo. The material generated through these encounters is translated into a symbolic, layered collage that brings multiple voices and narratives into relation while preserving their heterogeneity. In a subsequent phase, this artistic material informs the exploration of lover’s discourses in the sense proposed by Roland Barthes (1977): fragmentary, affective, and non-linear forms of expression that resist totalising explanation. Through this artistic research framework, the School of Love & Craft contributes to alternative ways of engaging sexual and reproductive health as ways that privilege experience, relation, and imagination over prescription. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The School of Love & Craft does not aim to produce conclusive findings in the conventional sense, but to generate situated outcomes that remain open, relational, and generative. As an artistic research project, its primary outcome lies in the creation of new conditions for thinking, sensing, and speaking about love, sexuality, and reproductive relations beyond normative and instrumental frameworks. A first outcome of the project is the emergence of an artistic body of work, most notably the composed collage, that brings together multiple voices, narratives, and experiences from the neighbourhood context in Maputo. This work functions as both a research outcome and a mediating object, making visible the plurality, tensions, and interruptions present within dominant discourses on sexual and reproductive health. Rather than resolving these tensions, the collage sustains them, allowing ambiguity and difference to remain perceptible. A second outcome concerns the development of alternative discursive forms. Through experimentation inspired by Barthes’ concept of lover’s discourses, the project contributes fragmentary, affective, and non-linear modes of articulation that resist explanatory closure. These discursive forms offer a language that is not oriented toward instruction or correction, but toward attentiveness, resonance, and relational understanding. At a methodological level, the project demonstrates the capacity of artistic research to engage sexual and reproductive health as a field of inquiry without reducing it to behavioural change or knowledge transfer. The School of Love & Craft proposes an alternative pedagogical imaginary in which education is approached as an act of world-disclosure, grounded in scholè, care, and shared study. References Barthes, R. (1977). A Lover’s Discourse: Fragments. New York: Hill and Wang. Haraway, D. (1988). Situated knowledges: The science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599 Ingold, T. (2018) Anthropology and/as Education. Routledge. Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). In Defence of the School: A Public Issue. Leuven: E-ducation, Culture & Society Publishers. Rolnik, S. (2011). The body’s contagion: Lygia Clark’s experimental propositions. Manifesta Journal, 12, 26–33 Serres, M. (1997). Troubadour of Knowledge. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Spivak, G. C. (1999). A Critique of Postcolonial Reason. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Springgay, S., & Truman, S. E. (2018). On the Need for Methods Beyond Proceduralism. Qualitative Inquiry, 24(3), 203–214. Thrift, N. (2008). Non-Representational Theory: Space, Politics, Affect. London: Routledge |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 29 SES 12 B: Collegial Playdates as Tools for Making Space for Transdisciplinary Arts Location: B3108 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Jari Koljonen Research Workshop |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Research Workshop Collegial Playdates as Tools for Making Space for Transdisciplinary Arts Aalto University, Finland Presenting Author:Contemporary art is increasingly transdisciplinary, rising above the traditional discipline divide of art academia and basic education. Contemporary art education needs to find ways to represent this increasing borderlessness of arts field. This workshop asks how, within the framework of our separate art subject, us art educators can incorporate these transdisciplinary arts in our processes with students. Using performance art and drama pedagogy as landing platforms, the workshop invites attendees to experiment with collegial play as a creative research attitude. Concepts like serious playfulness (Heikkinen 2007), different modes of knowing (Law & Ruppert 2016) and entanglement, kin-making and chthulucene (Haraway 2016) are presented through invitations to exercises or play settings. These offer possibilities for omnimodal, bodily experiences that create understanding and experiences to take further in each attendee's personal work. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The workshop uses drama pedagogy as the main set of tools. Performative inquiry is used as main research methodology in the workshop. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The workshop expects to reveal or clarify ways for art educators to work across and outside their home disciplines. References Avgitidou, Angeliki, 2023, Performance Art. Education and Practice. Routledge Haraway, Donna J., 2016, Staying with the Trouble. Making Kin in the Chthulucene, Duke University Press Heikkinen, Hannu, 2007, Vakava leikillisyys. Draamakasvatusta opettajille, Kansanvalistusseura Laukka, Saija, 2017, The Art of Making Mistakes, Draamatyö Law, John & Ruppert, Evelyn (edit.), 2016, Modes of Knowing. Resources form the Baroque, Mattering Press |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 12 A: Pre-Service Teacher Education in ESE Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Alain Pache Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Measuring Ecological Literacy: Scale Development and Validation Study for Pre-Service Teachers Çanakkale Onsekiz Mart University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Climate change and biodiversity loss—often referred to as the “double crisis”—represent one of the most urgent global challenges of the twenty-first century (IPCC, 2021; WWF, 2024). Education has long been recognized as a key response, with environmental education (EE) systematically developed since the 1970s through major international initiatives (UNESCO, 1976; UNESCO–UNEP, 1977). Türkiye has followed this trajectory through recent curriculum reforms, including the introduction of elective courses on EE and climate change at secondary levels, reflecting a growing emphasis on environmental and sustainability education (ESE). These developments highlight the central role of teachers, as the effectiveness of ESE depends largely on their ecological knowledge, values, and pedagogical competencies (Ballantyne & Packer, 1996; Ernst, 2009; Foust et al., 2024). Accordingly, pre-service teachers (PSTs) represent a critical group, as their competencies will shape future generations’ environmental understanding. However, EE cannot be reduced to the transmission of environmental knowledge alone. At the core of current environmental crises lies a mismatch between dominant social and economic practices and the functioning of ecological systems. Understanding and responding to these challenges therefore demands ecological literacy (EL), defined as the capacity to comprehend the principles that sustain life on Earth and to apply this understanding in ways that support sustainable human–nature relationships (Orr, 1992; Capra, 1997). Theoretical frameworks of EL have shifted from predominantly knowledge-based models to multidimensional approaches. While early frameworks focused on ecological concepts and ecosystem processes, contemporary models conceptualize EL as a holistic construct integrating cognitive, affective, and behavioral dimensions (Desmarais, 2024; McBride et al., 2013). Despite the growing recognition of EL as a core outcome of EE, the assessment of EL—particularly among PSTs—remains limited. Existing instruments are often designed for adult populations, focus primarily on cognitive aspects, or treat EL dimensions as independent rather than interrelated constructs (Ha et al., 2022; Okur Berberoğlu, 2018; Pitman & Daniels, 2016). In Türkiye, while several EL-related measurement tools exist, none comprehensively capture the multidimensional nature of EL for PSTs (Haktanır et al., 2023; Koçoğlu et al., 2023). Against this backdrop, the objective of the present study is to develop a psychometrically valid and reliable instrument that holistically assesses PSTs’ EL levels and their learning needs across cognitive, affective, and behavioral dimensions. The guiding research question is: How can ecological literacy among pre-service teachers be measured in a valid and comprehensive way that reflects its multidimensional and interconnected structure? By addressing this question, the study aims to fill a significant gap in the literature and provide a robust tool to support research, teacher education, and evidence-based policy development in ESE. Beyond its national context, this study holds strong European and international relevance. ESE is a key priority within major European policy frameworks, including Education for Sustainable Development (ESD), Climate Change Education (CCE), and the European Green Deal, all of which emphasize teachers’ central role in sustainability transitions. Despite this shared policy focus, cross-national research is constrained by the lack of theoretically grounded and psychometrically robust instruments for assessing PTSs’ EL. Addressing this gap, the EL scale developed in this study is based on internationally recognized EL frameworks and conceptualizes EL as a multidimensional construct encompassing cognitive, affective, and behavioral components. As such, the instrument provides a common analytical framework that can support cross-national and comparative research, as well as large-scale monitoring of teacher education outcomes. Overall, the study contributes a transferable, evidence-based assessment tool that can inform teacher education curricula, support quality assurance processes, and enhance alignment with shared European sustainability goals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is a scale development study grounded in quantitative research methods. A descriptive research design was employed within the quantitative approach to present the current situation as it is and to examine the structural characteristics of the scale in detail. The study sample consisted of pre-service teachers (PSTs) enrolled in the Faculty of Education at a public university in Türkiye, representing the departments of Early Childhood, Primary, Science, Social Studies, and Geography Education. Participants were selected through convenience sampling based on accessibility and voluntariness. Two independent samples were used in the scale development process. The first sample included 326 PSTs and was used for exploratory factor analysis (EFA), while the second sample comprised 235 PSTs and was used for confirmatory factor analysis (CFA). The sample sizes exceeded commonly recommended participant-to-item ratios, indicating adequacy for factor analytic procedures (Nunnally, 1978). The Ecological Literacy Scale for PSTs was developed in line with established scale development procedures (DeVellis, 2017; Worthington & Whittaker, 2006). The process involved literature review, item pool generation, expert review for content validity, pilot testing with exploratory factor analysis (EFA), and confirmatory factor analysis (CFA). A comprehensive review of ecological literacy frameworks and existing instruments revealed a multidimensional structure comprising cognitive, affective, and behavioral components (Desmarais, 2024; McBride et al., 2013). Qualitative data from open-ended questions administered to 23 PSTs further supported this structure and informed item development. An initial 42-item Likert-type scale was reviewed by six experts, leading to item revisions and reductions. The finalized 24-item scale was pilot-tested with 326 PSTs for EFA and subsequently validated through CFA with an independent sample of 235 PSTs. The CFA results confirmed the three-factor structure, providing evidence for the scale’s structural validity. Data Analysis: Quantitative data were analyzed using SPSS and AMOS software. Prior to the analyses, datasets were screened for normality, missing data, and outliers. Skewness and kurtosis values were examined, outliers were removed where necessary, and missing values below 5% were replaced using mean substitution. The suitability of the data for EFA was assessed using the Kaiser–Meyer–Olkin (KMO) coefficient (.887) and Bartlett’s Test of Sphericity (p<.001). Principal Components Analysis (PCA) with Varimax rotation was conducted, and items with low or cross-factor loadings were removed. CFA was then performed to verify the factor structure. Model fit was evaluated using multiple fit indices. Internal consistency was assessed through Cronbach’s alpha, yielding acceptable reliability coefficients for all subscales. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The present study developed a psychometrically sound EL scale for PSTs through a systematic scale development process. Although the initial EFA suggested a four-factor solution, scree plot inspection and factor interpretability supported a three-factor structure. After removing one item with low communality, the final EFA yielded a stable three-factor model consisting of 23 items, explaining 47.19% of the total variance. The three-factor structure was subsequently tested through CFA. One item with a low standardized regression weight and high covariance was removed, and the CFA was re-estimated with 22 items. The model demonstrated good fit to the data (χ²/df=1.513, GFI=.895, AGFI=.868, CFI=.935, TLI=.926, IFI=.936, RMSEA=.047), confirming the validity of the proposed structure. All factor loadings were positive and statistically significant, and moderate correlations were observed among the factors. Reliability analyses indicated strong internal consistency. The overall Cronbach’s alpha coefficient was .851, with subscale values exceeding the .70 threshold. McDonald’s Omega coefficients further supported the reliability of the scale. The resulting three-factor structure aligns with contemporary multidimensional conceptualizations of EL in science and ESE. The cognitive dimension reflects PSTs’ understanding of ecological concepts, systems thinking, and ecosystem functioning. The affective dimension captures ethical values, emotional engagement, and attitudes toward nature, while the behavioral dimension encompasses not only individual environmentally responsible behaviors but also forms of civic engagement, such as participation in community-based environmental actions and advocacy. The findings also indicate that the developed scale differs conceptually from existing EL instruments. Unlike instruments that are primarily designed for adult populations or that focus on isolated dimensions, the present scale conceptualizes cognitive, affective, and behavioral components as interrelated, offering a comprehensive tool for assessing PSTs’ EL levels. Accordingly, the scale provides a valid and reliable instrument for research, teacher education program evaluation, and curriculum development in both national and international contexts. References Capra, F. (1997). The web of life: A new scientific understanding of living systems. Anchor Books. Dermarais, R. (2024). Ecological literacy: Definition, early articulations, frameworks and empirical research. Journal of Sustainability Education, 29. ISSN:2151-7452. DeVellis, R. F. (2017). Scale development: Theory and applications. Sage. Ernst, J. (2009). Influences on US middle school teachers’ use of environment‐based education. Environmental Education Research, 15(1), 71–92. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504620802710599 Foust, C. R., Brannon, D., & Bexell, S. M. (2024). Alignment thinking and complementary curriculum: A qualitative study addressing the urgent need for environmental education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 57(3), 303–326. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2024.2392599 Ha, C., Huang, G., Zhang, J., & Dong, S. (2022). Assessing ecological literacy and its application based on linguistic ecology: A case study of Guiyang City, China. Environmental Science and Pollution Research, 29(13), 18741-18754. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11356-021-16753-7 Haktanır, G., Özbakır, A. D., Güngör Cabbar, B., Çabuk, B., & Haktanır, K. (2023). Ecological literacy measurement tool for adults (ELMT): Validity and reliability study. Necatibey Eğitim Fakültesi Elektronik Fen ve Matematik Eğitimi Dergisi, 17(2), 1084-1112. https://doi.org/10.17522/balikesirnef.1373554 IPCC. (2021). Climate change 2021: The physical science basis. United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press, https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009157896 Koçoğlu, E., Egüz, Ş., Tösten, R., Demir, F. B., & Tekdal, D. (2023). Perception of ecological literacy in education: A scale development study. International Journal of Education & Literacy Studies, 11(3), 3-9. https://doi.org/10.7575/aiac.ijels.v.11n.3p.3 McBride, B. B., Brewer, C.A., Berkowitz, A. R., & Borrie, W. T. (2013). Environmental literacy, ecological literacy, ecoliteracy: What do we mean and how did we get here?. Ecosphere 4(5), 67. http://dx.doi.org/10.1890/ES13-00075.1 Nunnally, J. O. (1978). Psychometric theory. New York: McGraw-Hill. Okur-Berberoğlu, E. (2018). Development of an ecoliteracy scale intended for adults and testing an alternative model by structural equation modelling. International Electronic Journal of Environmental Education, 8(2), 15-34. Orr, D. (1992). Ecological literacy: Education and the transition to postmodern world. State University of New York. Pitman S. D., & Daniels C. B. (2016). Quantifying ecological literacy in an adult western community: The development and application of a new assessment tool and community standard. PLoS ONE, 11(3): e0150648. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0150648 UNESCO. (1976). The Belgrade Charter: A framework for environmental education. Retrieved July 8, 2024, from http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0001/000177/017772eb.pdf UNESCO-UNEP. (1977). Tbilisi Declaration. Retrieved July 8, 2024, from http://www.gdrc.org/uem/ee/tbilisi.html Worthington, R. L., & Whittaker, T. A. (2006). Scale development research: A content analysis and recommendations for best practices: The Counseling Psychologist, 34(6), 806-838. https://doi.org/10.1177/0011000006288127 WWF. (2024). Living planet report-2024: A system in peril. Gland Switzerland: WWF 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Structuring Systems Thinking in Environmental Education: A Process-Oriented Study with Pre-Service Teachers Dicle University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Contemporary environmental problems are highly multidimensional and cannot be adequately explained through single causes or linear cause–and–effect relationships. Particularly within the context of sustainable development, environmental issues often involve contradictions and dilemmas, where different perspectives may offer alternative pathways for understanding and action. For this reason, sustainability education emphasizes the importance of making diverse viewpoints visible and open to discussion (United Nations Economic Commission for Europe [UNECE], 2012). This situation necessitates equipping individuals in environmental education with thinking skills that can address complex systems holistically. At this point, the concept of systems thinking stands out. Systems thinking is described as an interdisciplinary approach to understanding the structure and behavior of complex systems (Hossain et al., 2020). However, dynamic complexity, uncertain feedback, and limited inquiry skills make effective learning about such systems difficult. Therefore, more holistic approaches that utilize tools and simulation-based tests that make perceptions visible and develop scientific reasoning skills for effective learning about systems may be needed (Sterman, 1994). This need places systems thinking in a particularly important position within the context of environmental education and teacher training. Indeed, studies examining teachers' competencies within sustainable development education (SD) reveal that systems thinking ranks lower compared to other competency areas such as content planning or social skills (Prabawani et al., 2022). In other words, systems thinking is not a naturally developing skill for teachers; it requires conscious, structured, and pedagogically designed learning processes. At this point, it can be said that addressing these skills in the early stages of teacher training, i.e., during the teacher candidacy period, is critical rather than compensating for them through in-service training. Similarly, studies that place systems thinking at the center of teacher education indicate that pedagogical practice forms the core of education, supporting the development of a teacher identity integrated with teachers' biographies and personal interests (Astaíza-Martínez et al., 2021). The implications of this approach on teacher candidates are also supported by research conducted in the Turkish context. A review of the literature reveals that a study examining prospective science teachers' systems-thinking skills regarding biodiversity found that their systems understanding was below average (Şahin, 2021). These findings highlight the importance of addressing systems thinking skills early and in a practice-based manner within teacher training programs as part of environmental education. Similarly, Semiz and Teksöz (2019) stated that systems thinking skills, considered one of the 21st-century skills, should be seen as essential for teachers and trainers in the context of sustainable development. Considering all of this together, it is evident that systems thinking is not merely a theoretical competence for prospective teachers, but a fundamental thinking skill that can be developed through consciously designed teaching processes within the context of environmental education; this clearly demonstrates the need for research on how these processes are structured. Based on this need, the aim of this study is to examine how pre-service teachers' systems thinking skills are structured and transformed throughout an environmental education course restructured on systems thinking principles. The study aims to reveal how pre-service teachers identify relationships between components of a system in the context of environmental problems, recognize dynamic interactions and feedback processes, and understand matter and energy cycles in conjunction with social, ecological, and economic processes. Rather than measuring individual success, the study, through a process-oriented, qualitative approach, describes how systems thinking becomes visible through different learning activities throughout the course and how pre-service teachers' thinking styles evolve from linear to cyclical and holistic explanations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study will be designed within the framework of a qualitative research approach and will be based on a case study design aiming to examine how the systems thinking skills of prospective teachers are structured and transformed throughout the course in an environmental education course to be conducted in the Faculty of Education of a state university during the spring semester of the 2025–2026 academic year. The research participants will consist of approximately 40 prospective teachers taking the environmental education course for the first time and expected to participate regularly; participants will be selected using a purposive sampling method. The research will not aim to compare individual achievement levels, but will focus on the thinking styles and collective patterns that prospective teachers exhibit throughout the course. The data collection process will cover a teaching period of approximately ten weeks, from the fourth to the fifteenth week of the course; during this process, fundamental topics of environmental education such as nutrition and nutritional problems, energy problems and transformations, soil, air and water pollution, noise and light pollution, nuclear pollution, waste and recycling, biodiversity and ecological footprint will be addressed with a systems thinking-based approach. To support prospective teachers in addressing environmental problems within the context of multiple cause-and-effect relationships, chain reactions, and cyclical processes, various learning activities will be implemented during the course, including short written explanations, causal chains, feedback loop diagrams, temporal scenario texts, and reflective writings. These activities will be planned in accordance with a gradual learning design where systems thinking is structured from simple to complex. Written and visual student products created by prospective teachers during the course will be used as data-collection tools in the research; these products will be considered primary data sources reflecting how prospective teachers make sense of environmental problems and how they structure their systems-thinking skills. The obtained data will be analyzed using deductive content analysis based on three predetermined systems thinking skills (recognizing intra-system connections, identifying feedback loops, and understanding chain/cyclical effects). The qualitative transformation expected in prospective teachers' thinking styles will be described through comparisons across weeks. To ensure the validity and reliability of the research, data diversity will be considered, the analysis process will be reported in detail, and the findings will be supported by direct examples obtained from student products. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This research expects that the environmental education course process, structured on systems thinking, will support pre-service teachers in addressing environmental issues in the context of multiple relationships, feedback loops, and cascading effects, rather than linear, fragmented explanations. It is anticipated that the gradual learning activities implemented throughout the course will gradually make pre-service teachers' thinking about environmental problems more holistic and systematized. It is believed that addressing issues of close societal interest, such as nutrition, pollution, energy use, biodiversity, and ecological footprint, from a systems thinking perspective will enable pre-service teachers to evaluate these issues not only from an environmental perspective but also from social and economic perspectives. Studies in the literature on sustainable development education and environmental education show that systems thinking-based learning processes can support teachers' and pre-service teachers' skills in establishing relationships, recognizing multiple cause-and-effect relationships, and considering long-term impacts. However, it is emphasized that learners may need additional support, particularly in establishing relationships among the social, economic, and ecological dimensions and in recognizing feedback loops (Ateskan & Lane, 2018). The course design to be implemented in this research is expected to make this gap visible through qualitative data. According to Krause and Welp (2012), systems thinking is a fundamental mental skill that enables individuals to understand the world as a complex, interconnected, and dynamic structure, and it is largely used implicitly by everyone. However, for this skill to become conscious and be used at a critical level, learning environments need experiences structured around complexity, uncertainty, and interconnectedness. The environmental education course to be conducted within the scope of this research is expected to make prospective teachers' implicit systems thinking more explicit and expressible. In addition, discussions in the literature regarding the inclusion of systems thinking in early childhood and educational processes, and the presentation of environmental problems in overly negative frameworks, are expected to negatively impact learners. References Astaíza-Martínez, A. F., Mazorco-Salas, J. E., & Castillo-Bohórquez, M. I. (2021). Teacher-researcher training in higher education: a systems thinking approach. Systemic Practice and Action Research, 34(2), 187–201.https://doi.org/10.1007/s11213-020-09532-x Ateskan, A., & Lane, J. F. (2018). Assessing teachers’ systems thinking skills during a professional development program in Turkey. Journal of cleaner production, 172, 4348-4356.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2017.05.094 Hossain, N. U. I., Dayarathna, V. L., Nagahi, M., & Jaradat, R. (2020). Systems thinking: A review and bibliometric analysis. Systems, 8(3), 23. https://doi.org/10.3390/systems8030023 Prabawani, B., Hadi, S. P., Zen, I. S., Hapsari, N. R., & Ainuddin, I. (2022). Systems thinking and leadership of teachers in education for sustainable development: a scale development. Sustainability, 14(6), 3151.https://doi.org/10.3390/su14063151 Semiz, G. K., & Teksöz, G. (2019). Sistemsel Düşünme Becerilerinin Tanımlanması, Ölçülmesi ve Değerlendirilmesi Üzerine Bir Çalışma: Kavram Haritaları. Başkent University Journal of Education 6(1), 111–126. Sterman, J. D. (1994). Learning in and about complex systems. System Dynamics Review, 10(2–3), 291–330. https://doi.org/10.1002/sdr.4260100214 Şahin, F. (2021). Fen bilgisi öğretmen adaylarının sistem düşünme düzeylerinin incelenmesi: Biyoçeşitlilik. Türkiye Bilimsel Araştırmalar Dergisi, 6(1), 176–200. United Nations Economic Commission for Europe. (2012). Learning for the future: Competences in education for sustainable development. UNECE. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Teacher Educators as Change Agents? Beliefs, Pedagogical Approaches and Constraints in ESD/GE in Central European ITE 1: ELTE Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary; 2: University of Debrecen, Hungary; 3: Comenius University in Bratislava, Slovakia; 4: University of Warsaw, Poland Presenting Author:While barriers and enablers of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) and Global Education (GE) in Initial Teacher Education (ITE) are well documented (e.g. Evans et al., 2021; Ferreira &Ryan, 2012) less attention has been paid to how teacher educators position themselves in relation to pedagogical change within the transformative agenda, particularly in under-researched regions. Recent scholarship increasingly calls for more transformative models of ESD/GE that move beyond transmissive knowledge delivery and foster critical thinking, reflexivity, learner agency and engagement with socio-ecological uncertainty (Tarozzi &Mallon, 2019; Gough, 2025). However, the extent to which teacher educators are able – and feel entitled – to enact such approaches remain uneven and highly context-dependent. Central Europe – and especially the Visegrad countries (Czechia, Hungary, Poland, Slovakia), where socio-political and historical contexts differ significantly from the Western part of Europe (Dlouhá et al., 2017; Hodorovská & Rankovová, 2024; Kuleta-Hulboj, 2020; Mónus, 2020; Müller, 2018; Varga, 2020), – remains underexplored in international ESD/GE scholarly literature, despite shared post-socialist institutional legacies, comparable governance structures and similar challenges in teacher education. These national, regional, and institutional contexts simultaneously constrain and enable ESD/GE integration. While regulatory frameworks, disciplinary traditions, and competing policy priorities often limit room for pedagogical innovation, the same contexts also give rise to locally embedded good practices, institutional niches, and individual and collective initiatives that support ESD/GE. Understanding how teacher educators navigate this duality – between constraints and possibilities – while engaging with European and global ESD/GE discourses is therefore crucial, both for comparative research and for strengthening international research networks seeking context-sensitive yet transferable insights. Building on research emphasising educators’ beliefs, professional identity, and agency, this study explores how teacher educators committed to ESD/GE conceptualise their pedagogical roles, perceive their own preparedness, asses their scopes of action and negotiate their roles within existing institutional conditions. As its theoretical framework, the study draws on Ecological Teacher Agency (Emirbayer&Mische, 1998; Priestley et al., 2012) which conceptualises agency not as an individual capacity but as emerging from the interplay of educators’ past experiences, professional identities, future aspirations and visions and the structural, cultural and material conditions of their work. This framework enables a nuanced analysis of how aspirations for transformative pedagogy are enabled or constrained within specific institutional and policy environments. The study addresses the following research questions:
By adopting a comparative qualitative approach, the study contributes empirically to under-represented regional contexts, theoretically to debates on teacher agency in ESD/GE and methodologically to international research cooperation in ESD/GE. The findings aim to inform both national reform and cross-national dialogue on how teacher educators can be better supported in navigating – and potentially expanding – their scope for transformative action. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a qualitative, cross-country comparative research design. Data were collected between 2024-2025 through 47 semi-structures interviews with teacher educators and heads of teacher education programmes from Czechia, Hungary, Poland and Slovakia. Participants self-identified as professionally committed to ESD/GE and represented a range of disciplinary backgrounds within teacher education. To enable systematic comparison across national contexts, a shared interview protocol with common anchor questions was developed, focusing on understanding of ESD/GE, pedagogical approaches, professional roles and identities, and perceived institutional conditions. These were complemented by flexible follow-up questions that allowed participants to elaborate on context-specific experiences, tensions and meanings. Interviews were conducted in national languages, transcribed verbatim, and translated into English for comparative analysis. Data analysis followed a consensus-based thematic analysis approach. An initial coding framework was jointly developed by the multinational research team, informed by the theoretical lens of Ecological Teacher Agency (Priestley et al., 2012) and relevant ESD/GE literature. The analysis explicitly mapped interview data onto the iterational, projective, and practical–evaluative dimensions of ecological agency, enabling a theoretically grounded examination of how past experiences, future-oriented aspirations, and present contextual judgments shaped participants’ perceived scope for action. Coding focused on four interrelated dimensions, (1) pedagogical conceptions and practices, (2) professional identity and beliefs, (3) perceived agency, (4) institutional and structural enablers and constraints. Through iterative team discussions, codes were refined and clustered into higher order themes, enabling both within-country and cross-country comparisons. Researcher reflexivity was embedded throughout the research process. The multinational team brought together diverse disciplinary perspectives (natural science, social sciences, humanities, educational science) and varying degrees of professional involvement in ESD/GE. Continuous dialogue was used to surface assumptions, negotiate conceptual boundaries between ESD and GE, and reflect critically on how shared normative commitments – particularly to social justice, strong sustainability, and the transformative potential of education – influenced interpretation. Rather than claiming neutrality, the study adopts a transparent, reflexive stance that strengthens analytical credibility and supports the integrity of international comparative qualitative research. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The preliminary findings show that while Central Europan teacher educators exhibit transformative orientations, these are unevenly expressed and enacted. Only a minority identified strongly as change-agents, whereas most conveyed limited or fragile agency shaped by structural constraint, including disciplinary silos (Nolet, 2009), nationally prescribed curricula, institutional performance expectations and competing priorities. Although projective orientations were present and transmissive pedagogies were questioned, engagement with experimental, inquiry-based, community-oriented, or inter-disciplinary approaches remained rare. Weaker iterational and practical-evaluative dimensions were associated with adherence to established curricular structures and the reproductions of dominant disciplinary and institutional logics. Across cases, rigid curricula, disciplinary fragmentation, limited professional development opportunities and weak institutional recognition emerged as persistent barriers. This misalignment between pedagogical ideals and structural conditions not only constrains innovation but also undermines teacher educators’ subjective well-being and professional motivation, raising concerns about the long-term sustainability of ESD/GE in initial teacher education. At the same time cross-country similarities across the Visegrad context point to shared structural challenges that may benefit from stronger international research collaboration and knowledge exchange. Comparative perspectives help identify shared patterns and can inform context-sensitive yet internationally grounded strategies for professional learning, curriculum reform and institutional change. The research suggests that advancing ESD/GE in ITE requires moving beyond reliance on individual “champions” towards systemic approaches that align professional development, institutional incentives and organisational cultures with transformative educational goals. Expanding teacher educators’ agency therefore necessitates coordinated action at institutional, national and international levels with comparative research and transnational networks playing a critical enabling role. References Biesta, G., Tedder, M. (2015). Agency and Learning in the Lifecourse: Towards an Ecological Perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39 (2): 132-149- Boström, M., Andersson, E., Berg, M., Gustafsson, K. M., Gustavsson, E., Hysing, E., Lidskog, R., Löfmarck, E., Ojala, M., Olsson, J., Singleton, B. E., Svenberg, S., Uggla, Y., & Öhman, J. (2018). Conditions for transformative learning for sustainable development: A theoretical review and approach. Sustainability, 10(12), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.3390/su10124479 Dlohá, J., Glavič, P., Barton, A. (2017). Higher education in Central European countries: Critical factors for sustainability transition. Journal of Cleaner Production, 151, 670-684. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2016.08.022 Emirbayer, M. and Mische, A. (1998) ‘What is agency?’, American Journal of Sociology, Vol. 103, No. 4, pp. 962–1023. Evans, N.S., Inwood, H., Beth, C., Ärlemalm-Hagsér, E. (2021). Comparing education for sustainable development in initial teacher education across four countries. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 22(6), pp.1351-1372. DOI:10.1108/IJSHE-07-2020-0254 Ferreira, J., & Ryan, L. (2012). Working the system: A model for system-wide change in pre-service teacher education. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 37, 29–45. doi:10.14221/ajte.2012v37n12.3. Gough, A. (2025). Teacher Education for Sustainability. In: John, M. (Ed.). (2025). The Routledge Handbook of Global Sustainability Education and Thinking for the 21st Century (1st ed.). Routledge India. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003171577 Hodorovská, M., & Rankovová, K. (2024). Reproducing hierarchisation and depoliticisation: exploring discursive micro processes in global education. Critical Studies in Education, 65(2), 181–197. https:// doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2023.2249034 Kemmis, S., Edwards-Groves, C., Wilkinson, J., & Hardy, I. (2012). Ecologies of practices. In P. Hager, A. Lee, & A. Reich (Eds.), Practice, learning and change: Practice-theory perspectives on professional learning (pp. 33-49). Dordrecht, Netherlands: Springer. Kuleta-Hulboj, M. (2020). Critical and Postcolonial Perspectives on Global Education: The Case of Poland. Journal of Social Science Education, 19(4). https://doi.org/10.4119/jsse-3467 Mónus, F. (2020). A fenntarthatóságra nevelés trendjei, lehetőségei és gyakorlata–A közép és felsőoktatásban. CHERD. ISBN 978-615-6012-07-4 Müller, M. (2018). In Search of the Global East: Thinking between North and South. Geopolitics, 25(3), 157–186. https://doi.org/10.1080/14650045.2018.1477757 Nolet, V. (2009). Preparing Sustainability-Literate Teachers. Teachers College Record, 111, 409-442. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146810911100207 Priestley, M., Edwards, R., Miller, K., Priestley, A. (2012). Teacher Agency in Curriculum Making: Agents of Change and Spaces for Manoeuvre. Curriculum Inquiry, 42 (2): 191-214. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-873X.2012.00588.x Tarozzi M., Mallon. B. (2019) ‘Educating teachers towards global citizenship: A comparative study in four European countries’. London Review of Education, 17 (2): 112–125. DOI https://doi.org/10.18546/LRE.17.2.02 Varga, A. (2020). A fenntarthatóságra nevelés elméleti alapjai és egész intézményes megközelítése. Thesis for: habilitation - ELTE Eötvös Lorand University Doctoral School of Education. DOI:10.13140/ RG.2.2.29737.93286 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Accessing the Untouchable Lever: Integrating ESD as a cross-cutting topic into Pre-Service Teacher Education Sustainability Education and Transdisciplinary Research Institute (SETRI), Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany Presenting Author:Given the many global crises such as climate change, loss of species, and growing inequality, the UN and many participating nations have called for Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) to be embedded at all levels of education from early childhood through tertiary and beyond. Germany is among the nations to answer this call by recommending ESD become a central element in education with its recent National Sustainability Strategy (Die Bundesregierung 2025), as has the federal state of Lower Saxony (Niedersächsisches Kultusministerium 2021). This logically includes pre-service teacher education, which has long been regarded an important lever for a sustainable transformation (Fischer et al., 2022). In-service teachers and school administrators have shown to be supportive towards this mandate, but they report feeling unprepared and under-supported (Holst et al. 2025). This brings forth the sticky question of how to offer this support. So far, binding curricular integration of ESD into pre-service teacher education programs has not been achieved due to multiple factors including accreditation processes and local certification requirements for public school teachers. Additionally, the transformation must fit the needs of the local stakeholders while holding the bigger-picture goals of the world community in focus. Suggestions such as competence-orientation place extra pressure on teachers who need to learn to teach for competence along with building their own (Corres et al. 2020). Calls for Trans- and Interdisciplinary are at odds with German context where teacher programs tend to concentrate on specialization to prepare future teachers to be content experts in single school subjects. One opportunity is to engage with the existing teacher training curricula. ESD is a cross-cutting concept that can serve as a lens in all potential topics. This means that providing a structure that supports future teachers in recognizing the connections between subjects and reflecting on what that means for their future professional praxis can serve as an action and entry point. By making ESD a conceptual focus of the whole program, education students can view their chosen degree program through this cross-cutting lens. Structuring the offer around a competence frame will provide them a tool for guided self-assessment of their learning to understand how, as future education professionals, they are also becoming future sustainability transformation leaders. The university Leuphana in Lüneburg, Lower Saxony, Germany, currently offers the opportunity to education majors to choose a cross-cutting theme as a focus of their studies (Ahlers et al. 2024). This voluntary focus is offered in a program called "Profile Studies". This program consists of a combination of purposeful class selection within the required courses for an education degree and targeted reflections that are stored in a portfolio of their learning journey. Interested students can choose a profile. They then maintain a portfolio of their work dedicated to this profile, starting with a reflection on their goals and interests. They must successfully participate in a minimum of four courses associated with the profile and selected work from and reflections on these courses is included in the portfolio. The profile topic is then a central part of their Bachelor or Master’s thesis, and their profile work concludes with an exit interview about their learnings. This presentation provides a case study on the development and implementation of an ESD profile. In this paper the author(s) will present the process of establishing an empirical investigation into the needs of the future teacher community, the local schools, and the university staff responsible for the teacher education program, developing the competence-oriented goals of the ESD profile, and establishing it in the available curriculum. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This process report presents the design and implementation of a voluntary curriculum-accompanying program at Leuphana University for pre-service teachers wishing to become future ESD transformation leaders. This process required an overview of the existing status, an assessment of the needs and expectations of the varied stakeholders, and an implementation design that meets those needs while conforming to the local and national curricular requirements. The status overview began with a review of the existing curricula for the B.A. and M.A. programs for pre-service teachers to identify relevant and strategic courses and modules for initial implementation. This was accompanied by a review of the existing profile studies (Inclusion and Diversity, Digital Teaching and Learning, and Language Education) to understand their design, implementation, and competence frameworks and how they are embedded in the education degree programs. For the needs analysis, a survey was developed and distributed to all education majors at Leuphana (B.A. and M.A.) to ascertain their interest, expectations, and needs for the proposed profile. This will be followed by interviews with instructors and staff of the modules and courses identified as strategically relevant for implementation. Networking with existing projects focused on educational leadership will provide the in-service teacher and school administration perspectives. The implementation design will be informed by a review of current teacher education sustainability competence frameworks with special focus on the frameworks described in the ESD Declaration of Lower Saxony, Gestaltungscompetenz (de Haan 2006) and the German national competence model (Die Bundesregierung 2025), (KMK (Sekretariat der Ständigen Konferenz der Kultusminister der Länder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland 2024).This will be adapted to be coherent with the language used for learning goals at Leuphana. Meetings with the aforementioned institutional stakeholders will result in a refined competence list. The process will be accompanied by networking with other German universities that have implemented cross-cutting topics for teacher education and learning from their experiences with best-practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results show firstly that many aspects of the knowledge, skills, and attitudes associated with Gestaltungskomeptenz are already embedded in the teacher education programs at Leuphana as tasks. For example, competence in cosmopolitan perception is expressed in learning goals such as “respectful interaction in multicultural teaching situations” and is evidenced by classes already participating in the diversity and inclusion profile. Similarly, all stakeholders interviewed have expressed positive attitudes for a new BNE profile and interest in a swift implementation. Students, on the other hand, have shown to be supportive of the concept of profile studies in general, but reluctant to take part themselves, despite all participants recognizing the relevance of ESD to most subject areas and describing ESD as primarily a whole school responsibility. By the time of this presentation, the new ESD profile will be in the implementation phase, and it is our hope that our learnings from this process will be helpful for other contexts also facing the challenge of integrating ESD into teacher education. In this way, we also hope to serve our wider, European education and research community while keeping our local needs in view. References Ahlers, Michael; Dobutowitsch, Friederike; Friedrichs-Liesenkötter, Henrike; Kuhl, Poldi; Neumann, Astrid; Schwedler-Diesener, Anja et al. (2024): Konzeptpapier der Profilstudiengänge im Lehramt. With assistance of Medien- und Informationszentrum, Technische Informationsbibliothek (TIB) Hannover, Poldi Kuhl, Anja Schwedler-Diesener, Jessica Süßenbach. Corres, Andrea; Rieckmann, Marco; Espasa, Anna; Ruiz-Mallén, Isabel (2020): Educator Competences in Sustainability Education: A Systematic Review of Frameworks. In Sustainability 12 (23), p. 9858. DOI: 10.3390/su12239858. de Haan, Gerhard (2006): The BLK ‘21’ programme in Germany: a ‘Gestaltungskompetenz’‐based model for Education for Sustainable Development. In Environmental Education Research 12 (1), pp. 19–32. DOI: 10.1080/13504620500526362. Die Bundesregierung (2025): Transformation gemeinsam gerecht gestalten. Deutsche Nachhaltigkeitsstrategie Weiterentwicklung 2025. Die Bundesregierung. Köln. Available online at https://www.bundesregierung.de/resource/blob/975228/2335292/3962877378d74837d4f4c611749b6172/2025-05-13-dns-2025-data.pdf?download=1. Fischer, Daniel; King, Jordan A.; Rieckmann, Marco; Barth, Matthias; Büssing, Alexander; Hemmer, Ingrid; Lindau-Bank, Detlev (2022): Teacher Education for Sustainable Development: A Review of an Emerging Research Field. In: Journal of Teacher Education 73 (5), S. 509–524. DOI: 10.1177/00224871221105784. Holst, Jorrit; Brock, Antje; Grund, Julius; Schlieszus, Ann-Kathrin; Singer-Brodowski, Mandy (2025): Whole-school sustainability at the core of quality education: Wished for by principals but requiring collective and structural action. In Journal of Cleaner Production 519, p. 145897. DOI: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2025.145897. KMK (Sekretariat der Ständigen Konferenz der Kultusminister der Länder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (2024): Empfehlung der Kultusministerkonferenz zur Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung in der Schule. Beschluss der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 13.06.2024. Niedersächsisches Kultusministerium (2021): Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung (BNE) an öffentlichen allgemein bildenden und berufsbildenden Schulen sowie Schulen in freier Trägerschaft. RdErl. d. MK v. 1.3.2021 - Az. 23.5 80009/ 1 - VORIS 22410 -. Niedersächsisches Kultusministerium. Available online at https://www.mk.niedersachsen.de/startseite/schule/schulerinnen_und_schuler_eltern/bildung_fur_nachhaltige_entwicklung_bne/bildung-fuer-nachhaltige-entwicklung-bne-90480.html, checked on 11/6/2025. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 12 B: Teachers Talking about Inequality and Employability Location: Duetto 2 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Jelle Boeve-De Pauw Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Environmental Education for Sustainable Development in a Time of Poly-Crisis: Exploring Teachers’ Perspectives on Socioeconomic Inequality in Hungarian Schools 1: Eotvos Lorand University, Hungary; 2: University of Calcutta Presenting Author:In the context of intensifying poly-crisis—characterised by climate breakdown, widening socioeconomic inequalities, and increasing pressures on education systems—Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) is increasingly positioned as a key educational response (Van Poeck et al., 2018; Walshe & Sund, 2022). However, research indicates that the implementation of ESE is not always equitable, as educational approaches are often differentiated according to students’ socio-economic contexts. Such differentiation can unintentionally reinforce existing inequalities by framing learners as needing different forms of intervention. Critically examining ESE is therefore important to ensure it advances both sustainability and social justice in diverse educational settings (Bylund, 2023). This proposed paper will explore how teachers in Hungarian schools perceive and interpret Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) under conditions of socioeconomic inequality. Rather than aiming to evaluate EESD outcomes, the paper will focus on teachers’ perspectives as situated, practice-based forms of knowledge production. Hungary provides a relevant context for this exploration, as sustainability education is embedded within national curriculum frameworks while schools operate within unequal material, institutional, and policy environments. As such, the Hungarian case will be used to examine how ESE is shaped by broader social and economic conditions in a time of poly-crisis. The paper will be guided by the following exploratory research questions:
Conceptually, the proposed research will draw on critical and equity-oriented perspectives (Amin & Nath, 2023; Larkins, 2024; Sprowls, 2022) within ESE research that conceptualise education as a socially situated practice shaped by power relations, access to resources, and institutional contexts. By centring teachers’ voices, the paper aims to contribute to ongoing discussions about equity, justice, and the public role of sustainability education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The proposed paper draws on qualitative interview material generated through semi-structured interviews. These interviews were conducted with teachers working in Hungarian schools that serve students from diverse social and economic backgrounds. A qualitative approach is appropriate for the exploratory objectives of the present research, as it will study in-depth the teacher experiences, interpretations, and contextual understandings of sustainability education. Teachers will be selected using purposive sampling to capture variation across different school contexts and socioeconomic conditions. Semi-structured interviews will be used to explore participants’ experiences of teaching environmental and sustainability-related topics, perceptions of educational quality, and observations of how students’ social and economic circumstances shape engagement with EESD. The interview format will allow flexibility while ensuring that key themes relevant to the research questions are addressed. Interviews will be conducted with informed consent, audio-recorded, and transcribed verbatim. Ethical procedures will be followed in accordance with institutional guidelines, including anonymisation and secure data handling. The analysis will follow a thematic approach, involving coding and the development of themes that capture relationships between socioeconomic conditions, institutional contexts, and teachers’ approaches to EESD. The result will be reported as emerging themes and hypotheses rather than finalised findings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to generate contextually grounded insights into how Environmental Education for Sustainable Development is perceived and enacted by teachers working in socioeconomically differentiated school contexts. It is anticipated that accounts from teachers will highlight how unequal access to resources, curriculum demands, and institutional pressures shape possibilities for engaging with sustainability education. Pulls between sustainability-oriented educational aims and performative expectations related to assessment and accountability may also emerge. By foregrounding teachers’ perspectives, the research to be reported aims to contribute to discussions on environmental and sustainability education in a time of poly-crisis, particularly debates concerning equity, knowledge production, and the role of education research in addressing intersecting ecological and social challenges. While situated within the Hungarian context, the paper seeks to offer reflections that are analytically transferable to other educational settings facing similar conditions of inequality and constraint. References Amin, R., & Nath, H. (2023). Environmental Justice and Education: Bridging the Gap between Ecology, Equity, and Access. Journal of Advanced Zoology, 44. https://doi.org/10.17762/jaz.v44is-3.1061 Bylund, L. (2023). Differentiation, didactics and inequality: How rich and poor populations are educated for sustainability. https://hdl.handle.net/2077/78203 Larkins, M. Introduction: practicing diversity, equity, inclusion, and justice in environmental studies and sciences. J Environ Stud Sci 14, 443–451 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1007/s13412-024-00968-4 Sprowls, E. D. (2022). Bridging Boundaries Between ESE and Science Education Research and Practice through Collaborative Learning for Climate Justice. In Challenges for environmental and sustainability education research in times of climate crisis (pp. 133–136). Universiteit Gent. https://biblio.ugent.be/publication/8768733/file/8768735.pdf Van Poeck, K., Lysgaard, J. A., & Reid, A. (Eds.) (2018). Environmental and Sustainability Education Policy: International Trends, Priorities and Challenges. (1st ed.) Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203732359 Walshe, N., & Sund, L. (2022). Developing (Transformative) Environmental and Sustainability Education in Classroom Practice. Sustainability, 14(1), 110. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14010110 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Science Education for Sustainable Development: Teacher educators’ views and practices Eindhoven University of Technology, Netherlands, The Presenting Author:Theoretical Background and Research Questions Teacher education for sustainable development Teacher education for sustainable development (TESD) aims to equip teachers with competences to address sustainability issues in their teaching (Fischer et al., 2022). Embedding education for sustainable development (ESD) in teacher training can create a multiplier effect because teacher educators model ESD practices that future teachers may adopt (Goller & Rieckmann, 2022). Recognizing this need, UNESCO introduced the Global Action Programme to strengthen efforts that support teachers in becoming ESD-competent. Among its five priority areas, building the capacities of educators and trainers is central, as educators are considered “the most important levers to foster educational change and to facilitate learning for sustainable development” (UNESCO, 2014a, p.35). Despite these policy efforts, ESD remains underrealized globally in teacher education programs (Beasy et al., 2024). Science teacher education for sustainable development While ESD is a cross-curricular concern, science education is a key arena for TESD because sustainability issues are inherently socioscientific (Evagorou & Dillon, 2020). Moreover, tailoring science education to sustainability is essential to leverage its unique strengths in the interdisciplinary collaborations needed to address sustainability issues (Mork et al., 2021). However, research shows that science teachers face barriers when integrating societal issues (Harskamp et al., 2021; Karaarslan & Teksoz, 2016). Science teacher educators themselves are often hesitant to engage with moral or ethical discussions (Rivera Maulucci, 2023). Previous research highlights the need to explore teacher educators’ perspective on sustainability and ESD integration (Pegalajar-Palomino et al., 2021), noting that teacher educators voices are often overlooked in policy development (Flores, 2023). Understanding their perceptions is essential to bring about a systematic change in teacher education programs (Goller & Rieckmann, 2022). Without identifying their needs and providing adequate support, empowering future teachers to address sustainability issues remains as a challenge (Beasy et al., 2024). Clarity on how ESD aligns with subject traditions is vital, as these traditions influence teachers’ uptake (Uitto & Saloranta, 2017). Given that sustainability issues are largely socioscientific, science teacher educators play a critical role in preparing future teachers to engage with these issues. Therefore, it is crucial to examine science teacher educators’ views and practices regarding ESD, including how and why they address sustainability and their underlying rationale (Rivera Maulucci, 2023). To contribute to this gap, our study explores how TESD is positioned in science teacher education programs in the Netherlands. Our research questions are:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs Q methodology combined with focus group discussions to explore science teacher educators’ views on teacher competences for ESD. Q methodology enables the researchers to study a person’s viewpoints, beliefs, attitude, and the like (Brown, 1996). While the methodology combines both qualitative and quantitative research techniques, it focuses on identifying the standpoints participants hold instead of reaching a statistical representation for the target group (Watts & Stenner, 2012). Participants The participants consisted of 23 science teacher educators at Dutch universities. To ensure a comprehensive exploration of science teacher educators’ views, we invited educators from various teacher training programs in the Netherlands. This inclusive approach allowed us to capture a broader range of views and attitudes. Data Collection and Analysis: Q methodology and focus groups The data collection instrument in Q methodology consists of a set of statements, called Q-set. Our Q-set consisted of 36 statements which were grounded by the GreenComp framework (Bianchi et al., 2022). Q-sort was followed by semi-structured interview where participants were asked to justify their reasoning for their sorting, especially for the most agreed/disagreed statements. At this point, we did a preliminary data analysis to inform the preparation of focus group discussions. In this way, we aimed to discuss our preliminary findings during the focus group meetings. Therefore, our preparation for the focus group discussions was informed by our preliminary findings. A dedicated software for Q methodology, Ken-Q Analysis (KADE) (Banasick, 2019) was used for preliminary data analysis. As a result of our preliminary data analysis, we identified four viewpoints, which we presented in focus group meetings as four personas. Each persona’s viewpoints were further supported by our factor interpretations during the focus group meetings. This approach offered teacher educators the opportunity for making meaning from personal experiences through reflection with one another. In this way, they unearthed their thinking and values which underlie their approach to ESD during focus group meetings. We had two focus group meetings, each lasting 1.5 hours, with identical settings and discussion questions to allow participants choice. In total 17 teacher educators participated in focus groups out of 23 participants who participated in data collection via Q methodology. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our data revealed four factors, which we present as personas to illustrate distinct viewpoints captured in each factor array. Factor 1 (Persona I) had six teacher educators loading significantly. Factor 2 (Persona II) had four, Factor 3 (Persona III) had five and Factor 4 (Persona IV) had eight. For preliminary analysis. Persona I: The value critic This persona is uncertain about the integrating values into science teacher education. While they strongly prioritize critical thinking and system thinking, they worry that emphasizing values could undermine independent thinking and risk indoctrination. At the same time, they appreciate empathy and emotional awareness when addressing ESD. Persona II: The impact splitter This persona questions the extent of educators’ influence on ESD. They see educators as role model whose actions and personal values matter, yet they believe effective sustainability teaching does not require educators to change personal habits. Their influence lies primarily in their professional role. Persona III: The interdisciplinary guide This persona values interdisciplinarity as essential for addressing ESD in science teacher education. They stress the importance of reflecting on social impact of science and tackling issues of justice and equity. However, they acknowledge that most science teacher educators lack training to address political aspects, which they see as beyond their expertise. Persona IV: The complexity navigator This persona highlights the complexity of sustainability issues. They prioritize critical thinking and system thinking as key competences for science teacher education. Promoting specific values is not seen as their role. Instead, they view value shifts as by-products of their teaching. References Banasick, S. (2019). KADE: A desktop application for Q methodology. Journal of Open Source Software, 4(36). https://doi.org/10.21105/joss.01360 Beasy, K., Richey, S., Brandsema, J., & To, V. (2024). Embedding Sustainability across a Teacher Education Course: Teacher Educator Experiences. Australian Journal of Environmental Education. https://doi.org/10.1017/aee.2024.36 Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera, M. (2022). GreenComp - The European sustainability competence framework (Y. Punie & M. Bacigalupo, Eds.). https://doi.org/10.2760/13286 Evagorou, M., & Dillon, J. (2020). Introduction: Socio-scientific issues as promoting responsible citizenship and the relevance of science. In M. Evagorou, J. A. Nielsen, & J. Dillon (Eds.), Science Teacher Education for Responsible Citizenship (Vol. 52, pp. 1–11). Springer. http://www.springer.com/series/6512 Fischer, D., King, J., Rieckmann, M., Barth, M., Büssing, A., Hemmer, I., & Lindau-Bank, D. (2022). Teacher education for sustainable development: A review of an emerging research field. Journal of Teacher Education, 73(5), 509–524. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871221105784 Flores, M. A. (2023). Why teacher education matters even more. In European Journal of Teacher Education (Vol. 46, Issue 5, pp. 747–751). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2023.2298631 Goller, A., & Rieckmann, M. (2022). What do We Know About Teacher Educatorsí Perceptions of Education for Sustainable Development? A Systematic Literature Review. Journal of Teacher Education for Sustainability, 24(1), 19–34. https://doi.org/10.2478/jtes-2022-0003 Harskamp, M., Knippels, M. C. P. J., & van Joolingen, W. R. (2021). Secondary Science Teachers’ Views on Environmental Citizenship in the Netherlands. Sustainability (Switzerland), 13(14). https://doi.org/10.3390/su13147963 Karaarslan, G., & Teksoz, G. (2016). Integrating Sustainable Development Concept into Science Education Program is not enough; We Need Competent Science Teachers for Education for Sustainable Development –Turkish Experience. International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 11(15), 8403–8424. https://hdl.handle.net/11511/81999 Mork, S. M., Henriksen, E. K., Haug, B. S., Jorde, D., & Frøyland, M. (2021). Defining knowledge domains for science teacher educators. International Journal of Science Education, 43(18), 3018–3034. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2021.2006819 Pegalajar-Palomino, C., Burgos-García, A., & Martinez-Valdivia, E. (2021). What Does Education for Sustainable Development Offer in Initial Teacher Training? A Systematic Review. Journal of Teacher Education for Sustainability, 23(1), 99–114. https://doi.org/10.2478/jtes-2021-0008 Rivera Maulucci, M. S. (2023). Pathways to Sustainability: Examples from science teacher education. In M. S. Rivera Maulucci, S. Pfirman, & H. S. Callahan (Eds.), Transforming Education for Sustainability (pp. 91–115). Springer. Uitto, A., & Saloranta, S. (2017). Subject teachers as educators for sustainability: A survey study. Education Sciences, 7(1). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci7010008 UNESCO. (2014). Roadmap for Implementing the Global Action Programme on Education for Sustainable Development. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000230514?posInSet=15&queryId=461b2f67-0730-42ea-a33d-afad0bdfce18 Watts, S., & Stenner, P. (2012). Doing Q methodological research. Sage Publications. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Education for Sustainable Development and Employability: A Literature Review on Sustainability Competences in Higher Education Ghent University, Belgium Presenting Author:Introduction Background Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is globally recognised as a transformative approach that equips learners with the knowledge, skills, and values necessary to promote sustainability and participate effectively in the labour market (Barth & Rieckmann, 2016). The importance of ESD is underscored by the United Nations 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, which positions education as a cornerstone for achieving sustainability goals. Specifically, Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 4: Quality Education establishes a direct link between education, sustainability competences, and employability. Target 4.4 calls for a substantial increase in the number of youth and adults with relevant skills for employment, decent work, and entrepreneurship, while Target 4.7 emphasises ensuring that all learners acquire the knowledge and skills needed to advance sustainable development and global citizenship (UN, 2015). Similarly, SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth promote inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment, and decent work for all, with Target 8.6 aiming to reduce the proportion of youth not in employment, education, or training. From this perspective, employability and sustainability competences (SCs) are deeply interconnected and critical for graduates and society. Theoretical framework The concept of sustainability competence is anchored in the sustainability competence framework, which is conceptualised as a multifaceted construct of knowledge, skills, values, and attitudes (Wiek et al., 2011; Wiek et al., 2016; Brundiers et al., 2021; Michel et al., 2022). These competences align with SDG 4 and SDG 17 (Partnerships for the Goals), underscoring the pivotal roles of education and multi-stakeholder collaboration in achieving sustainable development. Problem Statement and Research Gap Higher education institutions worldwide are under increasing pressure to align their curricula with sustainability imperatives and evolving labour‑market expectations, particularly as societies confront complex social, economic, and environmental disruptions. Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is positioned as a key response, intended to equip graduates with sustainability competencies (SCs) that enhance employability and empower them to act as change agents in professional and civic domains. Although existing scholarship highlights the relevance of SCs for addressing real-world sustainability challenges and supporting graduate employability (Wiek et al., 2011; Brundiers et al., 2021), current research remains fragmented. There is no consolidated body of knowledge that comprehensively examines how SCs are conceptualised, which stakeholders shape their development, what pedagogical approaches support their acquisition, and how these competencies function as pathways to employability. This study addresses this gap by critically investigating the conceptual foundations, stakeholder roles, pedagogical practices, and underlying rationales for embedding SCs within higher education. In doing so, it advances both scholarly understanding and practical guidance for integrating sustainability competencies as drivers of employability and societal transformation. Aims and Objectives The objective of this research is to critically review and synthesise the extant literature on the relationship between SCs and graduate employability. This research aims to clarify how SCs are defined, developed, and positioned as employability assets within higher education. The objective of the present study is threefold: first, to clarify definitions and conceptualisations; second, to identify key stakeholders; third, to analyse pedagogical and institutional practices; and fourth, to explore the underlying rationales that underpin the emphasis on sustainability competences as essential components of employability. Research Questions The following research questions guide the focus group: 1) What key definitions/descriptions are found to map the sustainability competence in view of the employability of students? 2) Who are the key players/stakeholders involved in the discussions about education towards students aiming at mastering sustainability competence in view of employability? 3) How do educators and institutions foster the development of sustainability competence in view of employability? 4) Why is the mastery of sustainability competences emphasised as key in view of employability? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 2.1. Procedure of the Scoping Review Due to the exploratory nature of our research, we conducted a scoping review in the existing academic literature focusing on sustainability competences and employability framing. This Scoping review systematically provides insights into the existing literature, situating the current state of knowledge in the field within the broader framework and identifying knowledge gaps. 2.2. Eligibility criteria To identify the relevant literature for the review, we conducted a literature search with an end date of July 31, 2024. We limited the search to articles in English, as agreed upon by the research team. We conducted our search in the Web of Science using the search queries with the following keywords: (‘higher education’ OR ‘universit*’ OR ‘college*’) AND ‘sustainab*’ AND ‘competenc*’ AND ‘employability’, and ERIC using the keywords ‘sustainability competen and employ’ respectively. The initial query generated 131 articles from Web of Science and the Eric databases. Next, we reviewed abstracts for all 131 articles generated, of which 92 articles were excluded as they did not directly address the topics of Sustainability competences and employability in relation to sustainable development in ESD. A total of 30 articles were identified during the preliminary search, and an additional 9 articles were obtained through reference screening/snowballing by examining their reference lists and reviewing the abstracts. The 39 articles were fully read and found to have a significant focus on sustainability competencies and employability. Data Coding and Analysis We analysed data using the processes proposed by Braun and Clarke to facilitate thematic analysis in qualitative research (Byrne, 2022). First, we familiarised ourselves with the data by reading and re-reading the 39 articles to identify relevant information related to our research question. During this process, we manually entered textual data into an Excel sheet, capturing the following details: 1. Background information. 2. Notes on impressions and stand-out ideas related to sustainability competences and employability, and direct quotations supporting the perspectives. Next, we coded key elements in the content of journal articles focusing on the intersection of sustainability competences and employability. From the coded key elements, we then grouped similar codes into potential themes we defined: 1. Conceptualisations, 2. stakeholders, 3. pedagogical approaches, and 4. rationale for emphasising SCs in relation to employability. Finally, we synthesised and supplemented the categorised themes in short paragraphs, including explanations and examples. The data analysis involved collaborative brainstorming sessions through an interpretative process with the supervisory team. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings Conceptualisations A comprehensive review of 39 articles published between 2010 and 2024 was conducted, and the results indicated a series of recurring conceptualizations of SCs related to employability. These conceptualisations, which are further illustrated in this section, include Key Competencies Frameworks (Wiek/Brundiers/Michel), Gestaltungskompetenz (de Haan), ESD/SDG-oriented framings, capability/employability lenses, sector-specific operationalisations, 21st-century/transversal skills, and intellectual capital/innovation views. Key stakeholders This review has identified higher education institutions, students, local and international policy organisations (UNESCO, OECD), governments, communities, employers, educators, and international and local accreditation bodies as the key stakeholders propelling the discourse of SCs in relation to employability. Pedagogies The review advances the notion that educators foster SCs through various means, including integrated curriculum, active learning, capability-oriented assessments, partnerships with industry and community actors, and the use of digital tools to address the knowledge-action gap. Rationalisations We find in the literature that mastery of SCs related to employability is advocated for the labour market outcomes, Societal and ethical imperatives, Policy and accreditation compliance and Capability for complex problem-solving for “wicked” problems Conclusion This scoping review demonstrates that SCs are not only central to contemporary higher education but are also closely linked to graduate employability. Across 39 included studies, Conceptual heterogeneity exists as definitions and operationalisations of SCs vary across studies, complicating direct comparison. Descriptive mapping in the dataset indicates strong attention to industry partnerships and employability, competency frameworks (e.g., Wiek/Brundiers/Michel), curriculum integration, and SDG/policy alignment (the top four themes in the frequency chart). Pedagogically, the field privileges experiential and work-integrated learning and curriculum mainstreaming, supported by assessment practices that attempt to capture capability rather than content recall. When such designs are enacted with external partners, they are consistently associated with better job-skills match, improved employment odds, salary advantages, and graduates’ capacity to act as change agents. References Bautista-Cerro (2014). (Re) construction of the concept of employability from universities Curriculum greening as a key element. Conference Proceedings Paper in the Journal Higher Education: The Challenge of Employability Published By Elsevier Science BV. Matthias Barth and Marco Rieckmann (2016): State of the Art in Research on Higher Education for Sustainable Development. In: Matthias Barth, Gerd Michelsen, Marco Rieckmann und Ian Thomas (Eds.): Routledge Handbook of Higher Education for Sustainable Development. London: Routledge, pp. 100-113. Blašková, V. and Staňková, M. (2023) ’Graduate Employability as a Key to the Efficiency of Tertiary Education’, Journal on Efficiency and Responsibility in Education and Science, vol. 16, no. 4, pp. 262–274. https://doi.org/10.7160/eriesj.2023.160401 Byrne, D. A worked example of Braun and Clarke’s approach to reflexive thematic analysis. Qual Quant 56, 1391–1412 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11135-021-01182-y Dawn Lees & Anka Djordjevic (2024) Curiosity, collaboration and co-creation: using Grand Challenges to develop employability and tackle 21st Century problems, British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 52:1, 119-132, DOI: 10.1080/03069885.2024.2304716 de Haan, G. (2010). The Development of ESD-Related Competencies in Supportive Institutional Frameworks. International Review of Education, 56. (UNESCO, 2022) Gora, A. A., Ștefan, S. C., Popa, Ș. C., & Albu, C. F. (2019). Students' Perspective on Quality Assurance in Higher Education in the Context of Sustainability: A PLS-SEM Approach. Sustainability, 11(17), 4793. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11174793 Michel, J.O. et al. (2022). Sustainability Competencies in Higher Education. In: The Palgrave Encyclopedia of Urban and Regional Futures. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-51812-7_342-1 Rieckmann, M. (2012). The global perspective of education for sustainable development: a European-Latin American study about key competencies for thinking and acting in the world society. Environmental Education Research, 19(2), 257–258. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2012.697547 Weinert, F. (2001). "Concept of Competence: A Conceptual Clarification", in Rychen, D. and Wals, A.E.J. (2010), "Mirroring, gestaltswitching and transformative social learning: stepping stones for developing sustainability competence", International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, Vol. 11 No. 4, pp. 380–90. Wiek, A., Withycombe, L. & Redman, C.L. Key competencies in sustainability: a reference framework for academic program development. Sustain Sci 6, 203–218 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-011-0132-6 UNESCO (2022). Berlin Declaration on Education for Sustainable Development; Learn for our planet: act for sustainability: Learn for our planet: Act for sustainability. Paris: UNESCO. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 12 C: Eco Citizens, Gender and Political Socialization Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Linnea Urberg Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper I Know It’s Important But... Climate Education and Political Socialization in Young People in France and Belgium. UCLouvain, France Presenting Author:This contribution proposes to present the preliminary observations from the ongoing Marie Curie project KidsOnClimate, which looks at the impact of the emotions generated by learning about the climate crisis in the context of other political crises, on the way tweens and teens feel about politics more broadly. Drawing on qualitative data from France and Belgium, it therefore discusses how such learning experiences, most particularly in the school context through environment or sustainability education, feed into their attitudes towards democracy, and political representation. It particularly looks at how classroom and school contexts, most notably agency, classroom climate and feelings of being listened to might be linked to both/either political engagement and disengagement, self-efficacy or alienation. Through the analysis of empirical interviews with young people it looks at the relationship between responses to the climate crisis and other perceived crises – most notably the rise of the far right, masculinism, and war. Drawing on literature in social psychology, political sociology, and environmental education, it explores the relationship between the way young people learn about and discuss the climate crisis and the feelings that arise from that learning, and attitudes towards perceived government and political responses to those events. It suggests that the “eco-emotions” frequently documented among young people can usefully be understood from the perspective of political sociology as a collective response to this crisis as well as an individual one, and that we need to see beyond the binary classifications of flight or fight, action or inaction. This study particularly explores the idea of “climate fatigue” (Lachance 2025), expressed by some of the young participants, who remain concerned about the climate crisis in principle, but in practice express feelings of “saturation.” This is linked to Kari Norgaard’s understanding of “denial” (Stevenson et al. 2014; Walshe et al. 2024; Brownlee et al. 2013), as a collective phenomenon that involves learnt selective attention. Here we suggest that this is more than just distancing as a coping mechanism for distress (Ojala 2012; 2015 Léger-Goodes et al. 2025), but is linked to the way in which the climate crisis is presented to these young people through the school system (Walshe et al. 2024; Brownlee et al. 2013; Stevenson et al. 2014). Rather than considering this a purely individual psychological response, the participants themselves link these emotions to their lived experiences of how climate education is taught at school in France and Belgium. This study bridges several existing divisions in the literature, in particular due to its focus on younger teens and tweens, exploring the evolutions that may occur in understandings of politics and democracy more broadly, as individuals move out of late childhood and into adolescence (Bessant 2004; Wunderlich 2025; Kessler 2021). As a result, this contribution will explore how learning in one area (climate change education) can impact the development of feelings and attitudes in a broader area (attitudes towards democracy and participation), through notions of political efficacy and democratic relationships (Gniewosz et al. 2009; Innocenti et al. 2023). This research focuses particularly on the notion of “ordinary youth”, who are neither activist nor apathetic, as a population that is often not visible in the literature, and thus seeks to overcome the vision of young people as either engaged or disengaged, enthused or disillusioned (Harris et al. 2010). More particularly, it asks how opportunities for the development of political competence arise in different school contexts, and the impact of the objective reality of different school systems and structures and how these factors may impact the influences – positive or negative – of climate education on young people.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The empirical research for this project is ongoing, and this presentation therefore concentrates on the qualitative interviews that have been conducted to date. In-depth qualitative interviews are currently being conducted with young people aged 10-17, using life-history and projective techniques, to explore their experiences and memories of learning about climate change, inside and outside school, and how those memories tie into their feelings about the issue today, compared to and in relation with other political issues. These interviews presented detailed reflections on their experiences of learning about the climate crisis, between primary school (age 10) and late secondary school (age 17). They provide rich accounts of the emotions generated by this learning, the young peoples’ understandings of the benefits and problems associated with how it is taught in different contexts, and what they see as possible solutions. These interviews are conducted with young people in France and Belgium, in public schools and in private schools – these two national contexts already provide elements of comparison (national framing of climate crisis, competing political issues such as the rise of the far right, and national environmental education curriculum), as do the school contexts themselves (traditional hierarchical pedagogies, mixed pedagogies, and active alternative pedagogies). They are therefore analyzed against the background not only of political context but also national curriculum, comparing between schools that follow state-mandated sustainable development curriculum, and those who adopt alternative approaches incorporating systems theory and more politicized perspectives. These different pedagogical and national contexts may impact on what young people take away from climate education, and the kinds of emotional responses they are left with. These emotional responses are linked to their own feelings of agency, or disconnection from political issues more broadly. These interviews are transcribed and analyzed using qualitative analysis software Atlas.ti. The preliminary results, and implications for ongoing fieldwork are presented here, along with hypotheses to explore implications for theory and policy. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis suggest these expected outcomes: - We expect to see students refer to the impact of school structure on their emotional availability to engage with these questions – initial results suggest that fatigue (homework, graded exercises on these issues), availability (time spent at school), student-teacher relationships and trust (democratic relationships or strict hierarchical relationships), and student agency and voice (feelings of student self-efficacy, legitimacy in discussion, and being heard) are important factors. This is likely to be strongly impacted by the national curriculum and school system (public/private, traditional/alternative pedagogy) they are enrolled in. - We also expect students to refer to the impact of the structure of climate education curriculum, specifically the fact that they see a lot of climate-related themes repeated over the years, but without increasing depth or complexity, leading to an impression of repetition, exhaustion and saturation with the theme without necessarily achieving genuine climate literacy. Again, this will likely vary depending on curriculum structure. - Preliminary analysis suggests we will also some students voice a degree of frustration with the lack of politicization of this issue. In situations where climate education is primarily included as part of the science or geography curriculum and not presented in terms of systems theory, historical evolutions, or political and interest-based decisions, this could lead to depoliticization of the issue, student frustration, and disengagement, even among students who care about climate change. This frustration will likely tie into an observed desire among high-school students to have more political education in schools (Bozec 2018; Tam 2023), and that although they are enthusiastic to take on that role, they say they do not feel sufficiently prepared for their role as citizens. Again, this is likely to vary according to cultural context and national curriculum. References Bozec, Géraldine. « La formation du citoyen à l’école : individualisation et dépolitisation de la citoyenneté ». Lien social et Politiques, no 80 (mars 2018): 69‑88. Brownlee, Matthew T.J., Robert B. Powell, et Jeffery C. Hallo. « A Review of the Foundational Processes That Influence Beliefs in Climate Change: Opportunities for Environmental Education Research ». Environmental Education Research 19, no 1 (2013): 1‑20. Gniewosz, Burkhard, Peter Noack, et Monika Buhl. « Political Alienation in Adolescence: Associations with Parental Role Models, Parenting Styles, and Classroom Climate ». International Journal of Behavioral Development 33, no 4 (2009): 337‑46. Harris, Anita, Johanna Wyn, et Salem Younes. « Beyond Apathetic or Activist Youth: ‘Ordinary’ Young People and Contemporary Forms of Participation ». YOUNG 18, no 1 (2010): 9‑32. Innocenti, Matteo, Gabriele Santarelli, Gaia Surya Lombardi, et al. « How Can Climate Change Anxiety Induce Both Pro-Environmental Behaviours and Eco-Paralysis? The Mediating Role of General Self-Efficacy ». International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health 20, no 4 (2023): 3085. Kessler, Erika Lyn. « Climate Change Concern among Youth: Examining the Role of Civics and Institutional Trust across 22 Countries ». Education Policy Analysis Archives 29, no August-December (2021): 124. Lachance, Jocelyn. « From Eco-Anxiety to Self-Fatigue. Understanding Young People’s Concerns in the Age of Environmental Issues ». Dialogue (Toulouse), no 2 (2025): 37‑53. Cairn.info. Norgaard, Kari Marie. Living in Denial: Climate Change, Emotions, and Everyday Life. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 2011. Ojala, Maria. « Hope in the Face of Climate Change: Associations With Environmental Engagement and Student Perceptions of Teachers’ Emotion Communication Style and Future Orientation ». The Journal of Environmental Education 46, no 3 (2015): 133‑48. Stevenson, Kathryn T., M. Nils Peterson, Howard D. Bondell, Susan E. Moore, et Sarah J. Carrier. « Overcoming Skepticism with Education: Interacting Influences of Worldview and Climate Change Knowledge on Perceived Climate Change Risk among Adolescents ». Climatic Change 126, nos 3‑4 (2014): 293‑304. Tam, Henry Benedict, éd. Who’s Afraid of Political Education? The Challenge to Teach Civic Competence and Democratic Participation. Bristol, England: Bristol University Press, 2023. Walshe, Nicola, Joy Perry, et Grace Healy. « Student Perspectives on Climate Change and Sustainability Education in England: Experiences and Expectations ». Prépublication, UCL Open Environment, 9 décembre 2024. Wunderlich, Leonie. « Disinterested and Disillusioned? Information and Political Engagement Practices of Young People From Disadvantaged Backgrounds ». Youth & Society, 7 février 2025 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Empirical Cross-Country Comparison of Participation in Climate Protests Using a Novel Dataset 1: University of Education Freiburg/Pädagogische Hochschule Freiburg, Germany; 2: The Monitoring and Evaluating Climate Communication and Education Project (MECCE) Presenting Author:The need for a more sustainable world is increasingly urgent, with the effects of climate change and biodiversity loss being undeniable. Yet these issues are often denied (Bliuc et al., 2015) or downplayed, despite widespread support for climate action (Andre et al., 2024). Consequently, climate activists advocate for measures across various levels to promote sustainability. Data reflect a significant increase in climate protests since 2019 across different regions, highlighting growing public concern about environmental degradation, resource scarcity, and policy inertia. Recognizing protesters’ aims underscores the importance of fostering awareness, activism, and political literacy as part of sustainability education. The MECCE Project, a six-year partnership funded by the Canadian government, aims to enhance global climate communication and education (CCE). Involving over 100 scholars and agencies—including UNESCO and UNFCCC—it develops a set of indicators (see https://mecce.ca/data-platform/) to monitor progress across six UNFCCC-defined CCE components (UNFCCC, 2021). One key component is Public Participation (UNFCCC, 2016). Youth-led climate protests and direct actions serve as important measures of public participation. Accordingly, the MECCE project has collaborated with partners to review strategies for measuring the nature and extent of (youth) activists’ involvement in climate actions worldwide. In this presentation, we discuss the challenges of measuring (youth) participation in climate protests and share results derived from exploiting a novel protest database. Specifically, we aim to address the following research questions: Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our approach involved reviewing several protest data sources, including ACLED, GDELT, Harvard’s Crowd Counting Consortium, Count Love, the Nonviolent Action Database, Fridays for Future (FFF) Strike Statistics, and the Strauss Center’s Conflict Database. After evaluating their scope, coverage, and relevance, we selected the ACLED dataset due to its extensive geographic scope, detailed event coding, and capacity to filter climate-related protests. Its comprehensiveness makes it particularly suitable for analyzing global climate protest dynamics (since 1997) within our research framework. ACLED (Armed Conflict Location & Event Data Project) is an independent, impartial conflict monitor providing real-time data and analysis on political violence and protests worldwide (https://acleddata.com/about-acled). It sources data from four main types: 1. Traditional Media, 2. Reports, 3. Local Partner Data, 4. New Media (targeted and verified) (ACLED, 2024). The platform emphasizes rigorous verification and provides detailed contextual information (see https://acleddata.com/knowledge-base/ and https://acleddata.com/about/our-team). Our first data retrieval was planned for January 2025, using keywords “sustaina” OR “climate,” resulting in 14,434 events categorized as protests or riots. Notably, 84% of these events occurred in Europe and North America, indicating regional overrepresentation. Nonetheless, the dataset covers all SDG regions, providing a broad, albeit uneven, global perspective. Conducted at the start of 2025, this snapshot of protest activity may evolve with future data updates. Within the ECER conference, we focus on European climate protest data, noting that 60% of events involve Fridays for Future, Extinction Rebellion, or Last Generation, with over half occurring in Sweden or Germany. Still, we aim to highlight protests in the Global South, emphasizing diverse regional contributions to global climate activism. Since our dataset cannot directly assess protestors’ literacy or knowledge levels, we rely on literature-based research and prior findings indicating that protest participation often correlates with higher sustainability literacy (e.g., Waltner et al., 2022) and education levels (Wahlström et al., 2019, Wallis & Loy, 2021). Research on climate protests and associated databases is emerging, bringing certain limitations and challenges. The data faces potential regional biases and reporting discrepancies. Estimations of crowd sizes often vary depending on the source—organizers may inflate numbers, opponents may underreport, and source consistency varies worldwide. As a result, ACLED does not record crowd size as a separate variable; instead, crowd size, when available, is included as a tag in each event (ACLED, 2023). When no estimate is available, it states “crowd size=no report”. Similar biases—omission, inflation, misrepresentation—are discussed in Miller et al. (2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Other research findings connected to protest participation suggest that actively fostering youth’s political participation and democratic involvement in climate-focused collective actions, such as the F4F movement, can be a viable strategy for sustaining their sustainability motivation (see Waltner et al., submitted). On a societal level, encouraging youth political engagement not only strengthens democracy but also empowers the next generation to actively contribute to policies driving and shaping their environmental and social future and thereby fostering their efficacy beliefs (Hammann & Resse, 2020). Participating in collective action fosters a sense of agency, empowerment, and purpose, which can mitigate feelings of despair often associated with awareness of climate crises (Pihkala, 2020). In addition to these findings, engaging in climate action has been shown to enhance hope in youth, serving as a crucial coping mechanism in the face of climate anxiety and eco-distress (Hickman et al., 2021; Ojala, 2012). By promoting hope and resilience, climate-focused collective actions not only address mental well-being but also sustain youth engagement and long-term commitment to sustainability goals. References ACLED. (2023, November 1) Why doesn’t ACLED have a ‘crowd size’ variable and what does the ‘crowd size’ tag in demonstration events capture?Discussion of ACLED's reporting on crowd sizes in demonstration events. https://acleddata.com/faq/why-doesnt-acled-have-crowd-size-variable-and-what-does-crowd-size-tag-demonstration-events ACLED. (2024, September 20). Sourcing. https://acleddata.com/methodology/sourcing Andre, P., Boneva, T., Chopra, F., & Falk, A. (2024). Globally representative evidence on the actual and perceived support for climate action. Nature Climate Change. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-024-01925-3 Bliuc, A.‑M., McGarty, C., Thomas, E. F., Lala, G., Berndsen, M., & Misajon, R. (2015). Public division about climate change rooted in conflicting socio-political identities. Nature Climate Change, 5(3), 226–229. https://doi.org/10.1038/NCLIMATE2507 Hamann, K. R. S., & Reese, G. (2020). My influence on the world (of others): Goal efficacy beliefs and efficacy affect predict private, public, and activist pro-environmental behavior. Journal of Social Issues, 76. https://doi.org/10.1111/josi.12369 Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., Wray, B., Mellor, C., & van Susteren, L. (2021). Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: A global survey. The Lancet. Planetary Health, 5(12), e863-e873. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(21)00278-3 Miller, E., Kishi, R., Raleigh, C., & Dowd, C. (2022). An agenda for addressing bias in conflict data. Scientific Data, 9(1), 593. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41597-022-01705-8 Ojala, M. (2012). Hope and climate change: the importance of hope for environmental engagement among young people. Environmental Education Research, 18(5), 625–642. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2011.637157 Pihkala, P. (2020). Eco-Anxiety and Environmental Education. Sustainability, 12(23), 10149. https://doi.org/10.3390/su122310149 UNFCCC. (2016). Paris Agreement. https://unfccc.int/sites/default/files/english_paris_agreement.pdf UNFCCC. (2021, July 14). What is ACE? https://unfccc.int/news/what-is-ace Wahlström, M., Kocyba, P., Vydt, M. de, & Moor, J. de (Eds.). (2019). Protest for a future: Composition, mobilization and motives of the participants in Fridays For Future climate protests on 15 March, 2019 in 13 European cities. Wallis, H., & Loy, L. S. (2021). What drives pro-environmental activism of young people? A survey study on the Fridays For Future movement. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 74, 101581. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2021.101581 Waltner, E.‑M., Overbeck, A. K., & Riess, W. (2022). Application-Oriented Development of Outcome Indicators for Measuring Students’ Sustainability Competencies: Turning from Input Focus to Outcome Orientation. In G. Karaarslan-Semiz (Ed.), Sustainable Development Goals Series: SDG: 4 Quality Education. Education for Sustainable Development in Primary and Secondary Schools: Pedagogical and Practical Approaches for Teachers. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-09112-4_15 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Women and Girls at the Heart of Climate Education: Perspectives and Approaches from the Literature Universidad del Rosario, Colombia Presenting Author:Climate change refers to a change in the state of the climate that can be identified by changes in the mean and/or variability of its properties and that persists for an extended period, typically decades or longer. Climate change may result from natural internal processes or external forcings, such as solar variations, volcanic eruptions, or persistent anthropogenic changes in the composition of the atmosphere or land use (IPCC, 2014). Climate change is our current reality, and from a scientific perspective, its main cause is understood to be the use, transformation, and market-driven policies related to fossil fuels, which have led to a sustained increase in greenhouse gas emissions such as carbon dioxide, methane, and nitrous oxide. This situation is further exacerbated by deforestation and land-use change, which reduce ecosystems’ capacity to absorb carbon and disrupt natural water cycles and biodiversity. Current unsustainable production and consumption models, together with intensive agro-industrial systems and a high dependence on non-renewable energy sources, reinforce these pressures on the climate system. In this context, climate change problems of anthropogenic origin are urgent and require transformations across all levels and fields of knowledge. In particular, education, as a strategy for building capacities across generations, should also be mobilized through relevant educational offerings in which environmental issues—and especially those related to climate change—are explicitly addressed, as highlighted by multiple authors (Monroe et al., 2017; Westphal, 2025; Guimerà-Ballesta, 2025). From this perspective, climate education implies significant transformations in traditional teaching and learning processes. It requires moving beyond disciplinary boundaries, promoting active, participatory, and dialogical strategies, while maintaining a strong commitment to scientific rigor. At the same time, climate education should foster affective and emotional attitudes, political awareness, and a holistic worldview that acknowledges the complexity of climate-related phenomena (Lopera-Pérez et al., 2019; Bottin et al., 2023; Herrera-Lopez et al., 2026). In particular, climate education must be adaptive to intersectionalities, especially in the Global South, where women, boys and girls, Afro-descendant and Indigenous communities, and people living in poverty are disproportionately more vulnerable, as evidenced by governmental reports and empirical research (Kwauk & Casey, 2022; Lagi et al., 2023). A systematic literature review in climate education is a potentially creative process that provides relevant information for decision-making. It offers an opportunity to generate knowledge and data-informed theory in an emerging field that is of critical importance for addressing the polycrisis caused by climate change. Accordingly, a literature review process (Fink, 2019) was designed, adapting the PRISMA guidelines (2020). Therefore, this research addresses the following question: What perspectives, approaches, trends, and research findings in climate education focused on women and girls can be identified in the literature? To answer this question, the following research objectives are proposed: (I) to identify the perspectives and approaches related to climate education present in the literature focusing on women and girls; (II) to characterize trends, strategies, and pedagogical approaches in climate education; and (III) to compare research findings in climate education across different population groups, with particular attention to girls and younth women. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Aquí tienes una versión sintetizada, rigurosa y coherente, de ≈250 palabras, cumpliendo el límite de máximo 400 palabras y adecuada para artículo científico, revisión PRISMA o convocatoria académica: A systematic literature review is understood as a logical, structured, and rigorous process that enables the identification, selection, and analysis of relevant and up-to-date knowledge in a specific field (Fink, 2019). In this study, the PRISMA framework (2009; 2020) was adapted to ensure transparency, methodological rigor, and replicability throughout the review process. PRISMA is widely recognized as a standard for conducting and reporting systematic reviews across disciplines. This review is grounded in a set of hypotheses that examine climate education from a gender perspective, with particular attention to girls, adolescent girls, and women. These hypotheses address the potential risks climate change poses to girls’ educational processes; differential outcomes of climate education programs for women and girls; gender-based differences in emotional responses to climate change; the role of girls and women as multipliers and catalysts within families and communities; and the relevance of pedagogical strategies that include inspirational activities and differentiated mentoring for female learners. To address these hypotheses, a comprehensive search strategy was developed and applied across multiple databases using a structured search string. Keywords related to climate education, sustainability, and environmental literacy were combined with gender-related terms using Boolean operators (AND, OR). The search focused on titles, abstracts, and keywords and excluded records unrelated to climate change education, such as studies referring to classroom or psychological climate. The review included journal articles, book chapters, reports, and books. The selection of documents for content analysis followed explicit inclusion criteria: studies related to education for sustainable development or climate education; research addressing gender, specifically women and girls; and empirical or instrumental studies with a pedagogical or educational component. Literature reviews, systematic reviews, meta-analyses, and bibliometric studies were excluded. Eligible publications were written in English, Spanish, Portuguese, or French, with no temporal restriction, allowing for a broad and inclusive understanding of the field. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The search was initially conducted in Scopus, where 577 documents were identified. An additional 50 documents were retrieved from Ibero-American databases, resulting in a total corpus of 611 sources, including journal articles, book chapters, and official reports. A bibliometric characterization and content analysis are currently underway. The analysis of publication patterns reveals a notable increase in research output since 2015, with most knowledge production concentrated in the United States, Europe, and Australia, while the main funding sources are governmental and non-governmental organizations based in the European Union. The reviewed literature shows that climate education programs have positive impacts on girls and adolescent women when they incorporate participatory approaches, active methodologies, and gender-sensitive pedagogical strategies. Reported outcomes include improvements in climate literacy, critical thinking, self-efficacy, leadership, and community engagement, as well as increased willingness to participate in climate mitigation and adaptation actions. Studies also document gender-based differences in emotional responses to climate change—such as concern, anxiety, empathy, and responsibility—highlighting the relevance of integrating socio-emotional dimensions into climate education. Across the literature, girls and women are portrayed not only as vulnerable groups but also as key agents of change within families, schools, and communities. Pedagogical approaches such as project-based learning, scientific inquiry, education for sustainable development, differentiated mentoring, and the visibility of female role models in STEM+ emerge as particularly effective. Overall, the findings underscore the urgency of advancing climate education policies, curricula, and practices that explicitly integrate a gender perspective to address inequalities and leverage the transformative potential of girls and women. References Fink, A. (2019). Conducting research literature reviews: From the internet to paper (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. Guimerà-Ballesta, G. (2025). Climate change education in secondary schools: Gaps, challenges and future directions. Climate, 6(1), Article 8. https://doi.org/xxx Herrera-López, A. C., Vázquez-Bernal, B., de las Heras-Pérez, M. Á., & Lopera Pérez, M. (2026). Collective pedagogical content knowledge on climate change: An exploratory study with in-service teachers. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 1–22. (Advance online publication) Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. (2014). Climate change 2014: Synthesis report. IPCC. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. (2021). Climate change 2021: The physical science basis. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009157896 Kwauk, C. T., & Casey, O. M. (2022). A green skills framework for climate action, gender empowerment, and climate justice. Development Policy Review, 40, e12624. https://doi.org/10.1111/dpr.12624 Lagi, R., Waqailiti, L., Raisele, K., Tyson, L. S., & Nussey, C. (2023). ‘Curui’: Weaving climate justice and gender equality into Fijian educational policies and practices. Comparative Education, 59(2), 305–324. https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2022.2148275 Lopera-Pérez, M., & Villagrá Sobrino, S. L. (2020). Alfabetización climática en la formación inicial y continua de docentes. Uni-pluriversidad, 20(1), 81–99. Medina-Arboleda, I. F. (2024). Environmental education and climate change education in Latin America. Revista Colombiana de Educación Ambiental, 1(1), 1–15. Monroe, M. C., Plate, R. R., Oxarart, A., Bowers, A., & Chaves, W. A. (2017). Identifying effective climate change education strategies: A systematic review of the research. Environmental Education Research, 25(6), 791–812. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2017.1360842 Ramos, R. (2024). Climate change education: A systematic review. Brazilian Journal of Education, Technology and Society, Article 1088. https://doi.org/xxx Westphal, A. (2025). Climate change education: Bibliometric analysis of the field. Environmental Education Research. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2025.2475299 |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 30 SES 12 D: Peace, Love and Digital Learning Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Daniel Kardyb Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Peace, Love, and Appropriate Technology as Catalysts for Sustainability Transformation KTH Royal Institute of Technology, Sweden Presenting Author:We are living in times of multiple, interconnected crises, such as climate change, ecological breakdown and widening social inequalities, that demand fundamental societal transformation. Within this context of poly-crisis, higher education, and engineering education in particular, faces profound questions about its purposes, values, and responsibilities. Dominant technocratic and instrumental approaches risk reproducing unsustainable and unjust futures, while alternative imaginaries of education remain marginalised. Against this backdrop, this research explores the generative potential of a radical yet grounded idea: the creation of a Centre for Peace, Love and Appropriate Technology within a university setting. This idea emerged through a long-term collaborative process of reflexive inquiry into our roles as educational developers (Peters & Rosén, 2025) and was initially explored in a workshop at the Engineering, Social Justice and Peace Conference 2024. Our ambition in this study is to explore the potentials and possibilities of peace, love, and appropriate technology at our university. Our overarching research question is: What is the potential of peace, love, and appropriate technology in processes of sustainability transformation in and through higher education, especially in the context of engineering education? This question unfolds into four interrelated sub-questions:
The context of engineering education is emphasised here because we are conducting this work at a technical university. Engineering education is also an interesting case to post these questions to since it is a site of construction of extractivist, technocratic and neoliberal educational paradigms that our work seeks to counter. Our conceptual and theoretical framework weaves together four strands: love, peace, appropriate technology, and transformative education. First, we take seriously the proposition that love, although often treated as taboo or unscientific in academic discourse (Fernandes et al., 2022), is a crucial political, ethical and pedagogical force for radical transformation. Building on Lanas and Zembylas’ (2015) political concept of love, Bazzul and Tolbert’s (2019) work on love, politics and science education on a damaged planet, and Catalano and Baillie’s (2009) work on engineering grounded in love and solidarity, we conceptualise love as relational, collective and justice-oriented rather than sentimental or individualised. Second, peace is theorised not merely as the absence of enacted violence but as a dynamic, structural and relational condition, drawing on peace engineering scholarship (Nieusma, 2011; Kleba & Reina-Rozo, 2021; Hinds et al., 2020) and critical engagements with engineered violence and neutrality in engineering (Banks & Lachney, 2017). This perspective situates peace in engineering education within broader socio-political struggles and aligns with international debates on peacebuilding, justice and sustainability. Third, appropriate technology challenges dominant techno-solutionist imaginaries (e.g. Wajcman 1991; Knutsson 2018; Stoddard et al. 2022). Rooted in Schumacher’s work (Schumacher 1993) and reframed through sustainability and social justice, it emphasises context sensitivity, participation, ecological limits, and social needs, aligning with European and Global South debates on development, decolonisation, and technological sovereignty (Bishop 2021; Bon et al. 2021). Finally, we seek to relate these strands to frameworks of transformative education (West, 2017; Lawless, 2018; Riley, 2008), attentive to emotional labour, recognition, Bildung, and the psychosocial dimensions of learning. These frameworks support an understanding of education as a site of ethical-political struggle, where new imaginaries, identities and practices can emerge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We use the methodological approach developed in Peters and Rosén (2025), combining collaborative autoethnography, diffraction and bricolage as a way of engaging with complexity, uncertainty and relationality in times of poly-crisis. The idea is to explore and develop practices of love, peace and appropriate technology in continuous engagement with and reflections on the learning environment we are a part of. First, collaborative autoethnography (e.g. Hernandez et al. 2017, Cooper and Lilyea 2022) provides an approach for researching our own and collective experiences and actions. Second, diffractive analysis, inspired by posthuman and feminist new materialist scholarship, foregrounds entanglements and relationships through which objects and subjects are continuously in interaction and in the making (Bozalek and Zembylas 2018). The object and subject could here be us, existing educational practices, or emerging practices of love, peace and appropriate technology. Third, bricolage enables us to assemble diverse sources, methods and theoretical perspectives in a context-sensitive and emergent manner (Rogers 2015). Research then becomes a creative and continuously emerging process. More concretely, we anticipate organising activities (workshops) to learn about peace, love, and appropriate technology education together with others. Further, we plan to hold weekly meetings of approximately one hour between the two of us, in which we share experiences and reflect on the questions posed above.Both those forums will generate rich narrative, dialogical and reflective data, which are documented through field notes and reflective journals. As a part of this work and organising the activities, we also conduct a light but systematic international literature survey across education, engineering education, peace studies and sustainability research. The literature is not treated as a stable backdrop but as an active participant in shaping our thinking and practice. With respect to the workshops, we are currently considering three groups of participants: 1. People known to have experience with, or interest in, the topics raised here 2. Members of the university community, particularly teachers, at our university, to bring diverse institutional perspectives into dialogue. 3. Students: We will reach out to the student union to explore these ideas together with students. The first workshop also serves as a co-design space for shaping the second workshop, thereby enacting our commitment to participatory and relational knowledge production. Data from meetings and workshops (notes, audio recordings, artefacts) are analysed thematically, guided by our research questions and theoretical framework. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to generate both conceptual insights and practical outcomes relevant to environmental and sustainability education research. We develop a nuanced conceptualisation of the interconnection between peace, love and appropriate technology in university and engineering education contexts. By bringing together international scholarship, we expect to show how these three dimensions mutually reinforce one another as ethical-political orientations, pedagogical practices and organisational imaginaries, while also highlighting tensions, cultural dynamics, and structural constraints. These findings contribute to ongoing European and global debates on reorienting higher education towards justice, sustainability and care. In terms of practical outcomes, this work is oriented towards supporting actual change. Such outcomes may include the development or adaptation of educational practices or learning activities conducted by teachers, as well as new or evolving student-led initiatives. The work may also contribute to initial efforts towards establishing a Centre for Peace, Love and Appropriate Technology. A possibility could be to produce a draft of constitutive principles articulating values, pedagogical commitments, organisational forms and strategies to guide institutional experimentation. While grounded in a specific European university context, these developments may also inspire work in other contexts. Initial insights suggest that there are people who share our interest and already work with the concepts discussed here, as well as related ones (e.g., sensuous knowledge, friendship, touch). They are also connected to initiatives elsewhere (e.g., a course on love at another university). At the same time, we observe how proposing these kinds of ideas and activities can be dismissed or even ridiculed. Suggesting a workshop on these topics, inviting all employees at KTH, felt awkward, indicating that these ideas challenge prevailing norms. References Banks & Lachney (2017). Engineered violence: Confronting the neutrality problem and violence in engineering. International Journal of Engineering, Social Justice, and Peace, 5(1–2), 1–12. Bazzul & Tolbert (2019). Love, politics and science education on a damaged planet. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 14(2), 303–308. Bishop (2021). Sustainability lessons from appropriate technology. Journal of Cleaner Production, 318. Bon, Dittoh, Lô & Baart (2021). Decolonizing technology and society: Perspectives from the Global South. Global South Research Network. Bozalek & Zembylas (2018). Practicing Reflection or Diffraction? Implications for Research Methodologies in Education. In Braidotti, Bozalek, Shefer, & Zembylas (Eds.), Socially Just Pedagogies: Posthumanist, Feminist and Materialist Perspectives in Higher Education. Bloomsbury Academic. Catalano & Baillie (2009). Engineering based on love. In 2009 ASEE Annual Conference & Exposition. Cooper & Lilyea (2022). I’m Interested in Autoethnography, but How Do I Do It? The Qualitative Report. Fernandez Kumar & Alkattan (2022). Solidarity Engineering using a Pedagogy of Love. In ASEE Annual Conference. Hernandez, Chang, & Ngunjiri (2017). Collaborative Autoethnography as Multivocal, Relational, and Democratic Research: Opportunities, Challenges, and Aspirations. Auto/Biography Studies, 32(2), 251–254. Hinds, Buch, Delgado & Morgan (2020). Development of a peace engineering initiative within a first-year engineering program. Journal of Engineering Education Transformations, 33, 112–117. Kleba, & Reina-Rozo (2021). Fostering peace engineering and rethinking development: A Latin American view. Technological Forecasting and Social Change. Knutsson (2018). Green machines? Destabilizing discourse in technology education for sustainable development. Critical Education, 9(3). Lanas & Zembylas (2015). Towards a Transformational Political Concept of Love in Critical Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 34(1), 31–44. Lawless (2018). Documenting a labor of love: Emotional labor as academic labor. Review of Communication, 18(2), 85–97. Peters & Rosén (2025). Pain and Pleasure in working with sustainability and transformation at a technical university: An exploration of the role of educational developers through collaborative autoethnography. European Journal of Engineering Education, 1–30. Riley (2008). Engineering and Social Justice. Springer. Rogers (2015). Contextualizing Theories and Practices of Bricolage Research. The Qualitative Report. Schumacher (1993). Small is Beautiful: A Study of Economics as if People Mattered. Vintage Publishing. Stoddard, Anderson, Capstick, … Williams, M. (2021). Three Decades of Climate Mitigation: Why Haven’t We Bent the Global Emissions Curve? Annual Review of Environment and Resources, 46(12). Wajcman, J. (1991). Feminism Confronts Technology. Polity. West (2017). Love actually: Transformative learning meets Bildung, and the psychosocial concept of recognition. In Transformative learning meets bildung: An international exchange. Sense Publishers. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Scaling Education for Sustainable Development: The Design-based Research Development for Large Scale Implementation of the Digital Learning Space GET Green 1: Aalborg University, Denmark; 2: Aalborg University, Denmark; 3: Aalborg University, Denmark; 4: University College Copenhagen; 5: University College Copenhagen; 6: University College Copenhagen Presenting Author:This paper presents findings from the development of the digital learning space GET Green, designed for the large-scale implementation of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) across schools in Denmark. Although sustainability competencies have been defined internationally, research indicates that ESD is often not well embedded in existing school systems especially at the secondary level [1, 2]. This paper reports results from the Danish project GreenEdTech: Green Transition of Education and Educational Technology which addresses the three overarching focus areas for the sustainable transformation of education defined in UNESCO’s ESD for 2030 agenda: transformative action, structural change, and technological futures [3].
Over a four-year period, the project developed an educational model and digital learning space aimed at enabling large-scale, cross-disciplinary implementation of ESD across science, technology, engineering, arts, and mathematics (STEAM) subjects in Danish lower secondary education. The project employed a citizen science (CS) approach in which students aged 13–16 collaborated with private and public partners outside school to address authentic, systemic sustainability challenges [13, 14]. The GreenEdTech project investigated how ESD can be integrated into secondary education by engaging students in CS projects connected to real and ongoing sustainability initiatives with green stakeholders, and which competencies students develop in these environments. The project had four objectives:
1. To define an educational model that support the integration of cross-disciplinary ESD in Danish schools. 2. To develop a digital learning space that facilitates ESD across STEAM subjects. 3. To define approaches for authentic CS collaboration between students and partners outside school. 4. To design assessment tools for evaluating ESD competencies.
These four objectives were addressed through a design-based research (DBR) process involving the development and testing of the GET Green digital learning space, which integrates the objectives above. The current paper presents results from the DBR process in the GreenEdTech project which led to the development of the GET Green digital learning space.
The digital learning space was developed with a focus on supporting students in building four key competencies in sustainability: systems thinking, futures thinking, values thinking, and strategic thinking [4]. In addition, students worked with interpersonal (collaborative) competence and integrated problem-solving competence in the collaborations with private and public partners outside of school. The GET Green platform hosts structural sustainability challenges provided by partners from industry, NGOs, and the public sector. To address these real-life challenges, students work through phases corresponding to the four key competencies: - Systems thinking phase: students map and analyse the groups of citizens and systems of laws, politics, technologies, and artefacts that influence sustainable development in their case. - Values thinking phase: students both discuss the values of the mapped actors and reflect on their own values in relation to the challenge. - Futures thinking phase: students develop digital or physical models of their proposed solutions. - Strategic thinking phase: they align their ideas with the values and systems previously identified and construct arguments for how their solution addresses the sustainability challenge before presenting it to partners or teachers.
The digital learning platform has been designed as a hybrid learning space. The platform host models and tools for supporting work in the different ESD phases, but the tools can be used for digital as well as analogue learning activities in the physical space of the classroom. During the four year research project the GET Green platform has been tested in 15 schools across Denmark. The goal has been to conduct the tests of the platform in diverse socioeconomically and geographical contexts to understand what challenges and opportunities there were in integrating ESD learning designs the different contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study applied a design-based research (DBR) approach [5, 6, 7]. This methodology aims “to improve educational practices through iterative analysis, design, development, and implementation, based on collaboration among researchers and practitioners in real-world settings, and leading to contextually sensitive design principles and theories” [8] pp. 6–7). Both the collaborative practices and the underlying design principles must be understood in order to transform them [9]. DBR consists of iterative cycles of design, intervention, analysis, and redesign. These cycles typically involve several phases, including context and domain analysis, the formulation of design hypotheses, the development of theory-informed prototypes, and analytical work with a dual focus on advancing both practical innovations and theoretical insights [9, 10]. In this study, the design of the GET Green platform was developed through three iterative DBR cycles, each including processes of design, intervention, analysis, and redesign. Interventions in schools during each iteration involved data collection at 4–5 schools (in total 15 schools) such as observations with video and audio recordings of students, interviews with students and teachers, and student surveys. The research focus in each iteration was defined based on the results of the previous one. The first iteration was a pen and paper implementation of the conceptual design. The overall focus was to test the initial prototype of the educational design in order to understand how the student–professional collaborative process could be integrated across STEAM subjects. This was reflected in the design and intervention phases through the development and facilitation of phases and activities that enabled professionals and students to interact while addressing real world problems. The second iteration was specifically focused on developing and testing learning designs and tools for the different ESD competences. This was done by using four problem-solving-phases corresponding to the ESD competences of systems, values, futures, and strategic thinking. In this iteration a first functioning version of the GET Green platform was deployed, with focus on including and testing the ESD learning tools. The third iteration focused primarily on understanding teachers’ approaches to using the platform and their teaching methods, as well as the challenges they experienced. In the first two iterations, teachers had been introduced to the GreenEdTech approach and learning design through in person workshops. The third iteration included trails which sought to understand how teachers perceived and integrated the learning material when they were introduced to it solely through the resources available on the platform. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the first iteration, it became clear that work with ESD competences was overshadowed by the emphasis on citizen science collaboration with partners outside the school. In the initial pen and paper prototype, the phase model resembled that which is found in design thinking [11, 12]. The underlying hypothesis for this choice was that design thinking is a strong methodology for supporting students’ work with authentic problem solving and that teachers in Denmark are familiar with integrating design thinking into their teaching. However, results from the interventions in the first DBR iteration showed that the topic of sustainability and the work with the four ESD competences were not fully supported by this design thinking approach. Working with the four ESD competences was new to both students and teachers, and the learning design therefore needed to support the ESD process more explicitly. Based on insights from the first iteration, it was decided to redesign the educational model on the platform to more directly reflect the four ESD competences. As a result, the phase model and all platform materials were revised to refer not to design thinking phases but to the four phases corresponding to the ESD competences. Teachers reported that the phase model and learning tools supported their efforts to work with systemic sustainability, which they otherwise found difficult to integrate into everyday teaching. In most schools, the platform and phase model were used as supportive tools around which teachers organised their teaching, rather than as strict, stand-alone instructional tools. The majority of the work took place in the physical classroom rather than within the digital learning space. Students described the GET Green materials as a new approach compared to other sustainability education, emphasising its focus on action and participation in development processes rather than the passive reception of information. References [1] S. Breiting & P. Wickenberg. The progressive development of environmental education in Sweden and Denmark. Environmental Education Research. 16(1), 9–37. 2010. [2] W. Scott & S. Gough. Sustainable Development and Learning: Framing The Issues; London, UK and New York, NY, USA. Routledge. 2003. [3] E. A. Teo & E. Triantafyllou (Ed.) State-of-the-art analysis of the pedagogical underpinnings of open science, citizen science and open innovation activities. INOS Consortium. 2020. [4] Wiek, A., Withycombe, L., & Redman, C. L. (2011). Key competencies in sustainability: a reference framework for academic program development. Sustainability science, 6, 203-218. [5] Brown, A. L. (1992). Design Experiments: Theoretical and Methodological Challenges in Creating Complex Interventions in Classroom Settings. The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 2(2), 141 - 178. [6] Cobb, P., Confrey, J., diSessa, A., Lehrer, R., & Schauble, L. (2003). Design Experiments in Educational Research. Educational Researcher, 32(1), 9-13. [7] Kali, Y., & Hoadley, C. (2021). Design-based research methods in CSCL: Calibrating our epistemologies and ontologies. International Handbook of Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning, 479-496. [8] Wang, F., & Hannafin, M. J. (2005). Design-based research and technology-enhanced learning environments. Educational Technology Research & Development, 53(4), 5–23. [9] Cobb, P., & Gravemeijer, K. (2008). Experimenting to support and understand learning processes. In:A. E. Kelly, R. A. Lesh, & J. Y. Baek. (Eds.). Handbook of Design Research Methods in Education—Innovations in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics Learning and Teaching (pp. 68–95.). Routledge. [10] Ejersbo, L., Engelhardt, R., Frølunde, L., Hanghøj, T., Magnussen, R., & Misfeldt, M. (2008). Balancing product design and theoretical insight. In A. Kelly, R. Lesh, & J. Baek (Eds.), The Handbook of Design Research Methods in Education (pp. 149–163). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. [11] Rusmann, A., & Ejsing-Duun, S. (2021). When design thinking goes to school: A literature review of design competences for the K–12 level. International Journal of Technology and Design Education. [12] Brown, T., & Wyatt, J. (2010). Design thinking for social innovation IDEO. Development Outreach, 12(1), 29–31. [13] Ballard, H. L., Dixon, C. G. H., & Harris, E. M. (2017). Youth-focused citizen science: Examining the role of environmental science learning and agency for conservation. Biological Conservation, 208, 65–75. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Understanding and Acting in the Complexity Between the Real and the Virtual: The Riparian Zone as a Paradigm of Educational Space University of Turin, Italy Presenting Author:In the context of the current polycrisis and environmental, social, technological and epistemic transitions (Ceruti, 1999), educational research is increasingly called upon to question the conditions of knowing and acting and its role in connecting knowledge production, public responsibility and sustainability (Morin, 2022; Rosa, 2015; Vendra, 2024). In line with the theme of the call, we intend to raise the question of the conditions that characterise the contemporary experience of knowledge and action, in the face of the problematic coexistence of the real and the virtual. This contribution proposes a theoretical model of experiential space to promote modes of understanding and action appropriate to complex, interconnected contexts that are deeply mediated by digital technology (Jonas, 1984; Vendra, 2024 ). In this direction, the idea of a riparian zone (Hermon, 2014) is proposed as a configuration of the new existential space created by the coexistence of the real and the virtual (Floridi, 2014). Traditionally known as an ecotonal area, it is a dynamic transition zone between aquatic and terrestrial environments, characterised by high biodiversity and ecological functions for the functioning and resilience of river systems. This idea can in fact be proposed as a paradigm for those educational places where the real and the virtual intertwine and where the natural, social and technological dimensions co-determine each other (Hermon, 2014). In this perspective, the riparian zone is taken not as a simple descriptive metaphor, but as a theoretical device capable of guiding educational research in understanding the contemporary conditions of knowing and acting. It allows us to think of educational space as a relational and generative space, in which individuals and society, knowledge, technologies and environments co-evolve, making visible the possibilities that emerge in contexts of polycrisis and transition (Floridi, 2014; Harari, 2017). This proposal is inspired by Edgar Morin's theories of complexity (2022), in particular the concept of polycrisis, which argues that contemporary societies do not face isolated crises but interconnected systems of crises – environmental, social, economic and technological – amplified by growing digital mediation. This type of educational space configuration could provide a possible solution to the question of the relationship between the real and virtual dimensions, considering the role of digital technologies as mediators of cognitive processes and as factors that redefine the boundaries between observation, simulation and intervention (Floridi, 2014; Salerno, Rigoni, 2022). Digital technology, therefore, would no longer be a tool, but would constitute an element that, when integrated into the educational space in terms of shelters, would influence the modes of knowledge production and the possibilities for educational action (Beghetto, 2023; Malara, 2022). In this perspective, knowing and acting cannot be conceived as linear or separate processes. Consequently, specific skills are needed to inhabit these border zones, where scientific knowledge, local practices, media narratives and social perceptions intertwine and influence each other (Hermon, 2014). The riparian zone paradigm is proposed as an experiential laboratory, in which educational action is called upon to develop the skills necessary for knowing and acting that are not linear processes. In this perspective, education is not only the transmission of knowledge, but also reflective practice oriented towards responsible action (Duoblienė, Kairė, Vaitekaitis, 2023; Nosari, Guarcello, 2025; Salerno, Rigoni, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The contribution, aiming to construct a theoretical model that allows us to understand the conditions of current experience and to design appropriate educational interventions (Hermon, 2014), adopts a theoretical-hermeneutic methodology based on analysis, comparison and interdisciplinary integration. The approach therefore falls within the scope of theoretical research in environmental education and sustainability and is structured along three main analytical lines. The first line concerns the epistemology of complexity (Ceruti, 1999; Morin, 2022; Rosa, 2015). This complexity, together with the use of interdisciplinary comparison, aims to identify, in the ideas and especially in the configurations of other disciplines, interpretative models useful for understanding educational experiences. This epistemology of complexity is accompanied by interdisciplinary research aimed at recognising, in the phenomena studied by other disciplines, dynamic relational structures that allow for the interpretation of new educational experiences. Therefore, starting from the theories of Edgar Morin (2022) and other authors on complexity, the contribution analyses the interconnection between ecological, social and technological systems, focusing on concepts such as emergence, non-linearity, feedback and interdependence (Floridi, 2014; Hermon, 2014). The second guideline focuses on defining riparian skills (Hermon, 2014). These skills are hypothesised based on a systematic analysis of non-cognitive skills: life skills, soft skills, character skills (Duoblienė, Kairė, Vaitekaitis, 2023; Nosari, Guarcello, 2025). The specific skills required for this new experience are developed by applying the method of differences, comparing the riparian experience with previous experiential models (Floridi, 2014; Salerno, Rigoni, 2022). The result is a critically-reflective competence profile, for which the promotion of these skills through reflective educational practices has already been hypothesised (Cappa, Palma, 2018; Duoblienė, Kairė, Vaitekaitis, 2023; Fabbri, Scaratti, Striano, 2006). The third guideline analyses the relationship between the real and the virtual (Floridi; 2014; Harari, 2017), exploring the role of digital technologies as mediators of cognitive processes and amplifiers of complexity. Through conceptual analysis, the contribution critically questions how the virtual redefines the boundaries between observation, simulation and action, and what implications this has for educational processes oriented towards responsible action (Beghetto, 2023). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In response to the increasing need to integrate real and virtual spaces in contemporary education, this work proposes a theoretical paradigm with a design-oriented function (Floridi, 2014; Hermon, 2014). The riparian zone paradigm offers a theoretical framework that overcomes the separation between the two spheres by conceiving them as co-present and mutually constitutive within a single experiential space. By viewing the real and virtual not as separate or overlapping contexts but as interconnected components of a unified educational environment – where knowing and acting are continuously intertwined (Beghetto, 2023; Jonas, 1984) – the riparian zone concept enables the creation of educational spaces that embrace instability, interdependence, and technological mediation, while also fostering innovative spaces that expand opportunities for a transition toward a new humanism. The riparian zone paradigm functions as a generative framework for designing educational interventions that consciously engage with the hybrid spaces of the present (Hermon, 2014). Assuming the co-presence of the real and the virtual as a structural condition of experience requires rethinking intentionality, contexts, and educational practices in light of the concrete ways contemporary generations know, act, and construct meaning (Floridi, 2014; Harari, 2017). Environments like video games (Seelow, 2023), digital platforms, and immersive media can be understood not as marginal or instrumental, but as complex experiential spaces for designing learning, participation, and responsibility. From this perspective, the riparian zone is seen as both a design space and a model that meets the urgent need – highlighted in European educational policies – for approaches combining technology, embodied experience, and human agency (Jonas, 1984; Salerno, Rigoni, 2022; Seelow, 2023; Vendra, 2024). References Beghetto, R. A. (2023). Broadening horizons of the possible in education. Possibility Studies & Society, 1(4), 414–426. Cappa, F., & Palma, M. (2018). Formative transitions: Experience, adult education, and reflective practices. Educational Reflective Practices, 108–125. https://boa.unimib.it/handle/10281/192944 Ceruti, M. (1999). Complexity and the unfinished nature of human evolution. In C. Rossi & E. Tiezzi (Eds.), Tempos in science and nature: Structures, relations and complexity (pp. 63–74). Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. https://hdl.handle.net/10808/10579 Duoblienė, L., Kairė, S., & Vaitekaitis, J. (2023). Education for a future: Applying concepts from the new materialist discourse to UNESCO and OECD publications. The Journal of Environmental Education, 54(3), 213–224. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2023.2188576 Fabbri, L., Scaratti, G., & Striano, M. (2006). Building a community of reflective practices. In L. Formenti (Ed.), Giving voice to change: Research questioning adult life (pp. 129–142). Milan, Italy: Unicopli. https://hdl.handle.net/10807/16803 Floridi, L. (2014). The onlife manifesto. Springer. Harari, Y. N. (2017). Homo Deus: A brief history of tomorrow. Harper. Hermon, E. (2014). Environmental concepts and integrated management of riverbanks (riparia) in the Roman Empire: A lesson from the past? In E. Hermon (Ed.), Riparia, a cultural heritage: Integrated management of riverbanks. Sudbury Workshop, April 12–14, 2012 (p. 9). BAR Publishing. Jonas, H. (1984). The imperative of responsibility: In search of an ethics for the technological age. University of Chicago Press. Malara, S. (2022). Digital oceans: Technological competences and didactic strategies for active citizenship. Formazione & Insegnamento, 20(1), 818–826. https://doi.org/10.7346/fei-XX-01-22_72 Morin, E. (2022). The challenge of complexity. Liverpool University Press. Nosari, S., & Guarcello, E. (2025). The question of non-cognitive skills and the cheetah’s coat perspective. In Teacher education research in Europe: Trends, challenges, practices and perspectives (pp. 262–270). University of Bergamo. https://aisberg.unibg.it/handle/10446/309207 Rosa, H. (2015). Social acceleration: A new theory of modernity. Columbia University Press. Salerno, V., & Rigoni, L. (2022). Uncertainty as an epistemic and pedagogical value of educational and formative ecosystems in the pedagogical anthropology of E. Morin: Field experience and a new paradigm in education. Formazione & Insegnamento, 20(2), 288–297. Seelow, D. (2023). Games as transformative experiences for critical thinking, cultural awareness, and deep learning: Strategies and resources. CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group. Vendra, M. C. C. (2024). Phenomenological foundations of ecological responsibility: From embodiment to environmental resilience with Paul Ricœur. Ostium, 20(1). https://ostium.sk/language/en/phenomenological-foundations-of-ecological-responsibility-from-embodiment-to-environmental-resilience-with-paul-ricoeur/ |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 31 SES 12 A: Teaching Multilingual Students Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Laura Pihkala-Posti Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper As Long as the Work Gets Done: Teachers’ Reactions to Students’ Use of Primary Languages During Pair Work 1: University of Turku; 2: University of Eastern Finland; 3: UiT The Artic University of Norway; 4: University of Jyväskylä Presenting Author:Advocating for the use of home languages in learning can enable students to use their entire cognitive capacity, support their holistic identities (Cummins, 2021) and positively influence their self-esteem and enthusiasm for learning (Catalano et al., 2019). Consequently, it has been argued (García & Hesson, 2015) that all teaching should support the entire linguistic repertoires of bilingual and multilingual students. When students are encouraged to use all their languages, their understanding of the topics being taught may be deeper than if they are restricted to using only the language of instruction (Tharp et al., 2000). In this study, we focus on collaborative learning as allowing students to co-construct knowledge through social interaction with peers who speak the same language, which provides them opportunities to develop their skills within their zone of proximal development (Teemant, 2018; Vygotsky,1978). Unfortunately, many teachers are either unwilling or unable to use their students’ primary languages as learning resources (Author et al., 2019; Iversen, 2019; Lundberg, 2019; Sullivan, 2016; Taylor et al., 2008). Thus, there is a need to better understand teachers’ beliefs about the use of different languages for learning, since “if teachers don’t believe that drawing on all the students’ linguistic and other semiotic resources in teaching is good pedagogy, it will not work because they are not convinced of the value” (Catalano et al., 2019, p. 66). In this study, we focused on teachers’ survey responses to a hypothetical situation where they observe students using their primary language during pair work. Pair work was used as the context for this question because successful collaboration requires negotiation, knowledge construction, and joint regulation of a learning process, which may involve the use of one’s entire linguistic repertoire. The research question guiding our inquiry was: How do teachers report responding to students’ use of their primary language during pair work? The study is relevant to the European context especially in countries of relatively recent but rapidly increasing migration, such as Finland, where many teachers are grappling with multilingualism and multilingual pedagogies in their classrooms for the first time. By examining teachers’ responses to the survey question, we can reveal attitudes and stances that may need to be addressed in initial or continued teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data for this study were collected with an online survey in fall 2021 as part of a larger research project on culturally and linguistically responsive pedagogy in Finland. To collect the data, the Ministry of Education and Culture sent a cover letter and a link to the survey to all Finnish education authorities. The survey was distributed to teaching staff via education authorities and promoted on social media. Information on the study’s purpose and data protection was provided in the cover letter and survey introduction, with informed consent given through participation. As the total reach of the survey link is unknown, the response rate could not be calculated; 1035 educators responded to the survey. The survey, adapted from the instrument used in Author et al. (2019), included background questions, Likert-scale, and open-ended questions. For this study, we examined educators’ responses to the following open-ended question: “Your students are working in pairs. You walk around the classroom, watching the pairs work.You approach two students with immigration background who are speaking to each other in their primary language. You do not know the language. How do you react?” The data were analyzed by building on theory-driven categories from Author et al., (2021) and data-driven content analysis (Krippendorff, 2012). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The emerging findings indicate that overall, teachers’ responses fell into three categories, in line with our previous research (Author et al., 2021): Restrict: teachers stated they would curb students’ use of primary languages in some way; Tolerate: teachers stated they would let students use their primary languages as long as they were working on the assignment; and Encourage: teachers stated that they welcomed students’ use of their primary languages. The majority of the respondents held neutral or positive beliefs: most responses fell into the second category and a smaller number into the third category, with teachers wanting to restrict primary language use being in the minority. For example, one participant stated: “Using your first language is not a problem if the conversation relates to the subject being taught.” However, hidden behind this seemingly neutral response is the underlying belief that primary languages can be a problem - a belief that goes against the idea of languaging as the basis for cognitive activity (Vygotsky, 1978). In addition, responses that fell into the “restrict” category demonstrated not only the problematic notion that primary languages should not be used for learning, but also fundamentally erroneous ideas about multilingualism in the classroom. For example, one participant stated they would ask students to translate what they had said into Finnish, which would put a halt to students’ otherwise productive interaction and ask them to do something they might not even be able to do. Lastly, there were few responses describing specific actions by the teacher for facilitating primary language use beyond an encouraging attitude. The study points to the need for examining teachers’ beliefs around language and language use more thoroughly in teacher education and to connect this reflection to pedagogical strategies teachers can learn to facilitate students’ use of their primary languages for learning. References Author et al. (2019). Author et al. (2021). Catalano, T., Traore Moundiba, H. C., & Pir, H. (2019). ‘I felt valued’: Multilingual microteachings and the development of teacher agency in a teacher education classroom. Critical Multilingualism Studies, 7(3), 55–76. Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual learners. A critical analysis of theoretical concepts. Multilingual Matters. García, O., & Hesson, S. (2015). Translanguaging frameworks for teachers: Macro and microperspectives. In A. Yiacoumetti (Ed.), Multilingualism and language in education: Current sociolinguistic and pedagogical perspectives from commonwealth countries (pp. 221–242). Cambridge University Press. Iversen, J. (2019). Negotiating language ideologies: Pre-service teachers’ perspectives on multilingual practices in mainstream education. International Journal of Multilingualism,18(3), 421–434. Lundberg, A. (2019). Teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism: Findings from Q method research. Current Issues in Language Planning, 20(3), 266–283. Sullivan, E. C. (2016). Mainstream teachers’ language-related knowledge and linguistically responsive teaching practices for English language learners [Doctoral dissertation, NotreDame of Maryland University]. ProQuest Dissertations Publishing. Taylor, L. K., Bernhard, J. K., Garg, S., & Cummins, J. (2008). Affirming plural belonging:Building on students’ family-based cultural and linguistic capital through multiliteracies pedagogy. Journal of Early Childhood Education, 8(3), 269–294. Teemant, A. (2018). Sociocultural theory as everyday practice: The challenge of PK-12 teacher preparation for multilingual and multicultural learners. In The Routledge handbook of sociocultural theory and second language development (pp. 529–550). Routledge. Tharp, R., Estrada, P., Stoll Dalton, S., & Yamauchi, L.A. (2000). Teaching transformed: Achieving excellence, fairness, inclusion, and harmony. Westview Press. Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher mental processes. Harvard University Press. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Facilitating Language and Content Learning or Correcting Spelling Mistakes? Teachers Facilitating Students’ Group Work 1: University of Eastern Finland, Finland; 2: University of Turku, Finland; 3: The Arctic University of Norway, Norway; 4: Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Numerous studies have shown a significant gap in the learning outcomes of students with a migration background compared to those of majority-language speakers in many member countries of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), including Finland (Kilpi-Jakonen & Alisaari, 2022; Pulkkinen et al., 2024; Ukkola et al., 2025). It has been suggested that linguistically responsive pedagogy would be beneficial for all, but especially multilingual learners (Lucas et al., 2008), as it pays specific attention to the role of language in content instruction and emphasizes the teachers’ active role in supporting their learners. To address this, a revision was made to the Finnish national core curriculum for basic education (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2014) in 2014 to include that all teachers must be linguistically responsive, integrate both language and content in their teaching, and understand the role that languages play in socialization and identity construction. Learning a language takes time. Attaining academic language proficiency may take five to seven years (Cummins, 2021). To promote inclusive education for all learners, regardless of their linguistic backgrounds, developing meaningful approaches and methods for teaching both subject content and the language of schooling is essential (Harju-Autti et al., 2021). Teachers play a significant role in making instruction comprehensible for their students. Teaching language and content simultaneously is necessary in order to help students understand and produce language in the ways it is used in different subjects (Cummins & Early, 2015). However, several separate studies from different perspectives have shown a gap in Finnish teachers’ pedagogical skills and their knowledge about linguistic diversity (Alisaari et al., 2019; Alisaari & Heikkola, 2020; Heikkola et al., 2022). This research has demonstrated teachers’ varied attitudes towards linguistically responsive pedagogy but has not delved deeply into teachers’ specific practices. In this study, expand this perspective by examining teachers’ answers to a survey question where they were asked for specific examples from their practice. In this study, we focus particularly on teachers’ reported practices for developing both language and content. As all learning is connected to language, it is essential to understand that all subjects have terms, concepts, and vocabulary that can be considered a new form of language, even for students who are fluent in the language of instruction (Lahti et al., 2020). However, subject-specific language is particularly challenging for multilingual students, and the optimal way to develop it is in discussions between the students and the teacher (Tharp et al., 2018). Therefore, language should be taught together with content knowledge in all subject areas (Carlson et al., 2018). Moreover, teachers should scaffold instruction so learners can accomplish academic assignments at otherwise unattainable cognitive and language levels (Gibbons, 2015; Tharp et al., 2018; Vygotsky, 1978). Joint productive activity, where the teacher is working together with a small group of students, is especially effective in supporting students’ learning (Teemant, 2018). The research question guiding our inquiry is: How do teachers report guiding students' pair or group work by supporting their language or content learning? This study is relevant in the European context since while research has thus far explored teachers’ attitudes and stances towards linguistically responsive pedagogy (CITES), there is a dearth of research looking into teacher practices. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data for this study were collected with an online survey in fall 2021 as part of a larger research project on culturally and linguistically responsive pedagogy in Finland. To collect the data, the Ministry of Education and Culture sent a cover letter and a link to the survey to all Finnish education authorities. The survey was distributed to teaching staff via education authorities and promoted on social media. Information on the study’s purpose and data protection was provided in the cover letter and survey introduction, with informed consent given through participation. As the total reach of the survey link is unknown, the response rate could not be calculated; 1035 educators responded to the survey. The survey, adapted from the instrument used in Alisaari et al. (2019), included background questions, Likert-scale, and open-ended questions. For this study, we examined educators’ responses to the following open-ended question: “Do you facilitate students' pair or group work related to language or content as they work? If so, how? Give a few examples.” There were 523 responses in this particular question. The data were analyzed using data-driven content analysis (Krippendorff, 2012). The following themes were found: 1. Does not facilitate pair or group work 2. Facilitates language learning / use 3. Facilitates content learning 4. Does not implement pair or group work Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Most of the respondents reported facilitating their students’ pair or group work in some way. Responses reflecting the most optimal ways of facilitating group work included mentions of supporting language, such as by providing vocabulary, and using guiding questions to support students’ content understanding: “Yes, all the time. I throw in words to support them, remind them where to find vocabulary/help, encourage them to speak more, remind them and repeat what I have taught, and ask questions that help the students move forward.” In some responses, educators focused on facilitating either language or content but not both simultaneously, even though research has shown that language should be taught together with content knowledge in all subject areas (Carlson et al., 2018). A portion of the respondents reporting facilitating language use understood the question narrowly, touching on spelling or appropriate use of language: “– – I will correct any spelling mistakes in their texts.” “If a student uses inappropriate language, for example, I correct them so that they express themselves more appropriately”. Interestingly, fifty-six of the respondents reported that they do not facilitate their students’ pair or group work in any way, although teachers working together with their students has been shown to be especially effective in supporting students’ learning (Teemant, 2018). Eight respondents explicitly mentioned not using pair or group work in their classes. Our findings indicate that there is still room for development in teachers’ ability to scaffold instruction during pair or group work so learners can accomplish academic assignments at otherwise unattainable cognitive and language levels (Gibbons, 2015; Tharp et al., 2018; Vygotsky, 1978). Initial teacher education and professional development might include more of a focus on facilitating student learning at the intersections of language and content. References Most relevant references Alisaari, J., & Heikkola, L. M. (2020). Kielellisesti vastuullista pedagogiikkaa ja oppilaan tukemista— suomalaisten opettajien käsityksiä kielen merkityksestä [Linguistically responsive pedagogy and supporting the student – Perceptions of Finnish teachers on the significance of language]. Kasvatus, 51(4), 395–408. Alisaari, J., Heikkola, L. M., Acquah, E. O., & Commins, N. (2019). Monolingual ideologies confronting multilingual realities. Finnish teachers’ beliefs about linguistic diversity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 80, 48–58. Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual learners. A critical analysis of theoretical concepts. Multilingual Matters. Cummins, J. & Early, M. 2015. Big ideas for expanding minds: Teaching English language learners across the curriculum. Pearson Education Canada. Finnish National Agency for Education, 2014 Perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteet 2014 [The national core curriculum for basic education 2014]. Finnish National Agency for Education. Gibbons, P. (2015). Scaffolding language—scaffolding learning (2nd ed). Heinemann. Harju-Autti, R., Mäkinen, M., & Rättyä, K. (2021). “Things should be explained so that the students understand them”: Adolescent immigrant students’ perspectives on learning the language of schooling in Finland. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 25(8), 2949–2961. Heikkola, L. M., Alisaari, J., Vigren, H., & Commins, N. (2022). Linguistically responsive teaching: A requirement for Finnish primary school teachers. Linguistics and Education, 69, 101038. Lucas, T., Villegas, A. M., & Freedson-Gonzalez, M. (2008). Linguistically Responsive Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 59, 361–373. Pulkkinen, J., Kauppinen, H., Hiltunen, J., Lehtola, P., Nissinen, K., & Rautopuro, J. (2024). Tukea tasa-arvoiselle koulutielle. Maahanmuuttajataustaisten nuorten osaaminen PISA 2022 -tutkimuksessa [Support for an equal school path. Competence of young people with immigrant backgrounds in the PISA 2022 study]. Koulutuksen tutkimuslaitos. Teemant, A. (2018). Sociocultural theory as everyday practice: The challenge of PK-12 teacher preparation for multilingual and multicultural learners. In The Routledge handbook of sociocultural theory and second language development (pp. 529–550). Routledge. Tharp, R., Estrada, P., Stoll Dalton, S., & Yamauchi, L.A. (2000). Teaching transformed: Achieving excellence, fairness, inclusion, and harmony. Westview Press. Ukkola, A., Suomilammi, M., Silverström, C., Metsämuuronen, J., & Marjanen, J. (2025). Matematiikan ja äidinkielen taidot kuudennen luokan lopussa. Perusopetuksen oppimistulosten pitkittäisarviointi 2018–2024. [Competence in mathematics and mother tongue and literature at the end of sixth grade – a longitudinal assessment of learning outcomes in basic education 2018–2024]. Finnish Education Evaluation Centre (FINEEC). Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher mental processes. Harvard University Press. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Bridging Language Gaps University College Leuven-Limburg Presenting Author:Language is an important key to success at school. A growing group of pupils struggle with exposure to the language of instruction for various reasons (different home language and/or low SES, foreign-language newcomers). From the outset, this has an impact on overall educational performance. Even when SES is neutralised, pupils with a different home language in most European countries appear to be disproportionately represented among the low performers on PISA and PIRLS tests. (Department of Educational Sciences, Ghent University 2019 and 2023, Dockx et al. 2023, EACEA 2019). We also see a link with higher school dropout rates (EACEA 2019), and there appears to be a correlation with well-being: primary school children for whom the language of instruction at school differs from their home language report a lower sense of belonging and more experiences of bullying (EACEA 2019). Within all European Union countries there are efforts to support pupils with language deficits and to narrow the gap between the language spoken at home and the language of instruction (EACEA 2019). Gitschthaler et al. (2024) distinguish between two main models: on the one hand, the segregative pull-out approach, in which pupils with language deficits attend separate lessons in a language support class for a certain period of time in order to acquire the language of instruction through explicit instruction, and on the other hand, the integrative push-in approaches, in which pupils attend lessons in the mainstream class and acquire the language through an implicit language immersion approach in a language-rich environment. Each of these language support approaches has its advantages and disadvantages (Gitschthaler 2024). i Our central research question therefore is: - How can teachers and schools implement evidence-based insights on language acquisition in their own school practice for a broad target group (i.e. not only newly arrived multilingual learners), striving for a strong balance between an implicit, integrated approach (a language-rich learning environment for all pupils) and a target-group-oriented approach involving explicit instruction? This leads us to the following sub-questions to be answered in the course of the research project: 1. What effective practices, strategies and models for improving the academic success of the broad target group of pupils with language deficits emerge from surveys and a literature review of national and international (practical) scientific sources? 2. How can teachers embed explicit language instruction, monitoring and target group-oriented approaches in a language-rich classroom environment for the broad target group of pupils with language deficits? 3. How can vignettes, a model and a toolbox support teachers (teams) in improving language instruction for pupils with language deficits? 4. What recommendations do different actors formulate for effective educational organisation and deployment of resources for effective language support for a broad target group of pupils with language deficits? The intended project outcome of this two-year project is a book, in which we will use the vignette technique, that will invite teacher teams to reflect on their own language support model and to adjust their practice in line with the specific context and needs of their school. In addition, we develop a didactic model and a toolbox with lesson examples. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Bridging Language Gaps is a mixed methods approach with a particular focus on Design Thinking 101. This method consists of three main steps: understanding, exploring and materialising. Each step contains sub-steps, resulting in a total of six steps: empathise, define, ideate, prototype, test and implement. For the data collection in the understanding phase we use the following methods: - literature study - interviews with experts on language support (n=16) - focus groups and observations in primary and secondary schools (n=4) - online survey The literature study is conducted by using the Cochrane methodology to arrive at a systematic review. This methodology works with seven domains to assess each source and identify possible bias. The prototype that will later on be tested and implemented will make use of the vignette method. Vignettes are short stories that place participants in a concrete practical situation. By discussing the vignette, participants can explore their opinions about the problems in the vignette and indicate how they think best to act. Because the vignettes are fictionalised, participants can choose whether or not to share personal stories, and there are few socially desirable answers. Based on the discussion of several vignettes, individual participants or teams can take a position on issues, in this case the desired approach to language support for the broad target group of pupils with a language deficit. Finally, we use deliberative methods during a round-table discussion in the final phase of the project to formulate recommendations for the policy level with various actors (teachers, support staff, experts). As this is a two-year project (2025-2027) we will present and discuss the preliminary project outcomes of year 1: - The analysis of the review study and the interviews with experts and schools - A first prototype of the didactic model that will serves a the basis for the vignettes, the toolbox and the instruments will be developed in year 2 of the project. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The project will result in: Year 1 (2025-2026): MAPPING THE CURRENT SITUATION 1.1: review of international (practical) scientific sources 1.2: a status report with a description of the language support models and practices embedded in Flemish schools, how teachers, pupils and experts evaluate them and needs 1.3: prototype of the didactic model that will serve as the basis for the vignettes, the toolbox and the instruments will be developed in year 2 of the project. => at ECER we will present these preliminary conclusions, followed by an in-depth discussion about these results and the next stage of the project. Year 2 (2026-2027): DEVELOPMENT OF THE BOOK ‘BRIDGING LANGUAGE GAPS’ with the following main sections: 2.1: vignettes (5 primary, 5 secondary education): stories, vivid descriptions of practices that illustrate different positions on the spectrum of language support models. The vignettes and accompanying reflection questions can be used by teachers and language policy teams to reflect on the current language support model in the school and to make decisions about school organisation and the use of resources for targeted language support. 2.2: a didactic model for language support. Prelimary results of the literature study and interviews indicate that the model will support schools to determine their position of different axes that represent views on language support models: push-in versus pull-out; monolinguistic versus plurilingual; implicit language learning versus explicit language learning; direct instruction versus language learning autonomy strategies, language class versus content based language learning, etcetera. 2.3: a toolbox with didactic points of attention, levers and pitfalls, and good practices that illustrate how explicit language instruction, target group-oriented approaches and monitoring can be integrated within a language-rich classroom context. In addition to the materials in the book, we also provide online supplements for this toolbox via links and QR codes in the book. References Agirdag, O., De Leersnyder, J. (2024). Against the odds: predictors of academic succes and excellence in majority-minority schools. School effectiveness and School Improvement. Consulted: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/09243453.2024.2385938 Bunar, N & Juvonen, P. (2022) ‘Not (yet) ready for the mainstream’ – newly arrived migrant students in a separate educational program, Journal of Education Policy, 37:6, 986-1008. Bredthauer, S. & Engfer, H.. (2016). Multilingualism is great – but is it really my business? – teachers’ approaches to multilingual didactics in Austria and Germany. Sustainable Multilingualism, 9, 104-121. Cummins, J. (2009). Multilingualism in the English‐language classroom: Pedagogical considerations. TESOL quarterly, 43(2), 317-321. Dockx, J., Denies, K., Pelgrims, L., Van Keer, H., & Aesaert, K. (2023). Leesvaardigheid in het vierde leerjaar in Vlaanderen. Verdiepend rapport bij PIRLS 2021. 1: Verschillen tussen netten. Duarte, J., Günther-van der Meij, M., De Backer, F., Frijns, C., & Gezelle Meerburg, B. (2022). Talenbewust lesgeven. Aan de slag met talige diversiteit in het basisonderwijs. Coutinho. European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice (2019). Integrating Students from Migrant Backgrounds into Schools in Europe: National Policies and Measures. Eurydice Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Gitschthaler, M, Erling, E. & Schwab, S. (2024). Segregation or Integration? German language support teachers’ beliefs about ‘ideal’ language support models in Austria. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development. Goossens, G. (2003). Effecten van expliciete en impliciete instructiewijzen op taalleren: een experiment bij 11/12-jarige NT1-en NT2-leerders. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 70 (1), 65-78. Hollingsworth, J., Ybarra, S. (2020). Expliciete Directe Instructie 2.0. Tips en technieken voor een goede les. Uitgeverij Pica. Mc Carthey (2006). Language Support Model for Teachers | University of Strathclyde. Consulted: https://www.strath.ac.uk/humanities/psychologicalscienceshealth/speechlanguagetherapy/languagesupportmodelforteachers/ Saunders, W., Goldenberg, C., Marcelleti, D. (2013). English Language Development. Guidelines for Instruction. American Educator. Taelman, H. (2013). De effectiviteit van woordenschatinterventies in de kleuterklas. School of Education KULeuven. Leuven. Trioen, M., Taelman, H., Schraeyen, K., Geudens, A., Missinne, L., Casteleyn, J., Simons, M., Smits, T.F.H. (2021). De schijnwerper op taal. Taalondersteuning voor leerlingen die daar extra nood aan hebben. Universiteit Antwerpen. Consulted: www.taaltrajecten.be Vakgroep Onderwijskunde UGent. (2019). Leesvaardigheid van 15-jarigen in Vlaanderen: Overzicht van de resultaten van PISA 2018. Consulted: https://dataonderwijs.vlaanderen.be/documenten/bestand.ashx?id=12265 Vakgroep Onderwijskunde UGent. (2023). Vlaams rapport PISA 2022. Consulted: https://www.pisa.ugent.be/uploads/files/Vlaams-Rapport_PISA2022.pdf Van Avermaet, P., Agirdag, O., Slembrouck, S., Struys, E., Van de Craen, P., Van Houtte, M. (2015). Beleidssamenvatting Meertaligheid Als Realiteit op School. Ministerie van Onderwijs en Vorming. Verhallen, M. (2009). Meer en beter woorden leren, een brochure over taalvaardigheid en schoolsucces. POraad Nederland. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 31 SES 12 B: ***CANCELLED*** Multilingualism as a Resource Location: B4117 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Symposium |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 32 SES 12 A: The Changing Conditions and Potentials of Education – Revisited Through the Lens of Vulnerabilities and Trust Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Inka Bormann Symposium |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Symposium The Changing Conditions and Potentials of Education – Revisited Through the Lens of Vulnerabilities and Trust The demands and expectations placed on school education are growing across Europe. This is putting increasing pressure on the key players in the complex school systems. School principals and teachers have to deal with a dynamic environment and a multitude of challenges relating to educational reforms, school life, collegial cooperation, heterogenity, etc. – and they are under constant scrutiny. Parents expect schools and their staff to provide reliable support for their children – but they are uncertain due to the dynamic environment in which schools find themselves and the intransparency of everyday school life, which they face as “concerned outsiders”. Student teachers must acquire extensive knowledge and action-oriented skills relevant to the future as part of their training – but in a time of high pressure for reform and demands for flexibility, it seems equally important to be able to rely on reliable values. What does all this mean for the development and learning of this educational organisation (Göhlich, 2018)? All the actors in the school environment reflected upon in this symposium (school principals, teachers, parents) can be considered “vulnerable” (MacKenzie 2014) insofar as they find themselves in an institutional environment in which expectations and requirements are often not met or whose fulfillment places (too) high demands on the actors. Against this background, the contributions to this symposium focus jointly on the question of how the vulnerability of various actors in the school system is empirically represented and how this vulnerability is related to their trust. On the one hand, it is assumed that vulnerability cannot be determined objectively, but must be assessed in relation to the situation and the individual (Hamm et al. 2024; Schoorman et al. 2025; Bormann et al. 2025; Misztal 2012). This is because actors have different resources and strategies at their disposal and therefore perceive themselves as vulnerable to varying degrees in similar situations. On the other hand, trust can be seen as a resource associated with vulnerability: the willingness to make oneself vulnerable is considered a central element of trust (Rousseau et al. 1998). So how does subjective situational vulnerability affect trust? And how can this be observed empirically in the interaction between the actors under consideration? How and in what ways do different actors in the school environment (principals, teachers, parents) actually feel vulnerable? To what extent are their trust and (professional) motivation challenged, and how does this affect their (professional) performance and attitudes? The individual contributions to the symposium are based on these overarching questions and explore them in greater depth from the perspective of school leadership research, research on teacher competence, and research on the relationship between parents and schools. All contributions rely on empirical studies that analyze the relationship between vulnerability and trust. The results of the studies presented here are discussed in terms of their theoretical and empirical implications for a comprehensive model of the situation-specific and dynamic relationship between vulnerability and trust in the school context. References Bormann, I., Magyar-Haas, V., & Sandermann, P. (2025). Vulnerabilität und Vertrauen. Theoretische und methodische Überlegungen zur empirischen Untersuchung des Verhältnisses zweier konstitutiver Elemente der Pädagogik. Zeitschrift für Soziologie der Erziehung und Sozialisation, 45(3), 121-136. Göhlich, M., (2018). Organisationales Lernen als zentraler Gegenstand der Organisationspädagogik. In M. Göhlich, A. Schröer, S.M. Weber (Eds.), Handbuch Organisationspädagogik (365-379). VS. Hamm, J. A., Möllering, G., & Darcy, K. (2024). Integrating focal vulnerability into trust research. Journal of Trust Research, 14(2), 237-255. Mackenzie, C., Rogers, W., & Dodds, S. (Eds.). (2014). Studies in feminist philosophy. Vulnerability: New essays in ethics and feminist philosophy. Oxford University Press. Misztal, B. A. (2012). Trust: Acceptance of, precaution against and cause of vulnerability. In M. Sasaki & R. M. Marsh (Eds.), Trust: Comparative Perspectives (209-236). Brill. Rousseau, D., Sitkin, S. B., Burt, R. S., & Camerer, C. (1998). Not so different after all: A cross-discipline view of trust. Academy of Management Review, 23(3), 393-404. Schoorman, F. D., Ballinger, G. A., & Sharma, K. (2025). The big circle (conceptual space) of vulnerability. Journal of Trust Research, 15(1), 115-121. Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, W. K. (2000). A multidisciplinary analysis of the nature, meaning, and measurement of trust. Review of Educational Research, 70(4), 547-593. Presentations of the Symposium School Leaders’ Vulnerabilities and its Meaning for Trustful Relationships
Trust is a cornerstone of school leadership, influencing collaboration, professional learning, and teaching quality. Research indicates that trust between principals and teachers strongly correlates with a positive school climate and improved student learning (Price, 2015; Tschannen-Moran & Gareis, 2015). Trust involves an ethical dimension of openness and responsiveness. Drawing on Løgstrup’s (1994, 2007) theory of the ethical demand, this study examines how vulnerability serves as a precondition for trust in principals’ everyday leadership and how this is perceived by teachers in the Swedish school context. Using a narrative approach, it captures how the relationship of vulnerability and trust in the context of school leadership is perceived by teachers.
To show trust is to lay oneself open (Løgstrup, 1994), which entails a willingness to be vulnerable and take risks, believing the other will respond in a trustworthy manner (Rousseau et al., 1998; Hoy & Tschannen-Moran, 2000; Blom, 2022). Positive vulnerability involves honesty, openness to learning, and acceptance of uncertainty, enabling growth and reducing ignorance (Mayer, Le Fevre & Robinson, 2017; Gilson, 2014). Conversely, negative vulnerability may lead to defensiveness and ineffective behavior, undermining trust and collaboration.
For principals, modeling vulnerability requires courage to advance often emotionally charged issues such as cooperation, professional development and school improvement. This responsiveness reflects an ethical obligation to caring for others (Løgstrup, 1994) and fosters relationships in which trust can flourish. Related concepts such as interdependence and epistemic vulnerability (Satama et al., 2023; Gilson, 2014) highlight the relational nature of leadership.
The purpose of this study is to explore how Swedish principals describe vulnerability and responsiveness in their leadership and how this complies with teachers' perceptions.
The study adopts a narrative approach, using semi-structured interviews with 5–10 principals and 5–10 teachers from strategically selected schools facing significant challenges, for example socio-economic disadvantages and consistently low academic results. The participating schools include students aged 13–15. Data will be analyzed through qualitative content analysis to reveal the significance of vulnerability and trust in school leadership in the teachers’ narrations.
Theoretically, the study applies Løgstrup’s view of trust and the ethical demand to care for others. In practical terms, it aims to deepen understanding of how vulnerability and trust interact in leadership and to identify aspects that enable or constrain these dynamics. The findings may inform leadership practices that strengthen collaboration, professional learning, and school development—particularly in challenging contexts.
References:
Blom, T. (2022). Tid för tillit: Kritiska ögonblick i rektorers vardagsarbete. [Time for trust: Critical moments in principals' everyday work]. Karlstad University Studies. https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:1653929/FULLTEXT01.pdf
Gilson, E. C. (2014). Beyond Bounded Selves and Places: The Relational Making of Vulnerability and Security. Journal of the British Society for Phenomenology, 49(3), 229–242.
Løgstrup, K. E. (1994). Det etiska kravet. Daidalos. (Original 1956)
Løgstrup, K. E. (2007). Beyond the Ethical Demand. University of Notre Dame Press.
Meyer, F., Le Fevre, D.M. and Robinson, V.M.J. (2017). How leaders communicate their vulnerability: implications for trust building. International Journal of Educational Management, 31(2), 221-235.
Price, H. E. (2015). Principals’ social interactions with teachers. Journal of Educational Administration, 53(1), 116-139.
Satama, S., & Seeck, H., & Garcia-Lorenzo, L. (2023). Embracing relational vulnerabilities at the top: a study of managerial identity work amidst the insecurities of the self. Culture and Organization, 30(4), 442-461.
Stern, R. (2020). Vulnerability, Trust and Overdemandingness: Reflections from Løgstrup. International Journal of Philosophical Stidies, 28(5), 603-623.
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, W. K. (2000). A multidisciplinary analysis of the nature, meaning, and measurement of trust. Review of Educational Research, 70(4), 547-593.
The Transition to Secondary School as Situation of Vulnerability. Empirical Perspectives on the Development of Parental Trust in Schools and Teachers
The educational relationship with parents is one of the central challenges of pedagogical professionalism for teachers (Gartmeier et al., 2017). It is a significant factor influencing the successful development of children (Froiland & Davison 2014). Because in structurally induced power asymmetries parents act as „affected outsiders” in their interactions with schools, they can be considered as vulnerable (Gartmeier et al., 2017). In particular, the transition from primary to secondary school can be seen as a source of parental vulnerability. Although parents must select “preferred schools” for their children, they have not influence on whether their preference is granted – rather, they depend on administrative decisions. Trust as a social mechanism allows them to remain capable of acting in such a complex situation.
Based on the concept of situational, subjective vulnerability (Hamm et al., 2024), this article examines the relationship between vulnerability and parental trust in schools and teachers. In the qualitative longitudinal study, 41 parents whose child has to pass over from primary to secondary school were interviewed about their attitudes towards trust to schools and teachers using episodic interviews (Flick, 2011). The interviews took place at the time of the parents’ compulsory school registration (T1) and after the child’s first two months at secondary school (T2). Data from the third survey point (T3, end of the first school year at secondary school) are not included in the article.
The interviews, transcribed according to simplified rules, were evaluated using qualitative content analysis with typification (Kelle & Kluge, 2010; Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024). The results show both different expressions of parents’ subjectively experienced vulnerability and different forms of experienced trust(worthiness). based on the qualitative content analysis, a typology of parental vulnerability in relation to trust-relevant experiences was developed. It comprises five vulnerability-trust-types.
The paper discusses the recent results regarding longitudinal trust regulation (van der Werff et al., 2019): To what extent does perceived vulnerability represent a starting point for parents to place new trust (in school and teachers)? Moreover, negatively perceived experiences at secondary school will be discussed concerning mechanisms of dissonance reduction according to the theory of cognitive dissonance (Festinger, 1978) and in relation to professionalisation discourses of schools and teachers.
References:
Festinger, L. (1978). Theorie der kognitiven Dissonanz. Verlag Hans Huber.
Flick, U. (2011). Das Episodische Interview. In: G. Oelerich, H.-U. Otto (Eds.), Empirische Forschung und Soziale Arbeit (273–280). VS.
Froiland, J.M., Davison, M.L. (2014). Parental expectations and school relationships as contributors to adolescents’ positive outcomes. Social Psychology of Education, 17, 1–17.
Gartmeier, M.; Aich, G.; Sauer, D.; Bauer, J. (2017). "Who's afraid of talking to parents?" Professionalism in parent-teacher conversations. Journal for educational research online, 9(3), 5-11.
Hamm, J.A.; Möllering, G.; Darcy, K. (2024). Integrating focal vulnerability into trust research. Journal of Trust Research, 14(2), S. 237–255.
Kelle, U., Kluge, S. (2010, 2nd ed.). Vom Einzelfall zum Typus. Fallvergleich und Fallkontrastierung in der qualitativen Sozialforschung. VS Verlag.
Kuckartz, U., Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Beltz Juventa.
van der Werff, L., Legood, A., Buckley, F., Weibel, A., Cremer, D. de (2019). Trust motivation: The self-regulatory processes underlying trust decisions. Organizational Psychology Review, 9(2-3), 99-123.
How do the Professional Values of Finnish Student Teachers Relate to Trust?
School is seen as an institution that can empower children while also supporting community and the trust required by communities (Lazarová & Pol 2021). At same time, schools make children's diversity visible. When education covers a broad diversity of children, vulnerability (Misztal 2011) is always included.
Equality and equity are important values in Finnish society. The Finnish education system also aims to promote equality. The high generalized trust towards education in Finland relies on high autonomy of local municipalities, schools and individual teachers (Tirri 2014; Välimaa 2021).
Teachers are expected to be able to build trust in several levels e.g. within child groups and in teacher-student relationships (Lazarová & Pol 2021; Niedlich et al. 2021). Since teachers have been identified as key figures in building trust, this study focuses on student teachers. Finnish teacher education is seen as an ecosystem that builds trust and autonomy (Chung 2022) and yet those who are studying to become teachers report uncertainty when considering heterogeneous student groups (Paju et al. 2016; Takala et al. 2023).
This study examines how the values of student teachers and their descriptions of actions based on their values are linked to terms of trust. In addition, vulnerability and trust will be analysed in their descriptions of actions. Data consist of 122 open-ended questions of an electronical questionnaire. Participants were first year teacher students. They were asked about their professional values and how they could promote in practice their values. The descriptions of children's diversity and individual needs were interpreted as being linked to vulnerability. Using qualitative content analysis, the differences in the meaning of values and their links to trust were compared.
The preliminary results indicate that students’ values are associated with trust. Trust itself was seen as a guiding value of work. The descriptions of actions according to the values were primarily related to children, but also to parents, work communities and, more broadly, to society. A significant dimension of building trust, keeping promises and acting in accordance with one's words also emerged during the analysis.
References:
Chung, J. (2023). Research-informed teacher education, teacher autonomy and teacher agency: the example of Finland. London Review of Education, 21(1), 13.
Lazarová, B. & Pol, M. (2021). Issues of Trust in the Implementation of Inclusion in Czech Schools. European Education, 53(3-4), 231-245.
Misztal, B. A. (2012). Trust: Acceptance of, precaution against and cause of vulnerability. In M. Sasaki & R. M. Marsh (Eds.), Trust: Comparative Perspectives (209-236). Brill.
Niedlich, S., Kallfass, A., Pohle, S. & Bormann, I. (2021). A Comprehensive View of Trust in Education: Conclusions from a Systematic Literature Review. Review of Education, 9(1), 124-158.
Paju, B., Räty, L., Pirttimaa, R. & Kontu, E. (2016). The school staff's perception of their ability to teach special educational needs pupils in inclusive settings in Finland. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 20(8), 801-815.
Takala, M., Pihlaja, P. & Viljamaa, E. (2023). “Yes it’s good but…” - student teachers’ inclusion narratives. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 67(7), 1056-1068.
Tirri, K. (2014). The last 40 years in Finnish teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 40(5), 600-609.
Välimaa, J. (2022). Trust in Finnish Education: A historical perspective. European Education, 53(3-4), 168-180.
|
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 32 SES 12 B: Leading the Future of Learning Together: Bridging Policy, Research, and Practice Through International Collaboration Location: Heikki |Hotel Torni| Session Chair: Dave Runge Panel Discussion |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Panel Discussion Leading the Future of Learning Together: Bridging Policy, Research, and Practice Through International Collaboration 1: Future Schools; 2: University of Alberta; 3: OPPIVA Network; 4: University of South Eastern Norway; 5: Diocese of Ballarat Catholic Education Limited; 6: Katedralskolan i Åbo Presenting Author:This panel - titled “Leading the Future of Learning Together”, examines how education system leaders can cultivate spaces for meaningful dialogue, research exchange, and practical partnership development while enacting a coherent theory of change grounded in Pasi Sahlberg’s work on transformational leadership. Drawing on Sahlberg’s Strategic Leadership Framework, the session foregrounds three school‑level leadership imperatives; thinking ahead, delivering within, and leading across; as a way of organizing both the panel’s contributions and its aspirations for impact. In doing so, the panel positions international collaboration not simply as an exchange of ideas, but as a deliberate strategy for system transformation oriented toward equity, community, and shared responsibility for creating a “great school for all students.” Dennis Shirley’s analysis of successful future facing international networks significantly deepens and extends Sahlberg’s theory of change by specifying how thinking ahead, delivering within, and leading across can be enacted through five mutually reinforcing “new imperatives of educational change” (Shirley, 2019). The current global climate demands, perhaps more than ever, that we consider how to contextualize research, derive actionable meaning from literature, and foster robust educational dialogue between nations, policymakers, and system leaders. This proposal outlines an international panel bringing together the diverse perspectives of educational leaders from Finland, Canada, Australia, and Norway, systems that are each grappling with the future of learning while maintaining a dual focus on excellence and equity. Framing their work through Sahlberg’s theory of change, panelists will explore how strategic leadership can connect policy vision, local innovation, and cross‑border learning into a coherent pathway for lasting change. Key outcomes The panel will explore the following themes as concrete expressions of the Strategic Leadership Framework and as pathways for translating research into action:
These outcomes are intended to demonstrate how a clearly articulated theory of change can anchor international collaboration, ensuring that joint work is cumulative and transformational rather than episodic or symbolic. By synthesizing diverse perspectives across policy, research, and practice, this panel invites a generative space for sustained international collaboration grounded in a shared theory of change. Drawing on the Strategic Leadership Framework, the session positions thinking ahead, delivering within, and leading across as mutually reinforcing dimensions of transformational leadership that can guide education systems toward more equitable, community‑oriented, and future‑ready forms of schooling. This session provides a forum for education systems in Finland, Canada, Australia, and Norway to learn from one another, co‑construct solutions to shared challenges, and collectively shape the future of teaching and learning through intentional, strategic, and internationally connected leadership. References Booz & Company. (2012, May). Transformational leadership in education: Three imperatives for lasting change [Conference paper]. Transforming Education Summit, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Hargreaves, A. (2009). The fourth way: The inspiring future for educational change. Corwin. Sahlberg, P. (2011). Finnish lessons: What can the world learn from educational change in Finland? Teachers College Press. Shirley, D. (2019). The untapped power of international partnerships for educational change: The Norway–Canada (NORCAN) project. Utdanningsforbundet. Chair Dave Runge dj.runge@gmail.com Future Schools |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 33 SES 12 A: Genders and Sexualties Justice in Educuation: Legal, Policy and Experientail Approaches Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Helene Götschel Paper Session |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Educational strengths and weaknesses of the Spanish Trans Law Universitat Rovira i Virgili, Spain Presenting Author:The approval of Spanish Law 04/2023 of 28 February, aimed at ensuring the effective equality of trans people and guaranteeing the rights of LGBTIQ+ persons, represents a significant milestone in the legal recognition of gender self-determination and the depathologisation of trans identities. This law builds upon a consolidated framework of anti-discrimination policies and services, while simultaneously introducing new regulatory, administrative and institutional challenges. This study examines the real-life impact of Law 04/2023 on the lives of trans and non-binary people in Catalonia, with particular attention to its implications for education, from an intersectional perspective. Accordingly, the guiding research question is: how does the implementation of Law 04/2023 reshape educational practices, professional training, and institutional responses affecting trans and non-binary people in Catalonia, and what barriers and facilitators condition its educational impact?
The theoretical framework is grounded in a critical and interdisciplinary educational perspective that brings together critical legal theory, intersectionality, transfeminism, and theories of child and youth participation. From a critical legal standpoint, the law is understood not merely as a normative framework but as a pedagogical device that structures institutional cultures, professional knowledge, and everyday interactions within schools, universities, and public services. Drawing on Spade (2015), the study conceptualises law as a mechanism that can either reproduce or challenge structural inequalities depending on how it is enacted in educational and welfare institutions. Recognition, therefore, becomes an educational process that shapes which gendered subjectivities are rendered legitimate within learning environments, echoing Butler’s (2004) notion of recognisability as a condition for social intelligibility.
An intersectional framework further informs the analysis, enabling an examination of how educational inequalities experienced by trans and non-binary people are intensified through the interaction of gender identity with other axes such as age, migration status, social class, disability, and territorial location (Crenshaw, 1990). As highlighted by Platero Méndez (2014), educational institutions often function as key sites where normative gender expectations are enforced, producing differentiated experiences of inclusion and exclusion. On the other hand, transfeminist theory provides a critical lens through which to interrogate binary and cisnormative assumptions embedded in educational curricula, professional training, and institutional protocols. Following Stryker (2025) and Platero (2023), the research understands education as a central arena for either reproducing gender normativity or fostering transformative practices that recognise gender diversity as a social and pedagogical resource. From this perspective, Law 04/2023 is not only a legal instrument but also a potential catalyst for pedagogical change, demanding new forms of teacher education, professional development and educational policies
The framework also incorporates the perspective of child and youth protagonism, drawing on Liebel (1994) and more recent work on participatory approaches with trans children and adolescents (Langarita et al., 2025). This approach challenges adult-centred models recognising trans children and young people as active agents in the construction of their identities and educational trajectories. Pedagogies informed by queer and critical education theories (Mayo & Rodríguez, 2019) are central here, as they seek to destabilise normative gender binaries and promote inclusive learning environments grounded in participation, dialogue, and recognition.
Finally, the study situates the Catalan case within a broader European and international educational policy context. European strategies on LGBTIQ+ equality and inclusive education emphasise the role of schools, universities, and lifelong learning systems in combating discrimination and fostering social cohesion. However, comparative research shows that progressive legal frameworks often coexist with persistent gaps in teacher training, curriculum development, and institutional accountability (Symeonidis, Hellmann, & Laux, 2024). By analysing the implementation of Law 04/2023 through an educational lens, this paper contributes to international debates on how education systems mediate the relationship between legal reform and social change. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws on a qualitative research design aimed at examining the educational strengths and weaknesses of Spanish Law 04/2023 through its implementation in Catalonia. The methodological approach is framed by transfeminist, intersectional and queer educational perspectives, which understand education as a key issue where legal norms are translated into everyday practices, professional cultures and institutional learning processes. From this standpoint, the law is analysed from a sociological perspective, considering in particular these educational elements connected to schools, training development and educational policies. Data were collected through a combination of in-depth interviews and focus groups conducted in 2025. The sample included trans and non-binary people across different age groups, families of trans children and adolescents, trans people seeking international protection, and professionals working in education, health, social services, public administration and LGBTIQ+ organisations. Particular attention was paid to the inclusion of young trans people and families, given the central role of educational institutions in their everyday lives and identity development. A total of 23 in-depth interviews were conducted: 11 with trans and non-binary adults aged between 19 and 66, and 12 with professionals involved in the implementation of the law. These professionals included teachers, school counsellors, public administration staff, healthcare professionals, social workers and representatives of LGBTIQ+ organisations. In addition, four focus groups were held: two with families of trans children and adolescents, one with young trans people, and one with trans people seeking international protection. Interviews and focus groups were conducted in Catalan or Spanish, depending on participants’ preferences, and took place either online or in person to ensure accessibility and participation. All sessions were audio-recorded with informed consent, transcribed verbatim and anonymised. Data analysis was conducted using qualitative analysis software (Atlas.ti), following a thematic coding strategy that combined deductive and inductive approaches. Deductive categories were informed by existing literature on gender, education and policy implementation, while inductive categories emerged from participants’ narratives. Analytical attention focused on educational dimensions of the law, including school practices, professional training, institutional learning, intersectoral coordination and the role of informal and community-based education was considered. Ethical approval was obtained from the Universitat Rovira i Virgili’s ethics committee, and a participatory advisory group composed of trans adults and representatives of LGBTIQ+ organisations contributed to the design, recruitment strategy and validation of findings. This collaborative approach aimed to ensure methodological rigor, ethical sensitivity and relevance to the lived realities of the subjects investigated. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study highlights that Spanish Law 04/2023 represents a significant educational opportunity, while simultaneously revealing important structural limitations in its implementation. From an educational perspective, one of the law’s main strengths lies in its explicit recognition of gender self-determination and its potential to challenge cisnormative assumptions embedded within schools, professional training systems and public institutions. By formally acknowledging trans identities without medical or psychiatric requirements, the law provides an important pedagogical message that affirms gender diversity as a legitimate and valuable social reality. However, the findings demonstrate that this educational potential remains only partially realised. A key weakness identified is the lack of systematic training on gender diversity for educational professionals. As a result, schools and other institutions often rely on individual goodwill rather than shared professional knowledge, leading to inconsistent practices and inequalities. This gap between legal recognition and everyday educational practice is particularly evident in schools, where young trans and non-binary people continue to face misrecognition, bureaucratic obstacles and insufficient protection. The study also illustrates that non-binary identities remain largely excluded from institutional and educational frameworks, reinforcing binary gender norms within curricula, administrative procedures and pedagogical practices. Furthermore, although the law incorporates an intersectional approach in principle, educational responses often fail to address the compounded inequalities experienced by trans people who are migrants, racialised, disabled or living in precarious socio-economic conditions. Despite these limitations, the research underscores the transformative role of families, trans communities and activist organisations as informal educators and agents of institutional learning. Through advocacy, peer support and awareness-raising, these actors contribute to obtain significant educational change. Overall, the study concludes that Law 04/2023 can only achieve equality if it is accompanied by sustained educational investment. This includes compulsory teacher and professional training and meaningful participation of trans and non-binary people in educational policy design. References Belza Egozcue, M. J., et al. (2024). Transaludes: Health and wellbeing of trans and non-binary people in Spain. Ministerio de Sanidad. Budge, S. L., Adelson, J. L., & Howard, K. A. S. (2010). Anxiety and depression in transgender individuals: The roles of transition status, loss, social support, and coping. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 78(2), 229–236. Butler, J. (2004). Undoing gender. Routledge. Carrasco, A. (2025). Informe de l’Observatori contra l’LGTBI-fòbia a Catalunya. Barcelona: OCL. Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the Margins: Intersectionality, Identity Politics, and Violence Against Women of Color. Standford Law Review 43 (6), 1241-1299 Retrieved from https://blogs.law.columbia.edu/critique1313/files/2020/02/1229039.pdf Grant, J. M., et al. (2011). Injustice at every turn: A report of the National Transgender Discrimination Survey. Washington, DC: National Center for Transgender Equality. Hughto, J. M. W., Reisner, S. L., & Pachankis, J. E. (2021). Transgender stigma and health: A critical review of stigma determinants, mechanisms, and interventions. Social Science & Medicine, 147, 222–231. Langarita, J., Montserrat, C., Fustier-García, N., Albertín, P. (2025). Exploring the Impact of LGBTIQ Policies on Childhood: A Comparative Analysis in Three EU Countries. Sexual Research and Social Policy. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13178-025-01196-3 Mayo, C., & Rodriguez, N. (2019). Queer pedagogies: Practices and perspectives. Palgrave Macmillan. McLemore, K. A. (2018). A minority stress perspective on transgender individuals’ experiences with misgendering. Stigma and Health, 3(1), 53–64. Platero Méndez, R. (2014). Transsexualidades: Acompañamiento, factores de salud y recursos educativos. Bellaterra. Restar, A. J., et al. (2020). Legal gender marker change and mental health among transgender and non-binary people. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 58(4), 548–555. Symeonidis, V., Hellmann, K., Laux, M. (2024). The (in)coherence of European Teacher Education: A Comparative Mapping of Policies at National and Institutional Levels. In: Doetjes, G., Domovic, V., Mikkilä-Erdmann, M., Zaki, K. (eds) Coherence in European Teacher Education. Springer VS, Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-43721-3_2 Spade, D. (2015). Normal life: Administrative violence, critical trans politics, and the limits of law. Duke University Press. Stryker, S. (2025). Transgender history (2nd ed.). Berkeley: Seal Press. The Trevor Project. (2022). National survey on LGBTQ youth mental health. The Trevor Project. Winter, S., et al. (2016). Transgender people: Health at the margins of society. The Lancet, 388(10042), 390–400. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Out of Synch: Mothers’ Experiences of School Response to Their Children Coming out as Trans Ben Gurion University of The Negev, Israel Presenting Author:Given the marked rise in transgender and gender-diverse (TGD) children and adolescents, schools need to be equipped to support students’ gender transition. Our research explores how mothers of TGD children in Israel experience school responses to their children’s gender expression or gender transition in three educational settings – secular, state-religious, and alternative schools. We identify temporality as a key dimension of coming-out as TGD in school. Based on studies on the temporality of gender transition (Kennedy, 2022) , and sociological studies on rhythms of healthcare systems and the individuals who access them (Goodman and Tal, 2025; Zarchin and Asher 2025), we point to the lack of synchrony between school response and mothers’ perspectives on the temporality of their children’s gender transition, and discuss mothers’ attempts to align the rhythm of the school’s response with that of their child’s transition. Studies across national contexts have investigated parent-school relations in the context of TGD children, showing parents proactively sharing information on TGD identities with school staff (Aramburu Alegría 2018). However, school personnel are inadequately prepared to address TGD children's needs (Mangin 2019). Payne and Smith (2022) illustrated how “discomfort serves as a socially acceptable narrative for school personnel to prioritize the feelings of cisgender adults and children over the needs of transgender students” (2022:45). While schools differ in their responses to children's social transition (Schimmel-Bristow et al. 2018), “cisnormativity permeates all aspects of school life,” privileging cisgender young people and fostering restrictive ideas about gender expression (McBride and Neary, 1091). Parents of TGD children may play an important role in mediating the gender diversity of their children in interactions with school staff, especially in the absence of formal regulations. Based on interviews with mothers of TGD children and a number of other actors in the field, our study extends previous studies of the temporality of gender transition into the school arena. Several theoretical models have explicated the process of transgender identity development, breaking it down into a sequence of consecutive stages (Bockting and Coleman 2016; Devor 2004; Lev 2004). The temporal dimension of responses to assertions of transgender identity is related to core beliefs about gender and temporality: immutability is seen as a key trait of gender, and the medical model of gender transition incorporated mandatory periods of waiting (Butler 2004, Spade 2006). We show that in the Israeli case schools’ responses to children coming out as TGD range from immediate acceptance and affirmation to deferral and denial, with notable differences between secular and religious schools. In state-religious schools, gender transition is impossible causing children to leave for other schools. The very notions of transness or gender diversity are not part of the social world of these schools. In state and alternative schools, responses varied between immediate accommodation and deferral. Deferral was variously motivated. At times it stemmed from conflicting constraints and priorities of the school; in other cases it reflected a felt need for time to develop an adequate educational response in the absence of appropriate resources; in yet others it seemed to suggest a notion that trans identity should be put to the test of time. We found that the imposed delays often conflicted with the parents’ sense of urgency. A child’s coming out in school is the culmination of a long intra-subjective process followed by a family process. When parents advocate social transition in school they have already overcome their doubts and equate the child’s well-being with their ability to express their authentic gender. The result is a lack of synchrony between parents’ understanding of the temporality of their child’s gender transition and the pace of the school’s response. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our research is based on 35 semi-structured in-depth interviews with mothers of TGD children in three types of schools in the Jewish sector - state schools, state-religious schools, and independent schools. Five mothers were activists advocating for transgender children in the education system. Five had more than one transgender child. Eight identified as belonging to the LGBTQ community, and nine - as belonging to a religious community. Children’s ages ranged from three to 17 years. Participants were recruited through relevant networks, supplemented by snowball sampling. Given difficulties in reaching religious families, three additional mothers from religious communities whose children were aged 20–21 were included. Altogether, the study encompassed 41 transgender children. Sixteen were described as having a binary gender identity (three transgender girls and 13 transgender boys), 21 identified as non-binary, and five exhibited diverse gender expression with no clear bearings on their gender identity. In addition, we conducted four interviews with key informants: two policymakers from the Ministry of Education working on gender and sexuality issues, and two therapists specializing in TGD children and youth who occcasionally provide guidance to school staff. These interviews provided supplementary insight into school practices andschool-based interactions surrounding students’ coming out, deepening our understanding of the mothers’ experiences. Interviews were conducted face-to-face or via Zoom between January 2020 and March 2024 and lasted 90–120 minutes. Interviews with mothers focused on parenting experiences related to raising a transgender child, while interviews with policymakers and therapists addressed school transition policies, staff training, and relationships with parents. Interviews were recorded and transcribed, coded using the atlas.ti program, and analysed using grounded theory. Grounded theory’s emphasis on meaning without assuming the existence of a unidimensional external reality (Charmaz 2014) particularly fits this project, as we aimed to grasp meaning-making processes. We performed open coding of the transcribed protocols of the interviews to identify key categories emerging from the data. We organised categories into themes to conceptualise how mothers of children and policymakers understand gender transition and their role with gender-diverse children, seeking similarities and differences between interlocutors (Corbin and Strauss 2015). All participants received clear information about the study’s aims, emphasizing that it was not evaluative. Transcripts were anonymized using pseudonyms and removing identifying details. Written informed consent was obtained from all participants, and the study received IRB approval. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A child's coming out as TGD is a significant event, not only for the child but also for those around them. We examined schools’ responses to this event from a temporal perspective. Our findings suggest that temporality is a significant dimension of the parent-school relationship. By focusing on parents’ experiences, we extend previous discussions of the temporality of gender transition. Kennedy (2022) identified two periods of deferral for trans youth, preceding coming out to parents: tacit deferral, when children experience gender dysphoria without the vocabulary to articulate it, and discursive deferral, when they delay coming out, often due to fear of repercussions. Seen in this light, coming out as TGD in school is the culmination of a long intra-subjective process, followed by a family process: by the time parents advocate for social transition in school, they understand the child’s well-being as dependent on the ability to express their authentic gender. Consequently, the coming out process in school is frequently marked by asynchrony between the pace of the school’s response and mothers’ perspectives on the temporality of their child’s gender transition. To conceptualize this asynchrony, we draw on sociological studies that examine the differing rhythms of healthcare systems and the individuals who access them (Goodman and Tal, 2025; Zarchin and Asher 2025). Zarchin and Asher (2025) show how parents of children with autism engage in multidimensional ‘time work’, exercising ‘temporal agency’ to align their child’s rhythms with those of their peer group, or … with the cadence of everyday life (2025, 223). Similarly, mothers in our study exercised temporal agency in attempts to align the rhythm of the school’s response with that of their child’s gender process. The absence of formal guidelines regarding trans children in Israeli schools has enabled them to lead policy processes from the bottom up. References Aramburu Alegría, C. 2018. “Supporting Families of Transgender Children/Youth: Parents Speak on Their Experiences, Identity, and Views.” International Journal of Transgenderism 19(2): 132-143. Bockting, W., and E. Coleman. 2016. “Developmental Stages of the Transgender Coming-out Process: Toward an Integrated Identity.” In Principles of Transgender Medicine and Surgery, edited by R. Ettner, S. Monstrey, and E. Coleman, 137-158. Abingdon-on-Thames, UK: Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. Butler, J. 2004. “Undiagnosing Gender.” In Undoing Gender, 75-101. Abingdon-on-Thames, UK: Routledge. Charmaz, K. 2014. Constructing Grounded Theory: A Practical Guide through Qualitative Analysis (2nd ed.). London: Sage Publications. Corbin, J., and A. Strauss. 2015. Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (4th Ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Devor, A. H. 2004. “Witnessing and Mirroring: A Fourteen Stage Model of Transsexual Identity Formation.” Journal of Gay and Lesbian Psychotherapy 8(1–2): 41–67. Tal, L., & Goodman, Y. C. (2025). “For Me, ‘Normality’ is Not Normal”: Rethinking Medical and Cultural Ideals of Midlife ADHD Diagnosis. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 49(1), 183-204. Kennedy, N. 2022. “Deferral: The Sociology of Young Trans People’s Epiphanies and Coming Out.” Journal of LGBT Youth 19(1): 53-75. Lev, A. I. 2004. “Transgender Emergence: A Developmental Process.” In Transgender Emergence: Therapeutic Guidelines for Working with Gender-Variant People and Their Families, edited by T. Trapper, 229-269. Philadelphia: The Haworth Clinical Practice Press. Mangin, M. (2019). Transgender students in elementary schools: how supportive principals lead. Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(2), 255-288. McBride R. S. and A. Neary. 2021. “Trans and gender diverse youth resisting cisnormativity in school.” Gender and Education 33(8): 1090-1107. Payne, E., and M. Smith. 2017. “Refusing Relevance: School Administrator Resistance to Offering Professional Development Addressing LGBTQ Issues in Schools.” Educational Administration Quarterly 54(2): 183-215. Schimmel-Bristow, A., S. G. Haley, J. M. Crouch, Y. N. Evans, K. R. Ahrens, C. A. McCarty, and D. J. Inwards-Breland. 2018. “Youth and Caregiver Experiences of Gender Identity Transition: A Qualitative Study.” Psychology of Sexual Orientation and Gender Diversity 5(2): 273-281. Spade, D. 2006. “Mutilating Gender.” In The Transgender Studies Reader, edited by Susan Stryker and Stephen Whittle, 315-332. New York: Routledge. Zarhin, D. & N. Asher. 2025. “Orchestrating rhythms in autism care: enacting parental expertise in and through time”, Health Sociology Review, 34(2), 212-228. 33. Gender and Education
Paper Gender Matters for Gender Justice in Australian Secondary Schooling Western Sydney University, Australia Presenting Author:This presentation draws on findings from the Gender Matters research project, which investigates how gender is understood, experienced, and represented in Australian secondary schools. In contrast to earlier policy eras where gender equity had been a focus for national educational policy, current policy is fragmented, devolved and reactive, ranging from overt resistance on some issues to disinterest and neglect in others. It intersects with international research and global trends: rising conservative backlash to gender equity, increasing homophobia and transphobia, and the mobilisation of state policy to repress social progress and focus interventions on schools. Our research identified compelling countermovements within schools where young people and their teachers insisted on expansive notions of gender justice and described reconfigurations of gender that move beyond conventional gender binaries. Our study took place in two jurisdictions with markedly different policy contexts. In NSW, an agenda hostile to gender diversity dominated the political arena through the research period, impacting school practices and policies, including their willingness to participate in research; and in the progressive jurisdiction of the ACT, gender inclusion was prioritised in policy and practice and research was welcomed. Through focus groups, interviews, and arts-based responses, the research revealed significant divides on gender justice, with young people demonstrating robust and wide-ranging commitments to gender justice. The spectrum of responses from teachers spanned those expressing ambivalence about contemporary gender perspectives through to teachers and school leaders working in partnership with students to create inclusive spaces and address systemic gender inequities. The analysis is informed by feminist poststructuralist, queer, and new materialist perspectives. From feminist poststructuralism, our research explores how gender is produced through discourse, institutional practices, and regimes of truth. Queer theory interrogates how cisnormative and heterosexist assumptions are maintained through everyday school norms, as well as how young people exceed, resist, or rework those norms. New materialist perspectives allow attention to the material and affective dimensions of schooling—how bodies, spaces, objects, and atmospheres shape what becomes possible (or precarious) in the enactment of inclusion. Across these frameworks, gender justice is approached as a practical and ethical horizon concerned with the conditions under which young people can live, learn, and belong, and where teachers support them. Our findings indicate an urgent need for sustained and coherent commitments to gender justice in schools. While the research is situated in Australia, it resonates globally as neofascist gender normativities threaten to reach across borders and extend into our institutions. Our research argues that education systems must address gender equity, resist cultural backlash, and foster inclusive, democratic school environments where all young people can thrive and be themselves. The research was funded by the Australian Research Council Discovery Scheme. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our qualitative research undertaken across three years of data collection incorporated focus groups with recent school leavers who were current university students, focus groups with young people in the final two years of secondary school, interviews with teachers, principals and policymakers, and an arts-based component where young people created digital and filmic responses. Our research engaged over 100 participants, comprising recent school leavers in NSW (n=49), current students (n=31), teachers, and school leaders (n=21) in ACT senior colleges; and 4 current students from a NSW independent single sex school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings have implications for international debates about gender, schooling, and democratic education under conditions of policy volatility. Young people in our research articulated robust, wide-ranging commitments to gender justice, with nuanced understandings of gender diversity, recognition, safety, and belonging. Our participants framed gender justice as central to everyday school life and to the ethical obligations of schooling. This finding indicates young people’s capacities to act as knowledgeable partners in progressing inclusive practices in schools and highlights the limits of approaches that treat students as passive recipients of policy. Teachers in the research expressed a broad spectrum of professional orientations towards gender diversity. Although some teachers expressed ambivalence, others—particularly where inclusion was institutionally supported—worked in active partnership with students to build more inclusive school cultures and to address systemic gender inequities. Teachers’ capacities to act for gender justice is shaped by institutional conditions, resourcing, and the presence or absence of coherent system-level commitments. The research also identifies the persistence of misogynistic, cisnormative, and heterosexist assumptions that continue to organise what counts as normal, safe, or appropriate. Even where inclusion is formally endorsed, these assumptions can be reproduced through everyday routines, spatial arrangements, disciplinary practices, and curricular silences. The paper concludes that sustainable gender justice in schooling requires coherent, long-term system responsibility—including clear policy obligations, resourcing, professional learning, and protective institutional infrastructures—rather than devolving responsibility to individual schools or relying on local leadership. Internationally, the findings contribute an analytic vocabulary for comparing how hostile versus enabling policy climates shape the governability of gender in schools and the uneven conditions under which young people and educators pursue gender justice. References Adams, P. (2026) Affective filmmaking: an emergent participatory method of inquiry into how gender matters fro young people in secondary schooling. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2011). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Butler, J. (2004a). Undoing gender. Routledge. Butler, J. (2024). Who’s afraid of gender? Penguin Random House. Ferfolja, T., & Ullman, J. (2020). Gender and sexuality diversity in a culture of limitation: Student and teacher experiences in schools. Routledge. Gannon, S., A. Pasley, & J. Osgood (Eds). (2025) Gender Un/Bound: Traversing Educational Possibilities. Routledge. Gannon, S., & Robinson, K. H. (2021). Unboxing and unravelling in the archive of gender equity policy. In C. Addey & N. Piattoeva (Eds.), Intimate accounts of education policy research (pp. 137–152). Routledge. Gannon, S. (2016). Kairos and the time of gender equity policy in Australian schooling. Gender and Education. 28(3), 330-342. Gannon, S. (2025). Refractory accounts of feminist educational policy work: the case of gender equity: a framework for Australian schools. Curriculum Perspectives, 45(1), 9-22. Gannon, S. (2024). Everyone would freak out, like they've never seen a boy before': young people’s experiences of single-sex secondary schooling in NSW. Australian Educational Researcher, 51(3), 929-949. Gannon, S., Higham, L., & Smith, E. K. (2024). Gender and schooling in Australia. Australian Educational Researcher, 51(3), 835-847. Gannon, S. (2025). “Not just a tick on a form”: Working towards gender justice in secondary schools. In S. Gannon, A. Pasley, & J. Osgood (Eds.), Gender Un/bound: Traversing Educational Possibilities (pp. 95-108). Routledge. Gannon, S. (2025). Gender Matters: Gender Equity, Equality and Gender Justice. In E. Boddington et al. (Eds.). Sustainable development without borders: Western Sydney University to the World. Western Sydney University. Hickey-Moody, A., Horn, C., Willcox, M., & Florence, E. (2021). Arts-based methods for research with children. Palgrave Macmillan Kenway, J., & Willis, S. (1998). Answering back: Girls, boys and feminism in schools. Routledge. McLeod, J. (2017). The administration of feminism in education: Revisiting and remembering narratives of gender equity and identity. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 49(4), 283–300. Ministerial Council on Education, Employment, Training and Youth Affairs [MCEETYA]. (1997). Gender equity: A framework for Australian schools. Department of Employment, Education and Training. Renold, E., & Ringrose, J. (2008). Regulation and rupture: Mapping tween and teenage girls’ resistance to the heterosexual matrix. Feminist Theory, 9(3), 313–338. |
| 15:30 - 17:00 | 34 SES 12 A: Democratic Citizenship Education in Crisis Part I Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Pia Mikander Session Chair: Edda Sant Symposium |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Symposium Democratic Citizenship Education in Crisis: Caring for Democracy in Uncertain Times Part I: Crisis and democratic education: the need for change We are living in an age of multiple crises. There is devastating war and conflict, ecological crisis, social inequality, and a global surge against democracy; all this in a time where everything seems to be speeding up, and time itself is part of the multilayered constellation of crises confronting us. In light of these multiple and entangled crises, democracy is facing an uphill battle. Empirical evidence shows that the present trend is towards autocratization, whereby democratic qualities, such as civil rights and the rule of law, are being eroded from within by rulers who have gained power legitimately (Lührmann et al., 2021). The global rise of anti-pluralist parties constitutes a core threat to democracy, and it continues to gather momentum and support across Europe, including among young people, leading to widespread concerns about the future of democracy (Levitsky & Ziblatt, 2018). For democratic citizenship education, living with the notion of multiple crisis presents an increased challenge (Schulz et a., 2023; Mikander et al., 2025). What remains constant, however, is that new groups of children enter the school system every year, ready and willing to learn about the world, how to live in it, and how to change it. We argue that much of democratic citizenship education around Europe has not responded to this challenge. We are concerned that democratic citizenship education in its current form might not have what it takes to respond to the social reality of multiple and entangled crisis. Education needs to acclimatize to the current situation of conflict and uncertainty, rather than pretend that it is business as usual. Thus, in this symposium, we start from the position that responding to the multiple crises requires that we first explicitly articulate and critically reflect on the problem(s) at hand. What is the problem-space (Scott, 2004) that we are currently imagining for which democratic citizenship education might offer a response to? Each paper addresses this question by discussing one of the many crises shaping the world today. Together, they illustrate a reality where democratic citizenship education, both in theory and practice, continues as if it hasn't recognized the crises or believes it can be avoided by repeating past approaches from the last few decades. We show that a change is necessary. This is the first part of a two-part symposium. References Levitzky, S.& Ziblatt, D. (2018). How democracies die: What history reveals about our future. New York: Viking. Lührmann, A.., Medzihorsky, J.j & Lindberg, S. I. 2021 Walking the Talk: How to Identify Anti-Pluralist Parties. V-Dem Working Paper 116, http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3813132 Mikander, P., Aashamar, P.N. & Högström, J. (2025). Anti-pluralist parties in Nordic classrooms: negotiating the boundaries between us and them in social studies education. Acta Didactica Norden, 19(1), https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.10867 Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Valeria, D., & Friedman, T. (2023). Education for citizenship in times of global challenge. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 international report. Scott, D (2004) Conscripts of Modernity: The Tragedy of Colonial Enlightenment, London: Duke University Press. Presentations of the Symposium Interrogating the Crisis of Democracy
Despite conceptual and methodological difficulties in measuring democratic trends (Levitsky & Way, 2024; Weyland, 2024), there is empirical evidence to show that today the main threat towards democratic qualities, such as civil rights or the rule of law, come from democratically elected rulers who gradually erode democratic norms from within once in power (Lührmann et al., 2021). The global rise of such anti-pluralist parties, which constitutes a core threat to democracy, continues to gather momentum and support across Europe, including among young people (Lizotte & Kallio, 2023), leading to widespread concerns about the future of democracy (Giroux, 2022; Levitsky & Ziblatt, 2018; Müller, 2021). Meanwhile, the current theoretical assumptions about democratic citizenship education are not compatible with the way that anti-pluralist ideologies circulate among young people, leaving the teacher with few tools to handle anti-democratic actions in class (Mikander et al., 2025).
The field of democratic citizenship education has responded to these anti-pluralist threats through re-conceptualisation of democracy and democratic education, with the aim of saving democracy from its own crisis (Zembylas, 2022). In this presentation, we focus on this response. Our attempt is to trace this problem backwards, asking what kind of crisis the crisis of democracy is, from an educational perspective. While plenty of democratic education research has focused on disentangling democracy from fascism(s) (Hytten & Stemhagen, 2021), we aim to explore how these entanglements can be explored pedagogically, so that we can ask different questions about the current crisis, and hopefully identify alternative paths in response (Scott, 2004). What work does this continuous revision of the concept of democracy, and democratic education, do in sustaining anti-pluralism itself, especially in reinforcing a European onto-epistemological position (da Costa et al., 2024)? To us, addressing this question requires that we start by interrogating the assumptions informing current conversations about threats to democracy, particularly: what is missing in current conceptualisations of the crisis?
Drawing on Toscano (2023), da Costa et al. (2024) and Mbembe (2019), we suggest that doing this work might require targeting the Eurocentric imaginary that continues to frame conversations about the crisis of democracy, by starting and staying within the troubling understanding that democracy is entangled with and complicit in harm, whilst resisting the urge to return to a position of innocence and search for a newer, purer, understanding of democracy.
References:
Biesta, G. (2011) ‘The Ignorant Citizen: Mouffe, Rancière, and the Subject of Democratic Education’, Studies in Philosophy and Education, 30(2), 141–153.
Bruce, B. C. (2025) ‘Creative Democracy How Democratic Education Can Restore and Enrich Democracy’, Education and Culture, 41(1), 31–61.
da Costa, M. (2023) ‘Ugly Democracy: Towards Epistemic Disobedience in Development Education’. Policy & Practice: A Development Education Review, 36, 14–32.
Hytten, K., & Stemhagen, K. (2021). Democratic theory’s evasion of race. Educational Theory, 71(2), 177–202.
Hofman, L. B. (2025) ‘Immanent obligations of response: articulating everyday response-abilities through care’, Distinktion: Journal of Social Theory, 26/2: 245–26.
Mbembe, A (2019) Necropolitics, London: Duke University Press.
Sant, E. (2019). Democratic education: A theoretical review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655–696.
Thiel, J. and Sant, E. (2025) ‘Democracy as intra-action: Some educational implications when we diffract John Dewey’s, Karen Barad’s and Ernesto Laclau’s work’. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 57(6), 563–574
Toscano, A. (2023) Late Fascism: Race, Capitalism and the Politics of Crisis. Verso
Zembylas, M (2022) ‘Decolonising and re-theorising radical democratic education: Toward a politics and practice of refusal’, Power and Education, 14(2),157–171.
Environmental Crises from the Perspective of Agonistic Educational Theory
Society faces profound environmental challenges, with climate change recognised as one of the most critical issues of our time. Although the exact impacts of these challenges on European societies are still uncertain, it is evident that much is at stake and everyone will be affected. While the need for a shift toward sustainability is evident, it remains conflictual. While most young people are concerned about climate change and other environmental issues (ICCS, 2022; UN, 2023), resistance to sustainable transformation is also present among young people (Ojala, 2015; Urberg & Öhman, 2024). Some groups of young people feel that their values and interests are neglected in the larger conversation about sustainable transformation, which could lead to harmful conflicts between ‘us’ and ‘them’ (Urberg & Öhman, 2024).
At the same time, education is often viewed as a democratic space where young people can discuss with others who hold different views from their own. Unfortunately, many education systems today struggle to fulfil this potential role (ICCS, 2022). For example, the Swedish education system has become increasingly segregated, with some arguing that it is losing its role as a democratic arena (Dahlstedt & Fejes, 2020). Additionally, education systems in Europe have become increasingly instrumentalised, emphasised by accountability and efficiency (Lindblad et al., 2018). Meanwhile, the role of education as a knowledge authority is being challenged by discourses that undermine trust in democratic institutions. (cf. ICCS, 2022; McCright & Dunlap, 2011).
Thus, today's youth face a system-threatening climate crisis while growing up in a society marked by increasing political polarisation, where some extreme positions even deny the scientific facts about human-induced climate change. In this context, they enter an education system expected to be a democratic space, but it is shaped by segregation and instrumentalisation.
In this presentation, we will engage in these environmental and democratic issues from the vantage point of agonistic educational theory (Ruitenberg, 2009; Tryggvason & Öhman, 2019). Agonistic educational theory highlights the democratic value in young people’s diverse viewpoints. However, engaging with these issues from an agonistic educational perspective is not about seeing education as an instrument for solving environmental and societal problems (cf. Tysklind & Tryggvason, 2025). Instead, by considering the strong commitment to sustainability and the widespread resistance and disinterest among young people, agonistic education theory provides a way to think educationally about the democratic role of education and teaching during times of climate crisis and political polarisation.
References:
Dahlstedt, M., & Fejes, A. (2020). Det svenska marknadsexperimentet. In A. Fejes & M. Dahlstedt (Eds.), Perspektiv på skolans problem. (189–204). Studentlitteratur.
ICCS. (2022). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Challenge. International Report.
Lindblad, S., Pettersson D. & Popkewitz, T. (Eds.). (2018). Education by the Numbers and the Making of Society. Routledge
McCright, A. M., & Dunlap, R. E. (2011). The Politicization of Climate Change and Polarization in the American Public’s Views of Global Warming, 2001–2010. The Sociological Quarterly, 52(2), 155–194.
Ojala, M. (2015). Climate change skepticism among adolescents. Journal of Youth Studies, 18(9), 1135–1153.
Ruitenberg, C.W. Educating Political Adversaries: Chantal Mouffe and Radical Democratic Citizenship Education. Stud Philos Educ 28, 269–28
Tryggvason, Á., & Öhman, J. (2019). Deliberation and agonism. In K. Van Poeck, L. Östman, & J. Öhman (Eds.). Sustainable Development Teaching. 115–124. Routledge.
Tysklind, E.N., Tryggvason, Á. Politicised or Political: On Agonism and School as ‘Free Time’. Stud Philos Educ 44, 305–316.
UN. (2023). Youth and climate change survey.
Urberg, L., & Öhman, J. (2024). Resisting sustainable development: An analysis of young people’s online discussions. Journal of Youth Studies, 1–17.
Speed and Time in Democratic Citizenship Education
In this presentation I will address questions of speed and time relating to the crisis of democracy and discuss their consequences for democratic citizenship education.
Quick, polarizing emotional expressions, such as political rage and laughter, have become a central medialized feature in contemporary politics. Rapid, split-second emotional response is highly valued, perhaps most significantly in social media, but also in more formal forms of politics, where politicians with a pronounced and visible ability to publicly show outrage or amusement have become increasingly central (Davies, 2019; Zembylas 2020). With the sense of acceleration in politics follows a yearning for change that comes immediately. Populism often speaks to this yearning, promising speedy action (Davies, 2019). Politics is increasingly situational, reacting to situations as they emerge (Rosa, 2013).
In hyperpolitics (Jäger, 2023), politics is everywhere but changes comparatively little. Today, political energy and sense of importance is located in the immediate and the very long term. The mid-term, a cycle of a couple of years, which is where formal democracy is organised, gets squeezed (Runciman, 2025).
The acceleration of politics arguably has consequences for democratic citizenship education. A point of departure in this presentation is an expectation that the high-profiled politicians involved in speedy, emotionalised, polarised politics are viewed as successful by young adults. There is a risk that democratic citizenship education, which traditionally has focused on knowledge, facts, and rational debate (Mikander et al., 2025) is not connected to how young people meet ‘successful politics’ outside of the teaching. It might be disconnected from students’ experience and miss out on a re-enchantment of politics in the hyperpolitics-era.
Another risk is that speedy emotional expressions increase the difficulty to know whether they are ‘sincerely meant’ or used to confuse and trigger the people exposed to it. In quick emotional expressions such as quick anger there is a ‘brief liberation from conscious intentions, honesty or reasons’ (Davies, 2020, p. 13), which makes them hard to decipher and act upon for teachers. Quick emotional expressions open for misunderstandings and misrepresentation, maybe particularly so when humour, irony and sarcasm is involved (Mikander et al., 2025).
Does democratic citizenship education need to speed up to match the acceleration of politics and harbour the interest of young people? Or does it rather need to defend slowness: How, then, could democratic citizenship education build and safeguard slower, but still enchanted, spheres of discussion?
References:
Davies, W. (2020) Anger fast and slow: mediations of justice and violence in the age of
populism, Global Discourse, vol 10, no 2, 169–185
Davies, W. (2019). Nervous states: how feeling took over the world. Vintage.
Jäger, A. (2023). Hyperpolitik: extreme Politisierung ohne politische Folgen. Berlin: Suhrkamp.
Mikander, P., Aashamar, P. N., & Högström, J. (2025). Anti-pluralist parties in Nordic classrooms: negotiating the boundaries between us and them in social studies education. Acta Didactica Norden, 19(1), https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.10867
Rosa, H. (2013[2005]). Social acceleration: A new theory of modernity. New York: Columbia University Press.
Runciman, D. (2025). Podcast The History of Bad Ideas: Polycrisis
Zembylas, M. (2020). The Affective Modes of Right-Wing Populism: Trump Pedagogy and
Lessons for Democratic Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 39(2), 151–
166.
Legitimation Crisis? Democratic Citizenship Education under Pressure
Not too long ago, it seemed like common sense that democratic education constituted a central task for the schooling system in most democratic societies. According to Nel Noddings (2007, p. 8), educators in democratic societies “almost universally” took it to be part of their job “to prepare students for democratic life”. While educators might still believe this ought to be the case, in many societies the notion that schooling should prepare students for democratic life is not common sense anymore. Rather, democratic education is under pressure from both neo-liberal and conservative forces in places where it has traditionally had strong support, such as for example the UK and the US. While neo-liberal forces wants to abandon democratic education in favor of preparing students for life in the workforce (Tam, 2023), conservative critics are increasingly skeptical of the aims and content that falls within its scope (Stitzlein, 2024). For proponents of democratic education, this poses a challenge. How can we rationally defend and legitimize the need for democratic education in a time where democracy is challenged and democratic education is losing political support from groups in society? In this article, we try to tackle this challenge by means of resources from both political theory and philosophy of education. We start from the basic assumption that the conditions of legitimation will be more or less ideal, and that strategies of legitimation must take these conditions into account. This is significant, most importantly, because highly idealistic strategies of legitimation are likely to fail under less ideal circumstances. Second, we engage with some principles from philosophy of education that might be helpful for addressing different forms of skeptical challenges leveled against democratic education. We first discuss some of the principles from the Beutelsbach consensus, as well as non-affirmative theories of education, in order to evaluate their usefulness for facing present challenges. While we believe that thoughtful and pragmatic engagement with these principles holds the potential to help us convince some conservatives skeptical of democratic education, we argue that the disagreement with neo-liberal education policy cuts deeper. This is because neo-liberal policy tends to ignore the right children have to democratic education that eventually will help them form take part in shaping the society in which they live. Lastly, we make an argument for why we believe that this is a profoundly mistaken conception of education that we ought to fight against politically.
References:
Noddings, N. (2007). Aims, Goals, and Objectives. Encounters on Education, Volume 8, Fall 2007 pp. 7-15
Stizlein, S. (2024). Shaping New Aims and Practices of Teaching Controversial Issues in Response to Conservative Critics. Studies in Philosophy and Education, Volume 44, pp. 45–67
Tam, H. (2023). Who’s Afraid of Political Education? The Challenge to Teach Civic Competence and Democratic Participation.
|
| 17:00 - 17:15 | ECER Break K Paper Session |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 01 SES 13 A: Special Call - Session 10 Location: A3 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Joanna Anderson Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Mentoring Networks as Collaborative Spaces for Policy Learning: How Mentors’ Structure-Agency Understandings Shape Policy Learning in Teacher Education University of Haifa, Israel, Israel Presenting Author:This study examines the complexities of implementing a new teacher education policy in which in-service mentors act as agents of policy learning within a national initiative involving ministry, district, and school-level stakeholders in Israel’s centralized education system. Too often, the enactment of innovative policy initiatives in teacher education, whether pre- or in-service, becomes an almost impossible mission. Scholars attribute this difficulty to two interrelated factors: the nature, scope, and readiness for change, and the implementation process itself, including organizational barriers, policy agents’ beliefs and behaviours, and the relationships among stakeholders (e.g., Rigby, Woulfin and März 2016). Previous research has mainly examined structural or individual aspects of implementation, viewing mentors as responsible for executing policy initiatives. Less attention has been paid to examining mentors' roles and practices as agents of policy learning, that is how they enact their roles in ways that shape who learns, what is learned, and how learning occurs (Hall 1993)-the focus of our study. The national initiative aimed to establish mentor professional learning communities (PLCs) as collaborative, practice-based spaces for professional development that support mentors’ collective learning and capacity building. Moving beyond traditional in-service mentoring focused on dyadic support within single schools, the policy positions mentors as agents of policy learning, fostering ecosystemic collaboration across schools (Heikkinen et al. 2025; Kemmis et al. 2012). Although designed to promote a bottom-up agenda for teacher learning, the initiative was implemented through a top-down regulatory framework embedded in a broader, institutionally regulated teacher education system (e.g., Bourke et al. 2022; Crossley 2022). This tension between bottom-up aspirations and top-down structures created a rich context for examining how mentors navigate competing institutional logics and manage their roles as policy learning agents. The study combines institutional logics theory and sense-making theory within the structure-agency debate in policy implementation and mentoring research. We focus on how mentors interpret structural aspects, understood as the institutional and ecosystemic dimensions of the mentoring context in relation to their mandated agentic roles. Specifically, we examine how mentors perceive the interrelations between policy implementation arrangements, such as policy goals, power relations, and perspectives on professional development, and individual aspects of their agency during the enactment of the new policy initiative (e.g., Imperial 2021). We trace how mentors’ interpretations, embedded in multilevel networks of policy stakeholders (school principals, district coordinators, and ministerial decision-makers), guide their decision-making and actions as agents of policy learning to address tensions related to professional responsibility, accountability, and identity (Coburn 2016; Goffman 1974). We asked: How do mentors make sense of their roles as agents of policy learning within the broader mentoring-induction ecosystem? (1) How do they interpret structure-agency interrelations and how do these understandings inform their decisions and enactments as agents of policy learning?
Our findings indicate that through sense-making, mentors construct meaning by relating new information to preexisting frameworks, exhibiting distinctive structure-agency framing patterns (discrete, intersecting, holistic) which serve as cognitive lenses through which they interpret interactions between institutional structures and their own agency, shaping how they navigate tensions within stakeholder networks (Chen-Zimerman and Orland-Barak 2025). The three major framing patterns allowed for identifying different types of mentors-as- policy learning agents. These insights can inform mentor training and novice teacher induction, highlighting a conception of mentoring as an ecosystem of policy learning networks embedded within the broader institutional policy ecology. They also raise questions about novice teachers’ roles as agents of change in complex educational systems. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design The qualitative study examined in-service mentors’ policy learning agency during a national initiative involving ministry-, district-, and local-level stakeholders. The Israeli education system was treated as a bounded case for policy learning. Implementation was traced over two years (2020-2022), beginning with policy formulation, followed by a preparatory phase in which mentors were inducted into the initiative’s concepts through formal training. The initiative was then implemented in four regional PLCs, using a multi-case design (Yin 2017), we focused on two PLCs in different regions, purposefully selected as information-rich contexts, representing diverse mentor backgrounds, and based on mentors’ consent to provide access. Participants included 12 mentors (six per PLC) and 10 policy stakeholders, including ministry-level decision-makers, district-level professional induction coordinators, and local school principals. Data Collection Participants were interviewed twice, yielding 32 semi-structured interviews for communicative validation. Additionally, 33 non-participant observations and two focus groups with 12 mentors (six each) were conducted. Data were mainly collected via Zoom, supported by in-person sessions, all of which were recorded and transcribed. Relevant documents, including policy declarations, syllabi, and pedagogical materials, were collected to refine mentors’ interpretations. Data Analysis Analysis proceeded iteratively using deductive and inductive approaches aligned with constructivist grounded theory (Charmaz 2000). Mentors’ decisions and actions were traced across sources for triangulation (Cohen et al. 2007). Stage One: Guided by studies on structure-agency relations, hermeneutic readings focused on (1) key structural aspects from Institutional Logics Theory, institutional orientations, power relations and loci of control, and professional development perspectives; and (2) mentors’ and stakeholders’ accounts of power, top-down decrees, and professional development, attending to tensions and their management. Stage Two: Following Ligita et al. (2022), transcripts were reviewed to construct visual cognitive maps showing how structural aspects guided participants’ decisions as policy learning agents. Excerpts were open-coded for umbrella themes. Structure-agency framings that emerged from the analysis we recreated through visual analysis via geometric symbols. Iterative refinement identified 17 patterns of structure-agency interactions. Stage Three: Comparative analysis identified similarities and differences, distinguishing two clusters based on whether participants perceived the three aspects as interconnected or independent. Visual analysis yielded three clusters consolidated into categories: Discrete (6), Intersecting (5), and Holistic (6). These will be shared during the presentation. The study underwent formal ethical approval by the University Committee. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In-service Mentors as Agents of Policy Learning By combining sense-making (micro) and institutional logics (macro) perspectives, our analysis links what is learned about a new policy initiative with how it is learned, through participants’ framings of interrelations between institutional structures and their agency roles. Findings suggest that in-service mentors’ framings of the interplay between structure and agency, to large extent, shape their decisions and enactments as policy learning agents, including how they interpret tensions, the actions they undertake, and the resulting learning outcomes. The study suggests that focusing on mentors’ sense-making is insufficient for understanding the process of policy learning within the dynamics of the mentoring-induction ecosystem. It is also essential to consider how other stakeholders within the mentoring-induction network (principals, district officials, ministry) frame structure-agency connections. Mentors' agentic space within the mentoring-induction ecosystem The framing patterns identified can also be discussed in relation to the notion of ‘agentic space’, as the scope for maneuvering action and decision-making (Nagel 2023). We suggest examining how mentors perceive their agentic space when implementing new initiatives. Our findings support Vanassche’s (2023, p.10) claim that reforms shape teacher education structures and normative discourses, highlighting the need to sustain a discourse that recognizes in-service mentors as policy learning agents. New characterizations of mentors' agentic roles Based on our findings, we propose a framework for understanding how mentors navigate their complex roles as agents of policy learning. This framework provides an additional lens for examining how mentors manage the tensions they encounter to fulfil their agentic roles across diverse school and institutional contexts. This will be elaborated and discussed in our presentation. References Bourke, T., D. Henderson, R. Spooner-Lane, and S. White. 2022. “Teacher Educators as Agents of Change: New Tools as Enablers.” In Reconstructing the Work of Teacher Educators: Finding Spaces in Policy Through Agentic Approaches-Insights from a Research Collective, 3–28. Springer Nature Singapore. Charmaz, K. 2000. “Grounded Theory: Objectivist and Constructivist Methods.” In Handbook of Qualitative Research, 2nd ed., edited by N. K. Denzin and Y. S. Lincoln, 509-535. Sage. Chen-Zimerman, N., & Orland-Barak, L. (2025). Mentors as agents of policy learning:(Im) possible mission? The case of a national policy implementation in teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1-18. Coburn, C. E. 2016. “What’s Policy Got to Do with It? How the Structure-Agency Debate Can Illuminate Policy Implementation.” American Journal of Education 122 (3): 465-475. Crossley, N. 2022. “A Dependent Structure of Interdependence: Structure and Agency in Relational Perspective.” Sociology 56 (1): 166-182. Goffman, E. 1974. Frame Analysis: An Essay on the Organization of Experience. Harper & Row. Hall, P. A. 1993. “Policy Paradigms, Social Learning, and the State: The Case of Economic Policymaking in Britain.” Comparative Politics 25: 275-296. Heikkinen, H. L. T., M. Helms-Lorenz, H. Plauborg, and E. Bjerkholt. 2025. “Introduction: Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe.” In Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe, edited by H. L. T. Heikkinen, M. Helms-Lorenz, H. Plauborg, and E. Bjerkholt. Brill. Imperial, M. T. 2021. “Implementation Structures: The Use of Top-Down and Bottom-Up Approaches to Policy Implementation.” In Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Politics. Oxford University Press. Kemmis, S., C. Edwards-Groves, J. Wilkinson, and I. Hardy. 2012. “Ecologies of Practices.” In Practice, Learning and Change: Practice-Theory Perspectives on Professional Learning, 33-49. Springer Netherlands. Ligita, T., I. Nurjannah, K. Wicking, N. Harvey, and K. Francis. 2022. “From Textual to Visual: The Use of Concept Mapping as an Analytical Tool in a Grounded Theory Study.” Qualitative Research 22 (1): 126–142. Nagel, I., G. B. Guðmundsdóttir, and H. W. Afdal. 2023. “Teacher Educators’ Professional Agency in Facilitating Professional Digital Competence.” Teaching and Teacher Education 132: 104238. Rigby, J. G., Woulfin, S. L., and V. März. 2016. "Understanding How Structure and Agency Influence Education Policy Implementation and Organizational Change." American Journal of Education 122 (3): 295-302. Vanassche, E. 2023. "Talking to Learn: Patterns of Discursive Interaction in Post-Lesson Debriefs." Teaching and Teacher Education 133: Article 103463. Yin, R. K. 2017. Case Study Research and Applications: Design and Methods. 6th ed. Sage. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Learning Stories: A Cross-Cultural Comparison of Practice Architectures in Early Childhood Assessment and Professional Learning 1: West University of Timisoara, Romania; 2: Auckland University of Technology, New Zeeland Presenting Author:Early childhood assessment is increasingly recognised as a pedagogical and professional practice that is culturally, socially, and historically situated rather than a neutral technical procedure. Approaches such as learning stories, originating within the early childhood context of Aotearoa New Zealand (Carr & Lee, 2012; 2019), have travelled internationally and are often presented as exemplars of formative, holistic, and relational assessment (Boss, 2024). Yet the movement of such pedagogies across contexts raises important questions about how assessment practices are enabled, constrained, and transformed within different educational systems. This proposal starts from the premise that pedagogies do not travel as immutable practices but as ideas, texts, and representations that are reconstituted within different professional, institutional, and policy environments. From this perspective, the meaningful adoption of learning stories depends not only on teachers’ intentions or training but on the broader practice architectures that shape early childhood assessment and teachers’ professional learning. The study, therefore, shifts attention away from the effectiveness of learning stories as a method and towards the conditions under which such pedagogies can be taken up, adapted, or resisted. In this proposal, we address the following research questions: 1) How are practice architectures of early childhood assessment and teachers’ professional learning configured in Aotearoa New Zealand and Romania, and 2) what do these configurations reveal about the possibilities and limitations of the international travel of learning stories as an assessment practice? The theoretical framework is provided by the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014), that conceptualises practices as socially organised activities made possible or constrained by three interrelated sets of arrangements: cultural–discursive (the language and ideas through which practices are understood), material–economic (the resources, tools, and organisational conditions that support them), and social–political (the power relations, professional roles, and accountability structures in which practices are embedded). In this proposal, assessment practices and professional learning practice arrangements are examined relationally, with particular attention to how their respective practice architectures align, overlap, or come into tension within specific educational contexts, especially in initial teacher education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We adopt a qualitative scoping review methodology mapping key concepts, dominant discourses, and research patterns across heterogeneous bodies of literature (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005; Levac et al., 2010). The review is combined with a theory-driven interpretive analysis informed by the practice architecture framework, enabling a systematic yet conceptually generative engagement with the literature. The review includes peer-reviewed journal articles, scholarly books, and book chapters that address early childhood assessment practices and/or teachers’ professional learning related to assessment, with an emphasis on initial teacher education. Searches are conducted in major international databases such as Scopus, Web of Science, and ERIC, complemented by targeted searches designed to capture Romanian-language scholarship that may be underrepresented in international indexing systems. Search terms combine early childhood education, assessment, professional learning, initial teacher education, and narrative assessment, allowing sensitivity to both internationally circulating and context-specific terminologies. Studies are included if they focus on early childhood education (birth–6 years), address assessment practices and/or professional learning around assessment, are situated in Romania or Aotearoa New Zealand, and contribute conceptual, empirical, or policy-relevant insights. Following screening and charting, the literature is analysed interpretively using the theory of practice architectures. Texts are examined for how they articulate cultural–discursive arrangements shaping assessment and professional learning, material–economic arrangements enabling or constraining these practices, and social–political arrangements structuring professional roles, responsibilities, and power relations. Assessment and professional learning practices are analysed relationally across contexts. Learning stories are examined where they appear explicitly, but they also function as a conceptual lens for exploring how assessment pedagogies become embedded within, or come into tension with, existing professional and institutional arrangements. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The comparative intent of the study is analytic rather than evaluative. Rather than comparing systems or outcomes, the proposed analysis offers an interpretation of how different configurations of practices and arrangements create distinct possibilities for assessment and professional learning in each context. This ecological reading makes visible both the enabling conditions and the structural constraints that shape the mobility of pedagogical practices, highlighting the conditions under which learning stories may be meaningfully recontextualised beyond their place of origin. References References Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32. Carr, M., & Lee, W. (2012). Learning stories: Constructing learner identities in early education. Sage. Carr, M., & Lee, W. (2019). Learning stories in practice. Sage. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Springer. Levac, D., Colquhoun, H., & O’Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies: Advancing the methodology. Implementation Science, 5, 69. Mahon, K., Francisco, S. & Kemmis, S. (Eds.). (2017). Exploring education and professional practice. Springer. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Evolving Roles, Evolving Learning: Understanding Professional Development Across Teaching Careers HEPL, Switzerland Presenting Author:Teachers’ professional development (PD) is today part of the broader lifelong learning movement, shaped by an entrepreneurial logic (Ball, 2009; Canário, 2016). As an institutional, political, and media construct, it promotes the idea of lifelong learning. It is clearly linked to the “contingencies of globalization” in education and training policies (Normand & Pacheco, 2014). In response to this prevailing injunction, we approach PD through a lens that departs from deficit-oriented perspectives to emphasize opportunities rather than shortcomings (Skytterstad et al., 2025), and to adopt a collaborative and contextualized understanding of professional learning (Enthoven et al., 2023). PD is conceived as an intentional, continuous, and systemic process (Lessard, 2021), rooted in the principle of learning in and for professional practice (Salo et al., 2024). This approach encompasses multiple learning spaces that we investigate among in-service teachers, ranging from formal training and mentoring to informal, team-based learning. However, as pointed out by Coppe et al. (2024), research offers little insight into mid-career and late-career teachers (those with more than 20 years of experience), as studies have predominantly focused on early-career teachers. Since the early 2000s, in most Western countries, the profession has faced a crisis due to the shortage of qualified teachers (Dupriez et al., 2023). Consequently, research has primarily concentrated on teacher recruitment, attractiveness, and early-career issues rather than on sustained professional engagement over time. In Switzerland, the canton of Vaud offers a particularly revealing case of a profession under transformation. Local education policies have encouraged schools to co-construct key institutional concepts – quality, sustainability, digitalization, inclusive education – fostering the emergence of new roles within school organizations. This diversification of roles reflects new possibilities for teaching careers beyond the classroom. Yet these reconfigurations produce uneven effects on autonomy and recognition across professional segments (Fassa-Recrosio & Bataille, 2019). Paradoxically, several studies report a certain reluctance among teachers to engage in training activities linked to policy initiatives (Girinshuti et al., 2025), often perceived as detached from everyday professional realities (Darling-Hammond, 2009; Lessard, 2021). Over the past two years, the University of Teacher Education in Lausanne has undertaken a research-and-development initiative to better understand teachers’ representations, rationales, and needs regarding PD. The project draws on administrative training data and survey results collected from various school professionals. A large-scale quantitative questionnaire was also distributed to all teachers at both compulsory and post-compulsory levels. Confronted with seemingly contradictory findings – on the one hand, the multiplication of roles and opportunities; on the other, low participation and persistent reluctance - our contribution examines the links between engagement in PD and engagement in the profession. The analysis combines Kanter’s (1968) theory of commitment with Hughes’s (1997) conception of professional careers. For Kanter, commitment rests on three dimensions: continuance (cost–benefit considerations), affective (emotional attachment) and moral (sense of duty). Consequently, engagement in PD can be seen as a specific form of organizational and professional commitment, involving investments of time, energy, and professional identity. At the same time, following Hughes, professional careers comprise both a core activity and peripheral ones. Within this framework, teaching represents the core professional activity, while other roles performed by teachers may constitute peripheral activities that reshape professional engagement and career trajectories. We hypothesize that PD can alternatively reinforce teachers’ attachment to their core teaching activity or act as a gradual reconversion strategy toward peripheral functions – or even as a pathway out of the profession. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods design to articulate two levels of analysis of PD: on the one hand, the institutional level of a teacher education institution that designs and delivers continuing professional development (CPD), and on the other hand, the level of individual career trajectories. It relies on quantitative and qualitative data to highlight the tensions between these two levels. The quantitative data are from an institutional survey sent to more than 14’000 teachers in the canton of Vaud at compulsory and post-compulsory levels, with a 21% response rate (3’146 responses). The survey aimed to identify teachers’ practices and needs regarding CPD. Based on these data, we first describe CPD dynamics through descriptive analyses. We will initially present the reported forms of CPD practices to highlight the diversity of learning spaces mobilized, ranging from formal training to more informal learning arrangements. These practices will then be related to the institutional training needs expressed by the respondents. To assess the degree of commitment implied by different forms of CPD, we distinguish between needs for certificate-bearing programmes – requiring substantial time investment and leading to a qualification – and needs for shorter, non-certifying courses that are less demanding in terms of engagement. In a second step, we focus on the diversity of functions exercised by teachers, particularly those that move away from the core teaching role. We differentiate functions that require specific CPD from those embedded in the school organization that do not call for additional CPD engagement. These descriptive analyses are complemented by tests of associations between variables, using two independent variables: teaching level and teaching experience. The analysis by teaching level seeks to examine effects related to the structure of the education system and to initial teacher education, which also frames the CPD provisions. Teaching experience recoded into three career stages (Coppe et al., 2024), makes it possible to examine the relationship between CPD practices and career stage, and to explore how changes in professional engagement (assuming additional roles within the school), forms of commitment, and CPD needs vary across these stages. The qualitative analyses draw on four in-depth career narratives of mid- and late-career teachers who hold three or more roles beyond classroom teaching. These cases serve to recontextualize and give meaning to the quantitative findings, by illustrating how teachers subjectively interpret their engagement in PD and the diversification of their professional roles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The expected results of this mixed-methods research should confirm and deepen two key trends identified in preliminary quantitative analyses on the same dataset (Girinshuti & Desponds, 2025): first, the more teachers engage in PD, the more they express new needs for further training; second, mid- and late-career teachers report higher CPD demands than early-career ones. Moreover, a substantial share of respondents holds multiple roles beyond classroom teaching. These findings suggest a resurgence of training needs associated with the increasing complexity of the profession, regardless of career stage. To better understand these dynamics, the qualitative analysis will examine significant events shaping teachers’ professional paths – from initial training to their current practice – viewing these milestones as gateways into diverse learning spaces across the career span (Llorca & Miché, 2023). Inspired by research on critical incidents, this approach assumes that analyzing meaningful episodes can reveal professional learning processes and the evaluative reasoning by which teachers identify and validate experiences relevant to their development (Beijaard, van Driel & Verloop, 1999). Grounded in narrative inquiry, it seeks to illuminate how teachers construct meaning from professional experiences and make sense of turning points in their teaching careers (Connelly & Clandinin, 1990). The presentation will articulate three levels of analysis: (1) forms of engagement in CPD according to career stage and professional roles; (2) tensions between institutional training provision and individual learning logics; and (3) the role of PD as a factor sustaining engagement in teaching or supporting gradual transitions toward peripheral functions. By bridging institutional perspectives on PD with the analysis of situated career trajectories, this research highlights the alignments and gaps between continuing education policies and teachers lived professional pathways. The results aim to deepen understanding of PD challenges among experienced teachers – a largely overlooked group in educational research. References Ball, S. J. (2009). Lifelong Learning, Subjectivity and the Totally Pedagogised Society. In M. A. Peters, T. Besley, M. Olssen, S. Maurer, & S. Weber, Governmentality Studies in Education (p. 201-216). Sense Publishers. Canário, R. (2013). Novos (des)caminhos da Educação de Adultos? Perspectiva, 31(2). Coppe, T., Parmentier, M., Kelchtermans, G., Raemdonck, I., März, V., & Colognesi, S. (2024). Beyond traditional narratives about teacher professional development: A critical perspective on teachers’ working life. Teaching and Teacher Education, 139. Darling-Hammond, L. et al. (2009). Professional Learning in the Learning Profession: A Status Report on Teacher Development in the United States and Abroad. NSDC Stanford University. Enthoven, S., März, V., & Dupriez, V. (2023). Context matters : A meta-ethnographic study on teachers’ workplace learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 132. Fassa-Recrosio, F., & Bataille, P. (2019). Les réformes de l’enseignement comme révélateur et amplificateur des fractures enseignantes. Éducation et Sociétés, 43(1), 523. Girinshuti, C., Desponds, F., & Guillaume-Gentil, J. (2025). De la politique éducative au développement professionnel : L’évaluation des formations continues comme une mesure de l’engagement des enseignant·es. Formation et profession, 33(1), 3. Girinshuti, C., & Desponds, F. (2025). Freins et leviers d’une collaboration entre les institutions de formation et les enseignant·es dans le co-développement des formations continues. Congrès international de l’AREF. Hughes, E. C. (1997). Careers. Qualitative Sociology, 20(3). Kanter, R. M. (1968). Commitment and Social Organization : A Study of commitment mechanisms in utopian communities. American Sociological Review, 33. Lessard, C. (2021). Évaluation des effets du développement professionnel des acteurs de l’éducation. Cnesco-Cnam. Llorca, M.-C. & Miché, P. (2023). Ouvrir les espaces d’apprentissage. Éducation Permanente, 237(4), 69-78. https://doi.org/10.3917/edpe.237.0069. Normand, R., & Pacheco, R. (2014). Constructing the lifelong learning self : European policies and the sense of justice. In M. Milana & J. Holford (Éds.), Adult Education Policy and the European Union : Theoretical and Methodological Perspectives (p. 91-107). Sense Publishers. Salo, P., Francisco, S., & Olin Almqvist, A. (2024). Understanding professional learning in and for practice. Professional Development in Education, 50(3). Skytterstad, R., Antonsen, Y., Aspfors, J., & Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2025). Reframing new teacher induction : Opportunities over deficiencies. Teaching and Teacher Education, 155. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Teacher Development Across Career Stages: A Positive Teacher Development Model 1: Educational Research Institute, Slovenia; 2: Faculty of Education University of Maribor, Slovenia Presenting Author:The teaching profession, characterised by high emotional demands, is often associated with significant stress (Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2020) making the teaching profession one of the professions that are more inclined to burnout (Garrick et al., 2014; Maslach et al., 2001). Teacher shortages and increased levels of teachers’ stress and burnout have been a recent challenge in Europe. Across the European Union countries, over 50% of teachers report high levels of stress (OECD, 2020). Slovenia is one of the top five countries where teachers who reported experiencing stress at work a lot are more likely to want to leave teaching in the next five years (OECD, 2020). On the opposite, teachers that report higher levels of job satisfaction report the intentions to stay at their job (OECD, 2020). Nevertheless, teacher’s wellbeing is not only important for them but also affects their teaching styles (Aelterman et al., 2019; Katz & Moe, 2024) and overall supports positive student development (Aldrup et al., 2022). In addressing the societal need for recruitment and retention of high-quality teachers, understanding the mechanisms of teachers’ well-being, their job satisfaction and their burnout levels, is crucial. Our study aimed to (a) thoroughly examine the pathways to positive teacher development by identifying internal and external assets leading to teachers’ job satisfaction and burnout in addition to recognising the relational nature of teaching profession with analysing Positive Teacher Development Model fit across teachers’ career stages. Positive Teacher Development Model (Kozina & Pivec, 2026) understands the mechanisms of teachers’ burnout and job satisfaction as a result of an interplay of multiple levels of individual ↔ context relationships, internal and external assets, being supported by teachers’ relationships with students, colleagues, and school leaders. The model as such recognizes collaborative and relational nature of teaching by placing the quality of teachers’ relationships with students, colleagues, and school leaders at its core. The model is grounded in the Socio-Ecological Model (Bronfenbrenner& Morris, 2007), Relational Developmental Systems Theory (Overton, 2015), and Self-Determination Theory (Ryan & Deci, 2000). The model has been empirically tested (Kozina & Pivec, 2026), but not yet empirically validated across teachers’ career stages. Teachers’ careers have been traditionally considered to consist of two parts: preservice, which refers to the initial teacher education (universities or colleges), and in-service (from entry and exit from the profession). The pre-service period is a period of acquiring knowledge, competencies, and skills needed for the teaching profession in the process of professional identity formation. The in-service period is further characterised by different stages. Huberman (1995), based on extensive qualitative research, divides career stages into five stages: survival and discovery (1–3 years of work experience), stabilization (4–6 years of teaching experience), experimentation/diversification or stock-taking/interrogations (teachers with 7–18 years of work experience), conservatism or clarity (teachers with 19–30 years of work experience). The final stage is disengagement (teachers with more than 30 years of work experience). There are challenges associated with increased stress and burnout in each stage therefore in is important to analyse predictors of teachers’ positive development in different career stages. In the study we will test the fit of the Positive Teacher Development Model across different career groups on a sample of Slovene in-service teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is a part of a research project, named Positive Teacher Development Model - An interplay of the Individual (Motivational, Emotional, and Cognitive) and Contextual (School and System level) Assets during the School Year, which aimed to examine individual and contextual factors that may contribute to job satisfaction and teacher retention and may reduce burnout. The study uses a Slovene in-service teacher’s sample (n = 1191; 86.6% females; Mage = 42.49; SD = 9.42) with 0 to 39 years of teaching experience (M = 15.25; SD = 9.98). In-service teachers were teaching either basic education (n = 864; 92.5% females; M = 41.66; SD = 8.81) or upper-secondary education (n = 306; 69.9% females; M = 44.84; SD = 10.34). The test of the model will be evaluated using the following instruments: (1) Difficulties in Emotion Regulation Scale (Bjureberg et al., 2016); (2) Teacher motivation and perceptions (OECD, 2018); (3) Teacher self-efficacy (Schwarzer & Hallum, 2008); (4) Work stressors (Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2017); (5) Value consonance (Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2011); (6) System conditions; (7) Student-teacher relationship scale (Aldrup et al., 2018); (8) Teacher collaboration (OECD, 2017); (9) Ethical leadership at work (Kalshoven et al., 2011); (10) Shirom-Melamed Burnout Questionnaire (Melamed et al., 1992); (11) Job Satisfaction Scale (OECD, 2018). The data analyses will consist of missing values analyses, a series of confirmatory factor analyses for all measured constructs and finally, multi-group structural equation modelling. Structural equation modelling is a statistical methodology that takes a confirmatory approach to the analysis. The hypothesized model is statistically tested to determine the extent to which it is consistent with the data, which is referred to as the goodness of fit. If the goodness of fit is adequate, it supports the plausibility of the relations between the variables. In order to assess the model fit, we used well-established indices such as CFI, TLI, RMSEA, SRMR as well as the chi-square test statistics. As the data is nested (teachers teaching at the same schools) ICCs are going to be calculated. In case of ICC larger than .05 corrected standard errors and chi-square tests with the sandwich estimator will be used. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our study addresses contemporary structural problems of the teaching profession by providing an evidence-based views based on positive development perspective on the possible contributors to teachers' burnout and job satisfaction. This approach’s added value is, in addition to its positive perspective, its recognition of the interconnectedness of various systems within the educational context and acknowledgement of the importance of teachers' perceptions and experiences of support on different levels connected to their positive development. Additionally, the study investigates whether predictors of teachers’ job satisfaction and burnout vary across teachers’ carer stages. This study provides valuable insights into the positive teacher’s development across different career stages of teachers, offering important contribution to disentangling the dynamics of teacher well-being throughout their careers. References Aelterman, N., Vansteenkiste, M., Haerens, L., Soenens, B., Fontaine, J. R., & Reeve, J. (2019). Toward an integrative and fine-grained insight in motivating and demotivating teaching styles: The merits of a circumplex approach. Journal of Educational Psychology, 111(3), 497–521. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/edu0000293 Aldrup, K., Carstensen, B., & Klusmann, U. (2022). Is Empathy the Key to Effective Teaching? A Systematic Review of Its Association with Teacher-Student Interactions and Student Outcomes. Educational Psychology Review, 34, 1177–1216. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-021-09649-y Aldrup, K., Klusmann, U., Lüdtke, O., Göllner, R., & Trautwein, U. (2018). Student misbehavior and teacher well-being: Testing the mediating role of the teacher-student relationship. Learning and Instruction, 58, 126–136. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2018.05.006 Bjureberg, J., Ljótsson, B., Tull, M. T., Hedman, E., Sahlin, H., Lundh, L. G., Bjärehed, J., DiLillo, D., Messman–Moore, T., Hellner Gumpert, C., & Gratz, K. L. (2016). Development and validation of a brief version of the difficulties in emotion regulation scale: the DERS–16. Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment, 38, 284–296. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10862-015-9514-x Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2007). The bioecological model of human development. In W. Damon & R. M. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 1. Theoretical models of human development (6th ed., pp. 793–828). John Wiley & Sons. Huberman, M. (1995). Networks that alter teaching: conceptualizations, exchanges and experiments. Teachers and Teaching, 1(2), 193–211. https://doi.org/10.1080/1354060950010204 Garrick, A., Winwood, P. C., Mak, A. S., Cathcart, S., Bakker, A. B., & Lushington, K. (2014). Prevalence and organisational factors of psychological injury among Australian school teachers. The Australasian Journal of Organisational Psychology, 7, e5. https://doi.org/10.1017/orp.2014.5 Kalshoven, K., Den Hartog, D. N., & De Hoogh, A. H. B. (2011). Ethical leadership at work questionnaire (ELW): Development and validation of a multidimensional measure. The Leadership Quarterly, 22(1), 51–69. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.leaqua.2010.12.007 Katz, I., & Moe, A. (2024). Exploring teachers’ psychological needs, motivating styles, emotion regulation and self-compassion: A comparative study before and during the COVID-19 lockdown. Teaching and Teacher Education, 148, 104706. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104706 Kozina, A., & Pivec, T. (2926, in review). Positive Teacher Development Model: Pathways to Teachers Job Satisfaction and Burnout. Teaching and Teacher Education. Maslach, C., Schaufeli, W. B., & Leiter, M. P. (2001). Job burnout. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 397–422. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.52.1.397 Melamed, S., Kushnir, T., & Shirom, A. (1992). Burnout and risk factors for cardiovascular diseases. Behavioral Medicine,18(2), 53–60.https://doi.org/10.1080/08964289.1992.9935172 ... |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 01 SES 13 B: Symposium: Professional Development and Retention of Homeroom Teachers Location: A32 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Elina Kuusisto Session Chair: Elina Kuusisto Symposium |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium Professional Development and Retention of Homeroom Teachers This symposium examines the professional development and retention of homeroom teachers. In subject‑teacher systems, where students are taught by multiple teachers, a single teacher is appointed as the homeroom teacher to support students’ holistic development and coordinate collaboration among parents, teachers, and student welfare professionals. Homeroom teachers are typically subject‑specialist teachers who assume additional responsibility for the personal and social development of one class of students. The role has long historical roots across many countries (Best, 1999; Galassi et al., 1997; Smilie, 2025), and research has shown it to be critical for students’ well‑being (Da’as, 2025a) and academic achievement (Chen & Zao, 2022). When problems arise, homeroom teachers often serve as first responders; thus, they confront some of the most challenging issues related to student misbehavior, mental health, and school–home communication (Kuusisto et al., 2025; Shoshani, 2025; see also Da’as, 2025a).
Despite the importance of the role, research on homeroom teaching remains limited, and homeroom teachers typically receive no specialized preparation - even in countries where the role is acknowledged in educational policy documents, such as China, Estonia, and Israel (e.g., Mizrahi‑Shtelman & Sapir, 2025; Ye et al., 2023). Homeroom teaching is both theoretically underdefined and practically ambiguous, contributing to substantial variation in national and local expectations. Tasks may range from administrative responsibilities, such as monitoring absences and delivering announcements (Galassi et al., 1997), to pedagogical and social duties, such as responding to individual student needs and cultivating a positive classroom climate (Baeriswyl et al., 2021; Kuusisto et al., 2025). In some contexts, homeroom teachers are conceptualized as “moral managers” (Ye et al., 2023), and in others their work aligns with pastoral care traditions (Best, 1999; Purdy, 2013).
Homeroom teachers’ responsibilities often include extensive “meta‑work”, the behind‑the‑scenes efforts necessary to support student learning and engagement, including coordination with parents, colleagues, and multiprofessional student welfare networks (Kuusisto et al., 2025). Especially meta‑work demands extend beyond traditional teaching and require continuous boundary work from individual teachers (Mizrahi‑Shtelman & Sapir, 2025). Unsurprisingly, homeroom teaching is consistently seen as one of the most stressful and challenging aspects of teachers’ work (Baeriswyl et al., 2021; Galassi et al., 1997).
Subject teachers thus navigate a dual professional identity: they are experts in their academic disciplines and, simultaneously, educators responsible for students’ holistic moral, social, and behavioral development (see Purdy, 2013; Tirri & Kuusisto, 2022). Since subject‑teacher education typically emphasizes disciplinary knowledge and pedagogical content knowledge (e.g., Juvonen & Toom, 2021), some teachers prefer to focus solely on subject teaching and distance themselves from broader educational responsibilities (e.g., Rissanen et al., 2018). Others have internalized this dual role (Popper‑Giveon & Shayshon, 2017) and are more inclined to take on homeroom responsibilities (Kuusisto et al., 2025).
This symposium investigates homeroom teachers’ professional development both at the beginning of their careers and as they continue in the role. It further identifies key factors that promote retention, job satisfaction, and sustained work engagement among homeroom teachers. The symposium concludes with a discussant’s talk in which the three national contexts - Estonia, Israel, and China - are compared and synthesized to illuminate distinctive perspectives on homeroom teaching. References Baeriswyl, S., Bratoljic, C., & Krause, A. (2021). How homeroom teachers cope with high demands. Journal of SchoolPsychology,85,125-139. Best, R. (1999) The Impact of a Decade of Educational Change on Pastoral Care and PSE. PastoralCare inEducation,17(2),3-13. Da’as, R. (2025). Risky behaviors and absenteeism in adolescents. Teaching andTeacherEducation, 154,104867. Galassi, J. P., Gulledge, S. A., & Cox, N. D. (1997). Middle school advisories. Review of EducationalResearch, 67(3),301-338. Kuusisto, E., Koskela, T., Viljanen, M., & Järvelä, V. (2025). Making the invisible visible. Kasvatus,56(3),327–345. (in Finnish) Mizrahi-Shtelman, R., & Sapir, A. (2025). Navigating boundaries. Journal of Professions and Organization, 12,joaf001. Popper-Giveon, A. & Shayshon, B. (2017). Educator versus subject matter teacher. Teachers and Teaching, 23(5),532-548. Purdy, N. (2013). Pastoral care: Origins, definitions and roles. In N. Purdy (Ed.), Pastoral Care 11-16 – A Critical Introduction(pp.9-33). Bloomsbury. Rissanen, I., Kuusisto, E., Hanhimäki, E., & Tirri, K. (2018). The implications of teachers’ implicit theories for moral education. Journal of MoralEducation,47(1),63-77. Shoshani, A. (2025). Teachers’ flow, emotional well-being, and optimal teaching and learning experiences. Teaching and Teacher Education, 165,105138. Smilie, K. D. (2025). Guiding teachers guiding students: the birth of homeroom and historical questions of teacher autonomy. Paedagogica Historica. Ye, W., Zhu, L., & Ye, W. (2023) Motivation and morality to manage a class. Educational Studies,49(2),418-436. Tirri, K., & Kuusisto, E. (2022). Teachers’ professional ethics. Brill. Presentations of the Symposium Homeroom Teachers in Estonia: Role Demands, Induction, and Support Needs
In Estonia, homeroom teachers are appointed to every class from Grade 5. In grades 1-4, classroom teachers who teach most subjects also assume this role, whereas from Grade 5 onwards, subject teachers serve as homeroom teachers. Importantly, the homeroom teacher role is not defined as a separate position but constitutes an additional responsibility within teachers’ general workload.
Homeroom teachers’ work is guided by the national curriculum, school development plans, and official job descriptions, giving schools autonomy in defining this role. To foster a shared understanding, the Class Teacher’s Handbook (Harro-Loit et al., 2020) outlines key dimensions of the role, including supporting students’ academic and personal development, collaborating with parents and colleagues, and acting as a moral and values educator.
The role of homeroom teacher requires competencies in psychology, collaboration, and communication. These competencies are largely developed through professional practice and collegial learning (Sapir & Mizrahi-Shtelman, 2024b), highlighting the importance of in-service professional development. In recent years, the role of homeroom teachers has received increased attention in Estonia, yet empirical research remains limited. Existing studies, mainly at the Master’s level, have focused on specific role dimensions or teachers’ interpretations of their responsibilities (Ilves, 2024; Ruuben, 2017). Little attention has been paid to beginning homeroom teachers, their induction into the role, and the support they require and receive.
Addressing this gap, Laaspere (2025) examined factors influencing beginning homeroom teachers’ coping with their new role and the support they need from schools. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with seven beginning homeroom teachers. Data were analysed using thematic content analysis informed by the Job Demands–Resources (JD-R) model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2007). The findings indicate that while beginning homeroom teachers were generally aware of their formal responsibilities, they lacked a clear understanding of the concrete tasks and time demands involved. Emotional and psychological factors functioned simultaneously as demands and resources; however, available resources were insufficient to offset job demands, leading to difficulties in coping. Support was primarily received from colleagues, yet participants expressed a need for clearer role expectations, mentors, and training. This is noteworthy given that while mentoring is mandatory for beginning teachers in Estonia, it is not specifically provided for beginning homeroom teachers. Overall, the findings indicate that a key challenge for beginning homeroom teachers lies in developing a realistic and comprehensive understanding of the role and its demands, pointing to the relevance of structured induction processes and targeted in-service professional development.
References:
Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2007). The Job Demands‐Resources model: State of the art. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 22(3), 309–328.https://doi.org/10.1108/02683940710733115
Harro-Loit, H., Hirsnik, H., Kõnnussaar, T., Neeme, M., Palts, K., Randma, L., Sutrop, M., & University of Tartu Centre for Ethics. (2020). Class teacher’s handbook: A guide to values education for teachers and school leaders. EKSA.
Ilves, R. (2024). The homeroom teacher as a career counsellor [Master’s thesis, Tallinn University].
Laaspere, H.-M. (2025). Factors influencing beginning homeroom teachers’ work and their support [Master’s thesis, Tallinn University].
Ruuben, R. (2017). Lower secondary students’ evaluations of their homeroom teacher’s skills and characteristics across different domains [Master’s thesis, University of Tartu].
Sapir, A., & Mizrahi-Shtelman, R. (2024b). Experts in care: Homeroom teachers, care work and the development of practice-based care expertise. Educational Review, 76(6), 1581–1600. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2023.2277124
Learning to Be a Homeroom Teacher in Elementary and Secondary Schools: Knowledge, Practice, Identity
In this presentation, we share key insights from a broader research project examining homeroom teachers’ knowledge, learning processes, and professional identities. The study draws on semi-structured interviews with 142 homeroom teachers working in elementary (n = 60), middle (n = 32), and high schools (n = 50) in Israel. The guiding research question asks what homeroom teachers learn through their everyday work in schools, and how they learn to become homeroom teachers while simultaneously developing their professional identities. The study is informed by a practice-based approach to organizational knowledge and learning (Feldman & Orlikowski, 2011), which conceptualizes knowledge and learning as embedded in practice, inseparable from action, and situated within specific social and organizational contexts.
We present two sets of findings. First, we examine homeroom teachers’ distinctive forms of practice-based knowledge, particularly their expertise in care work developed in their everyday work in schools. This care expertise comprises four interrelated forms: intuitive work, relational work, emotional work and sensory work (Sapir & Mizrahi-Shtelman, 2023). We will specifically focus on how homeroom teachers learn to develop loving feelings towards their students through proactive learning activities, and how they mobilise this emotional capital in their everyday practice (Sapir & Mizrahi-Shtelman, 2025a).
Second, we explore homeroom teachers’ professional identity formation. We show how teachers engage in identity work (Brown, 2022) and boundary work (Langley et al., 2019) to construct and sustain their professional identities, and how these processes are shaped by the spatial and temporal dimensions (Hirst & Humphreys, 2020). Our findings highlight how homeroom teachers draw on meaningfulness of their work to constitute their professional identity in the face of public criticism towards teachers and the teaching profession (Sapir & Mizrahi‐Shtelman, 2024), and how they engage in boundary work to form and define their professional group, employing adaptable boundary work strategies, tailored to their interactions with different key stakeholders (Mizrahi-Shtelman & Sapir, 2025). Finally, we will situate homeroom teachers’ identity formation processes within the spatial and temporal structures of schools (Sapir & Mizrahi-Shtelman, 2025b).
References:
Brown, A. D. (2022). Identities in and around organizations: Towards an identity work perspective. Human Relations, 75(7), 1205–1237.
Feldman, M. S., & Orlikowski, W. J. (2011). Theorizing practice and practicing theory. Organization science, 22(5), 1240-1253.
Hirst, A., & Humphreys, M. (2020). Finding Ourselves in Space: Identity and Spatiality. In The Oxford Handbook of Identities in Organizations, edited by A. D. Brown, 698–714. Oxford: Oxford University Press
Langley, A. et al. (2019). Boundary Work among Groups, Occupations, and Organizations: From Cartography to Process. Academy of Management Annals, 13: 704–36.
Mizrahi-Shtelman, R., & Sapir, A. (2025). Navigating boundaries: the evolution of homeroom teachers’ profession through professional boundary work. Journal of Professions and Organization, 12(2), joaf001.
Sapir, A., & Mizrahi-Shtelman, R. (2023). Experts in care: homeroom teachers, care work and the development of practice-based care expertise. Educational Review, 76(6), 1581-1600.
Sapir, A., & Mizrahi‐Shtelman, R. (2024). ‘We are not babysitters’: Meaningfulness and meaninglessness in homeroom teachers' identity work. European Journal of Education, 59(4), e12714.
Sapir, A., & Mizrahi-Shtelman, R. (2025a). How love works: exploring the meanings and expressions of love in educators’ work in primary and secondary education. Teachers and Teaching, 1-19.
Sapir, A., & Mizrahi-Shtelman, R. (2025b). Becoming a homeroom teacher: spatial and temporal dimensions of identity formation. Research Papers in Education, 40(3), 442-466.
Withdrawn
Sup-paper had to be withdrawn.
References:
.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 01 SES 13 D Location: A08 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Hasmik Kyureghyan Paper Session |
|
|
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Self-Efficacy and Professional Development in Early Childhood Education 1: West University of Timisoara, Romania; 2: Lucian Blaga University of Sibiu, Romania Presenting Author:Topic This study examines the role of preschool teachers’ self-efficacy in the context of early childhood education and investigates how continuous professional development contributes to strengthening teachers’ perceived capacity to manage classroom situations, engage children, and adapt instructional strategies. The topic is anchored in recent debates on the quality of early childhood education in Romania and responds to the need to understand how professional standards and training experiences shape educators’ confidence in practice. Research Question The central research question guiding the study is: Related sub-questions examine:
Objective The main objective of the study is to evaluate the impact of a quasi-experimental training intervention on teachers’ self-efficacy, measured before and after participation. Specifically, the aim is to determine whether teachers in the experimental group report higher levels of perceived efficacy in:
Secondary objectives include analysing changes in the distribution of self-efficacy levels (continuous and ordinal scores) and testing whether initial competencies and contextual variables moderate the training effect. Theoretical Framework This study is positioned at the intersection of social-cognitive theory and contemporary perspectives on early childhood professional practice. Bandura’s model conceptualises self-efficacy as a belief system shaped by mastery experiences, social modelling, verbal feedback, and affective states, all of which regulate professional engagement and persistence (Bandura, 1997). In early childhood settings, these mechanisms are shaped by daily pedagogical routines, the emotional climate of the classroom, and educators’ opportunities to experiment with new approaches. The present research draws on this premise by designing a training programme that intentionally integrates guided practice, feedback cycles, and reflective journaling as potential “sources of efficacy information” for participants. Tschannen-Moran & Woolfolk Hoy’s teacher efficacy model further structures the framework along three instructional domains—engagement, classroom management, and instructional adaptation—areas that align closely with Romanian professional standards for early childhood education introduced in 2024. By mapping the subscales of the measurement instrument to these standards, the study assumes that self-efficacy is not merely a psychological construct but a practice-oriented indicator of professional functioning, embedded in policy expectations and organisational culture. This conceptual anchoring supports the argument that efficacy growth can be interpreted as both an individual cognitive shift and a response to systemic professional demands. Finally, the quasi-experimental design operationalises the framework by testing whether increases in self-efficacy can be observed when teachers are exposed to structured learning conditions that approximate real pedagogical work rather than abstract theory. In this sense, the framework assumes a bidirectional relationship: the intervention is expected to enhance efficacy beliefs, and, reciprocally, strengthened efficacy should support the transfer of new practices to classroom contexts. This positioning situates the study within ongoing international debates about how professional development can function not only as skill acquisition, but as a mechanism for reshaping teachers’ interpretive frameworks, decision-making routines, and professional identity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology / Methods This study employed a quasi-experimental pre-test/post-test design with a control group, implemented in authentic early childhood education settings. The sample consisted of 60 preschool teachers, assigned to an experimental group (n = 30) and a control group (n = 30). Both groups completed the same self-efficacy scale at two measurement points: before the professional development programme and immediately after its completion. Group allocation sought to ensure baseline comparability in demographic and professional characteristics, allowing post-intervention differences to be interpreted primarily as effects of the training rather than of pre-existing variance. The intervention provided to the experimental group integrated three strands aligned with national professional standards: child engagement, classroom management, and instructional adaptation. Training activities combined conceptual input, analysis of authentic classroom scenarios, guided planning tasks, and reflective journaling to support transfer into daily practice. The control group continued routine activity without receiving programme-related support during the intervention period. All participants were informed about confidentiality, voluntary participation, and the use of data at an aggregated level only. Research Instruments / Sources Used Self-efficacy was measured using a 59-item self-report scale, structured into a global score and three subscales corresponding to the domains targeted by the intervention. Items assessed educators’ perceived capacity to stimulate children’s participation, manage disruptive situations, and differentiate instruction according to developmental needs. Responses were recorded on a multi-point Likert scale. Internal consistency was verified through Cronbach’s Alpha (.935–.955), supporting the instrument’s reliability for both continuous and ordinal analyses. To enable interpretability, continuous scores were also recoded into 3- and 5-level ordinal categories. Data analysis proceeded in multiple steps: -descriptive statistics to examine initial comparability and post-intervention profiles; -analyses of variance (ANOVA) to test differences between groups at both measurement points; -regression modelling to estimate the unique contribution of the intervention while controlling for pre-test scores and demographic variables (age, rank, educational level, class size, setting). Results indicated that group membership and pre-test scores were the strongest predictors of post-test self-efficacy, while contextual variables exerted comparatively minimal influence. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study shows that a structured professional development programme, implemented in authentic early childhood settings, is associated with substantial growth in teachers’ perceived self-efficacy. Although the experimental and control groups began with comparable pre-test levels, post-test results demonstrate a clear divergence: teachers who participated in the intervention reported higher confidence in engaging children, managing classroom dynamics, and adapting instruction, whereas the control group presented only minimal change over the same period. This pattern is reflected consistently across descriptive statistics, ANOVA comparisons, and regression analyses. Group membership emerged as the strongest predictor of post-test outcomes, followed by initial efficacy levels, while demographic and contextual factors—such as class size, residence, or formal education—had limited or statistically insignificant effects. Referat empiric autoeficacitate The programme’s structure appears to explain these differences. Activities combining modelling, guided practice, scenario-based analysis and reflective journaling provided teachers with concrete mastery experiences—conditions identified by social-cognitive theory as central to strengthening efficacy beliefs. This suggests that effective professional development does not rely solely on the transmission of content but on creating opportunities for educators to test, apply and reinterpret their own practice within a supportive framework. These findings have both practical and conceptual implications. Practically, they indicate that professional development aligned with real classroom demands can function as a mechanism for consolidating professional identity and decision-making autonomy. Conceptually, the results support the assumption that self-efficacy is a malleable construct shaped by contextualised learning experiences rather than a fixed personal trait. The consistency of post-intervention effects suggests that similar programmes could be replicated in other early childhood contexts to inform policy, training design, and mentoring strategies aimed at improving teaching quality. References Bandura, A. (1993). Perceived self-efficacy in cognitive development and functioning. Educational Psychologist, 28(2), 117–148. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15326985ep2802_3 Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York, NY: W. H. Freeman. Bandura, A. (2001). Social cognitive theory: An agentic perspective. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.52.1.1 Guo, Y., Piasta, S. B., Justice, L. M., & Kaderavek, J. N. (2010). Relations among preschool teachers’ self-efficacy, classroom quality, and children’s language and literacy gains. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(4), 1094–1103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2009.11.005 Justice, L. M., Mashburn, A. J., Hamre, B. K., & Pianta, R. C. (2008). Quality of language and literacy instruction in preschool classrooms serving at-risk pupils. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 23(1), 51–68. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2007.09.004 Klassen, R. M., & Chiu, M. M. (2010). Effects on teachers’ self-efficacy and job satisfaction: Teacher gender, years of experience, and job stress. Journal of Educational Psychology, 102(3), 741–756. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0019237 Klassen, R. M., Bong, M., Usher, E. L., Chong, W. H., Huan, V. S., Wong, I. Y. F., & Georgiou, T. (2009). Exploring the validity of a teachers’ self-efficacy scale in five countries. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 34(1), 67–76. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2008.08.001 Schunk, D. H. (1991). Self-efficacy and academic motivation. Educational Psychologist, 26(3–4), 207–231. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.1991.9653133 Schunk, D. H. (1995). Self-efficacy and education and instruction. In J. E. Maddux (Ed.), Self-efficacy, adaptation, and adjustment: Theory, research, and application (pp. 281–303). New York, NY: Plenum Press. Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2007). Dimensions of teacher self-efficacy and relations with strain factors, perceived collective teacher efficacy, and teacher burnout. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(3), 611–625. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-0663.99.3.611 Tschannen-Moran, M., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2001). Teacher efficacy: Capturing an elusive construct. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17(7), 783–805. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(01)00036-1 Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Self-efficacy: An essential motive to learn. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25(1), 82–91. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1016 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper The Effects of Pedagogical Intervention on Early Childhood Professionals’ Emotional Availability and Their Ability to Consider Children's Temperament Characteristics in Interaction 1: University of Helsinki, Finland; 2: Tampere University; 3: University of Eastern Finland Presenting Author:This is a summary of two studies that examines the effects of pedagogical intervention on the emotional availability (EA) of early childhood professionals’ (ECPs’) and their ability to consider the different temperamental characteristics of children in early childhood education and care (ECEC) group interactions. The study takes a professionally developmental approach, and the long-term training and video-based feedback are used to strengthen the emotional availability of professionals in group interactions. The study uses a before-and-after research design, which can be used to identify changes over time in the interaction of professionals in the intervention group compared to the control group. The effects of the intervention on interaction between early childhood professionals and children in ECEC are discussed in this summary based on two previously published studies (Harkoma et al., 2021; Harkoma et al., 2022). This summary provides comprehensive answers to the following two research questions: 1) What effects does pedagogical intervention have on the emotional availability of professionals in group interactions? and 2) What effects does pedagogical intervention have on professionals’ ability to be emotionally available in a group to children with different temperament characteristics? This is Europe's first intervention study to apply the theoretical framework of Emotional Availability (EA) in ECEC. Similar intervention study has been implemented previously in United States with promising results (Biringen et al., 2012). The framework of Emotional Availability approaches interaction between adult and children from the perspective of attachment theory (Bowlby, 1969). Emotional availability refers to the reciprocity of interaction, and adult's ability to perceive children's emotional signals and respond to them appropriately (Biringen et al., 2014; Emde, 2000). The study also examined the connection between the quality of interaction and children’s temperament, an area in which very little previous research exists in ECEC (De Schipper et al., 2008; Rudasill & Rimm-Kaufman, 2009). Temperament is defined using Rothbart's psychobiological approach, in which temperament is “constitutionally based individual differences in reactivity and self-regulation, influenced over time by genes, maturation and experience” (Rothbart, 2012, p. 9; see also Rothbart & Derryberry, 1981). The early childhood professionals in the intervention group received theoretical training that included, for example, knowledge on attachment relationships, sensitive interaction and considering children’s individual characteristics in group interactions. The training lasted three months, and it included five 90-minute sessions with the supervisor familiar with the subject. During the training, professionals also received video-based feedback on their interactions with the group of children. It was important that the feedback given to the professionals focused on their individual and professional strengths in interaction. The aim of the feedback was to reinforce their experiences of success with the group of children. The training was designed to support individual and team reflection, as it gave professionals the opportunity to participate in discussions and express their views on children and their interactions with them. Reflection on interaction continued after the training with a diary that was written regularly and returned to the researchers by the end of the study. The diaries were used to assess intervention fidelity of professionals. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A total of 74 early childhood professionals and 274 children participated in the study. The final pool of professionals in the first study was 61 (intervention group 41; control group 20) and children in the second study was 136 (intervention group 87; control group 49). Written consent was received from the participating professionals and children's guardians for the study. The voluntary nature of the children's consent was ensured by observing their verbal and nonverbal communication during video observation. According to the preliminary ethical assessment conducted by the Research Ethics Committee in the Humanities and Social and Behavioural Sciences (University of Helsinki), the study was ethically acceptable. The research data was collected by videoing and observing interactions between early childhood professionals and children using the Emotional Availability Scales (Biringen et al., 2014). The method included dimensions adult sensitivity, structuring, non-intrusiveness, non-hostility, and child responsiveness and involvement. The study period was nine months and in the first study, video observations were conducted before the intervention training, six months and nine months after the beginning of the study. In the second study, video observation conducted before the intervention training, and nine months after the beginning of the study were used in the data analyses. EA dimensions were assessed by trained and certified researcher. In addition, inter-rater reliability of EA assessments was achieved by using the intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC) at r > 0.80 with the assistance of an external EA trained researcher who was blind to the background information of study participants. In the second study, temperament survey for children’s guardians was used to assess children’s individual differences in temperament. The survey data was collected by using the Early Childhood Behavior Questionnaire and Children's Behavior Questionnaire forms (Putnam et al., 2006; Rothbart et al., 2001). The questionnaires included a Likert-type scale of 1=never, 4=about half of the time and 7=always. The study included temperament dimensions Positive Anticipation, High Intensity Pleasure, Activity Level, Impulsivity, Discomfort, Fear, Anger/Frustration, Sadness, Soothability, Inhibitory Control, Attentional Focusing, Low Intensity Pleasure, and Perceptual Sensitivity. The reliability of the temperament dimensions was evaluated with a satisfying result of Cronbach’s α 0.641–0.910. The quantitative data were analyzed using statistical methods such as repeated measures analysis of variance (ANOVA) and covariance analysis (ANCOVA). The regularity of the professionals' reflective diary entries was described quantitatively. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the first study showed that the emotional availability, especially sensitivity and non-intrusiveness of early childhood professionals in the intervention group, increased during the intervention compared to the control group. This means that the professionals became more able to express their emotions and receive emotional signals from the children without being overly intrusive towards them. According to the results of second study, the emotional availability of professionals in the intervention group increased in relation to the different temperament characteristics of children compared to the control group. Most differences between the study groups were found in children who had a more active temperament and stronger tendency to seek pleasurable experiences. Differences in terms of professionals’ emotional availability were also evident among children who had challenges to focus their attention and regulate their own behavior and emotions. Based on the results, it appears that the intervention is particularly beneficial for the children who belong to the risk group in terms of temperament, and who needs adult sensitive interaction and emotional support in ECEC. The conclusions of the study expand the theoretical and practical understanding of pedagogical interventions and their effects on the quality of interaction in ECEC. The implementation and effects of the intervention are examined using the Ecosystem Model of Inclusive Early Childhood Education (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2017). The potential of the intervention to support adult’s professional development and child belongingness, engagement, and learning among all children in ECEC is discussed. In addition, the benefits and limitations of the intervention are discussed from the perspective of community, regional, and national structures in ECEC. References Biringen, Z., Altenhofen, S., Aberle, J., Baker, M., Brosal, A., Bennett, S., Coker, E., Lee, C., Meyer, B., Moorlag, A., & Swaima, R. (2012). Emotional availability, attachment, and intervention in center-based child care for infants and toddlers. Development and Psychopathology, 24, 23– 34. Biringen, Z., Derscheid, D., Vliegen, N., Closson, L., & Easterbrooks, M. A. (2014). Emotional availability (EA): Theoretical background, empirical research using the EA scales, and clinical applications. Developmental Review, 34, 114–167. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dr.2014.01.002. Bowlby, J. (1969). Attachment and loss. New York Basic Books. De Schipper, J. C., Tavecchio, L. W. C., & Van IJzendoorn, M. H. (2008). “Children’s Attachment Relationships with day Care Caregivers: Associations with Positive Caregiving and the Child’s Temperament.” Social Development 17 (3): 454–470. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9507.2007.00448.x. Emde, R. N. (2000). Next steps in emotional availability research. Attachment and Human Development, 2, 242–248. European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education. (2017). Inclusive Early Childhood Education: New Insights and Tools – Final Summary Report. (M. Kyriazopoulou, P. Bartolo, E. Björck-Åkesson, C. Giné and F. Bellour, Eds.), Odense, Denmark. Harkoma, S. M., Sajaniemi, N. K., Saha, M., & Suhonen, E. (2022). The effects of PedaSens intervention on early childhood professionals’ emotional availability. Journal of Early Childhood Education Research, 11(2), 121–150. https://journal.fi/jecer/article/view/116188/68681 Harkoma, S. M., Sajaniemi, N. K., Suhonen, E., & Saha, M. (2021). Impact of pedagogical intervention on early childhood professionals’ emotional availability to children with different temperament characteristics. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 29(2), 183–205. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2021.1895264 Putnam, S. P., Gartstein, M. A., & Rothbart, M. K. (2006). Measurement of fine-grained aspects of toddler temperament: The Early Childhood Behavior Questionnaire. Infant Behavior and Development, 29, 386–401. Rudasill, K. M. & Rimm-Kaufman, S. E. (2009). “Teacher–Child Relationship Quality: The Roles of Child Temperament and Teacher–Child Interactions.” Early Childhood Research Quarterly 24 (2): 107–120. doi:10.1016/j.ecresq.2008.12.003. Rothbart, M. K. (2012). Advances in temperament: History, concepts, and measures. In M. Zentner & R. L. Shiner (Eds.), Handbook of temperament, pp. 3–20. New York: Guilford Press. Rothbart, M. K., Ahadi, S. A., Hershey, K. L., & Fisher, P. (2001). Investigations of temperament at three to seven years: The Children’s behavior questionnaire. Child Development, 72(5), 1394–1408. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8624.00355 Rothbart, M. K., & Derryberry, D. (1981). “Development of Individual Difference in Temperament.” In M. E. Lamb, & A. L. Brown (Eds.), Advances in Developmental Psychology, pp. 37–86. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Journal Club as a Tool for Continuous Professional Development of Early Childhood Education Teachers: A Case Study AMAA, Armenia Presenting Author:Teacher professional development activities are essential for teacher continious learning but to be targeted and successful they need to be context-embedded (Kyureghyan, 2023). This case study aims to explore a ‘Journal club’ as a professional development approach for novice ECE teachers. Journal clubs are informal and structured gathering to discuss research and practice literature to keep practitioners up to date, providing an opportunity to discuss how research is relevant to their practice and develop critical thinking skils (Linzer, 1987; Sidorov, 1995). Discussions are led by a facilitator who leads the group through thinking and reflection. Initially coming from medical field, the use of journal cubs in education settings has increased in recent years as research engagement has become more widespread in professional development and considered to be central in enhancing teachers’ professional learning and pedagogical practice (Admiraal et al., 2017; Elder and Crain-Dorough, 2021, Kowalczuk-Walędziak and Ion, 2024). This study examines the implementation of a journal club model for ECE teachers in a newly opened pre-school in Armenia to engage them in continious professional learning. The research question of this study was: · How does the journal club function as a form of professional development for novice ECE teachers? An interpretive qualitative case study (Yin, 2018) was employed drawing on social constructivist perspectives (Cochran-Smith, & Lytle, 1999) to examine the implementation and function of a journal club as a professional development approach for novice ECE teachers. Primary data consist of my field notes taken during and after each discussion meeting and semi-structured interviews with participating teachers. Overall, 15 topics were discussed as part of Journal club meetings. These interactions not only prompted critical reflection on pedagogical practice but also surfaced context-specific issues that teachers were encountering in their work. The journal club thus functioned both as CPD and as a form of mentoring, with sustained peer dialogue around practical and theoretical concepts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs an interpretive qualitative case study design (Yin, 2018) to examine the implementation and function of a journal club as a professional development approach for novice early childhood education (ECE) teachers. The journal club was facilitated by the researcher, who selected readings and guided discussions aligned with participants’ professional needs and the researcher's knowledge of the context and professional judgement. Fifteen discussion topics were addressed over the course of the journal club meetings, which provided structured opportunities for teachers to critically engage with professional literature, reflect on practice, and discuss context-specific challenges. Primary data sources include reflective field notes made during and after each meeting, capturing both group interactions and moderator's reflections, as well as semi-structured interviews with participating teachers to explore their perceptions of professional learning and emergent experiences. Data were analyzed thematically, drawing on a social constructivist perspective (Cochran-Smith & Lytle, 1999) to interpret collaborative sense-making, reflection, and community participation, and on teacher mentoring literature (Feiman-Nemser, 1998a; Hobson et al., 2009) to identify the informal mentoring functions that emerged during discussions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial findings indicate that regular journal club meetings created a feeling of need in teachers as they reported to engage with professional reading/topics as well as developed participants’ abilities to read and apply professional literature through questioning and reflecting on their own practice. Meanwhile, the criticality in reading was still lacking and data shows that more emphasis is needed either through designing targeted JC interventions or activities that promote criticality. Teachers reported that the discussions helped them anticipate classroom challenges, articulate professional questions, and even apply their learning in their personal life (e.g. interaction with their children). Furthermore, the informal, discussion-based format appeared to support novice teachers and biweekly meetings served as a kind of a mentoring. The results suggest that JCs hold promise as informal, collaborative CPD formats for teachers. Moreover, these journal club meetings teachers reported experiencing a unique kind of mentoring when getting pedagogical guidance (core mentoring function for novice teachers, Feiman-Nemser (1998a) by linking research-based ideas to immediate instructional practices. Continued exploration of this model for both CPD and mentoring is recommended, particularly for novice teachers contexts where practice embedded and community supported informal learning opportunities are needed and formal professional learning opportunities are limited. References 1. Admiraal, W. et al. (2017). Linking theory and practice: Teacher research in history and geography classrooms. Educational Action Research 2. Kowalczuk-Walędziak, M. and Ion, G. (2024). Understanding and improving teachers’ researcch engagement: Insights from success stories in Poland and Spain. Teaching and Teacher Education, Vol 151 3. Feiman-Nemser S. (1998a). Linking mentoring and teacher learning. Velon, 3 4. Hobson, A. J., et al. (2009). Mentoring beginning teachers 5. Kyureghyan, H. (2023). Exploring teachers’ learning experiences and core components of the professional development programme within a pilot reform project in Armenia, Teacher Development, 27:5, 613-629, DOI: 10.1080/13664530.2023.2213678 6. Karimi, F., Karimnia, A., Ashraf, H., & Khodabakhshzadeh, H. (2025). Constructing and validating a professional development model for EFL teachers: Insights from the journal club approach. International Journal of Instruction, 18(3), 485–510. 7.Yin, R. K. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications. 01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper Intertextual Children’s Perspectives: Coplanning a Professional Development Module for Teachers with Teachers University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg Presenting Author:Topic and research questions Collaboration is an important component of teacher professional development (Lipscombe et al. 2020), and literature highlights that teachers benefit from collaboration in professional learning communities. Teacher professional learning needs to be close to practice (Wermke 2010), and in the work presented in this proposal we explore the ways in which teachers and researchers collaborated to create a professional learning module (PLM) that is both collaborative and also aligned with teachers’ needs. This proposal represents one study from a project which had the goal of developing PLMs that are responsive to teachers’ needs and that builds from their experiences. This proposal examines the coplanning process undertaken by a team of primary teachers and university researchers as they worked to codesign a PLM within early childhood science education in [European country]. This PLM targets early childhood teachers and uses the narrative of the Three Little Pigs story as a central theme for its scientific activities and investigations. Coplanning with teachers provides a valuable space for sharing ideas, reflecting on past experiences, and developing mutual understandings of practice (Scantlebury et al. 2008). Within our work we sought to create a dialogic space for coplanning through the codesign of a PLM in a team consisting of in-service teachers and researchers. In this process, we noted that teachers often spoke from their perspectives of their students’ engagement with the investigations. From this initial observation, an analytic focus emerged from the coplanning process on the ways in which a diversity of children’s experiences and interests was represented in the teachers’ dialogue, how these mediated the context of the teacher-researcher coplanning sessions, and how these unfolded through the dialogue. The questions that guided our analysis are: 1. How do teachers draw on their perspectives of their students’ engagement within the coplanning sessions? 2. What structures support this sharing process? To address these questions, we consider the diverse ways in which children’s experiences are represented in teachers’ interactions during coplanning sessions for the PLM. Guiding theoretical framework Our work strives towards creating structures that nurture collaboration through a codesign process built on a foundation of coplanning, coteaching, and cogenerative dialogue (Author et al. 2025). Coteaching is guided by the notion of learning “at the elbow” of another, as coteachers learn from and with each other through teaching together (Roth and Tobin 2002). Coteaching brings individuals together and offers a space to coplan an educational activity, and then conduct it together, learning from each other, broadening pedagogical content knowledge, and challenging an idea of a lone teacher being responsible for quality education (Tobin and Roth 2006). Successful coteaching is a result of successful coplanning, as it is a process during which a shared responsibility for teaching and learning emerges. Coplanning and coteaching are grounded in cogenerative dialogue to incorporate multiple voices, experiences and different perspectives for establishing a plan of working towards shared objectives (Tobin 2006, Author 2011) and to support coteachers in reflexively considering their shared practice (Author and colleague 2011). In the context of our work, we coplan and then coteach PLMs, with the objective of bringing together different perspectives and experiences of teachers and researchers. Teachers come together with researchers in designing and implementing new educational activities that are built upon people’s expertise through cogenerative dialogue. Thus, the coplanning sessions are intended as spaces of 1. Open sharing of each others’ perspectives and experiences, 2. Designing a new educational structure, 3. Establishing shared responsibility for the outcomes. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Four teachers and six researchers participated in the codesign of the PLM. The teachers have expertise and experience within early childhood education in various settings, including special needs contexts and outdoor informal education. Six researchers include a professor, two senior researchers, a post-doc and two PhD students, who all work as a science education team at the University of [country]. The data resources analysed include 4.5 hours of video recordings from the two in-person coplanning sessions in Winter 2023 that were key in establishing the PLM’s outline, aims, and coteachers’ responsibilities. All members of the codesign team attended both sessions. During the coplanning sessions, we noticed that the teachers’ dialogue often included their perspectives on their students’ engagement with the investigations being discussed (i.e., statements often including “my kids… my students…”), and thus we engaged in a recursive and iterative analytic process that led to a refined focus on considering how their perception of their students’ experiences were woven into the teachers’ interactions during the coplanning process. We noted analytically that these included both i) their reflections as they look back at their implementation of the investigations with their students, as well as ii) their perspectives on their students’ possible future engagement, and this became central to the emergent interpretive analysis. The video recordings were manually transcribed, and the transcripts used the main data resource. We approach the research data through qualitative content analysis to provide a way to systematically describe the meaning of qualitative data through the generation of categories (Schreier 2012). Qualitative content analysis is defined by a focus on latent meaning and attention to context; it is also data-driven with more inferences to context, author, and recipients (Schreier 2012, p.17). Our role as participants enhanced the contextualized interpretive perspectives on the data. The research focus led to building categories around the ways in which teachers drew upon their perceptions of children’s engagement, and these are through three different categories: 1. Observations, 2. Reenactment, 3. Presentations. If accepted, during the presentation, we will contextualize these categories through narrative elaboration of data excerpts from the coplanning sessions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We found that children’s experiences with the investigations being coplanned by the codesign team enter the space of cogenerative dialogue in different ways - through teachers’ observations, reenactments, and presentation of photos, videos and drawings. Children’s perspectives are interpreted and shared by the teachers, who mediate and construct them during the dialogue, thus, children’s experiences and perspectives become recontextualized through a dialogic and intertextual process. Recontextualization implies the “dynamic transfer-and-transformation of something from one discourse/text-in-context” to another (Linell 1998, p. 144-145), and as teachers share their perspectives of children’s engagement, they layer children’s experiences into their dialogue in an intertextual process. As such, the cogenerative space serves as a structure for teachers to reflectively draw on their experiences as they recontextualize these in dialogue with the codesign team as resources for the collective. Science education at the early childhood level is mediated through children’s interactions - with each other, with materials, and with teachers (Matsui 2021), and it is essential to identify meaningful ways of engaging with children’s experiences (Shaw 2019). The structure of dialogic coplanning between teachers and researchers provides a space for teacher agency as they reflexively draw on their experiences with children to work together to create something new - the PLM. Our analysis has revealed how the teachers’ reflections on children’s experiences are central to the collective PLM planning processes. An important implication emerges in considering the complexity of ways in which the teachers drew on student-created resources in interaction. The analysis has highlighted the ways in which the teacher-researcher collaboration provided opportunities to both look back as well as look forward together, through dialogic and intertextual process that drew from different perspectives, opinions, and experiences, with the cogenerative nature affording welcoming, acknowledging, and responding to such differences. References Author., 2011 Author and colleague., 2011. Author and colleagues., 2025. Lipscombe, K., Buckley-Walker, K., and McNamara, P., 2020. Understanding collaborative teacher teams as open systems for professional development. Professional development in education, 46 (3), 373–390. Linell, P., 1998. Discourse across boundaries: On recontextualizations and the blending of voices in professional discourse. Text & talk, 18 (2), 143-158. Matsui, G., 2021. Reflection on the professional development of early childhood education and care teachers in Japan based on children’s voices. International journal of early childhood, 53 (3), 367-384. Roth, W.-M. and Tobin, K. G., 2002. At the elbow of another: Learning to teach by coteaching. New York: Peter Lang Publishing. Scantlebury, K., Gallo-Fox, J., and Wassell, B., 2008. Coteaching as a model for preservice secondary science teacher education. Teaching and teacher education, 24 (4), 967-981. Schreier, M., 2012. Qualitative content analysis in practice. London: Sage Publications. Shaw, P. A., 2019. Engaging with young children’s voices: implications for practitioners’ pedagogical practice. Education 3-13, 47 (7), 806-818. Tobin, K. G., 2006. Learning to teach through coteaching and cogenerative dialogue. Teaching education, 17 (2), 133-142. Tobin, K. G. and Roth, W.-M., 2006. Teaching to learn: A view from the field (Vol. 4). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Wermke, W., 2010. Continuing professional development in context: teachers’ continuing professional development culture in Germany and Sweden. Professional development in education, 37 (5), 665–683. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 13 A: Reforms Location: Väinö Linna | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Guillaume Isaac Paper Session |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper The Development of Modularization Using the Example of Specific Vocational Schools in the Czech Republic 1: University of Hradec Králové, Faculty of Education, Czech Republic (Czechia); 2: National Pedagogical Institute of the Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:Vocational education and training (VET) is being increasingly challenged to adapt better and faster to changes on the labor market, to provide the requested skills for employment, and to empower learners to respond to these changes. Modularisation in vocational education and training is generally perceived as part of the response to this need for flexibility, both in relation to the labor market and in relation to the students themselves. Modularisation in VET has been the subject of debate at the European level for the past 40 years (e.g., Howieson, 1992; Sellin, 1994; De Bruijn and Howieson, 1995), and in recent years it has been seen as part of a broader strategy to modernize VET, particularly due to the need for flexible education systems that are able to respond to the challenges of contemporary society (CEDEFOP, 2015). Modularisation refers to the creation of educational programs through educational modules. The CEDEFOP study (2015) analyzed conceptual approaches to modularisation in 15 EU member states and also described their development of modularisation. The study by Pilz et al (2018) focuses on an investigation of modularisation as a tool for achieving flexibility based on analyses of 7 European countries. Neither the CEDEFOP study (2015) nor the Pilz et al. (2018) paper mentions the development of modularisation in the Czech Republic. The aim of this paper is to present the development of modularisation in the Czech Republic. The first modular educational programs were created at several secondary technical schools and secondary vocational schools in the early 1990s as part of the ESF Phare-VET program (Kofroňová et al. 1990). The strategic document National Programme for the Development of Education in the Czech Republic – White Paper (2001, p. 72) adopted by the Czech government already called for "Modular study programs using a credit system that provides for changes during the course of studies allow people to continue studying when necessary throughout their whole life, in the same institution or a different one, at home or abroad. Nevertheless, this must always be under the condition that the requirements of the study program (module) are met." The NRP EQAVET CZ (2025) reports that the national project MOV (Modernisation of VET), executed from 2017 to 2020, sought to enhance the quality of VET by modernizing initial vocational education and training (IVET) through the development of educational modules across 105 participating schools. Two years after completion of the MOV project, a subsequent survey by the National Pedagogical Institute of the Czech Republic (NPI) revealed that only 23 out of these schools, representing approximately 2% of VET institutions in the country, continued to implement modularization in their curricula, with only four doing so systematically. The Strategy for Education Policy of the Czech Republic up to 2030+ (Strategy 2030+) identifies modularisation as a key instrument for improving flexibility, quality, and permeability in Czech education, particularly within vocational education and training, that is significant structural shift in Czech education. While initially implemented through pilot activities within the national project MOV, it gradually should being integrated into national policy through curriculum reform and systemic innovation, however, as a voluntary component. However, its success depends on the creation of conditions for modularisation in schools. Therefore, this paper addresses two research questions: RQ1: How has modularisation developed in IVET in the Czech Republic at specific schools? RQ2: What conditions have facilitated modularisation at the VET schools studied? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As part of the research investigation, data from the project “Support of implementation of the EQAVET quality assurance cycle in VET curriculum design” (EQAVET NRPCZ 2023-26, No. 101124871 ERASMUS-EDU-2023-EQAVET-IBA) solved by NPI. The project creates case studies aimed at describing the modularisation of education in 9 VET schools, i.e. the school is characterized as an organization, the processes of creating educational modules and their implementation into the school educational program (SEP) are described, the education implemented in modularized educational programs is described (SEP characteristics, educational module characteristics), the school conditions for modularisation (personnel, material, financial) are described and the evaluation of the school related to modularized education is characterized. To find answers to the research questions, multi-case study are used from: Higher Vocational School, Secondary School, Vocational Training Center, Sezimovo Ústí; Integrated Secondary School of Automobile Engineering Brno; Business Academy, Hotel School and Secondary Vocational School, Turnov; Secondary School Brno, Charbulova. These are schools that offer fields of education with a Maturita examination and a 3-year school based VET programmes leading to EQF level 3, ISCED 353 (with VET certificate) from the following groups: Information Technology; Mechanical Engineering and Manufacturing; Electrical Engineering, Telecommunications, and Computer Technology; Food Industry and Food Chemistry; Printing, Paper, Film and Photography Processing; Transport and Communications; Economics and Administration; Business in Fields and Sectors; Gastronomy, Hotel Management and Tourism; Trade; General Vocational Training. Each case study should provide broader answers to the following partial research questions: a) How was the implementation of modularized education at the school? b) How is modularized teaching organized in school? c) What are the conditions (e.g. personnel, material, financial) for modularisation at school? d) How is evaluation carried out in connection with modularized teaching? The case studies are based on data obtained from the analysis of documents (e.g. inspection reports, annual school reports, school educational program(s), school action plan for educational development, school presentation, school website), information provided by the principal and school representatives during workshops in Prague (2024-2025), the principal's answers to questions sent by e-mail (2024 or 2025), based on participant observation during a school visit and information provided during meetings with school and employer representatives and an individual semi-structured interview with the school principal on the topic of school financing and discussions with teachers who implement modular teaching at the school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All schools according to the spectrum of VET modularisation (Pilz et al 2018) are examples of traditional holistic training. In the multi-case study is a school in Sezimovo Ústí, which has been using modular teaching since around 1992. It gained experience in various projects, particularly abroad (BBL2 and BBL3, SCOTVEG). School was involved in the PILOT S (2005-2008) and KURIKULUM S (2009-2012) projects, which focused on the creation and verification of SEP in selected VET schools and cooperation with employers, who helped define the learning outcomes. The school also participated in the UNIV´s projects, whose goal was to create and pilot-test modular continuing education programs. School participated in MOV project (2017–2020). The automotive school from Brno and the VET school from Trutnov had a similar development of modularisation since 2005. Secondary School Brno, Charbulova, only began modularisation in 2017–2020. Modularized teaching at these schools was facilitated (RQ2) in particular by the strong vision of the school management. According to one headteacher, the introduction of modularisation was very difficult – "in terms of genres, it could be a drama, a horror story, but also a fairy tale with a happy ending." The positive aspect was definitely the flexibility to reflect changes in technology and the labor market in the module without having to change the entire school curriculum. Teachers at the time were rather opposed to the modules due to the significant change in the organization of teaching and the increased difficulty of teaching by combining all specialized subjects into a module. A constant challenge is finding VET teachers who have knowledge of the theory of the field, who can convey it to students in a didactic way, who are also capable of practical training of students, and who are not afraid to show students any detail of the craft. References De Bruijn, E. & Howieson, C. (1995). Modular Vocational Education and Training in Scotland and the Netherlands: Between Specificity and Coherence. Comparative Education 31(1), 83–100. Cedefop - European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training (2015). The Role of Modularisation and Unitisation in Vocational Education and Training. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. http://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/6126_en.pdf. Howieson, C. (1992). Modular Approaches to Initial Vocational Education and Training: The Scottish Experience. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh. Kofroňová, O. a kol. (1990). Modulové uspořádání jako alternativní možnost konstrukce programů studia: Úvahy o modulovém uspořádání programů studia. [Modular structure as an alternative option for the design of study programs: Reflections on the modular structure of study programs] Praha: Výzkumný ústav odborného školství. National Programme for the Development of Education in the Czech Republic – White Paper. (2001) Prague: Ministry of Education, Youth and Sport. NRP EQAVET CZ (2025). EQAVET Peer Review Czechia 2025: Supporting secondary VET schools in pedagogical design with emphasis on modularisation. Prague, Czechia 23-24 October 2025 Self-Assessment Report. Prague: NPI ČR. Pilz, M., Li, J., Canning, R. & Minty, S. (2018). Modularisation approaches in Initial Vocational Education: evidence for policy convergence in Europe? Journal of Vocational Education & Training 70(1), 1-26, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2017.1392994 Sellin, B. (1994). Vocational training in Europe: towards a modular form? Discussion paper. Berlin: Cedefop panorama series. Thesaloniky: CEDEFOP Strategy for Education Policy of the Czech Republic up to 2030+ (2020). Prague: Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper ‘This is Our Journey’: Nationalism in a Vocational Education Reform in Malta Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:There has been renewed scholarly interest in how nationalism and national identity shape educational systems, practices, and materials, particularly within contexts of increasing European integration. Research has shown that curricula, textbooks, and pedagogical practices are deeply influenced by national histories, cultures, and identity narratives (e.g., Tröhler 2023). At the same time, European education policy has increasingly promoted coordination, comparability, and mobility across national systems. Building on this growing body of research, the present study examines the relationship between Vocational Education and Training (VET) policy-making and national identity within a Europeanised policy space. Historically, the aims of VET have been closely tied to economic development and labour market needs; however, VET systems are also embedded in broader societal and cultural practices (Elias 1995). Across Europe, countries hold distinct conceptualisations of vocational learning, apprenticeships, and professional education. These differences coexist with the EU’s soft governance mechanisms, such as the Copenhagen Process. As a result, national VET reforms often emerge from negotiations between European-level policy discourses and domestic traditions, priorities, and identities. The link between VET and nationalism remains underexplored. To explore this link, we undertake a case study of VET reform in Malta, utilising documents and media. This reform, implemented between 2013 and 2016, introduced vocational subjects into secondary schooling. The aim is to understand how this reform was legitimised through references to external sources or through references to national identity. The research questions are: How was the reform in Malta legitimised? What externalisations were made to provide legitimation for policy change? How did national identity affect the legitimation of the reform? Theoretically, we first turn to literature on policy borrowing (Phillips and Ochs 2003; Schriewer 1990; Steiner-Khamsi and Waldow 2012). Policy borrowing involves the adoption of policies or practices which are already in use elsewhere. Literature on policy borrowing also sheds light on the factors which lead to cross-national attraction, such as an internal dissatisfaction with current affairs and negative external evaluation. Additionally, external models become attractive because of similar guiding philosophies and aims. A different approach to studying policy borrowing is provided by looking at Schriewer’s (1999, 2000) work on ‘externalisation to world situations’. When nations search for viable solutions, they often reference foreign models, which he terms ‘externalisation’. Secondly, we turn to the epistemic governance framework (Alasuutari and Qadir 2019). This framework seeks to understand the actions that actors take to gain approval and legitimacy for policy change, i.e., for governance. This governance involves work and actions, which are epistemic in nature. The term epistemic highlights that actors’ actions tap into some form of knowledge and understanding of societal understanding and views. Thus, when policy actors seek to bring about policy change, they seek to make references to societal understandings which support such changes. In this case, an understanding on epistemic governance helped shed light on how policy actors used media appearances and communications (i.e., epistemic work) to highlight how the new reform is legitimate through its connection with national identity and the support of external authoritative sources. Finally, we make references to theory on nationalism (Tröhler 2023; Özkırımlı 2017). Following Özkırımlı (2017, 220), we see nationalism as “socially constituted and institutional”. Thus, nationalism is linked with a social understanding of national history and culture. This understanding is evident through discourse, images and symbols used (Billig 1995). Additionally, nationalism is institutional because it is enabled by societal structures and political actors (Brubaker 1996). In a Europeanised policy environment, nationalism does not disappear but is rearticulated, as national identity becomes a key resource through which European policy influences are interpreted, adapted, and legitimised. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I use this literature to build a conceptual framework that enables me to investigate how a VET reform in Malta was shaped by externalisation and legitimised through and within national identity. This conceptual framework is then applied to analyse documents and media. We collected documents and video material which spanned the years preceding the policy, up until the policy was implemented i.e., 2011 to 2018, and any other media produced about its outcome. In total, we collected 42 documents, including 18 media articles, 9 videos, 4 policy documents, 5 reports, 4 press releases and 2 scientific publications. The first documents were collected from Maltese sources. This included the policy document outlining a reform for general education and the policy document outlining the VET reform. Snowball sampling was used as Maltese documents served as the starting point from which references to external influences led to the collection of reports published by EU entities. The EU reports included Malta’s Education Monitor for 2016, Cedefop evaluations of VET in Malta, a report on inclusive education in Malta by the European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, and Council of the EU recommendations for the European Semester 2013. Lastly, criterion sampling was used to search for other media articles and news segments that were about the VET reform. This sample can be considered fully comprehensive, as the document retrieval process covered all available Maltese news and journalistic websites. The material was examined using Qualitative Content Analysis (Schreier 2012) and coded with the assistance of Atlas.ti software. An initial reading was conducted to become familiar with the dataset. This was followed by a second reading focused on inductive, data‑driven coding, during which recurring concepts emerging from the material were identified. A third reading applied deductive, concept‑driven coding using a coding frame developed in accordance with epistemic governance theory. This resulted in a double‑coding process. Finally, fourth and fifth readings were undertaken to consolidate the coding scheme and eliminate codes that appeared only infrequently. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study identifies three key themes. First, processes of externalisation and cross-national attraction to foreign models were used to legitimise policy change. Second, key figures engaged in epistemic work to frame the reform and accumulate authority. Third, nationalism permeated both institutional and individual actors’ approaches to VET policy-making. Externalisation was a central strategy employed by the governmental ministry responsible for education. Legitimacy for the reform was built through references to external authoritative sources, most notably the European Union and Finland. These externalisations were evident in official documents and media outputs produced by the ministry. By aligning the reform with internationally recognised practices, the ministry strengthened its credibility while positioning the policy within a broader transnational context. At the individual level, officials within the Maltese Ministry of Education were the primary actors conducting epistemic work in support of the reform. Their efforts focused on presenting the reform as aligned with the needs and aspirations of the Maltese nation, framing it as a collective national mission. This involved constructing a narrative that positioned the reform as necessary and beneficial for society as a whole. Importantly, references to Finnish actors were framed in ways that respected Maltese identity, illustrating how externalisation was carefully balanced with national considerations. A significant component of epistemic work involved framing the policy context to support reform. This was achieved by emphasising perceived shortcomings of the existing VET system and presenting the reform as a solution. Ministry officials argued that the new VET system would reduce early school leaving, expand access to education, and better respond to changing labour market demands. Lastly, both institutional and individual actors engaged in externalisation and epistemic work that was coherent with a national narrative rooted in Maltese identity and culture. Educational challenges were framed as collective experiences requiring collective action. References Alasuutari, Pertti, and Ali Qadir. 2019. Epistemic Governance: Social Change in the Modern World. Palgrave Macmillan Cham. Billig, Michael. 1995. Banal Nationalism. Sage London. Brubaker, Rogers. 1997. Nationalism Reframed: Nationhood and the National Question in the New Europe. Cambridge University Press. Elias, John L. 1995. Philosophy of Education: Classical and Contemporary. Krieger Publishing Company, P. Özkırımlı, Umut. 2017. Theories of Nationalism: A Critical Introduction. 3rd ed. Palgrave Macmillan. Phillips, David, and Kimberly Ochs. 2003. ‘Processes of Policy Borrowing in Education: Some Explanatory and Analytical Devices’. Comparative Education 39 (4): 451–61. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305006032000162020. Schreier, Margrit. 2012. Qualitative Content Analysis in Practice. First Edition. SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781529682571. Schriewer, Jürgen. 1990. ‘The Method of Comparison and the Need for Externalization: Methodological Criteria and Sociological Concepts’. Theories and Methods in Comparative Education 3: 25–83. Steiner-Khamsi, Gita, and Florian Waldow, eds. 2012. World Yearbook of Education 2012: Policy Borrowing and Lending in Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203137628. Tröhler, Daniel, ed. 2023. Education, Curriculum and Nation-Building: Contributions of Comparative Education to the Understanding of Nations and Nationalism. Oxford Studies in Comparative Education. Routledge. 02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper Integrating Powerful and Transformative Learning Environments for Sustainability in Educational Practice in Secondary VET: The European Project ProVEST. CYU Paris Cergy Université, France Presenting Author:The Erasmus+ CoVE ProVEST project (Professionalisation of Teachers and Mentors in Vocational Education to Realise Powerful Transformative Learning Environments for a Sustainable Transition) brings together 23 partners from five countries (Belgium, Estonia, France, Germany and Spain) to develop a professionalisation program for vocational education and training (VET) stakeholders. The project aims to strengthen collaboration between schools and enterprises and prepare teachers and mentors to equip learners with the skills required for Europe’s sustainable transition (The European Green Deal, 2021) and a rapidly changing labour market. ProVEST promotes the establishment of broad, interdisciplinary and intersectoral teams that design and test powerful and transformative learning environments (Pauwels et al., 2023; Mezirow, 1978), integrating both sustainability (Mulvik et al., 2024) and digital competence. This is supported by a transnational masterclass open to educators and company mentors. A central feature of the ProVEST project is the multilingual online platform Edusynergy, which enables continuous evaluation and stakeholder feedback. It has been designed as a collaborative space for teachers and mentors to engage in peer exchange and to co-construct inclusive and sustainable learning environments. The platform hosts dozens of “germ cells” (Engeström et al., 2022; Isaac et al., 2025) — concrete examples of initiatives that can be adapted and implemented across different institutions and contexts. It seeks to bolster collective professional development and to advance the transition towards more sustainable learning environments through the sharing of educational practices. Each partner has contributed projects to the online platform that align with the definition of Powerful and Transformative Learning Environments for Sustainability (PTLES), referring to educational settings designed to promote deep, collaborative, and sustainable learning. Such environments draw on principles such as critical reflection, self-regulated learning, interdisciplinary integration, authentic learning contexts and innovative use of technology. After completing the description of their cases using a template embedded in the online Eduysnergy platform, partners underwent a round of online comments received from peers from the other countries of the consortium, based on an evaluation grid encompassing the principles of the PTLES model. This online collaboration among countries was possible thanks to the multilingual automatic translation. Schools and firms were asked to provide constructive feedback to other teams, by underlining the outstanding elements of the PTLES framework they retrieved, asking more information when needed, highlighting lacking elements that could be further developed, and giving suggestions based on their own experience in vocational education. Based on this feedback, schools and firms wrote on the collaborative platform an improved version (V2) of their cases, which will be used to design the masterclass. This paper addresses the following research question: how do ProVEST partners’ integrations of peer feedback reveal shared priorities and contextual differences in applying the PTLES framework toward more inclusive and sustainable learning environments in VET? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To go in-depth in the analysis by country, this research starts by focusing on the “germ cells” from France. A first investigation has been conducted on the original 19 cases (V1) posted on the Edusynergy online platform by French schools and firms. Criteria for investigation were based on the grid for analysing PTLES completed by French and European peers. As a second phase of the investigation, 6 improved versions of the French cases (V2) have been analysed on the basis of the grid for analysing PTLES, which was filled in during an online collaborative meeting with French schools, firms and researchers. In order to seize what has induced partners to change their case, comments posted by other partners on the online collaborative platform addressing their V1 “germ cells” will be analysed to identify which highlighted elements triggered reflection. A qualitative enquiry will be conducted through thematic analysis (Paillé & Mucchielli, 2016) of the French V2 on Edusynergy. The most relevant themes in V2 descriptions by schools and firms for implementing inclusive and sustainable learning environments in VET will be identified. A cross-European comparison will be conducted on the 8 most inspiring practices from the other 4 countries of the consortium (Belgium, Estonia, Germany, Spain) in order to determine whether the French national context has distinctive features, and/or if common elements are to be found among the countries. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results from the investigation of the 19 original French cases illustrate how learning environments work as catalysts for deep and lasting transformation, both for learners and for society. For instance, partnership with the local labor market builds bridges with employers and professionals to root learning in real economic and social contexts. Moreover, professional immersion allows learners to experience authentic situations and develop practical expertise. In addition, vocational training oriented toward citizenship prepares not only skilled professionals but also responsible citizens. Furthermore, learning for sustainability ensures that training processes and outcomes align with long-term social and environmental responsibility. Similarly, inclusive pedagogical methodologies ensure participation for all learners. Besides, collaborative learning encourages teamwork and co-construction of knowledge. Finally, interdisciplinarity enables knowledge transfer. Preliminary findings from the investigation of the 6 improved versions of the French cases (V2) show that inspiring practices articulate the principles of the PTLES model in diverse ways. Nevertheless, one principle (Higher-order thinking and complex skills) presents 4 outstanding elements that can be found in all cases: Collaborative learning, Interdisciplinary learning tasks, SDGs, Green and sustainable competences, and Problem-solving learning. The principle Learning tasks in authentic contexts (e.g., by working with real-world problems) is outstanding in 5 cases out of 6. An initial comparison of French V1 and French V2 shows that the teachers of one school merged 8 original projects into 3 improved cases, indicating an enhanced understanding of their teaching practices as embedded in coherent learning environments for sustainability. Building on the cross-European analysis, we expect to identify common strengths and weaknesses across countries, as well as distinctive national patterns. Our first results and preliminary findings suggest that PTLES act as bridges and accelerators between education, society, and sustainable futures. They transform learning into a dynamic process that integrates knowledge, skills, values, and action. References Engeström, Y., Nummijoki, J., & Sannino, A. (2012). Embodied germ cell at work: Building an expansive concept of physical mobility in home care. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 19(3), 287–309. Isaac, G., Kartika Sari, L., Epstein, M., Moscaritolo, A. & Guevara, M. (2025, November 5-7). Transformative Learning Environments (PTLEs) from theory to practice: a pluralist approach to transforming VET through sustainability across Europe [Paper presentation]. ISCAR 2025, Barcelona, Spain. The European Green Deal. (2021). https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/european-green-deal_en. Paillé, P., Mucchielli, A. (2016): L'analyse qualitative en sciences humaines et sociales. Paris: Armand Colin. Pauwels, L., Devos, G., Vaesen, J., Timbermont, E., Jansen, D., Placklé, I., & Tuytens, M. (2023). Bouwstenen voor opleiding en professionalisering van (duale) leraren technische en praktijkvakken in arbeidsmarktgerichte opleidingen: Voorbereidende onderzoeksfase: Systematische Reviewstudie. Vlaams departement onderwijs en vorming. Brussel, Vlaamse Overheid. Mezirow, J. (1978). Education for perspective transformation: Women re-entry programs in community college. Center for adult education. Columbia University. Mulvik, I., Torres, R., Chachava, M., Lekavičiūtė, E., Blasko, Z., McGrath, C., Garcia, I. E., Steponavičius, M., Berndt, J. (2024). Monitoring Learning for Sustainability: Developing a Cross-EU Approach, Final Report. European Union |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 13 B: Related Values and Goals, Different Shapes? Movements in the Nordic VET Systems Location: K108 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Franz Kaiser Session Chair: Elsa Eiríksdóttir Symposium |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium Related Values and Goals, Different Shapes? Movements in the Nordic VET Systems National vocational education systems are unique in some ways due to the historical circumstances of their formation and development (Virolainen & Persson Thunqvist 2017), the evolving national social and economic situation as well as imperatives and societal sentiments (Hanf 2002). Goals for developing a mature VET might include substantially elevating the standing within the community to be higher, championing the richness and importance of vocational education and the occupations, communities and individuals it serves. Integrating of theory and practice, promoting the autonomy of students, and to enhance the standing of vocational educators, trainers and teachers (Kaiser 2025), their selection and education, is part of this development. As well as granting them the kinds of professional discretion that will permit them to address localised needs, specific requirements and respond flexibly to the needs of their students in generating the skills required by industries and employers, and by legislators and policymakers (Billet 2013). These different possibilities for the focus of system developments has often led to nation-specific kinds of educational purposes for these systems, their institutions, engagements with communities, and processes of teaching and assessment (Billet 2011). As with their formation, the development of these systems is being continually reshaped by national imperatives and external factors, such as the demands of supranational agencies and geopolitical events (Klassen 2025). Yet, there will always likely be interplays between localized, national, and external imperatives shaping its purposes, practices, and policies. The focus of the symposium is on the Nordic Countries (Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland, and Iceland) and the aim is to present and discuss comparative accounts of how these processes play out in current developments of the vocational education systems in these countries. They share many similarities in their development for the last century, in terms of culture, mentality, and economics. Based on a symposium including all Nordic Countries during the Nordic VET research conference (Nordyrk) in Aarhus 2025 (Eiriksdottir et.al. 2025) the aim is to present short insides in some Nordic countries and a comparison view along with three questions: - What might constitute a mature vocational education system? - What are the changes in governance/structures seen in the last decade? - What are the key lessons from the country? In an intended publication the aim is to generate a conceptual basis comprising the kinds of imperatives and factors and their educational consequences that permit the appraisal of the changes and their legacies that may have wider applicability in identifying and critically evaluating future changes. After a short introduction, short reports from some Nordic countries (Denmark and Finland) and a comparison view will follow and lead to discussion among presenters and audience. Method: Participants in the symposium represent findings from a symposium at NORDYRK 2025 based on contributions from all Nordic countries: Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden. It is based on several Online discussions between the Nordic researchers and Stephen Billett and Franz Kaiser, who serve as external experts and commentators. The group meets every other month for discussion and in-between meetings the group members work individually to answer questions, whose responses are then synthesized, summarized and shared.The method comprises a comparative set of case studies being conducted in each of the five Nordic countries. The symposium at ECER is intended to be another step in an ongoing discussion-based process, that commenced in September 2024. Intended Outcome:
References Billett S. (2013). Towards a mature provision of vocational education. International Journal of Training Research 11( 2):184-194 Eiriksdottir, E.; et.al. (2022). Selection for Whom? Upper Secondary School Choice in the Light of Social Justice. Educational Governance Research (8), pp.175-197 Eiríksdóttir, E., et.al. (2025). Movement and maturity in VET systems: Current developments in the Nordic countries.Conference presentation, 10.-12.6.2025 NordYrk conference, VIA College, Aarhus, Denmark. Hanf G. (2002) Introduction. Towards a history of vocational education and training (VET) in Europe in a comparative perspective, 2002; Florence Kaiser, F. (2023). Schweden. Internationales Handbuch der Berufsbildung. Bonn Kaiser, F. (2025). Academic drift of technical VET teacher education in Germany, Sweden, and other Nordic countries. Nordic Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 15(1), 148–179. https://doi.org/10.3384/njvet.2242-458X.25151148 Klassen, J. (2025). International organisations in vocational education and training: a literature review. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 77(3), 792–818. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2024.2320895 Michelsen, S. et.al. (Eds.). (2018). Vocational education in the Nordic countries. Routledge. Virolainen, M. (2023). Case study Finland: The future of vocational education and training in Europe, (Cedefop) https://www.cedefop.europa.eu/files/finland_future_of_vet_vol.3.pdf Virolainen, M., & Persson Thunqvist, D. (2017). Varieties of universalism: Post-1990s developments in the initial school-based model of VET in Finland and Sweden and implications for transitions to the world of work and higher education. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 69(1), 47–63 Presentations of the Symposium Impacts of reforms on Finnish Vocational Education and Training
This presentation examines the major reforms that have reshaped Finnish vocational education and training (VET) since 2017, including the VET Reform 2017, the extension of compulsory education adopted in 2020, and the strengthening of the competence‑based approach accompanied by a shift toward more individualised study programmes. Collectively, these reforms have had a far‑reaching impact on the structure, governance and pedagogical practices of Finnish VET. The 2017 legislative reform unified youth and adult VET under a single legal framework, aiming to streamline provision, reduce fragmentation, and enhance responsiveness to labour‑market needs. The extension of compulsory education until the age of 18—or until completion of upper secondary education—brought new learner groups into VET, increasing diversity in prior learning experiences, study preparedness and support needs. This shift has intensified the demand for inclusive pedagogical approaches and strengthened guidance. At the same time, the reinforced competence‑based approach has stimulated public debate about the balance between vocational specialisation and the provision of sufficient general competences to support transitions to higher education (Rosenblad et al., 2022; Pietilä, 2025). For young learners in particular, questions have emerged concerning the adequacy of vocational qualifications as a foundation for further study and long‑term career development.
The presentation explores the outcomes of these reforms with regard to study completion, transitions to employment and progression to further education. Drawing on national statistics from the Educational Statistics Finland repository, alongside desk research and secondary analysis of published reports (e.g. Junttila, 2025), the presentation provides an overview of the reforms and their outcomes. The presentation also reflects on methodological challenges in contemporary VET research. While Finland’s comprehensive national follow‑up systems provide robust data for identifying large‑scale trends, they remain insufficient for capturing the lived experiences of students, teachers, leaders and developers. Understanding how reforms unfold in practice requires qualitative approaches that explore local interpretations, implementation processes and contextual variation.
References:
Junttila, J. (2025). Oppivelvollisuusiän korotuksen vaikutuksia [The effects of raising the compulsory school age]. VATT Institute for Economic Research. https://urn.fi/URN:NBN:fi-fe20251201113174
Pietilä, P. (2025). Äidinkielen luokka ja sukupuoli: Etnografinen tutkimus äidinkielen/suomen opinnoista osaamisperusteisessa tekniikan alan ammatillisessa perustutkintokoulutuksessa [Native language class and gender: An ethnographic study of native language/Finnish studies in competence-based vocational basic education in the field of technology][Doctoral dissertation, Helsingin yliopisto]. Helsingin yliopisto.
Rosenblad, N., Schaffar, B., & Löfström, E. (2022). VET and the “Competency-Tetris”: Inclusion of Whom, to What, and Where?. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education (NJCIE), 6(3-4). https://doi.org/10.7577/njcie.4835
The case of Denmark
This symposium paper examines the Danish VET system as one of three Nordic cases in a comparative discussion of what may constitute a mature VET system in contemporary welfare states. Denmark is often portrayed as a strong example of a dual VET model with close alignment between education and the labour market. However, persistent challenges related to recruitment, dropout and educational identity call into question how maturity should be understood and assessed.
Danish VET is rely on the dual principle, combining workplace-based apprenticeship with shorter periods of school-based learning. Almost all graduates with a journeyman’s certificate gain employment, and the system is closely associated with low youth unemployment. At the same time, VET attracts only around 20% of each youth cohort, and dropout rates have remained high at approximately 40–45% over the past decade. This tension between labour market effectiveness and limited educational attractiveness represents a key paradox in the Danish case.
The Danish VET system is characterized by a tripartite governance involving the state and social partners – employees and employers, who play a central role in curriculum development, regulation of workplace training and financing. National advisory bodies and trade committees institutionalize stakeholder involvement and ensure strong labour market alignment.
Despite these features, the paper identifies four areas where maturity remains contested: the lack of formal pedagogical requirements for workplace training managers; weakly institutionalized cooperation between VET schools and training companies; ongoing difficulties in attracting socially diverse groups of young people; and a limited emphasis on broader educational aims such as Bildung, democratic participation and critical technological awareness.
References:
Louw, A. & Katznelson, N. (2019). Learning in a performance culture: a Danish study on grades, learning and student strategies in upper secondary education programs.Nordic Research Symposium 2019: Narrowing paths - transgressive routes - Center for Rusmiddelforskning, Århus Universitet, Århus, Denmark
Krogh, S. O.; Louw, A.; Lyneborg, R. & Hjermov, P. (2024) Forandringer i EUD-elevers motivation og faglige selvsikkerhed: En undersøgelse af udviklingen i elevprofiler på erhvervsuddannelsernes grundforløb fra 2009 til 2024 vha. machine learning. Aalborg University
Comparing the Nordic VET systems: Shared values and different solutions
The Nordic countries, Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden, have traditionally been viewed as a coherent group, characterised by universal welfare policies and a strong emphasis on social equality and inclusion within a free market capitalist framework. However, there are important national differences in how the education systems are organized and their coherence has been questioned, especially as market‑oriented reforms in the past decades have made their mark. The aim of the paper is to compare the vocational education systems at the upper secondary level in the five Nordic countries in terms of their structural features and contemporary challenges and reforms. The findings show important differences among the countries in how their VET systems are structured at the upper secondary level, the role of apprenticeship, and whether preparation to higher education is emphasized. There are also important similarities in terms of state involvement and how recent reforms have shaped these systems to deal with current challenges. Overall, the findings suggest that rather than a unified Nordic model of VET, the systems share family resemblance shaped by common values.
References:
Antikainen, A. (2006). In search of the Nordic model in education. Scandinavian journal of educational research, 50(3), 229–243. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/00313830600743258
Busemeyer, M. R. & C. Tampusch. (2012). The comparative political economy of collective skill formation. In M. R. Busemeyer & C. Trampusch (Eds.), The political economy of collective skill formation (pp. 3–38). Oxford University Press.
Cedefop (2023). The future of vocational education and training in Europe. Luxembourg: Publications Office. http://data.europa. eu/doi/10.2801/08824
Jørgensen, C. H., Olsen, O. J. & Thunqvist, D. P. (Eds.). (2018). Vocational education in the Nordic countries. Learning from diversity. Routledge.
Krejsler, J. B. (2024). The Nordic dimension in education–emerging from myths and realities. In J. B. Krejsler (Ed.), Scrutinizing the Nordic dimension in education (pp. 3–23). Routledge. DOI: 10.4324/9781032694252-2
Lundahl, L. (2016). Equality, inclusion and marketization of Nordic education. Research in Comparative and International Education, 11(3), 3–12. DOI: 10.1177/1745499916631059
Michelsen, S. & Stenström, M.-L. (Eds.). (2018). Vocational education in the Nordic countries: The historical evolution. Routledge.
Nylund, M.,Rosvall, P.-Å., Eiríksdóttir, E.,Holm, A.-S., Isopahkala-Bouret, U., Niemi, A.-M. & Ragnarsdóttir, G. (2018). The academic–vocational divide in three Nordic countries: implications for social class and gender. Education Inquiry, 9(1), 97–121, DOI: 10.1080/20004508.2018.1424490
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 13 C: Navigating VET Transitions in Europe: Policy Repertoires, Vulnerability Perspectives, and Evidence‑Based Insights from Five Countries - part 1 Location: K109 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Ane Qvortrup Session Chair: Barbara E. Stalder Symposium |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium Navigating VET Transitions in Europe: Policy Repertoires, Vulnerability Perspectives, and Evidence‑Based Insights from Five Countries - part 1 VET systems play a crucial role in equipping young people with labour‑market relevant skills, yet European countries differ in system design, participation patterns and outcomes (OECD, 2023). Research on VET policy transfer remains fragmented and dominated by single‑country studies with limited methodological diversity (Ciantar, 2025). The symposium responds to this gap through cross‑national mapping of VET transition and participation patterns and policy repertoires. This symposium brings together research teams from Denmark, Estonia, Croatia, Scotland, and Spain participating in the EU‑Horizon funded VETprep project. All papers begin with national VET policy analyses but extend their lens to a wider ecology of situations—including institutional practices, socio‑economic conditions, professional understandings, and young people’s lived experiences. Comparing VET systems is analytically demanding (Czycholl, 1971). As Steiner‑Khamsi (2010) has argued, the logics and purposes of comparison have shifted over time, and King (1965) already underscored that meaningful comparison must move beyond structural inventories towards an analysis of the ecology of situation. Recent comparative VET scholarship proposes multi‑dimensional frameworks that foreground labour‑market structures, governance arrangements, competence models, and educational logics (Clarke, Westerhuis & Winch, 2021). Work on VET policy transfer likewise shows how comparison is intertwined with processes of translation and contextual adaptation (Barabasch, Bohlinger & Wolf, 2026). These are complementary: whereas Steiner‑Khamsi’s work on travelling reforms highlights how policy ideas circulate and are recontextualised rather than simply copied (2023), multi‑dimensional VET frameworks help specify which system dimensions matter when such reforms meet national centexts. Our symposium adopts both vantage points: we anchor each paper in national policy analysis while tracing how policies are enacted, negotiated, and experienced within a broader ecologies of situation. Across the five countries, the symposium explores three shared dimensions: VET attractiveness, transitions into VET, and participation and retention. All teams used a common document‑analysis approach (Torraco, 2016), and a common coding scheme for identifying policy intentions, target groups, measures and available evidence. This enables both cross‑national comparability and sensitivity to national and regional particularities. Two papers address additionally the interconnected roles of social background and psychosocial factors in student transitions and educational expectations from a cross-national and cross-time perspective, tapping into possibilities of policy interventions for students from lower socioeconomic backgrounds. While the shared framework creates a coherent foundation, each contribution adds a distinctive analytical angle. Denmark examines how national VET policy repertoires are translated and enacted across different organisational and pedagogical ecologies, showing how policy intentions materialise, shift, or dissolve as they move from policy texts into school and workplace practice. Scotland shows how the effectiveness of the most significant policy efforts of the Scottish Government to expand VET participation in the last fifteen years have been severely tamed down by the low public commitment and weak institutional coordination of its liberal skill regime. Estonia combines policy analysis with qualitative interviews, illuminating how vocational school staff and students in need of support perceive and enact support measures, with particular attention to vulnerability and student agency. Spain examines how recent VET policy reforms aimed at enhancing attractiveness, structuring transitions and promoting participation and inclusion are enacted and experienced by students. Combining national policy analysis with qualitative interviews, the paper explores how policy intentions are translated into educational trajectories. Croatia links policy analysis to OECD PISA data to investigate transitions, inequalities and aspiration patterns from a cross-national and cross-time perspective, widening the scope to populations of 15-year-olds within EU-28 perspective. Together, the contributions offer a multi‑layered picture of policymaking and policy enactment. Three themes cut across the papers: cross‑national convergence/divergence in policy solutions; the centrality of vulnerability and equity; and the alignment (or misalignment) between policy intentions and outcomes. References Barabasch, A., Bohlinger, S., & Wolf, S. (Eds.). (2026). The Palgrave Handbook of Policy Transfer in Vocational Education and Beyond. Springer Nature. Ciantar, M. (2025). Researching policy transfer of vocational education and training across the European Union: a systematic literature review. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 77(5), 1235-1259. Clarke, L., Westerhuis, A., & Winch, C. (2021). Comparative VET European research since the 1980s: Accommodating changes in VET systems and labour markets. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 73(2), 295-315. Czycholl, R. (1971). Vergleichende Wirtschaftspädagogik: Möglichkeiten und Grenzen einer vergleichenden erziehungswissenschaftlichen Disziplin. King, E. J. (1965). The purpose of comparative education. Comparative Education, 1(3), 147-159. OECD (2023). Spotlight on Vocational Education and Training. Retrieved from: https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/spotlight-on-vocational-education-and-training_acff263d-en.html Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2010). The politics and economics of comparison. Comparative education review, 54(3), 323-342. Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2023). Understanding travelling reforms from a systems perspective. I M. Parreira do Amaral, G. Steiner-Khamsi & C. Thompson (Red.), Systems thinking in international education and development (s. 86–101). Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi.org/10.4337/9781802205947.00016 Torraco, R. J. (2016). Writing integrative literature reviews: Using the past and present to explore the future. Human resource development review, 15(4), 404-428. Presentations of the Symposium From Policy Texts to Vocational Practice: Ecologies of VET Situations in Denmark
This paper examines how recent Danish VET policies materialise in practice by analysing an ecology of VET situations—the interplay between policy texts, organisational arrangements, and the lived experiences of VET schools. The contribution is twofold: first, a systematic overview of Danish VET policy developments from 2015 to 2025; second, practice‑proximal insights into how these policies are translated and enacted within three VET‑schools. This analysis builds on scholarship documenting long‑standing dilemmas in Danish VET (Jørgensen & Bøndergaard, 2018), notably the persistent “wicked problem” of balancing attractiveness, inclusion, and labour‑market demands (Cort, 2025). Together, the analyses show how national intentions travel into organisational routines and pedagogical practice.
Drawing on systematic coding of 61 policies (2015–2025)—Attractiveness (A=20), Transition (B=8), and Participation (C=33)—the paper shows a post‑2018 pivot towards participation, student well‑being, and inclusion, alongside uneven attention to attractiveness and transition mechanisms (Rasmussen, 2025). I then present three organisational stories—polyphonic, practice‑proximal narratives condensing distributed communications into empirically grounded plots (Czarniawska, 1997)—focused on (i) technology/construction, (ii) care/health, and (iii) multi‑site provision with flexible entry. These stories serve as representational devices and an analytic frame.
The ecology‑of‑situations lens draws on King’s situational approach (1966) and Billett’s relational account of workplace learning (2014), combining policy–institutional interplay with practice‑based learning ecologies. Empirically, I synthesise policy documents (executive orders, national agreements, CEDEFOP briefs, and evaluation reports), institutional artefacts, and observational and interview data from three colleges. Analytically, I trace translation and recontextualisation as policies move into organisational routines, pedagogical practices, and workplace‑based training environments.
Findings show that (a) participation‑oriented measures materialise clearly in first‑year pathway redesigns; (b) transition mechanisms depend on cross‑institutional coordination; and (c) attractiveness initiatives generate visibility but limited evidence of durable recruitment effects. The cases also illuminate a persistent dropout paradox—low unemployment yet high attrition—and underscore how workplace training quality and social integration shape retention.
Viewed through a travelling‑reforms lens, the Danish case shows how policy texts and policy‑in‑practice are co‑produced as ideas circulate, are recontextualised, and translated within organisational and workplace settings rather than simply “borrowed” (Steiner‑Khamsi, 2023). This dual reading aligns with cross‑national evidence that VET reforms travel as problem–solution scripts (attractiveness, retention, permeability) whose effects depend on local ecologies of implementation (Ciantar, 2025). Accordingly, the findings speak to international debates by illustrating how mobile VET policy repertoires gain traction—or fray—at the intersection of institutional routines and work‑based learning across the EU.
References:
Billett, S. (2014). Mediating learning at work: Personal mediations of social and brute facts. In Discourses on professional learning: On the boundary between learning and working (pp. 75-93). Dordrecht: Springer.
Ciantar, M. (2025) Researching policy transfer of vocational education and training across the European Union: a systematic literature review, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 77:5, 1235-1259, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2024.2442030
Czarniawska, B. (Ed.). (1997). A narrative approach to organization studies. Sage Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781412983235
Jørgensen, C. H., & Bøndergaard, G. (2018). Historical evolution of vocational education in Denmark until 1945. In Vocational Education in the Nordic Countries (pp. 84-101). Routledge.
King, E. J. (1965). The purpose of comparative education. Comparative Education, 1(3), 147-159.
Rasmussen, H.F. (2020). Organization and professionalization. University of Southern Denmark. Retrieved from: https://findresearcher.sdu.dk/ws/portalfiles/portal/284855569/Hanne_Fie_Rasmussen_PhD_Dissertation.pdf
Risky Times and Relative Risks: Tertiary Education Aspirations of Croatian VET Students and the COVID-19 pandemic
The social determinants of students’ educational aspirations demarcate a well-researched subject. One of the major theories of educational decisions, also related to aspirations, is the Relative Risk Aversion (RRA) theory (Breen & Goldthorpe 1997), which implies that students from higher social origins aspire to higher educational levels than lower-origin students with the same level of academic performance, due to status maintenance motive and risk calculation. Cross-country analyses using PISA data have connected RRA in aspirations with educational system traits (Bernardi & Valdes 2021). We analyze the role of socio-economic status and achievements in aspirations of 15-year olds upper secondary students towards tertiary education cross-time in a single country (Croatia), using PISA data from 2015 (OECD, 2017), 2018 (OECD, 2019) and 2022 (OECD, 2023, 2024).
In the past decade, the enrolment share of students in upper secondary VET without direct access to tertiary education slightly decreased, with a complementary increase in enrolment in the upper secondary VET track which offers direct access to tertiary education (besides the labour market) and now comprises about half of all upper secondary education students. Students’ socio-economic status in VET without a direct tertiary pathway was consistently lowest on average. The variability of socio-economic status was consistently highest among students of VET with direct access to tertiary education, while the gap between students in VET with direct tertiary pathway and the general upper secondary students decreased from 2015 to 2018, only to increase until 2022. Achievements consistently differentiated educational tracks from VET students without direct access to tertiary education to general upper secondary students (from lowest to highest), and the gap between the VET with direct access to tertiary education and general upper secondary students also remained consistent. A large majority of general upper secondary students aspired towards tertiary education consistently, while the gap between VET students with direct access to tertiary education and general upper secondary students decreased considerably during the pandemic (from about 40 percentage points difference in 2018 to about 25 percentage points difference in 2022).
Our preliminary linear probability models of tertiary education aspirations with interactions of socio-economic status and achievements suggest that RRA does not hold in the case of Croatia, with even evidence to the contrary dynamics before the pandemic (larger achievements’ gradient at higher socio-economic status). We connect these findings to the specifics of the Croatian VET system, thus contributing to the understanding of social gradients in different educational systems.
References:
Bernardi, F., & Valdés, M. T. (2021). Sticky educational expectations: A cross-country comparison. Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 75, 100624. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rssm.2021.100624
Breen, R., & Goldthorpe, J. H. (1997). EXPLAINING EDUCATIONAL DIFFERENTIALS: TOWARDS A FORMAL RATIONAL ACTION THEORY. Rationality and Society, 9(3), 275–305. https://doi.org/10.1177/104346397009003002
OECD (2017), PISA 2015 Technical Report, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/about/programmes/edu/pisa/publications/technical-report/PISA2015_TechRep_Final.pdf
OECD (2019), PISA 2018 Assessment and Analytical Framework, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/b25efab8-en
OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Assessment and Analytical Framework. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2023/08/pisa-2022-assessment-and-analytical-framework_a124aec8/dfe0bf9c-en.pdf
OECD (2024), PISA 2022 Technical Report, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/01820d6d-en
Supporting Vulnerable Students in Estonian VET: Inclusion Policies, Institutional Capacity and Unintended Effects
Preventing early school leaving and supporting integration into labour market are in the focus of national policies across Europe. In Estonia, this orientation is strongly reflected in national education strategies, which prioritise reducing dropout, supporting transitions after compulsory basic education, and improving access for at-risk groups (Haridus- ja Teadusministeerium, 2024). Vulnerability in Estonian VET is concentrated among SEN students, learners requiring language support (refugees from Ukraine and Russian-speaking students) and young people from socio-economically disadvantaged regions. Among the most significant targeted policy measures are the vocational orientation study programme – an EQF level 2 programme designed as a preparatory or second-chance pathway – and a set of measures supporting SEN students through adapted curricula, counselling, and support services. While evaluations suggest these measures have strong inclusive intentions (Kallaste et al., 2022; Roos et al., 2021), evidence also points to uneven implementation (Riigikontroll, 2025).
This paper focuses on the gap between policy intentions and policy enactment. The study is theoretically informed by a policy enactment perspective, which conceptualises policy as a process of interpretation and translation shaped by local contexts, institutional histories rather than as linear implementation (Ball et al., 2012). Policy reforms and interventions aimed to support inclusion may have unintended consequences and generate new forms of differentiation and vulnerabilities when enacted in practice. The study employs a qualitative multi-method research design combining systematic policy analysis with semi-structured interviews conducted in three Estonian vocational schools with staff and vulnerable students.
Vocational orientation programme emerges as a key institutional buffer supporting transition and preventing dropout. Schools use these programmes flexibly to respond to diverse needs and increasingly as a mechanism to redirect students at risk of dropping out from EQF level 4 programmes. While this flexibility enhances inclusion, it also involves delayed progression and the potential segregation of vulnerable learners, and difficulties in transition to the labour market. Moreover, institutional capacity strongly shapes policy enactment. Schools differ markedly in their access to support specialists. In contexts with limited resources, vocational teachers increasingly perform hybrid roles combining teaching, counselling, and social work. This expanding role is largely unrecognised in formal policy and raises concerns regarding staff burnout. Student interviews reveal diverse transition trajectories, ranging from relatively linear pathways to highly fragmented ones involving repeated dropout and mental health struggles. For many students, the transition from basic education to VET coincides with a difficult developmental period, intensifying vulnerability and leading to cumulation of disadvantages.
References:
Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge.
Haridus- ja Teadusministeerium [Ministry of Education and Research] (2024). Eesti Vabariigi haridusseaduse muutmise ja sellega seonduvalt teiste seaduste muutmise seaduse (õppimiskohustuse kehtestamine) eelnõu seletuskiri [Act Amending the Education Act of the Republic of Estonia, draft explanatory memorandum]. https://hm.ee/sites/default/files/documents/2024-05/Eesti%20Vabariigi%20haridusseaduse%20ja%20teiste%20seaduste%20muutmise%20SELETUSKIRI%20%28%C3%B5ppimiskohustus%29.docx
Kallaste, E., Lang, A., Rentel, A., Räis, M. L., & Sõmer. M. (2022). Lisaõppe ja kutsevaliku õppe analüüs [Analysis of additional studies and vocational orientation curriculum]. https://www.hm.ee/sites/default/files/documents/2023-01/L%C3%B5ppraport%20(1).pdf
Riigikontroll [National Audit Office of Estonia]. (2025). Haridusliku erivajadusega noorte kutseõpingute ja töölesiirdumise toetamine. [Audit report: Supporting vocational training and transition to work of young people with special educational needs]. Riigikontroll [National Audit Office of Estonia]. https://aruanded.riigikontroll.ee/80140/
Roos, L., Trasberg, K., Kõiv, K., & Säre, E. (2021a). Implementing VET start programme in Estonian vocational schools: The experience of teachers and support specialists. Socialinis ugdymas, 55(1), 16–41. https://doi.org/10.15823/su.2021.55.2
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 02 SES 13 D: Reimagining VET Reform in Postwar Societies: Historical Contingency and Alternative Futures Location: K112 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Christoph Porcher Session Chair: Christoph Porcher Symposium |
|
|
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Symposium Reimagining VET Reform in Postwar Societies: Historical Contingency and Alternative Futures Postwar societies experienced a period associated with an economic boom, far-reaching social, cultural, and political upheaval. Across many Western societies, traditional authority structures – whether rooted in racial segregation, patriarchal norms, or hierarchical political institutions – faced unprecedented challenges. Mass movements championed ideals of equality, justice, and self-determination, calling for liberation, peace, and participatory democracy. Simultaneously, however, many societies saw the rise of conservative counter-movements, alongside economic recession and high unemployment. This period of economic boom and recession, progressive thinking and conservative resistance has been labeled as the “long sixties” and “long seventies”. The tension between reform and restoration, progress and perseverance also shaped VET. Within this context of tension, VET underwent significant reforms, aiming to respond to rapidly changing labour markets, democratize education, and foster economic development (Doering-Manteuffel & Raphael 2008; Villaume, Mariager & Porsdam 2016). In current debates on the evolution of VET systems, scholars often rely on the concept of path dependency (for a critical review see Frommberger & Porcher 2023). Existing literature frequently portrays VET reforms as a linear story of winning ideas, neglecting the ambitious experiments and alternative visions that emerged at the time. While this perspective is valuable, it tends to overlook ideas that were previously expressed, but did not influence the privileged path. By doing so, it overlooks the uncertainties, contestations, and alternative futures that were also present in the past. As a result, researchers often exclude these unrealized or divergent imagined futures – expressed by real actors – from their analyses. Yet, to understand the motives of VET actors from the past and to gain insight into how and why ideas evolved, persisted, or failed in past societies, careful, context-specific examination is needed. Therefore, research on VET reform must move beyond simplified narratives of success and failure to recognize the diverse and contingent pathways of change (e.g. Jorns 2025). Based on the premise that the history of VET does not follow a narrative of progress, but is rather a contested field of pluralistic visions, the symposium aims to rethink the “long 60s and 70s” by highlighting alternatives and pluralistic visions, thereby critically questioning deterministic research and views of history and contemporary perceptions of reform, education, and society. The papers examine how historical actors negotiated societal expectations, political agendas, and visions of industrial and social progress in relation to VET. By recovering the plural visions and alternative possibilities from the postwar era, the symposium challenges, from a historiographical point of view, deterministic and positivist heuristics that shape narratives obscuring complexity. In historical terms, echoing Edward Thompson’s (1966) emphasis on history as the contested making of social relations, we aim to understand both the “winning” as well as the neglected educational imaginaries. The past will be given back its future, its former openness, its former potential, and its former hope and possibility (Hölscher 2017, 8). VET is viewed here both as a space for social negotiation about the future (education as a project related to the future) and as a place for producing knowledge about society itself (education as a reflection of society's self-interpretation). The symposium thus helps develop a reflective, historically aware understanding of education and social change. VET is therefore not only a functional system of the economy but also a cultural space in which society debates its own future. References Doering-Manteuffel, A., & Raphael, L. (2008). Nach dem Boom: Perspektiven auf die Zeitgeschichte seit 1970. Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht. Frommberger, D., & Porcher, C. (2023). On the limited usefulness of comparative politics modelling for understanding VET systems. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 77(3), 728–745. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2023.2283748 Hölscher, L. (2017). Theoretische Grundlagen der historischen Zukunftsforschung. In L. Hölscher (Ed.), Die Zukunft des 20. Jahrhunderts: Dimensionen einer historischen Zukunftsforschung (pp. 7–38). Campus Verlag. Jorns, K. (2025). Guesswork and the persuasive power of numbers: The production of future knowledge in the Swiss Kneschaurek prospective study with focus on vocational education and training (1971). Paedagogica Historica. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/00309230.2025.2555509 Thompson, E. P. (1966). The making of the English working class. Vintage Books. Villaume, P., Mariager, R., & Porsdam, H. (2016). Introduction: The “long 1970s”: New perspectives on an epoch-making decade. In P. Villaume, R. Mariager, & H. Porsdam (Eds.), The “long 1970s”: Human rights, East–West détente and transnational relations (pp. 1–11). Routledge. Presentations of the Symposium From egalitarian goals to neo-liberal outcomes. VET in Aotearoa from Currie to Hawke (1962-1988)
In post-war Aotearoa New Zealand there was a long-established and widely accepted belief in free and universal access to education. This often discussed and much celebrated egalitarianism was seen as a central and distinctive aspect of New Zealand’s national identity as part of an established welfare state developed in the 1930s (McCulloch 1988). A 1962 national report, The Report of the Commission on Education in New Zealand (1962) known as The Currie Report named after the chair of the commission provided a picture of education as being provided fairly and equally by a benevolent state (McCulloch 1988). However, the report was accused of avoiding issues relating to differences and inequalities and of maintaining the status quo by extending the current conditions (Ewing 1972). For vocational education and training the status quo included support for the move to provide technical education through post school technical institutes and the broadening of a common core curriculum to manage equality of opportunity in secondary school provision (Scott 1996). No major submissions occurred under technical education (Scott 1996) and vocationalism was effectively moved to technical institutes.
By the 1990s, however, post compulsory education was completely transformed. The Report of the Working Party on Post Compulsory Education and Training in New Zealand (1988) known as the Hawke Report made recommendations that led to the reform of tertiary education based on neo-liberal, market-based principles. Subsequent legislation including the Education Amendment Act (1990) allowed polytechnics to offer degree level programmes. The changes, accused of being hasty and lacking in consultation (Patterson 1991) creating a deregulated and liberalised, laissez-faire, market model saw polytechnics change at a rapid rate. Academic drift, combined with a drop in the number of apprentices (Department of Labour 1989) through prior deregulation of the state sector, saw degree level provision outnumber sub degree provision by the early 1990s (Abbott 2000).
This paper considers the idea that the marginalisation of VET in Aotearoa New Zealand came about over 40 years through seemingly egalitarian goals presented in two key national reports on education; firstly, in secondary schools through the broadening of a common core curriculum to provide for all; and secondly in polytechnics through the stated ideal of consumer choice. What is clear however, is that there were a range of missed opportunities. Did a collective complacency for working class education and jobs form the basis of a current and much reported under skilled workforce that now seems almost insoluble?
References:
Abbott, M. (2000). The development of vocational education and training in New Zealand. Education and Research Perspectives, 27(1), 1–15.
Department of Labour. (1989). New Zealand report on further education and training of the labour force. Department of Labour.
Ewing, J. (1972). The Currie Report: Ten years later. Ministry of Education. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED102720.pdf
McCulloch, G. (1988). From Currie to Picot: History, ideology and policy in New Zealand education. Access: Contemporary Issues in Education, 7(1), 1–10. https://pesaagora.com/access-archive-files/ACCESSAV07N1_001.pdf
Patterson, G. (1991). University “reform” in New Zealand 1984–1990: Policies and outcomes. Access: Contemporary Issues in Education, 10(2), 56–70. https://pesaagora.com/access-archive-files/ACCESSAV10N2_056.pdf
Scott, D. (1996). The Currie Commission and report on education in New Zealand, 1960–1962 (Doctoral dissertation). University of Waikato.
Vocational Education and Labour Market Training in Sweden 1948-2007: Purpose, Policy, and Practice
In 1948, a major reform of the Swedish education system was proposed, eventually leading to the abolition of the parallel school system in 1962. In 1971, a large part of vocational education and training (VET) was reorganised as upper secondary education alongside academic preparatory programmes. Central motives behind these reforms were the ambition to promote democratic development and reduce class differences, as well as the growing emphasis on human capital and the role of education in supporting industrial growth.
By the 1950s, a new welfare ideology had been firmly established in Sweden. A key feature was the corporatist model, in which social partners regulated labour market conditions through agreements reached without direct state intervention. In public debate, the relationship between industry, employment, and welfare was frequently highlighted, with increasing production and employment portrayed as the foundation of the welfare state. Consequently, the importance of work and labour market policy have been, and remain, central assumptions underpinning Swedish social development.
Within this context, the importance of VET has consistently been acknowledged. However, views have differed regarding its responsibility, organisation, content, and capacity to meet political and economic expectations. Based on this study’s mapping and analysis of these expectations, it becomes evident that they are often contradictory and, in practice, impossible to fully satisfy—an issue rarely addressed explicitly in reform processes.
This paper examines the relationship between VET and labour market training. Both are vocational education, but historically separated by different organisational and financial conditions, labour market and education politics. The aim is to analyse the purposes attributed to VET in its various forms during the period 1948-2007.
The analysis focus problem formulation based in the policy analysis approach what´s the problem represented to be (WPR) by Bacchi (2009). However, it also draws on Ozga´s understanding of policy as not limited to formal documents, but a non-linear process created in an ongoing negotiation at different arenas. Hence the material for the study includes press material where various VET stakeholders publicly debate VET issues as well as government reports and proposals.
Thus, the following research questions are asked: What problems should different forms of vocational education solve? How are the problems formulated by different actors? How have contradictions between different perceptions manifested themselves?
Preliminary results indicate a strong, but complex management by objectives that not only contributes to hierarchies between VET and academic education, but also between VET in different forms.
References:
Bacchi, C. L. (2009). Analysing policy: What’s the problem represented to be? Pearson.
Börjesson, M., Palmblad, E., & Wahl, T. (2005). I skötsamhetens utmarker: Berättelser om välfärdsstatens sociala optik [On the margins of respectability: Stories about the welfare state’s social optics]. B. Östlings bokförlag Symposion.
Ellström, P., Davidson, B., & Rönnqvist, D. (1990). Kontext, kultur och verksamhet: En analys av AMU:s organisation och pedagogiska miljö [Context, culture and operations: An analysis of AMU’s organization and educational environment]. Universitetet i Linköping, Institutionen för pedagogik och psykologi.
Ozga, J. (2000). Policy research in educational settings: Contested terrain. Open University Press.
Rothstein, B., & Bergström, J. (1999). Korporatismens fall och den svenska modellens kris [The fall of corporatism and the crisis of the Swedish model] (1st ed.). SNS.
Historical Contingency and the Long Afterlife of Rejected Reform Ideas: Revisiting two Swiss Education Blueprints from the 1970s
The 1970s were in Switzerland a period of intense debate and far-reaching reform across the education system. German-speaking contemporary scholarship often refers to this phase as Bildungsexpansion, highlighting a brief window of “planning euphoria” during which even highly complex reforms could be adopted (Criblez 2001). Quantitatively, the expansion of upper secondary education is reflected in rising enrolments in both general education tracks and initial vocational education and training (VET), particularly the dual apprenticeship (Gonon 2016; 2018).
Against the backdrop of the general debates surrounding this Bildungsexpansion, our contribution offers an in-depth analysis of two documents that played a significant role in shaping reform discussions, even though the plans for the future they advanced were implemented only partially and very unevenly across cantons (Bonoli & Vorpe 2022).
The first is Vorschläge zur Verbesserung der Berufsbildung (“Proposals for Improving Vocational Education”), published in 1971 by the Education Commission of the Swiss Trade Union Federation. It called for a renewal of dual apprenticeship, notably through a strengthened role for vocational schools – an orientation largely set aside in national VET policy during the 1970s (Bonoli & Gonon 2023). The second is Mittelschule für Morgen (“The Secondary School of Tomorrow”), commissioned in 1972 by the Swiss Conference of Cantonal Ministers of Education. It proposed rethinking lower and upper secondary levels in order to address the new economic and social demands. Here again, contemporary implementation remained limited (EDK 1996).
However, it would be too simplistic to conclude that these two texts played only a minor role in the development of the Swiss education system. Read from a fifty-year distance, several ideas formulated in these proposals found their way into today’s institutional arrangements. The “delayed success” of these two documents will prompt us to examine the socio-political, economic and pedagogical contextual conditions that contributed to the rejection of specific reform proposals in the 1970s , and how shifts in these conditions in subsequent decades facilitated the eventual adoption of analogous measures.
Drawing on a larger research project on the evolution of the Swiss educational system in the 1970s, the paper analyses socio-politically driven reform intentions – particularly democratisation and equality-of-opportunity arguments – and traces how these ambitions interacted across general education and initial VET. By focusing on influential but only partially realised reform visions, the study sheds light on how educational ideas were formulated, circulated, were contested, and were translated into policy in a strongly federalised system.
References:
Bonoli, L., & Gonon, P. (2023). Challenges, future and policy orientations: The 1960s–1970s as decisive years for Swiss VET. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 10(3), 340–460. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.10.3.3
Bonoli, L., & Vorpe, J. (2022). Swiss VET between national framework and cantonal autonomy: A historical perspective. Education Sciences, 12(114), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12020114
Criblez, L. (2001). Bildungsexpansion durch Systemdifferenzierung—am Beispiel der Sekundarstufe II in den 1960er- und 1970er-Jahren. Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Bildungswissenschaften, 23, 95–118.
EDK. (1996). Von der «Mittelschule von morgen» zur Maturitätsreform 1995. EDK.
Gonon, P. (2016). Beruf und Profession im Kontext der Expansion der schweizerischen Berufsbildung. In T. Zimmermann, W. Jütte, & F. Horvath (Eds.), Arenen der Weiterbildung (pp. 190–199). HEP.
Gonon, P. (2018). L’expansion de la formation professionnelle: Le cadre législatif au centre des réformes de la formation professionnelle. In L. Bonoli et al. (Eds.), Enjeux de la formation professionnelle en Suisse (pp. 33–52). Seismo.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 03 SES 13 A: AI, Learning, and Curriculum: Emerging Research and Practice Location: K113 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Majella Dempsey Paper Session |
|
|
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Artificial Intelligence Training as a Catalyst for the Transformation of Self-Regulated Learning: A Mixed-Methods Study with University Students TED University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Artificial intelligence (AI) tools increasingly shape how university students plan, monitor, and evaluate their learning processes, yet empirical evidence on how AI training influences self-regulated learning (SRL) remains scarce. This study investigates the effect of structured AI training on students’ SRL skills and explores how SRL strategies evolve in AI-mediated learning environments. Grounded in Zimmerman’s (2002) social-cognitive model of SRL, the study employed a mixed-methods design consisting of a pre–post intervention with a validated SRL scale and follow-up qualitative interviews. The research was conducted with 302 undergraduate students aged 18–24 from a mid-sized university during an ELT course. At the beginning of the semester, students completed the Self-Regulated Learning Skills Scale developed by Erdoğan and Senemoğlu (2016), a 67-item instrument with factor loadings ranging from .47 to .91 and high internal consistency (Cronbach’s α = .91). Its reliability and comprehensive coverage of SRL components made it an appropriate measure for the present study. Students received eight weeks of AI training designed to teach how AI tools can be used across Zimmerman’s (2000) three SRL phases: forethought (goal setting, strategic planning), performance (task strategies, self-monitoring), and self-reflection (self-evaluation, causal attribution). Training modules covered effective prompt writing, the use of generative AI for planning complex assignments, developing task strategies, generating study materials, practicing skills, retrieving tailored explanations, and receiving formative feedback. The intervention explicitly emphasized AI not as a shortcut but as a cognitive partner supporting metacognitive control and strategic learning. Paired-samples t-tests were used to compare pre- and post-test scores. Findings showed statistically significant improvements in self-monitoring (t(301) = 4.72, p < .001), self-evaluation (t(301) = 2.89, p < .01), and self-efficacy (t(301) = 3.11, p < .01). However, no significant differences emerged in environmental structuring (t(301) = 0.84, p = ns), resource finding (t(301) = 1.02, p = ns), repetition and memorization (t(301) = 0.57, p = ns), or task strategies (t(301) = 0.93, p = ns). These results suggest that while AI training directly strengthened students’ metacognitive dimensions of SRL, behavioral and environmental aspects showed no improvement when measured through traditional SRL constructs. To better understand these discrepancies, 10 semi-structured interviews were conducted. The content analysis revealed that although quantitative scores did not reflect change in certain SRL categories, students had in fact adopted new AI-mediated strategies not captured by the scale. For instance, instead of structuring their physical study environment, students structured their cognitive environment through personalized AI-generated summaries, practice exercises, and reinforcement materials. Many fed course content directly into AI systems to generate quizzes, explanations, and step-by-step problem-solving guides, which they printed and archived. Resource finding was transformed from library-based searches to real-time AI-supported information retrieval. Repetition and memorization were replaced by interactive AI dialogues, conversational practice, and iterative questioning. Students noted that asking “embarrassing questions” felt safer with AI than with peers or instructors, which strengthened persistence and confidence. These qualitative insights point to an ongoing transformation of SRL in AI-enabled learning ecosystems. Behavioral SRL dimensions may manifest differently in AI environments, rendering traditional SRL constructs insufficient. AI-assisted SRL involves hybrid strategies which can also be referred as personalized knowledge reinforcement, dialogic practice, dynamic resource generation that existing scales do not measure. Consequently, the study calls for an updated SRL theoretical model that integrates AI-mediated cognitive scaffolding, as well as the development of a new measurement tool capturing emerging AI-assisted SRL behaviors. Overall, the study provides empirical evidence that structured AI training enhances core metacognitive SRL skills while simultaneously reshaping how students plan, manage, and evaluate their learning. These findings have significant implications for curriculum design, teacher training, educational policy, and future SRL theory development.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Method This research adopted a mixed-methods sequential explanatory design to examine the impact of AI training on students’ self-regulated learning skills and to capture emerging AI-mediated SRL behaviors not reflected in existing measurement tools. Quantitative data were collected first, followed by qualitative interviews that provided interpretive depth. Participants Participants consisted of 302 undergraduate students aged 18–24 enrolled in various departments at a mid-sized university. Participation was voluntary and approved by the institutional ethics committee. Students represented diverse academic areas, which allowed for broad insights into AI-supported learning behaviors. Instruments The quantitative component employed the Self-Regulated Learning Skills Scale (Erdoğan & Senemoğlu, 2016). The scale includes 67 items rated on a Likert scale and covers multiple SRL domains including goal setting, planning, task strategies, resource finding, repetition and memorization, environmental structuring, self-monitoring, self-evaluation, and self-efficacy. Factor loadings range from .47 to .91 and internal consistency is high (Cronbach’s α = .91). Given its reliability and comprehensive coverage, the scale was selected to assess SRL before and after the intervention. Intervention The intervention consisted of an eight-week AI training program designed according to Zimmerman’s (2000) SRL model. Weekly modules provided instruction and hands-on practice in prompt engineering, AI-supported goal setting, strategic planning, task decomposition, self-monitoring through iterative dialogue with AI, and self-evaluation using AI-generated feedback. Students practiced integrating AI with their own academic tasks, creating customized study materials, and applying SRL strategies with AI assistance. Data Collection The SRL scale was administered at the beginning and 8 weeks later after the begining of the semester. Ten students were then selected for semi-structured interviews based on variation in academic major and initial SRL scores to ensure maximum variety. Interview questions explored students’ use of AI tools, changes in study habits, perceptions of SRL, and strategies developed throughout the training. Data Analysis Paired-samples t tests were conducted to examine mean differences between pre-test and post-test scores. Significant increases were observed in self-monitoring (t(301) = 4.72, p < .001), self-evaluation (t(301) = 2.89, p < .01), and self-efficacy (t(301) = 3.11, p < .01). No statistically significant differences emerged for environmental structuring, resource finding, repetition and memorization, or task strategies (all p > .05). Qualitative data were analyzed using content analysis. Codes were developed inductively, categorized, and grouped into themes. Reliability was ensured through researcher triangulation and iterative coding. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study provides empirical evidence that structured AI training has a measurable and meaningful influence on university students’ self-regulated learning skills. While quantitative results showed significant improvements in metacognitive dimensions such as self-monitoring, self-evaluation, and self-efficacy, the qualitative findings revealed that AI training also reshaped behavioral and strategic components of SRL in ways not captured by traditional scales. Students increasingly adopted AI-mediated strategies such as generating personalized practice materials, using AI to retrieve sources efficiently, engaging in conversational practice, archiving AI-generated summaries, and using AI as a non-judgmental support tool for clarifying difficult concepts. These strategies suggest a shift from physical or environmental regulation to cognitive-technological regulation, where AI acts as both a resource and a metacognitive partner. The discrepancy between quantitative and qualitative results highlights a conceptual limitation: existing SRL frameworks and scales were developed before the emergence of generative AI and thus are insufficient for measuring AI-assisted learning strategies. AI transforms how students plan, enact, and reflect upon learning processes, necessitating theoretical adaptation. The findings indicate a need for a revised SRL model that incorporates AI-supported metacognitive scaffolding, dynamic resource generation, and interactive learning mechanisms. Furthermore, a new measurement scale is required to capture the unique characteristics of AI-mediated SRL. Overall, the study underscores that AI is not merely a technological tool but a catalyst for the evolution of self-regulation. Educators and curriculum designers must reconsider how SRL is taught, supported, and assessed in AI-rich learning environments. The results strongly advocate for integrating AI literacy into higher education curricula to empower learners as strategic, reflective, and autonomous users of emerging technologies. References Azevedo, R., & Hadwin, A. F. (2005). Scaffolding self-regulated learning and metacognition: Implications for the design of computer-based scaffolds. Instructional Science, 33, 367–379. Erdoğan, S., & Senemoğlu, N. (2016). Self-regulated learning skills scale: Development, validity, and reliability. Education and Science, 41(183), 1–24. Lan, M., & Zhou, X. (2025). A qualitative systematic review on AI empowered self-regulated learning in higher education. npj Science of Learning, 10(1), 21. Molenaar, I., de Mooij, S., Azevedo, R., Bannert, M., Järvelä, S., & Gašević, D. (2023). Measuring self-regulated learning and the role of AI: Five years of research using multimodal multichannel data. Computers in Human Behavior, 139, 107540. Panadero, E. (2017). A review of self-regulated learning: Six models and four directions for research. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 422. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422 Pintrich, P. R. (2000). The role of goal orientation in self-regulated learning. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 451–502). Academic Press. Schunk, D. H., & Greene, J. A. (Eds.). (2018). Handbook of self-regulation of learning and performance (2nd ed.). Routledge. Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Attaining self-regulation: A social-cognitive perspective. In M. Boekaerts, P. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 13–39). Academic Press. Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64–70. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper Artificial Intelligence-Based English Teaching: The Effectiveness of Chatbots in Practice 1: Fırat University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: İnönü University, Turkey (Türkiye); 3: Ministry of National Education, Turkey (Türkiye); 4: Harran University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:In recent years, artificial intelligence-supported smart technologies have profoundly impacted teaching. This impact has an even more transformative effect on the education of new generations familiar with artificial intelligence. The impact of artificial intelligence on teaching holds the potential to solve the foreign language learning problem in the Turkish education system. This potential is crucial for solving the cognitive and affective problems experienced in teaching English, which carries significant weight as a foreign language in the Turkish education system, and especially in teaching speaking skills. This is because the fear of making mistakes, anxiety about being evaluated, and low self-confidence levels, which are common among students in Turkish culture, are among the key factors limiting participation in speaking activities in foreign language teaching (Horwitz, Horwitz & Cope, 1986). This situation reduces the effectiveness of English speaking instruction and negatively affects the development of oral production skills. The integration of artificial intelligence-based digital tools such as chatbots into English teaching has the potential to offer alternative and innovative solutions to these problems. Chatbots, as artificial intelligence-based tools that can interact with learners in real time through natural language processing and large language models, are increasingly being used in language learning processes. The literature reports that chatbot-supported applications have a moderate to high impact on English speaking skills and support sub-skills such as fluency, accuracy, and vocabulary use (Ding et al., 2025; Han et al., 2020). Furthermore, it is emphasised that the low-risk and non-judgmental interaction environments offered by chatbots are effective in reducing students' speaking anxiety. It is noted that the use of chatbots, particularly in preparatory and rehearsal-type speaking activities, encourages students to participate more willingly in oral production (Khalik et al., 2025). However, the majority of existing studies have been conducted at university level or with adult learners; empirical studies conducted in the context of secondary school English preparatory classes have been limited. Current research conducted in the Turkish context has mainly examined students' attitudes towards chatbots, with limited consideration of their direct effects on learning outcomes (Özcan, 2025). This situation necessitates a more detailed examination of the effects of chatbot-supported conversation teaching at the secondary school level. The aim of this study is to examine the effect of chatbot-supported conversation teaching on the speaking skills and English speaking anxiety of secondary school English preparatory class students. The research approaches chatbot use not merely as a technological innovation but as a structured pedagogical intervention guided by teachers. In this respect, the study aims to fill an important gap in the literature regarding the role of artificial intelligence-supported applications in English as a foreign language teaching on cognitive and affective learning outcomes.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a pre-test–post-test control group quasi-experimental design, one of the quantitative research methods. The study was conducted with a total of 40 English preparatory class students attending a state high school. The students were divided into two groups: an experimental group (n = 20) and a control group (n = 20). The groups were formed from students with similar English proficiency levels prior to the application. The application process lasted a total of 10 weeks. In the experimental group, speaking lessons were conducted with chatbot support for 2 hours per week. Chatbot-supported activities were carried out in the school's computer lab and under the guidance of a teacher. The students' interactions with the chatbot were guided by semi-structured conversation prompts developed by the researcher. These prompts included daily conversation, expressing opinions, scenario-based tasks, and problem-solving focused conversation activities, aiming to encourage students to use the target language in meaningful contexts. In the control group, the existing speaking teaching programme determined by the Turkish Ministry of National Education was implemented, and no chatbot or similar digital support tools were used. Two different measurement tools were used in the data collection process. A speaking proficiency test, administered as a pre-test and post-test, was used to measure the development of students' speaking skills. In addition, the English Speaking Anxiety Scale, developed by Woodrow (2006) and adapted into Turkish by Alkan, Bümen and Uslu (2019), which measures classroom and non-classroom speaking anxiety, was used to determine students' levels of English speaking anxiety. The data obtained were analysed using quantitative analysis methods; the differences between the post-test scores of the experimental and control groups were statistically compared. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Research findings indicate that chatbot-supported conversation teaching has a significant impact on the speaking skills of sixth form English preparatory class students. At the end of the implementation process, it was determined that the scores obtained by the experimental group students on the speaking proficiency test were statistically significantly higher than those of the control group students. This result demonstrates that chatbot-assisted speaking activities are an effective pedagogical tool for developing students' oral production skills. In addition, findings from the speaking anxiety scale showed that the experimental group students' levels of anxiety about speaking English were significantly lower than those of the control group students. It can be said that the chatbot-supported teaching process reduced students' fear of making mistakes and encouraged them to participate more willingly in speaking activities. These findings are consistent with previous research suggesting that the non-judgmental and supportive learning environments offered by chatbots provide an effective solution, particularly for students experiencing speaking anxiety (Ding et al., 2025; Özcan, 2025). Overall, the study demonstrates that chatbot-supported speaking instruction has positive effects on both cognitive (speaking success) and affective (speaking anxiety) learning outcomes. This effect is likely due to the fact that the fear of making mistakes in front of a live person (teacher), which is common in Turkish culture, and the associated low self-confidence can be overcome through interaction with a digital tool. In this context, it has been concluded that chatbots can be used as a complementary and supportive tool to traditional speech teaching in English as a foreign language. The research is significant in that it demonstrates that the use of chatbots, guided by teachers and pedagogically structured, offers an effective and feasible teaching approach at secondary school level. References Alkan, S., Bümen, N. T., & Uslu, S. (2019). İngilizce konuşma kaygısı ölçeğinin Türkçeye uyarlanması: Geçerlik ve güvenirlik çalışması. Eğitimde Kuram ve Uygulama, 15(3), 366–382. https://doi.org/10.17244/eku.2019.03.006 Ding, Y., Li, X., & Wang, H. (2025). The effects of AI-powered chatbots on EFL learners’ speaking performance and anxiety: A meta-analytic review. Computer Assisted Language Learning. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/09588221.2025.xxxxxx Han, S., Lee, J., & Kim, Y. (2020). The impact of voice-based chatbots on EFL learners’ speaking skills and speaking anxiety. Language Learning & Technology, 24(3), 1–20. https://doi.org/10.125/llt.2020.24.3.01 Horwitz, E. K., Horwitz, M. B., & Cope, J. (1986). Foreign language classroom anxiety. The Modern Language Journal, 70(2), 125–132. https://doi.org/10.2307/327317 Khalik, M. A., Rahman, M. M., & Hassan, R. (2025). Reducing speaking anxiety through chatbot-mediated rehearsal in EFL contexts. Educational Technology Research and Development, 73(1), 45–62. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-024-10345-x Özcan, E. (2025). Üniversite İngilizce hazırlık programı öğrencilerinin yabancı dil olarak İngilizce öğreniminde chatbotlara yönelik tutumları (Yayımlanmamış yüksek lisans tezi). Necmettin Erbakan Üniversitesi. 03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper From Top-down Reforms to the Co-design of Transformative AI Education University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:Understanding the power and limitations of AI has become crucial for agentive citizenship as well as for the sustainability of democratic societies (Coeckelbergh, 2023; Hintz et al., 2019). Today, many aspects of everyday life, such as our daily interactions, actions, and information of all kinds, are increasingly being tracked, mediated, augmented, produced, and regulated by algorithmic governance (Tedre et al., 2021). The ubiquity of AI-based technologies, coupled with massive-scale data collection, has also given rise to complex legal, ethical, environmental, and social challenges, such as total surveillance, hybrid influencing, behavior engineering, algorithmic biases, exacerbation of social inequities, and diminishing trust in media, public authorities, and science (Solaiman, 2023; Zuboff, 2015). Despite the grip of AI- and data-driven technologies on people’s everyday lives, most people remain unaware of how AI is mediating and engineering our epistemic environments, knowledge creation processes, and social practices (Coeckelbergh, 2023). With the rapid proliferation of AI technologies and especially generative AI, the urgency of AI education initiatives has been broadly acknowledged, for example, by UNESCO (Miao & Shiohira, 2024), OECD (2025) and EU AI Act (Article 4). However, many current approaches in AI education and educational research focus primarily on the instrumental use of AI tools in educational settings, rather than cultivating deeper level understanding of how AI and data-driven systems work, how they shape our everyday decision-making, and what ethical, societal, and environmental impacts they reinforce. Despite the urgency of increasing people’s understanding of their data-driven world and the risks of failing to do so, there is a noticeable lack of research-based pedagogical models and curriculum materials for AI education. Although several frameworks and content listings for AI education have been proposed, they remain untheoretical, lack deep grounding in empirical research, and tend ignore that education is always context-bound, shaped by the complex interplay of individuals, communities, and cultural practices (Vartiainen & Tedre, 2025). Many existing initiatives for AI education also follow top-down models and traditional interventionist research. In such linear views, teachers are left to adapt to approaches that ignore their voices, expertise and everyday realities, as well as the individual, communal, and structural contradictions and challenges that evidently arise when transforming existing activity systems and social practices (Engeström & Sannino, 2010). Accordingly, such an approach to educational change ignores the agency of the teachers and the varied context in which they work, making it unlikely to achieve a transformative and durable impact on a long-run (Engeström, 2011). Moreover, previous research has also evidenced that educational reforms are often ineffective because they tend to focus on isolated elements while disregarding the complex interplay of wider educational structures, such as national policies and curricula, and various contextual factors, such as local school practices, goals, and values, which all shape the everyday realities of teachers (Härkki et al., 2021). This paper presents a three-year educational research and development project in which researchers from multiple disciplines collaborated closely with teachers from 12 Finnish schools to co-design pedagogical models, educational technology, and curriculum materials for contextualized AI education. Grounded in cultural-historical activity theory (CHAT) and formative interventions (Engeström & Sannino, 2010), our approach fundamentally differed from many existing AI education initiatives by aiming to support both students’ and teachers’ transformative agency. Transformative agency denotes social transformations where people are collectively overcoming the status quo by developing stances and voices, exerting influence, and taking collective action (Haapasaari et al., 2016; Stetsenko, 2019). Instead of top-down educational reforms, our approach was based on sustained participatory design, through which we aimed to co-create transformative learning opportunities and curriculum materials for the common good. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The three-year (2023-2025) co-design process involved teachers and school principals from 12 primary and secondary schools, well as over 200 students (4th and 7th graders at the beginning of the project). While the co-design process was open-ended and emergent by nature, it unfolded through iterative phases of 1) analyzing contextual factors and defining educational needs, 2) designing solutions, 3) implementing and testing them in school projects, and 4) reflecting on and evaluating both processes and outcomes of it. Through this iterative process, initially vague ideas about AI education were progressively concretized through the interplay and co-evolution of problem analysis (questioning existing practices and framing problems), future-oriented solution generation (imagining alternative possibilities and modeling new solutions), and practical future-making (designing and testing tools, artifacts, and pedagogical solutions in action) (Engeström & Sannino, 2010). During the project, we organized regular meetings, where we shared ideas and expertise coming from computer science as well as from educational research and practice. To support the development of shared goals and understanding, participants were prompted to collectively envision the key elements of a desired activity system for each school project. This included: 1) the higher-level objectives and learning tasks or problems assigned to students; 2) the main phases of the learning activities; 3) the tools, technology, and curriculum materials provided; 4) the forms of social organization (e.g., individual, small-group, and whole-class activities); and 5) the division of labor between teachers and researchers, including the practical coordination of project activities. The school projects were implemented through co-teaching, providing opportunities to observe the emerging learning activities in practice. In addition, various kinds of research data were collected from classroom activities, including pre-, post-, and delayed post-tests, learning tasks, video recordings, and interviews. These longitudinal data were collected following the same students from 12 classrooms over the three-year period. After each school project, joint reflection meetings were held with teachers to evaluate how the activity system surrounding our co-designed activities, tools, and curriculum materials was forming and how it should be improved. During these meetings, preliminary research findings were also presented. This collaborative reflection informed the iterative design of next steps needed for building cumulative AI learning pathways. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings To this end, we have co-designed, implemented, and empirically evaluated a cumulative learning pathway for contextualized AI education. The pathway began with foundational AI concepts such as data, classifiers, confidence, brittleness, and bias (Kahila et al., 2024). In the second year, the focus proceeded to social media mechanisms encountered in students’ everyday lives, including data collection, profiling, and recommendation systems (Vartiainen et al., 2025). In the third year, students critically examined broader societal implications of AI and social media, such as filter bubbles, manipulation, and intended and unintended impacts. Our empirical findings have shown significant progress in students’ data-driven understanding, including their ability to explain algorithmic bias (Vartiainen et al., 2025) and key social media mechanisms such as data traces and profiling (Vartiainen et al., 2025). The results from our research and development work show that the design of meaningful educational practices, tools, and technologies depends fundamentally on contextualization and long-term collaboration that positions teachers as transformative agents of change. Our three-year collaboration began with a shared exploration of the status quo, including baseline studies and literature reviews that were discussed with teachers to stimulate engagement and collective design. Breaking away from the status quo was actualized by envisioning what could be, negotiating what ought to be, and taking collective action to realize those futures (Haapasaari et al., 2016). By engaging people from different backgrounds and with a variety of expertise in collective action, the larger national research project behind the co-design activities has developed pedagogical models and curriculum materials as well as several educational technologies that are openly available to anyone interested (https://gen-ai.fi/en). References Coeckelbergh, M. (2023). Democracy, epistemic agency, and AI: political epistemology in times of artificial intelligence. AI and Ethics, 3(4), 1341–1350. Engeström, Y. (2011). From design experiments to formative interventions. Theory & Psychology, 21(5), 598–628. https://doi.org/10.1177/0959354311419252 Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1–24. Haapasaari, A., Engeström, Y., & Kerosuo, H. (2016). The emergence of learners’ transformative agency in a Change Laboratory intervention. Journal of Education and Work, 29(2), 232–262. Härkki, T., Vartiainen, H., Seitamaa-Hakkarainen, P., & Hakkarainen, K. (2021). Co-teaching in non-linear projects: A contextualised model of co-teaching to support educational change. Teaching and Teacher Education, 97, 103188. Hintz, A., Dencik, L., & Wahl-Jorgensen, K. (2019). Digital Citizenship in a Datafied Society. Polity Press. Kahila, J., Vartiainen, H., Tedre, M., Arkko, E., Lin, A., Pope, N., Jormanainen, I., & Valtonen, T. (2024). Pedagogical framework for cultivating children’s data agency and creative abilities in the age of AI. Informatics in Education. Miao, F., & Shiohira, K. (2024). AI Competency Framework for Students. UNESCO. OECD (2025). Empowering Learners for the Age of AI: An AI Literacy Framework for Primary and Secondary Education (Review Draft). OECD, Paris, France. Solaiman, I. et al. (2023). Evaluating the social impact of generative ai systems in systems and society. ArXiv Preprint ArXiv:2306.05949. Stetsenko, A. (2019). Radical-Transformative Agency: Continuities and Contrasts With Relational Agency and Implications for Education. Frontiers in Education, Volume 4-2019. Tedre, M., Toivonen, T., Kahila, J., Vartiainen, H., Valtonen, T., Jormanainen, I., & Pears, A. (2021). Teaching machine learning in K-12 Classroom: Pedagogical and technological trajectories for artificial intelligence education. IEEE Access, 9, 110558–110572. Vartiainen, H., Kahila, J., Pope, N., López-Pernas, S., Valtonen, T., & Tedre, M. (2025). Long-term Impacts of K-12 AI Education Interventions on Social Media Mechanisms. Proceedings of IEEE Frontiers in Education Conference (FIE), Nashville, TN, USA, 2025. Vartiainen, H., Kahila, J., Tedre, M., López-Pernas, S., & Pope, N. (2024). Enhancing children’s understanding of algorithmic biases in and with text-to-image generative AI. New Media & Society, 27(9), 5342-5368. Vartiainen, H., & Tedre, M. (2025). The CEDE Model: A Learning-Sciences Based Framework for Critical and Transformative K–12 AI Education . 25st Koli Calling International Conference on Computing Education Research, Koli Calling ’25. Zuboff, S. (2015). Big other: Surveillance capitalism and the prospects of an information civilization. Journal of Information Technology, 30(1), 75–89. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 13 A: From Classroom Measures to Labour Market Gateways: Pathways in the School to Work Transitions of Young People with Disabilities Location: A1 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Caroline Sahli Lozano Session Chair: Justin Powell Symposium |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium From Classroom Measures to Labour Market Gateways: Pathways in the School to Work Transitions of Young People with Disabilities Across Europe, the transition from school to work remains a critical stage for young people with disabilities, even as countries invest in inclusive education and promote equal access to employment. Persistent inequalities arise from educational practices, employer decision-making, intersecting social identities, and broader institutional structures. This symposium brings together four complementary papers that examine these dynamics through a multi level perspective with different theoretical and methological approaches. Together, the four contributions ask how curriculum modifications, accommodations, social categorisations, and institutional and labour market contexts shape the transition from education into employment for young people with disabilities in Switzerland, Luxembourg and across Europe. References Annamma, S. A., Connor, D. & Ferri, B. (2013). Dis/ability critical race studies (DisCrit): theorizing at the intersections of race and dis/ability. Race Ethnicity and Education, 16(1), 1-31. Collins, P. H. (2019). Intersectionality as Critical Social Theory. Duke University Press. Goffman, E. (2009). Stigma: Notes on the management of spoiled identity. Touchstone. Nagtegaal, R., De Boer, N., Van Berkel, R., Derks, B., & Tummers, L. (2023). Why Do Employers (Fail to) Hire People with Disabilities? A Systematic Review of Capabilities, Opportunities and Motivations. Journal of Occupational Rehabilitation, 33(2), 329–340. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10926-022-10076-1 Spence, M. (1973). Job market signaling. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 87(3), 355–374. Van Dusen, B., Cian, H., Nissen, J., Arellano, L., & Woods, A. D. (2024). Comparing the Efficacy of Fixed-Effects and MAIHDA Models in Predicting Outcomes for Intersectional Social Strata. Sociology of Education, 97(4), 342–362. Presentations of the Symposium Transition from School to Work in Switzerland: How Curriculum Modifications and Accommodations Shape Educational Pathways
Background: Inclusive education reforms have expanded the use of integrative measures in Swiss mainstream classrooms, yet their long-term implications remain insufficiently understood. Two measures are central: reduced individual learning objectives (RILOs) and accommodations. RILOs lower subject specific expectations for students with low cognitive ability and are formally documented in school reports without requiring diagnosis. Accommodations support students with average or above average ability and specific disabilities in meeting standard objectives; they typically require diagnosis and are not recorded in school reports. Findings from the Bernese Longitudinal Study on Integrative School Measures (BELIMA) show that these measures are socially selective and differ in their short-term academic effects (Sahli Lozano et al., 2023).
Research Question: This study investigates how RILOs and accommodations influence students’ transitions into upper secondary education. Drawing on labeling theory (Fox & Stinnett, 1996; Goffman, 2009) and signaling theory (Spence, 1973), it examines whether these measures convey information about students’ academic potential that affects access to programs with varying academic demands and contributes to discontinuities in educational trajectories.
Methods: The study uses BELIMA data from 2,297 students in Canton Bern, including 85 students with RILOs and 77 with accommodations. Propensity score matching was applied to address selection bias, controlling for school type, academic performance, intelligence, and social background. Outcomes include entry into upper secondary programs with differing academic requirements and the continuity of educational trajectories.
Results: Students with RILOs were significantly more likely than matched controls to enter programs with lower academic demands, particularly two-year apprenticeships. However, RILOs were not associated with a higher likelihood of discontinuous educational trajectories. Students receiving accommodations did not differ significantly from matched controls in either the academic level of upper secondary placement or pathway continuity.
Conclusion: The findings indicate that RILOs, although intended to support students with learning difficulties, may inadvertently channel them into less academically demanding pathways. Accommodations, in contrast, do not appear to restrict educational opportunities. These results demonstrate that integrative measures differ substantially in their long-term effects and that they function as institutional signals within educational decision-making processes. The study underscores the need to critically examine implementation practices to ensure that support measures enhance rather than constrain students’ prospects. Despite limitations such as small subgroup sizes, the findings contribute important evidence to an understudied area and highlight the necessity of further research on the long-term consequences of inclusive education policies.
References:
Fox, J. D., & Stinnett, T. A. (1996). The effects of labeling bias on prognostic outlook for children as a function of diagnostic label and profession. Psychology in the Schools, 33(2), 143–152.
Goffman, E. (2009). Stigma: Notes on the management of spoiled identity. Touchstone.
Sahli Lozano, C., Wüthrich, S., Wicki, M., & Brandenberg, K. (2023). Soziale Selektivität bei der Vergabe der integrativen schulischen Maßnahmen reduzierte individuelle Lernziele, Nachteilsausgleich und integrative Förderung. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 26, 997–1027.
Spence, M. (1973). Job market signaling. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 87(3), 355–374.
Employer Support for Workplace Accommodations and Hiring Intentions Toward Young People with Disabilities
Leaving school and entering the labour market is an important but often challenging step for young people with disabilities. While many societies commit to education for all and invest in all students’ learning potential, access to the labour market is not guaranteed (Pérez, 2018; Tschanz & Powell, 2020). Employers play a crucial role in enabling the transition into employment, as they act as gatekeepers who decide who is hired and who is not. However, many are reluctant to hire people with disabilities, anticipating reduced work performance and the burden of providing workplace or job accommodations (Bonaccio et al., 2020; Nagtegaal et al., 2023). Meanwhile, positive views on implementation of workplace and job accommodations, such as flexible work arrangements, the provision of extra support or rearranging duties, have been shown to be positively associated with attitudes towards hiring people with disabilities (D’Souza & Kuntz, 2023). Building on this literature, the present study investigates whether employer support for workplace and job accommodations increases the chances that young people with disabilities are considered for a job.
The study draws on data from a factorial survey experiment embedded in a broader employer survey conducted in Switzerland. Employers and human resources personnel from different occupational sectors were sampled from real job vacancies and company registries and presented five short vignettes describing young job candidates. The vignettes were experimentally varied across several characteristics, including gender, migration background, and type of disability. Employers rated each candidate’s chances of being considered for a job on an 11-point scale. The survey also included an adapted version of the Job Accommodation Scale (JAS; Shaw et al., 2014) measuring support for workplace and job accommodations. The analytic sample of 304 recruiters and 1520 vignette evaluations was analysed using multilevel random-intercept models with the lme4 package in R, accounting for the nested structure of the data.
Overall, employers and human resources personnel rated candidates with disabilities lower than candidates without disabilities. However, the disability penalty decreased as employer support for workplace and job accommodations increased, particularly for young people with a physical disability. These findings suggest that fostering supportive employer attitudes towards workplace and job accommodations may improve the employment prospects of young people with disabilities.
References:
Bonaccio, S., Connelly, C. E., Gellatly, I. R., Jetha, A., & Martin Ginis, K. A. (2020). The Participation of People with Disabilities in the Workplace Across the Employment Cycle: Employer Concerns and Research Evidence. Journal of Business and Psychology, 35(2), 135–158. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10869-018-9602-5
Nagtegaal, R., De Boer, N., Van Berkel, R., Derks, B., & Tummers, L. (2023). Why Do Employers (Fail to) Hire People with Disabilities? A Systematic Review of Capabilities, Opportunities and Motivations. Journal of Occupational Rehabilitation, 33(2), 329–340. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10926-022-10076-1
Pérez, J. L. R. (2018). Una revisión de los conceptos de accesibilidad, apoyos y ajustes razonables para su aplicación en el ámbito laboral. Derechos y Libertades, 39(2), 259–284. https://doi.org/10.14679/1089
Shaw, W. S., Kristman, V. L., Williams-Whitt, K., Soklaridis, S., Huang, Y.-H., Côté, P., & Loisel, P. (2014). The Job Accommodation Scale (JAS): Psychometric Evaluation of a New Measure of Employer Support for Temporary Job Modifications. Journal of Occupational Rehabilitation, 24(4), 755–765. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10926-014-9508-7
Tschanz, C., & Powell, J. J. W. (2020). Competing Institutional Logics and Paradoxical Universalism: School-to-Work Transitions of Disabled Youth in Switzerland and the United States. Social Inclusion, 8(1), 155–167. https://doi.org/10.17645/si.v8i1.2373
Transition Processes into the Labour Market of Young People with Disabilities and a Migration Background: An Intersectional Perspective
The transition from school to work is a crucial turning point in young people’s lives. While employment is central to social inclusion and economic independence, access to the labor market is unequally distributed. Research documents hiring disadvantages based on disability and migration background, and context-dependent disadvantages based on gender (e.g. Berthoud, 2008; Birkelund et al., 2022; Heath et al., 2008). A growing body of work further highlights that such disadvantages may intersect, leading to particularly adverse outcomes for individuals who combine multiple marginalized identities. However, it remains unclear whether these inequalities reflect additive effects of single attributes or intersectional effects that go beyond additivity.
This study examines how recruiters’ evaluations of young candidates’ chances of being hired vary across intersectional strata defined by disability status, migration background and gender. Drawing on intersectionality theory (Collins, 2019), disability critical race theory (Annamma et al., 2013), theories of social distance and stigma (Goffman, 2018), we expect systematic differences in hiring evaluations across these strata. These expectations are further reinforced by an economic rational perspective, which assumes recruiters rely on perceived productivity signals (Esser, 1999). Such perceptions may be shaped by stereotypes and stigma. Taken together, these theoretical perspectives lead us to hypothesize that hiring evaluations vary across intersectional strata, with some strata deviating from expectations based on additive main effects.
Empirically we draw on a factorial survey experiment administered to recruiters in Switzerland and Luxembourg. Recruiters from five occupational sectors evaluated the hiring chances of fictive young applicants described in short vignettes. The vignettes were experimentally varied along the dimensions disability, nation of origin, and gender. Age, education, language proficiency, work experience and work permit status were held constant. In total, 464 employers evaluated multiple vignettes, resulting in 2.784 vignette ratings on an 11-point scale.
To analyze intersectional inequalities, we employ multilevel analysis of individual heterogeneity and discriminatory accuracy (MAIHDA), using a cross-classified specification to account for vignette clustering within recruiters (Evans et al., 2019; Van Dusen et al., 2024). Preliminary results indicate that most between-stratum variation is explained by additive effects of disability status and migration background, with gender playing a comparatively smaller role. Residual variance between intersectional strata is minimal once these main effects are accounted for, suggesting limited evidence of intersectional deviation beyond additivity. Nevertheless, consistent with theories of stigma, recruiters’ assessments remain strongly structured by additive disadvantages related to disability and migration background.
References:
Annamma, S. A., Connor, D. & Ferri, B. (2013). Dis/ability critical race studies (DisCrit): theorizing at the intersections of race and dis/ability. Race Ethnicity and Education, 16(1), 1-31.
Berthoud, R. (2008). Disability employment penalties in Britain. Work, Employment and Society, 22(1), 129-148.
Birkelund, G. E., Lancee, B., Larsen, E. N., Polavieja, J. G., Radl, J. & Yemane, R. (2022). Gender Discrimination in Hiring: Evidence from a Cross-National Harmonized Field Experiment. European Sociological Review, 38(3), 337-354.
Collins, P. H. (2019). Intersectionality as Critical Social Theory. Duke University Press.
Esser, H. (1999). Soziologie: Allgemeine Grundlagen (3rd ed.). Campus Verlag.
Evans, C. R. (2019). Reintegrating contexts into quantitative intersectional analyses of health inequalities. Health & place, 60, 102214.
Goffman, E. (2018). Stigma. Über Techniken der Bewältigung beschädigter Identität (24. Aufl.). Suhrkamp.
Heath, A. F., Rothon, C. & Kilpi, E. (2008). The Second Generation in Western Europe: Education, Unemployment, and Occupational Attainment. Annual Review of Sociology, 34(1), 211-235.
Van Dusen, B., Cian, H., Nissen, J., Arellano, L., & Woods, A. D. (2024). Comparing the Efficacy of Fixed-Effects and MAIHDA Models in Predicting Outcomes for Intersectional Social Strata. Sociology of Education, 97(4), 342–362.
Special NEETs: Institutional Influences on School-to-Work Transitions of Young People with Disabilities in Europe
Institutional arrangements significantly influence school-to-work transitions (STWT). Theoretical explanations for how institutions influence STWT are based strongly on the ideal-typical distinction of internal labour markets (ILM), focusing on internal career progression within a single organization, or occupational labour markets (OLM), that emphasize external mobility across employers within OLM (Marczuk, 2024; Marsden, 1990; Maurice et al., 1986). However, how institutions influence STWT also depends on individual-level characteristics and the influence of institutional characteristics on STWT differs considerably between socio-demographic groups as depicted by the varying importance of formal education across institutional settings (Gangl, 2003). Also, case studies of Germany – considered an OLM with a strong vocational training system and highly stratified pathways between general and vocational education that provides smooth STWT – show that low-attainers face increased risks of long-lasting labour market exclusion (Brzinksy-Fay and Solga, 2016). This raises the question to what extent established institutional explanations and related indicators are suitable to explain cross-country variance in STWT of disadvantaged groups.
This paper focusses a particularly disadvantaged group and examines cross-national differences in the risk of being „not in education, employment, or training” (NEET) among young people with and without disabilities and investigates how institutional contexts influence the duration of NEET-status among individuals with disabilities across 31 European countries. Several institutional indicators related to ILMs and OLMs are included as ‘classical’ explanations. These indicators are complemented with those relevant to explain challenging STWT of youth with disabilities. Using longitudinal data from the EU Statistics on Income and Living Conditions (EU-SILC), multilevel random slope regressions were employed with interactions between self-assessed ‘limitations in activities because of health problems’ – based on a social model of disabilities – and institutional indicators. The findings reveal that higher rates of vocational enrolment, tracking in special schools and increased incapacity spending effectively reduce NEET-length among individuals with disabilities. These results underscore the importance of institutional contexts in shaping STWT and highlight the need for more in-depth comparative research on the transitions of young people with disabilities.
References:
Brzinsky-Fay C, Solga H (2016) Compressed, postponed, or disadvantaged? School-to-work-transition patterns and early occupational attainment in West Germany. Research in Social Stratification and Mobility 46(A): 21–36.
Gangl M (2003) The only way is up? Employment protection and job mobility among recent entrants to European labour markets. European Sociological Review 19(5): 429–449.
Marczuk A (2024) Literature review of comparative school-to-work research: How institutional settings shape individual labour market outcomes. Journal for Labour Market Research 58(19): 1–15.
Marsden D (1990) Institutions and labour mobility: occupational and internal labour markets in Britain, France, Italy and West Germany. In: Brunetta R, Dell’Aringa C (eds) Labour Relations and Economic Performance. London: Palgrave Macmillan, 414–438.
Maurice M, Sellier F, Silvestre JJ (1986) The Social Foundations of Industrial Power. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 13 B: Part 2: Conducting Research Involving Children and Young People Location: A4 | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Kyriaki (Kiki) Messiou Session Chair: Mel Ainscow Symposium |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Symposium Part 2: Conducting Research Involving Children and Young People Following Part 1 Symposium, where we explored different conceptualisations and methodologies employed in various countries in studies that focus on students’ voices and inclusion in schools, in this second Part Symposium, we move into examples of empirical studies, carried out in three countries of our World Educational Research Association International Research Network (WERA IRN) “Student Voice for Promoting Inclusion and Equity in Schools”: Indonesia, Portugal, and UK (England).
Involving children and young people in research links to notions of childhood that view children as active participants and as “being” as opposed to “becoming” (James, Jenks, and Prout, 1998). However, even though the idea of listening to children’s and young people’s voices in research and in schools has gained ground in recent years internationally, there is still a danger that such approaches are used superficially. Fielding (2001) offers a helpful formulation in this respect when he suggests ‘a four- fold model which distinguishes between students as sources of data, students as active respondents, students as co-researchers, and students as researchers’ (p. 135). These are different levels of student involvement that can be used for school improvement or school self-review, or purely for research purposes. Hart’s (1992) ‘Ladder of Participation’, is also useful in thinking about levels of participation in schools and in research, ranging from manipulation of students’ voices, where children are used to achieve adults’ aims, to higher degrees of participation where students and adults, in projects in schools and in research, share their own unique perspectives and take shared decisions. In these ways, students are actively involved and respected for their own contributions.
In employing such inclusive approaches in research, where students are genuinely active participants, participatory approaches and methods can be instrumental, such as the use of photovoice, drawings, diaries and observations by student researchers. The role of research methods when engaging with children and young people’s voices has been discussed extensively in the literature (e.g., Christensen and James, 2001; Thomson, 2008) such as photo voice and photo elicitation (e.g. Shaw 2020). A range of such approaches are explored in the papers that follow from studies carried out in different countries.
However, involving children and young people in research involves a range of challenges, the most predominant one being that of power dynamics (Montreuil et al., 2021). Morrow and Richards (1996) suggest that “using methods which are non-invasive, non-confrontational and participatory, and which encourage children to interpret their own data, might be one step forward in diminishing the ethical problems of imbalanced relationships between researcher and researched at the point of data collection and interpretation” (p. l00). It has been argued that participatory research methods address power differentials, maximise participation and are oriented towards “researching inclusively” (Nind, 2014). At the same time, as Purdy and Spears (2020) argue, co-participatory research with children is “potentially radically democratising, inclusive and empowering while at the same time potentially disruptive, uncomfortable and bumpy” (p. 189).
In this second part of the symposium, we will explore the following questions: - How can we involve children and young people in research in different contexts? - How do different methodologies allow students’ voices to emerge? - What are the challenges encountered in employing such approaches?
Through our analysis of the empirical studies in each of the different countries we will highlight how methods are crucial in promoting students’ voices and inclusion in diverse contexts, whilst at the same time emphasising the importance of the overall methodologies employed and the positionalities of the researchers involved.
References Christensen, P. and James, A. (2001) Research with Children: Perspectives and Practices. London: Routledge/Falmer. Fielding, M., (2001). Students as radical agents of change. Journal of Educational Change 2 (2), 123–141. Hart, R. (1992). Children’s Participation: From Tokenism to Citizenship. Florence: UNICEF. James, A., Jenks, C. and Prout, A. (1998) Theorizing Childhood. Cambridge: Polity Press. Montreuil, M., Bogossian, A., Laberge-Perrault, E., & Racine, E. (2021). A review of approaches, strategies and ethical considerations in participatory research with children. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 20, 1–15. Nind, M. (2014). What is Inclusive Research? London: Bloomsbury. Shaw, P. A. (2020) Photo-elicitation and photo-voice: Using visual methodological tools to engage with younger children’s voices about inclusion in education. International Journal of Research and Method in Education, 44 (4), 337–351. Presentations of the Symposium Withdrawn
Sub-paper had to be withdrawn
References:
.
School Spaces as Inclusive Places of Belonging
Sense of belonging – a subjective feeling of connection with social groups, physical places and individual and collective experiences (Allen et al., 2021), is a key dimension of the school experience, which is associated with students’ well-being and engagement (Craggs & Kelly, 2018). In school, students experience belonging when they feel accepted, respected, included and supported by others (Goodenow & Grady, 1993). Belonging in school is affected by teacher support and peers’ relationships and acceptance (Allen et al., 2018). In addition, it emerges from the emotional bonds that students establish with the school-place (Nind et al., 2025). Despite its importance, few studies have explored how students’ experiences of space is related to their sense of belonging in school (Nind et al., 2025). Therefore, based on the triadic model of space (Lefebvre, 1991): conceived spaces (representations of spaces), perceived (social practice) and lived (spaces of representation), the aim of this study was to understand how the experience of physical and social spaces relates to students’ sense of belonging in school.
The study used an ethnographic methodology (Hammersley, 2006), which involved prolonged permanence in a class composed of students from different sociocultural backgrounds, presenting with emotional, social and learning difficulties. Data were collected through classroom debate on topics such as inclusion, participation and belonging, and participant observation of students’ spatial and social interactions. In addition, students used an individual field diary for collecting their perception of the space. They were asked to use drawings and words to register their impressions about physical aspects of the classroom and the school, and how they interact with their peers, to identify zones of comfort and discomfort, where they feel they belong and how they participate in school. Emphasis was placed on a collaborative approach, where all students participated, talked and discussed, with the intention of contributing to the rethink and to the practice of true inclusion (Messiou, 2016).
In this presentation, we will present the results regarding how students experience the school and classroom spaces and how it relates to students’ sense of belonging. The results will be explored in light of the school's organization for student diversity, identifying conditions that foster students’ connection to school and classroom spaces, the construction of place, with effects on belonging, well-being, academic learning, and inclusion.
References:
Allen, K., Kern, M. L., Vella-Brodrick, D., Hattie, J., & Waters, L. (2018). What schools need to know about fostering school belonging: A meta-analysis. Educational Psychology Review, 30(1), 1–34.
Allen, K-A; Kern, M. L.; Rozek, C.S.; McInerney, D, M.; Slavich, G. M. (2021) Belonging: a review of conceptual issues, an integrative framework, and directions for future research, Australian Journal of Psychology, 73:1, 87-102.
Craggs, H., & Kelly, C. (2018). Adolescents’ experiences of school belonging: A qualitative meta-synthesis. Journal of Youth Studies, 21(10), 1411–1425.
Goodenow, C., & Grady, K.E. (1993) The relationship of school belonging and friends’ values to academic motivation among urban adolescent students. Journal of Experimental Education, 62, 60–71.
Hammersley, M. (2006) Ethnography: problems and prospects. Ethnography and Education, 1(1), 3-14.
Lefebvre, H. (1991) The Production of Space. translated by Donald Nicholson-Smith, Blackwell, Oxford UK & Cambridge USA, Editions Anthropos
Messiou, K. (2017) Research in the field of inclusive education: time for a rethink? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(2), 146-159.
Nind, M., Köpfer, A. & Lemmer, K. (2025). Children’s spaces of belonging in schools: bringing theories and stakeholder perspectives into dialogue. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(29), 210-222.
Using Participatory Methods to Engage Student-Researchers in Schools
In this paper we explore the role of various participatory methods to engage student-researchers in primary schools. Participatory research has been used as an “umbrella term” which includes research where children and young people are being involved in collecting data or are being engaged in actively making decisions in the research process, or in both ways (Montreuil et al., 2021). Levy and Thompson (2015) highlight the close link between student voice and participatory research approaches and emphasise the need for “listening to children and hearing their voices” (p. 139). Participatory approaches necessitate a shift in the way children are viewed, from being passive objects of research to being active agents who can make meaningful contributions to the research process, thereby anchoring the outcomes of the research in alignment with children’s perspectives (Gallacher & Gallagher, 2008).
Findings from a study that involved ten primary schools in England (5-11-year-olds), exploring how an engagement with students’ voices can promote inclusion within schools, will be analysed. The schools belong in a research-practice partnership, (RPP) “a long-term collaboration aimed at educational improvement or equitable transformation through engagement with research. These partnerships are intentionally organized to connect diverse forms of expertise and shift power relations in the research endeavor to ensure that all partners have a say in the joint work.” (Farrell et al, 2021, p. iv). Our RPP, the “School Voices Research- Practice Partnership” aims to support schools in responding to student diversity and improve learning outcomes for all, whilst at the same time promote inclusion, by focusing on students’ voices and dialogues between teachers and children and young people through participatory research approaches. Lesson observation, training of student researchers, fieldnotes from meetings, and interviews with teachers and children were collected over a period of four years. Data analysis highlighted how participatory approaches and methods (student researchers approaches, sticky notes with unfinished sentences, visual methods and observations) allowed students to be actively involved in the research process and led to changes in their schools.
We argue that participatory methods can be a powerful means for change in schools, only if they are used in ways that enable sustained dialogues between teachers and students in schools. Of all the methods that we explore, we highlight observation used by student researchers as having a great potential for facilitating such efforts (Messiou et. al, 2025). We will also discuss some of the challenges involved in using such approaches.
References:
Farrell, C.C., Penuel, W.R., Coburn, C., Daniel, J., and Steup, L. (2021). Research-practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation.
Gallacher, L.-A., & Gallagher, M. (2008). Methodological Immaturity in Childhood Research?: Thinking through ‘participatory methods’. Childhood, 15(4), 499–516.
Levy, R., & Thompson, P. (2015). Creating ‘buddy partnerships’ with 5- and 11-year old-boys: A methodological approach to conducting participatory research with young children. Journal of Early Childhood Research, 13(2), 137–149.
Messiou, K., de los Reyes, J., Potnis, C., Dong, P., & Rwang, V. K. (2025). Student voice for promoting inclusion in primary schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 29(7), 1168–1182.
Montreuil, M., Bogossian, A., Laberge-Perrault, E., & Racine, E. (2021). A review of approaches, strategies and ethical considerations in participatory research with children. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 20, 1–15
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 13 C: Reconceptualising Inclusion: New Theoretical and Methodological Perspectives Location: A2b | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Rene Schroeder Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Conceptions of Inclusion in Adult and Continuing Education: A Scoping Review Universität Zürich, Switzerland Presenting Author:Since the Publication of the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (United Nations, 2006) and against the backdrop of social transformations such as digitalization, demographic changes and shifting labour markets (Dobischat et al., 2019; Kraus, 2022; Nuissl, 2023), the importance of inclusion in nonformal education and the world of work has increased significantly. Access to lifelong learning opportunities is regarded as a prerequisite for social participation and social cohesion (Schreiber-Barsch & Zeuner, 2018; Grotlüschen et al., 2024). Consequently, inclusion has become a central topic in educational research, with a growing body of literature addressing the implementation, effectiveness and challenges of inclusive schooling (e.g., Finkelstein et al., 2021; Keles et al., 2024; Navrátilová et al., 2024; …), inclusive higher education (e. g., Filippou et al., 2025; Louw & Louw 2025; Stentiford & Koutsouris, 2021; …) as well as inclusive work places (e. g., Garg & Sangwan, 2020; Rezaia et al., 2023; …). However, these developments hat not yet been adequately reflected in research on nonformal adult and continuing education. In particular, disability as a category of analysis has often been overlooked in this field when examining inclusion (Heimlich & Behr, 2018; Schreiber-Barsch, 2023; Seitter & Franz, 2019). Existing reviews tend to conceptualise inclusion in broader terms, for example concerning LGBTQ+-inclusive adult education (Baumgartner et al., 2025), ageing and later-life learning (Schmidt-Hertha et al., 2022), or general questions of social justice and equity (Oduaran, 2019; Walters & Cooper, 2011). The few studies that explicitly address disability, indicate that people with disabilities remain underrepresented in adult and continuing education programmes (e.g., Federal Statistical Office, 2024; Federal Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs, 2021; UNESCO, 2019), suggesting that access is still not equal. Research at the subjective level show not only persistent barriers to access, but also to participate in both formal and nonformal work related education (e. g., Grünenfelder & Zumbach, 2023; Pfister et al., 2017; Wenger, 2025). Moreover, studies adopting critical-deconstructive (e.g., ‘doing dis_ability’, Köbsell, 2016; Boger, 2019) or intersectional (e.g., Schreiber-Barsch et al., 2025b) perspectives on disability are (still) rarely represented within adult and continuing education research. As a result, debates on inclusion have so far not fostered a theoretically grounded discussion of inclusion-related issues. This underscores the need for more systematic, theoretically informed, and reflexive research approaches that critically examine how inclusion is conceptualized, operationalized, and (re-) produced in adult and continuing education research. To systematically capture this research gap and to move beyond a predominantly German-speaking context, this paper presents the results of a scoping review of international publications on inclusion in the field of adult and continuing education. The review examines which dimensions of inclusion are (not) addressed within existing research and investigates how disability is defined, operationalised, and reproduced within the literature, if at all. In addition to this substantive focus, the contribution places particular emphasis on methodological and epistemological questions while critically reflecting on knowledge production processes using the following methodology. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To examine how inclusion and disability are conceptualised in adult and continuing education research, this study applies a scoping review methodology. Scoping reviews are a form of evidence synthesis that aim to systematically identify and describe the scope of available research related to a broad research question, often irrespective of study design or source type (Campbell et al., 2023). Evidence synthesis methods have gained increasing relevance in recent years, as they support guidance for both research priorities and decision-making in policy and practice contexts (Campbell et al., 2023). Scoping reviews, in particular, aim to provide an overview of the volume and characteristics of research activity in a given field, clarify and analyse key concepts and definitions, examine how research is conducted, summarise existing findings, and identify knowledge gaps (Campbell et al., 2023). As this study aims to identify available evidence on inclusion in the field of adult and continuing education, clarify how inclusion is defined and used in the literature, examine how research on this topic is conducted, summarise existing findings, and identify knowledge gaps, a scoping review represents an appropriate methodological approach. In this study, the scoping review follows mainly the methodological framework proposed by Campbell et al. (2023). Reporting is guided by the PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR; Tricco et al., 2018), which provides standards to enhance transparency and rigor in the review process. Preparatory work was conducted in collaboration with information specialists to develop the search strategy, identify relevant keywords and databases, define inclusion and exclusion criteria, and establish procedures for systematic documentation. The review process comprises the following steps: 1) defining the research question, developing the search string; 2) selecting databases and key reference texts; 3) conducting the literature search; 4) screening and selecting relevant studies; 5) charting data using a structured extraction form; and 6) summarising and reporting the results. Data extraction includes bibliographic information (authors, year, country), study characteristics (aims, research questions, methodology, sample), and findings related to conceptualisations of inclusion (and disability). While scoping reviews enable a systematic and transparent approach, it is important to note their limitations, which will be further discussed in the presentation of this paper. Rather than synthesising results or assessing study quality, scoping reviews focus on describing and categorising existing literature to generate a comprehensive picture of a research area. This can for example pose challenges for interpretation of results and comparing them across diverse study designs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As this study has not yet been conducted at the time of submission, the conclusions are necessarily based on preliminary observations and a prospective assessment of possible outcomes. While some literature offers initial insights into theoretical perspectives on adult learners in general (e.g., Owusu‑Agyeman, 2019), adult learning (e.g., Schreiber-Barsch et al., 2025a) or concepts of disability in adulthood (e.g., Ross-Gordon, 2024), the application and conceptualisation of inclusion in adult and continuing education research has not yet been systematically examined. In contrast to school education research (e.g., Selisko et al., 2024), there is currently no established analytical framework that integrates theories of disability, models of inclusion, and forms of educational participation for the systematic analysis of research findings in adult and continuing education. Beyond this substantive focus and the aim of initiating such a discussion, the contribution places particular emphasis on methodological and epistemological questions. The scoping review is not only employed as a method, but also as an object of critical reflection. Using this scoping review as an example, the paper explores to what extent this form of systematic literature review is capable to capture the scope of existing knowledge, how such knowledge is constructed, and which assumptions and perspectives are shaping this process. In doing so, the paper discusses both the possibilities and limitations of scoping reviews as a methodological approach and raises questions such as: To what extent can it be trusted as a basis for generating further knowledge and identifying research gaps? What remains invisible or excluded through this approach, particularly with regard to epistemic standpoints and contextual embeddedness? By posing these questions, the aim is to open up space for broader methodological and epistemological discussions, in line with the conference theme. References Boger, Mai-Anh (2019). Theorien der Inklusion. Die Theorie der trilemmatischen Inklusion zum Mitdenken. Münster: edition assemblage. Campbell, F., Tricco, A. C., Munn, Z., Pollock, D., Saran, A., Sutton, A., White, H., & Khalil, H. (2023). Mapping reviews, scoping reviews, and evidence and gap maps (EGMs): The same but different—The “Big Picture” review family. Systematic Reviews, 12, 45. 10.1186/s13643-023-02178-5 Grünenfelder, R., & Zumbach, D. (2023). Inklusionsindex 2023: Studie zur Inklusion von Menschen mit Behinderungen in der Schweiz. Köbsell, S. (2016). Doing Dis_ability: Wie Menschen mit Beeinträchtigungen zu „Behinderten“ werden. In K. Fereidooni & A. P. Zeoli (Hrsg.), Managing Diversity (S. 89–104). Springer Fachmedien. Kraus, K. (2022). Erwachsenenbildung im Kontext gesellschaftlicher Veränderungen: Eine exemplarische Analyse anhand historischer Entwicklungen in der Schweiz. 10.5167/UZH-233374 Owusu-Agyeman, Y. (2019). An analysis of theoretical perspectives that define adult learners for effective and inclusive adult education policies. International Review of Education, 65, 929–953. 10.1007/s11159-019-09811-3 Pfister, A., Studer, M., Berger, F., & Georgi-Tscherry, P. (2017). Teilhabe von Menschen mit Beeinträchtigung (TeMB-Studie). Hochschule Luzern, Interkantonale Hochschule für Heilpädagogik. Ross-Gordon, J. M. (2024). Learning disabilities and the adult learner. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 2024, 46–55. 10.1002/ace.20542 Schmidt-Hertha, B., Findsen, B., & Li, Z. (2022). Inclusion and exclusion in later life learning. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 41(6), 634–650. 10.1080/02601370.2022.2158954 Schreiber-Barsch, S., & Zeuner, C. (2018). Lebenslanges Lernen: Positionen, Konzepte, Programmatiken, Befunde. Beltz. 10.3262/eeo16180393 Schreiber-Barsch, S., Curdt, W. & Penkwitt, M. (2025b). Erwachsenenbildung und Inklusion: eine intersektionale Perspektive. Debatte. Beiträge zur Er¬wachsenenbildung, 8 (1), 7–26. Selisko, T. J., Eckert, C., & Perels, F. (2024). Models of disability as distinguishing factor: A theoretical framework of inclusive education and the application to a literature review. Cogent Education, 11(1), 2379681. 10.1080/2331186X.2024.2379681 Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., et al. (2018). PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7), 467–473 Walters, S., & Cooper, L. (2011). Learning/work: Turning work and lifelong learning inside out. International Review of Education, 57, 27–38.10.1007/s11159-011-9189-9 Wenger, Nina (2025). Zwischen Spielregeln und Barrieren. Eine Grounded-Theory-Studie zu erwerbsbezogener Bildung und Behinderung. wbv Publikation. 10.3278/9783763979158 04. Inclusive Education
Paper From Linear Inclusion to Non-Linear Transformation: A Complexity Systems Lens on Superdiversity, NEET, and Structural Change in Education Sinop University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:Inclusive education is increasingly positioned as a lever for both equity and economic participation. Yet in contexts shaped by superdiversity—where disability, migration background, socio-economic vulnerability, gender, and linguistic difference intersect—education systems often rely on linear policy assumptions that underestimate the non-linear, emergent dynamics of exclusion. This paper applies complexity systems theory to explain why inclusive education reforms may fail to reduce persistent NEET (Not in Employment, Education, or Training) trajectories, even when policy commitments appear strong on paper. We argue that exclusion and NEET outcomes are not the result of isolated deficits but emerge through feedback loops across multiple system levels: school-level practices (e.g., tracking, resource allocation, teacher beliefs), family constraints (e.g., economic precarity, caregiving burdens), labor-market signals (e.g., credential inflation, employer discrimination), and public narratives (e.g., deficit discourses about disability and diversity). These interactions produce tipping points and path dependencies that lock vulnerable youth—particularly those with disabilities, neurodivergence, or migration backgrounds—into trajectories of educational disengagement and labor-market exclusion. The study positions Turkey as a "middle-income laboratory" to generate insights relevant for low-income contexts (LICs), where institutional capacity and resources are constrained but demographic and social complexity is high. Turkey's education system exhibits characteristics common to many LICs: rapid urbanization, large-scale internal and external migration, uneven implementation of inclusive education policies, and high youth unemployment. By analyzing Turkey's experience through a complexity lens, we aim to identify transferable lessons for LICs facing similar challenges. We synthesize research across four domains: (i) complexity theory and education governance (e.g., Byrne & Callaghan, 2014; Mason, 2008), (ii) superdiversity and disability (Vertovec, 2007; Artiles et al., 2011), (iii) self-determination and agency as transformative mechanisms (Shogren et al., 2015), and (iv) NEET-related educational risk pathways (Eurofound, 2016; Elder, 2015). This synthesis reveals a critical gap: while inclusive education research has documented barriers at the individual and school levels, it has rarely examined how these barriers interact across system levels to produce aggregate outcomes like NEET rates. Our conceptual contribution is a systems model that maps the mechanisms linking inclusive education practices to NEET risk under conditions of superdiversity. The model identifies key leverage points where interventions may have disproportionate impact: self-determination supports, transition planning, school-family collaboration, and institutional responsiveness to diversity. Importantly, the model also highlights unintended consequences of well-intentioned policies (e.g., how mainstreaming without adequate support can increase dropout risk) and threshold effects (e.g., how small increases in teacher capacity can trigger large improvements in student outcomes once a critical mass is reached). We conclude with implications for policy design: inclusive education strategies should explicitly account for non-linearities, anticipate unintended consequences, and invest in adaptive mechanisms that improve educational-to-work transitions. This perspective strengthens the link between inclusion and structural transformation by making visible how "ignored complexity" translates into resource loss and stalled system change. By reframing inclusion as an adaptive system capacity rather than a checklist of interventions, we offer a new lens for understanding why some education systems successfully convert diversity into economic dynamism while others remain trapped in cycles of exclusion.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is designed as a conceptual and integrative review leading to a testable systems model. The methodology consists of three phases: Phase 1: Structured Literature Mapping We conducted a systematic search of peer-reviewed literature (2010–2025) across four databases: ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science, and Google Scholar. Search terms combined three concept clusters: (i) inclusive education OR special education OR disability, (ii) complexity theory OR systems thinking OR non-linear dynamics, and (iii) NEET OR youth unemployment OR school-to-work transition. We prioritized studies from middle-income and low-income contexts, with particular attention to Turkey, Jordan, and comparable settings. Inclusion criteria required empirical or theoretical engagement with system-level dynamics (not just individual-level outcomes). We identified 87 relevant studies, which were coded thematically using NVivo software. Phase 2: Mechanism Identification and Causal Loop Diagramming Drawing on complexity systems methodology (Sterman, 2000; Meadows, 2008), we extracted causal mechanisms from the literature and organized them into feedback loops. For example: inadequate teacher training → low-quality inclusive practices → student disengagement → family withdrawal from school collaboration → reduced institutional accountability → continued inadequate training (reinforcing loop). We constructed causal loop diagrams to visualize these dynamics and identify leverage points. This phase was iterative, involving cross-validation among the three authors to ensure theoretical coherence and empirical grounding. Phase 3: Model Development and Validation Logic We synthesized the causal loops into an integrated systems model with four subsystems: (i) school practices, (ii) family resources and agency, (iii) labor-market structures, and (iv) policy and public discourse. The model specifies hypothesized relationships (e.g., "increased self-determination supports reduce NEET risk via improved transition planning") and identifies testable predictions (e.g., "systems with higher teacher capacity variability will show non-linear NEET outcomes"). While this paper does not test the model empirically, we outline a validation roadmap for subsequent work using accessible secondary data: national education statistics (e.g., dropout rates, special education enrollment), labor force surveys (e.g., NEET rates by demographic group), and policy documents (e.g., inclusive education implementation plans). We also propose qualitative validation through stakeholder interviews (teachers, families, youth) to assess face validity and refine causal assumptions. This approach prioritizes feasibility and transparency: we do not claim to have collected new data, but rather to have synthesized existing evidence into a novel framework that can guide future empirical research and policy experimentation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper makes three contributions to inclusive education research and policy. First, we demonstrate that complexity systems theory offers a powerful lens for understanding why inclusive education reforms often fail to deliver expected outcomes. By mapping feedback loops and non-linear dynamics, we reveal how well-intentioned interventions can produce unintended consequences (e.g., mainstreaming without support increasing dropout risk) and how small changes at leverage points (e.g., teacher capacity, self-determination supports) can trigger disproportionate system-wide improvements. Second, we reframe superdiversity not as a static demographic characteristic but as a dynamic system property that amplifies non-linearity. In superdiverse contexts, the interactions among disability, migration, socio-economic status, gender, and language create exponential rather than additive complexity. This insight challenges linear policy models (e.g., "add more resources → improve outcomes") and calls for adaptive, context-responsive strategies. Third, we position Turkey as a middle-income laboratory for generating insights relevant to low-income countries. Turkey's combination of rapid demographic change, uneven policy implementation, and high youth unemployment mirrors challenges faced by many LICs. By analyzing Turkey's experience through a complexity lens, we identify transferable lessons: the importance of investing in teacher capacity as a leverage point, the risks of policy-practice gaps, and the need for transition supports that bridge education and labor markets. For policy, our model suggests that inclusive education strategies should: (i) explicitly account for feedback loops and threshold effects, (ii) invest in adaptive mechanisms (e.g., school-family collaboration, transition planning) rather than static inputs, and (iii) monitor unintended consequences through system-level indicators (e.g., NEET rates, dropout patterns). For research, we offer a testable framework and a roadmap for empirical validation using accessible secondary data. Future work should examine how the identified mechanisms operate in different contexts and test interventions at the leverage points we have identified. References Artiles, A. J., Kozleski, E. B., Dorn, S., & Christensen, C. (2011). Learning in inclusive education research: Re-mediating theory and methods with a transformative agenda. Teachers College Record, 113(10), 2122–2155. Byrne, D., & Callaghan, G. (2014). Complexity theory and the social sciences: The state of the art. Routledge. Elder, S. (2015). What does NEETs mean and why is the concept so easily misinterpreted? ILO Technical Brief No. 1. International Labour Organization. Eurofound. (2016). Exploring the diversity of NEETs. Publications Office of the European Union. Mason, M. (Ed.). (2008). Complexity theory and the philosophy of education. Wiley-Blackwell. Meadows, D. H. (2008). Thinking in systems: A primer. Chelsea Green Publishing. Shogren, K. A., Wehmeyer, M. L., Palmer, S. B., Forber-Pratt, A. J., Little, T. J., & Lopez, S. (2015). Causal agency theory: Reconceptualizing a functional model of self-determination. Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities, 50(3), 251–263. Sterman, J. D. (2000). Business dynamics: Systems thinking and modeling for a complex world. McGraw-Hill. Vertovec, S. (2007). Super-diversity and its implications. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 30(6), 1024–1054. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Bridges and Barriers on the Path Toward Inclusive Education for Students with Intellectual Disability: A Swedish Action Research Project 1: Karlstad university, Sweden; 2: Mälardalen university, Sweden Presenting Author:In line with Article 24 in the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD) (United Nations, 2008), inclusive education - emphasising all learners’ rights to participation, belonging, and meaningful learning - has become a priority in European education policy. This has resulted in a shift toward educating students with special educational needs in mainstream rather than segregated settings, a development identified in a comparative study across seven European countries (Buchner et al., 2021). However, this development has progressed unevenly across student groups. For students with intellectual disabilities (ID), the study indicates that they remain the group most frequently placed in special schools and receive their education in segregated settings. At the same time, students with ID are described as a “hidden population,” due to significant gaps in data about their education, resulting in “a lack of transparency in the implementation processes of the UNCRPD” (Buchner et al., 2021, p. 18). In Sweden, by contrast, students with ID constitute a visible group as they are admitted to a distinct school form: the Compulsory School for Students with Intellectual Disabilities (CSSID). This school form follows its own national curricula, syllabi, and timetables, and in the 2024/25 school year, 1.5% of all compulsory‑school‑age students attended the CSSID (Swedish National Agency for Education [SNAE], 2025). As a formal ID diagnosis is required for admission, the Swedish system enables systematic examination of inclusion and UNCRPD implementation for this group. Yet, although the separate school form is intended to accommodate diverse needs, organisational boundaries may reinforce exclusionary processes (Göransson & Nilholm, 2014). The Swedish Education Act states that students with ID should be given opportunities to receive their education in mainstream classes (Public Law 800, 2010). Nevertheless, only 9.1% of CSSID students were integrated into mainstream classes in 2024/25, even though about 90% of CSSID units are located within or near mainstream compulsory schools (Göransson et al., 2022; Sjöqvist et al., 2021). This discrepancy highlights a tension between rights‑based inclusion frameworks and organisational structures that remain largely segregated. However, within the UNCRPD framework, inclusion is not merely a matter of placement but concerns students’ actual opportunities to participate in the educational and social life of the school, a condition that further presupposes that diversity can function as a pedagogical resource when students are provided with genuine opportunities to engage in shared, meaningful activities (United Nations, 2008). From this perspective, inclusion can be understood as a dynamic process shaped by exclusionary forces operating both outside and inside schools (Malmqvist, 2025). As the proportion of students in the CSSID has increased in recent years (SNAE, 2025), questions arise regarding what teachers need to do - together in practice - to enable participation and learning for students with ID in line with the UNCRPD. Against this backdrop, the aim of this study is to illuminate how inclusion, understood as all learners’ rights to participation, belonging, and meaningful learning, can be meaningfully realised in everyday school practice when the overarching educational system remains structurally segregated. The study is guided by the following research question:
The study is theoretically grounded in the Staircase Model of Inclusionary and Exclusionary Processes (Malmqvist, 2025), which conceptualises inclusion and exclusion as positions along a dynamic continuum rather than fixed states. The model highlights how students move between different degrees of inclusion and exclusion over time and provides an analytical framework for examining how collaboration between school forms may strengthen or counteract these movements. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is designed with a qualitative, practice‑based methodological orientation and an action‑research‑inspired approach. It has been initiated at one school, where six teachers currently participate. The intention is to include an additional three schools to capture how inclusion‑related processes develop across different sites. The methodological approach conceptualises inclusion as a situated and relational process that is shaped in the everyday realities of teaching, rather than as a fixed organisational arrangement. The study is organised into recurring cycles in which the participating teachers and the researchers jointly plan, implement actions, reflect, and revise. Each subsequent step in the process is shaped by what becomes visible in teaching and in students’ participation (Rönnerman, 2012). This cyclical structure enables analysis of how inclusionary and exclusionary processes emerge, shift, and are renegotiated over time through teachers’ didactic and organisational choices. The dataset comprises three components: 1. Planning templates and structured logbooks completed by participating teachers alongside the planned actions. The templates articulate instructional goals, specify observable indicators of participation, and clarify what is being trialed. The logbooks, written immediately after each lesson, document implementation, observations of student participation, and planned adjustments for subsequent sessions (cf. Bjørndal, 2011). 2. Focus‑group discussions with participating teachers. An initial discussion examines how collaboration is understood and enacted in everyday practice; follow‑up discussions address planning of actions, experiences from and analyses of the implemented actions, and the identification of emerging needs that inform subsequent action cycles. Led by the researchers, the conversations address responsibility, information flow, and planning, and how these conditions shape students’ opportunities for participation (Rönnerman et al., 2016). All discussions are audio‑recorded and transcribed. 3. Classroom observations and student interviews conducted in connection with the actions. Observations focus on communication, interaction, and moments when students either engage or withdraw. Interviews, using adapted formats and supports as needed, elicit students’ perspectives on shared teaching and factors that facilitate or constrain their participation. The analysis is conducted as a thematic content analysis of the transcribed material and collected documents (Creswell & Poth, 2025). Coding focuses on didactic choices, organisational conditions, and relational and communicative processes. The resulting themes are then interpreted through the Staircase Model of Inclusionary and Exclusionary Processes (Malmqvist, 2025), enabling the empirical material to be analysed as stay‑in or push‑out processes in relation to students’ participation and inclusion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Grounded in an action‑research approach, the study is expected to contribute to a deeper understanding of how inclusive and exclusionary processes unfold in everyday teaching, and how these processes can be actively shaped to align educational provision for students with ID with the principles of the UNCRPD. Through iterative cycles of planning, action, reflection, and revision, the project is anticipated to generate a set of practice‑tested didactic principles for co‑teaching and co‑planning when students follow different curriculum components. These principles are expected to clarify how teachers’ instructional and organisational decisions can influence mechanisms of stay‑in and push‑out, as conceptualised in the Staircase Model, and thereby offer concrete strategies for strengthening students’ opportunities for participation and learning. In addition, the study is expected to enhance professional learning by establishing routines for collective reflection - such as logbook writing, peer‑supported observation, and structured focus‑group discussions - that foster improved relational coordination between staff in the CSSID and mainstream compulsory school. These collaborative practices are anticipated to build shared professional understandings of inclusion and create conditions for more coherent pedagogical and organisational responses. Finally, the study is expected to produce a set of practical tools, such as planning templates, participation indicators, and concise implementation guides, designed to support iterative improvement in inclusive practice. While developed within the present study, these tools and the associated insights are formulated to be adaptable and informative for use in other educational settings. Taken together, the contributions offer situated insights with potential applicability for strengthening inclusive processes and aligning provision for students with ID with the intentions of the UNCRPD. References Bjørndal, C. R.P. (2005). Det värderande ögat. Observation, utvärdering och utveckling i undervisning och handledning [The Appraising Eye: Observation, Evaluation, and Development in Teaching and Supervision]. Liber Buchner, T., Shevlin, M., Donovan, M. A., Gercke, M., Goll, H., Šiška, J., Janyšková, K., Smogorzewska, J., Szumski, G., Vlachou, A., Demo, H., Feyerer, E., & Corby, D. (2021). Same progress for all? Inclusive education, the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilites and students with intellectual disability in European Countries. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities, 18(1), 7-22. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/jppi.12368 Creswell, J.W., & Poth, C.N. (2025). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (5th ed.). Sage. Göransson, K., Bengtsson, K., Hansson, S., Klang, N., Lindqvist, G., & Nilholm, C. (2022). Segregated education as a challenge to inclusive processes: A total population study of Swedish teachers´ views on education for pupils with intellectual disability. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(14), 1367-1382.https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1810789 Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings - a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 265–280. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.933545 Malmqvist, J. (2025). Theorising the inclusionary - exclusionary continuum while investigating school situations. In J. Banks (Ed.), Conversations and key debates on inclusive and special education: Global insights from ‘the inclusion dialogue’. Taylor & Francis. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/285382946 Public Law 800. (2010). Skollag [Education Act]. Hämtad från: https://www.riksdagen.se/sv/dokument-och-lagar/dokument/svensk-forfattningssamling/skollag-2010800_sfs-2010-800/ Rönnerman, K. (2012). Vad är aktionsforskning? [What Is Action Research?]. In K. Rönnerman (Ed.), Aktionsforskning i praktiken: Förskola och skola på vetenskaplig grund [Action Research in Practice: Early Childhood and School Education on a Scientific Basis] (pp. 21–40). Studentlitteratur. Rönnerman, K., Olin, A., Moksnes Furu, E., & Wennergren, A.-C. (Eds.). (2016). Fångad av praktiken: Skolutveckling genom partnerskap [Captured by Practice: School Development through Partnership]. RIPS: Rapporter från Institutionen för Pedagogik och Specialpedagogik. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:hh:diva-32206 Sjöqvist, A., Göransson, K., Bengtsson, K., & Hansson, S. (2021). The arts: A precious part of special education? How principals value and organise arts education in compulsory school for pupils with intellectual disability in Sweden. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 36(3), 454-468. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2020.1764809 Swedish National Agency for Education. (2025). Den ökade andelen elever i anpassad grundskola [The Increased Proportion of Students in the CSSID]. https://www.skolverket.se/sok-publikationer/publikationsserier/rapporter/2025/den-okade-andelen-elever-i-anpassad-grundskola United Nations. (2008). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD). https://social.desa.un.org/issues/disability/crpd/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities-articles |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 04 SES 13 D: Language, Culture, and Educational Inclusion Location: A2a | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Ann-Cathrin Faldet Paper Session |
|
|
04. Inclusive Education
Paper Linguistic Capital, Rights, and Resistance: A Systematic Literature Review of Minority-Language Educational Inequalities Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Increasing linguistic diversity in education has brought renewed focus to persistent inequalities experienced by minority-language students. However, there is increasing scientific literature which identifies educational interventions that are effective in compensating for these inequalities, overcoming deterministic and deficit analyses in the understanding of the educational trajectories of minority-language students. Funded by the European Commission’s Horizon Europe programme, this study is part of the research remit of the Revers-Ed project funded to identify trends in educational inequalities across Europe and provide scientific evidence of effective interventions that compensate and reverse them over time, with a particular emphasis on transferability and sustainability. Within this context, this paper reports on a systematic literature review that has a dual focus. On the one hand, the review exploits existing international research to map and analyse educational inequalities experienced by minority-language students from a longitudinal perspective, identifying key features and trends. On the other hand, the review also identifies effective interventions to redress these inequalities and considers how they can be translated into policies and replicated to work towards a more inclusive educational systems with better learning outcomes for all. Comparative insights from Ireland are also provided in order to illustrate how evidence-based interventions can promote greater equity.
The importance of considering the complexity of the language context for minority-language-speaking students was a key concern throughout, and focused on indigenous/ethnic-minority-language students (Do et al. 2020; Ja Htu et al. 2023; Nguyen and Ha 2023; Prem 2021); those who speak a minority language in the national context but the majority language in their region (Tang et al. 2016; Zhang 2020); bilingual contexts (From and Holm 2018; Ní Chlochasaigh et al. 2021); and immigrant/refugee minority-language students in host countries, which made up the majority of the studies in this review (Back 2020; Bermingham 2021; Dangping 2022; Karakolidis et al. 2021; Keskin et al. 2023; Kim 2022; Konig et al. 2021; Lindemann and Saar 2012; McGillicuddy and Machowska-Kosciak 2020; Schmaus 2022; Schutte and Miley 2023; Sprong and Skopek 2022). This literature review addressed the following questions with respect to minority-language students:
Following the International Prospective Register of Systematic Reviews (PROSPERO) framework, the review spans 2000–2023 and integrates evidence from 30 studies across diverse contexts, with a preference given to papers from the previous five years and included longitudinal and cohort studies.
The discussion section underscores the critical implications for policy and practice, advocating for language-inclusive education policies, decolonised curricula, and teacher capacity-building to ensure all students, regardless of home language, have equal opportunities to succeed.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The systematic literature review addressed the research questions outlined in the previous section. The PROSPERO (International Prospective Register of Systematic Reviews) structure was used to develop this review. The keywords used were ‘education’, ‘disadvantage/inequality’, and ‘minority/second/heritage language’. The timeframe was from 2000 to 2023, with a preference given to papers from the previous five years and included longitudinal and cohort studies. The participants in these studies could be teachers, principals, parents, children, or schools; regardless, the ultimate beneficiaries were primary and secondary school minority-language students. The included papers were all published in the English language. Firstly, a search was conducted on Web of Science using the keywords. All fields were used in this search, and consequently, a large number of papers were identified (186 papers). A review of their titles was undertaken, and 15 papers were identified as of interest to this study. Their abstracts and dates of publication were reviewed, and based on these, the number of papers ultimately used from Web of Science was reduced to 12. Additionally, a search was conducted using the same keywords in ERIC. Here, 42 papers were identified, of which seven were used in the literature review. Finally, the same keywords were used in a search on SCOPUS, and of the 92 identified papers, seven were used. There were no duplicates to omit, so a total of 26 papers were identified as suitable for this study. An additional search was then undertaken using the keywords in the Irish context, and four more suitable papers were identified, bringing the total to 30. One of the key selection criteria was the year of publication, with priority given to papers published in the previous five years, of which there were 26. Nonetheless, the remaining four papers were predominantly published within the last ten year, adopted a longitudinal research design and were highly relevant to the topic. The process of analysis included “within-study analysis” as well as “between study analysis” (Onwuegbuzie et al., 2010). The former involved the production and analysis of summaries of the different components of each study (including literature review section, study context, conceptual/theoretical framework, methodologies used, sample sizes, results, and discussion sections). Between-study analysis synthesised and contrasted methodologies used, and findings reported in the studies under consideration. Themes were recorded in detail during the analysis stage following the method of constant comparison. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This literature review highlights the significant challenges that minority-language students face in gaining equal access to mainstream education, and the diversity of contexts that they reside within. Key themes identified include language of instruction policies rooted in dominant monolingual ideologies and rights-based considerations of linguistic inclusion. The literature also highlights unequal distributions of linguistic capital, epistemicide arising from colonial curricula, and the disadvantaging impact of standardised testing on minority-language learners. When identifying both the causes of, and possible solutions to, the named inequalities, the review highlights the importance of not viewing each of these themes as discrete entities. Instead, careful attention should be paid to the significant intersections between them, with themes invariably influencing and interacting with others. In relation to the successful interventions identified, multilingualism and culturally responsive teaching (including translanguaging and dialogic literary gatherings) were identified as central to their efficacy and impact. Critically, and in marked contrast to the monolingual approach, they all bestow value on the minority languages, associated cultures, and prior knowledge of students. Additionally, to offset the inequality these students experience in converting their linguistic capital, affirmative action policies have reaped positive results. Beyond this, the need for targeted continuous professional development of teachers, appropriate changes to ITE programmes, and increased resource allocations were consistently identified as integral to the success of interventions. While comparative insights from the Irish education system reveal broad overlaps with the international literature, cumulatively the Irish interventions speak to the importance of targeted and evidence informed interventions in achieved results in reversing the educational inequality experienced by minority-language students. The review’s findings also point to the critical importance of taking the multifarious and individual needs of students into account when considering policy and practice responses to educational inequality experienced by minority-language students. References Back, A. 2020. “High Stakes Standardized Testing and Emergent Bilingual Students in Texas: A Call to Action.” Texas Journal of Literacy Education 8 (1): 18-37. Bermingham, N. 2021. “Countering Decapitalisation: Examining Teachers' Discourses of Migration in Galicia.” Language, Culture and Curriculum 34(3): 337-351. Dangping, W. 2022. “Translanguaging as a Social Justice Strategy: The Case of Teaching Chinese to Ethnic Minority Students in Hong Kong.” Asia Pacific Education Review 24(3) 473–486. Driessen, G., and M.S. Merry. 2014. “Trends in Educational Disadvantage in Dutch Primary School.” Educational Review, 66(3): 276–292. Foote, E. 2020. “Negotiating Language in a Deaf Classroom in Myanmar: Lessons for Mother Tongue Education.” Language, Culture and Curriculum 33(4): 417-432. From, T., and G. Holm. 2019. “Language Crashes and Shifting Orientations: The Construction and Negotiation of Linguistic Value in Bilingual School Spaces in Finland and Sweden” Language and Education 33 (3): 195-210. Ja Htu, A., M. Barnes, S. Yip, and E. Saito. 2023. “Creating Equity for Ethnically, Linguistically, and Religiously Diverse Students in School Settings in the Myanmar Public Schools.” Pedagogy, Culture & Society 33(2): 523-540. McGillicuddy, D., and M. Machowska-Kosciak. 2020. “Children’s Right to Belong? —The Psychosocial Impact of Pedagogy and Peer Interaction on Minority Ethnic Children’s Negotiation of Academic and Social Identities in School.” Educ. Sci 11: 383. Mikuska, E., and J. Raffai. 2018. “Early Childhood Education and Care for the Hungarian National Minority in Vojvodina, Serbia.” Early Years 38(4): 378-395. Ní Chlochasaigh, K., G. Shiel, and P. Ó Duibhir. 2021. “Immersion in a Minority Language. The Performance in English Reading and Mathematics of Primary-Level Students in Irish Medium Schools in Areas of Socioeconomic Disadvantage.” Journal of Immersion and Content-Based Language Education 9(2): 279–309. Prah, K. K. 2017. “The Intellectualisation of African Languages for Higher Education.” Alternation, 24 (2): 215-225. Prem P.2021. “Epistemicide, Deficit Language Ideology, and (De) oloniality in Language Education Policy.” International Journal of the Sociology of Language2021 (267-268): 219–233. Santiago-Garabieta, M., R. García-Carrión, and L. Villardón Gallego. 2022. “Strengthening ties to L2: Improving Secondary Students’ Attitudes through Dialogic Literary Gatherings.” International Journal of Educational Psychology 11(2): 182-206. Schmaus, M. 2022. “Disproportionate Identification of Special Needs for Ethnic and Language Minority Students in England–Patterns and Explanations.” British Journal of Sociology of Education 43(1): 40-62. Tang, W., Y. Hu, and S. Jin. 2016. “Affirmative Inaction: Education, Language Proficiency, and Socioeconomic Attainment Among China's Uyghur Minority.” Chinese Sociological Review 48(4): 346-366. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper Opportunities to Use Language and Culture for the Educational Inclusion of Roma Students in a Multi-ethnic Region of Romania 1: Partium Christian University, Romania; 2: University of Oradea, Romania Presenting Author:In recent decades, the idea that educational inclusion can be the first step in the social inclusion of Roma has become established in the specialized literature and social-political practice. In this regard, significant progress has been recorded at the European level since the early 1990s. In its recommendation 1203/1993, the Council of Europe stressed the importance of ensuring quality education, the need to introduce intercultural education and supported the teaching of Roma history and culture in schools, as well as the training of teachers in this field. In the early 2000s, the Romanian Ministry of Education published Romani language and literature textbooks, as well as Romani language support materials for elementary and high school grades. Today The Romani language is recognized in the Romanian education system not only as a subject of study but also as a possible language of instruction, and the history and culture of the Roma, similar to the language and culture of other minorities, is an optional subject (Sarău, 2009). In the education of Roma students, the adoption of effective educational strategies based on the use of cultural identity as an educational resource poses additional difficulties, since in their case cultural differences coincide and co-occur with marginality and socio-economic influences. In this context, teachers tend to interpret different cultural customs, norms and behaviors as shortcomings. The specialized literature (Marburger, Helbig & Kienast, 1997; Bender-Szymanski, 2000) has highlighted in this regard the pronounced presence of cultural ethnocentrism in teachers' narratives. Another frequently mentioned characteristic of teachers’ attitudes is “unconscious racism” (Ladson-Billings, 1994, p.31), when teachers tend to ignore the different cultural background of the students or their precarious social situation and adopt characteristic stereotypes, including the perception of unequal value. Regarding the education of Roma students, this conception reinforces the idea that these students should assimilate in order to succeed in school. In contradiction to these views, the multiculturalist view argues that schools should adopt an inclusive curriculum that reflects the culture, language and history of the Roma (Bhopal & Myers, 2009). In order to implement culturally responsive teaching, knowledge of the culture, history and customs of the students is said to be essential (Gay, 2010). However, these are usually missing from national curricula (Kyuchukov, 2000), and most teachers do not have the necessary knowledge (Nikolaou, 2009). Without them, we can say that a school is not adequately prepared to meet the needs of Roma students (Miskovic, 2009). Teachers’ perceptions of “disinterested” and “distant” parents can easily become a self-fulfilling prophecy and can negatively affect their expectations of students (Valdes, 1997). Even the best intentions of inclusive education policies are doomed to failure if they are not complemented by the elimination of discriminatory attitudes (Vincze & Harbula 2011, p.51). Based on these premises, in our research conducted in a rural area of Bihor County, we aimed to investigate the opportunities for using the Romani language and Roma culture in the educational process of Roma children, as well as the attitudes of teachers in this regard. Our investigation focused on the following aspects: 1. To what extent and how do teachers incorporate elements of Roma culture in their activities with students in and outside of school? 2. How frequent is the use of the Romani language in the family and at school and what other languages do Roma students know/use? 3. What is the attitude of teachers regarding the potential benefits of using the Romani language and culture in educational activities? 4. What are the opportunities for learning and practicing in school songs, dances specific to Roma communities as well as songs/dances specific to other cultures? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is based on a quantitative approach, a questionnaire survey among primary school teachers in Bihor County, Romania. The invitation to complete the questionnaire was addressed to teachers who have at least one Roma student in their class. In total, 155 people completed the questionnaire. The questionnaire for teachers reviews the educational environment in the school, the ethnic and linguistic origin of the students, as well as the attitudes of teachers towards the education and training of students from different ethnicities. Structurally, the questionnaire includes the following units: 1. General information about the educational institution and the teacher's experience: location of teaching (rural, urban), type of institution (state, private, church); language of instruction in the school and in the given class; number of classes taught by the teacher and the ethnicity of the students in them.2. Analysis of the social and educational situation of the students: questions on the social situation of Roma and non-Roma students, including extreme poverty, state care and disabilities; language skills of the students and their use in different contexts (at home, in the classroom, communication with peers and teachers); opinions and attitudes of educators regarding the learning processes: assessment of the school performance of Roma students in comparison with non-Roma students; the effect of education in the Romani language and Roma culture on students' attitudes and performance; teachers' satisfaction with school performance and the attitude of different groups of students. In this study we refer only to the categories of responses that are relevant to the dimensions of the stated research issue, namely: a) incorporation of Roma culture in educational activities b) knowledge/use of different languages by students at home and at school c) teachers' opinions on the use of the Romani language and Roma culture in educational activities d) opportunities to practice folk dances and songs in school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Regarding the extent in which teachers incorporate elements of Roma culture in their activities with students in and out of school (research question no. 1), our research data shows that almost three quarters of teachers do not incorporate Roma cultural elements into their education. Regarding the use of different languages spoken by Roma students in the family and at school (research question no. 2), interpreting the data from the perspective of Roma students, it can be concluded that they are usually multilingual, as they speak Romanian, Hungarian and Romani on a large scale. Despite this, the use of Romani in school lessons and in communication between students is significantly lower than that of other languages. This fact is also reflected in the opinions and attitudes of teachers regarding the potential positive effects of the introduction of education in the Romani language and Roma culture in schools (research question no. 3). The results of the research indicate a predominantly neutral or even skeptical attitude of teachers in this regard. In line with this positioning of teachers, cultural opportunities, such as the practice of folk dance and singing (research question no. 4), differ significantly between different nationalities. More opportunities are offered to Hungarian and Romanian students, while these opportunities are severely limited in the case of Roma. In order to more effectively use the identity, language and culture specific to Roma communities as resources for educational inclusion, it is necessary for teachers to adopt a more positive attitude and to be more supportive of the use and promotion of Roma culture in educational activities. Educators must guarantee equal opportunities and cultural recognition for all students and promote the right of everyone to participate in school and extracurricular programs while fully ensuring the right to identity. References Bender-Szymanski, D. (2000): Learning through cultural conflict? A longitudinal analysis of German teachers’ strategies for coping with cultural diversity at school. European Journal of Teacher Education, 23(3). 229–250. Bhopal, K., & Myers, M. (2009). Gypsy, Roma and Traveller pupils in schools in the UK: Inclusion and ‘good practice’. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 13(3), 299-314. Gay, G (2010): Culturally Responsive Teaching: Theory, Research, and Practice. Teachers College Press. Teachers College, Columbia University. Kyuchukov, H. (2000): "Transformative Education for Roma (Gypsy) Children: An Insider's View." Intercultural Education 11, 273-280. Ladson-Billings, G. (1995): Multicultural teacher education: Research, practice, and policy. In J. Banks (Ed.), Handbook for research on multicultural education. New York: MacMillan. 747–759. Marburger, H., G. Helbig, & E. Kienast (1997): Sichtweisen und Orientierungen Berliner Grundschullehrerinnen und -lehrer zur Multiethnizität der bundesdeutschen Gesellschaft und den Konsequenzen für Schule und Unterricht. In A. Heintze, G. Helbig, P. Jungbluth, E. Kienast and H. Marburger (Ed.), Schule und multiethnische Schülerschaft, Frankfurt a.M.: IKO-Verlag für Interkulturelle Kommunikation. 4-63. Miskovic, M. (2009): "Roma Education in Europe: in Support of the Discourse of Race." Pedagogy, Culture and Society 17 (2), 201-220. Nikolaou, G. (2009): "Teacher training on Roma education in Greece: a discussion about the results of INSETRom experience in two Greek schools." Intercultural Education 20 (6), 549-557. Sarău, G. (2009) Rromii. Incursiune în istoria și limba lor. București: Sigma. Valdes, G. (1997): Con respeto: Bridging the distances between culturally diverse families and schools: An Ethnographic Portrait. New York. Teachers College Press. Vincze, E. Harbula, H., (2011 ). Strategii identitare şi educaţie şcolară Raport de cercetare despre accesul copiilor romi la şcoală (Edumigrom / România), Cluj-Napoca. 04. Inclusive Education
Paper From Dramatic Text to Performance and Video: Transmedial Theatre-Based Learning in Teacher Education University of Potsdam, Germany Presenting Author:Within the DAAD-funded project “Service Learning – Curtain Up! A Theatre Project to Foster Reading Literacy and Social Cohesion in Inclusive Learning Settings” (University of Potsdam, 2025), pre-service teachers from the University of Potsdam and the University of Education in Winneba (Ghana) are trained in reading research, theatre pedagogy, and scenic performance.We focused the research question: How can a transcontinental theatre project grounded in reconstructive case analysis be designed and implemented in higher education to foster inclusive teaching competencies among pre-service teachers? The participants receive online lectures as well as individual mentoring to support the development of their own dramatic texts.The Potsdam Inclusive Didactic Teaching Model (Giera et al., 2025) provides the conceptual framework for planning and implementing the theatre project, which has been carried out in two cycles with German and Ghanaian pre-service teachers (2025–2026). The resulting collage of dramatic texts addresses experiences of exclusion and discrimination in schools and promotes communicative exchange as well as collaborative approaches to inclusive school development (Prengel, 2022). Drawing on principles of scenic interpretation (Scheller, 2023) and reconstructive case analysis (Schmidt & Wittek, 2020), the students adopt the perspectives of actors involved in discrimination experiences they have personally encountered or observed. This biographical approach (Plath, 2009) offers significant potential for in-depth engagement with individual experiences, for recognising broader structural connections, for reflective distancing, and for creative self-reflection (Platz, 2009, p. 115). Self-reflexivity, as a core objective of reconstructive case analysis (Schmidt & Wittek, 2020, pp. 35–36), enables students to reflect on their own biographical imprints while temporarily adopting alternative perspectives and questioning habitual interpretive routines. This stance proves particularly suitable for addressing bullying and discrimination in educational contexts. The strategic dramatization of the texts (Hippe, 2011, p. 185) renders them accessible for further reconstructive analysis. The resulting scenes form the basis for a comprehensive competence development among pre-service teachers of German at lower and upper secondary levels. Within this teaching–learning arrangement, students assume multiple professional roles as authors, actors, directors, and dramaturgs. They further develop the scenes collaboratively through creative writing processes and take responsibility for recording, editing, and sound design. In this way, they experience a transmedial expansion of and enhanced design competence in relation to their own written texts (Anders et al., 2019). All produced materials are made available as Open Educational Resources (OER) on the digital learning platform OpenUP. Further project outcomes have been published in a bilingual German–English edited volume (Giera et al., 2026). This contribution demonstrates how the transcontinental theatre project was planned, implemented, reflected upon, and sustainably embedded in higher education. It also presents the dramatic scenes created through collective authorship (Giera et al., 2026), the themes negotiated on stage across national contexts, and the methods and media used by instructors to support the processes of writing, performance, and staging. In addition, the paper provides insights into the competence areas fostered for use in school contexts, including literary, language, and media didactics in German language education (Anders et al., 2019), as well as interdisciplinary applications in English and civic education (Kahlert, 2022). Overall, the theatre project aims to develop a postdramatic performance, a video collage, and a multilingual theatre script in order to inspire pre-service teachers worldwide to engage with contemporary theatre through biographical and performative approaches. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study follows a qualitative, practice-based research design situated within higher education teacher education. Methodologically, it draws on reconstructive case analysis (Schmidt & Wittek, 2020) and arts-based research approaches, particularly theatre-based and biographical learning formats (Boal, 2019). The theatre project functions both as a teaching–learning intervention and as a research setting in which learning processes and products are systematically examined. Data were generated through multiple sources: biographically grounded dramatic texts written by pre-service teachers, video recordings of performances, and teaching observation notes. The dramatic texts and performances were analysed using principles of reconstructive case analysis. In addition, transmedial production processes—from written text to performance and video—were examined to explore the development of performative, reflective, and didactic competencies. The triangulation of textual, performative, and reflective data allows for an in-depth understanding of how pre-service teachers engage with issues of discrimination and inclusion through theatre-based learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that dramatic writing and scenic interpretation can serve as effective mediating practices for reconstructive case analysis, enabling participants to critically reflect on their own biographical imprints while exploring alternative perspectives in a protected, creative learning environment. The transcontinental collaboration between German and Ghanaian pre-service teachers further amplifies these processes by challenging culturally embedded assumptions and encouraging dialogue across national and educational contexts. References •Anders, P., Staiger, M., Albrecht, C., Rüsel, M., & Vorst, C. (2019). Einführung in die Filmdidaktik: Kino, Fernsehen, Video, Internet. J.B. Metzler. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-476-04765-6 •Boal, A. (2019). Theatre of the oppressed (Rev. ed.). Pluto Press. •Freitag-Hild, B., Goertz, S., Malmberg, I., & Juang, L. P. (Hrsg.) (2025). Educating teachers for sustainable development and global citizenship: Internationalizing teacher education in the context of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (Bd. 8). Universitätsverlag Potsdam. (Potsdamer Beiträge zur Lehrkräftebildung und Bildungsforschung). https://doi.org/10.25932/publishup-66559 •Giera, W.-K., Strach, S., Tober, A., Keiling, L., Atta-Kukubete Adzura, … Marschalek, M. (2026). From experience to scene – Clear the stage! = Vom Erlebten zur Szene – Bühne frei!: A theatre project to promote reading skills and social interaction in inclusive learning settings. Universität Potsdam. https://doi.org/10.25932/publishup-69415 •Giera, W.-K., Böhme, K., Neumann, A., Widmann, I. & Deutzmann, L. (2025). Das Potsdamer Inklusionsdidaktische Unterrichtsmodell. Inklusive Lehr-Lernangebote systematisch gestalten. Band 3 der Schriftenreihe TeachInc. Universitätsverlag Potsdam. https://doi.org/10.25932/publishup-66846 •Giera, W.-K., & Amponsah, K. E. (eingereicht). Open Stage for All! Promoting Reading Skills through Drama – Chances and Challenges in Ghanaian and German Classes. Band 4 der Schriftenreihe TeachInc. Universitätsverlag Potsdam. •Hippe, L. (2011). Und was kommt jetzt? Szenisches Schreiben in der theaterpädagogischen Praxis (1. Aufl.). Deutscher Theaterverlag •Kahlert, J. (2022). Der Sachunterricht und seine Didaktik (5. Aufl.). Klinkhardt. •Plath, M. (2014). Als ich einmal sehr glücklich war ... Schreibwerkstatt: Vom biografischen Text zum Theaterstück (96 Karten und 12-seitiges Booklet). Beltz. •Plath, M. (2009). Biografisches Theater in der Schule. Mit Jugendlichen inszenieren: Darstellendes Spiel in der Sekundarstufe. Beltz •Scheller, I. (2023). Szenische Interpretation. Theorie und Praxis eines handlungs- und erfahrungsbezogenen Literaturunterrichts in Sekundarstufe I und II (6. Aufl.). Klett Kallmeyer •Schmidt, R. & Wittek, D. (2020). Reflexion und Kasuistik. Systematisierung kasuistischer Lehr-Lern-Formate und deren Zieldimension der Reflexion. Herausforderung Lehrer_innenbildung, 3(2), 29–44. https://doi.org/10.4119/hlz-2489 •Universität Potsdam (2025, 24 Juni). Sprachbildung und -förderung im mehrsprachigen/inklusiven Kontext (DAAD-Projekt „UP Network for Sustainable Teacher Education“). Zentrum für Lehrerbildung und Bildungsforschung (ZeLB). https://www.uni-potsdam.de/de/zelb/innovation-entwicklung-und-evaluation/daad-projekt-i-sustainable-network/sprachbildung/-foerderung-1 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 05 SES 13 A: European Youth in Times of Uncertainties and Threats Location: A05 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Saskia Terstegen Session Chair: Serafina Morrin Symposium |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Symposium European Youth in Times of Uncertainties and Threats Existential threats posed by the ongoing war in Ukraine, climate change and its impact on habitable and livable places, the endangerment of democracies by “alternative facts”, and AI that has made learning and working conditions precarious and contribute to unemployment among young people: these developments document that the promise of progress in modernity no longer applies in Western industrialized countries. Especially with regards to the current crisis, late modernity seems to be characterized above all by the experience of losing what seemed to be guaranteed for the longest time: loss of optimism about the future, material stability, trust in institutions (Reckwitz 2024). For children and young people, this new status quo is accompanied by restrictions on their individual and social expectations for the future (TUI Foundation 2025, p. 79), fears (e.g., of climate change, cf. Kühner et al. 2025; of war, cf. Lasten ja nuorten säätiö/Tietoevry 2022, p. 14) and increasing mental health problems (Tarasenko et al. 2025). At the same time, there is criticism that children and young people are growing up in a state of permanent crisis, overlooked by politicians and outsourced to institutions such as daycare centers and schools that are inadequately equipped to deal with these stresses (El-Mafaalani et al. 2025). This diagnosis raises various questions on three levels for educational research on children and young people. On a theoretical level the validity of classical youth theories is questionable. Many rely on a logic of modernity: Havighurst (1948), for example, assumes that there are developmental tasks to be accomplished during adolescence. But if typical adult goals—steady job, family, home—are no longer achievable or desirable, how relevant is the theory? These theories assume linear learning and educational processes with identifiable goals. This narrative is eroding in late modernity. How could youth be theoretically rethought? At the institutional level, it is important to consider how politicians and educational institutions view childhood and youth as a resource, what expectations they have of them, and how they create the conditions in which they can shape their everyday lives in a practical way. Global social developments have an impact on how and where young people live, what educational paths they take, what they do with their peers in their free time, and what relationships they have with their significant others. On an empirical level, this raises the question of how children and young people deal with the challenges of late modernity, what practices they learn, and how they shape their own and society's future in various institutions. The symposium consists of three presentations that collectively explore how the experiences of young people are shaped within different pedagogical organisations and under conditions of societal crisis, highlighting the interplay of social structures, biographical meaning, and future orientations. This allows to identify a range of strategies that young people deploy within varying institutional settings. The first paper examines how pupils in Czech schools navigate institutionally mediated uncertainty and how social inequality, support, and future orientations shape their responses. The second paper analyses how intersecting inequalities shape the post-16 trajectories of young people in England who leave school early, revealing an invisible class ceiling in access to vocational training and employment. The third paper examines how young men in Germany and Finland experience military service under conditions of geopolitical uncertainty, focusing on how differing regimes of obligation shape biographical meaning, future orientations, and pedagogical experiences. With school students (paper 1), Early education leavers (2) and conscripts (3), the symposium focuses on specific challenges each of these groups face with regards to how social inequality and current crises play out in distinct national contexts. References El-Mafaalani, A., Kurtenbach, S., & Strohmeier, K. P. (2025). Kinder – Minderheit ohne Schutz. Aufwachsen in der alternden Gesellschaft. Cologne: Kiepenheuer und Witsch. Havighurst, R. J. (1948). Developmental tasks and education. The University of Chicago Press. Kühner, C., Gemmecke, C., Hüffmeier, J., & Zacher, H. (2025). Climate change anxiety: A meta-analysis. Global Environmental Change, 93. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gloenvcha.2025.103015 Lasten ja nuorten säätiö, & Tietoevry (2022). „Toiveikas ja pelottava“ – selvitys nuorten tulevaisuususkosta. https://nuori.fi/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/Selvitys-tulevaisuususkosta-2022.pdf. Reckwitz, A. (2024). Verlust. Ein Grundproblem der Moderne. Berlin: Suhrkamp. Tarasenko, A. et al. (2025). Mental health of children and young people in the WHO Europe region. The Lancet Regional Health – Europe, 57. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lanepe.2025.101459 TUI foundation (2025). Junges Europa 2025. So denken Menschen zwischen 16 und 26 Jahren. Hannover. https://www.tui-stiftung.de/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/2025_0630_YouGov_Ergebnisbericht_TUI_Stiftung_Junges_Europa_2025_DE_final.pdf Presentations of the Symposium Navigating Uncertainty in School: Pupils’ Experiences of Open Futures within Czech Primary Education
This paper contributes to the joint symposium by offering an empirically grounded social-pedagogical perspective on how experiences of uncertainty and open futures are articulated within everyday school contexts. It focuses on how such conditions are mediated through educational practices, relationships, and expectations in Czech primary schools, and on the role of schools as institutions that translate broader societal uncertainties into everyday educational realities.
The central aim is to examine pupils’ ways of navigating uncertainty within institutional environments that continue to rely on implicit assumptions of linear development, future planning, and performance-oriented progression. From a social-pedagogical standpoint, the paper explores how schools function as spaces where societal uncertainties are embedded in daily routines, interactions, and evaluative frameworks, and how pupils respond to these conditions through their coping strategies, perceptions of social support, and future orientations.
The analysis draws on data collected from a cohort study of pupils in grades 4, 5, 8 and 9 attending primary schools in the Moravian-Silesian Region of the Czech Republic. Quantitative data were collected using standardised instruments measuring resilience and coping strategies, perceived social support from parents, teachers and peers, school-related self-concept, performance motivation, socio-economic background, and educational aspirations. Using an exploratory analytical approach, the paper focuses on age-related differences and internal tensions in pupils’ responses, rather than assuming linear developmental trajectories.
The findings indicate that pupils’ approaches to uncertainty are characterised by heterogeneity and ambivalence. Coping strategies frequently combine problem-solving, avoidant and emotion-regulation elements, suggesting situationally adaptive but fragmented patterns of response. Perceived social support plays an important role, yet its availability is uneven. While some pupils experience school as a relationally supportive environment, others primarily perceive it as a pressurised space of evaluation. Among older pupils, future-related orientations are more often marked by hesitation and conditionality than by clearly articulated plans.
By situating these findings within a social-pedagogical framework, the paper may contribute to debates on the limits of educational models grounded in assumptions of predictability and linear progression. It highlights the need for pedagogical approaches that recognise uncertainty as a normal condition of contemporary childhood and adolescence, emphasising relational support, reflexive institutional practices within schools, and spaces where pupils can articulate insecurity, ambiguity and open futures without being framed as deficits or risks.
References:
Biesta, G. (2014). The beautiful risk of education. Paradigm Publishers.
Bryan, T. K., Lea, M., & Hyánek, V. (2023). Resilience, Ambiguous Governance, and the Ukrainian Refugee Crisis: Perspectives from NGO Leaders in the Czech Republic. Central European Economic Journal, 10(57), 35-49. https://doi.org/10.2478/ceej-2023-0003
Jones, T. M. and Fleming, C. B. (2021). A multilevel model of the association between school climate and racial differences in academic outcomes. Psychology in the Schools, 58(5), 893-912. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22477
Ungar M. (2011). The social ecology of resilience: addressing contextual and cultural ambiguity of a nascent construct. The American journal of orthopsychiatry, 81(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1939-0025.2010.01067.x
Urbanová, E. (2021). Leader and innovator in the context of educational reforms. International Journal of Social Sciences, 10(2), 69-79. https://doi.org/10.52950/ss.2021.10.2.005
A Neglected ‘Class Ceiling’? Intersecting Inequalities in the Post-16 Transitions of Early Education Leavers
Since 2015 young people in England have been officially required to stay in full-time education or participate in work-based learning until they are 18. However, the policy is not enforced. Currently around 28% of 16–18-year-olds are not in full-time education and the majority of these (16.3% of all 16-18-year-olds) are either in employment without training (8.3%) or not in any kind of employment, education or training (NEET) (8%). Only a small minority of 16-18-year-olds are in apprenticeships or employment with training (4.6% and 3.7% respectively) (DfE, 2024).
The ongoing cost of living crisis and rising youth unemployment and precarity have had a profound impact on young people who leave school early with negative effects on their wellbeing (Russell and Thompson, 2025). The challenges many young people face when they leave school at 16 are compounded by multiple inequalities stemming from their time in school (Russell and Thompson, 2025).
This paper focuses on the experiences of young people in England who leave school at 16 and look for paid employment or apprenticeships instead of staying in full-time education. It examines the factors informing their decisions and inequalities in their access to vocational education and training, employment and the formal and informal resources that can help them make and exercise career and employment choices that are meaningful to them. In doing so, the paper illuminates how intersecting inequalities interact to produce very different post-16 trajectories for differently positioned early education leavers. The core argument of the presentation is that, just as there is an invisible ‘class ceiling’ limiting entry to ‘elite’ careers by people from working-class backgrounds (Friedman and Laurison, 2019), so an equivalent ceiling operates at the ‘lower’ to ‘middle’ end of the labour market. This restricts opportunities for those from the least socio-economically advantaged working-class backgrounds - especially for those whose socio-economic disadvantage intersects with having unmet special educational needs or disabilities (SEND) and/or with living in areas characterised by high deprivation and depressed labour markets. The analysis draws on qualitative interviews with 22 early education leavers who we have been following from the age of 16, when they were in their last year of lower secondary education, to the age of 20. The analysis is also informed by findings from the first two waves of a nationally representative longitudinal survey of young people’s post-16 transitions being conducted as part of the Young Lives Young Futures study[1].
References:
[1] The Youg Lives Young Futures study is a five-year longitudinal study of the education-to-work transitions of young people in England who do not go to university.
References:
DfE (Department for Education) (2024) Participation in education, training and employment age 16 to 18, Available from: https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/participation-in-education-and-training-and-employment#releaseHeadlines-tables
Friedman, S. and Laurison, D. (2019) The Class Ceiling: Why it pays to be privileged, Bristol: Policy Press.
Russell, L., and Thompson, R. (2025) ‘Predicting educational exclusion: A literature review of risk factors associated with early leaving from education’, European Educational Research Journal, Available from: https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041251378585.
Military Service in Finland and Germany as a Context of Youth Socialisation in Times of War
A stable, secure, and peaceful future no longer appears self-evident under late-modern conditions; instead, it seems increasingly precarious and endangered (Rakowski et al., 2025; Reckwitz, 2024). Russia’s war against Ukraine, as well as political ambitions of the U.S. administration regarding Greenland, challenge established international legal orders and security assumptions. European states are therefore confronted with the question of how to respond to aggression.
One instrument discussed in this context is military service, within which adolescents and young adults are trained to become soldiers. While Germany is moving toward reintroducing a compulsory service, in Finland it is a fixed component of the youth phase. Young people are addressed as bearers of hope and agents of change (Spyrou et al., 2011). Yet it remains underexplored how adolescents experience military service and how they position themselves toward this obligatory task under conditions of insecurity.
An ongoing exploratory research project addresses this desideratum using biographical and problem-centered interviews (Schütze, 2016; Witzel & Reiter, 2012) with former Finnish and German conscripts (aged 18-25). The material is analysed using sociolinguistic process analysis (Schütze, 2008a, 2008b) and the documentary method (Przyborski, 2024). The presentation highlights two dimensions.
First, the biographical dimension: different degrees of obligation (Finland: conscription, Germany: not compulsory) shape the biographical meaning of service and how young men deal with temporality and the future in light of (in)secure futures, the threat of war, and the (un)predictability of their life course. The interviewees work through the tension between emotions such as hope (Cook et al., 2019) and “futurelessness” (Tutton, 2023). In addition, some conscripts frame military service as a familial, transgenerational project.
Second, the pedagogical dimension: in both countries, interviewees report forms of leadership based on obedience and fear, which can be interpreted as education (in the sense of Erziehung, Biesta 2022). These experiences with authoritarian instructors trigger (painful) learning processes for conscripts. The presentation critically discusses to what extent such a pedagogy in the armed forces is contemporary and appropriate.
Overall, the presentation contributes to educational youth research and provides answers to the question of what military service, as a biographical status passage, signifies for the learning and socialisation processes of young people. Furthermore, it discusses the extent to which military service can be interpreted as an imposition on youth by older generations and whether it is just to (pedagogically) address young people in such a manner during times of crisis.
References:
Biesta, G. (2022). World-Centred Education. New York: Routledge.
Cook, J., & Cuervo, H. (2019). Agency, futurity and representation: Conceptualising hope in recent sociological work. The Sociological Review, 67(5), 1102-1117.
Przyborski, A. (2024): Documentary Method. In: Wolfradt, U., et al. (Eds.), Cultural Psychology. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, pp. 183–196.
Rakowski, J. J. et al. (2025). Characterizing the Global Polycrisis: A Systematic Review of Recent Literature. Annual Review of Environment and Resources, 50, pp. 159-183.
Reckwitz, A. (2024). Verlust. Ein Grundproblem der Moderne. Berlin: Suhrkamp.
Schütze, F. (2008). Biography Analysis on the Empirical Base of Autobiographical Interviews: Part one. European Studies on Inequalities and Social Cohesion, 1-2, 153-242.
Schütze, F. (2008b). Biography Analysis on the Empirical Base of Autobiographical Interviews: Part two. European Studies on Inequalities and Social Cohesion, 3-4, 5-77.
Schütze, F. (2016). Sozialwissenschaftliche Prozessanalyse. Grundlagen der qualitativen Sozialforschung. Opladen, Berlin & Toronto: Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Spyrou, S., Theodorou, E., & Christou, G. (2021). Crafting futures with hope: Young climate activists’ imaginaries in an age of crisis and uncertainty. Children & Society, 36, 731–746.
Tutton, R. (2023). The Sociology of Futurelessness. Sociology, 57(2): pp. 438–453.
Witzel, A./Reiter, H. (2012): The Problem-centred Interview. Principles and Practice. SAGE Publications.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 05 SES 13 B: Exploring vulnerabilities Location: D12 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Tara Ciric Paper Session |
|
|
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Navigating Youth Homelessness and Education: Exploring the Role of Alternative Trauma-informed Learning Environments University College Dublin, Ireland Presenting Author:The State of the World's Children Report highlights 417 million children across the world are severely deprived of at least two of life's essentials - education, housing, health, nutrition, sanitation and clean water (UNICEF, 2025). Across the globe, children and young people experiencing homelessness can face restrictions in accessing all of the above. As of the end 2025, 1 in 78 school children were experiencing homelessness in temporary accommodation in England (Hunter, 2026). In the Republic of Ireland, 5,321 children were in emergency accommodation services (Department of Housing, Local Government and Heritage, 2025). Yet, how homelessness is defined and who defines homelessness influences young peoples abilities to receive supports (Sullivan, 2023; O’Sullivan, 2020). Imperatively, educational environments are identified as crucial sites for preventing youth homelessness and supporting young people and their families (Malenfant and Nichols, 2025). Nonetheless, intersecting systemic, intergenerational and psychosocial challenges continue to shape how people experiencing homelessness and housing exclusion navigate education systems. Responding to the identified need of education in supporting youth and families vulnerable to homelessness, Peter McVerry Trust (PMVT), a national housing and homelessness in Ireland have established tailored alternative learning spaces for youth in their local communities (PMVT, 2022). For youth who are no longer in mainstream educational settings, two sites have been developed to address the needs of youth and family in socially deprived areas in the Greater Dublin to support young people continue their engagement with education (Department of Education, 2022). With an aim of supporting some of the most marginalised young people with experiences of homelessness, substance use, involvement with crime and behavioural and social challenges, the two sites offer a unique opportunity to explore the targeted supports available through an educational lens, and also to identify additional supports students in these settings may need. With 35 spaces available across two sites, young people aged 13-17 are accepted through referrals from local schools, educational welfare officers, parents and youth workers in the communities. As hybrid educational and social care settings, education is provided through a trauma-informed pedagogical approach which blends socioemotional development, life skills and practical educational services. On-site family psychotherapy, homelessness supports and further educational service networking are provided. Additional practical access to food, health information and transport offer opportunities for core life essentials to be provided and for youth to continue to engage with education. Recognising the specific psychosocial, practical and academic needs addressed in these settings can provide opportunities for marginalised youth voices to be heard and for additional supports to be created and modified at wider systemic levels. With this in mind, this paper specifically focuses on the stories of young people availing of these services over a two-year period. Through a mosaic approach and the use of photovoice, qualitative visual methods are intertwined to foster participant voice. A unique opportunity to see, hear and understand fluid lived experiences within this given context is explored. The relationships with staff, peers, learning space and community from the youth perspective are explored. The youth highlight the types of needs, facilitators and barriers they’ve experienced on their educational journeys and their viewpoints on engaging with alternative learning environments. Whether or not these services need to be absorbed or integrated into existing educational spaces, or developed alongside school systems requires further exploration. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Over two years and across two alternative learning sites, three workshops were initially designed to explore the lived experiences of youth attending these educational settings. In order to do so, a methodological mosaic approach is employed (Clark and Moss, 2001), where multiple tailored methods are used to canvas the views and document the lived-experiences of youth and stakeholders involved including the use of photovoice (Breny and Morrow, 2020). With a participant-led focus in mind, these workshops were subsequently adapted onsite and this method was used with 33 young people (aged 12-17) attending alternative learning centres run by Peter McVerry Trust. Students are given the opportunity to engage in the research process through empowered decision making, co-creation of data and directing the development of a data analysis framework. The methodological approach was also adapted to promote student inclusion throughout the process, where a multi-layered understanding of youth experiences engaging with the service is created. For youth who are navigating additional psychosocial and educational challenges, photovoice has the potential to create an enhanced accessible space for meaningful engagement and participation in research. Audio recordings throughout all workshops, photography and crafts created by the youth and researcher observations are used to construct an understanding of how youth have navigated education, homelessness and/or additional challenges within an Irish context. Findings from an international scoping review, and initial data coding frameworks developed by the young people guided the data analysis process using MAXQDA software. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected findings explore setting specific, and universal characteristics identified as barriers or facilitators for educational engagement for youth vulnerable to, or actively experiencing homelessness. The role of relationships with peers with similar experiences, role model adults, interaction with nature and the outdoors, and additional onsite social supports are highlighted as some of the facilitators for educational engagement. While, negative relationships with surrounding community members, practical access to the learning space and previous high levels of mobility across educational and social services acted as inhibitors for current educational engagement. References Breny, J. M., & McMorrow, S. L. (2020). Photovoice for social justice: Visual representation in action. SAGE Publications, Incorporated. Department of Education. (2022). Review of Out of School Education Provision. Government of Ireland. Dublin. https://assets.gov.ie/static/documents/review-of-out-of-school-education-provision.pdf Department of Housing, Local Government and Heritage (2025). Monthly Homelessness Report November 2025. Government of Ireland. Dublin. https://assets.gov.ie/static/documents/a5dcb873/Homeless_Report_November_2025.pdf Malenfant, J., & Nichols, N. (2025). Schools as Sites of Homelessness Prevention: Learning from Youth Experiences in a Canadian Context. Engaged Scholar Journal, 11(1), 36-52. https://doi.org/10.15402/esj.v11i1.70872 Hunter, J. (2026). Homelessness in the Classroom. Shelter. London, England. https://england.shelter.org.uk/professional_resources/policy_and_research/policy_library/homelessness_in_the_classroom O’Sullivan, E. (2020). Reimagining Homelessness: A Blueprint for Policy and Practice (1st ed.). Bristol University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv10rrcfk Peter McVerry Trust. (2022). Providing vulnerable young people with high quality education – Learning Centres. Dublin, Ireland. https://pmvtrust.ie/services/prevention/education/learning-centres/ Sullivan, A. A. (2023). What does it mean to be homeless? How definitions affect homelessness policy. Urban Affairs Review, 59(3), 728-758. https://doi.org/10.1177/10780874221095185 UNICEF. (2025). State of the World’s Children 2025: Ending Child Poverty – Our shared imperative. UNICEF Innocenti, Florence, Italy. https://www.unicef.org/media/176436/file/SOWC-2025-full-report-EN.pdf 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Knowing “What Works” in Preventing Youth Deviance in Urban Contexts: Translating Realist Review Findings into Policy and Organisational Practice 1: University of Verona, Italy; 2: University of Verona, Italy Presenting Author:Adolescence is a liminal developmental phase, marked by physical and psychological transformations and by the search for a balance in one’s identity (Ceci, 2023; Erikson, 1968). Studies place it at the crossroads between structural constraints and opportunities for agency, with entry into adulthood increasingly postponed (Arnett, 2014). Today, this transition unfolds within a scenario of polycrisis (Morin & Kern, 1993) and a Fourth Industrial Revolution that hybridizes physical and digital spaces and reshapes relationships, educational contexts, and access to opportunities (Schwab, 2016). The pervasiveness of digital technologies and social media has altered processes of socialization and self-construction, while recent research points to a link between intensive use of smartphones and social platforms and increases in anxiety, sleep disorders, depressive symptoms, risk-taking, and self-harming behaviors (Twenge, 2017; Haidt, 2024). These dynamics are particularly evident in urban settings characterized by educational poverty, spatial segregation, and inequalities in access to opportunities, where exposure to vulnerability and adverse health outcomes in adolescence increases (World Health Organization, 2024). Adolescent vulnerabilities emerge as psychological distress, but also as difficulties in managing emotions and relationships, with possible conflicts with rules and engagement in risky behaviors. This is especially true in urban contexts, where inequalities—constantly increasing—shape opportunities, and where these trajectories can lead to antisocial and deviant conduct. In this framework, juvenile delinquency continues to represent a widespread critical issue in adolescence, even to the point of minors’ involvement in criminal activities, which is recognized as a significant problem in several EU Member States (EPRS, 2025). The concept of deviance, here understood as the violation of social norms, refers to a relational and situated phenomenon, linked to labelling processes and conditions of vulnerability. It is not the act itself that is deviant; rather, it becomes deviant when it is defined as such in a specific context and expresses the wounds of individuals who struggle to integrate themselves into the world (Bateson, 1972; Becker, 1963; Tolomelli, 2022). From this perspective, educational research invites a shift from a reparative logic to a framework of primary and secondary prevention and the promotion of well-being: preventing deviance also means promoting socio-emotional skills, meaningful bonds, and a sense of belonging, in continuity with positive youth development and resilience approaches (Durlak & Wells, 1997, 1998; Lerner et al., 2005; Masten, 2014). Prevention can be understood as a device of future-oriented education (UNESCO, 2021), supporting young people in imagining and building sustainable and inclusive life trajectories (Facer, 2012). It is a device that requires integrated urban educational and youth policies and the construction of collaborative community educational ecosystems, capable of connecting schools, families, social services, the third sector, and local administrations, and rooted in a “pedagogy of divergence” (Tolomelli, 2022), able to transform distress into a resource and potential deviance into participation. The aim of the present two-phase study was to understand what, in prevention, works, for whom, and under which conditions, to inform the decisions of policymakers, schools, and services in promoting young people’s well-being in cities. In the first phase, a realist review was conducted, guided by three questions: (1) which prevention programs targeting adolescents are effective in reducing antisocial and deviant behaviors in urban contexts; (2) in which contexts and through which mechanisms these interventions produce—or fail to produce—meaningful outcomes for different groups of young people; and (3) which factors influence their implementation and sustainability. In the second phase, a case study was carried out involving a non-profit organization that has been engaged for decades in prevention programs targeting adolescents in a complex Italian urban context. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used For the literature review, a realist review approach was adopted (Pawson & Tilley, 1997), centred on the Context–Mechanism–Outcome (CMO) configuration. This framework enables an understanding of the conditions under which an intervention produces specific results and identifies the mechanisms—activated within particular contexts—that generate desired or undesired outcomes. Consistent with this perspective, effectiveness is not attributed to the intervention 'in itself' but rather to the interaction among context, mechanisms, and outcomes (Pawson & Tilley, 1997). The realist review examined peer-reviewed articles on primary and secondary prevention programs targeting adolescents and young people (ages 10–24) with antisocial behaviors, published between 1997 and 2024. The search was conducted across four international databases, combining terms related to the population (adolescent, teen, youth, preadolescent, teenager, young people) with terms related to deviant/antisocial behaviors and to primary/secondary prevention. By way of example, the following search string was used: (adolescent OR teen OR youth OR preadolescent OR teenager OR "young people") AND ("adolescent discomfort" OR "deviant behaviour" OR "antisocial behaviour") AND ("primary prevention" OR "secondary prevention" OR "prevention and intervention strategies" OR "prevention program"). The search was supplemented by citation searching (backward/forward) and by checking reference lists. Tertiary prevention interventions, programs aimed at young people with specific health conditions, as well as grey literature and studies lacking evidence, were excluded. The second phase, based on a case study, made it possible to explore qualitatively the concrete functioning of Maestri di Strada Onlus, an organization involved in prevention programs targeting adolescents in Naples, a complex urban context. The case study (Yin, 2014) allowed for the reconstruction of the specificity of the context, the practices developed, and the educational relationships generated through them. Empirical data were collected through document analysis and the administration of 14 semi-structured interviews with educators and other professionals within the organization. The interviews followed a guide designed to explore intervention logics, professional experiences, and perceptions of outcomes. This contribution focuses primarily on the results of the realist review, brought into dialogue with the first findings from the case study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The realist review identified 219 potentially eligible articles; the final selection process led to the inclusion of 19 quantitative studies. The literature reviewed reveals a clear trend: programs adopting a systemic approach, consistent with the ecological-systems perspective (Bronfenbrenner, 1979), are more often associated with favourable outcomes. In terms of research and policy, the realist review suggests further investigation into the mechanisms that explain why certain interventions work in specific contexts, as well as strengthening local educational networks through integrated and continuous programs. The preliminary analysis of data collected through the case study also provides useful evidence for understanding how prevention interventions take shape in real-world contexts and which conditions influence their effectiveness and continuity over time, with particular attention to network dynamics among educational and territorial actors. Forms of prevention emerge as co-responsible practices between institutions and the local community, involving proximity-based figures and network coordination arrangements, which appear to confirm what emerged in the realist review. This yields general design implications: interpreting the concrete conditions in which young people experience school and their local environment; attending to timeframes and rhythms; valuing young people’s voices and the role of significant adults; and holding together shared proposals with targeted forms of attention. These directions are especially relevant in the post-pandemic period, which has intensified social isolation and socioeconomic difficulties for many families. From this perspective, educational research is called to rethink the relationship between knowledge and action, in critical dialogue with policy choices and professional practices, in line with urban education and youth policies References Arnett, J. J. (2014). Emerging adulthood: The winding road from the late teens through the twenties (2nd ed.). Oxford University Press. Bateson, G. (1972). Steps to an ecology of mind: Collected essays in anthropology, psychiatry, evolution, and epistemology. Chandler. Becker, H. S. (1963). Outsiders: Studies in the sociology of deviance. Free Press. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Ceci, A. (2023). Stato di liminalità: Il disagio giovanile e la distruzione della relazione sociale [State of liminality: Youth distress and the destruction of social relations]. NeP Edizioni. Durlak, J. A., & Wells, A. M. (1997). Primary prevention mental health programs for children and adolescents: A meta-analytic review. American Journal of Community Psychology, 25, 115–152. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1024654026646 Durlak, J. A., & Wells, A. M. (1998). Evaluation of indicated preventive intervention (secondary prevention) mental health programs for children and adolescents. American Journal of Community Psychology, 26, 775–802. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1022162015815 European Parliamentary Research Service. (2025, June 17). Recruitment of minors into organised crime (Briefing; PE 772903). European Parliament. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/thinktank/en/document/EPRS_BRI%282025%29772903 Erikson, E. H. (1968). Identity: Youth and crisis. W. W. Norton. Facer, K. (2012). Taking the 21st century seriously: Young people, education and socio-technical futures. Oxford Review of Education, 38(1), 97–113. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2011.577951 Haidt, J. (2024). The anxious generation: How the great rewiring of childhood is causing an epidemic of mental illness. Penguin Press. Lerner, R. M., Almerigi, J. B., Theokas, C., & Lerner, J. V. (2005). Positive youth development: A view of the issues. The Journal of Early Adolescence, 25(1), 10–16. https://doi.org/10.1177/0272431604273211 Masten, A. S. (2014). Ordinary magic: Resilience in development. Guilford Press. Morin, E., & Kern, A.-B. (1993). Terre-patrie [Earth homeland]. Seuil. Pawson, R., & Tilley, N. (1997). Realistic evaluation. SAGE Publications. Schwab, K. (2016). The fourth industrial revolution. World Economic Forum. Tolomelli, A. (2022). Il valore pedagogico della divergenza [The educational value of divergence]. Guerini Scientifica. Twenge, J. M. (2017). iGen: Why today’s super-connected kids are growing up less rebellious, more tolerant, less happy—and completely unprepared for adulthood, and what that means for the rest of us. Atria Books. UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379707.locale=en World Health Organization. (2024, November 26). Adolescent and young adult health. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/adolescents-health-risks-and-solutions Yin, R. K. (2014). Case study research: Design and methods (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. 05. Children and Youth at Risk and Education
Paper Between Support and Pseudo-Recognition: Understanding School Responses to Delinquent Student Behavior in Lithuania Vilnius University, Lithuania Presenting Author:In Lithuania, increasing attention from education practitioners and the media has been directed toward difficult-to-control, aggressive, and delinquent student behavior in schools. Although public concern about juvenile delinquency—often intensified by exceptional media attention—is a universal phenomenon (Ruigrok et al., 2017), its manifestations and consequences differ across political, cultural, and legal contexts (Sakalauskas, 2008; Sakalauskas, 2018). In this respect, Lithuania stands out internationally due to the prominence of bullying as a distinguishing feature of juvenile delinquency. While juvenile delinquency is widely understood as a common, transitional, and developmentally conditioned phenomenon associated with biological and social maturation processes (Dollinger & Schmidt-Semisch, 2011; Reinecke et al., 2013; Dollinger & Schadbach, 2013), certain forms of delinquent behavior may be rooted in complex developmental trauma linked to unsafe environments and cumulative risk factors, thus requiring differentiated institutional responses (Kinniburgh et al., 2005; Farrington, 2017). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper presents findings from the first stage of an interdisciplinary national research project (Nr. P-EDU-23-14), Children with Delinquent Behavior: Seeking the Most Appropriate School System Response, implemented by researchers at Vilnius University and funded by the Research Council of Lithuania (2025–2028). The overall project follows a mixed-methods research design. The data discussed in this paper were collected during the initial qualitative phase, conducted in various types of schools across Lithuania. Data collection and analysis were guided by the Grounded Theory methodology, following the Strauss and Corbin approach, enabling the identification of dominant patterns, practices, and meanings attributed to delinquent student behavior and institutional responses at the school level Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings reveal substantial variation in how schools respond to delinquent student behavior. While some schools actively mobilize community resources and implement preventive and supportive strategies, others tend to conceal, minimize, or symbolically acknowledge such cases, demonstrating what can be described as pseudo-recognition of the child’s needs (Sakalauskas et al., 2021; Švedaitė-Sakalauskė et al., 2025). These divergent response patterns have become particularly salient in the context of inclusive education, where schools are increasingly expected to address complex behavioral and psychosocial needs. The findings underscore the need for a more coherent, trauma-informed, and system-level approach to responding to delinquent behaviour within the Lithuanian school system and contribute to broader international discussions on institutional responses to juvenile delinquency in educational settings. References 1.Dollinger, B., & Schadbach, M. (2013). Jugendkriminalität. Springer VS. 2.Dollinger, B., & Schmidt-Semisch, H. (2011). Sozialpädagogik und Kriminologie im Dialog: Einführende Perspektiven zum Ereignis „Jugendkriminalität“. In B. Dollinger & H. Schmidt-Semisch (Eds.), Handbuch Jugendkriminalität: Kriminologie und Sozialpädagogik im Dialog (pp. 11–21). VS Verlag. 3.Farrington, D. P. (2017). Integrated developmental and life-course theories of offending (1st ed.). Routledge. 4.Kinniburgh, K. J., Blaustein, M., Spinazzola, J., & van der Kolk, B. A. (2005). Attachment, self-regulation, and competency: A comprehensive intervention framework for children with complex trauma. Psychiatric Annals, 35(5), 424–430. 5.Reinecke, J., Stemmler, M., Arnis, M., El-Kayed, N., Meinert, J., Pöge, A., Schepers, D., Sünkel, Z., Uysal, B., Wallner, S., Weiss, M., & Wittenberg, J. (2013). Entstehung und Entwicklung von Kinder- und Jugenddelinquenz: Erste Ergebnisse einer Längsschnittstudie. Neue Kriminalpolitik, 25(3), 207–226. 6.Ruigrok, N., van Atteveldt, W., Gagestein, S., & Jacobi, C. (2017). Media and juvenile delinquency: A study into the relationship between journalists, politics, and public. Journalism, 18(7), 907–925. 7.Sakalauskas, G. (2008). Tarpdalykinės kriminologijos studijos: Patirtis ir perspektyvos. Teisės problemos, 1(59), 77–91. 8.Sakalauskas, G. (2018). Nepilnamečių nusikalstamumo baimę kursto išgalvoti mitai. Spectrum, 2(28), 46–51. 9.Sakalauskas, G., Kalpokas, V., Buzaitytė-Kašalynienė, J., & Švedaitė-Sakalauskė, B. (2021). Latentinės nepilnamečių delinkvencijos apraiškų ir tendencijų Lietuvoje tarptautinis palyginimas. Socialinė teorija, empirija, politika ir praktika, 24, 101–117. 10.Švedaitė-Sakalauskė, B., Buzaitytė-Kašalynienė, J., Sakalauskas, G., & Kalpokas, V. (2025). The professional response to juvenile delinquency in Lithuania: Pseudo-recognition of the child’s needs. Journal of Social Service Research, 1–22. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 06 SES 13 A: Reframing Basic Skills in Adult Education for Social Participation: Digital, Financial, Work-Related and Health Literacies Location: E221 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Sandra Reeder-Langer Session Chair: Klaus Rummler Symposium |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Symposium Reframing Basic Skills in Adult Education for Social Participation: Digital, Financial, Work-Related and Health Literacies Across Europe, adult education systems are facing profound societal transformations driven by digitalisation, labour market change, demographic shifts, and growing social and economic inequalities. In this context, basic skills are no longer limited to reading and writing but are increasingly understood as a set of interconnected competences that enable adults to participate fully in social, economic, and civic life. European policy frameworks and skills agendas emphasise the need to broaden traditional conceptions of basic skills in order to respond to contemporary challenges related to inclusion, employability, and lifelong learning. This symposium contributes to current European debates by proposing a reframing of basic skills in adult education. It brings together four complementary perspectives—digital literacy, financial literacy, literacy at work, and health literacy—to explore how these competences intersect and how they collectively support empowerment, participation, and resilience among diverse adult learner populations. Drawing on empirical research from different national and international contexts, the symposium foregrounds both shared challenges and context-sensitive approaches to adult basic education. The first paper addresses digital literacy as a foundational basic skill in adult education. Based on findings from a German research project, it examines institutional, pedagogical, and learner-related conditions for the successful integration of digital media into adult basic education. Digital literacy is conceptualised as a socially embedded competence that supports access, agency, and participation, thereby contributing to broader debates on digital inclusion in Europe. The second paper focuses on financial literacy, examining financial practices of migrant populations in Germany using secondary analyses of PIAAC data. It analyses how numeracy skills and financial practices intersect in everyday life and work, and whether financial behaviour differs between migrant and non-migrant populations. By adopting a differentiated perspective on migration-related diversity, the paper avoids deficit-oriented framings and derives implications for adult education practice in the fields of everyday mathematics and financial literacy. The third paper examines literacy at work, drawing on research from Finland. It explores reading and writing practices in vocational and workplace contexts and shows how literacy demands are embedded in specific occupational settings. By linking workplace-related literacy to broader learning trajectories and employability, the paper highlights the role of adult education in supporting transitions within and across labour markets. The fourth paper introduces health literacy as an increasingly important basic skill in contemporary societies. Focusing on adults’ abilities to access, understand, evaluate, and apply health-related information—particularly in relation to structural inequalities and public health contexts—it discusses health literacy as a resource for personal well-being and social resilience. Using the South African context as an illustrative case for challenges also relevant in Europe, the paper situates health literacy within broader European and international discussions on public health, prevention, and social inclusion. Taken together, the contributions argue for an integrated understanding of basic skills that moves beyond isolated competences towards a holistic framework. The symposium highlights how basic skills are shaped by social, institutional, and policy contexts and how adult education can play a crucial role in addressing inequalities, digital divides, and participation barriers. By combining perspectives from Germany, Finland, and South Africa and engaging with European policy debates, the symposium offers insights relevant to researchers, practitioners, and policymakers concerned with the future of adult basic education in Europe. References Koppel, I., & Langer, S. (2020). Basic digital literacy – Requirements and elements. Práxis Educacional, 16(42), 326–347. Atkinson, A., & Messy, F.-A. (2015). Financial education for migrants and their families. OECD. OECD (2020). Continuous Learning in Working Life in Finland. Getting Skills Right. OECD. Rudd, R.E., Moeykens, B.A., & Colton, T.C. (1999). Health and literacy: A review of medical and public health literature. In J. Comins, B. Garners, C. Smith (Eds), Annual Review of Adult Learning and Literacy (pp. 175-203). New York: Jossey‐Bass. http://www.ncsall.net/?id=522 Presentations of the Symposium Digital Literacy as a Basic Skill: Conditions for Success in Adult Basic Education
Digital literacy has become a foundational basic skill for participation in contemporary European societies. Access to public services, employment opportunities, health information, and civic engagement increasingly depends on the ability to use digital technologies critically and effectively. At the same time, adults with low basic skills are disproportionately affected by digital exclusion, reinforcing existing social inequalities across Europe (Grotlüschen et al., 2020; Reder, 2015). Adult basic education therefore plays a crucial role in fostering digital inclusion and equitable participation.
This paper presents findings from a German research project, which investigated conditions for the successful integration of digital media into adult basic education. Building on established research on digital literacy in adult basic skills education (Vanek et al., 2020; Koppel & Langer, 2020), the project employed a mixed-methods design combining surveys with adult educators, qualitative interviews, and focus group discussions (Creswell, 2022). The analysis focused on institutional, pedagogical, and learner-related factors shaping digital media use in basic education contexts.
The findings demonstrate that digital literacy cannot be reduced to technical skills. Rather, it emerges from the interaction of structural conditions - such as infrastructure, access to devices, and organisational support - pedagogical approaches, and learner resources. In line with research on the medial habitus of adult educators (Bolten-Bühler, 2021), the results show that educators’ attitudes and professional experiences strongly influence implementation practices. Successful digital learning environments are characterised by low-threshold access, didactic scaffolding, and relational support that fosters trust and engagement.
A central result of the project is that digital media function both as learning objects and learning tools. Digital literacy develops not only through explicit instruction but also through situated practices connected to learners’ everyday lives, work contexts, and participation needs. This perspective resonates with European conceptualisations of digital competence that emphasise empowerment and agency (ELINET, 2016; Cosgrove & Cachia, 2025). Related patterns of inequality were also visualised and discussed in an international context in a recent AERA poster presentation (Langer, 2025b).
From a European perspective, the paper argues that digital literacy should be understood as a core basic skill embedded within broader frameworks of social participation and digital inclusion (Ragnedda, 2018; Langer, 2025a). The paper concludes by discussing implications for adult education policy and practice across Europe, highlighting the need for inclusive course design and professional development to ensure the sustainable integration of digital media in adult basic education.
References:
Bolten-Bühler, R. (2021). Medialer Habitus von Lehrenden in der Erwachsenenbildung: Biografische Analysen medienpädagogischer Professionalisierung (Vol. 40). Bertelsmann. https://doi.org/10.3278/6004790w
Cosgrove, J., & Cachia, R. (2025). DigComp 3.0: European digital competence framework (5th ed.). European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/0001149
Creswell, J. W. (2022). A concise introduction to mixed methods research. SAGE Publications.
Grotlüschen, A. et al. (2020). Low literacy in Germany: Results from the second German literacy survey. European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 11(1), 127–143. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:18848
Koppel, I., & Langer, S. (2020). Basic digital literacy – Requirements and elements. Práxis Educacional, 16(42), 326–347
Langer, S. (2025a). Bridging the digital divide: Empowering seniors and adults with low literacy through digital literacy. Revista Derechos Humanos y Educación, 1(11), 127–145.
Langer, S. (2025b). Digital divides: Illuminating inequities in access, literacies, and opportunities within and across communities (Poster presentation). AERA, Denver, USA. https://doi.org/10.3102/IP.25.2247367
Ragnedda, M. (2018). Conceptualizing digital capital. Telematics and Informatics, 35(8), 2366–2375. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tele.2018.10.006
Reder, S. (2015). Digital inclusion and digital literacy in the United States: A portrait from PIAAC’s Survey of Adult Skills.
Vanek, J., Harris, K., & Belzer, A. (2020). Digital literacy and technology integration in adult basic skills education: A review of the research. ProLiteracy.
Financial Literacy and Financial Practices of Migrants
Financial education is receiving increased attention within national and international policy frameworks. The European Union defines financial literacy as fundamental life skill and has launched a corresponding strategy. In Germany, the federal government implemented a financial education strategy in 2023. This initiative is an additional policy framework that addresses aspects of adult education, alongside the National Decade for Literacy and Basic Education (Alphadekade). In this paper, we define financial literacy as comprising financial knowledge, attitudes, and behaviour (Beckker, 2020).
This contribution presents results of the secondary analysis of the Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies (PIAAC: OECD, 2024). PIAAC measures adults' skills in reading, numeracy, and problem-solving, and provides information on how these skills are used in daily life. Some of these variables refer to financial practices. We use these variables to obtain information about financial behaviour. Research findings demonstrate a strong correlation between financial literacy and numeracy (Darriet et al., 2022; Lusardi, 2012). Consequently, the analysis of financial practices incorporates PIAAC data on numeracy skills.
This contribution focuses on financial practices of migrant populations in Germany. International comparisons suggest that migrant populations have lower financial literacy, partly because they must adapt to a new language and a different financial system simultaneously (Atkinson & Messy, 2015). Research in Germany indicates that migrant groups, particularly first-generation migrants, generally demonstrate lower numeracy skills than individuals without migration experience (Maehler et al., 2014).
We address the following research question: Given the lower levels of numeracy and financial literacy observed among migrant populations, can we assume that their financial behaviour differs from that of non-migrants? Our analysis is based on the Zabal et al. (2025) scientific use file of the second cycle of PIAAC in Germany and comprises bivariate analysis of numeracy skills and financial practices (i.e. use of information for financial decision-making and reading of financial statements) as dependent variables. Selected independent variables cover aspects of migration, e.g. native language, generation of migration, age at migration, and the country in which the school degree was obtained.
The results are used to derive implications for educational practice, demonstrating the specific educational needs of different migrant groups in terms of everyday mathematics and financial literacy. This differentiated approach avoids viewing migrants as a large, homogeneous group, which often leads to a generalised deficit perspective (Öztürk, 2021).
References:
Atkinson, A., & Messy, F.‑A. (2015). Financial Education for Migrants and their Families. OECD.
Beckker, K. de. (2020). Financial Literacy. Uncovering avenues for future research. In K. de Witte, O. Holz, & K. de Beckker (Eds.), Financial education: Current practices and future challenges (pp. 11–40). Waxmann.
Darriet, E., Guille, M., & Vergnaud, J.‑C. (2022). Financial Literacy and Numeracy. In G. Nicolini & B. J. Cude (Eds.), Routledge handbook of financial literacy (pp. 96–109). Routledge Taylor & Francis
Lusardi, A. (2012). Numeracy, financial literacy, and financial decision-making. National Bureau of Economic Research.
Maehler, D. B., Massing, N., & Rammstedt, B. (2014). Grundlegende Kompetenzen Erwachsener mit Migrationshintergrund im internationalen Vergleich. Waxmann.
OECD. (2024). Do Adults Have the Skills They Need to Thrive in a Changing World? Survey of Adult Skills 2023. OECD Publishing.
OECD, & INFE. (2020). International Survey of Adult Financial Literacy. www.oecd.org/financial/education/launchoftheoecdinfeglobalfinancialliteracysurveyreport.htm
Öztürk, H. (2021). Migrationsbezogene Diversität in Deutschland – Begrifflichkeiten und Entwicklungen. In H. Öztürk (Ed.), Diversität und Migration in der Erwachsenen- und Weiterbildung (pp. 13–65). wbv.
Zabal, A., Martin, S., Massing, N., Gauly, B., Kapidzic, S., & Rammstedt, B. (2025). Programme for the International Assessment of Adult Competencies, Cycle 2: PIAAC Germany 2023 – SUF. https://doi.org/10.4232/1.14530
Literacy at Work: Multiliteracies as Basic Skills in Vocational Contexts
Adult surveys show that many adults struggle with basic literacy skills. In Finland, around one in ten working-age adults fall into this category, and more than half of them are employed in blue-collar occupations (OECD, 2020). At the same time, the global labor market has introduced new literacy practices also for blue-collar workers (Karlsson, 2009). Such textualization of work (Karlsson & Nikolaidou, 2016) requires solid literacy competences for work and continuous literacy learning at and for work. Much of the research on literacy at work has focused on reading and writing in expert or white-collar professions (e.g., Tusting et al., 2019; Brandt, 2015). In this paper, we focus on blue-collar work and adopt a view on literacy that goes beyond reading and writing.
This paper presents findings from the Finnish project Professional multiliteracies in increasing safety at construction work (2024–2027), which examines multimodal and multilingual literacy practices in high-risk construction work and their role in negotiating safety at work. At construction sites noise but also hearing protection hinder oral communication (Toppila et al., 2009), workers’ multilingual backgrounds challenge interaction (Söderlundh & Kahlin, 2022), and with contractor-based organization workers may find themselves working alongside unfamiliar and changing co-workers (Rubery, 2015). In such settings, multiple ways to negotiate work and safety issues are needed. To examine these, the project employed ethnographic methodology (Lillis, 2008) with multiple types of data, such as 1) texts, 2) observations & videos of literacy practices, 3) individual and group interviews, and 4) surveys. The data was analyzed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022).
Key findings show that diverse resources are used for communicating and negotiating safety at work. Moreover, communication about safety is strongly intertwined with practical tasks. Thus, results support expanding the concept of basic literacy skills into professional multiliteracies as literacy is intertwined with the aims and tasks of the work community and workers make meaning using multiple semiotic resources, such as language(s), images, sound, videos, gestures, material objects and the combination of these (Bezemer & Kress, 2016). The findings also show tensions between top-down digital practices and workers‘ oral and analog practices, and interruptions in how knowledge circulates particularly between the main contactor and subcontractors.
Professional multiliteracy practices enable participation in the work community and are regarded as part of professional expertise. The results will be discussed from the perspectives of vocational education and continuous learning at work.
References:
Bezemer, J., & Kress, G. (2016). Multimodality, Learning and Communication: A Social Semiotic Frame. Routledge.
Brandt, D. (2015). The rise of writing. Redefining mass literacy. CUP.
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis. A practical guide. SAGE.
Karlsson, A.-M. (2009). Literacy practices, roles, and genres in common occupations. Written communication, 26(1), 53–76.
Karlsson, A.-M., & Nikolaidou, Z. (2016). The textualization of problem handling: Lean discourses meet professional competence in eldercare and the manufacturing industry. Written Communication, 33(3), 275-301.
Lillis, T. (2008). Ethnography as Method, Methodology, and “Deep Theorising”. Written Communication, 21(3), 295–411.
OECD (2020). Continuous Learning in Working Life in Finland. Getting Skills Right. OECD.
Rubery, J. (2015). Change at work: feminisation, flexibilisation, fragmentation and financialisation. Employee Relations, 37(6), 633-644.
Söderlundh, H. & Kahlin, L. (2022). Betydelsen av svenska, engelska och andra språk för hantverkare som reser till Sverige för att arbeta. Språk och stil, 32, 38-71.
Toppila, E., et al. (2009). Evaluation of the Increased Accident Risk From Workplace Noise. International Journal of Occupational Safety and Ergonomics, 15(2), 155-162.
Tusting, K., et al. (2019). Academics Writing. The Dynamics of Knowledge Creation. Routledge.
Health Literacy for Resilience: Connecting Personal Well-Being and Social Participation
The connection between literacy and health has been recognized by the medical and public health professions for several decades (Dewalt, Berkman, Sheridan, Lohr, & Pignone, 2004; Rudd, Moeykens, & Colton, 1999). General literacy is highly correlated with health literacy. Individuals who possess high levels of general literacy are better able than their less skillful peers to “obtain, communicate, process, and understand basic health information and services to make appropriate health decisions” (Ubbes, Dillhoff, & Maldando, 2018, p. 51).
A negative cycle from generation to generation has been documented in the literature (Perazzo et al., 2022) whereby adults with low levels of general and health literacy fail to adequately attend to their children’s health. Poor pediatric care leads to childhood sicknesses and diseases that prevent regular school attendance. Sporadic participation at school results in failure to obtain critical basic skills, such as reading and writing. And, far too often, low literacy skills follow children into adolescence, adulthood, and parenthood, when the cycle begins anew (Moon, et al., 1998). Perhaps, nowhere is this pattern more evident than in South Africa.
Although South Africa does not participate in PIAAC cycles, internal data (Labour Market Intelligence Research Programme) show nearly half of all 25-34-year-olds lack schooling beyond the lower secondary level. Concomitant with depressed educational attainment among far too many adults in this country are ever-present diseases and chronic illnesses associated with overall poor health maintenance and care, especially in high-poverty regions of the country. South Africa continues to experience unacceptably high numbers of deaths from communicable, maternal, perinatal and nutritional conditions (46%), noncommunicable diseases, such as cancer, stroke, chronic respiratory and cardiovascular diseases, and diabetes (38%). Meanwhile, HIV infections, tuberculosis, and Hepatitis B remain at stubbornly elevated levels. From a mental health perspective, South Africa’s deaths by suicide (among the 10 highest countries globally; 3rd highest in Africa) and homicide (six times the global average) remain at epidemic proportions (Matzopoulos et al., 2023; iAHO_Suicide_Regional_Fact_sheet_August2022.pdf).
In this paper, we document the links between adults’ general and health literacy and critical health indicators in the South African context. The results of this analysis provide direction for policy and curricular reforms aimed at elevating general and health literacy and improving health outcomes primarily for South Africans but has relevance for underserved populations in Europe and elsewhere who are marginalized by low literacy skills and personal and community health challenges.
References:
Dewalt, D. A., Berkman, N. D., Sheridan, S., Lohr, K. N. & Pignone, M. P. (2004). Literacy and health outcomes: A systematic review of the literature. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 19, 1228–1239.
Labor Market Intelligence Research Programme. https://lmi-research.org.za/
Matzopoulos, R., Prinsloo, M.R., Mhlongo, S., Marineau, L., Cornell, M., et al. (2023). South Africa’s male homicide epidemic hiding in plain sight: Exploring sex differences and patterns in homicide risk in a retrospective descriptive study of postmortem investigations. PLOS Global Public Health, 3(11), e0002595. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pgph.0002595
Moon, R.Y., Cheng, T.L., Patel, K.M., et al. (1998). Parental literacy level and understanding of medical information. Pediatrics,102(2), e25.
Perazzo, D. et al., (2022). Chronic pediatric diseases and risk for reading difficulties: A narrative review with recommendations. Pediatric Research, 92, 966–978.
Rudd, R.E., Moeykens, B.A., & Colton, T.C. (1999). Health and literacy: A review of medical and public health literature. In J. Comins, B. Garners, C. Smith (Eds), Annual Review of Adult Learning and Literacy (pp. 175-203). New York: Jossey‐Bass. http://www.ncsall.net/?id=522
Ubbes, V.A., Dillhoff, R., & Maldonado, W. (2018). Reading and writing attitudes of children: Conceptual implications for health education and health literacy. Journal of Health Education Teaching, 9(1), 49-67.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 06 SES 13 B: One Size Fits None: National Contexts and the Challenge of Defining AI Literacy for European Teachers Location: KH 3 | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Ulrike Stadler-Altmann Panel Discussion |
|
|
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Panel Discussion One Size Fits None: National Contexts and the Challenge of Defining AI Literacy for European Teachers 1: Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany; 2: University of Turku (Finland); 3: Free University of Bozen-Bolzano (Italy); 4: PH Tirol (Austria); 5: Vytautas Magnus University (Lithuania) Presenting Author:As artificial intelligence rapidly enters European classrooms, policymakers and researchers have mobilized to define what "AI literacy" means for teachers. International frameworks—UNESCO's AI Competency Framework, DigCompEdu 2.2, AI-TPACK models—promise to guide teacher education toward necessary competencies (UNESCO, 2024; Cosgrove & Cachia, 2025; Hu et al., 2024). While some frameworks acknowledge contextual variation, prevailing approaches to AI literacy often assume that competencies can be universally defined, measured, and standardized across different educational contexts. This panel challenges that assumption through empirical examination across seven European countries - Germany, Finland, Italy, Portugal, Austria, Lithuania, and Sweden - of how national contexts fundamentally shape what teachers need to know, do, and decide when working with AI. Drawing on comparative research within the Erasmus+ Teacher Academy AI2PI (Project number: 101196121 – AI2PI), now in its second year, we explore how "AI literacy" is not a stable construct that can be transmitted uniformly but rather a contextually embedded practice shaped by infrastructure, policy, pedagogy, and culture. AI for lesson planning may mean working with institutional support and clear guidelines in one context, or improvising with limited tools while navigating restrictions and policy ambiguity in another. Frameworks apply the same competency descriptors to these incomparable realities. Current frameworks often position context as an implementation factor—something to account for when rolling out pre-defined competencies. Yet our analysis reveals that context is constitutive, not incidental. What counts as necessary AI literacy depends on pedagogical autonomy, technological infrastructure, resource availability, teacher preparation quality, and policy support—all of which vary dramatically across European contexts. These differences represent fundamentally distinct professional realities requiring varied forms of knowledge, judgment, and practice. A teacher navigating resource constraints, strict curricula, or policy ambiguity develops different competencies than one with abundant tools, pedagogical autonomy, and institutional support. How, as teacher educators, can we address AI literacy frameworks amid diverse professional realities? Existing frameworks reflect their origins in CS/EdTech fields, emphasizing system-facing knowledge (how AI works, what it affords) while neglecting pedagogy-facing concerns (how it transforms teaching, relationships, values) (Sperling et al., 2024). This technical orientation privileges contexts with robust infrastructure, English dominance, and resources to experiment, creating standards that might measure access rather than competence, mistaking resource inequality for professional inadequacy (Adams et al., 2023; Henriksen et al., 2025). However, European contexts are characterised by pedagogical diversity: teachers across participating countries navigate varied infrastructures, multilingual classrooms, different policy environments, and distinct pedagogical traditions. Rather than treating this diversity as deviation from an ideal, we argue that it represents forms of professional expertise that frameworks should capture and validate. This panel debates whether a unified European AI literacy framework is possible, and how context-responsive approaches might be integrated into teacher education. Can we design frameworks that honor contextual diversity rather than treating it as deviation from an idealized norm? The panel explores how to position teachers as authorities who define AI literacy within their contexts, rather than as recipients of externally-defined competencies. Panelists will surface tensions between standardization and contextualization that emerged during the first project year, explore how different national realities shape teacher needs, and consider what "unity in diversity" might actually require. The goal is to use these tensions as generative sites for reimagining how teacher education can adequately address AI's entry into classrooms. References Adams, C., Pente, P., Lemermeyer, G., & Rockwell, G. (2023). Ethical principles for artificial intelligence in K-12 education. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 4, 100131. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2023.100131 Henriksen, D., Creely, E., Gruber, N., & Leahy, S. (2025). Social-emotional learning and generative AI: A critical literature review and framework for teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 76(3), 312–328. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871251325058 Hu, X., Sui, H., Geng, X., & Zhao, L. (2024). Constructing a teacher portrait for the artificial intelligence age based on the micro ecological system theory: A systematic review. Education and Information Technologies, 29(13), 16679–16715. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-12513-5 Sperling, K., Stenberg, C.-J., McGrath, C., Åkerfeldt, A., Heintz, F., & Stenliden, L. (2024). In search of artificial intelligence (AI) literacy in teacher education: A scoping review. Computers and Education Open, 6, 100169. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeo.2024.100169 UNESCO. (2024). AI competency framework for teachers. UNESCO Publishing. Cosgrove, J., & Cachia, R. (2025). DigComp 3.0: European Digital Competence Framework – fifth edition. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/0001149 Chair Prof. Ulrike Stadler-Altmann, HU Berlin, ulrike.stadler-altmann@hu-berlin.de |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 07 SES 13 A: Special Call: Challenging Inequalities: 30 Years of Network 7 ”Social Justice and Intercultural Education – Past Insights and Future Perspectives”: Cultural Justice in Multicultural Classrooms Location: Sonaatti 1 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Richard Race Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Strengthening Justice in and through Education: Learning from the Lived Experiences of Indigenous Youth University of Bristol, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Latest report from the International Commission on the Futures of Education at UNESCO put forward a compelling case for a “new social contract for education that can repair injustices while transforming the future” which is built on ethic of care, reciprocity and solidarity (UNESCO, 2021). Challenging inequalities requires us to learn from past and understand the ways in which historic exclusions and oppressions have been firmly cemented and carried forward in and through education. Particularly in the context of network 7’s 30th anniversary, I believe the insights from this research offers unique perspectives on strengthening justice in and through education by centering the lived experiences of Indigenous youth and will contribute towards network’s efforts towards collectively envisioning the future of social justice. In my research carried out as part of PhD study, I move away from deficit view of Adivasis (Indigenous) and challenge injustices in public education of Adivasi students by examining how historic trends continue to play a role in the contemporary education system. Through this research I recognise, unpack and challenge the (in)justices in and through education by working with an Adivasi community called Soligas and the youth who are pushed out of the education system, often marginalised as ‘dropouts’. I do so by adopting a theoretical framing that helps in integrating the past injustices into analysis of the present situation facing Adivasis. The critical theoretical framework that I conceptualise hold value for educational research with marginalised communities within the contexts of rising nationalism and political rhetoric of ‘decolonising education’. This research foregrounds lived experiences of Indigenous youth, and attends to Indigenous pedagogies, through an ethnographic study grounded in Indigenous and participatory approaches principles. I use a theoretical framing that combines decolonial (Quijano, 2007; Simpson, 2016; Tuck & Gorlewski, 2016) and anti-caste theory (Ambedkar, 2020). The combination of decolonial and anti-caste theory shines light on how coloniality/modernity, violence, injustices etc. affect dominant groups and marginalised populations like Adivasis and Dalits differently in the colonised nations. It helps identify and recognise the dangers of appropriating decolonisation to normalise the hegemony of dominant groups (Sajjanhar, 2022) and reinforce existing injustices in postcolonial India. Therefore, I use a combination of decolonial and anti-caste theory which offers framework that not only challenges colonial logics but also helps reclaim subaltern cosmologies of Adivasis who are marginalised in a caste-based society. Moreover, it also provides a critical analytical lens to understand the complexities of strengthening justice in and through education in the context of rising Hindu nationalism and appropriation of decolonising education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Drawing from the intersection of critical Indigenous scholarship (Kovach, 2009; Simpson, 2016; Snow et al., 2016) and critical participatory scholarship (Ochocka & Janzen, 2014; Wakeford & Sanchez Rodriguez, 2018), this research grounds both Indigenous and participatory principles. I draw on Indigenous approaches by centering relationality. Relationality, here, is in terms of how critical Indigenous scholars theorise, that is, relationality as central to their ways of thinking, being and understanding the world (Wilson, 2008; Tynan, 2021). I ground this research in participatory approaches, by using a PAR framework (Ochocka & Janzen, 2014, p. 21) within ethnography as it helps address both relational as well as technical aspects of doing research and renders an action-oriented stance. Following the PAR framework of cyclical nature of research, this study was based on the research project conducted as a part of my Master dissertation (refer R Bhat (2022)). Hence, the research design, and the research questions are influenced by the previous research and the relationship I developed with the participants who are members of the community organisations Zilla Budakattu Girijana Abhivrudhi Sangha and Taluk Soliga Abhivrudhi Sangha (SAS). One of the ways in which I practice relationality in research design is by honouring their perspectives and making their key concern regarding education of Soliga youth central to this research. One of the key issues that several members pointed out was their shared concern of Soliga youth ‘dropping out’ or, more accurately, being pushed out of the formal education system. I am placing their concern as a key issue for this research, and it informs the research questions for this study. Grounding both Indigenous and participatory approaches brought authenticity to the ethnographic study by providing a framework for centering Soliga ways of being and knowing. The resulting framework helped me engage reflexively with colonialities embedded in research processes (Udah, 2024) and immerse myself in the praxis of re-envisioning epistemologies that have been colonised (Zavala, 2016). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings of this study demonstrate ways in which colonialities of schooling play out in the everyday lives of Soliga youth. Through a decolonial analytical framing, this study highlights the systemic removal of Soliga youth from the education system marginalising them as “dropouts”. It shows how the idea of "lesser Adivasi child” is created and shines light on education as a site of (re)production of Brahminical-colonial caste and racial hierarchies. It theorises saviourism in education and calls for critical examination of its role in (re)producing deficit narratives of Soligas. It also shows how non-Adivasi educators, administrators, students, and the state tend to position themselves as benevolent saviour and the racialised representation of Adivasis as ‘uncivilised subjects’ without engaging with critical histories of racism and colonialism, and ongoing Adivasi dispossession and oppression in and through education. It shines light on systemic removal of Soliga youth from their ancestral landscapes in and through education and how epistemic injustice is at the core of how colonialities are (re)produced in education. Hence, the research argues for the centrality of Indigenous and caste-oppressed voices in shaping pedagogies for strengthening justice in and through education. Along with Soliga youth and community members, this study shows how Indigenous Soliga land-based pedagogy (LBP) can disrupt the colonialities embedded in education. References Ambedkar, B. R. (2020). CASTES IN INDIA. In V. Moon (Ed.), Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar: writings and speeches, vol 1. (Vol. 1, pp. 5-22). Dr. Ambedkar Foundation, Govt. of India. https://www.mea.gov.in/Images/CPV/Volume1.pdf Kovach, M. (2009). Indigenous methodologies : characteristics, conversations and contexts. University of Toronto Press. Kovach, M. (2010). Conversation Method in Indigenous Research. First Peoples Child & Family Review, 5(1), 40-48. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.7202/1069060ar Ochocka, J., & Janzen, R. (2014). Breathing life into theory: Illustrations of community-based research: Hallmarks, functions and phases. Gateways: International Journal of Community Research and Engagement, 7(1), 18-33. Quijano, A. (2007). Coloniality and modernity/rationality. Cultural Studies, 21(2-3), 168-178. https://doi.org/10.1080/09502380601164353 R Bhat, D. (2022). Laying methodological foundations for educational research with an Adivasi community [Masters dissertation, University of Bristol]. https://research-information.bris.ac.uk/ws/portalfiles/portal/352318284/Redacted_Final_2022_11_30_Bhat_D.R._MSc_Educational_Research.pdf Sajjanhar, A. (2022). The New Experts: Populism, Technocracy and Politics of Expertise in Contemporary India. Journal of Contemporary Asia, 52(4), 653-677. https://doi.org/10.1080/00472336.2021.1934889 Simpson, L. B. (2016). Indigenous Resurgence and Co-resistance. Critical Ethnic Studies, 2(2), 19-34. https://doi.org/10.5749/jcritethnstud.2.2.0019 Snow, K. C., Hays, D. G., Caliwagan, G., Ford Jr, D. J., Mariotti, D., Mwendwa, J. M., & Scott, W. E. (2016). Guiding principles for indigenous research practices. Action Research, 14(4), 357-375. Tuck, E., & Gorlewski, J. (2016). Racist Ordering, Settler Colonialism, and edTPA:A Participatory Policy Analysis. Educational Policy, 30(1), 197-217. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904815616483 Tynan, L. (2021). What is relationality? Indigenous knowledges, practices and responsibilities with kin. cultural geographies, 28(4), 597-610. https://doi.org/10.1177/14744740211029287 Udah, H. (2024). Decolonising Research for Justice: Ethical Imperatives and Practical Applications. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 23, 16094069241294040. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069241294040 UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our Futures Together: A new social contract for education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379707 Wakeford, T., & Sanchez Rodriguez, T. (2018). Participatory action research: Towards a more fruitful knowledge. University of Bristol and the AHRC Connected Communities Programme. Wilson, S. (2008). Research is ceremony: Indigenous research methods. Fernwood Publishing. Zavala, M. (2016). Decolonial methodologies in education. Encyclopedia of educational philosophy and theory, 1-6. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Education for Racial Equity in Brazil: Specialist Teachers’ Perceptions of Two Decades of Policy Enactment Unisinos University, Brazil Presenting Author:This proposal addresses the struggle to build racial equity in Brazilian education by examining two decades of policy enactment that shape anti-racist mandates in schools. Brazil is one of the most ethnically diverse countries in the world, yet also among the most unequal. More than 55% of the population identifies as Black or Brown, but racial disparities remain evident in income, employment, access to higher education, and exposure to violence. Indigenous and African histories and cultures have been historically underrepresented in the curriculum, shaped by Eurocentric traditions that marginalise these knowledges. Additionally, the myth of “racial democracy”, built during the twentieth century (Silva, 2018), has long obscured the persistence of racism in everyday life and in schools. It was in the 1980s that Black social movements strengthened their influence to criticise inequalities and racism affecting Afro-Brazilian people (Domingues, 2007). Fortunately, domination and violence never avoided resistance from Black and Indigenous people, and this resistance was responsible for advancing educational policies to change curriculum (Gomes, 2017). The Federal Laws nº. 10.639/2003 y nº. 11.645/2008 defined Afro-Brazilian and Indigenous culture and history as mandatory in the curriculum of all schools and universities, introducing the field of Education on Ethnic-Racial Relations (ERER) (Gomes, 2011). Despite the advanced federal policy architecture, scholars recognise many challenges. Two decades after the landmark legal mandates, ERER remains frequently treated as episodic, delegated to specific subjects, or dependent on a small number of highly committed teachers. Furthermore, recent data on educational inequalities have shown that racism directly affects learning outcomes (Nascimento, 2019; Botelho, Madeira, Rangel, 2015; Barbosa et al., 2024). Despite the educational universalisation of the last decades, which was a relevant achievement, Black students tend to perform less well in secondary school. Participatory research with teachers and leaders is relevant to discuss the school’s reality and develop strategies that can be shared and analysed, considering the intersectionality perspective (Collins & Bilge, 2021) and specialist literature. Empirically, the paper draws on a study (Cirilo & Weschenfelder, 2025) conducted with 35 teachers from ten cities in the Metropolitan Region of Rio Grande do Sul (Southern Brazil), which aimed to develop innovative pedagogical practices about ethnic-racial diversity, fostering racial equity in education (Weschenfelder, 2023). A teaching laboratory was created with this group, composed of teachers and managers, mostly experienced in ERER and deeply committed to racial equity. Among these participants, eleven specialist teachers were subsequently interviewed to examine how they interpret, negotiate, and sustain ERER enactment in everyday school life. This paper asks: How do specialist teachers in Brazil interpret, negotiate, and sustain ERER across two decades of policy enactment, and what do they identify as necessary for racial equity to become embedded in school systems rather than delegated to individuals or isolated initiatives? To address the main question, the study is grounded in the equity framework composed of three foundational principles: justice, recognition, and belonging (Howard, 2024). The analysis also draws on policy enactment scholarship (Ball, Maguire, & Braun, 2012), conceptualising policy as interpreted, translated, and recontextualised within schools under micropolitical dynamics, rather than implemented linearly. ERER is further situated as a critical perspective to discuss racial relations and pedagogical practices in schools, in dialogue with interculturality studies (Walsh, 2012; Candau, 2012), and teacher education (Nóvoa, 2019; Imbernón, 2024) in a democratic society (Laval & Vergne, 2023). The proposal expects to contribute to the international studies on social justice and intercultural education (Akkari & Radhouane, 2022), at the same time as it seeks to add new theoretical perspectives to continue to improve research about racial equity in Brazilian education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research was qualitative, with an applied orientation and a formative purpose, producing data intended to directly impact the field under study. It adopted radical critique (Veiga-Neto, 2020) as a premise of the investigation, seeking to practise the continuous problematisation of prevailing discourses and of the very “truths” that constitute us as teacher-subjects and researchers. In working with K–12 teachers, the study drew on “a conception of research as a methodology in which the research activity itself functions as the participants’ formation within the investigative process. It is a type of research that, in all its stages, aims to be formative, participatory, and collaborative” (Fabris & Lima, 2022, p. 152). In 2022, the teaching laboratory operated as a 40-hour university extension course bringing together 35 teachers from ten cities, indicated by partner school systems. The programme comprised nine online meetings and one in-person session at the university and was structured as a pedagogical laboratory called LABDOC Racial Equity. In this setting, teachers were positioned as knowledge producers rather than passive recipients of training, and the research team adopted a co-formative approach centred on dialogue, collective authorship, and critical reflection. The empirical corpus analysed in this paper consists of eleven semi-structured interviews with specialist teachers who participated in the LABDOC research context and who demonstrate sustained engagement with ERER policy and scholarship. One participant from each city who was teaching in secondary education was invited to the interviews, plus one teacher working in the state education system. Ethical procedures included informed consent, confidentiality measures, and reflexive attention to positionality and power differentials in knowledge production. Interviews focused on teachers’ enactment trajectories, perceived barriers and enabling conditions, and the micropolitical and affective dimensions of sustaining anti-racist pedagogies. Interviews were analysed through a Foucauldian conception of discourse (Foucault, 2009), using thematic and discursive analysis, as well as references from the field of Education on Ethnic-Racial Relations (ERER) and culturally relevant pedagogy (Ladson-Billings, 2021). Three sub-questions guide the analysis: 1) What curricular, institutional, and professional barriers do specialist teachers identify as they attempt to enact ERER? 2) What forms of governance, leadership support, and professional learning infrastructure do specialist teachers consider necessary for sustained enactment? 3) How do teachers describe the equity-related outcomes of ERER enactment, particularly regarding justice, recognition, and belonging, and how do these outcomes shape their pedagogical and institutional decisions? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper is expected to show that, even after two decades of ERER-related mandates in Brazil, racial equity still struggles to become a systemic driver of educational quality. In specialist teachers’ accounts, ERER does not appear as a linear implementation process. It appears as a “very big challenge,” a struggle to fight “a perverse system,” because “there is no way not to talk about racism” and, at the same time, there are “many racist ways” operating inside curricula and school. Teachers identify curricular and professional barriers that are not only about content, but about legitimacy and authority. Enactment is narrated as a process of self-positioning and reconstitution: teachers describe how they keep “doing a critical analysis” of materials and lessons. Institutionally, they point to a persistent pattern of delegation: “it falls on the Black teacher,” and it also “falls on the History teacher,” as if “nobody else needs to work on it.” This disciplinary and racialised allocation of responsibility isolates specialist teachers and becomes individualised labour, which reflects the dispositif of raciality (Carneiro, 2023). The current micropolitical moment intensifies these challenges. Teachers speak about a climate marked by right-wing backlash, where “any moment” someone can accuse a teacher, and where students “come at you.” Against superficial approaches, specialist teachers are explicit about what does not work: “it’s all very superficial”; “it’s no use sending those beautiful links for teachers to click.” They argue that the school system needs to “stop the school” to do the work properly. Finally, the findings reinforce the need for further research that explicitly connects racial equity to the role of leadership. Specialist teachers’ accounts suggest that ERER is most sustainable when responsibility is shared and institutionally protected, so that teachers do not feel alone in the struggle. References Akkari, A., & Radhouane, M. (2022). Intercultural approaches to education: From theory to practice. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-70825-2 Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How schools do policy: Policy enactments in secondary schools. Routledge. Barbosa, G., et al. (2024). Desigualdades raciais na educação no Brasil. In M. França & A. Portella (Eds.), Números da discriminação racial: Desenvolvimento humano, equidade e políticas públicas (pp. 255–278). Editora Jandaíra. Botelho, F., Madeira, R. A., & Rangel, M. A. (2015). Racial discrimination in grading: Evidence from Brazil. American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 7(4), 37–52. https://doi.org/10.1257/app.20140352 Candau, V. M. F. (2012). Diferenças culturais, interculturalidade e educação em direitos humanos. Educação & Sociedade, 33(118), 235–250. https://doi.org/10.1590/S0101-73302012000100015 Carneiro, S. (2023). Dispositivo de racialidade: A construção do outro como não-ser. Zahar. Cirilo, M. A., & Weschenfelder, V. I. (2025). FORMAÇÃO DOCENTE PARA A EQUIDADE RACIAL E A IMPORTÂNCIA DA ATUAÇÃO EM REDE. Diversidade E Educação, 13(1), 1103–1125. https://doi.org/10.63595/de.v13i1.19198 Fabris, E. T. H., & Lima, S. D. (2022). Pesquisa de/formação: princípios e possibilidades. In E. T. H. Fabris & S. D. Lima (Eds.), Pesquisa e formação de professores: diálogos contemporâneos (pp. 145–160). Editora da UFRGS. Foucault, M. (2009). The order of discourse (I. McLeod, Trans.). Routledge. (Original work published 1971) Gomes, N. L. (2017). O movimento negro educador. Saberes construídos na luta por emancipação. Vozes. Howard, T. C. (2024). Equity now: justice, repair, and belonging in schools. California: Corwin. Imbernón, F. (2024). Formação de professores e políticas educacionais. e-Curriculum, 22, e65534, 1–17. Ladson-Billings, G. (2021). Culturally relevant pedagogy: Asking a different question. Teachers College Press. Nascimento, L. R. do. (2019). Desigualdade racial e fracasso escolar de estudantes negras e negros. Revista Brasileira De Educação Do Campo, 4, e6401. https://doi.org/10.20873/uft.rbec.v4e6401 Nóvoa, A. (2019). Os professores e a sua formação num tempo de metamorfose da escola. Educação & Realidade, 44(3), 1–15. Silva, M. L. (2017). Democracia racial e dispositivos de segurança no Brasil: contribuições para uma educação antirracista. Revista Educação e Cultura Contemporânea, 15(38), 7–31. https://doi.org/10.5935/2238-1279.20180002 Veiga-Neto, A. (2020). Crítica e hipercrítica: por uma atitude radical diante da educação. In A. Veiga-Neto, Foucault & a educação (pp. 75–92). Autêntica. Weschenfelder, V. I. (Org.). (2023). Práticas pedagógicas inovadoras para a educação antirracista: Artesanias do LABDOC Equidade Racial. Pedro & João Editores. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Building Relationships for Inclusive Digital Growth and Engagement (BRIDGE): Recognising autistic voices and their online lives 1: Dublin City University, Ireland; 2: Light Trees; 3: Autismo Andalucia; 4: APIS Presenting Author:Project Description Building Relationships for Inclusive Digital Growth and Engagement (BRIDGE) is a two-year Erasmus+ Youth funded project (2025–2026) that brings together universities and autism organisations from across Europe to explore different views and experiences of the Internet by engaging with Autistic youth, their families and guardians and the professionals who work with them. Autistic youth often encounter inaccessible platforms, limited support, and increased vulnerability to online harm (Bölte et al., 2021; Kuo et al., 2014). BRIDGE is founded on the principle that digital participation is a fundamental right and must be safe, inclusive, and meaningful for all. The project is led by Dublin City University (DCU) Ireland, the world’s first Autism-Friendly University (AsIAm, 2023) and involves key partners across five countries including three universities and three non governmental associations working with autistic people; European University Cyprus; University of Zagreb, Croatia; Autism Praxis Infinity Solutions (APIS), Cyprus; Autismo Andalucía, Spain; and Light Trees (Φωτόδεντρα), Greece. BRIDGE seeks to create a Europe-wide online toolkit to offer autism-informed practical strategies for healthy, responsible internet use for and by autistic individuals and those who support them—families, caregivers, youth workers, educators, and therapists. For autistic individuals, social media can offer a way to stay connected with others without the stress of navigating elements like tone of voice or body language (Davidson, 2008). In contrast, research (Giles, 2014) contends that parental concern is understandable, since problematic use of the Internet (PUI) may start in childhood or adolescence and potentially alter developmental trajectories or increase in severity over time. BRIDGE aims to 1. promote responsible and safe Internet use by engaging with autistic youth to learn about their views of the internet, how they interact with online platforms and content and with others online; 2. conduct consultations with families, autistic youth and professionals to agree on safe and healthy internet use; 3. develop an online toolkit for all stakeholders. BRIDGE will work with key stakeholders; autistic youth (age 18-30), families and professionals who work with the autistic community to learn about their views, experiences and insight as well as their needs. The project is autism informed and situated within the neurodiversity paradigm, which understands autism as a natural form of human variation rather than a deficit requiring remediation (Walker, 2021). The neurodiversity paradigm is conceptualised based on four pillars (Walker, 2021; Fletcher-Watson, 2022): Neurodiversity is naturally occurring; No one neurotype is better than another; -Neurodiversity operates like other equality and diversity dimensions, and; Strength is in diversity itself. There is a collective value in diversity. In a review of qualitative research methods used in disability studies, it was observed that while there has been a gradual increase in studies involving autistic individuals, the voices of autistic individuals and others with disabilities remain marginalised (United Nations, 2006). Despite this recognition, the involvement of autistic individuals in qualitative research has remained minimal until recently, and their voices have had little influence on policy development (Milton, Mills & Pellicano, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methods The BRIDGE project focuses on three work packages designed to engage sequentially with stakeholder and target groups in each country to engage, understand and respond to autistic voices about their lived experience on digital platforms and media and their views of their online lives. The work packages will begin with desk research of the literature in each country on the use of the internet by autistic youth (age 18-30). There is a dearth of literature from autistic voices on how the internet can add value to their lives through access to others with similar interests, values and viewpoints. Findings from the literature review indicated: Autistic youth actively participate in online environments; and they exhibit distinct usage patterns compared to their neurotypical peers (preference for YouTube but lower engagement with applications like TikTok and Snapchat)(Cardillo, et al., 2025). Work package one has developed a dataset of autistic views and autism informed knowledge through desk research of the literature available and a scoping review of the legislation, structures, policies and supports available to autistic youth and families in each partner country. Findings from these reports inform the ethical design and approval of co participatory research activities with autistic youth, families of autistic youth and professionals such as youth workers, psychologists, social workers and teachers who work with autistic youth. In co-produced research, decisions are made through a democratic and non-hierarchical group agreement process (Stark, et al., 2021). Findings from these rich datasets underpinned by existing literature and insight into national policies and supports inform work package three which focuses on interactive workshops with families and youths to explore and discuss research findings. There is a strong case for co-design with autistic youth to make materials usable and effective (Stark et al., 2021). The inter-generational discussions will produce recommendations and suggestions for practical aids, tools and tips for families and autistic youth on the Internet. Participants will be supported in creating autism informed materials for awareness raising events and the online toolkit. Work package four while primarily focusing on the design, development and content creation of the online toolkit includes needs analysis workshops with professionals to ensure that the research findings are shared and professional insight, advice and suggestions are integrated into the online resource. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Outcomes The outcomes of the BRIDGE project are being disseminated widely across Europe and the online toolkit will be available from December of this year. BRIDGE aims to produce a valuable resource for all stakeholders, autism informed and created by autistic youth, their families, and professionals working with the autistic community. The toolkit will provide insight, advice and guidance into the lived experience of autistic people online, their nuanced understanding of the challenges of online spaces and the problems associated with digital life. Project outcomes will include national and transnational literature reviews on autistic youth’s use of the Internet and their digital lives; national and transnational reports on legislation, policy and supports for autistic people; national and transnational research findings from co produced research activities with autistic youth and their families, and professionals; and will promote digital literacy by facilitating awareness raising and discussion on the use of the Internet and online spaces between autistic youth and their families. Professionals will share expertise and insight through the online resource while learning from autistic youth and families about the benefits of digital spaces to autistic youth. The online toolkit will address the intergenerational understanding of digital use, promoting digital readiness and resilience across stakeholder groups and the public. References AsIam. (2025). Training and Accreditation. Available at: https://asiam.ie/what-we-do/training-accreditation#Autism-Friendly-Accreditation [Accessed on 6 January 2026. Bölte S, Leifler E, Berggren S, Borg A. Inclusive practice for students with neurodevelopmental disorders in Sweden. Scand J Child Adolesc Psychiatr Psychol. 2021 Jan 29;9:9-15. doi: 10.21307/sjcapp-2021-002. Cardillo, R., Marino, C., Collini, M., Vieno, A., Spada, M.M., Mammarella, I.C. (2025). Browsing problematic social media use in autism spectrum disorder: The role of social anxiety, Addictive Behaviors, Vol. 162. Davidson, J. (2008). Autistic culture online: Virtual communication and cultural expression on the spectrum. Social & cultural geography, 9(7), 791-806. Giles, D. C. (2014). ‘DSM-V is taking away our identity’: The reaction of the online community to the proposed changes in the diagnosis of Asperger’s disorder. Health:, 18(2), 179-195. Kuo, Yu-Chun & Walker, Andrew & Schroder, Kerstin & Belland, Brian. (2014). Interaction, Internet self-efficacy, and self- regulated learning as predictors of student satisfaction in online education courses. The Internet and Higher Education. 20. 35-50. 10.1016/j.iheduc.2013.10.001. Milton, D., Mills, R., & Pellicano, E. (2012). Ethics and Autism: Where is the Autistic voice? Commentary on Post et al. Journal of Autism and developmental disorders, 44(10), 2650-2651. Stark, E., Ali, D., Ayre, A., Schneider, N., Parveen, S., Marais, K., Holmes, N. and Pender, R., 2021. Coproduction with autistic adults: Reflections from the authentistic research collective. Autism in Adulthood, 3(2), pp.195-203. United Nations. (2006). Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities. UN General Assembly. Walker, N. (2021). Neuroqueer Heresies: Notes on the neurodiversity paradigm, Autistic empowerment, and postnormal possibilities. Autonomous Press. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 07 SES 13 B: Creating Inclusive School Communities: Anti-Racism, Safety and Belonging Location: Riffi | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Luca Agostinetto Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Anti-Racism in Catalan Schools: An Ethnographic Study of Staff Practices and Perspectives Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:In Europe, anti-racism represents a newly adopted discourse in social justice laws and programs seeking to interrupt hate speech and center racial equity (Bianchi; Müller, 2021). Bonnet (2000) articulates anti-racism as forms of thought and/or practice that work to confront and actively resist structural racism (p. 3). Recently, several legal protections have been institutionalized to counter the rise of hate crimes, such as the EU Anti-racism Action Plan 2025; nonetheless, these political advances have been limited to addressing violences pertaining to gender and sexuality, and not intersections of race and ethnicity (Debusscher & Maes, 2025).
The academic literature grappling with anti-racism in European educational contexts has been undertheorized (Lentin, 2025). This raises questions about the efficacy of its adoption (Bianchi, 2020). Issues of teacher and administrative buy-in remain vital in the progress of anti-racist agendas (Chávez-Moreno, 2023; Perry, 2002). Through ethnographic methods, this qualitative study examines institutional conceptualizations of anti-racism from teacher and administrative perspectives in the context of Catalan public schools. In Spain, albeit democratic gains after the 40-year Francoist dictatorship, pervasive racist discourses that uphold whiteness are reminiscent of the country’s fascist and colonial past (Bela-Lobedde, 2023; Lentin, 2025). McIntosh (2019) describes whiteness as “an invisible package of unearned assets that [one] can count on cashing in each day…an invisible weightless knapsack of special provisions, assurances, and tools” (p. 28). White privilege, a product of white supremacy, allows for the inequitable distribution of resources and access to power (Chávez-Moreno, 2023; Harris, 1993; Perry, 2002). Critical Race Scholars have first sought to illuminate the ways unfair advantage is abetted and maintained through the construction of whiteness in the United States schools (Ladson-Billings, 2000; Parker & Gillborn, 2020). European schools are not neutral spaces either, “being designed to institutionalise Eurocentric norms and in the process ostracize minoritized ethnic perspectives” (Riley et al., 2025, p. 1). Anti-racism, as an educational praxis, counters such assimilationist logics and challenges the unjust distribution of resources sanctioned through institutionalized forms of racism (Bianchi, 2020; Bonilla-Silva, 2013; Lentin, 2025). The inclusion of counternarratives has been documented as an effective anti-racist pedagogy aimed at interrupting racist ideologies and addressing uneven power dynamics among educational stakeholders (Chávez-Moreno, 2023; Delgado & Stefancic, 2017).
A central goal of anti-racist education is to reimagine school as a site to challenge dominant ideology and academic reasoning (Bela-Lobedded, 2023; Lentin, 2025). Ladson-Billings (2000) argues that “there are well-developed systems of knowledge, or epistemologies, that stand in contrast to the dominant Euro-American epistemology” (p. 258). Identifying and challenging oppressive Eurocentric perspectives remains at the core of an anti-racism praxis, which is able to illuminate and bring to question current and historical power relations. It is important to note that the inclusion of non-western epistemologies is not simply a measure to diversify scholarship and praxis, but “to challenge the hegemonic structures (and symbols) that keep injustice and inequity in place” (Ladson-Billings, 2000, p. 271). Anti-racism therefore consists of a radical re-imagining of our world, grounded in the counternarratives and epistemologies of those in positions of alterity (Solórzano & Yosso, 2002). In this anti-racist stand, it is important that educators are consistent and coherent in instructional programs and curricula (Lentin, 2025). Newmann et. al (2001) maintain that instructional program coherence is more likely to advance student achievement more than multiple unrelated programs (p. 297). The practice of coherence in anti-racist practices stimulates student engagement and knowledge when school staff work collaboratively with local communities (Chávez-Moreno, 2023; Jones, 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The methodology of this qualitative study is that of ethnography based on interview and observation data. Individual interviews and observations of secondary school teachers and administrators in Barcelona, Catalunya, were conducted for a period of an academic year, from September 2023 to June 2024. Barcelona is a highly multicultural city with foreign national residents comprising 27% of the population. The racialized communities originally come from Latin American countries (Perú, Colombia, Mexico, Ecuador, among others), Morocco, Pakistan and China (Statistical Institute of Catalonia, 2025). Catalan and Spanish are official languages in the region, and students are required to study both languages at school (Castell Orell, 2024). However, issues of representation are widespread, since the majority of school staff in Catalan schools remains predominantly white, female and of Spanish/Catalan origin (Hugues Canalís, 2020). The main participants of this study included 20 teachers, 6 principals, and 12 psychopedagogues working in Catalan public schools. Most of the participants are white women, with the exception of 5 male teachers, and 6 female teachers with double nationality (1 Moroccan, 1 Brasilian, 1 Chinese, 3 Latinx) and 2 queer Latinx psychopedagogues (1 Ecuadoran, 1 Argentinean). The teachers worked in biology, (foreign) languages, history, and music disciplines. A total of 18 different observations lasting approximately for 1 hour took place during the academic year. Observations focused on professional development sessions for school staff (8) and classroom settings with the high school students (10). Informal interviews with high school students took place during the observations, as the main researcher was an active participant in the classroom. Individual 45-minute semi-structured interviews with teachers occurred during and after professional development meetings. The interviews with the principals took place at the end of the academic year in June 2024. The interviews and observations focused on analyzing the schools’ implementation of an anti-racist instructional focus and the professional development surrounding it. Pseudonyms were used in the study to protect schools and participants’ confidentiality. Data were analyzed following central tenets of critical race theory in the context of anti-racist education (Delgado & Stefancic, 2017). These elements included: racial literacy, counternarratives, intersectionality, and political alliances. This research was led by a racialized Spanish scholar who lived for 20 years in the U.S. as an immigrant woman. Being also European, it is vital to acknowledge and interrupt biased understandings of race and racism, and join local efforts for the advancement of racial justice in Catalunya. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In conceptualizing anti-racism, the principals tended to overlook the historical processes of race and white property. When discussing her conception of anti-racism, a principal referred to the schools’ Quality School Plan, describing: “the transition from symbolic diversity to an anti-racist, multicultural institution by providing students with the opportunity to engage in analytical reasoning through culturally proficient curriculum and instruction that fosters rigor and depth”. In addition, 4 principals expressed a concern about pervasive racial biases among school staff that worked as a hidden curriculum (Chávez-Moreno, 2023). Susana, a Moroccan psychopedagogue, explained the urgency to bring “unconscious biases to a conscious level.” Catalan students showed an open attitude to engage in challenging conversations around race and racism. In an observation (May, 2024), a female Catalan history teacher asked the students to watch documentaries on hate crimes. The students presented these video materials, challenging racial ideologies. Reflecting on their (un)learnings, one high school student expressed: “it was like I became a better person.” Another student acknowledged: “I was so ashamed of myself for thinking Moroccans are all the same, it is just like thinking Catalans we are all the same.” Marcos, a biology teacher, relied on counternarratives to unpack the topic of Covid-19, noting how “it is about having them (students) think more complexly, and helping them (students) recognize and appreciate each other’s humanity.” Sonia described the use of counternarratives as “planting a seed [...] helping them (students) to question injustices in our daily lives,” but also underlined the need for accountability, regretting how “it is always hard for people in power to take responsibility.” Lyn, a queer Latinx pedagogue, described their work for the inclusion of recently migrated youth, and underlined the importance of fostering reciprocity among all learners, “rethinking how they see themselves as citizens.” References Bela-Lobedded, D. (2023). Ponte a punto para el antirracismo. SomosB. Bianchi, C. (2020). Hate speech: il lato oscuro del linguaggio. Giuffrè Editore. Bonnett, A. (2000). Anti-racism. New York, New York: Routledge. Chávez-Moreno, L. (2023). Racist and racistlinguistic teacher ideologies. The Urban Review, 54(4), 554-575. Debusscher, P., & Maes, E. L. (2025). The European Union intersectionality framework: Unpacking intersectionality in the ‘union of equality” agenda. Political Studies Review, 23(1), 276-296. Dei, G. J., & Mcdermott, M. (2014). Politics of anti-racism education: In search of strategies for transformative learning. Dordrecht: Springer. Delgado, R., & Stefancic, J. (2012) Critical Race Theory: An Introduction. NY University Press. Gillborn, D. (1995). Racism and anti-racism in real schools. Open University Press. Harris, C. I. (1993). Whiteness as property. Harvard Law Review, 106 (8), 1707-1791. Jones, M. (2025). Prospects and challenges of antiracist pedagogy in Finnish secondary schools. Human Rights Education Review, 8(1), 107-120. Ladson-Billings, G. (2000). Racialized Discourses and Ethnic Epistemologies. In Handbook of Qualitative Research. London, United Kingdom: Sage Publications. Laubenthal, B. (2023). Assimilation, Integration or Transnationalism? An Overview of Theories of Migrant Incorporation. International Migration, 61(1), 84-91. Lentin, A. (2025). Racism and anti-racism in Europe. Pluto Press. McIntosh, P. (2019). White privilege and male privilege: A personal account of coming to see correspondences through work in women’s studies. In M. McGoldrick & K. V. Hardy (Eds.), Re-visioning family therapy: Addressing diversity in clinical practice(3rd ed., pp. 215–225). The Guilford Press. Müller, C. (2021). Anti-Racism in Europe: An intersectional approach to the discourse on empowerment through the EU Anti-racism action plan 2020-2025. Social Sciences, 10(4), 1-18. Newmann, F. M., Smith, B., Allensworth, E., & Bryk, A. S. (2001). Instructional program coherence: What it is and why it should guide school improvement policy. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 23(4), 297-321. Perry, P. (2002). Shades of white: White kids and racial identities in high school. Duke University Press. Solórzano, D. G., and Yosso, T. J. (2002). Critical race methodology: Counter-storytelling as an analytical framework for Education Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 8 (1), 23-44. Starkey, H. (2021). Classroom counternarratives as transformative multicultural citizenship education. Multicultural Education Review, 13(3), 229-244. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Students Creating Safety in the Everyday of School Oulun yliopisto, kasvatustieteiden ja psykologian tiedekunta, Finland Presenting Author:Violence among young people is usually discussed only as bullying, and the hurtful intentions and hostile relations between the bully and the victim are taken as granted (Väisänen & Lanas 2022a, 2023). This view overlooks violence taking place in close peer relationships and the mechanisms normalizing it. These mechanisms are informed by exclusionary social norms and inequalities related to appearance, style, hobbies, wealth, linguistic talent, sexual orientation, skin colour, religion, place of residence and gender representation (e.g. Boyle & Berridge, 2012; Duncan, 2013; Horton, 2011; Juva, 2022). The paper at hand reports one part of a larger research project in which we produced knowledge about the mechanisms that normalise friendship violence among young people. Joining contemporary childhood studies that increasingly challenge adult‑centred framings children’s active participation in constructing their social worlds, we showcase how young people create safety in the everyday life of school in the midst of mechanisms normalizing violence. Violence in school is commonly discussed in terms of bullying, and young people are commonly viewed as the perpetrators, victims or as bystanders in bullying situations in school. Their actions for preventing bullying or violence in school tend to be seen simply in terms of how obediently they obey adult-driven models. In this research we see students neither as helpless or harmful objects of adult interventions. We see them as active participants, purposefully creating safety in the everyday life of school. We define violence as anything done to hurt or upset another person, including structural, systemic and symbolic violence. These forms of violence refer to violence and inequality produced by societal power struggles for example through everyday school practices (Holmes, 2013), where it is not recognised as violence but remains invisible (Herr & Anderson, 2003). The effect of systemic violence stems from it not being identified as violence, but as "just the way things are" (Bourdieu & Wacquant, 1992, 204). Violence or safety from it cannot be understood without addressing broader social conditions and phenomena such as racism, heteronormativity, gender discrimination, economic inequality, or social norms. These have been obscured in majority of bullying research (Väisänen & Lanas 2022b, 2023; Walton 2011). Such research repeatedly decontextualises and individualizes violence focusing on standardized models ad solutions (Väisänen & Lanas 2022, 2023), paints a negative picture of the children it is supposed to help (Väisänen & Lanas 2020), and overly focuses on punishments (Väisänen & Lanas 2025). The mechanisms normalizing violence are particularly salient in school because attending education is obligatory for every young person, and it is a key place for peer contacts (Kiilakoski & Lanas, 2022); it creates ideas about friendship and violence by teaching social skills (Finnish National Agency for Education 2014, 156); and due to its societal selection function (Simola, 2015) everyday school life also produces multiple exclusionary micro-level practices and creates otherness and hidden exclusions in peer groups (Watson, 2019). In this paper we have asked how students navigate these mechanisms and create safety in the everyday life of school. The question emerges from our ethnographic fieldwork. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper reports one part of a larger study we have observed everyday practices and lives in three schools from grades 4 to 6, for 3 months, three days a week (a total of 96 days of observation in the schools). Using ethnographic methods, three researchers observed mundane practices, followed chains of events, mapped histories and the multi-sited events that emerged in the everyday school life. Researchers took part in activities in lessons, breaks, halls and lunchroom. The three ethnographic researchers kept a diary of their observations. Each week during the ethnography the five project researchers met to analyse the events and jointly directed the researchers’ gaze. The ethnographic analysis has run in parallel with the ethnography. As planned, the diaries included a lot of observations of the difficulties and challenges of peer relations in school. However, after the first month, we noted each researcher’s observations included multiple descriptions of situations in which the children themselves brought the mechanisms of violence in to question by small actions, creating safety in multiple small, mundane, unnoticed ways. We decided to direct the ethnographic gaze also to these. It was like making the invisible visible: while the field was filled with challenges and difficulties, it was also filled with diplomacy, kind words, care, negotiation, support, closeness, commitment, breaking or following norms, working together. For this paper, we have taken out every extract from the diaries in which the students produced safety for themselves or others, all together 15pages, and carried out a simple thematic analysis to the extracts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis shows that students produced safety in school by questioning the mechanisms that normalisd violence, life in multiple different ways. Results are preliminary, since the ethnography is just coming to an end. These preliminary results suggest that students: 1) are aware and question oppressive norms, making each other feel safe when there are aspects of systemic violence in their surroundings 2) create practices of tenderness and care. Who is in the position to create these practices in impactful ways is a question of power and status. These are also at times directed at some children more than others, making safety a commodity. 3) create safety for themselves, at times at the expense of others, for example by trying to help their own fear of exclusion These commonly took place without adult support and unrecognized by adults. References Bourdieu, P., & Wacquant, L. (1992). An invitation to reflexive sociology. Polity Press. Boyle, K., & Berridge, S. (2012). I love you, man: Gendered narratives of friendship in contemporary Hollywood comedies. Feminist Media Studies, 14(3), 353–368. Duncan, N. (2013). Using disability models to rethink bullying in schools. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 8(3), 254–262. Finnish National Agency for Education. (2014). National core curriculum for basic education 2014. Opetushallitus. Herr, K., & Anderson, G. (2003). Violent youth or violent schools? A critical incident analysis of symbolic violence. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 6(4), 415–433. Holmes, S. M. (2013). Fresh fruit, broken bodies: Migrant farmworkers in the United States. University of California Press. Horton, P. (2011). School bullying and social and moral orders. Children & Society, 25(4), 268–277. Juva, I. (2022). Constructing and confronting bullying and normality at Finnish comprehensive schools from the perspective of critical bullying studies. Research Papers in Education, 37(4), 584–598. Lanas, M., & Kiilakoski, T. (2022). Kahden kehän koulu. In M. Lanas & T. Kiilakoski (Eds.), Häiriö? – Näkökulmia työrauhan säröihin koulussa (pp. 151–174). Vastapaino. Schott, R. M., & Søndergaard, D. M. (2021). The social turn in bullying research: Sociocultural/sociological perspectives. In P. K. Smith & J. O’Higgins Norman (Eds.), The Wiley Blackwell handbook of bullying: A comprehensive and international review of research and intervention (Vol. 2, pp. 783–798). Wiley. Simola, H. (2015). Koulutusihmeen paradoksit: Esseitä suomalaisesta koulutuspolitiikasta. Vastapaino. Väisänen, A.-M., & Lanas, M. (2022). Kuinka kiusaamistilanteissa olevista lapsista puhutaan? In M. Lanas & T. Kiilakoski (Eds.), Häiriö? – Näkökulmia työrauhan säröihin koulussa (pp. 31–56). Vastapaino. Väisänen, A.-M., & Lanas, M. (2022). Dekontekstualisaatio kiusaamiskirjallisuudessa. Kasvatus, 52(4), 438–449. Väisänen, A., & Lanas, M. (2023). Nuoret yksilöllistävän koulukiusaamispuheen kohteena kiusaamista koskevissa asiakirjoissa. Nuorisotutkimus, 41(2), 3–19. Walton, G. (2011). Spinning our wheels: Reconceptualizing bullying beyond behaviour focused approaches. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(1), 131–144. Watson, K. (2019). ‘We are all friends’: Disrupting friendship play discourses in inclusive early childhood education. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 20(3), 253–264. https://doi.org/10.1177/1463949118772575 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper A Multi-level Perspective on the Inclusion of Migrant Students in Croatia UNICEF, Croatia Presenting Author:Until 2020, Croatia has been a culturally and linguistically homogenous society that underwent post-socijalist transition and became a high-income and EU country. In the last five years, Croatia has seen an almost exponential growth of foreign and migrant workers and persons seeking international protection, who are all culturally and linguistically different from the domestic language and culture. The objective of the paper is to capture how a previously culturally and linguistically homogenous schooling system meets the challenge of cultural and linguistic diversification. It adds to literature on the integration of migrant students and brings the perspective of a country that has just started becoming culturally diverse. This paper analyses how Croatian primary and secondary schools adjusted to the integration of culturally and linguistically diverse students. The paper uses a child rights and social justice lens to answer the following research questions: - How do schools in Croatia implement the principles of intercultural, inclusive, and socially just education in everyday teaching practice? - Which institutional characteristics (organisational, personnel, resource, value) hinder and which facilitate the development of schools as interculturally sensitive and socially just environments? - What systematic recommendations can be formulated to strengthen the capacity of the Croatian education system to ensure intercultural, inclusive, and socially just education, especially in the context of including students with a migrant background? The theoretical framework leans on child-rights and social justice approaches, in line with UNICEF's mandate. For the specific understanding of multicultural processes in education, Banks’ (Banks, 2002; Banks et al., 2014) model of multicultural education was used. This comprehensive framework, identifies five interrelated dimensions and explains the shift from a paradigm of cultural deprivation to one of cultural diversity, essential for ensuring quality education for culturally and ethnically diverse students: content integration, knowledge construction, prejudice reduction, equitable pedagogy, and an empowering school culture and social structure. Banks’ model of multicultural education wasan appropriate starting point for considering the inclusion of students of migrant origin in the educational process, precisely because of its multidimensionality, which highlights that the complex process of educational inclusion cannot be reduced to a folkloric approach – namely, the mere inclusion of superficial information about students’ cultures and identities in teaching. Instead, it emphasises the necessity of a systematic approach, supported by the engagement of not only the school community but also actors at the macro level of the system, to create an environment in which students feel accepted, respected, and supported (Bartulović, 2025). The paper draws on a critical professional development perspective, which positions teachers as reflective practitioners and agents of social change (i.e. Frost et al 2026). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is a result of the triangulation of three interconnected data sources, providing an in-depth, multidimensional understanding of inclusive and intercultural education in the Croatian context. The first source is a national mixed-methods study involving educators, students, and parents in early years, preschool, primary, and secondary education. Data were collected through a combination of online questionnaires, focus groups, semi-structured interviews, and analysis of relevant documents, enabling comparison of quantitative patterns and qualitative insights. An online questionnaire was created for quantitative data collection and distributed via the LimeSurvey platform. The questionnaire used in this study was designed to identify the professional development needs of pedagogicstaff working with children with a migrant background. The instrument was structured within the methodological framework of the Delphi method, allowing for a systematic and iterative approach to gathering expert input from professionals in the field of education. 81 participants working in the field of ECEC or primary education and 80 participants from lower secondary and upper secondary levels of education completed the online questionnaire. A total of 67 educational professionals, 36 parents of children with a migrant background, and 23 students with a migrant background took part in the focus groups. The focus groups were conducted according toa previously defined protocol, and the results were analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2020; Braun & Clarke, 2006). The second source of data consist of a review of 107 international and national documents, observation and both unstrucutred and structured stakeholder consultations. The third data source is participatory action research conducted in five Croatian schools. This process included guided self-assessment of institutional capacities, co-creation of school-level Action Plans for inclusion, implementation of targeted professional training, mentoring activities, monitoring and evaluation of changes in school practices. Together, these three complementary sources enable a holistic, multilevel analysis and provide a robust empirical foundation for understanding and improving intercultural and inclusive education in Croatia. Before starting, the research received approval from the Ethics Committee for Scientific Research at the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences, University of Zagreb, and the Ministry of Science, Education and Youth. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Croatia, being a relative newcomer to inclusion of cultural and linguistic diversity, still has a way to go to in setting up systems for including migrant students. There is opportunity, as teachers generally motivated to meet the needs of children with a migrant background, but that they feel isolated and insecure on whether they are really supporting the integration of those students. The data reveal numerous underlying systemic shortcomings, such as the lack of standards on intercultural education, the lack of intercultural education in teacher training and professional development, the scarcity of teachers with skills to teach Croatia as an additional language, and the lack of data on migrant students that would ease planning and support. The study reveals that inclusive and socially just education for migrant and linguistically diverse learners is not achieved through isolated initiatives, but through coherent, relational and systemically supported practices. The findings demonstrate that inclusion improves when schools are supported to plan, reflect and collaborate within a coherent policy and professional learning framework. The paper proposes a multi-level capacity-building model that connects policy alignment, professional development and school-based action. It contributes empirical evidence from a Central and Eastern European context and offers transferable insights for strengthening inclusive education across Europe. References European Commission. (2020, November 24). Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions: Action plan on Integration and Inclusion 2021–2027 (COM/2020/758 final). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0758 European Commission. (2021, March 24). EU strategy on the rights of the child (COM/2021/142 final). Publications Office of the European Union. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52021DC0142 Cooc, N. & Kim, G. M. (2023). School inclusion of refugee students: Recent trends from international data. Educational Researcher, 52(4), 206-218. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X221149396 Banks, J. A. (2002). An Introduction to Multicultural Education. Allyn and Bacon. Banks, J. A. & Banks, C. A. M. (Ed.). (2016). Multicultural education: Issues and perspectives. Ninth Edition. John Wiley i Sons. Bartulović, M. (in press). Experiences, challenges and needs of primary and secondary school teachers in working with students of migrant origin. In D. Bouillet & A. Širanović (Eds.), Children of migrant origin in the Croatian educational system: status and perspectives (pp. 68–97). FF Press, University of Zagreb Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Braun, V.&i Clarke, V. (2020). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238 Frost, D., Durrant, J., Hill, V., Holden, G., Roberts, A. (2026) Teachers and the Prctice of Leadership: Enabling Change for Transformation and Social Justice. Oxon: Routledge. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 07 SES 13 C: Contemporary Challenges for Social Justice in Education Location: Duetto 1 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Natasa Ciabatti Paper Session |
|
|
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Silence and Other Forms of Strategic Ambiguity in Adult Education Research and Practice OISE/University of Toronto, Canada Presenting Author:Scholars of linguistics, communication studies, literary theory, political science, philosophy, feminist scholarship, and queer studies, have done significant work on silence and other forms of strategic ambiguity employed by participants in interactive contexts. While intriguing, strategically ambiguous communication—a sophisticated means by which individuals, in registering the power dynamics and interactive norms of a given context, simultaneously express and protect themselves—operates per se outside the limits of visibility and legibility. Examples of this phenomenon take place in adult education research and practice, both spontaneously and even in preplanned forms. Students may choose not to respond (or to respond differently than expected) when prompted by a teacher, or when participants in a research study choose not to answer a particular question on written or in conversation-based data collection processes (e.g., Entigar, 2025). Such cases can evoke a disruption to the communicative process whereby those in power (teachers, researchers) ask and those subject to this power (students, research participants) may be forced to reckon with their de facto onto-epistemic and ethical authority in meaning making. At the same time, the intentional creation of opportunities for individuals to contribute agentively and creatively, including in strategically ambiguous ways, can gesture toward a novel politics of learning which refuses to accept the tacit normative enclosures of our work. I suggest that while approaching strategic ambiguity in communication is complex because it is difficult to observe—let alone analyze and interpret—we might consider that such difficulties to be an invitation for different thinking. Interweaving women of colour feminist scholarship, critical social epistemology, legal studies, performance theory, and applied linguistics, I call for a calibration of the lens by which we approach the silence of participants in the learning process. Reflecting with new eyes upon strategically ambiguous communication in education—of which silence is but one example—can shed light upon ongoing harms enacted upon learners, particularly those whose ways of being and knowing are subsumed to established educational norms as well as the white cisheteropatriarchal and settler colonialist norms which continue to inform our work. We might, in doing this, begin to reckon with our unilateral onto-epistemic and ethical authority as academics and practitioners to speak for silence and other forms of strategic ambiguity when we make claims about its meaning, which can have immediate and far-reaching consequences. I will present my conceptual, empirical, and community-based work on silence (Entigar, 2020, 2025), including where I have failed to apprehend—by which I mean both “to understand” and “to arrest or enclose”—silence. As a community-based adult practitioner, a researcher exploring student silences, and a queer and trans community group facilitator, I bring examples of how I have encountered, prepared for, and employed silence in activities of belonging, healing, and possibilizing different collective futures. This discussion will provoke thinking about the ethics and politics inherent to pedagogical and methodological decision-making in adult education as we let in silence, as storyteller, as soothsayer, as Tiresias and as trickster and imagine possibilities for our work with those like and different from us. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Study #1 (2018): multiphase qualitative inquiry using surveys, focus groups Study #2 (2024): multiphase qualitative inquiry using surveys, focus groups Study #3 (2026): multiphase qualitative inquiry using surveys, interviews Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This discussion will provoke thinking about the ethics and politics inherent to pedagogical and methodological decision-making in adult education. It will generate innovations in teacher training/education, classroom practice, research design, and university-community partnership building in relation to adult education with transnational people (who may be racialized and/or multilingual and may be subject to precarious status or forced displacement), LGBTQ+ people, and/or people with disabilities. References Alcoff, L. (1991). The problem of speaking for others. Cultural Critique, 20(20), 5–32. Arya, D. J., & Carter, R. G. S. (2006). Of things said and unsaid: Power, archival silences, and power in silence. Archivaria 61 (September), 215–233. Clarysse, L. B., & Moore, S. A. (2019). Silencing indigenous knowledge systems: Analysis of Canadian educational, legal, and administrative practice. International Journal of Law and Public Administration, 2(1), 2576–2184. Coombs, D., Park, H. Y., & Fecho, B. (2014). A silence that wants to be heard: Suburban Korean American students in dialogue with invisibility. Race Ethnicity and Education, 17(2), 242–263. Dodson, L., & Schmalzbauer, L. (2005). Poor mothers and habits of hiding: Participatory methods in poverty research. Journal of Marriage and Family, 67(4), 949–959. Entigar, K. E. (2017). The limits of pedagogy: Diaculturalist pedagogy as paradigm shift in the education of adult immigrants. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 25(3), 347–356. Entigar, K. E. (2020). Unintelligible silence: Challenging academic authority in a new socio- dialogic politics of the real for collective justice and transformation. Outlines. Critical Practice Studies, 21(1), 6–18. Erincin, S. (2016). Introduction: On minorities, silence, stillness, and resistance. Liminalities, 10(1), 1–7. Guillaume, X., & Schweiger, E. (2018). Silence as doing. In Political Silence (1st ed., Vol. 1, pp. 96–111). Routledge. Hao, R. N. (2011). Rethinking critical pedagogy: Implications on silence and silent bodies. Text and Performance Quarterly, 31(3), 267–284. Khan, M. (2021). Pedagogy of pain: Pulling passion, potential, and possibility from the pain of silence and truth telling. Diaspora, Indigenous, and Minority Education, 15(4), 252–262. Morison, T., & Macleod, C. (2014). When veiled silences speak: Reflexivity, trouble and repair as methodological tools for interpreting the unspoken in discourse-based data. Qualitative Research, 14(6), 694–711. Mushin, I., & Gardner, R. (2009). Silence is talk: Conversational silence in Australian aboriginal talk-in-interaction. Journal of Pragmatics, 41(10), 2033–2052. Sarikakis, K. (2012). Access denied: The anatomy of silence, immobilization and the gendered migrant. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 35(5), 800–816. Thomson, S., Parpart, J. L., & Parashar, S. (2019). Engaged silences as political agency in post- genocide Rwanda: Jeanne’s story. In Rethinking silence, voice and agency in contested gendered terrains (1st ed., Vol. 1, pp. 111–123). Routledge. Vetter, A. (2022). Silence(ing) across learning spaces: New considerations for educational research aims and rationale. Linguistics and Education, 68, 100965. Zembylas, M., & Michaelides, P. (2004). The sound of silence in pedagogy. Educational Theory, 54(2), 193–210. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Ignite Talk The Price of Intelligence: Mapping the “$20 Barrier” as a New Frontier of Educational Inequality East China Normal University Presenting Author:1. Topic, Research Questions, and Objectives By 2026, Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) has transitioned from a supplementary tool to foundational "cognitive infrastructure". However, a phenomenon termed the "Double-Speed Classroom" is emerging: a crisis where premium algorithmic resources are cordoned off behind a structural economic barrier. This research interrogates the “$20 Intelligence Barrier": a term derived from the de facto industry standard pricing (e.g., ChatGPT Plus, Claude Pro) which imposes a fixed monthly cost of $20 USD globally, regardless of local purchasing power. This research addresses two primary questions:
2. Conceptual and Theoretical Framework This study integrates Bourdieu’s theory of Cultural Capital with Jan van Dijk’s "Third-level Digital Divide," which focuses on the inequity of outcomes resulting from the quality of resource access. We also draw upon Distributed Leadership theory, positing that leadership is a practice "stretched" across people and tools. To operationalize these theories, we introduce two original mathematical models:
3. European and International Dimension This research provides a critical blueprint for global educational justice by synthesizing 2025/2026 data from the World Bank, OECD, and ITU. Our preliminary comparative modeling uncovers a profound injustice: the $20 monthly fee represents a negligible 0.4% of disposable income in affluent regions (e.g., USA), yet escalates to 13.3% in lower-income contexts (e.g., Nepal, Ethiopia). This 30-fold disparity signifies a new era of "Cognitive Colonialism". In alignment with the ECER 2026 theme of "Knowing and Acting," this study transforms the knowledge of the AABI into transformative actions through the Algorithmic Equity Toolkit, ensuring that academic success remains determined by merit and agency rather than household purchasing power. Note to Reviewers: While I am submitting this as Ignite Talk to contribute to the high-level dialogue in NW 07, I am equally open to presenting this research in a Poster format should the committee find it more suitable for the program's interactive sessions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a Mixed-Methods Concurrent Triangulation design to integrate macro-socioeconomic modeling with micro-institutional analysis. 1. Quantitative Component: The AI Access Burden Index (AABI) The quantitative phase utilizes secondary data analysis from the 2024-2025 OECD "Education at a Glance" reports and World Bank Open Data. (1) The "$20 Barrier": The analysis is anchored to the $240 annual subscription cost ($20/month) of industry-standard premium models (e.g., ChatGPT Plus), representing the baseline for high-reasoning AI access. (2) AABI Calculation: The index is operationalized as: (Subscription Cost / Mean Monthly Disposable Income ) × 100%. This metric identifies the "stratification threshold" where AI access becomes a prohibitive "Cognitive Tariff". 2. Qualitative Component: Theoretical Calibration and Expert Consultation The researcher will participate in an academic week at Harvard University, Boston College, and NYU in April 2026 (Note: the original materials for this academic week are unrelated to the current research topic, which has been developed specifically for the ECER conference). During this period, the researcher will take the opportunity to engage in "Theoretical Stress-Testing" and informal consultations regarding the LEGA variables (Human Agency ξ, Governance Capacity Gcap, and Cognitive Debt Δgap) with international experts. This process involves seeking critical feedback on the model’s internal logic and variable weightings. Subsequently, the ECER conference will serve as the primary international forum to formally present and further refine the LEGA framework based on integrated scholarly insights. 3. Research Instrument: The LEGA Decision Equation The core instrument is the LEGA Framework, which evaluates institutional resilience via a non-linear equation: LEGA = [Agency (ξ) * Governance_Capacity (Gcap)] / [AABI * (1 + ln(1 + Cognitive_Debt (△gap)))]. Logic: A natural logarithm (ln) is applied to Cognitive Debt to simulate the non-linear, compounding nature of algorithmic disparity over time. 4. Data Synthesis and Simulation Quantitative data are processed via R/SPSS for correlation analysis. Qualitative insights are synthesized using NVivo. Finally, a Governance Simulation tests how changes in Gcap can mathematically offset the negative impact of AABI. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research expects to deliver a 2026 Global Diagnosis of AI Access Burden. By applying the AABI Index, the study will provide the first empirical mapping of how the "$20 Intelligence Barrier" manifests as a "Cognitive Tariff" across diverse socioeconomic strata. This diagnostic report will serve as a baseline for identifying districts where algorithmic stratification has reached critical levels. A second primary outcome is the Validated LEGA Decision Model. The framework will first undergo a phase of theoretical stress-testing with experts at Harvard University, Boston College, and NYU in April 2026. Subsequently, the model will be presented at the ECER conference for a second round of high-level validation and peer-refinement through dialogues with the international expert community. This two-stage verification process ensures the model provides school administrators with a robust "health metric" to determine whether their current institutional resilience (Gcap) is sufficient to neutralize the algorithmic burdens (AABI) and cognitive debt (△gap) faced by their student populations. Furthermore, the study will culminate in the "Algorithmic Equity Toolkit" for school leaders. This practical manual translates mathematical variables—Human Agency (ξ), Governance Capacity (Gcap), and Cognitive Debt (△gap)—into actionable leadership strategies.Theoretically, this research extends the "Third-level Digital Divide" into the realm of algorithmic asset returns. By redefining the school leader as an "Institutional Architect," the project ensures that academic success remains determined by merit and agency (ξ) rather than household purchasing power. References Helsper, E. J. (2021). The Digital Disconnect: The Social Causes and Consequences of Digital Inequalities. SAGE Publications. Van Dijk, J. (2020). The Digital Divide. John Wiley & Sons. Van Deursen, A. J., & Van Dijk, J. A. (2015). The digital divide shifts to differences in usage. New Media & Society, 17(3), 376-391. Harris, A. (2013). Distributed Leadership in Practice. Springer Science & Business Media. Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed Leadership. Jossey-Bass. Rawls, J. (1999). A Theory of Justice (Revised ed.). Harvard University Press. Selwyn, N. (2024). Artificial Intelligence and the Future of Education: Critical Perspectives. Routledge. OECD. (2024). Education at a Glance 2024: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. UNESCO Publishing. UNESCO. (2025a). AI and the future of education: Disruptions, dilemmas and directions. UNESCO Publishing. UNESCO. (2025b). AI and education: Protecting the rights of learners. UNESCO Publishing. UNESCO. (2024). AI competency framework for teachers. UNESCO Publishing. OECD. (2025). Education at a Glance 2025: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. OECD. (2024). Education at a Glance 2024: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Migration, Plurality and Social Justice: Restructuring Discourse in the Context of Data-based School Development in Germany University of Education Karlsruhe, Germany Presenting Author:Concepts of ‘social justice and intercultural education’ as well as the understanding of their complex connections mark a contested field (Krüger-Potratz 2018, 2005; Bhatti/Leeman 2011; Diehm/Radtke 1999). In the late 20th and early 21st century, interpretation conflicts surrounding migration, the pluralisation of society and appropriate policy and pedagogical responses to it, have been more and more characterised by references to “scientifically based” findings (Bartels et al. 2023). Thus, the interrelationship between social and educational research, politics and institutional practice has also become the subject of critical research and self-understanding debates. In Germany, intensive research has been conducted on the “discovery” of the supposed problems in schools and vocational training faced by the descendants of “guest workers”, who had been settling in the Federal Republic of Germany since the post-war decades, by the social sciences (Czock 1993; Griese 1984). However, little research has been done yet on the more recent restructuring of the nexus between scientific research, education policy and practice in the course of implementing data-based school development in terms of social justice, plurality and democratic participation. The submitted paper examines the implications and consequences of the ongoing establishment of data-driven education policy and education management in the field of migration and schools. The starting point is the observation that the so called New Educational Governance as a transnational school reform concept – based on the two pillars of deregulation and privatization of (formerly) welfare state responsibility for education and, at the same time, stronger central control via quantitative (output) indicators – has profoundly changed educational policies and systems in normative and structural-organisational terms in Germany as in many other countries, particularly in the Anglo-American world. The introduction briefly outlines how in Germany, a phase of deregulation in the 1990s was followed by the implementation of a new national overall strategy for the development and assurance of the quality of teaching and schools, employing performance studies, national educational standards, competence-oriented instruction, indicator-based education reporting and the quest for evidence-based education (KMK 2016). Especially in the initial phase, the improvement of the educational success of children and young people with a migration history and/or from socioeconomically deprived family background has been declared a priority and education as a main field of “integration work” (KMK 2006: 2). By means of a document analysis and a series of expert interviews with stakeholders in school administration and civil society organisations, it is investigated how and with which consequences educational requirements of the (post-)migration society are incorporated into new output-oriented and data-based school governance – and thereby (re-)conceptualized, distorted or excluded. The theoretical frame draws on political-sociological policy research (e.g. Grek/Maroy/Verger 2021; Parreira do Amaral/Steiner-Khamsi/Thompson 2019). In contrast to a pragmatic-functionalist perspective, new educational governance is conceived as a technical and social apparatus that always has an impact beyond its technical purposes by conveying normative orientations and values and contributing to the institutionalisation of social power and difference orders (Grek/Maroy/Verger 2021, 7f.). To conceptualise the (re)constitution of school knowledge orders in terms of inclusion, justice and democracy, approaches from discourse and governmentality research are used (Forster 2015; Krasmann 2007). The findings indicate that current initiatives to reduce educational inequality are counteracted by complex mechanisms of depoliticizing the discourse. Pupils and parents with migration history are positioned in a new way as deficit carriers vis-à-vis the school by recourse to ethnicizing and culturalizing attributions, while transformational educational and school development processes tend to be blocked. Here, the dissolution of boundaries between research and politics as a dimension of the New Governance as well as the positivism of school effectiveness research form a central hinge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to highlight continuities and changes, the entire study combines a rough diachronic analysis of the school reform discourse from 1949 to 2025 with a detailed synchronic analysis of the discourse phase from 2000 to 2025. The corpus of material for the discourse analysis (Keller 2008) consists of documents published by state bodies at the federal level, primarily by the Standing Conference of the Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs of the Länder (KMK). These allow for the development of consensual political knowledge that goes beyond the cultural sovereignty of the ‘Länder’ with their respective legal and political peculiarities. Since 2000, the field of education – especially schools – has emerged as a central area of action for integration policy, and key texts on integration policy are therefore also included. In addition, a series of semi-structured guided interviews (Bogner/Littich/Menz 2005) were conducted with stakeholders in school administration and civil society organisations in various federal states. In the qualitative data analysis content analysis methods were primarily used (Kuckartz/Rädiker 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings show that, with the implementation of the data based school development a wide range of measures have been institutionalised to improve the educational success of students with a migration background and/or from disadvantaged families. However, the new regulations seem far from creating school conditions based on a human rights understanding of inclusion, in which a potentially unfinished diversity of human convictions, orientations, life paths and ways of life is unleashed and teachers and learners are encouraged and empowered to stand up against discrimination and break down structural barriers. Political spaces, as understood by Hannah Arendt (2017), in which plurality can emerge and become an opportunity for learning and educational processes for both pupils and professionals, seem to be systematically narrowed or closed off. Falling behind the awareness achieved in the 1990s that schools are social places where differences and exclusions are (co-)constructed in pedagogical interactions, claims to inclusion and justice are now largely identified with meritocracy and limited to more technical concerns of distributing scarce resources according to the indicated needs of subjects and school organisations, especially for the promotion of German language skills. At the same time, parents are increasingly being held responsible for taking personal responsibility for the educational success of their children (and that of the school). In a homogenising target group logic, pupils and parents with a migration background are positioned in a partly new way as deficit carriers vis-à-vis the school, while structural barriers and exclusions by the school institution itself – including the new management rationality – are hardly noticed. In this dominant orientation, a critical and transformative understanding of social justice and intercultural education in terms of addressing and dismantling forms of institutional discrimination in education policy and at the organisational level remains marginal. References Arendt, H. (2017 [1958]): Freiheit und Politik. Ein Vortrag. In: Arendt, Hannah: Mensch und Politik. Mit einem Nachwort von Thomas Meyer. Ditzingen, 48-88. Bartels, I./Löhr, I./Reinecke, C./Schäfer, P./Stielike, L. (Eds) (2023): Umkämpfte Begriffe der Migration. Ein Inventar. Bielefeld. Bhatti, G., & Leeman, Y. (2011). Convening a Network within the European Conference on Educational Research: A History of the Social Justice and Intercultural Education Network. European Educational Research Journal, 10(1), 129-142. https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2011.10.1.129 Bogner, A./Littig, B./Menz, W. (Ed.) (2005): Das Experteninterview. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag. Czock, H. (1993): Der Fall Ausländerpädagogik. Erziehungswissenschaftliche und bildungspolitische Codierungen der Arbeitsmigration. Frankfurt/M. Diehm, I./Radtke, F.-O. (1999): Erziehung und Migration. Eine Einführung. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer. Forster, Edgar (2015): Zur Kritik partizipativer Wissenspolitik. In: Erziehungswissenschaft 26, 50, 65-73. Grek, S./ Maroy, C./ Verger, A. (2021): Introduction: Accountability and datafication in education: Historical, transnational and conceptual perspectives. In: Dies. (eds.): World Yearbook of Education 2021. Accountability and Datafication in the Governance of Education. Milton Park, 1–22. Griese, H.M. (Ed.) (1984): Der gläserne Fremde. Leverkusen. Keller, R. (2008). Wissenssoziologische Diskursanalyse. Grundlegung eines Forschungsprogramms. Wiesbaden. Krasmann, S. (2007): Gouvernementalität: Epistemologie, Macht und Subjektivierung. In: Schützeichel, R. (Ed.): Handbuch Wissenssoziologie und Wissensforschung. Konstanz, 281-289. Krüger-Potratz, M. (2005): Interkulturelle Bildung. Eine Einführung. Münster: Waxmann. Krüger-Potratz, M. (2018): Interkulturelle Pädagogik. In: Gogolin, I./Georgi, V./Krüger-Potratz, M./Lengyel, D./Sandfuchs, U. (Hrsg.) (2018): Handbuch Interkulturelle Pädagogik. Bad Heilbrunn, 183-190. KMK (2006): Fördern und Fordern – eine Herausforderung für Bildungspolitik, Eltern, Schule und Lehrkräfte. Gemeinsame Erklärung der Bildungs- und Lehrergewerkschaften und der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 19.10.2006. KMK (2016): Gesamtstrategie Bildungsmonitoring. Beschluss der Kultusministerkonferenz vom 11.6.2015. Kukartz, U./Rädiker, S. (2024): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz. Weinheim. Parreira do Amaral, M./Steiner-Khamsi, G./Thompson, C. (Eds.) (2019): Researching the Global Education Industry. Commodification, the Market and Business Involvement. Cham. 07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper Intercultural TESOL in Community Adult Education Contexts: Insights from Australia’s Learn Local Sector Federation University, Australia Presenting Author:Community‑based adult learning and education structures, such as community learning centres and comparable models, exist in many parts of the world and are increasingly recognised as inclusive, flexible, and locally grounded providers of lifelong learning (Belete et al., 2022). Globally, UNESCO’s Fifth Global Report on Adult Learning and Education highlights that such structures remain underfunded and unevenly accessible, with migrants, older adults, and disadvantaged learners among the least likely to participate (UNESCO, 2022). Similar trends are identified in Europe, where the European Association for the Education of Adults (EAEA) reports persistent funding precarity, labour‑market dominance in policy agendas, and limited recognition of community providers’ wider social mission. In the Australian context, Adult Community Education (ACE) is understood as a distinctive “fourth sector” of education: a community‑owned, not‑for‑profit and learner‑centred system committed to accessibility and social inclusion (Billet & Dymock, 2020). In the State of Victoria, 200‑plus Learn Local providers collectively support nearly 30,000 learners annually through provision in English as an Additional Language (EAL), literacy, numeracy, digital skills and employability (Ollis & Foley, 2023). While recent policy attention signals renewed interest in strengthening this sector (DET, 2019), funding remains uneven and episodic. This precarity limits opportunities for sustained professional development and pedagogical innovation, echoing concerns raised internationally. This presentation contributes to this international conversation through an in‑depth qualitative study of language and intercultural education in community‑based adult learning settings: an area that remains noticeably under‑researched. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study took place in the state of Victoria, Australia, in 2025 and was supported by a VicTESOL research grant. Conducted in two informal community learning centres, one located in an inner‑city area and one in an outer‑metropolitan region, the research employed a qualitative design. Data collection comprised sustained classroom observations of English language programs, semi‑structured interviews with educators and managers, and analysis of curriculum materials and organisational documents. Thematic analysis was used to examine how intercultural values are interpreted and enacted in practice, how learners’ plurilingual resources are mobilised within classroom interaction, and how policy, funding, and accountability pressures shape pedagogical decision‑making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings reveal creative, relational, and locally responsive pedagogies that foster belonging and agency, alongside structural constraints such as resource shortages, limited professional learning, and misalignment between intercultural aims and narrow metrics. This presentation argues for greater recognition of community educators as knowledge producers and for policy approaches that draw on their situated expertise, strengthening the capacity of non formal providers to contribute meaningfully to how we know and act in education. References •Belete, S., Duke, C., Hinzen, H., Hinzen, H. Owusu-Boampong, A., Khau, H. R. (2022). Community Learning Centres (CLCs) for Adult Learning and Education (ALE): Development in and by communities. International Review of Education, 68, 259–290, https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-022-09954-w •Billet, S., & Dymock, D. (2020). Educating Australian adults in an era of social and economic change. Australian journal of adult learning, 60(3), 399-422. •Bowman, K. (2016). Australian ACE environmental scan research project 2016. https://ala.asn.au/wp-content/ uploads/2011/02/Australian-ACE-Report-2016-Final. compressed.pdf. •Broom, D. & Lomas, G.C.J. (1991, 2025). English and the non-English-speaking migrant. In M. Tennant (Ed.) Adult and continuing education in Australia: Issues and practices (pp. 95-108). Taylor & Francis Group. •Department of Education and Training. (2019). The future of adult community education in Victoria 2020-2025: Ministerial statement. Retrieved from https://www. education.vic.gov.au/training/providers/learnlocal/ Pages/min-statement-adult-education.aspx European Association for the Education of Adults. (n.d.). Manifesto for adult learning in the 21st century. https://eaea.org/our-work/influencing-policy/manifesto-for-adult-learning-in-the-21st-century/ •García, O. (2017). Problematizing linguistic integration of migrants: The role of translanguaging and language teachers. The linguistic integration of adult migrants/L’intégration linguistique des migrants adultes, 11-26. •Humphries, A. & Klatt, G. (2025). Challenges and opportunities in empowering Adult CALD learners: Insights from Australian adult community educators. Australian Journal of Adult Learning. 65(1), 10-33. •Ollis, T. & Foley, A. (2023). The reimagining adult learning in community-based contexts: A framework for social justice education in Australia. PRISM, 5(2), 81-93. •Tett, L. (2023). The benefits of community-based adult learning. Concept, 14(1), 1-10. •Webb, S., J. Holford, S. Hodge, M. Milana & R. Waller (2019) Conceptualising lifelong learning for sustainable development and education 2030. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 38 (3), 237-240. UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning. (2022). 5th global report on adult learning and education: Citizenship education: Empowering adults for change (Executive summary). https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000381669 •Wickert, R. & Zimmerman J. (1991, 2025). Adult basic education in Australia: Questions of integrity. In M. Tennant (Ed.) Adult and continuing education in Australia: Issues and practices (pp. 168-194). Taylor & Francis Group. •Zhang, Y. & Perkins, D. (2022). Toward an empowerment model of community education in China. Adult Education Quarterly, 1-19 https://doi-org.ezproxy.is.ed.ac.uk/10.1177/07417136211062252 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 08 SES 13 A: New Perspectives on Health Education & Life Skills Location: Ounasvaara | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Teresa Vilaça Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Monitoring the Life Skills Training Programme in Primary education: teachers’ and teacher-trainers’ perspective University of Milano-Bicocca, Italy Presenting Author:This contribution presents the findings of a qualitative study conducted as part of a monitoring process of the implementation of the Life Skills Training Programme (LSTP) in primary education, aimed at understanding how this validated and structured life skills intervention is translated into everyday school practice and which factors influence its effectiveness. LSTP is a preventive programme in the socio-health field, designed to reduce the use of substances such as alcohol, tobacco, and drugs and to prevent violent behaviours by addressing the main social and psychological factors that contribute to the initiation of substance use and other risk behaviours (Botvin et al., 1995; Botvin et al., 2003). The programme aligns with international policies promoting the development of socio-emotional skills in school settings, recognised as essential for inclusion, equity, and student well-being (WHO, 1992; OECD, 2021). In this perspective, LSTP is structured around three main components: the development of personal self-regulation skills, the enhancement of social competencies, and the strengthening of resistance to substance use, including health education content and the promotion of pro-health attitudes. These components are organised into instructional units that can be implemented within the classroom context and integrated into the school curriculum (Botvin et al., 2015). Originally developed by Gilbert J. Botvin, LSTP is grounded in Social Learning Theory (Bandura, 1977) and Problem Behaviour Theory (Jessor & Jessor, 1977), which conceptualise risk behaviours as shaped by social learning processes, group norms, and individual self-regulation skills. Extensive empirical evidence supports the programme’s international effectiveness in reducing substance use, violence, and other problematic behaviours, with both short- and long-term benefits (Botvin & Griffin, 2004; Griffin et al., 2023). The robustness of the model is further confirmed by its widespread adoption: LSTP has been implemented throughout the United States and in 39 countries worldwide. The programme was first validated in the United States for lower secondary education and later adapted for primary education (Botvin et al., 1995; 2003). LSTP was introduced in Italy in 2010 in the Lombardy region as a preventive intervention in lower secondary schools, following an adaptation to the national context whose effectiveness has been empirically demonstrated (Velasco et al., 2015; 2017). Through a process of adaptation, the programme was later extended to primary schools to enhance its preventive potential within the vertical curriculum of comprehensive institutes, culminating in the development, from the 2021-22 school year, of the LSTP Primary, implemented from third to fifth grade. In this context, teachers implementing the LSTP in their classrooms participate in a preparatory training pathway combined with ongoing methodological support prior to programme delivery. This training is jointly conducted by regionally accredited health professionals and teacher-trainers, who are in turn trained by authorised health and socio-health professionals. As mentioned above, this contribution forms part of the LSTP monitoring activities carried out in primary schools under an agreement between the Health Protection Agency (ATS) of the Metropolitan City of Milan and the University of Milano-Bicocca. This paper examines the implementation of the LSTP in Lombardy, Italy, and related training processes, highlighting the perspectives of teachers and teacher-trainers involved. Specifically, the research explores how the programme is translated into everyday school practice and the meanings, perceived changes, and critical issues that emerge from the experiences of those involved in its implementation and training. In this regard, the study contributes to ongoing international discussions on the promotion of life skills within educational systems.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is situated within the ecological paradigm (Mortari, 2007) and adopts a fourth-generation evaluation approach (Lincoln & Guba, 1989), inspired by the principles of participatory evaluation (Bezzi, 2010). The evaluation process is oriented towards valuing participants’ subjectivity, fostering reflective dialogue, and producing evidence useful for programme redesign. The action develops along three main dimensions: analysing perceived effectiveness and critical issues with teachers and teacher-trainers; identifying changes observed by teachers and teacher-trainers in students and themselves; and defining guiding principles for improving and consolidating the programme and its training. The study involved primary school teachers and teacher-trainers. In the first phase of the investigation, four focus groups were conducted (N = 39 teachers), involving participants who voluntarily responded to an open call addressed to the entire target population. The subsequent phase consisted of three focus groups (N = 22 teacher-trainers), who were likewise recruited on a voluntary basis through an open call. At the end of the focus group analysis process, two meetings were organised with teachers and teacher-trainers to share and validate the results. The focus groups were conducted remotely (on the Google Meet platform) and were audio-recorded, with the participants' consent, and then transcribed verbatim. The study was conducted in accordance with international ethical principles (World Medical Association, 2013), ensuring the protection of participants and the compliance of all procedures throughout the research process. Data were analysed using a qualitative content analysis approach (Krippendorff, 2018), supported by a coding system inspired by the constructivist approach of Grounded Theory (Charmaz, 2016; Tarozzi, 2008). During the initial phase of open coding, codes remained closely aligned with the teachers’ own words, following an analytic process of data “naming” (Tarozzi, 2008, p. 84). The codes were subsequently grouped into categories representing the different units of meaning identified. A key element of the analytical process was intersubjectivity among the researchers: by first coding the data independently and then engaging in systematic comparison and discussion, the researchers progressively refined the coding system through a productive exchange of interpretations. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from focus groups with teachers show that the LSTP strengthens the personal and social competences, supporting students’ well-being and sense of belonging at school, both in and out of the classroom. In particular, the programme fosters group cohesion within classes and improves the classroom relational climate, promoting self-awareness and the development of metacognitive skills to support the management of critical situations, as experienced during the programme. Teachers describe the programme activities as an 'inclusive space', offering opportunities for expression and recognition to more vulnerable pupils, while enabling teachers to gain a deeper understanding of their students and their relationships. Active teaching methodologies and structured practices that can easily be transferred to the classroom emerge as key elements, as they provide teachers with opportunities for direct experimentation and consolidation of professional practices. Teachers report greater effectiveness when the programme is integrated into the curriculum and implemented continuously, rather than delivered as individual units. Alongside these positive aspects, however, several critical issues have emerged. These include the perceived rigidity of the model, difficulties in engaging families, and the need to update programme content to better respond to contemporary educational contexts. Focus groups with teacher-trainers further emphasise the importance of the discussed topics and the value of training as a platform for dialogue among professionals and across regions. Nevertheless, they also highlight the complexity of the dual role of teacher and trainer, as well as challenges in the relationship between teacher-trainers and healthcare professionals. Finally, issues related to programme continuity across school levels arise, particularly regarding implementation in lower secondary education. This results in primary schools shouldering a disproportionate amount of educational responsibility, alongside organisational challenges highlighting the need for stronger structural support. Within this framework, the university emerges as a strategic mediator between the education and health sectors. References Bezzi, C. (2010). Il nuovo disegno della ricerca valutativa. FrancoAngeli. Botvin, G. J., Baker, E., Dusenbury, L., Botvin, E. M., & Diaz, T. (1995). Long-term follow-up results of a randomized drug abuse prevention trial in a white middle-class population. JAMA, 273(14), 1106–1112. Botvin, G. J., Griffin, K. W., Paul, E., & Macaulay, A. P. (2003). Preventing tobacco and alcohol use among elementary school students through life skills training. Journal of Child & Adolescent Substance Abuse, 12(4), 1-17. Botvin, G. J., & Griffin, K. W. (2004). Life skills training: Empirical findings and future directions. Journal of Primary Prevention, 25(2), 211-232. Botvin, G. J., & Griffin, K. W. (2015). Life skills training: A competence enhancement approach to tobacco, alcohol, and drug abuse prevention. In L. M. Scheier (Ed.), Handbook of adolescent drug use prevention: Research, intervention strategies, and practice (pp. 177–196). American Psychological Association. Charmaz, K. (2016). Shifting the grounds: Constructivist grounded theory methods. In Developing grounded theory (pp. 127-193). Routledge. Griffin, K. W., Botvin, G. J., Scheier, L. M., & Williams, C. (2023). Long-term behavioral effects of a school-based prevention program on illicit drug use among young adults. Journal of Public Health Research, 12(1), 1–5. Jessor, R., & Jessor, S. L. (1977). Problem behavior and psychosocial development: a longitudinal study of youth. Academic Press. Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology (4th ed.). Sage. Mortari, L. (2007). Cultura della ricerca e pedagogia: prospettive epistemologiche. Carocci. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2021). Beyond academic learning: First results from the survey of social and emotional skills. OECD Publishing. Tarozzi, M. (2008). Che cos’è la grounded theory. Carocci. Velasco, V., Griffin, K. W., Antichi, M., & Celata, C. (2015). A large-scale initiative to disseminate an evidence-based drug abuse prevention program in Italy: Lessons learned for practitioners and researchers. Evaluation and program planning, 52, 27-38. Velasco, V., Griffin, K. W., Botvin, G. J., Celata, C., & Gruppo, L. S. T. Lombardia. (2017). Preventing adolescent substance use through an evidence-based program: Effects of the Italian adaptation of Life Skills Training. Prevention Science, 18(4), 394-405. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Navigation Health Literacy at the Intersection of Schools and Communities: Effectiveness of the location-based Game Nebolus Univesity of Potsdam, Germany Presenting Author:According to Sørensen et al. (2012) health literacy /(HL) can be understood as the individual ability to find, understand, appraise and apply health information to restore, maintain or promote health in everyday life. International surveys conducted in recent years highlight the increasing importance of HL with the pooled prevalence of low HL in European Union Member States ranging from of 27% to 48% (Bacolini et al., 2021). Although numerous empirical findings on HL for adulthood are now available, research in childhood and adolescence is still less developed. Findings from the Health Behaviour in School-aged Children (HSBC) revealed low and moderate levels of HL among adolescents ranging from 62% and 87% (Paakkari et al., 2020). The growing interest in the concept has led to the development of so-called domain-specific concepts such as navigation HL. Its conceptual basis is strongly rooted in difficulties of navigating a complex health care information environment. However, navigation barriers also occur outside the healthcare system, e.g. in the wider community. Limited research shows that knowledge about the existence and availability of community health services, the ability to assess their quality and confidentiality, positive experiences with local service providers, and the perception that these services promote or maintain one's own health can be considered important determinants of young people's utilization (Dadaczynski et al., 2021). Given the lack of interventions, a location-based game application named Nebolus was developed aiming to strengthen the navigation HL of adolescents aged 12 to 16 years at the intersection between schools and communities. neighborhood). This includes promoting the ability to (1) find information about local health service providers/professionals and their activities, (2) understand the services and activities Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The core of the Nebolus intervention is an app-based scavenger hunt that guides young people to various real-world locations (stations or levels) in their respective community. At each station, adolescents meet local health stakeholders/professionals and get in contact with the staff and their health-related services in a low-threshold way. Following the Education Entertainment approach, each scavenger hunt is based on an engaging and immersive story that is tailored to the local needs and interests. Stories are fictional and can serve different genres (e.g., crime and mystery, fantasy). Each story is presented via voice messages from the perspective of a main character and a close friend or relative.To enable tailoring to specific health topics and the local context of the community, a browser-based planning tool has been developed that allows each local stakeholder/professional to develop an own Nebolus scavenger hunt. In May 2022, a Nebolus scavenger hunt was implemented with focus on mental health in partnership with 8 local psychosocial health services in a mid sized city located in the federal state of Hesse. The story framework was developed in collaboration with the participating locations and comprised a total of 12 stations that could be explored over two consecutive days. Six teaching units were developed to accompany the scavenger hunt, three of which aimed to strengthen health literacy and three of which focused on reflecting on the rally and reducing barriers to utilization. For the evaluation, a randomized-controlled trial with a waiting list design was implemented, to which students from all secondary schools in the city were invited. A total of 211 young people from five schools were assigned to the intervention and control groups. Navigational HL was assessed on the basis of a self-developed item pool. In total, data from 148 students could be matched across both measurement points (t0, t1 +3 weeks). For data analysis, repeated Measures ANOVA was calculated and effect sizes were reported using partial eta-squared. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The examination of the factorial structure yielded three dimensions (finding, evaluating, communicating) with satisfactory reliability. For all dimensions as well as for the overall scale, interaction effects (group x time) with large effect sizes (η2p=0.04-0.22) were found, with the greatest improvements observed for the overall navigation HL score. The results demonstrate the direct effectiveness of the Nebolus intervention. However, further studies with larger samples and longer time periods are needed to investigate the robustness of the effects. In this context, greater consideration should also be given to the actual utilization of local health services as a distal outcome. References Baccolini, V., Rosso, A., Di Paolo, C. et al. (2023). What is the Prevalence of Low Health Literacy in European Union Member States? A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. JJournal of General Internal Medicine, 36, 753–761. Dadaczynski, K., Krah, V., Frank, D., Zügel-Hintz, E. & Pöhlmann, F. (2021). Promoting Navigation Health Literacy at the Intersection of Schools and Communities. Development of the Game-Based Intervention Nebolus. Frontiers in Public Health, 9, 752183 Paakkari, L., Torppa, M., Mazur, J., Boberova, Z., Sudeck, G., Kalman, M., & Paakkari, O. (2020). A Comparative Study on Adolescents’ Health Literacy in Europe: Findings from the HBSC Study. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17(10), 3543. Sørensen, K., Van den Broucke, S., Fullam, J., Doyle, G., Pelikan, J., Slonska, Z., ... & (HLS-EU) Consortium Health Literacy Project European. (2012). Health literacy and public health: a systematic review and integration of definitions and models. BMC Public Health, 12(1), 80. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Ignite Talk Re-imagining the Integration of Health and Education as Health-Based Education Technion Israel Institute of Technology, Israel Presenting Author:Historically, the intersection of education and health has reflected evolving health paradigms themselves (e.g. Armstrong, 2025; Beckwith et al., 2024; Carlsson, 2024; Nash et al., 2024). After a period of almost no mutual connection, education, catalysed by the expansion of primary school enrolment, began to serve as a site for healthcare delivery, such as school-based vaccinations or check-ups. With the development of the idea of reciprocal relationship between health and education, schools became places for “maintaining health” and “teaching to be healthy,” introducing physical education, food delivery, and health-related issues in the curriculum. Concurrently, the rise of educational inclusivity expanded the school’s mandate to accommodate students regardless of health status. Growing acknowledgement of mental health issues and child-centred approaches further shifted the paradigm toward the school being a place for 'learning to be healthy' through a focus on wellbeing and active learning. However, this longstanding reality was challenged by the COVID-19 pandemic, underscoring the role of education beyond academic achievement. School closures necessitated a balance between remote teaching and safeguarding the physical and mental health of students and teachers, forcing educational systems to integrate health concerns more centrally into their coping strategies (Carlsson, 2024; Shadmi et al., 2023). Additionally, two trends have significantly reshaped the interplay of education and health. First, health is increasingly integrated into the core curriculum through an expanded definition of scientific and information literacy. This aligns with the growing positioning of students as active agents in their own health-related decision-making, linking personal health to community wellbeing and local environments (Dahan et al., 2025; McLellan et al., 2022). Second, the recognition of mental health and commitment to inclusivity increasingly require school personnel to act as "medical agents," not only adapting teaching practices but also contributing to early diagnosis for students with diverse health needs (Plotkin-Amrami et al., 2024). Currently, we are witnessing a contradictory picture. On one hand, education is regarded as a primary partner for overall health and wellbeing, appearing as side-by-side Sustainable Development Goals and holistic health conceptions, such as One Health, Circular health, etc. (Capua, 2020; Winkler et al., 2025). This vision is supported by health-promoting and sustainable schools programs, all advocating for whole-child approaches and genuine integration of health and learning (Jourdan et al., 2021; Pulimeno et al., 2020). On the other hand, even acknowledging its importance, schools are still viewed as instrumental partners for health promotion. Most health-promoting initiatives follow a model of external intervention addressing a specific issue and targeting the student body but largely neglecting the complex interplay of health within daily school routines (Carlsson, 2026; O’Toole & Simovska, 2022). As a result, schools encounter fragmented exogenous demands, often lacking the systematic mechanism necessary for their effective and equal integration into the educational environment and, crucially, to take an agentic, rather than reactive position. Currently, a clear gap exists: there is no systematic investigation of conceptions of youth health, nor analysis of the coherence and dissonance across governance levels, policy domains, and stakeholder groups (Dahan et al., 2025). This fragmented understanding often impedes effective cross-sectoral communication and co-production. To address this fragmentation, we propose Health-Based Education (HBE), a framework acknowledging the inherent embeddedness of health within pedagogy. Just as Place-Based Education conceptualises "place" as an intersection of various commons (Ardoin et al., 2012; Yemini et al., 2023), HBE posits that health is a foundational element of the educational arena rather than a temporary visitor with specific objectives. This model suggests health and education are mutually reinforcing. The present study aims to observe the possible axes underlying the HBE framework to better understand the foundational dimensions required for its systemic implementation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study constitutes a specific phase of a broader research project aimed at scrutinising contemporary understandings of youth health within educational, health, and social welfare policy domains. Employing a cultural ecosystem services lens, the project seeks to develop a multifaceted conceptualisation of youth health by organising unravelled representations into a comprehensive map of the characteristics and relationships between foundational elements. At this step, we focus on revealing the underlying dimensions of the HBE framework informed by a realist review perspective (Amri et al., 2023; Pawson et al., 2005). We seek to identify the underlying dimensions of HBE framework that will enable the coherent and constant consideration of health within the educational practice, research, and policy. The empirical material comprises international policy documents and published reviews focusing on the intersection of health and education (Kuckertz & Block, 2021). Key policy frameworks include the implementation guidance for health-promoting schools (World Health Organization, 2021), the UNESCO strategy on education for health and well-being (UNESCO, 2022), and reports on health literacy and human rights (Sørensen, 2024) and children’s wellbeing in the digital age (OECD, 2020). The topics covered in these reviews include state-level policy assessment (Brindis & Moore, 2014), whole-school health and wellbeing promotion interventions (Carlsson, 2024; Jourdan et al., 2021; Pulimeno et al., 2020; Vaivada et al., 2022), mental health manifestation in school settings (Ewe, 2019) and implementation in diverse economic settings (Matima et al., 2025). Further literature addresses contextual factors in school health (Vennegoor et al., 2025), food interventions (Todd et al., 2025), teachers’ role and wellbeing (Holt & Gray, 2026; Kush et al., 2022), etc. The analysis utilises these materials to reveal the foundational "axes" of the HBE framework. These intended analytical categories include: domains and aspects of health; youth as a specific demographic (physically, developmentally, agency, and capacities); outcomes (tangible and intangible); the setting (school or schooling parts, both physical and not); actors and stakeholders (roles and decision-making); socio-cultural context; institutional processes (operational level, manifestation, duration; scale). These axes will be refined inductively during the research to identify additional components of the reciprocal embeddedness between health and pedagogical processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The interplay between health and education may be conceptualised as a balance scale. On one side lies the established model of health promotion, which treats health as an exogenous objective to be managed within the school environment. On the other side sits the emerging framework of HBE, which posits health as an intrinsic component of education itself. While current integrative models come closest to achieving equilibrium, they often fail to acknowledge education as an equal "goal-setter" within the dialogue. We argue that the further development and dissemination of the HBE framework offers the potential to move beyond the linear logic of problem-intervention-result toward a circular model. In this system, health is treated as an inherent element of the pedagogical process and vice versa; the school thus functions as a critical node where health is lived and developed as a fundamental part of the schooling experience for all actors involved. To elevate the HBE framework, specific axes must become more salient. First, health integration must be embraced within educational institutional processes, including the reciprocity and alignment with existing leadership and routines, to overcome the limitations of fragmented, top-down frameworks. Second, are the broadening and deepening recognition of youth as a specific demographic through engagement with their lived experience, alongside their various sources of health information and attitudes, including digital and AI. Additionally, the co-production of a full range of actors involved in education is crucial, emphasising their roles and responsibilities; this highlights the participation of teachers and school staff in decision-making and ultimate realisation, the agency of students, and the influence of parents and peers. Similarly, a third currently underestimated dimension is inherent socio-cultural sensitivity and the broad range of the "how and why" behind these constructions, observing the underlying narratives and power dynamics that shape youth health discourse. References Amri, M., Mohamood, L., Mansilla, C., Barrett, K., & Bump, J. B. (2023). Conceptual approaches in combating health inequity: A scoping review protocol. PloS One, 18(3), e0282858. Ardoin, N. M., Schuh, J. S., & Gould, R. K. (2012). Exploring the dimensions of place: A confirmatory factor analysis of data from three ecoregional sites. Environmental Education Research, 18(5), 583–607. Armstrong, D. (2025). The changing discourse of healthism: A contextual analysis. Sociology of Health & Illness, 47(7), e70073. Beckwith, S., Chandra-Mouli, V., & Blum, R. Wm. (2024). Trends in adolescent health: Successes and challenges from 2010 to the present. Journal of Adolescent Health, 75(4, Supplement), S9–S19. Capua, I. (2020). Circular health: Empowering the one health revolution. EGEA spa. Carlsson, M. (2024). Schools addressing health, wellbeing and sustainability challenges: A literature review of perspectives on social justice, equity and agency. Health Education, 124(3/4), 142–159. Carlsson, M. (2026). Conceptions of the relation between well-being and sustainability in social theories, global policy and education research. Health Education, 1–16. Dahan, N., Tamir, E., & Yemini, M. (2025). Health promotion in the Israeli education system: A policy analysis through an intersectional lens. Sport, Education and Society, 30(9), 1092–1106. McLellan, R., Faucher, C., & Simovska, V. (Eds.). (2022). Wellbeing and schooling: Cross cultural and cross disciplinary perspectives (Vol. 4). Nash, R., Cruickshank, V., & Elmer, S. (Eds.). (2024). Global perspectives on children’s health literacy: Intersections between health, education and community. O’Toole, C., & Simovska, V. (2022). Wellbeing and education: Connecting mind, body and world. In R. McLellan, C. Faucher, & V. Simovska (Eds.), Wellbeing and Schooling (Vol. 4, pp. 21–33). Pawson, R., Greenhalgh, T., Harvey, G., & Walshe, K. (2005). Realist review—A new method of systematic review designed for complex policy interventions. Journal of Health Services Research & Policy, 10(1_suppl), 21–34. Plotkin-Amrami, G., Feniger, Y., & Umansky, Y. (2024). Medicalising agents? Teachers’ uncertainty and emerging expertise in the age of inclusion policy and medicalisation in Israel. Sociology of Health & Illness, 46(8), 1962–1982. Pulimeno, M., Piscitelli, P., Colazzo, S., Colao, A., & Miani, A. (2020). School as ideal setting to promote health and wellbeing among young people. Health Promotion Perspectives, 10(4), 316–324. Yemini, M., Engel, L., & Ben Simon, A. (2023). Place-based education. A systematic review of literature. Educational Review, 77(2), 640–660. 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Characteristics of Health Education in Secondary Schools in Disadvantaged Regions of Hungary: Focus on Physical Activity and Fitness 1: University of Miskolc, Faculty of Health Sciences, Hungary; 2: Eszterházy Károly Catholic University, Institute of Sports Sciences, Hungary; 3: Sport and Health Sciences Research Group, Eszterházy Károly Catholic University, Institute of Sports Sciences Presenting Author:Schools play a central role in shaping children’s future trajectories, including their health, well-being, and long-term lifestyle habits (Kolbe, 2019). In response to growing public health challenges, the concept of health-promoting schools has gained increasing relevance, emphasizing the integration of health education into everyday pedagogical practice in order to support both students’ learning and health outcomes (Lee et al., 2020). Within this framework, numerous school-based programs have been implemented internationally to reduce physical inactivity and promote regular physical activity among young people (van de Kop et al., 2019). Despite these efforts, recent evidence indicates that a substantial proportion of Hungarian adolescents still fail to meet the World Health Organization’s physical activity recommendations (Gudelj Rakić et al., 2024). This gap is particularly concerning given that physical inactivity during adolescence is associated with adverse health outcomes and tends to persist into adulthood. Moreover, research consistently shows that individuals from socioeconomically disadvantaged backgrounds are more likely to engage in sedentary behaviors and face additional barriers to health-promoting resources, including limited access to healthcare services (Nikitara et al., 2021). These findings underscore the need to critically examine how school-based health education is conceptualized, implemented, and evaluated, especially in regions facing structural disadvantages. Beyond the mere presence of health education initiatives, their effectiveness depends largely on the pedagogical frameworks, methodological approaches, and evaluation mechanisms applied in schools. Evidence-based analyses of educational theories, regulatory documents, and best practices are therefore essential for improving the quality and impact of health promotion programs (Merzel, 2021; Sendall, 2021). Previous research has emphasized that interventions aimed at increasing physical activity among adolescents must be systematically planned, context-sensitive, and rigorously evaluated in order to produce sustainable behavioral change (Barnes et al., 2021). However, relatively little is known about how these principles are reflected in everyday school practice, particularly from the perspectives of both students and teachers. This study is guided by socioecological models of health behavior and the social determinants of health framework, which conceptualize physical activity as the result of interacting individual, social, and structural influences rather than individual choice alone. Against this background, the present study addresses a critical gap by providing a comprehensive, multi-perspective analysis of school-based health education in secondary schools in the Northern Hungary region, with a specific focus on physical activity promotion. The research seeks to identify the dominant health education topics, methods, and actors in schools; examine the alignment between regulatory documents and school-level health promotion programs; and explore students’ subjective health status, fitness, and satisfaction with health education. By integrating document analysis with large-scale questionnaire data from both students and teachers, the study aims to generate evidence that not only describes current practices but also highlights key inconsistencies and development needs relevant to improving physical activity-related health education in disadvantaged regions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A mixed-methods research design was applied, combining qualitative document analysis with quantitative questionnaire-based data collection in order to comprehensively examine school-based health education practices. The qualitative component involved the systematic analysis of school health promotion programs (n = 11), relevant Hungarian legislation (n = 4), and national and international recommendations supporting school health education (n = 3). Documents were selected based on predefined criteria and analyzed through a structured coding process. The analytical framework included the following categories: definition of health; principles, objectives, methods, and tools of health education; content areas of health education; identification of health education actors; measurement and evaluation of effectiveness; physical activity–related characteristics; and additional health education–related elements. School-level health promotion programs were examined using the same framework, supplemented by a description of their health education scope. Manual coding was applied to ensure transparency and consistency throughout the document analysis. For the quantitative component, expert sampling was conducted at the institutional level, focusing on state-maintained secondary schools in the Northern Hungary region. Questionnaire-based data collection was carried out among students (n = 732) and teachers (n = 102). Data collection took place in computer-equipped school facilities. Written informed consent was obtained from all participants and from parents or legal guardians prior to data collection. Ethical approval was obtained from the Research Ethics Committee of Eszterházy Károly Catholic University (Approval ID: RK/1369/2022). The mean age of student participants was 17.3 ± 1.2 years, while teachers’ mean age was 48.2 ± 11.4 years. The questionnaire included nine introductory items adapted from the Health Behaviour in School-aged Children (HBSC) survey and 21 researcher-developed items assessing the characteristics of school health education. These covered satisfaction with health education and physical activity promotion, applied methods, content areas, evaluation practices, involved professionals, and self-assessment of physical activity, health status, and fitness. The internal consistency of the questionnaire was excellent (Cronbach’s α = 0.95). The expected inter-item correlation threshold was set above 0.50, and the Spearman–Brown split-half reliability coefficient was 0.89. Statistical analyses were conducted using IBM SPSS Statistics 25.0, applying descriptive statistics, independent-samples t-tests, and Pearson correlation analyses. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The document analysis revealed that while health education objectives are consistently emphasized in regulatory documents and school health promotion programs, considerably less attention is devoted to the specific tools, pedagogical methods, and evaluation mechanisms necessary for effective implementation. From the students’ perspective, physical activity emerged as the most frequently addressed topic, whereas teachers identified harmful addictions as a primary focus area. Students most often reported lectures as the dominant methodological approach (51.6%), while teachers emphasized discussions (89.9%), suggesting differences in how pedagogical practices are experienced. Students reported engaging in at least 60 minutes of continuous physical activity on an average of 3.44 ± 2.00 days a week. Among teachers, 28.0% reported not engaging in any vigorous physical activity. Teachers rated students’ overall fitness level (2.84 ± 0.79) and their stamina (2.06 ± 0.71), whereas students’ self-assessments indicated higher perceived fitness levels (2.84 ± 0.79; t = 8.40, p < 0.001). A statistically significant difference was observed in satisfaction with health education (t = −2.02, p = 0.04), while satisfaction with physical activity promotion showed no difference (t = −1.08, p = 0.28). No correlation was found between students’ frequency of extracurricular physical activity and their satisfaction with school health education (r = 0.01, p = 0.76). This finding suggests that perceived quality of health education does not automatically translate into higher levels of physical activity, underscoring the complexity of behavior change processes. The results indicate that while physical activity is a prominent component of school health education, inconsistencies remain in pedagogical methods and practices. Addressing youth physical inactivity requires not only content expansion but also methodological refinement and systematic evaluation. From a social determinants of health perspective, the finding reflects broader constraints that characterize disadvantaged regions. References Barnes, C., McCrabb, S., Stacey, F., Nathan, N., Yoong, Sz. L., Grady, A., Sutherland, R. Hodder, R., Innes-Hughes, C., Davies, M., & Wolfenden, L. (2021). Improving implementation of school-based healthy eating and physical activity policies, practices, and programs: a systematic review, Translational Behavioral Medicine, 11(7), 1365–1410. Gudelj Rakić, J., Hamrik, Z., Dzielska, A., Felder-Puig, R., Oja, L., Bakalár, P., Nardone, P., Ciardullo, S., Abdrakhmanova, S., Adayeva, A., Kelly, C., Fismen, A-S., Wilson, M., Brown, J., Inchley J., & Ng, K. (2024). A focus on adolecens physical activity, eating behaviours, weight status and body image in Europe, central Asia and Canada. Health Behaviour in School-aged Children international report from the 2021/2022 survey, 4. Kolbe, L. J. (2019). School health as a strategy to improve both public health and education. Annual review of public health, 40(1), 443–463. Lee, A., Lo, A., Li, Q., Keung, V. és Kwong, A. (2020). Health Promoting Schools: An Update. Applied Health Economics and Health Policy, 18(5), 605–623. Merzel C. R. (2021). Looking to the future: Reimagining pedagogy in health promotion and public health. Pedagogy in Health Promotion, 7(2), 87–88. Nikitara, K., Odani, S., Demenagas, N., Rachiotis, G., Symvoulakis., E., & Vardavas, C. (2021). Prevalence and correlates of physical inactivity in adults across 28 European countries, European Journal of Public Health, 31(4), 840–845. Sendall M. C. (2021). Health promotion pedagogy in a global context. Pedagogy in Health Promotion, 7(1), 5–6. van de Kop, J. H., van Kernebeek, W.G., Otten, R. H. J., Toussaint, H. M. és Verhoef, A. P. (2019): School based physical activity interventions in prevocational adolescents: a systematic review and meta-analyses. Journal of Adolesc Health. 65(2), 185–194. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 08 SES 13 B: Mental Wellbeing, Care and Holistic Education Location: Saariselkä | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Marjorita Sormunen Paper Session |
|
|
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper Engaging Policy for School Mental Health: Research and Policymaker Perspectives from Nine European Countries Universidad de Deusto, Spain Presenting Author:The mental health of young people is increasingly central on policy agendas in both Europe and internationally (World Health Organization, 2025). In the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, the European Commission and the Council of the European Union have called for a "comprehensive approach to mental health" (Council of the European Union, 2025), in which schools are considered a key setting for prevention and early intervention. However, despite evidence of the efficacy of school-based mental health programmes (García-Carrión et al., 2019; Jayman et al., 2024), at present these are not generally integrated into national policies or government programmes (Margaretha et al., 2023). This reveals a disconnect between the need for psychological support in schools and the extent to which this need is addressed in existing policy. This study identifies the barriers and facilitators to influencing national policies in European countries by exploring the perspectives of relevant research and policy actors. As such, the following research questions were developed:
Policy engagement, whereby all actors with a vested interest in a particular cause or issue make strategic efforts to influence policy development or reform (Young et al., 2014), has shown to be effective in influencing education policy (Aydarova et al., 2022; Bano & Oberoi, 2020; Moschetti et al., 2020). A systematic review identifying strategies policy engagement strategies for school mental health was conducted prior to this study. Researchers, in particular, were found to be key actors in engaging policymakers on school mental health. The systematic review also revealed that the literature describing strategies influencing national school mental health policies is dominated by studies based in North America. Given the cultural, political and societal differences between the North American context and those of countries in Europe, this study aims to address the research gap of documenting SBMH policy development in the European context, by collecting qualitative data from participants from research and policy backgrounds across nine European countries. The research was funded by IMPROVA, an ongoing Horizon Europe project promoting mental health in secondary schools across Europe. The findings of this study can inform any stakeholder interested in the sustainable integration of mental health support in the education system through influencing local and national government policies.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative study collected data among 12 participants from nine European countries (Germany, Norway, France, Denmark, the Netherlands, Wales, Estonia, Slovenia and Scotland) through semi-structured interviews. Of the 12 participants, 7 were researchers and 5 were policy actors. All of the researchers interviewed were based in universities and public research institutions, while policy actors came from various roles, including policy advisory or policy development positions for national governments and one international organisation. In order to ensure that perspectives from different European contexts were represented, participants from different fields, years of experience, and geographical locations were included. 11 interviews were conducted online via Microsoft Teams and Zoom meetings. One interview was held in person and was recorded using Microsoft Teams. Thematic analysis was applied during the data analysis, guided by Braun and Clarke’s approach (Braun and Clarke, 2022). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results indicate that policy engagement processes vary greatly from between countries, with each context presenting different barriers and facilitators to policy change for school mental health. Some of the identified enablers to policy engagement included engaging key actors or “champions”, communicating research findings into key messages and statistics, leveraging public media, and including children’s voices directly in policy processes. Barriers include changes in government structures, pressure to invest in other issues, and lack of mental health literacy in certain cultural contexts, among others. References Aydarova, E., Rigney, J., & Dana, N. F. (2022). Playing Chess When You Only Have a Couple of Pawns: Policy Advocacy in Teacher Education. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 124(9), 199–227. https://doi.org/10.1177/01614681221134762 Bano, M., & Oberoi, Z. (2020). Embedding Innovation in State Systems: Lessons from Pratham in India. Research on Improving Systems of Education (RISE). https://doi.org/10.35489/BSG-RISE-WP_2020/058 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. SAGE. Council of the European Union. (2025). Council conclusions on promoting and protecting the mental health of children and adolescents in the digital era (p. 38). https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-9069-2025-INIT/en/pdf García-Carrión, R., Villarejo-Carballido, B., & Villardón-Gallego, L. (2019). Children and Adolescents Mental Health: A Systematic Review of Interaction-Based Interventions in Schools and Communities. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 918. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.00918 Jayman, M., Glazzard, J., Rose, A., & Quickfall, A. (2024). The BERA Guide to Mental Health and Wellbeing in Schools: Exploring Frontline Support in Educational Research and Practice. Emerald Group Publishing. Margaretha, M., Azzopardi, P., Fisher, J., & Sawyer, S. (2023). School-based mental health promotion: A global policy review. FRONTIERS IN PSYCHIATRY, 14. (WOS:000976221800001). https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2023.1126767 Moschetti, M., Martínez Pons, M., Bordoli, E., & Martinis, P. (2020). The increasing role of non-State actors in education policy-making. Evidence from Uruguay. Journal of Education Policy, 35(3), 367–393. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2018.1562569 World Health Organization. (2025). Mental health atlas 2024 (p. 98). World Health Organization. Young, L. L. (2024). Exploring the aftermath of cyber and traditional bullying victimization of adolescent’s mental health and academic success (Issues 1-B) [ProQuest Information & Learning]. psyh (2024-00967-164). https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2024-00967-164&site=ehost-live 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Ignite Talk Promoting Life Skills for All: Insights into Implementation Fidelity and Contextual Influences in the Prevention Program PLUS University of Education Upper Austria, Austria Presenting Author:In a changing society, social and emotional skills are becoming increasingly important as children need abilities to deal with everyday life challenges. Based on this idea the WHO Life Skills framework was developed. It comprises ten core life skills including empathy, problem-solving, creative and critical thinking, effective communication, decision-making, self-awareness, interpersonal relationships and coping with stress and emotions (WHO 1994). There are also other frameworks like the Social and Emotional Learning (SEL) framework that encompasses similar skill sets (Durlak et al. 2025). School-based universal programs designed for entire classrooms offer an effective approach to promote these skills through structured units implemented mostly by classroom teachers in regular lessons (Durlak et al. 2025). These programs provide advantages such as broad reach and low costs compared to other promotion approaches. Moreover, different studies demonstrate that such programs can reduce behavioural problems, sadness, and anxieties, while improving classroom climate, school engagement and mental health outcomes (Cipriano et al. 2023). The successful and sustainable implementation of programs depends on various factors that emerge at different stages of the implementation process, such as teachers' attitudes towards the program, but also the resources available to individual schools and school or class composition. Since these factors can have a significant impact on the implementation practices and program effectiveness (Durlak und DuPre 2008), it is necessary to take a closer look at the implementation in later phases as well. The sustainable implementation of a program in practice is a long-term process and can lead to a “voltage drop”, which refers to a potential decline in effectiveness when programs are transferred from controlled evaluation settings to everyday school contexts. Additionally, a “program drift” may occur when teachers modify the program during implementation. If substantial changes are made and the core objectives are no longer pursued, it can reduce the program’s effectiveness. In contrast, minor adaptations that enhance alignment with the target group or contextual conditions may have positive effects (Chambers et al. 2013). In their qualitative study, Hamilton et al. (2025) highlight the assumption that schools or classes with fewer resources and higher proportions of students with low socioeconomic status or behavioural challenges experience greater difficulties in implementing programs with high fidelity. This can lead to programs at these schools being discontinued or significantly modified after the initial implementation phase. Since social-emotional development is also linked to socio-economic factors (Conger und Donnellan 2007), this means that precisely those children who have a greater need for SEL support would no longer be able to benefit from programs, or at least not to the full extent. In this context, Bauer (2005) describes a prevention dilemma that may contribute to an education-related Matthew effect (Merton 1968). Children who already have higher initial social and emotional resources are further supported, while those with fewer resources receive limited or substantially altered support. Cipriano et al. (2023) demonstrate in their meta-analyses that these differential effects of universal prevention programs remain insufficiently investigated. In view of this, the present study examines the implementation quality of the Austrian life skills program PLUS by evaluating fidelity, which describes how closely the program was implemented according to its concept, and dosage, which indicates how many units of the program were actually delivered. Data collection took place after the initial implementation phase, which was supported by professional development for teachers, and addresses aspects of class composition (socio-economic, ethnic, and social-emotional) and implementation quality. The following research questions are addressed:(1) What is the implementation quality of the life skills program PLUS after initial implementation support has ended? (2) Are aspects of class composition associated with implementation quality? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research uses data from the project „Promoting Life Skills (ProLiSk) – Impact Analysis of Resource-Oriented Prevention of Early School Leaving and NEET“ (Mahringer et al. 2025). The quasi-experimental design follows students throughout their entire lower secondary education (ages 10–14) and compares classes in which PLUS has implemented in the past and control classes to examine the effectiveness of the program. For this study we used data of the first measurement wave (January 2025) and only classes, which implemented PLUS (56 classes, 1143 pupils). The PLUS program encompasses ten lessons per school year, each with a different focus, based on the WHO Life Skills Framework (WHO 1994). It employs interactive methods designed to promote a positive class climate and enhance self-awareness, including group discussions, games, emotion diaries, and imaginary journeys to support self-reflection. PLUS was previously evaluated by Juen (2013) who reported reductions in behavioural problems as well as improvements in pupils’ academic performance and work behaviour. Since this evaluation was conducted several years ago and the program has now been implemented in practice for some time, the present study aims to examine whether it remains effective. The focus of this paper is on program implementation, with analyses of its broader effects planned for future research. Data were collected using teacher and student questionnaires. Established and widely used instruments were adapted to the target group, including the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire (SDQ) for measuring social and emotional behaviour. Socioeconomic background was assessed using HISEI (Highest International Socio-Economic Index of Occupational Status) and the Family Affluence Scale (FAS). Migration background was collected as a binary variable (0 = no, 1 = yes). To assess implementation quality, teachers were asked to indicate how closely they had implemented the ten lessons intended for 5th graders using four response options: (1) not at all, (2) significantly modified, (3) slightly modified, and (4) exactly as specified in the programme manual. Two measures of implementation quality were derived from these items: a.) the number of lessons the teachers carried out (dosage) and b.) the fidelity of the lessons carried out. To answer research question 1, descriptive analyses were conducted. For research question 2, correlation analyses on class level were used. Further analyses are planned to examine these findings in more detail. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial analyses of dosage showed that approximately 73% of classes implemented more than half of the PLUS lessons. One class implemented only one lesson, while seven classes implemented all ten lessons planned for the first school year. The median number of implemented lessons was seven. In 55% of classes, the implemented units were carried out with slight to significant modifications. In the remaining 45% of classes, units were implemented with slight modifications or exactly as specified in the programme manual. Only two classes reported implementing the units exactly as specified. The median fidelity score was 2, indicating that implementation most often involved modifications. This highlights the relevance of examining which factors are associated with implementation fidelity. The correlation analysis revealed a marginally significant association between SDQ “Hyperactivity” and fidelity (ρ = −0.252, p = 0.063), and a significant association with SDQ “Conduct Problems” (ρ = −0.276, p = 0.041). Fidelity also correlates significant with school type (ρ = 0.275 p = 0.040), suggesting more faithful implementation in Gymnasiums. In Austria, lower secondary education is divided into two main school types: the Gymnasium, an academically oriented school preparing students for higher education, and the Mittelschule, a more comprehensive model. The student body in the Mittelschule is more heterogeneous. On average, pupils there have lower socio-economic status and more frequently exhibit challenging learning and behavioural patterns, this is also reflected in the SDQ scores. There is no significant correlation between fidelity and the socioeconomic background (FAS and HISEI). No significant correlations were found between dosage and school type, SDQ outcomes, or socioeconomic background (HISEI and FAS). However, dosage was positively correlated with fidelity (ρ = 0.26, p = 0.044). This suggests that higher levels of dosage are associated with higher fidelity of implementation, and vice versa. References Bauer, U. (2005). Das Präventionsdilemma: Potenziale schulischer Kompetenzförderung im Spiegel sozialer Polarisierung (1st ed.) [Dissertation]. Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Chambers, D. A., Glasgow, R. E., & Stange, K. C. (2013). The dynamic sustainability framework: addressing the paradox of sustainment amid ongoing change. Implementation Science(8). Cipriano, C., Strambler, M. J., Naples, L. H., Ha, C., Kirk, M., Wood, M., Sehgal, K., Zieher, A. K., Eveleigh, A., McCarthy, M., Funaro, M., Ponnock, A., Chow, J. C., & Durlak, J. (2023). The state of evidence for social and emotional learning: A contemporary meta-analysis of universal school-based SEL interventions. Child Development, 94(5), 1181–1204. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.13968 Conger, R. D., & Donnellan, M. B. (2007). An interactionist perspective on the socioeconomic context of human development. Annual Review of Psychology, 58, 175–199. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.psych.58.110405.085551 Durlak, J. A., Domitrovich, C. E., & Mahoney, J. L. (2025). The Current Status of Social and Emotional Learning. In J. A. Durlak, C. E. Domitrovich, & J. L. Mahoney (Eds.), Handbook of social and emotional learning (2nd ed., pp. 3–15). The Guilford Press. Durlak, J. A., & DuPre, E. P. (2008). Implementation matters: A review of research on the influence of implementation on program outcomes and the factors affecting implementation. American Journal of Community Psychology, 41(3-4), 327–350. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10464-008-9165-0 Hamilton, S., Boehnke, J. R., Humphrey, N., & Qualter, P. (2025). Teachers' perceptions of the differential impacts of a universal, school-based social and emotional learning intervention: A thematic framework analysis. PloS One, 20(7), e0328482. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0328482 Juen, F. (2013). Evaluierung des Präventionsprogrammes plus: Abschlussbericht. Institut für Psychologie. Mahringer, E., Redl, S., Kerzendorfer-Breithardt, M., Schlichtenhorst, J., Bacher, J., Heinrichs, K., Helm, C., Quenzel, G., & Weber, C. (2025). Prävention von Schulabbruch durch die Förderung von Lebenskompetenzen – Das Projekt „Promoting Life Skills“. Erziehung Und Unterricht(1-2), 89–95. Merton, R. (1968). The Matthew Effect in Science. American Association for the Advancement of Science(Vol. 159, No. 3810), Article 159. WHO. (1994). Life Skills Education for Children and Adolescents in Schools: Introduction and Guidelines to Facilitate the Development and Implementation of Life Skills Programmes (WHO_MNH_PSF_93.7A_Rev.2). 08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper What Does it Mean to Educate the Whole Child? University of Inland Norway, Norway Presenting Author:This research project analyses curricula and interviews of teachers in four types of schools at primary and lower secondary levels in Norway. These are Norwegian public schools, Montessori schools, Steiner/Waldorf schools, and International Baccalaureate schools (IB). The project intends to contribute knowledge and understanding of holistic education by asking the research question, “What does it mean to educate the whole child?”. The research results show both similarities and differences in what “educating the whole child” means. One common theme across the school types is a focus on health and well-being in all domains of development, this is present with both curricula and teachers. Teachers emphasize social and emotional well-being as a prerequisite for functioning in school. The results also show common values among the four school types, such as democratic values like equal rights, participation, diversity, and inclusion. The findings, at the same time, show great differences in the educational methods and approaches of the school types and teachers, pointing to areas of disagreement. In a European and international context, the research is relevant as Montessori, Steiner (Waldorf), and International Baccalaureate education are present in many countries, and the Norwegian public education system is part of the tradition of the Scandinavian and Nordic model, building on North European pedagogical traditions. The project’s theoretical framework is based on two theories of holistic education, integrative curriculum theory (Mayes, 2019) and holistic curriculum theory (Miller, 2019). These theories belong to the field of holistic education, a field emerging since the mid-1980s (Miller 2019, p. 5). The topic of holistic education engages globally and is a diverse and inclusive field with impulses from many sources (Rudge 2008, p. 4; Forbes 2003, p. 2). There is no textbook definition of holistic education (Miller 1997, p. 75) and can be seen as an umbrella term covering different approaches and perspectives (Schreiner 2009, p. 755, 761). Although the field is broad and has many sources of influence, it also draws on known educators and philosophers. Often mentioned as historical influences are Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, Montessori, Steiner, and Dewey, amongst others (Miller, 2019, pp. 5-16, R. Miller 1997, pp. 92-101, Mayes 2019, p. 143). According to Rudge (2008, p. 21), many educational alternatives are calling themselves holistic, but a clear definition of what educating the whole child means is often missing. The research projects review of current research shows that many publications use the term “whole child.” However, a part of the literature only concerns topics related to physical health or community services for supporting children, with less focus on education. Arguments for this type of “whole child” approach are that there is evidence of physical activity reducing obesity and diabetes and improving academic performance and cognitive functioning (Savina et. al 2016, pp. 283-286). This research project argues that the focus on health and well-being represents a limited view of “whole child” education. Based on the findings this research project discusses the school types' different approaches to health and well-being. There are critical perspectives on the use of the “whole child” concept in education. Jones (2020) argues that it has become an “empty” signifier for neoliberal educational policies and is critical of the well-being agenda that belongs to this notion of “whole child” education. Similarly, there are other critics of simplified notions of well-being, like Shirley’s (2020) critique of current practices related to the new well-being agenda in education. The literature from the holistic education field offers a broader view of the “whole child”. One statement exemplifying this position holds that holistic education “addresses every aspect of individual growth and development” (Eaude 2019, p. 61). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This project is based on an interpretive qualitative paradigm and uses document analysis of curriculum documents and interviews of teachers as the main research methods. The philosophy of science inspiring the interpretative approach is Gadamer’s (2004) philosophical hermeneutics. Rather than describing a research method, Gadamer emphasizes an interpretative “modus operandi” when the researcher is reading and analyzing text. In addition, Alvesson and Sköldberg’s (2009, pp. 91-104) model of a hermeneutic research process guides the analysis. The document analysis was conducted by reading and re-reading the documents one by one, locating statements or pieces of text that possibly could help answer the main research question. The curriculum documents contain large amounts of text, and data reduction of findings into suitable sizes and categories for analysis was important, coding was informed by what Cohen et al. (2018, p. 668) describe as carefully considering context as not to compromise data integrity. The coded findings were organized thematically under broader themes. Braun and Clarke’s (2022) thematic analysis informs the merging of findings in themes. Theoretical perspectives synthesized from holistic education theory are used as the main overall categories when organizing and analyzing the findings. Interviews were conducted as semi-structured focused group interviews with 4-6 teachers per group interview, one focus group per school type. The intention of conducting interviews was to gain an understanding of teacher perspectives on the education of the “whole child.” Because the study is interpretative, the statistical generalizability of interview results is not emphasized. The planning and conducting of the interviews are informed by Brinkmann and Kvale’s (2015) stages of an interview inquiry. The sampling is done within certain geographical areas in Norway, where there are several schools of all four types. Interview participants were recruited via the principal/head of the school, and it was voluntary for the teachers to participate. The sampling aimed for a balance between teachers working on primary and lower secondary levels in the groups being interviewed. This study is not a comparative study tabulating similarities and differences in a mechanical way, as Ragin (2014, p. 46) cautions against. However, even if it is a hermeneutic study, there is some level of comparison, and hence it has aimed for source equivalent like Mazon (2014, pp. 127-128) suggests. The level of comparison is aimed to be what (Adamson & Morris, 2014, p. 317) describes as a hermeneutic comparison looking for deeper meaning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings There are several ways of defining and understanding the education of the “whole child”. The Norwegian public education curriculum emphasizes “education for all” and does not distinctly describe whole-child education but has a clear intention of student well-being. Health and life skills are defined as an interdisciplinary theme, and “Bildung” of the “all round person” is described along with social, physical, and intellectual development in the Norwegian public school curriculum, In the Montessori curriculum, there is an explicit focus on the whole child and the development of the “head, heart, and hands”. Maria Montessori’s idea of “cosmic education” which is defined as the education of the whole child, the concept of “Erdkinder” – meaning “children of the earth” and the idea of education for peace indicates a holistic approach. Steiner education similarly emphasizes the education of hand, head, and heart and “education towards freedom” as a holistic formation process. Steiner education has a spiritual foundation where the child is seen as a whole being and is influenced by Steiner’s Anthroposophy. The International Baccalaureate education defines its programs as holistic with an extensive focus on student well-being. The focus is on developing different aspects of the child in the physical, social, and emotional as well as intellectual domains. Teachers, independent of school type, all emphasize student well-being and health as a main priority and issue. The teacher's focus is especially on social and emotional well-being, and feeling safe and connected in the classroom is a prerequisite for learning. The study suggests that a narrower definition of “whole child” education concerns health and well-being. In contrast, a broader definition concerns the education of “all children,” encompassing equality, diversity, and participation for all children. This broader definition also encompasses the notion of healthy development in all domains: intellectual, social, emotional, physical, and spiritual. References Adamson, B. & Morris, P. (2014). Comparing curricula. In M. Bray, B. Adamson & M. Mason (Eds.), Comparative education research: approaches and methods (2nd ed.) (pp.309-332). Comparative Education Research Centre, University of Hong Kong. Springer. Alvesson, M. & Sköldberg, K. (2009) Reflexive Methodology. New Vistas for Qualitative Research. London. Sage Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022) Thematic Analysis. A practical guide. London. Sage Brinkmann, S. and Kvale, S. (2015). InterViews – Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing (third edition). Los Angeles: Sage. Eaude, T. (2019) Addressing the needs of the whole child. Implications for Young Children and Adults Who Care for Them. In Miller, J. P., Nigh, K., Binder, M. J., Novak, B. & Crowell, S. (Eds.), International Handbook of Holistic Education (pp 61-69). New York: Routledge Forbes, S. (2003). Holistic Education: An Analysis of its Ideas and Nature. Brandon: Foundation for Educational Renewal. Gadamer, H-G. (2004) Truth and Method. London. Continuum Goodlad, J and associates (1979). Curriculum Inquiry. The Study of Curriculum Practice. New York. McGraw-Hill Jones, B. (2020) A genealogy of the whole child. Doctoral thesis (Ph.D), UCL (University College London). Mayes, C. (2019). Developing the whole student: New horizons for holistic education. Lanham. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Mazon, M. (2014). Comparing places. In M. Bray, B. Adamson & M. Mason (Eds.), Comparative education research: approaches and methods (2nd ed.) (pp.97-137). Comparative Education Research Centre, University of Hong Kong. Springer. Miller, J. P. (2019). The holistic curriculum (third edition). Toronto. University of Toronto Press. Miller, R. (1997) What Are Schools For? Holistic Education in American Culture (third revised edition). Brandon. Holistic Education Press. Ragin, C. C. (2014). The comparative method: moving beyond qualitative and quantitative strategies. University of California Press. Ricoeur, P. (1988) Time and Narrative, volume 3. Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press. Rudge, L. (2008). Holistic education: An analysis of its pedagogical application. PhD dissertation. Ohio State University. Retrieved from: http://rave.ohiolink.edu/etdc/view?acc_num=osu1213289333 Savina, E., Garrity, K., Kenny, P. et al. The Benefits of Movement for Youth: a Whole Child Approach. Contemp School Psychol 20, 282–292 (2016). DOI: 10.1007/s40688-016-0084-z Schreiner, P. (2009). Holistic Education and Teacher Training. In de Souza, M., Francis, L. J., O’Higgins-Norman, J. & Scott, D. (Eds.), International Handbook of Education for Spirituality, Care and Wellbeing. (pp. 753-770). Doordrecht: Springer Shirley, D. (2020). Beyond Well-being: The Quest for Wholeness and Purpose in Education. ECNU Review of Education, 3(3), 542-555. DOI:10.1177/2096531120932579 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 09 SES 13 A: Research Using National Education Management Information Systems: Access, Methods, and Applications (Part 1) Location: K103 | Linna building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Rolf Strietholt Symposium |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium Research Using National Education Management Information Systems: Access, Methods, and Applications (Part 1) National educational databases play an increasingly important role in educational research, policy analysis, and system monitoring. Across many countries, Education Management Information Systems (EMIS) now contain detailed longitudinal information on students, teachers, schools, and educational trajectories. While these systems were primarily developed for administrative and policy purposes, they are increasingly used for research. At the same time, substantial differences exist across countries with respect to data structure, accessibility, legal frameworks, and possibilities for data linkage. This session brings together contributions from several national contexts (Denmark, Finland, Italy, Poland, Portugal, Sweden) to examine how education data infrastructures are used for research, and under which conditions they enable robust and policy-relevant analyses. The papers cover a range of educational systems, including national education registers, assessment databases, and links to international large-scale assessments, and illustrate both opportunities and constraints in working with large-scale education data. A central theme of the session concerns data access and governance. Several contributions describe national arrangements for researcher access, including secure remote access environments, licensing procedures, and legal requirements related to data protection and privacy. Differences between countries highlight how institutional and regulatory frameworks shape what kinds of research can be conducted, and by whom. The papers also illustrate how anonymisation and pseudonymisation procedures affect analytical possibilities and raise methodological trade-offs between data protection and research quality. A second theme is data linkage and methodological challenges. Many contributions demonstrate the analytical value of linking education data with other sources, such as national examinations, higher education registers, labor market data, or international large-scale assessments. These linkages enable the study of educational trajectories, persistence and dropout, inequalities, and policy effects over time. At the same time, the papers discuss challenges related to longitudinal consistency, missing data, hierarchical data structures, and the validity of administrative indicators, as well as the need for appropriate statistical models. A third theme concerns the use of national education data for policy evaluation and system improvement. Several papers illustrate how administrative and assessment data are used to study educational inequalities, school effectiveness, student transitions, and dropout risk. The use of rich register data allows complex conceptual processes to be refined and examined empirically. Methodologically, the contributions range from descriptive statistical analyses to longitudinal modelling and quasi-experimental approaches addressing policy-relevant research questions. Taken together, the session highlights both the research potential and the limitations of national education data systems. While these data offer unique opportunities for large-scale and longitudinal research, their use requires careful attention to data quality, governance, and methodological choices. By presenting experiences from different national contexts, the session contributes to a more informed discussion on how educational databases can be used responsibly and effectively for research and policymaking. References N/A Presentations of the Symposium Effects of Private vs. Public Schooling on Democratic Competencies: Evidence from Sweden
Increasingly, policymakers and scholars are interested in the role of schools in fostering students’ democratic competencies. At the same time, the expansion of private schooling through market-oriented reforms has intensified debates about whether private schools support or undermine democratic development. Although a substantial body of research has examined associations between private schooling and democratic competencies and civic participation, existing evidence is limited by three recurring features: a reliance on research designs that do not allow for causal inference, an absence of evidence on knowledge and skills, and a concentration on the United States (Shakeel et al., 2024). As a result, there remains limited robust evidence on the extent to which private schools shape students’ democratic competencies, particularly in European contexts.
This paper addresses these gaps by examining the effects of private school attendance on students’ democratic competencies in Sweden. These democratic competencies include civic knowledge/skills, political interest, civic self-efficacy, and students’ beliefs about threats to democracy. The Swedish context offers a particularly informative setting, which allows publicly funded private schools to operate nationally alongside public schools within a common regulatory and curricular framework.
We draw on a novel linked dataset that combines data from the 2022 International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) with Swedish register data. First, to understand potential mechanisms, we present descriptive differences in civic learning opportunities and relevant school and classroom characteristics between private and public schools, drawing on student, teacher, and principal questionnaire data from ICCS. Next, to estimate treatment effects, we address non-random selection into private schools by employing entropy balancing (Hainmueller, 2012) and leveraging pre-treatment course grades in several subjects, as well as detailed demographic characteristics, which aligns with existing standards for quasi-experimental design (What Works Clearinghouse, 2022). We test the robustness of our estimates using an approach to sensitivity analysis (Frank et al., 2013).
Preliminary results suggest positive effects of private schools on some democratic competencies and not others. Additional analyses, including tests of heterogeneity and sensitivity, are ongoing. By providing credibly causal evidence from a non-U.S. context using linked international assessment and register data, this study contributes to ongoing debates about the democratic implications of private schooling. That said, any efforts toward potential reforms that promote the expansion of private school access through policies such as vouchers should very carefully consider the implications and any potential for unintended consequences (see Baker et al., 2025).
References:
Baker, Bruce D., Black, Derek, Cowen, Joshua, Green, Preston, & Jennings, Jennifer L. (2025). A framework for evaluating and reforming school vouchers. (EdWorkingPaper: 25 -1142). https://doi.org/10.26300/CX43-TR11
Frank, K. A., Maroulis, S. J., Duong, M. Q., & Kelcey, B. M. (2013). What would it take to change an inference? Using Rubin’s Causal Model to interpret the robustness of causal inferences. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 35(4), 437–460. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373713493129
Hainmueller, J. (2012). Entropy balancing for causal effects: A multivariate reweighting method to produce balanced samples in observational studies. Political Analysis, 20(1), 25–46. https://doi.org/10.1093/pan/mpr025
Shakeel, M. D., Wolf, P. J., Johnson, A. H., Harris, M. A., & Morris, S. R. (2024). The public purposes of private education: A civic outcomes meta-analysis. Educational Psychology Review, 36(2), 40. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-024-09874-1
What Works Clearinghouse. (2022). What Works Clearinghouse procedures and standards handbook: Version 5.0. U.S. Department of Education, Institute of Education Sciences, National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance. https://ies.ed.gov/ncee/wwc/Docs/referenceresources/Final_WWC-HandbookVer5.0-0-508.pdf
Towards a Typology of Student Dropout in Higher Education
Student dropout from programmes in higher education is often framed as inherently problematic: public and private resources are spent on studies that do not result in a degree, study places are occupied that could have gone to someone else, and individuals forgo earnings while studying (e.g., Yorke, 1998; Hovdhaugen, 2009). At the same time, dropping out of a study programme is not always problematic for the individual, for example when students transfer to a preferred programme, move and continue their studies elsewhere, or leave because of an attractive job offer.
This paper synthesises the dropout/retention/attrition literature and develops an operationalised typology of student dropout using high-quality, full-population Swedish register data that capture individuals’ life trajectories as sequences of states (e.g. enrolment states in the education system and labour market positions). Although the literature on student dropout is united in its references to Tinto’s theory of student departure (1975; 1993), the scholarly and administrative field remains fragmented in terminology and measurement. As Kehm et al. notes, the research field needs “to establish a clearer concept of dropout and distinguish between different types of dropout behavior” (2019, p. 158). Common distinctions, such as voluntary versus involuntary dropout, transfers to other programmes versus exits from higher education, temporary versus permanent dropout, and early versus late dropout (Tinto, 1975; 1993; Kehm et al., 2019), are not mutually exclusive and rarely have standardised operationalisations. As a result, dropout estimates are difficult to compare across studies and contexts, and very different student trajectories risk being treated as the same phenomenon. For example, as Tinto (1975) noted, a failure to distinguish exits from transfers may lead to gross overestimations of dropout numbers on a system level.
The purpose of the study is to estimate the prevalence of different dropout patterns in higher education and to identify which student groups are most exposed to specific forms of dropout. Building on existing classifications and measures, and leveraging register data on individual students’ trajectories into their higher education study programme (e.g. prior studies/credentials and admission), through their programme (e.g. progression and academic performance), and out of their programme (e.g. into employment, unemployment, or further studies), the paper proposes a coherent typology of dropout trajectories with explicit operational definitions. By proposing operational definitions, it also aims to facilitate cross-study comparability across institutional or national contexts and enable more focused discussions of when, how, and for whom student dropout constitutes a problem.
References:
Hovdhaugen, E. (2009). Transfer and dropout: Different forms of student departure in Norway. Studies in Higher Education, 34(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075070802457009
Kehm, B. M., Larsen, M. R., & Sommersel, H. B. (2019). Student dropout from universities in Europe: A review of empirical literature. Hungarian Educational Research Journal, 9(2), 147–164. https://doi.org/10.1556/063.9.2019.1.18
Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from Higher Education: A Theoretical Synthesis of Recent Research. Review of Educational Research, 45(1), 89–125. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543045001089
Tinto, V. (1993). Leaving College: Rethinking the Causes and Cures of Student Attrition. University of Chicago Press. https://doi.org/10.7208/chicago/9780226922461.001.0001
Yorke, M. (1998). Non-completion of full-time and sandwich students in English higher education: Costs to the public purse, and some implications. Higher Education, 36(2), 181–194. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1003217602541
The Developement of School Outcomes, Educational Inequality and Socioeconomic Segregation Between Schools and Municipalities During the Latest Decade in Sweden
Increasing segregation in Swedish compulsory schools has been frequently reported over the past decades (e.g., Yang Hansen, Patsis & Gustafsson, 2025) in relation to the decentralization, deregulation, privatization, and marketization reforms. However, little is known about the reforms’ long-term consequences for municipal differences in educational outcomes, educational inequality, and school segregation. The reforms of quasi-markets, institutional differentiation and school choice are often expected to increase openness and efficiency in education provision, they may also risk greater inequality and segregation across local contexts (e.g, Böhlmark, Holmlund & Lindahl, 2016). However, municipality-level longitudinal evidence remains limited for recent decades. Existing studies at the municipal level (e.g., Boman, 2022), rely typically on a small number of time points, which limits their ability to capture longer-term trends and to provide credible evidence.
Using Swedish register data from 1998 to 2008, Gustafsson and Yang Hansen (2013) found increasing differences in academic outcomes between municipalities, particularly in metropolitan areas, with most variation occurring between schools within municipalities and between public and independent schools. Since 2008, Sweden has introduced further reforms to grading and curricula and experienced substantial societal changes, including rising income inequality and increased refugee settlement concentrated in certain municipalities. These developments may have affected patterns of segregation in compulsory education. This study therefore examines recent developments in school outcomes in Swedish compulsory schools, with particular attention to municipal variation and changes in educational equality over time.
Using Swedish register data of all students between 2014 and 2024, we examine complete cohorts of students leaving compulsory school during the decade since 2014. The data include GPA at Grade 9 and detailed sociodemographic information, e.g., parental educational level, migration background. These data were aggregated to school and municipality levels. Additional municipality demographic factors, such as municipality types, percentage of inhabitants with migration background, teacher and school resources. To capture both initial differences and change over time, we apply two-level latent growth modeling techniques (e.g., Kaplan, 2009; McCormick, 2021), which allow for the analysis of heterogeneous developmental trajectories across municipalities while accounting for compositional differences in forms of time-varying covariates and time-invariant covariates.
The expected findings may suggest that the consequences of market-oriented school reforms in combination of grading system curriculum and societal changes are neither uniform nor static but develop over time and interact with local conditions. The study contributes to the literature by providing longitudinal, municipality-level evidence on educational segregation.
References:
Boman, B. (2022). Regional differences in educational achievement: a replication study of municipality data. Frontier in Education, 7, 854342, https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.854342
Böhlmark, A., Holmlund, H. & Lindahl, M. (2016). Parental choice, neighbourhood segregation or cream skimming? An analysis of school segregation after a generalized choice reform. J Popul Econ 29, 1155–1190. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00148-016-0595-y
Gustafsson, J.-E., & Yang Hanssen, K. (2013). Förändringar i kommunskillnader i grundskoleresultat mellan 1998 och 2008. Pedagogisk Forskning I Sverige, 16(3), 161. Hämtad från https://publicera.kb.se/pfs/article/view/53009
Kaplan, D. (2009). Latent growth curve modeling. In Latent growth curve modeling (2nd ed., Vol. 10, pp. 155-180). SAGE Publications, Inc., https://doi.org/10.4135/9781452226576
McCormick, E. M. (2021). Multi-Level Multi-Growth Models: New opportunities for addressing developmental theory using advanced longitudinal designs with planned missingness. Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience, 51, 101001. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dcn.2021.101001
Yang Hansen, K., Patsis, P., & Gustafsson, J. E. (2025). How does school composition mitigate socioeconomic and ethnic gaps in students’ achievement in Sweden: A long-term trend between 1988 and 2020. Educational Review, 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2025.2599761
Educational Data to Support Policy: Understanding Inequality and Student Trajectories in Italy
Every year INVALSI (National Institute for the Evaluation of the Education and Training System) administers national learning assessments from primary to upper secondary school. In doing so, it contributes to the development of the education system in Italy. Infact, on a national scale, it provides the Ministry of Education and Merit (MIM) with information on students’ competency levels. At school level, INVALSI works closely with headteachers, teachers, and assessment coordinators to support the improvement of students’ competencies.
The richness of INVALSI data lies in their large-scale coverage and detailed information at both student and school levels, enabling in-depth analyses of educational outcomes and inequalities.
Among our research activities, one example concerns the development of a methodology capable of representing complex phenomena, such as school fragility, thus allowing spatial and temporal comparisons among Italian schools. A school-level composite indicator has been designed to highlight potential weaknesses within the education system and to provide a practical tool for planning interventions, due to its immediate and clear interpretability. Multiple data sources are integrated, including INVALSI and MIM data for the family context, school context and the test results dimensions. For the territorial context dimension, the Revenue Agency and ISTAT data are used.
Another one involves the application of spatial statistical models for better representation of territorial disparities and to identify groups of schools in which socio-economic conditions have a greater impact on student assessments. The use of a spatial approach enabled not only the mapping of critical areas but also the identification of institutions that may be more vulnerable. This method could prove to be a relevant tool for a more efficient planning of educational interventions by adapting to the specificity of local contexts thus contributing to a deeper understanding of educational inequalities in Italy.
Finally, machine learning models offer powerful predictive tools for large-scale educational data and policy interventions. A study focuses on a cohort of upper secondary school graduates enrolled in university, coming from a dataset built on the combination of different data sources, to apply different classification models for preventing dropout risk. These methods effectively identify students at risk, which could support guidance activities and policy planning.
These studies demonstrate the potential of data for education not only for academic research but also for practical applications in territorial planning and policy development.
References:
Joint Research Centre (2008). Handbook on constructing composite indicators: methodology and user guide. OECD publishing.
Mazziotta, M., & Pareto, A. (2013). Methods for constructing composite indices: One for all or all for one? Rivista italiana di economia, demografia e statistica, 67, 67-80.
Mazziotta M., Pareto A. (2017). Synthesis of Indicators: The Composite Indicators Approach. In Maggino F. (Ed.), Complexity in Society: From Indicators Construction to their Synthesis (pp. 161–191). Cham: Springer.
Campodifiori E., Figura E., Papini M., Ricci R. (2010). Un indicatore di status socio-economico-culturale degli allievi della quinta primaria in Italia. Working paper n. 2, INVALSI 2010.
Getis, A., & Ord, J. K. (1992). The analysis of spatial association by use of distance statistics. Geographical Analysis, 24(3), 189–206.
Berens, J., Schneider, K., Gortz, S., Oster, S., & Burghoff, J. (2019). Early Detection of Students at Risk-Predicting Student Dropouts Using Administrative Student Data from German Universities and Machine Learning Methods. Journal of Educational Data Mining, 11(3), 1-41.
Yağcı, M. (2022). Educational data mining: prediction of students' academic performance using machine learning algorithms. Smart Learning Environments, 9(1), 11.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 09 SES 13 B: Teacher and Classroom Effects in International Large-Scale Assessments Location: 5026 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Bas Senden Paper Session |
|
|
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Changes in Classroom Composition and Teacher Outcomes in Nordic Countries: A Trend Analysis of TALIS 2018 and 2024 1: University of Oslo, Norway; 2: Aarhus University, Denmark Presenting Author:Nordic education systems have long been associated with equity, social cohesion, and a strong commitment to providing equal learning opportunities for all students (Blossing et al., 2014; Imsen et al., 2017). Educational equity, understood as ensuring fair access to learning regardless of students’ background and providing learners with what they need, remains a core principle of this model (Levinson et al., 2022). Over recent decades, however, demographic change driven by migration, refugee movements, and broader social transformations has reshaped student populations and the everyday conditions of teaching, particularly in urban contexts (Brussino et al., 2021; OECD, 2023). Classrooms are becoming more heterogeneous along multiple dimensions, including students’ migration background, ethnicity, special educational needs, and socio-economic circumstances (Nilsen et al., 2025; Olsen & Hanssen, 2024; Teig et al., 2024). Rising socioeconomic and ethnic inequalities in student outcomes, alongside increasing school segregation by migration background, academic achievement, and socioeconomic status further contribute to this complexity in the Nordic countries (Nilsen et al., 2025; Sandsør et al., 2023; Yang Hansen et al., 2025). RQ1: How have teachers’ workload, well-being, job satisfaction with the school environment, need for professional development for teaching for diversity and student behaviour stress changed from 2018 to 2024 in each of the Nordic countries? RQ2: Among outcomes that exhibit change over time, to what extent are these changes associated with changes in classroom composition? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We use data from the two most recent TALIS cycles (2018 and 2024) in four Nordic countries: Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden. TALIS employs a stratified two-stage probability sampling design to obtain nationally representative samples of lower secondary teachers and principals. Further details on the sampling design are provided in the TALIS technical report (OECD, forthcoming). The final sample in this study includes 11788 teachers in 2018 and 11713 teachers in 2024. Data from the two cycles were combined into a single dataset including a dummy variable for the TALIS cycle/time (1 = 2018, 2 = 2024). Teacher outcomes (workload, well-being, job satisfaction with the school environment, need for professional development for teaching for diversity, student behaviour stress) were assessed using established TALIS scales that include three or four items each, all rated on a four-point Likert-type scale reflecting degree or extent. Classroom composition was measured using teachers’ estimates of the proportion of students in the class with selected characteristics (students whose first language is different from the language of instruction, low academic achievers, students with special needs, students with behavioral problems, socio-economic disadvantaged students, and students who are refugees), reported on a five-category percentage scale. Response categories were harmonized across 2018 and 2024. Data were prepared in R version 4.5.2, and analyses were conducted in Mplus 8.11 (Muthen & Muthen, 2017; R Core Team, 2025). The hierarchical structure of teachers nested within schools was addressed using TYPE = COMPLEX with schools as the clustering variable, and teacher weights were applied. The study follows a repeated cross-sectional trend design rather than a longitudinal design. This means that different teachers are surveyed in each country at each time point, but both samples were representative of teachers at the level of the country. Analyses include several steps. CFA and multigroup CFA are used to assess reliability and measurement invariance of each latent construct across 2018 and 2024. A mediation SEM framework is used to examine whether changes in classroom composition account for observed changes in teacher outcomes, inspired by prior work on system-level changes using repeated cross-sectional designs (e.g., Gustafsson & Nilsen, 2016). Initial models estimated changes in outcomes and mediators over time. For outcomes that changed, we tested whether classroom composition mediated these changes, accounting for the sampling design and clustering. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results show stable job satisfaction and workload across Nordic countries from 2018 to 2024 while teacher well-being worsened only in Norway and Finland. At the same time, student behavioral stress and teachers’ need for professional development increased similarly across the four Nordic countries. We also found differences across the countries in terms of changes in classroom composition. Denmark and Finland saw increases in low-achieving students, students with special needs, and students with behavioral problems, while other categories remained stable. Norway showed increases across all categories, and Sweden only in low-achieving students. Some categories changed together, due to positive, moderate correlations between them e.g., low-achieving students and students with special needs and students with behavioral problems. Preliminary mediation analyses, examining the role of low-achieving students only, indicate that these changes partially accounted for the increase in teachers’ student behavioral stress in Denmark (β = 0.017, p = .027), Finland (β = 0.014, p < .001), and Norway (β = 0.031, p < .001), but not in Sweden (β = 0.010, p = .087). These findings align with prior research suggesting that classroom heterogeneity can contribute to teacher stress, though other factors are also involved. Similarly, changes in low-achieving students partially explained declines in teacher well-being in Norway (β = 0.025, p < .001) and Finland (β = 0.007, p = .002), indicating that classroom composition contributed modestly to reductions in well-being. However, the majority of the decrease in teacher well-being occurred independently of classroom composition, suggesting that other factors, such as workload, instructional challenges, or broader organizational conditions, also play an important role. Further analyses are ongoing and will examine the full set of mediators and outcomes, enabling a more comprehensive understanding of how evolving classroom heterogeneity shapes teacher well-being, professional development needs, and stress across the Nordic countries References Blossing, U., Imsen, G., & Moos, L. (2014). Schools for All: A Nordic Model. The Nordic Education Model, 231–239. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-7125-3_13 Brussino, O., Cerna, L., Mezzanotte, C., Rutigliano, A., Santiago, P., Borgonovi, F., & Guthrie, C. (2021). Promoting inclusive education for diverse societies: A conceptual framework. https://doi.org/10.1787/94ab68c6-en Gustafsson, J. E., & Nilsen, T. (2016). The Impact of School Climate and Teacher Quality on Mathematics Achievement: A Difference-in-Differences Approach. In T. Nilsen & J.-E. Gustafsson (Eds.), Teacher Quality, Instructional Quality and Student Outcomes: Relationships Across Countries, Cohorts and Time (pp. 81–95). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-41252-8_4 Imsen, G., Blossing, U., & Moos, L. (2017). Reshaping the Nordic education model in an era of efficiency. Changes in the comprehensive school project in Denmark, Norway, and Sweden since the millennium. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 61(5), 568–583. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2016.1172502 Levinson, M., Geron, T., & Brighouse, H. (2022). Conceptions of Educational Equity. AERA Open, 8, 23328584221121344. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584221121344 Muthen, L. K., & Muthen, B. (2017). Mplus Version 8 User’s Guide. Muthen & Muthen. Nilsen, T., Senden, B., Ye, W., Jentsch, A., Teig, N., & König, J. (2025). Mathematics teaching quality in classrooms of different compositions in Norway. ZDM – Mathematics Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-025-01722-y OECD. (2023, January 30). Equity and Inclusion in Education: Finding Strength through Diversity. OECD; OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/e9072e21-en OECD. (forthcoming). Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) 2024 Technical Report. OECD Publishing. Olsen, K., & Hanssen, N. B. (2024). The new Norwegian Education Act as arrangements for inclusive education practices for students with SEN: The vanishing concept of the Nordic model? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 39(6), 913–927. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2024.2425513 R Core Team. (2025). R: A Language and Environment for Statistical Computing. In R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria. https://www.R-project.org/ Sandsør, A. M. J., Zachrisson, H. D., Karoly, L. A., & Dearing, E. (2023). The Widening Achievement Gap Between Rich and Poor in a Nordic Country. Educational Researcher, 52(4), 195–205. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X221142596 Teig, N., Nilsen, T., & Hansen, Y. H. (2024). Teaching Quality, Limitations to Teaching, and Their Links to Student Achievement: Insights from Nordic Primary Schools. In IEA Compass: Briefs in Education (IEA). Weintraub, E. C. (1997). Competitive or Collaborative? The Heterogeneous Classroom. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 70(3), 157–159. https://doi.org/10.1080/00098655.1997.10543917 Yang Hansen, K., Patsis, P., & Gustafsson, J.-E. (2025). How does school composition mitigate socioeconomic and ethnic gaps in students’ achievement in Sweden: A long-term trend between 1988 and 2020. Educational Review, 0(0), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2025.2599761 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Classroom Composition and Learning Gains: Findings Based on the TALIS Video Study Data 1: Dalarna University, Sweden; 2: Uppsala University; Sweden; 3: Jönköping University, Sweden; 4: Mälardalen University, Sweden Presenting Author:In educational settings, a central question is whether the collective class characteristics influence individual student achievement over and above students’ own characteristics (Televantou et al., 2015). These influences are commonly referred to as compositional effects (e.g., Becker et al., 2022). The effects are detected by aggregating student characteristics, such as prior achievement or socioeconomic status, to classroom or school level and estimating whether the aggregated measures influence the individual outcomes after controlling for the student-level variable on which aggregation is based (Lüdtke et al., 2008; Televantou et al., 2015). Findings on composition effects of class-average prior achievement are, however, inconsistent. While many studies report positive composition effects (e.g., Nilsen et al., 2025; Stäbler et al., 2017), others find none (e.g., Dicke et al., 2026), and effect sizes vary widely and are sensitive to model specification (e.g., Becker et al., 2022; Televantou et al., 2015). One reason for this inconsistency is that composition effects are defined as the difference between within-class and between-class achievement relations, both of which are distorted when prior achievement is measured with error. Standard multilevel models may overestimate composition effects because they ignore both measurement error and sampling bias (Marsh et al., 2009). Prior research shows that composition effects are sensitive to selection bias and measurement error (Becker et al., 2022; Marsh et al., 2009, 2023). Selection bias arises when models fail to adequately capture important aspects of student composition, causing between-class differences to reflect preexisting individual differences rather than true contextual effects. Becker et al. (2022) demonstrate that controlling for prior achievement substantially reduces this bias and that including covariates, such as socioeconomic background and migration status, further attenuates estimated composition effects. Measurement error introduces a second source of bias. When achievement is measured unreliably, multilevel models tend to underestimate individual-level effect and, as a result, overestimate the group-level effect because the regression coefficient for the aggregated score picks up variance left unexplained due to measurement error. Becker et al. (2022) show that correcting for measurement error reduces spurious inflation of composition effects, whereas correcting for sampling error in class means prevents underestimation due to imperfect aggregation. Against this background, the present study builds on this line of research by estimating a sequence of three multilevel models that impose progressively stronger corrections for measurement error and aggregation bias. Applying this methodological approach allows us to assess the models across multiple national contexts. In this respect, the study contributes by extending and validating the method beyond a single-country setting. In addition, as socioeconomic and demographic sorting into classrooms can produce biased composition effects, we estimate three additional models where student-level and class-level background controls are introduced incrementally, to distinguish peer achievement effects from contextual SES composition. In the present study, we address the following research question: What is the magnitude of composition effects, and how does accounting for measurement error alter these estimates? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilizes data from the TALIS Video Study 2018, which links mathematics teachers and students across eight countries/jurisdictions (Chile, Colombia, England, Germany, Japan, Madrid, Mexico, and Shanghai) during a common instructional unit (quadratic equations). Excluding Japan and Shanghai because of ceiling effects in these countries, we analyse student data from six school systems, comprising 12440 students nested in 478 classrooms. Based on our interest for national variation in composition effects, we analyze each country separately. Student achievement was measured using a pre-test assessing foundational mathematical and algebraic skills and a post-test measuring students’ ability to solve quadratic equations and apply these methods in problem-solving contexts. Pre-test scores are used as predictors of post-test outcomes. To assess the robustness of within- and between-classroom associations, we employed a staged multilevel structural equation modeling strategy implemented in R that progressively accounts for measurement error and aggregation bias. Measurement reliability was estimated separately by country using IRT-based standard errors and used to fix error variances in subsequent models. Because the relative performance of the model specifications we test depends on sampling and measurement conditions, particularly when nearly all students in a class are sampled (Becker et al., 2022), we estimated all three models for comparison. First, we estimated a doubly-manifest (DM) multilevel regression model in which both pre-test and post-test scores were treated as observed variables. Student-level pre-test scores were cluster-mean centered to estimate within-classroom effects, while classroom means of prior achievement were included to estimate between-classroom (compositional) effects. This model ignores measurement error in both achievement constructs. Second, we estimated a latent-measurement/manifest-aggregation (LM/MA) model. At within-level, pre-test and post-test achievement were modeled as latent variables to correct for individual-level measurement error, while at between-level, classroom means were treated as observed aggregates. This model isolates the impact of student-level unreliability, so differences between DM and LM/MA estimates primarily reflect correction for measurement error at within-level. Third, we estimated a doubly-latent multilevel structural equation model (DLM) in which both student-level achievement and classroom-level composition were modeled as latent variables. At between-level, residual variances of class-level achievement were fixed to zero, representing true classroom means. In a final step, student-level controls were introduced incrementally to the LM/MA and the DLM models. In Model 1, gender and immigration background were included at within-level. In Model 2, parental education and home-resources were additionally included at within-level. In Model 3, parental education and home-resources included at between-level. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our findings show that estimates differed systematically across models. Within-class effects increased from DM to LM/MA in all countries, consistent with attenuation due to measurement error at the student level. Between-class effects were more sensitive to model specification. Across countries, between-level estimates in the LM/MA were substantially reduced once within-level measurement error was accounted for. In contrast, DLM yielded larger between-level estimates than both the DM and LM/MA, consistent with corrections for aggregation bias and sampling error in class means. The DLM produced large and consistently significant between-level effects, ranging from 0.66 to 0.95. Indicating that, once measurement error and aggregation bias are addressed, compositional effects are substantial and comparable in magnitude to individual-level effects. This pattern remained after inclusion of control variables. Interestingly, the socioeconomic status explained little of the between-class achievement differences once prior achievement was controlled. This indicates that although SES-associated segregation is common, accounting for prior knowledge captures the compositional effect that may be associated with SES. Despite the inclusion of covariates, residual confounding cannot be ruled out. Because the TALIS video study did not use a randomized design, unobserved factors, such as school organizational characteristics, may remain correlated with class-average achievement and bias estimated compositional effects. Furthermore, tracking structures were not included in the data, and some observed between-class differences may therefore reflect tracking mechanisms rather than classroom composition per se. References Becker, M., Kocaj, A., Jansen, M., Dumont, H., & Lüdtke, O. (2022). Class-average achievement and individual achievement development: Testing achievement composition and peer spillover effects using five German longitudinal studies. Journal of Educational Psychology, 114(1), 177–197. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000519 Dicke, T., Marsh, H.W., Parker, P.D., Pekrun, R., Guo, J., Basarkod, G., Televantou, I., Teuber, Z. (2026). Investigating the effects of class average achievement: attending a high-achieving class is neither beneficial for student achievement nor for academic self-concept, Contemporary Educational Psychology, 84. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2025.102441 Lüdtke, O., Marsh, H. W., Robitzsch, A., Trautwein, U., Asparouhov, T., & Muthén, B. (2008). The multilevel latent covariate model: a new, more reliable approach to group-level effects in contextual studies. Psychological methods, 13(3), 203–229. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0012869 Marsh, H. W., Lüdtke, O., Robitzsch, A., Trautwein, U., Asparouhov, T., Muthén, B., & Nagengast, B. (2009). Doubly-Latent Models of School Contextual Effects: Integrating Multilevel and Structural Equation Approaches to Control Measurement and Sampling Error. Multivariate behavioral research, 44(6), 764–802. https://doi.org/10.1080/00273170903333665 Stäbler, F., Dumont, H., Becker, M., & Baumert, J. (2017). What Happens to the Fish’s Achievement in a Little Pond? A Simultaneous Analysis of Class-Average Achievement Effects on Achievement and Academic Self-Concept. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(2), 191–207. https://doi.org/10.1037/edu0000135 Televantou, I., Marsh, H. W., Kyriakides, L., Nagengast, B., Fletcher, J., & Malmberg, L.-E. (2015). Phantom effects in school composition research: consequences of failure to control biases due to measurement error in traditional multilevel models. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 26(1), 75–101. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2013.871302 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Out-of-field Teaching Effects on Instructional Quality and Student Mathematics Outcomes: Evidence from TIMSS 2023 Austria University College of Teacher Education Upper Austria, Austria Presenting Author:Out-of-field (OOF) teaching –when teachers are assigned to subjects outside their formal area of training – has become widespread internationally (Price et al., 2019). While often used to address shortages of subject-qualified teachers, OOF teaching raises concerns about instructional quality (Hobbs & Porsch, 2021; Porsch & Whannell, 2019). Assuming that subject-specific teacher training leads to the development of specific pedagogical and content knowledge (Baumert et al., 2010), differences arise between OOF and in-field teachers. OOF teachers miss certain important learning opportunities; the resulting lack of knowledge of OOF teachers may impact their quality of teaching and instructional practice (Goos & Guerin, 2022) as knowledge (particularly in mathematics) is the foundation of effective teaching and good pedagogy (Goos et al., 2020). Further, in terms of specific knowledge domains in mathematics, research reveals a lower level of algebra knowledge of OOF teachers compared to the algebra knowledge of in-field teachers (Osei & Agyei, 2023). In line with this assumption, OOF teachers frequently encounter challenges when bridging complex concepts, connecting content to students’ prior knowledge, and addressing diverse learning needs (Du Plessis, 2015). They also tend to focus their instruction on students with average performance, as the knowledge required to assist weaker or higher-performing students is not always adequately developed in such teachers (Du Plessis, 2015). Notably, OOF teachers often rate their own teaching quality as low (Porsch & Wilden, 2022) and heavily rely on textbooks for instruction (Du Plessis, 2013; Napier et al., 2020). In the field of mathematics, OOF teachers possess more direct transmission beliefs and teacher-centered teaching methodologies (Lane & Ní Ríordáin, 2020). However, evidence regarding the effects of OOF teaching on student achievement remains unclear, partly due to methodological and conceptual heterogeneity across studies (Porsch & Whannell, 2019). Moreover, little is known about whether teaching experience can compensate for limited formal subject preparation, and whether OOF teaching affects not only cognitive outcomes but also motivational outcomes such as students’ interest in mathematics. In Austria, OOF teaching is common practice in lower secondary education, especially in non-academic school tracks (Sengschmid et al., 2025). Yet empirical evidence on its effects on instructional quality, student performance, and motivation is scarce. Addressing this gap, the present study investigates the role of OOF teaching in lower secondary mathematics education in Austria, drawing on data from the 2023 cycle of the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS) 2023. The study examines both direct and indirect effects of OOF teaching on students’ mathematics achievement and interest in mathematics. Instructional quality is conceptualized as a potential mediating mechanism, while teaching experience is considered as a moderator that may reduce or enhance the impact of OOF teaching. Instructional quality is operationalized through three core dimensions: clarity of instruction, cognitive activation, and classroom management. Given the pronounced structural differences between academic (AHS) and non-academic (MS) lower secondary schools in Austria, and the uneven distribution of OOF teaching across these tracks, analyses are conducted separately by school-type. The central research questions are:
Methodologically, the study employs multilevel structural equation modeling to account for the nested data structure and to simultaneously model direct and indirect effects. Instructional quality is modeled as classroom-level latent constructs based on student reports. Bayesian Markov Chain Monte Carlo estimation is applied to address missing data and estimation uncertainty. By jointly considering cognitive and motivational outcomes within a differentiated by school-type, this study contributes to a nuanced understanding of the implications of OOF teaching. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data and Sample: The analyses are based on data from the Austrian sample of the 2023 Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS). TIMSS assesses eighth-grade students’ mathematics achievement using standardized tests and collects contextual information at the student, teacher, and school levels. The Austrian TIMSS sample is representative of lower secondary education and allows for differentiated analyses by school type. Because OOF teaching is not evenly distributed across school types in Austria—and because student achievement differs substantially between them—all analyses were conducted separately for academic and non-academic lower secondary schools. In non-academic schools, mathematics instruction is often shared by more than one teacher. To ensure a clear attribution of instructional quality to a specific teacher, the sample was restricted to classes taught by one single mathematics teacher. In addition, teachers instructing groups with fewer than five students were excluded to avoid unstable estimates. After applying these restrictions, the final analytical sample comprised 1,389 students in 109 classes in non-academic schools and 2,251 students in 98 classes in academic schools, resulting in a total of 4,629 students from 157 schools. Measures Student achievement in mathematics was measured using TIMSS plausible values. Students’ interest in mathematics was assessed using the TIMSS scale “Students Like Learning Mathematics.” Teaching quality was assessed via student questionnaires and modeled as latent classroom-level constructs, including clarity of instruction, cognitive activation, and classroom management. Teachers’ OOF status was operationalized based on their reported formal education in mathematics. Teaching experience (BTBG01) was included as a main effect as well as in interaction with OOF teaching to assess whether experience moderates potential OOF effects. Additional control variables were included at the student, teacher, and school levels, including indicators of socioeconomic background. Analytical Strategy Given the multilevel structure of the data and substantial missingness – particularly in the teacher education variable – fully Bayesian Markov Chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) estimation was applied using Blimp 4 (Enders et al., 2020). This approach is well suited for multilevel, mixed-type data and allows for principled handling of missingness. Multilevel SEMs were estimated to examine direct effects of OOF teaching on student outcomes, effects on instructional quality, and indirect effects mediated by instructional quality. Models predicting mathematics achievement were estimated separately for each plausible value and combined following procedures analogous to multiple imputation. Bayesian credible intervals and probabilities of direction were used to assess the strength and uncertainty of estimated effects. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study examined the role of out-of-field teaching in lower secondary mathematics education in Austria, focusing on both cognitive (achievement) and motivational (interest) outcomes, considering instructional quality and teaching experience as key mechanisms. Across models and school types, the evidence for pronounced OOF effects is limited and characterized by uncertainty, indicating that OOF teaching on its own is not a strong determinant of students’ outcomes. For mathematics achievement, no substantial direct effects of OOF teaching were found. Instructional quality showed only weak and statistically uncertain associations with achievement. In AHS, OOF teaching was weakly negatively associated with achievement, but this relationship tend to be moderated by teaching experience and is largely offset by small, imprecise indirect effects via instructional quality. In MS, achievement was more strongly related to students’ socioeconomic background and class composition than to OOF teaching or instructional quality, highlighting the dominant role of contextual factors in this school track. Patterns differed for students’ interest in mathematics. In AHS, OOF teaching showed a tentative total positive association with math interest, although this effect weakened with increasing teaching experience and remained uncertain. In MS, instructional quality emerged as a more relevant predictor—instructional clarity and classroom management positive, cognitive activation negative—of math interest, while OOF teaching showed no meaningful total association. Overall, the findings caution against simplistic narratives that equate OOF teaching with systematically lower student outcomes. While OOF teaching in Austria does not appear to substantially disadvantage student achievement, it may relate to motivational outcomes in school-type-specific ways. Policy efforts should therefore move beyond a narrow focus on reducing OOF teaching and instead emphasize targeted professional support for teachers and, crucially, the reduction of persistent socioeconomic inequalities between students and schools. References References Baumert, J., & Kunter, M. (2013). The COACTIV Model of Teachers’ Professional Competence. In M. Kunter (Ed.), Cognitive activation in the mathematics classroom and professional competence of teachers: Results from the COACTIV project (Vol. 8, pp. 25–48). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-5149-5_2 Du Plessis, A. E. (2015). Effective education: Conceptualising the meaning of out-of-field teaching practices for teachers, teacher quality and school leaders. International Journal of Educational Research, 72, 89–102. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2015.05.005 Hobbs, L., & Porsch, R. (2021). Teaching out-of-field: challenges for teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(5), 601–610. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2021.1985280 Napier, J. B., Luft, J. A., & Singh, H. (2020). In the Classrooms of Newly Hired Secondary Science Teachers: The Consequences of Teaching In-field or Out-of-field. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 31(7), 802–820. https://doi.org/10.1080/1046560X.2020.1800195 Porsch, R. (2016). Fachfremd unterrichten in Deutschland. Definition - Verbreitung - Auswirkungen [Aspects of teacher training and continuing education in mathematics and the natural sciences]. Die deutsche Schule, 108, 9–32. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:25943 Porsch, R., & Whannell, R. (2019). Out-of-Field Teaching Affecting Students and Learning: What Is Known and Unknown. In L. Hobbs & G. Törner (Eds.), SpringerLink Bücher. Examining the Phenomenon of “Teaching Out-of-field”: International Perspectives on Teaching as a Non-specialist (pp. 179–191). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-3366-8_7 Porsch, R., & Wilden, E. (2022). Teaching English Out-of-Field in Primary School: Differences in Professional Characteristics and Effects on Self-Assessed Instructional Quality. In L. Hobbs & R. Porsch (Eds.), Out-of-Field Teaching Across Teaching Disciplines and Contexts (1st ed. 2022, pp. 117–134). University of Limerick. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-9328-1_6 Sengschmid, E., Weber, C., Helm, C., & Sabitzer, B. (2025). Out-of-field teaching in Austria: A comprehensive analysis of its prevalence at the school, teacher, and subject levels based on TALIS 2018. European Educational Research Journal, Article 14749041251376730. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041251376730 09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper Do Teachers’ Highest Education Level and Subject Major Matter for Students’ Mathematics Achievement?Evidence from TIMSS 2023 and TIMSS Advanced 2015 Durham Univeristy, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Across many education systems, the recruitment of mathematics teachers relies heavily on two easily observed credentials: teachers’ highest education level and subject major (Ingersoll, 2007). These credentials are routinely used as screening criteria in hiring and placement decisions because they are administratively simple and assumed to reflect professional capacity. However, there is no shared or consistent standard for how these two indicators should be interpreted or weighted in practice. Even within the same education system, requirements and preferences can differ across regions and local authorities (Ma et al., 2021). For example, regions may differ in how strictly “major matching” is enforced, whether a Master’s degree is treated as an advantage or a requirement, and whether certain combinations of education level and major are prioritised for particular grades or schools. This creates uncertainty about what these credentials actually capture and whether they are consistently linked to students’ mathematics outcomes. This paper uses international large-scale assessment data to examine how teachers’ formal qualifications relate to individual students’ mathematics achievement. It brings together two TIMSS cycles that capture different stages of mathematics learning: TIMSS 2023 Grade 8 (lower-secondary) and TIMSS Advanced 2015 (students in the final year of secondary schooling who have taken or are taking advanced mathematics, typically around age 18). Using a common modelling strategy across the two datasets, the study examines whether the same teacher qualifications matter in similar ways across stages and whether the combination of teachers’ education level and subject preparation is especially relevant for advanced mathematics. The main aim of this paper is to provide comparative evidence that can help inform mathematics teacher training and entry requirements, and support stage-specific staffing decisions. It does not make causal claims, but it uses international data to examine whether teacher education level and subject major are consistently associated with students’ mathematics achievement. Research questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is a secondary analysis of international large-scale assessment data from TIMSS 2023 (Grade 8) and TIMSS Advanced 2015 (advanced mathematics, final-year secondary). The two datasets are analysed separately, but the modelling strategy is kept as consistent as possible across them by using parallel outcome definitions and a matched set of student-, school-, and teacher-level variables available in both cycles. The unit of analysis is the individual student, linked to their mathematics teacher through the TIMSS student–teacher–school data structure. Student mathematics achievement is the outcome variable. Teachers’ highest education level was coded into four categories: below Bachelor’s, Bachelor’s, Master’s, and Doctorate.TIMSS includes a wide range of specific teacher majors, so teacher subject background was coded using several alternative groupings. The major classifications focus on distinctions between mathematics, mathematics education, and broader education-related fields (including mathematics education within the education category in some specifications). These alternative classifications are implemented through multiple models to examine whether conclusions are sensitive to how subject background is grouped. The analysis has two parts. First, effect sizes are used to describe achievement differences across teacher categories. Cohen’s d is calculated to summarise the magnitude of differences between students taught by teachers with different highest education levels and different subject-major groupings. Second, the main analyses use multiple linear regression with a three-block structure. Block 1 includes student- and school-level background controls and teacher experience. Block 2 adds teacher subject major, operationalised using multiple alternative classifications. Block 3 adds teachers’ highest education level. For each dataset, the study estimates a set of seven models that vary the teacher-major grouping and related specifications, allowing comparison of coefficients and incremental explanatory power (changes in R²) across model variants. The final specifications include interaction models testing whether the association between teachers’ education level and student achievement varies by teachers’ subject major, using education level × major interaction terms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show a broadly consistent pattern for teachers’ highest education level, but the relationship is not simply linear. Students taught by teachers with a Master’s degree tend to achieve higher in mathematics with student and school background while teachers with a Doctorate degree does not appear to bring a further advantage. By contrast, teachers’ subject majors show a clear stage-specific pattern. In Grade 8, education-related majors are generally associated with higher achievement, with mathematics education showing the strongest positive association. In the same stage, teachers with mathematics-only majors perform least well, and the combined mathematics-and-education group (Both) is also associated with lower achievement once background factors are taken into account. In TIMSS Advanced, the pattern shifts: the advantage linked to education-related majors becomes weaker, while mathematics-focused majors show a positive association. A plausible interpretation is that lower-secondary mathematics is not necessarily demanding in terms of advanced content, but it can be demanding to teach well. Helping adolescents grasp basic ideas, correct misunderstandings, and stay engaged often depends on clear explanations and effective teaching strategies. By the advanced stage, students are typically more academically selected and already have stronger foundations, so deeper disciplinary preparation may align more closely with the content demands of high-level courses.This contrast suggests that recruitment and staffing criteria may need to be more explicit about the intended teaching stage, rather than assuming that the same credential profile fits both lower-secondary and upper-secondary level. Finally, interaction models provide little evidence of a meaningful combined effect between highest education level and subject major. Any differences across major groups in the association of education level with achievement are small after controls. Overall, these findings describe robust associations rather than causal effects, but they provide comparative evidence to inform discussion about qualification standards and stage-sensitive workforce planning in mathematics. References Ma Yungjun., Li Li., Ru Zhiwin & Li Danhui. (2021) History and reality: review and prospect of primary and secondary school teacher recruitment. Journal of Guangdong University of Education (06),79-89. Ingersoll, R. (2007). A Comparative Study of Teacher Preparation and Qualifications in Six Nations. 47. https://repository.upenn.edu/handle/20.500.14332/8401 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 13 A: Teacher Agency Through Curriculum-Making in Teacher Education Location: 109 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Max Kusters Symposium |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Symposium Teacher Agency Through Curriculum-Making in Teacher Education: European Perspectives from Initial and Continuing Professional Learning General introduction Teaching and teacher education are increasingly situated within complex and shifting professional landscapes shaped by curricular reform, digitalization, societal challenges, and intensifying policy accountability (Kolleck, 2025). These developments are reflected in European policy frameworks such as the OECD Teaching Compass, which positions teachers as key agents of curriculum change within evolving learning ecosystems (OECD, 2024). Research highlights both the pressures and the professional possibilities within this environment, emphasising how teacher agency is shaped through social, organisational, and institutional conditions rather than residing solely in individual dispositions(Vähäsantanen, 2015). At the same time, both student teachers and in-service teachers are required to interpret curriculum while navigating contested policy discourses, professional communities, and institutional demands (Nieveen & Kuiper, 2021). This symposium argues that responding to these challenges requires initial teacher education (ITE) and professional learning contexts to be understood as spaces where cultivating teacher agency and engaging in curriculum-making are mutually constitutive processes. Drawing on four studies from Finland, Ireland, Estonia, and the Netherlands, this symposium brings together perspectives across ITE and continuing teacher professionalization that are highly relevant to European contexts. Across these four studies, teacher agency is conceptualised as an emergent, relational achievement that develops through participation in professional communities, engagement in designed curriculum-making tasks, and interaction with structural and cultural conditions (see also Pietarinen et al., 2016; Priestley et al., 2015; Soini et al., 2015). The contributions collectively demonstrate that agency is not only an outcome of professional experience but can be deliberately supported through pedagogical and organisational arrangements that position teachers and student teachers as legitimate curriculum makers. The central question guiding this symposium is: How can teacher education and professional learning be structured to support the development of teacher agency, and how does agency enable teachers to interpret, design, and enact curriculum in meaningful ways? The symposium is grounded in a socio-cultural understanding of teacher agency as a temporal-relational achievement shaped by teachers’ experiences across time and context. We extend this framework by positioning curriculum making as a key professional practice through which teacher agency becomes visible, contested, and developed (cf. Leijen et al., 2022; Priestley & Philippou, 2018; Yli-Pietilä et al., 2024). Curriculum-making – including designing, adapting, and justifying curricular choices – requires teachers to exercise professional judgment, negotiate constraints, collaborate with others, and envision educational possibilities (Nieveen et al., 2023; Priestley et al., 2021). At the same time, engagement in curriculum-making practices provides concrete opportunities for agency to emerge and strengthen. Equally important are the institutional and pedagogical arrangements within ITE and professional learning(Oolbekkink-Marchand et al., 2025). The papers illustrate how collaborative inquiry, design-based interventions, supportive professional communities, and boundary-crossing between universities and schools create conditions in which agency can flourish. When teachers and student teachers are encouraged to justify their decisions, engage with professional knowledge, and participate in shared curriculum work, curriculum-making becomes a collective professional responsibility rather than a technical task. Taken together, the symposium can be understood as empirically and conceptually engaging with the European OECD Teaching Compass (2024), which positions teachers as central agents of curriculum change within complex learning ecosystems. While the Teaching Compass offers a future-oriented policy vision that foregrounds teacher agency, co-agency, and professional identity, the contributions to this symposium provide grounded insight into how such ambitions are realised, negotiated, and sometimes constrained in practice. By examining concrete mechanisms through which agency is cultivated in and through curriculum-making in ITE and professional learning, the symposium enriches current European debates by connecting policy aspirations to the lived realities of teachers and student teachers, and curriculum work. References Kolleck, N. (2025). Teachers and teaching in a shifting landscape of education: A global perspective. Leijen, Ä., et al. (2022). Assessing student teachers’ agency and using it for predicting commitment to teaching. Nieveen, N., & Kuiper, W. (2021). Integral curriculum review in the Netherlands: In need of dovetail joints. In Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Nieveen, N., et al. (2023). Curriculum design. In International encyclopedia of education. OECD. (2024). OECD Teaching Compass: Reimagining teachers as agents of curriculum change. Oolbekkink-Marchand, H. W., et al. (2025). Exploring early-career teachers’ professional agency and its resources in the first year of teaching. Pietarinen, J., et al. (2016). Teacher’s professional agency–a relational approach to teacher learning. Priestley, M., et al. (2021). Curriculum making: A conceptual framing. In Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Priestley, M., et al. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Priestley, M., & Philippou, S. (2018). Curriculum making as social practice: complex webs of enactment. Soini, T., et al. (2015). What contributes to first-year student teachers’ sense of professional agency in the classroom? Vähäsantanen, K. (2015). Professional agency in the stream of change: Understanding educational change and teachers' professional identities. Yli-Pietilä, R., et al. (2024). Profiles of teacher’s professional agency in the classroom across time. Presentations of the Symposium How Teacher Communities Shape Teachers’ Professional Agency?
Paper abstract
Teachers’ professional agency is central to their capacity to adapt to educational change, engage in continuous professional learning, and sustain their well-being in increasingly complex work environments. Professional agency comprises teachers’ motivation, beliefs, and strategies for learning at work. Although professional agency has been conceptualized as a relatively stable individual characteristic, growing evidence suggests that it is dynamically shaped by the social and organizational contexts in which teachers work. The aim of this study was to examine how teacher communities shape teachers’ experiences of professional agency over time.
This longitudinal study examined how teachers’ experiences of their work community relate to the development of professional agency across a two-year period. The study focuses on four interrelated dimensions of teacher community: collaboration across professional boundaries, shared co-regulation strategies for managing workload, collective efficacy, and the emotional tone of the community as reflected in cynicism toward the teacher community. The three-wave survey data were collected in the context of Finland’s national curriculum reform between 2016 and 2018 and include responses from 1,543 teachers working in 75 comprehensive schools in Finland.
The measures demonstrated good construct validity and longitudinal measurement invariance, which enabled robust comparisons across time points. The analytical approach was based on a random intercept cross-lagged panel model, allowing the separation of stable between-person differences from within-person changes over time. This approach provided insight into how fluctuations in teachers’ experiences of their work community are associated with changes in professional agency.
The results indicate that shared practices and emotional states within teacher communities are strongly interconnected, yet their associations with professional agency are partly contradictory. Collective efforts to co-regulate workload were found to strengthen teachers’ professional agency over time. However, an increased emphasis on reflective practices appeared to weaken collective efficacy and intensify cynicism toward the community. Both collective efficacy and cynicism showed strong autoregressive effects, suggesting that deviations from individuals’ typical levels tend to persist over time. Importantly, a strong sense of collective efficacy emerged as a protective factor against cynicism and was further reinforced through active boundary-crossing and shared learning beyond the teacher community.
The findings highlight the importance of balancing reflective practices with concrete, efficacy-building actions in professional learning and school development. They underscore the need for school leaders and policymakers to intentionally foster collective efficacy and supportive community practices in order to sustain teachers’ professional agency during periods of educational change.
References:
Yli-Pietilä, R., Soini, T., Pietarinen, J., & Pyhältö, K. (2024). Profiles of teacher’s professional agency in the classroom across time. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research.
Becoming a Curriculum Maker: Emerging Curriculum Agency at the Pico Site
The research question driving this study is: "How does the Pico Site prepare pre-service teachers in their agency to become curriculum makers through the 'Units of Learning' intervention?" The Pico site (Doyle, O’Grady & Conroy Johnson, 2025) operates at the level of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) and positions the Pre-Service Teacher (PST) and Teacher Educator (TE) as curriculum makers. The study maps Phases 1, 2 & 3 of a three-year design-based research study (Nieveen, van den Akker & Voogt, 2023) offering an intervention called "Units of Learning," (UoL) specifically designed for the purpose of fostering curriculum-making agency (Priestley et al., 2015) and capabilities among PSTs during their ITE programmes in Ireland.
Grounded in the concept of emergence (Osberg & Biesta, 2007), the UoL reframes education not as progress toward a fixed telos or the mere accumulation of knowledge, but as an "outward movement" and "expansiveness" (Davis & Sumara, 2008, p. 57). Central to this intervention is curriculum thinking, which Deng (2018) argues supersedes pedagogical reasoning by prioritising the "what" and "why" of teaching over the "how." This approach involves identifying the "elementary" elements of a curriculum to unlock their potential for Bildung—the cultivation of human powers and capacities. Ultimately, this framework suggests that learning is "progressive" because it is "constantly expanding the space of the possible" (Davis & Sumara, 2008, p. 57).
Forming a working team of teacher educators, we set out to do preliminary research on how to address this complex challenge through design-based research.
Phase 1: Self-Study (August 2021- June 2022)
Phase 2: Design a Unit of Learning (August 2022 – June 2024)
Phase 3: Evaluation Unit of Learning (September 2025 – April 2026)
The significance of this paper lies in four key areas of development within ITE:
1. The Teacher Educator as Pedagogue of Curriculum Design
2. Curriculum as Dynamic Ecosystem
3. Cultivating Agency through Cognitive Dissonance
4. Professional Preparation & Placement as a Catalyst for Curriculum Design
This research argues that fostering curriculum-making capacity (Priestley et al. 2021) is a deliberate, transformative process rather than a byproduct of ‘training’. By reframing the curriculum as a dynamic, non-linear ecosystem, the PST at the Pico site can move beyond technical preparation. This approach empowers teacher educators to act as architects of the process to enable PST professional identity to emerge as agential practitioners. These PSTs are equipped to navigate and shape the complex, emergent dynamics of modern education.
References:
Davis, B., & Sumara, D. (2008). Complexity and Education: Inquiries into Learning, Teaching and Research.
Deng, Z. (2018). Pedagogical content knowledge reconceived: Bringing curriculum thinking into the conversation on teachers' content knowledge.
Doyle, A., et al. (2025). Making the invisible visible: Introducing the Pico site of curriculum making at Initial Teacher Education.
Nieveen, N. M., et al. (2023). Curriculum design.
Osberg, D., & Biesta, G. (2007). Beyond Presence: Epistemological and pedagogical implications of “strong” emergence.
Priestley, M., et al. (2021). Curriculum making: A conceptual framing.
Priestley, M., et al. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach.
Supporting Teacher Agency: Collaborative Inquiry-Based Professional Development Course
Teacher agency has been widely explored in empirical research across diverse sociocultural contexts. Most existing studies are qualitative (e.g. Kauppinen et al., 2020; Ukkonen-Mikkola & Varpanen, 2020), offering rich insights into the nature of teacher agency in specific settings. However, empirical studies focusing on designed interventions aimed at supporting teacher agency and evaluating their impact remain scarce.
This study aimed to support teacher agency through a collaborative inquiry-based in-service course grounded in the ecological model of teacher agency (Priestley et al., 2015), which conceptualizes agency as a temporal-relational achievement comprising three dimensions: iterational, projective, and practical-evaluative. The course sought to increase teachers’ awareness and activation of all three dimensions. Its design was also informed by previous research emphasizing teacher collaboration, inquiry, and engagement with professional discourses in professional learning settings. We wished to find out how participants experienced learning in this course and to explore the potential impact of the training course on the participants’ agency.
We formulated two research questions:
(1) How did participants experience learning in this course, and how do these experiences relate to different dimensions of agency?
(2) What is the impact of the collaborative inquiry-based in-service teacher training course on school staff’s evaluations related to different dimensions of their professional agency?
The study was conducted during a four-month in-service teacher education course in one school in Estonia, involving 57 teachers and school leaders. The course included five face-to-face sessions and intersession individual and collaborative tasks guided by two teacher educators. Qualitative and quantitative data were collected. Data on participants’ learning experiences were collected through course assignments and course feedback, and data on the course’s impact on the agency were collected using two questionnaires.
Analysis of group assignments and course feedback indicated that teachers’ learning experiences were related to all three dimensions of agency. Most experiences reflected the practical-evaluative dimension, highlighting the importance of supportive cultural and structural conditions, particularly collaborative culture, openness, and peer learning. Learning experiences were also related to the iterational dimension through engagement with professional literature and dialogue, supporting the development of professional discourse. Third, inquiry activities addressed the projective dimension by linking teachers’ everyday practices to short- and long-term professional goals. Questionnaire data also confirmed that participants’ agency was supported during the collaborative inquiry-based in-service training course.
References:
Kauppinen, M., Kainulainen, J., Hökkä, P., & Vähäsantanen, K. (2020). Professional agency and its features in supporting teachers’ learning during an in-service education programme. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(3), 384-404.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing.
Ukkonen-Mikkola, T., & Varpanen, J. (2020). Integrated initial and continuing training as a way of developing the professional agency of teachers and student teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 96, 103189.
Preparing Agentic Teachers in Teacher Education: A Systematic Literature Review
Introduction
Across Europe, expectations of teachers have expanded beyond implementing curricula to actively shaping educational change. This shift appears in international policy, including the OECD Teaching Compass, which positions teachers as key actors in developing future-oriented curricula (OECD, 2024). While such frameworks promote an ambitious view of teacher agency – i.e., teachers’ ability to act purposefully and constructively to direct their professional practice (Priestley et al., 2015) – they say little about how agency is cultivated in initial teacher education (ITE). It remains unclear under what conditions agency is expected to develop, and which mechanisms are assumed or evidenced in ITE practices, including curriculum-making.
This paper reports findings from a systematic literature review on how teacher agency can be fostered within ITE. Guided by a socio-cultural perspective, agency is treated as relational, mediated, and situated in social practice (Emirbayer & Mische, 1998). From this view, agency develops through participation in professional practices, interactions with others, and engagement with cultural tools, discourses, and institutional structures.
Method
The review included empirical and conceptual studies that explicitly addressed teacher or professional agency in ITE. Studies were included if they offered a clear conceptualization of agency and located it within educational practices or institutional arrangements relevant to ITE. Following systematic searching and screening across ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science, and PsycINFO, included studies were analysed for conditions and mechanisms linked to agency development and for factors shaping students’ teacher agency.
Preliminary results
The synthesis identified three interrelated clusters of mechanisms relevant to curriculum-making in ITE. Socio-relational conditions such as trust, dialogic supervision, and shared authority influence whether student teachers are positioned as legitimate participants in curriculum-making. Boundary-crossing practices between universities and schools, often conceptualized as hybrid or third-space arrangements, mediate access to curriculum interpretation and design. Institutional positioning through assessment and accountability shapes whether student teachers are encouraged to justify professional choices and explore alternatives, or steered toward compliance.
Discussion
The discussion offers a forward-looking reflection on how curriculum-making and teacher agency are increasingly integrated within Dutch ITE and continuing professional development. This highlights growing recognition of teachers as curriculum makers while underscoring the structural and cultural conditions needed to sustain this role. A brief reference to the nationwide NAPL program situates these developments within the broader national landscape. Together, these elements provide a coherent outlook on how the profession is shaping, and being shaped by, emerging conceptions of agency rich curriculum making efforts.
References:
Emirbayer, M., & Mische, A. (1998). What is agency? American Journal of Sociology.
OECD. (2024). OECD Teaching Compass: Reimagining teachers as agents of curriculum change. OECD Publishing.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 13 B: Early Childhood Education Location: 120 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Igor Shiian Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper An Autoethnographic Exploration of Lived Experience and its Contribution to Knowledge of Outdoor Pedagogies in Early Childhood Teacher Education. University of Gloucester, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Outdoor pedagogies are typically marginalised through pressures driven by a neoliberal ideology, positioning children as future economic investments and education as concerned with efficiency (Sims, 2017). Teachers and student teachers experience overwhelming workload and time pressures, resulting from imposed curricula, standards and accountability measures that promote simplistic binaries in education, such as product over process (Attick, 2017). Strict government control over what and how teachers teach diminishes professional autonomy, while inspection regimes compel compliance with national curricula focused on predetermined outcomes (Moss, 2014). Discourses of risk, fear of injury, getting dirty or lost, alongside limited understanding and confidence, further reinforce compliance with impoverished views of outdoor learning. Consequently, teachers are discouraged from adopting pedagogies that fall outside dominant expectations. For outdoor pedagogy to be valued, teachers must be assured that it contributes positively to inspection outcomes (Prince and Diggory, 2023), and professional confidence must be fostered across the sector to recognise outdoor learning as a legitimate pedagogical tool. This research examines the pedagogical importance of outdoor learning in Early Childhood Education (ECE) and explores, through the lens of a teacher educator, the challenges of embedding outdoor pedagogies into educational practice. The research took place in Wales, one of the four nations of the UK, where extensive educational reform has recently taken place. In Wales, despite recognition of the value of outdoor learning ( Estyn 2023), its implementation is not a mandatory element of the revised Curriculum for Wales (3–16yrs) (Welsh Government, 2022a), and nor is it explicitly framed as a pedagogical approach. Similarly, Rusitoru, (2023) notes that in countries including Spain, France and Cyprus, time restrictions and rigid curricula present barriers to implementation despite learning in outdoor spaces being recognised as beneficial to children’s development. In contrast, the Welsh curriculum for funded non-maintained nurseries (ages 2–5yrs) places ‘outdoor learning and play’ at the centre of ECE provision and links it clearly to pedagogy (Welsh Government, 2022b). This disparity highlights a gap in pedagogical continuity as children progress through the education system. Children do not cease to learn through outdoor, experiential approaches as they transition into the later phase of primary education; however, policy shifts infer standardised practices (Nutbrown, 2011) which reinforce binary thinking. This doctoral research reflects on fifteen years of lived experience, working as a teacher educator with the aim of exploring how cultural and social dynamics and practice-based innovation contribute to knowledge of outdoor pedagogies. Drawing on a range of published outputs used with teachers and student teachers, including teaching resources, continuing professional development workshops, magazine articles, journal articles and a published book, the research sought to address the following questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used An autoethnographic approach was employed to support personal reflection on the research questions and capture lived experience as described in the range of published outputs. Autoethnography, as Chang (2008) argues, extends beyond self-narrative to engage in cultural analysis and interpretation, an approach that enables personal experience to be analysed flexibly and creatively within the wider social and cultural contexts shaping the research. Autoethnography provides a way of sharing ‘privileged knowledge’, that which can only be known through personal experiences (Hamdan, 2012). Once produced, the autoethnography was analysed to generate ‘golden threads’ that ran through the outputs and to reveal pivotal moments or ‘critical junctures’ in my practice (Cooper & Lilyea, 2021). A critical juncture is a moment in which there is a probability of change taking place, in this instance, in teaching and learning, and where an enduring outcome is likely to be produced (Volpi and Gerschewski, 2020). Excavation of critical junctures allowed a layered analysis of conditions and processes that contributed to the critical junctures within my practice in teacher education, including analysis of the context of economies and politics in institutions (Collier & Munck, 2017). In this research, critical junctures included my realisation of the degree to which my students were disconnected from nature in their personal and professional lives, identification of institutional pressures that contributed to a lack of confidence as outdoor educators, the recognition of wonder and curiosity as pedagogical tools situated in a slow learning environment to aid students re-connection with nature and the usefulness of blending digital pedagogies with outdoor pedagogies to enhance students’ learning experiences. Subsequent analysis adopted a methodological bricolage approach (Papaioannou, 2024) to interrogate the complexity of the data. Janesick’s (2010) framework was used as a second layer of analysis to extract key concepts and consider the use of metaphor. Fetterman’s (2020) framework was used as a third layer to identify recurring patterns across the data and resulted in 15 major themes. Finally, Richardson’s (2000) crystalline approach was employed to enable deeper reflection on these themes. Utilising each of these frameworks enabled alternative angles of refraction on the data and a deepening of interpretation, leading to the refinement of the 15 themes into five overarching themes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Five overarching themes have emerged from the analysis, which are as follows: reconnection with nature as foundational to learning; curiosity, wonder and slow pedagogy as important pedagogical tools; the importance of co-construction of knowledge to support an engaged pedagogy; disruption of orthodoxy and movement beyond binary thinking in education; and professional empowerment in validating outdoor pedagogy. Findings highlight that early childhood experiences of nature were important for my own development as an educator but were largely absent in the lives of my ECE students. Many philosophies including Froebel (1887), Clark (2023), Taguchi (2010) and hooks (1994) helped foster confidence and permission to simply ‘be in and with’ nature, validating my practice theoretically. Providing opportunities for co-construction of knowledge in unhurried spaces (Clark, 2023) challenged students’ and teachers’ understanding of orthodoxies, but cultivated their pedagogical flexibility where curiosity, wonder and intra-active learning (Taguchi, 2010) were found to support an increased sense of agency (Kemp and Josephidou, 2023). Through these experiences, attending to marginalised discourse enabled interrogation of binary thinking, which harnessed both blended (Ijaz and Sergeant, 2022) and disruptive pedagogies, nurturing fluidity within practice and allowing movement beyond boundaries (hooks, 1994). Finally, recognising the impact of how accessible research literature helped validate my own pedagogical values and beliefs, it highlighted the importance of making my own research accessible to ‘all who deserve to have it’ (Campbell and Levin, 2012) which has empowered students and teachers, by providing a counternarrative to help them validate outdoor pedagogies as meaningful practice. Taken together, these findings help to identify how outdoor learning can be reclaimed as a transformative pedagogical approach for early childhood teacher educators, teachers and students. The research also demonstrates how autoethnography, when analysed rigorously and reflexively can function as a legitimate source of knowledge, generating new ways of knowing in teacher education. References Attick, D. (2017) Homo Economicus at School: Neoliberal Education and Teacher as Economic Being. A Journal of the American Educational Studies Association, 53, pp.37-48. Campbell, C. and Levin, B. (2012) Developing Knowledge Mobilisation to Challenge Educational Disadvantage and Inform Effective Practices in England. Discussion paper, University of Toronto. EEF Autumn 2012. Chang, H. (2008) Autoethnography as Method. California: Left Coast Press. Clark, A. (2023). Slow Knowledge and the Unhurried Child: Time for Slow Pedagogies in Early Childhood Education. Oxon: Routeldge. Collier, D. and Munck, G. L. (2017) Introduction to Symposium on Critical Junctures and Historical Legacies. Building Blocks and Methodological Challenges: A Framework for Studying Critical Junctures. Qualitative and Multi-method Research, 15 (Spring), pp 2-9. Cooper, R. and Lilyea, B. (2021) I'm Interested in Autoethnography, but How Do I Do It? The Qualitative Report, 27, pp.197-208. Fetterman, D. M. (2020). Ethnography: Step-by-Step. 4th ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Hamdan, A. (2012). Autoethnography as a genre of qualitative research: A journey inside out. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 11, pp.585–606. hooks, b. (1994) Teaching to Transgress. London: Routledge. Ijaz, N. and Sergeant, A. (2022). Beyond Binaries; a Three-Sided Pedagogical Model for Classroom Debate. International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 33, (2) pp.180-194. Janesick, V. J. (2010) Oral History for the Qualitative Researcher: Choreographing the Story. The Guilford Press. Kemp, N. and Josephidou, J. (2023). Creating Spaces Called Hope: The Critical Leadership Role of Owners/Managers in Developing Outdoor Pedagogies for Infants and Toddlers. Early Years, DOI: 10.1080/09575146.2023.2235913 Moss, P. (2014) Transformative Change and Real Utopias in Early Childhood Education. Routledge. Papaioannou, E. (2024) Combining Hermeneutic Phenomenology and Critical Discourse Analysis: A Bricolage Approach to Research. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 37, pp.1804-1821. Prince, H. E. and Diggory, O. (2023) Recognition and Reporting of Outdoor Learning in Primary Schools in England. Journal of Adventure Education and Outdoor Learning. Available: https://www.tandfonline.com/action/showCitFormats?doi=10.1080/14729679.2023.2166544 [Accessed 12 July 2025]. Richardson, L. (2000) Writing: A Method of Inquiry, in Denzin, N.K. and Lincoln, Y.S. (eds.) Handbook of Qualitative Research, pp.923-948. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Rusitoru, M. (2023). Barriers to outdoor education. Available at : https://otter-project.eu/blog/post/16/barriers-to-outdoor-education#:~:text=At%20the%20macro%2Dlevel%2C%20the,to%20use%20their%20personal%20time. (Accessed January 16 2026) Sanchez, H. S., et al., (2024) Bricolage for Innovative Qualitative Social Science Research: A Perspective on Its Conceptual Hallmarks. Qualitative Inquiry, pp.1-15. [Accessed: August 16th 2025]. Sims, M. (2017) Neoliberalism and Early Childhood. Cogent Education, 4 (1). [Accessed March 2025]. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper How Does Mixed Training Empower? A Study on the ‘Oxygenated’ Mechanism of Research Supervisor Role Construction in Rural Kindergartens Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:In the context of enhancing the quality of rural preschool education, research and supervision serve as essential intermediaries, bridging local educational administration with on-site practice. The identity recognition and role development of research supervisors directly affect the effectiveness of research support. This study, based on a mixed training program in L County, Yunnan Province, follows 11 rural research supervisors over time, employing qualitative analysis to examine their identity construction patterns and the mechanisms underlying their evolution during the intervention. The theoretical framework draws on the ecology of human development (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) and teacher agency theory (Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2015), emphasizing the dynamic interplay between individual development and broader environmental influences. This study also integrates a global perspective, reflecting international educational reforms, particularly models from Europe, that emphasize the need for localized teacher development and institutional support. The study introduces a dual-axis, four-quadrant bubble model of “initial recognition—development trajectory” to explore the evolving roles of research supervisors. Four distinct identity construction patterns are identified: the “Steady Development Type,” characterized by an intrinsic sense of responsibility; the “Gradual Improvement Type,” marked by a cognitive shift; the “Enthusiasm Decline Type,” constrained by insufficient support; and the “Identity Transformation Type,” which evolves through practical interaction. The findings suggest that identity construction is not a linear process, but a dynamic, evolving one shaped by embodied practice and the negotiation of meaning within the tension between administrative expectations and professional ideals. When institutional expectations and support conditions are misaligned, supervisors face an “oxygen deprivation” dilemma, which impedes their role development. Drawing from global perspectives, including European models of educational supervision (Beijaard, Meijer, & Verloop, 2004; York-Barr & Duke, 2004), this study emphasizes the importance of providing ongoing institutional support, reinforced scaffolding, and fostering collaborative research communities. It highlights that, globally, sustainable educational reform relies on robust, context-specific support structures that enable educators to navigate the complex interaction of administrative duties and professional growth. The study suggests that, particularly in rural and resource-constrained settings, a supportive ecosystem is crucial for fostering the continuous professional development of research supervisors. This model aligns with international approaches to teacher leadership, where empowerment and community-building are central to the success of educational reforms (Wenger, 1998; York-Barr & Duke, 2004). The research also contributes to the growing body of literature on teacher agency, especially in rural areas, by examining how supervisors develop professional agency and identity through localized training interventions. By focusing on the specific challenges faced by supervisors in rural areas, the study offers insights into how mixed training programs can be designed to address the unique needs of teachers in resource-limited settings. The findings suggest that context-specific, sustainable support mechanisms, such as tailored professional development programs and strong community ties, are vital for ensuring the long-term success of educational reforms globally. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a qualitative research approach, combining case study and longitudinal tracking methods to explore the identity construction of 11 rural research supervisors in the context of a mixed training program. A key aspect of this research is the continuous, in-depth tracking of participants over a period of time, enabling a deeper understanding of their role evolution. The data collection process includes semi-structured interviews conducted at both the mid-point and conclusion of the project, focusing on the supervisors’ role recognition, professional experiences, and growth trajectories. These interviews explore four core areas: motivation and expectations for participation, role perception and practice, professional development and transformation, and critical incidents and reflections. Additionally, the study incorporates the collection of reflective logs, field notes, and project documents, such as training feedback and guidance forms, which provide further insights into the supervisors’ evolving professional practices. These materials are analyzed to triangulate findings, ensuring the reliability and validity of the research outcomes. Thematic analysis is applied to identify common patterns, differences, and evolving processes within the supervisors’ role development. This analytical approach is supplemented by cross-case comparisons, allowing for a more nuanced understanding of how the training program and contextual factors influence the supervisors’ identity construction and professional agency. The study thus offers a comprehensive, multi-method approach to examining the dynamic role transformation of rural research supervisors. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study anticipates that rural education supervisors’ identities will evolve in a dynamic and non-linear manner through continuous professional development and contextual interaction. It is expected that the mixed training model will play a pivotal role in facilitating this transformation, enabling supervisors to shift from administrative task-oriented roles to professional growth supporters. The study will explore how supervisors’ evolving identities, shaped by both the administrative demands and the local educational context, influence their ability to lead and support educational improvement at the grassroots level. The research will highlight the impact of ongoing training interventions, particularly how they foster greater professional agency and autonomy among supervisors. Furthermore, it will emphasize the importance of local context adaptation, showing that when supervisors receive tailored support and have opportunities for collaborative learning, they are better equipped to support teachers and facilitate lasting improvements in the quality of rural education. By addressing the challenges faced by supervisors in rural areas, this study aims to offer valuable insights into the mechanisms of effective role transformation and professional development in similar contexts globally. References Key references include: Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 20(2), 107–128. Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development. Harvard University Press. Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(8), 947–967. Hobfoll, S. E. (1989). Conservation of resources: A new attempt at conceptualizing stress. American Psychologist, 44(3), 513–524. Hobfoll, S. E. (2001). The influence of culture, community, and the nested-self in the stress process: Advancing conservation of resources theory. Applied Psychology, 50(3), 337–421. Lortie, D. C. (1975). Schoolteacher: A sociological study. University of Chicago Press. York-Barr, J., & Duke, K. (2004). What do we know about teacher leadership? Findings from two decades of scholarship. Review of Educational Research, 74(3), 255–316. Li, M., He, Y., & Wang, X. (2025). An exploration of implementing a pedagogy of play in rural preschools in ethnic minority regions: A training effectiveness evaluation of the play agent workshop. Journal of Ethnic Education Studies, 31(5), 1-12. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Architectures of Flourishing: Analyzing the Lived Experience of Early Childhood Teachers Kauno kolegija, Higher Education Institution, Lithuania Presenting Author:In the face of a global teacher shortage and rising attrition rates, the sustainability of the teaching profession has become a critical European priority (UNESCO, 2024). This inquiry moves beyond the neoliberal focus on individual "resilience" and investigates teacher happiness as professional flourishing – a dynamic, socio-ecological state of value-alignment and temporal agency. The primary objective is to map the "architectures" (the interplay of time, space, and relational quality) that afford or constrain flourishing in early childhood pedagogy. Specifically, the study focuses on how educators navigate the growing tension between holistic educational values and the systemic "schoolification" and "datafication" of the early years. The research adopts a socio-ecological perspective, situating flourishing at the intersection of professional agency and institutional structures (Hascher & Waber, 2021). The framework integrates three core pillars:
Research Questions:
This study aligns with the European Commission’s priorities regarding the professionalization of the Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) workforce. By addressing the crisis of teacher retention and the quality of professional life, the research contributes to the European-wide debate on 'Teacher Policy' and the long-term sustainability of the early years sector. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a sequential mixed-methods design specifically engineered to capture high-resolution, "lived experience" data, thereby mitigating the retrospective bias typical of standard cross-sectional surveys (Myin-Germeys & Kuppens, 2022). 1. Experience Sampling Method (ESM): A purposive sample of 10–12 early childhood teachers will participate in a two-week intensive longitudinal phase. Using a dedicated digital application, participants will respond to 3–5 signals daily during working hours. Each signal (micro-questionnaire) captures: Momentary Affect: Real-time emotional state. Sense of Meaningfulness: The degree to which the current task aligns with professional values. Psychological Needs: Levels of autonomy, competence, and relatedness (based on Self-Determination Theory). Pedagogical Context: The specific activity (e.g., free play, transitions, administrative tasks, parent communication). This produces a dense, multilevel dataset that allows for the analysis of situational patterns in teacher wellbeing. 2. Narrative Diaries and Photo Elicitation Interviews: To provide qualitative depth to the ESM data, participants will maintain weekly digital diaries focusing on "critical incidents" of flourishing or moral injury. Following the sampling phase, semi-structured interviews will be conducted using photo-elicitation. Participants will be asked to share 2–3 images they captured during the study representing "resonant spaces" or "pedagogical friction." This method allows for deeper reflection on their professional stance and identity. 3. Data Integration and Analysis: The analysis follows an abductive logic, linking situational patterns from ESM with the theoretical pillars of temporal justice and professional agency. Quantitative data will be analyzed to find correlations between specific pedagogical contexts and flourishing, while the qualitative narratives will explain the how and why behind these patterns. This approach aims to identify the specific "architectures" – combinations of time, space, and relational quality – that foster a sustainable and flourishing professional life. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study anticipates three primary contributions to teacher education research: Empirical Grammar of Flourishing: The research will identify the specific situational and relational conditions that afford professional joy, providing a vocabulary for educators to articulate their emotional and ethical needs. Rethinking Teacher Preparation: Findings will offer evidence based recommendations for teacher education programs to move beyond self care training toward fostering temporal agency and ethical resilience in future educators. Policy Reframing: By documenting the reality of moral injury in early pedagogy, the study provides a critical lens for European policymakers to evaluate how performativity based quality frameworks impact teacher retention and the overall relational quality of early childhood settings. References Biesta, G. (2014). The beautiful risk of education. Routledge. Clark, A. (2023). Slow knowledge and the unhurried child: Time for slow pedagogies in early childhood education. Routledge. Hascher, T., & Waber, J. (2021). Teacher well-being: A systematic review of the research field from an ecological perspective. Educational Research Review, 34. Myin-Germeys, I., & Kuppens, P. (Eds.). (2022). The Open Handbook of Experience Sampling Methodology. Oxford University Press. Peleman, B., Vandenbroeck, M., & Van Avermaet, P. (2020). Early learning opportunities for children at risk of social exclusion. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(1). Rosa, H. (2019). Resonance: A sociology of our relationship to the world. Polity. UNESCO (2024). Global Report on Teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and increasing the attractiveness of the profession. UNESCO. van Manen, M. (2016). Pedagogical tact: Knowing what to do when you don’t know what to do. Routledge. Vandenbroeck, M. (Ed.). (2017). Constructions of neuroscience in early childhood education. Routledge. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Shared Problem Solving in Early Childhood Education: A Micro-Analysis of Teacher Actions (Case Study) WiseHart Limited, United Kingdom Presenting Author:One of the key challenges of contemporary education concerns the conditions created to prepare children for the uncertainty and plurality of perspectives that characterise the modern world. The study is devoted to the analysis of shared problem solving as one of the conditions for the development of creative thinking in early childhood education. Creative (dialectical) thinking is understood as reflecting development processes, formulating a contradiction and setting a task for its resolution. For solving creative (dialectical) problems, collaborative discussion is essential, as it allows for the presentation of opposing ideas through distributed activity (Shannon et al., 2024). Research shows that adults often fail to support children's reasoning and problem-solving (Perret-Clermont A.-N. & Mehmeti, 2017; Galton et al., 1999; Siraj‐Blatchford I., 2002). Shared problem solving is more common in groups with a high-quality educational environment (Siraj‐Blatchford & Manni, 2008; Sylva et al., 2004). Research using the "Creativity Environment Rating Scale (CERS): ECERS extension" (Shiyan et al., 2025a) showed that situations in which adults provide meaningful responses to children and engage in extensive dialogue with them about problem situations, where children can offer their ideas, are extremely rare (Shiyan et al., 2025b). Researchers in developmental education point out that all adult actions cannot be reduced to scaffolding (Wood, Bruner, Ross, 1976; Pramling et al., 2019 )., since this phenomenon was originally described in a situation where a child masters a method of action already known to an adult. It is important to analyze the actions of an adult in a situation of solving problematic situations for which the adult himself does not have only a ready-made answer, but also a pre-thought-out “conversation script.” This study aimed to move beyond the description of observed situations, as captured in the CERS scale indicators (dialogue with children, discussion of problematic situations, etc.), to identifying the specific teacher actions that serve as the conditions for the development of such situations. The research question is what specific actions a teacher should take when leading a shared problem solving in a group of preschoolers. The theoretical basis of the study is the cultural-historical psychology of Vygotsky (1997), which considers learning based on the child’s zone of proximal development as a condition for the amplification of child development. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A case study approach is relevant for identifying teacher actions and the opportunities they create for children during shared problem solving (Gaya and Smith, 2016; Sujetaitė-Volungevičienė, 2021). For the analysis, a group from a kindergarten that participated in previpus study (Shiyan et al., 2025b) was selected. The quality of the educational environment was assessed using the "Creativity Environment Rating Scale (CERS): ECERS extension" (Shiyan et al., 2025a). The 2024 educational environment quality assessment results for the selected kindergarten were 5.25. For reliability, a repeat assessment was conducted in 2025, and the high score (5.75) was confirmed. A video recording of a discussion with children, recorded during morning circle time, was analyzed as a case study. The "child-adult-child" pattern was adopted as the unit of analysis to identify the mechanism of adult "response" to children's ideas and how children respond to this response. For analysis, the dialogue was manually transcribed. The transcript included not only the responses and actions of the teacher and children, but also non-verbal behaviors relevant for analysis (intonation, facial expressions, gestures, voice level). The discussion took place in a mixed-age group (children aged 3 to 6 years). It was initiated by an adult as a "circle conversation" and lasted 24 minutes. The teacher structured the discussion around a conflict situation that occasionally unfolds within the group. A transcript of the dialogue was compiled, and two assessments were agreed upon for marking the teacher's actions.During the first stage of the qualitative analysis, types of teacher actions were identified. First, actions that create an intellectual challenge, such as when children are confronted with a problematic situation posed (or supported) by an adult, or when an adult problematizes a child's idea (reveals the irrelevance or inadequacy of an argument). Second, actions designated as scaffolding: assistance that enables children to engage in a group discussion or maintain engagement. Within scaffolding, two categories of actions were identified: cognitive scaffolding, where an adult helps to comprehend a situation or clarify a concept and summarize responses, and interactional scaffolding, the purpose of which is to maintain the coherence of the discussion. In the second stage of the qualitative analysis, episodes were identified that demonstrated the triad of "children-teacher-children" interactions in order to analyze the effectiveness of the teacher's dialogue strategies. Three episodes were selected for the article: "problem formulation," "working with solutions," and "refining the solution." Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A qualitative analysis of interaction episodes suggests that collaborative problem-solving with a group of preschoolers and flexible responses to the uncertainties that inevitably arise in dialogue with children require the teacher to balance four pairs of opposing actions: first, challenge and scaffolding; second, actions aimed at solving the cognitive task and creating a collaborative discussion; and third, narrative and logical modes of discussion (Bruner, 1986). One of the conditions for children's engagement is the integration of the affective and intellectual aspects of interaction during discussion. Analysis of the videos reveals that challenge and assistance, work with the cognitive sphere and collaborative discussion, narrative and logical modes, emotions and intellect are dialectically integrated in skillful discussion. In educational practice, however, teachers often fail to achieve this balance, maintaining only one of the opposites in each pair (Shiyan et al., 2025b). An analysis of this case shows that, with adult assistance, children begin to perceive someone else's idea as meaningful and can expand on and elaborate on it. This occurs because the teacher, through their responses, connects the children's statements into a larger discussion, relating the children's ideas to one another, helping the children hear and understand each other, and connecting individual ideas to the overall flow of the discussion. The results from the study may highlight areas professional learning so that teachers can better support development of creative thinking and problem solving in general in early childhood. References Bruner, J. S. (1986). Actual minds, possible worlds. Harvard University Press. Galton, M., Hargreaves, L., Comber, C., Wall, D., & Pell, A. (1999). Inside the primary classroom: 20 years on. Routledge. Gaya, H. J., & Smith, E. E. (2016). Developing a qualitative single case study in the strategic management realm. International Journal of Business Management and Economic Research, 7, 529–538. Perret-Clermont A.-N. & Mehmeti, 2017; Pramling, N., Wallerstedt, C., Lagerlöf, P., Björklund, C., Kultti, A., Palmér, H., Magnusson, M., Thulin, S., Jonsson, A., & Pramling Samuelsson, I. (2019). Play-responsive teaching in early childhood education. Springer. Shannon, N., Mascolo, M. F., & Belolutskaya, A. (Eds.). (2025). The Routledge international handbook of dialectical thinking. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003317340 Shiyan, I., Belolutskaya A., Iakshina A., Le-van T., Shiyan O., Vorobeva I., Kholodova O., and Loginova L. (2025a). Play Environment Rating Scale (PERS) & Creative Environment Rating Scale (CERS): ECERS Extensions. New York: Teachers College Press. Shiyan O., Shiian I., Iakshina A.,Vorobeva I., Le-van T. (2025b) Conditions for Pretend Play in Preschool Classrooms as a Prerequisite for the Development of Creative Abilities In: 33rd EECERA annual conference: Early Education for All: Celebrating Diversity and Seeking Inclusion Bratislava, Slovakia 25th – 28th August 2025. Programme of Symposia, 34-35. Siraj-Blatchford, I., Sylva, K., Muttock, S., Gilden, R., & Bell, D. (2002). Researching effective pedagogy in the early years (Research Report No. 356). DfES. Siraj-Blatchford, I., & Manni, L. (2008). ‘Would you like to tidy up now?’ An analysis of adult questioning in the English foundation stage. Early Years, 28(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/09575140701842213 Sujetaite G. (2021). Helping Young Children Join Playworld: Microanalysis. Moscow University Psychology Bulletin, 4, 34-71. https://msupsyj.ru/en/articles/article/9329/ Sylva K., Melhuish E., Sammons P., Siraj-Blatchford I., Taggart B. (2004) The Effective Provision of Pre-School Education (EPPE) Project: Findings from Pre-school to end of Key Stage1. https://dera.ioe.ac.uk/id/eprint/18189/2/SSU-SF-2004-01.pdf Vygotsky, L. S. (1997). The history of the development of higher mental functions. In R. W. Rieber (Ed.), The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky. New York: Plenum, 1-252. Wood, D., Bruner, J. S., & Ross, G. (1976). The role of tutoring in problem-solving. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 17, 89–100. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 13 C: Career Changing Teachers Location: 114 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Claudia Mair Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Arriving to Teaching Later in Life: Visual Representations through Photo-Elicitation of Second-Career Pathways 1: Universidad de los Andes, Chile; 2: Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile Presenting Author:Teachers play a central role in developing and strengthening education systems, and there is broad international consensus that teacher quality is the greatest in-school factor that influences student learning (OECD, 2017; Darling-Hammond, 2023; UNDP, 2023). From this perspective, it is impossible to conceive of educational quality without considering teachers’ preparation, professional suitability, and working conditions, and the capacity of education systems to attract, prepare, and retain adequately qualified teachers (OECD, 2018; UNESCO, 2022). Nevertheless, ensuring inclusive, equitable, and quality education faces serious challenges due to the current and projected global teacher shortage. International reports warn that teacher shortages constitute a structural phenomenon affecting countries in both the Global North and the Global South, including several European countries, thereby compromising the coverage, stability, and quality of education systems (UNESCO, 2025). The report emphasises that responses to teacher shortages cannot be limited to salary or contractual improvements, but rather require expanding and diversifying pathways into the profession. In Europe, various studies and reports have indicated that declining enrolment in initial teacher education programmes and high rates of attrition and turnover have intensified teacher shortages, particularly at the secondary education level (Heinz, 2015; Eurydice, 2018; Symeonidis et al., 2025). This trend is consistent with the Chilean context, where a significant teacher shortage is projected, alongside a sustained decline in interest in teaching (CIAE, 2021; Elige Educar, 2021). In both contexts, secondary education emerges as a critical level, due to the demand for specialised disciplinary preparation and greater difficulties in attracting and retaining teachers. Within this context, second-career pathways into teaching have gained increasing relevance. These programmes enable individuals with prior academic degrees to enter teaching at later stages of their lives, expanding the pool of prospective teachers and diversifying entry profiles (Eurydice, 2018; Ruitenburg & Tigchelaar, 2021). However, despite their potential, there remains limited knowledge about how students entering teaching through these pathways make sense of their decision to change careers. The literature has identified a range of factors influencing the decision to become a teacher and to remain in the profession: working conditions, remuneration, social status, and intrinsic, extrinsic, and altruistic motivations (Johnson, 2008; Bellei & Valenzuela, 2010; Heinz, 2015; Arribas et al., 2022). However, much of this research has relied on verbal and rational approaches, centred on retrospective and discursive explanations of vocational decision-making. Several authors have argued that such approaches may be insufficient to capture the symbolic, emotional, and biographical dimensions of experience in non-linear trajectories with significant life disruptions (Riessman, 2008; Squire et al., 2014). Verbal language often organises experience retrospectively and coherently, leaving aside ambivalence, affect, and meanings that are difficult to articulate discursively (Pink, 2013; Rose, 2016). Visual approaches address these limitations by enabling the condensation of experience and the metaphorical representation of complex biographical processes (Pink, 2015; Prosser & Loxley, 2008), making images a particularly fertile resource for exploring how second-career teacher education students represent and re-signify their pathways into teaching in contexts of teacher shortage and diversified entry routes. The study’s aim is to understand how secondary teacher education students who enter the profession as a second career construct meaning around their pathways into teaching, with particular attention to the symbolic meanings they attribute to their career-change trajectories. The study is guided by the following research question: How do secondary teacher education students who enter the profession as a second career construct meaning around their trajectories into teaching? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is situated within a qualitative interpretive approach, oriented towards understanding the meanings individuals attribute to their professional trajectories and career decisions, particularly in contexts of career change and non-linear pathways into teaching (Denzin & Lincoln, 2018; Flick, 2014). Participants and sampling. The participants were 20 prospective secondary teachers enrolled in a teaching as a second career degree programme in Chile. Students come from different teacher education institutions and regions of the country, allowing for the inclusion of diverse training contexts and prior trajectories. Participant selection followed a two-stage purposive sampling strategy (Palinkas et al., 2015). In the first stage, a broader sample of prospective teachers entering second-qualification programmes was identified (n = 244). In the second stage, a subsample of 20 participants was selected based on criteria of diversity in prior trajectories, teacher education institutions, and geographic location. This procedure resulted in a heterogeneous sample, suitable for exploring the plurality of experiences associated with late-entry vocations into teaching. Data collection. Data were collected through in-depth interviews supported by a photo-elicitation technique, used as a resource to access symbolic, emotional, and biographical meanings associated with pathways into teaching as a second career (Harper, 2002; Tornabene et al., 2018). During the interview, participants selected one image from a photographic dossier composed of 48 photographs, designed to facilitate reflection on trajectories, transitions, and vocational decisions (Baptiste & Bélisle, 2011). The selected image served as the starting point for the conversation, stimulating recall, reflection, and the articulation of meanings that do not always emerge in exclusively verbal interviews (Tornabene et al., 2018). Data analysis. The interviews were fully transcribed and analysed using qualitative content analysis, identifying emerging patterns and meanings within participants’ narratives (Flick, 2014). The analytic process was conducted collaboratively by the research team and supported by ATLAS.ti software (version 25). Ethical considerations. Participation was voluntary, and all participants provided informed consent. Confidentiality and anonymity were ensured through the use of pseudonyms, data coding, and secure data storage. The study received approval from the ethics committee of the sponsoring institution and complies with national and international standards for research involving human participants. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings show that the images selected by participants operated as visual metaphors of their pathways into teaching as a second career, representing their non-linear professional trajectories marked by disruptions and transitions. In line with previous research on non-traditional teacher trajectories, entry into teaching does not emerge as a single, discrete decision, but rather as a cumulative process in which prior professional experiences acquire new meanings (Heinz, 2015; Ruitenburg & Tigchelaar, 2021). The analysis indicates that photo-elicitation facilitated the emergence of symbolic and emotional dimensions of vocational decision-making that are not always expressed with the same depth in exclusively verbal accounts. Images enable the condensation of biographical experiences, affect, and temporalities (Pink, 2013); the photographs function as narrative anchors that connect participants’ professional pasts with their present teacher education experiences and with projections of their future teaching practice. Additionally, findings show that participants represented their pathways into teaching through images associated with movement, crossroads, and reconstruction, aligning with research that highlights the identity-related and transformational nature of late-entry vocations into teaching (Sullivan & McCarthy, 2004; Heinz, 2015). These metaphors make visible the recurring tensions between economic stability, social recognition, and vocational meaning, dimensions that have been widely documented in the literature on entry into and retention in the teaching profession (Arribas et al., 2022; Johnson, 2008). From a methodological perspective, the findings confirm the potential of photo-elicitation to deepen understanding of complex professional trajectories, reinforcing arguments advanced by Harper (2002) and Prosser and Loxley (2008) regarding the value of visual methods for accessing meanings that are difficult to verbalise. In this sense, the study contributes to teacher education research by demonstrating how images enable a richer and more situated understanding of sense-making processes associated with teaching as a second career. References Arribas, M. A., Gajardo, K., Reyes, A., & Vargas, P. (2022). Factores que inciden en la elección de la enseñanza como carrera: un análisis en Iberoamérica. Revista Interuniversitaria de Formación del Profesorado. Continuación de la antigua Revista de Escuelas Normales, 97(36.3). https://doi.org/10.47553/rifop.v97i36.3.93048 Darling-Hammond, L. (2023). How teacher education matters. Journal of Teacher Education, 74(2), 151–156. https://doi.org/10.1177/00224871231161863 Eurydice. (2018). Teaching careers in Europe: Access, progression and support. Publications Office of the European Union. Flick, U. (2014). An introduction to qualitative research (5th ed.). Sage. Harper, D. (2002). Talking about pictures: A case for photo elicitation. Visual Studies, 17(1), 13–26. Heinz, M. (2015). Why choose teaching? An international review of empirical studies exploring student teachers’ career motivations. Educational Research and Evaluation, 21(3), 258–297. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2015.1018278 Marcelo, C. (2009). Los comienzos en la docencia: Un profesorado con buenos principios. Profesorado. Revista de Currículum y Formación del Profesorado, 13(1), 1–25. Marcelo, C., Marcelo-Martínez, P., & Jáspez, J. F. (2021). Cinco años después: Análisis retrospectivo de experiencias de inducción de profesores principiantes. Profesorado. Revista de Currículum y Formación del Profesorado, 25(2), 99–121. https://doi.org/10.30827/profesorado.v25i2.18444 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2017). Education in Chile: Reviews of national policies for education. OECD Publishing. Pink, S. (2013). Doing visual ethnography (3rd ed.). Sage. Rose, G. (2016). Visual methodologies: An introduction to researching with visual materials (4th ed.). Sage. Ruitenburg, S. K., & Tigchelaar, A. E. (2021). Longing for recognition: A literature review of second-career teachers’ induction experiences in secondary education. Educational Research Review, 33, 100389. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2021.100389 Symeonidis, V., Guberman, A., & Cooper, R. (2025). Addressing teacher shortages in an international context: implications for the quality and status of teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1-8. UNESCO. (2022). Reimaginar juntos nuestro futuro: Un nuevo contrato social para la educación. https://www.unesco.org UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030. (2025). Global report on teachers: Addressing teacher shortages and transforming the profession. UNESCO Publishing. Yüce, K., Şahin, E. Y., Koçer, Ö., & Kana, F. (2013). Motivations for choosing teaching as a career. Asia Pacific Education Review, 14, 295–306. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-013-9258-9 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Role of Career Changers in a Time of Teacher Shortage Crisis University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Austria is facing an educational crisis since there has been an increasing teacher shortage, especially in STEM subjects. The reasons for this teacher shortage crisis are multifaceted, including a retirement wave, an increase in teacher turnover and students not completing their teacher training programme (BMBWF, 2024). In order to counteract this shortage, the government has decided to offer teaching positions to career changers—that is, people from other professions who wish to pursue a career in teaching. Career changers in science, technology, engineering or maths subjects are typically professionals with prior work experience in a STEM area (Cuddapah & Stanford, 2015) before they transitioned into teaching. They can be characterised by bringing more work and life experience (Anderson et al., 2014) compared to “traditional” teachers with a university teaching degree. While the aim of recruiting career changers is not only to ensure there are enough STEM teachers in the classroom, the intention is also aimed to attract “professionals or top science graduates” (Watters & Diezmann, 2015, p.164) for these positions. However, as career changers do not have a teaching degree, they must also complete a credentials course consisting of pedagogical and legal topics alongside their teaching responsibilities (BMBWF 2024). Career changers occupy a significant position within the Austrian educational system. Even though they do not have a teaching degree (yet), their number in appointed teaching positions has increased in school year 2023/24 from from 5.5% to 8.4% (Schnider & Braunsteiner, 2024). The significant rise in hired career changers thus highlights their essential part in the teacher shortage crisis. Existing research has demonstrated that the transition process from one work environment into teaching can pose significant challenges for the development of a professional identity (Day 2012; Monereo, 2022). Therefore, this study seeks to address the research question: “What professional role do career changers have at school at a time of an educational crisis?” Gaining an answer to this question is essential for evaluating their compatibility with the teaching profession and their capacity to develop a sense of professional identification. Furthermore, it is essential to examine career changers’ intentions regarding their long-term commitment to the teaching profession or the possibility of pursuing another career path. The concept of professional identity plays a central role in understanding how individuals perceive themselves as part of a profession and how they establish a sense of belonging and identification with it. However, since the concept of identity is complex, it requires further elaboration. It includes notions such as “teacher identity”, “professional identity” and “science teacher identity”. They share certain characteristics, for example that any form of identity should be regarded as a process that is subject to change (Beijaard et al., 2004; Pillen et al., 2013). The continuous (Ruohotie-Lyhty, 2013) and fluid (Avraamidou, 2014) aspect are additional characteristics. However, since this paper focuses on the professional role of career changers at schools, the notion of “professional identity” was decided to be the most suitable one as it is a general term that helps avoid assumptions whether career changers are perceived as teachers or science teachers (which might be the case with the notions of “teacher identity” and “science teacher identity”). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study used a social constructionist research approach where meaning is derived from social exchanges (Gergen, 2001). The social constructionist approach is well-suited for investigating professional identity formation processes since “cognitive processes and the social milieu” (Gergen, 2001, p.123) are both considered. Inductive reflexive thematic analysis (TA) (Braun and Clarke 2006) was used for data analysis as it allowed for theoretical flexibility and compatibility with an inductive approach (Braun and Clarke 2022). In TA, the role of the researcher has to be carefully reflected since “reflexive research treats knowledge as situated, and is inevitably and inescapably shaped by the processes and practices of knowledge production, including the practices of the researcher” (Braun and Clarke 2022, p.12). Thus, the researchers are “a situated, insight-bringing, integral component of the analysis” (Braun and Clarke 2022, p. 10). The initial codes from the analysis were further developed into three themes: (1) atypical teachers, (2) overwhelmed professionals, and (3) student teachers. All of these themes were cross-checked with one external coder. Seven career changers in STEM subjects participated in two rounds of semi-structured interviews over a period of six months (June 2024 - December 2024). The interviews were conducted either in person or online based on participants’ preferences. The first interviews were conducted at the end of the summer term of the 2023/24 school year, and the second ones during the winter term of the 2024/25 school year. Each interview lasted approximately 45 minutes, aiming to understand the STEM career changers’ professional role in their new profession. The first round of interviews explored participants’ professional backgrounds and reasons for their career change, including: • Why did you choose the teaching profession? • How did you experience the transition from your previous profession to your new one? The second interview focused specifically on professional identity (development) and interviewees were asked about the challenges and expectations of the teaching profession. • What do you say when you are asked what you do for a living? • What roles do you have in a lesson? • How do you perceive yourself when you teach? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the current teacher shortage crisis, recruiting career changers is vital to addressing the demand for STEM teachers in Austrian classrooms. However, their roles differ significantly from those of traditionally trained teachers, as career changers often struggle to fully identify with the teaching profession, despite their initial high levels of motivation. At the time of the interviews, the seven career changers were still transitioning into their new profession. They perceived themselves as atypical teachers due to their prior work and life experience in STEM fields, which contrasted with colleagues who entered the profession directly after completing a teaching degree. For some, their professional identification remained closely connected to their previous careers, where they had amassed significant work experience over several years. This aligns with Grier and Johnston’s findings (2012). Career changers experienced significant challenges during in their transition, including managing student behaviour, handling administrative responsibilities, and mastering classroom management. These difficulties often led to feelings of overwhelm, particularly as they were required to undertake pedagogical training while already teaching. Many reported lacking sufficient pedagogical knowledge to address behaviour issues or implement effective classroom management strategies. Furthermore, career changers perceived themselves as student teachers due to the junior roles they assumed among their colleagues. While receiving guidance and support from mentors and peers, their junior roles reflected a fragile professional identity. However, establishing a clear identification with the profession is necessary for developing a strong professional identity (Monereo, 2022). Nevertheless, unlike Grier and Johnston’s findings (2012), the career changers did not perceive their junior roles negatively. In summary, career changers can be characterised as transitioning professionals navigating three distinct roles: atypical teachers, overwhelmed professionals, and student teachers. Sustained support systems and professional guidance are essential to help them develop a robust professional identity and successfully integrate into the teaching profession. References Anderson, H., Fry, S., & Hourcade, J. J. (2014). Career changers as first-year high school teachers. The Clearing House: A Journal of Educational Strategies, Issues and Ideas, 87(4): 149-154. Avraamidou, L. (2014). Studying science teacher identity: Current insights and future research directions. Studies in Science Education, 50(2): 145-179. Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and teacher education, 20(2): 107-128. Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide. London: Sage. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2): 77-101. Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung (BMBWF) (2024). (Hrsg.) Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2024. https://doi.org/10.17888/ nbb2024 Cuddapah, J. L., & Stanford, B. H. (2015). Career-changers’ ideal teacher images and grounded classroom perspectives. Teaching and teacher education, 51: 27-37. Day, C. (2012). New Lives of Teachers. Teacher Education Quarterly, Winter 2012 39(1): 7-26. https://www.jstor.org/stable/23479560 Gergen, K. J. (2001). Social construction in context. London: Sage. Grier, J. M., & Johnston, C. C. (2012). STEM professionals entering teaching: Navigating multiple identities. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 23(1): 19-44. Monereo, C., (2022). Professional identity in education from the perspective of Dialogical Self Theory. In C. Monereo (Ed.), The identity of education professionals. Positioning, training & innovation (pp.1-32). Charlotte, NC: Information Age Publishing. Pillen, M., Beijaard, D., & Den Brok, P. (2013). Professional identity tensions of beginning teachers. Teachers and teaching, 19(6): 660-678. Ruohotie-Lyhty, M. (2013). Struggling for a professional identity: Two newly qualified language teachers' identity narratives during the first years at work. Teaching and teacher education, 30: 120-129. Schnider, A. & Braunsteiner, M.-L. (2024). Lehrkräftemangel in Österreich. Bestandsaufnahmen und Initiativen. Journal für LehrerInnenbildung (JLB), 24(1): 40-49. Watters, J. J., & Diezmann, C. M. (2015). Challenges confronting career-changing beginning teachers: A qualitative study of professional scientists becoming science teachers. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 26(2): 163-192. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Biographical Resources and Tensions Shaping Career-Change Teachers’ Understanding of Their Professional Roles 1: University College of Teacher Education Tyrol, Austria; 2: University of Graz, Austria Presenting Author:Across European education systems, career-change teachers are increasingly recruited in response to persistent teacher shortages, while their specific developmental needs often remain insufficiently addressed within teacher education and induction structures (UNESCO & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030, 2024). Existing research has examined motivations and entry pathways into teaching as a second career and has shown how prior occupational biographies may shape expectations, strengths and vulnerabilities during the transition into teaching (Tigchelaar et al., 2008). However, comparatively little is known about how career-change teachers themselves interpret their biographical resources and structural tensions in relation to their emerging professional roles across biographical time. This paper addresses this gap by asking which biographical resources and structural tensions shape career-change teachers’ understandings of their professional roles in secondary education. Situated at the intersection of teacher education and biographical research, the study conceptualises professional role understanding as a dynamic, socially and biographically constructed process that unfolds across past experiences, present institutional positioning, and anticipated futures (Goodson & Gill, 2011). Rather than treating biography as a static background variable, the analysis foregrounds biography as an active resource mobilised in the negotiation of professional identity, legitimacy, and belonging. Empirically, the paper draws on written reflection portfolios from 50 career-change teachers working in secondary education in Austria. The portfolios were produced within a mandatory, work-based teacher education programme for career-change teachers (HLG) and capture structured biographical reflections on professional role understandings across past, present, and anticipated future perspectives. This multi-temporal design enables an in-depth exploration of how professional roles are narrated, stabilised, and reworked over time under conditions of institutional strain. The findings show that career-change teachers’ professional role understandings are shaped through a process of relational role negotiation under high-stakes but meaning-laden conditions. Participants enter teaching after consciously disengaging from established careers—a step frequently described as risky, but also as deeply purposeful. While this transition is often marked by an abrupt “cold-water” entry into teaching, that is, assuming full classroom responsibility with minimal structured induction, it is also accompanied by the dual workload of a work-based, in-service teacher education programme (HLG). Yet these challenges are largely framed by participants as manageable and time-limited. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is located within qualitative teacher education research and follows an interpretivist–constructivist research paradigm. Professional role understanding is conceptualised as a socially and biographically constructed process that emerges through reflective sense-making within specific institutional and temporal contexts (Goodson & Gill, 2011). Biographical accounts are treated as situated interpretations through which participants make sense of their trajectories into and within the teaching profession. The empirical material consists of written reflection portfolios from 50 career-change teachers working in secondary education in Austria. At the time of data collection, all participants were employed in the school system, either in their induction phase or with several years of teaching experience. All participants were enrolled in a mandatory, work-based, in-service teacher education programme for career-change teachers (HLG). The portfolios were anonymised prior to analysis (IDs N1–N50). The portfolios comprised structured biographical reflections on participants’ professional trajectories and professional role understandings across past, present, and anticipated future perspectives, allowing for an analysis of professional role construction over time. Data analysis followed an inductive, grounded theory–oriented approach based on the Gioia methodology (Gioia et al., 2013). In a first step, the material was analysed using informant-centric first-order concepts that preserved participants’ own language and interpretations. In a second step, these concepts were systematically compared and clustered into theory-centric second-order themes. In a third step, the themes were distilled into aggregate dimensions representing higher-level theoretical insights. The analytic process was documented through a data structure, ensuring transparency between raw data, conceptual development, and theoretical claims. Participants were treated as knowledgeable agents, and biography was foregrounded as an active resource in professional sense-making. The analysis was conducted reflexively, with the researchers’ positioning within teacher education acknowledged as both an analytic resource and a potential source of bias. The material originated from course-based assignments; informed consent for anonymised research use was obtained after course completion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis identified four interrelated dimensions that structure career-change teachers’ understandings of their professional roles. First, biography as a safety net captures how participants mobilise parental experience and prior occupational expertise as sources of immediate legitimacy and emotional stability. Professional confidence is frequently anchored in life experience rather than in formal pedagogical credentials, allowing participants to compensate biographically for perceived training gaps. Second, high-stakes transition vulnerability describes the intensified strain resulting from conscious disengagement from prior careers combined with an abrupt “cold-water” entry into teaching. Participants report assuming full teaching responsibility without structured induction, while simultaneously managing the dual burden of full-time teaching and the HLG qualification programme. The lack of transparent and timely recognition of prior service years and precarious contractual arrangements further amplify feelings of being institutionally undervalued. Third, the novice–expert paradox reflects a persistent status inconsistency. While career-change teachers are selectively valued for their subject or technical expertise, they experience themselves as pedagogical novices, particularly in classroom management and assessment. This tension is reinforced through heterogeneous external ascriptions, including scepticism from younger, traditionally trained colleagues and inconsistent mentoring experiences. Fourth, adaptive professional distinction describes how participants respond to these tensions by developing hybrid, pragmatic role identities. Drawing on professional distance from prior careers, they cultivate de-centered resilience and accept contextual role fluidity—being experts in some situations and novices in others. Overall, career-change teachers’ professional role understandings emerge as biographically grounded, structurally shaped, and relationally negotiated configurations, rather than linear progressions from deficit to competence. The paper argues that teacher education and induction programmes should explicitly address the high-stakes nature of career disengagement, strengthen mentoring structures, and engage systematically with career-change teachers’ biographies as resources for professional learning. References Gioia, D. A., Corley, K. G., & Hamilton, A. L. (2013). Seeking Qualitative Rigor in Inductive Research: Notes on the Gioia Methodology. Organizational Research Methods, 16(1), 15–31. https://doi.org/10.1177/1094428112452151 Goodson, I., & Gill, S. (2011). Narrative pedagogy: Life history and learning. Peter Lang. Tigchelaar, A., Brouwer, N., & Korthagen, F. (2008). Crossing horizons: Continuity and change during second-career teachers’ entry into teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24(6), 1530–1550. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2008.03.001 UNESCO, & International Task Force on Teachers for Education 2030 (Eds.). (2024). Global Report on Teachers: Addressing Teacher Shortages and Transforming the Profession. UNESCO. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 13 D: Sustaining Practicum and School-Based Teacher Education Location: 113 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Lina Lindström Paper Session |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Holding School Placement Together: Retired Educators and the Sustainability of the Practicum in Initial Teacher Education Dublin City University, Ireland Presenting Author:Across European scholarship, there is sustained recognition of a policy shift towards more practice-based models of initial teacher education (ITE) (Czerniawski et al., 2019; Gorman & Furlong, 2025; Murray et al., 2019; Skourdoumbis, 2017; Towers & Maguire, 2023). ITE policy within the Republic of Ireland (RoI) has explicitly aligned with this trajectory (Department of Education, 2023). Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education (Teaching Council, 2020) and Guidelines on School Placement (Teaching Council, 2013, 2021), two regularity policies for ITE, have led a drive in extending placements on all ITE programmes in the RoI. HEIs are required to have 30 weeks of school placement for undergraduate 4-year programmes and 24 weeks of school placement for postgraduate 2-year programmes. A national review of school placement in the RoI has flagged that this shift has significantly intensified the organisational and staffing demands associated with placement provision (Hall et al., 2018), with pressures exacerbated by the absence of a formalised HEI-school partnership model in ITE (Gorman & Furlong, 2025). Under Teaching Council policy (2020, 2021), HEIs are required to have placement tutors involved in school placement. These duties include observing student teachers’ practice, engaging in professional dialogue, and making summative judgements aligned with HEI standards. International research consistently highlights that while this work is critically important for student teacher development, it can be complex and emotionally demanding (Darling-Hammond & Snyder, 2000; Haigh et al., 2013; Zeichner, 2021). Furthermore, and mirroring international trends, placement work within Irish HEIs (particularly universities) is undervalued within academic workload models and career structures, thus contributing to an increased reliance on part-time staff (Sugrue & Solbrekke, 2017; Zeichner, 2021). This part-time cohort consists mainly of retired teachers, principals, and former teacher educators. European research on teacher shortages has documented the growing re-engagement of retired teachers as a policy response to workforce pressures (Flores, 2025; Resch, 2025). While this literature has largely focused on classroom teaching, it also raises important questions for ITE, where retired educators also play a substantial role in placement activity. Against this backdrop, this paper is guided by the following research question:
These questions invite analysis of how retired educators interpret their roles, identities, and responsibilities in placement work, while also examining what the growing reliance on retired educators suggests about the organisation and resourcing of school placement within ITE. This paper conceptualises placement work as a form of post-retirement professional practice and draws on theoretical insights from retirement studies. In particular, the paper is informed by Wang and Shultz’s (2010) theoretical framework, which theorises retirement as a non-linear process shaped by individual decision-making, adjustment over time, career development, and organisational practices. Wang and Shultz (2010) conceptualise retirement as an individual decision-making process, foregrounding agency and motivation. The framework conceptualises retirement as an adjustment process involving the renegotiation of roles, authority, and work practices. Wang and Shultz also frame retirement as a career development stage rather than a period of withdrawal. From this perspective, retired work constitutes a distinct late-career role, where authority is derived from accumulated experience and professional judgement rather than formal position. Finally, the framework foregrounds organisational and policy dimensions, conceptualising retirement as a human resource issue shaped by recruitment practices and short-term contractual arrangements. This perspective is particularly salient given the flexible and often precarious arrangements through which retired placement tutors are engaged in Irish HEIs, raising questions about recognition, support, and long-term sustainability. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative approach was considered most appropriate for capturing participants’ lived experiences, professional biographies, and sense-making processes in depth. As outlined earlier, the study is theoretically informed by Wang and Shultz’s (2010) multidimensional framework on retirement, which conceptualises retirement not as a discrete moment of exit but as a dynamic process shaped by individual decision-making, adjustment over time, career development, and organisational human resource practices. This framework functions as a sensitising lens, informing both data generation and analysis rather than serving as a rigid coding structure. The study draws on in-depth interviews with 20 retired professionals, retired teachers and principals, currently involved in school placement activity at one HEI in the RoI. Participants were recruited through purposive sampling, guided by the criteria that they were formally retired from full-time teaching, had engaged in school placement activity within the previous three academic years, and had assessed student teachers in Irish primary or post-primary schools. The aim of sampling was not representativeness but to capture a range of professional trajectories and placement experiences. Semi-structured interviews were conducted either face-to-face or online, depending on participants’ preferences and location, and typically lasted between 60 and 90 minutes. Interviews were biographically informed, inviting participants to reflect across three phases of their professional lives: pre-retirement roles, the transition into retirement and decisions about continued engagement, and experiences of placement activity post-retirement. Interview questions were open-ended and exploratory, informed by the four dimensions of Wang and Shultz’s (2010) framework, and designed to elicit reflective narrative accounts. Ethical approval was obtained from the authors’ university, and all procedures were adhered to. Data analysis followed a thematic, theoretically informed approach combining inductive coding with theory-guided interpretation (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Initial analysis involved close reading and familiarisation to identify patterns across participants’ narratives. Inductive coding captured salient features of the data, including motivations for post-retirement engagement, experiences of placement work, perceptions of institutional support, and negotiations of professional identity. In a subsequent analytic phase, these codes were examined in relation to the four dimensions of Wang and Shultz’s framework, while remaining attentive to overlaps, tensions, and contradictions. Themes were refined through constant comparison across interviews, supported by reflexive memo-writing to ensure coherence between data, theory, and analytic claims. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Viewed through Wang and Shultz’s (2010) framework, post-retirement engagement reflects an adaptive reconfiguration of professional identity. Participants were clear about why they chose school placement work after retirement. Their motivations were rarely framed in financial terms. Instead, school placement offered continuity and a sense of purpose. Several participants spoke about not wanting an abrupt break from professional life. Negotiating the dual responsibility of supporting and assessing student teachers emerged as one of the most challenging aspects of the placement tutor role. Participants also expressed concern that ITE programmes have become overly academic, and participants saw themselves as helping student teachers bridge the gap between HEI expectations and school realities. Finally, what surprised participants was the strategic importance of their work in sustaining HEI-school relationships. They felt positioned to navigate tensions during school placement, particularly when concerns arose about student teachers’ practice, in ways that often prevented issues from hampering these relationships. While retired tutors value their roles, their increased centrality in ITE raises implications. First, as placement requirements expand across European systems (European Commission et al., 2021), ITE may risk drifting towards a ‘gig economy’ model, as evident in the RoI, where retired educators increasingly shoulder significant placement responsibilities without commensurate institutional status or security. Second, if these tutors were no longer willing or available to commit (e.g., due to changes in pension rules and part-time work), the placement system would quickly be exposed, potentially rendering placement activity unmanageable for HEIs. The paper concludes with echoing Zeichner’s call for greater recognition of placement activity (2021). Rather than remaining peripheral to workload models and promotion criteria, placement tutoring, whether undertaken by retired or full-time staff, needs greater recognition and resourcing. Without this, systems risk normalising dependency on casual labour while deferring reform of ITE structures, specifically in formalising HEI-school partnerships. References Assunção Flores, M. (2025). Teacher shortage and Initial teacher education in Portugal: ongoing reforms, contradictory messages. Journal of Education for Teaching, 51(5), 885-901. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Czerniawski, G., Kidd, W., & Murray, J. (2019). We are all teacher educators now: understanding school-based teacher educators in times of change in England. In: Swennen, A., Kosnik, C., & Murray, J. (Eds.), International research, policy and practice in teacher education (pp. 171-185). Springer. Darling-Hammond, L., & Snyder, J. (2000). Authentic assessment of teaching in context. Teaching and Teacher Education, 16(5-6), 523-545. Department of Education (2023). Initial Teacher Education Policy Statement. Department of Education. European Commission, EACEA, & Eurydice (2021). Teachers in Europe: Careers, Development andWell-being. European Union. Gorman, A., & Furlong, C. (2025). Cooperating teachers' readiness to support student teachers within a partnership model in initial teacher education in the Republic of Ireland. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education Haigh, M., Ell, F., & Mackisack, V. (2013). Judging teacher candidates' readiness to teach. Teaching and Teacher Education, 34, 1-11. Murray, J., Swennen, A., & Kosnik, C. (2019). International policy perspectives on change in teacher education. In: Swennen, A., Kosnik, C., & Murray, J. (Eds.), International research, policy and practice in teacher education (pp. 1-13). Springer. Resch, K. (2025). Retired Teachers Return to School to Tackle Teacher Shortages in Austrian Schools. An Untapped Reserve or Emergency Response?” European Journal of Teacher Education: 1–18. Skourdoumbis, A. (2017). Re-casting teacher effectiveness approaches to teacher education. In: Peters, M.A., Cowie, B. and Menter, I. (Eds), A Companion to Research in Teacher Education (pp. 347-357). Springer. Sugrue, C., & Solbrekke, T. D. (2017). Policy rhetorics and resource neutral reforms in higher education: their impact and implications?. Studies in Higher Education, 42(1), 130-148. Teaching Council (2013). Guidelines on School Placement. Teaching Council. Teaching Council (2020). Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education. Teaching Council. Teaching Council (2021). Guidelines on School Placement (2nd ed.). Teaching Council. Towers, E., & Maguire, M. (2023). Policy problems: policy approaches to teacher education research. In Menter, I. (Ed.), The Palgrave Handbook of Teacher Education Research (pp. 893-911). Springer. Wang, M., & Shultz, K. S. (2010). Employee retirement: A review and recommendations for future investigation. Journal of Management, 36(1), 172-206. Zeichner, K. (2021). Critical unresolved and understudied issues in clinical teacher education. Peabody Journal of Education, 96(1)1, 1-7. 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper The Role of Mentoring Expertise in School-Based Teacher Educator Recruitment University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Teaching practicums offer student teachers authentic opportunities to explore the nature of teaching, apply knowledge developed during their studies, and assess their suitability for the profession prior to formal entry into the workforce.. Time spent in classrooms— working closely with school-based teacher educators (SBTEs) and engaging in supported reflection on teaching experiences—are consistently identified as among the most critical elements of teacher preparation (Andreassen et al., 2019; Clarke et al., 2014). In many countries, student teachers now spend more time in schools during their training than in previous decades (Darling-Hammond, 2017). As a result, the role of SBTEs—who guide teacher candidates’ learning through a dynamic interplay of “showing and telling, asking and listening” (van Ginkel et al., 2016, p. 101)—has become increasingly central to teacher preparation. Despite their pivotal role, SBTEs—also referred to as cooperating, mentor, or collaborating teachers—remain conceptually underdefined and often contested within teacher education research and practice (Rakes et al., 2023). SBTEs occupy a dual position as both first-order practitioners, responsible for teaching pupils, and second-order practitioners, responsible for educating future teachers (Murray & Male, 2005). This duality generates inherent tensions and may impede the development of a coherent teacher educator identity, which has been shown to be crucial for effectiveness in the role (Andreassen et al., 2019). While prior research has examined how SBTEs are prepared and supported to manage these tensions (Parker et al., 2021), considerably less attention has been paid to how they are recruited. This gap is striking, given that the recruitment of SBTEs—alongside targeted professional learning—has been identified as a key lever for ensuring the quality of future teacher education (Darling-Hammond, 2017; Heikonen et al., 2017). This study addresses this omission by examining the role of mentoring expertise in the recruitment of SBTEs. The study is situated in Finland, a context internationally recognised for its research-based initial teacher education and long-standing tradition of university-affiliated teacher training schools. In these schools, SBTEs are recruited specifically for positions that combine classroom teaching with the mentoring of student teachers during supervised practicums. Because mentoring is an integral component of the role from the outset, this study asks: What role does mentoring expertise play in the recruitment of school-based teacher educators in Finnish teacher training schools? By addressing this question, the study contributes to two underdeveloped areas of scholarship: research on teacher recruitment, which remains limited (Klassen & Kim, 2019), and literature on teacher educators, which has “focused primarily on how they perceive themselves as professionals” (Richter et al., 2021, p. 1). By foregrounding employer perspectives, the study deepens understanding of SBTE work and offers insights into recruitment practices that have previously been described as “haphazard” (Parker et al., 2021, p. 66).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To address the research question, the study draws on two complementary data sources: job advertisements for SBTE positions and interviews with the principals responsible for their recruitment. Job advertisements articulate employers’ expectations regarding qualifications, experience, skills, and professional knowledge. Analysing such advertisements is a well-established approach to examining recruitment practices and labour market dynamics (Mahjoub & Kruyen, 2021) and is grounded in document analysis—a systematic method for studying organisational and institutional documents not originally produced for research purposes (Bowen, 2009). To minimise sampling bias, job advertisements were collected from the websites of all seven Finnish universities offering initial teacher education in Finnish. The final dataset consisted of 158 advertisements for SBTE positions in university-affiliated teacher training schools. These documents were analysed using inductive qualitative content analysis (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008), focusing on manifest content in order to remain closely aligned with explicitly stated recruitment criteria rather than inferred meanings. The second data source comprised semi-structured interviews conducted via Zoom with eight principals from teacher training schools affiliated with six universities. All interviewees had been listed as recruitment contact persons in SBTE job advertisements published in 2025 and were approached using the email addresses provided. The interview data were analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Following data familiarisation, meaningful units were coded, relationships among codes were examined, and codes were clustered into candidate themes. These themes were iteratively reviewed and refined to enhance internal coherence and analytical clarity, ultimately capturing “the essence of what each theme is about” (Braun & Clarke, 2006, p. 92). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The advertisements presented mentoring expertise and experience vaguely, while principals often described mentoring not as a specialised competence, but as general professional qualities expected of any good teacher, or as something that could be learned on the job—thus not emphasised in recruitment. The findings suggest that the teacher educator role of SBTEs remains subordinate to their role as teachers, as mentoring expertise tended to occupy a secondary position in recruitment compared to requirements related to classroom teaching expertise or pedagogical development. Interestingly, this secondary positioning mirrors trends identified in the recruitment of university teacher educators: in Australia, such positions were primarily framed as generic academic positions, with teacher education responsibilities treated as secondary (Nuttall et al., 2013). This pattern may be explained by the emphasis several principals placed on maintaining a low entry threshold for SBTE positions. Strongly foregrounding mentoring expertise in recruitment was perceived as a potential deterrent to applicants and as a risk of further constraining an already limited candidate pool when compared with municipal teaching positions. However, the resulting marginalisation of mentoring in recruitment practices sits uneasily with the centrality of mentoring in SBTEs’ everyday work in Finland. To better align recruitment with the realities of the role, SBTE selection processes should explicitly acknowledge mentoring expertise alongside classroom teaching experience, beginning with job advertisements and extending throughout the selection process, so that candidates enter the role with a clear understanding of and preparedness for its dual demands. References Andreasen, J. K., Bjørndal, C. R., & Kovač, V. B. (2019). Being a teacher and teacher educator: The antecedents of teacher educator identity among mentor teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 85, 281–291. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.05.011 Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative Research Journal, 9(2), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Clarke, A., Triggs, V., & Nielsen, W. (2014). Cooperating teacher participation in teacher education: A review of literature. Review of Educational Research, 84(2), 163–202. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313499618 Darling-Hammond, L. (2017). Teacher education around the world: What can we learn from international practice? European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 291–309. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2017.1315399 Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107–115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2648.2007.04569.x Heikonen, L., Toom, A., Pyhältö, K., Pietarinen, J., & Soini, T. (2017). Student-teachers’ strategies in classroom interaction in the context of the teaching practicum. Journal of Education for Teaching, 43(5), 534–549. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2017.1355080 Klassen, R. M., & Kim, L. E. (2019). Selecting teachers and prospective teachers: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 26, 32–51. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2018.12.003 Mahjoub, A., & Kruyen, P. M. (2021). Efficient recruitment with effective job advertisement: An exploratory literature review and research agenda. International Journal of Organization Theory & Behavior, 24(2), 107–125. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJOTB-04-2020-0052 Murray, J., & Male, T. (2005). Becoming a teacher educator: Evidence from the field. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(2), 125–142. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2004.12.006 Nuttall, J., Brennan, M., Zipin, L., Tuinamuana, K., & Cameron, L. (2013). Lost in production: The erasure of the teacher educator in Australian university job advertisements. Journal of Education for Teaching, 39(3), 329–343. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2013.799849 Parker, A. K., Zenkov, K., & Glaser, H. (2021). Preparing school-based teacher educators: Mentor teachers’ perceptions of mentoring and mentor training. Peabody Journal of Education, 96(1), 65–75. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2021.1877027 Rakes, L., Powell, R. L., Blevins, B., & Giordano, V. (2022). Navigating the roles of the school-based teacher educator: Mentor teachers’ and teacher candidates’ perceptions. The Educational Forum, 87(1), 73–89. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131725.2022.2053019 Richter, E., Brunner, M., & Richter, D. (2021). Teacher educators’ task perception and its relationship to professional identity and teaching practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, Article 103303. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103303 van Ginkel, G., Verloop, N., & Denessen, E. (2016). Why mentor? Linking mentor teachers’ motivations to their mentoring conceptions. Teachers and Teaching, 22(1), 101–116. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1023031 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper University-based Teacher Educators Facing the Field of Practice: an Analysis of Power and Control Relations in Norwegian Teacher Education Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway Presenting Author:The purpose of this paper is to examine the role played by university-based teacher educators [UBTEs] in the students’ practical training in schools, when collaborating with students and school-based teacher educators [SBTEs]. This paper does so through following research question: How do inexperienced university-based teacher educators describe their own role when faced with the field of practice, by taking part in the student's development in practice?
A close connection between the theoretical knowledge taught at universities and the practical training that takes place in school classrooms is considered essential for high‑quality teacher education in international policy documents (European Union, 2014; Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, 2019). Similarly, both international and Norwegian research on teacher education emphasizes the importance of a close and reciprocal relationship between universities and schools (Zeichner, 2010; Smith, 2016). However, Zeichner (2021) argues that such partnerships are often idealized because underlying power relations remain unidentified, and Manton and colleagues (2021) note that their long-term sustainability has not been sufficiently established in research. Therefore, Norwegian strategies argue that enhancing a close collaboration between UBTEs, SBTEs and students is important to improve such partnerships (Cochran-Smith et al., 2020).
In the Norwegian context, the university holds the final responsibility for students’ practical training in schools, which underscores the UBTE’s role in facilitating collaboration between UBTEs, SBTEs, and students. However, the UBTE role includes multiple responsibilities, and little training is typically provided to prepare for them (MacPhail et al., 2019). Consequently, new and inexperienced UBTEs express a need for stronger support systems and more systematic preparation for fulfilling the role (Kalgraf & Lindhardt, 2018; Langørgen & Smith, 2018). At the same time, research on the UBTE role is often based on descriptions provided by SBTEs and students, while the perspectives of UBTEs themselves are less frequently represented (Manton et al., 2021).
Even though research and policy emphasize the need for close collaboration between UBTEs, SBTEs, and students during practical training, studies have identified several challenges within the triad. Nguyen (2009) describes ongoing negotiations of power relations, Klemp and Nilssen (2017) point to unclear roles and communication difficulties, and Valencia et al. (2009) highlight tensions between the members of the triad. At the same time, the UBTE role involves taking on multiple responsibilities in relation to students’ practice, such as coach, gatekeeper, and broker (Dengerink et al., 2015). Together, these findings illustrate the complexity of enacting the UBTE role in school-based training and show that establishing a close triad collaboration is not easily recontextualised in practice.
Bernstein (2000) has developed a theoretical framework for understanding the relationships between agents and discourses in pedagogic practices, and how relations of power and control are in play within these relations. Central to his theory is the concept of the pedagogic device, which explains how the educational system is structured through rules and procedures that regulate educational practice and communication. A key aspect of this theory is the notion of a recontextualising field, which comprises recontextualising agents and functions. In this paper, the role of the UBTE is examined as a recontextualising agent within the triad collaboration. This perspective enables an analysis of how relations of power and control are in play within the triad, and thereby offers insight into what characterizes the role of the UBTE in practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used As an analytical framework, Bernstein (2000) introduces the concept of classification to analyse power relations and framing to examine relations of control. In this paper, classification is used to describe the power relations within the triad collaboration. Applying classification as an analytical concept enables an investigation of how power relations shape the UBTE role and what produces the insulation between the UBTE and SBTEs and students in the collaboration. To further explain what constitutes the UBTE role, Bernstein’s concept of classification is combined with Lunenberg and colleagues’ (2014) three practice‑related roles: mentor, gatekeeper, and facilitator. Within the analytical framework, the characteristics of strong and weak classification are therefore described in relation to each of these three roles. This paper forms part of a larger study that examines training for inexperienced UBTEs in carrying out their work related to practice. Accordingly, the participants in this study are inexperienced UBTEs. In total, eight interviews with ten inexperienced UBTEs constitute the data material for this paper. The interviews lasted between 33 and 57 minutes and were conducted as semi-structured interviews (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). The study follows the research regulations of the Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research, as well as the ethical guidelines of the National Research Ethics Committees. The analytical process was conducted in two steps. First, the interview descriptions were sorted according to the three roles—mentor, gatekeeper, and facilitator. During this step, each description was also coded as either a strong classification (+C) or a weak classification (−C). In the second step, a thematic analysis was carried out within each of the three roles (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The six phases of Braun and Clarke’s thematic analysis were followed. This analysis was used to identify the main themes within each role and their corresponding classification values. The themes characterizing the three roles—mentor, gatekeeper, and facilitator—and their classification values are presented in the results section. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In the mentor role, the UBTEs describe a strong classification (+C) in the way the support and reassurance they provide differ from that offered by SBTEs. Similarly, a strong classification (+C) is expressed through their use of different types of questions and a stronger emphasis on academic subject knowledge. A weak classification (−C) is evident in descriptions of how collaboration in practice contributes to the UBTEs’ own professional development and how the triad collaboration often centers on contextual issues related to the school setting. In the gatekeeper role, a strong classification (+C) is expressed through the UBTEs’ responsibility for assessment. At the same time, a weakening of the classification principles (−C) appears because the assessment is carried out in collaboration with SBTEs and involves professional judgement. In the facilitator role, a strong classification (+C) is described in how the UBTEs view themselves as a hub responsible for organizing the collaboration between SBTEs and students. Similarly, a strong classification (+C) is reflected in descriptions of the collaboration as having a predefined and clearly structured form. A weakening of classification (−C) is evident when the collaboration is described as dialogue‑based and characterized by a shared responsibility. These findings highlight the different aspects that create the UBTE role when engaging with the field of practice. Perspectives on what it means to be a professional frame the discussion in this paper, thereby extending the findings to contexts beyond Norway. Accordingly, the paper contributes knowledge about what constitutes the UBTE role, while also providing valuable insight into how UBTEs can frame their professional role and be better prepared for their future work in practice‑related contexts. References Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity. Theory, Research, Critique. Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, Inc. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Cochran-Smith, M., Alexandersson, M., Ellis, V., Grudnoff, L., Hammerness, K., Oancea, A. & Toom, A. (2020). Transforming Norwegian Teacher Education: The Final Report of the International Advisory Panel for Primary and Lower Secondary Teacher Education (NOKUTS utredninger og analyse, Report 3/2020). NOKUT. https://www.nokut.no/globalassets/nokut/rapporter/ua/2020/transforming-norwegian-teacher-education-2020.pdf Dengerink, J., Lunenberg, M., & Korthagen, F. (2015). The professional teacher educator: Six roles. Beitrage Zur Lehrerinnen - Und Lehrerbildung, 33(3), 1–11. https://www.researchgate. net/publication/295869073_The_Professional_Teacher_Educator_Six_Roles Kalgraf, S., & Lindhardt, E. (2018). Lærerutdannerens profesjonelle rolle i praksismøtet. Nordic Studies in Education, 38(1), 67–81. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1891-5949-2018-01-06 Klemp, T., & Nilssen, V. (2017). Positionings in an immature triad in teacher education. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(2), 257–270. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768. 2017.1282456 Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Det kvalitative forskningsintervjuet [The qualitative research interview] (3rd ed.). Gyldendal Akademiske. Langørgen, K., & Smith, K. (2018). Støtte og utvikling i jobben som ny lærerutdanner i Norge. Uniped, 41(3), 361–377. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1893-8981-2018-03-14 Lunenberg, M., Dengerink, J., & Korthagen, F. (2014). The professional teacher educator: roles, behaviour, and professional development of teacher educators. Sense Publishers. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-94-6209-518-2 MacPhail, A., Ulvik, M., Guberman, A., Czerniawski, G., Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., & Bain, Y. (2019). The professional development of higher education-based teacher educators: Needs and realities. Professional Development in Education, 45(5), 848–861. https://doi.org/10. 1080/19415257.2018.1529610 Manton, C., Heffernan, T., Kostogriz, A. & Seddon, T. (2021). Australian school–university partnerships: the (dis)integrated work of teacher educators, Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 49(3), 334-346. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2020.1780563 Nguyen, H. T. (2009). An inquiry-based practicum model: What knowledge, practices, and relationships typify empowering teaching and learning experiences for student teachers, cooperating teachers and college supervisors? Teaching & Teacher Education, 25(5), 655–662. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2008.10.001 Smith, K. (2016). Partnerships in Teacher Education – Going Beyond the Rhetoric, with Reference to the Norwegian Context. Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 6(3), 17-36. https://doi.org/10.26529/cepsj.63 Valencia, S. W., Martin, S. D., Place, N. A., & Grossman, P. (2009). Complex interactions in student teaching. Journal of Teacher Education, 60(3), 304–322. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109336543 Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the connections between campus courses and field experiences in college- and university-based teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1-2), 89-99. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347671 Zeichner, K. (2021). Critical Unresolved and Understudied Issues in Clinical Teacher Education. Peabody Journal of Education, 96(1), 1-7. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2020.1864241 10. Teacher Education Research
Paper Understanding the Identity Transformation from Schoolteacher to School-based Teacher-educator University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:The supervised teaching practice period is internationally known as one of the most crucial and challenging elements for student teachers’ professional development in teacher education (Caires et al., 2012; A. Clarke et al., 2014). The teaching practice periods are arenas for bridging the theory–practice gap (Mankki et al., 2025), and for the students’ commitment to the teaching profession (Kantonen et al., 2020; Sandvik et al., 2019). The supervising teachers guides the teaching practice, act as role models for teaching, and provides support and constructive feedback on students’ lesson planning and teaching (A. Clarke et al., 2014; Huong et al., 2025). Therefore, school-based supervising teachers have a central role in teacher education when supporting student teachers in their professional development, but to support students, they must be secure in their own professional identity (Hudson, 2013). We know from prior studies that tension affect the professional identity development (Williams et al., 2012) and school-based supervising teachers experience tensions related to their dual professional identities as teachers and teacher educators (Andreasen et al., 2019). Previous research also indicate that school-based supervisors tend to prioritise their teacher role over their teacher educator role (Sandvik et al., 2019). While this is understandable, it still challenges the role of supporting students’ professional development. Therefore, the aim of this research was to enrich the understanding of practice supervision from school-based supervising teachers’ point of view, by examining their conceptions about the supervision process in terms of content and experienced tensions. In addition, supervision orientations (Vehviläinen, 2022) and personal practical theories (Maaranen et al., 2016) were examined as theoretical models for supporting both the supervision process and the challenges that occurred. Vehviläinen (2022) suggest that there are four orientations; teaching orientation, supportive orientation, problem-solving orientation and exploratory orientation, that should be used in a complementary way as they shape supervision actions. The personal practical theories (Maaranen et al., 2016) are a way of accessing beliefs about teaching or supervision and is often seen as a synonym to a professional identity. Supervisor’s beliefs about what good teaching or supervision is, not only affects how the supervision turns out, but the supervisor’s beliefs also influence the student’s beliefs (Valcke et al., 2010), which highlights the relevance of being aware of own beliefs. Overall, research concerning teacher educators’ use of personal practical theories is scarce and needs more research attention overall. To investigate school-based supervising teachers’ views on the supervision process, a socio-dynamic approach (Peavy, 1997) to supervision has been used as a theoretical framework for understanding supervision as an identity-supporting task, regarding both the student teacher’s evolving teacher identity, but also supervising teachers’ own teacher educator identity. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research was conducted in Finland, using a generic qualitative approach to access school-based supervising teachers’ thoughts on the practice supervision process and the challenges they face, through both written material and semi-structured interviews. The participants were early childhood education and care teachers, basic education teachers, subject specific teachers or special education teachers, that were participating in a university arranged training for supervisors during 2019-2020. The written material: supervising teachers’ timelines (n=11 individual, n=4 group) about the supervision process and their personal practical theory statements (n=12) were collected in connection to the supervisor training, the material was conducted as course assignments designed by the lecturers of the training, and not for research purpose. The semi-structured online interviews (n=8) were conducted with the same supervisors, that gave their consent, although outside the supervisor training in 2021. The topic of the interview was related to the personal practical theory. Both content (Elo & Kyngäs, 2008) and thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2022) has been utilized as analysis methods. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Based on the preliminary results in this research the assumption is that school-based supervising teachers experience difficulties developing teacher educator identities and needs further support in that identity development process. For supervision to be effective, practice supervision needs to be conceptualised as a conscious pedagogical activity and acknowledged as a formative dimension of teacher education. The presentation begins with viewing the theoretical framework, explaining central concepts concerning teacher educator ship and the methodological procedure in short. Then as a summary of the preliminary results in the study and relevant theory, a model illustrating the contextual and individual factors that both influence (i.e. tensions) and support (i.e. self-reflection) the teacher educator identity development is presented. The model can then be used as a guiding tool for the discussion afterwards, the participants could reflect on whether they acknowledge the tensions encountered by school-based supervisors in their specific contexts and discuss how these tensions could be addressed. Another interesting question to discuss in this international arena could be: what should change in teacher education for school-based supervising teachers to be identified as teacher educators, both from a collective and individual perspective? This presentation contributes to the conference theme by addressing the importance of teachers and teacher educators acknowledging and strengthening their teacher educator identities, especially in these changing, unstable times, as they are educating and influencing future generations of teachers with their own beliefs of what (good) teaching is. References Andreasen, J. K., Bjørndal, C. R. P., & Kovač, V. B. (2019). Being a teacher and teacher educator: The antecedents of teacher educator identity among mentor teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 85, 281-291. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.05.011 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. (A. Maher, Ed.). SAGE Publications Ltd. Caires, S., & Almeida, L. S. (2007). Positive aspects of the teacher training supervision: The student teachers' perspective. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 22(4), 515528. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03173469 Clarke, A., Triggs, V., & Nielsen, W. (2014). Cooperating teacher participation in teacher education: A review of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 84(2), 163-202. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654313499618 Elo, S., & Kyngäs, H. (2008). The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 62(1), 107-115. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.13652648.2007.04569.x Hudson, P. (2013). Strategies for mentoring pedagogical knowledge. Teachers and Teaching, 19(4), 363-381. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2013.770226 Huong, T. T., Hao, P. N., Minh, L. H., & Linh, N. T. (2025). Teacher mentors' emotional experiences in mentoring pre-service primary school teachers during a school-based teaching internship. International Journal of Innovative Research and Scientific Studies, 8(2), 19561966. https://doi.org/10.53894/ijirss.v8i2.5587 Kantonen, E., Onnismaa, E.-L., Reunamo, J., & Tahkokallio, L. (2020). Sitoutuneet, epävarmat ja poistujat – Varhaiskasvatuksen opettajaksi opiskelevien sitoutuneisuus työelämään opintojen loppuvaiheessa. Journal of Early Childhood Education Research, 9(2). Maaranen, K., Pitkäniemi, H., Stenberg, K., & Karlsson, L. (2016). An idealistic view of teaching: Teacher students’ personal practical theories. Journal of Education for Teaching, 42(1), 8092. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2015.1135278 Mankki, V., Koski, J., Stenberg, K., & Poikkeus, A.-M. (2025). Teaching practicum research in Finland: A scoping review. Educational Review. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911. 2025 .2506794 Peavy, R. V. (1997). SocioDynamic Counselling - A Constructivist Perspective. Trafford Publishing. Sandvik, L. V., Solhaug, T., Lejonberg, E., Elstad, E., & Christophersen, K.-A. (2019). Predictions of school mentors' effort in teacher education programmes. European Journal of Teacher Education, 42(5), 574-590. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2019.1652902 Valcke, M., Sang, G., Rots, I., & Hermans, R. (2010). Taking prospective teachers' beliefs into account in teacher education. In P. Peterson, E. Baker, & B. McGaw (Eds.), International encyclopedia of education (Vol. 7, pp. 622628). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-044894-7.00668-0 Vehviläinen, S. (2022). Orientations and dilemmas of guidance. An attempt at synthesis. Journal of Counsellogy, 10. https://doi.org/10.34862/sp.2021.4 Williams, J., Ritter, J., & Bullock, S. M. (2012). Understanding the complexity of becoming a teacher educator: Experience, belonging, and practice within a professional learning community. Studying Teacher Education, 8(3), 245260. https://doi.org/10.1080/17425964.2012.719130 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 10 SES 13 E: Using the Concept of Agency as a Methodological and Mediating Tool to Design Contextually Responsive Teacher Education Curriculum Location: 112 | Virta building | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Lais Oliveira Leite Research Workshop |
|
|
10. Teacher Education Research
Research Workshop Using the Concept of Agency as a Methodological and Mediating Tool to Design Contextually Responsive Teacher Education Curriculum University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:The aim of this collaborative workshop is to open a dialogue on how the concept of Student Teacher Professional Agency (STPA) can serve as a methodological and mediational tool for fostering contextually sensitive discussions about teachers’ continuous professional development within international education development collaboration. STPA can be understood as student teachers’ engagement in managing their own learning process oriented towards ongoing professional development, a need that has become increasingly salient in view of the rapid changes and uncertainties currently shaping schools and educational systems (Soini et al., 2015). The workshop first situates STPA within global teacher education, drawing on comparative research done between Finland and Brazil. Participants will engage with recent findings on how teacher identity negotiation, curriculum coherence (as the linkage between theory and practice), and learning environments (as the pedagogical interaction between students and teacher educators) correlate to STPA (Leite et al., 2022; 2024; 2025). These findings are further contextualised within broader global policy pressures and the internationalization of teacher education. The discussion highlights how STPA can help navigate tensions between globalised standards and local educational priorities. Through structured presentation and interactive subgroup workshops, this session fosters cross-national dialogue on integrating the concept of agency into teacher education curriculum design, emphasizing contextual responsiveness and continuous professional development. Expected outcomes include actionable ideas for using the concept as a methodological and mediational tool to foster professionalization discussions on teacher education curriculum. Theoretical Background Contemporary teacher education is shaped by international programs and growing Global North/South exchanges (Chung, 2019), heavily influenced by neoliberal movements as the Global Educational Reform Movement (GERM) (Sahlberg, 2021). GERM emphasizes market-driven values, competition, standardization, and performance-based accountability, often resulting in the privatization of schools, reduced public funding, and top-down, decontextualized curricula (Chung, 2019). While reforms aim to increase qualified teachers worldwide, educators frequently encounter tensions between globalized professional ideals and local realities (Bamberger & Yemini, 2022; Chung, 2019), compounded persistent challenges such as low salaries, burnout, and high attrition rates (Daboín & Ribeiro, 2019). In parallel, the discourse of teacher centrality has emerged, positioning teachers as central to educational reform and accountability (Larsen, 2010). While this discourse ostensibly promotes teacher professionalism, it has paradoxically led to increased stress, anxiety, and frustration due to intensified external monitoring and evaluation, undermining teacher autonomy and professional development (Larsen, 2010; Priestley et al., 2022). The teacher efficacy paradigm has further reinforced this trend, focusing on measurable competencies and viewing teaching as a set of technical tasks to be optimized (König et al., 2023). This approach tends to overlook the adaptive, context-sensitive nature of teaching and the complexities of social, cultural, and systemic influences on education (Fairbanks et al., 2010). As a result, teacher education has become increasingly standardized, limiting the capacity for locally responsive curricula and reducing teachers’ agency in curriculum decision-making (Melo et al., 2022). To address these challenges, scholars advocate for a critical, context-sensitive approach to teacher education that emphasizes professional agency, contextual responsiveness, and social justice (Chung, 2019). This includes fostering student teachers’ ability to critically reflect on their practice and exercise agency in navigating complex educational landscapes (Fairbanks et al., 2010). Such an approach calls for curricular designs that empower future teachers as curriculum decision-makers, recognizing that agency is shaped by both individual and collective efforts, as well as contextual resources and constraints (Melo et al., 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This workshop builds on doctoral research conducted collaboratively at a Finnish and a Brazilian university, investigating STPA and its influencing factors (teacher identity negotiation, curricular coherence, and learning environment) in two representative case studies of teacher education exporters from the Global North and South. Data were collected through teacher education curriculum analyses and questionnaires (2019–2022) answered by 283 Brazilian and 362 Finnish student teachers. The findings show that teacher identity negotiation is the strongest factor regulating STPA in both contexts. Moreover, STPA is closely linked to students' perceptions of curriculum coherence and the degree of support and recognition provided by teacher educators in the learning environment. Qualitative curriculum analysis from both teacher education programs highlights how STPA elements and identity negotiation are variably represented in institutional curricula, particularly through themes of “didactics”, “professional identity building”, “inclusive education”, and “critical perspectives on education”. These elements inform the practical design of teacher education programs capable of fostering effective, context-sensitive STPA. Workshop Structure 1. Introduction and Presentation (15 min): Facilitators will present main research findings and contextualize them within global policy dynamics shaping teacher education across North and South. Topics include: • Global policy pressures (e.g. GERM), teacher centrality discourse and effectiveness paradigm • Review of study cases’ findings on STPA, identity negotiation, curriculum coherence, and learning environment 2. Subgroup Collaboration (50 min): Participants will split into groups, briefly sharing their own contexts and ideas. Each group will workshop practical strategies in the following stations: • Recognizing STPA into their own teacher education curriculum with the support of a methodological tool developed by the facilitators to reflect how to identify and analyse STPA on teacher education curriculum. • Using the concept of STPA with the support of a mediational tool provided by the facilitators to foster professional dialogues on teacher professionalism and curriculum decision-making within teacher education curriculum. • Identifying relevant stakeholders at different phases and levels of teacher education collaboration, using the model developed by Priestley et al. (2022). 3. Sharing Insights and Plenary Discussion (25 min): Groups will present key discussion points from each workshop station; session organizers will lead a wrap-up connecting subgroup insights to broader discussions. A final plenary will launch the proposal of the methodological and mediational tools that uses the concept of STPA to foster critical dialogue on curriculum making and agency and will introduce the idea of a developing toolkit for curriculum designers and teacher educators. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The workshop is designed to generate a set of interrelated conceptual, practical, and collaborative outcomes that extend beyond the session itself. Conceptually, participants are expected to deepen their understanding of STPA (Soini et al., 2015) as a critical lens for examining the interplay between global policy agendas (Chung, 2019), teacher curriculum decision-making (Melo et al., 2022), and curriculum design. By engaging with comparative data from Finland and Brazil (Leite et al., 2022, 2024, 2025), participants will be invited to interrogate how international policy and market-driven reforms shape opportunities for, and constraints on, professional agency in diverse contexts. Practically, the workshop will support participants in translating the concept of STPA into concrete strategies for curriculum development and programme design. Through the collaborative workstations, participants will develop ideas for integrating agency into teacher education curricula—for example by embedding structured opportunities for identity negotiation, strengthening theory–practice coherence, and intentionally designing supportive learning environments. The proposed methodological and mediational tools will provide participants with transferable resources that can be adapted within their own institutions and networks. Overall, the workshop will function as a participatory forum for conceptualizing, testing, and expanding research-informed practices aimed at empowering teachers as adaptive, context-responsive professionals within global educational systems. By the end of the session, participants should leave with a strengthened theoretical understanding of STPA, concrete tools for curriculum work, and initial pathways for future collaborative initiatives. PARTICIPANTS! Kindly read this paper before attending the workshop for deeper discussions: Leite, L. O., Ouverney, J. R., Lustosa, F. G., Sointu, E., & Havu-Nuutinen, S. (2025). Exploring student teacher professional agency across two universities in Brazil and Finland. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2536272 References Bamberger, A., & Yemini, M. (2022). Internationalisation, teacher education and institutional identities: a comparative analysis. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2022.2062711 Chung, J. (2019). PISA and Global Education Policy. Understanding Finland’s Success and Influence (Vol. 48). Brill. https://www.ebsco.com/terms-of-use Daboín, M. M. G., & Ribeiro, M. L. (2019). The Profile of Students Entering the Pedagogy Course. Nuances: Estudos Sobre Educação, 30(1), 312–326. https://doi.org/10.32930/nuances.v30i1.6765 Fairbanks, C. M., Duffy, G. G., Faircloth, B. S., He, Y., Levin, B., Rohr, J., & Stein, C. (2010). Beyond knowledge: Exploring why some teachers are more thoughtfully adaptive than others. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1–2), 161–171. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347874 König, J. et al. (2023). Teacher education effectiveness as an emerging research paradigm: a synthesis of reviews of empirical studies published over three decades (1993–2023). Journal of Curriculum Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2023.2268702 Larsen, M. A. (2010). Troubling the discourse of teacher centrality: A comparative perspective. Journal of Education Policy, 25(2), 207–231. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930903428622 Leite, L. O., Havu-Nuutinen, S., & Sointu, E. (2022). How environmental and individual factors dynamically influence student teacher professional agency during teacher education. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 68(2), 273–288. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2022.2127879 Leite, L. O., Lustosa, F. G., Sointu, E., Havu-nuutinen, S. (2024). Consolidating Research on Student Teacher Professional Agency: A Quantitative Study with an Ecological Approach in the Global South. Journal of Teacher Education and Educators, 13(2), 145-164. Leite, L. O., Ouverney, J. R., Lustosa, F. G., Sointu, E., & Havu-Nuutinen, S. (2025). Exploring student teacher professional agency across two universities in Brazil and Finland. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2025.2536272 Melo, M. J. C. de, Almeida, L. A. A. de, & Leite, C. (2022). Currículos de formação de professores: o poder de agência em questão. Educação e Pesquisa, 48. https://doi.org/10.1590/s1678-4634202248247432por Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S. & Soini, T. (2022). Curriculum Making and Teacher Agency. In R. Tierney, F. Rizvi, K. Ercikan & G. Smith (Eds), Elsevier International Encyclopaedia of Education, 4th Volume. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Sahlberg, P. (2021) Finnish Lessons 3.0: What Can the World Learn from Educational Change in Finland? 3. ed. Teachers College Press. Soini, T., Pietarinen, J., Toom, A., & Pyhältö, K. (2015). What contributes to first-year student teachers sense of professional agency in the classroom? Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 641–659. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044326 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 11 SES 13 A: Improving School Leadership Location: Levi | Hotel Lapland | Session Chair: Arturs Medveckis Paper Session |
|
|
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Professional Learning of Novice School Principals Palacky University Olomouc, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:This paper aims to develop a conceptual understanding of the professional learning needs of novice school principals, positioning these needs as a key prerequisite for quality development of both individuals and their schools. The transition into the principalship represents a critical phase in leadership development, with substantial implications for school quality, organizational stability, and educational outcomes. Research across education systems underscores the pivotal role of school leadership in shaping institutional effectiveness and learning quality (Leksy et al., 2024). In decentralized education systems, including the Czech Republic, principals hold primary responsibility for school governance and educational provision (Act No. 561/2004 Coll.). Principals participate in approximately 70% of decisions influencing school quality (MEYS, 2025, p. 6). At the same time, they face a substantial administrative burden and rank among the most overloaded actors in the education system. This accumulation of responsibility and workload constrains principals’ capacity not only for instructional and strategic leadership, but also for their own professional learning, which remains essential for sustained quality of schools and continuous improvement. In practice, principals´ professional learning does not unfold as a linear or pre-planned process, instead it emerges from context-specific learning needs shaped by everyday leadership challenges. These include the development of their professional, managerial, and legal competencies, as well as psychosocial and emotional capacities linked to role transition and leadership identity formation (Johnson et al., 2020). While some needs are identified early, others surface through engagement with concrete leadership dilemmas and high-stakes decisions (Evans, 2019). Their fulfillment is achieved not only through formal professional development, but also through experiential learning, professional dialogue, informal networks, and supportive relationships (Eraut, 2004). The initial phase of headship is particularly demanding. Pol et al. (2009) define a novice principal as an individual serving within the first two years of their appointment, a period referred to as the entry into the principalship. During this phase, principals experience the sudden assumption of full institutional responsibility, described by Spillane and Lee (2014) as a “responsibility shock.” Concurrently, novice principals are required to navigate a highly complex leadership role that encompasses instructional leadership, human resource management, administration, finance, and legal accountability (Czech School Inspectorate, 2024). This period is frequently associated with high levels of stress, uncertainty, and emotional strain, particularly in contexts of limited systemic support and insufficient prior leadership experience (Spillane and Lee, 2014). Within this context, professional learning emerges as a central mechanism through which novice principals build leadership capacity, respond to role demands, and actively maintain and enhance school quality. The literature conceptualizes professional learning as a multidimensional, active, and reflective process embedded in everyday practice (Darling-Hammond et al., 2017; Evans, 2019; Keay et al., 2019; Salo et al., 2024). Mockler (2020, 2022) emphasizes individual agency, highlighting how professionals shape learning in interaction with organizational, relational, institutional, and systemic conditions. For principals, learning occurs not only through formal preparation and induction, but also through daily leadership practice, professional interaction, informal networks, and peer support. Prior research shows that high-quality principal professional learning enhances leadership competence, teacher development, and student learning, strengthening overall school effectiveness (Darling-Hammond et al., 2022; Leithwood et al., 2020). Adopting qualitative research design, the study examines how early-career principals interpret their emerging learning priorities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative interpretivist research design drawing on three-round repeated semi-structured interviews, all conducted with participants’ informed consent and audio-recorded. Data were collected in autumn 2025, and after each interview round, verbatim transcripts were returned to participants for member checking and authorization, enhancing both credibility and ethical rigor. The research focused on novice school principals, and participant selection criteria reflected the study’s conceptual and methodological framework (Creswell, 2018). The sample included principals from schools providing compulsory education who had assumed the principal role for the first time and had served no longer than two years at the start of data collection. Of the eight principals invited, three agreed to participate. The participants were novice female principals who entered headship in 2024 and 2025. To ensure confidentiality, pseudonyms Anna, Klara, and Maria were assigned. Anna assumed the principalship in 2024, taking over a school marked by limited organizational discontinuity and the absence of systematic handover of documentation and key processes. Klara entered the principal role in September 2025. Although she had prior teaching experience, she had no previous leadership experience and assumed responsibility for a school facing staffing and organizational instability. At the time of data collection, she was at the very beginning of her headship. Maria became principal in 2024, entering headship with prior teaching experience and administrative exposure from her former role as deputy principal. At the time of the interviews, she had already accumulated several months of leadership practice and was managing everyday operational demands. The data were analyzed using thematic analysis following Braun and Clarke (2006). The analytical process included repeated transcript reading, open coding of meaning units, theme development, and interpretation in relation to the research question (Braun & Clarke, 2006). An audit trail documented analytic decisions and theme refinement. Trustworthiness was supported through triangulation across interview rounds, member checking, and reflexive memo-writing addressing researcher positionality. Several limitations of the study should be acknowledged. In particular, the study examines principals’ interpreted learning needs rather than objectively assessed leadership performance, and reflect participants’ sense-making within a specific induction phase. As a qualitative study, the analysis is shaped by the researchers’ interpretive framework and the policy and organizational context in which participants are situated. The analysis resulted in three overarching themes capturing novice principals’ professional learning needs, providing insight into leadership learning within the principal pipeline and induction phase. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that novice principals’ learning needs cluster into three interrelated leadership domains: self-regulation, strategic leadership, personnel leadership, and administrative management. Professional learning emerges as a situated, reactive, and practice embedded process, shaped by responsibility shock and organizational pressure. In the domain of self-regulation, novice principals describe the need to cope with the sudden burden of taking over a school, often without leadership continuity and in the context of unmet expectations. They report learning to regulate their emotions and manage stress, loneliness, and uncertainty, in order to remain accountable for their own work and the functioning of the school as a whole. This experience reflects the responsibility shock identified by Spillane and Lee (2014) as a critical moment in novice principals’ professional learning. In the domain of strategic and personnel leadership, principals highlight learning needs related to strategic budget management, resource planning, financial stability, conflict resolution, staff development, and navigating legal frameworks, particularly labor and administrative regulations. The third domain concerns administrative management. Principals emphasize the need to familiarize themselves with complex school documentation, reporting requirements, and administrative procedures, particularly when documentation has not adequately been handed over from previous leadership. These needs are closely linked to legal and financial accountability. In line with Evans (2019), learning needs are often activated by concrete operational and organizational demands embedded in everyday leadership practice. The findings underscore the demanding nature of entry into headship as a prerequisite for quality development. This aligns with Crow’s (2006) characterization of early principalship as a critical phase of professional socialization requiring intensive learning and adaptation. Principals’ accounts further highlight the importance of targeted induction and professional support (Hargreaves, 2025). References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). SAGE. Crow, G. M. (2006). Complexity and the beginning principal in the United States: perspectives on socialization. Journal of Educational Administration, 44(4), 310–325. Czech School Inspectorate. (2024). Annual Report of the Czech School Inspectorate for the 2023/2024 School Year. Prague: Czech School Inspectorate. Darling-Hammond, L., Sutcher, L., Podolsky, A., & Espinoza, D. (2022). Developing effective principals: What kind of learning matters? Learning Policy Institute. https://learningpolicyinstitute.org/media/3698/download Eraut, M. (2004). Informal learning in the workplace. Studies in Continuing Education, 26(2), 247–273. Evans, L. (2019). Professional learning in the education profession. Springer. Hargreaves, A. (2025). The dark side of networks: And the implications for school leadership. School Leadership & Management, 45(1), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2024.2436308 Johnson, A. D., Clegorne, N., Croft, S. J., & Ford, A. Y. (2020). The Professional Learning Needs of School Principals. Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 16(4), 305-338. https://doi.org/10.1177/1942775120933933 Keay, J., Carse, N., & Jess, M. (2019). Understanding teachers as complex professional learners. Professional Development in Education, 45(1), 125–137. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1529613 Leithwood, K., Sun, J., & Pollock, K. (2020). How school leaders contribute to student success: The four paths framework. Springer. Leksy, K., Gawron, G., Rosário, R., Sormunen, M., Velasco, V., Sandmeier, A., Simovska, V., Wojtasik, T., & Dadaczynski, K. (2024). The importance of school leaders in school health promotion: A European call for systematic integration of health in professional development. Frontiers in Public Health, 11, 1297970. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2023.1297970 Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports. (2025). System of Support and Leadership for School Principals: Priorities for the Period 2025–2027. MŠMT. https://www.edu.gov.cz Mockler, N. (2020). Teacher professional learning under audit: Reconfiguring practice. Professional Development in Education, 46(4), 596–609. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1634624 Pol, M., Hloušková, L., Novotný, P., & Sedláček, M. (2009). The initial phase of the professional career of primary school principals. Studia Paedagogica, 14(1), 109–126. Salo, P., Nylund, J., & Stjernstrøm, E. (2024). Contextualised professional learning of school leaders: External impulses and internal practices. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 52(1), 35–52. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432231170938 Spillane, J. P., & Lee, L. C. (2014). Novice school principals’ sense of ultimate responsibility: Problems of practice in transitioning to the principal’s office. Educational Administration Quarterly, 50(3), 431–465. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X13505290 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper School Leader Perspectives on Sensing, Seizing, and Reconfiguring Instructional Practices in Australian schools La Trobe University, Australia Presenting Author:The science of learning or “learning sciences” refer[s] to a multidisciplinary field of research that incorporates evidence-based practices from child neuroscience, psychology, sociology, behavioural development, and cognitive learning (Chambers, 2020). Insights from the science of learning such as Cognitive Load Theory (see Sweller et al., 2019) and retrieval practice (e.g., Agarwal et al., 2021) provide strong rationales for instructional approaches that are broadly under-utilised in primary and secondary schools in Australia. Despite this, school principals seeking to adopt a whole-school, science of learning approach do so in a contested environment in which some argue whether these ‘evidence-based’ instructional approaches can be universally applied (Sawyer & Hattam, 2025). Therefore, a principal or school leadership team’s decision to adopt such approaches take place in a uniquely political change management space and those contemplating science of learning approaches must be strategic in how they introduce and approach such change. Drawing upon Dynamic Capabilities (DC), this study examines how school principals and leaders recognise the need for change and begin to strategically engage and seize opportunities, mitigating threats, and then begin the reconfiguration of teaching and leadership practices in their schools. This project is a four-year longitudinal investigation into the change processes undertaken by 63 primary and secondary schools that adopt instructional models aligned with the science of learning. The goal is to understand the mechanisms that best support schools in transitioning to these instructional models, and how such changes impact the schools and their students. This multi-stage approach included structured professional learning (PL) content, a visit to a school who had well-established practices and a system of tracking progress over time (e.g., identification of school leader and teacher goals, alongside reflections on their practices). This presentation focuses on interview data collected from principals and school leaders from 50 primary and secondary schools in the state of Victoria in Australia prior to the multi-staged approach and focuses on principal’s perceptions about whole-school change, highlighting their reasons for pursuing change and their insights into the change journey process. For the purpose of this presentation, principal interview data were analysed to address the following research question: How do school leaders sense, seize, and reconfigure teaching and learning practices when engaging with instructional practice reform? Dynamic Capabilities (DC), originating in strategic management, has been widely used to explain how organisations adapt and innovate in changing environments (Teece, Pisano & Shuen, 1997; Teece, 2007). At its core, DC describes an organisation’s ability to integrate, build, and reconfigure resources, routines, and competencies to sustain performance in changing contexts. Teece (2007) further disaggregates DC into three microfoundations: the capacity to (1) sense and shape opportunities and threats, (2) seize opportunities, and (3) maintain competitiveness through enhancing, combining, protecting and, when necessary, reconfiguring resources and routines (p. 1319). Applying DC to school leaders’ decision-making and experiences offers a distinctive theoretical contribution because schools increasingly confront system-level, pedagogical, and workforce pressures (e.g., declining student achievement outcomes, teacher satisfaction and teacher turnover, and shifts toward school-wide instructional approaches), yet the mechanisms through which schools successfully adapt remain under-examined. While research on professional learning (PL) and instructional reform has emphasised the importance of gaining new knowledge, behaviours, skills and practices (Sims et al., 2021), it has offered limited insight into how schools build the internal capabilities required for sustained instructional transformation. DC provides a powerful lens to examine these processes. We conceptualise schools not merely as instructional sites, but as organisational actors capable of developing adaptive capacity. For international readers, this aligns with global debates on whole-school instructional practice (e.g., structured literacy, explicit instruction, cognitive load theory) and how school reform is successfully managed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative multiple-case design involving 50 primary and secondary schools participating in a professional learning initiative focused on building teacher capability in the learning sciences. The schools voluntarily opted into the initiative, indicating a pre-existing motivation in instructional improvement and therefore providing a natural space for examining capability development. Semi-structured interviews with school principals and leadership teams were employed using an interview guide to explore leaders’ motivations and expectations about embedding or enhancing principles of learning sciences into their instructional model. The interviews incorporated prompts regarding decision-making, drivers of change, leadership strategies, engagement with PL, staff responses, and anticipated challenges. Semi-structured interviews were chosen as a way of structuring the narrative while also allowing for flexibility so that participants could discuss topics of specific importance to them. Interviews were audio-recorded and auto-transcribed using REV and were approximately 45 minutes. Participants were offered an opportunity to review and edit their original transcript within four weeks of receipt. After this point, all transcripts were pooled for analysis. Interviews were transcribed verbatim and coded inductively, with subsequent deductive coding aligned to the DC microfoundations of sensing, seizing, and reconfiguring. The utilisation of DC as an analytical framework enabled understanding of school leader decision-making and actions based on the following microfoundations: 1. Sensing. This microfoundation revealed the performance gaps and concerns regarding inconsistent teacher practice (the “teacher lottery”) that prompted a desire for change in instructional approaches. Interview data indicated that principals and leadership teams sensed a need for change based on their student data and observable inconsistencies across classrooms. 2. Seizing. With a focus on mobilising resources to act on change, the school leaders seized structured PL learning to build teacher capability by leveraging targeted modelling of practice from internal and external educational experts so they could action practical strategies in their classroom. While leaders wanted actionable and practical results, they also recognised that a commitment to teacher capabilities would take time. 3. Reconfiguring. Embedding new instructional models, restructuring routines (e.g., daily reviews and engagement norms), pacing implementation, and restructuring the timetable (e.g., literacy blocks) were key actions identified by the leaders as tangible and intangible assets that would give them a competitive edge. By examining the perspectives of 50 school leaders, this study offers insights into how capabilities are framed and developed in school reform processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analysis identified patterns, aligned to each microfoundation, that support instructional reform and adaptive capacity. First, schools differ significantly in their sensing capabilities, particularly in how they interpret data, problematise inconsistency, and recognise instructional opportunities. Schools with stronger sensing capabilities linked reform to equity, student trajectories, and pedagogical purpose, rather than only to accountability metrics. Second, seizing capabilities appear contingent on the availability of key opportunities, yet while structured PL was valuable it was the modelling of practices by experienced and passionate teachers within and outside the school which was key. Internationally, this finding contributes to debates around how PL needs to be strongly aligned and embedded into practice, allowing teachers to make meaningful links between theory and practice. Third, while many schools demonstrated a willingness to seize new instructional approaches, reconfiguring capabilities were approached differently. While most changes were intangible, such as creating new instructional models that provided key strategies and engagement routines, there were also reconfigurations in timetabling (e.g., creating literacy blocks). A mixture of tangible (e.g., curriculum, structured literacy block in timetable) and intangible (instructional models, routines, knowledge) reconfigurations were required for successful implementation. We expect the study to show that the dynamic capabilities microfoundations offer an explanatory framework for understanding school approaches to instructional reform. Rather than attributing implementation success to leadership charisma, professional learning quality, or teacher buy-in alone, DC foregrounds the organisational processes and decision-making through which reform becomes embedded. This contributes to two key international debates: (1) scaling instructional change, particularly considering pedagogical reforms, and (2) sustaining change, where building capability is central. References Agarwal, P. K., Nunes, L. D., & Blunt, J. R. (2021). Retrieval practice consistently benefits student learning: A systematic review of applied research in schools and classrooms. Educational Psychology Review, 33(4), 1409-1453. Chambers, A. (2020). Key terms to understand the learning sciences. Education Domain Blog. Aurora Institute. https://aurora-institute.org/blog/key-terms-to-understand-the-learning-sciences/ Sawyer, W., & Hattam, R. (2025). Representing science: An own goal?. The Australian Educational Researcher, 1-16. Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O'Mara-Eves, A., Cottingham, S., Stansfield, C., Van Herwegen, J., & Anders, J. (2021). What Are the Characteristics of Effective Teacher Professional Development? A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Education Endowment Foundation. Sweller, J., van Merriënboer, J. J., & Paas, F. (2019). Cognitive architecture and instructional design: 20 years later. Educational psychology review, 31, 261-292. Teece, D. J. (2007). Explicating dynamic capabilities: the nature and microfoundations of (sustainable) enterprise performance. Strategic management journal, 28(13), 1319-1350. Teece, D. J., Pisano, G., & Shuen, A. (1997). Dynamic capabilities and strategic management. Strategic management journal, 18(7), 509-533. 11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper Unpacking the Purposes of Data Use for School Improvement Among School Leaders Pontificia Universidad Católica de Valparaíso, Chile Presenting Author:In Europe, as in other parts of the world, data use is key to informing decision-making for school improvement initiatives (Lasater et al, 2019; Meyers et al, 2022). Schildkamp, Karbautzki, and Vanhoof (2014) conducted a comparative study to examine the purposes for which data are used in five European countries (Germany, Lithuania, the Netherlands, Poland, and the United Kingdom). Concerning the use of data for school and instructional improvement, respondents in all countries reported using data for policy development, school improvement planning, teacher development, and instructional improvement. However, in all countries except the United Kingdom, data use appeared to remain at a very superficial level, not moving beyond the monitoring phase (Schildkamp, Karbautzki, & Vanhoof, 2014, p. 22). Against this backdrop, it is relevant to provide evidence on the purposes for which school leaders in Chilean high schools use data. Chile is widely known for an education system characterized by strong accountability mechanisms and extensive use of standardized testing (SIMCE), which influences the purposes of data use (Falabella, 2020; Silva et al., 2022). According to Schildkamp and Kuiper (2010), data use is the process of systematically analyzing the information sources available within schools and applying the results of this analysis to innovate in teaching, curriculum management, and evaluation of these innovations. Through the effective use of diverse data, school leadership teams and teachers can generate knowledge and organizational learning (Lasater et al 2019). School leaders and teachers can use data for different purposes, including school development, instruction, and accountability (Schildkamp, Lai, and Earl, 2013). School leaders play a central role in shaping teachers’ data-use culture and purposes, as well as in establishing a shared vision, norms, and goals for data use in schools. Examining how they understand the purpose of data provides insights into how school practitioners enact assessment policies and how data is used for students learning opportunities Prior studies have shown that school leaders put these purposes into practice by (1) monitoring progress and identifying areas of need, (2) developing and planning policy, (3) evaluating teachers’ performance and supporting teacher collaboration, (4) public relations, and (5) meeting accountability demands (Shildkamp & Kuiper, 2010). The accountability purpose is highly consequential in Chile because the state can close schools if they remain in the Insufficient category for four consecutive years. In Chile’s quasi-market model, standardized test scores (SIMCE) are used by schools to compete for parents' school choice. A voucher system based on enrollment and daily attendance serves as an incentive to use SIMCE results as a marketing tool. The current study was guided by the following research question: For what purposes do school leaders use student assessment data?
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study is part of a broader mixed-methods research project, whose first phase involves a multiple-case study (n=8) (Yin, 2017). Data sources and procedures In the second semester of 2024 and in 2025, school principals were initially contacted to explain the study and invite them to participate. Once this was secured, the schedule for conducting all the data production procedures was arranged with the Head of the Technical Pedagogical Unit (UTP), who also invited teachers from three departments (we requested Spanish, mathematics, and a third department of their choice. Schools selected science or social studies). Data were collected through interviews and observations, and participants read and signed an IRB-approved informed consent. All interviews and observations were audio recorded and transcribed for further analysis. In-depth, hour-long semi-structured interviews were conducted with the school principal (n=8), the UTP (n=8), and individual interviews with three heads of departments (language, math, and either science or social studies (n=24). Questions covered their trajectory at the school, school improvement priorities, structures for teacher collaboration, their assessments of their own and teachers’ data literacy skills, attitudes toward using data to inform instructional decision-making, and the data used by school leaders and the purposes for which it is used. Although we used a structured interview protocol, these interviews share the limitations inherent in self-reported data, including potential participant bias and self-censorship. We also observed department meetings (n=25). The UTP was asked to arrange the observation, where teachers would analyze data. The conversations were audio recorded, and the researchers took field notes to document the activities conducted, the roles of various participants, turn-taking, how the meeting’s purpose was communicated, issues raised, and levels of agreement and dissent among teachers as they discussed those issues. Follow-up group interviews were conducted with teachers who had attended the meetings observed(n=8). For each of the three departments, UTP invited two or three teachers to participate in an hour-long group interview (n=37 teachers). Questions addressed the extent to which the observed department meeting was typical of their data use, how they evaluated the effectiveness of that meeting, and the decisions made based on their analysis. Data analysis The data were first coded by two researchers using the theoretical framework of data purposes developed by Shildkamp and Kuiper (2010). Codes were then compared among the researchers to reach agreement on shared codes and categories (Patton, 2002). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Consistent with the international literature, we identified the same three primary purposes of data use (Schildkamp & Kuiper, 2010). These purposes are not mutually exclusive; rather, they are often combined in creative ways. Despite contextual differences between Chile and Europe, where schools generally have greater autonomy, rely less on standardized testing, and emphasize self-evaluation as a driver of improvement, these three purposes are observed across all eight cases (Schildkamp et al., 2014; Vanari et al., 2025). However, given the characteristics of the Chilean education system, a fourth purpose emerged in two of the eight case studies: the use of data to obtain salary-related benefits. Although this purpose may initially resemble accountability, it differs in nature, as it is not oriented toward responding to external demands (Parcerisa, 2021). The use of data differs between the two cases. In one case, it is explicitly acknowledged; for example, one teacher stated: “I think we analyze data because we lost the incentive. If you had conducted this same study last year, when we had the financial incentive, and now we do not, we would not be analyzing data.” In contrast, in the other case, this purpose is more institutionally masked; nevertheless, teachers also refer to it, stating: “The incentive issue still concerns us a lot—at the end of the day, why lie about it? In Chile, as in studies conducted in Europe, three main uses of data are identified: school development, instruction, and accountability (Schildkamp et al 2013). However, given the idiosyncratic characteristics of the Chilean context, a fourth, economic purpose is added. Using data to position the school in a category that provides teachers with extra income is linked to performance-based incentive schemes, which are embedded within the broader dynamics of marketization that characterize the Chilean education system (Falabella, 2020; Author, 2015). References Author (2015) Falabella, A. (2020). The ethics of competition: accountability policy enactment in Chilean schools´ everyday life. Journal of Education Policy, 35(1), 23-45. Lasater, K., Albiladi, W. S., Davis, W. S., & Bengtson, E. (2019). The data culture continuum: An examination of school data cultures. Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(4), 533-569. Meyers, C. V., Moon, T. R., Patrick, J., Brighton, C. M., & Hayes, L. (2022). Data use processes in rural schools: management structures undermining leadership opportunities and instructional change. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 33(1), 1-20. Parcerisa, L. (2021). To align or not to align: The enactment of accountability and data-use in disadvantaged school contexts. Educational assessment, evaluation and accountability, 33(3), 455-482. Patton, M. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Schildkamp, K., & Kuiper, W. (2010). Data-informed curriculum reform: Which data, what purposes, and promoting and hindering factors. Teaching and teacher education, 26(3), 482-496. Schildkamp, K., Karbautzki, L., & Vanhoof, J. (2014). Exploring data use practices around Europe: Identifying enablers and barriers. Studies in educational evaluation, 42, 15-24. Schildkamp, K., Lai, M. K., & Earl, L. (2013). Data-driven decision making around the world: Challenges and opportunities. Dordrecht: Springer. Silva, L., Contreras, J. & Manzi, J. (2022). Evidence-Informed practice of standardized assessments: The case of Chile. In C. Brown & J.R. Malin (Ed.) The Emerald handbook of evidence-informed practice in education (pp. 153-165). Leeds, UK: Emerald Publishing Limited Vanari, K., Reinaru, D., & Eisenschmidt, E. (2025). Data use for school self-evaluation–The process, factors, and leadership practices in Estonian schools. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 85, 101465. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 12 SES 13 A: Challenges of Open Research Data and AI Location: Koski | Hotel Torni Session Chair: Marieke Heers Paper Session |
|
|
12. Open Research in Education
Paper Challenges of Open Research Data University of Eastern Finland, Finland Presenting Author:As part of the international open science movement, the openness of research data has emerged as a goal both to enable transparency and reproducibility of research and to support the reuse of datasets (Pampel & Dallmeier‑Tiessen, 2014). Research organizations, funders, and publishers promote the opening of research data in various ways, and a wide range of guidelines and services are available for this purpose. Despite requirements and guidelines for openness, research data are still opened only to a limited extent, and several challenges remain (Chauvette et al., 2019; Mozersky et al., 2022; Shero et al., 2025). Open research data are also reused relatively little in research (Gend & Zuiderwijk, 2022), leaving the potential of open data underexploited. There are differences between disciplines and data types in this respect. While in some fields the practices for opening and reusing data are already established, certain types of data are considered more challenging, and no established models or expertise for opening them have developed. The research culture in education science is often filled with concerns regarding the sharing of data, such as protecting your research work and participants, even though there are solutions for these concerns, at least for quantitative data (Logan et al. 2021). For example, fear of incorrectly deidentifying data or accidentally including private information is one identified barrier to data sharing in the fields of education and psychological research (Shero et al., 2025). In qualitative research, various epistemological, methodological, legal, and ethical aspects pose challenges for opening research data (Chauvette et al., 2019). Qualitative datasets are therefore seldom shared openly, but the pressure to open them has nevertheless increased (Mozersky et al., 2022). Opening data collected from human participants involves ethical challenges. Both participants and researchers may consider the data confidential for various reasons. Researchers are often left to deal with the ethical challenges of openness on their own. Especially in these changing times of poly-crisis, it is important that research data can be effectively reused while at the same time ensuring the safety of researchers and research participants. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study provides insights into the barriers to openness of data through the experiences and perspectives of researchers and those working in research support services. It also brings the viewpoint of research participants into this discussion. This study reviews data sharing barriers identified in earlier research and examines them particularly from the perspective of social sciences and qualitative research. In addition, the study draws on empirical data from interviews with researchers and data support specialists (n = 11). The data are analysed using content analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Openness cannot be implemented in the same way for all datasets or all studies, for example, due to the sensitivity of the data, so opening data requires researchers to have expertise to find appropriate solutions on a case by case basis. The requirements to share data can evoke fears and uncertainties among researchers, relating both to their own research work and the protection of research participants (Durán del Fierro et al., 2024; Shero et al., 2025). In part, the barriers to data sharing are embedded more deeply in academic culture and the social structures of research (Durán del Fierro et al., 2024). Despite increasing recognition of the barriers and development needs in data sharing, the viewpoint of researchers and their experiences have not yet been sufficiently explored. The culture of data sharing cannot be mandated from above; rather, it emerges through dialogue, shared values, and trust based negotiations (Durán del Fierro et al., 2024). This study examines the barriers to opening and reusing research data particularly from the perspective of social sciences, such as educational research. It is important that the opening and reuse of data in these disciplines are supported in ways that respect both researchers and participants. The study focuses to the experiences of researchers and seeks ways to involve participants in the conversation as well. The findings present a multi-voiced narrative that offers a deeper understanding of the challenges related to opening research data. References Chauvette, A., Schick-Makaroff, K., & Molzahn, A. E. (2019). Open Data in Qualitative Research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 18, 1609406918823863. https://doi.org/10.1177/1609406918823863 Durán del Fierro, F., Littlejohn, A., & Kennedy, E. (2024). Sociotechnical Imaginaries of Sharing and Emerging Postdigital Meaning-Making Practices in the Astronomy Community. Postdigit Sci Educ 6, 844–865. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-024-00473-5 Gend, T., & Zuiderwijk, A. (2022). Open research data: A case study into institutional and infrastructural arrangements to stimulate open research data sharing and reuse. Journal of Librarianship and Information Science, 55(3), 782-797. https://doi.org/10.1177/09610006221101200 Logan, J. A. R., Hart, S. A., & Schatschneider, C. (2021). Data Sharing in Education Science. AERA Open, 7, 23328584211006475. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584211006475 Mozersky, J., Friedrich, A. B., & DuBois, J. M. (2022). A Content Analysis of 100 Qualitative Health Research Articles to Examine Researcher-Participant Relationships and Implications for Data Sharing. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21, Article 16094069221105074. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069221105074 Pampel, H., & Dallmeier-Tiessen, S. (2014). Open Research Data: From Vision to Practice. Teoksessa S. Bartling & S. Friesike (Toim.), Opening Science: The Evolving Guide on How the Internet is Changing Research, Collaboration and Scholarly Publishing (s. 213–224). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-00026-8_14 Shero, Jeffrey. A., Swanz, A. E., Hanson, A. L., Hart, S. A., & Logan, J. A. R. (2025). Data Deidentification for Data Sharing in Education and Psychological Research: Importance, Barriers, and Techniques. AERA Open, 11, 23328584251352814. https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584251352814 12. Open Research in Education
Paper AI-Supported Open Research Data Practices in School Leadership Studies: Ethical, Participatory, and Governance Perspectives MANİSA CELAL BAYAR UNIVERSITY, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:This study explores how artificial intelligence (AI) can support open research data practices in school leadership studies, with particular attention to ethical, participatory, and governance-related challenges. While Open Science promotes transparency, accessibility, and reusability of research data, educational leadership research often relies on highly contextual, sensitive, and relational data involving school principals, teachers, and institutions. The integration of AI into data preparation and reuse processes introduces new opportunities, but also raises concerns regarding data sovereignty, consent, power relations, and trust. The central research question guiding this study is: How can AI-supported data preparation, anonymisation, documentation, and reuse practices enhance Open Research Data in school leadership studies while maintaining ethical integrity and participatory governance? By addressing this question, the study aims to move beyond technical discussions of AI and instead focus on everyday research practices, researcher responsibilities, and governance arrangements in educational leadership research. Theoretical Framework The theoretical framework of this study is grounded in an interdisciplinary combination of Open Science, participatory research, and democratic educational governance, with AI positioned as a mediating socio-technical actor rather than a neutral tool. First, Open Science provides the overarching normative framework. Open Research Data is understood not only as a technical requirement for data sharing, but as a practice aimed at increasing transparency, traceability, and cumulative knowledge production in education. From this perspective, data quality, documentation, and reusability are closely linked to accountability and public trust in educational research—issues that are particularly salient in comparative and cross-national European research contexts. Second, the study draws on participatory research and shared governance approaches in educational administration. These perspectives emphasise that research participants—such as school leaders and teachers—are not merely data providers but stakeholders with legitimate interests in how data are interpreted, shared, and reused. This lens is crucial when considering open data practices, as openness can unintentionally reproduce power asymmetries if participants are excluded from decisions about data governance. Integrating participatory principles into AI-supported data practices allows the study to examine how consent, agency, and co-ownership of data can be operationalised in Open Science. Third, the framework incorporates democratic educational governance, focusing on how open and reusable leadership data can support evidence-informed decision-making, institutional learning, and policy development. In a European and international context, comparable and reusable data on school leadership practices can contribute to cross-country learning, policy dialogue, and capacity building. At the same time, governance-oriented perspectives highlight the risks of decontextualisation and misuse of leadership data when detached from local educational realities. Within this framework, AI is conceptualised as a boundary object that connects researchers, infrastructures, and data users across national and institutional contexts. AI-supported processes such as anonymisation, metadata generation, and data curation are examined critically in terms of transparency, accountability, and inclusiveness. Rather than positioning AI as a solution in itself, the study treats it as a catalyst that amplifies existing ethical and governance questions in Open Research Data practices. By combining these perspectives, the study contributes to international debates on how Open Science can be implemented in educational leadership research in ways that are ethically robust, participatory, and aligned with democratic values across European and global research communities. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, conceptual–empirical research design grounded in Open Science and participatory research traditions. Rather than evaluating the technical performance of artificial intelligence (AI) tools, the study focuses on research practices and methodological decision-making processes related to AI-supported Open Research Data in school leadership studies. The research is positioned within a practice-oriented reflective methodology, combining (a) systematic reflection on empirical research practices in school leadership studies and (b) expert-informed validation of methodological assumptions. This design aligns with calls in Open Science literature to examine “everyday data practices” rather than solely technical infrastructures (Fecher & Friesike, 2014; Leonelli, 2016). The empirical grounding of the study draws on school leadership research conducted in European and international contexts, particularly studies involving school principals and teachers using qualitative (e.g. interviews, focus groups) and mixed-methods designs. These types of studies typically generate highly contextual and relational data, which poses specific challenges for anonymisation, documentation, and reuse across national boundaries (Gewirtz & Cribb, 2006). Three complementary data sources inform the analysis: 1. Reflective analysis of research practices 2. Document analysis of Open Science guidelines, ethical frameworks, and data management recommendations. 3. Expert consultations with senior scholars in educational leadership research methodology To strengthen the methodological robustness and disciplinary validity of the study, expert consultation is employed as a systematic research instrument. Expert consultation is increasingly recognised as a valuable qualitative method for examining methodological innovation, ethical dilemmas, and emerging research practices (Bogner et al., 2009). A purposive sampling strategy is used to consult academic experts specialising in research methodology within education leadership, including scholars with established expertise in qualitative methods, mixed-methods designs, and Open Science practices. The selection criteria focuse on scholars who have (a) published methodological research, (b) have supervised doctoral research, or (c) served on ethics committees or editorial boards of international educational leadership journals. Semi-structured expert interviews are conducted to gather informed perspectives on: • the appropriateness of AI-supported tools in data preparation and anonymisation, • ethical risks associated with opening leadership-related educational data, • the feasibility of participatory data governance models in educational administration research, • and methodological safeguards required to ensure transparency and trustworthiness. The expert consultation serves a dual function: first, as a source of empirical insight into disciplinary norms and concerns; and second, as a form of methodological validation, enabling critical reflection on the proposed integration of AI into Open Research Data practices (Maxwell, 2012). Data from expert consultations and document analysis are examined using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study is expected to contribute to ongoing international debates on Open Research Data in education by demonstrating how artificial intelligence (AI) can support data preparation and reuse practices in school leadership studies without compromising ethical integrity or participatory governance. One key expected outcome is the identification of critical stages in the research data lifecycle, including anonymisation, documentation, and metadata generation, where AI tools can enhance efficiency and reusability, while simultaneously requiring heightened ethical oversight. The findings are anticipated to show that AI-supported anonymisation can improve consistency and scalability in cross-national leadership research, but that it remains insufficient on its own to address risks related to identifiability in small or context-specific educational settings. A further expected contribution lies in articulating participatory safeguards for AI-supported open data practices. Drawing on expert consultations, the study is likely to reveal that meaningful openness in educational leadership research depends on the active involvement of school leaders and teachers in decisions concerning data sharing and reuse. This reinforces the argument that Open Research Data should be understood as a form of shared governance rather than a purely technical infrastructure. At the policy and governance level, the study is expected to demonstrate how ethically curated and well-documented leadership data can support evidence-informed decision-making and comparative learning across European education systems. By making leadership research data more transparent and reusable, Open Science practices, when carefully governed, can strengthen trust between researchers, practitioners, and policymakers. Overall, the study is expected to conclude that AI-supported Open Research Data practices hold significant potential for enhancing transparency, quality, and collaboration in school leadership research, provided that they are embedded within robust ethical frameworks and participatory research cultures. These insights are intended to inform future research, methodological guidelines, and European research infrastructures seeking to balance openness, responsibility, and democratic values in educational research. References Bogner, A., Littig, B., & Menz, W. (2009). Interviewing experts. Palgrave Macmillan. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2018). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches (4th ed.). Sage. European Commission. (2022). Ethics guidelines for trustworthy AI. Publications Office of the European Union. https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu Fecher, B., & Friesike, S. (2014). Open science: One term, five schools of thought. In S. Bartling & S. Friesike (Eds.), Opening science (pp. 17–47). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-00026-8_2 Flick, U. (2018). An introduction to qualitative research (6th ed.). Sage. Gewirtz, S., & Cribb, A. (2006). What to do about values in social research: The case for ethical reflexivity. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 27(2), 141–155. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690600556081 Leonelli, S. (2016). Data-centric biology: A philosophical study. University of Chicago Press. Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Sage. Maxwell, J. A. (2012). A realist approach for qualitative research. Sage. OECD. (2021). Data governance for trustworthy AI. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/d6e2d7f7-en Wilkinson, M. D., Dumontier, M., Aalbersberg, I. J., Appleton, G., Axton, M., Baak, A., … Mons, B. (2016). The FAIR guiding principles for scientific data management and stewardship. Scientific Data, 3, Article 160018. https://doi.org/10.1038/sdata.2016.18 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Situated Curating as Capta: Semantic Data (Re)Structuring for Open Research in Arts Education 1: i2ADS/ISUP/Faculty of Fine Arts of the University of Porto, Portugal; 2: CEAA - Centro de Estudos Arnaldo Araújo, Escola Superior Artística do Porto, Portugal; 3: i2ADS/Faculty of Fine Arts of the University of Porto, Portugal; 4: i2ADS/Faculty of Fine Arts of the University of Porto, Portugal Presenting Author:This presentation will focus on the problematization of semantic data structuring through the lens of situated curating in two digital platforms, ParVO and ecHoimages, both of which focus on research on arts education. Arts education is not merely an application field for these platforms, but an epistimological zone that spans, for instance, cultural mediation, teaching, design, and artistic practices. So the platforms are built, problematized, and inscribed in this framework. Both platforms are Wikibased (https://parvo.wikibase.cloud/ and https://echoimages.labs.wikimedia.pt/) and are being tested with students in the arts field. From this experience, we developed the concept of decyclopedization [1] and explored situated knowledge [2] as an archival possibility [3], [4], [5], [6]. Right now, we mobilise the concept of decyclopeding as a way of (un)learning [4], [7], using subversive strategies and tactics within the Wikimedia ecosystem to achieve alternative and marginal knowledge. We also strive to promote educational exercises and challenges that incorporate error, playfulness, and fiction into the dynamics of research and pedagogy with these tools. These dynamics allowed us to question assumptions of neutrality and universality embedded in dominant data models and encyclopedic platforms, and to reflect on how relational, partial, and context-dependent forms of knowing can inform the conception of data models. It also highlights how digital systems classify, relate, and legitimize knowledge. Rather than sharing results, we expose the relational logics through which data are organized, allowing others to reconfigure the ways a problem is investigated. More recently, we have been developing the idea of situated curating [8], [9], as a way of resignifying heritage from a fixed object of preservation to a living, relational, and contested process, grounded in the investigation of ruins as spaces for artistic practices and curatorial actions. In this sense, these spaces are seen not only as architectural remains, but also through the entanglements between surrounding nature, human communities, and more-than-human inhabitants. Situated curating challenges the way we think of arts education and the respective platforms for teaching and research. In this sense, what kinds of platforms and data models should be developed for arts education in the context of situated curating? We mobilize situated curating here as a reference for understanding how positionality and political concerns inform data practices. In both cases, knowledge emerges from following relations rather than from fitting phenomena into predefined categories. So it becomes concrete in everyday decisions about how data are entered, described, and connected in the platforms. While data is usually employed as a technical task, our project approaches it as a curatorial process in which decisions about entities, properties, and relations shape what becomes visible within a cataloguing system. This approach requires new perspectives and languages that question traditional methods of archiving as well as broader regimes of knowledge organization and production. Regarding data collection and cataloging, this poses an enormous challenge, as situated and context-dependent forms of knowledge cannot be fully accommodated by fixed, universal categories, requiring a restructuring of semantic data through new vocabularies, models, and ontologies. It also becomes important when the data are intended to be shared and reused by others, a central concern in open research and educational data practices. In this regard, we seek the FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, Reusable) [10] and CARE (Collective Benefit, Authority to Control, Responsibility, Ethics) [11] frameworks. Complex transdisciplinarity and epistemological intersections require new knowledge graphs (KG) assisted interfaces that enable research across heterogeneous systems and evolving research questions, treating data as capta [12] by supporting narrative, relational, and exploratory modes of inquiry. In this sense, KG supports exploration across relations, not just record storage. Our platforms promote visual querying by graphs and spacetime views. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our methodological approach is based on the design and experimental use of open semantic data infrastructures built with the Wikibase framework [13]. We developed ParVO and echoImages as platforms in which vocabularies and interface choices are treated as part of the research process, rather than as technical steps that follow data collection. In this scenario, entity types and relations can be created and revised over time through FAIR and CARE principles and ongoing modeling and discussion, allowing the data structure to change as research questions evolve, rather than being fixed in advance. The statements as claims in Wikibase enable a flexible workflow for handling different data models and for interoperability with Linked Open Data (LOD) via Wikidata. A central methodological aspect is the close link between data preparation, documentation, and modeling. Data is entered manually and collaboratively by students and researchers. Modeling decisions are discussed in relation to how they affect later possibilities for searching, comparing, and reusing the data. This dynamic includes decisions about which actors, materials, and processes are explicitly represented, and how relations between them are described. In this sense, cataloging is approached as an interpretive practice, not merely a technical procedure. User interface (UI) and user experience (UX), along with their respective tests, are also treated as part of the research method. The platforms are organized to support relational and narrative exploration rather than linear, record-based browsing. In the case of echoImages, with a React front-end, researchers and students can follow material trajectories, connect different stages of production, and trace socio-environmental relations across artistic, industrial, and ecological contexts. This approach supports exploratory and comparative ways of working with data, which are common in transdisciplinary and arts-based research. Perspectives from feminist and intersectional epistemologies [14], [15], infrastructural critique [16], [17], [18], critical data studies [19], and digital humanities inform reflections on how infrastructures embed values and assumptions. Situated curating functions as a conceptual reference that helps keep attention on context, positionality, and relations when making technical design choices, especially in practices of data preparation, documentation, and reuse. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The usability tests are exciting, not only for prototype development but also as formative testing opportunities. Students and researchers are not only testing the platform but also learning about the content. This whole experience allowed us to explore the idea of data as capta so that users can inscribe their narratives on the platforms. We constantly discuss the FAIR and CARE principles, which allow us to think not only ethically about the information we are working on, but also to draw insights into interoperability between Wikibase and Wikidata, situated knowledge, and universalizing knowledge. Based on the experience of situated curating in extreme places, such as industrial ruins, we began to develop a controlled, operational vocabulary that includes properties and objects from fields such as the arts, architecture, archaeology, and the natural sciences. Humans and more-than-humans relate to extreme places curated and intervened upon by artists. Finally, the experience of situated curating as capta seems to be, for the working group, a new transdisciplinary field that opens up for future work, particularly in digital platforms with LOD. References [1]T. Assis, D. Marques, L. Trigo, V. Moitinho, and A. Barbosa, “Decyclopeding: Provoking the error in arts education through a wikimedia-based platform,” in EDULEARN25 Proceedings, 2025, pp. 2844–2852. doi: 10.21125/edulearn.2025.0786. [2]D. Haraway, “Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective,” Fem. Stud., vol. 14, no. 3, p. 575, 1988, doi: 10.2307/3178066. [3]A. L. Stoler, Along the Archival Grain: Epistemic Anxieties and Colonial Common Sense. Princeton University Press, 2009. doi: 10.2307/j.ctt7rtrg. [4]A. Azoulay, Potential History: Unlearning Imperialism. Verso, 2019. [5]M. Foucault, The Archaeology of Knowledge. Harper & Row, 1976. [6]J. Derrida and E. Prenowitz, “Archive Fever: A Freudian Impression,” Diacritics, vol. 25, no. 2, pp. 9–63, 1995, doi: 10.2307/465144. [7]J. Baldacchino, Art as Unlearning. Routledge, 2018. doi: 10.4324/9780429454387. [8]Z. Badovinac, Unannounced Voices: Curatorial Practice and Changing Institutions. London: Sternberg Press, 2022. [9]D. Richter, Curating: Politics of Display, Politics of Site, Politics of Transfer and Translation, Politics of Knowledge Production: A Fragmented and Situated Theory of Curating. Zürich, 2023. [10]M. D. Wilkinson et al., “The FAIR Guiding Principles for scientific data management and stewardship,” Sci. Data, vol. 3, no. 1, p. 160018, Mar. 2016, doi: 10.1038/sdata.2016.18. [11]S. R. Carroll et al., “The CARE Principles for Indigenous Data Governance,” Data Sci. J., vol. 19, p. 43, Nov. 2020, doi: 10.5334/dsj-2020-043. [12]J. Drucker, “Humanities approaches to graphical display,” Digit. Humanit. Q., vol. 5, no. 1, 2011. [13]“Wikiba.se Home.” Accessed: Jan. 08, 2026. [Online]. Available: https://wikiba.se/ [14]K. Crenshaw, “Demarginalizing the Intersection of Race and Sex: A Black Feminist Critique of Antidiscrimination Doctrine, Feminist Theory and Antiracist Politics,” Univ. Chic. Leg. Forum, no. 1, 1989. [15]K. Crenshaw, “Mapping the Margins: Intersectionality, Identity Politics, and Violence against Women of Color,” Stanford Law Rev., vol. 43, no. 6, pp. 1241–1299, 1991, doi: 10.2307/1229039. [16]M. Vishmidt, “Between Not Everything and Not Nothing: Cuts Toward Infrastructural Critique”. [17]M. Vishmidt, “”Only as Self-Relating Negativity”: Infrastructure and Critique,” J. Sci. Technol. Arts, vol. 13, no. 3, Art. no. 3, Dec. 2021, doi: 10.34632/jsta.2021.10906. [18]S. Mattern, Code and Clay, Data and Dirt: Five Thousand Years of Urban Media. University of Minnesota Press, 2017. doi: 10.5749/j.ctt1pwt6rn. [19]S. Calvert, “Situated Data: Feminist Epistemology and Data Curation,” 2023. 12. Open Research in Education
Paper Research as Data Work: How Doctoral Researchers Enact Open Research Data in Practice Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy Presenting Author:Research data are increasingly positioned as central to transparency, cumulative knowledge production, and innovation in educational research, yet the everyday practices through which data are prepared, shared, and reused remain uneven and contested (Raffaghelli, Battistig, et al., 2025; van der Zee & Reich, 2018). This tension is particularly evident in research contexts where data are relational, sensitive, and ethically charged, such as educational research involving learners, institutions, and vulnerable populations (Hernández-Leo et al., 2023). While Responsible Research and Innovation, embedding Open Science (Owen et al., 2012), provides a powerful normative framework promoting openness, transparency, and reuse, less is known about how these principles are interpreted and enacted in practice by researchers, especially at early career stages (Dai et al., 2018; De-Filippo et al., 2023; Raffaghelli & Manca, 2022). Addressing this gap, this study examines Open Research Data practices through the lens of doctoral researchers, combining a research-based synthesis of prior studies and project evidence with an empirical investigation based on a questionnaire administered within doctoral training workshops on Open Data practices between 2023–2024 and 2025. The questionnaire was iteratively developed and validated through a two-round Delphi study involving international experts in educational research, digital scholarship, and data literacy, ensuring conceptual coherence, construct validity, and practical feasibility (Raffaghelli, 2019). Furthermore, the study is grounded in a theoretical framework that conceptualises research as a situated, socio-technical activity embedded in contested and problematic digital environments (Jandrić et al., 2024) under transformation, from being open, digital and networked (Veletsianos & Kimmons, 2012) to becoming datafied and platformised (Raffaghelli, Ferrarelli, et al., 2025). Particularly, constitutive elements of scholarly work require dynamic practices of data seeking, generation, processing, sharing, evaluation, and reuse as the base to produce or validate knowledge (Dutton, 2011). This perspective is enriched by scholarship on digital and networked academic practices, which foreground openness, participation, and collaboration, while also acknowledging the infrastructural and political conditions that shape contemporary research within datafied and platformised digital instruments and environments. Within this framework, data practices are thus treated not as neutral technical procedures, but as ethically and institutionally mediated actions that contribute to researchers’ professional identities. The findings reveal that doctoral researchers largely endorse the values of openness, transparency, and public accountability associated with Open Science, and they report frequent engagement in generating and managing their own research data, often using established tools and producing traditional forms of data representation. At the same time, practices related to data sharing, reuse, and publication in open repositories remain sporadic and marginal. Notably, ethical reflection emerges as a salient and comparatively robust dimension of research activity: respondents report frequent consideration of ethical issues related to data extraction, treatment, and presentation, often exceeding their engagement with formalised frameworks for data quality assessment or open data standards. Importantly, these patterns point to a form of situated data literacy shaped by disciplinary norms, professional socialisation, and asymmetric institutional support structures. Data preparation and sharing emerge as negotiated practices involving judgment, care, and risk assessment, particularly in relation to qualitative data, research involving minors or vulnerable groups, and the secondary use of data by third parties or AI systems whose training data and analytical processes often remain opaque. Learning about data practices is largely sustained through informal and self-directed learning ecologies, relying on peer relationships and self-selected resources rather than formal institutional provision. Overall, this contribution speaks directly to ongoing debates within Network 12 on the practical challenges of data sharing and reuse in educational research. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of this survey study is to investigate how research data practices are enacted, learned, and negotiated as part of contemporary research activity. The primary research instrument is an online questionnaire designed to capture researchers’ engagement with data across the research lifecycle. Research data practices are operationalised through four practice-based scales, each measured using frequency-based Likert items (1 = Never; 5 = Always): Seeking and Retrieving Research Data (SeekRD). Data acquisition, including the generation of original data, automated extraction of digital data, and the use of Open Data repositories. Managing and Processing Research Data (ManageRD). Data processing activities, use of proprietary and open-source tools, collaboration in data processing with humans or artificial agents (AI), and the production of traditional versus dynamic data visualisations. Sharing Research Data (SharRD). Data dissemination practices in open repositories, institutional or personal platforms, academic social networks, teaching environments, and engagement with civil society. Evaluating Research Quality through Data (EvalRQ). Data quality assessment (e.g. FAIR principles), ethical reflection, use of traditional and emerging research metrics, and critique of existing evaluation regimes. In addition, the questionnaire includes a dedicated section on learning about data practices, structured around three dimensions of researchers’ learning ecologies: activities, resources, and relationships. Demographic and professional variables provide contextualisation by disciplinary field, research experience, and institutional setting. Two-round Delphi study involving seven international experts in educational research, digital scholarship, data literacy, and Open Science was carried out. Experts evaluated theoretical coherence, construct validity, clarity of items, and feasibility. Iterative revisions were implemented following each round, achieving substantial inter-expert agreement (Fleiss’ Kappa ≈ .77–.79). The questionnaire was administered in multiple waves between 2023–2024 and 2025, within doctoral training workshops on Open Data practices. Qualtrics software was used, ensuring anonymity, GDPR compliance, and secure data handling. The workshops where data collection had place were part of structured PhD training cycles and were led by three internationally active scientists and open data advocates from education, genetics, and computer science. This design enabled the collection of data across cohorts and disciplinary cultures, situating responses within authentic learning contexts rather than abstract survey settings. Quantitative data were analysed descriptively to identify configurations and tensions in research data practices and learning ecologies. The analysis foregrounds patterns of activity and constraint rather than normative compliance, aligning with a critical Open Science perspective that treats data practices as situated and negotiated elements of research activity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The analysis of the dataset (N≈90–129, depending on item completion) reveals a patterned configuration of research data practices characterised by high engagement in data generation and management, and low engagement in data sharing and reuse. Most respondents report frequent involvement in generating their own research data (M=3.33) and managing data using established, often proprietary tools (e.g. Excel, SPSS; M≈3.6–3.7), alongside the production of traditional visualisations. In contrast, practices associated with openness and reuse remain marginal. Publishing data in open repositories, personal or institutional blogs, or open educational environments consistently shows low mean values (M≈1.8–2.1), indicating sporadic or exceptional engagement rather than routine practice. Notably, ethical reflection emerges as a salient dimension of research activity. Respondents report comparatively high frequencies of reflecting on ethical aspects of data extraction, treatment, and presentation (M=3.20), exceeding engagement with formal data quality frameworks such as FAIR principles (M=2.22) or emerging research evaluation metrics (M≈2.0). This suggests that ethical awareness is more embedded in researchers’ everyday practices than formalised open data standards. Taken together, these findings point to a configuration in which researchers are actively working with data as part of their scholarly activity but tend to contain data practices within individual or local research workflows. Openness, sharing, and reuse appear constrained not by lack of awareness, but by structural, institutional, and professional conditions shaping research as an activity, resulting in a cautious and selective enactment of Open Science principles. These findings should be interpreted considering some limitations, including the context-bound nature of the sample and reliance on self-reported practices. Future research should extend this work through longitudinal designs and qualitative inquiry, and inform doctoral training and institutional policies that support Open Research Data as a scaffolded, ethical, and collectively sustained research practice rather than an individual compliance task. References Dai, Q., Shin, E., & Smith, C. (2018). Open and inclusive collaboration in science. OECD Science, Technology and Industry Policy Papers, 7, 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1787/2dbff737-en De-Filippo, D., Lascurain-Sánchez, M.-L., & Sánchez, F. (2023). Mapping open science at Spanish universities. Analysis of higher education systems. Profesional de La Informacion, 32(4). Scopus. https://doi.org/10.3145/epi.2023.jul.06 Dutton, W. H. (2011). The politics of next generation research: Democratizing research-centred computational networks. Journal of Information Technology, 26(2), 109–119. https://doi.org/10.1057/jit.2011.2 Hernández-Leo, D., Amarasinghe, I., Beardsley, M., Hakami, E., García, A. R., & Santos, P. (2023). Responsible Educational Technology Research: From Open Science and Open Data to Ethics and Trustworthy Learning Analytics. In J. E. Raffaghelli & A. Sangrà (Eds), Data Cultures in Higher Education: Emergent Practices and the Challenge Ahead (pp. 179–200). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-24193-2_7 Jandrić, P., MacKenzie, A., & Knox, J. (2024). Postdigital Research: Genealogies, Challenges, and Future Perspectives. Postdigital Science and Education, 6(2), 409–415. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-022-00306-3 Owen, R., Macnaghten, P., & Stilgoe, J. (2012). Responsible research and innovation: From science in society to science for society, with society. Science and Public Policy, 39(6), 751–760. https://doi.org/10.1093/scipol/scs093 Raffaghelli, J. E. (2019). Delphi Study to validate the survey exploring academic awareness and engagement with data-driven practices. [Ramon y Cajal Project Investigation]. Zenodo. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.5151274 Raffaghelli, J. E., Battistig, F., & Rossi, M. de. (2025). Crafting Data Literacy: Higher Education Teachers’ Unique Learning Ecologies. In International Perspectives on Educational Data Literacy. Routledge. Raffaghelli, J. E., Ferrarelli, M., & Rodríguez, N. L. (2025). Slowness as Postdigital Positionality in the Era of Generative AI: A Conversation. Postdigital Science and Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42438-025-00554-z Raffaghelli JE, Manca S (2023), "Exploring the social activity of open research data on ResearchGate: implications for the data literacy of researchers". Online Information Review, Vol. 47 No. 1 pp. 197–217, doi: https://doi.org/10.1108/OIR-05-2021-0255 van der Zee, T., & Reich, J. (2018). Open Education Science. AERA Open, 4(3), 233285841878746. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858418787466 Veletsianos, G., & Kimmons, R. (2012). Networked Participatory Scholarship: Emergent techno-cultural pressures toward open and digital scholarship in online networks. Computers & Education, 58(2), 766–774. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2011.10.001 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 13 SES 13 A Location: D10b | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Bianca Thoilliez Paper Session |
|
|
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper Sharing a Voice to Celebrate the World? Reclaiming Choir-Singing as Fundamental School Practice with Cavarero and Chrétien LUCA School of Arts, KULeuven, Belgium Presenting Author:“Shall we assume that the uneducated man is without choir-training, and the educated man fully choir-trained?” Clearly, this is a rhetorical question for Plato (Laws 654b), who, like most Ancient Greeks, takes it for granted that choir-singing forms a cornerstone of the curriculum of Ancient Greek paideia (cf. Calero, 2019). Equally, when in the 19th century the first national systems of public education are set up in Europe, choir-singing is almost invariably and self-evidently part of school curricula, to the point of becoming the most widespread and representative practice of public music education (e.g., Geudens & De Baets, 2025). Today, however, in most European countries this situation has radically changed. If music education is still somehow present in schools at all, then hardly ever in the form of choir-singing. School choirs have become an anomaly, it would seem: a strange relic from the past. The demise of the school choir arguably began in the aftermath of the Second World War, when, paraphrasing Theodor Adorno, it had become clear how much, and how naïvely choir practices and other forms of community music had contributed to the ideological machines of totalitarian regimes like Nazi Germany and Stalinist Russia—also through formal schooling (Kertz-Welzel, 2005; 2016). Ever since, public music education generally developed in two, very different directions: first, towards critical knowledge of musical history and music-aesthetical forms (as Adorno would have liked it); and then, slightly later, towards an emphasis on the development of personal taste and meaningful (affective) expression. Despite their many-faceted opposition, which has certainly not benefited school music education’s sustainability, these two tendencies also share something very important: a strong prioritization of the individual student, and a concomitant distrust of collective musical practices, likes choir-singing, which would discipline participants into a uniform and undemocratic corpus. In this paper, I want to take issue with such criticism, and ‘reclaim’ the choir as a practice of public music education—if not as the most elementary practice of “school music” (as the German music-pedagogical tradition has it). I do so by resorting to Adriana Cavarero and Jean-Louis Chrétien, two authors who each in their own way (and on different levels), provide compelling philosophical arguments for a shared musical education of the human voice. Thus, taking a so-called “post-critical” stance, I do not intend to trivialize the various critiques (à la Adorno) that emerged in the past half century. Yet, counter to this critical tradition, which has moreover tried to recover choir-singing for its own purposes (e.g., Abrahams & Head, 2017), this paper aims to show that the collectivity particular to the choir can never be anti-individual or naively corporatist—as long as choir-singing is genuinely practiced as the aesthetic cultivation of a shared voice, responding to a call of the world, rather than as the vehicle of ulterior, political or personal, agendas. In a first movement, my argument seeks inspiration from Adriana Cavarero’s notion of “voice” (or “vocal expression”), which the Arendtian feminist philosopher elaborates in explicit counterpoint to the Western, male, and philosophical obsession with logos—in its alternative manifestations of language, reason, meaning, discourse (Cavarero, 2005). Now that liberal democracy has exhausted the means of disembodied logos to stop the crumbling of its fundamental structures, Cavarero argues, the time has come to reclaim vocality as the primary “space of appearance” for the singular, embodied human being to experience, situate, and shape herself in a plural world shared with others—well ‘before’ (ontologically) entering in linguistic-discursive dialogue (cf. Parret, 2002). On the one hand, each of us is born with a singular voice, invisibly hidden in the deepest, self-affective intimacy of our bodily existence. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used On the other hand, for this voice to appear, it has to come out of us, making our singular selves ek-statically appear in the outside world, as different from ourselves, and reaching out to another who listens (as a first way of answering) (cf. Dolar, 2006). Hence, when we express and shape our voice as voice—for instance, and pre-eminently, in singing—it does infinitely more than signifying, than ‘carrying’ (pre-existing) meaning (cf. Bicknell, 2015). It literally ex-presses ourselves, as a fundamental way of ek-sistence in the world, a space of appearance shared with others, to whom our voice appears in (embodied and affective) listening (more than in ‘logical’ understanding or interpretation) (cf. Nancy, 2007). In a second movement, I turn to Jean-Louis Chrétien (1990; 1998), who, more than Cavarero, explicitly thematizes singing and choir-singing as key modes of this affective-vocal human existence. Put briefly, for Chrétien—who relies on the poetics of Heidegger and Merleau-Ponty, as well as on Judaeo-Christian tradition—singing constitutes the primary vocal response of “celebration” to the human experience of a world that calls us, and calls upon us to take care of it, especially in its darker, ‘critical’ aspects. (This might even account for the paradoxical fact that, as empirical studies show, people tend to find more beauty in sad songs, written in minor modes, than in uplifting ones [Sachs, Damasio & Habibi, 2015].) Especially when we sing ‘about’ suffering or injustice, our chief aim is not to criticize, but to celebrate a world whose beauty deserves better than what the lyrics’ discursive, negative-critical meaning conveys. Such aesthetic celebration is not easy, however. Not only does it require the creative-expressive work of giving shape to our voice, as an ex-centric projection of our most singular, embodied selves (Cavarero), but we must also do this amidst and in response to a world whose abundant affective-vocal potentiality (its calling) easily overhelms us, becoming amorphous, deafening “noise”. This is why, according to Chrétien, in a curious echo of Nietzsche’s early musical aesthetics (Nietzsche, 1995), choir-song forms the essence of singing, and perhaps even of human vocality (and music?) as such: we cannot respond to the overwhelming call of the world as individuals; we can only do so as a choral community, by aesthetically joining our voice to the voices of others—singular others who represent (part of) the world to us, as a plural world lived and sung in common. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Admittedly, nowhere do Cavarero and Chrétien address the issue of school choirs, and in fact they rarely speak of choir-singing in a practical-empirical or socio-culturally situated sense. Nevertheless, as I will demonstrate through more recognizable examples (from empirical observations, but also from the film Les choristes [2004]), the philosophical arguments they elaborate related to voice, song, and celebration, are not without very fundamental and concrete practical implications for the place of choir-singing in public (school) education. Indeed, as Plato already knew, choir-singing is absolutely basic to such education, as a shared practice of attending to and giving shape to ‘our’ voice—one of humanity’s most singularizing and public (or ‘worldly’) modes of existence. It is not merely about technical or aesthetic training of the voice, for limited artistic or extra-artistic purposes (such as citizenship education); it is a direct attempt to realize what German educational theorist Bollnow (1989) somewhere claims to be one of the main (forgotten) goals of schooling as a whole: the celebration of life and the world as a common good (in spite of what is broken in it), and as something worth to be celebrated in common. References Abrahams, F., & Head, P. (Eds.). (2017). The Oxford Handbook of Choral Pedagogy. Oxford University Press. Biesta, G. (2025). Turning the Arrow: Education after the Age of the World-view. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2025.2477587 Bicknell, J. (2015). Philosophy of Song and Singing: an Introduction. Routledge. Bollnow, O. (1989 [1962]). Ceremonies and Festive Celebrations in the School (M. van Manen, Trans.). Phenomenology and Pedagogy, 7. https://doi.org/10.29173/pandp15108 Calero, L. (2019). Training a Chorus in Ancient Greece. Gilgameš 2(2), 15-27. Cavarero, A. (2005). For More than One Voice: Toward a Philosophy of Vocal Expression (P. Kottman, Trans.). Stanford University Press. Chrétien, J.-L. (1990). La voix nue : phénoménologie de la promesse. Ed. de Minuit. Chrétien, J.-L. (1998). L’arche de la parole. PUF. Dolar, M. (2006). A Voice and Nothing More. MIT press. Geudens, T., & De Baets, T. (2025). ‘From Chanting to Rapping’: (Creative) Music Making in Catholic Schools in 20th Century Flanders. In T. Buchborn, M. Gall, S. Hennessy, M. Stumpfögger (Eds.). Liberty – Equity – Creativity: Innovating and Inventing Music in the Classroom, 61-76. Helbling. Kertz-Welzel, A. (2005). The Pied Piper of Hamelin: Adorno on Music Education. Research Studies in Music Education, 25(1), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1177/1321103X050250010301 Kertz-Welzel, A. (2016). Daring to Question: A Philosophical Critique of Community Music. Philosophy of Music Education Review, 24(2), 113–130. https://doi.org/10.2979/philmusieducrevi.24.2.01 Nancy, J.-L. (2007). Listening. (C. Mandell, Trans.). Fordham University Press. Nietzsche, F. (1995 [1872]). The Birth of Tragedy (C. Fadiman, Trans.). Dover. Parret, H. (2002). La voix et son temps: éléments pour une esthétique de la communication. De Boeck Université. Sachs, M., Damasio, A., & Habibi, A. (2015). The Pleasures of Sad Music: a Systematic Review. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 9, 404. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2015.00404 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper When the Teacher’s Voice Makes Things Matter University Colleges Leuven Limburg (UCLL), Belgium Presenting Author:This contribution seeks to address the practice of speaking and the use of the voice of the teacher. Education takes place through the medium of the word: teachers speak and use their voice, quite literally. On the basis of an exploratory field study, we have mapped different forms of speaking. These forms of speaking and voice use can be analyzed according to the aim they pursue, for example giving instructions. The pedagogue Braun (1885) distinguishes forms of speaking on the basis of the subject taught. “The cheerfulness or the solemnity of the voice needed to be adjusted according to the nature of the subject” (p. 36). Mathematics and arithmetic require a dry and clear voice, whereas reading aloud calls for expressive speech. In this study, we have primarily explored the educational-pedagogical meaning of speaking by paying attention to the voice (tone, intonation, timbre). The voice of the teacher, so we have experienced, has the ‘power’ to create attentiveness and interest. A voice can have a tremendous 'vibration'. The voice is always closely connected to the body which function as a sounding board (Meirieu, 2005). The body - and this goes beyond the teacher’s personality - gives the voice and speech their “colour”. After all, the teacher is the one who masters the art of bringing to life what is foreign to students. In contrast to 'an instructor' who acquires techniques or (learning)strategies to let them know. Or, as the French philosopher of education Philippe Meirieu argues, the teacher can transform the ‘subject’ as old and lifeless material in something that ‘matters’ (Meirieu, 2015). If we conceive the school as a particular form of “becoming acquainted with, or being exposed to the world,” then we must pay attention to what it means ‘to speak’, and to the voice as connected to the body. This stands in contrast to dominant conceptions of education and learning in which knowledge has primarily been associated with the mind or cognition (Houterman, 2026). In schort, in this study we do not consider speaking and the voice as effective means toward a specific (pre-determined) goal or learning outcome, but rather as a pedagogical commitment that can open time and space for an “encounter with the world or the subject matter.” The “experience of the unexpected” is inherent this educational-pedagogical practice of speaking. No class, no child is ever the same. Every act of speaking is therefore always in a sense inefficient: it requires time and attention, effort and preparation to find the right tone. One must first have been addressed by something oneself in order to be able to bring something into discussion - to bring it to speech. Furthermore, every act of speaking is also ineffective: the purpose of speaking and voice use coincides with making a beginning, namely creating time and space, opening the gaze, encountering the world, making children attentive to what has not yet been seen and, thus not yet exist. Again and again, words must be found, the right tone sought. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is an explorative fieldwork study, inspired by the educational fieldwork of Rembert Dejans (2023) and the anthropological work of Tim Ingold (2014). In line with Ingold, fieldwork is understood not so much as a research method, but more fundamentally as an ontological commitment. As Ingold states: “Thus, participant observation is absolutely not an undercover technique for gathering intelligence on people, on the pretext of learning from them. It is rather a fulfilment, in both letter and deed, of what we owe to the world for our development and formation.” Following Ingold and Dejans, we do not approach fieldwork as a method for generating data in order to gain a broader understanding of teachers. Rather, we approach it as a practice of becoming increasingly attentive to the words that are spoken, and more specifically to the experience of what ‘to speak’ means within the context of schooling. We conducted this fieldwork in both primary and secondary education, as a practice of becoming attentive to the words that are said and spoken at school. In this research, we have studied—through (transcriptions of) audio fragments—what is said, namely the words of teachers and pupils and their conversations. By taking these words seriously, we have developed reflections based on voices (and bodies), on the ways of speaking, and, more broadly, on our lived experience of what it means to ‘speak at school’. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings We conclude that ‘words’ in education possess tremendous power. Today, this power is mostly understood as the ability to instruct, guide, teach, and educate children toward (predetermined) goals. The “value of spoken words” is thus often assessed according to how effectively they function as a support or tool to achieve those learning goals or outcomes. In this paper, however, we aim to reveal another dimension of ‘spoken words and our voice’: spoken words that have the capacity to create educational moments as encounters with the world. Spoken words that have the power to gather teachers and children and make them attentive. I is not only ‘what’ teachers say, but moreover ‘the way they say it’ and the colour of their voice. The voice can 'make things matter'. Do we consider it important enough in teacher education to learns students to speak? If so, what kind of curriculum—rather than a program focused primarily on instructional language—can enable students to form themselves in ways that make them attentive to their own words and to the words spoken in schools? Furthermore, what kinds of bodily practices can be embedded and sustained within the curriculum of teacher education programs? References Braun, T. (1885). Cours complet de pédagogie et de méthodologie. Bruxelles : Librairie classique A-N. Lebègue et Cie. Dejans, R., Simons, M. & Masschelein, J. (2024). World-oriented fieldwork in education. The case of writing (about) computers. Journal Of Philosophy Of Education 58(6), 996-1014. Houterman, A. (2026). Our body invents a thousand unexpected figures': Michel Serres's philosophy of the body, movement, and sport. [Doctoral Thesis, Erasmus University Rotterdam]. Ingold, T. (2014). That’s enough about ethnography!, Journal of Ethnographic Theory 4(1), 383-395. Masschelein, J. (2022). Gaandeweg. Over pedagogische vormen. Nota’s voor een college. Pedagogiek 42(2), 147-163. Meirieu, P. (2005). Lettre à un jeune professeur [Letter to a young teacher], ESF-editeur. Meirieu, P. (2015). Frankenstein pédagogue. ESF-editeur. 13. Philosophy of Education
Paper “Healing May be Better Than Preventing.” (re)-educationalising Health with Canguilhem 1: Maastricht University, Netherlands; 2: LUCA School of Arts, Belgium; 3: KU Leuven, Belgium Presenting Author:We often hear today that the (mental) health of students is in peril, not only throughout the world, but in Europe specifically (Cosma et al., 2023; WHO, 2025): 1 in 7 students will experience a mental health condition—ranging from (academic) burnout and ADHD to depression—that causes them to fall behind in their schoolwork and have to repeat years or switch schools (Ibid.). In view of these developments, the policy of the European Union and its member states has been increasingly focused on making health and “wellbeing” a specific outcome of education (e.g., European Commission, 2024). While perhaps well-intentioned and necessary, this new focus is also seen to cause significant problems. Due to its overlap with the concerns and agendas of public health researchers and politicians, it has resulted in the life of students at school now being subject to a full-fledged “medicalised governance” (Navarro, 2019; Ramey, 2015). Health in schools is approached as a purely bio- and psychomedical problem that should be enforced through policy, with clear and achievable goals, methods, guidelines, support, and punishments for schools and students that do not achieve the expected levels of health (Ibid.). To some extent, sociologically and biomedically speaking, this approach may be functional: we are treating youths with the “correct and objective” tools to prevent them from falling into worse medical conditions, with all their implications for educational performance. Yet, apart from the fact that such conditions keep growing in numbers, said approach reduces health in education entirely to a biomedical problem, while at the same time applying rather vague notions of what “health” and “wellbeing” mean to education, in a sense that seems to extend far beyond what a biomedical gaze actually provides. Of course, there has already been ample criticism towards biomedical governance, based on the works of authors like Michel Foucault (Foucault, 1963; Hayes, 2025) and Ivan Illich (Illich, 1975; Milena, 2024), which denounces the medicalisation of education and school life as an oppressive form of political control, and instead opts for more humane and/or communal understanding of what constitutes health and “healthy education”. Furthermore, in the hands of a cynical public. However, this train of thought has often culminated into a deep, one-sided suspicion of all scientific (bio)medicine, which eventually leaves no space whatsoever for any (medical or other) norms of health in education (and society), and sometimes glorifies pain and suffering a bit too unreservedly (such as in the recent work of Byung-Chul Han [2021]). What such approaches fail to appreciate, moreover, is that, despite their “power,” many medical professionals find it very difficult today to decide exactly how to contribute to better public health (Cordey et al., 2024), especially in schools. By contrast, our contention is that medical health itself needs to be (re-)educationalised. What is ignored in the “humanist” and “anti-medical” approaches is that – especially in tandem with the institution of school – medicine can play an important and positive role in the educational experience of health (e.g., Esposito, 2013). Conversely, what is ignored in the dominant biomedical approach, is that health and medicine are never purely biomedical concerns to begin with: they are always also social, cultural, existential, and as we will argue in this article, educational concern. In our argument, what we need to break through this stalemate is not less medical and more political thought in schools, but rather more educational thought. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The starting point of this argument is an analysis of the work of philosopher and physician Georges Canguilhem (1904-1995)—more specially his arguments around health and normativity in Le Normal et le pathologique [the normal and the pathological] (1966) and in his less well-known text, “Is a pedagogy of healing possible?” (Canguilhem, 2002). Best-known as the mentor of Foucault, Canguilhem inspired Foucault to write his work on the normalizing role of institutions and the power of the “medical gaze” that has so inspired the anti-medicalisation discourse. Furthermore, Canguilhem also wrote at the same time as Illich. Though he favourably evaluated the latter’s attempt to humanize health, including the experience of disease, he also believed Illich to be misguided in his “vitalist” distrust (or even outright rejection) of modern medicine—which he himself continued to defend as playing a valuable, necessary role in the shaping of a healthy human subject and society (Canguilhem, 2002; Shmidt, 2023). Thus, in his wider work, but especially in his Pedagogy of Healing, Canguilhem is seen to perform a daring feat: finding a middle road in respecting both the place of medicine within human subjectivation, as well as the subjective-existential human experience of being (un)healthy. He wished to safeguard the role of medicine regarding health and disease from its own parasitizing of human experience; and it is this safeguarding of medicine as a fundamentally subjectifying, “pedagogical” experience of health which Canguilhem calls “healing” (guérison)—as opposed to mere (technical) “curing”. He does so by approaching health as a normative or norm-generating force, extending from within biological life unto life in society, and structuring human experience. And just as the experience of disease is inevitably part of (mortal) health, so are the normalizing influences exerted by a pre-existing social environment (Canguilhem, 1966). Medicine attempts to ‘mediate’ in health’s biological and social structuration of human experience, by scientifically objectifying (and normalizing) human life on the one hand, and clinically encountering the (un)healthy human subject on the other. To further concretize the significance of Canguilhem’s pedagogical concepts of health and medicine for the context of health and wellbeing in modern education, we explore the following two cases: 1. The so-called “hospital schools”, where education allows even young palliative patients to continue experiencing some form of “educational health.” 2. The case of ADHD in the classroom, as a complex form of (un)healthy school life, negotiating various biomedical and normative interests. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Hospital schools are schools in which severely ill youths, sometimes without any hope of recovery, partake in “normal” school life as much as possible. Because these children are objectively very sick and in need of sophisticated biomedical treatment, one could wonder about the use of bothering them with education, which seems to serve no direction function. After all, these youths will probably never use their education in the labour market (Masschelein, 2022, 150-152). Counter to psychologizing accounts of this situation, which contend that educational interaction distracts patients into feeling better about themselves, we argue that school life enables these youths to resituate the biomedical reality of their illness in a world of shared life and norms, viz., of shared health. By cultivating an interest in subject matters, they can again experience health as more than the absence of disease, but as the vital experience of themselves as worldly subjects, who undergo treatment to remain part of the world. In the less extreme case of ADHD in schools, it is striking to see how health and medicine can only be conceived of as something external intervening on top of the school life of youths “with” ADHD, rather than as part of healthy educational life in schools (e.g., see: Hayes, 2025; Metzger & Hamilton, 2021). While discourses and practices in schools tend to revolve around preventing, suppressing, or deconstructing ADHD (ibid.) —as if any of these are really possible—we argue for pedagogies of ADHD. As such, we approach ADHD as both a specific medical experience and an experience of the pedagogical life particular to school. Just as this experience may include the use of medication, it may also imply the choice to abstain from such use and resort to other strategies, or even to contest the diagnosis itself. References Canguilhem, G. (1966/2022). The normal and the pathological. Zone books. Canguilhem, G. (2002). Is a pedagogy of healing possible? In Writings on Medicine (pp. 53-66). Fordham University Press. Cordey, M., Chatelard, S., Widmer, D., Ouvrard, P., & Herzig, L. (2024). Ordinary defensive medicine: in the shadows of general practitioners’ postures toward (over-) medicalisation. Philosophy, Ethics, and Humanities in Medicine, 19(1), 10. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13010-024-00160-0 Cosma A, Abdrakhmanova S, Taut D, Schrijvers K, Catunda C, Schnohr C. (2023). A focus on adolescent mental health and well-being in Europe, central Asia and Canada. Health Behaviour in School-aged Children international report from the 2021/2022 survey. Volume 1. Copenhagen: WHO Regional Office for Europe. Esposito, R. (2013). Terms of the Political. Community, Immunity, Biopolitics. Fordham University Press. European Commission (Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture). (2024). Wellbeing and mental health at school – Guidelines for school leaders, teachers and educators, Publications Office of the European Union, 2024, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/760136 Foucault, M. (1963/2003) The Birth of the Clinic - An archaeology of medical perception. Taylor & Francis. Han, B. C. (2020/2021). The palliative society: Pain today. John Wiley & Sons. Hayes, M. F. (2025). The oppression of children and young people in education settings: A Foucauldian Discourse Analysis of Educational Psychologists' constructions. Educational & Child Psychology, 42(3). https://doi.org/10.53841/bpsecp.2024.41.3.2 Illich, I. (1975/1976). Limits to Medicine. Medical Nemesis: The expropriation of health. Random House Publishing Inc.. Masschelein, J. (2022). Gaandeweg: Over pedagogische vormen Nota’s voor een college. Pedagogiek, 42(2), 147-163. https://doi.org/10.5117/ Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2012). Apologie van de school. Een publieke zaak. Acco Metzger, A. N., & Hamilton, L. T. (2021). The stigma of ADHD: Teacher ratings of labeled students. Sociological perspectives, 64(2), 258-279. https://doi.org/10.1177/0731121420937739 Milana, F. (2024). Ivan Illich, Modernity’s Epidemiologist. In Faith and Pestilence: Paradigms and Historical, Theological, Hermeneutic Issues (pp. 65-185). V&R unipress. Navarro, S. R. (2019). Medicalisation in neoliberal contexts: imagining other futures in schools. Práxis Educacional, 15(36), 265-284. https://doi.org/10.22481/praxisedu.v15i36.5886 Ramey, D. M. (2015). The social structure of criminalized and medicalized school discipline. Sociology of Education, 88(3), 181-201. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038040715587114 Shmidt, V. (2023). Vitalist Arguments in the Struggle for Human (Im) Perfection: The Debate Between Biologists and Theologians in the 1960s–1980s. In Vitalism and Its Legacy in Twentieth Century Life Sciences and Philosophy (pp. 217-238). Cham: Springer International Publishing. WHO. (2025). Child and youth mental health in the WHO European Region: status and actions to strengthen the quality of care. Copenhagen: WHO. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 13-A Paper Session |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 14 SES 13 A: Family Engagement in Education. Location: E222 | Main building E | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Riikka Sirkko Paper Session |
|
|
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Parent/Guardians’ Associations: Uncovering Differing Participation Motivations European University Cyprus, Cyprus Presenting Author:Parent/Guardians’ Associations in schools serve as a platform of contribution to school related matters and school decision-making. Much of their role in most educational systems that we have studied, including European, North American and others, irrespectively to the name they run under (either Parent, or Guardian, or Family or sometime Parent-Teacher associations), advocate for resources, support educational initiatives, and play a key role in building relationships among teachers and families (Álvarez-Álvarez, 2019; Deslandes, 2019; Epstein, 2018; Zare & Izadi, 2017). It has been claimed that Parent/Guardians’ Associations relate to the enhancement of school programs, the encouragement of active parental and family involvement in schools, and the nurturing of an inclusive school culture ultimately driving positive outcomes for children (Eziuzo & Enueme, 2013; Okendu, 2012). This literature sites many factors that may contribute and impact parental/family participation in their children’s school Parent/Guardians’ Associations, including: the family’s socioeconomic, financial and educational status (with parents of middle and higher socioeconomic strata to be more likely to be actively involved compared to their lower-income parents who face financial constraints, rigid work schedules, and transportation difficulties to actively participate); the family structure (with single-parent and non-traditional families to tend to have lower participation in their children’s school Parent/Guardians’ Associations due to added pressures); the number of children in the family (with families with more children to have limited time and resources available for being actively participating); parental professional responsibilities related to full-time employment and demanding work schedules leading to reduced opportunities of engagement; the ethnic and migration background of the family (with immigrant parents often participating less, partly due to differing cultural norms and expectations about school and family roles); the family language (with families not speaking the school official language having limited language proficiency to understand the complex school terminology and communicate effectively in the Associations’ doings); the cultural perceptions of families regarding school–parent/family roles (with some cultural groups viewing family-school collaboration as strictly formal and discouraging on engaging); overall family perceptions of parental role with Parent/Guardians’ Associations participation heavily depending on how parents see their role in their children's education and their perceived ability to support academic success; gender, with women -especially white mothers with higher education and income- to be more actively involved than men in Parent/Guardians’ Associations; parental previous experiences in Parent/Guardians’ Associations (with parents with such negative experience to avoid involvement); the relationships of the school staff with parents with positive and respectful relationships to encourage participation in Parent/Guardians’ Associations, while negative or hierarchical relationships discouraging it; as well as parental awareness and training, with schools with families that are involved in personal educational activities be more understanding of their role in Parent/Guardians’ Associations. Thus, studies highlight potential drawbacks that can arise in Parent/Guardians’ Associations operation, including exacerbating inequalities within the school community, as well as between schools (Essuman, 2019; Goldstein, 2017; Murray, 2019; Woyshner & Cucchiara, 2017). Despite the existing literature on the factors influencing parents' participation in Parent/Guardians’ Associations, there is comparatively limited research on parental motivation behind their participation in such boards. This paper reports on part of the findings of a mixed-methods study that examined the role of Parent/Guardians’ Associations in primary schools in Cyprus, a European Union member state, and more particularly the findings of the phase of the questionnaire survey on the motivation of parents to serve on the boards of Parent/Guardians’ Associations. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study followed a mixed-methods study, and specifically a sequential exploratory mixed-method approach study (Creswell & Clark, 2007; Halcomb & Hickman, 2015; Schoonenboom & Johnson, 2017), that examined the role of Parent/Guardians’ Associations in primary schools in Cyprus. The findings from the initial phase of the study informed the construction of a survey questionnaire, which was subsequently completed by a representative national sample of 1,118 teachers and parents. The respondents of the questionnaire provided demographic information and data as to: their perceptions of the role of Parent/Guardians’ Associations (18 Likert-scale items); their experience on the extent and content of Parent/Guardians’ Associations school collaboration (20 Likert-scale items); their perceptions on the prerequisites for the effective Parent/Guardians’ Associations school collaboration (5 Likert-scale items); their perceptions on the motives of parents and guardians who serve on the boards of Parent/Guardians’ Associations (18 Likert-scale items); their perceptions on the barriers and enablers to Parent/Guardians’ Associations participation (24 Likert-scale items); and parental perceptions on their school’s Parent/Guardians’ Associations Board effectiveness. The paper more specifically presents the findings of the questionnaire section which examines the motives of parents and guardians who serve on the boards of Parent/Guardians’ Associations. The 18 variables were subjected to exploratory factor analysis. SPSS version 29 was used. To assess the suitability of the data for Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA), the KMO measure of sampling adequacy and Bartlett’s test of sphericity were applied (KMO = .873; Bartlett’s test (df = 153) = 7642.888, p < .001). Factors with eigenvalues greater than 1.0 were retained. Given the thematic coherence of the items (all related to parental/guardian motives) and the likelihood of factor correlation, the Maximum Likelihood method was used, along with oblique rotation (Direct Oblimin). Loadings below .40 were excluded for clarity. Two items showed cross-loadings and were removed, reducing the items from 18 to 16. Another round of analysis confirmed three factors (KMO = .864; Bartlett’s test (df = 120) = 6706.577, p < .001), explaining 53.508% of the variance. Thus, three new variables evolved based on the results of the exploratory factor analysis: Personal Motives, Altruistic Motives, and Child-centered Motives. The three variables followed a normal distribution, as indicated by the small deviations from the means and the acceptable skewness and kurtosis values, thus suggesting that the data met the assumptions of normality. To examine whether perceptions differ between teachers and parents/guardians regarding the motives, independent samples t-tests were conducted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The first identified distinct parental motivational category reflects self-oriented reasons for participation in Boards and Associations, in order to enhance their personal image, gain social recognition, or assert influence within the school community. The second motive reflects altruistic motives driven by a desire to improve the overall school environment, namely parental participation not for personal benefit, but to support the school, improve conditions, and contribute to the general enhancement of the educational experience for all children. Finally, the third motive focuses specifically on the well-being and advancement of the parent’s own child. Participation here is seen as a way to support their child’s educational journey, advocate for their needs, and ensure a favorable learning environment. While not egoistic, such motives are centered on individual family interests. The further statistical analysis revealed significant differences in these motivational categories based on respondents' demographic characteristics, as well as notable distinctions between parent/guardian and teacher subgroups. The findings of the study provide significant insights when striving to cultivate strong and effective family-school partnerships. Recognising that parents participate in Parent/Guardians’ Associations for different reasons -either personal, altruistic, or child-centred- is key to promoting inclusive and effective school governance. This understanding helps schools avoid favouring certain voices or unintentionally excluding others, thus supporting equity and democratic participation in education. By assuming, for instance, that parents participate in Parent/Guardians’ Associations for altruistic reasons, without being knowledgeable how families differentiate based on their socioeconomic status, structural and cultural background, as well as without acknowledging this diversity, schools risk privileging the perspectives of more vocal or resource-rich parents, marginalising others, and reinforcing social inequalities within school governance structures. When schools thus understand what drives parents’ Parent/Guardians’ Associations participation, they can tailor support, roles, and communication strategies to motivate broader participation and avoid misinterpretations between parents and teachers. References Álvarez-Álvarez, C. (2019). Parental involvement in Spanish schools: The role of Parents’ Associations. Improving Schools, 1-15. Creswell, J. W. & Clark, V. L. P. (2007). Designing and conducting mixed methods research. Sage publications. Deslandes, R. (2019). A framework for school-family collaboration integrating some relevant factors and processes. Aula Abierta, 48 (1), 11-18. Epstein, J.L. (2018). School, family and community partnerships in teachers’ professional work. Journal of Education for Teaching, 44:3, 397-406. DOI: 10.1080/02607476.2018.1465669 Essuman, A. (2019). Improving education delivery through community – school partnership. Is the “social contract” being weakened? – A study of two rural schools. International Journal of Educational Management 33(6) 1336-1351. Eziuzo, O.G. & Enueme, C.P. (2013). Contributions of Parents-Teachers’ Association to Secondary School Management in Nigeria: Principals Perceptions. Journal of emerging Trends in Educational Research and Policy Studies, 4(6), 835-841. Goldstein, D. (2017, April 8). PTA Gift for Someone’s Else’s Child A Touchy Subject In California. New York Times. Retrieved from: https://www.nytimes.com/2017/04/08/us/california-pta-fund-raising-inequality.html Halcomb, E. & Hickman, L. (2015). Mixted Methods research. Nursing Standard: promoting excellence in nursing care, 29 (32), 41-47. Murray, C. B. (2019). PTAs, parent involvement, and the challenges of relying on private money to subsidize public education. Educational Resources and Equity. Kappanonline.org 42-46. Okendu, N.J. (2012). The Role of School Board, School Heads and Parent-Teacher Association in The Effective Management of Public Schools. Journal of Education and Practice, 3:8 201-207. Schoonenboom, J. & Johnson, R.B. (2017). How to Construct a Mixed Methods Research Design. Köln Z Soziol 69: 107-131. DOI 10.1007/s11577-017-0454-1 Woyshner, C. & Cucchiara, M. (2017). Can Parent-Teacher Groups Work for All Students? Educational Leadership, retrieved from www.ascd.org https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.852378 Zare, Z. & Izadi, M. (2017). Role of PTA in Improved Quality of Education in Public Primary Schools for Girls in Tehran. Palma Journal, (16) 1.2, 92-98. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Investigating "Transformation" in the Family-School-Relationship. Methodological Considerations Based on the Example of a Longitudinal Qualitative Interview Study with Parents Freie Universität Berlin, Germany Presenting Author:How does the relationship between parents and schools and teachers evolve over time? In what respect are parents vulnerable? What are the methodological implications of such questions? These are the guiding questions the paper intends to address. As the relationship between home and school is dynamic, its investigation should also account for this. The paper discusses the investigation of the development of the home-school-relation from a more methodological perspective. The proposed paper is based on a project that examines how parents' trust in schools and teachers develops during their child's transition from primary to secondary school. It assumes that the nature, extent and development of the trusting relationship between parents and school is being put to the test during this sensitive phase of a child's educational biography and that the conditions for change therefore can be studied in detail. The results of the project will primarily relate to research and development in the context of educational and parental partnerships, school development and teacher professionalisation, and will help to close a relevant gap in interdisciplinary trust research. Although the proposed paper will also refer to the relationship between the parental home and school, the presentation will focus primarily on methodological issues arising from the longitudinal nature of the qualitative study. In particular, the paper deals briefly, on the one hand, with the challenges of sampling heterogeneous parents for a longitudinal interview study, data collection, incentivisation and panel mortality. On the other hand, it goes more into detail concerning the analysis of cases (parents) and patterns of cases over time (development of parents' trust in schools and teachers). Regarding the latter, it shows a) what types of parental trust in schools and teachers at T1 (first data collection) could be determined on the basis of two theoretically defined tertium comparationis (trust, vulnerability), b) how the individual cases developed from T1 to T2 [second data collection], and c) what assessment perspectives this yields for both T3 (third data collection) and the overall analysis. Based on preliminary results of the project, the variants and challenges of longitudinal, qualitative analysis and typology formation are discussed in detail. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The qualitative data consists of transcripts of episodic interviews (Flick, 2011) with more than 40 German speaking parents in Berlin who were/are being interviewed three times over a period of almost one and a half years: first at around the time when they decide on a secondary school for their child (February/March 2025), then a few weeks after their child starts secondary school (October/November 2025) and finally shortly before the end of the first school year at secondary school (June 2026). In the interviews, parents were encouraged to talk about various topics related to their child's school life and their views on it, particularly with regard to the transition to secondary school (episodic knowledge). Throughout the survey period, parents were consistently asked about their beliefs, experiences and expectations regarding school and teachers, because from the perspective of trust research, this consistency is significant for the development (or maintenance or decline) of trust. In addition, specific questions were asked to learn more about both subjectively relevant concepts of the parents and theoretically relevant concepts (semantic knowledge). The transcripts are evaluated qualitatively using the computer software MAXQDA (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2024). The data is content analytically evaluated, particularly with regard to changes of trust and vulnerability; vulnerability is considered an essential element of trust (Bormann et al., 2025; Hamm et al., 2024; Rousseau et al., 1998). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings According to Thomson and McLeod (2015, p. 247), qualitative longitudinal reearch "does not settle into a fixed set of practices, designs and method rules"; Neale (2018) rather speaks of longidutinal research as a 'journey with data'. Nevertheless, the approaches used in qualitative longitudinal studies can be distinguished in terms of three basic analysis options: firstly, case-logical analysis, in which cases are evaluated across the survey points in terms of case development patterns (process typology); second, analysis of how case groups (i.e. types) found develop over time (type progression); third, the formation of new typologies at each point in time (cross-sectional typology in a longitudinal comparison; for these variants, see Košinár & Laros, 2021; Dreier et al., 2018). These analysis options are illustrated using empirical examples from the project carried out. Each evaluation strategy comes with strengths and weaknesses; these will be discussed in relation to statements on the development of trust as a characteristic of quality in the relationship between parents, teachers and schools. References Bormann, I., Magyar-Haas, V., & Sandermann, P. (2025). Vulnerabilität und Vertrauen. Theoretische und methodische Überlegungen zur empirischen Untersuchung des Verhältnisses zweier konstitutiver Elemente der Pädagogik. Zeitschrift Für Soziologie der Erziehung und Sozialisation, 45(3), 121–136. Burghardt, D., Dederich, M., Dziabel, N., Höhne, T., Lohwasser, D., Stöhr, R., & Zirfas, J. (2017). Vulnerabilität. Pädagogische Herausforderungen. Kohlhammer. Dreier, L., Leuthold-Wergin, A., & Lüdemann, J. (2018). Qualitativer Längsschnitt in der Bildungsforschung. In M. S. Maier, C. I. Keßler, U. Deppe, A. Leuthold-Wergin, & S. Sandring (Eds.), Qualitative Bildungsforschung (pp. 153–168). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. Flick, U. (2011). Das Episodische Interview. In G. Oelerich & H.-U. Otto (Eds.), Empirische Forschung und Soziale Arbeit (pp. 273–280). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Hamm, J. A., Möllering, G., & Darcy, K. (2024). Integrating focal vulnerability into trust research. Journal of Trust Research, 14(2), 237–255. Košinár, J., & Laros, A. (2021). Dokumentarische Längsschnitt-Typologien in der Lehrer*innenbildungsforschung - Umsetzungsvarianten und methodologische Herausforderungen. Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6., überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage). Grundlagentexte Methoden. Beltz Juventa. Neale, B. (2018). What Is Qualitative Longitudinal Research? The 'What Is?' Research Methods Ser. Bloomsbury Publishing Plc. Rousseau, D., Sitkin, S. B., Burt, R. S., & Camerer, C. (1998). Not so different after all: A cross-discipline view of trust. Academy of Management Review, 23(3), 393–404. Thomson, R., & McLeod, J. (2015). New frontiers in qualitative longitudinal research: an agenda for research. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 18(3), 243–250. 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Are Teachers Prepared to Foster Family Engagement? Teacher Competences for Family–School Partnerships University of Santiago de Compostela, Spain Presenting Author:Family engagement in education has long been recognised as a key factor in students’ development. Numerous studies examining teaching and learning processes have identified a significant relationship between family engagement and students’ academic achievement (see, for example, Jeynes, 2012; Patall et al. 2008). However, research findings remain inconclusive and, in some cases, contradictory (Hill & Tyson, 2009). Moreover, not all parents engage in their children’s education in the same way. It is therefore reasonable to expect differences both in the forms of parental engagement and in their effects (Epstein, 2011). Although there is still no definitive evidence regarding which types of engagement are most effective, research suggests that quality rather than quantity of engagement is the crucial factor influencing educational success and generating positive outcomes for students (Pomerantz et al., 2007; Knollmann & Wild, 2007). Within this context, the teaching profession occupies a central role. Through their everyday practice, teachers create opportunities for interaction, establish channels of communication, and promote different forms of family engagement (Hornby & Lafaele, 2011). It is therefore important to understand how the quality of family engagement depends, to a large extent, on teachers’ professional competences in working with families (Hoover-Dempsey & Sandler, 1997). This also requires identifying what these competences entail and the specific skills they include (Epstein, 2011). Despite the importance of these competences, the literature indicates that many teachers lack the specific preparation needed to carry out this aspect of their role effectively (Baum & Swick, 2007; Vallespir-Soler & Morey-López, 2019). Recent research suggests that this situation may generate uncertainty and restrict collaborative practices to basic information-sharing activities (García-Segura & Ruiz, 2020). At the same time, the role of experience in building confidence when working with families should not be overlooked (Gomariz et al., 2022). Considering these, it is pertinent to ask to what extent teachers feel prepared to foster family engagement. It is also important to explore which variables may be associated with a stronger sense of professional competence in this area. Accordingly, the aim of this study is twofold: (1) to examine the degree to which primary education teachers consider themselves prepared to involve families in the educational process, and (2) to analyse which variables are associated with a higher perceived level of competence for family engagement. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A quantitative, descriptive and comparative study was conducted. The study aimed to analyse teachers’ self-perceptions regarding their preparation to promote family engagement and to explore which occupational variables are associated with a higher perceived level of competence in this field. The sample consisted of 129 primary school teachers. Of these, 73.6% were women, and 50.6% reported that they had not received either initial or in-service training related to the topic under study. All participants were practising teachers in state schools across different provinces of Spain. The sample showed a wide distribution in terms of age (24–66 years), years of teaching experience, and length of service at their current school. Data were collected using a structured questionnaire comprising two sections. The first gathered socio-demographic and occupational information (years of teaching experience, length of service at the school, subjects taught) as well as details about usual forms of contact with families (meetings, telephone calls, written communications, among others). The second section included a previously validated scale (α = .885) measuring perceived teaching competence for family engagement. The scale assesses the extent to which teachers feel capable of carrying out actions aimed at promoting family–school collaboration. The 10 items are rated on a four-point Likert scale and organised into two dimensions: (a) interaction and communication with families within the school context, and (b) guidance for families to support learning at home. Data were collected with the authorisation of the participating schools and the Bioethics Committee of the University of Santiago de Compostela. Anonymity and confidentiality were guaranteed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that teachers generally consider themselves moderately prepared, although this perception varies across different areas of family engagement. Consistent with previous research suggesting that family–school relationships often focus on information exchange rather than deeper pedagogical collaboration (Đukić et al., 2022), teachers report greater confidence in formal communication and academic monitoring than in providing educational guidance to families for supporting learning at home. This suggests that practice in this field remains largely based on a model centred on the transmission of information. These findings may be interpreted in light of the limited specific training teachers receive in working with families (Smith & Sheridan, 2018). Although family engagement is widely recognised as an important factor in educational success (Epstein, 2011; Jeynes, 2012), preparation in this area does not always form a systematic part of initial teacher education or continuing professional development. The results also show that variables such as frequency and type of contact with families, as well as length of service at the school, are associated with higher levels of professional self-confidence. This suggests that competence in family engagement is developed through practice and the gradual building of trusting relationships (Kelty & Wakabayashi, 2020). Regular interaction with families appears to strengthen teachers’ sense of professional confidence more than accumulated teaching experience in general. From an educational perspective, these findings highlight the need to strengthen teacher education in those areas where teachers feel less prepared. The study also has limitations, including the use of self-report measures. Future research would benefit from longitudinal designs to examine the development of these competences over time. In conclusion, contact with families alone is not sufficient. Teachers require specific tools and preparation to transform contact into meaningful educational collaboration. Strengthening teacher preparation for family engagement is therefore an important step towards developing more balanced, partnership-based, and learning-focused models of family–school relationships. References Baum, A. C., & Swick, K. J. (2007). Dispositions Toward Families and Family Involvement: Supporting Preservice Teacher Development. Early Childhood Education Journal, 35(6), 579-584. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-007-0229-9 Đukić, T. M., Bogavac, D. S., Stojadinović, A. M., & Rajčević, P. Đ. (2022). Parental Involvement in Education and Collaboration with School. International Journal of Cognitive Research in Science Engineering and Education, 10(1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.23947/2334-8496-2022-10-1-01-14 Epstein, J. L. (2011). School, family, and community partnerships (2nd ed.). Westview Press. García-Segura, S., y Ruiz, F. (2020). Retos actuales de la educación inclusiva y la comunidad educativa, Voces de la Educación, 5(10), p. 3-12. Gomariz, M. Á., Parra, J., García-Sanz, M. P., & Hernández-Prados, M. Á. (2022). Teaching Facilitation of Family Participation in Educational Institutions. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 748710. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.748710 Hill, N. E., & Tyson, D. F. (2009). Parental involvement in middle school: A meta-analytic assessment of the strategies that promote achievement. Developmental Psychology, 45(3), 740–763. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0015362 Hoover-Dempsey, K. V., & Sandler, H. M. (1997). Why do parents become involved in their children's education? Review of Educational Research, 67(1), 3–42. https://doi.org/10.2307/1170618 Hornby, G., & Lafaele, R. (2011). Barriers to parental involvement in education: an explanatory model. Educational Review, 63(1), 37-52. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2010.488049 Jeynes, W. (2012). A Meta-Analysis of the Efficacy of Different Types of Parental Involvement Programs for Urban Students. Urban Education, 47(4), 706-742. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085912445643 Kelty, N. E., & Wakabayashi, T. (2020). Family Engagement in Schools: Parent, Educator, and Community Perspectives. SAGE Open, 10(4). https://doi.org/10.1177/2158244020973024 Knollmann, M., & Wild, E. (2007). Quality of parental support and students' emotions during homework: Moderating effects of students' motivational orientations. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 22(1), 63–76. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03173689 Patall, E. A., Cooper, H., & Robinson, J. C. (2008). The effects of choice on intrinsic motivation and related outcomes: A meta-analysis of research findings. Psychological Bulletin, 134(2), 270–300. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.134.2.270 Pomerantz, E. M., Moorman, E. A., & Litwack, S. D. (2007). The How, Whom, and Why of Parents’ Involvement in Children’s Academic Lives: More Is Not Always Better. Review of Educational Research, 77(3), 373-410. https://doi.org/10.3102/003465430305567 Smith, T. E., & Sheridan, S. M. (2018). The Effects of Teacher Training on Teachers’ Family-Engagement Practices, Attitudes, and Knowledge: A Meta-analysis. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 29(2), 128-157. https://doi.org/10.1080/10474412.2018.1460725 Vallespir-Soler, J., & Morey-López, M. (2019). La formación del profesorado de educación primaria respecto a la participación de las familias. Revista Electrónica Interuniversitaria de Formación del Profesorado, 22(3), 77–92. https://doi.org/10.6018/reifop.389251 14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper Parents’ Perceptions of Parent-teacher Meetings in Finnish Comprehensive Schools Oulu University, Finland Presenting Author:International research has consistently highlighted home–school collaboration as a key component of inclusive and equitable education systems across different educational contexts. Successful collaboration between home and school is beneficial for students’ well-being, learning, and behaviour, and it can improve teachers’ job performance and job satisfaction. However, home-school collaboration has been described as complex, tense, and stressful for teachers and parents alike. Parents whose child has special educational needs experience collaborative relations with teachers even more challenging than other parents. These challenges have been documented across countries, although the forms and expectations of collaboration vary depending on national education systems and cultural norms. Even though home-school collaboration is nowadays often technologically mediated, the importance of face-to-face communication should not be underestimated. In this study, we focus on one specific form of home-school collaboration, namely parent-teacher meetings. By parent-teacher meetings, we mean meetings between a teacher and the parent(s) of one student at a time. They take place inside the school building and are most often 10-20 minutes long, teacher-initiated meetings. This particular form of collaboration is internationally well known to parents and the most common form of two-way communication between parents and teachers. Despite the ideals of equal partnership, previous international research has shown that teachers tend to have the role of an expert in the meetings: they are in charge and control the situation by selecting topics, deciding who will speak, and focusing on the knowledge they possess. Due to the asymmetrical power relations, teachers also have more responsibility of the communication: they are expected to be rational and able to communicate well. In this research, our aim is to find out what characterizes an unsuccessful parent-teacher meeting and what suggestions Finnish compulsory school students’ parents (n=558) have for making the meetings more successful. By focusing on the Finnish context, this study contributes context-sensitive knowledge to international discussions on home–school collaboration and parent–teacher interaction. The research questions are: 1) What characterizes an unsuccessful parent-teacher meeting according to parents? and 2) What suggestions do parents have for making meetings between teachers and parents successful? We also examine the differences between the views of parents whose children have special needs (n=182) and those whose children do not (n=376). The data were gathered by electronic questionnaires during December 2023- June 2024 and analysed by means of qualitative content analysis.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data for this research were collected by two electronic questionnaires, which were open from December 2023 to June 2024. The first questionnaire was targeted at parents whose children did not receive special educational support, while the other was targeted at parents whose children received special educational support for their learning. Two separate data collections were conducted, as the original intention was to collect data only from the parents of pupils with special needs, but for comparative purposes, it was decided to carry out the second data collection later. The questions were the same in both questionnaires. The questionnaire included background questions and open questions related to digital collaboration and face-to-face parent-teacher meetings. The questionnaires were returned by 558 parents. Of all the respondents, 61% (n = 340) were parents of primary school students, and 39% (n = 218) were parents of lower secondary school students. In this article, we have analyzed two open questions from the questionnaire: 1. What kind of experiences do you have of face-to-face meetings with your child’s teacher? 2. What advice would you give teachers for these meetings? A total of 58 parents characterized their meetings with teachers as unsuccessful, and 300 parents gave advice for better meetings. The length of the answers for the first question ranged from one word to 228 words. The data were analyzed using qualitative content analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary analyses indicate that, according to parents, unsuccessful meetings with the teacher are influenced by 1) structural factors, 2) teachers’ skills (lack of sensitivity, lack of knowledge, poor communication skills), and 3) the child’s presence in the meetings. Only parents who had a child with special needs saw an issue with the child being present in the meeting. They felt that it was not necessary for the child to hear everything that was said. Parents’ suggestions for making the meetings more successful included themes related to parents themselves: how and when they wanted to be contacted, and being given the opportunity to prepare for the meeting. The suggestions also included skills that teachers needed to have to make the meetings successful. These included the ability to create an open and welcoming atmosphere, collaborative skills, respecting the parent’s views and being positive but honest. Equality in general was also important for the parents. The preliminary analyses indicate that unsuccessful meetings were not easily forgotten. References Cui, J., & Wen, H. (2025b). School‐Home communication Predicts children’s enjoyment of school and academic performance in the USA: a mediation analysis. Journal of School Health, 95(10), 827–836. https://doi.org/10.1111/josh.70053 Graham-Clay, S. (2024). Communicating with parents 2.0: Strategies for teachers. The School Community Journal, 34(1), 9–60. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1425334.pdf Sirkko, R., Kotilainen, N. & Mononen, R. (2025). Parents’ Experiences of Home–School Collaboration via the Digital Platform Wilma. Nordic Studies in Education, 45(3), 228–246. https://doi.org/10.23865/nse.v45.6972 Skaalvik, E & Skaalvik, S. (2009). Does school context matter? Relations with teacher burnout and job satisfaction. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(3), 518-524. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2008.12.006 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 15 SES 13 A Location: D10a | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Edith Hooge Paper Session |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Talking about Collaborative Structures for Teacher Professional Development in Science Education 1: University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg; 2: University of Coimbra, Portugal Presenting Author:This contribution examines the different levels of collaboration between the fields of research and practice. By exploring a researcher-teacher collaboration in Luxembourg and collaborative structures from project in Portugal, we outline different features and conditions for collaboration. Considering that both case studies take role in established partnerships, a multi-faceted analysis will unveil multiple structures of collaborations. The studies presented here examine how partnerships can foster professional development, organizational learning, and pedagogical improvement across various contexts, contemplating both pre-service and in-service teacher education within science teacher professional learning. The case of Luxembourg explores a teacher-researcher collaboration that focused on co-developing, co-teaching and co-researching a professional development offering about the dialogue between science and language. The researcher and the teacher take part of a school-university partnership, the SciTeach Center – University of Luxembourg, which is a collaborative structure that provides professional learning opportunities for other primary science teachers in Luxembourg. Through this study, the starting point is that the SciTeach Center is acknowledged as a collaborative space where teachers and researchers come together and engage in dialogue; previous research has looked how team collaboration is fostered by a reflect-dialogue-act structure. Therefore, drawing from data that permits to look from the individual to the organizational level, this contribution aims to present what elements have enabled the teacher-researcher collaboration, by exploring a multi-layered structure of collaboration considering the processes of boundary spanning, third space, cogenerative dialogue, distributed leadership, community of practice, professional learning and ethics of care. For the case of Portugal, this contribution explores collaborative structures that promote professional growth, examining partnerships between researchers and educators, looking into the intersection of research and teaching. This plays a crucial role in shaping effective educational practices and fostering teacher continuous professional development. We analyze how these structures support inquiry-based teaching, reflective practice, and pedagogical innovation. The study is based on a qualitative analysis of multiple projects that involve research-practice collaboration in teacher education (e.g., AutoSTEM, Science2Edu). Other following initiatives, such as Prometon (which focuses on metacognition and Theory of Mind) and GEO-Academy (which develops digital and green competencies), demonstrate the impact of structured collaboration on teacher agency and instructional innovation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used With the aim to present collaborative structures and partnerships that emerge in science teacher education in the different contexts, researchers from Luxembourg and Portugal will be able to address two overarching questions: 1. What are the findings about collaboration and partnership from research conducted in Luxembourg and Portugal?; and 2. How do these structures support science teacher professional development?. The fact that datasets include different levels of collaboration (individual, community, international), we expect to open a discussion towards acknowledging different collaborative structures and future collaboration between the involved researchers and the audience, through planning scientific exchange and future projects and publications. In the case of Luxembourg, by seeking to answer the question "What elements of the umbrella partnership supports the teacher-research collaboration?", this collaborative structure is unfolded through qualitative research approaches, taking into account video recordings, researchers' field notes, reflective pieces, and co-researching of team members' perspectives on the concept of "Science". This multi-layered analysis highlights the relevance of collaboration structures to contribute to transformative in-service primary science teacher education, based on valuing diverse voices, fostering organizational learning, paying attention to epistemic orientation. Findings reveal the impact of the teacher-researcher collaboration on individual and organizational levels as both observe and reflect upon each other's changes. For the example from Portugal, data sources include project reports, published papers, and reflective documentation from teachers involved in these initiatives. The research question guiding this work is: What collaborative structures and partnerships have been implemented and how do they support teacher professional development?. The analysis identifies several key components of collaboration between researchers and educators as Knowledge Co-Construction, Inquiry-Based Professional Learning, Metacognitive Development. The findings suggest that sustained collaboration between researchers and educators fosters not only pedagogical improvement but also a culture of professional inquiry and community building. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Findings from these examples reveal that collaboration between researchers and teachers has a significant and sustained impact on individuals (e.g., teachers and researchers), educational organizations, and science education field as a whole. This contribution explores the role of collaboration amongst different stakeholders in shaping science education across multiple contexts, including school-university partnerships, communities of practice, and sustained collaborations, leading to a reflection on the role of collaboration itself on professional development, organizational learning, and pedagogical improvement. We want to offer recommendations for fostering collaborative structures in support of science education research and practice, underpinning key concepts such as communities of practice (Wenger, 1998/2005), distributed leadership (Woods et al., 2004), reflective practice (Schön, 1987), cogenerative dialogues (Tobin, 2006; Tobin & Roth, 2005), and equity of voices (Tobin, 2007). Through this participatory process (Bang & Vossoughi, 2016), we examine the bricolage (Kincheloe, 2001) of these two case studies to the importance of dialogue and trust-building in fostering transformative and long-term sustainable collaboration and partnership. References Bang, M., & Vossoughi, S. (2016). Participatory design research and educational justice: Studying learning and relations within social change making. Cognition and Instruction, 34(3), 173–193. https://doi.org/10.1080/07370008.2016.1181879 Kincheloe, J. L. (2001). Describing the Bricolage: Conceptualizing a New Rigor in Qualitative Research. Qualitative Inquiry, 7(6), 679¬692. http://doi.org/10.1177/107780040100700601 Roth, W. M. (2007). Toward solidarity as the ground for changing science education. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 2(4), 721–783. http://doi.org/10.1007/s11422-007-9070-0 Schön, D. (1987). Educating the reflective practitioner. Jossey-Bass. Tobin, K. (2006). Learning to Teach Through Coteaching and Cogenerative Dialogue. Teaching Education, 17(2), 133–142. http://doi.org/10.1080/10476210600680358 Tobin, K. (2007). Creating and sustaining productive research squads. In S. Ritchie (Ed.), Research collaboration: Relationships and praxis (43–58) [Bold Visions in Educational Research, Vol. 19]. Sense Publisher. https://doi.org/10.1163/9789087903138_005 Tobin, K., & Roth, W.-M. (2005). Implementing Coteaching and Cogenerative Dialoguing in Urban Science Education. School Science and Mathematics, 105(6), 313–322. http://doi.org/10.1111/j.1949-8594.2005.tb18132.x Wenger, E. (1998/2005). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity (13th printing). Cambridge University Press. Woods P., Bennett N., Harvey J., & Wise C. (2004). Variables and dualities in distributed leadership: Findings from a systematic literature review. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 32(4), 439–457. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143204046497 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Research-Practice Partnership as Developmental Infrastructures for Teacher Learning and School Development 1: University of Haifa, Israel; 2: Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel Presenting Author:Research-practice partnerships (RPPs) have become increasingly prominent in educational research as sustained forms of collaboration intended to strengthen the relevance of research and support educational improvement through joint work between researchers and practitioners (Coburn et al., 2013). RPPs are commonly understood as arrangements that enable the co-construction of knowledge that is both theoretically grounded and locally relevant, while fostering ongoing engagement between research and practice communities (Penuel et al., 2015). While prior research has articulated key design principles of RPPs, including mutuality, long-term engagement, and joint knowledge production, there remains limited research on how RPPs can be evaluated in ways that capture their developmental, relational, and organizational contributions (Coburn & Penuel, 2016; Sarmiento-Marquez et al., 2023). Much existing research focuses on observable changes in practice or on the uptake of externally generated knowledge, rather than examining how participation in RPPs reshapes professional learning, and school cultures over time (Welsh, 2021). This paper contributes to current discussions on RPP by examining an RPP as a developmental context for teacher professional learning and school-level development. The research question is: In what ways does participation in a research-practice partnership contribute to teachers’ professional development and to the development of schools as learning organizations? This question responds to recent calls to explore RPPs not only in terms of outcomes, but also in relation to learning opportunities, professional agency, and developmental processes afforded through sustained collaboration (Coburn & Penuel, 2016; Sarmiento-Marquez et al., 2023). Accordingly, the paper evaluates the partnership itself as an infrastructure that enables inquiry and organizational learning through ongoing engagement in RPP (Farrell et al., 2021). The paper is grounded in three interrelated bodies of scholarship. First, the paper draws on literature on RPPs, which conceptualize RPPs as long-term, reciprocal arrangements oriented toward joint work, mutual learning, and capacity building rather than knowledge transfer (Coburn et al., 2013; Coburn & Penuel, 2016). From this perspective, partnerships are understood as infrastructures that shape professional learning conditions over time, and their value lies not only in measurable outcomes but also in the processes and conditions they create for learning. Second, the paper is informed by research on teacher professional learning and organizational learning in schools, which emphasizes that meaningful professional learning is situated in practice, socially mediated, and strengthened through sustained collaboration and inquiry (Borko, 2004; Darling-Hammond et al., 2017; Opfer & Pedder, 2011). This work highlights the importance of professional learning opportunities that are closely connected to teachers’ everyday work and that position teachers as active participants in their own learning. These features align closely with RPP design principles, suggesting that RPPs may function as particularly powerful contexts for teacher learning and collective capacity building within schools. Third, the paper draws on scholarship on teacher research and practitioner inquiry, which positions teachers’ systematic engagement in research as a form of professional learning that supports reflective practice, professional judgment, and the development of professional identity (Zeichner, 2003; Cheng & Li, 2020). This literature conceptualizes teachers as knowledge producers whose engagement in inquiry contributes not only to individual professional growth but also to collective learning and knowledge development within school communities. Together, these perspectives frame the partnership as a context in which professional development emerges through participation in research, collaboration, and inquiry, and in which school development can also be supported through these structures. Rather than assessing the effectiveness of a specific pedagogical intervention, the study evaluates the partnership itself as a developmental infrastructure that supports teacher professional learning and school-level development. In doing so, the paper contributes to Network 15 by offering a theoretically grounded approach to evaluating research-practice partnerships as professional learning contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a qualitative, exploratory design, aligning with calls to examine how partnerships function in practice and how participants experience their value (Coburn & Penuel, 2016; Farrell et al., 2021). Context and participants The research was conducted within one RPP involving two higher-education institutions and 21 schools, including primary, middle, secondary, and special education settings. Each school participated as a research school, engaging in school-based research into its own pedagogical practices. Teachers participated as co-researchers, and each school-based research process was supported by academic faculty. Participants included 25 teachers who acted as teacher-researchers and 14 school principals who were directly involved in the partnership. Approximately 40% of the teachers also held middle-management roles (e.g., pedagogical coordinators or subject leaders). The research took place after the second year of the partnership. Data collection and Analysis Multiple qualitative data sources were used to support triangulation (Merriam, 2002). 1. Semi-structured Interviews: In-depth interviews were conducted with 25 teachers and 14 principals. Interviews focused on participants’ motivations for joining the partnership, experiences of engagement in school-based research, perceived professional learning, and perceived effects of the partnership at both the individual and school levels. 2. Meeting Documentation: Documentation from school-based research meetings was collected throughout the partnership. This corpus included weekly meeting summaries from all 21 schools, written by the academic faculty members who supported each school’s research. The documentation comprised records of discussions, methodological decisions, emerging interpretations, research tasks, and next steps, as well as reflective summaries authored by faculty members based on their sustained engagement with the schools. 3. Reflective Summaries: At the end of the second year, three principals and two teachers submitted written reflections on the partnership process. These reflections focused on participants’ retrospective evaluations of the partnership, the research process, and perceived professional and organizational changes. Data were analyzed using inductive qualitative content analysis (Cho & Lee, 2014), following a systematic process of familiarization, open coding, category construction, refinement, and validation (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Coding focused on identifying patterns related to participants’ experiences of the partnership and its perceived professional and organizational contributions. Categories were developed through comparison across data sources (interviews, meeting documentation, and written reflections), allowing the analysis to move beyond individual accounts toward an evaluation of how the partnership functioned at the school and partnership levels. Peer debriefing with members of the broader research program supported analytic trustworthiness (Nowell et al., 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings reveal three dimensions: Enhanced pedagogical practice. Participation in school-based research enhanced pedagogical practice by fostering systematic reflection, increasing awareness of instructional goals, and more consistent use of data-informed decision-making. Teachers reported that engagement in research prompted a shift from intuitive teaching toward evidence-based pedagogy. This sharpened pedagogical precision and supported stronger alignment between instructional practices and educational aims. Personal and professional growth and empowerment. The RPP acted as a powerful mechanism for teacher empowerment. Through collaborative research, teachers adopted an identity as knowledge producers rather than implementers of externally generated ideas. This shift was associated with increased professional confidence, self-fulfillment, and a renewed sense of intellectual purpose. Teachers described engagement in research as a professional turning point that strengthened ownership of pedagogical questions and confidence in using research to inform future development. A school culture of learning through research. At the organizational level, the RPP contributed to cultural transformation within schools. Schools evolved into professional learning communities characterized by a shared language of inquiry and collective engagement with evidence. Principals noted a shift toward a research-oriented school identity, in which organizational decision-making became increasingly data-driven. The findings highlight the limitations of RPP assessment approaches that focus primarily on predefined indicators or short-term effects (Welsh, 2021). Teachers and principals evaluated the partnership mainly through its processes, including sustained engagement in research, structured reflection, and collaborative knowledge production. This supports calls to conceptualize RPP evaluation as an examination of learning processes, relational dynamics, and organizational capacity building rather than as the measurement of isolated outcomes (Coburn & Penuel, 2016; Penuel et al., 2015). RPPs function as vital infrastructures for professional renewal. By positioning teachers as equal partners in the co-construction of knowledge, such partnerships support professional learning and organizational development that are both sustainable and deeply rooted in practitioners’ expertise. References Borko, H. (2004). Professional development and teacher learning: Mapping the terrain. Educational Researcher, 33(8), 3–15. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Cheng, M. M., & Li, D. D. (2020). Implementing practitioner research as a teacher professional development strategy. Journal of Education for Teaching, 46(1), 55–70. Cho, J. Y., & Lee, E.-H. (2014). Reducing confusion about grounded theory and qualitative content analysis. The Qualitative Report, 19(32), 1–20. Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–practice partnerships in education: Outcomes, dynamics, and open questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48–54. Coburn, C. E., Penuel, W. R., & Geil, K. E. (2013). Practice partnerships: A strategy for leveraging research for educational improvement in school districts. William T. Grant Foundation. Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., & Gardner, M. (2017). Effective teacher professional development. Learning Policy Institute. Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Coburn, C. E., Daniel, J., & Steup, L. (2021). Practice partnerships in education: The state of the field. William T. Grant Foundation. Merriam, S. B. (2002). Introduction to qualitative research. In S. B. Merriam (Ed.), Qualitative research in practice: Examples for discussion and analysis (pp. 1–17). Jossey-Bass. Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic analysis: Striving to meet the trustworthiness criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16(1). Opfer, V. D., & Pedder, D. (2011). Conceptualizing teacher professional learning. Review of Educational Research, 81(3), 376–407. Penuel, W. R., Allen, A.-R., Coburn, C. E., & Farrell, C. (2015). Conceptualizing research–practice partnerships as joint work at boundaries. Journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk, 20(1–2), 182–197. Sarmiento-Marquez, E. M., Pishtari, G., Prieto, L. P., & Poom-Valickis, K. (2023). The evaluation of school–university partnerships that improve teaching and learning practices: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 39, 100509. Welsh, R. O. (2021). Assessing the quality of education research through its relevance to practice: An integrative review of research–practice partnerships. Review of Research in Education, 45(1), 170–194. Zeichner, K. (2003). Teacher research as professional development. Educational Action Research, 11(2), 301–326. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Teacher Content Creation and Teacher–Researcher Partnerships: Finnish K–12 Teachers’ Expectations of Research Partnerships University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:Teachers co‑designing with researchers offers a promising avenue for developing pedagogical content and integrating emerging technologies into everyday teaching. However, its effectiveness depends on understanding how research partnerships operate at the levels of agency, expertise, expectations, and perceived value. Although co‑design is often described as collaborative, research–practice partnership (RPP) literature shows that many initiatives remain researcher‑driven—researchers define the problems, set the timelines, and prioritise data‑collection needs. This raises questions about how teachers evaluate such partnerships, where they draw boundaries around their participation, and how they distinguish meaningful collaboration from additional burdens. This study examines teachers’ expectations and hesitations to work with researchers, focusing on what teachers hope to gain from collaboration and what aspects of classroom reality they feel researchers must understand when it comes to integrating digital innovations into teaching. RQ: What makes collaboration feel worthwhile or burdensome when researchers work with teachers to improve content creation and technology integration? This question foregrounds teachers’ criteria for meaningful participation and highlights the boundaries they draw between useful support and undue demands on their time and attention. Three theoretical perspectives guide this study. RPP theory explains why misalignment often exists, as partnerships tend to privilege researcher agendas despite participatory claims. It sensitises the analysis to issues of problem framing, agency, mutualism, and value production. Practice Architectures provides concepts for analysing how discourses, routines, material arrangements, and power relations shape what teachers find possible, acceptable, or overwhelming within partnership work. Boundary theory highlights how teachers and researchers negotiate expectations, expertise, and roles in co‑design activities, and how misunderstandings or productive crossings emerge. Together, these frameworks help explain why teachers may embrace certain collaborative practices while resisting others. This combination is particularly relevant in Finland, where teachers enjoy high professional autonomy, are trusted to design their own pedagogy, and expect practical relevance and intellectual respect from external partners. These conditions heighten teachers’ sensitivity to whether partnerships honour their expertise or introduce abstract, impractical, or researcher-driven demands that do not resonate with classroom realities. Finland serves as a high-autonomy European case from which broader insights can be drawn for other European education systems seeking to design equitable and teacher-valued RPPs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative research approach to uncover teachers’ views and lived experiences regarding how research projects can support their content creation and adoption of new emerging technologies such as AI. Because the research focuses on the experience and perspectives of teachers, a qualitative approach fits the requirement to engage with participants’ interpretations rather than measure or predict them. This approach assumes that teachers’ practices and beliefs are socially situated and shaped by their professional environments, institutional expectations, and personal pedagogical orientations. The data were generated in a workshop on teacher content creation and applying emerging technologies in everyday teaching practices. The research design combines multiple qualitative data sources to achieve both depth and triangulation. These include recorded semi-structured focus groups with teachers and reflective artefacts produced in the workshops and researcher observations. The focus groups functioned both as a reflective space for teachers and a site for collective knowledge-building, where participants exchanged experiences and concerns. The artefacts produced serve as situated traces of teachers’ design thinking and reveal how they create content and integrate technology in practice. Observational notes complement the focus group data by capturing contextual details, embodied reactions, and collaborative dynamics. To analyse the collected qualitative material, the study employs applied thematic analysis. This analytic approach is well‑suited for identifying, organizing, and interpreting patterns of meaning across heterogeneous data sources such as interview transcripts, artefact texts, and field notes. Applied thematic analysis provides a systematic yet flexible approach, allowing both inductive and deductive coding strategies while facilitating the disclosure of the researcher's process. Inductive coding is used to capture themes emerging directly from participants’ discussions and design processes and deductive coding draws on RPP sensitizing concepts related to teacher agency, technological adoption, and pedagogical design. The analytic process proceeded in stages: reading and familiarization, generating initial codes, developing candidate themes, reviewing themes across data sources, and refining theme descriptions. Triangulating insights from focus groups, artefacts, and observations strengthened the credibility and richness of the findings. Throughout the analysis, reflexive considerations on the researchers’ roles in the workshops and potential influence on participants are documented to enhance transparency and trustworthiness. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to ongoing dialogue about how research–practice collaborations can better reflect the education professional cultures in systems like Finland, where teachers enjoy high autonomy, and partnerships must align with teachers’ expectations rather than researcher‑driven priorities. The findings from this study will clarify the conditions under which teachers perceive research partnerships as genuinely desirable, including the types of activities, material support, co‑design processes, and concrete outputs (such as ready‑made templates, examples, and classroom‑tested materials) that matter in everyday practice. A key outcome of this work is to address a persistent challenge identified in the RPP literature: researchers often assume they understand teacher needs, while teachers articulate very different, more grounded expectations tied to workload, feasibility, and classroom realities. By examining teachers’ own definitions of usefulness, burden, and relevance, the study will outline recommendations for designing research activities, co‑design sessions, and material development processes that respond to teacher needs outward, rather than being structured around researcher motives inward. This includes guidance on how to design collaboration that is not merely non‑burdensome but meaningfully beneficial for teachers’ professional goals and workload management. The study extends understanding of how RPPs can support not only professional development but also concrete material development and integration of new technology into classrooms—an area of growing importance in European educational policy and practice. The findings will inform national and local educational actors about how well‑designed partnerships can strengthen teacher satisfaction, enhance technology integration, and clarify what teacher‑valued collaboration should look like in high‑autonomy systems. References Akkerman, S., & Bruining, T. (2016). Multilevel Boundary Crossing in a Professional Development School Partnership. The Journal of the learning sciences, 25(2), 240-284. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508406.2016.1147448 Attride-Stirling, Jennifer. 2001. ”Thematic networks: an analytic tool for qualitative research”. Qualitative research 1 (3): 385–405. https://doi.org/10.1177/146879410100100307. Braun, Virginia, and Victoria Clarke. 2006. ”Using thematic analysis in psychology”. Qualitative research in psychology 3 (2): 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa. Breen, Rosanna L. 2006. ”A practical guide to focus-group research”. Journal of geography in higher education 30 (3): 463–475. https://doi.org/10.1080/03098260600927575. Eisenschmidt, E., Ahtiainen, R., Kondratjev, B. S., & Sillavee, R. (2025). A study of Finnish and Estonian principals' perceptions of strategies that foster teacher involvement in school development. International journal of leadership in education, 28(1), 81-104. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2021.2000033 Fazio, X., Kemmis, S., & Zugic, J. (2025). Viewing science teacher learning and curriculum enactment through the lens of theory of practice architectures. Science education (Salem, Mass.), 109(1), 305-334. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21901 Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Allen, A., Anderson, E. R., Bohannon, A. X., Coburn, C. E., & Brown, S. L. (2022). Learning at the Boundaries of Research and Practice: A Framework for Understanding Research—Practice Partnerships. Educational researcher, 51(3), 197-208. htts://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X211069073 İnce, M. A., & Tikkanen, J. (2025). Autonomy and Solidarity in School Culture: A Relationality Perspective on Teacher Autonomy. European journal of education, 60(4), . https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.70248 McGeown, S., & Sjölund, S. (2025). Research‐practice partnerships in education: Benefits, challenges, methodological considerations and key enablers for change. British journal of educational psychology. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12785 Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2023). Mapping roles in research-practice partnerships - a systematic literature review. Educational review (Birmingham), 75(7), 1490-1518. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.2023103 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 15 SES 13 B Location: Kahveri | Main building A | -1 Fl. Session Chair: Anne Reh Paper Session |
|
|
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Enhancing Ambitious and Equitable Mathematics Instruction in Heterogeneous Classes Through Research-Practice Partnership Ben-Gurion Univeristy of the Negev, Israel Presenting Author:Teachers often face the challenge of addressing the diverse needs of their students. A common practice in secondary education worldwide is ability grouping, where students are divided based on perceived ability and offered different instruction levels. This approach, used for over a century, aims to match curriculum difficulty to students' preparedness and expose them to appropriate material. However, as Hallinan (2003) notes, while ability grouping intends to maximize learning, it often falls short. Research shows that ability grouping contributes little to overall achievement and tends to reinforce educational and social inequalities (Gamoran, 2010; Slavin, 1987, 1990). High-ability groups usually receive more in-depth instruction, partly due to teacher expectations and students’ abilities, but also because of motivational challenges faced by low-ability students, which complicate teaching. The effects extend beyond cognitive outcomes; students in low-ability groups often experience reduced self-esteem and develop negative attitudes toward learning, while high-achieving students may suffer from reduced confidence due to peer comparisons (McGillicuddy & Devine, 2018; Francis et al., 2017; Trautwein et al., 2006). In Israel, ability grouping, particularly in middle school mathematics and English, plays a critical role in the transition from elementary to high school. Placement in ability groups affects students' self-esteem, aspirations, and access to advanced courses, especially in science and technology, acting as a gatekeeper for selective programs (Ayalon, 1995; Feniger et al., 2021). Studies indicate that social background influences grouping decisions, with parental education significantly predicting placement, beyond academic achievement (Cahan et al., 1996; Feniger et al., 2021). Despite its drawbacks, changing pedagogical practices in heterogeneous classes remains difficult. Such change involves shifting beliefs about ability among educators, students, and the community, as well as reforming curricula and instructional strategies to create supportive learning environments (Gamoran, 2010; Novotná et al., 2021). This study considers the potential of a research-practice partnership (RPP) approach to facilitate a systemic shift from tracked to ambitious heterogeneous mathematics teaching in middle schools, benefiting all students regardless of social or academic background. The partnership brings together experts in sociology of education, teacher learning, and math education, along with an Israeli educational organization managing several public secondary schools Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research project explores desirable complex pedagogical changes, focusing on theoretical and practical questions important for teachers, researchers, parents, administrators, and policymakers. The presentation will focus on mathematics teachers' perceptions of instruction in heterogeneous classes (vs. ability grouping). The analysis is based on data collected through participant observations in a professional learning program specially designed for team meetings of teachers from the schools participating in the RPP, and through in-depth interviews with participating teachers. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results reveal diverse voices of teachers regarding student heterogeneity. As expected, teachers are hesitant to abolish ability grouping and skeptical about their ability to teach highly diverse mathematics classrooms. Yet, teachers also express concerns about the negative consequences of ability grouping, and throughout the program, some developed a more nuanced approach to the topic. Another important finding is that school leadership and administrative decisions about instructional organization are strongly associated with teachers' attitudes toward ability grouping. References Ayalon, H. (1995). Math as a gatekeeper: Ethnic and gender inequality in course taking of the sciences in Israel. American Journal of Education, 104(1), 34-56. Cahan, S., Linchevski, L., Ygra, N., & Danziger, I. (1996). The cumulative effect of ability grouping on mathematical achievement: A longitudinal perspective. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 22(1), 29-40. Feniger, Y., Bar-Haim, E., & Blank, C. (2021). From social origin to selective high school courses: Ability grouping as a mechanism of securing social advantage in Israeli secondary education. Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 76, 100627. Francis, B., Connolly, P., Archer, L., Hodgen, J., Mazenod, A., Pepper, D., Sloan, S., Tylor, B., Tereshchenko, A., & Travers, M. C. (2017). Attainment Grouping as self-fulfilling prophesy? A mixed methods exploration of self confidence and set level among Year 7 students. International Journal of Educational Research, 86, 96-108. Gamoran, A. (2010). Tracking and inequality: New directions for research and practice. In M. Apple, S. J. Ball, & L. A. Gandin (Eds.), The Routledge international handbook of the sociology of education (pp. 213–228). London: Routledge. Hallinan, M. T. (2003). Ability grouping and student learning. Brookings Papers on Education Policy, (6), 95-140. McGillicuddy, D., & Devine, D. (2018). ‘Turned off‘ or ‘ready to fly‘–Ability grouping as an act of symbolic violence in primary school. Teaching and Teacher Education, 70, 88-99. Novotná, J., Moraová, H., & Ulovec, A. (2021). Three pillars for creation of teaching units for heterogeneous classes–are they suitable for elementary mathematics lessons. In J. Novotná and H. Moraová (Eds.), Proceedings of International Symposium “Elementary mathematics teaching: Broadening experiences in elementary school mathematics.” (pp. 320-328). University of Prague. Slavin, R. E. (1987). Ability grouping and student achievement in elementary schools: A best-evidence synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 57(3), 293-336. Slavin, R. E. (1990). Achievement effects of ability grouping in secondary schools: A best-evidence synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 60(3), 471-499. Trautwein, U., Lüdtke, O., Marsh, H. W., Köller, O., & Baumert, J. (2006). Tracking, grading, and student motivation: Using group composition and status to predict self-concept and interest in ninth-grade mathematics. Journal of Educational Psychology, 98(4), 788. 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Student Counselling for Students with Neurodivergence and/or Mental Health Problems in German Higher Education Uni Hildesheim, Germany Presenting Author:Like other countries, Germany has seen an increase in the number of disabled students in recent years. From 2012 to 2021, the proportion of students reporting that an impairment had negatively impacted their study experience increased from 5% to 16% (Steinkühler et al., 2023; Poskowsky et al., 2018). During this period, the proportion of students reporting mental health issues increased by 12 percentage points (Steinkühler et al., 2023). This development has been accompanied by growing social interest in neurodivergence and mental health. Like universities in other countries, German universities are responding to growing numbers by implementing accessibility measures and reasonable adjustments to facilitate the inclusion of students with impairments (Nieminen, 2022; Gattermann-Kasper & Schütt, 2022). These principles are enshrined in the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD), ratified by Germany in 2009 (Article 1, United Nations, 2024), and have influenced the Higher Education Framework Act (Hochschulrahmengesetz [HRG], 2019). The latter urges the federal states to ensure that universities are accessible to disabled students, so that they are not disadvantaged in terms of admission or education. Alongside individual adjustments and accessibility measures, German universities have introduced new counselling services and expanded existing offerings. While it is evident that existing counselling services in Germany are provided by universities themselves and by non-university actors such as Students' Services (Studierendenwerke), there is currently a lack of empirical analysis of the specific design of counselling services, their partnerships, and how they are interconnected. This raises questions about how different counselling services for students function, the understanding of the 'problem' underlying their approach, and how they collaborate when consulting disabled students. Furthermore, given that the increasing number of students with neurodivergence and/or mental health issues poses new challenges for universities and student counselling services, it is important to consider how well these services meet the needs of such students (Salzmann et al. 2020). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The analysis is based on a complex, mixed-methods approach. First, information and available documents are systematically collected from the websites of all state and non-state universities in Lower Saxony and Hesse. Where necessary, this is supplemented by telephone or email enquiries. The paper maps existing counselling services and structures, placing them in their organisational context and systematically highlighting differences between universities. Secondly, semi-structured interviews supported by an interview guideline are conducted with students. These focus on students experiencing disability in higher education due to neurodivergence and/or mental health issues. These interviews are analysed using qualitative content analysis following Kuckartz (2016). For this analysis, categories are derived both deductively (based on the guidelines) and inductively (based on the material). Taken together, the analysis focuses on the counselling services offered and the demand for them, thereby providing a holistic perspective on this aspect of inclusion. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The investigation reveals how various student counselling services operate, the underlying understanding of the 'problem' that informs their approach, and how they collaborate to provide support and produce disabled students. Furthermore, it reveals how students experience counselling services, the extent to which they find them helpful, and what they would change about them. Taken together, these findings provide a comprehensive understanding of both the provision of counselling services and the demand for them among students with neurodivergence and/or mental health issues. Finally, the investigation demonstrates the extent to which student counselling services in Germany are equipped to address the challenges posed by an increasing number of students with neurodivergence and/or mental health issues. The findings help researchers to understand the current challenges concerning inclusion in higher education, and enable higher education institutions to reflect on current inclusion measures such as student counselling, which are institutionalised in many countries worldwide. Thus, the author hopes to inspire future inclusion research and policies. References Gattermann-Kasper, M., & Schütt, M. L. (2022). Inklusive Hochschule: Konzeptionelle Grundlagen, aktueller Stand und Entwicklungen. Recht der Jugend und des Bildungs wesens, 70(1), 92–106. http://dx.doi.org/10.5771/0034-1312-2022-1-92 Hochschulrahmengesetz (HRG). (2019). Gesetz über die Rahmenbedingungen für Hochschulen in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. BGBl. I S. 1622. Kuckartz, U. (2016). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. 3., überarb. Ausg. Beltz. Poskowsky, J., Heißenberg, S., Zaussinger, S., & Brenner, J. (2018). Beeinträchtigt Studieren – best2: Datenerhebung zur Situation Studierender mit Behinderung und chronischer Krankheit 2016/17. Deutsches Studentenwerk. https://www.studierendenwerke.de/fileadmin/api/fi les/beeintraechtigt_studieren_2016_barrierefrei.pdf Salzmann, S., Sachse, A.-L., Mirastschijski, I., Garten, C., & Rapp, B. (2020). Beratungsbedürfnisse von Studierenden zu Beginn und zum Ende des Studiums. In P. Pohlenz, L. Mitterauer, & S. Harris Huemmert (Hrsg.), Qualitätssicherung im Student Life Cycle (S. 145–156). Waxmann. Steinkühler, J., Beuße, M., Kroher, M., Gerdes, F., Schwabe, U., Koopmann, J., Becker, K., Völk, D., Schommer, T., & Buchholz, S. (2023). Die Studierendenbefragung in Deutschland: best3. Stu dieren mit einer gesundheitlichen Beeinträchtigung. Deutsches Zentrum für Hochschul- und Wissenschaftsforschung (DZHW). United Nations. (2024). Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities. Retrieved January 3rd, 2024, from https://www.un.org/development/desa/disabilities/convention on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities.html 15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper Knowing and Acting in a Whole Community Approach: Entanglements of Trust and Distrust in a Research Practice Partnership University of Gothenburg, Sweden Presenting Author:In relation to educational leadership for teaching and learning, research practice partnerships (RPPs) designed to expand the role of research in improving educational practice are on the rise in European education (cf. Coburn & Penuel, 2016; Sjölund et al., 2023). Through RPP’s, academic knowledge is made accessible to and further developed in collaboration with practitioners, while simultaneously turned into practice as leadership strategy and action. Further, political-ideological interests expect new knowledge to be produced, considering the outcomes of these strategic actions. That is, RPP in educational leadership comprises ‘complex inter-solidarity of problems, antagonisms, crises, and uncontrolled processes’ (Morin & Kern, 1999, p. 74), which often constitutes localised effects within political-societal realms, all in the interest of this study. The significant diversity in educational leadership practices in Europe means there is a lot to learn from improvement efforts in different countries.
Research is clear about the important role of educational leadership in initiating and sustaining school improvement, and in that schools and local educational authorities (LEAs) work jointly toward a shared vision. That is, contribute to capacity-building cultures in the overall educational organisation and the local schools (e.g., Day & Leithwood, 2007; Håkansson & Sundberg, 2016). However, occasionally, educational providers, schools and principals lack the capacity to improve, needing external support over fairly long periods of time to change their culture towards capacity-building (e.g., Poekert et al., 2020; Youngs & King, 2002).
This study turns its focus to an RPP in Sweden, aimed at developing whole-community research-based improvement capacity to consolidate pedagogical leadership to direct, challenge and develop teaching and learning practices. Such an effort needs to be based on sincerity, authenticity, and trust in academic knowledge, academic practices and collaborative structures and relations. Although there is awareness in Sweden of the importance of principals’ supporting teaching development work, principals have had difficulty finding their pedagogical leadership role and might lack legitimacy for teaching-related leadership (Jerdborg, 2022; Leo, 2015). This has led to principals failing to improve schools. As a consequence, LEAs have needed to strengthen their capacity to support principals and schools (Liljenberg & Jerdborg, 2026). In this context, this study aims to explore an RPP model, directed to develop interconnected learning communities through a Whole Community Approach with the purpose to engage principals and middle leaders in directing, challenging and developing scientifically based teaching and learning practices. Stein and Nelson (2003) established a theoretical model for interconnected learning communities supported by empirical studies. They argue that core knowledge about teaching practices and student learning is important for decision-making in schools to benefit student learning in all grades and subjects. Principals, therefore, need to be involved in contexts where teachers develop professional knowledge and their teaching. Similarly, leaders at the LEA need to be close to schools and principals to organise for improvement at their level (Stein & Nelson, 2003). Robinson (2010) shows how educational leaders can use this sort of knowledge to solve complex problems in schools, generating professional trust. Trust is important for capacity building (Håkansson & Sundberg, 2016). However, trust is a fragile variable functioning both positively and negatively self-reinforcing. A negative distrust spiral can lead to a social trap where improvement efforts are rejected because one party cannot be confident that all parties will make improvement efforts (Rotstein, 2018, 2005; Sitkin & Stikel, 1996). What contributes to the creation of trust or distrust in different organisational and societal contexts, however, are empirical questions. In this line, this study asks the research question: How can an RPP model for reciprocity and enhanced improvement capacity promote educational leaders’ interconnected learning for teaching development to be supported in schools? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This qualitative designed study use ‘an in-depth exploration from multiple perspectives of the complexity and uniqueness of a particular project … in a “real life” context’ (Simons, 2009, p. 21). The RPP in focus engage a mid-size Swedish municipality with well elaborated structures and extensive experience of organizing professional development for school principals in compulsory school and preschool. The LEA, responsible for the 28 compulsory schools and 53 preschools, initiated the RPP based on a problem picture of schools not showing evidence of results analysis in line with governance regulations, thus unable to make well-founded decisions about improvement measures. External evaluations reinforce the picture, adding that principals do not interact sufficiently with middle leaders or teachers regarding teaching improvement. The RPP focus key-dilemmas from practice with respect to evaluation reports and LEAs dialogues with principals. The LEA heads made the initial contact in their search for competence development for principals, including collegial learning practices. The researchers argued the importance of including middle leaders and suggested building on Stein and Nelson’s (2003) model of interconnected learning communities. A two-year RPP programme was set up, comprising five dialogue conferences for LEA managers, principals and middle leaders each year, followed by strategic leadership actions in practice and collegial meetings in small groups in between. In conferences, all leaders were tasked to present outcomes of learning through their actions linked to the RPP programme–a few in plenum and all participants in discussion groups–to promote collegial learning practices. The meetings were planned to function as a broad model for teacher collaborative practices in schools and preschools. Throughout the RPP programme, leaders at all levels were to conduct reflection on action, literature reading and participate in research interviews. A triangulation of research methods was used to collect sound empirical data. Primarily, we draw on interviews with a diverse set of educational leaders and reflection protocols from different stages and diverse roles of the RPP. Observations and documents from the RPP are used as secondary data sources. Empirical data were understood as interconnected communities of practice shaped by common projects, mutual engagement, and shared repertoires (Wenger, 1998). Theoretical concepts of boundaries and boundary work support the analysis, along with boundary objects and meaning-making brokers. Trust and distrust are aspects of collaboration that can support or counteract the interconnectedness of learning communities and are used to analyse outcomes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The RPP, which is still ongoing, brought expectations of full engagement from all participants and required commitment to specific times, tasks and social engagements. Expectations of research based working manners and to build bridges between academic and practical knowledge were high. Some principals found this exciting shedding light on their beliefs of how to run a school. For them, the RPP became instantly supportive, bringing new knowledge to use in their daily leadership work. Besides, the RPP forced boarder-work by the inclusion of middle leaders, which meant new possibilities to bridge different communities of practice and to shape beneficial shared repertoires. However, some principals felt mistrusted and overly steered by the introduction of the RPP ‘interfering’ in their formerly discrete business. These principals made complaints about the expectations of mandatory engagement and hindered their middle leaders to participate fully, instantly positioning themselves as rather passive participants. The role taking of passive principals highlighted the need for the LEA to adjust their quality work to include directed support for certain schools–showing low improvement capacity– rather than relying on autonomy and discretion. This meant that introducing the RPP model enhanced the need for renegotiating the former LEA leadership model. This need came to the fore as a result of uncontrolled processes as a matter of trust and distrust in LEA managers and principals structural relations., i.e., a localised effect of political-societal realms. To conclude, the RPP model for reciprocity and enhanced improvement capacity promoted educational leaders’ interconnected learning for supporting teaching development in schools but also ‘sifted the chaff from the wheat’ and came to highlight needs for rethinking the LEAs general steering and support practices. Yet, interconnected learning communities, engaging principals and middle leaders in developing scientific based teaching and learning practices, has indeed been shaped and much appreciated. References Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research-Practice Partnerships in Education: Outcomes, Dynamics, and Open Questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48–54. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16631750 Day, C., & Leithwood, K. (2007). Successful principal leadership in times of change: an international perspective. Springer. Håkansson, J., & Sundberg, D. (2016). Utmärkt skolutveckling: forskning om skolförbättring och måluppfyllelse. [Excellent school development: research on school improvement and goal achievement]. Natur & Kultur. Jerdborg, S. (2023). Novice School Principals in Education and their Experiences of Pedagogical Leadership in Practice. Journal of Leadership Education, 22(1), 131–148. https://doi.org/10.12806/V22/I1/R8 Leo, U. (2015). Professional norms guiding school principals’ pedagogical leadership. International Journal of Educational Management, 29(4), 461-476. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-08-2014-0121 Liljenberg, M., & Jerdborg, S. (2026). What’s the hype of the year? Value creation in principals’ professional development. Professional Development in Education, 1–19. https://doi.org/ 10.1080/19415257.2026.2621709 Morin, E., & Kern, B. (1999). Homeland Earth: A Manifesto for the new Millenium. Hampton Press. Poekert, P. E., Swaffield, S., Demir, E., & Wright, S. A. (2020). Leadership for professional learning towards educational equity: a systematic literature review. Professional development in education, 46(4), 541–562. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2020.1787209 Robinson, V. (2010). From Instructional Leadership to Leadership Capabilities: Empirical Findings and Methodological Challenges. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 9(1), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700760903026748 Simons, H. (2009). Case study research in practice. SAGE. Rothstein, B. (2018). Varför är vissa skolor mer framgångsrika än andra? [Why are some schools more successful than others?]. I M. Jarl & J. Pierre (red.), Skolan som politisk organisation [The school as a political organization] (pp: 53–66). Gleerups. Rothstein, B. (2005). Social Traps and the Problem of Trust. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511490323 Sitkin, S. B., & Stickel, D. (1996). The Road to Hell: The Dynamics of Distrust in an Era of Quality. In R. M. Kramer & T. T. Tyler, (red.), Trust in Organizations: Frontiers of Theory and Research (pp. 196–215). SAGE Publications, Incorporated. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781452243610.n10 Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2023). Mapping roles in research-practice partnerships - a systematic literature review. Educational Review (Birmingham), 75(7), 1490–1518. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2021.2023103 Stein, M., & Nelson, B. (2003). Leadership content knowledge. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 25(4), 423–448. https://doi.org/10.3102/01623737025004423 Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: learning, meaning, and identity. Cambridge University Press. Youngs, P., & King, M. (2002). Principal Leadership for Professional Development to Build School Capacity. Educational Administration Quarterly, 38(5), 643–670. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X02239642 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 16 SES 13 A Location: D13 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Aiko Takazawa Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Understanding Internet Principles among New Computer Science Teachers: a Mixed-Methods Study 1: Charles University, Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, Czech Republic (Czechia); 2: Charles University, Faculty of Education, Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, Czech Republic (Czechia); 3: Charles University, Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, Czech Republic (Czechia); 4: Charles University, Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, Czech Republic (Czechia); 5: Institute of Psychology, Czech Academy of Sciences, Czech Republic; 6: Institute of Psychology, Czech Academy of Sciences, Czech Republic Presenting Author:INTRODUCTION The digital landscape’s rapid evolution has necessitated a worldwide shift in K-9 curricula, moving from basic ICT skills to fundamental Computer Science (CS) principles. This includes the infrastructure and underlying principles of the internet, such as what the internet is, how devices connect, how data travels, and where online content is stored. However, a significant global shortage of specialists has forced many teachers without formal CS backgrounds—referred to here as “new CS teachers”—to deliver these concept-focused lessons (e.g., Eurydice, 2022). While children’s knowledge of the internet has been documented as fragmented and experience-based (e.g., Brom et al., 2023; Brom et al., 2025), little is known about the prior conceptions held by these educators. Understanding these teachers’ conceptions is a critical first step in designing effective upskilling programs. For example, a number of lower secondary children believe that information travels through the internet in a single, direct path between sender and receiver, or through one intermediate point only (e.g., Brom et al., 2023), complicating understanding of e-safety rules. If the new CS teachers’ conceptions remain similar to those of these children—particularly regarding the internet “invisible” infrastructure and processes—then upskilling needs to focus on specific conceptual bottlenecks rather than assuming that teachers’ everyday experience with digital technology automatically yields a robust, conceptual understanding. Conversely, if teachers are clearly ahead of pupil trajectories, then teacher education can prioritize pedagogy rather than CS content.
RESEARCH QUESTIONS The study addresses the following research questions:
THEORY This study utilizes a Vygotskian knowledge framework (e.g., Edwards et al., 2018) to interpret how individuals build understanding of complex systems. In this model, children initially develop “everyday conceptions” based on direct interaction (e.g., “videos play in an app”), which are later enriched by “scientific conceptions” that explain underlying mechanisms (e.g., video storage on servers). The latter process typically happens in schools. The research also draws on conceptual change theories, such as diSessa’s “knowledge-in-pieces” model—describing knowledge as a patchy mosaic of isolated fragments (diSessa, 2018)—and “knowledge-as-theory” frameworks (Vosniadou, 2013), where experts can be viewed as possessing coherent mental models. By mapping the developmental trajectories of internet comprehension from childhood to adulthood, this research contributes to both computing education and developmental psychology. THE TARGET MODEL OF THE INTERNET The following passage describes an educational target—the model of the internet considered appropriate for average Grade 8 students (e.g., based on national curricula, such as the Czech one). This is also a minimal requirement for new CS teachers. The model operationalizes the internet as a distributed, global network characterized by the following key components:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A convergent mixed-methods design was used, with qualitative and quantitative data collected in parallel and integrated during analysis. Semi-structured interviews captured participants’ perspectives, while quantitative scoring enabled comparisons across cohorts. The study included two distinct samples: 1. Teachers: 50 new CS teachers (primary and lower secondary; 72% woman; (12 under 30, 24 between 30–45, 9 between 46–55, and 5 over 55y) from the Czech Republic, recruited via a combined snowball and maximum variation sampling to ensure diverse ages and geographic representation. Criteria for inclusion required the absence of a formal CS university degree. 2. Children: 165 children from Grades 4, 6, and 8 (age 9–15y; 55% boys), recruited to reflect a heterogeneous school population from the Czech Republic. The primary data collection method was, as regards both samples, the clinical interview (Ginsburg, 1997), a semi-structured format designed to probe participants’ understanding and foster an exploratory mindset. Interviews were 45–60-min long, they were conducted online and included interactive drawing tasks. For example, in one of these tasks participants visually depicted how data (such as a photograph) travels across the internet. Qualitative data were processed through abductive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2011) using Atlas.ti. The coding process involved several phases, ultimately establishing a scheme for conceptions, consisting of 23 codes categorized into four areas: data storage, internet access, network structure/transfer, and the internet as a whole. This scheme was shared across both samples, enabling cross-sample comparison. To quantify knowledge levels, a scoring system was applied to the qualitative codes. Conceptions were ranked by elaboration level, with points assigned progressively within each category (e.g., 0 for the simplest everyday conception to 7 for the most elaborate scientific conception in the category “the internet as a whole”). This resulted in an overall score ranging from 0 to 19. Statistical differences between cohorts were analyzed using the Kruskal-Wallis H test and Dunn’s post hoc test. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings RQ1 (TEACHER KNOWLEDGE) Most new CS teachers recognized the internet as a worldwide network, but their understanding of key underlying mechanisms was often incomplete and unstable. Only 16% of teachers possessed coherent and correct mental model of the internet (see Target model above). Conceptions of data storage and data transfer showed wide variance; “invisible” infrastructure was frequently simplified or omitted (e.g., network routers). On average, secondary school teachers expressed higher levels of knowledge compared to primary school teachers. A salient example of persistent normatively incorrect understanding concerned satellites: many teachers described satellites as primary network nodes for long-distance transmission (70%), while fewer referenced the dominant role of fiber-optic cables, including undersea cables. RQ2 (TEACHERS VS CHILDREN) A steady improvement across Grade 4 → 6 → 8 → teachers was visible across the four areas. Teachers articulated their knowledge more clearly and generally demonstrated more “scientific” conceptions than children; their understanding resembled an extension of Grade 8 pupils’ trajectories—approximately a “two-grade leap”. Despite being ahead on average, many teachers still exhibited gaps in knowledge or held simplified conceptions similar to those of sixth- and eighth-graders, especially regarding distributed internet infrastructure and understanding of servers and data transfer. This pattern suggests that upskilling should explicitly target specific bottlenecks (e.g., servers as physical storage, multi-hop routing, and long-distance connectivity) rather than assuming adult familiarity with digital tools translates into explanatory understanding. CONCLUSION This study shows that understanding “invisible” digital infrastructures is neither spontaneous nor trivial. This underscores the need for education to explicitly address internet-related concepts, enabling children to think critically and act responsibly in the digital world. However, for such education to be effective, strengthening teachers’ conceptual understanding of the internet—particularly bridging the gap between visible devices and hidden infrastructure— is a crucial starting point. References Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2011). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage. Brom, C., Yaghobova, A., Drobna, A., & Urban, M. (2023). ‘The internet is in the satellites!’: A systematic review of 3–15-year-olds’ conceptions about the internet. Education and Information Technologies, 28(11), 14639-14668. Brom, C., Yaghobová, A., Drobná, A., Urban, M., Šťastný, D., & diSessa A. (2025). Learning about abstract systems: Understanding children's journey in grasping internet principles across age groups in a mixed-methods experimental study. Computers in Human Behavior, 168, 108602. diSessa, A. A. (2018). A friendly introduction to “knowledge in pieces”: Modeling types of knowledge and their roles in learning. In Invited Lectures from the 13th International Congress on Mathematical Education, 65–84. DOI: 10.1007/978-3-319-72170-5_5. Edwards, S., Nolan, A., Henderson, M., Mantilla, A., Plowman, L. and Skouteris, H. (2018). Young children’s everyday concepts of the internet: A platform for cyber‐safety education in the early years. British journal of educational technology, 49(1), 45–55. Eurydice / European Commission / EACEA (2022). Informatics education at school in Europe. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Ginsburg, H. (1997). Entering the child's mind: The clinical interview in psychological research and practice. Cambridge University Press. Vosniadou, S. (2013). Conceptual change in physics. In International handbook of research on conceptual change, 2nd ed. (pp. 11–30). Routledge. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Investigating the Impact of Digital Classroom Management Tools on Behavioral Engagement of EFL Learners 1: Istanbul Medipol University, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Istanbul Beykent University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:This paper addresses the growing use of digital classroom management tools in compulsory education and examines their implications for behavioral engagement. Classroom management constitutes a fundamental dimension of effective teaching, particularly in young learner classrooms, where sustained behavioral engagement is a prerequisite for meaningful learning (Evertson & Weinstein, 2006; Emmer & Gerwels, 2006). In English as a Foreign Language (EFL) contexts, teachers increasingly employ digital classroom management tools to structure classroom routines, monitor student behavior, and foster participation. Despite the widespread adoption of platforms such as ClassDojo and Classroomscreen across schools, empirical research examining how these tools shape classroom interaction and behavioral engagement. The overarching aim of this presentation is to critically examine how and under what conditions digital classroom management tools influence students' behavioral engagement. This paper is guided by the following shared research questions: RQ1: To what extent does the use of digital classroom management tools result in significant changes in the behavioral engagement of second-grade EFL learners, as measured by a pre-test/post-test design? RQ2: How do second-grade EFL learners and their teacher perceive and describe behavioral changes in classroom participation following the use of digital classroom management tools? RQ3: In what ways do the qualitative insights from learners and their teacher help explain the changes observed in behavioral engagement scores post-implementation of digital classroom management tools? The theoretical framework of the paper draws on student engagement theory (Fredericks et al., 2004), which conceptualizes engagement as a multidimensional construct encompassing behavioral, emotional, and cognitive dimensions. Particular emphasis is placed on behavioral engagement, which is related to students' effort, persistence, participation, and compliance with school structures (Davis et al., 2012). In addition, the paper engages with Self-Determination Theory (Deci & Ryan, 1985), especially in relation to the use of digital reward systems and their potential impact on students' intrinsic motivation, autonomy, and perceived fairness. These frameworks allow contributors to critically examine whether digital classroom management tools function as supportive scaffolds for learning or as mechanisms of external control. Methodologically, the paper features a range of empirical approaches, which include mixed-methods designs, classroom-based interventions, survey research, focus group interviews, and teacher observations. Employing an explanatory sequential mixed-methods design (Creswell, 2014; Ivankova et al., 2006), it was aimed to capture both measurable changes in engagement and the lived experiences of students and teachers. The intended purpose of the presentation discussion is threefold. First, it aims to synthesize empirical evidence on digital classroom management tools and student engagement by identifying common patterns as well as contextual divergences across international settings. Second, it seeks to critically interrogate the pedagogical assumptions underlying behavior management, particularly the reliance on gamification, surveillance, and reward-based systems. Third, it was aimed at generating practice-oriented implications for teachers, teacher educators, and policymakers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed an explanatory sequential mixed-methods design (Ivankova et al., 2006), in which quantitative data collection and analysis preceded qualitative inquiry to explain and elaborate the initial results. The research was conducted in a private primary school in Istanbul, Türkiye, in a second-grade EFL classroom comprising 20 students. The quantitative component utilized a one-group pre-test-post-test experimental design (Creswell, 2014). Students' behavioral engagement was measured using the Turkish-adapted Classroom Engagement Inventory (Sever, 2014), originally developed by Wang et al. (2014). In alignment with the study's focus, only the Compliance and Effortful Class Participation subscales were analyzed, as these dimensions capture observable classroom behaviors such as task persistence, participation, and adherence to classroom norms. The scale was administered both before and after the eight-week intervention. Assumptions of normality were examined using the Shapiro-Wilk test (Shapiro & Wilk, 1965), and paired-samples t-tests were conducted to compare pre- and post-test scores. The intervention involved the systematic integration of ClassDojo and Classroomscreen into the routine of English lessons. ClassDojo was used to provide immediate behavioral feedback, track participation, and allow students to monitor their progress, consistent with prior applications of digital behavior-tracking tools (Krach et al., 2017). Additionally, Classroomscreen supported lesson structuring through features such as timers, noise meters, visual cues, and random name selection (Burau, 2023). All tools were embedded within existing classroom routines to maintain ecological validity. The qualitative strand consisted of student focus group interviews and teacher observations recorded in a reflective journal. Focus group interviews were conducted with students following the intervention. Given participants' limited English proficiency, interviews were conducted in Turkish to facilitate richer responses . Qualitative data were analyzed using reflexive thematic analysis following an inductive approach (Braun & Clarke, 2013). Trustworthiness was enhanced through data triangulation and reflexive documentation to adress potential teacher-researcher bias (Guba & Lincoln, 1985). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study explored the impact of digital classroom management tools on young EFL learners' behavioral engagement through a mixed-methods approach. While quantitative findings revealed only a modest and statistically non-significant increase in engagement, qualitative evidence pointed to meaningful changes in classroom participation, behavioral awareness, and self-regulation. The divergence between quantitative and qualitative results may be attributed to methodological constraints associated with Likert-type scales and small sample sizes, which may limit sensitivity to subtle behavioral changes (Dörnyei, 2007; Mellor & Moore, 2014). Qualitative findings, by contrast, provided richer insights into how students experienced and interpreted the digital tools, revealing both motivational benefits and affective challenges. Importantly, the findings suggest that the impact of the digital classroom management tools depends on pedagogical implementation. While features such as reward systems and visual timers can support engagement in the short term, overreliance on extrinsic rewards may undermine intrinsic motivation. Therefore, teachers need to employ these tools flexibly and thoughtfully by ensuring that they support autonomy and meaningful participation rather than compliance alone. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Sage. Burau, B. A. (2023). ClassroomScreen. Die Unterrichtspraxis/Teaching German, 56(1), 98-99. https://doi.org/10.1111/tger.12221 Creswell, J. W. (2014). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (5th ed.). Pearson. Davis, H. A., Summers, J. J., & Miller, L. M. (2012). An interpersonal approach to classroom management: Strategies for improving student engagement. Corwin Press/A Joint Publication. Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (1985). Intrinsic motivation and self-determination in human behavior. Plenum Press. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-2271-7 Dornyei, Z. (2007). Research Methods in Applied Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Emmer, E. T., & Gerwels, M. C. (2006). Classroom Management in Middle and High School Classrooms. In C. M. Evertson & C. S. Weinstein (Eds.), Handbook of classroom management: Research, practice, and contemporary issues (pp. 407–437). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. Evertson, C. M., & Weinstein, C. S. (2006). Classroom management as a field of inquiry. In C. M. Evertson & C. S. Weinstein (Eds.), Handbook of classroom management: Research, practice, and contemporary issues (pp. 3–16). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Fredricks, J. A., Blumenfeld, P. C., & Paris, A. H. (2004). School engagement: Potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Review of Educational Research, 74(1), 59–109. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543074001059 Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. (1981). Effective evaluation: Improving the usefulness of evaluation results through responsive and naturalistic approaches. Jossey-Bass. Ivankova, N. V., Creswell, J. W., & Stick, S. L. (2006). Using mixed-methods sequential explanatory design: From theory to practice. Field Methods, 18(1), 3–20. https://doi.org/10.1177/1525822X05282260 Krach, S. K., McCreery, M. P., & Rimel, H. (2017). Examining teachers’ behavioral management charts: A comparison of Class Dojo and paper-pencil methods. Contemporary School Psychology, 21(3), 267–275. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40688-016-0111-0 Mellor, D., & Moore, K. A. (2014). The Use of Likert Scales With Children. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 39(3), 369–379. https://doi.org/10.1093/jpepsy/jst079 Sever, M. (2014). Derse katılım envanterinin Türk kültürüne uyarlanması [Adapting classroom engagement inventory into Turkish culture]. TED Eğitim ve Bilim, 39(176), 171-182. https://doi.org/10.15390/EB.2014.3627 Shapiro, S.S. and Wilk, M.B. (1965). An Analysis of Variance Test for Normality (Complete Samples). Biometrika, 52(3), 591-611. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/52.3-4.591 Wang, Z., Bergin, C., & Bergin, D. A. (2014). Measuring engagement in fourth to twelfth-grade classrooms: The Classroom Engagement Inventory. School Psychology Quarterly, 29(4), 517. https://doi.org/10.1037/spq0000050 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Sympoietic Knowing and Acting: Citizen Adaptors, Artificial Intelligence, and the Care of Epistemic Interoperability 1: The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China); 2: Griffith University, Australia Presenting Author:The current "poly-crisis" landscape—marked by migration, health inequities, and rapid technological disruption—demands that education research re-examine who produces knowledge and how it is trusted. The range of knowledge-producing actors is widening to include data-driven technologies like Generative AI (GenAI). While GenAI promises epistemic interoperability—the seamless transfer of meaning across linguistic and cultural boundaries—it often operates on a logic of universalism that obscures the situated nature of knowledge. This creates a tension between the efficiency of automation and the sincerity and authenticity required for public trust, particularly in high-stakes domains like multilingual health communication. This research responds to these changing conditions by investigating the contact zones where university students, acting as citizen adaptors, collaborate with Large Language Models (LLMs) to translate complex medical information. Drawing on Donna Haraway’s (2016) concept of sympoiesis ("making-with") and Karen Barad’s (2007) response-ability (the capacity to respond), we challenge the antagonistic dualisms often present in education and translation research: human vs. machine, professional vs. non-professional, and knowing vs. acting. We argue that in the era of deep fakes and algorithmic bias, knowing is not a static retrieval of information but an active, relational practice of care. The study posits that the interoperability of knowledge across cultures cannot be achieved by AI alone; it requires a sympoietic entanglement where human affect and machine momentum co-compose meaning continuously. By engaging students in the adaptation of neurofibromatosis health materials for underserved linguistic communities (Chinese, Indonesian, Russian), we explore how educational settings can transform into sites of "response-able" action. The theoretical framework integrates the sociotechnical critique of AI momentum with a feminist new materialist ethics of care. We examine how students navigate the frictions of AI, such as its tendency to hallucinate or revert to English-centric epistemologies, not merely as technical errors, but as pedagogical moments that force a "slowing down." This deceleration allows for the emergence of intimacy with the text and the technology, transforming the student from a passive user into an active curator of public knowledge. This study addresses the vital European and international dimension of the conference by proposing a model for citizen adaptation. As national governments increasingly rely on non-governmental actors for knowledge dissemination, this research demonstrates how higher education can equip students to bridge the gap between scientific authority and vulnerable communities. It asks: How can the academic community ensure that the integration of AI in education serves the broader public good? We propose that the answer lies in cultivating a sympoietic sensitivity through a way of knowing and acting that acknowledges our entanglement with machines while fiercely protecting the human nuance required for trust. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a Participatory Action Research methodology, designed to dissolve the hierarchy between "researcher" and "researched." We engaged seventeen university students from Hong Kong and Australia as citizen adaptors, a role that transcends the binary of professional translator versus amateur. The project utilised an inquiry-based pedagogical design where students worked in transdisciplinary teams to adapt medical resources provided by the Children’s Tumour Foundation of Australia. The target languages included Chinese (Mandarin and Cantonese), Bahasa Indonesian, and Russian. Data collection utilised a multi-modal approach to capture both the technical and affective dimensions of this collaboration. Over a four-week period, students submitted progressive translation deliverables and two analysis reports documenting their prompting strategies and corrections. To validate the "acting" component of their knowledge production, student groups surveyed native speakers to rate the translated materials on trust and comprehensibility. Furthermore, the study conducted in-depth focus groups and individual interviews to explore the students' lived experiences of the contact zones with AI. A novel adaptation of Wang and Burris’s (1997) photovoice methodology was also employed, where students used GenAI image generators to create visual metaphors representing their relationship with the AI. This allowed for a creative reflection on the sympoietic process, moving beyond textual analysis to visual representations of their entanglement with technology. The subsequent data was analysed using reflexive thematic analysis, guided by a hybrid inductive-deductive approach that coded for theoretical constructs of sympoiesis and response-ability while remaining open to emergent themes regarding temporality and reciprocity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings offer a critical counter-narrative to the efficiency discourse surrounding AI in education. Achieving true epistemic interoperability, where knowledge is both accurate and trusted across cultures, requires more human labour, not less. However, this is a different kind of labour: it is the labour of care, maintenance, and re-figuration. First, the study reveals that students acting as citizen adaptors disrupted the "translation vs. adaptation" binary. By working with AI, they developed a biliteracy that went beyond language fluency to include AI literacy, the ability to navigate the machine's hallucinations and English-centric biases. Second, we found that the momentum of LLMs often resisted cultural nuance. Success required students to exercise response-ability by "slowing down" the automated process. This friction was productive; it forced students to engage deeply with the source text and the target culture, fostering a sense of attachment to the audience that purely human or purely machine translation often lacks. Finally, the research concludes that trust in digital knowledge is co-composed. It is not an inherent property of the AI's output but is generated through the sympoietic friction of human-machine interaction. For the education research community, this suggests a shift in pedagogy: from teaching students to use AI as a tool for output, to teaching them to live well with AI as part of the world. In the face of the poly-crisis, "acting" educationally means fostering the capacity to repair, contextualise, and care for the knowledge that algorithms produce. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the trouble: Making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press. Heinrichs, D.H., Camit, M., Tsao, J. (2025) Response-able, collaborative adaptations of multilingual health messaging: A case study from Australia and Hong Kong. Critical Public Health. https://doi.org/10.1080/09581596.2025.2555211 Tsao, J., Heinrichs, D. H., & Camit, M. (2025). Artificial intelligence and epistemic interoperability: towards a sympoietic approach. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2025.2579702 Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, methodology, and use for participatory needs assessment. Health Education & Behavior, 24(3), 369–387. https://doi.org/10.1177/109019819702400309 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Tuning AI to the Self: A Collaborative Autoethnography of Graduate Students’ Personalization of Generative AI Aoyama Gakuin University, Japan Presenting Author:When learners engage with generative AI (AI) in isolation, they risk slipping into mechanical modes of interaction—becoming, as one participant described, “just a machine in front of AI.” This study examines how learners move beyond such mechanical patterns through a year‑long collaborative autoethnography (April 2025–January 2026) involving four graduate students and two faculty members exploring how AI becomes integrated into scholarly practice. Rather than striving to optimize either themselves or the tools, participants negotiated how to adapt AI to their individual ways of thinking. Our findings show that sustaining metacognitive agency in AI‑mediated education depends less on prescribed best practices (Holmes & Tuomi, 2022) than on collaborative learning environments foregrounding shared sense‑making and reflexive dialogue (Clarà et al., 2019; Mackay & Tymon, 2013). Within this collaborative setting, participants documented their AI use through ChatGPT interaction logs and an online group chat while developing their master’s thesis proposals. Following the course, they produced reflective narratives tracing the evolution of their practices, engaged in dialogic commentary through shared documents, and collaboratively identified similarities and differences across accounts. These iterative cycles transformed individual experiences into shared insights about what it means to engage with AI in scholarly work. Across participants, AI use shifted in ways that reflected differences in how they preferred to think, write, and interact. Instead of aiming to optimize AI performance or maximize efficiency (Long & Magerko, 2020), participants continually adjusted their prompting styles, interaction rhythms, and structuring practices to make AI responses more usable for their cognitive processes. We describe this personalization process as self‑optimization—the ongoing tuning of AI interactions to support one’s habits of thought (Mezirow, 1978; Lave & Wenger, 1991). Evidence of self‑optimization appeared as participants gravitated toward strategies that felt comfortable, reduced frustration, aligned with their preferred conversational pacing, or provided supportive forms of structure. While all participants shaped their AI use over time, the forms of self‑optimization differed depending on disciplinary backgrounds, epistemological preferences (Hofer, 2000), and tolerances for uncertainty (Dahlqvist & Persson, 2023). Two analytic dimensions shaped these divergent trajectories: (1) preferred approaches to prompt construction, ranging from carefully structured prompts to intentionally rough or provisional ones; and (2) the direction of change over time, which involved either deepening the dialogic process or reshaping the tool to behave in personally meaningful ways. Across these dimensions, students’ interaction patterns crystallized into three primary approaches. First, Iterative Input–Output Dialogues characterized students who developed ideas through extended conversational exchange. For these participants, appropriating AI involved purifying the dialogic process—using repeated rounds of interaction to articulate ambiguity, surface emerging ideas, and gradually achieve clarity. Their self‑optimization focused on making the conversation itself productive for thinking. Second, Structured‑Control Interactions were adopted by students seeking predictability and order in AI outputs. These participants used Markdown formatting, templates, and explicit instructions to shape the system’s behavior. Although such practices may resemble tool optimization, the underlying motive was to create an interaction environment that felt cognitively supportive. Third, Exploratory Trial‑and‑Error Engagement described students who experimented broadly with prompting strategies, frequently incorporating techniques observed among peers. Their personalization involved discovering what worked through continual experimentation, emphasizing flexibility rather than commitment to a single strategy. Across all three approaches, students’ AI use increasingly aligned with their disciplinary orientations and comfort with uncertainty, yet each trajectory remained distinct. Together, these patterns suggest that learners appropriate AI not by conforming to prompting prescriptions but by tuning AI interactions to the contours of their own thinking—a form of self‑optimization emerging through sustained engagement, reflection, and collaborative sense‑making (Mezirow, 1978; Urquhart et al., 2025). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employed a collaborative autoethnographic (CAE) approach (Chang et al., 2013; Ellis et al., 2011) to examine our collective experiences of engaging with generative AI during a year‑long graduate seminar, Teaching & Learning with Technologies (April 2025–January 2026). The seminar took place within a larger funded project on AI integration in education. CAE was selected for its capacity to foreground the interplay between individual experience and shared meaning‑making, enabling participants to analyze their evolving AI practices while collaboratively theorizing them. The research team consisted of six co‑authors: two faculty members (the course instructor and an observer‑researcher without grading authority) and four graduate students. Throughout the seminar, the instructor and observer‑researcher noted the depth of students’ ongoing reflections on their AI use and recognized the potential for a collaborative autoethnographic study. After all grades were finalized, they invited the eight enrolled students to participate. Four volunteered and subsequently joined the faculty members as co‑author–researchers. The remaining four declined; no data from them were included. Graduate student co‑authors were selected from the volunteer pool to ensure diversity in disciplinary backgrounds, methodological orientations, and prior AI experience, which ranged from novice to experienced user. During the seminar, all participants regularly used ChatGPT and saved interaction logs, which later served as primary materials for structured reflection. The CAE process unfolded across three interconnected phases. Step 1: Individual Experience Articulation. Each graduate student produced a reflective narrative tracing their year‑long AI use. These narratives drew on ChatGPT interaction logs, contemporaneous notes, and introspective accounts of evolving practices, challenges, and insights. The aim was to document personal trajectories before engaging in group interpretation. Step 2: Comparative Cross‑Analysis. The narratives were compiled into a shared Google Document. Over the course of a week, team members annotated one another’s accounts with interpretive comments, questions, and reflexive insights. This dialogic exchange enabled the identification of convergences and divergences across experiences and supported inductive theme development rather than the application of predetermined analytic categories. Step 3: Collaborative Synthesis and Theorization. The full team synthesized emergent themes into shared interpretations, characterizing how practices, perceptions, and epistemic orientations shifted through sustained AI use and collaborative reflection. This iterative, multi‑layered process emphasized the relational and reflexive dimensions of CAE, linking individual trajectories with group‑level meaning‑making. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study examined how learners appropriate generative AI within a year‑long collaborative autoethnography and found that meaningful engagement emerges not through standardized prompting techniques, but through processes of personalization, reflexivity, and collective inquiry (Mackay & Tymon, 2013). Across the study, three distinct approaches to AI use took shape—Iterative Input–Output Dialogues, Structured‑Control Interactions, and Exploratory Trial‑and‑Error Engagement. Each reflected different orientations toward sense‑making and strategies for working with ambiguity, structure, or experimentation (Mackay & Tymon, 2013]. The collaborative environment of the seminar—characterized by shared observation, peer comparison, and dialogic reflection (Twidale, 2005)—played a central role in helping participants articulate evolving practices and consider alternatives. These findings have implications for the design of AI‑integrated learning environments. Pedagogical frameworks should move beyond prescriptive prompting guidelines (Holmes & Tuomi, 2022) and instead support exploration, comparison, and adaptive use. Structured opportunities for collaborative reflection—via shared documents, peer discussion, or co‑analysis—can help prevent overly mechanistic or passive forms of AI engagement. Educators should also recognize the diversity of learners’ epistemic orientations and create space for multiple trajectories of AI appropriation. References Chang, H., Ngunjiri, F., & Hernandez, K.-A.C. (2013). Collaborative Autoethnography (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315432137 Clarà, M., Mauri, T., Colomina, R., & Onrubia, J. (2019). Supporting collaborative reflection in teacher education: a case study. European Journal of Teacher Education, 42(2), 175–191. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2019.1576626 Dahlqvist, C., & Persson, C. (2023). Cognitive appraisals and information-seeking achievement emotions: A qualitative study of Swedish primary teacher students. Journal of Documentation, 79(7), 280–307. https://doi.org/10.1108/JD-05-2023-0100 Ellis, C., Adams, T. E., & Bochner, A. P. (2011). Autoethnography: An Overview. Historical Social Research / Historische Sozialforschung, 36(4 (138)), 273–290. http://www.jstor.org/stable/23032294 Göltl, K., Ambros, R., Dolezal, D., & Motschnig, R. (2024). Pre-Service Teachers’ Perceptions of Their Digital Competencies and Ways to Acquire Those through Their Studies and Self-Organized Learning. Education Sciences, 14(9), Article 9. Hofer, B. K. (2000). Dimensionality and Disciplinary Differences in Personal Epistemology. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25(4), 378–405. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1026 Holmes, W., & Tuomi, I. (2022). State of the art and practice in AI in education. European Journal of Education, 57, 542–570. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12533 Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated Learning: Legitimate Peripheral Participation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Long, D., & Magerko, B. (2020). What is AI Literacy? Competencies and Design Considerations. Proceedings of the 2020 CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, CHI ’20, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1145/3313831.3376727 Mackay, M., & Tymon, A. (2013). Working with uncertainty to support the teaching of critical reflection. Teaching in Higher Education, 18(6), 643–655. Mezirow, J. (1978). Perspective Transformation. Adult Education, 28(2), 100-110. Rahman, A. (2025). Artificial Intelligence (AI) as the Reflective Partner: Empowering Teachers for Deep Learning Pedagogy, RIGGS, vol. 4, no. 3, pp. 3877–3889, Aug. 2025. Starrett, E., Jordan, M., Chen, Y.-C., Park, J., & Meza-Torres, C. (2024). Desirable uncertainty in science teaching: Exploring teachers’ perceptions and practice of using student scientific uncertainty as a pedagogical resource. Teaching and Teacher Education, 140, 104456. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104456 Takazawa, A & Sugimoto, T. (2025). Navigating Uncertainty: Future Educator’s Evolving Engagement with Generative AI for Learning and Teaching. NERA 2025, Helsinki, Finland. Twidale, M. B. (2005). Over the Shoulder Learning: Supporting Brief Informal Learning. Computer Supported Cooperative Work (CSCW), 14(6), Article 6. Urquhart, C., Cheuk, B., Lam, L., & Snowden, D. (2025). Sense-making, sensemaking and sense making—A systematic review and meta-synthesis of literature in information science and education: An Annual Review of Information Science and Technology (ARIST) paper. Journal of the Association for Information Science and Technology, 76(1), 3–97. https://doi.org/10.1002/asi.24866 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 16 SES 13 B Location: D14 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Lauri Palsa Paper Session |
|
|
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Between Support and Dependence: Pre-Service Teachers’ Learning Experiences with Artificial Intelligence and Implications for their Role as Teachers Technical University of Dortmund, Germany Presenting Author:The present contribution examines the usage of generative AI by pre-service teachers for learning purposes during their teacher education studies. The study is grounded in a constructivist understanding of learning, according to which learning is understood as an active, constructive, and self-regulated process. From this perspective, learning does not occur through the purely passive reception of knowledge but requires active engagement with new information (Schunk, 2012). In this process, the learner, together with their prior knowledge, experiences, and social interactions, is placed at the center of learning (Schunk, 2012; Vygotsky, 1978). Closely linked to this understanding of learning is the theoretical concept of self-regulated learning, which emphasizes the learning objective as well as the monitoring and control of cognition, motivation, and behavior during the learning process (Pintrich, 2000). Based on Zimmermann’s (2000, p. 16f.) distinction between „forethought“, „performance or volitional control“, and „self-reflection“, Schmitz and Schmidt (2007) conceptualize self-regulated learning as a process consisting of a pre-action, action, and post-action phase. Recent approaches have transferred these phases to the use of artificial intelligence and discuss AI’s potential as a supportive tool for self-regulated learning processes, for example in goal clarification (pre-action), accompanying learning activities (action), or reflecting on one’s own learning process (post-action) (Stebner & Haverkamp, 2025). Against this background, generative artificial intelligence can be understood as a tool that facilitates active engagement and support of self-regulated learning processes. With regard to the use of AI for learning purposes, the international state of research to date examined both positive and negative effects of artificial intelligence on student learning (Lan & Zhou, 2025). Existing studies report, among other findings, improvements in students’ learning outcomes as well as increases in engagement and motivation (Songsiengchai, 2025), which have positive effects on self-regulated learning (Li et al., 2025). In contrast, other studies point to risks, such as increased procrastination, impairments in academic performance (Abbas et al., 2024), and a weakening of critical thinking skills (Gerlich, 2025). Whether the use of generative AI, such as chatbots like ChatGPT, has positive effects on learning seems to depend on usage behavior (Güner & Er, 2025) as well as students' existing self-regulated learning skills (Han et al., 2025; Zhang et al., 2025). With regard to usage behavior, previous research has typically focus on the frequency of AI-usage, while little attention has been paid to examining learning processes from the students’ perspective. In particular, there is still very little empirical evidence available on the use of generative artificial intelligence for learning purposes among pre-service teachers. Pre-service teachers occupy a distinctive position in this context, as they currently use AI as learners themselves, while simultaneously being confronted with their future pupils’ AI-usage in their professional practice. Building on the theoretical assumptions described earlier and the research design outlined above, this contribution analyzes pre-service teachers’ subjective descriptions of learning with AI from a qualitative perspective. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The data basis for the analyses consists of seven group interviews with 27 master’s-level pre-service teachers at a university in Germany. The interviews were conducted as part of a teaching and research project called LEKI (Teacher Training in the Age of AI), funded by the Foundation for Innovation in Higher Education (Stiftung Innovation in der Hochschullehre). Of the master's students, 22 were studying to become elementary school teachers while five were studying to become teachers for secondary, junior high, and comprehensive schools. The group interviews comprised three to four participants each and lasted an average of 95 minutes. Groups were formed based on “sex” and “type of school studied,” while also considering participants’ individual scheduling preferences to maximize participation and foster an open discussion atmosphere. In accordance with methodological recommendations (Fitzpatrick & Mayer, 2020), the groups were composed to be as homogeneous as possible in terms of participants’ stage in teacher training and their experience with and use of AI. The group interviews were conducted using a semi-structured interview guide. The guide was developed in accordance with established guidelines for designing (focus) group interview guides, particularly with regard to the structuring of topic blocks, the use of open-ended stimulus questions, and the facilitation of interactive discussion sequences (Helfferich, 2011). In addition, visual and interactive stimuli - such as an opinion line and AI-generated image material – were employed to stimulate discussion (Fitzpatrick & Mayer, 2020). The interview guide included, among other topics, the thematic blocks “AI-usage” and “understanding roles and professionalization“. It included questions and impulses adressing AI-usage, learning with AI and its perceived consequences, as well as the meaning of the students’ own leaning experience with AI for professionalization as a teacher. The transcribed interviews were analyzed using qualitative content analysis, which is a well-established procedure to evaluate qualitative data by being transparent and by following strict rules. According to the standards of the qualitative content analysis a guideline to code the interviews was created (Kuckartz 2024; Mayring, 2014). In the second step, relevant text passages from the group interviews were assigned to categories using the software MAXQDA, enabling a systematic synthesis across interviews. The category system was developed using a combined deductive–inductive approach, which means that there were also categories that were created inductively from the interview material. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial analyses indicate that pre-service teachers use AI in their learning process as a tool for structuring their work, obtaining additional explanations, and generating exercises or practice questions. Some groups expressed a need for further discussion, revealing that some pre-service teachers are reluctant to use AI and report using it mainly to avoid falling behind. Furthermore, they point out that they use AI mainly as a secondary resource after independently engagement with course content and report a connection between AI-usage and learning goals. The data indicate ambivalent effects regarding cognitive, motivational and metacognitive processes: Pre-service teachers report e.g. time savings, reduced uncertainty through feedback, easier task engagement, and dialogic learning. In contrast, they describe convenience-driven consequences, potential de-skilling, increased insecurity and self-doubt. Against this background, areas of tension emerge, e.g. between time savings and learning loss, and between support and dependence. Based on their learning experiences with AI, pre-service teachers emphasize the importance of lifelong learning given the continuous development of AI and its presence in pupils’ environment. They describe the necessity to educate pupils on AI-ussage. At the same time, they oscillate between a desire for openness toward teachers’ AI-usage due to its perceived benefits (e.g. workload reduction and structuring support) and the need to limit pupils’ AI-usage in order to foster other competencies. Pre-service teachers conceptualize their future role as mediators between pupils and AI as a resource, with the task of promoting independent and critical thinking, motivation, self-confidence, and transparency in AI-usage as well as developing new task formats. They further emphasize the importance of learning to learn, also in the context of AI. Finally, these findings are discussed internationally, as they point to common theoretical and professional challenges of learning with generative AI in teacher education across European and global contexts. References Abbas, M., Jam, F. A., & Khan, T. I. (2024). Is it harmful or helpful? Examining the causes and consequences of generative AI usage among university students. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-024-00444-7 Fitzpatrick, J., & Mayer, S. (2020). Fokusgruppen. In I. Burocki, K. Kleinen-von Königslöw, S. Marschall, & T. Zerback (Eds.), Handbuch politische Kommunikation (pp. 1–9). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-26242-6_50-1 Gerlich, M. (2025). AI tools in society: Impacts on cognitive offloading and the future of critical thinking. Societies, 15(1), Article 6. https://doi.org/10.3390/soc15010006 Güner, H., & Er, E. (2025). AI in the classroom: Exploring student’s interaction with ChatGPT in programming learning. Education and Information Technologies, 30, 12681–12707. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-025-13337-7 Han, I., Ji, H., Jin, S., & Choi, K. (2025). Mobile-based artificial intelligence chatbot for self-regulated learning in a hybrid flipped classroom. Journal of Computing in Higher Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12528-025-09434-8 Helfferich, C. (2011). Die Qualität qualitativer Daten: Manual für die Durchführung qualitativer Interviews (4th ed.). VS Verlag. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92076-4 Kuckartz, U. (2024). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Umsetzung mit Software und künstlicher Intelligenz (6th ed.). Beltz. Lan, M., & Zhou, X. (2025). A qualitative systematic review on AI empowered self-regulated learning in higher education. Npj Science of Learning, 10, Article 1. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41539-025-00319-0 Li, Y., Sadiq, G., Qambar, G., & Zheng, P. (2025). The impact of students’ use of ChatGPT on their research skills: The mediating effects of autonomous motivation, engagement, and self-directed learning. Education and Information Technologies, 30, 4185–4216. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-12981-9 Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative content analysis: Theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution. SSOAR. https://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-395173 Schmitz, B., & Schmidt, M. (2007). Einführung in die Selbstregulation. In M. Landmann & B. Schmitz (Eds.), Selbstregulation erfolgreich fördern: Praxisnahe Trainingsprogramme für effektives Lernen (pp. 9–18). Kohlhammer. Schunk, D. H. (2012). Learning theories. An educational perspective (6th ed.). Boston: Pearson. Songsiengchai, S. (2025). Implementation of artificial intelligence (AI): Chat GPT for effective English language learning among Thai students in higher education. International Journal of Education & Literacy Studies, 13(1), 302–312. https://journals.aiac.org.au/index.php/IJELS/article/view/8346 Stebner, F., & Haverkamp, H. (2025, May 8). Selbstreguliertes Lernen und KI. FelloFish. https://www.fellofish.com/blog/selbstreguliertes-lernen-und-ki Vygotsky, L. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Zimmermann, B. (2000). Attaining self-regulation. In M. Broekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 13–39). Academia Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-012109890-2/50031-7 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Lesson Planning: with or without AI University of Innsbruck, Austria Presenting Author:Education is increasingly benefiting from artificial intelligence (AI) in various ways to improve its quality. Yet, this situation necessitates examining its impacts on teaching and learning processes and on professional decision-making. Recent studies reveal that AI-based tools support instructional design, provide feedback, and reduce teachers’ cognitive and administrative burden (Holmes et al., 2019; OECD, 2021). Teachers most often utilise AI-based tools to structure and personalise lesson content and to design and organise activities (Kim, 2025; Heng, 2026). The literature includes numerous studies examining the use of AI-based tools in teaching; yet, fewer examine how teachers integrate AI into their pedagogy or professional learning (Chiu, Spector, & Yang, 2025). Thus, there is a gap in the literature on how AI impacts pedagogical designs, especially in the context of initial teacher training. Lesson planning is a core competence for teachers, in which pedagogical knowledge, curriculum standards, and teaching approaches should be successfully integrated (König et al., 2020). Therefore, pre-service teachers should be well-trained to develop high-quality lesson plans that meet their students’ needs and interests. The literature suggests that AI-based tools may be a great help in improving lesson coherence, fostering differentiation, and designing objectives, activities, and assessments (Celik et al., 2023). However, empirical evidence remains scarce at this point, and there is a need for a systematic investigation to compare lesson design processes with and without AI-based tool support. As the conference theme suggested the conditions and potentials of education research is changing, and AI integration in education is among current important changes. Therefore, the findings of the study may contribute both to the national and to the international research on the role of AI in teacher education, offering empirically grounded insights into pedagogical quality, professional learning, and technology adaptation. Austria, as the context of the study, is currently under redesigning of the curricula of education faculties, so the results of the study may significantly contribute. From the international perspective, the study aligns with wider European and global initiatives to ensure that AI integration in education is pedagogically valuable, ethically guided, and meets the needs of future teachers. Addressing the gap in the literature, the study aims to examine pre-service teachers’ experiences regarding lesson planning, with and without the help of AcademicAI, an AI system based on OpenAI's ChatGPT. For this end, it intends to answer the following research question:
The study adopted the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology (UTAUT; Venkatesh et al., 2003). The framework helps understand technology adoption through four subcategories: performance expectancy, effort expectancy, social influence, facilitating conditions, and behavioural intention; and it has been widely applied in educational researches (Scherer et al., 2019). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our study utilised a mixed-methods approach with a within-subjects experimental design, where the same participants experienced multiple conditions (Greenwald, 1976). Initially, pre-service teachers designed lesson plans without AcademicAI, then with its assistance. Data were collected through the Lesson Plan Evaluation Checklist and a 5-point Likert Scale (adapted from Venkatesch et al., 2003; and Tapal et al., 2017) for quantitative insights, and through reflections for qualitative insights. This combination provided objective comparisons of lesson plan quality and an in-depth understanding of participants' perceptions of using AI tools in lesson planning. Combining these methods offered a more comprehensive view of the research topic (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2017). 51 pre-service teachers studying at the Department of Teacher Education of a university in Austria participated in the survey. 38 of them completed the lesson plan evaluation checklist and the reflection paper. The experimental design proceeded as follows: Participants first created their own lesson plans independently, then with assistance from AcademicAI. During the process, they filled out a lesson plan evaluation checklist. After completing the design phase, they answered a survey about their experience using AcademicAI. Finally, they wrote a reflection paper comparing their own lesson plans with those generated by AcademicAI, discussing their learning process, insights on prompting, and the future potential of LLMs in their careers. Participants wrote reflections in German and English. We analysed all texts in their original language, developed codes and themes in English to ensure analytical consistency across languages. We examined the quantitative data with descriptive analyses in SPSS and analysed the qualitative data using thematic analysis. Utilising the same participants across both conditions reduced variability from individual differences, thereby strengthening the internal validity of the results (Field, 2017). We also analysed the data independently and reached a conclusion in order to strengthen inter-rater validity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results from the Lesson Plan Evaluation Checklist showed that participants scored human-generated lesson plans (mean= 31, 87 out of 40) slightly higher than the AI-generated ones (mean= 31,47 out of 40). The overall mean score from the survey (mean = 3,99; SD: ,37) indicated that the participants tended to agree rather than remain neutral with statements regarding the performance, effort, social influence, facilitating conditions, and behavioural intentions of the AI-based tools. Highest mean scores belonged to the items “I have the necessary resources (hardware/software) to use Generative AI” (m= 4,69), and “With Generative AI, I can complete tasks more quickly” (m= 4,63). This may show that they were aware of the advantages AcademicAI offered, and they had the infrastructure to use it. However, they did not score the AI-generated lesson plans much higher than their own on the evaluation checklist. This situation may indicate that they need training to best benefit from AI-based tools, which promise efficiency in several ways. The reflections revealed that the effectiveness of AI-based tool was largely determined by the quality of the prompts. AI was considered beneficial for organising and improving language in lesson planning and academic writing. Also, they found AI-based tools useful for teaching situations such as differentiation and planning because it offered idea generation and different perspectives. They favoured a balanced integration of the AI-generated ideas and the teacher’s expertise. They stated that effective classroom implementation required teachers to adapt AI-generated outputs regarding the classroom realism. They underlined the importance of pedagogical judgements and comparative reflections for a successful integration. Finally, they expressed ethical and practical concerns, risks and limitations in specific disciplines, such as mathematics. References Celik, I., Mertala, P., & Seufert, S. (2023). Artificial intelligence in education: A systematic review of empirical research. Computers & Education, 195, 104727. Chiu, M. M., Spector, J. M., & Yang, D. (2025). Artificial intelligence in teaching and teacher professional development: A systematic review. Computers & Education: Artificial Intelligence, 8, 100355. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2024.100355 Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2017). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications. Field, A. P. (2017). Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS Statistics (5th ed.). SAGE Publications. Greenwald, A. G. (1976). Within-subjects designs: To use or not to use? Psychological Bulletin, 83(2), 314–320. Heng, C. K., Sathasivam, R. V., Mafarja, N., & Abdul Rahim, S. (2026). Exploring the benefits and challenges of AI-driven lesson planning among preservice science teachers. STEM Education, 6(1), 1-20. Holmes, W., Bialik, M., & Fadel, C. (2019). Artificial intelligence in education: Promises and implications for teaching and learning. Center for Curriculum Redesign. Kim, W. J. (2025). Teachers’ use of generative artificial intelligence for lesson design. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education. https://doi.org/... König, J., Bremerich-Vos, A., Buchholtz, N., Fladung, I., & Glutsch, N. (2020). Pre-service teachers’ generic and subject-specific lesson-planning skills. Teaching and Teacher Education, 88, 102969. OECD. (2021). AI in education: Challenges and opportunities. OECD Publishing. Scherer, R., Siddiq, F., & Tondeur, J. (2019). The technology acceptance model (TAM): A meta-analytic structural equation modeling approach. Computers & Education, 128, 13–35. Tapal, A., Oren, E., Dar, R., & Eitam, B. (2017). The Sense of Agency Scale: A measure of consciously perceived control over one’s mind, body, and the immediate environment. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, Article 1552. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.01552 Venkatesh, V., Morris, M. G., Davis, G. B., & Davis, F. D. (2003). User acceptance of information technology: Toward a unified view. MIS Quarterly, 27(3), 425–478. 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Pre-service Teachers’ Use of Artificial Intelligence: Associations with Personality Traits and Attitudes Technical University of Dortmund, Germany Presenting Author:Artificial intelligence (AI) has become an integral part of many people's everyday lives and is also increasingly being used by students in the course of their studies (Amoah et al., 2025). Initial studies and meta-analyses show positive effects of AI usage on learning outcomes (Chen & Cheung, 2025) as well as on the ability to work scientifically, student engagement, and motivation (Li et al., 2025). However, these effects depend on usage behavior (Aldulaijan & Almalki, 2025). Recent international studies indicate that students’ AI use is influenced by their perceived usefulness of AI and their attitude toward AI (Kiński et al., 2025; Zhao et al., 2025). There is also initial evidence for these correlations among the group of pre-service teachers (Al Darayseh, 2023; Hoya et al., 2024). In addition, initial findings show correlations between AI usage and personality traits. Arpaci et al. (2025) found significant positive correlations with the personality dimensions of extraversion, conscientiousness, and openness, while neuroticism was associated with lower AI usage. In contrast, Kiński et al. (2025) observed that students with higher neuroticism scores used AI more frequently, so that the findings are inconsistent. While numerous studies have already examined AI use among students in general, the group of pre-service teachers has received little attention in this context to date, particularly with regard to the connection between AI use and personality traits. Following this, the present contribution will closely examine the AI usage among pre-service teachers in Germany. This article aims to analyze correlations between AI usage and further variables such as personality traits, attitudes toward AI, behavioral intention, and perceived usefulness. The results are used to identify factors influencing AI usage among pre-service teachers and to develop approaches for teacher education. The study presented here focuses on the following research questions.
The theoretical basis (research question 2) is provided by Davis' (1989) Technology Acceptance Model (TAM), which has been well researched in the educational context and has also been applied to students’ use of AI (e.g., Al Darayseh, 2023). The model is based on two constructs: perceived usefulness and perceived ease of use (Davis, 1989). According to the TAM model, these two predictors influence attitude toward use, which in turn affects behavioral intention and, ultimately, actual use (Davis, 1989). Theoretically, the TAM is rooted in Fishbein and Ajzen’s (1975) Theory of Reasoned Action, which assumes that an individual’s behavior is primarily predicted by personal attitudes and subjective norms (Ajzen, 1991). Against this background, the TAM is particularly well suited to explaining students’ use of AI, as it captures key cognitive and affective evaluative processes underlying technology acceptance. In addition, this contribution examines personality traits, since they also influence individual behavior (Digman, 1990) and there have been few studies to date on the correlations between personality traits and students' AI use (Arpaci et al., 2025). The personality traits (research question 3) are based on the Big Five concept, which distinguishes between five dimensions: conscientiousness, extraversion, agreeableness, openness, and neuroticism (Schupp & Gerlitz, 2008). In light of the previously outlined inconsistent findings, these factors are also taken into account in the present study in order to provide a more nuanced explanation of individual differences in AI use among pre-service teachers. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Data were collected using a written online questionnaire from October 2025 to January 2026 which were conducted as part of a teaching and research project called LEKI (Teacher Training in the Age of AI) funded by the Foundation for Innovation in Higher Education (Stiftung Innovation in der Hochschullehre). The questionnaire was sent to all universities and colleges in Germany offering teacher education programs and aimed to investigate pre-service teachers’ attitudes, experiences, competencies, and support needs regarding the use of AI in their studies and at school. A total of 1,068 pre-service teachers from 24 different universities and colleges took part in the survey. These are students from different types of schools (teaching for primary and secondary levels as well as special education). The majority of students come from the Technical University of Dortmund and are enrolled in bachelor's degree program in teacher education. The frequency of AI usage and the purposes for which pre-service teachers use AI in their studies (e.g., literature research, translations, exam preparation) were assessed using a six-point Likert scale (never – less than once a month – once a month – several times a month – several times a week – daily). A five-point Likert scale was used to measure the perceived sense of security when using AI for university purposes (from 1=very insecure to 5=very secure). The assessment of personality traits was completed by using the Big Five Inventory-SOEP (BFI-S; Schupp & Gerlitz, 2008) on a seven-point scale (from 1=does not apply at all to 7=applies completely). Students’ attitudes toward AI were measured using the German short version of the Attitudes Towards Artificial Intelligence Scale (ATTARI-12; Stein et al., 2024). Behavioral intention and perceived usefulness were collected using items adopted from Hoya et al. (2024). These three variables were measured on a six-point Likert scale (from 1=strongly disagree to 6=strongly agree). To examine the pre-service teachers’ AI usage behavior, descriptive analyses were conducted to assess how frequently students use AI in the context of their studies and how confident they feel when using it. In addition, a descriptive evaluation is provided of how frequently students use AI for different university-related purposes. The correlation between students’ personality traits (IV) and their AI usage (DV) will be analyzed by using multiple linear regression. Multiple linear regression will also be applied to examine the correlation between attitude, behavioral intention, perceived usefulness (IV), and AI usage (DV). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial descriptive analyses show that most students use AI several times a week or several times a month for university-related purposes. While more than 40% of respondents feel fairly confident about using AI in their studies, more than a quarter of students express feelings of uncertainty. Furthermore, students most frequently use AI for research and literature study, clarification of comprehension questions and/or explanation of content knowledge, and text analysis or creation. Students are less likely to use AI for tasks such as data analysis, language processing, programming, and simulations. Although the majority of students perceive AI positively and intend to continue using it, a quarter of respondents express strong negative emotions toward AI and indicate fear of AI. In addition, the majority of students indicate an intention to keep up to date with the latest developments in AI and to explore the new functions of AI applications. Around two thirds of the respondents report improved academic performance, productivity, and effectiveness. More than three-quarters of students rate AI applications as useful for their studies. Overall, the results show a high level of acceptance of AI among pre-service teachers, despite existing uncertainties and fears about the technology. Further analyses of the correlations between students' personality traits and their AI use, as well as their attitudes, perceived usefulness, behavioral intentions, and AI use, will be presented in detail at the conference. Based on the state of research described above, it is assumed that significant correlations between personality traits and AI use will also be found among pre-service teachers and that the variables attitude, perceived usefulness, and behavioral intention predict the frequency of AI use. Finally, the findings are discussed in terms of their implications for teacher education in Europe and their contribution to the international debate on AI use in higher education. References Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50(2), 179–211. Al Darayseh, A. (2023). Acceptance of artificial intelligence in teaching science: Science teachers' perspective. Computers and Education: Artificial Intelligence, 4, Article 100132. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.caeai.2023.100132 Aldulaijan, A. T., & Almalki, S. M. (2025). The impact of generative AI tools on postgraduate students' learning experiences: New insights into usage patterns. Journal of Information Technology Education: Research, 24. https://doi.org/10.28945/5428 Amoah, A., Asiama, R. K., & Kwablah, E. (2025). ChatGPT early usage among students: A global evidence of determinants. Development and Sustainability in Economics and Finance, 7, Article 100065. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dsef.2025.100065 Arpaci, I., Kusci, I., & Gibreel, O. (2025). The role of personality traits in predicting educational use of generative AI in higher education. Scientific Reports, 15(1), Article 30440. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-025-16339-0 Chen, S., & Cheung, A. C. K. (2025). Effect of generative artificial intelligence on university students learning outcomes: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 49, Article 100737. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2025.100737 Davis, F. D. (1989). Perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology. MIS Quarterly, 13(3), 319–341. Digman, J. M. (1990). Personality structure: Emergence of the five-factor model. Annual Review of Psychology, 41, 417–440. Hoya, F., Mah, D.-K., Prilop, C. N., Jacobsen, L. J., & Weber, K. E. (2024). Pre-service teachers’ AI usage: The effects of perceived usefulness, subjective norm, behavioral intention, and self-efficacy. OSF Preprints. https://doi.org/10.31219/osf.io/284gk Kiński, C., Kiński, B., & Przyborowska, A. (2025). Big Five personality traits, attitudes towards Artificial Intelligence and the use of AI solutions in foreign language learners. Neofilolog, 65(1), 65–83. https://doi.org/10.14746/n.2025.65.1.4 Li, Y., Sadiq, G., Qambar, G., & Zheng, P. (2025). The impact of students’ use of ChatGPT on their research skills: The mediating effects of autonomous motivation, engagement, and self-directed learning. Education and Information Technologies, 30(4), 4185–4216. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-12981-9 Schupp, J., & Gerlitz, J.-Y. (2008). BFI-S: Big Five Inventory-SOEP. In A. Glöckner-Rist (Ed.), Zusammenstellung sozialwissenschaftlicher Skalen. ZIS Version (Vol. 12). GESIS. Stein, J.-P., Messingschlager, T., Gnambs, T., Hutmacher, F., & Appel, M. (2024). Attitudes towards AI: Measurement and associations with personality. Scientific Reports, 14, Article 2909. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-024-53335-2 Zhao, Z., An, Q., & Liu, J. (2025). Exploring AI tool adoption in higher education: Evidence from a PLS-SEM model integrating multimodal literacy, self-efficacy, and university support. Frontiers in Psychology, 16, Article 1619391. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2025.1619391 16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper Teachers’ Data Literacy as Repair: Pedagogical Meaning in Moments of Breakdown University of Jyväskylä, Finland Presenting Author:During a fourth-grade environmental studies lesson in a Finnish classroom, a teacher introduces a digital self-assessment platform designed to document pupils’ learning in relation to curriculum objectives. Despite careful preparation, the intended trajectory of the lesson is disrupted when the technological platform does not function as expected. The teacher faces a situation where they must find a way to overcome the moment of breakdown introduced by the malfunctioning technology. Although such technological disruptions are common and recognisable in everyday life across European schools, research on teachers’ data literacy has predominantly conceptualised competence in relation to the intended use of educational technologies (Lee, et al. 2024). Data literacy is typically framed as a prerequisite for realising the pedagogical potential of datafication or for mitigating its risks, implicitly assuming stable technological functioning and coherent instructional trajectories (Palsa et al. in review). Based on a ethnographic exploration of three Finnish classroom (during academic year 2024-2025), this presentation challenges these assumptions by focusing on moments when data technologies do not work as planned and by examining what teachers do pedagogically in such situations. This approach makes it possible to attend to the sociomaterial relations present in these situations (Burnett & Merchant, 2020), including relations between human actors and technological devices and platforms, as well as to the broader range of pedagogical potentials that are present, of which only some are eventually enacted. In the vignette described above, new pedagogical potential emerges only after the teacher’s initial attempts to repair the situation by troubleshooting the technical problem in order to return to the original plan. As the technology nevertheless fails to function as intended, the breakdown opens up unanticipated pedagogical possibilities. By explicitly positioning themselves as a learner, for example, by acknowledging uncertainty, limits of knowledge, and the imperfect functioning of technology, the teacher reframes the situation as a shared learning moment. This repositioning later informs how the teacher responds to pupils’ difficulties in a subsequent task, emphasising that not-knowing is acceptable and that learning with technology involves ongoing practice rather than pre-existing mastery. What might appear, from a prescriptive data literacy perspective (Palsa et al., in review), as a failure to enact data-informed teaching instead becomes a pedagogically meaningful moment that reshapes teacher–pupil relations and reframes technology use in education as a collective and supportive practice. This research is part of the Movement for Data Literacy (MODALITY) project funded by the Research Council of Finland. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Empirically, the on-going study draws on video- and audio-recorded classroom ethnography conducted in Finnish primary schools during the 2024–2025 academic year. Using a literacy-as-event heuristic (Burnett & Merchant, 2020), the analysis centres on a set of closely examined repair episodes (Park, 2015) identified across three classrooms. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Conceptually, the presentation proposes repair (Jackson, 2014) as a central part of teachers’ data literacy. Drawing on interactional studies of teacher repair (Park, 2015), affective and reparatory approaches in pedagogic imaginations (Coleman, 2021), and recent work framing repair as ongoing pedagogical reconsideration and labour rather than technical correction (Elmborg, 2022; Bruno et al., 2024), the study shifts attention from successful data use to moments when things do not work as planned. Here, data literacy is reconceptualised not as a stable set of skills but as situated and contingent work enacted in response to disruption. Repair includes reinterpreting the role of data technologies within education, reconfiguring such technologies, adjusting pedagogical aims, and mobilising alternative resources in real time. By foregrounding breakdowns rather than smooth implementation, the study shows how teachers’ professional judgment becomes visible precisely when intended trajectories fail. Conceptualising data literacy as repair shifts attention away from heroic narratives of competence toward the everyday pedagogical work through which teachers sustain meaning, care, and learning under conditions of uncertainty in data- and technology-rich classrooms. References Bruno, T., Curley, A., Gergan, M. D., & Smith, S. (2024). The work of repair: Land, relation, and pedagogy. Cultural Geographies, 31(1), 5–19. Burnett, C., & Merchant, G. (2020). Literacy-as-event: Accounting for relationality in literacy research. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 41(1), 45–56. Coleman, J. J. (2021). Affective reader response: Using ordinary affects to repair literacy normativities in ELA and English education. English Education, 53(4), 254-276. Elmborg, J. K. (2022). Bildung and critical information literacy: notes toward a repair concept (, Ill.). In A. C. Bezerra & M. Schneider (Editors), Competência crítica em informação: teoria, consciência e práxis (pp. 203–221). Instituto Brasileiro de Informação em Ciência e Tecnologia. Rethinking Repair. (2014). In S. J. Jackson, Media Technologies (pp. 221–240). The MIT Press. Lee, J., Alonzo, D., Beswick, K., Abril, J. M. V., Chew, A. W., & Oo, C. Z. (2024). Dimensions of teachers’ data literacy: A systematic review of literature from 1990 to 2021. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability. Park, S. H. (2015). Teacher repair in a second language class for low-literate adults. Linguistics and Education, 29, 1–14. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 17 SES 13 A: Language, Literacy, Nation Building and Internationalism in the History of Education Location: 6017 | Linna building | 6 Fl. Session Chair: Attila Nóbik Paper Session |
|
|
17. Histories of Education
Paper Changing hierarchies of language. Nation building and minority languages in schools: The South Tyrol and Sápmi cases. 1: Norges Arktiske Universitet; 2: University of Urbino Carlo Bo Presenting Author:The 20th century represents a pivotal era for the consolidation of the nation-state in Europe, a process frequently predicated on the ideal of “one nation, one language”. This proposal investigates the school system as a primary instrument of nation-building and linguistic homogenization, focusing on two distinct contexts: South Tyrol in Italy and Sápmi (the Norwegian side). If early historiography often analysed these regions through the lens of security policy (Eriksen & Niemi, 1981), recent scholarship emphasises the long-term structural impact of these policies on identity and social cohesion. As highlighted by the recent Norwegian Truth and Reconciliation Commission Report (2023), the legacy of “Norwegianization” (Fornorsking) constitutes an ongoing challenge in education, paralleling the complex memory work described by Grote and Obermair (2017) regarding South Tyrol’s transformation from a borderland of conflict to a model of autonomy. The research question of our paper is: How did educational policies in Italy and Norway during the 20th century actively construct and subsequently deconstruct linguistic hierarchies in South Tyrol and Sápmi? How were schools utilised as sites of “internal colonialism” (Hechter, 1975) to marginalise minority languages (German/Ladins and Sami) and impose the national language? What pedagogical mechanisms were employed to stigmatize the minority language, effectively devaluing its “linguistic capital” (Bourdieu, 1991)? How contemporary model shifted in Norway and in South Tyrol? The primary objective is to trace the evolution of the “hierarchy of languages”. In the early 20th century, the national language was positioned at the apex, associated with modernity and loyalty, while minority languages were relegated to the bottom. The paper aims to demonstrate how this hierarchy was rigidified during totalitarian or nationalist phases - specifically the Fascist Italianization and the strict Fornorsking - and how it was reshaped by post-war democratic reforms. The analysis relies on a comparative historical approach underpinned by sociolinguistic theories of power, particularly Gellner's (1983) notion of nation-building, which views the school as the infrastructure for manufacturing national consciousness. Equally important is the Linguistic Capital: Utilising Bourdieu (1991), the paper analyses how the state devalued the mother tongue, rendering it useless for social mobility. Finally, we will use the concept of Internal Colonialism: This framework explains center-periphery dynamics, contrasting the Sami experience as an indigenous people with South Tyroleans as a national minority. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This project adopts a comparative transnational history approach. By juxtaposing the Italian and Norwegian cases, the research moves beyond isolated national historiographies to identify common patterns of assimilation and distinct models of conflict resolution. The study focuses on three key chronological phases: Hard Assimilation: The Fascist “Lex Gentile” and the ban on German-speaking in Italy; the intensification of the Norwegian Education Act and boarding school policies in Sápmi. Transition and Resistance: The struggle for the implementation of the Gruber-De Gasperi Agreement in Italy; the rise of Sami political consciousness. Institutionalization of Rights: The Second Autonomy Statute in South Tyrol and the establishment of the Sami Parliament. The research is grounded in a analysis of primary and secondary sources, namely: Archival Documents: Analysis of school curricula, ministerial circulars, and inspection reports from the Archivio di Stato di Bolzano and the Riksarkivet (Oslo). Special attention is paid to directives banning mother tongues in boarding houses, corroborated by findings in the Sannhets- og forsoningskommisjonen (2023) report. Educational Materials: Comparative analysis of textbooks to examine how the “other” was represented. For the Italian case, this is informed by Carlà’s (2020) insights on how inter-ethnic peace is narrated - or silenced - in the classroom. Oral History: Utilization of diaries and memoirs to reconstruct the lived experience of linguistic trauma. The project compares narratives from the South Tyrolean Katakombenschulen with Sami boarding school experiences, focusing on the psychological impact of prohibited language use. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper is expected to reveal that while the intent of nation-building was similar in both Italy and Norway (homogenization), the outcomes diverged due to different external pressures. In South Tyrol, the hierarchy was flattened through a “separatist” school model (schools divided by language groups), a compromise driven by international diplomacy (Steininger, 2003). In contrast, the Sami experience moved towards an “integrative” model of revitalization within a unified system, driven by the global Indigenous rights discourse rather than bilateral diplomacy. Outcomes The paper provides a nuanced understanding of how schools function as political battlegrounds where hierarchies of citizenship are enforced. By analyzing historical failures in assimilation through the lens of recent Truth and Reconciliation processes, the study offers insights for contemporary debates on multilingual education. It highlights that legal recognition alone is insufficient without addressing the “shadow of the state” in educational practices. References Augschöll Blasbicher A. (2025). Novecento anni di istituzionalizzazione dell’istruzione “inferiore” in Alto Adige. Lecce: Pensa Multimedia. Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and Symbolic Power. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Carlà, A. (2020). Peace in South Tyrol and the Limits of Consociationalism. Nationalism and Ethnic Politics, 26(3), 245–262. Di Michele, A. (2008). L'italianizzazione imperfetta. L'amministrazione pubblica dell'Alto Adige tra Italia liberale e fascismo. Alessandria: Edizioni dell'Orso. Eriksen, K. E., & Niemi, E. (1981). Den finske fare. Sikkerhetsproblemer og minoritetspolitikk i nord 1860–1940. Oslo: Universitetsforlaget. Gellner, E. (1983). Nations and Nationalism. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. Grote, G., & Obermair, H. (2017). A Land on the Threshold: South Tyrolean Transformations, 1915–2015. Oxford: Peter Lang. Hechter, M. (1975). Internal Colonialism: The Celtic Fringe in British National Development. Berkeley: University of California Press. Hermanstrand, H., Kolberg, A., Nilssen, T. R., & Sem, L. (Eds.). (2019). The Indigenous Identity of the South Saami: Historical and Political Perspectives on a Minority within a Minority. Springer. Kortekangas, O. (2121). Language, Citizenship, and Sámi Education in the Nordic North, 1900 – 1940. London – Chicago: Mc Gill-Queen’s University Press. Minde, H. (2005). Assimilation of the Sami – Implementation and Consequences. Acta Borealia, 22(2), 121–146. Olsen, T. A., & Sollid, H. (Eds.). (2022). Indigenising Education and Citizenship: Perspectives on Policies and Practices From Sápmi and Beyond. Oslo: Scandinavian University Press. Alber, E. (2021). South Tyrol’s Model of Conflict Resolution: Territorial Autonomy and Power Sharing. In Power-Sharing in Europe (pp. 171–199). Palgrave Macmillan. Sannhets- og forsoningskommisjonen. (2023). Sannhet og forsoning – grunnlag for et oppgjør med fornorskingspolitikk og urett mot samer, kvener/norskfinner og skogfinner (Dokument 19 (2022–2023)). Stortinget. Steininger, R. (2003). South Tyrol: A Minority Conflict of the Twentieth Century. New Brunswick: Transaction Publishers. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Knowledge and Practice in Foreign Language Teaching from Women's Perspective Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary Presenting Author:The paper examines the emergence of English language teaching in Hungary during the interwar period from a women’s history perspective, with a particular focus on the relationship between knowledge and practice. The study explores, among other aspects, how professional knowledge related to foreign language education was produced, institutionalised, and transformed into pedagogical practice within a historically and socially defined, yet gender-structured educational context. The interwar period in Hungary was marked by profound political, social, and cultural changes that significantly affected the education system and the teaching profession. Within this context, the teaching of English gained increasing importance, while the feminisation of the profession and the gradual loss of teacher autonomy contributed to processes of deprofessionalisation. English language teaching is approached as a field in which the acquisition and application of professional knowledge were closely interconnected. At the same time, institutional and political conditions substantially restricted the professional scope of action of female educators. Women thus occupied an ambivalent position as both transmitters of pedagogical knowledge and subordinated actors within the educational system. The presentation addresses three main research questions: (1) How is pedagogical and social knowledge related to English language teaching represented in Hungarian secondary-school English textbooks published between the two World Wars, with particular attention to the portrayal of female roles? (2) What expectations and role conceptions were conveyed through these textbooks? (3) What contradictions can be identified between broader social changes and textbooks as well as teaching practices? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The primary research method is document analysis, drawing on sources from the National Pedagogical Library and Museum. Special emphasis is placed on the analysis of contemporary Hungarian secondary-school English language textbooks and readers, complemented by an examination of educational policy documents and teacher training regulations. Textbooks are analysed not only as teaching aids but also as institutionalised forms of knowledge that mediate between academic discourses, educational policy, and everyday classroom practice. The analysis focuses on representations of female roles, social norms, and professional expectations in both textual and visual content. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings suggest that although international reform movements and social changes influenced the content of English language textbooks, representations of gender roles remained largely conservative. This tension between social transformation and educational practice highlights the limited professional agency available to female teachers within the profession. The paper argues that historical research on education contributes to contemporary educational research debates by uncovering the historical and social conditions shaping the production and use of knowledge. References Abbott, A. (1988). The system of professions: An essay on the division of expert labor. University of Chicago Press. Apple, M. W. (2014). Official knowledge: Democratic education in a conservative age. Routledge. Blumberg, R. L. (2008). The invisible obstacle to educational equality: Gender bias in textbooks. Prospects, 38(3), 345–361. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11125-009-9086-1 Etzioni, A. (1969). The semi-professions and their organisation. The Free Press. Freidson, E. (2001). Professionalism: the third logic. Polity Press. Horlacher, R. (2015). The educated subject and the German concept of Bildung. Routledge. Németh, A. (2012). Magyar pedagógusképzés és pedagógus szakmai tudásformák I. 1775–1945. ELTE Eötvös Kiadó. O’Keeffe, L. (2013). A framework for textbook analysis. International Education Studies, 6(10), 69–76. https://doi.org/10.5539/ies.v6n10p69 Pingel, F. (2010). UNESCO guidebook on textbook research and textbook revision (2nd ed.). UNESCO. Pukánszky, B. (2013) A nőnevelés története. Gondolat. Pukánszky, B. and Németh, A. (1996). Neveléstörténet. Nemzeti Tankönyvkiadó. Rischardson, W. (2019). Method in the History of Education. In Rury, J. L., & Tamura, E. H. (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of History of Education (pp.48–69). Oxford University Press. Young, M. (1958). The rise of the meritocracy 1870–2033: an essay on education and equality Thames & Hudson. Westberg, J. (2025). Historical Methods in Educational Research: Sources, Contextualization, Periodisation and Analysis. Paedagogica Historica. https://doi.org/10.1080/00309230.2025.2473704 17. Histories of Education
Paper Developing Reading Literacy through Text Analysis 1: AEO "Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Pavlodar", Kazakhstan; 2: AEO "Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Karagandy", Kazakhstan; 3: AEO "Center of Excellence in NIS" Presenting Author:RESEARCH QUESTION How can the reading literacy of upper secondary school students be developed through the analysis of historical texts and sources in History of Kazakhstan lessons? AIM OF THE STUDY The aim of this study is to enhance the reading literacy of upper secondary school students by systematically integrating text analysis methods into History of Kazakhstan lessons, as well as to develop students’ critical thinking and source evaluation skills. CONCEPTUAL / THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK Reading literacy is understood as a complex and functional competence that goes beyond basic text comprehension. It involves the ability to locate information, evaluate its credibility, interpret meaning, and apply knowledge in various real-life and academic contexts (OECD, 2019a; Kauppinen, 2010; Deng, 2023). Within the PISA framework, reading literacy is conceptualised as a foundational skill that enables learners to engage critically with written information, construct meaning, and make reasoned judgments. Consequently, the development of reading literacy has a direct impact on students’ academic success, critical thinking abilities, and lifelong learning capacities. Recent international assessments indicate that the reading literacy performance of 15-year-old students in Kazakhstan remains below the OECD average (Ashimbayev, 2024). PISA findings reveal that many students experience difficulties in understanding complex texts, analysing historical sources, and evaluating the reliability and significance of information. These challenges hinder students’ ability to develop higher-order thinking skills and limit their preparedness for further education and active citizenship. The theoretical foundation of this study draws on two interrelated perspectives. The first is Critical Thinking Theory (Bloom, 1956; Paul & Elder, 2014), which emphasises analysis, evaluation, comparison of perspectives, identification of bias, and evidence-based reasoning. In history education, these skills are particularly important, as students encounter multiple interpretations of past events and must learn to assess the validity of diverse historical narratives. The second perspective is Functional Reading Literacy, as defined by the PISA framework. This approach highlights the application of textual information in authentic contexts and the interpretation of various types of texts, including historical documents, academic texts, and visual or multimodal sources. In History of Kazakhstan lessons, functional reading literacy involves working with primary and secondary sources, identifying key ideas, understanding historical context, and critically evaluating the reliability of information. In addition, the learning characteristics of contemporary students must be considered. The widespread use of social media platforms such as TikTok and YouTube, which prioritise short and visually engaging content, has contributed to a decline in students’ motivation to read extended academic texts. This trend negatively affects students’ concentration, deep reading skills, and analytical engagement with texts. Therefore, history education requires pedagogical approaches that actively involve students in meaningful text-based inquiry and structured analysis. Based on these considerations, the conceptual framework of this study is grounded in the assumption that reading literacy can be effectively developed through systematic text analysis and critical evaluation of historical sources. By embedding structured analytical methods into history lessons, students are encouraged to move beyond memorisation towards interpretation, evaluation, and argumentation supported by evidence. This approach aligns with ECER’s emphasis on research-informed teaching practices and learner-centred pedagogy. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employed a mixed-methods approach and was conducted in an upper secondary school context. The participants were 11th-grade students, while empirical data were collected during 10th-grade History of Kazakhstan lessons. A total of 60 students participated in the study. Data collection took place over one academic year. The research instruments included diagnostic and follow-up surveys, classroom-based experimental lessons, and written assessment tasks. The initial survey, administered at the beginning of the academic year, aimed to identify students’ perceived difficulties in understanding historical texts and analysing sources. Quantitative data from the survey were complemented by qualitative observations during classroom activities. The findings of the initial survey indicated that 50% of students experienced difficulties in comprehending historical texts, while 60% reported challenges in analysing historical sources. In addition, results from an external summative assessment (IGCSE) showed that only 51% of students were able to evaluate the significance and reliability of given historical sources. These results pointed to insufficient development of students’ analytical and critical thinking skills. To address these challenges, two main instructional strategies were systematically integrated into history lessons: SWOT analysis and fact checking. SWOT analysis was used to examine historical events by identifying strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. Students analysed internal factors such as political fragmentation, economic underdevelopment, and social inequality, as well as external opportunities and threats influencing historical processes. This method enabled students to perceive historical events as complex and interconnected phenomena. Fact checking was applied as a research-oriented method aimed at verifying the accuracy, credibility, and reliability of historical information. Students compared primary and secondary sources, academic publications, official documents, and independent sources to evaluate the validity of historical claims. Through this process, students developed skills in evidence-based reasoning and source evaluation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The combined application of SWOT analysis and fact checking significantly enhanced students’ engagement with historical texts and sources. Rather than merely describing historical events, students demonstrated an increased ability to analyse, interpret, and justify their conclusions using evidence. The follow-up survey conducted at the end of the academic year revealed notable improvements. Sixty-five percent of students demonstrated improved text comprehension skills, while 70% showed progress in analysing historical sources. These findings confirm the effectiveness of the selected instructional strategies and highlight the importance of their consistent and systematic implementation. Furthermore, summative assessment results indicated a positive trend. While students’ data analysis skills were assessed at 50% during the first semester, this figure increased to 70% by the end of the second semester. These outcomes suggest that sustained exposure to text analysis and source evaluation methods contributes to the development of reading literacy and critical thinking. Based on the positive results, it is planned to extend the implementation of these methods to lower secondary levels, starting from Grade 7. This vertical alignment is expected to support the gradual and continuous development of students’ reading literacy skills. The findings of this study demonstrate that the systematic integration of text analysis methods into History of Kazakhstan lessons can significantly improve students’ reading literacy and critical thinking abilities. SWOT analysis and fact checking proved to be effective tools for fostering deeper engagement with historical texts and developing evidence-based reasoning. These methods represent a promising approach to improving the quality of teaching and learning in humanities subjects and are consistent with ECER’s emphasis on research-informed educational practice. References Ashimbayev, M. (2024). Education quality and PISA results in Kazakhstan. Astana: National Analytical Center. Bloom, B. S. (1956). Taxonomy of educational objectives: The classification of educational goals. New York: Longman. Deng, C. (2023). Reading literacy development in secondary education. Beijing: Educational Research Press. Kauppinen, M. (2010). Reading literacy as a functional skill. Journal of Educational Studies, 45(3), 215–229. OECD. (2019a). PISA 2018 assessment and analytical framework. Paris: OECD Publishing. Paul, R., & Elder, L. (2014). Critical thinking: Tools for taking charge of your learning and your life. Boston: Pearson. 17. Histories of Education
Paper Kemény Ferenc and International Education around 1900 The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China) Presenting Author:Kemény Ferenc (or François/Franz Kemény), a teacher and secondary school director from Hungary, was a leading representative of international education in the decades prior to the First World War. World exhibitions with their various international congresses on education and the Universal Peace Congresses served as his activist home. Moreover, Kemény was a promoter of the modern Olympic movement. Although he was a one of the most prolific writers on the subject in French, German and Hungarian, scholarship in history of education so far has paid only marginal attention to Kemény. By tracing the activities of this Hungarian educator, this contribution sharpens our understanding of what international education meant around 1900.
Kemény saw the need for institutions dealing with education on an international level. In 1900, he came up with various ideas. An international union of educators (Weltvereinigung der Professoren) should bring educational professionals of different countries closer together and secure their corporate interests beyond borders. An international bureau of education (Bureau pédagogique international et permanent) should coordinate education internationally and liaise with national governments in view of enabling student exchanges, recognition of diplomas, etc. Kemény even presented the bold project of a comprehensive institution that would coordinate the knowledge from all disciplinary fields from all parts of the world. With this world academy (Weltakademie), as he termed it, Kemény (unsuccessfully) auto-nominated himself for the Nobel Peace Prize. In 1905, he pleaded for a multilingual international and official educational journal. Together with other European educators and pacifists, Kemény became a leading member of the International Peace Bureau’s commission on international education which turned into a major platform and think tank for educational change in the direction of internationalism.
Some of Kemény’s ideas were soon put in practice, at least partially. He became a pillar of the Bureau international de documentation éducative founded by Edward Peeters in Oostende in 1909 and its journal Minerva: Revue d’éducation internationale et polyglotte. Kemény also participated in the preparations for a first intergovernmental congress on education scheduled for September 1914 but not held for evident reasons. With support from the Dutch government, the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, Edwin Ginn’s World Peace Foundation and the American School Peace League, the congress was supposed to result in the creation of an International Council of Education. For the event, Kemény published the booklet L’enseignement international. Histoire, état actuel, avenir which he considered a vademecum for the congress but which would eventually become a testament of the pre-war movement for international education.
After the outbreak of the First World War, Kemény soon shifted his support towards a German-dominated Mitteleuropa. Still, the focus on Kemény provides fresh empirical insight on emerging debates on international education between the 1890s and 1914. After WWI, new inititatives launched by the League of Nations or the International Bureau of Education could build on these earlier experiences. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This historical paper is based on the numerous publications authored by Kemény in French and German. It also draws on the archives of the International Peace Bureau preserved in the United Nations Libraries and Archives in Geneva which include a variety of letters received from Kemény. In terms of methods, the contribution is based on a close reading of these source materials. Moreover, the research builds on a prosopographic approach carried out with the help of a Fichoz database operated with the software Filemaker.Pro. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In short, this contribution: - re-introduces Kemény Ferenc as a forgotten but central educator of the early twentieth century. - traces the educational debates of the Universal Peace Congresses. - elucidates the networks and debates on international education in the decades before the First World War. - evidences that important foundations for interwar educational internationalism were laid in the pre-WWI period. References BARIETY, Jacques, FLEURY, Antoine (eds), Mouvements et initiatives de paix dans la politique internationale 1867-1928, Berne, Peter Lang, 1987. BONZON, Thierry, REMY, Fabre, GUIEU, Jean-Michel, RAPOPORT, Michel, MARCOBELLI, Elisa (eds), Les défenseurs de la paix, 1899-1917, Rennes, Presses universitaires de Rennes, 2018. COOPER, Sandi E., Patriotic Pacifism: Waging War on War in Europe, 1815-1914, New York, Oxford University Press, 1991. GOOD, Katie Day, Bring the World to the Child: Technologies of Global Citizenship in American Education, Cambridge, MIT Press, 2020. HOFSTETTER, Rita (ed.), Le Bureau international d’éducation, matrice de l’internationalisme éducatif (premier 20e siècle). Pour une charte des aspirations mondiales en matière éducative, Peter Lang, 2022. HOFSTETTER, Rita, DROUX, Joëlle (eds), L’internationalisme éducatif entre débats et combats (1919-1939), Berne, Peter Lang, 2020 IHALAINEN, Pasi, HOLMILA, Antero (eds), Nationalism and Internationalism Intertwined: A European History of Concepts Beyond the Nation State, New York, Berghahn, 2022. LECHNER, Elmar (ed.), Franz Kemény (1860-1944). Ein pädagogischer Internationalist ungarischer Provenienz: eine Auswahl aus seinen Schriften, Klagenfurt, Abteilung für Historische und Vergleichende Pädagogik, Universität Klagenfurt, 2000. RETTER, Hein, “Eduard Sprangers Beziehungen zu Ungarn. Der Briefwechsel mit Kemeny, Kornis u. Prohaszka”, in: Pädagogische Rundschau, 41, 3, 1987, p. 313-325. RICHTER, Max, “What Is a ‘World Academy’?: Franz Kemény and the Early Nobel Prize’s Infrastructures”, in: Journal of World Literature, 9, 1, 2024, p. 80-99. ROTBERG, Robert I., A Leadership for Peace: How Edwin Ginn Tried to Change the World, Stanford, Stanford University Press, 2007. SLUGA, Glenda, Internationalism in the Age of Nationalism, Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 2013. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 18 SES 13 A: Inclusive Practices in Physical Education Location: C8 | Main building C | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Lars Bjørke Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper More Than Advocates: the Role of School Adults in Amplifying PE Voices of Pupils with a Severe Learning Difficulty Loughborough University, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In England, increasing numbers of pupils are being identified with a severe learning difficulty (SLD). However, limited research has been undertaken to examine these pupils’ perspectives of education broadly and, more specifically, within the context of special school physical education (PE). While current international policy recognises the right of pupils to have a say in matters that affect them, the challenges of facilitating ‘voice’ for pupils with SLDs – particularly those who are non-verbal – can make this difficult to achieve. Key adults within a special school context (e.g. teachers, carers, support workers) play a central role in supporting pupils with SLDs’ engagement and participation in education, yet limited research has focused on the mechanisms by which they facilitate pupil voice. This study highlights the specific contribution that these practitioners can make in facilitating and amplifying the voices of pupils with SLDs. Semi-structured interviews were conducted with adults (n = 7) who support educational provision for pupils with SLDs. Findings illustrate that pedagogies exist to empower these pupils, but they are often deemed to be tokenistic. Moreover, specialist education is required for practitioners, alongside a more person-centred approach that removes pressures of time and the sole use of physical ‘voice’ to communicate. In summary, this research demonstrates that practitioners working with pupils with SLDs are crucial to them voicing their experiences and informing practice within PE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study explores the PE experiences of young people with SLDs. The research context is a special school in the North of England which caters for pupils aged 2–19 years. The school is one of 540 within England that is designated to offer SLD provision (DfE, 2024) and services a wide range of young people with SLDs, including those with autism and Down syndrome, as well as pupils with profound and multiple learning difficulties (PMLD), 60% of whom are non-verbal with no form of written communication. All pupils enrolled have an EHCP in line with the current SEND Code of Practice in England (DfE, 2024). It was chosen due to its designation, as well as being the school in which the lead author was (at the time of data collection) a member of the Senior Leadership Team. While it is acknowledged that this will have impacted the data collection to some extent, for example, via power dynamics inherent in existing relationships with colleagues, efforts were made to minimise this impact via careful communication, conversation and reflection on/in practice (Poulton, 2023). Moreover, it is worth acknowledging that there were benefits to having a researcher embedded within the research context, most notably regarding access, recruitment and shaping contextually relevant research questions. The study was underpinned by an interpretivist framework and was designed to explore the voices and perspectives of professionals working with pupils with SLDs within the school, by making space for critical discussion concerning the current context of communication and considering implications for future practice. The study utilised semi-structured interviews for data collection, with pre-seen topic areas for discussion which allowed participants to have time to reflect and compose their thoughts (Ruslin et al., 2022). The interview was intended to allow participants to critically review current practice around pupil voice within the school, as well as reflect on this in the specific context of PE. The interviews comprised several questions covering a range of topics, including the perceived importance of pupils’ right to be physically active, the status of PE as a subject in the curriculum, and how pupil voice is currently facilitated, as well as how it might be improved (see Table 2 for key topic areas). Follow-up questions were then asked based on individual participant responses, to probe areas of interest and facilitate the collection of rich, contextualised data. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The recommendations of this paper provide a basis for overcoming the challenges raised in existing research about supporting pupils with SLDs to share their thoughts and experiences of PE. As a starting point for further work into facilitating the voices of young people with SLDs, this paper makes the case for key adults as ‘conversational partners’ (Wickenden, 2011) in the process of voice and suggests that practitioners working with/for these pupils are more than advocates in this respect. The symbiotic nature of the interactions between practitioner and young person means that identifying young people's root learning needs enables acknowledgement that their voices have value. Having the skills, familiarity and confidence to put these things in place takes training, time, patience and a consistent approach (see also Maher and Fitzgerald, 2020; Vickerman and Maher, 2018). Nonetheless, working towards such practice will allow the lived experiences of pupils with SLDs in PE to be accessed, acknowledged and amplified, thereby enabling their voices to be heard and inform future practice. References Bradwell M (2019) Voice, views and the UNCRC Articles 12 and 13. Journal of Early Childhood Research 17(4): 423–433. Crossref. Web of Science. Braun V, Clarke V (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology 3(2): 77–101. Crossref. Chambers FC, Sandford R, Hooper O, et al. (eds) (2023) Research with Children and Young People in Physical Education and Youth Sport. London: Routledge. Coates J, Sharpe L (2024) Too many disabled young people are missing out on PE – Here’s how that could change. Available at: https://theconversation.com/too-many-disabled-young-people-are-missing-out-on-pe-heres-how-that-could-change-23838. Gray S, Sandford R, Stirrup J, et al. (2022) A comparative analysis of discourses shaping physical education provision within and across the UK. European Physical Education Review 28(3): 575–593. Crossref. Web of Science. Healy S, Msetfi R, Gallagher S (2013) ‘Happy and a bit nervous’: The experiences of children with autism in physical education. British Journal of Learning Disabilities 41(3): 222–228. Crossref. Web of Science. Maher AJ, Fitzgerald H (2020) Initial teacher education and continuing professional development: The perspectives of special school physical education teachers. Curriculum Studies in Health and Physical Education 11(1): 18–33. Crossref. Web of Science. Pearlman S, Michaels D (2019) Hearing the voice of children and young people with a learning disability during the Educational Health Care Plan (EHCP). Support for Learning 34(2): 148–161. Crossref. Roberts H (2017) Listening to children and hearing them. In: Christensen P, James A (eds) Research with Children: Perspectives and Practices. London: Routledge, 42–159. Sharpe L, Coates J, Mason C (2022) Participatory research with young people with special educational needs and disabilities: A reflective account. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health 14(3): 460–473. Crossref. Web of Science. Stafford L (2017) ‘What about my voice’: Emancipating the voices of children with disabilities through participant-centred methods. Children's Geographies 15(5): 600–613. Crossref. Web of Science. UNICEF UK (1989) The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. https://downloads.unicef.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/UNCRC_PRESS200910web.pdf?_ga=2.78590034.795419542.1582474737-1972578648.1582474737. Vickerman P, Maher A (2018) Teaching Physical Education to Children with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities, 2nd ed. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge. Crossref. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Participatory Design of Digital Assistive Technologies in Physical Education: Negotiating Ableism, Materiality, and Embodied Experience 1: University of Augsburg, Germany; 2: Philipps-University Marburg, Germany Presenting Author:This study examines the participatory development process of a digital sound ball designed to enhance inclusive experiences and participation opportunities for blind and visually impaired (BVI) students in Physical Education (PE). As a growing body of international research indicates, BVI students experience significant barriers to participation in educational settings, particularly in PE. These barriers manifest not only socially, e.g. through bullying, indifference or unwillingness to adapt instruction and assigning tokenistic roles to BVI students (e.g., Ball et al., 2022; Haegele et al, 2021), but also in material-discursive arrangements such as dominant visual norms inscribed in PE equipment and specific forms of movement games (Meier et al., 2023). Digital assistive technologies (DATs) are frequently considered promising tools to reduce participation barriers and promote participation for disabled people, as well as specifically for BVI students in PE. However, in reality, they are far from neutral or unambiguously beneficial. Users must adapt to altered forms of feedback and undergo a “drastic sensory reorientation” in order to make sense of their movements and surroundings through new modalities (Sparkes et al., 2018). Importantly, the perspectives of BVI people, including the material, social, and embodied dimensions of their subjective experiences in relation to DATs are often marginalised (Asare et al., 2023), constituting what Fricker (2007) conceptualises as a form of epistemic injustice. In this regard, able-bodied individuals’ testimonies have been given undue credibility regarding the development of DATs despite lacking lived and embodied experiences of disability. As a consequence, inadequate and biased collective understandings of disability and DATs are perpetuated. To address this tension, we adopt an ableism-critical perspective combined with a cultural understanding of disability (Campbell, 2009; Wolbring, 2008), which has recently gained prominence in international sports pedagogical research. Through this, we conceptualize DATs as inextricably entangled with cultural meanings of disability that both shape and are shaped by how disability is framed within society (Wolbring, 2024). Hence, DATs and their development must be considered highly ambivalent. Specifically, the analytical figure of the “techno-supercrip” (ibid.) exemplifies this ambivalence: while technological augmentations are often framed as empowering or even heroic, such narratives frequently reproduce medicalised and deficit-oriented understandings of disability and evaluate disabled bodies against able-bodied standards of performance and productivity (Haraway, 1998). However, by centralising the situated and embodied knowledges of disabled people, hegemonic epistemic arrangements and power hierarchies in research and technological design can be challenged and destabilized, opening possibilities for more inclusive, participatory, and empowering research practices and technological advancements (Fitzgerald et al., 2021; Höger & Meier, 2025). Against this background, the common underlying principles of participatory research and design methodologies, such as Youth Participatory Action Research (YPAR; Cammarota & Fine, 2008), Inclusive Participatory Action Research (IPAR; Wickenden & Lopez Franco, 2022) and Participatory Design (PD, Simonsen & Robertson, 2013), offer fruitful avenues to respond to this epistemic injustice by investigating the nexus of disability and technology in the field of sports and PE in a way that challenges hegemonic modes of knowledge production.Rather than positioning participants as mere informants and end-users, YPAR/IPAR recognizes their specific competences and capacities to actively contribute to and shape all stages of the research process. Equivalently, PD seeks to enable their genuine participation as acknowledged contributors in iterative design processes through mutual learning and the collaborative exploration of needs, possibilities and constraints. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Within the framework of IPAR/YPAR and PD, the participatory project involved BVI students from a special school and students from three technical vocational schools in Austria. Together with their teachers, they joined researchers from sports pedagogy and engineering in multiple stages of co-design, including needs assessment, iterative prototype development, and collaborative evaluation of a final functional prototype accompanied by an open-source reconstruction guide. The PD process was operationalised through the five phases of the Design Thinking framework: empathize, define, ideate, prototype and test (Hasso Platter Institute of Design at Stanford, n.d.). Empirical data were generated through student-guided school tours accompanied by guideline interviews, photographs and field notes to first explore BVI students’ (N = 19) perceived barriers and opportunities for participation in PE as well as their needs and ideas for DATs. Furthermore, we audio-recorded workshop interactions during station-based activities to discuss development stages of the digital sound ball prototypes and a post-lesson group interview with BVI secondary school students (N = 4) who tested the final functional prototype in various ball games in an authentic PE setting (Clark, 2013). Data were transcribed verbatim and analysed with abductive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2012). Drawing on these data, we explore the following research question: How do BVI students evaluate the digital sound ball and how do they make sense of its possibilities and constraints in relation to their embodied experiences in PE? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Through an abductive thematic analysis, we developed three interrelated themes: (1) the negotiation of material norms in relation to balls and ball games in PE, (2) the ambivalent interplay between material norms and digitality, and (3) participants’ embodied experiences of engaging with (digital) materialities. The first theme shows how participation in ball games in PE is organised around a material norm of spatial orientation, defined as the ability to locate the ball and navigate the playing area, as an “essential ability” (Wolbring, 2008). Analogue adaptations such as bell balls can reduce barriers; however, participation remains conditional and uneven, as material arrangements continue to privilege students with stronger orientation capacities, thereby reproducing subtle hierarchies within the student group. The second theme addresses the ambivalent interplay between ableist norms and digitality. While the digital sound ball expands possibilities for participation by enhancing auditory orientation, students’ reflections and design ideas reveal how expectations of ever more precise, reliable, and responsive technologies emerge within existing normative frameworks of orientation as an “essential ability” (ibid.), thereby relocating rather than dissolving ableist assumptions. The third theme centres participants’ embodied and situated experiences, showing how participation is shaped through sensory, affective, and bodily interactions with materials rather than through abstract design assumptions. These accounts underline the epistemic importance of disabled students’ experiential knowledge for understanding both the possibilities and limits of assistive technologies in PE. Taken together, the three themes demonstrate that participation in PE is not simply enabled or constrained by technologies themselves, but is continuously negotiated through material norms, digital design expectations, and embodied practices, underscoring the need to approach assistive technologies as situated socio-material interventions rather than technical fixes. References Asare, F. et al. (2023). Disentangling assistive technology: Exploring the experiences of athletes with physical impairments in disability sport. QRSEH, 15(6), 729–741. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2023.2197458 Ball, L. et al. (2022). Bullying in physical education of children and youth with visual impairments: A systematic review. BJVI, 40(3), 513–529. https://doi.org/10.1177/02646196211009927 Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper et al. (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology. Volume 2: Research designs: Quantitative, qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological (pp. 57–71). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/13620-004 Cammarota, J., & Fine, M. (Eds.). (2008). Revolutionizing Education: Youth Participatory Action Research in Motion. Routledge. Campbell, F. K. (2009). Contours of ableism: The production of disability and abledness. Palgrave Macmillan. Clark, A. (2013). Childhoods in context. Bristol University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctt1t89017 Fitzgerald, H. et al. (2021). Messy methods: Making sense of participatory research with young people in PE and sport. EPER, 27(3), 421–435. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X20953462 Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic Injustice: Power and the Ethics of Knowing. Oxford University Press. https://academic.oup.com/book/32817 Haegele, J. et al. (2021). ‚The rest of the time I would just stand there and look stupid’: access in integrated physical education among adults with visual impairment. Sport, Education and Society, 26(8), 862-874. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2020.1805425 Haraway, D. (1998). Simians, cyborgs, and women: The reinvention of nature (Reprinted). Free Association Books. Hasso Platter Institute of Design at Stanford. (n.d.). An Introduction to Design Thinking PROCESS GUIDE. Stanford University. https://web.stanford.edu/~mshanks/MichaelShanks/files/509554.pdf Höger, B., & Meier, S. (2025). Exploring Marginalized Perspectives: Participatory Research in Physical Education With Students With Blindness and Visual Impairment. JTPE, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2023-0325 Meier, S. et al. (2023). “If only balls could talk…”: Barriers and opportunities to participation for students with blindness and visual impairment in specialized PE. Frontiers in Sports and Active Living, 5, 1286909. https://doi.org/10.3389/fspor.2023.1286909 Simonsen, J., & Robertson, T. (Eds.). (2013). Routledge international handbook of participatory design. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203108543 Sparkes, A. C. et al. (2018). ‘It’s a part of me’: An ethnographic exploration of becoming a disabled sporting cyborg following spinal cord injury. QRSEH, 10(2), 151–166. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2017.1389768 Wickenden, M., & Lopez Franco, E. (2022). Don’t Leave Us Out: Disability Inclusive Participatory Research – Why and How? In D. Burns et al. (Eds.), The SAGE Handbook of Participatory Research and Inquiry (pp. 321–338). Sage. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781529769432 Wolbring, G. (2008). The Politics of Ableism. Development, 51(2), 252–258. https://doi.org/10.1057/dev.2008.17 Wolbring, G. (2024). From supercrip to techno supercrip. CISS, 9(1), 004. https://doi.org/10.36950/2023.3ciss007 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Amid Fear and Powerlessness: Teachers’ Experiences of the Changing Room in Physical Education and Signs of Hope University of Inland Norway, Norway Presenting Author:In Norway, the changing room in physical education (PE) has been referred to as a “black box”, reflecting its lack of transparency (Moen et al., 2018). This is evident in several ways: few studies have been conducted on the changing room (O’Donovan et al., 2015), there are no national guidelines for how teachers should manage it and teachers are rarely present in the changing room (Moen et al., 2018). While research on the changing room has primarily focused on the student perspective, some studies have examined it from the perspective of teachers. These studies suggest a trend toward the sexualization of teacher behavior, where actions intended as caring may instead be interpreted by students as inappropriate or even sexually harassing (Öhman, 2017; Garratt et al., 2013). Teachers express an escalating fear of accusations tied to sexual harassment, fueled by moral panic and media coverage (Piper et al., 2013). This fear seems to be more prominent among the male teachers (Öhman, 2017). While this affects PE more broadly, in the context of the changing room and the growing fear of accusations, it becomes particularly challenging for teachers to be present in these spaces, and enforce rules, routines and secure a safe environment for the students (Garratt et al., 2013; Öhman, 2017). This is exemplified by a quote from a teacher in Öhman’s (2017) study: “Even if [the girls] were killing each other in the changing room, I would never go in there” (p. 308). The reluctance to engage with the changing room seems to intersect with the body-related challenges reported by students (Frydendahl & Thing, 2018; Fisette, 2011). Bakken et al. (2021) found that these challenges are exacerbated by the increased role of smartphones and social media, which further amplify body-related pressures. In Norway, 94% of all children between 9-11 years old own smartphones (Medietilsynet, 2024). Considering these developments, it is unlikely that handling the changing room has become easier for teachers. At the same time as students clearly do not want teachers to be present in the changing room, many parents, principals and researchers expect the teacher to be present in the changing room, making sure students are safe (Dølgaard et al., 2025). Thus, teachers find themselves in a twofold powerlessness between polarizing expectations. This paper seeks to answer the following research question: How do teachers experience the changing room and how teachers can navigate this space in everyday school life? To discuss our findings, we draw upon central concepts from Foucault, mainly focusing on discourse and power. In a Foucauldian (1972) perspective, discourses encompass perceptions and knowledge, including both what is said and unsaid. Individuals engage in discourses, often unknowingly, which shape social practices and either produce new insights or reinforce existing knowledge (Foucault, 1972). The discourses surrounding bodies appear to contribute to teachers’ reluctance to engage with the changing room, resulting in a shift in power. Where teachers once held a natural position of authority in this space, it now seems that power has changed, with students taking a more dominant role, leading to the absence of the teacher. From a Foucauldian perspective, power should not be understood as students explicitly taking control or authority in the changing room (1995). Instead, power functions most effectively when it is invisible and diffuse, shaping behaviors and interactions without being directly observed (Foucault, 1995). We argue that this invisible and pervasive form of power significantly contributes to teachers’ reluctance to engage with or remain present in the changing room. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this study we have interviewed eight teachers teaching PE in primary and secondary school. The interviews were semi-structured, guided by an interview guide with themes such as teachers’ own practice of the changing room, body in contemporary society and possible futures of the changing room. While the interviews resembled a conversation and often took different directions, the guide ensured consistency in the data and steered informants toward the topics the researcher aimed to explore (Bryman et al., 2021). Each interview lasted between 45-90 minutes. Before each interview, the first author visited the schools and observed teacher and students before, during and after PE lessons. Observation was not used as data, but to get acquaintance with the participants, and to inform the interview guide. To analyze the dataset, reflexive thematic analysis (RTA), inspired by Braun & Clarke (2022) will be utilized. First author will code the data, while the making of themes will be done in workshops with all three authors. RTA consists of a six-step process, consisting of familiarization, coding, theme generation, theme review, defining and naming themes, and writing up. Given that this process is fundamentally understood as iterative, we will revisit each step several times, particularly focusing on the generation and theme review. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Data collection for this study has been completed, though the analysis is still ongoing. By the time of the ECER in August 2026, the findings will form the basis of our presentation. Based on preliminary analysis, we expect to find varying approaches among teachers in how they manage the changing room, given the absence of formal guidelines for navigating this space. However, a theme we found preliminary was that teachers predominantly manage the changing room from the outside (not being present in the changing room). Our analysis may uncover examples of good practice, which can be used to outline recommendations for effective and successful management of the changing room as a PE teacher. References Bakken, A. & Osnes, S. M. (2021). Ung i Oslo 2021. Ungdomsskolen og videregående skole (NOVA Rapport 9/21). NOVA. https://hdl.handle.net/11250/2783761 Bryman, A. (2021). Social Research Methods (6th ed.). London: Oxford University Press. Clarke, V. & Braun, V. (2022). Thematic analysis – a practical guide. London: Sage publications Ltd. Dølgaard, A., Westlie, K., & Moen, K. M. (2025). Who holds the power? Norwegian media portrayals of the changing room in physical education. Sport, Education and Society, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2025.2594727 Fisette, J. L. (2011). Exploring how girls navigate their embodied identities in physical education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 16, 179-196. Foucault, M. (1972). The archaeology of knowledge. New York: Pantheon books. Foucault, M. (1995). Discipline and punish: Birth of the prison. Westminster, MD, USA: Vintage O’Donovan, T., Sandford, R., & Kirk, D. (2015). Bourdieu in the changing room. In L. Hunter, W. Smith, & E. Emerald (Eds.), Pierre Bourdieu and physical culture (pp. 57-64). London, England: Routledge. Moen, K., & Westlie, K. & Skille, E. (2018). The Changing Room in Physical Education as Cross Roads Between Fields and Curricula: The Experiences of Norwegian Students. SAGE Open. 8. 215824401881892. 10.1177/2158244018818926. Frydendal, S. & Thing, L. S. (2020) A shameful affair? A figurational study of the change room and showering culture connected to physical education in Danish upper secondary schools. Sport, Education and Society, 25:2, 161-172, DOI:10.1080/13573322.2018.1564654 Garrat, D., Piper. H. & Taylor, B (2013) ‘Safeguarding’ sports coaching: Foucault, genealogy and critique. Sport, Education and Society, 18:5, 615-629, DOI: 10.1080/13573322.2012.736861 Medietilsynet (2024) Barn og medier 2024 - En kartlegging av 9-18 åringers digitale medievaner. Piper, H., Garratt, D., & Taylor, B. (2013). Child abuse, child protection, and defensive ‘touch’ in PE teaching and sports coaching. Sport, Education and Society, 18(5), 583–598. https://doi.org/10.1080/13573322.2012.735653 Öhman, M. (2017). Losing touch – Teachers’ self-regulation in physical education. European Physical Education Review, 23(3), 297–310. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X15622159 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper Meaningful Physical Education: A compass for inclusion 1: Norwegian School of Sport Sciences, Norway; 2: Mary Immaculate College; 3: VIA University College; 4: University of Santiago de Compostela; 5: Goce Delcev State University; 6: Brock University Presenting Author:EU policy states: ‘Physical activity is important for all children regardless of age, gender, ethnicity or social background. Everyone should be able to participate in the activities proposed, including less active and less skilled children, in order to prevent negative experiences resulting from inadequate practice environments and approaches’ (EU Workplan 2014-2017, 10). While inclusion is a common aspiration of primary physical education across Europe, the realities of practice too often privilege some children and leave others feeling discounted or excluded to varying degrees (Qvortrup & Qvortrup, 2018). Approaches that promote a more inclusive physical education where all learners can belong and be successful are needed to ensure that all children can build a life-enriching relationship with physical activity. Focusing on the quality of all children’s experiences within physical education provides one avenue to more inclusive physical education. The democratic and reflective pedagogical principles of Meaningful physical education (PE) seem to offer the personalisation and individualisation needed for all children to be comprehensively included (Fletecher and Ní Chróinín, 2022). This research explored the potential of Meaningful PE as an overall framework for teaching and learning decisions in physical education to promote inclusive physical education approaches that account for the diversity of the student population. The overall research question was: What are teachers’ experiences of using Meaningful PE to promote inclusion and account for diversity? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Across a 2.5-year period, 11 teachers from five European countries learned about and implemented Meaningful PE ideas in their teaching. The features of Meaningful PE provided a shared language and both democratic and reflective pedagogies were promoted with teachers (Fletcher and Ní Chróinín, 2022). Each teacher was supported by a teacher educator in their country and overall sharing meetings between all teachers took place bi-monthy. Data sources included teacher interviews (n=44 in total, approx 4 with each teacher) across a two-year period, blog posts and pedagogical cases authored by the teachers (n=20), and recordings of capstone presentations by some of the teachers (n=5). Data were analysed inductively using a reflexive thematic approach (Braun and Clarke, 2021). Trustworthiness of analysis was increased by the triangulation of multiple data sources and member checking. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Meaningful PE acted as a compass for teachers’ decision-making, shaping both the direction and the destination of their daily teaching practices. First, Meaningful PE provided a vision that defined a clear destination they targeted. The teachers embraced the overall goal of promoting more meaningful and inclusive experiences for the children in their classes. The teachers appreciated the importance of being inclusive and aspired that all children in their lessons experienced physical education as an inclusive space where they felt they belonged and where they could experience success. Second, Meaningful PE ideas provided concrete direction that supported the teachers’ daily practices aligned with their vision. Initially, teachers reacted to the participation experiences they observed. They used the features of Meaningful PE to analyse and change the priorities in their lessons. Mostly, they focused first on outliers in relation to participation, including children who were less skilled, less successful or more reluctant to participate. They used the features to pay attention to the experiences of this individual student (s) and to influence the quality of their experiences. These individual children were supported to increase their sense of belonging and purpose using the features of Meaningful PE as a shared language. Over time, the teachers gradually adopted strategies aligned with the democratic and reflective principles of Meaningful PE that resulted in more proactive changes to the microstructure and microculture of physical education. Dialogue between the teacher and children was at the heart of their approaches, using strategies of voice and choice to make changes that made PE work better for individuals and the overall group. Teachers’ accounts suggest that these strategies resulted in a more inclusive physical education experience for all participants that better accounted for the diversity of participants within the group. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis?. Qualitative research in psychology, 18(3), 328-352. Fletcher, T. & Ní Chróinín, D. (2022). Pedagogical principles that support the prioritisation of meaningful experiences in physical education: Conceptual and practical considerations. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy.. 27(5), 455-466 Qvortrup, A., & Qvortrup, L. (2018). Inclusion: Dimensions of inclusion in education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 22(7), 803–817. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2017.1412506 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 18 SES 13 B: Teaching as Expressive and Reflective Practice in Physical Education Location: E350 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Aspasia Dania Paper Session |
|
|
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper The Use of Autonomy Among Physical Education Teachers 1: Nord University; 2: University of Jyväskylä; 3: University of Duhok; 4: Tampere University Presenting Author:While numerous studies have explored teacher autonomy within the PE context (Haerens et al., 2010, 2018; De Meyer et al., 2016; Huhtiniemi et al., 2019; Lonsdale et al., 2013; Oldervik and Lagestad, 2021; Van den Berghe et al., 2015), there is limited research that specifically examines the perceptions and reflections of PE teachers, particularly in a comparative manner with other regions. Furthermore, there is a paucity of research investigating the perceptions and reflections of PE teachers in KRI. Therefore, this study specifically focuses on autonomy in PE lessons by examining how PE teachers in both Finland and KRI utilize and reference autonomy in their teaching practices. The aim of the study was to examine fifth-grade physical education (PE) teachers’ reflections and perceptions about PE teaching in Finland and Kurdistan region of Iraq (KRI), using analyses of in-depth interviews with a phenomenological-hermeneutic approach. When examining the use of autonomy in PE, Deci and Ryan (2000) self-determination theory constitutes an important theoretical lens. Deci and Ryan (2000) assert that three basic psychological needs exist in all humans: autonomy; relatedness; and competence. This article focuses on autonomy. Indeed, autonomy is essential for optimal motivation, integration, wellness, and well-being in PE, which leads to intrinsic motivation. Intrinsic motivation refers to performing an activity because it is inherently interesting and provides its own reward by satisfying one’s basic needs for autonomy, competence, and/or relatedness (Deci and Ryan, 2000). Intrinsic motivation comes from within and leads to the kinds of behaviors that one wants to perform. If students feel that an activity has an inner value for them, this can lead to increased inner motivation, as indicated by Deci and Ryan (2000). We argue that intrinsic motivation is especially essential for students to create lifelong delight in movement. Intrinsic motivation is also closely connected to learning. Previous research has demonstrated that autonomy has a particularly positive effect on motivation in PE, and especially inner motivation (Deci and Ryan, 2000). According to Cheon and Reeve (2013), students will benefit from teachers’ adoption of an autonomy-supportive teaching style. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs qualitative design, utilizing semi-structured in-depth interviews and a phenomenological-hermeneutic approach to investigate the research question (Tjora, 2017). This approach involves examining the opinions, attitudes, and reflections of Finnish and KRI fifth-grade PE teachers concerning their roles, as well as their insights on an indoor and an outdoor video showcasing typical PE teaching sessions from the other respective country. The participants were recruited using strategic selection (Thagaard, 2013) based on the inclusion criteria, which were being PE teachers for fifth-grade students in Finland or Kurdistan region of Iraq and having a candidate’s or master’s degree in PE or a master’s degree in education (class-teacher). In total, eight Finnish PE teachers (four male and four female) and six KRI PE teachers (three male and three female), agreed to participate in the study, after being contacted by the researchers. Recognizing the relevance of gender equality in data collection, a concerted effort was made to ensure balanced participation from both genders. Both a typical indoor and a typical outdoor PE lesson (45 min each) were filmed in both countries, and these videos were abridged to a 30-min video in each country, showing the essential parts of the typical indoor and outdoor PE lesson. A semi-structured interview guide with open-ended questions was created. The interview guide included two parts, i.e., questions at the start and questions after the participants had seen the video from the PE teaching outside of their country. A pilot interview was conducted in Norway to test the interview guide. The pilot interview indicated that the questions seemed relevant. However, small changes were made to the questions and the order of the questions. The interviews with Finnish PE teachers were carried out face-to-face in the Pirkanmaa region, except for one which was conducted online using Microsoft Teams. The interviews with the KRI PE teachers took place face-to-face at schools in the Duhok region. Most interviews were conducted in the participants’ native languages (Finnish or Kurdish), although three interviews with Finnish participants were conducted in English. However, these participants were also given the opportunity to communicate in Finnish toward the end of their interviews. All interviews were translated into English, facilitating their readiness for joint analysis. Each interview lasted between 90 and 100 min, including a 30-min segment in the middle that was dedicated to viewing videos. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While the analyses showed that all the Finnish PE teachers highlighted the importance of providing student autonomy within the open-ended questions related to PE, PE teachers in KRI seldom discussed autonomy during the open-ended questions. Instead, they seemed to organize their teaching in a way that decreased autonomy. The Finnish PE teachers indicated that the use of autonomy was central in the curriculum, and that they used autonomy to increase the students’ motivation and to make PE more meaningful for the students. With such a strategy, the use of autonomy would also activate and include more students, even if Finnish PE teachers reported certain challenges with students’ autonomy. The PE teachers from KRI, however, related PE to be mainly focused on performing sport activities and reflected a strategy of “just do as I do” - a strategy that created little room for autonomy, even if the findings pointed to some traces of autonomy among the PE teachers in KRI. Considering the findings and the theoretical concept of self-determination theory that highlight students’ autonomy as essential for students’ motivation, integration, wellness, and well-being in PE, our findings suggest that new perspectives and practices are needed among teachers in KRI to ensure autonomy in PE teaching. In this vein, increased exchange of experiences and collaboration between educators from Finland and KRI could be beneficial. References Cheon, S. H., and Reeve, J. (2013). Do the benefits from autonomy-supportive PE teacher training programs endure? A one-year follow-up investigation. Psychol. Sport Exerc. 14, 508–518. doi: 10.1016/j.psychsport.2013.02.002 Deci, E. L., and Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychol. Inq. 11, 227–268. doi: 10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01 De Meyer, J., Soenens, B., Vansteenkiste, M., Aelterman, N., Van Petegem, S., and Haerens, L. (2016). Do students with different motives for physical education respond differently to autonomy-supportive and controlling teaching? Psychol. Sport Exerc. 22, 72–82. doi: 10.1016/j.psychsport.2015.06.001 Haerens, L., Kirk, D., Cardon, G., De Bourdeaudhuij, I., and Vansteenkiste, M. (2010). Motivational profiles for secondary school physical education and its relationship to the adoption of a physically active lifestyle among university students. Eur. Phys. Educ. Rev. 16, 117–139. doi: 10.1177/1356336X10381304 Haerens, L., Vansteenkiste, M., and De Meester, A. (2018). Different combinations of perceived autonomy support and control: identifying the most optimal motivating style. Phys. Educ. Sport Ped. 23, 16–36. doi: 10.1080/17408989.2017.1346070 Huhtiniemi, M., Sääkslahti, A., Watt, A., and Jaakkola, T. (2019). Associations among basic psychological needs, motivation, and enjoyment within Finnish physical education students. J. Sports Sci. Med. 18, 239–247. Available at: http://europepmc.org/articles/PMC6544006 Lonsdale, C., Rosenkranz, R. R., Sanders, T., Peralta, L. R., Bennie, A., Jackson, B., et al. (2013). A cluster randomized controlled trial of strategies to increase adolescents’ physical activity and motivation in physical education: results of the motivating active learning in physical education (MALP) trial. Prev. Med. 57, 696–702. doi: 10.1016/j.ypmed.2013.09.003 Oldervik, S., and Lagestad, P. (2021). Importance of providing additional choices in relation to pupils’ happiness, mastery, well-being, contentment, and level of physical activity in physical education. Front. Sports Act. Living 3:599953. doi: 10.3389/fspor.2021.599953 Thagaard, T. (2013). Systematikk og innlevelse: en innføring i kvalitativ metode [systematics and empathy: An introduction to qualitative methods]. 4th Ed. Bergen: Fagbokforlaget. Tjora, A. H. (2017). Kvalitative forskningsmetoder i praksis [qualitative research methods in practice]. Oslo: Gyldendal akademisk. Van den Berghe, L., Tallir, I. B., Cardon, G., Aelterman, N., and Haerens, L. (2015). Student (dis) engagement and need-supportive teaching behavior: a multi-informant and multilevel approach. J. Sport Exerc. Psychol. 37, 353–366. doi: 10.1123/jsep.2014-0150 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper The ‘Good!’, the ‘Great!’ and the ‘brilliant!’: Exclamations and Teacher Artwork in Volleyball Teaching 1: Malmö University, Sweden; 2: Uppsala University Presenting Author:Over the past two decades, research in physical education (PE) has increasingly emphasized learning‑oriented perspectives that attend to the why, what, and how of teaching movement in school contexts (Larsson, 2021). This shift has broadened the field by incorporating perspectives on movement learning (Barker, Bergentoft & Nyberg, 2017), meaningful PE experiences (Beni, Fletcher & Ni Chróinín, 2018), and aesthetic experience (Maivorsdotter & Lundvall, 2009). Despite this expansion, ball games continue to be criticized for reproducing traditional sport discourses that emphasize competition rather than educational purposes such as equity, inclusion, or the cultivation of movement capability (Mustell, 2025). A substantial body of research highlights the complexity of teacher communication during PE lessons. Teachers often rely on both direct teaching behaviors (e.g., explicit instructions or demonstrations) and indirect behaviors such as tone of voice, encouragement, and intonation (Jung & Choi, 2016). However, studies suggest that PE teachers frequently struggle to articulate learning objectives in ball‑game contexts (Modell & Gerdin, 2022) and tend to prioritize student activity over movement quality (Larsson & Nyberg, 2017). Research on communicative practices in PE has also shown that teachers’ motivational cues (such as “go faster!”) can unintentionally reinforce a governmental logic privileging activity levels over conceptual or aesthetic understanding (Öhman & Quennerstedt, 2008). Within this broader research landscape, spontaneous teacher exclamations, such as “good!”, “great!”, and “brilliant!”, constitute a pervasive yet under‑examined feature of PE teaching. In the lesson analyzed in this study, the teacher expressed 228 such exclamations within 60 minutes. Rather than dismiss these exclamations as incidental “cheering,” the present study situates them as potentially meaningful elements of PE pedagogy. The study has two central aims. First, it seeks to describe and explain how teacher exclamations function transactionally during a volleyball lesson and how they contribute to the co‑creation of purposeful learning contexts shared by teacher and students. Second, it aims to identify how exclamations support student learning of PE content and foster aesthetic sensibilities related to ball‑game participation. By examining exclamations as part of a dynamic instruction–action–expression structure, the study conceptualizes them not as peripheral comments but as pedagogical acts that help shape the rhythmic, emotional, and meaning‑making dimensions of PE lessons. The study is grounded in John Dewey’s concept of aesthetics, developed in Art as Experience (1934/1980), where aesthetics refers not to beauty but to the quality of experience—how individuals meaningfully engage with their environment on emotional, cognitive, and embodied levels. From this perspective, learning emerges through organism–environment transactions in which actions and perceptions form a unified, purposeful whole. Building on Dewey, Garrison (2010) characterizes teaching as an aesthetic and ethical endeavour, in which teachers “call into existence” the educational good they seek for their students. Teaching is therefore not merely the transmission of content; it is a creative, relational act through which teachers shape environments that enable shared, meaningful experiences. Applied to ball‑game teaching in PE, this framework highlights that teachers must do more than provide technical instruction. They must stage purposeful contexts, drawing students’ attention to moments where they can respond aesthetically and emotionally to unfolding play. Within this study, teacher exclamations such as “good!”, “great!”, and “brilliant!” are conceptualized as micro‑actions that help call specific qualities of experience into existence. These exclamations operate as expressive cues that orient students toward the intended purpose of the activity and contribute to the shared construction of a cohesive learning environment. In this sense, PE teachers act as artists working with students’ experiences as their medium, co‑creating the aesthetic and pedagogical contours of the lesson Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study employs a video ethnographic approach, a method well suited for analysing embodied interaction, instructional communication, and moment to moment pedagogical decision making in physical education settings. Video ethnography enables repeated viewing, close transcription, and nuanced interpretation of events that unfold rapidly during lessons, making it particularly valuable for studying PE teachers’ expressive communicative actions (Heath, Hindmarsh & Luff, 2010). The empirical material was originally collected within a broader research project focused on understanding students’ learning of embodied, practical knowledge in PE. Data collection took place over approximately five school terms, involving the recording of around 50 lessons, and followed the ethical guidelines of the Swedish Research Council (2017), including informed consent and ongoing procedural consent through sustained dialogue with participants. Ethical considerations also included building trusting relationships with students over time, consistent with established methodological recommendations in qualitative and video based research (Heath et al., 2010). To document the complexity of teacher–student interactions, the study used a stationary camera capturing the full gym environment, as well as a wireless GoPro camera mounted on the teacher’s chest, providing direct access to the teacher’s visual and auditory perspective. Wearable cameras such as GoPro devices have been successfully used in previous educational and visual social science research to capture situated perspectives and naturally occurring communication (Chalfen, 2014; Andersson & Risberg, 2018, 2019). This dual camera arrangement allowed the researchers to analyse the teacher’s verbal exclamations alongside non verbal dimensions such as gaze, movement rhythm, proximity, and spatial positioning. During initial reviews, the research team noted a striking pattern: in a 60 minute volleyball lesson, the teacher used 228 positive exclamations, averaging four per minute. These were initially dismissed as sport like cheering but were reconsidered two years later as analytically meaningful, prompting a systematic re analysis focusing explicitly on their pedagogical function. This re analysis aligns with recommendations for recursive, interpretive work in qualitative video studies (Goldman, 2007). The analytic process unfolded over monthly research meetings spanning one year, supplemented by individual viewings where each researcher engaged with the video independently. Three guiding questions framed the analysis: What do we see? What do we hear? How can we understand this? Through iterative examination, the researchers identified transactional patterns linking instruction, student action, and teacher exclamation. Particular attention was paid to timing, tone of voice, spatial movement, and interactional positioning, consistent with earlier work on embodied teaching (Andersson & Risberg, 2018; 2019). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The methodological approach and theoretical framework made it possible to interpret teacher exclamations not as isolated utterances but as integral components of a dynamic instructional ecology. In so doing, the PE teacher’s frequent use of exclamations such as “good!”, “great!”, and “brilliant!” were reintepreted through a detailed analysis of their pedagogical function during a volleyball lesson. The findings demonstrate that exclamations are not merely motivational techniques or connected to a sport discourse behavior, rather, they act as meaningful tools within the art of teaching physical education. Through their tone, timing, and contextual placement, these exclamations actively contribute to the creation of purposeful learning environments, supporting students’ engagement with PE content on individual, local, and general levels. Furthermore, the study highlights the importance of examining micro expressive teaching behaviors, which have often been overlooked in research focused on instructional clarity or motivational strategies. The findings suggest that exclamations can support the development of aesthetic sensibilities in ball game contexts, offering students opportunities to experience fulfillment, coherence, and purpose in their actions. However, such pedagogical artistry requires teachers to navigate complex tensions involving sport logics, students’ cultural dispositions, and the need for clearly articulated learning goals. Overall, the study highlights exclamations as integral elements of PE teachers’ expressive repertoires and as creative tools that help structure meaningful, aesthetic learning experiences during ball game activities. References Andersson, J. and Risberg, J. 2019. ”The walking rhythm of physical education teaching: An in-path analysis.” Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 24(4), 402-420. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2019.1611755 Andersson, J. and Risberg, J. 2018. ”Embodying Teaching: A body pedagogic study of a teacher’s movement rhythm in the ‘Sloyd’classroom.” Interchange 49 (2): 179-204. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10780-018-9321-x Barker, D., Bergentoft, H. and Nyberg, G. 2017. “What would physical educators know about movement education? A review of literature, 2006–2016.” Quest 69 (4): 419-435. https://doi.org/10.1080/00336297.2016.1268180 Beni, S., Fletcher, T. and Ni Chróinín, D. 2018. “Using features of meaningful experiences to guide primary physical education practice.“European Physical Education Review 25 (3): 599–615. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336x18755050. Chalfen, R. 2014. “‘Your panopticon or mine?’ Incorporating wearable technology’s Glass and GoPro into visual social science.” Visual Studies 29 (3): 299-310. https://doi.org/10.1080/1472586X.2014.941547 Dewey, J. 1934/1980. Art as experience. New York: Perigee. Garrison, J. 2010. Dewey and Eros: Wisdom and desire in the art of teaching. IAP. Goldman, D. R. 2007. “A framework for video annotation, visualization, and interaction”. ProQuest: University of Washington (Doctoral dissertation). Heath, C., Hindmarsh, J., and Luff, P. 2010. Video in qualitative research - analysing social interaction in everyday life. Los Angelse: SAGE. Jung, H. and Choi, E. 2016. “The importance of indirect teaching behaviour and its educational effects in physical education.” Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 21 (2): 121-136. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2014.923990 Larsson, H. (Ed.) 2021. Learning movements: New perspectives of movement education. London: Routledge. Larsson, H., and Nyberg, G. 2017. “‘It doesn’t matter how they move really, as long as they move.’ Physical education teachers on developing their students’ movement capabilities.” Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy 22(2): 137–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/17408989.2016.1157573 Modell, N., and Gerdin, G. 2022. “‘Why don't you really learn anything in PEH?’–students’ experiences of valid knowledge and the basis for assessment in physical education and health (PEH).” European Physical Education Review 28 (3): 797-815. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X22108451 Mustell, J. 2025. “Beginning teachers’ descriptions of ball games as pedagogic practice in Swedish physical education.” European Physical Education Review 31(3): 426-443. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X241280841 Swedish Research Council. 2017. God forskningssed. Stockholm: Swedish Research council. ISBN 978-91-7307-352-3 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper With What Do We Break the `Silence`? The Art of Teaching in Physical Education Teacher Education (PETE) Oslo metropolitan University, Norway Presenting Author:The mandate of teacher education is to prepare future teachers for the complex realities of school teaching, and teacher education is widely regarded as playing a crucial role in enhancing the overall quality of education (Korthagen, 2016). Education always involves teaching. And as Biesta (2019) underlines teaching is about bringing something to the educational situation that was not already there - something the students were not asking for going into the education situation. Biesta (2013) emphasizes the importance of risk in pedagogical practices to awaken students for the world – in other words, education needs to break the silence. However, the silence in PETE seems to be continuous. Research on Physical education teacher education (PETE) documents that PETE education (often) confirms rather than challenges the students’ understandings of physical education (PE) and what the teachers role is and should be (Mordal-Moen & Green, 2012; Østerlie & Kristensen, 2023). The PETE program`s seems to have limited impact on PETE students` established beliefs (Mordal-Moen & Green, 2012; Philpot et al., 2020), even though their perceptions of their role as a PE teacher seems to change during the PETE program (Westlie et al., 2024), many PETE students struggle to open themselves to new and alternative ways of practicing and thinking about PE (Hordvik et al., 2020). In line with this, PETE program traditionally has focused on “physical-education-as-sport-technique” (Kirk 201) as the dominant idea of the idea of PE, which emphasizes the technical, reproductive and quantitative approach in PE in general and PETE in particular. Quennerstedt (2019) underlines that PE becomes a drama, where both teachers and students work to keep up the appearance of “effective” PE – trying to uphold something that should look like PE in terms of what and how. Moreover, research highlights PETE students’ athletic background and how it continues to be rewarded in PE (Aasland et al., 2019; Evans, 2004; Mordal-Moen & Green, 2012). Hence, many students begin the PETE program without any experience of failing – not mastering – activities done in PE. In this presentation and in the context of PETE education, I invite pushing and breaking the boundaries with which PETE educators and students are comfortable. By borrowing Nancy Stark Smith's concept of "Failing successfully" I discuss how we can break the silence of PE and PETE and how a focus on the fear of failure and risk-taking can become a significant asset for gaining teacher competence in PETE. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents findings from multiple teaching and research projects by the author that investigates preservice teachers’ professional development in PETE. All studies are qualitative with data material consisting of PETE students reflections as they are challenged with new perspectives during the PETE program, such as FlashMob (Langnes & Rustad, 2019), creating break[danc]ing series (Fjogstad Langnes & Rustad, 2024), Hobby horsing (Porsanger et al, 2026), Forum theater (Walseth et al in review), peer teaching (Langnes et al in review) . A thematic analysis was used in a process of constant comparison. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study contributes to research on how physical education teacher education can support the professional development of pre-service teachers. The research highlights the importance of incorporating new perspectives in PETE programs that generate emotional experiences, to facilitate reflection and challenge perceptions rooted in a traditional understanding of PE. By taking the risk of involving students in failing successfully situations the experience of failing can be turned into success, but also break the silence by redirecting the teachings in PETE and PE in new, more challenging, and expanded ways References Biesta, G. J. (2013). Beautiful Risk of Education Routledge. Biesta, G. (2012b). The future of teacher education: Evidence,competence or wisdom? Research on Steiner Education, 3, 8-21. Biesta, G. (2019). Reclaiming Teaching for Teacher Education: Towards a Spiral Curriculum. Beijing International Review of Education, 1(2-3), 259-272. Evans, J. (2004). Making a Difference? Education and ëAbilityí in Physical Education. European Physical Education Review, 10(1), 95-108. https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X04042158 Rustad, Hilde; Langnes, Tonje Fjogstad (2019). Flashmob i lærerutdanninger – studenters erfaringer med å skape dans sammen. Journal for Research in Arts and Sports Education. (JASED) Vol. 3. Langnes, T., & Rustad, H. (2024). Failing successfully with dance in physical education teacher education. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy, 1-14. Langnes, Tonje Fjogstad; Walseth, Kristin (2021). This is what I learned about the body on social media: PETE students’ experiences with body pressure and body positivity. Sport, Education and Society. Langnes, Tonje Fjogstad; Bratten, Judith Helene (2023). Developing embodied competence while becoming a PE teacher: PETE students’ embodied experiences and reflections after micro-teaching. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy (PESP) Langnes, Tonje Fjogstad; Kilanowska, Jolanta; Walseth, Kristin; Oliver, Kimberly (2024). Opening our eyes to student-centered practice. Learning from preservice teachers' experiences. In Shilcutt, Jackie et al. (red.). An Activist Approach to Physical Education and Physical Activity. Imagine What Might Be. Routledge Korthagen, F. A. J. (2016). Pedagogy of Teacher Education. In International Handbook of Teacher Education (pp. 311-346). Langnes, T. F., & Rustad, H. (2019). Flashmob i lærerutdanninger – studenters erfaringer med å skape dans sammen. Journal for Research in Arts and Sports Education, 3(2), 46-61. https://doi.org/10.23865/jased.v3.1448 Langnes TF, Lund, Baltzersen, Bratten, Øverby, Eri (in review) Teacher educators’ role during peer-teaching. Porsanger, Lund, Berg, Langnes TF (in review) Pre-service teachers’ professional development in physical education teacher education: The educative experience of hobby horsing. Philpot, R., Smith, W., & Tinning, R. (2020). Kicking at the habitus: students’ reading of critical pedagogy in PETE. Sport, Education and Society, 1-14. Quennerstedt, M. (2019). Physical education and the art of teaching: transformative learning and teaching in physical education and sports pedagogy. Sport, Education and Society, 24(6), 611-623. Vita, S; Walseth, K; Langnes, TF (2024). How do we teach about ethnic and cultural diversity in PETE? A discourse analysis of interviews from Norway, Aotearoa/New Zealand and Canada. Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy. Walseth, Langnes TF, Hammer (in review) Forum Theater as an Approach to Teaching Critical Pedagogy in PETE. 18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper A Cartography of an Academic Life: A 35-Year Self-Study University of Auckland, New Zealand Presenting Author:This self-study examines my 35-year career as an academic working within a research-intensive university that has been progressively reshaped by neoliberal logics of performativity, competition, and managerial control. Over three decades, I have inhabited the ambient atmosphere of precarity marked by restructurings, redundancies, and the encroachment of audit culture. These experiences have produced both vulnerability and creativity; moments of capture by bureaucratic apparatuses and moments of escape through relational, intellectual, and pedagogical lines of flight (Deleuze & Guattari, 1987). Theoretically, the study draws on Deleuze and Guattari’s (1987) concepts of the apparatus of capture, plane of consistency, and rhizome to re-imagine how an academic life is continually territorialised and deterritorialised within a neoliberal institution. The apparatus of capture describes how universities codify and measure diverse forms of academic work through rankings, metrics, and performance-based funding (such as New Zealand’s PBRF). The plane of consistency offers a counter-image of becoming; an open, relational field where new assemblages, collaborations, and ideas can emerge despite institutional pressures. The rhizome provides a metaphor for mapping the unpredictable, non-linear, and proliferating pathways of an academic career: connections made, ruptures endured, and creative survivals enacted. As a self-study of teacher education practice (S-STEP) (LaBoskey, 2004; Ovens & Fletcher, 2014), this project extends the methodology by interrogating the material and political conditions under which Physical Education Teacher Educators themselves labour. While much self-study research has explored identity, pedagogy, and reflection, this project situates those concerns within a broader analysis of precarity, understood as both a structural condition and an existential experience of contingency, vulnerability, and care. Following Dewey (1938), self-study here is not conceived as a bounded reflection on practice but a process of engaging in a “continuous mapping” that traces how self, practice, and context co-evolve over time. Aim and Objectives The central aim was to examine how precarity, as a defining feature of the neoliberal university, shapes and reshapes the academic self over time. Specifically, the study asks:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Framed within S-STEP’s commitment to studying one’s own teacher-education practice (LaBoskey; Russell, 2008; Kitchen, 2023) and recent syntheses (Pithouse-Morgan, 2022), this autoethnographic self-study (Hamilton, 2008, 2021) traces a 35-year academic life. Over my career I have accumulated extensive personal and institutional archives such as teaching portfolios, emails, policy documents, meeting notes, and reflective journals. These materials provide a longitudinal data set tracing the intensification of audit culture and its impact on professional identity. Participants and data sources. While the primary participant is myself, the inquiry acknowledges the relational nature of academic life. Correspondence and interviews with colleagues, students, and professional networks constitute relational data (Boylorn & Orbe, 2014). Publicly available institutional texts (strategic plans, restructuring reports) are treated as contextual artefacts that mediate experience. Data analysis. Analysis proceeded through three iterative stages: 1. Mapping apparatuses of capture - identifying how managerial and policy mechanisms codified my work (metrics, PBRF rounds, restructuring cycles). 2. Tracing planes of consistency - noting spaces and relations that sustained practice: mentorships, communities of inquiry, collaborative research, and acts of care. 3. Following lines of flight - attending to creative ruptures: shifts in research direction, adoption of post-qualitative methodologies, and experimental teaching practices that deterritorialised institutional norms. The analysis employs Deleuzian cartography (Bonta & Protevi, 2004) as both method and metaphor, producing a map of becoming rather than a chronological timeline. Narrative fragments, reflective vignettes, and institutional texts are layered to depict intensities, breaks, and emergent connections. Trustworthiness is supported through peer dialogue with a critical friend familiar with self-study and qualitative inquiry who reviewed interpretations for resonance rather than “validity.” Ethical considerations include maintaining confidentiality of institutional actors and framing critique as systemic rather than personal. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although the study is ongoing, several insights have emerged: 1. Precarity as durational condition. Rather than a temporary state, precarity has been experienced as a constant background rhythm that shaped my teaching, relationships, and identity. 2. Apparatuses of capture as pedagogical force. Audit mechanisms such as PBRF and teaching evaluations have reconstituted what counts as valuable academic work. They recalibrate ‘what counts’ in performances of productivity. 3. Planes of consistency as spaces of relational survival. Across three decades, continuity has been sustained through communities of practice: collaborative research groups and mentoring relationships. These have operated as refuges that allow scholarly energy to circulate beyond managerial enclosures. 4. Lines of flight as creative scholarship. Episodes of deterritorialization - adopting post-qualitative inquiry, engaging with new materialism, or developing socially just pedagogies – have functioned as lines of flight. They represent movements of becoming that exceed the capture of metrics, reconnecting scholarship to ethical and affective commitments. 5. Self-study as continuous mapping. The act of mapping is itself a method of survival - a way to render visible the shifting assemblages of power, desire, and relation that compose academic life. In this sense, S-STEP becomes a technology of care: an ongoing practice of attending to one’s becoming in context. Conclusion: This self-study shows that precarity is not a temporary condition of academic life but a durational one, produced through pedagogical apparatuses of capture that recalibrate what counts as valuable work. Across three decades, survival has been sustained through planes of consistency (relational spaces where scholarly energy circulates beyond managerial enclosures) and through methodological lines of flight that reconnect inquiry to ethical and affective commitments. Conceived as continuous mapping, self-study emerges here as a practice of survival and care: an ongoing attentiveness to becoming within shifting assemblages of power, relation, and possibility. References References: Adams, T. E., Holman Jones, S., & Ellis, C. (2015). Autoethnography: Understanding qualitative research. Oxford University Press. Bonta, M., & Protevi, J. (2004). Deleuze and geophilosophy: A guide and glossary. Edinburgh University Press. Boylorn, R. M., & Orbe, M. P. (Eds.). (2021). Critical autoethnography: Intersecting cultural identities in everyday life. Routledge. Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1987). A thousand plateaus: Capitalism and schizophrenia (B. Massumi, Trans.). University of Minnesota Press. Dewey, J. (1938). Experience and education. Macmillan. Ellis, C. (2004). The ethnographic I: A methodological novel about autoethnography. AltaMira Press. Kitchen, J., Berry, A., & Russell, T. (2025). Self-study as continuous mapping. In International Handbook of Self-Study of Teaching and Teacher Education Practices (2nd ed.). Springer. LaBoskey, V. K. (2004). The methodology of self-study and its theoretical underpinnings. In International Handbook of Self-Study of Teaching and Teacher Education Practices (pp. 817–869). Springer. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 19 SES 13 A: Quality, Inclusion and Institutional Pedagogies Location: 5014 | Linna building | 5 Fl. Session Chair: Sylvia Nienhaus Paper Session |
|
|
19. Ethnography
Paper Construction of the Quality of Early Childhood Education in Kazakhstan: A Two-Sited Ethnography Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Research studies in early childhood education (ECE) have accelerated over the past two decades (Ibrayeva et al., 2024). For decades, research in neuroscience, economics, and education highlights the long-term effects of high-quality ECE on child development, national economies, and society as a whole (Conkbayir, 2017; Garcia et al., 2021). Importantly, ECE benefits are consistent when it is a quality program, especially the process quality (Sylva et al., 2020; Ulferts et al., 2019). The international organisations like the UN (e.g., SDG goals on quality education), OECD (e.g., Starting Strong) and scholars strongly advocate for quality ECE, as it can have a substantial impact on children’s wellbeing. ECE here refers to formal education for children aged 1 to 6 years. Kazakhstan is a post-Soviet country, which now has the highest preschool enrolment rate in its history. In 2023, the percentage increased to 99.6, whereas the enrolment rate of children aged 2-6 was 90.6% (TALDAU, 2025). However, low quality became a side effect of the accelerated expansion of ECE. A national research project using the international scale for quality assessment showed low quality of ECE in Kazakhstan (Kiikova et al., 2024). Recent initiatives in Kazakhstani ECE are emphasising quality improvement, yet the term “quality” remains undefined in the legislative context. Without understanding the meaning of quality, it is not possible to evaluate that quality (Sheridan, 2009). Therefore, this significant expansion in ECE and quality agenda brought me to question what means ECE quality from various perspectives. The study had the purpose to understand how the quality of ECE was constructed from the perspectives of kindergarten leaders, teachers, parents, and children in Kazakhstan. In other words, from a constructive view it was investigated how key shareholders understood the nature and concept of ECE quality. There was no intention to measure or evaluate the quality of an ECE setting. Moreover, its aim was to explore what shapes that understanding of the construct of quality of ECE in Kazakhstan. For the study’s purpose, the following research questions were addressed: (1) How is the construct of the quality of ECE understood by kindergarten stakeholders in Kazakhstan – leaders, teachers, parents and children? (2) How does the local context and culture shape the understanding of the quality of ECE? Despite the lack of a universal definition of ECE “quality”, most existing international literature adopts an objectivist approach that measures quality through specific indicators. In contrast, this study uses a relativist approach, viewing ECE quality as a complex, multifaceted, contextual, subjective, and socially constructed concept (Dahlberg et al., 2013). Additionally, the concept of quality is dynamic and can be influenced by various factors, values, and paradigms over time. The study was driven by the social justice perspective, which is an alternative approach to discuss the quality construct compared to an input-process-outcome perspective (based on human capital theory) usually referred in the literature. Specifically, Tikly (2011) prioritised three main principles in developing his own model of quality education: education should be (1) inclusive, (2) relevant, and (3) participatory or democratic. Thus, the construct of quality cannot be universal. A standardised and normalised approach to quality could lead to the loss of authenticity and individuality. Souto-Manning and Rabadi-Raol (2018) criticise the idea of one-size-fits-all practices in ECE and advocate for culturally relevant and sustaining pedagogies, which are deconstructed “from the colonial matrix of power” (Mignolo, 2009, p. 20). Within this study, the universal idea of the quality of ECE was challenged, and the significance of listening to diverse voices was emphasised. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used To tell the story of how the quality of ECE is constructed from various perspectives, ethnographic approach was applied, specifically a two-sited ethnography. Data was generated through fieldwork in the natural settings where the participants were located and where their shared experience could be studied - in one public and one private ECE settings located in Astana city, Kazakhstan. The ethnographer spent 10-20 hours a week in the field helping the educators, spending time with them, talking and discussing their daily routines and their understanding of the quality of ECE. Moreover, some seminars and meeting were organised for professional development of the educators. Various methods were employed in the ethnographic study, such as participant observations (about 200 hours), interviews with teachers, leaders and parents(33), drawings by children (40 pictures), and document analysis. Data primarily was generated through participant observation while participating in the daily life of a natural setting and immersing in the environment as a “chameleon”. The observation data were reflected in fieldnotes, “analytical memos” and my researcher diary, which were an integral part of data generation (Glesne, 2016; Mills & Morton, 2013). Importantly, the observations were valuable because they enriched understanding of the context, and the interviews were based on the observations. The interviews provided data that could not be observed, as one got to listen to participants’ feelings, thoughts, values, and perceptions (Wellington, 2015). As an ethnographic study is flexible and not structured, along with semi-structured interviews there were also unstructured and informal conversations to better understand the context and to deepen my understanding. It is critical to hear their voices from the social justice lens, so young children’s voices were presented. The best way to bring out their voices is through applying image-based research methods, as a picture is worth a thousand words (Rodríguez-Carrillo et al., 2020). Thus, children were asked to illustrate in their pictures what they liked in their kindergarten. Thematic analysis was used to analyse the symbolic world of the people studied including texts, interpretations, and meanings. The analysis was done in an inductive manner, which meant that conclusions and themes were derived from the data generated (Merriam & Tisdell, 2016). The ethnographers’ reflections were also a part of the data generated. As the study involved human participants, especially children being vulnerable participants, following ethics was an integral part of all stages in research, from planning to dissemination. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings revealed the intricate nature of the quality construct, which is multiperspective, multidimensional, and contextual. In Kazakhstan, ECE has a multi-layered colonisation process: post-Soviet and neoliberal. There are persistent post-Soviet practices with attempts to incorporate "innovative" approaches, which leads to tensions between the post-Soviet and neoliberal ideas (Needham et al., 2018). In addition to that, there is a willingness to revive the Kazakh ways of tarbiyeh and develop culturally relevant practices, which further requires deep questioning and critical thinking. Based on the voices of stakeholders, six main quality dimensions were highlighted: Quality of Teachers, Quality of Pedagogy, Quality of Interactions, Quality of Leadership, Quality of Curriculum, and Quality of Environment. These dimensions are interrelated and complex and are not easy to measure. Sub-dimensions like Loving Pedagogy and Hidden Curriculum were discussed, which are usually ignored in the quality discourse. Bringing the notion of quality into the world of ECE was dictated by the neoliberal way of thinking and the desire to control and increase productivity. However, ECE is primarily about human relationships. In the life of ECE, children and teachers are key stakeholders; their interactions with each other are vital, and parents and leaders support them in accomplishing their aims. The ethnographic nature of the study allowed to reflect on the culture to better understand the practices, processes, and interactions. Kindergartens are the places created by people to occupy children while adults are busy; moreover, they are like a mirror of the society. It is not a natural entity, but a cultural environment where children get an experience. Young children live in the disciplinary society of Foucault (1977), and the society of achievements of Han (2015) reflected in the ECE institutions. References Conkbayir, M. (2017). Early childhood and neuroscience: theory, research and implications for practice. Bloomsbury Publishing. Dahlberg, G., Moss, & Pence, A. (2013). Beyond quality in early childhood education and care: Languages of evaluation. Routledge. Foucault, M. (1977). Discipline and punish. Pantheon. García, J. L., Heckman, J. J., & Ronda, V. (2021). The lasting effects of early childhood education on promoting the skills and social mobility of disadvantaged African Americans (No. w29057). National Bureau of Economic Research. Glesne, C. (2016). Becoming qualitative researchers: An introduction. Pearson. Han, B. C. (2015). The burnout society. Stanford University Press. Ibrayeva, L., Hernández-Torrano, D., Alpys, A., Kulsary, A., & Kiikova, G. (2024). Visualising the Early Childhood Education and Care Research: A Bibliometric Review. SSRN. https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=4762181 Kiikova, G., Bektemirova, A., Ramazanova, A., Issina, Z., & Chukurova, S. (2024). Quality of Early Childhood Education and Care in Kazakhstan: The First Nationwide Study. Voprosy obrazovaniya/Educational Studies Moscow, 1(3). Merriam, S. & Tisdell, E. (2016). Qualitative Research: A guide to design and implementation (4th ed.). John Wiley & Sons. Mignolo, W. D. (2009). Epistemic disobedience, independent thought and decolonial freedom. Theory, culture & society, 26(7-8), 159-181. Mills, D., & Morton, M. (2013). Ethnography in education. Sage. Needham, M., Kuleimenov, D., & Soltanbekova, A. (2018). Sticking and tipping points: A case study of preschool education policy and practice in Astana, Kazakhstan. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 26(3), 432-445. Sheridan, S. (2009). Discerning pedagogical quality in preschool. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 53(3), 245-261. Souto-Manning, M., & Rabadi-Raol, A. (2018). (Re) Centering quality in early childhood education: Toward intersectional justice for minoritized children. Review of Research in Education, 42(1), 203-225. https://www.jstor.org/stable/44668719 Sylva, K., Sammons, P., Melhuish, E., Siraj, I., & Taggart, B. (2020). Developing 21st century skills in early childhood: The contribution of process quality to self-regulation and pro-social behaviour. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 23(3), 465-484. TALDAU. (2025). National Report on the State and Progress of Kazakhstan’s Education System as of 2023. https://taldau.edu.kz/publikaciya/nacionalnyj-doklad-o-sostoyanii-i-razvitii-sistemy-obrazovaniya-respubliki-kazahstan-po-itogam-2023-goda. Tikly, L. (2011). Towards a framework for researching the quality of education in low‐income countries. Comparative Education, 47(1), 1-23. Ulferts, H., Wolf, K. M., & Anders, Y. (2019). Impact of Process Quality in Early Childhood Education and Care on Academic Outcomes: Longitudinal Meta-Analysis. Child Development, 90(5), 1474-1489. Wellington, J. (2015). Educational research: Contemporary issues and practical approaches. Bloomsbury Publishing. 19. Ethnography
Paper Democracy Education in the Context of Education for Sustainable Development in Everyday School Life. Ethnographic Insights into an Elementary School Universität Klagenfurt, Austria Presenting Author:Global challenges such as social inequality, biodiversity loss, and climate change require profound societal transformation processes toward more sustainable ways of living. Since the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development in Rio de Janeiro (United Nations, 1993), the central role of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) has been emphasized as a means of supporting these transformations in an interdisciplinary manner. ESD equips learners with the knowledge, skills, values, and attitudes needed to make informed decisions and take responsible action for environmental integrity, economic viability, and a just society. It empowers people of all genders, both present and future generations, while respecting cultural diversity. (UNESCO, 2020). The aim is to promote critical judgment, reflection on individual courses of action, and engagement in shaping societal transformation processes toward sustainable development (Singer-Brodowski et al., 2026). There is a tendency for ESD to evolve into transformative learning (Mezirow, 1990), which aims to change consciousness (Wintersteiner et al., 2023). However, the potential of individual behavioral change alone to initiate socio-ecological transformation is limited. Instead, democratic learning and participatory spaces are required that enable individuals to critically reflect on power relations and decision-making structures, develop alternative future visions, and actively engage with others in societal transformation processes (Kenner, 2025). ESD is therefore closely linked to democracy education. John Dewey (1916/2011) already emphasized the inseparable relationship between education and democracy, arguing that education must itself be organized democratically if society is to develop toward more just and desirable conditions. From this perspective, schools represent central experiential spaces in which democracy is not only taught theoretically but learned as a lived social practice. Empirical research demonstrates that democracy education strengthens young people’s political knowledge, critical judgment, and willingness to participate. Participatory school structures such as class councils, junior parliaments, and school parliaments create real decision-making spaces and enable authentic participation experiences (Torney-Purta et al., 2001). In primary education, lived democracy is of particular importance. In age-appropriate settings, children experience self-determination and co-determination, thereby developing key competencies such as perspective-taking, conflict resolution skills, and a sense of responsibility (Hart, 1992). At the same time, schools are shaped by factors that restrict democracy, including administrative regulations, rigid time structures, and compulsory attendance. Even in formally participatory formats, the actual extent of student participation largely depends on the guidance and control exercised by teachers (Coelen & Wohnig, 2025). In a comparative case study conducted within the ERASMUS+ project SustainALL – Sustainability at all-day schools, an Austrian primary school identified its participatory structures, from school council, to the junior and school parliament, as a key example of the successful implementation of ESD (Dulle & Rauch, 2022). The school has gradually built up these structures since 1998 and firmly anchored them in the timetable to actively involve students in decision-making and the shaping of school life. The school is part of the Austrian ÖKOLOG school network, that aims at embedding ESD at schools and Universities of Teacher Education (whole institution approach) (www.ökolog.at). Building on this context, the study focuses on an in-depth analysis of participatory school structures with the aim of understanding their role in the practical implementation of democracy education within the framework of ESD. The guiding research question is: How are participatory decision-making processes and conflict resolution strategies acquired and practiced in everyday school life in the context of Education for Sustainable Development? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In order to gain deeper insights into the design of democracy education at school, a qualitative ethnographic research approach is chosen. This allows the everyday practices of the actors to be observed (Hammersley and Atkinson, 2007; Breidenstein, 2006). Ethnography as a research approach uses a combination of different methods to explore the everyday life of a group or culture. The following set of methods is used in this study: Data is collected through participant observation of the three school committees (class council, junior parliament, school parliament) as well as through discussions and interviews with relevant individuals (school leader, teachers, etc.). This will result in field notes and transcripts, which will be evaluated using theoretical coding (Glaser & Strauss, 2008). Repeated field visits are planned over a period of one and a half school years. In line with the spiral nature of knowledge development, the focus on topics and the associated differentiation and modification of the research question will take place after initial empirical experiences (Breuer, 2010). The phased fieldwork and its deliberate interruption are intended to promote the cyclical process of knowledge acquisition recommended in the context of grounded theory methodology (Glaser & Strauss, 2008). The result will be a case study that will undergo communicative validation by the field of investigation. Self-reflection and the need for continuous review of one's own research practice are particularly important in ethnographic approaches. This is to be ensured through methodological defamiliarization (Hirschauer & Amann, 1997) during field research and through continuous reflection phases in analysing groups. The primary school was selected for the study due to its geographical proximity and existing access to field. It is located on the outskirts of Klagenfurt and has 14 teachers and 180 students. Research contacts have been in place since 2016, including observations and a case study that originated in the ERASMUS+ project. For over 18 years, the school has been pursuing a consistently anchored sustainability concept with established participatory structures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The school leader defines the aim of democracy education at school to make democratic principles tangible in everyday school life and to actively involve students in shaping the school environment. In doing so, the participative structures should foster students’ sense of responsibility, social and communication skills, solution-oriented thinking, and creativity. The class council takes place once a week on a mandatory basis in all classes. Issues relevant to students’ everyday experiences are discussed openly, including behavioral rules, the design of classrooms and school grounds, the organization of break-time activities, and the planning of school events and projects. In the next level, the junior parliament, the class representatives meet weekly to work on issues that have come up in class councils as well as annual topics. The highest level, the school parliament, involves all pupils and teachers. This forum is responsible for making decisions on matters affecting the entire school, for voting procedures and for the presentation and discussion of ideas and projects. The interim findings provide initial indications that the effect of participatory formats might depend on the guidance and support provided by teachers as well as on the mandatory and regular implementation. There is a constant tension between hierarchy and autonomy. The class council has the potential to particularly support the development of conflict resolution skills as well as emotional and social learning. By engaging in democratic procedures such as submitting proposals and participating in votes, students are supported in gaining hands-on experience with fundamental democratic decision-making processes. The ethnographic study will be continued in order to examine the conditions for successful implementation in the area of conflict between hierarchy and autonomy in greater detail. Selected findings will also be reflected with practitioners and teacher educators and disseminated within the ÖKOLOG-Network and beyond. References Breidenstein, G. (2006): Teilnahme am Unterricht. Ethnographische Studien zum Schülerjob. Wiesbaden: Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften Breuer, F. (2010). Reflexive Grounded Theory. Eine Einführung für die Forschungspraxis. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. Coelen, T. & Wohnig, A. (2025). Spannungsverhältnis von Schule und Demokratiebildung. In S. Achour, M. Sieberkrob, D. Pech, J. Zelck & P. Eberhard (Hrsg.), Wochenschau Wissenschaft: Bd. 96. Handbuch Demokratiebildung und Fachdidaktik. Wochenschau Verlag. Dewey, J. & Oelkers, J. (2011). Demokratie und Erziehung: Eine Einleitung in die philosophische Pädagogik (J. Oelkers, Hg.) (5. Auflage). Beltz. Dulle, M. & Rauch, F. (2022). Case-study report: Primary School Wölfnitz. Universität Klagenfurt. Glaser, B. & Strauss, A. (2008). Grounded Theory: Strategien qualitativer Forschung. Nachdruck der 2., korr. Auflage. Huber. Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (1995). Ethnography: Principles in Practice. (Second Edition). Routledge. Hart, R. (1992). Children's participation: from tokenism to citizenship. UNICEF International Child Development Centre. Hirschauer, S. & Amann, K. (Hrsg.). (1997). /Suhrkamp-Taschenbuch / Wissenschaft] Suhrkamp-Taschenbuch Wissenschaft: Bd. 1318. Die Befremdung der eigenen Kultur: Zur ethnographischen Herausforderung soziologischer Empirie (1. Aufl.). Suhrkamp. Kenner, S. (2025). Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung und Demokratiebildung. Zwei Querschnittsaufgaben für die Schule im Spannungsfeld zwischen Normativität und Kritik. In S. Achour, M. Sieberkrob, D. Pech, J. Zelck & P. Eberhard (Hrsg.), Wochenschau Wissenschaft: Bd. 96. Handbuch Demokratiebildung und Fachdidaktik. Wochenschau Verlag. Mezirow, Jack (1990): How critical reflection triggers transformative learning. In: Mezirow, Jack, et al. (Eds.): Fostering critical reflection in adulthood. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Singer-Brodowski, M., Bertschy, F., Rauch, F. & Rieckmann, M. (2026) Theoretische Grund-lagen und konzeptionelle Verortung von Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung. In: M. Rieck-mann, M. Singer-Brodowski, M. Bertschy & F. Rauch (Hrsg.) Handbuch Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung. Theorien, Forschungsfelder und kritische Perspektiven. Verlag Barbara Budrich. (Im Druck) Torney-Purta, J., Lehmann, R., Oswald, H. & Schulz, W. (2001). Citizenship and Education in Twenty-eight Countries: Civic Knowledge and Engagement at Age Fourteen. Eburon Publishers. United Nations. (1993). Agenda 21: Programme of action for sustainable development. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/Agenda21.pdf (UNESCO (2020): Education for Sustainable Development. A roadmap. Paris: UNESCO. Wintersteiner, W., Glettler, C., Grobbauer, H., Peterlini, H. K., Rauch, F. & Steiner, R. (2023). Transformative Bildung, Global Citizenship Education und Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung: Eine Erkundung : Dossier des Fachbeirats der Österreichischen UNESCO-Kommission „Transformative Bildung/Global Citizenship Education“. Österreichische UNESCO-Kommission. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 20 SES 13 A: Teaching and Learning in Diverse Classrooms Location: B3109 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Shuxin Ji Paper Session |
|
|
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper How Can School Playgrounds Afford Neurodiverse Needs? A Sensor Data-Driven Study on Autistic and Allistic Children’s Playground Use 1: National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan; 2: Leiden University, Netherlands; 3: American University in Cairo, Egypt; 4: Basisschool De Klim, Netherlands; 5: University of Twente, Netherlands; 6: University College London, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Play is essential for children’s development and learning in various domains and a fundamental right of children. School playgrounds, as the major spaces that provide play opportunities, however often present invisible barriers to autistic and neurodivergent children. Moreover, different children can have different preferences, and their preferences may also vary from time to time, depending on their needs and motivations.The question is how a playground may be designed to afford these diverse requirements within and between children. In this case study we focused on the neurodiversity of children, and examined autistic and allistic (i.e., non-autistic) children’s use of a primary school playground in the Netherlands, which was co-designed with all pupils in the school. Specifically, we aimed to understand the extent to which “neuro-affirming” playground affordances (i.e., opportunities offered by the playground for meeting neurodiverse needs; based on the Theory of Affordances, Gibson, 1979; Heft, 1988) are linked to autistic and allistic children’s use of the school playground. A sensor data-driven approach (using GPS loggers) was adopted, which measures children’s playground use in an objective, unobtrusive, and continuous manner throughout their school breaktimes, allowing us to reveal individual patterns (Nasri et al., 2023).
A total of 53 children participated (mean age 8.56 years), including 4 autistic and 49 allistic children. During school breaktimes, they each wore a GPS logger, which tracked the time they stayed in each of the 18 playground areas. Furthermore, each playground area was rated based on the Neuro-Affirming Design Assessment Scale for Playgrounds (NADAS-P) developed for this study. It includes four dimensions of playground affordances, which we identified based on previous neuroinclusive literature (e.g., McAllister & Sloan, 2016; Yuill et al., 2007) and autism-friendly/universal design principles (e.g., Mace et al., 1996; Mostafa, 2014): (i) feelings of safety: the extent to which a playground area provides measures to avoid harm and assist accessibility, visibility, and predictability; (ii) sensory calming: the extent to which an area is comfortable overall, and helps regulate sensory overload; (iii) sensory stimulation variations: the extent to which various opportunities and levels for sensory stimulation are available; (iv) sense of autonomy: the extent to which an area allows children to participate, adjust, and contribute in their own/creative ways.
Results showed that while each autistic child had their unique favorite spot, both autistic and allistic children stayed longer in the areas that are more neuro-affirming. This preference was also observed when each neuro-affirming dimension was analyzed separately, with all the four neuro-affirming dimensions positively contributing to autistic and allistic children's playground use. Among them, autistic children seemed more attracted to areas that provided sensory stimulation variations and a sense of autonomy compared to allistic children. Through sensor data (GPS) loggers that reveal individual movement trajectories during school breaktimes, our findings showed that neuro-affirming playground design perceived as safe, calm, providing autonomy and varied sensory stimulation choices may benefit both autistic and allistic children. Compared to designs based on one-size-fits-all assumptions, neuro-affirming designs may more effectively afford the diverse needs between and within users. These findings could inform the design of more inclusive school playgrounds where all children feel welcomed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Participants included 4 autistic children (2 girls) and their 49 allistic classmates (19 girls), between 6.76 and 10.81 years (M = 8.56, SD = 1.13). All autistic children had an official autism diagnosis, whereas none of the allistic children had a disability or psychiatric diagnosis. They were from four classes of a mainstream primary school in the Netherlands. The school has a renovated playground that was co-designed and built together with both allistic and autistic children, through a community-based collaboration. The renovated playground has a lot of green features and allows a diversity of activities, e.g., a rest zone, a sand-and-water zone, and an adventure zone. In this study, we defined 18 areas in this playground according to their functions and spatial relationships. Each participant was measured for two school days, each day for one breaktime. During the breaktime, they wore a belt with a Qstarz BL-1000ST GPS logger, which recorded children’s locations during breaktimes, at a sampling rate of once per second. Based on this data, we computed (i) each child’s stay time in each area, corrected by their total detected time on the playground; (ii) the total number of areas each child visited for at least 10% of their time on the playground. Lastly, two trained raters rated each playground area based on the Neuro-Affirming Design Assessment Scale for Playgrounds (NADAS-P) developed for this study. It contains four domains (feelings of safety, sensory calming, sensory stimulation variations, sense of autonomy) and 31 items, rated on a 3-point scale (0 = little, 2 = a lot). The consensus scores reached by the two raters were used for further analyses. Given only 4 autistic children, the analyses were primarily descriptive and exploratory. First, descriptive analyses were conducted to examine the distribution of playground use. Second, Mann-Whitney U Test and Friedman’s Test were used to explore possible differences between and within autistic and allistic children in their playground use. Lastly, linear regression analyses with clustered robust standard errors were conducted to examine the contribution of neuro-affirming affordances to children’s stay time in each area. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Using a sensor data-driven approach, this case study explored the extent to which autistic and allistic children’s use of their school playground may be linked to neuro-affirming playground affordances. Our results showed that neuro-affirming playground features that provide a sense of safety and autonomy, as well as sensory calming and varying choices, can be attractive to both autistic and allistic children. Moreover, a school playground that allows children to choose their preferred stimulation levels and to contribute in their creative ways may support autistic children to meet their diverse sensory and participation needs. Neuro-affirming playground designs that address these aspects may better afford the diverse needs of children, thus creating an environment where all children can comfortably participate and feel welcomed. References Gibson, J. J. (1979). The ecological approach to visual perception. Houghton Mifflin. Heft, H. (1988). Affordances of children’s environments: a functional approach to environmental description. Children’s Environments Quarterly, 5(3), 29–37. https://www.jstor.org/stable/41514683 Mace, R. L., Hardie, G. J., & Place, J. P. (1996). Accessible environments: Toward universal design. North Carolina State University. McAllister, K., & Sloan, S. (2016). Designed by the pupils, for the pupils: an autism-friendly school. British Journal of Special Education, 43(4), 330–357. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8578.12160 Mostafa, M. (2014). ARCHITECTURE FOR AUTISM: Autism ASPECTSSTM in School Design. International Journal of Architectural Research: ArchNet-IJAR, 8(1), 143. https://doi.org/10.26687/archnet-ijar.v8i1.314 Nasri, M., Baratchi, M., Tsou, Y., Giest, S., Koutamanis, A., & Rieffe, C. (2023). A novel metric to measure spatio-temporal proximity: a case study analyzing children’s social network in schoolyards. Applied Network Science, 8(1). https://doi.org/10.1007/s41109-023-00571-6 Yuill, N., Strieth, S., Roake, C., Aspden, R., & Todd, B. (2006). Brief Report: Designing a Playground for Children with Autistic Spectrum Disorders––Effects on Playful Peer Interactions. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 37(6), 1192–1196. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803006-0241-8 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Bridging Knowledge and Practice: Developing Culturally Responsive School Cultures in Times of Educational Change 1: Ministry of National Education, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Ağrı İbrahim Çeçen University, Turkey Presenting Author:Increasing cultural diversity, migration, and global social change are reshaping educational systems across Europe and beyond, placing renewed emphasis on how schools respond to cultural differences in equitable and inclusive ways (Ainscow, 2020; Gay, 2018). While culturally responsive pedagogy has been widely discussed at the classroom level, comparatively less attention has been paid to how cultural responsiveness is embedded within school culture as an organizational and relational construct (Khalifa et al., 2016). This gap becomes particularly critical in times of educational change, when schools are expected not only to generate educational knowledge but also to translate research-based insights into sustainable and context-sensitive practices. In line with the ECER 2026 theme Knowing and Acting, this study focuses on the relationship between educational research, school culture, and practice by examining how culturally responsive school cultures are conceptualized and enacted in diverse educational contexts. The central research question guiding the study is: How can educational research support the development of culturally responsive school cultures that bridge knowledge and practice in times of educational change? Subsidiary questions explore how school leaders and teachers interpret cultural responsiveness at the organizational level, how cultural values are reflected in school norms and practices, and how research-informed frameworks are translated into everyday school processes. The study is theoretically grounded in culturally responsive education (Gay, 2018) and culturally responsive school leadership (Khalifa et al., 2016), which emphasize equity, social justice, and the recognition of students’ cultural assets within institutional structures. These perspectives are combined with school culture theory, conceptualizing schools as dynamic social organizations shaped by shared values, norms, and interactions. From an international perspective, the study engages with European debates on inclusion, intercultural education, and institutional responses to diversity, aligning closely with Network 20’s focus on intercultural education and learning environments. By situating culturally responsive school culture at the intersection of research, policy, and practice, this proposal contributes to ongoing discussions on how educational research can move beyond descriptive knowledge production toward actionable frameworks that support schools in culturally diverse and rapidly changing contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a mixed-methods research design to capture both the structural and experiential dimensions of culturally responsive school culture. The qualitative component consists of semi-structured interviews with school leaders, teachers, and, where appropriate, students, aiming to explore how cultural responsiveness is understood, negotiated, and enacted at the school level. These interviews focus on leadership practices, decision-making processes, professional learning, and everyday school routines related to cultural diversity. Qualitative data are analysed using thematic analysis to identify recurring patterns, meanings, and organizational dynamics related to culturally responsive practices. The quantitative component involves the use of a validated Culturally Responsive School Culture scale developed in the Turkish educational context, which measures cultural responsiveness across technical, institutional, and managerial dimensions. Survey data will be collected from teachers and school administrators to examine perceived levels of cultural responsiveness within schools. Descriptive and correlational analyses will be used to explore relationships between leadership practices, organizational culture, and perceived inclusivity. Combining qualitative and quantitative data allows for triangulation and provides a comprehensive understanding of how culturally responsive school culture operates both as a measurable construct and as a lived organizational experience (Patton, 2015). This methodological approach aligns with NW 20’s interest in intercultural research and supports the study’s aim of linking research-based knowledge with practical school development processes. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As the study is currently ongoing, several expected outcomes can be anticipated based on the theoretical framework and preliminary insights from the literature. First, it is expected that culturally responsive school culture will emerge as a multidimensional construct encompassing leadership practices, institutional norms, and pedagogical orientations, rather than being limited to individual teacher practices. Second, the findings are expected to highlight the central role of school leadership in translating culturally responsive principles into organizational routines, policies, and professional learning structures. Additionally, it is anticipated that higher levels of culturally responsive school culture will be associated with more inclusive school climates, reflected in stronger perceptions of belonging, participation, and equity among school stakeholders. From a research–practice perspective, the study is expected to demonstrate that culturally responsive school culture functions as a critical bridge between educational research and school-level action, offering a concrete example of how knowledge can be transformed into sustainable practice. Overall, the study aims to contribute to international discussions on intercultural education by providing empirically grounded insights into how schools can operationalize cultural responsiveness at the organizational level. These expected outcomes align closely with the ECER 2026 theme by illustrating how educational research can support meaningful action in diverse and changing educational contexts. References Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.172958 Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice (3rd ed.). Teachers College Press. Khalifa, M. A., Gooden, M. A., & Davis, J. E. (2016). Culturally responsive school leadership: A synthesis of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 1272–1311. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654316630383 Sarıdaş, G., & Nayır, F. (2024). Kültürel değerlere duyarlı okul kültürü ölçeğinin geliştirilmesi. İnönü Üniversitesi Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 25(2), 515–537. https://doi.org/10.17679/inuefd.1404282 Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation methods (4th ed.). SAGE. 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper Experiential City Lab. Consumerism and Superdiversity – Implications for Today's Classroom and Education Charles University, Faculty of Education, Prague, Czech Republic (Czechia) Presenting Author:In my presentation, I would like to share insights from the context of Internationalization at Home, as practiced within the Erasmus Mundus Joint Master Degree European Master in Migration and Intercultural Relations (www.emmir.org). In this program, we experiment with the idea that, in today’s globally interconnected society and superdiverse cities, students arriving for study mobility already carry with them place-based knowledge of the place they travelk to. They can act as intercultural mediators between minority communities living in the city and local students. In the Czech Republic, faculties of education remain among the least internationalized university environments, which creates a significant gap between teacher training and the realities that future graduates will encounter in their own classrooms, classrooms that will inevitably include students with migration backgrounds. Moreover, most students at Czech faculties of education have no personal experience with international mobility, such as a semester abroad via Erasmus, particularly those training to become civics teachers, with whom I have worked for over twenty years. This is why the presence and engagement of international students is so vital: when they work alongside local teacher trainees, everyone benefits. In my course at Charles University in Prague, where international students on semester-long exchanges study alongside local students, we jointly explore the following research question through a combination of experiential pedagogy, non-linear pedagogy (as developed by Rantanen and Chudoba), and place-based education: How can internationalization at home, framed through place based education and lived urban experience, empower foreign students as knowledge holders in superdiverse classrooms, and what pedagogical strategies support mutual learning between local and international students in the context of consumer spaces and everyday urban practices? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study applies qualitative research methods, as we use them in our classes, with a strong emphasis on research walks as a participatory and reflective tool to explore students’ embodied urban knowledge. The course design integrates elements of experiential learning and draws heavily on the framework of non-linear pedagogy, particularly the concept of spaces of emergence as developed by Rantanen and Chudoba (see bibliography). Rather than following a pre-structured sequence of instruction, the learning process is shaped by students’ lived experiences in the city, their spontaneous discoveries, and the informal knowledge they contribute. International students act as navigators of hidden layers of the urban landscape, commercial, cultural, and relational, while local students reinterpret their own environment through a newly decentered lens. To understand what is happening in your city (any city today, in our case it is Prague) you need to have students from Vietnam, Nepal and USA. We also make use of Geosemiotics which goes well with all mentioned principles. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In my course my course objectives are that students will learn to apply the methods of experiential learning and place-based education. They will experience the city through the lens of diversity, gain a foundational understanding of urbanism, and develop the ability to apply theories of cultural humility. Furthermore, they will cultivate sensitivity to different lifestyles and situations that characterize life in a global superdiverse city. In my paper presentation I will include examples from Fall 25 and Spring 26 classes and I expects to demonstrate that international students in superdiverse urban contexts possess valuable, embodied knowledge of the city particularly in areas such as consumer culture, food, spatial navigation, and informal social norms. When pedagogically activated through experiential and place based methods, this knowledge not only enriches classroom learning but also reshapes traditional power dynamics between international and local students. References Crul, M., & Lelie, F. (2023). The new minority: People without a migration background in the superdiverse city. VU University Press. Harfitt, G., & Chow, J. M. L. (2020). Employing Community-Based Experiential Learning in Teacher Education. Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-6003-3 Christ, R. C., & Clifton, A. C. (2020). Culturally responsive investigations of communities: Honoring funds of knowledge and community spaces. In Teaching for citizenship in urban schools (Chapter 3). Information Age Publishing. Knight, J. (2003). Updated definition of internationalization. International Higher Education, (33), 2–3. https://doi.org/10.6017/ihe.2003.33.7391 London School of Economics and Political Science, LSE Cities. (2023). Young Researchers-in-Residence: A model for investigating and designing urban spaces with young people [Report]. LSE Cities. Lovett, K. (Ed.). (2020). Diverse Pedagogical Approaches to Experiential Learning: Multidisciplinary Case Studies, Reflections, and Strategies. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-42691-0 Moya Pellitero, A. M., & Hunter, V. (2020). Somatic landscapes and urban identities: Mapping emotional engagements through site, dance and body connections in Raval, Barcelona, a case study. Athens Journal of Architecture, 6(3), 249–272. https://doi.org/10.30958/aja.6-3-3 Rantanen, A., & Chudoba, M. (2023). Experimenting with complexity: A pedagogical tool for evaluating and fostering ‘space of emergence’. In M. Chudoba & G. Griffiths (Eds.), Curious pedagogy: Reflections on urban planning education (pp. 227–246). Tampere University. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978‑952‑03‑3007‑1 20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper A Cross-cultural Case Study on Nurturing Key Competencies for Sustainability in Early Childhood Education in Finland and Japan 1: Kobe University, Japan; 2: Shirayuri University Presenting Author:Our research presents a case study of utilizing steam pedagogies in early childhood education (ECE) in Finland and Japan. We examine how the steam pedagogy activities was to help nurture and develop the key competencies for sustainability activities and how the different material and socio-cultural environments influence these activities. Prior research has highlighted how experiences with nature, both direct and indirect, during early childhood, influence emotional relationship with nature (e.g. Kellert, 2002). Emotional affinity in turn relates to nature protective behavior (Kals et al. 1999), which connects to values thinking, one of the key competencies for sustainability (UNESCO, 2017). These competencies are: (1) Systems thinking competency, (2) Anticipatory competency, (3) Normative competency, (4) Strategic competency, (5) Collaboration competency, (6) Critical thinking competency, (7) Self-awareness competency. These competencies later been refined, further contextualized and operationalized by researchers and educators, for example in Japan by Ohnuki & Suzuki (2023) and (8) Integrated problem-solving competency has been added later. Building on Ohnuki et al. (2024) research we focus on anticipatory competence (the abilities to understand and evaluate multiple futures – possible, probable and desirable; to create one’s own visions for the future), normative competency (the abilities to understand and reflect on the norms and values that underlie one’s actions) , collaboration competency (the abilities to learn from others; to understand and respect the needs, perspectives and actions of others) and integrated problem solving competency (ability to reflect on one’s own role in the local community and (global) society; to deal with one’s feelings and desires) because they connect closest with emotional learning and together with systems thinking are the most salient for our purposes. Ste(a)m pedagogies have been shown to provide a good framework for educating children about sustainable development and nurturing the above-mentioned key competencies in ECE (Haraguchi et al. 2024). Research has shown how children’s play-based and inquiry-oriented learning can support agentic responses and nurture understanding of sustainability and help build foundation for further scientific skills (Vartiainen et al. 2024). The material and physical and environment with its restraints and affordances makes a difference in education: the ease and difficulty of access to natural environments or materials for daily use has been shown to direct curricular focus and activities in different directions in Finland and Japan (see Teshirogi et al. 2023). The social environment with its group dynamics, role expectations and communicative traditions also play an important role in how the educational activities are enacted and experienced. Japanese ECE is a heterogenous field with many private providers and varying approaches to structure and discipline, although whole group instruction and relationships-oriented approaches can be prevalent (Holloway, 2001). Teaching academic skills is typically not emphasized. Relationship with nature and surrounding environment is typically nurtured through field trips, observing seasonal changes and connecting them with aesthetic experiences and in case of some places, growing own flowers and vegetables (Ohnuki & Sumida, 2017). Finnish ECE represents the Nordic edu-care model. In the present national curriculum guidelines, pedagogical activities are built around transversal competencies and wide areas of learning instead of detailed learning objectives (Finnish National Agency for Education, 2025), making it easy to implement STEAM education. Playing, exploring and centering the learning around the children’s interest are very prominent in Finnish style ECE. The environment is a central keyword for building the transversal competencies and a foundation for lifelong learning, and for the aim to educate socially and environmentally aware and responsible citizens (Havu-Nuutinen et al. 2021). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our data comes from activities focusing on endangered animals with the aim to nurture an emotional connection and basic understanding on the situations these animals, conducted Finnish and Japanese kindergartens. The Finnish activities were co-planned and co-taught by first and second authors with Japanese pre-service teachers in a multicultural kindergarten classroom at City of Oulu April 2025. The Japanese activities were planned and taught by the second and third authors with the teaching staff of the facilities and officials from the city's Board of Education at Oda City (Shimane prefecture) November 2025. The planning of the session was done adhering to the 5E Instructional Model (Bybee et al. 2006). In both countries, the researchers introduced the theme through stories (picture books) and examples with animals already familiar to the children. Picture books were chosen because stories have the power invite us into dialogical and emotion filled relationship with the world and picture books with its gaps between pictures and depictions require imagination and empathetic understanding (Haynes & Murris, 2012). The activities were an extension of Ohnuki et al. (2024), who employed a single A4-sized sheet of paper as an engineering material for children to represent scientific characteristics of endangered animals. The paper could be worked with in many ways: there was an option of doing origami, a more elaborate accordion-like craft with the paper to show changing states or just write a picture of the animal. We offered options instead of being prescriptive to allow for exploration and personalization. To ease participation and discussion, the normal groups of around 20 children were split into two smaller groups. We collected ethnographic data in the form of photographs, video recordings, field notes and small interviews with teachers in both countries. The analysis was led by the first author, fluent in both Finnish and Japanese. During the analysis, we adhered to the principles of qualitative content analysis (Miles et al., 2020) and comparative analysis (Tobin, 2022). We paid special attention to how children described their process and product to either peer or adults during the work and the show-and-tell sessions afterwards. The latter also included after-the-fact reflection which was done together with the teachers and children. There the students voiced in about what was easy/challenging, what they learned and what was the experience like emotionally. These reflections and discussions provided an important clue to the childrens’ connection with the theme and their learning. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The activities connected with the key competencies for sustainability the following ways: (1) learning to fold paper into origami or use it for other craft connected with anticipatory and systems thinking competencies, (2) doing the craft together with other children or adults helped develop collaboration competency and (3) self-awareness competency was nurtured through finishing a self-selected small project and emphasizing the emotional connection via the “being close with nature” – dimension of this competency. The emerging emotional connection towards the animals and natural world took different forms due to the distinct material and socio-cultural environments. Finland, the emotional attachment came through in many students naming their animal or feeling the urge to create several. In Japan, this connection was seen in how the children were “story oriented”; they wanted to tell how and why the animal craft took the shape it did. The products themselves were also more elaborate and creative, likely reflecting not only how commonly paper is used as material but also common purpose of the educators on the activity. Common elements connecting ECE beyond local cultures had to do with more universal pedagogical and didactical arrangements: children sitting on the floor or around the table, listening to adults talk or read a picture book. In both countries the teacher confirmed and elaborated what was presented in the show-and-tell sessions. Our results suggest that the emotional connection is created through the contextually coherent whole of the activity, rather than any of the individual elements themselves, echoing Vartiainen & Kumpulainen (2019) who highlight the importance of seeing children’s meaning-making as a cohesive whole with emotion, play, creativity and relationships interconnecting. References Bybee, R.W, Taylor, J.A., Gardner, A., Van Scotter, P. Carlson Powell,J., Westbrook, A. & Landes, N.(2006). The BSCS 5E Instructional Model: Origins, Effectiveness. BSCS. Finnish National Agency for Education (2025) . National core curriculum for early childhood education and care. https://www.oph.fi/sites/default/files/documents/National%20core%20curriculum%20for%20ECEC%202022.pdf Havu-Nuutinen, S., Kewalramani, S., Veresov, N. Pöntinen, S., & Kontkanen, S. (2021). Understanding early childhood science education: Comparative analysis of Australian and Finnish Curricula. Research in Science Education 52, 1093-1108. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11165-020-09980-4 Haynes, J. & Murris, K. (2012). Picturebooks, pedagogy and philosophy. Routledge. Holloway, S.D. (2000). Contested childhood – Diversity and change in Japanese preschools. Routledge. Kellert, S.R. (2002). Experiencing nature: Affective, cognitive and evaluative development in children. In: P.H. Kahn, Jr. & S.R. Kellert (eds.) Children and nature: Psychological, sociocultural and evolutionary investigations (pp. 117-152). The MIT Press. Kals, E., Schumacher, D. & Montada, L. (1999). Emotional affinity toward nature as a motivational basis to protect nature. Environment and Behavior 31(2), 178-202. Miles, M., Huberman, M. & Saldana, J. (2020). Qualitative data analysis: A Methods sourcebook. 4th Ed. Sage. Ohnuki, A. & Sumida, M. (2017). Childrenʼs Effective Learning of Life Science in Montessori Education: A Case Study at Shonan Shirayuri Gakuen Kindergarten. Shirayuri University Primary Education Department Bulletin 3,1-17. Ohnuki, A. & Suzuki, M. (2023). A Basic Study on Competence-based Life Science Education for Young Children: Based on Early Childhood Education Research in USA, Australia, the Philippines, and Finland. Science Education Research 63(3),513-526. Ohnuki, A. Haraguchi, R., Nishigaki,K. & Sumida, M. (2024). Developing a Biodiversity Conservation STEAM Program for Gifted Young Children: The Single-Sheet Challenge “Save the animals from endangerment” (in Japanese). Unpublished manuscript. UNESCO (2017). Education for Sustainable Development Goals: Learning Objectives. https://doi.org/10.54675/CGBA9153 Teshirogi, H., Lassila, E.T., Suzuki, M. (2023). Comparative research on Japanese and Finnish science textbooks: Examining the structure and questions in learning elementary school biology textbooks. Biology Education 64(2), 82-93. (In Japanese) Tobin, J. (2022). Learning from comparative ethnographic studies of early childhood education and care. Comparative Education 58(3),297-314. Vartiainen, J., Sormunen, K. & Kangas, J. (2024). Relationality of play and playfulness in early childhood sustainability education. Learning and Instruction 93, 1-8. Vartiainen , J. & Kumpulainen , K. (2019). Promoting young children’s scientific literacy as a dynamic practice . In K. Kumpulainen & J. Sefton-Green (eds). Multiliteracies and Early Years Innovation : Perspectives from Finland and Beyond . Routledge Research in Early Childhood Education (pp. 77-94). Routledge. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 13 A: On the Making and Re-making of Doctoral Education in Educational Sciences. Histories over Time and Place. Part 2. Location: B1100 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Sverker Lindblad Session Chair: Kirsi Pyhältö Symposium |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Symposium On the Making and Re-making of Doctoral Education in Educational Sciences. Histories over Time and Place. Part 2. Background and purpose In this symposium we are analyzing the making of doctoral education in education sciences. A general background is the remaking of the system of higher education and research as pointed out by e.g. Nowotny et al (2003) from a discipline-focused Mode-1 to a problem-focused Mode-2 where societal rather than scientific relevance is underlined at the science-society agora. To our understanding educational sciences are very much influenced by a mode-2 position (e.g. Lindblad & Pettersson, 2024). What are the implications of this?
Given this, we turn to the work of Kuhn (1962) who studied doctoral education as an object for understanding paradigmatic reproduction and change in the sciences. This study has been important in discourses on science and society and is debated and further developed in later studies (e.g. Shapin, 2022), for instance with a focus on Matters of globalization of doctoral education are of interest here, for instance considering North-South differences and matters of intellectual predispositions (Connell, 2017) at work in doctoral education discourses and in the making of doctoral education.
Research questions: The purpose of this symposium is to analyze doctoral education in the education sciences over time and place. We ask:
- How is doctoral education evolving as an institution in the paradigmatic (re)production of knowledge in different contexts over a longer period? - What are important events and agents in making and re-making of doctoral education? - Which scientific predispositions and matters in the making of arguments and systems of reason are at work in the making and remaking of doctoral education, shown as global North-South differences?
Theoretical framework and research approach A recent research review (Lindblad & Gross, 2025) shows that previous research on doctoral education is mostly studying doctoral education as a matter of educational problems (supervision, identity problems, attrition, etc.). Thus, there is little research with a focus on doctoral education that corresponds to the research interests presented above. To analyze paradigmatic reproduction and change, we turn to historical institutionalism (Thelen, 1999), to describe and understand doctoral education trajectories – events, agents and tracking of processes – and to compare these trajectories over global contexts. Of special interest here is arguments for making and remaking of doctoral education – its tasks, design, and selection of relevant knowledge, in systems of reason (Popkewitz, 2014) at work in these trajectories.
To answer and discuss these questions we put forwards a comparative case study approach. We are not comparing nations, but we use the opportunities to compare changing institutions in different contexts. Thus, we choose a Grounded Theory approach (Glaser & Strauss, 1977) by comparing doctoral education trajectories over time and place regarding important events, agents, and reasoning in the making and remaking of doctoral education. Scientific significance: The proposed symposium will describe and analyse historical developments of institutions of doctoral education in educational sciences over time and place. This is of significant importance for reflctions of scientific reproduction and change, and for cooperation between different epistemic cultures in the sciences (Knorr-Cetina, 1999). Our ambition is toanalyze similar processes in the educational sciences in a changing system of higher education and research. References Cetina, K. K. (1999). Epistemic cultures: How the sciences make knowledge. harvard university press. Connell, R. (2017). Southern theory and world universities. Higher Education Research & Development, 36(1), 4-15. Glaser, B., & Strauss, A. 1977). Discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. Aldine de Greyters Kuhn, T. S. (1962/1997). The structure of scientific revolutions (Vol. 962). Chicago: University of Chicago press. Lindblad, S. & Gross, B. (2026): International Networking and Diverging Interests in Doctoral Education Research Communities Organized through Scientific Communication. Paper accepted to AERA2026 McKenna, S., & van Schalkwyk, S. (2024). A scoping review of the changing landscape of doctoral education. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 54(6), 984-1001. Nowotny, H., Scott, P., & Gibbons, M. (2003). Introduction:'Mode 2'revisited: The new production of knowledge. Minerva, 41(3), 179-194. Popkewitz, T. (2014). Social epistemology, the reason of reason” and the curriculum studies. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 22, 22-22. Shapin, S. (2022). The scientific revolution. University of Chicago press. Thelen, Kathleen. "Historical institutionalism in comparative politics." Annual review of political science 2.1 (1999): 369-404 Presentations of the Symposium Bridging General Education and Practice-Oriented Teacher Training by Research: The Emergence of Doctoral Programs and Their Implications
Education research was institutionalized as an academic field at the University of Oslo in 1938, primarily to establish a research-based foundation for teaching and teacher education. This initiative led also to the development of a research portfolio and degree programs that qualified graduates for diverse roles within the education system. In contrast, teacher education institutions—organized through university seminars and regional colleges—were expected to integrate research generated at the university while simultaneously cultivating their own knowledge base in collaboration with school authorities, schools, and teachers. Within this framework, pedagogy (and Didaktik in the German tradition) emerged as a bridging discipline, mediating between the university and teacher education institutions.
Over the past decades, the shared responsibility for general education at universities and teacher education has shifted significantly. Teacher education has evolved into a scientific, evidence-based domain, driven by its integration into universities in the late 20th century and by substantial investment in research training (Elstad, 2023; Smith, 2020). Supported by the Research Council of Norway, teacher education programs have established their own doctoral programs (Smith, 2020), participated in general doctoral programs (Ludvigsen & Ulfsnes, 2013), and joined Nordic networks of collaborating institutions. These developments have repositioned general educational research as a core academic field within universities, introducing new disciplinary tracks and educational expectations for evidence-based practices. General didactics appears to loose its significance as a key bridge between academia and schools due to an epistemic drift toward evidence-based knowledge in teacher education institutions, and it seems no longer to hold the same authority among scholars. However, nuances can also be found by encouraging hybrid approaches (Smith, 2022). The change is seen as a consequence of political strategies and academia itself, and their numerous efforts to change the scientific rationales and the division of labor between general educational sciences and teacher education as an institution and practice (Caspersen & Smeby, 2023).
This paper presents the historical trajectories of general and teacher education in Norway. By drawing on a historical analysis of documentary sources, including doctoral programmes, it traces the development and disciplinary differentiation of doctoral education in Norway from its inception in the 1990s to the present, and examines how institutional and conceptual bridges have been re-constructed between the academic-scientific and practical knowledge domains. It concludes by discussing emerging implications of a more evidence-based approach for the field of pedagogy/didactics.
References:
Caspersen, Joakim, & Smeby, Jens-Christian. (2023). Research-based teacher education in Norway – a longitudinal perspective. International journal of educational research, 119, 102177. doi: 10.1016/j.ijer.2023.102177
Elstad, Eyvind. (2023). Teacher Education in the Nordic Region: Challenges and Opportunities (1st Edition 2023 utg.). Cham: Cham: Springer Nature.
Ludvigsen, Sten, & Ulfsnes, Kari-Anne. (2013). Forskerskoler som modeller for forskerutdanning: Progresjon og utvikling av ekspertise. Research schools as models for research education - progression and development of expertise, 36(4), 65-79. doi: 10.3402/uniped.v36i4.23144
Smith, Kari. (2020). Expansive learning for teacher educators-the story of the norwegian national research school in teacher education (NAFOL). Paper presentert ved Frontiers in Education.
Smith, Kari. (2022). Balancing teacher educators' researcherly and pedagogical dispositions - an example from Norway. Asia-Pacific journal of teacher education, 50(4), 328-342. doi: 10.1080/1359866X.2022.2073868
2. Reconfiguring epistemic cultures in Swedish Educational Sciences, 1950 to 2024
It has long been recognized that formation of an academic field primarily occurs through training doctoral students within an institutionalized framework (Elmgren et al., 2016; Kuhn, 1962). Thus, doctoral education and doctoral research are testimony of both the production and reproduction of “epistemic cultures”, that is, the practices, instruments, norms, and social arrangements through which a field produces and legitimates knowledge (Knorr Cetina, 1999). This paper is part of a lager research project on how science-society interactions influence the design, content, and organization of doctoral education, and what this implies for the formation of epistemic cultures. Our focus is doctoral education in Education Science in Sweden and its development from the 1950s to the present. In this sub-study we focus on the analysis of doctoral theses published during this period. The aim of the paper is to show how internal (disciplinary) and external (societal, policy, economy) relevance pressures are visible in the theses. We ask: What kinds of knowledge production are prioritized and legitimized over time? Which intellectual traditions and ideas dominate, decline or emerge?
We have analysed more than 100 doctoral theses from the post WW 2-period up to 2024. The analysis traces the movement from “pedagogik” organized as a distinct academic discipline toward problem oriented doctoral education (Nowotny et al., 2003) that characterizes Educational Sciences today. Drawing on historical institutionalism (Thelen, 1999) and the concept of epistemic culture (Knorr Cetina, 1999) the analysis focuses on how internal and external pressures gradually have gradually reshaped practices, instruments, norms, and social arrangements that define epistemic cultures of Educational Sciences. To contextualize this analysis, we refer to Foss Lindblad’s & Lindblad’s (2016) analyse of relevance regimes as ideal types in Education Science in Sweden.
As in many countries, Swedish doctoral education has since the 1960s been a target of national policy making and ideals produced within international organizations, such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and the European Union (Apelgren, Lindblad & Wärvik, 2022; Elmgren et al., 2016). In the doctoral theses, we can trace a movement from a discipline-centred and psychology-oriented field focused on measuring individuals and on nation building, to a policy-responsive and profession-oriented field, and increased collaborations with schools and municipalities.
References:
Apelgren, Britt-Marie, Sverker Lindblad, and Gun-Britt Wärvik. "Restructuring Doctoral Education in Sweden." Österlind, ML., Denicolo, P., & Apelgren, BM. Doctoral Education as if People Matter (2022): 28-42.
Elmgren, M., Forsberg, E., Lindberg-Sand, Å., & Sonesson, A. (2016). The formation of doctoral education. Media-Tryck, Lund University. https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:916582/FULLTEXT01.pdf(open in a new window).
Knorr Cetina, K. (1999). Epistemic cultures: How the sciences make knowledge. Harvard University Press.
Foss Lindblad, R. & Lindblad, S. (2016). On relevance and norms of science in times of restructuring: Educational research in Sweden. In Political pressures on educational and social research (pp. 66-76). Routledge.
Kuhn, T. S. (1962/1997). The structure of scientific revolutions (Vol. 962). Chicago: University of Chicago press.
Nowotny, H., Scott, P., & Gibbons, M. (2003). Introduction: 'Mode 2'revisited: The new production of knowledge. Minerva, 41(3), 179-194.
Thelen, Kathleen. "Historical institutionalism in comparative politics." Annual review of political science 2.1 (1999): 369-404.
Doctoral Education in Educational Sciences in Italy
Doctoral education in Educational Sciences in Italy has moved from an elite, pre-PhD apprenticeship model to a quality-assured third cycle integrated in the European Higher Education Area. While earlier forms of advanced study existed, the modern dottorato di ricerca—informed by nineteenth-century German and French models and, subsequently, by the UK and US—was institutionalized in Italy only in 1980, with the creation of a national degree and standardized admission and training (Cappa, 2009; Di Maio & Gaeta, 2021). Subsequent reforms progressively tied doctoral provision to accreditation, external evaluation and alignment with European quality assurance standards (Alfano et al., 2021).
In Educational Sciences, doctoral programmes evolved from single-chair traditions to structured, multi-curricular schools. The Bologna Process consolidated the doctorate as the “third cycle” and incentivized internationalization and quality assurance logics (Donina et al., 2015). Recent instruments within the Next Generation EU programme and the new cross-institutional National Doctorates re-steered doctorates toward strategic, networked consortia, foregrounding digital transition, public-sector impact where applicable, and faculty development. This, however, may even have exhaberated the challenging occupational outcomes (Passaretta et al., 2018; Carriero et al., 2024; ISTAT, 2018) and academic career opportunities of PhD graduates.
This paper highlights the development and actors of doctoral education in educational sciences in making and re-making of doctoral education in Italy. Main actors in Italy shaping doctoral education in educational sciences are MUR (national ministry of university and research), ANVUR (quality assurance/accreditation), CRUI (rectors’ conference), universities providing doctoral education, and the disciplinary associations in Educational Sciences (SIPED, SIRD, SIPES, SIPEGES). The paper shows how, across decades, reforms reflect shifting rationalities, especially in relation to 1. Disciplinary-humanistic reproduction through academic apprenticeship; 2. Massification, Europeanization and comparability; 3. Quality assurance, evaluative state and New Public Management; 4. Innovation, employability and competitiveness; and 5. Open science, equity and inclusion.
References:
Alfano, V., Gaeta, G. L., Pinto, M., Rotondo, F., & Vecchione, G. (2021). Ph.D. courses in Italy after the Gelmini reform. MPRA Paper No. 108144.
Cappa, C. (2009). Il dottorato in Italia: Una storia recente. Rivista Scuola IaD, 1, 66–94. http://rivista.scuolaiad.it/wp-content/uploads/pdf/numero1/il-dottorato-in-italia-una-storia-recente.pdf
Carriero, R., Coda Zabetta, M., Geuna, A., & Tomatis, F. (2024). Investigating PhDs’ early career occupational outcomes in Italy: Individual motivations, role of supervisor and gender differences. Higher Education, 87, 1375–1392. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-023-01068-y
Di Maio, A., & Gaeta, G. L. (Eds.). (2021). La trasformazione del dottorato di ricerca: Orientamenti europei, riforme nazionali e misure regionali di supporto. FrancoAngeli.
Istituto Nazionale di Statistica (ISTAT). (2018). L’inserimento professionale dei dottori di ricerca. https://www.istat.it/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Report-Dottori-di-ricerca-26nov2018.pdf
Passaretta, G., Trivellato, P., & Triventi, M. (2018). Between academia and labour market: The occupational outcomes of PhD graduates in a period of academic reforms and economic crisis. Higher Education, 76, 997–1023. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-018-0288-4
Donina, D., Meoli, M., & Paleari, S. (2015). Higher education reform in Italy: Tightening regulation instead of steering at a distance. Higher Education Policy, 28(2), 215–234. https://doi.org/10.1057/hep.2014.6
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 13 C: AI impacts on learning Location: B1096 | Pinni B | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Roeland van der Rijst Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Ignite Talk Agency in Practice: How Chinese International Students Make Judgements About Generative AI Use in Academic Tasks University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Generative AI is now commonly used by students in UK higher education. Evidence from a national student survey suggests that reported AI use increased within a short period of time, with many respondents indicating that they used AI to support learning activities as well as assessed coursework (Freeman, 2025). This level of uptake matters because it complicates the assumption that AI use occurs only in marginal or exceptional situations. Policy responses have developed quickly, but they have not yet resulted in a consistent shared approach. Within the UK sector, the Quality Assurance Agency has published guidance and resources that encourage institutions to safeguard academic standards while responding to generative AI (The Quality Assurance Agency [QAA], 2024). However, a global analysis of academic integrity policies indicates that references to AI-related risks vary considerably across institutions and often follow, rather than anticipate, technological developments (Perkin and Roe, 2024). As a result, a gap can emerge between the formal language of policy and how academic practices are experienced in everyday study. Much of the evidence from the perspective of students concentrates on attitudes and perceptions rather than on decision-making in context. Some studies show that students often regard generative AI as helpful, while also expressing concerns about reliability, ethical implications, and learning outcomes (Chan and Hu, 2023). While this work provides important insight into general views, it offers a limited understanding of how students respond when they encounter concrete academic tasks that require judgment about acceptable use. This uncertainty may be particularly pronounced for international students. Research on academic literacies suggests that expectations in higher education are frequently implicit, contested, and shaped by disciplinary norms rather than by a single transferable set of skills (Lea and Street, 1998). For students who move across educational systems, uncertainty should not be interpreted simply as an individual shortcoming. Instead, it reflects how academic conventions are communicated and evaluated. In this context, generative AI can function both as a form of assistance and as a potential source of risk. The same use of AI may be interpreted as legitimate learning support in one course and as inappropriate practice in another. This study focuses on Chinese international students in UK higher education and asks how students exercise agency when deciding whether, when, and how to use generative AI in academic tasks. Agency is treated here as something enacted through practice, rather than as a fixed characteristic that students possess to varying degrees. This perspective draws on research into generative AI tools supported learning, which suggests that digital tools can both support and constrain agency depending on how they are taken up in practice (Darvishi et al., 2024). It is also informed by recent reviews of the emerging literature on generative AI and agency, which point to ongoing tensions around control, access, and changing understandings of what agency entails (Roe and Perkins, 2024). The theoretical framework brings together academic literacies with sociomaterial and posthuman perspectives. Sociomaterial research emphasises that digital literacy practices emerge through relationships among learners, technologies, texts, and institutional contexts, rather than through individual capability alone (Gourlay and Oliver, 2013). Similarly, posthuman scholarship in digital education questions accounts of learning and authorship that locate responsibility solely within the individual, especially in digitally mediated environments (Bayne, 2016). While these perspectives offer valuable insights, they can remain abstract if they are not connected to concrete academic activity. For this reason, the study pays particular attention to moments during academic work when students pause, reconsider, accept, or reject AI input, as these moments offer a way to examine how agency and academic integrity are negotiated in practice. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study adopts a design that links broad patterns of use with observed practices and participants’ own interpretations. The first stage consists of an online survey that explores how students use generative AI across a range of common academic tasks. It also gathers information about students’ perceptions of institutional guidance and their own understandings of acceptable boundaries. This stage provides an overview of patterns and variation, but it does not capture how decisions unfold during actual study activity. The second stage involves a writing task completed with screen recording. Participants carry out a short academic writing activity using their usual digital tools and practices, with the option to consult generative AI if they wish. This approach is adopted because reported perceptions tend to overlook hesitation and uncertainty. Research on writing processes suggests that screen recording can make visible aspects of decision making, such as pauses, revisions, and attention shifts that writers may not recall in retrospect (Chan, 2017). The resulting data are treated as evidence of practical reasoning rather than as an evaluation of writing ability. The final stage consists of interviews structured around specific moments from the recorded writing task. Participants are invited to reflect on selected episodes and explain what they were trying to achieve and how they understood the limits of acceptable AI use. Anchoring the discussion in concrete activity helps to move beyond general statements and allows closer examination of how institutional messages are interpreted in practice. It also enables exploration of how students relate AI use to learning aims, language support needs, and their perceptions of fairness. The study draws on academic literacies theory to situate integrity as negotiated rather than fixed categories. The design aims to connect students’ reported concerns with observed judgment practices and interpretations of institutional ambiguity. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As data collection is ongoing, this study does not claim to present findings at this stage. The discussion offered here is exploratory in nature and draws only on a small amount of preliminary material alongside relevant literature. It is intended to outline possible analytical directions rather than to support conclusions about students’ practices or decision-making. First, the study is expected to indicate that students’ judgements about the use of generative AI differ across tasks and depend on how clearly expectations are communicated. Although reported levels of use are relatively high, this does not appear to correspond to widely shared understandings of what counts as acceptable practice. Instead, existing research suggests that students often make judgments in response to specific situations rather than relying on consistent or clearly defined rules (Freeman et al., 2025). Second, the study is expected to suggest that uncertainty in institutional guidance plays a role in shaping students’ decisions. Where policies differ across modules or provide limited detail, students may turn to peer practices, previous experiences, or personal interpretations of academic integrity. This can result in a range of approaches to AI use rather than a single common pattern. Third, the research seeks to develop a more detailed understanding of how agency is expressed during academic work that involves AI tools. Instead of treating agency as a fixed personal quality, the study focuses on how decisions take shape through the interaction of tools, task requirements, institutional expectations, and students’ own goals. This view is consistent with academic literacies research, which understands writing and judgement as practices that are socially situated and shaped by context. These insights may contribute to ongoing discussions about generative AI, academic integrity, and student agency in higher education. They may also offer practical value for institutions seeking to communicate guidance more clearly. References Bayne, S. (2016). Posthumanism and research in digital education. SAGE Handbook of E-learning Research, 82-100. Chan, C. K. Y., & Hu, W. (2023). Students’ voices on generative AI: Perceptions, benefits, and challenges in higher education. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 20(1), 43. Chan, S. (2017). Using keystroke logging to understand writers’ processes on a reading-into-writing test. Language Testing in Asia, 7(1), 10. Darvishi, A., Khosravi, H., Sadiq, S., Gašević, D., & Siemens, G. (2024). Impact of AI assistance on student agency. Computers & Education, 210, 104967. Freeman, J. (2025). Student generative ai survey 2025. Higher Education Policy Institute: London, UK. Gourlay, L., & Oliver, M. (2013). Beyond ‘the social': digital literacies as sociomaterial practice. In Literacy in the Digital University (pp. 79-94). Routledge. Lea, M. R., & Street, B. V. (1998). Student writing in higher education: An academic literacies approach. Studies in higher education, 23(2), 157-172. Perkins, M., & Roe, J. (2024). Decoding academic integrity policies: A corpus linguistics investigation of AI and other technological threats. Higher Education Policy, 37(3), 633-653. Roe, J., & Perkins, M. (2024). Generative AI and agency in Education: A critical scoping review and thematic analysis. arXiv preprint arXiv:2411.00631. The Quality Assurance Agency [QAA]. (2024). Advice and resources on Generative AI. https://www.qaa.ac.uk/sector-resources/generative-artificial-intelligence/qaa-advice-and-resources 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Lost in Translation? The Impact of AI Translation Tools on International Postgraduate Learning in English-Medium Instruction University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Context The research is prompted by a classroom observation during a seminar in which several students were wearing AI-enabled smart glasses to translate spoken English into written text in their language real time. These devices record lectures, translate them and upload data to cloud-based systems, over which lecturers have no control, raising concerns about data ownership, consent, and academic governance. This moment prompted critical reflection on how emerging translation technologies are transforming international postgraduate learning environments. The study is situated within a postgraduate programme at a Scottish university in which over 98% of students are international. In this highly multilingual context, the increasing availability of AI has led to growing student reliance on translation tools to support lecture comprehension, seminar participation, and academic writing. Classroom observations indicate a significant shift in how linguistic accessibility is mediated, with AI technologies increasingly functioning as intermediaries between students and lecturers. Problem Although AI translation technologies may enhance access and inclusivity by lowering linguistic barriers (Fitas, 2025), their educational implications remain underexamined. Existing research suggests that reliance on translation tools may limit opportunities for language development and authentic interaction (Zhang, Li & Wu, 2025; Rapa et al., 2024), and inaccuracies in translation can result in partial or distorted comprehension (Altakhaineh et al., 2025). Moreover, the use of AI translation tools raises ethical concerns related to data privacy, algorithmic bias, and institutional governance (Regan & Jesse, 2019). In particular, the recording and cloud storage of lecturers’ speech may expose sensitive academic content and personal data to potential misuse. These issues are compounded by the fact that institutional AI policies tend to prioritise generative AI, often overlooking translation technologies, leaving gaps in guidance for both staff and students. Aims and research questions This project investigates the use of AI translation tools by international students in live EMI teaching sessions in a postgraduate programme at a Scottish university. The study aims to examine how these tools are used in practice and analyse their impact on students’ comprehension, engagement, and academic confidence. Specifically, the study seeks to explore students’ motivations for using these tools during lectures and seminars, the ways in which they are integrated into live learning activities, and students’ perceptions of their benefits and limitations. By systematically analysing cloud storage practices underpinning commonly used AI tools and their pedagogical effects, the project aims to deliver evidence-based guidance for institutions seeking to implement responsible and inclusive AI in multilingual higher education contexts. The study addresses the following research questions: 1. What are the primary motivations behind international students’ use of real-time AI translation during live lectures and seminar/tutorial discussions? 2. How do they use these tools and what specific tools do they use? 3. What benefits and challenges do students experience when using AI translation tools in EMI contexts? Preliminary analysis of existing literature indicates that, although a growing body of research has examined the role of machine translation in educational settings, limited attention has been paid to the use of AI-based translation tools within English-medium instruction (EMI) contexts. There is a lack of focused empirical and conceptual work examining how AI translation tools affect academic integrity and mediate the linguistic demands experienced by both students and instructors in EMI environments. This gap underscores the need for targeted research to clarify the pedagogical, ethical, and linguistic implications of AI translation in these settings. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a mixed-methods research design informed by a pragmatic paradigm. The study is exploratory prioritising enhancement of pedagogical practice while contributing to broader educational debates (Fanghanel et al., 2016). Technology Acceptance Model (TAM) (Davis, 1989) provides the theoretical framework, offering a well-established lens through which to analyse students’ adoption of AI translation tools, particularly in relation to perceived usefulness and ease of use. Data collection included an online survey distributed to 200 international postgraduate students, who speak English as a foreign language, enrolled in an education programme;168 students completed the survey. In-depth semi-structured interviews were conducted with 12 participants selected from survey respondents. Recruitment took place via email and course announcements, with participation voluntary and withdrawal permitted at any stage prior to data analysis. To ensure diversity, participants from a range of linguistic and cultural backgrounds who speak English as a foreign language were contacted. Interview participants were selected through purposive sampling, targeting students who reported active use of AI translation tools in academic contexts. Semi-structured interviews, approximately 30-45 minutes in duration, were conducted either online or in person according to participant preference. Data collection began with an anonymous online survey designed to capture types of AI translation tools used, frequency and contexts of use, and self-reported benefits and challenges. Survey invited interested participants to contact the researchers if they wished to be interviewed. Semi-structured interviews with 12 participants were subsequently used to explore motivations for tool use, impacts on classroom participation, and ethical considerations in greater depth. Quantitative survey data were analysed descriptively using Qualtrics to identify trends and patterns. Qualitative interview data are being analysed thematically following Braun and Clarke’s (2006) six-phase framework. Emergent themes will be compared with existing literature to situate findings within broader pedagogical and technological debates. Ethical approval for the project was granted by the School's ethics committee. The study adheres to established ethical principles, including informed consent, confidentiality, voluntary participation, and secure data management in compliance with GDPR and institutional policy. Participants received comprehensive information sheets and were provided informed consent prior to participation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings indicate that students’ use of AI-enabled translation tools is shaped not only by practical learning needs but also by affective and social considerations. Many participants reported downloading AI tools prior to moving to the UK after encountering discussions on local social media that characterised the Scottish accent as particularly challenging to understand. Many shared feeling self-conscious when using translation tools in class, expressing concern that their peers or lecturers might judge them as less capable. This sense of stigma was particularly pronounced in interactive classroom settings, where students felt that visible reliance on translation tools could undermine perceptions of their academic competence or language proficiency. As a result, some students described attempting to conceal their use of such tools despite recognising the potential benefits of real-time translation. A recurring theme in the data was uncertainty surrounding institutional policy. Students frequently expressed confusion about whether the use of translation tools was formally permitted during teaching sessions or in the completion of assessed work. In the absence of clear guidance, many adopted pragmatic strategies, relying on a combination of AI-powered translation, grammar-checking, and paraphrasing tools to support comprehension and note-taking. Several students also reflected on the longer-term effects of sustained translation tool use on their writing development. Some observed that their academic writing had begun to mirror the structure, tone, or phrasing commonly associated with AI-generated text, raising concerns about voice and originality. These reflections suggest that translation technologies may be influencing not only linguistic accuracy but also stylistic norms. Finally, the findings underscore significant equity and ethical issues linked to tool accessibility. Most students relied on free AI translation services, which were perceived as convenient but problematic. Participants reported concerns about data privacy, inconsistent recognition of diverse accents, and frequent translation inaccuracies, all of which affected comprehension and confidence. References Altakhaineh, A. R. M., Alghathian, G. A., and Jarrah, M. M. (2025). A comparative study of accuracy in human vs. AI translation of legal documents into Arabic. International Journal of Language & Law, 14, 63-80. https://doi.org/10.14762/jll.2025.063 Braun, V., and Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Davis, F. D. (1989), Perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, and user acceptance of information technology, MIS Quarterly, 13 (3): 319–340, https://doi.org/10.2307/249008 Fanghanel, J., Pritchard, J., Potter, J. and Wisker, G. (2016). Defining and Supporting the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL). Higher Education Academy. Fitas, R. (2025). Inclusive education with AI: supporting special needs and tackling language barriers. AI Ethics. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43681-025-00824-3 Rapa, A.A., Saja, I., Azmi, A. (2024). The Use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) Translation Tools: Implications for Third Language Proficiency. International Journal of Research and Innovation in Social Science (IJRISS), 8(09), 1952-1960. https://dx.doi.org/10.47772/IJRISS.2024.8090161 Regan, P. M., and Jesse, J. (2019). Ethical Challenges of Edtech, Big Data and Personalized Learning: Twenty-First Century Student Sorting and Tracking. Ethics and Information Technology, 21, 167-179. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10676-018-9492-2 Zhang, W., Li, A.W. and Wu, C. (2025). University students’ perceptions of using generative AI in translation practices. Instr Sci 53, 633–655 https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-025-09705-y 22. Research in Higher Education
Poster Perceived Pedagogical and Ethical Challenges of Artificial Intelligence in Teacher Education: Teachers’ and Students’ Perspectives from Slovenia University of Maribor Faculty of Education, Slovenia Presenting Author:Recent research highlights the rapidly growing integration of artificial intelligence (AI) in higher education, emphasizing its potential to support learning, assessment, and instructional design (Bond et al., 2024). At the same time, empirical studies increasingly point to persistent challenges related to pedagogical readiness, ethical use, data protection, unequal access, and broader social and developmental implications of AI-supported learning environments (Holmes et al., 2021; Nguyen et al., 2022). These challenges are particularly salient in teacher education, where future teachers’ competencies, beliefs, and ethical orientations play a crucial role in shaping classroom practices and long-term educational outcomes (Su & Yang, 2023). The conceptual framework of this study is grounded in interdisciplinary research on technology integration in education, teacher professional competence, and responsible AI use. It draws on the Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK) framework (Voogt et al., 2012), which conceptualizes effective technology integration as the interplay between technological, pedagogical, and content knowledge. In addition, the framework incorporates emerging perspectives on ethical and responsible AI in education, including community-wide ethical frameworks (Holmes et al., 2021), pedagogical and policy-oriented analyses of AI risks (Nguyen et al., 2022), and the European Digital Competence Framework for Citizens (DigComp 3.0), which explicitly addresses ethical, critical, and responsible use of digital technologies (European Commission, Joint Research Centre [JRC], 2025). The Slovenian context of teacher education is relatively unified and small compared to many other EU countries. Initial teacher education is offered by only three universities and five faculties nationwide, with study programmes predominantly at the Master’s level and some at the Bachelor’s level. Structurally, Slovenian teacher education aligns with the Bologna two-cycle model and is therefore comparable to most EU systems in terms of qualification level and formal organization (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2023). Despite this structural alignment, comparative European indicators suggest challenges relevant to AI integration. While Slovenia maintains relatively high overall educational attainment, broader indicators such as population-level digital skills remain below the EU average, which may indirectly affect preparedness for advanced digital and AI-related pedagogies (European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, 2025). Moreover, OECD evidence indicates that recent graduates in Slovenia rate the quality of their initial teacher education below the OECD average, suggesting room for improvement in areas such as pedagogical innovation and digital competence development (OECD, 2016; OECD, 2025). While existing international literature has examined attitudes toward AI adoption in education, fewer studies have systematically compared teachers’ and students’ perceptions within teacher education programmes, particularly across both general pedagogical challenges and ethical challenges of AI use within a shared institutional context. Quantitative evidence comparing these stakeholder groups remains limited, especially in smaller educational systems that nevertheless reflect broader EU policy priorities and structural models. The objective of this study is therefore to examine how teachers and students in Slovenian teacher education programmes differ in their perceptions of AI-related challenges, and to situate these findings within a wider European discourse on responsible AI integration in higher education. The study addresses the following research question: What differences exist between teachers’ and students’ perceptions of (a) general pedagogical challenges and (b) ethical challenges related to the use of artificial intelligence in teacher education programmes in higher education? By comparing teachers’ and students’ perceptions across these dimensions, the study contributes empirical evidence to European and international debates on AI in teacher education. The findings aim to inform professional development, institutional policy, and the responsible, pedagogically grounded integration of AI in higher education in pedagogical study programmes on national and international level. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research design The study employed a quantitative research design using a cross-sectional survey to examine teachers’ and students’ perceptions related to the use of artificial intelligence (AI) in teacher education. This study was conducted as part of the research project “Generative Artificial Intelligence in Education” (Project code: NRP 3350-24-3502). The project is funded by the Republic of Slovenia, the Ministry of Education, and the European Union – NextGenerationEU. Participants The student sample (n = 460) consisted predominantly of students enrolled in first-cycle (Bachelor’s) university programmes (67%), followed by Master’s-level students (16.3%) and students in professional higher education programmes (14.3%) and PhD programmes (2.3%). Geographically, students were recruited from three Slovenian institutions educating future teachers: two faculties at the University of Ljubljana (50.0%), the Faculty of Education, University of Maribor (25.0%), and the Faculty of Education, University of Primorska (25.0%). The teacher sample (n = 119) included higher education teachers and teaching assistants. Most participants were female (71.3%), followed by male participants (27.8%); one participant (0.9%) did not report gender. The average age of teachers was 46.35 years, with an average of 20.59 years of professional experience. Their institutional distribution was similar that of the student sample. Instrument Data were collected using a questionnaire, designed specifically for this study. The instrument was developed through multiple expert reviews conducted by members of the research team and external experts. This paper reports only results related to general pedagogical challenges and ethical challenges of AI use. General challenges included self-assessed AI knowledge, pedagogical readiness of teachers and students, effective ability to use AI, digital inequality and access, overreliance on AI, data privacy protection, and potential social and emotional impacts (e.g. interaction patterns, motivation, and emotional engagement). Ethical challenges included plagiarism, intellectual property, bias and unfairness, data privacy concerns, false or fabricated information, anthropomorphization of AI tools, environmental impacts, social impacts, dependence on AI use, and lack of critical judgment. Internal consistency for the teacher questionnaire was acceptable for exploratory research (general pedagogical challenges: Cronbach’s α = .68; ethical challenges: α = .86). For students, reliability was slightly higher (general pedagogical challenges: α = .69; ethical challenges: α = .89). Given the newly developed nature of the instrument, these values were considered satisfactory. Data collection and ethics Data were collected between December 2024 and January 2025. The study adhered to fundamental research ethics principles. Ethical approval was obtained from the Research Ethics Committee of the Faculty of Arts, University of Maribor (No. 038-30-196/2024/42/FF/UM). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Independent-samples t-tests revealed statistically significant differences between teachers and students across all examined variables of general pedagogical challenges related to AI use in teacher education. Teachers reported higher self-assessed knowledge of AI than students and expressed stronger agreement with statements concerning pedagogical readiness, unequal access to AI tools, unintended negative effects of AI use, data privacy challenges, and potential social and emotional impacts on learners. Effect size for general pedagogical challenges estimates (Cohen’s d = 0.26–0.56) indicate small to moderate practical significance, with the largest differences observed for pedagogical readiness, access inequalities, and data privacy concerns. These findings suggest that teachers approach AI integration with a more cautious and risk-aware perspective, likely reflecting their professional responsibility for pedagogical quality, ethical compliance, and student well-being. Teachers also reported significantly higher concern than students across most ethical challenges of AI use, including plagiarism, intellectual property, bias and unfairness, data privacy, false or fabricated information, anthropomorphization of AI tools, environmental impacts, social impacts, and lack of critical judgment (p ≤ .002). No statistically significant difference was found for dependence on generative AI use, indicating a shared perception between the two groups on this issue. Effect sizes for ethical challenges ranged from small to large (Cohen’s d = 0.15–0.79). The strongest effects were observed for plagiarism and intellectual property, highlighting substantially greater concern among teachers. Moderate effects emerged for bias and unfairness, data privacy, misinformation, and lack of critical judgment, while smaller effects were found for anthropomorphization and environmental and social impacts. The findings indicate systematic differences between teachers’ and students’ perceptions of both general and ethical challenges of AI use in teacher education. Teachers consistently assign greater importance to AI-related risks, underscoring the need for targeted professional development, ethically grounded AI integration, and curricular approaches that address both technical competence and critical, responsible AI use in higher education. References Bond, M., Khosravi, H., De Laat, M., Bergdahl, N., Negrea, V., Oxley, E., Pham, P., Chong, S. W., & Siemens, G. (2024). A meta systematic review of artificial intelligence in higher education: A call for increased ethics, collaboration, and rigour. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education, 21, Article 4. https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-023-00436-z European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. (2025). Education and training monitor 2025. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2766/2720910 European Commission, Joint Research Centre. (2025). DigComp 3.0: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2760/144121 European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2023). Initial education for teachers working in early childhood and school education: Slovenia. Eurydice national education systems. https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/eurypedia/slovenia/initial-education-teachers-working-early-childhood-and-school-education Holmes, W., Porayska-Pomsta, K., Holstein, K., Sutherland, E., Baker, T., Buckingham Shum, S., Santos, O. C., Rodrigo, M. T., Cukurova, M., Bittencourt, I. I., & Koedinger, K. R. (2021). Ethics of AI in education: Towards a community-wide framework. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education, 32(2), 504–526. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40593-021-00239-1 Nguyen, A., Ngo, H., Hong, Y., Dang, B., & Nguyen, B. (2022). Ethical principles for artificial intelligence in education. Education and Information Technologies, 28, 4221 - 4241. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-022-11316-w. OECD. (2016). Education policy outlook: Slovenia. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/about/projects/edu/education-policy-outlook/398027-Education-Policy-Outlook-Country-Profile-Slovenia.pdf OECD (2025). Education at a glance 2025: OECD indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/1c0d9c79-en Su, J. H., & Yang, W. P. (2023). Unlocking the power of ChatGPT: A framework for applying generative AI in education. ECNU Review of Education, 6(3), 355–366. https://doi.org/10.1177/20965311231168423 Voogt, J., Fisser, P., Pareja Roblin, N., Tondeur, J., & van Braak, J. (2012). Technological pedagogical content knowledge – A review of the literature. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 29(2), 109–121. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2729.2012.00487.x |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 13 D: Well Being and Mental Health Location: B3110 | Pinni B | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Piety Runhaar Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Mental Health Literacy in Higher Education: Instructors’ Perception of their Contribution to Pre-service Educators’ and Social Workers’ Attitudes towards Mental Health Universitat de Barcelona, Spain Presenting Author:Mental health is a fundamental human right (Zubiri-Esnaola et al., 2023) that has gained prominence since the COVID-19 pandemic amid rising mental health problems and insufficient professional provision (WHO, 2022). Social workers, teachers and educators in general are among the professionals who must give some professional response to the mental health challenges of students, clients and their families on a daily basis. This response relies on their knowledge on and attitude towards mental health, that is their mental health literacy (MHL). The concept of MHL (Jorm et al., 1997) has been particularly useful to understand and predict professionals’ interventions because it encompasses people’s beliefs about mental health problems and stigmas associated to them, as well as how to prevent mental health issues, search for proper help and offer it to other people. There is a broad consensus that pre-service educators require training to address mental health issues, reflecting the growing recognition that schools are vital spaces for prevention, detection and referral (Skrzypek, 2024; Waters, 2011; Weare & Nind, 2011). Accordingly, educational institutions occupy a privileged position for promoting students’ MHL (Reavley et al., 2012). Teachers and school support staff are increasingly regarded as invaluable yet underutilised mental health resources (Moon et al., 2017). Teachers are often directly involved in delivering support and may at times be the sole providers of interventions such as social-emotional learning (Skrzypek, 2024). Thus, their beliefs and motivation are crucial for school-based support and the early identification of mental health difficulties (Maclean & Law, 2022). Moreover, the association between teacher well-being and both classroom performance and reduced psychological distress among students suggests that strengthening teachers’ MHL can positively influence the mental health of teachers and students alike (Pozo-Rico et al., 2023; Skrzypek, 2024). Consequently, integrating MHL into teacher education may enable educational institutions to play a pivotal role in destigmatising mental health issues and fostering a supportive school environment. While teacher training has received considerable attention, social work education faces similar challenges. Owing to the nature of their profession, social workers are likely to regularly engage with individuals experiencing mental health difficulties. However, concerns persist that these practitioners are not always adequately trained to meet service users’ needs. (Cesare & King, 2015; Kourgiantakis et al., 2022). Beyond theoretical knowledge, social workers must develop awareness of their own values, biases and assumptions. Kourgiantakis et al. (2022) advocate strengthening knowledge and assessment skills among both social work students and practitioners, yet research indicates that social workers lack MHL (Cesare and King, 2015; Martin, 2016). Moreover, social work degree programmes may emphasise sociological perspectives or critiques of psychiatry at the expense of biological and clinical dimensions (Cesare & King, 2015). Finally, both social workers and educators face an elevated risk of burnout due to their working conditions (Molnar et al., 2017; Skrzypek, 2024). In this context, MHL is particularly relevant for protecting their own mental health. The Faculty of Education of the Universitat de Barcelona offers undergraduate degrees in Education, Social Education, Early Childhood Education, Primary Education and Social Work. In Spain, both teacher educators and social educators can carry out socio-educational interventions in institutions that assist, teach and support individuals experiencing mental health problems. Thus, students across these five bachelor’s degree programmes stand to gain from MHL both personally and professionally; however, little evidence exists regarding how HE courses actively cultivate or strengthen students’ MHL. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The aim of the study was to investigate the perceptions of higher education instructors regarding whether and how the courses they teach contribute to improving the MHL of students enrolled in Education, Social Education, Early Childhood Education, Primary Education, and Social Work degrees. To this end, a quantitative design was adopted, and a survey was developed and administered to instructors of all courses related to mental health, health, emotional well-being, psychology, diagnosis in education, counselling, diversity, educational inclusion, human relations, social skills, communication, conflict resolution, embodiment and gender. Furthermore, instructors of all courses involving the supervision of students’ professional placements were also included, given the mental health challenges students often face during early professional placements. Once the list of courses was complete, 297 instructors of these courses were identified, and 10 were excluded, as they were members of the research team. Next, 287 individual emails were sent to all selected instructors explaining the research and inviting them to participate. Of the 287 instructors invited, 105 (36.6%) completed the survey. The survey asked participants to rate, on a Likert scale from 0 to 10, the extent to which their teaching in HE: a) contributed to increasing students’ knowledge about mental health issues, b) addressed distorted beliefs about mental health issues, c) helped students understand how to achieve and sustain good mental health, d) informed students about available mental health treatments and resources, e) provided students with resources to support individuals who might be experiencing mental health issues and f) contributed to reducing stigma surrounding mental health issues. Open-ended questions asked participants to provide examples of how their teaching addressed these aspects of MHL. Quantitative analysis of agreement ratings for the survey items was conducted using SPSS software (version 29). Descriptive statistics— frequencies, means and standard deviations— were calculated to summarise data. Group comparisons across sociodemographic variables were made using non-parametric statistical tests (Mann-Whitney U test). Inductive content analysis was used to examine responses to the open-ended questions. This procedure involved classifying and reducing textual fragments into manageable content categories using established coding rules (Schreier, 2014). The research project was approved by the Bioethics Commission of the Universitat de Barcelona, reference no. CER012520. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Participants agreed most with their contribution to reducing stigma surrounding mental health issues, increasing students’ knowledge about these issues and helping students understand how to achieve and sustain good mental health. Providing resources to students so that they can offer help to people who may be experiencing a mental health issue and informing students about available mental health treatments and resources were the least agreed items. The average responses indicate that MHL remains only a modest priority in the training of pre-service educators and social workers. The highest mean scores were only just over 6 on a 0-10 scale. Moreover, many open-ended responses qualified the closed-ended findings, as numerous examples provided by participants were not aligned with the focus of the item. Participants reported enhancing their students’ MHL through three main approaches. The first was teaching mental health concepts, a component of teacher training that may improve students’ knowledge and reduce distorted beliefs. The second was the discussion of real cases of mental health problems that often mirrored situations students may encounter in future practice. The third was creating safe environments in which instructors and students shared their stories and reflected on their current or future mental health as practitioners. Given that professionals have their own mental health needs and that MHL cannot be reduced to concepts alone, the third approach appears particularly conducive to developing an MHL that fosters attitudinal change and improvements in mental health. Part-time instructors who did not hold a PhD showed significantly greater agreement about their contribution to students’ MHL than their full-time PhD-qualified peers. These findings suggest that HE instructors who also work outside the university may be more sensitive to the need for MHL in HE. While not unexpected, this contrast highlights how field experience can raise awareness of mental health challenges. References Cesare, P. & King, R. (2015). Social workers’ beliefs about the interventions for schizophrenia and depression: a comparison with the public and other health professionals – an Australian analysis. The British Journal of Social Work, 45(6), 1750-1770. https://doi.org/10.1093/bjsw/bcu005 Jorm, A. F., Korten, A. E., Jacomb, P. A., Christensen, H., Rodgers, B., & Pollitt, P. (1997). "Mental health literacy”: A survey of the public’s ability to recognise mental disorders and their beliefs about the effectiveness of treatment. The Medical Journal of Australia, 166, 182. https://doi.org/10.5694/j.1326-5377.1997.tb140071.x Kourgiantakis, T., Sewell, K. M., McNeil, S., Lee, E., Logan, J., Kuehl, D., McCormick, M., Adamson, K. & Kirvan, A. (2022). Journal of Social Work Education, 58(1), 123-148. https://doi.org/10.1080/10437797.2020.1773363 Maclean, L. & Law, J. M. (2022). Supporting primary school students’ mental health needs: teachers’ perceptions of roles, barriers, and abilities. Psychology in the schools, 59, 2359-2377. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22648 Martin, J. (2016). Mental health literacy and social work education. Advances in Social Work and Welfare Education, 18(1), 103-120. https://journal.anzswwer.org/index.php/advances/article/view/227 Molnar, B. E., Sprang, G., Killian, K. D., Gottfried, R., Emery, V., & Bride, B. E. (2017). Advancing science and practice for vicarious traumatization/secondary traumatic stress: A research agenda. Traumatology, 23(2), 129–142. https://doi.org/10.1037/trm0000122 Moon, J., Williford, A. & Mendenhall, A. (2017). Educators’ perceptions of youth mental health: implications for training and the perception of mental health services in schools. Children and Youth Services Review, 73, 384-391. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2017.01.006 Pozo-Rico, T., Poveda, R., Gutiérrez-Fresneda, R., Castejón, J.-L. & Gilar-Corbi, R. (2023). Revamping teacher training for challenging times: teachers’ well-being, resilience, emotional intelligence, and innovative methodologies as key teaching competencies. Psychology Research and Behavior Management, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.2147/PRBM.S382572 Reavley, N. J., McCann, T. V. & Jorn, A. F. (2012). Mental health literacy in higher education students. Early Intervention in Psychiatry, 6, 45-52. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1751-7893.2011.00314.x Skrzypek, C. (2024). The teachers’ mental health literacy scale. Psychology in the Schools, 61, 4133-4150. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.23274 Waters, L. (2011). A Review of School-Based Positive Psychology Interventions. The Australian Educational and Developmental Psychologist, 28(2), 75-90. https://doi.org/10.1375/aedp.28.2.75 Weare, K. & Nind, M. (2011). Mental health promotion and problem prevention in schools: what does the evidence say? Health Promotion International, 26(S1), i29-i69. https://doi.org/doi:10.1093/heapro/dar075 WHO (2022). World mental health report: Transforming mental health for all. World Health Organization. Zubiri-Esnaola, H., Racionero-Plaza, S., Fernández-Villardón, A. & Carbonell, S. (2023). “It was Very Liberating”. Dialogic Literary Gatherings Supporting Mental Health Literacy. Community Mental Health Journal, 59, 869-880. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10597-022-01071-0 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Expectations vs. Reality: A Qualitative Study on the Origins and Coping Strategies of Doctoral Psychological Distress Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:In recent years, the mental health issues of doctoral students have continuously attracted significant attention from the global academic community. Research indicated that doctoral students faced a 2.43 times higher risk of mental distress compared to the control group with higher education (Levecque et al., 2017), and meta-analyses have confirmed that approximately 24% and 17% of doctoral students exhibited significant depressive and anxious symptoms respectively (Hazell et al., 2021). This finding has been continuously verified in various countries over the years, and it shows universality across different disciplines and cultural backgrounds (Bergvall et al., 2025). Regarding this phenomenon, existing literature has accumulated a large amount of empirical research, mainly identifying three key factors that affect the mental health of doctoral students. Firstly, individual psychological resources. Regarding psychological capital such as self-efficacy and perfectionism tendencies, researchers focus on how they act as moderating variables to buffer the negative effects of academic pressure (Cao et al., 2024; Moate et al., 2019). Secondly, interpersonal and mentor relationships. A large number of studies have confirmed that the support style of the supervisor and the sense of belonging to the academic community are the most significant variables predicting the mental health of doctoral students, while an inappropriate mentoring relationship directly leads to psychological burnout (Ringo, 2025). Finally, structural and environmental factors. Scholars have pointed out that the uncertain career prospects in the academic field, unstable financial support, and the cultural atmosphere of high-performance pressure cause continuous structural stress on students (Estupiñá et al., 2024; Byrom et al., 2022). Although existing research has widely identified these risk factors, the current academic discussion still has obvious limitations. First, existing research mostly adopts cross-sectional designs, focusing on measuring the static correlation between stressors and psychological symptoms, and lack research on the dynamic process of the occurrence and evolution of psychological predicaments in doctoral students. Second, regarding doctoral students as active individuals, what specific coping strategies they adopt to maintain psychological balance when facing multiple pressures in academia and life, and the effectiveness of these strategies in actual academic contexts, the current micro-level exploration is still lacking. Therefore, this study aims to adopt qualitative research methods, not limited to verifying known stress factors, but dedicated to revealing the specific process of the generation of doctoral students' psychological distress and deeply analyzing the actual coping strategies they adopt when facing pressure. Based on the above purposes, this study proposes two specific research questions. First, how do doctoral students describe the origin and evolution process of their psychological distress during their doctoral studies? Second, when facing academic pressure, what specific behavioral or cognitive coping strategies do doctoral students adopt, and how do they evaluate the effectiveness of these strategies? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1. Research Design and Methods This study adopts a qualitative research paradigm. To capture both individual experiences and group interactions simultaneously, we draw on the pioneering work of Love et al. (2020) and Palmer et al. (2010), and apply the analysis principles of IPA to the focus group data. Addressing the challenge of traditional IPA's focus on individuals (Smith et al., 2021) and its difficulty in handling group dynamics (Tomkins & Eatough, 2010), this study adopts an adaptive IPA approach. We utilize group interactions to stimulate discussions (Kitzinger, 1995) and compare group themes with individual narratives through additional iterative cycles. While adhering to the commitment of IPA's individual orientation (Love et al., 2020), this study effectively reveals the unique psychological dilemma generation mechanism of doctoral students. 2. Participants and Sampling This study employs purposive maximum variation sampling. We recruited 34 current doctoral students from a comprehensive university in China. Following the recommendation of Love et al. (2020) and Morgan (1997), we assigned participants to 6 small, homogeneous focus groups. This grouping method helps promote in-depth interaction among participants and also facilitates clear tracking of individual narrative threads in subsequent analyses. During the sampling process, we focused on three key variables: gender, academic field, and training stage, to ensure that the sample could cover diverse academic survival experiences. 3. Data Collection and Analysis Data were collected through semi-structured focus group interviews. Each group interview lasted 90-120 minutes, and was video-recorded and transcribed verbatim. The design of the interview outline was based on the framework principles proposed by Kvale (1996), starting with relatively relaxed topics and gradually delving into core issues such as specific stress events, and finally exploring coping strategies. The moderator facilitated participants' mutual responses to utilize group dynamics to stimulate richer personal narratives (Love et al., 2020). Data analysis followed the core steps of Smith et al. (2021) and was integrated with the adaptive strategies for focus group design (Love et al., 2020; Palmer et al., 2010). 4. Research Rigor and Ethics In terms of rigor, following the standards of Lincoln and Guba (1985), we employed triangulation and reflexivity logs to monitor the researchers' subjective biases. In terms of ethics, we strictly adhere to the principle of non-harm. All participants signed informed consent forms, and personal information was strictly de-identified. After the interviews, we provided each participant with a list of psychological support resources to address possible emotional discomfort. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study's data analysis has revealed a core theme, suggesting that the imbalance between expectations and reality is the main cause of psychological distress among doctoral students. This imbalance is manifested in five aspects. Firstly, in the relationship between teachers and students, doctoral students long for professional guidance but are treated “instrumentally”, and even situations where the mentor's guidance is absent occur. In terms of academic requirements, doctoral students' longing for pure academic exploration is often replaced by high-level academic demands and high-performance pressure, leading to widespread anxiety about graduation delays. In terms of employment prospects, scarce job opportunities and the depreciation of academic qualifications result in widespread panic about the decline in doctoral competitiveness. In terms of economic conditions, “meager” allowances make it difficult for doctoral students to achieve independence, and even feelings of guilt towards their families arise. Finally, in social relationships, the intense research work takes up time, causing the original social circles to become distant and difficult to expand. In response to these disparities, doctoral students have adopted various coping mechanisms. Although some students can adapt by establishing peer support networks and redefining their life boundaries, the study shows that a significant proportion of students tend to adopt non-adaptive strategies, such as avoiding their mentors, delaying work, or self-isolation. These strategies may provide short-term relief from anxiety, but in the long run, they often exacerbate psychological exhaustion. Based on the Work Requirements-Resources Model (JD-R), this series of disparities is essentially a mismatch between resources and requirements, that is, the existing supportive resources are far from sufficient to buffer work requirements and pressures. Therefore, to solve this psychological predicament, it is necessary to rationalize the system requirements while increasing the supply of key resources, fundamentally repairing the imbalance between expectations and reality. References Bergvall, S., Fernström, C., Ranehill, E., & Sandberg, A. (2025). The impact of PhD studies on mental health—a longitudinal population study. Journal of Health Economics, 103070. Byrom, N. C., Dinu, L., Kirkman, A., & Hughes, G. (2022). Predicting stress and mental wellbeing among doctoral researchers. Journal of Mental Health, 31(6), 783-791. Cao, F., Zhang, L. F., Li, M., & Xie, Z. (2024). Subjective well-being among PhD students in mainland China: the roles of psychological capital and academic engagement. Frontiers in psychology, 15, 1354451. Estupiñá, F. J., Santalla, Á., Prieto-Vila, M., Sanz, A., & Larroy, C. (2024). Mental health in doctoral students: Individual, academic, and organizational predictors. Psicothema, 36(2), 123-132. Hazell, C. M., Niven, J. E., Chapman, L., Roberts, P. E., Cartwright-Hatton, S., Valeix, S., & Berry, C. (2021). Nationwide assessment of the mental health of UK Doctoral Researchers. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 8(1), 1-9. Levecque, K., Anseel, F., De Beuckelaer, A., Van der Heyden, J., & Gisle, L. (2017). Work organization and mental health problems in PhD students. Research policy, 46(4), 868-879. Lincoln, Y., & Guba, E. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Beverly Hills: Sage master, peter (1999) editorial. English for Specific Purposes, 18, 102-4. Love, B., Vetere, A., & Davis, P. (2020). Should interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) be used with focus groups? Navigating the bumpy road of “iterative loops,” idiographic journeys, and “phenomenological bridges”. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 19, 1609406920921600. Moate, R. M., Gnilka, P. B., West, E. M., & Rice, K. G. (2019). Doctoral student perfectionism and emotional well-being. Measurement and Evaluation in Counseling and Development, 52(3), 145-155. Morgan, D. L. (1997). Focus groups as qualitative research (Vol. 16). Sage. Palmer, M., Larkin, M., De Visser, R., & Fadden, G. (2010). Developing an interpretative phenomenological approach to focus group data. Qualitative research in psychology, 7(2), 99-121. Ringo, D. S. (2025). When relationships make a difference! Supervisor support and PhD students’ academic performance in the journey: the moderating effect of supervisor-student relationship quality. Cogent Education, 12(1), 2479403. Smith, J. A., Larkin, M., & Flowers, P. (2021). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. Kitzinger, J. (1995). Qualitative research: introducing focus groups. Bmj, 311(7000), 299-302. Kvale, S. (1996). InterViews: an introduction to qualitive research interviewing. Sage. Tomkins, L., & Eatough, V. (2010). Reflecting on the use of IPA with focus groups: Pitfalls and potentials. Qualitative research in psychology, 7(3), 244-262. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 22 SES 13 E: Researchers Development Location: B4114 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Jarkko Impola Paper Session |
|
|
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper From Tangible Space to Intangible Fortune: A Collaborative Autoethnography of Shared Office Space in the Hidden Curriculum of Doctoral Education 1: Almaty Management University, Kazakhstan; 2: University of Glasgow, UK Presenting Author:Topic and aim A growing body of scholarly literature has extensively focused on doctoral student experience, highlighting the multifaceted challenges they face in completing their doctoral degrees and achieving their other relevant objectives (e.g., refs). The doctoral journey is arguably complex and multifaceted, extending beyond the acquisition of the academic proof of disciplinary expertise and requiring a range of support beyond academic foundations (Elliot et al., 2020). Recent years have witnessed the increasing scholarship highlighting that doctoral students’ experiences are profoundly influenced by the hidden curriculum i.e. unspoken norms and expectations, and cultural values that are embedded in doctoral education but rarely articulated (Elliot et al., 2016; Elliot et al., 2020). This autoethnographic study aims to shed light on the role of shared office spaces in shaping the hidden curriculum within doctoral education. The authors of this paper have shared the same office space (office 681) since 2017 at a UK university, with some leaving the tangible space but maintaining a close connection with others, and some joining at times. Throughout years, the office has remained a dynamic and cohesive environment for meaningful engagement, academic development, and collective celebration of success. Data was collected through reflective writing and analysed using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Drawing on the conceptual framework proposed by Elliot and colleagues (2020), this paper explores the lived experiences of doctoral students sharing an office to highlight the diverse trajectories of learning and thriving through the hidden curriculum embedded in such spaces. Findings of this study demonstrate how the office stands as an enabling space for informal learning, emotional support, long-term co-creation of knowledge base, and implementation of community practices. This intangible but significant value embedded in the shared office space critically denotes a need to synthesise a novel dimension in relation to four “S”s – spatiality, sustainability, self-agency and safety – to the framework, and provides key directions for future developments in doctoral education in the UK. Theoretical/Conceptual framework Elliot and colleagues’ framework (2020) of the formal and hidden curriculum within doctoral education outlines four dimensions for supporting doctoral students’ achievements in psychological wellbeing, transformational growth, and doctoral qualification. The four dimensions include emotional, academic, social, psychological. Through the prism of this framework, this study looks at the ways in which informal and hidden curriculum is developed by sharing an office in the four dimensions and how office facilitates doctoral students to go through the four stages. As an outstanding example of student-initiated informal learning (ref. in one Dely’s work), the shared office is arguably an enabling space that helps harness the informal or hidden curriculum for doctoral students. Drawing on this conceptual framework to articulate this could further illuminate the critical roles of peer interactions, embodied space, and other diverse aspects regarding hidden curriculum in doctoral education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Autoethnography integrates autobiography and ethnography to investigate personal experiences within situated contexts (Adam et al., 2017; Ellis et al., 2011; Starr, 2010). While embracing researcher subjectivity (Chang, 2016; Ellis et al., 2011), it uniquely articulates cultural phenomena and integrates absent narratives into existing knowledge (Adam et al., 2017; Chang, 2016; Poerwandari, 2021). However, the focus on self-reflection raises concerns regarding validity, reliability, and potential "self-indulgence", alongside the vulnerability of others in terms of relational ethics (Adam et al., 2017; Cooper & Lilyea, 2022; Méndez, 2013; Ellis, 2007). Collaborative autoethnography (CAE) improves reliability and ethical rigor through cooperative procedures (Ngunjiri et al., 2010). By foregrounding critical, interpersonal lenses, CAE offers deeper interpersonal understanding and anonymity (Hernandez, 2021; Lapadat, 2017). This paper employs CAE to explore the "hidden curriculum" developed among ten doctoral candidates in a shared UK university office, addressing a gap in literature regarding the role of shared-office spaces. Data Collection From September to December 2025, all authors used reflective writing to document their experiences in the shared office space. This method allowed for critical and free articulation of thoughts, guided by a co-created plan involving prompts on academic development, social interaction, well-being, and community belonging. A mid-period group meeting was held to deepen reflections and ensure research alignment. By the end of December, ten reflective pieces (1000–2000 words each) were collected, capturing rich narratives and critical evaluations of the shared doctoral workspace. Data Analysis Guided by the conceptual framework of Elliot et al. (2020), the data underwent a multi-stage thematic coding process. The first author performed initial coding, followed by independent coding by two other authors to ensure reliability. While most codes aligned - identifying key themes like tangible space, affective connections, and co-production - discrepancies in wording were resolved through collaborative meetings. The first author then synthesized these results into final themes, which were shared with all authors for member checking to ensure the analysis accurately reflected their lived experiences. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Four themes were identified from the data. The first theme is spatiality, bond, and extendibility. It illuminates the cruciality of having a tangible shared space, where concrete bonds were established by sharing small objects within the office and advanced towards an infinite space that carries continuously. The second theme is intergeneration, legacy, and co-curated knowledge, which denotes a form of knowledge that is collectively and informally co-produced and sharpened across multiple batches of officemates. The third theme is about the office as a holding space for belonging, emotion, and trust. This theme particularly sheds light on the safety and trust embedded in the office, enabling the authors to share their authentic feelings, seek company, and obtain attuned support. The last theme, agency, ownership, and embodiment, demonstrates the power of the self-governed office as key in strengthening the development of it to meet doctoral students’ diverse needs, such as community building. Overall, the findings of this study suggest that the shared office space could be shaped as a pivotal site for harnessing hidden curriculum in doctoral education. This particular space provides a consistent ground for initiating and gaining ethical support and understanding, intergenerational knowledge sharing and co-curating, and necessary academic support in completing a PhD. In a summary, this informal form of learning is featured by spatiality that enables initial connections, sustainability that co-produces a transgenerational legacy, safety that holds compassion and carefulness, self-agency that embodies and maintains the office in shape. These four “S”s substantiate the original framework (Elliot et al., 2020) by detailing what are needed to start and maintain a form of student-initiated, informal hidden curriculum. Overall, the shared office space constitutes a great source of support for doctoral students, facilitating their development to go through the four stages of competences. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101. Chang, H. (2016). Autoethnography as method. Routledge. Cooper, R., & Lilyea, B. (2022). I’m interested in autoethnography, but how do I do it. The qualitative report, 27(1), 197-208. Elliot, D. L., Baumfield, V., Reid, K., & Makara, K. A. (2016). Hidden treasure: Successful international doctoral students who found and harnessed the hidden curriculum. Oxford Review of Education, 42(6), 733–748. Elliot, D. L., Baumfield, V., Reid, K., & Makara, K. A. (2020). The hidden curriculum in doctoral education. Palgrave Macmillan. Elliot, D. L., Bengtsen, S. S. E., Guccione, K., & Kobayashi, S. (2020). What is the hidden curriculum? In The hidden curriculum in doctoral education (pp. 1–19). Palgrave Pivot. Ellis, C., Adams, T. E., & Bochner, A. P. (2011). Autoethnography: an overview. Historical social research/Historische sozialforschung, 273-290. Hernandez, K. A. C. (2021). Collaborative autoethnography as method and praxis: Understanding self and others in practice. In Autoethnography for librarians and information scientists(pp. 61-76). Routledge. Lapadat, J. C. (2017). Ethics in autoethnography and collaborative autoethnography. Qualitative inquiry, 23(8), 589-603. Méndez, M. (2013). Autoethnography as a research method: Advantages, limitations and criticisms. Colombian applied linguistics journal, 15(2), 279-287. Ngunjiri, F. W., Hernandez, K. A. C., & Chang, H. (2010). Living autoethnography: Connecting life and research. Journal of research practice, 6(1), E1-E1. Poerwandari, E. K. (2021). Minimizing bias and maximizing the potential strengths of autoethnography as a narrative research. Japanese Psychological Research, 63(4), 310-323. Starr, L. J. (2010). The use of autoethnography in educational research: Locating who we are in what we do. Canadian Journal for New Scholars in Education/Revue canadienne des jeunes chercheures et chercheurs en éducation, 3(1). 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper What Conditions Student Agency During Master’s Thesis Supervision? 1: University of Oslo, Norway; 2: University of Helsinki, Finland Presenting Author:This paper examines master’s thesis supervision in situ. Following a cohort of students within universities located in three countries, the study investigates how master’s thesis supervision takes place in real time and context. It examines the agentic opportunities (Klemenčič, 2021; 2023; 2024) created for and enacted by students during supervision sessions. While previous empirical work on thesis supervision has largely focused on data gathered outside supervision sessions (e. g. Eklund & Løvland, 2025; Filippou, 2020) – for example, by interviewing students separately–, we actually know less about what happens within the actual sessions. Earlier research has investigated the supervisory practices and discourses in Master’s thesis supervision situations (e.g. Svinhufvud, 2015; Svinhufvud & Vehviläinen, 2013), but not especially in regards to students’ perceptions and agency. The study aims to contribute to the topic by answering the following research questions: How is master’s thesis supervision practiced in situ? What agentic opportunities do students enact within these practices? To examine the research questions, the study defines student agency as “students’ capabilities to intervene in and influence their learning environments and learning pathway” (Klemenčič, 2017, p. 69; see also Klemenčič, 2021). More specifically, it uses Klemenčič’s (2017) concept of agentic opportunities to understand the students’ positioning within the supervision sessions. Agentic opportunities refer to students’ opportunities to make and take choices and are well-suited framework to understand students’ actual freedom in these practices (see Sen, 2005; Crocker & Robeyns, 2009). The rationale for this theoretical approach links to the past-decade initiatives of the Bologna Process, especially the promotion of the concept of student-centred learning as a principle and as a standard to be implemented within higher education institutions (Aref & Stensaker, 2025). These initiatives have been understood as a responsibility of university teachers, especially related to implementing student-centred learning within their teaching responsibilities (Dakovic & Zhang, 2021; Damiani 2019). It is in this context that researchers have argued for strengthening theoretical foundation of these initiatives – highlighting student agency as a point-of-departure (Klemenčič, 2017; 2021; see also Geven & Attard, 2012). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilised a multiple case design (Yin, 2018). To account for diversity in how student agency may be enacted, and to account for cultural and institutional diversity, data were gathered from three different geographical settings - two countries and one region. The common denominator for the selection was amongst other things that the concept of student-centred learning had been emphasised in national and regional reform initiatives (e. g. APPRAIS, 2023; Meld. St. 16. (2016-2017)). The specific geographical contexts for the study are Norway, Portugal and Kurdistan Bashur. Our methodological approach is also influenced by an ambition to obtain more information on master’s thesis supervision in situ. This is a challenging ambition, as these settings often are characterised as quite private and sensitive (Sagbakken and Konow-Lund, 2014) and therefore require considerable trust to gain access. We experienced this challenge in our recruitment, and most of the participants were therefore recruited through established networks and contacts. The study selected three master’s programmes in the academic discipline of educational sciences as cases (Yin, 2018), with the intention of following 3-4 students within each case. However, due to difficulties in recruiting enough voluntary participants in the Kurdish case, one master’s student was recruited from a different programme. The students were writing their master’s theses from 2024-2025 – but some have extended their submission deadlines. The programmes were selected based on the following criteria: They had to be 2-year master’s programmes; the thesis had to be integrated as the final work of the degree; the thesis had to be in written format; and supervision had to be provided. The design was for participants – either the students or their teachers – to send for the researchers the recording of each supervision sessions they had, without researchers’ attendance. However, what emerged was that supervision was practiced very differently across contexts. For instance, in Kurdistan Bashur, students and their supervisors tended to interact much more frequently through apps like WhatsApp and Telegram, regardless of time and working hours. Joint and synchronous meeting sessions were not that common. Accordingly, we received screenshots and audio recordings of the messages sent through these platforms. In Portugal, students were commonly supervised in groups. The data are aimed to be analysed through interaction analysis (jf. Steen-Utheim & Wittek, 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings While the data have not yet been analysed, we expect a lot of commonalities regarding the practices of supervision and their agentic opportunities offered for students and taken, across and within the cases. This is regardless of the already observed differences occurring within the more practical elements of the supervision and due to the very nature of this teaching-form. References APPRAIS (2023). Roadmap for the implementation of the Bologna Process in Kurdish universities. Read. 29 December 2023. https://www.appraisproject.eu/roadmap-for-the-implementation-of-the-bologna-process-in-kurdish-universities/ Aref, L., & Stensaker, B. (2025). How is student-centred learning translated within the European Higher Education Area?. Studies in Higher Education, 1-15. Crocker, D. A., & Robeyns, I. (2010). Capability and agency. In C. W. Morris (Ed.), Amartya Sen (pp. 60–90). Cambridge University Press. Dakovic, G. & Zhang, T. (2021). Student-Centered Learning from a European Policy and Practice Perspective. In S. Hoidn & M. Klemenčič (Eds.), The Routledge international handbook of student-centered learning and teaching in higher education. (pp. 562-580). Oxon: Routledge. Damiani, M. S. (2019). From 1999 to 2019: 20 years of European debate, development, and achievements. Tuning Journal for Higher Education, 6(2), 51-71. Geven, K., & Attard, A. (2012). Time for student-centred learning?. In Curaj, A., Scott, P., Vlasceanu, L. & Wilson, L. (Eds.). European higher education at the crossroads: between the Bologna Process and national reforms (pp. 153-172). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands. Eklund, G., & Løvland, A. (2025). Supervision of master’s theses in teacher education: Norwegian teacher educators’ views of their role and competence. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1-18. Filippou, K. (2020). Identifying thesis supervisors’ attitudes: Indications of responsiveness in international master’s degree programmes. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 57(3), 274-284. Meld. St. 16 (2016-2017). Kultur for kvalitet i høyere utdanning. Kunnskapsdepartementet. https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/aee30e4b7d3241d5bd89db69fe38f7ba/no/pdfs/stm201620170016000dddpdfs.pdf Klemenčič, M. (2017). From student engagement to student agency: Conceptual considerations of European policies on student-centered learning in higher education. Higher Education Policy, 30, 69-85. Klemenčič, M. (2021). Students as actors and agents in student-centered higher education. In S. Hoidn & M. Klemenčič (Eds.), The Routledge international handbook of student-centered learning and teaching in higher education. (pp. 92-108). Routledge. Sagbakken, M., & Konow-Lund, M. T. (2014). Å bære lykten eller være følgesvenn? Uniped, 37(4), 32-45. Sen, A. (2005). Human rights and capabilities. Journal of human development, 6(2), 151-166. Steen-Utheim, A., & Wittek, A. L. (2017). Dialogic feedback and potentialities for student learning. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 15, 18-30. Svinhufvud, K., & Vehviläinen, S. (2013). Papers, documents, and the opening of an academic supervision encounter. Text & Talk, 33(1), 139-166. Svinhufvud, K. (2015). Participation in the master's thesis seminar. Exploring the lack of discussion. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 5, 66-83. Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications (6th ed). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. 22. Research in Higher Education
Paper Abai’s Tolyq Adam (Holistic Person) as Philosophy: Ethical Formation, Knowledge Production, and Higher Education in Times of Poly-Crisis Almaty Management University, Kazakhstan Presenting Author:Contemporary education research predominantly applies data-driven epistemologies, standardised indicators, widely accepted ranks and instrumental policy demands, margining ethical judgment, moral responsibility, and questions of value. These clashes are further intensified under conditions of contemporary poly-crisis and AI development, where higher education is simultaneously expected to produce knowledge, serve the public good, and respond to political and economic pressures. In this context, education research faces newly emerged questions about how knowledge is produced, legitimised, and translated into action. This paper proceeds debates on knowing and acting by centring locally grounded ethical formation as a foundational yet under-theorised dimension of higher education. Drawing on Madhok (2020), who argued that “there are not enough concepts to capture and produce theorized accounts of different, historically specific and located forms of worldmaking in ‘most of the world” (p. 395), this paper develops the concept of Tolyq Adam (the holistic person), articulated by the Kazakh philosopher and poet Abai Kunanbayev (1845–1904), as a theory-capable educational philosophy emerging from Kazakhstan, Central Asia. Abai’s philosophy conceptualizes human development through the integration interrelated concepts such as aqyl (reason), jürek (heart), and qayrat (will). This paper interprets these concepts as mutually constitutive dimensions of ethical formation, linking epistemic judgment, value orientation, and responsible action. In doing so, Tolyq Adam offers an alternative to fragmented, performative, and competence-driven models of higher education by foregrounding education as a process of ethical self-formation. Since 2023, this philosophy has been systematically operationalised at Almaty Management University (AlmaU) through the Tolyq Adam program developed within the School of Transformative Humanities and Education. The initiative integrates humanistic pedagogy, psychology, philosophy, and service learning into a comprehensive general education framework designed in response to post-pandemic challenges related to student wellbeing, identity, and meaning-making (Aubakir, 2025). At the core of the program lies the LEADER framework, which articulates six interrelated capacities for contemporary higher education: lifelong learning, empathy, analytical and creative thinking, dialogue and discourse, ethics and ecology, and resilience. These principles are embedded across eight compulsory general education courses reaching over 1,000 first-year students annually. In this sense, the Tolyq Adam program operates not merely as a curricular innovation but as an institutional epistemic design that redefines the purpose of general education. Survey data conducted by the institute from 2024–2025 indicate substantial student-reported growth across these dimensions, alongside the implementation of more than 100 student-led community projects translating ethical reflection into social action. Recent research has begun translating Abai’s ethical categories into pedagogical models for civic and historical education, indicating the practical viability of Tolyq Adam and related concepts while underscoring the need for further philosophical clarification (Raissov & Zhylkyshybayeva, 2025). Therefore, we propose to position Tolyq Adam philosophically as an intervention in the politics of knowledge production, rather than merely as a culturally specific pedagogical model. This intervention also challenges the marginalisation of non-Western concepts in education research and demonstrates their analytical value for theorising education’s role in crisis-responsive yet academically autonomous contexts. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper employs conceptual analysis and framework synthesis within traditions of educational philosophy. First, it explicates the concept of Tolyq Adam, defining and clarifying its conceptual boundaries and epistemological assumptions while addressing risks of mistranslation and avoiding its reduction to vague or universalised notions of “holism ” (Kerimbayeva et al., 2020). Second, the analysis derives three analytically distinct yet interrelated dimensions of ethical formation: epistemic (aqyl), affective (jürek), and volitional (qayrat). In doing so, these dimensions are synthesised into a conceptual framework that links ethical formation to pedagogical orientations emphasising reflexivity, moral judgment, and the translation of knowledge and values into action. Throughout, concepts are treated as generative tools for theorising educational purposes and practices, rather than as descriptive or culturally bounded categories. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This conceptual paper argues that Abai’s Tolyq Adam (Holistic Person) offers a locally grounded philosophy of ethical formation for higher education, centred on the disciplined integration of aqyl (epistemic judgment), jürek (moral-affective attunement), and qayrat (volitional commitment). By clarifying Tolyq Adam’s conceptual frameworks and resisting its translation into just generic “holism,” the paper contributes a more precise vocabulary for theorising ethics as formation rather than compliance. The concept of Tolyq Adam emphasize that ethical life is learned in practice: through dialogue, self-scrutiny, and commitments tested in shared problems and positions education as moral growth through reflective experience. The framework invites curricular and pedagogical designs in Higher education that cultivate judgment, care, and agency together, and that treat student projects and service learning not as add-ons but as sites where values are rehearsed and made consequential. Conceptually, the paper shows how indigenous intellectual traditions, particularly from Kazakhstan, can function as theory-generating resources, not only cultural illustrations. Empirically, it calls for the need for careful evaluation of how formation is enacted, including the validity of survey instruments, the meanings students attach to “growth,” and how educators interpret them. Future research could trace how aqyl, jürek, and qayrat are fostered across disciplines and institutional contexts over time and beyond Kazakhstan. References Aubakir, N. (2025). Tolyq Adam: A framework for holistic education in the age of uncertainty Almaty Management University. Kunanbayuly, A. (2025). Qara sozder [Book of words]. Almaty: MELOMAN Publishing. Kunanbayev, A. (1954). Complete works (Vol.2). Alma-Ata: Publishing House of the Academy of Sciences of the Kazakh SSR Kerimbayeva, R., Imambekova, G., & Saylybayeva, K. (2020). Psychological bases of the image “Tolyk Adam” in Abay’s works. Pedagogy and Psychology, 44(3), 1036–561. https://doi.org/10.51889/2020-3.2077-6861.25 Madhok, S. (2020). A critical reflexive politics of location,‘feminist debt’and thinking from the Global South. European Journal of Women's Studies, 27(4), 394-412. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350506820952492 Raissov, K., & Zhylkyshybayeva, K. (2025). Integration of ethical categories of Al-Farabi and Abai into civic and historical education in Kazakhstan: An innovative educational model. International Journal of Innovative Research and Scientific Studies, 8(6), 2129–2140. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 13 A: Can there be a “Global Teacher” Policy Solution? Teachers, the State and AI’s Impact on the Educational “Poly-Crisis” Location: Tampere Hall - Small auditorium | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Jo Bjørkli Helgetun Panel discussion |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Panel Discussion Can there be a “Global Teacher” Policy Solution? Teachers, the State and AI’s Impact on the Educational “Poly-Crisis” 1: Penn State University, United States of America; 2: Université libre de Bruxelles; 3: Education International Presenting Author:International organizations (Akiba & LeTendre, 2017) and national governments (Akiba, 2013) routinely identify teachers as the solution to educational problems. Most recently, the Santiago Consensus –World Summit on Teachers, August 2025 -- advocated that teachers, worldwide, must be prepared to tackle multiple crises, e.g. “sustainable development, gender equality, global citizenship and human rights,” and that this will require teachers to strengthen their “digital and AI competencies.” Running throughout this document (and similar works, see (OECD, 2024; United Nations Educational, 2024) is a vision of the teaching profession as a global solution to the educational “poly-crisis.” As a mass profession (LeTendre et al., 2025), the national teaching force is ideally suited to provide local responses to global issues (LeTendre & Wiseman, 2015). Yet, teachers remain marginalized from both academic research and policy production (Tatto & Menter, 2019). In this session we focus on the construction of a “global teacher” via policy mechanisms, arguing that such a frame is flawed. Drawing on our work on teachers, the state and transnational policy making (LeTendre et al., 2026; LeTendre et al., 2025) we explore other imaginaries of teachers (Helgetun & Coppe, 2026; Helgetun & Dumay, 2020), and address how problems of langage, two-level games, and digitalization at the global level disrupt the meaningful incorporation of local knowledge and practice in policy considerations. Speaker 1: LeTendre will summarize the evidence on how the role of teacher that has developed within national cultural contexts across multiple periods of globalization. Using the Teach for All movement in Japan as a central example, this presentation highlights how national differences affected the diffusion of New Public Management style reforms. The presentation identifies cultural logics of teaching (e.g. responsibility for social and emotional well-being, moral development, critical relationship to the state (Beamte, fonctionnaire, 公務員) that are problematic to “advancing global cooperation and solidarity”(Santiago Consensus, 2025). The paper looks at how older imaginaries of Japanese teachers conflict with imaginaries promoted by multilateral agencies and INGOs. Speaker 2: Helgetun will summarize the evidence on how misconceptions of globalization, problems of langage, and insights into two-level game theory can help us recast our understanding of how teachers are misconstrued in international policy discourses. Focusing on examples from Norway, France and England, this presentation develops a theoretical model that situates local dynamics within national educational fields and identifies key constructs (pedagogy, didactics, curriculum) that drive important differences often ignored in global levels Drawing on the concept of an imaginary of the teacher (Helgetun & Coppe, 2026), this paper shows how conceptualising the teacher as an imagined social construct that differs between contexts has significant implications for global teacher policy and education discourse. Speaker 3: Antonia Wuff, Director of Research, Policy and Advocacy, Education International, will reflect on role of international teacher union efforts, and how union mobilization can provide better insights for global policy discussions around the professional development of teacher, including how the rapid expansion of AI around the world has multiplied the “poly-crisis” teachers must contend with. Speaker 4: Dr. Soo-yong Byun will respond to the three presentations and will reflect on how the current crises facing Korean education and political tensions over the nature of public school is affecting how the teacher profession is evolving.
References Akiba, M. (2013). Teacher Reforms around the World: Implementations and Outcomes. Emerald. Akiba, M., & LeTendre, G. (Eds.). (2017). The Routledge International Handbook of Teacher Quality and Policy. Routledge. Helgetun, J., & Coppe, T. (2026). What is teacher education in policy terms? Different imaginaries of the teacher and teacher education. European Educational Research Journal, 00(0), X-X. Helgetun, J., & Dumay, X. (2020). From scholar to craftsperson? Constructing an accountable teacher education environment in England 1976-2019. European Journal of Teacher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1832986 LeTendre, G., Helgetun, J., & Coppe, T. (2026). Transnational Teacher Policy: Adaptation, Contestation and Sense-making. Emerald Publishing. LeTendre, G., & Wiseman, A. (Eds.). (2015). Promoting and Sustaining a Quality Teacher Workforce (Vol. 27). Emerald Group Publishing. LeTendre, G. K., Helgetun, J. B., Woo, H., & Ikoma, S. (2025). The Teacher and The State: A Comparative Analysis of Nordic and East Asian Nations. Emerald. OECD. (2024). Education policy outlook 2024: Reshaping teaching into a thriving profession from ABCs to AI. Tatto, M., & Menter, I. (Eds.). (2019). Knowledge, Policy and Practice in Teacher Education. Bloomsbury Academic. United Nations Educational, S. a. C. O. (2024). Recommendations of the United Nations Secretary-General’s High-Level Panel on the Teaching Profession. Chair Thibault Coppe <thibault.coppe@gmail.com> |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 13 B: Discourses of Teacher Well-being: Reconsidering a Policy Preoccupation Location: Sopraano | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Anne Phelan Session Chair: Matthew Clarke Symposium |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium Discourses of Teacher Well-being: Reconsidering a Policy Preoccupation In this symposium, presenters engage in a ‘complicated conversation’ (Pinar, 2012) about teacher well-being, identifying and examining its perplexities, limits and contingency—its negativities (Rüsselbæk Hansen, 2024)—that are both produced by and a part of the current neoliberal social order. Psychological well-being is becoming a key aspect of a teacher’s social symbolic identity. Concerns about teachers’ mental health and well-being are pervasive with calls for “government commitment to increased support, resources, and practical help” (Lewis, Campbell and Flessa, 2022, n.p.). In some jurisdictions, government ministries are engaged in measuring well-being with a view to reducing work-related stress. The Department of Education in England, for example, issued a School Workload Reduction Toolkit comprising of “instruments and materials (such as, staff workload survey and software to conduct it; conversation templates; workshop presentations; impact graph template) and practical examples and recommendations (like establishing a school wellbeing committee; a workload and wellbeing action plan; examples of staff wellbeing policies; and even a pre-drafted staff wellbeing statement)” (Wilkins et al; 2025, p. 13). The assumption seems to be that teachers cannot cope with the demands of their everyday work lives and need psychological help to regain self-confidence and resilience to better deal with pressure (Zhang, 2017).
Narratives about well-being are reliant on idealizations of what a good teacher should be (dos Santos, 2024) – doing “incredible work under difficult circumstances” (BCTF, 2021). The well teacher is a good teacher who is hard-working but not excessively so, “self-efficient and agentic…but without real decision-making capacity, a ‘competent’ implementor not a ‘critical’ enactor” (Wilkins et al., 2025 p. 13). Enveloped in a psy-complex (a collection of ideas about the psychological/scientific nature of the self) and a broader well-being culture, teachers are encouraged to take responsibility for their teaching lives and the choices they make therein. A good teacher is distinguished from a neurotic one! Meanwhile, there is little acknowledgement that psychic maladies such as burnout and depression that seem to plague many teaching lives express “a profound crisis of freedom” (Han, 2017, p. 2), signs that in neoliberal society human freedom is “switching over into manifold forms of compulsion” (p. 2) such as self-optimization and self-exploitation. Rather than taking hold of life directly, “it ensures that individuals act on themselves so that power relations are interiorized—and then interpreted as freedom” (p. 28). As such, many teachers feel compelled via emotional manipulation to exploit themselves while, at the same time, being encouraged to foster psychological resilience—a new kind of ‘freedom’, if you will, necessary when labour has become a totalizing factor in our lives (Phelan, 2025).
Papers are set against present neoliberal preoccupation with teacher well-being in Denmark, Canada and Hong Kong. Paper 1 argues that today’s well-being discourse – and its underlying biopolitics – comes with an obligation to "be well", an obligation that is difficult to question or refuse. This discourse champions individual will-power discourages engagement with feelings of incompleteness and lack, and sets the coordinates for managing one’s life in "happy" (neoliberal) directions. Paper 2 explores how neoliberal policy reconstitutes the teaching subject as vulnerable and deprofessionalized, paradoxically governing it through fear while at the same time promising to protect it from "fearful" feelings. Paper 3 adopts a critical focus on how neoliberal policy, rather than addressing the structural and systemic causes of teachers’ experiences of anxiety and distress, hyper-individualizes well-being and deploys it as a means to control teachers’ mental states in ‘(un)happy’ ways. Together, the papers demonstrate that well-being is not concerned with being-well, e.g., freed from control, discipline, and regulation, but instead captured by neoliberal policy to fabricate loyal, conformist and "happy" subjects. References British Columbia Teachers Federation (BCTF) (2021). BCTF COVID-19 Survey Results: Letter from BCTF President to Teachers. https://www.bctf.ca/news-and-opportunities/news-details/2021/10/26/bctf-covid-19-survey-results. dos Santos, R. M. (2024). Teachers’ Narratives of Resisting Deprofessionalization. Doctoral dissertation, University of British Columbia, Canada. Han, Byung-Chul (2017). Psycho-politics: Neoliberalism and New Technologies of Power. (Trans. Erik Butler). Verso. Lewis, K.A., Campbell, C., & Flessa, J. (2022). Challenging professional roles and identities, changing leadership practices and values. Ed Can Network, September 19. Phelan, A.M. (2025). Feeling Demoralized. In Saul Karnovsky and Nick Kelly (Eds.) Teachers’ Emotional Experiences: Toward a New Emotional Discourse (pp.175-198). Palgrave Macmillan. Pinar, William F. (2012). What is curriculum theory? (2nd ed.). Routledge. Rose, N. (1998). Inventing our selves: Psychology, Power, and Personhood. Cambridge University Press. Rüsselbæk Hansen, D. (2024). Democratic engagements with negativities in education and public school. Speki. Nordic Philosophy and Education Review, 43-57. Wilkins, A. W., Olmedo, A., Gooby, B, and Karnovsky, S. (2025). The teacher wellbeing turn: neuropolitics, education and the psy-complex. Critical Studies in Education, https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2025.2605266 Zhang, L. (2017). The rise of therapeutic governing in postsocialist China. Medical Anthropology, 36 (1), 6-18. DOI: 10.1080/01459740.2015.1117079 Presentations of the Symposium On Preferring Not to be Well: Alienation and the Unhappy Teacher
Happy and non-alienated teachers – who are in a ‘state of well-being’ – have become those who, ideally, are “resilient, agile or emotionally communicative” and those who “can absorb disturbances and risks to their mental health and working conditions” (Wilkins et al., 2025, p.16). Teachers’ well-being becomes a matter of ignoring – or concealing – negative thoughts, feelings, and bodily stress symptoms. “Smile and stay positive” has become what, in psychoanalytic terms, can be understood as a superego imperative: a command that teachers are expected to embody and enact. This imperative encourages teachers to redirect their desires toward various objects (e.g., mindfulness seminars) that promise to overcome alienation and make them complete within the socio-symbolic (educational) order (McGowan, 2020). By internalizing such a super ego imperative – and making it desirable – teachers can refuse to embrace alienation, even though alienation constitutes a central condition for education. Instead, they may be tempted to desire – and pursue – an “unalienated existence” – a ‘happy one’ – that reflects an ‘uncomplicated fit’ between one’s singularity and socio-symbolic identity as ‘teacher’ (McGowan, 2024, p. 9).
Believing that happiness and well-being – understood as a state of wholeness or fulfillment – can be achieved will inevitably result in despair and disappointment, as such states never can be attained. Nevertheless, this seductive belief is embedded in today’s (tran)national educational policy (Viac et al., 2020) wherein it is assumed that teachers can overcome alienation and “shape [their own] existence…through the choices [they] make (Rose, 1998, p. 98). Happiness is turned into will-power, and it becomes a regulative obligation to choose not to be unhappy.
Informed by the work of Giorgio Agamben (2013), we argue that it is not alienation that teachers ought to refuse but the biopolitical happiness and well-being imperatives that confront them with a duty to internalize these demands and use them to regulate their professional lives. However, a ‘happy life’, according to Agamben, is not something that can be produced by following a duty or imperative – you must! A ‘happy life’ in Agamben terms can be understood as a mode of being that is liberated from idealizations, moralisations, and biopolitical classifications such as ‘wellness’ (Agamben, 1990; Prozorov, 2017). Such classifications render life unfree by resisting its indeterminate state of being, its ontological singularity. To rest within the plurality of forms-of-life – alienated-lives – without a predetermined form and content, is to affirm what is constitutive of human existence and subjectivity, rather than to resist it.
References:
Agamben, G. (1990). The Coming Community. Translated by Michael Hardt. University of Minnesota Press.
Agamben, G. (2013). Opus Dei. - An Archaeology of Duty. Stanford University Press.
McGowan, T. (2020). Superego and the law. In Y. Stavrakakis (ed). Routledge Handbook of Psychoanalytic Political Theory (pp. 139-150).
McGowan, T. (2024). Embracing Alienation: Why We Shouldn’t Try to Find Ourselves. Repeater.
Prozorov, S. (2017). Living à la mode: Form-of-life and democratic
biopolitics in Giorgio Agamben’s The Use of Bodies. Philosophy and Social Criticism, 43(2), 144-163.
Viac, C. and Fraser, P. (2020). Teachers well-being: A framework for data collection and analysis. OECD Education Working Paper No. 213. Retrieved January 8, 2026 from https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2020/01/teachers-well-being_bdafdeaf/c36fc9d3-en.pdf
Competence, Compliance and the Promise of Fear
In Canada, neoliberal policy regimes are being influenced by far-right wing and neo-conservative movements that aim to ban books (Kirkland, 2023), remove sex education (Bialystok et al., 2020), pander to extraction corporations (Hodgkins, 2010; Lowan-Trudeau & Fowler, 2025), deny colonial violence on Indigenous people (White, 2025), and promote back-to-basics instructional approaches, such as those promoted by the “science of reading” (Sinclair et al., 2025). These neoconservative curricular constrictions result in white-washed, pro-corporate curriculum that undermines teachers’ autonomy (Ball, 2003; Janzen et al., 2025), advances the interests of corporations, and ultimately erodes our public institutions and democracies.
This paper aims to document the effects of teacher competence discourses in relation to this now-risky curriculum. Drawing on research data from teachers in Manitoba, Canada and informed by theoretical and philosophical insights, we will explore teachers’ fears arising from newly developed teacher misconduct legislation—which denotes competence as a feature of teacher conduct (see Janzen et al., 2025)—and the threats of teachers being deemed incompetent if reported for teaching the now-risky curriculum.
As Han (2024), explains, “fear is a popular tool for rulers” and the teachers we talked to have many fears regarding the now-risky curriculum, including fears of reprisal from the public or from far-right interest groups who can now make anonymous (and/or vexatious) complaints contesting their competency as teachers.
The problem with fear, as Han (2024) describes, is that, “a climate of fear produces continuation of the same. Conformism spreads. Fear blocks the paths toward the other.” Rather than conceptualizing fear psychologically and as a threat to teacher well-being, we see fear as an effect of the neoliberal regime, enlisted to increase individualization and self-responsibilization (Han, 2024). At the same time, according to Han, fear is also integral to hope, as cultivating “the what-is-not-yet,” and as the trigger for the emergence of possibility.
Revealed in the teachers’ stories about fear, including the intimidation by parents, far-right groups, and discursive regimes of “fear mongering”, we see how fear is experienced by teachers but also consider how it might act as a “catalyst for the revival of the tired or otherwise floundering modalities of living” (Ruti, 2013, p. 155). This paper will enhance understandings and the effects of fear on teachers’ subjectivities and will explore the possibilities of fear for provoking hope and thus of “connect[ing] us to a cause larger than ourselves” (Ruti, 2013, p. 143).
References:
Han, B.-C. (2024). The spirit of hope. John Wiley & Sons.
Hodgkins, A. (2010). Manufacturing (il) literacy in Alberta's classrooms: The case of an oil-dependent state. Journal for Critical Education Policy Studies (JCEPS), 8(1).
Janzen, M. D., Petersen, C., & Iwamoto Tosi, R. (2025). Teacher competence discourses: Exposing, controlling, and punishing the ‘bad’ teacher. Journal of education policy, 1-20. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2025.2600315
Kirkland, A. B. (2023). Sleeping with the elephant: Canada deals with the scourge of censorship sweeping across America. Canadian School Libraries Journal, 7(2).
Lowan-Trudeau, G., & Fowler, T. A. (2025). Exploring sociocritical perspectives on renewable energy education in Alberta, Canada. Environmental Education Research, 31(7), 1532-1550.
Ruti, M. (2013). The call of character: Living a life worth living. Columbia University Press.
Sinclair, J., Nickel, J., Fraser, A., Brethour, M., Critch, T., Hope, L., ... & Worden, J. (2025). Teaching Reading in Canada: Curriculum and Assessment Policy Updates from the Provinces and Territories. Journal of Teaching and Learning, 19(5), 106-155.
White, C. (2025). It’s textbook: Controlling the narrative about residential schools in Ontario classrooms. Information Research an international electronic journal, 30(CoLIS), 237-253.
Semio-Capitalism and Well-being: ‘The Anxious Generation’ of Teachers?
This presentation aims to extend understanding of semio-capitalism’s gravity in reshaping education and its implications for teacher’s well-being.
Semio-capitalism, which “coagulates in semiotic artefacts without materializing itself” (Berardi, 2007, p.76), fundamentally restructures time, space, and subjectivity (Saltman, 2025). As children and adolescents grow up immersed in virtual worlds, Haidt (2024) characterizes them as The Anxious Generation, noting that excessive digital exposure generates social deprivation, attention fragmentation, and addiction. Such exposure induces racing thoughts that shift rapidly between objects, amplifying feeling itself (Ahmed, 2014). Semio-capitalist logic perpetually destabilizes student subjectivity: dopamine-driven engagement with digital platforms diminishes concentration, while online subcultures distort ethical judgment about their own adequacy.
Teachers are also experiencing heightened anxiety. A critical paradox emerges in how teachers’ well-being is instrumentalized against the very structural causes that undermine it (e.g., increasing emphasis on performativity and accountability). Institutional responses often reproduce semio-capitalist logic by individualizing anxiety through well-being policies, where “happiness” becomes a mandatory mental state for promoting cognitive and emotional monitoring (Robertson & Beech, 2024), via mobile apps for example. These approaches obscure semio-capitalism’s production of pathology-proofed, emotionally optimized citizens (Williamson, 2007) as productive human capital. Han (2015) explains that “[t]he self-as-a-work of art amounts to a beautiful but deceptive illusion”(p. 28), facilitating fuller and more comprehensive exploitation. Teachers are expected to manage and model wellness for themselves and their students, where anxiety is reframed as an individual deficiency requiring self-care. This self-emotional entrepreneurship increasingly supplants education itself, further masking systematic and socio-political failures (Pinar, 2023).
Hong Kong vividly exemplifies these dynamics. A recent survey (HKFEW, 2023) revealed over 80% of teachers experiencing chronic stress characterized by anxiety, exhaustion, and frustration, and 70% discouraging others from entering the profession. Although local political dynamics (Tsang & Wilkins, 2025) may be a factor, institutional responses remain individualized rather than structurally responsive or contextually sensitive.
Therefore, the task now is to reclaim the language of education from the grip of capitalist reason, and to cultivate reflexivity within situated struggles (Robertson & Beech, 2024). As Haidt (2024) suggests, youth anxiety signifies not mere despair but also a latent collective attunement to new possibilities. Teachers could also participate in a solidarity of becoming, a collective deterritorialization (Deleuze & Guattari, 1983) that resists the semio-capitalist circuits producing subjectivities bound to the alienating well-being of anxious “(un-)happiness.”
References:
References
Ahmed, S. (2014). The Cultural Politics of Emotion (2nd ed.). Routledge.
Berardi, F. (2007). Schizo Economy. Substance 36(1): 75–85.
Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1983). Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. (R. Hurley, M. Seem & H. R. Lane Trans.). Athlone Press. (Original work published 1977).
Haidt, J. (2024). The anxious generation: How the great rewiring of childhood is causing an epidemic of mental illness. Penguin.
Han, B. C. (2017). Psychopolitics: Neoliberalism and new technologies of power. Verso Books.
Hong Kong Federation of Education Workers (HKFEW). (2023). Teacher Physical and Mental Health Questionnaire Survey 2023.
Robertson, S. L., & Beech, J. (2024). “The unbearable lightness of being” a post-industrial learner: Contemporary capitalism, education and critique. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 1-12.
Saltman, K. J. (2025). Smart Drugs, Attention Doping, and Screen Addicts: The Drug Attention Industrial Complex in Education. Bloomsbury Publishing.
Tsang, K. K., & Wilkins, A. W. (2025). The politics of teacher wellbeing: ’Sung baang’, neoliberalism and power struggles in Hong Kong. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 1-15.
Williamson, B. (2017). Big Data in Education. The Digital Future of Learning, Policy and Practice. Sage.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 13 C: Emerging issues in education policy research Location: Opus 3 | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Dalia Survutaitė Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Expression of Breakthrough in Education: Analysis of the Development of Educational Research in Lithuania Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania Presenting Author:At the end of the 20th century, educational science underwent significant qualitative changes. The term "pedagogy" was replaced by the term "educational science" (educology). In addition, the scope of educational science research was expanded. Educational science research now examines the education and self-education of individuals throughout their lives, both from the perspective of the direct education process and from the perspective of education as a complex phenomenon implemented by educational systems. At the beginning of the 21st century, educational science acquired fundamental aspects and its essential methodological characteristics were formulated. Pragmatically conducted educational research is not just experimentation for its own sake, but the formation of intellectual, normative, and methodological foundations of science and the establishment of effective interventions in education (Biesta, 2007, 2019). International research (Biesta, 2007) has demonstrated the importance and significance of educational research in the social and political context of society. Long-term and sustainable educational reforms have been established on a strong foundation of educational research (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2021). Over time, society has come to accept the idea that changes in the education system, and even more so its reform, must be based on representative, reliable research data. In different countries, educational research is linked to reforms. Therefore, high-quality educational research becomes particularly relevant in the context of educational transformations (Mortimore, 2000; Cohen-Vogel et al., 2025). Not only does it confirm and prove the validity of educational policy measures and evaluate educational reform, but it also initiates innovation and enables quality assurance. The development of advanced and representative data-based educational research, which drives innovation in the education system, is treated as a breakthrough in education. In contemporary sources, the development of educational research as a fundamental sign of a breakthrough in education is associated with the institutionalisation of research and the leadership of researchers (Biesta, 2019; Reyes, 2023). An educational breakthrough is more likely to occur in systems based on institutional mechanisms for the use of research (OECD, 2022). In most OECD countries, the application of educational research in educational practice has become a political imperative (Schlicht-Schmälzle et al., 2024). However, at the same time, the necessity and importance of research is being questioned, highlighting its perceived disconnect from real-world practice. Therefore, the OECD countries are increasingly discussing ways to strengthen the impact of educational research on educational reality (OECD, 2025). In Lithuania, the formation of an education policy based on educational research has also been studied, and the possibilities for the convergence of research and practice have been examined (Bakonis, Survutaitė, Šetkus, 2022). In this context, it is particularly relevant to examine who is developing research in the field of education and how. The main research question is: what are the signs of a breakthrough in education? The object of the study is the expression of a breakthrough in education. The aim of the study is to identify signs of a breakthrough in education in the context of the implementation of educational research. In pursuing this objective, the study aims to: justify the breakthrough in education as the development of educational research; illustrate the breakthrough in education in terms of leadership, issues, and institutional and national aspects on the basis of educational research conducted in Lithuania. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The research methodology combines constructivism and systems theory. It is guided by the constructivist assumption that reality is socially constructed and dynamic (Beaumie, 2001). The application of systems theory (Vanderstaeten, 2023; Memarian & Doleck, 2025) assumes that education functions as an open, multifaceted, and dynamic system in which educational phenomena emerge through interactions among subsystems—science, politics, institutions, and practice. This perspective allows educational research to be analysed not as isolated facts or their aggregate, but as a long-term structural process characterised by feedback, continuity, and change. The study employed a qualitative methodology combining content analysis and secondary data analysis. It was guided by an international review on the significance of scientific research (OECD, 2025a), encouraging recognition of institutions that initiate transformative educational practices and promote evidence-based education policy. Two data sources were used: theoretical research on educational breakthrough, and archives of defended dissertations during the selected period (Lithuanian Science Council) and scientific reports from separate universities. The analysed research covered two periods: 1990–2004 and 2006–2025. During the first, 208 education researchers defended dissertations, and during the second, 430 cases were identified. Datasets were compiled for qualitative content and secondary analysis at national (LSC archive) and institutional (university reports) levels. All publicly available information was considered reliable. Data were collected through scientific literature, educational documents, and qualitative content analysis of archival dissertations. Research procedure. Through qualitative critical analysis of theoretical studies, the concept of educational breakthrough was defined. Based on reliable archival information, two datasets of defended dissertations were formed. Systematic examination of archival data enabled secondary quantitative descriptive analysis and qualitative content analysis. Research was evaluated by interpreting data in relation to the diversity of the studied objects and their significance for educational reform. Qualitative content analysis involved grouping studies by meaning into subcategories, identifying statements supporting each subcategory, and merging similar subcategories into broader categories. Finally, data were interpreted, and general conclusions were drawn for each category, integrating them into a coherent whole. The study adhered to the philosophical principles of research significance and replicability. Significance relates to topic relevance and novelty of the examined aspect of educational research. Replicability confirms accessibility and reliability of the data. In line with academic ethics, information on researchers and dissertation titles obtained from public archives is respectfully cited. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The breakthrough in education is reflected in the diversity of educational research and the leadership of researchers in addressing current educational issues. Educational research based on the interaction between practice and policy considerations is of particular importance. Conducting such research opens opportunities to participate in educational policy-making and ensures the effectiveness of changes in education and the sustainability of educational quality. Opportunities for the development of educational research strengthen the entire education system: they broaden the boundaries of knowledge about educational phenomena and provide a meaningful understanding of the current situation in educational science and the factors that determine the transformation of the quality of educational reality. In Lithuania, research in the field of education science conducted between 1990 and 2025 is aimed at the targeted improvement of educational practice and the learning achievements of students, educational innovations, ensuring fairness and equality in education, enabled transformations in the education system and became a breakthrough in education. Educational breakthroughs are evidenced by the leadership of education researchers and the quality of educational research they conduct. Over more than three decades, the training of education researchers in individual Lithuanian universities and their consortia has been associated with systematic improvements in infrastructure. The number of researchers and the educational research they have conducted has enabled the preservation of pedagogically significant heritage, the consolidation of education as a scientific field, and contributions to educational reform, ensuring the sustainability of educational quality. References Bakonis, E., Survutaitė, D., Šetkus, B. (2022). Edukacijos tyrimais grįstos švietimo politikos formavimas. Medžiaga diskusijai. Švietimo, mokslo ir sporto ministerija, Nacionalinė švietimo agentūra. Vilnius. Beaumie, K. (2001). Social Constructivism. Emerging Perspectives on Learning, Teaching, and Technology. Biesta, G. (2007). Why “what works” won’t work: Evidence‐based practice and the democratic deficit in educational research. Educational Theory, 57(1), 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-5446.2006.00241.x Biesta, G.(2019). What Kind of Society Does the School Need? Redefining the Democratic Work of Education in Impatient Times. Studies in Philosophy and Education. 38:657–668 https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-019-09675-y Cohen-Vogel, L., Youngs, P., & Scott, J. (Eds.). (2025). Handbook of education policy research. American Educational Research Association. European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, (2021). Teachers in Europe: Careers, Development and Well-being. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union Lietuvos mokslo taryba. (N.D.) Lietuvos mokslo taryba - Duomenų peržiūra » Disertacijų gynimų duomenų bazė » Disertacijų gynimų duomenų bazė Memarian, B., Doleck, T. (2025). Education with a systems theory and control perspective. Educ Inf Technol 30, 12249–12266. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-024-13223-8 Mortimore, P. (2000). Does Educational Research Matter?. British Educational Research Journal - BR EDUC RES J. 26. 5-24. https://doi.org/10.1080/014119200109480 OECD (2025). How can research and initial teacher education institutions support research use?. OECD Education Policy Perspectives, No. 129, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/7a197444-en. OECD (2025a). Everybody Cares About Using Education Research Sometimes: Perspectives of Knowledge Intermediaries, Educational Research and Innovation, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/5ef88972-en. OECD. (2022). Who cares about using education research in policy and practice? Strengthening research engagement. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/d7ff793d-en Reyes, V. C. (2023). What is most important in education reform? The impact of leadership, innovation and partnerships. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2023.2281353 Schlicht-Schmälzle, R. et al. (2024), “Bridging the research-practice gap in education: Initiatives from 3 OECD countries”, OECD Education Working Papers, No. 319, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/c0d3f781-en. Vanderstraeten, R. (2023). Systems Theory Approaches to Researching Educational Organizations. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education. Retrieved 17 Jan. 2026. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.1885 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper PISA as a Boundary Object: Bridging the Gap Between Academic Research and Policy Reform in Taiwan National Taiwan Normal University, Taiwan Presenting Author:Nowadays, as technology for analyzing education data gets better, more and more countries are using "data-driven" and "evidence-based" methods to decide how to run their schools. They want to use solid facts to see how well their education system is performing. International Large-Scale Assessments (ILSAs), especially PISA, have become a key part of this process (Grek, 2009). Because PISA uses very strict methods to test students, it allows people to easily compare different countries (Li et al., 2025; Volante & Mattei, 2024). This makes certain countries become "reference societies"—examples that everyone else looks up to and tries to follow (Santos & Centeno, 2023; Sellar & Lingard, 2013). As a result, PISA has a huge influence on education policies. Countries with high scores become models that others want to learn from. On the other hand, when a country gets a lower score than expected, it often causes a "PISA shock," leading to strong demands for major education reforms (Takayama, 2010; Waldow, 2009). While many studies have looked at how PISA drives educational reform around the world, there is still very little research focusing on Taiwan. Taiwan presents an interesting case, much like Japan and Germany in the early 2000s. Before joining PISA, Taiwan did not have its own national assessment to collect data on how well students were actually learning. Because of this, PISA filled an important gap and became a key tool for policymakers. A major turning point occurred after Taiwan’s strong start in 2006; in 2009, the national ranking for Reading dropped significantly to 23rd place. This led to a local 'PISA shock,' causing both the government and the public to rethink and completely transform how reading is taught in schools However, discussions regarding the geopolitical drivers of these reforms imply a dimension often treated as anecdotal rather than subject to rigorous academic inquiry. For instance, common narratives suggest that Taiwan's reforms were spurred by cross-strait competition following Shanghai’s top performance in 2009, or that PISA results serve as political leverage for opposition parties. Yet, these observations remain largely speculative and undocumented in formal research. To systematically analyze how these international metrics permeate national governance, this study adopts the concept of "Boundary Objects" (Leigh Star, 2010; Star & Griesemer, 1989) to examine how PISA navigates the distinct social worlds of "academics" and "policymakers." Methodologically, we deconstruct the multifaceted "PISA ecosystem" into its constituent non-human artifacts, including test items, technical reports, official results, and media discourse. These elements are analyzed through the lens of Star and Griesemer’s (1989) four types of boundary objects, which facilitate cooperation across different social worlds without requiring consensus: Repositories: Ordered collections of objects that are indexed in a standardized fashion so that people from different backgrounds can borrow from them. Ideal Types: Abstract objects, such as diagrams or atlases, that are vague enough to adapt to the needs of different groups while remaining recognizable. Coincident Boundaries: Objects that share a common external boundary but have different internal contents and meanings for different social groups. Standardized Forms: Structured methods of communication that provide a common language to make information comparable and translatable across different sites. By examining whether PISA-related artifacts function as these types of boundary objects, this research aims to understand how information is translated into policy language and serves as a catalyst for educational reform within Taiwan’s unique geopolitical landscape. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used 1. Data Collection and Research Tools This study employs thematic analysis, using in-depth interviews and document analysis for data collection. To explore whether PISA can be categorized into the four types of boundary objects, we first reviewed the core theoretical literature to define their characteristics. Based on these definitions, we developed specific interview guides for different groups of participants. In terms of data processing, this research follows a "top-down" coding approach. We use the four types of boundary objects as a primary analytical framework to form initial hypotheses. For instance, after reviewing the literature, we hypothesized that PISA's open-access databases act as Repositories. To verify this, we interviewed academic researchers who specialize in secondary data analysis of PISA. If their professional experiences aligned with our framework, we then categorized the PISA database as a Repository. A similar process was applied to the other three types of boundary objects. 2. Participants and Data Sources Unlike Japan and South Korea, where PISA is managed directly by national administrative agencies, Taiwan uses a "project-based bidding" model. The Ministry of Education treats the PISA survey as a commissioned project. University-based academic teams must go through a competitive bidding and selection process to represent the country in executing the survey. Because of this "administration-delegated-to-academia" design, Taiwan’s National Project Managers (NPMs) are typically university professors. Given this context, our participants mainly include members of the PISA 2022 research team and scholars expert in large-scale database analysis. Since this study focuses on how boundary objects bridge the gap between "academia" and "policy," we also invited government officials from the education sector to be interviewed. Specifically, the study involved seven researchers—with expertise in educational statistics, psychometrics, policy, and sociology—and two government administrators. In addition to interviews, we collected official documents, such as PISA Governing Board reports and press conference presentations. We also gathered online news coverage from various media outlets to analyze public discourse on PISA. 3. The Researcher as a Research Instrument The researcher maintains a deep academic interest in international large-scale assessments. Currently a member of the ICCS (International Civic and Citizenship Education Study) research team, the researcher has also been involved in the implementation of PISA, TIMSS, and TALIS. This background provides a high level of sensitivity toward the relationship between testing, assessment, and education policy. This unique "insider" perspective helps enhance the reliability and validity of the data interpretation in this study. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis suggests that PISA is not a single entity but a collection of various artifacts and tools that align with the four types of boundary objects. Repositories: In original theory, repositories refer to collections (like museum specimens) where different actors, such as hunters or scientists, can find their own meanings. In this study, Repositories correspond to the publicly available PISA datasets (student, teacher, and school levels) on the OECD website. These datasets serve as the primary raw material for academic researchers to conduct secondary data analysis. Ideal Types: This category refers to the abstract concepts within PISA, such as "literacy" and "resilience," which embody the ideals of "good education." For instance, Taiwan’s 2014 educational reform centered on the concept of "competency," a shift heavily influenced by PISA’s conceptual framework. Coincident Boundaries: In our case, this corresponds to "rankings." Rankings are the most powerful element driving reform in Taiwan. They are not just viewed as a measure of educational quality, but also as indicators of "economic strength" and "national competitiveness." Furthermore, rankings serve as a tool to validate policy success; for example, Taiwan’s strong performance in 2022 was used by officials as evidence that the new national curriculum was effective. Standardized Forms: To ensure comparability across diverse nations, PISA employs a highly structured framework. This includes standardized cognitive test items, background questionnaires, and a strict, uniform procedure for administration. Discussion: The Fluidity of Boundary Objects It is important to note that these classifications are not mutually exclusive. For example, rankings also possess the characteristics of Standardized Forms because they place different countries on a fixed, comparable scale. Similarly, PISA test items can be seen as Ideal Types, as they represent a specific model of what "ideal" assessment and education should look like. References Grek, S. (2009). Governing by numbers: The PISA ‘effect’in Europe. Journal of education policy, 24(1), 23–37. Leigh Star, S. (2010). This is not a boundary object: Reflections on the origin of a concept. Science, technology, & human values, 35(5), 601–617. Li, J., Xue, E., & Guo, S. (2025). The effects of PISA on global basic education reform: A systematic literature review. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 12(1), 1–15. Santos, Í., & Centeno, V. G. (2023). Inspirations from abroad: The impact of PISA on countries’ choice of reference societies in education. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 53(2), 269–286. Sellar, S., & Lingard, B. (2013). Looking East: Shanghai, PISA 2009 and the reconstitution of reference societies in the global education policy field. Comparative Education, 49(4), 464–485. Star, S. L., & Griesemer, J. R. (1989). Institutional Ecology, `Translations' and Boundary Objects: Amateurs and Professionals in Berkeley's Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, 1907-39. Social Studies of Science, 19(3), 387–420. https://doi.org/10.1177/030631289019003001 Takayama, K. (2010). Politics of externalization in reflexive times: Reinventing Japanese education reform discourses through “Finnish PISA success”. Comparative Education Review, 54(1), 51–75. Volante, L., & Mattei, P. (2024). The politicization of PISA in evidence-based policy discourses. Policy Futures in Education, 22(8), 1554–1569. Waldow, F. (2009). What PISA did and did not do: Germany after the ‘PISA-shock’. European Educational Research Journal, 8(3), 476–483. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 23 SES 13 D: Producing Policy Knowledge: Methodological Struggles and Field Relations Location: Vip room | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Xavier Rambla Paper Session |
|
|
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Quantitative Methods and Critical Policy Studies: Onto-Epistemological Tensions University of Glasgow, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This paper will explore the onto-epistemological issues which are at play when quantitative methods are employed within critical policy studies. By so doing, it will discuss whether there is a potential onto-epistemological tension to be found within European and international critical policy studies, deriving from the fact that the field often regards the critical researcher’s work to be inherently subjective in nature, but at the same time (often tacitly), to be speaking to objectively real structural injustices. When this tension plays out in quantitative work, the result can be a form of inadvertent crypto-postpositivism. This is defined as where postpositivism is held under the surface, comprising a combination of two simultaneous assumptions: researcher subjectivity and objective reality). Researcher subjectivity is acknowledged explicitly, while the objective reality of structural social injustices are taken as tacit or implicit. Thus, the quantitative analyst is found to be deeply entangled and implicated in terms of shaping and interpreting various statistical procedures, but these same quantitative data can also be seen to be derived implicitly from objectively real structural inequalities. To examine this tension, the paper engages in discussion and comparison of six key selected texts, chosen because they explore definitions and purposes as to what constitutes critical quantitative work (Frisby, 2024; Gillborn et al., 2018; Rios-Aguilar, 2014; Stage & Wells, 2014, Strunk, 2023; Tabron & Thomas; 2024). The paper summarises what this key selected literature commonly holds are two core conditions for quantitative work to be regarded as critical in nature: “stance” and “purpose”. The first condition the researcher’s integral role in research production, to the extent that data and analysis cannot be seen to exist independently of the researcher. The second condition of “purpose” relates to the reason for doing the work, which is that critical policy studies (and critical quantitative work in particular) should serve an emancipatory purpose, through the study of unequal power relations (and their equalisation). However, through a close reading of the six selected articles, the present paper contributes by showing how this work actually strays into postpositivism and that its simultaneous desire not to do so (based on what is argued to be a misinterpretation or over-simplication of Horkheimer’s (1937) seminal work on critical theory) results in this being left unacknowledged, i.e., it leads to crypto-postpositivist. The paper concludes by identifying some key ways forwards for the use of quantitative work within critical policy studies which will help to acknowledge and manage the onto-epistemological tension identified; this is elaborated upon below in the conclusions section. It further argues for quantitative work as a way of vital and essential way of engaging with policymakers and policy formation, based on Savage's (2024) argument for constructive engagement on the part of critical scholars (again, see conclusions section below).
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper is principally theoretical in nature and explores the onto-epistemological implications for quantitative methods within critical policy studies. This section on methodology is therefore necessarily brief. However, in terms of process, as noted above, the paper will explore these theoretical ideas in part through comparative discussion of some of the key discourses to be found in the selected texts identified in the preceding section (Frisby, 2024; Gillborn et al., 2018; Rios-Aguilar, 2014; Stage & Wells, 2014, Strunk, 2023; Tabron & Thomas; 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper contributes by identifying a key tension within critical quantitative work which up until this point has not been fully recognised. It is contended that an emancipatory agenda can operate as an inadvertent pathway to crypto-postpositivism, because such work involves the “uncovering” or “exposing” of objectively real and independently existent social structures. Crucially, this does not mean critical quantitative work cannot be emancipatory, but the paper further contributes by arguing for two ways forwards, either: (a) a greater explicit recognition of onto-epistemological tensions outlined on the part of the critical quantitative researcher, and/or (b) that critical studies as a field itself needs to be more accommodating in its onto-epistemology, enabling work to be more openly described as post-positivist, but with a critical emancipatory intent, based in part on what is asserted by this paper to be a more precise reading of Horkheimer (1937). Lastly, the paper ends with a coda on the importance of critical quantitative approaches as an essential and necessary component to the constructive engagement strategy for critical policy scholars, as set forwards by Savage (2024). The argument is made that quantitative work carries enormous influence in policy formation and pragmatically orientated critical scholars have an obligation to use it. References Frisby, M. B. (2024). Critical quantitative literacy: An educational foundation for critical quantitative research. AERA Open, 10https://doi.org/10.1177/23328584241228223 Gillborn, D., Warmington, P., & Demack, S. (2018). QuantCrit: Education, policy, 'big data' and principles for a critical race theory of statistics. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 21(2), 158-179. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2017.1377417 Horkheimer, M. (1937; 1972). Traditional and Critical Theory. In, Critical Theory. Selected essays, New York: Herder and Herder, pp. 188–243. Rios-Aguilar, C. (2014). The changing context of critical quantitative inquiry. New Directions for Institutional Research, 2013(158), 95-107. https://doi.org/10.1002/ir.20048 Savage, G.C. (2024). The Evolving State of Policy Sociology. Routledge Stage, F. K., & Wells, R. S. (2014). Critical quantitative inquiry in context. New Directions for Institutional Research, 2014(158), 1–7. https://doi.org/10.1002/ir.20041 Strunk, K. K. (2023) Critical Approaches to Quantitative Research: Review, Critique, and Applications. In (Eds.) Young, M. D., & Diem, S. (2023). Handbook of critical education research: Qualitative, quantitative, and emerging approaches. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003141464 Tabron, L. A., & Thomas, A. K. (2023). Deeper than wordplay: A systematic review of critical quantitative approaches in education research (2007–2021). Review of Educational Research, 93(5), 756-786. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543221130017 23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper Learning in Coordinated Market Economies: Analysing Stakeholders' Perspectives in Barcelona Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona (UAB), Spain Presenting Author:The paper will analyse how the main stakeholders of Vocational Education and Training (VET) understand learning in Barcelona. In this city, hospitality, social services and the knowledge economy are quite important economic sectors. The paper will examine to what extent recent graduates coincide with employers and employment brokers such as internship coordinators and public employment services when conceptualising learning. The politics of education increasingly influence the everyday life of vocational education systems. Previous research has unveiled the political features of VET systems, which must inevitably bridge gaps between education and employment. Scholars such as Busemeyer, Carstensen & Emmenegger (2022), Graf & Marques (2022) and Valiente & Scandurra (2017) have articulated the foundations of the political economy of skills. This theoretical approach distinguishes the Central-European coordinated systems from the Anglo-Saxon liberal systems. In the former, educators and employers make explicit agreements on qualifications and apprenticeships. In the latter, students choose among very diverse VET programmes and employers select candidates simply according to their human resources strategy. Although other European countries have not become a copy of the German model, the features of coordinated systems have spread through the continent. At the same time as enrolment in VET programmes has increased in Spain, the government has actively engaged in generalising long internships and integrating the programmes run by schools, employment services and employers. In Barcelona, the Education Consortium of municipal and regional authorities has clustered school-based, employment service and continuous VET of the main specialisms in a new type of colleges. An analysis of graduates’, educators’ and employers’ views on learning offers insights on the micro-level mechanisms of coordination in the city. It will draw on the political economy of skills to trace the links between societal structures and institutional arrangements, on the one hand, and students’ strategies and employers’ practices, on the other hand (Pilz, 2016). The micro-sociological dimension of VET programmes hinges on the prevailing concepts of knowledge and learning. A pedagogical cornerstone of these programmes lies in their capacity to teach graduates how to articulate theoretical and practical knowledge. Although some VET students have just left compulsory schooling, most of them frame their programmes within their life projects for adult life. Thus, for them learning is both theoretical and practical and takes place in different settings (Young, 2007). Studies on adult education have convincingly argued that learning is connected to the motivation of students to connect their educational and professional projects within wider reflections on their biographies (Hallqvist, Ellström & Hydén, 2012; Biesta, 2006). Sociology has systematically researched reflexivity as the development of knowledge on one's projects and social position.It has clearly documented that such capability is deeply classed and gendered (Skeggs & Loveday, 2012; Golob & Makarovič, 2019). It has also observed how students express reflexivity when discussing their own decisions in the field of education and training (Barabash, 2014). The paper will investigate the views of these stakeholders through this lens. This is a tentative exam of recent qualitative evidence that will feed further inquiries and articles. The leading research question inquires about the themes, types of knowledge and perceptions of graduates among employers. At the same time, it explores what is relevant for graduates, how they understand their learning and how they link this learning with their life plans. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper presents initial results of two research projects that considered Barcelona among other European regions and cities. As a Horizon Europe project (Grant Agreement No. 101061155 ), CLEAR analysed the social construction of learning in sixteen European regions. Marcelo Parreira do Amaral (Univ. Münster) was the PI and I coordinated the work package that interviewed educators between 2022 and 2025 (https://clear-horizon.eu). The AIVET Erasmus+ Cooperation Partnership (2023-1-ES01-KA220-VET-000153882) investigates the roles of graduates, educators and employers in three cities. I am the PI of this project (https://aivetproject.eu/). The interviews focused on the energy, health, hospitality and IT sectors. CLEAR interviewed 7 educators in Barcelona in 2024. AIVET is interviewing 7 educators, 18 employers and 30 (about 20 female and 10 male) recent graduates between 2023 and 2026. The interview guides asked the respondents to elaborate on how recent graduates had learnt in courses of these VET specialisms. The interviewers proposed an initial focus and gave leeway for the respondents to order the themes of the conversation at will. The evidence collected by AIVET will be analysed in the first months of 2026. In both cases axial coding was and will be used, with some codes shared among all the participant countries. The presentation will outline the emerging themes, besides focusing on the specific evidence about knowledge and learning. The UAB research ethics committee approved each project. The respondents were informed of their right to participate and withdraw voluntarily. They signed a consent form authorising the researchers to use the transcripts of the conversation provided anonymity and confidentiality were secured. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Although conclusions can only be very tentative at this stage, I can outline a short list of emerging findings. First, employers and educators are concerned with information about skills and the labour market. However, they eventually coordinate their activity through formal and informal exchanges, mostly between the teachers in charge of internship programmes and SME employers or the human resources professionals in big corporations. Second, the stakeholders coincide on the same concepts of knowledge and learning in each sector, but these concepts vary across sectors. The core of professional knowledge in the energy and IT specialisms is codified in modules and technical qualifications that both graduates and employers easily recongise. In contrast, health and hospitality rely on a hybrid core of knowledge that includes technical qualifications at the same level as social skills. The presentation will elaborate on a more sophisticate analysis of these rough and tentative conclusions. While knowledge and learning are constructed through micro-social mechanisms of coordination, the official information does not capture the social skills that are so important in the service sectors. Thus, all the respondents were interested in developing more sophisticate statistical dashboards, but all of them admitted that social skills were indispensable for any profession, particularly the ones related to health and hospitality. Additionally, differing concepts of knowledge and learning seem to contribute to the widely observed gendering of specialisms, with the technical component being strongly associated to ‘masculine’ professions. A more detailed sociological analysis of these issues will probably render interesting lessons for public policy and pedagogic practice. References Barabasch, A. (2014). “It’s Been a Search for What I Wanted to Do”: Mid-life reflections on career transitions and lifelong learning. In Research in Comparative and International Educatio (Vol. 9, Issue 3, pp. 260–269). Symposium Journals Ltd. https://doi.org/10.2304/rcie.2014.9.3.260 Biesta, G. (2006). What’s the Point of Lifelong Learning if Lifelong Learning Has No Point? On the Democratic Deficit of Policies for Lifelong Learning. European Educational Research Journal, 5(3), 169–180. Busemeyer, M. R., Carstensen, M. B., & Emmenegger, P. (2022). Orchestrators of coordination: Towards a new role of the state in coordinated capitalism? European Journal of Industrial Relations, 28(2), 231–250. https://doi.org/10.1177/09596801211062556 Golob, T., & Makarovič, M. (2019). Reflexivity and structural positions: The effects of generation, gender and education. Social Sciences, 8(9). https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci8090248 Graf, L., & Marques, M. (2022). Towards a European model of collective skill formation? Analysing the European Alliance for Apprenticeships. Journal of Education Policy. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2022.2097317 Hallqvist, A.; Ellström, P.-E. & Hydén, L.-C. (2012). The many faces of biographical learning. Studies in the Education of Adults, 44(1), 70–84. Pilz, M. (2016). Typologies in Comparative Vocational Education: Existing Models and New Approach. Vocations and Learning, 9, 295–314. Skeggs, B., & Loveday, V. (2012). Struggles for value: Value practices, injustice, judgment, affect and the idea of class. British Journal of Sociology, 63(3), 472–490. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-4446.2012.01420.x Young, M. F. D. (2007). Bringing Knowledge Back In. From social constructivism to social realism in the sociology of education. Routledge. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 25 SES 13 A: Network Meeting - NW 25. Research on Children’s Rights in Education Location: B4113 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Zoe Moody Network Meeting |
|
|
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Meetings/ Events/ Ceremonies Network Meeting - NW 25. Research on Children’s Rights in Education University of Lausanne, Switzerland Presenting Author:EERA Networks hold a NW meeting during ECER. All are welcome to attend. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 13 A: Coaching, Mentoring, Equity & Leadership Support Location: C6 | Main building C | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Benjamin White Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper A Study on Virtual Mentoring and Coaching in Virtual Professional Leadership Learning Communities Targeting School Turnaround Strategies 1: Texas A&M University, United States of America; 2: University of Alabama, United States of America Presenting Author:Topic: School leaders' participation with a virtual mentor/coach within a virtual professional leadership learning community Research Question: To what extent does participation in virtual mentoring and coaching (VMC) influence school leaders’ professional growth during their engagement in virtual professional learning communities (VPLCs)? Conceptual Framework: We used a conceptual framework that combined virtual professional development (VPD), virtual professional leadership learning communities (VPLCs), and virtual mentoring and coaching (VMC) to support the professional growth of school leaders. The model is based on communities of practice (Wenger, 1998), professional learning communities (Stoll et al., 2006), and coaching partnerships (Robertson, 2008). Learning, at its core, thrives on conversation. When school leaders face real-world challenges, they collaborate within VPLCs, posing questions, reflecting on their actions, and devising strategies. VMC actively supports these communities with tailored, pertinent assistance to foster ongoing learning and sustained engagement. The framework underscores modeling, scaffolding, and coaching as fundamental pedagogical approaches within VPLCs aligned with constructivist principles (Irby et al., 2017; Parkes et al., 2013). Virtual mentor coaches facilitate leaders' comprehension by prompting reflection on acquired knowledge, supporting its practical application, and ensuring leadership practices align with the school's objectives for achievement. VMCs serve not as evaluators but as learning collaborators, a role that is increasingly vital in international leadership development paradigms (Harris & Jones, 2018). The framework also addresses the long-standing concern that formal training programs alone don't provide leaders with the skills needed to handle the complexities of school turnaround and improvement (Gray et al., 2007). Anast-May et al. (2011) suggested that both aspiring and current leaders benefit from opportunities to implement changes, build trust, and use data-driven strategies in real-world situations. In turnaround schools, quick, focused, and lasting changes are needed, which go beyond the usual models of gradual growth (Rhim et al., 2007); however, Alexander et al. (2025) suggested in their turnaround school 12-step model that quick change is not always the case in turning Recently, researchers have underscored the imperative of grounding leadership development in the principles of equity, inclusion, and social justice. Scholars contend that leadership education must directly confront access, opportunity, and the disparate impacts of reform on historically marginalized students and communities (Brooks et al., 2017; Green, 2017; Meyers, 2020). These matters are essential to European and international policy frameworks and are incorporated into the collaborative and reflective design of VPLCs. The conceptual framework positions VPLCs, underpinned by VMC, as a scalable and globally pertinent model for leadership development. This aligns with international objectives concerning digitally mediated and collaborative professional learning for educational leaders. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Research Design We useda quasi-experimental, pretest–posttest design to examine changes in school leaders’ professional learning outcomes associated with participation in virtual professional learning communities (VPLCs) supported by virtual mentoring and coaching (VMC). Such designs are appropriate when random assignment is not feasible and when research is conducted in authentic professional contexts (Creswell & Creswell, 2018). This design enabled examination of within-group changes in participants’ knowledge over time. Context of the Study The study was conducted during the summer of 2024 as part of a virtual professional development program. The program used a CANVAS-based micro-credential focused on school transformation with five Massive Open Online Professional Innovative Learning (MOOPIL) modules: Turning Around and Enhancing Schools, Root Cause Analysis, Things That Transform a School, Data-Driven Campus Improvement, and Campus Improvement Plans. Each module lasted a week and included both asynchronous learning activities and synchronous Virtual Professional Learning Community (VPLC) sessions, which were held via Zoom. Participants Participants included 32 school leaders and administrators in Texas recruited via professional networks of virtual mentor coaches. Participants completed a pretest prior to each MOOPIL module and a posttest following completion of the module and associated VPLC session. The VPLC groups of 8 to 10 individiuals were facilitated by a trained virtual mentor coach who guided discussions, supported collaborative sensemaking, and designed structured learning activities aligned with module content. We recorded all sessions. Control VPLC groups followed the same structure and schedule; however, no virtual mentor coach facilitated discussion. Group members rotated facilitation responsibilities within each VPLC, and a virtual mentor coach attended sessions solely to record and monitor progress. Data Collection and Analysis Pre- and post-assessments, designed by the researchers, were used to gather data, and these assessments were aligned with the MOOPIL learning objectives. To determine if there were differences between the pretest and posttest scores, a paired-samples t-test was used. This statistical method is appropriate for designs that involve repeated measures (Field, 2018). Limitations The use of one treatment group without comparison to a control group limits the ability to generalize the results. Therefore, the observed changes are not necessarily caused by the factors being studied. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A paired-samples t-test was employed to analyze the changes in school leaders' knowledge following their engagement in virtual professional development (VPD) facilitated through five MOOPIL modules within a virtual professional learning community (VPLC) environment. The module topics were school transformation and enhancement, encompassing leadership strategies, root cause analysis, data-informed improvement, and campus enhancement planning. The results indicated that the participants' mean pre-test scores (M = 5.44, SD = 1.58) were significantly lower than were the mean post-test scores (M = 6.74, SD = 1.14). This difference was statistically significant, t(374) = 20.45, p < .001. The effect size was substantial (Cohen’s d = 1.05). These results suggest that school leaders who participated in the VPD MOOPIL modules, as part of facilitated VPLCs, gained knowledge about how to improve and turn around schools. The consistent improvements observed across five different modules support the conclusion that these advancements reflect lasting learning, rather than limited learning related to a specific subject. Although causal inferences are precluded by the quasi-experimental methodology, the substantial effect size indicates that the integrated model of asynchronous MOOPIL content and synchronous, facilitated VPLC involvement offered a significant professional learning experience for participants. The findings suggest that structured collaboration, guided reflection, and supported discussion with a virtual mentor/coach/facilitator have the potential to enhance leaders’ learning beyond solitary online coursework. The results provide real-world evidence that using VPD MOOPILs in assisted VPLCs is an effective way to support school leaders. Since the focus was on turning around and improving schools, these results suggest that this PD strategy may be effective for other groups of school leaders of high-needs schools. References Alexander, J., Irby, B. J., Etchells, M. J., & Rodriguez, L. (2025). Effective steps toward school enhancement: Turning around high needs schools. Information Age Publishing. Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (5th ed.). SAGE.Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2018). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (5th ed.). SAGE. European Commission. (n.d.). Digital education: Actions. https://education.ec.europa.eu/focus-topics/digital-education/actions Ermeling, B. A., Tatsui, T. T., & Young, K. R. (2015). Virtual coaching for instructional leaders: A multi-method investigation of technology-enabled external assistance. Teachers College Record, 117(11), 1–63. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811511701108 Gray, C., Fry, B., Bottoms, G., & O’Neill, K. (2007). Good principals aren’t born—they’re mentored. Southern Regional Education Board. https://wallacefoundation.org/sites/default/files/2023-09/Good-Principals-Arent-Born-Theyre-Mentored.pdf Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2016). School leadership for learning: Insights from TALIS 2013. OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/content/dam/oecd/en/publications/reports/2016/09/school-leadership-for-learning_g1g69446/9789264258341-en.pdf Pashmforoosh, R., Irby, B. J., Lara-Alecio, R., & Tong, F. (2023). Building school leaders’ instructional leadership capacity through virtual professional leadership learning communities. Frontiers in Education, 8, Article 1168734. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1168734 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Virtual Mentoring as a School Enhancement Mechanism in Leadership Development 1: The University of Alabama, United States of America; 2: Texas A&M University, United States of America Presenting Author:Mentoring has become a central strategy in school leadership development internationally, particularly for supporting novice and aspiring principals as they navigate increasingly complex instructional, organizational, and political demands. Across Europe, North America, and other international contexts, mentoring is embedded in leadership preparation and induction initiatives as a means of accelerating leadership learning and reducing early-career attrition (Bush, 2009; Darling-Hammond et al., 2010; Hobson et al., 2009). Research suggests that mentoring provides situated and personalized learning opportunities that formal coursework alone cannot offer, especially during leadership transitions (Crow, 2012; Earley & Bubb, 2014). Mentoring has taken on various forms and models (Kart et al., 2018), particularly technology-enabled mentoring and/or coaching, which is free from time and space constraints and low cost while delivering a high-quality coaching experience (e.g., Ermeling et al., 2015; Kidd & Murray, 2013; Marsh & Mitchell, 2014). Examples include video coaching to influence teachers' pedagogical behavior (Linden et al., 2022), VR-implemented classroom observation (Militello et al., 2021), and virtual mentoring coaching to support school leaders' professional leadership development (Author et al., 2022, 2023). Mentoring research has often emphasized program structures, participation rates, or perceived outcomes, while paying less attention to the interactional processes through which mentoring supports leadership learning and effectiveness (Hobson & Sharp, 2013; Young et al., 2017). There remains limited qualitative understanding of how mentoring conversations unfold, how mentors and mentees negotiate professional meaning, and how mentoring adapts to leaders’ developmental stages and contextual challenges (Ehrich et al., 2004; Fletcher & Mullen, 2012). This study examines mentoring as a core developmental practice within successful school leadership, drawing on qualitative evidence from a School Enhancement initiative situated within a research–practice partnership led by two southern universities in the US. Mentoring is conceptualized not as a technical intervention but as a relational, adaptive, and contextually embedded process that supports leaders’ capacity to enact improvement over time (Day & Gurr, 2014; Drysdale et al., 2016). Mentoring enables reflective practice, professional judgment, and problem-solving within authentic school contexts (Clutterbuck et al., 2017). The conceptual framework integrates three complementary strands of scholarship. First, leadership development theory emphasizes experiential learning, reflection, and professional identity formation as central mechanisms of leadership growth (Day et al., 2009; Ibarra et al., 2010). Mentoring supports these processes through individualized feedback, guided reflection, and cognitive apprenticeship as leaders confront real-time dilemmas (Bush & Glover, 2014; Mullen & Klimaitis, 2021). Second, a relational perspective positions mentoring as socially mediated learning grounded in trust, dialogue, and mutual engagement, with evidence suggesting that relationship quality is more critical than formal program design alone (Ehrich et al., 2004; Hobson et al., 2009; Devos et al., 2016). Third, an ecological perspective recognizes mentoring as embedded within systems shaped by accountability pressures, policy mandates, demographic change, and local organizational cultures (Bronfenbrenner, 1979; Walker & Dimmock, 2002; Hallinger, 2018). Effective mentoring commonly addresses instructional leadership, organizational management, interpersonal relationships, equity and community engagement, and context-specific problem-solving (Crow & Whiteman, 2016; Mullen, 2016). Evidence suggests mentoring needs evolve over time as leaders move from entry and survival phases toward strategic and sustainable leadership (Weindling & Dimmock, 2006; Day & Gurr, 2014). Guided by this framework, the study addresses the following research questions:
Responding to ECER 2026’s theme, this study positions mentoring as a knowledge-mobilizing practice through which educational knowledge is interpreted, negotiated, and enacted rather than linearly transferred. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, case-based research design examining mentoring interactions within a School Enhancement initiative implemented through a research–practice partnership led by University of Alabama leadership faculty in collaboration with Texas A&M University. The primary data source consists of recorded and transcribed mentoring sessions between experienced leadership mentors and school principals, including the VLC mentoring interaction, which captures mentoring as it unfolds through authentic professional dialogue rather than retrospective self-report. The mentoring process spans approximately twelve sessions over one academic year and is embedded within a broader School Enhancement framework that includes leadership assessment, reflective feedback, and ongoing advisory support.This study looks at the mentor-mentee interactions at three different elementary schools in the same school district. School A consists of 325 students and has a free and reduced lunch population of 56%. School B has 165 students and a free and reduced lunch population of 35%. School C has 282 students and a free and reduced lunch population of 31%. Each school was assigned a different mentor. The twelve sessions included six meetings consisting of mentor-principal and six meetings involving the mentor-leadership triad (principal, assistant principal, coaches). Six different sessions, two from the beginning, two from the middle, and two from the end of the mentoring process at each school were analyzed for a total of 18 mentoring sessions. Supplementary data sources include leadership self-assessment artifacts, reflective prompts used during mentoring sessions, and planning documents generated as part of school improvement work. Together, these sources enable examination of mentoring purposes, relational dynamics, conversational focus, and developmental trajectories over time. Data analysis followed an iterative thematic approach. First-cycle coding identified key features of mentoring, including mentoring purposes (e.g., sense-making, confidence building), relational characteristics (e.g., trust, affirmation, challenge), and process features (e.g., cyclical reflection and forward planning). Second-cycle analysis synthesized these codes into higher-order themes related to leadership development, emotional labor, organizational alignment, and collective capacity building. Analytic memos were used to trace how mentoring supported principals’ interpretation of assessment data, navigation of contextual constraints, and translation of improvement goals into leadership action. Trustworthiness was enhanced through careful attention to participants’ language, peer debriefing among the research team, and maintenance of an audit trail linking empirical excerpts to analytic claims. This methodological approach aligns with ECER’s emphasis on qualitative rigor, contextual sensitivity, and theory building grounded in leadership practice. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that mentoring functions as a critical mechanism for leadership sense-making within complex and changing school contexts. Effective mentoring relationships are characterized by trust, non-evaluative dialogue, and sustained interaction over time, enabling principals to reflect on leadership identity, interpret feedback, and address tensions between values, systems, and external demands. Mentoring conversations consistently foreground instructional leadership, organizational structure, interpersonal relationships, equity and community engagement, and responses to accountability and policy pressures. The focus of mentoring shifts developmentally, with early conversations emphasizing survival, confidence, and organizational clarity, and later conversations addressing strategic leadership, coherence across improvement efforts, and sustainability. Participants report that mentoring supports increased leadership confidence, reflective capacity, and professional judgment, particularly in navigating emotionally demanding and ethically complex leadership situations. Importantly, the findings suggest that mentoring impact is not derived from standardized content or prescribed solutions, but from dialogic processes that enable principals to integrate research-informed frameworks with contextual knowledge and lived experience. While mentoring sessions follow predictable structures such as agenda-setting and celebrations, these are used to create psychological readiness leading to the interactional processes key to relationship building. Situated within a School Enhancement framework, mentoring connects assessment, reflection, and action, supporting both individual leadership growth and collective capacity building at the school level. Evidence from the VLC mentoring interaction illustrates how principals engage in situated sense-making—working through leadership assessment data, improvement frameworks, and system-level expectations while addressing the emotional, relational, and ethical dimensions of leadership work often marginalized in data-driven accountability regimes. Overall, the study contributes to international leadership scholarship by demonstrating how mentoring operates as a knowledge-mobilizing practice—bridging scholarly knowledge, practitioner expertise, and contextual understanding—and by highlighting mentoring’s role in supporting adaptive, reflective leadership under conditions of uncertainty and systemic change. References Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Bush, T. (2009). Leadership development and school improvement: Contemporary issues in leadership development. Educational Review, 61(4), 375–389. Clutterbuck, D., Kochan, F., Lunsford, L., Domínguez, N., & Haddock-Millar, J. (2017). The SAGE handbook of mentoring. Sage. Crow, G. M., & Whiteman, R. S. (2016). Effective mentoring for novice principals. Educational Leadership, 73(6), 68–73. Day, C., & Gurr, D. (2014). Leading schools successfully: Stories from the field. Routledge. Devos, G., Hulpia, H., & Van Keer, H. (2016). Mentoring novice school principals: What do mentors do? Educational Administration Quarterly, 52(4), 596–633. Drysdale, L., Gurr, D., Johansson, O., & Lumby, J. (2016). Successful school leadership: International perspectives. Bloomsbury. Earley, P., & Bubb, S. (2014). Leading and managing continuing professional development. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 42(4), 545–562. Ermeling, B. A., Tatsui, T. T., & Young, K. R. (2015). Virtual Coaching for Instructional Leaders: A Multi-Method Investigation of Technology-Enabled External Assistance. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 117(11), 1-48. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146811511701108 Hallinger, P. (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5–24. Hobson, A. J., & Sharp, C. (2013). Head to head: A systematic review of mentoring for school leaders. School Leadership & Management, 33(3), 213–231. Kraft, M. A., Blazar, D., & Hogan, D. (2018). The Effect of Teacher Coaching on Instruction and Achievement: A Meta-Analysis of the Causal Evidence. Review of Educational Research, 88(4), 547–588. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654318759268 Marsh, B., & Mitchell, N. (2014). The role of video in teacher professional development. Teacher Development, 18(3), 403–417. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2014.938106 Militello, M., Tredway, L., Hodgkins, L., & Simon, K. (2021). Virtual Reality Classroom Simulations: How School Leaders Improve Instructional Leadership Capacity. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(3), 286–301. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-10-2020-0219 Mullen, C. A. (2016). Mentoring in education. Springer. Mullen, C. A., & Klimaitis, C. C. (2021). Defining mentoring: A literature review of issues, types, and applications. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1483(1), 19–35. Weindling, D., & Dimmock, C. (2006). Sitting in the “hot seat”: New headteachers in the UK. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 34(4), 465–484. Young, M. D., Winn, K. M., & Reedy, M. A. (2017). The role of mentoring in developing school leaders. Journal of Educational Administration, 55(6), 653–670. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leadership Walkthroughs as a School Enhancement Mechanism for Leadership Development 1: The University of Alabama, United States of America; 2: Texas A&M University, United States of America Presenting Author:Walkthroughs have become an increasingly prominent practice in school improvement efforts, with an abundance of walkthrough models available (e.g., Downey et al., 2004; Stout et al., 2013; Ginsberg & Murphy, 2002). Most existing walkthroughs focus on classroom observations conducted by school administrators to assess teaching and provide feedback to teachers. Very limited research evidence focuses on observing school leaders, particularly regarding the effectiveness of principals’ use of time (e.g., Bezzina et al., 2018; Grissom et al., 2013; Horng et al., 2010). A search of studies on school leadership team walkthroughs in tier-one journals in educational leadership yields almost no studies. This study focuses on and conceptualizes walkthroughs as a structured, non-instrument observation of principals, assistant principals, and instructional leadership personnel (i.e., the school leadership team), rather than classroom instruction. This study reports findings from multiple rounds of school leadership walkthroughs as a core component of a School Enhancement project. The school leadership walkthroughs in this study are designed as brief, informal, and non-disruptive observations intended to capture real-time evidence of leadership practice, campus culture, and instructional support as they naturally unfold during the school day. Rather than functioning as evaluative or compliance-oriented visits, walkthroughs are purposefully structured to document leadership work in situ, preserving the authenticity of daily interactions and organizational routines. The observation will focus on campus leadership practices, including the actions and interactions of principals, assistant principals, and instructional skills specialists. A central goal of the walkthrough process is to generate low-inference, descriptive evidence that reflects what is seen and heard at the moment of observation. Walkthroughs are conducted on both treatment and control campuses, allowing for systematic documentation of leadership practice across varied contexts and over time. Emphasizing low-inference documentation positions leadership walkthroughs as a learning-oriented data collection practice rather than a judgment-based assessment. The walkthrough process supports coaching and reflective dialogue, enabling leaders to interpret evidence, mobilize knowledge, and develop new, contextually grounded leadership practices. The second and third authors of this paper developed the Leadership Walkthrough Rubric (2023), based on research on effective principal behaviors (Horng et al., 2010), the Organizational and Leadership Effectiveness Inventory (Author et al., 2000; 2002; 2013), Synergistic Leadership Theory (Author et al., 2002), and research on how principals spend their time (Author et al., 1999, 2002, 2013). This instrument is the first of its kind used to observe school leaders in real time—what they do, on what tasks, and how they do them. Unlike leadership surveys, the rubric provides detailed evidence of leadership practice that can help district leaders identify areas for improvement, support leadership reflection based on observational data, and inform researchers’ design of immediate professional development interventions. The questions we seek to answer from observation analysis of walkthroughs are:
The conceptual framework for this study integrates three complementary perspectives. First, leadership learning theory (Allen et al., 2022) highlights experiential learning, reflection, and professional judgment as central to leadership development. Second, a relational and coaching-oriented perspective (Lochmiller, 2018) positions walkthroughs as dialogic processes grounded in trust, feedback, and mutual engagement, particularly when walkthroughs are followed by timely coaching conversations and reflective feedback sessions. Third, an ecological systems perspective (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) recognizes walkthroughs as embedded within school communities as well as broader policy, accountability, and community contexts that shape what leaders attend to, prioritize, and enact. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts a qualitative, case-based research design examining leadership walkthroughs within a School Enhancement initiative. Data are drawn from walkthrough observations conducted using the Leadership Walkthrough Rubric, which systematically documents leadership behaviors related to visibility, instructional leadership, relational engagement, organizational routines, equity, and school culture. Primary data sources include completed walkthrough rubrics and observation notes. Walkthroughs focus on principals, assistant principals, and instructional skills specialists and capture leadership practice across multiple settings, including classrooms, hallways, meetings, professional learning communities, and interactions with students, staff, and families. Supplementary data include walkthrough-related reflection notes, leadership team discussions, and artifacts generated. These sources allow examination of focal leadership practices, feedback processes, and developmental learning trajectories over time. Data analysis follows an iterative thematic approach. First-cycle coding identifies observed leadership behaviors (instructional engagement, relational practices, vision alignment), walkthrough focus areas, and coaching interactions. Second-cycle analysis synthesizes these codes into higher-order themes related to leadership domains, professional judgment, organizational coherence, and adaptive capacity. Analytic memos trace how walkthrough evidence is observed, documented , interpreted, discussed, and translated into leadership interventions. Trustworthiness is supported through triangulation of data sources, attention to participants’ language, peer debriefing among the research team, and maintenance of an audit trail linking observational evidence to analytic claims. This approach aligns with ECER’s emphasis on qualitative rigor, contextual sensitivity, and theory-informed analysis. The data for this study are based on 66 walkthroughs conducted in 11 schools in two school districts in the United States. School leadership was observed using the Leadership Walkthrough Rubric (LWC) developed by the authors (Author & Author, 2023). The LWC focuses on leadership behaviors and interactions and measures the quality and consistency of leadership practices. Observers are trained to record detailed notes using the Leadership Walkthrough Rubric, emphasizing accuracy and objectivity while avoiding evaluative judgments. This approach ensures that walkthrough data serve as a reliable foundation for subsequent reflection, coaching, and leadership learning. During walkthroughs, observers maintain a low-key and unobtrusive presence to minimize disruption and allow authentic leadership and instructional interactions to occur naturally. Observations are documented directly on the Leadership Walkthrough form, with attention to observable behaviors, interactions, and environmental features. Observers are instructed to describe actions factually using neutral language, replacing subjective or evaluative terms (“effective,” “poor”) with concrete descriptions of behavior (“The principal greeted students by name as they entered the building”). This practice reinforces transparency and avoids conflating absence of evidence with negative evaluation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that leadership behaviors most frequently observed include instructional engagement, relational visibility, alignment of daily practice with school vision, and attention to organizational culture and equity. Additional findings will be reported in the full paper. Walkthroughs support leadership development by making practice visible, surfacing assumptions, and creating structured opportunities for researchers to determine subsequent interventions. When embedded within coaching cycles, walkthroughs enable leaders to move from awareness to experimentation and refinement of leadership practices. Importantly, the findings help researchers understand the “knowledge status” of school leaders in relation to the professional development provided through the School Enhancement project, including how knowledge is transferred to leadership teams and how that knowledge is implemented in practice. Positioned within a School Enhancement framework, leadership walkthroughs link observation, feedback, and action, supporting both individual and collective leadership growth. Overall, the study contributes to international leadership research by conceptualizing leadership walkthroughs as relational, knowledge-generating practices that link research and practice. References Allen, S. J., Rosch, D. M., & Riggio, R. E. (2022). Advancing leadership education and development: Integrating adult learning theory. Journal of Management Education, 46(2), 252-283. Author et al. (1999). A feminine inclusive leadership theory. Journal name withheld for blind review. Author et al. (2000). Organizational and leadership effectiveness inventory. Sam Houston Press. Author et al. (2002). The synergistic leadership theory. Journal name withheld for blind review. Author et al. (2013). The synergistic leadership theory: An inclusive theory in the twenty-first century. In B. J. Irby, G. Brown, R. Lara-Alecio, & S. Jackson (Eds.), The handbook of educational theories (pp. 985-996). Information Age. Author, B.J., & Author, J. M. (2023). Irby and Alexander leadership walkthrough. Journal name withheld for blind review. Bezzina, C., Paletta, A., & Alimehmeti, G. (2018). What Are School Leaders in Italy Doing? An Observational Study. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(5), 841–863. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143217694896 Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). Contexts of child rearing: Problems and prospects. American psychologist, 34(10), 844. Downey, C. J., Steffy, B. E., English, F. W., Frase, L. E., & Poston Jr, W. K. (Eds.). (2004). The three-minute classroom walk-through: Changing school supervisory practice one teacher at a time. Corwin press. Ginsberg, M. B., & Murphy, D. (2002). How Walkthroughs Open Doors. Educational Leadership, 59(8), 34–36. Grissom, J. A., Loeb, S., & Master, B. (2013). Effective Instructional Time Use for School Leaders: Longitudinal Evidence From Observations of Principals. Educational Researcher, 42(8), 433–444. Horng, E. L., Klasik, D., & Loeb, S. (2010). Principal's time use and school effectiveness. American journal of education, 116(4), 491-523. Lochmiller, C. R. (2018). Coaching principals for the complexity of school reform. Journal of School Leadership, 28(2), 144-172. Rouleau, K., & Corner, T. (2020). Classroom Walkthroughs: Where Data-Gathering and Relationship-Building Meet for School Improvement. McREL International. Stout, J., Kachur, D., & Edwards, C. (2013). Classroom walkthroughs to improve teaching and learning. Routledge. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 13 B: Critical, Global & Complexity Perspectives In Leadership Location: Lyhty | Main building | Courtyard Session Chair: Rose Ylimaki Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper A Cross-Paradigmatic Re-Framing for Research on Educational Leadership of Schools in Complex Times 1: Northern Arizona University; 2: University College London, United Kingdom; 3: Universidad de Sevilla; 4: University of Oslo Presenting Author:Much of the research on principals has resulted in dominant leadership models (e.g., instructional leadership from Edmonds, 1979; transformational leadership from Leithwood & Jantzi, 1999; distributed leadership from Gronn, 2000; and transformative leadership from Shields, 2009). However, empirical evidence from the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP) (e.g. Authors, 2024) over the last twenty years and an increasing body of leadership studies (e.g. Leithwood, 2023) shows that successful principals draw on a wide array of educationally and culturally responsive practices and that it is no longer enough to use generalised leadership models to conceptualise and understand what successful leaders actually do to enable all their students to enjoy high-quality academic and social learning and master the knowledge and skills that they need to succeed in later life amidst multiple influences and rapid complex changes.
Conceptual Framing of Research on Educational Leadership For centuries, sociologists and education theorists have provided explanations about the role of schools and education in society grounded in different worldviews or paradigm ranging, for example, from Weber’s (1978) view of schools as a means of producing and delivering high quality specialist services in a rationally based, open society (Ritzer, 1975, p. 632) to Parson’s (1939, 1959) views of education as a system for the development and maintenance of a democratic society to Freire’s (1970) theories that promote social change rather than reinforce existing inequities. Human development psychologists (e.g., Bronfenbrenner, 1979) also attend to educational purposes and their meanings, focusing on the level of the child. In one seminal and relevant psychological theory, for example, from Bronfenbrenner’s (1979) perspective, human development is shaped by interactions within multiple layers of environment, from immediate family to broader cultural influences. There is also growing interest in complexity theory (e.g., Morrison, 2010) to explain the dynamics within and between the influences on schools in society. From such perspective, organizations are conceptualized to be complex, creative, evolving, self-producing systems. Social Network Analysis methodology (SNA) has great potential to unveil the hidden structures and patterns of social interaction inside such systems. It provides information about both networks structural / organizational characteristics and actors’ positions and weights (including leaders). Leadership is defined as patterns of influence emerging of such social interactions (Daly, 2010; Liou & Daly, 2018). Extant educational leadership studies resulting in various models (e.g., instructional leadership) have been grounded in disciplinary theories like organizational theory from sociology (e.g., Weber), distributed leadership from social network and capital theory, and culturally responsive leadership from critical sociology theories aimed at social change (e.g., Freire, Habermas) or social networks and capital theory to inform distributed leadership models (Spillane, 2005) with current studies in educational leadership frequently grounded in critical social theories (e.g., Freire, 1970; Habermas, 1984) aimed at social change toward equity and justice. While extant educational leadership frameworks with different underlying disciplinary theories and paradigms have provided important understandings to the field, we seek to go further with a new interdisciplinary, cross-paradigmatic framing for research on educational leadership of schools. This framing is informed by empirical evidence from ISSPP which considers schools as socially adaptive organizations and networks that play an instrumental role in shaping and realizing educational purposes for all children and young people in society. Our framing seeks to explain school leadership within the context of various dynamically interacting layers of social and ecological systems (Bronfenbrenner, 1995) and the related lens of complexity theory (e.g., Byrne & Callaghan, 2013; Morrison, 2010) which theorizes how interconnected social and ecological systems function and evolve together to contribute to student academic learning, wellbeing and quality of life mastery. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ISSPP is the largest and most long-standing international network in the educational leadership field with twenty years of empirical findings about principals. Questions remain regarding principal leadership in a complex social ecology with rapid changes and multiple influences on schools. This paper traces the legacy of educational leadership studies in relation to disciplinary theories, paradigms, and empirically developed leadership theories and takes its warrant from the results of the multi-layered, multi-perspective ISSPP research in schools serving a range of geographical and socio-economic contexts. The project utilizes a mixed methods design with a variety of data sources to bring multiple perspectives to bear in the inquiry and to answer the research questions. An extensive amount of case studies has been conducted across more than 20 countries and a meta-synthesis of several articles and chapters has been carried out (Sun et al., 2024). Sampling features principals who lead successful schools in their communities defined by improved academic outcomes since the beginning of the principal’s tenure as well as school reputation in the district/municipality and community. The comparative analysis of these data sources within and across different schools and countries enables trustworthiness and enhances rigor. Informed by the theories that look deep into how human development is achieved through analyses of how complex and dynamic interactions with the social, cultural, policy and socioeconomic environments of the school over time as well as explanations of pedagogy, education, and cultural for an increasingly global society, ISSPP seeks to capture the processes and actions in which school organizations operate, develop, and thrive in an increasingly unpredictable, globalized world. The researchers have examined principals’ purposes, qualities, and practices as reported by themselves and a range of internal and external stakeholders as they navigate broad national, cultural, and policy contexts through their selection and use of combinations of values-led context sensitive, actions over time, and create, build and sustain multiple sets of external and internal, individual and socially productive relationships that lead to success. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings With our empirical findings of principal leadership contributions to school success and principal leadership interactions with the context of interconnected social and ecological systems from local communities and districts/municipalities to state/nation state and transnational policies and evolutions, we seek to reframe research on successful school principalship and impact the broader educational leadership field. Thinking in this way signals a paradigm shift from a fragmented, reductionist perspective and from a diverse range of sociocultural perspectives, towards an ‘holistic, connectionist and integrationist view of the individual and the environment’ (Youngblood, 1997, p.34) which embraces a systems oriented, ecological approach to investigating the meaning, forms, and impact of principal leadership on education outcomes, student wellbeing and quality of life. We further argue for the need to consider interdisciplinary theories and multiple paradigms to study principal leadership amidst the contemporary situation of multiple influences and complexities. The paper presents an interdisciplinary, and cross-paradigmatic conceptual (re)framing for research about principal leadership in complex times that informs our new comparative methodology for ISSPP. Using examples from recent empirical study, we conclude with implications for future research and educational leadership theorizing considering relations across disciplines (sociology, psychology, philosophy) and paradigms for comparative research and development of the educational leadership field. Such intellectually non-conformist, courageous stand, has and will have a tremendous relevance on educational research, in general, and on leadership research, in particular. It is a task that will need at least a decade to be developed. References Author (2024) Byrne, D., & Gallghan, G. (2013). Complexity Theory and the Social Sciences. London: Routledge. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1995). Developmental ecology through space and time: A future perspective. In P. Moen, G. H. Elder, Jr., & K. Lüscher (Eds.), Examining lives in context: Perspectives on the ecology of human development (pp. 619–647). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/10176-018 Edmonds, R. (1979). Effective schools for the urban poor, Educational Leadership, 37, 15-24. Daly, A. (2010). Social Network Theory and Educational Change. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Press. Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and education: An introduction to the philosophy of education. Macmillan. Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed (M. Bergman Ramos, Trans.). Herder and Herder. (Original work published 1968) Gronn, P. (2000) Distributed Properties: A New Architecture for Leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 2000; 28; 317 Habermas, J. (1984). Habermas: Questions and counterquestions. Praxis International, 4(3), 229-249. Hallinger, P., & Murphy, J. F. (1986). The social context of effective schools. American journal of education, 94(3), 328-355. Leithwood, K. (2023). Integrated educational leadership, In R. Tierney, F. Rizvi, Ericikan, K., Smith, G. (Eds.). Encyclopedia of Education (4th edition). Elsevier Publishers, 15(4), 305–328. Leithwood, K., & Jantzi, D. (1999). Transformational school leadership effects: A replication. School effectiveness and school improvement, 10(4), 451-479. Liou, Y.H., & Daly, A. (2018). Evolving relationships of pre-service teachers. In S.A. Yoon, K.J. Baker-Doyle (Eds.). Networked by design: Interventions for teachers to develop social capital, pp. 85-110 New York, NY: Routledge. Morrison, K. (2010). Complexity theory, school leadership and management: Questions for theory and practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 38(3), 374-393. Parsons, T. (1939). The professions and social structure. Social forces, 17(4), 457-467. Parsons, T. (1959). Some problems confronting sociology as a profession. American Sociological Review, 24(4). Ritzer, G. (1975). Sociology: A multiple paradigm science. The American Sociologist, 156-167. Shields, C. M. (2009). Courageous leadership for transforming schools: Democratizing practice. Norwood, MA: Christopher-Gordon. Spillane, J. P. (2005). Primary school leadership practice: How the subject matters. School leadership and management, 25(4), 383-397. Sun, J., Day, C., Zhang, R., Zhang, H., Huang, T., & Lin, J. (2024). Successful school principalship: a meta-synthesis of 20 Years of international case studies. Education Sciences, 14(9), 929. Weber, M. (1978). Max Weber: selections in translation. Cambridge University Press. Youngblood, M.D. (1997). Life at the edge of chaos: Creating the quantum organization. Dallas, Texas: Perceval Publishing 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Understanding and Acting on the Sustainability of School Leadership: The Importance of Identity Work University of Nottingham, United Kingdom Presenting Author:School leader associations and researchers across the UK and Europe generally agree that school leadership faces a sustainability crisis (Greany et al., 2023; Heffernan & Pierpont, 2020; Tiulowitski et al., 2019). Persistent evidence of work overload, work intensification, poor wellbeing and early departures (Brown et al., 2023; Heffernan et al., 2022), compounded in the recent pandemic, suggests the role has become increasingly difficult (Rogers et al., 2025; Thomson & Greany, 2025). Recent research has argued that leaders must do invisible, emotional labour (Wilkinson et al., 2025) to continue in the role; we offer a complementary analysis focusing on identity work. The results of our mixed-methods study across England, Scotland and Northern Ireland (called Researching Sustainable School Leadership – ReSSLe) show that the most consistently identified draining issues identified by interviewees were relentless workload and the cumulative effect of pressures and the felt burden of responsibility (Greany et al., 2025). Survey data similarly showed that poor work-life balance and the weight of leadership were significant drains across all three UK contexts (Perry et al., 2025). Staffing issues, reflecting the intense relational nature of leadership, were identified by over half of respondents. Significant place-based variation emerged: English leaders were far more likely to cite external accountability pressures as draining, while Northern Irish leaders emphasized operational burdens. However, the themes that sustain leaders are more consistent: three-quarters of leaders surveyed identified students' learning growth and success as sustaining. Relationships within schools were cited by two-thirds of respondents, highlighting the centrality of relational networks. Making a difference, job variety and core values and moral purpose also scored highly. Northern Irish leaders were notably more likely to include community engagement as sustaining, revealing some differential availability of narrative resources across contexts. This paper draws on Jerome Bruner’s theory of narrative identity (Bruner, 1991, 2003) to explain these results. Research (Crow & Møller, 2017; Showunmi, 2021) shows that school leaders’ professional identities are constructed from unique biographies, they are also shaped by global/national policy contexts and the specificities of their school. They are also always in formation and subject to change. Bruner’s narrative identity theory approach illuminates the project data, suggesting that leaders enter headship with sustaining canonical narratives about transformational, instructional leadership and educational purpose. However, “drains” (relentless workload, staffing conflicts, resource constraints, accountability pressures) create breaches requiring exhausting narrative repair work. Although sustaining factors (relationships, student achievement, making a difference) which provide narrative resources enabling leaders to construct and maintain coherent, positive professional identities, these are not always able to stretch to cover current challenging everyday realities. When “drains” function as violations of canonical and contextual-biographic narratives about headship, leaders are forced into exceptional narratives that require continuous explanation and justification. Producing exceptional narratives result in strains - the narrative challenge of struggling to tell coherent stories which reconcile who leaders signed up to be with who circumstances demand them to become. The ReSSLE research shows that the current conditions under which leaders work demands continuous identity reconstruction, and can lead to narrative and emotional depletion arising from unrelenting narrative labour – identity work (Brown, 2014). Leaders who are seriously considering leaving their position often experience narrative bankruptcy, states where narrative possibilities are foreclosed and coherent and positive professional identity construction becomes too difficult. This identity work is emotional, ethical and intellectual. This analysis reframes sustainable leadership as not only requiring manageable workload but also sustainable narrative conditions - the cultures, structures, and relationships that provide resources for identity stories worth living. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The ReSSLe project employed a mixed-methods sequential exploratory design (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2023) to investigate what drains and sustains UK school leaders. Following ethical approval from the University of Nottingham, we conducted locality case studies followed by national surveys, with qualitative findings informing quantitative instrument development. Seven locality case studies were conducted across England (n=3), Scotland (n=2), and Northern Ireland (n=2), purposefully selected to explore contrasting demographic, economic, and geographic contexts. We conducted semi-structured interviews with 132 leaders across these localities, representing approximately 10% of schools in each area. Interviews lasted approximately 1.5 hours and explored leaders' career pathways, contextual challenges, and experiences of drains and sustains. Prior to interviews, participants completed a prompt sheet asking them to identify aspects of their role that drained and sustained them, using concentric circles to indicate significance. During interviews, researchers explored these responses alongside broader themes about leadership experiences. All interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim. Analysis employed thematic coding (Braun & Clarke, 2021) to identify descriptive categories. Three team members independently coded transcripts, comparing interpretations to develop a codebook. Some themes were defined deductively from literature on principal burnout and leadership sustainability while others emerged inductively. Themes were grouped into personal, job/organizational, and environmental factors following established identity research frameworks (Crow et al., 2016). Following analysis, locality workshops allowed face validation of findings with participants. National surveys were developed using categories from interview analysis, distributed through professional networks and social media to all UK schools. Between November 2024 and January 2025, 1,625 leaders responded, selecting up to five factors that drained and five that sustained them from researcher-generated lists. Limitations include reliance on self-report data without observational validation or perspectives from staff, parents, or students. While surveys achieved reasonable response rates, voluntary participation via electronic media introduces potential selection bias. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis offers five contributions. First, we demonstrate that drains function not merely as workload issues but as violations of canonical narratives about headship, creating breaches requiring exhausting repair work. Leaders must continuously reconcile idealized professional identities with constrained realities. Second, sustains provide narrative resources, particularly through relationships, making a difference, and moral purpose, enabling coherent, positive identity construction. Third, the paradox that relationships are both drains and sustains resolves through recognizing leadership identities as co-authored: relationships sustain when providing compatible narrative meanings but drain when creating narrative conflicts. Fourth, current conditions create conditions where available cultural narratives for good leadership prove inadequate for everyday work. Leaders improvise new frameworks without established resources, constituting exhausting identity work. Finally, contextual variation across UK nations reflects differential availability of legitimating narratives, with implications for sustainability. This framing shifts the conceptualization of sustainable leadership from primarily focusing on manageable work workload toward sustainable narrative conditions - cultures, structures, and relationships providing resources for identity stories worth living. Addressing the sustainability crisis requires enriching narrative resources available to leaders: providing varied, robust cultural narratives about good leadership; creating institutional conditions that support rather than fracture professional identity; fostering relationships that enable collaborative narrative construction. The stakes are existential: when leaders can no longer tell themselves stories that make the role bearable, we face a fundamental crisis about what school leadership can be under current conditions. Future research might explore how different supports enable narrative repair work, which institutional structures provide richer narrative resources, and how leaders successfully navigate identity reconstruction under constraint. When leaders can no longer tell themselves stories making the role bearable, when narrative possibilities are foreclosed, when cultural tools prove insufficient, we face not merely a sustainability challenge but an existential crisis about what school leadership can mean under current conditions. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis. A practical guide. Sage. Brown, A. D. (2014). Identities and identity work in organizations. International Journal of Management Reviews, 17(1). Brown, B., Wang, T., & Childs, A. (2023). Surviving, navigating and innovating through a pandemic: A review of research on school leadership during COVID-19, 2020-2021. International Journal of Educational Development, 100(July), 1-10. Bruner, J. (1991). The narrative construction of reality. Critical Inquiry, 18(1), 1-21. Bruner, J. (2003). Making stories. Law, literature, life. Harvard University Press. Creswell, J., & Plano Clark, V. (2023). Revisiting mixed methods research designs twenty years on. In C. N. Poth (Ed.), The Sage handbook of mixed methods research design (pp. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781529614572.n9781529614576). Sage Publications Ltd. Crow, G. M., Day, C., & Møller, J. (2016). Framing research on school principals’ identities. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20(3), 265-277. Crow, G. M., & Møller, J. (2017). Professional identities of school leaders across international contexts. Educational Management & Administration, 45(5), 749-758. Greany, T., Thomson, P., & Bernardes, E. (2023). Still leading after lockdown? Recommendations for enhancing how senior school leaders in England are recruited, trained and sustained. University of Nottingham School of Education. Greany, T., Thomson, P., Perry, T., & Collins, M. (2025). A pipeline crisis or a sustainability crisis? Local and national succession planning for headteachers in England. British Educational Research Journal. Heffernan, A., MacDonald, K., & Longmuir, F. (2022). The emotional intensity of educational leadership: A scoping review. International Journal of Leadership in Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603124.2022.2042856. Heffernan, A., & Pierpont, A. (2020). Autonomy, accountability, and principals’ work: An Australian study. Australian Secondary Principals’ Association. Perry, T., Greany, T., Collins, M., Thomson, P., & Goodacre, T. (2025). Sustainable school leadership: UK survey report. Researching the Sustainability of School Leadership Research project. Rogers, L. K., Nguyen, T. D., Timmer, M., & Samson, J. N. (2025). Principal burnout: A systematic review. Review of Educational Research, 0(0), https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543251380257. Showunmi, V. (2021). A journey of difference: the voices of women leaders. Sec Leadership in Education, 6(https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.548870). Thomson, P., & Greany, T. (2025). The best of times, the worst of times: continuities in school leaders’ work in uncertain times. Educational Management, Administration and Leadership, 33(6), 1376-1393. Tiulowitski, P., Roller, M., Haiges, J., & Hinzen, I. (2019). School leader rectruitment, retention and motivation in Europe. Ludwisberg University Education. Wilkinson, J., Walsh, L., Grice, C., Longmuir, F., Chandler, P., & Keddie, A. (2025). Invisible labour: Principals’ emotional labour in volatile times. Monash University. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Leading Education System Transformation in an Unstable World: Evidence-Based Lessons for Alternative Reform Logics 1: University of Melbourne; 2: Diocese of Ballarat Catholic Education Limited (DOBCEL); 3: Future Schools Presenting Author:In the immediate aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, many education systems anticipated a period of reinvention (Zhao & Watterston, 2021). Early analyses suggested that schooling might move away from narrow academic performance logics toward approaches that foreground student agency, wellbeing, engagement, and collective professional autonomy. Such shifts were widely framed as essential responses to an increasingly unstable and unpredictable world (Sahlberg, 2020; UNESCO, 2021). However, emerging international evidence suggests that post-pandemic education policy trajectories have largely reverted to pre-COVID reform logics. Across contexts including Australia, England, the United States, Canada, and New Zealand, policy responses have emphasised curriculum narrowing, intensified accountability, compliance with centrally defined improvement agendas, and tighter regulation of student behaviour and even outlooks. This reversion is occurring amid what has been described as a poly-crisis: intersecting pressures of declining student learning and wellbeing, growing workforce strain, eroding institutional trust, and widening social and educational inequalities (European Commission, 2025; OECD, 2023; 2025). These conditions raise fundamental questions for educational leadership research. In particular, they invite reconsideration of how education system transformation is conceptualised, led, and evidenced under conditions of uncertainty. They also challenge dominant assumptions about what counts as legitimate knowledge for leading change at scale. This paper addresses the following research question: How do education system leaders and educators make sense of, commit to, and enact alternative approaches to system transformation that deliberately depart from traditional accountability-driven reform logics in conditions of uncertainty? The paper examines this question through an empirical system-level case from a small Catholic education system in Australia. During 2023–2024, this system undertook a co-designed strategic redesign that explicitly sought to reshape the underlying logic of school reform. Rather than intensifying traditional school improvement mechanisms, the strategy foregrounds relational trust, deeper collaboration, professional capital, and community confidence as core drivers of sustainable system transformation. Theoretically, the study is informed by scholarship on educational change and leadership that critiques performative and compliance-oriented reform (e.g. accountability regimes and “what works” orthodoxies), and instead emphasises building professional capital, relational trust, systemness, and context-responsive leadership across the education ecosystem. It also draws on emerging leadership literature that conceptualises change as a process of sense-making and knowledge co-production under conditions of complexity and uncertainty, rather than technical implementation of pre-specified solutions (e.g. Ainscow & Chapman, 2025; Fullan, 2025; Hudson & Gurr, 2025). Positioned as an illustrative case rather than a transferable model, the paper explores how system and school leaders navigate the tensions of leading reform in ways that diverge from dominant policy expectations. It asks what conditions enable or constrain such leadership, and what that reveals about alternative pathways to system transformation in contemporary education systems. Empirically, the paper draws on data collected during the co-design phase (2024) and early implementation of the strategy (2025). Data sources include qualitative interviews with system leaders, principals, and teachers, alongside findings from a system-wide baseline survey administered in 2025. The survey captured educators’ perceptions of trust, collaboration, leadership, and readiness for change aligned with the strategy’s core pillars. Together, these data provide insight into both the lived experience of leadership and the organisational conditions shaping alternative reform efforts. In doing so, the paper speaks directly to the ECER 2026 conference theme by examining how leadership knowledge is produced, mobilised, and enacted at system level in response to instability. It contributes to debates about the nature of evidence in educational leadership by foregrounding co-produced, relational, and practice-based knowledge as central to system transformation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts an empirical case study design to examine system-level leadership and transformation within a small Australian education system operating within a complex national policy environment. Data collection draws on two primary sources. First, qualitative data were generated through semi-structured interviews conducted in 2025 with education system leaders, school leaders, and teachers directly involved in the co-design and early implementation of the strategic redesign. Interviews explored teachers’ and leaders’ perceptions of the need for change, experiences of co-design, leadership practice under uncertainty, and reflections on reform approaches that diverge from dominant accountability-driven models. Second, a system-wide opinion survey was administered in 2025 to system leaders, principals, teachers, and non-teaching staff. Using Likert-scale items and open-ended questions, the survey captured baseline perceptions of organisational trust, collaboration, agency, engagement, and conditions for improvement. Survey items were explicitly aligned with the system’s strategic framework to establish a shared reference point and provide baseline evidence for ongoing system learning. Qualitative data were analysed using a thematic and interpretive approach, while descriptive analysis was conducted on quantitative survey data. Analytically, the study privileges the co-production of knowledge, treating participants’ professional judgement and lived experience as central sources of evidence for understanding and leading system transformation. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The findings offer empirically grounded insights into how education system leaders can initiate and enact alternative approaches to reform in response to declining student learning, wellbeing, agency, and engagement. Early evidence suggests that transformation is more effectively supported through the deliberate cultivation of local and within-system conditions, particularly trust, shared sense-making, and context-responsive leadership, than through compliance-oriented, externally mandated reform. Three key findings are highlighted: 1. Co-design operates as a powerful leadership strategy for building collective ownership, legitimacy, and system capacity for transformation, particularly under conditions of uncertainty. 2. Clear and meaningful roles for teachers and students in shaping and engaging in school improvement are essential for sustaining engagement and aligning reform with local needs and values. 3. Phased strategy activation that prioritises sense-making enables deeper change by allowing time for professional learning, explanation, and adaptation, reducing reform fatigue and superficial compliance. Rather than proposing a blueprint for reform, the paper offers a counter-narrative to dominant trajectories of system change. It invites international audiences to reflect on how small-scale, contextually grounded transformations can generate system learning and challenge prevailing assumptions about leadership, evidence, and improvement. A central contribution of the paper lies in its challenge to narrow conceptions of evidence in educational leadership. The discussion highlights the limitations of reform approaches that privilege singular, decontextualised forms of evidence detached from local context and professional judgement. In contrast, the paper advances a broader conception of evidence that values relational, practice-based, and co-produced knowledge, alongside a re-conceptualisation of accountability grounded in collective responsibility, trust, and professional agency. These insights resonate with wider European and international debates on leadership, equity, and the future of system transformation in education. References Adamson, F., Åstrand, B., and Darling-Hammond, L. (2016). Global education reform. Routledge. Ainscow, M., & Chapman, C. (2025). Developing equitable education systems: propositions and barriers. Journal of Educational Change, 1-24. Chapman, C., Chestnutt, H., Friel, N., Hall, S., & Lowden, K. (2018). Taking the lead: Teachers leading educational reform through collaborative enquiry in Scotland. In A. Harris, M. Jones, & Jane B. Huffman (Eds.) Teachers Leading Educational Reform. Routledge. (pp. 11-31). Routledge. Diocese of Ballarat Catholic Education Limited (DOBCEL). (2025). DOBCEL Strategy 2035. Diocese of Ballarat Catholic Education Limited (DOBCEL). (2026) Technical and Summary Report: DOBCEL Strategy 2035 system-wide survey. European Commission. (2025). Education and training monitor 2025: Comparative report (ISBN 978-92-68-29187-0; DOI 10.2766/2221794). Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/30c1ccaa-bfdd-11f0-a612-01aa75ed71a1/language-en Fullan, M. (2025). The New Meaning of Educational Change. (6th edition). New York: Teachers College Press. Fullan, M. (2025). Leadership for system change in education: You have to be there. Australian Educational Leader, 47(3), 8-13. Harris, A., Jones, M., & Hashim, N. (2021). System leaders and system leadership: Exploring the contemporary evidence base. School Leadership & Management, 41(4-5), 387-408. Hudson, C., & Gurr, D. (2025). Leading an Australian school towards an ecosystem for learning and flourishing. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, Vol. 10 No. 2 pp. 153–166. Krejsler, J. B., & Moos, L. (Eds.). (2021). What works in Nordic school policies? Mapping approaches to evidence, social technologies and transnational influences (Educational Governance Research, Vol. 15). Springer Nature Switzerland AG. OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA. OECD Publishing. OECD. (2025). Trends Shaping Education 2025, OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/ee6587fd-en. Rinne, R. (2020). The unintended consequences of governance of education at a distance through assessment and standardization. Globalisation, ideology and education reforms: Emerging paradigms, 25-42. Sahlberg, P. (2020). Will the pandemic change schools? Journal of Professional Capital and Community, Vol. 5 No. 3-4 pp. 359-365. Sahlberg, P. (2023). Trends in global education reform since the 1990s: Looking for the right way. International Journal of Educational Development, 98, 102748. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2023.102748 UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education. https://doi.org/10.54675/ASRB4722 Zhao, Y., Watterston, J. (2021). The changes we need: Education post COVID-19. Journal of Educational Change 22, 3–12 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09417-3 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 13 C: Research, Measurement & Methodological Approaches Location: Main Auditorium | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Wendy Conrad Paper Session |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Paper Designing and Validating a Leadership for Learning Practices Evaluation Instrument in an Estonian School Context Tallinn University, Estonia Presenting Author:School leadership plays a key role in school development and student learning (Leithwood et al., 2017). Leaders are expected to actively participate as ongoing learners alongside their staff, examining and adjusting their own practices and results to help the organization improve (Fullan, 2011). In order to support student learning in the best possible way in their schools, leaders, school governors and researchers require empirically trustworthy tools and resources for obtaining feedback on their work and advancing it accordingly (Goldring et al., 2009). Although effective leadership practices are in much demand around the world, they cannot be fully transferred from one system to another. The literature emphasizes the context-specificity of successful school leadership (Hallinger, 2011, 2018), a factor that must also be considered when selecting or developing assessment instruments for this purpose (Goldring et al., 2009). The Estonian education system offers a unique context in educational leadership research, as it is one of the best performing education systems in the world (OECD, 2023) while featuring a high level of school autonomy (OECD, 2019). Reinaru and Eisenschmidt (2026) have mapped the exemplary leadership practices of Estonian school principals in the area of leadership for learning (LfL). Reinaru and Eisenschmidt (2026) examined the LfL approach in an Estonian school context by exploring the practices experienced and exemplary school leaders claim to implement in their work. In accordance with previous work by Hallinger (2011) and Leithwood (2012), as well as the aims of local policy (Haridus- ja Teadusministeerium, 2021) and research, the study proceeded from four domains of practice that necessitate a leadership focus in order to positively influence student learning: (1) learner-centered goal setting, (2) curriculum development, (3) support for teachers’ professional learning, and (4) the formation of a supportive environment. The relevance of all these dimensions in an Estonian school context was highlighted, and a set of themes or practices was outlined for each (Reinaru & Eisenschmidt, 2026). This work aims to build on their research by designing and validating an LfL-practices evaluation instrument (LfL-EVAL) in an Estonian school context. Given that leaders’ influence on the ultimate goal of school – student learning – is mediated largely through teachers (Leithwood et al., 2020), the instrument is validated using teachers’ perceptions. LfL includes several elements (e.g., collaborative goal setting, supporting professional development) that have been found to promote teachers’ job satisfaction (e.g., Dicke et al., 2020; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2011; Tang et al., 2020; Toropova et al., 2021), which plays a significant role in other teacher and student-related outcomes (Wartenberg et al., 2023). Therefore in addition to psychometric validation, the study explores the relative and predictive properties of the instrument vis-à-vis teachers’ job satisfaction. The study contributes to the existing body of knowledge on the research of global school leadership practices, highlighting LfL in a specific contextual setting and offering a concise instrument for evaluating leadership practices and efforts. The study is guided by the following research questions: (1) What is the factor structure of the LfL-EVAL and its psychometric properties? (2) How is LfL-EVAL able to predict teacher job satisfaction on teacher and school level? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used LfL-EVAL was developed following the construct method (Oosterveld et al., 2019) as an underlying framework of designing procedure. The study by Reinaru & Eisenschmidt (2026) along with the literature review in the current work provided the concept analysis, and contributed to the content validity of the developed instrument. In the item production stage themes emerged in the study by Reinaru & Eisenschmidt (2026) were used as a basis. The findings were not addressed robustly one-by-one; rather, they were combined with each other to create meaningful statements (items) that could be easily understandable for respondents. It was also noted that the themes had been derived from interviews with school principals and were now to be directed at teachers, with the objective of assessing their perceptions of leadership practices. Similar types of statements from established instruments used in earlier surveys (e.g. Eisenschmidt & Oppi, 2025; Vanari et al., 2025) were used as a reference. Before administering the instrument to the validation sample, the initial instrument was piloted with a small group of teachers. Further stages of scale construction and evaluation were carried out with the validation sample, which was administered a 20-item survey instrument. A teacher's overall job satisfaction was measured with four statements previously used by Eisenschmidt & Oppi (2025). The statements were addressing context, relationships, work arrangements and overall school leadership. Data were collected as part of the larger survey for teachers in November and December 2024. All schools across Estonia were invited to take part in the study. Participation was voluntary and anonymous however participation required payment. The sample consisted of 3853 teachers from 136 Estonian schools. Exploratory factor analysis (EFA) and confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) were conducted to identify and validate the factorial structure of the LfL-EVAL. Intraclass correlation coefficients (ICCs) were calculated to assess variance attributable to teacher- and school-level clustering, after which linear mixed-effects models were employed to examine its predictive properties at both levels. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, based on the results of the EFA and CFA, a five-factor model was adopted for Lead-PI, which demonstrated strong model fit χ²(108) = 572, CFI = .999, TLI = .999, RMSEA = .060 and satisfactory internal reliability. The five factors represented following dimensions: leaner-centered goal setting (4 items; α = 0.88), curriculum development (4 items; α = 0.90), supporting professional learning (3 items; α = 0.80), building a supportive inner environment (3 items; α = 0.82) and building a supportive external environment (3 items; α = 0.87). Intraclass correlation coefficients (ICCs; 20–27%) suggested that a substantial proportion of variance is attributable to the school level, indicating that the LfL-EVAL captures shared perceptions of leadership within schools. Second, the LfL-EVAL demonstrated significant predictive power in a multilevel setting when predicting teacher job satisfaction. The teacher level effect highlighted that teachers who feel individually more leadership contribution in learner-centered goal setting (β = 0.48, SE = 0.03 , t =15.37), supporting professional learning (β = 0.09, SE = 0.02, t =3.60) and building supportive inner (β = 0.29, SE = 0.02, t = 11.42) and external (β = 0.09, SE = 0.02, t = 4.09) environments in their school, report higher job satisfaction than peers. The school level effect highlighted that schools with higher average perceived contribution to the leaner-centered goal setting (β = 0.80, SE = 0.17, t = 4.68) and building a supportive inner environment (β = 0.20, SE = 0.08, t = 2.46) have more satisfied teachers overall. In sum, LfL-EVAL is a promising survey instrument for monitoring and conceptualizing Estonian school leadership. It can be used by researchers, policymakers, and leaders alike. Internationally, it complements the range of instruments based on the LfL approach by offering a concise instrument for evaluating leadership practices and efforts.. References Boyce, J., & Bowers, A. J. (2018). Toward an evolving conceptualization of instructional leadership as leadership for learning: Meta-narrative review of 109 quantitative studies across 25 years. Journal of Educational Administration, 56(2), JEA-06-2016-0064. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-06-2016-0064 Daniëls, E., Hondeghem, A., & Dochy, F. (2019). A review on leadership and leadership development in educational settings. Educational Research Review, 27, 110–125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.02.003 Eisenschmidt, E., & Oppi, P. (2025). School culture profiles in relation to teachers’ work-related experiences and teaching practices. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 1–27. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2025.2556666 Goldring, E., Porter, A., Murphy, J., Elliott, S. N., & Cravens, X. (2009). Assessing Learning-Centered Leadership: Connections to Research, Professional Standards, and Current Practices. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 8(1), 1–36. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700760802014951 Hallinger, P. (2011). Leadership for learning: Lessons from 40 years of empirical research. Journal of Educational Administration, 49(2), 125–142. https://doi.org/10.1108/09578231111116699 Hallinger, P. (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5–24. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216670652 Leithwood, K. (2012). The Ontario leadership framework 2012. Retrieved from the Institute for Education Leadership Website: Http://Iel. Immix. ca/Storage/6/1345688978/Final_Research_Report_-_EN. Pdf. http://www.yrdsb.com/Careers/Documents/Ontario%20Leadership%20Framework.pdf Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077 OECD. (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en OECD. (2025). Results from TALIS 2024: The State of Teaching. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/90df6235-en Oosterveld, P., Vorst, H. C. M., & Smits, N. (2019). Methods for questionnaire design: A taxonomy linking procedures to test goals. Quality of Life Research, 28(9), 2501–2512. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11136-019-02209-6 Reinaru, D., & Eisenschmidt, E. (2026). Exploring leadership for learning in an Estonian school context. Frontiers in Education, 10, 1718183. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2025.1718183 Vanari, K., Eisenschmidt, E., & Granström, M. (2025). Leading changes in school culture: Insights from a three-year school improvement program. Studia Paedagogica, 30(3). https://doi.org/10.5817/SP2025-3-1 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Measuring Successful School Leadership: Psychometric Evidence From the Successful School Leadership Survey 1: Texas A&M University, United States of America; 2: University of Alabama, United States of America; 3: University of Toronto, Canada Presenting Author:Topic, Objective of the Study, and Research Questions This study examines the psychometric properties of the Successful School Leadership Survey (SSLS), an instrument developed by the second author of this paper and grounded in one of the most frequently cited successful school leadership (Author, 2017). The SSL framework conceptualizes leadership as a set of practices organized into four domains: setting directions; building relationships and developing people; developing the organization; and improving the instructional program. These domains integrate core elements of instructional, transformational, distributed, and learning-centered leadership traditions, as well as other prominent leadership models (Marks & Printy, 2003; Robinson et al., 2008). Accordingly, this study addresses three research questions:
Conceptual Framework: A substantial body of international research demonstrates that school leadership makes a significant contribution to student success, primarily through indirect pathways that influence teaching, learning conditions, and school culture (Hallinger & Heck, 1998; Heck & Hallinger, 2014; Author et al., 2020). Despite strong consensus on the importance of leadership, far less consensus exists on how to assess successful school leadership (SSL) practices or which aspects of SSL matter most across contexts. Addressing these questions requires psychometrically sound instruments capable of capturing leadership practices in ways that support both research and practice internationally. The pursuit of effective school leadership models dates back to the Effective Schools movement in North America in the 1970s. At least seven major school leadership models have since been developed, including instructional leadership, transformational leadership (Author, 1999), distributed leadership (e.g., Spillane et al., 2001), inclusive leadership (Ryan, 1999), and culturally responsive leadership (Khalifa et al., 2016). “Integrated” leadership models that capture essential elements of both instructional and transformational approaches have also been proposed (e.g., Marks & Printy, 2003; Marks, Printy, & Bower, 2009). To date, several overarching school leadership frameworks have been developed (e.g., Day et al., 2009; Author 2, 2012; Marzano et al., 2005; Murphy et al., 2006; Robinson et al., 2008; Sebring et al., 2017). However, very limited empirical evidence exists regarding the psychometric quality of instruments used to measure these leadership frameworks or models. The framework on which the SSLS is based (e.g., Author 2 et al., 2004; Author 2, 2012; Author 2, 2020) is among the most comprehensive of these frameworks (Hitt & Tucker, 2016). The SSLS has been developed and refined over more than two decades through multiple research syntheses and large-scale mixed-methods studies (Author et al., 2004; 2012; 2020). It has been widely used in international leadership research; however, relatively few studies have subjected the instrument to advanced psychometric analyses necessary to establish reliability, construct validity, measurement invariance, and predictive validity. This gap is particularly salient in European and international research contexts, where cross-cultural comparability and methodological rigor are central concerns. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We employed a quantitative psychometric validation design drawing on survey data collected from the School Enhancement Project, a multi-year, multi-site, multi-million-dollar federal grant supported by the U.S. Department of Education. Our School Enhancement project aims to improve student achievement by developing leadership capacity in participating schools in two U.S. states and includes several components, such as virtual mentoring and coaching for school leadership teams and professional learning communities. Specifically, evidence addressing the three research questions was provided by 134 teachers from two southern school districts in the United States. The sample included 134 participants, of whom 113 were female (84.3%), 18 were male (13.4%), and 3 preferred not to report gender. Participants reported a wide range of teaching experience. The largest group reported more than 15 years of experience (n = 47, 35.1%), followed by those with 1–3 years (n = 38, 28.4%) and 4–10 years (n = 29, 21.6%). A smaller group reported 11–15 years of teaching experience (n = 20, 14.9%). With respect to educational attainment, 76 participants held a master’s degree, 55 held a bachelor’s degree, and 3 held a doctoral degree. The SSLS teacher version includes 22 items rated on a five-point Likert scale and measures four leadership domains aligned with the underlying framework. Multiple complementary analytic approaches were employed. First, internal consistency reliability and descriptive statistics were examined using SPSS. Second, polytomous latent trait modeling was conducted using a Many-Facet Rasch (MFR) model, allowing examination of item functioning, respondent characteristics, and leadership domains within a single measurement framework (Andrich, 1978; Engelhard & Wind, 2018). This approach supports invariant comparisons and the identification of potential item bias. Third, a second-order Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) was conducted to test the theorized four-domain structure of the SSLS. Together, these methods provide a rigorous assessment of the instrument’s psychometric properties. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that the SSLS demonstrates very high internal consistency reliability (α = .98), with overall and domain-level coefficients exceeding accepted standards and ranging from .94 to .96. Rasch analyses indicate adequate model–data fit and minimal evidence of meaningful item bias across respondent characteristics, including teachers’ age, years of teaching experience, gender, and level of education. Two items exhibited distinctive response patterns. Item 11 (“Developing an atmosphere of caring and trust among staff”) showed greater variability, suggesting respondents interpreted this item differently compared to others. Item 3 (“Provide useful assistance to you in setting short-term goals for teaching and learning”) functioned as a muted item, with highly similar ratings across respondents. Results of the second-order CFA provide support for the theorized four-domain structure of the Successful School Leadership framework, with strong factor loadings across domains. Although model fit was constrained by the relatively small sample size, the hypothesized second-order model captured the observed covariance structure to a meaningful extent. These findings provide empirical support for the coherence of the framework and point to areas for further investigation using larger datasets. Collectively, the results provide evidence that the SSLS is a reliable and valid instrument for studying school leadership practices and their effects. The study highlights the value of integrating Rasch modeling with factor-analytic approaches and underscores the importance of rigorous measurement for advancing international leadership research. The SSLS shows strong potential for use in European and cross-national studies examining school leadership effectiveness. References Andrich, D. (1978). A rating formulation for ordered response categories. Psychometrika, 43, 561–573. Day, C., Sammons, P., Hopkins, D., Harris, A., …, Gu, Q., … Brown, E. (2009). The impact of school leadership on pupil outcomes. Department for Children, Schools and Families. Engelhard, G., & Wind, S. (2018). Invariant measurement with raters and rating scales. Routledge. Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. (1998). Exploring the principal’s contribution to school effectiveness. Educational Administration Quarterly, 34(2), 157–191. Heck, R., & Hallinger, P. (2014). Modeling the longitudinal effects of school leadership on teaching and learning. Journal of Educational Administration, 52(5), 653–681. Hitt, D. H., & Tucker, P. D. (2016). Systematic review of key leader practices found to influence student achievement: A unified framework. Review of Educational Research, 86(2), 531–569. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315614911 Khalifa, M., Gooden, M. A., & Davis, J. E. (2016). Culturally responsive school leadership: A synthesis of the literature. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 1272–1311. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654316630383 Marks, H. M., & Printy, S. M. (2003). Principal leadership and school performance: An integration of transformational and instructional leadership. Educational Administration Quarterly, 39(3), 370–397.https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X03253412 Marks, H. M., Printy, S. M., & Bowers, A. J. (2009). Leadership for organizational learning: A grounded theory. Educational Administration Quarterly, 45(4), 576–610. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X09339045 Marzano, R. J., Waters, T., & McNulty, B. A. (2005). School leadership that works: From research to results. ASCD. Murphy, J., Elliott, S. N., Goldring, E., & Porter, A. C. (2006). Learning-centered leadership: A conceptual foundation. Journal of School Leadership, 16(4), 349–385. Robinson, V. M. J., Lloyd, C. A., & Rowe, K. J. (2008). The impact of leadership on student outcomes: An analysis of the differential effects of leadership types. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(5), 635–674. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X08321509 Ryan, J. (1999). Inclusive leadership and social justice for schools. Educational Administration Quarterly, 35(2), 266–283. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X99352005 Sebring, P. B., Allensworth, E., Bryk, A. S., Easton, J. Q., & Luppescu, S. (2017). Organizing schools for improvement: Lessons from Chicago. University of Chicago Press. Spillane, J. P., Halverson, R., & Diamond, J. B. (2001). Investigating school leadership practice: A distributed perspective. Educational Researcher, 30(3), 23–28. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X030003023 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Examining the Psychometric Properties of the International Successful School Principalship Survey 1: University of Alabama, United States of America; 2: Northern Arizona University; 3: University of Nottingham; 4: UCL Institute of Education Presenting Author:A substantial body of international research demonstrates that school leadership contributes significantly to student success, primarily through indirect influences on teaching, learning conditions, and school culture (Hallinger & Heck, 1998; Heck & Hallinger, 2014; Leithwood et al., 2020). Leadership is exercised by principals and other school-based actors whose responsibilities extend beyond individual classrooms. Given the central role of the principal in shaping school-wide conditions, this study focuses on principalship as the most pivotal form of school leadership. Despite broad consensus regarding leadership’s importance, debates remain concerning which practices matter most, how they are conceptualized, and how successful school leadership (SSL) can be measured reliably and validly across contexts. Addressing these issues requires psychometrically sound instruments capable of capturing leadership practices for international research and practice. A leading strand of principalship research is the International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP), distinguished by its inclusive conception of student success, encompassing academic, emotional, and social outcomes. Spanning more than 20 countries over two decades, the ISSPP is the largest and longest-running international research program on successful principalship. To date, the ISSPP has produced approximately 300 studies examining the “how,” “when,” and “why” of successful principalship. Its case studies follow a common protocol integrating qualitative data with survey data measuring principals’ practices across diverse national contexts. Findings from the ISSPP consistently indicate that while successful principals share common leadership practices, they enact these practices differently depending on context and career stage. Reported practices largely align with the four domains of the Basics of Successful Leadership (Leithwood et al., 2004), while emphasizing principals’ capacity to navigate multiple layers of contextual influence with contextual intelligence and political acuity. Successful principals are not only resilient themselves but also cultivate resilience among staff and within schools more broadly. These leadership practices—particularly those that foster trust, collaboration, and positive relationships across nested ecological systems—support school resilience, vitality, and adaptive growth. Together, these developments illustrate the increasing complexity of SSL, as principals draw upon a wider repertoire of context-sensitive strategies grounded in broad educational purposes and values. This study examines the psychometric properties of the International Successful School Leadership Principalship Survey (ISSPS), an instrument developed by the directors of the ISSPP. In this paper, success is defined as sustained improvement in student learning and related educational outcomes. The ISSPS is grounded in one of the most frequently cited and comprehensive leadership frameworks in the field (Leithwood, 2012), which conceptualizes leadership as a set of practices organized into four domains: setting directions; building relationships and developing people; developing the organization; and improving the instructional program. These domains integrate core elements of instructional, transformational, distributed, and learning-centered leadership traditions (Marks & Printy, 2003; Robinson et al., 2008). The ISSPS has been developed and refined in recent years as part of the ISSPP research design. Although the ISSPP protocol has been widely used in international leadership research, relatively few studies have examined the survey’s psychometric properties, particularly measurement invariance. This gap is especially salient in European and international research contexts, where cross-cultural comparability and methodological rigor are central concerns. Accordingly, this study addresses three research questions:
This study contributes to international debates on leadership theory, measurement, and evidence-informed school improvement in contexts of increasing system complexity and change. The findings support European researchers and policymakers in using robust, comparable tools to examine leadership effects across diverse educational systems while promoting sustainability and cross-system learning. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a quantitative psychometric validation design drawing on survey data from a teacher sample. The teacher version of the ISSPS was administered to schools in 2024. The instrument includes 262 items rated on a five-point Likert scale and measures four leadership domains aligned with the underlying framework. Data were collected from five schools in two southern U.S. states. The sample comprised 76 teachers who rated their principal’s leadership, of whom 54 were female (71.1%) and 18 were male (23.7%). Most participants worked in rural settings (n = 61, 80.3%), with smaller proportions in semi-urban or suburban areas (n = 8, 10.5%) and urban areas (n = 5, 6.6%). Regarding teaching level, 10 participants taught in early childhood settings, 29 in primary schools, 40 in secondary schools, and three across all grade levels. Teaching experience ranged from 1 to 41 years. The majority reported two years or fewer of experience (n = 57, 75.0%), followed by 3–5 years (n = 4, 5.3%), 6–10 years (n = 3, 3.9%), 11–20 years (n = 7, 9.2%), and more than 20 years (n = 5, 6.6%). Multiple complementary analytic approaches were employed. First, internal consistency reliability and descriptive statistics were examined using the R packages psych, dplyr, and purrr. Second, polytomous latent trait modeling was conducted using a Many-Facet Rasch (MFR) model, allowing examination of item functioning, respondent characteristics, and leadership domains within a single measurement framework (Andrich, 1978; Engelhard & Wind, 2018). This approach supports invariant comparisons and identification of potential item bias. Third, a second-order Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) was conducted to test the theorized four-domain structure of the ISSPS. Together, these methods provide a rigorous and internationally relevant assessment of the ISSPS, integrating classical test theory, item response theory, and structural modeling approaches. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary findings indicate that the ISSPS demonstrates high internal consistency reliability, with both overall and domain-level coefficients exceeding accepted standards. Item-level Rasch analyses show generally satisfactory model–data fit, with most items falling within recommended Infit and Outfit ranges and only limited, non-systematic misfit. These results suggest minimal evidence of meaningful item bias across respondents and support the instrument’s suitability for comparative analyses across contexts. Results from the second-order CFA confirm the theorized four-domain structure of the International Successful School Leadership framework. More results will be reported in the full paper. Overall school leadership is strongly reflected by each of the four first-order domains, with standardized loadings ranging from substantial to very high. Item-level loadings demonstrate consistently strong associations within domains, providing empirical support for the conceptual coherence and integrated nature of leadership practices captured by the framework. Collectively, these findings provide robust evidence that the ISSPS is a reliable and valid instrument for studying school leadership and its effects. The study highlights the value of combining Rasch modeling with factor-analytic and traditional confirmatory factor analysis and underscores the importance of rigorous measurement in advancing international leadership research. The ISSPS shows strong promise for use in European and cross-national studies examining leadership effectiveness, equity, and system improvement. References Andrich, D. (1978). A rating formulation for ordered response categories. Psychometrika, 43, 561–573. Engelhard, G., & Wind, S. (2018). Invariant measurement with raters and rating scales. Routledge. Hallinger, P., & Heck, R. (1998). Exploring the principal’s contribution to school effectiveness. Educational Administration Quarterly, 34(2), 157–191. Heck, R., & Hallinger, P. (2014). Modeling the longitudinal effects of school leadership. Journal of Educational Administration, 52(5), 653–681. Hitt, D. H., & Tucker, P. D. (2016). Systematic review of key leader practices. Review of Educational Research, 86(2), 531–569. Khalifa, M., Gooden, M., & Davis, J. (2016). Culturally responsive school leadership. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 1272–1311. Leithwood, K., et al. (2004). How leadership influences student learning. Wallace Foundation. Leithwood, K., et al. (2012). Linking leadership to student learning. Jossey-Bass. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. Marks, H. M., & Printy, S. M. (2003). Principal leadership and school performance. Educational Administration Quarterly, 39(3), 370–397. Robinson, V. M. J., Lloyd, C. A., & Rowe, K. J. (2008). The impact of leadership on student outcomes. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(5), 635–674. 26. Educational Leadership
Paper Investigating Leadership Demands and Aspirations: Perspectives of Early Career Teachers from England University of Derby, United Kingdom Presenting Author:This qualitative study forms part of a wider international research project examining early career teacher (ECT) experiences globally through the International School Leadership Development Network (ISLDN). The England-focused strand will explore how ECTs understand and conceptualise educational leadership roles, including their own leadership aspirations. With principal leadership significantly influencing teacher retention (Kim, 2019) and evidence suggesting ECTs can function as teacher leaders when supported (Muijs et al., 2013), understanding ECT perspectives on leadership demands, aspirations, and career trajectories is crucial for retention and succession planning. Objectives: To understand leadership demands on early career teachers. To understand how leadership career trajectories are conceptualised. A critical exploration of the support given to early career teachers with leadership aspirations. Research question: How do teachers in their first one-to-two years of teaching perceive and act upon the leadership expectations and demands placed on them? The role of leadership in early career teacher development and retention has gained increasing attention in educational research. Kim (2019) demonstrates that principal leadership significantly influences early career teacher turnover, with supportive leadership practices reducing attrition rates during the critical initial years of teaching and supporting leadership development. King et al. (2019) provide valuable insights from Ireland and Scotland, revealing that pre-service and early career teachers benefit from explicit leadership learning opportunities, though such provision varies considerably across contexts, suggesting that early exposure to leadership concepts can shape teachers' professional trajectories and career aspirations. Similarly, Muijs, Chapman, and Armstrong (2013) challenge traditional assumptions about leadership readiness, demonstrating through their study of Teach First participants that second-year trainee teachers can indeed function as teacher leaders when provided with appropriate support and opportunities, questioning conventional career progression models and highlighting the potential for leadership capacity development from the earliest stages of teaching. Szeto (2022) extends this understanding by examining how leadership development among ECTs in Chinese schools within Hong Kong is fundamentally shaped by organisational culture, institutional support structures, and the leadership practices modelled by senior colleagues. Despite this growing international research body, significant gaps remain in understanding how ECTs in England conceptualise educational leadership and navigate leadership demands. The current educational landscape in England presents unique challenges including the ECT induction framework, diverse school structures, and evolving expectations around teacher leadership and career progression. This study is grounded in Pishghadam et al’s (2022) conceptual framework of teacher identity development. Positioned within this framework, it examines the construction of teacher identity and leadership, addressing three critical under-explored areas in the English context. Firstly, the limited understanding of the specific leadership demands that ECTs encounter within their daily practice and how these demands align with their preparation and expectations. Second, the leadership development opportunities, and how ECTs themselves conceptualise leadership career trajectories: whether they view leadership as desirable, achievable, or compatible with their professional identities. Third, the adequacy and effectiveness of support mechanisms available to ECTs with leadership ambitions, particularly given the high attrition rates in early career teaching. By exploring these dimensions through ECTs' own voices, this qualitative study will contribute valuable insights into the lived experiences of early career professionals navigating leadership expectations in English schools. The findings can inform policy development, enhance support structures, and potentially improve retention by better aligning leadership opportunities and demands with ECT needs and aspirations. As part of a global perspectives project, this research will enable comparative analysis with international contexts, enriching understanding of how different educational systems support or constrain early career teacher leadership development, ultimately contributing to more effective teacher development pathways and leadership succession planning in English education.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Ethical clearance [ETH2526-0179] was obtained from the university ethics committee prior to the project starting. Once obtained, nine early career teachers in either year one or year two post qualifying all working in educational settings in England, were then recruited. Informed consent was obtained electronically before online interviews commenced. Recognising that ECTs occupy a professionally vulnerable position (Lasky, 2005), particular emphasis was be placed on ensuring participants understood their participation was independent from their employment and completely anonymous. Throughout the study, pseudonyms are used and geographical areas are kept as broad as possible. The qualitative method adopted for this study needed to follow a predetermined structure which aligned with the research aims, questions and structures of the larger project undertaken globally within the International School Leadership Development Network. Although the project is part of a global series of studies, this piece of research also stands alone in its foregrounding of a critical gap within existing research. Consistent with Peck and Mummery’s (2019) view that qualitative research benefits from an idiographic orientation which foregrounds the perspectives and uniqueness of each participant experience. By inviting the participants to reflect deeply into the phenomena of leadership, the study not only sought descriptive accounts of their leadership experiences but also critical reflection on their perceived readiness to contemplate career trajectories which may culminate in leadership roles within the English education system. The semi-structured format of the questions gave space for the participants to reflect on their own viewpoints and aspirations around leadership within their current professional context. As Ruslin et al. (2022) suggest, the openness of the semi-structured questioning for the researchers, help to facilitate the exploration of more nuanced inquiries, enabling a more critical understanding of, in this case, the phenomena of professional learning and leadership. To analyse the data, a thematic analysis approach was chosen, although Braun and Clarke (2020) argue that thematic analysis is best used for data sets greater than ten, the data gained from the interviews provided a wealth of information which was best suited to an analytic approach which focused not only on themes but also respected the unique positioning of the individuals. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study addresses three critical under-explored areas in the English context. First, there is limited understanding of the specific leadership demands that ECTs encounter within their daily practice and how these demands align with their preparation and expectations. Second, while research examines leadership development opportunities, less is known about how ECTs themselves conceptualise leadership career trajectories: whether they view leadership as desirable, achievable, or compatible with their professional identities. Third, there exists a gap in critically examining the adequacy and effectiveness of support mechanisms available to ECTs with leadership ambitions, particularly given the high attrition rates in early career teaching. Findings will contribute to international comparative analysis within the ISLDN project while informing development of more effective support mechanisms for aspiring teacher-leaders in England. The study will provide and contribute to evidence-based recommendations for school leaders and policymakers regarding leadership development pathways, potentially reducing early career attrition and developing sustainable leadership succession strategies. References Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Can I use TA? Should I use TA? Should I not use TA? Comparing reflexive thematic analysis and other pattern‐based qualitative analytic approaches. Counselling and psychotherapy research, 21(1), 37-47. Kim, J. (2019) 'How principal leadership seems to affect early career teacher turnover', American Journal of Education, 126(1), pp. 101-137. King, F., McMahon, M., Nguyen, D., & Roulston, S. (2019). Leadership learning for pre-service and early career teachers: Insights from Ireland and Scotland. International Studies in Educational Administration, 47(2), 6-22. Lasky, S. (2005). A sociocultural approach to understanding teacher identity, agency and professional vulnerability in a context of secondary school reform. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(8), 899-916. Muijs, D., Chapman, C. and Armstrong, P. (2013) 'Can early careers teachers be teacher leaders? A study of second-year trainees on the Teach First alternative certification programme', Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(6), pp. 767-781. Peck, B., and Mummery, J. (2019). Recovering the "Individual" for Qualitative Research: An Idiographic Approach. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 20(3), 1-14. Pishghadam, R. A New Conceptual Framework for Teacher Identity Development, Golzar, J, and Miri, M.A. (2022). . Frontiers in Psychology. Ruslin, R., Mashuri, S., Rasak, M. S. A., Alhabsyi, F., and Syam, H. (2022). Semi-structured Interview: A methodological reflection on the development of a qualitative research instrument in educational studies. IOSR Journal of Research & Method in Education (IOSR-JRME), 12(1), 22-29. Szeto, E. (2022). Influence of professional cultures and principal leadership effects on early-career teacher leadership development in Hong Kong schools. Professional Development in Education, 48(3), 379-397. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 26 SES 13 D: Comparative views on the profession of school leaders from Australia, Canada, Hungary, and Malaysia Location: KH 1 | Main building B | Ground Floor Session Chair: Stephan Huber Session Chair: David Gurr Symposium |
|
|
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium Comparative views on the profession of school leaders from Australia, Canada, Hungary, and Malaysia The World School Leadership Study (WSLS) has three aims. First, it aims to gain empirical insights into compulsory education school leaders’ leadership work and their professional health in around 40 countries. Second, based on the national data gathered in each country, comparative analysis will be conducted to identify similarities and differences across countries. Third, the WSLS aims to generate knowledge which can support policy formulation and implementation for the professionalization of school leaders and their work environment. Hence, this study contributes to the knowledge base of different human resource management aspects, e.g. attracting, recruiting, training and developing school leaders. The WSLS also has implications for institutions to provide professional support infrastructures for school leaders. The data will be analyzed and reported nationally with an ideographical perspective and internationally with a comparative perspective. The WSLS draws on several strands of literature originated in different positions in the field of educational leadership. This is necessary to understand the challenges of leadership related to shifting policy contexts and governing regimes Perspectives on leadership roles and core practices may differ over time and across countries. The WSLS intends to answer the following research questions:
Corresponding to the above research questions, particular research design, methods and instruments are designed to support the researchers from the participating countries to collect data. The aim of the symposium is to develop the research design and methodology further as well as examining theoretical models which will be used as frameworks for the project. A further aim is to provide insights into educational systems, role of school leadership and state of research on school leadership from different continents and stimulate discussion with the international audience. Data for the WSLS will be collected using a mixed-methods approach. The mandatory part of the study comprises a country report (document analysis and expert interviews) and an online survey. The optional part of the study includes an end-of-day log and in-depth follow-up interviews. Each contribution presents findings but also some critical key questions about the profession of school leadership. First results will be presented based on the findings of the country reports from various countries including Australia, Canada, Hungary, and Malaysia. Structure of the session: The symposium session begins with an overview by the chair, introducing the theme and speakers from the different countries. This is followed by paper presentations and brief Q&A sessions. The session ends with a panel discussion and audience engagement, fostering deeper exploration and interaction. References Adams, D. (2025) Country Report: Malaysia. Report prepared for the World School Leadership Study. Moreno, B, Gurr, D., Goode, H. & Drysdale, L. (2025) Country Report: Australia. Report prepared for the World School Leadership Study. Széll, K., & Lénárd, S. (2025). School Leadership in Hungary: Country Report. Wang, F. (2025) Country Report: Canada. Report prepared for the World School Leadership Study. Presentations of the Symposium Australian School Leadership: Moving Beyond the Principalship to Holistic and Complex Leadership Perspectives
In this narrative review of Australian research on school leadership, it is shown how the focus on principals over the past 60 years is giving way to more holistic conceptions that include the work of senior leaders, middle leaders, teachers leaders, early career teachers, and how these are brought together through distributed and community of practice perspectives. It is argued that complexity, system and ecological perspectives are contributing to views about school leadership that are sufficiently complex to allow school leaders to respond and influence the uncertain, chaotic and crisis rich contexts that schools face. The paper explores the school leadership literature in several ways. It provides short syntheses of research on: school leader well-being and resilience; values and professional understanding; leadership practices; the fit between people, roles, schools and systems; and, school quality and success. To provide a currency, contemporary challenges and trends being faced by schools and school leaders are explored including: teacher shortages; school leader shortages; school choice and school funding; technology, people and schools. Bringing these findings together, and taking a futures perspective, the paper ends by exploring future research ideas. The first is to better understand the work of school leaders through exploring work practices that seem to be especially helpful for improving schools, better capturing the complex nature of contemporary schools and the work of school leaders, and better understanding how to identify, recruit and support leaders at all levels from early career through to system level. The second is to explore complexity through: the connections between distributed leadership, communities of practice and the work of teacher and middle leaders; the nexus between school leadership and governance; and, by applying system, ecological and complexity perspectives. The third is to consider the future of school leadership by: continuing research on post-pandemic changes; exploring the next wave of technology impacts on schools and schooling; and to update the scenario work of organisations like the OECD, and to develop several alternative views of schooling for the next 20 or more years. The paper captures the complexity, challenges and successes of school leadership in Australia now, and provides signposts for how schools and school leadership will develop in the future.
References:
Moreno, B, Gurr, D., Goode, H. & Drysdale, L. (2025) Country Report: Australia. Report prepared for the World School Leadership Study.
Education and Educational Leadership in Canada: Challenges and Possibilities
Canada is the second largest country in the world, with a population of approximately 38 million people, of whom almost 20% are foreign-born, and approximately 6% of whom are Indigenous. While the United States and United Kingdom have had great influence on Canadian culture, political systems, and economics, Canadian education systems remain distinct from education systems in the United States and United Kingdom. With 13 jurisdictions, made up of 10 provinces and three territories, the Canadian education system has been referred to as a “system of systems”. Each province and territory in Canada have their own education system, many of which are undergoing reviews and reforms (Friesen & Jacobsen, 2021). Section 1 of the report outlines the education system in Canada and highlights the educational structure of Canada’s three important provinces: British Columbia (BC), Ontario (ON), and Alberta (AB).
School leadership research in Canada has illustrated the often complex and intensified nature of the roles of principals and vice-principals within schools. As school administrators, principals and vice-principals are often seen as middle managers. Section 2 continues with the document analysis on school leadership in general at the national level and epitomizes the role of school administrators in the province of BC.
Research on school leadership has evolved over time, reflecting changes in education landscape and emerging issues and challenges that school leaders encounter in today’s schools. Current research emphasis what school leaders believe, value, and do in response to the changing needs and priorities of their school communities, and also how well they do physically, mentally and emotionally. Section 3 presents new developments on school leadership research and highlights the importance of the health and well-being of principals, the expectations and demands placed on Canada’s school leaders. The changing role of school administrators has significant implications to school leadership and the comfortability of school administrators’ speaking up or out in such social and political contexts.
Finally, the report offers final thoughts to providing better support for school administrators and their psychological safety. As conditions within and outside of schools rapidly change, additional research within the Canadian context is needed to better understand the realities of today’s school leadership, and to guide practices in looking ahead to better support Canada’s school leaders and students in today’s schools.
References:
Wang, F. (2025) Country Report: Canada. Report prepared for the World School Leadership Study.
Role and Potential of School Leadership in Promoting Equity and School Quality in a Centralised Education System: Evidence from Hungary
International research identifies school leadership as a key lever for improving educational quality and promoting equity (Baráth et al., 2019; OECD, 2020). At the same time, leadership effectiveness is strongly conditioned by governance arrangements and levels of institutional autonomy (OECD, 2018, 2023). This presentation examines the role and potential of school leadership in improving school effectiveness and equity within the highly centralised Hungarian education system, drawing on national research evidence and international comparative data.
Hungary has long been characterised by strong selection mechanisms and notable inequalities in educational outcomes. Student achievement is closely linked to family background and, even more strongly, to the socio-economic composition of schools (OECD, 2023; Széll, 2018). Research demonstrates that early tracking, school choice, and growing segregation contribute to the reproduction of social inequalities rather than their mitigation (Fejes & Szűcs, 2018). Since 2010, these structural challenges have been reinforced by re-centralisation of education governance, which substantially reduced school-level autonomy in financial, staffing, and organisational matters while simultaneously increasing accountability pressures on principals (OECD, 2018).
Synthesising findings from Hungarian empirical studies and international surveys (PISA, TALIS), the analysis focuses on three interrelated dimensions of leadership: (1) organisational culture and school climate, (2) leadership practices supporting professional learning and collaboration, and (3) leadership responses to socio-economic disadvantage and segregation (Széll & Lénárd, 2025).
The evidence suggests that while structural constraints limit leaders’ direct influence over resources, school leaders play a crucial role in shaping internal school conditions that can mitigate the effects of disadvantage. Research on resilient and effective schools in Hungary shows that inclusive organisational cultures, strong professional communities, and supportive school climates are associated with better student outcomes, particularly in socio-economically disadvantaged contexts (Széll, 2018). Leadership practices emphasising collaboration, distributed leadership, and learning-oriented organisational development appear especially important in compensating for limited institutional autonomy (Horváth et al., 2015; Héreginé Nagy et al., 2024).
At the same time, the centralised governance model creates persistent tensions between control-oriented accountability and development-oriented leadership. Evaluation and inspection systems are widely perceived as compliance-driven, limiting opportunities for innovation and equity-focused strategies. The Hungarian case contributes to international debates on equity and school leadership by illustrating how leadership operates in systems where inequalities are structurally embedded and autonomy is limited, yet leadership agency remains crucial for shaping school-level responses (Széll & Lénárd, 2025).
The presentation was supported by the János Bolyai Research Scholarship of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences
References:
References
Baráth, T., Horváth, L., Nóbik, A., & Verderber, É. (2019). Educational leadership in Hungary. In S. Ševkušić, D. Malinić, & J. Teodorović (Eds.), Leadership in education: Initiatives and trends in selected European countries (pp. 113–133). University of Kragujevac Faculty of Education in Jagodina.
Fejes, J. B., & Szűcs, N. (Eds.). (2018). Én vétkem: Helyzetkép az oktatási szegregációról [My fault: An overview of educational segregation]. Motiváció Oktatási Egyesület.
Héreginé Nagy, M., Lénárd, S., Horváth, L., & Rapos, N. (2024). The organisational context of middle management role behaviour in Hungarian schools. School Leadership & Management, 44(4), 389–412.
Horváth, L., Verderber, É., & Baráth, T. (2015). Managing the complex adaptive learning organization. Contemporary Educational Leadership, 2(3), 61–83.
OECD (2018). Education at a glance 2018: OECD indicators. OECD Publishing.
OECD (2020). TALIS 2018 Results (Volume II): Teachers and School Leaders as Valued Professionals. OECD Publishing.
OECD (2023). PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD Publishing.
Széll, K. (2018). Iskolai légkör és eredményesség: Fókuszban a reziliens és a veszélyeztetett iskolák [School climate and effectiveness: Focusing on resilient and at-risk schools]. Belvedere Meridionale.
Széll, K., & Lénárd, S. (2025). School Leadership in Hungary: Country Report.
Country Report for School Leadership in Malaysia
As part of the World School Leadership Study, this chapter offers an overview of school leadership within the Malaysian education system, examining both structural features and emerging trends that are reshaping leadership practice. It begins by contextualizing Malaysia’s education system, highlighting how national reforms, notably the Malaysia Education Blueprint 2013–2025, have redefined school leadership practices. The chapter then explores competency frameworks, with emphasis on KOMPAS 2.0, the leadership competency standard that integrates both administrative and instructional leadership, along with personal attributes essential for effective school management in the Malaysian context. Next, drawing on empirical studies, six critical areas of leadership research are synthesized under the headings, school leaders’ health, well-being, resilience, demands and resources; values and professional understanding; leadership practices, person-job-organization-system fit, school quality and its development, and challenges and trends in education and of school leaders. Particular attention is given to how policy aspirations pertaining to distributed leadership, instructional leadership and inclusive education, encounter structural and contextual barriers within Malaysia’s hierarchical system. The chapter concludes by identifying research desiderata, calling for future studies on three key areas, these being, AI leadership integration, inclusive practice implementation and rural school leadership.
References:
Adams, D. (2025) Country Report: Malaysia. Report prepared for the World School Leadership Study.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 27 SES 13 A: Dialogue as Interactive Practice: Dealing with Uncertainty – Developing Democratic Classroom Communication to Support Participation and Learning Location: Pikku-Rusko | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Daniela Merklinger Session Chair: Anette Olin Almqvist Symposium |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium Dialogue as Interactive Practice: Dealing with Uncertainty – Developing Democratic Classroom Communication to Support Participation and Learning Can dialogic classroom talk help to make classroom communication more democratic and enable students to deal with uncertainty and insecurity? Under what conditions can classroom communication contribute to strengthening the classroom community and promoting democratic dialogue? These questions are at the heart of the symposium and will be examined using three empirical examples from social constructivist interaction research on dialogic action in classroom discussions. Even though numerous empirical studies show that international interest in dialogic forms of conversation in the classroom has a long research tradition (i.e. The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Dialogic Education (Mercer et al., 2019)), studies on communication in the classroom continue to show that “classrooms are arenas of rapid-fire and complicated patterns of talk consisting of systems of direction and compliance, usually in some form of routine question- and answer sequences” (Edwards-Groves & Davidson, 2019, p. 126). On the one hand, traditional classroom discussions still follow a typical sequence pattern in which teachers initiate a topic in conversation (initiation) and the students' response (reply) is usually followed by an immediate evaluation by the teacher (evaluation) (Mehan 1979). On the other hand, there is consensus in classroom research that high-quality dialogic classroom discussions offer particular learning potential for subject-specific and cross-curricular educational goals because they generate increased conversation among students, elaborate statements, co-constructions, collective arguments, and participation (Mercer et al., 2019; Howe et al., 2019). For example, recent empirical studies discuss the particular benefits of exploratory talk for democratic learning (as reviewed by Twiner, 2025). In a reanalysis of 49 studies on different dialogic forms of classroom talk, T'Sas and Daems (2024, p. 27) found recurring terms such as “together,” “understanding,” and “respect,” but also “openness” and “trust” (T'Sas & Daems 2024, p. 27), suggesting these relational and interactional features are prominent concerns in research about exploratory classroom talk. There is also discussion of how dialogic-collective conversation can contribute to strengthening community in the classroom, social cohesion, and students' identification with their own school class (de Boer 2025, pp. 27-28.). This symposium presents three different approaches to dialogic classroom communication, demonstrating that dialogic teaching requires certain prerequisites and is linked to various dimensions of quality. The first presentation Building up and building on foundations for equitable participation through dialogic pedagogy shows how ground rules are central to establishing a trusting conversational context that helps a class to learn and create dialogue rules together, learn how to apply them, and collectively develop dialogue and learning through exploratory talk as a shared, collective practice. The second presentation Doing Dialogue – the Meaning of Pauses and Revoicing for Dialogic and Democratic Talk examines the connection between dialogic and democratic conversation practices and explains this using the example of the interaction-analytically reconstructed conversation pattern of revoicing (O'Connor & Michaels, 2019). It shows how revoicing becomes a participatory practice and can also help to balance uncertainties. The third presentation Doing metatalk as promoting a shared dialogic sensibility for productive classroom discussions demonstrates how regular metatalk, as explicit discussion of past shared conversations, promotes participation in the classroom. It highlights how doing metatalk, as a mutually-produced reflection on sequences of actions, helps students learn to consciously steer and support dialogic conversation. In summary, the symposium unites three contributions that place an intentional focus on educational dialogue, from teacher and learner perspective. They facilitate explicit connection between thinking and learning, both of which can be optimised when seen as supported, social activities. References de Boer, H. (2025). Dialog als interaktive und kollektive Praxis – doing dialogue. In H. de Boer & D. Merklinger (Eds.) (2025) (pp. 17–36). de Boer, H., & Merklinger, D. (Eds.) (2025). Dialog als interaktive Praxis. Springer VS. Edwards-Groves, C. & Davidson, C. (2019). Metatalk for a dialogic turn in the first years of schooling. In N. Mercer, R. Wegerif, & L. Major (Eds.) (2019) (pp. 125–138). Howe, C., Hennessy, S., Mercer, N., et al. (2019). Teacher–student dialogue during classroom teaching: Does it really impact on student outcomes? Journal of the Learning Sciences, 28(4-5), 462–512. Mehan, H. (1979): Learning Lessons. Social Organisation in the Classroom. Harvard. Mercer, N., Wegerif, R., & Major, L. (Eds.) (2019). The Routledge International Handbook of Research on Dialogic Education. Routledge. T'Sas, J., & Daems, F. (2024). Exploratory talk in times of globalisation and digitalisation: a narrative review. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 24(2), 1–38. Twiner, A. (2025). Exploratory talk and conversational ground rules. In H. de Boer & D. Merklinger (Eds.) (2025) (53–68). O’Connor, C. & Michaels, S. (2019). Supporting teachers in taking up productive talk moves: The long road to professional learning at scale. International Journal of Educational Research, 97(2), 166–175. Presentations of the Symposium Building up and Building on Foundations for Equitable Participation through Dialogic Pedagogy
Individually and socially, we talk and communicate a lot. We frequently do this without consciously considering why communication is smooth sometimes, and difficult or misunderstood on other occasions. Sometimes we feel ‘part of’ a conversation; at other times we might feel on the periphery, or even excluded. By focusing on dialogue – and how we use talk and other communicative modes to support teaching and learning – we can start to understand some of these patterns, and initiate practices and pedagogies known through research to support participation, inclusion, understanding and learning (Howe et al., 2019).
One practice known through research to support learning is ‘exploratory talk’ (drawing on Barnes, 2008; Mercer & Dawes, 2008). In exploratory talk, learners try out their forming ideas together, are open to and invite others’ views, and are willing to change their minds if they hear evidence which contrasts an earlier view. In exploratory talk the learning is shared, built together, as learners think together out loud. Those participating leave the conversation with a more-informed understanding than they started, or than they would likely have reached had they worked independently. It therefore requires participation, which requires learners to feel comfortable to participate and that they will be listened to.
To engage in exploratory talk, therefore, and to disrupt dominant patterns such as IRF/IRE noted earlier, some conditions are needed. These conditions can be supported by setting ‘ground rules’ with learners (drawing on Mercer et al., 1999). Examples of ground rules, perhaps unsurprisingly therefore, tend to reflect the principles of exploratory talk: for instance, underscoring the importance of listening, asking what others think, giving reasons for answers, asking questions if we disagree or misunderstand, and being open to changing our mind (Twiner, 2025). Critically, such rules should be set with learners, not imposed, so that all feel ownership in applying them. Through such ground rules, where learners do not fear a personal risk of ridicule in participating, therefore, they can take intellectual risks by voicing their developing thinking for other learners’ reflection – not just teacher evaluation (Twiner 2011; 2025).
In this presentation I will review literature and share examples from a range of projects from primary age to adult professional learning groups, evidencing exploratory talk and how explicitly setting ‘ground rules’ with learners can create foundations for using talk and other communicative modes to work and learn together – in the classroom and beyond.
References:
Barnes, D. (2008). Exploratory talk for learning. In N. Mercer & S. Hodgkinson (Eds.) Exploring talk in schools (pp. 1–15). Sage.
Howe, C., Hennessy, S., Mercer, N., et al. (2019). Teacher–student dialogue during classroom teaching: Does it really impact on student outcomes? Journal of the Learning Sciences, 28(4-5), 462–512.
Mercer, N., & Dawes, L. (2008). The value of exploratory talk. In N. Mercer & S. Hodgkinson (Eds.) Exploring talk in schools (pp. 55–71). Sage.
Mercer, N., Wegerif, R., & Dawes, L. (1999). Children's talk and the development of reasoning in the classroom. British Educational Research Journal 25(1), 95–111.
Twiner, A. (2011). Sociocultural understandings of technology-mediated educational practices: Improvable objects and meaning-making trajectories in the ICT-literate classroom. PhD thesis, the Open University, UK.
Twiner, A. (2025). Exploratory talk and conversational ground rules. In H. de Boer & D. Merklinger (Eds.) Dialog als interaktive Praxis: Grundschüler*innen im kollektiven Fachgespräch (pp. 53–68). VS-Springer.
Doing Dialogue – the Meaning of Pauses and Revoicing for Dialogic and Democratic Talk
Even though teachers and students are jointly involved in creating dialogic classroom talk, it is the teachers' conversational behavior that determines whether a dialogic culture of conversation can develop in a class. Teachers can support the process of doing dialogue in many ways, but at the same time they are challenged to break with familiar teaching routines and patterns. One major challenge is to refrain from giving immediate feedback. The three-step core structure of classroom communication, consisting of initiation, student response, and feedback (evaluation) (Mehan, 1979), ends with feedback from the teacher, which often contains an evaluation (e.g., good, correct, accurate, not wrong, etc.). The third step in the sequential order of teaching often involves evaluations in which virtually every student comment is assessed as a performance (de Boer, 2025, pp. 20-21).
Against this background, the following questions are at the center of this presentation:
1. How can the sequential order of classroom talk be broken down and how can the emergence of dialogic and collective discourse be facilitated?
2. How can dialogic classroom discussions support democratic coexistence in the classroom?
The questions are answered on the basis of a sequence-analytical reconstruction of a case study that was developed as part of intervention research. A cooperative teaching-research project at two German univesities investigated how students can interactively generate dialogic classroom discourse by deliberately changing their actions. Data comprises a corpus of 60 conversations. The conversations were cataloged (Deppermann, 2008), interactively-dense sequences were transcribed and examined using interaction analysis.
In this presentation we offer a case study from this project illustrating how the classic IRE-sequence-pattern of classroom talk is broken down. The reconstruction of the two conversation patterns revoicing (O'Connor & Michaels, 1996) and conversational pauses (Maroni, 2011) shows how the sequential order of classroom conversations can be broken, resulting not only in more students speaking, but also in them engaging in conversation with each other, balancing uncertainties, and creating a democratic atmosphere.
References:
de Boer, H. (2025). Dialog als interaktive und kollektive Praxis – doing dialogue. In H. de Boer, H. & D. Merklinger (Eds.), Dialog als interaktive Praxis (pp. 17–36). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-48376-0_2
Deppermann, A. (2008). Gespräche analysieren. Eine Einführung (4th ed.). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-91973-7
Maroni, B. (2011). Pauses, gaps and wait time in classroom interaction in primary schools. Journal of Pragmatics, 43(7), 2081–2093. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pragma.2010.12.006
Mehan, Hugh (1979): Learning Lessons. Social Organisation in the Classroom. Harvard UP. https://doi.org/10.4159/harvard.9780674420106
O’Connor, C. & Michaels, S. (1996): Shifting participant frameworks: orchestrating thinking practices in group discussion. In D. A. Hicks (Ed.), Discourse, learning, and schooling. (pp. 6 –103). Cambridge University Press.
Doing Metatalk as Promoting a Shared Dialogic Sensibility for Productive Classroom Discussions
Classroom talk is central to pedagogical practice and a powerful determinant for students’ learning. Research consistently demonstrates that what students come to understand and value is inseparable from the talk through which teaching and learning happens (Baker & Freebody, 1989). This recognition has contributed to a dialogic turn in educational practice (Edwards-Groves et al., 2014), shifting attention from meaning-making as a product of social interaction to meaning as constituted in and through dialogue (Alexander, 2020; Vygotsky, 1978). From this perspective, meanings are actively produced within the interactional exchanges that organise classroom activity (Edwards-Groves & Davidson, 2017; Mercer, 1996). This paper contributes to this field by examining metatalk - talk about talk - as a generative pedagogical resource in classroom discussions.
Adopting an ethnomethodological/conversation-analytic approach, the study treats talk as mutually produced courses-of-action, made visible through the ways teachers and students display their understandings of what they are doing in the here-and-now. How talk for learning is organised, sustained, and oriented to is treated as an empirical question rather than a presupposed instructional feature. The presentation draws on video-recorded data from primary classrooms in an Australian study investigating the development of dialogic pedagogies. Conversation analysis is employed to examine interactions in and around moments where teachers and students explicitly talk about talk - its purposes, norms, and participatory expectations.
Findings demonstrate ways metatalk plays a critical role in supporting student engagement, participation, and understanding. Through metatalk, teachers and students develop a shared language for discussing talk-in-interaction, make visible the epistemic and interpersonal work of dialogue, and explicate the shared responsibility for sustaining productive discussion. Explicit attention to metatalk is shown to enable students to consciously steer, support, and evaluate dialogic exchanges, strengthening their agency and collective meaning-making. Metatalk is reconceptualised as more than managerial or procedural regulation of classroom interactions; instead, analysis shows how it operates as a deliberate reflexive pedagogical practice through which participants jointly construct a locally understood dialogic sensibility. Importantly, metatalk emerges not as optional in dialogic pedagogies, but as a primordial condition for it.
By foregrounding the epistemological, linguistic, and relational dimensions of metatalk, this presentation addresses a notable gap in research on dialogic practices in primary classrooms. Results advance understandings of metatalk as a high-leverage pedagogical resource for learning and participation, and argues for its deliberate cultivation as central to the design and enactment of classroom dialogues with implications for teacher education and pedagogical design.
References:
Alexander, R. (2020). A dialogic teaching companion. Routledge.
Baker, C., & Freebody, P. (1989). Talk around text: constructions of texual and teacher authority in classroom discourse. In S. de Castell, A. Luke & C. Luke (Eds.), Language, Authority and Criticism: Readings on the School Textbook (pp. 263–283). Falmer Press.
Edwards-Groves, C., Anstey, M., & Bull, G. (2014). Classroom talk: Understanding dialogue, pedagogy and practice. Primary English Teaching Association Australia.
Edwards-Groves, C., & Davidson, C. (2017). Becoming a meaning maker: Talk and interaction in the dialogic classroom. Primary English Teaching Association Australia.
Mercer, N. (1996). The quality of talk in children’s collaborative activity in the classroom. Learning and Instruction, 6(4), 359–377.
Skidmore, D., & Murakami, K. (2016). Dialogic pedagogy: The importance of dialogue in teaching and learning. Multilingual Matters.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard University Press.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 27 SES 13 B: Teaching and Learning in Times of Uncertainty Location: Ukko-Pekka | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Laura Tamassia Paper Session |
|
|
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Teaching and Learning in the Face of the Unforeseeable 1: Ghent University, Belgium; 2: Uppsala University, Sweden Presenting Author:While teaching and learning are often conceived teleologically – as well-planned processes aimed at realising predetermined outcomes and curricular objectives – the realities of educational practice are far less predictable or controllable. Empirical research has documented how teachers and students frequently encounter unforeseen – if not unforeseeable – situations. Examples are, for instance, spontaneous moral reactions of students in response to what they encounter during educational activities (Öhman & Östman 2008), resistance to the teaching content (Urberg 2025), unexpected poignant experiences of epiphany or wonder (Östman et al. 2024), controversies emerging in the classroom (Cassar et al. 2021), strong emotional responses (Sheppard & Levy 2019), disturbing existential experiences (Vandenplas et al. 2023), etc. Such unexpected event can be challenging to handle as a teacher. Yet, they also hold valuable educative potential. They can elicit what Garrison (2010) calls ‘teachable moments’. Those moments occur in the classroom “when teachers and students engage in meaningful inquiry regarding some problematic situation involving themselves and the subject matter being taught” (Garrison 2010: xv). Didactical research has shown that non-teleological teachable moments can, for instance, trigger a strong intrinsic motivation to learn; they can be subjectivating by appealing to the participants as persons and not merely as students compliantly fulfilling tasks; they can give rise to collective inquiry into shared matters of concern; and they can stimulate creativity (Östman et al. 2024). In this paper, we shed light on theories and analytical models that enable us to progress our understanding of how non-teleological teachable moments occur and unfold, and how teachers’ didactical work can optimise the opportunities to realise the educative potential they bring about. Theoretically, we explore connections between American pragmatism, German didactics, and theories of embodied cognition. Analytically, we draw on the models ‘Trajectory of Learning Processes’ and ‘Dramaturgy of Teaching Practices’. John Dewey’s pragmatist understanding of how education comes about through experience (Dewey, 1938/2015) offers us a fruitful theoretical lens for understanding how unforeseen experiences, such as the ones described above, can trigger valuable teachable moments. For Dewey (1916/1997), the educative value of experience lies in ensuring growth – not as a fixed goal that is reached once predetermined outcomes are met, but as a continuous process of reconstruction of experience. For Dewey, growth is the end of education, it does not have an end (Stitzlein 2017). As further explained below in the model on the Trajectory of Learning Processes, Dewey understands growth as habit (trans)formation through transactions of individuals and their environments. Cultivating habits is, for Dewey (1916/1997), a process that involves plasticity. It results in an expanded repertoire of actions – new ways of feeling, thinking, noticing, and acting – that enables individuals to coordinate their activities and environments in more specific, complex, and purposeful ways (Östman & Öhman 2023) and stimulates further growth. As such, Dewey’s educational philosophy and the models outlined in the next section align well with the German didactical tradition of Bildung through the interplay between self and world (English 2017, Benner 2017). From this perspective, unforeseeable events can be understood as potential strong triggers and drivers for Bildung as social self-cultivation (Garrison et al. 2025). Complementary to pragmatist educational theory and Bildung, recent research on embodied cognition can help us to progress insight into how surprising encounters and situations influence learning processes by shedding light on how cognitive processes are inseparable from emotion and bodily states (Damasio 2018, Johnson & Schulkin 2023). As Johnson & Schulkin (2023) explain, pragmatism is inherently an embodied theory of mind, and modern cognitive science provides the empirical grounding Dewey could, in his time, only anticipate. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used We present two analytical models for empirical didactical research on the emergence and unfolding of non-teleological teachable moments in classroom practices as well as teachers’ didactical work to grasp the educative potential inherent in them. Together, they allow to empirically investigate the influence of teachers’ actions on students’ learning. The ‘Trajectory of Learning Processes’ (Östman et al. 2024) understands learning as being triggered by disruptive aesthetic (pre-reflective) experiences that disturbe habitual ways of thinking, noticing, feeling, and acting. When this happens, a person enters a state of disequilibrium. Habitual modes of coordinating the environment do no longer function, one can no longer proceed as usual and experiences an embodied need to restore balance. When a person responds to this need, the disturbance is taken as a problematic situation. This serves as the linking point between the pre-reflective and the reflective within the learning trajectory: The indeterminate disturbing experience is judged to be problematic – although not yet stated as a determinate problem – and demanding inquiry. In the inquiry, ideas for restoring equilibrium are explored, developed, and tested. The initial feeling of disruption becomes an object of reflection and gains a reference. If the inquiry succeeds, closure is reached and existing habits are transformed or new ones formed. Thus, learning is understood in terms of habit (trans)formation, i.e. changes or shifts in habitual ways of thinking, noticing, feeling, and acting. The (temporary) closure that follows fruitful inquiries comes, again, with an embodied experience – here, an experience of consummation. The model ‘Dramaturgy of Teaching Practices’ (Van Poeck et al. 2024) aligns with Dewey’s (1938) statement that teachers must utilise the surrounding conditions that are conducive to having experiences that lead to growth. The model is inspired by dramaturgical analytical frameworks that draw on metaphors borrowed from drama to study how social interactions are affected by the setting in which they occur. Recognising that settings are not static but dynamically take shape and transform as people act within and upon them, the Dramaturgy of Teaching Practices is developed to capture what settings do with people as well as what people do with settings, simultaneously and reciprocally (i.e., in transaction). It studies teaching practices in terms of scripting (determining purposes, delineating content, defining roles, cues for appropriate behaviour, access conditions), staging (deliberate organisation of interactions through tools, methodologies, activities, rules, artefacts, etc.) and performance (interventions during the implementation of educational practices). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The models are illustrated with examples from empirical analyses of educational practices in schools and universities in Sweden and Belgium. The focus is on tracing the influence of teachers’ didactic choices and interventions on the unfolding of students’ learning processes. We show how, sometimes, teachers’ preparatory scripting and staging results in teleological learning processes in view of well-defined, predetermined purposes. In other cases, unforeseen responses elicit remediating action of teachers to restore the envisioned teleology. Scarcer are those moments where teachers re-consider their preparatory scripting in the face of non-teleological teachable moments elicited by unplanned events. We also pay attention to indications of poignant experiences of students that were observed by researchers but remained unnoticed by the teacher during the implementation of the lessons. The results show how the presented analytical models can facilitate empirical research aimed at developing knowledge that provides teachers with navigational support for the didactical work of preparing and performing lessons. Rather than offering clear-cut recipes for success, it delivers insights that allow to be better prepared to be surprised. In that sense, it aligns with approaching teaching as a profession (English 2017) and recognises the vital importance of practical wisdom (Garrison 2010) for making informed, ad hoc decisions. Increased insight in how the didactical work of scripting and staging can result in certain outcomes, can strengthen teachers’ preparatory work as it makes them – in dramaturgical terms – better prepared for virtual ‘rehearsal’. Increased insight into what is important to be attentive to in the performance – what Van Es & Sherin (2008) call professional vision or what we could, in line with our theoretical perspective, call ‘didactical gaze’ and sensitivity – results in an expanded repertoire for improvisational action in response to surprising teachable moments. References Benner (2017). John Dewey, a Modern Thinker: On Education, (as Bildung and Erziehung) and Democracy (as a Political System and a Mode of Living). In: John Dewey’s Democracy and Education. A Centennial Handbook. Wals & English (Eds.), Cambridge University Press. Cassar, Oosterheert, & Meijer (2021). The classroom in turmoil: teachers’ perspective on unplanned controversial issues in the classroom. Teachers and Teaching, 27(7), 656-671. Damasio (2018). The strange order of things: Life, feeling, and the making of cultures. Pantheon Books. Dewey 1916/1997. Democracy and Education. An Introduction into the Philosophy of Education. Free Press. Dewey 1938/2015. Experience and Education. Free Press. English (2017). What is the Role of the Past in Education? In: John Dewey’s Democracy and Education. A Centennial Handbook. Wals & English (Eds.), Cambridge University Press. Garrison (2010). Dewey and Eros: Wisdom and desire in the art of teaching. IAP. Garrison, Östman & Van Poeck (2025). Sustainability and Post-Enlightenment Bildung as Social Self-Cultivation: Back to the Future. Conference paper, annual meeting of the Philosophy of Education Society, Baltimore. Johnson & Schulkin (2023). Mind in Nature: John Dewey, Cognitive Science, and a Naturalistic Philosophy for Living. MIT Press. Öhman & Östman (2008). Clarifying the Ethical Tendency in Education for Sustainable Development Practice: A Wittgenstein-Inspired Approach. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, 13(1), 57-72. Östman, Garrison & Van Poeck (2024) Poignant Experiences and the Nonteleological Teachable Moment, Éducation & Didactique, 18(3), 91-110. Östman & Öhman (2023). A transactional methodology for analysing learning. Mind, Culture, and Activity, 30(2), 116-132. Sheppard & Levy (2019). Emotions and teacher decision-making: An analysis of social studies teachers’ perspectives. Teaching and Teacher Education, 77, 193-203. Stitzlein (2017). Growth, Habits, and Plasticity in Education. In: John Dewey’s Democracy and Education. A Centennial Handbook. Wals & English (Eds.), Cambridge University Press. Urberg (2025). Resistance, Counterculture, and Environmental Issues: An ethnographic study of youth responses to education and sustainable development. Nordisk tidsskrift for ungdomsforskning, 6(1), 1-19. Vandenplas, Van Poeck & Block (2023). ‘The existential tendency’ in climate change education: an empirically informed typology, Environmental Education Research, 29(12), 1729-1757. Van Es & Sherin (2008). Mathematics teachers’ “learning to notice” in thecontext of a video club. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24, 244-276. Van Poeck, Vandenplas & Östman (2024). Teaching action-oriented knowledge on sustainability issues, Environmental Education Research, 30(3), 334-360. 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Searching for Orientation in Uncertain Teaching Situations: Exams and Educational Ideals as Anchors of Teachers’ Professional Deliberations in Upper Secondary Education Bielefeld University, Germany Presenting Author:Objectives and Background Research on uncertainty in teachers’ professional practice has often focused on identifying contradictory demands generated by pedagogical ideals and the organizational conditions of schooling in contemporary societies. As such, much is known about the conditions of teaching, but it has been less investigated how teachers navigate the complex constellation of educational goals, societal functions and institutional constraints of pedagogical practice. This contribution conceptualizes teachers as capable actors, which are able to perceive and weigh conflicting situationally appropriate modes of action embedded within their educational environment, while not being omniscient and thus in need of orientation (Diaz-Bone, 2011). It adds a new perspective to teachers’ professional action research, inquiring how teachers engage with and make sense of organizational and social uncertainty in upper secondary education when preparing and reflecting on lessons. It does so by drawing on eight completed artefact-supported episodic interviews and will be further developed in an ongoing dissertation project. Investigating teachers’ search for orientation sheds light on tensions between establishing relieving routines in uncertain situations of action and remaining aware of what their teaching cannot achieve. In navigating situations of conflicting expectations, which cannot be fully reconciled in their everyday decisions, teachers seem to reduce this complexity by looking towards exams as key reference points when approaching teaching situations. The tension between educational ideals and certification-oriented schooling are increasingly characteristic of educational systems across different countries and lead to increasingly unequal outcomes for their students (Hadjar & Becker, 2016; Skarpenes & Hidle, 2024). Being especially prevalent in upper secondary education, teachers are then expected to support students’ individual learning and development while simultaneously preparing them for standardized assessments that structure educational trajectories and life chances (Stronati, 2023). The current strengthening of governing education by standardization then leaves little room for teachers to autonomously shape student-oriented trajectories (Bergh & Wahlström, 2018). Although teachers are widely acknowledged to educate under these uncertain conditions, there is little empirical research that allows teachers themselves to articulate how they experience and make sense of these tensions in practice (Horvath, 2018). As such, while empirically situated within the German educational system, the project addresses aspects of teaching that extend beyond a national context. Uncertainty in teaching, standardized assessments, and the tension between educational ideals and certification-oriented schooling are associated with educational systems across countries. Theoretical Perspective The study draws on French pragmatic sociology (Diaz-Bone, 2023; Imdorf & Leemann, 2023) to analyze how a plurality of appropriate modes of action in teaching stabilize around shared ideas of what constitutes legitimate educational goals. It allows for an analytical shift toward a focus on specific situations in which actors navigate conditions of uncertainty. Teachers are understood as endowed with practical judgment, able to discern and balance competing situationally appropriate modes of action within their educational environments yet constrained by a limited rationality and thus in need of orientation (Diaz-Bone, 2011). Depending on the situational arrangements of material and immaterial elements – like room arrangements, standards or structural obligations – they move between different appropriate engagements such as functional planning of lessons or caring relationships to their students. Teaching is then a continuous coordination effort impacting which of the education system’s contradictory demands are eventually realized (Thévenot, 2019). Teachers’ professional capability, thus, lies not in resolving this uncertainty, which would be impossible, but in dealing with it in ways that allow them to continue acting. The study shifts the focus from evaluating whether teachers act “appropriately” toward understanding how they make sense of and engage with the conditions under which they teach as well as finding the elements in a situation which enable meaningful orientation. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study is based on eight completed artefact-supported episodic interviews (Edwards & I’Anson, 2020) conducted with secondary school teachers in Germany at different types of schools and with varying levels of professional experience. Each teacher participated in two interviews on their decision-making processes, routines and irritations: one conducted in close temporal proximity to the preparation of a specific lesson, and one shortly after it had taken place. Teachers were asked to bring a self-chosen artefact to each interview that they considered relevant to their pedagogical practice. This approach serves several purposes: First, the use of self-chosen artefacts allows teachers to articulate their own understandings of what is relevant for their action without imposing predefined notions of lesson planning or preparation. Artefacts ranged from schoolbooks they use to their digital course notebook collecting lesson material and ideas. Second, the two-interview design makes it possible to examine how teachers anticipate uncertainty during planning and how they retrospectively interpret and account for unplanned developments during lessons. In this way, the interviews provide insight into both prospective and retrospective dimensions of uncertainty in teaching and teachers’ deliberations. The research design is explicitly oriented toward making uncertainties and their navigation visible in teachers’ accounts of their practice. Methodologically, the study is informed by a pragmatic situational perspective that asks how teachers remain able to act under uncertain conditions and how they deliberate elements of the situation as orientation for their actions. Examining situations in this manner enables to highlight the complexity teachers deal with in their everyday practice, treating the situation itself as the fundamental analytical unit. Data analysis then follows the principles of Reflexive Grounded Theory Methodology (Breuer et al, 2019) facilitating a reconstruction of teachers’ engagements, deliberations and actions while simultaneously accounting for socio-material elements – like standards, technologies, and organizational structures. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings A pronounced tension in teachers’ accounts of their practice is being discovered. While they demonstrate a quite routinized and self-assured practice, they also express an awareness of what aspects of their idea of good education are thereby lost. Exams during term and at the end of a school level as final examinations play a central role in teachers’ routines on lesson planning, and reflection. They emerge as reference point providing orientation regarding what content is considered relevant, which learning outcomes are prioritized, and how teaching is structured. Their deliberations in this regard are often highly routinized and articulated with confidence. At the same time, though, teachers remain aware of their routines’ limitations. They acknowledge that exam-focused teaching often leaves little room for alternative educational goals focusing on individualized support, student-driven inquiry, or engagement with current and controversial societal issues. However, this awareness does not lead to a rejection of exam-oriented practice, but it does reduce their satisfaction with teaching. It seems that in making sense of the uncertain and contradictory institutional arrangement in upper secondary school education, teachers find uncomfortable stability in a functional understanding of school formalized in structural elements like exams and curricula. This finding will be discussed regarding the role of exams not only as pedagogical instruments but also as formalized situational elements stabilizing functional approaches to education by providing orientation for teachers’ actions in their navigation of the inherent uncertainty of teaching. It points to the supra-national role of exams and similar certification-oriented elements of schools in marginalizing critical pedagogical practice, which is unable to address current social crises meaningfully. Enabling school education to empower students to confidently deal with global change while also taking teachers seriously as professional actors, thus means, that the institutional settings of school education need to change. References Bergh, A., & Wahlström, N. (2018). Conflicting goals of educational action: A study of teacher agency from a transactional realism perspective. The Curriculum Journal, 29(1), 134–149. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2017.1400449 Diaz-Bone, R. (2011). The Methodological Standpoint of the ‘économie des conventions’. Historical Social Research, 36, 43–63. https://doi.org/10.12759/HSR.36.2011.4.43-63 Diaz-Bone, R. (2023). Economics of convention – a transdisciplinary approach as core part of new French economic sociology. In M. Zafirovski, The Routledge International Handbook of Economic Sociology (1st edn, pp. 307–325). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780367817152-18 Edwards, R., & I’Anson, J. (2020). Using Artifacts and Qualitative Methodology to Explore Pharmacy Students’ Learning Practices. American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 84(1), 7082. https://doi.org/10.5688/ajpe7082 Hadjar, A., & Becker, R. (2016). Education systems and meritocracy: Social origin, educational and status attainment. In A. Hadjar & C. Gross (Eds), Education Systems and Inequalities: International comparisons (1st edn, pp. 231–258). Policy Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctt1t892m0 Horvath, K. (2018). „Wir können fördern, wir können fordern, aber begaben können wir nicht.“. In A. Böker & K. Horvath (Eds), Begabung und Gesellschaft (pp. 239–261). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-21761-7_11 Imdorf, C., & Leemann, R. J. (2023). Education and Conventions. In R. Diaz-Bone & G. D. Larquier (Eds), Handbook of Economics and Sociology of Conventions (pp. 1–33). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-52130-1_69-1 Skarpenes, O., & Hidle, K.-M. W. (2024). The clash of cultures: Individualization and standardization in education. Policy Futures in Education, 22(7), 1387–1403. https://doi.org/10.1177/14782103241226526 Stronati, C. (2023). The design of upper secondary education across OECD countries: Managing choice, coherence and specialisation. OECD Education Working Papers, 288. https://doi.org/10.1787/158101f0-en Thévenot, L. (2019). What engages ? The sociology of justifications, conventions, and engagements, meeting norms. Revue Des Droits de l’homme, 16. https://doi.org/10.4000/revdh.7114 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper PACK-UNPACK-REPACK: Transforming the Content-specific Quality of Teaching Through the JAD-MTQ Université de Genève, Switzerland Presenting Author:Formative interviews with teachers are a critical lever for improving teaching quality, alongside observation frameworks and the identification of high-quality teaching features. However, in many observation-based professional development designs, these interviews rely on ancillary tools and/or narrow the discussion to pre-prioritized rubric indicators. This paper examines how the JAD-MTQ model can structure a professional development design aimed at strengthening content coherence across a teaching unit. Using the full set of JAD-MTQ rubrics across diagnosis, formative interviewing, and impact monitoring, we introduce the PACK–UNPACK–REPACK (P-U-R) protocol to structure a formative input. We argue that this protocol supports the formative process by providing a common structure of rubrics that can capture both content-specific aspects of teaching and how these aspects are organized hierarchically across different timescales within a teaching unit. Ultimately, we demonstrate that the JAD-MTQ rubrics (organized into dimensions and criteria) can fulfil various functions at different stages of the formative process. In French-speaking research, the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD; Sensevy, 2014; Ligozat et al., 2018) typically investigates what knowledge contents are developed in learning situations and how. Studies carried out with this framework typically investigate how knowledge contents develop in the teacher and students’ classroom interactions. Over the years, the JAD has proved its capacity to describe, understand, and explain classroom practices in various subjects (mathematics, sciences, physical education, French language, etc.; e.g., Amade-Escot & Venturini, 2015; Ligozat et al., 2018; Sensevy, 2011; 2014). The JAD-MTQ (Model for analyzing Teaching Quality based on the Joint Action frameworks in Didactics; Ligozat & Buyck, 2025) structures classroom observation through three dimensions—(1) selection of knowledge content and tasks, (2) structuring of learning situations, and (3) organization of teacher–student interactions—each further specified by criteria. These dimensions address content development across complementary levels of analysis within a teaching unit (Tiberghien & Sensevy, 2012) and are designed to be applicable across school subjects. When used for formative purposes, the JAD-MTQ model contributes to a formative input structured into a three steps protocol; 1) PACK (Seq.A), the teacher-trainer uses the JAD‑MTQ to diagnose strengths and weaknesses across the three dimensions. 2) UNPACK, a feedback meeting is meant to present the diagnosis dimension by dimension to the teacher. 3) REPACK (Seq.B), a planning meeting supports the teacher in redesigning a new unit on the same content by integrating key issues identified. The P-U-R protocol itself contributes to the broader formative process experienced by the teacher (trainee). This formative process is generated by the overall TPD-design. This paper unfolds the conceptual and methodological aspects of the PUR protocol, in which epistemological aspects of the curriculum content and the specificity of the subject matter structure are core concerns during the whole process. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In this paper, we document and discuss the characteristics of the P-U-R protocol through the case study of a teacher professional development design involving a physical education specialist teacher in Geneva (Switzerland). In this educational context, PE specialist teachers teach the same curriculum content in different primary school classrooms. This facilitates the observation of successive iterations of teaching units about the same content by the same teacher. The starting point of the TPD-design was the observation of a contemporary dance teaching unit (Sequence A) taught by the teacher in a primary school classroom (grade 8, 11-12 y.o.). The improved teaching unit (Sequence B) was implemented shortly after the two formative interviews were conducted. Sequence A and Sequence B full teaching units were video recorded and transcribed. The two formative interviews with the PE teacher, featuring the core P-U-R protocol, were also video-recorded and transcribed. The video data of the interviews were condensed into narratives (Polkinghorne, 1995) reflecting situated aspects of the formative process. Phases of the interviews were segmented following Schreier’s (2012) different scales of unit. The analytical process is qualitative: it combines both the descriptive assessment of sequence A of the JAD-MTQ dimensions and criteria (PACK) and the thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2023) of the formative interviews (UNPACK and REPACK). Through this latter analysis, we address the understanding of what specifies each interview structure, the formative feedback constructed based on the descriptive assessments, and the division of responsibilities between the trainer and the teacher, featuring the situated formative process. Following the implementation of Sequence B, a descriptive analysis of the in-depth differences between Sequence A and B is run as a monitoring step of the impact of the TPD-design. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings First, results from the monitoring step reveal significative improvements in dimensions I (selection of knowledge contents and tasks) and II (structuration of learning situations). However, stagnation is observed in dimension III (organization of teacher and students’ interactions). This pattern is coherent with the theoretical assumptions underlying the JAD-MTQ and its waterfall effect. Second, analyses of the UNPACK and REPACK interviews show some direct effects of the formative input on the improvements monitored. The UNPACK interview pays significant attention to the deployment of D1 and D2 and makes explicit interdependent and hierarchized relations between key aspects of content-specific teaching. In REPACK, more feedback is necessary on criteria from D1 and D2 than from D3. Unfolding the descriptive assessment (UNPACK) raises the teacher’s interest and motivation, yet the very low consensus about the curriculum content of dance remains a major hurdle to build an improved teaching unit. Third, the entire set of rubrics from the JAD-MTQ is used at all successive stages of the formative process (diagnosis, formative interviews, monitoring). Nevertheless, the way it is used by the trainer varies depending on the specific purpose of each step of the formative process within PACK-UNPACK-REPACK. The results open two lines of discussion. First, they raise the challenges of subject specificity and cultural context for conducting interviews and focusing on key aspects to improve the quality of teaching. Second, they speak to the relevance of a hierarchized system of categories for classroom observation instruments. Conducting this study in PE can also contribute to the teaching quality conceptualization for at least 2 reasons: Learning goals are not only cognitive (Charalambous et al., 2025); Specific contextual teaching traditions shape the different curricular content between countries (Forest et al., 2019). The JAD-MTQ sensitivity to subjects and cultural contexts will thus be discussed. References Amade-Escot, C., & Venturini, P. (2015). Joint Action in Didactics and Classroom Ecology: Comparing Theories using a Case Study in Physical Education. Interchange, 46(4), 413 437. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10780-015-9263-5 Forest, E., Lenzen, B., & Öhman, M. (2018). Teaching traditions in physical education in France, Switzerland and Sweden: A special focus on official curricula for gymnastics and fitness training. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 71 90. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117708889 Ligozat, F., & Buyck, Y. (2024). Comparative didactics: Toward a generic model for analyzing content-specific dimensions of teaching quality. European Educational Research Journal, 23(6), 810 838. https://doi.org/10.2304https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2025.2527729/eerj.2007.6.2.131 Ligozat, F., & Buyck, Y. (2025). Conceptualizing teaching quality about and beyond subject specificity through the lens of the JAD-MTQ. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 36(3), 368 391. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2025.2527729 Ligozat, F., Lundqvist, E., & Amade-Escot, C. (2018). Analysing the continuity of teaching and learning in classroom actions: When the joint action framework in didactics meets the pragmatist approach to classroom discourses. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 147 169. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117701923 Polkinghorne, D. E. (1995). Narrative configuration in qualitative analysis. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 8(1), 5–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/0951839950080103 Schreier, M. (2012). Segmentation and Units of Coding. In Qualitative Content Analysis in Practice (p. 126 145). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781529682571 Sensevy, G. (2011). Overcoming Fragmentation: Towards a Joint Action Theory in Didactics. In B. Hudson & M. A. Meyer (Éds.), Beyond Fragmentation: Didactics, Learning and Teaching in Europe (p. 60 76). Barbara Budrich Publishers. Sensevy, G. (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics: An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5), 577 610. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2014.931466 Tiberghien, A., & Sensevy, G. (2012). The Nature of Video Studies in Science Education. In D. Jorde & J. Dillon (Éds.), Science Education Research and Practice in Europe: Retrospective and Prospective (p. 141 179). Sense Publishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-900-8_7 White, M., & Maher, B. L. (2024). How might rubric-based observations better support teacher learning and development? Educational Research, 66(1), 86 101. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2024.2304542 27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper Un-ascertained Knowledge : a Comparison of two Case Studies in Music and French Lessons Toulouse Jean Jaurès University, France Presenting Author:This communication proposes a comparative analysis of two case studies from two different educational contexts in France. It investigates the phenomenon of invisible knowledge, content that is rarely present or even absent from national curricula but present in classroom practices. The aim is to examine the gap between the official objects defining school disciplines and the objects identified through didactic research. Within the framework of comparative didactics, the main challenge lies in articulating the "epistemological program" and the "didactic program" (Schubauer-Leoni & al., 2007) to reveal the conditions of knowledge transmission and appropriation. Two types of knowledge are examined here: emotional knowledge and gender-based knowledge. By comparing the reference epistemology of these knowledges with their effectiveness in ordinary teaching-learning practices, this presentation aims to highlight the specificities (what is specific in a particular context) and genericities (what is common for both contexts) regards to this knowledge (Ligozat, 2025). On an epistemological level, a paradoxical convergence emerges although these two types of knowledge are difficult to identify in official texts, they occupy a concrete place in classroom practices. We propose to categorize them as "un-ascertained knowledge" to refer to ascertained knowledge (Kelly, 2014) and investigate their manifestations and construction in two different settings: a violin lesson in a music school and a French lesson in a middle school. In the first context, the national pedagogical orientation scheme for music (Ministère de la Culture, 2023) makes no mention of "feeling", "emotion", "affect", or "mood." However, according to professional literature, performers sometimes talk at length about the importance of emotions in the lessons they received from their teachers and in their careers (Menuhin, 1977). Furthermore, scientific literature identifies emotions both as a "means" and an "object of teaching" (Rickenmann & al., 2009). Finally, concepts such as "emotional competence" in psychology and "emotional work" in sociology highlight the fine entanglements between theories of action and emotion. In the second context, recent reports emphasize the school's fundamental role in transmitting a culture of equality (Haut Conseil à l'Egalité, 2026). This involves teaching specific content dedicated to gender equality rather than just ensuring equal treatment. However, curricular prescriptions remain vague. For instance, in French lessons, gender equality is not an explicit object of study but is approached indirectly through the analysis of society in specific historical periods (Ministère de l'Education nationale, 2024). Nevertheless, in situ observations reveal a broader reality: french proves to be a discipline where knowledge related to gender is effectively transmitted (Dias-Chiaruttini, 2018), particularly through the analysis of literary texts. The research questions are as follows : In terms of didactic interactions, how this un-ascertained knowledge is taught and construct? Which are genericities and specificities of these knowledge content in the two case studies ? One hypothesis is that un-ascertained knowledge, gender-based knowledge in French and emotional knowledge in music, does indeed exist and is co-constructed during ordinary teaching-learning processes. Knowledge is understood as the power to act upon one's environment. This hypothesis justifies an "bottom-up analysis" (analyse ascendante, in French) of didactic transposition: starting from effective practices to move toward the knowledge to be taught. Using Johsua’s (1998) classification of learning modes (silent learning versus formal study objects), this comparative study employs the Joint Action in Didactics (JAD) (Ligozat, 2025) as a theoretical tool. The concept of the "milieu" (Amade-Escot & Venturini, 2015) is mobilized to analyse the material, symbolic and social objects attesting to the presence of knowledge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The first context involves individual violin instruction in a music school at the end of the first cycle in individual lesson. The student, Paola, is 11 years old and has been playing 5 years of practice. The violin teacher is 40 years old and has extensive teaching experience. The lesson presented is a debriefing of the concert evaluation based on viewing the videos. The researcher participates in the lesson by asking the student questions. The second context is a 6th-grade french class in a middle school (11 years old). The class is composed of 28 students. The teacher has been personally and professionally committed to gender equality for many years. The analyzed lesson focuses on the figure of the "witch" in fairy tales. In both studies, the methodology for data collection and analysis is based on the framework of JAD (Ligozat, 2025), which emphasizes the idea that teachers and students co-construct knowledge content. This framework allows for an analysis of the "milieu" (Amade-Escot & Venturini, 2015) established by teachers' choices of "direction d’étude" (Chevallard, 1997), understood as teacher’s actions to organize and regulate student’s interactions with the “milieu”. To collect data, lessons were filmed and recorded. In addition, a secondary corpus was created consisting of semi-structured interviews with teachers and students. Data analysis was carried out using three scales, derived from JAD. These scales enable analysis of the context and curricula (macro level); the objectives, materials, and actions during the lesson (meso level); and the details of interactions and actions between teachers and students during significant episode (micro level). For each context, one significant episode is described in two different ways. In the music class, verbal interactions are described with a semiotic perspective and referred to the "saying emotion" (Micheli, 2014). This categorization could focus on a term of the emotional lexicon, on the potential physiological effects or on the cause of the emotion. The method allows the observer to infer the emotion felt by the student, starting from the verbal sign which is produced within the didactic interactions. In the french class, interactions are described with the concept of epistemic gender positioning (Verscheure et al., 2020). The aim is to measure (in)dependence regards to gender stereotypes related to knowledge content at stake. It is studied through an epistemological analysis of the lesson materials. In this study case, the figure of the witch is tackled through literary texts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The comparison of these two case studies highlights a significant genericity: un-ascertained knowledge is indeed present and constructed during lessons. However, in the absence of concrete prescriptions, the teaching methods and materials for such knowledge remain the sole responsibility of the teacher In terms of specificities, in the music context, the teacher seems to discover the work the student does on her own; nothing is explicitly designed to construct emotional knowledge. While emotions seem to be transmitted "silently" (Johsua, 1998) here, the data revealed by the student’s actions indicate they belong to "emotional knowledge," both physically (breath control) and cognitively (mental representation of an emotion). Consequently, this knowledge is clearly present here and appears to be decisive in the musicians' learning. In french classroom, gender-based knowledge is considered a "formal study object" (Johsua, 1998), organized through tasks to be performed with objectives defined by the teacher. The material and the content is chosen by the teacher, and integrated into a full lesson plan around this content. In a context of a changing society, gender equality is at the center of many debates, teachers have to rethink content they taught in class to include gender-based knowledge. Whether non-formalized by the violin teacher or formalized by the french teacher, this knowledge can be described as "un-ascertained" in the sense that it does not appear in the curricula but exists and circulates in the contexts observed. This communication opens several perspectives. The first is to examine the possibility of transforming emotional and gender-based knowledge into explicit didactic configurations. Such an ambition raises the question of mapping this knowledge in other disciplinary contexts. In the end, from a European comparative perspective, it is worth asking whether this knowledge is formalized and taught in a more structured way in other education systems. References Amade-Escot, C., & Venturini, P. (2015). Joint Action in Didactics and Classroom Ecology : Comparing Theories using a Case Study in Physical Education. Interchange, 46(4), 413 437. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10780-015-9263-5 Chevallard, Y. (1997). Familière et problématique, la figure du professeur. Recherches en Didactique des Mathématiques, 17(3), 17-54. Dias-Chiaruttini, A. (2018). De l’usage et de l’utilité de la catégorie genre en didactique du français. La Lettre de l’AIRDF, 63(1), 4–10. https://doi.org/10.3406/airdf.2018.2222 Haut conseil à l’égalité entre les hommes et les femmes. (2026). Rapport 2026 sur l’état des lieux du sexisme en France: La menace masculiniste. https://www.haut-conseil-egalite.gouv.fr/rapport-2026-sur-letat-des-lieux-du-sexisme-en-france-la-menace-masculiniste Johsua, S. (1998). Des « savoirs » et de leur étude : Vers un cadre de réflexion pour l’approche didactique. In L’année de la recherche en sciences de l’éducation (p. 79 97). Presses Universitaires de France. Kelly, G. (2014). The social bases of disciplinary knowledge and practice in productive disciplinary engagement. International Journal of Educational Research. 64. DOI:10.1016/j.ijer.2013.07.008 Ligozat, F. (2025). From the Description of Teaching and Learning in Classroom Practices to Issues in the Formation of School SubjectsThe Joint Action Framework in Didactics. In Fachlichkeit und Interaktionspraxis im Unterricht (Verlag Julius Klinkhardt). https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/epdf/10.35468/9783781561922 Menuhin, Y. (1977). Voyage inachevé. Éditions du Seuil. Micheli, R. (2014). Les émotions dans les discours. Modèle d’analyse, perspectives empiriques. De Boeck Supérieur. https://doi.org/10.3917/dbu.mchel.2014.01 Ministère de l’Education Nationale, de la Jeunesse et des Sports. (2024). Le Bulletin officiel de l’éducation nationale, de la jeunesse et des sports (No. 43). https://www.education.gouv.fr/bo/2024/Hebdo43-0 Ministère de la Culture. (2023, septembre). Bulletin officiel Hors-série n° 5 (septembre 2023). https://www.culture.gouv.fr/Espace-documentation/Bulletin-officiel/Bulletin-officiel-Hors-serie-n-5-septembre-2023 Rickenmann, R., Mili, I., & Lagier, C. (2009). La construction sociale de l’expérience esthétique. Analyse clinique de séquences d’enseignement autour du patrimoine musical et artistique. Les Dossiers des Sciences de l’Éducation, (21), 129 141. https://doi.org/10.3406/dsedu.2009.1160 Schubauer-Leoni, M. L., Leutenegger, F., Ligozat, F., & Flückiger, A. (2007). Un modèle de l’action conjointe professeur-élèves : Les phénomènes didactiques qu’il peut/doit traiter. In G. Sensevy & A. Mercier, Agir ensemble. L’action didactique conjointe du professeur et des élèves (p. 51 91). Presses Universitaires de Rennes. Verscheure, I., Amade-Escot, C., & Vinson, M. (2020). De la pertinence du concept de « positionnement de genre épistémique » pour l’analyse didactique de la fabrique des inégalités en classe. Éducation et didactique, 14(1). https://doi.org/10.4000/educationdidactique.5408 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 28 SES 13 A: Critical Edtech Research Location: Raide 3 | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Tal Carmi Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Acceleration in STEAM Education: Attention, Attentiveness and Curiosity in Human-GenAI Interaction KULeuven, Belgium Presenting Author:Policy frameworks such as the European Commission's Digital Compass for 2030 and the Flemish STEM-Agenda 2030 position education as a vehicle for preparing citizens to keep pace with rapid technological transformation. These initiatives frame digital skills as prerequisites for social inclusion, employability, and active citizenship, thereby embedding an urgency narrative within educational discourse. This paper critically examines the temporal logic underpinning STEAM education policy and investigates how learners experience attention, curiosity, and temporal rhythm when engaging with generative artificial intelligence. Drawing on Hartmut Rosa's theory of social acceleration, this study argues that the imperative to accelerate learning carries significant educational risks. Rosa identifies technological acceleration as a fundamental characteristic of modernity that alters human experience of time and produces alienation from the world. When education becomes instrumentalised to fuel innovation cycles, it risks undermining conditions necessary for meaningful learning: sustained attention, genuine curiosity, and resonant engagement. As generative AI becomes increasingly embedded in educational practice, understanding how these technologies shape learners' temporal experience and attentional capacities becomes imperative. The central question guiding this research is how learners describe and enact attention, curiosity, and slowing down when interacting with generative AI. The study develops a theoretical framework synthesising post-humanist scholarship on worldly engagement. Drawing on Anna Tsing's arts of noticing, Donna Haraway's tentacular attentiveness, Bruno Latour's actor-network sensitivity, and Tim Ingold's dwelling perspective, the framework articulates interconnected dispositions: noticing (becoming aware of previously unattended aspects), naming (the linguistic act sharpening perception), attention (focused directing of awareness), attentiveness (a disposition of openness and responsiveness), curiosity (an exploratory orientation resisting premature closure), and deliberate slowing down through sensory engagement. These concepts provide analytical resources for examining how human-AI interaction either enables or forecloses present-centred engagement with the world. The empirical component employs participatory action research to investigate how participants describe their experience of attention, curiosity, and temporal rhythm when engaging with generative AI. Through structured protocols comparing physical sensory tasks with AI-mediated activities, the study captures both participant accounts and observable interaction patterns. Video recordings enable detailed analysis of interactional rhythms—the temporal patterning of engagement, waiting, disengagement, and re-engagement that characterises human-GenAI encounters. Participant discussions provide first-person descriptions of how attention shifts, where curiosity is directed, and whether slowing down feels possible within digital interactions. Initial findings reveal a significant tension between embodied engagement and AI-mediated interaction. Participants described physical protocols as inviting sustained, curious attention, whereas GenAI interaction was characterised by what participants termed a narrowing of experience and an orientation toward output rather than process. Analysis of video recordings shows distinctive temporal patterns: physical engagement exhibited flowing, recursive rhythms, while AI interaction alternated between hasty input and passive waiting, often accompanied by visible impatience and disengagement. These preliminary observations suggest that generative AI may reproduce acceleration dynamics unless deliberately countered through pedagogical design. The paper concludes by proposing that understanding learner experience of attention, attentiveness and curiosity, offers essential insights for developing STEAM pedagogies that resist acceleration while meaningfully integrating digital technologies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs participatory action research combining theoretical exploration with iterative empirical exploration. The methodology acknowledges that attention, curiosity, and temporal experience are phenomena requiring both first-person accounts and observational analysis. Accordingly, the research design integrates participant descriptions with detailed examination of recorded interactions to understand how learners experience and enact these dispositions when engaging with generative AI. The theoretical framework emerged through systematic engagement with post-humanist and new materialist scholarship, prioritising works exploring alternative modes of worldly engagement that resist acceleration. Key sources include Tsing's arts of noticing, Haraway's tentacular thinking, Latour's actor-network methodology, Ingold's dwelling perspective, and Rosa's acceleration theory. The framework was iteratively refined through dialogue between theoretical reading and empirical insights, ensuring conceptual sensitivity to participants' lived experience. The empirical component involved a pilot study with adult participants in an experimental workshop. Two contrasting protocols were implemented: a water-tasting exercise requiring systematic sensory discrimination and vocabulary development, and an image-generation task using ChatGPT requiring iterative description and prompt refinement. These protocols were designed to elicit comparable cognitive demands—careful observation, naming, and refinement—while differing in their material and technological mediation. Data collection centred on two complementary sources. First, video recordings captured the full duration of participant interactions, enabling detailed analysis. Videos were examined for patterning: duration of active engagement, frequency and length of pauses, instances of waiting, moments of disengagement (checking phones, snacking, conversing off-task), and patterns of re-engagement. Detailed anecdotes were constructed from video segments, documenting the qualitative texture of interaction across physical and digital contexts. Second, semi-structured group discussions following each protocol invited participants to describe their experience of attention, curiosity, and slowing down in their own terms. Discussion prompts asked participants to reflect on where their attention was directed, what sparked or diminished curiosity, and how they experienced the passage of time. These first-person accounts were analysed thematically, with particular attention to how participants characterised differences between physical and AI-mediated engagement. The combination of video analysis and participant description enables triangulation between observable patterns and lived experience. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This study reveals that attention, curiosity, attentiveness,… unfold fundamentally differently when learners engage with generative AI compared to physical sensory tasks. Participant descriptions consistently characterised physical engagement as a full-body experience inviting exploratory curiosity, whereas AI interaction was described as narrowed to 'only eyes and fingers.' Participants reported that their attention during GenAI use oriented toward evaluating output adequacy—questioning whether prompts were 'good enough'—rather than remaining open to noticing and discovery. Analysis of video recordings corroborated these descriptions. Physical protocols exhibited flowing, recursive temporal patterns: participants tasted, named, retasted, and refined descriptions in continuous engagement. GenAI interaction displayed markedly different rhythms characterised by alternating phases of hasty typing and passive waiting. Despite no external time constraints, participants exhibited visible impatience during AI processing intervals—checking notifications, snacking, or disengaging entirely. One participant captured the distinction succinctly: 'Water felt like breathing. AI felt like waiting.' The rhythm of human-GenAI interaction appeared dictated by technology. These findings suggest that generative AI, as currently designed and experienced, reproduces acceleration dynamics within educational contexts. Curiosity was redirected from exploratory inquiry toward outcome optimisation; attention narrowed from embodied engagement to screen-focused cognition; temporal experience fragmented into cycles of urgency and waiting. For STEAM education, these observations underscore the need for deliberate pedagogical intervention. Future research will investigate whether sustained, thoughtfully designed protocols can cultivate alternative modes of human-AI engagement—ones enabling dwelling, curiosity, and attentiveness rather than the restless urgency currently characterising these interactions. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv12101zq Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2023). Responsibility, Privileged Irresponsibility and Response-Ability: Higher Education, Coloniality and Ecological Damage (1st ed.). Springer International Publishing AG. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-34996-6 Decuypere, M. (2019). STS in/as education: Where do we stand and what is there (still) to gain? Some outlines for a future research agenda. Discourse, 40(1), 136–145. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2018.1549709 Decuypere, M., & Simons, M. (2016). On the critical potential of sociomaterial approaches in education. Teoría de La Educación, 28(1), 25–44. https://doi.org/10.14201/teoredu20162812544 Despret, V. (2013). Responding Bodies and Partial Affinities in Human–Animal Worlds. Theory Culture & Society, 30(7–8), 51–76. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276413496852 Despret, V. (2016a). What would animals say if we asked the right questions? (B. Buchanan, Trans.). Minneapolis, MN, London: University of Minnesota Press. Despret, V., & Meuret, M. (2016b). Cosmoecological sheep and the arts of living on a damaged planet. Environmental Humanities, 8(1), 24–36. https://doi.org/10.1215/22011919-3527704 European Commission. (2000). A Memorandum on Lifelong Learning. https://www.uil.unesco.org/sites/default/files/medias/fichiers/2023/05/european-communities-a-memorandum-on-lifelong-learning.pdf European Commission. (2021). 2030 Digital Compass: the European way for the Digital Decade. European Parliament. (2025, 3 maart). Growing focus on digital skills. Epthinktank. https://epthinktank.eu/2025/03/04/growing-focus-on-digital-skills/ Fenwick, T., & Edwards, R. (2014). Networks of knowledge, matters of learning, and criticality in higher education. Higher Education, 67(1), 35–50. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-013-9639-3 Ingold, T. (2017). Anthropology and/as education. Routledge, London, UK. Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the social: An introduction to actor-network theory. Oxford University Press Latour, B. (2018). Down to Earth: Politics in the New Climatic Regime. In Anthropological Quarterly (Vol. 93, Issue 2). Polity Press. https://doi.org/10.1353/ANQ.2020.0036 Latour, B. (2018b). Down to Earth, Politics in the New Climatic Regime. Polity. Merewether, J., Gobby, B. & Blaise, M. (2022) Common Worlds Justice in Post-Anthropocentric Education: Attuning to the More-Than-Human through Walking with Sound and Smell, Equity & Excellence in Education, 55:3, 203-216, DOI:10.1080/10665684.2022.2131198 10.1080/00131857.2020.1835646 Stengers, I. (2015). In Catastrophic Times: Resisting the Coming Barbarism. Open Humanities Press. https://doi.org/10.14619/016 Tsing, A. (2011). Arts of inclusion, or, how to love a mushroom. Australian Humanities Review, 50(1). https://doi.org/10.22459/AHR.50.2011.01 Thompson, T.L. (2012) I’m deleting as fast as I can: negotiating learning practices in cyberspace, Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 20:1, 93-112, DOI:10.1080/14681366.2012.649417 Tsing, A. (2011). Arts of inclusion, or, how to love a mushroom. Australian Humanities Review, 50(1). https://doi.org/10.22459/AHR.50.2011.01 van Dooren, T., Kirksey, E., & Münster, U. (2016). Multispecies studies: Cultivating arts of attentiveness. Environmental Humanities, 8(1), 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1215/22011919-3527695 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Unpacking the “Machineries of Knowing” about Student Performance: Insights from an AI Edtech Startup Ethnography Carl von Ossietzky University Oldenburg, Germany Presenting Author:With the digitalisation boost brought by the COVID-19 pandemic and the rise of generative artificial intelligence (genAI) in education and schooling, the question of who produces knowledge in schools becomes more complex and ambiguous to answer. As critical studies of educational technologies (edtech) have pointed out, private and profit-driven actors such as Big Tech, edtech producers, and intermediaries play an important role in the discourses about the goals and futures of education (Hartong, 2016; Joecks, 2024; Kerssens & van Dijck, 2021; Williamson, 2022). With the growing implementation of digital infrastructures in schools, their influence on what is being taught and how, on how knowledge is being presented and structured, and on how learning outcomes and processes are to be assessed, is growing rapidly. In the European context, the edtech ecosystem is not only producing technology and knowledge. It is also lobbying for European standards, interoperability, and evidence based impact of edtech, as the European EdTech Alliance claims (2025), therefor actively influencing digital infrastructures and policy-making in education. Especially with the genAI boom, new public-private partnerships and genAI education projects have developed, with Big Tech and genAI companies cooperating with public education actors in Europe (e.g. for the Netherlands, see Dingemanse, 2025; for Estonia see OpenAI, 2025) and a big wave of new genAI startups flooding the European edtech market. The companies creating genAI-driven edtech products promise to make teachers life easier and workload bearable through the use of genAI. This becomes especially visible when we look at genAI-powered grading and feedback tools which promise, e.g. to ‘make more time for what really counts’, ‘individualising learning’ and ‘erasing the human bias’ by automating assessment processes. Researching how, by whom, and especially under which prerogatives edtech is being built, can be one way to untangle the complex dynamics of ever-changing knowledge-making processes in education. Drawing on Science and Technology Studies (STS), in particular the approach of ‘epistemic cultures’ as introduced by the scholar Karin Knorr Cetina (1999, 2007), this contribution seeks to investigate “machineries of knowing” (Knorr Cetina 2007, p. 363) by investigating the practices and cultures present in knowledge creation, i.e. focussing on “the construction of the machineries of knowledge construction” (ibid, p. 363). When it comes to genAI assessment tools, this perspective opens up the debate about how genAI grading technologies seek to create knowledge about student performance, by examining what practices bring these technologies into being and which socially negotiated ideas about learning and teaching play a part in their genesis. As edtech companies become more influential knowledge-producing actors in educational settings, it is important to have a closer look at the production processes, to uncover why some pedagogical approaches prevail over others when edtech is being made. With this in mind, my contribution asks: What “machineries of knowledge construction” are present in the making of genAI-based educational technologies that aim to digitally enhance the pedagogical practice of grading? And which “machineries of knowing” are creating are these machineries? To answer these research questions, my study looks at this phenomenon through an ethnographic case study of an edtech startup in Germany, analysing it in the bigger context of the German and European edtech startup ecosystem. In doing so, my contribution will be taking a critical perspective on edtech. It will be focussing on overarching systemic and social dynamics, with a sensitivity for sociotechnical entanglements and a scepticism for data-driven practices and paradigms as present in the field of Critical Data Studies. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used I present the results of a media ethnographic study at a Berlin-based edtech startup that develops a genAI-supported grading tool for teachers. From May 2024 to March 2025, I critically followed and observed the startup and its key players, decision-making practices, and the edtech ecosystem in which it is embedded, applying a multi-sited ethnographic approach (Marcus, 1995). Starting out as an observer and later on becoming an active member of the startup, I collected over 350 pages of ethnographic fieldnotes, 8 interviews with the startup team and players within the edtech ecosystem, as well as pictures, screenshots, press releases, social media posts, videos, audio tape, software code, chat protocols, and physical material. My analysis of the material is based on grounded theory (Charmaz, 2012) and follows the approach of ‘biographies of artifacts and principles’ from STS (Hyysalo et al., 2019). Selected interview vignettes and ‘rich points’ in the ethnographic material (Agar, 1996) are intended to show how the startup develops the grading software and how, within this complex sociotechnical process of ‘making edtech’, the machineries of knowing about student performance become visible. This qualitative ethnographic approach allows me to research organizational and conceptual practices at the macro and meso level ‘in situ’, i.e. in the very moment in which they occur. So far, only very few critical studies have been looking at pedagogical production decisions and processes that constitute the genesis of edtech products. With the exception of an ethnographic study at an educational publishing house by Felicitas Macgilchrist (e.g. 2019), most of them are using reconstructive methods such as interviews with software developers and edtech entrepreneurs (Ideland, 2021; Troeger et al., 2023) or report about co-designing projects (e.g. Brandau & Hartong, 2025; Hughes, 2019; Raffel et al., 2022; Sperling et al., 2024; Whitman, 2020), which are (desirable, yet rare) exceptions from the economic and mostly profit-driven context in which edtech products are usually created. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings My preliminary analysis unpacks the “machineries of knowing” (Knorr Cetina 2007, p. 363) in two steps. First of all, I address the ‘machineries of knowledge construction’ present in my case study. In the case of genAI grading tools, those ‘machineries’ are created in order to construct knowledge about student performance, both through immediate assessment and grading, and through a comparison of student performance within the technology. This knowledge creation is made possible by automating the established grading grid practice, inspired by curricular competencies and driven by a positivist onto-epistemology about student assessment and the belief that data are naturally unpolitical and neutral. Second, looking closer at ‘the construction of’ these machineries, three phases can be identified. In the first phase, different assessment approaches are being traded off against each other. Criteria of easy implementation, acceptance and establishment amongst teachers, and reliability of the technological approach in comparison with that of other competitors are leading the decision-making. Then, the chosen approach of the grading grid is being realized, with an AI algorithm giving recommendations for assessment criteria. In the third phase, curricular competencies are being implemented into the recommendation system by scraping federal school curricula. Also, it is important to note that the machineries in this case are mainly constructed by software engineers, instead of educators, who only sporadically play a consultation role in the production process. This means that translation practices between pedagogical constructs and algorithmic logics are omnipresent, with competing ontologies and epistemological approaches constantly creating frictions and fractions in the making of the technology. Untangling these processes and practices helps to understand how and why the technologies that already make their way into European classrooms are being built in a way that often favours traditional and established understandings of learning and assessment. References Agar, M. (1996). The professional stranger: An informal introduction to ethnography. Academic Press. Brandau, N., & Hartong, S. (2025). Visualising the school. Discourse, 46(3), 307–323. Charmaz, K. (2012). The Power and Potential of Grounded Theory. Medical Sociology Online, 6(3), 2–15. Dingemanse, M. (2025, July 4). Nee tegen de voorgestelde CAO universiteiten. Neerlandistiek. https://neerlandistiek.nl/2025/07/nee-tegen-de-voorgestelde-cao-universiteiten/ European EdTech Alliance. (2025). Connecting the European EdTech Ecosystem. https://www.edtecheurope.org Hartong, S. (2016). Between assessments, digital technologies and big data. EERJ, 15(5), 523–536. Hughes, J. E. (2019). Learning across Boundaries: Educator and Startup Involvement in the Educational Technology Innovation Ecosystem. CITE Journal, 19(1), 62–96. Hyysalo, S., Pollock, N., & Williams, R. A. (2019). Method Matters in the Social Study of Technology: Investigating the Biographies of Artifacts and Practices. Science & Technology Studies, 32(3), Article 3. Ideland, M. (2021). Google and the end of the teacher? Learning, Media and Technology (LMT), 46(1), 33–46. Jasanoff, S. (2004). States of Knowledge. Routledge. Joecks, L. (2024). Exploring the intermediary role of ed-tech consulting in Germany. Research in Education, 120(1), 14–34. Kerssens, N., & van Dijck, J. (2021). The platformization of primary education in The Netherlands. LMT, 46(3), 250–263. Knorr Cetina, K. (1999). Epistemic Cultures: How the Sciences Make Knowledge. Harvard University Press. Knorr Cetina, K. (2007). Culture in global knowledge societies: Knowledge cultures and epistemic cultures. Interdisciplinary Science Reviews, 32(4), 361–375. Macgilchrist, F. (2019). Cruel optimism in edtech. LMT, 44(1), 77–86. Marcus, G. E. (1995). Ethnography in/of the World System: The Emergence of Multi-Sited Ethnography. Annual Review of Anthropology, 24, 95–117. OpenAI. (2025, February 25). Estonia and OpenAI to bring ChatGPT to schools nationwide. OpenAI News Blog. https://openai.com/index/estonia-schools-and-chatgpt/ Raffel, L., Metscher, J., & Richter, C. (2022). Designbasierte Forschung und technologische Entwicklung—Spannungsfelder und Lernerfahrungen. Waxmann. Sperling, K., Stenliden, L., Nissen, J., & Heintz, F. (2024). Behind the Scenes of Co-designing AI and LA in K-12 Education. Postdigital Science and Education, 6(1), 321–341. Troeger, J., Zakharova, I., Macgilchrist, F., & Jarke, J. (2023). Digital ist besser!? – Wie Software das Verständnis von guter Schule neu definiert. In Bock, Annekatrin et al. (Eds), Die datafizierte Schule (pp. 93–129). Springer VS. Whitman, M. (2020). “We called that a behavior”: The making of institutional data. Big Data & Society, 7(1). Williamson, B. (2022). Big EdTech. LMT, 47(2), 157–162. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 28 SES 13 B: Assessment: From Local to Global Location: Jumbo |HoteI Torni| Session Chair: Adriana Albuquerque Paper Session |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Listening to Student Voices to Understand How Structural Aspects of Schooling Systems Shape Student–Teacher Relationships: The Role of Assessment University of Southampton, United Kingdom Presenting Author:Drawing from the findings of my PhD research, I aim to highlight how listening to students’ voices about student–teacher relationships, as a complex phenomenon embedded in education systems, can help us understand structural challenges to students’ experiences in school. The research presented is an interview-based study aimed at understanding how secondary school students in Italy make sense of their relationship with teachers and how these understandings influence their school experiences. I will focus on key findings related to the first research question: how does the relationship with teachers influence adolescents’ relationship with school? Research on students’ school experiences has long demonstrated the centrality of STR in students’ lives. Students’ perceptions are crucial, as their (self-)perception and behaviours are often in reaction to how they feel treated by teachers (Chandra Handa, 2020; Davis, 2003). I conceive student-teacher relationships (STR) as a dynamic, affective and dialogic relationship between individual students and teachers emerging from their reciprocal (re)actions in the specific physical, social and ideological setting of the school. This conceptualisation is informed by the student voice dialogic idea of STR (Bourke and Loveridge, 2018; Cook-Sather, 2002) and the interactionist notions that students experience and make sense of their schooling through their interactions with teachers as they translate policies and discourses into practice (Woods, 1978). I will focus on findings relating to assessment, as they can best show how different structural, discursive, and affective aspects of schooling interact in shaping students’ experiences and perceptions of STRs. In doing so, I will touch on other elements that emerged as central to the experiences of STRs, such as workload, ideas of teachers’ role and professional skills, teachers’ attitudes and mindsets, perceived differential treatment, and targeting. Assessment is a multidimensional activity, involving social, historical, discourse and individual factors, through which teachers mediate students’ experiences of school. Through assessment, teachers convey messages about ideas of teaching and learning. Over time, these experiences not only contribute to their understanding of assessment itself but also influence their well-being at school and their learning identity (Baidoo-Anu et al., 2025). International studies show that teachers struggle to reconcile recent national mandates of formative assessment with demands for accountability that favour traditions of summative assessment (Baidoo-Anu et al., 2025; Bonner, 2016). This gap is reflected in a misalignment between students' and teachers’ reported conception of assessment: teachers tend to view assessment as a reliable support for teaching, while students see it mainly as a tool for accountability, often detrimental to their learning (Baidoo-Anu et al., 2025). Through examples from my research in the Italian context, I show how students' experiences around assessment amid unclear and conflicting policies, coupled with neoliberal discourse of merit, can become pervasive in STR. These findings have implications for other national contexts as they highlight the need to investigate how influence not only individual actions and experiences, but also relationships in school. In Italy, the lack of a clear institutional vision for education has favoured the persistence of the traditional modes of teaching and learning, including in assessment. Teachers are asked to balance between formative and summative assessment, focusing on pupils’ learning processes as well as on their performance and behaviour. However, no clear guidance is provided to secondary school teachers, who still have to mark students’ performance on a numerical scale. Under these conditions, teachers, who have full autonomy and responsibility for daily, periodic, and final assessment, have fostered a summative tradition (Pastore, 2024). This effect students who need to maintain a passing mark in all subjects to progress to the next grade and have to cope with ideas of academic merit linked to high marks. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study involved interviews with students and teachers, following the student voice principle of engaging in a dialogue with students as co-actors in shaping the school context, whose ideas are legitimate and to be respected, alongside those of teachers (Bourke and Loveridge, 2018; Cook-Sather, 2002). A total of 42 in-depth semi-structured interviews were conducted both online and in-person, between January and April 2025, with 11 third-year middle school students (ages from 14 to 16), 16 first to third-year high school students (ages from 15 to 17), and 15 teachers with experience in teaching at the middle school level. Participants were asked to complete a blank classroom diagram as part of the interview process, with questions that required them to place their teachers/students, themselves, and other classroom actors on the diagram. The diagram was inspired by mapping tasks used in social and cultural geography and social and psychological research grounded in a socio-spatial framework and relational diagrams, used in network research (Donnelly, Gamsu and Whewall, 2020; Umoquit et al., 2008). Instead of a geographical map in the strict terms, the blank classroom diagram task asked participants to trace their perceived social space of a small context – their classroom - and the relationships in it by positioning different actors, themselves included. Framing the relationships system in context, the diagram allows for mediating abstraction and situatedness, as participants represent relationships and dynamics that are meaningful to them within the context in which they exist. Student voice practitioners warn against the risk of falling into the trap of tokenism and the challenges of finding ways to let students have an active role in guiding the interpretation, while retaining some interpretative power (Cook-Sather, 2002). For this reason, critical reflexivity has been an integral and overarching part of the research design, from the planning stages to the analysis of the data following the principles of reflexive thematic analysis. In addition, but two focus groups with volunteer student participants were conducted in late May 2025 as a way to establish a dialogue between them, the researchers and the ongoing analysis. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Initial results of the reflexive thematic analysis have shown that assessment is crucial to students’ experiences of STRs, to the point of being one of the main criteria in making sense of it. Student participants understand assessment in terms of grading, a fact that could be due to teachers’ summative forms of assessment. Students have highlighted fair grading as a key skill in teachers they like. ‘Keeping marks low’ or ‘being too lax with marks’ are perceived as symptoms of a teacher who is not competent enough. However, raising marks when it could help students reach a desired average or a passing mark is viewed as caring for students. This is particularly relevant to the passing mark since not reaching it can have serious implications in the long run, like preventing grade progression. Being held back is associated with social stigmas of being a failure in school, which, in turn, can lead a student to withdraw and disengage. In addition, student participants who had been held back reported feeling misjudged and targeted as low-effort students by some teachers, who give them low marks regardless of their effort. Other students talked about similar issues in relation to teachers forming opinions on students based on the first mark of the year, which then affects how they are graded throughout the term. Lastly, many among high schoolers accuse teachers of only focusing on teaching and assessment in their subject and not understanding generalised struggles to cope with the demands of a variable number of tests, excessive workload, and the need to maintain a passing mark. The study presented does not specifically explore the experiences of race, sexuality, gender identity, migratory and socioeconomic background of students in relation to STRs within school systems. Future studies should explore how intersectionality contributes to the issues presented. References Baidoo-Anu, D. et al. (2025) 'Conceptions of classroom assessment and approaches to grading: teachers’ and students’ perspectives', Education Inquiry, 16(3), pp. 411-39. Available at: 10.1080/20004508.2023.2244136 Bonner, S.M. (2016) 'Teachers' perceptions about assessment: Competing narratives', Handbook of human and social conditions in assessment, pp. 21-39, Bourke, R. and Loveridge, J. (eds.) (2018) Radical Collegiality Through Student Voice: Educational Experience, Policy and Practice. Singapore: Springer Singapore Pte. Limited. Chandra Handa, M. (2020) 'Examining Students’ and Teachers’ Perceptions of Differentiated Practices, Student Engagement, and Teacher Qualities', Journal of Advanced Academics, 31(4), pp. 530-68. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1177/1932202X20931457 Cook-Sather, A. (2002) 'Authorizing Students’ Perspectives: Toward Trust, Dialogue, and Change in Education', Educational Researcher, 31(4), pp. 3-14. Available at: https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X031004003 Davis, H.A. (2003) 'Conceptualizing the Role and Influence of Student-Teacher Relationships on Children's Social and Cognitive Development', Educational Psychologist, 38, pp. 207 - 34. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1207/S15326985EP3804_2 Donnelly, M., Gamsu, S. and Whewall, S. (2020) 'Mapping the relational construction of people and places', International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 23(1), pp. 91-108. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2019.1672284 Mainhard, T. et al. (2018) 'Student emotions in class: The relative importance of teachers and their interpersonal relations with students', Learning and Instruction, 53, pp. 109-19. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2017.07.011 Pastore, S. (2024) 'Institutionalising formative assessment through school reform: when educational policy and teacher education are misaligned', Cogent Education, 11(1), p. 2428075. Available at: 10.1080/2331186X.2024.2428075 Rudduck, J. and McIntyre, D. (2007) Improving learning through consulting pupils. London: Routledge. Umoquit, M.J. et al. (2008) 'The efficiency and effectiveness of utilizing diagrams in interviews: an assessment of participatory diagramming and graphic elicitation', BMC Medical Research Methodology, 8(1), p. 53. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-8-53 Wenham, L. (2021) Misunderstood, Misinterpreted and Mismanaged. Oxford, United Kingdom: Peter Lang Verlag. Voices of Students marginalised in a Secondary School. Woods, P. (1978) 'Relating to Schoolwork: some pupil perceptions', Educational Review, 30(2), pp. 167-75. Available at: https://doi.org/10.1080/0013191780300210 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper The Development of Reading Comprehension and Credibility Evaluation Skills in Classes With a Special Emphasis 1: University of Turku, Finland; 2: Tampere Universities, Finland Presenting Author:The Finnish education system has long been viewed as egalitarian. Most students attend a nearby comprehensive school operated by the municipality, and all schools follow the same national curriculum (Opetushallitus, 2014). However, in highly populated urban municipalities, schools may organize emphasized teaching on certain subjects. Students participating in emphasized teaching are generally grouped into so-called classes with special emphasis. These classes use entrance exams to select students with the “propensity” to do well in the emphasized subject (PL 1998/628, 28 §). In practice, these classes tend to select for academically gifted students from families with a high socioeconomic status, even if the explicit goal of them is not formal ability grouping (Berisha & Seppänen, 2017, Kantasalmi & Kupiainen; Koivuhovi, 2021; Kosunen, 2016). Students studying in a class with a special emphasis generally perform better academically than their peers in general classes (Kantasalmi & Kupiainen, 2021; Koivuhovi et al., 2025). This is at least partly attributable to the selective nature of these classes. The socioeconomic status of the family is also correlated with better academic performance (Eriksson et al, 2021). While previous research seemed to indicate (Koivuhovi ym., 2021), that most of the performance advantage is due to the aforementioned selection effects, Koivuhovi et al (2025) found that even when controlling for socioeconomic status, students in classes with special emphasis performed better than their general class counterparts. It’s possible that the homogeneity of the class could lead to faster development of academic skills, if, for example, the teacher is able to introduce more challenging content (Mazenod ym., 2019). Previous research on classes with a special emphasis has used many different cognitive measures (Koivuhovi ym., 2021; Koivuhovi ym., 2025). However, relatively little research on literacy in classes with a special emphasis exists to date. The modern information environment presents a challenge for reading comprehension and credibility evaluation. The literacy skills of Finnish students have been on the decline for a while now, and especially the number of low performing students has increased (Hiltunen et al., 2023). The best performing students’ literacy has declined slightly as well, but the gap between the best and the worst performing students has widened. If classes with special emphasis provide additional advantages to students beyond the effects of having a high socioeconomic status, they could lead to diverging school paths and widening of the gap in literacy skills in Finnish cities. Beyond the specific context of Finnish classes with a special emphasis, the results of this research could provide insight into the impact of school choice across education systems. We sought out to investigate whether students studying in a class with a special emphasis had a higher initial level and faster development of reading comprehension and credibility evaluation. We controlled for students’ socioeconomic status, gender and migrant background, since they are important predictors of literacy performance (Eriksson et al., 2021; Hiltunen et al., 2023; Pulkkinen ym., 2024). We expect students studying in a class with a special emphasis to perform better at the initial level and experience faster development on both measures. However, after controlling for socioeconomic status, we expect the difference to decrease or disappear entirely (Koivuhovi ym., 2021; Koivuhovi ym., 2025). To answer the research question, we employed multigroup latent growth curve models. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In total, 1457 students from thirty-five schools in a large city in Finland took part in the study. 1055 of them were students of general classes and 340 studied in a class with a special emphasis. We excluded students in special education classes and students, who participated in only a single measurement. The total sample analysed included 878 students studying in a general class and 296 studying in a class with a special emphasis. Data was collected on the sixth, seventh and eighth grade. The data collection was carried out by a multidisciplinary consortium. Measures used in this study included a reading comprehension task and a credibility evaluation task. In the reading comprehension task, students read a 231-word factual text about food production and school lunches. Under the text, they were presented with twelve claims about the text. Students assessed whether the claims were true or false, and when true, whether the claim described a central idea of the text or a detail of the text. In the credibility evaluation task students were presented with a search engine graphic user interface with four search results. Students assessed the genre of these results (based on the short description and url presented in the graphic user interface), and which of the results they deemed most trustworthy. In terms of socioeconomic status, students were categorized into high socioeconomic status and not high socioeconomic status. The gender variable was binary as well (boy or girl). Migrant background was categorized into first, second and 2.5th- generation migrants according to Rumbaut (2004) classification. We employed linear multigroup latent growth curve models using Mplus 8.6- software. Missing values were handled with the full information maximum likelihood method (Muthén & Muthén, 1998–2017). Models were grouped into classes with a special emphasis and general classes to investigate the impact of control variables in both class types. Comparisons between class types were done by comparing standardized bootstrapped (1000 rounds) 95th percentile confidence intervals. Separate models were built for each migrant background group to deal with multicollinearity. We did not report the results of students with a migrant background studying in a class with special emphasis, as some of the subgroups were small enough to threaten students’ anonymity. Suitable values for model fit were determined to be χ2 >0,05; CFI/TLI > 0,95; RMSEA/SRMR < 0,05 (Felt ym., 2017). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings All models fit the sample well. In the initial level of reading comprehension, there was no difference between the class types after controlling for socioeconomic status. Socioeconomic status predicted five to seven percentile difference at the initial measure, depending on the model, for both class types. Students in general classes did not improve their scores throughout the study. In classes with a special emphasis however, boys performed worse in subsequent measurements, while girls improved their performance. In the initial measurement, there were no gender differences in classes with a special emphasis. In general classes, there was a gender difference favouring girls at the initial measurement, but no gender differences were observed in the development of reading comprehension. In credibility evaluation, no difference was observed between the class types at the initial level after controlling for socioeconomic status. No statistically significant change occurred in either class type. Socioeconomic status predicted approximately 8-10 percentile difference at the initial level of credibility evaluation in general classes and 8-12 percentile difference in classes with a special emphasis. As in some previous research, most of the difference in performance between the class types was attributable to selection effects (Koivuhovi ym., 2021). When control variables were included, there was little difference between the class types aside from gender differences. It’s curious that no students (aside from girls in classes with a special emphasis) had an increase in performance, as the test used was identical in each measure. We interpret this to indicate that perhaps test motivation at subsequent measures was low. Further research is needed on the interaction of gender and class type. While this paper’s direct implications are to education in urban Finland, the results add to the body of research concerning the impact of school choice, extending the impact to international contexts as well. References Berisha, A.-K., & Seppänen, P. (2017). Pupil selection segments urban comprehensive schooling in Finland: composition of school classes in pupils’ school performance, gender, and ethnicity. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 61(2), 240–254. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2015.1120235 Eduskunta. (1998). Perusopetuslaki (628, elokuu 21, 1998). https://finlex.fi/eli?uri=http://data.finlex.fi/eli/sd/1998/628/ajantasa/2025-01-17/fin Eriksson, K., Lindvall, J., Helenius, O., & Ryve, A. (2021). Socioeconomic Status as a Multidimensional Predictor of Student Achievement in 77 Societies. Frontiers in Education (Lausanne), 6. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.731634 Felt, J. M., Depaoli, S., & Tiemensma, J. (2017). Latent Growth Curve Models for Biomarkers of the Stress Response. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 11, 315–315. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnins.2017.00315 Hiltunen, J., Ahonen, A., Hienonen, N., Kauppinen, H., Kotila., J., Lehtola, P., Leino, K., Lintuvuori, M., Nissinen, K., Puhakka, E., Sirén, M., Vainikainen, M.-P. & Vettenranta, J.(2023). PISA 2022 ensituloksia. Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriön julkaisuja 2023:49. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-263-949-3 Kantasalmi, K. & Kupiainen, S. (2021). Classes with selective intake in Finnish Comprehensive School: A Problem of Societally Equal Opportunity for Schooling or a Boost for Learning and Equity in Pedagogical arrangements? International journal of education research 109, 101857. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2021.101857 Koivuhovi, S. (2021). Studying in a class with a special emphasis. Changes in children’s competence beliefs and mathematical thinking skills and the role of social comparisons. (Helsinki Studies in Education, 114) [väitöskirja, Helsingin yliopisto]. Helda Helsingin yliopiston julkaisuarkisto. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-51-7354-6 Koivuhovi, S., Jung, A., Kilpi-Jakonen, E., Little, T. D., & Vainikainen, M.-P. (2025). Influence of track placement and teachers’ perceptions of children’s academic schoolwork skills on the development of children’s motivational self-beliefs and achievement. Teaching and Teacher Education, 153, 104847-. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2024.104847 Koivuhovi, S., Vainikainen, M.-P. & Kalalahti, M. (2021). Oppilaiden matemaattisten ajattelutaitojen ja matemaattisen minäkäsityksen kehitys painotetun ja yleisopetuksen luokilla neljänneltä luokalta kuudennelle. Kasvatus, 52(1), 22–36. https://doi.org/10.33348/kvt.107962 Kosunen, S. (2016). Families and the Social Space of School Choice in Urban Finland. (Institute of Behavioural Sciences, Studies in Educational Sciences, 267) [väitöskirja, Helsingin yliopisto]. Helda Helsingin yliopiston julkaisuarkisto. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-51-0322-2 Mazenod, A., Francis, B., Archer, L., Hodgen, J., Taylor, B., Tereshchenko, A., & Pepper, D. (2019). Nurturing learning or encouraging dependency? Teacher constructions of students in lower attainment groups in English secondary schools. Cambridge Journal of Education, 49(1), 53–68. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2018.1441372 Opetushallitus (2014). Perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteet. https://www.oph.fi/fi/koulutus-ja-tutkinnot/perusopetuksen-opetussuunnitelman-perusteet [Haettu 04.06.2025] Rumbaut, R. G. (2004). Ages, Life Stages, and Generational Cohorts: Decomposing the Immigrant First and Second Generations in the United States. The International Migration Review, 38(3), 1160–1205. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1747-7379.2004.tb00232.x 28. Sociologies of Education
Paper Translation and Mediatization of Educational Assessment Results, and the Public Perception of What Constitutes a Good School ELTE University Budapest, HUngary, Hungary Presenting Author:This paper discusses how data originating from the yearly National Assessment of Basic Competences (NABC), a system-wide, PISA-like student assessment in Hungary, are translated into public discourse in the form of school league tables, and how this shapes public understandings of educational quality. The NABC includes background questionnaires and allows longitudinal analyses; sociologists and economists have extensively used these datasets to demonstrate the strong predictability of achievement by social background and the stratified nature of the school system. However, public interpretations tend to rely on much more simplified readings of performance indicators, and this has serious consequences for the further stratification of the education system. Parents rarely use the original databases: performance data reach them through various mediations and translation processes. One of the most influential of these is the annual “Best Hundred Secondary Schools” ranking published by a major national media outlet. The ranking aggregates seven indicators (standardised test results from the NABC, school-leaving examinations, and higher education admission outcomes) into a single composite index and produces a highly visible league table of schools. The list attracts wide public attention, and its top positions are widely perceived as representing the “best” or “top” schools. Besides the analysis of how complex assessment data are translated into simplified public knowledge through rankings and league tables, the main research question of the paper concerns how parents interpret these data and how this contributes to the legitimisation of social selection in education. Furthermore, alongside scrutinising the translation of a multidimensional dataset into an easily communicable one-dimensional league table, the paper also presents cases in which educational researchers attempted to draw public attention to dimensions that remain hidden in pure league tables. Two such cases — an alternative ranking based on pedagogical added value and another highlighting the correlation between students’ socio-economic background and their performance — and the public reactions to these alternatives are analysed. The theoretical framework draws on sociological approaches inspired by the work of Alain Desrosières on the social nature of statistics and indicators (Desrosières, 1998), as well as on the literature on quantification and the role of PISA in educational governance (Sellar-Lingard, 2014), governance by numbers (Grek, 2009) and performativity (Ball, 2003). These approaches treat data and indicators not as neutral or purely technical representations but as social constructions that actively shape reality by defining what counts as quality, success, and legitimacy. The Hungarian case is interpreted in a broader European and international context shaped by PISA and transnational benchmarking. Large-scale comparative assessments have successfully challenged earlier national myths of educational excellence and strengthened evidence-based public debate. At the same time, the growing dominance of numerical indicators tends to narrow public understandings of educational quality and to reinforce market-like logics of comparison and competition. The paper thus connects local empirical material to wider sociological debates on datafication and changing modes of governing education. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The presentation is based, on the one hand, on the secondary analysis of the league table published as the “Best Hundred Secondary Schools”. This includes an analysis of the methodology, indicators, and aggregation logic of the ranking to reconstruct how heterogeneous data sources are transformed into a single hierarchical index and how methodological simplifications are masked in public communication. This is complemented by a theoretically informed qualitative document and discourse analysis of the public and expert debates surrounding the ranking. The analysis covers newspaper articles, online platforms, editorials, and promotional materials related both to the “Best Hundred Secondary Schools” publication and to the alternative rankings proposed by educational researchers. The aim is to examine how the ranking circulates in public discourse, how the category of the “top school” becomes stabilised, and how the social selection embedded in gross ranking figures remains hidden or becomes legitimised. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The paper argues that mediated school rankings function as powerful instruments of governance by numbers: they translate complex assessment data into easily consumable, apparently objective knowledge that strongly shapes public judgement and parental action. The analysis suggests that rankings reinforce competition for access to elite institutions and strengthen social closure by legitimising existing hierarchies as meritocratic outcomes. Although educational researchers repeatedly draw attention to contextual effects, socio-economic background, and pedagogical added value, these more complex interpretations rarely penetrate public discourse dominated by rankings. By treating data as socially constructed rather than neutral, the paper contributes to sociological understandings of how quantification reshapes educational fields, knowledge hierarchies, and inequality dynamics. It also raises questions about the possibilities and limits of sociological intervention in public debates increasingly structured by numerical indicators. References Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215–228. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093022000043065 Desrosières, A (1998) The Politics of Large Numbers. Cambridge, MA and London: Harvard University Press. Grek, S 2009, 'Governing by Numbers: The PISA ‘Effect’ in Europe', Journal of Education Policy, vol. 24, no. 1, pp. 23-37. https://doi.org/10.1080/0268093080241266 Sellar, S., & Lingard, B. (2014). The OECD and the expansion of PISA: new global modes of governance in education. British Educational Research Journal, 40(6), 917–936. http://www.jstor.org/stable/43297629 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 28 SES 13 C: Paradoxes of Privatisation: European Education in an Age of Geopolitical Unrest Location: Raide 1| Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Eszter Neumann Symposium |
|
|
28. Sociologies of Education
Symposium Paradoxes of Privatisation: European Education in an Age of Geopolitical Unrest Education systems have long been recognized as key drivers in shaping national economies and identities. Up through the 19th and 20th centuries, formal education served as a key lever for aligning people’s knowledge, identities, and emotions with the boundaries and needs of nation states (Harp, 1998). In more recent history, however, education has increasingly been consigned a central role in a transnational push toward constructing a global knowledge economy (Ball, 2012; Lawn & Grek, 2012). This has unsettled the sovereignty of nation-states in two interrelated ways. First, the transnational turn has galvanized the emergence of global and regional structures which, through mechanisms of competition and learning, have challenged conventional assumptions of states’ control over education (Martens et al., 2014). Second, the development hasled to an increased involvement of private actors whose services now form a vital part of the infrastructures upon which education systems operate. As a result, the governance of education now involves a plethora of private organizations, consultancies, tech platforms, international networks, and new financial markets, all of which have been a part of making education systems more networked, collaborative, competitive, streamlined, and international (Cone & Brøgger, 2020). Yet the concurrent processes of internationalization and privatization have also made educational institutions vulnerable as the Western world's purported liberal values and soft power begin to falter. During the last decade, many of the organizing principles and values guiding the turn toward global cooperation and competitiveness in education have been put under pressure by an upsurge of authoritarian politics and rising fascisms (Geiselberger, 2017; Giudici, 2021). Emerging security concerns and nationalist-populist movements have put education at the forefront of European and national foreign politics, dragging it into the center of ongoing culture wars. This shift has perhaps been most saliently felt – though not exclusively – in the strategies and discourses of parties belonging to what was formerly considered the political mainstream speaking to the need to renationalize education, control academic institutions, and censor or direct educational content. As the relationship between education and nationalism (re)emerges as an object of political concern, many of the fundamental assumptions underpinning the contemporary development of education governance are put under severe pressure. Europe provides a profound case to witness the implications of the ongoing slide toward different forms of nationalism, xenophobia, and populist authoritarianisms in systems characterized by high levels of internationalization, different forms of privatization, and decades of liberal reforms (Bromley et al., 2023). This symposium sets out to gather an assembly of critical perspectives on the implications of (re-)politicizing European education in privatized environments of public sector governance. Concretely, the symposium will bring together three different papers that in different ways speak to the complex links between political trends of exclusionary politics and education governance. Paper 1, by Francesca Peruzzo, explores the growing role of private actors in the governance of disability in education. Drawing on the notion of soft privatization, the paper discusses how post-welfare governance in England produces new forms of vulnerability and dependence on private infrastructures that are then mobilized to nurture new forms of exclusion. Paper 2, by Simona Szakacs-Behling and Elena Negrea-Busuioc, explores the homeschooling politics of Romanian public education figure Cristela Georgescu, discussing how her arguments frame alternative education formats as solutions to the perceived failures of the liberal‑democratic state. Extending the interest in new forms of family politics, paper 3 by Lucas Cone examines current geopolitical shifts in Europe in relation to the return of parenting and the notion of motherhood as an idealized figure for producing patriotic values and sustaining moral order, focusing empirically on the case of homeschooling mothers in Denmark. References Ball, S. (2012). The reluctant state and the beginning of the end of state education. Journal of Educational Administration and History. 44 (2), 89-103 Bromley, P., et al. (2023). Global determinants of education reform 1960 to 2017. Sociology of Education 96(2): 149–167. Cone, L. & Brøgger, K. (2020). Soft Privatisation: Mapping an Emerging Field of European Education Governance. Globalisation, Societies and Education 18(4): 374–90. Geiselberger, H. (2017). The Great Recession. Polity Press. Giudici, A. (2021). Seeds of authoritarian opposition: Far-right education politics in post-war Europe. European Educational Research Journal 20(2): 121–42. Harp, S. L. (1998). Learning to be Loyal. Northern Illinois University Press. Lawn, M. & Grek, S. (2012). Europeanizing Education: Governing a New Policy Space. Symposium Books. Martens, K., Knodel, P., & Windzio, M. (2014). Internationalisation of Education Policy. Palgrave. Presentations of the Symposium Environmentality and the Soft Privatisation of SEND in England
This paper examines the growing role of private actors in the governance of Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND) provision in England. While scholarship has mapped the privatisation of mainstream schooling, SEND has remained peripheral to these debates (Gary et al, 2023). Recent audit and fiscal reports document a sharp increase in Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) (National Audit Office, 2024), which specify students’ educational needs and how to meet them, alongside escalating high-needs government spending (Institute of Fiscal Studies, 2026). The fiscal pressures have precipitated the entry of consultancy firms, specialist digital providers, and private education groups into SEND infrastructures. I argue that these developments represent a form of ‘soft privatisation’ (Cone & Brøgger, 2020).
To shed light on the erosion of public capacity and collective responsibility for disability under post-welfare conditions, the paper builds on accounts of governmentality (Foucault, 1991) and mobilises environmentality (Lemke, 2021) to highlight how governance is modulated through the configuration of socio-technical environments, including procurement systems, risk modelling tools, performance metrics, and commissioning pathways, rather than through the direct shaping of subjects. Critical disability studies (Tomlinson, 2017; Goodley, 2014) provide additional analytical tools to analyse how disabled children are governed as cases within competitive resource environments rather than as subjects of rights within a redistributive welfare regime.
The paper examines three interrelated sites of soft privatisation. First, consultancy firms have become central to the Department for Education’s efforts to ‘stabilise’ SEND budgets (DfE, 2025). Second, key components of the EHCP assessment and drafting process have been outsourced to commercial providers and augmented by new layers of digital and AI-enabled tools (Special Needs Jungle, 2025). Third, local authorities have become increasingly dependent on high-cost placements in independent special schools, many of which are owned by private equity firms or sovereign wealth funds (School Week, 2026). This emerging private education market embeds SEND provision within profit-oriented strategies.
Conceptually, the paper extends privatisation scholarship by using environmentality as an analytics to explore the mechanisms whereby markets reorganise SEND governance. Empirically, it shows that privatisation in SEND is not peripheral but infrastructural, reorganising assessment, planning, and provision. Politically, the paper contends that these developments undermine inclusive and democratic practices, fragmenting accountability, individualising responsibility, and re-commodifying disability and special needs in education. The English SEND case reveals how post-welfare governance produces new forms of vulnerability and dependence on private infrastructures whose logics are incompatible with equity and inclusion.
References:
Cone, L., & Brøgger, K. (2020). Soft privatisation: mapping an emerging field of European education governance. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 18(4), 374–390.
Department for Education (2025). Delivering Better Value in SEND Programme. Retrievable at https://www.dbvinsend.com/
Foucault, M. (1991). Governmentality. In G. Burchell; C. Gordon; P. Miller, (Eds.), The Foucault effect. University of Chicago Press.
Gary, T., Dobson, G. and Loxley, A. (2023). The increasing use of private special schools: A policy gap for inclusive education. British Educational Research Journal 49(6), 1357-1371.
Goodley, D. (2024). Disability studies. Sage.
Institute of Fiscal Studies. (2026). Rapid rises in SEND and childcare spending are reshaping education spending in England. IFS. Retrievable at https://ifs.org.uk/news/rapid-rises-send-and-childcare-spending-are-reshaping-education-spending-england
Lemke, T. (2021). The Government of Things. Foucault and the New Materialisms. New York University Press.
National Audit Office. (2024). Support for children and young people with special educational needs. NAO. Retrievable at https://www.nao.org.uk/reports/support-for-children-and-young-people-with-special-educational-needs/?nab=1&utm
School Week (2026). Private special schools charging £100k fees failed standards checks. Retrievable at https://schoolsweek.co.uk/private-special-schools-charging-councils-100k-fees-failed-standards-checks/?utm
Special Needs Jungle. (2025). The risks and benefits of using artificial intelligence to power EHCPs. Retrievable at https://www.specialneedsjungle.com/risks-benefits-artificial-intelligence-power-ehcps/?utm
Tomlinson, S., (2017). A sociology of special and inclusive education: exploring the manufacturing of inability. Routledge.
Anti‑Schooling as Salvation: Alternative Pedagogies and the Post‑Socialist Paradox in Romanian New Right Discourse
While the global rise of populism and its entanglements with education are documented (Nestore & Robertson 2022), East European post‑socialist dynamics remain comparatively underexplored (Giudici et al. 2025). Post‑socialist states are distinctive in that nation‑building has been shaped by tensions between projects of national revival and Europeanisation - as vividly reflected, for e.g. in post‑1989 Romanian schooling reforms (Szakacs 2018). In this paper, we analyse ca. 17 hours of an educational podcast series produced by Cristela Georgescu, a Romanian alternative medicine and public education figure linked to former presidential candidate Călin Georgescu, known for his populist far‑right views. We examine how these post‑socialist tensions are mobilised in public discourse around education. Methodologically, we draw on constructivist grounded theory and inductive thematic analysis applied to a fully transcribed podcast corpus (Charmaz 2008).
Echoing Brown’s (2021, p. 14) analysis of the “parallel politics” of conservative homeschooling in the United States, we show how Georgescu frames alternative education formats as solutions to the perceived failures of the liberal‑democratic state. This framing reflects a paradox: widespread scepticism toward the state and political elitescoexists with a longing for a new moral authority, articulated through messianic discourses of salvation. The outcome is an authoritarianism without the state, channelled instead through idealised notions of the family, orthodox faith, and charismatic forms of expertise.
The podcast series advances a pronounced anti‑school discourse. Formal schooling is depicted as corrupt, neoliberal, and neomarxist, and contrasted with a proposed return to the “roots”: traditional masculinity, “laws of nature,” and God. Promoted inter alia by non‑governmental far‑right organisations in schools, such formats exemplify processes of “soft privatisation” (Cone & Brøgger 2020) in a country where for‑profit private education remains relatively limited.
We situate this discourse within longer historical genealogies, highlighting Romania’s unresolved relationship with both its legionary (nazi) and communist pasts. As Verdery (1991) argues, Romanian socialism was deeply infused with nationalism. Ceaușescu’s “national ideology” promoted ethnonationalism by claiming the superiority of Romanian culture, history, and traditions in official cultural policy. Contemporary new right actors draw on these repertoires even while rejecting state institutions. By staging anti‑school education as the last bastion of child‑centredness, individual freedom, and traditional family values, the podcasts resonate with new right discourses transnationally and illuminate broader illiberal shifts in the meanings of education (Lerch et al. 2022). Our paper reveals how anti‑statism and demands for private forms of schooling merge to co‑produce post‑socialist forms of authoritarian discourse.
References:
Brown, H. (2021). Homeschooling the Right How Conservative Education Activism Erodes the State. Columbia University Press.
Charmaz, K. (2008). Constructionism and the Grounded Theory Method. In J. A. Holstein & J. F. Gubrium (Eds.), Handbook of Constructionist Research (pp. 397–416). The Guilford Press.
Cone, L., & Brøgger, K. (2020). Soft privatisation: mapping an emerging field of European education governance. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 18(4), 374–390.
Giudici, A., Gruber, O., Schnell, P., & Pultar, A. (2024). Far-right parties and the politics of education in Europe. Journal of Contemporary European Studies, 00(00), 1–14.
Lerch, J. C., Bromley, P., & Meyer, J. W. (2022). Global Neoliberalism as a Cultural Order and Its Expansive Educational Effects. International Journal of Sociology, 0(0), 1–31.
Nestore, M., & Robertson, S. (2022). Introduction to special issue: education and populisms. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 20(2), 81–85.
Szakács, S. (2018). Europe in the Classroom. World Culture and Nation-Building in Post-Socialist Romania. Palgrave Macmillan UK.
Verdery, K. (1991). National Ideology Under Socialism. Identity and Cultural Politics in Ceaușescu’s Romania. University of California Press.
Homecoming: Family Politics, Motherhood, and the Undoing of Liberal Parenthood in Europe
A wave of family politics is unfolding across Europe and North America. Pace the promises of liberal rights and open markets, political parties from the far right have turned natalism and motherhood into centerpieces in their campaigning efforts to assert and legitimize ethno-nationalist claims of originality and lineage (Indelicato et al., 2024). In political terms, these efforts are being anchored in emerging postliberal networks of homeschool advocates, church organizations, and parental rights groups who view the family as the ultimate bastion of child-centeredness and freedom from the progressive principles of universal public schooling (Brown, 2021; Yilmaz & Morieson, 2023).
Building on Stoler’s (2021) work on Interior Frontiers, this paper sets out to chart the current geopolitical shifts in Europe in relation to the return of parenting and the notion of motherhood as an idealized figure for producing patriotic values and sustaining moral order (Douglas, 2004). Empirically, the paper builds on a document analysis of policy texts sampled from across the European Union member states as well as material gathered through an ethnographic study of mothers engaged in homeschooling or family-based childcare Denmark, many of whom share a critical stance against formal systems of child caring, notions of the competition state, the authority of public teachers – and propagate their political claims to maternal superiority through an active presence on social media platforms. The paper will discuss the returning role of family politics and motherhood as part of the postliberal turn and its paradoxical connection to contemporary trends in educational governance as a form of privatization which has itself been enabled by the liberal state against which it revolts (Cooper, 2017). This will also include reflections on the role of social media and platforms in propagating “pro-child” content and circulating representations of white, Christian, European motherhood (Ahmed, 2004).
References:
Brown, H. (2021). Homeschooling the Right How Conservative Education Activism Erodes the State. Columbia University Press.
Cooper, M. (2017). Family Values. Zone Books.
Douglas, S. (2004). The mommy myth.
Indelicato, M. E., & Magalhães Lopes, M. (2024). Understanding populist far-right anti-immigration and anti-gender stances beyond the paradigm of gender as ‘a symbolic glue’: Giorgia Meloni’s modern motherhood, neo-Catholicism, and reproductive racism. European Journal of Women’s Studies, 31(1), 6-20. https://doi.org/10.1177/13505068241230819
Nestore, M., & Robertson, S. (2022). Introduction to special issue: education and populisms. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 20(2), 81–85. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2021.1948392
Yilmaz, I. and Morieson, N. (2023) Religions and the Global Rise of Civilizational Populism. Palgrave Macmillan Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-9052-6
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 29 SES 13 A: Untangling representations of Black Women Location: B4115 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Margarida Dias Research Workshop |
|
|
29. Research on Arts Education
Research Workshop Untangling representations of Black Women 1: Faculdade de Belas Artes da Universidade do Porto, Portugal; 2: Faculdade de Belas Artes da Universidade do Porto/i2ADS, Portugal Presenting Author:What threads bind and entangle representations of Black Women? Based on Black Women who have been globally exposed in the world of entertainment, the research workshop aims to expose stereotypical representations that foster a homogeneous understanding of these people's bodies. The theoretical basis begins with a reflection on European identity, showcasing the spread of world exhibitions (e.g., the Portuguese Colonial Exhibition, Portugal, 1934) and ministerial exhibitions, supported by the literature, film, and photography industries. The exhibition of people who are part of a visual/artistic/musical culture, such as Josephine Baker and Carmen Miranda, among others, contributed to an idea of the Black Woman's body. The dialogue between these characters and contemporary (21st-century) characters encourages analysis and reflection on how artistic intelligence and arts education can be a tool for untangling the threads. Threads that sustain discrimination and prejudice (exclusion; distancing; systemic and structural violence), stereotypes (exoticism; infantilisation; bestialisation) and the continuous objectification of these bodies in the collective imagination. The analysis of these historical and media figures allows us to trace a continuity, thus highlighting how certain visual tools have changed over time. This dialogue reveals how the construction of the Black Woman's body remains tied to colonial and Eurocentric logics, sustained by a system that discriminates, excludes, and violates. Education, in this context, must assert itself as critical, capable of questioning stereotypes, destabilising these narratives and opening space for new interpretations and for the emancipation of Black Women's bodies.
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In a qualitative methodology of active listening, participants are proposed to be divided into small groups. The purpose of this action is to facilitate relationships and contribute to the discussion on how to reflect on and restore the identities of Black Women through visual representation. The experiences to be lived are an opportunity to recognise the diversity of existence, contributing to anti-discriminatory, anti-colonial action in the struggle for freedom. As Angela Davies emphasised: “Freedom is a constant struggle.” During the research workshop, participants will engage in the following activities: 1. Active listening – do we know how to listen? 2. Active memory – which black women have had a significant impact on our personal lives? 3. Active looking – what do we see and what do we not see in images? 4. Active making – redesigning “puppets”. 5. Active speaking – giving voice to those who have been silenced with strings. During the activities, researchers are welcome to share their experiences, since the intent is to recognise the importance of constructed knowledge in a community. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings At the end of the research workshop, we intend to untangle the threads of previous reflections and share a moment for discussion. With the aim of sharing examples of resistance in the arts and arts education, there will be an opportunity to rethink how Black Women have subverted/rejected these representations and how they propose a divergent perspective. What happens when we untie the threads? What narratives emerge? This workshop activity does not aim to achieve a definitive result, but rather to provide a playful and educational activity that can be replicated in various contexts of anti-discriminatory arts education. References HOOKS, bell. (2023). Tudo do amor. Orfeu Negro. KILOMBA, Grada. (2008). Memórias da plantação: Episódios de racismo quotidiano. Orfeu Negro. MERLIN, Nora. (2017). El poder de la imagen. In Colonización de la subjetividad. Los médios massivos em la época del biomercado (pp. 99–103). Letra Viva. NARDAL, Jane. (2002). Exotic Puppets [Pantins exotiques; 1928]. In T. D. Sharpley-Whiting (Ed.), NEGRITUDE WOMEN (pp. 108–113). University of Minnesota Press. OTELE, Olivette. (2022). Europeus Africanos. Uma história por contar [African Europeans - An Untold Story]. Editorial Presença. (Original publication in 2020). PESSOA, Marta (Director) & PALMA, Rita (Co-script) (Prod.). (2023). Rosinha e Outros Bichos do Mato [Rosinha and Other Wild Animals] [Documentary]. TRÊS VINTÉNS. RANCIÈRE, Jacques. (1987). Le maître ignorant. Fayard. RANKINE, Claudia. (2022). Cidadã [Citizen - An American Lyric]. Antígona. (Original publication in 2014). VERGÈS, Françoise (2023). Um feminismo decolonial. Orfeu Negro. (Original publication in 2019). WILKERSON, Isabel. (2022). Castas. As origens do nosso descontentamento [Caste: The Origins of Our Discontents]. Cultura Editora. (Original publication in 2014). |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 13 A: Perspectives on ESE from Philosophy and Economy Location: Sonaatti 2 | Tampere Hall | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Jonas Lysgaard Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Conceptualising the Economic Dimension in Environment and Sustainability Education Research – a Scoping Review 2000-2025 1: Uppsala University, Sweden; 2: Örebro University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper presents a review of how the economic dimension has been conceptualised in environment and sustainability education research spanning 25 years. During the 2002 World Summit on Sustainable Development in Johannesburg, it was established that sustainable development comprises three interdependent and mutually reinforcing dimensions: economic, social and environmental. However, how to conceptualise the economic dimension was discussed as inherently conflictual. While economic growth was described as a prerequisite for development, it was also stated that no country can achieve it if the environment is deteriorating, wealth is not distributed fairly, and human capital is not growing. The three dimensions of sustainable development were integrated into curricula worldwide during the UNESCO decade 2005—2014, followed by the UNESCO Global Action Programme on Education for Sustainable Development (2014), which was aligned with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) adopted by the UN (2015-2030), of which SDG 8 (decent work and economic growth) and SDG 12 (responsible production and consumption) relate to the economic dimension. At the same time, two separate fields of research (PRME and REE), with a shared interest in reforming education with economics and sustainability as subject matter, have evolved. Principles for Responsible Management Education (PRME) was officially introduced by the UN Global Compact at the Global Forum "Business as an Agent of World Benefit" in 2006, and the first set of principles was published in 2007, facilitated by representatives of leading business schools and academic institutions. The principles include: (1) prosperity in a world of thriving ecosystems, (2) responsibility and accountability to society and the planet, and (3) transforming learning environments by integrating responsible management concepts and practices into the curriculum, pedagogy and research. PRME research is now a well-established field, and the economic dimension of sustainability is also described as inherently conflictual (Kurucz et al 2014, Painter-Morland 2015, Parker 2018). Parallel to the above initiative, an international student movement calling for the need to rethink economics education was formed (https://rethinkeconomics.org). The movement’s origins can be traced to the 2008 financial crisis (Earle et al 2016), which was preceded by “The Stern review - the economics of climate change” and Al Gore’s film “An inconvenient truth”. The movement has since grown into a global movement of students in economics and academics, under the umbrella term pluralist and heterodox economists, pushing for the need to rethink and reform economics education (Rethinking Economics Education, REE). A key issue for this movement concerns how economics education can better equip students for sustainability issues (Fischer 2017, Muijnck 2021), aligning with longstanding critiques from scholars across different strands of economics, notably ecological economics, who argue that economics education needs fundamentally new ways of teaching, using models that embed the economy within society and within the biosphere (Spash 2024). In the research field of Environment and Sustainability Education (ESE), the economic dimension has been described as challenging, difficult and contradictory (Berglund & Gericke 2016, Borg et al. 2014, Kopnina et al 2025, Öhman & Öhman 2012, Noguera-Méndez & Cifuentes-Faura 2023, Singh, A. S., & Segatto, A. P. 2020). However, there is limited knowledge about how the economic dimension of sustainable development has been addressed in general and to what extent alternative perspectives developed within PRME and REE research have been considered. With this background, the purpose of this paper is to present a review spanning 25 years of conceptualising the economic dimension in ESE research, identify research gaps, and suggest routes for future ESE research. This overarching purpose is further specified in the analytical questions presented in the methodology section below. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The method used in this study is a scoping review, which is a suitable approach for mapping the research that exists within a field and for identifying knowledge gaps (Munn et al. 2018). Searches were conducted in Education Source, ERIC and Lens.org, covering the period 2000–2025, with languages limited to Swedish and English. Search terms included concepts such as teaching, learning and education, combined with environmental, climate change, sustainable, and economic pillar/aspect/dimension/growth, SDG8, SDG12, and economics and business education. This step generated 934 records. To further limit the records to the research field of Environment and Sustainability Education, only peer-reviewed journals with combinations of terms relating to education (educat* OR teach* OR learn*) and to environment and sustainability (environment* OR sustainab*) were included. This generated a total of 280 records. A manual screening of these records to exclude irrelevant studies was performed using the AI-powered web application Rayyan, designed for systematic reviews. Inclusion criteria were: all educational levels from pre-school to higher education, any kind of method used, publications in English and Scandinavian languages. Exclusion criteria involved studies that did not include economic and sustainability as a part of subject matter. For example, studies about green campuses, management of universities and existence of “sustainable development” in curricula on a more general level. Studies included in review after this screening process resulted were 157. These studies were read in full and analysed using Nvivo software for qualitative analysis. The purpose of this paper is addressed through analytical questions such as: In which journals has the economic dimension been conceptualised and discussed? How have conflictual aspects of the economic dimension been handled in ESE research? How have relations between sustainability dimensions been portrayed? What has been taken for granted and what has been problematised? What kinds of studies have been conducted (conceptual, empirical …)? In what educational contexts have studies been conducted (age levels, countries, formal vs informal)? To what extent has PRME and REE research informed ESE research (for instance, debates on economic growth/degrowth) and in what way? Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Preliminary results indicate that the vast majority of studies that in some way address the economic dimension are published in The International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education and Environmental Education Research, and that most studies concern business and management in higher education. This indicates a significant lack of studies focusing on compulsory education and economics education in compulsory and higher education. This suggests that ESE research on the economic dimension has focused more on education for future managers and business owners and less on what could be described as citizenship education. Preliminary results also show that perspectives developed within PRME research have, to a quite large extent, informed ESE research, or, in other words, research from the PRME fields has been published to a large extent in ESE journals. However, alternative perspectives from REE research have, to a very limited extent, been taken up (for instance, perspectives on growth/degrowth). This implies that there is a research gap regarding studies focusing on the conflictual aspects connected to economic growth. In order to develop a critical and pluralistic approach to the economic dimension of sustainable development in educational practice, there is accordingly a need for more research that challenges traditional mainstream neoclassical understandings of the economy. This need concerns theoretical and conceptual research as well as case studies in which teachers test, evaluate and redesign lesson plans together with researchers, for example, in relation to the Embedded Economy model (Raworth 2017). References Berglund, T., & Gericke, N. (2016). Separated and integrated perspectives on environmental, economic, and social dimensions – an investigation of student views on sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 22(8), 1115-1138. Borg, C., Gericke, N., Höglund, H. O., & Bergman, E. (2014). Subject- and experience-bound differences in teachers’ conceptual understanding of sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 20(4), 526-551. Earle et al. (2016). The Econocracy: The Perils of Leaving Economics to the Experts: Oxford Fischer, L. (2017). Rethinking economics: an introduction to pluralist economics. Abingdon, Oxon: Routledge. Laasch, O., Moosmayer, D., Antonacopoulou, E. et al. Constellations of Transdisciplinary Practices: A Map and Research Agenda for the Responsible Management Learning Field. J Bus Ethics 162, 735–757 (2020). Kopnina, H., Roca, T., & Sorour, M. K. (2025). Integrating Critical Thinking About Sustainable Development Goals: Making Biodiversity Matter for Business Students. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 19(1), 123-139. Kurucz, E. C., B. A. Colbert, and J. Marcus. 2014. “Sustainability as a Provocation to Rethink Management Education: Building a Progressive Educative Practice.” Management Learning 45 (4): 437–457. Muijnck (2021). Economy Studies-A Guide to Rethinking Economics Education. Amsterdam. Amsterdam University Press Munn, Z., Peters, M.D.J., Stern, C. et al. Systematic review or scoping review? Guidance for authors when choosing between a systematic or scoping review approach. BMC Med Res Methodol 18, 143 (2018). Noguera-Méndez, P., & Cifuentes-Faura, J. (2023). Environmental sustainability in economics teaching: analysing Spanish upper secondary economics textbooks. Environmental Education Research, 29(9), 1221-1238. Öhman, M., & Öhman, J. (2012). Harmoni eller konflikt?–en fallstudie av meningsinnehållet i utbildning för hållbar utveckling."Harmony or conflict?–A case study of the conceptual meaning of education for sustainable development". Nordic Studies in Science Education, 8(1), 59-72. Painter-Morland, M. 2015. “Philosophical Assumptions undermining Responsible Management Education.” Journal of Management Development 34 (1): 61–75. Parker, M. 2018. Shut down the Business School: What’s Wrong with Management Education. London: Pluto Press. Raworth, K. (2017). Doughnut economics: seven ways to think like a 21st century economist. White River Junction, VT: Chelsea Green Publishing. Singh, A. S., & Segatto, A. P. (2020). Challenges for education for sustainability in business courses: A multicase study in Brazilian higher education institutions. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 21(2), 264-280 Spash, C.L. (2024). Foundations of social ecological economics: the fight for revolutionary change in economic thought. Manchester: Manchester University Press. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Toward a Didactics of Mundification: Heideggerian Reflections on Environmental and Sustainability Education 1: Aalborg University, Denmark; 2: University of southern Denmark Presenting Author:The aim of this presentation is to introduce the idea that one of the central tasks of ESE teaching – and of education as such – should be a process we designate as mundification (Ziethen and Paulsen 2025b). This concept has emerged through critical dialogue with, among others, Biesta, particularly his tripartite account of the purposes of schooling – qualification, socialization, and subjectification (2010). Mundification can be understood with reference to Heidegger’s concept of the understanding of Being, that is, the basic understanding of what it means for beings to be (1927/1986). Heidegger argues that at any historical moment, there is a dominant understanding of Being that shapes how humans understand the world they inhabit. This understanding changes over time. For example, there is a profound difference between understanding beings as expressions of divine intention and understanding them as outcomes of natural processes. Heidegger (1954) characterizes modernity’s understanding of Being as technological. This does not mean that humans literally see everything as machines, but rather that beings – including humans – are predominantly understood as resources to be used at human choice. While modern humans may still experience beings non-technologically, the technological understanding of Being remains dominant and shapes institutions, culture, and practices. Building on Heidegger, we argue that modern humans live within what we term a scenic-humanist understanding of the world (Paulsen and Ziethen 2024; Ziethen and Paulsen 2025a, 2025b). Here, humans are the protagonists, while other beings serve primarily as props on the stage of human life. At the same time, an alternative understanding is (re)emerging today, in the Anthropocene, given the crisis of modern world-understanding, namely one in which beings are approached as entities with whom humans can enter into dialogue, care for, and attend to. We refer to this emergent understanding as dialogic-zoëlogic. This leads to our discussion of mundification in relation to Biesta’s framework. Biesta (2021) suggests that schools need not concern themselves with which understanding of the world students encounter – only that they are centered toward the surrounding world. We argue the opposite: the specific world students are invited into is crucial for qualifications, norms, and subjectification. The range of subjectification, norms, and qualifications shifts almost entirely when moving from a scenic-humanistic to a dialogic-zoëlogic world. It is neither the same world nor the same human being, which has crucial consequences for ESE teaching. Accordingly, a scenic-humanistic approach to sustainability invites students into a world understood as a fragile pile of limited resources, calling for humans who manage, reduce, and restrain use, pollution, and emissions. This fosters a quantitative, negative understanding of sustainability: whoever you want to be, become a person who uses less, a less-of-the-same society (cf. Reckwitz 2024). In contrast, a dialogic-zoëlogic approach invites students into a world of co-beings with whom one can enter communicative relations, learn with and from, and cultivate care and attentiveness. This fosters a qualitative and positive understanding: whoever you want to be, become a life-friendly co-being, a different-life-society. In both cases, sustainability is inseparable from mundification. In sum, mundification emphasizes the pedagogical responsibility of shaping how humans understand the world. Education is not only about skills, norms, or subjectivity, but first of all about which world students are invited into or not. This raises two central didactical ESE questions: 1) How can educational practices invite students not only into the dominant scenic-humanist world, but also, and first of all, into a dialogic-zoëlogic world? 2) How can such a shift become imaginable, desirable, and reachable when one stands predominantly within a scenic-humanist world? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used From a methodological perspective, our work engages with two questions: how knowledge about the phenomena under investigation is generated (epistemological) and how these phenomena are addressed in educational practice (didactic). Here, we focus on the didactic dimension. We draw inspiration from Heidegger’s thinking on Being, particularly his account of how historically dominant understandings of Being shape human orientation in the world. Heidegger refrains from explaining how transitions between such understandings occur, characterizing them as uncontrollable, mysterious events (Ereignisse). While we agree that these changes are largely uncontrollable, we maintain that it is partly didactically possible to support a transition from one understanding of the world to another. Didactics that take this movement as their core task are what we call didactics of mundification. We have yet to find a term for an entire school system oriented toward mundification as its primary task. This raises a crucial question: if the understanding of the world is not entirely uncontrollable, how can schools and teachers – given that students and many teachers already inhabit a scenic-humanist understanding – support a transition toward a dialogic-zoëlogic understanding of the world? We are far from a definitive answer, but we are also not alone in exploring this question. Many people worldwide, facing the poly-crisis of Anthropocene life-conditions rooted in the dominant modern world understanding, are engaged with similar challenges, even if not framed as didactics of mundification. Inspired by this partial emergence of a new understanding of the world, our current approach focuses on two overarching strategies. The first is de-naturalizing the scenic-humanist understanding, making it visible and open to questioning. The second is enabling students to experience more life-affirming ways of being and encountering other beings, both human and more-than-human, dialogically. These strategies offer no guarantee of success, but our experience as teachers and co-researchers across educational settings suggests they can produce mundifying effects in the form of life-openings (Paulsen et al., 2025). At the same time, they often run into difficulties when the scenic-humanistic understanding reasserts itself or the new world is rejected as non-real. On this basis, we argue that more explicit research on mundification is needed, ranging from conceptually oriented dialogues with students to experimental outdoor activities that open up the world anew. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim of this presentation is to contribute to discussions of the purpose of ESE teaching by addressing what it means to teach sustainability. To this aim, we introduced the concept of mundification. Mundification emphasizes that a central task of education – particularly ESE – is not only to develop skills, knowledge, socialization, or subjectification, but also to shape the human understanding of the world. Historically dominant understandings of Being, such as the modern scenic-humanistic perspective, shape how humans relate to other beings and to the world itself. This understanding is currently shaken, as the poly-life-crisis becomes visible as tied to this specific way of understanding the world. Emerging alternatives, such as the dialogic-zoëlogic understanding, offer relational and life-affirming ways of engaging with human and more-than-human beings and hereby reopen the question of how we might live differently. This perspective has didactical implications. Schools and teachers shape students’ orientation toward the world. In a scenic-humanistic framework, sustainability centers on managing resources; in a dialogic-zoëlogic approach, it emphasizes care, attentiveness, and ethical relations with other beings. In this sense, mundification and sustainability are inseparable: cultivating a life-friendly understanding of the world becomes a precondition for meaningful engagement, and for sustaining not only the world we have, but the one 'perhaps to come'. While transitions between worldviews are historically unpredictable, they are partly didactically imaginable and desirable. Strategies such as de-naturalizing dominant assumptions and enabling experiential encounters with life-affirming ways of being may support such transitions. This is the task of didactics of mundification: to reopen the question of which world we live in and how we might live in it (to support it). References Biesta, G. (2010). Good education in an age of measurement: Ethics, politics, democracy. Boulder, Co: Paradigm Publishers. Biesta, G. (2021). World-centred education. London/New York: Routledge. Heidegger, M. (1927/1986). Sein und Zeit. Max Niemeyer Verlag: Tübingen. Heidegger, M. (1954). ’Die Frage nach der Technik’. In: Vorträge und Aufsätze, p. 9-40. Verlag Günther Neske: Stuttgart. Paulsen, M. and Ziethen, M. (2024). ’Dannelse i en antropocæn tid: Livsvenligt tilstedevær’, in: Antropocæn: Menneske, samfund og dannelse i en ny tidsalder. Paulsen, M og Tække, J (red.). København: Unge Pædagoger, s. 209-233. Paulsen M, Illeris H, Reato T. (2025). Wilding Pedagogy With Nature Writings, Propositions and Minor Experiences: Twisting With More-Than-Humans Towards Life-Friendly Education. Australian Journal of Environmental Education. 41(2): 338-354. https://doi:10.1017/aee.2025.15 Reckwitz, A. (2024). Verlust. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Ziethen, M. and Paulsen, M. (2025a). Dannelse i det antropocæne, Klim: Århus Ziethen, M. and Paulsen M. (2025b). ‘Mundification: Arguments for a New Idealism’, in: Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 1–12 https://doi.org/10.1017/aee.2025.10090 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper The Potentiality of Ecopedagogy: Dialectical Philosophy as a Basis for Transformative Environmental Education University of South-Eastern Norway, Norway Presenting Author:This paper examines how the concept of potentiality can revitalize ecopedagogy. While Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) often emphasizes instrumental competencies, ecopedagogy requires a stronger philosophical foundation—one that I argue can be found in the dialectical tradition. The central research question is: How can a dialectical understanding of potentiality—from Aristotle through Hegel to Bookchin’s social ecology—form the basis of an ecopedagogy that cultivates both critical awareness and transformative agency? The theoretical framework integrates three philosophical traditions: (1) Aristotle’s concepts of dynamis and energeia, which ground potentiality in the inherent nature of things rather than external imposition; (2) Hegel’s dialectical method, which conceives potentiality as a historically unfolding process; and (3) Murray Bookchin’s dialectical naturalism, which extends the notion of potentiality to encompass both human societies and natural ecosystems. Together, these perspectives articulate a non-reductionist holism that ecopedagogy needs. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The paper employs a conceptual-historical and thematic-transversal approach. Through close readings of philosophical primary texts (Aristotle’s Metaphysics, Hegel’s Phenomenology of Spirit, Bookchin’s The Ecology of Freedom), it reconstructs the development of the concept of potentiality and explores its pedagogical implications in three fields: (1) a dialectical understanding of human development, (2) a historical-evolutionary perspective on social development, (3) a focus on the interrelationship between human beings, their societies, and the natural world. Taken together, they offer a transformative perspective that positions ecopedagogy as a force for social change. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The Nordic ecopedagogical tradition (Bjørndal & Lieberg 1975) has long emphasized the need to establish a philosophical grounding. In an era where sustainability education risks becoming technocratic, instrumentalist, and socially adaptive, a renewed focus on potentiality may offer a vital corrective. This is relevant for sustainable development as an interdisciplinary theme in Nordic curricula—both for how we may implement it, and how we may challenge it. Here, the ways we conceptualize «development» and «potentiality» will have direct didactic consequences. References Barnes, J. (Ed.) (1984). The Complete Works of Aristotle: The Revised Oxford Translation. Volume 1 and 2. Princeton. — Bookchin, M. (1995). The Philosophy of Social Ecology: Essays on Dialectical Naturalism, 2nd edition. Black Rose Books. — Ferrarin, A. (2004). Hegel and Aristotle. Cambridge University Press. — Jonas, H. (2001). The Pheonomenon of Life: Toward a Philosophical Biology. Northwestern University Press. — Lobkowocz, N. (1967). Theory and Practice: History of a Concept from Aristotle to Marx. University of Notre Dame Press. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 13 B: Material Pedagogies: noticing in the shadows Location: Duetto 2 | Tampere Hall | 2,5 Fl. Session Chair: Elsa Lee Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Shopping Malls, Childhoods and the Arts of (Not) Noticing in Precarious Times 1: University of Inland Norway, Norway; 2: University College Copenhagen; 3: Stockholm University Presenting Author:Children’s lives all over the world are marked by ecological crisis, social and political upheaval, war, and migration. Even in the Nordics, where most children’s everyday lives continue to appear relatively safe and predictable, childhoods are framed by and entangled in complex social, political, economic and ecological processes with rising tensions and uncertainties. As researchers based in three Nordic countries and working within the interconnected fields of early childhood education, childhood studies, children’s geographies and anthropology, we share an interest in exploring research approaches which can attend to often-overlooked complexities of children’s everyday lives in precarious times. In this paper we are interested in how to, under these circumstances, do research that values curiosity, imagination and collaboration, and that resists leaning on ‘the dreams of modernization and progress’ (Tsing, 2015, p. 2). Moreover, we aim to work against a colonial and imperial modernity that haunts both the field of sustainability education and dominant knowledge concerning children and childhoods (Nxumalo, 2019; Spyrou, 2018; Sund & Pashby, 2020). Thus this paper engages in particular with the following question from NW 30’s special call: What kind of research is required to grasp the complexity entailed in poly-crisis? We do this by sharing several threads from our collective project-in-process. In this project, we insist on engaging with a contradictory, contested, and multifaceted site that likely does not, at first glance, direct educational scholars’ thinking toward sustainability education research, nor toward its connections with childhood: the shopping mall. Inspired by various thinkers that encourage re‑imaginings of sustainability, urban spaces and childhood in ways that are disruptive, political, and transformative, and that go beyond a human-centered onto-epistemology (Kraftl, 2020; Malone, 2018; Malone et al., 2017), we ask: How might shopping malls become a vibrant place for noticing critical issues such as non-belonging, inequalities, overconsumption, plastic pollution, destructive food systems and acceleration of waste generation, and its entanglements with children and childhoods? What kinds of world-making projects are going on in shopping malls?What imaginations can be re-opened from what is noticed? In her book The Mushroom at the End of the World. On the possibility of life in capitalist ruins, Anna Lowenhaupt Tsing (2015) proposes to study processes of capitalism in the Anthropocene through watching ‘unruly edges’ and ‘unpredictable encounters’ (p. 20) and looking’for what has been ignored’ (p. 20). Through arts of noticing, Tsing (2015, p. 22) suggests we explore practices overlooked because they do not easily form part of narratives of progress. Peter Kraftl, in the book After Childhood, Kraftl (202, p. 2-3), suggests to decenter the study of childhood through starting somewhere else - in order to research how complex challenges are affecting particular places, and only hereafter looking at how children are positioned and located within such challenges. In the project-in-process, we draw inspiration from both of these propositions. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Today shopping malls are considered ordinary urban places, integrated in the fabric of cities all over the world. They have since the 1950’s become part of the everyday practices of urban areas, including citizens living in the Nordic region. Moreover, the research field of children’s and young people’s geographies has established that shopping malls are central spaces in the everyday lives of children and young people (Opsahl, 2018). Matthews et al. (2000) describe how shopping malls constitute an important space of belonging for young people. Children and young people are users and consumers, as well as producers of the social, symbolic and material space of the shopping mall. At the same time, however, shopping malls are often considered as ‘adult spaces’ where children and young people are viewed as being ‘out of place’ (e.g. Matthews et al., 2000, p. 292). Furthermore, as ‘temples of mass consumption’(Matthews et al., 2000, p. 282), shopping malls are obvious material markers and signposts of human overconsumption and unsustainable practices Thus in this project we work from the idea that shopping malls can constitute an interesting place for exploring children's everyday life practices and how they are intertwined with planetary and social challenges such as climate change, extinction, global capitalism, poverty, and inequality. With theoretical and methodological inspiration from Anna Lowenhaupt Tsing’s studies of life in capitalist ruins (2015), Peter Kraftl’s perspectives on childhood and place (2020), we enter shopping malls in Norway, Sweden and Denmark in an attempt to notice what is happening. We do this through zooming in on children and childhoods, and through not looking for obvious child-related happenings where childhood also can be found (Kraftl, 2020, p. 17), and through noticing how questions of sustainability emerge when approached from the above mentioned angle. Following Tsing’s (2015, p. 34) proposal of listening to a ‘rush of stories’, in this slowly emerging study, we have collected stories on shopping malls from a variety of sources. Employing a wide range of qualitative methods, including ethnographic observations of people, places and materialities, hanging out, conversations, mappings, images, narratives, texts, historical documents, and discussions across different disciplinary perspectives, we assemble a collage (de Rijke, 2024) of stories on shopping malls with children and childhood in and out of focus. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Within Nordic studies of early childhood sustainability education, children’s perspectives, agency and participation are widely emphasized. Sustainability in early childhood education, in practice as well as in research, is most often linked to nature and the outdoors (Norddahl et.al. 2025; Jørgensen et.al. 2025). With this paper, we aim to add to and extend ESE perspectives on children’s voices, agency and places.Presenting elements from our collective empirical material in collage form, we discuss how exploring the shopping mall lead us to notice ways in which capitalist processes, urban planning, and questions of sustainability interweave with children’s everyday embodied and sensuous experiences and with questions of belonging, mobility and interdependence. Such knowledge, we suggest, may also contribute to furthering conversations about the place of childhood in ESE and ESE research. References de Rijke, V. (2024). The And Article: Collage as Research Method. Qualitative Inquiry, 30(3–4), 301–310. https://doi.org/10.1177/10778004231165983 Kraftl, P. (2020). After Childhood: Re-thinking Environment, Materiality and Media in Children’s Lives. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315110011 Malone, K. (2018). Children in the Anthropocene. Rethinking Sustainability and Child Friendliness in Cities. Palgrave Macmillan. Malone, K., Truong, S., & Gray, T. (2017). Reimagining Sustainability in Precarious Times. Springer. Matthews, H., Taylor, M., Percy-Smith, B., & Limb, M. (2000). The Unacceptable Flaneur: The Shopping Mall as a Teenage Hangout. Childhood, 7(3), 279–294. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568200007003003 Nxumalo, F. (2019). Decolonizing Place in Early Childhood Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429427480 Opsahl, K. (2018). Kjøpesenter—Rom og sted for unges utforskning og mestring (pp. 119–141). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Spyrou, S. (2018). Disclosing Childhoods. Research and Knowledge Production for a Critical Childhood Studies. Palgrave Macmillan. Sund, L., & Pashby, K. (2020). Delinking global issues in northern Europe classrooms. The Journal of Environmental Education, 51(2), 156–170. https://doi.org/10.1080/00958964.2020.1726264 Tsing, A. L. (2015). The Mushroom at the End of the World. On the Possibility of Life in Capitalist Ruins. Princeton University Press 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper In the Shadows of Clothing. Developing Ecological Taste for Clothing Pedagogy 1: Malmö University, Sweden; 2: Uppsala University, Sweden Presenting Author:Clothing is an essential part of our daily lives, but rising consumerism has created major environmental problems (Brooks et al., 2017; Fletcher, 2016; Clean Clothes, 2018). Europeans consume nearly 26 kilos of textiles and discard 11 kilos each year, of which 87% is incinerated or landfilled (European Environmental Agency, 2020). This pattern must change, and we need new ways of relating to and learning about clothing as part of Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE). This theoretical paper presents a conceptual framework for developing an ecological aesthetical relation to clothing, with a specific focus on mending as a pedagogical activity. Clothing education is not an independent school subject in any European country but appears across several subjects. In the Nordic countries, it has a long tradition within design and craft: In Finland’s ‘educational sloyd’ (kästiyö), in Norway, ‘art and handicraft’ (kunst och håndverk), in Iceland ‘design and handicraft’ (hönnum og smidi), in Denmark ‘handicraft and design’ (håndværk og design) and in Sweden in Sloyd education (slöjdämnet). Clothing also appears in Home Economic (care, laundering, consumerism) and in Natural and Social sciences, as part of resources and sustainability learning. Hence, there are plenty of opportunities for learning about sustainability and clothes both in the Nordic countries and in Europe. Although opportunities for teaching sustainability through clothing exists, it is far from evident what and how to teach it (Hofverberg & Westerlund, 2021; Hofverberg et al, 2023). Design research highlights the need to shift from individualistic consumption to post-growth fashion by emphasising personal meaning in clothing use and encouraging engagement with clothing as more than mere “objects” designed for purchase and wear (Fletcher, 2016). Instead, designs – as clothes – are understood as integral parts of people’s lifeworlds that transcend consumerism (Fry and Nocek, 2021). As Maione (2023) argues, there is also a need to explore new ways of imagining plural futures for clothing systems through practices of craft and remaking, rather than continuing the current system of taking, making, and wasting. Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) research shows that there are often two sustainability stories at stake when teaching about sustainable fashion: making smart choices in relation to clothing and having fun with clothes (Hofverberg et al, 2023). These stories draw on a rational idea – as if we know what sustainable clothing is, or that we take for granted that students want to have fun with clothes. This does not mean that there are no smart choices or that some students don’t think it is fun with clothes, but it limits pedagogical possibilities. Research shows that education needs space for a full range of emotions (Pivotti & Hofverberg, 2025), creating spaces for both hope and grief (Lindström, Jönsson and Hillgren, 2021) as well as creating spaces for the unknown in educational practices (Saari & Mullen, 2018). To address these needs, we will in this paper present a conceptual framework for developing ecological aesthetical relations to clothing. To develop this framework, we draw on Japanese aesthetics (Richie 2007) and in particular Tanizaki’s In praise of shadows (1977) as well as Tim Morton’s work on hyperobjects, dark ecology, and ecological being (2013, 2016, 2018). This provides a vocabulary for engaging with the strange and uncanny dimensions of clothing. Our framework aligns with post-growth fashion and lifeworld perspectives that avoid reducing clothing to a tool for predetermined sustainability outcomes. The paper presents the theoretical foundations, illustrates them with examples from clothing education and mending activities, and discusses didactical implications for cultivating ecological taste—supporting acceptance of the existential conditions of both learners and content. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Our paper will work primarily with the three marks of existence in Buddhist philosophy and how they relate to Japanese aesthetics to tease out a conceptual framework for developing an ecological aesthetical relation to clothing. The three marks are: impermanence, suffering/dissatisfaction, and non-self. The focus of our paper will be on developing how these three marks relate to the aesthetic appreciation of clothing as a content of craft education. Particularly, we will use conceptions of beauty and appreciation in Japanese aesthetics (Richie 2007) to allow for the development of an aesthetic disposition (taste) towards a content of craft education that echoes an ecological attunement to existence. By ecological attunement to existence, we refer here to the aesthetic experience of a content, where the learner is to develop a position in experience that is not projecting a standard educational imposition of universal substance on that content. As argued elsewhere (Bengtsson, 2022), a specific and unique educational content is reduced to a generalized historic substance for the human. Our conceptual intervention is here to abandon the notion of permanence of the content (the a-temporal existence of content - permanence), the reduction of appearance to humans as substance of that content (the educative substance or essence to that content derived from its historicity in human engagement with it - the non-self via the not-self for us), and erasure of the abject uniqueness of a content to its primary universal substance (imperfection of the particular content in relation to an a-temporal substance). In line with recent work of the darker aesthetical and existential dimensions of environmental and sustainability education, such as the embrace of the beauty in darkness (Affifi 2020), the conceptual framework also highlights the didactical implications in the development of ecological taste, that is, to facilitate an acceptance of the existential condition of learns as well as content. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings As mentioned in the introduction, Europeans consume 26 kilos of textiles annually and discard about 11 kilos each year (EEA, 2020). This cycle of “taking, making, and wasting” is highly unsustainable (Maione, 2023). However, these consumer habits and the resulting waste are not new and have been recognized for a long time. Consequently, there is a need for other ways of teaching about ESE and clothing. In this paper we have presented a conceptual framework for developing an ecological aesthetical relation to clothing and mending, which is inspired by Japanese aesthetics (Richie 2007) and Morton’s work on hyperobjects, dark ecology, and ecological being. The conceptual framework helps give voice to clothing as something both familiar yet strange. It also opens possibilities for understanding clothing – and particular mending – as educational content that acts as an unsettling actor, where garments as objects of education appear as shifting and unpredictable qualities to students. A key role of didactic intervention is to let clothing as an object of education not undermine its reduction to content by the student or the teacher (Bengtson, 2022). From this perspective, clothes are not only for us, but the educational space provide opportunities for clothes to be with us and even without us (cf. Thatcher, 2011). The framework that we have developed should interest craft and design teachers and researchers in general, and specifically those in the Nordic countries who are interested in the craft subject. Beyond this audience, the framework should also speak to anyone interested in clothing, mending and ESE, and ESE research. References Affifi, R. (2020). Beauty in the Darkness: Aesthetic Education in the Ecological Crisis. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 54(4), 1126–1138. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12475 Bengtsson, S. L. (2022). Didaktiken efter idealismen: Undervisningsobjektets återkomst i antropocen. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 27(3), 32–53. Brooks, A., Fletcher, K., Francis, R. A., xDulcie Rigby, E. & Roberts, T. (2017). Fashion, Sustainability, and the Anthropocene. Utopian Studies, 28,(3), 428-504. DOI: 10.5325/utopianstudies.28.3.0482 Clean Clothes (2018). Fashions Problem. Waste and pollution. https://cleanclothes.org/fashions-problems/waste-and-pollution European Environmental Agency (2020). The impact of textile production and waste on the environment. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/news/en/headlines/society/20201208STO93327/the-impact-of-textileproduction-and-waste-on-the-environment-infographics Fry, T. & Nocek, A. (red.) (2021). Design in crisis: new worlds, philosophies and practices. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003021469 Fletcher, K. (2016). Craft of use: Post-growth fashion. Routledge Hofverberg, H., Franzén, J., & Maivorsdotter, N. (2023). Education for sustainable clothing consumerism? : A critical examination of educational material for design and craft education. FormAkademisk, 16(5). https://doi.org/10.7577/formakademisk.5234 Hofverberg, H. & Westerlund, S. (2021). Among Facilitators, Instructors, Advisors and Educators How Teachers Educate for Sustainability in Design and Craft Education. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 40(3), 543-557. Lindström, K., Jönsson, L. & Hillgren, P. (2021). Sketching hope and grief in transition. Situating anticipation in lived futures. Artifact: Journal of Design Practice, 8(1-2), 17.1-17.22. https://doi.org/10.1386/art_00017_1 Maione, D. (2023). Recrafting futures: Post-material transformations toward clothing longevity. Diss. Carnegie Mellon University. Pivotti, V., & Hofverberg, H. (2025) Environmental wicked problems in middle school – emotional work in the happenstance. Environmental Education Research, 31(6), 1260–1274. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2025.2468820 Richie, D. (2007). A Tractate on Japanese Aesthetics. Stone Bridge Press. Saari, A., & Mullen, J. (2018). Dark places: Environmental education research in a world of hyperobjects. Environmental Education Research, 26(9–10), 1466–1478. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2018.1522618 Tanizaki, J. (1977). In Praise of Shadows. Leete’s Island Books. Thacker, E. (2011). In the Dust of this Planet. Zero Books.Usher, K., Durkin J. & Bhullar N. (2019). Eco-anxiety: How thinking about climate change-related environmental decline is affecting our mental health. Int. Jour. of Men. Health. Nur., 28, 1233–1234. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper When Habits Forge Attention: How Collective Rhythms in Makerspaces Shape Sustainable Futures Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences (KU Leuven), Belgium Presenting Author:In recent years, makerspaces have gained significant popularity across European cities. These spaces, encompassing diverse forms such as fablabs, hackerspaces, tech hubs, and upcycling collectives and are united by a strong Do-It-Yourself (DIY) ethos. This ethos is grounded in the belief that everyone should have the opportunity to engage with technology, tools, and materials, empowering citizens beyond passive consumption (Vandenabeele & Decuypere, 2022). In this paper, we will elaborate on one particular case: a makerspace in Leuven (Belgium) called ‘maakleerplek’. This makerspace is situated in the historical mills of Orshoven, along the industrial canal and in what is now a new residential area. The name chosen for this initiative reflects their ambition to be a place where everyone is welcome and where making and learning are intertwined in all its activities (maakleerplek, n.d.). To this end, several different workshops and ateliers are set up in these mills and its surrounding building, for example a graphic lab, a high-tech lab or repair shops. These places are the habitat for what we describe in this paper as a particular form of sustainability education where sustainable futures are shaped within the collective rhythms of making things together. The aim is of this paper twofold: to articulate the theoretical groundwork of this particular sustainability education and to present an empirical analysis of how this sustainability education becomes possible in two repair hubs of maakleerplek – one focused on textile repair, and another focused on the repair of electronics. Both work in the same manner: you can bring in clothes or broken electronics, which volunteers will repair for (and sometimes with) you. The research questions this paper seeks to answer are: How can we conceptualise the collective rhythms of making things together as a distinctive form of sustainability education? Which educational processes are characteristic for practicing sustainability education in this way? To articulate the theoretical groundwork, the paper makes three steps. Firstly, and in line with Ingold’s (2021) research on making things, activities in makerspaces aren’t considered from a perspective of doing, where the maker frictionless imposes their ideas on the desired material, but as a permanent formative process of correspondence where makers, materials and their surroundings constantly affect one another by engaging and joining with one another. This making is understood as learning to dwell worlds together where people and things become interwoven, but still distinct - affecting one another through what Dewey calls a transactional field of doings and undergoings (Torenbosch & Vandenabeele 2023). Secondly, these processes of correspondence are being performed in rhythms, which can be understood as an “interaction between a place, a time and an expenditure of energy” (Lefebvre, 2004, p. 15). These rhythms compromise a captivating sustainability educational matter; not only as an individual, but as a community that is engaged in sharing knowledge, skills, tools and a space that is characterized by a polyrhythmic dynamic (Gauntlett, 2011; Lefebvre, 2004; Vandenabeele & Decuypere, 2022). Thirdly, this paper illustrates how sustainability education in makerspaces gains its transformative potential through the performance of durable rhythms or habits, which entail a certain obligation; the rhythms of making things must be repeated – not to become rigid or stagnated (Lefebvre, 2004), but to cultivate thoughtfulness, caution, vigilance, and attentiveness as essentials for living in a web of interdependencies with other people as well as with technologies, artefacts, the materiality of things, animals, plants, et cetera (Vandenabeele & Decuypere, 2022). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used In the autumn of 2025, we conducted a rhythmanalysis (Lefebvre, 2004; Lyon, 2018) to examine how sustainability education takes shape within these repair hubs, drawing on (participative) observations and semi-structured interviews. The observations took place before the interviews because rhythms are something that researchers must experience and feel concretely on top of talking about them during interviews. By first experiencing the rhythms during the observations, we also gained a better insight into the present habits, enabling us to formulate more relevant interview questions (Lyon, 2018). During the observations we used our bodies as metronomes to perceive the rhythms (Lefebvre, 2004, pp. 19 – 20). To ensure that this metronome was properly calibrated, an observation protocol with three main components was designed and used. Firstly, in line with the central notion of correspondence in relation to making (Ingold, 2021) and Vandenabeele and Decuypere’s (2022) conceptualization of a more-than-human public that is active within such spaces, we focused upon the socio-material correspondences. Secondly, we focused on social interaction between humans – to scrutinize how and about what makers correspond with each other when they were (not) making. Thirdly, we allowed our bodies to function entirely as metronomes to experience the polyrhythmic space and describe how they felt (e.g. a feeling of acceleration, deceleration, interruption or concordance of rhythms, etc.) (Lefebvre, 2004). In addition, we also conducted interviews after those observations to ask people about their experiences (including making experiences), how they ended up in this makerspace, how they experience time and present rhythms there, but also how they see their future (together). In the analysis of our data, we scrutinize the different forms of polyrhythm: arrhythmia (where the convergence of rhythms leads to an interruption), eurhythmia (where the convergence of rhythms runs smoothly and supports each other well), and isorhythmia (where the convergence of rhythms proceeds exceptionally well). By undertaking a detailed examination of how – through these differing rhythms – makers correspond with one another, with materials, and with the place, this paper elucidates who or what configures the allocation and distribution of attention within these spaces (Felt, 2025), and identifies the recurrent habits and related educational processes that contribute to – and shape – their experimentation with sustainable modes of living together (Stavrides, 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Our analysis illustrates how sustainability and circular economy, as two key pillars of the two repair hubs, are performed through rhythmic making activities of the volunteers and which are all characterised by being thoughtful, circumambient, calm and focussed (e.g. the rhythm of repairing a zipper of a raincoat). But on top of the attention these making activities require of the makers, there are also other rhythms that go together with these making activities (e.g. the rhythm of opening the casing of a vacuum cleaner while listening to advice from another maker) and other rhythms that interrupt these making activities (e.g. the rhythm of getting some drinks or needing some rest). This paper conceptualizes how the conjunction of these rhythms creates a unique educational ecology where the central issue of sustainability is connected to other social issues. In the repair hub for electronics for example, a lot of volunteers express that – by making in this makerspace – they re-experience the joy of doing (physical) labour. Meanwhile, in the repair hub for textile, most volunteers have a recent migration background. For them, making together goes hand in hand with careful attention to practicing their Dutch language skills. Importantly, the analysis in this paper provides an understanding of this unique educational ecology of makerspaces as threshold spaces (Stavrides, 2015). Threshold spaces do not function as buffer zones or protective barriers, but as enabling interfaces of potentiality, allowing people and things to experiment with sustainable ways of living together. These spaces are characterized less by fixed identities or prescribed norms and more by their porosity, their openness to transformation, as they encourage rhythms of hospitality, correspondence and sharing (Stavrides, 2015). References Felt, U. (2025). Academic times: Contesting the chronopolitics of research. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-96-4609-8 Gauntlett, D. (2011). Making is connecting: The social meaning of creativity, from DIY and knitting to YouTube and Web 2.0. Polity. Ingold, T. (2021). Imagining for real: Essays on creation, attention and correspondence. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003171713 Lefebvre, H. (2004). Rhythmanalysis: Space, Time and Everyday Life. Continuum. Lyon, D. (2018). What is Rhythmanalysis? Bloomsbury Academic. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350018310 maakleerplek. (n.d.). maakleerplek. Retrieved on January 27, 2026, from https://maakleerplek.be/ Stavrides, S. (2015). Common space as threshold space: Urban commoning in struggles to re-appropriate public space. Footprint (16), 9–20. https://doi.org/10.7480/footprint.9.1.896 Stavrides, S. (2024). The politics of urban potentiality: Spatial patterns of emancipatory commoning. Bloomsbury Academic. Torenbosch, J. A., & Vandenabeele, J. (2023). John Dewey, Smith Hughes, and vocational education: A new impetus for an old discussion. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 42(6), 617–632. https://doi.10.1007/s11217-023-09899-z Vandenabeele, J., & Decuypere, M. (2022). Repair tables, broken vacuum cleaners and posters: Weaving new worlds together in response to breakdowns. European Educational Research Journal, 21(3), 435–449. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211065332 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 13 C: Learning Environmental Sustainability across Ages and Stages Location: Maestro | Tampere Hall | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Alan Reid Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Young People Reversing Pedagogical Relations in the Planetary Crisis Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Emerging research shows how planetary crisis causes worry to a significant amount of young people around the world (see e.g. Hickman et al. 2021). Although, for example, the political dimension has been found to shape experiences of climate concern more strongly than generational differences (Marlon et al. 2022), studies have shown that many young people believe they know more about the planetary crisis than older generations do and are more concerned about the situation than older people are (Reilly et al. 2024). This perception of being more knowledgeable than older generations brings tension to the pedagogical relation, which has implications to the roots of education. Traditionally education theorists (e.g. Friesen, 2017; Saevi, 2015) define pedagogical relation as the relationship between the educator, who is typically an adult, and presumably someone who has achieved full competence to function in society, and the one being educated, the educatee. This feature of the relationship gives power and pedagogical responsibility to the educator to guide and educate the educatee towards competences needed and valued in society. But in these times of existential threat many young people feel a need to educate older people, to turn around the traditional order of the pedagogical relation. In an international study, many young people described teaching adults about climate change as a duty they have to do, because they have gained more information about climate change than adults have (Reilly et al. 2024, Mansikka-aho et al. forthcoming). This phenomenon of young people teaching adults has not been investigated with educational concepts. Although there are empirical studies on intergenerational learning, which have explored how young people can teach adults most efficiently (e.g. Chineka & Yasukawa, 2020; Lawson et al. 2019), but there is thin theoretical work on the phenomenon (see Mannion, 2016). In this presentation I will outline the normative concept of ‘reverse pedagogical relation’ (hencefort ‘RPR’). In more detail I will especially look what kind of a role self-cultivation plays in it. When an educatee has gained epistemic authority through acquiring knowledge of planetary crises that the educator lacks, the conventional framework of pedagogical relations is being destabilised trough RPR, as described before. Compared to traditional pedagogical relation, RPR is typically more fleeting in nature, happening often momentarily, due to the fundamental position of authority that older people typically occupy. In this way, the ‘reversal’ of pedagogical relations occurs in specific instances, but less rarely as turned around ‘fully’. Because the inversion unfolds inside the traditional pedagogical relation, young people need some other means of pedagogies than adults do. In RPR the educatee wants to have an impact on their educators’ thinking and behaviour. This is done, for example by an attempt to impact educators own process of self-cultivation. Kallio (2023, 160) defines self-cultivation as “a goal-oriented educational activity directed at the self, in which a person develops her or his own thinking, her or his ability to reflect on her or his feelings and her or his own actions in a relational relationship with other people, the environment and society”. Traditionally self-cultivation is defined as something only adults do and it is seen as a goal of the education itself (see e.g. Bohlin, 2008). In this inquiry I look how young people, the educatee’s already uses self-cultivation. The core aim of the study I present is to further develop the conceptual framework of RPR by combining it with the concept of self-cultivation. The objectives of this study are underpinned by the following two questions:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This inquiry is philosophical, and part of the field of philosophy of education. Therefore, it does not have a method in a similar manner like traditional qualitative or quantitative research. Methods in philosophical inquiry are critically viewed and questioned by many scholars (see e.g. Fulford & Hodgson, 2016; Heyting et al., 2001; Ruitenberg, 2010). However, philosophical inquiry does have methods even though the philosophers debate on them. Ruitenberg (2010, 2) defines the philosophical methods as “the various ways and modes in which philosophers of education think, read, write, speak and listen, that make their work systematic, purposeful and responsive to past and present philosophical and educational concerns and conversations”. In my study I will analyse the concept of pedagogical relation in relation to the times of planetary crisis. This is done by following the lead of Katariina Holma’s (2010) process of analysis and synthesis. I will disassemble the concept of pedagogical relation and stress it with the view of today’s young people’s historical situation and experiences. With an analysis of what is missing from the concept of pedagogical relation, I will reassemble it by complementing it with self-cultivation. I aim to conceptualise what is happening to the pedagogical relation in our times on planetary crisis, where some young people think they know more about planetary crisis and want to impact their educators thinking and behaviour. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study is still in the beginning; therefore it does not have conclusions yet. But expected outcome is a synthesis of the two concepts: pedagogical relation and self-cultivation, which are mirrored with the experiences of today’s young people. The conclusions will have a new conceptual framework of revise pedagogical relation. The presentation will discuss how environmental education could benefit from this new conceptual framework. References Bohlin, H. (2008). "Bildung" and Moral Self-Cultivation in Higher Education: What Does It Mean and How Can It Be Achieved?. In Forum on Public Policy Online (Vol. 2008, No. 2, p. n2). Oxford Round Table. Chineka, R., & Yasukawa, K. (2020). Intergenerational learning in climate change adaptations; limitations and affordances. Environmental Education Research, 26(4), 577–593. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1733494 Friesen, N. (2017). The pedagogical relation past and present: experience, subjectivity and failure. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49(6), 743-756. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2017.1320427 Fulford, A., & Hodgson, N. (Eds.). (2016). Philosophy and Theory in Educational Research: Writing in the margin. Routledge. Heyting, F., Lenzen, D. & White, J. (Eds.). (2001). Methods in philosophy of education. Routledge. Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., ... & Van Susteren, L. (2021). Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: a global survey. The Lancet Planetary Health, 5(12), e863-e873. Kallio, J. (2024). Cultivating the biophilic self: Urpo Harva as a theorist of environmental adult education. European journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 15(2), 159-178. Lawson, D. F., Stevenson, K. T., Peterson, M. N., Carrier, S. J., L. Strnad, R., & Seekamp, E. (2019). Children can foster climate change concern among their parents. Nature Climate Change, 9(6), 458–462. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-019-0463-3 Mannion, G. (2016). Intergenerational Education and Learning: We Are in a New Place. In S. Punch, R. Vanderbeck, & T. Skelton (Eds.), Families, Intergenerationality, and Peer Group Relations (ss. 1–21). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4585-92-7_5-1 Mansikka-aho, A., Saari, A. & Portus, R. (Forthcoming). Intergenerational Climate Conversations: A Foucauldian Analysis on the Potentials of Reversing Pedagogical Relations Among Youth. Environmental Education Research Marlon, J., L. Neyens, B. Everett-Lane, S. A. Rosenthal, E. Maibach, and A. Leiserowitz. 2022. “How Do Climate Change Views Differ by Generation?” Generations Journal 46 (2): 1–11. Reilly, K., Dillon, B., Fahy, F., Phelan, D., Aarnio-Linnanvuori, E., De Vito, L., Gnecco, I., Gopinath, D., Holmes, A., Laggan, S., Mansikka-aho, A., Palla, A., Portus, R., Rissanen, I., Sposito, S., Williams, S.-J., & McEwen, L. (2024). Learning from young people’s experiences of climate change education. Geography, 109(1), 44–48. https://doi.org/10.1080/00167487.2024.2297616 Ruitenberg, C. (Ed.). (2010). What do philosophers of education do?:(And how do they do it?). John Wiley & Sons. Saevi, T. (2015). Learning and pedagogic relations. The Sage handbook of learning, 342-352. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Galapagos Children’s Example for Environmental Education through the Poly-Crisis: Engaging Experientially and Emotionally for Knowledge and Action University of Oxford, United Kingdom Presenting Author:The Galápagos is a small archipelago of 21 main islands located about 1,000 km off the coast of Ecuador. One hundred years after the islands were made famous by Darwin’s On the Origin of Species, they were declared a National Park of Ecuador and subsequently added to the list of UNESCO Natural World Heritage Sites in 1978 (‘2 COM VIII.38 - Decision, Review of Nominations to the World Heritage List’, 1978) both actions drawing more international attention to the enchanted isles. In addition to a plethora of intriguing non-human species in the natural world, the islands are also home to ~30,000 human residents, and within that number, ~7,500 school aged children, who live near the internationally renowned natural space. Distinctly, there are no people Indigenous to the islands, meaning that the human communities in Galapagos are recently-established, and effectively, introduced species to fragile ecosystems (Hennessy, 2019). While Indigenous knowledge is present on the islands through migrant Indigenous communities who, like all other residents of the islands, have moved there from either Ecuadorian, or international regions, this research focuses on how an introduced human population can effectively build robust and deeply affective conservation through equally robust and affective environmental education and learning.
Despite this unique arrangement, and tremendously successful case study in conservation and locally-supported sustainability efforts, there is little research on and with Galapagos human communities to both understand and further hone local initiatives and to serve as a valuable example for international urgency in biodiversity conservation amidst the global poly-crisis. Even further, research with the youngest generation of Galapaguenos, about the environmental education and learning that they engage with in their home ecosystems, has received paltry attention academically and internationally.
This study aims to fill these gaps. Research included fieldwork with younger children in the Galapagos Islands, with an aim to understand how they physically and practically engage with the local natural world, how they think about and value both their home ecosystems and how that translates to value and care for international ones they learn about, and if and how environmental emotions play a role in shaping their lived environmental education. In effect, this research strives to learn from Galapagos children how to preserve and encourage more humanity in how we learn about, care for, and preserve the natural world, and more ecocentrism in how environmental education and learning is framed. In the context of the gravity of the environmental polycrisis, all parts of which have been instigated and exponentially worsened by human impact, exploitation of the ecosphere, and anthropocentric global human powers, I am keenly interested in how Galápagos children construct and use Local Ecological Knowledge (LEK) to engage in ecocentric stewardship of the ecosphere and “[return] to the protection of nature for nature's sake” (McCauley, 2006, p. 27).
This research is important not only for informing and furthering conservation efforts in the Galápagos, but essential for questions of how children engage with environmental concerns, what their worldviews and knowledge are and how adults might use data produced from children to best equip them and adult-run programs to lead stewardship and conservation locally and globally. As Durham (2021) notes, “Galápagos is a valuable test bed for the sustainability challenges facing the whole of planet earth” (p. 302). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study draws from empirical fieldwork conducted on two of the four inhabited Galapagos Islands, Santa Cruz and San Cristóbal, over the course of three months, working with 337 9-10 year old students from 18 schools. Engagement with children in the islands followed essential child-centric theoretical framing, leaning on the theory of Childism (Wall, 2022), to decentre dominant adult lenses and assumptions that endanger misrepresentation and misinterpretation, in addition to unjust and inequitable engagement with children resulting in the omission of their actual thoughts and ideas, let alone their emotions. All data were collected in Spanish, the local language, to further create equitable and comfortable data sharing contexts for children. he research is situated within an interpretivist constructivist epistemology, and within additional frameworks of ecocentrism, Sumak Kawsay (Knapp, 2019), deep ecology (Naess, 1973), and post-anthropocentric theories (Keating & Merenda, 2013) which centre the ecosphere and moves away from a hierarchical approach to humans and nature. Mixed methods were employed to most effectively learn from children at scale - using a short localized and locally-edited (with organizational leaders) survey instrument, and to engage with children using methods that allowed them to speak and act freely within a research structure. Qualitative methods used were 1-1 outdoor go-along interviews and outdoor focus groups with 8 children per class. Go-along outdoor interviews allowed for children to lead paths of walking through school grounds (child safeguarding measures in place), to actively reference, physically engage with, and share knowledge and emotional responses to the natural environment. Outdoor focus groups were also child-led, with the researcher taking a position of learner, instead of teacher or leader, which allowed for the expression of peer-to-peer knowledge sharing and positioned children as sharers and teachers of ecological and environmental knowledge and emotion. Both interviews and focus groups were audio-recorded and supplemented with researcher fieldnotes. All three data sources covered question and discussion topics around presence of local ecological knowledge, sources for that knowledge, and emotional and value-questions in regards to the local environment and particularly local endemic and native biodiversity. Analysis of survey results focused on descriptive statistics to broadly, but accurately, describe the local ecological knowledge of children, in addition to qualitative analysis of long-form answers around emotion and value in connection with environmental learning and experiences. Audio files from interviews and focus groups were transcribed in Spanish and then thematically coded and Braun & Clarke’s (2012) thematic analysis guidance. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Children in the Galapagos affirmed, resolutely, the possibility for recently-established human populations to have incredible efficacy when it comes to learning about, engaging equitably and openly with, and framing our human position in relation to ecosystems as an ecocentric one. Children not only shared robust and complex local ecological knowledge about their Galapagos environment, but did so with deep and nuanced threads of environmental emotions, and with emphasis on frequent and thoughtful experiential engagement with the natural environment. Children set an example for how to weave humanity through environmental education and learning, and how to not only practice, but encourage the recognition and evolution of resulting environmental emotions which further solidified their ecocentric and value-driven insistence on protecting and continuing to learn about their local biodiversity and ecosystems. In effect, they show how an evolved environmental education that incorporates child-led experiential learning within local environments, observations of direct human impact on and within local environments, and environmental emotions, can effectively support and drive pro-environmental outcomes. How do we keep our humanity, essential for effectively creating the change we want to see in a rapidly-changing world currently plagued by environmental destruction and branches of the poly-crisis, strong and active? Children in Galapagos share powerful banks of local ecological knowledge, built through frequent experiential and emotion-laden engagement with their local environment. These experiences and emotional coding helps them to form deep, reliable, and recallable banks of knowledge about their environment and about the direct impact of humans within that and broader global environments. This work serves as not only a case study for experiential and emotionally-driven environmental education, it also provides a template for international work within environmental learning. Findings from this work can be used by practitioners, parents, and children themselves, to engage in practice of a Galapagos-informed environmental education approach. References 2 COM VIII.38---Decision, Review of Nominations to the World Heritage List. (1978). UNESCO World Heritage Centre. 2nd session of the World Heritage Committee (CONF.010). https://whc.unesco.org/en/decisions/2127/ Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. In H. Cooper, P. M. Camic, D. L. Long, A. T. Panter, D. Rindskopf, & K. J. Sher (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology, Vol 2: Research designs: Quantitative, qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological (pp. 57-- 71). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/13620-004 Durham, W. H. (2021). Exuberant Life. Oxford University Press. Hennessy, E. (2019). On the Backs of Tortoises: Darwin, the Galapagos, and the Fate of an Evolutionary Eden. Yale University Press. Naess, A. (1973). The shallow and the deep, long‐range ecology movement. A summary∗. Inquiry, 16(1--4), 95--100. https://doi.org/10.1080/00201747308601682 Keating, A., & Merenda, K. (2013). Praktyka 4(10)/2013 teoretyczna. Praktyka Teoretyczna, 10(4), 65--88. Knapp, G. (2019). The Changing Kichwa Language Map in Ecuador. In S. D. Brunn & R. Kehrein (Eds.), Handbook of the Changing World Language Map (pp. 1--12). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-73400-2_51-1 McCauley, D. J. (2006). Selling out on nature. Nature, 443(7107), 27–28. https://doi.org/10.1038/443027a Wall, J. (2022). From childhood studies to childism: Reconstructing the scholarly and social imaginations. Children's Geographies, 20(3), 257--270. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2019.1668912 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 30 SES 13 D: Telling the Tale of Climate: fiction, narrative and story Location: Aaria | Tampere Hall | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Elin Sæther Paper Session |
|
|
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Climate Change and Climate Fiction in Secondary School Classrooms – a Narrative Literature Review Mälardalen University, Sweden Presenting Author:This paper contributes with knowledge about the didactic potential of climate fiction for young learners’ action competence in the context of ongoing climate change. One of the greatest global challenges of our time is the escalating climate crisis, which raises questions on scientific, political, and existential grounds. There is still no comprehensive picture of what sustainable development of society looks like and/or how it is organized. Teachers therefore have the challenging tasks of teaching both what we know and also what is still unknown (Sund & Öhman, 2025; Nordh et al., 2025; Jickling, 1994). Teaching about sustainable development, democracy and specifically the hyperobject climate change can also raise questions in the classroom that teachers may find difficult to address (Sund & Öhman, 2025; Morton, 2013). The concept of sustainable development has had a prominent place in Swedish national curriculum since 1994 (Skolverket, 1994). However, a recent inspection by the Swedish Schools Inspectorate found that few schools achieve high-quality work on sustainability issues (The Swedish Schools Inspectorate, 2023). The inspection shows that, instead of connecting larger structural changes at the societal level to the democratic system within sustainable development, students emphasize their individual and everyday responsibilities, such as sorting waste and limiting consumption. This can lead to feelings of indifference instead of engagement and action competence. Teachers in Sweden have predominantly worked with environmental and climate issues within the natural and social sciences, as well as in interdisciplinary projects, where environmental education in schools tends to be normative (Andersson Hval & Aijmer Rydsjö, 2021). Normative teaching can certainly contribute to understanding of how to behave sustainably but leaves little room for complex issues that engage on a personal level (Öhman & Kronlid, 2019). If students are to be able to think creatively and imagine alternative futures, which is the basis for a democratic approach, then access to qualitative, emotionally grounded, lived experiences is needed. One way for schools to develop their work on sustainable development is to make the multifaceted nature of the climate issue visible through climate fiction (Andersson Hval & Aijmer Rydsjö, 2021). Climate fiction is a relatively young genre, originating from science fiction, sci-fi, with increasing popularity in libraries and schools as well as in research contexts (Andersen, 2019). Climate fiction provides pedagogical opportunities for examining future challenges at the intersection of social sustainability, climate change, and justice. (Nordh et al. 2025; Andersson Hval & Aijmer Rydsjö, 2021; Lindgren Leavenworth & Manni, 2021). While interest in climate fiction as a teaching resource has grown within Nordic and European research, its educational use is still relatively unexplored, which highlights the need for a deeper understanding of its didactic potential. This paper is a narrative literature review focusing on articles on Environmental & Sustainability Education, ESE and literature education with Climate Fiction in European schools. Focus is both on the didactic potential of climate fiction and teachers’ didactic choices, as well as how these can promote students’ understanding of and action competence in sustainability issues. The questions asked are: How is the topic theorized? What teaching methods are being used? Is Climate Fiction seen as a solution to something? How is the climate issue problematized and/or addressed in teaching? What are the young learners’ responses to the climate fiction texts? The findings will form the basis for a theoretical understanding and for the continued implementation of practical research in grades 7-9. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The first stage of research will soon be in progress and will start by February 2026 and be completed in August 2026. The aim of the literature review is to identify opportunities and issues surrounding literature selection and teaching methods which will then stepwise be tested in sub-studies with selected climate fiction in my ongoing thesis work. The narrative literature review guided by systematic principles is inspired by the model proposed by Juntunen and Lehenkari (2019). The choice to do a narrative literature review is based on the premise that the collection of literature is both freer and broader compared to a more comprehensive systematic literature review (Gregory & Denniss, 2018). As climate fiction is a relatively young genre, access to literature is limited, and a broader search across several databases will therefore be needed to gain a deeper understanding of the research topic from both a literary didactic and an environmental and sustainability education perspective. The choice of narrative overview is also based on Baumeister and Leary (1997) with the aim to integrate and synthesize findings from multiple studies across different disciplines to interpret or illuminate a particular phenomenon. This study will integrate two didactic fields: Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) and Literature Didactics, which is the basis for the choice of narrative literature overview. Methodologically, this narrative review will be conducted iteratively with cycles of reading, reflection, and refinement interspersed with structured searches with clear inclusion criteria, and selection, analysis, and writing based on data collection and our interpretive understanding of the field (Siddaway et al. 2019). The databases used are Scopus, ERIC/EBSCO and Web of Science. To coordinate interpretation and systematic selection, log all decisions for transparency and traceability, Covidence is being used as a review tool. Keywords: Pedagogy, Teaching, Climate Fiction, Cli-Fi, Speculative fiction, Education, Teaching literature, Compulsory education, Secondary Education, Anthropocene, Climate Change Education. In this study, the exclusion criteria are non-formal, university and pre-school to obtain as concise and narrow results as possible, with a focus on secondary school. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings An initial exploration and preliminary search to test keywords indicates that work with climate fiction in secondary schools is not extensively researched yet and that a broader search is necessary. With 22 hits in Scopus and 28 in ERIC/EBSCO in December 2025 and January 2026, 5 abstracts were initially selected for a first overview reading with relevance to this study's research questions. These selected abstracts are all within the period 2020-2025, with the majority from 2025. The selected articles provide a preliminary indication that climate fiction in schools has the didactic and pedagogical potential to approach climate change issues in the classroom. The selected articles also indicate that climate fiction in education is a field on the rise and that there is a great need for further studies with a practical approach in the area. This narrative literature study offers a critical synthesis of selected literature and contributes to ongoing academic discussions within the fields of ESE and literature education. The expected outcome will make visible the research landscape on climate fiction and critically discuss teaching based on climate fiction and more broadly teaching in the field of climate change. Further contributions to the field include gaining qualitative insights into experiences, perspectives, and meanings related to climate change issues, subjectification, meaning making and literature didactics in the classroom. The narrative literature review represents an opportunity to connect conceptual resources from the didactic potential of climate fiction with the didactic implications in continued practical research in the later years of secondary school. This narrative study contributes to the mapping of future research needs for addressing climate issues in secondary classrooms within the fields of climate change education and literature education. References Andersen, G. (2019). Climate Fiction and Cultural Analysis. Routledge Environmental Literature Andersson Hval, U., & Aijmer Rydsjö, C. (2021). Klimatkrisen i klassrummet: Reflektioner kring användning av litteratur i undervisning om hållbar utveckling. Utbildning och Lärande / Education and Learning, (2), 27–44 Baumeister, R., & Leary, M. (1997). Writing Narrative Literature Reviews. Review of General Psychology. (1), 311-320. 10.1037//1089-2680.1.3.311. Gregory, A. T., & Denniss, A. R. (2018). An Introduction to Writing Narrative and Systematic Reviews –Tasks, Tips and Traps for Aspiring Authors. Heart, Lung and Circulation, 27(7), 893–898. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.hlc.2018.03.027 Jickling, B. (1994). Why I don´t want my children to be educated for sustainable development: Sustainable belief. The Trumpeter, 11(3). https://trumpeter.athabascau.ca/index.php/trumpet/article/view/325/497 Juntunen & Lehenkari (2019). Lindgren Leavenworth, M., & Manni, A. (2021). Climate fiction and young learners’ thoughts - a dialogue between literature and education. Environmental Education Research, 27(5), 727–742. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1856345 Morton, T. (2013). Hyperobjects: Philosophy and Ecology after the End of the World. University of Minnesota Press. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.5749/j.ctt4cggm7 Nordh, K., Lidar, M., & Areskoug, L. (2025). Experimenting with dystopian scenarios and imagined futures as a critical and creative futures perspective in ESE. Environmental Education Research, 1–23. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2025.2588269 Siddaway, A., Wood, A., & Hedges, L. (2019). How to Do a Systematic Review: A Best Practice Guide for Conducting and Reporting Narrative Reviews, Meta-Analyses, and Meta-Syntheses. Annual Review of Psychology. (70). 10.1146/annurev-psych-010418-102803. Skolverket. (1994). 1994 års läroplan för det obligatoriska skolväsendet (Lpo 94). https://skolfs.skolverket.se/api/document/GRUNDFORFATTNING/1994:1/pdf Sund, L., & Öhman, J. (2025): Revisiting the political in environmental and sustainability education – a global justice-oriented approach, Environmental Education Research, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2025.2567938 The Swedish Schools Inspectorate. (2023). Skolors arbete med lärande för hållbar utveckling. Att ge elever handlingskompetens för de stora utmaningarna. https://www.skolinspektionen.se/globalassets/02-beslut-rapporterstat/granskningsrapporter/tkg/2023/lhu/rapport-tkg-skolors-arbete-med-larande-for-hallbarutveckling.pdf Öhman, J., & Kronlid, D.O. (2019). A Pragmatist perspective on value education. I P.K. Van., L. Östman., & J. Öhman. (Red). (2019). Sustainable development teaching: Ethical and political challenges. Taylor & Francis Group. 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Epistemic shift through relational storytelling: A teaching anthology for Environmental Education University of Cambridge, United Kingdom Presenting Author:In a time of poly-crisis, environmental and sustainability education (ESE) is increasingly asked to respond to conditions that exceed conventional curricular reforms or behaviour-change models. Yet dominant forms of schooling often remain organised by logics of separability and individualism that constrain what kinds of educational futures can be imagined. This paper presents the final stage of a doctoral project that uses the architectural stage of Levitas’ (2012) Utopia as Method (UAM) as a research-creation approach to the question: what pedagogies, practices, and structures might support an ontological shift in ESE, toward relational, decolonial, and more-than-human ways of being and knowing? This doctoral work is rooted in the premise that the stories we tell and those we hear shape our openness (or closedness) to certain ways of being. While often treated as supplementary or illustrative within educational research, storytelling has historically been central to philosophical inquiry itself: from Plato’s dialogues and parables, through Rousseau’s (1762) ideas on education by narrating the fictional story of young Émile, to Simone de Beauvoir’s (1949) personal narratives and anecdotes to explore the lived experiences of women. This project situates itself within that lineage, treating story as a philosophical method of world-making, not simply a representational device. In this sense, the project aligns with a tradition in which philosophy is concerned with how concepts live in the world rather than only how they are defined. Building on earlier UAM stages (archaeological and ontological), this final stage translates diffractive insights into philosophical and pedagogical possibilities through an imaginative and practice-oriented repertoire that teachers can adapt to contemporary educational contexts. Conceptually, the work takes a decolonial and posthuman approach to ESE, understanding pedagogy as an emergent relational field rather than a fixed container of methods and practices (Barad, 2007; Hemara, 2000; Krenak, 2020). Pedagogy is framed as something that arises with and through human, more-than-human, and technological relations. This paper argues that in the present moment, ESE research must do more than critique dominant paradigms; it must also support educators in imagining alternatives that can be lived and reshaped in context. The architectural stage, therefore, takes up imagination as methodology –inviting writer and reader to imagine themselves, as well as the world, otherwise (Levitas, 2012)–while remaining accountable to the institutional and ethical conditions under which teaching takes place. Through philosophical creative writing as research-creation, a speculative ‘teaching anthology’ designed as a pedagogical companion for teachers emerges. Methodologically, the anthology follows Loveless (2019) in treating research-creation as a form of theory-making, using creative practice as an intervention into what counts as knowledge and how educational futures can be imagined. The project proposes a form of philosophical pedagogy that travels through resonances rather than replication. The international dimension of this contribution is twofold: First, it addresses the shared pressures shaping European schooling systems, such as standardisation, digital platformisation, and teacher workload, while recognising that poly-crisis is diversely lived across geographies and histories. Second, it positions ESE as an internationally contested field of knowledge production, proposing a form of research communication that can travel across contexts without forcing it into a universalised template. Stories and invitations within the teaching anthology are intended to be locally understood rather than exported as policy-ready solutions. The presentation will share the methodological approach to this story-based research-creation, as well as the selection of pedagogical commitments and design invitations within the anthology that demonstrate how ontological shifts can be translated into classroom-relevant possibilities without collapsing into replicable technique. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study adopts philosophical creative writing as research-creation. Research-creation utilises creative or arts-based practices that permeate both the form of research as well as its form of dissemination (Kitchin, 2023; Loveless, 2019). As a practice, research-creation is both embodied and experiential, engaging simultaneously with discourse, symbolic, and imagined meanings, meant to allow for exploring new questions, different approaches to addressing problems, and innovative methods of expression (Kitchin, 2023). It is a knowledge-generating process in which the creative artefact is simultaneously the site of inquiry and the primary research output. In this design, writing becomes the apparatus through which philosophical and pedagogical possibilities are explored and reconfigured. Creative writing is understood as a practice that can denaturalise dominant academic discourse, interrupt inherited habits of thought, and generate different conditions for educational futures. In this sense, the method is not simply arts-based, but epistemological, concerned with how knowledge itself comes to matter. This project also explicitly positions research-creation as philosophy-creation. When philosophy is understood as an artistic endeavour, the questions philosophers ask change too (Stuhr, 2018). When approaching art, one does not seek evidentiary enclosure by asking “Is it true?” or “Where is the evidence?” but instead asks questions like “Does it illuminate my experience,” “Is there meaning?” or even “‘What happens, what is transformed, if I become attuned to this narrative?’” (Stuhr, 2018). In this sense, the aim is not to prove a pedagogical model, but to compose conceptual–affective scenarios that make alternative educational ontologies phenomenologically available, feelable, and thinkable. The writing emerges through an assemblage that includes diffractive insights from previous research, which I briefly summarise into a speculative teaching anthology of various stories designed as a pedagogical companion for teachers. Each story is accompanied by annotations, or philosophical-pedagogical reflections that pause and notice ontological shifts, and invitations, or practical design openings for teachers across assessment, self-checks, and learning design. The anthology is structured around six Movements that emerged from the previous stages of research’s diffractive inquiry and are translated here into practice-facing provocations: relational onto-epistemologies and the work of repair, entangled histories, embodied and place-based knowledges, unknowability and the refusal of closure, collections of agencies, and resistance and interruptions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The intended contribution of this paper is both methodological and theoretical. Methodologically, it offers research-creation as a rigorous form of philosophy-making within ESE, where creative practice generates theory. Theoretically, it proposes relational, decolonial, and posthuman orientations as resources for reimagining what education can be in the poly-crisis. Together, these shifts contribute to contemporary debates in ESE by focusing on how ontological and pedagogical ‘innovations’ can be made real, offering a mode of critical-pragmatic philosophy that treats pedagogy itself as a site of world-making. Through creative writing as research-creation, the study demonstrates how educational research can move beyond critique toward imaginative educational futures. The speculative teaching anthology is not necessarily a prescriptive framework, but a pedagogical companion to support educators in experimenting with relational, temporal, epistemic, and political shifts under real institutional constraints. The key outcome of this work is a conceptual reframing of pedagogy as an emergent relational field: a living ecology shaped by histories, land, bodies, technologies, uncertainties, and ethical responsibilities. In this framing, teaching is something that arises with and through relations. For ESE research, this suggests a new role. Rather than primarily producing policy-ready knowledge or scalable interventions, education research can act as a philosophical and methodological practice of re-attunement: shaping the conditions under which different ways of knowing, being, and relating become possible. This includes cultivating comfort with uncertainty, resisting epistemic closure, and legitimising affective, narrative, and speculative forms of knowledge alongside analytical ones. References Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway: Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. de Beauvoir, S. (1949). The Second Sex. Penguin Books. Hemara, W. (2000). Māori Pedagogies: A View from the Literature. Wellington, New Zealand: New Zealand Council for Educational Research. Kitchin, R. (2023). Arts-based methods for researching digital life. In Ash, J., Kitchin, R. and Leszczynski, A. (forthcoming) Researching Digital Life: Theory, Methods and Application. Sage, London. [pre-print version] Krenak, A. (2020). Ideas to Postpone the End of the World. Toronto: House of Anansi Press. Levitas, R. (2013). Utopia as Method: The Imaginary Reconstitution of Society. Palgrave Macmillan. Loveless, N. (2019). How to Make Art at the End of the World. Duke University Press. Rousseau, J.-J. (1979). Émile: Or, On education (A. Bloom, Trans.). Basic Books. (Original work published 1762) Stuhr, J. J. (2018). Lost, Looking Around, and Looking Ahead. The Journal of Speculative Philosophy, 32(1), 35–49. https://doi.org/10.5325/jspecphil.32.1.0035 30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper Nature-Inspired Stories: Examining the Effect of Biomimicry-Based Storybooks on Preschool Children’s Environmental Awareness 1: Marmara Üniversitesi, Turkey (Türkiye); 2: Esenyurt Üniversitesi Presenting Author:General description Biomimicry is an approach that aims to develop innovative and sustainable solutions to human problems by drawing inspiration from living systems, structures, and processes in nature (Benyus, 1997). As a concept, biomimicry first emerged in 1982 and reached a wider audience with Janine Benyus’s book Biomimicry: Innovation Inspired by Nature published in 1997. Benyus defines biomimicry as follows: “Biomimicry is learning from and then emulating natural forms, processes, and ecosystems in order to create more sustainable designs” (Kenny et al., 2012, as cited in Fıstıkçı & Gündüz, 2021). There are many products and structures developed by drawing inspiration from nature. For instance, the Eastgate Centre in Harare, Zimbabwe, was designed by drawing inspiration from the natural ventilation systems of termite mounds, enabling the building to maintain stable indoor temperatures without the use of energy-intensive air-conditioning systems (Tzonis, Lefaivre, & Slogno, 2001; as cited in Avcı, 2019). Similarly, Swiss engineer Georges de Mestral’s observation of the hook-like structure of burdock seeds led to the development of the Velcro fastener, now widely used across various fields (Geyik Değerli, 2020). These examples illustrate how imitating natural structures can result in innovative and functional design solutions In an educational context, biomimicry has gained value as a pedagogical approach that enables children to perceive nature not only as a learning object but also as a teacher and a model system. Learning in the preschool occurs through observation, imitation, and hands-on activities, which makes the application of biomimicry in education both natural and effective. . The biomimicry approach enables children to develop skills for understanding natural processes through structural and behavioural models in nature (Mart, Kesicioğlu, & Gökhan, 2024). According to the study by Mart et al., observing the solutions that living organisms develop for the challenges they encounter enhances creative thinking and problem-solving skills in children. In the context of environmental education, storybooks support children’s abilities to become familiar with nature, develop awareness of environmental issues, and foster positive attitudes toward the environment (Erten, 2005). According to the study by Ergül (2023), the use of illustrations in picture storybooks, photographs of living beings in nature, and models showing the relationships between organisms facilitates children’s process of applying the biomimicry approach. For example, when the phrase 'flying like a bird' is used in a classroom, a child can research what is needed to build a flying device after examining visuals that depict the diverse flight characteristics of various bird species. Existing research shows that environmental education in early childhood is predominantly implemented through direct instruction, drama, or field-based activities (Kaçak Tümer & Kaya, 2023; Jirásek, Čutová, & Jirásková; Güvenir & Türkmen, 2024; Uçar Çabuk & İşal, 2023). However, no experimental studies have been identified that examine the effects of biomimicry representations in storybooks on children’s environmental awareness. In this context, the present study is considered original in that it tests, within a quasi-experimental design, the assumption that biomimicry-oriented story narratives can support children’s understanding of the nature–human–design relationship and contribute to the development of environmental awareness. In this context, the present study aims to examine the effects of biomimicry-based storybooks on preschool children’s environmental awareness. The study evaluates whether storybooks that incorporate systems inspired by living organisms contribute to an increase in children’s environmental awareness. Research Questions
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Methodology The study group consists of 30 children attending the same preschool, one classroom assigned to the experimental group (n = 15) and the other to the control group (n = 15). This study is designed as a quasi-experimental study within the framework of quantitative research methods. In a quasi-experimental design, experimental and control groups are formed without random assignment. Both groups are administered a pre-test before the intervention and a post-test after the intervention. This study will utilize the non-equivalent control group pre-test/post-test quasi-experimental design, which is the most common among quasi-experimental designs, where experimental and control groups are selected without random assignment (Creswell, 2017). The primary reason for choosing this design is that participants are assigned to groups from their existing classes without random allocation. Experimental and control groups, each consisting of 15 participants, will be formed. The independent variable of the study is the activities conducted through biomimicry-based storybooks, while the dependent variable will be the levels of children's environmental awareness. The data collection instruments for this study consist of a Demographic Information Form and the Environmental Awareness and Attitude Scale for Preschool Children (EAASPC). EAASPC is a tool developed to assess both environmental attitudes and environmental awareness of children aged 60–66 months. The scale consists of 26 items across two sub-dimensions: Environmental Attitude (14 items) and Environmental Awareness (12 items). Before the study begin, ethical and institutional approvals will be obtained, and parental informed consent will be secured. After obtaining all required permissions, the Environmental Awareness and Attitude Scale for Preschool Children will be administered as pre tests to the experimental and control groups before the intervention. The experimental group will participate in biomimicry-based activities for six weeks, implemented twice weekly through biomimicry-based storybooks integrated activities lasting 30–60 minutes. EAASPC will be administered as a post-test to both the experimental and control groups. Following the post-test, the same activities will be provided to the control group. Data will be analysed using SPSS. After examining data distribution, pre-test scores of the experimental and control groups will be compared using the Mann–Whitney U test, while within-group pre-test and post-test differences will be analyzed using the Wilcoxon Signed-Rank Test. Post-test scores will be compared using the Mann–Whitney U test to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Expected outcomes The study is expected to provide an innovative perspective on preschool environmental education practices, make the effects of biomimicry-based pedagogy on children’s environmental attitudes more visible, and offer practical recommendations for teachers and educational researchers. A review of the literature indicates that studies on biomimicry are generally limited in number (Mart et al., 2024; Yüncü et al., 2024), and that research focusing specifically on early childhood is particularly scarce (Ergül, 2023). In his study, Ergül (2023) discusses the theoretical applicability of biomimicry-related studies in the preschool period but emphasizes that experimental and practice-based research in this field remains limited. In preschool education, biomimicry is often addressed indirectly within STEAM-oriented activities, particularly within bio-inspired design and basic robotics applications. The present study aims to contribute to the literature both theoretically and methodologically by addressing biomimicry not merely as a component of a design or interdisciplinary approach, but as a concept and learning experience in its own right. The findings are expected to enrich discussions on the scope, rationale, and applicability of story-based biomimicry practices in early childhood programs and to provide concrete recommendations for educators. In this respect, the study constitutes an experimental investigation employing biomimicry-based pedagogical tools and aims to fill an important gap in the field of biomimicry within environmental education while generating original results transferable to preschool educational practices. References References Avcı, F. (2019). Doğa ve inovasyon: Okullarda biyomimikri. Anadolu Öğretmen Dergisi, 3(2), 214–233. Benyus, J. M. (1997). Biomimicry: Innovation inspired by nature. HarperCollins. Creswell, J. W. (2017). Nicel Yöntemleri (I. Bilican, Çev.). Araştırma deseni: Nitel, nicel ve karma yöntem yaklaşımları içinde (3. baskı, ss. 170–172). Eğiten Kitap. Ergül, A. (2023). Analojik akıl yürütmenin biyomimikri ile desteklenmesi: Doğa ile öğrenen çocuklar. Türk Eğitim Bilimleri Dergisi, 21(2), 879–904. Erten, S. (2005). Çocuk edebiyatında çevre temaları ve çocukların çevre bilinci. Hacettepe Üniversitesi Eğitim Fakültesi Dergisi, 28, 85–96. Fıstıkçı, K. N., & Gündüz, E. (2021). Biyomimikri ve Mekânsal Tasarımdaki Yeri. İnönü Üniversitesi Sanat ve Tasarım Dergisi, 11(24), 17-32. Geyik Değerli, N. (2020). Tekstilde inovatif tasarım yaklaşımı: Biyomimikri. idil, 9(68), 675–685. Güvenir, Z., & Türkmen, L. (2024). The examination of preschool children’s environmental attitudes and awareness. Journal of Turkish Science Education, 21(3), 430-447. Jirásek, I., Čutová, B., & Jirásková, M. (2024). Environmental and outdoor education in preschool through family camping: the example of Czech Woodcraft in parents’ opinions. Environmental Education Research. Advance online publication. Katniyon, H. D., Duguryil, Z. P., & Longmut, D. I. (2024). Enhancing relevance and authenticity in STEM: Exploring biomimecry in a frog-inspired robot designs in developing pre-school children’s manipulative skills in STEM. Rima International Journal of Education, 3(3), 134-150. Kenny, J., Desha, C., Kumar, A., & Hargroves, C. (2012). Using biomimicry to inform urban infrastructure design that addresses 21st century needs. In 1st International Conference on Urban Sustainability and Resilience: Conference Proceedings (pp. 1–13). Queensland University of Technology. Koçak Tümer, N. B., & Kaya, Y. (2023). The effects of environmental education given by creative drama method on environmental awareness of preschool children. European Journal of Education Studies, 10(10), Article 5010. Mart, M., Kesicioğlu, O. S., & Gökhan, S. (2024). Doğadan bilime biyomimikri çalışmasının okul öncesi çocukların bilim motivasyonlarına etkisinin incelenmesi. Trakya Eğitim Dergisi, 14(3), 1896–1907. Tzonis, A., Lefaivre, L., & Slogno, J. A. (2001). Tropical architecture: Critical regionalism in the age of globalization. Wiley-Academy. Uçar Çabuk, F., & İşal, S. (2023). The effect of environmental awareness education program on children’s environmental awareness. İnsan ve Sosyal Bilimler Dergisi, 6(Education Special Issue), 379-400. Yüncü, S., Darıca, N., & Erdoğan Mermer, S. (2024). A case study on preschool children’s perceptions of biomimicry. Theory and Practice in Child Development, 4(1), 1–15. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 31 SES 13 A: Multlingual Contexts Location: B4116 | Pinni B | 4 Fl. Session Chair: Lucimar Dantas Paper Session |
|
|
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Education through Two Languages: Teachers’ Reflections of the Provision of Support for Bilingual Learning in Language Immersion in Finland Åbo Akademi, Finland Presenting Author:This paper aims to shed light on teachers’ reflections on the need for and access to bilingual support for students in language immersion programs in Finland. Through the perceptions of teachers from ECEC level to ninth grade, including special education teachers, an insight is given to existing bilingual support structures in language immersion in Finland. Language immersion is an established education programme in Finland, where two national languages (Swedish and Finnish) are used as languages of instruction to students who belong to the language majority. The programme starts at the age of 3–5 and continues to grade nine. The immersion language is the language of instruction in ECEC and preschool, and decreases gradually in school, while the pupils' first language increases as language of instruction. Additional languages are also introduced during the early school years, and language immersion in Finland is usually referred to as a multilingual education programme (Björklund, 2019). As linguistic diversity is an increasing phenomenon in many educational institutions, the bi- and multilingualism of individual students is slowly gaining ground as both a right and a valuable resource (cf. Ruiz, 1984) to be considered also in monolingually based school systems. A multilingualism-as-a-resource perspective must, however, provide pedagogical solutions that promote bi- and multilingualism for all students, also struggling students and students with special education needs (SEN). At present, there is a shared concern about e.g., education specialists not being sufficiently informed about what bilingual acquisition entails, the lack of appropriate assessment tools for bilingual students and difficulties in early identification between language delays (stemming from a simultaneous acquisition of two languages) and diagnosed disability (Nic Aindriú et al., 2020; Wise & Chen, 2015). These approaches towards bi- and multilingualism in school are under-researched and needs to be addressed. The relatively scarce research conducted in this field point out the importance of bilingual support structures for successful language immersion (Barrett et al., 2020; Ó Ceallaigh & Ní Shéaghdha, 2023; Tedick & Lyster, 2020), since students learn through a second language and they need to learn the academic language in two languages. Equivalent studies on the needs for provision of bilingual support from the Finnish context have yet not been published. Therefore, this paper maps the current situation in Swedish immersion to see what pedagogical interventions and solutions are used when teachers in Swedish immersion find that there is a need for extra support for individual students and how this support relates to pedagogy and policy in language immersion. The paper is part of a larger research project, ProSpectS, that studies leadership, teacher supervision, and support for learning in language immersion programs in Finland. The research objectives focus on the experiences of ECEC leaders, principals, special education teachers, student teachers, and teachers in ECEC (children aged 3–5), preschool (children aged 6), and basic education (students aged 7–15). In this explorative study we focus on teachers in language immersion and their views on the needs of and the provision of language supported pedagogy for immersion students’ emerging bilingualism/developing bilingualism. As part of the broader project, this paper addresses the following two RQs:
Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This mixed-methods study reports responses to selected questions of an online survey and qualitative semi-structured interviews about learning support by teachers working in language immersion in Finland. In total, 46 teachers (classroom, subject, special education, kindergarten, and preschool teachers) answered the survey in 2025. In addition, 14 teachers were interviewed either online or in person in Swedish or Finnish. After transcribing the interviews, a portion of the answers was translated into English. The analysis of this paper focuses on four survey questions and the interview about pedagogical support for learners in different ages, the development of students’ bilingualism, and the role of language for learning in language immersion. The relevant survey responses were first analysed through descriptive statistics, whilst the open-ended survey answers and the interview responses were analysed inductively (Braun & Clarke, 2006). The data were first analysed individually by the researchers, and then discussed and agreed upon among the research team. In this study, the responses from the survey serve as indicators of the teachers' perceptions on the different needs for learning support in immersion. During the interview, the respondents gave versatile and ample examples of language supportive pedagogy to promote students’ bilingual development and needs. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Descriptive statistics from the online survey show that the participating teachers do not consider students’ simultaneous acquisition of two languages in language immersion to be the main reason for identifying a need for extra support. Over half of the participants (54%) perceives concentration difficulties to be the main or the second main top reason for struggling students, whereas 39% ranks language-related and 37% mathematics-related difficulties as the two main reasons. The interview responses both supported and contradicted the survey answers. Language supportive pedagogy ranged from long-term, continued focus on language to instant, in-situ and context-dependent pedagogy solutions. In addition, it included both cognitively and emotionally based approaches to provide learning support (e.g., co-teaching, school dogs), as well as language-specific, cross-linguistic and non-verbal supportive strategies. In sum, the results show that the role of the immersion languages (Swedish and Finnish) is very central as all subject content is both taught and learned through two languages. References Barrett, M., William, K., & Prendeville, P. (2020). Special educational needs in bilingual primary schools in the Republic of Ireland. Irish Educational Studies, 39(3), 273–295. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2019.1697946 Björklund, S. (2019). Research trends and future challenges in Swedish immersion. In M. Haneda, & H. Nassaji (Eds.), Perspectives on Language as Action (pp. 45–60). Multilingual Matters. Braun, V, & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Pshychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Nic Aindriú, S., Ó Duibhir, P., & Travers, J. (2020). The prevalence and types of special educational needs in Irish immersion primary schools in the Republic of Ireland. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 35(5), 603–619. Ó Ceallaigh, T., & Ní Shéaghdha, A. (2023). Leadership and school self-evaluation in Irishmedium immersion: A roadmap for success. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(4), 949–968. https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211015218 Ruíz, R. (1984). Orientations in language planning. NABE Journal, 8(2), 15–34. https://doi.org./10.1080/08855072.1984.10668464 Tedick, D., & Lyster, R. (2020). Scaffolding language development in immersion and dual language classrooms. Routledge. Wise, N., & Chen, X. (2015). Early intervention for struggling readers in grade one French immersion. The Canadian Modern Language Review/La Revue Canadienne des Langues Vivantes, 71(3), 288–306. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Navigating Emotions and Ideologies in Minoritised Language Education: The Lived Experience of Irish and Basque Student Teachers 1: University of Galway, Ireland; 2: University of the Basque Country, Spain Presenting Author:This paper reports on a comparative study undertaken with student teachers in the Irish and Basque immersion education sectors. The study aims to explore the interplay of linguistic repertoires, language ideologies, and affect in the professional identity development of these pre-service teachers. Immersion education is recognised internationally as a key site for the protection and revitalisation of minoritised languages. Immersion schools, where all subjects are taught through the medium of the target language, can play an important role both in maintaining existing minoritised language communities and in fostering new communities of active speakers. Teachers in minoritised language immersion settings can be seen to have a unique perspective on decoloniality in education as their daily praxis challenges linguistic power structures (Neville, 2024). Furthermore, as European contexts grow increasingly diverse, immersion programmes can help to sustain linguistic heritage while also promoting multilingualism. Basque (Euskara) is a pre-Indo-European language spoken in a region straddling France and Spain. This study focuses on the Basque Autonomous Community (BAC) in Spain, where Basque has co-official status with Spanish and serves as a vehicular language in the education system (Pérez-Izaguirre, Châteaureynaud & van der Worp, 2025). Since the early 1980s, the BAC has offered three models of schooling: model A or Spanish-medium; model B or bilingual; and model D or Basque-medium. Model D has seen a remarkable growth in popularity and the Basque immersion model is now the majority choice in the region. Irish (Gaeilge), a Celtic language, is the first official language of Ireland, although only a minority of the population report speaking Irish daily (1.3% according to the 2022 National Census). The language has core status as a subject in the national curriculum, although this status has become increasingly contested (Murray et al., 2021) and has not led to success in reversing the language shift towards English. However, the immersion education sector, where all subjects are taught through Irish, has experienced rapid growth in recent decades, particularly in regions where the language does not have a strong community presence (Mac Gearailt, Mac Ruairc & Murray, 2021). In both these contexts, immersion education has been key to maintaining a minoritised language, although to differing degrees of success. Both contexts are also experiencing a rapid diversification of population due to migration, with an associated increase in multilingualism. This demographic shift is transforming the school populations in both contexts and placing new demands on teachers in their commitment to multilingualism and minoritised language education. Despite this, little research exists on how teachers navigate the intersection of language and emotion in these socio-linguistically complex environments. This study investigates how student teachers experience and negotiate their evolving identities as minoritised language speakers, learners, and future educators, exploring the affective dimensions—particularly language anxiety and enjoyment—that shape their professional trajectories and commitment to immersion education. The theoretical framing of the study draws on the concept of Spracherleben (Busch, 2017) or the lived experience of language, as this allows for a conceptualisation of linguistic repertoire that encompasses a speaker’s emotional and embodied experiences with language (Iversen, 2022). The study’s overarching research questions ask: ‘what is the role of emotion in the lived experience of pre-service teachers in the Irish and Basque immersion education sectors?’ ‘how can teacher educators support these pre-service teachers in negotiating the intersection of language and emotion?’ Through providing empirical data on the intersection of linguistic and emotional identity in these minoritised language contexts, we aim to create pedagogical resources that can be adapted by teacher educators in other European regions where minoritised languages, majority languages, and heritage languages co-exist in communities and schools. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study was developed as an innovative research-practice partnership that positions pre-service teachers as co-researchers and knowledge creators. It employs a transformative mixed-methods design combining survey-based empirical research with participatory action. In the first phase of the study, data will be collected using a survey incorporating validated measures of language anxiety and language enjoyment (Dewaele & MacIntyre, 2014; Horwitz et al., 1986) with open-ended items examining teacher role perceptions, identity negotiation, and motivations. The participants will be drawn from two teacher education programmes focused on immersion teaching (one in Ireland and one in the Basque Country), with an anticipated sample of approximately 100 (n=50 in each location). Quantitative data will be analysed using descriptive and inferential statistics to identify patterns and correlations. Thematic analysis methods will be used for the qualitative data, which will aim to capture nuanced lived experiences. The participants will function as co-researchers in the second phase of the study. Here, initial findings and reflections from the first phase will be shared through structured virtual seminars and collaborative working sessions. The pre-service teachers will be supported in comparing findings across contexts, identifying transferable insights, and contributing to the final analytic themes. They will then co-develop frameworks and resources for pedagogical interventions that aim to support teacher wellbeing and professional identity development. The final phase of the study, which is not reported on in this paper, will involve the piloting, evaluation and co-refinement of the pedagogical interventions with another group of pre-service teachers in both contexts. This approach, where participants are involved in the analysis and application of findings, ensures the outputs are both grounded in authentic classroom realities and sensitive to cross-cultural nuance. The study will be subject to approval from institutional Research Ethics Committees in both Ireland and the Basque Country. Best practice and regulations in procedures of informed consent, participant welfare, and data protection will be adhered to. Critical reflexivity on researcher positionality is a key ethical dimension of this study. As the researchers are teacher educators in the institutions from which the student participants will be recruited, particular care will be taken around questions of voluntarity and power dynamics in the research process. The relationship with the co-researchers will be approached from a respectful and sensitive position of epistemic equality and openness to co-construction of knowledge. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The study has not yet concluded, however we offer some anticipatory thoughts on the outcomes and impact of the study. We anticipate that the findings will deepen our understanding of the intersection of linguistic, affective, and teacher identity in the immersion education sector and will provide some insight into the emotional labour of language revitalisation in two European contexts, insights which can contribute to similar contexts across Europe. As outlined, the findings will inform the development of a series of cross-cultural workshops and pedagogical interventions for student teachers in Ireland and the Basque Country. By illuminating the emotional labour of language revitalisation and centring the voices of emerging educators, this project can contribute to linguistic inclusivity. We hope that it will offer actionable insights into creating emotionally safe learning environments for minoritised language educators. In contexts where immersion teachers are often themselves learners of the minoritised language this is essential for both teacher retention and the long-term sustainability of immersion education. Ultimately, this work contributes to preserving linguistic diversity while preparing educators to thrive in increasingly multilingual classrooms. References Busch, B. (2017). Expanding the Notion of the Linguistic Repertoire: On the Concept of Spracherleben—The Lived Experience of Language. Applied Linguistics, 38(3), 340–358. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amv030 Dewaele, J., & MacIntyre, P. D. (2014). The Two Faces of Janus? Anxiety and Enjoyment in the Foreign Language Classroom. Studies in Second Language Learning and Teaching, 4, 237-274. https://doi.org/10.14746/ssllt.2014.4.2.5 Horwitz, E. K., Horwitz, M. B., & Cope, J. (1986). Foreign Language Classroom Anxiety. The Modern Language Journal, 70(2), 125–132. https://doi.org/10.2307/327317 Iversen, J. Y. (2022). Pre-service teachers’ narratives about their lived experience of language. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 43(2), 140–153. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2020.1735400 Mac Gearailt, B., Mac Ruairc, G., & Murray, C. (2021). Actualising Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) in Irish-medium education; why, how and why now? Irish Educational Studies, 42(1), 39–57. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2021.1910971 Murray, C., Lynch, A., Flynn, N., & Davitt, E. (2021). Articulating Minority Language Value in Diverse Communities: The Case of Compulsory Irish Language Education. Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 22(3), 247–261. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2021.1910971 Neville, C. (2024). Developing critical decolonial awareness and reflection in language teachers at post-primary level: empowering student language teachers as agents of change. Irish Educational Studies, 43(4), 921–941. https://doi.org/10.1080/03323315.2023.2185274 Pérez-Izaguirre, E., Châteaureynaud, M.-A., & van der Worp, K. (2025). Basque and Occitan in the new global context: Some reflections on language coexistence in multilingual education. In W. Wei & J. Schnell (Eds.), The Routledge handbook of endangered and minority languages (Vol. 2). Routledge. 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Listening to the Learners: What Refugee Learners Can Tell Us About Best Practice in ESOL Provision in Ireland. South East Technological University, Waterford, Ireland Presenting Author:As Ireland has become more culturally diverse in recent years (CSO, 2025), the provision of classes for English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) learners has become more important in Adult Education. Part of this increase has come about due to the commitment of Ireland to the European Refugee Resettlement Programme in 2015 (Gov of Ireland, 2019) and Ireland’s continued commitment to the EU’s migration policy (UNHCR, 2024). Since the launch of the Adult Literacy for Life Strategy in 2021 (SOLAS, 2021), ESOL has been a critical pillar of Adult Education. Due to the increase in state-funded provision, many ESOL tutors have moved into this space from private provision but often have little experience working in supporting learners affected by displacement and potential trauma. Existing research notes the link between refugee trauma and difficulties in second language acquisition (Ní Ghráinne, 2024), but there is a need for more research focusing on the learner voice within the Irish context to inform practice, such as that recently carried out by Quirke et al. (2025) as part of the development of a new ESOL Strategy by government. This study was carried out to gain the perspectives of learners on their ESOL provision and language learning since arriving in the country, with a specific focus on students with a refugee background, and what these learners identify as the best practices in this provision, as well as the most challenging practices. The researchers also hoped through these conversations to gain some perspectives on what would constitute more effective, trauma-sensitive pedagogy. While the subject of refugee trauma affecting language learning was a major point of interest of the researchers, the topic could not be addressed directly without introducing bias into the results. The objective was to centre learner experience and use this to generate practical recommendations for best classroom practice and potentially inform future policy in this sector. The theoretical framework aimed to integrate the principles of trauma-informed practice, which emphasises safety, trust and empowerment, with the student-centred, humanist pedagogy found in literacy centres currently, so that the focus is not purely on linguistic improvement but on learners’ well-being and integration into their new communities. This literacy lens contrasts positively with more traditional, purely structural or communicative language teaching in terms of its specific relevance to learners with a refugee background. A universal precautionary approach, often used in literacy work, applies principles of accessible design, multimodal instruction, and scaffolded support, on the assumption that some learners may have hidden difficulties, without slowing down those who don't. This naturally extends to ESOL provision for those with a refugee background. When paired with trauma-informed practice, this approach promotes psychological safety and predictable routines, which benefit all learners but is especially key for those managing trauma, aligning with the aims of the European Agenda for Adult Learning (NEAAL 2030). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A qualitative research design was used to gain detailed insights from learners. Data was collected via two semi-structured focus groups, involving a total of 16 adult learners with a refugee background from one Education and Training Board (ETB) in Ireland. (ETBs are government-funded Adult and Further Education organisations with strategic oversight of basic adult education and further education and training.) The focus groups explored participants' perceptions of their ESOL classes, the learning context, and their use of English in daily life. Focus groups were chosen as the most appropriate format for these interviews, as they allowed peer support within the discussion, which generated collective insights on shared experiences, as well as contrasting voices. Participants were recruited using purposive sampling from a local ETB, where administrators identified students from a refugee background who met the two key criteria of a) a minimum English language proficiency of A2 on the Common European Framework for Languages, to ensure comprehension of the interview process and b) a willingness to participate in the research. The research was carried out only after careful scrutiny of the proposal for ethical considerations, due to the potential participation of vulnerable groups. The transcripts of these discussions were then analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2022) thematic analyis method. This approach allowed the researchers to systematically identify, organise, and interpret recurring patterns across the data, ensuring that the findings are clearly grounded in the participants' own accounts. This approach produced themes relating to class structure and content, as well as the role their English classes play in their new lives in Ireland. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Results of this thematic analysis indicated that learners highly valued mixed-nationality classes, finding intercultural communication useful. However, they found mixed-level classes, a common arrangement in ESOL provision, to be particularly challenging. They expressed a strong preference for class content that taught real-life, functional English, with a concentration on speaking activities. They prioritised certification less than many Further Education students, as their key motivation was to use the language in their everyday lives, from social interactions to getting their “real lives” started again by getting jobs, after the enforced liminal living that refugee status often brings about. Students identified concentration as being a challenge, some referencing worries for their country and families still at war, a finding that, while not generalisable due to the small sample size in this study, resonates with literature on trauma and cognitive load. The study concludes that learners in this cohort would benefit from strategies that are prioritise communicative, social, and trauma-aware activities. Recommendations include moving towards more single level classes where possible and designing content around functional, learner-identified needs. As learners’ language skills improve, they should be given the opportunity to practise their English in subject-specific courses, for example courses on communications or digital literacy, as well as hobby-style classes such as photography or other creative arts. Adopting a "universal precautionary approach" in the classroom facilitation would involve embedding trauma-informed, humanist principles (mindful facilitation, safe spaces, student agency) into all ESOL provision for refugee groups, thereby benefiting all learners without requiring disclosure of personal trauma. These recommendations align with European Union dialogue on integrating trauma-informed practice into adult education (EAEA, 2021; EPALE 2025) References Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2021) Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Los Angeles: SAGE. CSO (Central Statistics Office) (2025) Population and Migration Estimates, April 2025. [Online]. [Accessed 27 January 2026]. Available from: https://www.cso.ie/en/releasesandpublications/ep/p-pme/populationandmigrationestimatesapril2025/ European Association for the Education of Adults (2021) New European Agenda for Adult Learning for Europe’s future. [Online]. [Accessed 27 January 2026]. Available from: European Association for the Education of Adults » New European Agenda for Adult Learning for Europe’s future Electronic Platform for Adult Learning in Europe (2025) The ENABLE Toolkit: Complete Guide and Policy Recommendations. [Online]. [Accessed 27 January 2026]. Available from: https://epale.ec.europa.eu/en/blog/enable-toolkit-complete-guide-and-policy-recommendations Government of Ireland (2019) Ireland commits to a new Refugee Protection Programme. [Online]. [Accessed 27 January 2026]. Available from: https://www.gov.ie/en/department-of-justice-home-affairs-and-migration/press-releases/ireland-commits-to-a-new-refugee-protection-programme/ Ní Ghráinne, E. 2024. ‘The Effect of Trauma and PTSD on Retention in Second Lanugage Acquisition in Refugees and the Steps Educators Can Take to Mitigate.’ The Adult Learner. Dublin: Aontas, pp. 21-42. Quirke, M. (2025) ‘ESOL Provision in Ireland. Insights, Challenges, and Future Directions.’ Presentation at NALA ESOL Literacy Conference, 9 October 2025. UNHCR (2024). UNHCR Welcomes Vote in Favour of EU Pact on Migration and Asylum. [Online]. [Accessed 27 January 2026]. Available from: https://www.unhcr.org/ie/news/press-releases/unhcr-welcomes-vote-favour-eu-pact-migration-and-asylum?gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=22198464140&gclid=Cj0KCQiA4eHLBhCzARIsAJ2NZoJbeOpugRl9HGBhbiT43T8kcdzy31EscKLd_1ythrKmEMqCv8WxNHkaAtQTEALw_wcB SOLAS (2021) Adult Literacy for Life Strategy. Dublin: SOLAS 31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper Creating Space for EFL Teachers’ Engagement with AI: A Nudge-Based Experimental Study East China Normal University, China, People's Republic of Presenting Author:As artificial intelligence (AI) becomes embedded in national education systems, teachers’ engagement with AI is increasingly shaped by policy mandates rather than voluntary professional choice (Miao et al., 2021; Williamson & Eynon, 2020). This institutionalization of AI has accelerated rapidly, yet empirical studies show that many middle school English as a Foreign Language (EFL) teachers—especially those in under-resourced regions—remain hesitant to adopt AI tools in their teaching (An et al., 2023; Huang et al., 2023). This creates a central tension in contemporary educational reform: while AI is promoted as essential for improving instruction, teachers often experience its introduction as risky, uncertain, and externally imposed. Most existing studies on teachers’ AI adoption rely on self-reported survey data and behavioral intention models such as the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology (UTAUT) (Venkatesh et al., 2003; Venkatesh, 2022). While UTAUT provides a powerful framework for explaining adoption intentions, it assumes that individuals make largely rational and autonomous decisions (Venkatesh et al., 2003). This assumption is increasingly problematic in policy-driven environments, where teachers’ behavior may be shaped less by intention than by institutional pressure, uncertainty, and perceived risk (Williamson & Eynon, 2020). There is therefore a growing need for approaches that can capture how teachers actually behave when confronted with mandated technological change. This study addresses this gap by examining whether nudge-based interventions can create a low-risk pathway for teachers to begin engaging with AI. Nudge theory focuses on how subtle changes in choice architecture—such as defaults, goal-setting, reminders, and feedback—can alter behavior without restricting options or imposing sanctions (Thaler & Sunstein, 2008; Schmidt, 2017). In education, nudging has been shown to improve outcomes such as student participation and parental engagement (Damgaard & Nielsen, 2018; Bergman, 2020; Plak et al., 2023), but its potential for supporting teacher technology adoption remains underexplored. Although this study is conducted in China, the tension it examines is widely shared across other education systems. The Chinese case thus serves as a theoretically meaningful window for understanding how, as AI becomes institutionalized in education reform across systems, non-coercive nudge-based mechanisms can be used to guide teachers into technology change without relying on coercion.
This study investigates the following questions: Can nudge-based interventions increase middle school EFL teachers’ actual use of AI tools under policy-driven conditions? Do different intensities of nudging (low-dosage vs. high-dosage) lead to different levels of teacher engagement?
Theoretical Framework The study integrates UTAUT and Nudge Theory into a single analytical framework. UTAUT explains technology adoption through four core constructs: performance expectancy, effort expectancy, social influence, and facilitating conditions (Venkatesh et al., 2003). These constructs are widely used to model teachers’ attitudes toward AI (An et al., 2023; Xu et al., 2024; Zheng et al., 2024). However, UTAUT is limited in explaining how teachers behave when adoption is driven by policy rather than intrinsic motivation. Nudge theory complements UTAUT by focusing on how behavior can be triggered through low-cost, non-coercive interventions that lower psychological and practical barriers to action (Thaler & Sunstein, 2008; Battaglio et al., 2019). In this study, nudges such as goal setting, guided training, social sharing, and feedback are designed to strengthen UTAUT constructs—especially facilitating conditions, performance expectancy, and social influence—thereby enabling hesitant teachers to take initial steps toward AI use without feeling forced. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study employs a randomized controlled trial (RCT) to examine the causal effects of nudge-based interventions on teachers’ adoption of an AI-supported language learning platform (Duolingo). The study was conducted in a county in eastern China and involved 138 middle school English (EFL) teachers from Grades 7 and 8 across 22 schools. The county includes both rural and urban schools and represents a typical resource-constrained educational setting where policy-driven digitalization is occurring but teacher adoption remains uneven. Experimental Design Teachers were invited by the County Education Bureau to participate in a four-week professional development program on using Duolingo. Of the 138 invited teachers, 122 completed the baseline survey and joined the experiment. Teachers were randomly assigned, at the school–grade level, to one of three conditions: Control group – received only an electronic user manual adapted from Duolingo’s official materials. Low-dosage nudge group – received structured nudges including goal setting (21-day continuous use), online training sessions, and weekly learning tasks. High-dosage nudge group – received all low-dosage interventions plus daily group check-ins and personalized feedback on weekly assignments. Baseline balance tests confirmed no statistically significant differences across groups in gender, teaching experience, prior Duolingo use, phonics knowledge, technology attitudes, or baseline English proficiency. Data Sources Two primary data sources were used. First, platform backend data from Duolingo provided objective measures of teacher engagement, including number of active days, total learning time, completed lessons, and cumulative experience points (XP). These behavioral indicators serve as the main outcome variables, allowing the study to avoid reliance on self-reported usage. Second, a baseline survey collected demographic information (school, grade, age, teaching years), prior experience with Duolingo, phonics knowledge, attitudes toward educational technology, and baseline English proficiency. These variables were used as covariates in the analysis. Analytical Strategy Treatment effects were estimated using ordinary least squares (OLS) regression under an intention-to-treat framework. The model compares outcomes between the control group and the two treatment groups while controlling for baseline teacher characteristics and randomization strata fixed effects. Standard errors were clustered at the school–grade level. This design allows for robust causal inference regarding the impact of different nudge intensities on teachers’ actual AI use. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results show that average number of active days for teachers in the control group was 11.93 days, and their total XP were 1,736.8. Compared to the control group, teachers in the low-dosage treatment group showed a significant increase in their activity on the Duolingo platform. Specifically, teachers in the low-dosage treatment group had 5.38 more active days than those in the control group (p < 0.05), and their total XP increased by 1,314.9 points (p < 0.01). The intervention effect in the high-dosage treatment group was even more significant, with teachers’ active days increasing by 7.91 days (p < 0.01) and total XP rising by 2,667.1 points (p < 0.01). This study finds that without exerting pressure on teachers’ willingness, it is possible to activate their use of AI technologies simply through well-designed choice architecture. This not only offers a new explanatory path for understanding technology adoption in education but also provides empirical evidence for teachers’ behavioral responses under educational reform. References An, X., Chai, C. S., Li, Y., Zhou, Y., Shen, X., Zheng, C., & Chen, M. (2023). Modeling English teachers’ behavioral intention to use artificial intelligence in middle schools. Education and Information Technologies, 28(5), 5187–5208. Battaglio, R. P., Jr., Belardinelli, P., Bellé, N., & Cantarelli, P. (2019). Behavioral public administration ad fontes: A synthesis of research on bounded rationality, cognitive biases, and nudging in public organizations. Public Administration Review, 79(3), 304–320. Bergman, P. (2020). Nudging technology use: Descriptive and experimental evidence from school information systems. Education Finance and Policy, 15(4), 623–647. Damgaard, M. T., & Nielsen, H. S. (2018). Nudging in education. Economics of Education Review, 64, 313–342. Huang, A. Y. Q., Lu, O. H. T., & Yang, S. J. H. (2023). Effects of artificial intelligence–enabled personalized recommendations on learners’ learning engagement, motivation, and outcomes in a flipped classroom. Computers & Education, 194, 104684. Miao, F., Holmes, W., Huang, R., & Zhang, H. (2021). AI and education: A guidance for policymakers. UNESCO Publishing. Plak, S., van Klaveren, C., & Cornelisz, I. (2023). Raising student engagement using digital nudges tailored to students’ motivation and perceived ability levels. British Journal of Educational Technology, 54(2), 554–580. Schmidt, A. T. (2017). The power to nudge. American Political Science Review, 111(2), 404–417. Thaler, R. H., & Sunstein, C. R. (2008). Nudge: Improving decisions about health, wealth, and happiness. Yale University Press. Venkatesh, V. (2022). Adoption and use of AI tools: A research agenda grounded in UTAUT. Annals of Operations Research, 308(1), 641–652. Venkatesh, V., Morris, M. G., Davis, G. B., & Davis, F. D. (2003). User acceptance of information technology: Toward a unified view. MIS Quarterly, 27(3), 425–478. Williamson, B., & Eynon, R. (2020). Historical threads, missing links, and future directions in AI in education. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(3), 223–235. Xu, S., Chen, P., & Zhang, G. (2024). Exploring Chinese university educators’ acceptance and intention to use AI tools: An application of the UTAUT2 model. SAGE Open, 14(4), 21582440241290013. Zheng, Y., Wang, Y., Liu, K. S.-X., & Jiang, M. Y.-C. (2024). Examining the moderating effect of motivation on technology acceptance of generative AI for English as a foreign language learning. Education and Information Technologies, 29(17), 23547–23575. |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 32 SES 13 A: Knowing & Acting Toward Democracy-as-Becoming: (Re-)Imagining relational Futures of and in Organizing Education. Part III De-Institutionalizing Settings Location: Risto | Hotel Torni | Session Chair: Kardelen Dilara Cazgir Session Chair: Leif Kalev Symposium |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Symposium Knowing & Acting Toward Democracy-as-Becoming: (Re-)Imagining relational Futures of and in Organizing Education. Part III De-Institutionalizing Settings We live in difficult times. Knowing and Acting becomes a complicated relationship, where political repression globally is on the rise, people are threatened, when expressing their democratic opinions or when they try to protect their neighbours. In times of fascism rising, in times of socio-political polarization, ecological crisis, and rapid technological transformation, this symposia trilogy brings together scholars to reflect on the potentials of knowing and acting in the setting of education for democracy, democracy learning and democratic experience as well as cultural democracy. In our triple symposia, democracy and organisational democracy is understood as an embodied, contested, and continuously unfolding social practice (Butler 2015; Dewey 1916; hooks 1994; Negt 1971, 2004; Papadopoulos 2013) integrating knowing and acting. Emphasizing becoming over being means that actors like youth, educators, policymakers, and researchers, participate in democratic becoming, co-produce knowledge and transform educational settings and institutions into a space of resistance, possibility, and hope. Like this, our symposia trilogy intends to reimagine how democracy can be cultivated as a lived, relational, and continuously evolving practice—one that actively shapes the complex challenges of our era. Centered on the concept of democracy-as-becoming, the contributions explore how the organization of education can function both as a site and a process for co-creating democratic futures. Drawing from the three Horizon Europe sister projects—AECED, CCLAB and DEMOCRAT—the triple symposia examine and analyse how democracy-as-becoming can be analysed, understood and fostered across institutional levels. Examining how citizenship education is organized and provided, the governance structures and national curricula to school and classroom practices are discussed and the multiple relationships between knowing and Acting will be reflected here: As described in the special call of organisational education, we will ask, whether we identify the relational patterns outlined there: Is knowing and acting in a productive relation in the organisational settings and institutional strategies, we try to open and support culture change? In which way organisations and governance shape and organize the potential transformation by democratic approaches and citizenship education? The papers of the first symposium reflect on the contextual embeddings, on the ways, how organisations, regional networks and multilayer governance systems refer to the intention to live democratically and educate towards democracy-as-becoming. This first symposium reflects on the ways of learning in, of and between organization becoming relevant here. The second symposium of our trilogy reflects on the second pattern addressed in the special call: here, the relational pattern of knowledge in action is addressed. What takes place in those encounters, what happens in aesthetic and embodied interventions and encounters, in which way may they open institutionalized settings? What are the results of these learning intentions in and maybe even of organisations? The symposium refers to empirical studies on exemplary aesthetic and embodied interventions in institutionalized settings. The third symposium of this trilogy addresses the notion of openings. It reflects and discusses on organisational democracy and it´s enabling spaces as a question of de-institutionalisation. It offers new perspectives on resistance, on accepting difference, on transgressing the given and on opening up and “lifting the roof” of our educational institution. So which relational patterns of knowing and acting we might find here? Clearly seeing the “knowing doing gap” in institutional life, the apartness of knowing and acting in so many ways, we start from there and discuss the fourth relational pattern as knowledgable acting and transforming our educational institutions from within. Deep aesthetic experience then supports knowledgable action of de-institutionalizing any given educational institutionalized settings. In this trilogy – AECED; Democrat and Critical Change Lab - may contribute to support such openings. References Arnstein, S. R. (1969). A Ladder of Citizen Participation, JAIP 35(4), 216-224.Dewey, J. (2011). Democracy and Education. Simon & Brown. Castoriadis, C. (1975). The Imaginary Institution of Society. Boston: MIT Press. Chen, J., Ongono Emilienne Charlotte, Z., & Yuan, Y. (2024). Organizational Unlearning: A Bibliometric Study and Visualization Analysis Via CiteSpace. Sage Open, 14(2), 21582440241251648. Göhlich, M.; Novotný, P.: Revsbæk, L.; Schröer, A.; Weber, S. M.; Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), pp. 205–215. Meyer, J. W., & Rowan, B. (1977). Institutionalized Organizations: Formal Structııre as Myth and Ceremony. American journal of sociology, 83(2), 340-363. Scharmer, Otto (2018). The Essentials of Theory U: Core Principles and Applications, Berrett-Koehler Publishers, Incorporated. ProQuest Ebook Central, http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/ulapland-ebooks/detail.action?docID=5287164. Presentations of the Symposium Curious Pedagogies, Unruly Bodies – Democracy-as-Becoming, Resistance, and (Un)Learning in Higher Education
This presentation examines aesthetic and embodied (un)learning in higher education. It traces democratic practices that emerge through entanglements of bodies, discourses, technologies, institutional architectures, and affective atmospheres (Asenbaum et all, 2023). It proposes curious pedagogies as a way of imagining relational futures in education for democracy, thus contributing to organizational education debates on how knowledge is enacted, resisted, and transformed in educational organizations.
Empirically, this entry draws on research undertaken within the AECED (Transforming education for democracy through aesthetic and embodied learning for democracy, responsive pedagogies and democracy-as-becoming) project, concentrating on a five-month long teaching trial conducted by the author. Doing higher education democratically calls for attentive, experimental, open-ended frameworks that combine curiosity with care (Valtonen & Salmela, 2023). In the trial, aesthetic and embodied learning interventions were carried throughout an undergraduate seminar with the aim of enhancing more democratic educational practises and fostering lived experiences of democratic learning.
This presentation dissects the trial, recounting not only the seemingly successful interventions but rather focusing on its ‘fails’. Everyday acts of resistance in the learning events such as avoidance, non-cooperation, even protest, can be seen as creating, building, and experimenting with democratic power relations (Lilja, 2022). The presentation suggests that following the cues of participants’ unruly bodies, their dismissive gestures, uncomfortable silences, emotional out-burst, and disruptions is foundational to understanding democracy as becoming. Such “unruly” moments are interpreted as organizational enactments of knowledge and action, illustrating how learners negotiate, challenge, or refuse the norms and expectations of democratic subjectivity within organizational settings. Furthermore, such an approach allows critically examining the concept of democracy itself, learning and unlearning the expectations underlying democratic subjectivities, relationships, and practices, and offering an embodied, aesthetic, and relational perspective on organizational education.
References:
Asenbaum, Hans., Machin, Amanda, Gagnon, Jean Paul, Leong, Diana, Orlie Melissa & Smith, James Louis (2023) The nonhuman condition: Radical democracy through new materialist lenses. Contemporary Political Theory 22, 584–615. DOI: 10.1057/s41296-023-00635-3
Lilja, Mona (2022) The definition of resistance, Journal of Political Power, 15:2, 202-220, DOI: 10.1080/2158379X.2022.2061127
Salmela, Tarja & Valtonen, Anu. (2023). Exploring Earthly relations through curiography. In Marta Calás & Linda Smircich (eds.) A Research Agenda for Organization Studies, Feminisms and New Materialisms, Elgar Research Agendas, 141–159, DOI: 10.4337/9781800881273.00012.
Designing for the Pluriverse in Education for Democracy: Reflections from the Critical ChangeLab
Democratic societies face profound challenges, and democracy in schools is likewise under strain. Learning about democracy is often limited to procedural understandings and deliberative traditions (Sant, 2019). Furthermore, educational institutions remain hierarchical, adult-led, and resistant to participatory practices. This creates a contradiction: students are expected to develop democratic competencies, yet institutional structures in their everyday school environment offer them few opportunities for influencing decisions affecting them. This paradox raises critical questions about power relations in formal education and the kinds of democratic learning these environments can genuinely support (Aly et al., 2022; Sant 2019).
This presentation addresses these tensions by drawing on feminist participatory approaches to education and design, which position children and young people as knowledgeable actors capable of reimagining democratic practices (Hart, 1992; Pascal & Bertram, 2009). From this perspective, young people possess valuable insights into how democracy is experienced—or constrained—in their everyday lives, and they can actively contribute to reshaping democratic ways of knowing, being, and acting (Bessant et al. 2016, Black et al. 2022). Our work aims to advance knowledge democratization and foster pluriversal approaches (see Mignolo, 2002; Zembylas, 2017) in citizenship education, foregrounding relational practices grounded in care, respect, and recognition of diverse ways of inhabiting the world.
To support these aims, we introduce the Critical ChangeLab model, an educational format through which young people collectively identify and interrogate issues creating tensions in their lives while exploring possibilities for alternative futures. Each Lab is grounded in locally meaningful concerns and brings youth together with educators and civil society actors. Change is understood broadly and in layered ways—from reframing how democratic questions are perceived to initiating concrete actions within students’ environments. This process includes rethinking anthropocentric assumptions in Western democratic traditions, cultivating relationships of care with human and more‑than‑human others, and examining how technologies mediate democratic possibilities. Transformations emerging from the Critical ChangeLab may involve shifts in understanding, reconfigured relationships, or modest, situated interventions—each shaping how young people perceive democratic issues and exercise agency within their social, educational, and civic contexts.
Drawing on our experiences implementing Critical ChangeLabs across diverse educational settings—formal and non‑formal, and with participants of different age groups—we reflect on the opportunities and tensions involved in advancing epistemic pluralism, interculturality, and a geopolitics of knowledge that revalorizes diverse ways of knowing.
References:
Aly, A., Blackmore, J., Bright, D., Hayes, D., McKay, A., Lingard, B., ... & Youdell, D. (2022). Reflections on how education can be for democracy in the twenty-first century. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 54(3), 357-372.
Bessant, J., Farthing, R., & Watts, R. (2016). Co-designing a civics curriculum: Young people, democratic deficit and political renewal in the EU. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 48(2), 271-289.
Black, R., Walsh, L., Waite, C., Collin, P., Third, A., & Idriss, S. (2022). In their own words: 41 stories of young people’s digital citizenship. Learning, Media and Technology, 47(4), 524-536.
Hart, R. A. (1992). Children's participation: From tokenism to citizenship (No. inness92/6).
Mignolo, W. (2002). The geopolitics of knowledge and the colonial difference. The south atlantic quarterly, 101(1), 57-96.
Pascal, C., & Bertram, T. (2009). Listening to young citizens: The struggle to make real a participatory paradigm in research with young children. European early childhood education research journal, 17(2), 249-262. https://doi.org/10.1080/13502930902951486
Sant, E. (2019). Democratic education: A theoretical review (2006–2017). Review of educational research, 89(5), 655-696.
Zembylas, M. (2017). The quest for cognitive justice: Towards a pluriversal human rights education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 15(4), 397-409.
The Epistemes and the Self: Epistemic Thresholds of De-Institutionalizing - Re-Imagining Self and Institutions as Bildung of the Self
From a transformational perspective, in their book ‘Free, Fair and Alive’, Helfrich and Bollier (2020) offer a new onto-epistemology of commoning as a creative and neglected way of social life. This approach suggests a onto-change toward the “basic idea of profound relationality” (Helfrich and Bollier, 2020: 43). It addresses the ‘great transformation’ at the level of the “onto-history of the modern West” as it has developed “in the secularising West during the Renaissance and solidified in the 18th and 19th centuries” (Helfrich and Bollier, 2020: 37). Might ‘modern’ institutionalised organisations de-institutionalize based on the onto-epistemology of commoning?
As commoning is based on the needs, local conditions, and self-reflexive peer governance (Helfrich and Bollier 2020: 73), it is understood as a way “in which the 'great transformation' can succeed” (Helfrich and Bollier, 2020: 97). As a practice grounded in relationships, collaborative economic activity and an alternative normative order (Helfrich and Bollier, 2020: 98), it intends to bring about a relational ontological frame of reference, which refers to freedom, fairness and liveliness.
As the pattern language of commoning aims to contribute to cooperative governance, peer-to-peer relationships, and the care economy, it can contribute to a new concept of value and thereby support a shift in the attentional patterns of humans, organisations, and partnerships. It may also contribute to a shift in discourse. While creating a new ‘language,’ our collective imaginaries and epistemic action may transform toward the common good and onto-change (Helfrich and Bollier, 2020: 33).
The presentation discusses the epistemic shift coming along with the commoning perspective. It addresses the epistemic thresholds of de-institutionalising and explains, based on empirical data from the AECED project and pattern-labs realised in organisational change processes, how the episteme of commoning can become an organisational practice and how de-institutionalisation can be supported. Organisational democracy then refers to democracy as becoming, which transforms humans' worldviews and our ways of perceiving, seeing, and thinking. Commoning by the pattern language of commoning, then, can be understood as educating our (Higher) Self – as a practice of de-institutionalisation and organisational unlearning (Chen et al 2024) in solutionary patterns.
References:
Alexander C (1999) The origins of pattern theory: The future of the theory, and the generation of a living world. IEEE Software 16(5):71–82. https://doi.org/10.1109/52.795104
Bollier, D. & Helfrich, S. (2019). Free, Fair, and Alive: The Insurgent Power of the Commons. Gabriola Island: New Society Publishers.
Dewey, J. (2011). Democracy and Education. Simon & Brown.
Castoriadis, C. (1975). The Imaginary Institution of Society. Boston: MIT Press.
Chen, J., Ongono Emilienne Charlotte, Z., & Yuan, Y. (2024). Organizational Unlearning: A Bibliometric Study and Visualization Analysis Via CiteSpace. Sage Open, 14(2), 21582440241251648.
Göhlich, M.; Novotný, P.: Revsbæk, L.; Schröer, A.; Weber, S. M.; Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), pp. 205–215.
Meyer, J. W., & Rowan, B. (1977). Institutionalized Organizations: Formal Structııre as Myth and Ceremony. American journal of sociology, 83(2), 340-363.
Scharmer, O. (2007). Theory U: Leading from the Future as It Emerges. Berrett-Koehler Publishers.
Weber, S.M. (2014): Design (Research) Methodologies and Modes of Becoming. Large Group Interventions as Practice of Relations, Narrations and Aesthetics. In: Creative Approaches to Research. Vol. 7, no.1, pp. 92-116.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 32 SES 13 B: Knowledge Policies and Organizational Knowing Location: Heikki |Hotel Torni| Session Chair: Jörg Schwarz Session Chair: Sarah Wieners Symposium |
|
|
32. Organisational Education
Symposium Knowledge Policies and Organizational Knowing Nico Stehr (2005) introduced the concept of knowledge politics to highlight the creation, dissemination, and use of knowledge as a new field of politics: Against the backdrop of immensely accelerated or even unchecked knowledge production, politics must resolutely devote itself to regulating the handling of this central social asset. Michel Foucault (1981) emphasized that knowledge is always political and is negotiated and regulated socially, especially beyond explicitly defined policy areas. Current developments, for example in the US and also in various European countries, are currently demonstrating a much more aggressive and explicit form of knowledge policies, which is often diagnosed as a politicization of knowledge. It is precisely in these authoritarian approaches to knowledge that political influence on organizations explicitly dedicated to the production, dissemination, and use of knowledge plays a central role. This shows once again that educational organizations have always been of central importance for the realization of knowledge policies. Against this backdrop, our symposium will address the question of how knowledge policies and organizational knowing relate to each other and discuss what influences this unfolds on educational organizations and their offers, but ultimately also on society. We will have contributions from different sub-disciplines of educational science, which also examine specific aspects of these complex knowledge policies theoretically and empirically. At the same time, five national perspectives (Austria, Finland, Germany, the Netherlands, and the UK) are included in the papers. Denise Bergold-Caldwell (University of Innsbruck, Austria) & Marcina Singh (University of Johannesburg)examine how contemporary universities perpetuate colonial power structures that marginalize non-Western knowledge systems. Universities function as sites that actively participate in racialised knowledge hierarchies rather than being neutral learning spaces. Drawing on decolonial theory and educational organization, they analyze how universities face pressure to align with market logics for global competitiveness, which often mirrors colonial thinking. The contribution explores the tension between decolonizing universities and amplifying marginalized knowledge, asking how universities can transform from sites of colonial reproduction into pluriversal spaces where multiple worldviews can coexist." Jörg Schwarz (University of Würzburg, Germany) will discuss relating knowledge policies and organizational knowing in program planning research in adult education. His contribution focusses on the question how time-related educational policies contribute to the reproduction and transformation of the temporal organization of programmes. Empirically, the contribution is based on qualitative analyses of national time-related policy documents and expert interviews with programme planners from the UK, Germany and Finland. Scheduling conflicts as a main barrier for participation in adult education and the general insight in the uneven contribution of discretionary time makes temporal organization of programmes a critical challenge for adult education organizations under the goal of equal opportunities for all. Julia Elven & Mert Günel (Goethe University Frankfurt a.M. / Germany) will explore knowledge politics of New Work, combining two theoretical approaches: the economy of conventions (Boltanski & Thévenot 2006), shows which knowledge is normalized as common sense and which knowledge is contested and must be justified accordingly. The radical democracy theory (Rancière 1999) opens up the view on how speakers in discourse act politically to politicize knowledge or remove it from the political sphere. The contribution shows how New Work becomes subject of knowledge politics and how in this regard the definition of ‘real work’ but also the characterization of different generations is linked to education. Sarah Wieners (Philipps University Marburg, Germany) is a well-established researcher within organizational education that applies critical discourse perspectives to educational and social inequalities. As a discussant, she will use this to question the contributions critically and search with us for an common conclusion. References Boltanski, L., & Thévenot, L. (2006). On justification: Economies of worth. Princeton University Press. Foucault, M. (1981). Power / knowledge: Selected interviews and other writings 1972 - 1977 (C. Gordon, Hrsg.). Pantheon Books. Rancière, J. (1999). Dis-agreement: Politics and philosophy. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. Stehr, N. (2005). Knowledge Politics: Governing the Consequences of Science and Technology. Taylor and Francis. Presentations of the Symposium Knowledge Politics in Polarizing Transformation Processes. Justice as Political Issues in Negotiations About New Work
New Work is an umbrella term that covers a wide range of new ways of working, such as flexible working hours and tasks, rethinking hierarchical structures and leadership, and focusing on new ethical approaches to work. However, regardless of the form New Work takes, it represents a new approach to work organization and thus aims to bring about organizational transformation. This transformation is contested, as the recent discussion about abolishing the legal right to part-time work in Germany shows.
Using examples from the public discourse, we aim to examine knowledge politics of New Work, combining two theoretical approaches: With the economics of conventions (Boltanski & Thévenot 2006), we show which knowledge is normalized as common sense and which knowledge is contested and must be justified accordingly. With reference to theories of radical democracy (Rancière 1999, Mouffe 2005, Biesta 2011), we demonstrate how speakers in discourse act politically to politicize knowledge or remove it from the political sphere. The practical shift from a regime of action based on the unquestioned certainty of knowledge to a regime in which just valuation and action are negotiated on the basis of competing knowledge (Boltanski 2012) can thus be reconstructed as a politicization of knowledge or (in the opposite direction) as an attempt at its depoliticization for unquestioned legitimacy (Rancière 1999). Empirically we demonstrate these processes and strategies of politicization and depoliticization using examples from newspaper discourse on New Work in two national newspapers in Germany (conservative and progressive), as well as from online discussions on the internet forum Reddit.
The contribution shows how New Work is becoming the subject of knowledge politics in public discourse: Employees, employers, and politicians negotiate their understanding of what work is and what work has to be in order to reproduce society; and they negotiate the character of the generations that are significantly involved in the discussion: baby boomers and Gen Z. However, the boundaries between different positions do not run along generational lines; in fact, many employers of all ages use aspects of New Work to give labor work a ‘new spirit’ – a creative, meaningful character (Boltanski & Chiapello 2005). Nevertheless, generation becomes a focal point of knowledge politics, and attributions of education on both sides are an important factor in this (e.g., aversion to learning on the one hand and lack of education on the other).
References:
Biesta, G. (2011). The Ignorant Citizen: Mouffe, Rancière, and the Subject of Democratic Education. In: Stud Philos Educ (2011) 30: 141–153. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-011-9220-4
Boltanski, L. (2012). Love and justice as competences: Three essays on the sociology of action. Polity Press.
Boltanski, L., & Chiapello, È. (2005). The New Spirit of Capitalism. International Journal of Politics, Culture, and Society, 18(3/4), 161–188.
Boltanski, L., & Thévenot, L. (2006). On justification: Economies of worth. Princeton University Press.
Mouffe, C. (2005). On the political. London, New York: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203870112
Rancière, J. (1999). Dis-agreement: Politics and philosophy. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
Knowledge Policies, Temporal Organization, and Temporal Justice
Jörg Schwarz discusses the importance of relating knowledge policies and organizational knowing in the research of program planning processes in adult education focussing on the question how unjust organizational time-structures of programmes are being reproduced based on time-related educational policies.
This contribution builds upon practice-theoretical perspectives, that generally analyse programme planning in adult education as a complex organizational process that is embedded in power-relations, that is shaped by interests of diverse stakeholders and thus happens in the form of negotiation (Cervero & Wilson, 1994). This perspective can be linked to (but also expanded by) the concept of knowledge policies: The analytical focus then shifts from direct negotiations between organizational actors to overarching acts of indirect or soft control – nonetheless, it’s knowledge policies that generate fundamental shifts in organizational knowing which widely impact the programme planning practice in adult education organizations. This also applies to other areas of the educational field where organizations develop, plan and evaluate their services based on programmes (conceived of as future-oriented promises of performance; cf. Nolda, 2018).
To empirically develop this approach, a focus is set on the temporal organization of adult education programmes. In practical terms, this basically means all organizational decisions on when, with which durations and in which rhythms are courses and lessons offered. These are by no means mere organizational questions, as international empirical assessments show that in the vast majority of countries, adults name scheduling conflicts as the most important barrier to participation (OECD, 2024, S. 125). Hence, the temporal organization of adult education programmes decides about opportunities for participation – and this becomes even more critical, if we take into account that discretionary time is, in any case, a commodity that is distributed extremely unevenly within society (Goodin, 2010; Rose, 2016; Tyssedal, 2021). The temporal organization of adult education programmes thus becomes a critical organizational performance challenge in fighting educational inequalities and realizing ‘education for all’ (Schwarz, 2025).
The paper will present key findings from an international comparative analysis of time-related adult education policies (e.g. on paid educational leave) and how they convey specific knowledge about ‘time for education’ to adult education organizations. Based on the statistics presented above (OECD, 2024), the UK, Germany and Finland were chosen for this comparison that empirically relates the respective knowledge policies (based on document analyses) and the organizational knowing (based on expert interviews) about temporal organization of adult education programmes.
References:
Cervero, R. M., & Wilson, A. L. (1994). The Politics of Responsibility: A Theory of Program Planning Practice for Adult Education. Adult Education Quarterly, 45(1), 249–268. https://doi.org/10.1177/0741713694045001001
Goodin, R. E. (2010). Temporal Justice. Journal of Social Policy, 39(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0047279409990225
Nolda, S. (2018). Programmanalyse in der Erwachsenenbildung/Weiterbildung—Methoden und Forschungen. In R. Tippelt & A. von Hippel (Hrsg.), Handbuch Erwachsenenbildung/Weiterbildung (6. Aufl., S. 433–449). Springer VS.
OECD. (2024). Education at a Glance 2024: OECD Indicators. Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/education-at-a-glance-2024_c00cad36-en
Rose, J. L. (2016). Free Time. In Free Time. Princeton University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400883684
Schwarz, J. (2025). Bildung zeitgerecht organisieren? Temporal Justice im Spannungsfeld von Zeitlichkeit und Wertigkeit von Bildung. In C. Schröder, L. Alt, & N. Engel (Hrsg.), Organisation und Gerechtigkeit. Jahrbuch der Sektion Organisationspädagogik. Springer VS.
Tyssedal, J. J. (2021). The Value of Time Matters for Temporal Justice. Ethical Theory and Moral Practice, 24(1), 183–196. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10677-020-10149-1
Whose Knowledge and Whose Voice: How Contemporary Geopolitics Perpetuates Colonial Logics Within Universities
This presentation interrogates how the enduring coloniality of power within the contemporary university persistently and consistently marginalises non-Western epistemologies. By embedding and centring knowing and acting within this debate, the presentation explores how academic structures are not neutral sites of learning but active participants in the racialised hierarchy of knowledge production and global capitalism (Quijano, 1991).
Drawing on the quintessential ideas of Mignolo (2009) and Castro-Gomez (2005), these educational organisations often function as a “zero point hub” to delegitimise the other. This notion is also echoed by other decolonial scholars, such as Ndlovu-Gatsheni (2013) and Wynter (2003), who argue that even after the independence of African states, invisible structures perpetuate colonial logics within the university, including in the production and reproduction of knowledge. The presentation bridges decolonial theory with education organisation theorists (Akbaba/ Heinemann, 2023; Andreotti, 2011; DiMaggio and Powell, 1983; Meyer and Rowen,1977) to analyse the isomorphic state of universities. Between a decolonisation of universities (Bhambra 2018) and amplifying knowledge of the former marginalized knowledge, we argue that there is intense pressure on universities to align their structures with market logics in order to remain globally competitive, for example, through global university ranking systems. Taking this as a serious issue, because market logics mimic colonial logics to a great extent, we will try to point towards possibilities. The fundamental question this presentation tries to address is how the university can transition from a site of colonial reproduction to a pluriversal space where multiple worlds and voices can coexist and act with agency.
References:
Castro-Gómez, S (2005) La hybris del punto cero: Ciencia, raza e ilustración en la Nueva Granada (1750–1816). Bogotá: Pontificia Universidad Javeriana.
DiMaggio, P. J., & Powell, W. W. (1983). The iron cage revisited: Institutional isomorphism and collective rationality in organizational fields. American Sociological Review, 48(2), 147–160.
Meyer, J. W., & Rowan, B. (1977). Institutionalized organizations: Formal structure as myth and ceremony. American Journal of Sociology, 83(2), 340–363.
Mignolo, W.D. (2009) ‘Epistemic disobedience, independent thought and de-colonial freedom’, Theory Culture and Society, 26(7/8), pp.1–23. https://doi.org/10.1177%2F0263276409349275
Ndlovu-Gatsheni, S. J. (2013). Empire, Global Coloniality and African Subjectivity. New York & Oxford: Berghahn Books.
Quijano, A. (1991). Coloniality and modernity/rationality. Peru Indígena, 13(29), 11–20.
Wynter, S. (2003). Unsettling the coloniality of being/power/truth/freedom: Towards the human, after man, its overrepresentation—An argument. CR: The New Centennial Review, 3(3), 257–337.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 33 SES 13 A: Relationality, Vulnerabitlities and PolyCrisis: Education in Troubling Times. Location: A07 | Main building A | 0 Fl. Session Chair: Rocío Sánchez Ares Paper Session |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Vulnerability in a Time of Polycrisis: Rethinking Gender Education for Girls and Young Women Bar Ilan University, Israel Presenting Author:This paper addresses the challenges of gender and sexuality education for girls and young women under conditions of contemporary polycrisis, understood as the entanglement of political gendered polarization, conservative backlash, gender-based violence, digital sexual cultures, and socio-economic precarity. These overlapping crises intensify gendered vulnerabilities while simultaneously undermining the pedagogical conditions required for sustained engagement in gender justice education. Girls and young women are increasingly positioned within contradictory educational and cultural expectations: they are encouraged to be autonomous, resilient, and empowered, while remaining exposed to embodied, affective, and structural harms. This contradiction often leads to the trivialization, individualization, or depoliticization of vulnerability in educational contexts, thereby weakening the transformative potential of gender education. Drawing on feminist theories of vulnerability and gender transformation (Butler, 2004; Gilson, 2014, 2016; Keddie, 2022; Levi Herz & Rozmarin, 2025a; Rozmarin, 2020, 2021), the paper proposes a vulnerability-based pedagogy of gender transformation as a response to these conditions. Vulnerability is conceptualized not as a deficit or a temporary crisis state, but as a dual and relational phenomenon: both a socially induced condition shaped by power formations and a shared ontological feature of embodied, interdependent life. This duality becomes particularly salient under a polycrisis, where structural inequalities and affective experiences are deeply entangled and where young people’s subjectivities are shaped by continual exposure to uncertainty, risk, and moral demands for resilience. We argue that gender education in the context of a polycrisis must move beyond frameworks that pit vulnerability against agency or resilience. Instead, it must attend to vulnerability as an affective dynamic that can become a resource for critical awareness, relational responsibility, and collective action (Levi Herz & Rozmarin, 2025a; Rozmarin, 2020, 2021). We propose two pedagogical principles. First, affective attentiveness cultivates students’ capacities to recognize, name, and interpret affective responses — such as shame, fear, anger, or dissonance — as epistemic resources for mapping gendered power relations in their lives. By attending to affective dissonance (Hemmings, 2012; Levi Herz & Rozmarin, 2023), students can identify gaps between norms, self-perceptions, and embodied experiences, thereby critically interrogating heteronormativity, objectification, and gendered expectations. Second, this pedagogy validates diverse modes of action and subjectification that emerge under conditions of vulnerability, particularly relational and collective forms of agency. Drawing on the concept of vulnerability-based alliances (Butler, 2015; Levi Herz & Rozmarin, 2025b), the paper highlights how shared vulnerability can support solidaristic, ethical, and transformative forms of collectivity among students, enabling them to engage with gender justice not through guilt, blame, or moralization, but through mutual responsibility and care. By situating vulnerability at the center of gender education, this approach reorients gender pedagogy toward relationality, affect, and interdependence. It reframes girls’ and young women’s education not as preparation for overcoming vulnerability, but as a space for learning how to live, act, and transform within conditions of uncertainty, inequality, and interconnection. We argue that such a pedagogy is crucial for sustaining critical gender education in times of polycrisis, as it equips young people not only with analytical tools but also with affective and relational capacities to navigate and collectively reshape their worlds. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper adopts a conceptual–theoretical methodology grounded in feminist theories of vulnerability, affect theories, and critical pedagogies. It develops a normative and analytical framework for rethinking girls’ and young women’s gender education under conditions of heightened vulnerability. This analysis proceeds through a critical synthesis of three bodies of scholarship: (1) feminist theories of vulnerability; (2) affect theories and feminist accounts of affective politics; and (3) critical and gender-transformative pedagogy. First, we engage feminist theorization of vulnerability as developed by Butler (2004, 2015), Gilson (2014, 2016, 2024), and Rozmarin (2017, 2020, 2021). These theories conceptualize vulnerability as an embodied, relational, and politically structured condition that challenges liberal ideals of autonomy and self-sufficiency. We draw particularly on the distinction between vulnerability as a socially induced condition shaped by power relations and vulnerability as a shared ontological feature of human interdependence. Second, we mobilize affect theories to conceptualize vulnerability as an affective dynamic rather than a static condition. We draw on Hemmings’ (2012) notion of affective dissonance and on Zembylas’ (2020, 2024) work on affect, complicity, and difficult knowledge to analyze how emotions function epistemically and politically in gender education. This allows us to conceptualize affect not merely as subjective experience but as a site where social norms, power, and subjectivity intersect (Levi Herz & Rozmarin, 2023). Third, we situate this analysis within critical and gender-transformative pedagogical traditions (Connell, 2023; Keddie, 2022; Ollis, 2017; Ringrose & Renold, 2014), which emphasize reflexivity, power analysis, and transformative learning. We critically engage these pedagogies by highlighting their tensions — particularly the risk of reproducing binaries of oppressor/victim and vulnerability/agency — and propose vulnerability-based pedagogy as an alternative that integrates critical awareness with relational ethics (Levi Herz & Rozmarin, 2025a). The concept of polycrisis is used as a contextual and analytical perspective for understanding the intensification and entanglement of structural, political, affective, and ecological conditions that shape contemporary education. Through this integrative theoretical approach, the paper develops pedagogical principles, aiming to offer conceptual tools for educators, researchers, and curriculum designers working in gender education. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper argues that contemporary gender education must be rethought in light of polycrisis and its effects on girls’ and young women’s vulnerabilities, subjectivities, and capacities for action. We have proposed a vulnerability-based pedagogy of gender transformation that reframes vulnerability not as a deficit or obstacle to empowerment, but as an affective and relational resource for critical awareness, ethical responsibility, and collective engagement. By conceptualizing vulnerability as both socially induced and ontologically shared, this pedagogy challenges neoliberal frameworks that individualize harm and moralize resilience. It also disrupts pedagogical binaries that oppose vulnerability to agency, instead foregrounding relational, collective, and situational forms of action. Through practices of affective attentiveness and the validation of vulnerability-based alliances, gender education can become a space where students learn to interpret their embodied experiences politically and to act with others rather than against themselves. This approach is particularly crucial in a polycrisis, where crises are no longer exceptional disruptions but ongoing conditions that shape educational life. A vulnerability-based pedagogy does not aim to resolve crises, but to cultivate capacities for living, learning, and transforming within it. It thus supports a form of gender education oriented toward interdependence, care, and shared responsibility, offering a more sustainable foundation for gender justice work in unstable and unequal times. References Butler, J. (2004). Precarious life: The powers of mourning and violence. Verso. Butler, J. (2015). Notes toward a performative theory of assembly. Harvard University Press. Connell, R. W. (2023). Teaching the boys: New research on masculinity and gender strategies for schools. In The Critical Pedagogy Reader (pp. 332-354). Routledge. Gilson, E. (2013). The ethics of vulnerability: A feminist analysis of social life and practice. Routledge. Gilson, E. (2016). Vulnerability and victimization: Rethinking key concepts in feminist discourses on sexual violence. Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 42(1), 71-98. Gilson, E. (2024). Toward a pluralist approach to vulnerability: A contribution to an interdisciplinary trialogue on vulnerability. Human Studies, 47(2), 261-273. Hemmings, C. (2012). Affective solidarity: Feminist reflexivity and political transformation. Feminist theory, 13(2), 147-161. Keddie, A. (2022). Engaging boys in gender transformative pedagogy: Navigating discomfort, vulnerability and empathy. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30(3), 401-414. Levi Herz, R., & Rozmarin, M. (2023). Affective dynamics and young women’s sexual subjectivity: the case study of the Israeli practice of “attacking”. Young, 31(5), 499-516. Levi Herz, R., & Rozmarin, M. (2025a). Vulnerability-based gender transformation pedagogy: rethinking girls’ and young women’s education. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 1-18. Levi Herz, R., & Rozmarin, M. (2025b). Young women’s sexual agency, relationality, and vulnerability: The Israeli case study of “attacking”. Sexualities, 28(1-2), 219-234. Ringrose, J., & Renold, E. (2014). “F** k rape!” Exploring affective intensities in a feminist research assemblage. Qualitative Inquiry, 20(6), 772-780. Rozmarin, M. (2017). Vulnerable futures, transformative pasts: On vulnerability, temporality, and ethics. New York: Peter Lang. Rozmarin, M. (2020). Those Who Gather in the Streets: Butler's Vulnerable Political Subjects. Philosophy Today, 64(3), 599-616. Rozmarin, M. (2021). Navigating the Intimate Unknown: Vulnerability as an Affective Relation. NORA - Nordic Journal of Feminist and Gender Research, 29(3), 190–202. Zembylas, M. (2020). Re-conceptualizing complicity in the social justice classroom: Affect, politics and anti-complicity pedagogy. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 28(2), 317-331. Zembylas, M. (2024). Navigating the affective aspects of vulnerability in our times: faithful affective witnessing as pedagogical theory and practice. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 32(1), 125-141. 33. Gender and Education
Paper The EQGED Index: Quantifying the Differential Impact of Socioeconomic Status on Math Achievement by Gender in Europe University of Salamanca, Spain Presenting Author:The terms equality and equity are often confused, which in reality is not merely a terminological debate, but rather a practical one. While equality refers to the equal treatment of all people simply because they are human beings (without further distinction), equity refers to an ideal of justice. The latter acts as a regulator of those circumstances which, as a result of vulnerability factors, prevent certain individuals or groups from building a dignified life (Espinoza, 2007). Educational equity has been divided into three dimensions: academic segregation, equality of results and equality of opportunity (hereinafter EO), on which we will focus (Enchikova et al., 2024). The aim of this article is to delve deeper into EO, moving away from the conceptual superficiality to which it has been reduced, and studying how it works in the construction of educational gender equity in the European context. Puyol understands that all individuals, regardless of their characteristics, should be able to develop freely through equal opportunities. To this end, circumstances beyond their control must be equalised through a ‘levelling of the playing field’ (Rawls, 1971; Roemer, 1998; Puyol, 2010), providing a series of basic personal and impersonal goods together with the ability to use them and eliminating roles and stereotypes (Dworkin, 1981; Cubo, 2018), to the point where the results of this process are due solely to individual decisions (Puyol, 2010; Barragué, 2016). Thus, at the same time, EO is the first condition for exercising freedom. In this sense, the thesis defended here is that merit is not an adequate measure of equal opportunity because it does not reach all sectors of a structurally unequal society equally. The meritocratic principle thus serves as a ‘device for legitimising privilege’ and the market economy (Rendueles, 2024). The case of gender equality is not only highly illustrative, but also deeply relevant to the construction of an egalitarian society. The starting point faced by women in the education system requires an approach based on ‘human capital, role models and the construction of gender stereotypes’ (Vázquez-Cupeiro, 2015, p. 183). In fact, the European Charter for Equality of Women and Men in Local Life committed to eliminating discrimination and obstacles, roles and stereotypes, and ensuring balanced participation in decision-making. Therefore, an initial levelling is necessary, recognising and tackling obstacles, not only as material and economic barriers, but also cultural, symbolic and social ones (Dworkin, 1981; Subrahmanian, 2005). In other words, women's choices and outcomes are determined by the roles they have been taught, both in the family and at school, where the dominant ideology is reproduced (Ávila, 2004), resulting in a sexual division of public and private space (Cobo, 2005), that is, in strata or outcomes. Even so, every social system needs an authority to legitimise its ideology, and ‘science’, with its privileged status, is a powerful consolidating agent (Vázquez-Cupeiro, 2004). Hence the need for indicators that measure gender equity in education, specifically the I. O., in order to understand and eliminate illegitimate inequality in status and outcomes. One example is the EGEI (European Gender Equity Index), based on the differentiated position of men and women in social spaces, as well as on the resources needed to maintain that status: economic resources (work), social prestige (education) and power (politics). Empirical analyses indicate that the situation in Europe still involves structural inequality between men and women, although there are significant differences between countries (Bericat, 2011). In short, a methodological tool is needed that considers the before (opportunities), during and after the educational moment (Subrahmanian, 2005), allowing for contextualisation or establishing a ‘connection between background and educational outcomes’ (Enchikova et al., 2024). Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents a new index, which intends to measure the influence of gender in educational equity in some European countries. This index is also compared to other indicators related to education and gender, and broader socio-economic country-level issues. The sample consists of 15-year-old students participating in PISA 2022 in the European Union countries. Following OECD (2024) recommendations, since our aim is to compare data between countries, the data was weighted with the variable “senate weight”, which avoids biases due to uneven sample sizes by escalating all country samples to 5000 individuals. The variables extracted from the PISA 2022 competence and context questionnaires (OECD, 2023) were three: gender, mathematical competence level (first plausible value), and the economic, social and cultural status of students (ESCS), PISA’s own measure of socioeconomic status (SES). The EQGED index (Gender Equity in Education) was designed to quantify the differential influence that SES has on math achievement according to student gender. For each gender, a simple regression was calculated, obtaining the R2, and the following formula was used to get the EQGED for each country: (R2male/R2female)-1. This way, a value of 0 would signify an equal impact of SES on achievement in both genders, values under 0 would mean a higher impact of SES for women, and values over 0 would mean a higher impact of SES for men. For cases with unequal regression coefficients and intercepts (and thus diverse regressions slopes), we also explored whether the widest gaps in achievement were located in low or high SES brackets to check for possible patterns. Lastly, in an attempt to explore possible correlations between EQGED and other system-level socioeconomic variables, we compared our index with the countries’ GDP (World Bank) and Human Development Index (UNDP). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Throughout this paper, a new index has been presented to measure the difference between the impact of SES on the achievement of European secondary education students according to their gender. To the best of the authors' knowledge, this study of the gap in educational equity represents a novel approach. While the results reveal clear differences between the European countries regarding the magnitude of their equity gap and the pattern of these inequalities, in the vast majority of countries women suffer greater disadvantages than their male classmates. Some countries display inequalities primarily in high SES brackets, indicating that at low SES levels male and female students score similarly; however, as one moves up the economic spectrum, male students take greater advantage of resources and attain higher achievement compared to their female peers with the same SES. Other countries show the opposite pattern, with relative equality of achievement at high SES levels, but manifest achievement inequalities at low levels. This poses a more concerning problem, as it implies that the most economically disadvantaged female students suffer a greater negative impact on their achievement than their male counterparts. This raises two important research questions: what risk factors do women of low SES suffer to a greater extent that might explain this situation? And, what can be done to mitigate these effects? On the other hand, the correlation analysis makes it evident that the EQGED index does not significantly correlate with other socioeconomic indicators. Although further in-depth investigation into its potential relationship with other indices is certainly required, the main objective for future research should be the detection of factors related to educational inequity based on gender, in order to establish effective educational policies and practices to reduce this gap. References Ávila, M. (2004). Socialización, Educación y Reproducción Cultural: Bordieu y Bernstein. Revista Interuniversitaria de Formación del Profesorado, 19(1), 159-174. Barragué, B. (2016). (Des)igualdad de oportunidades y movilidad social. En B. Barragué y M. I. Sáez (Eds.), Desigualdad y riqueza (20, p. 159-172). Bericat, E. (2011). The European Gender Equality Index: Conceptual and Analytical Issues. Social Indicators Research, 108(1), 1–28. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-011-9872-z Cobo, R. (2005). El género en las ciencias sociales. Cuadernos de Trabajo Social, 18, 249-258. Cubo, O. (2018). Marx y Kant: sobre la igualdad de oportunidades. International Journal of Philosophy, (8), p. 134-157. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.2329940 Dworkin, R. (1981). What is Equality? Part 1: Equality of Welfare. Phylosophy & Public Affairs, 10(3), p. 185-246. https://doi.org/10.2307/2693632 Enchikova E., Neves, T., Toledo, C. & Nata, G. (2024). Change in socioeconomic educational equity after 20 years of PISA: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedro.2024.100359 Espinoza, O. (2007). Solving the equity-equality conceptual dilemma: A new model for analysis of the educational process. Educacional Research, 49, p. 343-363. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131880701717198 OECD (2024). PISA 2022 Technical Report. OECD Publishing, https://doi.org/10.1787/01820d6d-en. Puyol, A. (2010). El sueño de la igualdad de oportunidades. Gedisa. Rawls, J. (1971). Teoría de la justicia (M. D. González, Trad.). The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. Rendueles, C. (2024). La igualdad de oportunidades en disputa. Igualitarismo y meritocracia en el postneoliberalismo. Bajo Palabra, (36), p. 269-288. https://doi.org/10.15366/bp2024.36.011 Roemer, J. (1998). Igualdad de oportunidades. Isegoría, (18), p. 71-87. https://doi.org/10.3989/isegoria.1998.i18.146 Subrahmanian, R. (2005). Gender equality in education: Definitions and measurements. International Journal of Educational Development, 25, p. 395-407. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2005.04.003 Vázquez-Cupeiro, S. (2015). Ciencia, estereotipos y género: una revisión de los marcos explicativos. Convergencia. Revista de Ciencias Sociales, 22(68), p. 177-202. https://doi.org/10.29101/CRCS.V0I68.2957 33. Gender and Education
Paper Young Australians’ Gendered Perceptions of Their Future Related to STEM 1: University of Melbourne, Australia; 2: Deakin University, Australia; 3: Southern Cross University, Australia Presenting Author:Global challenges (climate change, and sustainable food production, technological advances such as the rise of generative artificial intelligence) continue to redefine the STEM landscape, resulting in entirely new jobs and career pathways within STEM fields (OECD, 2025). For example, the Australian federal Department of Education (2025) argues that “the gap between the knowledge generated in the education system and the skills demanded by employers and individuals is widening” and that STEM is a priority as it is predicted that future jobs will increasingly require STEM competences. This has important implications for STEM education and career advice, as the skills profile of the future workforce is determined largely by the study choices of students in secondary education (Australian Academy of Science, 2025). However, across the globe, students’ performance and interest in STEM subjects or careers continue to decline or stagnate. Especially, certain groups (e.g., girls, rural students or students from low SES areas) remain underrepresented in STEM fields such as mathematics, physics, engineering and IT. The world of STEM, and global movements surrounding STEM research and practice, is changing at an increasing rate in terms of its focus and its setting within global developments that are changing the face of public and political interactions with STEM. In this context, it is timely to investigate how the current generation of secondary students formulate perceptions about their future, how they see themselves in relation to STEM (e.g., motivation, identity, confidence; Calabrese-Barton et al., 2013) and how their ideas are shaped by their educational experiences as well as by factors external to school (e.g., parents, peers, (social) media). Given the rapid pace of change, the need for up-to-date information on STEM perceptions and aspirations is critical for effective policy making. This paper reports about a study in the state of Victoria, Australia which aims to reveal what young people perceive as important to their futures, with a particular focus on the role of STEM, and which gendered aspects they perceive, and reveal, in terms of opportunities and obstacles. The outcomes have implications for formal and informal STEM education and for career advice, which will be addressed. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The project combines desk research with an empirical study. Desk research focused on reports and public data sets collected through (annual) surveys among thousands of young Australians administered by Youth Insight, Mission Australia, LSAY and the Youth Barometer. Youth Insight has a focus on trends in young people’s relations with STEM (i.e., survey data on how students’ interest, confidence and aspirations towards STEM have changed between 2019 – 2023, STEM aspirations) while other monitors investigate more general concerns of young people related to challenges (i.e., cost of living, study and career, artificial intelligence, climate change). In the second half of 2025, an empirical study was conducted. Eight schools in the state of Victoria were selected on the basis of providing real-world STEM and STEAM experiences to students in year 8-10. Schools were located in rural, regional or urban areas. After ethics approval was obtained, data were collected from 12 student focus groups (totalling 50 girls and 25 boys; year levels 8-10), and semi-structured interviews with 13 STEM teachers and 3 career advisors. Focus groups for students were preceded by either a workshop (e.g., on future food production) or a recent outreach experience that could inspire students to think about their future in relation to STEM or STEAM, such as robotics events or astrophysics camps. Focus groups included both boys and girls, sometimes separately and sometimes mixed. The focus group interview protocols were semi structured and designed to be responsive to the particular contexts of the school and the students’ STEM experiences. The focus was on students’ experience of STEM through the provided workshop or STEM outreach activities they had attended and their perceptions of STEM, STEM futures and their relations to STEM. The questioning protocols were particularly alert to the way students’ perceptions and commitments – their identity work – reflected rural-urban contextual differences, gendered positioning, the role of STEM projects in framing identity, and different perceptions of STEM futures and career options. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Desk research indicates that boys and girls (aged 14-17 years) score very similar for science on interest, confidence and importance. However, boys score higher than girls for technology, engineering and mathematics. Interest, confidence and importance tend to decline with age. Students from low SES areas score a bit lower than those from higher SES areas on these indicators, particularly boys. In terms of STEM career aspirations, girls (14-17 year) are almost half as likely as boys to aspire to a career in STEM (22% versus 43%; Youth Insight, 2023). A substantial proportion of young people (about 20-30%) are reconsidering their career aspirations due to the COVID-19 pandemic, or the rise of Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI). The analysis of empirical data is in progress. Preliminary analyses reveal that schools play a crucial role in shaping students' aspirations and understanding of STEM futures. Students' perspectives were largely shaped by their school experiences and opportunities available to them to engage with STEM. It was found that students can be attracted to STEM through practical applications and real-world problems rather than pure content knowledge, suggesting that STEM contexts offer opportunities for diverse student engagement beyond traditional STEM careers. Related to pursuing STEM careers, students talked about opportunities to contribute to society, however, they expressed gendered concerns about ethical and equity issues related to STEM jobs. Students voiced gendered expectations about the impact of technological advances on society and work. Girls, in particular, were critical about GenAI being unreliable and indicated how unethical use of GenAI could compromise study and work. Differences were noticed in perceptions and expectations of urban students compared to those from rural areas. For instance, rural schools had strong sports cultures which was particularly important for boys, meaning that STEM identity formation was competing with other dominant identities. References Australian Academy of Science (2025). Australian science, Australia’s future: Science 2035 (Abridged version) DOI: 10.82202/0d7r-6h92 Calabrese Barton, A., Kang, H., Tan, E., O’Neill, T.B., Bautista-Guerra, J. and Brecklin, C. (2013). Crafting a future in science: tracing middle school girls’ identity work over time and space. American Educational Research Journal, Vol. 50 (1), 37-75 Department of Education (2025). Why is STEM important? https://www.education.gov.au/australian-curriculum/national-stem-education-resources-toolkit/introductory-material-what-stem/why-stem-important OECD (2025). Trends Shaping Education 2025. OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/ee6587fd-en. Youth Insight (2023). 2023 Youth In STEM Report. https://youthinsight.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2024/09/Youth-in-STEM_2023-Report-FINAL.pdf |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 33 SES 13 B: Innovative Methodologies in Gendered Research: AI, Online Images, Policy Analysis and Quantative Data Analysis. Location: D11 | Main building D | 1 Fl. Session Chair: Troy Potter Paper Session |
|
|
33. Gender and Education
Paper Sex, Gender and Intersectionality in Research Content: Training Researchers for Stronger Objectivity Université Paris-Est Creteil, France Presenting Author:How do we know what we know? Feminist epistemologies have long demonstrated that scientific knowledge is socially situated and that claims to neutrality often obscure structural biases embedded in research questions, methods, and interpretations. Rather than undermining objectivity, the systematic integration of sex, gender and intersectional perspectives has been shown to strengthen it, contributing to what Harding (1991) conceptualised as “strong objectivity”. Over the past two decades, initiatives such as Gendered Innovations (Schiebinger, 2008) have provided compelling evidence that incorporating sex and gender analysis enhances research quality across science, engineering, medicine, as well as the humanities and social sciences (HSS). Despite these advances, and notwithstanding its status as a mandatory requirement in EU-funded research, the integration of gender as a research dimension remains one of the least developed areas of gender equality in the research sector (ERAC, 2020).
This paper addresses the persistent gap between policy requirements, conceptual consensus, and research practice by focusing on the training of researchers. It argues that sustainable change in research content depends on embedding gender and intersectional approaches at the formative stages of academic careers, when research habits, disciplinary norms and methodological reflexes are still being shaped. Drawing on feminist theories of knowledge production, as well as recent training experiences and institutional initiatives, the paper explores how and why sex, gender and intersectionality should be incorporated throughout the research cycle.
The contribution combines conceptual reflection with empirical and practice-based insights. First, it revisits the social foundations of scientific knowledge, highlighting how androcentrism, gender blindness and the exclusion of marginalised perspectives continue to structure research canons, objects of study and evaluative standards. Using examples from the history of science and other HSS disciplines, the paper illustrates where gender and intersectionality can intervene in the selection of research topics, the construction of concepts, the choice of sources, methodological design, and the interpretation and dissemination of results. These reflections demonstrate the transferability of gender-sensitive approaches across disciplines and their relevance beyond HSS.
Second, the paper presents training initiatives aimed at researchers as a key lever for change. Building on observations from VOICES training school in 2023 and NEXT GENDER capacity-building workshop in 2026, it shows that many researchers have received little or no formal education in sex- and gender-sensitive research, despite being expected to address these dimensions in funding applications and publications. Interactive, peer-based training environments—where participants engage directly with their own research projects and exchange with experienced scholars—are shown to foster reflexivity, methodological innovation and the formulation of more inclusive research questions.
Third, the paper discusses the added value of co-creative and community-based approaches, such as communities of practice, in supporting the long-term adoption of gender and intersectionality methodologies. Unlike fragmented or short-lived resources, these collective spaces allow for ongoing learning, disciplinary translation and mutual support across institutional roles, including researchers, evaluators and trainers. By articulating training workshops with sustainable communities of practice and open-access toolkits, such initiatives address the diverse needs and constraints of stakeholders within the research ecosystem.
In conclusion, the paper argues that integrating sex, gender and intersectionality into research content is not merely a compliance exercise but a transformative epistemic practice. Training researchers plays a crucial role in normalising these approaches, expanding research imaginaries and enhancing scientific quality. By combining conceptual grounding, practical tools and collaborative learning formats, the proposed approaches contribute to more inclusive, reflexive and robust knowledge production across disciplines. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This contribution adopts a qualitative and reflexive methodological approach combining literature review, conceptual analysis and participant observation. The first, conceptual part of the paper is based on an extensive review of interdisciplinary literature on intersectionality, feminist epistemology and European policy frameworks, complemented by conceptual thinking aimed at critically examining how intersectionality is defined, translated and operationalised in continental European contexts. The second and third parts of the paper combine literature review with empirical insights drawn from participant observation. The empirical material is collected through direct involvement in the co-creative capacity-building workshop organised by the NEXT-GENDER project in April 2026, as well as through ongoing observation of the Communities of Practice (CoPs) launched within the same project in February 2026. Participant observation allows for the analysis of how sex, gender and intersectionality is discussed, negotiated and translated into practice by researchers across disciplines and institutional contexts. Attention is paid to interactions, collective problem-solving processes, and the emergence of shared understandings and points of tension. This mixed approach makes it possible to link conceptual debates with situated practices, highlighting how intersectionality is learned, adapted and enacted within European training and policy-oriented settings. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings This paper aims to demonstrate the heuristic value of sex, gender, and intersectional methodologies in research, highlighting their potential to generate new insights and inform more inclusive knowledge production. Practically, it offers co-creative capacity-building workshops, communities of practice, methodological toolkits, case studies, and structured training programmes, enabling researchers to collaboratively develop inclusive and reflexive approaches while fostering innovation and shared learning across disciplines and institutions. References Theoretical Foundations •Crenshaw, K. W. (1991). Mapping the margins: Intersectionality, identity politics, and violence against women of color. Stanford Law Review, 43(6), 1241–1299. •Harding, S. (1991). Whose science? Whose knowledge? Thinking from women’s lives. Cornell University Press. •Rocchi, J.-P. (2021). L’intersectionnalité ou la conceptualisation de la chose vécue. In M. Boussahba et al. (Eds.), Qu’est-ce que l’intersectionnalité (pp. 35–62). Éditions Payot & Rivages. •Wylie, A. (2002). Thinking from things: Essays in the philosophy of archaeology. University of California Press. Policy, Governance, and European Institutional Frameworks •Müller, J., & Humbert, A. L. (2025). Data collection and analysis for inclusive GEPs: Intersectional challenges and solutions for R&I institutions. In She Figures 2024: Policy report (pp. 39–76). Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/934401 •Woodward, A. E. (2003). Building velvet triangles: Gender and informal governance. In T. Christiansen & S. Piattoni (Eds.), Informal governance in the European Union (pp. 76–93). Edward Elgar Publishing. •European Research Area and Innovation Committee (ERAC). (2020). Position paper on the future gender equality priority in the European Research Area (ERAC 1204/20). Council of the European Union. https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-1204-2020-INIT/en/pdf Gender as Research Content and Knowledge Production •Gendered Innovations. (2025). Guidelines for intersectional analysis in science and technology: Implementation and checklist development. Stanford University. https://genderedinnovations.stanford.edu/methods-sex-and-gender-analysis.html?utm •Schiebinger, L. (2014). Gendered innovations: Harnessing the creative power of sex and gender analysis to discover new ideas and develop new technologies. Triple Helix, 1, Article 9. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40604-014-0009-7 •Schiebinger, L., & Klinge, I. (Eds.). (2020). Gendered innovations 2: How inclusive analysis contributes to research and innovation. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2777/316197 •Schiebinger, L., & Schraudner, M. (2011). Interdisciplinary approaches to achieving gendered innovations in science, medicine, and engineering. Interdisciplinary Science Reviews, 36(2), 154–167. https://doi.org/10.1179/030801811X13013181961450 •Schiebinger, L., Klinge, I., Sánchez de Madariaga, I., Paik, H.-Y., Schraudner, M., & Stefanick, M. (2011). Gendered innovations in science, health & medicine, engineering, and environment. Interdisciplinary Science Reviews, 36(2), 154–167. https://doi.org/10.1179/030801811X13013181961450 •Tannenbaum, C., Ellis, R. P., Eyssel, F., Zou, J., & Schiebinger, L. (2019). Sex and gender analysis improves science and engineering. Nature, 575(7781), 137–146. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-019-1657-6 Communities of Practice and Co-Creative Methodologies •Palmén, R., & Müller, J. (Eds.). (2024). A community of practice approach to improving gender equality in research. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003225546 •Sanders, E. B.-N., & Stappers, P. J. (2008). Co-creation and the new landscapes of design. CoDesign, 4(1), 5–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/15710880701875068 33. Gender and Education
Paper Validation of a Matrix for Image Analysis from a Gender Perspective Universidad de Sevilla, Spain Presenting Author:This work is funded by the R&D&I Project PID2023-149084OB-I00 financed by the Ministry of Science, Innovation and Universities, entitled: Female labour inclusion in STEAM professions: analysis of discourses on women in the STEAM field in school textbooks in democratic Spain. In today's society, characterised by the dizzying pace of constant change, schools operate in an environment of digital stimuli that can hinder deep reflection. For this reason, humanistic education geared towards critical thinking is becoming increasingly important (Moreno-Pinado, & Tejeda, 2017). To this end, we must review the teaching resources that are commonly used in education, such as school textbooks. School textbooks remain a central resource in teaching, and images in particular are a highly prominent component that contributes to constructing professional references, roles and expectations. In the field of Science, Technology, Engineering, Arts and Mathematics (STEAM), the visual representation of women and men can reinforce or challenge gender stereotypes linked to epistemic authority, innovation, leadership and professional training. The comparative European study by Jehle et al. (2024) indicates that, even in contexts with regulatory frameworks favourable to equality, biases persist in textbooks in terms of gender presence and stereotyping. This coeducational approach requires going beyond equal representation and addressing the professional training and qualifications of women, thereby increasing their visibility as scientists within school knowledge (Subirats, 2017). From a European and international perspective, this work is linked to SDG 4 (quality education) and SDG 5 (gender equality) and to the monitoring of equality in research and innovation through comparable indicators (European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation - ECDRI, 2025). This approach is in line with UNESCO's guidelines on the future of education and with the 2030 Agenda (UNESCO, 2021). In the Spanish context, recent analyses document the persistence of gender gaps in STEAM pathways throughout the educational cycle and into the labour market (Cobreros et al., 2024). These gaps are connected to the processes of identity construction and professional aspirations in young women and are related to biases in the attribution of fields of contribution when women are represented (Vázquez-Cupeiro, 2022), reinforcing the need to identify and correct curricular messages that operate as early references. Therefore, this contribution poses the following research question: to what extent does an image analysis matrix allow us to identify patterns of female representation and gender stereotypes in images from STEAM textbooks? To answer this question, the following objectives are established: O1) to design an analysis matrix focused on the person represented; O2) to analyse content validity through expert judgement; O3) to estimate reliability through a pilot test with independent coding. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used A design for the development and validation of the instrument for visual content analysis is adopted. The pilot corpus will focus on Spanish secondary education textbooks published after the curriculum reform of Organic Law 3/2020 (LOMLOE, 2020). The starting point is based on school textbooks and previous proposals for analysing the representation of women in textbooks (Moreno-Crespo et al., 2022). However, it incorporates an adaptation with regard to the unit of analysis, which shifts from the ‘complete image’ to the ‘character/person’ represented, allowing for the description of the attributes and narratives associated with each figure analysed. For each record, the matrix includes the assigned book code, as well as the page and location in the book. The iconographic analysis incorporates various variables such as: image mode; type of drawing; character characteristics (gender, age, ethnicity); character type; character name (if identifiable); and whether it is a cultural reference. For the occupational and contextual dimension, the main activity performed is coded; the description; the field; the profession; the type of activity; the sector and the professional classification, according to CIUO-08 (general and specific). The validation process to ensure the consistency of the instrument involves expert judgement in gender and education. To this end, a qualitative review and quantitative estimation (CVI/CVR) have been used, taking into account recent guidelines and protocols (Mokkink et al., 2025) and comparative evidence on content validity indices. Subsequently, for the pilot test and reliability calculation, the matrix is applied to a purposive sample of STEAM textbooks for secondary education (2023–2024 editions). Three researchers perform independent coding after training. Inter-coder reliability is estimated using Krippendorff's alpha, and training and data cleaning decisions are documented, following recent standards (Oschatz et al., 2023) and current tools for calculating the coefficient (Marzi et al., 2024). Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The aim is to consolidate a robust tool that allows for the description, comparison and auditing of female representation in images in STEAM textbooks from a gender perspective. The tool provides twofold added value. On the one hand, it allows for the quantification of presence/absence and, at the same time, captures the ‘quality’ of that presence through narrative attributes. On the other hand, it makes it possible to translate the findings into operational guidelines for publishers and teaching teams, so that materials can be adjusted in terms of equity and the promotion of scientific vocations without bias. The expected results aim to verify whether, despite a favourable regulatory framework and possible improvements in numerical representation, subtle inequalities persist: secondary roles, traditional scenarios, less visual centrality, or recurring associations of women with milestones of the past, rather than with current leadership and technological innovation (Jehle et al., 2024). In a context of rapid change at the global and local levels, the study is aligned with the commitment to SDGs 4 and 5 of the 2030 Agenda, contributing to quality and inclusive education that offers diverse models and does not limit the professional potential of half the population. As an international contribution, the work proposes a transparent, replicable and transferable procedure for auditing curriculum materials consistent with European equality agendas in R&D&I (ECDRI, 2025), in a scenario in which education systems seek to balance deep learning and social justice (UNESCO, 2023; OECD, 2024). The end result, therefore, is not only a validated matrix, but also an applicable tool for improving textbooks and teaching practices aimed at equity. References Cobreros, L., Galindo, J., & Raigada, T. (2024). Mujeres en STEM Desde la educación básica hasta la carrera laboral. Obtenido de EsadeEcPol-Center for Economic Policy. https://bit.ly/49fFq5i European Commission: Directorate-General for Research and Innovation – ECDRI (2025). She figures 2024 – Gender in research and innovation – Statistics and indicators. Publications Office of the European Union. https://doi.org/10.2777/592260 Jehle, A. M., Groeneveld, M. G., van de Rozenberg, T. M., & Mesman, J. (2024). The hidden lessons in textbooks: Gender representation and stereotypes in European mathematics and language books. European Journal of Education, 59(4), e12716. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12716 Ley Orgánica 3/2020, de 29 de diciembre, por la que se modifica la Ley Orgánica 2/2006, de 3 de mayo, de Educación (LOMLOE). (2020). Boletín Oficial del Estado (BOE), núm. 340. https://www.boe.es/buscar/doc.php?id=BOE-A-2020-17264 Marzi, G., Balzano, M., & Marchiori, D. (2024). K-Alpha calculator–krippendorff's alpha calculator: a user-friendly tool for computing krippendorff's alpha inter-rater reliability coefficient. MethodsX, 12, 102545. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mex.2023.102545 Mokkink, L., Herbelet, S., Tuinman, P., & Terwee, C. (2025). Content validity: judging the relevance, comprehensiveness and comprehensibility of an outcome measurement instrument–a COSMIN perspective. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 111879. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclinepi.2025.111879 Moreno-Crespo, P., Ferreras-Listán, M., & Moreno-Fernández, O. (2022). Representación femenina en la manualística española del siglo XXI: Educación Secundaria. In Mujer, educación e inclusión laboral: Una visión desde la manualística escolar (1975-2020) (pp. 167-183). Octaedro. Moreno-Pinado, W. E., & Tejeda, M. E. V. (2017). Estrategia didáctica para desarrollar el pensamiento crítico. REICE. Revista iberoamericana sobre calidad, eficacia y cambio en educación, 15(2), 53-73. Nussbaum, M. C. (2010). Sin fines de lucro. Por qué la democracia necesita de las humanidades. Katz editores. OECD (2024). Students, digital devices and success (OECD Education Policy Perspectives, No. 102). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/9e4c0624-en Oschatz, C., Sältzer, M., & Stier, S. (2023). Establishing standards for human-annotated samples applied in supervised machine learning-evidence from a Monte Carlo simulation. Studies in Communication and Media: SCM, 12(4), 289-304. https://doi.org/10.5771/2192-4007-2023-4-289 Subirats, M. (2017). Coeducación, apuesta por la libertad. Octaedro. UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education: Executive summary. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379381 UNESCO. (2023). Global education monitoring report, 2023: Technology in education: A tool on whose terms?. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000385723 Vázquez-Cupeiro, S. (2022). Women’s networking in Spanish academia: a ‘catch-all’strategy or strategic sisterhood?. Critical Studies in Education, 63(4), 485-500. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2021.1911820 33. Gender and Education
Paper The Global Representation of Women School Leaders in Generative AI Models: A Critical Discourse Analysis 1: Hakkari University; 2: Selahaddin Eyyubi Secondary School Presenting Author:Although the teaching profession is largely chosen by women worldwide, the insufficient representation of women in leadership and administrative positions in education constitutes a striking paradox. Across OECD countries, while nearly 69% of teachers are women, only 45% of school principals are female, revealing a sharp decline in leadership representation (OECD, 2017). In Turkey, the percentage of female rectors was 5.3% in 2007 and increased to 9% in 2023. Meanwhile, the ratio of female vice rectors was 4% and female deans was 17% in 2023 (Turkish Higher Education Management Information System, 2023). According to the 2023 report by the Ministry of Family and Social Services, only 3 out of 81 Provincial Directors of National Education are women, representing 3.7% of these positions. Butler (1990) argues in her book, Gender Trouble that gender is “performative”; In other words, gender is not an innate characteristic, but a process constantly reproduced through culturally determined actions. People perform these performances unconsciously, and their identities are shaped by these repetitive actions. Butler emphasizes that gender is constructed through linguistic and cultural discourses, and that no meaning related to the body predates social structure. Therefore, she denies that the biological body or the fetus exists with "natural" meanings. In short, according to Butler, gender is not something a person "is," but something they "do." The rationale for this study is to understand how artificial intelligence models create language and discourse about female school leaders. Generative AI systems reproduce patterns they learn from data sources. Therefore, their responses to female leadership may be influenced by social perceptions, cultural norms, and common expressions. Examining AI's representations in this field can contribute to both how gender perceptions are constructed in digital environments and the forms in which potential biases emerge. The purpose of this study is to examine how female school leaders are represented in generative AI algorithms on a global scale. In this context, the research aims to analyze how different generative AI models generate discourses about female school leadership and the gender norms these discourses implicitly or explicitly reproduce or transform. Research problems: According to artificial intelligence algorithms, how are women school leaders defined, and what is the representation of women leaders in educational institutions globally? According to artificial intelligence algorithms, what are the main cultural, structural, and institutional factors contributing to the underrepresentation of women in school leadership roles in certain countries? According to artificial intelligence algorithms, what are the effects of the low representation of women school leaders on education systems, school performance, and various school-related variables? According to artificial intelligence algorithms, what positive outcomes might an increase in women school leaders generate for educational organizations, what leadership style trends are observed, and what differences exist between women and men leaders? According to artificial intelligence algorithms, how is the role of women school leaders expected to evolve in the future, what policy and structural transformations are needed to strengthen women’s leadership, and how might AI reshape the representation of women’s leadership in education in the digital age? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used Qualitative research methods will be preferred in the research. Qualitative research is a type of inquiry that employs methods such as observation, interviews, and document analysis to address a research problem (Seale, 1999). In data analysis, the critical discourse analysis method will be used. Critical discourse analysis is an approach that examines the effects of language on social structure and power relations. This approach analyzes how concepts such as ideology, power, and identity are shaped and reproduced through discourse and texts. It also supports social change by revealing injustices and social inequalities (Van Dijk, 2001). In this study, questions will be posed to the ChatGPT, DeepSeek, Gemini, Mistral, Claude, Kumru, Qwen, and Alice AI models. These AI models were selected due to their cultural diversity, technical differences, and dataset diversity. This diversity can provide the opportunity to examine how discourses regarding representations of women in educational leadership differ, what ideological influences they carry, what prejudices they reproduce, and which models produce more egalitarian discourse. In this context, the questions to be posed to artificial intelligence models are as follows: How do you define women school leaders? What is the representation of women leaders in educational organizations worldwide? What are the reasons for the underrepresentation of women in school leadership roles in some countries? What are the potential impacts of the low number of women school leaders on education systems in some countries? What positive outcomes could an increase in women school leaders create in these systems? What might be the salient professional and personal characteristics of women school leaders? What are the common trends regarding the leadership styles of women school leaders? What differences do you observe between women and men school leaders? What might be the impact of women school leaders on school variables? How do you assess the future evolution of the role of women school leaders in education? What policies or structural transformations might be necessary to strengthen women school leadership? What are your thoughts on AI transforming representations of women's leadership in education in the digital age? According to Ravitch and Carl (2019), validity and reliability procedures will be conducted in the study. For credibility, expert opinions will be taken. Confirmability, findings based on algorithms' statements will be emphasized. Transferability refers to the applicability of the findings to similar contexts. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings AI models are expected to mostly portray female school leaders as individuals with strong communication skills, empathy, openness to collaboration, and strong capacity for community building. While these representations are positive, they can sometimes reproduce normative gender-based roles. Models may tend to indicate that the proportion of female school leaders worldwide is lower than that of men. They are also expected to explain this situation with structural factors such as cultural norms, gender roles, patriarchal institutional structures, and career-family incompatibility. AI models are expected to highlight the negative consequences of a low number of female leaders, such as a lack of diversity and inclusiveness, a weakening of school climate and communication quality, and uniformity in decision-making processes. Models focusing on the positive effects of increased female leadership are expected to highlight the following positive outcomes: a more democratic and inclusive school culture, increased teacher motivation, enhanced student well-being and school engagement, and a role model role in gender equality. Some discourses within the models may create the risk of unwittingly framing female leadership as "emotional" and male leadership as "rational." This may indicate the presence of implicit gender stereotypes in algorithmic discourses. AI models are expected to generate discourses generally optimistic about the strengthening of female leadership in the future, such as policies improving and public awareness rising. The following recommendations can be developed within the scope of the study: More in-depth discourse analyses can be conducted to reveal implicit biases in representations of female leadership in generative AI models. Gender theories can be rethought through digital discourses, and conceptual frameworks can be developed to understand how AI reimagines gender. Mentoring and leadership development programs can be strengthened to increase the visibility of female school leaders. Regulations focused on gender equality can be developed for leadership appointments in education. References Butler, J. (1990). Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. New York: Routledge. OECD. (2017). Education at a Glance 2017: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. Ravitch, S. M., & Carl, N. M. (2019). Qualitative research: Bridging the conceptual, theoretical, and methodological. Sage Publications. Seale, C. (1999). Quality in qualitative research. Qualitative Inquiry, 5(4), 465-478. Turkish Higher Education Management Information System (2023). https://istatistik.yok.gov.tr Van Dijk, T. A. (2001). Multidisciplinary CDA: A plea for diversity. In R. Wodak & M. Meyer (Eds.), Methods of critical discourse analysis (pp. 95-120). http://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9780857028020.d7 33. Gender and Education
Paper With a Woman's Name, The Female Presence in Secondary School Textbooks Universidad de Sevilla, Spain Presenting Author:This work is funded by the R&D&I Project PID2023-149084OB-I00 financed by the Ministry of Science, Innovation and Universities, entitled: Female labour inclusion in STEAM professions: analysis of discourses on women in the STEAM field in school textbooks in democratic Spain. The research presented here addresses the visibility of women's contributions in secondary school textbooks. It is based on a historical bias in educational materials that tends to omit or distort the role of women in human progress, particularly in STEM disciplines (Aldrin, 2025; Bataineh, et al., 2024; López-Navajas, 2014). It should be noted that several studies emphasise the role of school textbooks as a tool for cultural legitimisation that shapes students' identities and expectations (Ferreras-Listán, M. & Jiménez-Pérez, R. 2013). This study connects the production and use of educational knowledge with its social effects (EERA, 2026) and aligns with Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 4 (quality education) and 5 (gender equality) of the 2030 Agenda. In this way, it seeks to respond to the international urgency to transform curricular materials into instruments of equity that eliminate gender bias and promote inclusive quality education (UNESCO, 2021). On the other hand, it addresses the guidelines of the European Education Area and the Gender Equality Strategy. On the other hand, it follows the guidelines of the European Education Area and the Gender Equality Strategy, emphasising that the recovery of female genealogies in textbooks is not only a historical debt, but also a requirement for advancing towards effective equality (European Commission, 2020). In line with the above, this study poses the following research question: What is the frequency, quality and narrative of female presence in textbooks? To this end, it analyses which attributes or stereotypes are associated with women and how they are included in school textbooks. In short, the aim is to elucidate whether women are recognised for individual achievements or whether their representation continues to be restricted to secondary, episodic or merely anecdotal roles. Thus, the overall objective of the study is to analyse the representation of women in school textbooks, not only by quantifying their presence, but also by evaluating the reason for their inclusion. The aim is to identify the extent to which the pedagogical narrative reproduces or dismantles gender stereotypes, with the purpose of providing credible role models that allow female students to project their professional identity on equal terms. From a contextual perspective, we find ourselves in a scenario of uncertainty in which education should reactivate humanistic and ethical training (Nussbaum, 2010; UNESCO, 2021). Far from being a neutral artefact, school textbooks select which knowledge, discourses and figures deserve to be preserved in school memory, relegating others to oblivion through processes of omission. Finally, contributions from theories on the representativeness gap (Frabotta, 2021; Rivas-Sepúlveda & Lamas-Huerta, 2024) are incorporated to explain how the absence of female role models in science and technology not only distorts the historical understanding of knowledge but also limits the aspirations of young women by reinforcing persistent biases that disconnect women from the production of technical knowledge. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This paper presents the results of an analysis of Spanish textbooks for compulsory secondary education published in 2023 and 2024, following the latest reform of educational content in Organic Law 3/2020 (LOMLOE, 2020). This is an in-depth pilot study with a methodological approach based on content analysis, aimed at identifying named characters from different fields (society, culture, politics, arts, science, mythology, among others). The quantifiable data were recorded and processed in a relational database designed ad hoc, using a matrix for the collection and processing of information (Moreno-Crespo et al., 2022). The total sample for this study consists of eight textbooks corresponding to four subjects related to STEM: Physics and Chemistry (2), Biology and Geology (2), Technology (2) and Mathematics (2). A total of 458 named entries were analysed. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The research confirms an emerging trend towards numerical equity in the iconography of STEM textbooks. However, this progress is interpreted as a form of numerical inclusion. Although the number of female figures is increasing, their presence tends to be more representative than substantive. Similarly, the fundamental concepts of the subjects analysed continue to be presented from an androcentric perspective (e.g., Thales' theorem, Newton's law, Archimedes' principle), which reinforces a narrative in which abstract thinking and the formulation of natural laws are associated as inherently masculine attributes (Frabotta, 2021). In this context, while men appear as ‘authors,’ women tend to be portrayed as ‘collaborators,’ linked to domestic tasks or referred to by generic terms. This limits the recognition of women's authorship and dilutes the intellectual property of their findings in the minds of students (Rodríguez-Aparicio, 2025; Zambrano et al., 2025). For future society to move towards effective equality, 21st-century textbooks must go beyond the mere visual incorporation of women in laboratory settings. It is essential to construct a scientific genealogy in which women do not appear as added presences, but as identifiable protagonists with their own names. Only in this way can invisibility be broken down, encouraging new generations to recognise women as producers of culture and science (Rivas-Sepúlveda & Lamas-Huerta, 2024). Overall, the results suggest that current textbooks do not sufficiently promote a critical attitude; Therefore, the following recommendations are made: (1) balance roles and levels of prominence between genders; (2) incorporate a critical perspective that allows for the identification of stereotypes linked to gender inequalities; (3) highlight women's contributions to promote their recognition; and (4) strengthen their presence as role models for students by showing omitted or masculinised career paths as viable options. References European Commission. (2020, March 5). A Union of Equality: Gender Equality Strategy 2020–2025 (COM/2020) 152 final). EUR-Lex. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0152 European Educational Research Association (EERA). (2026). Call for proposals: European Conference on Educational Research (ECER) 2026 & Emerging Researchers’ Conference (ERC) https://eera-ecer.de/fileadmin/user_upload/Documents/ECER_Documents/ECER_2026_Call_for_Proposals.pdf Ferreras-Listán, M., & Pérez, R. J. (2013). ¿ Cómo se conceptualiza el patrimonio en los libros de texto de Educación Primaria?. Revista de educación, (361), 591-618. Jiménez-Andújar, E. M., Monforte-García, E., & Alcalá-Ibáñez, M. L. (2023). Currículum Oculto de Género desde la Mirada Docente: Los Libros de Texto. Revista Internacional de Educación para la Justicia Social, 12(2), 25-44. http://dx.doi.org/10.15366/riejs2023.12.2.002 Ley Orgánica 3/2020, de 29 de diciembre, por la que se modifica la Ley Orgánica 2/2006, de 3 de mayo, de Educación (LOMLOE). (2020). Boletín Oficial del Estado (BOE), núm. 340. https://www.boe.es/buscar/doc.php?id=BOE-A-2020-17264 López-Navajas, A. (2014). Análisis de la ausencia de las mujeres en los manuales de la ESO: una genealogía de conocimiento ocultada. Revista de Educación, (363), 282-308. https://doi.org/10.4438/1988-592X-RE-2012-363-188 Frabotta, S. (2021). La ausencia de mujeres como referentes culturales en los manuales de italiano L2/LS. Cuestiones de género: de la igualdad y la diferencia, (16), 668-687. http://dx.doi.org/10.18002/cg.v0i16.6971 Moreno-Crespo, P., Ferreras-Listán, M., & Moreno-Fernández, O. (2022). Representación femenina en la manualística española del siglo XXI: Educación Secundaria. In Mujer, educación e inclusión laboral: Una visión desde la manualística escolar (1975-2020) (pp. 167-183). Octaedro. Nussbaum, M. C. (2010). Sin fines de lucro. Por qué la democracia necesita de las humanidades. Katz editores. Rivas-Sepúlveda, E., & Lamas-Huerta, P. A. (2024). Más allá de los estereotipos: participación de mujeres en carreras tecnológicas y STEM. Revista Educación Superior y Sociedad (ESS), 36(2), 247-271. https://doi.org/10.54674/ess.v36i2.903 Rodríguez-Aparicio, E. R. (2025). Referentes Teóricos y Epistemológicos de STEAM en la Educación en Ciencias. Revista Latinoamericana de Educación Científica, Crítica y Emancipadora, 4(1), 92-108. Rodríguez-Rodríguez, J., i Delgado, C. M., & Amo, C. D. (2023). Discusiones actuales alrededor del libro de texto escolar. Octaedro. UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: A new social contract for education: Executive summary. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379381 Zambrano, D. V., Rodríguez, H. M., & Rodríguez, E. (2025). Formación en prácticas inclusivas de género para la orientación vocacional hacia perfiles STEAM (Ciencia, Tecnología, Ingeniería, Arte y Matemáticas). Información tecnológica, 36(1), 15-26. http://dx.doi.org/10.4067/s0718-07642025000100015 |
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 34 SES 13 A: Democratic Citizenship Education in Crisis Part II Location: E301 | Main building E | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Pia Mikander Session Chair: Edda Sant Symposium |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Symposium Democratic Citizenship Education in Crisis: Caring for Democracy in Uncertain Times Part II: Caring for Democracy in Times of Crises In the context of multiple crises, democratic ideals and systems as we know them are eroding from within (Lührmann et al., 2021). Responses from education have been varied, offering a range of different approaches to democracy citizenship education, e.g. deliberative, participatory, radical, etc. (Sant, 2019). Still, these responses continue to work under a range of potentially misguided assumptions, i.e. that: a) democracy is inherently and universally good (Zembylas, 2022); b) education is the answer to the world’s problems (Hofman, 2025); c) that there is an ideal democratic citizen that education can educate for and d) that this process will lead to a certain, pre-defined, outcome. Consequently, these approaches reinforce rather than challenge the role of education as a vehicle for reproducing the status quo (Sant & Tryggvason, 2025). It seems, then, we need a different sort of response from education that not only critically interrogates our assumptions about democracy (da Costa, 2023) but also critically engages with our educational responses. Reflecting on democracy’s seemingly approaching demise, we were inspired by Vanessa Andreotti’s concept of hospicing and how it conceptualises caring for a system that is in transition and, in fact, complicit in producing and sustaining the very same (entangled) crises education is meant to be addressing (e.g. climate crisis, democratic crisis, time crisis, etc.). Thus, caring for democracy during this transition stage, calls us to sit in the discomfort of a system in transition, facing and learning from democracy’s harms (as well as its gifts) while experimenting with other ways of being democratically, and developing collective stamina for what’s to come, rather than succumbing to hopelessness (Andreotti et al., 2015). We find that acknowledging democracy’s imperfections, and being willing to navigate and confront its tensions, is not the same than leaving democracy behind or thinking that other systems would surpass democratic imperfections. So, what does caring for democracy look like in democratic citizenship education? As we learn from history, what democratic values and practices do we want to keep/leave behind/initiate? Drawing on the work of Tronto (2013), we understand care in democracy as deeply political, relational, and participatory. This second part of the two-part symposium offers four papers that will explore how we might care for democracy in education through these different dimensions. The papers conceptualize caring as response-ability, ungrading, agonistic ritual, and centering emotions, discussing what is worth caring for in democratic citizenship education, and what requires radical change. References Andreotti, V. D. O., Stein, S., Ahenakew, C., & Hunt, D. (2015). Mapping interpretations of decolonization in the context of higher education. Decolonization: Indigeneity, Education & Society, 4(1), 21-40. da Costa, M. (2023) ‘Ugly Democracy: Towards Epistemic Disobedience in Development Education’. Policy & Practice: A Development Education Review, 36, 14–32. Hofman, L. B. (2025) ‘Immanent obligations of response: articulating everyday response-abilities through care’, Distinktion: Journal of Social Theory, 26/2: 245–26. Lührmann, A.., Medzihorsky, J.j & Lindberg, S. I. 2021 Walking the Talk: How to Identify Anti-Pluralist Parties. V-Dem Working Paper 116, http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3813132 Sant, E. (2019). Democratic education: A theoretical review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research 89 (5): 655–696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493. Sant, E. & Tryggvason, Á. (2025) Thinking hegemony otherwise – an educational critique of Mouffe’s agonism, Distinktion: Journal of Social Theory, 26:2, 229-244, DOI: 10.1080/1600910X.2024.2365758 Tronto, J. C. (2013). Caring Democracy: Markets, Equality, and Justice. NYU Press. http://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctt9qgfvp Zembylas, M (2022) ‘Decolonising and re-theorising radical democratic education: Toward a politics and practice of refusal’, Power and Education, 14(2),157–171. Presentations of the Symposium Response-ability as a Practice of Care in Democratic Citizenship Education
Across the globe, concerns about a crisis of democracy have intensified. Scholars highlight the rise of authoritarian and exclusionary politics within democratic regimes, and the deepening of socio-economic and racial inequalities as indicators that democracy is under threat (Toscano, 2023). These concerns are echoed in education research, where democracy is frequently invoked as endangered and in need of rescue and renewal (e,g, Giroux, 2022; Bruce, 2025). Yet, despite the widespread agreement that democracy is in crisis, far less attention is given to democracy’s complicity in producing the very conditions that now threaten it (Toscano, 2023).
Education is often positioned as the answer to democracy’s implosion through a wide range of conceptualisations of democratic education which, despite divergences, tend to share the assumption that democracy is inherently good and universally desirable (Sant, 2019). In these theoretical conversations, democracy is often seen as in opposition to systems of oppression – e.g. racism, capitalism (see e.g., Giroux, 2022), or disentangled from them through more inclusive re-conceptualisations (see e.g., Hytten & Stemhagen, 2021). Often, these responses can also assume that education is separate from society, so democratic education is about preparing students for democratic life through the acquisition of the ‘right’ knowledge and skills (Biesta, 2011).
Instead, this paper starts from the position that democracy is part of the problem, having originated through and continued to be entangled in systems of oppression (Mbembe, 2019); and rejects the education/democracy divide (Biesta, 2011). Accordingly, democracy is understood, following da Costa (2022, drawing on Elizabeth R Anker), as ugly – a practice of both freedom and oppression; and, in line with Thiel and Sant (2025), as ontologically contingent, relational, and material‑discursive. From this recognition of democracy’s complicity in violence and the porous boundaries between democracy and education, the paper explores a conceptualisation of care in democratic citizenship education as response-ability, drawing on Hofman (2023, who builds on Haraway’s work). Hofman (2023) reconceptualises response-ability as relations of care that are non-innocent, ubiquitous, and political. She articulates response‑ability as: (1) worldmaking – sustaining particular worlds while neglecting others; (2) an etho‑ecological practice – shaped by, yet not reducible to, immanent contextual obligations; and (3) careful experimentation – ongoing, situated tinkering rather than radical breaks or abstract critique. Thus, the paper explores the possibilities this reconceptualisation of care might open for reconfiguring the aims, subjects, and practice of democratic education.
References:
Biesta, G. (2011) ‘The Ignorant Citizen: Mouffe, Rancière, and the Subject of Democratic Education’, Studies in Philosophy and Education, 30(2), 141–153.
Bruce, B. C. (2025) ‘Creative Democracy How Democratic Education Can Restore and Enrich Democracy’, Education and Culture, 41(1), 31–61.
da Costa, M. (2023) ‘Ugly Democracy: Towards Epistemic Disobedience in Development Education’. Policy & Practice: A Development Education Review, 36, 14–32.
Giroux, H (2022) ‘Resisting Fascism and Winning the Education Wars: How we can Meet the Challenge’, Policy and Practice: A Development Education Review, vol. 35, Autumn, 111–126.
Hytten, K., & Stemhagen, K. (2021). Democratic theory’s evasion of race. Educational Theory, 71(2), 177–202.
Hofman, L. B. (2025) ‘Immanent obligations of response: articulating everyday response-abilities through care’, Distinktion: Journal of Social Theory, 26/2: 245–26.
Mbembe, A (2019) Necropolitics, London: Duke University Press.
Sant, E. (2019). Democratic education: A theoretical review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655–696.
Thiel, J. and Sant, E. (2025) ‘Democracy as intra-action: Some educational implications when we diffract John Dewey’s, Karen Barad’s and Ernesto Laclau’s work’. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 57(6), 563–574
Toscano, A. (2023) Late Fascism: Race, Capitalism and the Politics of Crisis. Verso
Caring for Democracy: Youth, Affect, and Democratic Education in Times of Crisis
Across the globe, democracy is increasingly framed as “in crisis.” Rising populism, declining trust in institutions, and widening social inequalities have reshaped how young people relate to democracy. Recent studies indicate a decline in youth satisfaction with democracy, particularly in established Western democracies (Bordeleau, 2025; preprint). While some scholars interpret this trend as democratic apathy, others argue that it reflects a reconfiguration of democratic engagement, rooted in everyday experiences, relational practices, and affective investments. At the same time, populist movements, often explicitly challenging democratic norms, have gained traction among younger citizens (Foa & Mounk, 2019), in part by offering emotionally resonant critique of the status quo, that give voice to frustrations with democracy’s perceived and lived structural deficits.
Building on this literature, this conceptual paper explores how young people perceive and imagine democracy in times of crisis. Rather than treating emotions as secondary to rational political engagement, the paper conceptualizes affect as central to how young people make sense of democracy’s promises and failures (Shuffelton & Stemhagen, 2020; Zembylas, 2020). These affective orientations are situated within broader processes of democratic erosion, where young people encounter exclusionary rhetoric, unequal recognition, and the normalization of anti-democratic practices, shaping their sense of agency and belonging.
To deepen this analysis, the paper draws on Tronto’s (1993) ethics of care to reconceptualize democratic engagement beyond formal participation and institutional trust. Care ethics foregrounds relationality, interdependence, and responsibility as inherently political, challenging narrow, public–private distinctions that dominate traditional accounts of citizenship. From this perspective, everyday acts of care can be understood as democratic practices that sustain collective life, illuminating how emotions such as care, frustration, and moral concern function as civic resources rather than signs of withdrawal.
The paper identifies a key paradox in existing research: while affective politics has been extensively examined in relation to adult publics and right-wing populism (Westheimer, 2019; Zembylas, 2020), the emotional foundations of democratic commitment among youth remain underexplored. Drawing on insights from previous qualitative research on citizenship education and youth participation as empirical touchpoints, the paper proposes a research agenda that treats affective disillusionment not only as a challenge but also as a potential starting point for democratic renewal. In doing so, it invites scholars and educators to rethink democratic education as an affective and relational practice of care, oriented toward uncertainty, plurality, and shared responsibility rather than the transmission of stable democratic values (Mårdh & Tryggvason, 2017).
References:
Bordeleau, J. N., (2025, preprint). Young people are less supportive of democracy and more tolerant of a wide range of undemocratic practices. https://doi.org/10.31219/osf.io/5y2mq_v1
Foa, R. S., & Mounk, Y. (2019). Youth and the populist wave. Philosophy and Social Criticism, 45(9–10), 1013–1024. https://doi.org/10.1177/0191453719872314
Mårdh, A., & Tryggvason, Á. (2017). Democratic Education in the Mode of Populism. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 36(6), 601–613. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-017-9564-5
Shuffelton, A. B., & Stemhagen, K. (2020). Democracy in Crisis and Education: Educating for Citizenship in the Age of Populism. Educational Theory, 70(6), 685–699. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12456
Tronto, J. C. (1993). Moral Boundaries; A Political Argument for an Ethic of Care. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003070672
Westheimer, J. (2019). Civic Education and the Rise of Populist Nationalism. Peabody Journal of Education, 94(1), 4–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2019.1553581
Zembylas, M. (2020). The Affective Modes of Right-Wing Populism: Trump Pedagogy and Lessons for Democratic Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 39(2), 151–166. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-019-09691-y
Where Does Democratic Citizenship Education Live in Schools?
Democratic citizenship education surfaces in many corners of everyday school life: in lessons, community events, student councils, classroom dialogue and everyday choices. This perspective aligns with whole-school approaches to democratic citizenship education (Council of Europe, 2018) and with ideas of education through democracy which stress the importance of democratic learning as a lived, relational practice in which students become subjects capable of acting and engaging with difference (Biesta, 2006). From an agonistic perspective (Mouffe, 2013), democratic experience is also about dissent - about the moments when disagreement, conflict, and plurality are allowed to surface. These moments are often small, fleeting, and easy to overlook, yet they are precisely where tension becomes pedagogically meaningful - a point emphasised in educational research that frames conflict as an opportunity for democratic learning (Ruitenberg, 2009; Lo, 2017). Caring for democratic education therefore also means attending to these fragile and rarely acknowledged instances. But this raises a central problem: in ordinary, everyday school life, where do such moments occur, and how does an ordinary student actually come to encounter them?
This paper draws on ethnographic fieldwork conducted in a Lithuanian lower-secondary school in 2025 and examines a seemingly mundane weekly practice: a duty-assessment practice in which randomly selected students evaluated classmates who had completed classroom duties, allocating them a number of social-civic hours. Despite appearing routine, the practice functioned as a structured public arena that opened space for expressing opinions, exercising judgement, negotiating disagreement and engaging in collective reflection.
The analysis shows that this ritual brought together four dimensions of democratic experience that usually appear separately in everyday school life: (1) real power and agonistic struggle, as students’ decisions carried concrete consequences for peers; (2) fairness and sincerity, which acted as shared boundaries guiding how disagreement could unfold; (3) meaningfulness, grounded in the social stakes and in the practice’s refusal to become insincerely symbolic; and (4) individual participation and communal gathering, collectively sustaining the ritual through their responses, tensions, and emotions.
By concentrating these otherwise scattered elements into a coherent agonistic ritual, the practice made democracy visible in everyday school life - not as an abstract ideal or predefined method, but as something emerging through the lived frictions, conflicts, and relationships. To care for democratic education, then, is not only to support such agonistic rituals, but to care for each of their elements and to nurture the everyday interactions from which they draw their force.
References:
Biesta, Gert (2006). Beyond learning: Democratic education for a human future. Routledge.
Council of Europe. (2018). Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture – Volume 3: Guidance for implementation. Council of Europe Publishing.
Mouffe, Chantal (2013). Agonistics: Thinking the world politically.Verso
Ruitenberg, Claudia (2009). Educating political adversaries: Chantal Mouffe and radical democratic citizenship education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 28(3), 269–281. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-008-9122-2
Lo, Jane C. (2017). Empowering young people through conflict and conciliation: Attending to the political and agonism in democratic education. Democracy & Education, 25(1), Article 2. https://doi.org/10.65214/2164-7992.1271
Educating through Democracy: Ungrading as Caring
This theoretical paper argues that ‘ungrading’ can foster a more caring and more democratic education system. I begin by outlining the ungrading movement. Its main aim is to raise ‘an eyebrow at grades as a systemic practice’ (Stommel, 2023:online) because grades (a) reduce students’ interest in learning, (b) make students choose easier tasks, and (c) produce shallower thinking (Kohn, 2020, p. xiv). I contribute to this list by arguing that grading, as the process of one entity grading another, is undemocratic. This is because grades are often “done to” people (rather than “with” people); they are a monologue (rather than a dialogue) (Green, 2019). Even “self-grading” – as in quantitative self-assessment – could be considered a problematic form of self-regulation (cf. Foucault, 2008). As I have argued elsewhere, it is the disciplinary nature of “rating” (i.e. a form of grading) that creates atomisation and division amongst students and between students and teachers (Thiel, 2022).
Secondly, I introduce some key pillars of democratic education. Democratic education can mean educating for and educating through democracy (Biesta, 2007): educating for democracy seeks to prepare students for future democracy, whereas educating through democracy aims at embedding democratic processes and structures directly into educational practice. Schools can, for example, educate through democracy by implementing meaningful democratic votes in classroom settings, creating an open classroom climate (Angyagre, 2025), and practising agreeing as well as disagreeing (Sant et al., 2020).
On this basis, I conclude with three provocations: A) educating through democracy – e.g. by fostering the ability to “disagree respectfully” (cf. agonism, Mouffe, 2009) - should not only be built into pedagogical practice and curriculum design, but also extend to assessment. Ungrading is simply the next logical step to avoid an excessive, and as I argue, authoritarian quantification of learning and performance. B) Using the example of the English education system, I argue that ungrading needs to happen at various levels of scale. We have to avoid teachers grading pupils, schools grading teachers, and inspectors grading schools. C) I turn to Andreotti (2021) to suggest that we need to “hospice” grading, so we can allow for a different, more democratic educational “world” to be born, from the classroom, to schools, to policy. In summary, this paper presents ‘ungrading’ as an essential component of furthering democracy, in education and perhaps beyond.
References:
Andreotti, VM (2021) Hospicing Modernity: Facing Humanity's Wrongs and the Implications for Social Activism. North Atlantic Books.
Angyagre, S. E. (2025) 'Democratic education and the teaching of controversial issues in polarising times: Students’ views and experiences', International Journal of Educational Research, 134.
Biesta, G. (2007) 'Education and the Democratic Person: Towards a Political Conception of Democratic Education', Teachers College Record, 109(3).
Foucault, M. (2008) The Birth of Biopolitics. LECTURES AT THE COLLÈGE DE FRANCE 1978–79. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
Green, S. (2019) 'What students don't make of feedback in higher education: An illustrative study', Journal of English for Academic Purposes, 38.
Kohn, A. (2020) 'Foreword', in Blum, S.D. (ed.) Ungrading : Why Rating Students Undermines Learning (and What to Do Instead). Morgantown: West Virginia University Press.
Mouffe, C. (2009) The democratic paradox. Radical thinkers Place of publication not identified: Verso.
Sant, E., et al (2020) 'Pedagogies of agonistic democracy and citizenship education', Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 16(3).
Stommel, J. (2023) Undoing the Grade: Why We Grade, and How to Stop. Hybrid Pedagogy, Incorporated.
Thiel, J. (2022) Ratings and Rankings in Higher Education: A New-Materialist Exploration of How They Control Society. Concepts for Critical Psychology London: Routledge.
|
| 17:15 - 18:45 | 34 SES 13 B: Tensions and polarisation in citizenship education Location: A31 | Main building A | 3 Fl. Session Chair: Elina Vaara Paper Session |
|
|
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Elite Skepticism Among Teenagers as an Indicator of Populist Attitudes. An International Comparison Study 1: Universität Duisburg-Essen, Germany; 2: Friedrich-Schiller-University, Jena Presenting Author:Populism is a current challenge for democracies across the world and Europe specifically(Norris & Inglehart, 2019). Populism can be defined as an attitude that related to the clear distinction between a virtuous people and a corrupt elite (Akkermann & Mudde, 2014; Sant & Brown, 2021). Populism is strongly linked to modes of identification and exclusion: Populists are generally less tolerant of whom they perceive to be outsiders (Kinnvall & Svensson, 2022). For democracies, this is problematic, as they depend upon the idea that different perspectives are valid even if they are not shared or even opposed. For education, populist attitudes in students are relevant as they can relate to more bullying (Wray-Lake, et al. 2018) and oppose the idea that students learn to approach political and social issues from multiple perspectives (Abs, 2021). Currently, there is little research on the development of populist attitudes in adolescence and even less research, which compares populistic attitudes among youth between different countries (Noack & Eckstein, 2023). Differentiating between countries is important as political attitudes relate to the performance of the incumbents of the country in question (Stals & Ziemes, 2024). If the corruption in ones political system is high, believing that the leadership is an elite that does not hold the peoples’ interest in high regard is more rational than in countries with less corruption (Stals & Ziemes, 2024). This study wants to investigate how different aspects of schooling relate to populist attitudes in the adolescence. This is relevant to find out which aspects of schooling can help to inoculate students against populist reasoning and which aspects of schooling might actually relate to an increase in populist attitudes. Experiences of participation, teacher support, and an open classroom climate should be negatively associated with populist attitudes. As populist attitudes are thought to be a reaction to feelings of political helplessness (Sant & Brown, 2021), feeling empowered by the act of participation should counter the idea that a regular citizen is unable to enact change. Teachers are representatives of the state in the school level and experiences made in the school are assumed to generalize to the political level (Flanagan, 2013; Stals & Ziemes, 2024). Therefore, positive experiences with fair teachers should foster a trust in state authorities in general. Finally, an open classroom climate for discussions is defined by the teachers’ effort to make different perspectives within the classroom heard. This should foster perspective-taking capabilities and the tendency to approach problems from multiple perspective instead of just one and is related to tolerance towards minority groups (Knowles, R. T. & McCafferty-Wright, 2015; Maurissen et al., 2018). Formal political, i.e. learning about how laws are made and how elections work, can either be related to higher or lower populist attitudes, depending on the political education within the country. It can be used to inform students about proper political procedures or used as propaganda to introduced populist thinking into the school context (Kloubert, 2018). Civic competencies should be negatively associated with populist attitudes. As has been shown, its relation to political trust varies depending on the trustworthiness of institutions (Stals & Ziemes, 2024). After controlling for trust, civic competencies should not be positively related to populist attitudes as they relate to a more complex understanding of social and political issues. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This study uses the data from the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 and compares representative results from Brazil, Germany (federal state of North Rhine-Westphalia (NRW)), Romania, and Taiwan. Participants are in their 8th year of schooling and are around 14-years old. The data was collected to ensure to be representative for the educational system (Schulz, 2023). All attitudinal scales use a four-point Likert scale, are based on Rasch-analyses and are part of the ICCS 2022 dataset. Elite-skepticism as core aspect of populist attitudes was measured with three items (Members of [parliament/congress] do not care enough about the wishes of the people; Political leaders have too much power compared to other people; Members of [parliament/congress] usually forget the needs of the people who voted for them.). Confirmatory factory analyses show that this scale reaches metric invariance between the four countries. Teacher support was measured with five items concerning the fairness and support of teachers in the school (e.g. “Most teachers listen to what I have to say”). The scale on open classroom climate for discussion employs six items on student and teacher activities relating to classroom discussions (e.g. “Teachers encourage students to discuss the issues with people having different opinions”). To assess formal political learning opportunities students were asked to what extend they had the opportunity to learn about nine different topics (e.g. “How citizens can vote in local or national elections”). Participation in school was assessed by seven statements on activities to which students were asked to indicate how often they have done any of these (e.g. “Voting for class representative of school council”). Finally civic competencies were measured with a 45-minuted timed test combining open-ended and single-choice questions concerning democratic and civic principles (e.g. “What is the most likely reason a person in a democracy would join a political party?”). As the political competency test employs a rotating booklet design, five plausible values are part of the dataset to estimate the distribution of competency in the populations. Mplus was for calculations used and the type=complex option was used to control for the clustered nature of the dataset. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings Separate weighted analyses were conducted for each country. Preliminary analyses show that the socioeconomic status was positively related to populist attitudes in Romania and negatively in Germany (NRW). The teacher support was positively associated with populist attitudes in Brazil, but negatively in Germany (NRW) and Romania. An open classroom climate for discussions and experiences of participation were only weakly related to populist attitudes. Formal political learning was positively associated with populist attitudes in Brazil. Interaction effects were found in Brazil, Germany, and Taiwan, indicating that the connection of formal learning and an open classroom climate for discussion are related negatively to populist attitudes. Political competencies were negatively related to populist attitudes in Germany (NRW) and Taiwan, but positively in Brazil and Romania. Two important limitations need to be noted: The focus of the populism scale was elite-skepticism as an aspect of populism. Not the full spectrum of populist attitudes was measured. Additionally, cross-sectional analyses were conducted and elite-skepticism might influence how students perceive and judge teaching methods. E.g. if populist students are opposed by teachers, they might not report an open classroom climate for discussion. The results indicate the role of schooling strongly depends on the concrete educational system of the respective country. This creates a hindrance for research that aims to understand the interplay of schooling and populist using a sample from a single country. The conducted analyses further show that the connection of civic competencies and elite-skepticism differs from country to country depending on the trustworthiness of their leadership: In countries that were rated as more corrupt by Transparency International (2022). This indicates that it is likely to share variance with political trust. Further analyses may determine to what degree the country variations persist if students’ political trust is controlled for. These analyses will be prepared in time for the conference. References Abs, H. J. (2021). Options for developing European strategies on citizenship education. European Educational Research Journal, 147490412199441. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904121994418 Akkerman, A., Mudde, C. & Zaslove, A. (2014). How populist are the people? Measuring populist attitudes in voters. Comparative Political Studies, 47(9), 1324–1353. https://doi.org/10.1177/0010414013512600 Flanagan, C. A. (2013). Teenage citizens: The political theories of the young. Harvard University Press. Kinnvall, C. & Svensson, T. (2022). Exploring the populist `mind´: Anxiety, fantasy, and everyday populism. The British Journal of Politics and International Relations, 24(3), 526–542. https://doi.org/10.1177/13691481221075925 Kloubert, T. (2018). Propaganda as a (new) challenge of civic education. European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 9(2), 139–159. https://doi.org/10.3384/rela.2000-7426.ojs257 Kloubert, T. (2018). Propaganda as a (new) challenge of civic education. European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 9(2), 139–159. https://doi.org/10.3384/rela.2000-7426.ojs257 Maurissen, L., Barber, C. & Claes, E. (2018). Classroom discussions and political tolerance towards immigrants: The importance of mutual respect and responsiveness. Acta Politica, 15, 1–25. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41269-018-0114-0 Noack, P. & Eckstein, K. (2023). Populism in youth: Do experiences in school matter? Child Development Perspectives, 17(2), 90–96. https://srcd.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/cdep.12481 Norris, P. & Inglehart, R. (2019). Cultural backlash. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108595841 Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Valeria, D. & Friedman, T. (2023). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Challenge. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 International Report. Schulz, W., Friedman, T. & Fraillon, J. (Hrsg.). (2024). ICCS 2022: Technical Report. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement. Stals, L. & Ziemes, J. F. (2024). Determinants of political trust attitudes among adolescents across Europe: Testing rational and cultural approaches. Acta Politica. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1057/s41269-024-00331-z Transparency International. (2022). Corruption Perceptions Index 2022. Transparency International. https://www.transparency.org/en/cpi/2022/media-kit Wray-Lake, L., Wells, R., Alvis, L., Delgado, S., Syvertsen, A. K. & Metzger, A. (2018). Being a Latinx adolescent under a trump presidency: Analysis of Latinx youth's reactions to immigration politics. Children and Youth Services Review, 87, 192–204. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2018.02.032 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Comparing the Interplay Between the Fields of Citizenship Education and the Prevention of Radicalization in England and Norway Universität Duisburg-Essen, Germany Presenting Author:In the face of terrorist attacks, many European countries have increased their effort into the prevention of radicalization and extremism to safeguard their people and their democratic political systems. Young people are especially vulnerable towards processes of radicalization during the adolescence (Schröder et al., 2022). Since schools have access to the majority of young people, the education system is often looked at to play a role in the prevention of radicalization and extremism. Especially citizenship education, with its focus on empowering young people, building resilience and democracy, is seen as one of the educational fields that could contribute to the prevention of radicalization towards violent extremism of young people (Gaffney & Silke, 2024). The use of (citizenship) education for the prevention of radicalization and extremism has also been critiqued (Edwards, 2021; Fernandez, 2024; Lakhani & James, 2021; Skotnes & Sjøen, 2023), because it might lead to discrimination and an inappropriate emphasis on surveillance and securitization in education. Yet, studies that researched the response within the English education system indicated that these critiques were not reflected by educational professionals (Busher et al., 2019; Elwick & Jerome, 2019). It is against the backdrop of this debate between theoretical academic reflections and the outlooks of professionals working in practice, that this study seeks to answer the following research question: How do professionals from the fields of prevention of radicalization and citizenship education cooperate in England and Norway? The focus of the study is on the primary and secondary prevention of radicalization and extremism. Primary prevention comprises of activities aimed at the prevention of violent extremism, thereby targeting large groups of people that have not yet shown any signs of radicalization or extremism. Primary prevention projects often include whole schools or communities. Secondary prevention concentrates on specific individuals that are perceived as vulnerable or have already shown signs of radical and extreme views, but have not been violent yet. Secondary prevention usually includes projects that focus on risk factors and try to intervene with individuals that are at risk (Vermeulen and Visser, 2021). So far, there is no research conducted specifically into the interprofessional cooperation between prevention and educational professionals. The distinction between three different forms of cooperation made by Gräsel et al. (2006) based on interprofessional cooperation within educational settings can be used to establish the current level of interprofessional cooperation to prevent radicalization and extremism. Gräsel et al. (2006) distinguish between mutual exchange of information and materials, division of labor and co-construction. The intensity of the cooperation increases from exchange to co-construction (Böhm-Kasper et al. 2016). There is however not one type of cooperation that is generally better than the other, but it rather is the specific task or goal that determines which form of cooperation works best in a specific situation (Reinsdorf & Ehlert, 2025). With regards to cooperation between prevention and educational professionals, the exchange of information and materials might contribute to a shared perception of the educational context in which the prevention of radicalization could take place, which in turn would lead to a more unified approach. The division of labor would mean that two professionals do not have to exercise the same task, thereby decreasing the work load and increasing the efficiency of professionals from both fields. Finally, professionals could combine their perspectives on the situation through co-construction. This might encourage them to learn from the others’ viewpoints and contribute to the professionalization of both fields. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study used a comparative case-study design. England and Norway served as case studies, since both countries have a considerable focus on citizenship education and a history of terrorist events. However, their response to these terrorist attacks have been quite different. In England the initial response tended more towards security and surveillance (Salerno, 2017) whereas in Norway the immediate response was on togetherness and unity (Fimreite et al., 2013). It is because of this shared history and different initial reactions that it is interesting to compare the interplay between the prevention of radicalization and citizenship education in practice in England and Norway. In order to answer the research question, eleven semi-structured interviews with professionals from both the prevention and the educational field in England and Norway were conducted. A snowball sample was used to find professionals that were willing to participate in the study. In England, six professionals (two prevention officers, two citizenship education teachers, one safeguarding professional from a multi-academy trust and one executive director of an organization focusing on improving citizenship education across England) were interviewed. In Norway, five professionals (two secondary school teachers, one associate professor with research interests in teacher education, democracy and critical thinking, one coordinator between a Norwegian municipality and the police in order to prevent crime and radicalization, and one executive director of an organization focusing on strengthening democracy through education) were interviewed. All interviews were conducted via zoom in the period between October 2024 and June 2025. The average duration of the interviews was about 45 minutes, the shortest interview lasted 27 minutes and the longest 59 minutes. The interviews were transcribed and analyzed using MAXQDA. A thematic analysis with a strong focus on an inductive analysis of the data was conducted. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings In both England and Norway, interviewees mentioned five ways in which they believed citizenship education could contribute towards the prevention of radicalization: • Building democratic skills • Teaching about values and anti-discrimination • Discussing identity and creating a sense of belonging • Emphasizing young people’s voices • Encouraging critical thinking and building resilience These concepts are mentioned as being part of the general curriculum of citizenship education in England and Norway, and can easily be related to primary prevention. They are not specific for the prevention of radicalization and do not require a specific cooperation with the prevention field. However, they could be considered as a basis for cooperation in secondary prevention. Professionals differed both within and across the countries in the extent to which they believe (citizenship) education should play a part in the secondary prevention. In general, English professionals were more open for education to contribute towards the secondary prevention of radicalization compared to Norwegian professionals. In both countries, interviewees clearly indicated that schools decide if and to what extent they focus on the prevention of radicalization and extremism. This means that schools can partake in projects that are tailored towards the specific needs of the school (e.g. religious or right-wing extremism). However, this also results in a great variety between schools in the attention that is being paid towards the prevention of radicalization. Both in England and Norway, professionals mentioned that there were no large-scale prevention projects in which the prevention field cooperates with the educational field. The interviewees gave examples of some projects at the school or regional level, but even within these projects the cooperation between professionals from both fields was limited. In both countries, however, professionals from both fields were open to a stronger cooperation between the fields. References Böhm-Kasper, O., Dizinger, V., & Gausling, P. (2016). Multiprofessional collaboration between teachers and other educational staff at German all-day schools as a characteristic of today’s professionalism. IJREE–International Journal for Research on Extended Education, 4(1), 9-10. Busher, J., Choudhury, T., & Thomas, P. (2019). The enactment of the counter-terrorism “Prevent duty” in British schools and colleges: beyond reluctant accommodation or straightforward policy aCEptance. Critical Studies on Terrorism, 12(3), 440–462. Edwards, P. (2021). Surveillance, safeguarding and beyond: the Prevent duty and resilient citizenship. Critical Studies on Terrorism, 14(1), 47–66. Elwick, A., & Jerome, L. (2019). Balancing securitisation and education in schools: teachers’ agency in implementing the Prevent duty. Journal of Beliefs & Values, 40(3), 338–353. Fernandez, S. (2024). When counter-extremism ‘sticks’: the circulation of the Prevent duty in the school space. Identities, 1–19. Fimreite, A. L., Lango, P., Lægreid, P., & Rykkja, L. H. (2013). After Oslo and Utøya: A shift in the balance between security and liberty in Norway?. Studies in Conflict & Terrorism, 36(10), 839-856. Gaffney, F., & Silke, A. (2024). ‘None-the-wiser’? Citizenship education in preventing radicalisation: contrasting European and Middle East perspectives. Behavioral Sciences of Terrorism and Political Aggression, 1-20. Gräsel, C., Fußangel, K., & Pröbstel, C. (2006). Lehrkräfte zur Kooperation anregen-eine Aufgabe für Sisyphos?. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 52(2), 205-219. Lakhani, S., & James, N. (2021). “Prevent duty”: empirical reflections on the challenges of addressing far-right extremism within secondary schools and colleges in the UK. Critical Studies on Terrorism, 14(1), 67–89. Reinsdorf, N., & Ehlert, A. (2025). Die Kooperation zwischen Regel-und sonderpädagogischen Lehrpersonen in der Praxis verstehen. Ein multimethodischer Blick auf Kooperation im Kontext schulischer Inklusion. QfI-Qualifizierung für Inklusion, 7(1). Salerno, D. (2017). The politics of response to terror: the reshaping of community and immunity in the aftermath of 7 July 2005 London bombings. Social Semiotics, 27(1), 81-106. Schröder, C. P., Bruns, J., Lehmann, L., Goede, L. R., Bliesener, T., & Tomczyk, S. (2022). Radicalization in adolescence: The identification of vulnerable groups. European Journal on Criminal Policy and Research, 28(2), 177-201. Skotnes, C. E., & Sjøen, M. M. (2023). Citizenship to (counter)terrorism: the need to de-securitise the Norwegian education system and create space for democratic resilience. International Journal of Social Pedagogy, 12(1). Vermeulen, F. & Visser, K. (2021) Preventing violent extremism in the Netherlands: overview of its broad approach. Revista CIDOB d'Afers Internacionals, 128, 131-151. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper The Reflection of Social Polarization in Schools and the Role and Potential of Social Studies in Its Resolution Pamukkale University, Turkey (Türkiye) Presenting Author:The first quarter of the 21st century, especially the last five years, has seen an increase in discussions about polarisation around the world, including in Turkey. Merriam-Webster's selection of 'polarisation' as its word of the year for 2024, alongside its treatment as a key agenda item in a series of recent policy and research reports (EdWeek Research Center, 2025; OECD, 2025), reveals that this issue has become a pressing concern for societies. Polarizasyon is defined as “division into two sharply distinct opposites; especially, a state in which the opinions, beliefs, or interests of a group or society no longer range along a continuum but become concentrated at opposing extremes.” (Merriam-Webster, 2025). Manifesting in many different forms, polarization results in the bonds between all members of a community or society gradually weakening, with people remaining connected only to members of their own groups (Interian, Marzo, Mendoza & Ribeiro, 2023). Deep socio-economic inequalities, echo chambers created by social media and digitalisation, economic difficulties, migration and democratic crises are all causing deep divisions in societies, with political polarisation in particular increasing (Göksel, 2024; Jiang, Ren & Ferrara, 2021; OECD, 2025). Many such factors feed the climate of polarisation and, in turn, are fed by this climate. Polarisation is considered a major risk to social cohesion and a healthy democracy and has been shown to manifest in various ways in schools. Consequently, it is widely accepted that education researchers must address this issue (EdWeek Research Center, 2025; Fogelman, Giunco, Liu & Alford, 2025). It is particularly important to examine how deep divisions, which are more concretely visible at the political level, affect the school life of children who begin to develop political views through especially their families, as well as their relationships with other students and staff. Based on Dewey's view that schools are a microcosm of society, it is expected that the phenomenon of polarisation seen in society will also be evident in schools. This research aims to reveal how the societal polarisation of recent years is reflected in schools, particularly in classrooms, and to examine the role and potential of social studies courses in this process, given their aim to educate for democracy. In this context, the following questions were addressed: 1) What traces of polarisation are evident in schools and classrooms? 2) How can social studies classes intervene in polarization issues that may arise in schools and classrooms? Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used This research is based on a qualitative approach. The participants are social studies teachers who are currently working at middle school level. As social studies addresses the relationships between individuals, society, identity and politics, it is assumed to be one of the subjects in which the effects of societal polarisation can be seen most clearly. Social studies teachers were selected as participants because they are considered best placed to observe these relationships and reflections. Fifteen social studies teachers working in the central district of Denizli, Turkey were included in the study. They were selected on a voluntary basis in accordance with the purposive sampling approach and were interviewed using a semi-structured method after the research procedure had been explained to them. Care was taken to select teachers who represented a diverse range of socio-economic backgrounds. Data were collected using a semi-structured interview technique. A semi-structured interview form was developed to guide the researcher through the data collection process. The interviews were recorded with the teachers' written consent and transcribed. The qualitative data obtained is been analyzing based on content analysis methods. This analysis focuses on identifying patterns that reveal the climate of polarisation in schools and classrooms from the teachers' perspective, as well as the role of social studies in this process. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings TThe study is expected to provide empirical evidence of how social polarization is reflected in schools through the experiences of social studies teachers. The findings are anticipated to demonstrate how societal divisions manifest in students’ attitudes, peer interactions, classroom discussions, and overall school climate. In addition, the study is expected to reveal teachers’ perspectives on the capacity of schools - and particularly social studies courses - to transform students’ familial and social experiences into intellectual, democratic, and civic learning. By examining the pedagogical strategies teachers employ, as well as the challenges and limitations they encounter when addressing polarization-related issues, the study aims to deepen understanding of the role of social studies education in fostering democratic values such as pluralism, critical thinking, dialogue, and tolerance. Ultimately, the results are expected to inform curriculum development, teacher education, and educational policy discussions concerning the role of schools in mitigating the effects of social polarization on students’ educational experiences. References EdWeek Research Center. (2025, December 8). Partisan polarization & K-12 education: Results of a national survey. Education Week. https://epe.brightspotcdn.com/bd/a5/a6645fb548edae3428a7c21e345b/partisan-polarization-final-12-8-25.pdf. Fogelman, S. E., Giunco, K., Liu, Q., & Alford, B. (2025). Voices from the classroom: U.S. veteran teachers’ sensemaking oftTheir professional responsibility during the 2020+ conflict campaign. Journal of Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/00220574251410129 Göksel, O. (2024). Two nations, one divide: Examining the roots of political polarization in Türkiye and the United States. UPA Strategic Affairs 5(2), 22-70. https://dergipark.org.tr/tr/pub/upa/article/1542740. Interian,R., Marzo, R. G., Mendoza, I. & Ribeiro, C. C. (2023). Network polarization, filter bubbles, and echo chambers: An annotated review of measures and reduction methods. Intl. Trans. in Op. Res. 30(2023), 3122–3158. https://doi.org/10.1111/itor.13224. Jiang, J., Ren, J. & Ferrara, E. (2021). Social media polarization and echo chambers in the context of covid-19: Case study. JMIRx Med 2021, 2(3): e29570. doi:10.2196/29570. Merriam-Webster. (2025, December 14). 2024 word of the year: Polarization. Merriam-Webster.com. https://www.merriam-webster.com/wordplay/word-of-the-year-2024. OECD (2025), Trends shaping education 2025. OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/ee6587fd-en. 34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper Political Emotions in Democratic Education in Finnish Schools: Tensions and Possibilities Tampere University, Finland Presenting Author:Emotions play a key role in shaping our political identities and values, and political issues often evoke strong and profound emotions. As political phenomena with emotional foundation such as political polarization and populism have attracted a lot of attention in recent years, the connection between emotions and politics has received growing interest in many academic fields and the long prevailing ideal of the rational subject has begun to crumble (Demertzēs, 2020; Salmela & von Scheve, 2017, Thompson & Hoggett, 2012). While emotions, passions and conflicts are an integral part of interaction in a democratic society, political issues can evoke strong emotions also in classrooms. In schools, where we gather together, strive to raise critical and active citizens, discuss social and political issues, and form political identities, we inevitably encounter political emotions (see e.g. Löfström, 2025; Ruitenberg, 2009; Sætra, 2021; Zembylas, 2018). Schools function as key arenas for political socialisation, promoting particular ideals of democratic citizenship. They make social phenomena visible and hold the authority to present commonly accepted understandings of reality. In schools, political emotions can also convey an understanding of what it means to be a good citizen and what a good citizen is expected to feel (Blennow, 2021). Given the growing public and scholarly attention to the relationship between politics and emotions, political emotions have become a growing focus within the research on democratic and citizenship education, too, especially in work grounded in agonistic democratic theory (Ruitenberg, 2009; Sætra, 2021; Tryggvason, 2018; Zembylas, 2021). Empirical research on the topic, however, remains relatively limited. This study contributes to the discussion on the role and the meaning of political emotions in democratic education and addresses the issue through qualitative, ethnographic approach. The contribution is based on my doctoral thesis, in which I explore political emotions in democratic education in Finnish schools. The research focuses on democratic education in the lower and upper secondary education, particularly in the context of social studies classrooms and situations where social and political topics are discussed as part of the educational process. The study asks how political emotions manifest as social and cultural phenomena in democratic education practices and what meanings are given to political emotions by the teachers and the students. The theoretical framework underpinning the research combines phenomenology of political emotions (Szanto & Slaby, 2020) and Sara Ahmed's (2014) and Margaret Wetherell's (2012) theories of emotions as socially and culturally formed forces and practices. The approach emphasises that emotions are not merely individual, physical sensations or psychological states, but are always strongly connected to cultural and social meaning-making. Political emotions also involve judgments and perceptions of what is important and meaningful to us from a perspective broader than that of the individual. In the study, this understanding of political emotions is combined with an ethnographic approach to explore how political emotions manifest in the practices of democratic education classrooms. Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used The study utilizes an ethnographic research approach (Beach et al. 2018; Delamont, 2014). The data of the study consists of ethnographic observations in lower and upper secondary schools, particularly in the context of social studies, and the interviews with students (n=35) and teachers (n=4). The data was generated in Finnish schools between autumn 2021 and autumn 2022. Classroom observations were conducted in two different schools in lower secondary and upper secondary level. In total, this included observing the lessons of three different teachers in five different teaching groups, mostly in the context of social studies. During the field periods, I followed the lessons of three teachers working with five separate teaching groups. Each teacher whose classes were observed also took part in an interview, as did several of the students present during the observation periods. In addition to these settings, one teacher and eight students at a vocational school were interviewed. The teachers were subject teachers of social studies, history, philosophy, and ethics in varying combinations. Two of the teachers had worked as teachers for over 10 years, while the other two had only a few years of teaching experience. The students were aged between 15 and 19. During the lessons, events, dialogue, and notable physical expressions were documented in field notes. Particular attention was given to classroom moments where political emotions were discussed, following the view that emotions and affects are intertwined with language, discourse, and meaning-making (Ahmed, 2014; Wetherell, 2012; 2013). The interviews were semi-structured ethnographic interviews. Some of the questions depended on the content of the lessons and researcher’s observations of events in the classroom, while some of the themes and questions covered in the interviews were the same for all participants. This included themes such as the course content and practices, discussion atmosphere in the classroom, political disagreements in the school, emotionally charged political issues, and social media use. The ethnographic analysis of the material involved a parallel examination of field notes and interviews, paying particular attention to how emotions were discussed and what meanings were attributed to them, as well as examining tensions and conflicts related to political emotions. Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings The results of the research show how political and collective identities are constructed in schools through political emotions, and how this process is intertwined with the social interaction and social norms of the group. Today, however, the emotional cultures of digital and social media are also seeping into classrooms. One of the study’s key findings underscores the notion that the school environment is profoundly influenced by the contemporary virtual environment, characterized by the proliferation of new technologies and social media, shaping how political emotions are experienced and expressed in school. The results also show that while the teachers see emotions as a central part of being human and the political life, they struggle with some tensions related to political emotions in the classroom. These tensions include the social exclusion related to political emotions, the difficulty of stimulating discussion and passion in the classroom, the private nature of emotions in the semi-public space of the school, and the challenges associated with surprising and emotionally charged political events. In the presentation, I explore these findings and their significance to democratic education in schools. References Ahmed, S. (2014). The Cultural Politics of Emotion. 2nd edit. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Beach, C. Bagley, & S. M. da., Silva (2018). The Wiley handbook of ethnography of education. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Blennow, K. (2021.) Förnuft och känsla: Om emotioners roll i kunskapsprocessen i samhällskunskap. Nordidactica: Journal of Humanities and Social Science Education, 11(2), 1-1. Delamont, S. (2014). Key themes in the ethnography of education : achievements and agendas. Sage. Demertzēs, N. (2020). The Political Sociology of Emotions : essays on trauma and ressentiment. Abingdon: Routledge. Hoggett, P., & Thompson, S. (2012). Politics and the emotions : the affective turn in contemporary political studies (1st ed.). Continuum. Huttunen, L., & Homanen, R. M. P. (2017). Etnografinen haastattelu. In M. Hyvärinen, P. Nikander, & J. Ruusuvuori (edit.), Tutkimushaastattelun käsikirja. Tampere: Vastapaino. Löfström, J. (2025). Järjen ja tunteiden vuoropuhelu opetuksessa. In M. Puustinen, J. Marjokorpi, J. Säntti, (edit.) Erimielisten tila : vaikeiden aiheiden käsittely opetuksessa. Gaudeamus. Ruitenberg, C. W. (2009). Educating Political Adversaries: Chantal Mouffe and Radical Democratic Citizenship Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 28(3), 269–281 Sætra, E. (2021). Discussing Controversial Issues: Exploring the Role of Agonistic Emotions. Democracy & Education, 29(1). Salmela, M., & von Scheve, C. (2017). Emotional roots of right-wing political populism. Social Science Information, 56(4), 567-595. Szanto, T. & Slaby, J. (2020) Political emotions. In Szanto, T., & Landweer, H. (edit.) The Routledge Handbook of Phenomenology of Emotion. Taylor and Francis. Tryggvason, A. (2018). Democratic Education and Agonism Exploring the Critique from Deliberative Theory. Democracy & Education, 26(1) Wetherell, M. (2012). Affect and emotion : a new social science understanding. Sage Wetherell, M. (2013). Affect and discourse – What’s the problem? From affect as excess to affective/discursive practice. Critical Psychology, 6(4), 349–368. Zembylas, M. (2018). Political Emotions in the Classroom: How Affective Citizenship Education Illuminates the Debate Between Agonists and Deliberators. Democracy & Education, 26(1). Zembylas, M. (2021). The affective dimension of far right rhetoric in the classroom: the promise of agonistic emotions and affects in countering extremism. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 42(2), 267–281. |
| 19:00 - 20:00 | 07 SES 13.5: NW 07 Anniversary Location: Café & Aula Toivo | Main building A | 2 Fl. Session Chair: Lisa Rosen Session Chair: Sofia Almeida Santos Meeting |
